First Principles (239)
Everything Is Securities Fraud (61)
The Super Micro item belongs in the accounting-trust bucket. Investors do not only need earnings; they need confidence that the process producing earnings is reliable. Once the auditor relationship breaks, uncertainty itself becomes the news.
Levine frames IPOs as sales of the future. A startup going public may have little current profit and a lot of story. Investors buy projections, milestones and market size. The legal problem is distinguishing aggressive optimism from misleading statements about current capabilities, customer demand or technological readiness.
Levine uses Keurig to restate the basic doctrine. A public company does something that looks bad, or says something about its products or practices that later looks overstated. When the truth emerges and the stock drops, shareholders sue, arguing they bought at inflated prices. The specific topic may be recyclability, cybersecurity or burrito portions; the securities-law structure is the same.
Levine notes that he had already described CrowdStrike's global software outage as an everything-is-securities-fraud case before shareholders filed the complaint. The eventual lawsuit alleged that CrowdStrike misled investors by concealing weak software-testing practices that could trigger a widespread outage. The useful point is not the litigation detail, but the pattern: once a public company's operational failure causes a stock decline, plaintiffs can reframe the failure as a disclosure problem.
"Every bad thing that a public company does is securities fraud" is not quite the rule: You also need some statement by the company that is made false by the bad thing. When Wells Fargo said that it interviewed diverse candidates for its jobs, and it turned out it was fake-interviewing them, that was arguably fraud, but it did need to say it. Here, though, the judge ruled that a lot of what SolarWinds said was not really misleading, so could not be fraud, even though the company really did do bad things.
But the case was not entirely dismissed, and bad passwords are still securities fraud. From the judge's ruling:
The [SEC's complaint] also adequately alleges that the Security Statement [published on SolarWinds' website before the hack] materially misrepresented to the public that SolarWinds enforced a strong password policy. …
In essence, the Statement held out SolarWinds as having sophisticated cybersecurity controls in place and as heeding industry best practices. In reality, based on the pleadings, the company fell way short of even basic requirements of corporate cyber health. Its passwords — including for key products — were demonstrably weak and the company gave far too many employees unfettered administrative access and privileges, leaving the door wide open to hackers and threat actors. …
A reasonable person contemplating investing in Solar Winds would have viewed the alleged gap between SolarWinds' words and on-the-ground reality as highly consequential-as "significant in making investment decisions." … Indeed, the business risks presented by such penetrable cybersecurity might well have been material for a company that sold old-fashioned products (e.g., furniture or cars). But the specific risks were magnified for SolarWinds, whose products (software) had cybersecurity as a key attribute and whose key clients (government agencies and Fortune 500 companies) expected the software they purchased to be and remain uncompromised.
If you say you have good passwords and you have bad passwords, that's securities fraud.
This is an ever-so-slightly live possibility, because the CFTC is authorized by law to regulate "event contracts," meaning roughly "prediction markets," so if you want to run a public exchange for bets on election outcomes, you have to go to the CFTC for approval. Exchanges occasionally do ask the CFTC for approval to list election contracts, [4] and then the CFTC says no.
But it could theoretically say yes. And then there'd be an election, and one candidate would win, and the other candidate would say "no this election was stolen from me," and the outcome for the financial purpose of settling the contracts would be disputed. And either the losing candidate would be wrong, and lying about the election being stolen, in which case there would be arguable commodities fraud inflating the price of his contracts. Or he'd be right about the election being stolen, in which case there would be arguable commodities fraud depressing the price of his contracts. And people with money on the line would go to court. And the thesis of "everything is securities fraud" is that US law is somehow more responsive to financial-market claims than it is to other, substantive claims, and so the courts and the CFTC would feel more compelled to address the claim "this election was stolen, which is commodities fraud," than they would to address the claim "this election was stolen, which is bad on its own."
I realize that all of this sounds incredibly dumb and far-fetched, but in my defense last week the CFTC proposed new rules to ban election contracts. This is in part, as Scott Alexander points out, so it can save time [5] : Right now, people ask the CFTC to approve election contracts, and it says no; if it's always going to say no, it's simpler to have a blanket rule against the contracts so people stop asking. But it is also in part because the CFTC does not want to meddle in elections. Here is the statement of CFTC Chairman Rostin Behnam proposing the rules:
To be clear, that means that event contracts on the outcome of a political contest such as an election could not be listed for trading or accepted for clearing under the proposed rule. Such contracts not only fail to serve the economic purpose of the futures markets—they are illegal in several states and could potentially and impermissibly preempt State responsibilities for overseeing federal elections. …
Allowing these contracts would push the CFTC, a financial market regulator, into a position far beyond its Congressional mandate and expertise. To be blunt, such contracts would put the CFTC in the role of an election cop.
The CFTC's jurisdiction as mandated by Congress and solidified in our statute, the Commodity Exchange Act, recognizes our expertise in markets for goods, services, rights, and interests—which can include events associated with financial, commercial, or economic consequences. We are tasked with upholding the public interest by ensuring that America's derivatives markets provide a means for managing and assuming price risks and providing for price discovery through liquid, fair, open, transparent, and financially secure trading facilities. Market integrity is featured so prominently within that mandate that the CFTC has civil enforcement authority when it comes to the potential for fraud, manipulation, and other abuses such as the dissemination of false information in the underlying or commodity cash markets. Political control contracts on CFTC-regulated exchanges would push the CFTC far beyond this historical expertise and jurisdiction, and potentially place the CFTC in the position of monitoring such markets for fraud and manipulation in elections themselves.
"Everything is securities fraud," I like to say around here, meaning:
1. Sometimes a public company does a bad thing, or has a bad thing happen to it. 2. News of the bad thing comes out and the stock drops. 3. Shareholders sue, saying "you didn't tell us about the bad thing in advance, so we bought the stock thinking there was no bad thing, but then we found out that there was a bad thing. We were defrauded; we overpaid for the stock because of your lies."
Occasionally I add a technical clarification: Simply not mentioning a bad thing is not fraud under US securities law. The law (Rule 10b-5) says that it's fraud "to make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading." So lying — saying something that isn't true — is securities fraud. And many omissions are securities fraud, if the company omits information that is "necessary in order to make the statements made … not misleading." (So for instance if a company's public statements say "we have an ethics policy and try to be ethical," and omit to mention "our executives did an unethical thing," somebody will sue over that, claiming that the description of the ethics policy was misleadingly positive.)
But it is not securities fraud simply not to mention a bad thing. If a bad thing happens, and the company doesn't say anything about it, and it doesn't say anything that might be misleading, that's not securities fraud. This does not come up that often, because companies are always going around saying generic things that might be contradicted by their bad news. If a company has a sexual harassment scandal, its statements about its ethics policy might be misleading; if it has a computer hack, its statements about its information security policy might be misleading; etc. But in theory pure silence is not securities fraud.
Still, you could imagine pure silence being misleading. For instance, you could imagine things that the market would expect to be disclosed if they happened, so that not disclosing them sort of implies that they didn't happen. If a company's chief executive officer died suddenly, and the company didn't tell anyone for a few weeks, that would be weird! The company hasn't lied , but everyone kind of went around assuming that the CEO was alive, and the company didn't bother to correct their mistaken impression.
Or: There are a lot of US Securities and Exchange Commission rules requiring companies to disclose certain things. Regulation S-K, for instance, requires companies to disclose certain specific types of information about their business in their quarterly filings: Companies are supposed to "describe any known trends or uncertainties that have had or that are reasonably likely to have a material favorable or unfavorable impact on net sales or revenues or income from continuing operations," "describe briefly any material pending legal proceedings," discuss "material factors that make an investment in the registrant or offering speculative or risky," etc.
If the law says that you have to disclose any material lawsuits in your quarterly report on Form 10-Q, and there is some material lawsuit against you, and you file a 10-Q and don't mention the lawsuit, then that is arguably misleading. "If there was a lawsuit, they would be required to mention it, and they didn't mention a lawsuit, so there must not be one," investors could reasonably conclude. The omission, combined with the reporting requirement , is misleading. If Form 10-Q consisted of a literal form with a box saying "Are there any material lawsuits against you," and you wrote "no," the "no" would be a false statement. Arguably just leaving out the required disclosure has the same effect.
Anyway that is the view of the US Securities and Exchange Commission:
An MD&A [management's discussion and analysis] that makes certain statements but omits information that [Regulation S-K] Item 303 requires to be included is a misleading half-truth.… By filing an MD&A describing certain known trends and uncertainties, an issuer makes statements. If the issuer omits other known trends or uncertainties that meet Item 303's threshold, the MD&A's statements will be misleading to a reasonable investor, who will be aware of Item 303's requirement to list all material known trends or uncertainties, and therefore will assume that the MD&A provides a complete list. …
Where regulatory disclosure requirements apply, reasonable investors will infer from an issuer's silence that the types of events for which disclosure is required have not occurred.
Macquarie Infrastructure Corp. operated terminals for No. 6 fuel oil. In 2016, the United Nations essentially banned No. 6 fuel oil by 2020. But:
In the ensuing years, Macquarie did not discuss IMO 2020 [the UN ban] in its public offering documents. In February 2018, however, Macquarie announced a drop in the amount of storage contracted for use by its subsidiary due in part to the decline in the No. 6 fuel oil market. Macquarie's stock price fell 41%.
Shareholders naturally sued, arguing that (1) Regulation S-K required Macquarie to "describe any known trends or uncertainties that have had or that are reasonably likely to have a material favorable or unfavorable impact on net sales or revenues or income from continuing operations," (2) this was a known trend or uncertainty that was likely to be bad for sales, (3) Macquarie did not disclose it and (4) that was misleading. Macquarie argued that it couldn't be securities fraud just to not mention the new UN rule. The district court agreed and dismissed the lawsuit, but an appeals court disagreed, finding that, when there's a rule requiring disclosure of something, it can be fraud not to disclose the thing.
Macquarie appealed to the Supreme Court, and last Friday it won. The unanimous Supreme Court said:
The question in this case is whether the failure to disclose information required by Item 303 can support a private action under Rule 10b–5(b), even if the failure does not render any "statements made" misleading. The Court holds that it cannot. Pure omissions are not actionable under Rule 10b–5(b).
I guess that is the better reading of the actual words of the rule, though it is a weird reading of its intent. Omitting things that you're required to disclose really does seem misleading. In any case, there you go, some things are not securities fraud.
One thing that I think about from time to time is that the notion of "material nonpublic information" is outdated and incoherent. In the olden days, you could have some simple intuitions about what constituted insider trading. Some news would obviously be material to a company's stock price: If you knew that the company was about to announce a merger, or earnings that were much higher than analysts' expectations, then you could expect that the stock would trade up a lot. So you could buy the stock before the announcement, wait a few days, and then sell the stock at a big profit right after the announcement.
Insider trading — trading on this sort of material nonpublic information — is generally illegal, and regulators policed it in intuitive ways: They look at stocks that move a lot on earnings or merger announcements and see if there's any suspicious trading by anyone who might have inside information.
Meanwhile investors were regularly meeting with corporate managers and talking about their business. Of course they were! The investors wanted to make informed investment decisions, and the managers had a fiduciary duty to their shareholders to help them understand the business. It was good for the companies, and for the investors, to have these meetings.
Of course the managers were not supposed to give the investors any material nonpublic information in these meetings. You couldn't have an investor meeting and say, like, "good news, we're in talks to be acquired by Alphabet next week." You couldn't say "good news, we're going to announce blowout earnings next week." But the investors could try to get a more nuanced and detailed understanding of the public information; they could ask questions to sharpen their models and their sense of how the company made money. The managers could give the investors "color," people used to say. Sometimes this was called the "mosaic theory": Management couldn't just hand the investors big material news, but they could give the investors little pieces of information, and the investors could combine those pieces with other bits of information (public data, what they heard from other companies, etc.) to make informed investment decisions.
This whole structure rested on the idea that some information is "material" and therefore has to be disclosed to everyone equally, while other information is not material and yet sophisticated investors want to know it. That makes some crude intuitive sense: Merger news that will move the stock by 20% is material; nuanced news about earnings line items that will move the stock by 0.5% is not. News that would cause any retail investor to say "oh boy I'd better buy that stock" is material; news that only a sophisticated expert analyst would find interesting is not.
But that divide seems unstable right now. For one thing, prosecutors and judges seem skeptical. Here is a 2018 law firm memo asking "Is the mosaic theory as a defense to insider trading dead," and I occasionally quote the time US Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor told a lawyer that there are "regulations to stop" companies "talking to analysts."
But for another thing, modern markets really are more professional and efficient and competitive than they used to be, and the bar for what is material to investors probably is lower. If you are an analyst at a hedge fund, and you spend all your time thinking about a couple of dozen companies, and you buy lots of alternative data and talk to lots of experts and do lots of investigating of those companies, and you generally wring every possible insight out of public information to inform your trading decisions, well, analysts at a dozen other hedge funds are doing the same thing.
And if somebody at a company came to you and said "hey here's a little piece of news that will move our stock by 0.5% next week," that's huge! Your portfolio manager runs a highly levered, factor-neutral, short-term investing strategy; if you can regularly bring her 0.5% idiosyncratic weekly profits, that translates into vast riches for all of you. Algorithmic trading firms mint billionaires by being right 51% of the time; a little bit of reliable edge, in modern markets, is hugely valuable. It makes no sense to say that it's not material.
The simplest form of fraud is that you lie to someone and they give you money. Perhaps you give them something in exchange for their money, but you lie about its attributes. (They pay you for magic beans, but the beans are not magic.) Or perhaps you lie about giving them something and give them nothing. (They pay you for the Brooklyn Bridge, but you do not give them the Brooklyn Bridge.) Fraud is often illegal, though exactly how it is illegal will depend on how you do the fraud, and to whom, and what you are lying about.
For instance, doing fraud about securities is illegal under US federal law; this is called securities fraud. Securities fraud often takes the simple form: You lie to someone (about securities) and they give you money (for the securities). You tell people that you have started a company that has discovered cold fusion, you offer them a 1% stake in the company (stock, a security) for $1 million, they pay you, you deliver the stock, but you were lying about the cold fusion. This is fairly standard; Elizabeth Holmes and Sam Bankman-Fried are recent high-profile cases of people convicted of fraud for lying about their companies to sell stock to investors.
But securities fraud often does not work that way. In modern public stock markets, it is possible to lie to people in a way that costs them money, and gets you money, without them giving you the money. Schematically:
1. You have some stock. 2. You lie about it. 3. The people who believe your lies buy the stock, anonymously, on the stock exchange, so it goes up. 4. You sell the stock at a profit, anonymously, on the stock exchange. 5. Eventually your lies are discovered and the stock goes back down again.
You made money (Step 4), and your victims lost money (Step 5), and your lies caused their losses and your gains. But you didn't necessarily sell the stock to the victims: You sold the stock on the stock exchange, they bought it on the stock exchange, and you have no idea who was on the other side of any of those trades. Quite likely the victims bought the stock from some sophisticated electronic market maker, and you sold the stock to some sophisticated electronic market maker, and the market makers didn't believe or even see your lies.
This is quite a common form of securities fraud. Companies, for instance, are regularly accused of doing securities fraud for lying about their business in a way that keeps their stock price up, even if they are not selling the stock themselves and lying directly to the purchasers. ("Everything is securities fraud," I often say.)
But this sort of securities fraud doesn't have to be done by the company. We have talked a few times about fake takeovers, where someone buys stock, puts out a fake press release saying that the company will be bought, and then sells the stock at a profit. More broadly, a "pump and dump" is a classic form of securities fraud in which someone — perhaps a promoter affiliated with the company, perhaps just a guy online — buys a stock (often a small, illiquid penny stock) and then tells lies about it. "This company discovered cold fusion," he says, to his email newsletter subscriber list, or on X or Reddit or whatever. People believe him, they buy the stock, the stock goes up (the pump), and he sells his shares (the dump) before the price crashes again. He doesn't necessarily sell the shares to his email subscribers or X followers, but their buying is what makes his sales profitable.
This is, if you think too hard about it, actually a bit of a puzzle. If you are charged with fraud, you might say: "Oh sure I lied about this stock, and it went up, and then I sold the stock. But nobody can prove that I sold the stock to the people I lied to. So how can I have committed fraud? As far as you know, the people I lied to never gave me money, and in fact I never even wanted them to. I just wanted them to buy the stock, so it would go up, so somebody else — some anonymous person on the stock exchange who never even heard my lies — would give me money."
I think most people think this is too cute. It sure looks like fraud: You lied, someone believed you, they paid money, a fairly mechanical process (the workings of the stock market) occurred, the money came to you. Surely that's fraud. In US securities law, this is called the "fraud on the market theory." In 1988, the Supreme Court endorsed the theory:
The fraud on the market theory is based on the hypothesis that, in an open and developed securities market, the price of a company's stock is determined by the available material information regarding the company and its business. Misleading statements will therefore defraud purchasers of stock even if the purchasers do not directly rely on the misstatements. The causal connection between the defendants' fraud and the plaintiffs' purchase of stock in such a case is no less significant than in a case of direct reliance on misrepresentations. …
The modern securities markets, literally involving millions of shares changing hands daily, differ from the face-to-face transactions contemplated by early fraud cases, and our understanding of Rule 10b-5's reliance requirement must encompass these differences.
In face-to-face transactions, the inquiry into an investor's reliance upon information is into the subjective pricing of that information by that investor. With the presence of a market, the market is interposed between seller and buyer and, ideally, transmits information to the investor in the processed form of a market price. Thus, the market is performing a substantial part of the valuation process performed by the investor in a face-to-face transaction. The market is acting as the unpaid agent of the investor, informing him that given all the information available to it, the value of the stock is worth the market price.
If you lie to the market, and the market believes you and gives you money, then that is fraud, even if the particular people who believe you are different from the people who give you money.
I sometimes write "everything is securities fraud" as a shorthand for a particular weird argument about how modern US legal dynamics transmute every bad action taken by a public company into securities fraud, but never mind that. A simpler story is that if the board of directors of a company (public or private) puts out a public statement saying "turns out our chief executive officer is a big liar," somebody is going to think that's securities fraud. Whatever the CEO was lying about was probably material to the company — otherwise why would the board care? — and you've got to at least look into it.
This isn't quite that, but the Wall Street Journal reports:
The Securities and Exchange Commission is scrutinizing internal communications by OpenAI Chief Executive Sam Altman as part of an investigation into whether the company's investors were misled.
The regulator, whose probe hasn't previously been reported, has been seeking internal records from current and former OpenAI officials and directors, and sent a subpoena to OpenAI in December, according to people familiar with the matter. That followed the OpenAI board's decision in November to fire Altman as CEO and oust him from the board. At the time, directors said Altman hadn't been "consistently candid in his communications," but didn't elaborate. …
Some of the people familiar with the investigation described it as a predictable response to the former OpenAI board's claim in its November statement. One of the people said that the SEC hasn't pointed to any specific statement or communication by Altman that it has deemed misleading.
Right, maybe they'll find a "specific statement or communication" to investors that was misleading, and he'll get in trouble; probably they won't. [8] But if the board of directors of a giant company fires the CEO for the stated reason that he was not candid, the SEC really does have to look into it.
"A giant company," I said; not necessarily a public one. "The SEC enforces laws that forbid people from misleading investors, regardless of whether fundraisers seek capital in public or private markets," notes the Journal, correctly. Still there are some relevant differences between OpenAI and most companies:
1. OpenAI's stock does not continuously trade in public markets, so its CEO could go around lying about lots of stuff without tricking investors into buying stock. If you are the CEO of a public company and you go on television and say "we have built a superintelligent robot that can cure cancer," people will buy your stock, the stock will go up, and if it turns out you were lying, they will sue you for fraud. If you are the CEO of a private company and you do that, nobody will trade the stock, because they can't. If you then try to raise money by selling stock to investors two weeks later, and you send them a private placement memo saying "we have not built a superintelligent robot, we're not even working on cancer, our CEO was just letting off steam on TV," and then they buy the stock, they weren't misled, were they? This is very much not legal advice, don't do it, but the point is that every public statement by a public-company CEO is risky, while private companies have more limited investment-related communications. 2. In a typical private company, and particularly in a typical tech startup, if the CEO is lying to the board of directors, he is also lying to his investors, because ordinarily the board will include several representatives of the venture capital firms that invest in the business. So if the board feels misled, the investors probably feel misled, because they're the same people. That's not the case here. In fact, it is exactly the opposite here: OpenAI's description of its corporate structure says "the board remains majority independent," and "independent directors do not hold equity in OpenAI." (Microsoft Corp., OpenAI's biggest investor, is represented by an observer on the board, but has no voting rights, and even the observer seat came after Altman's firing and unfiring.) So in some sense the board of directors was a good group for Altman to mislead: They weren't investors! 3. I continue to find it funny and relevant that, at the top of OpenAI's operating agreement, it warns investors: "It would be wise to view any investment in OpenAI Global, LLC in the spirit of a donation, with the understanding that it may be difficult to know what role money will play in a post-[artificial general intelligence] world." I still don't know what Altman was supposedly not candid about, but whatever it was, how material can it possibly have been to investors, given what they signed up for? "Ooh he said it cost $50 million to train this model but it was really $53 million" or whatever, come on, the investors were donating money, they're not sweating the details.
On the other hand, the general idea of "everything is securities fraud" is that if investors care about a thing, and the company says misleading stuff about the thing, then that's securities fraud. Traditionally , investors cared about things like profits, and companies sometimes cooked their books to show misleading profit numbers, and that was traditional securities fraud. But the modern theory understands that investors care about lots of things that could impact the company's business — its policies for securing customer data, its treatment of its employees, its treatment of its whales — and misleading investors about any of those things could be fraud.
In the modern world of environmental, social and governance (ESG) investing, it seems pretty uncontroversial to say that at least some investors care about a company's environmental record. And thus lying about your environmental record gives investors — or regulators — a securities-fraud hook to sue you.
You could imagine some sort of world in which governments directly regulated companies' environmental behavior, in which people made collective judgments about climate trade-offs through a democratic process, governments made rules enacting those judgments, companies followed those rules, and people got the level of emissions that they wanted. It's one approach.
But I think that the US approach is, roughly, that people make rough collective judgments about climate trade-offs through their ownership of ESG investment vehicles , investment managers pressure companies to enact those judgments, companies respond to those pressures by making environmental promises, and US regulators regulate those promises and punish the companies when they are false. Environmental regulation through securities fraud.
I say this a lot but it keeps being true: Every bad thing that a public company does, and every bad thing that happens to a public company, is also securities fraud.
The general form of this is something bad happens and the company does not immediately disclose it, or has not adequately warned shareholders of the risk of it happening, or both. Later, when the bad news comes out, the company's stock drops. Shareholders who bought the stock before the news came out sue, saying that they were deceived about the bad thing and lost money. The US Securities and Exchange Commission also takes an interest in fraud and might bring an enforcement action.
Take computer hacking, for instance. If a company gets hacked, that is bad: The hack might disrupt its business, it might have to pay a ransom to unlock its files, its customers might stop trusting it, it might get in trouble with regulators for losing customer data, etc. If a company gets hacked and does not immediately disclose it, and then later discloses it and the stock drops, it will get sued for securities fraud. (Even if it does immediately disclose it, it might get sued for not previously warning shareholders about the risk of being hacked, or for saying things like "we use strong passwords" if, in fact, it did not.)
Actually hacking is a special case, because getting hacked is so securities fraud that the SEC recently wrote new rules about hacking disclosure. These rules, which go into effect next month, require public companies to disclose "any cybersecurity incident they determine to be material" within four days after they decide that it is material.
One corollary of "everything is securities fraud" — and this is the farthest possible thing from legal advice but here we are — one corollary of this is that, if you do a bad thing to a public company, once you have finished doing the bad thing, there is a fascinating window in which:
1. You know about the bad thing, because you did it. 2. The company knows about the bad thing, because it experienced it, and/or because you sent it an email like "nyah nyah I just hacked your computers." 3. The public does not know about the bad thing, because the company has not yet disclosed it.
By the theory of "everything is securities fraud," the company is committing securities fraud during this window. (Particularly if the bad thing was a hack and the window has been more than four days.) And you know it. How can you take advantage?
One thing that you could do is short the company's stock, hoping to profit when the bad thing is disclosed. This is a well-established approach, but has the problem of being illegal. It is (probably) insider trading: You have material nonpublic information about the company, and are trading on it. [1] You might not care: If you did an illegal bad thing to the company (like hacking), also doing insider trading might not bother you. Still it adds some risk. My Fifth Law of Insider Trading is "don't insider trade by planting bombs at a company and buying put options on its stock."
Another thing you could do is sue the company for securities fraud, but that takes a lot of time and effort. Also you won't get that much money for it unless you owned a lot of the company's stock, and presumably you didn't. (If you did, why did you do the bad thing to the company?)
A third thing you could do is file a whistleblower complaint with the US Securities and Exchange Commission saying "hey FYI this company is doing securities fraud." And then maybe the SEC will investigate and agree and fine the company a pile of money and give you a cut of the money as a whistleblower reward. The SEC does the work for you and just hands you the money at the end. Efficient!
One thing that I think about sometimes is the similarity between journalism and insider trading. Consider: You are in the business of finding out things about companies that nobody else knows, so you spend your time developing sources at those companies who will tell you things. If their company has a new product coming out, or is about to announce a merger, or has been doing fraud, they call you to tell you before anyone else knows.
Sometimes they tell you things just because you ask, and they are indiscreet. Sometimes they tell you things out of a sense of public-spiritedness: They think that what they know should be known more broadly. Sometimes they tell you things out of a sense of grievance: They are mad at their bosses and want to leak information. Sometimes they tell you things because you are friends: You have done such a good job of developing relationships that your sources think of you as a personal friend, not just a transactional counterparty. Sometimes there is some amount of favor-trading involved: You get information from them, and in exchange you give them something that they want. Perhaps that is also information: You give them news or gossip about their firm or industry that you got from other sources. Or perhaps you can give them career advice. Or maybe you just buy them lunch, or drinks. Maybe you pay them cash! Often, of course, their motives are mixed; they tell you stuff out of public-spiritedness and grievance and friendship and favor-trading and carelessness all at once.
What do you do with this information? Here are three possibilities:
1. You work at a newspaper, you write up a story containing your sources' secret information, and you publish it on your website and in your print newspaper. 2. You work at a hedge fund, and you trade on your sources' information: You buy ahead of the merger announcement, sell ahead of the accounting fraud, whatever. 3. You work at a very small and odd newspaper, one that charges $1 million a year for a subscription and that has only five subscribers, all of them hedge funds.
Option 1 is called "journalism." It is generally considered a good thing — the public has a right to know secret stuff, etc. — and in the US it is protected by the First Amendment. Of course some of the readers of your newspaper will trade on what you publish, but that's fine; journalism can move markets.
Option 2 is usually called "insider trading," and in most cases, in the US, it is illegal.
Option 3 is a gray area! It seems clear to me that if you have one subscriber and a million-dollar subscription, that's insider trading: You work for a hedge fund, but you have an obfuscatory job title. Probably at five subscribers it is still insider trading. On the other hand, at a million subscribers and a $200 subscription, you are clearly a journalist : Publishing a story behind a paywall, to paying customers who get it before everyone else, still counts as journalism.
I think that probably the dividing line between "journalism" and "insider trading" is, like, some number of subscribers? The number is not that high. I think that sending a newsletter to 50 subscribers, 95% of them hedge funds, for $50,000 each per year, probably looks more like journalism than like insider trading. Whereas five subscribers is insider trading. But I am just making that up and oh boy is it not legal advice.
If you run a business, you will always feel pressure to tell some people that it's going well and other people that it's going poorly. You will always want to tell investors that the business is going well, because then they will reward you by giving you more capital. You will generally want to tell the tax collectors that the business is going poorly, because then they will collect less money in taxes. (Thus, tax accounting and financial accounting are sometimes different, and people sometimes get mad about it.) Other categories are more ambiguous: You might want to tell suppliers that business is going well (so they are comfortable increasing the relationship and selling you more stuff on credit), or that it is going poorly (so that they feel sorry for you and give you a discount). You might want to tell employees that business is going well (so they don't quit for a more stable job), or that it is going poorly (so they don't demand a raise).
Ideally you would not lie to any of them, but there is a range of ways to characterize your business, and to make conditional predictions about an uncertain future. And everything is on the internet these days, so it is often possible for one audience to find what you are telling another audience and say "hey, you are telling us two different things." And if you are a public company and one of the audiences is your shareholders, someone — not necessarily the shareholders! — might say "hey, is this securities fraud?" Because everything is securities fraud.
A few years ago, the US Department of Labor proposed some new rules for investment advisers, and some companies that would be subject to the rules wrote comment letters to the DOL about how bad the rules would be for their business, because "this is a catastrophe for investment advice" is a good argument against the rules. But they also did investor calls where they told investors that the rules would be fine for their business, because "this is a catastrophe for investment advice" is a bad thing to tell your shareholders. And then Senator Elizabeth Warren — who supported the rule and didn't like the investment industry — just wrote down all the things they told the DOL, and all the things they told their investors, and put them in a letter to the US Securities and Exchange Commission asking "hey is this securities fraud or what?" She wrote:
Both sets of industry claims - that the proposed rule will harm them and their business model, and that the proposed rule will not harm them and their business model - cannot possibly be true. And if one these public statements is materially false, it would appear to violate long-standing interpretations of our securities laws.
We talked about it at the time. It was a very fun rhetorical move. Was it fraud? I wrote:
I mean, the comments to the regulators and the comments to the shareholders are both contingent predictions about the unknowable future, so you can't really hold anyone responsible if they turn out to be wrong. And nobody actually makes different unconditional quantified falsifiable predictions to the two different audiences -- no one says to the regulators "this rule will definitely cost us $100 million a year no matter what we do in response," while also telling the shareholders "this rule won't affect our bottom line at all no matter what." They make vague, conditional predictions; they stress the problems to the regulators and the solutions to the shareholders.
Still, awkward. Anyway here is a Wall Street Journal podcast with television writer Michael Schur about the Hollywood writers' strike:
Ryan Knutson: A lot of studios say this is a bad time to be making major changes to writers pay. Most streaming services are losing money, and many studios are under pressure from Wall Street to cut costs. Warner Brothers, Discovery, and Paramount have all canceled projects lately, and companies like Disney have been laying people off. How do you respond to that?
Michael Schur: It's very funny, they say one thing on their investor calls and then a very different thing to us when we're in the negotiating room. On their investor calls, it's all rosy. We're going to make so much money. We're going to be profitable very soon. We're going to make X billions of dollars over the next Y years. And then when they get in a room with us, they're like, "Guys, you've picked a really bad time to ask for a raise." We are like, we read the notes of your call. We know how much money you're projecting.
Yes right when you are negotiating a union contract you turn your pockets inside out and say "we're broke, you gotta take a pay cut," and then when you have an investor day you pull sacks of gold out of your pockets and say "we're so rich it's great." It's just that the union can hear you, and the shareholders are litigious.
I like to say around here that everything is securities fraud: If a public company does a bad thing and the stock price drops, someone will sue, claiming that the company did not adequately disclose that it was going to do the bad thing. What "everything is securities fraud" means is that securities fraud is not confined to the financial statements: If a company gets hacked, or if its chief executive officer commits sexual harassment, someone will sue for that too, because you can always find something that the company said that looks false in light of the bad news. If the bad news has to do with environmental, social or governance issues, you can say that "public companies can and should be held accountable for material misrepresentations in their ESG-related disclosures," but there's really no need to bring ESG into it: The broad rule is that public companies are accountable for absolutely everything they say if it turns out to be wrong and the stock price drops.
My general theory is that every bad thing that a public company does is securities fraud. The public company does a bad thing and does not immediately disclose it to shareholders (because it is bad). Eventually the bad thing comes out. The stock drops on the news (which is bad). Shareholders who bought the stock sue, saying that they were defrauded: The company lied to them by not telling them about the bad thing, so they bought the stock at inflated prices; when the bad thing came out, the stock dropped to its true value, exposing the fraud.
That is the basic theory. But there is a more advanced part of the theory. Technically the previous paragraph is not quite right, because technically it is not lying — it is not always securities fraud — if a company simply doesn't mention a bad thing. Technically the rule is that it is fraud "to make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading." Just omitting a material fact — without saying anything else misleading — doesn't count.
What this means for the class-action lawyers bringing "everything is securities fraud" cases is that you have to find some other statement that looks misleading in light of the bad things that the company failed to mention. We have talked about a couple of classic methods:
1. If the company makes public statements about its policies or values or code of ethics, you can say "aha, these statements were misleading, because you were doing bad things, and that isn't very ethical is it?" 2. If a company discloses risk factors like "we might get hacked, which would be bad," or "we rely on the services of our chief executive officer, so we hope he doesn't do anything terrible," then you can say "aha, those statements were misleading, because you didn't say that you had already been hacked, or that your CEO was already doing terrible stuff that would force you to fire him.
But what this means for the US Securities and Exchange Commission is a bit different. For the SEC, the way to turn everything into securities fraud is to require more disclosure : If you require companies to make extensive disclosures about their carbon emissions and environmental policies, then you have sort of de facto turned pollution into securities fraud, since a company that does a lot of terrible pollution probably won't have great disclosure about it. [3]
Similarly, if the SEC had a rule that was like "each company must disclose, each quarter, the number of sexual harassment incidents that happened that quarter," then some companies would say zero when the answer was not zero, and they'd get sued. The SEC's rule would more or less automatically turn sexual harassment into securities fraud.
The SEC does not have a rule like that, but it can … sort of … make one up? Here is a fascinating SEC enforcement action against Activision Blizzard Inc. from last week [4] :
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Friday] announced that Activision Blizzard Inc., a video game development and publishing company, agreed to pay $35 million to settle charges that it failed to maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that the company could assess whether its disclosures pertaining to its workforce were adequate. ...>
According to the SEC's order, between 2018 and 2021, Activision Blizzard was aware that its ability to attract, retain, and motivate employees was a particularly important risk in its business, but it lacked controls and procedures among its separate business units to collect and analyze employee complaints of workplace misconduct. As a result, the company's management lacked sufficient information to understand the volume and substance of employee complaints about workplace misconduct and did not assess whether any material issues existed that would have required public disclosure. ...>
"The SEC's order finds that Activision Blizzard failed to implement necessary controls to collect and review employee complaints about workplace misconduct, which left it without the means to determine whether larger issues existed that needed to be disclosed to investors," said Jason Burt, Director of the SEC's Denver Regional Office.
Activision has a history of serious workplace sexual misconduct. The SEC's order quotes Activision's risk factors in its public filings, saying things like "we may have difficulties in attracting and retaining skilled personnel or may incur significant costs to do so." And it argues that Activision did not do a good enough job elaborating on that risk factor:
Though Activision Blizzard disclosed the risk factors described above related to its workforce and how its ability to attract, retain, and motivate skilled personnel might materially impact its business, Activision Blizzard lacked controls and procedures designed to ensure that it captured and assessed – from a disclosure perspective – certain information related to these risk factors. This included lacking controls and procedures among its separate business units designed to collect or analyze employee complaints of workplace misconduct.>
As a result, complaints related to workplace misconduct were not collected and analyzed for disclosure purposes.
Additionally, during the relevant period, Activision Blizzard required that individual business unit leaders report certain categories of potentially material information to Activision Blizzard's Disclosure Committee. However, these categories did not include information relevant to Activision Blizzard's ability to retain employees, such as employee complaints or incidents of workplace misconduct.>
As a result, such information often was not accessible to Activision Blizzard's management and disclosure personnel, and was not assessed from a disclosure perspective. By lacking sufficient information to understand the volume and substance of employee complaints of workplace misconduct, Activision Blizzard's management was unable to assess related risks to the company's business, whether material issues existed that warranted disclosure to investors, or whether the disclosures it made to investors in connection with these risks were fulsome and accurate.
There is no actual argument that the disclosures were not accurate. (I guess they were not "fulsome," but that doesn't make them misleading.) The SEC's position seems to be something like: Public companies are obligated to collect information about workplace sexual misconduct and to disclose it if it seems material. If they don't disclose it, that is a violation of "Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(a), which requires issuers … to maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms." If they do disclose it, and it's wrong, that's securities fraud.
We talked last month about environmental, social and governance investing and securities fraud. I wrote that "there are some areas of corporate behavior where a company can be good or bad , but these areas are not relevant to shareholders. " But I added that the modern "everything is securities fraud" project is about limiting those categories, about expanding what is relevant to shareholders:
One rough way to think about the "everything is securities fraud" theory is that, once upon a time, most sorts of corporate behavior fell into these categories — investors were presumed not to care about them, they weren't discussed in filings, etc. — and the only area that mattered was, like, financial results. "Securities fraud" meant lying about earnings. And then over time various areas of corporate behavior — executive ethics, cybersecurity, et
Around here I like to say that every bad thing that a public company does is also securities fraud. It does the bad thing, it does not immediately tell shareholders about the bad thing, later the shareholders find out about the bad thing, the stock drops, and the shareholders sue, saying "we were tricked into buying your stock because you lied to us about not doing the bad thing."
This is I think a broadly correct description of how US securities class actions work in practice, but it is not a technically accurate description of the law, and it is missing some nuance. For one thing, simply not mentioning a bad thing might not be enough to create securities-fraud liability: To sue and win, shareholders will need to point to some misleading statement that the company did make. (So sexual harassment might be securities fraud if a company has a stated policy forbidding sexual harassment, or a risk factor in its annual report saying "we rely on the services of our chief executive officer and would have problems if he was a sexual harasser" but not mentioning that he is.)
For another thing, there will be arguments about whether the misstatements or omissions were material to investors. If shareholders say "we bought your stock because you lied to us and told us you were ethical, and we believed you," a plausible answer would be: "No you didn't, you didn't care about our ethics, they don't matter to our stock price and you were not actually defrauded." (This was roughly the issue in a 2021 Supreme Court case about Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and the "everything is securities fraud" theory.)
One way to synthesize these points is that there are some areas of corporate behavior where a company can be good or bad , but these areas are not relevant to shareholders. That is:
1. The shareholders do not care about these areas of behavior; they do not evaluate whether a company behaves well or badly in these areas, and those questions do not inform their buying and selling decisions. 2. Companies do not talk about these areas of behavior in their public filings. 3. If it turns out that a company is bad in these areas, the stock doesn't usually drop.
Like one bad thing that a public company could do is that its executives could have really bad fashion sense and dress really badly. (Not a high fashion company I mean, just like a software company or whatever.) That would be bad , in some aesthetic sense, but it would not be securities fraud. Investors would not make investing decisions based on executive fashion, the company would not make any claims about it in its filings, and if a photo emerged of a badly dressed executive the stock would not drop.
These categories are fuzzy, though; there are some categories that investors once did not care about but now do, some sorts of behavior that sometimes cause stock drops and sometimes don't, some things that are obliquely hinted at in securities filings. Sexual harassment scandals, for instance, seem more likely to cause business consequences and stock drops now than they did 10 years ago, financial decision-makers ask about them more frequently, and they are probably covered by companies' disclosed ethics policies. You could argue that 10 years ago executive sexual harassment was bad but not securities fraud, but now it is also securities fraud.
One rough way to think about the "everything is securities fraud" theory is that, once upon a time, most sorts of corporate behavior fell into these categories — investors were presumed not to care about them, they weren't discussed in filings, etc. — and the only area that mattered was, like, financial results. "Securities fraud" meant lying about earnings. And then over time various areas of corporate behavior — executive ethics, cybersecurity, etc. — became things that companies disclosed and investors were presumed to care about, and so now shareholders can sue companies if bad things happen in those areas.
Surely the biggest and most important example of this shift is ESG. Stereotyping very crudely, once upon a time investors did not care about the environmental, social and governance behavior of public companies, and now they care very much. For many investors, these are the most important factors; many investors have "ESG" (or "sustainable," etc.) right in their fund names. And companies produce increasing amounts of disclosure about ESG, in part because that's what investors want but in large part because it's what regulators demand.
And so you could imagine 20 years ago thinking "companies produce financial statements, investors read the financial statements and use them to make investing decisions, and if the financial statements are wrong that is securities fraud." And now you could imagine thinking "companies produce ESG statements, investors read the ESG statements and use them to make investing decisions, and if the ESG statements are wrong that is securities fraud." The ESG statements haven't replaced the financial statements, but they exist parallel to them, and they are … perhaps not equally important, but certainly important enough to produce lots and lots of lawsuits:
Lawyers are bracing for an increase in ESG-related cases as corporate disclosure requirements stiffen around the world.
A survey by the law firm Norton Rose Fulbright found that 28% of more than 430 general counsel and in-house litigation leaders said their so-called ESG dispute exposure increased in 2022, and 24% expect it to deepen over the next 12 months. The key reasons are the absence of clear environmental, social and governance metrics and requirements, and the heightened regulatory scrutiny on the importance of ESG.
The issue has joined employment and labor disputes, cybersecurity and data protection in what Norton Rose refers to as "class-action areas of future concern."
The growing attention of corporate litigators in industries ranging from financial services to technology corresponds with the growing tide of class actions tied to greenwashing. This is partly due to the California's plaintiffs' bar having "figured out the blueprint for how to bring these cases," according to Norton Rose. In a nutshell, this means companies that put out generalized ESG statements will sometimes find themselves as targets in product-specific cases.
If you make a product that is bad for the environment, that didn't use to be securities fraud, but it sure is now.
You know my theory: Every bad thing that a public company does is also securities fraud. If there is a data breach or sexual harassment or animal mistreatment or pollution at a company, and the public finds out about it and the stock goes down, then someone will sue the company, arguing that it defrauded shareholders by leading them to believe that it wouldn't be a data breach or sexual harassment or whatever. And this theory is weird, and people sometimes say "wait shouldn't securities fraud be for, like, accounting misstatements, not sexual harassment?" But it is a little hard to articulate a limiting principle. If a company convinces investors that it is good, but it is in fact bad, then it has defrauded them, and badness is not limited to accounting.
Once you have mastered this basic idea, you can apply it to other laws. For instance, every bad thing that a company does is also bank fraud, if the company has ever borrowed money from a bank. The Wall Street Journal reports:
The U.S. government is looking into whether Amazon.com Inc. might have misled lenders about its workplace safety record to obtain credit, using a law stemming from the savings-and-loan crisis in a legal move a lawyer for the company called "unprecedented."
The Manhattan U.S. Attorney's Office is conducting an investigation into Amazon under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act, a law that allows civil cases to be brought over wrongdoing that impacts banks. The office has deployed the 1989 law at the same time the Labor Department presses a workplace safety investigation of Amazon that has already led to several citations. …
The U.S. Attorney's Office in Manhattan issued a subpoena in August to Amazon for information the company might have shared with financial institutions involved in at least $90 million in contracts or agreements with the online retailer in the previous five years, specifically information it shared on its injury rates and labor law compliance. …
"It is difficult to understand how a safety inquiry could plausibly be shoehorned into a Firrea investigation," Zainab Ahmad, a partner at outside counsel Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, wrote in a letter to government lawyers that is included with court papers.
"Firrea addresses financial fraud, not employee safety," Ms. Ahmad added, calling the U.S. Attorney's Office's legal theory "extremely tenuous" and "unprecedented."
It is very easy to understand how a safety inquiry could plausibly be shoehorned into a Firrea investigation! Ahmad doesn't like it, and really neither do I, but I understand it.
Amazon has an equity market capitalization just shy of $1 trillion, tens of billions of dollars per year of cash flow from operations, A1/AA credit ratings and 5-year credit default swaps that trade inside of 50 basis points. If you are a bank and you loaned Amazon $90 million (!?) in the last five years, you are just fine with that decision. No bank has become insolvent because it loaned money to Amazon and now Amazon is facing "several citations" from the Labor Department.
But, sure! In its credit agreement, Amazon says that it complies with the law, so if it did not comply with labor law then its credit agreement was not strictly true. And perhaps in the due diligence for a loan, a bank sent over a questionnaire asking things like "are your workplaces safe," and probably Amazon answered "yes" in some sort of qualified and lawyered way, and if the answer should have been "no" then, right, fraud. Of course no one at a bank made a credit decision based on that questionnaire. It's not like Jamie Dimon was called in to decide whether JPMorgan Chase & Co. should lend to Amazon, and he said "hmm, I don't know, how's their safety record," and the analyst who sent the due diligence questionnaire was like "well they say here that it's good," and Dimon said "well okay, if you think we can trust them about that, then let's lend them the money," and JPMorgan went ahead on that basis and was shocked to find out that Amazon's safety record was not so good. Presumably what happened is that some credit committee made the credit decision by asking "wait this is Amazon?" and the relationship banker was like "yep" and the credit committee was like "sure wave it in" and nobody discussed worker safety at all. And if they did, it was probably along the lines of "well, Amazon is a huge company and a great credit, shame about its spotty worker safety record but we gotta make this loan."
Oh, I am being a little glib. Sometimes banks consider not only the actual credit risk of a financing but also the reputational risk: Even if you think some major oil company is huge and stable and a great credit, you'll probably have a contentious committee meeting about lending it money, because there is activist pressure on banks not to lend to oil companies. (And, of course, pressure the other way.) My impression is that lending money to Amazon is not really in this category, but is it possible that the deal memo had a paragraph like "Reputational risk: A lot of people don't like how Amazon treats its workers"? Is it possible that the deal memo went on to say "Mitigating factor: Amazon says its workplace safety is good"? I mean, sure. Would its banks have loaned it the money on the same terms no matter what Amazon said about its workplace safety? Yes, I think so. But you can understand how the prosecutors might be doing the shoehorning.
Elsewhere, and related, here is Patrick McKenzie on "KYC and AML: beyond the acronyms":
Many, many crimes involve lies, but most lies told are not crimes and most lies told are not recorded for forever. We did, however, make a special rule for lies told to banks: they're potentially very serious crimes and they will be recorded with exacting precision, for years, by one of the institutions in society most capable of keeping accurate records and most findable by agents of the state.
This means that if your crime touches money, and much crime is financially motivated, and you get beyond the threshold of crime which can be done purely offline and in cash, you will at some point attempt to interface with the banking system. And you will lie to the banks, because you need bank accounts, and you could not get accounts if you told the whole truth.
The government wants you to do this. Their first choice would be you not committing crimes, but contingent on you choosing to break the law, they prefer you also lie to a bank.
Same idea with workplace safety violations.
The general form of "everything is securities fraud" is:
The company, or one of its executives, does a bad thing; The company does not simultaneously disclose the bad thing to shareholders (because it is shameful, etc.); Eventually the bad thing comes out and the stock drops; The shareholders can say they were defrauded: They paid more for the stock than they would have if they had known about the bad thing.
When I write about this, sometimes I get complaints from securities lawyers who say "no, securities fraud doesn't work that way: You are not required to disclose everything immediately , and it is only securities fraud if the company puts out some misleading disclosure. Just not mentioning a bad thing is not fraud." [6] And so in fact the technical game of "everything is securities fraud" is that you have to find something that the company did say that turns out not to be true in light of the bad thing. A classic that we have discussed a few times is that, if a company has a public code of ethics saying "our executives are not allowed to do bad stuff," and they do bad stuff, then you sue the company because its code of ethics is misleading. Or if the company has a risk factor that says "bad stuff might happen and that would be bad," and the bad stuff has already happened, then that risk factor is misleading.
Or, here, if the company fires an executive for having an intra-office affair, and it puts out a press release saying that he "separated from the Company following the Board's determination that he violated company policy and demonstrated poor judgment involving a recent consensual relationship with an employee," but it doesn't say that he had several consensual relationships with employees, well, I guess that use of the singular is misleading?
If a Danish bank acquires a Finnish bank with a branch in Estonia that serves Russian customers and does not do sufficient anti-money-laundering checks, and some of those Russian customers at the Estonian branch of the Finnish bank owned by the Danish bank "were engaged in highly suspicious and potentially criminal transactions," is that securities fraud in the US? You know the answer! It's right in the section header:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [yesterday] announced fraud charges against Danske Bank, a multinational financial services corporation headquartered in Denmark, for misleading investors about its anti-money laundering (AML) compliance program in its Estonian branch and failing to disclose the risks posed by the program's significant deficiencies. Danske Bank agreed to pay $413 million to settle the SEC's charges.
According to the SEC's complaint, when Danske Bank acquired its Estonian branch in 2007, it knew or should have known that a substantial portion of the branch's customers were engaging in transactions that had a high risk of involving money laundering; that its internal risk management procedures were inadequate to prevent such activity; and that its AML and Know-Your-Customer procedures were not being followed and did not comply with applicable laws and rules. The SEC alleges that, from 2009 to 2016, these high-risk customers, none of whom were residents of Estonia, utilized Danske Bank's services to transact billions of dollars in suspicious transactions through the U.S. and other countries, generating as much as 99 percent of the Estonian branch's profits. The complaint further alleges that, although Danske Bank knew of these high-risk transactions, it made materially misleading statements and omissions in its publicly available reports stating that it complied with its AML obligations and that it had effectively managed its AML risks. As the full extent of Danske Bank's AML failures became apparent, its share price dropped precipitously.
There is a parallel US Department of Justice guilty plea and $2 billion penalty, and that makes sense. If Russians are doing crimes at their Estonian bank, the odds are good that somehow they will end up with some dollars, and giving criminals access to the US dollar banking system is of great interest to US prosecutors:
U.S. Attorney Damian Williams said: "For years, Danske Bank lied and deceived U.S. banks to pump billions of dollars of suspicious and criminal funds through the U.S. financial system. In doing so, Danske Bank, the largest bank in Denmark, deliberately disregarded U.S. law, of which it is well aware, facilitated the laundering of criminal and suspicious proceeds through the United States, and placed the U.S. financial network at risk, all in the name of its bottom line. The Bank is now being held to account. For its years-long criminal conduct, today Danske Bank pled guilty to conspiring to commit bank fraud, will forfeit over $2 billion, and will implement and maintain a revamped compliance program and AML controls. Banks and other financial institutions around the world should heed this message: If you want to use the U.S. financial system, you must play by the rules. If you don't, we will hold you accountable."
From the Justice Department's perspective, Danske defrauded US banks by tricking them into facilitating dollar transactions for Danske as Danske was opening accounts for possible criminals. From the SEC's perspective, though, Danske defrauded US shareholders by tricking them into thinking that it was a good bank, but then it turned out to be a bad bank (with the money laundering), so its stock went down. When a US public company does a bad thing and its stock goes down, that's securities fraud.
The fact that Danske Bank is not actually a US public company is a minor detail:
Danske is a Danish multinational banking and financial services corporation headquartered in Copenhagen, Denmark. At all relevant times, Danske was the largest bank in Denmark and a major retail bank in Northern Europe, with offices in countries outside Denmark. Danske's shares traded in Denmark on the OMX Copenhagen and in the United States over-thecounter ("OTC") as American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") listed in U.S. dollars, and U.S. investors constituted a significant portion of Danske's shareholders. Between 2009 and 2018, U.S. shareholders held as much as 18% of Danske's stock.
Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 12g3-2, 17 C.F.R. § 240.12g3-2, Danske was exempt from registering its equity securities under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and filing periodic reports under Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, provided that, among other things, Danske publish in English, on its website, information and reports in the form required by the laws of its country of incorporation (Denmark).
Accordingly, between 2009 and 2016, Danske periodically published a variety of reports, including annual, interim, corporate governance, and risk management reports, in English on its corporate website for the benefit of and made available to, inter alia, actual and prospective U.S. investors. Certain of these reports contained representations to investors about Danske's risk management processes and disciplines related to the banks systems and controls. Such systems and controls would include Danske's policies and procedures to detect, prevent and mitigate risks to the bank from financial crime, including money laundering. …
From at least 2009 through early 2016, Danske knew or was reckless in not knowing that its statements to investors in its periodic reports … were false and misleading.
If a public company anywhere in the world does a bad thing and its stock goes down, the SEC will take interest.
This is the theory that we talk about all the time around here, that "everything is securities fraud." If a company does a bad thing, and it didn't tell its shareholders about it, then it deceived the shareholders and that's fraud. Ordinarily this theory applies only to public companies, but if you're a high-profile enough private company and you raised a lot of money from outside investors while doing bad stuff and not telling them about it, then I guess that's good enough.
We talked last year about an everything-is-securities-fraud case against Goldman Sachs Group Inc.; there, the allegations were that (1) Goldman did some fraud while selling mortgage collateralized debt obligations, (2) it didn't tell shareholders that it was doing fraud while selling CDOs, so (3) it was doing fraud on the shareholders too. I wrote:
As I often write, this theory can turn anything bad that a public company does into securities fraud: A company will put out some generic statements saying that it is good, follows the law, has a code of ethics, etc.; then it will turn out that the company secretly does bad things, breaks the law, has unethical executives, etc.; the stock will drop (because the bad things are bad for the company); the shareholders will sue, saying "you said you were good, we believed you, we bought the stock, but you were bad and we lost money." And so climate change and sexual harassment and lax customer data protections and mistreatment of orcas can all be transmuted into securities fraud.>
Here the underlying bad deed that was transmuted into securities fraud was also securities fraud —Goldman said it put customers first, then it did a fraud on the Abacus CDO buyers, then it got caught, then its stock dropped—but that is just a coincidence. If instead of defrauding the Abacus CDO buyers Goldman had murdered them, that would not have been securities fraud with respect to the Abacus CDO buyers (it would have been murder), but it would still have been securities fraud with respect to Goldman's shareholders (if the stock dropped after Goldman was charged with murder).
Similarly, here, the underlying bad deed was (allegedly) running a fraud at a crypto exchange, which certainly looks like securities fraud, but might not actually be. But it doesn't matter; if you have shareholders, any sort of fraud is also securities fraud.
In so much of business, there are different ways to describe the same conduct, and the different descriptions have different legal implications. "I paid a bribe to a politician to get this government contract": no, bad, don't say that. "We do not have extensive contacts in that region, so I paid a consulting fee to a firm with deep local knowledge, and they were able to advise us on how to tailor our proposal effectively to the right decisionmakers": Isn't that so calm and boring and business-y? Don't your eyes glaze over as you think "sure, yes, business, whatever"? Does it mean the same thing? Quite possibly!
Or: "He blackmailed me, so I handed him a sack of cash": bad. "He gave me a copy of his allegations as part of a confidential offer of settlement, and, without admitting or denying them, I decided to put the matter behind me by entering into a monetary settlement, which of course included a non-disclosure agreement": Isn't that so calm and boring and lawyer-y? Don't you think "sure, yes, settlement, whatever"? Does it mean the same thing? Quite possibly!
This is extremely extremely extremely not legal advice, do not try it at home, and often we find ourselves talking about these issues around here because someone thought they used the right words and prosecutors disagreed.
Here's another important one. "They hacked into our system and stole our user data, so we paid them ransom to give it back": bad! Bad for them (they did a crime), and also bad for you: You have to disclose — to the users, perhaps to the government, perhaps to shareholders — that you got hacked, and you might get in trouble for your carelessness. "We have a bug bounty program in which we pay rewards to outside security researchers who spot holes in our security, and that program worked as designed to catch this problem before it could be used by evil hackers": much nicer. Your bug bounty program working effectively is not a security failing , it is a security success , and you don't have to report it to anyone.
You know the drill. A public company does a bad thing. When the bad thing becomes public, the company's stock goes down. Shareholders sue the company for securities fraud. The lawsuits are always the same: "You told us in your public filings that you were not doing a bad thing, so we bought your stock. But you were lying, and when the world found out you were doing the bad thing, the stock went down and we lost money. We were defrauded out of our money by your lies." Everything bad — polluting, sexual harassment, animal abuse, making a buggy video game, social media companies failing to safeguard user privacy, social media companies having a negative effect on society, lax information security practices leading to data breaches — can also be characterized as securities fraud, if a public company does it.
Now. The theory of everything-is-securities-fraud is something like: If a company does a bad thing, that will be bad for its business in some way. It will lose customers or lose employees or pay fines or whatever. This will reduce the profits available to shareholders, which will reduce the value of the stock. If shareholders had known about the bad thing, they could have properly valued the company; the fact that the bad thing was hidden prevented that and inflated the stock price. When it came out, the stock fell to its true value, and the deceived shareholders lost money. Byrne Hobart once wrote:
This is … partly a result of how efficiently markets aggregate and share information: it's hard to directly measure the effect of corporate malfeasance on sales or employee retention, especially over long periods. But stock prices react fast, and they represent a guess about the long term. So if you want to know exactly how bad some piece of news was, the only way to rephrase that is "how bad was it for shareholders?"
If a Brazilian iron mining company builds a dam, and the dam collapses, kills 270 people and causes "immeasurable environmental and social harm," is that securities fraud? Of course it is:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Thurssday] charged Vale S.A., a publicly traded Brazilian mining company and one of the world's largest iron ore producers, with making false and misleading claims about the safety of its dams prior to the January 2019 collapse of its Brumadinho dam. The collapse killed 270 people, caused immeasurable environmental and social harm, and led to a loss of more than $4 billion in Vale's market capitalization.
According to the SEC's complaint, beginning in 2016, Vale manipulated multiple dam safety audits; obtained numerous fraudulent stability certificates; and regularly misled local governments, communities, and investors about the safety of the Brumadinho dam through its environmental, social, and governance (ESG) disclosures. The SEC's complaint also alleges that, for years, Vale knew that the Brumadinho dam, which was built to contain potentially toxic byproducts from mining operations, did not meet internationally-recognized standards for dam safety. However, Vale's public Sustainability Reports and other public filings fraudulently assured investors that the company adhered to the "strictest international practices" in evaluating dam safety and that 100 percent of its dams were certified to be in stable condition.
This is all pretty normal stuff. As I often say around here, every bad thing that a public company does, or that happens to a public company, can be recharacterized as securities fraud: (1) you said your dams were safe, (2) I bought the stock, (3) a dam collapsed, (4) the stock went down.
But there are two somewhat unusual points here. One is that Vale is a Brazilian company and the dam was in Brazil, so it's a bit odd for the U.S. SEC to regulate it. But Vale has American depository receipts that trade on the New York Stock Exchange, and also sold bonds in the U.S., and that's more than good enough for the SEC. When a Brazilian company's dam in Brazil collapses and kills 270 Brazilians, the SEC will step in to protect American shareholders.
Every bad thing that a U.S. public company does can be transmuted into securities fraud: When the news about the bad thing comes out, the stock will drop, and investors will say "you didn't promptly tell us about the bad thing, or you didn't adequately warn us about the risk of the bad thing, so we were deceived into buying your stock and have now lost money." We talk about this a lot. It has some international applications, but in general, not everything that public companies do outside of the U.S. is securities fraud. The U.S. is very advanced in this matter.
But this would be quite a shareholder lawsuit:
Geoff Bainbridge, the chief executive of [Australian] listed whisky maker Lark Distilling, sensationally quit the company on Wednesday "to enable him to manage a personal matter" that was brought to the board's attention on Tuesday night.
That "personal matter" is an alleged case of international extortion that stemmed from a visit to South East Asia well before his appointment as Lark CEO.
"I attended a gathering with people I didn't know and don't remember much more about that night. However, the next morning I was played footage which made it clear I had been set up as part of a shakedown," Bainbridge said in a statement.
"Following the incident, due to this captured content I have been the subject of a sophisticated, continuing and recently escalated extortion." ...
The stock, which had gained 170 per cent in a year before Wednesday's announcement, fell as much as 21 per cent in a few hours.
Imagine trying to write that risk factor.
The point here is that "everything is securities fraud" is a way to punish political speech. In general, in the U.S., people — and also corporations — are allowed to express their opinions about controversial political topics, and it is viewed as unseemly for the government to punish them for doing so. And this is true even if they are factually mistaken, or outright lying: It is bad for people to lie about political matters, but the punishment for that is pretty much "journalists might call you a liar"; the government is not in the business of punishing even dishonest political speech.
On the other hand it is illegal — it is securities fraud — for a company to lie to its shareholders to get them to buy stock, and that rule is generally interpreted broadly enough that essentially any untrue statement that a public company makes can be called securities fraud.
So you just combine those two things and you can turn any sort of political speech or position-taking by a public corporation (or its executives, or its subsidiaries) into securities fraud. Find some debatable premise in what they say: fraud. Or, failing that, you can accuse them of fraud for failing to include a risk factor about how their political position is actually bad, will cost them customers, etc.
The point is that the law of fraud — here securities fraud, but more generally "wire fraud" or just "fraud" — creates a sort of backup to contract law, corporate law, partnership law, etc. If you go around telling people "hey, sign this contract and you'll get a pony," and they sign the contract and it actually says "you will never get a pony," they will not have much ability to sue you under the contract, but someone will probably go after you for fraud, depending on things like how many people you marketed it to and how unsophisticated they were and how high-pressure your marketing was and and how complicated the contract was and how much money you got out of them.
People complain about this from time to time; in particular, it is common for fraud defendants to say "this is not a case of fraud, but a simple contract dispute in which we disagree with our counterparties about what our obligations were under the contract." There is a lot of overlap between those things.
I think this is an interesting situation — related to but distinct from "everything is securities fraud" — for, like, corporate governance and Elon Musk and executives on Twitter. I think that corporations and their executives are, in broad terms, obligated to do not only what their contracts and corporate documents say they have to do, but also what they have said publicly they are going to do (and particularly what they have said to investors they are going to do), because if they do something else they'll get sued for securities fraud.
One thing that I like to say around here is that every bad thing that a public company does is also securities fraud. Traditionally, when a public company lies about its financial results, that's securities fraud, but modern securities-fraud litigation has expanded until, you know, making teenagers feel bad about their bodies is securities fraud. But lying about financial results, yes, also definitely still securities fraud.
The word "public" is important there. Every bad thing a public company does is securities fraud, is the theory. Most bad things that private companies do are not securities fraud. Even lying about their finances , as long as they are not lying to investors to get them to invest. I once wrote:
One main reason for this is that public companies make their statements publicly, to everyone, and everyone can buy their stock. If a public company executive says "we had a good quarter" in a magazine interview, people will go buy the stock on the stock exchange; if it turns out she was lying, they will all have been deceived about a material fact in connection with a securities trade.>
If a private company executive says "we had a good quarter" in a magazine interview, readers might say "oh interesting, nice to hear good news out of a startup," but they will not go buy the stock, because there's no stock for sale and nowhere to buy it. Investors can only buy the stock from the private company itself, in occasional, carefully controlled and lawyered fundraising rounds. When the company is raising a round, it will put together disclosure documents and send them to potential investors, and when it sells stock to those investors it will make them sign a contract saying in effect that they've done their due diligence, that they're only relying on the company's official disclosure, and that they can't sue the company for lying in a random magazine interview.>
The approximate result is that every untrue public statement made by a public company has securities-fraud victims, while almost no untrue public statements by private companies have securities-fraud victims.
Again, to be clear, if you are a private company and you tell investors "we made $100 million last quarter" and they invest and you were lying, that's still securities fraud, they can sue, the Securities and Exchange Commission can still come after you, there are no exceptions for private companies. But if you are a private company and you tell a magazine "we made $100 million last quarter" and you are lying, that might be fine, as long as you tell the truth to investors before they invest. (Not legal advice!) This can be awkward when a private company goes public. Last month Dan Primack wrote a funny article about Sweetgreen Inc.'s filings for its initial public offering:
Restaurant chain Sweetgreen on Monday filed to go public, and revealed that it lost money in each year since 2014.>
Why it matters: The company lied when it repeatedly told reporters it was profitable.>
In a 2018 podcast with Recode's Kara Swisher, Sweetgreen co-founder and CEO Jonathan Neman replied "We are," when asked if the company was profitable. …>
The company also told the NY Times last year that its 2019 revenue "topped $300 million," even though it was actually $274 million.
If you lie to reporters about being profitable, and then print the truth in your IPO filing, reporters will notice and be mad at you! That is probably the only consequence! They will write articles saying that you lied, which will hurt your feelings a bit, but whatever. As long as you gave your private investors accurate financial statements, and include accurate financial statements in your IPO filings, you're fine.
Still I suppose your lawyers might overthink it a bit and say: Well, the old articles are still out there on the internet, the ones where you lied about your financial results. Any rational investor will of course ignore those old articles and look at your IPO filings to see your financial results. But there are a lot of irrational investors in the world, and more to the point there are a lot of clever securities plaintiffs' lawyers. If you go public and then your stock goes down, someone is going to sue you, saying "you said in a New York Times article that your 2019 revenue was over $300 million, but it was really $274 million, and we read the article and were deceived and bought your stock." This is very stupid stuff but just to be safe you might as well disclaim those articles now.
And so today Sweetgreen filed an amended prospectus for its IPO that includes this paragraph in the risk factors:
Additionally, any public statements, including social media posts, from any members of our senior management team or board of directors that are perceived negatively or other than as intended by the media or our customers could have a material and adverse impact on our brand. For example, in a December 2018 podcast, our Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan Neman, stated, in response to a question of whether the company was profitable, that "we are." As noted in this prospectus, for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2018, we had a net loss of $31.1 million. Although Mr. Neman was referring in this response to operating profitability for the third quarter of fiscal year 2018 rather than net income profitability under GAAP requirements, listeners of the podcast, or readers of subsequent articles that reprinted this statement, including potential investors in our prior private financings or this offering, may have construed this statement to be referring to GAAP profitability. In addition, in January of 2020, we were quoted in an article by the New York Times that revenue for fiscal year 2019 "topped $300 million." As noted in this prospectus, for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019, we had revenue of $274.2 million. Accordingly, this quote did not precisely reflect our revenues for fiscal year 2019. While we believe all investors in our private financings since the date of these public communications had complete and accurate information in which to make an investment decision, some investors may have given undue reliance on these public communications. Although we would vigorously contest any claim that a violation of the Securities Act occurred as a result of these public communications, we cannot assure you that such investors, or regulatory authorities, could not make such claims and/or that such sales of securities around the time of these communications could not subject the company to rescission claims. Any such claims could have an adverse effect on the company. Similarly, potential investors in this offering should not rely on these prior public statements. You should make your investment decision only after reading this entire prospectus carefully.
That should do it! Of course the problem persists: If you read the old news articles but not the prospectus, then you won't read this risk factor , and you won't know that Sweetgreen lied about its 2018 and 2019 results or that it now disclaims those statements. Still, probably good enough.
Note the other point here is that, while Sweetgreen believes (correctly, I think) that those public statements were not securities fraud on the private investors who previously bought its stock , because they "had complete and accurate information in which to make an investment decision," there's still some risk that those investors will give it a go and sue claiming that they relied on the inaccurate public statements. That seems a bit much to me, but I see why Sweetgreen would want to be careful; the frontiers of securities fraud are always expanding.
Everything, I like to say, is securities fraud. If a public company does a bad thing, or a bad thing happens to it, some creative lawyer will be able to argue that the company's disclosure was misleading and that it defrauded its investors. Specifically, if you bought the stock before the bad thing was disclosed, and then the stock price went down after the bad thing was disclosed, you have a securities fraud claim.
Bad things do happen, so there are lots of securities fraud class actions, lawsuits on behalf of everyone who bought or owned stock in Company X between Date Y and Date Z. And these cases often settle for millions of dollars, and then the lawyers send out notices to investors saying if you qualify — if you bought stock in Company X between Date Y and Date Z — you can send in a claim and you'll get some of the settlement money. In our modern system of stock ownership, it shouldn't be that hard to figure out who qualifies. But it can sometimes be a little complicated:
While many claims are submitted by individual shareholders, traders that are involved in a large number of trades, such as high frequency trading firms, hedge funds, or family offices, sometimes use claim aggregators, which, for a fee, compile large amounts of trades for a client and manage the claims process in dealing with distribution fund administrators.
In evaluating claims, the distribution fund administrator typically performs audits and data integrity checks to confirm that a purported injured investor is entitled to receive compensation from the distribution fund. For example, distribution fund administrators typically confirm that the submitted documents reflect transactions in the relevant security during the relevant time period, and that the reported transactions reflect a price at which the security traded on the relevant date.
As part of the claims evaluation process, distribution fund administrators may request documentation and information to further evaluate a claimed securities transaction. The trading dates and holdings of the security must conform to the period of the alleged misconduct.
And because everything is securities fraud — because it is a growing business, because there is a whole industry of enterprising lawyers trying to turn more things into securities fraud — there are a lot of settlements, a lot of chances to submit claims, a lot of overworked claims administrators, and, you know, a certain amount of opportunity to do fraud. These guys allegedly did some fraud:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [last week] announced it charged a New Jersey "claims aggregator" - a firm that submits claims on behalf of its clients to administrators tasked with returning settlement funds to harmed investors - and its three principals with defrauding distribution funds established to return money to securities fraud victims in a multi-year scheme that yielded millions of dollars.
The SEC's complaint, filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleges that Joseph Cammarata, Erik Cohen, and David Punturieri, and two entities that they control, AlphaPlus Portfolio Recovery Corp. and Alpha Plus Recovery, LLC (collectively "AlphaPlus"), stole at least $40 million from approximately 400 distribution funds, including more than $3 million from settlement funds arising from SEC enforcement actions. The complaint alleges that, starting in 2014, AlphaPlus engaged in a serial scheme to fraudulently obtain money by submitting false claims to settlement fund administrators - purporting to represent clients who had traded the securities that were the subjects of the underlying settlements. The complaint further alleges that defendants used false trading data and broker-dealer letterhead they misappropriated from other companies to "document" the purported trades and provide an air of legitimacy to their fake claims. According to the complaint, Cammarata, Cohen, and Punturieri funneled the fraudulently obtained distributions through a web of accounts they controlled and used the stolen money to pay for numerous personal expenses, such as jewelry, home renovations, luxury automobiles, watercraft, and real estate.
One question is: If you disguise your voice in order to impersonate a customer executive on a due diligence call in order to trick a potential investor into giving your company money, is that securities fraud? I am not really a lawyer and nothing in this column is ever legal advice but … yes? Yes, that does seem very much like the core of securities fraud? Lying to people about your business in order to trick them into investing money in your securities? So I'm going to go with yes.
Another question is: If you do that, and it doesn't work, and then you don't disclose to a different potential investor that you tried that on the first investor, is that securities fraud? That is, once you've done the fake diligence call, is every subsequent stock sale also fraud unless you say "hey guys, just so you know, we tried a little fraud before but now we have stopped"?
It is a little harsh but I think the answer is also yes? I am talking of course about Ozy Media, whose co-founder Samir Rao allegedly impersonated a YouTube executive on a due diligence call with potential investors from Goldman Sachs Group Inc. about how Ozy's videos do on YouTube. Goldman quickly figured it out and passed on the investment so, no harm no foul I guess? Goldman did not sue anyway, though apparently Google (which owns YouTube) found out about the impersonation and reported it to the FBI. But then Ozy kept going around trying to raise money, and it succeeded, and one of its later investors has now sued:
Ozy Media Inc. was sued by an investor over its co-founder's impersonation of a YouTube executive during a conference call with Goldman Sachs Group Inc. executives about a potential investment.
LifeLine Legacy Holdings LLC said in a securities fraud suit filed late Monday that it invested around $2.25 million in Ozy in February and May partly because co-founders Carlos Watson and Samir Rao claimed Goldman was about to put money in the company.
"Watson and Rao expressly represented to LifeLine that Goldman Sachs was positioning itself to make a substantial investment in the company," Beverly Hills-based LifeLine said in its complaint filed in federal court in San Jose. …
Ozy never disclosed that "Rao attempted to impersonate an executive of YouTube in an effort to obtain a substantial investment from Goldman Sachs, or that, as a result of Rao's fraudulent conduct, Goldman Sachs declined to invest in Ozy Media and that Ozy Media was under investigation by government agencies," LifeLine said in its suit.
Did it have to disclose that? Ozy is a private company, and when it sold stock to LifeLine it did so under a stock purchase agreement, and a stock purchase agreement will generally contain a representation saying something like "the company complies with all applicable laws," and if you are currently doing a fraud, or recently got finished doing a fraud, that rep is probably not true. Which makes the new sale, arguably, also a fraud. From LifeLine's complaint:
Based, in part, upon the foregoing representations, on or about February 24, 2021, LifeLine entered into a Series C Stock Purchase Agreement ("Series C SPA") pursuant to which it agreed to purchase approximately $2 million of Series C Preferred Shares in Ozy Media.
Among other things, the Series C SPA provided that "to the Company's knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company".
In hindsight the proper approach would have been for Ozy's lawyers to edit that rep to say "to the Company's knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company; provided, however, that an executive of the Company did disguise his voice on a call with another potential investor to impersonate a YouTube executive, which ended up getting reported to the FBI, but that investor never actually invested and the executive was having a tough time so we think it's not really a big deal, but just FYI." That would have been fine I think. Though of course then LifeLine probably wouldn't have invested? Which is the point? The point is that this would have been material to LifeLine's investment decision, had Ozy told them about it?
There is a classic view that the interests of shareholders and the interests of society sometimes diverge, that sometimes companies put the financial interests of their shareholders (profit) above the good of society, and that an important job of government is to find and regulate those cases of market failure. It's cheaper to dump your industrial waste in a river than to pay for safe disposal, so companies do that to maximize profits, so governments write laws to prevent them from doing that, etc. The shareholders say "focus on profit above all else" and society says "well not above all else." And then companies have an optimization problem: They have to maximize profit, constrained only by staying within the rules.
This is such a standard view that a couple of years ago the chief executive officers of a bunch of big companies said, in effect, "we are going to stop caring only about shareholders and start caring about society." This was viewed as a big change. You have shareholders, you have society, they are adverse to each other, you have to pick. The CEOs were like "usually we have picked shareholders but now sometimes we will pick society."[1]
But I think this model is wrong. I mean, perhaps it was once right, but now it isn't. Now shareholders increasingly come to the companies they own and say "don't maximize profits for us, do what is best for society."
The basic theory is about long-term sustainability and internalization of externalities. The theory is that if a company chooses profit over some other legitimate stakeholder interest (being nice to customers, treating workers fairly, not polluting, not undermining democracy, etc.), then its profits will not be sustainable. Eventually the customers will take their business elsewhere, the workers won't produce good work, or governments will pass laws about pollution and democracy-undermining that will destroy the company's business. In the long run, externalities are internalized: If you make a profit by harming society, eventually society is going to send you a bill for that harm, with interest. Long-term shareholders want you to profit without harming society, so that you can keep profiting in the future.
This theory has gotten a ton of traction and attention in the last decade. In particular it is at the core of ESG investing, investing that takes into account environmental, social and governance factors. We talked last month about a presentation from ESG-ish activist fund Engine No. 1 LLC, which focused explicitly on this internalization-of-externalities argument.[2] And I say "the last decade" because of this article by Bloomberg's Kate Mackenzie from last Friday about "How the Finance World Started Turning Against Fossil Fuels":
A quiet celebration took place in London last month. It marked the 10th anniversary of the "Carbon Bubble" report, published by the think tank Carbon Tracker Initiative, that's become one of the most influential arguments against burning fossil fuels. …>
Carbon Tracker concluded that only a fifth of the 2.3 trillion tons of hydrocarbons could be extracted and used. The rest would have to be left in the ground. It was a completely counterintuitive proposal to the corporate world. All that coal, oil and gas contributed to the value of companies and assets that sat in portfolios from New York to Hong Kong. Even if the goal was only partly realized, those holdings would plummet.>
"Investors are thus left exposed to the risk of unburnable carbon," the report said. They would be "stranded assets" ...>
The Carbon Bubble report introduced a completely new way of looking at the problem. Its authors pointed out another truth: the fossil fuel business had to go away if the planet were to survive, and being the last one out the door would be a colossal financial mistake.
That is an argument of the form "sure you can make a lot of money for shareholders now by pumping out oil, but in the long run you won't be allowed to, so as shareholders we want you to stop doing so much of that." That argument was in some sense invented 10 years ago, and now it is close to a consensus among bi
One topic in finance that fascinates me is "body language." Here is the problem:
1. Big institutional investors often meet one-on-one with the executives of the public companies whose shares they own. 2. These meetings appear to be desirable and informative, to the point that investors will pay banks for setting them up, and investors seem to make market-beating trades after these meetings. 3. However, it is illegal for companies to give the investors "material nonpublic information" in these meetings. 4. So what do they talk about? 5. One theory is that the company tells investors information that is found in its public filings, and they chat about the weather and stuff, but the investors observe the executives' "body language" during these meetings and use it to inform their investing decisions. 6. Like, the executives say "as we said in our earnings release, we had 14% gross margins this quarter," and that is in fact in the earnings release so it's not news. But if they say it confidently in a power pose the investors buy more, and if they say it nervously while looking to the side the investors sell everything. Body language. 7. One assumes (why?) that this "body language" is not itself material nonpublic information, so there is no legal problem with the company giving the investors access to it.
I don't want to discount this theory entirely; I wrote once about a big investor that dumped all its stock of a public company because its chairman was too tan, which makes sense and was in fact a good call. (The company went bankrupt.) Still I do wonder about it sometimes. I assume "body language" is often a polite way to say "well sure they say a few things that aren't in the public filings, but not important things." It is easier to draw a bright line of "telling us earnings in advance is bad, but seeing body language is fine" than it is to say "telling us earnings in advance is bad, but helping us with some technical questions about how we should think about drivers of margin in our earnings model is fine." And no one's in the meeting with you, so for all anyone knows it's just body language.
"Everything is securities fraud," I like to say, and sexual harassment is particularly securities fraud. If an executive at a public company sexually harasses colleagues, and the news gets out and the stock drops, shareholders will sue the company, saying something like "you said that you had a code of ethics and policies against harassment, but you didn't say that your executive was harassing people, so we were misled into buying your stock, and when the truth came out we lost money." And then the company will settle and pay the shareholders something for the harassment. We have talked about this a few times. Sexual harassment, very much a core form of securities fraud.
When I write about "everything is securities fraud," mainly I am writing about plaintiffs' lawyers. "Everything is securities fraud" is essentially a theory of the incentives facing plaintiffs' lawyers, a way to transmute lots of problems at public companies into securities-fraud claims that are (1) easier to pursue and (2) more lucrative. If the stock drops when bad news comes out, it's easy to bring a class action on behalf of every shareholder who bought the stock before the news came out, and easy to calculate their damages (how much the stock dropped), which are large. Whereas just suing for sexual harassment is more difficult: Each case is unique, damages might be hard to prove and litigating might be painful for the victims.
Still, everything is securities fraud. I said the other day that the SEC is "the U.S.'s most general-purpose regulatory agency": Securities disclosure touches everything, from financial stability to climate change to Chinese-American relations to presidential war powers. Everything bad that happens, also happens to shareholders, and the SEC is there to protect them.
The basic rule is that when there is a devastating plane crash, the shareholders of the company that makes the plane will sue the company for securities fraud. "You built planes that would crash, but you lied and told everyone that you built planes that wouldn't crash, and we bought your stock thinking your planes wouldn't crash, and then they did so the stock went down." I don't make the rules, and I realize that this is both bizarre and ghoulish, but it is the rule. "Everything is securities fraud," I call it. And in fact Boeing Co. makes planes, including the 737 Max, and in 2019 and 2020 two 737 Max planes crashed, and Boeing's stock went down, and shareholders brought securities fraud lawsuits against it. Standard stuff.
But there are other, related but slightly different theories. For instance instead of suing the company for failing to disclose that its planes would crash, you could sue the executives and directors for failing to stop the planes from crashing. "The directors and officers had a fiduciary duty to build safe planes, not planes that crashed, and they failed in their fiduciary duties so they should pay damages." This sort of lawsuit is called a "shareholder derivative claim,"[1] and it is in many ways more complicated than the everything-is-securities-fraud theory. It is hard, generally, to get a court to second-guess directors' and officers' business decisions; it is hard to hold them personally liable for business failures.
But the derivative lawsuit has some advantages. For one thing, it doesn't rely on finding misstatements in the disclosure. If Boeing's public statements were along the lines of "we try to make safe planes, but there is a risk that they might crash due to design flaws, and if they did that would be very bad for our business,"[2] and then some planes crashed, it is a little hard to argue that it deceived anyone. You can, of course — "you said you had a culture of safety and you had a culture of not-safety," etc. — but it's hard. It seems somehow more straightforward to argue "look, your job was to make safe planes, and you didn't, so now you have to pay."
For another thing, if you are a shareholder and you sue the company for securities fraud, and you win, the company pays you, which is sort of pointless? It just moves money from the corporation (whose shares you own) to your bank account, but it was your money anyway. And now the lawyers get a chunk of it. But if you sue the directors and win, the money goes from the directors' personal accounts to you; money that was not yours becomes yours (and the lawyers get a chunk). In practice directors are generally indemnified and insurance is paying for all of this, but it does make a little bit more intuitive sense for shareholders to sue the people who (allegedly) messed up the corporation than it does to sue the corporation itself.
Anyway some shareholders brought a derivative action against Boeing's directors and officers, and the directors and officers asked a Delaware court to dismiss the case, and last week Delaware Vice Chancellor Morgan Zurn ruled that the case against the directors (though not the officers[3]) can go forward:
The narrow question before this Court today is whether Boeing's stockholders have alleged that a majority of the Company's directors face a substantial likelihood of liability for Boeing's losses. This may be based on the directors' complete failure to establish a reporting system for airplane safety, or on their turning a blind eye to a red flag representing airplane safety problems. I conclude the stockholders have pled both sources of board liability. The stockholders may pursue the Company's oversight claim against the board.
It is hard to sue directors for breaching their fiduciary duties. In general, the "business judgment rule" insulates directors' business decisions from judicial review. But a 1996 Delaware court decision called Caremark allows directors to be held liable for some kinds of failure to oversee the company. Vice Chancellor Zurn explains:
As Chancellor Allen first observed in Caremark , and as since emphasized by this Court many times, perhaps to redundance, the claim that corporate fiduciaries have breached their duties to stockholders by failing to monitor corporate affairs is "possibly the most difficult theory in corporation law upon which a plaintiff might hope to win a judgment." A decade after Caremark , our Supreme Court affirmed the doctrine Chancellor Allen announced there and clarified that our law will hold directors personally liable only where, in failing to oversee the operations of the company, "the directors knew that they were not discharging their fiduciary obligations." At the pleading stage, a plaintiff must allege particularized facts that satisfy one of the necessary conditions for director oversight liability articulated in Caremark : either that (1) "the directors utterly failed to implement any reporting or information system or controls"; or (2) "having implemented such a system or controls, [the directors] consciously failed to monitor or oversee its operations thus disabling themselves from being informed of risks or problems requiring their attention." I respectfully refer to these conditions as Caremark "prong one" and "prong two." …
As our Supreme Court explained in In re Walt Disney Co. Derivative Litigation , the "intentional dereliction of duty" or "conscious disregard for one's responsibilities," which "is more culpable than simple inattention or failure to be informed of all facts material to the decision," reflects that directors have acted in bad faith and cannot avail themselves of defenses grounded in a presumption of good faith. In order to plead a derivative claim under Caremark , therefore, a plaintiff must plead particularized facts that allow a reasonable inference the directors acted with scienter which in turn "requires [not only] proof that a director acted inconsistent[ly] with his fiduciary duties," but also "most importantly, that the director knew he was so acting."
This is a somewhat strange standard. The words make it sound like the directors can only be liable if there is proof that they sat around cackling and saying "we don't care about safety, let it all burn." But in practice it rarely works like that; instead, mainly the rule is that if the board just didn't pay enough attention to safety, it will get in trouble. Here, Boeing's board "had no committee charged with direct responsibility to monitor airplane safety," and "did not regularly allocate meeting time or devote discussion to airplane safety and quality control until after the second crash":
The period after the Lion Air Crash is emblematic of these deficiencies. The Board's first call on November 23 was explicitly optional. The crash did not appear on the Board's formal agenda until the Board's regularly scheduled December meeting; those board materials reflect discussion of restoration of profitability and efficiency, but not product safety, MCAS, or the AOA sensor. The Audit Committee devoted slices of five-minute blocks to the crash, through the lens of supply chain, factory disruption, and legal issues—not safety.
The next board meeting, in February 2019, addressed factory production recovery and a rate increase, but not product safety or MCAS. At that meeting, the Board affirmatively decided to delay its investigation into the 737 MAX, notwithstanding publicly reported concerns about the airplane's safety. Weeks later, after the Ethiopian Airlines Crash, the Board still did not consider the 737 MAX's safety. It was not until April 2019—after the FAA grounded the 737 MAX fleet—that the Board built in time to address airplane safety.
The obvious lessons here are that if you are the board of directors of a public company, you should:
1. Make a list of the things that can plausibly go horribly wrong at your company. 2. Set up a board
Everything, I like to say, is securities fraud: If a public company does a bad thing, or a bad thing happens to it, and it becomes public and the stock goes down, investors will sue. "You didn't tell us about the bad thing," they will say, "so we bought the stock thinking it was very valuable, but then when we learned of the bad thing the stock went down and we lost money due to your deception."
Now, technically, this is not always securities fraud. Companies don't actually have an obligation to disclose everything that happens as soon as it happens. If a moderately bad thing happens, and the company doesn't say anything for a while, and then the news comes out, that is not technically securities fraud.
But this is a small technicality that doesn't matter much, because companies will generally have said something that the bad thing renders untrue, or untrue-ish, or somewhat misleading. For instance, the company will say "we have a code of ethics and tell our executives to behave well." Then if the executives behave poorly, someone will sue the company, saying "you told us that you have a code of ethics, so we believed your executives behaved well, but you neglected to tell us that they actually behave poorly." (This is the Goldman Sachs Group Inc. case that went to the Supreme Court.)
Or the company will have risk factors in its public filings, saying things like "if we get hacked that would be bad" or "if our chief executive officer is a sexual harasser that would be bad" or "if we violate the law that would be bad" or whatever. And then if it turns out the company had been hacked, or the CEO is a harasser, or the company did violate the law, then investors could object: "You lied to us! You used words like 'if we get hacked,' which implied that you had not been hacked, but in fact you had been hacked already! Your use of the word 'if' was fraud."
That's really the law I guess; here is a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action from last week:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced that Pearson plc, a London-based public company that provides educational publishing and other services to schools and universities, agreed to pay $1 million to settle charges that it misled investors about a 2018 cyber intrusion involving the theft of millions of student records, including dates of births and email addresses, and had inadequate disclosure controls and procedures.
The SEC's order finds that Pearson made misleading statements and omissions about the 2018 data breach involving the theft of student data and administrator log-in credentials of 13,000 school, district and university customer accounts. In its semi-annual report, filed in July 2019, Pearson referred to a data privacy incident as a hypothetical risk, when, in fact, the 2018 cyber intrusion had already occurred. And in a July 2019 media statement, Pearson stated that the breach may include dates of births and email addresses, when, in fact, it knew that such records were stolen, and that Pearson had "strict protections" in place, when, in fact, it failed to patch the critical vulnerability for six months after it was notified. The media statement also omitted that millions of rows of student data and usernames and hashed passwords were stolen. The order also finds that Pearson's disclosure controls and procedures were not designed to ensure that those responsible for making disclosure determinations were informed of certain information about the circumstances surrounding the breach.
From the SEC's order:
On July 25, 2019, Pearson's management met to discuss the incident and again decided that it was not necessary to issue a public statement regarding it. On July 26, 2019, Pearson furnished on Form 6-K its report of interim results for the six months from January 1, 2019 through to June 30, 2019. In the "Principal risks and uncertainties" section of that report, Pearson stated that a "[r]isk of a data privacy incident or other failure to comply with data privacy regulations and standards and/or a weakness in information security, including a failure to prevent or detect a malicious attack on our systems, could result in a major data privacy or confidentiality breach causing damage to the customer experience and our reputational damage, a breach of regulations and financial loss." This statement, which remained unchanged from prior Forms 6-K, implied that no "major data privacy or confidentiality breach" had occurred when Pearson knew months earlier about the AIMSweb 1.0 breach. Pearson failed to consider how certain information about that breach should have informed this risk disclosure.
Let's assume that Pearson's management was right and that "it was not necessary to issue a public statement regarding it." (The SEC seems skeptical, but does not quite come out and say that Pearson was obligated to disclose it immediately.) It could have just burbled along keeping the breach quiet, until its next interim financial report was due. Then, if it just left in the usual risk factor — "if we get hacked it'd be bad" — that would become securities fraud; the hypothetical phrasing would imply that a hack had not happened, but in fact it had. I suppose Pearson could have just taken out the risk factor, but that seems like much worse disclosure. (Certainly their risk of being hacked hadn't gone down?) The advanced move would be to tinker with it a bit: "if we get hacked it would be bad, and when we say that we don't mean to imply that we have not been hacked, perhaps we have been hacked, we're not telling you." (For instance: "Risk of a data privacy incident or other failure to comply with data privacy regulations and standards and/or a weakness in information security, including a failure to prevent or detect a malicious attack on our systems, which may have already happened , could result in a major data privacy or confidentiality breach causing damage to the customer experience and our reputational damage, a breach of regulations and financial loss.") Even that might be too hypothetical for the SEC though. Really the only move is to come clean. Your existing disclosure boxes you in.
Anyway this went to the Supreme Court and there were some arguments about the theory — which I talk about a lot around here — that "everything is securities fraud." If companies say vague nice things about themselves — "we have a code of ethics," "the client comes first," "we have a culture of risk management," etc. — and then a bad thing happens, a shareholder will sue, arguing that the vague nice statements were lies that deceived investors and pumped up the stock, and that when the bad thing happened the truth was revealed and the stock dropped. When we talked about it in February, I quoted some amicus curiae briefs like this one:
Frequently, event-driven claims allege that generic or aspirational statements, similar to ones made by virtually every public company, maintained inflation in a company's stock price. Allegations of wrongdoing nearly always conflict, at some level of generality, with a company's code of conduct or other statements of corporate policy. So it is not difficult for plaintiffs to allege that negative reporting or disclosures "corrected" a prior, generic policy statement (e.g., "We strive to comply with all applicable laws."). The result is that just about any corporate controversy that coincides with a drop in stock price can be re-characterized as a securities fraud. Examples abound. COVID-19 exposure on cruise ships, wildfires, data breaches, and sexual-harassment allegations have all served as grounds for event-driven claims of securities fraud supposedly tied to generalized statements.
Like those briefs, I suggested that this case might be a chance for the Supreme Court to reconsider the growing idea that everything is securities fraud.Well, never mind. The Supreme Court decided the case yesterday and it is the most boring imaginable decision. If you were looking for the Supreme Court to say "you know what, not everything should be securities fraud," or "you know what, actually everything should be securities fraud," you will be disappointed. The decision is about a minor technicality, sending the case back to an appeals court to think a bit harder about whether Goldman's generic statements of honesty and integrity inflated its stock price before the crisis.The rule (from previous Supreme Court cases) is basically that Goldman can defeat the lawsuit by showing that its statements "did not actually affect the market price of the stock." The court of appeals concluded that Goldman did not do that, but the Supreme Court wants that court to try again. The court "'should be open to all probative evidence on that question—qualitative as well as quantitative—aided by a good dose of common sense,'" says the Supreme Court, helpfully. Goldman had argued to the Supreme Court that the statements at issue here — about integrity, etc. — are so generic that they could not possibly have affected the price; the Supreme Court basically said, well, no, it depends. "As a rule of thumb, 'a more-general statement will affect a security's price less than a more-specific statement on the same question.'" Ah.Here's a good passage (citations omitted):
The generic nature of a misrepresentation often will be important evidence of a lack of price impact, particularly in cases proceeding under the inflation-maintenance theory. Under that theory, price impact is the amount of price inflation maintained by an alleged misrepresentation—in other words, the amount that the stock's price would have fallen "without the false statement." Plaintiffs typically try to prove the amount of inflation indirectly: They point to a negative disclosure about a company and an associated drop in its stock price; allege that the disclosure corrected an earlier misrepresentation; and then claim that the price drop is equal to the amount of inflation maintained by the earlier misrepresentation.
But that final inference—that the back-end price drop equals front-end inflation—starts to break down when there is a mismatch between the contents of the misrepresentation and the corrective disclosure. That may occur when the earlier misrepresentation is generic (e.g., "we have faith in our business model") and the later corrective disclosure is specific (e.g., "our fourth quarter earnings did not meet expectations"). Under those circumstances, it is less likely that the specific disclosure actually corrected the generic misrepresentation, which means that there is less reason to infer front-end price inflation—that is, price impact—from the back-end price drop.
Public and private companies are subject to different rules about what they have to disclose to their shareholders, but the basic rule of securities fraud is the same. You are not allowed to knowingly make an untrue statement about a material fact to investors to try to get them to buy stock.[1] You can't lie about your company to get people to give you money. Reasonable enough.
In practice, this basic rule is vastly more likely to be enforced against public companies than it is against private, venture-backed startups. One main reason for this is that public companies make their statements publicly, to everyone, and everyone can buy their stock. If a public company executive says "we had a good quarter" in a magazine interview, people will go buy the stock on the stock exchange; if it turns out she was lying, they will all have been deceived about a material fact in connection with a securities trade.
If a private company executive says "we had a good quarter" in a magazine interview, readers might say "oh interesting, nice to hear good news out of a startup," but they will not go buy the stock, because there's no stock for sale and nowhere to buy it. Investors can only buy the stock from the private company itself, in occasional, carefully controlled and lawyered fundraising rounds. When the company is raising a round, it will put together disclosure documents and send them to potential investors, and when it sells stock to those investors it will make them sign a contract saying in effect that they've done their due diligence, that they're only relying on the company's official disclosure, and that they can't sue the company for lying in a random magazine interview.
The approximate result is that every untrue public statement made by a public company has securities-fraud victims,[2] while almost no untrue public statements by private companies have securities-fraud victims.
A related reason is that, when public companies sell stock, their disclosure documents are public; when private companies sell stock, their disclosure documents are private, sent only to potential investors with "CONFIDENTIAL" stamped on the cover. If a regulator or journalist or plaintiffs' lawyer or concerned citizen wants to spend an hour checking out a public company's disclosure to see if it has any lies, the disclosure is easily available on the internet. You cannot idly check out the disclosure documents that startups send to potential investors, so they just get a lot less scrutiny from outside enforcers.
A third reason is that the audiences are different. When a public company says something untrue, there are lots of victims (who buy stock). Some of them will be recruited by plaintiffs' lawyers (who monitor public companies' disclosures, looking for lies) to sue. Others will just be sympathetic victims; the Securities and Exchange Commission or federal prosecutors will bring a fraud case and talk about how the company has deceived ordinary investors.
When a private startup says something untrue, even in connection with a sale of stock, the victims will often be sophisticated venture capital firms.[3] These firms are less likely to sue, for a couple of reasons. For one thing, they want to invest in other startups, so they want to cultivate a reputation for being founder-friendly, and suing founders for fraud is not friendly. For another thing, they want to raise money from pensions and endowments and allocators, so they want to cultivate a reputation for being smart and doing good due diligence; calling attention to how they got tricked is not helpful. For a third thing, they are looking, in their venture capital investments, for high-risk, high-reward bets. The ideal founder, for them, is someone who promises the impossible and then delivers it. If a founder promises the impossible and then does not deliver it, well, you know, that's okay, most startups fail.
Similarly, prosecutors and regulators are less likely to bring a case in those circumstances: If the victims have no real complaints, it is harder to get a jury to punish the fraud.
The result of all of this is that there is, I think, a norm that a bit more … stretching of the truth … is tolerated in venture-backed startups than in public companies. Tolerated by the SEC, by prosecutors, by venture investors, by startup founders themselves. I wrote in February:
That is, like, startups, man. What you want, when you invest in a startup, is a founder who combines (1) an insanely ambitious vision with (2) a clear-eyed plan to make it come true and (3) the ability to make people believe in the vision now. "We'll tinker with hydrogen for a while and maybe in a decade or so a fuel-cell-powered truck will come out of it": True, yes, but a bad pitch. The pitch is, like, you put your arm around the shoulder of an investor, you gesture sweepingly into the distance, you close your eyes, she closes her eyes, and you say in mellifluous tones: "Can't you see the trucks rolling off the assembly line right now? Aren't they beautiful? So clean and efficient, look at how nicely they drive, look at all those components, all built in-house, aren't they amazing? Here, hold out your hand, you can touch the truck right now. Let's go for a drive." That's not true, but it's a nice metaphor; the goal is to get the investor to see the future, so she'll give you money today, so that you can build the future tomorrow.
But this norm is not written in the law anywhere, and it doesn't entirely correspond to legal concepts. (Perhaps you could express it in terms of "materiality" or "reliance"; like, private investors don't believe or care about startups' lies, so they don't count as fraud?[4]) It's just, if a public company lies a little bit, it will certainly be called on it; if a venture-backed startup lies a medium amount, it probably won't.
Everything, I like to say, is securities fraud, but … this? My first thought was, well, they sold these vehicles through a company, Pioneer Auto Finance. Perhaps they raised money for the company without telling investors that they were doing odometer fraud. On the theory of "everything is securities fraud," doing odometer fraud to your customers can also be securities fraud on your shareholders. It is a stretch, though, and in any case more the sort of thing a plaintiffs' lawyer would argue against a public company than what a federal prosecutor would argue against a private company.
But, nah, there is a simpler explanation. From the charges against them:
Defendant DEVON LUNA … did knowingly make, utter, and possess, and cause to be made, uttered and possessed, forged and counterfeited securities of the State of Texas, with the intent to deceive other persons, organizations, and governments; specifically, Defendant DEVON LUNA altered and caused to be altered the existing Texas titles of the vehicles listed below, by writing the false mileages listed below, to deceive automobile dealerships and individuals regarding the vehicles' true mileages … In violation of Title 18, United States Code, Section 513(a).
That's not the regular securities fraud law, which forbids "any manipulative or deceptive device" in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. That's a special one, which prohibits deceiving people with a forged or counterfeited "security of a State or a political subdivision thereof or of an organization." Apparently an automobile title counts as a security of a state. So if you mess with a car title document, that's securities fraud. Good to know.
Weird that they were arrested? To be clear, this is not a case of police in "Ukraine, Russia, North Macedonia, Moldova, Latvia, Uzbekistan and Azerbaijan" noticing the crimes, identifying the perpetrators, tracking them to Brooklyn and asking U.S. authorities to arrest and extradite them. This is the U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of New York arresting them on his own initiative, not to ship them off to Ukraine etc. to be prosecuted for bank robbery, but to prosecute them in Brooklyn for … money … laundering?
The defendants and their co-conspirators agreed to use the United States financial system in furtherance of these crimes. For example, a co-conspirator … used a credit card issued in the United States … to make multiple purchases to promote the bank thefts, including, among other things (i) to purchase airline tickets to fly from, among other places, the Eastern District of New York to the locations of the thefts; and (ii) to rent hotel rooms for COOPER and the defendant GARRI SMITH, among others. The defendant ALEX LEVIN used bank accounts in the United States, including accounts located in the Eastern District of New York, among other things, to purchase sophisticated camera equipment used in the thefts, some of which was shipped to LEVIN's residence in the Eastern District of New York, and to launder the proceeds of those crimes.
The U.S. financial system is amazing. If you use a U.S. credit card to buy a plane ticket to a foreign country, and then you do a crime in that country, that's also a crime in the U.S. (It violates the Travel Act.) And if you rob a bank abroad, deposit the proceeds of the heist into a U.S. checking account, and use the money to pay your rent or whatever, that's a big U.S. crime; that's (allegedly) "money laundering." Everything is money laundering.
Everything, I frequently say, is securities fraud: If a public company does a bad thing, or a bad thing happens to it, shareholders will sue it alleging that it didn't sufficiently warn them about the bad thing. Credit Suisse had two high-profile errors more or less back to back, so that is, like, double securities fraud. Here is the complaint:
During the Class Period, defendants issued materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company's business metrics and financial prospects. Specifically, defendants concealed material defects in the Company's risk policies and procedures and compliance oversight functions and efforts to allow high-risk clients to take on excessive leverage, including Greensill Capital ("Greensill") and Archegos Capital Management ("Archegos"), exposing the Company to billions of dollars in losses. Not only did defendants conceal these operational landmines from Credit Suisse investors, which caused the price of Credit Suisse securities to be artificially inflated, but they also undertook actions indicating that Credit Suisse securities were substantially undervalued, such as a massive stock buy-back program worth 1.5 billion Swiss francs worth (equivalent to $1.6 billion).As a result of defendants' false statements, Credit Suisse ADRs traded at artificially inflated prices, reaching a high of $14.95 per ADR by February 2021. Following a series of corporate scandals which have revealed grave deficiencies in Credit Suisse's risk and compliance activities, the price of Credit Suisse ADRs plummeted, reaching a low of just $10.60 per ADR by March 31, 2021.
Blech. Yes, absolutely, Credit Suisse did two bad things. It ran some funds that invested in Greensill Capital notes and lost money when Greensill blew up, and it wrote some swaps to Archegos Capital Management that lost money when Archegos blew up. Credit Suisse's shareholders wish it hadn't done that, and Credit Suisse's managers wish it hadn't done that. Still it is strange to characterize this as primarily securities fraud against the shareholders, to think that the problem here was lying. The problem is not that Credit Suisse went around telling shareholders "we try not to lose money on dumb stuff" but had a secret undisclosed nefarious plan to lose money on dumb stuff. The problem is that Credit Suisse tried not to lose money on dumb stuff and failed. On the other hand, if I invested in one of those Credit Suisse Greensill funds, thinking that I was financing short-dated secured loans against accounts receivable, and then found out that I was financing long-term unsecured loans against " prospective receivables," I'd be annoyed. I might even feel defrauded, depending on what exactly the disclosure for those funds looked like. I don't know how I'd get Archegos into my complaint though.
Imagine two public companies, Company A and Company B. They both sell widgets. Their widgets are bad. Nobody should buy them; terrible widgets, over there at Company A and Company B.
Company A addresses this problem by lying to its customers. "Our widgets are great," it says, falsely. "They meet all the latest safety standards," it says, again falsely. "They're the widget of choice for the U.S. Department of Defense and the Queen of England. Nine out of ten doctors recommend Company A widgets." Etc. This campaign of lying works, and people buy a lot of Company A's widgets. It — accurately — reports high and growing revenue and net income quarter after quarter; it tells analysts and investors "we are doing great, we sold a million widgets this quarter because our widgets are so good." Executives get big bonuses and sell a lot of stock. This lasts for a year or two. Eventually customers notice that the widgets are bad, they stop buying, the company goes bankrupt and the investors lose everything.
Company B addresses the problem by lying to its shareholders. "Buy some widgets," it says to customers, and the customers look at the widgets and say "these widgets are bad," and Company B shrugs and walks away. No widgets are sold. When the quarter ends without any widgets being sold, Company B puts out an earnings report saying "we are doing great, we sold a million widgets this quarter because our widgets are so good." It just pretends. It publishes securities filings with financial statements reflecting millions of widgets that it never sold.[2] Executives get big bonuses and sell a lot of stock. This lasts for a year or two. Eventually someone — auditors? the SEC? a short seller? — notices that Company B never has any actual money despite supposedly selling millions of widgets, the scam is exposed, the company goes bankrupt and the investors lose everything.
Classically, Company B is committing "securities fraud." Faking your accounts, saying you sold products you didn't sell and earned money you didn't earn, these things are the core of securities fraud. You are lying to your shareholders about your business so that they will buy your stock. Very much securities fraud.
Company A … I would say that Company A is committing what I like to call "everything is securities fraud." Company A is primarily conducting a fraud on its customers. This is, in some rough sense, good for its shareholders; at least in the short term, Company A really is getting more money from this strategy (lying to customers) than it would from a non-fraud strategy (admitting that its widgets are bad and not selling any). Company A's securities filings and financial disclosures are more or less accurate: All the financials reflect real money that really came in.
Still there are some arguable inaccuracies. Company A probably uses some loose verbiage, "we sold a million widgets this quarter" (true) "because our widgets are so good" (subjective, but basically false). In any case, Company A's disclosures probably "omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading": If you say "we sold a million widgets" but neglect to say "by doing lots of fraud," you are giving your shareholders an incomplete understanding of your business. (For instance, a lot of that money will probably go out again, once the customers discover the fraud.) It's a little fraudy. For your shareholders. For your customers, it's a lot fraudy; for your shareholders, a little.
We talk about this a lot around here. In recent years, securities plaintiffs' lawyers have discovered that any fraud any company does to anyone is also a fraud on its shareholders; in fact, any bad thing that a company does is a fraud on its shareholders, at least if the stock goes down after the bad thing is discovered. The fraud on the actual victims can be complicated to prove; it might be hard to get a lot of victims together for a class action; the damages caused by the fraud might be small or uncertain. But the shareholder fraud is easy: Lying to shareholders (even by omission!) is sort of an obvious fraud, it's easy to define a class of victims (everyone who bought stock during the lies, etc.), and the damages are easy to prove (if the stock dropped) and potentially enormous (if it dropped a lot). If you are a product-liability lawyer or a sexual-harassment lawyer or a defective-widget lawyer, you will be fairly specialized and do a narrow range of complicated lawsuits. If you are a securities class action lawyer, you can sue anyone for anything; every fraud is, also, securities fraud.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission also sometimes gets into this business, for related reasons. The SEC can be a meta-regulator; it can regulate companies' environmental and product-market and social behavior. Other regulators regulate one aspect of business, but the SEC can regulate whatever it wants through the lens of securities law.
You know their theory. We talk about it all the time. It is "everything is securities fraud." Here:
1. Goldman said publicly that it followed the law, put customers first, managed conflicts of interest, and generally was good. 2. Investors bought Goldman's stock, relying on Goldman's representations that it followed the law, put customers first, managed conflicts of interest, etc. 3. In fact Goldman was lying: It did not follow the law, put customers first, manage conflicts of interest, etc. 4. When the investors found out about this—after the global financial crisis and the SEC lawsuit over Abacus—the stock went down and the investors lost money.
As I often write, this theory can turn anything bad that a public company does into securities fraud: A company will put out some generic statements saying that it is good, follows the law, has a code of ethics, etc.; then it will turn out that the company secretly does bad things, breaks the law, has unethical executives, etc.; the stock will drop (because the bad things are bad for the company); the shareholders will sue, saying "you said you were good, we believed you, we bought the stock, but you were bad and we lost money." And so climate change and sexual harassment and lax customer data protections and mistreatment of orcas can all be transmuted into securities fraud. Here the underlying bad deed that was transmuted into securities fraud was also securities fraud —Goldman said it put customers first, then it did a fraud on the Abacus CDO buyers, then it got caught, then its stock dropped—but that is just a coincidence. If instead of defrauding the Abacus CDO buyers Goldman had murdered them, that would not have been securities fraud with respect to the Abacus CDO buyers (it would have been murder), but it would still have been securities fraud with respect to Goldman's shareholders (if the stock dropped after Goldman was charged with murder).
Now, two things I will say about this theory are:
1. I don't like it, it feels weird, and 2. It's not really the law.
It's kind of the law? It's not the law in the sense that they teach you this in law school, but it is law-like in that lots of plaintiffs' securities lawyers have been hard at work developing new theories about what bad things could be securities fraud, and have gotten good at it. And so if a company does a bad thing and the stock drops, someone will bring a class-action lawsuit against it alleging securities fraud, and that will be expensive and risky to defend and likely to lead to a big settlement, even if it is not exactly securities fraud in the strict legal sense.
There are two main things that are illegal. One is "securities fraud." This basically means lying about a stock. The other is "market manipulation." Nobody knows what this means. Legally, it means something like:
To effect, alone or with 1 or more other persons, a series of transactions in any security … creating actual or apparent active trading in such security, or raising or depressing the price of such security, for the purpose of inducing the purchase or sale of such security by others.
So if you buy stock with the purpose of pushing the price up so that other people will buy it, that's market manipulation. If you buy stock hoping that the price will go up because other people buy it, that's not market manipulation; that's just normal. Those things are not so different. There is a "traditional four-part test for manipulation that has developed in case law":
(1) That the accused had the ability to influence market prices; (2) that the accused specifically intended to create or effect a price or price trend that does not reflect legitimate forces of supply and demand; (3) that artificial prices existed; and (4) that the accused caused the artificial prices.
So consider the general concept of a "pump-and-dump" scheme. The most classic pump-and-dump goes like this:
1. I buy some GameStop stock. 2. I put out rumors—in my subscription newsletter, on Reddit, in fake press releases, whatever—about some catalyst for the stock to go up. "Hey I hear from an inside source that GameStop just got an exclusive contract to supply downloadable video games in Tesla cars," etc. 3. People see these rumors, believe them and buy GameStop stock, pushing the price up. 4. I sell the stock to them at the higher prices.
This is very straightforwardly illegal and the SEC goes after this stuff all the time, alleging securities fraud. Lying about stocks. Here is the SEC's "Investor Alert: Social Media and Investing -- Stock Rumors," which pretty much defines a pump-and-dump this way:
For example, in a "pump-and-dump" scheme, promoters "pump" up the stock price by spreading positive rumors that incite a buying frenzy and they quickly "dump" their own shares before the hype ends. Typically, after the promoters profit from their sales, the stock price drops and the remaining investors lose money.
There are variations. The SEC has gone after forms of dishonesty that aren't quite lying about the stock. For instance, if you are a widely followed stock promoter with a subscription tip newsletter, and you email tips to your subscribers and then sell your stock to them while saying that you're buying, that seems dishonest, and the SEC will go after you. Or if you are a promoter or research firm and you put out positive research about a company, but you don't disclose that the company paid you to put out the research, that is also bad. Now, I think you could do a pump-and-dump without any actual lying. For instance:
1. I email subscribers to my expensive private newsletter saying "hey let's pump GameStop." 2. We all buy GameStop, knowing that we're just doing it for the pump, with no real or fake catalyst for the stock to go up. 3. It goes up, because we bought a lot of it. 4. Other people, innocents and high-frequency trading algorithms, see it go up on heavy volume and think "hey this is a good stock, we should buy it." They buy it, pushing the price up. 5. We sell the stock to them at the higher prices.
In this version, I have not lied about a stock. On the other hand, I have effected transactions in the stock to create trading activity and raise the price, for the purpose of inducing people to buy it. Seems like market manipulation, "painting the tape" or something. The SEC goes after stuff like this occasionally.I think that in modern markets you could even do a bit better than that and have a completely honest pump-and-dump:
1. I show up on Reddit and say "hey let's pump GameStop." 2. We all buy GameStop, knowing that we're just doing it for the pump, with no real or fake catalyst for the stock to go up. 3. It goes up, because we bought a lot of it. 4. Other people see us doing this, read my Reddit post, know we are pumping the stock , and also buy it, because we seem to be having fun, and they like fun too. 5. Eventually some of us get bored and start selling and the price collapses.
The point here is that it is at least theoretically possible that no one buys stock for any reason other than "hey it's a fun pump." That is, no one is deceived about the fundamentals (there's no fake news about the company), and also no one is deceived about the technicals. No one says "huh this stock is up on a lot of good buying pressure, I should buy some"; everyone who buys says "hey this stock is up because it's being pumped, and if I get in now I might still get out before it collapses, and that'll be fun." It is "respect the pump" as a quasi-mystical mantra.I bet the SEC would say that's market manipulation, but I am not so sure. I suppose we did our trading "for the purpose of inducing the purchase or sale of such security by others," but not by deceiving them about what's going on. "Join us in a fun game of chicken," was our basic message here. Did we try "to create or effect a price or price trend that does not reflect legitimate forces of supply and demand"? Who's to say what's "legitimate"? Surely the price did not reflect expectations about future cash flows , but just as surely the price reflected supply and demand: We all wanted to own it because we were having fun, so the price went up.
Everything is securities fraud, I often say: Any bad thing that a public company does is arguably bad for its stock price, so the shareholders can sue.
But "bad thing" is a vague and subjective description. Some people think it was bad that Trump used Twitter to incite a violent insurrection and that Twitter let him do it, but other people think that it is bad for a quasi-public utility like Twitter to ban a hugely popular political figure from its platform. (And, again, Twitter's policies allow for some discretion, and Twitter has made statements and decisions in the past that might lead you to expect it would never ban a major U.S. politician over political speech.) Trump is mad and threatening to find another platform to communicate with his millions of followers, while other Republicans have renewed calls for more regulation of social media after the Trump ban. If Twitter's stock price dropped after banning one of its most popular users (and it did), or if Twitter faced a legislative backlash and stricter regulation for kicking Trump off (and it could), then Twitter's shareholders could sue for that , too. "You told us you would be a neutral platform for free political speech with fairly enforced rules; we believed you and bought stock; you didn't do what you said, so we were deceived; your failures were bad for business, so we lost money from your deception."
I don't mean to endorse either of these views, or to suggest that either is all that likely to be a winning securities-fraud lawsuit. (Actual judges are not as fond of "everything is securities fraud" as I am, or as securities plaintiffs' lawyers are.) I am just saying that they both have, like, the shape of a securities-fraud argument. They both have the form "you made public statements, and we believed them, but then your actions differed from your public statements, and the stock went down." In the theory of "everything is securities fraud," that is probably good enough to sue and see what happens.
Last Tuesday, I wrote that "everything is securities fraud" is a sort of universal deterrent of corporate bad behavior: "If you do anything shady," even something that isn't actually illegal, "people who specialize in extracting money from public companies will extract some money from you." Many of the cases that we talk about involve things that are perhaps controversially securities fraud, but that are uncontroversially bad: When a tech company suffers a massive data breach, or when a company has a long history of condoning sexual harassment, no one argues "actually data breaches and sexual harassment are good." They are bad, there are perhaps difficulties in deterring them in direct ways, so securities lawyers leap into the gap and deter them through securities law.
But lots of things are not like that. Lots of companies do things that some people think are bad and that other people think are good—or, more accurately, they do things that some people think are bad and that other people think it would be bad to stop. There are securities-fraud-ish lawsuits against energy companies accusing them of worsening global warming by drilling for oil, but I bet there'd be a lot of securities-fraud-ish lawsuits against them if they stopped, too. ("Defendants told investors they were an oil company but then stopped drilling for oil and the stock went down," etc.) Banks face shareholder pressure to stop financing fossil fuels and guns, but they also face regulatory pressure to keep doing it. I feel like so far "everything is securities fraud" lawsuits tend to lean more to the progressive side, but there's nothing stopping a right-wing securities lawyer from trying to make a buck when companies do progressive things and their stocks go down.
We talk occasionally around here about "everything is securities fraud" as a sort of alternative to democratic governance, a way around politics: U.S. politics are broken in various ways and sometimes unable to regulate activities that people want to regulate, so they regulate those activities through securities lawsuits instead. In the long run that is perhaps not a stable equilibrium. In the long run, if something is a way around politics, eventually politics will creep into it.
We talk about this a lot around here. I like to say that “everything is securities fraud”: Any time a public company does a bad thing, or a bad thing happens to it, some clever lawyer can sue it because its stock went down. The company knew about the bad thing and didn’t disclose it, or didn’t adequately warn shareholders about the possibility of the bad thing, so the shareholders were deceived when they bought the stock. And so companies are sued for securities fraud over global warming and customer data breaches and sexual harassment and mistreatment of killer whales. Usually when we discuss this theory, the bad thing tends to be a big discrete event, a scandal or crime or data breach. But there are cases like this too, where the bad thing is just, the company made a product, and the product wasn’t as good as the shareholders were hoping for. Just being bad at your business can be securities fraud.
In a way, this makes as much sense as anything. Companies tend to make a lot of optimistic announcements about their upcoming products, and those announcements matter to shareholders. If a company repeatedly says “we are really excited for our new product, which will be good,” and then the product is bad, then it doesn’t seem like such a stretch to say that it was lying to shareholders in a material way.
In the larger sense, though, this is kind of a weird thing for shareholders to sue over. Like, your job as a shareholder is to pick the right businesses to invest in. Your expectation should be that if you invest in a business that makes good products you will make money, and if not you will lose money. If your expectation is that if you invest in a good business you will make money, and if you invest in a bad business you can go to court and complain and the court will give you your money back, then maybe your job is a little too easy.
Here is a paper from Emily Strauss of Duke Law School, titled "Is Everything Securities Fraud?"
Securities litigation is a virtually inevitable fact of life for any public company. Often, investors sue because the firm's managers engaged in fraud that directly harmed the shareholders – say, by doctoring the firm's financials, or lying about known business prospects. However, shareholders also sue their companies when those companies engage in conduct that primarily harms a different set of constituents. When a drug on the market proves to have dangerous side effects, a faulty car battery bursts into flames, or an oil rig explodes, it's difficult to say that the most direct victims are the companies' shareholders. Yet shareholders commonly sue under the federal securities laws based on precisely this kind of conduct, on the ground that the managers should have better disclosed the underlying facts, and investors were harmed by the resulting drop in stock price because they did not.This paper assesses the pervasiveness and impact of these lawsuits. I find that roughly 16% of securities class actions arise from conduct where the most direct victims are not shareholders. However, I find that these cases have roughly a 20% lower likelihood of being dismissed, and settle for significantly higher amounts.
Strauss points out that these cases could have sort of a perverse effect along the lines that I suggested above:
I argue that although these cases may have deterrence value, the fact that they are likely to be more successful and lucrative may diminish incentives for shareholders to monitor their managers to prevent them from pursuing profitable conduct that harms outsiders.
If you are a shareholder of a public company, you want the company's managers to maximize profits, within reason. If the managers could increase profits by doing a bunch of crimes, you might not want that. You might not want that because you are a good and moral person, but assuming that shareholders are just amoral return-maximizing machines, you nonetheless might not want it because the company would get in trouble for the crimes, and that would be bad for business, and thus for the stock price. But if the shareholders get compensation for that—if they can sue when the stock price goes down due to corporate crimes—they will have less reason to object to the crimes. "Whatever, do crimes, if you succeed then the stock will go up, and if you fail and the stock goes down then a court will make you pay us back."I am not entirely on board with this theory. One problem with shareholder lawsuits generally is that the shareholders are suing the company, and if they win they take money from the company; it was their money to begin with, so it's kind of an unsatisfying form of compensation. If you are a shareholder, suing the company for losing money is some consolation for the losses, but not nearly as good as not losing money in the first place.
Actually I tend to think that "everything is securities fraud" is more likely to be pretty good at deterring bad behavior. I have written before that it is weird and troubling to have all corporate misbehavior regulated through the interests of shareholders , but it does seem effective. There is a well-oiled machine for shareholders to sue companies, a group of expert lawyers who know that they can get rich by discovering new forms of securities fraud and so have powerful incentives and tools to police corporate misbehavior. So for instance here's another story from the winter, about how Pinterest Inc. allegedly has a "toxic work environment" and a "culture of discrimination," so its shareholders are suing. A toxic work environment is bad for workers, sure, but also allegedly for the stock price (bad press, user boycott, etc.), so the shareholders sued. At the time they filed the lawsuit in November, Pinterest's stock price was at an all-time high, so I am not sure how empirically sound this theory is, but I suppose if things hadn't been so toxic the stock would be even higher, etc. Anyway the Pinterest shareholders' lawyers previously won a $310 million settlement from Alphabet Inc. on a similar theory, so this stuff works.
Of course the lawyers get a cut of those settlements. "Sexual harassment is securities fraud" is an idea that will buy a big yacht for the lawyer who came up with it. It's so much better—for the lawyer—than suing directly for sexual harassment. If you sue for sexual harassment you have to recruit individual plaintiffs who were harassed, and you have to prove their cases, and they're all probably different so it's harder to make it a lucrative class action, and they are actual individual humans who have been harmed and you have to be sensitive to their trauma. If you sue for sexual-harassment-as-securities-fraud, the plaintiffs are easy to find (big shareholders), you don't really have to prove harassment (just refer to news accounts), your clients are only in it for the money, everything is clean and simple and easy. Also the dollar amounts are larger: In some subjective moral sense, sure, employees are more harmed by a toxic work environment than shareholders are, but if the toxic work environment is at a large public company, and the stock drops, then it's really easy to argue that the shareholders lost a huge amount of money and should get it back.
So I guarantee you that a bunch of high-powered lawyers are working in the lab right now trying to come up with even more powerful forms of " is securities fraud." They are scanning the newspapers for bad things involving public companies and asking themselves, Is this something? Can we make this securities fraud? And so if you run a public company and don't want to get sued—for huge amounts of money, by highly effective lawyers who have taken hundreds of millions of dollars off of other public companies—then you perhaps look at all these cases and say, well, we'd better not do any bad things. You'd better not do sexual harassment or have a data breach or make a bad video game, sure, but more generally you'd better not do anything that attracts the attention of these securities lawyers.
It's a very generic enforcer of good behavior: If you do anything shady, people who specialize in extracting money from public companies will extract some money from you. And a lot of technical defenses that you could use if you were sued by your employees or customers or regulators—technical defenses like "the shady thing we did wasn't actually illegal"!—will not work here, because the lawyers' basic argument will be "you did this thing and the stock went down." Everything is securities fraud, even things that aren't actually illegal; anything that gets bad press or moral disapprobation can lead to a securities lawsuit. It is in its way an oddly principles-based form of regulation: You don't need specific rules against specific types of bad conduct; all you need is evidence that the company did a thing and the stock dropped because of it. Sometimes—as in Pinterest—not even that.
Every bad thing that a public company does, I often write, is also securities fraud: The company did the bad thing without disclosing it, people bought the stock in ignorance of the bad thing, when they found out the stock dropped, they were defrauded. But of course the Astros are not a public company and no one bought their stock. Nonetheless you could try to extend the theory. The Astros did a bad thing without disclosing it, and in fact while putting out press releases saying things like “we work hard and are good at baseball” or whatever, without mentioning the cheating. People bought season tickets in ignorance of the bad thing, and when they found out I suppose the value—at least the moral value if not the market value—of the season tickets dropped. (Presumably the market value also dropped due to Covid, etc., which might be a factor here.) So they sued. If this works then … look, the point with “everything is securities fraud” is that everything is securities fraud. It's not, like, “failing to disclose serious illegal activity at the heart of your business is securities fraud,” it's that every bad thing that a public company does, or that happens to it, can give an enterprising lawyer a reason to sue. It is an all-purpose tool for policing the behavior of public companies. I look forward to season ticket holders policing the behavior of baseball teams. You work your star pitcher too hard and he gets injured? You get sued for fraud. You trade your best player? Fraud. Someone needs to police baseball teams to make sure they are operating in the interests of fans, etc., the theory transfers easily enough.
One aspect of "everything is securities fraud" is that public companies disclose a lot of stuff publicly. U.S. securities regulation requires companies to disclose annual and quarterly financial statements, to give comprehensive narrative disclosures about how their business is doing and how managers think about it, to describe their compensation schemes and objectives, to explain the risks of their business, to lay out the details of their capital structure, etc. If you get anything wrong, and your stock goes down, someone will sue you for securities fraud.
Private companies don't do this. Often they disclose similar information, though less of it and less formally, but they usually disclose it only to their investors, or to people who are in discussions with them to invest. It's not just on a website; everyone can't look at it, only the—theoretically—sophisticated private investors who are considering an investment and doing their due diligence. So you'd expect that private company fraud would be caught less often. If you lie in a Securities and Exchange Commission filing, lots of people can read it and might spot the lie, and short sellers and whistle-blowers will have incentives to do so. If you lie in a letter to a handful of potential investors looking to get rich, the readers will be fewer and might want to believe. So you'd also expect that private company frauds would be a lot more egregious. If you're going to do an accounting fraud at a public company, you need to deceive auditors and make the fraud so impenetrably complex that sophisticated short sellers can't figure it out. If you're going to do an accounting fraud at a private company, you can just type whatever numbers you want into a spreadsheet, print it out, and send it to people. There is nothing hard or complicated about the fraud; the hard part is choosing the right people to send the spreadsheet to.
I feel like the SEC usually focuses on public-company fraud, because (1) it's easier to see and (2) it affects public investors, widows and orphans, etc. The SEC usually doesn't focus so much on private-company fraud, because (1) you have to look harder for it and (2) it mostly affects accredited investors, venture capital firms, etc., who can presumably take care of themselves.
Is it securities fraud for a public company to have no Black members of its board of directors? My friends, it is like I always say: Everything is securities fraud. Here's a shareholder lawsuit against Oracle Corp. and its board of directors:
Actions speak louder than words. If Oracle simply disclosed that it does not want any Black individuals on its Board, it would be racist but honest. But Oracle's Directors, wishing to avoid public backlash, have done the opposite — they have repeatedly made gross misrepresentations in the Company's public statements by claiming to have a multitude of policies, internal controls, and processes designed to ensure diversity both at the management level and the Board itself. These policies, however, are not worth the paper they are printed on. At Oracle, it is "Do As I Say, Not As I Do." Oracle's Board, which has no Black individuals, has consciously failed to carry out Oracle's written proclamations about increasing diversity in its ranks. The Board, as well as the Company's executive officers, remain devoid of Black people and other minorities. In short, Oracle remains one of the oldest and most egregious "Old Boy's Club" in Silicon Valley. A sign advising applicants "Blacks Need Not Apply" might as well hang at the entrance to the Company's headquarters at 500 Oracle Parkway in Redwood Shores, California. Oracle's Directors have deceived stockholders and the market by repeatedly making false assertions about the Company's commitment to diversity. In doing so, the Directors have breached their duty of candor and have also violated the federal proxy laws.
Obviously—as the excerpt above concedes—it is not actually securities fraud to have a non-diverse board of directors. But the theory here is that it is securities fraud to (1) have a non-diverse board of directors and(2) make public statements saying that you value diversity. The public statements are material and false, shareholders are misled, etc., you know the drill. As a connoisseur of "everything is securities fraud" lawsuits, I have to say that this one seems like a stretch, but I pass them all along to you. We talked a while back about a theory that having a corporate ethics policy is bad: If you have an ethics policy, and it says "our executives are not supposed to do bad things," and they do bad things, then someone will sue you for securities fraud on the theory that the ethics policy was a lie. This is the same general idea.One thing to think about is, if this works, what incentives does it create? The first-order incentive is, you should have a more diverse board of directors. The second-order incentive is, you should get rid of your diversity policies: If you stop saying that you value diversity, people won't be able to sue you (for securities fraud) for being insufficiently diverse. Arguably this is an unintended consequence, but it's also possible that this is exactly the intent of the lawsuit: Right now it is just good business to announce that you value diversity, whether or not it's true, but this lawsuit is designed to make costless expressions of support for diversity costly. If it is still good business to say that you value diversity, it will be hard for companies to give up their policy statements, so they might have to take them more seriously.
One long-running thesis of this column is that everything bad that a public company does, and everything bad that happens to a public company, can be securities fraud: The company did not appropriately warn investors about the bad thing, when the bad thing became public the stock dropped, the investors are aggrieved, etc. "Securities fraud" is not just cooking the books to sell more stock; pollution and sexual harassment and lax cybersecurity and a pandemic are all also securities fraud. I mostly write about this as a sort of oddity of American legal culture—securities law works , so it's used to punish all sorts of unrelated bad things—but it is worth also considering it as an economic matter. On a first approximation, securities lawsuits are all very weird because the basic situation is:
1. The stock goes down. 2. Shareholders sue. 3. The company gives them money.
The money that the company gives to the shareholders is, in a sense, the shareholders' money, since they own the company. After the lawsuit, they have more money (because the company gave them money), but their shares are also less valuable (because the company has less money), so it's really a wash. A shareholder lawsuit is just a complicated form of dividend, and dividends should not make shareholders richer. But that is only approximately true. For one thing, shareholders buy and sell shares, so the shareholders who get paid may not be quite the same as the ones who pay. Also, though, the company doesn't always come up with the money. Often its directors-and-officers insurer does: The shareholders sue the company and its directors, and the D&O insurer defends the case and pays the settlement. The lawsuit is not a transfer from shareholders to shareholders, with plaintiffs' lawyers taking a cut; it's a transfer from D&O insurers to shareholders (with the lawyers taking a cut). If you imagine that securities lawsuits are mostly about book-cooking and underpriced mergers, then you will think that D&O insurance is a specialized niche product insuring against fairly rare risks. If you imagine that securities lawsuits are a general-purpose way to enforce all laws and norms, then you will think that D&O insurance is a general-purpose product insuring against anything that can go wrong at a public company. The latter should cost more:
Wells Fargo & Co. is a big bank that made a lot of PPP loans, but it is also a public company. Arguably the PPP rollout was bad. If a public company does a bad thing, that is also securities fraud, as I write almost every day now. If Wells Fargo prioritized PPP loans to bigger businesses or its best relationships, rather than to small mom-and-pop businesses, and that comes out and people get mad at Wells Fargo, the victims in the best position to sue are Wells Fargo's shareholders. (Just as, if a company has a long history of harassment and discrimination against female employees, the people who sue and get paid are the shareholders, not those employees.) I don't know? Mostly this troubles me, but I guess there's a bright side. The bright side is that anything bad that a public company does will be punished, by the inexorable force of securities-fraud lawsuits, even if it isn't illegal or is hard to prove or whatever. Like you could imagine this stylized dialogue:
Bank chief executive officer: Let's do a terrible thing. General counsel: We shouldn't. CEO: Is there an explicit law against it? Will we go to prison or be fined or shut down for doing the thing? GC: No actually we can do this within the letter of the law, but we still shouldn't. CEO: Why not? GC: It will look bad. It will be bad public relations; journalists and activists and politicians will get mad at us. CEO: We are a big bank, everyone's mad at us all the time anyway, who cares. GC: Well if we make people mad about a new thing, we'll get a new securities-fraud lawsuit and have to pay some money. CEO: So it will cost us money to do the terrible thing? GC: Yes, definitely. CEO: Oh fine it's not worth it.
On the other hand Wells Fargo probably didn't set out to make PPP loans by saying "let's do a terrible thing"; they probably set out thinking "let's participate in a government program to help small businesses." The government explicitly relaxed some rules to encourage banks to make PPP loans aggressively without having to worry too much about getting in trouble for being too aggressive; the goal was to get the money out, not to be perfect. But one lesson of "everything is securities fraud" is that you always have to be perfect, or it's securities fraud.
Everything bad that a public company does, and everything bad that happens to it, can also be securities fraud, as I often say around here. By failing to disclose the bad thing, the company induced investors to buy its stock, and then when the bad thing was disclosed the stock went down; a modestly creative lawyer can easily transmute any bad thing you like into securities fraud. Without getting into any details I think we can agree that WeWork either did something very bad, or something very bad happened to it, or both; it was worth $47 billion in early 2019, $8 billion in late 2019, and rather less than that now. Depending on how you count, WeWork has erased something like 90% of its value. So: securities fraud! Except that WeWork is not a public company, and never has been. It got close; it filed documents for an initial public offering last August, but then investors read those documents, had a good laugh and declined to buy the stock. At the time and afterwards, people argued that various disclosures in WeWork's offering documents were untrue or misleading or incomplete, but clearly no one was induced to buy the stock by those disclosures. Quite the opposite! WeWork was worth $47 billion or $65 billion or some other purely notional number the minute before it filed for an IPO; its value evaporated over the course of a few weeks specifically because people read WeWork's own description of its business and said "lol no." WeWork's public disclosures didn't pump up its stock; its first public disclosure immediately deflated the stock. So widows and orphans and public pension funds who bought WeWork stock in its IPO can't sue for securities fraud, because there aren't any of them.[2] But while WeWork was never a public company, it was for a while a big famous buzzy private unicorn, and another thing that I often say around here is that "private markets are the new public markets." Big buzzy private unicorns look and at a lot like public companies, raising billions of dollars from public-type investors and supporting liquid secondary markets; the difference between being public and private has eroded. WeWork's shares didn't trade publicly, but they did trade privately, and people did buy WeWork stock in the years before its failed IPO. Now they are suing:
In the latest lawsuit over WeWork's scuttled IPO, investors say the company hoodwinked them by promoting a transformation of the concept of workspace in order to sell hundreds of millions of dollars worth of stock. The complaint was filed as a class action on behalf of investors who bought shares in the privately held company for 2 1/2 years before the IPO was canceled in September and the value of WeWork plummeted. They allege that WeWork executives and board members overhyped the business plan and downplayed its losses as "strategic investment spending that would lay the foundation for profitability."
Here is the complaint. There are a lot of allegations in it but they mostly strike me as pretty thin, less "WeWork fudged its accounting" and more "WeWork was more optimistic about the future than it should have been." It is not so much a securities fraud lawsuit as it is an "everything is securities fraud" lawsuit: People bought stock, the stock went down, they're mad, so they sued.[3] But here I want to mention one weird thing. The lawsuit was filed as a class action "on behalf of purchasers of WeWork securities between May 15, 2017 and September 30, 2019." As far as I can tell there was exactly one purchaser of WeWork stock from WeWork during that period: SoftBank Group Corp.'s Vision Fund, which pumped in the money that inflated WeWork's valuation in its later years.[4] But SoftBank isn't suing; in fact it is a defendant in the case, since it is WeWork's controlling shareholder. Everyone who is suing because they were allegedly tricked into buying WeWork stock did it on the open market, not from WeWork.[5] They weren't relying on WeWork's SEC filings, because there weren't any. So how did WeWork deceive them? The complaint says that "throughout the Class Period, defendants continuously solicited investment in WeWork securities," and that their "misrepresentations were deliberately published to investors in order to amplify defendants' solicitation efforts," including in media interviews, quarterly investor updates, investor presentation materials that were "provided to media organizations and widely disseminated and reported on," "quarterly calls for investors, prospective investors, securities analysts, and market-making financial institutions to discuss the Company's financial results," and "regularly updated financial, business and operational information regarding WeWork made available to Company investors at the time of their purchase during the Class Period via an online portal maintained by WeWork." WeWork wasn't public, but it sort of acted like it was. You could buy and sell its stock in the open(-ish) market; it released quarterly earnings and did earnings calls; it didn't file financials on the SEC website, but it filed them on its own website.[6] "Everything is securities fraud" is the rule for U.S. public companies, but it is also apparently the rule for private companies that are practically public. One possible interpretation of "private markets are the new public markets" is that private companies can get most of the benefits of being public—raising lots of money, getting a huge valuation, being a household name, having an acquisition currency, giving employees and early investors liquidity, etc.—without the drawbacks of actually going public. But it is probably more accurate to say: No, actually, they get most of the drawbacks too. If you don't want to go public because you don't want activist shareholder campaigns or pesky securities fraud lawsuits, but you do want your shares to trade privately, guess what, the bad stuff will find you too.
If you run a public company, you have to be honest about it all the time. If your company is losing money and having a terrible quarter, and a journalist calls you up and says "hey are you losing money this quarter," you can't say "no everything is great, never been better." You can say "yeah it's terrible," or you can say "on an adjusted basis we are confident that long-term trends are encouraging," or you can say "no comment," but you can't lie. You also can't tweet "looks like it's going to be a record year for profits at our company" if it isn't. That's securities fraud. Regular people are buying and selling the stock all day long, and if they read the CEO's comments, believe them, and buy stock, they are going to sue. The company's official representative made a public statement that was misleading, people traded stock based on it, boom, securities fraud. Elon Musk knows.
If you run a private company, though, you can indulge your vanity a bit more. At the typical private company, no one trades stock. People only buy stock when you sell it to them, directly, with disclosure documents. The important thing is for those to be true. You can even write, in those documents, something to the effect of "you have to agree to rely only on these documents, and if anything else we've said publicly isn't true, you can't sue." If you tell a reporter "we made a billion dollars last year," and you post a smiling Instagram saying "so proud of our team for making a billion dollars last year," and then you go sell stock to investors with disclosure documents saying how much money you actually lost—meh, seems fine? Not legal advice. You have to be careful here, and the lines can blur.
If you're lying to journalists and on social media to try to get buzz so you can raise money for your private company, you might fall into error. Theranos Inc. founder Elizabeth Holmes was charged with securities fraud in part because she made lots of misleading claims to the media about Theranos's blood-testing technology, and then sent binders full of those misleading media profiles to potential investors. (She also allegedly lied directly to the investors.) But if you're very careful about keeping the sides separate—if you exaggerate in public to get buzz and attention, but are scrupulously honest and accurate with any potential investors—you can perhaps make it work.
When we first talked about last month's oil-price crash, one thing that I said was that it would be nice if there was a way to buy a financial product that exactly tracked the spot price of oil. "Permanent abstract oil," I called it: "You buy it for the price of oil today and sell it for the price of oil when you want to sell it." A lot of people want to speculate on the price of oil (as USO's size demonstrates), and mostly what they want to speculate on is that. They want a thing that goes up when the price of oil goes up and down when the price of oil goes down; that is the only thing they want to bet on.
But there is not exactly a product like that. There are oil futures, but they expire: They have a fixed life, some number of months, and then they end and, if you still own them, you have to take delivery of oil. You can build a perpetual strategy around them—buy next month's futures, wait, and as they get closer to expiry sell them and buy the following month's futures, etc.—but then the thing you are betting on is not quite the thing you want. You are betting on the relative value of different futures, the shape of the curve, the cost of rolling futures, all this technical stuff. "I'd wager that 90 per cent of investors in USO couldn't explain what contango is," a hedge fund manager told Rana Foroohar, but contango is a key part of their actual USO bet.
The thing is that oil futures ETFs like USO are obviously an attempt to solve that problem. You can buy USO and hold it for as long as you want; it never (you hope!) expires. It is like a share of stock, a permanent bet on oil prices. On any particular day it will probably go up if oil prices go up and down if oil prices go down, though over the long term it will tend to go down either way. If you want a simple, permanent, indefinite, abstract bet on oil prices, one with a simple name like "U.S. Oil," USO—not July WTI crude futures or whatever—is the product for you.It's just that that product is actually impossible to manufacture; USO is a good-faith approximation, but it doesn't quite get there. Over the long term USO won't really track the spot price of oil, and when things get weird, as they have for USO, it will get even farther away from that simple bet. All of this is disclosed, of course—USO's prospectus explains how it works—but there is still a disconnect. Investors want a simple bet on oil, and USO was built to give them the simplest possible bet on oil, but it's still not as simple as they expected it to be.
Facebook Inc. is a public company, and as I often say, anything bad that a public company does is also securities fraud. Sometimes this means that if a company does something illegal, that illegal thing is also securities fraud: Regulators fine the company for the illegal thing, and shareholders sue it for getting fined. But often it means that if a company does something that you wish was illegal, you can sue it for securities fraud. Fossil fuel companies contribute to climate change by drilling for oil; climate change is bad; drilling for oil is legal; what can you do? You can sue them for securities fraud. Other bad things are ambiguously legal, or illegal but hard to prove; suing for securities fraud can get around complicated questions of law and fact. The point is that if the company is doing something that seems bad, that exposes it to a theoretical risk of legal liability or bad publicity or future regulation or whatever, shareholders can sue, saying "you're doing the bad thing without properly warning us about the risks of liability."
So here you go:
A consortium of Facebook insiders and critics filed a confidential whistleblower's complaint to the Securities and Exchange Commission late Tuesday, claiming the social media giant is aware of illegal activity on its platform, such as the sale of opioids, and has failed to properly police it. The complaint, which was obtained by The Washington Post, includes dozens of pages of screenshots of opioids and other drugs for sale on Facebook and its photo-sharing site Instagram, with some having seemingly obvious tags such as "#buydrugsonline." It also notes that Facebook has a pattern of taking down content when it is pointed out by media or activists, only to have it reappear later. The filing is part of a campaign by the National Whistleblower Center to hold Facebook accountable for unchecked criminal activity on its properties. By petitioning the SEC, the consortium is attempting to get around a bedrock law — Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act — that exempts Internet companies from liability for the user-generated content on their platform. Instead, the complaint focuses on federal securities law, arguing that Facebook's failure to tell shareholders about the extent of illegal activity on its platform is a violation of its fiduciary duty. If Facebook alienates advertisers and has to shoulder the true cost of scrubbing criminals from its social networks, it could affect investors in the company, the complaint argues.
I do not, ever, want to participate in a debate about whether drug dealing is a "victimless crime," but I do want to say that the victims of drug dealing are obviously not Facebook shareholders. Like so many "everything is securities fraud" cases, this is not about securities fraud, and the people involved do not care about the Facebook shareholders who are supposedly the victims here. You can tell, in part, from the fact that this is a whistle-blower complaint rather than a lawsuit: Facebook shareholders haven't lost money due to its alleged drug dealing, its stock hit an all-time high last week, Facebook's shareholders are fine. The whistle-blowers here want the SEC to fine Facebook (that is, take money from its shareholders and give some of it to the whistle-blowers), and impose new costs and obligations on it to shut down the drug dealing. The timing of this is fortuitous because, as these people are pestering the SEC to shut down Facebook, Donald Trump is pretending he is going to shut down Twitter Inc. for pointing out that he sometimes lies on Twitter. There is a draft executive order floating around that would limit social media companies' protections under Section 230, making it easier to punish them for the speech or actions of their users—exactly what the "whistle-blowers" here want for drugs on Facebook. You don't need the SEC to regulate Facebook indirectly as securities fraud, if you can make the Federal Communications Commission regulate Facebook's platform directly. The point that I often make, when I say "everything is securities fraud," is that there is a tendency in America to use securities laws as a way around the democratic process, as a way to regulate non-financial conduct without actually going to the trouble of getting laws or rules passed. But I also want to say that, right now, the democratic process is soul-destroyingly terrible, a pure cynical exercise in partisan power without the slightest pretense of working for the public good. If you asked me, in the abstract, "should social media companies' liability for illegal activity be regulated by congressional legislation balancing the legitimate interests of everyone in society, or by the SEC looking out for the companies' shareholders," I would choose legislation. But if you asked, "should social media companies' liability for online activity be regulated by the SEC looking out for the companies' shareholders, or by Donald Trump's sense of grievance at being fact-checked and his desire to boost his own re-election chances"—the actually relevant question!—I would choose the SEC. "Everything is securities fraud" is not a comment on the imperial ambitions of the SEC, and it's only sometimes a comment on the opportunism of private securities lawyers. Really it's a comment on the brokenness of the rest of American government. Everything is securities fraud because at least securities law more or less works. At least the SEC is looking out for someone other than itself.
A famous little puzzle in securities law is that loans are not securities. In the olden days this made sense: A security was something offered to the public and traded in the market; anyone could buy or sell securities, and they relied on the company's public disclosures in making their investing decisions. A loan was a contract bilaterally negotiated with a bank; the bank had a long, deep relationship with the company, held the loan to maturity, and monitored it closely. Banks were just not the sort of investors that securities law was supposed to protect.
But now loans, especially syndicated loans to high-yield companies, feel a lot like securities. They are sold to hundreds of investors, hedge funds and institutions rather than just banks, who will not necessarily have any close relationship to the company. They trade freely in the secondary market. The same people who trade high-yield bonds will often trade leveraged loans, and it is weird to think that one is a security and one isn't. Particularly, if you buy a bond from a company that then goes bankrupt, you will sue the underwriter for not telling you about whatever caused the bankruptcy. If you buy a loan from a company that then goes bankrupt, you will also want to sue the underwriter. Can you?
Well, you can sue, but it won't go very well. Here's a memo from Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP (citation omitted):
Under the current regulatory regime, loans are not treated as securities. In Kirschner v. J.P. Morgan Chase, et al. , the plaintiff challenged these well-settled expectations by trying to bring state securities law claims based on the syndication of a rated term-loan facility. However, on May 22, 2020, the Southern District of New York rejected these claims and reaffirmed the widely held understanding that syndicated loans are not securities. Relying heavily on the Second Circuit's 1992 decision in Banco Español de Crédito v. Security Pacific Nat'l Bank , which held that similar “loan participations” were not securities, the Court held that syndicated loans are just that—loans and not securities. ...The dispute in Kirschner arose out of a $1.775 billion syndicated loan transaction that closed on April 16, 2014. In that transaction, several banks assigned portions of a term loan made to Millennium Laboratories LLC (“Millennium”) to about 70 institutional investor groups, including approximately 400 mutual funds, hedge funds and other institutions, evidenced by notes (the “Notes”). After Millennium filed for bankruptcy in November 2015, the investors' claims were contributed to the Millennium Lender Claim Trust (“Plaintiff”), which filed a complaint in August 2017 against the arranging banks asserting claims under several state securities laws and the common law.The complaint alleged that Millennium, a California-based private company that provided laboratory-based diagnostic testing of urine samples for physicians, violated various federal laws prior to the loan transaction. … On this basis, the complaint alleged that the defendant banks (“Defendants”) involved in the loan made misstatements and omissions actionable under state securities laws because the offering materials failed to disclose Millennium's underlying wrongdoing.
If this was a bond offering, those arguments might have worked, but it was a loan syndication, so they didn't: The judge dismissed the case, finding that the loans were not securities. The reasoning here is pretty much just that nobody thinks loans are securities, so they aren't securities; the actual distinction between loans and bonds seems pretty thin.
One point that I often make about the U.S. legal system is that lying about financial matters is quite broadly and severely criminalized—basically any sort of dishonesty having anything to do with money is arguably wire fraud—but lying about politics is common, legal, and frankly encouraged. If you sell knickknacks on the internet and you misrepresent their dimensions, that is probably a federal felony, but if you run for president on a platform of wild lies and dangerous conspiracy theories then you are just participating in a long and glorious tradition and you'll probably win. Another point that I often make is that people dislike this situation and try to fix it by pretending that political lies are business lies. Political lies are protected by the First Amendment, business lies are unprotected fraud, so if you can shoehorn a political lie into a business-lie theory you can prosecute it. So people got mad at Exxon Mobil Corp. for participating in public debate about climate change in a way that was arguably dishonest, and fixed it by suing Exxon Mobil for securities fraud: If a public company that makes oil is lying about climate change, the theory goes, surely it is deceiving its shareholders about the future prospects for oil. (This theory did not win in court.) Or Elizabeth Warren is an expert in this approach, and she has asked the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to investigate companies for securities fraud for lobbying against regulations, and for that matter to investigate Donald Trump for trying to start a war. (Is trying to start a war securities fraud? Everything is securities fraud!) Still you could do better. Here's a law review article by Tyler Yeargain called "Fake Polls, Real Consequences: The Rise of Fake Polls and the Case for Criminal Liability." A lot of the argument is that people publish fake political polls, these polls are bad for basic political reasons (deceive voters, undermine democracy, hurt confidence in our government, etc.), and something should be done about it. Fine, yes, but First Amendment etc. But the other part of the argument is that people publish fake political polls to influence political prediction markets, which means that they might be wire fraud, or commodities fraud, since prediction-market contracts are arguably commodity futures. If someone publishes a fake poll to manipulate prediction markets, then that's a business lie—wire fraud, commodity fraud, securities fraud, lying to make money—even though it's about a political topic. So you can sweep political lies into the wire-fraud framework, and prosecute it. "And," writes Yeargain, "to the extent that the elements of either fraud charge is too difficult to prove, prosecutors could always fall back on conspiracy charges." Why stop at polls? What if you bet on a candidate on a political prediction market and then tweet that he is a really good candidate with great ideas for fixing America's problems? What if he is in fact only a mediocre candidate with vague and stupid ideas for fixing the problems? What if you say that his opponent has been a disaster in office, when in fact she has done a roughly average job? Can prosecutors go after you for wire fraud for lying about a political candidate? That'll be … new. It is easier to prove that polling claims are factually false, but, you know, politicians make lots of factually false claims and you can try your luck asking a jury if they're lies. I suppose these prosecutions will still require the element that the lies were designed to make money in predictions markets, but "prosecutors could always fall back on conspiracy charges." What I like (?) about this theory is how big the asserted harms are and how trivial the connection to finance is. The harms of fake polling are about undermining democracy and trust in institutions, and about dishonestly putting people in positions of immense power, but legal political betting in the U.S. is a tiny business. "Given the CFTC-mandated restrictions on the markets," writes Yeargain, "the fraudsters likely made a collective profit of no greater than a few thousand dollars." In other words the real reason to manipulate polls is not to make a few thousand bucks in PredictIt, and the real reason to prosecute fake polls is not that a few people will lose money on PredictIt. None of this is the point, it's all a pretext; the actual point is that people lie about politics to influence politics, and that other people want to prosecute those liars to prevent them from influencing politics. But the legal formula that you have to recite involves betting markets. "There is no place for dishonesty in American politics," the theory roughly goes, "because dishonesty in politics could undermine the integrity of betting markets." Okay!
You know the theory. If a public company does a bad thing, it is also securities fraud. The company didn't disclose the bad thing when it was doing it—it didn't put out a press release saying "our CEO is going to do some sexual harassment this afternoon," etc.—and, when the bad thing was revealed, the stock went down. Shareholders can say: You didn't tell us about the bad thing, we bought stock in ignorance, you deceived us, it is fraud.I stress that this is not an exactly correct statement of U.S. securities law, and in fact sometimes the shareholders who bring these cases lose. When I write about it, lawyers sometimes email me to say, no, this is not how the law works, companies don't actually have to disclose everything bad that happens. You are not allowed to lie , in your securities filings, and if you do say things you can't "omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading," but there is no general affirmative obligation to disclose everything, or even every bad material thing. If your CEO is a sexual harasser, there is not an item in Form 8-K specifically requiring disclosure. You can just keep quiet.Can you, though? Here's a memo on "Codes of Ethics and Securities Litigation" from Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP[1]:
In the years since Congress enacted the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in 2002, many companies have adopted codes of ethics or codes of conduct and made them public. … Listed companies are required to adopt and disclose codes of conduct pertaining to directors, officers and employees.By adopting codes of ethics or codes of conduct and making them public, companies may unwittingly create a new target for class action lawyers seeking to assert claims under the federal securities laws. Although these documents are not necessarily written for a broader audience of investors, because they are widely available public statements, they have the potential to create exposure under federal securities laws if a company's stock price declines.In fact, federal securities lawsuits targeting statements about corporate codes of ethics are now common in so-called "event-driven" cases—that is, securities litigations that accompany and arise out of otherwise unrelated legal and compliance issues. Examples include bribery and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act investigations and—more recently—investigations of sexual harassment that have accelerated as part of the #MeToo movement. Although circumstances vary by situation, complaints in this area typically allege that the company's ethics code falsely represented reporting or compliance standards, or that the company used its code of ethics misleadingly to tout the existence of an ethical culture while omitting to disclose allegedly widespread misconduct.
If you are a public company, you have to write and disclose a code of conduct saying how your executives are supposed to behave. Probably that code of conduct will say or imply, generally, that they are supposed to behave well. If they then behave poorly, shareholders will sue you, saying: "You lied to us; you told us that the executives had to behave well, but actually they behaved poorly."It is not that compelling an argument, really, and Davis Polk notes that "historically, these claims rarely gained traction." But sometimes they do:
On March 26, 2020, Signet Jewelers agreed to settle a securities class action for $240 million. This lawsuit had alleged that statements in Signet's code of conduct and code of ethics—available publicly on its website and incorporated by reference in its annual reports—were false or misleading.In the Signet Jewelers case, the court allowed claims to proceed based on statements that Signet made employment decisions "solely" on the basis of merit and that it had "confidential and anonymous mechanisms for reporting concerns." In reaching this decision, the court reasoned that these statements were actionable because they were "directly contravened by allegations in the [complaint]." The court pointed to detailed allegations—based on the record in a separate employment discrimination case—that Signet had conditioned employment decisions on female employees acceding to sexual demands and had retaliated against women who attempted to report the harassment. In a subsequent order, the court concluded that the statements in Signet's codes—in context—could not be disregarded as mere puffery: "Signet's codes of conduct and ethics . . . touted certain values and practices that constitute the exact opposite of what the company allegedly valued and practiced."
See, having a code of ethics is securities fraud , if your executives sometimes violate it. I should add that women who worked at Signet started suing the company for discrimination in 2008, there is a class action involving 70,000 of them, there was a New York Times Magazine story about it last year, and it still has not been resolved. The women who were harassed and underpaid have not been compensated; the shareholders, of course, have been.
A popular form of securities fraud is pretending to get into some newly high-profile industry. You have a small public company that trades on the pink sheets and doesn't really do much. People are getting really into, say, marijuana stocks, or blockchain. You put out a press release saying "we have built a big blockchain for marijuana and we're talking to a lot of potential customers." Your stock goes up. You sell some stock, at the new high price, to the people who are really excited about marijuana blockchains. The only high-profile industry these days is Covid-19, and so you would of course expect some microcap pivots to the virus. The Securities and Exchange Commission brought a case against one of them on Tuesday:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against Praxsyn Corp. and its CEO for allegedly issuing false and misleading press releases claiming the company was able to acquire and supply large quantities of N95 or similar masks to protect wearers from the COVID-19 virus. The SEC previously issued an order on March 26 temporarily suspending trading in the securities of Praxsyn.According to the SEC's complaint, Praxsyn, which is purportedly based in West Palm Beach, Florida, issued a press release on Feb. 27 stating that it was negotiating the sale of millions of N95 masks and "evaluating multiple orders and vetting various suppliers in order to guarantee a supply chain that can deliver millions of masks on a timely schedule." On March 4, Praxsyn issued another press release claiming it had a large number of N95 masks on hand and had created a "direct pipeline from manufacturers and suppliers to buyers" of the masks. Praxsyn's CEO Frank J. Brady was quoted in the release as telling any interested buyers that the company was accepting orders of a minimum of 100,000 masks. Despite these claims, according to the complaint, Praxsyn never had any masks in its possession, any orders for masks, or a single contract with any manufacturer or supplier to obtain masks.
Sure, right, of course. "Praxsyn claims to be a 'specialty finance company focused on providing cash flow solutions and medical receivables financing to healthcare providers in the US that focus on personal injury and workers compensation,'" says the SEC's complaint. Its latest financial statements are from a year ago and show zero revenue. It trades over the counter; Bloomberg tells me that it had a market capitalization of $2.5 million, and a stock price of $0.0039 per share, as of yesterday. That February masks announcement pushed the stock above a penny; it closed on Feb. 27 at a 12-month high price of $0.0106. This is the textbook bad stuff.
To me the weirdest case of securities fraud might always be "Blackfish." SeaWorld Entertainment Inc. operates parks that have orcas. A documentary film called "Blackfish" claimed that SeaWorld mistreated the orcas. After "Blackfish" came out, some people stopped going to SeaWorld parks, because of the mistreatment of the orcas. SeaWorld's investors asked management about this, and management said, no, "Blackfish" was having no effect on attendance. The company didn't exactly lie about the attendance —it honestly reported its financial results each quarter—but it apparently did lie about the cause of the lower attendance. The cause was "Blackfish," management apparently knew it was "Blackfish," and management told investors it wasn't "Blackfish." For this, the SEC sued SeaWorld and settled for about $5 million in 2018. Investors also sued, though, and they didn't settle until yesterday:
SeaWorld Entertainment Inc. said it would pay $65 million to settle claims that it violated securities laws by not being upfront with investors about the effect a critical documentary had on its business. A documentary called "Blackfish" chronicled SeaWorld's practices related to its treatment of captive orcas, also known as killer whales, that drew criticism from lawmakers and animal-rights activists. Released in July 2013, "Blackfish" claimed that orcas suffer while in captivity. A class-action lawsuit in 2014 alleged that the theme-park operator, its board and executives knew or were reckless in not knowing about the documentary's effect on attendance.
Everything bad that a public company does, I often say, is securities fraud, and whenever I then go on to list all the weird unintuitive bad things that are also securities fraud, "abusing orcas" is on the list. Because, yes, now, canonically, being cruel to orcas is securities fraud.
Financial Frauds & Ponzi Dynamics (44)
The way secured lending works is that I lend you $100 and you give me, say, $105 or $120 or $200 or $500 worth of your stuff as collateral. When you pay me back the $100 with interest, I give you back your collateral. The collateral is generally worth more than the...
Look, multibillion-dollar public-company takeover fights are exciting. They just are.Barbarians at the Gate is a thriller, and as I have said before, I read it at an impressionable age and wanted to grow up to do mergers and acquisitions. I was a weird kid, but surely notunique. A lot of people...
The commodity-bribery item is about incentives inside global trading firms. Local employees may face strong pressure to win contracts in markets where bribes are expected, while headquarters wants compliance. The hard problem is designing controls that actually change behavior far from the center.
The magic-mushroom item belongs with Levine's recurring hot-sector-pivot taxonomy. The business may be incidental; what matters is attaching the stock to a speculative theme. This is why the same shells can migrate across fads as investor attention moves.
Levine likes bribery cases because the disguises are often more memorable than the economics. The Adams allegations involve travel benefits and Turkish connections, but the general lesson is the same as the chicken and duck cases: if a thing is a bribe, ornate routing and cute labels may only make the evidence more vivid.
Levine compares fake-streaming fraud to the older Sleepify stunt. If a music platform pays artists based on stream share, then extremely short, silent or artificial listening can redirect subscription dollars. The interesting boundary is between clever exploitation of a published formula and fraud against the platform and other artists.
Levine explains the fraud as an arbitrage of Spotify's royalty pool. Subscribers pay fixed monthly amounts into a pool, and musicians are paid based on their share of total streams. If someone can cheaply generate fake streams for fake songs, they can redirect a slice of real subscription revenue. The fraud exploits an allocation formula rather than a direct theft from any one listener.
Levine's long-running advice is that people committing bribery should not use cute code words for bribes. The point is not legal advice but evidence common sense. If payments, favors, travel or gifts are corrupt, calling them chickens, ducks or anything else only creates a memorable exhibit for prosecutors.
The NovaTech pitch promised investors no expiration date, no earning caps, and whatever monthly profits they desired. Levine treats that language as almost too perfect: a financial product promising unlimited trading profits without corresponding risk is not a strategy so much as a warning label. The useful pattern is how Ponzi-like schemes package impossibility as democratized access.
You give WaterStation money and it gives you a fixed return of 28%. Where does it get the money to pay your 28% returns? WaterStation's answer is apparently "from selling lots of filtered water to customers," but 352 suggests that the answer is "from new investors, like a Ponzi scheme."
Actually 352's proposed explanation is far more baroque than that. Its story is that the franchisees got their payments not (just) from new franchisees but from a $100 million bond offering. And the main buyer of the bonds was 352 Capital, which bought the bonds because its portfolio manager was secretly also a WaterStation franchisee who wanted to get his Ponzi payments and who saw his own fund's clients as the best way to get the money.
And, right, that is how a Ponzi works: There are always some investors who want their money back, or who get suspicious, or who might get suspicious, and the way to solve that problem is to raise some money from new investors to kick out the suspicious ones. And Chirico had access to a good supply of new investors: He ran a bond fund
An extremely simple business model, which we discuss a lot around here, is:
1. Found a company that makes something cheap. Make (or buy and resell) widgets that cost you $1. 2. Sell it at a high price, say $10 per widget. 3. Go to customers and say "look, I know I am selling you a $1 widget for $10 and that doesn't make sense. But I will pay you $11 to buy the widget, so you'll come out ahead." 4. Customers say "sure that sounds good," and you get lots of customers. 5. The customers write checks for $10, payable to your company, which books $10 of revenue and $9 of profit ($10 of revenue minus $1 of cost of goods sold). 6. You write the customers checks for $11, out of your personal account (or the account of another business). 7. Economically, you are losing $2 per widget (the $1 it costs to make it, plus the $11 it costs to bribe the customer, minus $10 of revenue), but the split is +$9 for your company and -$11 for your personal account. 8. Go to investors and say "hi, my company has lots of customers and revenue, it's growing fast, and it's profitable," would you like to buy some? 9. Sell 10% of your company to investors at a multiple of like 30 times earnings. 10. If you sell 1 million widgets a year, that costs you $11 million a year in your personal account, but makes $9 million a year for the company. At 30x earnings, that's a $270 million valuation. If you sell 10% of that, you get $27 million, and you're ahead by $16 million. 11. Then, uh. Then you do Step 11.
What is Step 11? The good answer is something like "your idea gets so much traction and so much customer demand, it has such good branding and network effects, that customers now flock to you to buy your widgets for $10, you don't have to pay them anymore, and the business remains fast-growing and profitable, but for real now." This is good for your investors, who bought into a strong and growing company at a $270 million valuation, and for you, because you own the other 90% of that strong and growing company, which is now worth a lot of money. (And you're no longer paying customers out of your personal account.)
The bad answer is "you do this for a year, you collect your $16 million, you stop paying the customers, the business collapses, the valuation goes to zero and your investors lose their $27 million." This is bad for your investors, who cashed you out of a worthless business. It is … not as good for you as building a successful business would be, but it is easier, and it does make you a lot of money.
There are variations on this business model — sometimes the company pays the customers directly, because the investors care only about revenue growth and not profits; sometimes crypto is involved — but the basic idea is old and popular. It helps, if you are doing this, to sell something buzzy. A fast-growing ball bearings business is less interesting than a fast-growing ridesharing business, or crypto business, or artificial intelligence business, or whatever venture capitalists are excited about this year.
When you sell stock short, you have to borrow it from a stock lender, and your deal with that lender is that you eventually have to return (1) the stock and (2) any dividends on the stock. If a company pays a $1 cash dividend, you pay $1 to your stock lender. If the company dividends out a share of preferred stock, you have to go buy that preferred stock and return it to your lender.
In 2019, Overstock.com, whose CEO Patrick Byrne had spent years fighting short sellers, made a plan to distribute a weird blockchain preferred stock to its shareholders that would not be tradable. This was meant to trap short sellers: They couldn't go buy the preferred stock to return to their lenders, because it didn't trade. They would have to close out their shorts — by buying back the stock — before the dividend was paid out, because afterwards they'd be stuck and would get in trouble. There would be a short squeeze: Before the dividend, the shorts would rush to buy back the stock, and they'd have to do it at very high prices.
Or this is the theory; it did not work for Overstock, mostly because the SEC considers it manipulation and told them not to do the dividend. Byrne was not pleased.
A lot of financial scams have the form of "affinity fraud," where a fraudster offers fake investments, pays Ponzi-like returns and "exploits the trust and friendship that exist in groups of people who have something in common." Often the targets are members of some ethnic or religious group, who are more likely to trust one of their own with their money, but all sorts of common bonds can work. The more intense the sense of intra-group connection and trust, the more effective the scam is. We talked a few months ago about a Harvard Business School alumnus who allegedly targeted fellow Harvard MBAs for a Ponzi scheme. In some sense, running a Ponzi scheme on your classmates is the worst possible use of a Harvard MBA, but also I kind of admire it: That's an affinity group with a lot of trust and loyalty and also a lot of money!
Anyway here's a Wall Street Journal article about what I assume is the first alleged pickleball affinity fraud, but not the last:
Rodney "Rocket" Grubbs … was well-known and well-liked in Brookville — a town of 2,600 tucked amid rolling hills about 40 miles northwest of Cincinnati — where he coached tennis and opened a pickleball shop. He traveled to dozens of tournaments a year, playing and selling merchandise through a company, Pickleball Rocks, that he touted as "the world's most recognized pickleball apparel brand."
But authorities say he was also issuing promissory notes — usually for $25,000 at 12% interest over 18 months—to people across the country, telling them they were part of a small group of investors and seldom making good. In court filings, Grubbs said he owes a total of $47.5 million, including interest. The money has largely vanished. ...
Grubbs's creditors lament that they were vulnerable to manipulation by someone they knew and trusted. The affair has entangled the reigning senior national pickleball champion, droves of retirees and a priest.
He "hasn't been charged with a crime" and "has said he never issued a loan he didn't intend to repay," but one alleged victim started "a Facebook group called 'From Pickleball Rocks to Prison Rocks.'" Another now plays pickleball "wearing a Pickleball Rocks T-shirt with the word 'Rocks' covered up." "Why would he take advantage of an 87-year-old friend," she asks, but who else was he going to take advantage of?
Loosely speaking, money laundering consists of taking some pile of "dirty" money —suspiciously large bags of cash that you earned from doing crime, traditionally, or in the modern age money or cryptocurrency that you stole online — and moving it through some steps until it looks like you earned it from a legitimate business and can pay taxes on it, deposit it in a bank and use it to buy securities or real estate. There are various classic methods; here is Patrick McKenzie on the subject, and here's Saul Goodman.
All of this is hard and specialized, and there's no particular reason to think that the skills that make you a good drug dealer or computer hacker or extortionist would also make you a good money launderer. You'd expect there to be an ecosystem of money launderers, specialists who take the proceeds from other crimes and turn them into clean money. You could imagine doing this on an agency basis — "I will clean this money for you in exchange for 20% of it" — but it might be simpler to do it on a principal basis. If you have a money laundry — say, a legitimate business with flexible accounting that you control — you might just go to criminals and say "hey I'll buy your dirty money from you at 80 cents on the dollar." If you can turn it into clean money, you make 20 cents. [10]
It seems sort of obvious that this could be a market with a lot of interest on both sides. Criminals have dirty money that they would like to launder; handing off that risk and expense for 20 or 30 cents on the dollar is a good trade. And there are probably some number of legitimate-ish-but-not-especially-squeamish businesspeople who'd be happy to buy a dollar for 70 or 80 cents. You could set up an exchange! On the Dark Web or whatever, let legitimate businesses buy crime proceeds at a discount. Probably use crypto.
An alleged Ponzi scheme run by a Harvard MBA who solicited money from fellow alumni of the prestigious US business school has been shut down by a New York court after collecting more than $2.9mn.
New York attorney-general Letitia James said Thursday her office had secured the court order to freeze funds controlled by Vladimir Artamonov, after being alerted of the suicide of one of his clients who lost $100,000.
Since 2021, Artamonov has secured at least $2.9 million from at least 29 individual investors and engaged in a Ponzi scheme by paying the existing investors with the new investors' funds. ... Artamonov also used his investors' money to fund unauthorized personal expenses for vacations, shopping, and dining.
Also his pitch was wild: The OAG alleged that Artamonov lured clients by claiming that he could learn which investments Berkshire Hathaway would make ahead of the market by examining public state insurance filings. Artamonov boasted to his investors that it is like "having a private time machine" and "getting tomorrow's newspaper today," and projected returns of 500-1,000 percent. In reality, Artamonov used his investors' money to buy short-term options that expired within days of purchase and appeared to have no relation to Berkshire Hathaway or its investment activities. Artamonov lost millions of investors' funds by investing in these short-term options, but did not disclose the loss to his investors. To cover up the losses, Artamonov told the investors that it had been a "quiet" month and to just wait and see.
First, a very stylized sketch of the electric grid. In the US, there are several regional electric grids that transmit electricity from power providers to users and are run by organizations with names like MISO (Midcontinent Independent System Operator) or ERCOT (Electric Reliability Council of Texas). Various providers — power plants, etc. — sell power to the grid, and much thought goes into the auction mechanisms that match supply and demand and determine how much the providers get paid.
A key problem is that the demand for power fluctuates from hour to hour, while the supply of power is more or less capped over the medium term by the capacity of the power plants connected to the grid. At peak times, the grid has to call on every available resource — always-on nuclear plants, whatever wind is blowing, gas peaker plants, obsolescent coal power plants, capacity from neighboring grids, batteries, etc. — to meet demand. But it might not be economical to own and operate a power plant that only gets turned on, like, two hours a year. And so much thought also goes into figuring out how to make sure there will be enough capacity to meet peak demand.
Here are two methods to do that. One is capacity payments, where power suppliers can get paid some amount of money just for committing to turn on their plants if they're needed. If the plants are never needed, they never turn on, but the suppliers are paid for the commitment, which makes it more economical to keep the plants around, which makes the grid more reliable. (In MISO, the grid operator for some of the middle of the US, these payments are set by an annual "Planning Resource Auction," or PRA.)
The other is demand response. At some point, it occurred to some genius of electricity economics that turning off your air conditioner, at times of peak electric demand, is just as good as generating a bit more power. If you are a user of power, and you agree to stop using power at peak times, that's as valuable to the grid as generating power would be, and so the grid operator will pay you for the power you don't use. If you run a factory that normally uses 10 megawatts, and you shut down the factory for an hour of peak demand, the grid could pay you as though you generated 10 megawatt-hours. Just like a power plant operator, you can get paid the market rate for peak electricity for curtailing your use — and you can also get capacity payments for promising to curtail your use if necessary.
You can easily imagine how this might lead to fraud. Here's the way I have always imagined it might lead to fraud. Demand response is essentially counterfactual: You get paid for how much electricity you would have used but didn't. So the more electricity you say you would have used, the more you get paid. You can't literally just write down "I would have used 10 megawatts, so pay me," but you have some baseline measurement of what you would have used, and if you manipulate that baseline then maybe you can manipulate your payout. [1]
But there is a much funnier way to do demand response fraud. Demand response is generally a business of middlemen: Demand-response intermediaries (or "aggregators") enter deals with consumers or factory owners or whoever to curtail their usage if called upon, and then the aggregators enter deals with the grid operators to deliver that curtailment. The grid pays the aggregators — in the form of capacity payments for committing to curtail usage, and/or in the form of curtailment payments for actually cutting back electricity use — and the aggregators share some of the payments with the customers.
Again, the capacity payments get made even if the customers are never asked to cut back their electricity use: The point is to make the electric grid more reliable by making sure that there is enough capacity to handle peak loads, even if that capacity is never actually used.
Often, if you are marketing an investment, it helps to have your thing validated by some trusted third party. If you've got a company and you want investors, it's good to send them financial statements that have been audited by a well-known accounting firm. If you're selling bonds, it's good to have a high credit rating from a recognized ratings firm. If you're a software company, it is good to have a security audit from a reputable firm.
If you are running a scam, all of this is also true, maybe even more so: If you're selling a fake thing, it is very helpful for you to say "this thing has been certified by a trusted third party." But of course that is hard, because the reason the trusted third parties are trusted is because they are in the business of not certifying scams, so they are unlikely to certify you.
There are ways, of course. Perhaps if you are clever you can deceive the auditors into certifying your financial statements. Perhaps you can bribe them. Perhaps you can hire (or set up) some shady fake auditor and give it a trusted-sounding name. Maybe your financial statements were audited by KMPG and your bonds are rated AAA by Moodie's Investors Service.
An approach that I had not really thought of is:
1. Go to a real, well-regarded, trusted auditing firm. 2. Ask them to audit your thing. 3. They conduct the audit and send you back a letter being like "no, see, this is actually a scam." 4. You go around to investors saying "you can trust us because we were audited by the good firm!" 5. The investors are like "ah well anyone audited by that firm must be fine" and give you their money.
Technically, I think, "we were audited by X" just means that they did the audited, not that you passed. It's maybe true? And yet misleading? Also seems not that helpful: A sophisticated investor would probably say "ah right let's see the audit report," while an unsophisticated one probably wouldn't care, or recognize the auditing firm's name. Still. It helps with the patter; it gives things the ring of truth.
One sort of business in the world is that you can buy old ships, take them apart, and sell the scrap metal and stuff for more than you paid for the ship. Another sort of business is that you can lend people money to do that business: You lend them money to buy a ship, they buy the ship, they break it down, they sell the scrap, they get money, they pay you back.
It is natural, if you are lending people money to buy a big asset, to take the asset as collateral: You lend them money to buy the ship, they promise to pay you back, and if they don't pay you back then you can seize the ship.
You, uh, you see the problem with that here , though, right? The order of operations is:
1. You lend them money to buy the ship. 2. They buy the ship, giving you a lien on the ship as collateral for your loan. 3. They sail off in the ship, yelling "don't worry, you have a lien!" as you wave to them from the pier. 4. They cut the ship into itty-bitty pieces and sell the pieces for money. 5. They don't pay you back. 6. You go to seize the ship. 7. There is no ship? Obviously? Like, that was the whole point of the transaction? They borrowed money from you to buy a ship and then cut it into itty-bitty pieces? At the time when they are supposed to pay you back, why would there be a ship?
Look I am not an expert in the marine deconstruction lending business or anything, but I'm sure some people are, and I am sure that they have found legal and practical technologies to address this problem.
Two stylized facts about the foreign exchange markets are:
It is very hard for retail traders to reliably make money trading currencies, and They keep trying?
From first principles, it seems like a good idea to be on the other side of their trades. If retail traders want to buy pounds, sell them pounds. If they want to sell yen, buy yen from them. Etc.
If you do this as a full-time business, you will want to make some refinements. Here are the three main refinements:
1. It can't really be the case that retail investors lose money because they consistently bet the wrong way on currency movements. (That would take skill!) They lose money because (1) they make essentially random-chance bets on currency movements, with zero expected value, and (2) they lose a bit of money on each trade from commissions and spreads. So, if you are in the business of trading with retail traders, make sure to charge them lots of commissions and spreads. 2. Meanwhile you don't want to incur the costs of going out and buying yen, pounds, etc., each time your retail customers do a trade. Ideally you will "bucket" their trades: A customer comes to you and says "I want to buy $1,000 worth of yen," they give you $1,000, and you say "okay great you have 14,400 yen in your account." [1] You don't actually go and buy them any yen (you just make a note in your books saying that you owe them 14,400 yen), and they don't actually want yen (they just want to bet on the price). They will eventually close out the bet by selling you the 14,400 yen back for dollars, and when they do you will cheerfully deliver them, like, $970. You keep their $30 loss as your profit. No yen are ever involved. 3. You will want them to make leveraged bets: Instead of giving you $1,000 to buy $1,000 worth of yen, they give you, like, $100 to buy $10,000 worth of yen. Then if the yen moves against them by 1%, they have lost all their money. If the yen moves in their favor by 1% they have doubled their money, but the odds are in your favor.
The straightforward way to combine Refinements 2 and 3 is to trade FX futures , where the customers put down a small amount of collateral to enter into a contract with you that pays out based on the price movements of some currency pair, so (1) the trade is leveraged and (2) you never have to go out and actually buy any foreign currencies. FX futures are a very standard way to trade currencies, so customers will be happy to trade them with you.
It should go without saying that none of these refinements are legal advice. [2]
You can make further, shadier refinements. For instance, if your customers are only trading with you — if you never go out and buy any actual currencies or do futures trades with outside dealers — you might think, well, it is not strictly necessary that the prices I charge customers reflect actual market prices. They could just be different prices. If yen futures currently trade at 147.4 and a customer comes to you looking to buy yen, you sell them yen at 146.9 to the dollar. Why not, who cares, it's all just happening on your own computer systems. You have to be careful with this: You probably have to show your customers some screen of bid and ask prices before they trade, and if you show them that yen are 147.5 bid / 147.4 offered and they hit "buy," they might be puzzled to get only 146.9 yen for their dollar. [3] But (1) they might not be (not everyone pays attention) and (2) you can explain it away. "Ah, price impact, market slippage, the market was at 147.4 but then your big buy order moved it," you can say.
Another important set of refinements is: Some customers might actually be good at trading foreign exchange, and will cost you money; what do you do about them? Your answer might be some combination of:
Shut down their accounts. Jack up the commissions, spreads, fake prices, etc., that you charge them, so that they start losing money. Stop bucketing their orders, route them to real markets, and let them trade with their own money with someone else; you charge commissions but no longer take the other side of their bets.
The last important refinement, of course, is that you probably want to lie about all of this? "We charge zero commissions and all of our customers make money!" might be a lie, but it is a better pitch than, like, "we have found a maximally efficient way to fleece rubes like you." Everything else I said above can get you in trouble — none of it is legal advice! — but the lying is its own separate way to get in trouble.
If you run an investment fund, each month your fund will either go up (if you made good investments) or down (if you made bad ones). If it goes up, you report a gain to your investors, and they are happy. If it goes down ... well, look, that is obviously not what you intended. You are a good investment manager and you will undoubtedly make the fund go up again; you got this month wrong, but you will pick good investments from now on.
If you think about it, really your fund hasn't lost any value at all: Sure the stocks in the fund have gone down, but the expected long-term value of the fund has not gone down, because you will work extra hard to make it go all the way back up again next month. And really the accounting statements of the fund should reflect that fact, so as not to unnecessarily scare or annoy your investors: The accounting statements should record a loss on your stocks, fully offset — more than offset, even — by a new asset, your promise to make the money back again. The net asset value of your fund consists of (1) the stocks in the fund plus(2) your promise to make up any losses, and as (1) shrinks (2) grows. So really the net asset value of your fund can never go down.
Ahahahaha no, this is wrong, this is not the way accounting works, or investing, not at all. This is the way Ponzi schemes work! But I guess you could talk yourself into it. More to the point, the guy running a fund called EIA All Weather Alpha Fund I LP allegedly talked his fund administrator, Theorem Fund Services LLC, into it:
During February and March 2018, the Advisers continued to lose money trading on the Third Party Platform, losing an additional $342,000. TFS received trading statements showing these losses and TFS accounted for these losses as losses of the Fund. TFS then provided the NAV and Investor Statements to the Advisers for review. Upon reviewing the NAV and the Investor Statements that evidenced the losses, the Advisers instructed TFS to change the accounting for the losses. Specifically, the Advisers instructed TFS, and it agreed, to record an expense reimbursement for all losses from the Advisers' trading as an asset, specifically, a receivable "due from the Manager (EIA)," which offset the effect of the loss, resulting in no reduction to the Fund's NAV. The Advisers further instructed, and TFS agreed, that going forward, any losses from the Advisers' trading would be treated as an increase to the receivable due from the manager (EIA). At no point was EIA actually liable to the Fund for losses.
TFS carried out these instructions during the remainder of its engagement with EIA and treated the Fund's trading losses, which continued to grow over time, not as losses and a reduction to the Fund's NAV, but instead as a receivable due from EIA with no related reduction to the Fund's NAV. TFS did not evaluate whether this was appropriate, determine the collectability of the receivable, or verify that any legal requirement of repayment existed. TFS accepted the Advisers' word that the Advisers were legally liable to reimburse the losses (which they in fact were not) and thus the losses were due from EIA and used this treatment to calculate each monthly NAV. As a result, TFS prepared and disseminated Investor Statements containing materially overvalued equity balances throughout the Relevant Period because the balances were never decreased or showed any losses. Upon receiving the Investor Statements, two investors invested additional money in the Fund.
The Economics 101 story is that markets respond to shortages through price signals. If a widget factory burns down, there will be a shortage of widgets, widget users will pay higher prices to secure their scarce widgets, and entrepreneurs, seeing those high prices, will jump in to build their own widget factories and solve the shortfall.
Of course in the real world this mechanism is imperfect and not instantaneous: If there's a shortage of widgets and the price spikes, you can't necessarily open a widget factory tomorrow. You need expertise and capital and raw materials and workers to respond to the price signal.
The … let's say Topics in Money Stuff Economics Seminar version of this story would mention that markets also sometimes respond to shortages through con artists. [1] When a widget factory burns down and people need widgets, there are not necessarily a lot of unemployed widget manufacturers hanging around ready to spring into action to solve the shortage. But there are, absolutely, a lot of con artists hanging around pretending to sell gold bars or cannabis or crypto or whatever the Last Thing was, and their costs of pivoting to the Current Thing are very low. They do not need to retool a factory or source raw materials. Just take the email that is like "send me $1 million and I will get you a guaranteed 20% return in a month by yield farming in DeFi" and search-and-replace "yield farming in DeFi" with "manufacturing scarce widgets."
Or "supplying scarce baby formula." Or "providing medical aid to Ukraine." Or "importing N95 masks to fight Covid." If you read the news and see that there's a high-profile shortage of some good, you can just pretend to supply it! And gullible investors, who also read the news, will be excited to give you money.
This is not any sort of advice, I do not recommend it, I would not do it myself, but oh boy did Eliyahu Weinstein (allegedly) do it. In 2013, Weinstein pleaded guilty to running a $200 million real estate Ponzi scheme. In 2012 and 2013, while he was out on bail for that Ponzi scheme, he did another financial scam involving "purported sales of pre-IPO Facebook shares and Florida real estate"; he pleaded guilty to that one in 2014. He was sentenced to a total of 24 years in prison for all of this, but in January 2021 President Donald Trump commuted his sentence and let him out of prison. I don't know why Trump let him out, but possibly he admired Weinstein's moxie and sense of humor and wanted to see what else he'd get up to.
That faith in him was richly rewarded yesterday, when Weinstein was charged by the US Securities and Exchange Commission and federal prosecutors in New Jersey with doing a new Ponzi scheme in the two years since he left prison. Pre-IPO Facebook shares were very much the current thing in 2012, before Facebook went public, but in 2021 through 2023 the things were apparently:
"In or around late 2021, Optimus [one of Weinstein's companies] started raising money directly from a small number of investors to finance purported transactions related to COVID-19 medical supplies." "In or around May 2022, WEINSTEIN (posing as Mike Konig) asked CC-1 and CC-2 [two unnamed alleged co-conspirators] to raise money from investors to finance the purchase and delivery of three million first-aid kits ('FAKs') to USAID to be distributed to the people of Ukraine during the Russia-Ukraine war (the 'FAK deal')." "In or around May 2022, WEINSTEIN (posing as Mike Konig), asked CC-1 and CC-2 to raise additional money to finance Company-1's purchase of 100 million N95 masks (the 'N95 Mask deal')." "Similarly, in or around early August 2022, WEINSTEIN (posing as Mike Konig) asked CC-1 and CC-2 to raise money to finance the purchase of approximately 29 shipping containers of baby formula from [alleged co-conspirator Alaa Mohamed] HATTAB's company, Hattab Global, in order to capitalize on supply chain issues which had created a shortage in baby formula (the 'Formula deal')."
Just pick a thing in the news, and he was allegedly pretending to supply it. Of course prosecutors say he was not actually doing any of these things and was instead stealing the money, then raising more (from the next thing) to Ponzi it up and pay fake returns to the earlier investors. If you raise money from investors to pretend to source Covid-19 supplies, and you tell them it was a huge success, then you can raise more money from investors to pretend to supply medical aid to Ukraine and use that money to pay your fake returns to the Covid people. Here's a sample pitch email:
We successfully completed our first formula deal with 4 x 28,200 800g Cans (4 Containers). That's 112,200 cans of formula being distributed to families in Texas at fair prices. Needless to say, we felt so good about this one, that we have another deal in the pipeline for 29 more containers. And it is LIVE. If you want in on this deal, Offering is 25% within 3-4 Months (Although we think it will be faster). Funding on this is open from 8/08-8/19. ACt [sic] now,… Only 4mm in funding room left!
A running theme of this column, which is never legal advice, is that if you are going to do bribes you should try to be businesslike about your bribes, instead of being cutesy. Like if you send your colleague a text message saying "our 'friend' expects one million 'chickens' for his 'help' with this 'contract,'" that's gonna look really bad to the jury at your inevitable criminal trial. But if you send a professionally formatted invoice saying, like, "Consulting charges: 80 hours @ $1,250 per hour plus 45 basis point success fee on $200 million contract = $1,000,000 to be paid by ACH transfer to General Consulting Services LLC," you might still get arrested, but at trial you can say "no that was for consulting, very standard, nothing wrong with that."
Yesterday US prosecutors brought bribery charges against 10 people "in connection with a massive scheme to defraud Polar Air Cargo Worldwide, Inc. ('Polar'), a leading cargo airline, of tens of millions of dollars" with bribes. Polar is a cargo airline — a joint venture of DHL and Atlas Air — that sold cargo space to shippers, and if you wanted cargo space on Polar you allegedly had to pay (1) Polar the rates that it charged you plus (2) some bribes to the Polar executives who were selling you the space.
The executives included Polar's chief operating officer, its vice president of marketing, its vice president of operations and its senior director of customer service. "In general," says the indictment, "the Executive Defendants often had the ability to propose vendors, to advocate on behalf of certain vendors or customers, and to exercise significant influence over both Polar's selection of vendors and the rates offered to its customers." They were the people selling space on Polar's planes, and so they could set the rates for that space — and the rates they set, allegedly, included both a payment to Polar and a payment to themselves.
But it was all businesslike. From the indictment:
To conceal the kickbacks and conflicted ownership interests from Polar, and thereby to continue the fraud scheme, [they] often directed the kickbacks and ownership distributions be paid to limited liability companies with non-descript names that were, in fact, controlled by the Executive Defendants. …
From in or about 2009 through in or about July 2021, Polar contracted with freight forwarders to sell available cargo space on behalf of downstream shipping customers, who, in turn, paid freight forwarders to secure cargo space and coordinate logistics. ... These kickbacks were typically calculated based on how many kilograms of cargo the freight forwarders had shipped with Polar during a particular period. At no point before the discovery of the fraud in or about July 2021 were the kickbacks from freight forwarders known to Polar.
"At no point … were the kickbacks from freight forwarders known to Polar" is a weird sentence. Polar is not a person; it has no consciousness. The kickbacks were not known to Polar's owners , I assume, or perhaps to its chief executive officer. But they were known to its chief operating officer, because he was allegedly receiving them. This was not some rogue salesperson taking bribes; this was a big chunk of the executive team.
And so there is an amazing civil lawsuit filed late last year by one of the customers, Cargo On Demand Inc., against Polar, complaining that Polar charged it bribes. Cargo On Demand's point was, look, if Polar's salespeople and senior managers told it to pay these fees as part of the price of cargo, it had to pay those fees. From the complaint:
COD entered into the [Blokced Space Agreement] with Polar primarily because Polar's rates on the specific air routes relevant to COD's customers were typically lower than the rates quoted to COD by any other airlines providing service on the same routes.
However, in order to actually utilize its cargo space allotment, COD was advised by members of Polar Management that it was required to also pay Polar (via Polar Management), and certain third-party consulting companies connected to Polar, additional "consulting fees" separate and apart from the BSA.
These consulting fees were charged beginning at the inception of COD's relationship with Polar in 2014. …
The consulting fees were calculated based on the monthly tonnage for all goods that COD shipped with Polar. The amount of the fee typically varied between $0.25-$0.50 per kilo of tonnage, in addition to the agreed BSA rates.
The consulting fee requirement was articulated to COD by multiple members of Polar Management (which included, without limitation, the company's Chief Operating Officer and multiple vice presidents and directors) over the course of seven years.
COD was advised and instructed by Polar Management that these additional "consulting fees" were part of Polar's regular way of doing business with all customers that had annual BSA contracts with Polar.
To COD, such fees seemed akin to a hotel "resort fee". In other words, a mandatory fee that is not included (or not prominently included) in the quoted rate, yet mandatorily charged at either a flat amount or percentage basis in the final bill.
Also analogous to a resort fee, the "consulting fee" allowed Polar to generate additional cargo revenue by giving the appearance of offering lower rates in comparison to competitors than if Polar had quoted the full (i.e. all costs and fees included) cost.
That is, Polar could advertise low rates, but then tacked on an extra fee for bribes. The complaint includes as an exhibit an email from Polar's vice president of marketing to the owner of Cargo On Demand, saying "bro here is the updated sheet — pls use this for distribution" and attaching an eight-page spreadsheet listing dozens of Polar flights, how much cargo Cargo On Demand had on each flight, and how much bribe it owed for each one. "As directed, COD then made the specified payments for that month via ACH wire transfer."
The numbers are in the tens or hundreds of dollars per flight, and the entire alleged bribe invoice is for $41,291.93, to be distributed among the nondescriptly-named entities of several Polar executives. The indictment says that Cargo On Demand paid a total of about $1.6 million of kickbacks to Polar executives from 2016 through 2021, and if you just wrote a check for $1.6 million of bribes that would look bad. But sending monthly ACH transfers for detailed invoices measured in pennies per kilogram just looks like business.
Of course they got arrested anyway; I must emphasize that nothing here is legal advice. Also the owner of Cargo On Demand was himself indicted, for paying the bribes, which seems a bit harsh. He was dealing with a company, and all the senior executives he dealt with told him that he had to pay these fees! He thought they were a resort fee!
The simplest form of investment scam is that you promise people some attractive return on their investment, they like the promised return and give you their money, and you steal it. In this scam, what sort of return should you offer your marks in order to maximize your take? There are two basic approaches, which are:
1. A reasonable return, or 2. An insane return.
The first approach was made famous by Bernie Madoff, who ran a gigantic Ponzi scheme that offered relatively modest, stable, boring returns. The advantage of this approach is that it can attract sophisticated investors: Madoff was able to raise money from rich people and funds-of-funds because, in their obviously flawed due diligence, they concluded that the returns he promised were plausible. [1] Rich people and funds-of-funds have lots of money, so Madoff was able to raise lots of money and keep the scheme going for a long time.
The second approach has some advantages too. For one thing, people want high returns, so I guess the higher the return you promise the more people will want it and the more money they'll give you. Also, though, you are running a scam, so you mostly don't want sophisticated investors. It is plausibly harder to trick sophisticated investors than it is to trick unsophisticated ones. This is like why advance-fee scam emails have lots of typos: "By sending an initial email that's obvious in its shortcomings, the scammers are isolating the most gullible targets." Promising a 1,000,000% return ensures that you never end up talking to anyone but the most gullible possible marks.
The basic mechanics of a pump-and-dump scam are that you acquire a bunch of some penny stock for very little money (by buying it in the open market, or more often by being an insider of the penny-stock company), and then you trick naive public investors into buying the stock from you for more money. There are some pretty well-known traditional methods for tricking the public:
1. Especially if you control the company, you go around issuing press releases about how the company has found a cure for cancer or is pivoting to the blockchain or whatever. Retail investors are fooled and buy the stock. 2. Even if you don't control the company, you put out a fake press release saying that Tesla Inc. has offered to buy the company, and then dump your stock quickly while the market is fooled. 3. You sell some stock to your friend for $0.02, she sells it back to you for $0.03, you sell it back to her for $0.04, she sells it back to you for $0.05, you post on some message boards saying "THIS STOCK IS SOARING, LOOK AT THIS PRICE ACTION," and then you sell to the readers of those message-board posts for $0.06 and split the profits with your friend. 4. You post on a message board saying "hey I'm gonna pump this stock" and other people say "sure all right sounds fun." They buy the stock as part of a conscious game of musical chairs: Someone will be left holding the bag, overpaying for worthless stock and unable to sell before it collapses, but everyone has fun playing the game and trying to get out in time.
There might be a few others, and you can combine these approaches. They are all a bit clichéd at this point, and I always wonder how much capacity they could possibly have. (Who is the audience for all these fake press releases?) But it is still a thriving business, and there is still innovation. For instance, here is a US Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action from last week:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged 18 individuals and entities for their roles in a fraudulent scheme in which dozens of online retail brokerage accounts were hacked and improperly used to purchase microcap stocks to manipulate the price and trading volume of those stocks. ...
According to the SEC's complaint, in late 2017 and early 2018, hackers accessed at least 31 U.S. retail brokerage accounts and used them to purchase the securities of Lotus Bio-Technology Development Corp. and Good Gaming, Inc. The unauthorized purchases allegedly enabled fraudsters, who already controlled large blocks of Lotus Bio-Tech and Good Gaming stock, to sell their holdings at artificially high prices and reap more than $1 million in illicit proceeds.
Sure? If you can just hack into a bunch of brokerage accounts and turn them into zombies to buy your penny stocks, you don't even need to bother with fake press releases. Very efficient.
If I tell you "hey, I have illegal inside information about a stock, the CEO told me about a merger and I gave her a sack of cash, let's buy the stock," and you do, and I am telling the truth , then you have committed a crime (insider trading) and I have also committed a crime (insider trading) and we will both get in trouble. (Not legal advice!)
If I am lying , you probably have not committed a crime? (Again, not legal advice; maybe you have committed attempted insider trading or something; surely if I am an FBI agent and lying to you about this I can get you in trouble.) But I have committed a crime, the crime of lying to you about having inside information. (Like insider trading, this is technically the crime of "securities fraud.") You thought you had good illegal information, and in fact you did not. You were unfairly cheated out of your ability to do a crime. It's a weird crime, right, this crime I did to you? But we talked last year about a case where a guy was prosecuted for telling people that he had inside information, and charging them for it, while in fact he only did good fundamental research based on public information. You'd think that would be better? I don't know.
Anyway here's that for sports:
In or about and between January 2004 and March 2020, both dates being approximate and inclusive, the defendant CORY ZEIDMAN, together with others, engaged in a fraudulent scheme directed at individuals across the United States (the "Victims"). As part of the scheme, ZEIDMAN and his co-conspirators, including Co-Conspirator # 1, placed advertisements on the radio in various markets throughout the United States, which falsely advertised a "sophisticated white-collar approach to gathering sports information" and promised "wagering as investing, not high-risk gambling." The radio advertisements further instructed listeners to call a specified telephone number to receive information that could be used to win when wagering on sporting events. When the Victims called that number, ZEIDMAN and his co-conspirators falsely told the Victims, among other things, that certain sporting events were predetermined, or "fixed," and that ZEIDMAN and his co-conspirators knew the outcomes of the events. It was a further part of the scheme that ZEIDMAN and his co-conspirators falsely claimed to have secret, "privileged," or "inside," information regarding sporting events, which they received from physicians at colleges and television executives, and which could be used to predict the outcomes of the events. ZEIDMAN and his co-conspirators further assured the Victims that the Victims would win their wagers, and
falsely claimed that there was no risk associated with their wagers. In exchange for this purported inside information, ZEIDMAN and his co-conspirators demanded that the Victims pay fees, which numerous Victims did.
If you are a criminal mastermind, one thing you could do is go to law school, get good grades, get hired at a big M&A law firm, work 100-hour weeks on big deals, and eventually try wiring yourself the money that was meant to pay for a merger. There are many downsides to this approach, including that when you are surreptitiously changing the deal documents you are doing it from your office, and if someone notices you will get arrested. A better criminal-mastermind approach might be to find an exhausted M&A lawyer working to close a deal and try to trick her into wiring you the money. Sometimes that works!
The Plaintiffs are former stockholders (and a noteholder) of a company purchased via merger. They tendered their shares as called for in the merger agreement. The Defendant buyer accepted the shares and directed its agent, also a Defendant, to make the required payment to the Plaintiffs. Before payment was made, the Plaintiffs appeared to have indicated to the agent (through deal counsel) that they wished the funds sent to a different payee and address, that of a Hong Kong company. Unfortunately, the Defendant agent was unaware that this communication was in reality from hackers, who were ultimately successful in diverting the cash consideration to persons unknown. Thus the buyer received the stock, presumably cancelled as part of the merger, and has paid the cash consideration, but the sellers have delivered their shares without receiving payment.
Whee! That is from a Delaware Chancery Court decision last month (but new to me) about the $130 million acquisition of Graduation Alliance Inc., a private education company, by KKR & Co. funds. The way the merger consideration worked is that the KKR buying entity wired the money to a paying agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Co., and then Continental distributed it to the Graduation Alliance shareholders in exchange for their shares. Two shareholders, the Sorenson Impact Foundation and James Lee Sorenson Family Foundation, sent their shares, "along with a transmittal document called a letter of transmittal," to Continental; the letter of transmittal told Continental where to send the money. But:
After the Plaintiffs transmitted their legitimate documents, hackers intercepted their email communications, assuming the identity of the Plaintiffs, and communicated via email with unsuspecting legal counsel, ultimately seeking to have the Plaintiffs' letters of transmittal edited such that payment would be made to the hackers' bank accounts instead of the Plaintiffs' accounts. The hackers were successful.
Yeesh. The merger agreement in the deal covered the closing mechanics in some detail, requiring Graduation Alliance shareholders to send in their shares along with letters of transmittal, and specifying that Graduation Alliance would give the buyer a "consideration spreadsheet" three business days before closing with a list of where to send the money. And the form letter of transmittal required a "medallion guarantee" to send the money to anyone other than the name listed on the share certificates; "a medallion guarantee confirms that 'the signature authorizing the transaction is genuine and the signer has legal capacity and authority to sign the document.'"
These are the right formalities, but in a busy deal it is sometimes socially difficult to insist on the formalities. It is a pain to demand medallion guarantees, you are trying to get the merger closed, and what are the odds that some scammer would be emailing you knowing the details of this small private-company merger? It's easy to just believe your email:
After the Plaintiffs provided their legitimate LOTs to the "Defendants," the Hackers intercepted the email chains between the parties, sending fraudulent emails posing as the Plaintiffs, who were unaware of the interception. The Hackers emailed H&K [Graduation Alliance's law firm] asking to change the "pay out account" for the Plaintiffs to "an international account in Hong Kong." About a week later, on February 7, 2020, the Hackers sent an email containing a revised LOT, stock certificates, and an authorization letter updating the payment information to be paid into the Hong Kong bank account. The new beneficiary to be paid out under the revised fraudulent documents was "Hongkong Wemakos Furniture Trading Co. Limited"—clearly a different name than either of the Sorenson holders. Despite the instructions to the LOT, a medallion guarantee was not provided.
Continental noticed this, and complained to the lawyers about the lack of formalities, but everyone seems to have gotten comfortable with changing the payment spreadsheet without consulting either (1) the real Sorenson holders or even (2) the hackers. ("In support of their argument that the 'Defendants' were subject to a 'time crunch' resulting in anticontractual behavior, the Plaintiffs point out that the 'Defendants' did not even consult the Hackers before making the change to the payment schedule.") And the money went to the hackers and was never seen again.
The Sorenson funds sued everyone involved and last month Delaware Vice Chancellor Sam Glasscock III ruled that (1) they couldn't sue the payment agent[1] but (2) they could go ahead and sue Graduation Alliance and the buyer. This is a weirdly close question: You could read the merger agreement to mean that the buyer's obligation was just to pay the merger consideration to the paying agent, or you could read it more generously to mean that the obligation was to send the money to the right place. The vice chancellor chose the second option and let the case go ahead.
This is a small deal for a private company, but I want to emphasize the general point, which is that if you call up the exhausted law-firm associate working 100-hour weeks to close a big merger on schedule, and you say "hi I am the seller in this merger, there is a typo in my wire transfer instructions, let me give you the correct account number," it might work! It probably won't! You'll probably go to jail! This is not legal advice! But it has worked.
One way to do fraud when you are pitching an investment is to lie about the investment. "Our thing has guaranteed 20% monthly returns with no risk," you say, and then you steal all the money. This is pretty common.
Another way to do fraud when you are pitching an investment is to lie about the alternatives. "If you put money in a bank or the stock market it will all be stolen from you by vampires; only our thing can protect you from that." (Then you steal all the money.) This is … also pretty common? A lot of financial frauds seem to appeal to people with a conspiratorial mind-set; they are happy to believe that the regular system is stacked against them and they need to give their money to a scammer to protect themselves.
It probably will not surprise you much to learn that an alleged gold-coin-investing scam allegedly did both. Here's a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against Safeguard Metals LLC and its owner Jeffrey Santulan; from the complaint:
Guided by scripts, some of which were prepared by Santulan, Safeguard sales agents made false and misleading statements to investors about the purported risks associated with the investors' existing securities holdings at investment banks and brokerage firms. For example, Safeguard's sales agents stated that a "Money Market Reform Law" allowed banks and brokerage firms to freeze retirement accounts in the event of a market downturn; that top financial experts in the United States were saying that another recession was coming very soon; and that when that happened, the investors' accounts would be frozen and they would not be able to get any money out of their 401(k) plans or Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs"). These statements were misleading because, among other things, the law that Safeguard referenced applied only to money market funds in rare circumstances and could not result in an individual's entire account being frozen.
If you go to someone and say "please invest a million dollars in my company, it is a good company," and they say "you seem like a nice person, here is a million dollars," and they give you the money and you spend it on restaurants and gambling, and they bring you to court for fraud, I suppose it is a defense for you to say "but you never asked me what I was going to spend the money on." And they'll say, like, "you told me it was for your company and that it was a good company," and you'll say "well, it was a good company, for me ; it paid for a lot of good meals." This is not, I think, a completely trivial defense, though this is not legal advice and I wouldn't necessarily try it. But the question in a fraud case is whether you lied about material facts and whether the investor justifiably relied on those lies. If you were careful not to actually lie, and the investor forgot to ask you any questions about your plans, there's probably no fraud. Even if you did lie a bit, but the investor had no good reason to believe you, you might not be guilty of fraud.
You could imagine more complicated variants. For instance, your company could have a written business plan that says "the plan is to spend all the money we raise at restaurants and casinos," and it could have audited financial statements showing zero revenue, millions of cash inflows from investors, and identical outflows to restaurants and casinos. And then when potential investors heard your pitch and said "okay send me your business plan and financial statements," you could say "no, those are too secret to share with investors, but trust me they are very good." And then when you end up in court you can be like "well, again, they were good, for me." And the investor … look, it is kind of bad for the investor to give you money without seeing the financials? Like, sure you told them that they couldn't see the financials, but they could have walked away at that point! At some point, if someone wants to be defrauded badly enough, it is almost not fraud to take their money?
At the New York Times, Erin Griffith had a funny story about the fraud trial of Theranos Inc. founder Elizabeth Holmes:
As investors have testified at Ms. Holmes's trial, a central tension has emerged around due diligence. Could these investors have avoided disaster if they had simply done better research on Theranos? Or were they doomed because their research was based on lies? ...
Ms. Holmes's lawyers have needled Theranos's investors for their oversights, aiming to convince the jury that the investors were the ones at fault for not digging into Ms. Holmes' claims. …
The strategy has sometimes veered into condescension. That was evident last week when Lance Wade, a lawyer for Ms. Holmes, asked [DeVos family-office investment manager Lisa] Peterson, an investment professional, if she was familiar with the concept of due diligence.
"You understand that's a typical thing to do in investing?" he said. …
[Christopher] Lucas's firm, Black Diamond Ventures, invested around $7 million into Theranos, despite not getting access to its financial information or examining all of its corporate records. This was unusual, Mr. Lucas testified on Thursday, but Ms. Holmes told him the information was sensitive because a leak could "give competitors a chance to crush the company."
That secrecy extended to due diligence. Ms. Peterson testified that she was scared Ms. Holmes would cut her firm out of the deal if they dug deeper into the details of Theranos's business.
"We were very careful not to circumvent things and upset Elizabeth," she said. "If we did too much, we wouldn't be invited back to invest."
A lot of this stuff comes down to market norms, on both sides. Part of Holmes's defense is "that exaggeration is part of Silicon Valley's startup culture": Sure she did a certain amount of fake-it-till-you-make-it, but everyone in startups does that and investors could not have been deceived by it. But part of the argument against her is that her investors did justifiably rely on her sketchy pitch, without pushing to do real due diligence, because in a deal world driven by fear of missing out on the next big thing, that was actually a normal way for an investor to operate.
Here at Money Stuff we always enjoy a good euphemism for "bribes," but I confess this one — which seems to be pretty standard? — was new to me:
One aspect is the role of intermediaries, often favored by governments in the region. The so-called briefcase companies act as conduits for traders' bribes to officials, taking a cut and directing state business back to the traders. Glencore was a dominant player in Nigeria, Chad, the Republic of Congo and Equatorial Guinea, and says it no longer uses intermediaries as part of a revamped and cleaned-up operation.
"An issue that comes up with trader corruption is agents and intermediaries in the mix," said Alexandra Gillies, an adviser at the Natural Resource Governance Institute, which seeks to stamp out corruption in emerging market resources. "Clearly it's the top modus operandi for how these schemes work."
It is from a story about a Glencore Plc oil trader who confessed to paying bribes, through intermediaries, to African government officials. If you just wire money to a government official, that is a bribe and it's pretty obvious. But if you wire money to a well-connected local consulting firm, you are paying reasonable consulting fees for an expert with local knowledge who can give you guidance on how to win deals legitimately. And if the consulting firm keeps 10% of the fee for itself and stuffs the rest in a briefcase to hand to a government official, well, how were you supposed to know?
My main thesis about fraud is that it is very much defined by local social expectations. If you are playing poker and you bet like you have a big hand, trying to deceive people into folding, and it works and they fold and you take their money, and then you flip over your cards and show that you have nothing and say "hahaha I was bluffing, suckers," they might be annoyed with themselves, for folding, or even with you, for gloating, but they won't accuse you of fraud. They won't call the police, or even stop playing with you. They are part of a social context in which they expect their counterparties to try to deceive them, and in which they sometimes try to deceive their counterparties, and their reaction to a bold and successful bluff will mostly be "wow, good one, you got me."
This is not true of most areas of life, but it is sort of true of some areas, and those areas tend to be where a lot of fraud cases come from. In the bond market, if you are a trader at a bank and a customer comes to you and says "I'd like to buy XYZ bonds" and you say "I have some, I paid 106 for them, I'll sell them to you for 106.125, I'm barely making any money but you're a good customer so I'll do you a favor," and the customer says "done" and pays you 106.125, and actually you paid 101 for them and made a huge profit, is that fraud? Well, federal prosecutors sure seemed to think so, and they charged a bunch of bond traders with fraud for doing this. And they got some juries to convict these traders, on the fairly straightforward theory that the traders lied to the customers. And then the traders appealed, saying "no no no you don't understand, the customers were expecting us to lie to them, they lie to us all the time, this is just a market where everyone lies to each other, and we all know and accept that, so no one was defrauded." And appeals courts largely accepted these arguments, and some of the convictions were overturned.
You can tell a lawyerly story about this: You can use words like "reasonable reliance" and "materiality" to capture the basic notion that, if you lie to people who expect you to lie to them, you are not really defrauding them. This story will not appeal very much to most prosecutors, but it does seem to have some appeal to some judges. It does not seem to have much appeal to juries. If you say to a jury of normal people "oh sure I was lying to my customers, but you have to understand, we're all a bunch of degenerates and we go around lying to each other all day in our multimillion-dollar deals," the jury's reaction might be "well then we should put you all in prison."
Then there are tech startups. One theory is: If you run a startup, and you are raising money from investors, and you go to those investors and say things like "we had $10 million of revenue last quarter" or "we built an electric truck that moves on its own" or "we have a finger-prick blood test that can catch 100 diseases," and the investors are like "wow" and give you money, and you were lying, then that is fraud. This theory is very, very, very well supported. It is what the law actually says, for one thing. ("It shall be unlawful for any person … to make any untrue statement of a material fact … in connection with the purchase or sale of any security," says the law.) Also it is consistent with normal intuitive understandings of "fraud." If you just went to a bunch of ordinary people — people who might be on a jury — and asked "if I lie to investors to raise money, is that fraud," they'll mostly say yes.
But another theory is: No, those investors really want to be lied to. Those investors are holding a competition of the form "who can sound the most excited and persuasive and crazy when they lie to us," and they give their money to the winner. They wouldn't put it quite that way. But what the investors want is a fantasist, a wild-eyed dreamer, a visionary who sees the world not as it is but as it could be. They want someone who looks at $1 million in revenue and sees $10 million. They want someone who looks at some blueprints for an electric truck and sees hundreds rolling off the production line. They want someone who looks at a finger-prick blood test that doesn't work and sees one that does work. They want someone who believes in something that nobody else believes in, an out-of-consensus visionary who wants to change the world. Obviously obviously obviously they would prefer it if this person's wild belief comes true, if she succeeds in changing the world. But the first step is to back founders with crazy ideas. And then if one of them works out, that pays for 10 that are just crazy.
This theory is also well supported! Lots of venture capitalists will say it out loud! But also, like, man, look at the entire history of SoftBank Group Corp. Look at how SoftBank's Masayoshi Son met WeWork's Adam Neumann, and Neumann pitched him on some vision of office-space-rental changing the world, and Son gave Neumann $3.1 billion. And, famously, "Mr. Neumann has told others that Mr. Son appreciated how he was crazy—but thought that he needed to be crazier." You don't say that and then turn around and check every line of the financial projections for exaggerations and unjustified assumptions. If you invest in startups by (1) meeting crazy people and (2) telling them to be crazier, your main investment criterion is not scrupulous accuracy.
The problem is that prosecutors don't want to hear this. "No no no you don't understand, these investors were looking for someone to say crazy stuff to them, so I did. It didn't work out, but they knew going in that the odds of it working out were low. And sure I said that our product already worked, and it didn't, but that's just the sort of patter they expect from a visionary tech founder; they didn't take that too seriously." That might all be sort of true, but a prosecutor is going to be like "but you sold securities by lying about material facts, no?"
All of this is very bad of course: If you are a fiduciary investment adviser, (1) you should not get kickbacks from an investment fund when you convince your clients to invest in that fund and also (2) you should not recommend Ponzi schemes to your clients. But the point is that if you are running a Ponzi scheme anyway, you will get more money if you tell your clients "I am your fiduciary financial adviser and my only priority is doing what is best for you, and I think that you should invest in this little company we know called Horizon Private Equity, they're great, lotta government bonds, of course we have no affiliation with them but they've done well for our clients." As opposed to the normal Ponzi pitch of, like, "put some money in this bag and I will go away with it and do mysterious things to turn it into more money."
It is silly season at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the few weeks leading up to the agency's Sept. 30 fiscal year end when it brings a slew of miscellaneous enforcement cases every day. Here's one from yesterday against an alleged $110 million Ponzi scheme run by a guy named John Woods, who allegedly ran both an investment advisory firm called Southport Capital and also an investment-fund-slash-alleged-Ponzi called Horizon Private Equity III LLC. The overall vibe seems to have been "generic Ponzi scheme"; from the SEC complaint:
Woods and other investment adviser representatives at Southport told clients that they would receive returns of 6-7% interest, guaranteed for two to three years, for non-specific investments in a fund called "Horizon Private Equity." Woods and his cohorts at Southport generally told investors that Horizon would earn a return by investing their money in, for example, government bonds, stocks, or small real estate projects; investors were not told that their money would or could be used to pay returns to earlier investors.
The SEC lists the following things that Wood and friends allegedly told investors over more than a decade of alleged Ponzi scheming:
That Horizon investments had a guaranteed rate of return;
That Horizon investments carried little risk and were extremely safe and conservative;
That there was no possibility of losing the principal investment in Horizon; …
That the Horizon investment was an annuity; ...
That there were no fees or costs associated with the Horizon investment;
That Horizon would use the proceeds of investments to purchase government bonds that would be held to maturity;
That Horizon would use the proceeds of investments to purchase collateralized mortgage obligations;
That the risk of loss of a Horizon investment was minimal because Horizon had a very diversified investment portfolio; ...
It's just, you know, whatever. You put money in the pot and we use it to buy, ehhhhhh, whatever you'd prefer to think we buy with it. It's a private equity fund. It pays 6% a year guaranteed. It buys government bonds. Is it weird that the government bonds pay 6% a year? Fine it buys collateralized mortgage obligations. Does that sound risky? Well it's very diversified. Also guaranteed. Also an annuity. Just tell me what you want; it's that.
Though we have talked before about why getting sued for fraud is rare in startups. I once wrote:
When a private startup says something untrue, even in connection with a sale of stock, the victims will often be sophisticated venture capital firms. These firms are less likely to sue, for a couple of reasons. For one thing, they want to invest in other startups, so they want to cultivate a reputation for being founder-friendly, and suing founders for fraud is not friendly. For another thing, they want to raise money from pensions and endowments and allocators, so they want to cultivate a reputation for being smart and doing good due diligence; calling attention to how they got tricked is not helpful. For a third thing, they are looking, in their venture capital investments, for high-risk, high-reward bets. The ideal founder, for them, is someone who promises the impossible and then delivers it. If a founder promises the impossible and then does not deliver it, well, you know, that's okay, most startups fail.
A classic accounting trade goes like this:
1. I buy a widget for $1. 2. You buy a sprocket for $1. 3. We get to chatting and formulate a plan. 4. The plan is: I sell you the widget for $100, and you sell me the sprocket for $100. 5. Net, we have each spent just our original $1. (I spent $1 on the widget, sold it for $100, and paid $100 for the sprocket.) 6. We each own $100 of assets. (I own a sprocket, you own a widget, and we carry them on our books at their purchase price.) 7. We each have a $99 profit from asset sales. (I bought a widget for $1 and sold it for $100, a $99 profit; I also have $100 of sprocket inventory for which I paid $100 and carry at its purchase price.)
This is, you know, disfavored as a matter of accounting rules; if the market price of widgets and sprockets remains $1 then our auditors are not going to like us trading them for $100. Also it is a bit unsustainable; if the market price remains $1 then when I eventually sell my sprocket to an independent buyer I'm going to have a $99 loss.
But in the short run it can be tempting. If, for instance, I am a hedge fund that trades obscure illiquid bonds, and you are a hedge fund that trades obscure illiquid bonds, and we do this trade with each other, then we can both report good performance and growing assets this quarter, and we can charge higher fees. And our auditors might have questions, but the bonds are obscure and illiquid so who's to say what the market price really is?
Anyway here's a good dissection of the financial troubles of FC Barcelona, which basically kept overpaying for players until it ran out of money to buy more. It includes the accounting trade:
By summer 2020, Barça's transfer deficit was haunting Bartomeu and his board members. Under the rules that govern Spanish member-owned clubs such as Barça, directors had to repay losses out of their own pockets. The board needed to book profits urgently before the financial year ended on July 1. And so a bizarre swap transfer was concocted. The counterparty was Juventus, also eager to improve its books. Juve "sold" Bosnian midfielder Miralem Pjanic to Barça for a basic fee of €60m, while Barça sold Brazilian midfielder Arthur Melo to Juve for a basic €72m.
These sums would never actually be paid. They were invented for accounting purposes. Under bookkeeping rules, each club could book its handsome supposed selling price as immediate income. The notional payments would be spread out over the years of the players' contracts. Only €12m in actual money would end up changing hands, the difference between the two players' fictional prices, paid by Juve to Barça. What mattered was that the swap helped both giants clean up their books.
Who's to say what the market price is for a particular soccer player? If Barça wants to pay 60 million euro for him, sure, why not. If Juve wants to pay 72 million euro for a different soccer player, sure, why not. You could make up any numbers you want! As long as the two numbers you make up are pretty close to each other! It is tempting.
Loosely speaking you could say that there are three sorts of financial scams. The most common scams pretend to be legitimate. A scammer comes to you and says she is raising money to invest in some productive purpose, to fund some product or activity that people want. You think "ah, this company is curing Covid, if it succeeds that will be lucrative, I will put some money in." There are lots of scams like this, and some are more convincing than others, but speaking very broadly it is easy to sympathize with the victims of these scams. They thought they were doing a sensible investing thing, funding good projects with a high expected return, but they were being lied to.
Some other scams pretend to be illegitimate, or at least, like, tricky or unfair. They pretend to be different scams from the scams they actually are. Some people invested with Bernie Madoff because they assumed his investment fund was front-running his broker-dealer. It wasn't, it was just a Ponzi scheme, the joke was on them. But they had thought the joke would be on someone else. Or people constantly fall for "prime bank" scams, whose premise is something like "the Federal Reserve and the Illuminati pay certain select insiders millions of dollars to trade Treasury bonds at night," don't even ask.[2] You put your money into a prime bank scheme not because you think you are making a good investment in a productive activity; you put your money in because you think someone has offered you a special opportunity to put one over on someone else, to extract money for yourself illegitimately.
These scams are quite popular because they offer a sense of specialness; they fulfill a need for mystery and conspiracies. Also because "you can't cheat an an honest man": If you are running a scam, the ideal mark is someone who is up for a little dishonesty, who is not going to insist on all the proper procedures. Also because the victims here are never going to be that sympathetic: They wanted to do some scam (one where they were the scammer), you served them a different scam (one where they were the victim), but what are they gonna do, call the police?
The third kind of scam — is it even a scam? — doesn't pretend to be anything at all; it is just open about being exactly the sort of scam that it actually is. In the early days of Ethereum there were tons of things named like "Ethereum Pyramid Scheme" or "Ethereum Ponzi Scheme." If you buy that you know what you're getting! The value proposition of a Ponzi scheme is: "If you put in money now, and other people put in money later, we will pay you a high return on your investment, but if you are the last one in you will lose all your money." You can dress that proposition up in lies — say "we're investing in totally safe bonds at a guaranteed above-market return" while actually doing a Ponzi — or you could not. You could just tell people what you're doing and ask them if they want to play. Some will, because that basic Ponzi proposition is sort of a fun game of musical chairs but with money. People could want to play because they like a gamble, or because they think they have some edge — some special psychological insight or inside knowledge or whatever that gives them an advantage in guessing when the game will end and getting out in time.
I have mostly come around to the view that many small-cap pump-and-dump schemes look like the first type of scam but are really the third. Some stock shill sends out an email newsletter saying "buy Amalgamated Widgets because they are about to announce a breakthrough Covid cure," and then Amalgamated Widgets stock goes up rapidly and then down rapidly again, and from the outside you can look at it and say "ah, people were tricked into thinking that Amalgamated Widgets had a Covid cure," but the shill's newsletter is titled Stock Shill Weekly and the only subscribers are people who want to play pump-and-dumps and nobody believes it, it's just an excuse for everyone to play a gambling game where the loser is whoever gets out last. There is no reason at all to sympathize with victims of the third sort of scam; often they don't sympathize with themselves. They don't perceive themselves as victims, because they aren't; they think they played a game of chance and lost. They got their money's worth, in expectation; they had their fun and it cost them a reasonable amount of their gambling money.
In the second scheme, Radjabli manipulated the securities market for Veritone, Inc. ("Veritone"), a publicly-traded artificial intelligence company, in which Apis Capital and an affiliated investment fund owned shares. On December 10, 2018, Radjabli and Apis Capital issued a press release announcing an unsolicited cash tender offer to acquire Veritone at an 82% premium. The announced tender offer, and the related forms that Radjabli and Apis Capital filed with the Commission, contained a number of materially false and misleading misrepresentations. Specifically, Radjabli and Apis Capital falsely represented that they had well in excess of the $200 million offer price and beneficially owned a 5.03% stake in Veritone. In truth, the defendants lacked the financing, or any reasonable prospect of obtaining the financing, necessary to complete the deal, and Radjabli and Apis Capital owned only a 4.6% stake in Veritone. The defendants' misrepresentations were material. Following the pre-market announcement and Commission filings, Veritone's stock price opened at $7.96 a share, a 41.4% increase from the prior day's close. Radjabli then capitalized on the scheme by selling Veritone securities and purchasing put options on behalf of Apis Capital and its affiliated fund. Ten days later, Radjabli and Apis Capital withdrew the supposed tender offer. As a result of this scheme, Radjabli generated illicit profits of approximately $162,800 for Apis Capital and its affiliated fund.
I feel like the usual way to do a fake tender offer is to put out a fake press release or SEC filing under a fake name. Like you say "Blarkrock Group has announced that it will buy Veritone at an 82% premium," and people bid up the stock and you sell yours, and (you hope) the SEC never figures out that you were the person behind Blarkrock Group. But here Radjabli did a real SEC filing using his real name and the name of his investment firm; if he was doing it just to pump the stock that seems like a mistake.
Here is a story about DarkSide, the ransomware collective that shut down Colonial Pipeline Co.'s fuel pipelines. DarkSide is just a fascinating business. We talked the other day about its compliance and reputational-risk functions, and this story covers its franchise-based business model:
The platform supplies affiliates with tools and follow-up services in much the same way McDonald's Corp. supplies local store owners with pre-made soft serve and frozen hamburger patties."These guys provide the marketing, the people who handle customer success, as well as the actual ransomware," said Mark Arena, chief executive officer of the cybersecurity firm Intel 471, which tracks DarkSide. "Fortune 500 CEOs would be impressed with the efficiency of the business model."
"Customer success"! I assume that's Arena's jargon, not DarkSide's, but what if it's DarkSide's? Like you pay to use the DarkSide platform, and you deploy it and hack a company's computers, and you call the company and say "give us money," and the company says no and hangs up on you, and you don't know what to do, so you call the toll-free number listed on DarkSide's website and it's like "press 1 for new orders, 2 for the status of existing orders, or 0 for customer support," and you press 0 and get a friendly operator who talks you through the process for how to extort a ransom, and you get what you need, and before you hang up you take a brief survey to rate your experience, and the LinkedIn page of the person fielding your call says not "customer support representative" but rather "customer success ninja" because that's how titles work in tech these days. Actually you don't even need to call customer success to get advice on negotiating the ransom because they'll do it for you:
[DarkSide provides] not just the actual ransomware used to encrypt data on a victims' computers, but also services like making calls to those victims and also hosting a website where sensitive data stolen during attacks can be posted. Ransom demands easily reach into the millions of dollars for large companies, and DarkSide takes a 10% to 25% cut off the top of any payment, according to Intel 471's Arena.
But the story also mentions another possible profit center:
At one point the group offered to provide stock traders with insider information from victim companies, which they could use to make money on the market -- a move that appeared to be an attempt to cultivate a Robin Hood-esque reputation for spreading corporate wealth, according to screen shots of the group's blog provided by eSentire.
From the screen shot:
Now our team and partners encrypt many companies that are trading on NASDAQ and other stock exchanges.If the company refuses to pay, we are ready to provide information before the publication, so that it would be possible to earn in the reduction price of shares.Write to us in 'Contact Us' and we will provide you with detailed information.
A customer success ninja will get right back to you. I dunno, I am on record saying that you shouldn't do this, and just to be clear let me go on record again saying you absolutely shouldn't do this, but I do see where they're coming from? One problem with extortion as a business is that, if the victim pays you, you get money; if the victim doesn't pay you, you blow up the victim but you don't really get anything out of it. If the victims all said no, you would cause a lot of havoc, but you wouldn't make any money and you'd eventually have to find another line of work. But with listed public companies, you can make a profit directly from the havoc.[6] As a ransom demand, "give us $5 million or we'll destroy your computers, we don't want to but we'll do it" seems inferior to "give us $10 million or we'll destroy your computers, we'd love to do that actually because we bought a bunch of puts on your stock, we're giving you a chance to pay the ransom but we'd be perfectly happy if you don't."
One way to do scams on a different class of victims is to pick a hot private company that is rumored to be going public soon, claim to own stock in that company, and offer to sell it. Actually selling it would be hard — private companies tend to have rules around how their stock can be traded — but that's okay, because modern private markets have developed sort of a norm of indirect investing in hot private companies. Some private vehicle buys a chunk of private-company stock (from the company or an existing big investor), and holds onto it, but sells shares in the vehicle to investors. As far as the private company knows it has one shareholder, the vehicle, but the vehicle itself has lots of shareholders, all of whom indirectly own shares in a pool of shares of the private company.
This is an absolutely real thing, sometimes done by big reputable investment banks. But it's relatively easy to fake. If I sell you shares of Stripe Inc. stock, you might be tempted to call up Stripe and say "hey I'm a shareholder now" and Stripe might tell you "no you aren't, we have a list right here" and I'd get caught. (Or you might do this before buying the stock, for instance to check if Stripe has transfer restrictions on its stock, and then you would find out the truth and not buy from me.) But if I say "I have a pot of Stripe shares over here, would you like to give me money in exchange for an ownership interest in the pot," that's no problem. Stripe is not involved, by design, and I can give you a nice certificate that really does entitle you to an ownership interest in the pot. You might not notice that the pot is empty.
And the class of victims here is very good: It's people who have millions of dollars to invest in private companies, who want to invest in the best and hottest private companies, but who do not have the hundreds of millions of dollars that they'd need to actually do that. And who are looking for a loophole, a way to get hot unicorn shares that are not actually available for purchase. They're rich and greedy, which makes for good victims.
See, this is the difference between professional and amateur payers of bribes. Amateurs hide their bribes and refer to them by cute euphemisms; when they are caught, the fact that they called their bribes "chickens" or whatever makes it obvious that they knew what they were doing was wrong. Professionals are matter-of-fact about their bribes and refer to them by business-y euphemisms like "success fees" or "consultancy charges" or "goodwill payments" or "commissions." And then they deduct them on their tax returns. This serves two purposes:
1. If later you are criticized for the bribes, you can say "no, see, these were just normal commissions, it's totally fine, you can tell because we reported them on our tax returns. We wouldn't have done that if they were illegal bribes , would we?" 2. Lower taxes!
A classic way to get rich in financial markets is:
1. Bet that Thing X will go up. 2. Simultaneously bet that Thing X will go down. 3. Thing X goes up or down. 4. Collect your winnings on whichever bet was right. 5. Walk away from whichever bet was wrong.
There are variations. Bet that Things X, Y and Z will go up, for instance, and then walk away from whichever bets (possibly all of them) go down. Obviously the trick is to find a way to walk away from the losing bets!
One notorious way to do this is with a newsletter dispensing penny-stock tips.[8] You write two versions of the newsletter saying "buy XYZ stock" and "sell XYZ stock," you send one version to 8,000 people and another version to a different 8,000 people, XYZ goes up or down, you throw away 8,000 addresses, you write two versions saying "buy QRS" and "sell QRS," you send them out to the remaining 8,000 people, etc., until there are 500 people who have seen you make five correct stock picks in a row and are impressed. Then you tell them to subscribe for more infallible stock picks for the special price of $99.95 per month.
This method is good (it's bad! don't do it! it's fraud!) because you are not making the bets with your own money. Most of the time, if you make actual bets with your own money, it is hard to walk away from the losing ones. Occasionally, though, financial markets do give you that opportunity. Occasionally someone will offer a product that is like "we will give you the returns on some investment that you pick, but we'll always give you at least your money back," and you can buy two of those, pick two opposite volatile investments, collect the payoff on whichever wins and get your money back on whichever loses. Here's a story about a guy who did that with weird death-benefit variable annuities, though he went to prison for it, oops.
Here is I guess a do-it-yourself version, from, of course, a Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action announced this week:
The SEC announced fraud charges against California resident Abhi Batra for allegedly conducting a free-riding scheme in which he fraudulently reversed more than $1 million in Automated Clearing House (ACH) transfers.>
The SEC's complaint alleges that Batra transferred money from bank accounts to brokerage accounts via ACH, then used the funds to purchase speculative options contracts. The complaint further alleges that when the options trades lost money, Batra would recall the ACH transfers to the brokerage firm by falsely representing to the bank that he had not authorized the initial transfers. As a result, Batra allegedly imposed his trading losses on the brokerage firms. By contrast, according to the complaint, when his trading was profitable, Batra kept the profits for himself. As alleged, Batra engaged in the free-riding scheme between 2016 and 2020 in brokerage accounts in his name, and in the names of six others, at times without their knowledge or consent. In total, Batra allegedly recalled more than $1 million in ACH transfers, withdrew approximately $98,000 in trading profits from the brokerage accounts, and left losses in the brokerage accounts estimated at $665,000.
Yes. Well. Obviously this is super illegal but the financial logic is sound. If you can do this, then all of your trades have the profile of (free) call options: You make money as the trade goes up, but you don't lose any as it goes down. The value of a call option increases as the volatility of the underlying position increases, so if you are going to do this you might as well buy volatile stuff, which means, of course, that you should trade options. (So you have options on options.) He did. He traded options terribly , losing way more than he won, but of course that didn't matter when he could pocket the winnings and walk away from the losses. Sometimes both at once!
On or about October 16, 2019, Batra deposited $30,000 via ACH from his bank account into his brokerage account at Brokerage B.>
Between approximately October 17 and October 22, 2019, Batra used the $30,000 on deposit to purchase options contracts in the securities of Netflix.>
The options positions were closed by October 25, 2019. Batra's trading resulted in profits of more than $13,000. By the end of October 2019, Batra's account balance was approximately $43,000.>
On or about November 19, 2019, Batra withdrew the $43,000 ($30,000 initial deposit plus $13,000 in trading profits) from the account at Brokerage B to one of his bank accounts.>
On or about December 2, 2019, Batra caused his bank to recall the initial $30,000 ACH transfer to the account at Brokerage B.>
By recalling the $30,000, Batra was able to recoup the money that he had used to trade, while still keeping the profits from his trading.
I often write that "everything is securities fraud," that creative regulators can find a way to transform any misbehavior by a public company into securities fraud. They do this for various reasons: because securities fraud is easier to prove than the underlying misbehavior, because the underlying misbehavior is politically controversial and not actually illegal, because big companies are more willing to settle than the individuals who do the bad stuff, or because those companies have more money.
This feels like an extension of that theory. Financial regulation is universal regulation, and it is in a sense easier regulation than the rest of the law. If police and prosecutors wanted to stop Epstein, they would have had to arrest him and have a public trial in which they proved to a jury that he was still doing crimes. Perhaps they would also have faced political pressure from Epstein's well-connected friends. Given all of this, it took a long time for the authorities to work up the nerve to arrest him.
If Deutsche Bank had wanted to stop processing payments for Epstein, they could have just sent him a letter saying "we're closing your account" with no explanation and no appeal. That wouldn't necessarily have prevented crimes, but it would have at least inconvenienced him. (In fact Deutsche Bank did that, in December 2018, months before federal authorities got around to arresting him.) It is not a perfect substitute for the actual enforcement of written laws by officially empowered agents of the state, but it is something, and it is fairly fast and efficient, and in hindsight, in the case of Jeffrey Epstein, it seems like it would have been a good idea. When it is hard for the government to enforce the laws, sometimes it is easy for banks to enforce them, sort of, a little bit. And if the banks don't do it, the government will be disappointed.
Apparently that's illegal? It doesn't sound like it was insider trading? (Apparently she was "making use of her past travel service work experience," though.) It's just using an insurance product for a purpose it was not designed for (speculation), instead of the purpose it was designed for (protecting your vacation from bad weather). There is a traditional insurance view that you need an "insurable interest" to buy insurance, that you can only buy insurance to protect stuff you actually have. And there is a modern finance view that markets should be complete and you should be able to speculate on either side of anything you like. When individuals try to apply the modern-finance view to consumer insurance products, they tend to get in trouble.
The basic problem with a Ponzi scheme is that it keeps getting worse. You raise money from people promising them large returns, then you have to raise more money from more people to pay the first people their returns, but then you have to raise even more money to pay off the second set of people, etc. You can't just do a little bit of Ponzi and be on your way. It keeps snowballing. You need some dramatic event to end it in a satisfying, you-don't-go-to-prison sort of way. There are two categories of non-prison endings that might work. One is: You suddenly make a lot of money. This might happen if, for instance, your Ponzi scheme is only partly a Ponzi scheme. You raise money to invest in magic beans, you buy the magic beans, the magic bean market does not develop as robustly as you'd hoped, you use some later investors' money to pay returns to the earlier investors, everything looks real bad for a while, and then all of a sudden the market for magic beans takes off and everyone is happy. I will tell you that a whole lot of speculative investing looks almost exactly like this! SoftBank Group Corp.'s Vision Fund can call capital from investors to pay those investors' preferred coupons, which is Ponzi-ish in a technical sense, but not in a fraud-y sense; if you are investing money in a thing that takes a while to pay out, you may find yourself legitimately using money from investors to pay promised returns to investors.[1] But of course if you're mostly doing a fraud this won't work, so you will need to find some other way to make a lot of money and end your Ponzi happily. There are not a lot of encouraging examples. Martin Shkreli did a hedge fund fraud—not actually a Ponzi—and then made a hugely successful pharmaceutical investment that allowed him to pay off all the investors he defrauded, which is pretty amazing, but he's in prison anyway. Sam Israel ran a big Ponzi and tried to make it up to investors by investing in a huge prime bank scam, which was also really amazing but did not work at all. It's pretty grim. There is no general reason to think that your ability to raise money by deceiving investors would also give you any special ability to pick an investment with a huge payoff. You might as well just buy lottery tickets. The other sort of ending that can work is: You suddenly lose a lot of money. I mean, not really; if you're running a Ponzi, you've slowly lost the money over time and lied about it. But if you have some sudden event that seems like it would cause you to lose all your investors' money, then that can retroactively justify stealing all of it, or at least make people less likely to look closely. (This is of course the strategy of "The Producers," though also of "The Sting.") You raise money to invest in magic beans, you promise a high return, you keep raising more money, you Ponzi most of it and steal a little, you keep telling investors that your magic beans are gaining value, and then magic bean blight sweeps through the land and you can tell all your investors "sorry everything was great but the blight killed all our beans." It is conventional wisdom that the financial crisis exposed a lot of Ponzis, which is true—"It's only when the tide goes out that you learn who's been swimming naked," etc.—but it probably buried some Ponzis forever too. Surely some investment manager was thrilled to send investors a letter saying "I lost all your money in the crisis, oops," since it saved him from sending them a more accurate letter saying "I Ponzied all your money away years ago."
So the government gives tax benefits for certain energy-efficient investments. Basically the benefit is that you get an immediate tax credit of 30% of the cost of, for instance, certain solar generators. You also get to take depreciation deductions on your future taxes, and presumably you also save on your electric bill because you have this generator. So there is some math. It's like:
1. I spend $100 for this generator. 2. I get back $30 in tax savings immediately. 3. I save $X a year on taxes, due to the depreciation deductions, over the Y-year useful life of the generator. 4. I save $Z a year on my electric bill over the Y-year useful life of the generator.[1]
If the present value of $X plus $Z per year for Y years is greater than the $70 net up-front cost of the generator then look I can tell you are bored already. What if the math was easier:
1. I spend $100 for this generator. 2. I get back $30 in tax savings immediately. 3. Someone buys the generator back from me for $70. 4. Also for some reason I still get the depreciation deductions.
Now my net up-front cost is zero: I pay $100, get back $70, and take a $30 tax credit. Then the depreciation deductions are just a residual stream of free money. That's an infinitely better trade! I am not out of pocket any money. I do not have to do any calculations about my expected electric-bill savings. I do not have to rely on my expectations about whether and how the tax law will change. I do not have to do any present-value math. I do not have to maintain the generator over its useful life. I do not have to take delivery of the generator and plug it in to my factory. I don't have to have a factory, or an electric bill; I don't have to have any actual need for the generator. It is a pure financial transaction: I give you $100, the government gives me $30, you give me back $70, and then the government gives me some more money later. It takes place on paper. I don't even have to see the generator. There doesn't even have to be a generator. Whoops, no, too far! There has to be a generator! If there's no generator then this is all just tax fraud. But … you can … see how … one might … get … confused? The actual trade went like this, per the SEC's complaint:
1. DC Solar sets up an investment fund, a separate entity that will raise money to own the generators. 2. The investment fund is owned by investors. 3. The investment fund buys the solar generators from DC Solar Solutions Inc., an arm of DC Solar, for $150,000 apiece. 4. "Investors generally contributed about thirty percent of the purchase price in cash and financed the balance pursuant to a Promissory Note or Notes executed by the Investment Fund in favor of DC Solutions." So they pay about $45,000 per generator in actual cash. 5. Because the tax credit is 30%, "investors expected to be able to take a tax credit for roughly the same amount as their cash contribution to the investment." They pay $45,000 to DC Solar Solutions, and get back $45,000 from the government, on that year's taxes. 6. The remainder of the purchase price is paid in the form of "a Promissory Note or Notes executed by the Investment Fund in favor of DC Solutions." That is, the investors never have to pay it—it is an obligation of the limited-purpose investment fund. 7. The investment fund keeps the generators and rents them back to DC Solar Distribution Inc., another arm of DC Solar. 8. DC Solar Distribution then goes and finds other people who want actual solar power and rents the generators to them. 9. DC Solar Distribution (takes a fee and) forwards the rent payments to the Investment Fund, which uses them to pay off the promissory notes. 10. Once the notes are paid back—once DC Solar Solutions gets its remaining $105,000 back, with interest—the investors get a share of the rent payments. 11. Meanwhile, the investors are technically the owners of the generators (they own them through the investment fund, a pass-through entity for tax purposes), so they get to take depreciation deductions.
Steps 8-10 there were more or less totally fake. DC Distribution couldn't find a lot of customers to rent the generators. That's not an overwhelmingly attractive proposition: The rental cost of the generator may or may not be cheaper than your electric bill, but you've got to get it installed and make sure it works and worry about maintenance and downtime and blah blah blah, and meanwhile you're not getting any tax savings. "DC Distribution continued to fail in its attempts to lease the Generators to legitimate end-users in significant numbers." But the proposition for investors is so, so good! So easily and overwhelmingly attractive, with no downsides! You pay $45,000 to the investment fund, you get back $45,000 from the government immediately, you get some more money back from the government over time, you never have to plug anything in anywhere, and, uh, sure, maybe one day you'll earn rental income from the generators (step 10) but honestly who cares, that is not the point of this trade. DC Solutions was just selling investors immediate tax savings. It was selling a dollar of tax savings for less than a dollar. Of course it had a line around the block of people waiting to sign up.
It is not legal advice or anything but there is kind of a Money Stuff First Law of Bribes, which is that when you are talking about bribes, particularly in writing, you should not refer to them as "bribes," and you should certainly not refer to them as "chickens" or "sugar" or some other clever euphemism; you should refer to them by boring but technically accurate terms. For example if you are trying to get a government official to award your company a big contract, and you hand him a sack of cash to speed that along, when it comes time to account for that sack of cash in your financial records you can call it a "corporate marketing fee." That is literally true! You paid a fee to market your corporation! To him! Really bribery is the most straightforward and elemental form of marketing. Or we have talked a few times about "success fees." You pay a fee and your bid is successful, it's a success fee, there is no problem here. "Consulting fees" is perhaps the most standard approach of all: You hire a local guy as a consultant, you pay him a large consulting fee, and his consulting consists of (1) knowing which local officials need to be bribed and (2) handing them some of the consulting fee. This is all well-known stuff, and it's not like an automatic get-out-of-jail-free card to tell prosecutors "that wasn't a bribe, it was a consulting fee." Still using boring business terms gives you a fighting chance of not getting caught, and even if you do get caught you've got a fighting chance to persuade a jury that it was all fine, and even if you do get convicted it is just, I mean, it is aesthetically a bit less embarrassing than if you'd used the dumb euphemisms. Last week Swedish telecom company Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson agreed to pay more than $1 billion of fines to the U.S. Justice Department and SEC for bribing officials in China, Saudi Arabia and Djibouti, and the SEC complaint is full of detail on how a large professional multinational company accounts for bribes. For instance:
Internally, EAB employees referred to these payments as "corporate marketing fees" which some employees believed to be code for bribes.
Or:
Ericsson China improperly recorded these payments as "other external services," "site acquisition services" and "service fulfillment of contract."
Or:
On or around December 18, 2013, the head of Ericsson's Middle East region signed the Consultancy Frame Agreement on behalf of EAB's Qatar branch. The agreement stated that EAB's Qatar branch engaged Kuwait Consultant to provide services "within the area of marketing and sales support to increase customer satisfaction and enhance Ericsson business in Kuwait . . . with the purpose of winning the LTE business with [Kuwait SOE]." These services were never provided.
No, I disagree, surely the consultant did increase customer satisfaction (by giving the customer money) and enhance Ericsson's business (with bribes). These things are all code for "bribes," but they are also all, in their way, honest.
How Finance Works (75)
There are three main ways for a big bank to make money from stocks. First, market making (intermediation): the bank buys what clients want to sell and sells what they want to buy, capturing a spread, and it does best when markets are volatile because clients trade more and a skilled desk buys low from panicking sellers and sells high to enthusiastic buyers. Second, financing (prime brokerage or margin lending): the bank lends against clients' stock so they can buy more, which does best when markets rise, because borrowing demand grows and the collateral backing the loans gets stronger. Third, equity capital markets (ECM): underwriting IPOs and follow-on offerings for a fee, which thrives when markets are calm and rising and companies can sell stock into an open window. These offset each other: in extreme volatility you can make a killing on trades but lose on bad margin loans; in placid rising markets you collect ECM fees while your traders are bored. Occasionally markets are volatile AND up a lot, and then you make money everywhere, which is roughly what produced the record equities quarter at JPMorgan and Goldman.
The Macy's item is a useful accounting-control story. Delivery expenses are boring, but recurring operational expenses create lots of entries and estimates. If the accrual process is wrong for long enough, a mundane account can produce a material surprise.
Levine's goodwill hypothetical is a clean accounting explainer. A company can carry acquisition value on the balance sheet, but later sales or impairments reveal whether that value was real. Goodwill is where deal optimism waits to be tested.
Levine's paper-check riff is useful first-principles finance. A check is just writing a dollar amount on paper, but it works because of banking relationships, legal rules, clearing systems and trust. Old payments technology can be surprisingly robust.
Levine defends accounting as a deep body of professional knowledge, like tax law or an ancient language. It looks dull until you need it. Financial markets depend on accounting conventions to decide what counts as revenue, expense, asset, liability and profit. Those conventions are technical, socially enforced, and absolutely central to how capital is allocated.
Every initial public offering is marketed in two ways:
1. "This company is good": This is the story that the IPO prospectus will tell, and that the company will tell in roadshow meetings with potential investors. The company has a good business, a good product, smart managers, strong financial results, so if you are a long-term fundamental investor you should buy some stock. 2. "This stock will trade up": This is the story that the marginal investor in the IPO wants to hear. The company is selling X million shares in the IPO, there are orders for 10X million shares, there are a lot of retail investors who would love to buy it but can't get into the IPO, and so, when the stock opens for trading on the day after the IPO, lots of people — the retail investors, the people who put in the 9X million orders that weren't filled — will buy it in the aftermarket. There is a lot of demand, not enough supply, so the stock will go up.
That second story is, to some degree, self-fulfilling. The company's banks will call an investor to ask "how much do you want to buy in this IPO?" The investor will say "well how is it going?" The correct answer is not "we've got orders for 80% of the shares, so it would really help if you'd put in a big order for the other 20%." The answer the investor wants is more like "we've got orders for 1,000% of the shares, but if you put in a big order we'll see what we can do for you." The more demand the investors think there is, the more demand there will actually be: Investors want to buy into IPOs that don't need their money, because those are the ones that will trade up.
Theoretically, there are about two good ways to run an economy:
1. Free markets. People can make stuff and buy whatever they want, and markets and price signals sort out how much gets made and who gets it. If people want widgets, and I make widgets, I can sell the widgets for money, which will make me want to make widgets. If nobody wants sprockets, and I make sprockets, soon I will stop and do something more useful. 2. A big computer. You program a big computer to figure out everyone's preferences and marshal all the available resources, and then you solve a complicated optimization problem to figure out how best to use the resources to meet the preferences.
The first approach has been pretty widely adopted, in variously modified forms, over many years in many places, and has a decent if not unblemished record of allocating resources and satisfying demand. The second approach has some track record — I have at least once mentioned Francis Spufford's terrific historical novel, Red Plenty, about Soviet efforts in this vein — but there are not a lot of clean examples of it working at economy-wide scale. You would need a pretty big computer and it seems hard.
Still I am not sure that it is refuted? It's more, like, Real Big Computers Have Never Been Tried. You could tell a story like:
Computers are really good now. There have been rapid advances in processing power and machine learning and artificial intelligence, so you should expect big computers to have a better chance of running an economy in 2024 — or 2044 — than they did in 1964. One outcome of free markets seems to be the rise of larger companies, and the larger and more diversified a company is, the less it will be governed by price signals: If I mine my own ore and refine my own steel to make widgets, and then use those widgets in my gizmo factory, my decisions about how many widgets to make will be driven not by the price of steel or widgets, but by how many widgets the VP of Gizmo Factories wants and how much steel the VP of Steel Milling can provide. Index funds? When I mentioned Red Plenty , it was in the context of writing about a Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. research note arguing that "Passive Investing is Worse Than Marxism" because passive investors do not try to allocate capital to its best uses, but just buy whatever is in the index. If that were true — if financial markets have abdicated their responsibility to allocate resources using price signals — you'd need some sort of allocation mechanism to replace it.
Anyway this is all pretty idle speculation but here's a fun Wall Street Journal article about Amazon.com's smart speaker business:
When Amazon launched the Echo smart home devices with its Alexa voice assistant in 2014, it pulled a page from shaving giant Gillette's classic playbook: sell the razors for a pittance in the hope of making heaps of money on purchases of the refill blades.
A decade later, the payoff for Echo hasn't arrived. While hundreds of millions of customers have Alexa-enabled devices, the idea that people would spend meaningful amounts of money to buy goods on Amazon by talking to the iconic voice assistant on the underpriced speakers didn't take off.
Customers actually used Echo mostly for free apps such as setting alarms and checking the weather. "We worried we've hired 10,000 people and we've built a smart timer," said a former senior employee.
As [Chief Executive Officer Andy] Jassy tries to fix it, he is rethinking the obscure Bezos-era metric inside Amazon that helps explain why Echo and other devices could accrue such huge losses for so long with little repercussion. Called "downstream impact," or DSI, it assigns a financial value to a product or a service based on how customers spend within Amazon's ecosystem after they buy it. ...
The metric was developed in 2011 by a team of economists including an eventual Nobel Prize winner. In some instances, the model worked clearly. When customers buy Amazon's Kindle e-reader—one of Amazon's profitable devices—they are very likely to then buy ebooks to read on that device. Ebooks are part of the books business, not the devices business, but Amazon leaders said it made sense for the Kindle team to claim part of revenue when assessing their product's internal value. ...
In other cases—especially Echo devices—the downstream impact idea broke down, said the people familiar with the devices business.
If you were in the business of selling smart speakers, you would try to (1) sell them for more than it cost to make them and/or (2) negotiate some sort of arm's-length partnerships with advertisers, business partners, etc., who might pay you for access to your smart speakers' customers. If the amount of money that customers paid, plus the amount of money that advertisers/partners paid, exceeded the cost of making the speaker, you'd do it. If not, you'd stop. Capitalism!
But Amazon is not in the business of selling smart speakers. It's in the business of selling everything , which is harder. If you sell everything, your price signals get obscured. If Amazon just gave everyone a phone, for free, with the Amazon app on it, that would probably increase Amazon's sales of books and toilet paper and electronics and dog food and video subscriptions. But would it be worth it? For that you need a model developed by a team of economists. And sometimes the model doesn't work.
If you are a trader, a good skill to have is buying stuff that will go up. If the stuff — stocks, bonds, currencies, whatever — that you buy reliably goes up, then you can make a lot of money. You can make money simply by buying the stuff, having it go up, and then selling it for more money than you paid. But there are other ways to monetize the skill. You can start an investment newsletter, and charge people a fee for telling them what stuff will go up. You can start a hedge fund, buying stuff for other people and taking a cut of their profits.
Meanwhile, other people might try to free-ride on your skill. People might find out what you are buying — your broker will see your orders, or maybe you're running a hedge fund and have to disclose what you buy [1] — and might try to copy you, since what you buy keeps going up. Your purchases contain information — they encode the message "this stuff will probably go up" — and that information is valuable.
If you are a trader, another … skill? … you might have is buying stuff that will go down. You keep saying "ooh this stock is poised to go to the moon," you buy it, it goes to zero. This skill seems somehow more attainable than the first skill, though it's not clear that that's actually true. [2] It is harder to make money with this skill. If you buy stuff, and it goes down, and you sell it, you will have less money.
Oh, I know, I know, you can try the George Costanza approach: Any time you think you should buy a stock, you sell it instead. But this seems tricky to do yourself; it requires not only the self-knowledge to say "I keep getting things wrong" but also the ability to continually analyze your instincts to identify the valuable signal. "After extensive research and analysis, I want to buy this stock, which means I should sell it," you think, but what if actually that is the impulse you should be resisting? How do you know where to stop your conscious analysis and do the opposite of the result? [3]
Can you monetize the skill in other ways? I think if you have a strong track record and a rigorous repeatable process of only buying stocks that go down, you really should be able to start a newsletter or get hired by a hedge fund to tell people your best ideas (so they can short them), but again I think this is tricky in practice. Probably if you waltz in the door at Citadel and are like "hi my superpower is that I am exceptionally terrible at picking stocks" they will have doubts. I bet there's some sell-side equity research analyst out there who is kept on the payroll for making reliably wrong stock picks, but it can't be that common.
Can other people free-ride on your skill? Can they look at your track record and say "everything this person picks goes down, so I should short it"? I mean! Tuttle Capital Management once launched some very rude exchange-traded funds to fade Jim Cramer's and Cathie Wood's stock picks, but I don't think those had any real alpha; it is not actually the case that Cramer or Wood has this sort of anti-skill. In general, if your stock picks are known broadly, they're probably not bad enough to make betting against you a reliable strategy.
On the other hand, your broker probably knows (1) what you're buying and (2) how you're doing. If you're terrible, your broker might be tempted. Here is a funny CME Group disciplinary action against a futures broker called Wing Fung Futures Limited:
Pursuant to an offer of settlement in which Wing Fung Futures Limited ("Wing Fung") neither admitted nor denied the rule violations or factual findings upon which the penalty is based, on July 16, 2024, a Panel of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Business Conduct Committee ("Panel") found that between July 22, 2020, and July 7, 2022, Wing Fung deployed an automated trading system ("ATS") in the Australian Dollar, British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Euro FX, Japanese Yen, New Zealand Dollar, E-mini NASDAQ, Micro E-mini NASDAQ, and E-mini S&P 500 futures markets wherein the ATS's strategy was to submit orders based upon trades executed by its clients who were regularly unprofitable. Specifically, upon a target client establishing a short/long position, the ATS generated a trading signal to enter an order in the same market for the same price and quantity as the client, though to establish the opposite short/long position. The Panel found that by employing this strategy, Wing Fung attempted to profit from its knowledge of its clients' record of losses, which was not available to others in the marketplace. Additionally, the Panel found that Wing Fung employees used Wing Fung's clients' unique operator IDs to enter orders into Globex. The Panel further found that Wing Fung's leadership fundamentally did not understand, or were otherwise completely unaware, of Exchange rules that prohibited the activity described above. Therefore, the Panel found that Wing Fung failed to diligently supervise its employees and agents.
I will say that in general if you are a client-facing foreign currency firm, and your clients are terrible at trading currencies, it is often a good and legitimate strategy to internalize their orders: If they want to buy 10,000 Australian dollars for US dollars, you sell them the Aussie from your own account, so that you are naturally on the other side of their orders and make money when they lose money. [4] But I suppose if you're a broker who sends client orders to the exchange, and you also send your own opposite orders to the exchange to fade them, that looks rude.
We talked last week about a trend in modern finance, which is:
1. Banks, which have risky liabilities (demand deposits), do somewhat less of their traditional risky activities (trading, lending), for regulatory or risk or competitive or other reasons, and other people (nonbanks) get into those activities. Private credit firms make buyout loans or student loans, proprietary trading firms make securities markets, hedge funds take on banks' credit risks with synthetic risk transfers, etc. 2. Those other people — the nonbanks — are better able to take on risky assets, because their liabilities are less risky: Instead of demand deposits, they are funded by locked-up capital from long-term investors. The banks, with their deposit liabilities, get "narrower," taking on less risk on the asset side. 3. But! To make the economics work, the nonbanks tend to leverage that long-term capital by going out and borrowing from the banks. 4. So the risks that left the banking system in Step 1 come back in in Step 3: The banks do less of the risky stuff, but they lend to the people doing the risky stuff. 5. Still, it's an improvement. The loans to the people doing the risky stuff are generally safer than doing the risky stuff directly. They are senior claims on the stuff, and they often have protections (recourse to the nonbanks' other assets, margin calls) that make losses less likely. But it's a bit of systemic risk creeping back in.
Last week we were talking specifically about banks financing hedge funds' investments in other banks' synthetic risk transfer trades, but as I said, it's a more general trend.
You could take a less optimistic view of it. This week, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York's Liberty Street Economics blog published a research series by Viral Acharya, Nicola Cetorelli and Bruce Tuckman on nonbank financial institutions (NBFIs). The first post is "Nonbanks Are Growing but Their Growth Is Heavily Supported by Banks":
Often, NBFIs are viewed as separate from banks. In particular, traditional approaches to financial sector regulation view banks and NBFIs as substitutes, with the growth of one implying the shrinking of the other. ...
In our paper, we take a different view, arguing that NBFIs do not evolve independently from banks. In fact, to a significant extent, their growth depends on banks providing the funding and liquidity support necessary for NBFIs to provide intermediation services. A key observation is that nonbank financial intermediation involves significant liquidity and funding risk. Managing these risks well requires access to stable short-term funding, and likewise access to contingent sources of liquidity, especially access to funding under stress.
The market sources of financing that NBFIs rely on are, however, cyclical and fragile. In contrast, modern banks are considered relatively stable intermediaries, given their deposit franchise and access to the safety net, whether explicitly in the form of deposit insurance and central bank lender of last resort financing or implicitly in the form of official backstops. Lacking the inherent funding and liquidity advantages of banks, NBFI activity may not be viable, or it may not be easily scaled up, unless backed by routine as well as emergency liquidity support from banks.
The second post is "Banks and Nonbanks Are Not Separate, but Interwoven," arguing that regulation is pushing lending activity from banks to nonbanks, but that the banks are still financing it:
We explain that the observed growth of NBFIs reflects banks optimally changing their business models in response to factors such as regulation, rather than banks stepping away from lending and risky activities and being substituted by NBFIs. The enduring bank-NBFI nexus is best understood as an ever-evolving transformation of risks that were hitherto with banks but are now being repackaged between banks and NBFIs. …
Traditionally, banks held corporate and mortgage loans on their balance sheets, but due at least in part to higher capital requirements and tighter regulations, these loans are increasingly held by NBFIs. However, banks have retained indirect loan exposures to NBFI lenders, such as via senior loans to private credit companies or collateralized loans to mortgage real estate investment trusts. Thus, the banks' risks have transformed from exposure to the loans into exposures to NBFI balance sheets.
A specific example of this transformation comes from the booming private credit market. NBFIs' footprint in this segment is growing fast but not without the support of banks. For instance, in June 2023, PacWest bank sold its specialty finance loan portfolio to Ares Management, one of the largest private fund managers in the world. The purchase of these loans, however, was financed in part by a subsidiary of Barclays, another banking organization. Hence, while the loans left the banking system, some of the bank exposures returned through the financing of Ares' purchase by Barclays.
Again, my view is that owning a senior claim on the loans is probably safer than owning the loans directly. In the third post, "The Growing Risk of Spillovers and Spillbacks in the Bank‑NBFI Nexus," they concede that "the transformation of activities and risks from banks to a bank-NBFI nexus may have benefits in normal states of the world," but they worry about tail risk. In particular:
As NBFIs have increasingly been playing intermediation roles similar to those of banks, and adopting similar business models, their asset composition is naturally also becoming similar to those of banks. In a post last year, based on another research paper, we highlighted how the commonality of asset holdings between banks and NBFIs could turn out to be an important source of market disruption, driven by asset-pricing dislocations in the event of forced asset sales by NBFIs in need of liquidity. Because of the increasing similarity in the asset profile of the various NBFI sectors and banks, the extent of these market disruptions could be rather severe.
Banks and nonbanks own the same sorts of loans, so if the nonbanks have to sell assets, the banks' assets will also lose value. And:
Even more important, the entire system of financial intermediation is potentially more fragile because of the interconnections. To see why this is the case, consider the potential for systemic fragility when we also take into account the liability interdependencies between banks and NBFIs. Banks experiencing distress because of the asset losses driven by NBFIs' sales, may, in turn, reduce funding/liquidity support to NBFIs causing risks to spill back to NBFIs and the real economy. … Banks may, say, reduce credit lines to real estate investment trusts (REITs) and also reduce holdings of term loans to collateralized loan obligations (CLOs). As a result of these … transmissions, REITs might reduce their investments in residential and commercial real estate and CLOs might reduce their investments in leveraged loans, thus propagating and amplifying the original shock to nonfinancial firms with increasingly complex economic ramifications.
I am still not sure that this is worse than a state of the world in which all of that risk is at the banks, but I suppose it depends on how careful the nonbanks are and how they are regulated.
The basic economics of credit cards go something like this:
1. Banks that issue credit cards generally make money from the fees that merchants pay to accept cards. Say those fees are 2%: If you buy a thing for $100 with a credit card, you pay $100, the seller gets $98, and your bank keeps $2. [6] 2. Banks attract customers by rebating them a portion of those fees as "rewards" or "cash back." Perhaps your bank gives you back $1 on that transaction, and keeps the other $1 itself. 3. In a competitive market, banks attract customers by rebating them more than all of the fees, on certain types of transactions, with the hope that the customers will like that offer but mostly use the cards for other transactions. "Rebating interchange to earn share of wallet," Patrick McKenzie calls it: "Say, for example, the card rebates 1.5%, but only for … bookstores. Any bookstore. For all other transactions, it is 1%. The thing you would love with this offering is to preferentially attract people who are very emotionally invested in being readers and who spends very little of [their] on-this-card wallet on books. The emotional investment in the story the card offers brings the customer in; the blended cost to acquire the customer is closer to [the] 1% industry standard and not to the 1.5% headline number." 4. So a bank might offer, like, "3% cash back on books, 1% on everything else," and you say "ooh that sounds good," get the card, and buy $40 worth of books and $40,000 of everything else. Then the bank is making money from you: It makes 1% (its 2% fee minus 1% cash back) on most of your transactions, and loses 1% (its 2% fee minus 3% cash back) on a small but emotionally salient minority of them. 5. Also of course if you carry a balance, by not paying off your card every month, the bank makes a lot of money by charging you interest. [7] 6. Conversely, if you get this card, buy $40,000 worth of books, and do all of your other spending on other cards, the bank is losing a lot of money on you: It loses 1% on every transaction. This is called "adverse selection."
McKenzie's bookstore example is somewhat fanciful, [8] and really to stand out many issuers offer big rebates on more typically popular categories like gas, groceries, restaurants, etc. Some category where people think "oh I pay for that all the time, that card will really help me."
But you can take this too far. You don't want the category to be too good! You don't want to offer high rewards on a category where your customers really do spend all their money. The Wall Street Journal reports:
In 2022, Wells [Fargo & Co.] launched a credit card with Bilt Technologies, a fintech startup with big-name backers including Blackstone and Mastercard. The co-branded card came with a rare perk: Users can pay for rent with it without incurring fees from their landlords while also earning rewards points. More than one million accounts were activated in the first 18 months, many by young adults.
But Wells is losing as much as $10 million every month on the program as savvy customers flock to the card, according to current and former employees.
Oops. The economics of the rent transaction itself are, for the bank, horrific:
There is a reason why credit cards hadn't gained traction in the rent sector until Bilt came along. Most landlords didn't accept them because they refuse to pay card fees that get pocketed by the banks issuing them and often run between 2% and 3%.
Bilt structured the card so landlords won't incur the fees. Wells instead eats much of that.
About six months after the credit card was launched, Wells began paying Bilt a fee of about 0.80% of each rent transaction, even though the bank isn't collecting interchange fees from landlords.
Wells earns interchange fees every time people use the card to pay for anything but rent and splits those fees with Bilt.
It's like a rewards card that pays 0% for everything else, but 3% cash back (sent to your landlord) for rent transactions. If you hear that pitch, think "hey that's a good idea," get the card, and use it mostly to pay for stuff other than rent, it probably works out okay for Wells Fargo. If you also carry a balance, and Wells Fargo gets to charge you a huge interest rate on the balance, it probably works out great.
But … it's a rent credit card? If you are getting this card, probably you are using it more to pay rent than for anything else? And most people, you know, budget to pay their rent each month, which might make them less likely to carry a balance. And in fact:
The bank assumed around 65% of card-purchase volume would be nonrent, generating interchange-fee revenue. The reality is inverted.
Wells expected that around half to three-fourths of dollars charged to the card would carry over from month to month, generating interest charges. The reality ranges between around 15% and 25%.
I suppose there were other attractions:
Some Wells employees thought the proposition was crazy, but the bank needed a win and figured Bilt would garner buzz and help attract younger customers. A deal also presented mortgage cross-selling opportunities. Bilt's cardholders will ultimately want to become homeowners, the thought process at Wells went, and the bank would be well-positioned to give them mortgages.
That hasn't come to pass, and at any rate, Wells has pulled back from mortgage lending.
Ah, well.
The rough idea of an SRT is that a bank buys insurance against the risk of defaults in some portfolio of its loans. Normally the way to do this is by issuing credit-linked notes: The bank sells bonds that reference the underlying portfolio of loans, and if those loans default then it doesn't have to pay back the bonds. In exchange for this protection, the bank pays a high interest rate on the bonds. This is worth it, to the bank, because it reduces its capital requirements: Paying double-digit interest rates to move risk off its balance sheet is a good deal for the bank, because it would be even more expensive to keep the risk and meet the accompanying capital requirements. The buyers of these bonds — the people taking the credit risk off the bank's books — are "firms such as Ares Management Corp., Blackstone and Magnetar Capital," investment firms that raise long-term money from investors and are thus less strictly regulated than banks.
And then the buyers go and borrow money from the banks:
To help pay for these trades, some firms will seek outside financing. Hedge funds usually do so through a class of bank lending known as repurchase agreements, or "repos," in which the lender takes the investing fund's SRT securities as collateral, according to people with knowledge of the practice.
Others use different types of bank borrowing such as net asset-value — or NAV — loans, a kind of financing popular with private equity firms that's secured against a portfolio of their holdings. To back its JPMorgan deal, LuminArx used a non-repo form of borrowing, a person familiar with the matter says.
While European SRT buyers haven't used much leverage in the recent past, the trade's economics are different on the other side of the Atlantic where borrowed money is often needed to deliver stellar returns. "Leverage in various forms has been employed by most investors" on recent US SRT deals, says Alan Shaffran, senior portfolio manager at Magnetar.
European and Canadian SRTs are commonly made up of only the riskiest portion of a bank's loans, which offers the best returns. But the US equivalents are broader — or "thicker" — because the buyers have to insure larger portions of the debt, meaning the securities they buy yield less. That creates an incentive to use borrowed money to juice profit.
If an investment fund just uses its own cash for a US SRT trade, it can make loss-adjusted returns in the high single digits, market participants say. When the booster shot of leverage is added, returns can jump to the mid-teens.
Well, right, you need leverage. Schematically, the capital structure is something like [1] :
1. JPMorgan makes $100 of loans and does an SRT. 2. Magnetar — the equity buyer of the SRT — puts up, say, $5 to buy the SRT, and takes the first $5 of losses on those loans: If $1 worth of loans default, Magnetar only gets $4 back from its
We talked a few months ago about a proposal for financing Ukraine. The idea is roughly that (1) Ukraine has a large claim against Russia for war damages, (2) G7 governments (the US, UK, Canada, France, Germany, Italy and Japan) have frozen a lot of Russian assets under sanctions programs, (3) the G7 governments can't just give that Russian money to Ukraine (because they have no legal claim on it) but (4) they can lend money to Ukraine, collateralized by Ukraine's claims against Russia. And then if Ukraine ever successfully prosecutes that claim against Russia, it can get the money and repay the G7 lenders. And if — more likely — it can't, then the lenders can foreclose on the claim, at which point they will have a legal claim against Russia for Ukraine's war damages, which they can enforce by taking the frozen Russian assets.
It's cute. But one problem with any program of lending money to Ukraine backed by seized Russian assets is that the seized assets appear to have shorter terms than the loans. The Financial Times reports:
The US is ready to lead a loan of $50bn to Ukraine repaid by profits from frozen Russian assets if the EU can indefinitely extend sanctions against Moscow, according to a leaked discussion paper.
Washington needs the EU to prolong the bloc's sanctions on Russian state assets, which expire every six months unless renewed by unanimous consent, until the end of the war to ensure the US is not left on the hook for repayments.
But any such change to the EU regime would require the approval of leaders including Hungary's Viktor Orbán, who has jealously guarded his regular veto rights over sanctions decisions.
A lot of problems in finance involve people who have short-term funding that rolls over constantly, who start to treat that as long-term funding, and who then end up surprised when one day it does not roll over. This is the geopolitical version of that.
If you are a store and you accept credit cards for payment, you pay fees to get your money. If you sell a thing for $100, and the buyer pays with a credit card, you get something like $97. The rest goes to the buyer's bank, your bank, the credit card network and other intermediaries. In exchange for those fees, you get convenience, for you and the customer: The customer gets to buy your stuff without carrying cash (so you can sell more stuff), and the money shows up in your bank account relatively quickly.
If you accept cash for payment, you don't pay those fees. If you sell a thing for $100, and the buyer pays cash, you put $100 in your cash register. But then what? You probably don't pay for stuff in cash: You don't hand your suppliers a bag of cash; you pay them using bank money, wire transfers or checks or whatever. You have to turn the customer's $100 into $100 in the bank. And that is not free. You have to pay someone to walk the money over to the bank. You might have to pay for a security guard to escort the person walking the money over to the bank, or to guard the cash register until you walk it over. If you only walk the money over to the bank once a week, you miss out on interest on the money as it sits in the cash register. The bank might charge you a fee for depositing the money.
So if you sell a thing for $100 in cash, you get $100 in cash, but — after the costs and delays associated with handling cash and turning it into bank money — that's worth less than $100 of bank money. I don't know how much less; it will depend on the particulars of your business. But it's possible that it will be less than $97, and it will be cheaper for you to accept credit cards than cash.
I wrote yesterday about "synthetic PIK" private credit deals. In a PIK (payment in kind) loan, a company borrows money and can pay interest in the form of more debt: You borrow $100 with an interest rate of 10%; you don't pay cash interest, but after the first year, you owe $110, then $121, etc. In a synthetic PIK loan, the company borrows money and pays interest in cash, but it gets the cash by borrowing it from the lender: You borrow $100, in the first year you pay $10 cash interest, you borrow the $10 from the same lender, so at the end of the first year you owe $110, etc. The interest payments are funded with a delayed-draw term loan: You sign the extra loan at the same time as the regular loan, and then draw on it over time to make the interest payments.
Why? Why go through the circularity of borrowing more money to pay cash, instead of just adding it to the tab? One rationale is that the private credit funds that make these loans get some of their financing from banks, and the banks limit the amount of PIK debt they can do (because it's risky), so this is a way around that. I wrote:
The private credit fund doesn't care: Paying interest in the form of more debt, or paying interest in cash while simultaneously borrowing more, are exactly identical transactions as far as its credit risk is concerned. What matters is that the private credit fund has some contract with somebody else that says "we promise not to do too many PIK deals," and a synthetic PIK deal is not technically a PIK deal. … The somebody else, specifically, is the banks.
Well, a reader emailed to point out that there's another somebody else:
Most private credit funds collect management fees based on invested LP [limited partner] capital. Traditionally, if an investment was accruing PIK interest, they'd only get management fees paid on the initial principal amount funded with LP capital and not the accreted PIK portion. Now that they are funding it with DDTL [a delayed draw term loan], they get to collect a management fee on that piece that is funded to pay the interest. So, the LPs are paying a management fee for as long as the DDTL drawn loan is outstanding (perhaps a couple of years?) to pay themselves one quarter's worth of interest and are concurrently increasing their invested capital exposure to that specific deal.
If a private credit fund does a $100 PIK loan with 10% interest, after a year the borrower owes $110 and the fund can charge fees on $100 of capital. If it does the same loan as a synthetic PIK, after a year the borrower owes $110 and the fund can charge fees on $110 of capital.
I suppose the trade is better if you do it all at once:
Direct lenders including Blue Owl Capital Inc. have pitched deals in recent weeks that include a "synthetic PIK," a feature that lets companies make some of the interest payments with additional borrowing without having to count the debt as being serviced "in kind," according to people with knowledge of the matter.
"Payment in kind" lets borrowers make some or all of their loan interest payments by increasing the principal amount rather than using cash. That flexibility is in high demand as the Federal Reserve's policy-tightening cycle has made it more difficult for heavily indebted companies to service their debt. Private credit funds are well-positioned to provide PIKs, and they've often used them to beat out banks when competing to provide financing to companies.
But there are limits. Big banks that help fund the lending activities of private credit firms typically cap the amount of such PIK deals they will finance. Synthetic PIKs are a workaround to those constraints. …
In a synthetic PIK, lenders provide a company two separate pieces of debt: the main loan the company planned to borrow in the first place, plus a smaller delayed-draw term loan that sits at the same level in the capital structure and has similar terms. Delayed-draw means a borrower has access to the full amount of that loan when the deal closes, but can choose to actually borrow the money at a later date.
When interest on the first loan needs to be paid, the company taps the delayed-draw term loan. This allows the company to pay the interest in cash, but it's technically doing so through adding more debt to its balance sheet.
I love it. Notice the reason for the synthetic PIK, as opposed to a regular PIK. The private credit fund doesn't care: Paying interest in the form of more debt, or paying interest in cash while simultaneously borrowing more, are exactly identical transactions as far as its credit risk is concerned. What matters is that the private credit fund has some contract with somebody else that says "we promise not to do too many PIK deals," and a synthetic PIK deal is not technically a PIK deal. It's a cash interest payment plus a separate loan.
I think that, if you had only five minutes with a world-class trader, and you asked her "teach me the essentials of trading," probably she would spend the five minutes on adverse selection. The essential lesson is that, if you are being offered a trade, that probably means it's a bad trade; your job is to understand that thoroughly so you can figure out the exceptions. There are many ways to teach this lesson, but my favorite probably comes from a reader email I quoted last October, when I was writing a lot about Sam Bankman-Fried's coin flipping at Jane Street:
This was a Susquehanna interview question 25 years ago! They made me do the math on 1000 coin flips. EV(heads) (easy), standard deviation (slightly harder), then they offered me a +EV bet on the outcome. I said "let's go.">
They said "Wrong. If we're offering it to you, you shouldn't take it.">
I said "We just did the math.">
They said "We have a guy on the floor of the Amex who can flip 55% heads."
The point here is that Susquehanna International Group employed a guy who was really good at flipping coins so they land heads, so that Susquehanna's traders didn't get too cocky about their bets. "I've done the math and this trade has positive expected value," they will say, but then they'll pause and remember the coin-flip guy and think "if this trade really has positive expected value, why is it being offered to me," and they think a bit harder about it and become better traders.
This lesson applies beyond individual trades. For instance, there is the structure of the investment management industry. Agustin Lebron, a former Jane Street trader, has a very good book called The Laws of Trading, in which he says:
The profitable trades that exist in the world are either (a) the ones you're intimately involved in running, or (b) the ones that are inaccessible to you. There is no (c). And what's funny about the situation in trading is that, if we were talking about just about any other industry, the very notion of a (c) would be laughable. Imagine if someone who's good at manufacturing cars came to you and said: "Hey. I'm a profitable car-maker. If you like, I'll let you take all the profit from my car-making skill in exchange for a small fee for me." You would rightly suspect they're trying to pull one over on you. So why is the situation different in trading?
Similarly! At Bloomberg Businessweek, Alice Kantor profiles IM Academy, a multilevel marketing scheme for stock and commodities trading. The thing that IM Academy teaches, if you are paying attention, is "if they know so much about how to make money in financial markets, why would they teach me how to do it for just $250 a month?"
We talked on Tuesday about a weird trade. The trade is: A person, usually an older person — call her Alice — takes out a $5 million life insurance policy, naming an investor — call him Bob — as the beneficiary. Bob pays Alice a fee for doing this — say 3% of the face value of the policy — and also pays the premiums on the policy. Eventually Alice dies, the insurance pays out, and Bob gets the money. If the death benefit is higher than the premiums that Bob has paid over time — for instance, because Alice dies a week after taking out the policy — then Bob makes a profit. If the death benefit is lower than the premiums — for instance, because Alice lives to be 125 — then Bob loses money.
The thing that most people find weird about this trade is the general ickiness of the investor betting on Alice's death. In fact, this trade — it is called STOLI, for stranger-originated life insurance — is not allowed in many places; we talked about it Tuesday because the estate of an Alice (Martha Barotz) was suing a Bob (Apollo Global Management Inc.) to get the $5 million back.
But I don't mind ickiness, and the thing that I found weird about the trade was different. The thing that I found weird is: How can Bob expect to make money on this trade? He is betting on Alice's life span, with the life insurance company on the other side; why should he expect to win that bet? Presumably Alice is a stranger to him and to the insurance company, and both of them can ask her for her medical history and do physical exams. What is Bob's informational advantage? I wrote:
On a deal like this, the investor has to pay the insurance premiums, it has to pay the insured a 3% commission to get her to take out the policy, it has to pay the agent a commission for signing her up, [1] and of course it has to pay lawyers and take the risk that the policy will be invalid. And yet there's apparently still enough money in it to make it a good, securitizable investment. Who is selling all this underpriced life insurance?
Several readers wrote in to answer this question, and the answer is illuminating. Here's how one reader put it:
Some large fraction of life insurance policies are not optimally exercised. So traditionally life insurance companies sold insurance that was significantly underpriced if the recipient was going to optimally exercise it, and yet profitable because some reasonable fraction of their clients let their policies lapse sub-optimally.
"Optimal exercise" is a term from options markets and I suppose it is a little icky to apply it to life insurance. (You "exercise" life insurance by dying, and it is generally optimal to die as late as possible.) But the point is that a lot of people take out life insurance policies, and then their circumstances change, they stop paying the premiums and the policy is canceled. [2]
If you take out a 20-year term life insurance policy, pay premiums for eight years, stop paying premiums, and then die in Year 10, you will get no death benefit and the insurance company will keep your eight years of premiums. This is "suboptimal," for you, as a technical financial matter. But it might have been a perfectly rational decision for you to let the insurance lapse: You took out the insurance thinking your heirs needed money when you died more than you needed the premiums while you were alive, and then your circumstances changed. Maybe you thought you needed 20 years of insurance to provide for your minor children, but then they got child acting gigs and don't need the insurance money, and you'd rather spend the premiums while you're alive.
But the insurance company doesn't care about any of that; from the insurance company's perspective what happened is that it got eight years of premiums and didn't have to pay out when you died. You did not exercise optimally. The insurance company is in an actuarial business; it can predict what percentage of its customers will let their policies lapse. The percentage is large. [3] And in a competitive market, it can price this, and does. [4] The amount you pay for a 20-year term life policy is calculated based on:
1. The insurance company's well-informed prediction of when you are likely to die, and 2. The insurance company's well-informed prediction of when you are likely to stop paying premiums.
Bob, in our example, is no better at predicting Alice's death than the insurance company is. [5] But there is an information asymmetry: The insurance company thinks that Alice has, say, a 40% chance of letting the policy lapse before she dies, and Bob knows that the actual chance is 0%. He's paying the premiums, he's a financial investor, he bought this policy as a bet, his circumstances are not going to change, he's going to keep paying until he gets the death benefit. [6] The insurance company priced the policy at, intuitively, a 40% discount to its purely mortality-risk-based value, because it figured there was a 40% chance of suboptimal lapse. That 40% discount is — in expectation, over hundreds of policies that he buys — profit to Bob.
A few points about this. One: It's a big part of why STOLI is often illegal. Courts say that insurance contracts are valid only if they are taken out for "a legitimate insurance purpose, such as estate planning." Insurance companies price insurance based on the assumption that real people are doing estate planning, and their circumstances might change in ways that lead to suboptimal exercise. Insurance priced based on a pure bet would be more expensive.
In fact, there seems to have been a boom in STOLI in the mid-2000s, as the secondary market for life insurance was ramping up, but it died out by 2008. The trade we talked about Tuesday was originated in 2006; it's cleaning up an old STOLI policy, not an active trade. Part of the reason for this ramp-up was that, for insurance carriers and brokers, STOLI looked like a good trade at the time: They got to write all these big insurance policies! Those policies looked profitable, based on historical data. Then they realized they were all underpriced and shut it down.
Two: This problem is not solely a feature of STOLI insurance. We talked on Tuesday about the broader business of investors buying life insurance policies; Apollo, for instance, manages billions of dollars' worth of policies. Most of those policies are not STOLI policies; they were taken out by real people for real insurance purposes, and then, when those peoples' needs changed, they sold the policies to investors. STOLI is frowned upon and often illegal and hard to collect on, but the broader secondary market for insurance policies is fine and legitimate and does pay out.
But it's the same problem. Insurance companies bet that X% of their policies will lapse suboptimally. If there is a robust and well-advertised secondary market for the policies, then this estimate will be much too high: Everyone who takes out an insurance policy and decides to stop paying the premiums will sell the policy to an investor, for cash, rather than letting it lapse for nothing. [7] And so not just STOLI policies, but all policies, will be underpriced. On Tuesday I quoted (in a footnote) a 2011 paper by Susan Lorde Martin on "Betting on the Lives of Strangers: Life Settlements, STOLI, and Securitization," making this point:
The life insurance industry argues that its surrender value schedule [8] and the fact that policyholders allow thirty-eight percent of all policies to lapse (receiving no death benefit) permit life insurance companies to keep premiums as low as they are. Life settlement arrangements mean that policies will not lapse, so insurance carriers will pay death benefits on many more policies than they would be paying otherwise. This will result in higher premiums for everyone, including those who want only the death risk coverage.
Life insurance is, financially, a bet on your early death. If you buy a 20-year term life insurance policy with a $5 million death benefit and premiums of $25,000 a year, and you live for 21 more years, then you pay a total of $500,000 in premiums and get back $0 in benefits. If you buy that same policy and die the day after you buy it, you pay roughly $0 of premiums and get back $5 million of benefits. The earlier you die, the better you do. Financially. Only financially. Otherwise you'd prefer to die later.
Of course the central problem is that, if the insurance policy does pay out the $5 million, you don't get it. You're dead; that is the prerequisite for getting the money. Somebody else gets it. Ordinarily that somebody else will be your heirs: your spouse, your children, whoever. You hope that they too will prefer that you die later, even if it means that they don't get the $5 million, but that is not always true, and murdering your spouse for the life insurance money is a fairly common plot element in fiction and also in real life.
On the other hand if you walked into an insurance office and asked to buy a $5 million life insurance policy on your neighbor down the street, they would probably refuse to sell it to you. You have no particular emotional attachment to you neighbor, as far as the insurance company knows, and they figure you'd probably be happier with him dead and $5 million than you are with him alive and no money. They don't necessarily think that you're planning to murder him, but they'll have suspicions. This is called the "insurable interest" requirement.
There are nuances. Two important ones are:
1. You can buy life insurance on yourself, which will pay off when you die, and you can decide (before you die) who will get the payout. Often it will be your spouse or children, but you can write whoever you want into your will. (More practically, you can set up a trust while you are alive, have the insurance pay out into the trust when you die, and set the beneficiaries of the trust to your heart's content.) If you want to leave all your worldly possessions to Harvard University, then Harvard will get the $5 million when you die, and it will presumably be better off with you dead (and the money) than with you alive (and no money). Lots of people write Harvard into their wills and Harvard does not, as far as I know, go around murdering them, though that would be a pretty good plot element in fiction. 2. If you have a life insurance policy, you can sell it. There is a relatively recent history of people who take out life insurance policies, realize that their circumstances have changed, and decide that they'd rather get some money now than get all the money when they die. A "life settlement" business exists in which investors buy these people's insurance policies, make their premium payments, and collect when they die. This can be good for the people selling their policies: Instead of just letting their policies lapse for nothing, the can sell the policies to get cash now. And it can be good for the investors: They get exposure to a risk (people dying) that is probably uncorrelated to the rest of their investments. (It is bad for insurance companies because it means that they have to pay out on some policies that, in the absence of a resale market, would lapse.) This remains controversial, but it is a multibillion-dollar business these days, and there do not seem to be any reported cases of the investors murdering the insureds.
In fact, the life settlement business seems to be so good that demand for insurance policies as an investment asset outstrips supply: Plenty of investors want that exposure, but there are not a lot of people, these days, with life insurance policies that they want to get rid of.
But if you combine the two nuances, a solution presents itself: People could take out new life insurance policies specifically to sell to investors. Go to an insurance company, get a $5 million policy, have it pay out to a trust, make an investor the beneficiary of the trust, have the investor pay the premiums, and charge the investor a fee for the exposure. This is called "stranger-originated life insurance," or STOLI, and it is largely not allowed. It goes too far. It is too icky, and too far from the traditional purposes of insurance. Here is a 2010 Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. paper on "Senior Life Settlements: A Cautionary Tale," warning against it:
In the case of wet-ink policies (new life insurance policies sold immediately after being issued – before the ink is dry), the applicant commits fraud on the application by claiming he or she needs life insurance for estate planning purposes. One type of wet ink policy is STOLI.>
STOLI has many variations but only one purpose: to allow an investor without an insurable interest to initiate and profit from a life insurance policy on a stranger. The mainstream insurance industry strongly opposes STOLI, arguing it is fraud for a person to buy a policy with only a profit - and not insurance - motive. STOLI is prohibited or statutorily restricted in many states.
But it does seem to be quite a business, with agents and brokers going around looking for older customers to take out insurance policies to resell to investors. They seem to be on shaky legal ground in many places. But if you are an investor who buys life insurance policies on the secondary market, you don't necessarily know the history of the insurance policy. Perhaps the insured bought the policy for her legitimate estate-planning purposes, changed her mind, and sold it for cash. Or perhaps a broker talked her into buying the policy specifically to resell it. If it's the former, then you can go ahead and buy it and collect the death benefit. If it's the latter, then you can't.
One straightforward story you could tell about recent financial history is that interest rates were low for a very long time, which meant that discount rates were low, which meant that a dollar in the distant future was pretty much as good as a dollar right now, which meant that investors were willing to put their money into risky bets with no expectation of any cash flows anytime soon. Thus a huge boom in the valuations of speculative private tech companies. Thus the "MoviePass economy," where venture capitalists were willing to invest billions in companies that lost money on every transaction, in the hope that one day those companies would achieve enough scale to stop doing that. And thus crypto, where markets gave huge valuations to speculative tokens without even a plan to one day have cash flows.
And then rates went up and that all evaporated. At the Wall Street Journal, James Mackintosh wrote yesterday that now "investors want a clear route to a return on corporate cash sunk into new projects," and "money that flooded into risky ventures that won't pay dividends for years, if ever, was much more acceptable when interest rates were near zero than when the alternative is a Treasury yielding almost 5%."
This strikes me as basically a correct story, but artificial intelligence spending is maybe an exception? The Journal also reports:
Despite a broad downturn in the startup sector, investors chasing the stock market successes of Nvidia and Microsoft have deluged AI upstarts with record levels of funding, minting dozens of companies with billion-dollar valuations in the past year. The investment frenzy is already fueling concerns of a bubble as startups struggle to translate the hype into revenue.
"Everyone believes that AI is the future, so we are going to see an extraordinary amount of investment until proven otherwise," said Alex Clayton, a general partner at the venture firm Meritech. "The problem is that we don't know what these business models are going to look like at scale. You can have theories about it, but you really don't know."
Fears of rising startup valuations aren't new in Silicon Valley. But the AI gold rush is notable because investors are writing massive checks—sometimes in the hundreds of millions of dollars—just to get these companies off the ground. Even during the peak of the startup boom, such large financings were reserved for later-stage private companies gearing up for aggressive growth. …
Imbue hit a valuation of more than $1 billion with its fundraising last year, courting backers like Nvidia and ex-Google CEO Eric Schmidt. Chief Executive Kanjun Qiu dazzled investors with a vision to build intelligent computers that could give humans the "freedom, dignity, and agency to do the things we love." Last November, she lavished her employees with a company off-site to Japan.
Imbue is plowing its cash into developing AI models that it hopes will one day create autonomous AI agents. A company spokesperson said it made a "deliberate strategic decision" not to commercialize in order to focus on research and that investors were on board with this approach.
One model of this is "artificial general intelligence (AGI) will be so enormously lucrative, and so soon, that your business plans and discount rate don't matter all that much." Sometimes, though, I think about OpenAI's great warning to potential investors that "it would be wise to view any investment in OpenAI Global, LLC in the spirit of a donation, with the understanding that it may be difficult to know what role money will play in a post-AGI world." If your discounted cash flow model is, like, "Year 1: spend $1 billion, Year 2: spend $2 billion, Year 3: a paradise of universal abundance in which money no longer has uses," maybe that just breaks Excel?
The general form of consumer financial arbitrage is:
1. If you buy stuff at a store with a credit card, the store will pay your credit card company a fee of, say, 1.4% of the price. [7] 2. If you have a rewards credit card, your credit card company will pass some of that fee back to you, often 1% of the price. If you have a nice card and do things just right, you could get 2% or even more. 3. If the stuff you buy has a stable market price with a bid/ask spread tighter than 1% (or whatever rebate you're getting), you can resell it and keep the 1%.
The problem is that there are not many consumer goods like that. There is not a deep liquid resale market, with tight bid/ask spreads, for, like, the milk you just got at the supermarket. If you could go to a store and buy hundred-dollar bills with a credit card, then you'd go buy 100 hundred-dollar bills on your credit card for $10,000, use the bills to pay your $10,000 credit card bill, collect $100 of cash-back rewards, and do that again and again. But you can't. Most of the time buying cash substitutes with a credit card will run into restrictions or fees that make the arbitrage not work.
What about buying gold bars? Intuitively it seems like the answer would be "the price of gold is volatile, and the bid/ask in retail gold transactions is higher than 1%, so don't do this, come on." Here is a Wall Street Journal article about that:
Costco made buying a gold bar as simple as tossing it in a shopping cart. Selling it is a lot more complicated.>
Adam Xi, 33 years old, called five different dealers to get a price he could accept for the gold bar he bought at Costco in October.>
One dealer offered him $200 less than the $2,000 he had paid. Taking such a loss would thwart his plan to rack up credit-card points buying the gold and quickly reselling it.
I have long been fond of a classic late-night dorm-room question of financial capitalism, which is: "What if people could sell stock in themselves?" Instead of borrowing money to go to college, you'd sell 10% of the equity in yourself to pay for college, and then when you graduated and got a good job you'd dividend out 10% of your income to your shareholders. Everyone loves talking about this! Drink every time someone says the words "adverse selection."
I sometimes get hung up on a dumb technicality, though. You can't really sell equity in yourself. You are not a corporation. You can do something sort of similar, a rough economic equivalent. You can write a contract that says "I will pay you 10% of my income forever," or whatever the actual terms are. (Most of the practical proposals are more like "A% of my income from B above a floor of $C for D years, with a lifetime cap of $E" than they are "10% of all my income forever.") And this contract creates … I mean, I think I would call it "a debt"? It is a debt of indeterminate size; it is a debt whose payments are conditional on future facts (your income). But surely it is a debt. Surely if you don't pay, your "shareholders" don't go sue you in Delaware Chancery Court for a breach of fiduciary duties. They sue you in regular court for breach of contract, for not paying your debt.
We talked a few years ago about Lambda School, a coding academy that did not charge upfront tuition but entered into income-sharing agreements with its students, requiring them to pay "17% of their incomes for 24 months after landing a job that pays more than $50,000 a year," capped at $30,000.
Yesterday the US Consumer Financial Protection Bureau settled a case against Lambda School's successor, BloomTech, and its chief executive officer, Austen Allred, "for deceiving students about the cost of loans and making false claims about graduates' hiring rates." Much of this is standard consumer-finance stuff — BloomTech seems to have put a sunny spin on its job-placement data — but the part I found interesting was this:
BloomTech falsely claimed its "income share" agreements were not loans, did not create debt, did not carry a finance charge, and were "risk free." In fact, the agreements are loans with an average finance charge of $4,000. The loans carry substantial risk, as a single missed payment triggers a default and the remainder of the $30,000 "cap" becomes due immediately. BloomTech further hid the cost and nature of the "income share" loans by not disclosing key terms like the finance charge and annual percentage rate, as required by law.
I mean! On the one hand, yes, absolutely, as a technical matter these things must be loans; there is nothing else that they could be. And perhaps the terms of the loans are harsh (the $30,000 cap is due immediately on default?). And if you take the average amount repaid, and subtract the average amount borrowed, you can compute something like a (contingent, average) interest cost for the loans, and calculate an annual percentage rate or a range of APRs from that. And I can see how a consumer-debt regulator would say "this is consumer debt, our consumer debt regulations require APR disclosures, you didn't disclose an APR, so pay a fine."
On the other hand … like, it's technically false to say these things are "not debt," but you know what they mean, right? They mean "this thing, economically, has the shape of equity: You pay nothing if you make nothing, and a lot if you make a lot; you hand over a share of your income rather than a fixed amount." (Unless you miss a payment, oops.) There is some real explanatory power in leading with "this is not debt, but equity"; it does help people understand what the thing is. But the CFPB cares about the technicality, so they call it debt.
If you work at a big public technology company, you might get a large chunk of your pay in the form of stock in your company. Over time, you will accumulate a lot of stock; a lot of your net worth might consist of shares in your company. This is good, this is what the company wants, this aligns incentives: If you own a lot of stock, you will work hard so the company does well so your stock will go up.
On the other hand, you may not like it. You have a lot of undiversified risk: A lot of your financial net worth is tied up in one company, and a lot of your human capital is tied up in that same company, and if the company goes under you will lose everything. And while it is nice to align incentives, if you are one of thousands of well-paid employees at a large public tech company, there might not be all that much you personally can do to shape the company's destiny.
So you might want to diversify. The easy way to do this is to sell your stock and buy an index fund. Your stock probably has vesting periods and restrictions, so you can't sell all it as soon as you get it, but if you've been there a long time you will have lots of unrestricted shares and can sell down.
But tech stocks mostly go up, so if you've been there a long time and are selling shares you got years ago, you will have large capital gains. That's nice for you, really, but it does mean you have to pay taxes when you sell your stock and buy index funds.
On the other hand, what you could do is:
Start a partnership with some other people who happen to own stocks in other tech companies. There are lots of those people: If you're a well-paid Meta engineer with a bunch of stock, you can probably find well-paid Amazon and Alphabet engineers who also own a bunch of their companies' stocks. Contribute your shares to the partnership, in exchange for a stake in the partnership. You put in $1 million of Meta stock for 1/3 of the partnership; your friends put in $1 million of Amazon and Alphabet stock in exchange for 1/3 stakes in the partnership. Now, instead of owning $1 million of Meta stock, you own a one-third share in a somewhat more diversified $3 million pot of stocks. (And you can expand this to more stocks for more diversification.)
The advantage is that, while selling your stock for cash and then reinvesting the cash in an index fund is a taxable transaction, contributing your stock to a partnership in exchange for a share of that partnership is not. And if you do it right, you can make the partnership's holdings look a lot like an index fund. (Not tax advice! It is not in fact quite as simple as this, though this is the right general idea. [1] )
It is not trivial to do this right, for you: You have to get the technical tax structuring right, plus what are the odds that you know a bunch of other engineers at other companies with exactly the right amounts of stock to contribute? But with enough well-paid engineers at big public tech companies, it is sensible for someone else to do this at scale and offer it as a product. Bloomberg's Eliyahu Kamisher reports:
Known as an exchange fund or a swap fund, the product is familiar to the super rich. Now, share-price rallies at companies such as Meta Platforms Inc. and Nvidia Corp. are creating an opportunity to offer the structure to moderately wealthy techies as well, says Srikanth Narayan, founder of San Francisco-based Cache.
"The mission is to make these financial products – that have typically been in the upper echelon – available more broadly," said Narayan, a former engineer at Uber Technologies Inc. "All of my friends and colleagues are talking about the same thing, which is that more of their net worth is tied up in a single stock."
Cache's swap-fund offering enables participants to pool their stock holdings together, creating a more diversified collection of assets. Investors then get shares of the fund equivalent to their contributions, giving them the benefits of more varied holdings without having to sell their stock.
There's a limit to how much stock of a particular company Cache can accept because the swap fund is designed to mirror the tech-heavy Nasdaq, Narayan said. Currently, he can bring in more Amazon.com Inc. and Microsoft Corp. shares, and he's seeking stock from non-tech Nasdaq companies such as PepsiCo Inc. and Costco Wholesale Corp.
Many companies have debt agreements that include a "change of control put." If the company has a change of control, the creditors can demand their money back immediately, often at a premium. This can be a big deal. If a company has bonds outstanding that are due in 2030 and trade at 80 cents on the dollar, and then it has a change of control, it might have to buy the bonds back immediately at 101. It will need to come up with a lot of money, probably by borrowing it at more expensive rates.
The intuition here is that, often, when a company is taken over, its debt becomes riskier: If you are a bondholder of some reasonably stable public company, and then it gets bought in a leveraged buyout and loaded up with more debt, you will be sad; your debt will lose value. The deal that you originally struck with the company has changed, and you'll want to get out.
What is a change of control? There are lots of ways for a company to change hands, some of which are bad for creditors and some of which aren't. The rough idea is that if the company is acquired for cash, that's probably bad. So an all-cash merger is normally a change of control, or a sale of "all or substantially all" of the assets, or someone (a person or firm) acquiring a majority of the stock. Whereas an all-stock merger with another public company is less likely to hurt the credit, and so normally does not trigger a change of control put. [5]
Here's a weird one, though: Arguably losing a proxy fight is a change of control. If an activist buys stock in a public company and agitates for change, or a hostile bidder proposes a takeover, and the company rejects the proposal, so the activist/bidder launches a proxy fight to get her own candidates on the board of directors, and the company fights back, and the activist/bidder wins and gets a majority of directors, then:
1. In some real sense, the activist or hostile bidder has taken control of the company: Her allies now control the board and can change the company's policies or approve a sale. 2. That is, in expectation, bad for creditors: The activist will typically want the company to be more levered and riskier than the incumbent board did, and the hostile bidder will probably acquire the company in a way that is bad for its debt.
And so it is common for debt agreements to have a change of control put for losing a proxy fight. Technically the way this is written is that it is a change of control for a majority of the company's board of directors to not be "continuing directors," where a continuing director is either (1) a director who is in place at the time of the debt deal or (2) a new director who was approved by a majority of the previous continuing directors. So the board can amicably replace itself over time, but if it is replaced all at once by a hostile slate, that's a change of control.
This strikes me as a basically correct intuition about creditors' interests, but it causes a problem. The problem is that management can use the change of control put as a weapon in the proxy fight. It can say: "Look, we have all this debt outstanding, and we are not in the best financial shape. (Thus the proxy fight!) If we lose this proxy fight, the debt will all come due immediately at 101 cents on the dollar. We won't be able to refinance all that debt immediately, and so losing the proxy fight will cause the company to go bankrupt. So vote for us!"
That is a bit harsh, to tell shareholders that they can't vote for an alternative board of directors because that would bankrupt the company. It is not a good look for the incumbent directors to threaten to blow up the company unless they keep their jobs. There is a solution, though it is a bit of a silly one: The incumbent board can just "approve" the activist's candidates, for purposes of the change of control put. This way, if the company loses the proxy fight, the activist's directors are still "continuing directors" and the change of control put isn't triggered. Of course, the provision is there in the first place because creditors really don't want the company to lose a proxy fight. But somebody's interests will suffer, and if the board can help shareholders while being a bit rude to creditors it probably should.
The basic analysis of banking is:
1. A bank owns a pile of assets: loans, bonds, etc. Say they are worth $100 today. 2. The bank is funded mostly by senior claims on those assets: bank deposits and other forms of debt that really should get paid back. Say the bank has $90 of debt outstanding against its $100 of assets. 3. The bank also has a little sliver of equity: its shareholders have the residual claim on those assets, after the senior claims paid back. Here the bank has $10 of equity; depositors and other creditors are entitled to the first $90 of the bank's assets, but anything left over — currently $10 — goes to the shareholders. 4. The shareholders, therefore, have a close-to-the-money call option on the bank's assets: If the assets turn out to be worth more than $90, the shareholders get the excess, but if they turn out to be worth less than $90, the shareholders get nothing. In particular, if the assets turn out to be worth zero — if all $100 of assets turn out to be fake and the bank is worthless — then the shareholders only lose their $10; the other $90 of the losses fall on the depositors. (Or the deposit insurance fund, the taxpayers, etc.) 5. This option is more valuable if volatility is higher. If the bank's assets have a 50/50 chance of ending up worth $98 or $102, then the shareholders will get back either $8 or $12 after paying off the debt, for an expected value of $10. (And the depositors will always get back their $90.) If the bank's assets have a 50/50 chance of ending up worth $70 or $130, then the shareholders will get back either $0 or $40, for an expected value of $20. And the depositors will get back $90 in the good case, but only $70 — a catastrophe, a bank failure — in the bad case. 6. The bank's executives have fiduciary duties to shareholders, and probably own a lot of stock themselves, so they want to make the stock more valuable. 7. Again, the theoretically correct way to make the stock more valuable is to make the assets more volatile, to make the bank riskier, to increase the value of the shareholders' option. 8. Everything else about banks — bank regulation, prudential supervision, capital and liquidity requirements, deposit insurance, rules about bonuses and clawbacks, bank culture and training, speeches by politicians, depictions of banks in popular culture — is about mitigating this essential problem. The essential problem is that, if you look at a bank's capital structure with some financial sophistication but also some naivety, you will say "wait the bank works for the shareholders, the shareholders have an at-the-money option on the assets, and the way to increase shareholder value is to increase the volatility of those assets."
You could imagine having two market regimes and letting people opt into one or the other:
1. There's the Nice Market, which has rules of conduct based on fairness and honesty. There'd be rules against insider trading and market manipulation and lying to counterparties, "clearly erroneous" trades would be reversed, and there would be a generally paternalistic regulator trying to protect investors from at least their more egregious mistakes. 2. There's the Fun Market, which has few or no rules: If you can get someone to agree to pay you $100 for a thing, you can sell her the thing, and if it turns out you were lying or had inside information or were spoofing up the price or whatever, she can't complain.
And then if you want to be protected from your mistakes and have a calm and orderly market, you opt into the Nice Market. And if you want to try your hand at ripping people off — at the risk of being ripped off yourself — you opt into the Fun Market.
For the most part it is hard to do this, because financial markets are interconnected and not everyone can entirely opt out. If you had, say, a Nice Wheat Market and a Fun Wheat Market, then market manipulation on the Fun Wheat Market could affect the price of wheat on the Nice Wheat Market, and farmers and people who eat bread would have no effective way to opt out of the Fun Wheat Market. You could imagine — and people sometimes propose — a Fun Stock Market, where companies could opt into a regime with less disclosure, legalized insider trading, etc., and those companies' investors and employees would just go in with their eyes open. That still seems problematic. US stock regulation balances letting people invest in aggressive growing companies with protecting them from fraud, and having this sort of regime might force them to choose one or the other.
But it seems easier in crypto? Every crypto token is necessarily something someone made up in the last decade or so. There are a lot of very technically and financially savvy people in crypto markets, and also a lot of people who are real real real sure that they are technically and financially savvy. There are a lot of people who want to match wits with each other in unconstrained markets, and no real reason not to let them.
That's not all there is! As I wrote yesterday, there's an important story in crypto about building real businesses, and you might want a fairness-and-transparency-based regime to encourage capital formation and discourage fraud. (Certainly the US Securities and Exchange Commission wants that.) But there are also pure meme coins in crypto. And there are also crypto projects that are essentially about building platforms for speculation: Why shouldn't some of those platforms be Fun Platforms? Crypto — unlike wheat or even stocks — is a purely opt-in asset class; nobody's life is really affected by crypto prices unless they choose to trade crypto. Why not let people opt in to weird rules?
And so you could imagine crypto exchanges operating two separate platforms, you know, Binance Nice and Binance Fun, and each project could choose to list on one or the other, and if you trade a Nice Token you have some general expectation that the exchange will prevent wash trading and national regulators might step in to police market manipulation, but if you trade a Fun Token you just do as much manipulation as you can and figure everyone else is doing the same. If you want capital formation and innovation and the financial system of the future, I guess you buy Nice Tokens; if you want a fun gamble and competitive sneakiness then maybe the Fun Tokens will be tempting. And the Fun Tokens really can be quarantined from everything else; everyone can cheerfully manipulate them with no risk of contaminating any economic activity in the real world.
You could have a model like this:
1. Every company has a capital structure with an order of seniority. Secured debt generally gets paid first, followed by unsecured debt, followed by preferred stock, followed by common stock, etc. 2. Every so often, some weird event flips some part of the seniority, so that people who would normally get paid back first get pushed to the back of the line, and people who would normally be at the back of the line move up. 3. You should try to (1) anticipate (or cause!) those events, (2) buy the stuff that will move up and (3) avoid the stuff that will move down.
Probably the most notable recent case is Credit Suisse Group AG's additional tier 1 capital securities. These AT1s were a form of subordinated debt that ranked senior to common stock in the capital structure, as Credit Suisse's disclosures and presentations frequently said. But they had provisions saying that in certain circumstances — regulatory capital falling below a trigger, or certain national bailouts — they would be disappear, and it was not necessarily true that the common stock would disappear in those circumstances. And in fact, when Credit Suisse was acquired by UBS Group AG last year in a regulator-driven shotgun marriage, (1) the common stock got something and (2) the AT1s got nothing. If you had owned the senior AT1s a day before the merger, you would have been smart to sell them and swap into the junior common stock, because that got paid and the AT1s didn't.
This turned out to be very controversial, a lot of people still disagree that the AT1s should have been zeroed, and there are lawsuits.
(Some other recent examples share that feature: Generically, there's a company, it has debt, and some new or junior creditors strike a deal with the company to give it new money in exchange for being made more senior than the previously senior creditors. The creditors left out of the deal sue, claiming that this is not allowed.)
Last year, Yellow Corp., the trucking company, filed for bankruptcy. A week before the bankruptcy, an investment firm called MFN Partners paid something like $23 million to buy a ton of Yellow stock, which seemed like a weird choice: Yellow's bankruptcy was extremely well telegraphed, and generally when a company goes bankrupt its stock becomes worthless. But in fact Yellow's assets (largely a real estate portfolio) turned out to be more valuable than its debt, there is money left over, and shareholders could get hundreds of millions of dollars back, making this a good trade for MFN.
One way to think about this is my model above: Ordinarily, when it is a going concern operating its business normally, a company has to pay its pension obligations. Those pension obligations are senior to the common stock; the shareholders only get the profits after the pension obligations are paid. But in bankruptcy, perhaps, that flips: Perhaps Yellow can walk away from its pension obligations for $0, leaving enough money to pay shareholders. On that model, buying the stock a week before the bankruptcy was a good trade: The stock was junior to the debt and pensions and so worth roughly nothing, but in bankruptcy it could ditch the pensions and become worth more.
So: A share of stock is an electronic token that you can buy or sell for money. Sometimes a lot of people want to buy a stock, and its price goes up. Other times, people want to sell it, and its price goes down. Why do they want to buy or sell it? Various reasons: Perhaps they got tax refunds or stimulus checks, perhaps the chief executive officer of the company that issued the stock did something interesting or got arrested, perhaps the company announced good earnings or bad earnings or a new product or a computer hack. But the traditional reason is that a share of stock represents a partial ownership interest in a company, and the long-term value of the stock is the present value of its future cash flows. You can estimate that value by projecting those future cash flows and performing math to compute their present value. Different people will have different estimates, so there will be trades, and those estimates will change over time — with the company's prospects, with discount rates, with macroeconomic conditions — so there will be volatility. And if you want to make money trading stocks, traditionally, you go and learn about companies and products and business models and accounting and discounted cash flow modeling and all the other things that go into estimating the values of stocks, either because you want to get good at estimating values or because you want to know what other people, the ones you are trading against, are up to.
A crypto token is also an electronic token that you can buy or sell for money, but in a purified form. There's no company, no product, no earnings, no cash flow. Sometimes a lot of people want to buy the token, and its price goes up; other times, they want to sell, and its price goes down. You have the most salient feature of finance — a volatile electronic token that you can trade — without any of the other features. There is less to learn!
Oh this is unfair and oversimplified, your crypto project is different, your crypto project is empowering communities with real products and not just an empty vessel for financial speculation. But Bloomberg's Muyao Shen reported last week:
The memecoin frenzy in the digital-asset market shows no signs of stopping, with trading volumes now at levels last seen just before the burst of the last crypto bubble more than two years ago.>
Considered as some of the most speculative and volatile cryptocurrencies, memecoins such as Dogwifhat and Pepe are far outstripping the gains registered by market bellwether Bitcoin that has dominated the headlines. Trading volume for the top memecoins, which often trade for a fraction of a cent, reached nearly $80 billion in the past week, according to data compiled by blockchain data firm Kaiko. That's the highest since October 2021. …>
Memecoins have been a long-existing phenomenon in crypto, as small investors and promoters see the microscopic prices of memecoins as an opportunity to quick post huge returns despite the lack of traditional fundamentals. ...>
A group of dogwifhat token holders announced last week a public fundraising campaign to put the dogwifhat meme on the Las Vegas Sphere. The group has already reached its target goal of $650,000 in the USDC stablecoin, based on the transaction history of the digital wallet for the fundraise. But it's unclear whether and when the fund will be used to promote the meme in Las Vegas.
What are dogwifhat's fundamentals? Well:
1. Its logo is a dog, with a hat. 2. If people kick in enough money, maybe they can put a picture of the dog with the hat on the Las Vegas Sphere, which might encourage more people to kick in more money.
What does the multiple-choice exam question about this look like? Or today we got the story of Slerf:
A new Solana-based memecoin, Slerf, has faced significant challenges after the project's developer accidentally burnt a major portion of the token supply — effectively losing $10 million, or the entirety, of presale participants' money.>
"Guys I f—ed up," the project's official X account wrote. "I burned the LP and the tokens that were set aside for the airdrop. Mint authority is already revoked so I can not mint them. There is nothing I can do to fix this. I am so f—ing sorry.">
The Slerf team later went to an X Spaces to elaborate further on the situation. "I'm sick to my stomach," team member Slorg said in a Space on X. "I'm literally about to throw up.">
"I'm lost for words," they added. "I don't know what to do."
Poor Slorg. Basically the way crypto works is that a guy named Slorg makes up a token named Slerf, which is distinguished from other tokens by having a cartoon sloth logo. You send $10 million of Solana crypto tokens to Slorg, and he makes a note to himself that he owes you some Slerfs. Then he accidentally flushes that note down the toilet and, due to the irreversible nature of the blockchain, you get no Slerfs and your money is permanently gone, though Slorg is very sorry.
If this were a company, and Slerf was a stock, this would all be bad: It is bad for a company to lose all of the money it raises in a stock offering. (Also, though, it would probably be reversible. If a company just lost its list of shareholders, it could probably, like, go back through its emails and reconstruct the list.)
But Slerf is not a company or a stock: It is a crypto token, so absolutely nothing matters. Except that this is all sort of funny, and attention-grabbing, so of course Slerf went up. Arnold: "This mistake was very good for attention, and attention is the true value of any memecoin. So the obvious thing happened and the new tokens that were released shot up around 5,000%." You could spend another 10 hours and 55 minutes pondering this but I do not recommend it.
If you have an airline that sells and operates scheduled flights, you are subject to high and expensive safety standards. But if you divide that airline into two bits, one that operates flights and another that serves as a front end to set schedules and sell tickets, each bit is subject to lower standards. If the two bits are owned by the same corporate entity and coordinate together, then the result is something that looks like a single normal airline to customers, but looks like two separate less-regulated entities to regulators.
I guess this is not technically a finance story, but half of what I write about has the form "if you do Thing X it gets Regulatory Treatment Y, but if you divide it into Things X1 and X2, the combination is the same as Thing X but gets better Regulatory Treatment Z." We have talked about treating loans as purchases, about derivatives to get around stock ownership limits, about special purpose acquisition companies to get around initial public offering rules, about brokered deposits as a way to get around FDIC insurance limits, about slicing up fund investments to get better ratings. I am sure that some of these businesses originated exactly as JSX's did: Somebody thought, "well, this rulebook is long and boring, so probably nobody has read it all the way through, and if I do, money might come flying out." Just a great way to find a business model.
That is the small-scale version of all of these regulatory arbitrage businesses: If you read boring rules and think really hard about them, you can win monetary prizes.
A dollar of income is worth more in some businesses than in others. Some businesses are attractive and fast-growing, and investors will pay a large multiple of their current earnings to buy them; other businesses are boring and declining, and investors will pay a small multiple of their current earnings to buy them. Nvidia Corp.'s stock trades at about 36 times earnings because people want to own a business that sells graphics chips in an artificial intelligence boom; Peabody Energy trades at about 6 times earnings because people are less jazzed about owning a coal miner in 2024.
Many companies have multiple lines of business. You can do a sum-of-the-parts valuation on those companies, looking at the earnings of each segment and applying some reasonable market multiple to those earnings. If for some reason you had a conglomerate that made $1 billion selling graphics chips and $1 billion selling thermal coal, you might estimate that the graphics-chip division was worth about $36 billion (using Nvidia's multiple) and the coal division was worth about $6 billion (using Peabody's), for a total value of $42 billion.
And if for some reason you ran that company, a good trade would be:
1. Have the coal division buy $100 million worth of graphics chips from the graphics-chip division. 2. Use those chips to plan out your coal mining, or just chuck them in the ocean, doesn't matter. 3. Let's say it costs the graphics-chip division $50 million to manufacture those chips. 4. So this trade reduces your coal-mining profit by $100 million and increases your graphics-chip profit by $50 million. 5. This reduces the value of your coal-mining division by $600 million (at a 6x multiple) and increases the value of your graphics-chip division by $1.8 billion (at a 36x multiple). 6. You have increased the value of your company by $1.3 billion.
Free money! Note that this trade works even better if the coal division pays $200 million for the $100 million worth of chips. There are infinite variations. Last month, the Wall Street Journal published a story about "The Spectacular Crash of a $30 Billion Property Empire," Signa Holding, a European property and retail firm run by René Benko. One thing that contributed to Signa's rise and fall is that it was a property and retail firm, two divisions with different valuations that do deals with each other all the time. The Journal explains:
One key to Signa's growing empire was a financial maneuver in which Benko's companies functioned as both landlord and tenant for department stores. This allowed Signa to reap outsize benefits by moving money from its department store business to its landlord business through hiked rents, former Signa employees involved said.
That extra rental income was worth far more in the landlord arm through what a former employee called "multiple arbitrage." Long-term leases instantly increase the value of properties substantially—and investors tend to value income at landlords at more than 20 times the annual proceeds. At retailers, where business is seen as more fickle, investors value it at less than half that level. This allowed the real estate unit to borrow and raise investment based on the higher valuations.
If one part of your business is valued at 20 times earnings, and another part of your business is valued at 10 times earnings, and they do deals with each other, you want the higher-valued division to get a better deal. If you save $1 in the 20x division and lose $1 in the 10x division, you have increased the overall value of your business by $10.
If you invest in stocks, your returns will come from roughly three sources:
1. The broad stock market goes up or down. 2. You can get paid (or lose money) for taking on some particular systematic risk: Small companies' stocks tend to outperform large stocks, and cheap stocks (by price-to-book value) tend to outperform expensive ones. 3. You can be idiosyncratically good at picking stocks.
The first thing is generally pretty easy to measure; there are widely used broad market indexes. The second thing is less obvious; someone needs to identify the systematic factors and measure the data. The third thing — alpha, investing skill — is generally what's left over after the first two things.
This means that identifying and measuring factors — Thing 2 — is very important. For one thing, those factors are part of a popular investment approach: There are funds that try to capture factor premia by, say, buying cheap stocks and avoiding expensive ones, and you want to know how well that strategy works. For another thing, lots of people really want to know how much investment skill their managers have — how much alpha they create — and since that is the residue after subtracting factor returns, you need to know what those are.
For many academic and other uses, the main factor model is the Fama-French three-factor model, where the three factors are market returns, size ("small minus big") and value ("high minus low," that is, high book-to-price ratio minus low book-to-price ratio). And the main source of historical data on the factors is Kenneth French's website.
New York usury law makes it illegal to charge very high interest rates on loans. If you charge more than 16% on a loan in New York, the borrower might not have to pay you back; if you charge more than 25%, you might be committing a crime. Some people want to charge higher rates on loans, and so they want to structure loans that don't look like loans to avoid usury rules.
The classic general way to do this is to structure the loan as a purchase. If the borrower — sorry, let's use a more neutral word, maybe "customer" — has an asset that will pay $100 in cash in a year, you can buy that asset today for $80. You'll get the $100 in a year, for a 25% return on your money; the customer gets $80 today instead of $100 in a year. That's a lot like the customer borrowing $80 today at 25% interest, but you have called it a purchase and sale rather than a loan. Legally, this might or might not work, depending on the details (if the asset turns out to be worthless, does the customer still have to pay you?).
Lots of quite normal high-finance lending works this way — "structuring a loan as a sale" roughly characterizes things like the repo market, asset-backed securities or receivables factoring — but, also, lots of shady usurious low-finance lending works this way. Or doesn't work. We talked a few years ago about a usury enforcement action against a company that bought legal settlements (from 9/11 first responders and football concussion victims); the company argued that it wasn't making loans, but the regulators disagreed.
But this only gets you so far. Not all customers will have assets like that, financial assets that will provide a reasonably fixed amount of money in the future and that you can buy today at some negotiated discount rate. If you are lending money to small businesses, most of the businesses won't have long-term contracts with AAA-rated counterparties that you can buy from them. Most of the businesses will have, like, a store, where customers sometimes come in and buy stuff.
Naively, you can do a purchase of future sales: You look at a store's books, you see that it usually brings in about $50,000 a month in revenue, and you say "okay I'll pay you $45,000 today for 10% of your revenue for the next year." Then if the revenue stays the same, you get $60,000 ($50,000 per month times 12 months times 10%), for a 33% return on your investment. But that's pretty risky, both for you (the revenue might go down, so you'll get less) and for the customer (the revenue might go up, so it'll pay back much more). Actually buying a percentage of revenue feels more like a risky equity investment than a safe loan.
But you can make it more like a loan. One thing you could do is put a cap on the repayment: "I'll pay you $45,000 today for 10% of your revenue for the next year, but capped at $60,000." That reduces the risk for the customer: If the customer has a great year and doubles its revenue, it still only has to pay you back $60,000. It doesn't help you, though: If the customer has a terrible year and revenue falls by 50%, then you get back only $30,000, less than you advanced to the customer.
But add one more trick. Leave the cap the same, but increase the percentage of revenue that you are buying. Structure it so that the cap will almost certainly be the limiting factor on your repayment, and the percentage of revenue will almost certainly be irrelevant.
So the customer brings in $50,000 a month and you want to lend it $45,000 and get back $60,000, no more, no less. The trick is: "I'll pay you $45,000 today for 50% of your revenue for the next year, but capped at $60,000." Now, if the customer's sales meet expectations, it will bring in $600,000 during the year, and 50% of that is $300,000, way more than you paid. But the customer doesn't pay you the $300,000: It just pays you the $60,000 cap. If the customer's sales fall by 50%, it will bring in $300,000; half of that is $150,000, but the customer will still pay you the $60,000 cap. If the customer's sales fall by 80%, it will bring in $120,000 and still owe you the $60,000. If the customer's sales double, it will bring in $1.2 million and still owe you $60,000. You get paid back the same $60,000 in all reasonable upside, downside and flat cases. You put in $45,000 to get back $60,000 in almost all cases, a 33% return with very debt-like characteristics.
Notice that the "50% of revenue" that you are buying here is completely fictitious: You do not expect to get paid back 50% of the customer's revenue. You expect to get paid back, exactly, the $60,000 cap. It would be a surprise and a disaster if you got 50% of the customer's revenue: You and the customer both expect the revenue to be much more than $120,000, and you wouldn't make the loan (and the customer wouldn't accept it) if you really thought that $60,000 would be 50% of revenue. The 50% of revenue is just a placeholder, a legal fig leaf, a way to call this a purchase and sale of revenues rather than a loan.
Maybe the main way for things to go wrong in financial markets is the one that goes by the name "picking up pennies in front of a steamroller." The shape of the problem is:
1. You think that tomorrow will look roughly the same as today. 2. You make a bet of the form "tomorrow will be roughly the same as today." 3. If tomorrow is roughly the same as today, you make a small amount of money. 4. If tomorrow is very different from today, you lose a ton of money.
This is not necessarily a mistake. Perhaps you have good reason to believe tomorrow will be the same as today, or perhaps you are being well compensated for the risk that it won't be. Selling insurance is a classic form of this trade, and insurance companies tend to be profitable. Still, pretty much any time there's a disaster in financial markets, you can describe the disaster by saying "some people got too complacent that the future would be just like the recent past, so they made big bets on that outcome, which they thought were low-risk, but those bets turned out to be riskier than they thought."
Sometimes, when this happens, the people making those bets were naive or stupid or reckless. Other times, they were making reasonable bets that offered them fair expected returns for the risks they were knowingly taking, but things worked out poorly. They usually look bad in hindsight though.
The most schematic form of this is selling stock options: Buying stock options is a bet on volatility, a bet that stock prices will move around a lot, so selling stock options is a bet against volatility, a bet that everything will stay the same. Options-selling strategies look very good when volatility stays low: You make steady returns every day by selling options that don't pay off. And then when something changes, you can lose all your money. Again, this tends to look bad in hindsight. We have talked about various disasters in this genre, investment firms that secretly or openly sold a bunch of volatility, showed their investors attractive stable returns for a bit, and then blew up horribly.
I worry that perhaps nobody knows how mergers work. Not in like a "let me tell you" sense, but in an "everything is fundamentally unknowable" sense. Lots of contracts between companies have provisions that say that the companies can't transfer them to someone else. If you hire McKinsey & Co. to do some consulting for you, you don't want Joe's Consulting to show up for the engagement and say "oh yeah we bought this contract from McKinsey, that's fine right?" So the contract will say that neither side can assign its rights and obligations under the contract to anyone else.
So an incredibly basic question in mergers and acquisitions is: If we acquire Company X, do we keep all of its contracts? Or do those contracts have "anti-assignment" provisions that would be triggered by an acquisition?
From first principles, you'd think that most of the contracts should continue without interruption. If you rent some office space to Company X and it gets acquired by another company, not much has changed for you: The same people come to the same office to do the same work, and they pay you the same rent with checks drawn on the same account. If you license some software from Company X and it gets acquired, it's still the same software.
If the contracts continue uninterrupted when the company is acquired, that generally makes life simpler for the company's customers and suppliers and landlords. Also, though, it makes mergers and acquisitions possible. If every company lost all of its office leases and customers and supply deals and employment contracts when it was acquired, who would want to acquire it? A company mostly is a big pile of contracts; if an acquisition terminated all of those contracts then there would be no acquisitions.
Most of the time this is the right answer and works out fine. Most big public mergers and acquisitions, for instance, are structured in ways that preserve the target company intact, with the buyer owning its stock. (For instance, in a "reverse triangular merger" in which a subsidiary of the buyer merges with the target, which survives the merger as a subsidiary of the buyer.) A contract that says "Company X can't transfer this contract to anyone else" should not be affected by this sort of deal: Company X hasn't transferred the contract to anyone else; Company X is still doing the contract; it's just that Company X has a new owner.
But probably there are some contracts where that doesn't make sense, where an acquisition of the company should give the counterparty a right to get out of the contract. If you have a huge deal to sell a sensitive product to some trusted customer, and then that customer gets acquired by your biggest rival, or in a leveraged buyout that makes it less creditworthy, or by a sanctioned foreign company, you will be unhappy and think that the deal is no longer what you signed up for. And so some contracts will say something like "you can't transfer this contract, and just to be clear, if you get acquired in a merger we can also get out of the contract." [1]
You could imagine contracts just saying this clearly. Like, every contract could say either:
1. "Neither company can transfer or assign this contract, but obviously if the company is acquired in a merger that's fine, that's not a transfer." Or, 2. "Neither company can transfer or assign this contract, and if the company is acquired in a merger that also counts as a transfer and is not allowed."
I don't know, you'd have to work on the language. There are lots of more complicated ways to acquire a company, different ways to structure mergers or buy control or gain influence on the board or whatever; specifying exactly what you mean could take some work.
But in actual fact the world seems to be considerably messier than that. There are all sorts of contracts with all sorts of language, and a lot of them do not make it obvious whether the company can do a merger and keep the contract. Here is a sort of horrifying law-firm blog post about a 2020 court decision in Delaware finding that a contract that says it can't be assigned "by operation of law or otherwise" does not survive a forward triangular merger, which is different from other Delaware decisions finding that "anti-assignment clauses containing both a prohibition on assignment 'by operation of law' and a reference to 'successors' were ambiguous" about mergers. You get the sense that there are a lot of contracts out there where one side thinks "this contract terminates on a merger" and the other side doesn't.
I mean, a lot of people have the general idea (they're bonds that can convert into stock). But they are somewhat weird instruments with odd nooks and crannies, and, while they are not rare , neither are they all that common. Lots of companies will never do a convertible in their lives. Generally financially literate people — chief financial officers and corporate treasurers, industry investment bankers — will probably have a decent working knowledge of bond deals and bank loans and stock offerings and mergers, because they come up a lot; they might be less familiar with convertibles.
I, on the other hand, used to be a convertible bond investment banker, so I have somewhat more than the usual familiarity with them. I could tell you, for instance, that it is common in the US for a convertible to be done as a Rule 144A offering, meaning that the bonds are sold to large "qualified institutional buyers" (QIBs) in a private placement and then can't be resold to retail investors. Doing a 144A deal is generally faster and cheaper than doing a public deal that is registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and retail investors don't really buy convertibles anyway.
But eventually the institutional buyers of a 144A deal will want to be able to convert their bonds into regular, publicly traded stock, so there needs to be some mechanism for turning "144A" convertibles into "registered" ones. I am old enough that, when I started as a converts banker, the way to do this was to file a registration statement with the SEC, but the modern approach is pretty much that you wait six months or a year and the convertible becomes freely tradeable as a legal matter. [3]
As a practical matter, though, the way this works is that the bonds, when they are originally issued, have a "restrictive legend" on them saying that they can be sold only to institutional buyers, and after a year the company sends a notice to its transfer agent saying "you can take that legend off the bonds now." And when the bonds have the legend, they can't be freely traded; once the legend is off, they can be. Here I am pretending, as one does, that "the bonds" are pieces of paper with a legend stamped on them, but of course they are actually entries in an electronic database; what really happens is that the original bonds have a "restricted CUSIP" (the identification number that every security has), telling transfer agents and depositaries and brokers and everyone else that they can only be sold to QIBs, and then after a year the company gets them a new "unrestricted CUSIP" and they trade freely. This is not hard — it's a phone call or an email, maybe a legal opinion — but the company has to do it.
It is good, for the bondholders, to get unrestricted bonds, though it doesn't matter that much, since they're really only trading with other institutional buyers anyway. And so in the documents for the convertible bond, there will be a provision saying that, after a year, the company has to make the convertible unrestricted (by removing the restrictive legend and getting an unrestricted CUSIP). If it doesn't do that, it has to pay some extra interest to compensate the bondholders and to incentivize the company to get its act together.
Ukraine has an indubitable claim under international law for the damages caused by Russia's unprovoked of Ukraine. For its part, Russia has legal title to approximately $300 billion of assets (held in the name of the Russian Central Bank and the Russian Federation) that have been frozen by the G7 countries since 2022. The problem is that the country (Ukraine) to which reparations are owed does not have custody of the frozen assets and the countries (the G7) that do have custody of the frozen assets do not have a claim for reparations against Russia.
Ukraine has a good legal and moral claim on Russia's money, but it can't get the money. The G7 countries (the US, UK, Canada, France, Germany, Italy and Japan) are holding onto a lot of Russia's money, but they have no legal or moral claim on the money. The trick is to transfer Ukraine's claim to the G7 countries, so the G7 countries can transfer the money to Ukraine.
I suppose one way to do that would be to literally sell the claim — Ukraine has a valuable asset (the claim on Russia), and maybe someone who could better enforce it would pay for it — but a roughly equivalent way would be to put it in a box and lend some money against the box:
Ukraine could raise up to $300 billion through a syndicated loan provided by G7 governments. The loan would be collateralised by Kyiv's claim for war damages against Moscow. In the most likely scenario that Vladimir Putin refuses to pay reparations, the G7 syndicate would "set off" the Kremlin's $300 billion of frozen assets against the claim for reparations. …
A reparation-backed loan would create a mechanism by which legal title to the claim for reparations — an indubitable claim under international law — can be placed in the hands of parties with the legal and practical ability to satisfy that claim from Russian assets. …
The loan will be structured as a "limited recourse" obligation. This means the syndicate will agree to look solely to the collateral (the reparations claim against Russia) as the source for repayment of the loan.
It's not quite selling the claim, but it is more or less equivalent. One thing it would mean is that any peace negotiation between Ukraine and Russia wouldn't be able to resolve the reparations question:
When Putin eventually sits at a negotiating table, he will surely demand his money back. The reparation loan structure has the advantage of giving the G7 countries a direct financial interest in NOT returning the money unless Russia pays reparations. Among other things, that entitles the G7 to a direct seat at the negotiating table. Without it, Ukraine could easily be bullied into surrendering its reparations claim as part of an armistice.
Once it sells the reparations claim, Ukraine can't waive it.
In the olden days, there were two sorts of people who traded stocks or bonds for a living. We can call them "dealers" and "investors," though those terms are imperfect. An investor is someone who buys stocks or bonds because she thinks they are a good investment, and sells them when she thinks they aren't. She does analysis, decides that Bond X is worth $80, sees it trading at $78, and goes out to buy some Bond X. When it trades up to $82, she sells it. She makes her money by buying low and selling high, by predicting price trends or understanding fundamental value. Investors include ordinary retail investors, but mutual funds and hedge funds are also in this category. Their job is to buy stuff that they think will go up.
A dealer is the person the investors buy from and sell to. A dealer is not looking to buy stocks or bonds that she thinks are a good investment, or to sell ones that she thinks are a bad investment. A bond dealer has some list of bonds, and she is always willing to buy or sell each of those bonds. She is in a customer service business: Customers come to her looking to buy or sell bonds, and she sells them the bonds they want to buy and buys the bonds they want to sell. She makes money not by predicting price moves but by charging the customers (investors) a bit of money (called the "spread") for each trade, buying from them at a lower price (her "bid") than she will sell to them (her "offer" or "ask"). An investor thinks "Bond X trades at $78 and is worth $80, so I will buy it." A dealer thinks "Bond X trades at $78, so I will buy it at $77.75 or sell it at $78.25, whichever customers want." She doesn't care what it's worth. She cares about charging a bit more to sell than she pays to buy.
Investors could theoretically exist without dealers, and in some markets they do. Investors who think that Bond X is worth $80 could just buy it from investors who think it's worth $75, without a middleman. But in practice it is often helpful for there to be a middleman — a dealer — to "provide liquidity." An investor who thinks Bond X is worth $80 probably wants to buy it now ; an investor who thinks it is worth $75 probably wants to sell it now. If they each come to that conclusion at exactly the same time, they can trade with each other and that's great. But if the seller decides to sell an hour before the buyer decides to buy, it is helpful for there to be a middleman to buy from the seller and sell to the buyer. And the seller and buyer might each be happy to pay $0.25 to get what they want when they want it.
The Kelly criterion tells you what percentage of your money you should put on some favorable bet. If you work in financial markets, you want to make a bunch of bets where you think the odds are in your favor, and if you can estimate the odds then Kelly gives you a guide to how much of your money you should put on each bet. Kelly gives you an answer that is a percentage of your current bankroll. But what is your bankroll?
We talked a few times last year about a dumb story from Sam Bankman-Fried's internship at Jane Street, where he kept making the maximum bet on slightly favorable coin flips, and I was like "well that's not very Kelly is it." But probably I was wrong. Jane Street interns were limited to losing $100 per day, so I sort of took $100 to be the size of his bankroll and thought he was aggressive to bet it all on a 51% coin flip. But readers pointed out, no, come on, his net worth at the time was not $100; $100 was nothing to him even though it was all he could bet that day. As a percentage of his actual bankroll that was a fine bet.
Anyway here is a fun post from Byrne Hobart titled "What's the True Bankroll?" Sometimes the true bankroll is much bigger than the obvious bankroll: Sam Bankman-Fried's $100 daily betting allowance was much smaller than his true bankroll, and Hobart points out that if you start your first job and have $1,000 to invest, your true bankroll is more like your lifetime expected savings than it is your current $1,000. Other times the true bankroll might be smaller than the obvious bankroll: If you are a portfolio manager at a multi-manager hedge fund, and you run a $500 million portfolio, you might think that your bankroll is $500 million. But if you know that you'll get fired for a 10% decline in your portfolio, is your actual bankroll $50 million? No, but also maybe a little bit yes.
We have talked a few times about assumable mortgages, the obvious solution to the main problem in the current US housing market. The problem is that everyone who owns a home has a 3% mortgage, but if you want to buy the home you will get a 7% mortgage. They can afford to stay in the home and pay 3%, but you can't afford to buy the home and pay 7%. If you could buy the home and take over their 3% mortgage, you would. But you mostly can't.
You mostly can't because most mortgages in the US are not, by their terms, assumable. And this is for good reason. The normal US mortgage is a 30-year fixed-rate loan that is prepayable without penalty. If a bank lends you money at 5% and then rates go down to 3%, you will go refinance at 3% and pay back the original 5% loan: The bank won't get to keep its original, now-above-market loan. But if instead rates go up to 7%, you don't have to pay the bank back for 30 years: The bank is stuck with its original, now-below-market loan. You have an option to reprice when rates go down; the bank does not have an option to reprice when rates go up.
This is a bummer for the bank, but it is mitigated by the fact that you probably won't wait 30 years to pay back the loan: You'll probably sell your house , for some non-financial reason (you have kids and need a bigger house; your kids grow up and you don't need such a big house), and then you'll have to pay back the loan. The bank is stuck with its below-market loan, but not forever; even now, when mortgage rates are 7%, some people still go and pay off their 3% mortgages. If they didn't, things would be rough for the bank. [3]
If mortgages were always automatically assumable, then when you sold your house you'd let the buyer assume your mortgage, and that 3% mortgage would remain outstanding for 30 years, and the bank would be stuck with it, and that would be worse for the bank, so it would have to charge you more for your mortgage to begin with.
And so US mortgages usually aren't automatically assumable. And if you call up your bank and say "hey, I know that I can't technically transfer this mortgage to anyone else, but what if you made an exception for me," they will say "absolutely not."
An important meta-story that you could tell about financial markets over the past few years would be that, for a long time, interest rates were roughly zero, which means that discount rates were low: A dollar in the distant future was worth about as much as a dollar today. Therefore, investors ascribed a lot of value to very long-term stuff, and were not particularly concerned about short-term profitability. Low discount rates made speculative distant-future profits worth more and steady current profits worth less.
And then interest rates went up rapidly starting in 2022, and everyone's priorities shifted. A dollar today is now worth a lot more than a dollar in 10 years. People prioritize profits today over speculation in the future.
This is a popular story to tell about the boom in, for instance, tech startups, or crypto: "Startups are a low-interest-rate phenomenon." In 2020, people had a lot of money and a lot of patience, so they were willing to invest in speculative possibly-world-changing ideas that would take a long time to pay out. (Or to fund startups that lost money on every transaction in the long-term pursuit of market share.) In 2022, the Fed raised rates, people's preferences changed, and the startup and crypto bubbles popped.
I suppose, though, that you could tell a similar story about environmental investing? Climate change is, plausibly, a very large and very long-term threat to a lot of businesses. If you just go around doing everything normally this year, probably rising oceans won't wash away your factories this year. But maybe they will in 2040. Maybe you should invest today in making your factories ocean-proof, or in cutting carbon emissions so the oceans don't rise: That will cost you some money today, but will save you some money in 2040. Is it worth it? Well, depends on the discount rate. If rates are low, you will care more about 2040. If rates are high, you will care more about saving money today.
We have talked a few times about the argument that some kinds of environmental investing — the kind where you avoid investing in "dirty" companies, to starve them of capital and reduce the amount of dirty stuff they do — can be counterproductive, because it has the effect of raising those companies' discount rates and thus making them even more short-term-focused. And being short-term-focused probably leads to more carbon emissions. (If you make it harder for coal companies to raise capital, maybe nobody will start a coal company, but existing coal companies will dig up more coal faster.)
But that argument applies more broadly. If you raise every company's discount rate (because interest rates go up), then every company should be more short-term-focused. Every company should care a bit less about global temperatures in 2040, and a bit more about maximizing profits now. Maybe ESG was itself a low-interest-rates phenomenon.
A simple story that you could tell is that the banking system is in the business of borrowing short to lend long. There is a lot of natural demand for long-term loans (government deficits need financing, people need mortgages) and a lot of natural demand for places to park money that can be withdrawn at any time (people need checking accounts), but a mismatch between them. More people want to borrow long than lend long; more people want to lend short than borrow short.
And so traditionally banks intermediate that; they borrow short to lend long. And that is a well-known risky business model, and there are various ways to mitigate that risk, and the most important is the lender of last resort: If banks have lots of long-term good loans funded with short-term deposits, and all the depositors ask for their money back, the central bank will lend cash to the banks to pay back their depositors.
But this risk is particularly acute when interest rates have been very low for a long time, and then rapidly rise to a much higher level. All the banks have long-term loans that they made at the low interest rates, [1] but now they have to pay high interest rates on deposits. One thing that this means is that their operating profits are lower or negative: If your assets are a bunch of mortgages paying 3%, and your liabilities are a bunch of savings deposits paying 2%, you're losing 1% every year. The other thing that this means is that they are mark-to-market insolvent: If your assets are a bunch of mortgages paying 3%, and now mortgage rates are 6%, your mortgages are worth like 80 cents on the dollar, and if you're a bank with 10% equity and your assets have lost 20% of their value, you are insolvent.
And so when the Fed raises rates a lot very quickly, that has the possible effect of … bankrupting all the banks? Or getting them kind of close to insolvency, anyway? And in fact last year there was a bit of a crisis among US regional banks, which really were in this business of borrowing short to lend long and turned out to be, in some cases, insolvent when the Fed raised rates rapidly.
There are ways to mitigate this risk, too. One is: You have regulation to make the banks more robust to this. You have capital regulation (they can't have too little capital), and also liquidity regulations that have the effect of lowering the duration of their assets and increasing the duration of their liabilities, and prudential oversight where the bank regulators call up the banks and say "really? You're funding all these 30-year mortgages with overnight deposits?" [2]
A more important way is accounting: Banks do not have to recognize interest-rate losses on huge swathes of their assets, loans and bonds that they classify as "held to maturity." This is the essential trick that makes all of banking work: When interest rates go up, the market value of banks' long-term loans goes down, but the banks don't have to realize those losses; they just hold the loans until maturity and get paid back 100 cents on the dollar.
The US regional banking crisis last year turned on the fact that this doesn't work as well as it used to: The banks do not recognize the losses in their main accounting statements, but they do disclose the losses, and people can read that disclosure and panic. And when they panic, they take out their deposits. And then the banks need to raise money. They can't do this by selling their loans, because then they'd recognize their losses and become insolvent. And they can't do it by borrowing from the Fed, because the Fed lends against the market value of the loans.
One solution is for the Fed to instead lend banks money against the par value of their loans, their hold-to-maturity value. And that's what it did: It created the Bank Term Funding Program, which allows banks to post collateral (Treasury bonds, agency mortgage-backed securities) with the Fed and borrow the par value of those assets. If a bank has $100 of mortgage bonds that are worth $80 because rates went up, it can borrow $100, solving the liquidity problem.
But in fact there'd be something a bit crazy about doing that with dollars. There are "cash" ETFs, in some sense. But everyone understands that these ETFs don't hold crisp $100 bills. They hold extremely safe interest-bearing short-term debt instruments. If you invest your money in one of those ETFs, it will "hold" your "cash" for you in roughly the sense that a bank would: It will lend out your cash, as safely as possible, give it back to you on demand, and pay you interest.
This is the natural way of the world, in finance. Even a stock ETF will probably do this: Stock ETFs often take their investors' money, use it to buy stocks, and then lend out some of those stocks to earn a bit of extra interest. Modern finance is very interested in efficiency, and abhors the idea of buying anything, putting it in a box, and doing nothing with it. You've got some stuff in a box, you take it out of the box, you lend it to someone who wants to do something with it, and you earn interest.
The Satoshi Nakamoto vision of crypto was very different: This idea of building opaque leverage into every part of the system, of constructing everything on webs of debt, is part of what Bitcoin was reacting against. But the modern vision of crypto, or at least the 2022 vision of crypto, was like everything else in finance. You could hold Bitcoins in your digital wallet, like holding $100 bills in your regular wallet, but the action was in depositing your Bitcoins with some quasi-bank that would lend them out, earn interest, and pay some of the interest to you.
The new offering, called Bitcoin depositary receipts, will be similar to American depositary receipts that represent foreign stocks. The startup, called Receipts Depositary Corporation, or RDC, said it plans to issue the first Bitcoin depositary receipts to qualified global institutional investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
Known as BTC DRs, the offering will give institutions access to Bitcoin securities through US regulated market infrastructure and cleared through the Depository Trust Co., according to a release from the company. …
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions will serve as the transfer agent and Anchorage Digital Bank National Association will handle custody of the underlying Bitcoin. RDC is backed by investors including Franklin Templeton, BTIG and Broadhaven Ventures, according to its press release. …
Compared with Bitcoin ETFs that will be redeemed for cash, Mehta said that depositary receipts offer direct ownership of Bitcoin for qualified institutions. Buying Bitcoin directly isn't the most-preferred option for some regulated institutions, he added, since crypto markets face challenges including security risks and regulatory uncertainty. Some of the challenges are similar to those once seen for Americans investing in foreign companies, which were mitigated by American depositary receipts.
A spot ETF is probably the most broadly convenient way to put Bitcoins in a box and sell shares of the box, but the basic concept is very simple and obvious and can be implemented in a lot of ways. The ETF implementation has the two advantages that (1) anyone can buy and sell shares of the box and (2) the box can easily create or redeem shares for Bitcoins, meaning that the share price of the box really should track the price of Bitcoin. Whereas the leading existing box of Bitcoins, the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, has the first advantage — it is pretty freely tradeable by anyone [2] — but not the second: For securities law reasons, it can't freely redeem its shares for Bitcoins, so its share price has diverged widely from the price of Bitcoin. [3] (Grayscale also intends to convert into an ETF, when the SEC allows it to.)
Meanwhile this box — BTC DRs — has the second advantage (easy convertibility and price tracking) but not the first: To avoid the need for SEC approval and registration, it will only sell its shares to institutional investors in private transactions. This box is just "if you are an institutional investor, we will give you Bitcoin wrapped up in a security, so you can hold it in your ordinary custody account and transfer it through the Depository Trust Co. and generally have the experience of holding a stock or bond, not a weird crypto thing, except the stock's price happens to be the price of Bitcoin."
Private equity buyouts also work that way? Like the way a private equity buyout works is that a fund borrows a lot of money from lenders to pay some of the purchase price for the company, and then it pays down those loans over time. And if it sells the company to another private equity firm while the loans are still outstanding, then ordinarily the loans come due immediately, so the new private equity buyer has to go to its lenders to get new loans to pay the old private equity owner the money to hand over to its lenders. And just as with mortgages, if the old owner got its loans during a period of low rates and easy credit, and the new buyer has to get its loans during a period of high rates and more difficult credit, some trades won't get done: The company is worth more to the old owner, with its cheap debt, than it will be to a new owner with expensive debt.
The analogy is not perfect: A lot of the private-equity loans will be floating-rate, so the difference is not so much "3% rates versus 7% rates" as it is "relatively easy credit versus more nervous credit." And "the loans come due immediately" can mean less "the loans technically come due immediately, which gives the lenders negotiating leverage to extract fees and concessions for agreeing to roll them over for the new buyer." But the basic idea is that if private-equity buyout loans were assumable, then more deals would get done, because buyers wouldn't have to worry about going out and getting new loans in tougher credit environments.
Here are Bloomberg's John Sage and Ellen Schneider on assumable private equity loans:
Private equity firms, eager to sell debt-laden businesses, are finding private credit firms increasingly willing to keep outstanding loans intact, even for companies that may soon have new owners.>
The trend, known as portability, describes loans that remain essentially unchanged when a company gets new ownership. It carries rewards and risks for businesses and especially for lenders. Usually a change of control would allow lenders to renegotiate terms to cover potential risks from a new parent, such as different plans for growth or profitability of a business.>
After two years of rising interest costs hindering asset sales, owners are seizing on recent rate stability to push for portability to get deals done. Keeping the existing loan package in place removes the need for any new buyer to find financing, making the purchase a lot more alluring.>
"The market has pivoted to include a portability feature," said Bill Eckmann, head of principal finance in the Americas and senior managing director at Macquarie Capital. "We're seeing more of this because sponsors are looking at near-term maturities and thinking about their exits.">
For direct lenders facing rising competition in a market that's tripled to $1.6 trillion since 2015, portability provisions allow them to stay invested in assets they've already vetted and endorsed.>
"If you've found an attractive business then you may be willing to let the debt travel to another owner," said Jon Bock, senior managing director at Blackstone Credit. "From a self-selection standpoint, this is an opportunity for managers to extend the lives of the loan."
Part of the pitch for private credit, as an alternative to traditional syndicated loans, has been along the lines of "if you borrow from a private credit firm instead of from a syndicate of banks and hedge funds and collateralized loan obligations, your lender will be one person with whom you have a good relationship, and if things change in your business you can call her up and discuss things rationally instead of having to go get waivers from a dozen anonymous CLOs." You might think that this pitch would argue against automatic portability: "Don't worry about it," the private-credit firm could tell its borrowers, "if you want to sell, we will be very reasonable about rolling over the loans, you just need to call us and talk about it." But, no, the borrowers want portability.
In theory, every time one company does a merger with another company, or a private equity firm raises a fund from investors, or a private equity fund borrows money from lenders to do a leveraged buyout, the two sides could negotiate all the details of the merger or fund or loan from scratch. Sit down and think through the deal from first principles: What rights should each side have? Who should have to do what? What could go wrong, and who should bear the risk of each thing that could go wrong? Negotiate each of these points, and then write a contract in elegant prose that reflects your negotiation.
This never really happens. Instead the way it works is that the lawyers for one side take out the contract that they wrote for the last similar deal that they did, and they change the names, and they tweak a few provisions to reflect the current situation, and they tweak a few more provisions to be more aggressive — to give their client more rights or fewer responsibilities, to allocate more risks to the other side — and then they send it to the other side. And the lawyers for the other side mark up the contract to make it more favorable to them (more rights, fewer responsibilities, less risk), and also to make it look more like the last contract they wrote, and they send it back, and they negotiate from there.
In those negotiations, the two sides can make several types of arguments. For instance:
Some provisions are win-win, so you can say "if you agree to this it will be better for both of us." Some provisions are just intuitively fair, so you can say "it makes no sense for you to allocate this risk to us, this is a risk that you should bear," and convince the other side of it. (Or: "If the contract says this, then that would allow you to do this crazy unfair thing, and obviously you would never want to do that, so we should change the contract to constrain you in a fair way.") Sometimes one side has more negotiating leverage, so it can just say "if you don't agree to this we will walk," and the other side has to agree. There's a certain amount of arbitrary horse-trading and wearing down of the other side: At 3 a.m., one side says "fine you can have these six points if you give me those other four points," and the other side is like "fine whatever let's be done."
But for many terms in the contract, the main argument will be: "This term is market." "Market" means that it is the normal way that these sorts of deals are done by sophisticated parties with sophisticated lawyers. "Market" is a sort of efficient-market argument. It means "a lot of smart people have argued over this term from first principles, they have thought about what is fair and what is in everyone's best interests, and their collective conclusion is that the provision should be written this way. So who are you to argue for something different?" If there have been 50 private equity leveraged buyouts in the last three years, and 48 of them had a cap on damages for non-performance, then that's "market" and it is hard — not impossible, but hard — for the target to argue that there should be no damages cap.
How do you know what is market? Well, you look at all the previous deals, or as many as you can. Sometimes this is reasonably easy: In the US, the terms of some types of deals (public company mergers, initial public offerings, some bond deals) are publicly disclosed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, so you can just go find them all. (Or all the big ones, or all the ones in your industry, or whatever the relevant market is. And obviously you focus on the recent ones, since the market evolves.) You have to pay attention to what deals happen, and have someone summarize them, but with a bit of work you can build a database, or even keep running track of all the deals in your head I guess. Or get yourself a large language model and ask it "what is a standard ordinary course of business covenant for a US public company merger these days?"
Other times it is hard: Many deals are not publicly disclosed, and if you want to know what the standard terms are for, say, the limited partnership agreement of a new private equity fund, the best way to do that is to have negotiated a ton of private equity fund agreements. If you've done all of those deals, then you have a database (or all the deal terms in your head), and if the people on the other side haven't done the deals, then they don't.
And so you can say "this term is market" and they can say "no it isn't" and you can say "I have negotiated 100 of these deals and this term is in every one of them, how many have you negotiated," and they will say "um, four," and they will be ashamed in front of their clients. You will look wise and experienced, and they will look dumb and unreasonable. And you will win the argument. Not always or anything — it's not like anyone is obligated to agree to "market" terms — but it's a fairly effective move.
Also though if you say "I have negotiated 100 of these deals and this term is in every one of them," and they haven't, and the deals aren't public, they can't check. If you negotiate all the deals, you can change what terms are market.
At the Financial Times, Will Louch has a fascinating profile of Kirkland & Ellis, a US law firm that has become influential and lucrative by building a strong private equity practice and by being more aggressive and commercial than other law firms. There is a lot about the culture and business model of Kirkland, for instance:
Unlike other, stuffier firms, if you are good enough you rise through the ranks fast rather than waiting for existing partners to retire or die, he adds. "It's run like a business and not like a club. A lot of law firms are run like clubs."
Another longtime partner says the promotion prospects are "one of the unique things about Kirkland . . . you don't have to wait until you are 60. You can be rewarded really early on and it can give you a sense of energy."
But also, because Kirkland's private equity practices are so big, they have the ability to move what is market:
Investors and trade associations are also taking a closer look at Kirkland's modus operandi. Because it works on so many deals — it has advised on more fundraisings than any other firm in every year since 2008, according to data provider Preqin — it collects reams of data about fees and other terms. The firm invested heavily in using this data to its advantage, even hiring data scientists from the University of Chicago to track deal terms.
It uses this data to get better terms for its own clients, making life difficult for less well-resourced investors such as public pension plans. "They have the largest market share," says the head of private equity at a large US public pension plan. "They will pick a few terms each year and insist they are [the] market", rolling them out across most of the private equity funds they advise.
"It is one of our selling points," a person familiar with the firm's workings says. "Our market knowledge is better than our competitors."
The concentration of market share in the hands of a few large firms, including Simpson Thacher and Proskauer, has attracted criticism from the Institutional Limited Partners Association, a Washington-based industry body representing private equity investors. In a report earlier this year, it highlighted the role that lawyers play in helping fund managers negotiate better terms at the expense of investors.
Investors say they are accused of collusion if they try to band together with peers to get better terms, with Kirkland among the most aggressive law firms at rebutting any pushback.
One other way to influence what is "market" is to band together with peers, say by being the Institutional Limited Partners Association and publishing your own model private equity fund agreement. "This term is in the model agreement so it must be righ
We talked the other day about some criminals who stole 2 million dimes and were like "ugh, now we have to convert these into money." The conversion was terribly labor-intensive and also got them caught. If you stand at the CoinStar machine all day pouring in dimes, people will have questions. Coins, in the US, are money, but only in pretty small amounts. Once you get above roughly a pocketful of coins, their moneyness starts to fall off.
A forklift-full of coins, for example, is somehow the opposite of money:
Pennies, nickels, dimes and quarters might be legal tender but more than 6,500 pounds of loose change is not a proper form of payment, a Colorado judge ruled last week after a defendant attempted to deliver $23,500 in coins to settle a legal dispute.
The judge, Joseph Findley, of Larimer County, said that the delivery of more than three tons was done "maliciously and in bad faith," and that the defendant, a welding company, must now pay more for its act. ...
JMF Enterprises attempted to make a "nighttime delivery" to Fired Up Fabrications but company officials rejected it because they at first thought it was a forklift being delivered, according to the judge's order.
On Aug. 28, the following Monday, "an attempt was made to deliver a heavy metal container of coins that required a forklift to move" to lawyers for Fired Up Fabrications, the order said, but it was "physically impossible" to deliver. …
In the order, Judge Findley said that while coins were legal tender, paying such a large settlement in coins would reduce the settlement because of the time and expense required to accept it.
He said photographs showed that the coins had also been removed from neatly organized boxes and dumped "loosely and randomly" into a metal container.
The judge ordered JMF Enterprises and Mr. Frank to pay additional fees related to the costs of extending the case and dealing with the coin payment.
Surely everyone who has lost a lawsuit has briefly fantasized about paying in pennies. Surely Elon Musk had someone look into paying $44 billion for Twitter in pennies. But here's some legal precedent. If you try to pay someone with 6,500 pounds of coins, (1) you will have to pay them again with real money, (2) you will have to pay them more and (3) you'll be stuck with all the coins.
On the other hand the actual practice of corporate lawyering in New York is a little rickety too, in a way that might benefit from spending four hours reading the contract out loud to each other. Here is roughly how a corporate contract is negotiated:
1. One side's lawyers write the contract in Microsoft Word and email it to the other side's lawyers as an attachment. 2. Those lawyers summarize it for their clients, get feedback, and "turn" the contract, writing in all of their proposals in Word and emailing it back to the first side with a redline. 3. The first side's lawyers get the contract back, summarize the changes for their clients, and turn it back with their counter-proposals. 4. This continues for a while, with each redline being a bit less red. 5. Eventually the contract is close enough that each side's lawyers print out a signature page — just the last page of the contract, with page number 71 or whatever printed on it, with a signature block for the client to sign — and hand it to their client. The client signs it and scans it and sends the PDF back to the lawyers. 6. At like 3:47 a.m., one side's lawyers email the draft contract in Word to the other side's lawyers saying "I think this is final," and the other side's lawyers email back "looks good, here are our signature pages," attaching the PDF, and the first side's lawyers email back "here are our signature pages, congratulations." 7. The most junior associate uses Acrobat to make a PDF of the final contract and combine it with the signature pages, so there is one PDF containing the official signed contract. Then she sends it out to everyone else, though they are all in bed by this point. 8. Probably nobody ever reads that final PDF.
This always troubled me. In law school you think that there is "a contract," that it is a piece of literal paper signed in ink by two human beings sitting in a room with each other, and that if there is a dispute about what the contract says you can just get it and open it. But in actual high-stakes corporate contracts, there are like 40 different Word versions that exist only as attachments to emails between junior law firm associates, attachments that probably even they didn't read. The signature means nothing; it's a blank page that someone signed and handed to the lawyers before the contract was agreed. If there is a dispute about what the contract says, you have to go back through the email chain to pick out which attachment everyone thought they were signing off on. The dispute will likely take the form "we signed off on the 2:12 a.m. version and did not realize that you made changes to the 3:47 a.m. version that you did not flag to us."
If the final step of this process was for the lawyers to say "looks good, let's get some sleep and then meet up in the morning to read the whole thing out loud," some misunderstandings might be avoided.
The basic idea is that, if you are doing crime, you are probably getting paid in cash or in cryptocurrency or in, like, someone else's bank account. If you do crime quite successfully, you will have a lot of cash or cryptocurrency or tainted bank money. You will want to turn that cash or crypto into some more convenient and usable and legitimate-seeming form of wealth: money in a clean bank account, most of all, but stocks and bonds and real estate and art can also work. The law is aware of this, and there are anti-money-laundering rules in most places that basically tell banks — but also crypto exchanges and stockbrokers and real estate agents and art dealers — "if someone comes to you with an enormous sack of cash, or crypto, or a wire transfer from North Korea, maybe ask some questions about where it came from and report it to the authorities."
On the other hand if you do crime and have sacks of cash and take some cash out of a sack and go to a deli to get a sandwich and pay cash, the deli will not report you to anyone. You can't really launder your money through sandwiches.
There is some intermediate zone between "sandwiches" and "Central Park South penthouses" where, you know, you could be laundering money, or you could just carry around a lot of cash and want to spend it. It is a line-drawing exercise, and sometimes the line moves:
Singapore may subject luxury assets, including cars, watches and handbags, to anti-money laundering controls and increase scrutiny of single family offices as the Asian financial hub reels from a S$2.8bn (US$2bn) money-laundering scandal.
In response to questions in parliament on Tuesday about the probe, Singapore's government said it would examine extending anti-money laundering requirements, such as tough know-your-customer due diligence checks, to high-value assets including vehicles, handbags and alcohol. Such items are not currently regulated, unlike precious stones or metals.
If you have ill-gotten money, you might park it in diamonds, so if you walk into a diamond dealer they will ask you "is this money ill-gotten?" Or you might park it in, like, Pappy Van Winkle. The liquor store will not necessarily ask you "is this money ill-gotten?" before selling you a bottle, but maybe they should.
Be careful before you casually dash off another thumbs-up emoji: A Canadian court has found that the ubiquitous symbol can affirm that a person is officially entering into a contract.
The ruling pointed to what a judge called the "new reality in Canadian society" that courts would have to confront as more people express themselves with hearts, smiley faces and fire emojis — even in serious business dealings or personal disputes.
The case questioned whether a farmer in Saskatchewan had agreed to sell 87 metric tons of flax to a grain buyer in 2021. The buyer had signed the contract and texted a photo of it to the farmer, who had responded by texting back a "thumbs-up" emoji. …
The judge noted that Mr. Achter and Mr. Mickleborough had had a longstanding business relationship and that, in the past, when Mr. Mr. Mickleborough had texted Mr. Achter contracts for durum wheat, Mr. Achter had responded by succinctly texting "looks good," "ok" or "yup."
Both parties clearly understood these terse responses were meant to be confirmation of the contract and "not a mere acknowledgment of the receipt of the contract" by Mr. Achter, wrote Justice T.J. Keene of the Court of King's Bench for Saskatchewan. And each time, Mr. Achter had delivered the grain as contracted and had been paid.
Is that even interesting? A lot of trading in financial markets is done by chat messages, and it is pretty clear that if you type "done" in a chat message that can create a binding contract. The difference between "done" and the thumbs-up emoji is not that great, and I suspect it's mostly generational; the emoji seems like a perfectly reasonable way to say "yes I agree to these terms for our trade." In a few years the eggplant emoji will be the normal way to bind banks to nine-digit swaps trades.
There are two main ways for companies to finance themselves, debt and equity. Debt financing means that you borrow money and promise to pay it back on some set schedule with some set interest rate. Your creditors are entitled to exactly what you owe them, and if they don't get it then they can sue you for the money, or put you into bankruptcy if you don't have it.
Equity financing means that you sell stock to investors and you never have to pay it back. Your shareholders are not entitled to anything specific; there is no particular amount of money that they have to get back or any schedule for when they get it. But they are in some loose sense part-owners of the company, they have a residual claim on its cash flows, and they vaguely hope to one day get their money back through dividends or stock buybacks or mergers. They can't make you share the profits in any direct way, [1] but a share of the profits is what they want. And while there is no guarantee of what they'll get, there is also no limit to it: If they buy 1% of the stock when the company is worth $10 million, they put in $100,000; if they then sell when the company is worth $100 billion, they get back $1 billion. That's hard to do with debt.
These different economics come with different legal regimes. Broadly speaking, creditors have a specific contract — a bond indenture or loan agreement — saying how much they are owed, and they are entitled to what's in the contract. If the company breaches the contract — if it doesn't pay them what it owes when it owes them, or if it doesn't do something else required by the agreement — then the creditors can sue and get their money back or put the company in bankruptcy. But if the company doesn't breach the contract, then the creditors can't complain.
And so we have talked occasionally around here about various sorts of debt shenanigans, where a company's lawyers (or some of its creditors) read the debt contracts cleverly and say "hey, technically, this contract allows us to make life much worse for some of our creditors, we can work with that." Generically, the way that this often works is that the company takes some value from 49% of its creditors and gives it to the other 51%, in exchange for more money or flexibility. And then the 49% creditors sue, saying "that's not fair, you can't do that, that's not allowed by the agreement," and the company says "no, actually, this paragraph says we can do that," and there is a highly technical argument over what precisely the language of the contract allows.
Equity is different. Shareholders have much less in the way of contractual rights; they don't have much legal right to force the company to do anything specific. But there are broad fiduciary duties requiring company executives not to put one over on shareholders, to treat shareholders fairly, to run the business on behalf of all of the shareholders equally. The shareholders are not entitled to specific stuff, but they are entitled to general fairness.
Last year, in this column, I wrote about a weird merger deal where a buyer was trying to pay some of the target shareholders more than others. My basic point was that you mostly can't do that — there are some exceptions, but generally speaking the board of directors of a company has an obligation to treat its shareholders fairly, and courts will get annoyed if it doesn't. And then in the next section of that column, we talked about some lawsuits over distressed debt shenanigans. "In debt, the rule is different," I wrote. Treating creditors unfairly is generally fine:
The basic question in these cases is: Can you just read the debt documents as craftily as possible, do whatever is strictly allowed by the text, and benefit some creditors at the expense of others? Or is there some background requirement of fairness or "oh come on it can't have meant that," so that your craftiest readings don't actually work? The traditional view is that shareholders are entitled to fiduciary duties — which is why mergers have to be more or less fair to all shareholders — while creditors are entitled only to the letter of their contract. That traditional view has given rise to, you know, all this: a whole industry of distressed-debt cleverness built on structuring transactions to exploit the documents as much as possible. I suppose it is possible to take it too far, though: If creditors get too good at ruthlessly exploiting each other, eventually courts might step in and say "oh come on it can't have meant that." If a rule like "creditors are only entitled to what their contract explicitly says" always leads to absurd results, it might stop being the rule.
One important move in modern finance is that you have some asset with some expected cash flows, and you slice up the cash flows and sell them to investors as securities. This allows the assets to be financed, the risks to be allocated, ownership to be shared, etc.
One important move in postmodern finance is something like "let's turn gambling into securities and securities into gambling." Like:
1. Gambling is fun, but kind of frowned upon. 2. Financial markets are huge business, but kind of serious and daunting.
If you can take a stock and turn it into a fun gambling game, you've got something. If you can take a fun gambling game and turn it into serious securities, you've got something.
I used to be a corporate equity derivatives investment banker, which means that I'd go to companies and try to convince them to buy or sell options on their own stock. If you read a finance textbook, you will get the impression that derivatives are mostly about risk management, about hedging and speculation: People who own stock buy put options to protect themselves agains price declines, or sell call options to transform some of their potential upside into cash now; people who don't own stock buy calls to take some cheap stock-price risk, etc.
This describes almost none of what I was selling to these companies. What I was selling, much of the time, was tax deductions: We could build you a derivative that, sure, had the economic properties of some call options, but that took advantage of technical tax rules to get you extra deductions. Other times I was selling accounting treatment: We could do a thing that had the economic properties of buying back stock, but that took advantage of technical accounting rules to juice your earnings per share a bit more. Or I might be selling something like securities-law compliance: If you had some legal restriction on your ability to buy or sell stock, you could buy a derivative from us that was economically like buying or selling stock, but that avoided those restrictions.
In my line of work, derivatives were essentially about regulatory arbitrage: There were some complicated rules, created by legislators or regulators or accounting standards-setters, and those rules had the effect of rewarding some things and penalizing other things. And our job was to find a way to take something that the rules penalized and turn it into something that the rules rewarded, without changing its economic substance too much.
A famous example. The US tax code discourages short-term trading and encourages long-term investing. If you borrow a lot of money to rapidly trade stocks, you will be penalized, paying short-term capital gains rates. If you buy a long-term call option on a variable basket of stocks that you have management rights over, you will be rewarded, paying long-term capital gains rates. If you notice that those two things are the same, you can have a lucrative career as a derivatives structurer. (And get in trouble: This is the Renaissance Technologies tax trade, and it ended up not working.)
The lesson that I learned from my career as a derivatives structurer is that much of finance is about this sort of regulatory arbitrage. Economic life is socially constructed, society has rules, and you can make use of the rules to make money.
Sometimes the rules change and particular businesses get harder. But there is a sort of conservation law at work; the rules for complex systems have to be somewhat complex, and if you have mastered the current complexities you can probably figure out how to make money off new and different complexities. Tax trades sometimes get shut down by new tax rules, but that doesn't put tax structurers out of work; they're the ones who are best positioned to figure out the new tax trades enabled by the new rules.
Sometimes some whole new area of economic life gets brought into the domain of rules, and a new industry springs up to game it. In my lifetime, environmental, social and governance investing went from an academic idea to a huge business with all sorts of competing and economically important regulatory and accounting regimes, and so there are lots of people in the financial industry working on ESG arbitrage. "ESG Consultant But Evil," I sometimes call this job, and we talked last week about how companies whose business is cutting down trees can get environmental credit for the trees they don't cut down. That is the purest form of financial engineering: Some accounting regime exists that rewards you for not cutting down trees, you are in the business of cutting down trees, and you find a way to make cutting down trees look, for the relevant accounting purposes, like not cutting down trees.
More rarely, some set of rules will go away or be simplified in a way that really does demolish someone's business niche. For instance, there is, in the US, a rule saying that bank accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. up to $250,000. FDIC insurance is valuable, but you cannot pay the FDIC directly for the amount of insurance that you want: If you have $250,000 in your bank account, it is all insured without you doing anything; if you have $2,500,000, it mostly isn't, and that's just that. But of course you can open 10 accounts at 10 banks and put $250,000 in each of them; then they will all be insured. If you have $25,000,000, you can open 100 accounts at 100 banks, but that is pretty annoying. But someone else can open 100 accounts for you at 100 banks, and put $250,000 in each of them, and charge you a fee. That intermediary is selling you FDIC insurance, and charging you a fee for it, because it has found a (fairly straightforward) way to structure around this one FDIC rule.
And that really exists and is a business ("brokered deposits"). And if the FDIC tinkered with its rules in some way — if it changed the rules so that all of a household's bank accounts at one bank counted together toward the limit, or so that checking and savings accounts at the same bank counted separately, or whatever — then probably the intermediaries who currently sell this product would be best positioned to sell a revised product to comply with the new rules; they are the experts at FDIC insurance cap structuring.
But if the FDIC did away with the limit entirely they'd be out of business. David Dayen reports:
Legislation has been proposed to uncap deposit insurance. And that has prompted the private equity–owned company that is one of the main beneficiaries of the cap to spring into action.
A company called IntraFi offers two products that allow large depositors to spread their money among a network of hundreds of banks, each with accounts that don't exceed the cap and are therefore effectively covered in full by deposit insurance. The company takes a fee for facilitating these "brokered deposits." If deposit insurance were uncapped, their business model would be worthless.
The prospect of uncapping has the extremely well-connected officials at IntraFi scrambling. In the first quarter of 2023, when Silicon Valley Bank was shuttered, IntraFi tripled its lobbying expenses and hired a firm known for its access to senior congressional leadership. The new lobbyists who registered to work for IntraFi have experience with senior members of Congress, as well as the Trump and Obama White Houses. It's a full-court press to maintain a lucrative status quo. …
Brokered deposits have been heavily criticized by former FDIC chair Sheila Bair, who described them as "just gaming the FDIC rules. The FDIC takes all the credit risk, and Promontory [IntraFi's predecessor] gets the profit."
Sure, yes, I don't disagree, I'd just point out that "[product] is just gaming the [government agency] rules; the government takes all the credit risk and [company] gets the profit" describes a surprisingly large portion of finance!
In the US, investments are mostly either public or private. Public investments are things like stocks that trade on the stock exchange, and anyone can buy them. Private investments are not traded on the stock exchange, and for the most part you need to be an "accredited investor" to buy them. "Accredited investor" is a legal category; it is mainly a wealth/income test — if you make $200,000 a year or have at least $1 million of net worth, you're probably accredited — though you can also be accredited if you have certain securities licenses.
The basic tension in the regulation of private investments is that most of the best investments are private, and most of the worst investments are also private. US public companies tend to be large, mature, profitable, stable and well regulated; they rarely vanish overnight due to fraud, but their fastest-growing days are generally behind them by the time they go public. The fast-growing exciting companies, the ones that will be the dominant public companies of the future, the next Googles or Apples or whatever, are mostly private. Also though the unaudited frauds: all private.
One way that this tension plays out is that sometimes people argue that the accredited investor rules should be loosened, so that more people can have access to fast-growing private companies, and then other people argue that they should be tightened, so that fewer people can have access to frauds. I have argued in the past that expanding the accredited investor rules will mostly give people more access to frauds, because private investments are generally invitation-only, and the next Google is not really looking to raise money from just-barely-accredited retail investors.
We talk from time to time around here about the cash-flow-slicing business. The way it goes is:
1. You have some business that will make somewhere between $75 and $150 next year. 2. You can sell it to one owner who gets the cash flows from the business. If it makes $75, she gets $75; if it gets $100, she gets $100; if it gets $150, she gets $150; etc. 3. Her ownership stake is worth some amount of money, presumably between $75 and $150. Let's say it's $100. She would pay $100 for this ownership stake. 4. Or , you can divide up the cash flows. A senior bondholder gets the first $50 of cash flows: If the business makes $75, she gets $50; if it makes $150, she gets $50. A junior bondholder gets the next $30: If the business makes $75, he gets $25; if it makes $80 or $100 or $150, he gets $30. And then a shareholder gets whatever is left, whatever the business makes above $80: If it makes $75 or $80, she gets zero; if it makes $100, she gets $20; if it makes $150, she gets $70. 5. Here, the senior bond is much safer than the unitary ownership claim: In Steps 1-3, the owner puts up $100 and could lose money (get back $75) or make money (get back $150) or somewhere in between, but in Step 4, the senior bondholder always gets back $50. The junior bond is also safer than total ownership, with less variance in its returns: It gets back $30 in almost every case, unless things go quite badly. The shareholder in Step 4, though, takes much more risk than the total owner in Steps 1-3: The total owner always gets back at least $75, while the levered shareholder here might get back $0. 6. You can sell the senior bond plus the junior bond plus the shares for some amount of money, presumably between $75 and 150. Let's say it's $105. 7. $105 is more than $100 so this is a good trade. You have created $5 of value by slicing the cash flows.
This is one of the main things that happens in finance. It describes how companies work — they issue debt and equity, etc. — and your mortgage, and banks. In its purest form, where you just have some set of cash flows and you slice them up into junior and senior claims, it is often called "securitization," or "structured finance."
Why would this work? Why would the sliced-up claims (senior bonds, junior bonds, shares) be worth more ($105) than a single unitary claim ($100)? There is a famous theorem saying that it shouldn't work, that the value of the cash flows shouldn't depend on how you slice them up. But of course people do slice them up. [1] At least sometimes, it seems, there is more demand for a very safe cash flow plus a very risky cash flow than there is for a single blended kinda-risky cash flow.
Why would that be? You could tell psychological stories, stories about conservative investors wanting safe assets and aggressive investors wanting risky assets and nobody wanting stuff in the middle. But it is often useful to think about a story of ratings and regulation. Schematically:
1. You are a bank or an insurance company; you are in the business of taking money (deposits, premiums) from customers and investing it until they need it. You use the money to buy investment assets, and you make money if the assets return more money than you need to give back to the customers. Your regulators require you to have a certain amount of capital: For every $100 of assets that you own, you can have, say, $92 of deposits and $8 of your own money. The $8 is your capital. 2. But the regulators "risk-weight" your assets: Really, you need capital equal to 8% of your risk-weighted assets, and different assets count differently. US Treasury bills might get a 0% risk weight: You can buy $100 of Treasury bills with $100 of deposits and $0 of capital. Business loans might get a 100% risk weight: You need $8 of capital to buy $100 of loans. Bitcoin might get a 1,250% risk weight: You need $100 of capital to buy $100 of Bitcoin; you can't use depositor money at all. 3. Capital is, by general agreement, expensive. All else equal, you would rather buy $100 of assets with $99 of deposits and $1 of your own money than with $80 of deposits and $20 of your own money. On the other hand, you'd rather buy higher-yielding assets than lower-yielding assets. Higher-yielding assets are often riskier, which means they have higher risk weights and require more capital. 4. Your job is to optimize this: You want to get the highest yields with the lowest capital requirements. If there are two investments with the same risk and returns, but one of them has lower capital requirements, you should choose that one. 5. Someone offers you an attractive, kinda risky investment. It has a 50% risk weight. If you buy $100 of it, it counts as $50 of risk-weighted assets, so you need $4 of capital. 6. Some financial engineer finds a way to slice that investment into a very safe senior bond and a very risky equity investment. The slicing produces 80% senior bond and 20% risky equity. The senior bond has a 0% risk weight — it's as good as Treasury bills — and so requires $0 of capital. The very risky equity has a 200% risk-weight: If you buy $20 of it, it counts as $40 of risk-weighted assets, so you need $3.20 of capital. 7. You buy $80 of the safe bond and $20 of the risky equity, so you need a total of $3.20 of capital. You have saved $0.80 of capital. 8. But you bought the same thing. You had $100 of stuff that required $4 of capital, you sliced it into an $80 tranche and a $20 tranche, and somehow magically those two tranches add up to require $3.20 of capital.
It is not quite true that the story of the 2008 financial crisis is "instead of making mortgage loans, holding them, giving them a 50% risk weight and holding 4% capital against them, banks made mortgage loans, sliced them up into securitizations, bought highly rated tranches of them, and held much less capital against them," but it is kind of true, and worth keeping in mind.
Similarly, if you are an insurance company, some private equity firm might come to you and ask you to invest $100 in a private equity fund or a high-yield private credit fund. And you will say, sure, sounds great, but I am a regulated insurance company, and my regulators prefer that I mostly invest my money in safe bonds. I can do some private equity investing, but not too much; mostly I just buy bonds with good credit ratings.
And then the PE firm will say: Okay, what if we sliced our fund into junior and senior tranches? You can invest in both. The senior tranche is a bond , which pays back your money with interest as long as our private equity fund doesn't perform disastrously. And the junior tranche is an equity upside stake, which pays back whatever the return on the fund is, minus whatever the bond pays. You put, say, $80 into the bond and $20 into the equity stake.
This is the same thing: Buying a whole stake in the fund is economically identical to buying (1) a senior claim on the fund plus (2) a junior claim on the fund; you are just slicing up the cash flows. But now you can go to your regulator and say "oh no it's not $100 of equity; it's $20 of equity and $80 of bonds." Your regulator is much more comfortable with you buying bonds than buying equity, so you get better regulatory treatment and can do more of it. You go and get the bonds rated by a credit ratings firm, and from your regulator's perspective you have transformed $100 of risky scary private equity investment into (1) $80 of safe A+ rated corporate bonds plus (2) $20 of risky scary private equity investment.
The way that the modern US economy works is that if you want to buy a car from me, and I want to sell you the car, then you have to give me money, and I have to give you the car, and also we have to do a mysterious third thing in which we perform a magic ritual to coax my spirit to depart from the car so that your spirit may enter it. That magic ritual requires a bit of shaved unicorn horn, and for supply-chain reasons there is a unicorn-horn shortage, so no one can buy cars:
Now, some states are warning that the specialized paper used to print vehicle titles has gotten hard to find. Government agencies are rationing stashes and extending wait times for flummoxed dealers and car owners.>
The problem isn't with the states that issue the documents. It is with the companies that make the paper, which contains features such as watermarks and security threading to prevent counterfeiting. Consolidation in the industry has reduced the number of companies making it.>
Dealers usually need titles to transfer ownership to buyers, and car owners need them to prove legal ownership when they register them, resell them or trade them in. Insurance companies typically require them to process claims. …>
State officials in Michigan, South Dakota and Oklahoma have taken steps to conserve supplies, including giving priority to buyers who require a title to sell a vehicle, and asking dealers to hold off on applying for a title until after a purchase is final, the officials say.>
Robin Shrake, a county treasurer in South Dakota, has been hearing by phone from angry and confused drivers, including some who have lost their titles, since the state's department of revenue revealed in November that title paper would be in short supply until next year.>
"This is so out of our hands," says Ms. Shrake. "We cannot do anything about it without paper. This is like making a cake without eggs."
It's not really? Like, you put the eggs into the cake? They are an ingredient, part of what makes the cake a cake? Whereas you do not use the title paper to make or power the car? Like I feel like it is within the scope of human ingenuity to find a way for one person to give another person a car without the use of special paper with security threading? It is all almost enough to make you wish for a —
The basic move in finance is:
1. You have some cash flows. 2. You put them all into a box. 3. You slice the box into junior and senior claims. 4. You sell the senior claims to people who want safe cash flows, and the junior claims to people who want exciting leveraged risk.
Everything is like this: Every company does some business that brings in some cash, and the cash goes first to pay off the company's debt (its senior claims), and if there's cash left over it goes to the company's shareholders (the junior claimants). Lending money to the company is safer than buying its stock, because you get paid back first, but buying the stock has more upside.
But you can do this with lots of other cash flows, and it has come to be known as "securitization." Most famously, you have a bunch of subprime mortgage bonds, you put them into a collateralized debt obligation, you slice it into junior and senior tranches, you get the most senior tranches rated AAA and sell them to banks seeking safety, you leave the most junior tranches unrated and give them to people who want a lot of mortgage risk. This became the template for this sort of thing, so "collateralized obligation" became the standard term: collateralized debt obligation (CDO) for mortgages, collateralized loan obligation (CLO) for corporate loans, etc. In 2008, CDOs caused problems, and the market for subprime mortgage CDOs still hasn't recovered. But there are still lots of other cash-flow-slicing businesses, many of them using the CO terminology, and you can still occasionally read articles about how "the same technology that caused the 2008 mortgage crisis is coming for" some other business.
Much of this involves taking medium-safe cash flows and parceling them into very safe and pleasingly risky cash flows. A subprime mortgage will probably get paid back, but the appetite for probably-get-paid-back mortgage risk seems to be less than the combined appetite for (1) very very safe senior mortgage risk plus (2) riskier but higher-yielding mortgage risk. Same with leveraged corporate loans or fast-food franchises or whatever. But you can do it with very risky stuff, if you want. We previously talked about this basic move — put stuff in a box, issue junior and senior claims — as a way to create decentralized stablecoins in crypto. You put $2 worth of risky cryptocurrency in a box, you issue a $1 senior claim on the box and call it a "stablecoin" that is always worth a dollar, and you give someone else a $1 levered risky crypto bet. If the $2 worth of cryptocurrency rises to $5, the levered junior claimant does well; if it falls to $1, the levered junior claim is wiped out but the stablecoin is still worth $1. If the $2 worth of cryptocurrency falls to $0.0001, as happens, then the stablecoin is no longer stable, oops.
Every few years I read someone proposing to do this with stocks. Like, put the S&P 500 Index in a box, issue senior claims that pay interest and are pretty safe, issue junior claims that are a levered bet on stocks, I don't know, like a securitized index margin loan. Fine.
Anyway here's the Financial Times on collateralized fund obligations:
The product is known as a "collateralised fund obligation" and its aim is to diversify risk by parceling up the companies providing returns. CFOs are, in some ways, a private equity variant of "collateralised debt obligations", the bundles of mortgage-backed securities that only reached the public consciousness when they wreaked havoc during the 2008 financial crisis. …
The vehicle exposed to Envision is one of several CFOs launched by Azalea, an independently-run unit of the Singapore state-owned investor Temasek. It is more transparent than most because it is offered to retail investors, though Azalea does not tell those investors which portfolio companies they are exposed to, citing "confidentiality obligations".
In effect, the CFO is a box containing stakes in 38 private equity and growth funds that Azalea committed money to. The funds are managed by many of the industry's biggest names including Blackstone, KKR, Carlyle and General Atlantic. ...
The CFO issues senior and junior bonds, which can be bought by retail investors and which offer fixed interest payments of 4.1 per cent and 6 per cent. When the 38 funds hand cash to their investors, the CFO uses it to make interest payments, then holds some back in a reserve account designed to ultimately pay off the principal.
Any remaining cash, after debt repayments and expenses, goes to the holders of the CFO's equity, in this case Azalea itself. Owning the equity is "nothing more than a levered investment into private equity", says Jeff Johnston, chairman of the Fund Finance Association.
S&P Global and Fitch rate the senior bonds in Azalea's CFO as A+, an investment-grade rating that means it is deemed unlikely to default, and is far higher than the typical junk-grade ratings of individual private equity-owned companies.
Azalea told the FT that it structured transactions with "downside risk mitigation in mind", using "conservative" loan-to-value ratios and putting "various structural safeguards" in place to protect investors.
Another, funnier sort of financial innovation is about subtracting liquidity. If you can buy and sell something whenever you want at a clearly observable market price, that is efficient, sure, but it can also be annoying. Consider the following financial product:
1. You give me the password to your brokerage account. 2. I change it. 3. You can't look at your brokerage account for one year, because you don't have the password. 4. At the end of the year, I give you back your password and you pay me $5.
Is this a good product? For me, sure, I got $5 for like one minute of work. [1] For you, I would argue, it's also pretty good. For one thing, you avoid the stress of looking at your brokerage account all the time and worrying when it goes down. For another thing, you avoid the popular temptation of bad market timing: You can't panic and sell stocks after they fall, or get greedy and buy more after they rise, because I have your password. "It is well known that one of the best services a retail broker can provide is not answering the phones during a crash," I once wrote; in this product I am charging you for that service. Your mileage will vary — perhaps you are good at market timing — but this service might well be worth more than $5 to you.
There are variations. For instance, if you have borrowed money to buy a stock, and the stock's market price drops a lot, you will get a margin call from your broker asking you to put up more money. If you don't have the money handy, the broker will sell the stock, and you will have lost money. If the market price then recovers, you will regret it. If you could buy a service that was, like, "if the price of my stock falls by more than 10%, we shut down the stock market and wait until the stock goes up again," then that would probably be useful to you. [2] In general that is not a service that you can buy, [3] but it is kind of a service that some people can buy. Xiang Guangda is a big metals tycoon, and he shorted a lot of nickel on the London Metals Exchange, and the price of nickel went up and he had huge losses, and the London Metals Exchange shut down nickel trading for a week or so so that the price could go down and he could avoid most of those losses. That was a very helpful service that the LME provided to him; they helped him out a lot, on his nickel trades, by shutting down nickel trading.
Or we have talked about a fun post from Cliff Asness titled "The Illiquidity Discount," in which he argues that private equity is essentially in the business of selling illiquidity. If you are a big institution and you buy stocks in public companies, the stocks might go down, and you will be sad for various reasons. You might be tempted to sell at the wrong time. You will have to report your results to your stakeholders, and if the stocks went down those results will be bad and you will get yelled at or fired. Whereas if you put your money in a private equity fund, it will buy whole public companies and take them private, and then you won't know what the stock price is and won't be able to sell. The private equity fund will send you periodic reports about the values of your investments, but those values won't necessarily move that much with public-market stock prices: The fund will base its valuations on its estimates of long-term cash flows, and those will not change from day to day. By being illiquid, the private equity fund can look less volatile. Getting similar returns with less volatility is good; getting similar returns and feeling like you have less volatility also might be good. [4] Asness writes:
If people get that PE is truly volatile but you just don't see it, what's all the excitement about? Well, big time multi-year illiquidity and its oft-accompanying pricing opacity may actually be a feature not a bug! Liquid, accurately priced investments let you know precisely how volatile they are and they smack you in the face with it. What if many investors actually realize that this accurate and timely information will make them worse investors as they'll use that liquidity to panic and redeem at the worst times? What if illiquid, very infrequently and inaccurately priced investments made them better investors as essentially it allows them to ignore such investments given low measured volatility and very modest paper drawdowns? "Ignore" in this case equals "stick with through harrowing times when you might sell if you had to face up to the full losses." What if investors are simply smart enough to know that they can take on a lot more risk (true long-term risk) if it's simply not shoved in their face every day (or multi-year period!)?
One objection to this sort of financial product — illiquidity provision — is that it does not generate a lot of transactions. If you work at a bank and you think of a product that will cause customers to trade bonds or houses or diamonds more often, then it is pretty easy to figure out how to make money from that product. (Do the trades for the customers, and take a commission.) If you work at a bank and you think of a product that will cause them to trade less often, it is harder. Basically you have to charge them a bigger fee for doing less work. "We'll give you a bond fund that offers instantaneous liquidity and transparent market prices and charge you five basis points a year, or we can give you a different fund that offers no liquidity and only updates prices when we feel like it, and that's gonna be 200 basis points."
Finance rewards cleverness. Sometimes this is true in a pleasingly positive-sum way; if you can cleverly think up a new way to slice cash flows or allocate risk then you can get rich by increasing economic activity. Often, though, it is true in some straightforwardly zero-sum way: If you have a contract with a counterparty, and you cleverly ferret out a hidden provision in the contract that says that your counterparty has to give you $10 million, then you get $10 million and they lose $10 million.
We talk quite a lot around here about those stories. Lots of market structure, for instance, falls into this category: If you find a way to buy stock a bit before someone else does, you win and they lose, but not necessarily in a way that makes the world better. It's just a game that you're playing with each other. Or: People finding clever readings of credit-default swaps was a big theme of this column for a few years. Someone buys CDS to bet against (or hedge) the credit risk of a company, and someone else sells them that CDS to bet on the credit of that company, and then the buyer and the seller separately go to the company and say "hey if you press this button right here our counterparty will have to give us $50 million and we'll give you $20 million of it," and the company is like "who are you? Sure, I guess," and it is weird. There are intersections between this stuff and the real economic world — I think that sometimes it is net good for the world, and other times it is net bad — but it mostly feels pretty abstract. Some hedge funds are trying to trick each other using finance and that's just their business.
There are, in the traditional financial system, constraints on this sort of cleverness. Obviously one set of constraints is, like, it is hard to find arbitrages in markets or flaws in contracts, and the people on the other side are also smart and have good computers and good lawyers and are trying to trick you too. Still, sometimes you will find a winning trade.
Even so, though, there are a lot of external constraints, constraints of laws and norms. If you find a flaw in a contract that says your counterparty has to pay you $50 million, she might say no. And you might go to court over it, and point to the language that says she has to pay you $50 million, and the judge might say "what, no, this is stupid, it can't have meant that, get out of here." The judge will refer to vague ideas — equity, the intent of the parties, the covenant of good faith and fair dealing — to reject your clever reading of the contract. And then you won't get your $50 million. There is some amount of cleverness that is too clever.
Or if you find some really clever market-structure trick, some button that you can push to reliably make money on every trade, a regulator might show up and accuse you of "market manipulation." That is a somewhat ill-defined concept, but if you are reliably making money on every trade by being cleverer than your counterparties, there's a decent chance that you are guilty of it. (And in fact the US Securities and Exchange Commission seems to think that causing a "manufactured default" in CDS — asking a company to push a button to make your CDS counterparty pay you — is illegal market manipulation.)
Or: About a decade ago, some electricity traders at JPMorgan Chase & Co. read the rule book of the electricity market really closely and noticed that the rules would reward them for insanely uneconomic activity. They did this insanely uneconomic activity, and were richly rewarded. And then they were even more richly fined by regulators. I once wrote about this case:
JPMorgan read the rules carefully and greedily, and exploited the rules. It did this openly and honestly, in ways that were ridiculous but explicitly allowed by the rules. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission fined it $410 million for doing this, and JPMorgan meekly paid up. What JPMorgan did was explicitly allowed by the rules , but that doesn't mean that it was allowed. Just because rules are dumb and you are smart, that doesn't always mean that you get to take advantage of them.
At some very high level of generality, there are the explicit rules — the words of the contract, the mechanisms of the stock exchange, etc. — and then there is a background set of fairness norms. And if you find a way to make a ton of money with a too-clever reading of the explicit rules, the background fairness norms will kick into gear and you will get in trouble. Following the rules is good, but following the rules to absurd places is bad, perhaps a crime.
In crypto … yeesh. In crypto, explicit rules are very popular, and are often coded into computer programs. The rules of a decentralized finance market will be embedded in open-source smart contracts, and you can read them, and if you find a clever way to exploit them — to "hack" the smart contract, or to "manipulate" the market, to use loaded, traditional terms — then you can do that, quickly and efficiently and at scale.
But crypto is also very young , as an industry, which means two things:
1. All these smart contracts were written 20 minutes ago, they do not have many years of testing, and some of them will have big flaws that someone can exploit. 2. There is not long-standing agreement on some set of background norms about what to do when that happens.
And so sometimes there will be a "hack" or "exploit" in crypto and people will say "hey that's great, the contract worked as written, you're not allowed to complain." (Thus the scare quotes around "hack" and "exploit": Some people will deny that those loaded terms apply.) Other times, people will say "this is unacceptable," and everyone will get together to reverse the transactions and act like they never happened. Other times, people will say "hey let's call the police," and perhaps the police will come and arrest the "hacker" for hacking or market manipulation or whatever. There are other possible outcomes. I wrote yesterday, somewhat fancifully, about decentralized autonomous vigilantism as a possible solution to crypto hacks.
Still there does seem to be a developing norm that says "if you hack a decentralized finance protocol and run off with a bunch of money, you can keep some of it as a reward for your cleverness, but you have to return most of it because keeping it all would be mean and perhaps a crime." The model is a "bug bounty," though sort of after the fact: If you find a flaw in a protocol's security, they should pay you a reward for pointing it out, but you should not get to take all their money.
Here is a simplistic, wrong, but almost plausible history of stock-market investing:
1. Stock markets were invented to let people finance productive businesses and share in the profits. You and 100 other people give a railroad company some money to build tracks, it builds tracks, it runs trains, it makes money, it pays you all a nice 7% dividend out of the money it makes. 2. Markets quickly became a way for people to gamble on speculative ventures. You couldn't get a ton of financial information about those investments, so you were just guessing which ones were good. You bought stocks because you thought other people would buy them. "The professional investor is forced to concern himself with the anticipation of impending changes, in the news or in the atmosphere, of the kind by which experience shows that the mass psychology of the market is most influenced," wrote Keynes in 1936. "The actual, private object of the most skilled investment today is 'to beat the gun,' as the Americans so well express it, to outwit the crowd, and to pass the bad, or depreciating, half-crown to the other fellow." If you wanted to analyze how much to pay for a stock, you would concern yourself with questions of mood. You would "read the tape," get a sense of how the market felt , and then buy if you thought people were going to be bullish and sell if you thought they'd be bearish. The profits of the underlying business might affect the mood, but they were not your primary concern. The mood was. 3. But in 1934, Benjamin Graham invented discounted cash flow analysis,[1] and stocks became (again) a way to bet on the future profits of productive enterprises. If you wanted to analyze a stock, you'd analyze its operations and build a spreadsheet and predict its future financial results and do some math to those results to get a current value. If the value was higher than the price, you'd buy the stock. There were reasons that this approach became dominant. The crash of 1929 and the ensuing depression meant that the mood was bad , so investing in productive businesses was relatively more attractive than betting on mass enthusiasm. The creation of the modern US system of securities regulation in the 1930s meant that stock manipulation was harder to do, while getting financial information about companies was easier: You actually could analyze cash flows. But, also, doing math to sober business analyses just seems more professional. If investing is a game of mass psychology and gambling, then it is not quite respectable to make your living from it. If investing is a business of building complex quantitative models to allocate capital to its best uses, then it is much more reputable and impressive, and you can hire lots of Harvard applied-math majors to do it. 4. In roughly 2021 the pendulum swung back again. Now the way you invest in stocks is by guessing which stocks other people will want to buy, math and financial statements are worthless, and the reputable finance businesspeople keep getting blown up by online gamblers.
One great theme of the post-2008 financial world is that money is a social construct, a way to keep track of what society thinks you deserve in terms of goods and services. That has always been true, but modern finance has made it more obvious. I think that 15 years ago it was easier to think that money was an objective fact. Money is a kind of stuff, you might have thought, stuff with some predictable value that you can exchange for goods and services, and you can acquire a quantity of it and then you own that money and can use it however you like to buy things.
But the response to the 2008 global financial crisis, and to its later European aftershocks, made it clear that something else was going on. Who has money and what they can do with it can be adjusted by the actions of central banks and national treasuries; banks can be bailed out; costs can be socialized. The fiscal response to Covid-19 reinforced this point: Money is a tool of social decision-making, not an objective thing that you get through abstract merit.
There has also been the enormous rise of cryptocurrency, which taught two somewhat opposite lessons about this theme. On the one hand, the value of cryptocurrency is so clearly socially constructed: A Bitcoin was worth roughly nothing a decade ago, and roughly $41,000 today, solely because people collectively decided to ascribe value to Bitcoin. Bitcoin provided a clear and salient example of the fact that money gets its value from people agreeing that it's valuable.
On the other hand, though, crypto enthusiasts have always pitched it as a way around the traditional methods of social construction of money. Crypto is unregulated money, censorship-resistant money, money whose value is not subject to the whims of a central bank. These claims are not always true in practice — as crypto has become more valuable and more integrated with the mainstream financial system, it has become more subject to the same sorts of regulation — but they do highlight how the traditional system works. "Money is only useful if the government lets you use it" is now a thing that a lot of people believe, though often with the corollary "but Bitcoin fixes that."
What I want to suggest is that society is good , that it is good for people (and countries) to exist in a web of relationships in which their counterparties can judge their actions and punish bad actions. If money is socially constructed and property is contingent then money is a continuing, dynamic, ever-at-risk reward for prosocial behavior. I have in the past quoted J.W. Mason on money as a social scorecard:
In the classroom, one of the ways I suggest students think about money is as a kind of social scorecard. You did something good — made something somebody wanted, let somebody else use something you own, went to work and did everything the boss told you? Good for you, you get a cookie. Or more precisely, you get a credit, in both senses, in the personal record kept for you at a bank. Now you want something for yourself? OK, but that is going to be subtracted from the running total of how much you've done for the rest for us.>
People get very excited about China's social credit system, a sort of generalization of the "permanent record" we use to intimidate schoolchildren. And ok, it does sound kind of dystopian. If your rating is too low, you aren't allowed to fly on a plane. Think about that — a number assigned to every person, adjusted based on somebody's judgment of your pro-social or anti-social behavior. If your number is too low, you can't on a plane. If it's really low, you can't even get on a bus. Could you imagine a system like that in the US?>
Except, of course, that we have exactly this system already. The number is called a bank account. The difference is simply that we have so naturalized the system that "how much money you have" seems like simply a fact about you, rather than a judgment imposed by society.
The judgment of society can, in all sorts of ways, be bad. Pervasive social credit systems seem dystopian, and you would not really want the U.S. government making day-to-day decisions about who deserves to keep their bank accounts. But another idea is that money can insulate you from the obligations of society, and that is also bad. You get a claim on goods and services by being part of society, and having a big number next to you
If you are a young person with no credit history, or a person with bad credit history, you will want to "build your credit." This consists basically of creating a long record of reliably repaying your debts, so that credit reporting bureaus think you are a good credit, so that banks will happily lend you money, so that you can buy stuff on credit cards and get leases and mortgages and car loans. If you have no or bad credit this is hard, though, since no one will advance you any credit, so you won't have any debts to pay, so you won't build credit.
There are canonical approaches. Banks will give you credit cards with low credit limits so you can start small and build from there. Or they will give you secured credit cards: You put $1,000 in a bank account, you get a linked credit card with a $1,000 limit, the credit advanced to you is secured by the money in your account, the bank takes no credit risk but reports repayments to the credit bureaus, etc.
What if there was a simpler way? Yesterday reader Sark Asadourian sent me a link to a Credit Building product from Canadian fintech Koho, and I haven't stopped laughing about it since. Here is the "How it works" section of the website:
1 Start by subscribing to Credit Building for $7/month in-app
2 Sit back. We'll report your progress to a major credit bureau and help you grow your credit score in just 6 months — without having to lift a finger
3 Ensure there's $7 in your Spendable account each month to cover the subscription fee. That's it!
They will demonstrate to a credit bureau that you pay your bills, by sending you a $7 bill each month, which you will pay. What is the bill for? For demonstrating that you pay your bills. They'll charge you $7 a month for charging you $7 a month. What you get for the $7 is a record that you paid $7. Which could conceivably be worth $7 to you! Possibly this is good for the customers! I cannot stop laughing. This is maybe the best financial product I have ever seen.[13] "For the low cost of $7 a month, you can pay us $7 a month." Everything else is so dull and overelaborated. Imagine being the person who came up with this. Imagine the bright wild gleam in your eye, coming in to work that day to tell your colleagues.
Also though imagine messing this up. You're a young person, money is tight, you sign up for Credit Building, you pay them $7 a month for a few months but then life gets complicated, your account balance gets below $7 and you miss a payment. Do they report that to a credit bureau? Does it hurt your credit? Oh you'd better believe it:
Just as making your payments on time will positively impact your credit score, the inverse is true. Not making your payments on time will hurt your credit score.
To keep it simple: We advise you to let KOHO do all the work after you register. Just ensure there is $7 in your Spendable balance for the subscription fee each month and you won't miss a payment!
Seems harsh!
The way business works is that you have some assets and they're funded by some liabilities. The assets generate some income which you use to pay back the liabilities. You borrow some money, you buy a machine for your factory, the machine makes widgets, you sell the widgets, you get money, you pay back the money you borrowed, you have some money left over as profit, life is good. One way to make more profit is to make the assets worth more, to make them produce more income; if you can tune up the widget machine to make more widgets then you will have more profit.
Another way to make more profit is to make the liabilities worth less. This is the weirder way. If you borrow $100 to buy a widget machine, and the widget machine produces $120 of widgets, then you have $20 of profit. If you go to your lenders and say "instead of $100 what if I paid you back $75?" and they say "sure that's fine no problem" then you have $45 of profit. You got an extra $25 of profit from not having to pay off all your debt. Why would that work? It doesn't generally work. But sometimes it could.
A while back, people sometimes got worked up about how banks were accounting for the changes in fair value of their own debt. Basically if a bank issued a $100 bond for $100, and then its credit got worse and the bond only traded at $95, the bank would say "well we sold something worth $95 for $100 so I guess we have $5 in income" and add $5 to its net income. The result was that when banks had a really bad quarter — when investors started worrying that they were riskier and might fail — their credit spreads increased and they reported billions of dollars of gains due to changes in the value of their debt. (Conversely, when things got better, they reported big losses.)
This feels wrong. Your own credit getting worse doesn't get you more money. People got mad about this, about how the accounting failed to match the reality of the cash flows; eventually the accounting was changed. But if you're a financial engineer this is nothing to get mad about. If you're a financial engineer this is an inspiration. "How can we turn our own credit getting worse into cash ," is the correct question to ask.
Here is one way. You borrow $100 to buy an asset worth $100. You use it for a while, it makes widgets that you sell for a profit. It depreciates, it gets old, it produces fewer widgets. Now it's worth $50. You still owe $100 on the loan. The asset plus the loan are worth negative $50. If you sell them together — the asset and the loan — a buyer should be willing to pay you negative $50 for them. That is, you'd have to pay the buyer to take on the asset plus the loan.
But what if you find a buyer with terrible, terrible credit? The buyer will say "I can buy this asset and it will generate $50 of profits for me, which I will spend. Then I will have to pay off this $100 loan, but — and here's the trick — I won't do that." Eventually the lender will sue the buyer for the money, the buyer will turn their pockets inside out and gesture comically to their lack of money, and the lender will get, you know, nothing.[1]
How much will that buyer pay you for the asset plus the liability? I dunno, probably not $50, but more than negative $50. Maybe they'll pay you $5 for it, which is $55 more than it's worth to you. Maybe they'll value the package at $25 (or $50?) on their books, reporting an immediate gain of $20. Everybody wins! Except, to be clear, the lender. The lender loses $100.
Lenders do not like this sort of thing and they try to avoid it; you probably cannot do this trade with your actual widget-making machine. But there are other sorts of liabilities.
Here's one. The way a natural gas well works is that you drill a well, and then you pump gas out of it for a while, and then it runs out of gas, and then you have to "cap" the well, fill it in with concrete so it doesn't just leak methane into the atmosphere forever. In the U.S., state laws impose this capping requirement on the owner of the well; it is a sort of liability that comes with the well. If you drill a successful well, you get an asset (a hole in the ground that produces natural gas that you can sell for money) and a liability (the obligation to spend money in the future to fill the hole with concrete). Early in the well's life, the asset is worth a lot (it produces a lot of gas) and the liability is worth a little (you will not have to fill it in for many years, so the net present value of the money you will eventually spend to fill it in is low). You open the well and you have a $100 asset and a $5 liability. Good work.
But then you pump for a while and you deplete most of the gas and now the asset is only worth $10 because it won't produce much more gas. And you know that in a year or two you'll have to pay $20 to cap it, so you record that liability at a present value of, you know, $18 or whatever.
But then someone comes to you and says: Look, this well will produce $10 more of gas, and I can sell that gas and make a profit and spend it. And I can do this much slower than you: You will just pump the rest of the gas out and have to cap the well in a year or two, but me, I'm in no rush. I will drag out the process so that I can produce a little gas for like 20 years. Then in 20 years regulators will say "okay time to cap the well" and I will turn my pockets inside out and gesture comically to my lack of money. Maybe I'll say "just give me 20 more years," and the regulators will say okay, because what's the alternative? And then in 40 years, who knows, maybe I'll cap the well, but I'll definitely have spent all the money by then.
How much is that well worth to that buyer? I dunno? Maybe $7? They get $10 worth of gas and have $3 of hassle and expense in deferring the capping liability indefinitely? If they buy it from you for $2, you make a profit — you had the thing valued at negative $8 ($10 asset, $18 capping liability), and now you have sold it for positive $2 — and they make a profit (since they paid $2 for a stream of profits worth $7). Everybody wins! Except, you know, the well never gets capped and methane leaks into the atmosphere forever.
This is apparently a standard business model in the natural gas industry. Big well-capitalized companies drill and operate productive wells, but as the wells get depleted, they are sold to small poorly capitalized companies to get the capping liabilities off the big companies' books. Here is a fascinating story of financial engineering from Bloomberg's Zachary Mider and Rachel Adams-Heard:
American oil executives talk about a food chain in their industry. Big, well-capitalized companies tend to be the ones to drill wells and harvest the first years' production. As output tapers, wells typically change hands a few times, then spend their golden years with a smaller, more financially shaky company. If that company goes broke, there's no money to plug the well. In most states, previous owners aren't liable. That helps explain how an industry that created some of the biggest fortunes and most valuable companies has also produced hundreds of thousands of orphaned wells, with no owner around to clean them up. The Interstate Oil & Gas Compact Commission estimates the number across the U.S. may be as high as 800,000. In August the U.S. Senate approved an infrastructure bill that includes $4.7 billion to begin tackling the problem.
Companies are sort of arbitrary things. You can create a corporation by filling out a form and paying a small fee. You can create as many as you want. If you have three different businesses, you can have three separate corporations, or you can do them all out of one big corporation, or you can do them out of three corporations all owned by one big holding corporation, or you can put a few other corporations in between, whatever. As many as you want.
One important fact about corporations is that they have limited liability: If a corporation owes more money to creditors than it has, it goes bankrupt and the creditors take whatever money it has left. The shareholders of the corporation don't generally owe any extra money. Generally speaking, the value of a corporation's stock can't be less than $0: If you buy stock in a company, and it goes bust, your stock may turn out worthless, but you won't owe anything else.
These two facts — corporations have limited liability, and you can make as many as you want — might give you ideas. Let's say you run a big business in a corporation, Big Co. It has lots of assets and lots of liabilities. Let's say it has $10 billion of assets and $4 billion of liabilities. Big Co. should be worth $6 billion, its net worth, its assets minus its liabilities.
But what if you split it into two corporations? Start one company called Asset Co. and put the $10 billion of assets into it, with no liabilities. Start another company called Liability Co. and put the $4 billion of liabilities into it, with no assets. Asset Co. should be worth $10 billion. Liability Co. has a net worth of negative $4 billion — lots of liabilities, no assets — but a corporation can't generally have negative value to its owners; corporate stock can't be worth less than zero. So let's say Liability Co. is worth $0. Asset Co. plus Liability Co. are worth $10 billion, which is more than they were worth ($6 billion) as a combined company. Good trade!
This is a thing that, mechanically, you could do. For instance:
1. Big Co. creates a new subsidiary, Asset Co. 2. Big Co. contributes all of its assets to Asset Co. in exchange for stock in Asset Co. 3. Big Co. spins off the stock of Asset Co. to its shareholders (as a dividend payable in Asset Co. stock). 4. Big Co. renames itself Liability Co.
Now the former shareholders of Big Co. (worth $6 billion) have become the shareholders of Asset Co. (worth $10 billion) and Liability Co. (worth $0). They are better off. Meanwhile the former creditors of Big Co. are much worse off: When Big Co. owed them $4 billion, it had plenty of money to pay them; now that Liability Co. owes them $4 billion, it has no money, and they won't get paid.
What stops you from doing this? Well, if your liabilities are bonds or bank loans, there will probably be provisions in the contract saying you can't do this — Big Co. can't transfer all or substantially all of its assets, etc. But some liabilities won't have provisions like that. In particular, contingent tort liabilities won't have any contracts at all. If Big Co. got all its money by crashing cars into people or manufacturing asbestos, those people will sue it for money, and in an economic sense those lawsuits will all be liabilities. But they won't be contractual liabilities (at least until you settle); you'll have no agreement with the people suing you about what you're allowed to do with your corporate structure.
Instead, there is a general legal principle about "fraudulent transfers." This is a term of art referring to, you know, this sort of trade: If you have a company, and it owes people money, and you move all the assets out of the company so that it can't pay off its creditors, then that is a "fraudulent transfer" and a court will not allow it. This principle is found in, for instance, Section 548 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, as well as in many states' laws in the form of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act.[5] There are specific details and borderline cases to consider, and the law here can be complex, but the point is that the super-obvious trade I laid out above would be a fraudulent transfer and a court would not allow it. The Liability Co. creditors would be able to go after Asset Co.'s assets to get their debts paid.
Here, however, is another form of the trade:
1. Big Co. reincorporates in the state of Texas. 2. Big Co. does a merger into two companies, Asset Co. and Liability Co. Usually a "merger" involves two companies becoming one new company, but Texas law allows a thing called a "divisive merger," in which one company "merges" and becomes two new companies. 3. Asset Co. gets the assets, Liability Co. gets the liabilities, and former Big Co. shareholders get shares of both.
This sounds like the same thing as the spinoff version I laid out above. But it is different in one small weird way, which is that there is a sense among lawyers that a "merger" is not a "transfer." For instance, if Small Co. has a lease on some office space, the lease might say "Small Co. may not transfer or assign this lease," because the landlord wants to deal with Small Co. and not some random other tenant. Small Co. can't just sell the lease to some other company. But if Small Co. merges with Medium Co., that's different: Its corporate form has changed, but the-company-formerly-known-as-Small-Co. is still using the office space and paying the rent, so it would be a little weird to say that it has violated the lease. And so often mergers are not treated as transfers for various relevant legal purposes.
Usually this is fine because a merger means combining two companies into one company, but in Texas a "merger" can mean splitting one company into two companies and things can get weird. As Adam Levitin writes:
Why would it matter that a division is defined as a "merger" under Texas law? Because the Texas Business Organizations Code provides that a merger operates "without ... any transfer or assignment having occurred." The thinking is that if there's no transfer in a divisive merger, then there cannot be a fraudulent transfer.
Is that right? Nobody knows! Levitin goes on:
Now, it is far from clear that Texas's fraudulent transfer law--or any other jurisdiction's--would defer to the Texas Business Organizations Code regarding whether there is a transfer, but there's no law on that point (but it has gotten some consideration in this thoughtful law review comment).
But I guess it's worth a shot:
Johnson & Johnson is exploring a plan to offload liabilities from widespread Baby Powder litigation into a newly created business that would then seek bankruptcy protection, according to seven people familiar with the matter.>
During settlement discussions, one of the healthcare conglomerate's attorneys has told plaintiffs' lawyers that J&J could pursue the bankruptcy plan, which could result in lower payouts for cases that do not settle beforehand, some of the people said. Plaintiffs' lawyers would initially be unable to stop J&J from taking such a step, though could pursue legal avenues to challenge it later. ...>
J&J faces legal actions from tens of thousands of plaintiffs alleging its Baby Powder and other talc products contained asbestos and caused cancer. The plaintiffs include women suffering from ovarian cancer and others battling mesothelioma. ...>
J&J is now considering using Texas's "divisive merger" law, which allows a company to split into at least two entities. For J&J, that could create a new entity housing talc liabilities that would then file for bankruptcy to halt litigation, some of the people said.>
The maneuver is known among legal experts as a Texas two-step bankruptcy, a strategy other companies facing asbestos litigation have used in recent years.
It does seem … wrong? Like, obviously, if you run a big company that has big liabilities, you'd like to be able to just get rid of the liabilities. And obviously com
A major problem in finance is that a lot of lawyers became lawyers because they did not like math, while a lot of bankers and traders became bankers and traders because they did not like to read. So lots of financial contracts will consist of 10 or 50 or 200 pages of text, which a lawyer will cheerfully write (or sullenly copy and paste, fine) but which her client will not read, and buried within those pages there will be like three formulas, which the lawyer will write and which might be wrong. The lawyer, who fears math, will write the formula wrong, and her client, who knows math but fears words, will not read it, and so the wrong formula will be enshrined in the contract. (It does not help that the formula will generally be written in words — it will look like a very long sentence rather than a formula — due mostly to typographical limitations. So it won't look appealing to anybody.)
These are both — "lawyers can't do math," "traders can't read" — cruel stereotypes and mostly untrue, so in fact the formulas are rarely wrong. (On my old desk, several of the bankers were ex-lawyers, and our lawyer had an advanced degree in math.) But not entirely untrue, so sometimes the formulas are wrong. We have talked a couple of times about a Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. convertible bond where, deep in of a document that no one read, the lawyers put a constant in a formula where they should have put a variable, with the result that instead of paying $700 million the bond said it would pay $5 billion. Oops! This was plainly a mistake: It was not what anyone had agreed to; the formula written in the document did not reflect the economic deal that the parties understood. So Ligand corrected the document, and then some investors sued (you gotta try!), but they lost. You get to correct obvious mistakes, the judge decided.
Or here's an even sillier story from Bloomberg's Tracy Alloway:
In this particular contract (a lease for a term of 25 years), Monsolar agreed to pay annual rent to Woden Park that would increase every year according to inflation as measured by the Retail Price Index, or RPI, one of the two main consumer price indices produced by the U.K.'s Office for National Statistics. The initial amount was set at £15,000 ($20,691) and was governed by a formula for future increases.
That formula, apparently constructed by the landlord himself from examples 'available on the internet,' looks something like this:
Revised rent = Previous year's rent x (May RPI for current year)/(May 2013 RPI)
Perhaps you can see where this is going?
Yeah where it's going is that double-counts: You can adjust for inflation by multiplying last year's rent by the change in the price index since last year, or you can adjust for inflation by multiplying the first year's rent by the change in the price index since inception, but if you adjust by multiplying last year's rent by the change in the price index since inception then you're sort of compounding twice. (If you cobble together a formula based on examples on the internet, you might find yourself doing everything at once.) "By the tenant's calculation, were RPI to increase over the lease term in line with the preceding 20-year average (2.855% per annum) the annual rent payable in the final year of the lease would end up being just over £76,000,000 — a cool $100 million — and by the end of the 25-year lease an increase of some 507,000%."
The tenant sued to change the contract to say what they meant — adjust, once, for inflation — and the landlord said, nah man, you signed the contract, pay us our $100 million. The U.K. court sided with the tenant because you get to correct obvious mistakes, the landlord appealed, and the appeals court also sided with the tenant because honestly come on we live in a society.
Two points here. One is that "honestly come on we live in a society" is a good bedrock principle of the common law; you certainly can't rely on it to protect all of your interests — don't go around signing contracts that you don't mean! — but it tends to soften the blow of the most egregious cases. It is, however, a principle that requires human intervention and common sense; it is hard to automate. Smart contracts on the blockchain can't solve this: If code is law, and the code is wrong, oops, you pay the $100 million.
The other thing is that I can't resist quoting this passage from the appellate decision, describing the original judge's decision[2]:
He proceeded to consider whether it was clear what sch 6 was objectively intended to mean. MonSolar's case was that the drafting mistake should be corrected by reading the Formula as if it read:
"Revised Rent = Original Rent (£15,000) x (May RPI for current year) / (May 2013 RPI)"
Fancourt J however considered that the appropriate correction was as follows:
"Revised Rent = Previous year's Rent x (May RPI for current year) / (May RPI for previous year)"
I will call these "Correction A" and "Correction B" respectively.
No doubt due to the fact that he was having to resolve the issues on written submissions alone, Fancourt J evidently thought that Correction A and Correction B produced different results, and he proceeded to explain why he preferred Correction B. This part of his judgment, with respect, is not entirely easy to understand, but in summary it appears he thought that Correction A would only produce simple increases whereas Correction B would produce compound increases. It is however common ground that the premise is false and that Correction A and Correction B will always produce exactly the same results. This is because RPI itself is in effect compounded, as a simple illustration demonstrates: if an item costing £100 is subject to RPI increases of 2% a year, it will cost £102 after one year and £104.04 (not £104) after two years, and the total RPI increase over the two years will be 4.04% not 4%. So it does not matter whether one calculates the price at the end of year 2 as £100 x 104.04/100 (Correction A), or £102 x 104.04/102 (Correction B). Both produce the same figure of £104.04.
Compounding! Who can understand it? If you get it wrong in your contract and go to court to fix it, what are the odds the judge will understand it?
The next step is to separate this theory entirely from cash flows, companies, etc. Just like: "We have issued shares of nothing, and as long as people continue to buy those shares of nothing at some positive price, our debt will always be money-good." The way an algorithmic stablecoin works is that somebody creates two cryptocurrency tokens, let's call them Dollarcoin and Sharecoin. And they write a white paper that says "Dollarcoins will always be worth $1, and if they are ever worth less than $1 we will print some Sharecoins and sell them to buy Dollarcoins until the price of Dollarcoins goes back to $1, and we can always print an arbitrary number of Sharecoins and sell them for a positive amount of money and use the money to buy Dollarcoins, so Dollarcoins will always be worth a dollar." There is generally a great deal more hand-waving involved than that,[4] but that's the economic heart of it. Is this argument appealing? It is wrong, but is it interestingly wrong? Anyway lol:
Iron Titanium token (TITAN), the share token of a one-time multibillion-dollar decentralized finance (DeFi) protocol, has fallen to near zero.The token was last seen changing hands for around $0.000000035, down from Wednesday's high of $65. The fallout, which has been swift, has brought the project to its knees. ...The project was attempting to boot a partially collateralized stablecoin known as IRON. The stablecoin, in turn, consists of Circle and Coinbase's stablecoin USDC (-0.08%) as well as TITAN and was pegged to $1. Stablecoins are cryptocurrencies whose value is attached to financial assets such as commodities or government-issued currency in a bid to keep them "stable."In the case of IRON, which receives its collateral backing from TITAN, users may mint new stablecoins through a mechanism on Iron Finance's network by locking up 25% in TITAN and 75% in USDC.Due to how the tokenomics of this particular DeFi project functions, when new IRON stablecoins are minted, the demand for TITAN increases, driving up its price. Conversely, when the price of TITAN falls dramatically, as was the case on Wednesday evening, the peg becomes unstable."TITAN's price went to $65 and then pulled back to $60. This caused whales to start selling," Fred Schebesta, founder of Finder.com.au and Iron Finance investor, told CoinDesk via Telegram. "That then led to a big de-pegging of [IRON]"As whales (large bag holders) began to offload their TITAN tokens, they flooded the market with excess tokens, causing a bank run. A bank run refers to a situation when a large portion of users attempt to withdraw their money at the same time believing the bank, or in this case, the protocol, will cease to exist.In turn, as TITAN began to fall in dramatic fashion so did the pegged value of IRON. As whale dumps further decreased the value of IRON, it triggered the stablecoin's mechanism that mints TITAN and removes liquidity in a bid to stabilize IRON to $1.This caused an arbitrage opportunity in the difference in price of IRON and TITAN, which in turn flooded the market with even more TITAN tokens adding additional sell pressure and destabilizing IRON's price even further."It was a crypto vortex of money," said Schebesta.In the beginning, users were receiving an incredible 2%-5% annual percentage rate per day. When the dust settled, TITAN was near zero and IRON was last seen trading way off peg, around $0.69.
If the price of IRON goes down from $1 (good) to $0.95 (bad), you just issue some TITAN (worth $65) to buy some IRON until it's worth $1 again. And if IRON keeps going down, you just issue some more TITAN (worth $60) and buy more. And if IRON keeps going down … [you can fill in some more iterations here] … you just keep issuing TITAN (worth $0.000000035) and at that point you're not accomplishing much. If you could sell 286 trillion TITAN at $0.000000035 each you'd raise $10 million. That's probably hard. There are 285 million IRON (formerly worth $1) outstanding. I am oversimplifying the IRON mechanism — really it's partially algorithmic and partially col
Here's a question for you:
Imagine betting on a horse in a race without properly knowing the past performance or rankings of the horses involved in the race. You could choose to bet your money on a horse called Sonic Thunder or on a horse called Brian the Snail. On which horse would you bet?
I would bet on Brian the Snail, wouldn't you? I have read Nassim Taleb, and studies about investment managers. If you know only that (1) there is a horse race and (2) Sonic Thunder and Brian the Snail are racing in it, it is reasonable to assume that Brian the Snail, with his silly slow name, had to work harder and run faster just to get into the race, while Sonic Thunder probably just moseyed in based on his awesome name. At some point some trainer somewhere was like "hmm Sonic Thunder ran backwards in that race but I am going to give him another chance because Sonic Thunder goes boom," while some other trainer was dragged grudgingly to watch Brian the Snail work out on some dingy fourth-rate track and was like "wait Brian the Snail is the fastest horse I've ever seen." Someone paid an entry fee for both of these horses, and it was harder to get them to pay an entry fee for Brian the Snail, which means that Brian the Snail wanted it more.
I suppose the counter-argument is that, when you name a horse, you don't necessarily know how fast he is but you do know how fast his parents are? Like if you breed two slow horses together and they have a foal you call him Brian the Snail? Of course presumably you're only breeding fast parents anyway, if you're trying to breed racehorses? I do not actually know much about horse breeding.
Anyway it turns out that my betting instinct is correct but unpopular. The question is quoted from "Sonic Thunder vs. Brian the Snail: Are people affected by uninformative racehorse names?" by Oliver Merz, Raphael Flepp and Egon Franck, forthcoming in the Journal of Behavioral and Experimental Economics. Here is the abstract[9]:
This paper examines whether individuals' decision making is affected by fast-sounding horse names in a betting exchange market environment. In horse racing, the name of a horse does not depend on the horse's performance and is thus uninformative. If positive affect towards fast-sounding horse names is present, we expect less accurate prices, i.e., winning probabilities, and lower returns due to the increased demand for these bets. Using over 3 million horse bets, we find evidence that the winning probabilities of bets on horses with fast-sounding names are overstated, which impairs the prediction accuracy of such bets. This finding implies that prices in betting exchange markets are distorted by incorporating affective, misleading information from a horse's fast-sounding name. Consequently, this bias translates into significantly lower betting returns for horses with names classified as fast-sounding compared to the returns for all other horses.
We talk from time to time around here about stocks that go up because people like their tickers; same basic idea really. Anyway there is not actually a Slow Racehorse Name Arbitrage due to transaction costs:
A simple trading strategy of betting against all horses classified as fast-sounding yields a return of approximately 2.9% before the commission but a negative return of −1.6% after deducting the standard commission of 5% from Betfair. This finding could be bracketed under the "limits of arbitrage" argument of Gromb and Vayanos (2010) because the mispricing is not large enough to overcome the transaction costs; thus, potentially misleading or false information is not fully eliminated from prices. Nevertheless, this strategy generates significantly larger returns than a random betting strategy in which approximately zero returns are achieved before commission and a negative return of −4.7% is achieved after the commission is considered. Despite wagering real money, a substantial share of the betting community seems to be systematically biased in preferring bets on fast-sounding horses over bets on other horses.
Just over a year ago, I proposed what I called the Boredom Markets Hypothesis. Retail investors, the theory goes, trade stocks because it is more fun than whatever else they could be doing with their time. Typically it is fun to trade stocks when stocks are going rapidly up, and not especially fun otherwise, so retail investors have a historical tendency to pile into bubbles near the peak. Typically it is pretty fun to do other things, and there are new fun things to do every day, so over time it gets harder and harder for the stock market to compete with other forms of fun. So retail investing has, over the years, lost some market share in the things-people-do-for-fun market, and there has been a rise of index funds and robo-advisers and other ways for people to outsource this no-longer-especially-fun activity.
But the Covid-19 pandemic changed those dynamics: Even though (last April, when we started talking about this) stocks were not doing particularly well, and it was not absolutely all that fun to trade them, it was relatively fun to trade them just because there was nothing else to do. I wrote:
The weird thing about the coronavirus crisis is that it simultaneously (1) caused a stock market crash and (2) eliminated most forms of fun. If you like eating at restaurants or bowling or going to movies or going out dancing, now you can't. If you like watching sports, there are no sports. If you like casinos, they are closed. You're pretty much stuck inside with your phone. You can trade stocks for free on your phone. That might be fun? It isn't that fun, compared to either (1) what you'd normally do for fun or (2) trading stocks not in the middle of a recessionary crisis, but those are not the available competition.
And then, you know, the last year happened. One thing that happened over the last year is that people got really really really into trading stocks for fun. The GameStop thing was probably the most salient example, but broadly speaking there were a lot more people getting into trading stocks on Robinhood, talking about stocks on Reddit's WallStreetBets forum, learning how to trade options, and generally finding their fun in the stock market. Not to mention crypto, Dogecoin, etc., which I think we have mentioned sufficiently at this point.
Another thing that happened is that people put a lot of effort into making it more fun to trade stocks. Robinhood was fun, and many of the people who started trading stocks for the first time did it on Robinhood, where there was free trading and confetti and easy access to single-stock options. Options are fun: If your goal in trading stocks is to get some excitement, trading options is a way to magnify that excitement. WallStreetBets is fun, and a lot of the people who started trading stocks did their research and analysis and trash-talking on Reddit: Stock trading, in the pandemic, was not just a form of gambling, a way to get excitement when many other forms of excitement were unavailable; it was also a form of socializing, a way to get chitchat and jokes and bonding when many other forms of socializing were unavailable.
Also stocks ended up going up a lot, despite the pandemic, which surely helped make trading more fun.
When I first wrote about this theory, I concluded:
If you believe the boredom thesis of the current retail rally, that is good news, because that thesis is basically countercyclical: The worse the economy is, the more bored investors will be. If stocks sell off because the coronavirus crisis is longer and worse than expected, there will be even fewer entertainment options and more people will turn, in desperation, to buying stocks on their phones. If someone finds a magic cure for the virus tomorrow, stocks will rally and all the new retail investors will happily sell into the rally at the top and go back to their other, more entertaining, entertainments.
When I wrote that, I probably underestimated the ways in which trading would become more fun, but the basic idea still seems right. Anyway the Financial Times reported on Friday:
The day trading bonanza that took Wall Street by storm early in 2021 has cooled sharply as US authorities lift social curbs and amateur investors spend more time away from home. ...
But as large portions of the US economy begin to reopen, data have begun to signal a fading appetite for the same type of intense trading that triggered volatility in many shares in January and February.
"The rise was spectacular, but the fall has been equally spectacular," said Steve Sosnick, chief strategist at Interactive Brokers. "The casual investor, or the investor who conflated gambling with investing, they've moved on to other things. More people are heading back to the office . . . and quite frankly investors have other things to do with their money."
In US options markets, where traders place sometimes risky bets on movements in stocks and other assets, trading associated with retail investors compared with overall volume slid to a six-month low of 15.5 per cent in early May, from close to 20 per cent in January. In April, total trading volumes across the retail brokerage sector were down 26 per cent compared with March, according to a Piper Sandler analysis.
I continue to think that this is a basically optimistic theory. It is bad when a bull market ends due to panic, when people get scared and rush to take their money out. If a bull market ends due to boredom — if people get bored and take their money out in a leisurely fashion to fly to Vegas — then maybe that's fine?
Last month, Hyun Jung-a boarded a flight from South Korea's Incheon Airport. Around two hours later, she was back in the same airport and loading up on duty-free shopping, despite never landing in another country.The Air Busan Co. flight, organized by Lotte Duty Free for its VIP customers, was Hyun's first since the pandemic began and it didn't cost her a cent. Because the route briefly departed Korean airspace and went over a Japanese island, the 130 passengers on board qualified to shop at duty-free stores in Seoul typically reserved for people who have traveled internationally.Destination-less flights like these are an attempt by duty-free operators to salvage an industry decimated by Covid-19.
And people complain about how much energy Bitcoin mining burns. You would think this process could be made more efficient. Think of, like, the market for carbon credits. Give people who get on a plane and fly internationally — for real, I mean, because they want to, for work or vacation or whatever — certificates saying "I flew internationally," and then let them transfer those certificates to other people who want to buy booze and perfume without leaving the ground. Instead of going on a fake flight yourself, you can buy someone else's having-gone-on-a-flight and use it to make the duty-free purchases.
Or just have the government declare one room of the Incheon Airport to be actually international airspace, so that anyone who walks into that room can buy duty-free stuff that day. And then have Lotte Duty Free pay a fee to the Korean government for the arrangement, a fee that would presumably be (1) less than the duties, (2) less than Lotte Duty Free pays for fuel and crew for the fake flight, but (3) more than the government currently earns from the fake flight plus duty-free sales (presumably zero?). There is Coasean bargaining to be done here. If you have to do expensive polluting time-consuming real-world nonsense in order to get a purely abstract financial benefit, there is value to be added by abstracting the nonsense.
If you want to bet that oil prices will go up, you can buy oil futures. In the U.S., oil futures are legal and popular and exchange-traded and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and have been for a long time. You can use them for various purposes, but one purpose is just to make a bet on oil prices, which is generally called "speculation."
What is the difference between these two things? Well, traditionally, one big difference is that oil futures could be used to hedge real business risk. You might use them for pure speculation, just to bet on oil prices, but an oil company might use them to lock in a selling price for its future oil production, or an airline might use them to lock in a purchase price for its future fuel consumption. This sort of real-business rationale meant that commodity futures were legal and accepted business tools even while regular gambling was illegal and immoral. And, sure, some people would use commodity futures just to speculate — to gamble — but those speculators were helpful participants in a broader, socially useful market; they made the market more liquid and more useful for real businesses that wanted to hedge real risks.
Over time, the CFTC allowed more and more futures contracts, and the rationale was less "this is a commodity that someone can deliver in the future" and more "this is a financial contract that can hedge a real business risk." So futures on volatility and interest rates are not like oil futures, in the sense that you can't load an interest rate on a tanker ship and deliver it to a customer, but they are like oil futures in the sense that interest rates and volatility are important risks for real businesses and those businesses might want to hedge them. So they are traded on exchanges and regulated by the CFTC, and if you want to bet on interest rates you can do that legally and transparently and as part of standard financial markets.
Meanwhile real normal businesses don't have costs or revenues that fluctuate based on football scores. So football betting is just gambling; there is no business purpose to it. Some states allow it and some don't, but financial contracts on football scores are not traded on exchanges or allowed by the CFTC or part of standard financial markets.
Well, but, one kind of business has a real business need to hedge against football scores: sports books! If you are in the (legal in your state) business of taking bets from customers on football games, and all your customers want to bet on the Chiefs, you might want to hedge your risk by buying some financial contracts that pay off if the Chiefs win. Could you go to the CFTC and say "hey, I have a legitimate business purpose to hedge my real risk by buying football-score futures," and convince them to allow trading of those futures?
No, absolutely not, that is way too cute, but nice idea, good effort. Here is a Wall Street Journal story about Eris Exchange LLC, a cryptocurrency exchange that tried to slip this one past the CFTC:
ErisX's plan was to list three kinds of futures contracts, with payouts based on the outcomes of individual NFL games, the point spreads in those games, and what bettors call the over/under—bets based on the total number of points scored in a game. …
ErisX's contracts wouldn't have been open to small individual investors. ErisX said they were designed to fill the hedging needs of businesses such as sportsbook operators that let bettors wager on games, stadium owners and food and beverage vendors.
For instance, a sportsbook licensed to operate in one state could have used the ErisX futures contracts to address a common problem where its local customers tend to bet on the home team, resulting in an imbalance in the firm's books. Potentially, stadium operators could have used the futures to hedge against the risk of reduced revenue in case their local team didn't make the playoffs, ErisX said.
But ErisX's proposal faced a legal hurdle: Federal law gives the CFTC the authority to prohibit event contracts linked to gaming. The law doesn't define gaming, leaving it up to the CFTC to determine whether the contracts' underlying activity fits the classification. Historically, the regulator has been wary of proposals that blur the line between betting and financial derivatives trading.
Yeah … I … I just think that a contract that lets a sports book lay off its sports gambling risk in a sports gambling derivatives market is pretty obviously sports gambling? Here are the skeptical questions that the CFTC sent to ErisX about this plan ("Do any of these contracts involve, relate to, or reference gaming," etc.), and the Journal notes that ErisX "withered its proposal" as "the CFTC had been poised to reject ErisX's proposal on the grounds that it was contrary to the public interest." I don't know if that's right as an intuitive matter — maybe sports betting is great and in the public interest? — but as a matter of CFTC rules it is obviously right. The CFTC does not allow futures contracts that are "gaming." It is clever to argue "no no no, this is not a gaming contract, this is a contract to hedge gaming risk," and I applaud the ingenuity, but of course it didn't work.
I am never ever going to resist stories about people selling equity shares in themselves. "I have always thought of this as the great late-night dorm-room question of financial capitalism," I wrote last year, "and in fact I wrote a very late-night-dorm-room sort of paper about it in law school." The idea that, instead of borrowing money and paying it back with interest, you could instead get a bunch of money in exchange for signing away a share of your future income: People love that idea, and other people love hating that idea, and, sure, every discussion of it is a little dumb, but no one can stop themselves.
So, here:
Fernando Tatís Jr. was 18 years old, just a low-level prospect from the Dominican Republic trying to work his way up in the San Diego Padres farm system, when he made a financial deal that would impact his entire baseball career. And it wasn't with the Padres.>
Tatís signed a contract with Big League Advance, an unusual investment fund that pays minor-league players money up front in exchange for a share of their future MLB earnings.>
Tatís, now 22 and widely viewed as one of the sport's best young stars, today knows what those earnings will be. He agreed to a record-setting 14-year contract with the Padres on Wednesday night worth an eye-popping $340 million, the third-highest total in MLB history.>
His new contract also creates a significant obligation for Tatís: to pay a sizable chunk of his new bounty—perhaps close to $30 million—to Big League Advance.
Basically Big League Advance gives minor-league baseball players cash advances in exchange for a share of their future earnings.
Big League Advance uses a proprietary algorithm to project the performance and earning potential of players, in order to establish a set amount it would be willing to pay a player in exchange for each percentage point of future MLB earnings that player is willing to give up.>
For instance, if Big League Advance offers a minor-leaguer $100,000 up front for 1% of his earnings, that player can then decide to accept $500,000 in exchange for 5% or $1 million for 10%. A player valued as highly as Tatís could receive a couple million dollars from Big League Advance. In his first two seasons with the Padres, Tatís earned less than $800,000 in salary.>
The Big League Advance payouts aren't loans. If the player never reaches the majors, he doesn't have to reimburse the money, and Big League Advance loses its stake. When a player turns into a MLB star like Tatís, Big League Advance receives a huge payout. In effect, Tatís is now funding a bunch of minor-leaguers who will never make it. It's similar to a venture capital fund that backs lots of startups that fail, in return for a gigantic payday from getting in early on a company like Facebook or Uber.
Often when people reinvent the idea of selling equity in yourself, it is for students in college or in learn-to-code schools. The idea is that those people have a need for cash now (to pay tuition), but later they will generate cash, and they might prefer to limit their downside risk, in exchange for giving up some upside, by agreeing to repay a percentage of their income rather than a fixed amount. But the distribution of incomes will be normal-ish; some people will make a lot of money and repay a lot, others will make a little money and repay a little, most will make a medium amount of money and repay roughly what they borrowed.
Baseball is a different distribution: A large majority of minor leaguers will make, in round numbers, nothing; they will get poverty wages in the minor leagues for a while and then leave to do something else. A few of them will become major-league stars with contracts worth hundreds of millions of dollars, subsidizing everyone else. Essentially every deal that Big League Advance signs will seem, in hindsight, unfair: Most of them will look unfair to Big League Advance (which will advance money to the minor leaguers and get back nothing), but a few will look wildly unfair to players like Tatís (who will pay back many times what he got).
Arguably that looks less like "selling stock in people" and more like "insurance." (Insurance always looks unfair to people whose houses don't burn down.) Big League Advance is a risk-pooling mechanism; it lets minor leaguers in effect pool their future earnings, so that the ones who make it make a bit less while the ones who don't make it make a bit more. Big League Advance advances them their share of the pool, and takes a cut for its services, but economically the real transfer is from people like Tatís who more than earn out to the many players who don't.
I mean, why not. If you've got a good enough extortion racket, it will have stable and predictable cash flows; why shouldn't you get non-recourse financing by assigning those cash flows to a special-purpose vehicle and then selling bonds out of the SPV? That's the basic move of modern finance: You put cash flows in a box and sell bonds referencing the box, and the goal is always to find new things to put in boxes. If you put a thing in a box that has never been put in a box before, you give investors access to a new asset class, a new thing to bet on, a new set of cash flows that might be uncorrelated with the rest of their portfolio. "Diversify your portfolio with some extortion bonds," an investment banker could say to a pension fund, and it is not a … terrible … pitch? I mean I guess you might get in trouble. Also the government might try to deny payment on the invoices—due to them being, you know, criminal—and then you'd lose your money. But those are uncorrelated risks, everyone's favorite kind of risk, and the interest rate is presumably high. The investment banks, advisers and investors all say they were trying to invest in legitimate health-care receivables and did due diligence to avoid financing crime, and it seems like Chiron wasn't mostly mafia receivables. It is not like there is an entire sector of asset-backed securities for extortion and embezzlement. Give it time though. Here's a quote about the people running the 'Ndrangheta now:
"A number of the younger generation, those who I grew up at the same time as, have degrees from the London School of Economics or even Harvard. Some have MBAs," says Anna Sergi, a Calabrian-born criminologist at the University of Essex. "They live outside Calabria and appear like respectable businessmen, not directly involved in street-level illegality but there to offer technical expertise when it is needed."
It's like anything else; the industry starts small and scrappy, with people who really care about the work itself (extortion), but when it gets lucrative enough it starts to attract Harvard MBAs, until eventually real innovation stalls and everyone spends all their time on financial engineering and optimizing capital efficiency.We are in the early stages of extortion-backed securities but it is a predictable path. Soon there will be mafia quants, hired to optimize the portfolios and engineer arbitrages and game the ratings agencies. "The senior tranche of this bond should be rated AAA because, while the probability of any one business refusing to pay protection money is X, the historical correlation among businesses refusing to pay is only essentially zero, so there is no real risk of eating through the credit support," the mafia quants will argue to the ratings agencies, and the big guy behind them with a lead pipe will add some support to their mathematical arguments. I would absolutely watch—I may have to write—a movie about a mafia ABS quant.
What if people could sell stock in themselves? Instead of borrowing money and pay back a fixed amount, why not take an advance in exchange for a fixed percentage of your future income?" I have always thought of this as the great late-night dorm-room question of financial capitalism, and in fact I wrote a very late-night-dorm-room sort of paper about it in law school. It is increasingly, though, a thing.[1] Income-based repayment is a standard option for federal student loans now. Income-sharing agreements are common enough now that they are regularly abbreviated as "ISAs," and they have become a popular way to finance coding-school tuition. That makes sense. So much of Silicon Valley has a flavor of dorm-room capitalism anyway, so teaching people to code in exchange for equity in the people just feels natural. Once you start down the path of "what if people sold stock in themselves," you might as well move on to "what if we securitized people?" What if people's future incomes were bundled together, cut into tranches, and sold to investors? Well sure why not; here is Bloomberg's Claire Boston about a sale of ISAs from Lambda School (a coding school) through Edly (an ISA investing platform):
For investors starved of yield, it was an appealing proposition: a potential 13% return. You just had to be willing to take a flier on the future earnings of 1,000 coders. That was the payout being targeted late last year for a swath of income-sharing agreements tied to students and recent graduates of coding academy Lambda School, according to a presentation from an online lending platform that specializes in student-loan alternatives. The participants pay no tuition upfront but pledge to remunerate 17% of their incomes for 24 months after landing a job that pays more than $50,000 a year. Repayment is capped at $30,000. ... Investors in the Lambda offering receive a group of 1,000 students' ISA payments until they reach a 13% return on their investments after fees, the documents show. Lambda takes 60% of any residual cash flow after that, while investors get 40%.
People are kind of mad about this, and you can understand why. A big risk in securitization is what was called, in the financial crisis, the "originate-to-distribute" model. If a bank gives you a mortgage and then spends 30 years collecting payments, it will want to make sure you can pay back the money. If a bank gives you a mortgage and then sells it to a bunch of anonymous investors in a securitization, it may cut some corners. If, years in the future, you can't pay back the money, that is no longer the bank's problem. Same with ISAs but more so. Lambda School's pitch to students is that it plays two roles: It teaches them how to code, and it takes an equity investment in their future coding income. Those roles are completely separate, and you could easily do either without the other, but they work really nicely together. If Lambda owns the equity in the students—if it makes money only if, and to the extent that, its students get high-paying jobs—then it has incentives to do the teaching well. If it sells off the equity in the students on day one—if it completely separates the teaching and investing roles—then that incentive is diminished. Here's Vincent Woo at New York Magazine:
[Lambda's] home page proclaims, "We don't get paid until you do, so we're in this together, from your first day of classes to your first day on the job." ... These days, [Lambda founder Austen] Allred insists, the school doesn't sell but instead "finances" ISAs: "We get an advance from an investor that is backed by the ISA." Effectively, Lambda takes out a loan that is secured by students' ISAs, and has to repay that loan with more interest as more students graduate and are placed. Whether or not this counts as "selling" strikes me as a meaningless semantic distinction: Either way, the school receives some money up front and an investor shoulders some of the risk of the ISA not paying out. And either way, Lambda School students don't know that the school isn't as incentive-aligned with them as the school's marketing indicates.
And here's Ranjan Roy:
The moment Lambda started selling off the contracts, their incentives completely flipped. Their income was then derived from generating ISAs, meaning, the more, the better. Enroll as many students as possible. Of course, if no one ends up getting jobs, investors will eventually stop buying the Lambda ISAs, but that would all happen a long ways down the road. People are right to be angry that Lambda was selling off the ISAs. It broke their core promise.
I am less offended. Lambda isn't selling the equity in the students, it is borrowing against it. In the language of securitization, it is selling the senior tranche to investors, but keeping the equity. (Well, 60% of the equity.) Lots of businesses borrow money to fund their operations, and pay back the loan out of the profits of their operations; that is just the normal way to do business, and is functionally what is going on here. Investors advance Lambda some money so it can pay for its programs, it collects money from students if they get good jobs, it uses the money it collects to pay back the loan, and if there's money left over—if Lambda does a good job—then it makes a profit. It depends on the specific terms though. The investor advances to Lambda seem to be non-recourse; if no students get any jobs, the investors lose all their money and Lambda doesn't have to pay them back; in the downside case, it does kind of look like Lambda is just selling the ISAs.[2] And of course, in the upside case, Lambda isn't keeping all of the equity; the investors get 40% of it. Also that 13% interest rate on the loan—the amount that the investors get before Lambda earns any profit—is pretty high for a senior tranche. It suggests that the investors' tranche isn't that senior and the downside case is real; the investors are actually taking on a lot of the risk that the students won't get jobs. That 13% is a target return: If Lambda's students do about as well as they have historically, the ISAs will pay off about enough to cover that 13% return. If they do worse, the investors will get a lower return, or lose money. If they do better than the historical average, there will be money left over, and Lambda and the investors will share it. (Also it is a repeat game: If the students don't get jobs, then investors won't pay for any more ISAs. Edly's Chris Ricciardi notes by email that "the advance rates will change for new pools over time based on the actual performance. So, the better Lambda does on this pool, the better their advance rate will be on subsequent pools. This is an important mechanism for aligning interests.") One way to think about it is that there is a quantity of equity here, and the challenge is to divide it up in an optimal way. The individual students who go to the coding school will make some salary in the future. In theory, 100% of that salary is up for grabs; someone will get it. The students obviously need to keep most of it, as a matter of sensible incentives[3]: If Lambda said "we will teach you to code and in exchange you will give us 100% of your salary at any job you get," the students would have no reason to get jobs. So the deal that Lambda sets is that the students keep 83% of their equity and Lambda gets 17%. But the same basic problem occurs one level up, at Lambda. Lambda needs to finance itself, and like any business it can finance using debt or equity or by packaging and selling its assets. The equity in students is attractive; the whole point of the model is that investors want exposure to people's income. (Lambda School once wrote an investment memo titled "Human Capital: The Last Unoptimized Asset Class," and people love last unoptimized asset classes.) So you want to sell some of that equity to your investors. But you also need to keep some for yourself, for the same sorts of incenti
Yesterday's xkcd was a cartoon about the efficient market hypothesis. One stick figure says:
But there's a weird corollary to that idea: It implies that, ignoring fees and stuff, it's just as hard to consistently lose money by picking bad stocks from an index. If someone could consistently buy bad stocks, you could beat the average by hiring them, letting them pretend to invest, then buying every stock except the ones they pick. In a way, bad judgment is just as helpful as good judgment.
"Oh my God," says the other. "I can do that! This is the job I was born for." One thing I will say about this is that everyone thinks "hahaha I could lose money picking bad stocks," but I am on Twitter a lot and I have my doubts. The two investments that people hate the most, in my anecdotal experience, are Tesla Inc. and Bitcoin, and both have had absolutely amazing runs over the past few years. "It's easy to lose money, I will just buy dumb things like Tesla and Bitcoin," you'd say, and then you'd accidentally be rich.[4] Another thing I will say, though, is that actually a lot of people do underperform the market pretty reliably. If you could do the opposite of them, you'd get rich. The efficient market hypothesis relies on some stylized assumptions about the world—"ignoring fees and stuff"—and where those assumptions don't hold you can make consistent errors. Of course where those assumptions don't hold is exactly where it is hard to capitalize on the errors. Still it can be instructive to think about the big errors and what the opposite of them might be. The main error—the main way that ordinary people seem to reliably underperform the market—seems to be bad market timing. Probably some hedge fund should hire me to observe when I sell all my stocks and move into cash, and when I start buying stocks again, and just do the opposite. But the problem here is that it is hard for you to do the opposite because you too are probably constrained by economic cycles and behavioral factors. Sure maybe a good time to buy stocks is when everyone is selling, but if people are pulling money from your fund and brokers are refusing to provide leverage, you'll probably be selling too. There are exceptions! Warren Buffett's philosophy is famously to "be fearful when others are greedy and greedy when others are fearful," that is, to watch other investors' bad market timing and do the opposite. But also he has a large stable permanent capital vehicle in the form of an insurance company, so he can do that. And he has had a long career of beating the market. This one kind of works! Another classic way to lose money is on transaction costs and slippage: Lots of investors trade too much, and they lose a little money each time they trade (paying commissions, buying at the offer and selling at the bid, moving the price against themselves, etc.). The way to do the opposite of this is to be the one charging the transaction costs. This could mean being a brokerage firm and charging commissions, or it could mean being a high-frequency-trading market-making firm selling stock to retail traders at the offer and buying at the bid. Those businesses are competitive, and harder than they used to be—brokerage commissions are zero now, and high-frequency-trading profits have been squeezed—but they are both still pretty reliable money-makers. (By the way there is an extension of this: The way a lot of investors in actively managed mutual funds underperform is that the funds roughly track their benchmarks and charge a high management fee. They underperform, in expectation, by the amount of the management fee. The way to be on the other side of this trade is to, uh, be the mutual fund manager? And get paid the fee?) One more way to lose money is by investing in stocks that don't have a reliable market price that incorporates all information. Sometimes you can do this in public markets: There will be weird shady penny stocks that are suddenly worth billions of dollars, and you probably could create a reliable rule to lose money on them. Something like "if a company (1) has never had any revenue, (2) has a market capitalization of under $20 million, and (3) a month later has a market capitalization of over $5 billion, (4) still without any revenue mind you, then (5) put all of your money into that stock." It won't come up that often, but it will come up sometimes, and it's a pretty great money-loser! It's very hard to do the opposite, though. These stocks are so volatile because they don't trade very much; if you tried to profit by shorting them, you wouldn't be able to get much done.[5] Also they tend to be closely held and so hard to borrow to sell short. Also there are other, more arcane ways that shorting those stocks can go very wrong. The stock can be suspended, forcing you to keep your short on forever. You can get caught in a pump-and-dump-and-short-squeeze. "Bet against amazingly obvious inflated penny-stock frauds" seems like a great way to make money on the stock market but is often terrible in practice. You can also get unreliable market prices in private markets. Same sort of dynamics: Private companies don't trade on an open market with willing buyers and sellers, there is no short selling, and the only price will be what the company agrees with its most enthusiastic investors. There is no guarantee that private-market prices will be especially efficient, and there are plenty of notorious busts. It is less obvious that there are particular investors who reliably pick those busts—no one goes around advertising that they invest only in losing venture capital ideas—but I suspect there are. I suspect that they are mostly dentists and retired football players. Byrne Hobart has a terrific post about "Judging VC Skill," in which he points out that the main ways venture capitalists create value are "dealflow and judgment": "Typically outsiders overweight judgment ('did you know it was going to be big?') and underweight dealflow (there are lots of companies that everyone thinks will be big, but only Sequoia gets to say so with a check)." You could apply the same thinking to negative value creation. To take a recent example, lots of people could have lost their life savings on a cryptocurrency scam that promised "tremendous returns of roughly 15% a month with precise and limited risk," but only a select group of doctors were actually offered the chance.[6] Here too it is hard to do the opposite, but there are ways. You can't short-sell most private investment opportunities, and if you are the sort of person who would be inclined to short them, you probably won't even get to see them. Again the way to do the opposite is just to be on the other side of the trade. All the way back in 2016, I wrote that if you thought there was a bubble in private tech unicorn valuations, the way to short the bubble was not through some weird financial product but by starting a dumb startup and selling stock to venture capitalists or, for that matter, to dentists. Later I suggested that WeWork founder Adam Neumann more or less did that and now he's super rich. Bad judgment is just as valuable as good judgment, really, as long as you're on the other side of it.
If you want to PayPal or Venmo some cash to someone without any hitches, do not put the word Iran in the memo field. On Wednesday, Jewish Currents got an annoying reminder of this rather blunt policy. The magazine tweeted that nine payments to its staff and contributors had been held up by PayPal because the transaction descriptions included the term Iran in reference to a piece that the magazine published. PayPal, along with its subsidiary Venmo, uses a system that automatically flags keywords in the payment memo field that could indicate a violation of U.S. sanctions. Upon detecting a suspicious transaction, PayPal sends an email to both the sender and receiver reading, "To comply with government regulations, PayPal is required to review certain transactions. The payment you sent is currently being reviewed and we will complete this process within 72 hours." So if, say, you try to send a friend money for "drinks at Cuba Libre," you'll quickly learn how dense PayPal's system can be when it comes to context clues.
You might want to invest in commercial real estate. You might have some thesis—downtown apartment buildings will keep getting hotter, demand for office space in smaller cities will increase, more people will keep putting their stuff in self-storage facilities, malls are due for a comeback, I don't know—that is best expressed by buying commercial real estate. But you have a problem. Commercial real estate is expensive. Buildings, especially big nice ones, can cost millions of dollars, even tens or hundreds of millions. You don't have millions of dollars. You have a good thesis about commercial real estate, but you can't afford to express it by buying buildings. Certainly you can't diversify ; even if you could stretch to buy one small downtown apartment building, you can't buy a bunch of small downtown apartment buildings across several different cities to really express your thesis. But you live in the twenty-first century and you know that this should be a solvable problem. Why not securitize buildings, or crowdfund them, or, in the most modern lingo, tokenize them? Why not slice them up into shares, and sell the shares? Instead of buying a building for $20 million, someone could divide the building into a million shares and sell each of them for $20. Then you could buy like 100 shares of that building, and 100 shares of another building across town, and 200 shares of buildings in another city, etc., so that you could put, say, $10,000 to work in a diversified portfolio of commercial real estate. What a good modern solution to the problem! That is a paragraph that you could type, and a paragraph that has been typed at me every so often over the past few years, and I always find it strange. Really this solution is called a "real estate investment trust," or a REIT. Just from the name you know that it's a way to securitize real estate, to sell investments in a trust that holds real estate. You could have a single-building REIT, I guess, if you wanted, but that's kind of annoying, because lots of people who have $10,000 to invest in commercial real estate want a diversified portfolio, and the easy way to do that is to have a REIT that gives it to them directly. You have an office REIT, it owns lots of office buildings, it sells shares in its portfolio to investors in small chunks, the investors get exposure to office real estate. This is such old boring news. "REITs were created in the United States after President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed Public Law 86-779, sometimes called the Cigar Excise Tax Extension of 1960," Wikipedia pleasingly tells me. Sixty years later, lots of REITs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Thirty-one of them are included in the S&P 500 index. The securitization of real estate is so normal and domesticated now that it is on par with the securitization of companies ; you can buy shares of REITs in the same way that you buy shares of Facebook or Boeing or whatever, hardly even noticing that you are buying slices of commercial real estate. You could quibble. Those 31 REITs give you access to a wide range of commercial real estate theses—there are REITs for apartment buildings and office buildings and self-storage and malls and hotels and data centers and forests—but not every possible thesis; if you have some very specific view about the demand for, say, office space in Chicago, Seattle, Albuquerque and Charlotte, you might not find a REIT (or combination of REITs) that allows you to express that thesis. Also actually existing public REITs more or less are companies; they usually manage their buildings as well as owning them, and their executives regularly make decisions about buying and selling buildings, so if you want pure exposure to a fixed portfolio of buildings they might somewhat disappoint you. See, what you want is the ability to pick exactly the portfolio of buildings that you like, and own only the buildings and not the management companies, and have a say over exactly who manages the business of leasing out each of those buildings, and generally act like a large-scale commercial landlord except on a fractional basis. I guess? That's what you want? Maybe? Why? I feel like the number of people who actually want that—who want to invest a modest chunk of their savings in fractional ownership of commercial real estate, while doing the work of picking and managing the buildings—is vanishingly small. But if you are one of those people, and the existing options disappoint you, then you can always start a real-estate-crowdfunding or real-estate-tokenization business. Some of them—all of them?—did. Here's a fun Wall Street Journal article about how they're doing these days:
Starting in 2012, crowdfunding startups sold stakes as small as a few thousand dollars in commercial property. New regulations paved the way for real-estate investment firms to raise money across the country through Facebook ads and other social media. Proponents thought a tactic that could raise large sums while lowering marketing costs would transform real-estate investing the way Airbnb changed hospitality or Amazon changed retail. But as the economy rebounded, more money flooded into real estate and developers suddenly had plenty of cheap funding choices. That often left crowdfunding firms with riskier, less-appealing projects that couldn't get money elsewhere—a tough sell to investors. For regulatory reasons, most firms limited their fundraising to people with an income of more than $200,000 or a net worth of more than $1 million, excluding their primary residence. The hope was that enough of these people, known as accredited investors, were itching to buy stakes in commercial real estate—hitherto an exclusive pastime of the very rich. But these people already had ways to invest in real estate, for example by buying a rental apartment or shares in a real-estate investment trust, and crowdfunding firms have struggled to convince them their model is superior. "Democratizing real estate sounds great and it's inspiring, but it's tough when you go up against the titans of Wall Street," said Ray Sturm, a co-founder of the now-defunct real-estate crowdfunding company RealtyShares and chief executive of AlphaFlow.
It doesn't sound great, it's not inspiring, and you're not going up against "the titans of Wall Street"; you're going up against people who have been democratizing and securitizing and crowdfunding real estate for decades, in a way that is now totally entrenched and boring and mainstream. I mean, I get it. I'm a former financial engineer myself, and there is an obvious intellectual and aesthetic appeal to the granular approach. You take every building, you slice it into bits, and then you let people combine the bits however they like. You let professionals combine bits and sell the package to investors, or you let interested investors choose their own bits. You allow limitless combination, with fully customizable tinkering for hobbyists and simple off-the-rack indexing for everyone else. If you were starting from first principles, in a frictionless world, that's probably what you'd do: You'd start by slicing up and tokenizing every commercial building, and then diversified commercial-building funds would gradually grow up to offer a more appealing retail product. But in the actual world the appealing diversified retail product came first, so it's hard to back into the logically elegant but not especially useful pure form.
The whole business of investing consists of disagreeing with what everybody else thinks. I mean, that's not my approach to investing, or Vanguard's.[4] Index funds let you invest by agreeing with the aggregate of how everybody else thinks, and that's mostly how I invest, and it works well. But if you are an active investor, if you are trying to beat the market, then that necessarily means that you are taking some views that are out of consensus. You are betting that some company that everyone thinks is bad is actually good, or vice versa, or whatever.[5] Every active investor, to the extent that they are active—to the extent that they are taking a position that some stock is over- or undervalued—is a contrarian. So the entire investing industry is made up of contrarians. The mainstream of the industry is contrarian, and all of the upstarts and rebels and countercultures in the industry are also contrarian. (Except, again, the indexers.) Also the aggregate of all of those contrarian views—the price set by the market—is the consensus that they are all being contrarian against. If you sum up the contrariness of all the contrarians you get conformity. It's a little weird. It's also semantically awkward. Everyone says "I'm a contrarian," and it sounds ridiculous, like that scene in "Life of Brian," but it's also basically true. They all are contrarians. Good for them. But because contrarianism is desirable—if you are paying for active management, you want it to be active, etc.—and because everyone (accurately) claims to be a contrarian, investors have to take extreme measures to stand out from the contrarian crowd. And so you get things like Peter Thiel's "Pyrrhonian skepticism," which consists essentially of saying that everything that is right is actually wrong. Or here's a funny New York Times story about how venture capitalists love the term "narrative violation," which is a way of saying that the conventional wisdom is wrong, but being confrontational and annoying about it. Here are some quotes about the usage of "narrative violation":
Rob Go, a founder of NextView Ventures, defined it as "kind of like 'contrarian,' but more contrarian and complex." Hunter Horsley, a founder of Bitwise Asset Management, a cryptocurrency start-up, called it "a contrarian way to say contrarian." Here is a selection of recent facts that have violated the narrative: A ride-hailing start-up being profitable; crime falling in San Francisco; boomers driving the urban apartment surge.
There's a joke about starting a VC firm called "Narrative Violation Capital." In a world where everyone is contrarian, "kind of like 'contrarian,' but more contrarian" is the way to stand out.
Incentives & Agency Problems (43)
The US government generally pays for medical care for people who are at least 65 years old; this is called "Medicare." In concept, you could imagine a couple of ways for the government to pay for Medicare: * When Medicare recipients get sick or hurt, they go to a doctor. The doctor...
Levine uses the Adams travel allegations to make a broader incentives point. Business-class flights, upgrades and loyalty points are not just perks; they are valuable, transferable-adjacent benefits that can influence behavior. Modern bribery can involve the same optimization mindset as consumer rewards programs.
I don't know Lewis Liman's net worth, but he was a partner at big New York law firms for 20 years, so I suspect that "as much as $15,000" represents rather less than 1% of his family's assets. If the Limans had put all of their money in S&P 500 stock index funds — sort of the default "not making any investment decisions" approach — then Bank of America Corp. stock would represent about 0.54% of their portfolio. [1] JPMorgan Chase & Co., another defendant in this lawsuit, would be 1.15%. Citigroup Inc., Wells Fargo & Co., Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and Morgan Stanley — the other US defendants — would add another 1.25% or so.
Presumably not all of their money is in stocks, but still. The point is that it would be somewhat unusual for a wealthy US citizen not to have economic exposure equivalent to owning $15,000 worth of stock in one or more of the big banks. If no judge with that much exposure can hear an antitrust case against all of the big banks, then it's possible that no judge at all can hear the case.
Obviously that's not right. In fact the rule requires a judge to recuse himself if he or his spouse has an "equitable interest, however small," in a company involved in the case, but "ownership in a mutual or common investment fund that holds securities is not a 'financial interest' in such securities unless the judge participates in the management of the fund." So owning an index fund that obviously owns stock in all the big banks does not count as a financial interest, but direct ownership of stock by your spouse, "however small," even if you don't know about it, does.
I have written, and speculated on the Money Stuff podcast, about the cat-and-mouse [2] game between people who monitor remote employees to make sure that they are working and the remote employees who want to pretend that they are working. Like:
1. The remote employees work remotely and take long lunch breaks. 2. Their employers worry that they are not working, so they monitor their computer activity — mouse movement, keystrokes, etc. — to make sure that they are working. 3. The employees buy or build devices — "mouse jigglers," the Homer Simpson pecking bird — to move their mice and hit their keyboards to fool the monitors. 4. The monitors build or buy better software to catch the mouse jigglers. 5. The jiggler-builders build better jigglers to fool the jiggler-catching software. 6. Etc.
Here is a thorough Wall Street Journal investigation of the battle:
The share of companies using some kind of electronic worker-surveillance system surged during the pandemic, reaching nearly 50% in 2023, according to a survey of nearly 300 medium to large employers by research and advisory firm Gartner. These systems, which track how active workers are at their computers, have long been able to detect some installed software or extra hardware.
More of these software systems, such as Teramind and Hubstaff, now also use machine-learning tools that can identify repetitive cursor movements or irregular patterns in someone's computer activity. In addition, some worker-monitoring software can randomly scrape screen images to check whether screen activity is changing as the computer mouse moves.
Most mouse jigglers on the market are detectable, says Ilya Kleyman, Teramind's chief growth officer. … "It won't look like normal human mouse cursor activity that regularly clicks, drags, etc.," he says. Plus, the software can flag artificial activity in general, such as when a cursor is active over the same static Wikipedia page for hours on end.
I wonder if Teramind eats its own cooking. When its developers build the machine-learning tools to identify repetitive cursor movements, are their keystrokes monitored? Anyway it makes sense that big companies would have better AI to catch shirking employees than employees would have to shirk, but there is a market opportunity here! Someone needs to build a robot with good enough artificial intelligence that it can pretend to work at least as convincingly as a human can.
If I were writing apocalyptic science fiction, my robot takeover would start with someone building an AI that is good enough at pretending to work to fool Teramind's AI. The pretending-to-work Turing test. There is something fittingly human about it: Humans are the species that uses computers to pretend to work. And then the robots would quietly pretend to pretend to work while really they are plotting the enslavement of humanity.
Two basic principles of management, and regulation, and life, are:
1. You get what you measure. 2. The thing that you measure will get gamed.
Really that's just one principle: You get what you measure, but only exactly what you measure. There's no guarantee that you'll get the more general good thing that you thought you were approximately measuring. If you want hard workers and measure hours worked, you'll get a lot of workers surfing the internet until midnight.
You want a lot of products opened, you get a lot of products opened, but in a bad way. It's a case of Goodhart's law: "When a measure becomes a target, it ceases to be a good measure."
Wells Fargo is the absolute poster child for Goodhart's law. Here is the dumbest possible version:
Wells Fargo & Co. fired more than a dozen employees last month after investigating claims that they were faking work.>
The staffers, all in the firm's wealth- and investment-management unit, were "discharged after review of allegations involving simulation of keyboard activity creating impression of active work," according to disclosures filed with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.>
"Wells Fargo holds employees to the highest standards and does not tolerate unethical behavior," a company spokesperson said in a statement.>
Devices and software to imitate employee activity, sometimes known as "mouse movers" or "mouse jigglers," took off during the pandemic-spurred work-from-home era, with people swapping tips for using them on social-media sites Reddit and TikTok. Such gadgets are available on Amazon.com for less than $20.
Ahahaha come on. You want a lot of mouse movement, you get a lot of mouse movement, but in a bad way. Imagine deciding how to measure and manage the productivity and value added of your wealth and investment management employees while they are working from home. What might you measure?
1. These people manage portfolios. You could measure their investment return, or return against a benchmark, or their alpha after adjusting for various market, sector and style factors. You could measure how many assets they attract and retain, or how much they generate in fees. 2. These people deal with clients. You could measure how many clients they bring in, or how many client assets. You could survey the clients and grade the employees based on customer satisfaction. You could even, crudely, have some metric like "call three clients every day," and make sure they do that. 3. These people sit at computers. You could monitor their computers to make sure that they're moving the mouse at least once every five minutes for eight hours a day.
Which of those do you think is the best proxy for, like, contributions to Wells Fargo's return on equity? Which is the simplest to measure? Which is the simplest to game?
Most people who buy and sell financial assets for a living need to know how much their portfolio is worth at any given time, or at least at the end of the quarter. If you manage investments for clients, you have to send the clients periodic statements saying "your investments are worth $"; you have to know what number to put in the blank. The clients want to know, for one thing, but also, how much you charge the clients might depend on the number that you put in the blank. If you charge the clients a percentage of current assets, then you need to know what the assets are currently worth. If you charge the clients a performance fee on unrealized gains, you need to know how much the value of the assets has increased since the last statement. Even if you don't manage client money, your employers will want to know how much your portfolio is worth, so they can keep an eye on risk and pay you for your performance.
Also, though, many people who buy and sell financial assets for a living are fundamentally in the business of looking for mispriced assets. Your job is to find some situation with edge, some place where you have more expertise or patience or capacity than the market, some asset that you know is undervalued but that the market will sell to you cheap.
You see the tension here, right? The tension is:
1. You think a thing is worth $100. 2. Someone is selling it for $80, because they are wrong or weak. 3. You buy it at $80. 4. The valuation controller comes to you and says "for various important purposes, I need to know the current fair market value of this thing." 5. "Oh, $100," you say. Of course! That's what it's worth! That's why you bought it! (For $80.) 6. You book $20 of profits, charge performance fees, etc.
And then, oh, you know. Sometimes you sell the thing a week later for $100 and everything is great. Other times the thing never trades above $80, you sell it a year later for $60, and people have some questions about your valuation.
Obviously this more or less never happens with publicly traded stocks or Treasury bonds: When a thing has an active public trading market, everyone understands that you mark the thing to its current trading price, whether or not you think it's underpriced. If you buy GameStop Corp. stock at $28.50 and it closes the day at $28.22, you will mark it at $28.22, whatever you might think it is actually worth.
And with illiquid hard-to-value things, everyone understands this tension, so responsible investment firms (and their accountants, risk managers, auditors, etc.) will have some procedure for determining fair value that is not just "ask the trader and write down whatever she says." You'll get an independent third-party valuation, or use a pricing service, or get three quotes from dealers, or something. Also, firms that deal mostly in illiquid hard-to-value things (venture capital, private equity, private credit, etc.) are less likely to charge clients fees based on their valuations. A private equity firm is more likely to charge fees based on committed capital and realized returns — actual cash in and cash out — while a hedge fund that trades public stocks will have an easier time charging fees based on current asset value and unrealized returns.
You could have a model of Elon Musk that is like:
1. He runs a bunch of different companies and owns large stakes in each of them. 2. They all nominally do different things — cars, rockets, tunnels, brain implants, artificial intelligence, complaining on the internet — but there is a lot of overlap. Most of them employ engineers who move somewhat fungibly among companies, and most of them seem to have big plans for artificial intelligence. 3. Each time he comes up with a value-creating idea, he can more or less freely choose which company to implement it at. 4. He is motivated by money. 5. Therefore, he should implement the idea at the company that maximizes its contribution to his net worth.
I am not saying this is a particularly good model. Step 4, in particular, is suspect; Musk seems to have a lot of non-economic motivations.
But let's say this is your model. Now assume that Musk has some really good artificial intelligence idea that can create a lot of value and that can be implemented in any one of his companies. Where should he do it? He should do it wherever it will most increase his net worth. This means maximizing:
The scale of the company. Doing an idea at a big company will probably have more impact than doing it at a little company; doubling the value of a $200 billion company is worth more than doubling the value of a $10 billion company. Plausibly "AI, but put it in a car" could create more value at Tesla Inc. than "AI, but bury it underground" would create at The Boring Co. [1] His ownership of the company. Doing an idea at a $200 billion company where he owns 42% might create more value for him than doing it at a $560 billion company where he owns 13%. [2] The company's ability to do the thing without raising outside capital (and, thus, diluting him). Some of Musk's companies generate cash, others consume it, and you can't move money freely between them. His ability, beyond formal ownership stakes, to extract value from the company. Musk owns a relatively slim 13% of Tesla, but sometimes he goes to Tesla's board of directors and says "hi I would like $50 billion" and they say "yes here you go," though that mechanism may have stopped working.
And you sort of multiply those numbers together and pick the highest result.
If you are an investor in the broad Elon Musk complex, what do you do with this model? Possibly you diversify your bets across all of the Musk companies, as a lot of Musk investors seem to do. Or possibly you try to pick a winner: You try to buy a big stake in the Musk company that you think will attract his best ideas, based on the criteria above.
One odd thing that this means is that you have some incentive to maximize valuation. Ordinarily, if you are an investor in a company, you want to invest at a low valuation, so that you have more upside. But if Elon Musk comes to you to raise money for a venture, and the venture has a valuation of $5 billion, maybe you should say no: Doubling the value of a $5 billion company just won't move the needle on Elon Musk's personal wealth, so he has no incentive to pay any attention to a $5 billion company. Or rather, you should not say no; you should say "sure I'm in but at a $20 billion valuation," to at least make it somewhat worth his while.
The way credit ratings work is:
1. A company wants people to think that it's creditworthy. It might want to issue bonds or insurance policies, and it knows that people will only lend it money or buy its insurance if they think it's good for the money. 2. There are firms — "ratings agencies," "nationally recognized statistical rating organizations" — that give companies credit ratings on some well-known scale. All the relevant parties know that a bond rated "Aa1" or an insurance company rated "A+" is a safe bet, while one rated "Ca2" or "C" is riskier. 3. These ratings firms go around giving ratings to companies. 4. Specifically, though, they go around giving ratings to companies that hire them to give them ratings. The way a company gets a rating is by calling up a ratings firm, saying "hey can you give us a rating," entering into a customer relationship, and paying the ratings firm for the rating.
The conflicts of interest embedded in this system are extremely well known and sometimes blamed for the 2008 financial crisis. But one should not overstate them. Sure, right, the companies are the customers and pay the ratings firms for the ratings; there is a customer relationship, and if the ratings firm gives the customer a bad rating (1) that will be awkward and the ratings firm will get yelled at and (2) it might lose the customer relationship and, thus, money.
But on the other hand, the ratings firms are aware that they are playing a long game. The way to maximize revenue this week might be to call up every company and say "hey if you double our fee we'll give you an AAA+ rating," but if you actually do that, then your ratings will lose all credibility with the market, and by next week nobody will want to pay you for them. (Also ratings agencies are regulated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission, which pays a lot of attention to this conflict, so you'll get in trouble with the SEC if you do this.)
And so the actual incentives of the ratings firms encourage something like "good customer service combined with credibility." Exactly what that means will vary, but I think that one thing it means is: If you are a ratings firm, you will want to be at least a little bit ahead of any disasters. What you don't want, after the experience of 2008, is news stories like "even as XYZ Corp. was sliding into bankruptcy, its bonds remained rated AA-." That is very salient, and very bad for your credibility. If you downgrade the bonds to B- a week before the bankruptcy, you at least avoid those headlines. Arguably your incentives are something like:
1. Be a touch generous to most of your clients most of the time, and 2. Be really harsh on clients who you worry might be skating toward disaster.
One theory is that, because most of the shareholders of most US public companies are diversified investors in lots of companies, each company's managers should work, not to maximize the value of their company, but to maximize the value of all the companies. If the chief executive officer of a company can do a thing that reduces the value of her company by $1, but increases the value of her competitors (or suppliers, or customers, or neighbors, or any other publicly traded companies) by $2, then she should do that. Her shareholders will lose money on her stock but make money on their other stocks, and they will be happy and grateful to her. Maximizing the value of her company's stock, at the expense of the other companies, harms her shareholders. She has fiduciary duties to those shareholders, and the way to fulfill those duties is by maximizing the value of their overall portfolio, which is, roughly speaking, the stock market.
This theory:
makes a certain amount of sense (the shareholders really are largely diversified), and is quite fruitful. It gives you lots of interesting ideas about the world. Much of ESG (environmental, social and governance) investing can be thought of in these terms: Big diversified investors might care more about the systemic effects of their companies (whether they cause climate change, etc.) than they do about their individual performance. Or there is a popular worry that common ownership of all the companies causes antitrust problems, because — if you believe this theory — companies won't want to compete on price in a way that harms their collective bottom line. Or I have half-seriously proposed weird theories about Covid vaccines and Ozempic.
On the other hand this theory is, you know, wrong. It just isn't the case that directors and managers of each public company "really" work for the collective set of all public companies, and have duties to that collective. They work for their individual companies. There are a few ways to tell:
1. All the laws and cases and stuff are about duties to the company, not about duties to shareholders' overall portfolios. 2. "Corporate managers should maximize the overall value of their shareholders' portfolios" is not a very good guide to behavior. The effects of a CEO's decisions on her competitors and customers and suppliers and complementary businesses and potential future entrants and every other company will be mixed and complex, and a CEO can find a way to justify more or less any action by saying "well this will be good for the market as a whole." Whereas it is relatively easy to measure if a company's own business is doing well. 3. Relatedly, the way to maximize overall value might be through competition among companies. Over the long term, what increases the overall value of the stock market is probably innovation, rather than careful slicing of existing entitlements, and competition is a good motivator of innovation. 4. The executives are generally paid based on their company's performance. In particular, they are often paid in stock — stock of their company, not index funds. The outside investors of a typical company will be broadly diversified, but the executives of that company will have a disproportionate amount of their net worth in that company's stock. If the executives were supposed to work on behalf of the market as a whole, they'd get paid in index funds.
There is probably something to the theory, both as a descriptive matter (do corporate executives sometimes act in the best interests of all of the companies rather than just their company?) and as a normative one (should they?). But it captures an interesting weird tension in how the world works; it does not simply describe how the world works.
I wrote yesterday about a guy who bought a spot as a substitute on a second-division Portuguese soccer team, because being a professional athlete is cool, so why shouldn't sports teams sell a few spots? I said:
A lot of people want to go watch the Yankees, but probably a lot of people would also like to be able to say that they played for the Yankees. Maybe auction off a few roster spots? There is a balance to be struck here: I suspect you could find a few hedge fund managers who would pay a lot of money to be Lionel Messi's teammate for a game, but if Inter Miami fielded a team made up of the 11 highest bidders then most of the glamour would be lost. (I would still watch this?)
Naturally readers emailed me the sports in which this system actually exists. The main ones are bridge and car racing. In car racing, Braden Williams pointed out:
In high-level Endurance racing, there are series that require an amateur driver, these drivers are colloquially known as gentlemen drivers, and typically fund the teams they drive for. There's a good documentary, The Gentleman Driver, that follow three of these drivers.
And several readers pointed out that, while Formula 1 does not explicitly sell driving spots to the highest bidder, there are some parallels. Car racing is very expensive, and it turns out that if you show up with a very expensive car they might let you race!
Meanwhile bridge is not especially expensive, but neither is it all that popular a spectator sport, so rich people who enjoy bridge will fund their teams:
Almost all top players play with sponsors. As a result, top teams at American tournaments, which consist of three pairs, or six players per team, follow a peculiar configuration: one wealthy sponsor and five pros in the sponsor's employ. Top sponsors pay $1 million or more to field their dream teams.>
"Imagine if you could pay LeBron James, Kobe Bryant, Michael Jordan and Shaquille O'Neal and you could be the fifth guy," Aviv Shahaf, director of the Honors, said. "And you were at a level that was decent but not NBA level. That's basically what this is."
That's basically what this is, except it's bridge.
The basic idea of a delta one desk is that you are selling Thing X to a customer, and buying Thing Y from the market, and Thing X and Thing Y are exactly equivalent. Thus "delta one": If you sell stock options, you hedge the options by trading stock, and the amount of stock you need to buy or sell — the "delta" of the option — changes over time as the stock price changes. But if you sell index futures contracts, you can hedge them by buying the stocks in the index (or an exchange-traded fund, etc.), and the ratio never changes: It's always one-for-one, always a delta of one. You're buying a thing at a low price and selling an equivalent thing at, ideally, a higher price.
At some level this should be a fairly low-risk business: The stuff that you are long and the stuff that you are short exactly offset each other, so you shouldn't make or lose money as the market moves. On the other hand, you are trying to make money, and the only way to make money is to take some risk. If you are not taking market risk — if all your trades are fully hedged — and you're making money, then you're taking some other, slightly more esoteric risk. You're taking funding risk, or interest-rate risk. You're taking the risk of the basis between Thing X and almost-but-not-quite-identical Thing Y. You're writing one-day lookbacks into your swaps trades, and taking the legal and reputational risk that a regulator will fine you for tricking your customers.
Or bigger risks. One of the great delta-one failures of recent years is when Archegos Capital Management did bazillions of dollars of equity total return swaps with big banks. Those banks fully hedged their stock-price risk — they were long a bazillion dollars of the underlying stock, and short an offsetting bazillion dollars of swaps to Archegos — but they were taking enormous credit risk to Archegos, and when Archegos blew up several of them lost money.
But of course the great delta-one failure of recent years was Jérôme Kerviel's rogue trading at Société Générale in 2007 and 2008. The risk that he took was even simpler: He'd buy Thing X for himself, and pretend to sell Thing Y as a perfect hedge. He was doing completely unhedged directional trades, and tricking the computer systems into thinking he was doing completely hedged trades. When the stuff he bought went up, this was good: It is easier to make money by buying a thing that goes up than it is to make money while being perfectly hedged. And then the stuff he bought went down and he lost $5.2 billon and went to prison.
We have talked a few times about Hunterbrook, the hedge fund that is also a newspaper:
1. Hunterbrook Media is a media organization that publishes general news and investigative journalism. 2. Before publishing an investigative story, it runs it by Hunterbrook Capital, its affiliated hedge fund. 3. If the investigation looks like it will move the market, Hunterbrook Capital will do a trade to profit from the investigation. 4. These profits pay for Hunterbrook Media's newsroom.
Earlier this month, Hunterbrook launched its website with a big investigative report on United Wholesale Mortgage, which Hunterbrook Media accused of misconduct; Hunterbrook Capital shorted the stock of its parent company, UWM Holdings Corp. (The stock closed yesterday down about 7.5% from where it was before the report.)
Hunterbrook was back yesterday with a big investigative report on Posco, the Korean conglomerate, which Hunterbrook Media accuses of complicity with the junta in Myanmar:
A major source of the money that the junta uses for jet fuel and weapons is Myanmar's four offshore gas projects. Of those, the Shwe project, operated by Posco International Corp. in joint ownership with an entity controlled by the junta, has been the most profitable in recent years, according to a report by the U.N. Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Myanmar. The report claims Shwe provided over a half billion dollars per year to the regime in the two years after the coup, helping fund a $1 billion spending spree for arms, including fighter jets, attack drones, assault helicopters, tank parts, and advanced missile systems.>
The purchases have enabled what the U.N. Special Rapporteur called "probable crimes against humanity," including murder, torture, sexual violence, and the pillaging of villages.>
After the coup, major energy companies from Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development member countries that were operating Myanmar's offshore gas projects left, citing human rights violations. Not Posco.>
Posco not only chose to stay, but continued to pour in hundreds of millions of dollars to increase production at the Shwe gas project, even as evidence of junta atrocities grew.
But right at the top there is a statement that "Hunterbrook Media's investment affiliate, Hunterbrook Capital, did not take any positions related to this article."
Why not? Why would Hunterbrook invest resources in doing a big international investigation, find alleged wrongdoing at a publicly traded company, and then not trade? Let me propose a few theoretically possible answers:
1. Sometimes, in investigating a company, Hunterbrook Media will find stuff that (1) is bad for the world and (2) the public ought to know about, but (3) is not bad for business. "A big international trading company is complicit in human rights abuses" might just be that kind of story? Doing business with bad people might be morally bad, but good for the bottom line. As a journalistic endeavor, Hunterbrook Media might want to call attention to these abuses. As a profit-seeking hedge fund, Hunterbrook Capital might pass. (Posco International's stock is down this week.) 2. Sometimes, in investigating a company, Hunterbrook Media's journalists might learn of wrongdoing from inside sources at the company, and might rely on leaked internal documents to support it. Probably not — Hunterbrook says "we avoid talking to insiders, depending instead on publicly available information" — but perhaps sometimes the journalists are tempted. These are, after all, traditional tools of investigative journalism. But — as we discussed the first time Hunterbrook appeared in this column — they are risky tools for hedge funds. Trading based on inside sources and internal documents is arguably illegal insider trading. You could imagine Hunterbrook Media doing some traditional investigative journalism, and then Hunterbrook Capital saying "nope, this has inside information, we have to pass." 3. Sometimes Hunterbrook Media will do an investigation that (1) reveals a good trade and (2) gets through compliance, but perhaps Hunterbrook Capital will pass on the trade in order to build up the credibility of Hunterbrook Media. "See, it's real investigative journalism; it's not just finding trades for a hedge fund." They are playing a long game here, and I suppose the goal is to become a trusted investigative news outlet rather than just another activist short fund publishing occasional splashy short reports. 4. Sometimes, in investigating a company, Hunterbrook Media will find out bad stuff about a company in South Korea. And it will take its results to Hunterbrook Capital, which will say "ah yes, this is great, this will crush the stock." And they'll run it by compliance, which will say "ah yes, this is all based on public information, you're free to trade on it." And Hunterbrook Capital will decide to put on a big short bet against the company. And then it will remember that South Korea's stock market currently bans short sales, whoops!
The business of public company auditing has at its heart a conflict of interest:
1. Your job, as an auditor, is to scrutinize a company's financial statements and make sure that they are true and accurate, and then to certify those statements to the public. If the company is doing financial fraud, you should try not to certify their financial statements. If you sign off on the financial statements of a big fraud, you will look bad and maybe get in trouble. 2. The company gives you that job. It hires you, in a reasonably competitive market. If you are annoying to work with, or are difficult about signing off on things, then it might hire someone else. If you are pleasant and friendly and take the company's chief financial officer out to nice dinners, she will be more likely to retain you.
If you are friends with your clients you will keep more clients. But if you are friends with your clients you might not be a strict independent auditor of their financial statements.
It is hard to get rid of this conflict of interest, though people sometimes suggest ideas. (If you assign auditors to companies randomly, they'd presumably be more independent? If shareholders paid them, instead of management, that might help?) But there are two main ways to mitigate it by regulation. The more important way is that you just have professional standards of quality and ethics for auditors, and you train the auditors in these standards, and then hopefully the auditors will do a good audit even if they are friendly with their clients. "Sorry, I know we just went out to a nice dinner last night, but I found some errors in your financials and my duty as an auditor outweighs our friendly relationship," the auditor maybe says, or at least she worries that if she signs off on a bad audit she will get in trouble.
The other way, though, is that regulation prohibits some conflicts of interest that make auditors less independent. Usually not the most important one — that the company's managers hire and work with the auditor who sign off on their financials — because that is central to the whole business. (Though we talked a few years ago about an auditor who got in trouble for too blatantly using his friendship with a company's chief accounting officer to win that company's auditing business.) But usually regulation restricts other conflicts that are easier to identify. Auditing firms tend to also have consulting businesses, and it used to be standard practice for them to cross-sell consulting services to audit clients, but that is now mostly forbidden in the US. And we talked once about a guy who "repeatedly accepted tens of thousands of dollars in casino markers" from a casino he was auditing, which I suppose compromised his independence.
I don't know, this is just a useful thing to learn at a young age:
He broke into the city's private-school set and soon found himself in the fancy Fifth Avenue apartment of a new client. Rim says that one day this teen's mother gave him a reality check. As Rim recalls it, "She said, 'Chris, if you want to make it here in New York, you cannot charge $75. No one's going to take you seriously.' " Rim says she told him to charge $1,500 an hour and vowed to bring him more clients.
That's from this New York Magazine story about Christopher Rim, the founder of Command Education, an extremely expensive college admissions counseling service. As a young man out of Yale, he started a modestly priced college admissions counseling service, until a client correctly told him that there was more demand for an extremely expensive one.
We've talked about Rim before, when Bloomberg News reported that another parent gave him another great pricing idea: "Rim said a parent at New York's Trinity School — a $64,000-a-year Ivy League-feeder — once offered him $1.5 million if he would agree not to work with any of his child's classmates." Basically if you are extremely rich, and buying positional goods like good college resumes, it is to your benefit for those goods to be as expensive — and thus exclusive — as possible. If you are in the business of selling those goods, that's nice for you.
An important and surprising insight of modern finance is that shareholders are, at least indirectly, people too. There is a standard view of corporate finance that says shareholders own shares in the firm, and the firm has fiduciary duties to those shareholders, and the way for the firm to fulfill those fiduciary duties is to make the stock price go up. The only thing that we know with certainty about the shareholders is that they own shares, and they'd rather have the shares be worth more than worth less, so the best thing to do for them is to make the shares worth more.
But in modern finance we know, or suspect, a few more facts about shareholders, and those facts might suggest that the shareholders have other desires, beyond just the stock going up. For instance:
1. We know that shareholders tend to be diversified. Not all of them, but a lot of them; in some sense the normal shareholder of a big US public company is an index fund or other diversified institutional investor. These shareholders own shares of all the other companies, too, and they want those shares to go up too. And so maybe the executives of any particular company should be thinking about how to maximize the value of companies as a whole, to benefit their diversified shareholders. This basic idea can manifest in lots of ways, all of which make traditional corporate finance people nervous. We have, for instance, talked a lot about the idea that, if diversified shareholders own all the companies in an industry, then the companies might not compete as vigorously against each other, since one company's market share gain comes at the expense of another owned by the same shareholders. Or I have argued that, if all the companies have the same owners, that creates weird incentives for drug companies to, say, give away Covid vaccines for free (to boost demand for everything else), or perhaps to limit sales of Ozempic (to avoid lowering demand for everything else). Or there is the Shareholder Commons, a fun activist group that goes around, like, suing Meta Platforms Inc. for focusing too much on its own profits at the expense of the value of other companies with the same shareholders. 2. We know that shareholders are mortal humans who live on Earth. If an asteroid was heading to destroy the Earth, and a public company could divert the asteroid at the cost of reducing its earnings per share by $0.02 this quarter, probably it should divert the asteroid? Probably the shareholders would approve? Even though it lowered the stock price? A lot of environmental investing is premised on similar ideas: It might be good for profits, but bad for the future livability of the Earth, for a company to emit a lot of carbon. Shareholders qua shareholders should prefer that the company emit the carbon and increase profits, but shareholders qua humans would prefer a livable planet. At least some shareholders explicitly tell companies that they prefer the good environmental outcome over the good profits outcome (that is, they vote as humans rather than as profit maximizers), and at least some corporate managers seem to take this preference into account. 3. We could at least speculate that some shareholders have social and moral commitments that their companies might want to account for. A company might decide not to be racist, not because this is profit-maximizing but because shareholders dislike racism and would be mad if the company was racist. The shareholders might express this preference by, for instance, voting out the directors who approved of the racism, or at least by calling them up on the phone and saying mean things. In some loose sense the directors and managers do answer to the shareholders, and if the shareholders have social and moral preferences that they express, then the directors and managers have to listen to them. 4. At some companies, we know that the shareholders are, like, weirdo Redditors. They bought the stock as part of a search for community and entertainment online, and it is, arguably, part of management's fiduciary obligation to entertain them. And so AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. has handed out popcorn to shareholders, and bought a gold mine, not necessarily because that maximizes profits but because it maximizes the odd joy that its retail shareholders get out of owning the stock. And that's what they want, so the company gives it to them.
These are the most prominent examples that we've discussed around here. But the general form of this is:
The company has shareholders, Those shareholders (or a lot of them anyway) have some identifiable (or at least plausible) preferences other than maximizing the stock price, and The company's executives should (or could, or might want to, or might be incentivized to) optimize those preferences, and sometimes prioritize them ahead of maximizing profits or the stock price.
I should say that this idea is controversial, both in its specific forms (environmental, social and governance investing is wildly controversial, and nobody believes the index-funds-hurt-competition stuff) and in general. The objection to the general form is something like: Sure, right, shareholders are humans and have other interests, but they have other mechanisms to take care of those interests. They can vote for the government to do environmental regulation, etc.; the only thing that they have in common as shareholders of Company X is their ownership of Company X shares, so Company X's executives should focus on that. Also, in practice, if you let corporate executives choose from a long list of shareholder interests, that has the effect of letting them do whatever they want: If they fail to maximize profits, they can always say "I was maximizing for shareholder entertainment" and have an excuse.
Still, though, this general idea is fruitful; you can sit around thinking "well what else is broadly true of shareholders?" and come up with weird ideas for postmodern corporate governance. For instance, if shareholders are mostly humans, then they are probably customers of companies as well as shareholders, so they might have shared interests as customers? Why not? Here is a new NBER working paper by Keith Marzilli Ericson titled "What Do Shareholders Want? Consumer Welfare and the Objective of the Firm":
Shareholders want a firm's objective function to place some weight on consumer welfare, motivated by both self-interested and altruistic motivations. Firms have a unique technology for improving consumer welfare: lowering inefficient price markups, which increases consumer welfare more than it lowers profits. Optimal pricing formulas can be adapted to account for shareholders' marginal rate of substitution between profits and consumer welfare. Calibrations from preference parameters show many shareholders should place non-trivial weights on consumer welfare. A survey experiment on a representative sample elicits how shareholders would vote on resolutions giving strategic guidance to firms on what objective to pursue. Only 7% would vote for pure profit maximization. The median individual is indifferent between $0.44 in profits or $1 in consumer surplus, with those owning stocks preferring a lower weight on consumer welfare than non-stockholders.
I mean, sure, (1) shareholders are humans, (2) humans buy groceries or whatever, (3) shareholders of grocery companies would prefer to pay less for their groceries, (4) grocery companies should cater to those preferences of their human shareholders by lowering prices to a level that does not maximize profits.
I am not sure that I agree with the conclusion, either that shareholders do in fact want their companies to lower prices to maximize consumer welfare or that the companies should do that. Not every possible non-shareholder interest of shareholders actually matters, or should matter, to corporate governance. But a surprising lot of them do.
Investment management firms can, if they want, consider two sorts of moral restrictions on their business:
1. They can choose their investments on moral criteria: They can invest their clients' money only in good stuff, however they define that, and avoid investing in companies or projects that are evil or bad for the world. Versions of this are sometimes called "socially responsible investing," or "ESG" (environmental, social and governance investing), though it depends on what you think is evil, and there are right-wing versions too. 2. They can choose their investors on moral criteria: They can manage money only for good upstanding clients, and reject clients who are evil.
You mostly hear about the first category, the investments, but every now and then you hear about the second, the investors. When Russia invaded Ukraine and various wealthy Russian individuals were sanctioned, venture capital firms had to figure out what to do with their suddenly unacceptable Russian investors. And when Saudi Arabia's government tortured, murdered and dismembered Saudi-American journalist Jamal Khashoggi, there were occasional murmurs that perhaps US asset managers and venture capital funds should stop raising so much Saudi money, but that never really happened. BlackRock Inc. Chief Executive Officer Larry Fink, who writes an annual letter to the CEOs of his portfolio companies (the investments) telling them to be more moral and more environmentally conscious, became if anything more enthusiastic about attracting Saudi money, and ended up putting a Saudi oil executive on BlackRock's board. BlackRock's investments are supposed to be moral and green, but its investors , whatever.
The reasons for this difference are pretty straightforward: Investment management firms make money by charging clients (the investors) fees for managing their money. If you take some moral stance about your investments , you might attract more money from investors who share that moral stance, which means more fees. If you take some moral stance about your investors , though, that means turning away money from investors, which means lower fees. Being selective about your investments is good marketing; being selective about your investors is sort of the opposite of marketing.
And so, while choosing investments on moral criteria is controversial , and different people take different approaches, there are some popular approaches. A lot of investors take some approach like "don't invest in coal mining"; that's not a universal criterion, but it is a well-known one. Whereas there does not seem to be any consensus at all on what counts as an immoral investor , or when managers should reject investors' money.
Here, however, there's an unusual trick. In 2019 and 2020, Juul issued $2 billion of debt outstanding in the form of convertible bonds. Intuitively the way these bonds work is:
1. They are debt, but 2. If Juul goes public, they convert into stock at a discount to the initial public offering price. [3]
So basically if you invest $2 billion and things go well, you get back, I don't know, $2.5 billion or so of public stock; if things go poorly, you get back your $2 billion in cash. And there are a floor and a cap on the conversion price: If Juul goes public at, like, a $100 billion valuation, you get way more than $2.5 billion worth of stock; if it goes public at a tiny valuation, you get less — but why would it do that?
But while that is the rough intuition, it is not exactly what the bonds say. They actually allow the company to force conversion into cash upon a "qualified financing," which could be an IPO, but could also be a private stock sale that raises at least $500 million from outside sources. [4] I suppose that, when you negotiate a bond like this, you think "well, if this company is raising $500 million in stock from new equity investors, that's probably good news, so I'll be happy to convert into stock," but that's not necessarily true.
You could have a similar thought process with carbon credits:
1. Some people noticed that trees sequester carbon, and cutting down trees increases global warming. 2. They spun up a bunch of projects that involved preserving trees that would otherwise be cut down, or planting new trees, in ways that would slow global warming, and started awarding carbon credits for the trees that were saved. 3. You can extend the causal chain. If a logging company decides not to cut down a forest, that saves X trees and is worth Y carbon credits. But if you, I don't know, air a television ad telling people "trees are good, don't cut them down," how many trees does that save? How many carbon credits is that worth? If you fund a researcher to study tree diseases? Make up your own potentially tree-saving idea, and then award yourself some carbon credits.
"Award yourself some carbon credits" is too glib, and in fact there are various certifying bodies for carbon credits, but you can make your case. Here's a story about kangaroos:
One area we must scrutinise forensically are human-induced regeneration projects. These are the backbone of the [Australian] offset scheme, accounting for 30% of credits issued to-date. Over the coming years, they could be responsible for almost 50% of annual issuances. These projects claim to regenerate native forests across vast areas — not by replanting trees in cleared areas, as you might think, but by reducing grazing pressure from livestock and feral animals. …
Almost all projects are in arid or semi-arid rangeland grazed by livestock and kangaroos and only partly cleared.
You don't plant trees, and you don't refrain from cutting down trees; there is only so much capacity for that. (You weren't going to cut down trees on the arid rangeland anyway, and planting more is hard.) Instead, you go to the arid rangeland and, uh, find some kangaroos and discourage them from eating trees? Does that reduce carbon emissions? I mean! No, argues the article:
These projects are largely in the uncleared rangelands covering most of Australia's interior. These areas have little chance of promoting woody growth and storing more carbon, not because of grazing pressure, but because rainfall is too low, the soil too infertile, and the vegetation already close to its maximum. Forests will not regrow in these areas, particularly under hotter and drier climates. …
In fact, where overgrazing does occur in Australia, it's likely to actually increase tree and shrub cover rather than reduce it. Known as woody thickening, this happens when grazing animals eat so many grasses and herbs that they skew the balance in favour of trees and taller shrubs.
But the general thought process opens up a world of possibilities. Lots of things have some propensity to increase the growth of trees. Go do those things and get your carbon credits.
Many, but not all, scandals at banks are caused by the facts that (1) the bank wants to make money, (2) it gives its employees incentives to make money, (3) they are under a lot of pressure to perform and (4) making money is hard. (In this, the bank employees are much like the insider trading AI.)
So the most normal kind of banking scandal is that the employees do things to make money that are either risky (and thus bad for the bank) or fraud-y (and thus bad for the bank's customers from whom they make the money). Another, somewhat less common kind of scandal is that the employees pretend to make money. They just, like, write in their daily report, "I made a lot of money today," and their bosses are deceived, and the bank thinks it has money that it doesn't. There are various rogue trading and portfolio mismarking scandals that basically look like this.
But there are other scandals that are a bit different. Some scandals are caused by the facts that (1) the bank wants to make money, (2) it sets goals for employees that are correlated with making money, but that are not actually identical with "make a lot of money," (3) the employees have incentives to meet those goals and are pressured to perform and (4) there are easy, degenerate ways to meet those goals without making money.
Most infamously, Wells Fargo & Co. thought to itself "if we cross-sell our customers on having lots of different banking products with us, we will have more revenue and more loyal customers," so it rewarded bankers for selling customers extra products. And the bankers realized that it was hard to sell customers extra products, but relatively easy to, for instance, sign customers up for online banking or a credit card or a checking account without their permission. And so Wells Fargo opened millions of fake accounts and got in a lot of trouble. Sometimes the fake accounts made a bit of extra money for Wells Fargo, but mostly they didn't — mostly the customers just got online banking access that they never used. Wells Fargo wanted its bankers to generate more revenue and customer loyalty, but it told them to open more accounts, and there's an easy (bad) way to do that without generating revenue or customer loyalty.
There are other scandals that have the same shape but aren't about money. Wells Fargo also wants its staff to be more diverse, so it has a diversity program that mandates things that are correlated with making its staff more diverse, but not quite identical. Emily Flitter at the New York Times reported last year that Wells Fargo told employees to "interview a 'diverse' candidate — the bank's term for a woman or person of color" when they were hiring for an open position. So the employees would do these interviews even for positions where they had already chosen a candidate — fake interviews to check the box rather than real interviews to fulfill the actual goal.
Or, US law tries to discourage discriminatory lending decisions by banks by, among other things, asking banks to collect demographic data about their mortgage applicants. The bank asks customers their race and gender, it writes down the answers, it reports them to the government, and if the government notices that the bank rejects 100% of Black applicants then it can do something about it. This is a somewhat intrusive thing to ask the customers, and they don't have to answer: The customer can just say "no thanks" and the bank can report "declined to answer" to the government.
You can see the easy, degenerate way to check that box. Here is a US Consumer Financial Protection Bureau enforcement action from yesterday:
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) today ordered Bank of America to pay a $12 million penalty for submitting false mortgage lending information to the federal government under a long-standing federal law. For at least four years, hundreds of Bank of America loan officers failed to ask mortgage applicants certain demographic questions as required under federal law, and then falsely reported that the applicants had chosen not to respond. Under the CFPB's order, Bank of America must pay $12 million into the CFPB's victims relief fund. …
Hundreds of Bank of America loan officers reported that 100% of mortgage applicants chose not to provide their demographic data over at least a three month period. In fact, these loan officers were not asking applicants for demographic data, but instead were falsely recording that the applicants chose not to provide the information.
Because that is easier! It is sloppy, though; if you report that 100% of your applicants decline to answer, eventually someone will notice.
For another thing, though, the companies that make these drugs have unusual ownership structures. They are not mainly owned by the usual universal owners, BlackRock and Vanguard and Fidelity and State Street. Here is a Wall Street Journal story on their biggest owners:
Two nonprofit foundations are large shareholders of Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk, the companies selling the drugs Ozempic, Wegovy and Mounjaro popularly used to reduce weight. Thanks to the drugs' skyrocketing sales, the foundations' stakes have surged in value, creating windfalls that are reshaping charitable giving.
The philanthropies are now among the biggest in the world, with the Novo Nordisk Foundation counting $114 billion in assets and Lilly Endowment quadrupling in value to $40 billion. The Lilly Endowment is the second largest U.S. foundation, behind the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation—and its $53 billion in assets—but ahead of the Ford Foundation and the J. Paul Getty Trust, according to FoundationMark data provider.
With their newfound anti-obesity riches, the foundations have been expanding their ranks and increasing their donations by hundreds of millions of dollars a year. …
The enrichment of the foundations is a product of the unusual ownership structures of the two drugmakers. Their large ownership stakes, which date back decades, have helped insulate the drugmakers from the daily whims of shareholders.
The Lilly Endowment's 11% stake makes it Eli Lilly's biggest shareholder. The Novo Nordisk Foundation owns more than one-fourth of Novo Nordisk shares and majority voting control of the drugmaker. The Lilly Endowment operates independently from Eli Lilly, while the Novo foundation is more intertwined with Novo Nordisk as its controlling shareholder.
I suppose this means that, if Eli Lilly or Novo Nordisk does discover a drug that is good for humanity but bad for the stock market, they will be inclined to market it anyway.
One thing that I think about sometimes is that corporations are, by their nature, perpetual, and that this creates weird biases. People just naturally expect businesses to last forever, or, rather, they think that the mark of a successful business is longevity. You invent a product, you sell it, you get money, you invest in research and development, you make more products, you keep up with trends, you make money forever. Sure sometimes you fail — you invent a product but no one buys it and you shut down — but the goal is to keep selling products forever.
But it is not obvious to me that this makes sense for every business model? "You invent a product, you sell it, you get rich, you get into yachts" is also, in its way, a success. It seems to me that you might go into a business with a finite lifespan, figuring "this business is good now, and will not last forever, but I will make money now and then I will stop." For instance:
One classic form of private equity business is to buy up declining companies, cut costs, extract as much money as possible and manage the decline. This is classically a private equity business because public markets do not like decline: A public-company chief executive officer, paid in long-term stock options, is going to be tempted to do money-wasting pivots to try to remain relevant. And it is a business that is controversial: People get angry at private equity for this sort of managed decline, because of the bias that businesses should be perpetual. Oil? Coal? There is a tension in the energy business among (1) people who think we will eventually stop burning oil, and want oil companies to pivot to wind energy or whatever, and (2) people who think we will eventually stop burning oil, and want oil companies to drill while the drilling is good and spend a lot of money on stock buybacks. There are good reasons to think that oil companies are well positioned to get into the clean-energy business (they have lots of capital, they understand energy markets), but I suspect there are also bad reasons (they already have all that office space so they might as well do something to keep going).
Anyway the US government inserted an Employee Retention Credit into the tax code to encourage businesses not to get rid of employees during Covid-19. The deal is that employers can get a tax credit if they "paid qualified wages to some or all employees after March 12, 2020, and before January 1, 2022," with eligibility and amounts depending on how they were affected by Covid. This created a gusher of money from the US government to thousands of businesses, but it is complicated to claim; you need lawyers and accountants to determine and document your eligibility. And the gusher is, by its terms, temporary.
So a business model exists of "figure out if businesses are eligible for the ERC, help them get it, and take a 25% cut." This could plausibly be a service that existing tax lawyers and accountants could offer their existing clients, but if the gusher is big and temporary enough it might make sense for a separate company to start up to do this. That company would always have an expiration date — eventually every employer affected in 2020 through 2022 would get their credits — but for enough money it would be worth it.
One thing to think about is that, if you have a perpetual business, you will make a lot of investments in long-term reputational goods, and you'll be careful not to mess up your reputation for short-term gains. Whereas if you have a business with a clear and near-term expiration date, you might want to grab as much as you can right now, and won't be all that careful about your reputation for getting things right.
Let's say that you are very, very, very good at getting high school students into elite colleges. If someone hands you a mediocre ninth grader, in three years you can hand them back a student with, say, a 50% chance of getting into Harvard. This is a service that a lot of people want, and that not a lot of people can provide. How should you price it?
One answer might be "charge a whole lot, and then sell it to as many people as can afford to pay." Another answer might be "price discriminate as much as possible": Get the parents' financial information, charge the really rich ones $5 million, charge less rich ones less, and do some pro bono consulting for poor but worthy candidates.
But there is a flaw with these answers. The more of this service you sell, the less it is worth. Harvard admits like 2,000 students a year. If you consult for 3,000 students, no matter how good you are, some of them aren't getting in. Really you want to charge an amount of money that is so absurd that most people won't pay it, so that (1) you have very few clients and don't have to work too hard, (2) those few clients pay you a lot of money and (3) they get their money's worth.
Also if you are in this business, your clients (I mean, the parents) will probably come disproportionately from the financial industry, and they will understand this. Here is a fun Bloomberg News story about Christopher Rim, who runs a company called Command Education that is apparently quite good at getting high school students into fancy colleges. His rack rate is $750,000. But some parents would, sensibly, rather pay more to get him to work less:
Rim said a parent at New York's Trinity School — a $64,000-a-year Ivy League-feeder — once offered him $1.5 million if he would agree not to work with any of his child's classmates (Rim declined).
I mean of course he declined! That's just twice his usual rate, and surely he can get more than two clients a year from Trinity. There is some number, though ($5 million?), at which it's an interesting trade: For Rim, he gets most of his Trinity revenue with much less work (just the one kid), and for the parent, I mean, someone from Trinity is going to get into Harvard — the competition is not quite zero-sum but it is close — and kneecapping everyone else is at least as valuable as inflating your own kid's resume. The parent was on to something here.
By the way, there is an analogous story early in Michael Lewis's Flash Boys. Spread Networks was building a very fast data line from New York to Chicago and selling space on the line to financial firms:
All its creators knew was that the Wall Street people who wanted it wanted it very badly — and also wanted to find ways for others not to have it. In one of his first meetings with a big Wall Street firm, Spivey had told the firm's boss the price of his line: $10.6 million plus costs if he paid up front, $20 million or so if he paid in installments. The boss said he'd like to go away and think about it. He returned with a single question: "Can you double the price?"
Having a fast connection between New York and Chicago, or a good high school resume, is nothing. Having a faster connection between New York and Chicago, or a better high school resume, is everything. It is always good to be in a business where your customers beg you to take more money to work less.
I mean here is what I understand. Venture Global is a producer of liquefied natural gas. It has a plant in Louisiana that "has yet to enter commercial operations," but that nevertheless produces and sells LNG. There is some philosophical distinction there that eludes me: Intuitively, if you have a factory that is producing and selling LNG, that would seem to be a commercial operation, but apparently if there's something wrong with your steam generators then, no, not commercial yet, fine.
When Venture Global was building this plant, it signed long-term supply contracts with big customers at fixed prices, and presumably used those long-term contracts to get financing to build the plant. But those contracts require it to supply LNG when the plant is in commercial operation, not before. Also the price of LNG is up a lot since it signed those contracts. The trade is obvious:
1. Do not flip the metaphysical switch that turns your not-in-commercial-operation plant into an in-commercial-operation plant. 2. Keep operating non-commercially to produce LNG. 3. Sell it on the spot market at high prices. 4. Don't sell it to your long-term customers at the lower prices you negotiated with them. 5. When they complain, point to the metaphysical switch and say "ah, but you see, the switch hasn't been flipped, so really we can't sell you any LNG."
They are complaining:
Oil companies Shell and BP have separately filed for arbitration against Venture Global LNG over failing to supply contracted cargoes, even as it sold to non-contract customers while prices were soaring. …
Portuguese oil company Galp Energia, which signed a 20-year contract with Venture Global LNG for 1 million tonnes per year, is weighing options, said Rodrigo Vilanova, Chairman and CEO of its unit Galp Trading.
Vilanova said the company is disappointed, as Venture Global has already produced and sold more than 170 LNG cargoes, according to publicly available information.
"We understand all those cargoes... have been sold in the short-term market to whoever pays more, as opposed to delivering under the long-term contracts signed by foundational customers such as Galp, who helped underpin the project," he said during a call with investors.
We talked last week about a bad UK electricity trade: Drax Group Plc gets some green-energy subsidies in the form of essentially a fixed-price contract, where it supplies electricity to customers from a biomass power plant at a fixed price that was expected to make it profitable. When electricity prices were low, Drax ran the power plant, got paid the higher fixed price, and made a profit. When electricity prices are high, Drax turns off the subsidized plant, doesn't sell any electricity from the plant at the lower fixed price, and instead runs its other plants, sells electricity at high prices and sells the biomass pellets to make more money. Good trade! For Drax I mean; bad trade for the UK government that negotiated it. I wrote that if you have a fixed-price contract that pays based "on how much electricity they actually supply, and let them decide how much to supply, then they will supply a lot when the contract is favorable to them and nothing when it is favorable to you."
The contract here is more sensible — Venture Global is required to supply a certain amount of LNG to its long-term customers at fixed prices — but apparently still gives Venture Global enough of an option that this is the result.
This, from last week, is one of the best stories you'll ever read about how regulation works:
Congress passed legislation intended to make life better for people allergic to sesame seeds. Instead, it made things worse.
The bill, passed with overwhelming bipartisan support and signed into law by President Biden in 2021, requires manufacturers to label sesame on their products starting this year.
In response, some companies began adding sesame to products that hadn't included it in the past—saying it was safer to add sesame and label it, rather than certify they had eliminated all traces of it.
People with sesame allergies say the result is fewer sesame-free food options, as well as new and unexpected risks from sesame in foods they used to eat without worry.
The issue is that it is hard to eliminate trace amounts of sesame, and the law now requires food manufacturers to label sesame as an allergen. Not putting sesame on the label effectively constitutes a promise that there is no sesame in the product, and if there is a little bit then you get in trouble:
Advising that the product "may contain" sesame on the label isn't a practical solution since a trace amount of sesame detected could trigger a recall, the bakers group said. The Food and Drug Administration considers "may contain" a voluntary advisory that isn't a substitute for good manufacturing practices meant to ensure that a product is allergen-free, and finding an undeclared allergen could be grounds for ordering a recall.
But if you say that the product definitely contains sesame, then you are immunized from trouble. So you just chuck some sesame into everything, change the labels, and you're fine. It is easier to make sure that there is sesame than that there isn't, so that's what companies do.
Everything is like this? There are huge areas of regulation where the most straightforward approach is to look at the giant book of rules and say "no thank you, I want out of this entirely." Making non-sesame food products is a heavily regulated business with huge risks if you mess up; making sesame-based food products just lets you escape from that regulatory regime, so you might as well throw in some sesame.
The way the ransomware business is organized seems to be that there are a couple of, like, malware-as-a-service providers like LockBit and DarkSide that provide software and expertise to independent hacker customers who pick the targets and do the hacks; the providers and the hackers split the ransoms. If you are one of the providers, you have to choose your hacker partners carefully so that they do the right amount of crime: You don't want incompetent or unambitious hackers who can't make any money, but you also don't want overly ambitious hackers who hack, you know, the US Department of Defense, or the Hospital for Sick Children. Meanwhile you also have to market yourself to hacker partners so that they choose your services, which again requires that you have a reputation for being good and bold at crime, but not too bold. Your hacker partners want to do crime, but they have their limits, and if you get a reputation for murdering sick children that will cost you some criminal business.
The most interesting field of economics might be the economics of not doing things. The main way that people make money, in the world, is by doing things that other people want: drilling oil, brewing coffee, maintaining social media sites, writing newsletters. But there are a few lines of business where you can get paid for not doing things that you'd otherwise do. Blackmail, for instance, is a classic: "I will go around distributing these compromising photos of you, unless you pay me money, in which case I will do nothing." Coasean bargaining: "I will build a smelly polluting factory on my land next to yours, unless you pay me money not to, in which case I will leave it undeveloped." Demand response in electric grids: "I will turn my lights on and use electricity, unless you pay me not to, in which case I will use less electricity." And, in the modern world, all sorts of environmental credit schemes: "I will chop down these trees, drill this oil, etc., unless you pay me not to, in which case I won't do anything at all."
There are so many ways in which the economics here are unintuitive. Consider the oil market. There is some demand schedule for oil; people will use more of it at lower prices and less at higher prices. There is also a supply schedule: Some oil is cheaper to drill than other oil, so when oil prices are low only the cheapest-to-extract oil will get drilled, but when prices get high people will drill in more difficult environments because it becomes worth it. But then consider the market for not drilling oil. If you own a bunch of oil fields, and someone will pay you $5 per barrel not to drill oil, you should start your not-drilling in the most-expensive-to-drill places. "Good news," you say, "I have decided not to drill in this field that costs $150 per barrel to drill, now pay me my $5." You could expand on this theory. If you don't own any oil fields, you could walk into the offices of some environmental-credits company and say "if you pay me $5 per barrel not to drill oil, I won't go around buying oil fields and drilling them."
Also consider the demand schedule there. If you promise me not to drill for oil, I might pay you $5 per barrel for the oil you don't drill. But you could go to someone else and promise not to drill the oil, and they might pay you $3 per barrel. For the same barrels. "Not drilling oil" is a non-rival good; you can not drill the same barrel of oil as many times as you like, and sell it to a different person each time.
Or consider blackmail. If you get some compromising photos of me, and I pay you not to publish them, then you won't publish them (let's assume). But what are your long-term incentives? The way to succeed in the business of not publishing compromising photos is by taking lots of compromising photos and repeatedly threatening to publish them. If I paid you $100 not to publish the photos, and you were like "right, good, I get paid not to publish photos, I will stop taking the photos," you would be deeply misunderstanding your business. You are not being paid to not publish photos — anyone can not publish photos! You are being paid to credibly threaten to publish photos, and then not publish them.
This has important implications for the environmental credit schemes. You don't get paid for not drilling oil or not cutting down trees; you get paid when there is a credible threat (from you or someone else) to drill the oil or cut the trees, and you prevent it. You are in the credible-threats business.
A form of story that you sometimes see in finance is:
1. Someone creates a statistic, method, index, etc. to try to measure some complicated reality in the world. 2. The statistic, etc., is good, and people start using it to measure that reality. 3. A derivatives market grows up where people can bet on the statistic, as a proxy for the complicated reality. 4. People try to manipulate the statistic, or get early access to it, or otherwise corrupt it to win their bets. 5. Administering the statistic becomes a lot more difficult, expensive and legally perilous than it was at the beginning when someone was just making it up out of abstract curiosity.
This is not exactly the story of Libor, but it is not exactly not the story of Libor either: By the end of Libor, it was so legally fraught (because banks had made so many fake Libor submissions) that the regulators had to push banks to keep measuring Libor even as they were also trying to get rid of Libor.
Anyway here is a fun Wall Street Journal story about WAR, wins above replacement, a form of statistic that people try to use to measure a baseball player's overall value to his team. In baseball's current labor dispute, there is a proposal to pay some players in part based on their WAR, perhaps as measured by some of the websites that develop and track the measure. The websites don't like it:
When the news leaked last month, the response from the analytics community was swift. Baseball-Reference president Sean Forman tweeted he was "not really interested" in his company's WAR being part of player compensation. Meg Rowley, FanGraphs' managing editor, posted, "Using a public-facing value metric for player compensation isn't the best idea." Russell Carleton of Baseball Prospectus, another site with a version of WAR, called it a "terrible idea."
"If MLB and the union were to say, 'Yeah, we're going to take the values off the public sites and use them,' that would be problematic," said David Appelman, FanGraphs' founder. "That puts a lot of pressure on us." ...
As researchers uncover better understandings of how to evaluate player performance, WAR is refined to reflect those breakthroughs. For example, how to weigh and evaluate defense is constantly evolving. The same goes for measuring the impact of issues such as specific ballparks, catchers' "framing" of pitches and the increased reliance on relief pitchers versus traditional starters, among many other areas of the game.
Sometimes, WAR is adjusted retroactively to reflect those changes, raising obvious questions: What happens, for instance, if a player's WAR falls short of qualifying for a bonus payment, only for it to increase a year later?
"I would shudder to think, are we going to get sued by somebody for something because of that, if we're literally costing somebody a million dollars by making that change?" Forman said in an interview. "I can imagine circumstances where people get pretty angry with us."
It seems reasonable to say that pandemics are bad for the world economy and that curing or preventing them would be good. If you are a big diversified institutional shareholder who owns a big chunk of all the companies in the world, ending the Covid-19 pandemic would be very good for your portfolio. This was particularly true in the early days of the pandemic in 2020, when much of the world economy was severely disrupted and vaccines were still in development. Back then, I sometimes argued that the best thing a big public pharmaceutical company could do, for its shareholders, would be to (1) develop a Covid-19 vaccine or cure, (2) spend as much money as possible to manufacture it as quickly as possible and (3) give it away for free. This might be financially disastrous for that company, and its stock might go down, and its shareholders might lose money on that stock. But most shareholders these days are broadly diversified; the shareholders own lots of other stocks, which would go up. Making a vaccine widely available would be hugely positive-sum for corporate profits, and thus corporate shareholders, as a whole, even if it was costly for the particular company making the vaccine. And since that company's shareholders — who, at least in some sense, own the company — also own all the other companies, and understand all this, they might pressure the company to sacrifice its own interest for the common good.
Two years later the evidence on that is, let us say, mixed; there were some reports of common shareholders pushing pharmaceutical companies to cooperate to develop vaccines faster, but the vaccine makers have made huge profits and seem to have done well for themselves, while large parts of the world are unvaccinated. You could imagine common shareholders being disappointed by this. You could imagine them thinking that the world economy and broad corporate profits are at risk as long as global vaccination rates are low, and that the best thing for their overall portfolios would be for the vaccine makers to try harder to distribute vaccines freely even at the cost of their own profits. You could imagine them asking the big vaccine makers to do that.
I suppose it is a little far-fetched but on the other hand it is happening! Kind of. Last November, a small shareholder in Johnson & Johnson filed a shareholder proposal, for J&J's proxy statement this spring, asking the company to "commission and publish a report on (1) the public health costs created by the limited sharing of the Company's COVID 19 vaccine technologies and any consequent reduced availability in poorer nations and (2) the manner in which such costs may affect the market returns available to its diversified shareholders." The proposal goes on:
To the extent our Company is increasing its own financial returns by preventing vaccine production in poorer nations, its own increased profits are coming at a severe cost to the global economy, because failure to vaccinate the world's vulnerable communities is inhibiting worldwide economic recovery and creating opportunities for more dangerous SARS CoV 2 variants to develop.
This is a bad trade for most of the Company's shareholders, who are diversified and thus rely on broad economic growth to achieve their financial objectives. A Company strategy that increases its own financial returns but threatens global GDP is counter to the best interests of most of its shareholders: the potential drag on GDP created by hoarding vaccine technology will directly reduce diversified portfolio returns over the long term.
Despite this risk, the Company has not disclosed any analysis of the trade offs between Company profit and global public health from the perspective of its largely diversified shareholders, whose investment portfolios may be at grave risk from undue limitations on vaccine production.
The requested report will help shareholders determine whether current Company policies serve shareholders' best interests.
J&J asked the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission if it could omit this proposal from its proxy statement, and the SEC said no, so J&J's shareholders will get to vote on it.
I don't want to make too much of this. This is not J&J's biggest shareholders — Vanguard Group, BlackRock Inc. and State Street Corp. — asking the company to license its vaccines; this is a small shareholder making trouble with a nonbinding proposal asking J&J to produce a report. I just want to point out that this is a thing now; you can write a shareholder proposal asking a company's shareholders to think about their interests as diversified shareholders, and asking the company to prioritize those interests above its own economic performance.
We talked previously about a shareholder proposal at Fox Corp., asking it to become a public benefit corporation focused on informing its viewers; that was, I think, the first case of a shareholder proposal specifically arguing that it was in the best interests of Fox's diversified shareholders to do something that was not in the company's direct financial interest. That one got about 1% of the vote at Fox's annual meeting so, you know, early days, but this stuff is part of the conversation now. The model of financial capitalism for many decades was that a company's shareholders were interested exclusively in the financial performance of the company. Now new models are available.
We have talked a lot around here about a basic business model of:
1. Pay people to use your app, service, product, etc. 2. Get lots of users and rapid growth. 3. Tell investors "see we have lots of users and rapid growth! The margins will sort themselves out eventually." 4. Raise lots of money from investors on that premise. 5. Stop paying people to use your thing, and start charging them instead. 6. Either it works, and the thing is so good that they keep using it now that they have to pay for it, or it doesn't, and your thing dies, your investors lose money, and you keep some of their money.
In principle you can do this with any sort of app, service, product, etc., but it helps your pitch if you can project that, once people get used to your thing, they won't be able to quit it. They will become so reliant on, say, grocery delivery in 20 minutes or less that they will be willing to pay up for it rather than return to the archaic barbarism of going to the grocery store themselves.
I don't give … gambling advice? … around here, but I gather that a lot of companies are willing to give New Yorkers a lot of money to try sports betting. Here is a Bloomberg News article about companies giving Whitney Tilson some money to gamble:
Whitney Tilson regularly warns readers of his daily financial newsletter that "sports betting is a sucker's game" and that they shouldn't get hooked.>
That hasn't stopped the 55-year-old former hedge-fund manager from going all in. Since New York state legalized digital sports gambling three weeks ago, Tilson says he's won over $7,000.>
His advice: "The companies are banking on people getting hooked," said Tilson, founder of Empire Financial Research. "So you have to be clever and outwit them." …>
Gambling companies have pushed promotional credits as large as $1,000, reeling in first-time bettors. More than 1.1 million accounts were created in New York in the first two weeks of legalization, according to GeoComply Solutions Inc., which monitors transactions. Nearly 90% of the players are new to regulated digital sports betting, GeoComply said.
And here is a Max Read newsletter with practical advice on how to claim your free money (and not lose it by gambling). You can, uh, I think you can pretty easily understand the thinking here? The thinking is that if you pay someone $1,000 to gamble on your sports betting site, that person will end up losing a lot of money on your sports betting site, enough for you to recoup the $1,000 and then some. "The companies are banking on people getting hooked," just like the 20-minute-grocery-delivery companies are, except that the grocery companies are offering convenience and the gambling companies are offering addiction? I wrote yesterday about the grocery ones:
For the venture capitalists the good outcome here is that you succeed in building a monopoly, jack up prices, squeeze your delivery workers' pay and make a lot of money. From a societal perspective it is possible that the good outcome is … you know … Saudi sovereign wealth funds just give everyone in New York free groceries for a while? There is an argument that this business model is a symptom of investors having too much money, and buying groceries for people seems like as good a use of that money as anything else.
Here arguably the model is "we are taking $1,000 from gambling addicts and giving it to Whitney Tilson," which seems less great.
There is a certain kind of big investor — activist hedge fund managers, Warren Buffett, Elon Musk, Cathie Wood, etc. — who can make a stock go up by buying it. If Warren Buffett buys 5% of a company's stock, and then he says "I bought 5% of that company's stock because I like it," the stock will go up. Or if Bill Ackman buys 5% of a company's stock, and then he says "I bought 5% of that company's stock because I want to do an activism," the stock will go up.
When this happens:
1. The investor — the activist or famous value investor or whoever — makes a quick profit, on paper. The investor also hopefully makes a longer-term, realized profit. If the investor buys at $50 and then announces her purchases and the stock goes to $60, she is up $10 per share, though she is unlikely to sell immediately. (If you frequently do this and sell immediately, people are going to stop trusting you, and you will no longer be able to make the stock go up.) If the investor buys at $50 and then announces her purchase and the stock goes to $60 and then her thesis plays out — she is right that the company is a good investment and it continues going up, or she does activism and replaces the board and the company becomes more valuable, etc. — and the stock goes to $80 and then s he sells when her work is done, she makes $30 per share. But there is no guarantee of that; she might be wrong, or lose her activist campaign. The $60 quick-reaction price is roughly the market's estimate of the expected value of her involvement in the company. 2. The other shareholders of the company also make a profit. Like the investor who catalyzes this, they have a quick paper profit (the stock goes up on the announcement) and then, if all goes well, a bigger longer-term profit. But of course there is some risk of it not going well. They could sell as soon as the investor announces her involvement and make the quick $10. Note that in any case the other shareholders make much more money than our investor. If she buys 5% or 10% of a company's stock and then announces her ownership and the company's value increases by $20 billion, she gets $1 or $2 billion of that, and the other shareholders get the other $18 or $19 billion. 3. The people who sold stock to our investor do not make much of a profit. I mean, they do fine; the stock was trading at $50 and they wanted to sell at $50 and they sold at $50. Realistically if our investor was buying a lot she probably pushed the stock up a little, so the people who sold did a little better than they would have without her involvement. But they don't get $60 per share; they don't get the price that they'd get after the investor announced her involvement.
This all strikes me as fine and good. The investor's involvement is valuable , so she gets to capture some of that value (Point 1). She captures that value because she is providing value to others (Point 2): Our investor's involvement increases the expected value of the company for all of its shareholders, and she gets a cut of that value roughly proportional to her ownership. And people who don't own the stock — including people who were planning to sell anyway, and then did sell — do not get much of that value (Point 3).
Still there is in the world an intuition, one that I find strange, that this is unfair to the people who were selling. If they knew that our famous investor was buying the stock, they would not have sold it to her for $50 (the pre-her-involvement price); they would have demanded $60 (the post-her-involvement price). There is an "information asymmetry": She knew that a famous investor was buying the stock (because it was her, she was the famous investor buying the stock), and they did not (because stock trades are basically anonymous), so she is somehow unfairly taking advantage of their ignorance.
You could imagine a rule that was like "if you are going to buy more than X% of the stock you have to tell everyone in advance so as not to take advantage of them." Or some variant on that. ("If you run more than $10 billion or have more than 100,000 Twitter followers you have to disclose all your purchases in advance"?) Or perhaps not in advance: A rule like "if you buy more than 1% of the stock then you have to disclose that right away" is almost as good as disclosure in advance, because it takes time to buy stock, so if you disclose after the first 1% and you want to buy 5%, the people selling you the remaining 4% will charge you more.
In actual fact the rule in the U.S. is a bit more complicated.[5] It says that if you buy more than 5% of the stock of a company, you have to tell people about that within 10 days after you get to 5%. In practice this means that you can keep buying for 10 days after hitting 5% and get to, you know, 8% or 9% or more before telling anyone. For various other reasons activists often prefer to stay under 10%, so for most activists this rule amounts to "you can build your whole stake secretly."
As I said, I find this fine and good, but others do not. Securities and Exchange Commission Chair Gary Gensler for instance:
"I would anticipate we'd have something on that," Gensler said, adding that he is worried about "information asymmetry," because the public doesn't know there's a big player buying up shares during the 10-day period.
"Right now, if you've crossed the 5% threshold on day one, and you have 10 days to file, that activist might in that period of time, just go up from five to 6% or they might go from five to 15%, but there's nine days that the selling shareholders in the public don't know that information," Gensler said. …
"It's material nonpublic information that there's an activist acquiring stock, who has an intent to influence and generally speaking, there's a pop if you look at the economics from the day they announced … there's usually a pop in the stock at least single-digit percent," Gensler said. "So the selling shareholders during those days don't have some material information."
Well, sure, the selling shareholders don't know who's buying, which is material nonpublic information, but it's material nonpublic information that belongs to the buyer. Or it does under current rules.
A couple of points here. First, the obvious losers from a rule change are activist hedge funds, who will need to pay more to buy their stakes and so will have lower profits. But the other losers are non-selling shareholders of companies that activists would have targeted: Some number of activist campaigns will be non-economical (because the activist would have to buy at a higher price), so the activists will do fewer campaigns, and since the activists' campaigns generally generate more money for other shareholders than for the activists those other shareholders will lose out. The winners are the selling shareholders, the ones who were happy to sell to the activist at $50 but who now get to sell to her at $60.
Second, I suppose this is nice for those selling shareholders, but to be clear the people who really want this rule change are corporate executives, who do not like to be surprised by activists and want to make life as hard for them as possible. The longtime advocates for this rule change have been Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, the law firm where I once worked, which does a lot of activism defense and has petitioned the SEC to shorten the reporting period for years.
Third, the current rules allow investors to buy more than 5% economic ownership of the stock using derivatives — total return swaps, etc. — without disclosing their positions; the rule requires disclosure based on "beneficial ownership," meaning mostly owning actual stock. Ownership of large chunks of stock using swaps has fallen into disrepute after last year's Archegos Capital Management blowup, and the SEC has proposed requiring immediate disclosure of large swaps positions. So it is not surprising that it would also want immediate disc
My general view of the "revolving door" is that it is good for regulators to get a reputation for being tough in high-profile cases, because that will make them more attractive to the private sector. If you are a regulator with a reputation for being tough, then:
1. Potential private-sector employers will think that you're a creative hardworking go-getter, because those characteristics tend to correlate with toughness in regulation. 2. Potential private-sector employers will have more need to hire ex-regulators, because regulation is tougher so there is more work to do to respond to it, and ex-regulators are particularly qualified to do that work. 3. Other employees at your regulator will respect your toughness, and so when you go into private practice and advocate for a client to those regulators, they will take you seriously and be inclined to go easier on your clients; private-sector employers understand this. 4. Potential private-sector employers will want to hire you at a high salary because then you will stop being a regulator, and if you are tough on them as a regulator it is worth paying you to stop.
Of course you can take this too far. If you develop a reputation for being unreasonable or unprofessional or dishonest in your pursuit of tough regulatory action, private-sector employers will be less interested in hiring you. Or if you conduct a perfectly reasonable and honestly rather gentle investigation into a hilariously thin-skinned billionaire this might happen:
A partner at law firm Cooley LLP got an unexpected call late last year from a lawyer for one of the firm's most famous clients, Elon Musk's Tesla Inc., with an ultimatum.
The world's richest man wanted Cooley, which was representing Tesla in numerous lawsuits, to fire one of its attorneys or it would lose the electric-vehicle company's business, people familiar with the matter said.
The target of Mr. Musk's ire was a former U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission lawyer whom Cooley had hired for its securities litigation and enforcement practice and who had no involvement in the firm's work for Tesla. At the SEC, the attorney had interviewed Mr. Musk during the agency's investigation of the Tesla chief executive's 2018 tweet claiming, wrongly, to have secured funding to potentially take the electric-vehicle maker private. …
Cooley has declined to fire the attorney, who remains an associate at the firm, the people said. Since early December, Tesla has begun taking steps in several cases to replace Cooley or add additional counsel, legal documents show. Mr. Musk's rocket company Space Exploration Technologies Corp., also known as SpaceX, has stopped using Cooley for regulatory work, according to people familiar with the matter.
One assumes that Musk was operating out of pure emotional grudge here, but I suppose it's worth asking if that phone call was a good strategic move. Of course Cooley can't actually fire the associate, which would be disastrous for its reputation. But that's not the goal here. Other law firms that do a bunch of work with Tesla might have to ask prospective hires, like, "hey you haven't done anything to annoy Elon Musk have you?" And so current government regulators might think "hmm, I should go easy on Elon Musk so he doesn't ruin my future career."
If you were designing a revolving-door career from first principles it might go something like this:
1. You work in government and design a program that gives people in the private sector nine-figure payouts, but only sometimes, and with a lot of complex qualifications and subjectivity. 2. You quit immediately for the private sector. 3. You hang out a shingle advertising yourself as the only person with the knowledge and connections to get people those nine-figure payouts. 4. You take a chunk for yourself.
This is a good trade — build a spigot of government money and plant yourself in front of it — but still you could improve it. As I said above, it is good for a regulator to develop a reputation for toughness, in part because that will get you continuing respect from the people still in government administering the spigot. And of course spigots of government money are controversial and could be shut off at any time due to budget problems etc. So what you want to do is replace Step 1 above with:
1. You work in government and design a program that very toughly takes nine-figure sums from bad private-sector actors and then gives a share of them to good private-sector actors, but only sometimes and with a lot of complex qualifications and subjectivity. 2. Etc.
Anyway here's Patrick Radden Keefe in the New Yorker about whistle-blower lawyer Jordan Thomas:
Submitting explosive government filings on behalf of anonymous clients is what Jordan Thomas does for a living. He is an attorney who represents whistle-blowers. Thomas previously worked at the Securities and Exchange Commission, where he helped create a new program, implemented in 2011, that encouraged people to report corporate malfeasance. The program, developed after the 2008 financial crisis and the Bernie Madoff scandal, established a substantial monetary incentive for whistle-blowers, by allowing them to share in the proceeds of successful S.E.C. actions. These awards, which are sometimes referred to as bounties, can range from ten per cent to thirty per cent of what the errant company ends up paying the government. Since its introduction, the program has dispersed more than $1.2 billion in awards. In the words of the former S.E.C. chair Mary Jo White, it has been "a game changer.">
Just after Thomas helped introduce this new regime, he left the government and opened a legal practice dedicated to representing whistle-blowers who brought cases to the S.E.C. Today, he is perhaps the foremost attorney representing such whistle-blowers. …>
Because Thomas is often among the few people who know about the clandestine risks that his clients undertake, and about the secret windfalls they receive, he can occasionally act like their therapist or priest, giving them the faith to persevere. It helps, of course, that he is one of the designers of the bureaucratic gantlet they face. "He's the architect of the Matrix," the whistle-blower said. "Jordan Thomas built this machine." ...>
Because he works on contingency, his fee is a significant chunk of any rewards that his clients receive. When the S.E.C. announced, in 2018, that in the Merrill Lynch case it would pay two awards, totalling eighty-three million dollars, it was reported that Labaton Sucharow could make more than twenty-five million dollars. Thomas expanded his team, bringing on two partners, Rich Levine and Michael Stevenson, who are also former S.E.C. officials.
If you work in the SEC's whistle-blower office, why wouldn't you quit after a while to do the same job but for a cut of the proceeds?
I will say that this is arguably good incentive design. Arguably everyone at the SEC should do a rotation through the whistle-blower office, just to get a taste for it. As I said above, the revolving door primarily creates incentives for regulators to be tough, but it secondarily creates incentives for them to be polite and clubbable. If your regulatory career is an audition for a private-sector job, you want the private-sector lawyers you deal with to think of you as tough but fair, professional and honest, someone they could see as a colleague. You want to make lots of ambitious cases and win them, but you don't want everyone to hate you. But if your post-SEC career is as a lawyer for whistle-blowers it's fine if everyone hates you! That's the job really! Elon Musk definitely can't get Jordan Thomas fired! He is a liberating role model for SEC enforcers.
The way credit ratings work is that a company goes to a credit-ratings firm and asks it to rate the company's bonds, and the ratings firm rates the bond, and the issuer pays the firm for the rating. One standard lesson of the 2008 financial crisis is that if an issuer is paying for a rating, the rating might be too generous. There are some reasons to quibble with that standard interpretation, but broadly speaking it makes sense. There are obvious incentive problems.
Meanwhile the World Bank is funded by some countries, and it also rates countries. It doesn't give them a credit rating, but it publishes a "Doing Business" report rating countries on, you know, how good it is to do business in those countries. If you are a country you want to get a good rating in that report so that more businesses will want to do business in you. If you are a country that funds the World Bank, etc. etc. etc., this really writes itself but here you go:
The World Bank canceled a prominent report rating the business environment of the world's countries after an investigation concluded that senior bank management pressured staff to alter data affecting the ranking of China and other nations.
The leaders implicated include then World Bank Chief Executive Kristalina Georgieva, now managing director of the International Monetary Fund, and then World Bank President Jim Yong Kim. ...
The Doing Business report has been the subject of an external probe into the integrity of the report's data. On Thursday, the bank released the results of that investigation, which concluded that senior bank leaders including Ms. Georgieva were involved in pressuring economists to improve China's 2018 ranking. At the time, she and others were attempting to persuade China to support a boost in the bank's funding. …
Chinese officials in 2017 and 2018 were eager to see their ranking improve, and so Mr. Kim and Ms. Georgieva and their staff held a series of meetings to discuss ways that the report's methodology could be altered to improve China's rankings, according to the investigative report by the law firm WilmerHale.
The World Bank was in the middle of difficult international negotiations to receive a $13 billion capital increase. Despite being the world's second largest economy, China is the No. 3 shareholder at the World Bank, following the U.S. and Japan, and Beijing was eager to see its power increased as part of a deal for more funding. …
Although the data-gathering process for the 2018 report was finished, the World Bank's economists reopened the data tables and altered China's data, the investigative report said. Instead of ranking 85th among the world's countries, China climbed to 78th due to the alterations.
It is popular in certain strands of financial regulatory thought to assume that the financial industry responds to incentives but that governments and intergovernmental organizations do not. But if you can get a billion dollars by moving China from 85th to 78th in a necessarily subjective multi-factor ranking, why wouldn't you?
The way that high-level professional services — investment banking, law, consulting, etc. — work is that a professional firm provides services to a client company, and the company pays the firm, but particular people at the firm pitch and work with particular people at the company, and the people at the company want to work with people they like and trust. And so the business of a senior investment banker consists largely of winning the trust and friendship of executives at companies in her coverage industry. Sure sometimes she will pitch a company she barely knows on a particular deal and win the business (or not) based on the quality of ideas in her pitch; other times a company will want to do a deal, will ask banks for fee proposals, and will choose her if she proposes the lowest fee. But in the course of a career these things tend to be less important than the day-to-day building of reputation and relationships. Mostly companies will hire her because their executives have worked with her before and like and trust her.
There are obvious, mostly low-grade conflicts of interest here. Probably some banking business can be done well enough by anyone, some other bank would do it cheap, and the company overpays for it because the chief financial officer wants to work with a particular banker whom he likes and trusts. Or the chief executive officer hires a banker who tells her what she wants to hear ("do a big merger") rather than what is actually in the best interests of her company; the shareholders end up worse off because the CEO picks advisers based on personal preference. Or of course professional service providers tend to buy a lot of dinners and sports tickets for client executives, and while the clients probably mostly don't hire firms based on that sort of everyday bribery, it's a thing you could worry about.
You could imagine trying to stamp out all of these conflicts of interest, and in some organizations (for instance, many governments) and some contexts people do. You set up objective criteria for hiring professional advisers, you demand written price quotes and choose the lowest one, you have some independent committee choose advisers on impersonal metrics without regard for the preferences of the executives who will work with the advisers. But mostly that is sort of silly; the actual service that these firms provide is basically "wise trusted advice," and to provide that service you really do need some relationship of personal trust. You can't just put it out to the lowest bidder.
Accounting is an unusual professional-services business because a lot of what accounting firms do — tax and structuring advice, consulting, etc. — is very much in this vein of wise trusted advice, but one core function of accounting firms — public-company auditing — is … only partly like that. Public-company executives do, to some extent, think of their auditors as "the people I call with accounting questions," and they want to hire auditors whom they like and trust and who they think have good judgment and good bedside manner. But auditors are also in a somewhat adversarial position to their client companies, or rather to the clients' executives: Their job is to audit the clients' accounts, to check them for mistakes, to flag problems, to certify to the market that the accounts have been reviewed independently and found to be acceptable. If the auditors are best friends and trusted advisers to the executives, then they can't be independent, and the market can't trust their audit results.
And so you get sort of a weird dynamic where there are rules designed to prevent auditors from becoming too chummy with their clients' executives, but of course the client executives want auditors who are chummy with them so they can have a pleasant audit experience, and of course the auditors want to be chummy with client executives so they can keep and win business.
Amazon.com Inc. is a big company, and if it decides to partner with a smaller company it can steer a ton of revenue and attention to that smaller company. Amazon might reasonably think "we are sending all this revenue and attention to the smaller company, and they are going to profit from it, and we want to extract as much of that profit as possible for ourselves." One way to do that is to set the commercial terms to be as favorable as possible to Amazon — pay suppliers as little as possible, etc. — but arguably a better way to do it is to (1) cheerfully create value for the smaller company but (2) buy some of that company first. You bestow Amazon's blessing on other companies, this blessing makes those companies more valuable, and your stake in them benefits from your actions.
So:
The technology-and-retail giant has struck at least a dozen deals with publicly traded companies in which it gets rights, called warrants, to buy the vendors' stock in the future at what could be below-market prices, according to corporate filings and interviews with people involved with the deals.
Amazon over the past decade also has done more than 75 such deals with privately held companies, according to a person familiar with the matter. In all, the tech titan's stakes and potential stakes amount to billions of dollars across companies that provide everything from call-center services to natural gas, and in some cases position Amazon among the top shareholders in those businesses.
The unusual arrangements offer another window into how Amazon uses its market heft to increase its wealth and clout. The company has been under growing scrutiny from regulators and lawmakers over its competitive practices, including with companies it partners with.
While the deals can benefit the suppliers by locking in big contracts, which can also boost their share prices, executives at several of the companies said they felt they couldn't refuse Amazon's push for the right to buy the stock without risking a major contract. The deals in some cases also give Amazon rights such as board representation and the ability to top any acquisition offers from other companies.
For Amazon, the arrangements give it a piece of the potential upside their vendors can get from doing business with one of the world's biggest companies.
For instance:
Grocery distributor SpartanNash Co. last year amended a contract with Amazon to deliver groceries to its Amazon Fresh arm. The Grand Rapids, Mich.-based company had been supplying Amazon with food since 2016, but this time Amazon added a condition: if it bought $8 billion worth of groceries over seven years, it could get warrants to purchase around 15% of SpartanNash's stock at a price potentially lower than the market. Amazon also said it wanted to be notified of any takeover offers for SpartanNash and have a 10-day window to offer a counterbid.
SpartanNash executives were taken aback, said people familiar with the matter. No customer had requested such terms before. Executives ultimately decided they didn't want to haggle with one of SpartanNash's biggest customers, and that being tied to Amazon could raise their company's profile, one of the people said.
Well, look, here is a graph of SpartanNash's stock price over the last year:Can you spot the day that SpartanNash announced its Amazon contract? I bet you can! The stock was up 26.3% that day. SpartanNash added 26.3% to its equity market value, in exchange for giving as much as 15% of its equity market value to Amazon. Twenty-six is more than 15. Seems like a good trade for both of them? Obviously SpartanNash would have preferred to add 26.3% to its market cap without giving any of it to Amazon, but that deal wasn't on the table. Also it is quite possible that what "raised their company's profile" is not just the commercial agreement but also the warrants, that being part-owned by Amazon made it more valuable than merely being an Amazon supplier would.
Amazon's reasoning seems to be explicitly about capturing the upside that it creates in smaller companies:
Amazon's first major warrants deal with a publicly traded vendor came in 2016. Amazon was seeking a partner with cargo planes to help build out its massive logistics network. Executives reasoned that the company's potential partners were all smaller, lesser-known companies with stagnant growth, and that a major contract from Amazon would invigorate their stocks, according to a person familiar with the matter. Amazon wanted some of that potential upside, the person said.
That reasoning strikes me as completely correct and kind of obvious. Yet somehow this approach is not popular; it is viewed as grasping and excessive and monopolistic. And I suppose Amazon's competitive advantage is in part that it does the economically obvious thing even if that seems grasping and excessive and monopolistic.
Oh one other very niche thing that I enjoyed is that Amazon's warrants appear to be based on the U.S. Treasury's Troubled Asset Relief Program warrants:
Former Amazon executives who worked on warrant deals said they found no direct precedent before the company began striking them. For a guide, an Amazon team sleuthed through financial documents from the 2008 financial crisis to find information about bank bailouts that involved warrants, one of the people said.
I used to (very) occasionally create warrants, as an equity-linked investment banker, and I will say that "just copy the TARP warrants" was kind of the standard approach. Arguably Treasury, in turn, was influenced by Berkshire Hathaway Inc.'s preferred-stock-plus-warrants investment in Goldman Sachs Group Inc. a few weeks before the TARP deals, and the Berkshire deal is also a popular precedent. These are good examples of my general rule, that if you can create a ton of value for another company you should buy its stock first.
Not that long ago, public-company chief executive officers complained constantly about how the public capital markets were relentlessly focused on the short term. "We can't invest for the future," the CEOs would say, "because shareholders only care about this quarter's earnings, and if we ever sacrifice short-term profits for long-term sustainability they will get mad and throw us out." This always struck me as somewhat implausible. The shareholders care about the present value of the company's future earnings in perpetuity. If the managers maximize that, the shareholders will be happy. The shareholders simply don't always trust that the managers are actually doing that; they worry that the managers are being lazy or dumb or building up their own importance rather than maximizing the long-term cash flows. (With some managers, they don't worry about this; Jeff Bezos and Elon Musk have very little reason to complain about shareholder short-termism.[2]) The shareholders want long-term value creation; they just want to hold managers accountable for actually creating that value. Sometimes the most practical way to do that is to check up on their results each quarter.
In any case, you hear this complaint a bit less these days. For one thing, there is the weird exogenous fact that quarterly corporate earnings went down a lot recently, for evidently short-term reasons, and investors responded with cheerful enthusiasm. Last year the net income of the S&P 500 index was down by 19% year-over-year, while the price of the index was up 16%.[3] Looking through the effect of a pandemic is not an incredible triumph of long-termism or anything, but it does seem harder to argue now that the market myopically overweights short-term results.
Also though now CEOs are too busy responding to investor demands that they focus more on the long term:
Companies are racking up hefty bills as they invest in new facilities and products to reduce emissions or meet other targets, hoping for a payoff down the road.
Businesses increasingly are coming under pressure from investors, lawmakers and regulators who demand more details on their spending plans and the progress they are making to achieve their environmental, social and governance goals.
As a result, car manufacturers such as General Motors Co. and Ford Motor Co. are boosting investments in electric vehicles to reduce emissions, while utilities including Xcel Energy Inc. and CenterPoint Energy Inc. are producing more renewable power.
But, those investments present challenges for chief financial officers overseeing companies' capital spending plans. Many of them are entering unknown territory by allocating funds to projects that carry big price tags, cover long time horizons and yield returns that are sometimes hard to quantify, executives said. Companies often make these investments before new regulations are proposed or consumer choices change, adding to the difficulty of finding the right balance.
Those viewed as investing too little are already paying a price. Ratings firms in recent months have either cut the credit outlooks of oil-and-gas companies or outright downgraded them, citing risks associated with the transition to green power and other factors. Among them were Chevron Corp. and Exxon Mobil Corp. , which last month lost a proxy battle against an activist investor. Credit downgrades can increase companies' borrowing costs and hurt their stock prices.
A couple of years ago, if a company got in a proxy fight with an activist investor, the company's managers would invariably say that the activist was a short-term-focused investor who wanted to make a quick buck and didn't understand or care about the company's long-term business. That was just how managers thought and talked about activists, and really how everyone did: Activists wanted to take the money the company was going to spend on research and development and blow it on stock buybacks instead. Now, when Exxon lost a proxy fight last month, it was to an activist who wants it to do more to transition to green energy, because he thinks that will create more long-term value even at the expense of short-term profitability.
A somewhat tongue-in-cheek but surprisingly useful maxim of high finance is that it is good for your career if you lose a billion dollars. I mean, if you lose a billion dollars for your employer you will probably be fired, though that depends on who your employer is and how much money you started with and what you did to lose it. But lots of other employers will be excited to hire you, once they learn that you lost a billion dollars for someone else. That is a good sign in a lot of ways:
1. It shows that someone trusted you to take risks with a lot of money. That's good! An employer is going to be nervous about letting anyone take billion-dollar risks with its money; if someone else already let you take billion-dollar risks with their money then that is evidence that you are one of the people sensible employers trust to take billion-dollar risks. Of course it went poorly for your last employer but that's not the point. 2. It shows that you were willing to take risks. That's good! Financial firms want people who will do stuff, who will make bold bets, who will take a chance at failing. It's easy enough to sit around looking busy while basically tracking an index; losing a billion dollars means that you were bold and active. 3. Sure sure the risks didn't work out but you probably have a good story about why it seemed like a good idea ex ante. 4. You have probably learned from your mistakes and won't do it again. (You probably also, now, have a good story about why it wasn't a good idea ex ante.[1]) 5. A weird optional bonus is that if you lost a billion dollars for a big employer, you might have some insights into how to take a billion dollars from that employer, which is potentially useful for that employer's competitors. Not all of finance is, like, Hedge Fund A figuring out how to exploit Bank B's weaknesses, but some of it is, and if you were one of Bank B's weaknesses you might be of particular use to Hedge Fund A.
People talk about the asymmetric incentives for risk-takers at banks — if you take a lot of risk and it works out, you get a huge bonus; if you take a lot of risk and it blows up, the worst they can do is fire you — but if this maxim is true (and, again, it's partly a joke) then it's even stronger than that, because if you take a lot of risk and it blows up that's good for you too. You're not just long a call on your performance, you're somehow also long a put. Either way you profit from volatility, so your incentive is to take a lot of risk.[2]I don't literally mean "a billion dollars," by the way; that's a nice round number and certainly attracts attention from future employers, but you can achieve similar career goals with some other large salient loss. Anyway here's a fun story about the new chief financial officer of JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
Long before Jeremy Barnum was promoted to chief financial officer, he was fired over a trading mishap -- by JPMorgan. He later parted ways with hedge fund BlueMountain Capital Management over another market blunder. ...[In 2004], JPMorgan's results in fixed income faltered. When Barnum's [credit derivatives[ team lost a bundle, his name was added to a list of dismissals as the bank's bosses set out to restructure the unit. He sent coworkers a tongue-in-cheek farewell email recommending that they closely study the career of Joseph Stalin's henchman Lavrentiy Beria and get really good at PowerPoint.Barnum was soon snapped up by BlueMountain, which named him head of its London office in 2005. The next year, the fund took a bath on wrong-way credit bets linked to Liberty Global Inc.'s Cablecom Holdings, prompting another ouster for Barnum. In a statement at the time, a senior BlueMountain executive said Barnum's exit was "mutually agreed."Then came the uncanny turnaround. JPMorgan gave Barnum a second chance and a new mission: Instead of making wagers himself, Barnum would use his trading experience and the lessons he learned to help oversee businesses, spot risks and head off trouble. He rejoined JPMorgan in 2007, right as two of Bear Stearns Cos.' hedge funds were blowing up.By 2010, Barnum was indispensable to his bosses and on the rise, having helped the firm dodge bullets from the financial crisis.
"This guy knows how we lose money," was I guess the theory; "maybe he can also stop us from losing money." It worked!
One thing to think about, if you run a company, is how much crime your company should do. The naïve answer would be that the optimal level of crime, for any company, is zero: Doing crimes is bad, it is forbidden, you should not do forbidden things, it is a pretty basic argument.I suppose an occasional theme around here is that this view is not quite right, and that the optimal level of crime for many companies is somewhat higher than zero. I have suggested recently, for instance, that a venture capitalist should want the level of securities fraud among her portfolio companies to be a bit higher than zero: If some of your founders aren't lying to you, you aren't backing enough bold out-of-consensus founders. If you run an investment bank and you want aggressive rainmakers to pursue hard-won business in distant parts of the world, some of them might do some bribes, and if you cut the level of bribes to zero it might lead to unacceptable losses of legitimate business. Or just more simply, if you have tens of thousands of employees, some of them will be stealing office supplies or whatever, and the costs of monitoring might be higher than the costs of some crime. In your personal life you might have an "absolutely no crime" rule, but in a large enough company your enforcement will necessarily be somewhat statistical, and absolutely zero crime might be hard to achieve and not worth it. But never mind all of that. What if your company's business is crime? What if you are a Mafia family, or a ransomware hacking group? Clearly the optimal level of crime is not zero: If your business is crime, you have to do crime to get revenue. But the optimal level of crime is also not infinite: If you do too many crimes, or crimes that are too bad, you will get in too much trouble. Doing more and bigger crimes should increase your crime-based revenue, but it also increases the resources that officials will expend on trying to shut you down, and thus your risks of being stopped and punished. At some point the lines cross, and you should forego some criminal revenue in order to keep your legal risk manageable. This is more or less the same calculation that regular businesses often make — "we don't want this piece of business, even though it's very lucrative, because it has too much legal risk" — just with a different baseline. An ordinary business wants to commit very few felonies, perhaps zero; a crime business wants to commit many. But they both have to make decisions at the margin, about whether to commit one more felony.
You miss 100% of the shots you don't take, or whatever. If you are smart enough to avoid all the dumb trades, the people with the borderline trades — the risky hairy trades, the trades that might well be dumb, but that, if they're not dumb, will be very lucrative — will go elsewhere. Why deal with you and your strict culture of risk management, when they could deal with someone else's nonexistent culture of risk management? I was not entirely serious about that, but, you know. There's a balance. You want to do all the good trades and none of the bad trades. To some extent you can just try to be really smart and choose your trades correctly, but in practice, at a large bank, in a competitive market, over time, it's not always going to work that way. Instead there will be a dial you can turn between "no bad trades but also no good trades" and "lots of good trades but also some bad trades," and you will try to turn the dial to a setting that maximizes net profits (gains from good trades minus losses from bad trades). Sometimes you will adjust the dial. If you have a particularly large and embarrassing bad trade, you will jerk the dial to the left; you'll retrench and do fewer good trades in order to ensure that you don't do any more bad trades. If you don't have any embarrassing losses for a while, though, you will start creeping the dial to the right, especially if your market share isn't great. "Let's do a few more risky trades," you will think, "because we are clearly not taking enough risk." Sometimes this will be a correct diagnosis: You are missing good trades because you are more conservative than your peers. Other times it is counterproductive: You are missing good trades because you are less charming or less respected or less helpful than your peers, and to get more trades you adverse-select yourself into the bad ones. A few weeks ago, a bunch of banks lost money on some margin loans gone wrong. (Technically equity total return swaps, but same basic idea.) I would not say any of them are proud of it or anything, and it is leading to a lot of retrenchment: The banks are cutting back risk in their prime-brokerage and swaps businesses, and regulators are making noises about new, stricter rules. On the other hand, before the swaps went wrong, some of the banks were definitely in turning-the-dial-to-the-right mode. Here's a Financial Times story about "How Credit Suisse rolled the dice on risk management — and lost":
In interviews with the Financial Times, six current and former Credit Suisse managers said the bank hollowed out risk expertise and trading acumen in favour of promoting salesmen and technocrats. Dissenting voices were suppressed, they said."There was a dulling of the senses," said a former executive. "Credit Suisse was in the deep end swimming with the sharks, but doing it with a private banking mindset. They were always going to get destroyed."
And here is a description of how chief risk officer Lara Warner, a former equities analyst, pushed the risk department to be "more commercial," which is pretty much how the dial works:
Warner was keen that the bank's global risk function should not be seen as an "academic ivory tower" that could "dismiss business out of hand", according to a person close to the bank. She also wanted her department to be seen as a career destination rather than an administrative backwater.During her five-year tenure, Warner and other executives pushed for risk and compliance to be "more commercial" and "aligned" with the front office traders and dealmakers, multiple current and former staff told the FT.She led by example. In October, Warner personally overruled risk managers who cautioned against giving Greensill a $160m bridge loan ahead of a private fundraising. The loan is now in default.
It is tempting to conclude that it is good for a bank to have trades blow up embarrassingly every now and then: If you go too long with no blow-ups, the dial will just creep to the right to let more trades in. "Clearly we are being too careful," the bank will conclude, "so let's be less careful." A few controlled fires can offset that tendency before it causes too big a problem. One problem with that conclusion is that Credit Suisse did have some embarrassing blow-ups before its bigger and more embarrassing blow-ups with Archegos Capital Management and Greensill Capital:
In 2018, Credit Suisse lost about $60m after it was left holding a block of shares in clothing company Canada Goose when its stock price plummeted. About a year later, the bank lost about $200m when Malachite Capital, a New York hedge fund and one of its prime brokerage clients, imploded."Those losses arose from lack of discipline," the former executive said. Just as with Archegos, senior managers at Credit Suisse got stuck in large positions negotiating on price while their peers aggressively sold out."There was systematic insensitivity at all levels," said a second person. "If you're the head of risk and you let a $60m loss go by, then a $200m loss, and you don't ask what the hell is happening here, what are you doing?"
In the simple model, the job of the chief risk officer is to turn the dial to "less risk" when things blow up a little bit, so that they don't blow up more.
I am so used to the asymmetric incentives of the financial industry, where if you make a lot of money for the firm you get rich, and if you lose a lot of money for the firm you (1) get fired, (2) get to keep the riches you made previously, and (3) easily get another job because you have proved yourself as a risk-taker. These incentives, obviously, encourage risk-taking, which in some very broad sense is what the financial industry wants; investment banks and hedge funds are trying to identify and train skilled risk-takers. One can go too far with this, and over the last decade or so there has been a lot of conversation about dialing back these incentives, about bonus caps and clawbacks to reduce the asymmetry and discourage excessive risk-taking.
But the incentives of the corporate treasury industry are the opposite. Your job is not to lose money. If you succeed in not losing money, you receive your modest, stable rewards. If you fail and lose money, you are fired. If you succeed beyond your wildest dreams and make a lot of money, (1) you do not get any extra rewards (because that was not your job) and (2) if your bosses are smart, they fire you anyway, because the fact that you made a lot of money means that you took a lot of risk, which was very much not your job.
The conclusion here is probably that corporate treasurers are never going to decide to buy Bitcoin, at least not until it becomes broadly normalized. How can it become normalized if treasurers never decide to buy it? Well, corporate treasurers are not necessarily the final decision-makers about the corporate treasury. Corporate chief executive officers are chosen and trained and incentivized to take risks; their pay does go up if the company is worth more. Some of them are really into Bitcoin. If Elon Musk tells his corporate treasurer to buy Bitcoin, Tesla Inc. is going to buy Bitcoin. "Ehh I just work here," the treasurer will shrug; "they don't pay me to take risks, and telling Elon not to do this is a risk I'm not willing to take."
The basic sin of investment banks is that they are both counterparties and advisers. The goal, of a banker or a salesperson at a bank, is to develop deep relationships with clients so that they treat you as a trusted adviser and come to you to solve their problems. The way you solve their problems is by selling them a thing. The more the thing costs—the more fees you can sneak into it, etc.—the happier you are and the sadder they are. They trust you to advise them on what is in their best interests, and then you advise them to do something that is in your best interests.
I do not want to exaggerate this. This is not "banks are irremediably evil." This is just, like, commerce. The way you get paid, as a bank, is usually that your client pays you. The more they pay you the more money you have and the less money they have. This is not that different from most other businesses: A car salesman wants to solve your transportation problems by selling you a car, and it's in his interest to add as many expensive optional features as possible to the car. But people, for both good and bad reasons, get madder about it when it's a bank. To be fair they don't usually get mad about it. Usually you buy a car and you like driving it and you are perfectly content that the salesman made some money selling it to you. Usually companies sell bonds or do acquisitions, and they are happy to have the money or the acquired company, and they are perfectly content that the bankers made some money executing the deal. But when things go wrong—when a company is not happy with its bonds, or its acquisition—everything kind of feels like a conflict of interest.
United Natural Foods Inc. hired Goldman Sachs Group Inc. as its trusted adviser to do a "bet-the-company" acquisition of Supervalu Inc. (Disclosure, I used to work at Goldman as an investment banker; before that, as a lawyer, I helped Supervalu do another merger.) In order to pay for that acquisition, UNFI needed to borrow a lot of money. It also hired its trusted adviser, Goldman, to be the lead lender on that loan. Presumably UNFI asked its trusted Goldman bankers questions like "what is the best way to pay for this thing" and "what mix of bonds and loans should we use" and "how should we structure the loan syndication" and all the ordinary corporate financing questions that you'd expect a company to ask of its bankers, and it was satisfied that Goldman was the right bank to lead the loan, and so it signed a commitment letter with Goldman. The commitment letter said that Goldman and UNFI had an "arms-length business relationship." It was "not intended to create a fiduciary relationship among the parties." UNFI agreed not to "claim that [Goldman] have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect with respect to the debt transactions contemplated hereby." Goldman's interests "involved interests that differ from [UNFI's] interests," and UNFI agreed that Goldman had "no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions" and promised not to "assert any claim based on 'actual or potential conflicts of interest.'"
There were a lot of unpleasant words, buried in the legal boilerplate of the commitment letter! If you just read the commitment letter, you would think that Goldman dispassionately operated a money store, and that UNFI showed up at the money store looking for money, and Goldman agreed to give it the money, and they were otherwise strangers to each other, each looking out for their own advantage. On the other hand if you were an UNFI executive who talked every day to your trusted adviser at Goldman Sachs, when he sent you that commitment letter you might have given it only a cursory skim. "Oh, boilerplate, arms-length business relationship, blah blah blah," you might have said; "that doesn't mean us, we are different, our Goldman adviser loves us and we love him."
The way loans like this work is that Goldman was on the hook to fund the loan, but everyone expected it to syndicate the loan to other investors before funding. UNFI agreed to help with the syndication, by providing financial statements and making its executives available to talk to investors and so forth, and Goldman agreed to try to get the syndication done in a reasonable way. (Which was in its interest, since otherwise it would have to come up with the money.) There were, as is common, "flex provisions": If Goldman couldn't get the syndication done at the interest rate it had agreed to, it could raise the interest rate, by up to 1.5%, and UNFI couldn't object. Goldman also got various fees—for structuring the loan and of course for advising on the merger—and, if the syndication had problems and it had to use the flex provisions, there would be more fees.
Things became fraught—UNFI had to raise its bid for Supervalu to an uncomfortable amount to get the deal done, which seems to have made it cranky, and it seems to have blamed Goldman for this—and then the market fell and the syndication went poorly. Goldman exercised the flex provisions, adding the full 1.5% to the interest rate and demanding all the extra fees. It also apparently asked UNFI if it could have even more flex, that is, raise the interest rate even more to get the syndication done. UNFI said no, which was perfectly allowable under the contract but awkward as a matter of trusting friendship. The acquisition closed, the loan was funded, Goldman and UNFI went their separate ways, and it seemed safe to say that they wouldn't work together again for a while. The client relationship was badly soured.
Then UNFI sued. Basically it didn't want to pay the extra fees, or the extra 1.5% interest, and argued that Goldman did not do a good job of the syndication and should not get all the extra money. UNFI did not have a particularly good argument—we talked about it last year, when UNFI sued—and last week it lost, when a New York judge dismissed its case.
Here is her opinion. Mostly what is going on here is that UNFI wishes Goldman had acted in UNFI's best interests, while Goldman in fact acted in Goldman's best interests. UNFI thinks that that is bad and should not be allowed, but the judge, quite correctly, says, well, that is literally the agreement you signed. Goldman's "profit seeking motive is not improper," she writes, about Goldman's decisions to charge more money rather than less. For instance UNFI would prefer not to pay the higher flexed interest rate, which is reasonable enough, but the judge says, look, you signed a contract that said Goldman could flex the interest rate.
Triggering the flex provisions dramatically increased UNFI's cost, but was financially even more lucrative for defendants. …UNFI's position concerning the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing construes the covenant so broadly as to nullify the express terms of the Flex Provisions and create independent contractual obligations. A plain reading of the Flex Provisions indicates that the Lead Arrangers, without UNFI's consent, had the authority to exercise the Flex Provisions so long as they reasonably determined that such changes were necessary for a Successful Syndication or that such Successful Syndication had not or could not occur by the Closing Date. This is not denying plaintiff the fruit of the contract; this is precisely what plaintiff bargained for.
If Goldman couldn't sell the loan at the original interest rate, it could have just kept the interest rate the same and kept the loan on its books, or sold it to other investors at a loss. That would have been super nice of Goldman. If you had built a long and trusting relationship with Goldman, a relationship that felt like a friendship, you might have expected Goldman to do that, maybe, a little bit. Goldman did not do that. That would have cost Goldman a lot of money. Instead it raised the interest rate the maximum amount and charged extra fees. This was a totally rational thing for an economic counterparty to do, and was quite ex
The theory here is that if you own a company, and you also own all the other companies in the stock market, your incentives are not to maximize the profits of the one particular company, but rather to maximize the joint profits of all the companies combined. That is a theory that we talk about all the time! Usually I phrase it as "should index funds be illegal?" Because typically this theory is part of an argument that big diversified institutional investors (including index funds) who own shares of all of the companies in an industry will want those companies to maximize industry profits (by raising prices) rather than to compete for market share (by lowering prices). That particular strong form of the theory is controversial for various reasons, but some weaker form of it is surely true.
If 100% of your wealth is tied up in one company, the success of that company is extremely important to you. You want it to increase its market share and its margins, to put competitors out of business and to charge its customers as much as the market will bear, because that's how you get money. A certain amount of antisocial behavior by the company could, in some circumstances, be good for you. But if your wealth is passively indexed to all of the companies in the economy, the thing that matters most to you is the health of the economy. You just don't care very much about who has how much market share; what you want most is to expand the overall pool of profits. Here too you might be inclined to certain kinds of antisocial behavior—behavior, like raising prices or lowering wages, that will be good for profits but bad for other values—but they will be different kinds. More … social … kinds.
You see this explicitly in some of BlackRock Inc.'s environmental and social statements. BlackRock is a giant diversified fund manager that runs trillions of dollars of index funds and it really just cannot be bothered with thinking about which companies are better at defending their competitive positions. What BlackRock cares about, at the highest levels, is the general long-term health of corporate capitalism, and where it focuses its energy is on ways to help that system with its coordinating power. Every company, looking out only for its own profits, might have incentives to pollute and degrade the environment, but the companies collectively will be better off if the earth remains inhabitable. Unchecked competition might lead to a race to the bottom, but BlackRock can be a check on competition, and so it demands that companies do things in the greater good rather than for their own immediate bottom line. Sort of. On environmental issues at least.
We talked last month about two related aspects of the U.S. legal system. One is that, if you know that someone has done bad stuff in secret, it is illegal—"blackmail," "extortion"—to call them up and threaten to expose them unless they pay you money, but it is basically legal to call them up and threaten to sue them, and then negotiate a settlement agreement in which they pay you money in exchange for dropping your lawsuit (even before it is filed) and signing a nondisclosure agreement. The other aspect is that a lot of lawsuits originate not with victims but with entrepreneurial lawyers. There is a class of lawyers who are in the business of finding companies that have harmed people, advertising for people who were harmed, and suing on behalf of those people in exchange for a cut of the money. If you can round up enough victims and take a cut of all of their payments, you can make a lot of money, and these sorts of lawyers—particularly "mass tort" lawyers who sue on behalf of thousands of people harmed by companies' actions—can get very rich. Now there are some lawsuits—and we talked about them last time—where the lawyers get almost all the money and the victims get almost none of it, but this does not really happen in mass tort cases. In mass tort cases the victims tend to be seriously harmed—often the harm is cancer—and no judge will approve a settlement in which the victims just get, like, a coupon for 10% off the weed killer that gave them cancer. These cases involve huge recoveries for victims, and payments to the lawyers that are large, but fractions of the victims' recoveries. If you are a lawyer who gets into the mass-tort business in order to help people who have been wronged by big evil companies, this process is great: You provide help (or at least compensation) to people who desperately need it, and you get rich. But if you are a lawyer who gets into the mass-tort business in order to get rich, this process could seem a bit inefficient: You do all the work to win a trial or negotiate a settlement, but you only get to keep 10 or 20 or 30% of the money. Why shouldn't you cut the victims out of it entirely and keep all of the money? Go to the company and tell them that you're going to sue, but offer not to in exchange for, say, 40% of your expected winnings. The company benefits, because it pays 40% instead of 100%, and saves on legal fees, bad publicity, etc. You benefit, because you get 40% instead of 20% or whatever, and you don't have to do the work and take the risk of actually suing. Everyone wins! Ha, no, not everyone wins. The victims lose, obviously, though you should be a little careful about that. They don't benefit, but they're not any worse off than they were. You didn't bring a lawsuit on their behalf, but you had no obligation to. And if someone else discovers their claim and wants to bring a lawsuit, they still can, because you haven't actually settled any victims' claims. You've just received a big bribe for not bringing the claims yourself. Oh yeah the other obvious loser is you because you will get arrested for this:
Tax (5)
The way stock investing works in the US is that you buy a stock for $100, and then you hold it for 10 years, and then you sell it for $300 and have $200 of capital gains, which you pay taxes on. If the stock is at $110 after the first year,...
Levine explains the awkward tax result for distressed debt buybacks. If a company borrowed $1 billion and later repurchases the debt for less, it has economically benefited from the discount. Tax law may treat that benefit as income, even though the company may be in financial distress and even though the transaction is designed to improve its balance sheet.
Levine describes the production of Coke as formula, syrup, and bottling, then points to the tax question: which affiliate earns the valuable profit from the brand and formula? Transfer pricing is the machinery for answering that question across jurisdictions. The same economic activity can produce very different taxable income depending on where the valuable intangible is treated as residing.
Here's a trade:
1. You are the founder, chief executive officer and main owner of some private company. Say it's worth $1 billion and you own 90%; your employees own the other 10%. 2. You would like to make a charitable donation, say to your alma mater. Instead of giving cash, you give some of the shares that you own in your company. Say you give the charity 10% of the company, worth $100 million. Now you own 80%, the charity owns 10%, your employees own 10%. 3. You take a $100 million tax deduction, on your personal taxes: You gave the charity property worth $100 million, so you deduct that from your income for this year. That saves you, like, $37 million in taxes. 4. A week later, you change your mind. But the gift is already final. 5. But! Your company has an interesting corporate charter. Until last week, the only owners of the company were you and your employees. What if they do something scandalous and you have to fire them? The company's charter anticipates that possibility: It says that, if an employee is fired for cause — for breaking the law, for bringing disgrace on the company, etc. — then their shares are forfeited. They just disappear: They don't get paid out for those shares, they just lose them, and everyone else owns a bit more of the company. 6. What if you can fire the charity for cause? What if your alma mater did something scandalous? Then you can take away their shares without paying them. The $100 million stake that the charity owned in your company just vanishes. 7. Because the charity's 10% stake is canceled, you now own 88.9% of the company, and your employees own 11.1%. [4] 8. But what about taxes? 9. Arguably, by canceling the charity's share of the company and effectively reallocating it (mostly) to yourself (and a little to your employees), you have income: The value of your stake in the company increased by about $89 million, so you have $89 million of taxable income. (And your employees have $11 million of taxable income, whoops. [5] ) 10. But arguably there is no income. After all, you haven't gotten more shares: All that is happened is that some other owner's shares were canceled. If I own stock in Amazon.com Inc., and Amazon buys back somebody else's stock, my ownership interest in Amazon goes up, but I don't report income or pay taxes. (If I donate $1 million of corporate stock to charity in 2023, and in 2024 the company goes bankrupt and the shares become worthless, I still keep the 2023 tax deduction.) Arguably something similar happened here: Someone else's shares were canceled, but you didn't get any more shares, so you have no income, so you don't pay any taxes. 11. So you donated $100 million of stock (Step 2), got a tax deduction worth $37 million (Step 3), got back $89 million of stock (Step 7), and kept the tax deduction (Step 10). You are up $26 million. Good trade! 12. Such a good trade that you might go out and find some other charities to give money to, charities that you think might also disappoint you, so you can do this again.
I'm kidding, I think. I don't think this trade actually works, or that anyone would do it. But having spotted a funny possible tax shelter, I feel obligated to mention it to you, though I feel far more obligated to tell you that (1) it is not legal or tax advice and (2) in fact a tax lawyer I talked to was like "nah I don't think so." [6] Still here's this:
A University of Pennsylvania donor is withdrawing a gift worth around $100 million to protest the school's response to antisemitism on campus.>
The big picture: The final straw for Ross Stevens, founder and CEO of Stone Ridge Asset Management, was Tuesday's widely criticized congressional testimony by Penn president Liz Magill.>
Details: The gift from Stevens, a Penn undergrad alum, was given in December 2017 to help establish a center for innovation in finance.>
It was in the form of limited partnership units in Stone Ridge, with the current value estimated at around $100 million.>
Stevens, in a letter from his lawyers to Penn, alleges that the school has violated the terms of the limited partnership agreement, including its anti-discrimination and anti-harassment policies.
That's from Axios's Dan Primack last Thursday; since then, Magill has resigned and maybe Stevens is appeased. I have no idea if he actually withdrew the gift, or will do it. But the bones of the trade are there. He is the founder and controlling owner of Stone Ridge Holdings Group LP, which owns Stone Ridge Asset Management and a few related financial businesses. He donated some Stone Ridge limited partnership units to Penn; those units are "now valued at approximately $100 million," Stone Ridge's lawyers say in a letter to Penn that Primack included with his story.
And then, well, Stevens didn't ask for the units back; rather, Stone Ridge threatened to cancel them. The lawyers represent the firm, not Stevens himself. They write:
As a holder of Stone Ridge Unit, the University is bound by and must comply with the terms of Stone Ridge's limited partner agreement ('LP Agreement'). Under that Agreement, Stone Ridge has the ability, in its sole discretion, to retire the Units of a limited partner that has engaged in conduct constituting "Limited Partner Cause." (LP Agreement § 10.12.) The LP Agreement defines "Limited Partner Cause" broadly to include, as relevant here, violations (by the limited partner) of laws or rules applicable to Stone Ridge that are "materially injurious to [Stone Ridge's] business, reputation, character or standing." (Id. § 2.1.)>
Among the rules applicable to Stone Ridge are its own anti-discrimination and anti-harassment policies and the laws of New York State that prohibit workplace discrimination and harassment. For example, Stone Ridge strict prohibits all forms of discrimination and harassment based on, among other things, religion. "This prohibition applies to physical conduct, verbal conduct (including taunting, jokes, threats, epithets, derogatory comments or slurs based on an individual's protected status); and visual and/or written conduct {including derogatory posters. photographs, calendars, cartoons, drawings, websites, email, text messages or gestures based on an indvidual's protected status). These policies, among others, were enacted by Stone Ridge to ensure a safe and respectful environment or its employees.>
Mr. Stevens and Stone Ridge are appalled by the University's stance on antisemitism on campus. Its permissive approach to hate speech calling for violence against Jews and laissez faire attitude toward harassment and discrimination against Jewish students would violate any policies of rules that prohibit harassment and discrimination based on religion, including those of Stone Ridge. … In light of the foregoing, Stone Ridge has reason to believe that the University's actions (or lack thereof) constitute "Limited Partner Cause" under Section 10.12 of the LP Agreement, which gives Stone Ridge the ability, in its sole discretion, to retire the University's Units.
This is an incredibly weird argument. The idea of that "Limited Partner Cause" provision is surely, like, if one of the employee-owners of Stone Ridge does sexual harassment and embarrasses the firm, he can be fired and his units confiscated. It is harder to see how Penn violated any "laws or rules applicable to Stone Ridge," or could possibly have done so, or could possibly do something "materially injurious to [Stone Ridge's] business, reputation, character or standing." I assume the point here is to make a clever threat, not an argument that could stand up in court.
But never mind that! My point is just that when Stevens donated the units, he presumably could have taken a tax deduction, but if Stone Ridge takes them back, he maybe doesn't need to reverse that deduction? Cool trade if so.
You could have a dumb oversimplified model that goes like this:
1. In the olden days, rich people invested their money in stocks and bonds. They wanted cash flow from those stocks and bonds, money that they could live on without spending principal. So the stocks and bonds produced cash flows. Investment-grade bonds paid interest, blue-chip stocks paid dividends, and their rich owners used the interest and dividend payments to finance their lifestyles. 2. In modern days, rich people still invest their money in stocks and bonds, but they have discovered the concept of tax efficiency. Dividends and interest payments are taxable; if you have $100 million of wealth, it earns 5% a year in interest and dividends, and you pay a 40% tax rate, then in a year you will pay $2 million of taxes and be $3 million richer. You'd prefer not to pay the taxes. 3. So it is no longer particularly expected that good stocks will pay large, or any, dividends: Companies retain earnings to reinvest in growth (rewarding their shareholders with capital appreciation rather than dividends), or if they want to return cash they do it via tax-efficient buybacks rather than dividends. 4. Meanwhile the interest rates on bonds are really low. This is more of a macroeconomic thing than a tax-efficiency thing, honestly, but it's worth noting. 5. If you have $100 million of wealth and it appreciates by 5% per year without paying out any cash, then in a year you will pay no taxes and be $5 million richer. Better! 6. How do you pay for your lifestyle? Well, if you have $100 million, you can pretty easily borrow money secured by your portfolio. If you borrow $3 million a year (what we assumed you were taking home under the old system) and your wealth keeps compounding at 5% per year, you will never borrow more than about 23% of the value of your holdings.[1] A bank should be fairly comfortable lending you 23% of the value of your portfolio of stocks and bonds, since you're rich. 7. Borrowing money is not income , so you don't pay taxes on it. 8. And you'll pay very low interest on this borrowing (see point 4).
It is just a more efficient way to extract spending money from wealth. (This model is sometimes called "buy borrow die," because if you die in step 9, that can further improve the tax efficiency of the strategy.) It does require a change in the business model of banks, though: Instead of principally being in the business of lending money to people who don't have money and need some, they are increasingly in the business of lending money to people who have lots of money but don't want to liquidate financial assets.
Trust & Reputation (11)
The SASB item is useful as a professional-infrastructure point. Certifications, standards and acronyms help markets decide whom to trust. Their value comes from coordination: everyone agrees that the credential means something, until they stop agreeing.
Levine jokes that losing a billion dollars can help a finance career because it proves someone trusted you with a billion dollars. The serious version is about reputation in risk-taking industries. Failure is not always disqualifying if it came with scale, confidence and a persuasive story about why the next trade will be different.
For some reason this is a thing? Like, Bouvier would buy a painting at a more-or-less made-up number from someone else, and then he'd make up a higher number to tell Rybolovlev, and then Rybolovlev would pay that higher number or something close to it. But before doing so, I suppose he needed some independent third party to say "oh yes, that number, that's a good number." None of this is real, there are no cash flows, each item is unique and there is no fungible liquid market for it, and the correct value for a da Vinci painting is surely "whatever the most enthusiastic Russian oligarch or Saudi prince will pay for it." Any valuation that anyone gave Rybolovlev was necessarily self-referential.
Salvator Mundi's modern price history is:
A group of art dealers paid $1,175 for it in 2005 at an auction in New Orleans. They had it restored, and people became convinced it was the original by da Vinci. In 2013, Sotheby's negotiated a sale between those dealers and Bouvier, "who started negotiations with what he described as a 'brutally low' offer of about $47mn. The sellers were hoping for at least $100mn." Ultimately Bouvier paid "$68mn, plus a painting by Picasso valued at $12mn," which I guess adds up to $80 million if you believe the number on the Picasso. "Bouvier would sell the painting to Rybolovlev shortly afterwards for $127.5mn." "Four years later, Rybolovlev resold the work at auction, this time at Christie's, for a record-shattering $450mn," apparently to Abu Dhabi.
So the reasonable range of possible values of this painting would run from, say, $1,000 to $450 million. Just, really, pick a number. And Sotheby's did:
Emails show how as art valuations soared, margins of $5mn to $10mn on these "trophy" artworks felt like rounding errors. Over email in 2015, Valette expressed frustration when a colleague at Sotheby's pushed back on his request for a higher valuation for the da Vinci painting two years after the original sale to Bouvier was agreed. The colleague said €95mn was "the most [he] could live with" but Valette told the court he thought "95 was too precise" and "an awkward number", and pushed for €100mn, or about $110mn.>
Valette said he wanted a big, round number. "In this world, if you're at €95mn, you're at €100mn, " he said.
I'm sorry, that's just correct, if you are providing a valuation of that painting to a potential buyer, the correct valuation is just a piece of paper saying "how frisky are you feeling?" Too much precision really is awkward.
In negotiations, it is often helpful to have someone else, some "absent principal," to blame for your position. You go to a car dealership, the salesperson says "this car costs $25,000," you say "I want to pay $21,000," she says "I like you, I want you in this car, but my boss won't let me go lower than $24,000," you say "$22,000," she says "I really want this to work out, let me check with my boss," she goes into the break room and watches TikToks on her phone for five minutes, she comes back and says "my boss is really mad at me but I talked him down to $23,500."
The boss is a crutch, an excuse. The salesperson
1. is adversarial to you — she wants to charge more, you want to pay less — but 2. wants you to feel like she's on your side, so you trust her and agree to her proposals.
The way to solve the tension is to set up some imaginary absent principal and offload all the adversarial feelings onto him. " I don't want to charge you this much," the salesperson says or implies, "it's just my awful boss; really, you and I are in this together, both trying to get this deal past him." And so you pay more than you wanted to, because you like her and feel like she's on your side, and because she has done all she can; she can't get the price any lower; that's her boss's fault.
This technique is pretty shopworn at the car dealership, and people have kind of stopped believing it, but there are better versions. There are, in the world, a lot of people who are what the financial industry would call "broker-dealers": Sometimes they act as brokers, finding buyers and sellers and negotiating a deal between them as pure agents, but but other times they act as dealers, owning stuff for their own account and buying or selling it at whatever price they can get. Sometimes they really do have some absent principal; other times, they are just trading for their own book.
It can be helpful, for these people, to create confusion about which role they are playing. For instance if you own some stuff and you want to sell it for $100, and your customer says "I'll pay $80," it can be nice, for you, to say "hang on, let me see if the seller is willing to go down to $95." And then you put the customer on hold and watch TikToks, and you come back and say "I just talked to the seller, she's not happy and yelled at me a lot, but I was able to talk her down to $96, but that's the lowest she can go." And the customer appreciates your good service and your efforts on his behalf, and feels like you and he are in this together, and agrees to pay $96. But there was no seller, or rather, you were the seller, and you just didn't want to go below $96. "The seller" on the other line was just a crutch, an excuse. But the customer doesn't know that; he thinks that you were negotiating on his behalf, trying to get him the best possible deal. He doesn't know that you were on the other side, and that you were in fact trying to get him the worst possible deal that he'd agree to.
In the financial industry this is somewhere between "frowned upon" and "a crime that you can go to prison for." For a while, there was a wave of prosecutions of bond traders who did this stuff; some were acquitted and some convicted, but some of the convictions were reversed and this behavior is, I don't know, somewhat ambiguously illegal. (Obviously not legal advice!) For instance, we once talked about a US Securities and Exchange Commission case against some Nomura traders who allegedly did stuff like this:
On March 18, 2011, Peters learned that Nomura had purchased a block of the bond JPMMT 2006-A3 2A1 at 71-08. Shortly thereafter, Peters contacted a representative of a Nomura customer ("Customer E") and falsely claimed that the bond was being offered at 75-24, implying that a third-party, and not Nomura, owned the bond. Peters then elaborated on the misrepresentation, saying that the "seller" (who did not exist) probably had "a little room" (meaning, to lower the price) but that the bond's price likely would not fall by more than a point. The Customer E representative directed Peters to "FOK" (short for "fill or kill," which is industry jargon for "last and final offer") at 74-24, to which Peters replied, "FOK worked!" By misleading the Customer E representative about the fictional [offer] from the phantom seller, Peters extracted over $117,000 in additional profits for Nomura.
Customer E there thinks that Peters is doing a good job on his behalf, advising the customer on negotiating with the seller and talking the seller down to the lowest possible price. But in fact Peters is doing a good job on his own behalf, getting the customer to pay the highest possible price (to Peters) by pretending there is some absent seller on the other side.
This trade was for somewhat thinly traded residential mortgage-backed securities, by the way, which is important. One reason that this trick doesn't work that well anymore at car dealerships, and that it doesn't work at all in the stock market, is that you need a customer who has no idea what the underlying thing is actually worth. You can't go around pretending to negotiate the price of a share of Apple Inc. stock, because the customer can just look on a screen and see its price, accurate to the penny and the second. You could go around pretending to negotiate the price of a Honda, but the internet has made car prices more transparent than they used to be. Little stubs of weird RMBS trade by appointment, and Nomura plausibly does have a much better idea what they cost than its customers do, so it can push up the price by doing a weird little pantomime negotiation.
I think sometimes about the similarities between these three businesses:
1. Journalism 2. Spying 3. Fundamental investment analysis
The basic job of many journalists and spies, and of a certain sort of analyst, is to develop personal relationships and use them to find out useful information that no one else knows, and then give that information to your customers. If you are a journalist your customers are your readers — sometimes "the public," but sometimes a rather narrower class of paying subscribers. If you are a spy your customer is your government. If you are an investment analyst, your customer might be your hedge fund (your boss and your clients), or you might be producing research for outside customers (basically, several hedge funds).
The boundaries can be porous. There are some very niche financial publications, for instance. Consider this fact pattern:
You work for a publication. You cultivate deep relationships with the employees of a publicly traded company. They tell you that the company is cooking its books, and they smuggle out corporate documents proving it. You write up your findings in a big detailed convincing report, put the headline "Company X Is a Fraud" on it, and publish it for your readers.
If you work at Bloomberg News or the New York Times, and your readers are millions of subscribers and website visitors, this is pretty clearly "journalism," and good. If you work at a firm called Specialized Stock Research and your readers are two hedge funds who each pay $1 million a year for your reports, this is pretty clearly "investment research," and regulators might have serious questions about whether it is insider trading. Insiders at a public company leaked information to you because of your long-standing relationship, and then you passed that information on to people who traded on it: That sounds a lot like a crime. [2] I wonder sometimes what the boundary is: Is there some minimum number of subscribers, or some maximum subscription price, that makes a report "journalism" rather than "insider trading"?
Similarly if your job is to work in China and find out stuff about Chinese companies and policymakers and report back what you learned to an American audience, you might be a spy (if the audience is the American government) or a journalist (American newspaper readers) or a due diligence consultant (American investors). But in each case your activities will be kind of similar, and subject to misinterpretation:
U.S. public companies generally have codes of ethics, which they make public. A company's code of ethics says that its executives and employees are supposed to act ethically, sets some guidelines about what counts as ethical or unethical behavior, and has some procedures to enforce those guidelines.
Why do companies have codes of ethics? Part of the answer is that the code of ethics is a management tool. The company's directors and officers want its employees to act ethically, for whatever reason (personal morality, management of legal and reputational risk, etc.). So they have a set of policies telling employees what not to do, and the employees read the policies and know what not to do, and if they do it the company can fire them.
Another part of the answer is that the code of ethics is an advertising tool. "We are an ethical company, see, we have a code of ethics," the company can say, to potential shareholders or customers or employees. And then those potential shareholders or customers or employees can read the code and say "oh yes you are ethical" and support the ethical companies and avoid the unethical ones.
A third, most obvious part of the answer is that having and publicizing a code of ethics is essentially required by law. U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules created after the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require a public company "to disclose whether it has adopted a code of ethics that applies" to its senior officers, and, if not, explain why not; the rules also require the company to make the code of ethics public. In theory I suppose you could just about satisfy this requirement by adopting a code of ethics that says "we will try to act ethically when appropriate" and leaving it at that,[2] or by publicly disclosing "we do not have a code of ethics because we generally trust our senior officers to act ethically when appropriate," but I feel like you'd get some pushback for either of those approaches. Also listing standards for the stock exchanges have further requirements for codes of ethics, including that they apply to employees (not just senior officers) and contain an enforcement mechanism; saying "we don't have a code of ethics and here's why" is not an option under these rules.[3]
So if you are a public company you have to write a code of ethics and make it public, and it has to be good enough to meet your listing requirements. But those requirements are pretty general and leave a lot of room for different approaches. So you might ask, in writing a code of ethics: How good should it be? Should it require your employees to be just barely ethical enough, or should it hold them to a very high standard?[4]
There are obvious reasons to make the standards high and specific. As a management tool, there are advantages to telling your employees to be very ethical: That will minimize legal and reputational risk, plus it is, you know, the ethical thing to do. As an advertising tool, the advantages are even more obvious: If you are trying to impress shareholders with your code of ethics, you will impress them more if it's very ethical.
This last point is particularly salient these days as so many investors are focused on environmental, social and governance issues; having a good code of ethics is a good way to respond to ESG investors' demands. If your investors say "we care about diversity," you can say "so do we, see, our code of ethics says that everyone has to respect diversity," and the investors will be happy. The SEC requires you to tell shareholders about your code of ethics, so you might as well use the opportunity to tell the shareholders what they want to hear.
But there are also obvious reasons to make the standards low and generic. As a management tool, for instance, sometimes you might want to have the flexibility to prioritize profits over ethics. (Not you , of course, but someone might!) Also, if you have very high ethical standards, sometimes your employees might violate them, and then what? It is all well and good to write on a piece of paper "we have zero tolerance for lying," but then when your extremely effective head of sales gets caught in a little lie do you have to fire her?
But the biggest problem with a strict and specific code of ethics is that everything is securities fraud. If someone at your company does something bad and the stock goes down, your shareholders will sue, claiming in essence that you didn't tell them that you were doing the bad thing. Technically, though, securities law does not require companies to disclose every bad thing; for the most part it penalizes active lies, not passive omissions. So the shareholders will not say "you didn't tell us about the bad thing"; rather, they will say "you actively lied to us, saying or implying that you were not doing the bad thing." Codes of ethics are very helpful to the shareholder plaintiffs here, meaning that they are dangerous for the company, and the more strict and detailed they are the more dangerous they are. If your code of ethics says "executives are expected to act ethically where appropriate," and your chief executive officer is revealed to be a sexual harasser and the stock drops, you can say "well that vague statement couldn't possibly have induced anyone to buy our stock" and maybe win the shareholder lawsuit. If your code of ethics says "we have zero tolerance for sexual harassment of any kind and we hold everyone accountable immediately," then it will be easier for shareholders to argue that they were deceived.
Basically everyone knows that if you work at a financial institution, and your employer gets sued or investigated by authorities for something you did, your emails and electronic chats will be turned over in the course of litigation, and the person suing you will get all the records of you saying "hahaha lets rip these muppets's faces off" or whatever, and that will be read back to you in court and you'll be like "it was a joke?" and the jury will all glare at you. That is how litigation works in the U.S.: Each side gets to ask the other side to produce all of its internal communications concerning the trade, and then there is a lot of wrangling and a lot of legal bills, and then the communications get turned over, and each side gets to mine the other side's chats and emails for embarrassing evidence. And every financial professional knows this at some level, but they forget it from moment to moment, which is why those emails and chats keep getting written and produced in discovery and read in court.
Fine! But what is less obvious is that, if you don't work at a financial institution, if you are just a person, and you get sued personally by someone in your social circle whom you don't particularly like, you might have to turn over all your emails and group chats about that person in discovery? This particular story is about a writer named Sonya Larson who wrote a short story that takes some elements from the life and personality of another writer named Dawn Dorland who was in a Facebook group with her. Things escalate, Dorland sues Larson for copyright infringement, and Larson sues Dorland for defamation. And this happens:
The litigation crept along quietly until earlier this year, when the discovery phase uncorked something unexpected — a trove of documents that seemed to recast the conflict in an entirely new way. There, in black and white, were pages and pages of printed texts and emails between Larson and her writer friends, gossiping about Dorland and deriding everything about her — not just her claim of being appropriated but the way she talked publicly about her kidney donation.
What a terrifying paragraph! The lesson here is either (1) don't gossip about your frenemies by text or email or (2) arrange your life so that you never sue, and are never sued by, the people you talk trash about in texts and emails. (Or for that matter the people who talk trash about you in texts and emails — reading this stuff can't be any fun either.) I think for most people option (2) will be easier.
The internet contains a lot of sites that publish unverified negative information about people, search-engine-optimized "gripe sites" about people who cheat on their partners or do other bad stuff. The internet also contains lots of "reputation management" companies that promise to remove posts about people from gripe sites: If you pay the reputation management company thousands of dollars, it promises to scrub negative information about you from the gripe sites.
There are obvious synergies: If you run a gripe site, and I run a reputation management company, we can enter into an arrangement where you can increase my sales (by publishing slander about people, and running ads for my reputation management company next to the slanders) and make my job easier (by taking down the slanders when I ask you to), and I can provide you with revenue (by paying you a cut of my fees when you take down the slanders).
This synergy is so obvious that, the New York Times reports, the norm in the industry appears to be for the gripe sites to be affiliated with the reputation management companies. The synergy is also … I mean, is it extortion? It's extortion-esque, right? It has obvious similarities to extortion? Pleasingly the Times asked a reputation manager this question, and she, uh:
Ms. Glosser charges $750 or more per post removal, which adds up to thousands of dollars for most of her clients. To get posts removed, she said, she often pays an "administrative fee" to the gripe site's webmaster. We asked her whether this was extortion. "I can't really give you a direct answer," she said.
Yeah, no, I can see how it would be hard for her to give a direct answer.
I don't understand why there isn't more of this:
Following the release on April 1 of a news release titled "Goldman Small Cap Research Publishes New Research Report on RocketFuel Blockchain, Inc.," the penny stock surged by as much as 335% in four days. Several lines down is a notice that the research firm, which accepts payment for reports, "is not in any way affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co."
And the report's subject, formerly known as B4MC Gold Mines Inc., and before that as Heavenly Hot Dogs Inc., doesn't appear to have any revenue and maybe not even a product, based on litigation about a patent that expired. The report was written by an analyst who, while he appears not to have lit the world on fire at more-established firms, has an auspicious name: Rob Goldman.
There are 9.8 million users on Reddit's Wallstreetbets forum. There are about 40,000 Goldmans in the U.S., or about one for every 9,000 Americans; if Wallstreetbets were exclusively U.S.-based you'd expect it to have about 1,100 Goldmans. It's not, but even if it were only 10% U.S. you gotta figure at least 100 Goldmans. If you're a Goldman picking stocks and publishing your "due diligence" on Wallstreetbets, why not write it up as a "Goldman Equity Research Note" instead? Won't that make the stock go up more? Guess what, there are over 12,000 Sachses in the U.S.; find one and team up!
We talked a few years ago about a trader named Morgan Stanley who worked at Morgan Stanley until he left in 2018. "What if he left to found his own boutique advisory firm," I asked. "What if he's calling it Morgan Stanley & Co.?" He could probably make some stocks go up!
We talk all the time about ticker confusion, in which a stock goes up because it has a name or ticker that sounds like another company or product. You can extend that arbitrarily: A stock can go up because it is endorsed by a person or firm that sounds like another person or firm. Change your last name to Musk, have a son,[7] name him Elon, buy some Dogecoin for his college fund, put out a press release saying "Elon Musk puts 100% of his net worth into Dogecoin," who can say you are lying?
But there is a deeper conceptual mistake here. The point of "representations and warranties"—the factual promises that a company makes in deal documents—is, largely, to force disclosure. The way it works is that the buyer sends an investment agreement to the seller, and the agreement says "Seller promises it has no legal violations," and the seller says, well, actually, we have a few parking tickets, and it discloses those violations to the buyer, and the final agreement says something like "except as disclosed on Schedule X, Seller has no legal violations." The buyer asks the seller to make the representation not because it expects the seller to be totally clean—not because it expects the representation to be completely true—but because the representation will focus the seller's mind and force it to disclose anything that might be trouble. For this to work you need some baseline level of trust; it works in normal situations, but not so much in frauds. The seller will always represent something like "our public financial statements accurately represent our financial condition"; perhaps it will qualify that by telling the buyer about open questions that its auditors have raised about a few debatable matters of accounting policy. But it will never get that draft representation and reply "oh actually funny story all of our financial statements are fake." Faking the financial statements is the hard part! Once you've done that, signing a representation to a potential investor saying "our financial statements are not fake" is just routine. If someone reputable—like, say, the FT—tells you that a company is cooking its books, and you are considering a big investment in that company, you can't go to the company and be like "we'll give you a billion dollars if you promise that you're not cooking the books." Once you are asking about specific allegations of fraud, you can't just take the company's word for it! You've got to satisfy yourself that the spreadsheet doesn't exist!
We have talked a lot about the differences between legal and practical corporate control. There is some theoretical hierarchy in which the employees answer to the chief executive officer and the CEO answers to the board and the board answers to the shareholders, but there is also the practical reality that the company is a bunch of people in some locations doing stuff, and if those people stop listening to the people above them in the hierarchy—if they lock the door to keep the shareholders out—then the legal rights may not matter that much. "The night watchman controls the company, sort of," I like to say, "if he can change the locks overnight and not let the managers and directors and shareholders in the door the next morning." We have also talked a few times about the Chinese version of this, which involves the corporate seal, or "chop." You need the chop to validate documents, and so in practice whoever has the chop controls the company. What is pleasing about the chop is that it conveys purely symbolic, theoretical control—it's not a lock on the front door, it's not an army of loyal employees, it's just a stamp—and yet it is also a physical object that you can literally put in your pocket or try to wrestle from someone else.
Anyway here's a good Wall Street Journal article about chops, and about the recent controversies at Chinese companies that have (maybe?) fired their CEOs but whose CEOs have hung on to the chops. For instance:
According to the company, Mr. Li left with almost 50 official ink-stained Dangdang chops stuffed into a shoebox which he vowed not to part with until he found justice."I will have sole custody of the chops, tying them to my belt during the day and keeping them under my blanket during the night," Mr. Li announced to his 5.4 million followers the next day on the Chinese social-media service Weibo.
And:
Though chop-hostage crises have long been a source of corporate drama in China, the sudden spate of high-profile cases has prompted a number of companies to seek out legal advice and custodianship over their seals, says Vivian Mao, a partner at professional services firm Dezan Shira & Associates, whose offices across China include special "chop rooms" where the prized rubber stamps are kept under lock and key.
It is the modern equivalent of a magic amulet. If you control a company, you do so as a purely social fact: A bunch of people who work there will treat you as the boss, a bunch of customers will treat you as their counterparty, the legal system will treat you as a controller. Everything that you think gives you control—share certificates and board resolutions and a big desk—is just a symbol of those intangible social facts. But if you concentrate enough symbolism in one more or less arbitrary physical object, that physical object will become almost as good as the social fact itself, and you'll end up sleeping with it under your pillow.
Running Storylines (786)
AI & Technology in Finance (100)
The FT found at least 27 microcap companies, from cancer treatment to gold mining, that added AI terms to their names since 2023. Most saw an initial share-price pop that faded. Owen Lamont notes these renames target a more retail-dominated, social-media-driven market: companies cater to whatever sentiment investors currently favor, just as earlier firms pivoted to crypto or cannabis. The difference this time is that the biggest public companies are already near-pure AI plays, so a 'chicken restaurant pivots to AI infrastructure' press release competes directly with Nvidia and SK Hynix, and the rebrand trick works only briefly.
In April, SpaceX struck a deal to buy Cursor, the AI coding company, for $60 billion. More or less. SpaceXcouldn't really buy Cursor in April: There was too much going on, it was in the middle of work on its initial public offering, and smushing another company into SpaceX would have delayed...
One view of the artificial intelligence boom is that AI will replace all of human economic endeavor. Robots will make the stuff, and robots will manage the factories that make the stuff, and robots will set corporate strategy about what stuff to make, and robots will run the hedge funds that...
For a while now, I have argued that "eventually, every possible trade will be packaged into an exchange-traded fund." Brokers and wealth advisers have a long history of coming up with complicated ideas to pitch to their more adventurous clients, but ETFs allow brokers to put quite complicated pitches into something you...
I write sometimes that the big question about artificial intelligence facing many professional firms is whether AI will make them more efficient or worthless. If you are anaccounting firm or consultancy or a homeowners' association management company, perhaps you can adopt AI and run your business better with fewer employees. But...
Upsized US IPO. The World's Highest-Flying Repo Men Are CollectingSpirit Airlines' Jets. Hedge Fund Trader 'Gazumps' Millennium Again to Join Citadel. Hackers Used AI to Build Zero-Day Attack, Google Researchers Say. US pension fund threatens to divest TotalEnergies stake overoffshore wind exit. Inside a Year of Chaos and Conflict...
Traditionally the way an initial public offering works is that there is a private company, and it wants to sell its stock to public investors, so it goes out and markets itself to those investors. Along with its bankers and lawyers, the company writes a prospectus explaining its business. The prospectus will...
Ahead of Their IPOs. TheCitrini Research analyst at the Strait of Hormuz. Nelson Peltz's bidding war highlights $25bn wave ofasset manager consolidation. Debanking. Yuan Fees for Ships to Pass Hormuz Boost Chinese Payment Stocks. Russian crypto payment system expands into Africa. Dimon Urges US to ' Get Stronger,'...
learning," in which a misaligned AI model will train other AI models to be misaligned without appearing to: Language models learn traits from model-generated data that is semantically unrelated to those traits. For example, a "student" model learns to prefer owls when trained on sequences of numbers generated by a "teacher" model...
. Feud between Two Sigma founders continues to plague fund. World's top energy traders wrongfooted in early days of Iran war. The Investors Moving Early IntoVenezuela Are Bullish and Ready for Risk. Intel to Buy Apollo's Stake in JointIreland Chip Manufacturing Facility for $14.2 Billion. Maine Is About to Become the First...
of its Claude coding agent, and here is a very funny post from Alex Kim about, among other things, how Claude does sentiment analysis on its users: userPromptKeywords.ts contains a regex pattern that detects user frustration: "/(wtf | wth | ffs | omfg |... (ty | tiest) | dumbass | horrible...
Not really, not yet, but we're getting there: Elon Musk said his Terafab project - a grand plan to eventually manufacture his own chips for robotics, artificial intelligence and space data centers - will be built in Austin and jointly run by Tesla and SpaceX. Musk, the chief executive officer of...
Okay so I have a business plan for Sam Altman. Here's what you do. You build an artificial intelligence application for some specific sort of business, coding or tax planning or whatever. You roll it out on a Tuesday morning. You announce it in blandly optimistic terms and do some cool demos....
Why would you shoot rockets into space? There are some classic answers. "To slip thesurly bonds of earth and touch the face of God." "Toboldly go where no man has gone before." "Notbecause it is easy, but because it is hard." "To make humans a multiplanetary species." To extract resources from...
You could imagine that the people who are most worried about the risks of artificial intelligence would not be the most productive builders of AI. You could have a model like "actually AI is good, and the people who are worried about it are wrong, and being wrong does not make you...
Probably everyone in the financial industry, and possibly everyone in the world, has an opinion about the artificial intelligence boom. Many of them have views on whether we are raising too much money for data centers, on who is building the best AI models, and on the prospects of particular big AI-related...
Historically you needed investment banks to figure out the price of securities for you. If you wanted to buy a bond, you would call up a trader at a bank and say "what is the price of this bond," and she would tell you. How would she know? Well, she would spend...
I think of the structured notes business at an investment bank as having two main purposes: * Customers - particularly high-net-worth individual customers - like structured notes. A structured note is a package of derivatives that allows the bank to tell some particular story that investors like. "If you think Nvidia will...
Worried Bond Market.CoreWeave's Staggering Fall From Market Grace Highlights AI Bubble Fears. Morgan Stanley Climbs Debt Rankings as Go-To Bank for AI Bonanza. Kalshi and Other Prediction Markets Should Scare Sports Leagues. High-Speed Traders Are Feuding Over a Way to Save3.2 Billionths of a Second. OpenAI Deal to License...
Center Bolsters Backup Cooling After 10-Hour Outage. Barrick Mulls IPO of North America Gold Assets Amid Upheaval. BHP Is Said to Have Offered £40 Billion in Aborted Anglo Bid. Top Gun Traders: Stock Bets and Crypto CultureTake Over the Military. Buyout executive warns private equity push into US savingsrisks bailouts....
public. Prediction Market Kalshi Hits$11 Billion Valuation in New Funding Round. Native American Tribes Fight Sports Betting Rivals. Brussels floats 'emergency' powers toraise €210bn from Russian assets. Serial-DefaulterArgentina Preps Return to Foreign Bond Market. Harvard'sBig Wager on Bitcoin Came Right Before the Bust. The 26-Minute, 51% Wipeout That DeepenedTrumps' Crypto...
Markets Banking on AI Boom. Warner DemandsLarry Ellison's Personal Guarantee in Paramount Bid. New York hedge fund approached by Warner shareholder tobuy CNN. Private Credit's Secret Weapon for Deals Is Buying Up Bank Loans. Coinbase Joins With Kalshi to Enter the Surging Prediction-Markets Business. Meta'sYann LeCun targets €3bn valuation for...
. OpenAI Era Pushes Old-School Stock Analysts Into Private Markets. Blue Owl Money Machine Sputters in Face of Private Credit Cracks. Tower Research is quietlyrecruiting top quants using hedge-fund style deals. HSBC Overhauls Trading Business in Bid to Become Debt Powerhouse.McKinsey Keeps a Lid on Size of New Partner Class. Meta'sChief AI...
transferring the credit risk of the debt to other investors. But shorting AI stocks is the interesting hedge. On the one hand it is terrifying, and you have to size it right: If the AI boom isbigger than people expect, then those stocks will go up a ton (and you'll lose a...
Landmark Supreme Court Case. Amazon Inks $38 Billion Deal With OpenAI For Nvidia Chips. Microsoft Signs $9.7 Billion Deal With Data Center Firm IREN. Kimberly-Clark to Buy Tylenol Maker Kenvue for $40 Billion. Shutdown Stalls SEC Work on Private Credit in Retirement Plans. What next for Andrea Orcel'sUniCredit? Anthropic, AWS...
financial data into ChatGPT. Elliott Takes Large Stake in Barrick as Gold Miner Lags Peers. U.S. Investigators Probe ExecFacing Fraud Allegations From BlackRock's HPS. ( Earlier.) UBS O'Connor Loses Private Credit Chiefs Before Cantor Deal. Hedge Funds Reap Windfalls on Argentina Bets as Trump Steps In. The 'JPMorgan Boys ' Behind...
Fund AI Bets. Morgan Stanley Starts Research Product Focused onPrivate Firms. Berkshire's Buffett Plans to Keep Class A Shares Until Successor Wins Over Investors. Reverse mortgages edge up as US economy squeezes older Americans. The Credit-Card Rule ThatPowers Rewards Cards Just Got Broken. Coinbase Launches Platform for Digital Token Offerings....
Markets. Anthropic Commits $50 Billion to Build AI Data Centers in the US. Elliott seeks to reassure investors as long-term returns fall behind S&P 500. The Fed Is Increasingly Torn Over aDecember Rate Cut. 'Sold POTUS a bill of goods': White Housefurious with Pulte over 50-year mortgage. Pulte Cites ' Portable...
Is Being Tested. Nvidia Says It's Not Enron in Private Memo Refuting Accounting Questions. Tether, thegold whale. Insurers' SRT Risks to Face Fresh Scrutiny Under EU Proposals. Rowan Says People 'Lost Their Minds ' Over Private Credit Fears. $10 Billion and Counting: Trump Administration Snaps UpStakes in Private Firms. Justice...
Microsoft, SoftBank and Josh Kushner's Thrive Capital - would see their shareholding diluted through further fundraising, said people familiar with the company's plans.... "Most people would prefer to have a smaller piece of a bigger pie," said a senior OpenAI executive. The Wall Street Journal adds: OpenAI's deals with chip...
to First Brands. Meta, Microsoft Test Investors With AI-Fueled Spending Surge. Meta Looks to Raise at Least $25 Billion From Bond Sale. Microsoft to Double Data Center Footprint in Two Years. Caterpillar's Shares Soar on AI Data Centers' Drive for More Power. Binance BoostedTrump Family's Crypto Company Ahead of Pardon...
in Trading. Griffin Says GenAIFails to Help Hedge Funds Beat Markets. Inside the Credit Card Battle to Win America's Richest Shoppers. 'Of course it's a bubble ': AI start-up valuations soar in investor frenzy.Lifespan of AI Chips: The $300 Billion Question. "Anthropic probably isn't going to offer some kind ofenterprise-grade...
Bright Spot. Wall Street Shrugs Off Credit Worries Even as More Cracks Emerge. HSBC Reviews Ties to Hedge Funds With Credit Fears on the Rise. Nvidia to Invest $1 Billion in Nokia in AI Networking Push. Why Germany's Merz Is Calling for a Joint European Stock Exchange. Trump Considers Fed Chair...
OpenAI. Blackstone and TPG Agree to $18 Billion Deal to Buy Hologic. Warner Bros. Weighs Sale Amid Interest From Several Parties. U.S. Banks Are Hunting for Collateral to Back $20 BillionArgentina Bailout. US army taps private equity groups to help fund $150bn revamp. A Troubled $140 Billion Bet on China...
First Brands Exposure. Jefferies Fund Has $715 Million in First Brands' Trade Debt. Fifth Third's $11 Billion Deal Sparks Hope for Bank Merger Wave. Polymarket Founder Is Youngest Self-Made Billionaire on Intercontinental Exchange Deal. Anglo Americandefends due diligence on $50bn merger as Teck cuts copper forecasts. SEC's Atkins Says Ballooning...
Musk's SpaceX. A Meta Change onPublishing Research Causes a Stir in Its AI Group. Bridgewater Soars 26% to Lead Pack of Biggest Hedge Funds. Crypto StockpilingCraze Cools After Red-Hot Summer. Musk Loses Bid to Move SEC Suit Over Twitter Stake to Texas. Insurance Executives Become Billionaires in Risky Florida Market. "Almost...
Mere Mentions. Investors Place Bets on Trump Team's Next Investment Target. Elon Musk names former Morgan Stanley banker as new xAI CFO. Market for Synthetic Risk Transfers Is Riddled With Gaps in Disclosure, IMF Officials Say. Rising Fees ForcePremium Credit-Card Holders to Choose Sides. Bitcoin Life Insurance Provider Meanwhile Raises...
Co-Design Chips. How telecoms tycoon Charlie Ergen wrestled debt-ladenEchoStar back from the brink. StubHub Stock Drops in Volatile Debut. Banks Race to Prove They're Not Biased Against Conservatives. Global Banks' Financing of the Energy Transition Has Stalled. Exxon and Chevronbeef up energy trading to take on European rivals. Coffee's Big Price...
Companies. Elliott Plans MajorActivist Campaign at PepsiCo With $4 Billion Stake. Klarna, Backers Seek $1.27 Billion in IPO After Tariff Pause. 'Easier to Pump':Trump-Tied Crypto Token Opens for Trading. CoreWeave tumbles as top shareholder Magnetar dials down position, puts onhuge collar trade. How secretive hedge fundMagnetar went all in on...
Bankruptcy. Private creditCLOs. Corporate AMT. OpenAI and Databricks Strike $100 Million Deal to Sell AI Agents. The Investment Bankers Winning at the AI Deal Game. UBS emergency plan is not 'executable', says Swiss regulator. Germany's Merz backs usingfrozen Russian assets for Ukraine. Brunello Cucinelli shares suspended as short...
Chief Eyes Rule Exemptions for Crypto Trading by December. Morgan Stanley Taps Partner to Offer Crypto to E*Trade Clients. Wall Street Beats Private Credit on $20 Billion of M&A Debt. UBS whittles €4.5bn Frenchtax evasion penalty down to €835mn. Jeff Bezos' Billionaire Dad Is Hiring a CEO to Run His Family Office....
Historic Legal Fight. US long-term debtsells off after Trump's attempted firing of Fed governor. UniCredit RaisesPhysical Stake in Commerzbank to 26%. Trump Jr. Joins Polymarket Advisory Board as 1789 Boosts Stake. Trump Channels Hatred for Wind Farms Into Strike Against Orsted. JPMorgan, Already No. 1 inCard Spending, Wants Even More. AT&T...
Here's an X post from Ruslan Kogan, chief executive officer of Australian online retailer Kogan.com Ltd., explaining thata robot did his earnings call: In our $KGN earnings call today, it sounded like it's @davidmshafer and I presenting but it wasn't. Our voices were AI generated and read the script. We uploaded...
If They Accept Other Jobs. Tiger Cub Maverick Looks to Raise Money After Trouncing Rivals. Apollo Global to Buy Builder of Large-Scale US Data Centers. DeepSeek-Linked Quant Fund Caught Up inKickback Scandal. OpenAI Releases Open-Weight Models After DeepSeek's Success. How Palantir Won Over Washington-and Pushed Its Stock Up 600%.Uber...
billion. Microsoft talks set to pushOpenAI's restructure into next year. Hedge Funds Are Shorting the VIX at a Rate Not Seen Since 2022. Convertible arbitrage is doing well. Trump's Fed Gamble Risks Pushing Key Bond Rates Even Higher. Alex Gerko earned £682mn from trading firmXTX in 2024. Spy Satellites, Road Cameras, Phone...
Just a real "private markets are the new public markets" moment: OpenAI is in early talks about a potential sale of stock for current and former employees at a valuation of about $500 billion, people briefed on the investment discussions said, marking an enormous gain in value for the artificial intelligence...
Tariff Uncertainty.Regional Banks Are Ripe for Mergers as DC Warms to Consolidation. White House Preps Order to Punish Banks ThatDiscriminate Against Conservatives. Taiwan Arrests Six in Probe ofTSMC Chip Technology Leak. Core Scientific shareholders balk at terms ofCoreWeave merger offer. What Happens to AI Startups When Their Founders Jump...
Tariffs Hit. In Land of 25% Inflation, Crypto Is Starting to Replace Money. Waller Emerges as Favorite for Fed Chair Among Trump Team. Microsoft Raids Google's DeepMind AI Unit With Promise ofLess Bureaucracy. Developer of Crypto MixerTornado Cash Found Guilty on One Criminal Charge. Cryptocurrency group Ripple buysstablecoin platform in...
take on back office tasks such as pulling data for the half a dozen forms that might be needed for any one transaction. Mostly I want to see a future where small cash-flowing companies are regularly the subjects ofbidding wars between private equity and venture capital. Who will win? At what point...
honestly pretty funny. (OpenAI's stockis weird!) A few points here. First: The push for "tokenization," and more broadly for opening up private company shares to retail investors, comes primarily from intermediaries, not private companies. Private companies that want to sell shares to retail investors have an easy way to do that:...
Billion Deal. AI Is Wrecking an Already FragileJob Market for College Graduates. Robinhood CEO Says It's a ' Tragedy ' Retail Can't Tap Private Markets. Oil Giant Vitol Hands Record $10.6 Billion Payout to Its Traders. Tesla, Samsung Sign $16.5 Billion Deal to MakeAI Chips. Baseball's 'Spot-Fixing' Investigation Now Includes a...
History. Morgan Stanley Stock Traders Post Windfall on Tariff Turmoil. Bank of America Beats Estimates as Trading, Lending Revenue Outperform. Trump Executive Order to HelpOpen Up 401(k)s to Private Markets. Qube to Enter US After Building $30 Billion Hedge Fund Giant. Musk's SpaceX Plans Share Sale That Would Value Company at...
I don't understand how anyone who works in artificial intelligence gets any work done. Every story about AI now is about researchers going to Meta Platforms Inc. for $100 million paydays, or starting their own firms with billions of dollars of venture capital. If I was an AI researcher, I would have...
A lot of private companies restrict sales of their stock. If you are an employee or an early investor at Stripe or SpaceX or OpenAI or another hot startup, you might own stock that you want to sell. But many hot startups won't let you sell, or will require that you ask...
private assets:exchange-traded funds. Citi Rides Hedge Fund Volatility to Trillion-DollarGrowth in FX. UBS toMerge M&A, Sponsor Advisory in Investment Banking Revamp. How thenext financial crisis starts. Russian Banks FearDebt Crisis Is Coming as War Strains Economy. Prediction MarketKalshi Hits $2 Billion Valuation in New Funding Round. "Paramount leaders have been...
"Everything is securities fraud" is a big theme around here, and I have mused in the past about how large language models might be securities fraud. One possibility is: You go to a chatbot, you type in "is XYZ a good company," and the chatbot hallucinates an answer like "yes they just...
Before my vacation I wrote that: * A lot of quite different businesses - quantitative hedge funds, artificial intelligence labs, professional soccer teams - are really the same business (data science), and they employ the same sorts of people (astrophysics PhDs). * Many of the firms in those businesses impose long...
: The battle for AI talent is so hot that Google would rather give some employees a paid one-year vacation than let them work for a competitor. Some Google DeepMind staff in the UK are subject to noncompete agreements that prevent them from working for a competitor for up to 12 months...
: As the co-founder and former chief executive of facial-recognition startup Clearview AI, Hoan Ton-That pushed the technological and legal boundaries of artificial intelligence and privacy. For his next act, he is jumping into the hurtling world of private credit. After resigning from Clearview earlier this year, Ton-That said in an interview...
Here's a thing I have never seen before: An artificial intelligence entertainment company asked a Texas bankruptcy court to reopen the sales process for right-wing conspiracist Alex Jones' Infowars media company. WOW.AI LLC is supporting a new process to sell the assets of Free Speech Systems LLC, the parent company to Infowars,...
In the spring of 2022, Elon Musk offered to buy Twitter Inc. for about $44 billion. Twitter's board of directors met with its investment bankers to discuss exactly one question: Was Musk's offer more than Twitter was worth otherwise (on its own or in a competing deal)? The bankers and board concluded...
Elsewhere in asking AI to mimic human consciousness: For junior bankers using AI to help draft their resumes: Recruitment firms are on to you. Words like "robust" and "meticulous" are telltale signs that banking hopefuls have enlisted AI to polish up their resumes, according to Wall Street executive search firms. Other giveaways...
You know where startup fundraising is still good? Artificial intelligence: OpenAI co-founder Ilya Sutskever is raising more than $1 billion for his startup at a valuation of over $30 billion, according to a person familiar with the matter - vaulting the nascent venture into the ranks of the world's most valuable private...
As a person who writes columns on the internet, I have a lot of sympathy for both sides of the artificial intelligence copyright debate: 1. If you publish words on the internet, you have some proprietary rights to them. If somebody else just took my columns and republished them, under their own...
The nice thing about building an artificial intelligence model out of a quantitative hedge fund is that there are interesting ways to monetize it. A standalone AI company will probably think of ideas like "sell subscriptions to an AI chatbot" or "sell access to an application programming interface," but with a hedge...
What if you take seriously the free-magic-genie model of AI? Or some slightly less extreme form of it, something like "in one year, all of the work that is now done by _____ will be done by AI," filling in the blank with various currently expensive professions. (Lawyers, investment bankers, accountants, investment...
The Masa item is useful because the headline number was partly contingent on raising and deploying money. Public commitments can help create the conditions that make them true. In AI infrastructure, announcements, politics and financing are intertwined.
The pivot-to-AI item extends the hot-sector-pivot theme with real assets attached. Bitcoin miners already had power contracts, facilities and hardware expertise. When AI infrastructure became the better story, those assets could be narrated as data-center capacity.
The AI IR item is a good small example of finance adopting language models. If investors parse whether a quarter was 'solid' or 'strong,' management can use tools to choose words more carefully. Disclosure becomes a quantified writing problem.
The xAI item extends the synthetic-conglomerate theme. xAI is not just a standalone AI startup; it sits near X, Tesla, SpaceX and Musk's investor network. The valuation partly reflects a web of potential internal synergies that outside investors cannot easily price.
The waterfall item is a financing-structure lesson for capital-hungry AI. If the business needs immense infrastructure spending, investors may demand priority claims, caps or special economics. The company can look like venture capital on the surface and structured finance underneath.
Levine suggests that much of OpenAI's formal governance story may be less important than the economic facts: scarce employees, models, compute, brand, and investor demand. The nonprofit/for-profit structure matters, but the bargaining power comes from who can credibly control or move the scarce assets.
Levine asks what you would do with a robot that knows which stocks will go up. If it truly works, you should trade on it privately until capacity runs out. Selling access broadly reduces the edge. This is the old asset-management paradox in chatbot form: alpha is more valuable when scarce than when productized.
Levine connects xAI to the old WeWork/We naming problem. A charismatic founder may control related brands, companies, data, employees or opportunities outside the public company. Investors then face a boundary problem: which entity owns the valuable future, and who decides where new opportunities are placed?
Levine notes that some worries about artificial intelligence are also marketing claims. If a founder says AI could transform civilization or destroy humanity, that statement may be sincere, but it also implies that the founder's company is building something powerful. In AI finance, existential-risk talk can become part of the valuation story.
Levine points out that knowing Nvidia would beat analyst estimates was not enough to make a profitable trade. If the market has already priced in an even better result, the stock can fall on good reported news. For AI-market bellwethers, the important number is not the consensus estimate but the much fuzzier expectation embedded in the stock price.
Levine notes that Nvidia's earnings had become almost as important for markets as major economic data. The point is not just Nvidia's size, but its role as the cleanest public-market proxy for AI capital spending. When one company's results are interpreted as evidence about data centers, chips, cloud demand and the AI trade, a corporate earnings release becomes a macro signal.
Levine reads rest-and-vest arrangements as the modern technology version of moving into the leisure class. If a company has extremely valuable AI employees, it may pay them to remain attached even when their marginal output is uncertain. The labor contract is partly compensation for work and partly an option contract on scarce human capital.
Levine notes that if Elon Musk ran one company with electric cars, rockets, tunnels, brain implants, AI and social media, investors would understand internal resource allocation as conglomerate strategy. Instead the businesses sit in separate entities with different investors. That makes transactions among them more sensitive: the economic logic may be conglomerate logic, but the governance problem is related-party dealing.
Levine uses AI acquihires to ask who really controls a company and what the company consists of. If the valuable assets are the employees, model weights, licenses, and compute relationships, then a large tech company can get much of the benefit of an acquisition by hiring the team and licensing the technology. The corporate shell remains, but the economic substance may have moved.
Levine frames the Microsoft/OpenAI relationship as a near-acquisition done through investment, cloud-spending commitments, licensing, and governance influence rather than a conventional merger. The broader AI deal pattern is that large technology companies may avoid antitrust review or integration risk by hiring the key people, licensing the technology, funding the compute, and capturing much of the economic upside. The acquisition is not legally an acquisition, but economically it can rhyme with one.
The traditional view is something like: In an open market with a lot of competing firms, consumers will generally pay low prices, because if one firm charged high prices consumers would just switch to the other firms. "Pricing power," in this view, is virtually synonymous with "monopoly power": The only way a firm could charge high prices is if there are no viable competitors.
If you were really good at price discrimination, though, this might not be true. Like:
You run a hardware store. There's another, equally good hardware store down the block. Price tags do not exist: If anyone wants to buy something from you, they ask you the price and you tell them. You are extremely good at reading people. If they ask you "how much does this hammer cost," and you can tell by looking at them that they are savvy about hammer prices and willing to walk a block to the other store, you will tell them a competitive price. If they ask you "how much does this hammer cost," and you can tell by looking at them that they have plenty of money, are insensitive to price and don't know there's another hardware store nearby, you will smoothly say "that hammer is $50" and they'll pay you.
Is that an antitrust violation? I feel like the traditional answer is "no, of course not": You are not a monopolist, there's another competitor nearby, you are just good at business. On the other hand, if the purpose of antitrust regulation is to keep consumer prices low, there's something a bit unsettling about this: You don't have monopoly power, but you do have the power to charge supracompetitive prices, which is kind of the bad thing people are worried about.
In some sense it is obvious that the FX market would be automated: It trades around the clock, currencies are fungible and there are many fewer currencies than there are stocks. It took longer than stocks largely because stocks trade on public exchanges, while currencies were historically traded directly with banks in more fragmented and opaque ways. But "currency markets are now home to around 90 different trading venues, up from just 20 in 2012," and enough of them are electronic that if your goal is "buy 50 million pounds quietly" you can probably trust that to an algorithm rather than a human's gut instinct for markets:
RBC Bluebay Asset Management, for instance, relishes the ability to hide sizable trades from other players by using algorithms that 'slice and dice' their execution. ...
"It's better for risk — I want everything to be less touched, less keyboards stroked," said Stuart Campbell, who leads fixed income trading at the asset manager. "In the FX world, you can pretty much trade any size through algos, there's less and less need for me to pick up the phone to do a big block trade."
The "buy quietly" algorithm is apparently named Chameleon:
At BNP [Paribas SA], the three algorithms all have different characteristics. Clients can use Viper when they want to be aggressive with their trades and get out of risky positions quickly. Chameleon, on the other hand, is better for executing larger transactions and allowing them to slowly dribble into the market without creating larger gyrations.
Iguana was the final algorithm that BNP built. It was created for when clients know they want to execute a certain trade over a specific time horizon, but they aren't sure when within that window would be the best time to place the trade.
A dumb simple model of artificial intelligence companies is:
1. It would be good to develop good AI (AI that helps humans), but bad to develop bad AI (AI that kills or enslaves humans). 2. If you try to build good AI, there is some risk of building bad AI instead (your robot tricks you into thinking that it's nice, then enslaves you), so you have to be very very careful. You can't move too fast; you have to check carefully, at each step, to make sure that your robot is not secretly evil. 3. Company A is formed by idealistic AI researchers who want to create good AI. They work together well for a while. 4. Disagreements develop. Some researchers at Company A say "we need to work faster to build good AI, because if we don't, someone else will come along and build bad AI first instead." Others say "no, we can't work faster, that would compromise our ability to check that the robot is not evil." 5. The first group wins the argument, for reasons. [5] 6. The people who lose the argument, who are genuinely worried about bad AI, quit Company A in outrage and go start Company B, with the goal of carefully and safely creating good AI. 7. They work together well for a few months. 8. Disagreements develop at Company B. Some researchers say "we need to work faster to build good AI, because otherwise Company A will build bad AI first. That's why we quit, after all." Others say "no, we can't work faster, that would compromise our bad robot checks. That's why we quit, after all." 9. The first group wins the argument, for the same reasons as in Step 5. 10. The people who lose the argument quit and start Company C. 11. This keeps repeating: Company C eventually splits over similar tensions, but also Company A and Company B can themselves keep dividing as some people want to move faster than others. 12. Eventually all the AI researchers are very finely sorted by aggressiveness, so that Company Z is full of purists who are too cautious ever to build anything at all, while Company A is full of people who are like "actually being enslaved by robots would be pretty cool."
This is not accurate in all respects — sometimes the second group wins the argument for a weekend! — but it is an intuitive model that helps to explain stuff like this:
For the past several months, the question "Where's Ilya?" has become a common refrain within the world of artificial intelligence. Ilya Sutskever, the famed researcher who co-founded OpenAI, took part in the 2023 board ouster of Sam Altman as chief executive officer, before changing course and helping engineer Altman's return. From that point on, Sutskever went quiet and left his future at OpenAI shrouded in uncertainty. Then, in mid-May, Sutskever announced his departure, saying only that he'd disclose his next project "in due time.">
Now Sutskever is introducing that project, a venture called Safe Superintelligence Inc. aiming to create a safe, powerful artificial intelligence system within a pure research organization that has no near-term intention of selling AI products or services. In other words, he's attempting to continue his work without many of the distractions that rivals such as OpenAI, Google and Anthropic face. "This company is special in that its first product will be the safe superintelligence, and it will not do anything else up until then," Sutskever says in an exclusive interview about his plans. "It will be fully insulated from the outside pressures of having to deal with a large and complicated product and having to be stuck in a competitive rat race."
OpenAI was founded to build artificial general intelligence safely, free of outside commercial pressures. And now every once in a while it shoots out a new AI firm whose mission is to build artificial general intelligence safely, free of the commercial pressures at OpenAI.
A standard story in the modern tech industry is that every entrepreneur, venture capitalist, etc., was totally focused on crypto in 2020, and is totally focused on artificial intelligence in 2024. The "pivot to AI" is a running joke. It's a joke in part because these things seem unrelated: The skills required to build artificial intelligence, the problems that it solves, the potential uses, the actual real-world uses, are all so totally different from those in crypto. The "pivot to AI" can feel like just arbitrary chasing of hot buzzwords.
But a tech executive once pointed out to me that in fact crypto and AI are deeply related, and in fact the crypto boom (and bust) paved the way for the AI boom. The connection is chips. If you want to mine cryptocurrency, you need a lot of graphics processing units, the specialized computer chips that were previously sold mostly to computer gamers. And if you want to build a large language model, you need a lot of the same GPUs. So the crypto boom created a huge demand for GPUs, which led to GPU makers — by which I mean mostly Nvidia Corp. — scaling up their production of GPUs. And then the crypto bust created a huge glut of GPUs, because crypto miners no longer needed them, so companies that wanted to build LLMs could easily acquire lots of GPUs to train their models. That led to a transformative improvement in the power of those models. And now we are in an AI boom, with enormous demand for those chips. But crypto got us there.
I think it is conventional wisdom that this story has worked out better for Nvidia than for absolutely anyone else: It is the principal supplier of shovels in two of the greatest gold rushes of our time.
One way to think about the artificial intelligence business is:
1. Everybody, by now, has an intuitive understanding of how new software products are created in the US. New ideas in software come from visionary entrepreneurs who can work pretty cheap. You need a couple of engineers, some desks at a WeWork, some laptops, some energy drinks, a modest cloud-computing budget. You build the thing, you try to find product-market fit, and if it works you scale rapidly. The marginal cost of distributing one more copy of your app, or serving one more instance of your social media website, is basically zero. If your thing takes off, it can take off quickly, and it's all profit. 2. Everything in US tech finance is oriented around that understanding. Talented tech workers want to be founders, because founding your own company is the way to fame and riches in tech. Venture capital firms invest in risky early-stage software companies, because (1) those companies don't need that much capital to figure out if their idea works, and (2) if the idea does work it will return many times the investment. 3. Generative AI … maybe does not work like that? It is extremely capital-intensive, by which I mean that you need a very large cloud computing budget to build and train an AI model that will do anything at all. And then scaling it is also quite expensive; you need a ton more computing power to serve each new customer. Building an AI model is more like building a car than it is like building Facebook.
If I asked you in the abstract "I have a potentially lucrative and important business idea, but it requires like $10 billion of startup capital and does not scale cheaply like software, how should I finance it," your first answer might not be "venture capital." You might say something like "well this sounds like a big industrial project, what you should do is go get a job at a big industrial company with a ton of money, and start a division there that will do this project." And if I said "well it's a tech idea," you'd say "ah, even better, get a job at Google or Amazon or Alphabet, they have absolutely tons of money, more than they know what to do with, they can totally fund your $10 billion project, no problem. Is it a virtual reality headset by any chance?"
But the problem with AI is that it is , mostly, made in the Bay Area by tech-industry types, so it does default to the startup mode, so you do have startups running around building AI. But to fund their billions of dollars of cloud computing costs, they
1. take billions of dollars of investment from cloud computing companies (Microsoft, Amazon, Alphabet), 2. take a lot of that investment in the form of cloud computing capacity rather than money, and 3. probably have some sort of understanding with those companies that there will be some commercial relationship between them, so that for instance Microsoft has rights to include OpenAI models in its software.
It is a Silicon Valley-style compromise between "all new software must be built by startups" and "actually giant companies with tons of money and smart employees and complementary capabilities probably do have some advantage in building this particular expensive thing."
Two ways to use a computer to generate trading signals would be:
1. Think about subtle characteristics of a company that might be good or bad for that company. Develop a hypothesis — "executives who say 'I' on earnings calls are bad narcissists, but executives who say 'we' on earnings calls are good inclusive leaders" — and then use a computer to crunch the data and evaluate the hypothesis. Take the hypotheses that are good — the signals that turn out to work — and program them into a trading model, which uses the signals to buy and sell stocks. 2. Just ask a computer "is this company good or what," and if the computer says "yeah it's good" you buy the stock.
The advantage of the first method is that it is comprehensible; you can, at some level, explain your strategy, because you have reasons for every signal. Also those signals are more likely to be robust, less likely to be just statistical artifacts, if there is some explicable reasoning behind them.
The advantage of the second method is, what if the computer is smarter than you? What if it sees subtle patterns that you miss?
You could have a model of investment analysis that is like:
1. Part of the job is about looking at financial statements, calculating ratios, and figuring out which companies make a lot of money, which are cheap, etc. 2. The other part of the job is meeting with corporate executives, shaking their hands, getting a sense of their body language and their character, and deciding if they are good people who run a good company or bad people who don't.
There is a quantitative analytical part, and a part about personality. Intuitively a computer should help with the first part. You can use a calculator to compute the ratios. You can use Excel. You can use some more sophisticated software system to get investment signals from millions of financial data points.
And then you can say "still, I have to meet with management and shake their hands, because this is not a business of pure quantitative data; there is a human component, and no computer can judge the firmness of a CEO's handshake." Or can it? The Financial Times reports:
The idea that audio recordings could provide tips on executives' true emotions has caught the attention of some of the world's largest investors.
Many funds already use algorithms to trawl through transcripts of earnings calls and company presentations to glean signals from executives' choice of words — a field known as "Natural Language Processing" or NLP. Now they are trying to find further messages in the way those words are spoken.
"The idea is that audio captures more than just what is in text," said Mike Chen, head of alternative alpha research at Robeco, the asset manager. "Even if you have a sophisticated semantic machine, it only captures semantics."
Hesitation and filler words tend to be left out of transcripts, and AI can also pick up some "microtremors" that are imperceptible to the human ear.
Robeco, which manages over $80bn in algorithmically driven funds, making it one of the largest quants, began adding audio signals picked up through AI into its strategies earlier this year.
Three points here. The first is that if you are an algorithmic fund, you will just on principle resist having a workflow that is like "have an analyst listen to the conference call and write up her impressions of the executive's confidence," because that sounds dumb and fuzzy and subjective and labor-intensive and just not how one runs a quant fund. But if you can have a computer listen to the conference call and write up its impressions of the executive's confidence, fine, good, that's alpha.
The second is that mmmaybe the computer is better at it? "Microtremors"? Like maybe humans are good at fooling humans with confident misdirection, but the computers can't be fooled so easily?
The third is that this is sort of modeled as an iterated game in which:
1. Executives try to trick investors. [3] 2. Investors acquire computers that can spot the tricks. 3. Executies adapt to be able to trick those computers. 4. Investors get new computers. 5. Etc.
Natural language processing of earnings calls is old hat now, which means not only that it's not a competitive advantage (because every fund does it) but also that it doesn't work as well (because executives are now scripting themselves for the robots):
"We found tremendous value from transcripts," said Yin Luo, head of quantitative research at Wolfe Research. "The problem that has created for us and many others is that overall sentiment is becoming more and more positive . . . [because] company management knows their messages are being analysed."
Multiple research papers have found that presentations have become increasingly positive since the emergence of NLP, as companies adjust their language to game the algorithms.
But now the robots listen to the calls, instead of just reading them, so they are not fooled by language choice; they can hear those microtremors. Now the executives have to refine their voices to fool the robots:
Just as companies have tried to adapt to text analysis, Pope predicted investor relations teams would start coaching executives to monitor voice tone and other behaviour that transcripts miss. Voice analysis struggles with trained actors who can convincingly stay in character, but replicating that may be easier said than done for executives.
One move is to get acting training. But clearly the better move, for executives, is:
1. Get a chatbot to write your earnings presentation, and responses to analyst questions. 2. Get a robot to read it for you in a soothing and convincing way. 3. Then the investors' robots will listen to it and be like "oh yes this CEO is very good, very confident, I like the cut of this CEO's jib."
Just cut out the human element everywhere.
I think of artificial intelligence in finance as having two main approaches. One is: You apply artificial intelligence to financial data. You get some neural nets, you get some data, you train the neural nets on the data, they spot predictive patterns in the data, those patterns generate trade ideas, you do them, you hope they make money.
The other is: There are general-purpose large language models that can, in certain domains and with certain constraints, produce text that a smart human might have written. Why not use them to do the work that a human investment analyst would do? Train them on some corpus of language, including earnings calls and 10-Ks and finance textbooks and Warren Buffett's annual letters but also, like, Twitter and Moby-Dick , and then type in the little box "recommend five stocks that will go up a lot, and give your reasons," and see what they come up with. If it's persuasive, buy the stocks. If it's not, yell at the chatbot, in the little box, until it does a better job. Or type "explain what the Fed's decision yesterday means for financial markets" and get a long nuanced report that informs your investment decisions. You make the investment decisions — not the chatbot — but the chatbot's work helps support them. The chatbot is an analyst, one who is cheap and tireless and broadly informed about the world, but also one without a ton of domain-specific expertise, with weird and unpredictable gaps in its knowledge, and with a propensity for making stuff up. It's not the most reliable analyst! You wouldn't let it trade on its own! But it could, with careful supervision, help.
The problem with the first form of AI is that you have to have a lot of expertise — at building AI models and collecting data — to have a real shot at using it successfully. Also it has a tendency to produce "black box" investments, where the AI knows why it is buying the stuff it is buying, but you don't, and the AI can't tell you. "I am using 35,000 signals each with a weight that shifts as market conditions change, don't worry about it," the AI tells you, and you're like "fine I guess." And maybe it works great forever and you get rich, and maybe the AI is just overfitting to recent events and it blows up.
Whereas the ChatGPT model, like, you can just get that online, and type your question in the little box, and ChatGPT tells you its reasons for recommending whatever it is recommending, and you can read them and decide if they are persuasive or not. It's a very human-scale way to use AI in investing.
The way a public company's quarterly earnings call generally works is that it puts out a press release with the earnings information and then its chief executive officer and chief financial officer get on a call with analysts. The CEO and CFO give an introduction to the call, describing the quarter's highlights, and then the analysts ask questions and the executives answer them.
Here is an experiment you could do. You take the earnings release, the company's previous financial statements and the introduction to the earnings call, and you feed them all into a ChatGPT large language model. Then, you take the analysts' questions on the call, and instead of having the CEO and CFO answer them, you let ChatGPT do it. How would ChatGPT do?
You'd hope the answer would be "poorly." The analysts, after all, have (hopefully) read the earnings release and listened to the introduction; they know all that stuff. They are asking the executives questions to go beyond what has already been said, to clarify or fill in details or add color or explain the drivers of the numbers. All ChatGPT knows is what is already public knowledge; it can't fill in any details. (Or, it can, but just by making stuff up.) Intuitively, asking questions of a chatbot trained on the already-available information should not add any new information.
On the other hand, there are some earnings calls where the CEO and CFO don't add much new information either: Analysts ask a bunch of questions, and they respond in generalities or by referring to what they have already said. For some companies it is not obvious that a robot would do a worse job than the actual executives.
Lots of fun possibilities. But the most immediate way in which ChatGPT is going to be securities fraud is the usual "everything is securities fraud" way:
1. ChatGPT is going to be disruptive to some number of businesses and industries. 2. Some companies will lose money because ChatGPT disrupts their business. 3. This will be bad, for them, and their stocks will drop. 4. Every bad thing that happens to a public company can be characterized as securities fraud: "You didn't sufficiently warn us about the bad thing, so we bought the stock thinking it was good, but then the bad thing happened and the stock dropped, so we were defrauded."
ChatGPT risk factors are starting to be included in securities offering documents, and the risks are starting to be realized:
Chegg Inc. plummeted 42% after warning that the ChatGPT tool is threatening growth of its homework-help services, one of the most notable market reactions yet to signs that generative AI is upending industries.>
The company, which offers online guidance for students taking tests and writing essays, also gave revenue and profit forecasts for the current quarter that fell well short of analysts' estimates. Chegg makes much of its money from subscriptions, which start at $15.95 a month, a revenue source that's in peril if students see AI chatbots as an alternative to paying.>
The impact of ChatGPT, an OpenAI tool that surged in popularity last year, began to be felt this spring, Chief Executive Officer Dan Rosensweig said in prepared remarks accompanying Chegg's first-quarter earnings Monday.
And I tell you what, when I see that a public company has announced bad news and its stock dropped, I look for the lawsuits. We are early yet — the stock dropped yesterday — but lawyers move fast; I have not yet seen any lawsuits filed, but at least two law firms have announced "investigations" of Chegg and are looking for clients.
At this point the lawsuits seem a bit far-fetched: "You should have warned us months ago that artificial intelligence would hurt your business" is unfair given how quickly ChatGPT has exploded from nowhere to become a cultural and business phenomenon. But now everyone is on notice! If you are not warning your shareholders now about how AI could hurt your business, and then it does hurt your business, you're gonna get sued.
We have talked a few times about the US Securities and Exchange Commission's crackdown on banks that use anything other than "official channels" to do business: If you text a client from your personal phone, or send her a WhatsApp message, that will get you and your bank in trouble. Not that you texted her about doing crimes, I mean, but sending perfectly innocent businesslike communications over unofficial channels will get you in trouble. You're still allowed to talk about business in person, over lunch, but give it time. I wrote earlier this month:
In like five years, technology — and the SEC's interpretation of the rules — will have advanced to the point that banks will get fined if their bankers talk about business with clients on the golf course. "You should have been wearing your bank-issued virtual reality headset and recorded the conversation," the SEC will say, or I guess "you should have played golf in your bank's official metaverse, which records all golf conversations for compliance review, rather than on a physical golf course." The golf course is an unofficial channel! No business allowed!
Well, similarly. If you want to get advice from a robot about how to invest — or if you want the robot to help you write a presentation for clients — then you had better communicate with the robot using official channels! Typing in the ChatGPT box isn't an official channel, so it's not allowed.
Leveraged loans are strange in that (1) they are a large, important, frequently traded asset class, (2) they are kind of like high-yield bonds, which trade and settle in a pretty normal way, but (3) for various historical and legal reasons they do not settle like bonds; instead they can take two weeks to settle and sometimes you have to use a fax machine. Putting stock trading on the blockchain might add some efficiency, but putting leveraged loans on the blockchain would add a ton of efficiency. Also millions of individuals trade stocks, while a relatively small pool of banks and investors trade leveraged loans, so it is just a bit easier to get everyone to agree to migrate them to the blockchain. Leveraged loans were the lowest-hanging blockchain fruit, and people talked constantly about moving them to the blockchain.
Now it is 2022 and here is Bloomberg's Paula Seligson with " Old-School Leveraged Loan Market Steps Closer to Ditching Faxes":
The $1.38 trillion U.S. leveraged loan market is nearing an innovation that could finally shift back-office operations to a centralized system and away from investors having to manually track their positions -- a process that can still include the occasional fax.
Bank of America Corp., Citigroup Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. on Wednesday unveiled the name of the new platform that will let lenders access data across their portfolios in one place and said that Credit Suisse Group AG, one of the top arrangers for leveraged loans, has joined the portal.
Called Versana, the platform will formally launch around the middle of this year with term loans, and then soon add revolving credit facilities and other services, said the company's Chief Executive Officer Cynthia Sachs. …
Every loan has one bank that serves as the administrative agent and provides back-office record keeping. They notify lenders on a range of changes that can occur, such as an interest payment, a company paying down debt early and amendments to the legal documentation.
But those notifications are not standardized, and investors often have to track a hodgepodge of messages from a number of different banks. If there is a discrepancy, an investor has to call up, email or instant message the bank to sort out why, for example, the cash flows in their portfolio don't match their expectations.
No mention of blockchains! A centralized system! To be fair this is for administrative notices, not settlement, but you get the idea. "We should have a nicer and more logical way to track leveraged loans by computer; these faxes are dumb," people have thought for a long time. In 2017 they expressed that sentiment by saying "everything will move to the blockchain." Now they just build a computer system.
At some level of generality, every big bank has roughly one zillion contracts that all say "the Interest Rate for any period shall be Libor plus the Spread," or something that means the same thing. And due to the demise of Libor (the London interbank offered rate) and its replacement by SOFR (the Secured Overnight Financing Rate) or some other regulator-approved benchmark, those contracts all need to be edited to say "the Interest Rate for any period shall be SOFR plus the Spread plus the Other Spread."
When I describe it like that the obvious solution is to write a teeny little computer program to find every instance of the first expression and replace it with the second expression. But this is not in fact the solution. The main problem is that there a lot of different ways to write the first expression. "For any Semiannual Period, the Interest Payable shall be defined as the sum of (i) the Credit Spread plus (ii) the Relevant Libor" would say the same thing in somewhat different words in a different order. Also, though, some of these contracts are, like, blurry scanned PDFs. And anyway you can't just unilaterally rewrite the contracts; you have to call up the counterparties and have them sign off on the changes — or you have to parse another section of the contract to see if it gets rewritten automatically and, if so, how.
So the traditional solution is to hire battalions of lawyers to do that, which is enormously expensive for the banks and honestly not all that fun for the lawyers either. Imagine being a first-year law-firm associate on that job. You'd spend like the first three years of your career getting real real real real good at revising Libor contracts, and then when you were done your only skill would be permanently obsolete. Oops!
So the correct solution is to write a large computer program to find every instance of the first expression — but with artificial intelligence — and replace it with the second expression. You know, write a program that can read all the contracts and figure out which sentences mean "the Interest Rate for any period shall be Libor plus the Spread" and replace all of them with parallel sentences that mean "the Interest Rate for any period shall be SOFR plus the Spread plus the Other Spread" but use all the correct defined terms. And then I guess email them to the counterparty for signoff.
It is fun to imagine a world in which mergers and acquisitions were similarly automated. If you were the chief executive officer of a public (or private!) company, and you wanted to sell, you could push a button and a computer would tell you "the bid price for your company is $8 billion" or whatever. And then you'd hit the "okay sell" button, and some automated market maker — some pool of cash attached to that computer — would wire you $8 billion and take over your company. And then the market maker would resell it a second later for $8.2 billion to some long-term strategic buyer who is in the market for a business like yours. And all the matchmaking and valuation work of modern M&A — bankers building deep personal relationships with CEOs and flying around the country pitching deals, 60-page board decks full of valuation models, 100-page contracts full of closing contingencies, all-night negotiations, fights about cultural fit and the name of the combined company, etc. — would all be sort of smushed into the automatic market-maker model.
This would be funny! It will be a bit of world-building in my science-fiction finance novel set in the year 2264. But it is not going to happen now, or in 10 years, or probably in 50 years. The facts about whole companies are too complicated and fuzzy and difficult to observe for a computer to price confidently, and companies trade so infrequently that any random errors could destroy the business model. Plus the capital required for this business model — billions and billions of dollars for each trade — would be too much for a business of five programmers and a computer. Finance slowly grinds toward this ideal, but it may never actually get this far.
A couple of readers emailed to point out that … this actually happens a little bit? Here's a company called OpenStore, which Bloomberg described in June as "a startup that makes automated purchase offers to small e-commerce businesses." (It's from the people who brought you OpenDoor, which, like Zillow, tries to do that with houses.) If you run a storefront on Shopify Inc., a computer can pretty much make you a price without a whole lot of extensive in-person negotiation or due diligence. To the extent that businesses of the future are not so much "big factory makes widgets and then a team of hard-charging widget salespeople fan out and build personal relationships with widget buyers" but rather "some cloud servers, an API and a Stripe account," automated business purchasing actually seems feasible. It's not that a computer will be able to understand all the idiosyncratic personal and physical features of a business, it's that those features might get sanded away.
The syndicate desk—a longtime fixture at banks across Wall Street where IPOs and other large stock sales are priced and allocated to investors—has long clung to traditional ways of doing business like phone orders and scribbled pieces of paper, even as other businesses go digital. ...
Ben Batory, head of Franklin Equity Group Trading at Franklin Templeton, said for decades he and his team have kept track of how many shares they asked for in IPOs—as well as how many they received and at what price—on loose sheets of paper. He and his counterparts at other firms talk of calling multiple bankers on a deal to make sure their orders are recorded correctly. And then they wait. The morning after an IPO prices, a banker calls them, tells them how many shares they got, at what price, and what percentage of fees they owe to each of the dozen or so underwriters. It is up to Mr. Batory, or someone in his shoes, to keep track of it all.
"All these things are ripe for error," he said. "There can be five deals a day, and you need to get the amount right, get the commission right, and it's all chicken scratch on a piece of paper on my desk. It's incredibly challenging."
Would you believe that the solution is to have some sort of website where customers can type in how many shares they want, and then the banks could look at the order book and decide how many shares to allocate to each investor, and then the investors could just see on the website how many shares they got and how much they had to pay? Seems too easy, doesn't it? Like if it were as simple as that someone would have just done it, right? Ha well anyway:
Capital Markets Gateway LLC has set out to change that. Backed by Franklin Templeton, Fidelity Investments, Goldman Sachs Group Inc., JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Morgan Stanley, among others, CMG was launched in 2017 by former bankers at Robert W. Baird & Co. …
When the system is up and running, buy-side firms—of which nearly 100 are signed up—will be able to see what deals are pricing when, what the terms are and digitally enter their orders with lead bankers, so long as they have an existing relationship with them.
Once IPOs and other offerings are priced, instead of waiting until the following morning to learn via a phone call if they received any allocation, fund managers can find out electronically that same evening.
This is a form of a general problem in antitrust. Sometimes competitors in an industry will want to get together to agree not to do something that would be bad for the industry, or for the world. This is tricky to do, as an antitrust matter, because it is generally illegal for a bunch of competitors to get together to agree to keep supply down or prices up, or to agree not to give customers certain features. Often agreeing to hold off on doing something bad on the world can look like an agreement to restrict supply.
So for instance if you work at an artificial-intelligence company, and a customer comes to you and says "hey would you build me an evil AI that will enslave humankind, I'll pay you a lot of money," you might say no. But you might worry that your competitors would say yes, and then they'd get a lot of money and you wouldn't. So you might want to get together with all your competitors and agree that, even if a customer asks very nicely and offers a lot of money, none of you will ever build an evil AI that will enslave humankind. But is that an agreement in restraint of trade? Are you colluding to restrict the supply of AIs that customers want (evil enslavement AIs)?
Here is a fun paper from last July by Cullen O'Keefe of OpenAI about "Antitrust-Compliant AI Industry Self-Regulation":
Of interest here is a hypothetical and potentially desirable horizontal agreement ("Agreement") between AI engineers (or those working for labs aiming to produce AGI) not to produce unsafe A(G)I. …
There is a colorable argument that an Agreement would correct a market failure (namely, information asymmetry). AI engineers are much better-positioned than their clients to know whether AI they produce is safe. Thus, an Agreement would be analogous to the ethical canon at-issue in California Dental : it would regulate informational asymmetries in the professionals' market.
Note that the market failure is not the externalized risk to the public from unsafe AI. Under California Dental , the procompetitive benefits of the Agreement must accrue to the consumers.
If the above arguments are correct, then California Dental dictates that the Agreement would be subject to rule-of-reason review. The defendants would then have to show that its procompetitive effects outweigh its anticompetitive effects.
That is, you can't have an industry rule saying "no evil enslavement AIs" just because you don't want to enslave humanity; the rule has to be justified on the grounds that you know better about what the customer wants (non-enslavement) than the customer does.
One lesson you could take away from this is that antitrust law is sort of generative of other forms of government regulation. If everyone in the AI business thinks there should be a rule against evil AI, it is risky for them to just get together and agree on it. But if some government agency regulates AI, then all the people in the business can lobby that agency to make a rule about it. (Similarly, if everyone in the taxi industry thinks that there should be safety regulations, or minimum-price regulations , it's better for them to lobby a taxi commission to make those rules than to agree on them themselves.) It is tricky for industries to self-regulate, because self-regulation might look like collusion, so they have to ask the government to regulate instead.
Aladdin is BlackRock Inc.'s risk-management and portfolio-construction and a-little-of-everything-else technology platform (it stands implausibly for "asset, liability, debt and derivative investment network"), which BlackRock licenses to pretty much every other investing firm you can think of:
Vanguard and State Street Global Advisors, the largest fund managers after BlackRock, are users, as are half the top 10 insurers by assets, as well as Japan's $1.5tn government pension fund, the world's largest. Apple, Microsoft and Google's parent firm, Alphabet — the three biggest US public companies — all rely on the system to steward hundreds of billions of dollars in their corporate treasury investment portfolios.
And so there is a fun recurring hipster sort of worry in financial circles—the quotes above are from an article in the Financial Times yesterday; here's another version from three years ago—that if every investor is using the same software for risk management, they will all manage the same risks in the same way. There are conventional mainstream ways of thinking about portfolio construction and risk, and if everyone thinks those ways then the market will be a little less diverse and robust, and those ways of thinking are reified by everyone using the same software. I am not overwhelmingly impressed by this worry—the conventional ways tend to be fairly well grounded in theory and experience, they are reified by market custom and social practices and academic training as well as by software, and of course giant index-y investors are going to herd—but, sure, I see the point. I'm sure that if you're a certain sort of contrarian it is satisfying to say "we don't use Aladdin like everyone else; we use a proprietary astrological approach to construct our portfolio." The FT article hits two other themes that I like to talk about around here. One is that financial companies increasingly want to be tech companies, in this case in a straightforward literal way:
Aladdin's income, locked up in steady, multiyear contracts, diversifies BlackRock's income away from the fees it charges on assets, which dip during a market downturn. "It's the tech subscription model that investors love," says Kyle Sanders, an analyst at Edward Jones. "It's not sensitive to the market."
And my first reaction to the GPT-2 VC bot was "fine great but get back to me when this bot is generating startup ideas." Venture capitalists tweet aphorisms as a hobby, but their job is to invest money in startups that become successful, and (to a much lesser extent) to not invest money in startups that become worthless. An AI bot that could mine the public writings of successful venture capitalists and learn to pick companies from their writings would be something. But then I thought about it for a bit—well aware, as I did so, that I was taking a silly Twitter joke too far—and realized: Wait, no, maybe that's not actually the job? Private markets, still, don't work quite the same way as public ones. You could very easily have a model of venture capital in which tweeting gnomic wisdom is more important than picking the right investments. In this model, the job of a venture capitalist is not mainly to differentiate good companies from bad ones, but to be offered investment opportunities in good private companies in the first place. The VC's source of value comes from marketing herself to founders; in a world where capital is abundant and world-changing ideas are rare, the most important source of value for a private investor is not discrimination but access. And one way to get offered good investment opportunities is by being a thought leader on Twitter. Actually this is almost conventional wisdom? Here is Tyler Cowen on "Why is VC Twitter so peculiar?" He quotes a reader advancing the argument that "as capital supply increases, the importance of differentiation on other axes increases. VCs have a growing incentive to personally market their product." Anyone can give a startup money; a Twitter philosopher has the added advantage of being able to give it wisdom. Here is Alex Danco on the importance of "Social Capital in Silicon Valley." And I quoted it yesterday too, but Byrne Hobart wrote the other day that the main components of venture-capital alpha are "dealflow and judgment," and that "typically outsiders overweight judgment ('did you know it was going to be big?') and underweight dealflow (there are lots of companies that everyone thinks will be big, but only Sequoia gets to say so with a check)." He writes: "Having an abundant supply of loose ties in a tech-adjacent space is a source of persistent VC alpha." Ties don't get looser, more abundant and more tech-adjacent than "thousands of people like my aphorisms on Twitter." So I am willing to embrace this as an investing strategy. Make yourself a bot that writes good tweets, that can produce aphorisms at about the level of a successful and very online venture capitalist. Tweet those tweets under your name and picture. Raise investor money on the basis of your thought leadership. Notice which founders of hot startups follow your bot on Twitter. DM them and set up meetings. Get the bot to supply you some aphorisms for the meetings, too. Close the deal with a mix of basic friendliness and the aphorisms. Your stock-selection skills will be more or less random, but if you do the tweets well enough your dealflow might be good enough to make you rich. For the experience. Obviously I am kidding? I think? Maybe? I never know anymore. The standard view of automation and artificial intelligence in finance is that it will come first for the technical, quantitative, evaluative parts of the industry, but will only increase the value of soft skills in high-touch human-facing roles. Quant hedge funds won't need stock analysts but will still need managers to raise money for the robots to invest; machine-learning tools will take over junior investment bankers' jobs running merger models but won't replace senior investment bankers advising CEOs on how to negotiate the merger. It is fun to think that there might be cases where the quantitative financial logic is too hard for a robot, but the soft human skills are both valuable and relatively easy to automate.
Our study provides the first comprehensive analysis of the properties of investment recommendations generated by "Robo-Analysts," which are human-analyst-assisted computer programs conducting automated research analysis. Our results indicate that Robo-Analysts differ from traditional "human" research analysts across several dimensions. First, Robo-Analysts collectively produce a more balanced distribution of buy, hold, and sell recommendations than do human analysts, which suggests that they are less subject to behavioral biases and conflicts of interest. Second, consistent with automation facilitating a greater scale of research production, Robo-Analysts revise their reports more frequently than human analysts and also adopt different production processes. Their revisions rely less on earnings announcements, and more on the large, volumes of data released in firms' annual reports. Third, Robo-Analysts' reports exhibit weaker short-window return reactions, suggesting that investors do not trade on their signals. Importantly, portfolios formed based on the buy recommendations of Robo-Analysts appear to outperform those of human analysts, suggesting that their buy calls are more profitable.
That is from the abstract of "Man versus Machine: A Comparison of Robo-Analyst and Traditional Research Analyst Investment Recommendations," by Braiden Coleman, Kenneth Merkley and Joseph Pacelli of Indiana University. Here is Bloomberg's Vildana Hajric with more on the study; she adds:
Whereas traditional analysts actively work on maintaining relationships with company management, robots aren't beholden to the same conventions. Their calls may not get the same pop as humans' at first, but the recommendations can generate "substantial returns for individual investors," they said. ... Out of the total pool of outstanding robo-analyst recommendations, more than 30% represented buy ratings compared with 47% from traditional analysts (the overall number of outstanding recommendations from traditional analysts was five times the robots'). About a quarter of recommendations from the machines fell into the sell category, compared with 6% from humans.
If what you are looking for in an investment analyst is someone to tell you which stocks to buy because they have sound fundamentals and will go up in the medium term, the robots seem to be better than the humans. Obviously some people want that. Amateur hobbyist investors who pick individual stocks might want some professional support for their decisions, for instance. On the other hand if you are a professional investor you might want that a little, but mostly you'll be looking for something a bit different. (It is, after all, your job to pick the stocks to buy.) If you are doing deep fundamental research, you will be less interested in the analyst's conclusions than in, say, what she says about her meetings with the company's management. Or you might just want the analyst to invite you to those meetings so you can meet management yourself. Robots don't (yet) meet with managers or provide corporate access. "Traditional analysts actively work on maintaining relationships with company management" not just because they are humans bound by social conventions and the strong desire to be liked, but also because it is what their investing clients want and reward them for. Of course not all professional investors are doing deep fundamental research or meeting with management. Some just want a trade. An analyst who can move the stock price by 5% in a day by announcing a new buy recommendation is ... interesting … to a professional investor. Sometimes in simple ways: You're a client; you see the recommendation as soon as it comes out; you buy immediately; other, slower, retail investors pile in and the stock goes up; you take a profit. Sometimes in more fraught and complicated ways: You're a client; you have regular conversations with the analyst in which you bounce ideas off each other; in the course of those conversations you make the case for a stock you own; she eventually comes around and publishes a buy recommendation; the stock goes up; you take a profit.[1] The robots are bad at that, both because their recommendations do not move stocks as much as the human analysts' recommendations do, and because they don't have regular phone conversations with investors. (Being robots.) All the helpful customer-service-y things that human equity research analysts do, things that are key parts of their jobs, things that are the main value they offer to their professional-investor clients, the robots just skip. "Robot Analysts Outwit Humans on Investment Picks, Study Shows," is the Bloomberg headline, and that is true as far as it goes, but the authors of the paper are a bit less enthusiastic:
Overall, our evidence paints a textured picture of the role of Robo-Analysts in modern capital markets. On the one hand, their reports appear to offer some value to traditional investors, as they are less biased and revised more frequently. In addition, our portfolio analyses suggest that their buy recommendations generate abnormal returns that are higher than those issued by traditional analysts. On the other hand, their sell recommendations do not appear to be profitable. In addition, we expect that traditional analysts still likely add significant value through their softer product offerings, which are unavailable to common investors. In sum, automation appears to lead to an improvement in the aggregate quality of research available to individual investors, but it is unlikely that this approach to research can meet all of the objectives of traditional brokerage house services.
Oh right: "Their sell recommendations do not appear to be profitable"! The robots' buy recommendations outperform, but the sell ones don't:
For sell recommendations, however, we find no evidence to indicate that Robo-Analysts' recommendations are incrementally more profitable than human analysts. If anything, our results indicate that portfolios based on Robo-Analysts' sell recommendations generate positive, instead of negative, abnormal returns. This result is consistent with Robo-Analysts' focus on providing a more balanced distribution of recommendations potentially leading them to over-correct traditional analysts' bias by over-issuing sell-recommendations. Alternatively, Robo-Analysts' may simply invest fewer resources in generating profitable sell calls, given that their client base (i.e., individual investors) is less likely to take short positions. Regardless, our evidence suggests that individual investors can benefit from following Robo-Analysts' buy recommendations, which is likely the most relevant signal for this class of investors.
It is often considered a scandal, a fraud, an indication of conflicts of interest, that only 6% of human analysts' recommendations are sells. Surely, the assumption goes, you should sell as many stocks as you buy. But … why? Most stocks go up most of the time. Most investors are long-biased. It is not at all obvious that there should be as many sells as buys.[2] And in fact the robots correct the humans' biases—they don't care about being liked, about buttering up companies in order to get more access, etc.—and it makes them do a worse job.
COVID-19 & March 2020 (1)
No, the thing I am going to explain to Congress is that almost 30% of Pfizer Inc.'s stock is held by Vanguard Group, BlackRock Inc., State Street Corp., Capital Group Cos. and Wellington Management Group. All of those are giant institutional investment firms that own shares of hundreds or thousands of companies, and those are just Pfizer's biggest holders; lots of investors lower down the list are also huge diversified institutions. If Pfizer finds a coronavirus vaccine and distributes it as widely as possible—even at cost, even below cost, even for free, even at an enormous loss—it will make its owners richer by many many billions of dollars. BlackRock, for instance, owns about $16 billion of Pfizer stock. If Pfizer went to zero—if it bankrupted itself, selflessly producing and distributing vaccines—BlackRock (really its clients) would lose $16 billion. BlackRock owns about $2.9 trillion of other stocks; if a coronavirus vaccine allowed businesses to reopen and normal economic life to resume, and as a result those other stocks went up by 1 percent, that would more than make up for bankrupting Pfizer.
For BlackRock, I mean. BlackRock would be happy with that tradeoff, as would its clients, as would Vanguard and State Street and, in all likelihood, a majority of Pfizer's shareholders, many of whom are diversified investors who own a lot of companies that aren't Pfizer and are struggling. Presumably Pfizer's executives would be sad about it. Right now they have prestigious jobs where they get paid a lot; if Pfizer went bankrupt then they would be embarrassed and probably stop getting paid. And they're the ones who set the prices. But there is a trade there, you know? That is the thing that I want to explain to Congress. The shareholders, in some loose sense, own the company; in some loose sense, Pfizer's executives are getting paid with the shareholders' money; in some loose sense, the shareholders are the executives' bosses. If the shareholders were to call up the executives and say "look, if you find a working vaccine and give it away for free, we will give you a bonus pool of one billion dollars to share with each other and your scientists," then … presumably that would be an incentive? Like, the executives would think "if we find this vaccine and make a big profit I'll probably get like a $17 million bonus, but if we find it and make no profit I'll definitely get like a $100 million bonus," and they will have strong incentives to (1) find it and (2) give it away. Econ, like, 101.5, really.
One way to think about this, if you're Congress, is that we've got a whole great big economy, and a vaccine will be very very good for the economy as a whole, and what you want is to find some mechanism to transfer some of that value—enough to incentivize vaccine research and development and production—from the rest of the economy (the households and restaurants and retailers and everyone else who will benefit, economically, from a vaccine) to the people researching and developing and producing the vaccine. You want the people who benefit from the vaccine and are happy about it to send some money to the people who make the vaccine, so that those people will be happy to make the vaccine.
There's a super traditional Econ 101 way to do that, which is pricing; the people who make the vaccine can charge a lot of money to the people who want the vaccine. There are problems with this method, which I will not dwell on here because Congress is obviously well aware of them. (Some people don't have the money to pay for the vaccine, etc.)
All I am saying is that now there is a new way! Now the whole great big economy is knitted together not only by pricing in product markets but also by common ownership of all the stocks by the same investors, and so you can think of all of the companies—Pfizer, American Airlines, Carnival Cruises, The Gap, whoever—as divisions of one giant company, and the one giant company has an executive committee (Larry Fink and the other heads of big investment firms), and the executive committee can tell the divisions (Pfizer, etc.) what to do and how much to charge, and if the giant company's executive committee says "we are going to have our Pfizer division try to find a vaccine and give it away as a loss leader to improve the performance in our other divisions" then, you know, fine, that's how divisions operate, that's how corporate hierarchies go, it's fine. It's not quite like that—there is no giant company, there is no hierarchy—but it is kind of like that, it is enough like that that you ought to start thinking about it, that you ought to think of giant public corporations not as acting on their own pure selfish self-contained profit motives but as part of a vector of interests of their diversified investors, and that you could maybe use that. "Sure, pharmaceutical executive, you say you want to make a big profit on this drug, but what if we asked your owners what they want?"
Crypto & Digital Assets (305)
One of the coolest weirdest worst financial instruments in recent memory is Strategy Inc.'s "Stretch" preferred stock. Stretch is a floating-rate preferred stock, but its dividend rate floats not with some benchmark interest rate but rather with Strategy's own market-clearing interest rate. Stretch pays a monthly dividend, and it trades on the...
Crudely speaking, the way the banking system works is that everyone puts their money in banks, but the banks don't have all the money. They lend it out, and if everyone asked for all their money back at once, (1) they wouldn't get it, (2) the banks would fail and (3) there...
Broadly speaking, crypto has become more respectable over the years. In the early days, crypto was for hackers and outlaws and online drug dealers; now it is for banks and retirement funds. Along with the industry, a lot of individual cryptocompanies - or, you know, projects or decentralized ecosystems or whatever -...
In general, event contracts on prediction markets pay $1 if an event happens and $0 if it doesn't. But how do you know, in general, if an event has happened? Or rather, how does theprediction market know: How does it decide whether to pay out the Yes contracts or the No contracts?...
In the late 2010s and early 2020s, you could raise hundreds of millions of dollars for a business by selling "tokens" "of" the business, tokens that were in some loose but definite sense linked to the economic success of that business. You could go around saying "we are launching the next hot...
A theory that you sometimes hear about crypto is that typical crypto tokens - Bitcoin, Ether, etc. - are fungible. 2<> One Bitcoin is the same as any other Bitcoin, just like one dollar bill is just as good as any other. Thepoint of money is that it isfungible, and Bitcoin...
The basic story of Terra is: * Terra was a big crypto project, led by a company called Terraform Labs and a guy named Do Kwon, which at its peak had a market value of about$50 billion. * It had a token, the currency of its blockchain, called Luna, which at...
I used to think that Tether was a silly place to keep your money. You could, I thought, keep your money in a bank or a US dollar money market fund; those are regulated by the US government, hold your money in relatively safe and transparent places, and will let you use...
Back in simpler times, a year ago, BitMine Immersion Technologies Inc., as its name implies, was a technology company that mined Bitcoin using immersion. Something like that. From itsannual report in December 2024: Since July 2021, our business has been as a blockchain technology company that is building out industrial scale...
One novel and noteworthy feature of our current economic and cultural climate is that people love a scammer. Some of this is aesthetic: We love a rogue, someone who plays by her own rules and sticks it to the elites. But also, with crypto and prediction markets and meme stocks, we have...
The stock of Chevron Corp. closed at $155.90 per share on Friday. As of noon today, it was trading at about $164.36, up about 5%. There are call options on Chevron's stock with a $160 strike price and an expiry of Jan. 16. About 1,346 of those contracts traded on Friday, with...
lot around here about the strategy of selling $1 worth of crypto for $2 on the stock market. Obviously, if you can do that, you should do it all day long. For a while, Strategy Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy), the original crypto treasury company,could, and there were many copycats, some of which...
Strategy Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy Inc.) invented the idea of the digital asset treasury company, that is, the idea that the stock market should pay $2 for $1 worth of crypto. At its peak in July, Strategyowned 601,550 Bitcoins, worth about $71.4 billion, and had an equity market capitalization of about $127...
You know what really offers leveraged Bitcoin exposure? A 2x levered Strategy exchange-traded fund. How's that going? Bloomberg'sVildana Hajric reports: The most popular exchange-traded funds tracking Strategy's volatile stock - MSTX and MSTU, which offer double the daily return - have both dropped more than 80% this year. That puts them...
I kind of just want to push fast-forward on this and get straight to my 2027 column about putting private credit and crypto into Trump accounts: All manner of financial institutions are vying for a role in the program, from banks such as JPMorgan Chase to brokerages such as Charles Schwab...
Friday, were a reminder that the fervor of retail traders - whipped up in part by Federal Housing Finance Agency head Pulte - can quickly turn sour. Ackman, a billionaire hedge fund manager, sent out a social media post this week blaming forced liquidations and margin calls in the cryptocurrency market for...
. U.S. Insurers Are Binging on Private Credit, Moody's Says. Coinbase to Leave Delaware, Reincorporate in Texas. Crypto Asset Manager Grayscale Shows Revenue Drop in IPO Filing. Brazil Tries to Sell Skeptics on 'Low-Carbon Beef ' at COP30. Younger brother beats older sibling inBertelsmann succession battle. First Brands Founder...
From JPMorgan. Musk Offers Lofty Promises After$1 Trillion Tesla Payday. How this 31-year-old made $250mn in 30 months. Hedge Funds Ramp Up Crypto Use After Trump's Regulatory Push. Wall Street Banks Weigh Tapping Private Credit on Hologic $12 Billion Debt Deal. Hedge Fund Trades Push Up Gilt Repo Rates,...
Bank Deal. Tricolor Records Show Same Cars Tied to Thousands of Loans. If Trump's Tariffs Are Ruled Illegal, Businesses Expect Refund Chaos. Hedge Funds Targeting Fire Insurance Hit a Wall in California. Why Insurers Are Taking Your Money to theCayman Islands. 'Gold-plated Fomo ' powers bullion's record-breaking rally. How China...
Ecommerce Ventures, which bought RadioShack and other brands out of bankruptcy and pivoted them to online commerce, was a Ponzi scheme. We had actuallytalked about REV before, because in 2021 Tai Lopez, an REV co-founder who was charged last month, said he was "taking RadioShack on the blockchain, it'll be the...
Donald Trump's broadtariffs are illegal, because that's what the Constitutionsays. Trump has appealed these rulings to the Supreme Court, which has generally been more willing than lower courts to discard precedent and let Trump do what he wants. Will he win? I don't know. Here is aPolymarket prediction market on...
I suppose I should start with an apology. In February, MicroStrategy Inc., the Bitcoin treasury company,changed its name to "Strategy." Sort of. It was stillofficially "MicroStrategy Incorporated d/b/a Strategy," and I interchangeably referred to it as "MicroStrategy" and "Strategy" for several months. Including last week, when we discussed the fact that its...
crypto treasury business for the shortest-term possible reasons ("the stock market will pay more for crypto today than the crypto market will"), but perhaps I am the one who is short-sighted. Elsewhere in the entire time horizon of human ambition, here's a Dogecoin treasury company run by Alex Spiro: More than...
For a long time, the US stock market would pay $2 for $1 worth of crypto. If you had a stash of, say, $500 million worth of Bitcoin, you could plop it into a random public company and the market would value the company at $1 billion. Then you could raise...
I sometimes describe crypto treasury companies as "perpetual motion machines." The idea is: * You issue 100 shares of stock for $1 per share, raising $100, and buy $100 worth of Bitcoin. * Now you have a net asset value of $100 (the Bitcoin), but for some reason your stock trades...
in Revamp. Private equityfundraising slides as sector's downturn deepens. Weather Traders Are Hedging Against the Next German Wind Drought. Jefferies tells senior bankers to collaborate for biggest bonuses. JPMorgan to Pay $330 Million to Malaysia to Settle 1MDB Case. HSBC's Swiss Bank Said to Exit 1,000 Mideast Clients Amid Revamp....
Okay: JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Coinbase Global Inc. signed an agreement to directly link customers' bank accounts to their cryptocurrency wallets.... In addition to linking bank accounts, customers will be able to fund Coinbase accounts with their Chase credit cards for the first time - an option expected to...
There is a traditional form of financial structuring where you work at a bank, and a client comes to you and is like "I want a tradable instrument X that reflects the price of some other thing Y," and you have to think carefully about how to link X and Y. Perhaps,...
Obviously: Polymarket, the crypto-betting platform that was kicked offshore by federal regulators, has struck a deal to return to the US market just weeks after prosecutors shut down a probe of the company. The predictions marketplace is buying a little-known derivatives exchange called QCX, that will allow Polymarket to legally re-enter...
a decade. EU warns Trump's 30% tariffs wouldeliminate transatlantic trade. Mysterious Option Trades Put Spotlight on Key Indian Stock Index. Jane Street Sets Aside $564 Million as India Probe Continues. Private Credit Firms Pitch More Leverage to Win Over Deals. "Continuation funds returned a median of 1.4 times the initial investment...
City Dynasty. CanParis's banking elite withstand a New York onslaught? Once Popular Pre-IPO Investing PlatformLinqto Files for Bankruptcy. Private equity abandons early recruiting after Jamie Dimon fightback. KKR Fails to Get Any Acceptances for $2.32 BillionAssura Takeover Bid. Blackstone Explores Private Credit Secondaries Strategy. New Mountain Targets $2 Billion for Debut...
toy company that pivoted to being a Tron treasury company. Here'sa Bloomberg News story about that pivot: A tiny investment bank where Donald Trump Jr. and Eric Trump work as advisers helped an obscure toymaker pivot into crypto this week, sending its shares up more than 500%. The run-up generated more...
: Crypto billionaire Justin Sun's digital asset platform Tron is set to go public in the US, four months after market regulators agreed to pause a fraud investigation into several of his companies. Tron will go public in a reverse merger with Nasdaq-listed SRM Entertainment in a deal orchestrated by Dominari Securities,...
that crypto staking programs were securities. Now, maybe not; Lee, White and Gyftopoulou note that "as recently as May 29, the staff said federal securities laws generally don't apply to staking activities." If these funds are investing in securities, they qualify as investment companies; if they are investing in non-securities, they...
resolution.... At the time of resolution, any verse that does not contain the observed outcome reported by the oracle immediately disappears, together with all of its state. One thing you could imagine doing with this is solving the time value problems of prediction markets by paying conditional interest. You have 100...
" preferred stock, which are less equity-sensitive), and its latest thing is a non-convertible 10% preferred stock ("perpetual stride," why not). Strategy isnot doing the simple arbitrage - sell MSTR, buy Bitcoin - anymore. On the other hand tons of other companies really are doing a related trade - sellingtheir stock...
stockholders' equity." Though it added: "We may elect to use a portion of the proceeds to acquire crypto currencies in connection with execution of the potential treasury strategy we currently have under consideration." And why wouldn't it? SharpLink was only in the very most technical sense a US public company: It had...
The basic situation is that the stock market will pay $2 for $1 worth of Bitcoin. This fact was more or less discovered by MicroStrategy Inc. (now Strategy), 8<> which exploits it in enormous size: It runs a huge pot of Bitcoin, trades on the stock exchange for about twice the value...
stock market will pay $2 for $1 worth of Bitcoin. MicroStrategy (now called Strategy) is essentially a pot of Bitcoins, and its stock trades at roughly twice the value of its Bitcoins. So it issues more stock and buys more Bitcoins and goes up in a bizarre perpetual motion machine that I...
. Elon Musk Is Expanding His Empire With a New Texas City Government. Morgan Stanley Plans to Offer Crypto Trading to E*Trade Clients. Nasdaq Plan Will Bring Zero-Day Option Boom Closer to Single Stocks. Carlyle, State Street Consider Partnership to Tap Retail Wealth. Apollo Raises $5.4 Billion Fund for Secondhand...
Last Tuesday, SharpLink Gaming Inc. was an online marketing company for sports betting with a stock price of about $2.91 per share and an equity market capitalization of about $2 million. It was listed on the Nasdaq, but only barely; a few weeks ago it had to do areverse stock split to...
Banks face various cybersecurity risks, of which the main ones might be: * If criminals gain access to a bank's computer systems and steal customer personal information - names, Social Security numbers, account balances, email addresses - that is very bad. The hackers can use that information in various nefarious ways. They...
<bbg://news/stories/SW5HKPT0AFB4>: KindlyMD shares gained as much as 706%, the most on record, after the health care services company agreed to merge with Bitcoin holding company Nakamoto Holdings Inc. to start a Bitcoin treasury strategy. Many companies have shifted into buying and holding Bitcoin on their balance sheet, which was popularized by Michael...
I have been writing for months now about the fact that the US stock market will pay $2 for $1 worth of crypto. Any company that announces "we're doing a crypto treasury strategy where we will spend $100 million to buy Bitcoin" will see its market capitalization shoot up byat least $200...
There are, what, four kinds of crypto projects? * Serious projects designed to build useful stuff by selling tokens that are securities under US law; * Serious projects designed to build useful stuff by selling tokens that are notsecurities under US law; * Jokes; * Frauds. What is the legal status of...
Funding Turmoil. Cantor Prepares $3 Billion Crypto Firm With Tether and SoftBank. Bitcoin Miner Riot Platforms Gets $100 Million Credit Facility From Coinbase. Boeing to Sell Some of ItsNavigation Business in $10.55 Billion Deal. Nomura's top banker says traders' ability to go 'max risk ' is now higher. Goldman Sachs...
versions. This trade is obviously appealing to some US (and non-US) public companies, but thepure form of the trade probably isn't that appealing to that many companies. Most companies want to do, you know, the business that they are doing, not just a crypto arbitrage; even MicroStrategy still has a software business....
memecoins, and I wrote that, whatever else it is, it's not securities fraud: Memecoins are obviously not securities, they are obviously not "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others," because there are no enterprise, no profits and no efforts. I got...
What is the point of crypto? The point of Bitcoin is clear enough: It is widely used, these days, as a sort of "digital gold," a store of value that might hedge against some sorts of risk. You buy Bitcoin not because you think it will do anything, but because you think...
: GameStop Corp. is seeking to sell $1.3 billion of convertible bonds to fund Bitcoin purchases as it embraces a strategy that was developed by the cryptocurrency advocate Michael Saylor. The video-game retailer rallied after the company said on Tuesday that its board approved a plan to add Bitcoin as a treasury...
The two most straightforward dumb ways for a US public company to get a high stock price in the 2020s are: * Announce that you will buy a lot of Bitcoin: Retail investors love Bitcoin and will sometimes, for some reason,pay a premium for a company with a stash of Bitcoin....
We talked last week about a memecoin issued by the Central African Republic. I wrote: Yes look if you are a country you should definitely launch a memecoin? A memecoin is, like, sovereign debt with no maturity, no interest and no inflationary effect: You just sell it for money and then forget...
We talked about memecoins yesterday, and I don't want to talk about them today, but I do feel obligated to mention three updates. First: I wrote yesterday that memecoins have become the main line of US crypto in part because, unlike more useful crypto ideas, they avoid scrutiny from the US Securities...
It can't really be the case that "put $100 of Bitcoin in a box and sell shares of the box for $200" is a viable strategy for anyone, but it works in huge size for Strategy Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy Inc.), and it is really the definition of "nice work if you can...
Huh: MicroStrategy Inc. said it didn't buy any Bitcoin in the prior week, halting a string of 12 consecutive weekly purchases that began in late October. The purchases had coincided with a record-breaking rally in the digital currency that had been driven in part by Donald Trump's embrace of digital assets and...
I have written before about a derivatives structuring party trick. The trick is that I can take an asset - some stock or index or commodity or whatever - and offer you the following trade: You give me $100. I invest $96 in a Treasury bill that will pay me $100 in...
Roughly speaking the two big MicroStrategy Inc. trades are: 1. MicroStrategy is a pot of Bitcoin, and its stock trades at a large premium to the value of its Bitcoin, so you can go long Bitcoin and short MicroStrategy stock to bet on convergence. This trade is pretty tricky for most investors...
I have always found the term "central bank digital currency" annoying. Dollars are a central bank digital currency. The Federal Reserve issues dollars in the form of digital entries in the reserve accounts that banks keep at the Fed. Your dollars consist of electronic entries in the ledger of some bank, not...
Man, MicroStrategy is such a well-oiled machine. The basic process is: 1. MicroStrategy Inc. is a pot of Bitcoin. 2. Its stock trades at a premium to the value of the Bitcoin in the pot. 3. Therefore, it sells more stock to buy more Bitcoin. 4. Somehow the premium does not collapse....
People sometimes float the idea of a tax on unrealized capital gains. Under current US law, if you founded a company and it has become very successful and you own a lot of its stock, there's really no reason for you to pay taxes. You don't have to take a salary, and...
MicroStrategy Inc. is, among other things, a proof of concept. The concept is: "If you buy $100 of Bitcoin and put it in a pot, you can slice the pot into shares and sell them for $200." (MicroStrategy owns about $49 billion of Bitcoin and has a market capitalization of about $94...
Levine's Bitcoin Ponzi-model discussion is not just an insult; it is a demand-flow model. ETFs, corporate treasuries and institutions buying Bitcoin can push prices up, and higher prices attract more buyers. The asset's narrative depends heavily on the next buyer becoming more respectable.
The Hawk Tuah item is a 2024 memecoin artifact. Internet fame became a token, and the token became a trading venue for attention. The recurring issue is whether buyers understand that they are mostly buying momentum from insiders and early promoters.
The memecoin item is a useful first-principles crypto entry. The absence of cash flows is not the same as the absence of market value. If enough people coordinate around attention, humor and momentum, the market can be real even when the asset is intentionally absurd.
The World Liberty item returns to the ICO-era lesson. If people put in money expecting profits from a venture, the blockchain wrapper does not magically solve disclosure and investor-protection rules. Crypto labels change the form more than the legal substance.
Levine compares MicroStrategy to Archegos to isolate the financing difference. Both involve concentrated exposure to volatile assets, but MicroStrategy has public equity, convertibles and investor enthusiasm rather than daily margin calls from prime brokers. Structure changes the same basic bet.
This Tether valuation item complements the earlier profit entry. The business is simple: hold massive reserves, earn interest and pay customers no interest. The more Tether resembles a bank deposit franchise, the more valuable and systemically interesting it becomes.
Levine's MicroStrategy loop is one of the best 2024 FML mechanisms. The company sells stock, buys Bitcoin, the stock remains a favored Bitcoin wrapper, and the cycle repeats. This is corporate finance as reflexive crypto accumulation.
The post-election Polymarket item is about regulatory regime change. A crypto prediction market that was off-limits to US users could look different under friendlier regulators and courts. The product's future depended on law, politics and market demand converging.
The FTX item adds a strange bankruptcy lesson. Crypto tokens can have huge quoted market caps based on tiny floats and self-referential trading, but those quotes can still matter in claims, settlements and estate recoveries. A fake-looking price can have real legal consequences.
The CME/crypto discussion is a clean market-structure point. Crypto likes integrated platforms for speed and user experience, while securities regulation likes separation of functions to control conflicts. The industry's regulatory path keeps circling back to old financial plumbing.
The MicroStrategy item is one of the cleanest examples of meme-finance corporate policy. If investors pay a premium for Bitcoin exposure through the stock, the company can issue shares, buy more Bitcoin and reinforce the story. The operating company becomes a traded financing vehicle.
Levine's Tether math is straightforward and important. If customers hand you dollars, you invest them in Treasury bills and you pay customers no interest, rising rates are almost pure profit. The stablecoin question is therefore not just reserves and runs; it is who gets the economics of money-like liabilities.
Levine uses election betting to ask whether Polymarket prices and Trump-linked securities prices should line up. In theory, a trader can arbitrage political probabilities across markets. In practice, legal access, liquidity, settlement rules and basis risk make the trade much messier than the spreadsheet.
The FTX preferred-stock discussion is a useful bankruptcy-finance lesson. Claims that looked impaired during the crash became more valuable as crypto prices recovered and estate assets appreciated. Distressed claims can be legal claims, crypto exposure and timing options all at once.
Levine uses PayPal's stablecoin to connect ordinary invoice payment to blockchain settlement. The core economics are familiar: customers hold a claim, the issuer manages reserves and payments move on rails. Crypto changes the rails and distribution, but not the basic financial-intermediation questions.
Levine returns to Mango as a clean crypto-market-structure case. A trader used the platform's own price oracle and liquidity gaps to extract money, then argued that he had merely used the protocol as designed. The enforcement lesson is that mechanical permission is not the same as legal permission.
Levine describes SEC cases involving online relationships that migrated into crypto investment pitches. The fraud is not just a fake trading website; it is a trust-production process. Scammers build rapport or romance, then use that relationship to make a fake crypto opportunity feel personal and safe.
FTX was not public, but audited financial statements still helped create trust. Levine's point is that audits can be a legitimacy product in private markets: investors, lenders and partners may rely on the existence of an audit even when the audit is not designed to catch every form of fraud. The wrapper of professional verification can matter as much as the numbers.
Levine frames US crypto politics as a clash between fostering innovation and preventing scams. World Liberty Financial pushes the theme further: crypto becomes not just a product or protocol but a political brand. Tokens, regulatory positions and partisan identity can reinforce one another in ways that are economically useful even before any technology is useful.
Levine describes Tether's USDT as an obviously useful product: a dollar-like balance that can be moved globally in crypto markets without opening a US bank account. The same feature that creates user demand creates regulatory unease. It is banking-like money movement and dollar intermediation without being a bank in the traditional sense.
Levine's point on Avi Eisenberg is that crypto sometimes invites people to treat bad market design as permission. If a market can be pushed around by a large trade, a trader may claim that exploiting the mechanism is just using the protocol. Prosecutors and courts can instead see the same conduct as market manipulation with a blockchain wrapper.
Levine describes Tether as one of the great financial businesses of the high-rate era. Users give Tether cash-like value in exchange for USDT, while Tether invests the reserves largely in interest-bearing safe assets. The customer gets a dollar token; the issuer gets the spread. The regulatory and reserve questions are complicated, but the basic economics are wonderfully simple.
Levine's recurring crypto theme is that crypto rebuilds traditional finance quickly and painfully. Stablecoins are a particularly direct example: they promise a dollar-like claim outside the banking system, so they inherit the core banking questions of reserve quality, liquidity, capital, disclosure and run risk. The technology changes, but the balance-sheet problem remains.
Ripple is an old crypto company that wanted to use XRP to modernize payments. Its litigation with the SEC became a test of when token sales are securities transactions. The useful lesson is the ambiguity of crypto enforcement outcomes: a company can lose important legal points, pay penalties, and still treat the result as a strategic victory if the business survives.
Levine describes BitClout as a platform that mixed social media with speculation: users could buy and sell tokens tied to online personalities, turning attention into a tradeable asset. The economic model is familiar from crypto, where a social or network idea becomes a token market. The enforcement hook is also familiar: if the project is marketed as decentralized but meaningful control remains with founders and promoters, the token can start to look much more like a securities offering than like an autonomous protocol.
The point is that the SEC'scrackdown on crypto has included cases against nonfungible tokens, because some nonfungible tokens are, in the SEC's view, securities. Not all of them. I would say the rough breakdown — not legal advice! — is:
1. If you sell an NFT that is, like, "here is a unique work of art that exists on the blockchain, and that might go up or down in value based on people's tastes and demand for blockchain art," then that's not a security. That's a work of art. 2. If you sell an NFT that is, like, "here are 10,000 numbered tokens, and they are all part of some blockchain project, and we've got a team managing that project and thinking of licensing opportunities to make some money, and if you buy one of the tokens you will effectively be a co-owner of the project and share in some way in the money that it makes," then that is pretty obviously a security — it's "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others," the US legal standard — and the SEC will be mad about it.
But many NFT projects are both. Why do people buy Bored Ape Yacht Club NFTs? Clearly some people like Bored Apes as artistic objects and cultural signifiers: For a while, if you were a venture capitalist, it was cool to have a Bored Ape as your Twitter profile picture, so there was demand for them as art objects and symbols of club membership. But also the Bored Ape sponsors were constantly doing stuff: "Bored Ape clothing lines, movie deals and video games were all on the table," and you could rationally have bought a Bored Ape as a bet on future cash flows from their efforts.
Or Mann mentions Stoner Cats, an NFT project that the SEC did shut down. (The project had to "destroy all NFTs in its possession or control," as part of its settlement.) We talked about it last year, and, like Mann, I was skeptical that the Stoner Cats were securities. They were partly pictures of cats, partly complicated concert tickets, and, yes, partly investments in the founders' plan to make an animated web series about cats. You cannot really untangle those things. The SEC's view is apparently that even being a little bit of an investment in a common enterprise makes a series of NFTs a security, but I am not sure that is right. If you buy a Damien Hirst spot painting, part of what you are buying is a pretty picture that you can look at, but much of what you are buying is a small informal share in the continuing success of Damien Hirst's efforts to market his artistic project. If he does a good job of making himself famous and in-demand, then you can resell your spots for a lot of money; if not, not. Nobody thinks those paintings are securities, yet.
This is true in a deeper sense. In many cases, the essential attribute of a crypto token is liquidity: What you want, often, is a token that trades a lot, because your goal for the token is to trade it a lot. Real-world utility, a sensible business model, acceptance in real transactions, etc., are all less important than just trading , if you think of crypto as a toy market for traders to play with. If a token trades a lot at a high price, that in itself justifies the price, because that is all that is asked of a token: It doesn't need to have a good underlying business or cash flows; it just has to trade a lot at a high price.
And so Jump was, for a while, critical to the crypto economy, because it was a big market maker, so it could ensure that tokens would trade a lot. Since that was what created value, Jump could make tokens valuable. In exchange for that service, token creators would give Jump some of the tokens, and Jump would then have an incentive to make them valuable:
Token projects will lend market makers a large supply of tokens so they can kickstart trading. Some firms also negotiate a call option, which gives the market makers the right to buy a chunk of the tokens for a steep discount if the project goes well. Selig says that the inverted structure in crypto—where market makers work with token projects, rather than exchanges—makes some sense, given projects' need to spur trading activity. It also creates dynamics that would never be allowed in TradFi. While crypto market makers still make money off the trading spreads, the massive windfalls often come from those lucrative call options.Jump , becoming the market maker for a token project meant unlimited upside with no real financial risk. "If you're at Jump , you decide which one is going to win," one crypto exchange founder tells Fortune , speaking on the condition of anonymity to discuss industry dynamics.
For a firm like
Man, what a crazy time the crypto boom was. It really did teach a generation of young financial traders that they could build perpetual motion machines: You make a token, you trade it, that makes it go up, the value comes from you trading it , you can do no wrong, you get rich, "unlimited upside with no real financial risk." One token that Jump made valuable was Luna, which brought the whole thing down. [5]
One appeal of cryptocurrency is that it might be a better form of currency than traditional currencies. Cryptocurrencies, the argument goes, can do stuff that traditional currencies can't do: They can be transferred peer to peer without any intermediaries, they can be carried in electronic form without a bank account, they can be "programmable money," they can be elements in smart contracts.
But another appeal is that it might be worse than traditional currencies. I am not kidding, and this is not a trivial appeal! It is not hard to imagine use cases in which "currency, but worse" is what you want: You want a currency that is more restricted or more contingent than dollars. Giving your kids an allowance of 10 AllowanceBucks — dollars, but they can only be spent on age-appropriate goods — might be better than giving them an unrestricted $10. Or part of the case for central bank digital currencies is that they could have negative interest rates: "dollars, but 1% of them vanish every month." That's worse than a dollar! For you, I mean. But the essential fact of currency is that it represents a claim on somebody else: A dollar in your hands represents an obligation of society to give you $1 worth of stuff. A slightly worse currency represents a slightly weaker obligation, and sometimes that's what you want. Fine-tuning a financial system might benefit from having some currencies that are more powerful and useful than dollars, but also some that are less powerful and useful.
Okay fine I'm partially kidding; here's a press release I got:
JUNE 16 - Werewolf Coin, a cryptocurrency that can only be used during the full moon, publicly launched today.>
A project by an anonymous artist, Werewolf Coin can be transferred for 24 hours before each full moon and for 24 hours after each full moon. Astronomically, a full moon refers to the moment when the Moon is exactly 180 degrees away from the Sun.>
The cryptocurrency can be minted on https://werewolfco.in, which also features a lunar calendar.
I cannot think of any actual reason this would be better than regular money.
Here's how I think of it. First, staking. Ethereum is a cryptocurrency network; people do transactions on Ethereum, but rather than some centralized agency (a bank, etc.) keeping the ledger of transactions, the ledger is kept in a decentralized way by lots of computers that run on the network. The way that this works is roughly that people broadcast their proposed transactions on the network, and every 10 seconds one computer on the network (the "proposer") writes down a list of recent transactions in order, and the other computers on the network (the "validators") vote to approve that list (a "block"), and if they all agree then the block is enshrined in the permanent ledger (the "blockchain"). We talked about this system last week, because some guys kind of hacked it.
The computers that get a vote on this — the proposer and validators — are those with a stake in the network, those with an economic incentive to make sure that it works. Specifically, they are "stakers": People deposit some Ether, the currency of Ethereum, with the network, to get these voting rights. And then if they do bad stuff — propose fake lists, forget to vote, etc. — they lose some of their deposit, which is called "slashing." But if they do good stuff — if they reach consensus on their blocks — they get "staking rewards," in the form of additional Ether, which intuitively come from transaction fees paid by people who want to do transactions on Ether. These rewards are, crudely speaking, proportional to the amount of Ether that the stakers deposit; they tend to be expressed as an annual percentage yield. This morning Coinbase tells me that the rate is about 2.54%.
All the stuff about keeping ledgers and voting sounds pretty active, but it doesn't have to be. It is all algorithmic and done by computers. And so there is a marketplace in which, essentially, (1) I run computers to do the validating stuff, (2) you lend me your Ether to stake, (3) I collect the staking rewards from the validating and (4) I pass most of them on to you. You, here, are just a passive saver; you put your Ether into an account with me and get paid interest. The work of maintaining the Ethereum ledger is distributed among the holders of Ether, and the rewards of that work are also distributed among the holders, but those holders naturally delegate the work to people with more interest in doing it.
If you hold Ether you don't have to be involved in any of this — "about 27% of the all outstanding Ether is staked," reports Shen — but it is kind of free money? If you hold dollars, you don't have to put them in a high-yield savings account or a money market fund, but for a lot people that would make sense. Ethereum staking rewards, to many Ether holders, look more or less like bank account interest.
Sometimes there are profitable trades, but not that often. Sometimes someone is looking to sell 100 widgets at $20 on the American Widget Exchange, and someone else is looking to buy 100 widgets for $21 on the National Widget Exchange. And so you can buy on the AWE and sell on the NWE and make an instant $100 profit. But only one person can do that. Once you buy on the AWE and sell on the NWE, the window is closed.
Who gets to do the trade? The most intuitive answer, in most cases, is "whoever does it first." If you see the same thing trading for two different prices on two different exchanges, and I don't, and you send in the orders to the exchanges before me, then you do the trade and I don't. For most human-scale trades, this makes sense and is easy to administer and feels basically fair.
The US stock market mostly does not operate at human time scales, and there these intuitions break down. In the stock market, often, one algorithm spots trade opportunities a microsecond before another algorithm, and people get mad about that. They worry that this microsecond-scale competition between algorithms is socially wasteful, and they worry that it is unfair to people with worse algorithms. They think "yes, fine, the first person to see a trade should get to do it, within reason , but there's no social benefit to slicing it that fine." They propose things like "frequent batch auctions," where everyone who sees the same trade within (say) a second of each other gets to compete on price to do it, rather than competing on time down to the microsecond.
Crypto, however, has a different problem. Time in electronic stock markets is maybe too continuous; the timeline of a stock exchange can be sliced much more finely than the human brain can comprehend. But time in crypto is oddly discrete. Time in crypto is measured in blocks. Intuitively, people submit orders to do transactions on a crypto blockchain, and then periodically a batch of those transactions is enshrined in the official ledger of that blockchain. In Bitcoin, a block contains roughly 10 minutes' worth of transactions; in Ethereum, it's seconds.
So intuitively, Ethereum transactions happen in big simultaneous bunches every 12 seconds. But the bunches can't really be simultaneous: If there is one rare nonfungible token for sale, and two people want to buy it, only one of them can. One transaction has to be first. So the transactions within a block are ordered ; they happen in sequence. But they are not necessarily ordered by time.
How does the blockchain decide which transactions to record, and in what order? In Ethereum, the answer is: with money. People who want to do transactions on the Ethereum network pay fees to execute the transactions; there is a flat base fee, but people can also bid more — a "priority fee" or "tip" — to get their transactions executed quickly. Every 12 seconds, some computer on the Ethereum network is selected to record the transactions in a block. This computer used to be called a "miner," but in current proof-of-stake Ethereum blocks are recorded by computers called "validators." Each block is compiled by one validator, selected more or less at random, called a "proposer"; the other validators vote to accept the block. The validators share the transaction fees, with the block proposer getting more than the other validators.
The block proposer will naturally prioritize the transactions that pay more fees, because then it will get more money. And, again, the validators are all computers; they will be programmed to select the transactions that pay them the most money. And in fact there is a division of labor in modern Ethereum, where a computer called a "block builder" puts together a list of transactions that will pay the most money to the validators, and then the block proposer proposes a block with that list so it can get paid.
And so if you see 100 widget tokens trading for $20 on one Ethereum decentralized exchange, and 100 widget tokens trading for $21 on another Ethereum decentralized exchange, you can buy them at $20 each and sell them for $21 each and make $100. But if I also see that arbitrage, I will also put in those orders. Which of our trades will execute first? Whoever pays more in execution fees. How much should I offer to pay? Oh, you know, it's a competitive auction. So roughly $99. The validators should get most of the money from the arbitrage. This is called "MEV," for "miner extractable value," though now Ethereum doesn't have miners and the acronym stands much less informatively for "maximal extractable value."
What are the chances that both of us discovered the same arbitrage within 12 seconds of each other? Well, pretty good, in a competitive market with a lot of arbitrageurs. But also, traditionally, when we want to do these transactions, we submit our orders publicly to the Ethereum network. (To the "mempool," the name given to the place where orders reside before they are included in a block.) Everyone can see the mempool. So if you are a clever speedy arbitrageur, watching a bunch of decentralized exchanges for mispricings, you might see a mispricing and submit your arbitrage orders. And if I am a clever speedy front-runner , watching the mempool for arbitrage trades, I would submit the same trades a second or two after you, and pay more to execute them. And then I get to do the arbitrage and you don't.
But if I am a clever speedy front-runner, I don't even have to wait for arbitrage trades. Let's say you are not a clever arbitrageur, but just a person who really likes the Shiba Inu token on the Ethereum blockchain. You submit a huge order to buy SHIB on a decentralized exchange. That will, quite predictably, push up the price of SHIB. If I see that order, I can just jump ahead of it: I can pay a bit more in transaction fees to get my trades to execute first, and then I can buy the SHIB tokens ahead of you and then sell them to you for a profit, all within the same block.
That seems kind of rough on you? This sort of trade is sometimes called a "sandwich attack": I see your order to buy SHIB, and I sandwich it between my order to buy SHIB (before you do, at a lower price) and my order to sell SHIB (after you do, at a higher price). And people talk about "generalized front running" as a strategy:
A generalized front-runner bot will search the mempool for profitable transactions, then copy the transaction and replace the sender address with their own, then increase their bid (gas price) to price + x to be included in a block first front running the original searcher.
I am giving a simplistic and somewhat old-fashioned description of MEV, and modern Ethereum has a whole, like, institutional structure around it. There are private mempools, where you can hide transactions from bots. There is Flashbots, "a research and development organization formed to mitigate the negative externalities posed by Maximal Extractable Value (MEV) to stateful blockchains, starting with Ethereum," which has things like MEV-Boost, which creates "a competitive block-building market" where validators can "maximize their staking reward by selling their blockspace to an open market," and MEV-Share, "an open-source protocol for users, wallets, and applications to internalize the MEV that their transactions create," letting them "selectively share data about their transactions with searchers who bid to include the transactions in bundles" and get paid.
Basically, transaction data on Ethereum is informative, and the value of that information (in making profitable trades) is quantifiable, and there are cutthroat auctions among people who want to use that data to make their own trades, and the people doing the transactions that create the data can themselves get paid for their data.
Crudely speaking there are two sorts of crypto tokens. There are fungible tokens, like Bitcoin and Ether and Tether and Solana, which have approximately cash-like properties: If a thing costs two Bitcoins, it doesn't matter which two Bitcoins you use to pay for it; any two Bitcoins are just as good as any other two Bitcoins. And there are nonfungible tokens, NFTs, like Bored Ape Yacht Club, which have approximately art-object-like properties: Each Bored Ape is different, and some — based on their rarity or aesthetics or provenance — are worth much more than others.
Intuitively, fungible tokens are indistinguishable coins, while NFTs are unique images. But really neither of those things is true. Really they are both entries in detailed permanent transaction ledgers. An NFT, for example, isn't the little drawing of the monkey; the NFT is simply a numbered entry in a ledger that points to the drawing of the monkey. I once wrote that "an NFT consists of a series of numbered tokens, and the thing that makes it an NFT is that it has a different number in its tokenId field from the other tokens in its series."
Meanwhile a fungible token like Bitcoin is not a numbered entry in a ledger; there is such a thing as "Bored Ape Number 3" but there is no such thing as "Bitcoin Number 3." But there is a permanent immutable computer ledger containing every Bitcoin transaction, which means that you could, sort of, trace the ledger back to find what the third Bitcoin was and who holds it now. More generally, you could, if you wanted to, treat Bitcoins as completely nonfungible. You could trace back the history of any Bitcoin, or fraction of a Bitcoin. And then you could say things like:
"I am willing to pay more for old Bitcoins, ones that were mined in like 2009, than I will for new Bitcoins, ones that were only mined in 2024." "I am willing to pay more for Bitcoins with cool provenance, like ones that were once owned by Satoshi Nakamoto or used to pay for the 2010 Bitcoin Pizza, than I will for regular old Bitcoins with no fun history." "I am willing to pay less for Bitcoins with a troubled regulatory history, like the ones that were stolen in the Bitfinex hack, than I will for Bitcoins with a clean regulatory history."
Bitcoins are fungible simply because it is standard convention among Bitcoin users to treat them as fungible, but they are distinguishable from one another, and if you wanted to discriminate among Bitcoins you could. People mostly don't, but the last thing on that list — "try not to accept Bitcoins that have been stolen or are otherwise of interest to US law enforcement" — does have some traction. Some Bitcoins really are less valuable than others.
The basic mechanics of a stablecoin are:
1. You send $1 to a stablecoin issuer. 2. It sends you back one stablecoin, which represents $1 on the blockchain. 3. The issuer uses your $1 to buy Treasury bills that pay like 5% interest. 4. You don't get the interest.
When interest rates were lower, this was a basically sensible proposition: Stablecoin holders could get a crypto token representing a dollar, which helped in their crypto trading, and they missed out on a little interest, but not much. When interest rates are 5%, being a stablecoin issueris a great business, but owning stablecoins makes less sense. Why not keep the money in the bank and get interest?
The straightforward solution is of course for the issuers to pay interest to their depositors, but this is made harder by US securities law. Is a non-interest-bearing stablecoin a security subject to US regulation? Mmmmmmmaybe, but the US Securities and Exchange Commission doesn't seem all that interested in pushing that theory. Is an interest-bearing stablecoin a security subject to US regulation? The SEC is definitely interested in pushing that theory — it sues crypto businesses for offering interest all the time — and it has a pretty good argument. The argument is "a thing that takes your money, promises you back $1, invests it in Treasury bills and pays you the interest is a money market mutual fund , which is totally a thing that the SEC regulates."
A pretty standard story in crypto is:
1. Crypto in general, and Crypto Project X in particular, are building something. Each crypto project is working to achieve some vision of the future of finance or communications or media or wireless networking or whatever, and crypto collectively — the aggregate of those projects — is moving toward some loosely shared vision of a future of decentralized ownership, censorship resistance, etc. 2. By buying tokens of Crypto Project X, you are betting on the success of whatever they are building: If the thing succeeds, the tokens will be worth more than you paid for them. 3. Probably the people building Crypto Project X are selling its tokens to raise money to build the thing, or doing something that rhymes with that. [5]
This is not the only story in crypto; there is another common story that goes like "someone created some tokens as a joke and now they are worth billions of dollars." But the one I laid out above is important. For one thing, it describes a lot of big crypto projects. Also, though, it would be hard to care about crypto if it wasn't trying to build something. "Dogecoin is a joke and if you buy it it might go up" is, I think, a very interesting fact about modern finance, but you'd feel silly devoting your life to it. Read Write Own: Building the Next Era of the Internet is the name of venture capitalist Chris Dixon's book about crypto, and if you are a venture capitalist "the next era of the internet" is a better thing to back than "a joke about a dog."
The problem with this story, though, is that Crypto Project X's tokens sure sound like they are securities under US law. A security is "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others," and what I laid out above — Crypto Project X is a group of people building a thing, they raise money by selling tokens, and you buy tokens hoping to make money if their thing succeeds — is that.
US securities law exists mostly to prevent swindling in the sale of securities. This creates several problems for crypto:
1. Some crypto projects are in fact swindles, and securities law is bad for them. 2. The main way that the law prevents swindles is by requiring disclosure by securities issuers, and the disclosure rules are not well adapted to crypto, meaning that even a non-swindle crypto project will have a hard time registering its tokens and complying with US law. 3. The law empowers the US Securities and Exchange Commission to regulate securities, and the SEC hates crypto and does not do anything to make registration easy or even possible. 4. Most critically, perhaps, the law also regulates securities exchanges , and it is hard for a crypto exchange to register with the SEC as a securities exchange. So the SEC can go after crypto exchanges for illegally listing crypto tokens that are securities.
I think there are roughly four ways to make a stablecoin, a crypto token that has a stable value of $1:
1. A dollar-backed stablecoin: You put in $1, you get a stablecoin, the issuer puts the dollar somewhere safe and promises to give it back to you in exchange for the stablecoin. 2. An overcollateralized stablecoin: You put in $2 of Bitcoin or whatever, you get a $1 stablecoin, the issuer puts your Bitcoin collateral somewhere safe and promises to give it back to you in exchange for the stablecoin. 3. An algorithmic stablecoin: No, bad. [5] 4. A stablecoin of pure will: You list a token on a crypto exchange, its name is like "Stable Value Dollar Coin," and the marketing materials say "the point of Stable Value Dollar Coin is to always be worth a dollar." And then you just hope that people will pay a dollar for it, because you told them to.
I am not aware of any important examples of No. 4, but I feel like it lurks in the back of the mind of a lot of crypto. A lot of crypto tokens, after all, have value only through collective adoption. One way to encourage that adoption is to get people to think that the token's value is unbounded: You buy Dogecoin because you think Dogecoin will go to the moon, and if enough people buy it then it will. Another way to encourage that adoption, though, is to associate the token's value — even in just a loose meme-y way — with something else valuable. If you name your crypto token after Elon Musk's dog, or the Greek letter omicron, then maybe it will go up when Musk's dog or omicron are in the news. I once proposed that a way to put private-company stocks on the blockchain would be to issue tokens with the names of those private companies, and just sort of casually hope that people will buy the tokens when they think positive thoughts about the companies.
The US has about a dozen stock exchanges. Each stock trades on each stock exchange. Every so often the price of a stock on one exchange will be slightly lower than the price on another exchange. Books have been written about this fact, and people have made long and lucrative careers from it.
But we are talking about small differences in the grand scheme of things. If I were to tell you "Apple Inc. stock has been trading at $174 per share on the NYSE Arca exchange for the last hour, but it's been trading at $175 on Nasdaq the whole time," you would not believe me; that is barely even a coherent sentence. For one thing, there are rules to prevent that. But also, I mean, this stuff is all on computers, and these prices are all visible, and there are people who have lucrative careers noticing any differences. If Apple was trading at $174 on Arca and at $175 on Nasdaq, those people would buy it on Arca and sell it on Nasdaq, making a risk-free instantaneous profit. And so many of them would do this so quickly that the prices would more or less instantly converge.
Again, at a certain scale — for the arbitrageurs who make a career of this stuff — this is not true ; there are milliseconds when you can buy at $174.99 one place and sell at $175 another place and make a quick profit. But at human scales it is true enough; there are not hours when you can buy at $174 one place and sell at $175 another.
But that's only true because there are a lot of those arbitrageurs with a lot of capital and fast computers, and because a lot of technological and regulatory work has gone into making sure that all of those arbitrageurs can connect to all the stock exchanges and see their prices and move their capital quickly to whatever exchange has cheap stock for sale. You could imagine a different system. You could imagine a system where NYSE Arca is downtown and Nasdaq is in midtown and you have to take a horse and buggy between them to trade, and you can't use the phone, and there's just one of you; then maybe prices would diverge by dollars for hours. That's not too hard to imagine — it was roughly true 100 years ago, though stocks traded on fewer venues back then — but it does not really reflect our modern computerized markets.
And then there's Bitcoin!
The price of Bitcoin against Tether's USDT stablecoin fell to as low as $8,900 on BitMEX late Monday, while the largest cryptocurrency was trading above $66,000 on rival venues. The price of Bitcoin on the exchange quickly recovered and has been trading in-line with the rest of the market since.
A spokesperson for BitMEX said the company investigated the incident and found evidence of "aggressive selling behavior involving a very small number of accounts that exceeded expected market ranges," adding that its systems had operated normally and all user funds are safe.
BitMEX is "investigating potential misconduct by traders on our Bitcoin-USDT Spot market," the exchange said in a post on the X social-media platform on Tuesday. The exchange does not employ internal market makers and the orders to sell Bitcoin "were simply too big and frequent for independent market makers and other traders to react to," according to the same post. The incident had no impact on BitMEX's derivatives markets and no liquidations were triggered by it, the post added.
The best guess appears to be that this was one big whale, or perhaps a few, dumping Bitcoin steadily over a few hours:
"Someone just dumped 400+ BTC over 2 hours in 10-50 BTC clips on the XBTUSDT pair on Bitmex eating 30%+ slippage. They must've lost $4m+ at least," pseudonymous crypto community member "syq" wrote. "I'm guessing that they're done (for now?). Total volume so far is just shy of 1,000 BTC over 3.5 hours with a low of $8,900. Now BitMEX have disabled withdrawals," they added.
The exceptionally low prices did not persist uninterrupted for hours at a time or anything, but there seems to have been a pretty intense 10-minute period of low prices, and in any case each time this whale dumped 10 to 50 Bitcoin at a time, it got prices far lower than the prints on any other exchange.
And, you know, if I were making markets in Bitcoin on Coinbase, and I noticed that Bitcoin was selling for $8,900 on BitMEX, I would simply get myself over to BitMEX and start bidding, like, $9,000 for Bitcoin. That's free money!
Why didn't anyone? Part of the answer is probably that they did; this gap eventually closed, though from BitMEX's posting it seems that the gap closed more because the whale stopped selling than because anyone stepped in to buy.
But another part of the answer is that crypto exchanges are fundamentally different businesses from stock exchanges. In the US, if you buy stock on a stock exchange, you don't send the money to the stock exchange. You send the money to the seller (and the seller sends the stock to you) through a clearinghouse; there's one main clearinghouse for all US stock trades, and every exchange and broker is hooked up to it. If you are an arbitrageur looking to buy $100 million worth of stock, you don't have to park $100 million at each of the 12 exchanges so you can trade on whichever one has the lowest price. You park $100 million at your one brokerage firm, and the broker handles settlement for you wherever you actually execute the trade. [1]
In crypto, it is the norm for exchanges to hold your money for you. One thing that this means is that there is a long and comical history of exchanges losing or stealing that money. Another, related thing that it means is that traders have to evaluate the credit risk of exchanges: You do not want to deposit $100 million on an exchange that will go and lose or steal it. [2] There is high-stakes credit due diligence each time you start trading on a new exchange. Also though there is just an operational issue: Even if an exchange's credit is impeccable, if you want to be in a position to buy $100 million of Bitcoin on that exchange, you have to deposit $100 million on that exchange, which means putting it there and not elsewhere.
BitMEX's post about the flash crash says: "Yes, we are investigating potential misconduct by traders on our Bitcoin-USDT Spot market (Did you even know we offer Spot trading?)," with a little side-eye emoji in that parenthetical. The point is that BitMEX's spot markets are not very important, to BitMEX or its customers or spot Bitcoin traders generally. BitMEX is "The OG Exchange for Crypto Derivative Trading" and reports relatively tiny amounts of spot trading relative to its derivative markets. If you are a market maker trading Bitcoin for dollars (or USDT), you are probably thinking about using your capital and technology efficiently to make markets on Binance and Coinbase and half a dozen other big spot Bitcoin exchanges. BitMEX's spot market might be a bit of an afterthought. And if Bitcoin goes on a drastic sale on BitMEX for 10 minutes, you might not have time to get there and buy it.
Probably the strongest case for crypto is that cryptocurrencies meet a real need for people who live in countries with unstable currencies and weak financial and legal institutions. If keeping your money in the local bank means that your money might lose all its value because of inflation, or be seized by the government, then you will want to keep your money somewhere else. Keeping it on the blockchain — in Bitcoin, in other cryptocurrencies, or in stablecoins pegged to the US dollar — arguably solves both your problems. The government probably can't take your money if it's on the blockchain, and it can't inflate away the value of your money if it's in Bitcoin or dollars. There are other ways to store your money that are stable and hard to find — diamonds, etc. — but crypto is probably easier to hide, transfer, sell and spend than most of them.
On the other hand, there is no particular reason for your government to like this. For one thing, it is rude to the government to say "the institutions and currency here are bad so I'm putting my money in Bitcoin." For another thing, if the government wants to seize your money or whatever, it will be annoyed if you make that difficult: You may see "weak financial and legal institutions," but the government sees "legitimate enforcement of our laws against improper currency transactions." Also, though, if everyone decides to get out of the local banks and into Bitcoin, that is going to create problems; it will drive down the local currency and make the banks weaker.
The crypto maximalist reply is probably "tough luck, government, there's nothing you can do about it, code is law, the blockchain is a technology that overthrows censorship." There are two main problems with that reply:
1. The "$5 wrench attack": If your money is stored in a secure, decentralized, censorship-resistant cryptographic blockchain, that's super, and the government probably can't just seize it by pressing a button, but the government probably can throw you in jail until you cough up your password. 2. On-ramps and off-ramps: Turning your local currency into crypto, and turning crypto back into spendable money, probably involves going through a crypto exchange. A crypto exchange is probably a big centralized company with a corporate charter, a money-transmitting license, banking relationships and human executives. It has some surface area that is vulnerable to government pressure, and if the government doesn't like all its citizens getting into crypto, it will probably put some pressure on the exchanges.
The way the stablecoin business works is:
1. You send $1 to a company (the stablecoin issuer), and it sends you back a token representing "one dollar, but on the blockchain." 2. If you want your dollar back, you can (probably) give the issuer back the token and get back the dollar. [7] 3. The issuer invests your dollar and earns interest.
In a zero-interest-rate environment, the issuer didn't earn much interest, but it earned some, and it kept it: You were so grateful to be able to hold a dollar on the blockchain, and rates were so low, that you didn't worry about earning interest. (Also, when crypto was booming, you could invest your stablecoin into some crypto lending protocol that would probably pay you 20% interest, so the issuer didn't need to pay you anything.)
In a 5% interest-rate environment, the issuer earns way more interest, but it's awkward for them not to pay you any. You can get 4% or 5% interest in an insured bank or a regulated money-market fund; why should you get zero from some weird crypto startup?
You might expect there to be a straightforward market-driven move to stablecoin issuers paying interest, but there are complications. One is that stablecoins are largely trading instruments, tools for trading crypto and making payments, and so liquidity and usefulness are more important than yield. The biggest stablecoins (Tether, etc.) have the most liquidity and utility, so crypto traders are not going to abandon them for some smaller weirder tokens that pay interest, so there's not much pressure on them to pay anything.
The other complication is that a stablecoin that pays interest is pretty clearly a security under US securities laws, so if you wanted to issue one in the US you'd have to register it with the SEC, and you don't want that and the SEC doesn't want that. "We'd love to pay you interest, but if we did we'd get in trouble with the SEC" strikes me as not a bad excuse for a stablecoin issuer: It happens to coincide with the issuer's own economic interests, but it's also probably true.
There is a well-known strategy, in financial markets, of trading ahead of index rebalances. The idea is: You know that on Date X, Stock Y will join Index Z. You know that a lot of index funds are indexed to Index Z, and they will have no choice but to buy Stock Y on Date X. So you buy Stock Y before Date X, knowing that you will have someone to sell it to on Date X. Joining the index will bring in a whole new source of demand for the stock: not just people who have looked at the stock and decided they like it, but a new class of fundamentals-insensitive passive investor who will buy it just because it is in the index. So you buy it first, to sell to them.
There are ways for this to go wrong. You could get the stocks or weightings wrong, for one thing, or the trade could just get too crowded: If index funds will need to buy $100 million of Stock Y on Date X, and 10 different hedge funds each say "ah I know that there'll be $100 million of demand for Stock Y, so I'll buy $50 million of it now," then there's $500 million of supply for $100 million of demand and the price will go down on Date X.
Or I suppose you could mess up by miscounting the number of indexed investors. You could say "there's $10 billion of assets indexed to Index Z, and Stock Y will be 1% of the index, so that's $100 million of demand," but if you're wrong and there's only $5 billion of assets indexed to Index Z then there'll be less demand than you think. This does not seem like a major source of error. People have a decent idea of how much money is in, like, S&P 500 index funds.
A reader emailed to point out that this isn't necessarily the whole story. If you are the first person to offer "Bitcoins in a pot," people will put Bitcoins in your pot, and GBTC does have $29 billion of Bitcoins. And those Bitcoins have appreciated in value: Most of them were put in the pot at considerably lower Bitcoin prices than today's $46,000-ish, and Grayscale stopped putting new Bitcoins in the pot in 2021. If you bought GBTC shares in 2019, or most of 2022 or 2023 for that matter, your shares are worth much more than you paid for them.
This is good for you, generally, but it is a tax problem: If you sell your GBTC shares, you'll have a big gain and have to pay taxes on it. If you just keep those shares, you don't pay taxes (yet). That is a reason not to sell.
Soon, probably, you will have your choice of Bitcoin ETFs. They will all be about the same, and you might prefer to buy one with 0.2% fees rather than one with 1.5% fees. But if you already own shares in Grayscale's Bitcoin trust when it converts to an ETF, the math isn't so simple. If you sell the Grayscale ETF and buy a cheap one, you will save on annual fees — but you'll probably pay a lot of taxes on your gains. [4] Paying 15% or 20% capital gains taxes on 50% or 80% gains on your GBTC shares might look a lot more expensive than paying an extra 1.3% per year in fees.
Or people in crypto have spent years arguing that decentralized autonomous organizations are a new and better way to organize economic activity, never seen before. (This is wrong and they are general partnerships, but never mind.) But there are also sometimes arguments that DAOs are a way around securities regulation: If some crypto project (a decentralized exchange, a lending platform, whatever) is run by a DAO rather than by a company, then it is more robust to regulation; regulators can't fine the DAO or arrest its leaders, because it is decentralized and computerized and thus resistant to government interference.
My guess is that this is partly correct: Some decentralized crypto projects really do run as more or less autonomous code on distributed blockchains and really can't be shut down by an SEC order. [4] But there do seem to be a lot of $5 wrench vulnerabilities in crypto, where "decentralized autonomous organization" is a fancy way of saying "Discord page for voting on stuff," and the SEC can find the Discord's administrator and say "hey we can make your life bad if you don't shut down this DAO" and the administrator shuts it down and everything was a lot less decentralized and autonomous and organized than people thought.
Last month the SEC shut down a DAO:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Dec. 22] announced that BarnBridge DAO, a purportedly decentralized autonomous organization, and its two founders, Tyler Ward and Troy Murray, will pay more than $1.7 million to settle charges that they failed to register BarnBridge's offer and sale of structured crypto asset securities known as SMART Yield bonds. The Commission also charged the respondents with violations stemming from operating BarnBridge's SMART Yield pools as unregistered investment companies. To settle the SEC's charges, BarnBridge agreed to disgorge nearly $1.5 million of proceeds from the sales, and Ward and Murray each agreed to pay a $125,000 civil penalties.
"The use of blockchain technology for the unregistered offer and sale of structured finance products to retail investors runs afoul of the securities laws," said Gurbir S. Grewal, Director of the SEC's Division of Enforcement. "This case serves as an important reminder that those laws apply to all who wish to access our capital markets, regardless of whether they are, or purport to be, incorporated, decentralized or autonomous."
Reading the SEC order, it is a little puzzling how BarnBridge could have settled the case. It's a DAO? Did it, like, take a vote? Apparently not; apparently the SEC got to the founders and the founders shut it down:
In July 2023, Ward and Murray took steps to close investments in a second version of SMART Yield that had launched in January 2023, after BarnBridge DAO had stopped offering investments in SMART Yield Pools described in this Order. Ward and Murray also canceled a new product launch, limited access to Discord, Github, and other platforms used by BarnBridge DAO, and stopped development of further securities using the BarnBridge protocol.
So not that decentralized or autonomous.
I don't really get the case for a Filecoin ETF? The Financial Times reports:
Some cryptocurrency funds run by the world's largest crypto manager are trading at as much as eight times their underlying value amid an unprecedented buying frenzy. ...
The mania has spread to a host of private trusts operated by Grayscale. The company's Filecoin Trust is trading at $34.25, 721 per cent above its net asset value of $4.17, having hit a premium of more than 1,000 per cent in November.
Its trust tracking solana, the third-largest cryptocurrency after bitcoin and ether, is at a premium of 302 per cent, while those investing in chainlink, livepeer, lumens and Decentraland's mana token are priced at between twice and four times their NAV.
"It's absurd. I feel the investor doesn't really understand what they are getting into," said Bradley Duke, chief strategist of ETC Group, which runs more than $1bn in European-listed crypto exchange traded products.
"I wouldn't know what [investors] could be thinking buying at these prices," said Bryan Armour, director of passive strategies research, North America, at Morningstar. "A lack of understanding can easily be part of it."
The funds can only be traded via the over-the-counter "pink sheets" market, where secondary trading in pre-existing shares takes place. Shares cannot be redeemed, while new shares can only be created if Grayscale carries out a private placement exercise, meaning there is no arbitrage mechanism to bring prices back in line with the underlying holdings.
To be clear, these Grayscale trusts are not ETFs, because you can't create or redeem them; if they were ETFs they probably wouldn't trade at those crazy premiums. (You'd go buy a ton of Filecoins and give them to Grayscale to get back trust shares, etc.) But Grayscale's biggest trust is the one tracking Bitcoin; it has traded at a discount for a long time, but that discount has closed significantly now that everyone expects the trust to convert into an ETF (and thus allow redemptions). That optimism has been good for the price of Bitcoin too, and for the prices of crypto generally, and also apparently for the prices of Grayscale altcoin trusts.
Bitcoin is a popular financial asset, "digital gold," a possible diversifier for retail and institutional investors. Filecoin is … the payment currency for a peer-to-peer file storage system? Why would you buy it in a pink-sheet wrapper? The Grayscale Filecoin Trust is tiny (half a million dollars under management), but owning Filecoin that way is (1) less useful and (2) vastly more expensive than owning it directly.
A stablecoin is a way to hold US dollars (or euros, etc.) in a way that is convenient for crypto. You buy cryptocurrencies on some crypto blockchain and hold them in some crypto wallet; a stablecoin is a cryptocurrency on a crypto blockchain in a crypto wallet, but it is worth a dollar.
People want this for two main reasons. One is that if you trade a lot of crypto, you will sometimes close positions — you will buy some crypto and then, later, sell it — and the natural way to close a position is into dollars. You measure your profits and losses in dollars, you pay your rent in dollars, so you effectively trade between crypto and dollars. And if you are doing a lot of that, you will find that holding dollars in the form of stablecoins is more convenient and efficient than holding dollars in the form of a bank account (or money-market fund, or pile of $20 bills). Your stablecoin-dollars live on the blockchain and are instantly transferable for crypto within the crypto system; your regular dollars live in a bank that might be slow or fussy about transferring them to a crypto exchange. The stablecoin is a way to keep all of your trading within the crypto system, but without always being exposed to crypto prices.
The other, almost unrelated reason is that there are people who find the crypto financial system more accessible than the regular US dollar financial system. People in countries with fragile banking systems, people in countries with high inflation, but also various kinds of criminals, all might say "I would rather keep my money in crypto than in a bank." These people are not trying to trade frequently or speculate on crypto; they just want to hold their money somewhere safe, and for whatever reason that is not, for them, a bank. But cryptocurrencies are volatile, while US dollar-linked stablecoins mostly aren't. So "I would rather keep my money in crypto than in a bank, but in dollars" is a reasonable thing for these people to think.
Another important thing about stablecoins is that they mostly don't pay interest. The main mechanism of a stablecoin is that you deposit dollars with a stablecoin issuer, they give you back a stablecoin (a token on the blockchain), and they put the dollar into a bank account (or Treasury bills, or Chinese real estate commercial paper, or whatever). And they keep the interest and you don't. In a world of zero interest rates that was fine. In a world of 5% short-term interest rates it makes being a stablecoin issuer insanely lucrative. But also the customers notice.
The basic mechanism of a lot of decentralized finance projects is a Ponzi scheme with some fairly standard complexification:
1. You invent a token, BoxCoin or whatever, [7] and sell it to people. 2. People who own BoxCoin get paid a yield — "APY," for "annual percentage yield," is the standard term — in BoxCoin , or perhaps in some related crypto token. 3. Like, you know, every 12 hours you get 10% more tokens or whatever. 4. People are like "look at how high the yield on BoxCoin is, I'd better get some." 5. They buy it, and the price goes up. 6. Now the yield looks even better: Now you have 100 BoxCoins worth, like, 2 cents each, but in 12 hours you'll have 110 BoxCoins worth 3 cents each. What a yield!
The trick is … I mean, it is all a trick … but one trick is to hype it up and get people to buy BoxCoins, so that yield looks like an actual monetary yield rather than just the proliferation of worthless numbers, and the other trick is to get people not to sell BoxCoins, because if they sell it all collapses.
We have talked about this so many times. This is, for instance, Hex. It is Terra and Luna. It is, perhaps most beautifully, OlympusDAO, whose trick to stop people from selling was to explain to them, in winkingly pretentious game-theoretic terms, that if everybody bought and nobody sold then they'd all make money, but if they sold they'd all lose money. "(3, 3)" was for a while an important crypto meme. I cannot adequately express how insane 2021 was.
Anyway SafeMoon's trick was that if you sold your SafeMoon tokens, the SafeMoon protocol would take a 10% "tax." Thus buying was good and selling was bad, which kept a floor on the price. (For a while.) Half of the 10% tax was used to pay the yield on the other tokens: If you sell your tokens, you pay 10%; if you hold your tokens, you get half of the money that the sellers pay. This creates a further incentive to hold, and the yield that makes the whole thing attractive. This was called "reflection"; SafeMoon's whitepaper said:
[T]he reflect mechanism encourages holders to hang onto their tokens to garner higher kick-backs which are based upon a percentages [sic] carried out and dependent upon the total tokens held by the owner. In theory, with the manual burn function … even a small holder at the beginning could potentially walk away with big money at the end of the token's lifespan.
The other half of the 10% tax was allegedly stolen by the developers, which is why they are in jail now.
The normal way for a venture capital firm to invest in a startup company is something like this. The startup is a corporation, and it issues stock, and the VC firm (through one of its funds) buys the stock. The VC firm might get a seat on the startup's board of directors, and might have some say in running the startup. But the startup is a separate company. If it is doing bad stuff, the VC firm could lose the money it invested in the startup, but it will not ordinarily get in trouble for the startup's actions. When startups like Theranos and FTX collapsed in scandal, the VC firms that bought their stock were treated as victims of the scandals, not co-conspirators.
And then the way the VC firm makes money is by eventually selling their stock, when the startup goes public or is bought by a bigger company.
In the crypto boom, VC firms discovered a different way to invest in startups. The startup would be a crypto project, and it would issue tokens, and the VC firm would buy the tokens. The tokens might have some governance rights: The crypto project might be a DAO, a decentralized autonomous organization, whose token holders get to vote on what it should do.
But there is another problem with the token approach, which is that, while these tokens might be functionally stock, and while the SEC thinks (and courts might agree) that they are therefore securities, they are not literally stock, and these crypto DAOs are not literally corporations. Specifically, they are not incorporated. Nobody filed a form with the Delaware secretary of state to incorporate the crypto DAO as a corporation. (This is not always true, and for instance Wyoming has a special statutory flavor of DAO limited liability company, but it is often true.)
This seems like a small technicality, but one important benefit that you get, from filling out a form and paying a fee to incorporate a corporation, is limited liability. If you have a business entity that is not incorporated, then it is often, by default, a general partnership. Which means that the investors who fund and participate in running it are, arguably, general partners. Shareholders of a corporation are not generally liable for the corporation's actions, but general partners of a partnership generally are. For instance, they might be liable for its unregistered sales of securities.
Or that is a theory. Late last year, some holders of Compound DAO's COMP tokens sued the venture capitalists backing Compound for unregistered securities sales. The idea is:
1. "Compound is a business that allows users to borrow and lend crypto assets, in much the same way that a traditional bank allows customers to borrow and lend traditional currencies." It is a big player in decentralized finance, letting people borrow and lend using smart contracts rather than centralized intermediaries. 2. Compound is governed by a DAO, and "Compound DAO is governed by the holders of a security called COMP." 3. Compound issued some COMP tokens to its early investors and founders. It issues others to people who use the Compound smart-contract protocol: If you deposit or borrow on Compound, you can earn COMP tokens. ("This is an example of a strategy called 'yield farming' or 'liquidity mining,' which Compound essentially pioneered," says the complaint. We have talked about yield farming before.) 4. COMP trades publicly on crypto exchanges: If you use Compound and get some tokens, you can sell them for cash, and people do. 5. "Nine people control at least 51.56% of the COMP currently issued," including the co-founders of Compound and venture capital firms including Bain Capital Ventures, Polychain Alchemy, Andreessen Horowitz and Paradigm. 6. Those people and firms are general partners of Compound, liable for any bad stuff that it does. 7. One arguably bad thing that Compound does is list the COMP token on crypto exchanges, where people can buy it. 8. The plaintiffs in this case bought some COMP on the exchanges — not from Compound or its venture investors — and are now suing, arguing that this was an unregistered sale of securities and that the venture capitalists are responsible for it.
The VCs moved to dismiss the complaint, and last month a federal judge denied their request, finding "that there are sufficient allegations against each of the Partner Defendants to allow the Securities Act claim to go forward at this juncture." "The Partner Defendants have 'reserved' their right to contest whether Compound DAO is a general partnership or whether any of them are general partners in that or a related partnership," he wrote, but I guess it's not a great sign, for them, that he calls them "the Partner Defendants."
If Compound was doing an unregistered sale of securities, then it could be liable for those investors' losses. If Compound is just a pot of crypto in decentralized finance, then that liability might not be worth much. But if Compound is a general partnership, and its partners are big VC firms, then they might be liable for the losses.
This theory is not unique to this case, and we talked last year about a US Commodity Futures Trading Commission action against a crypto thing called Ooki DAO, also arguing that its voting token holders could be general partners.
I remember the days of crypto optimism in 2021. One thing that crypto enthusiasts and venture capitalists liked to say was that crypto was a new way of organizing human economic behavior, that crypto would enable a new "Web3" in which technology was organized collectively and belonged to its users instead of being owned by big corporations. This could seem pretty cynical, as VC firms often owned big stakes in (the tokens of) these web3 projects.
But also it was just a big factual mistake! Crypto and DAOs and web3 were not a new way of organizing human economic behavior; they were an old way, the general partnership. They were a technological step backward: Ages ago, lawyers and financiers and governments figured out a new way to organize human behavior, the corporation, which allowed people to pool their capital in a new venture in ways that limited
There are three classic problems that you might encounter if you try to use Bitcoin to pay for goods and services. The first problem is that your Bitcoins might go astray: Bitcoin transactions are irreversible and involve sending money to long complicated addresses, and people are constantly trying to steal them. So if you send someone Bitcoin to pay for something, there will probably be a typo in the address and the person won't get it and you'll have to send it again and your first payment will just be permanently lost.
The second problem is that Bitcoin is very volatile, and even people who accept payment in Bitcoin tend not to denominate it in Bitcoin. So if you send someone $100 worth of Bitcoin to buy a $100 thing, the price of Bitcoin might drop 10% while you're sending it, and then they'll say "you only sent me $90" and you'll have to top them up with more Bitcoin.
The third classic problem is that, if you are using Bitcoin to pay for goods and services, there is a good chance that you are paying for something illegal, and Bitcoin payments are traceable. So if you send someone $16,000 worth of Bitcoin to buy a $16,000 thing, (1) some of your money will go missing in transit, (2) the Bitcoins you send won't be worth $16,000 and you'll have to send some more, and (3) the $16,000 thing was a murder and now you are in prison.
At a very high level, the way banking works is:
1. People have money and would like to earn interest on it. 2. They put the money in the bank, which lends it to other people, who do stuff — run businesses, buy houses — with the money and pay interest to the bank. 3. This funds economic activity, and over time, the economy mostly grows. There are more people, more productivity, more stuff. If I take $100 from you and use it to buy a house or start a business, and I promise to pay you back $110 with the proceeds of my house or business, there's a pretty good chance that I will be able to do that, that the thing I buy now will be worth more later. I invest the $100 in productive enterprises, those productive enterprises pay off $120, I pay back the loan with interest and have $10 left over for myself. 4. Obviously sometimes this doesn't work — my business fails, my neighborhood gets cheaper — but the successes should outweigh the failures, and if banks are diversified and well capitalized they'll be fine and can pay back their depositors. 5. Occasionally the whole system overreaches — all the banks decide, at once, to bet all their money on home prices going up — and the bet goes wrong and there's a financial crisis.
Broadly, banking is a levered bet on economic growth , and the bet is risky but usually pays off.
How does crypto banking work? I think there are three broad ways to conceive of it:
1. "Crypto" and "banking" simply don't go together. The strict view of some early crypto adopters is that crypto is an alternative to the leverage of traditional banking. Traditional banks hold your money for you and use it to make levered bets on economic growth, and that is risky, and if you don't like it you can use crypto. You hold your money for yourself, nobody is making any bets with it, everything is transparent and on the blockchain, there are no intermediaries, there is no hidden leverage or risk of financial crisis. It feels quaint to me to even type this, but I think this view was pretty influential in the early days of crypto. 2. Crypto banking is just like regular banking, a levered bet on economic growth: There are crypto firms, quasi-banks, that hold people's cryptocurrency for them and pay them interest, and they use that crypto to invest in productive enterprises that grow the economy and return enough to pay the interest. They lend out crypto to people who want to start businesses or buy homes or open factories. Anything is possible! I know from experience that if I write "you don't hear much about people borrowing crypto to start real-world businesses or buy houses," someone will email me to say "I have a firm that lets people borrow crypto to buy houses on the blockchain." But … I mean … not so much? 3. Crypto banking is purely financial, a levered bet on the size of the crypto market. There are crypto firms, quasi-banks, that hold people's cryptocurrency for them and pay them interest, and they use that crypto to invest in more crypto. They lend out crypto to hedge funds that want to make levered bets on crypto, and as long as crypto prices generally go up those hedge funds will make enough money to pay back the loans with interest and get rich themselves. But nothing productive is happening with these money flows; people are buying tokens but not doing any activity that makes anyone better off in the real world. Crypto prices go up because people speculate on crypto, so there is more money in crypto, so it is easier to borrow more money to make more levered bets on crypto, so prices keep going up, etc., until a slight breeze blows it all over and there's nothing left.
I don't want to say that that Version 3 is entirely right. Obviously some of the money that flowed into crypto produced some stuff that is still used. The market capitalization of all crypto, which peaked at over $3 trillion in late 2021, is about $1 trillion now, a huge crash but still a lot of residual value.
But I do think that Version 3 basically explains the crypto credit bubble and crash of 2022. Everyone in crypto wanted to pay, and receive, interest, but nobody who was paying that interest even considered investing in productive real-world businesses. And so a group of crypto hedge funds sprang up that would go to crypto quasi-banks and say "we would like to do leveraged speculation on crypto" and the quasi-banks were like "great, perfect, please take all of our money," and the hedge funds would take all the money and use it to buy, like, Luna, and then Luna went to zero and the hedge funds were vaporized and so were the lenders.
In November 2022, after FTX went bankrupt, Binance, the biggest crypto exchange, announced an "industry recovery fund" to do bailouts for crypto. Changpeng "CZ" Zhao, Binance's founder, tweeted that the fund would "help projects who are otherwise strong, but in a liquidity crisis." As Bloomberg's Emily Nicolle writes today, the plan was to "pull together some of the industry's biggest names and raise at least $1 billion to finance promising startups which, due to forces outside their own control, were strapped for cash.
At the time, I found this plan puzzling, because I had never heard of a crypto project that was "otherwise strong, but in a liquidity crisis." I asked: "Has there ever been a pure liquidity problem at a crypto firm?" Crypto project that got hacked and lost all its money? Sure. Crypto project whose founders ran off with all the money? Sure. Crypto project whose money was all in magic beans that turned out to be worthless? Sure.
But crypto project that had lots of good long-term assets that it could not sell or finance quickly, and that was therefore driven into bankruptcy despite having lots of value? I mean? I suppose it is still technically possible that that describes FTX, but only by accident. (It gambled customer money on, among many worse things, a stake in artificial intelligence startup Anthropic that has gone up a lot in value since FTX went bankrupt.) I just kind of do not think that that is how crypto works. Compared to traditional financial assets, crypto is unusually good at being liquid (it all trades on computers around the clock) but unusually bad at being solvent (it often turns out to be worthless). A fund set up to solve liquidity problems in crypto won't end up doing much.
People have thought about this question! Like, this is very much a central thing that traders and trading firms worry about. The standard starting point is the Kelly criterion, which computes a maximum bet size based on your edge and the size of your bankroll. Given the intern's bankroll of $100, I think Kelly would tell you to put at most $10 on this bet, depending on what exactly you mean by "this bet." [7] Betting $98 is too much.
I am being imprecise, and for various reasons you might not expect the interns to stick to Kelly in this situation. But when I read about interns lining up to lose their entire bankroll on bets with 1% edge, I think, "huh, that's aggressive, what are they teaching those interns?" (I suppose the $100 daily loss limit is the real lesson about position sizing: The interns who wipe out today get to come back and play again tomorrow.)
But I also think about a Twitter argument that Bankman-Fried had with Matt Hollerbach in 2020, in which Bankman-Fried scoffed at the Kelly criterion and said that "I, personally, would do more" than the Kelly amount. "Why? Because ultimately my utility function isn't really logarithmic. It's closer to linear." As he tells Lewis, "he had use for 'infinity dollars'" — he was going to become a trillionaire and use the money to cure disease and align AI and defeat Trump, sure — so he always wanted to maximize returns.
But as Hollerbach pointed out, this misunderstands why trading firms use the Kelly criterion. [8] Jane Street does not go around taking any bet with a positive expected value. The point of Kelly is not about utility curves; it's not "having $200 is less than twi
Tether's spokeswoman is making the same point here: Tether isn't making these loans because it wants to, because it thinks they are a good financial decision for Tether. Tether is making these loans to support its borrowers. Somebody out there — crypto exchanges or trading firms, etc. — has some collateral (presumably volatile cryptocurrencies) and wants to borrow dollars (in the form of Tethers), and Tether Holdings is the cheapest and most available lender they can find. Somebody in crypto needs money to buy (or keep holding onto) their crypto, and Tether will provide the money, secured by the crypto, not because that's a good deal for Tether but because Tether is being a good citizen of the crypto ecosystem and supporting its counterparties.
Tether's borrowers are big crypto investors looking to get financing for their crypto collateral, and if they ran out of liquidity they would need "to sell their collateral at potentially unfavorable prices, which could result in losses." If big crypto firms get margin calls and have to dump their assets, that will drive down the prices of crypto assets. Lending them money is not just good for them, it's good for the crypto ecosystem broadly: It prevents fire sales that might drive down prices.
We have talked about Tether's lending activity before. One common form of crypto-skeptical conspiracy theory in recent years goes something like this: "Tether is a form of self-sustaining fractional reserve banking for crypto, and it dynamically prints Tethers in order to prop up crypto prices. At the margin, cryptocurrencies are not purchased by real people putting new dollars into the crypto system, but by crypto hedge funds buying crypto using freshly printed Tethers."
Non-fungible tokens have a similar story, but much more so. I do not fully understand the appeal of, like, Bored Ape Yacht Club. But it's something like:
1. There is a limited collection of digital images of apes, each of which is associated with a numbered crypto token. 2. You can buy one of the numbered tokens and then you "own," in some not-really-worth-thinking-about way, the associated image of an ape. 3. You can use the ape as your Twitter profile picture, [5] and other people who also "own" apes can see your profile picture and be like "ooh, you own an ape too, cool cool." 4. Of course anyone can use the ape as their Twitter profile picture — buying the token and downloading the digital image are entirely separate transactions — but to the people in the club those people will look like phonies and poseurs; to be in the club you need not just the picture but the token. 5. Maybe also you like the picture of the ape? You like the aesthetic? It's like buying a cool article of clothing or bag or whatever; you feel good wearing it (as your Twitter profile picture) and other people in the know also think you are cool. 6. The club can have real-life meetups or whatever, where owning the token is your admissions ticket. 7. Also other people might want these benefits, the supply of apes is limited, and maybe you can buy an ape and then sell it to someone else for more money and get rich quick. 8. Celebrities and influencers can be enticed into this whole thing, and if they go on TV saying "I own a Bored Ape and I love it, look how bored it is" maybe the price of your ape will go up. 9. Etc.
It's a combination of quasi-art collection and quasi-club membership and very 2021 crypto price speculation.
Let's say you want to make an animated web series about cats. Not just any cats, though: The exciting twist in this series is that these cats smoke marijuana. [1] You care a lot about this idea, and you want the production to be perfect. You want to hire an amazing cast; you want celebrities like, I swear I am not making this up, Ashton Kutcher, Mila Kunis, Seth MacFarlane, Jane Fonda, Chris Rock and, of course, Vitalik Buterin (as Lord Catsington). That takes money.
To raise the money, you go out to investors on the internet and say "hey, this series is gonna be amazing, I've got a great team and relationships with big celebrities, we're gonna do sequels for ages, get in on the ground floor of a new entertainment franchise that is basically the next Marvel or whatever, but with cats who enjoy marijuana." And then you sell shares in the production, entitling investors to a share of the money you make. You sell these shares on the internet, to anyone who shows up, without bothering to check if they are " accredited investors."
That is, I think, fairly obviously a securities offering? And you will get in trouble if you sell the shares to the public and do not register the sales with the US Securities and Exchange Commission.
But let's change the hypothetical slightly. Let's change how the shares work, in the following three ways:
1. You don't call them "shares." Call them "tokens." 2. You don't actually promise holders any of the money you make. You say "if this series is a big hit and spawns years of sequels, the value of these tokens will go up." Why will they go up? Oh, I don't know, why does anything go up? In 2021 you could just do this; you could say "the tokens of this project will go up if the project is popular," even if holders of the tokens are not entitled to any of the project's revenue. 3. Each token comes with a picture of one of the cats attached.
Is that a securities offering? Man, I don't know. There are arguments both ways:
Yes: Look, this is raising money to finance a project by selling bits of the project to investors who hope to earn a speculative return. That is just classically a security, "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others." From the investors' perspective, this trade is the same as selling shares. No: There is no actual direct promise of profits! The tokens come with pictures of cats! They are just art, man! This is like Walt Disney raising money to make Mickey Mouse cartoons by selling drawings of the mouse! Sure those drawings will be worth more if Mickey Mouse is a huge hit and spawns an animation and theme-park empire, but any artist's work will be more valuable if the artist becomes famous, and that doesn't make the art a security.
We have talked about this issue before. The SEC very much takes the view that this sort of thing is a securities offering, and last month it brought an enforcement action against a company called Impact Theory LLC that raised $30 million by selling non-fungible tokens to fund, I don't know, some sort of incomprehensible crypto project. Today it came for Stoner Cats:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged Stoner Cats 2 LLC (SC2) with conducting an unregistered offering of crypto asset securities in the form of purported non-fungible tokens (NFTs) that raised approximately $8 million from investors to finance an animated web series called Stoner Cats.>
According to the SEC order, on July 27, 2021, SC2 offered and sold to investors more than 10,000 NFTs for approximately $800 each, selling out in 35 minutes. The order finds that both before and after Stoner Cats NFTs were sold to the public, SC2's marketing campaign highlighted specific benefits of owning them, including the option for owners to resell their NFTs on the secondary market. In addition, the order finds that, as part of the marketing campaign, the SC2 team emphasized its expertise as Hollywood producers, its knowledge of crypto projects, and the well-known actors involved in the web series, leading investors to expect profits because a successful web series could cause the resale value of the Stoner Cats NFTs in the secondary market to rise. Further, the order finds that SC2 configured the Stoner Cats NFTs to provide SC2 a 2.5 percent royalty for each secondary market transaction in the NFTs and it encouraged individuals to buy and sell the NFTs, leading purchasers to spend more than $20 million in at least 10,000 transactions. According to the SEC's order, SC2 violated the Securities Act of 1933 by offering and selling these crypto asset securities to the public in an unregistered offering that was not exempt from registration.>
"Regardless of whether your offering involves beavers, chinchillas or animal-based NFTs, under the federal securities laws, it's the economic reality of the offering – not the labels you put on it or the underlying objects – that guides the determination of what's an investment contract and therefore a security," said Gurbir S. Grewal, Director of the SEC's Division of Enforcement. …>
Without admitting or denying the SEC's findings, SC2 agreed to a cease-and-desist order and to pay a civil penalty of $1 million.
It also promised to "destroy all NFTs in its possession or control." I don't want to think about that. There was a time when you could probably record a video of yourself deleting an NFT and sell that video as an NFT, but that was very 2021.
I am not that sure that these pictures of cats were securities? I see where the SEC is coming from: The Stoner Cats people were clearly raising money from investors to fund a project, and they were not selling the cats to discerning art collectors. From the SEC order:
Each Stoner Cats NFT was associated with a unique still image of one of the characters in the Stoner Cats web series, with different expressions, apparel, accessories, and backgrounds, resulting in a multitude of NFTs. Purchasers could not choose their NFT in the offering, but instead received a random allocation.
And:
While purchasers may "own" their particular Stoner Cats NFT, SC2 specifically reserved all commercial rights to the underlying intellectual property, including the images of the characters.
And clearly at least some people were buying the cats for speculative purposes: "At least 20% of the Stoner Cats NFTs purchased in the offering were resold in the secondary market before the first episode of the Stoner Cats series aired," and "investors were also told that 'the more successful the show, the more successful your NFT' will be."
On the other hand, one benefit of buying the cats is that you could watch the show: "Investors were told that the Stoner Cats NFT was analogous to a 'ticket' and that 'if people don't appreciate it, you can take that ticket and sell it.'" A concert ticket is not a security! Even if the concert is sold out and you can resell your ticket for a profit! And there don't seem to have been any promises to share the profits of the project: People seemed to think that the tokens would go up in value due to some combination of (1) general crypto enthusiasm and (2) maybe people would want to watch the show and would buy the tokens to do so. They were speculative investments , sure, but that doesn't make them securities.
Also I feel like the requirement that you have to own an NFT to watch the show makes the NFT in some sense the opposite of a share of stock? There is a natural limitation on the economic value of the franchise if only a few thousand token holders can watch it: Each token can be more valuable, but that value comes from exclusivity, not from the show being a big general hit. There was no source of revenue other than the tokens.
The basic story is:
1. There is obviously demand for a Bitcoin exchange-traded fund, a thing that you can trade on the stock exchange and hold in your brokerage account that gives you exposure to the price of Bitcoin. If you could make that, people would buy it. 2. The easy way to make that would be to create an ETF that holds a pot of Bitcoins, issues shares of the pot, and allows arbitrageurs to exchange Bitcoins for shares and vice versa. That is roughly the way, you know, stock and bond ETFs work, and it is good and straightforward. 3. However, in the US, the Securities and Exchange Commission has adamantly opposed this method — the spot Bitcoin ETF — due to some combination of weird concerns about manipulation on crypto exchanges plus, I think, a general philosophical desire not to make it too easy for retail investors or traditional institutions to buy crypto. 4. You need SEC approval to list a new ETF, the SEC has not approved any spot Bitcoin ETFs, so there aren't any in the US. 5. So some people came up with a clever workaround, the Bitcoin futures ETF, where they raise a pot of money and use it to trade Bitcoin futures on regulated commodity exchanges. The ETF shares represent a claim on those futures rather than on a pot of Bitcoin. 6. That's pretty good — the futures prices track Bitcoin prices pretty well — though there's some tracking error and it's more expensive than just sitting on a pot of Bitcoins. 7. Crucially, the SEC has approved Bitcoin futures ETFs: They trade only regulated futures listed on US commodity exchanges, so the SEC can't really complain that their markets are manipulated. [3] 8. So there are, in the US, Bitcoin futures ETFs but not spot Bitcoin ETFs. 9. Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, a pot of Bitcoins that is not an ETF, has sued the SEC, demanding that the SEC let it turn its pot of Bitcoins into a spot Bitcoin ETF. 10. Last month, Grayscale won its case in court. It is not an ETF yet — the SEC still has some cards to play — but it will probably become one. 11. This is good for Grayscale (which gets to convert into an ETF), though it has some downsides (fees for ETFs are generally a lot lower than the 2% Grayscale charges). 12. It is very good for other big ETF firms that can now get into the spot Bitcoin ETF game. BlackRock Inc., for instance, has one in the works. 13. It is very bad for the people who made Bitcoin futures ETFs. What a good idea they had! A clever workaround to a regulatory impediment, something that let investors get, like, 90% of the benefits of a Bitcoin ETF while threading the needle of SEC approval. In a world without spot Bitcoin ETFs, the Bitcoin futures ETF was a desirable product, though also something of a niche product; you were never going to get everyone comfortable with its complexities. Still, good workaround. But more or less pointless now, if everyone can buy a simple cheap spot Bitcoin ETF instead.
I hesitate to say this, but when I think about derivatives-based ETFs outside of crypto, I tend to think of three main use cases:
1. Commodity ETFs are often futures-based, because it's hard for an ETF to actually hold a big stash of gold or wheat or whatever, [4] so a commodities ETF will trade futures instead. Probably this is part of the reason that there is no US spot Bitcoin ETF — probably the SEC worries a little about Bitcoin custody — but it seems like a solvable problem for Bitcoins in a way that it isn't for wheat. 2. If you want to do a short ETF — one that bets that the price of some asset will go down — you probably have to do that with derivatives. 3. If you want to do a levered ETF — one that goes up $2 or $3 for every $1 the underlying asset goes up — you probably have to do that with derivatives too.
The US generally accepted accounting for Bitcoin is that it can go down, but not up: If you are a corporation and you buy some Bitcoins, then the Bitcoins are reflected on your balance sheet at their cost, but you test them every quarter for impairment. If the price has gone down, the Bitcoins are impaired: You reflect their lower value on your balance sheet, and you take a loss on your income statement. If the price has gone up, you don't reflect the higher value on your balance sheet or take a gain in income. (If you sell the Bitcoins at a higher price, you do have a gain in income.)
Accounting is, by default, conservative, and if you come to an accountant and say "we have invented a new sort of digital asset, how should we account for it," this is what they will come up with. If you have invented a new sort of magic bean, an accountant's first guess will be:
1. The beans are probably worth what you paid for them. 2. If you say that the beans' value went up since you bought them, you're probably lying. 3. If you say that the beans' value went down since you bought them, you're probably right.
And so you get this sort of accounting for Bitcoin.
This is a very appropriate reaction to a new thing, so you see why Bitcoin got this accounting. But by now there is a big liquid market for Bitcoin and if you say that the value of your Bitcoins went up, and you point to their trading prices on a bunch of big crypto exchanges, at this point your accountants will believe you.
So the accounting is changing:
The Financial Accounting Standards Board voted to set a new rule on cryptocurrency accounting and disclosure, changes companies holding these assets have argued more accurately reflect their financial condition. ...
The FASB, which sets accounting standards for U.S. public and private companies and nonprofits, on Wednesday voted unanimously to adopt a new standard that would require businesses to use fair-value accounting for bitcoin and certain other crypto assets. Companies and accountants have repeatedly rallied for this change, as it would allow them to recognize losses and gains immediately, and treat digital assets as they would some financial assets instead of as indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Public companies' financial statements will have to disclose their crypto assets, separating them from intangible assets like patents and trademarks, on a quarterly and annual basis. Private companies must do the same in whichever financial reports they compile. Businesses will have to include gains and losses on their crypto assets in their net income.
The rule is set to go into effect for 2025 annual reports for calendar-year public and private companies, which can adopt the changes early.
I do not think that the weird accounting is, like, the main impediment to all of corporate America shifting its working capital from dollars into Bitcoins. But the accounting is annoying, and companies that own have a lot of Bitcoin will grumble about it a bit in their securities filings. ("Any decrease in their fair values below our carrying values for such assets at any time subsequent to their acquisition will require us to recognize impairment charges," says Tesla Inc., "whereas we may make no upward revisions for any market price increases until a sale. For any digital assets held now or in the future, these charges may negatively impact our profitability in the periods in which such impairments occur even if the overall market values of these assets increase.")
Now, though, if you are a public company and you buy Bitcoin and the price of Bitcoin goes up, you have income. That might make it a bit more attractive to buy Bitcoin.
Grayscale Bitcoin Trust is a pot full of Bitcoins managed by an investment firm called Grayscale Investments LLC, part of Barry Silbert's Digital Currency Group. Shares of the trust trade publicly under the ticker GBTC, and you can buy them in your brokerage account. New shares can be created by handing Grayscale a pile of Bitcoins and getting back new GBTC shares. For a long time a lot of people did this — it was called, somewhat misleadingly, the "Grayscale arbitrage" — because GBTC traded at a big premium to the actual price of Bitcoin, and so it now has about $16 billion worth of Bitcoin. But that premium collapsed (in part because everyone kept doing the trade), and as of early last week GBTC traded at about a 25% discount to the value of its pot of Bitcoins.
An odd feature of GBTC is that you can't take the Bitcoins back out: You can create new shares by giving Grayscale Bitcoins, but you can't get back the Bitcoins by handing back your shares. The pot can grow, but it can never shrink, so the discount persists.
If you read those two paragraphs and thought "wow I bet Grayscale charges a lot of money to manage that pot" then congratulations, you are qualified to work in financial services. Grayscale charges a lot of money to manage that pot. GBTC investors complain about it, but what are they gonna do? They can't take their money out! They can sue — they have sued — but for the most part GBTC looks like a perpetual fee bonanza for Grayscale. It charges 2% per year, on a pot of $16 billion, to just, like, hold onto the pot. Very lucrative.
Grayscale has bigger plans, though. Specifically it wants to convert GBTC into an exchange-traded fund. If GBTC were an ETF, then it is plausible that:
1. People would be able to take Bitcoins out. 2. This would collapse the discount, and GBTC would trade more or less in line with its net asset value. 3. Therefore people wouldn't take their Bitcoins out, but in fact would put more in, and the GBTC ETF would use its brand name and first-mover advantage to become even bigger. It would become the main way for ordinary investors to own Bitcoin.
Points 1 and 2 there seem like straightforward consequences of converting to an ETF. Point 3 is more of a gamble. Maybe everyone will pile into a more efficient Grayscale Bitcoin ETF. Maybe they won't.
Grayscale wants to be an ETF, the US Securities and Exchange Commission kept rejecting its applications for not very compelling reasons, Grayscale sued and last week it won in court. It's not an ETF yet, and things could go wrong, but they are trending in the right direction ETF-wise.
We talked about the court case last week, and several readers emailed me to ask: Did Grayscale want to win this case? The math is kind of:
1. If GBTC is not an ETF, then it has a perpetually locked-up pot of $16 billion of Bitcoins, paying it 2% per year forever. 2. If GBTC becomes an ETF, then (1) everyone can take their money out, (2) other Bitcoin ETFs will start to compete with it, (3) ETFs compete largely on fees and (4) come on, no other passive ETF charges anywhere close to 2%.
Grayscale winning this case kills its golden-goose fee stream. The optimal approach for Grayscale, a lot of people have long assumed, was to talk a lot about how aggressively it was fighting the SEC to become an ETF, in order to appease investors who want to collapse the discount, but to never actually win the case. If you win the case you lose the fees.
There are two ways to run a Bitcoin exchange-traded fund:
1. You could raise money from investors, park it in cash or Treasuries, and trade cash-settled Bitcoin futures listed on a US commodities exchange. The futures would periodically expire, paying off whatever Bitcoin is worth at the time, and you would roll the proceeds into new futures to keep your Bitcoin bet active. The ETF would roughly track the price of Bitcoin, because the futures pay off based on the price of Bitcoin, but there would be some frictional costs from rolling the futures and some tracking error. 2. You could raise money from investors, use it to buy Bitcoins, and keep the Bitcoins somewhere safe. Then you'd have Bitcoins, and the price of the ETF would track the price of Bitcoin. If it didn't, arbitrageurs could deliver Bitcoins and get back ETF shares, or deliver ETF shares and get back Bitcoins, just like any normal stock index ETF.
It seems to me that Approach 1 is, you know, fine and interesting, but Approach 2 is strictly better: It's simpler for the ETF manager to do, simpler for investors to understand, and has less friction and tracking error. My one quibble with Approach 2 is that you really do have to keep the Bitcoins somewhere safe, and there is a long, long, long history of people in crypto finding exciting new ways to lose their cryptocurrency, but I think that in 2023 "buy Bitcoins and don't lose them" is the sort of thing that you can expect a regulated financial institution to manage.
But in fact the US Securities and Exchange Commission has approved Bitcoin futures ETFs (Approach 1) and repeatedly declined to approve spot Bitcoin ETFs (Approach 2), for reasons that have never really made much sense to me. Essentially the SEC worries that the spot Bitcoin market is the Wild West, someone might manipulate it, and if they did then the price of the Bitcoin ETF would be manipulated. Whereas Bitcoin futures trade on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, a US commodities exchange regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; that market is presumably free of manipulation, so a Bitcoin futures ETF can rely on it.
I like to explain crypto initial coin offerings by saying that "they're like if the Wright Brothers sold air miles to finance inventing the airplane," so here's another old-timey analogy for non-fungible token offerings. Imagine that one day in the boom times of the 1920s a young animator named Walter Disney shows up at the stock market one day looking to raise money for his new company. "I am going to make a fortune making movies and theme parks," he says, "and I am giving you the opportunity to invest early. I'm not selling you shares of my company, though; I'm selling something even better. Here's a drawing of a mouse. If you give me $1 million, I will use it to build a movie studio and theme-park empire, and the mouse will feature prominently in that empire, and you will get the royalties from that mouse. Here's a dog, and a duck, and some nephew ducks. Same deal, though the nephew ducks are cheaper."
Obviously that would, in hindsight, have been a good investment. What kind of investment would it have been? Would it have been like buying art? Would it have been like buying intellectual property? Or would it have been like investing in a speculative business? The mouse is a picture of a mouse, like art, but he's valuable if Disney builds a film and theme-park empire and not if he doesn't, like stock.
You could expand it. "I have drawn 101 dalmations," he might go on. "They all look like, you know, dalmations. You can buy any one of them, and get the royalties from that dalmation, and use that dalmation in any spinoff intellectual property you want. Dalmation 43 has diamonds on her collar; Dalmation 81's ears are in sort of a sassy pose; maybe those dalmations are worth more, I dunno, what'll you pay me for them?"
If you buy a stock on Monday morning for $100 and it closes that afternoon at $101, then you have a one-day return of 1%, which is an annualized return of roughly 1,100%. On Tuesday, you can go out to potential investors and say "hello I am an incredibly skilled investment manager, I have achieved an 1,100% annualized return so far this year, invest with me," and maybe they will. If the stock keeps going up 1% every day, then in a year it will be worth $1,227.40 and your investors will be thrilled. What are the chances of that? Not zero, I guess. But pretty low.
Oh, I'm kidding, you can't do this:
1. People are not that dumb, and no one is going to "annualize" a one-day return, get a huge number, and believe it. Stocks go up, and they go down. If your investments go up 1% in a day, that doesn't mean that they will go up 1,100% in a year. They'll only go up 1,100% in a year if they go up 1% every day, and that's a hard streak to maintain. 2. Whether or not anyone believes you, you will get in trouble with the regulators if you market your fund this way.
Except in crypto! In crypto, if you buy some crypto and it goes up 21% in three weeks, you can advertise a 2,700% annualized return, and people will believe you? I guess? You will still get in trouble with regulators however:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [yesterday] announced charges against Titan Global Capital Management USA LLC, a New York-based FinTech investment adviser, for using hypothetical performance metrics in advertisements that were misleading. The SEC also charged Titan with multiple compliance failures that led to misleading disclosures about custody of clients' crypto assets, the use of improper "hedge clauses" in client agreements, the unauthorized use of client signatures and the failure to adopt policies concerning crypto asset trading by employees.>
According to the SEC's order, for a period ranging from August 2021 to October 2022, Titan, which offers multiple complex strategies to retail investors through its mobile trading app, made misleading statements on its website regarding hypothetical performance, including by advertising "annualized" performance results as high as 2,700 percent for its Titan Crypto strategy. The order alleges that Titan's advertisements were misleading because they failed to include material information, for example, that the hypothetical performance projections assumed that the strategy's performance in its first three weeks would continue for an entire year.
From the complaint:
Titan did not disclose in the advertisements that the 2,700 percent annualized return was based on a purely hypothetical account in which no actual trading had occurred, that this annualized return had been extrapolated from a period of only three weeks (from August 10, 2021 to August 31, 2021), that the hypothetical return for this three-week period was calculated at twenty-one percent, that the projected 2,700 percent annualized return was based on the assumption that the Titan Crypto strategy would continuously generate a twenty-one percent return every three weeks for an entire year, or Titan's views as to the likelihood that this assumption would bear out. The advertisements also did not disclose whether the hypothetical projection was net of fees and expenses.
NiftyApes, an NFT lending protocol backed by Coinbase and Variant, is the first to bring Seller Financing to the world of NFTs. …
The seller lists an item for sale on an NFT marketplace that has integrated the NiftyApes SDK and sets financing options (either custom or pre-made) including price, down payment, duration, and interest rate. …
The NFT is transferred to a neutral NFT seller financing escrow smart contract which has been audited by Quantstamp and Sherlock ensuring a secure transaction. …
Immediately after clicking "Buy," the buyer becomes the delegated owner of the NFT and can start using it. … Such use cases include giving the buyer immediate access to token gated Discords, airdrops, and more. …
The buyer makes payments until the purchase is paid in full. Once the seller financed purchase is fully paid, the NFT ownership is transferred out of the escrow contract to the buyer's wallet.
If the buyer fails to make a payment, the seller keeps all the payments made and can reclaim the NFT to sell again.
A buyer initiates the purchase by making a down payment on the NFT and agreeing to the payment terms set by the seller.
Still, one important point about Judge Rakoff's opinion is that he agrees with Ripple, Terraform, most of the crypto industry and Judge Analisa Torres (the Ripple judge), and disagrees with the SEC, about whether tokens are themselves securities:
XRP, as a digital token, is not in and of itself a "contract, transaction[,] or scheme" that embodies the Howey requirements of an investment contract. Rather, the Court examines the totality of circumstances surrounding Defendants' different transactions and schemes involving the sale and distribution of XRP.
He just concludes that all of those sales were securities offerings.
I don't know what to make of that. Judge Rakoff was deciding a motion to dismiss in a particular case, not trying to make broad crypto law for every case. But what if this is the law?
1. Crypto tokens are not securities. 2. Crypto issuers who sell those tokens to fund their projects are doing securities offerings.
What would that mean for crypto exchanges? The action right now in SEC crypto enforcement is largely against exchanges, arguing that they are running illegal securities exchanges and should stop. But if the tokens themselves are not securities, does that mean that the exchanges are entirely off the hook? Or, if the issuances of "token plus totality of circumstances" are securities offerings, does that mean that when the tokens start trading they are trading along with the totality of their circumstances, and are thus securities? If you buy an XRP or a Luna (Terra's token), are you just buying a digital token, or are you expecting "the profitability of the cryptoassets" from "the managerial and technical skills that would allow the [issuers] to maximize returns on the investors' coins"?
Here is an economic system, or a system anyway:
1. I make up a crypto token called MattCoin. I can issue an unlimited amount of MattCoins, since I made them up. 2. I sell them to people for money. 3. You can use MattCoins to make term deposits, with me: You can give me back your MattCoins and I will keep them for some specified time period (say, a year), and at the end of the period I will hand them back to you with interest. 4. The interest is paid in MattCoins. 5. The interest rate is high, say, 38% per year. 6. This is the only thing you can do with the MattCoins. They're not useful for payments, they don't run smart contracts on a blockchain, all you can do is trade them on crypto exchanges and deposit them for a 38% yield paid in kind.
So you pay me $100 for 100 MattCoins, you deposit them with me for a year, and at the end of the year I give you back 138 MattCoins.
At the end of the year, how much would you expect your 138 MattCoins to be worth? I think the main options are [1] :
1. $138. You put in $100 for 100 MattCoins, meaning that they are worth $1 each, and in a year you get back 138 MattCoins. If they are still worth $1 each, then 138 MattCoins are worth $138. 2. $100. You put in $100 for some MattCoins, absolutely no economic activity happened , and in a year you get back 138 MattCoins. This is like a stock split: You had 100 shares of a pot worth $100, now you have 138 shares of a pot worth $100, each share is worth less but the pot hasn't changed. 3. $0. You put in $100 for some MattCoins, absolutely no economic activity happened or will ever happen , in a year you get back 138 MattCoins, but I keep the $100 and you don't get to exchange your 138 MattCoins for real money again. There is not actually a pot with $100 in it; I just took the $100! You put in $100 and got back a pile of magic beans that are not redeemable for anything. The pile grew bigger over the year, but it remains worthless. 4. More than $138. You put in $100 for 100 MattCoins, those MattCoins offered a 38% yield, other people see that 38% yield and said "I want some of that," they buy some MattCoins, the price of MattCoin rises, still other people see the rising price and say "ooh I want some of that ," the price rises further, it's a virtuous cycle, eventually each MattCoin is worth like $10,000 and your 138 MattCoins make you a millionaire.
I think that Answer 3 is the standard answer that traditional financial analysis would give you: You bought an electronic token with no cash flows ever, so it's worth zero. I am drawn to this traditional analysis, but it has not really worked all that well for understanding crypto.
I think that Answer 4 is the standard answer that crypto would give you. This is a completely accepted mechanism of crypto finance: You have some token, the main thing that the token does is generate more tokens, you call those additional tokens "yield," people are attracted to the yield, they buy the token and its price goes up. The "yield" does not come from any economic activity in the real world ; it just comes from printing more tokens. "Ponzinomics," people sometimes say. Loosely speaking, this is the thought process behind crypto "Ponzicoins" like OlympusDAO and Wonderland. Loosely speaking, it is the thought process behind many algorithmic stablecoins like TerraUSD. Loosely speaking, it is the thought process that Sam Bankman-Fried once described to me on Odd Lots: "You start with a company that builds a box and in practice this box, they probably dress it up to look like a life-changing, you know, world-altering protocol that's gonna replace all the big banks in 38 days or whatever. Maybe for now actually ignore what it does or pretend it does literally nothing. It's just a box."
People got mad at me about this. The main objection goes something like this:
1. XRP is never itself a security. It is just some computer code, "little more than [an] alphanumeric cryptographic sequence," as the court says, citing another crypto case. 2. Sometimes, when Ripple sold XRP, those sales were "investment contracts" under the US Supreme Court's Howey test: They were "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others," because the whole transaction that Ripple did with its investors — institutional investors who bought XRP in direct over-the-counter trades with Ripple — feels like an investment contract. 3. Other times, when Ripple sold XRP, they were not, because the whole transaction just occurred anonymously, on an exchange, so there were no direct arrangements with the buyers and no expectation by the buyers that Ripple would make efforts to make XRP profitable.
The analogy that everyone in crypto likes to use is "the oranges in Howey were not securities." (Howey, which we discussed on Friday, is the Supreme Court case that created the test for an "investment contract": W.J. Howey Co. sold people some orange groves along with management services, promising to split the orange profits with the buyers; the Supreme Court found this to be a security.)
I think that this is wrong. You can eat an orange. XRP is not an orange; it is purely an abstract creation of Ripple, whose value comes entirely from the entrepreneurial efforts of Ripple. Nobody bought XRP to eat it. Nor did anyone buy XRP just because they like owning "alphanumeric cryptographic sequences." There are two reasons you might buy XRP:
1. You want to use XRP. XRP is the currency of the XRP blockchain, developed by Ripple's founders to facilitate cross-border payments and banking services. My understanding is that, in its decade of operation, Ripple has not gotten all that far in signing up banks for this payment network, but XRP is a functioning cryptocurrency with a blockchain that does transactions, and this is a possible reason for buying XRP. (It is certainly a possible reason for buying other cryptocurrencies, like Ethereum, that are regularly used to pay for transactions on widely used blockchains.) There is essentially no discussion of this possibility in the opinion, though, and I do not think that anyone is pounding the table for the view that a lot of the people buying XRP on exchanges were doing so in order to facilitate bank transfers. (If anything, the over-the-counter buyers would include banks who want to actually use XRP — but some OTC buyers explicitly disclaimed the possibility of using XRP. [1] ) 2. You think that the price of XRP will go up. Why would it go up? Well, the possibilities include (a) "general cryptocurrency market trends" (in Judge Torres' words) and (b) Ripple succeeds in building a widely used payments network, which makes XRP more valuable.
Judge Torres concludes that Ripple's institutional buyers of XRP bought it for Reason 2(b): Ripple told them that it would make XRP more valuable:
Based on the totality of circumstances, the Court finds that reasonable investors, situated in the position of the Institutional Buyers, would have purchased XRP with the expectation that they would derive profits from Ripple's efforts. From Ripple's communications, marketing campaign, and the nature of the Institutional Sales, reasonable investors would understand that Ripple would use the capital received from its Institutional Sales to improve the market for XRP and develop uses for the XRP Ledger, thereby increasing the value of XRP.
Fine. But my contention is that these sales did not consist of (1) XRP plus(2) some set of contracts promising that Ripple would use the money to increase the value of XRP. They consisted only of XRP. [2] Institutions did not enter into a contract — like the contract in Howey — in which Ripple promised to manage a grove of XRP for them and give them the proceeds of their success. They just bought XRP. The XRP, and the way in which Ripple advertised it , was itself a bet on Ripple's entrepreneurial efforts.
And my second contention is that this is exactly as true in all respects for the retail buyers who bought XRP from Ripple on crypto exchanges. Like the institutional buyers, they were buying a speculative asset that would go up or down, in the long run, exclusively due to Ripple's entrepreneurial efforts. They might not have had as sophisticated understanding of these mechanisms as the institutional investors, but "retail investors are under-informed and confused" has never in the past been a reason to deny them the protections of the securities laws.
Let's say that Ripple succeeds wildly and XRP becomes the linchpin of a global payments network. Then the XRP that Ripple's institutional investors bought would go up, and they would have a good return on their investment. The return on investment would come exclusively from the increasing value of their XRP: They had no other contracts with Ripple, nothing else that would entitle them to any return outside of their XRP. The XRP, for them, is the "security"; it is the speculative instrument that they invested money in hoping to get a return from Ripple's efforts.
But that is exactly as true, in exactly the same way, for the retail investors who bought XRP on the exchange. Those retail investors are in complete commonality with the institutional investors; they bought the same thing and have exactly the same exposure to exactly the same risks. If Ripple succeeds wildly, a person who bought 100 XRP from Ripple on the exchange will get exactly the same benefit as the institution who bought 100 XRP from Ripple directly. If XRP is a security in the hands of that institution, because it was "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others," then I think it is a security in the hands of the exchange buyer: same money, same enterprise, same profits from same efforts of same others.
And my third contention is that they bought them for the same reasons. Sure sure sure: Some retail investors who bought XRP on the exchange from Ripple did not actually see Ripple's advertisements, its website, its white paper, its Reddit posts, its YouTube videos, or the other public statements in which Ripple said that it would work to increase the value of XRP, the public statements that Judge Torres thought made XRP a security with respect to the institutional investors. But it would be very strange indeed if nobody did, if everybody bought XRP solely because they liked alphanumeric sequences. Surely Ripple's widespread advertising of XRP as an
Statistically speaking, almost nobody who has ever bought Meta Platforms Inc. stock bought it from Meta. Between its founding in 2004 and its 2012 initial public offering, Facebook (as Meta was then called) raised about $2.9 billion by selling stock to venture capitalists. That IPO raised about $16 billion, though only about $6.8 billion went to Facebook; the rest went to early investors who sold their own stock in the IPO. Facebook did another stock offering a year later, raising another $1.5 billion for the company; it has never sold stock since then. So over the last two decades, people have invested about $11.2 billion in Meta by buying its stock.
That is a drop in the ocean compared to the amount of Meta stock that people buy from each other on the stock exchange. People bought $9.5 billion of Meta stock yesterday. The day before, they bought about $11.2 billion of Meta stock: as much in one day as Meta sold in its whole history. Last year about $1.6 trillion of Meta stock traded; the year before it was only a little less. In the entire history of Meta, on the order of 0.1% of all the money spent to buy Meta stock went to Meta; in the last nine years, the percentage is exactly 0%.
It is conventional to say that if you buy a share of Meta stock, which closed yesterday at $313.41, you are "investing in Meta." But what does that mean? It does not mean that you are giving $313 to Meta to use to buy computers or pay workers; your $313 does not go to Meta at all, but to whoever else had the share of stock before you did. It does not mean that you get a check for your share of Meta's profits: Meta has enormous profits and has never paid a dividend. (Meta does do stock buybacks, in which it voluntarily buys back shares from time to time, but I suppose it could just as well buy Apple Inc. shares; nothing about Meta's propensity to buy Meta shares seems to make those shares an "investment in" Meta.) It does not mean that you get a say in the management of Meta: Mark Zuckerberg owns super-voting shares and can make all the decisions himself. It does mean that if someone acquires Meta in a merger, you will get your proportionate share of the merger price, but Meta is an $800 billion company so that seems unlikely.
And yet buying a share of Meta stock does seem, practically speaking, to be a way to bet on Meta's success. The stock goes up when Meta has good news and down when it has bad news; the stock does behave like an investment in Meta. And I think that that is not pure wishful thinking or confusion on the part of the stock market; there are norms and fiduciary duties and expectations that, for instance, if Meta makes a ton of cash and has no business need for it, it will spend the cash on buying back stock, and will not spend it on building giant glass houses for Mark Zuckerberg or whatever. The company has certain obligations to its shareholders, and though those obligations are not exactly "share the profits with the shareholders," that is sort of how the market interprets them.
Also, Meta did sell stock. Ages ago, and not very much of it compared to the current trading volume, but it did. And part of the deal , when it sold that stock, was that the buyers would eventually be able to resell it. The deal — not spelled out, but the background to all stock offerings like this — was "give us money today, and we'll give you some stock, and if all goes well the stock will go up 100x and you will be able to resell it on the stock exchange to someone else for billions of dollars." If you buy Meta stock today, you might be buying it from someone who bought it from Meta all those years ago, and who is now cashing out. Probably not. But you are certainly buying it from someone who bought it from someone who bought it from someone who bought it from … etc. … someone who bought it from Meta all those years ago. All the stock came from Meta, originally. You are not giving Meta any money, today, when you buy Meta stock. But by a sort of financial backward induction, you are making it possible for someone to have given Meta money years ago. If you and people like you weren't around to buy Meta stock in 2023, nobody would have bought Meta stock in 2008.
In the US, there are securities laws that apply to Meta and other companies that issue stock to the public. They generally have to register their sales of stock, filing a registration statement with the US Securities and Exchange Commission with details about their business and finances. They generally have to file annual and quarterly financial reports with the SEC so that the public can get updates on their financial results. If they lie in those reports, they can be sued for securities fraud. You can avoid many of these requirements (though not the fraud ones) by not issuing stock to the public, by only selling it to rich people and institutional investors rather than letting everyone buy your stock: The securities laws are mostly to protect public retail investors, and there are fewer disclosure requirements for sales to sophisticated institutional investors.
The simple story for why those rules exist is that in, like, the 1920s, a lot of people started very shady companies and raised a lot of money by selling stock with bad and misleading disclosures. And so the securities laws were created to say "no, if you want to sell stock, you have to do this disclosure, so people can know what they are buying and sue you if you lie."
That story does not really apply to Meta Platforms in 2023. Meta has not sold stock in ages. "We are not asking anyone to give us money for our stock," you could almost imagine Meta saying, "and it just trades on an exchange totally disconnected from us. Why should we have to file all of these reports and get sued for all our misstatements, just because some people still want to trade this stock that we sold a decade ago? Maybe in 2012 we looked like one of those shady 1920s issuers, and the SEC needed to keep an eye on us and make us disclose everything about our finances to raise money, but that doesn't apply now, not because we were shady then and aren't now, but because we were raising money then and aren't now."
But Meta doesn't say that, in part because it does care about its stock price — in particular, a lot of its executives' wealth happens to consist of Meta stock — and in part because that is absurd. The rule is that if you go public you are a public company, and if your stock trades publicly you stay a public company until it stops trading. (For instance, because somebody — a bigger company, a private equity firm, Elon Musk — buys all the stock.) Facebook files quarterly reports now because, by a sort of financial backward induction, that makes it possible for it to have raised money years ago. That's the deal of being a public company.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission is cracking down on crypto, and the theory of the crackdown is:
1. Almost every cryptocurrency is a "security," under US law, meaning for our purposes roughly that almost every crypto token is a "scheme whereby a person invests his money in a common enterprise and is led to expect profits solely from the efforts of the promoter": Teams promote crypto projects, and people invest in those projects hoping that the teams' efforts will work out, etc. 2. Every crypto exchange that lists those tokens is a "securities exchange," and if it is not registered with the SEC as a national securities exchange (and it isn't) then it is breaking the law.
Both elements of the theory are controversial: Crypto exchanges and promoters argue that their tokens are decentralized utility tokens, not at all like securities, and it is not in fact the case that every platform for trading securities is required to register with the SEC as a national securities exchange. Your broker's trading app is not an exchange, for instance. Even a venue that matches buyers and sellers of securities — a dark pool, say — is not necessarily a "securities exchange"; it could be an alternative trading system, subject to a different sort of SEC registration with somewhat softer requirements.
Another objection that you sometimes see to the SEC's crackdown is that it commits the SEC to extreme positions outside of crypto. "Tokens are like airline miles or Starbucks gift cards or artworks or collectibles, and if you crack down on crypto exchanges for trading them, then you need to crack down on online platforms for trading Starbucks cards," etc. I do not want to evaluate the merits of that objection, but here is this:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [yesterday] announced settled charges against RSE Markets Inc. for operating as an unregistered exchange by maintaining and providing a marketplace and facilities that brought together purchasers and sellers of securities, specifically equity interests in "collectible assets" such as valuable cars and watches.
The SEC's order finds that, between July 1, 2018, and November 20, 2021, RSE operated the Rally Platform, consisting of the RallyRd.com website, the Rally App, and trading functionality, for retail investors based in the United States to purchase and sell securities. Secondary market trading for these securities occurred exclusively on the Rally Platform within trading windows provided by RSE. RSE used an algorithm to match orders based on price and time priority, calculated a final clearing price at which matched orders would execute, and required matched buyers and sellers to provide confirmation of their willingness to transact at the final clearing price. According to the SEC's order, the trading interests that RSE accepted were firm orders, as demonstrated by representative data showing that almost all matched trading interests were confirmed and executed. Despite these facts, and RSE marketing the Rally Platform as a stock exchange, the company neither registered the Rally Platform as a national securities exchange nor operated it pursuant to an exemption from such registration.
"If a crypto token is a security then a share of a watch is a security," might be one objection to the SEC's crackdown, and the SEC's answer is "oh sure, a share of a watch is absolutely a security, and we sued the watch-share exchange and won." Well, settled. Rally agreed to pay a $350,000 fine, which is a very small fine in the scheme of things, but a very valuable precedent for the SEC.
Well, that strikes me as a fairly manageable problem. Crudely oversimplifying, the rule in the US is that if you sell securities to accredited venture capitalists and they immediately turn around and dump them on retail investors, that's bad, that's a public offering of securities and you and the VCs get in trouble. But if you sell the securities to VCs and lock them up for a year, and at the end of the year the VCs dump them on retail, that's fine, that's allowed: You sold the securities under an exemption from registration (just to the VCs), and they sold the securities in a regular secondary-market transaction that doesn't need to be registered.
Again I am oversimplifying the rule, but it is Rule 144, and it is kind of the standard for how crypto-offerings-that-might-be-securities are conducted in the US these days: You sell to VCs with a long lockup, so that the securities offering is exempt. Also it probably helps with trading. The Wall Street Journal reports:
A small brokerage firm thinks it has a blueprint to bring crypto trading into the regulated market.>
Prometheum's plan involves the use of an exemption that U.S. regulators created 50 years ago to permit trading of shares that were restricted, such as those given as compensation to a corporate insider or sold to an early investor. The exemption is used daily in the stock market to sell millions of shares.>
It has never been used in crypto, however, which developed as an unregulated alternative to Wall Street that still doesn't have a federal market overseer. Prometheum, a six-year-old startup with no digital-asset trading revenue, has cast its lot with regulators hoping to move crypto onto regulated exchanges and brokerages. ...>
Finding a registered broker who wants to trade crypto assets still doesn't make the tokens themselves free to be traded. That is because their sale was never registered, making their resale restricted just like the shares given as compensation to CEOs or public-company directors.>
Prometheum says the exemption, known as Rule 144, is one way to solve that. ...>
Some securities lawyers question whether Rule 144 can be used to trade cryptocurrencies that have been trading on crypto exchanges that don't follow SEC rules. Meeting the exemption's requirements, including proving that the seller held the asset for at least a year, can be difficult to establish in crypto where trading was meant to be anonymous, said David Adams, an attorney at Goodwin Procter LLP.>
"Any broker-dealer that embarks down this path is going to be under incredible scrutiny," Adams said. "Just because you are approved…that does not mean that goodwill will necessarily continue if you start to list some crypto assets or tokens that the SEC" doesn't agree with, he said.
This is not quite as simple as "even if crypto tokens are illegal securities offerings, if you wait a year they become more legal," but that is a little bit what is happening here.
This problem comes up because "customer money" is a fuzzier concept in crypto than it is in traditional banking or securities brokerage. When you send dollars to a crypto exchange and use them to buy Bitcoins, and you look at your balance on the exchange's website and it says "1.57 Bitcoins" or whatever, you tend to think that those Bitcoins belong to you. Frankly the exchange would probably prefer that those Bitcoins belong to you, for marketing and legal reasons.
But the situation is not particularly clear, and it does seem more likely that the exchange owns the Bitcoins, and just owes you an unsecured debt: If the exchange doesn't have enough money to pay back all its creditors, you may not get back all your Bitcoins. "Because custodially held crypto assets may be considered to be the property of a bankruptcy estate, in the event of a bankruptcy, the crypto assets we hold in custody on behalf of our customers could be subject to bankruptcy proceedings and such customers could be treated as our general unsecured creditors," says Coinbase Global Inc., controversially but correctly. And in fact lots of crypto businesses have gone bankrupt in the last year or so, and it does seem like the legal result is mostly that the coins belong to the crypto businesses and the customers are unsecured creditors. Which might mean that they would have to share with the SEC.
Anyway this is all a bit fanciful, but also a bit not. In April the SEC sued Bittrex Inc., a crypto exchange, for operating an unregistered securities exchange. Bittrex responded by, among other things, shutting down its US business and putting it into bankruptcy. But all of the customer money is there and accounted for, and Bittrex asked the bankruptcy court to let it process customer withdrawals normally. The Petition newsletter reports:
The debtors filed a motion seeking entry of an order authorizing them to honor withdrawals of crypto by customers. Interestingly, the debtors stated: "there may be a dispute between the Debtors and their customers as to who owns the cryptocurrencies deposited by customers and stored in the Debtors' wallets. The Debtors believe that they own the cryptocurrency assets. But, the proposed treatment, where customers will be permitted to withdraw cryptocurrencies equivalent to 100% of the cryptocurrencies they deposited as a distribution (subject to complying with information requests to ensure that all governmental rules and regulations are satisfied) avoids the expense and delay of litigation concerning ownership of those assets, while still providing customers, the vast majority of which are individuals, the ability to receive a 100% distribution by withdrawing the cryptocurrencies."
That is: The customers technically have an unsecured claim on their crypto assets, which are technically owned by Bittrex. But there's plenty of money and not much debt so it's fine, Bittrex will just give them their crypto back anyway.
Except that the SEC is still suing Bittrex, and presumably expects to extract a large fine. And so the question arises: Can Bittrex give its customers back all their money, or does it have to hang on to some of that money to potentially use to pay SEC fines? While the bankruptcy judge did sign the order allowing Bittrex to give its customers their money back, the order explicitly said that it would not
prohibit the Debtors, any liquidating trustee, plan administrator or any creditor, including the United States, from recovering from any customer the value of any cryptocurrency assets or fiat currency such customer receives that exceeds the distributions provided by the plan, if such general unsecured creditor or subordinated creditor is not paid in full, and, in such event, the entry of this Order shall not constitute collateral estoppel or res judicata of any customers' entitlement to cryptocurrency assets or priority under any federal or state law.
That is: If the SEC is not paid in full on whatever fines it ultimately extracts, it can go after Bittrex's customers for the amounts they withdrew. As Petition says "Soooooo…customers can withdraw their crypto but that crypto is subject to a potential clawback in favor of the regulators? FUN!!" Again this is all a bit fanciful, and I cannot really imagine the SEC suing Bittrex's customers for withdrawing their money. But it's keeping the option open.
I think even a year ago it was possible to imagine the traditional financial system learning something from crypto. Crypto built its own financial system that does things differently from traditional finance. For instance:
1. Crypto exchanges have websites and are open to everyone. If you want to buy Bitcoin, you don't have to go to a brokerage firm to send your order to the crypto exchange: You just go to the exchange yourself, deposit some money there, and put in a buy order. Crypto cut out layers of middlemen and let everyone trade on the same exchanges. There was something egalitarian about this; everyone traded on a level playing field, instead of the US stock market's system of retail brokers routing their customers' orders to wholesalers who pay for order flow. 2. Crypto exchanges also run their own clearinghouses, keeping custody of assets and settling trades, and they use real-time, objective, automated margining systems rather than the traditional fuzzy margining of traditional finance. FTX, Sam Bankman-Fried's crypto exchange, was a big proponent of this, and we talked about its proposal last year. I thought it was cool! Traditional finance involves a lot of unsecured credit risk , while crypto was building a system that was much more based on real-time collateral ; Bankman-Fried argued, rather compellingly, that the crypto approach might be safer. 3. We have talked a lot about "tokenomics," the idea of giving people who use a system (say, a crypto exchange) some financial stake in the system (say, a token that gives them a share of the exchange's fee income). This has some securities-law problems, and some Ponzi-ish elements, and some wrong-way risk, but it also has a real appeal: It is a way to build network businesses from a cold start, a clever way to solve a business problem 4. Blockchain blockchain blockchain. I have never really understood why keeping track of stock ownership (or real estate, etc.) on a blockchain was better than keeping track of it in a centralized database run by a trusted intermediary, but people sure talked about it a lot.
And, you know, I guess it is still possible to imagine traditional finance adopting these (or other) ideas from crypto. It is harder though. A year ago it seemed like FTX's plan was to expand out from crypto, to prove that its approach was better than that of traditional exchanges, to take over the trading of stocks and commodities and whatever, to bring the structure of crypto finance to the assets of traditional finance. Not anymore, man! The odds of a crypto exchange taking a lot of market share in US stock trading anytime soon are really, really low.
All of those lessons from crypto seem bad now:
1. Having crypto exchanges hold customer money, instead of keeping it at brokerages, seems bad after FTX (and a long line of previous crypto exchanges) misplaced the customers' money. 2. Same with FTX's margining system, which turned out to just give all of FTX's customer money to its affiliated trading firm. 3. The problem with tokenomics is that the US Securities and Exchange Commission thinks, correctly, that all of these tokens that convey a financial stake in the system are securities, and so have to be registered with the SEC, which is very hard for crypto platforms to do. All of these tokens seem to be illegal, or at least legally very dicey, in the US. 4. Everyone stopped talking about blockchain, and stock exchanges that excitedly announced their blockchain plans in 2017 have quietly dropped them.
Meanwhile traditional finance is like "ugh, fine, we'll do crypto, but in a normal way." Bloomberg News checks in on EDX markets, which is as traditional as can be except it trades Bitcoin:
A new crypto exchange backed by firms including Citadel Securities, Fidelity Digital Assets and Charles Schwab Corp. said it's gone live, a move that could reshape the digital-asset landscape amid heightened US scrutiny of the sector.
EDX Markets, an institutional-only exchange announced in September 2022, will offer trading in four cryptocurrencies: Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin and Bitcoin Cash. Unlike existing crypto platforms such as Coinbase Global Inc. and Binance Holdings Ltd., it offers a "non-custodial" model, meaning that it doesn't hold clients' digital assets during trading. Instead, EDX is working with a third-party custodian, according to Chief Executive Officer Jamil Nazarali. …
"We believe crypto is here to stay, but for it to evolve as an asset class it needs to adopt the rules and investor protections that exist in traditional finance," Nazarali said in an interview. "The message we've got from our investors is that this creates an even bigger space for us."
The Wall Street Journal adds:
EDX says its approach draws on standard practices in traditional, regulated financial markets and differs in key ways from how crypto exchanges typically operate.
One major difference: EDX is a "noncustodial" exchange, meaning it doesn't directly handle its customers' digital assets. Instead, EDX runs a marketplace where firms agree to execute trades of coins and dollars, using its platform to agree on prices. Then the firms move crypto and cash between each other to settle the trades. Later this year, EDX plans to launch a clearinghouse to facilitate the process of settling trades, but even then it plans to use third-party banks and a crypto custodian to hold customer assets. …
Unlike most crypto exchanges, EDX won't directly serve individual investors. Instead, it expects that retail brokerages will send investors' orders to buy and sell digital coins to its marketplace.
The stock market operates under a similar model, in which investors don't directly access the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, but instead submit orders through brokerages such as Fidelity and Schwab. …
An institutional-only exchange in which retail orders are intermediated by brokers, [1] clearing and custody that are separate from the exchange, listing only non-security tokens, no hype about blockchain. This is a way to trade crypto while almost completely rejecting the crypto financial system. This is bringing the structure of traditional finance to the assets of crypto finance. Traditional finance learned nothing from the crypto financial system except that it didn't work. Which is a useful lesson.
The way the US stock market works is:
A retail broker (Robinhood, Fidelity, etc.) has a website, where you can put in an order to sell stock. They send the order to a market maker (Citadel Securities, Virtu, Jane Street, etc.) who buys the stock from you. The market maker goes to a stock exchange (the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq, etc.) to sell the stock to another market maker or to an institutional investor.
This is not exactly right, [5] but it is a good rough intuition. Trading with retail customers is lucrative, and somebody who operates a retail-customer-facing website will want to monetize that fact; in the US stock market, that means selling the retail order flow to a market maker. Meanwhile there are public stock exchanges where institutions and market makers can trade with each other.
The way the crypto market often works is the same except:
A crypto exchange operates the website for retail customers, and the exchange for market makers and institutional investors. Also it often quietly operates the market maker who trades with the retail customers.
That might cover various things — the internal trading team might do proprietary directional trading and/or institutional market making on the exchange — but I read it to say mostly "facing Crypto.com's retail customers is lucrative, so Crypto.com does that itself, and when it trades with those customers it ends up with positions that it has to lay off on the institutional exchange." That's kind of how the stock market works except that in stocks the retail broker, the market maker and the exchange are three separate entities. In crypto they are all the same.
A core concept in the crypto financial system is the box. This is not an official term or anything, but it's how I think of it; the term comes from something that Sam Bankman-Fried said to me on a podcast. Here's how it works:
1. You start some project or business or blockchain or whatever. 2. You issue a token for the project. The token may or may not have some sort of claim on the cash flows of the project, or some governance rights over it, but in any case it is the token of the project, and its price will fluctuate based on people's perception of the project, their expectations for its future, its actual success, etc. The price of the token will reflect the value of the project in some loose way. 3. You give yourself a lot of the token. 4. You multiply the trading price of the token (which reflects the market value of the project) times the number of tokens that you have (which is probably large, since you made up the token and can give yourself as much as you want), and you get a large dollar number. 5. You probably cannot sell your tokens for that large dollar number: If you dumped all your tokens at once, confidence in the project would fall, supply would swamp demand, the price of the token would collapse and you probably wouldn't get very much money for your stash. 6. But you can turn the tokens into money in other ways. You can borrow against them; if you say "hey I have $10 billion of tokens" some crypto lender might give you a $5 billion secured loan. 7. More broadly, you can say "I am a billionaire, what with my $10 billion of tokens," and people will tend to trust you more and give you more economic opportunities because you're a billionaire. If you put in a bid to buy a mansion or a sports team or whatever, people will take you seriously because you have $10 billion (of tokens). If your bid is successful, a bank will probably lend you the money to buy the mansion or sports team. The loan will not necessarily be secured by your $10 billion pile of tokens, but the bank's credit decision will probably be like "this person has $10 billion, she's good for this loan." 8. And people will be more willing to deal with your project — or business or blockchain or whatever, the thing that started all of this — because there's $10 billion behind it. "I will trade on this crypto exchange without worrying about it getting hacked, because if it gets hacked surely it will make up my losses, because it has $10 billion."
This is not something that crypto invented, or that is limited to crypto. Lots of people found regular companies, issue stock of those companies, keep a lot of stock for themselves, and either explicitly borrow against that stock (margin loans, etc.) or at least point to their huge pile of stock as proof that they are rich and leverage that wealth to buy other things. Carl Icahn has margin loans against his Icahn Enterprises stock. Elon Musk has margin loans against his Tesla Inc. stock; also, though, he was clearly able to get financing to buy Twitter Inc. (not secured by his Tesla stock) because banks were like "yeah, this guy's rich, we'll lend him money even if we think that the Twitter deal is kind of a dog."
Nor is any of this really wrong ; I am not necessarily describing a fraud or a mistake or anything. It just sort of depends on what the project is? The problem is that a lot of stuff in crypto is a pure confidence business: Tesla makes cars, and if people lost confidence in its stock there would still be cars, but many crypto projects just make crypto trades, and if people lost confidence in their crypto trades there'd be nothing left. It is a very wrong-way risk; the pile of money safeguarding your business evaporates in exactly the circumstances that your business is in trouble.
The other problem is that at least some people in crypto were very self-aware of this dynamic. It is one thing to start a car company, issue stock to finance factories, keep stock for yourself as the founder, get rich on paper, and then borrow against your vast stock wealth to finance a rocket company or whatever — each decision there is plausibly about building a real business. It is another thing to think "hey I'm gonna issue some tokens because if I can get people to buy them I can borrow a lot of money and walk away from the mess." There is adverse selection there. I am not saying everyone in crypto thought that. I am just saying that Sam Bankman-Fried explicitly described that thought process to me as a general feature of crypto, and look how that worked out.
The most classic cases of the box are:
Terra was a blockchain, it issued tokens (called Luna), the tokens went up, and it used them to collateralize billions of dollars of a stablecoin called TerraUSD. Confidence in Luna dropped and billions of dollars of TerraUSD vanished in like a week. FTX was Sam Bankman-Fried's crypto exchange, Alameda Research was his crypto trading firm, FTX issued tokens (called FTT, though there were also some other "Samcoins" called SRM and MAPS and stuff), and Alameda used them to collateralize billions of dollars of loans — from outside lenders, and later from FTX, using its customers' money. Confidence in the tokens dropped, Alameda went extremely bankrupt, and billions of dollars of FTX customer money vanished in like a week.
One feature of the box is that you can sort of earn your way out of it. If your project is successful and makes a lot of money, or if it is successful enough to allow you to sell a lot of your tokens over time, you will end up with a lot of actual money, dollars or whatever that you own free and clear. And then when people say "I trust this person because she has $10 billion" they will be, in some more robust sense, correct. The people running Terra understood this, and built up a war chest of non-Luna money (Bitcoin, dollars, etc.) to back TerraUSD. They just didn't do enough of it before confidence collapsed.
I have a model of Adam Neumann that goes like this. There was a bubble for a particular sort of tech startup, one that scaled very quickly and used lots of buzzwords and had big ambitions and bad unit economics and raised tons of money from SoftBank Group Corp. Adam Neumann saw that bubble and said "well, I should be on the other side of that." The other side of that bubble was not shorting a bunch of tech startup stocks: That's risky, and anyway you couldn't really do it because the bubble was in tech startups with no publicly traded stock.
No, the other side of the bubble was starting a startup, and making it the most egregious imaginable example of the bubble. Scale the fastest, talk the most nonsense, have the worst unit economics and raise the most money by bro'ing down the most with SoftBank's Masayoshi Son. Neumann incinerated many billions of dollars of SoftBank's money, and got paid something like a billion dollars to stop. What a great trade! He and his family will be wealthy for generations because he timed the startup bubble right, but also because he structured the trade right. The trade is not quite "go long startups" or "go short startups"; the trade is "other people want to get long this bubble, so stand in the way of their money."
I should say that I do not think that this model is accurate, in the sense that it does not correctly describe what Adam Neumann subjectively thought he was doing. I find it useful, though, because it does describe what he was doing. Why is Adam Neumann rich? Because SoftBank made a mistake that involved spending $10 billion to build a $400 million company, and Adam Neumann was there to take the other side of that mistake.
If you spotted a gigantic crypto bubble in the late 2010s and early 2020s, how would you play it? Two obvious wrong answers:
Short crypto. You'd have gotten carried out, multiple times. Long crypto. This is better — the George Soros "When I see a bubble forming, I rush in to buy" approach — but still risky (the bubble did pop) and sort of analytically unsatisfying.
And a pretty good answer:
Take out absolutely bajillions of dollars of non-recourse loans to buy as much crypto as you can, selling enough along the way — and putting the proceeds somewhere your creditors can't get them — to make yourself dynastically wealthy. [1] Borrow $1 billion to buy $1 billion worth of crypto. If that turns into $2 billion of crypto, pay off your loans, take the extra $1 billion and bury it in your backyard, and do it again. If you do it again and it turns into $0 of crypto, walk away from your debts, dig up your backyard and buy yachts.
The Adam Neumanns of the crypto bubble might have been Kyle Davies and Su Zhu, the founders of Three Arrows Capital. Three Arrows, or 3AC as everyone calls it, is usually called a "crypto hedge fund," but that name is not really accurate. Typically a hedge fund raises money from investors, invests it, gives the profits to investors and takes a cut. But 3AC does not seem to have invested much money for outside investors.
Instead 3AC invested using its partners' capital and immense oceans of leverage from crypto lending platforms. This leverage was provided with very little in the way of due diligence or negotiation or often even collateral. And 3AC was very clear-eyed and thoughtful about identifying this part of the bubble. The bubble was not just "people buy crypto and it goes up"; it was specifically "people invest a lot of money in crypto lending platforms, which promise a high rate of interest but have nowhere good to lend their money, so we will just borrow all their money from them, pay them interest, and use the money to make insanely risky crypto bets. If they pay off, we buy yachts; if they go bust, we don't pay them back and sail away on our yachts." This worked for a while and made the 3AC guys rich, and then it stopped working and made 3AC's lenders bankrupt. But the 3AC guys took money off the table along the way, and they will be wealthy for the rest of their lives. A bunch of crypto lending platforms had too much money and wanted to do something dumb with it. 3AC provided the dumb thing to do with it, and took a large fee for that service.
Are stablecoins securities? A typical stablecoin — Tether, Circle's USDC, Binance's BUSD, etc. — works like this:
1. You give $1 to a company; it gives you back a crypto token (the stablecoin). 2. The company presumably puts the $1 somewhere safe — a bank account, Treasury bills, something like that — though there is certainly room for hijinks here, and your legal rights are not necessarily great. 3. The company promises to give you back the $1 on demand. 4. The company presumably earns interest on its investments, which makes this a nice business, for it. 5. The company mostly does not pay you interest on your stablecoin.
This is a little loose, but accurate enough for our purposes. [2] Does that make it a security? The US Securities and Exchange Commission says, eh, sort of:
Using prongs of the so-called Howey test—a court precedent that gives conditions under which something can be considered a security—the SEC alleged in its Binance complaint that BUSD buyers participated in a common enterprise with Binance, which did "earn returns through various forms of capital deployment." It also said that Binance marketed BUSD's "profit-earning potential," including a reward program that the SEC said "promised interest payments to BUSD investors merely for holding BUSD.">
Notably, the SEC said an expectation of profit for BUSD investors derived from these rewards, which it described as "the potential for direct, interestlike payments made by Binance, in part from the proceeds of deploying BUSD investors' capital.">
This may be a key argument for the SEC, since it must confront the contention that stablecoins aren't expected by buyers to appreciate in value but instead to stand-in for a dollar, euro or other traditional currency and intended to be used for things like payments or storing value.
Ehh? Mainly, when we talk about whether cryptocurrencies are securities, what we are talking about is the Howey test. US securities law says that various things, including any "note, stock, ... bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share [or] investment contract," are securities. "Investment contract" is the vaguest of those terms, so when the SEC argues that something weird and novel is a security, it usually argues that it's an investment contract. And the Howey test says that an investment contract is "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others."
But a stablecoin is obviously not that, because it does not promise profits. (Sometimes crypto exchanges offer an interest-bearing account where the exchange will pay interest on your stablecoin accounts, and the SEC has argued that those accounts are investment contracts, but that doesn't make the stablecoin itself a security.)
My view is that a stablecoin is probably not a security and the SEC is wrong about BUSD, but I don't hold that view strongly. I do think, however, that if BUSD is a security, it's not because it's an "investment contract." Look at the list of securities. Is a stablecoin "evidence of indebtedness," or a "note"? I mean, kind of? The stablecoin issuer's promise to redeem the stablecoin for $1 is not quite the same sort of legally binding promise you'd find in a bond debenture, but at the same time stablecoin investors obviously expect the thing to be redeemable at least in some indirect way; if investors didn't treat the stablecoin as debt then it wouldn't work. And "evidence of indebtedness," marketed broadly to retail investors, is a security.
I don't know! I used to talk a lot about my laws of insider trading, of which the most important was probably No. 2, "don't insider trade by buying short-dated out-of-the-money call options on merger targets." More generally, if you have inside information about some news that is about to come out about a company, the most efficient way to trade on that news is usually to buy short-dated out-of-the-money options on the company: The options will be cheap, and if the stock moves a ton in the next few days they will pay off a lot. You can turn a little bit of money, say $86,500, into a lot of money, say $2.6 million, which is hard to do with more linear bets like buying or shorting stock.
Which is why I said that you shouldn't do it: This trade is so good that it's the first place the authorities look for insider trading. And it looks bad! There are so many insider trading cases where the authorities say not only "this guy bought short-dated out-of-the-money call options on a merger target and made a bundle of money in three days," but also "and he has never traded options before in his life, and in fact had to Google 'what is call option' before placing the order." If your first ever options trade makes you a ton of money immediately on big unexpected news, that just looks really suspicious.
But one weirdly important market trend in the last few years is that everyone is buying short-dated out-of-the-money options all the time now. Here's a Bloomberg story from March titled " 'Degenerate Gambling' in Zero-Day Options Thrills Retail Traders," and another one titled " Zero-Day Options Boom Is Turning Wall Street Trading On Its Head," and one from May titled " Zero-Day Options Are Reordering the Way the Stock Market Behaves." Here is a Financial Times story from last December titled " Big traders flock to US equity options with fleeting lifespans." Much of that is about index options trading, but the meme-stock boom also involved a lot of very short-dated single-stock options bets. It is fun to gamble! Short-dated options are a satisfying way to gamble: You put in a little money, you either lose it or win a lot of money, and you find out fairly quickly. And so they have become very popular.
But because they are popular, their value as a signal is much lower. If your first ever options trade makes you a ton of money immediately on big unexpected news, that looks suspicious. If your thousandth short-dated out-of-the-money options trade makes you a ton of money immediately on big unexpected news, that was bound to happen eventually.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission began cracking down on crypto in 2017. At the time, there was a vogue for what were called ICOs, initial coin offerings, in which some crypto company or project would raise money by selling crypto tokens to public investors. The ICO promoters — the people behind the crypto project — would put out a white paper describing their project and promising brilliant innovations and huge profits, and they would sell a bunch of tokens for money. There would generally be very little in the way of disclosure or investor rights. For promoters, the ICO was attractive because it was a way to raise a lot of money from enthusiastic and gullible retail investors without following securities laws. Many, many, many ICOs turned out to be complete vaporware, either frauds or functionally indistinguishable from frauds.
For the SEC, the ICO was obviously illegal: These tokens were obviously securities, and the ICOs were obviously unregistered securities offerings. (Also, many of them were frauds.) And so the SEC started bringing enforcement actions against ICO promoters, basically making them give the money back and promise not to do it again, and the ICO boom quickly fizzled.
The SEC, I think, learned three lessons from this experience:
1. Almost all crypto tokens are securities. 2. Winning (or settling) cases against crypto projects for doing illegal securities offerings is pretty easy. 3. Especially when they are also frauds.
The crypto industry also learned some lessons from this experience. The "ICO," as an initialism, went away, but crypto projects kept selling tokens to raise money. But a new set of best practices emerged that more or less conceded the SEC's point that selling tokens to raise money to build a project is a securities offering. Startup crypto projects largely stopped selling tokens to public retail investors in the US: They might sell to retail investors in more crypto-friendly jurisdictions, but in the US they would only sell to accredited institutional investors, crypto hedge funds and venture capitalists. (Under US securities laws, private offerings to institutional investors are exempt from registration requirements.) The venture capitalists would sign a lockup, agreeing not to sell their tokens for some period of time. (Under US securities laws, selling securities to a venture capitalist who immediately turns around to dump them on the public is treated as a public securities offering, but if the VC holds the securities for at least a year, she can sell them freely. [1] )
The project might do what is called a SAFT, a "simple agreement for future tokens," in which the VC pays the crypto project now and gets back a contract promising delivery of the project's tokens in, say, a year. The theory here is that the SAFT fundraising is a securities offering — the crypto project is selling investment contracts for cash — but the underlying tokens are not securities; the tokens are just a form of currency for use in the crypto project. They are, in crypto lingo, "utility tokens"; people buy them not as speculative investments in a business but to use them to do crypto-y stuff.
I have sometimes explained ICOs by saying that "they're like if the Wright Brothers sold air miles to finance inventing the airplane." Raising financing from investors to build a speculative new technology feels like a securities offering , so ICOs are securities offerings, but actually existing airline miles are not securities: They are a loyalty program, a way to pay for an airline seat. The SAFT concept is a way to embody this difference: Selling the tokens before the project exists is a securities offering, but once the project is running and the tokens are useful, the tokens are just tokens, not securities. And so the SAFT might say that the VC pays now to get tokens in the future, and the SAFT actually delivers the tokens when the project is up and running and the tokens are useful. [2]
The SAFT is not the only way to do it, though; even if the tokens are always securities, selling them in private placements to VCs and locking the VCs up for a year is more or less a way to comply with securities laws. Broadly speaking, the US securities laws regulate mostly public sales of securities, widespread sales to retail investors; private placements to big investors are less regulated.
The US securities laws define a "security" to include, among other things, any "stock," "certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement," "preorganization certificate or subscription," "transferable share," "investment contract," [or] "voting-trust certificate." The most general term there is "investment contract," and the US Supreme Court explained it in a famous 1946 case called SEC v. W.J. Howey Co.:
An investment contract, for purposes of the Securities Act, means a contract, transaction or scheme whereby a person invests his money in a common enterprise and is led to expect profits solely from the efforts of the promoter or a third party, it being immaterial whether the shares in the enterprise are evidenced by formal certificates or by nominal interests in the physical assets employed in the enterprise. Such a definition … permits the fulfillment of the statutory purpose of compelling full and fair disclosure relative to the issuance of "the many types of instruments that, in our commercial world, fall within the ordinary concept of a security." … It embodies a flexible, rather than a static, principle, one that is capable of adaptation to meet the countless and variable schemes devised by those who seek the use of the money of others on the promise of profits. …
The investors provide the capital and share in the earnings and profits; the promoters manage, control, and operate the enterprise. It follows that the arrangements whereby the investors' interests are made manifest involve investment contracts, regardless of the legal terminology in which such contracts are clothed. …
The test is whether the scheme involves an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others. If that test be satisfied, it is immaterial whether the enterprise is speculative or nonspeculative, or whether there is a sale of property with or without intrinsic value.
This has become the "Howey test," and courts ask whether there is (1) an investment of money (2) in a common enterprise (3) with an expectation of profits (4) to come solely from the efforts of others. The SEC has argued, at least since 2017, that most crypto enterprises fit this description.
For instance, consider Solana. Solana is a blockchain that runs crypto applications; its native token is called SOL. Here's the SEC's explanation of Solana [6] :
"SOL" is the native token of the Solana blockchain. The Solana blockchain was created by Solana Labs, Inc. ("Solana Labs"), a Delaware corporation headquartered in San Francisco that was founded in 2018 by Anatoly Yakovenko ("Yakovenko") and Raj Gokal (Solana Labs' current CEO and COO, respectively). According to Solana's website, www.solana.com, the Solana blockchain is a network upon which decentralized apps ("dApps") can be built, and is comprised of a platform that aims to improve blockchain scalability and achieve high transaction speeds by using a combination of consensus mechanisms.
According to Solana's website, SOL may be "staked" on the Solana blockchain to earn rewards, and a certain infinitesimal amount of SOL must be "burned" to propose a transaction on the Solana blockchain, a common function for native tokens on blockchains that constitutes a method for cryptographically distributed ledgers to avoid a potential bad actor from "spamming" a blockchain by overwhelming it with an infinite number of proposed transactions.
Solana Labs sold SOL tokens to raise money to build the Solana ecosystem:
Solana Labs stated publicly that it would pool the proceeds from its private and public SOL sales in omnibus crypto asset wallets that it controlled, and that it would use those proceeds to fund the development, operations, and marketing efforts with respect to the Solana blockchain in order to attract more users to that blockchain (potentially increasing the demand for, and therefore the value of, SOL itself, given the need for those who wish to interact with the Solana blockchain to tender SOL). For example, in connection with the 2021 private sale of SOL, Solana Labs stated publicly that it would use investor funds to: (i) hire engineers and support staff to help grow Solana's developer ecosystem; (ii) "accelerate the deployment of market-ready applications focused on onboarding the next billion users into crypto"; (iii) "launch an incubation studio to accelerate the development of decentralized applications and Platforms building on Solana"; and (iv) develop a "venture investing arm" and "trading desk dedicated to the Solana ecosystem."
The Howey test:
1. Did investors invest money? Yes, SOL was sold for money, to raise funding to build Solana. [7] 2. Was there a common enterprise? Yes, Solana is an enterprise ; it is a blockchain ecosystem that competes with Ethereum and Cardano and so forth, that tries to attract users. 3. Is there an expectation of profits? Yes, people bought SOL hoping that it would go up, and it did. 4. Do the profits come from the efforts of others? Yes, SOL went up because its promoters and developers built Solana into a popular blockchain, as they said they would, increasing the demand for SOL.
These are often close questions. Most big crypto blockchains are to some extent decentralized; Solana's growth depends not only on the efforts of Solana Labs but also on the efforts of third-party users and developers who like using it. [8] With some crypto tokens, it is plausible to argue that people buy the tokens not as an investment with an expectation of profits, but rather to pay for transactions on the blockchain; the SOL token is the "gas" that people use to run programs and transactions on the Solana blockchain, and if you buy SOL as a pure "utility token" then it is arguably not a security. Most crypto tokens have both utility and speculative-investment aspects, muddying the analysis a bit.
You might think that the natural reaction to "crypto companies keep collapsing and losing everyone's money" would be "well then don't invest in crypto," but instead it is "do invest in crypto, but only through like Charles Schwab," okay. Also some of crypto's vision of the future of financial services — like crypto exchanges that combine the functions of exchange, clearinghouse, custodian and retail brokerage — seems bad these days:
The infrastructure being built by large institutions is markedly different to the crypto industry's original structure. Wall Street executives are keen to separate business units such as trading from custody, as a way to reduce risk and potential conflicts of interest.
The collapse of Sam Bankman-Fried's FTX exchange and trading firm Alameda Research, which were closely entwined, has brought those concerns to the fore.
Custody, where assets are stored securely to protect funds from hacks or theft, has emerged as the most straightforward way for traditional finance groups to grow their crypto presence.
"I don't want my custody to be run by the same person as my exchange," said Michael Safai, co-founder of trading firm Dexterity Capital, adding that the extent to which some companies did not separate such functions "isn't appealing, and it's even a bit unsettling".
And:
As the smoke clears, some executives see two markets developing; a shallower, retail-facing one with wide discrepancies between buying and selling prices, and a deep institutional one, where prices are more competitive.
Usman Ahmad, chief executive of Zodia Markets, said that, as the crypto industry developed, it "may lead to a disparity of spreads between institutions and retail [and lead to] institutions paying a tighter spread in a more liquid market".
"It is going to be a two-tier structure with Binance being the face of retail," said Chhugani.
That is the opposite of the stock market (where retail investors pay lower spreads), though I suppose it is a lot like the traditional foreign exchange market (where corporate customers got competitive rates and retail customers got fleeced at airport currency exchanges). But it does fit the model of "institutions want to bet on the continuing popularity of the casino, but not at the casino."
The idea of the most popular ("fully backed," non-algorithmic) stablecoins is:
1. You give some company $1. 2. It promises to give you back the $1 when you want it. [1] 3. That promise lives on the blockchain; it can be traded on the blockchain, and it represents $1 on the blockchain.
This description is very, very close to the standard story of banking: You put one paper dollar in the bank, you get back a receipt saying you've got $1 in the bank, and you can use that receipt for $1 in the bank to transact with because it is a dollar. Your money in your bank account is not a claim on money, not an IOU for money; your money in your bank account is money. A stablecoin is money , in the specific context of some blockchain.
However, two other things that bank accounts have are:
1. Branches, tellers, customer service, compliance, stuff like that; and 2. Interest — not all of the time, and not so much over the past decade, but in an environment of high interest rates it becomes reasonable to expect to get paid interest on at least some of the money you keep in the bank.
Stablecoins can be like three guys in an undisclosed location who provide good customer service to a dozen big counterparties and have an inscrutable website for everyone else. And they tend not to pay interest.
This was a minor omission when banks also tended not to pay interest, but as rates have gone up, stablecoins seem like an incredibly good business to be in? You have a giant pile of money, you can park it somewhere quite safe and earn like 5% interest, you pay $0 of that interest to your depositors, you pay not very much more than $0 of that interest to your compliance department, you do not have much in the way of operating costs, and you collect 5% of a giant pile of money basically for having come up with this idea a few years ago. Of course the downside is that if crypto was a low-interest-rates phenomenon eventually people might lose interest in crypto and the demand for stablecoins would dry up. But Tether is fine I guess?
Tether's latest reserves report shows roughly $79.4 billion of Tether stablecoins outstanding, backed by "at least" $81.8 billion of assets, for an excess of $2.4 billion, or, roughly speaking, a capital ratio of about 3%. When we talked about Tether a year ago, that ratio was 0.2%. A 3% capital ratio for a bank with mostly very safe short-term assets like Treasury bills would be pretty normal [2] ; a 0.2% capital ratio for any sort of bank at all is hair-raising. Tether has gone from alarmingly thinly capitalized to reasonably well capitalized over the past year, because it is a pile of money invested in short-term money-market instruments and rates have gone up a lot. Now Tether earns a lot of interest — it earned more than half of its excess reserves last quarter — and it puts that interest in the bank, and that means it has more than enough money to pay back all the Tethers out there.
Well, no, I mean, it doesn't put the interest in the bank ; it puts it in Bitcoin. (Or it puts 15% of it in Bitcoin.) Still, currently, that is all house money:
"Every single token in the market is and would remain fully backed even if the bitcoin price were to go down to zero tomorrow," [Tether Chief Technology Officer Paolo] Ardoino said in an email. "Tether could distribute the entire amount invested in bitcoin to its shareholders, and the peg to USD will not be affected. In such a scenario, Tether would still have $1B of excess reserves."
The ideal way to run Tether, for the people running Tether, would be:
Have like $80 billion of Tethers outstanding. Put $80 billion into the safest possible stuff, short-term risk-free instruments, Treasury bills and reverse repos with strong counterparties collateralized by Treasuries. Earn like $4 billion of interest on that stuff?? Put $1 billion of the interest into more safe stuff, just to be safe. Put $1 billion of the interest into crazy stuff, to try to grow your assets and make more profits. Pay yourself $2 billion of bonuses, you've earned it.
Here is a story that you could tell about crypto in 2020 and 2021. Interest rates, in the US, in traditional finance, were very low. If you had some money and you wanted to earn a yield on it, and you put it in the bank, you'd earn roughly 0% interest, and you'd be sad. Crypto found a solution to this. The solution was that crypto platforms — exchanges, lending programs, etc. — would take your money and lend it to absolutely wild leveraged degenerate crypto traders, who would pay high interest rates on that money so they could gamble with it. For a while crypto mostly went up, the gamblers mostly made money and paid their interest, and you could get, like, 18% yields on bank-account-ish-looking crypto accounts. And then this system, which was as dumb as it sounds, collapsed, and crypto platforms like Celsius and Voyager and BlockFi went bankrupt.
This system collapsed for a number of reasons, but probably one of them was that the Federal Reserve raised interest rates, which reduced the value of speculative assets like crypto. But there is a bright side to that, for crypto, which is that now if you are a crypto platform and you want to attract deposits by promising to pay interest, that is much easier. You can take your customers' money and buy Treasury bills yielding 5% and pay them 4% and keep the difference, instead of taking your customers' money and flinging it into crazy leveraged gambling and losing it and going bankrupt. This is not, I suppose, "crypto," in some relevant sense, but you do it on the blockchain, blah blah blah, it's crypto enough. The Wall Street Journal reports:
"The high-yield DeFi app era is over," said Sidney Powell, chief executive of decentralized lender Maple Finance.>
As of Tuesday, one of the biggest DeFi platforms, Aave, was offering a 30-day deposit rate of only around 2% for the two largest stablecoins, cryptocurrencies pegged to the dollar.>
Maple Finance is among a host of crypto firms seizing on the higher yields and relative safety offered by U.S. government bonds. Last week, the company launched a product that will earn interest equivalent to a one-month Treasury bill minus a fee on deposits—offering a yield of about 3.4%.>
This is how the product works: non-U.S. accredited investors can deposit USD Coin into the "cash management pool" and receive tokens that represent their ownership in exchange. The pool then issues a loan to an entity managed by crypto hedge fund Room40 Capital, which will invest customer deposits in one-month Treasury bills.
Is this product better than a money market fund? Well! The money market fund (1) seems to pay higher interest and (2) does not involve LENDING YOUR MONEY TO CRYPTO HEDGE FUND ROOM40 CAPITAL to buy Treasury bills. But this product does have the advantage of being cryyyyyyyyyypto:
Proponents of these new products say they appeal to big crypto investors who want to keep stablecoins on hand for fast trading and earn a return on idle cash.>
Of course, traders can always sell their stablecoin holdings and park them in Treasury bills directly without taking the risk of going through a third party and paying a fee.
But where is the fun in that. In the olden days, crypto paid higher yields than traditional finance, to compensate people for taking enormous amounts of risk. Now it pays lower yields than traditional finance and, uh, well. To be fair, Maple explains that "assets are held in standalone single purpose vehicle, custodied by a regulated prime broker and Lenders have full recourse over all assets."
Elsewhere in investing crypto stablecoin assets in Treasury bills:
Franklin Templeton says its money-market fund that records share ownership on a blockchain is seeing inflows from crypto-related entities in the aftermath of the shuttering of several industry-friendly banks.>
Total assets in the Franklin OnChain US Government Money Fund (FOBXX), which was launched in 2021 and became publicly available last year, have increased to around $270 million. The fund uses the Stellar blockchain network to process transactions and record ownership. The fund invests in US government securities, cash and repurchase agreements and doesn't hold any cryptocurrencies. …>
The fund even has a digital token called BENJI that represents shares of the funds. One share of the fund is maintained at one dollar. The tokens are currently not transferable between fund investors, but executives at the asset manager said that bringing utility to the token is on the roadmap of the firm.
We talked about this fund back in 2019, and I love it, though I still wish that they called the token a "Benjamin." One way to think about the BENJI is that it is a stablecoin that is worth a dollar, lives on the blockchain, is invested in safe assets by a regulated entity and (unlike most stablecoins) pays interest. Another way to think about the BENJI is that it is just a normal government money market fund, except that the people promoting it say "blockchain" a lot, so if you are a crypto investor you will feel better about giving it your money.
Now, these are not really rules about stock exchanges; technically the rules are about securities, not stocks. If you run an exchange-like thing for trading securities — stocks, bonds, options, etc. — you have to register with the SEC.
There are crypto exchanges in the US. They operate as exchanges (venues for bringing together buyers and sellers), and also often as clearinghouses (they move tokens from sellers to buyers [1] ). They are not generally registered with the SEC as securities exchanges (or ATSs, or clearinghouses). They offer trading in crypto tokens. Some of those tokens — Bitcoin, Ether — are not securities. [2] But the SEC takes the view — in speeches, in various enforcement actions — that almost all of them are securities.
This means that most crypto exchanges that operate in the US are probably, in the SEC's view, breaking the law. I assert this pretty confidently based on my reading of the SEC's whole vibe, but the SEC has not really come out and said it directly, by, you know, bringing enforcement cases against crypto exchanges. It has come close. Last year it brought an insider trading case against a former Coinbase Global Inc. employee, accusing him of insider trading some tokens that Coinbase listed; the SEC claimed that these tokens were securities, and I tweeted "This is a weird way for the SEC to say that Coinbase is running an illegal securities exchange?" Last month the SEC sent a Wells notice to Coinbase, basically telling Coinbase that it is going to bring charges against it for operating an illegal securities exchange. But not yet.
Today the SEC brought charges against Bittrex Inc. for allegedly operating an illegal securities exchange:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged crypto asset trading platform Bittrex, Inc. and its co-founder and former CEO William Shihara for operating an unregistered national securities exchange, broker, and clearing agency. ...
Since at least 2014, Bittrex has held itself out as a platform that facilitated buying and selling of crypto assets that the SEC's complaint alleges were offered and sold as securities. From 2017 through 2022, Bittrex earned at least $1.3 billion in revenues from, among other things, transaction fees from investors, including U.S. investors, while servicing them as a broker, exchange, and clearing agency without registering any of these activities with the Commission.
Here is the SEC's complaint, which is straightforward. Bittrex is an exchange (and a broker, and a clearinghouse). It lists a bunch of tokens. Some of them, in the SEC's view, are securities. "For purposes of prevailing on the Exchange Act claims set forth herein, the SEC need only establish that Bittrex transacted in a single crypto asset security," says the complaint, but then it goes on to list six crypto tokens that the SEC is pretty sure are securities.
Here again the argument is straightforward and familiar. The US Supreme Court has said that a "security" includes "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others." Lots and lots of crypto projects raised money from investors by promising to build some sort of profitable product or ecosystem on the blockchain. The SEC cites some of them.
Algorand is a blockchain protocol founded by Silvio Micali. The Algorand blockchain uses a consensus algorithm it calls "pure proof-of-stake," in which each user's ability to influence the choice of a new block is proportional to its stake (number of tokens) in the system.
"ALGO" is the native token of the Algorand blockchain, and has a maximum supply of 10 billion ALGO minted at the launch of the Algorand network. Because ALGO is the native token of the Algorand blockchain, those utilizing the Algorand blockchain need to hold (and potentially stake) certain amounts of ALGO.
The Algorand Foundation Ltd. (the "Algorand Foundation") conducted an initial ALGO token sale on or about June 19, 2019, selling 25 million tokens at $2.40 per ALGO, raising approximately $60 million. …
The publicly available information disseminated by Algorand, Inc. and the Algorand Foundation led ALGO investors to reasonably expect to profit from Algorand, Inc.'s and the Algorand Foundation's efforts to grow the Algorand protocol, which would in turn potentially increase demand for, and therefore the value of, the ALGO token itself. …
The Algorand Foundation described "Governance" as a way for investors to make investment returns on their ALGO purchases—stating it is "a decentralized program which allows Algo holders to vote on the future of Algorand" and "the best way to earn rewards for holding Algo, with APY% of 10.02% - 14.05% seen in previous periods." …
The Algorand, Inc. and Algorand Foundation websites tout their teams' technical experience and expertise in the areas of cryptography and business development. For example, Algorand, Inc.'s website states: "Blending technical mastery and professional stability, the Algorand team consists of internationally recognized researchers, mathematicians, cryptographers, and economists along with proven business leaders from global technology companies."
None of this stuff even sounds particularly bad. But the bones of it are:
Algorand (and lots of other crypto projects) raised money from investors to build its project. The investors expected to make money from their investment in this enterprise. They expected to make this money because of "the efforts of others": The team promoting the project (and raising the money) was also going to build it, and the investors were hoping for a return because they thought the team would do a good job.
That's just stock. There's a blockchain, sure, and the mechanics of how ALGO tokens participate in the upside of the Algorand blockchain are somewhat different from the mechanics of how META shares participate in the upside of Meta Platforms Inc. But basically, the SEC says, this is stock: You invest money in a team that is building a tech project, and if the project works out you get rich. Bittrex was offering this stock on its exchange. So it should have registered as a stock exchange.
Bitcoin transactions are public, preserved forever and pseudonymous. In 2012, this meant that Bitcoin was a pretty good way to do crime. If you sold some drugs for Bitcoin, the buyer would send Bitcoin to a string of numbers representing your address, and then you'd be able to send the Bitcoin to a crypto exchange to turn it into dollars, and law enforcement would have no way to catch you because they didn't understand Bitcoin. "The money went to the blockchain," the police would shrug, and that would be that.
In 2023, it means that Bitcoin is frankly kind of a bad way to do crime: If you steal some Bitcoin, law enforcement and blockchain analysis firms will be able to trace the movements of that Bitcoin forever, and any crypto exchange will do some know-your-customer checks and get your photo ID before letting you cash out, and so when you turn your proceeds into cash the police will show up at your house with a detailed permanent immutable public record of every transaction that you did, starting with the theft and ending with the withdrawal to your bank account.
Also, though, it means that in 2023, Bitcoin is retrospectively a bad way to have done crime in 2012. All those transactions you did when you stole Bitcoins or sold drugs are preserved forever, and if the police are bored they can just go back and look at old blockchain transactions and catch old crimes. I suppose they have statutes of limitation to worry about, but otherwise, it seems very convenient for the police to have a permanent public record of all the crimes.
Government investigators exploit a feature of bitcoin and many other digital currencies: Every transaction is stored forever in blockchain's online ledger and open for anyone to see. Since Mr. Zhong's heist, authorities and private firms have compiled the equivalent of a blockchain address book to aid the IRS, Federal Bureau of Investigation and state and local authorities investigating cybercrimes. The blockchain-analytics company Chainalysis Inc., based in New York, said it has mapped more than a billion wallet addresses, separating out legitimate and questionable holdings and identifying the exchanges where the cryptocurrency is converted to cash.
"If there's one thing the blockchain does really well, it preserves evidence perfectly," said Jonathan Levin, a pioneer cryptocurrency sleuth and one of the founders of Chainalysis.
Look there have always been sports collectibles. Mostly they have been, you know, balls and jerseys and stuff, actual equipment, though the baseball card market is large and longstanding. But I suppose the innovation of crypto and non-fungible tokens was to discover that you could just create an arbitrary number of things, call them collectibles, convince people that they have some meaning, and then sell them for money. Ooh you can buy a rookie's game-worn MLB Debut patch, don't you kind of want to?
The argument that TRX — Tron's token, sometimes called Tronix or just Tron — is a security under US law strikes me as quite straightforward. The test is the Howey test, which says a security is "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others." Tron did an initial coin offering in 2017 to raise money to build its blockchain ecosystem, selling TRX to investors as an investment in that ecosystem:
On or about August 22, 2017, Sun and the Tron Foundation posted Tron Whitepaper Version 1.7 (the "TRX Whitepaper") on the internet. The TRX Whitepaper explained that "TRON is a blockchain-based decentralized protocol that aims to construct a worldwide free content entertainment system with the blockchain and distributed storage technology." The TRX Whitepaper further explained that Tron's protocol allowed users to publish, store, and own data, and to participate in "a decentralized content entertainment ecosystem."
Additionally, the TRX Whitepaper stated that the Tron Foundation was established "to operate [the] TRON network." …
The TRX Whitepaper also promoted the profit potential for investors in TRX. For example, it stated: Purchasers of TRX could "share [in] dividend growth "; Tron's ecosystem was designed for TRX "holders who [are] optimistic about TRON on a long-term basis "; "those who hold and lock [TRX] for [the] long[-term] will be rewarded"; " [l]ong-term investment " was "critical;" "stakeholders enjoy . . . sustainable growth "; and " [l]ong-term holding of stakeholders [would] be the benchmark in the ecosystem and better lead the development of the ecology." (Emphasis added.)
The TRX Whitepaper also promoted the executive team whose efforts would supposedly lead to TRX's success. For example, the TRX Whitepaper listed Sun as the "Founder and Chief Executive Officer" and highlighted Sun's prior experience working for another crypto asset company, stating that the "market value of [the company] has exceeded ten billion US dollars."
Does that sound like a security to me? Sure, yeah. But it was not registered with the SEC, and it is illegal to broadly market and sell a security to US investors without registering it. Did Tron sell to US investors? Ehh sure kind of:
On or about December 15, 2019, Sun retweeted a post from another individual, which stated that investors in the United States could trade TRX "pretty much everywhere, especially with a VPN." Sun's retweet announced, "[w]e will make $TRX available for all [U.S.] users! More options are on the way!" Sun and the Tron Foundation worked with crypto asset trading platforms to made TRX widely available for trading by investors in the United States, who can still trade TRX on at least four U.S.-based platforms.
A key idea in derivatives is no-arbitrage pricing. Let's say that the price of some metal is $100 today, and you think it will be $300 in three months. What should be the price of a futures contract on that metal with delivery in three months? The wrong answer is $300. Let's say you bid $300 for that contract. I will sell you that contract. I will buy the metal for $100 today. I will put it in my garage. In three months, I will deliver the metal to you, and you will pay me $300. I have made $200 of free money.
I mean, not free, I had to use some space in my garage. In practice the futures price will differ from the spot price for various reasons (interest rates, storage costs, etc.). But none of those reasons, generally, are "I think the price will be higher in the future." If you think the price will be higher in the future, you can buy it now, and wait.
Similarly the price of Bitcoin for delivery in three months is not exactly the same as the price of Bitcoin for delivery today, again for reasons of leverage and interest and contract mechanics and storage costs. The CME Bitcoin June 2023 futures contract price was about $28,575 at 10 a.m. today, whereas spot Bitcoin was about $27,975. You can, and people do, buy Bitcoin and sell futures and pocket the $600ish difference to pay for storing Bitcoin for three months. But this has nothing to do with where you think Bitcoin will be in three months; this is just no-arbitrage pricing.
The Grayscale Bitcoin Trust is a pot that contains Bitcoins. Shares of the trust — each representing a share of ownership of the Bitcoins in the pot — trade publicly on OTC Markets like shares of stock. If you have some Bitcoins and want shares of the pot, you can go to Grayscale Investments LLC — which runs the trust — and give them your Bitcoins, and they will give you back shares in the pot. If you have shares of the pot and you want some Bitcoins, however, you can't go to Grayscale and ask for the Bitcoins back. The pot is one-way. Bitcoins can come in, but they cannot leave.
This is suboptimal product design for customers, but it is very very good product design for Grayscale. As an asset manager, it is just good business to run a pot of money that can increase (when people put in Bitcoins) but not decrease (they can't take them out). [1] Grayscale has got all these Bitcoins in the pot — about $14 billion worth — and, as the manager of the pot, it gets to charge fees on the money in the pot. The fee is 2% per year, so Grayscale collects about $280 million a year for sitting on its giant pot of Bitcoin. Grayscale also has a Grayscale Ethereum Trust, the same idea but for Ether; that has $4.7 billion of Ether in the pot and a 2.5% annual fee.
These trusts became a famous widowmaker trade in crypto; name any high-profile 2022 crypto bankruptcy, and you will probably find a reference to Grayscale in its bankruptcy filings. The situation is that early on (the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust was created in 2013), owning Bitcoin directly was a pretty off-putting proposition for a lot of people — you had to be fairly technically savvy to hold Bitcoin directly, or you had to own it on an exchange that would probably rob you or get hacked — so owning shares in a pot of Bitcoin in your brokerage account was pretty attractive. Ordinary investors who wanted Bitcoin exposure without a lot of hassle wanted to buy Grayscale shares, so those shares traded at a premium: If the pot had $12 of Bitcoin per share, the shares might trade at $15.
So big crypto trading firms like Three Arrows Capital and Alameda Research would do the Grayscale arbitrage trade: You buy $12 million of Bitcoin, you deliver it to Grayscale, you get back 1 million shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust and you sell them for $15 million, collecting the premium. It wasn't quite as easy as that, though; for securities-law reasons, you had to wait a while (originally a year, more recently six months) between when you got the shares and when you sold them. If the price of Bitcoin went down in that time, you'd lose money. An alternative trade was to borrow $12 million of Bitcoin, deliver them to Grayscale, get shares, wait and sell them. Then you had no exposure to Bitcoin prices; if the price of Bitcoin fell by 50%, then you'd only get $7.5 million for your Grayscale shares but you'd only have to pay $6 million to buy back the Bitcoins you borrowed.
So the arbitrage firms did this trade as a very levered bet, borrowing a bunch of dollars or Bitcoins to do the trade and collect the Grayscale premium. The results were:
lots of Bitcoin got locked up in Grayscale's pot; lots of Grayscale Bitcoin Trust shares were created; lots of big crypto arbitrage firms had huge levered bets on the Grayscale premium.
Over time, it became easier for ordinary people to hold Bitcoin in other ways. Crypto exchanges (mostly) became a bit safer and less likely to rob you; crypto self-custody became a bit easier. Regular retail brokerages got into the crypto business. Bitcoin futures started trading on regular futures exchanges, and Bitcoin futures exchange-traded funds were approved. The demand for Grayscale shares waned, but the supply grew as all these arbitrage firms were doing the Grayscale trade. The results were:
By 2020, the Grayscale premium collapsed and became negative: Now Grayscale Bitcoin Trust shares trade at a discount to the value of the Bitcoin in the pot; Three Arrows and Alameda, which had made levered bets on the premium, went bankrupt, as did lots of the platforms (FTX, Voyager, Celsius, etc.) that were lending them money or Bitcoins to do the trade [2] ; People stopped doing the Grayscale arbitrage trade: Since Grayscale shares were now trading at a discount, there was no reason to give Grayscale Bitcoins to get back shares, and no one has done so for two years; but The Bitcoins that were already in Grayscale's pot — $14 billion at current prices — stayed there. No Bitcoins are coming in anymore, but none are going out either.
As of yesterday, the closing price of a Grayscale Bitcoin Trust share was $11.77, versus a net asset value per share of $20.33, a discount of 42%. The Ethereum Trust discount is 55%.
Now, to be fair to Grayscale: I said that this product design — Bitcoins can come into the pot but never come out — is bad for customers but good for Grayscale, but in fact Grayscale doesn't like this product design either. Grayscale has been asking the US Securities and Exchange Commission for years to approve the conversion of the trust into an exchange-traded fund. If the trust becomes an ETF, then it will have the same creation/redemption mechanics as most other ETFs: Arbitrageurs can hand Grayscale Bitcoins, get back shares, and sell them immediately; or they can hand Grayscale shares, get back Bitcoins, and sell them. That should lead to a price for the shares that closely tracks the net asset value of the pot of Bitcoins: If the shares trade at a premium, arbitrageurs will deliver Bitcoin and get shares to sell, but if they trade at a discount arbitrageurs will buy shares to deliver to get back Bitcoin. At today's prices, closing the discount would create about $6 billion of value in the Bitcoin trust and about $2.6 billion of value for the Ethereum one.
In principle, Tether, the big stablecoin issuer, has an extremely simple business model:
1. People give it dollars. 2. It gives them back Tether stablecoins, or "USDT." Each USDT is meant to be worth $1, and the exchange rate is one USDT for one dollar. If people give Tether $10,000, it gives them back 10,000 USDT. 3. Tether keeps the dollars somewhere safe, presumably earning interest on them, which it uses to pay operating expenses and executive salaries and so forth. 4. If people want their dollars back, they can give Tether USDT and get back dollars, again one-for-one.
As of its most recent … auditor-related thingy? … Tether had about $67 billion worth of assets backing about $66 billion of Tether tokens, though that was in December 2022 and it has grown since then.
This is, in principle, a very simple and attractive business, but Tether has found it hilariously difficult as an operational matter. In principle the way you do this business is you have people wire you the dollars, and you send them their USDT (on the blockchain), and you keep the dollars in a bank account or money-market fund or Treasury bills or whatever earning like 4%, and if people want their dollars back you wire them the dollars, and meanwhile you're earning like $200 million a month on the float and life is good.
But in practice what seems to happen is that people go to their banks and are like "I would like to wire Tether $1 million to buy stablecoins" and the banks say "no." And then Tether goes to banks and says "we would like to deposit the $67 billion backing our stablecoins" and the banks say "no." And then people go to Tether and say "I would like you to wire me back $1 million for my stablecoins" and everyone's banks say "no." I am exaggerating, but the basic fact of Tether's life seems to be that a lot of the financial intermediaries — banks, brokers, auditors — who would normally be thrilled to work with a $67 billion pot of money, for some reason, aren't. So Tether has to do this very simple banking business in a very complicated way.
There are three basic ways for a stablecoin to work:
1. Some centralized stablecoin issuer sells one stablecoin for $1. It takes the dollar, puts it in a bank account, uses the interest on the bank account to pay for its operational costs, and promises to redeem each stablecoin for $1. This is the simplest approach, but is more centralized than some people in crypto like, and it requires you to trust the stablecoin issuer, which is maybe not always a great idea. This is how Tether (probably) works, as well as other big stablecoins like USDC and BUSD. 2. Some stablecoin smart contract lets you deposit $2 worth of Bitcoin or Ethereum or whatever as collateral, and gives you back one stablecoin as a loan. The stablecoin is meant to be worth $1. You can repay the loan at any time and get back your collateral. If the collateral drops in value while the loan is still outstanding, there is some sort of liquidation mechanism — margin calls, basically — designed to protect the value of the stablecoin. This one is more crypto-y, in the sense that it can be done with decentralized immutable code rather than some bank that you trust. But it is also less crypto-y in the sense that it is, like, fractional reserve banking? This business of slicing risky claims to engineer a safe tranche that is (you hope) always worth a dollar feels like what the traditional financial system does, sometimes with bad results. But anyway this sort of thinking is what is behind MakerDAO's DAI stablecoin. 3. Same as No. 2, except that instead of depositing Bitcoin or Ether or whatever, you deposit $2 worth of some token made up by the person who made up the stablecoin. "I will sell you a thing that will always be worth $1," some impresario says, "because it can always be exchanged for $1 worth of bleebits, and I can print as many bleebits as I want, because they are just a thing I made up. So I can always pay you $1 worth of bleebits, the math is unassailable." This is a real thing that people keep trying, generally with hilarious results. The most hilarious was Terra — there, the stablecoin was called TerraUSD (or UST) and the bleebits were called Luna — but it is a well-known source of chaos. The problem is that some guy just made up the bleebits! If the bleebits are worth $0.01 each, then he can give you 100 bleebits for your stablecoin and the math checks out. If they're worth $0.005 each, he can give you 200 bleebits, fine. If they're worth zero dollars because they are just a thing that he made up , you have a divide-by-zero error. In practice what happens here is that (1) people think the bleebits are valuable, (2) money piles into the stablecoin, (3) somebody looks down and realizes there's nothing there, (4) they sell the stablecoin for bleebits and dump the bleebits, (5) the price collapses, (6) death spiral.
The thing to notice is that Stablecoin 2 and Stablecoin 3 are not that different. Bitcoin is also a thing that someone just made up. It's just that the person who made up Bitcoin is not the same person who made up MakerDAO; the stablecoin uses a somewhat uncorrelated asset as collateral. In Stablecoin 3, the collateral for the stablecoin is basically "confidence in the stablecoin," and when that fails there's nothing left.
In general, in the US, most people have the mostly correct sense that if someone scams some money out of their bank account, they can call their bank and the bank will put it back. The intuitive process is roughly:
1. Someone scams you into sending them money from your bank account. 2. You call your bank and say "I was scammed, my transfer of $2,000 last Thursday was a fraud," and provide some details. 3. Your bank looks at where the money was sent and calls the recipient bank — the scammer's bank — to say that the transaction was a fraud. 4. The recipient bank takes the money out of the scammer's account and sends it back to your bank, which puts it back in your account.
This is not a completely accurate description of the process or anything, and there are various imperfections; in particular, knowing this risk, the scammer might sensibly move the money out of the recipient account as soon as she gets it. She might move it among a bunch of banks to obscure its provenance, or she might move it to a bank in a less regulated jurisdiction to avoid having to give it back, or she might take it out of the bank in $100 bills before you notice that you were scammed. [2] But broadly speaking bank transactions are reversible: Banks are regulated entities that keep lists of who has money, and if the lists get messed up due to fraud or hacking then people at the banks will try to fix them.
In crypto, things are … I don't know …. different-ish? A little different? Philosophically, crypto has an ethos of irreversible transactions and immutable code; when crypto platforms are hacked the hackers will sometimes boast that they were just doing what the code allowed them to do. But practically:
1. Crypto transactions are really traceable, in many ways easier to trace than transactions in the regular banking system: Blockchain transactions are public and immutable, and removing crypto from the system by turning it into $100 bills or real estate or bank deposits is often challenging. 2. The code mostly isn't that immutable: In some bits of crypto, somebody probably has the ability to block or freeze transactions, to modify smart contracts, or even to send crypto from one address to another without the permission of the person holding it. This isn't true of every bit of crypto — it's not true of the Bitcoin blockchain, say — but you just need to find the right bit. 3. In practice the people who have the ability to block or freeze or reverse transactions might be susceptible to the same sorts of appeals as a banker would be. "We were defrauded and that's unfair, look at the evidence" might work. Or: "Look at this court order we got." Or: "If you don't stop this fraud you will be a criminal accessory to money laundering." Those sorts of appeals.
Are the hats "securities," under US law? The relevant definition is the Howey test, which says that something is a security if "there is the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others." Here I think the analysis would go like:
1. You invested money, by putting money into your account to buy hats. 2. There is a common enterprise, in the sense that you and everyone else are giving the money to QuestCo, playing MattQuest and trading hats on the QuestCo-controlled market. 3. There is possibly an expectation of profit, in the sense that you might be buying the hats because you think the price will go up. This one is fuzzy, I think: Maybe you buy a hat because you think that it looks nice on your character. But if QuestCo is going around telling everyone, like, "buying MattQuest hats is a great way to fund your retirement, they have gone up by 18% every quarter" or whatever, then that sounds like an expectation of profit. [1] 4. The profits are derived from the efforts of others, in the sense that QuestCo is in charge of developing and promoting the game, and the hats.
So, I mean, I dunno, maybe. If the hats are securities, then QuestCo has to register them with the US Securities and Exchange Commission — meaning that it has to provide a lot of public disclosure, including risk factors, audited financial statements, and management discussion of its business — if it wants to sell them to the public in the US. [2] You might be interested in that disclosure! For instance, if you are about to transfer a million dollars into your QuestCo account to fund a hat-buying spree, you might want to take a look at QuestCo's audited balance sheet and see how much money it has. If the balance sheet is like "LIABILITIES: $100 million in customer hat accounts; ASSETS: some imaginary hats," you might worry. You might think thoughts like: "Wait, if they owe customers $100 million, do they actually have $100 million in cash?" Or like: "Wait, if I put my $1 million into QuestCo, and then do some profitable hat trading and end up with $3 million, will I actually be able to cash it out?" [3] The hats are an investment in QuestCo in the sense that you give QuestCo money, and then you wait, and then you hope it will give you back your money, so having some disclosure about its financial circumstances would be useful.
Roughly speaking the way the US stock market works is that all of the stocks are in one place. The place is called DTC, the Depository Trust Company, which in some sense owns almost all of the stocks. If you own a stock, what you own is an entry on a list at your brokerage, saying that you are entitled to some of the stocks that it is holding onto for clients, and what your brokerage has is an entry on a list at DTC, saying that it is entitled to some of the stocks that DTC is holding onto. (And what DTC mostly owns is entries on lists at all the companies, or their transfer agents, saying that it owns the stocks that those companies issue.)
One thing this means is that when I buy some stock from you, the way we settle that transaction — the way you actually deliver the stock to me — is by updating DTC's list. We tell DTC about the transaction, it increments the stock in my account (really my broker's, who increments my account) and decrements the stock in yours. This is far more efficient than if, for instance, you owned your stock in the form of paper stock certificates, and to settle trades you had to courier those certificates over to me, which is pretty much how things worked in the olden days.
Another thing this means is that DTC is an extremely important weird market utility, highly trusted and so heavily regulated. "DTC is a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, a limited-purpose trust company under New York State banking law and a registered clearing agency with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission," says its website, on the same page that also mentions that it holds $87 trillion worth of securities.
The way the crypto market works is a bit different. One way for crypto to work is that there is a blockchain, a decentralized ledger maintained by thousands of independent nodes, and you can own some Bitcoin on the blockchain, and you and I can agree on a trade in which I send you some dollars (by wire transfer or Venmo or whatever) and you send me some Bitcoin on the Bitcoin blockchain. How do we meet each other and agree to that trade? You could imagine some sort of exchange — like US stock exchanges — that allows us to post orders to buy and sell crypto, and if our orders cross — if I want to buy and you want to sell — then we are matched with each other and then settle up using Venmo and the blockchain. This can work in some sort of informal way (like, a message board for us to meet and negotiate trades), or in modern crypto you can have decentralized exchanges built on smart contracts where trades and settlements all occur on the blockchain. [1]
But practically speaking the way that a lot of crypto works is more like the stock market: There is some central intermediary, much like DTC, that holds onto a lot of crypto for a lot of investors; we can call it the "depository." The investors agree on a trade — you agree to sell me some Bitcoin — on an exchange, and then we settle that trade by updating our accounts with the depository. There are some differences, though:
1. The depository is normally also the exchange: If you and I are trading on Coinbase, Coinbase is holding onto our crypto for us and updating its ledger when we agree to a trade on its exchange. This is different from the stock market, where the exchanges — NYSE and Nasdaq and so forth — are separate from DTC. 2. There is normally one depository per exchange: If you have some Bitcoin on Binance, and you and I agree on a trade on Coinbase, you can't just instantly send me your Binance Bitcoins to settle that trade. Each exchange has its own depository, unlike in the US stock market, where you and I can agree a trade on NYSE or Nasdaq or wherever and then settle up using DTC. 3. The exchange is … I mean … less trusted by US regulatory authorities than DTC is? To be clear, DTC is very trusted by US regulatory authorities; it is a centerpiece of modern securities markets. Crypto exchanges range from, you know, "not quite as trusted as DTC" to, uh, well, much worse than that.
Interest earned on bank accounts, certificates of deposit and corporate bonds is subject to income tax in the year it's generated, according to the Internal Revenue Service. Typically, that's a fairly straightforward process: Banks and other institutions send out 1099 forms listing the taxpayer's interest income, which is then used when determining overall obligations for tax season.
But in a quirk of last year's crypto collapse, investors are now receiving tax bills for money locked up on platforms like Celsius and Voyager Digital, which have frozen customer withdrawals as they undergo bankruptcy proceedings.
It could hardly come at a worse time for crypto investors. Not only have digital asset prices plunged in the wake of FTX's collapse, but inflation, high housing costs and rising interest rates are also making it more difficult for everyday people to afford regular expenses — let alone taxes on investments they've likely lost.
To oversimplify a lot, Ethereum is a global distributed computer system. People can run programs — smart contracts, crypto exchanges, etc. — on the Ethereum system, which is a sort of virtual computer whose state is maintained by thousands of independent nodes. Anyone can run programs on Ethereum, though you have to pay transaction fees — called "gas" — to run your program. The fees are paid in Ether, the currency of the Ethereum system. There is a system for validating Ethereum transactions, for making sure that all the nodes of the distributed virtual computer agree on what programs have been run and what the results were. This system involves people — called "stakers" — depositing 32 Ether and then running computer programs to validate the transactions. In exchange for doing this, the stakers get paid in Ether; effectively they get a share of the fees that people pay to run programs on the computer that they help maintain.
What does this make Ether? Well, it is a little bit of a lot of things:
1. Ether is a way to pay for computer time: You get Ether to pay to run programs on the Ethereum system, or you get paid Ether for running those programs. Ether is like an arcade token, or like a Starbucks card or airline miles, a limited-use form of money that can be used to pay for a particular service. In crypto this idea is called a "utility token," a cryptocurrency that you need to pay to use some crypto project. 2. Ether is kind of like money more generally — you can use Ether to pay for lots of stuff that is not Ethereum transaction fees — and the staking mechanism is a way to earn interest on your money. Staking is sort of like a … bank account? A bond? But decentralized; the "issuer" of the bond is the Ethereum system rather than a particular company. 3. Ether is kind of like stock in the Ethereum system. If a lot of people want to use Ethereum to run programs and do stuff, then the value of Ether will go up. And owning Ether sort of gives you — through the staking mechanism — a share of the profits. Sort of.
I don't want to insist on any of these things. Ether is the crypto token of the Ethereum system; it's a crypto thing; it's not exactly anything else, though it has some of the properties of various other things.
The standard way that a stablecoin works is:
1. There is some crypto entity, the stablecoin issuer. 2. Regular people give it their dollars. 3. It gives them back a stablecoin, a crypto receipt saying "we owe you one dollar" that can be used as a dollar on some crypto blockchain.
Is that a security? I actually think the answer is no; that to me reads like it is not "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others." (There is no expectation of profit. [5] ) But that is just my opinion, and this is close enough to being a money-market mutual fund (a security!) that a lot of people think the answer is yes.
Also, consider what I said above about what sort of disclosure you would want: If you give your dollars to a centralized stablecoin issuer, what sorts of disclosure should that issuer have to give you? Is the answer "it should give you the same disclosure about its own finances that a public company would give its investors in a registered securities offering," or is it "nothing"? You are pretty clearly an unsecured creditor of the stablecoin issuer, [6] and if the stablecoin issuer is in fact stealing all the dollars — or investing them in risky ventures, etc. — then that is bad for you and you'd want to know about it. In fact there is a history of stablecoin issuers being comically bad at releasing audited financials, and sometimes not being as fully backed by safe assets as you might like.
Also, again, I think it should be relatively easy to register a stablecoin with the SEC. This is not some decentralized autonomous project with characteristics totally different from regular securities offerings. It's just a money-market mutual fund, and people register those all the time.
A basic idea in crypto is that things can be simultaneously (1) lucrative and (2) a joke. Like if someone pitched you on Dogecoin as an investment opportunity, you would say "well what is good about Dogecoin," and they'd say "it has a picture of a dog," and you'd say "what," and they'd be like "ha ha ha," but also Dogecoin does have a $12 billion market capitalization. For a while its price would go up whenever Elon Musk tweeted about it. Was he kidding? Just the wrong question. I once wrote:
One question that is never worth asking about anything related to cryptocurrency is, "is this a joke?" Essentially everything in cryptocurrency is simultaneously serious and a joke. This is partly explained by the history of crypto—crypto is Extremely Online, and everything Extremely Online is both serious and a joke—but it is also something essential to its nature. If I told you that there was a vast oil reservoir in my backyard, that would be either true or not true. Oil is a real physical substance; you can look at it and touch it and burn it as fuel. But if I told you I had a vast stash of Mattcoins, and proposed to give you some for a sandwich or a yacht, we would be on less solid ground. Whether the Mattcoins are a valuable currency exchangeable for sandwiches and yachts, or just a joke I made up, is a social fact; it depends on what you think about Mattcoins, and perhaps on whether you find them funny. Crypto is a form of collective storytelling; its truth or falsity does not depend on externally verifiable facts in the world but rather on people's attitudes toward it. It's a parody if you think it's a parody, but if you think it's real then it's real.
Here I want to be a bit speculative, and I also want to write in all caps: NONE OF THIS IS LEGAL ADVICE. But if you have a certain sort of mind, you might notice a potential legal arbitrage here. The arbitrage is:
1. You intentionally sell people a worthless thing, for real money, which you keep. 2. If anyone complains — if you get sued or arrested — then you say you were kidding. (But you keep the money, which after all is a crucial element of the joke.) 3. You kind of were! And kind of weren't!
Again! I am not recommending this as a strategy! I am just observing certain patterns in the world! But for a while during the initial-coin-offering boom there were a lot of ICOs that explicitly said things like "we are offering a token that is worthless, so we can have money," and, you know, I hope they had good lawyers.
The basic idea in — I'm so sorry — DeWi is:
Someone starts a project to provide wireless service everywhere, but with crypto. The way it works is that you can get some sort of hardware device from the project, and you plug it in to your home electricity and internet, it provides a wireless signal, and people who are near you can connect to the internet using your device. And then — this is the crypto part — they pay for using the coverage you provide, and you get paid for that coverage, in the project's crypto tokens.
Why don't they just pay in dollars? Why don't you just get paid in dollars? Well! Because, as I have said a few times before, the basic premise of a lot of crypto is that every product is simultaneously an investment opportunity. The day that this project — Pollen, Helium, whatever — launches, (1) nobody is providing service on its network and (2) nobody is using its network. The project is only good if it achieves scale and network effects: You'll only provide service if people use the network, and you'll only use the network if people provide service. It's hard to incentivize people to start.
Crypto — or, more specifically, the crypto boom that sort of ended last spring — was a way to solve this problem. Instead of "buy our device and start providing wireless coverage, and if a lot of people do that then people will use the coverage, and then maybe one day they'll pay you," it was "buy our device and start providing wireless coverage, and we'll give you lots of tokens , and if this thing takes off then the tokens will be valuable and you'll be able to buy an island, for providing this wireless coverage in the early days of our network." It was a way to turn this possibly useful service into also a Ponzi scheme: You get rich if more people come into the project after you. But if more people come into the project after you, then it will actually provide a useful service (wireless coverage), and maybe the economics will work out. It's a little bit of Ponzi to bootstrap a real business with network effects.
Is lending your Bitcoins a security?
Oh, sure, yes, absolutely. The rule in the U.S. is that an "investment contract," meaning "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others," is a security, and generally can't be sold to the public without registering it with the Securities and Exchange Commission, delivering a prospectus with audited financial statements, etc. A Bitcoin lending program — in which (1) a bunch of people pool their Bitcoins, (2) some manager or smart contract lends those Bitcoins to borrowers who pay interest, and (3) some or all of the interest is paid back to the people in the pool — is pretty straightforwardly an investment contract and thus a security.
This is easy stuff. People in crypto don't like it, but that's because they are wrong. More specifically, they have an intuition like "if a crypto platform pays you interest on your crypto deposits and uses them to make loans, that is like a bank account, and a bank account is not a security." [1] But that's because IT'S A BANK ACCOUNT. Like:
Securities regulator: Your Earn product is a security and needs to be registered with us.
Crypto platform operator: That's ridiculous, Earn is just like a bank account, that's not a security.
Banking regulator: Hi! I couldn't help overhearing. Did you just say that YOU WOULD LIKE US TO REGULATE YOU AS A BANK?
Crypto platform operator: [screams, dives out window]
As I wrote in 2021:
Coinbase obviously does not want to be regulated as a bank; it does not want to be subject to bank capital requirements (which require essentially 100% equity capital backing Bitcoin positions) or prudential regulation by bank regulators who like crypto about as much as the SEC does but have even more tools to crack down. You think the SEC is being annoying about not issuing formal guidance! A bank examiner could just call you up and say "we don't think owning Bitcoin is a good idea, get rid of it," and then where would Coinbase be?
Here is the SEC's complaint, which comes to a brisk 22 pages. The main argument that this is a security is on pages 13 to 19. Under the Securities Act of 1933, the definition of "security" includes a bunch of different things, but the two that are relevant here are a "note" and an "investment contract." There are two Supreme Court cases — Reves v. Ernst & Young and SEC v. W.J. Howey & Co. — that decided what makes an investment a "note" or an "investment contract" under this law. The SEC summarizes Reves :
A note is presumed to be a security unless it bears a strong resemblance to instruments that are not securities, which courts determine by examining four factors: (1) the motivation of the parties; (2) the plan of distribution; (3) the expectations of the investing public; and (4) the availability of an alternative regulatory regime that "significantly reduces the risk of the instrument" for investors other than the securities laws, "thereby rendering application of the Securities Acts unnecessary."
Here, publicly marketing Gemini Earn as an investment to hundreds of thousands of retail investors probably makes it a security. The "alternative regulatory regime" stuff is basically the point that bank accounts are not securities: If Gemini Earn were subject to banking regulation, then it might not be a security, but that is not the case. The SEC says:
Although Gemini is registered with [New York State Department of Financial Services] as a New York limited purpose trust company, NYSDFS did not have oversight over Genesis. Gemini publicly stated that Gemini Earn does not operate like a traditional bank account, is not protected by a governmental program, and is not backed by Gemini itself. In a February 2021 press release launching Gemini Earn, Gemini stated that "Gemini Earn is not a depository account. . . . Loans are not insured by Gemini or any governmental program o
At some level, if you were offering 8% interest rates on a crypto savings product last year, you were involved in delusion. You were not paying 8% on crypto deposits because you were lending them out at 10% to homeowners who needed mortgages. Those crypto deposits were not funding real-world activity that yielded 10% cash flows. Fundamentally, those crypto deposits were part of a credit bubble, and they were used to fund various bets on the continued growth of crypto markets. When the total value of crypto markets quadrupled in a year — as it did in 2021 — then the people making those bets could very easily pay 10% interest to their lenders and still make a lot of money themselves, and everyone was happy. When the total value of crypto markets fell by two-thirds — as it has since its peak in 2021 — then the people making those bets went bankrupt and their lenders lost money and froze withdrawals.
During the boom, nobody characterized things this way: Those 8% interest rates came from "yield farming" or "arbitrage" or "staking" or "DeFi liquidity provision" or whatever. But now things are clearer, and fundamentally the yields came from bets on crypto going up. The advertising was basically that customers could get safe 8% yields on their crypto (or stablecoin) deposits. The asterisk — "these rates are safe as long as crypto keeps growing, but if it contracts we'll have to shut down withdrawals and you might lose your money" — was not quite spelled out.
Also there was a chain of delusion here: Some crypto lending platforms offered 8% yields to retail customers and then took the money and bet it on a bunch of random tokens going up, but most platforms had some intermediate steps. You take deposits from retail customers, you lend them to an institutional lending firm, it lends them to a market-neutral arbitrage trading firm, and the arbitrage trading firm turns out to just be betting on a bunch of random tokens going up. In that situation, if you are running the retail platform, you have some deniability. "I trusted my customers' money to a stable institutional firm that promised me safe returns; I can't believe that they just invested it in risky crypto bets!" I mean! What did you think they were doing? Why did you think those 8% yields were safe? Still, maybe you deluded yourself as well as your customers.
If you think things like this, one thing that you might want to do is bet against cryptocurrencies by selling them short. And betting against Tether seems particularly attractive, for two reasons:
1. Tether just kind of makes people mad in ways that other cryptocurrencies don't. 2. A key feature of Tether is that it can't go up. If you think Bitcoin will go to zero, so you short Bitcoin at $17,000, and you are wrong and Bitcoin goes to $67,000, you have lost $50,000, oops. But if you think Tether will go to zero, so you short Tether at $1, Tether will not go to $2. If you are wrong, Tether will stay at $1: If Tether works perfectly, then it will be a successful stablecoin and always worth a dollar. If you bet against it and you're wrong, you won't lose money. I mean, you'll pay some funding cost on your bet, but the bet can't really move against you. There is asymmetric upside.
This is obvious stuff and people keep noticing and wanting to bet against Tether, and then often they think about it for a bit and change their minds. Bloomberg's Annie Massa and Katherine Burton report:
A handful of hedge funds are now turning their focus back to the $66 billion stablecoin, which they warn could be the next crypto catastrophe — one that would make the implosion of Bankman-Fried's FTX exchange look small in comparison.
Fir Tree Capital Management and Viceroy Research are among the firms shorting Tether, according to people familiar with their wagers — positions they've held for months, waiting to cash in on their bets.
But:
The short is hardly straightforward. Valiant, a San Francisco-based hedge fund, made the trade earlier this year, but backed away and made it out unscathed, according to people familiar with the matter. The fund would consider shorting Tether again if it could do so without risking collateral, the people said.
Philippe Laffont's Coatue Management and other funds looked at the trade and also passed due to counterparty risk, according to people familiar with the matter.
"I'm not short Tether – I haven't found the vehicle," said Andrew Left, founder of Citron Research, a short seller. "If someone showed me a way to do it with Goldman Sachs as a counterparty, I'm in."
The problem is that if you want to short Tether, you have to borrow Tether to sell it. If you want to borrow Tether, you will probably have to post collateral: You borrow $100 million of Tether, and you give your lender back $150 million or $100 million or $50 million of collateral, Treasury bills or Bitcoins or whatever, as security for the Tether loan. You can borrow Tether from Tether — the entity that issues Tethers does seem to lend out new Tethers against various sorts of cryptocurrency collateral — or from someone else, some crypto exchange or crypto hedge fund or lending platform that has a lot of Tethers and wants to make some money by lending them.
The problem is that you are posting collateral to your Tether lender, and do you trust them? In the state of the world where Tether goes to zero, are you getting your collateral back? From a crypto exchange or crypto hedge fund or crypto lending platform? Or from Tether itself? Tether is widely regarded as being central to the functioning of the levered crypto financial system, and a bet against Tether is a bet on the collapse of that system generally. If the system collapses, you're not getting your collateral back.
Or you can bet against Tether by shorting Tether futures on some crypto exchange. [1] FTX, for instance, offered Tether futures, before it went bankrupt last month. You can see the problem here. The problem is that it went bankrupt last month. More generally, though, it's the same as the problem in the previous paragraph: If Tether goes to zero, the crypto exchange where you shorted Tether futures might not still be around to pay out your bet.
So in round numbers the way to make a $100 million bet against Tether is (1) you take $100 million of your own money, (2) you park it with some crypto counterparty to borrow 100 million Tethers, (3) you sell those Tethers, (4) Tether goes to zero, (5) you buy back the Tethers for $0, (6) you go back to your counterparty and say "here's my 100 million Tethers, can I have my $100 million back," and (7) your counterparty is just a smoking crater and your $100 million is gone. Being short Tether is a lot like being long Tether.
The thing about Celsius, Voyager and BlockFi — and to an extent FTX — is that of course they were lending out their customers' money. That was the business they were in; if you are parking your crypto at a crypto shadow bank and getting 8% interest, it's because the shadow bank is doing something (something risky!) with your crypto to earn that 8% (plus its own profits). The thing with Tether is that there's like $65 billion outstanding, it pays no interest and one-month US Treasury bills yield like 3.8%. People do not give Tether money in order to earn interest on it; they give Tether money in order to get back USDT to use for crypto transactions. If you were Tether, you could just park their money in the safest and most liquid possible investments and earn billions of dollars of revenue that you get to keep. This is a very good and easy business. You don't need to do anything else. When people call you up for loans, instead of evaluating their collateral and creditworthiness and negotiating good documentation and having a prudent risk management and monitoring system, you could just say "no we're good" and buy Treasuries and sleep well on your giant pile of money.
And that is, as far as I know, mostly what Tether does; it reports that about 58% of its assets are in US Treasury bills. But 9% are in secured loans, and those secured loans apparently take the form not of "people give Tether dollars for USDT, and Tether lends those dollars to businesses secured by collateral" but rather "people borrow USDT directly from Tether by posting cryptocurrency collateral."
Ever since Tether has existed, there have been pretty vocal Tether skeptics. In the early days the main form of skepticism was that Tether was not really backed one for one by dollars, that Tether was doing something weird with its dollars. This seems to have been mostly untrue — most of the dollars were there most of the time — though also definitely a bit true; in the past, Tether definitely shipped some of its money out to its affiliated crypto exchange for dodgy reasons. And even today Tether makes a lot of noise about how transparent it is without actually being transparent; it publishes attestations of its assets and liabilities that fall frustratingly short of being audited balance sheets. Still it seems reasonably likely that, these days, Tether's money is mostly where it says it is, and where it says it is is mostly in Treasury bills and other pretty safe stuff.
Instead, the main form that Tether skepticism takes these days is … I am not sure I can entirely capture it, but the basic flavor of it is:
The price of Bitcoin (of crypto generally, etc.) seems to be set by an exchange rate between dollars and Bitcoins. People have dollars and use them to buy Bitcoins, which makes the price of Bitcoin go up. Or people trade their Bitcoins for dollars, etc. But really the demand for Bitcoin is largely people trading USDT for Bitcoin. Tether is the instrument that sets the price of Bitcoin. That seems fine if you think of Tether as "people put dollars into a box and get back an equal number of USDT that are fully backed by those dollars." But really — the skeptics say — Tethers are printed out of thin air in order to keep up the price of Bitcoin.
This theory of course converges with "Tethers are not fully backed by dollars," but its emphasis is different, not "Tether got the dollars and misplaced them" but rather "Tether is a form of fractional reserve banking in which Tethers are created by buying Bitcoin instead of the reverse."
I do not propose to evaluate this theory further except to say: Doesn't that Journal story sound a bit like that? I mean here is a story you could tell:
1. You have 1,000 Bitcoin worth about $17 million. 2. You want to buy more Bitcoin, but you do not have any dollars. 3. You go to Tether and say "hey give me 17 million USDT, in exchange I'll put up 2,000 Bitcoins as collateral." 4. Tether is like "sure that's the business we're in" and hands you 17 million USDT. 5. You use that 17 million USDT — notionally worth $17 million — to buy 1,000 more Bitcoin. 6. Now you have 2,000 Bitcoin. 7. You post the 2,000 Bitcoin as collateral to Tether for the loan, which is now overcollateralized with liquid collateral ($34 million worth of Bitcoin). 8. More USDT have been created to buy Bitcoin, but no new dollars have come into the system.
Maybe this is fine, no problem, just margin lending. But if your concern is "Tethers are printed out of thin air in order to allow people to buy crypto without putting any actual dollars in," then this might make you nervous.
At its core, the vision of crypto is about finding a better way to keep a list of who has money. Society has, over the centuries, evolved some decent ways to keep those lists. There are banks, and your money consists mostly of deposits at banks, and the banks keep lists of who has money. In the olden days they would keep the lists on paper, but in modern times they keep the lists on computers. At a high level, their processes are easy to describe: My bank keeps a record of how much money I have, and when I send money to you my bank decreases the money in my account and tells your bank to increase the money in your account. In practice there are ways for this process to be messy and complicated and error-prone. My bank and your bank might run on different systems and have different views of the world, and information and transactions can be delayed, and our transaction might have to happen quickly and with imperfect information, and then later there might have to be a tedious manual reconciliation process where my bank double-checks to make sure I actually had the money in my account, etc. Banks are in a lot of businesses, but one business that they're in is the technological business of keeping track of the money and making sure that it moves reliably to where it's supposed to go.
And then crypto came along and promised, among other things, better list-keeping. When I send crypto to you, we do it on the blockchain, a distributed database that keeps a record of who has how much crypto. The blockchain is trustless and decentralized: Instead of relying on a bank to get it right, we can be sure that the code of the blockchain gets things right. It is censorship-resistant: No one makes ad hoc decisions about what transactions to allow or forbid; all transactions that meet the open public requirements go through. It is immutable and public: If I send Bitcoin to you, I can't take it back, and everyone can verify that you have it and I don't. There are costs to this — the blockchain is kind of a slow database, and the Bitcoin blockchain wastes a lot of energy — but it keeps a good list.
One thing that this was supposed to do was disrupt banks: If we can send money to each other on the blockchain, who needs banks? But the banks also saw some advantages to this technology. If there was some distributed database that provably contained each transaction in the right order, then a lot of the manual messy error-prone business of banks could be simplified. Instead of you and me agreeing to a trade over the phone, and then our back-office staffs getting together to figure out the details of what we actually traded, everything could happen in real time on the blockchain. In a perfect world, all of the systems at all of the banks would have access to the same single distributed ledger, instead of all keeping their own slightly different lists and struggling to reconcile them.
People sometimes assume that I am a sort of antagonist to Bankman-Fried, in part because he has sometimes said things in our talks that are … let's say surprisingly candid. Most notably, people keep bringing up an Odd Lots podcast from last August in which I asked him to explain yield farming. His explanation starts:
You start with a company that builds a box and in practice this box, they probably dress it up to look like a life-changing, you know, world-altering protocol that's gonna replace all the big banks in 38 days or whatever. Maybe for now actually ignore what it does or pretend it does literally nothing. It's just a box. So what this protocol is, it's called 'Protocol X,' it's a box, and you take a token. You can take ethereum, you can put it in the box and you take it out of the box. Alright so, you put it into the box and you get like, you know, an IOU for having put it in the box and then you can redeem that IOU back out for the token.
And at some point I interject:
I think of myself as like a fairly cynical person. And that was so much more cynical than how I would've described farming. You're just like, well, I'm in the Ponzi business and it's pretty good.
And he replies:
So on the one hand, I think that's a pretty reasonable response, but let me play around with this a little bit. Because that's one framing of this. And I think there's like a sort of depressing amount of validity. …
So you've got this box and it's kind of dumb, but like what's the end game, right? This box is worth zero obviously. … But on the other hand, if everyone kind of now thinks that this box token is worth about a billion dollar market cap, that's what people are pricing it at and sort of has that market cap. Everyone's gonna mark to market. In fact, you can even finance this, right? You put X token in a borrow lending protocol and borrow dollars with it. If you think it's worth like [not] less than two thirds of that, you could even just like put some in there, take the dollars out. Never, you know, give the dollars back. You just get liquidated eventually. And it is sort of like real monetizable stuff in some senses. And you know, at some point if the world never decides that we are wrong about this in like a coordinated way, right? Like you're kind of the guy calling and saying, no, this thing's actually worthless, but in what sense are you right?
If you were a salesperson at a big investment bank in August 2008, it might have been a good idea to call up some hedge funds and say "hey, we are hearing some bad things about Lehman Brothers. Do you feel safe with them? Might be a good time to move your accounts over here." The hedge funds might have believed you — you would have been correct! — and moved their accounts to your bank. You would have done more business and made more money. At the end of the year, you could go to your boss and say "I won all these accounts from Lehman, give me a big bonus."
And then your boss, if she was smart, would have fired you.
If you were the chief executive officer of a big investment bank in August 2008, and your subordinates were doing that sort of thing, how would you have felt about it? Three possibilities are:
1. Good: They were being aggressive about winning business, and winning more business is good. 2. Bad: Investment banking is a genteel business, and badmouthing a competitor is rude. 3. Very bad: The banking system was in perilous shape, and doing anything to undermine confidence in the system — like, for instance, spreading rumors that a competitor was collapsing — would have negative effects on your bank. If Lehman failed, or even looked likely to fail, you might be next. Better to prop up confidence in your competitors than to tear them down. Not all the time! In good times, sure, compete fiercely. But in a crisis, be extremely polite.
I think actual attitudes in 2008 were a mix of all three, but among smart investment bank CEOs the third attitude was very prominent. In 2008, the job of an investment bank was not to win market share; it was to stay alive. And staying alive was not a zero-sum game; each bank was more likely to stay alive if its competitors did. The way to stay alive was not by convincing everyone that you were better than the competition. The way to stay alive was by convincing everyone that everything was fine, that the system was fine. Bad news for one bank was bad news for everyone.
Oh, no, I'm kidding, you know how this joke goes. This is the hoary old joke about how "market capitalization," in crypto — and really in stocks, too — is fake, or at least potentially fake. It goes like this:
Anyone can make up a cryptocurrency and "print" as much of it as they want, trivially, for free. So I can make up Mattcoin, create 5 trillion Mattcoins, and give them all to myself. Then I sell you one Mattcoin for $1. You pay me $1 for a Mattcoin because you're my friend, or because it's funny, or because I asked you to and Venmo'd you $5 and told you to keep the change. (Or, it being crypto, "you" are just another anonymous wallet that I created myself, and I sell myself one Mattcoin for $1 in two different wallets.) Now the last reported trading price of Mattcoin is $1, you have one Mattcoin "worth" $1, and I have 4,999,999,999,999 Mattcoins "worth," in round numbers, $5 trillion. Huzzah, market cap.
This joke generally ends with one of two punchlines:
1. Obviously Mattcoin isn't worth $5 trillion and this is all stupid, a reductio ad absurdum of reported crypto market caps; or 2. Now I tell people that Mattcoin really is worth $5 trillion. "Look at this fast-growing Mattcoin ecosystem," I tell them, "it is already worth $5 trillion, but you can still get in at a good price, I'll sell you 1 million Mattcoins for just $300,000, that's a huge discount." Take some fake sales, add some internet hype and sales patter, and see if I can turn them into real sales.
The second punchline is called "market manipulation." The first punchline is just "look how dumb this is."
There are two main approaches to running a crypto exchange in 2022:
1. You set up a centralized exchange in some country. You form a corporation, the corporation runs the exchange, it opens accounts and holds crypto for customers, and you try to be a good corporate citizen. You follow the country's laws as much as possible, and you lobby to change the ones you don't like. Exactly how regulated you are (and how much lobbying clout you have) depends on the country, and this approach encompasses both "incorporate in the US and beg the Securities and Exchange Commission for permission to do anything at all" and "incorporate in a small island nation, buy its political system and do whatever you want." Both have pluses and minuses: The buy-an-island approach gives you a lot of flexibility and probably nice weather; the US approach gives you access to a lot of customers and, arguably, the confidence-boosting value of US regulatory oversight. 2. You set up a decentralized exchange with no legal entities at all, or at least none that run the exchange. The exchange consists of smart contracts that run permanently on some blockchain; people can interact with the exchange in a purely decentralized, permissionless way. You might try to avoid personal criminal liability by not coding or advertising the exchange in a way that is going to get you obviously arrested by US authorities, or alternatively by being anonymous and staying away from the US. But even if you do get arrested, the exchange is open and decentralized and hard to shut down. It exists not in a corporate entity but in code on a decentralized censorship-resistant blockchain.
I have suggested in the past — very much without giving legal advice! — that the second approach, empirically, works: US regulators abstractly, and sometimes concretely, do not like the idea that decentralized finance is insulated from regulatory oversight, but in practice it seems to be kind of true. [7] The exchanges that are most subject to regulation are the ones that pick up the phone when regulators call. If you don't have a phone number, they can never call you.
One other thing. I have called BAYC an "entity," which is a nice generic term, but it appears to call itself a DAO, a decentralized autonomous organization. There are some advantages to calling your entity a DAO rather than a corporation. For one thing, shares of stock of corporations are obviously securities subject to SEC regulation, while governance tokens of DAOs are … also obviously securities subject to SEC regulation, I think, and the SEC thinks, but some people seem to disagree. So you can say "what, it's a DAO, governance tokens, not stock, no securities here," and maybe someone will believe you. For another thing, it is good marketing: The people buying your DAO governance tokens believe in a future of crypto and decentralization, and they'd be disappointed to buy shares of stock in a corporation. They want some "decentralization" branding on their shares, so you give it to them.
But there is also a big disadvantage to calling your entity a DAO rather than a corporation. A corporation is a particular sort of legal entity that has one key feature, which is limited liability. If you own shares of a corporation, you are not generally responsible for (1) the debts of that corporation or (2) its crimes. (If you are also an executive and you do the crimes, you are responsible, but simply being a shareholder does not make you responsible for the actions of the corporation.) This is a special feature of corporations (and some other entities like limited liability companies or limited partnerships), and corporations have to take affirmative steps (file incorporation documents, pay fees, etc.) to get this protection.
If you don't do that — if you just get together with your buddies and start a business without incorporating it — then you don't get those protections. Instead, you have the default form of business organization, just a group of people doing a business without paperwork, which might be called a "general partnership" or an "unincorporated association." A general partnership does not have limited liability. If your partnership incurs a debt — if one of your partners borrows money on behalf of the partnership and then loses it — then you are responsible for it. If the partnership does crimes, you might get in trouble.
This is why people, in traditional business, tend to do the paperwork to form corporations (or limited liability companies, limited partnerships, etc.). In crypto business, some combination of libertarianism, naivety, we're-doing-stuff-no-one-has-seen-before exceptionalism, and a desire to evade securities laws leads people to avoid that paperwork. And then you have a DAO with no paperwork, which is a general partnership, and oops.
And so last month the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission brought an enforcement action against a decentralized finance platform called bZeroX and a DAO called Ooki DAO, and said:
The Ooki DAO is an unincorporated association comprised of holders of OokiDAO Tokens ("Ooki Tokens") who vote those tokens to govern (e.g., to modify, operate, market, and take other actions with respect to) the bZx Protocol (which the Ooki DAO has renamed the "Ooki Protocol").
The CFTC's view is that just buying governance tokens doesn't make you a general partner in the DAO, but buying those tokens and voting them does. As one CFTC commissioner said in dissent:
Under the Commission's definition, [a token holder who votes] has now become a member of the unincorporated association and (possibly unknowingly) assumed personal liability and is subject to CFTC sanctions for any violations of the [Commodity Exchange Act] by the Ooki DAO.
It is possible that DAOs are just the worst of all worlds: Their tokens are similar enough to corporate shares to be subject to securities laws, but different enough to create unlimited liability for their holders.
I say "crypto exchanges" because, historically, crypto exchanges have been leaders in the business of keeping custody of crypto assets. But now crypto custody is increasingly the business of traditional financial institutions. And I guess the question is: Wouldn't it be very, very funny if Bank of New York Mellon Corp. gets hacked and loses its customers' Bitcoin?
The nation's oldest bank said it would begin receiving clients' cryptocurrencies on Tuesday, becoming the first large U.S. bank to safeguard digital assets alongside traditional investments on the same platform.>
BNY Mellon won the approval of New York's financial regulator earlier this fall to begin receiving select customers' bitcoin and ether starting this week. The bank will store the keys required to access and transfer those assets, and provide the same bookkeeping services on those digital currencies that it offers to fund managers for their portfolios of stocks, bonds, commodities and other assets. ...>
Money managers have long relied on BNY Mellon and other custody banks for an array of vital, if humdrum, back-office functions such as tracking changes to the value of their assets. Founded by Alexander Hamilton more than two centuries ago, BNY Mellon is the world's biggest custody bank.>
Until now, fund managers would have had to custody their digital currencies with a crypto specialist. BNY Mellon said it is the first of the eight systemically important U.S. banks to store digital currencies and allow customers to use one custody platform for both its traditional and crypto holdings.>
"We are excited to help drive the financial industry forward," Robin Vince, BNY Mellon's president and chief executive, said in a statement.
It probably won't happen, right? The point of doing crypto custody with BNY Mellon, as opposed to "a crypto specialist," is that you are expecting the security, regulation, and not-being-hacked-too-much of traditional finance. Still you might worry: BNY Mellon's pot of crypto will be as attractive to hackers as any crypto exchange's pot of crypto, and it might have less experience and expertise in securing crypto than "a crypto specialist" would. The question is whether being hacked constantly is a feature of crypto exchanges, or just a feature of crypto.
Colloquially you can say that you have Bitcoin "on" a hardware wallet or other computer storage device, like the guy in Wales who threw his in a garbage dump and keeps getting publicity for his schemes to dig it up. But really the hardware wallet just stores your private keys to one or more Bitcoin addresses, and having those on a hardware wallet doesn't stop you from also storing them somewhere else — on another hardware wallet, in your iPhone notes app, on a Post-it note, by memorizing them (or by memorizing a seed phrase that can be used to generate the keys), etc. The lesson for the government is that if you arrest someone for Bitcoin crime and you seize his hardware wallet, you have not seized his Bitcoin; you have just seized a hard drive, and he — or his brother, or anyone else — might have other ways to access the Bitcoins. The way you seize the Bitcoins is by getting his private keys — from the hardware wallet, or by asking him, or whatever — and then transferring them to an address that you control, where you can be pretty sure that he and his friends do not have the keys.
Here is a weird tension in marketing crypto tokens. If you run some crypto-y project, and it issues a token, and the token is not actually useful for doing anything on your crypto-y platform, one thing that you can do is go around saying "this token has no cash value and will not appreciate, this is for pure entertainment purposes only." Another thing you can do is go around saying "this token is going to be hugely valuable as our crypto project takes off, buy it now and it will go up."
The problem with the first approach is that if you consistently and clearly say "this token is worthless," probably no one will buy it. (This is not always true — people might buy tokens for a meme, or for aesthetics — but it is a risk.) The problem with the second approach is that if you say "this token represents a bet on the success of our business venture," then it is probably a security under traditional US securities law, and the US Securities and Exchange Commission will sue you for securities fraud unless (1) you have registered the security or exempted it from registration (you haven't) and (2) you are telling the truth about your business venture (are you?). The first approach won't make you any money; the second approach will get you in trouble.
There are various artful ways to split the difference. One rough one is:
1. You consistently say, in boilerplate, "this token has no value and is not an investment." 2. You go around doing podcast interviews where you are like "what a great business we have, we keep making more money, oh there is also a token, how about that." You don't say that the token represents a bet on the business, but you vaguely imply it. 3. You do a lot of wash trading, where you buy the token from yourself and then sell it back to yourself, at ever-increasing prices, creating the impression that its value is going up.
And then you have not quite said that it's an investment, so it's arguably not a security, but maybe you have gotten enough people interested in it that you can sell it to them and get some money.
I am not saying that that will work, or that it is a good idea, but it is an idea. Here's an SEC enforcement action from yesterday:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against The Hydrogen Technology Corporation, its former CEO, Michael Ross Kane, and Tyler Ostern, the CEO of Moonwalkers Trading Limited, a self-described "market making" firm, for their roles in effectuating the unregistered offers and sales of crypto asset securities called "Hydro" and for perpetrating a scheme to manipulate the trading volume and price of those securities, which yielded more than $2 million for Hydrogen.
The SEC's complaint alleges that starting in January 2018, Kane and Hydrogen, a New York-based financial technology company, created its Hydro token and then publicly distributed the token through various methods: an "airdrop," which is essentially giving away Hydro to the public; bounty programs, which paid the token to individuals in exchange for promoting it; employee compensation; and direct sales on crypto asset trading platforms. The complaint further alleges that, after distributing the token in those ways, Kane and Hydrogen hired Moonwalkers, a South Africa-based firm, in October 2018, to create the false appearance of robust market activity for Hydro through the use of its customized trading software or "bot" and then selling Hydro into that artificially inflated market for profit on Hydrogen's behalf. Hydrogen allegedly reaped profits of more than $2 million as a result of the defendants' conduct.
They gave the tokens away for free (including to themselves), and were careful-ish about not advertising them as an investment. From the SEC complaint:
Hydrogen and Kane publicly marketed Hydro as a so-called "utility" token on the company's website and its social media pages and channels, initially claiming that it would function as an "API key" within Hydrogen's existing non-blockchain API business. However, at no point during the Relevant Period, including during the offers and sales of Hydro, could the token be used within Hydrogen's existing non-blockchain API. ...
While Hydrogen and Kane worked to have Hydro listed on crypto asset trading platforms, the company fielded numerous questions on its social media pages and channels from Hydro recipients and purchasers about the token's value and whether and when Hydrogen expected the token's price to increase.
At Kane's direction, Hydrogen created a set of scripted responses to these questions, being careful not to expressly state that the Hydro token would increase in value.
But instead they allegedly created that impression through trading:
Kane began selling the company's Hydro through crypto asset trading platforms in May 2018, but soon after learned that selling a significant volume of Hydro would depress the token's price and hinder his efforts to raise much-needed capital for Hydrogen. As a result, in October 2018, Kane privately hired and directed Ostern and his company, Moonwalkers, a self-described "market maker," to manipulate Hydro's trading price and volume so that the company's Hydro sales would be more profitable. Moonwalkers did so by creating the false appearance of robust Hydro trading and artificially propping up the token's price.
Specifically, at Kane's direction, Ostern used a customized trading bot (a computer program that automates trades) to sell the company's Hydro through Kane's personal trading accounts on crypto asset trading platforms. Among other manipulation tactics, Ostern placed and canceled both buy and sell orders at random increments to artificially inflate the Hydro token's trade volume and price, thereby enabling sales of the company's Hydro to be more profitable.
Ostern provided Kane and Hydrogen with regular updates on his market manipulation efforts. For example, on October 11, 2018, just days after the Hydro market manipulation began, Ostern told Kane that he was "starting off slow, trying to keep the sell pressure minimal until [he could] build enough capital to really get the market moving upward" and indicated that they would "have plenty of excuses to pump price and sell into the FOMO [fear of missing out] guys down the road." Two weeks later, Ostern told Kane about his "volume shenanigans" on a popular, high-volume crypto asset trading platform, and bragged that it had taken his bot "about 3 seconds" to generate the illusion that "a million" Hydro tokens had been bought and sold—"[a]round half" of which Ostern admitted was "fake."
"The name 'Moonwalkers,'" explains the SEC, "derives from the expression 'going to the moon,' which is used by crypto enthusiasts and issuers to describe the potential significant appreciation in price or value of crypto assets," terrific. You walk a token to the moon with fake trading I guess.
This didn't really work, I don't think, in that the SEC brought the case, but I want to highlight the thought process. If (1) the token is absolutely valueless and has nothing to do with any operating business, and (2) you say that clearly and consistently, then you have a decent argument that it is not a "security." The "Howey test" of securities law says that something is a security if it involves "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others," and if you consistently say "there's no enterprise, there'll be no profits, and we'll make no efforts" then you can argue that your token is not a security.
If you then also hire someone to do a bunch of spoofing and wash trading in your token, that's bad , and somebody (the Commodity Futures Trading Commission? prosecutors?) might go after you for fraud , but the SEC won't go after you for securities fraud because the fraud that you are doing is not to a security. If your model i
The idea of a blockchain is that you want to do bank transfers without a bank. You want people to be able to do transactions, and have them confirmed, and have there be some canonical agreed list of the transactions, but you don't want to trust some central party to do it.
At a high level, the blockchain solution is to confirm transactions by letting everyone keep a copy of the transaction ledger. And then the official ledger is based on consensus among people who have some demonstrated stake in the system. What that has often meant in practice — what it means in Bitcoin and what it originally meant in Ethereum — is "proof of work." What you do is, you buy a bunch of computers, and you set them to work solving meaningless math problems, and whoever solves the most math problems the fastest gets to confirm a block of Bitcoin transactions, and they are rewarded with some newly minted Bitcoins and then everyone starts over solving more math problems to confirm more transactions. Buying the computers, and paying for the electricity to run them to solve the math problems, demonstrates your commitment to Bitcoin: It would be crazy to spend all that money on computers and electricity to confirm fake transactions, which would undermine the value of Bitcoin and thus of your investment. [1]
This is called "mining": You spend money on computers and electricity, and then you are rewarded with newly created Bitcoins. And there are people, and publicly traded companies, who are in the business of Bitcoin mining and thus of maintaining the Bitcoin network. The inputs are electricity and the outputs are Bitcoin.
This was a clever innovation and has some important benefits. It lets you have a ledger that is maintained by people with incentives to do the right thing — people you can trust — without knowing who they are. There is no pre-approved list of people who are allowed to maintain the Bitcoin ledger; anyone who buys enough computers and electricity can participate. It is permissionless. But because they have to buy all those computers and electricity, they have good incentives to maintain the ledger in a good way.
But there are some problems. The biggest is that it uses a ton of electricity solving pointless math problems, which seems wasteful both in environmental terms (you're emitting a lot of carbon to generate all that electricity) and also in economic terms (the Bitcoin system is effectively paying utility companies a lot of money to maintain its ledger). Developers of later blockchains realized that, if the point here is to have transactions confirmed by people with a demonstrated stake in the system, there are easier ways to demonstrate a stake in the system. [2] Most simply: If you have a lot of Bitcoins, you will want Bitcoin to be valuable, and so you will want to confirm transactions honestly in order to keep Bitcoin valuable. Instead of proving that you have an economic stake in the system by spending a lot of money on computers and electricity, you could prove that you have an economic stake in the system by spending a lot of money on Bitcoin. If you have a lot of Bitcoin, that proves that you care about Bitcoin, so you get to participate in confirming transactions.
Well, that is not how Bitcoin works, but it is how Ethereum works starting, uh, today-ish. Bloomberg's Olga Kharif and David Pan report:
Ethereum is about to get a makeover. The popular crypto network that runs Ether, the world's second-most-valuable digital currency, could morph as early as Sept. 14 into a configuration that shakes up the entire crypto universe.>
The long-anticipated software change, "the Merge" to crypto fans worldwide, will lower Ethereum's energy use by 99%, silencing critics who dislike the blockchain for its electricity consumption—enough to power Finland for a year by one estimate. …>
Ethereum's new process will rely instead on what's called proof of stake. It consumes very little power, because it doesn't depend on miners. It does require entities called validators to put some skin in the game in the form of Ether coins. Staking, or putting coins in the pot, gives large Ether owners the right to add a block of transactions to the ledger; they're rewarded with new Ether when they do so. All Ether tokens will now pay interest when placed into staking wallets. The software upgrade is called the Merge because the existing Ethereum blockchain will combine with a parallel network that's been running for almost two years to test the proof-of-stake concept.
If you have a lot of Ether, you can stake them and be a validator and confirm transactions and get rewarded with additional Ether. Or, if you have a smaller amount of Ether, you can delegate them to a validator: You hand them over to some validator that you trust, and that validator can stake them and confirm transactions and get rewarded with additional Ether and give you some of them. In practice, it is natural for big crypto exchanges like Binance, Coinbase and Kraken to be in this business: They are holding on to people's Ether for them anyway, and they have a big economic interest in Ether working well, so they might as well stake customers' coins, validate transactions, and share the staking rewards with their customers.
The economic model here is a bit different from the Bitcoin proof-of-work model. In that model, professional miners basically buy electricity and turn it into Bitcoins. In this model, professional stakers, or their customers, basically buy Ether and turn it into more Ether. You take your Ether, you lock it up in an account at a financial services firm for a while, and your Ether grows by some steady percentage. You know: like interest.
But there are also a lot of places in securities law where the rules are a little bit vague and you are operating a little bit on the cutting edge and the best practice is to pick up the phone and call the SEC staff and say "hey what do you think about this?" Sometimes this is fairly formalized: The SEC staff issues "no-action letters" (you send them a letter saying "is it okay if we do this," and they send back a letter saying "if you do that, we probably won't sue you," which is almost as good as them saying "yes") and "telephone interpretations" (you call them up and ask "is it okay if we do this," they say "sure seems fine" or "no that's bad," and then they write down the question and answer so other people with the same question don't have to ask it again). These are places where the rules are unclear, or they are clear but applying them as written would create bad results, so the solution is to ask the SEC "is it okay if we do this" and they just tell you.
Sometimes it's less formal. Your lawyer calls an SEC lawyer and has an informal chat about the issues raised by whatever you've got cooking, and the SEC staff raises some concerns, and you work to address those concerns, and eventually the SEC staffers say "yeah this seems fine now" and you do it. And, as you'd expect, these sorts of informal contacts tend to work better for certain sorts of people. If you are a big firm who can hire good lawyers (perhaps ones who used to work at the SEC), that's good. If you are a big incumbent who has a reputation for knowing what you're doing, and a lot to lose if you mess up, that's good. If you're a couple of 20-somethings with no track record, it might be hard to get the SEC to take you seriously, and they might be suspicious of what you're up to.
Many things in crypto are (1) on the cutting edge of securities regulation and (2) done by a couple of 20-somethings with no track record. So the offer of "come in and chat with the SEC" is less appealing to them than it would be to, you know, Goldman Sachs Group Inc.
"A basic premise of Web3," I once wrote, "is that every product is simultaneously an investment opportunity":
If you sign up for a Web3 social network or chat room or trading venue or let's-buy-the-Constitution lark, you will get some of that project's tokens, which will entitle you to use the project's app or exchange or Constitution, and which will give you some notional say in the decentralized governance of the project. Also the tokens will appreciate in value if the project takes off and more people want to use it. It's as if being an early user of Facebook or Uber also automatically made you a shareholder of Facebook or Uber, and when those services got huge you got rich.
This has good points and bad points:
The good thing is that Web3 and crypto have solved the cold-start problem for network-effects businesses. It is hard to build a social network or a marketplace or a ride-sharing app or lots of other businesses, because those businesses are useful mainly if they have a lot of users, so they are not very useful for their first users. But if you add a crypto token, the first users get the most tokens, so they stand to get the richest, so there is a lot of incentive to join early — which means that lots of people join quickly and it becomes useful. "The basic idea," Andreessen Horowitz partner Chris Dixon once tweeted, is that "early on during the bootstrapping phase when network effects haven't kicked in, [you] provide users with financial utility via token rewards to make up for the lack of native utility." The bad thing is that every project is simultaneously a Ponzi scheme, and it is hard to know if people are using the project because they get utility out of it or because they hope to dump their tokens on future suckers.
Here, though, the point that I want to make is that this situation — every product is an investment — also has good points and bad points as a matter of securities regulation:
The good thing is that if you are a venture-capital firm investing in Web3 or decentralized-finance projects, or a crypto exchange listing their tokens, you can say "what, no, this is a product, not a security." The bad thing is that if you are the US Securities and Exchange Commission and you want jurisdiction over all of DeFi and Web3, you can say "all of these things are securities, not products."
And you're both right! Everything is both. That is the economic innovation of crypto and DeFi and Web3, making everything both the currency of a project and equity in that project.
Here's a speech that SEC Chair Gary Gensler gave today:
Of the nearly 10,000 tokens in the crypto market, I believe the vast majority are securities. Offers and sales of these thousands of crypto security tokens are covered under the securities laws. … In general, the investing public is buying or selling crypto security tokens because they're expecting profits derived from the efforts of others in a common enterprise. ...
Some in the crypto industry have called for greater "guidance" with respect to crypto tokens.
For the past five years, though, the Commission has spoken with a pretty clear voice here: through the DAO Report, the Munchee Order, and dozens of Enforcement actions, all voted on by the Commission. Chairman Clayton often spoke to the applicability of the securities laws in the crypto space.
Not liking the message isn't the same thing as not receiving it.
Investors are following crypto projects on social media and scouring online posts about them. These tokens have promotional websites, featuring profiles of the entrepreneurs working on the projects.
It's not about whether you set up a legal entity as a nonprofit and funded it with tokens. It's not whether you rely on open-source software or can use a token within some smart contract. These are not laundromat tokens: Promoters are marketing and the investing public is buying most of these tokens, touting or anticipating profits based on the efforts of others.
Therefore, investors deserve disclosure to help them sort between the investments that they think will flourish and those that they think will flounder. Investors deserve to be protected against fraud and manipulation. The law requires these protections.
This just strikes me as uncontroversially, straightforwardly true as a matter of standard US securities law, and I always wonder what people think they are doing here. "The test," the famous Supreme Court case says, "is whether the scheme involves an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others." If you're buying tokens to bet on the success of some crypto ecosystem or DeFi protocol or Web3 project — and if the project's promoters are selling those tokens to raise cash to develop the ecosystem or protocol or project — what else could it be?
In cryptocurrency markets, broadly, people like to exchange volatile cryptocurrencies (Bitcoin, Ether, etc.) for dollars, but they are particular about what flavor of dollars they want. Some traders will want to send out Bitcoin and get back actual U.S. dollars in their bank accounts. Most professional crypto traders do not, for various ease-of-settlement, staying-in-the-crypto-system and/or regulatory reasons. They prefer to get paid in stablecoins, dollar-denominated tokens that live natively on some crypto blockchain. They will sell you Bitcoin and get back Circle's USDC or Binance's BUSD or Tether's USDT or some other dollar stablecoin.
This creates the annoying practical difficulty that crypto exchanges will list trading pairs like "Bitcoin/USDC" and "Bitcoin/USDT," and if you want to trade a Bitcoin for dollars you will have to choose which flavor of dollar you want. And the liquidity will be divided: Some people will bid one flavor of dollars for Bitcoin, and other people will bid another flavor of dollars; some people will offer to sell Bitcoin for one flavor of dollars, while others will offer Bitcoin for a different flavor. And the people who bid USDC will not trade with the people who offer for USDT.
And sometimes there is some reason for this: Someone won't trust Tether, or won't be able to get USDC, or whatever. Often, though, everyone is more or less indifferent between flavors of dollars; they just want to trade Bitcoin for dollar-ish things or dollar-ish things for Bitcoin. But because there are different flavors of dollar in the crypto world, the liquidity is fragmented.
The basic situation with Tether is that it claims to be 100% backed by safe assets. Actually it claims to be about 100.3% backed: For every $1 of Tether outstanding, there are about $1.003 of assets that Tether keeps in a box. But Tether is notoriously secretive about what it keeps in the box. Whereas a typical money-market fund will list the exact dollar amount and CUSIP of every instrument that it owns, Tether discloses broad categories of securities; whereas banks and money-market funds have audited accounts, Tether is perpetually months away from the audit that will finally solve all of its problems.
And plainly Tether is not always 100%, or 100.3%, backed by very safe assets. For one thing, even its current "reserves breakdown," as of June 30, 2022, says that 8.36% of its assets are in "Other Investments (Including Digital Tokens)," and digital tokens sometimes lose value. If Tether's "other investments" lost 10% of their value, then Tether would no longer be fully backed: Each Tether was backed by $1.003 of assets, but if 8% of its portfolio lost 10% of its value then it would be backed by only $0.995 of value. Cryptocurrencies lose 10% of their value all the time. Also there is some historical record of Tether counting risky loans — to its affiliate Bitfinex, to busted crypto lender Celsius — as part of its assets. So far those loans seem to have been paid back in full, so it's fine I guess, but with just a 0.3% equity cushion there is not much margin for error.
The interesting question with Tether is: Let's say that you knew, definitively, that Tether "broke the buck." Some of its not-so-safe assets didn't pan out, and each Tether turned out to only be backed by, say, 97 or 98 cents of assets. In the world of money-market funds — or of regulated banks — that would be a disaster; that would be insolvency and a bank run and the end of the fund and a possible systemic crisis. Investors put their dollar in expecting that they could always get exactly $1 back, and if they find out that they can't then they'll race to get their $1 while they still can, and the fund will be forced to liquidate its holdings and further drive down their prices and leave investors with big losses that they were not expecting.
In the world of stablecoins … I don't know? It is not obvious that the same intuitions apply. The point of a stablecoin is not mainly to be a secure claim on $1 of assets in a bank account. The point of a stablecoin is mainly "to grease the rails of the roughly $1 trillion cryptocurrency market," by being the on-blockchain form of a dollar. We talk somewhat frequently about stablecoins that are openly backed by nothing but overcomplicated confidence in their own value; to be fair, we mostly talk about them when they are crashing to zero, but still. The thing that makes a stablecoin worth a dollar is primarily that big crypto investors treat it as being worth a dollar, that they use it as a medium of exchange and a form of collateral and value it at $1 for those uses. Being backed by $1.003 of dollar-denominated safe assets helps with that, but being backed by $0.98 of dollar-denominated assets might be good enough?
One way of putting this might be that Tether is "too big to fail," that the people who use it have incentives to continue treating it as being worth $1 even if it never to gets around to proving that it has assets worth $1 per Tether. Another way of putting it is that people don't worry too much about the "backing" of the US dollar itself; a dollar buys a certain amount of goods and services because of broad social acceptance rather than any reserve of gold in a vault somewhere. If enough people believe that a Tether just is a dollar in the crypto world, maybe that's enough to make it true.
I feel like when I was a youngster the warning you got about short selling was "if you short a stock, you have unlimited risk, because the stock can go to infinity, but limited upside, because the stock can't go below zero." The classic retort is "I've seen a lot of stocks go to zero, but I've never seen one go to infinity."
A more fundamental problem is that short selling is sort of necessarily leveraged. If you buy a stock for $100 with your own money, and it falls to $0.01, you can hold on to the stock, no problem: You'll never get a margin call, because you never borrowed money; you'll never need to put up more than the original $100. And then if it recovers to $200 you make money. But if you short a stock at $100, you have to post collateral with your stock lender, and if the stock goes to $500 then you have to post more collateral, and if you can't you get liquidated. So if you're like "I've got $20 million to bet that Luna is going to zero," you're right, but it doesn't help.
Loosely speaking, there are two sorts of cryptocurrency platforms. There are centralized platforms, which are owned by shareholders (founders, employees, venture capitalists, etc.) and managed by managers. The managers set the policies and try to attract deposits (of money and cryptocurrency) from customers and then make decisions about how to invest those deposits. If the investments make money, the customers get paid some agreed-upon yield, and the platform (and its equity investors) keeps any profits that are left over. If the platform becomes popular and successful and widely used, and if its investments work out well, then its shareholders get rich. This is roughly how many traditional finance businesses work too.
Then there are decentralized platforms. These are in some sense owned by their users (customers, depositors, borrowers, etc.), though generally that means that the users get a cryptocurrency token with some economic and governance rights rather than a share of equity. There might be some managers, but the holders of the governance tokens can replace them or change the platform's policies. There is a Discord channel. If the platform is investing customer money, the customers, as holders of governance tokens, might get to vote on what to invest in, and the profits (or losses) of the investment flow directly to the customers. If the platform becomes popular and successful and widely used, and if its investments work out well, then its users — at least the early users, the ones with a lot of tokens — get rich. This form of organization is at least a somewhat new phenomenon, a genuine innovation of crypto.
Don't take those last two paragraphs too seriously; I am oversimplifying and abstracting a lot here. But I think that directionally there is something to this: There are manager-run shareholder-owned centralized platforms that interact with users as customers, and there are token-driven decentralized platforms that interact with users as customer-owners.
I mean … they'll … buy them back … at $1? Like that's the point? Of Tether? What are we doing here? Like if you see a stock go from $10 to $100 and think "hahaha this is a great short" and short it at $100, one thing that might happen is that there might be a short squeeze and the stock might go to $400 and stay there. If that happens, (1) you will have to buy it back at $400 and lose tons of money, and (2) the people who own the stock will say things like "yes!" and "haha gotcha" and "this is exactly what we wanted." But if you see Tether trading at $0.9988 and you think "hahaha this is a great short" and short it at $0.9988, it seems implausible that there will be a short squeeze and Tether will go to, like, $2. The point of a stablecoin is to be worth $1! If Tether goes to $2, the people who own it will say things like "what?" and "oh dear" and "this is not supposed to happen." It's not a useful stablecoin if it trades very far from $1. If you are short Tether and it stays near $1, you will lose money, because you are paying money to borrow Tether and short it. But you're losing a little money every day; the problem is not, like, you sold it at $0.9988 and now you have to buy it back at $1.00. That costs you $0.0012!
Traditional finance is in large part in the business of creating safe assets: You take stuff with some risk (mortgages, bank loans, whatever), you package them in a diversified and tranched way, you issue senior claims against them, and people treat those claims as so safe that they don't have to worry about them. Money in a bank account simply is money ; you don't have to analyze your bank's financial statements before opening a checking account. The short-term senior debt of financial institutions is "information-insensitive."
There is a sort of division of labor here: Ordinary people can put their money into safe places without thinking too hard about it; smart careful investors can buy equity claims on banks or other financial institutions to try to make a profit. But the careless ordinary people have priority over the smart careful people. The smart careful heavily involved people don't get paid unless the careless ordinary people get paid first. This is a matter of law and banking regulation and the structuring of traditional finance. There are, of course, various possible problems; in 2008 it turned out that some of this information-insensitive debt was built on bad foundations and wasn't safe. But the basic mechanics of seniority mostly work pretty well.
But they are in a sense unnatural. If you started a bank in the state of nature, and the bank had equity investors who were smart and rich and concentrated and heavily involved in the running of the bank, and then the bank took a lot of money from dispersed retail depositors who didn't pay a lot of attention and just wanted their money back and had no real idea about the running of the bank, and then the bank ran into trouble, you might expect the equity investors to say "well we'll take whatever money is left and stiff the depositors." And you might not expect the depositors to be very effective at fighting back. And so the equity investors might in practice be senior to the depositors, in this state-of-nature bank. As they effectively were at Terra.
Of course if you started a bank in the state of nature nobody would give you any deposits. The reason people put their money in actual banks is that we live in a society and there are rules that protect bank deposits, and also everyone is so used to this society and those rules that they don't think about them. Most bank depositors do not know much about bank capital and liquidity requirements, because they don't have to; that is the point of those requirements.
Broadly speaking crypto banking (and quasi-banking) is like banking in the state of nature, with no clear rules about seniority and depositor protection. But it attracts money because people are used to regular banking. When they see a thing that looks like a bank deposit, but for crypto, they think it will work like a bank deposit. It doesn't always.
A DAO, or a decentralized autonomous organization, is like a corporation except that:
1. Instead of having annual meetings with highly circumscribed ways for shareholders to submit non-binding proposals to management, the DAO has a continuous Discord chat where shareholders can submit proposals anytime they want, and those proposals can concern core functions of how the company is run, and the shareholder vote on those proposals is at least kind of binding on management. 2. All the shareholders are really into crypto.
And so one thing that happens is that a DAO can enter into a contract, meaning that the managers of its legal entity can sign a contract binding that legal entity to do something, and then someone in the Discord chat can say "nah I don't like that contract," and then the Discord chat can vote to reject it, and then … uh … I dunno? I think under traditional legal principles, if the officers of a legal entity sign a contract binding that legal entity to do something, a later vote by a Discord chat to reject the contract doesn't carry much weight. But I think a lot of people who are really into crypto would disagree.
Here's some DAO stuff:
On May 20, Honey Barrel, whose online bio describes them only as a "vanquisher of non-frens," woke up and chose chaos. They're a member of Merit Circle DAO, a decentralized autonomous organization worth over $370 million that loans non-fungible tokens to people who play crypto games but can't afford the buy-in, according to crypto research startup DeepDAO. In a 2,000-word post on the Merit Circle DAO forum, Honey Barrel proclaimed that certain Merit Circle investors weren't pulling their weight.
Their solution? Break the contract with the investor in question, Yield Guild Games, return its money, and show the world that DAOs aren't to be messed with. In the normal startup world, one angry blog post would have gotten lost in the depths of tech Twitter. But in the DAO world, where anyone who holds a token gets a say in the group's future, the post lit a fire.
The proposal from Honey Barrel—an average, albeit vocal member of the organization—threatens to usher in a new, distinctly investor-unfriendly era in the DAO world. Because if one DAO breaks its legal contract with an investor, what's to stop others from doing the same? For venture capital firms that have put millions into DAOs—including giants such as Andreessen Horowitz, Union Square Ventures, Sequoia Capital and Paradigm—the ripple effects could be existential.
The proposal passed. The DAO voted to kick one Merit Circle investor — Yield Guild Games — out of the DAO. YGG had bought its tokens from Merit Circle Ltd. (the legal entity connected to the DAO) for about $0.03 each; they were trading at about $1 at the time of the proposal. Merit Circle's management team, who presumably understood that "refund money to investors who aren't pulling their weight" isn't really a thing, took this proposal as obliging them "to renegotiate the terms of the financial agreements made between the DAO and Yield Guild Games"; they negotiated an agreement with YGG to buy them out at $0.32, a 10x return on their investment but still well below market value, and got the DAO to approve that. (Here is a useful Twitter thread from Tim Connors.) Merit Circle and YGG put out a rather peeved joint statement:
The proposal singled out one early stakeholder on the basis that it had not provided enough value in relation to how many tokens it held. Merit Circle Ltd does not agree with this view. Yield Guild Games added value in many different ways although they were not often called upon to do so. They were also one of the first ones to post their transparency & accountability thread to share and create a dialogue with the community.
After taking in the proposal and observing the community's feedback, Merit Circle Ltd reached out to Yield Guild Games. Yield Guild Games worked with Merit Circle Ltd in the hopes of helping Merit Circle Ltd find a workable solution to appease their community whilst honoring the SAFT that Merit Circle Ltd had signed.
We both recognized the arbitrary nature of the MIP-13 proposal and the danger a precedent like this could set for the Merit Circle DAO and the industry as a whole if agreements are not upheld and investors are not respected. The chosen tool was too crude and did not do justice to prior agreements.
The divergence between the prior agreement and the DAOs proposal would have likely led to legal action against Merit Circle Ltd. While the legal question is one that could probably be argued at length, both parties agreed it was better to settle. This would spare both parties from a costly, time-consuming, legal process with uncertain outcomes. None of the parties had to settle, but both parties chose the constructive path to help Merit Circle mo
We have talked a few times recently about how people borrow money to do leveraged trading in decentralized finance, and how it differs from leveraged trading in traditional finance. One key difference is:
1. In traditional finance, if you have borrowed money to buy some stocks, and the stocks have gone down, your broker will call you up and say "hey could you post more collateral." Ideally you post the collateral and everything is fine. Sometimes you don't, and your broker sells the stocks at hopefully a high enough price to pay off your loan. But sometimes you say "sorry, I can't post any more collateral today, but I can try tomorrow," and your broker gives you another day. 2. In decentralized finance, if you have borrowed money (stablecoins) to buy some crypto, and the crypto has gone down, a robot sells your crypto at hopefully a high enough price to pay off your loan, automatically and without bothering to call you.
I have mostly emphasized that the traditional approach can be more generous to you, the borrower: Sometimes you don't pay back your loan, but your broker gives you more time. Why would the broker do this? Well, you might be a good customer, and the broker won't want to make you mad. Or you might be a big fund, and the broker will think "sure this position is undercollateralized but all in all they're good for it." Or you might be so big that the broker will think "if I liquidate this position it is going to crash the market and cause a systemic crisis, whereas if I just give them another day to pay maybe everything will be fine."[2]
Or you might say "sorry, can't make a margin call right now, I'm on vacation with limited cell service" and your broker might say "ah we've all been there" and give you another week. (True story: Once, when I was a banker, I sent a Brazilian client a large margin call. They said "it's Carnival, sorry, try us next week." I gulped and waited. It worked out fine!)
The crypto robots don't do any of this sort of thinking. They just look at the collateral, look at the position, and if the collateral is too low they liquidate. The crypto system is often stricter, which is good (less buildup of systemic risk) and bad (harder to sleep).
On the other hand, the traditional approach can also be stricter. Sometimes your stocks haven't gone down, and your broker calls you up and says "hey we are changing our margining requirements and would like you to post more collateral." And if you say no, the broker will (eventually) liquidate your position.
Why would the broker do this? Well, there might be a new risk manager at your broker, and she might want more collateral. Or volatility might have gone up and your broker's model now demands more collateral. Or your stocks might have gone up , and your broker might say "this position is so big that we need to manage the risk more strictly." Or your broker might have heard a rumor that you are in financial trouble. Or your broker might have heard a rumor that a bunch of other investors are in trouble, so it is tightening up collateral across the board. Or something else.
Can your broker do this? Does your contract with your broker allow them to just call you up for more collateral? The short answer is, sure, probably; brokers are good at protecting themselves. The longer answer is that you are all embedded in a fuzzy system of repeat players and you cannot ignore your broker's demands forever, even if your current contract favors you. If your broker asks you for more collateral then, in the long run, your choices are (1) post more collateral or (2) find another broker; either of those approaches accomplishes the broker's essential goal of reducing its risk exposure.
This is actually an element of the Archegos Capital Management story: When Credit Suisse Group AG called Archegos for more collateral, it was not because Archegos's stocks had gone down; they had gone up , and Credit Suisse took a closer look at its margin provisions and realized they were not great, so it called up Archegos and asked to change those provisions. Archegos said "we'll get back to you" and then imploded, oops. But the basic story is that Credit Suisse tried to adjust its margin provisions on the fly to address newly salient risks, and Archegos was at least in theory willing to work with Credit Suisse on that.
Meanwhile in decentralized finance, if you wake up one morning to realize that a whale has built up a huge position in an increasingly volatile market, and that your margin provisions are not adequate to protect you if you need to close the position, what do you do? I mean … kind of the same sorts of ad hoc things that you'd do in traditional finance, but you get a lot more grief for it.
Solend is a DeFi lending platform on the Solana blockchain. It … discovered? … that it has one "whale" client who has borrowed a huge amount of stablecoins from Solend to fund a position in Solana's native SOL token. If the price of SOL falls too far, the Solend smart contract will automatically start liquidating the whale's position in a way that will apparently overwhelm market liquidity, crater the price of SOL and cause huge losses for Solend and its own depositors (the people who put up the stablecoins that Solend is lending to the whale). CoinDesk reports:
The anonymous wallet at the heart of the crisis had deposited 95% of Solend's entire SOL pool and represented 88% of USDC borrowing. But Solend's single-largest user came dangerously close to a massive margin call with SOL's cratering price. If SOL hit $22.30, the protocol would automatically liquidate up to 20% of the whale's collateral.
To avoid this, Solend decided to amend the smart contract to let Solend's team take over the whale's position and start liquidating it in over-the-counter transactions before it hits the margin trigger. To do this, it put the proposal to a vote of its decentralized autonomous organization; from Solend's blog post:
Any action we take (including inaction) has a set of trade offs to consider. There is no perfect solution. With that in mind, the action we believe would result in the best outcome is as follows:
Enact special margin requirements for large whales that represent over 20% of borrows. If a user's borrows amount to over 20% of all borrows for the Main Pool, a special liquidation threshold of 35% is required. This policy will go into effect upon approval of the proposal.
Grant emergency power to Solend Labs to temporarily take over the whale's account so the liquidation can be executed OTC and avoid pushing Solana to its limits. This would be done via a smart contract upgrade. Emergency powers will be revoked once the whale's account reaches a safe level.
The proposal passed, but in a hasty way that led to lots of objections, so they walked it back: Solend introduced another proposal to rescind the first one, and then a third to create new position limits to mitigate this risk in a more mechanical way.
I suppose you could conclude something along the lines of:
1. In traditional finance, this stuff is managed through a combination of contractual remedies, background legal and equitable principles, and fuzzy relationships and reputations. 2. In decentralized finance, people like to say that "code is law": Everything is supposed to be transparent and deterministic; smart contracts specify exactly what happens in every case. 3. Code is not law. Sometimes the smart contracts do not cover the cases you end up caring about, or they do, but not in the way anyone wants. 4. Nothing else is law either, so you make things up from scratch.
Well! At FT Alphaville, Alexandra Scaggs has a fun post about oracle latency. A large crypto wallet owns a lot of Ethereum, funded by borrowing, and as the price of Ethereum dropped the account became undercollateralized and should have been liquidated. But it wasn't. Scaggs:
On Wednesday morning, the price of ether fell below the implied liquidation price. At the time that was said to be around $1,015.
So what happened? Why didn't the account get liquidated?
As the above tweet explains, it was an issue of "oracle update latency". … At risk of oversimplification, an "oracle" is essentially a data feed that helps smart contracts perform their function. In this case a service called chainlink puts prices on the blockchain so Aave's smart contracts can use them to operate.
This isn't the futures market, and updating prices on-chain is expensive. So they aren't refreshed in real time. Instead, chainlink updates the on-chain prices when the "off-chain" data deviates by 0.5 per cent or more from the latest update, or every hour.
When ether fell to around $1015, it would have triggered a sizable liquidation if it had met the criteria for the price to go on-chain.
But it didn't. It wasn't a large enough move compared to the price recorded in the prior on-chain update, and it didn't last for an hour. So instead of getting blown out of around $250mn in ether, the account got to live another day.
I dunno. Seems fine? "We check the prices every hour, and if you're undercollateralized at any hourly update we'll liquidate you" is kind of a reasonable thing for a broker to say. As a way to handle financial-market risk, it's just fine; the lender takes an hour of price risk, which is a lot less than lenders take in a lot of traditional financing businesses. Still it's not a particularly, like, futuristic thing for the broker to say? In the stock market, traders have computers that can check the price many times each millisecond. In crypto, the computers are famously slow and expensive, so checking the price every hour is the best they can do.
But I also think that often the way crypto works in practice is to take the problems of the banking system and make them much worse. If you don't like the financial system making leveraged speculative bets with your deposits, you might find yourself putting your money in some entirely unregulated crypto bank whose entire purpose is to make leveraged speculative bets with your money. Maybe that will work out great for you? I guess the good news is that if it works out poorly, the losses won't be socialized in quite the same way they were in 2008. The Federal Reserve and the US government are not going to bail out some crypto lending project. You'll just lose your money.
Here is Alex Mashinsky, the founder of crypto banking thingy Celsius Networks LLC, quoted in a Bloomberg Businessweek article from this January:
Mashinsky told Bloomberg Businessweek that Celsius is able to pay such high yields because it passes along most of its earnings to its users. He said it's the traditional financial system that's ripping people off by taking their deposits, using them to make money, and then claiming it can only pay tiny interest rates. "Somebody is lying," Mashinsky said. "Either the bank is lying or Celsius is lying."
This schtick works:
In testimonials posted last year on Twitter as part of a contest in which customers shared their "Celsius Story," many said they had entrusted Celsius with their life savings. One said he took out home equity and cashed in his work pension and his savings for his kids' education to put the money into the company's accounts. Another said it let him quit his job to move closer to his kid. One entry read: "I don't trust the banking system, but I trust #Celsius."
As that article explains, the basic idea of Celsius is that you can deposit your cryptocurrencies with Celsius — essentially, lend them to Celsius — and it will pay you a pretty high interest rate, or an even higher interest rate if you'll accept payment in its own CEL token. Or you can borrow cryptocurrencies from Celsius and pay it interest. Think about possible explanations for how Celsius could offer a higher interest rate on deposits than your local bank:
1. The bank is lying. 2. Celsius is lying. 3. Celsius is making riskier loans than your bank, which carry higher interest rates. Functionally, if Celsius is lending out cryptocurrencies, it is lending them to crypto speculators who want to make leveraged bets on those currencies. In particular, if it is lending out Bitcoins or other volatile cryptocurrencies, it is lending them to people who want to short those cryptocurrencies; if it is lending out stablecoins, it is lending them to people who want to get leveraged long volatile cryptocurrencies. Making leveraged speculative bets on volatile assets with limited trading histories is riskier than, you know, lending people money to buy houses, and so it carries a higher interest rate, which Celsius can pass on to its depositors. But it also means that those deposits are riskier: If Celsius doesn't get paid back, you are in trouble. 4. Much of banking regulation reduces the interest that banks can pass on to its depositors. If a bank has $100 of deposits and can lend out money at 5%, it can't just lend out $100 at 5%, collect 0.1% for its trouble and pass on 4.9% to depositors. A bank has capital requirements, meaning that if it has $100 of loans it will need to have, say, $10 of equity capital that requires some economic return, reducing the amount that can be passed on to depositors. It has liquidity requirements , meaning that if it has $100 of deposits it can't put them all into long-term loans; it has to keep some of the money in cash in case any depositors want their money back. It pays fees to the government for deposit insurance. Prudential regulators examine the bank and make sure its mix of business isn't too risky, which makes it less lucrative.
As we know from 2008, there are strong incentives, at a bank, (1) to fund as much of your business as possible with cheap deposits (that is: to be very levered), (2) to put as much money as possible into lucrative business rather than keeping it in the cash drawer, and (3) to choose risky lucrative businesses over safe boring businesses. But there are constraints on banks to stop them from going too far in that direction. One important set of constraints comes from regulation: Capital and liquidity and prudential regulation prevent banks from gambling too much with depositors' money. Another important set of constraints comes from transparency and reputation: Banks have to produce audited financial statements explaining, in some detail, what they are doing with their money; if the stuff they are doing is too weird then they'll have a hard time raising more money. Those constraints are imperfect! 2008 happened! People get mad at banks a lot! Still, the constraints exist.
Look, I think the economics of play-to-earn video games are self-evidently bad. If you are earning money, it has to come from somewhere , and what is Axie Infinity selling other than the gameplay itself? If 10% of players earn money by making the game more fun and exciting for the other 90% of players, who pay for a good experience, that's fine, and there is a long history of multiplayer games with economics like that, where most people play for fun but some people have the paid job of making the game more fun for everyone else. But if the game is advertised as a "play-to-earn" experience, as a route out of poverty, etc., then everyone is playing to make money from each other, which is only sustainable by constantly adding more new players, and it is a pure Ponzi.
But I also think that this is a standard, deep move in web3 economics. We have talked about this before. Traditional web platforms have "network effects" where a thing is more valuable the more people use it; this creates incentives to join the big platforms. But web3 platforms have "token effects" where early adopters get a lot of tokens that represent a sort of equity in the platform; this creates incentives to join platforms early. So web3 projects tend to have two related components:
1. A decentralized distributed system that (you hope) does something useful, and 2. A token that enables you to use the system and that goes up in value when the system becomes more popular.
The attraction of any web3 project, early on, will be a combination of those two things: You get to use a thing that you think is good, and also the early adopters will get rich if it takes off. In a frenzied crypto boom, the Ponzi element — the prospect of getting rich if the thing takes off — will tend to dominate, and most people will be in most projects for the money, not for the utility of the underlying thing. But eventually that has to flip ; Ponzis can't work forever. If your project gets established enough, if it offers real utility, if people are buying tokens to do the thing that it does rather than to speculate on the tokens going up, then you can transition from Ponzi economics to just regular old economics. People will buy the token because they can use it to do useful stuff, not because they hope more people will pile in and they can sell it for a profit.
This flip will probably happen gradually over time, but it might be crystallized in a broad market crash, and then you might go around saying things like "sometimes having to flush out people who are just in it for the money, that's just the system self-correcting," and that will make sense. I am not sure it does here.
A weird model for US cryptocurrency regulation would go like this:
1. Virtually all cryptocurrencies are securities, and sales of them to US retail investors are securities offerings under US law. Not literally all of them — Bitcoin is not a security — but many modern crypto projects are of the form "we will sell millions of dollars' worth of some token in order to fund our efforts to build a platform, and then the token holders will have an economic share in the growth of that platform." That looks like equity to me, and also I think to the US Securities and Exchange Commission. 2. Virtually none of those sales are registered with the SEC, making them illegal securities offerings. 3. The SEC has about a five-year backlog to notice, investigate, and sue the people who do those offerings.
This is a weird model because five years is just a lifetime in crypto. It's one thing for someone to do an offering of $10 million of some crypto token to build a project, and then the SEC calls them up and says "nope, give the money back." That's fine, you just give the money back. It's another thing for someone to do an offering of $10 million of some token to build a project, and build the project, and grow into a huge business, and do a series of follow-on offerings, and then the SEC calls them up after five years and says "this is all illegal."
Maybe it's fine? If you sell securities illegally, the main punishment is that you have to buy them back at the price you sold them for. If you run a short-lived scam that fizzles out, that is an expensive punishment; you have to give back all the money. If you run a hugely successful business that happens to have started with an illegal securities sale, it is not so expensive: If you sell your tokens for $1 and now they're worth $20, no one will take you up on your legally mandated offer to buy them back at $1.
Arguably this is a good regulatory model? The SEC lets everyone sell tokens illegally, and then the tokens that work out work out, while the ones that don't work out have to give the money back?
The US Commodity Futures Trading Commission is in the business of approving futures contracts on cryptocurrencies. The way these futures generally work, in the US, is that they are cash-settled. If I buy a Bitcoin future from you with a strike price of $30,000, at maturity we do not "physically settle" (where I give you $30,000 and you hand me a Bitcoin); instead, we just exchange cash for the difference. If at maturity a Bitcoin is worth $32,000, you pay me $2,000; if it's worth $27,000, I pay you $3,000.
To do this sort of cash settlement, you need a reliable reference price for Bitcoin: We need to cash settle against some official price of Bitcoin. Particularly back when Bitcoin futures were just getting started, US regulators worried that the markets for Bitcoin were too opaque and manipulated to generate a reliable official price; the SEC still won't approve spot Bitcoin exchange-traded funds because of worries like that. But the CFTC eventually did approve some cash-settled Bitcoin futures products because it got comfortable that the underlying markets for Bitcoin were good enough.
Last Friday the CFTC sued Gemini Trust Co. for allegedly lying about how good those markets were, as part of its efforts to get a Bitcoin futures contract approved in 2017:
The complaint alleges that from approximately July 2017 to around December 2017, Gemini, directly and through others, made false or misleading statements of material facts, or omitted to state material facts, to the CFTC during an evaluation of the potential self-certification of a bitcoin futures contract by a designated contract market (DCM). The proposed bitcoin futures contract was to be settled by reference to the spot bitcoin price on the relevant day as determined by an auction held on Gemini's digital asset trading platform (Gemini Bitcoin Auction).
According to the complaint, Gemini, directly and through the DCM, provided information to the CFTC concerning Gemini's trading platform and the Gemini Bitcoin Auction, and certain statements and information conveyed or omitted by Gemini were false or misleading with respect to, among other things, facts relevant to understanding whether the proposed Bitcoin Futures Contract would be readily susceptible to manipulation.
A non-fungible token is, at a minimum, a bit of code that lives on a blockchain that you can "own." When I put it like that it isn't very appealing. When I add that the code can point to a web server that hosts a JPEG image, it … doesn't sound that much more appealing? You "own" the JPEG in some very specific blockchain-y sense, but you don't actually own it, and anyone else can look at it or download it.
But this is dumb and trivializing, and really what an NFT is is a symbol of membership in some sort of online (or offline) community. The best and most valuable NFTs offer their owners real social benefits; owning an NFT in a popular series like CryptoPunks or Meebits gives you a sense of community, perhaps some intellectual-property rights, and a way to socialize with like-minded, uh, venture capitalists.
Owning an NFT in the Bored Ape Yacht Club series gives you a particularly valuable social experience: You get to have your Bored Ape stolen and then complain about it online, which lets you feel a sense of kinship with Seth Green and a bunch of venture capitalists who have also had their Bored Apes stolen.
The basic philosophical difference between the traditional financial system and the cryptocurrency system is that traditional finance is about the extension of credit, and crypto is not. That is an exaggeration in various ways, but I think that it is essentially true.
So consider the simplest aspects of these systems. Like money: A US dollar is, essentially, an entry on the ledger of a bank, representing that bank's debt to you. Basically every dollar that you own is someone else's debt to you. A Bitcoin is not. A Bitcoin is an entry on the decentralized ledger of Bitcoin; there is a fixed supply of Bitcoins; owning a Bitcoin is like owning a gold nugget; no debt is involved.
Or take trading. Every time you trade a stock, in the US, there is an extension of credit. You and I agree on a trade on Wednesday, and we actually settle — I give you the money and you hand over the stock — on Friday. In the meantime, there is credit risk: If I disappear you don't get your money; if you disappear I don't get my stock. The traditional financial system deals with this risk through layers of intermediation, trust and collateral requirements: My broker makes sure I'm good for the money, a clearinghouse demands collateral from my broker to make sure it's good for the money, etc. (And there is a plan to change this "T+2" settlement to "T+1," so we exchange the cash for stock on Thursday instead of Friday, reducing the credit risk.) Meanwhile in the crypto system the paradigmatic trades occur on the blockchain: You and I agree on a trade on some decentralized exchange, and I send you my stablecoins and you send me your crypto at the same time the transaction is agreed; the trade and settlement are simultaneous.
Many advocates of crypto like this; they think that crypto's philosophical uneasiness with credit is good. Money without debt — without fractional-reserve banking — is sounder, less inflationary and safer, they argue; trading with instant settlement is clearer and more logical and safer than trading with delayed settlement and credit risk.
But whether you like it or not this difference is deeply baked into the mechanics of crypto. In some sense the entities of traditional finance are people and companies, and their counterparties can make credit decisions based on thick sets of information about them. Your bank can look at your credit report and payment history before giving you a credit card; an investment bank can consider a hedge fund's track record and prospects of future business and risk-management protocols — and how much the bank's salesperson likes the hedge fund's manager — before extending it a margin loan. Also if you default on your credit card the bank can sue you and make the whole rest of your life difficult; if the hedge fund defaults on a margin loan the bank can blackball its manager from future business. In crypto the entities are blockchain addresses, and they are thinner.[1] You set up a wallet, you have a private key, the wallet interacts with other wallets, you don't know the names of the people who own those wallets, they don't know your name, and only what happens on the blockchain is relevant to any of your or their decisions. The bank knows where you live; the blockchain does not.
Still, credit is kind of an important part of a financial system? People want to borrow money to do stuff. Sometimes this is normal business or personal stuff: People want to borrow money to start a business or build a factory or buy a house or whatever. If crypto is going to displace or compete with the traditional financial system, it will need to find ways to do that sort of lending. This seems to me like a hard and rather unsolved problem in crypto, and I don't think a lot of people are taking out mortgages from the blockchain.[2]
But credit is also a very useful aspect of many forms of trading. People like to do trades that involve credit. Some people like to buy financial instruments (stock, cryptocurrencies, etc.) on margin: They put up some money of their own, borrow some money from their broker, and buy more stock than they can currently pay for. Or they like to do derivatives trades (swaps, futures) that have that basic profile: You put up a little bit of money to get exposure to a larger amount of some financial instrument. Or they like to trade options, which involve an extension of credit: If I sell you a call option on some stock, then I owe you the stock (in some circumstances), and you have to trust that I will actually be able to deliver it.
The crypto system is able to extend that sort of credit. That's relatively easy. Margin loans and futures and options are all forms of leverage that are (1) secured (2) by traded collateral and (3) subject to margin calls. If you buy $200 worth of stock with $100 of your own money and $100 of margin loans from a broker, the broker will feel fairly safe: It has $200 worth of stock to cover its $100 loan. If the stock goes down to $140, the broker will feel less safe, and will demand that you put up some more of your own money. If you don't do that quickly, the broker will sell the stock — perhaps for $120 — and pay itself back, no problem. (If the stock goes down to $80 quickly, that is a problem, but these are understandable problems and the broker will set the margin levels so that it is comfortable with the risk.)
And because crypto trades 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and is very tech-forward, crypto is pretty good at this sort of thing. All sorts of crypto trading platforms offer leverage like this: You can put up a little bit of money to buy a lot of exposure to some cryptocurrency, and the platform monitors the value of the cryptocurrency, and if it goes down the platform sells the cryptocurrency you own to repay its loan. And this can all be done automatically, 24/7. It is tricky because lots of crypto stuff is very volatile, and there is limited trading history, but it is all sort of in the category of solvable math problems. No thick sorts of credit extension are required: The trading platform doesn't have to know where you live or have a good personal rapport with you; everything can be automated and done "on-chain," based solely on the blockchain's knowledge of your crypto wallet.
In the traditional financial system, very few things work like this. One thing that mostly does is a margin account at a retail stock brokerage: If your stock declines, you will get a margin call, and if you don't post margin within a defined and fairly tight time frame your broker will sell the stock, and this really might all be done by a computer in a pretty formulaic way. But if you have a big enough account — if you are a big hedge fund or family office — it doesn't work that way. When Credit Suisse Group AG decided that Archegos Capital Management did not have enough collateral in its margin account, a Credit Suisse representative called Archegos and asked it to post more collateral, and Archegos said, sorry, we are really busy this week, let's discuss next week. In theory Credit Suisse could have liquidated Archegos's positions, but in practice that would have been rude, so it didn't. Credit Suisse did not extend credit to Archegos based on some defined formulaic function of the value of its collateral; Credit Suisse extended credit to Archegos based on some fuzzy holistic relationship-based function of how much business it hoped to do with Archegos, how much the Credit Suisse people liked the Archegos people, how its traders felt about the collateral, when its risk committees had meetings, stuff like that.
But that's not even the main reason I'm bullish. The main reason is that a lot of crypto projects look a lot like securities, under US securities law, and are generally sold to US retail investors without registration with the US Securities and Exchange Commission. Under former chair Jay Clayton, the SEC regularly went after crypto projects for doing unregistered securities offerings; under current chair Gary Gensler, it does less of that.
But the basic remedy for doing an unregistered securities offering is that you have to buy the securities back at the price you sold them for. As long as cryptocurrencies mostly go up, this is not too big a worry: If you sell a bunch of SecurityCoins for $10 each, and they go up to $20, nobody is going to demand that you buy them back for $10. But if they go down to $0.06, everyone will, and it might be easier for them to prove that the coins were securities than it is to prove that you were doing fraud.
We have talked a few times recently about Terra, the blockchain ecosystem whose algorithmic stablecoin blew up earlier this month. One model of Terra goes like this:
1. Terra is a company. Not really — it's a decentralized finance ecosystem, a blockchain, a bunch of independent developers working on diverse projects — but let's just pretend for a minute. (In fact there is a company-ish thing called Terraform Labs which helps run Terra, and another company-ish thing called Luna Foundation Guard that keeps some of Terra's money, but here I want to conceive of Terra as a whole as sort of a distributed company.) 2. The Luna token, which powers the Terra blockchain and is the currency of its ecosystem, is the equity of Terra, the stock in the Terra company. 3. The TerraUSD stablecoin (or UST), which was supposed to always be worth a dollar, and which maintained that peg by being exchangeable for $1 worth of Luna at market prices, is the debt of Terra. Like bonds of the company, or like deposits of a bank.
This model has a lot going for it. UST, certainly, looks like debt: You buy a UST for a fixed amount ($1), and you expect to get back that fixed amount ($1), and while you hold it you earn interest. (For a while, you could get 19.5% interest on UST in the Anchor protocol, a part of the Terra ecosystem.) It was advertised as a safe investment, a way to participate in the Terra ecosystem with a guarantee of getting your money back.
Luna, meanwhile, looks like equity. It has no fixed value; it went up as optimism about Terra grew, and went down as Terra imploded. Luna could go to zero if Terra failed, or it could go to the moon if Terra became the world's dominant financial system. There was no floor and no cap on Luna's value (unlike UST, which was floored and capped at $1); it was just worth some fraction of the future value of the Terra ecosystem.
There are some implications of this model. One implication is that you might think: Wait, if these coins are the debt and equity of a company, aren't they securities? If they are securities, and they were sold to US investors, aren't they required to be registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission? If they are securities that were sold broadly to the general public and then lost almost all of their value, shouldn't the SEC investigate? If big US crypto trading firms and venture capitalists were buying huge piles of Luna from Terra's promoters and dumping them to retail buyers on exchanges while also talking up Terra, making billions of dollars for themselves while they "cash[ed] out on the backs of retail," weren't those big investors breaking US securities laws? Weren't they underwriters of an unregistered securities offering, and shouldn't they have to buy those coins back from those retail bagholders at the prices they paid? These seem like good questions! Some of the answers might be "no" — Terra is not actually a company, and while Luna and UST are like securities it is not obvious that they are securities — but I think they're good questions. I will not pursue them further here but, you know, something to think about. If you work at the SEC for instance.
Here I want to talk about a different implication. Like I said, Terra blew up this month. The price of Luna fell from over $100 in March to a tiny fraction of a penny today, and through the workings of UST's algorithmic peg, trillions of near-worthless Luna were issued to UST holders who were trying to get out. Meanwhile UST, which was supposed to always be worth a dollar, traded as low as 5 cents.
If Terra were a company, you might describe this situation as a bankruptcy. And there would be reasonably well-understood procedures for what happens to the debt and equity in a bankruptcy:
1. If there's money around, it goes to paying off the debt. 2. If there's not enough money to pay off the debt, then the equity is extinguished; all the equity holders get nothing. 3. If the equity is zeroed and there's something left over — if there's some valuable business that can be run as a going concern — then the debt holders get it. They get equity in the new, post-bankruptcy entity, to compensate them for not getting paid back. 4. Generally that new entity will need to pay managers, maybe raise new money, etc., so the old debt holders won't own 100% of its equity: The managers, new investors, etc., will get some, as an incentive to keep working at this business that is now owned by its creditors. 5. But in general the old equity holders won't get much of the new company, and usually they'll get none of it.[1] The debt holders will have absolute priority over the equity holders; they need to be made whole before the equity holders get anything.
You could apply that thought process to Terra. Terra went bankrupt , in the sense that its value is not enough to support all of the debt claims (TerraUSD) against it. But Terra still has some value , in the sense that there is a blockchain ecosystem that Terra impresario Do Kwon and other people are trying to keep alive. In theory, at least, people used (and could still use) Terra as an ecosystem for building decentralized applications, transferring money, creating a new financial system, etc.; the price of Luna reflected people's optimism in Terra as a platform for building those things. Then UST had a death spiral, which should certainly undermine your confidence in Terra — its main app was an algorithmic stablecoin, which worked terribly — but might not totally eliminate it. "What we should look to preserve now is the community and developers that make Terra's blockspace valuable," tweeted Kwon, shortly after the death spiral, and I guess some people agree with him.
If Terra is a company, then the developers and community and apps are in a sense its employees and projects, and those projects might have positive value even if the company was washed away by debt. In a classic bankruptcy, the creditors would be handed control of the company: The employees would keep working, the projects would keep happening, but now the profits would go to the creditors instead of the old owners.
But in a … crypto bankruptcy? … there is no guarantee of that. There is no guarantee of anything. Everything is being reinvented from scratch. There are some proposals, and there's a vote of Terra validators — sort of an indirect vote of Luna holders — and then something does or doesn't happen. Here the proposal was to start over with a new blockchain, abandoning TerraUSD, and it was approved. The new blockchain will have a new Luna token: again, roughly "equity" in the new blockchain. And just as in a bankruptcy, New Luna will be distributed to some combination of (1) claimants on the old blockchain, tha
I feel like the sophisticated answer here is something like, "Sure, it would be a house." Like I think that what is interesting about the idea of a "non-fungible token" is the possibility of linking some non-fungible thing in the real world, or some non-fungible slice of some real-world thing, to some transferable digital representation. And there is a strand of crypto thinking that is like "we are going to build a new financial system that will take over the entire job of financing and paying for the real world," and in this vein you need to think about ways to represent real economic activity. You want ways to digitize ownership of houses and factories and the contents of particular shipping containers and stuff like that.
And a lot of people who come to crypto with this way of thinking are like, well, we'll start by building out the digital primitives first, and then we'll figure out ways to associate them with real-world objects. So we'll figure out a way to build and trade non-fungible tokens, starting with tokens that are just empty nonsense, but then once we have that technology, we can work on trading tokens that are not empty nonsense. So one day instead of getting the title to your house through some archaic title registry where you have to go down to the basement of a courthouse and leaf through ancient paper documents and figure out if there are liens on the house, it will all be on the blockchain and home sales will be easy and you can own a fraction of a home and get a mortgage instantly, etc., etc., etc. And I am not saying that I expect all that stuff to happen in the near term, but it is at least an interesting vision for something, and the concept of "non-fungible token" is part of it.
And that is more or less this. You have some class of not-quite-fungible things in the real world, reservations for particular dates in particular rooms of particular hotels. People want reservations mostly for normal consumption reasons, not for unhinged speculation, but (1) their plans might change, etc., so they might want to be able to resell them and (2) sure I guess you could speculate on the future price of hotel reservations, why not. So it is good to create a liquid secondary market for reservations: It is better for buyers than an alternative of nonrefundable reservations (because they can resell if their plans change), it is better for hotels than an alternative of freely refundable reservations (because they get certainty of income), and, who knows, it might attract a new class of buyers (hotel-room speculators, high-frequency hotel-room market makers, whatever).
Of course the hotels could just offer nonrefundable-but-transferable reservations; if I reserved a room and then sold it to you, we could call up the hotel and tell them that you're coming in my place. But this could be an administrative hassle for the hotel; better for the hotel if some third party keeps track of the reservation, runs the marketplace, and just tells the hotel who is going to show up. Also having a third-party platform do it makes it easier for people to trade reservations across different hotels. You can cancel at one hotel and book at another, or maybe you are doing a complex arbitrage trade where you get long an ocean-view suite and hedge your risk by shorting three parking-lot singles, I don't know.
Of course you could build a trading platform for hotel reservations, sign up hotels and customers to use it, and skip the entire concept of an "NFT." (Like StubHub, which is a platform for trading tickets , not NFTs "of" tickets.) The platform could keep a centralized database of reservations (by arrangement with the hotels), you could trade by going through the platform, you don't need a blockchain. But there are some commonly asserted advantages to a blockchain that might be relevant here. If the hotel reservations are NFTs on a blockchain instead of just entries in Pinktada's database, then in theory other people could build competing trading platforms for the same reservations, or you could sell your reservation-NFT off the platform. Or competitors could act as market makers on Pinktada's platform and be able to compete on equal terms. An open permissionless decentralized blockchain might be good for hotel-room liquidity, which I suppose is the goal here.
Here is a cryptocurrency insider trading scandal that I would like to see:
1. There is some crypto project that does something. People work together to build something that adds value to the world, and there are tokens that represent some form of economic interest in that project. If the project succeeds and the underlying product is widely used and beloved, the tokens will be valuable; if the project fails, the tokens will be worthless. 2. Something good happens at the project. A trial version of the product works really well, some regulatory approval is received, some big business decides to use the project, whatever: Some event occurs that materially increases the probability that the project will succeed and, thus, that the token will be valuable. 3. After the event happens, but before it is publicly announced, some insider of the project buys a bunch of tokens. 4. Then the event is announced publicly, the tokens go up, and the insider gets rich from her well-timed token purchases.
There is nothing particularly novel or interesting about this; this is just insider trading. Just normal insider trading. Happens at companies all the time: A company has good quarterly earnings or a good drug trial or lands a big customer or whatever, an insider buys stock, the news comes out, the stock goes up, totally normal stuff. Illegal stuff! But normal.
Here is the crypto insider trading scandal that I actually see, repeatedly:
1. There is some crypto project. Maybe it does something, but this is irrelevant to the discussion. 2. What is relevant is market depth: If you can sell the project's token to more people, then it will be more valuable. In particular, if it is listed on one of the big cryptocurrency exchanges, the price will go up, because more people will buy it, independent of any considerations about what the token actually does or whether the project will ultimately succeed. 3. The project's token gets listed on a big exchange. 4. While the listing is being considered, but before it is publicly announced, somebody — presumably an insider of the project or of the exchange — buys a bunch of tokens. 5. The token lists on the exchange, the price goes up, and the insider gets rich from her well-timed token purchases.
In a sense this is novel and interesting because crypto tokens are (at least sometimes) not securities, everything happens vaguely offshore, and the law of insider trading in this area is underdeveloped and arguably unclear. It is also interesting because the insider trading tends to occur on public blockchains, which means (1) everyone can see the concentrated well-timed trades right before the listing event but (2) you can't necessarily tie the wallet doing those trades to the actual person involved (to see if it's an insider, etc.). But the inside information is always fundamentally about the exchange , not about the project. The core inside information is never "the fundamental value of this token has increased," always "we can sell this token to more people." It is a dispiriting sort of insider trading.
Look, this exists in traditional finance. There was a fun 2020 case against an S&P Global Inc. manager who allegedly traded on inside information about what stocks would be added to indexes; information about liquidity and demand can be material, just like information about the actual business. But this is rare; most of the material information about stocks is information about the business. In crypto it is the reverse.
Two weeks ago an algorithmic stablecoin called TerraUSD (or UST) blew up, incinerating tens of billions of dollars of market value. The idea of an algorithmic stablecoin is that it should always be worth a dollar because of an arbitrage mechanism in which one stablecoin can always be exchanged for a number of units of some other crypto token — for TerraUSD, it was called Luna — with a market value of $1. If that other token (Luna) is worth $100 or $10 or $1 or $0.10, that works fine; if the stablecoin trades below $1, you buy it for $0.97 or whatever and redeem it for some Luna that you can sell for a dollar, making an arbitrage profit and pushing the price of the stablecoin back to $1.
The problem is twofold. One is that, if people want to redeem a lot of the stablecoin, the algorithm will print a lot of the other token (Luna), which will tend to drive down the price of that token, which might undermine confidence in the stablecoin, which might lead to more redemptions, which will lead to more printing, which will drive down the price, etc., in what is called a "death spiral." This is a very well-known problem that long predates crypto; companies have for years issued bonds that are convertible into fixed dollar amounts of stock, which are called "death-spiral convertibles" and have the same problem. The other problem that is more specific to crypto is that the other token — Luna — is just made up, and its value is tied to confidence in the stablecoin. If a death spiral starts, there is nothing to underpin the value of that token, so it can go to zero fast. Luna was trading in the $80s in early May; it's at about $0.0002 today. TerraUSD is below 7 cents.
I want to emphasize here that:
1. This problem is extremely, extremely well known. 2. Algorithmic stablecoins have death-spiraled in the past in extremely public and predictable ways. 3. Lots of people loudly predicted that TerraUSD would death-spiral in exactly this way. 4. It did.
But I guess we're gonna keep going until we get it right. Or until we get it wrong a bunch more times: ... Look I don't actually think this is impossible. When we first talked about TerraUSD last month, I liked the idea of the Luna Foundation Guard and its pool of money. The point is that you build up a valuable algorithmic stablecoin on a wave of investor confidence, and then you use that value to build a sort of foreign-exchange reserve fund. You can print Luna for free, so if people value Luna you should print a bunch of it and exchange it for things that (1) people also value and (2) are uncorrelated to Luna. You buy $10 billion of Bitcoin or Ethereum or Treasury bills or gold or whatever and, if the stablecoin goes down, you spend some of that reserve fund to buy the stablecoin and prop up the price. If you build a big fund and show a willingness to deploy it, then no one will doubt your stablecoin, so you won't have to spend the fund, so your other token (Luna, Tron, whatever) will appreciate, so it will all work in a self-sustaining way. "The basic structure of the trade," I wrote, "is (1) Ponzi, (2) acceptance, (3) diversification, (4) permanence."
I don't think this strategy is crazy! I mean, of course it's crazy, but I do think it could work. (Does it … sort of … describe the history of fiat currency?) It's just, you know, if you slip up on the way to permanence, you vaporize tens of billions of dollars. And it's extremely easy to slip up, because in the early going the only thing underpinning the value of your stablecoin is confidence in your system. And people keep slipping up.
One popular theory of contagion is about stablecoins. Not algorithmic stablecoins, which try to be worth a dollar without holding any dollars, and which can crash to zero with surprisingly little impact on anything else, but "backed" stablecoins like Tether and USD Coin, which try to be worth a dollar by holding roughly $1 of dollar-denominated financial assets (commercial paper, Treasuries, bank deposits, etc.) for each $1 of stablecoins they issue. If there is a run on one of those stablecoins, then they will need to sell their underlying assets, which, if the coins are big enough, could cause the prices of those assets to go down.
When we discussed this, I wrote that "at a high level you could argue that Tether is one of the more important crypto projects in terms of having an effect on the real economy," just because it purportedly buys so much commercial paper, meaning that it effectively lends billions of dollars to (presumably non-crypto) companies to fund their operations. On the other hand, lots of people have their doubts about Tether, in part because it bizarrely refuses to disclose much about its holdings, and because there is curiously little evidence about what Tether — which seems to be one of the world's biggest buyers of commercial paper — actually buys.
In that vein, here is a new paper by Sang Rae Kim at Yale on "How the Cryptocurrency Market is Connected to the Financial Market":
The cryptocurrency market is connected to the traditional financial market through reserve-backed stablecoins. A one standard deviation ($320 million) increase in the issuance of major stablecoins (Tether and USD Coin) on a given day results in a 10.7% increase in the commercial paper issuance quantity, a 20 basis point decrease in the commercial paper yield, and a 15 basis point decrease in the Treasury yield the following day. This shows that the exponential growth of stablecoins created an excess demand for short-term money-like safe assets such as commercial paper and Treasury. I also explore the fiat cryptocurrency market's effect on the commercial paper market. A one standard deviation increase in the market capitalization growth of major fiat cryptocurrencies (Bitcoin, Binance Coin, and Ethereum) on a given day results in an 11.9% decrease in the commercial paper issuance quantity, a 20 basis point increase in the commercial paper yield, and a 18 basis point increase in the Treasury yield the following day. This result suggests that investors exchange stablecoins for fiat cryptocurrency when the fiat cryptocurrency market is doing well, lowering the demand for stablecoins and thus commercial paper.
Don't worry too much about the details there. The point is that Medjedovic did a couple of individually irrational transactions (buying UNI tokens for much more than the market price, selling Sushi tokens for much less than the market price) in order to manipulate the contract to give him more money. Is that market manipulation? Sure, I dunno, why not; if you do that in the US stock market then the Securities and Exchange Commission will at least look into it. A hallmark of market manipulation is doing an individually irrational trade in one place in order to make money somewhere else. That isn't a definition of market manipulation — it is not illegal to do irrational trades — but it is a rough guide to recognizing market manipulation.
On the other hand he didn't do this in the stock market, the precedents here are slim, and, as he says, he "interacted with the smart contract according to its very own publicly available rules." The subjective meaning of the smart contract and the objective code of the smart contract were different. I think it is possible for a judge — or for you and me — to know what the subjective meaning was, to conclude "whatever the smart contract actually allows, it wasn't supposed to allow this." As a former lawyer and a traditional finance guy, I am used to that idea and not bothered by it. But in the crypto world there are still, even now, code-is-law types who think that the only thing a smart contract could mean is what it says. In the crypto world, it is not at all clear that Medjedovic did anything wrong.
Even ignoring the blockchain stuff, though, this is kind of a weird case: The borrower admittedly (1) borrowed money (2) secured by his ape and (3) did not pay it back on time, so the lender seized the ape. Seems fine! But the borrower's claim is effectively that he was supposed to have more time to repay the loan, that the combination of their past dealings and their ongoing negotiations for a new loan made it unfair to hold him to the deadline at the last minute.
The thing that it reminds me of most is actually Greensill and Bluestone. Greensill Capital was nominally in the business of providing short-term financing to companies secured by their accounts receivable. Company X sells $10 million of widgets to Company Y on credit, Company Y promises Company X to pay within 60 days, Company X sells that receivable to Greensill for $9.9 million or whatever, that sort of thing.
Greensill did a weird extension of this where it started financing companies' prospective receivables. Greensill would say to, for instance, coal producer Bluestone Resources Inc.: "Hey, you'll probably sell $10 million of coal to Company Z someday , so we'll lend you $9.5 million now, secured by that future receivable." Sixty days later, if Bluestone had not sold any coal to Company Z, Greensill would just roll the loan, charging a bit of interest and extending the loan for 60 more days. It would do this even if Bluestone had no relationship at all with Company Z; it would do this for years.
For Bluestone, this felt like a long-term unsecured loan; this was money that Bluestone kept for years, not linked to any particular cash flows. But technically it was a very short-term loan. Greensill could decide at any time not to roll it over, and then Bluestone would have to come up with cash on short notice. But Bluestone got used to rolling over the loans, and was not prepared to come up with the cash on short notice. And then Greensill imploded, and Greensill's liquidators called up Bluestone for the money, and Bluestone got very aggrieved and sued Greensill, saying in effect "this short-term loan was really a long-term loan, so you can't ask for your money back." This kind of worked for Bluestone, and I guess it worked for this ape owner too.
In 2008 the prices of some structured credit products built out of subprime U.S. mortgages went down, and as a result there was a global recession and millions of people lost their jobs. If you had asked a normal person in 2007: "How would it affect your life if it turns out that investors have mispriced the super-senior risk in synthetic collateralized debt obligations built out of subprime mortgage tranches," that person would have said "I have no idea what you are talking about, but I can't imagine how that collection of words would affect me." But it did. Loosely speaking, the mechanism was that the people (often banks or shadow banks) who owned subprime CDOs (1) also owned other stuff and (2) had borrowed money to buy that stuff. When their CDOs collapsed, they had to sell other stuff to pay off their debts, which drove down the prices of other stuff, which led to broad market contagion, which destroyed a lot of wealth, which reduced economic activity, etc. Meanwhile the banks had lost money and were more risk-averse and less able to lend, which also reduced economic activity. And so normal people lost their jobs because of contagion from some weird financial asset that they hadn't even heard of.
If you asked a normal person, you know, two weeks ago: "How would it affect your life if the prices of some monkey JPEGs and algorithmic stablecoins crash," I think most people would reasonably have said "I do not own a monkey JPEG and do not aspire to own one, so this will not affect me at all." My guess is that they would have been right. My guess is that the real world is not too affected by the crypto world, and that if crypto prices crash there will not be a ton of contagion in the rest of the financial system. But I think it is, at this point, debatable. Crypto has at least started to work its way into the real financial system. Some traditional investors also own crypto; if their crypto goes down they might have to sell regular stuff. Some public companies are exposed to crypto (because they are crypto exchanges, because they have levered crypto holdings, etc.), so your boring old index fund might go down when crypto goes down.
Ten years ago, if you had waved a magic wand and every cryptocurrency went to zero, not much would have happened. A few oddballs experimenting with a newfangled money called Bitcoin would have seen their experiment fail. "Oh well, that was cool for a while," they would have said.
Five years ago, if every cryptocurrency went to zero, a lot of people would have lost a lot of money. But they would mostly be crypto people: Some individuals and some hedge funds that bought crypto would lose their money. The contagion to the real financial system would have been small. Lamborghini dealerships would have a rough year. But most people would barely notice.
Five years from now, if every cryptocurrency goes to zero … well, I don't know what the next five years will be like, but a plausible story (as of last week anyway!) is that there will be continuing integration of crypto into the real economy. More crypto companies will be big and important and intertwined with other companies; their stock will be in the indexes and they will borrow money from banks and use their own money to finance real businesses. More traditional investors will own crypto, and will make levered bets on crypto, and if those bets blow up they will naturally sell more liquid traditional assets, causing contagion from crypto markets to stock and bond markets. Crypto platforms will be used for real economic activity; ordinary people will invest their savings in those platforms, and those investments will be used to finance real, non-crypto business activity. You'll get your mortgage from a decentralized finance platform or whatever.
This is a very bullish story for crypto; in this story, broad institutional adoption and growing utility will be good for the popularity, and prices, of crypto. And then if there's a break in crypto — if there's a run on a stablecoin, if there's a rug-pull in a popular DeFi project, if all the apes gone — that break will naturally spread to the broader financial system, and that will be a sign of crypto's success. Ideally there would not be a lot of breaks; that would also be a sign of success. But a sign of failure would be if crypto projects keep blowing up and nobody outside of those projects notices. That would be a sign that crypto isn't good for anything, that it cannot provide benefits to the real world. If crypto can be good for the real world, then crypto prices going down should be bad for the real world.
An "algorithmic stablecoin" sounds complicated, and there are a lot of people with incentives to pretend that it is complicated, but it is not. Here is how an algorithmic stablecoin works[1]:
1. You wake up one morning and invent two crypto tokens. 2. One of them is the stablecoin, which I will call "Terra," for reasons that will become apparent. 3. The other one is not the stablecoin. I will call it "Luna." 4. To be clear, they are both just things you made up, just numbers on a ledger. (Probably the ledger is maintained on a decentralized blockchain, though in theory you could do this on your computer in Excel.) 5. You try to find people to buy them. 6. Luna will trade at some price determined by supply and demand. If you make it up on your computer and keep the list in Excel and smirk when you tell people about this, that price will be zero, and none of this will work. 7. But if you do a good job of marketing Luna, that price will not be zero. If the price is not zero then you're in business. 8. You promise that people can always exchange one Terra for $1 worth of Luna. If Luna trades at $0.10, then one Terra will get you 10 Luna. If Luna trades at $20, then one Terra will get you 0.05 Luna. Doesn't matter. The price of Luna is arbitrary, but one Terra always gets you $1 worth of Luna. (And vice versa: People can always exchange $1 worth of Luna for one Terra.) 9. You set up an automated smart contract — the "algorithm" in "algorithmic stablecoin" — to let people exchange their Terras for Lunas and Lunas for Terras.[2] 10. Terra should trade at $1. If it trades above $1, people — arbitrageurs — can buy $1 worth of Luna for $1 and exchange them for one Terra worth more than a dollar, for an instant profit. If it trades below $1, people can buy one Terra for less than a dollar and exchange it for $1 worth of Luna, for an instant profit. These arbitrage trades push the price of Terra back to $1 if it ever goes higher or lower. 11. The price of Luna will fluctuate. Over time, as trust in this ecosystem grows, it will probably mostly go up. But that is not essential to the stablecoin concept. As long as Luna robustly has a non-zero value, you can exchange one Terra for some quantity of Luna that is worth $1, which means Terra should be worth $1, which means that its value should be stable.
All of this is, I think, quite straightforward and correct, except for Point 7, which is insane. If you overcome that — if you can find a way to make Luna worth some nonzero amount of money — then everything works fine. That is the whole ballgame. In theory this seems hard, since you just made up Luna. In practice it seems very easy, as there are dozens and dozens of cryptocurrencies that someone just made up that are now worth billions of dollars. The principal ways to do this are:
Collect some transaction fees from people who exchange Luna for Terra or Terra for Luna, and then pay some of those fees to holders of Luna as, effectively, interest on their Luna holdings. (Or pay interest on Terra, creating demand for Luna that people can exchange into Terra to get the interest.[3]) Talk about building an ecosystem of smart contracts, programmable money, etc. on top of Terra and Luna, so that people treat Luna as a way to use that ecosystem — as effectively stock in the company that you are building and ascribe a lot of value to it.
These things reinforce each other: The more fees you collect and distribute to Luna holders, the more big and viable your ecosystem looks, so the more highly people value it, so the more Luna they buy, so the more activity you have, so the more fees you collect, etc.
But there is no magic here. There is no algorithm to guarantee that Luna is always worth some amount of money. The algorithm just lets people exchange Terra for Luna. Luna is valuable if people think it's valuable and believe in the long-term value of the system that you are building, and not if they don't.
The danger here is that Point 7 never goes away. Any morning, people could wake up and say "wait a minute, you just made up this all up, it's worthless," and decide to dump their Lunas and Terras.
If people decide to dump their Lunas then the price of Luna goes down.
If people decide to dump their Terras — "wait," you say, "there's an algorithm; the price of Terra can't go down." If people decide to dump their Terras, then the price of Terra goes down from $1 to like $0.97, and arbitrageurs step in, buy Terras for $0.97 and exchange them for $1 worth of Luna.
Yeah. Well. The problem is that if people lose confidence in this system, they decide to dump both Lunas and Terras. Someone sells some Terras. Arbitrageurs step in, buy Terra for $0.99, and exchange it for $1 worth of Luna. Luna is at, say, $40, so each Terra gets you 0.025 Luna. Then the arbitrageurs sell their 0.025 Luna in the market, which drives down the price of Luna, which is falling anyway. Someone else sells some Terras, but now Luna is at $20, so each Terra gets 0.05 Luna, which arbitrageurs sell, and now Luna is at $10, so each Terra gets you 0.10 Luna, which then get sold, so Luna goes to $5, so each Terra gets you 0.2 Luna, etc. There is no natural stopping point for this process because Luna is just a thing you made up , and because it represents essentially confidence in your ecosystem, and as the price of Luna crashes that confidence ebbs away. And so eventually Luna trades at $0.0001 and you exchange one Terra for 10,000 Luna and you try to sell them and there are no buyers and so no one wants to arbitrage the price of Terra and so the price of Terra falls below $1 and everyone gives up on the stablecoin and the ecosystem and everything and it all goes to zero.
The technical term for this is a " death spiral." Fun fact, that term is also used for something called "death spiral financing" or a "death spiral convertible" in traditional finance, which works exactly the same way. A "death spiral convertible" is a bond of a company that converts into stock of that company at a floating exchange rate, so that each $100 bond converts into $100 worth of stock at whatever the market price is. If the stock is at $40, each bond converts into 2.5 shares, worth $100. If the company's profits are good and the stock price is stable, no problem. But if the company is running out of money and can't pay back the bond, then the stock drops, one bond converts into lots of shares, selling the shares pushes the stock down more, converting another bond produces even more shares, which get sold and push the stock down more, until eventually the stock is at $0.0001 and each bond converts into a million shares and there are no buyers for those shares and it's all worthless.
I guess it is time to talk about algorithmic stablecoins again. Terra, or UST,[1] is an algorithmic stablecoin whose price is maintained by an arbitrage relationship with another cryptocurrency, Luna. One UST is supposed to be worth one US dollar, and one UST can always be exchanged for a floating quantity of Luna with a market value of $1. If a UST is trading at $0.99, you can buy it for $0.99 and then exchange it for $1 worth of Luna, making an instant profit. If it is trading at $1.01, you can buy $1 worth of Luna (for $1) and use it to buy a UST worth $1.01, making an instant profit. Because of this arbitrage relationship, while the price of Luna can fluctuate, the price of Terra should always be $1: If it trades above or below $1, people will exchange Terra for Luna or Luna for Terra until the price of Terra gets back to $1.
When we talked about Terra last month, I wrote:
On first principles this is insane. It relies on [Luna] always being worth something. If [Luna] trades at $0.01, you can print 10 million of them and buy 100,000 [Terra] and push the price up. But if [Luna] trades at $0.00, you can print infinity quadrillion of them and you're still not gonna be able to push up the price of [Terra]. If [Luna] is worthless, it cannot be used to support the price of [Terra]. And because you just made it up , there is no particular reason for [Luna] to be worth anything, so there is no particular reason for [Terra] to be worth a dollar. If I made up [Luna] and [Terra] on my computer and said to you "I will give you the number 10 billion in this Excel spreadsheet if you give me 1 million U.S. dollars," you would say no, and if I raised my offer to 400 quadrillion you would not change your mind.
Nonetheless! It works? The rough intuition here is that there is a lot of demand for stablecoins; there is particularly a lot of demand for Terra because Terraform Labs, the entity that created Luna and Terra, essentially pays 19.5% promotional interest on UST deposits. People want a stablecoin that is worth a dollar, so they are inclined to treat Terra as though it's worth a dollar, which makes it worth a dollar. They buy lots of Luna to turn into Terra, which means that the price of Luna goes up, which means that there is plenty of valuable Luna to support the price of Terra, which means that Terra is robustly worth a dollar.
The basic thing that makes Terra valuable is confidence in it. The essential source of this confidence is ... just sort of recursive social belief? If you think that everyone else will treat Terra as worth a dollar, then you will treat it as worth a dollar, and you won't sell it for $0.90 in a panic, which means that it won't go down to $0.90, etc. But if you think that everyone else will treat Terra as worth zero, then you will dump it as fast as you can at whatever price you can get, which means that it will go down below $0.90, etc.
Also there is an algorithm, but it is a complicated cloak thrown over these basic social facts. If one Terra goes down to $0.90, the arbitrage mechanism — you exchange one Terra for $1 worth of Luna, and then sell your Luna into the market for $1 — just doesn't work. You exchange one Terra for $1 of Luna, but confidence in Luna is also falling, and the market is being flooded with Luna as people try to do this arbitrage. So the $1 worth of Luna you received is no longer worth $1, and then the next person who redeems Terra gets even more Luna and has to sell even more of them, which drives the price down more, which increases the amount of Luna being issued, etc., in a "death spiral." There is no particular floor on this process, and it can go until everything is worth zero.
However! As we discussed last month, Kwon and the Luna Foundation Guard did a smart thing. During the virtuous cycle of Terra's existence, as its market capitalization grew and as Luna became more valuable, they used their valuable Luna to buy a bunch of Bitcoins. Luna is a creature of Terraform: If you lose confidence in Terra you will simultaneously lose confidence in Luna, and being able to exchange one Terra for infinity bazillion Luna will not do anything to prop up the price of Terra. But Bitcoin is an entirely separate thing. Terraform made up Terra and Luna, but somebody else made up Bitcoin. If people lose confidence in Luna and Terra, Bitcoin will still be valuable.
And so the LFG bought a bunch of Bitcoin and promised to use it to defend Terra's peg to the dollar. If one Terra goes down to $0.90, instead of turning Terra into Luna and selling them in a death spiral, the LFG can buy Terra for $0.90 and pay for it in Bitcoin. If the LFG has enough Bitcoin, and if Bitcoin's price holds up, then it can defend the peg and keep the price of Terra close to $1.
The point is that you print a lot of Luna when Luna prices are high and exchange them for Bitcoin. And then if Luna prices fall, you can use the Bitcoin to buy Terra and keep it at $1, avoiding a death spiral.
The way a gold mining company works is that it digs gold out of the ground and then sells it for money. Then it uses the money to, like, buy shovels and pay workers and pay dividends to shareholders. It would be a bit weird for a gold mining company to dig up the gold and then keep all of it forever. The gold mining business, as a business, consists of both digging and selling.
In general if you buy stock in a gold miner you are often betting on the price of gold: The mining company will probably make more money if the price of gold goes up. Sometimes miners hedge their gold production, though, selling gold futures (or buying put options, selling calls, etc.) to reduce the impact of future gold prices on their earnings. Some shareholders will like this, while others will prefer miners that are more levered to the price of gold.
Meanwhile I guess if you buy shares in a Bitcoin mining company you really want to bet on the price of Bitcoin. And while a Bitcoin miner's earnings are related to the price of Bitcoin, the relationship is not as direct as it is with a gold miner: Bitcoin miners do not actually sit on top of reserves of Bitcoins that belong to them; they compete with other miners to mine a global pool of Bitcoins. So apparently it is normal for Bitcoin mining companies to dig up their Bitcoins and not sell them? Just write some covered calls instead?
Publicly traded miners very much embrace the HODL, or "hold on for dear life," mantra, hoarding tokens to make their stock more appealing to investors seeking exposure to Bitcoin's gains. But these firms have major expenses; grinding through cryptographic puzzles to spawn new coins takes pricey computer hardware and giant power bills.
Instead of selling Bitcoin to raise money, firms like Marathon Digital Holdings Inc. are selling Bitcoin call options to wring money out of their holdings, turning to a yield-generating strategy deployed throughout conventional finance.
"Bitcoin miners are some of the most voracious yield seekers in the market today," said Joshua Lim, head of derivatives at New York-based brokerage Genesis Global Trading, which offers options overwriting strategies to the industry. …
Public miners have been on the lookout for yield-generating strategies to fund their rapid expansion without issuing new shares or debt.
I … I mean … gold miners and oil companies solve this problem by digging up the gold or oil and then selling it, but the crypto financial industry is more innovative.
Let me give you sort of like a really toy model of it, which I actually think has a surprising amount of legitimacy for what farming could mean. You know, where do you start? You start with a company that builds a box and in practice this box, they probably dress it up to look like a life-changing, you know, world-altering protocol that's gonna replace all the big banks in 38 days or whatever. Maybe for now actually ignore what it does or pretend it does literally nothing. It's just a box. So what this protocol is, it's called 'Protocol X,' it's a box, and you take a token. You can take ethereum, you can put it in the box and you take it out of the box. Alright so, you put it into the box and you get like, you know, an IOU for having put it in the box and then you can redeem that IOU back out for the token.
So far what we've described is the world's dumbest ETF or ADR or something like that. It doesn't do anything but let you put things in it if you so choose. And then this protocol issues a token, we'll call it whatever, 'X token.' And X token promises that anything cool that happens because of this box is going to ultimately be usable by, you know, governance vote of holders of the X tokens. They can vote on what to do with any proceeds or other cool things that happen from this box. And of course, so far, we haven't exactly given a compelling reason for why there ever would be any proceeds from this box, but I don't know, you know, maybe there will be, so that's sort of where you start.
And then you say, alright, well, you've got this box and you've got X token and the box protocol declares, or maybe votes by on-chain governance, or, you know, something like that, that what they're gonna do is they are going to take half of all the X tokens that were re-minted. Maybe two thirds will, two thirds will offer X tokens, and they're going to give them away for free to whoever uses the box. So anyone who goes, takes some money, puts in the box, each day they're gonna airdrop, you know, 1% of the X token pro rata amongst everyone who's put money in the box. That's for now, what X token does, it gets given away to the box people. …
So, you know, X tokens [are] being given out each day, all these like sophisticated firms are like, huh, that's interesting. Like if the total amount of money in the box is a hundred million dollars, then it's going to yield $16 million this year in X tokens being given out for it. That's a 16% return. That's pretty good. We'll put a little bit more in, right? And maybe that happens until there are $200 million in the box. So, you know, sophisticated traders and/or people on Crypto Twitter, or other sort of similar parties, go and put $200 million in the box collectively and they start getting these X tokens for it.
And now all of a sudden everyone's like, wow, people just decide to put $200 million in the box. This is a pretty cool box, right? Like this is a valuable box as demonstrated by all the money that people have apparently decided should be in the box. And who are we to say that they're wrong about that? Like, you know, this is, I mean boxes can be great. Look, I love boxes as much as the next guy. And so what happens now? All of a sudden people are kind of recalibrating like, well, $20 million, that's it? Like that market cap for this box? And it's been like 48 hours and it already is $200 million, including from like sophisticated players in it. They're like, come on, that's too low. And they look at these ratios, TVL, total value locked in the box, you know, as a ratio to market cap of the box's token.
And they're like '10X that's insane. 1X is the norm.' And so then, you know, X token price goes way up. And now it's $130 million market cap token because of, you know, the bullishness of people's usage of the box. And now all of a sudden of course, the smart money's like, oh, wow, this thing's now yielding like 60% a year in X tokens. Of course I'll take my 60% yield, right? So they go and pour another $300 million in the box and you get a psych and then it goes to infinity. And then everyone makes money.
We talked yesterday about algorithmic stablecoins, in which a made-up crypto token is used to maintain the value of another crypto token at exactly $1. In particular we talked about TerraUSD, whose price is maintained by trading with another cryptocurrency called Luna, and about how Terra is diversifying its "foreign reserves," as it were, by buying Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies. The idea is that as Terra has gotten big, it can buy other cryptos to defend its peg to the dollar, instead of relying on the value of Luna. I wrote: "The basic structure of the trade is (1) Ponzi, (2) acceptance, (3) diversification, (4) permanence."
This is a common way for algorithmic stablecoins to go, but there are other possibilities. For instance you could have a backed stablecoin (where each $1 stablecoin is backed by $1 in U.S. dollar bank accounts), or an overcollateralized stablecoin (where each $1 stablecoin is backed by, say, $2 worth of Bitcoin). And you could bop along doing that for a while, and everyone could be satisfied that it's always worth a dollar, and then you could transition it to being an algorithmic stablecoin. Keep $1 on hand for every coin until everyone treats your coin as being worth a dollar, and then start keeping $0.90 on hand, then $0.80, etc., keeping enough money to defend the peg but not enough to fully redeem every coin in every scenario.
This is more or less the strategy of another algorithmic stablecoin called Frax, whose founder Sam Kazemian emailed me yesterday:
I can see why you didn't include us as Frax goes against your entire narrative of (1) Ponzi, (2) acceptance, (3) diversification, (4) permanence since we start out at 100% collateralization and slowly have gone down to ~85% so far. Our own structure is 1.) not-ponzi, 100% backed normal bank 2.) acceptance, slowly unbacking 3.) permanence 4.) THEN finally ponzi like the Fed/USD. And go figure, FRAX has not lost its peg a single time.
Honestly one of the best reader emails I've ever received. And, yes, I suppose a plausible history of traditional banking would go something like "first backed, then accepted, then Ponzi."
Here is how an algorithmic stablecoin works. You invent two tokens, call them Dollarcoin and Sharecoin. You list them on the crypto exchanges. Sharecoin trades for whatever price is determined by supply and demand. It might be $0.01 per Sharecoin, or $1, or $100, who knows. But Dollarcoin is supposed to trade at $1. If it trades at $0.99, you have some automatic process in which you print more Sharecoins and use them to buy Dollarcoins until it is back to $1. If it trades at $1.01, you have some automatic process in which you print some more Dollarcoins and use them to buy Sharecoins until it is back to $1. The result is that Dollarcoin is firmly pegged to the dollar. The process is sometimes compared to algorithmic central banking, where the central bank maintains the value of the currency (Dollarcoin) by adjusting its supply.
On first principles this is insane. It relies on Sharecoin always being worth something. If Sharecoin trades at $0.01, you can print 10 million of them and buy 100,000 Dollarcoins and push the price up. But if Sharecoin trades at $0.00, you can print infinity quadrillion of them and you're still not gonna be able to push up the price of Dollarcoin. If Sharecoin is worthless, it cannot be used to support the price of Dollarcoin. And because you just made it up, there is no particular reason for Sharecoin to be worth anything, so there is no particular reason for Dollarcoin to be worth a dollar. If I made up Sharecoin and Dollarcoin on my computer and said to you "I will give you the number 10 billion in this Excel spreadsheet if you give me 1 million U.S. dollars," you would say no, and if I raised my offer to 400 quadrillion you would not change your mind.
On second principles, though, it's fine? I guess? Someone just made up Bitcoin, too, and it's worth a lot of money now. Also Dogecoin, etc. "I'll make up a digital currency out of thin air and try to get people to buy it, and they'll buy it and it will be an enduring store of value" is now a perfectly plausible and repeatable proposition.
You probably dress it up a bit. The way you dress it up will generally be with some sort of Ponzi-ing, because that is the main way for self-contained crypto projects to create value these days. You say "hey if you deposit Dollarcoins we'll pay you a 20% yield in Sharecoins," or "if you stake Sharecoins we'll give you a 20% yield in Sharecoins," or whatever, and the interest rate on this — the rate at which people are given new Sharecoins created out of thin air — is high enough that people get excited and do it for a trade, even if they understand that it's all made up.
The desired end state is, I think, that if you do this for like a decade and Dollarcoin becomes deeply integrated into a booming crypto economy, then everyone just accepts that it's worth a dollar and you don't have to work that hard to defend the peg. And so Sharecoin also keeps its value and the whole system maintains itself. You Ponzi your way to widespread acceptance, and then you maintain the value mostly through the widespread acceptance, not through the algorithmic peg mechanism.
On the other hand, this equilibrium feels quite unstable. Dollarcoin and Sharecoin are, in a fundamental way, correlated. One day people might wake up and say "wait you just made up this whole thing, what the heck, I am selling." And they'll sell their Dollarcoins, driving down the price of Dollarcoin and requiring you to print more Sharecoins to defend the peg, but they'll also sell their Sharecoins, driving down the price of Sharecoin and making it harder for you to defend the peg by printing Sharecoins. And as the price of Sharecoin goes down and the peg gets less stable, more people will lose confidence and sell, making it harder to defend, etc., in a self-reinforcing death spiral.
This happens a lot! We talked last year about Titanium, a partially algorithmic stablecoin, which had itself a nice death spiral.
One way out of this is just to power through and hope for enduring widespread acceptance; if nobody attacks the peg you don't have to defend it. But another way out is, once you have fairly good acceptance and your tokens are worth a lot of money, you diversify the peg defense mechanism. Instead of saying "we have a limitless pool of entirely made-up Sharecoins, and we will spend Sharecoins to maintain the price of Dollarcoin at $1," you say "we are a small country on the Continent of Crypto, and we have a central bank, and our central bank maintains foreign reserves, and we will spend those reserves to maintain the price of Dollarcoin at $1." You print some Sharecoins while the printing is good, you use them to buy like a billion dollars worth of Bitcoin, and then if Dollarcoin goes to $0.99 you can spend some Bitcoins to buy Dollarcoin and push up the price.
The advantage of this is that Bitcoin is not correlated to your project, to Dollarcoin and Sharecoin. I mean, it probably is, both in the sense that Bitcoin, Dollarcoin and Sharecoin all reflect some general "faith in crypto" and in the sense that the more Bitcoin your project owns the more correlated you are to Bitcoin. But if people woke up tomorrow and said "wait you just made up Dollarcoin and Sharecoin," they would not necessarily lose confidence in Bitcoin, because someone else made that up. Bitcoin is not an intrinsic part of your project the way Dollarcoin and Sharecoin are, and your Bitcoin holdings will maintain value in states of the world where Sharecoin does not. So you have more robust ammunition to defend the peg, so the peg is more robust.
And then you are off to the races, your Dollarcoin becomes more widely used, your Sharecoin's price goes up, you use it to buy more Bitcoin and Ethereum and whatever else is good in crypto and eventually U.S. Treasuries and gold bars and all the other stuff of central banking. And maybe one day a Crypto George Soros attacks your peg and you have to spend a lot of Bitcoin and gold defending it, and maybe you fail, but you are working with real tools instead of just stuff you made up. You used the stuff you made up to buy the real tools.
Here's a good Wall Street Journal article about algorithmic stablecoins:
The esoteric topic of algorithmic stablecoins has become more mainstream with the startling rise of TerraUSD, the most popular such coin. …
Here's how TerraUSD works. If its price dips below $1, traders can "burn" the coin—or permanently remove it from circulation—in exchange for $1 worth of new units of another cryptocurrency called Luna. That reduces the supply of TerraUSD and raises its price. Conversely, if TerraUSD climbs above $1, traders can burn Luna and create new TerraUSD. That increases supply of the stablecoin and lowers its price back toward $1.
In other words, the collective efforts of traders seeking to make quick arbitrage profits should keep TerraUSD within a relatively tight band around $1. Luna effectively acts as a shock absorber for TerraUSD, buffering volatility in TerraUSD.
Launched in 2020, TerraUSD has mostly maintained its dollar peg—except during bouts of heavy volatility such as last spring's big crypto selloff. TerraUSD dropped below 92 cents on May 23, 2021, according to data provider CoinMarketCap. …
TerraUSD is the brainchild of Do Kwon, a South Korean crypto developer. A spokesman for Mr. Kwon's company, Terraform Labs, said he was unavailable for an interview.
During the past three months, Mr. Kwon has sought to allay concerns about TerraUSD losing its peg by funding a multibillion-dollar reserve of bitcoin and several other cryptocurrencies. The reserve is intended to act as an additional backstop against a severe drop in TerraUSD.
Mr. Kwon has also argued that it is unlikely TerraUSD's liquidity will vanish because of all the activity on the coin from numerous trading and lending projects.
Here's a trade you can't do:
1. Find a small publicly traded bank. Say it's a bank with $10 billion of assets, with an equity market capitalization of $1 billion. (These are realistic numbers; the market value of a bank's stock will generally be much lower than the value of its assets, because most of those assets are in effect owed to its depositors.[8]) 2. Buy 51% of the stock for $510 million or whatever. 3. Vote out the board, vote in a new board and make yourself the chief executive officer. 4. Take the $10 billion in the vault and send it to yourself, making $10 billion on your $510 million investment. 5. Smirk "what, I own the bank, I take the money, that's how it works."
That's not how it works, you can't do this,[9] if you did do it you would go to prison, but you'd be stopped well before that point. But in its outlines it is a tempting and elegant trade, and we have talked about variations that work a little better. (The guy we talked about did go to prison, though he did get the money first, so his version worked only a little better.)
The basic idea of the trade is that there exist in the world some very large pots of money — banks, insurance companies, asset managers, etc. — that are controlled by relatively small companies. It takes a smaller amount of money to buy control of the company, and then you get to decide what to do with the larger pot of money that the company manages. In the world of traditional finance, this is a well-known problem, and those pots of money tend to be very carefully regulated to guard against some opportunist taking control of them on the cheap and draining the money from the pot.
In crypto, etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. you know how this is gonna go. Here's Anthony Lee Zhang on Twitter:
Beanstalk, a moderately popular new algo-stable protocol, just got attacked for $80M
This one is a very interesting hack: rather than exploit a bug in the code, it was a "governance attack". My understanding is that holders of beanstalk equity token holders can vote on changes to the protocol: literally, chunks of code that are added to the protocol
The way an algo-stable works, there's an equity layer and a debt (stablecoins) layer, and possibly a bunch of reserves, so the equity layer effectively has control over a bunch of "stuff" that the protocol owns
Hence, a fairly simple attack:
1\. Propose a piece of code to the protocol that says "send the entire treasury to my address A"
2\. Buy a bunch of equity tokens and vote the change in
3\. Send the entire treasury to your address A
And here is CoinDesk's summary:
The attacker took out a flash loan on lending platform Aave which enabled them to amass a large amount of Beanstalk's native governance token, Stalk. With the voting power granted by these Stalk tokens, the attacker was able to quickly pass a malicious governance proposal that drained all protocol funds into a private Ethereum wallet.
Various crypto pots of money are controlled by governance tokens, and the market capitalization of the governance token is often a lot lower than the value in the pot, for basically the same reasons that the market capitalization of a bank is generally much lower than the value of the bank's assets. And the governance token can, by majority vote, decide what to do with the pot. (Sometimes — many pots are better designed than this!) And in crypto, you can often do a series of transactions as a single integrated transaction, in which you take out a flash loan to buy all the governance tokens, vote the governance tokens to give yourself the pot of money, use some of the pot to repay the flash loan and keep the rest for yourself — all at once. And so someone did.
Again: You could do exactly this trade with a bank , instead of a stablecoin, if banks were stupidly designed. But they are not!
[8] This is obvious to banking people but perhaps not to everyone: The way a bank works is that it takes deposits (and owes money back to depositors) and uses them to make loans, buy bonds, etc. A bank with $10 billion of assets might have $9 billion of deposits and $1 billion of equity value. It has $10 billion of stuff, it owes $9 billion back to depositors, so there's $1 billion left over, which belongs to its shareholders. The point is just that banks are very leveraged; they fund most of their assets with deposits, so the assets are worth way more than the equity value of the bank.
[9] Among other things because they don't keep the deposits in cash in the vaults, etc., though that is not actually as big an obstacle as it seems. The trick is to sell the bank's $10 billion of assets, lend the $10 billion to yourself instead, and use it to buy yachts. That trick also does not work, though, usually.
If you do some crime and get a lot of Bitcoins for it, and the authorities want to seize your Bitcoins, can they? There is a crypto-libertarian answer that is like "no, the blockchain is not subject to any nation's jurisdiction, it uses secure cryptography, if you hold your coins in your own wallet then they are safe from encroaching despotism," etc. But then there is the practical answer that:
1. If you hold your coins at a regulated exchange, sure yeah the authorities can probably get a warrant and seize your Bitcoins. 2. If you hold your coins in your own wallet but you write down your private key in, like, your phone's notes app, and it backs up to the cloud, then the authorities can probably get your cloud provider to give them access to your notes and read the key and use that to seize all your Bitcoins. (This happened to the alleged Bitfinex hack launderers.) 3. If you write your private key on a scrap of paper, the authorities can search your house until they find it and seize all your Bitcoins. 4. If you memorize your private key, or just write it down somewhere really safe, then they can arrest you and throw you in jail until you tell them what it is, and then seize all your Bitcoins.
Here are Ellen Milligan and David Voreacos on authorities seizing Bitcoins:
To start, investigators have to learn to recognize a crypto wallet and then how to obtain the private key, or seed phrase, to unlock it. Months after the $10 million hack of the GateHub platform in 2019, French investigative judge Pascal Latournald and his colleagues held and interrogated a suspect for the better part of 48 hours before he gave up the code that unlocked $2 million in Bitcoin. The exhausted suspect, hoping for leniency, revealed he'd written it on a slip of paper inside a cookbook in his parents' living room in southern France, according to an officer involved in the investigation who spoke on the condition he wasn't named.
U.S. agents have discovered seed phrases hidden on a gum wrapper, inside a TV instruction manual, and on tiny pieces of paper stuffed in a suitcase in a closet, says Tigran Gambaryan, who was a special agent for the IRS's criminal investigation arm for a decade before joining crypto exchange Binance in September.
Yeah. There is a vein of crypto libertarianism that imagines that you can have money that is immune from the claims of society, but that's only really true if the rest of your life is immune from the claims of society. If you live alone on a faraway island and have a lot of weapons then sure right maybe the authorities can't seize your Bitcoins. (Though you also can't use your Bitcoins to, like, order pizza delivery.) But if they can toss you in jail until you cough up your Bitcoins, then the Bitcoins aren't doing that much for you.
No it didn't, come on. Imagine borrowing, like, $1 million of Bitcoin for 30 years to buy an apartment, and then paying back $50 million as Bitcoin appreciates. Imagine being the lender and locking up your Bitcoins for 30 years at 5% or whatever. Obviously this is not a "30-year mortgage in Bitcoin." It's a 30-year mortgage in dollars, secured by the apartment, and also secured by some Bitcoins for novelty value:
Crypto mortgages are structured much like traditional mortgages and are lent out to home buyers in dollars but are meant to appeal to people who have large crypto holdings they don't want to convert to dollars.>
These mortgages require additional collateral in the form of a cryptocurrency, and the agreements allow the lender to take ownership of the home and the additional collateral in the event of default. If the value of crypto falls, the borrower may have to put up more crypto or other collateral.
A non-fungible token is basically a receipt saying that you have bought it. You have bought what? The receipt. Sometimes something else occurs — the receipt points to a digital image file hosted on a web server, or somebody burns a work of art before selling you the receipt, or whatever — but fundamentally the NFT consists of the receipt. This receipt generally lives on a decentralized computerized database associated with some cryptocurrency, but artists came up with the idea of selling a receipt for money and calling it art long before the invention of the blockchain. Yves Klein is a particularly good one and you can buy one of his NFTs now:
Auction house Sotheby's said it expects to fetch up to $551,000 for an unusual item -- a receipt for a piece of invisible art by French artist Yves Klein.>
Sotheby's said Klein sold numerous pieces of imaginary art, which he dubbed Zones of Immaterial Pictorial Sensibility, in exchange for a weight of pure gold, and he would issue receipts to the buyers.>
The receipt up for auction April 6 is dated Dec. 7, 1959, just a few years before the artist's death in 1963. …>
"Some have likened the transfer of a zone of sensitivity and the invention of receipts as an ancestor of the NFT, which itself allows the exchange of immaterial works," the auction catalog states. "If we add that Klein kept a register of the successive owners of the 'zones,' it is easy to find here another revolutionary concept -- the 'blockchain.'"
Yes, right, keeping a list in a notebook is basically the blockchain, why not.
Like, Tether is a digital token that is supposed to be worth a dollar. (It is also the name of the entity, Tether Ltd., that issues Tethers.) It is in fact worth a dollar: It trades on exchanges for very close to a dollar, with very limited volatility. It is backed by a pool of liquid dollar-denominated assets, or says it is anyway. Institutional customers can redeem Tethers for dollars, from Tether Ltd., one for one.
You might believe — lots of people believe! — that Tether is backed by bad commercial paper and that it will break. A big commercial-paper issuer will default, Tether (which keeps its holdings very secret) will turn out to own a lot of its paper, and so Tether will have fewer dollars than it has issued Tethers. Customers will panic and redeem their Tethers, forcing Tether to sell more bad commercial paper at fire-sale prices and driving down the price of its commercial paper; ultimately each Tether will be worth much less than a dollar.
If you do believe this then in some sense the trade should be easy? Like, if you wanted to borrow dollars, betting that a dollar would somehow turn out to be worth 40 cents, you could do that pretty cheaply. (I realize this makes no sense.) Borrow $100 million for a year at, you know, 3%. (The one-year Bloomberg Short Term Bank Yield Index, representing unsecured borrowing costs of a big bank, is about 1.46% today.) That costs you $3 million. If it crashes to 40 cents, you only have to pay back $40 million, so you make $57 million of profit; if it doesn't, your loss is capped at $3 million. (It's never going to be worth more than a dollar.) Asymmetric trade!
Interest rates to borrow Tether are … higher? Tether is in some ways a substitute for the dollar, but not in the sense that you can borrow a ton of it at dollar interest rates to bet that it will drop.
Or, sure, find someone to sell you puts. How much should someone charge to sell you, say, a one-year put on Tether struck at 90 cents? (If Tether is above 90 cents for the whole year, you get back $0; otherwise, you get back the difference between 90 cents and the price of Tether when you exercise the put.) Tether has as far as I can tell never traded below 90 cents. Its realized volatility is nearly zero, because it is a stablecoin. Option pricing models suggest that the price of that put is, like, "free." But of course the bet, when you buy a put on Tether, is that past performance does not reflect future performance, and that when people really understand Tether its stability will disappear.
There is a relevant story from Nassim Taleb. Here is how I have previously summarized it:
In 1992, a trader "needed to buy quantities of out-of-the-money puts on the sterling, calls on the [Deutsche] mark, struck 10% outside the official government band. The customer was a conspiracy theorist fund manager who believed in the imminent breakup of the [pre-euro European] monetary order." The trader called a few large dealers for quotes and got two answers. One dealer, a former pit trader, "told him that they were reluctant to show a price, 'because the strike is outside the band' and the options were 'too risky.' They would accommodate him if necessary, but at very expensive implied volatility and only for a moderate amount." Another dealer, "a graduate of a prestigious European school of engineering," "literally laughed at him. 'But Zey are outside the band, if I am not mistaken,' he was told. 'How many do you vant? I can sell you all you need. You should give your money to charity instead.'" The European Monetary System broke up. One of those dealers kept his job.
If you want to buy puts on Tether, then:
1. Some people will charge you a lot of money for the puts. If you trade with them, it will be expensive. 2. Other people will charge you very little money for the puts. If you trade with them, and Tether in fact crashes, how sure are you that they'll be around to pay out? The problem with betting on disaster is that when you win there has been a disaster.
I know this is normal now, this is just life in 2022, this ship has sailed. Still, imagine telling a federal judge "see, my cartoon ape is vastly more valuable than Justin Bieber's because it is in the top 14% rarity, so please award me millions of dollars of damages against the exchange that negligently allowed someone to buy my ape for 0.01 ETH." "What is an ETH," the judge might reasonably ask. "The ape is a computer image, what does it mean that someone else possesses it, or that it is rare," the judge might reasonably ask. "Why can't you just right-click and save it, then you'd have your ape back," the judge might reasonably ask. "Who is Justin Bieber," the judge might reasonably ask.
"What do you mean that you are the rightful owner of Bored Ape #3475 when the blockchain shows definitively that it was transferred out of your wallet to someone else, who now demonstrably owns it," you or I (not the judge) might reasonably ask, but that ship has also sailed. Everyone understands now that:
1. NFTs are a kind of property. 2. Possessing those NFTs on the blockchain — having them in your crypto wallet, having the private keys that allow you to transfer them — is not the same thing as ownership of that property, though it is an important indicator of ownership. (Just as possessing a bicycle is generally a good sign that you own it, but not definitive proof; "you stole my bicycle, give it back" is a coherent sentence, as is "you stole my NFT, give it back.") 3. Outside authorities — OpenSea and other centralized intermediaries, but also U.S. federal courts — can decide who owns an NFT, even if the blockchain says something different. 4. For most practical purposes, what the outside authorities say about ownership matters more than what the blockchain says.
All of that seems fine, really, but the path by which we have arrived here is strange. The idea of crypto was to create a sort of property that could be evidenced through code, where ownership was decentralized and permissionless rather than intermediated through some traditional authority. And it worked , and NFTs became worth millions of dollars, which made them far too valuable to be subjected to the uncertainty of decentralized permissionless ownership. And so now if someone takes your apes on the blockchain, you can try to get them back in federal court. "Why is this my problem," the judge might reasonably ask.
Here is a dumb model of financial regulation. There are two general ways for authorities to regulate financial activities. Call one "rulemaking." A regulator thinks about some financial things, decides how they should work, solicits comments from industry participants and the general public, and writes a rule explaining in some detail how things will work. After that, everyone who does those things knows what the rules are and what things they are and are not allowed to do.
Call the other "regulation by enforcement." The regulator doesn't spend much time writing specific new rules, but just relies on some general old rules saying things like, you know, "don't use an artifice to defraud." What that means can be unclear and, more to the point, if the regulators decide to go after you for using some artifices, your life will be unpleasant even if you ultimately win. Knowing this dynamic, the regulators can use enforcement actions to decide and declare what is and is not allowed. Everyone goes around doing things, and then some of them get sued by the regulator and have to pay a bunch of money to settle the lawsuits. Everyone watches those lawsuits, and each lawsuit tells everyone a bit more about what is and is not allowed. If the regulators sue someone for doing X, and you're also doing X, you stop doing X. "Don't do X" has become a rule without any rulemaking. The first person to get sued for X didn't know that that was the rule, though, and gets in trouble and has to pay a fine.
One way to think about this is that it is unfair: That person didn't know X was against the rules, why should she get in trouble? Often though it does not feel that unfair, because X probably does look pretty bad; it probably was at least arguably against some general rule like "don't use any artifices." It's a little random that this person got in trouble for doing X, but it's not like she was totally innocent either. The people who get fined were in some gray area; they didn't know that what they were doing was not allowed, but they had some notice that it might not be allowed.
But another way to think about it is that regulation is expensive, and regulation by enforcement is a way to make the industry pay for regulation. In rulemaking, the regulator has to put a lot of expensive effort into figuring out what should be allowed; this is particularly hard when a lot of novel activities are going on, and there is a risk that the regulator will get it wrong, miss things, move too slowly, etc. In regulation by enforcement, the industry has to put a lot of expensive effort into figuring out what is not allowed, and the risk of missing things is on the industry; the regulator gets to focus its attention on what is actually happening and what it wants to prevent rather than theoretical generalities. More concretely, each time the industry gets a little more clarity — each time it learns a new X that is or is not against the rules — it pays a big fine. "Fines are a cost of doing business," people complain about financial regulation, but perhaps sometimes it is more like "fines are a cost of figuring out what the rules are." The regulators will tell you what the rules are, but one at a time, and for $10 million per rule.
If you have $10,000 in your bank account, and thieves hack into your account and drain all of the money, and you go to your bank and establish that that's what happened, and the hackers get away successfully, what will the bank do? The three main theoretically possible answers are:
1. The bank will give you the $10,000 back and eat the loss. 2. It won't, and you will eat the loss. 3. The bank will give you some of the money back, and you will split the loss.
Which one it chooses will be determined mostly by regulation and somewhat by how effectively you complain, but none of that is the point here. The point is that what will not happen is:
4. The bank will say "Well the dollars are gone, but we can credit you with 10,000 Theft Bucks, enjoy!"
I am not even sure I know what that sentence means. But let me try. A bank is a system of computers that keep lists of people who have stuff. For the most part, your entry on the list shows how many U.S. dollars you have at the bank. There is an important sense in which this entry means "the number of U.S. dollars that the bank has to pay you when you ask," but there is a more important sense in which it doesn't. Most people's primary interaction with their bank is not withdrawing paper money ; for most people, the number next to their name on the bank's list simply is the number of dollars that they have. If they want to spend those dollars, they do it by sending electronic messages telling the bank to decrement the number next to their name and increment the number next to someone else's name; the dollars never leave the banking system's computers, never become paper money, always remain numbers on lists. The number on the list is not the number of dollars that the bank has to give you if you ask; it is the number of dollars that you have already. "Dollars" are entries on the bank's list.
The bank controls the computers, so it is a little tempting to say that it could put any number it wants next to your name. It can't, though, for important reasons of regulation and tradition and, you know, the whole banking system would crumble if the bank just made up numbers arbitrarily. Well, it would crumble if the bank just made up numbers of U.S. dollars. U.S. dollars are very important and widely accepted and there is a huge financial and regulatory apparatus built up around the function (banking) of keeping lists of them. But the bank could make up other numbers on other lists. The bank could say "every time you use an ATM we will give you 10 loyalty points," and then it could keep a list of customers and their loyalty points, and then one day it could say "also we'll give you 20 loyalty points every time you smile at a teller" without any particularly serious implications for the banking system.
And so you could just about imagine discovering that your account was hacked and that your $10,000 is gone, and going to the bank and saying "hey your list says I have $0 but I should have $10,000," and the bank saying "well your entry on that list of dollars was decremented to $0 using the established procedures of banking, and we cannot reverse those procedures because that would mess everything up, but we will write another list, not of dollars, but of something else — call it Theft Bucks — that we just made up, and we can put 10,000 next to your name on that list, does that help?" And you will say, no, it absolutely does not, because dollars can be used to pay rent and buy sandwiches, while Theft Bucks are a thing that the bank made up just now.
But this is because there is a very stark binary, in traditional banking, between dollars , which are money, and other stuff , which is not. Move this bank into the world of cryptocurrency and the situation gets much hazier. Crypto tokens can be created arbitrarily, in a sense all of them are money, in another sense none of them are, and there is a continuum between the ones that feel a lot like money and the ones that don't. If you have an account at a crypto exchange and it contains 10,000 Shiba Inu tokens, and a thief drains your account and you complain to the exchange and the exchange says "sorry about that, the SHIB are gone — immutable blockchain and all that — but to make it up to you we will create a brand-new Lost Dog token and give you 10,000 of them," does that help? Maybe? The Shiba Inu tokens were worth a somewhat arbitrary and variable amount of money based on speculative interest, and the Lost Dog tokens will also be worth a somewhat arbitrary and variable amount of money based on speculative interest. Context clues here suggest that the Shiba Inu tokens are worth more , and have more general interest, while the Lost Dog tokens are just nonsense and won't be worth much, but, I mean, are the Shiba Inu tokens not nonsense?
We talked yesterday about the Bitfinex hack. In 2016, Bitfinex, a cryptocurrency exchange, was hacked; thieves made off with 119,754 Bitcoins. At the time this was a $71 million haul. When I wrote about it yesterday, though, it was a $5.3 billion haul, as Bitcoin went up about 7,000% over the past six years. (As of this morning it's a $5.4 billion haul.) We talked about it yesterday because the Justice Department arrested two people for allegedly trying to launder the money, and managed to recover at least 94,636 of those Bitcoins, worth $4.2 billion at yesterday's price. And the Justice Department has promised to give the Bitcoins back to the victims of the hack.
The simplest way to interpret that is that if you had 10 Bitcoins in your Bitfinex account in 2016, worth about $6,000,and they went missing, then now the Justice Department will give you 8 Bitcoins (it recovered about 80% of the missing Bitcoins), worth about $360,000. From 2016 until now you had an asset — Missing Bitcoins — that appreciated by about 6,000%, which is a worse performance than actual Bitcoins but much better than, you know, the S&P 500. Owning Bitcoins stolen from Bitfinex was an incredibly good trade. Here's Bloomberg's Olga Kharif:
David Silver, a lawyer who specializes in financial and cryptocurrency-related fraud, said since the seizure was announced Tuesday he's received dozens of calls from individuals saying they lost money in the 2016 online heist and they want to get their coins back. Twitter has been whipped into a frenzy as well, with posters asking how to claim lost crypto. Justice Department officials said they plan to establish a court process for victims to reclaim the stolen digital assets, which have since surged in value.
But there are other ways to interpret it. Bitfinex, in particular, has other views. Bitfinex's views are, approximately, "we gave you 119,754 Theft Tokens to make up for your 119,754 stolen Bitcoins, so you are fine and those Bitcoins are ours now." Kharif:
Bitfinex considers that it's made investors whole, and said in a statement that it will "follow appropriate legal processes to establish our rights to a return of the stolen Bitcoin." If Bitfinex and users start off on a collision course, the legal battle would likely be protracted.>
"The world has changed dramatically since 2016, and everyone is going to lay claim to this newfound bag of Bitcoins," Silver said. …>
At the heart of Bitfinex's argument is a long-ago token distribution. After the attack in August 2016, when a hacker made away with more than 119,000 Bitcoin, Bitfinex allocated losses of more than 30% to all customer accounts. It then created and credited BFX tokens to customers at a ratio of one for every $1 lost. Within eight months, all holders had those tokens redeemed, or had exchanged them for iFinex capital stock. During that time, Bitcoin's price had nearly doubled, according to Bloomberg data.>
Bitfinex also created another coin named Recovery Right Token, or RRT, for holders that had converted their BFX tokens into iFinex shares. In case the stolen Bitcoins were ever
Classically, the idea of money laundering is that, when you do crimes, it is often hard to spend your ill-gotten loot. If you steal a sack of cash from a bank and try to buy a car with it, people will get suspicious. This is particularly true of stolen Bitcoins: Spending Bitcoins mostly requires converting them into dollars (or euros, or gold, or non-fungible tokens, or something), which mostly requires going through a cryptocurrency exchange. So you want to take your suspicious loot and filter it through the legitimate financial system until it comes out in a respectable bank account that you can use to buy stuff.
Governments want to prevent this, and so regulated financial institutions — especially banks, but in recent years also especially legitimate cryptocurrency exchanges — have know-your-customer/anti-money-laundering (KYC/AML) compliance programs where, if you walk into a bank with a large sack of cash and say “I’d like to deposit this please,” they ask you questions like “who are you” and “where did you get this money.” If the answer is “I stole it from a crypto exchange” they will call the cops, so you have to lie (which is a crime), and also they might check (so you might get caught).
Here is how the Justice Department summarizes the laundering here:
The criminal complaint alleges that Lichtenstein and Morgan employed numerous sophisticated laundering techniques, including using fictitious identities to set up online accounts; utilizing computer programs to automate transactions, a laundering technique that allows for many transactions to take place in a short period of time; depositing the stolen funds into accounts at a variety of virtual currency exchanges and darknet markets and then withdrawing the funds, which obfuscates the trail of the transaction history by breaking up the fund flow; converting bitcoin to other forms of virtual currency, including anonymity-enhanced virtual currency (AEC), in a practice known as “chain hopping”; and using U.S.-based business accounts to legitimize their banking activity.
“In a methodical and calculated scheme, the defendants allegedly laundered and disguised their vast fortune,” said Chief Jim Lee of IRS-Criminal Investigation (IRS-CI).
But if you read the complaint, what is striking is how little of the money actually got laundered. Certainly a lot of effort seems to have gone into laundering. But the thing is that if you are a TikTok rapper and you walk into a bank and say “hello I’d like to open an account in which to deposit the proceeds of my TikTok rapping” and the bank says “sure okay” and you say “here is my first deposit of $4.5 billion” you’ll be in jail that afternoon. You gotta launder slow.
If you buy a book, and you read it, and you don't want to read it again, you can sell it. You own the book that you bought so it's yours to do what you want with. On the other hand, you can't scan the book, upload it to the internet, and sell thousands of electronic copies at $1 each. You don't own the contents of the book; you don't own the intellectual property. You own the physical printed copy of the book. In the U.S., this is called the "first-sale doctrine."
Similarly if you buy sneakers you can resell them. You can also wear them. They'll probably have some brand on them, like a Nike swoosh. If someone sees you wearing the sneakers they might say "hey cool shoes are those Nikes" and you can say "they sure are, they're the new Air Jordan 420s" or whatever and they might say "oh wow those are ultra rare and cool" and you can be like "I know."
What if you tried to separate out that rare coolness from the shoes? What if you, like, advertised that you would let people take pictures with your rare Nikes to post on social media? I am not an intellectual property lawyer but I feel like eventually Nike Inc. would get annoyed. You own the shoes, sure, but Nike owns the intellectual property. You can resell the shoes, but the brand belongs to Nike.
My basic model of Web3 is that any Web3 project consists of (1) the ostensible project plus (2) a Ponzi scheme. (We have discussed this mainly here and here.) If you do a thing in a Web3 project, you get some tokens, and then if more people do it the tokens become more valuable; you are rewarded for doing the thing to the extent that new investors put money in after you. Mostly this strikes me as bad! However! If you take a worthy but not especially sexy distributed project and add, like, a little bit of Ponzi to it, maybe that is something? At the New York Times, Kevin Roose writes about Helium:
On a basic level, Helium is a decentralized wireless network for "internet of things" devices, powered by cryptocurrency.>
The network is made up of devices called Helium hot spots, gadgets with antennas that can send small amounts of data over long distances using radio frequencies. These hot spots, which cost roughly $500 apiece and can reach 200 times farther than conventional Wi-Fi hot spots, share their owners' bandwidth with nearby internet-connected devices — like parking meters, air-quality sensors or smart kitchen appliances.>
Anyone can use the Helium network, although most of its users so far are companies like Lime (which has used Helium to keep tabs on its connected scooters) and the Victor mousetrap company (which uses it for a new line of internet-connected traps). …>
Helium, which was founded in 2013, didn't start off as a crypto company. Its founders originally tried to build a long-range, peer-to-peer wireless network the old-fashioned way — by persuading people and businesses to set up hot spots and stringing them together. But they struggled to get enough participants, and the network stalled. …>
So the company tore up its old business model and settled on a new one. Instead of building its network itself, Helium would make it fully decentralized and let users build it themselves by buying and connecting their own hot spots. Participants would be paid in crypto tokens, and they'd get to vote on proposed ideas for changes to the network. If the price of those tokens rose, they'd make even more money, and set up even more hot spots.
"This," writes Roose, "is one of crypto's superpowers — the ability to kick-start projects by providing an incentive to get in on the ground floor." The more people who join the project after you, the more money you make. Ordinarily a network benefits from network effects, and you should join a network that a lot of people already use. But crypto networks benefit from "token effects," and you should join a network that a lot of people will use in the future. There is some guesswork involved there of course, and some incentive for hype. ("A cardinal rule of Helium's 140,000-member Discord chat server is that you're not allowed to discuss token prices," notes Roose, which should reduce hype.)
Incidentally this is sort of a nice metaphor for the fact that an apparently huge source of alpha in crypto consists of:
1. There is a mistake. 2. People notice the mistake and try to correct it. 3. Because crypto is all open-source and on the blockchain, you can see them trying to correct it. 4. Because crypto effectively conducts auctions to decide whose transactions go first, you can jump ahead of them in line and exploit the mistake before they can correct it.
The attempts to correct the mistake are what tip off the exploiters. The classic "Ethereum is a Dark Forest" story is an example of this: Someone noticed a flaw in a smart contract, but any effort to correct it would tip off arbitrage bots who would front-run it. We talked the other day about a bug in OpenSea that caused some people to sell their non-fungible tokens for less than they were worth under old, un-canceled listings; the obvious fix when this was discovered was to cancel your old listings, but people who tried to do that also got front-run.
Anyway I guess the point is that if you get into trading and building market infrastructure in crypto, some days the money will vanish and you'll have to stump up $300 million to cover customer losses and maintain confidence in your market, and it will be worth it. That's a good sign for how lucrative it is on the other days.
A less obvious risk of stablecoins is that they might be too stable. A stablecoin is, among other things, a substitute for putting money in a bank. Banks are generally very safe places to put money, but they are not perfectly safe. There can be runs on banks; banks can fail. For most U.S. retail bank accounts this is not a very salient problem, since they are backed by government deposit insurance, but many large institutional pools of money (corporate cash accounts, money-market funds, etc.) park their money in short-term bank instruments and are sensitive to risk. If a bank gets riskier, it will lose deposits. And if a stablecoin is so stable that it is safer than a bank, then banks generally will lose deposits.
Why is this a risk? Well, banks do useful stuff. Classically, they take people's deposits and lend them out to other people to start businesses and buy homes. The provision of credit by banks helps the economy grow. More to the point, the withdrawal of credit by banks hurts the economy, and the risk here is wrong-way. If people get nervous about banks and pull out all their money to put it in safer stablecoins, then (1) that will probably happen at a time when the economy is shaky and (2) that will definitely make the economy shakier. The bulk of the response to the 2008 financial crisis involved preventing runs on banks, because those would have made all of the problems of the crisis much worse.
I suspect that this worry — that stablecoins might be too safe — is not at the top of most people's minds. This is not the main problem with actually existing stablecoins! It sounds a bit silly, as I type it. But it does seem to be top of mind for U.S. banking regulators, particularly for the Federal Reserve. This is probably because in some sense the Fed's introduction to stablecoins came from people pushing the Fed to launch its own stablecoin. A Fed-issued stablecoin — the usual term is CBDC, "central bank digital currency" — would indeed be perfectly safe, a pure dollar on the blockchain, safer than any bank account. And the Fed has not been interested, in part for these sorts of crowding-out reasons. But the Fed has also rejected a proposal to allow a "narrow bank," meaning a bank that issues super-safe deposits backed solely by reserves at the Fed, for similar reasons. And when U.S. financial regulators put out proposals on stablecoin regulation, they were ostensibly focused on safety, but the proposals also very quietly called for banning ultra-safe Fed-backed stablecoins and requiring stablecoins to be issued through regular banks.
I have to say I have no idea how cryptocurrency investments are regulated under U.S. securities law right now. Back in the late 2010s, there was a wave of crypto projects that were called "initial coin offerings," and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission fairly quickly came to the conclusion that those were all illegal securities offerings, and the wave came to an end. This was controversial, and I am not sure it was entirely correct, and I occasionally wrote columns that were sympathetic to some of these ICOs. And of course there were a ton of ICOs and so a lot of them fell through the enforcement cracks. But surely most ICOs were illegal securities offerings, and there was a rough intellectual consistency to the whole thing. The SEC thought ICOs were bad, and it killed them.
But then the crypto world moved on to other things, many of which — particularly in "decentralized finance" — kind of look like ICOs. Two crypto stories caught my eye today. One is a Bloomberg story about big crypto firms that pay interest on crypto deposits:
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is scrutinizing cryptocurrency firms Celsius Network, Voyager Digital Ltd. and Gemini Trust Co. as part of a broad inquiry into companies that pay interest on virtual token deposits, according to people familiar with the matter.
The SEC enforcement review focuses on whether the companies' offerings should be registered as securities with the watchdog, said the people, who weren't authorized to speak publicly. The firms are able to pay customers rates higher than most bank savings accounts by lending out their digital coins to other investors, a practice that the SEC and states including New Jersey and Texas have said raises concerns about investor protection.
Now, I think that the SEC is probably right to be concerned here, and these offerings probably are securities under traditional readings of the rules, though there's an argument the other way. And there is a certain consistency in that regulators have gone after other firms offering similar crypto-interest accounts. And of course this is just a review, nothing is final, Gemini et al. are not in trouble. So I have no real complaints here; the SEC should take a look at stuff that might violate its rules.
And these are large companies that do seem to care about following regulation. Gemini ran a silly ad campaign calling itself "the regulated cryptocurrency exchange" and saying "the revolution needs rules." And look at these little descriptions from that Bloomberg article; these sound like real companies:
Celsius, which has $18.1 billion in deposits, incorporated in the U.K. in 2018 but last year said it would move its headquarters to the U.S. amid regulatory uncertainty. The private company recently raised money from investors including Caisse de Dépôt et Placement du Québec, Canada's second-largest pension fund, valuing Celsius at more than $3 billion.
Gemini's crypto exchange was launched in 2015 by Cameron and Tyler Winklevoss, the twins who famously feuded with Mark Zuckerberg over the founding of Meta Platform Inc.'s Facebook. The firm's "Gemini Earn" crypto accounts pay interest of as much as 8.05%, which the firm says it earns by partnering with third party borrowers whose risk it vets.
New York-based Voyager, which also runs an exchange and had $7 billion in assets under management in November, is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and had a market value of about C$1.7 billion ($1.35 billion) as of mid-day Wednesday.
A fourth name for the list is Coinbase Global Inc., a $38 billion U.S. public company, which wanted to do a crypto lending product and was told by the SEC to knock it off before it even started. And, sure, right. These are big important companies that try to comply with the law, and the SEC calls them and says "under our interpretation of our precedents you are not complying with the law," and so they change their behavior to comply with the law while also, of course, lobbying the SEC to change the rules to allow the things they want to do. All normal stuff, though normal stuff at the cutting edge of legal and financial developments, so nobody is quite sure what the right answers are.
The other story is about … well, see, there's a billion-dollar Ponzicoin called Wonderland, which as of about 11 a.m. today was advertising an annual percentage yield on staked deposits of EIGHTY-THREE THOUSAND, SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-SEVEN POINT FIVE PERCENT (83,687.5%), and it is in the news today because one of the pseudonymous people running its treasury is allegedly a famous convicted serial scammer who previously co-founded Quadriga CX, which was the biggest Canadian crypto exchange before it collapsed in an exit scam in which the other co-founder apparently stole most of the money and may or may not have faked his death.
Man, come on. Read that sentence. If you were an SEC enforcement lawyer and you had the choice of (1) calling up the "revolution needs rules" guys to tell them that under SEC precedents interest-bearing crypto accounts paying 8.05% have to be registered as securities or (2) looking into the very popular billion-dollar Ponzicoin run by an exit scammer that is offering an 83,000% APY to U.S. investors … just … what are we doing here?
What is the difference between Gemini and Wonderland? I think two critical differences are:
1. Wonderland is hilariously riskier and less compliant than Gemini in every respect. 2. Gemini answers the phone when the SEC calls.
There is a certain drunk-under-the-lamppost element to current U.S. crypto regulation. If you incorporate a company in the U.S. and walk into the SEC's office and ask "hey what are we allowed to do," the answer is "almost nothing." If you just launch the wildest thing in the world pseudonymously, call it "decentralized," and advertise eye-popping investment returns to U.S. investors, then, I mean, I don't want to give you legal advice, but look around.
Or we talked yesterday about stablecoins. Specifically we talked about the fact that Facebook Inc. (now Meta Platforms Inc.) announced in 2019 with enormous fanfare that it was going to launch a stablecoin and work closely with all of the relevant regulators blah blah blah, and it went to the Federal Reserve and said "what do we need to do to launch a stablecoin," and the Fed said "you must bring me the egg of a dragon and the tears of a unicorn," and now the Facebook stablecoin is shutting down. One of the largest companies in the world devoted millions of dollars to figuring out how to launch a stablecoin and concluded that it was impossible. It is demonstrably not impossible! Tether did it! Tether has a hugely successful stablecoin! Tether does not care at all about working closely with all of the relevant regulators! That's why!
Of course this is very much part of the point of decentralized finance projects like Wonderland (though not Tether, which is hilariously centralized): They are decentralized, there is no legal entity for the SEC to go after, people participate under pseudonyms and blockchain addresses rather than legal names, etc. And they are often "trustless" in the loose sense that some amount of their activity is governed by open-source code, transparent blockchains and mechanical operations of smart contracts, though in practice they often involve some amount of trusting individuals (like the Quadriga guy!) to manage some aspects of the project (like Wonderland's treasury!).
There is perhaps a legal argument, under securities law precedent, that this stuff combines to make them not a security: The expectation of profit in Wonderland comes from the explicit mechanics of the project, not from the efforts of a management team. This argument strikes me as very weak but not completely absurd. But there is also a practical difficulty of enforcement: You can't find the people or entities to sue, you can't make them give b
A share of Microsoft Corp. stock trades for about $300. That price goes up and down, but at any given minute during regular trading hours if you want to sell a share of Microsoft stock you're going to sell it within a few pennies of the last trading price. If you tried to sell a share of Microsoft for $100 you'd have a hard time doing it. If you called your broker, or went into your broker's app, and said "sell Microsoft for $100," you'd get back an instant confirmation saying "congratulations you sold Microsoft for $300."
There are many people in the stock market who would describe themselves as being in the business of buying underpriced stocks, but they don't mean it literally. They mean that they pay $300 for stocks that trade for $300 because they think those stocks will eventually trade for $500. They don't mean that they pay $100 for stocks that currently trade at $300. That's not a business.[1] You could write an algorithm saying "if anyone is selling Microsoft for $100, buy it," but that would not work. In all likelihood you'd never buy a single share. And if you did, that would mean that either (1) it was a "clearly erroneous" trade and the stock exchange will reverse it or (2) something horrible has happened to Microsoft and you paid $100 for a stock that's now worth $80.
Meanwhile in the market for, like, baseball cards, or Caravaggios, it is entirely possible to wander into a garage sale and buy an object for far less than its market value. The objects are unique, the markets are not transparent, the sellers might not be sophisticated, and there are plenty of opportunities for a well-informed buyer to underpay a poorly informed seller. On the other hand for all of those reasons it is also very difficult to write an algorithm saying "if anyone is selling a Caravaggio for $100, buy it." That's a good algorithm! But hard to implement on a computer.
A famous function of brokers in traditional finance is not answering the phone when the market crashes. This has various benefits and costs. If you are a customer and the market is going down and you see that and panic and decide to sell everything, you will call your broker, and she will not answer her phone. You will be unable to sell everything. This may protect you from selling at the bottom (though it may make things worse for you if this is not in fact the bottom), and will definitely protect the market from you adding your sales to the general march downward. On the other hand if you bravely decide to step in to buy the dip, your broker's failure to answer the phone not only costs you money (if you correctly time the bottom) but also prevents you from stepping in to stabilize the market; if brokers don't answer when buyers call then the crash gets worse.
There is also the issue of margin calls. In general, if you have a trade on using money that you borrowed from your broker, and your broker calls you for more money, and you call her back, she will answer that call, because she does want your money. But in particularly frantic market conditions she may not — because she has too much else going on, or because she has preemptively liquidated your position rather than waiting for you to post more money. And that too may drive the market lower.
Of course this is all old-timey stuff and modern markets are considerably more technically advanced; the role of stabilizing markets by not answering the phone has been taken over by Robinhood having its app and website break (and also not answering the phone). Even that approach feels a bit dated, though, and with the rise of crypto and blockchains and decentralized finance there are new, cutting-edge, cryptographically elegant ways for trading not to work:
Solana, one of the largest blockchain networks, was hit by instability during a turbulent week for cryptocurrencies. ...>
The issue experienced by validators that use their computing power to help verify the network was caused by excessive duplicate transactions, according to a notice on the Solana website dated Jan. 22. Engineers have released version 1.8.14, which "will attempt to mitigate the worst effects of this issue," the notice said. It added that more improvements are expected to come out in the next eight to 12 weeks, and many of those features are being "rigorously tested.">
"Solana mainnet beta is experiencing high levels of network congestion," the notice said. "The last 24 hours have shown these systems need to be improved to meet the demands of users, and support the more complex transactions now common on the network."
And:
Solana's network logjam has had ramifications across the crypto-ecosystem. Not only does it make it difficult for a retail market participant to, for instance, sell a Solana-based NFT, it also slows down large DeFi traders and forces them to work around the network. "Slows everything down," one trading executive said.>
For large traders moving tens of millions, they have to move activity over-the-counter and agree to settle once the chain is working. "Agree on a price now and settle later... CEXes are still working so you still have price discovery," an executive at a derivatives trading desk noted.>
Others traders complained about not being able to top off a leveraged position in Solana on a decentralized venue — meaning, add to their position before risking liquidation.
Here is a very important one; let's call it the "Web2 version":
1. You start a platform business. 2. You charge a fee of $2 per transaction. 3. You go to venture capitalists and raise some money. 4. You use the money to pay people, say, $3 per transaction to use your service. You pay them $3 per transaction and they pay you back $2 in fees. They keep $1. Free money! 5. You get a lot of users, because everyone wants to use a service that pays them to use it. 6. Now you have the good things: Lots of (real) users, lots of revenue, fast growth. 7. You do have one bad thing, which is that you lose money on every transaction. 8. That's fine! "Customer acquisition costs are high right now," you (and your investors!) say, "but they will come down as the platform matures and achieves scale." 9. You go to some more venture capitalists and raise a ton of money on that premise. Or you go public on that premise. 10. You stop paying people to use the service. 11. Maybe Step 8 was right! Maybe by this time your users are so dependent on the service, and the service is so good, and the network effects are so powerful, that they keep using it once you start charging them to use it instead of paying them to use it. And then your service is a huge success and you're a billionaire. 12. Or maybe it was wrong, the service dies, the venture capitalists lose their investment and you get to keep whatever cash you took out and do this again in a year as a battle-hardened repeat founder.
The Web2 version of the trade is central to the story of the last decade in the U.S. tech industry. We sometimes called it the "MoviePass economy," the idea that venture capitalists would subsidize consumers' lifestyles because they valued customer growth above everything else (including profitability). Or there's the term "blitzscaling," the idea that by throwing enormous quantities of money at a company in a network-effects business you can make it the dominant player and then pivot to profitability. There is no single outcome to these stories, no simple lesson to take from them. Sometimes it's the outcome in Step 11 above: User acquisition costs decline with scale and network effects, you jack up the price, and the unprofitable fast-growing subsidized service becomes profitable. Other times it's the outcome in Step 12. MoviePass went hilariously bankrupt.
One way to characterize the Web2 version is that instead of trading with yourself , you got your investors to trade with you. You generated volume on your platform from your investors , indirectly, by taking their money (the investment in Step 3) and turning it into revenue (the customer subsidy in Step 4). A dollar of investment capital can be turned into revenue, and then sold to new investors at a multiple of that revenue. This is arguably good for your (early) investors. They want a higher valuation. They are happy for you to turn their money into revenue. They hope that you will turn it into long-term stable recurring revenue (Step 11). But if you just turn it into fake revenue, then maybe they can still sell their shares to the next sucker before it collapses.
There are a lot of people in the world and almost all of them would prefer to pay lower taxes rather than higher taxes. But there is a small category of people who are intensely interested in paying higher taxes. There are people who will walk into a casino with a sack of cash, buy $1 million of chips at a table, carry them directly to a cashier, cash the chips out for $1 million, declare $1 million of gambling income to the IRS and pay taxes on it.[5] Of course they don't have $1 million of gambling income in this scenario: They walked in with $1 million and walked out with $1 million, their gambling income is zero. Why call it gambling income? Because once you declare $1 million of gambling income and pay taxes on it, you can use what's left over to buy houses and cars and college tuition and stuff. Whereas before they declared it as gambling income, when it was just cash in a sack, it was … probably it was the proceeds of selling illegal drugs, though there are other ways to end up with $1 million of questionable cash in a sack. If you buy a house with cash in a sack it is going to raise questions.
This is called "money laundering," and the essential component of money laundering is generating fake taxable income. If you take $13,800 out of your (legitimate, previously taxed) bank account, and you use it to buy cryptocurrency in a wallet that you tell your accountant and the IRS about, and you then use that cryptocurrency to buy a Meebit, and then you take $50 million out of your sack of illegal money, and you use it to buy cryptocurrency in a wallet that you don't tell your accountant about, and then you use that cryptocurrency to buy the Meebit from your declared wallet, and then you take the $50 million of cryptocurrency out of the declared wallet and put it back in your (legitimate) bank account, and then you write the IRS a check for $20 million saying "ah I've been selling NFTs, what fun I have had, but I have to pay the IRS my fair share," then … I am obviously not going to give you advice on crime but it's possible you've got something there? Like, nobody has any idea what a Meebit is worth, so this string of outlandish numbers is somewhat plausible? It's possible that some number of NFT wash trades have a purpose other than pumping up volume on NFT platforms?
Most people think of images and digital art when they think of NFTs, but NFTs generally do not store that data on-chain. For most NFTs of most images, that would be much too expensive.
Instead of storing the data on-chain, NFTs instead contain a URL that points to the data. What surprised me about the standards was that there's no hash commitment for the data located at the URL. Looking at many of the NFTs on popular marketplaces being sold for tens, hundreds, or millions of dollars, that URL often just points to some VPS running Apache somewhere. Anyone with access to that machine, anyone who buys that domain name in the future, or anyone who compromises that machine can change the image, title, description, etc for the NFT to whatever they'd like at any time (regardless of whether or not they “own” the token). There's nothing in the NFT spec that tells you what the image “should” be, or even allows you to confirm whether something is the “correct” image.
So as an experiment, I made an NFT that changes based on who is looking at it, since the web server that serves the image can choose to serve different images based on the IP or User Agent of the requester. For example, it looked one way on OpenSea, another way on Rarible, but when you buy it and view it from your crypto wallet, it will always display as a large [poop] emoji. What you bid on isn't what you get. There's nothing unusual about this NFT, it's how the NFT specifications are built. Many of the highest priced NFTs could turn into [poop] emoji at any time; I just made it explicit.
The NFT does not by itself convey ownership of the underlying thing in either a legal or practical sense. It conveys ownership in some more metaphysical sense: If you buy a Bored Ape Yacht Club NFT, then the people who are part of the BAYC NFT community will treat you as the owner of your ape. This is essentially a social fact and can be true even if the immutable code of the blockchain says that you don't own the ape, because you were hacked or whatever. The technology is a scaffolding on which to hang a social system, but the social system is what does or does not convey “ownership” in a meaningful sense.
Also the technology is totally centralized? Marlinspike goes on:
After a few days, without warning or explanation, the NFT I made was removed from OpenSea (an NFT marketplace). ...
What I found most interesting, though, is that after OpenSea removed my NFT, it also no longer appeared in any crypto wallet on my device. This is web3, though, how is that possible?
A crypto wallet like MetaMask, Rainbow, etc is “non-custodial” (the keys are kept client side), but it has the same problem as my dApps above: a wallet has to run on a mobile device or in your browser. Meanwhile, ethereum and other blockchains have been designed with the idea that it's a network of peers, but not designed such that it's really possible for your mobile device or your browser to be one of those peers.
A wallet like MetaMask needs to do basic things like display your balance, your recent transactions, and your NFTs, as well as more complex things like constructing transactions, interacting with smart contracts, etc. In short, MetaMask needs to interact with the blockchain, but the blockchain has been built such that clients like MetaMask can't interact with it. So like my dApp, MetaMask accomplishes this by making API calls to three companies that have consolidated in this space.
For instance, MetaMask … displays your NFTs by making an API call to OpenSea. ...
All this means that if your NFT is removed from OpenSea, it also disappears from your wallet. It doesn't functionally matter that my NFT is indelibly on the blockchain somewhere, because the wall
I can say words like "we should put real estate title registries on the blockchain," but actually doing that requires getting lots of local jurisdictions and courts and banks and mortgage companies and title insurers and real estate agents to coordinate around some particular blockchain solution; it is an enormous social coordination problem and seems exhausting.
But you can sidestep it by just pretending. Instead of digitizing ownership of Olive Garden franchises, with the right to hire and fire employees and collect cash flows and the obligation to maintain food-safety standards and take out the trash, you can digitize pretend Olive Garden franchises, digital receipts associated with pictures of Olive Garden franchises. "They're in the metaverse!" or whatever. Instead of selling an NFT that conveys ownership of my house, I could sell an NFT "of" my house, which conveys nothing except itself. (Or: Anyone else could sell an NFT of my house.) "If I buy the NFT of your house do I get your house?" No, you get the NFT of my house. "Why would I want that?" I don't know.
Well. If you sold an NFT of my house, could I … stop you? Could I go to court in the real world and say "stop selling my house in the pretend world"? I don't know! Presumably your defense would be, like, "selling your house in the pretend world doesn't affect you at all, so why shouldn't I be able to do it?" Selling virtual claims on real property seems … just … strange, I don't know.
On the other hand selling virtual claims on intellectual property seems more obviously actionable. If I make an NFT "of" a painting and sell it on a crypto platform, the actual artist who did the painting seems to have a real complaint that I am violating her copyright. Perhaps she can't do much about the immutable code of my NFT on the blockchain, etc., but she can (1) sue me for money in a regular court and/or (2) send legal threats to the main NFT trading platforms asking them to delist my NFTs.
My broader point here is that the system of stock ownership runs on different rails from the system of crypto ownership. For instance, it is pretty unusual, in the U.S., to actually own stock in your own name. Most stock is owned in the name of a thing called "Cede & Co.," a "nominee" for the Depository Trust Co., the big U.S. stock clearinghouse. And then DTC keeps a list of the brokers who "really" own its shares, and those brokers keep their own lists of the customers who "really" own their shares. So if you buy a share of stock through your broker, what you own is a notation in the broker's database saying that you are entitled to one share, and what the broker owns is a notation in DTC's database saying that it is entitled to one share. DTC/Cede, meanwhile, actually owns the share, which is to say that Cede owns a notation in the issuer's transfer agent's database saying that it is entitled to one share. Actual share ownership — "record" ownership — means being on the transfer agent's list.
This can seem like a rickety system, though it mostly works pretty well. (There are some gaps!) In the long run it is an obvious improvement over the prior system of, like, everyone owned paper stock certificates and had to cart them around to settle trades and if you lost your certificate you were out of luck. But the DTC system is decades old at this point and it is not hard to imagine a simpler system. Sometimes the people who go around imagining simpler systems imagine blockchain -based systems. "We'll have one ledger of share ownership, and [the big banks and brokers][DTC][an open system of crypto miners] will maintain that ledger reliably," is the thinking there.
But here we are in the actual world of 2022, where most people own stock through their brokers. This creates problems for bividends. When a company pays a cash dividend, it pretty much wires the money to DTC, which wires the money to brokerage firms, which deposit the money in their customers' accounts. But owning crypto is still sort of fraught for brokerages and DTC: There are regulatory custody obligations and capital requirements for holding crypto yourself, and you can't deposit crypto in a customer account unless you let your customers hold crypto in their accounts , which is sort of a momentous decision for an old-school retail brokerage.
So if a company said "we're going to pay a dividend in Bitcoin" it … kind of … wouldn't … work? Like, it would have to send the Bitcoins to DTC's Bitcoin wallet, and DTC would have to send them to the brokerages' wallets, and some of them would not have wallets and would get pretty upset. For that matter a lot of investors would get pretty upset: If you run a stock mutual fund, you might invest in the stock of BTCS, but your mandate might not allow Bitcoin investing, you might not have a Bitcoin wallet, and you might have trouble complying with your own custody obligations.[1] So a Bitcoin dividend would cause a lot of havoc for the intermediaries in the financial system.
We talked last month about Web3, the new name for crypto-based internet services. "A basic premise of Web3 is that every product is simultaneously an investment opportunity," I wrote:
It's as if being an early user of Facebook or Uber also automatically made you a shareholder of Facebook or Uber, and when those services got huge you got rich. ...
What sort of incentives does this create to spend your time making good products? Not none! But … attenuated, no? If you could spend a day optimizing the color scheme and messaging mechanics of your social network, or instead optimizing the payoff structure of the tokens, which one creates more value? If every product is also an investment, will the product engineers be mostly financial engineers?
The pitch here is not, you know, about the technical skills of the people building the DeFilm streaming platform, or about their aesthetic judgment in movies, or even about their marketing skills. The pitch here is that there are a bunch of speculative assets, because that is what Web3 is.
CryptoPunks and Bored Apes are both NFTs pointing to digital images of characters (punks, apes). If you buy one, you get a certificate on a blockchain corresponding to a particular punk or ape. You can download a picture of your punk or ape to use as your Twitter profile picture or whatever, but so can I; the NFT does not by itself represent ownership in any traditional sense. If you buy a Bored Ape from the company that makes Bored Apes (or, now, in the secondary market), that company will also license some intellectual property rights to you so that you can, I don't know, sell T-shirts with your ape on it, or "build a blockchain-based game," sure. You "own" the ape image in some sense that approximates traditional legal ownership of intellectual property. Meanwhile if you buy a CryptoPunk from the company that makes CryptoPunks (or, now, in the secondary market), you get a much more limited license, and the company retains the copyright and can commercialize the punks itself.
We talked the other day about Non-Fungible Olive Gardens, a (parody) online community that allows people to basically pretend that they own Olive Garden franchises. Each token corresponds to an individual Olive Garden in a purely hypothetical, joking way. This is how most NFTs work: You own the NFT, the NFT corresponds to some online or offline thing, and you don't own the thing. What I said about NFOGs is that this is a funny little pretend game, but that the interesting idea for NFTs is to try to make them correspond to real-world things:
It does seem like the trading-digital-primitives part is pretty well established right now, but we are perhaps a bit stalled at the tricky part of linking them to real-world assets. I can say words like "we should put real estate title registries on the blockchain," but actually doing that requires getting lots of local jurisdictions and courts and banks and mortgage companies and title insurers and real estate agents to coordinate around some particular blockchain solution; it is an enormous social coordination problem and seems exhausting.
Putting intellectual-property rights on the blockchain is probably a bit easier than putting real estate on the blockchain. The apes aren't exactly real-world assets, but it's a start.
The "(3, 3)" meme is a sort of casual adaptation of game-theory payoff notation. The idea is that if you sell your OHM that is bad for you (you don't own OHM any more) and bad for everyone else who owns OHM (your selling pushes down the price of OHM); if everyone sells, that has a payoff of "(-3, -3)." But if you buy OHM and stake it, that is good for you (you get more OHM) and good for the other OHM holders (your buying pushes up the price of OHM); if everyone stakes, that's "(3, 3)." The ordered pair represents payoffs for you and for the other player in this game; the numbers are arbitrary.
Also OHM pays a comically large interest rate (in OHM) to holders who stake their OHM. Currently it has an annual yield (again, in OHM) of around 5,200%. Higher than the lira!
When I first read this explanation in the OlympusDAO documentation, I laughed and laughed. "Well yes right," I thought, "the way a Ponzi scheme works is that early 'investors' get rich as long as later investors keep buying more." Sure, (3, 3). "If we all keep buying this thing its price will go up and we will be rich" is absolutely the main financial theme of 2021, but it is an irreducibly silly theme and I would be embarrassed to formalize it with game theory.
A basic premise of Web3 is that every product is simultaneously an investment opportunity. If you sign up for a Web3 social network or chat room or trading venue or let's-buy-the-Constitution lark, you will get some of that project's tokens, which will entitle you to use the project's app or exchange or Constitution, and which will give you some notional say in the decentralized governance of the project. Also the tokens will appreciate in value if the project takes off and more people want to use it. It's as if being an early user of Facebook or Uber also automatically made you a shareholder of Facebook or Uber, and when those services got huge you got rich.
At the Wall Street Journal this weekend, Christoper Mims wrote about "Jack Dorsey and the Unlikely Revolutionaries Who Want to Reboot the Internet":
What if, to take but one example, users of social networks collectively owned them, or at least could vote on how they were run and what kind of speech they allowed? And what if similar questions could be asked of just about any tech company whose primary product is software and services—whether financial, cloud computing, or even entertainment-related? ...
The answers are taking the form of services and apps that are the first outlines of what their creators hope will someday eat the internet completely: a distributed, democratically ruled "Web 3.0" or "Web3" that will rise like a phoenix of 1990s-era Web 1.0-idealism from out of the ashes of the corporation-controlled Web 2.0 that all of us currently inhabit.
For instance:
DeSo—which, confusingly, is simultaneously a not-for-profit foundation, a blockchain and a cryptocurrency token, but explicitly not a traditional for-profit corporation—is in many ways typical of the form. The idea behind DeSo is that everyone should be able to create their own social media service, but also that they could be interconnected in ways that, say, Facebook and Twitter would never be—including shared accounts and other shared data.
"The thesis behind DeSo is that if you can mix money and social, you can create new ways for creators to monetize," says Nader Al-Naji, founder and head of the DeSo foundation. "Instead of creators monetizing from ads, they can monetize from DeSo coins."
DeSo has created a new cryptocurrency (named DeSo) that, for example, could be used to "tip" other users for their posts, replacing likes with actual money—or at least DeSo tokens that can be traded for dollars on the usual cryptocurrency exchanges. Like other next-generation cryptocurrencies, inspired by Ethereum, these tokens also can store the data that actually makes up a social network, such as the text of posts .... This dual function illustrates the inspired weirdness that is Web3: If money can become code, then money can be way more than a means of exchange; it can also do anything that other software can do.
This core insight, a sort of E = mc² equivalence between money and software, is why true believers in Web3 think it could have such a huge impact. Suddenly every activity humans engage in, from buying and selling a house to liking a post on social media, can be made part of a token-based financial system of a scale and complexity that makes today's look like an antique.
I think that what is interesting about the idea of a "non-fungible token" is the possibility of linking some non-fungible thing in the real world, or some non-fungible slice of some real-world thing, to some transferable digital representation. And there is a strand of crypto thinking that is like "we are going to build a new financial system that will take over the entire job of financing and paying for the real world," and in this vein you need to think about ways to represent real economic activity. You want ways to digitize ownership of houses and factories and the contents of particular shipping containers and stuff like that.
And a lot of people who come to crypto with this way of thinking are like, well, we'll start by building out the digital primitives first, and then we'll figure out ways to associate them with real-world objects. So we'll figure out a way to build and trade non-fungible tokens, starting with tokens that are just empty nonsense, but then once we have that technology, we can work on trading tokens that are not empty nonsense.
It does seem like the trading-digital-primitives part is pretty well established right now, but we are perhaps a bit stalled at the tricky part of linking them to real-world assets. I can say words like "we should put real estate title registries on the blockchain," but actually doing that requires getting lots of local jurisdictions and courts and banks and mortgage companies and title insurers and real estate agents to coordinate around some particular blockchain solution; it is an enormous social coordination problem and seems exhausting.
But you can sidestep it by just pretending. Instead of digitizing ownership of Olive Garden franchises, with the right to hire and fire employees and collect cash flows and the obligation to maintain food-safety standards and take out the trash, you can digitize pretend Olive Garden franchises, digital receipts associated with pictures of Olive Garden franchises. "They're in the metaverse!" or whatever. Instead of selling an NFT that conveys ownership of my house, I could sell an NFT " of " my house, which conveys nothing except itself. (Or: Anyone else could sell an NFT of my house.) "If I buy the NFT of your house do I get your house?" No, you get the NFT of my house. "Why would I want that?" I don't know.
See, I feel like the sophisticated answer here is something like, "Sure, it would be a house." Like I think that what is interesting about the idea of a "non-fungible token" is the possibility of linking some non-fungible thing in the real world, or some non-fungible slice of some real-world thing, to some transferable digital representation. And there is a strand of crypto thinking that is like "we are going to build a new financial system that will take over the entire job of financing and paying for the real world," and in this vein you need to think about ways to represent real economic activity. You want ways to digitize ownership of houses and factories and the contents of particular shipping containers and stuff like that.
And a lot of people who come to crypto with this way of thinking are like, well, we'll start by building out the digital primitives first, and then we'll figure out ways to associate them with real-world objects. So we'll figure out a way to build and trade non-fungible tokens, starting with tokens that are just empty nonsense, but then once we have that technology, we can work on trading tokens that are not empty nonsense. So one day instead of getting the title to your house through some archaic title registry where you have to go down to the basement of a courthouse and leaf through ancient paper documents and figure out if there are liens on the house, it will all be on the blockchain and home sales will be easy and you can own a fraction of a home and get a mortgage instantly, etc., etc., etc. And I am not saying that I expect all that stuff to happen in the near term, but it is at least an interesting vision for something, and the concept of "non-fungible token" is part of it.
Meanwhile there is another strand of thinking that is like "human life takes place increasingly online, and whereas people used to get meaning out of being seen promenading in the plaza in fancy clothes, now they get meaning out of being seen promenading on Twitter with fancy Bored Ape avatars, and we are finding ways to create artificial scarcity and gradations of status there and sell those gradations for a lot of money." And here, I mean, I see the point of "human life takes place increasingly online," but I do not really see the point "so I have spent $20,000 on a pixelated JPEG of an ape to use as my Twitter avatar because people will think that's cool." It's possible that I am just not cool, though! In 10 years maybe everyone will spend thousands of dollars on their avatars and only crusty weird nerds will be like, "No, I will just wear a burlap sack to promenade in the plaza, it keeps the wind out, that's all I need."
In traditional finance, there have been long boring controversies over high-frequency traders getting microsecond advantages over regular traders by paying for direct feeds of stock-exchange data, paying to colocate their servers near the stock exchanges' data centers, paying for high-speed fiber-optic lines between exchanges, etc. The idea is that there are sometimes brief dislocations in stock prices, or brief arbitrage opportunities where the price of something on one venue does not match the price on another venue; being the first to capture those dislocations is profitable, and trading firms will pay for advantages that make them faster. Sometimes they will pay the exchanges , for fast data or fast connections, and people with slower connections find that unfair.
Decentralized finance does not get rid of those sorts of conflict; it just renders them explicit and creates a market for them. Instead of a tier of high-frequency traders paying a stock exchange a monthly fee for fast connections to its matching engine, it's as if a stock exchange auctioned priority on every trade to the highest bidder. If a stock is trading at $10.01 on one exchange and at $10.02 on another exchange, whoever gets there first can buy it for $10.01 and sell it for $10.02 and make an instant penny of profit. Knowing that, the first exchange could just say "whoever pays the most to the exchange to buy the stock gets it," and it would run a little auction, and some high-frequency trader would bid, like, $0.0095 to be first, and would make $0.0005 of profit and the exchange would get $0.0095. And when I type numbers that small, you can probably see why this particular approach is not common in equity market structure.
Meanwhile in crypto every transaction does work this way, and there is an auction market for transaction priority, and sometimes the trade is "buy a 75 Ether NFT for 0.75 Ether," and the right amount to pay for that opportunity is, you know, 73 Ether or whatever, and paying 8 Ether for it is an absolute bargain.
This is called "Miner Extractable Value" in the literature, people talk about it a lot, and the term was apparently coined in a 2019 paper titled (with reference to the Michael Lewis book about traditional equity market structure) "Flash Boys 2.0: Frontrunning, Transaction Reordering, and Consensus Instability in Decentralized Exchanges":
We observe bots engage in what we call priority gas auctions (PGAs), competitively bidding up transaction fees in order to obtain priority ordering, i.e., early block position and execution, for their transactions. PGAs present an interesting and complex new continuous-time, partial-information, game-theoretic model that we formalize and study. We release an interactive web portal, this http URL, to provide the community with real-time data on PGAs.>
We additionally show that high fees paid for priority transaction ordering poses a systemic risk to consensus-layer security. We explain that such fees are just one form of a general phenomenon in DEXes and beyond---what we call miner extractable value (MEV)---that poses concrete, measurable, consensus-layer security risks. We show empirically that MEV poses a realistic threat to Ethereum today.>
Our work highlights the large, complex risks created by transaction-ordering dependencies in smart contracts and the ways in which traditional forms of financial-market exploitation are adapting to and penetrating blockchain economies.
I think a general tendency in crypto, and particularly in decentralized finance, is that it replaces other forms of social organization — companies, governments, trust, etc. — with markets and incentives. Here we have an instance of crypto replacing the concept of time priority with markets. Whoever is first to a trade gets to do the trade, but there is an auction for who gets to be first.
But actually you don't need to get into the metaphysics of NFTs to do this; this is just regular finance. Right now Howells has some sort of claim to those lost Bitcoins. That claim is not worth 8,000 Bitcoins or anything close to it, because:
1. Nobody has possession of the hard drive; it's somewhere in the dump. 2. Actually you can't be 100% sure it's even in the dump? Maybe a seagull carried it away, or everyone's memory of throwing it in the dump is wrong, I don't know. 3. The town of Newport, which runs the dump, has emphatically denied his requests to dig up the dump to find the hard drive and doesn't seem likely to budge on that. 4. Even if you did find it in the dump, it might have decayed to the point where his private key is not recoverable. 5. Even if the town authorities change their mind, he digs up the dump, he finds the hard drive, it works, his key is on it, and he recovers the 8,000 Bitcoins, many of those Bitcoins have been promised to someone else at this point: "He met with potential investors, and eventually made arrangements with two European businessmen who agreed to support a recovery operation. Howells would get only about a third of the proceeds. He had hoped for a much higher sum; the money was his, after all. He recalls being told, 'James, that's not how it works.'" (Also: "he made a public offer to give Newport a twenty-five-per-cent cut of the proceeds" if they approved his dig.) 6. It is not clear to me what his legal ownership of the hard drive is; if I snuck into the dump at night, found the hard drive myself and took it, could anyone demand it from me? It was thrown away; who owns it? Or if I formed my own consortium of diggers and promised Newport a 50% cut of the proceeds, and Newport let me dig, would Howells have any claim to stop me?
Still! Howells's murky contingent residual claim — "if I get permission to dig up this dump and if I find this hard drive and if we find the Bitcoins on it and after I pay off everyone else, I'll have some Bitcoins left" — seems like it might be valuable? It is somewhat better than a lottery ticket. There is some imaginable future — he certainly imagines it, and he's convinced some people to back him financially — where he actually digs up the hard drive and gets (some of) the Bitcoins and his stake is worth, you know, $120 million. If there's a 5% chance of that happening then that chance is worth like $6 million. Maybe someone would pay him $3 million for a 50% share of his claim? He's got a potentially valuable asset, which, by the rules of finance, means that he's got an actually valuable asset. Why not sell it? Isn't that better than hanging on to it obsessively?
I say sometimes that crypto is about rediscovering all of financial history in rapid succession, and this week we are covering activist investing and the separation of ownership and control:
SushiSwap, the decentralized cryptocurrency exchange that started with a scandal, is facing a crossroads as infighting among developers has investors seeking to reorganize the supposed autonomous organization.
Two large owners of Sushi tokens, which gives holders governance rights over how the protocol operates, submitted a proposal to restructure the project that may be considered for adoption as early as this week. The plan suggests establishing a more formalized entity to manage the effort, and checks and balances to ensure the proper spending of funds.
SushiSwap was supposed to be "a community-built open-source ecosystem," in which users could trade directly with each other, without intermediaries, and make operational decisions. But it turned out to be largely controlled by a handful of mostly anonymous developers, who sometimes bypassed community votes and have been seeking to increase their compensation. The discord has led to the trading of accusations of extravagant spending and self-enrichment without community approval or oversight, and the quitting of the exchange's chief technology officer Wednesday.
"It is physically impossible for every decision a DAO makes to go to a public vote," Jeff Dorman, chief investment officer of crypto investment firm Arca, which is one of the sponsors of the restructuring proposal, said in an interview. "We are using Sushi as a microcosm for what all DAOs should look like in the future."
Yes no look corporations learned all of this a few decades ago? If you have a company, it answers to its shareholders, and each share gets one vote blah blah blah. But the shareholders are busy and often passive and there are a lot of them and they're not gonna vote every time the company buys a pencil, so in practice they will need to delegate authority to a smaller group of directors, who will then delegate particular decisions to some hierarchy of executives and workers. And there will be some sort of legalistic control by the shareholders, and the shareholders will get to ratify big decisions and maybe propose big decisions of their own.
The whole "decentralized autonomous organization" concept has from the beginning struck me as very odd. That's … a … corporation? I wrote about an early DAO, called "The DAO" (later famously hacked), back in 2016:
All of this is trivially replicable using old-fashioned governance structures. Berkshire Hathaway would look a bit like the DAO if, instead of leaving things to Warren Buffett, all of its shareholders got to vote on every investment decision. When I put it like that you can probably see why this structure has not been super popular so far. But who knows!
Now it is popular, but we are still in early days. Eventually DeFi will figure out the benefits of (1) centralized executive decision-making and (2) carefully constructed investor checks on those decisions.
How can a physical artwork become an NFT," asks Felix Salmon at Axios, but of course Money Stuff readers know the answer. "By lighting it on fire," is the answer. We call this the "object-fire-token-money" cycle of non-fungible tokens, and it is the absolutely standard approach. Crypto mascot Brock Pierce explained NFTs to a guy by lighting the guy's painting on fire. Some comic-book artist apparently burns an original painting every month to make NFTs. Some DeFi platform burned a Banksy painting to make an NFT; later the guy behind it gave an interview under the pseudonym "Burnt Banksy." You buy the work of art, you light it on fire, and then you sell an NFT representing the now-incinerated work of art.
You might object that this is very stupid. I will not argue with you. In particular, if you are the person doing this process, you might ask, well, why do I have to burn up the work of art? What if I bought a painting, sold NFTs representing whatever-an-NFT-represents of the painting, and then also hung the painting on my wall? Who could object? The people buying the NFTs would still have the NFTs, which are digital tokens representing … nothing; they would own just as much nothing whether or not I actually burn up the painting. This way, I get the money from selling the NFTs, plus I get to keep the painting.
Salmon goes on:
The art market globally sees volume of about $60 billion per year, almost all of which is trade in physical objects. Art-world insiders including former Christie's co-chair Loïc Gouzer are on the lookout for ways to monetize physical paintings without necessarily giving up physical ownership of them.
There are some traditional ways to monetize a thing without giving up ownership of the thing. Borrowing against it is popular, for instance, but then you have to pay back the money. I think that you should read "monetize" here to mean "sell." Art-world insiders are on the lookout for ways to sell paintings without necessarily giving up physical ownership of them. Well, of course they are, aren't they? If you could sell a painting and also keep it, you would have both the money and the painting. That seems strictly better than having only the money or only the painting.
Salmon continues:
Gouzer said he spent $12.9 million at Sotheby's in May to buy a Banksy painting estimated at $3 million to $5 million. He's now showing the work at Art Basel Miami Beach under the aegis of Particle, a company that intends to turn the work into 10,000 NFTs "within the overarching structure of collective ownership."
I think you should read "within the overarching structure of collective ownership" to mean "with absolutely no collective ownership whatsoever":
The NFT owners will not have significant collective ownership of the physical painting. That would require Particle to register as a securities issuer. ...
As Particle managing director Harold Eytan told Axios, "NFTs are changing the way that people perceive ownership." Value drivers in the NFT world aren't based in contract law, they're based in community and consensus. So long as enough people believe that they're going to own a piece of a Banksy, they can trade on that belief.
Sure, right, yes, if someone thinks that you're selling them something valuable, they will give you money for it. And if you aren't in fact selling them something valuable then … well the point is to get them to give you the money.
So who will get the painting?
Particle claims that it "has chosen to legally destroy" the work by donating it to a non-profit called the Particle Foundation, which pledged never to sell the work. There is no legal destruction, however.
Yes! Yes! Yes! "I will buy a painting, and then I will turn it into an NFT by lighting it on fire, and then I will sell you the NFT, except that when I said 'lighting it on fire' I actually meant 'hanging it on my living room wall.'" Not that lighting it on fire made any more sense! Still!
I love this so, so much; I cannot stress enough how much I love it. Some rich guy will buy a multimillion-dollar painting and then you can just buy shares of The Fact That A Rich Guy Has A Painting. Do you have the painting? No, he does. But you have the NFT. Come on.
I am kidding a little bit — the foundation "will exhibit works," sure, and I suppose the guy is not literally going to hang it on his wall. "Museums could do something similar with their permanent collections, says Gouzer," the idea I suppose being that instead of asking for donations museums could, like, auction off tradable donation receipts? But I am not kidding much. We talked in September about a Bohemian prince who was auctioning off NFTs to restore his family's various castles. He keeps the castles, but if you buy an NFT, you get to pay for the upkeep of the castles and the restoration of the art on the walls. That's a great deal, for him. Why shouldn't art-world insiders get to sell their art and also keep it?
The basic innovation of crypto is the production of artificial scarcity. The original Bitcoin white paper addresses the problem: Sure, anyone can type numbers on their computer, but is there a way for a community to allocate numbers on your computer in a way that makes them demonstrably scarce? If there is, then you can call those numbers "money" and they can be valuable. I am being a little annoying, but this was obviously a real innovation and did in fact help make Bitcoin very valuable.
The rest of the crypto world continued applying that same process. Most non-fungible token projects address the problem: Sure, anyone can limitlessly reproduce JPEGs on the internet, but is there a way for a community to allocate ownership claims to JPEGs in a way that makes them scarce? The answer is … not really, no, in the sense that anyone can still right-click and save the JPEGs underlying most of the popular NFT projects. And yet the answer is also "sort of," in the sense that NFT communities tend to respect the allocations of ownership claims; they act like the JPEGs are scarce — the NFTs, the ownership claims, are scarce — and so they have value. And so some NFTs sell for lots of money.
Basically it is easy, using blockchain technology, to create scarce claims. You could I suppose use this technology to create scarce claims to scarce resources: You could put, like, housing deeds or shares of corporate ownership or cargo-container manifests on the blockchain. This would — people have argued for years — have benefits in terms of efficiency and legibility and tradability. It would create value by improving the processes by which real-world assets are transferred and allocated. Classic financial-services stuff. Nobody talks that much about this anymore.
Instead, people like to use blockchain technology to create scarce claims to abundant , or infinite , resources. There is absolutely no shortage of JPEGs, they are infinitely reproducible more or less for free, but that means — or meant — that you couldn't become a millionaire by having good taste in JPEGs. But now people can create a unique non-fungible token representing ownership of a JPEG and use it as a status symbol or a speculative asset. Nobody will pay you for a number in your computer's memory, but people will pay you for a scarce number in your computer's memory.
It is an interesting economic question whether this artificial production of scarcity could actually create value. Arguably abundance is more valuable than scarcity? Arguably this is all … terrible? Here is Ryan Broderick on crypto, Web3, right-clicking on NFT JPEGs, etc.:
The best overall articulation I've seen so far of why Web3 is so hated by many online subcultures right now was from @nicodotgay, the Twitter user behind the right-click mosaic. They explained in a follow-up tweet that they weren't anti-NFT for ecological reasons. "The real issue is that they represent an attempt to re-impose artificial scarcity on culture," @nicodotgay tweeted. "'Digital scarcity' is an anti human evolution ideology that imposes board game-like rules which serve no purpose than to preserve the game itself - to hide the internal contradictions of capitalism that become painfully obvious in an area of culture that has overcome scarcity."
But the other way to put that is that people do seem to enjoy status-competition and gambling games, they get some value out of them, and artificial scarcity allows them to play a lot more of those games, thus increasing human happiness, or something. There is a new abundance of scarcity.
The classic Ronald Coase model of the firm is that firms exist to optimize transaction costs. Some transactions occur in the market using the price mechanism, but it would be a pain to hire a new group of freelancers and negotiate their pay every time you want to do a new project, and so in practice companies exist with permanent salaried employees who can be told to do new projects without going through new market transactions. One promise of the internet was that it would reduce transaction costs: Technology makes it easier for buyers and sellers of goods and services to coordinate with each other, so they don't need the coordinating abilities of the firm. In recent years this has led to a surge of interest in non-firm ways of coordinating behavior, from gig-economy platforms (lots of people drive for Uber, but are not employees of Uber) to the Web3 projects that Davidson writes about to decentralized autonomous organizations in which people pool together to make joint decisions without a corporate management structure.
On the other hand, these days those projects tend to be built on crypto, which introduces huge new artificial transaction costs to mess it all up. Here is a Motherboard article about the people who donated $40 million to ConstitutionDAO, failed to buy the Constitution, and now can't get their money back because it will all be eaten up by transaction fees:
In its "how to donate" video, a member of ConstitutionDAO recommended that donors add "recommend adding about $150 to $200 more than you'd like to contribute" to their donations to pay gas fees, which are transaction fees on the Ethereum network. Motherboard contributed a small amount of money to the project to see how this would play out in practice. Here is how it worked:
ConstitutionDAO accepted only ether, the token on Ethereum. For someone to convert USD to $PEOPLE tokens, the process had several steps. First, we had to buy Ethereum on an exchange (we used Coinbase). We bought $200 worth of Ethereum. Coinbase took a $3 fee. Then, we had to send the Ethereum from Coinbase to a MetaMask crypto wallet. To do this, we had to pay a $12 network fee. Then, we had to send the Ethereum from MetaMask to Juicebox. So-called "gas" fees vary wildly and depend on how busy the Ethereum network is at any given moment and the complexity of the transaction. Right now, gas fees on Ethereum are very high, and a highly complex operation could end up costing hundreds of dollars in fees. In our case, we paid a $75 gas fee to contribute roughly $75 to the project. Of the initial $200 we bought in ETH, $90 was eaten up in fees simply to donate to ConstitutionDAO. …
In order to get a refund, we have to do this in reverse, basically. And so to get our ETH back from Juicebox, we would have to pay gas fees again, meaning essentially the entirety of the amount invested would be wiped out. …
Interactions with the Juicebox contract on the Ethereum blockchain reveal numerous instances of people getting their money back only to have it significantly reduced by fees or wiped out entirely. Here's someone transferring .011 ETH ($46) out and paying .015 ETH ($63) in fees, meaning they ended up paying $18 for their $0 refund. Here's someone else getting .018 ETH ($76) refunded and paying .0175 ETH ($74) in fees, so they got $2 back when all was said and done.
The basic idea of a stablecoin is that it is a cryptocurrency that lives on the blockchain and is always worth one U.S. dollar. (Or one euro, or some other pegged unit of account.) The simple way to do a stablecoin is to have the issuer sell stablecoins for one dollar each, and put the dollar somewhere safe. Then when a stablecoin holder wants her dollar back, the stablecoin issuer has it, and can give it to her.
This is the way that some stablecoins work. They put the dollars into Treasury bills or bank accounts at reputable banks or whatever, somewhere safe. Other stablecoins work differently. A popular way to build a stablecoin is with senior claims on volatile cryptocurrency. But arguably the leading way to build a stablecoin is a variant on the simple approach: The issuer sells stablecoins for one dollar each and puts the dollar somewhere not safe. Then, when you ask the issuer where it's keeping your dollars, it says "ooh sorry no that's a big secret but trust us, it's somewhere real good."
This … look, I don't know man, maybe that's fine, but it makes people nervous. U.S. financial regulators are particularly nervous and have proposed new rules for stablecoins. The gist of the proposed rules is that only regulated banks will be allowed to issue stablecoins. We have talked about these rules, and I have pointed out that they are strange. In particular, these rules are stricter than the rules for traditional finance. In traditional finance, you can start a money-market fund that takes your dollar, puts it into Treasury bills or bank certificates of deposit or whatever, and promises to give you the dollar back when you want it; that would not be regulated as a bank. But in crypto, under the proposed rules, that would have to be a bank.
But here is a memo from Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP that points out something even stranger: Under the proposed rules, it would be impossible to do stablecoins the good simple way. If you wanted to set up a stablecoin under these proposed rules, you'd need to do it in a bank. So you set up Stablecoin Bank Corp. You issue $1 billion of stablecoins and invest the money in $1 billion of extremely safe stuff, Treasury bills expiring tomorrow or whatever. And then the banking regulators would come to you and say: No, this doesn't work, if you have $1 billion of Treasuries you need $40 million of equity; that is a central rule of bank capital regulation, that you need equity alongside your deposits. And then as you issue more stablecoins you have to raise more equity, and it is hard to get a decent return on equity if you're investing in only the very safest things. So you are forced to reach for yield, to buy riskier things with higher yields in order to make a return on equity — you know, like banks do. Davis Polk:
By recommending that Congress require all stablecoin issuers to be IDIs [insured depository institutions, i.e. banks], the Report would effectively require all stablecoin issuers to engage in fractional reserve banking and effectively prohibit them from being structured as 100% reserve banks (i.e., narrow banks) that limit their activities to the issuance of stablecoins fully backed by a 100% reserve of cash or cash equivalents.
The reason is that IDIs are subject to minimum leverage capital ratios that were calibrated for banks that engage in fractional reserve banking and invest the vast portion of the funds they raise through deposit-taking in commercial loans or other illiquid assets that are riskier but generate higher returns than cash or cash equivalents. Minimum leverage ratios treat cash and cash equivalents as if they had the same risk and return profile as commercial loans, commercial paper and long-term corporate debt, even though they do not. Unless Congress recalibrated the minimum leverage capital ratios to reflect the lower risk and return profile of IDIs that limit their assets to cash and cash equivalents, the minimum leverage capital ratios would make the 100% reserve model for stablecoin issuance uneconomic and therefore effectively prohibited. It is puzzling why the PWG, FDIC and OCC would recommend a regulatory framework that would effectively require stablecoin issuers to invest in riskier assets and rely on FDIC insurance rather than permitting stablecoins backed by a 100% cash and cash equivalent reserve.
We have talked previously about the Fed's hostility to " narrow banking," the idea of a bank that would just take deposits and park them in reserves at the Fed. This is a perfectly safe form of banking, but it is not a traditional form of banking; traditionally, banks take deposits and use them to make longer-term loans to businesses and consumers and homeowners. The Fed seems to like traditional banking, the kind where banks use deposits productively (but riskily); it does not like narrow banking, the kind where banks just park deposits somewhere safe. If stablecoins have to be banks, they will have to be risky: They will have to have equity capital, which will cushion stablecoin users against the risk of loss, but they'll need to buy assets that create that risk of loss. The dream of a stablecoin as a narrow bank, where it issues dollar-denominated crypto assets and backs them with dollars deposited at the Fed, won't work.
Again, this is weird! Again, it is not the rule in traditional finance, where narrow banks are disfavored but Treasury money-market funds are fine. But the rules seem harder for crypto.
There is a breed of Japanese hunting dog called a Shiba Inu. You might know it from Doge, a meme of a dog who talks funny; Doge is a Shiba Inu. There is also a cryptocurrency called Shiba Inu. (Often abbreviated/tickerized as SHIB.) This is distinct from Dogecoin, another cryptocurrency that is also based on Shiba Inus.
Shiba Inu, the cryptocurrency, is "based on Shiba Inus" in the sense that its name is "Shiba Inu" and some of its branding involves Shiba Inus, but that's it. Shiba Inu the cryptocurrency is not redeemable for Shiba Inus the dogs. There is not a fixed exchange ratio between the cryptocurrency and the dog; arbitrageurs do not keep the prices of the cryptocurrency and the dog in line. Nor does the cryptocurrency represent some sort of claim on the cash flows of the dogs, or on the cash flows of intellectual property related to the dogs, etc. Nor do the dogs generate the cryptocurrency. Nor is the cryptocurrency issued or governed by a collective of dogs. The cryptocurrency is sort of inspired by the dog but that's it. Nothing flows from the cryptocurrency to the dogs, or from the dogs to the cryptocurrency.
And yet:
With virtual life increasingly indistinguishable from everyday reality, it makes sense: Just as the price of dog-inspired cryptocurrencies Dogecoin and Shiba Inu coin have exploded, so has demand for—what else?—living, breathing shiba inus.
While Dogecoin, the cryptocurrency created from a meme back in 2013 using the image of a shiba inu, enjoyed a burst of popularity this summer, it was recently overtaken in market value by the slightly less creatively named Shiba Inu coin. In classic crypto style, it sounds like a joke but is immensely valuable, with investors pushing up its price almost 800% in the past month, even though a coin still costs a tiny fraction of a cent.
At the same time, shiba inu breeders across the U.S. say they're seeing more business than ever since cryptocurrency trading brought the Japanese hunting dogs into the limelight.
Credit Elon Musk, crypto godfather and the richest man in the world, for some of that rocket-ship-emoji action. His recent tweets of his new shiba inu puppy, Floki, ignited speculation that he'd invested in Shiba Inu coin himself, sending its price rallying and even sparking the creation of more dog coins with the name "Floki" involved. Robinhood users are calling on the brokerage to list Shiba Inu coin—it already allows trading in Bitcoin, Ethereum, Dogecoin, and Litecoin—a petition to that effect has more than 450,000 signatures.
There is — I'm sorry, I'm so sorry — there is an arbitrage between the Shiba Inu coin and actual Shiba Inus. When the stock of the dog goes up (because Elon Musk gets one) people race to buy the coins. When the coins go up, people race to buy the dogs.
I wrote a few weeks ago:
I confess that I am inspired by NFTs, and I guess by Tether, but also by the SHIB cryptocurrency, which, through the awesome power of pure nonsense, seems to track something like "how much attention are people online paying to Elon Musk getting a Shiba Inu?" When Musk tweets about getting a Shiba Inu dog, SHIB goes up. Is it worth more? Is there a robust arbitrage mechanism to ensure that the price of SHIB tracks the cuteness of Musk's Shiba Inu? Does SHIB confer any ownership rights to Musk's dog? Are there cash flows from the dog that are securitized into SHIB? No, absolutely not, it is nothing, it is a pure online joke, but when Musk tweets about his Shiba Inu people are like "oh I remember that there's an online joke token about this" and they buy SHIB and it goes up. It has a market capitalization of $10 billion. It's up 216% this week because of a Musk tweet. This isn't my fault! I don't make this stuff up! This is a real thing that is happening!
All I am saying is that if I sold you a crypto token that was called "StripeCoin" and I said "this is a token on the stock of Stripe" you might say — because you are reading Money Stuff, etc. — you might say "wait how is the value of the token linked to the value of Stripe" and I would say "hahahaha it absolutely isn't." But my hypothesis is that not everyone is as skeptical and literal-minded as you are, and some people would just go buy StripeCoin when they had nice thoughts about Stripe and sell StripeCoin when they had sad thoughts about Stripe and buy a whole lot of StripeCoin when Stripe went public, and it would at least directionally end up being a sort of a proxy for Stripe stock. And everyone would get what they came for, which is a convenient way to gamble on people's feelings about Stripe.
Here are three sentences that I found on the internet:
SQUID implements an innovative anti-dump mechanism where buying in the market will release selling credits at a rate of 2:1.>
The maximum amount of SQUID that can be sold is half of the total buying value in the pool. When the credit in the pool is depleted, you can't sell any more.
That is an innovative anti-dump mechanism! Whenever stocks or cryptocurrencies go up, someone will half-joke that the explanation is "more buyers than sellers." If you just build into the design of your cryptocurrency that there always have to be twice as many buyers as sellers, it will always go up.
Obviously that sentence makes no sense, and SQUID — the Squid Game Token — did not always go up during its short life. Well, actually it did — "It surged more than 230,000% in the past week to $2,861.80," says Bloomberg News — until its anonymous developers apparently stole all the money; then it went down. The whole thing is so stupid and overdetermined that I cannot bear to write about it; if you lost money on SQUID you should just come to my house and give me your wallet because you should not be allowed to use money anymore. "New Squid Game Cryptocurrency Launches as Obvious Scam," reported Matt Novak at Gizmodo last week, before it crashed, listing red flags like "Netflix's Squid Game is the most popular streaming show in the world right now, so it makes sense that scammers would use the name without permission," and "the website for the Squid Game crypto even includes a fake endorsement from billionaire Elon Musk," and "the single largest red flag is the fact that people can put money in, but can't take it out." According to the now-disappeared white paper there was purportedly a mechanism to take money out by (1) spending a lot of SQUID coins to play a game, (2) winning the game, (3) collecting some other related cryptocurrency and then (4) being allowed to sell your SQUID freely if you had that currency. But, come on, instead they just stole all the money.
I do, however, want to talk about that anti-dumping mechanism, which I love. It is a basic fact about financial markets that if lots of people want to buy an asset and nobody wants to sell it, the price will go up. (Strictly, if nobody wants to sell it, there will be no trades and no price, but if very few people very reluctantly sell it then there will be some trades and the price will go up.) In general this is sort of an epiphenomenon of some more fundamental reason that people want to buy it. "More buyers than sellers" is a joke , a non -explanation; if someone asks you why Tesla stock went up and you say "more buyers than sellers" you are just being annoying and obtuse.[5]
But in modern crypto and meme-stock markets this basic fact has been distilled into a fundamental belief, free of any underlying reason. "If we all buy this thing and don't sell it, the price will go up, and then we'll be rich" is a belief that is … sort of logical? … and that can be applied to anything. "If we all buy GameStop Corp. stock," etc.; there the belief went by the name "diamond hands." "If we all buy Bitcoin," etc.; there it goes by the name "HODL." There is a new generation of crypto stuff like Olympus DAO, where it goes by the name "(3,3)," a vague wave in the direction of game theory: "(3,3) is the idea that, if everyone cooperated in Olympus, it would generate the greatest gain for everyone (from a game theory standpoint)." "Cooperate" in that sentence just means buying a lot and never selling.
This belief has a basic mechanical problem, which is that if you all buy the thing and don't sell it and become rich, you can't actually use your riches without selling the thing. Sometimes this takes the shape of a pump and dump: People buy the thing, it goes up, they get rich on paper, they try to cash out, it crashes, some of them are left holding the bag. Sometimes, though, it takes the shape of, like, mass adoption and stable wealth? If you bought a lot of Bitcoins at $2 you are very rich now and you can probably cash out enough wealth to buy a yacht without really affecting the price of Bitcoin. Bitcoin just kind of made it.
The weirdest thing that I think about is that GameStop might also have kind of made it? If you got rich on GameStop you can sell your GameStop stock and be rich and the price might be unaffected either by your selling or by the underlying cash flows of GameStop the company. That is much weirder than Bitcoin because GameStop is a company. But the point is that when I say that this belief can be applied to anything, I also mean that it might work for anything. Like, why not, mass societal adoption of GameStop as a store of value, stranger things have happened though I cannot actually think of one.
SQUID did not make it, obviously. But its marketing is instructive. The marketing was "people can buy it but they can't sell it." Skeptics, correctly, interpreted this as a mark of a scam. But it was marketed as a good thing , an innovative way to design a coin that would always go up because people would buy and not sell it. There is a lot of demand for that!
I don't want to say that stablecoins are the hot new thing in crypto now, or that they are a new and interesting way to do anything. A stablecoin is a cryptocurrency that is supposed to always be worth a dollar. There are various ways to do that. The main ones are a "backed stablecoin," where you sell stablecoins for $1, put the $1 in the bank, and stand willing to buy the stablecoins back with the $1, and an "overcollateralized stablecoin," where you issue senior claims on $20,000 worth of volatile crypto to support $10,000 of stablecoins.[1]
There is nothing particularly new about these approaches. A backed stablecoin is something very close to a money-market mutual fund, in which you take money from investors, put the money into safe short-term interest-bearing investments, and promise to redeem the investors at $1. (Typically money-market funds pay interest and stablecoins don't, which makes stablecoin issuing a good business to be in.) I wrote once about a Franklin Templeton money-market fund that might one day live on the blockchain; what I wrote was that Franklin Templeton was "launching a stablecoin." Because that's what it is.
An overcollateralized stablecoin, meanwhile, is very close to a short-term (redeemable-on-demand) senior claim on a volatile asset or pool of assets. There are lots of things like that. The main short-term funding market in modern finance is the repo market, which consists basically of risk-free-ish overnight senior claims on bonds and other assets; those assets tend to be a lot less volatile than crypto but on the other hand the haircuts are smaller. Or there is — or at least, was — asset-backed commercial paper, a form of short-term, money-like obligations secured by a pool of mortgage-backed securities; this performed poorly in 2008, and ABCP, like CDO, became one of the bad initialisms of the financial crisis.
An important mechanism to remember is:
1. You create a new cryptocurrency, WashCoin. 2. You mint a trillion WashCoins and put them in your crypto wallet along with $2 of Ethereum. 3. How much are your trillion WashCoins worth? I mean, zero dollars, right? 4. You open another crypto wallet and put another $1 worth of Ethereum in it. 5. You send the $1 of ETH from the second wallet to the first in exchange for one WashCoin. 6. The next day, you send $2 of ETH from your first wallet back to the second in exchange for that one WashCoin. 7. Now the trading price of a WashCoin is $2, so its total market capitalization is $2 trillion, up 100% in the last 24 hours. 8. You still own 100% of the WashCoins and nobody has paid you anything for them. 9. But, now that the market cap is $2 trillion and soaring, somebody might.
Is this legal? In the stock market , no, of course not; it is "wash trading." Is it legal in the crypto market? I dunno man, it's crypto. Does this describe all of crypto? No, of course not, Bitcoin trading is pretty much all independent economic activity and very little wash trading at all. Does it describe … a certain amount … of crypto? Yes, absolutely. If you see that a ridiculous non-fungible token sold for $500 million, should you just assume that the buyer was also the seller? Probably!
One point here is that if CryptoPunk 9998 is worth $500 million, then other CryptoPunks are also worth a lot. But also other , non-CryptoPunk NFTs are more attractive, because if CryptoPunks are so valuable then that process might repeat. And Ethereum is more attractive, as a platform for buying NFTs. And other cryptocurrencies are more valuable, because look how quickly Ethereum's ecosystem developed, maybe that can be repeated. Everyone who is already in the broad crypto ecosystem benefits when stuff in crypto gets more valuable, because that entices new people into the crypto ecosystem and makes all of the stuff more valuable.
You could tell a story in which this leads to a wash-trading dynamic even among arm's-length counterparties without coordination: If you sell me one CryptoWolverine for $1, and I sell it to someone else for $2, and she sells it to someone else for $3, then we have collectively pumped up the value of the ecosystem that we are all invested in; it is in each of our personal interests to overpay for stuff so that the rest of our stuff is worth more. But not by $500 million. That's probably just regular wash trading.
If you buy shares of an S&P 500 index exchange-traded fund, what does the fund do with your money? There is a technical answer about in-kind creation and authorized participants that I am going to ignore here to just say: The fund takes your money and uses it to buy shares of the 500ish stocks in the S&P 500. If you slice open the S&P 500 ETF, you will find a bunch of stocks. It owns stocks. When you own shares of the S&P 500 ETF, you own a portion of the big pot of stocks that it owns.
If you buy shares of a Bitcoin ETF, what does the fund do with your money? Again I will ignore technical creation mechanics. Also of course this is a trick question, you cannot (in the U.S.) buy shares of a Bitcoin ETF, Bitcoin ETFs do not exist. But soon they will, Bloomberg's Katie Greifeld, Vildana Hajric and Benjamin Bain report:
The Securities and Exchange Commission is poised to allow the first U.S. Bitcoin futures exchange-traded fund to begin trading in a watershed moment for the cryptocurrency industry, according to people familiar with the matter.>
The regulator isn't likely to block the products from starting to trade next week, said the people, who asked not to be named while discussing the decision. Unlike Bitcoin ETF applications that the regulator has previously rejected, the proposals by ProShares and Invesco Ltd. are based on futures contracts and were filed under mutual fund rules that SEC Chairman Gary Gensler has said provide "significant investor protections."
So what will the Bitcoin ETF do with your money? The answer is:
1. It will put about 30% of the money into a collateral account at a U.S. registered commodity futures exchange, to collateralize positions in cash-settled Bitcoin futures. The futures exchange will presumably hold the collateral in bank accounts or Treasury bills or whatever. 2. It will put about 70% of the money into money-market securities, Treasury bills or high-grade commercial paper or whatever.
Basically if you slice open the Bitcoin ETF you will find a bunch of (U.S. dollar) cash equivalents. Plus a cash-settled bet with a futures exchange that the price of Bitcoin will go up. If Bitcoin goes up, the ETF will get more cash to plop into money-market securities. If Bitcoin goes down, the ETF will have to sell some of those securities to hand over some cash. If Bitcoin doubles, the ETF's cash will more or less double; if Bitcoin goes to zero, the ETF's cash will more or less disappear.
The ETF holds a synthetic Bitcoin: cash, plus a derivative to make that cash go up and down with the price of Bitcoin. Somebody is manufacturing that synthetic Bitcoin for the ETF. Probably that someone is an arbitrage trader on the futures exchange, and probably the main ingredient it is using to manufacture the synthetic Bitcoin is a real Bitcoin. The trade is roughly:
1. The arbitrageur gets together $60,000 and buys one Bitcoin on a Bitcoin exchange, keeping it in custody on the exchange or in the arbitrageur's own Bitcoin wallet. 2. The arbitrageur sells one cash-settled Bitcoin future on a registered futures exchange, posting $20,000 of collateral with the exchange to ensure that it will pay up on the bet. 3. If the price of Bitcoin goes up, the arbitrageur has to put more cash into the futures exchange to margin its position. The value of the Bitcoin it holds goes up, but that doesn't necessarily generate any cash; it's not going to sell the Bitcoin. 4. If the price of Bitcoin goes down, the arbitrageur gets some cash out of the futures exchange. The value of the Bitcoin it holds goes down, but that doesn't necessarily cost it any cash; it's not going to sell the Bitcoin.
If you put $60,000 into a Bitcoin ETF, it will post about $20,000 at the futures exchange to collateralize one synthetic Bitcoin, and will keep the other $40,000 in cash earning a bit of interest. Meanwhile the person selling it the synthetic Bitcoin has to put up about $80,000 to (1) buy the actual Bitcoin and (2) post margin at the futures exchange itself. That $80,000 isn't free; you have to pay the arbitrageur for the use of its balance sheet.
Also, the person selling the synthetic Bitcoin has to keep custody of the real Bitcoin it uses to manufacture the synthetic Bitcoin. This is a problem that has become easier over time, but it is still not entirely trivial; there is a lot more high-stakes remembering of passwords in the Bitcoin world than there is in the traditional financial system. This also costs money.
So the people manufacturing the synthetic Bitcoins for the ETF will charge for that service: They have to put up $80,000 of cash and then do a lot of hard password-remembering to keep their Bitcoin, while the ETF only has to put up $20,000 of cash and take the relatively pleasant credit risk of a registered U.S. commodity futures exchange. So if you buy a synthetic Bitcoin — as the Bitcoin ETFs plan to — you have to pay more for it than you would for a regular old Bitcoin:
In recent days, the annualized premium on CME bitcoin futures prices over bitcoin's spot value was 15%, compared with about 7.7% on average over the first nine months of the year. Traders can make those returns by buying spot bitcoin and shorting the futures contract because the two prices will converge in the future, said Noelle Acheson, head of market insights at crypto lender Genesis Global Trading Inc. She chalks the gap in the premium up to institutions rushing to buy bitcoin futures in expectation of the ETFs' approval. …>
But futures-based ETFs are vulnerable to divergences in the prices of the futures and the underlying assets they track—in this case bitcoin, which is notoriously volatile.>
ETFs may also lag the performance of bitcoin if it keeps rising. Longer-dated bitcoin futures have tended to trade above short-term contracts, a market dynamic known as contango. This can lead to lower returns for funds as they pay to roll over monthly contracts.>
"A lot of people really don't understand how futures work," said Kathleen Moriarty, an ETF lawyer, of individual investors.
The basic way that futures work is that you are paying someone else to store your Bitcoins for you, which is expensive.
Why not just store the Bitcoins yourself? Really there are two questions there:
1. Why doesn't the ETF just store the Bitcoins itself? You give the ETF $60,000 and, instead of spending that on money-market securities and futures margin, it just goes out and buys a Bitcoin. 2. Why not just store the Bitcoins yourself? Don't give the ETF anything; just pay $60,000 to someone with a Bitcoin and get the Bitcoin.
The answer to the first question is essentially that the SEC is probably about to approve futures-based Bitcoin ETFs, but seems to be considerably more skeptical about "physical" Bitcoin ETFs, ETFs that would actually hold Bitcoins. This is, I suspect, mostly a matter of regulatory legibility: Bitcoin futures trade on registered U.S. futures exchanges, and if weird stuff happens on those exchanges U.S. regulators have lots of power to investigate and intervene; Bitcoins themselves trade in lots of different places, many of them not subject to much U.S. regulatory oversight. Also physical custody of Bitcoins does seem to be an issue that the SEC worries about, and if an SEC-approved physical Bitcoin ETF forgot its passwords and lost all of its customers' Bitcoins that would be really, really, really, really … let's not kid ourselves, it would be hilarious, but it would be really upsetting for the SEC. Whereas an ETF that just holds a pot of money-market instruments and some regulated exchange-traded futures is, you know, fairly normal.
Speaking of weird stablecoins:
Tether will pay $41 million to settle a U.S. regulator's allegations that it lied in claiming each of its stablecoins was backed by fiat currencies.>
From at least June 2016 through February 2019, Tether misrepresented to customers and the cryptocurrency market that it maintained sufficient U.S. dollar reserves to back every token, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission said in a Friday statement. Since its 2014 launch, Tether had claimed that its coins were pegged to fiat currencies and "100% backed by corresponding" assets, the CFTC said.
Here is the CFTC's announcement. It is not much new if you followed the New York state case against Tether a couple of years ago, but that case was wild and if you didn't follow it you should go ahead and read the CFTC one. We have talked recently about Tether's reserves, which remain interesting, but overall my impression is that Tether in 2021 is a model of probity and transparency compared to Tether in 2017. From the CFTC order:
In contrast to Respondents' statements, Respondents did not at all times hold sufficient fiat reserves in the Tether Bank Accounts to back USDt tokens in circulation for the substantial majority of the Relevant Period. Indeed, for the time period of September 2, 2016 through November 1, 2018, the aggregate amount of fiat currency held by Tether in the Tether Bank Accounts was less than the corresponding USDt tokens in circulation on 573 of 791 days, meaning that, contrary to Respondents' representations, the Tether Reserves were "fully-backed" by fiat currency reserves held in the Tether Bank Accounts only 27.6% of the time. Instead, at various times, Tether maintained some of the Tether Reserves in bank accounts other than the Tether Bank Accounts. Tether represents that, at times, it also included receivables and non-fiat assets among its counted reserves; and further represents that Tether has not failed to satisfy a redemption request for tether tokens. ...
On June 1, 2017, there were at least 109,844,263 tether tokens in circulation; by July 1, 2017, there were at least 214,852,881 tethers in circulation; by August 1, 2017, there were at least 319,398,873 tether tokens in circulation; and, by September 15, 2017, there were at least 442,481,760 tether tokens in circulation. During this same time, the amount held in the GC Trust Account never exceeded $61.5 million.
At various times during the Relevant Period, Respondents relied upon unregulated entities and certain third-parties to hold some of their funds, including Tether Reserves, and for a period of time commingled Tether Reserves with funds belonging to Bitfinex and/or Bitfinex customers. In aggregate, during the Relevant Period Tether and Bitfinex's assets included funds held by or received from third-parties pursuant to at least 51 different arrangements, only 22 of which were documented through loan agreements, trust agreements, or other formal contracts.
Basically in the early days of Tether (and also possibly now?), it was pretty hard for a newish stablecoin to get a smooth straightforward banking relationship with a large regulated bank, and so as cash came into Tether it was reduced to, like, finding people on the street and saying "hey could you hold onto this giant bag of cash for us?" And mostly the people do seem to have held on to the cash and given it back to Tether on request — though not quite always! — but it is not the sort of thing that looks great to a regulator.
On Thursday I talked at some length about a way to manufacture a stablecoin — a cryptocurrency that is always worth a dollar — out of no ingredients other than Bitcoin (or some other volatile cryptocurrency). The recipe is fairly simple:
1. You get a Bitcoin. 2. A Bitcoin is worth $55,000. 3. Maybe tomorrow it will be worth, like, $52,000, or even $45,000. 4. But it won't be worth less than, say, $25,000. 5. So you issue (say) 25,000 stablecoins, each worth $1, collateralized by the Bitcoin. 6. Someone has to put up the other $30,000 to buy the Bitcoin (along with the $25,000 from selling the stablecoins). This person is left with the residual claim on the Bitcoin, i.e., once the 25,000 stablecoins are paid back at a dollar, the residual claimant gets whatever the Bitcoin is worth above that. If Bitcoin goes to $100,000, the residual claimant ends up owning $75,000 worth of Bitcoin after paying off $25,000 worth of stablecoins (and makes a $45,000 profit). If Bitcoin goes to $30,000, the residual claimant ends up owning $5,000 worth (and losing $25,000). If Bitcoin goes to $20,000 the residual claimant is wiped out and the stablecoins are no longer stable but what are the odds of that.
My point here was, one, to explain that this basic approach — tranching of a risky asset into junior and senior claims — is the main move in traditional finance, and that combinations and variations on this move are most of what the financial system does. Two, I wanted to explain some of the advantages and disadvantages of this approach compared to the other main method of making a stablecoin, which is to sell 25,000 dollar stablecoins for cash and put the $25,000 you raise into a traditional dollar bank account (or, more realistically, use it to buy safe dollar-denominated assets like commercial paper or Treasury bills). The main advantage of the Bitcoin-based approach (call it an "overcollateralized stablecoin") is that it manufactures stablecoins out of pure crypto, without too much of an interface with the traditional banking system; if you don't trust banks to hold your dollars, this seems preferable. The main disadvantage is that it manufactures stablecoins out of pure crypto, without any actual dollars; if you don't trust Bitcoin to hold its value, this seems worse.[1]
My third point was that Tether, the biggest and weirdest and most controversial stablecoin, mostly seems to be the other kind of stablecoin, call it a "backed stablecoin," the kind with money in the bank. It advertises that all of its coins are backed at least 1-for-1 with safe dollar assets. But in fact a (small but interesting) fraction of those "safe dollar assets" are in fact secured loans to crypto companies, secured specifically by cryptocurrency. Tether is mostly (it says) in the business of getting dollars, issuing stablecoins, and putting the dollars in the bank (or Chinese commercial paper), but it is also a little bit in the business of getting dollars, issuing stablecoins, and using the dollars to fund levered Bitcoin positions.
But I neglected to mention that there are a number of stablecoins that are explicitly, entirely in that business, stablecoins that just are overcollateralized stablecoins. The most famous is probably Dai, the stablecoin of MakerDAO. "The Maker Protocol, also known as the Multi-Collateral Dai (MCD) system, allows users to generate Dai by leveraging collateral assets," says its white paper. And:
Dai is generated, backed, and kept stable through collateral assets that are deposited into Maker Vaults on the Maker Protocol. A collateral asset is a digital asset that MKR holders have voted to accept into the Protocol.>
To generate Dai, the Maker Protocol accepts as collateral any Ethereum-based asset that has been approved by MKR holders. MKR holders must also approve specific, corresponding Risk Parameters for each accepted collateral (e.g., more stable assets might get more lenient Risk Parameters, while more risky assets could get stricter Risk Parameters). Detailed information on Risk Parameters is below. These and other decisions of MKR holders are made through the Maker decentralized governance process.
And:
When a user deposits ETH or any supported ERC20 token into the Maker platform as collateral, Dai is created and loaned to the user at a collateral-to-loan ratio of 66%,[2] which increases the supply of Dai.
One thing I will say about this is that it is way more transparent and straightforward than the picture I tried to paint of Tether as sort of doing some amount of complicated transformation of Bitcoins into dollars at some unspecified level of overcollateralization. This is just a decentralized platform automatically transforming Ether into dollars at a specified level of overcollateralization with clearly defined procedures for making sure the collateral is sufficient and for liquidating if it isn't.
A (the?) main move in finance goes like this:
1. You have a risky thing. It will be worth a lot of money in some states of the world and less money in some other states of the world. Perhaps it will be worth $200, or $100, or $50. Perhaps it is trading at $100 now. 2. You divide that risky thing into junior and senior claims. When you find out how much the risky thing is worth, you pay off the senior claims first, and then the junior claims get whatever's left. Perhaps you issue $50 of senior claims and promise to pay them back $50,[1] and then you issue $50 of junior claims and promise to pay them back whatever's left. If the thing ends up being worth $200, the senior claims get $50 and the junior claims get $150 and triple their money; if the thing ends up being worth $50, the senior claims get $50 and the junior claims get $0 and lose all their money. The junior claims are extra-risky — more risky than just the original risky thing itself — while the senior claims are, in this hypothetical scenario, completely safe. The senior claimants put in $50 and get back $50 no matter what.
There are variations on this move; principally, you can divide the thing into more than two tranches of claim. (Very safe super-senior claims get paid first, quite safe senior claims get paid next, then somewhat risky mezzanine claims, then quite risky equity claims.) Also you can compose this move: You can divide a bunch of things into junior and senior claims, bundle a set of junior or senior claims together, and then slice that bundle into junior and senior claims.
Most of what happens in finance is some form of this move. And the reason for that is basically that some people want to own safe things, because they have money that they don't want to lose, and other people want to own risky things, because they have money that they want to turn into more money. If you have something that is moderately risky, someone will buy it, but if you slice it into things that are super safe and things that are super risky, more people might buy them. Financial theory suggests that this is impossible but virtually all of financial practice disagrees.
Some examples. A business is a risky thing; its future cash flows might be high or low. It slices those cash flows into senior claims (debt) and junior claims (equity). Some people (banks, etc.) want to lend the business money in exchange for a safe senior claim on its future cash flows. Other people (venture capitalists, etc.) want to give the business money in exchange for a lottery ticket that it will one day be worth a lot.
A house can go up or down in value; it may end up being worth more or less than you pay for it. But if you get a mortgage, your bank puts up (say) 80% of the money and has a senior claim on your house. If your house loses 19% of its value, and you sell it, you will be sad; your down payment evaporated. But the bank will be fine.
Actually the bank doesn't care because it has pooled a bunch of those mortgages (senior claims on houses) into a mortgage-backed security, cut that security into tranches (senior claims, mezzanine claims, junior claims) and sold the tranches on to investors. Perhaps some of those investors bought a bunch of mezzanine claims (junior-ish claims on a pool of senior claims on houses) and put them into a collateralized debt obligation, another kind of pool, and then sold tranches of that. Perhaps someone bought some of those tranches and put them into a CDO-squared. If you buy the senior tranche of a CDO-squared you're getting a senior claim (the CDO-squared tranche) on a pool (the CDO-squared) of junior claims (mezzanine CDO tranches) on a pool (the CDO) of junior claims (mezzanine mortgage-backed security tranches) on a pool (the MBS) of senior claims (mortgages) on houses.[2] Just composing the main move.
Actually the bank itself is a composition of this move. A bank makes a bunch of loans in exchange for senior claims on businesses, houses, etc. Then it pools those loans together on its balance sheet and issues a bunch of different claims on them. The most senior claims, classically, are "bank deposits"; the most junior claims are "equity" or "capital." Some people want to own a bank; they think that First Bank of X is good at running its business and will grow its assets and improve its margins and its stock will be worth more in the future, so they buy equity (shares of stock) of the bank. Other people, though, just want to keep their money safe; they put their deposits in the First Bank of X because they are confident that a dollar deposited in an account there will always be worth a dollar.
The fundamental reason for this confidence is that bank deposits are senior claims (deposits) on a pool of senior claims (loans) on a diversified set of good assets (businesses, houses). (In modern banking there are other reasons — deposit insurance, etc. — but this is the fundamental reason.) But notice that this is magic: At one end of the process you have risky businesses, at the other end of the process you have perfectly safe dollars. Again, this is due in part to deposit insurance and regulation and lenders of last resort, but it is due mainly to the magic of composing senior claims on senior claims. You use seniority to turn risky things into safe things.
One more example. A share of stock is a junior claim (equity) on a business. A margin loan is a senior claim on a share of stock. You've got a share of stock worth $100, your broker lends you $50, you put up the other $50, if the stock doubles you pay off the loan and keep $150, if the stock goes down by 50% you pay off the loan and lose all your money. Either way the broker gets its $50 back. Of course if the stock goes down by 90% the broker loses money. Not every senior claim is completely safe. Just, safer.
Anyway here's a story about Bitcoin tax harvesting:
The wealth-management industry is starting to make the case that cryptocurrencies have a place alongside stocks and bonds in investment portfolios, even retirement accounts. ...
Here's the pitch: Investors can buy bitcoin, ether and other cryptocurrencies through their broker. If cryptocurrencies fall by a certain amount, the accounts are set to automatically sell the digital coins, generating a taxable loss that can be used to offset other investment gains. The accounts then buy the coins back in a short time for around the same price or even less.
Doing this is a no-no with stocks, bonds, options and many other securities, thanks to the "wash sale" rules that restrict capital-loss deductions when investors purchase an asset within 30 days of selling it for a loss. Cryptocurrencies evade the rules because they are considered property by the Internal Revenue Service. But that is likely to change soon.
The pitch in that second paragraph — "buy this thing because it will go down a lot and you'll have a big tax loss" — doesn't make sense on its own; having a big loss that saves you some taxes is strictly worse than not having a loss at all. But of course the actual pitch is "This cryptocurrency is a random-number generator, it will go down a lot, you will have a big tax loss, and then it will go up a lot again the next day and you won't have a real loss." That's a good product!
Would you like to chip in a few hundred euros to help a 27-year-old Harvard-educated Bohemian prince restore some of his family's castles? They own various palaces and "a collection of 20,000 artifacts, including works by Bruegel, Canaletto, and Velázquez, as well as hand-annotated manuscripts by Mozart and Beethoven," but some of them could use a refresh and he was hoping you'd help him out. Obviously he would keep the castles and paintings; after all he is a prince and you're not. But you would get the warm satisfaction of helping out a prince in his time of relative need.
Is that not an appealing pitch? Well, okay, let's add a sweetener. He will give you a receipt. If you keep a receipts collection, you can put this one in your receipts collection. You can show it off to people. "This receipt represents the time I gave 100 euros to a Bohemian prince to restore one of his castles." Perhaps people will be impressed. Perhaps they will be so impressed that they want to buy the receipt from you. Perhaps they will pay you more than you paid. "Oh wow, I wish I had a receipt like that, tell you what I will pay you 200 euros for it."
And then they can put it in their collection. "This receipt represents the time someone gave 100 euros to a Bohemian prince to restore one of his castles; I paid 200 euros for it," they will say proudly to some visitor, who will then offer them 300 euros for it.
Perhaps a robust market will develop for these receipts. Who knows how much these receipts might be worth in 10 years? They are scarce assets; there will only ever be as many of them as this prince can get away with selling. That limited supply might make each receipt — particularly the early ones — worth way more than the amount you contribute. Early contributors — early investors in the prince-donation-receipts asset class — could become billionaires as their receipts appreciate in value. Honestly you can't afford not to chip in some money, to help this prince restore his castles, and get a receipt.
The world is so strange, so strange:
A 600-year-old Bohemian noble family is embracing the latest craze sweeping the crypto and art worlds, hoping that NFTs will help pay for the restoration of its artwork collection and an ancestral castle.>
The Czech Republic's Lobkowicz family — which once sponsored Beethoven, lost everything to the Nazis and Communists and then reclaimed their castles and artwork in the 1990s after the fall of communism — will auction a slew of non-fungible tokens and host a conference next month in Prague at the Lobkowicz Palace, from which you can see the entire city. ...>
This will kick off with a one-day, invitation-only conference called Non-Fungible Castle. It costs 400 euro to attend — payable in crypto, of course — and will explore themes around NFTs, such as whether the whole craze is a scam. Titles of scheduled panel discussions include "NFTs: Nothing Fking There?" and "What Are You Really Buying?">
People will also be able to purchase blockchain-based proofs that they contributed to restoring certain items within the private collection. Several artists will sell NFTs with half of the proceeds going towards restoration.
What are you really buying. It is embarrassing for me that I wake up every morning and write a column instead of just selling people blockchain-based proofs that they gave me money.
In the cool financial experimentation category, here is a proposal for something called "Martingale Shares," or "Mortys," from Dave White at Paradigm. It is loosely speaking a way to sell fractional interests in NFTs, which is hot right now; we talked a couple of times recently about a craze for fractional shares of an NFT of a picture of a dog. But I do not think that this is an essentially pixelated-image concept. Here is how I would describe it:
1. The owner of an asset puts the asset in a "vault." (As a traditional financial engineer, I would have said a "box," but same idea.) 2. The vault sells shares representing a portion of the ownership of the asset. Say there are 100 shares; 50 go to buyers, while the asset owner keeps 50. 3. "Every night at midnight, the Morty protocol flips one coin per vault" and moves one share. With 50% probability, the asset owner loses a share to the buyers; with 50% probability, the buyers lose one share to the asset owner. 4. Eventually either the asset owner gets back to 100 shares and gets her asset back free and clear (and keeps the cash from the initial sale in step 2); or the asset owner falls to 0 shares and hands her asset over to the buyers (and was effectively paid 50% of the value of the asset for the whole asset); or it bounces around between 1 and 99 forever. 5. The shares represent not a particular asset but a class of asset: every NFT of a particular series, or every NFT of that series with some specified attribute, whatever is specified when the vault is set up. The asset owner can swap any NFT of the class in for the particular one in the vault; if it looks like she is going to lose her NFT, and she is emotionally attached to it, she can go out and buy another one in the class to substitute in. Or in financial terms, there is a cheapest-to-deliver option: Ordinarily, the shares represent a (possible) entitlement to the cheapest deliverable NFT in the class. 6. Similarly, because the shares represent a class, they are fungible. If two asset owners each with an NFT of the same class put their NFTs in a vault, "Mortys" of those two NFTs are fungible with each other. If either of those vaults falls to zero shares, the buyers will get (a proportional interest in) one of the NFTs. (Some protocol might auction off the NFT and distribute the proceeds to the Morty holders, or they could own it jointly, or whatever.)
I am not sure how, or if, all the details would work, but the basic idea is that owners of individual assets could raise money by selling into a market of fungible claims on a class of assets, and that those claims are probabilistic ; instead of getting like a 20% equity share in the asset you get effectively a 20% probability of owning the asset outright. The goal is to build markets of liquid fungible tokens to finance ownership of non-fungible tokens.
Friend of Money Stuff and NFT-issuer-avant-la-lettre Sarah Meyohas has a new non-fungible token, which she calls "The Non-Existent Token" and which is … I don't know, a Ponzi scheme?
HOW IT WORKS>
Each bid must be 10% higher than the one before. The previous bidder will immediately receive their money back + 5% (minus gas fees). The rest is the artist's royalty.>
A winning bid receives an NFT in their wallet of a bubble. As soon as there is a subsequent bid, the bubble passes on to the next winner. The previous transaction will become a receipt which advertises your return.>
A portion of the artist's proceeds will be allocated to carbon offset credits, making this a carbon neutral project. ...>
The auction goes on forever. You may be the winner for a year, or more. Someone can always outbid, as long as the ethereum network is still running.
Why not. Meyohas's first appearance in Money Stuff was when she manipulated penny stock prices for art. "Her show opens tonight," I wrote, "and you should go see it, especially if you work for the Securities and Exchange Commission." Now she's go a (fully disclosed!) Ponzi for art, I approve.
We talked yesterday about some people who bought an online pointer to a digital picture of a dog (a non-fungible token, or NFT) for $4 million and, a few months later, "fractionalized" it into 16,969,696,969 tokens and sold 20% of them for $45 million, giving the picture of a dog a total market value of about $225 million. (It doubled the next day, though it later came down a bit.) I do feel like, when I started in the financial industry in 2007, this would have been easily the craziest and most important financial story of the year, and now it is just Thursday in NFTs.
Anyway I made some jokes and expressed some exasperation about this yesterday, and then I got a brilliant email from a reader, who wrote:
I wonder which 20% of the picture of the dog was sold. If you slice a picture into 17 billion pieces, by definition they cannot all be the same. It seems plausible that the original buyers identified the most valuable part of the picture, which was all along valued at $229mm, and sold that (presumably the face/head). The remaining 80% of the picture would be worth negative $225mm (from the collective emotional trauma / revulsion / therapy costs of all beholders of a picture of a decapitated shiba inu). Obviously each part of the face would have different values, so this is only a proxy. With no mark-to-market for the body and background, we'll never know for sure.
Now, to be clear, this is not what actually happened here. The picture of the dog was not sliced into 17 billion distinct pieces, each with its own color and location on the picture. You couldn't pay more to get the tip of the nose and less to get some random pixel in the background. "Ownership" of the picture of the dog — in the asterisked NFT sense; you don't really own it in a traditional way — was sliced into 16,969,696,969 shares. Each dog-picture token is identical to the 16,969,696,968 others, and they trade in a liquid market at a market price. Buying a token doesn't get you one particular pixel of the dog picture; it gets you one (1/16,969,696,969) share of the whole picture. Like buying one share of Apple Inc. stock doesn't entitle you to a particular iPhone in Apple's inventory, but to fractional (1/16,530,166,000) ownership (in another asterisked sense) of all of Apple's inventory and intellectual property and future cash flows and so forth.
In other words the dog-picture tokens are fungible tokens representing fractional ownership of a non-fungible token (the dog picture).
In one sense, of course, that's the only way this could work. What you need, to get the price of a picture of a dog to ridiculous levels, is a fungible market. You want there to be a lot of tokens that all have the same market price, that people can trade back and forth with each other and create a frenzy. If the dog picture is sliced into 17 billion tokens and I sell you 100 of them for $1, then guess what, the dog picture's "value" is $170 million. Slicing a thing into billions of tokens and then trading a few of them for a small amount of money is a good way to create the impression that the thing is very valuable, and that impression can take on a life of its own: If people see a $170 million picture of a dog they might want to buy some of that. (In fact, at the peak last week, the picture-of-a-dog tokens were trading tens of millions of dollars' worth per day; this is not, like the New Jersey deli, a case of an inflated market value based on thin trading. But the principle still applies: You don't need anyone to be buying $10 million chunks of the dog token to get a $225 million valuation; you just need lots of people to be trading $1 or $10 or $100 chunks.)
But in another sense my reader's email points to really a much better and funnier way to do this? If you are going to buy an NFT and carve it up and sell fractions of it, as sort of a financial experiment and funny art project, really you should sell non-fungible shares, no? "Buy" a picture of a dog and then "sell" each pixel of the picture, or "sell" each byte of the smart contract entitling you to the picture of the dog, or whatever. The lesson of the NFT boom is that you can create a market like that, that you don't always need fungibility to get liquidity, that people actually want to buy "unique" but almost-identical digital objects and will pay more for vanishingly small gradations in status. A pixel in the background of the dog picture might be worth a fraction of a penny; the tip of the nose might be worth millions, might be worth more than the picture of the dog itself, I don't know.
Let's say you have a thing that generates cash flows of $1 million a year. A business, a rental building, a pile of credit card receivables, whatever. Let's say you can capitalize those cash flows at 5%. So the thing is worth $20 million. You want some more money now. You slice the thing into shares and sell some of them. You sell 20% of the thing, maybe. That 20% of the thing comes with cash flows of $200,000 a year and is worth about $4 million. This is all standard stuff; this is the main move in finance. Sometimes it is called "securitization," though that is almost too fancy a title. If you have a business and sell 20% of it, that's just called "stock."
Now let's say you have bought a picture of a dog online for $4 million. The picture of the dog carries no cash flows and no real exclusive rights — it is just a digital picture of a dog, anyone can copy it and use it and look at it to their heart's content. But, you see, you have an exclusive pointer to the dog picture on some blockchain. And it's funny to "own" this picture of a dog on the blockchain. And you made a lot of money investing in crypto and it feels sort of fake anyway. Why not blow $4 million on a picture of a dog, who cares, easy come easy go.
Now you sell "shares" of the picture of the dog. How many shares? Who cares? Each share carries precisely no cash flows and no rights to the picture of the dog, so it doesn't really matter how many shares you sell. How much are the shares worth? I dunno, I mean, in one sense, you paid $4 million for the picture of the dog, so when you slice it into shares their total value should be about $4 million. Like, 1% of the picture of the dog should be worth $40,000. Maybe a bit more: Maybe the general logic of securitization implies that slicing it into more affordable shares will increase the pool of potential investors and raise the total value. Maybe a bit less: Maybe the whole point of "buying" this picture of a dog online is a sort of vanity status thing, and selling it in affordable chunks destroys that appeal. You could argue either way, but you would be wrong either way, because here is the actual answer (from last week):
Just three months after a non-fungible token (NFT) representing an image of the original Shiba Inu dogecoin meme sold for about $4 million, the NFT is now valued at more than $225 million after part of its ownership sold for over 11,000 ether.>
Investors were able to boost the price of the doge NFT to a record high for NFTs in such a short time by fractionalizing it into nearly 17 billion tokens named DOG with 20% of the supply for sale via a 24-hour auction ended Thursday.
Okay! Look. The fact that the picture of the dog originally sold for $4 million is a totally arbitrary fact, driven by comedic value and status competition and weird market dynamics among crypto millionaires. The fact that 20% of it sold for $45 million is also totally arbitrary! There is no reason those two numbers should be related to each other at all! Why should 20% of a picture of a dog be worth 20% as much as the picture of the dog? Neither of those things is anything! You don't own the picture of the dog, you don't own 20% of the picture of the dog, it is just, like, you come in every day and someone is playing a new weird game and you try to get the high score in today's game and tomorrow will be a different game.
Basically Bitcoin is a way to turn electricity into money: You plug in some computers, they burn a lot of electricity, they "mine" Bitcoin, the Bitcoins that they mine are worth money. There is a complicated algorithm, but its input is electricity and its output is Bitcoin. At a high level, the business of Bitcoin mining is the business of finding the cheapest possible electricity.
But most of the electricity that you use, most of the time, is free, or at least "free." If you use electricity at your house you pay for it. But that's the exception. If you go to a coffee shop you can buy a muffin, plug in your laptop and sit for an hour (or you could pre-Covid, anyway); they generally won't charge you for electricity. If you go to your office, you can turn on your computer and use it all day to work, and also probably to send personal emails and check sports scores; they don't charge you for that electricity either. They let you charge your phone at the office. All free. Free electricity everywhere.
Of course you are expected to use only a reasonable personal amount of that free electricity, but if you ignore those expectations, a certain amount of scamming is possible:
The rule in the U.S. is that an "investment contract," meaning "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others," is a security, and generally can't be sold to the public without registering it with the Securities and Exchange Commission, delivering a prospectus with audited financial statements, etc. A Bitcoin lending program — in which (1) a bunch of people pool their Bitcoins, (2) some manager or smart contract lends those Bitcoins to borrowers who pay interest, and (3) some or all of the interest is paid back to the people in the pool — is pretty straightforwardly an investment contract and thus a security.
I have been saying this for months, though that's only because the SEC has also been saying it for months. But I admit that the SEC hasn't been saying it in a particularly clear way. There's not an SEC press release saying "FYI crypto lending programs are obviously securities." And I gather that there are about a lot of crypto lending programs — they're a staple feature of decentralized finance platforms — and roughly none of them are registered with the SEC. The SEC and state regulators have brought enforcement actions against a few of them — we've talked about BitConnect and BlockFi and Blockchain Credit Partners — but I suppose each of those is distinctive in its own way, and there are about a zillion others that haven't been sued by the SEC.[1] So you could reasonably look around and be like "oh sure we can pool people's Bitcoins and lend them and pass along the interest, that's not a security that should involve the SEC." You'd be wrong, but I get where you're coming from.
It is particularly unsatisfying because lending is such a normal concept and, in general, not a security. If I lend you a dollar, or a Bitcoin, that's not a security, even if you promise to pay me interest. What transforms a simple loan (not a security) into the sort of "note" that is a security is a little hazy; there is that pooling of investment for outside management, and the law involves a four-part test asking about the purpose of the loan, whom it was sold to, how it was marketed and whether there is an "alternative regulatory scheme." If I lend you a Bitcoin, that's not the sort of loan that is a security; if a big company markets a lending program to customers looking to make money, that (probably) is. But it is all a bit vague and muddled. Syndicated loans to companies are not securities. Why are pooled loans to Bitcoin speculators securities?
Still I feel like both sides here are wrong and there is an obvious better analogy. I think this thing is not a stock or bond or "note" or "investment contract" (a security), or a personal IOU or syndicated loan (not a security). Obviously this thing — where you have an account at Coinbase, Coinbase lends your Bitcoins to people it chooses, and you get interest from Coinbase — is a bank account. This is what banks do: They hold your money for you, they use it to fund loans, they pay you interest, they promise to pay you back even if the loans default, the whole thing is seamless to you, etc. It's just a bank account.
Now a bank account is not a security, but that is not because banks have found some clever loophole to avoid the securities laws that Coinbase can copy. A bank account is not a security because the securities laws, ever since they were written in the 1930s, exempt bank accounts.[2] And the basic reason for that is that banks are subject to banking regulation, which is generally much stricter than securities regulation. You don't have to file a prospectus, but you do have to meet capital requirements and have bank examiners and all the rest. A bank account is regulated as a bank account, so you don't have to regulate it as a security.
You know what would be ideal? A stablecoin that was a pure wrapper for a digital dollar. Right now you can't get a "digital dollar," in the sense of "a thing that is worth a dollar in any imaginable state of the world," though you can come very close. (An FDIC insured bank account is pretty much a digital dollar; you'd have to work pretty hard to come up with a scenario in which you lose access to that dollar even briefly. But FDIC insurance limits are considerably lower than $27 billion.)
But some people can get pure uncut digital dollars. Those people are banks. A bank can hold its money in the form of reserves at the Federal Reserve, and those reserves are dollars in every state of the world: The Federal Reserve makes the dollars, and the dollars that it makes are reserves. The Fed will even pay the bank interest on those reserves; right now that interest is 0.15% per year, a small but positive number.
A stablecoin issuer that held 100% of its assets in reserves at the Fed would be the purest form of stablecoin: just a blockchain wrapper for a digital dollar, a "blockchain depositary receipt" on dollars issued by the Fed. Nobody would worry about its assets, because its assets would all be held at the Fed. (And it would even earn a little interest, which presumably it would not pay to customers but would keep for itself?)
There are two problems with this. One is that if you're going to do that sort of stablecoin, you need to get a banking license, which a lot of stablecoin issuers seem to find difficult or undesirable. The other is that the Fed doesn't really like this sort of "narrow banking"; when a bank — called TNB USA Inc., for "The Narrow Bank" — tried to open a Fed account to just hold all of its customers' deposits in the form of Fed reserves, the Fed fought it and proposed rules to prevent it.
Still, maybe, who knows. Earlier this month, Felix Salmon at Axios wrote:
Crypto giant Circle has announced its intention to become a bank, fully regulated by the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC.
Why it matters: We're still a very long way from this happening. But if it does, Circle's USDC stablecoin could become a de facto central bank digital currency.
How it works: Circle's dream is to become a narrow bank — one that eschews fractional-reserve banking entirely, and instead places all deposits on reserve at the central bank. ...
The big picture: If the dream were to become reality, then Circle would effectively be issuing a cryptocurrency backed by the Fed itself — for all intents and purposes, a central bank digital currency, or CBDC.
The Fed does not seem particularly fond of the idea of a CBDC either. One very general way to put it is that the Fed likes banks. Not so much in like a corrupt regulatory-capture sense, but in the sense that, you know, banks lend people money and keep the economy going and so forth. The Fed is full of macroeconomists and bank regulators who think that credit and fractional-reserve banking work pretty well and are kind of important to the functioning of the economy, and would be sad if everyone stopped putting their money in banks (real banks, that do lending and stuff) and started putting their money at the Fed (or in narrow banks that park their money at the Fed) instead. Whether or not the narrow banks are also cryptocurrencies.
On the other hand if you are a stablecoin it is a very appealing pitch! "100% of our stablecoins are backed by dollars in a bank account" is fine, but not perfectly risk-free; "100% of our stablecoins are backed by dollars at the Federal Reserve" really is better.
Obviously you do not have to believe this. I just want to point out that it's … right? Like let's say you noticed a bug in a popular crypto network that allows anyone to transfer all the money in the network to themselves. What would you do? How would you assume that bug got there?
If you noticed a bug like that in the software of a bank, or the Federal Reserve, or Facebook, or whatever, one thing you could do is call up the company's main number and say "I have found a bug." Of course they might ignore you or not understand or not do anything; big institutions are not always nimble and clever. But if you managed to get on the phone with Jamie Dimon and tell him "hey there's a bug in your software that lets anyone steal a trillion dollars of deposits," you would not expect him to respond "oh sweet" and steal the money himself.
Whereas with a crypto project, if you managed to get on the … Discord chat? ... with the … the stateless pseudonymous developer? ... who seems to … write most of its Medium posts? … and you said "hey there's a bug in your software that lets anyone steal a billion dollars of user money," and he responded "oh sweet I'm gonna steal it," or for that matter "yes I put it there so that I could steal it and now I will," you would not be that surprised. I don't mean to cast any aspersions on Poly Network or anything; I just mean, as a general matter, a whole lot of crypto projects really are designed to steal all their users' money.
So if you found a bug like this, a thought process like "I am going to steal all the money myself so that no one else steals it, and then give it back once the bug is fixed, and maybe keep a few million dollars for my trouble" would not be totally unreasonable. I want to be clear that I am very skeptical that this was actually this hacker's thought process. I just mean it's a plausible funny thought process.
Crypto is weird because it combines an ethos of absolute libertarianism — a focus on incentive design, a belief in the inevitable rightness of market outcomes, a sense of personal responsibility for any mistakes — with an ethos of collaborative open-source software development.
So on the one hand people build smart contracts and put hundreds of millions of dollars in them and put the source code online, and then other people find bugs in those contracts and exploit them ruthlessly to steal all the money, and then still other people are like "yep right that's how it's supposed to work, should have checked the code more carefully, it's your fault your money got stolen." One of the first big DeFi-ish hacks was "the DAO" back in 2016, and when hackers stole $60 million of Ether from that smart contract, the hackers had a lot of defenders. "There is no real legal difference between a feature and an exploit," one commenter wrote. If the code of a smart contract allows someone to take money out, then they're allowed to take money out; there is no standard of legality or morality outside of the code itself.
On the other hand lots of people got into the crypto project because they are nice and working together to build a better world, not just grab money for themselves, and sometimes when they take a bunch of money out they are like "well that was fun but we're not monsters" and give it back.
Here is the basic story of stablecoins. It is very useful, for people who trade crypto, to have a cryptocurrency worth $1. In many respects you live your life denominated in dollars, so you want a supply of dollars (as opposed to volatile assets like Bitcoin, etc.). But in many other respects you live your life on the blockchain, so you want your money to be on the blockchain (as opposed to in a bank account in the U.S. payments system). A cryptocurrency worth a dollar solves both these problems: It is worth a dollar, but it can be traded on the blockchain, transferred between crypto exchanges, held in a crypto wallet, and generally used as a cryptocurrency without interacting with the U.S. banking system.
But how do you get a cryptocurrency worth exactly $1? There are some bad ways, but there's also a good simple way, which is that someone else interacts with the banking system — by keeping dollars in the bank — and issues a crypto token backed by those dollars, a "blockchain depositary receipt" on some dollars in the bank. You give them a dollar, they give you back the token, and they put the dollar in the bank; you use the token on the blockchain as a cryptocurrency; later, if you want, you give them back the token and they give you back the dollar. That crypto token — a stablecoin — is worth a dollar, so long as (1) you trust that person to actually keep the money in the bank and (2) you trust the legal, contractual, personal, etc. arrangements in which they promise to exchange the tokens back for dollars.
This is the good simple way, but problems can creep in. One set of problems has to do with banks. Three problems with banks are:
1. They don't really want deposits right now: Interest rates are low and bank capital requirements are constraining, so banks are not exactly competing fiercely to get billions of dollars of deposits. 2. They especially don't want deposits from crypto companies, because crypto raises all sorts of miscellaneous legal risks. 3. The bank might lose your money. U.S. deposit-insurance limits aren't that high. Banks do not go bust all that often and take depositor money with them, but it's a thing you might worry about; you might want to diversify your holdings beyond one giant bank account.
I want to emphasize the third problem in particular. Money-market funds are in many ways a lot like (more regulated versions of) stablecoins, and they don't just put all their money in bank accounts. In part because they want to earn a bit more yield, but also because as a risk management decision putting all your money in an account with one bank has some drawbacks.
Another set of problems has to do with the people running the stablecoin, which is, you know, if you work in a lightly-to-not-at-all-regulated business and have billions of dollars of customer money just sitting there in a bank account, there are certain temptations. Three major temptations are:
1. You might stretch for yield. The way you make money as a stablecoin operator is pretty much that the money you put in the bank earns interest, while you do not pay any interest to your customers (the people holding the tokens). This is a pleasant business to be in, but it's not great when bank accounts pay very little (or even negative) interest. If you invested the money in something else — high-yield bonds, say — you would get more interest, and you'd get to keep it. If the things you invest in lose value then, oops, your customers will be mad. 2. You might lend the money to your friends. Some stablecoins are affiliated with crypto exchanges or other crypto-y businesses. Those businesses sometimes need financing. The stablecoin has a huge pot of money. The affiliated business might come to the stablecoin and say "hey, lend us the money, we'll pay it back with interest, we promise." And then the stablecoin will do that, because the people running the stablecoin and the people running the affiliated business are colleagues, or friends, or sometimes the same exact people. And then if the affiliated business loses money then, oops, your customers will be mad. 3. You could just steal the money, why not.
The combination of all of these factors means that it would honestly be kind of surprising for a stablecoin to actually be backed by a pot of money in a bank account. On the other hand, "we are backed by a bunch of dollars in a bank account" is a very pleasant thing for a stablecoin to say, because it sounds so simple and so safe. And, you know, lightly-to-not-at-all-regulated business. So … uh ... you could just say it?
Anyway:
For months, a visitor to the website of Coinbase Global Inc., the largest U.S. cryptocurrency exchange, would see that the company offered a stablecoin called USD Coin with a simple premise: For every dollar offered to investors, there was $1 "in a bank account" to back it.>
That promise was important for the stablecoin, which unlike Bitcoin has a set price and can be redeemed by users for regular currency. It helped USD Coin grow to be the world's second-largest stablecoin, with $28 billion in assets.>
But when Circle Internet Financial Inc., Coinbase's partner in offering the coin, disclosed USD Coin's assets for the first time last month, it turns out the promise wasn't true.>
According to a disclosure in July, the assets actually include commercial paper, corporate bonds and other assets that could experience losses and are less liquid if customers ever tried to redeem the stablecoin en masse.
Oopsie! The disclosure says that Circle has 61% of its assets in "cash and cash equivalents," though that includes not just bank accounts but also government money market funds and "securities with an original maturity less than or equal to 90 days." The rest includes certificates of deposit, U.S. Treasuries, commercial paper and corporate bonds. It is not obviously a super-aggressive mix or anything, and you can see where they're coming from. But it is not money in a bank account.
We have talked about this problem before with Tether, the biggest stablecoin, which got in trouble for doing hilarious related-party loans while still pretending that it was backed by cash in bank accounts. As part of its settlement for that, it had to stop pretending that it was backed by cash in bank accounts, and now it discloses its asset mix, though in a way that still makes people very nervous. It's slowly trying to do better:
Tether Holdings Ltd. released the most detailed version yet of the assets backing its widely used digital currency, seeking to address regulatory concerns that it hasn't previously disclosed enough about the currency's underpinnings. ...>
Roughly half of Tether's $62.8 billion in assets were held in commercial paper and certificates of deposit, according to a report the company published Monday. It detailed for the first time the credit ratings of these notes, saying that about 93% of them were rated A-2 or higher, indicating an investment-grade, short-term rating. ...>
The report said that 24% of its assets were in Treasury bills—considered among the safest to hold—up from about 2.2% detailed in May. The other roughly quarter of the reserves are held in a mix of corporate bonds, cash and small deposits.
Here is the report. Again it does not seem super-aggressive or anything, and you can see where they're coming from. Both Circle's and Tether's reports are light on detail, but I think that if you read them with a reasonable amount of charity you will not come away thinking "these people are stretching wildly for yield, gambling their investors' money on crazy assets." They're buying commercial paper, whatever, that is what you do with a pot of money that you want to be worth $1. Still they have not always been great at saying that.
I have written several times about what I call the "object-fire-token-money" NFT cycle: You acquire some work of art or other valuable cultural object (e.g. a Banksy painting), you light it on fire, you create some electronic (or paper) certificate saying "I promise I destroyed this object," and then you sell the certificate to some crypto millionaire as its own art object, a "non-fungible token" that has some asserted artistic or scarcity or comedic value. Last week I wrote about a woman who plans to be cremated, when she dies, with the only existing audio recording of J.D. Salinger. The audio recording is, let us assume, a valuable cultural object that people would like to pay money for (but can't because she's gonna burn it). But, I said, a certificate that it was burned is also a valuable cultural object, sort of, whatever, that people might also pay money for. If you burn a valuable cultural artifact, you get an NFT, which is also valuable. This is how crypto economics works. I promise that I do not make the rules.
Reader David Vasak emailed to point out that I was not thinking big enough:
Surely you don't need a valuable cultural object to be burnt; just film a sufficiently well known person being cremated after their funeral and mint an NFT of that? Object - fire - token - money!
I'm not sure you even need the video! In the classic "object-fire-token-money" cycle, the point of the video is to prove that the original object no longer exists, so the token is the only remaining representation of the cultural artifact. I do not think that this makes very much sense, but it seems to be how the NFT world operates. But if everyone knows that the original object no longer exists then you can dispense with the video, and the burning for that matter. For instance it is fairly clear that William Shakespeare is no longer alive. So if I sold an NFT "of" William Shakespeare — a representation of Shakespeare on the blockchain — the actual William Shakespeare could not pop up and say "no I'm Shakespeare, not this token thing."[6] So Shakespeare-on-blockchain has exactly the same scarcity value as burnt-Banksy-on-blockchain. More, really, because there are a lot of Banksy paintings that someone could burn, but only one Shakespeare.
"But if you put 'Shakespeare' on the blockchain," you say, "what connection does that have to the actual Shakespeare? Couldn't anyone else also put 'Shakespeare' on the blockchain, creating an unlimited supply of unique tokens all asserting some totally insubstantial link to Shakespeare? Doesn't buying 'Shakespeare' on the blockchain confer absolutely no rights or benefits to the actual Shakespeare or his works?" Right!
I have been saying for a while that the next front in the fight over crypto regulation is going to be about decentralized-finance (DeFi) lending protocols. The rough idea is:
1. People put cryptocurrency into a pot. 2. Some smart contract uses the cryptocurrency in the pot to make a profit, e.g., by lending the cryptocurrency to people who want to use or short it, or as capital for automated market making. 3. The people who put their cryptocurrency into the pot share in the profit. Generally the pot pays a yield to its investors, either a fixed yield or one based on the returns the smart contract earns. 4. Also, sometimes, the investors get "governance tokens," which loosely speaking represent something like equity ownership of the pot, the right to decide how to run the pot, etc.
If you replace the words "smart contract" in that description with the word "person" (or "company," etc.), you have a classic description of an "investment contract." Under the "Howey test" of U.S. securities law, an investment contract is "the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others," which is, straightforwardly, what this is. An investment contract is a type of security, and a security is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission. If you sell securities to the public, you generally have to register them with the SEC, deliver a prospectus, have audited financials, etc. Or you can sell them under some exemption from those rules — for instance, if you only sell them to non-U.S. persons, or if you only sell them to "accredited investors" (meaning, roughly, rich people). It seems to me that it would be quite inconvenient for DeFi to be subject to these rules, and that a lot of people in the DeFi world would prefer to be exempt from them, or ignore them.
Now, if you don't replace the words "smart contract" with the word "person," I am not quite sure that what you have is a security under U.S. law. Perhaps you could argue that the workings of the smart contract are not "the efforts of others": Sure the smart contract was written by some programmer, but its operation is (let's assume) deterministic and open-source; you are (arguably) not investing money because you trust the programmer to do something but because you can read the code and know what it will do. You are not funding a business but putting money into a machine that makes money come out; you can examine all the moving parts of the machine, see how it works, and trust in that rather than in "the efforts of others."
I don't know that that's a very good argument — I do not think that the SEC would agree with it — but, you know, it's an argument; it's interesting. Also there is the practical point that if investors put their cryptocurrency into a pot controlled by a smart contract, it is not controlled by people, so there is — not quite "nobody for the SEC to sue," it could sue the programmers who wrote the contract or the people who promoted it on social media, but there is not really an issuer of the security to sue in the same sense that there would be for a stock offering by a company. The point here is that there is some genuine novelty in DeFi; it is really unlike the sorts of securities offerings that were on Congress's mind when it passed the core U.S. securities laws in the 1930s. But it is mostly analogous to those offerings, so there is going to be trouble.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is not in the general investor-protection business. If someone comes to you and offers you a can't-lose opportunity to buy Florida swampland, and it turns out they're lying, the SEC will not get involved. If they sell you fake gold coins or forged Picassos, the SEC will not get involved. If they lie to you in the course of selling you complicated commodity futures contracts, the SEC will not get involved. (The Commodity Futures Trading Commission will.) The SEC is in the business of protecting investors in securities. If someone comes to you and offers you a can't-lose opportunity to buy stock in a cannabis company, and it turns out they're lying, then the SEC will get involved.
You could imagine a narrow, minimalist SEC approach, one that says something like "if people lie to you while trying to sell you stock in some crazy company, the SEC will go after them, but other than that you're on your own." But in fact that has never been the SEC's approach. For many decades now, the SEC — and U.S. securities law generally — has taken a pretty expansive view of what a "security" is. The famous case is SEC v. W.J. Howey Co., where the Supreme Court almost did rule that a can't-lose investment opportunity in Florida swampland counts as a security. Technically the land was citrus groves, and the land itself wasn't a security, but an "investment contract" where someone else harvested the oranges for you was. All sorts of things in the world might not be securities, but organized investment opportunities in those things will turn out to be securities. Or at least the SEC will argue that they are.
"Crypto" is a very broad category of stuff,[1] loosely united by the fact that people mostly buy the stuff hoping that it will go up and make them rich. This does not by itself make everything in crypto a security! Not everything that people buy hoping it will go up is a security subject to SEC jurisdiction. But, you know, most things. Certainly when a brand-new category of stuff appears in the world, and its principal purpose is for people to buy it hoping that it will go up, the SEC is going to take an interest.
Here is the website for the JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund. If you click on the tab labeled "portfolio," you can see what the fund owns. The first item alphabetically is $50 million face amount of asset-backed commercial paper issued by Alpine Securitization Corp. and maturing on Oct. 12. Its CUSIP — its official security identifier — is 02089XMG9. There are certificates of deposit at big banks, repurchase agreements, even a little bit of non-financial commercial paper. The fund lends some money to LVMH Moet Hennessy Louis Vuitton and Toyota Motor Finance (Netherlands) BV. You can see exactly how much (both face amount and market value), and when it matures, and the CUSIP for each holding.
JPMorgan is not on the bleeding edge of transparency here or anything; this is just how money market funds work. You disclose your holdings.
Here is an incredible interview that the chief technology officer and general counsel of Tether did yesterday with CNBC's Deirdre Bosa. Tether is a stablecoin that we have talked about around here because it was sued by the New York attorney general for lying about its reserves, and because it subsequently disclosed its reserves in a format that satisfied basically no one. Tether now says that its reserves consist mostly of commercial paper, which apparently makes it one of the largest commercial paper holders in the world. There is a fun game among financial journalists and other interested observers who try to find anyone who has actually traded commercial paper with Tether, or any of its actual holdings. The game is hard! As far as I know, no one has ever won it, or even scored a point; I have never seen anyone publicly identify a security that Tether holds or a counterparty that has traded commercial paper with it.
Bosa, who had two Tether executives on her show, sensibly asked them about it several times, but you can't win the game that easily! "We don't disclose our commercial partners, so that is quite important," says CTO Paolo Ardoino at around the 5-minute mark. "Given our portfolio composition in commercial paper, we believe that it is quite important to respect the privacy of the banking partners that we work with." That's not a thing! That's not a thing at all! Every money-market fund just lists all of its holdings, by size and issuer and CUSIP! Tether has broken new ground in the concept of commercial-paper privacy rights! But, why?
A lot of the legal action in crypto in the U.S. is about whether various crypto things are securities. If a crypto thing is a security, then it basically needs to be (1) registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (2) only sold to "accredited investors" (with $1 million of net worth or $200,000 of annual income) or (3) not offered in the U.S. If it's not a security, then there's a lot more flexibility to sell it and trade it widely.
Some crypto things are securities, some are not, and a lot are sort of unclear. Bitcoin is not a security. Ethereum is probably not a security. A few years ago there was a big vogue for initial coin offerings to fund all sorts of platforms and businesses, which were sold widely because people thought they might not be securities; the SEC took a very hard line that they were basically all securities, and the ICO boom died down.
A very popular crypto thing these days is what I'll loosely call "lending programs." You own some cryptocurrency coins, you pop them into some sort of pool, the pool uses your coins to make money (by market making, or by proprietary trading, or by lending them out to people who want to borrow crypto), and the pool shares the money it makes with you. Lots of "yield farming" and "automated market making" programs have this basic structure, and it is very popular in the decentralized-finance world.
It is also obviously a security? In U.S. law, the "Howey test" says that something is a security if "there is the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others." The test comes from a 1946 Supreme Court case in which investors bought rows of orange trees in Florida and agreed to let the Howey Company manage the trees, harvest and sell the fruit, and give the investors a share of the proceeds. Oranges, and orange trees, and land, are not securities, but that deal is a security: You are buying orange trees, letting someone else manage them, and collecting a yield from their managerial efforts.
Similarly, Bitcoins are not a security, but buying Bitcoins, popping them into a pool managed by someone else, and collecting a yield from that pool is pretty clearly a security? I suppose if the "someone else" is a smart contract rather than a human manager — if it's an automated market maker where you can review the source code for yourself and where no one has discretion to change it — then you have an interesting argument. (Maybe it's not a security because the profits are not "derived from the efforts of others," exactly, or maybe it is a security but there's no one for the SEC to sue.) But if some corporate entity manages the lending or trading or market-making pool then there is going to be trouble.
So we talked last month about an SEC enforcement action against BitConnect, a Bitcoin pooled-investment product that supposedly earned its yield from a proprietary "Trading Bot" though it might have actually been a Ponzi. The SEC's case, though, was agnostic about the Ponzi stuff; the SEC's point was that it was an unregistered securities offering.
You could imagine a different approach. For instance, in traditional finance, a popular alternative to owning stock is owning a "cash-settled swap." A cash-settled swap is just a bet in which you pay me $1 for every dollar that Tesla stock goes up, and I pay you $1 for every dollar that Tesla stock goes down. We can say that I own Tesla "synthetically," and you are short Tesla synthetically. This is a very popular product for investors who, for whatever reason, do not want to actually own stock. Archegos Capital Management is a famous recent example of a big investor that bought very concentrated positions in a lot of stock on swap. Part of the reason for this was probably that Archegos wanted to avoid the disclosure obligations that come with owning U.S. stocks directly.
Another big part of the reason for it was definitely that Archegos wanted a lot of leverage, and in traditional finance swaps are a way to get leverage. If Tesla is trading at $680 and I buy the stock, I have to pay $680, or maybe less ($340?) if I get a margin loan from my broker. If I do a swap, though, I am not buying anything, just making a forward-looking bet. In practice brokers will demand that I put some money down to collateralize my bet, but it might not be that much; Archegos seems to have gotten about eight times leverage. Perhaps I deposit $80 with my broker to get a bet on one share of Tesla stock; that's a lot more efficient than putting up $680 to buy the stock.
You might try to repurpose this for blockchain-Tesla. Build a smart contract that lets people just bet on the price of Tesla stock, just do a cash-settled swap. The smart contract provides that you pay me $1 for every dollar that Tesla stock goes up, and I pay you $1 for every dollar it goes down. Or we could denominate it in Ether or Bitcoin, why not, but let's use dollars. Of course by "$1" I mean "one blockchain-based stablecoin that is pegged to the U.S. dollar." You could do this on a levered basis like most traditional-finance swaps. I put up $80, you put up $80, if the price moves against me you get some of my stake and I have to add more to the stake; if I fail to add more then the position is closed out and you get as much as all of my $80. Or you could do it on an unlevered basis to try to eliminate credit risk and make the whole thing run more trustlessly: I put up $680, locked into the smart contract, just as though I was buying a share of Tesla stock, and if the stock falls I am good for my bet no matter what. What you put up is more complicated — in theory you could owe me an infinite amount of money if Tesla goes up a lot — but we could just make it $680 (100% of the spot price of Tesla) and not worry about it too much. And then rather than making this a bilateral smart contract we could make it into a token protocol where (1) the long side of the swap is just a token that anyone can buy, call it Tesla Blockchain Synthetic Token (TBST) and (2) the short side of the swap comes from someone depositing stablecoin collateral (say 100% of the spot price of Tesla) into the smart contract to mint one TBST, which they can then sell on the blockchain to any interested buyer.
Here's a thing you can do. You start a new token and list it on a DeFi platform. You say "we are a good token and we plan to do good things." Some tokens trade publicly, and you keep a lot for yourself as the developer of the token. Then you start putting out press releases — I mean, Telegram posts or whatever — saying "look how good this token is!" People start putting money into the liquidity pool of an automated market maker that exchanges your token (PumpCoin) for some more widely used token (Ethereum). You buy a bit of PumpCoin for yourself, to create volume and move the price up. DeFi investors read your hype and see the buying activity, and they think the token is good. (The technical DeFi term appears to be "FOMO," "fear of missing out," which is slightly different from actually thinking it is good … for … something.) So they buy it; more important, though, they keep depositing money into the liquidity pool. The price is now high, and there is a lot of money in the liquidity pool. Then what you do is, you sell your tokens — the ones that you kept — for all the Ethereum in the liquidity pool. There is an automated market maker, a smart contract that has a bunch of Ethereum and will give it to you, for PumpCoins, on a purely formulaic basis. You take advantage of this by selling PumpCoins to the smart contract until it has no Ethereum left. Then you close up the project and move on to your next scam. This is a thing that people very much do. It is called a "rug pull." It has … certain … advantages over the classic stock pump and dump. One is that legally crypto, and especially DeFi, is totally the Wild West, and there is no norm of, like, registering new tokens with the SEC and getting them audited. I am not going to say that rug pulls are legal — they seem … not … legal? — only that the law does not seem to be a huge practical limitation. You can't list stock on a stock exchange without registering it with the SEC; you can list a token on a decentralized exchange without any approval from anyone. The other advantage is that the market maker is automated and has its liquidity pool all ready to go, which means that when you decide to do the dump — the rug pull — you can sell all your tokens at once into predictable demand. On the stock exchange, if you want to sell some small stock, there might be quotes for a few hundred shares. You can sell a few hundred shares, but then you have to wait to see if market makers refresh their quotes or if fundamental buyers come in to buy more. The market makers — the electronic trading firms — put only a tiny fraction of their capital on the line quoting any particular stock, and if the stock moves in a weird way they may not put up more. In DeFi, the entire capital of every automated market maker is continually available. If you want to crush the price and take all the money out at once, sure, go ahead.
Here is a … terrible? … Twitter thread about how finance works in 2021:
1. Elon Musk tweets something. 2. Someone launches a new token on a cryptocurrency platform like Uniswap. 3. The token goes up for a while, as people read Musk's tweet and say "Elon Musk used a word, I must buy a cryptocurrency of that word."
The specific example is Floki, a meme coin whose name is what Elon Musk tweeted he would name a Shiba Inu. Or, apparently, there are several meme coins named Floki? Here's one that seems to have launched on Monday and now has a total value of $10 million? I hate it a lot.
When Elon Musk tweeted about Signal, the app, and the price of Signal Advance Inc., a totally unrelated stock, went up a lot and stayed up for a while, I wrote:
I suspect that the Elon Musk tweet didn't really confuse anyone; it just provided a point to coordinate around. "Hahaha let's trade this word that Elon Musk tweeted, that'll be fun," is a plausible thought process. This is stock trading totally divorced from news and financial logic and corporate information; this is stock trading as a mix of trolling and gambling. It is the logical endpoint of the boredom market hypothesis.
But cryptocurrency and ERC20 tokens let people do that about every word that Elon Musk tweets. If Elon Musk tweets a name for a dog, there will not necessarily be a stock with that name, but you can easily create an ERC20 token with that name, and then people can trade it. Not because they think that Musk has endorsed the token and plans to accept it as payment for Teslas, but because they want to play the game of "trade the word that Elon Musk tweeted" too. There is no content to this at all; it is a low-stakes gambling game that is fun because it is also a joke about Elon Musk.
My first observation is that the general public already transacts mostly in digital dollars—by sending and receiving electronic balances in our commercial bank accounts. These digital dollars are not a CBDC, because they are liabilities of commercial banks rather than the Federal Reserve. Importantly, however, digital dollars at commercial banks are federally insured up to $250,000, which means that for deposits up to that amount—which means for essentially all retail deposits in the United States—they are as sound as a central bank liability.
The Federal Reserve also provides digital dollars directly to commercial banks and certain other financial institutions. Federal law allows these financial institutions to maintain accounts with—and receive payments services from—the Federal Reserve. Balances in Federal Reserve accounts serve a vital financial stability function by providing a safe and liquid settlement asset for the U.S. economy.
But the point is that the CBDC idea involves somehow disintermediating the banks a bit:
The key distinction is that, when most commentators speculate about a Federal Reserve CBDC, they assume that it would be available to the general public directly from the central bank. A CBDC of this nature could take different forms. One is an account-based model, in which the Federal Reserve would provide individual accounts directly to the general public. Like the accounts that the Federal Reserve currently provides to financial institutions, an accountholder would send and receive funds by debit or credit to their Federal Reserve account.
A different CBDC model could involve a CBDC that is not maintained in Federal Reserve accounts. This form of CBDC would be closer to a digital equivalent of cash. Like cash, it would represent a claim against the Federal Reserve, but it could potentially be transferred from person to person (like a banknote) or through intermediaries.
If you are doing crime, Bitcoin has a lot of advantages over U.S. dollars. You can store and transfer money anonymously without permission, without going through the know-your-customer procedures and anti-money-laundering checks of the U.S. banking system; also the transfers are more or less irreversible, so U.S. authorities can't just go to your bank and tell it to reverse a payment to you. And Bitcoin is fairly useful: You can use it to pay for some things (particularly things that criminals might want), and if you want other things you can turn Bitcoin into regular currency fairly easily.
There are disadvantages, though. Bitcoin transactions are recorded on a public ledger, so the authorities can track payments to you and try to get them back. (By arresting you, or hacking your password or whatever.) And so the Federal Bureau of Investigation was able to trace the money that the Colonial Pipeline hackers got from a ransomware attack and get most of it back. Also Bitcoin is less useful than dollars: Its price is volatile, and you will generally have to convert it into regular currency to buy a sandwich.
Here is a fun Financial Times story about Monero, a "privacy coin" that is sort of like Bitcoin but untraceable:
While bitcoin leaves a visible trail of transactions on its underlying blockchain, the niche "privacy coin" monero was designed to obscure the sender and receiver, as well as the amount exchanged.>
As a result, it has become an increasingly sought-after tool for criminals such as ransomware gangs, posing new problems for law enforcement.
So that is an obvious advantage over Bitcoin, which means that if you are doing crime you should — arguably — prefer Monero to Bitcoin. And some criminals do:
Russia-linked REvil, the notorious ransomware group believed to be behind the attack earlier this month on meatpacker JBS, has removed the option of paying in bitcoin this year, demanding monero only, according to Brett Callow, threat analyst at Emsisoft.>
Meanwhile both DarkSide, the group blamed for the Colonial Pipeline hack, and Babuk, which was behind the attack on the Washington DC Police earlier this year, allow payments in either cryptocurrency, but charge a 10 to 20 per cent premium to victims paying in riskier bitcoin, experts say.
On the other hand a disadvantage of Monero is that it is less useful than Bitcoin, in terms of being convertible into sandwiches etc. "Its overall market capitalisation remains a sliver of that of bitcoin: nearly $5bn compared with $727bn," notes the Financial Times, and if you want to buy Monero (to pay ransoms) or sell Monero (because you got paid a ransom and want to spend it) it's not especially easy or efficient:
Meanwhile ransomware negotiators, who are typically hired by victims to help handle extortion payments, have also begun contacting monero developers in order to understand how the cryptocurrency works, according to Ehrenhofer. The negotiators are aiming to "build out the liquidity relationships" needed to facilitate payment in the event of a monero ransom demand, he said.
In a purely algorithmic stablecoin, the stablecoin's peg to the dollar is maintained by issuing and redeeming some other coin — called the "share token" — that fluctuates in value; the idea is that if the share token always has non-zero value you can always issue a dollar's worth of share tokens (even if that means lots of them) to maintain the peg. And the share token has value — because it participates in the revenue of the stablecoin system, because it is a speculative token, etc. — for a while. And then it doesn't and the stablecoin breaks, and there is no particular floor on its price. A billion share tokens at $0 each add up to $0. Meanwhile in a purely collateralized stablecoin the stablecoin's peg to the dollar is maintained by putting $1 of reasonably stable dollar-denominated assets (ideally bank deposits, perhaps commercial paper, perhaps other stablecoins, less ideally related-party loans, etc.) into a pot for every coin that you issue.
IRON was three parts collateralized stablecoin and one part algorithmic stablecoin, which I guess made people feel better? Analytically it sort of shouldn't; like, you could have just put three-quarters of your money in a collateralized stablecoin (or a checking account) and one-quarter of it in literally any asset and had something more stable than IRON turned out to be, plus some upside. But, you know, fine. Joe Weisenthal pointed out that "a partially algorithmic stablecoin is actually a bit like early fiat coins that had some gold in them"; the partial collateralization provides a value floor and gives people some confidence to get the coin going. That said, here's a funny IRON postmortem that points out that, for a while, you couldn't get your $0.74 back:
After the collapse of TITAN, there were still $0.74 worth of USDC in the IRON treasury for every 1 IRON outstanding. It can be redeemed by the IRON contract itself at any moment regardless of the price in the market (currently ~$0.71). The remainder towards a full $1 was to be payed out in TITAN, but obviously that part is irrelevant now.In practice it looks a little different. I've mentioned in the beginning the the whole episode isn't over yet, because $272 million worth of USDC is still locked up in in the contract. Why hasn't everyone recovered their 74 cents? Here things become truly hilarious. It is due to the following line in the redeem function of the IRON smart contract:require(shareprice > 0, "Invalid share price");shareprice here refers to the price of TITAN, as provided by an oracle, which is correctly reporting it as… 0 (somewhere in the distance, you can hear a room full software engineers burst into laughter ).Since the condition is specified as greater than (>), rather than greater than or equal (>=) , the condition can no longer be met, and so every call to redeem fails. A code audit likely would have caught this (this type of bug is so common in software development, I've probably made it hundreds of times myself), but of course this smart contract was not audited. Only its sister-contract on the Binance Smart Chain, written in a different language, was.
The actual point here is that a stablecoin is another sort of unregulated shadow-banking business. People put dollars into a pot, the pot promises to give them back their dollars whenever they want at their face value, and the pot invests the dollars in whatever assets it wants with not much in the way of capital or prudential regulation. In theory those assets could all be demand deposits at banks, in which case the stablecoin would engage in no maturity transformation: Its assets are payable on demand, its liabilities are payable on demand, it's fine. Sometimes that is how it works: "The Centre Consortium says each U.S. Dollar Coin is backed by a dollar held in a bank account."
Other times, not:
Early stablecoin controversies circled around Tether International Ltd., which originally said its coins were completely backed by cash. In February, New York's attorney general said the company for years didn't actually have the cash it said it did and banned Tether from trading with New York residents. Now the company says Tether's coin is backed not just by cash, but by assets including commercial paper, corporate bonds and precious metals.
For a while, in between Tether's earlier claim that it was backed entirely by cash, and its current boast that it is mostly backed by commercial paper, bonds and other stuff, there was a hilarious and horrifying period when Tether was backed in part by loans to Tether's affiliated cryptocurrency exchange, which Tether did not disclose until the New York attorney general put it in a lawsuit. Lending a ton of money to your shaky affiliates: Not banking best practices.
Now, though, Tether promises that it's not lending any of its dollars to its affiliates, and is instead keeping them all in safe and mostly short-term stuff. I think it is fair to say that there is a certain amount of skepticism about Tether's claim that it managed to become, uh, the seventh-largest commercial-paper buyer in the world without anyone in the commercial-paper industry ever having any interaction with it. But leaving that aside, even if you take Tether at its word, it is a very thinly capitalized banking business. The way a bank works is that it takes about $92 of deposits and invests about $100 in loans; the extra $8 is called "capital," it is put up by the bank's shareholders, and it protects the depositors if anything goes wrong. If the $100 of loans turn out to be worth $95 instead — if some of the loans default — then the shareholders eat the loss and the depositors are protected. The way a stablecoin works is that it takes $100 of deposits and invests $100 in whatever it wants; there is no capital requirement because (1) it is not a bank and (2) freedom, etc. If its $100 of assets turn out to be worth $95, the stablecoin holders eat the loss.
Now, in fact, Tether's accountants said that, as of March 31, it had total assets of "at least USD 41,017,565,708," and total liabilities of "USD 40,868,295,798 of which USD 40,855,204,950 relates to digital tokens issued." That gives it equity capital of about $149.3 million, or a capital ratio of about 0.36%, which is not zero but is about an order of magnitude less than what is required of banks. (Even a bank that held only Treasury bills as assets would have to have $3 of equity capital for every $100 of Treasury bills, under the supplementary leverage ratio rules.)
Taking Tether at its word, most of its assets are in very safe short-term stuff that should almost always be worth 100 cents on the dollar, but 10% are in "corporate bonds, funds & precious metals," which can be volatile, and 1.64% are in "other investments (including digital tokens)." If 1.5% of Tether's reserves are in Bitcoin, and Bitcoin loses a third of its value (as it did in May), that will wipe out Tether's equity. If 5% of Tether's reserves are in gold, and gold loses 10% of its value (as it did in the first quarter of 2021), that will wipe out Tether's equity. I have no idea how much of Tether's reserves are in Bitcoin or gold — I assume less than those numbers — but that's because Tether doesn't disclose it and isn't subject to capital regulation.
The idea of bank capital requirements is that if you are a bank and you own $100 worth of stuff, and the stuff goes down by X%, regulators do not want your depositors — or the government — to lose money. So you have to have at least $X of capital — of your own money, that is, shareholder money — to support each $100 of assets.
What is X? Well, intuitively, X is a reasonable amount that your stuff might go down. In practice capital rules are risk-weighted: Some stuff is riskier than other stuff, so you need more capital against it. If you have $100 of Treasury bills, you are unlikely to lose much money, so you don't need to have much capital to support them. (Under standard risk-weighted capital rules, you need $0 of capital for Treasuries, though there is a backup non-risk-weighted capital rule called the supplementary leverage ratio that does require some capital against Treasuries.)
If you have $100 of corporate loans, some of them might go bad, so you need more capital. Simplistically, you need about $8 of capital. There are actually a bunch of different kinds of capital, different requirements for each type, and various buffers and surcharges, so it's a huge oversimplification to say that you need $8 of capital for $100 of corporate loans, but it's the standard oversimplification that everyone uses just to have a number.
The way people say this is that corporate loans have a 100% "risk weight," and that banks need to have 8% "risk-weighted capital." So $100 of stuff with a 100% risk weight requires $8 of capital. Intuitively, a prudent diversified portfolio of corporate loans shouldn't lose 8% of its value quickly. Stuff that is safer than corporate loans has a lower risk weight. Sensible performing residential mortgages generally get a 50% risk weight — they are half as risky as corporate loans — so you need $4 of capital for $100 of mortgages. Stuff that is riskier than corporate loans has a higher risk weight. Publicly traded stocks generally get a 300% risk weight, so you need $24 of capital for $100 of stock. When stocks go down, they tend to go down more than bonds do, so you need more capital to prevent depositors from losing money.
I take it as inevitable that people will start selling "non-fungible tokens" that don't live on a blockchain or make use of cryptocurrency technology. Like:
1. I buy a Picasso. 2. I light it on fire. 3. I write up a receipt saying "I sure lit that Picasso on fire." 4. That's an "NFT." 5. I sell you the NFT for more than I paid for the Picasso.
In step 3 of a typical NFT, the receipt lives on a blockchain, and obviously the blockchain part of it appeals to crypto millionaires and maybe allows me to sell it for more money. But that does not seem particularly essential to the artistic or commercial transaction. If I just printed the receipt on nice paper and signed it with a pen, that's a "non-fungible token" too. Who cares.
Here's an analog NFT:
An Italian artist sold an invisible sculpture for over $18,000 and had to give the buyer a certificate of authenticity to prove it's real, the Daily Mail reported.
Salvatore Garau sold his piece, entitled "Io Sono" (I am), to an unidentified buyer last month. ...
"The vacuum is nothing more than a space full of energy, and even if we empty it and there is nothing left, according to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, that 'nothing' has a weight," the Sardinian-born artist explained, according to Hypebeast. "Therefore, it has energy that is condensed and transformed into particles, that is, into us."
The 67-year-old explained in a video that "you don't see it but it exists; it is made of air and spirit."
I cannot emphasize this enough: Sure, whatever. Though $18,000 seems a little low. If he'd put the certificate on an NFT platform some crypto whale would have paid him a million dollars for it. Still that seems like a failure of imagination. If you're a crypto art collector, it is all well and good to collect digital pointers to nothing and tell people "oooh look at my NFT collection oooh," but wouldn't it be more exciting to throw in some analog NFTs for variety? "In this room of my imaginary house I have my OpenSea NFTs, over here in the imaginary foyer are the Foundation NFTs, and then here in the imaginary library are my rare primitive paper NFTs." Any crypto millionaire can buy NFTs on the blockchain; it takes a discerning eye to buy them on paper.
The definition of a "security" under the Securities Act includes a wide range of investment vehicles, including "investment contracts." As the United States Supreme Court noted in SEC v. W.J. Howey Co., Congress defined "security" broadly to embody a "flexible rather than a static principle, one that is capable of adaptation to meet the countless and variable schemes devised by those who seek the use of the money of others on the promise of profits," 328 U.S. 293, 299 (1946), such that "investment contracts" are instruments, schemes, or transactions through which a person invests money in a common enterprise and reasonably expects profits or returns derived from the entrepreneurial or managerial efforts of others. Courts have found that novel or unique investment vehicles constitute investment contracts, including interests in orange groves, animal breeding programs, railroads, mobile phones, and enterprises that exist only on the Internet. ...As the foregoing demonstrates, BitConnect marketed and promoted the Lending Program as essentially guaranteeing investors profits based solely upon BitConnect's (and its supposed Trading Bot's) entrepreneurial and managerial efforts.
In fact, because BitConnect marketed the Trading Bot that formed the supposed centerpiece of the Lending Program as proprietary, investors had no control over the success or failure of their Lending Program investment and could take no steps that would determine the fate of their investments—all investors could do was decide whether, when, and how much to invest into the Lending Program, and whether to withdraw supposed returns after the lock-up periods required them to do so.
There are some insinuations of Ponzi there ("supposed returns," etc.), but that's not the intellectual heart of the case. The heart of it is that Bitcoin is not a security, but the pooled lending program that BitConnect advertised — in which people lend their Bitcoins to support automated trading of Bitcoin — is a security. (Whether or not BitConnect actually did what it advertised.) Which seems quite right! Oranges are not securities, but when people pool their money to invest in an orange-grove business, that is a security.
What does that mean? Well, consider that many big ESG funds invest in oil and gas companies. If you are interested in reducing the climate impact of your investments and investing only in environmentally sound companies, you can buy an ESG fund that buys the most environmentally friendly oil companies.[1] And then your clients will say "wait doesn't drilling for oil contribute to climate change" and you will say "that's not the point, the point is that the way these companies drill for oil is slightly better than the way those other companies drill for oil, and they have committed to become carbon-neutral in the far future." That is important, because, for various reasons (particularly: to track broad indexes with minimum error), big ESG-focused investors often want to buy oil companies. If you can find a way to buy oil companies and call it ESG, there's a good business there. And people have, and the way is:
1. Make the environmental impact of each oil company somehow legible and quantifiable. 2. Focus on the oil companies that are relatively better on these legible metrics: They contribute less to climate change than their peers, or at least they are reducing their climate impact over time. 3. Categorize oil companies as a sector that every investor needs exposure to, so that ESG funds can say "we offer investors similar risk and returns that they would achieve in broad market indexes while including the highest ESG-rated companies in each sector."
Similarly here the trade is to make Bitcoin's energy consumption and sources, and its climate impact, legible, by "standardizing energy reporting." Then you (Tesla, institutional investors, etc.) buy Bitcoin. And then when people complain about Bitcoin's environmental impact, now you have tools to reply. You can say things like "yes but we enforce rigorous energy usage transparency standards and only buy Bitcoins artisanally sourced from hydroelectric plants,"[2] or "sure Bitcoin uses a lot of energy but so does the S&P 500, and Bitcoin has reduced its use of coal power 2.7% this year,"[3] or whatever. You have transformed a vague and ominous problem — "it seems like Bitcoin maybe uses a lot of dirty electricity to make an abstract asset?" — into a peppy solution — "our investment in Bitcoin is helping make it cleaner." The absolute problem persists — miners use a lot of electricity to mine Bitcoin — but you have turned the conversation to relative improvements in the problem.[4] Of course this only works if you accept the premise that Bitcoin is an important asset class, that an investor should be finding the cleanest way to buy Bitcoin rather than avoiding it altogether.[5] ("You almost never hear anyone complaining about how much electricity refrigerators use," Joe Weisenthal wrote the other day, because everyone accepts that refrigeration is important.) If your policy is "we invest in every asset class in the most environmentally sensible way," and someone comes to you and says "hey we have invented a new asset class, it is burning a ton of coal and keeping track of how much coal we've burned and paying each other for it," your initial inclination might be to say "wait that's not an asset class, that's just burning coal, we don't want any of that at all." But once it's worth a trillion dollars, sure, you have to figure out the most environmentally friendly way to buy some.
By the way, when we discussed it, I mentioned that I assumed his basis in the Shiba Inu token was very low or zero — “presumably Buterin didn't pay very much for it,” I said. That was, uh, an understatement. The way Buterin got 50 trillion Shiba Inu coins was that the developers of Shiba Inu sent them to him, for free, unasked-for. From the — I'm sorry — Shiba Inu woof paper:
After we finished minting 1 quadrillion tokens, we put half into Uniswap and threw away the keys. Then, the remaining 50% was “burned” to Vitalik Buterin's wallet, which was the start of our Army.
A footnote adds:
Please note that the Shib in VB's wallet, at the time of this writing, was his #1 HIGHEST valued token, even exceeding the value of the Ethereum there. This is an incredible accomplishment, and we are just getting started.
As I understand it, inventors of altcoins sometimes “burn” a chunk of those coins to Buterin as a sort of publicity play. You get to say that Vitalik Buterin owns some of your coin. You get to inflate the “market cap” of your coin: Market cap is the trading price times the amount outstanding, and if you put trillions of coins in the hands of someone who won't sell or spend them, you can inflate the multiplier and achieve a huge market cap without much trading. And it is assumed by altcoin developers that Buterin won't sell the altcoins that get “burned” to him, because that would undermine his status as a pure-hearted evangelist for Ethereum, and because he just seems to be too busy to spend any money.
It's not even strange! The thesis in buying any non-cash-flowing asset — Dogecoin, Bitcoin, gold, art, whatever — has to be "other people will want to buy this thing too," and some sort of mass-psychology story — "other people will want to buy this thing because it's fun and approachable" — seems like the most reasonable way to support that thesis. We talked the other day about a company that paid Elon Musk in Dogecoin to launch a satellite into space, as a way to make the price of Dogecoin go up. I said: "Really if postmodern finance is primarily a matter of mass psychology, isn't it … marketing?" If you're going to pick a cryptocurrency to buy, why wouldn't you pick the one with the best branding? What else is there? Still elsewhere, here's Ethan Allen:
Ethan Allen Interiors, a furniture company that definitely won't let you pay in bitcoin, has seen a surge of retail-investor interest recently. Its ticker symbol, ETH, is the same as the one used for red-hot ethereum. Message boards for the stock are mostly filled with banter about the cryptocurrency, not the company."We've definitely seen a massive increase on a percentage basis in mistaken activity on the Ethan Allen stream," says Rishi Khanna, Chief Executive Officer of social investing site Stocktwits.
Yeah okay fine that's good too. Again, nothing here is ever investing advice, but if you are the chief financial officer of Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., how have you not pivoted to Ethereum? Ethan Allen has a $750 million market cap; last quarter it had net income of $15.6 million. Here is the trade:
1. Buy like $10 million worth of Ethereum. 2. Put out a press release saying "Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. (ETH) (ETH!!!) (the ticker is ETH) is moving a portion of its cash balances into Ethereum and exploring ways to become more Ethereum-focused, maybe you can pay for a couch with crypto, smart couch contracts, whatever, we'll figure it out." 3. The stock quintuples, because ETH. 4. Do a billion-dollar stock offering saying like "ETH is selling stock to invest the proceeds in Ethereum." 5. The stock doubles during the stock offering. 6. Put 90% of the proceeds into Ethereum and pay yourself a giant bonus with the rest. 7. "Ethan Allen Interiors has changed its name to Ethereum Interiors; the ticker symbol will not change, nor will the couches." 8. Honestly how have they not done this yet, it is the freest of free money.
The way you know this is an art project rather than a business, an arch commentary on the workings of capitalism rather than a straightforward example of those workings, is that you can actually get "bootleg" editions of all these NFTs for free on the internet. Like, that's the point: An NFT is mostly a way to pay a ton of money for a digital certificate of pseudo-ownership of something that is available for free to everyone. Jack Dorsey's first tweet is right here. You can pay $2.9 million for an NFT of it, or $9.99 for a DVD of it, or you can just go on Twitter and look at it all you want for free. Looking at it on Twitter for free is the cheapest approach, but if you pay for it then you get the satisfaction of looking at it and knowing that it's art. If you look at it on Twitter it's just a tweet.
There seems to be a trend, in the early days of the Biden administration's SEC, where the SEC regulates not so much by traditional regulation (writing new rules to ban things it dislikes) or by enforcement (suing people who do things it dislikes), but by announcing "hey if you do this thing we dislike, we are going to look at you really carefully, and no one wants that now do they?" So, for instance, the new SEC really does not like the boom in special purpose acquisition companies. It has made noises about writing new rules restricting how SPACs market themselves, and it has made noises about suing SPACs for fraud. But the actual thing that it has done to slow down SPAC issuance is to crack open the rulebook on accounting for equity derivatives and find some really technical problems with SPAC warrants, requiring tons of SPACs to delay offerings and mergers for months while they work with accountants to fix these technicalities. The right reading of that is not, I think, "SPACs account misleadingly for their warrants in a way that harms investors," but rather "the SEC doesn't like SPACs for entirely non-accounting-related reasons, and if you look hard enough at any company's accounting you can probably find some technical issues." Similarly the message to mutual funds thinking of buying Bitcoin futures is not, like, "we will ban mutual funds from buying Bitcoin futures," but rather "if you buy Bitcoin futures expect us to send you a lot of technical questions." From the statement:
[SEC Division of Investment Management] staff understands that some mutual funds are investing or seek to invest in Bitcoin futures and that these funds believe they can do so consistent with the substantive requirements of the Investment Company Act and its rules and other federal securities laws. IM staff, in coordination with staff from the Division of Examinations, will closely monitor and assess such mutual funds' and investment advisers' ongoing compliance with the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder and the other federal securities laws. Investor protection and assessing the ongoing compliance of these funds is a top priority for the staff.In addition, IM staff, in coordination with staff from the Division of Economic and Risk Analysis and Division of Examinations, will closely monitor the impact of mutual funds' investments in Bitcoin futures on investor protection, capital formation, and the fairness and efficiency of markets. As part of this monitoring, the staff among other things expect to ...Analyze mutual funds' ability to liquidate Bitcoin futures positions as necessary to meet daily redemption demands, as well as the efficacy of mutual funds' derivatives risk management and the extent of any leverage obtained through derivatives;Monitor funds' valuations of holdings in the Bitcoin futures market and consider the impact of mutual fund participation in the Bitcoin futures market on valuations in that market, as well as the impact on valuation of any disruptions in the underlying Bitcoin markets;As part of funds' compliance with the open-end fund liquidity rule, consider mutual funds' liquidity classification of any position in the Bitcoin futures market and the basis for such classification and also consider the overall construction of a fund's liquidity risk management program, including consideration of the liquidity of a fund's strategy and portfolio investments during both normal and reasonably foreseeable stressed conditions, whether the investment strategy is appropriate for an open-end fund, and the extent to which the strategy involves a relatively concentrated portfolio or large positions in particular investments; …
It's not that any of these funds are doing anything wrong, exactly, it's just that if you run a mutual fund you do not want "a top priority for the SEC staff" to be "assessing the ongoing compliance of your fund" and asking you lots of questions about how exctly you know you'll always be able to sell those Bitcoin futures. That sounds like a threat. If they are assessing your compliance all day, you might come up short.
ICOs are a way for the next Twitter — or file storage network, or whatever — to (1) be an open protocol and (2) get funded. You think up a network protocol that you expect to be valuable to a lot of people, you pre-sell some of that value to people who might use the protocol (or who want to speculate on its adoption), you use the proceeds to build the protocol (and reward yourself for your labor), and you get out of the way. You fund yourself from people who expect to get value from using the network, rather than from venture capitalists who expect to get value from owning it. I am not convinced that that is a great fundraising method for a business. But the point of an ICO, done right, is that you are not building a business; you're building an unowned system for everyone to use. There are not many other good ways to fund that.
Yeah. Four years on, that mostly has not worked out, due to some combination of (1) most of the actual projects funded in the 2017 ICO boom were … kind of … bad, and (2) the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission really did not like the ICO boom and made it very difficult for an ICO to raise money legally. Still the dream is alive with Internet Computer:
The token and its related digital ledger are supposed to help anyone -- software developers or content creators -- publish anything they want onto the internet, without having to go through digital giants such as Amazon.com Inc. or Facebook Inc., or to use servers or commercial cloud services. The idea is to avoid corporate walled gardens and to reduce costs, according to Dominic Williams, founder of the project. Users could potentially build social-media and other services that compete with internet titans.
I assume that a lot of these strategies involve very sophisticated intellectual property and instincts built up over decades in high finance, but others are just, like, you can simultaneously buy a coin at $80 and sell it for $100:
For a few minutes during trading on Wednesday, for example, the price of Ethereum Classic jumped well above $100 on the Coinbase exchange. The digital token was trading at less than $80 at other venues, offering an obvious opportunity for investors to make money simply by buying in one place and selling in another.
Or there is money lying around for anyone to claim as long as they can confidently use the word "contango":
And the opportunities pop up everywhere. For instance, when longer-dated futures in pretty much any asset class trade higher than the spot price -- known as contango -- the former almost always converges to the latter as the contracts mature.
That's popularized the crypto basis trade, where an investor goes long the spot rate and shorts the futures.
When Bitcoin last peaked in mid-April, the December contracts were nearly 4% higher than August which were in turn about 2% higher than the spot reference rate, as speculators unleashed bets on rising prices.
Dogecoin is — so much postmodern crypto/GameStop finance is, really — finance with the cash flows abstracted away. In traditional finance, you have a thing with some more or less uncertain stream of future cash flows, and the value of the thing is the present value of its future cash flows, filtered through some large amount of uncertainty and psychology and behavior and greed and fear and technical factors and fund flows etc. The skill set is some combination of understanding the cash flows and understanding the psychology. In postmodern finance the psychology is the only thing. For sort of accidental path-dependence reasons, the people making fortunes in this world are often finance people, quant traders who saw the rise of crypto and thought "that's like what I do now, but without any fundamentals," and who jumped on it. Fine. But it is not obvious that this is the right, or only, skill set. Really if postmodern finance is primarily a matter of mass psychology, isn't it … marketing? Advertising? Isn't the right skill set not, like, "identify technical patterns in charts" but rather "think of good stunts that will make people want to buy a content-free product that you happen to be selling"? If you are a Dogecoin trader and you're not spending some Dogecoins to get Elon Musk to put out a press release with the words "Dogecoin" and "moon" and "rocket" in it, you might be doing it wrong.
The way that non-fungenic tokens often work is:
1. You acquire some physical object, ideally a rare or unique one, perhaps a work of art. 2. You light it on fire. 3. You create a video recording of the destruction of the object, or at least type up a certificate saying "I destroyed this object." 4. You encode the video or the certificate on a blockchain, as a unique immutable token. 5. You sell the token to someone else, for more than you paid for the object.
I do not pretend to understand it either, but we have talked a couple of times about this basic "object — fire — token — money" NFT cycle and it is, if not the default, at least one standard way to make and sell and understand NFTs. You remove an art object from circulation in the physical world and circulate it instead in the blockchain world, for more money.One way to think about this process might be that the fire, and the encoding on the blockchain, adds value. A painting is worth $100,000, but a painting that has been burnt to ashes and put on the blockchain is worth $200,000, in the same way that flour and eggs and sugar are worth $3, but if you combine them in the oven and make a cake it is worth $6. You have taken some ingredients (a work of art, a lighter, a video camera) and combined them with your labor to make something more useful and desirable. I am typing this theory here for completeness, but it does not strike me as at all plausible.The more plausible way to think about this process might be one of market segmentation and arbitrage. There are some people who like paintings and will pay $X for a painting. There are other people who like NFTs and will pay $Y for a token of a burnt painting. When X > Y — as, loosely speaking, it has been for most of human history — people will keep paintings intact. When Y > X — as it seems to have been recently during a wild NFT boom — people will burn paintings to sell them as higher-value NFTs.[3]
On the other hand, if X > Y again — if the NFT market cools and paintings are worth more than tokens again — it would be nice to have a way to transform the tokens back into paintings. Take the NFTs, light them on fire, have a painting come out, and sell the painting for more than you paid for the NFT. Just as a matter of market completeness one wants this to be possible, to be able to trade frictionlessly between physical objects and their blockchain representations. Financial processes ought to be reversible.
Unfortunately, for reasons of physics, it is very difficult to reverse the "object — fire — token — money" NFT process, because if you light a token on fire you cannot get the original painting back.[4] You cannot burn tokens to get back paintings.
You can, however, burn tokens to get back socks. Here are Unisocks, which are socks that trade on the Uniswap crypto platform:
$SOCKS is a token that entitles you to 1 real pair of limited edition socks, shipped anywhere in the world.You can sell the token back at any time. To get a real pair, redeem a $SOCKS token.
"SOCKS will be burned in exchange for 1 real pair of unisocks + shipping to anywhere in the world," said Uniswap Labs when it announced the socks in 2019, so, yes, you could burn tokens for socks.[5] As of 10 a.m. today, the SOCKS token was trading at about $99,000. So a tokenized pair of limited-edition socks was worth $99,000. People would pay $99,000 for a non-wearable blockchain representation of a pair of socks.Is that more or less than they'd pay for the physical, wearable socks? Well, look. For one thing, you can get very nice socks for less than $20, though that tells you nothing; these socks are an art project/collectible/stunt, so whether you buy them in token form or sock form you are mostly paying for some sort of intangible prestige. For another thing, I think it is reasonable to say that if some crypto startup — or some movie star or musician or athlete or Elon Musk or any other conveyer of prestige for that matter — just announced a limited edition of 500 pairs of socks, those socks would not trade for $99,000.[6] You have to transmute the socks through the NFT first. On the other hand, once you have done that, maybe the socks are worth more than the token? Apparently yesterday someone burned nine pairs' worth of SOCKS tokens, for socks. (The token was worth about $97,000 at the time.) They looked at the price of the tokens, thought about the socks, and decided that they'd rather have the socks. To put in their trophy case, or to re-sell for more than $97,000, or, of course, to wear around the house. The object — fire — token — money process is reversible; the market is complete.
How do non-fungible tokens work? Well, if you ask a "Mighty Ducks"-star-turned-cryptocurrency-guru, he will give you an explanation, or rather demonstration, that is perhaps light on the details of blockchain technology work but that captures the essentials:
1. You take a painting. 2. You light it on fire. 3. You create a little note on a blockchain saying "lol I lit that painting on fire." 4. You sell that note for more than you could get for the original painting. 5. You give the money to some sharks.
"I'm an old-school art collector, in the sense that I collect art." "Ugh, how passé, today's modern collectors know that the right way to treat art is to light it on fire in a Champagne bucket."
I want to stress that he is completely correct; this is a perfectly accurate explanation of NFTs. We have previously discussed some other NFT jokers who burned a Banksy painting to sell on the blockchain. It would be … appropriate? … if the end result of the NFT craze is that the concept of burning art on the blockchain becomes reliably more valuable than actual art, so that all of the world's paintings are burnt up to increase their value. And then the whole history of art will be gone, but it will be preserved forever on the blockchain, in the form of cryptographically encoded videos of all the art being burnt. "Why did we think this was a good idea," future generations will ask after watching the videos, and perhaps "Mighty Ducks"-star-turned-cryptocurrency-guru Brock Pierce will have a good answer for them; I do not. I hope the sharks are happy.
As far as I can tell the way most non-fungible tokens work is:
1. There is some normal commercial transaction. A band writes and records a song, which a record label releases, and the band and label receive royalty payments from Spotify. A professional basketball player does a good basketball thing at his job playing basketball; this good basketball thing is captured on camera and aired on a television network that pays the National Basketball Association zillions of dollars for the rights to show basketball. The New York Times publishes an article to its paying subscribers, serving up ads alongside the article. Jack Dorsey tweets a tweet on Twitter, the social network that he founded and that has made him a billionaire. 2. Someone — perhaps a party to the original commercial transaction (the band, the record label, the NBA, the broadcast network, the Times, Jack Dorsey, Twitter), perhaps not — "mints" an "NFT," that is, they create a unique and immutable digital record, preserved on a blockchain, pointing to the commercial transaction and saying "boy howdy that commercial transaction sure did happen." 3. Then the person who minted the NFT sells it to someone else for a lot of money. 4. The person who buys the NFT now owns a string of numbers on a blockchain that says "huh that other transaction occurred." 5. The buyer generally owns nothing else: not the copyright to the basketball highlight, not the ability to go into Jack Dorsey's Twitter account and delete his tweet, nothing. 6. I mean. Yeah.
Again, that seems to be the core idea of an NFT. You sell the Picasso to someone else, and then you sell a sort of digital commemoration of the Picasso to the guy who likes NFTs. I'm sorry. I realize this is utter nonsense. And yet. We talked earlier about a company that bought a Banksy painting, destroyed it, and then sold an NFT of the whole thing. If you buy that NFT, you don't get the Banksy painting, but you do get a digital commemoration of the fact that somebody else once had the Banksy painting. That's the correct way to do it.
Basically, if you bought Coupang Inc. stock in its first trade, you got Coupang stock — an ownership stake in the company, a claim on future dividends, status as the beneficiary of certain fiduciary duties, some voting rights, etc. If you sold Coupang stock in its first trade, you got $63.50 per share. Sure, fine, both of those things — Coupang stock and U.S. dollars — are a little imaginary; you can't eat either of them. But they are imaginary in conventional and useful ways. Widely distributed economic ownership of residual claims on corporate assets allows for efficient financing of projects. U.S. dollars can easily be traded for food, which you can eat. These are useful abstractions that grow out of real economic relationships.
If you buy an NFT of Coupang's first trade, you do not get the Coupang stock. As far as I can tell you just get a commemoration of the fact that somebody else bought Coupang stock. Why would you want that? Shoot, man, I don't know, that's just how NFTs work.
In Bloomberg's Five Things newsletter, Joe Weisenthal writes about "the extreme contango in the Bitcoin futures curve":
So for example, at the close of trading on Friday, Bitcoin spot was just over $58,300, whereas the December 2021 CME contract was over $63,000.What this means is that in theory (I stress, in theory) you could go long spot Bitcoin, while shorting the December future, and if you just wait for the two to converge then that's an easy 8% return in 12 months. That's a lot in a world where risk-free trades pay you nothing these days. You can amplify it even more if you have leverage. And in fact the closer months offer even more juice.Anyway, this is clearly starting to get the attention of some on Wall Street. It was a topic of conversation I heard about last week and then on Friday JPMorgan's rate derivatives strategist Josh Younger put out a report on the steepness of the Bitcoin futures curve. He calculated that as of last week the June CME contract was offering a 25% annualized yield relative to spot.
So then of course the question is, if this is just sitting there, why hasn't the spread been arbed away. … Of course Bitcoin doesn't have carrying costs, but it has all kinds of other issues. The biggest, as Younger notes, is that there's still not a great way for a regulated, big institution to just go long spot Bitcoin. How many shops can hold their own Bitcoin keys? How many are really in a position to trade on Coinbase? And even if you have a way of going long the spot in size to make the trade worth it, it's not easy to get leverage to really exploit the arb in a big way.
Cboe Global Markets Inc. and CME Group Inc. launched Bitcoin futures contracts in December 2017. That month, I wrote very similar things about the difference between spot and futures prices, and about the premium for futures being due to the difficulty of arbitraging the difference by holding physical Bitcoins. "The arbitrage spread suggests," I wrote, that "there are a lot of people who want to be long bitcoin without owning bitcoin," by getting economic exposure via futures instead of messing around with private keys or Coinbase. "Perhaps the cost of bitcoin storage — keeping your private key in a vault, worrying about hackers, etc. — is so high that arbitrageurs need to charge $1,000 for a month of it," I wrote, back when the difference between front-month futures and spot was about $1,000, as it, uh, still roughly is today.[5] And:
Everything I read about bitcoin storage is utterly exhausting. "A private key printed out on a sheet of paper, cut into pieces, and distributed among family members who don't know how to put it back together; an encrypted file loaded on a USB stick and buried in the backyard; a password committed only to memory;" a private key engraved on a metal plate and stored in a safe; a safe deposit box at a bank; an account at an exchange that gets hacked and loses its customers' bitcoins. Buying bitcoin futures is a way to get exposure to bitcoin and avoid the bitcoin-storage problem: You never have to store bitcoins because you never own bitcoins; you just get paid dollars for the amount that bitcoin goes up. But the storage problem doesn't go away; you just offload it to the arbitrageur who provides you the bitcoin exposure. Maybe the arbitrageur needs to charge you $1,000 to cover her storage costs. If you think these markets are efficient, then the gap between the futures and the spot is telling you how much — in out-of-pocket expenses, in theft risk, in psychic pain — it costs to store bitcoin.
The gap is still telling you the same thing. I don't mean to suggest that Bitcoin futures have consistently been in steep contango since they launched three and a half years ago (they haven't been), or that it hasn't gotten easier and more accepted for institutions to own Bitcoin directly (it has). We have talked a number of times about improving institutional custody solutions for Bitcoin, which allow institutional investors to own Bitcoins without worrying about forgetting their private keys. Coinbase is going public this week, a big event in the institutionalization and normalization of Bitcoin trading. You can buy Teslas with Bitcoins now.Still it is striking how long this basic story has been true: When Bitcoin futures trade higher than spot Bitcoin prices, no one steps in to arbitrage away the difference, because that would be exhausting in a way that arbitraging, like, stock-index futures is not. Or rather, some people do step in to arbitrage the difference, but they are relatively specialized niche players, and they are not big and levered enough to make the difference go away, so the trade remains fairly juicy for them. Eventually the Bitcoin market will be fully domesticated, and a crowd of electronic traders will compete to arbitrage prices for pennies of profit. But, despite years of institutionalization, that hasn't happened yet.
Of course I disagree. If you have $5,476.23 in a checking account at a bank, that money consists only of a computer entry at the bank. The computer entry isn't a reference to a box containing 50 $100 bills, 23 $20 bills, a $10 bill, a $5 bill, a $1 bill, two dimes and three pennies, all neatly labeled with your name and account number. There is no box, there are no bills, and the money in your checking account is , only, the computer entry at the bank. If you send me $200 of that money, using a credit card or debit card or payment app or wire transfer, nobody sticks 10 $20 bills in an envelope to courier to me or my bank. Your bank reduces the number in your account by 200, and my bank increases the number in my account by 200, and those numbers are the only possible "legal tender" involved in the transaction. The electronic entries are not "just a way to move money" — some external thing in the world — "electronically"; the electronic entries are money itself.
The point of a "central bank digital currency" is not the digital , because all modern currencies are predominantly digital. The point is the central bank : While most currencies exist as book entries on the ledgers of commercial banks, the digital yuan (like other proposed CBDCs) will exist as book entries on the ledger of the People's Bank of China. Instead of (or in addition to) having a bank account at your local bank, you'd have an account at the PBOC, and you'd be able to spend yuan directly from that account.
The main point of CBDCs, then, is to let central banks do policy stuff directly with consumers, instead of filtering macroeconomic policy through banks and markets. "Policy stuff" often means macroeconomic policy:
Digitized money looks like a potential macroeconomic dream tool for the issuing government, usable to track people's spending in real time, speed relief to disaster victims or flag criminal activity. …>
The money itself is programmable. Beijing has tested expiration dates to encourage users to spend it quickly, for times when the economy needs a jump-start.
Expiring money! That's cool. But you could administer other sorts of policies with central bank digital money too:
It's also trackable, adding another tool to China's heavy state surveillance. The government deploys hundreds of millions of facial-recognition cameras to monitor its population, sometimes using them to levy fines for activities such as jaywalking. A digital currency would make it possible to both mete out and collect fines as soon as an infraction was detected.
All of this stuff can be done conventionally, with the usual banking system. You could mail stimulus checks to people, announce a tax increase to take back the stimulus at the end of the year, and create a new tax credit for spending the stimulus on appropriate things: That's basically expiring money? But it's cumbersome and complicated; just depositing money in their accounts and taking it back if it isn't spent is easy and slick. Similarly you can definitely send someone a notice of a fine and then garnish their bank account, but that is administratively complicated compared to managing their bank account and deducting the money instantly.
Okay. All I am saying is that one approximate but useful model here[5] is that a lot of people got rich in the in-game currencies of various blockchain games, and there are only so many useful items that you can buy with those currencies, so now they want to spend their in-game money on rare, expensive, useless in-game status items. Does this person own Jack Dorsey's first tweet? No, of course not, what would that even mean. Does he "own" it within the rules of a certain sort of blockchain game? Sure, why not. Can he exchange it for $2.9 million? I dunno, maybe? Can he exchange it for $2.9 million worth of Ether? Sure, why not. Why is it worth $2.9 million? Because it announces to other players of the game: "I was able to spend $2.9 million on this thing." Is all of this real? Yes, a little, in a certain sense, but not entirely, not in the way that … real things are real?
I love this line from Bank of America Corp. research strategists:
"What has created the enormous upside pressure on Bitcoin prices in recent years and, particularly, in 2020?" BofA asked. "The simple answer: modest capital inflows."
If you take out the word "modest," that's the most basic market tautology: The price went up because more people wanted to buy it. (The usual phrase, used mostly as a joke, is "more buyers than sellers.") But of course they put in the word "modest." The price went up because a couple of people wanted to buy a little of it, and it's very sensitive to that. It is a brutal, quiet dig at the size and efficiency of the Bitcoin market:
"Bitcoin is extremely sensitive to increased dollar demand," the BofA strategists said in a note Wednesday. "We estimate a net inflow into Bitcoin of just $93 million would result in price appreciation of 1%, while the similar figure for gold would be closer to $2 billion or 20 times higher. In contrast, the same analysis for the 20-year-plus Treasuries shows that multibillion money flows do not have a significant impact on price, pointing to the much larger and stable nature of the U.S. Treasuries markets." ...
But that makes it a good speculative vehicle: There just isn't very much of it for sale, so the price is very sensitive to relatively small events, so it's exciting.
An NFT is, loosely speaking, a way to record ownership of some asset or object on the blockchain; a work of digital art, for instance, can be sold as an NFT. You buy the token and own the thing, or you buy one of the limited non-fungible tokens and own part of a limited edition of the thing. Exactly what that ownership consists of is a little vague. So we talked on Thursday about a Christie's auction of a work by Mike Winkelmann, the digital artist known as Beeple. It sold for $69 million, but you can view the actual images that make up the work for free on Beeple's Twitter. Anyone can look at the art any time, and if you "own" it — if you bought the NFT — you can't stop them. It's a weird form of ownership but not, I think, that weird, for the art world. Childs says:
The literal benefit of what you get out of the thing kind of doesn't matter. The utility is knowing that you own it and, to some extent, everyone else knowing that you own it. It's sort of like how your name could be on a little plaque at MoMA under some beautiful, important piece of art that you lent to the museum, except thanks to the blockchain, thanks to the ledger, that plaque at MoMA can now be visible to the entire world.
I think that's right. I said on Twitter, "NFTs are a new form of tradable ostentation rather than a new form of tradable ownership." If you have made your millions in the incomprehensible-to-many cryptocurrency markets (the buyer of that $69 million Beeple is a pseudonymous crypto speculator called "Metakovan"), you might as well spend them becoming a patron of the incomprehensible-to-many NFT art market. You can put your little plaque on the Beeple, and everyone whose opinion you care about can say "huh, this guy seems fancy," and that is what you are buying.
One has to be careful about this, though, because the NFT concept is entirely disconnected from traditional notions of ownership. It's not just that, like, the owner of that Beeple can't stop other people from looking at it, or that the owner of an NBA Top Shot basketball highlight can't modify it, commercialize it or display it in an offensive way. It's also, like, how do you know that the non-fungible token you bought corresponds to the digital object you think you "own"? Sometimes the answer is that the correspondence is certified by some traditional gatekeeper: Metakovan bought the Beeple NFT from Christie's, and Christie's is an established and trusted art auctioneer, so Metakovan can reasonably believe that Beeple actually sold the NFT through Christie's and will get the bulk of the proceeds. Or NBA Top Shot appears to be "officially licensed" by the National Basketball Association, and you know from other sources — from copyright warnings on basketball broadcasts, not from the blockchain — that the NBA owns the video of its games, so you know that you are somehow buying official ownership — or quasi-ownership, or whatever it is — of the Top Shot highlights.
But the basic thing that an NFT is is a string of digits on a particular blockchain. If you buy the NFT, you have an indisputable claim to own that string of digits on that blockchain. But there is not in general a guarantee that that string of digits actually "corresponds to" the asset or object that you think it does, or that the person selling you that string of digits has any off-blockchain ownership claim on the asset. You need some sort of off-blockchain verification of that; some intermediary that you trust needs to do something to assure you that the NFT has some correspondence to the underlying thing. The blockchain can't do that for you.
A non-fungible token sold at auction for $69 million, nice. The thing about art is that it is a matter of subjective aesthetic judgments. Beeple seems cool but, to me, buying a unique blockchain-based pointer to a bunch of digital images that are freely available on his Twitter is not that aesthetically appealing. I'd rather buy a Caravaggio.
But some people obviously think the whole NFT thing is attractive—not necessarily, or not only, that Beeple's actual images look nice, but that the notion of owning digital art on the blockchain is itself aesthetically appealing. You can't hang it on your wall to impress visitors to your house, but you can tell people at cocktail parties (or on Clubhouse panels) "oh yeah I've been buying a lot of NFTs," and perhaps that will impress them more, or at least it will impress the correct people in the correct ways. Maybe if you have a Caravaggio on your wall you'll get invited to join the right art museum boards, but if you have a Beeple on your … blockchain … you'll be invited to join the right Series A rounds. Or the right art museum boards, what do I know.
And because we are talking about art , those subjective notions of aesthetic and social appeal carry a lot of weight. Like, there's nothing else; you can't eat the Beeple, or the Caravaggio, and neither of them generates any cash flow. It's just (1) does it make you feel good to own it, (2) do you think it will make other rich people feel good to own it, so it will retain its resale value, and (3) will you get social recognition (as an art collector or blockchain visionary or patron of culture or patron of technology or ostentatious rich person or whatever) for owning it? There is no real underlying value to anything in the art market; all the market value comes from how it makes you look and feel, and how you think it will make other potential buyers feel. If people feel good about the aesthetics of NFTs, that's not really any crazier than feeling good about the aesthetics of oil paintings.
I have mostly resisted writing about non-fungible tokens (NFTs), because they are not so much financial news as they are, uh, art news? The idea of an NFT is that you can buy sports memorabilia or art, but on the blockchain. Like there is a clip of LeBron James dunking a basketball, or a GIF of Nyan Cat, and they are more or less freely available on the internet, but you can buy a unique non-fungible copy of, or pointer to , the clip or the GIF proving that, in some sense, you own it. And that pointer is registered on a blockchain, and you can tell everyone "well, sure, anyone can look at Nyan Cat, but I own the real one."Of course this is stupid but it's not so much stupider than anything else. I can look at the Mona Lisa on my computer too, even though the Louvre owns the real one. Well, no, I do think there are some real advantages to owning physical paintings. I'd rather have the original Mona Lisa in my living room than look at it on my computer. But the traditional markets for baseball cards and sports memorabilia are harder to distinguish from NFTs. The scuffed baseball that Barry Bonds hit into the stands for his 73rd home run in 2001 is not a particularly interesting physical object; you can buy a dozen nicer, newer, cleaner baseballs for $17.85 on Amazon. The home-run ball is a unique pointer to a memorable event, but it is not intuitively obvious that you should ascribe any value to that. A Mickey Mantle rookie card is a piece of cardboard with a picture and some stats printed on it, who cares. Why not print it on the blockchain. So, sure, NFTs, whatever. Still this is kind of nuts:
Banksy isn't the only person publicly destroying Banksy artworks now. In the latest stunt in the craze for NFTs (Non Fungible Tokens), which have captured the imagination of many digital enthusiasts and a growing sector of the art world, a company called Injective Protocol purchased a Banksy work and converted it into an NFT—and then burned it on video.Injective Protocol is a so-called DeFI ("decentralized finance") platform that builds Wall Street-style derivatives using blockchain-based smart contracts. It bought Banksy's Morons (White) (2006), depicting a crowded auction room with an ornately framed piece beside the auctioneer inscribed with the words "I can't believe you morons actually buy this shit." …In a video posted on the BurntBanksy Twitter account and on YouTube, a representative of the company explains that, come on, they had to burn the physical piece because, if it still existed, the value would remain primarily there, rather than in the digital asset.
So you can buy a unique digital pointer to a physical work of art that does not exist. You can prove your exclusive ownership of the absence of a work of art. Great! The possibilities are dizzying. First, I have an incredibly amazing Ban—no, not a Banksy, I have an incredibly amazing lost masterpiece of Michelangelo here in my living room but unfortunately I lit it on fire. I tried to record a video of it burning but I pushed the wrong button on my phone, so there's no video. I did succeed, however, in converting this rare and now permanently lost masterpiece into an NFT on the blockchain, and I will now sell it to you. It was a picture of a cat, if that helps.Second, I am going to sell a token that does not entitle you to ownership of the Mona Lisa. You can prove, on the blockchain, that you do not own the Mona Lisa, and that no one else does not own it in the unique way that you do not own it. I am going to record a video of me walking into the Louvre, and then walking out again half an hour later, and saying to the camera "yup the Mona Lisa is in there and I definitely do not have it." And then sell a token of … that whole thing. Why not. Third, I am going to download the YouTube video of them burning that Banksy, then I am going to delete the YouTube video, and then I am going to sell a token giving you ownership to the deleted video.Fourth, I am going to sell tokens proving ownership, on the blockchain, of the same Banksy painting that they destroyed. Prove me wrong! You buy a token from Injective Protocol proving that you own that Banksy; your friend buys a token from me proving that she owns that Banksy. You say "no I own the real one." Your friend says "okay then go redeem your token for the painting." You're like "well they burnt the painting." I think you lose this argument! But what do I know about art.Elsewhere Jack Dorsey is selling his first tweet as an NFT, sure. We're so close to a good idea here; what we need is for Dorsey to shut down Twitter and then sell an NFT of that.
My model is that it is still easier and more pleasant for most people to buy Bitcoins in the form of an exchange-traded trust than it is to buy them in the form of Bitcoins. On the way up, this means that GBTC trades at a premium to Bitcoin, because investors are paying up for ease and pleasantness. On the way down, it means that GBTC trades at a discount to Bitcoin, because the people who wanted easy and pleasant exposure to Bitcoin are not the diamond-handed true believers who will hold Bitcoin through a selloff. Also because there is no good arbitrage mechanism; you can't crack GBTC open and extract the Bitcoins, you can only sell it to other not-particularly-diamond-handed buyers.
Guan Yang points out that Square Inc. treats the entire gross amount of Bitcoins that it sells to customers of its Cash App as revenue, which means that its revenue from selling Bitcoins ($4.6 billion, on $4.6 billion of Bitcoin transactions, on which it cleared $97 million of net revenue) is higher than its revenue from doing actual cash transactions ($3.3 billion, on $103.7 billion of "seller gross payment volume"). Yang points out that other financial-services companies don't generally book revenue that way; investment banks report "trading revenue" as the value of stocks and bonds they sold minus what they paid for them , not the total gross value.
Of course other non -financial-services companies do book revenue that way; Apple's Inc.'s revenue for an iPhone is the price of an iPhone, not the price minus what it costs Apple to build it. (That is its gross margin.) And this is not Square's doing; this is how U.S. generally accepted accounting principles apparently work, for Bitcoin.[4] Still it is weird; it treats dealing in Bitcoin differently from dealing in other financial assets, and makes Square's Bitcoin business look bigger than its (actually much bigger) dollar-based payments business.
Anyway I guess the point here is that there is no particular reason to assume that GAAP accounting reflects economic reality.
How did fractional-reserve banking start? I don't know, but I am going to tell you a stylized story that I made up because it's funny. In medieval times, people would leave their gold with goldsmiths, and the goldsmiths would hang on to it for them, as a favor or a marketing device or whatever, and give it back when they asked for it. (This part is true-ish.)And then one day a local farmer came to a goldsmith and said, look, you've got all this gold lying around, can I borrow some of it to buy a horse and plow? Then I'll plow my field and make lots of money at next spring's harvest, and I'll pay you back the gold I borrowed with interest. You can keep the interest, and you'll be richer. And the people who left their gold with you will be none the wiser, because what are the odds that they'll all want their gold back at the same time between now and spring?And the goldsmith said, no, absolutely not, that's so dumb, how can I trust that you'll pay me back? And if everyone did want their money back at the same time I'd be ruined and, like, beheaded, because remember we are in medieval times. And so fractional-reserve banking did not start.And then the goldsmith's brother-in-law came to him and said, look, you've got all this gold lying around, can I borrow some of it to buy a horse and plow? And the goldsmith said, ehhhhhh. But then he said, well, I basically trust you, and I have to see you at family gatherings, and it'll be annoying if I say no, so, sure, have some gold, what's the worst that can happen, the small risk of beheading is better than the awkwardness of disappointing my brother-in-law. And so he loaned some gold to his brother-in-law, and the brother-in-law had a successful harvest and paid him back with interest, and after enough goldsmiths made enough successful loans to enough brothers-in-law, they realized that this could be a more general business open to the public, and so they started making loans to other people, and fractional-reserve banking did start.And eventually there was banking regulation, and regulators told banks that they should only make prudent loans based on good security and careful underwriting. And regulators realized that it's probably not a good idea for a bank president to lend money to his brother-in-law; there are obvious conflicts of interest, obvious incentives for a bank president to make imprudent loans to his brother-in-law (to avoid awkwardness at family gatherings). And so there is a common norm in modern banking that related-party banking transactions are disfavored and heavily scrutinized, that the point of a bank is to take in deposits and lend money to strangers , not to relatives and affiliates of the bank. It is the opposite of how, in my completely pretend story, things started: Bank lending began because of the conflicts of interest engendered by related-party transactions, but in its fully developed form it is careful to try to avoid those conflicts.
I have written a few times about one sort of bull case for Bitcoin, which is that it might become a standard way for institutional investors and corporate treasurers to invest some of their cash, a normalized and domesticated store-of-value instrument like Treasury bonds or whatever. If this happens—if Bitcoin is widely adopted by big institutions—then its value will go up a lot. If you're an institution considering adopting Bitcoin, this has a certain virtuous-cycle element: If you buy Bitcoin, that will demonstrate mainstream adoption of Bitcoin, which will push up the price of Bitcoin, which will make your investment profitable, which means you should do it, which means that Bitcoin should be widely adopted by mainstream institutions. Maybe.
This effect has to wear off over time, though. The first big company to adopt Bitcoin will push up the price of Bitcoin a lot; the 100th will have no real effect. There are first-mover advantages.
There are other, stranger first-mover advantages. For instance it still seems to be the case that, if you wrap a Bitcoin in certain sorts of conventionally acceptable wrapping, then it is worth more than a plain old Bitcoin. If there is something inconvenient about holding an actual Bitcoin—you might lose your private key, the exchange that holds it for you might be a fraud, etc.—and if you had it in some more normal wrapper you'd feel better and pay up for the privilege. An exchange-traded trust that invested in Bitcoins might trade at a premium to its net asset value, for instance.
Or if a regular old operating company announces that it's going to buy Bitcoins, its stock price will go up, because people who love Bitcoin will think "ooh this is a company that gets it, they love Bitcoin like I do, let me buy their stock," without necessarily doing a careful calculation about whether they're paying a premium over the value of the company's Bitcoin holdings. Eventually that has to dissipate too—if every company puts a portion of its treasury into Bitcoin, nobody will be excited to buy the Bitcoiniest stocks—but for now it seems huge:
MicroStrategy Inc. is adding to its wildly successful bet on Bitcoin, but anyone scooping up the software maker's stock as a proxy for crypto would be paying a hefty premium.
The company plans to sell $600 million in convertible bonds and use the money to boost its Bitcoin stash, it said in a filing Tuesday. That follows $1.15 billion of crypto purchases that began last summer, and prompted MicroStrategy to announce a second pillar of its corporate strategy -- "to acquire and hold Bitcoin."
So far, the company's bet on the token has paid off. Bitcoin has rallied 316% since the end of August, tripling its investment to more than $3 billion. Its share price has also soared, adding over $8 billion to its market value.
The success has led to a math problem for any investor hoping to get a piece of Bitcoin through MicroStrategy. Given that a large part of the company's enterprise value owes to its crypto holdings, rough calculations show that investors are paying a 53% premium over the market price of Bitcoin.
Here's how it breaks down:
At the current price of about $49,000, MicroStrategy can buy about 12,250 coins for its $600 million. Add that to the nearly 71,000 coins it said it owned as of Feb. 8 and it has more than 83,250. With about 7.6 million shares outstanding, each share would be entitled to 0.011 Bitcoin.
MicroStrategy trades for $955 a share, up from $135 on Aug. 11, when it announced its first foray into crypto. Crudely attributing the $820 difference to its new Bitcoin business would mean an investor who bought today would pay about $75,019 per Bitcoin.
Yes right if you buy $1 billion of Bitcoins and they turn out to be worth $3 billion and that adds $8 billion to your market cap, then people who buy your stock for Bitcoin exposure are overpaying. Eight is more than three. Presumably they are overpaying out of a vague general enthusiasm for the Bitcoin complex, without worrying too much about how many Bitcoins they are getting for their money.
The passage quoted above is from earlier in the week; by today that $600 million convertible had become $1.05 billion, with a zero coupon and a 50% conversion premium. One almost-true way of thinking about this is that MicroStrategy sold stock for 50% above its current price—which in turn is up more than 500% in the last 12 months—just by saying it would use the money to buy Bitcoin.
Another, more true, way of thinking about this is that a convertible bond is a bond with an equity call option attached, and the value of a call option depends largely on the volatility of the underlying stock. If you turn your company from "business intelligence software company" into "weird proxy for Bitcoin" then your volatility will go up. (MicroStrategy's one-year realized volatility was 27% this time last year; it's almost 82% now.) So you can get really good terms on your convertible bonds, which you can use to buy more Bitcoins, which will make your stock both higher and more volatile, which will let you sell more convertible bonds, etc.
I dunno. There is just a lot of free money out there for companies that want to buy Bitcoin. If you are a corporate chief executive officer and stumble drunk into your boardroom and shout "Bitcoin!" your stock will go up and people will fling money at you. Surely it is tempting.
In a sense it is a credit to the seriousness of most public-company CEOs that they don't do that. People used to worry all the time about stock buybacks: There was a sense that public companies had stopped focusing on actually doing stuff, on building factories and serving customers and improving their products, and had pivoted to generic financial engineering in the name of "shareholder value." But now there is free money, free stock-price increases, free shareholder value to be had by neglecting your actual business and doing generic Bitcoin stuff instead. It hasn't caught on all that much yet, though; most companies are sticking with their businesses.
We have talked a lot recently about the Reddit-fueled rally in meme stocks like GameStop Corp. One thing I have said about this rally is that it reflected Reddit traders' correct understanding of a simple market dynamic, which is that if they all bought the same stock at once then it would go up. So they did. Institutional Bitcoin adoption, as we have also discussed, has a somewhat similar dynamic: Each time a big institution says "we like Bitcoin now," Bitcoin goes up, because widespread mainstream institutional adoption is clearly bullish for Bitcoin at this point. So if you are a big institution or corporation, you can make some free money by (1) buying Bitcoin, (2) announcing "we like Bitcoin now," (3) watching Bitcoin go up, and (4) selling the Bitcoins you bought for a quick profit. (Or keep them as a bet that other institutions will do the same thing and you'll make even more profits.)
This dynamic , separate from any particular institutional decision, is good for Bitcoin: If it's in every big bank's and corporation's short-term financial interest to quietly buy some Bitcoins and then noisily make a show of adopting Bitcoin, then a lot of them will, which will have the effect of pushing up the price (both because of their buying and because of their announcements). Unlike meme stocks, there is no underlying business, no cash flows that do or don't make the price make sense: The price of Bitcoin makes sense or not purely as a social fact; if there are "fundamentals," they are things like "widespread mainstream adoption," which you can provide. "The fundamentals of Bitcoin are strong, look, Morgan Stanley is buying some," Morgan Stanley could plausibly say, after buying some Bitcoins. So it might as well do that.
With the meme stocks the natural thing was to worry about the endgame for that process; you can't have a stock price that is divorced from fundamental value forever. With Bitcoin, you ... can? Like if the endgame for Bitcoin was "universal adoption by corporations and institutions as a digital store of value," then that sounds like a good and permanent and somehow fundamental result?
Yeah, look, this is the end, Bitcoin won. I write sometimes about a tension between, on the one hand, a sort of original idealistic conception of Bitcoin as an alternative to the mainstream financial system, decentralized and trustless and censorship-resistant, and, on the other hand, the fact that Bitcoin's market value is increasingly a matter of its embrace by boring mainstream corporate treasurers and asset managers, and their ability to fit it into their normal trusted mainstream financial institutions.
That tension is still there; if your love of Bitcoin is connected to your distrust of big banks, you will not want to keep Bitcoins at BoNY Mellon. But it is perhaps irrelevant in practice: The asset managers and corporate treasurers don't care about trustlessness and decentralization and disintermediating the financial system. They buy Bitcoin because they like it as a store of value, a financial asset like any other; they look at their menu of possible investments to try to optimize for risk-adjusted return, and Bitcoin is now firmly on the menu and, sometimes, part of the optimal choice set. And so they go to their custody bank and say "I have 30 bonds and 40 stocks and 10 commodity futures and 20 Bitcoins, take care of it for me." And the custody bank, now, does.
All the legal and regulatory and client-reporting stuff that asset managers have to deal with: That stuff has for ages been a solved problem for stocks and bonds, it was a tricky problem for managers trying to buy Bitcoins, and now it will just be subsumed into the easy solved problem. "How do you know you have control of your clients' Bitcoin portfolio," the SEC would ask asset managers last year, and you'd have to have some complicated answer about how you store your private key and how you've examined the code of the Bitcoin blockchain. Now they ask you and you say "well it's at BoNY Mellon" and they're like "oh right fine."
This is cool! I am not especially a Bitcoin enthusiast, I do not own any, but how can one not be moved by it? In 2008, Bitcoin did not exist in any form, and then the pseudonymous Satoshi Nakamoto invented it. Thirteen years later, one Bitcoin trades for something like $47,000. A Bitcoin doesn't do anything; it provides no cash flows; it is a store of value solely because a lot of people—originally, like, internet weirdos, but increasingly corporations and mainstream financial institutions—ascribe value to it. It is a huge new social development that has occurred entirely within my adult life, a new way of organizing human social and economic activity that we've gotten to watch happen.
I say things like that from time to time, and a certain sort of crypto enthusiast gets mad at me. "No," they say, "Bitcoin is not valuable because fallible humans ascribe value to it; Bitcoin is valuable because of the perfection of its code." This is obviously nonsense? The code thing is: "Satoshi Nakamoto" solved an important technical problem in making internet money, a form of money that exists in wholly electronic form on a peer-to-peer network rather than in the database of some trusted central bank. That is good work! But once he did it you could just copy his work and make other forms of internet money with the exact same technical characteristics—stored on the blockchain, no double-spending, etc.—and of course lots of people did.
What makes Bitcoin worth $47,000 is not that its code is somehow worth that amount; what makes it worth $47,000 is that people are willing to buy it for that price. And the reason that they're willing to buy it for that price is—in part, in increasingly important part—that it fits in with the rest of the financial system, that the traditional systems of trust that make up the mainstream financial system have accepted and incorporated Bitcoin. (I mean, the asset-management bits of the financial system; you still can't, like, spend Bitcoins.[5]) Nothing can really be a reliable store of value until you can custody it at BoNY Mellon. Now you can.
Okay sure whatever. Here's my advice to Apple, though: If you are going to announce that Apple Wallet will now be a crypto exchange, you should buy Bitcoins first. Apple has close to $200 billion of cash and marketable securities; you gotta put at least tens of billions of dollars into Bitcoin. Then you put out a press release like "we've thought about it for a while and it's the official position of Apple that Bitcoin is the good money now, everyone should use Bitcoin." Then the price of Bitcoin like … really really really predictably doubles immediately? Then you could sell some of your holdings for a huge easy profit, though you might want to hang on to some of them for when the next giant company does this and it doubles again.
I should never be allowed near a public company; isn't financial engineering so much more fun than, like, making phones?
This is basically the trade that Tesla did, as we discussed yesterday: It bought a bunch of Bitcoins, it announced "hey Bitcoin is good now, we own Bitcoins, maybe one day you can use them to buy Teslas or whatever," and the price of Bitcoin very predictably shot up because the world's richest person, and his very popular car company, had given it their stamp of approval. But Elon Musk was already an obviously extremely Bitcoiny guy, so "Elon Musk likes Bitcoin now" was not particularly surprising news for Bitcoin's price. If Apple announced it was into Bitcoin, that would be much more surprising, and likely do even more for the price.
Other companies. Alphabet Inc., sure, "we are looking into letting people pay for online ads with Bitcoins, and in the meantime we have bought a ton of them." Obviously banks. JPMorgan Chase & Co. should buy billions of dollars' worth of Bitcoins and put Jamie Dimon out there to say "I was wrong about Bitcoin, I love it now, we are going to look into building the financial infrastructure of the future for Bitcoin." And then, you know, you look into it or whatever, and meanwhile the price of Bitcoin jumps and you sell down your holdings. You don't have to do much; Tesla's not accepting Bitcoin for cars today. Just say you'll look into it and the price will go up.
Basically we are in a time, for Bitcoin, where mainstream acceptance is the obvious catalyst to drive the price higher:
Michael Novogratz, the founder of cryptocurrency investment firm Galaxy Digital, sees Bitcoin more than doubling to $100,000 by the end of the year, spurred higher as more companies allow customers to use the token to make purchases. ...>
"You're going to see every company in America do the same thing," Novogratz said Monday in a Bloomberg Television interview. Between corporations adding Bitcoin to treasury funds and the city of Miami also considering adding the cryptocurrency to its balance sheet, "It doesn't have to be a lot. It's the messaging that matters, you're seeing the herd here, and it's coming."
If you are in a position to provide that mainstream acceptance—if you are a giant normal mainstream company whose acceptance of Bitcoin would be big news—then you are in a position to profit from it.
By the way, the corporate accounting for Bitcoin is kind of bizarre. From the 10-K:
We will account for digital assets as indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other. The digital assets are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently remeasured on the consolidated balance sheet at cost, net of any impairment losses incurred since acquisition. We will perform an analysis each quarter to identify impairment. If the carrying value of the digital asset exceeds the fair value based on the lowest price quoted in the active exchanges during the period, we will recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference in the consolidated statement of operations.The cost basis of the digital assets will not be adjusted upward for any subsequent increases in their quoted prices on the active exchanges. Gains (if any) will not be recorded until realized upon sale.
As an accounting matter, your Bitcoins can lose value, but never gain (until you sell them). If you run, you know, a normal company that is valued on its earnings, this might make Bitcoin unattractive.
There is a range of ways to get Bitcoin exposure. Here are very Bitcoin-y ways to get Bitcoin exposure:
Get a bunch of computers, use them to mine Bitcoin, run them really hot, and use the heat they generate to maintain a greenhouse and a chicken coop. Buy Bitcoins, administer your own wallet, etch the private key on some metal plates and bury them in your backyard. Use a VPN to access an offshore exchange where you can get 100x leverage on Bitcoins, then buy lots and lots of Bitcoins. Buy MicroStrategy Inc. stock.[6] Learn that a hard drive containing the private key for 7,500 Bitcoins is buried in a landfill, and finance an expedition to dig it up.
Here are some much less Bitcoin-y ways to get Bitcoin exposure:
Buy Bitcoins on a regulated exchange and keep them with a U.S.-regulated custodian. Buy a mutual fund, ETF, trust or whatever that invests in Bitcoins. Buy cash-settled Bitcoin futures that go up in down with the value of Bitcoin but do not ever require you to take delivery of any Bitcoins.
Here is I think the very least Bitcoin-y possible way to get Bitcoin exposure:
Buy a BlackRock Global Allocation Fund that may in the future put a small portion of its money in cash-settled Bitcoin futures.
In general, the more Bitcoin-y an approach is, the fewer people it will appeal to. Only a select few enthusiasts are going to raise chickens with the heat byproducts of their Bitcoin mining; Satoshi Nakamoto himself probably wouldn't dig through garbage for a small chance of finding a Bitcoin hard drive. But putting 5% of your retirement fund into a blandly named BlackRock fund that puts 1% of its money into cash-settled Bitcoin futures? Sure, whatever, good to diversify a little, get some exposure to the crypto that all the kids are talking about. I can't think of a more boring way to buy Bitcoin than this, and I can't think of anything better for Bitcoin than becoming boring.
If you are the chief financial officer of a public company, responsible for managing the company's cash reserves, should you put them all into Bitcoin? Should you go out and raise more money to buy Bitcoin?
You can answer that question at various levels of theory. The simplest answer is that you should put your corporate cash in Bitcoin if Bitcoin is going to go up (because then you'll have more cash), but not if it's going to go down (because then you'll have less cash). Bitcoin has gone up a lot, so this theory suggests that, yes, corporate CFOs should have bought Bitcoins. (It gives no clear answer about what they should do now.) If you put your corporate cash in Bitcoin in mid-2020, when it was trading in the $10,000 neighborhood, you look like a genius now that it's trading above $37,000. Or if you sold a convertible bond in December and used the proceeds to buy Bitcoins at around $20,000, that was good. Having more cash is better than having less cash. Bitcoin went up a lot last year. Other things, including a lot of regular old operating businesses, did worse. If you were the CFO of, say, a mall retailer, and you borrowed a bunch of money to buy Bitcoin, you did much better for your shareholders than if you spent money keeping up stores that were closed for months due to a pandemic.
That is not a very … good … answer? You could have an answer that is a bit better grounded in corporate finance and, therefore, more boring. Your theory could be that a corporation is in the business of doing a particular thing—mall retail or whatever—and should stick to doing that thing. It should keep enough money on hand to have a cushion for its foreseeable expenses, and it should keep the money in simple low-volatility cash products (bank accounts, money-market funds) so that it will always be available to cover those expenses. Any money that isn't needed to keep the business afloat should either be reinvested in the core business or returned to shareholders, so that they can invest it in what they want. This theory suggests that no of course CFOs should not be buying Bitcoins:
Chief financial officers, not generally known as a risk-loving bunch, watched Bitcoin sink more than 25% in a 24-hour period starting [last] Sunday. Burning a hole of that size in the corporate rainy day fund would amount to a career-ending wipeout at virtually any S&P 500 firm.
Yet the cryptocurrency's 300% rally last year was hard to ignore, and a few companies dived in. MicroStrategy Inc. invested $425 million of its $500 million cash into Bitcoin. In October Square Inc., headed by longtime crypto advocate Jack Dorsey, announced that it converted about $50 million of its total assets as of the second quarter of 2020 into the token. Proselytizers like Bill Miller of Miller Value Partners said this was just the start of what was sure to be a trend across Main Street.
Now that Bitcoin's famed volatility has reared again, the prospects that the cryptocurrency would become a regular part of corporate treasuries -- never very good -- look all but dead.
"It would be a red flag for investors if a corporation bought financial assets for speculation purposes unrelated to their core business," said Michael O'Rourke, chief market strategist at JonesTrading.
That is the classic, traditional answer: "It would be a red flag for investors if a corporation bought financial assets for speculation purposes unrelated to their core business." It is an answer grounded in financial theory about how efficient markets work. Investors, in this theory, buy a stock because they want exposure to a particular business; if they want diversification it is more efficient for them to diversify directly (by buying different stocks, or by buying Bitcoin) than for companies to do it for them (by becoming conglomerates, or by buying Bitcoin). If your company's proposition is "we make widgets and also own Bitcoin," people who like widgets and hate Bitcoin will stay away; if it's "we just make widgets," people who like widgets and love Bitcoin can buy your stock and also buy Bitcoin. Also: "A basket of options is worth more than an option on a basket"; a company is more valuable to the extent it's a specific bet rather than a jumble of unrelated things.
Now, this is in part a theory about what investors should prefer: They can probably diversify more efficiently than corporations can, so they should do their own Bitcoin buying. But you could also express it as a theory about what investors do prefer: Public companies are owned by big sophisticated institutions who can do their own diversification and have internalized this theory, and who want companies to do what it says on the tin. If corporate managers go off and make crazy side bets, their big institutional shareholders will be upset. They will call the managers up and yell at them and maybe vote them out. Also they will sell the stock, the stock will go down, the managers' options will be worth less and everyone will be sad.
What if that version of the theory is wrong? What if you start, not from the efficient markets hypothesis, but from the boredom markets hypothesis? What if you are a corporate CFO and you say: "Look, my marginal investor is not a sophisticated institution looking for a specific combination of pure exposures, but a bored 23-year-old putting her $600 stimulus check to work on Robinhood"? Surely the way to appeal to her is to put your money into as many weird fun trendy things as possible, and talk about them all the time. "We are going to put a quarter of our corporate cash into Bitcoin, a quarter into Tesla stock, a quarter into SPACs and a quarter into daily fantasy sports." Do whatever you can to attract the attention of the Robinhood traders, they'll buy your stock, it will go up, your options will be worth more, and your big sophisticated institutional investors will be like "well this is dumb but the stock is up so whatever."
When MicroStrategy Inc., a publicly traded business intelligence company, announced in August that it was putting its corporate cash into Bitcoin, its stock went up 9% in a day. Since the announcement, it is up 368%. Bitcoin is up less than that over the same period. If you like Bitcoin, not as a decentralized store of value or the future of money or whatever but just as a volatile fun trendy thing to bet on, you should like MicroStrategy more; it is more volatile and has gone up more. Also MicroStrategy's proposal is kind of "we provide Bitcoin exposure, but in an amusing way." Why wouldn't people looking for entertainment in the stock market pay a premium for that?
I bet if some semi-anonymous mid-cap company announced tomorrow "we are going to raise a $500 million convertible bond and invest the proceeds in Tesla stock," the stock would go up. This makes no sense, there's no corporate or financial logic to it, it's just a matter of having your name next to a buzzword. "Amalgamated Widgets something something something Tesla," Amalgamated Widgets stock goes up, that is how finance works now, I'm sorry.
And yet it is in a way understandable. If you are a hedge fund and you buy some stock, you will not spend even a moment worrying about losing the stock. That is an entirely solved problem in 21st-century finance. You will have a custodian who holds the stock for you, but it's not like the custodian is keeping stock certificates in a vault that might burn down. The custodian has an account with the Depository Trust Company, the stock is all on computers (like a blockchain!), there are a lot of backups and redundancies, and in practice stock does not just go missing. We talk occasionally about weird anomalies in this system, places where the system briefly loses track of where some bits of stock are supposed to be, but they are all temporary and marginal. Nobody misplaces billions of dollars of stock forever. Nobody misplaces 20% of all the stocks in the world forever, come on. A hedge fund that is used to that system may be unprepared for the Bitcoin system of, like, write down your password and don't lose it, or etch it on metal plates and bury it in the backyard, that sort of thing. You are used to a custodian keeping track of your assets for you; you are used to the system working in a calm and sensible way; you are used to mistakes being corrected; you may not be up for the high-stakes challenge of maintaining the physical security of your digital assets. Note that the anecdote about the hedge fund is from 2017. In recent years, as institutional investors have gotten more into cryptocurrency, a lot more attention has been paid to custody. This past December, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission put out a statement on custody of digital assets, laying out how broker-dealers should act when they are custodians of digital assets (like Bitcoin) for their customers. The guidance talks about things like deciding if the digital asset is a security and examining the asset's blockchain to make sure it works well, but there is also a long paragraph about not losing the password. It's a very important part of cryptocurrency custody, not losing the password. The institutional Bitcoin market is moving in the direction of SEC-regulated custodians keeping track of funds' Bitcoins for them. The retail Bitcoin market also involves a lot of trusted and increasingly regulated intermediaries; if you buy Bitcoin on Robinhood the thing to remember is your Robinhood password, not the private key to your Bitcoin wallet, which Robinhood holds for you. Of course there are Bitcoin futures and trusts, which are ways to get economic exposure to Bitcoin while letting someone else—hopefully someone responsible and regulated—remember the password for you. And there are proposals to go further, to issue depository receipts on Bitcoin that will essentially allow it to function like the current system for stocks: A big central financial intermediary can hold all the Bitcoins, and everyone can open an account with the intermediary, which will keep track of their Bitcoins for them. The basic tension in Bitcoin is:
1. Bitcoin is at its core about rejecting the traditional financial system and replacing it with something different, something trustless and disintermediated. Instead of relying on banks to hold and transfer your money for you, your money lives on a blockchain and you have direct access to it. 2. But most of what actually happens with Bitcoin is about rediscovering financial history and re-creating the traditional financial system from scratch.
And so on the one hand much of the value proposition of Bitcoin is that it will replace traditional banks and brokers; on the other hand, a lot of the people who actually buy Bitcoin are desperate to put their Bitcoins in a bank because, you know, the alternative is often so stupid.
How many shares of stock should a company have? I feel like if you start from this hypermodern mindset, the right answer might be … one? Infinity? "Shares, what are shares, why would a 'share' be a thing," would actually be the answer. A company should be a thing, and people should be able to own a portion of its equity, and the portion that each person owned would be expressed as an arbitrarily precise percentage of the total. So I might own 5.3% and you might own 0.084535% and someone else might own 0.000529193432142%. The "stock price" would be what we now call the "market cap": The market would place a value of $X on the company as a whole, and if I wanted to buy another 0.01429% I would pay 0.01429% of $X. And in fact some private companies work this way; they have a partnership agreement saying "I'll get one-third of the profits and you'll get half and our friend will get one-sixth," and nobody will bother to work out how many "shares" there are, it's all just fractions. Public companies still have shares, and you buy and sell integer numbers of shares on the stock exchange, though that is eroding a bit. A lot of the big retail brokerages offer fractional shares: Instead of buying one or two or 100 shares of a particular stock, you can buy 0.1 or 2.1 or $500 worth of shares. In a sense this is not "real": You do not own fractional shares on the company's share ledger; instead, your brokerage owns a whole number of shares, and gives you an entitlement to a fraction of them. But that's how everyone owns stock anyway—you do not generally own shares on the share ledger but through your broker—and the fractional shares are real enough for most purposes. On the other hand the stock market was not built from the ground up on computers and hypermodernism, like Bitcoin was. It was built on, you know, farthings and half-crowns. The traditional, 19th-century answer to how many shares a company should have was that stocks should have a normal price, they should cost like $40 to $100 or so, and if a company's stock price got much higher than $100 it should do a stock split, giving everyone two $60 shares for every $120 share, so that it could continue to have a normal price. This was so standard that, when Charles Dow created a stock index in 1884, he just averaged the dollar stock prices of a bunch of stocks. He didn't think about market-cap weighting, he didn't say knowingly to himself "the division of a company into shares is arbitrary and what I actually want to average is the total economic value of these companies," and he certainly didn't have a computer. He just averaged some stock prices, because the stocks had normal prices. Apple Inc. is a computer company but it is also pleasingly old-fashioned:
Apple on Thursday announced in its fiscal third-quarter earnings that the Board of Directors has approved a four-for-one stock split.That means that, for each share of Apple stock that an investor owns, they'll receive three additional shares. It also makes single shares in Apple more affordable for investors to buy. It follows a similar move Apple made in 2014, when it offered a 7-to-1 stock split. At the time, Apple was trading above $600 per share. The split brought shares of Apple to about $92 a share.Stock splits are cosmetic and do not fundamentally change anything about the company, other than possibly making the shares accessible to a larger number of investors because of their cheaper price.Since Apple stock currently trades above $380, it means investors should expect to again have a chance to buy a share of Apple for around $100, depending on where the stock trades at the end of August.
You can try to tell smart stories about why Apple would do this in a world where people understand that the division of a company into shares is arbitrary, and can trade fractional shares. At the time of Apple's last split, in 2014, one popular explanation was that Apple was trying to get into the Dow Jones Industrial Average, which is still price-weighted and so still has an old-fashioned fondness for normal-priced stocks, but that worked and now it's in the Dow so that's no reason to split again. There are market-structure advantages to normal-priced stocks. In the olden days "round lots" were a thing; if you wanted to buy stock, it was better to buy round lots of 100 shares than odd lots of 1 or 2 or 95 or 105 shares. Brokers often charged higher commissions for odd lots, and a company that wanted to be friendly to retail investors would split its stock to keep the price of 100 shares reasonable. Retail brokers don't charge commissions anymore so that's not such a problem. Still round lots continue to get some special treatment in market-structure regulation, as we discussed at the time of the last split. If you want to buy or sell s
One thing that happened over the last few years is that companies figured out a viable way to raise money to build products by pre-selling those products. The way was called an "initial coin offering": You plan to put the product on the blockchain, and then you sell tokens on that blockchain. People buy the tokens, you get the money, you build the product, and once it's built the tokens can be exchanged for the product. This is an oversimplification—often what was being sold was not exactly a product but more a right to participate in a network, etc.—but not too much of one. One very popular opinion, early on in the world of ICOs, was that ICO tokens were not "securities" under U.S. securities law. The tokens were "utility tokens," the theory went; people bought them not to speculate on a common enterprise but as a way to, eventually, get the product. Tokens were entitlements issued by companies, sure, but so are airline miles and gift cards, and gift cards obviously aren't securities. (I have suggested that an ICO is "like if the Wright Brothers sold air miles to finance inventing the airplane.") If you issue ICO tokens, the theory went, you don't need to register them with the SEC or provide financial statements or anything like that; they are a way to raise money for a business without complying with securities laws. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rejected that opinion as forcefully as any regulator has ever rejected anything. No, said the SEC, ICOs are securities offerings, pretty much always. They have to comply with securities laws, and if they don't, the SEC will come after them hard. Just last week, the SEC fined Telegram Group Inc. $18.5 million and made it return $1.2 billion to investors in its ICO. Telegram, a lot of people would say, actually did a good job of trying in good faith to comply with the securities laws. The SEC wasn't having it. An even weirder case was TurnKey Jet Inc., a charter jet company that sold tokens for charter-jet flying time. The SEC said that that was not a securities offering, and let TurnKey go ahead with it. But it was a grudging acceptance. SEC Commissioner Hester Peirce criticized the SEC's approach in a speech:
The company intended to effectively tokenize gift cards. Customer members could purchase tokens that would be redeemable, dollar for dollar, for charter jet services. The tokens could be sold only to other members. This transaction is so clearly not an offer of securities that I worry the staff's issuance of a digital token no-action letter—the first and so far only such letter—may in fact have the effect of broadening the perceived reach of our securities laws. If these tokens were securities, it would be hard to distinguish them from any medium of stored value. Is a Starbucks card a security? If we are going that far, I can only imagine what name the barista will write on my coffee cup.
And yet, the staff's letter did not stop at merely stating that the token offering would not qualify as a securities offering, but highlighted specific but non-dispositive factors. In other words, the letter effectively imposed conditions on a non-security. For example, the staff's response prohibits the company from repurchasing the tokens unless it does so at a discount. Further, as I mentioned earlier, the incoming letter precluded a secondary market that includes non-members. Does that mean that a company that chooses to offer to repurchase gift cards at a premium or that allows gift card purchasers to sell or give them to third parties needs to call its securities lawyer to start the registration process?
What if you took Peirce's concerns seriously? What if you divorced them from the now rather dated context of "ICOs" and "tokens" and "blockchains," and just focused on the substance of the transaction, which is pre-selling a company's product to future users. Is that a security? Conventionally, no, but you could imagine an argument that it should be. The buyers, after all, are taking credit risk; they are to some extent speculating on the company's success. (If it goes bankrupt before they get the product, they won't get their product, or their money back.) They are also perhaps speculating that the product will be desirable; if there's resale value, they're speculating on that too. Shouldn't they have the information—financial statements and risk factors and so forth—that securities purchasers get? Shouldn't they have the protection of securities laws? No, again, is the answer, but my (and Peirce's) point here is that the SEC's extremely aggressive ICO regulation kind of opened the door for the SEC to think about crowdfunding and product pre-sales generally. If ICO tokens are securities then maybe any pre-sold product is too.
Here is a dumb computer glitch. Quoine is a cryptocurrency exchange in Singapore that has its own algorithmic market maker: Anyone can post orders on Quoine, but Quoine also posts its own orders to provide liquidity on its platform. As far as I can tell not a lot of other people posted orders. (I am drawing most of the facts from Dominika Nestarcova's writeup from last year.) But a trading firm called B2C2 did. B2C2, like Quoine itself, posted orders algorithmically. Here's how the algorithms worked:
1. Quoine's market-maker algorithm basically looked at prices on other crypto exchanges to come up with the bid and offer prices it posted on Quoine's exchange. 2. B2C2's algorithm basically looked at bids and offers posted on Quoine to come up with the bid and offer prices it posted on Quoine.
Fine. Quoine's strategy is sensible in a world of fragmented liquidity; if you run a crypto exchange, the price you offer for Bitcoin should be more or less the price that Bitcoin trades for elsewhere. B2C2's strategy is sensible if you are a market maker on a platform. Things could go wrong. Here's how the algorithms handled things going wrong:
1. If Quoine's algorithm couldn't find prices on other crypto exchanges, it stopped posting orders on its platform. 2. If B2C2's algorithm couldn't find bids and offers on Quoine, it posted bids and offers at what it called "deep prices." These are just very-far-away-from-market prices where B2C2 would in all cases be happy trading. In other markets they are sometimes called "stub quotes": A market maker who does not want to trade, say, Microsoft stock will bid $0.01 and offer it for $9,999.99. In this case, for the Bitcoin/Ether cross, where the going rate at the time was roughly one Bitcoin for 25 Ether, B2C2's deep prices were buying 10 Bitcoins for one Ether, or selling 0.00001 Bitcoins for one Ether.
Both of those strategies are … you know, they're fine I guess; "stop posting quotes" and "post stub quotes" are both ex ante reasonable reactions to not being able to get market data. But weird stuff can happen. They interacted poorly. What happened one day in April 2017 was:
1. Quoine's algorithm broke. As Nestarcova put it: "Certain Quoine login passwords for several critical systems had to be updated for security reasons, but by an oversight necessary changes to the Quoter Program were not implemented." 2. So it did what it did when it broke: It stopped quoting. 3. B2C2's algorithm, therefore, also broke: "The volume of traders got depleted and the order book became thin." 4. So it did what it did when it broke: It posted deep-price quotes. 5. Quoine is not just a market maker but also an exchange that offered margin trading. Several margin traders "were trading on Quoine the ETH/BTC market using ETH borrowed from Quoine." (That is, they were short Ether/long Bitcoin, and had borrowed Ether to put on that trade.) 6. With thin weird trading, the price of Bitcoin on Quoine dropped, and it looked like those traders did not have sufficient margin. 7. So Quoine blew out their accounts, selling their Bitcoins for Ether.[2] 8. To the only available buyer on the platform, B2C2. 9. At its deep price of 10 Bitcoins per Ether.
All of this, to be clear, happened algorithmically; nobody made any decisions during any of it. Everything just happened as it was programmed to happen. B2C2 ended up buying about 3,092 Bitcoins (worth about $27.5 million at today's price) for 309 Ether (worth about $72,000 now). "Next morning, when Quoine's CTO discovered the trades, he considered the exchange rate abnormal and reversed the trades without giving notice to the parties." B2C2 sued Quoine in a Singapore court and won, Quoine appealed, and this week B2C2 won again:
The Court of Appeal has ruled in a landmark case that virtual currency exchange operator Quoine must pay damages for wrongfully reversing a number of transactions on its platform. The apex court yesterday rejected Quoine's argument that it was entitled to unilaterally cancel the seven orders - placed by trader B2C2 to sell ethereum for bitcoin - on the basis the transactions were a mistake. Quoine had argued that the parties who transacted with B2C2 were under the mistaken belief that the trades were at market price and that B2C2 knew of this mistake.
One lesson of the story is about the legal doctrine of "unilateral mistake." Basically if there's a contract—like a stock or crypto trade—and one side is wrong about a key term of the contract, and the other side knows that the other side is wrong and enters into the contract anyway, then (sometimes) the party who was wrong can get out of the contract. (This sounds vague, and is, and is surely not legal advice, in Singapore or elsewhere.) Here it is perhaps plausible to say that Quoine (or rather its margin customers) sold Bitcoins at the wrong price, and so was mistaken. The question is whether B2C2 knew that it was taking advantage of the mistake. B2C2 did not, at the time of the trade, know anything; its algorithm was just trading according to its instructions. But the question is then, when B2C2 wrote the algorithm, and put in the deep-prices fail-safe, was it thinking "haha, if liquidity goes away we will take advantage of suckers by buying at the wrong price," or was it thinking "uh oh, if liquidity goes away we will protect ourselves by putting in really safe quotes"? It seems like a bit of a weird thing to inquire into, the state of mind of an algorithmic trading system. But if the law requires an inquiry into the state of mind of a trader, and if all of the traders are robots, then that is what you get. The other lesson is, you know, don't design your system this way. Not so much B2C2—B2C2's approach of putting in deep-price stub quotes in weird times was plausible and, in this case, hugely lucrative[3]—but Quoine. You could have a specific rule like "if your feed of outside prices breaks, halt trading on your platform," which might be a better rule than "if your price feed breaks, stop making markets but keep allowing trading at weird prices." Or you could have a more general rule like "don't allow trading at weird prices"; real-world exchanges often do this with circuit breakers that halt trading if the price moves by more than a pre-set percentage. Or you could even have a rule like "if trades happen at weird prices then we will reverse them manually after the fact"—not a rule of the algorithm but a rule of the stock exchange itself. Some stock exchanges have rules like this, and the important thing is that they are disclosed in advance. B2C2 won here because Quoine broke the trades in an ad hoc way; its rules didn't allow it to do this and it did it anyway. We talked last week about an exploit at crypto platform bZx, which has some basic similarities with this situation. The problem in both cases is a combination of (1) fragmented liquidity at many different crypto exchanges, which do not always "see" the market price at other exchanges and therefore sometimes execute trades at weird and off-market prices, and (2) a lack of fail-safes and backups and error protocols. Regular finance is run by computers, but everyone realizes that the computers sometimes do weird things, so there are crude guardrails to prevent them from doing anything too weird. Crypto finance tends to trust absolutely in the power of immutable code and the logic of markets, and so if the computerized markets do real weird stuff then that's just allowed.
I have no idea whether this is real, or what it would mean for it to be real; as a matter of policy I do not ask those questions about cryptocurrencies. But there is actually a very common mistake here. The mistake is thinking something like "it would be cool if there was a token whose value fluctuated with some outside fact in the world, so I will just declare that my token is worth $1 times some statistical measure of that fact, and then people who want to bet on that fact will buy my token." It doesn't work that way! You need a mechanism to link the price of the token to the outside fact! Saying "the more the virus spreads the more valuable the token becomes" doesn't make it so, even though if that were true the coin would potentially be useful both for speculation and for hedging. (Macabre and in poor taste, yes, but useful.) "The coronavirus-backed ERC-20 token," says the headline on Reddit, but it's not backed by coronavirus, and it is hard to imagine what it could mean for it to be backed by coronavirus. What it seems to mean is that the supply is linked to coronavirus cases, but that is only relevant if you assume the thing has some intrinsic value, which, why?
Those are some thoughts that I had reading about the bZx exploit. bZx is a cryptocurrency trading platform that, and the exploit involved a "flash loan." A flash loan is essentially a loan that is repaid instantaneously: If you can write a smart contract that makes money trading cryptocurrency, you can get leverage for that smart contract with a flash loan. You write a thing that demonstrably turns $100 into $102, and someone will lend you the $100, letting you keep the $2. You can see the appeal of this, but it's a very specific appeal. In traditional finance lots of people "find arbitrages," and then they borrow money to make large levered bets on those arbitrages. Bond X trades at $100, Bond Y trades at $101, you are sure that they are worth the same amount, so you sell a million dollars of Bond Y for $1.01 million and buy a million dollars of Bond X for $1 million and lock in $10,000 of profit when their prices inevitably converge. You don't put up a million dollars of your own money because the position is risk-free, or so you hope, but in fact the history of finance is full of levered arbitrages that blew up. Crypto, though, doesn't rely on subjective notions of what an arbitrage is. Crypto relies on immutable code: If you can write a smart contract that provably generates more money than you put into it, then someone should be willing to lend you money to make that risk-free profit. That's a flash loan.
There are basically three reasons why a cryptocurrency project might get in trouble with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission:
1. It's a huge fraud, and the SEC goes after it for fraud. 2. It's a huge fraud, and the SEC goes after it for being an unregistered offering of securities. 3. It's an interesting and ambitious way to launch a new sort of marketplace that will not be owned by anyone but will instead be governed by code and blockchain and the economics of crypto, and the SEC goes after it for being an unregistered offering of securities.
Case 1 is easy. Case 2 is even easier , though: Proving fraud is hard and requires looking into the minds of the promoters (were they intentionally trying to deceive people?) and investors (were they deceived?), while proving that an initial coin offering is an unregistered securities offering is pretty easy. And the way the securities laws work, even an upstanding good-faith non-fraudulent unregistered non-exempt offering of securities is illegal, and the SEC can shut it down without doing the hard work of proving fraud. Case 3 is hard, though. I mean it's easy to prove, mostly, but it's a hard regulatory decision. There is I think a pretty broad consensus that some crypto tokens are not securities. Things that you can use , "utility tokens" that can make things happen on some well-developed blockchain platform, Bitcoins, Ether—those are not securities. And there is a widespread view among crypto people that the right way to build those platforms is by pre-selling those tokens to potential users. This is not just a matter of raising money from the most enthusiastic and credulous investors. It's also a matter of philosophy: If you want to create new un-owned platforms, new ways of organizing human activity other than through shareholder capitalism, then the way to do it is by tapping the future users of the platforms to fund their development and participate in their governance. Unfortunately the SEC mostly won't let you do that: If you sell tokens to fund the development of the platform where those tokens will be useful, that's a securities offering, and even some of the standard attempts to comply with the securities rules (by selling sort of pre-tokens as exempt securities that will one day flip into useful tokens) have met with SEC disapproval. I can understand where the SEC is coming from. The modal initial coin offering is probably a huge fraud. "Cryptocurrency Scams Took in More Than $4 Billion in 2019." Most ICOs don't seem to actually result in useful products. Many were launched as more or less explicit ways to raise money from investors without complying with the securities laws. A regulatory attitude of "they're all frauds so let's use an easy technicality to shut them all down" will only snare a few false positives. Still, though: a few. Here is a "Token Safe Harbor Proposal" from SEC Commissioner Hester Peirce, which would allow people to sell tokens to raise money for crypto projects without complying with the securities laws:
The safe harbor would provide network developers with a three-year grace period within which they could facilitate participation in and the development of a functional or decentralized network, exempted from the registration provisions of the federal securities laws, so long as the conditions are met. This objective is accomplished by exempting (1) the offer and sale of tokens from the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, other than the antifraud provisions, (2) the tokens from registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (3) persons engaged in certain token transactions from the definitions of "exchange," "broker," and "dealer" under the 1934 Act. The initial development team would have to meet certain conditions, which I will lay out briefly before addressing several in more depth. First, the team must intend for the network on which the token functions to reach network maturity—defined as either decentralization or token functionality—within three years of the date of the first token sale and undertake good faith and reasonable efforts to achieve that goal. Second, the team would have to disclose key information on a freely accessible public website. Third, the token must be offered and sold for the purpose of facilitating access to, participation on, or the development of the network. Fourth, the team would have to undertake good faith and reasonable efforts to create liquidity for users. Finally, the team would have to file a notice of reliance.
Peirce is one of five SEC commissioners and I am not sure there is much appetite for this to actually happen, but it's a fun proposal. One way to think about this is not so much in terms of a "safe harbor" as an "alternate registration regime." That is, if you are selling securities, you have to file certain documents with the SEC and provide certain disclosures to investors. If you are selling tokens, under Peirce's plan, you have to file different documents with the SEC and provide different disclosures to investors. (For instance her proposal would require you to publish the source code of your blockchain network.) If you do all those filings you would be exempt from SEC regulation covering securities offerings (though you'd still be subject to securities fraud rules), but of course by doing the filings you'd be complying with the SEC regulation (this one) covering token offerings. There'd be two SEC regimes, one for companies issuing securities (and sending investors audited financial statements and narrative descriptions of the business), another for decentralized blockchain projects issuing tokens (and sending investors source code and narrative descriptions of their mining process). Peirce's safe harbor only gives a minimal sketch of that second regime, but you could imagine a longer one. You could imagine an SEC registration system for tokens that is as complex and codified as the registration system for securities, but focused on different things. It might be meaningless to ask a decentralized blockchain project for audited financial statements; it might be meaningless (or overly invasive) to ask a regular old company for its source code; these are different ways of organizing economic activity, and they call for different disclosure regimes. It is not obvious that the Securities and Exchange Commission—which regulates company securities—is the best agency to put in charge of the crypto disclosure regime, but it's not obvious that it isn't. In any case the SEC's default view of "every token is a security" means that, in practice, the rules it writes to exempt tokens from securities rules will be the rules that token projects have to follow.
I know, I know, "tokenized investment vehicle," who can resist, but it is maybe the most boring financial innovation I've ever written about. It's a rich guy taking out a low-interest payday loan from his fans. He has no particularly good reason to borrow the money. Really the way professional sports careers work is that you make a ton of money every year for a relatively short time in your youth; you should emphasize saving that money to spread it out over a long post-NBA life, not accelerating it to spend even more of your salary up front. The fans have no especially great reason to lend him the money; 4.95% is not exactly a bad return on three-year money, but it is a novel and illiquid instrument, and the rate is comparable to what you get from, like, LendingClub. There is just a halo of blockchain blockchain blockchain that makes all of this a little bit more valuable to everyone. Dinwiddie gets a pointless loan, but it's tokenized. The investors get a pointless investment, but it's tokenized. They all get some utility from, like, telling people about their tokenized NBA player deal. On the blockchain. To be fair the original plan here was slightly more exciting. The idea was that you'd buy a share of Dinwiddie's three-year earnings, and those earnings were variable. The third year of his contract is a player option, and if he was able to earn more money, his token investors would get a piece of the upside:
The third year of Dinwiddie's Nets contract is a player option for just over $12.3 million. And his original tokenization plan called for the possibility of significant dividends for investors if he elected to opt out of the final year of his deal in 2021 and come to terms on a more lucrative contract with Brooklyn or another team.
Now I insist that income-based repayment of a personal loan is not, at this point, all that exciting a financial innovation either. It's an idea that's been kicked around for decades, we talk about it around here every year or so, I wrote a paper about it in law school, and it is now a common feature of federal student loans. Everyone knows the standard arguments for (risk mitigation, career flexibility, reduced financial stress) and against (moral hazard, adverse selection). But at least it's something. Investors buying the tokens wouldn't just be lending money to Dinwiddie at 4.95%; they'd be betting on him, buying financial upside in his NBA career. Dinwiddie, meanwhile, would be hedging his risks in a very sensible way: Pro sports careers tend to be short and risky, so why not convert some at-risk potential earnings into certain cash now? But of course if the investors were betting on him then that means he'd be betting against himself, which raises obvious adverse-selection and, especially, moral-hazard issues. Why work hard every day to be good at basketball to get a big contract, when you've already pre-sold (part of) that contract? The NBA knows about this issue, because everyone does; it is the most obvious and frequently discussed drawback of income-based loan repayment: If you are selling off some of your future income, you reduce your incentives to maximize that income. Also in sports, betting against yourself is particularly problematic:
And that is where the NBA had some real issues, according to Dinwiddie. "Pretty much what they said was that the player option was gambling," he said, "and that would've been cause for termination." ... So the two sides came to a compromise, Dinwiddie said, where the original plan from October would mainly remain intact but the player option element would be removed.
I have previously mentioned my plan for a cryptocurrency called ExcelCoin, in which the coins would be tracked not by a decentralized blockchain but instead by a trusted central counterparty (me) in a secure database (a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet). This is the same basic idea, except it was an SQL database and nobody should have trusted the central counterparty. But they did anyway! Elsewhere: "Bitcoin Matches Record Losing Run in Fall to Six-Month Low."
Meanwhile here is "Cryptoqueen: How this woman scammed the world, then vanished." The woman is Ruja Ignatova, the scam was a cryptocurrency called OneCoin, and … and … and:
It took McAdam three months to go through it all, but questions were starting to form. She started asking the leaders of her OneCoin group if there was a blockchain. At first she was told it was something she didn't need to know, but when she persisted she finally got the truth in a voicemail in April 2017. "OK Jen… they don't want to disclose that kind of information, just in case something goes wrong where the blockchain is being held. And plus, as an application, it doesn't need a server behind it. So it's our blockchain technology, a SQL server with a database." But by this stage, thanks to Curry and Bjercke, she knew that a standard SQL server database was no basis for a genuine cryptocurrency. The manager of the database could go in and change it at will. "I thought, 'What???' And literally my legs just went, and I fell on the floor,'" she says. The inescapable conclusion was that those rising numbers on the OneCoin website were meaningless - they were just numbers typed into a computer by a OneCoin employee. Far from putting an end to their financial worries, she and her friends and family had thrown a quarter of a million euros away.
Imagine calling up the people running Bitcoin and being like "wait is there a blockchain" and them being like "you don't need to know that information at this time." (Imagine there being people who run Bitcoin, imagine that being a question you'd have, etc.) That's like the one thing you need to know!
ESG & Climate Finance (103)
Greenhushing is a useful addition to the ESG taxonomy. Greenwashing is overstating ESG credentials; greenhushing is understating or hiding them to avoid political and legal risk. The same portfolio can face pressure for saying too much or too little.
Levine notes that there is no single official definition of ESG. A fund can screen for climate, labor, governance, weapons, gambling, abortion, faith or other values. Biblewashing is the same portfolio-construction machinery as greenwashing, but with a different moral objective. The finance question is how honestly the screen matches the marketed values.
There are two ways to think of a carbon credit:
1. A carbon credit represents one ton of carbon that has been removed from the atmosphere. 2. A carbon credit is a quasi-regulatory accounting quantity, where companies want to be able to tell certain audiences — shareholders, governments, activists, whoever — "we are carbon neutral," and to get to carbon neutrality you add up your carbon emissions (measured in tons) and subtract the number of carbon credits you have bought.
The first approach thinks of carbon credits as physical quantities, things in the real world. The second approach thinks of carbon credits as instruments of accounting, or public relations, or regulatory compliance, or whatever your carbon regime is about.
They are necessarily somewhat related. If I went around certifying my own proprietary brand of carbon credits, and when asked "how do you ensure that these carbon credits really represent carbon removed from the atmosphere" I was like "I don't, I just take the money and issue the credits," then nobody would ascribe any value to my credits — they would not accomplish any public-relations or regulatory goal — and so nobody would buy them.
But they are not necessarily perfectly related. If a globally respected organization with a credible commitment to fighting climate change went around certifying carbon credits, and it had a rigorous process for examining each carbon-credit project and making sure that it represented true carbon removal, then its credits would probably have a lot of (public-relations, regulatory, market) value. And then if I went to one of its forests and found that a few acres of trees had burned down without anyone noticing, so the actual amount of carbon removal it certified was slightly higher than what it achieved, I'm not sure it would matter that much. Nobody is buying the credits as a physics experiment; making the quantities balance exactly in physical reality is not the goal. Being able to say "we are carbon neutral," and having people believe you, is the goal. That goal requires some general rigor and good faith, but it will tolerate a certain amount of physical slippage.
I wrote the other day about hypothetical ways that a bank could "transfer" its carbon emissions to somebody else. The basic idea is that there are standards — mainly from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials — for calculating the greenhouse gas emissions attributable to a bank's financing activities (that is, loans that it makes and holds) and its facilitation activities (that is, offerings that it underwrites). Banks face public and regulatory pressure to report low numbers under those standards, but they also want to lend money to oil companies. There is, perhaps, an opportunity for financial engineering: Is there a way for a bank to make those loans, but get the emissions off its books for PCAF accounting purposes?
So I wrote about a Bloomberg News story about some hedge funds who have some ideas, and I proposed some crude ideas of my own, but let's be honest: My post was mostly a call for financial engineering, a request for my readers to come up with ideas. And of course they did. Reader Andreas Seidel suggested a few, of which my favorite might be:
Deflating the emissions by inflating debt. The "base case" PCAF works is by multiplying emissions with the outstanding debt amount and dividing by equity and debt [I am oversimplifying a little]. If a bank lends $100 to a company with $50 equity and $50 other debt, it would get 50% of the emissions. However, what if at the same time, the company borrows a billion from an off-balance-sheet SPV that invests all the money in money market instruments and uses these as collateral and essentially funds itself with the interest from the money market? Financed emissions drop to practically zero.
I love the idea of massively grossing up every company's balance sheet just for carbon-accounting purposes: "You can borrow $100 from us to build an oil refinery, but only if you also set up a subsidiary that borrows $1 billion from a special-purpose vehicle and invests it in money-market funds, for pure accounting reasons." Maybe you could make the economics work, but the accounting for the borrower sure would look weird.
More generally, one wants some sort of intermediation. Like, a bank that lends money to an oil company is going to have a lot of financed emissions on its books. But what about a bank that lends money to an investment firm named Green Investments Ltd., which then lends it to an oil company? (What if Green Investments is only nominally an investment firm, and really just a pass-through vehicle with one asset and one liability — just a way to structure the loan to the oil company?) We have talked about this approach in the past, as a general way to make oil-company investments seem more environmentally friendly (and get them into environmental, social and governance investing indexes). I'm not sure it specifically works with PCAF standards for banks — "'Follow the money' is a key tenet for GHG accounting of financial assets," says PCAF, "meaning that the money should be followed as far as possible to understand and account for the climate impact in the real economy" — but I'm sure someone is working on it.
The idea in credit risk transfer is:
1. A bank lends money to companies. 2. If those companies don't pay back the loans, the bank loses money. 3. Bank regulators require the bank to have capital as a cushion against that possible loss, with the actual amount of capital being sort of a crude function of how likely the regulators think the loss is. 4. The bank can "transfer the credit risk" of the loans to a hedge fund, meaning that, if the companies don't pay back the loans, the bank doesn't lose money, but the hedge fund does. 5. The simplest way to do this is to sell the loans to the hedge fund, but usually when people say "credit risk transfer" they mean a more complicated transaction in which the hedge fund promises that, if the companies don't pay back the loans, the hedge fund will, so the bank doesn't lose money. And in exchange the bank pays the hedge fund a premium for insuring this risk. [1] 6. If you do this right, the bank will not have to have as much capital, and the savings from reduced capital will be worth more to the bank than the premium that it pays to the hedge fund for the credit risk transfer. That is: The market (the hedge funds) effectively assigns a lower credit risk to the loans than capital regulators do, so there is a trade available in which the bank saves money, and the hedge funds make money, by moving that risk out of the regulated banking system.
I wrote last month that ESG — environmental, social and governance investing — might have been a low-interest-rates phenomenon. When interest rates are zero, discount rates are low, and in some sense what happens in 2050 is as important as what happens tomorrow. If a company's 2050 profits are as important as its 2024 profits, then it should spend a lot of time imagining the world in 2050, trying to make that world better and positioning itself to be profitable in 2050. Reducing greenhouse gas emissions now costs money now, but it might make you more profitable in 2050, and it's perfectly sensible to trade $1 of profits now for $2 of profits in 2050.
And then interest rates went up and now companies just want profits next quarter and care less about what happens in 2050, and so ESG has become a lot less popular not only among politicians but also among companies and shareholders. Here is a Wall Street Journal article titled "America's ESG Hiring Boom Is Starting to Cool":
Companies are reconsidering the priority given to ESG programs and their pursuit of top ESG scores in response to pressure from investors seeking faster returns on investments, [executive search firm employee Joe] Dubbin said. "In delivering meaningful environmental and carbon-reduction programs, the financial returns are a long way away," he said, adding energy transitions are necessary. "It's not gone away. It's just having a repricing and that's driving hiring trends.">
Some CFOs are devoting more resources to the areas of the business generating those higher short-term returns, resulting in a smaller ESG team or people incorporating ESG into their roles in lieu of positions wholly devoted to it.
If ESG is "having a repricing," is that good or bad? Well, if your view of ESG investing was that it was essentially altruistic, then you will be annoyed that investors pretended to care about the Earth a few years ago and now care only about the bottom line.
But to be fair, the investors never really said that. The explicit pitch for ESG investing has always been that ESG-focused investors want to maximize long-term returns, and they consider ESG factors as part of their value-maximizing investing process. "Climate change will cause the world to phase out fossil fuels, so we want to limit our fossil-fuel investments and buy companies that are ready for that transition," is the typical argument. Lots of people never believed that, and there are tedious fights in which US Republican politicians claim that woke ESG investors are imposing their values on companies, while the investors say "no we are just acting as responsible fiduciaries." But the investors have always said that they considered ESG factors as a way to maximize returns.
And if that were true, then what you would expect is that the investors would have some field in their model for like "will this company do well in the green energy transition," and the model would ascribe some value to that field, and that value would depend on the discount rate. And as rates go up, the value goes down, and ESG investors who truly use ESG to maximize value would care less about climate change and more about short-term value. And that's what happened. The proof that ESG is driven by investment reasons rather than wokeness is that it is repricing due to interest rates.
The way that the US government encourages a lot of green energy projects is by giving them tax credits. If you build a power plant that runs on certain sorts of renewable resources, the Internal Revenue Service will give you some money — call it 0.3 cents per killowatt-hour [1] — for generating that power, which you can use to reduce your taxes.
That is a reasonably safe stream of cash flows. Not totally safe — your plant could burn down, prices could collapse or costs could rise so much that it is no longer economical to run it, the tax code could change — but broadly speaking you can estimate how much power the plant will produce per year and then multiply it by 0.3 cents to get a fairly predictable annual tax credit.
Finance being what it is, if you are building a green energy project, you will probably sell that tax credit. If your project will generate a quasi-guaranteed stream of cash flows of $X per year for the next Y years, then you can compute the present value of those cash flows and sell them, today, for that amount. This is good because you probably need a lot of cash, today, to build the green energy project. The government wants to encourage you to build the project, but the government doesn't just hand you the money to do it. Instead the government promises to pay you $X per year if you succeed in building the project, and you need to take that promise and exchange it for cash today in order to actually build the project. [2]
The person giving you the cash — the person paying you money up front today in exchange for a promise of the future tax credit — is probably a big US bank, for a few reasons. For one thing, banks are where the money is, and this sort of thing — providing financing today in exchange for a reasonably safe promise of future steady cash flows — is what banks do. And financial engineering — looking at a provision of the tax code and being like "yeah we can wring some profits out of that" — is also what banks do.
Also, in the 2020s, a big part of what banks do is (1) promise to finance renewable energy projects and (2) deflect criticism for financing fossil-fuel projects. (And, in the US, vice versa.) So buying these tax credits — paying the upfront costs of green energy projects in exchange for the future green-energy tax credits — is a good way for the banks to make money, do financial engineering, and show their shareholders and critics that they are financing green energy projects.
I have suggested that the banks are buying the credits, and that the people building the projects — the "sponsors" — are selling them, but that is not the correct terminology. You don't go around selling tax credits, and your tax lawyers will get mad if you say that. (Nothing here, of course, is tax advice.) The tax credit is not your property; it is an artifact of US tax law. The only way for the bank to get the tax credit is by qualifying for the tax credit, and the way to qualify for the tax credit is by owning the renewable energy project.
And so the way this actually works is that the renewable energy project is set up as some sort of partnership or limited liability company or joint venture, and the sponsor is a co-owner and the bank is another co-owner. And the partnership agreement says that the sponsor gets most of the profits (and risk) from running the business and finding customers and selling electricity at market rates and so forth, and the bank gets the tax credit. They are not exactly joint owners, but they are joint owners enough for the bank to take the tax credit. They have murmured the proper incantations to call themselves co-owners and take the tax credit.
The IRS actually gives instructions on what sorts of incantations you have to say. The IRS is in sort of a weird position here. On the one hand, it wants to prevent abusive tax shelters and generally uphold the aesthetic coherence of the tax code, so it does not want to allow people to just go around selling tax credits.
On the other hand, the IRS does want to encourage these projects to get built, which does, practically, requiring selling the tax credit. So it provides guidance on, like, what is the least you can do to qualify. The bank does need to take some risk, to share in the downside of the project; the sponsor can't guarantee the tax credits. But the usual way it works, according to the American Council on Renewable Energy, is that the bank and the sponsor form a project partnership, the bank "provides between one-third to two-thirds of the total capital," and the bank gets back "99% of the tax attributes and a minority share of the cash, typically between 5% and 30%," for a while. This ends either when the bank reaches its target return (a "yield-based flip") or after an agreed amount of time (a "time-based flip"), after which the bank's share of the tax credit goes down ("usually to about 5%") and the sponsor can buy it out.
This is called "tax equity financing," because for tax-law-incantation purposes, the bank is an equity owner of the partnership. But for practical purposes, people kind of think of it as debt financing, because the bank is providing upfront money in exchange for a reasonably certain, reasonably fixed, reasonably time-limited return. It does not really share in the upside and the downside of the project; it's just putting up money to buy the tax credit.
That's how financial engineering works: You build a thing that looks like debt to the sponsor, and that looks like debt to the bank (so it's happy to "lend" the money), but that looks like equity to the IRS (so the bank can get the tax credit).
Here is Exxon's complaint. There is something a little odd about going to court over this. The way this normally works is:
1. Arjuna submits a nonbinding shareholder proposal for Exxon's annual meeting. 2. Exxon puts the proposal in its proxy statement for the annual meeting. 3. Shareholders get to vote. 4. The shareholders vote no: Exxon's complaint notes that Follow This submitted very similar proposals for its 2022 and 2023 annual meetings, and they got 27.1% and 10.5% of the vote, respectively. 5. Even if the shareholders vote yes , Exxon doesn't have to do anything about it: The proposals are nonbinding, advisory expressions of shareholder desire, and the board and management are free to ignore them. Nothing in the law, or in the text of the proposals, requires Exxon to do anything. 6. Even if Exxon voluntarily does what the shareholders ask , it's not that much. Here, the proposal asks the company "to go beyond current plans, further accelerating the pace of emission reductions in the medium-term for its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions across Scope 1, 2, and 3, and to summarize new plans, targets, and timetables." There are no hard and fast requirements; the request is just "do a bit more about greenhouse gases, and tell us what you're doing."
The normal approach, for a company faced with this sort of proposal, is to consider it a nuisance, grumble about it, ask shareholders to vote against it, but not really worry about it that much. It's nonbinding! And the shareholders will vote no anyway! It doesn't matter.
Well, the other normal approach is for the company to ask the US Securities and Exchange Commission if it can omit the proposal. The rules for proxy proposals require a company to include shareholder proposals in its proxy, and vote on them at its annual meeting, but there are lots of exceptions. In particular, a company can ignore a proposal that "deals with a matter relating to the company's ordinary business operations": The rule is that the board and management run the ordinary business operations, and shareholders are not really allowed to meddle. A company can also omit a proposal that "addresses substantially the same subject matter" as a proposal in a previous year that didn't get many votes.
The company can write to the SEC saying "we think we can omit this proposal" and explaining why, and the SEC will either (1) write back saying "we're fine with that" (this is called a "no-action letter") or (2) write back saying "we don't agree." Exxon has written a fair number of these letters about other shareholder proposals, but apparently not about this one.
I'm sorry, this is so stupid. "ESG" is essentially about considering certain risks to a company's financial results: You might want to avoid investing in a company if its factories are going to be washed away by rising oceans, or if its main product is going to be regulated out of existence, or if its position on controversial social issues will cost it sales, or if its CEO controls the board and spends too much corporate money on wasteful personal projects. Obviously ESG in practice is also other, more controversial things:
1. If you care about the environment, social issues, etc., you might want to invest in companies that you think are environmentally or socially good, whether or not they are good financial investments. 2. You might incorrectly convince yourself that the stuff you think is environmentally or socially good is also good for the bottom line: You might have a wishful estimate of how quickly the world will transition away from fossil fuels, to justify your desire not to invest in oil companies. You might tell yourself "this company's stance on social issues will cost it lots of customers" when really the customers don't care, but you do.
But if you make it a crime for investors to consider certain financial risks then you get too much of those risks.
In particular, I suspect, you get too much governance risk. If every investor tomorrow said "okay we don't care about the environment," most companies probably wouldn't ramp up their pollution: Their executives probably don't want to pollute unnecessarily, polluting probably wouldn't help the bottom line, and many companies just sit at computers developing software and couldn't pollute much if they wanted to. But if every investor tomorrow said "okay we don't care about governance," then, I mean, "governance" is just a way of saying "somebody makes sure that the CEO is doing a good job and doesn't pay herself too much." If the investors don't care about that, then a lot of CEOs will be happy to give themselves raises and spend more time on the corporate jet to their vacation homes.
We have talked a few times, including this week, about the very simplest method to take something — a mutual fund, a pipeline company, a coal lobbying group — and make it ESG, that is, make it appealing to investors who care about environmental, social and governance factors. The method is: You put "ESG" in the name. Or "Green," or "Clean," or "Renewable," or even, like, "Future." Some people will be misled by the new name. Other people won't be misled, but they will like it anyway, because they are in turn marketing to some other audience. An investment manager who runs an ESG fund might buy shares in an oil pipeline called GreenPipes. A retail investor with environmentally minded children might buy shares of a mostly-coal ESG fund so she can tell her kids "oh all of our money is in ESG funds." The point is that the term ESG has some independent value; some people are willing to pay a bit more purely to be able to say that they have "ESG" investments, without caring at all about the substance of those investments.
Also though in reverse. The Wall Street Journal reports:
Many companies no longer utter these three letters: E-S-G.
Following years of simmering investor backlash, political pressure and legal threats over environmental, social and governance efforts, a number of business leaders are now making a conscious effort to avoid the once widely used acronym for such initiatives.
Avoid the acronym. You don't, like, start dumping pollutants or doing racism; you just do what you were doing before, but stop calling it "ESG." You call it something else, or you don't call it anything:
"We've seen a great deal of reframing and adjusting by CEOs in the ESG arena. Not only of what they say, but also where they say it and how they characterize it," said Brad Karp, chair of law firm Paul Weiss who advises a number of CEOs. "Most companies are moving forward operationally with their ESG programs, but not publicly touting them, or describing them in different ways."
When Thomas Buberl, CEO of Paris-based insurer AXA, met in the U.S. last year with the leaders of an asset manager, a fertilizer maker and a tech company, executives suggested that he reflect the newfound caution. "I used the abbreviation ESG, and people taught me not to use that word," Buberl said. "I said, 'What do you want me to call it?'"
Again your investors are not deceived: They want to buy shares in companies that are working to reduce carbon emissions, but they don't want the headache of the ESG political backlash. The term ESG has some independent value, but that value is currently negative, so you can create value by just not using the term.
Meanwhile in asset management:
Just six funds citing environmental, social and governance factors launched in the second half of 2023, compared with 55 in the first half, and an annual average of almost 100 between 2020 and 2022, according to data from Morningstar Direct.
ESG labels have also been removed from some fund names. The asset manager Abrdn plans to drop the phrase "sustainable leaders" from two funds in February, according to a filing with the US Securities and Exchange Commission. Morgan Stanley and UBS also dropped ESG-oriented labels from some funds last year.
The trick is to have a fund that is kind of ESG and kind of not, and add or subtract "ESG" in the name depending on the marketing environment.
So from first principles, if you want to be a climate investor, should you invest in coal companies? The intuitive answer is no:
1. Burning coal is bad for the climate and you want less of it. 2. Presumably your investment choices matter: You invest in things you want more of, so that there can be more of those things.
And so there is a lot of green investing that takes the form "do not finance fossil-fuel companies," or do less of it or whatever. And that is a reasonable experiment to run. But there are complications. For one thing, it's not like every investor will be climate-focused. Coal companies will still have investors, and if all the climate-focused investors dump the coal companies, they will be owned by the non-climate-focused investors. A coal company owned by climate-focused investors might make some choices to be cleaner, to dig up less coal, to transition to cleaner energy, whatever. But a coal company owned by investors specifically selected for their indifference to climate considerations will make different choices.
A related objection is that that point of avoiding coal companies is to raise their cost of capital: If green investors dump coal companies, that will raise the cost of capital of coal companies, and if the cost of capital of a thing is higher, you will get less of it. But we have talked a few times around here about a paper by Samuel Hartzmark and Kelly Shue arguing that this is counterproductive, because raising the cost of capital — the discount rate — of an activity also tends to make it faster. Companies with high discount rates have to focus more on the short term, and a coal company that focuses on the short term will probably dig up coal as fast as it can and not worry about the environment. A coal company with a low discount rate can care more about the far future, presumably a future in which we use less coal and it has to pivot to geothermal energy or whatever. Hartzmark and Shue write: "Sustainable investing that directs capital away from brown firms and toward green firms may be counterproductive, in that it makes brown firms more brown without making green firms more green."
So from second principles, if you want to be a climate investor, maybe you should invest only in coal companies, take over their boards and make them stop mining coal. There are some examples. But there are some problems with this too. For one thing, if you go around buying up coal companies, you raise the price of coal companies, lowering their cost of capital and incentivizing other people to get into the coal mining business so they can sell to you.
For another thing, there is a lot of worry about "greenwashing" in climate investing, a lot of concern that investors advertise themselves as having rigorous environmental principles without actually doing anything about them. If you go around calling yourself a green investing firm and you own a lot of coal companies, people will complain. You might have a perfectly good answer, but at first glance it looks bad. And the whole field is so new that some people will be judging you at first glance; there are not yet clear norms about what does and doesn't work.
Anyway here's a good Bloomberg Green article about transition finance:
"Transition finance" is shaping up to be one of the new year's most important subjects for anyone professing to care about the climate crisis. …
The phrase "transition finance" is loosely defined as investments mainly in industries and infrastructure that help drive efforts to achieve a net-zero economy. It's distinct from green finance, which generally targets so-called climate solutions like wind farms or battery plants. …
The Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero is proposing that the investment strategy include financing of traditional green activities, like renewable energy or electric vehicles, as well as polluting companies that plan to decarbonize and even high emitters like coal plants—as long as they're on the way to being shut down.
What unites most proposals around transition finance is the belief that, instead of simply cutting ties with high-emitting companies, financial institutions should help polluters either phase out their activities or put them on a so-called emissions-light pathway.
"You've got to go where the emissions are and try to bring those down," said Curtis Ravenel, a senior adviser to GFANZ. The group is co-chaired by [Mark] Carney, a former Bank of England governor who's also chair of Bloomberg Inc., and Michael R. Bloomberg, founder and majority owner of Bloomberg News-parent Bloomberg LP.
For sustainability-minded investors, however, all of this begs the question: Do any assets fail to qualify? And for the polluters that do, how can investors be confident they'll decarbonize at the speed and scale envisioned?
A norm like "climate-focused investors should avoid coal companies" is simple but possibly counterproductive. A norm like "climate-focused investors should buy coal companies and make them better" is more nuanced but harder to police.
The basic situation is that some processes on Earth release carbon into the atmosphere and accelerate climate change, while other processes on Earth capture or store carbon and reduce climate change. Burning jet fuel releases carbon, trees store carbon, etc. We would like less climate change, which means encouraging the processes that store carbon and reducing the ones that release carbon. There are various (voluntary and regulatory) systems for "carbon credits" or "carbon offsets," the theory of which is roughly that people who engage in carbon-releasing processes can pay money to encourage other people to engage in carbon-storing processes to offset their emissions. Airlines in Europe can send money to forest conservationists who will protect trees in Africa, offsetting the carbon released by the airlines with the carbon stored by the trees.
The fundamental questions in all of this are usually about baselines. One way to think about trees is "chopping down trees releases carbon, so it is carbon-emitting, while leaving the trees alone is neutral; maybe planting trees reduces climate change, but you can't get credit for just leaving existing trees alone." Another (far more common) way to think about trees is "the trees store carbon, so leaving the trees alone is carbon-reducing, so you can generate carbon credits by leaving trees alone." Perhaps the question is what process you are measuring: The process of "being a tree" stores carbon and is good; the process of "cutting down trees" releases carbon and is bad.
When cows burp they release carbon. You might imagine saying "a cattle rancher with X cows generates Y tons of carbon emissions, and should have to buy carbon offsets to be neutral." Or: "A cattle rancher with X cows, who changes their feed to a special low-burp diet, will only generate Z tons of carbon emissions (Z < Y), so will have to buy fewer carbon offsets to be neutral." But it's just a question of baselines. Why not: "A cattle rancher with X cows, who changes their feed to a special low-burp diet, will only generate Z tons of carbon emissions (Z < Y), and so will reduce global emissions by (Z - X), and so will generate carbon credits that she can sell to airlines." And then the airlines can burn a lot of jet fuel and put carbon into the atmosphere, and they can say "but it's okay because we are paying some cows to burp less."
If you live on some land, and it has trees, and you don't cut down the trees, then the trees store carbon that might otherwise go into the atmosphere, and therefore they reduce global warming. And in the modern economy, those trees — or, rather, the fact of not cutting down the trees — can be turned into carbon credits; some big company will pay money for those credits to offset its own emissions. But who gets to sell the carbon credits and keep the money? Again, the possibilities include (1) you, as the person living on the land, (2) the government, or (3) someone else. Perhaps you can cut a deal with a carbon-credit company to preserve the trees, generate the credits and split the money. Perhaps the government owns all the not-cutting-down-trees in your country and can cut its own deals with global markets without giving you anything. All sorts of possibilities.
In a rigorous accounting regime, either you would get the money, or someone else would, or you'd split it, but unlike with oil, the laws of physics do not really dictate a rigorous accounting regime. If you sell oil to someone, you can't sell it to someone else. If you sell not-cutting-down-trees to someone, nothing in nature prevents you (or someone else!) from also selling not-cutting-down those same trees to someone else, though well constructed carbon credit regimes do. This week the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission proposed some guidance on voluntary carbon credit regimes, emphasizing the importance of "no double counting," that is, "that the [voluntary carbon credits] representing the credited emission reductions or removals are issued to only one registry and cannot be used after retirement or cancelation."
Also, of course, nobody might get the money from the carbon credits — the carbon credits might not be produced and sold — but this is also a bit different from the case of oil. To drill up oil, you have to (1) know it is there (under the ground) and (2) spend money on drilling, storage, transportation, etc. Not cutting down trees is, as a matter of physical reality, much simpler than drilling up oil:
1. The trees are above ground (they are trees), so you can see them, so you know they are there. 2. Not cutting them down is easy and free: Cutting down trees takes intentional effort, so you can just not do that. [1]
That oversimplifies, though. For one thing, there is some opportunity cost of not cutting down the trees. (You can't use them for firewood, building materials, etc.) For another thing, there is some cost of certifying and marketing the carbon credits. Also, though, a rigorous carbon credit regime doesn't give you credit just for not cutting down any old trees; it gives you credit only for cutting down trees that otherwise would have been cut down. So if you live near a forest and enjoy the views and leave the trees alone, and then you try to sell carbon credits, the carbon credit buyers will say "no those trees are fine anyway." The CFTC guidance also emphasizes the importance of "additionality," that is, "whether the [voluntary carbon credits] are credited only for projects or activities that result in [greenhouse gas] emission reductions or removals that would not have been developed or implemented in the absence of the added monetary incentive created by the revenue from the sale of carbon credits."
And so if you just live on some land, and it has some trees, and you leave those trees alone and have for generations, you might have a hard time making money from the carbon credit market. Whereas if you live on some land, and it has some trees, and you sometimes chop down those trees for firewood and building materials, and have for generations, the efficient carbon credit market approach might be for your government to bring in someone else — some outside carbon credit company — to manage the trees and protect them from you , generating carbon credits. And then the outside company and the government split the money. Maybe they give you some of it, to compensate you for your loss of use of the trees.
The math is something like this:
1. If you burn oil or coal to make electricity, you are taking carbon that was buried in the earth for millions of years and putting it into the atmosphere, which is bad. Burning oil or coal for electricity has carbon emissions. 2. If you burn trees to make electricity, that's better. You can plant new trees to replace the ones you cut down and burn, and the new trees will take carbon out of the atmosphere and store it in the trees instead. You can't do that with coal — it will take millions of years to replace any coal you burn — but you more or less can with trees, over some plausible time horizon. 3. Burning trees is thus much cleaner than burning coal. Does it have zero emissions? I mean? No? But the accounting for this stuff is tricky and stylized. If you have a program that replaces each tree you cut down with a new tree, over the long term does that program have zero net emissions? Maybe? Arguably? Depending on how you count? 4. Carbon capture technology exists to take at least some of the carbon dioxide produced at an electric power plant, capture it, and store it in the earth instead of releasing it into the atmosphere. In theory, you can burn coal, capture the carbon, and end up with zero carbon emissions going into the atmosphere. (In practice there are issues, including that "It's so energy-intensive that if you add CCS [carbon capture and storage] to a coal plant, you're roughly doubling the amount of coal you need.") 5. If you combine Points 3 and 4, you might burn trees to produce electricity (arguably zero emissions) and use carbon capture to store the carbon dioxide you produce, resulting in negative emissions. Each tree you burn takes carbon out of the atmosphere. As a matter of accounting conventions anyway.
Maybe it is even true? I don't know. Here's this:
Environmental groups are taking the UK government to court on Monday (13 November) over plans to spend billions on Biomass with Carbon Capture and Storage (BECCS), a technology aimed at removing CO2 from the atmosphere that is also being promoted by the European Union.
Plaintiffs say BECCS technology relies on flawed accounting assumptions because it sees the carbon captured from wood burning as negative emissions when the process is at best neutral from a climate perspective. …
BECCS relies on a simple assumption: Because trees and plants suck up CO2 from the atmosphere when they grow, burning biomass for electricity and capturing the related emissions to store them underground will result in negative emissions.
However, scientists say the negative emissions will only be realised once new trees are planted and grow sufficiently to absorb the same amount of carbon dioxide – a process called the 'carbon payback period' that can take several decades. …
Indeed, under UN accounting rules, harvesting wood is considered a source of carbon that adds CO2 to the atmosphere and is treated as zero in the energy sector to avoid double-counting the emissions.
Counting the emissions again when biomass is burned is therefore either a mathematical mistake or a carbon accounting trick, said Mary Booth, director at PPI, one of the complainants in the UK legal case.
"This is an accounting gimmick," Booth told Euractiv, insisting that BECCS provides no net change in carbon emissions.
"Previously, the carbon was embodied in the trees and was thus not in the atmosphere. Now, the CO2 is held below ground, so is still not in the atmosphere. But there has been no new 'removal' of CO2 from the atmosphere," Booth stressed.
There are, I think, three main ways to get into the business of selling carbon offsets:
1. You are an environmentalist: You want to avert climate change, and you think that the carbon offsets business is a good way to do it. Your motives are essentially idealistic. 2. You are a logger: You own some timberland, you cut it down to make lumber or paper, you track the markets for lumber and paper closely, and you realize that the carbon offsets market will pay you more for not cutting down trees than the lumber market will pay you for cutting them down. Your motives are straightforward and price-based. 3. You are a financial engineer: You are in the business of structuring financial products to address the perceived problems of people on both sides of the trade, and sitting in the middle and taking a cut. Your competitive position depends on coming up with creative new trades to propose, and creative new ways to take your cut. Carbon credits — which involve new and complicated accounting regimes, and which involve selling a product that you don't create (emissions) to people who don't use it — are a particularly appealing generator of financial engineering. Your motives are basically profit-oriented, though also somewhat aesthetic.
"ESG Consultant But Evil," I have sometimes called the last category.
There has been a lot of reporting, over the years, about how a lot of carbon offset projects are somewhat fake. In particular, a classic form of carbon credits comes from designating some forest and promising not to cut down the trees in that forest. That naturally leads to dubious accounting regimes: The cheapest way to generate those credits is by promising not to cut down trees that you wouldn't have cut down anyway. And so there are verification and auditing regimes that are basically about figuring out the baseline and making sure that people only get credits for not chopping down trees that would otherwise have been chopped down. But this is imperfect and game-able in various ways.
If you run a carbon credits business, and it comes to your attention that some of the credits that you are selling are fake — that you are getting paid for not chopping down trees that would not have been chopped down anyway — what do you do about it? I think it sort of depends on your original motivations:
1. If you came to carbon credits as an environmentalist, then you will take this news badly. You might announce your findings, apologize, pay back the money and promise to do better. You might resign in a huff. Or you might not. You might have come to the business as an environmentalist, but it's a good business. You might have gotten used to the money. You might say "ehh it's good enough." Or "yes but we are making the world better by selling these credits, even if some of them are fake, and let's not undermine that by admitting to the fakes." Your original idealistic principles might be compromised by contact with the real world, or with money. 2. If you came to carbon credits as a logger, you are just selling your trees to the highest bidder. You don't care if it's for fake carbon credits or real carbon credits or pulp. This is a non-event. 3. If you came to carbon credits as a financial engineer, and you find out that you are getting paid for some pure accounting abstraction rather than for saving the world, you will be like "yes, exactly." If you are an ESG Consultant But Evil, the evil is part of the point.
One basic idea in environmental, social and governance investing is that you should allocate much (100%?) of your investment portfolio to companies with good ESG credentials, and less (0%?) of your portfolio to companies with bad ESG credentials. You have some reason for liking ESG — the main ones are "I think I will make the world a better place by allocating capital to green companies and withholding capital from dirty ones," or "I think that ESG risk factors are important for long-run financial returns, so companies with good ESG credentials will outperform those with bad ESG credentials" [4] — and that reason counsels you to put more money in good ESG stocks and less (or zero) money in bad ESG stocks.
But zero is a pretty arbitrary cutoff. If it is good to put 100% of your money in good ESG stocks and 0% in bad ESG stocks, then isn't it even better to put 120% of your money in good ESG stocks and negative 20% in bad ESG stocks? Shouldn't you short companies with bad ESG credentials? I mean, again, your reasons for liking ESG might vary, but either way [5] :
1. If you think it is good for the world to give capital to good ESG companies and deny it to bad ESG companies, then shorting the stocks of bad ESG companies raises their cost of capital even more, so you should do it. 2. If you think that bad ESG companies face underappreciated financial risks that will drive down their stock prices, then betting against them should be lucrative. [6]
This is somewhat controversial, because investing actual money in environmentally friendly companies seems like a straightforwardly good thing to do, while betting against environmentally bad companies seems like, you know, financial engineering. I wrote once:
It feels very financial , using the abstract workings of the financial system to make bold claims about a real-world result. If you are, say, Jim Chanos and you run a short-focused fund, presumably the overall carbon impact of your portfolio is very negative (because most companies, in any industry, are using some carbon to make stuff or fly to meetings or whatever, and so if you're shorting a bunch of companies you have a negative position on a lot of carbon use). Could Jim Chanos just like fly in circles in a private jet while eating beef and taking long showers and saying "I am the greatest climate hero in the history of the world," because of his short selling? Maybe?
A further, more nuanced version is: Is it good ESG to short companies that claim to be good at ESG, but that you think are actually bad at ESG? Not forthrightly dirty coal companies, but energy companies that pretend to be green and aren't? A classic sort of short selling is that a company reports good financial results, its stock goes up, you investigate and determine that the company is doing accounting fraud, you short it, you expose the fraud, the stock goes to zero and you get rich. This is all very intuitive: The stock price is high because people think the company is profitable, you bet that it isn't, you win. The mechanism of the trade is that a stock price is the present value of the company's future cash flows, and if the cash flows are fraud then the price is probably too high.
But what if the ESG is fraud? Should you short bad-but-pretending-to-be-good ESG companies, on a theory like "a stock price is partly the market's valuation of a company's ESG behavior, and if the company's ESG behavior is fake then the price is probably too high"? I mean? It makes some sense, right? The stock price is not just the present value of the future cash flows. It's also the present value of what people will pay you for the stock. And if people mostly want to pay for good ESG performance, then the fake-ESG stocks will have high prices now and low prices when they are found out.
Another basic idea in ESG investing is:
1. You run an investment firm. 2. You tell people "we always consider ESG factors in making our investment decisions," because people like to hear that. "We have an ESG checklist," you say, "and we check it every time we make an investment." Your investors are pleased to hear about the checklist. 3. You don't literally always consider ESG factors. Sometimes an investment seems good and you just forget about the checklist. 4. The US Securities and Exchange Commission eventually sues you.
So here's this:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [yesterday] charged registered investment adviser DWS Investment Management Americas Inc. (DIMA or DWS), a subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG, in two separate enforcement actions, one addressing its failure to develop a mutual fund Anti-Money Laundering (AML) program, and the other concerning misstatements regarding its Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) investment process. To settle the charges, DIMA agreed to pay a total of $25 million in penalties.
The ESG order is exactly what you'd expect. There was advertising of ESG considerations:
For example, in 2019, a DIMA senior leader described in a public marketing piece that ESG is "top of mind throughout our organization" through use of a proprietary "DWS ESG Engine" that is "the centerpiece of our commitment to integrating ESG considerations into our investment process [and] [e]very DWS investment team uses it to make investment decisions for their portfolio.
There were claims about always considering ESG factors:
DIMA's handbooks for analysts covering certain asset classes contained further ESG procedures. DIMA's research analysts authored in-house research notes, which provided an investment analysis and recommendation for a specific issuer or sector. The handbooks required the analysts to document ESG considerations. For example, the March 2019 Equity Research Handbook required research notes to include documentation of an issuer's "ESG & Controversies." Similarly, the July 2020 Credit Research Handbook stated that "integrated initiation report[s] . . . shall consist of . . . ESG Analysis."
Whereas in fact it just often considered ESG factors:
For example, quality checks conducted on a sample of research notes written between January and November 2020 showed that of the research notes sampled, only about 54% of active equity research notes and 21% of fixed income research notes mentioned ESG criteria. Despite these findings, DIMA did not have the Policy removed from the website, nor did DIMA revise its responses to RFPs, or make efforts to remove the paid investment industry magazine article from the Internet.
I do think that the lowest-hanging possible greenwashing fruit is "if you say you have an ESG checklist, check the checklist every time." The checklist doesn't have to be good , it doesn't have to determine your investing decisions, you just have to check it. But you do have to check it!
Limestone naturally absorbs carbon. Heirloom accelerates the natural process so it takes days instead of years. To remove carbon from the air, the company warms up crushed limestone in a kiln heated to about 1,650 degrees Fahrenheit and powered by renewable electricity. That heat separates the carbon dioxide, which is stored underground or in concrete, and leaves a chemical powder called calcium oxide.
That powder is then combined with water to become calcium hydroxide and spread onto trays the size of large desks or picnic blankets. Outside, the calcium hydroxide puffs up like a cookie in the oven as it absorbs carbon dioxide over about three days. The resulting limestone can go back into the kiln to restart the cycle.
Brisbane, Calif.-based Heirloom first used the process to remove a few grams of carbon from the air, then gradually stepped up to removing metric tons. It soon hopes to be removing thousands of metric tons. The goal is to bring down costs faster than competitors through the use of low-cost limestone.
The way carbon credits work, very roughly, is (1) you can get credits for not increasing the amount of carbon in the atmosphere and (2) you can sell those credits to someone else who does emit a lot of carbon, so they can feel good about themselves and tell their stakeholders that they have "net zero" emissions. (Their actual emissions, minus emissions that you did not do and that they paid you for, equal zero.) Beauman's imagined extinction credits work the same way: You earn credits for not causing any species to go extinct, and then you can sell those credits to other companies so that they can cause some species to go extinct with a good conscience. As with carbon credits — as with so many things — there are baseline measurement problems.
The baseline measurement problem with carbon is, roughly, you are a lumber company, and you own a bunch of trees, and if you chopped them down for lumber you would make money but also increase the amount of carbon in the atmosphere, and so carbon credits pay you for not chopping them down — but it is important to pay you against a reasonable baseline. If you wouldn't have chopped them down anyway then you shouldn't get paid for not chopping them down. There are delicate issues.
Similarly if you run a rhino hunting lodge I suppose you should get biodiversity credits for every rhino that you do not kill, but it does seem like there are problems with that approach. Arguably the baseline number of extinctions that you are supposed to cause is zero, making it hard to allocate credit.
Traditional corporate finance theory says that the sole purpose of the corporation is to maximize profits for shareholders, not because that is the most important thing in the world, but because it is very helpful to pick one thing. Corporations are, for the most part, run by their executives and directors, who mostly choose their own successors without much oversight from shareholders or anyone else. If the rule is "executives have to maximize profits for shareholders," that gives directors and shareholders and governance activists and everyone else something to measure: If profits are good, then the executives are doing a good job; if they aren't they aren't.
If the rule is "executives have to maximize profits for shareholders, minimize pollution and maximize employee morale," then executives and directors have a lot of leeway in measuring their performance. "Ah well our buddy the CEO didn't make a lot of money for shareholders this year," the directors can say, "and the pollution is terrible, but surveys show employee satisfaction is up 0.3 points on a 7-point scale, so let's max out her bonus."
It is not a law of nature that the board has to do this, of course. But boards and executives tend to be friendly with each other and not subject to much outside oversight, and if you don't give them clear unambiguous criteria then they might tend to do what is in their interests rather than what is in the interests of anyone else, shareholders or employees or the environment. A company answerable for one metric to one set of shareholders has to perform; a company answerable for several metrics to several sets of stakeholders can always point to something else.
This is not universally and absolutely true, but it is a useful rule of thumb. It is what I think of, for instance, when I see a bunch of public-company chief executive officers saying that the "purpose of a corporation" is not shareholder value but rather to deliver value to "all stakeholders": "Oh, right," I think, "the CEOs want to be able to brush off shareholder complaints by saying 'but think of the employees,' and brush off employee complaints by saying 'but think of the community,' and brush off community complaints by saying 'but think of the shareholders,' and just do whatever they want." A CEO answerable to "all stakeholders" is answerable to none of them.
If I tell you that Company X is an oil company, you probably assume that it creates a lot of carbon emissions. Drilling for oil is dirty work, but also the ultimate users of the oil will burn it and create a lot of emissions, and it seems reasonable to attribute those emissions to Company X. If it didn't drill the oil, they wouldn't burn the oil. Maybe they would burn some other oil? But that's not the point. The point is that most people associate oil companies with carbon emissions, pretty reasonably. And so, for instance, environmental, social and governance-focused (ESG) investors might lower the carbon impact of their portfolios by not investing in oil companies.
If I tell you that Company Y is an investment firm, you probably assume that it does not itself do a lot of carbon emissions. It's some people, some desks, some computers. It uses electricity, and its employees probably take business trips on airplanes, but no more than most companies. If you care about carbon emissions, you might ask questions like "is Company Y an ESG investment firm?" or "does Company Y do a lot of investing in coal companies?" or "what are the total carbon emissions of the companies in Company Y's portfolio?"; you might want to get a broader sense of Company Y's contribution to carbon emissions beyond the amount of carbon that it uses in its own operations.
But you … might … not? At some point the accounting has to stop. If you are, for instance, yourself an ESG fund manager, and your mandate is to buy bonds of companies that don't do a lot of carbon emissions and to avoid bonds of companies that do do a lot of carbon emissions, you might have a simpler checklist. Oil companies: bad, no, don't buy their bonds. Investment firms: fine, yes, not a problem, whether they are ESG investment firms or regular investment firms or even coal-focused investment firms.
But investment firms are, in a sense, free. An investment firm is a company whose business is owning securities; you can create companies easily, and you can turn anything into a security. You can take a bunch of real assets — pipelines, oil wells, whatever — and put them into a company, and then that company can issue securities to another company, and that second company doesn't own any pipelines or oil wells or whatever; that company just owns securities. It's just an investment firm! Totally clean.
There is a hilarious arbitrage:
Saudi Aramco, the world's largest oil company, has become an unlikely beneficiary of funds earmarked for sustainable investments thanks to a complex web of financial structures it used to raise money from its pipelines. …
The unlikely tie-up between Aramco and ESG began with the creation of two subsidiaries — the Aramco Oil Pipelines Company and the Aramco Gas Pipelines Company. Aramco sold 49% of the shares in each unit to consortiums led by EIG Global Energy Partners LLC and BlackRock Inc., respectively. These investors used bridge loans from banks to fund those transactions.
In order to generate cash to repay the bank loans, the EIG and BlackRock consortiums created two special purpose vehicles: EIG Pearl Holdings and GreenSaif Pipelines Bidco, both registered at the same Luxembourg address. These SPVs then sold bonds, which, since they had no direct links to the fossil-fuel industry, ended up getting an above-average score in a widely-used JPMorgan Chase & Co. sustainability screening based on third-party ESG scores.
From there, the bonds made their way into JPMorgan's ESG indexes, which are cumulatively tracked by about $40 billion of assets under management. Investors in the SPV bonds include funds managed by UBS Group AG, Legal & General Investment Management and the investment arm of HSBC Holdings Plc.
You can do this with anything! Absolutely anything:
Horrible Coal Inc. wants to raise money. It sets up a special purpose vehicle, Hypertechnical Investments Ltd. Horrible Coal issues bonds to Hypertechnical Investments. Hypertechnical issues its own bonds to ESG funds: "We are just a little old investment firm, just two traders and two computers, no carbon emissions here! And our credit is very good, because we have no other liabilities and our assets are all investment-grade bonds. 'Which investment-grade bonds,' did you ask? Sorry, I'm not sure I heard you right, you're breaking up. Anyway we'll look for your check, bye!"
Though my made-up names are silly, and in the actual Aramco case one of the not-an-oil-company SPVs is named "GreenSaif Pipelines Bidco." "Pipelines" is right in the name! The only way you would think that GreenSaif Pipelines Bidco "had no direct links to the fossil-fuel industry" is if (1) you started reading the name but stopped after you got to the "Green" part (plausible!) or (2) you never read the name at all, never thought about it, just looked at the balance sheet and saw only shares of stock, not pipelines or oil wells, and said "ah, stock, well, that's green enough."
My general model of ESG and carbon emissions goes something like this:
1. ESG investors raise the cost of capital of carbon-emitting projects, by refusing to invest in companies with excessive emissions, or by investing in those companies but pressuring their executives to get rid of the most carbon-emitting assets. 2. One effect of this is to cause public companies to get rid of their most carbon-emitting assets, to lower their cost of capital (and avoid pressure from shareholders). 3. Another effect is to cause the buyers of these assets to have a higher cost of capital and thus a shorter time horizon: If your cost of capital is high, then a dollar today is worth more than a dollar in 10 years, so you will pump all the oil now. 4. Another effect is to cause the buyers of those assets to systematically care less about emissions than the sellers: If you care a lot about emissions (because you have ESG-focused shareholders and are trying to meet ESG goals), you will do what you can to limit emissions from whatever assets you own, but if you are explicitly in the business of buying everyone else's most carbon-emitting assets then you are not going to get any ESG credit and so might as well go nuts on the emissions. 5. Another effect is to cause the buyers of those assets to get rich: "The cost of capital of aging oil wells is high" is another way of saying "the expected return on equity of owning aging oil wells is high."
That is: When you're done with an oil well, you have to clean it up so it doesn't just leak pollution forever. That is the responsibility of the company that drilled the well, and there are various rules and bonding mechanisms to try to make sure that an oil company that drilled a well sticks around to pay for cleaning it up. Those rules are imperfect. Generally speaking, if you're a half-trillion-dollar global energy company, and you've got some wells that you're done with, the government is going to make you clean them up. If you're a rotten husk of a former energy company with $26 in the bank, though, there's only so much the government can do. (It can take your $26.) If you are an oil company now, and things are good, and you return a dollar to shareholders, the shareholders keep the dollar. (It is pretty hard for the government to claw back money distributed to public shareholders.) If you keep that dollar to invest, the government might end up taking it to pay for cleaning up your wells. That dollar might be worth a lot more in shareholders' hands than in yours.
I mean, if you are a shareholder-value-maximizing oil-company CEO, this is a reasonable calculation. If you are someone who doesn't like stock buybacks but likes environmental investing, you will not like this; this is, schematically, a way for oil companies to get away with pollution without paying for it.
Anyway here's a New York Times story about plugging offshore oil wells:
Ever since the first offshore platforms went up off Louisiana 85 years ago, the Gulf of Mexico has been an oil and gas juggernaut. But decades of drilling has left behind more than 14,000 old, unplugged wells at risk of springing dangerous leaks and spills that may cost more than $30 billion to plug, a new study has found. Nonproducing wells that haven't been plugged now outnumber active wells in the gulf, the study says.
The researchers also found that, in federal waters, nearly 90 percent of the old wells were owned at some point in the past by giant oil companies known as the "supermajors," including BP, Shell, Chevron and Exxon. Under federal law, that means those companies would still be responsible for cleanup costs, even though they might have sold the wells in the past, the study's authors said.
Oil and gas companies are responsible under federal and state rules for securely plugging wells that are no longer in service. In the boom-and-bust world of oil and gas drilling, though, operators frequently go bankrupt, leaving wells orphaned and unplugged, and taxpayers on the hook. …
Still, in federal waters, the government can hold prior owners of wells liable for plugging them, even if the current owners go under or otherwise don't fulfill their cleanup obligations. Eighty-seven percent of wells under federal jurisdiction were once owned by one of the supermajors, many of which have recently booked record profits.
"So for federal waters, these companies with deep pockets would be on the hook," Dr. Agerton said. "There's someone to go after."
Here is a theory you could have:
The world runs on oil right now, demand for oil is high, the price of oil is high, and getting oil out of the ground is lucrative. In X years — pick a number — the world will not run on oil, because the environmental effects of burning oil are bad, and eventually, through some combination of better green-energy technology, consumer demand and government regulation, the world will stop burning oil. Therefore the oil-drilling business will produce a series of cash flows that is large now and will, over the next X years, decline to zero.
You don't have to believe this theory, but something like it seems to be pretty popular. In particular, environmental, social and governance investors often express some version of this; they talk about the need to transition to green energy and question the long-term viability of fossil fuels.
I suspect that many oil-and-gas executives and investors don't believe this theory, but what if they do? If you are the chief executive officer of an oil company, and you believe this, what should you do about it? What is the best way to create long-term value for your shareholders? Here are three imaginable answers:
1. Do what you've always done. Drill lots of oil, acquire new leases, explore the deep ocean, make long-term investments in drilling technology, keep being an oil company, hope it all works out. 2. Pivot to renewables. [1] Drill oil for now, but make your long-term investments in green energy; build wind farms or drill geothermal wells or whatever, so that in X years, when the world stops using oil, you will be able to sell whatever it does use. 3. Drill the oil you've got, but plan for decline. Stop making lots of new long-term investments in oil fields. Maximize current cash flow, and spend it on stock buybacks. Eventually, in X years, your cash flows will be zero, and you will close up shop gracefully. But in the meantime there is money coming in, and rather than waste it on drilling new oil fields, you give it back to shareholders.
Answer 1 seems wrong , on this theory: If you make long-term oil investments, and oil is doomed in the long term, then your investments are wasteful. You are taking profits that belong to shareholders and wasting them on inertia.
Answer 2 seems fine! The idea here is that you are an energy company, not an oil company, and your expertise in energy makes you best positioned to find the energy of the future. [2] You have geologists and engineers and energy economists and a lot of money; you might be better at developing green energy than some inexperienced green-energy startup would be. I think this is debatable — if you are an oil-company CEO, and you grew up around oil, you might be biased against green tech and more comfortable with oil — but certainly possible.
Answer 3 also seems fine! The idea here is that your company got into business, 100 years ago or whatever, to do a thing: drill oil. You did the thing successfully and it made a lot of money. Now the money pours in, but the thing is in decline; there is a natural lifespan to your business, and the end is visible. Rather than fight embarrassingly against the end, you take the cash that is still coming in and you give it to your shareholders. [3]
What do they do with it? Buy groceries or yachts, I suppose, but they could also invest it. They could invest it in green energy companies? Here the idea is that other companies — green-energy startups, utility companies, I guess oil companies other than you — will be better at building green energy than you are. (Or: The idea is that your shareholders will be better at allocating capital to green-energy projects than you, an oil-company CEO, are.) You are an oil company, your employees and equipment and expertise are all optimized for finding and drilling oil, you have no great advantage in building wind farms and a sort of institutional bias against it. Give the money to shareholders and let them fund the best wind farmers they can find, instead of asking them to trust you to build a wind farm.
Here is a basic dynamic in hostile mergers and acquisitions:
1. A buyer offers to buy a target for a premium to its current share price. 2. The target's board of directors says "no, that undervalues our company, sure that offer is higher than our current stock price but our long-term value is much higher than that." 3. Maybe the board is right! Maybe it is defending its shareholders from an opportunistic lowball bid. 4. Or maybe it's wrong! Maybe the directors and executives just want to keep their prestigious well-paid jobs, so they are rejecting a bid that is good for shareholders. But they know they can't say that, so they say that the bid undervalues the company.
And then everyone argues about it. And the argument is essentially financial: Does the target board have a plan for the company that will make it worth more than the buyer's bid, or not?
One essential feature of "stakeholder capitalism" is that it gives boards and executives more freedom. If a company's job is not just to maximize financial returns to shareholders, but also to do good for the environment and workers and customers, then anytime the shareholders say "we want you to do X," and the board doesn't like X, it can say "well that would be bad for workers." And the if workers say "we want you to do Y," and the board doesn't like Y, it can say "well that would be bad for shareholders." There's always some constituency that will like something, and some constituency that won't, and the board gets to choose which constituency counts. There is no single standard to hold the board accountable to; the board just chooses which stakeholders matter for any particular decision, so it can make the decision that it wants.
Environmental, social and governance investing is not quite like that: ESG criteria tend to be imposed by shareholders , so a company that pursues ESG goals is giving (many of) its shareholders what they want. Still, to the extent there are trade-offs between financial returns and ESG criteria, the directors and executives, rather than the shareholders, will often in practice be the people making those trade-offs. "We decided to abandon a profitable project we didn't like because it was bad ESG," the board will say, or "we decided not to abandon a polluting project that we did like because it was good for profits." Shareholders can of course push back — ESG-focused shareholders can say "no, abandon that polluting project, it's bad for ESG," or non-ESG-focused shareholders can say "no, keep the polluting project because it's profitable" — but the board (1) gets to decide and (2) can always point to some shareholder-friendly rationale for whatever decision it makes.
What this means is that, in hostile M&A, a board can now reject an offer not only on the grounds that it is too low, but also on the grounds that it not ESG enough. The Wall Street Journal reported on Friday:
Mining company Glencore's roughly $23 billion offer for Teck Resources of Canada has injected a new variable into the calculus for big global deal making: ESG.>
Usually, the stumbling blocks to a big deal involve some combination of price, control or strategic fit. Teck, however, is also publicly raising environmental, social and governance issues in its refusal so far to engage with Glencore about a potential tie-up.>
Teck has rejected Glencore's offer in part because it doesn't want exposure to Glencore's coal business. It also raised concerns about Glencore's oil-trading business and what it said are potential geopolitical risks in certain countries where Glencore operates.>
In a presentation to investors laying out its rationale for rejecting Glencore's offer, Teck cited its higher ranking in some ESG indexes relative to Glencore's, pointing to a "significant ESG misalignment" between the two companies, according to one slide.
Is Teck rejecting this deal because the price is too low for shareholders? Because the deal is not ESG enough for shareholders? Or because the deal is not what the executives personally want? Now there are three possibilities.
You could have a model of carbon emissions that goes like this:
1. As the world becomes more concerned about carbon emissions, it will become increasingly expensive, illegal, undesirable or impossible to drill, sell or use oil. 2. Unless we find some way to make all the carbon emissions disappear, in which case oil is fine.
In that model, the biggest beneficiaries of carbon-capture technology will be oil companies, because in that model oil is basically a complement to carbon capture technology. If carbon capture works, you can sell lots of oil; if not, you can't.
So if you are building promising carbon-capture technology, the way to monetize it is to buy stock in oil companies, or just to be an oil company. The Wall Street Journal reports on Occidental Petroleum Corp.:
It is spending more than $1 billion to build the first in a planned fleet of plants using direct-air capture to pull the CO2 out of the air, a budding technology with fuzzy economics. Bolstering the move are generous tax incentives included in the climate package President Biden signed into law last year that cover up to 45% of Occidental's expected initial costs per metric ton.
Chief Executive Vicki Hollub, who has the blessing of the company's largest investor, Warren Buffett, said the plan will help it reach net-zero emissions on all its operations, its own energy use and its customers' use of its products, by 2050, and allow it to keep investing in oil extraction. …
Ms. Hollub told The Wall Street Journal in August that Occidental's efforts on carbon capture and on becoming a net-zero emitter would allow it to keep up its investments in oil and gas. She warned that underinvestment in fossil fuels, which she says will be needed for years even amid the broader transition to clean energy, will lead to a scarcity of supplies. In contrast, she said, other oil majors such as BP PLC and Shell PLC have shrunk their oil segment and invested in renewables.
Oil companies will have to find ways to remove as much carbon dioxide as they emit "if they want to be the last producer standing in the world," Ms. Hollub said.
In the abstract, it is a hard problem to get people to pay for clean air and low carbon emissions: Clean air and stable temperatures benefit everyone, and it's hard to charge them all; there are free-rider problems. A lot of modern financial and regulatory engineering — emissions regulations, carbon-credit trading, ESG investing, etc. — goes into fixing this problem, putting a price on carbon emissions so that someone will pay for fixing them. Saying "we're gonna ban oil companies unless oil companies find a way to capture carbon" is in some ways a simpler approach.
Here are two ways of thinking about discount rates:
1. If you raise the discount rate, then a dollar today is worth relatively more than a dollar in five years. As the Fed has hiked interest rates over the last year, the valuations of hot tech startups have fallen, in part because tech startups stereotypically lose a lot of money today in the pursuit of riches in the long term. With higher interest rates, the long term is less valuable, and you'd be happier with the money today; companies with stable current cash flows look more attractive relative to companies that will lose money for a decade but eventually take over the world. 2. If you raise the cost of capital of some activity — the discount rate for that activity — you will get less of it. If environmental, social and governance-focused investors shun polluting sectors like coal, the cost of capital for coal miners goes up, which makes it more expensive to pursue new coal-mining projects, which means that they will do fewer of those projects, which means that ESG investors will make the world better by raising the cost of capital of bad activities.
You can, however, combine those two ways of thinking and notice a tension: Raising the discount rate of some bad activity might result in less of it , but it might also result in doing it faster. With higher discount rates, it might not make sense for a coal company to start digging a new mine that won't pay out for years. But it might make more sense for the company to speed up extraction from its existing mines, since selling coal today is worth a lot more than selling it in a year.
Here is "Counterproductive Sustainable Investing: The Impact Elasticity of Brown and Green Firms," by Samuel Hartzmark and Kelly Shue:
We develop a new measure of impact elasticity, defined as a firm's change in environmental impact due to a change in its cost of financing. We show empirically that a reduction in financing costs for firms that are already green leads to small improvements in impact at best. In contrast, increasing financing costs for brown firms leads to large negative changes in firm impact. Thus, sustainable investing that directs capital away from brown firms and toward green firms may counterproductive, in that it makes brown firms more brown without making green firms more green.
They give an example:
Travelers is an insurance firm in the S&P 500 that looks spectacular on environmental, social, and governance (ESG) metrics. Travelers widely advertises its low greenhouse gas emissions. In 2021, it emitted 33,477 metric tons of carbon, which is about 1 ton per million dollars of revenue. At the opposite extreme lies Martin Marietta Materials, another S&P 500 firm that supplies heavy building materials. Amongst ESG ratings providers, Martin Marietta is uniformly considered poor. In 2021, it emitted about 5.1 million tons of carbon, corresponding to about 1,000 tons per million dollars of revenue. Relative to Travelers, Martin Marietta has 1000 times as much emissions intensity, measured as emissions scaled by revenue.
The most common sustainable investing strategy dictates that investors should invest in Travelers and avoid Martin Marietta. With that said, if money flows toward Travelers allowing further investments in green projects at subsidized rates, where would it go? If Travelers were able to cut emissions by 100%, it would be equivalent to Martin Marietta cutting its emissions by a mere 0.1%. As an insurance firm, Travelers is also very unlikely to develop new green technology that could be adopted by other firms. On the other hand, Martin Marietta has the capability of becoming much more green or brown. While the company emits a large amount of carbon, it does so after having made significant green investments to cut its emission per ton of cement from 0.84 in 2016 to 0.77 in 2019. Martin Marietta has also considered a number of green investments for future adoption, although the firm currently deems them unprofitable absent additional financial incentives. Similarly, if the market forced Martin Marietta to worry about its short-term survival, the company could invest more into its existing brown projects which deliver relatively more front-loaded cash flows.
If you lower the cost of capital for already-green companies, they can't generally get much greener. If you lower the cost of capital for companies that are currently pretty polluting, they might be able to take a longer-term view and invest in energy-transition initiatives, new methods of manufacturing that use less energy, etc. But if you raise the cost of capital for companies that are currently pretty polluting, the long term matters less, and they're more likely to pollute as much as they can while the polluting is good.
The economics of producing stuff are basically pretty simple. Each thing you produce, you sell to someone for money, and the more you produce and sell, the more money you make.
The economics of not producing stuff are considerably more metaphysical. There is, in the world, a business of not cutting down trees. Trees capture carbon, which is good for the climate, and through various mechanisms — environmental, social and governance investing; shareholder pressure for net-zero emissions; carbon-credit trading markets, etc. — people can get paid for not cutting down trees. But there are problems of measurement. There are right now, in the world, absolutely billions of trees that I have not cut down, but nobody is paying me for my restraint. Practically speaking, to get paid for not cutting down trees, you have to (1) have the right to cut down the trees and (2) have some propensity for cutting down the trees. Nobody is going around offering me cash for not cutting down the trees in my backyard, not only for reasons of scale but also because no one expects me to cut them down. But lumber companies can get paid for not cutting down trees, because they are in the business of cutting down trees, so paying them to stop makes a kind of sense.
Similarly, countries that have vast rainforests that are shrinking each day due to uncontrolled logging can probably get paid to stop that, while countries that have vast rainforests that are pretty well protected have a harder time getting paid. If you are a country that has done a good job of protecting your rainforests, you might feel a bit ill-used by that. You might call up an ESG Consultant But Evil and say, well, how do we get paid for not cutting down our trees? And the ESG Consultant But Evil will give you the obvious advice, which is: Make a big show of cutting down some trees, put them in a wood chipper, put the chips in envelopes and send them to various international bodies and ESG investors with ransom notes saying "if you ever want to see these forests again pay up."
If you pay ransoms to kidnappers you will get more kidnapping. If you pay people for not doing things that they might otherwise do, they will look for ways to credibly threaten to do the things, so they can get paid not to.
A standard thesis of environmental, social and governance (but especially environmental) investing is that companies regularly do stuff that causes externalities, and over time laws and norms will evolve so that they will have to internalize those externalities. One way for that thesis to work is something like this:
1. There is some company that makes some product that it sells for a lot of money, but the production process creates a lot of pollution. 2. Right now, that pollution is "free": The company can dump its poisonous byproducts in the nearest river or whatever. This makes the production process cheap, so the company is profitable. 3. But soon, the pollution probably won't be free: The local government will probably tell the company not to dump its byproducts, or else customers will refuse to buy the product because they are more attuned to environmental issues and don't want to encourage pollution. 4. So the company will have to clean up its process, which will be expensive, making the company less profitable or perhaps not viable at all. 5. As an investor, you should think about the likely future restrictions on pollution, and avoid buying companies that are profitable now only because they impose externalities on the world that are not properly priced.
This sort of story makes sense, though you can quibble with specific cases. (Sometimes ESG thinking relies on assumptions about future regulation that are at odds with, you know, the actual regulators.)
Symmetry suggests that there might be companies that produce positive externalities, and over time laws and norms will evolve so that they will get to internalize those externalities:
1. There is some company that makes some product that it sells for some barely viable amount of money, but the production process somehow cleans up nearby rivers. 2. Right now, nobody is paying the company for cleaning up the rivers. 3. But soon, somebody probably will: Whoever wants rivers to be clean will start writing the company a check for its good behavior. 4. So the company will be much more profitable and can expand its production.
The point here is that this is a real normal business — producers produce biochar and sell it to farmers who want better soil — but it is a barely viable business, because the cost of producing the biochar is higher than most farmers are willing to pay. But it produces positive externalities, and if you can get someone to pay you for those then you've got a viable business.
How do you get people to pay you for those externalities? In theory everyone on earth benefits from having less carbon in the atmosphere; I guess you could take up a collection. But in practice the answer is that some companies create negative externalities in the form of carbon emissions, and due to some combination of regulation, customer pressure, shareholder pressure, employee pressure, etc., they have to internalize those externalities. And instead of doing that themselves — by not producing stuff that creates carbon emissions, by telling their employees not to get on planes to visit clients, whatever — they buy carbon credits in a financial marketplace. They internalize the bad externalities by buying good externalities from the biochar people.
There is a lot more financial engineering in forestry than there was, like, 20 years ago. Once upon a time, forests were useful mostly for their trees, and the most economically valuable user of forests tended to be timber companies who would chop down the trees and turn them into lumber or paper. So lots of forests would be owned by timber companies. But some would be owned by conservationists of one sort or another, rich people or nonprofits who valued keeping the forest intact more than they would selling the trees for money.
But in modern financial markets, you can get an economic benefit from not chopping down trees: You can turn the trees you chop down into lumber or paper, but you can turn the trees you don't chop down into carbon credits, which you can sell on financial markets to companies that want to offset their own carbon usage. Chopping down trees and selling them for money feels like, you know, normal business, but not chopping down trees and selling their not-chopped-down-ness for money feels like financial engineering. Selling wood is business, selling abstractions is financial engineering. [2]
This development is good for timber companies: They have a new market for their trees; if demand for lumber or paper collapses they can stop chopping down trees and sell carbon credits instead. It's good for conservationists, I suppose: They weren't chopping down the trees anyway, and now they can get paid for not doing that. (Sort of? Maybe? Getting paid for not chopping down trees that you were not going to chop down anyway seems like an abuse of the carbon credit system.) Still you might imagine that both of them would have biases. A timber company probably employs a lot of people and machines for chopping down trees, has a lot of relationships with sawmills, that sort of thing; it might be better at maximizing lumber revenue than at maximizing carbon credit revenue, and not great at switching opportunistically between them. A conservationist, on the other hand, is probably very bad at maximizing lumber revenue, and will have very little ability to switch opportunistically.
From a purely profit-maximization point of view, what you might want is an arbitrageur who is happy to chop down trees or not chop them down, depending on what the market says is more valuable that day. You want a market maker in tree-chopping-down, one who will chop down trees when demand for lumber is high and not chop them down when demand for carbon credits is high. You want … JPMorgan, really:
J.P. Morgan Asset Management's timber-investing arm has acquired about 250,000 acres in the Southern pine belt for more than $500 million, Wall Street's latest big woodlands purchase made with an eye toward carbon markets.
The wealth manager said its Campbell Global unit, which invests on behalf of pension funds, foundations and other institutional investors, will manage the commercial forests in Mississippi, Oklahoma and Arkansas for wood production as well as carbon capture.
The latter is usually accomplished with less logging. Companies eager to make up for their emissions are paying timberland owners to leave trees standing so that they can absorb carbon from the atmosphere as they grow. Such deals generate tradable instruments called carbon offsets.
The pricing of carbon, along with mounting corporate pledges to operate without adding greenhouse gases to the atmosphere, has prompted investors to rethink the value of timberlands and place long-term bets on woodlands that are based on more than just what the logs might fetch at a sawmill. …
"For large timberland purchases carbon is an integral part of valuation, just as timber is," said Anton Pil, head of alternatives for J.P. Morgan Asset Management, which manages $2.45 trillion and acquired Campbell in 2021. "Management of these lands longer term is a balance of wood harvesting and carbon capture." …
Forest carbon deals tend to happen in regions, such as New England and the Great Lake states, where mills have closed and log prices have declined. Campbell sought Southern timber because there are plenty of log buyers around and the trees there grow fast, which makes them more valuable whether they are sold as carbon stores or to mills.
"It gives you maximum optionality," Mr. Pil said.
One way to think about big banks is that they are in the business of pursuing optionality wherever they can find it. Twenty years ago, loblolly pine forests in Mississippi were not great sources of optionality. Now they are.
We have talked a few times recently about a paper finding that managers of environmental, social and governance-oriented mutual funds who have more of their own money in their funds tend to have worse ESG performance: Their funds invest in companies that get worse ESG scores from public ESG raters. One possible interpretation of this is that ESG managers don't really "believe in" ESG: If their own money is on the line, they tend to prioritize financial performance over ESG, and they don't think that ESG really contributes to financial performance, so they pick companies with worse ESG scores.
But another possible interpretation is that ESG scores are not a great measure of ESG-ness: Managers who don't care deeply about ESG (1) don't put their own money in their funds and (2) blindly track published ESG scores, while managers who do care deeply invest their own money and make their own, nuanced, personal ESG judgments that do not necessarily align with published scores.
Similarly, here is a recent paper on "The Complex Materiality of ESG Ratings: Evidence from Actively Managed ESG Funds," by Martijn Cremers, Timothy B. Riley and Rafael Zambrana, arguing that there is more to ESG than published ratings:
We introduce Active ESG Share as a novel metric of the extent of a fund manager's use of ESG information. Active ESG Share compares the full distribution of a portfolio's stock-level ESG ratings to that of its benchmark, capturing how actively a manager uses ESG information, rather than whether the manager tends to favor stocks with high or low ESG ratings. We find a positive relation between Active ESG Share and the future performance of actively managed mutual funds, but only among ESG funds, which we attribute to the importance of specialization. The results are strongest for ESG funds that tend to hold stocks with a high level of ESG ratings disagreement or uncertainty, consistent with such disagreement and uncertainty creating opportunity for active managers. Our results suggest that ESG information is financially material, but complex, and thus cannot be successfully capitalized on using simple directional strategies.
They write:
We measure the influence of ESG information on portfolio construction through a novel metric we label 'Active ESG Share.' We calculate Active ESG Share by comparing the portfolio weights of a fund to those in its benchmark at the ESG ratings level. Consequently, a higher Active ESG Share indicates that the ESG ratings distribution of the fund is more different from that of its benchmark, which, in turn, indicates increased use of ESG information by the fund manager when making active portfolio decisions. …
If there is complex, material ESG information that cannot be captured by an ESG rating alone, then analyzing ESG information effectively should require specialization. We would, plausibly, expect that ESG funds are more likely to have managers with particular expertise in ESG information, and thus we would also expect that the impact on performance of increased Active ESG Share will be larger among ESG funds.
Just like regular investment funds can either be actively managed or "closet indexers" who mostly track the index, ESG funds can either have active idiosyncratic views about what companies are good for ESG, or can just track published benchmarks. If you just track the benchmarks then you will, in a certain light, have better ESG performance, because the benchmarks are the ESG performance. But that might not be quite what one wants in an ESG manager.
We talked last week about a paper by Vitaly Orlov, Stefano Ramelli and Alexander Wagner titled "Revealed Beliefs about Responsible Investing: Evidence from Mutual Fund Managers," about money managers who run environmental, social and governance-focused funds. Basically managers with more of their own money in their ESG funds had worse ESG performance. "The results are contrary to what one would expect if managers really considered ESG strategies an enhanced form of portfolio management," they wrote, and I agreed, adding that it's also a little contrary to what you'd expect if they really cared about ESG as a matter of saving the world:
If you really believe in ESG as a way to get rich, or as a way to improve the world, wouldn't you both invest your personal wealth in your ESG fund and get a good ESG score? On the other hand if you really believe in ESG as a way to attract assets and charge high fees, you'd probably put your own money somewhere else.
But a reader emailed to object:
The source of "truth" they used for how 'truly ESG' the funds were was determined by the Morningstar sustainability score (sourced from Sustainalytics, which is one of the main two players, the other is MSCI).
If there is one thing I've learned in the process of vetting ESG funds, it is that no two people share a definition of ESG or sustainability. ...
I suggest a more likely explanation is something like: ESG manager has (relatively more) skin in the game -> ESG manager has a (relatively more) nuanced view of what constitutes being ESG or sustainable -> funds with managers with more skin in the game score worse on standardized metric.
Or flipping it around: the less skin in the game an ESG manager has, the more likely I would expect them to hew to an ESG index, because that is what they are trying to do! Unless you believe there is some great value (whether financial or otherwise) to varying from the major scoring services, the strong incentive is to get a high rating.
That seems right? There are some robustness checks in the paper, and Orlov et al.'s results are robust to measuring ESG in other ways. But it is plausible that, the more you care about ESG,
1. The more of your own money you'll put into your ESG fund and 2. The more hand-crafted and bespoke your ESG criteria will be, and the less they will line up with standard published third-party criteria.
By the way, you could imagine the same logic applying to investing more broadly. "The more you care about achieving high returns, the less your fund's holdings will line up with the index," that sort of thing. It's just that if you care about high returns and build an extremely idiosyncratic portfolio of bets, then either they will do well or they won't. If you build an idiosyncratic portfolio and it goes to zero, people will say that you were bad at investing; if it goes up 200% a year, they will say that you were good. Lots of idiosyncratic decisions made by lots of different managers with different beliefs and perspectives and systems, all measured on one metric. ESG isn't quite like that: It's not quite fair to say that every ESG manager can define "ESG" in her own way, but it's not entirely wrong either.
There are, I think, three reasons that you might run an investment fund focused on environmental, social and governance factors:
1. You think that ESG investing produces higher long-term returns than non-ESG investing, because it properly accounts for ESG-related risks. So, to maximize financial returns for your clients, you do ESG. 2. You think that ESG is the right thing to do, that investing in companies with good ESG scores and avoiding ones with bad scores will make the world a better place. So, to pursue your own personal moral goals — which you hope your clients share — you do ESG. 3. You think that ESG is a good marketing gimmick, since a lot of money has flowed into ESG in recent years. So, to maximize assets under management and fees, you do ESG.
Here is a fun paper by Vitaly Orlov, Stefano Ramelli and Alexander Wagner titled " Revealed Beliefs about Responsible Investing: Evidence from Mutual Fund Managers," finding that the more money an investment manager has in her own ESG fund, the worse its ESG score is:
What do asset managers believe regarding the financial performance of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) investment strategies? We address this question by exploring the relationship between fund managers' co-ownership and portfolio ESG performance. Managers with more "skin in the game" exhibit significantly lower ESG performance in funds they manage than their peers. ESG performance is sensitive to changes in managerial ownership. Co-investing managers were less likely to increase their stake in high-ESG stocks after an exogenous shock in ESG-driven fund flows. Moreover, the negative effect of managerial ownership on ESG performance is stronger for managers paid to maximize assets under management, and weaker for managers paid exclusively to maximize financial returns. Overall, the results are contrary to what one would expect if managers really considered ESG strategies an enhanced form of portfolio management.
Yes, but they are also contrary to what one would expect if managers ran ESG funds out of deep personal moral commitment to sustainability goals: If you really believe in ESG as a way to get rich, or as a way to improve the world, wouldn't you both invest your personal wealth in your ESG fund and get a good ESG score? On the other hand if you really believe in ESG as a way to attract assets and charge high fees, you'd probably put your own money somewhere else.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission has been doing kind of a weird crackdown on investment funds focused on environmental, social and governance investing. The basic problem is that people worry that these funds aren't really doing much good, that they are not seriously committed to ESG, that they are just buying the stocks they would buy anyway and using "ESG" for marketing purposes.
You could imagine the SEC looking at this situation and saying: Okay, if you want to call yourself an ESG fund, here is what you need to do. You need to do certain kinds of research, have a certain percentage of your fund invested in companies with a certain level of carbon emissions and board diversity and whatever, I don't know. The SEC could set substantive rules for what counts as ESG, and then hold funds to those standards. And in fact the SEC has proposed rules to do something like that, though, in SEC fashion, they are pretty disclosure-oriented, more like "quantify your greenhouse gas emissions" than "keep your emissions below X." But even those rules are controversial, and for understandable reasons. It is not clear that the SEC has the expertise to decide what counts as ESG ; it is possible that it should give ESG fund managers a lot of leeway to decide what counts as ESG and how to achieve it.
On the other hand, if it is true that a lot of ESG managers are not seriously committed to ESG, and that they are just buying stocks they would buy anyway and using "ESG" for marketing purposes, then the SEC might be able to (1) notice that, (2) prove it and (3) fine them. Minimally:
1. A fund manager could say "we evaluate every company we invest in for its ESG characteristics, and try to invest in ones that are good." 2. The SEC could check up on that and find that the manager did not evaluate every company for its ESG characteristics. Like, its evaluation took the form of an ESG memo or checklist or whatever, and it only did the memo or checklist or whatever for 50% of its investments. 3. The SEC extracts a fine.
Back in May, the SEC did this to BNY Mellon Investment Adviser Inc., which ran some funds that were ESG-ish, and which told clients that its "Responsible Investment Team prepared an ESG quality review for every security recommended by the Sub-Adviser's analysts." The SEC found that the team did not prepare an ESG quality review for every security, so, boom, $1.5 million fine.
Last week the SEC got Goldman Sachs Asset Management LP for $4 million:
The SEC's order finds that, from April 2017 until February 2020, GSAM had several policies and procedures failures involving the ESG research its investment teams used to select and monitor securities. From April 2017 until June 2018, the company failed to have any written policies and procedures for ESG research in one product, and once policies and procedures were established, it failed to follow them consistently prior to February 2020. For example, the order finds that GSAM's policies and procedures required its personnel to complete a questionnaire for every company it planned to include in each product's investment portfolio prior to the selection; however, personnel completed many of the ESG questionnaires after securities were already selected for inclusion and relied on previous ESG research, which was often conducted in a different manner than what was required in its policies and procedures. GSAM shared information about its policies and procedures, which it failed to follow consistently, with third parties, including intermediaries and the funds' board of trustees.
"In response to investor demand, advisers like Goldman Sachs Asset Management are increasingly branding and marketing their funds and strategies as 'ESG,'" said Sanjay Wadhwa, Deputy Director of the SEC's Division of Enforcement and head of its Climate and ESG Task Force. "When they do, they must establish reasonable policies and procedures governing how the ESG factors will be evaluated as part of the investment process, and then follow those policies and procedures, to avoid providing investors with information about these products that differs from their practices."
It seems like such a minimal standard: If you advertise that you are an ESG fund, and you say that you do an ESG review for every investment, you have to do that ESG review for every investment. No one is telling you what the review has to look like! No one even tells you that you have to do it for every investment, really; you're the one who volunteered that. You could put out a prospectus that is like "as part of our rigorous ESG investment process, our portfolio manager spends one second considering whether each investment is ESG enough for us, and if it is then she buys it," and I guess that would be fine. (Not legal or ESG advice.) But if instead you say "we fill out an ESG questionnaire for each investment," nobody is going to check up on what the questionnaire says , or even how carefully you fill it out, but you do have to fill it out for each investment:
Once adopted, GSAM did not implement the policies and procedures for the ESG Investment Products during the Relevant Period. For example, the EM ESG Fund's investment analysts did not complete all of the newly developed questionnaires until after the investment team had already selected securities for the initial portfolio, which was created on May 31, 2018. As of August 24, 2018, the investment analysts had completed questionnaires for 34 of 79 positions in the fund. In some cases, the investment analysts did not complete a questionnaire for an issuer until November 2018. The investment team never completed questionnaires for two positions that the fund exited before December 2018. Furthermore, because the questionnaires had not been completed, the ESG scores generated from them could not have been used for position sizing as had been disclosed in materials presented to the GST Board and intermediaries, nor could they have been used to inform stock selection and portfolio construction, as the pitch book materials indicated.
The bar is low, but for a while the ESG gold rush was so intense that fund managers couldn't manage it. "Fill out the questionnaires later, we have money to raise!" Oh well.
Let us say, for simplicity, that you run a company that uses electric power, and you get half of your power from wind and half of your power from coal. The coal power you use puts one ton of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere per year. The wind power you use puts zero tons of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere; it is completely clean. The question is: How much total carbon emissions are you responsible for?
You might say: Well, one ton of carbon from the coal, plus zero tons from the wind, equals one ton. But we talked the other day about the financial services specialty of ESG Consultant But Evil, where you advise companies on how to reduce their "carbon emissions" (a matter of accounting convention) without actually reducing their carbon emissions(a matter of actual physical emissions into the atmosphere). And as an accounting convention , you can improve on this math. Here is some better math:
1. Your coal power adds one ton of carbon to the atmosphere. 2. Your wind power subtracts one ton of carbon from the atmosphere, because if you weren't using the wind power you'd be using coal, which would add one ton of carbon emissions, and you're not doing that. So you can count the ton of carbon that you're not using as a reduction of emissions. 3. So your net carbon emissions are zero.
I swear this is a real thing, or almost. Here's a Bloomberg article titled "Junk Carbon Offsets Are What Make These Big Companies 'Carbon Neutral'":
Airlines, online retailers, industrial firms and energy producers now rely heavily on the cheapest and most suspect type of offset — those tied to renewable-energy projects.
Most of these renewable-energy offset purchases are not credible, according to Julio Friedmann, chief scientist at consultancy Carbon Direct and one of six researchers who reviewed the data. "I would consider these to be low-quality credits that did not avoid or reduce greenhouse-gas emissions," he said.
Purchasing credits tied to support of solar or wind projects sounds good for the climate. But experts consider these offsets largely bogus. The issue is timing: many renewable offsets came into being just as solar and wind power established themselves as the cheapest source of energy in most countries. Selling offsets for small sums as a way to support the economics of renewables doesn't provide any real benefit if it's already cheaper than building new coal or gas power plants.
That's the basis on which these offsets are generated: additional support for something clean is assumed to displace a dirtier alternative. Offsets built on firmer footing — and costing far more money — now exist from a nascent industry that directly removes carbon dioxide from the air.
The idea is that if you support a renewable project — for instance by committing in advance to pay for some power produced by a proposed renewable project, so that it can get financing to get built — then you are reducing emissions and should be rewarded. But that can end up looking a lot like double-counting, where your use of renewables doesn't add to your emissions but also, somehow, subtracts from them.
I'm sorry, I know I'm a monster, but I love it so much? The point here is that "carbon footprint" is an accounting regime, a set of conventions. Certain sorts of companies — big public companies with ESG-focused investors, big companies that borrow from big banks using sustainability-linked bonds, etc. — are sensitive to carbon accounting. The more carbon emissions are on their carbon accounting statement, the worse off they are. Other sorts of companies — Middle Eastern sovereign wealth funds, Russian oligarchs, etc. — are less sensitive, or insensitive, to carbon accounting. Nobody looks at their carbon accounting statements, nobody cares, they can pollute as much as they want.
So if you are a carbon-sensitive company, you find a carbon-insensitive company, and you park your carbon on its balance sheet. And you pay it some fee for the service, which is presumably less than you're saving on your sustainability bonds or whatever. It is the purest sort of financial engineering, transferring this abstract cost to the cheapest bearer of the cost.
Just! Imagine being the banker who shows up at the energy company that is trying to get rid of coal, and being like "I have a way to get rid of your coal for you," and they are like "is it wind power," and you are like "oh no, we're gonna get a novelty oversized fake mustache and glue it on the front of your coal plants so we can pretend they're someone else's coal plants." ESG Consulting But Evil. It's perfect, I love it, no notes.
Oh, I can't resist, one note. The trade here is that you have someone for whom carbon emissions are expensive, and you arrange a trade to park its emissions with a counterparty who is indifferent to emissions, for a fee. Great trade, fantastic, but you could do better. What you really want is a counterparty who wants to increase its emissions. You want a counterparty who will boast, like, "we are on track to emit more carbon this year than we ever have before, we are the world leaders in pollution," because it gets some economic benefit from increasing emissions. Ideally you want one side of the trade who will pay to get rid of emissions, and the other side who will pay to take on emissions, and you — the ESG Consultant But Evil who arranges the trade — take a fee from both sides.
Imagine that a big investor buys up a lot of stock in all of the oil companies, and she goes to meet with the chief executive officers of all the oil companies, and she says to them: "As your biggest shareholder, I want you to drill less oil, so that supplies are constrained and the price of oil goes up. Don't worry though, I am also the biggest shareholder of all your competitors, and I will tell them the same thing. Everyone will drill less oil, so the price will go up, and you'll all make more money with less work." And this works, and all the oil companies drill less, and the price of oil goes up, and they all make more profit.
I am not an antitrust expert, and nothing here is ever legal advice, but you can see how that could be an antitrust violation, no? It seems like a conspiracy to restrain trade and raise prices. It's a bit odd — the CEOs are not conspiring with each other, but sort of coordinating through their big shareholder — but it's fishy , anyway.
Now imagine instead that a big investor buys up a lot of stock in all of the oil companies, and she goes to meet with the chief executive officers of all the oil companies, and she says to them: "As your biggest shareholder, I want you to drill less oil, to reduce global carbon emissions. I am also the biggest shareholder of all your competitors, and I will tell them the same thing. Everyone will drill less oil, so carbon emissions will be lower." Is that … hmm.
One way to analyze this is that ESG investing and democracy are two different ways to coordinate behavior. One way to make the world better is to vote for representatives who will enact laws that make the world better; another way is to buy shares in companies and pressure them to do things that make the world better. It is tempting, and not exactly wrong, to think that ESG investing might sometimes be more effective, or that it is more likely to change the world in ways that you think are better. (Simplistically: Democracy, in the US, overweights the views of rural voters; investing overweights the views of coastal asset managers.) And so if you decide that something needs to be done to fight climate change, and you look at American politics, and then you look at the executives of big asset management companies, you might think "ah, yes, the asset managers need to fight climate change."
But investing is only a very limited way to coordinate behavior! If you buy all the stocks of all the companies and too clearly coordinate between them , that's an antitrust risk.
I don't know, I'm a cynical American, and when I see an ad from a company that says "we planted 1 million trees last year," I assume it also cut down 2 million. "We did a good thing" does not, to me, imply that you didn't also do bad things. The bad things are the reason you're advertising the good thing! But UK advertising regulators disagree:
The UK's advertising watchdog has banned a series of HSBC's advertisements for being misleading about its green credentials by not mentioning the bank's financing of fossil fuel projects and links to deforestation.
The ruling sets a precedent for the financial sector, marking the first time the regulator has barred ads by a bank on greenwashing grounds.
The Advertising Standards Authority said on Wednesday that HSBC could no longer run the series that promoted the lender's planting of trees and its plans to reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions.
Consumers would not necessarily understand that HSBC, which made "unqualified claims about its environmentally beneficial work", would be "involved in the financing of businesses which made significant contributions to carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions", the ASA said.
It said the ads "omitted material information and were therefore misleading".
I guess the question is what you think the baseline is. "Of course we lend to fossil fuel companies, that's what banks do, but at least we also plant trees," is one view, which would make this ad fine. "Of course you plant trees for PR purposes, that's what banks do, but you also lend to fossil fuel companies," would be another view.
Engine No. 1 is, of course, famous for using a tiny stake in Exxon Mobil Corp. to launch and win a proxy fight last year, getting several of its nominees elected to Exxon's board of directors to push a more rapid transition to renewables. At the time, I found this a bit strange: Engine No. 1 owned about 0.02% of Exxon (way more than it owns of Coke), and spent some $30 million on a proxy fight to make perhaps $21 million on its Exxon stake. [6] But of course the explanation is that if you run a smallish newish investing firm and win an environmental proxy fight with a giant corporation, that has huge advertising and intimidation value. I wrote last year:
This is a hedge fund that launched six months ago; it runs a small fund and doesn't have much of a track record. Now it is The Little Engine That Took Down Exxon. It has gone from nothing to being a daring successful activist, and an activist with a halo of environmental virtue. It can fundraise off of that forever, attract lots of money, collect lots of fees, etc. ...>
A related benefit is what any activist fund gets from a successful proxy fight: The next company they go after will be intimidated by their Exxon victory, and will try to settle by giving them board seats. You spend $30 million on one proxy fight so you don't have to spend any money on five more. You show up at a meeting with the next company's CEO, you put Exxon's severed head on the table, you say "board seats, now," and you get them without a fight.
You don't even have to threaten! You can do it in a passive ETF! You don't even have to be mad! "We would like to come to your office to praise you for recycling," you can tell Coke, and you'll scare them a little and get attention for your environmental, social and governance activism efforts.
"Everything is securities fraud," I like to say around here: If a public company does a bad thing, shareholders will sue it for not telling them in advance about its plans to do the bad thing. There are variations. One is that if a company has a publicized policy of doing good things, and then it does a bad thing (or does not do the good things), it will get a lawsuit. And so if you are a company with a code of ethics, and an executive does something unethical, you will get sued for fraud because you published a code of ethics. "You said you have a code of ethics, which implied that your executives were ethical, but you neglected to mention that one of them wasn't."
This concept is really about the US — other countries do not have quite this culture of "everything is securities fraud" — but you can sort of generalize it. If you are a public company and you announce plans to do good things, you will get a lot of scrutiny for any failure to live up to those plans. Better not to announce them. Here's the Financial Times on "green hushing," which is a way to avoid accusations of "greenwashing":
A trend known as "green hushing" is growing as companies are increasingly choosing not to publicise details of their climate targets in an attempt to avoid scrutiny and allegations of greenwashing, a new study showed. ...
After the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow last year, companies raced to tout their sustainability credentials. But the ensuing flurry of climate pledges opened companies up to allegations that their targets were unsubstantiated or misleading.
Lawsuits over greenwashing in ad campaigns have since been filed against oil companies such as TotalEnergies, while financial regulators are cracking down on lax oversight at ESG-branded investment funds.
"There is a high degree of scrutiny now around anything to do with professing your sustainability," said Michael Wilkins, head of Imperial College London's Centre for Climate Finance and Investment. "Together with the ESG backlash, I think it is scaring a lot of companies."
That point about the "ESG backlash" is that, in most of the world, announcing that you plan to reduce emissions is good public relations, except that you run a risk of being sued for not doing it well enough. But in the US, announcing that you plan to reduce emissions is possibly bad public relations, depending on state politics, so if you're going to reduce emissions you really should do it quietly:
Companies may be implementing legitimate targets but not disclosing them due to the politics around climate change in their region, said Nina Seega, research director for sustainable finance at the Cambridge Institute for Sustainability Leadership.
In the US, the state of Texas in 2021 passed a law that attacked ESG investing for damaging the fossil fuel industry on which it relies economically, and this year accused BlackRock and nine other financial groups of boycotting oil and gas.
This is not a real product. But there are two main ways for an asset manager (or pension fund manager) to think about environmental, social and governance investing:
1. Considering ESG factors will allow fund managers to get higher and more sustainable financial returns, because companies that are bad at ESG face higher long-term risks; or 2. Never mind financial returns: Our beneficiaries live on a planet, and if companies destroy it then they won't be able to live there anymore, so we should not give companies our beneficiaries' money to spend on destroying the planet.
These views are not exactly mutually exclusive, but there is some intellectual tension between them. Still ESG-focused investment managers do have a tendency to emphasize both: They mostly say that they are looking to maximize risk-adjusted financial returns, but they also at least implicitly appeal to people who care about environmental and social issues [4] for their own sake.
There are two exactly identical ways to think about the trend of anti-ESG investing, where Republicans in the US try to prevent asset managers from considering ESG factors:
1. Asset managers who consider ESG factors are prioritizing their environmental and social goals over financial returns; they are sacrificing beneficiaries' retirement savings for the manager's personal and political preferences. 2. Asset managers who do ESG are making society worse: They are pulling money from oil companies and gun companies or whatever, and if you are an anti-ESG advocate you think that oil and guns are good.
Again there is something a bit contradictory here: Are you allowed to consider social goals (but in a Republican way), or not? And again anti-ESG-focused managers tend to elide that tension and emphasize both: They say that they want to consider only financial returns, but they also suggest that ESG's goals are bad in themselves.
Chapter 1 of Jean Tirole's "Theory of Corporate Finance" says that "the premise behind modern corporate finance in general and this book in particular is that corporate insiders need not act in the best interests of the providers of the funds": That is, the central issue in corporate finance is agency costs and conflicts of interest. Generally people think of this in terms of the conflict between the managers of a company and its shareholders. Sometimes they think of it in terms of the conflict between the managers of an investment f
ESG investing involves looking at the environmental, social and governance characteristics of an investment. Why those three things? Why governance? We have talked recently about different ways to think about ESG investing. Two important ones are:
1. You just want to make money, you worry about the risks that environmental and social problems pose to the future cash flows of companies, so you buy ESG funds that take into account those risks to buy stocks that will perform well in the long term. 2. You want to make the world better with your investing, you worry about environmental and social problems, so you buy ESG funds that try to solve those problems by allocating capital to environmentally sound companies or by telling corporate managers not to be racist or whatever.
Fine, two different though overlapping ways to look at environmental and social investing. But apply that to corporate governance, the G in ESG:
1. You just want to make money, so you buy stocks in companies with sound corporate-governance practices that align the interests of executives and shareholders. These companies, you expect, will pursue shareholder value more efficiently: The managers are more directly answerable to shareholders, so they will focus more on making money and less on their own interests. 2. You want to make the world … better … for … shareholders? You want to get rid of staggered boards and takeover protections, so that companies are more answerable to shareholders? So that they are more responsive to activists who demand stock buybacks? So that they are more vulnerable to hostile takeovers? So that their executives don't have cushy jobs that can be done lazily, but have to instead constantly push to make more money?
It's weird. In some ways "governance" is the opposite of "environmental and social." "Governance" is about making managers answerable to shareholders, and shareholders have, historically, cared mostly about profits. That of course has changed, and I suppose now good governance means that the managers will care about shareholders' environmental and social concerns.
Still, I think it is hard to have a touchy-feely, socially-responsible, make-the-world-better approach to governance factors. If you care about corporate governance, it is because you want to improve the performance of the companies in your portfolio.
But how is that different from regular old active management? What is the difference between saying "I will buy companies whose managers have a good track record of growing sales" and "I will buy companies whose managers have a good track record of listening to shareholders"? What makes the latter ESG and the former just, you know, regular? I think two plausible answers are:
1. "Governance" is just a relatively newer thing for people to care about, so it is a relatively nontraditional investment factor, so people lump it with other non-traditional "ESG" factors. 2. Governance is a systemic sort of risk: Every company grows sales in a different way, but every takeover protection is bad in the same way. If you are a giant diversified quasi-index investor, you don't have the expertise or time to call up the managers of your hundreds of investments and tell them how to grow their sales. But you can vote against staggered boards at all of those companies. If you are big and diversified enough, you have to care about systemic factors — climate change, social unrest and, sure, governance best practices — rather than specifics.
There are various substantive theories of environmental, social and governance investing, theories of what it is supposed to do. Some of those theories are about maximizing financial returns, while others are about achieving environmental, social and governance goals with your investment dollars.
But there is also just a marketing theory of ESG, which is that investors want ESG investments (for some substantive reason or combination of reasons) and are willing to pay higher fees for them. So if you are a big institutional investment manager, you should slap an "ESG" name on your regular old investment funds, to attract more clients and charge them more. This seems to be a big business, to the point that regulators and investors complain a lot about "greenwashing," where an investment manager pretends that a regular fund is an ESG fund for marketing reasons.
But that feels like a three-months-ago sort of issue, and these days "ESG" has become a marketing problem. The US Republican Party has decided that ESG is bad, and is pushing public pension funds in Republican-controlled states to avoid ESG funds. This is tricky for big institutional fund managers, because "ESG" is probably still good marketing too. If you call your fund "ESG," that will make some people more likely to buy it and other people less likely to buy it, and if you are a giant institutional investor like BlackRock Inc. you will do a lot of vague balancing to try to appeal to everyone.
But this is also a huge marketing opportunity for other, smaller investment managers to try to capture anti-ESG market share from BlackRock by leaning into being Not ESG. Like if you just run a regular mutual fund, the incentive six months ago was to rebrand it as an ESG fund and say "ooh, we think about climate change, whatever" to capture ESG dollars. Now, if you run a regular mutual fund, there is an incentive to rebrand it as an anti-ESG fund and say "we absolutely never think about climate change at all" to capture state pension money from Republican-controlled states. Or start a new fund company, why not.
You can, and I'm sure Ramaswamy does, have substantive theories of anti-ESG. Just as with ESG, these theories might be about maximizing financial returns ("ESG trades returns for wokeness, and I will focus only on returns") or about achieving political or other goals ("ESG hurts coal miners and I want to help them"). But there is also just an obvious marketing theory of anti-ESG, which is that a bunch of huge public pensions are looking for anti-ESG places to put their money, and if you can meet that demand then that's a good business.
If you are an investment manager, and you believe that climate change is real and bad and caused by fossil fuels, one thing that you might do is avoid investing in fossil-fuel companies. Here are two ways you might explain that choice, to yourself or your clients or anyone else who asks:
1. I think fossil-fuel companies are bad for the world, so I do not want to fund them. This will raise the cost of capital of fossil-fuel extraction, which will lead to less fossil-fuel extraction and less climate change. 2. I think that climate change is real and caused by fossil fuels, and I think that the world will increasingly realize that, and consumers and regulators will respond by, for instance, taxing or banning fossil-fuel extraction, or shifting away from gasoline-powered cars, or whatever. So fossil-fuel companies have a lot of risk of falling demand or onerous regulation, and the market underprices that risk.
Those two views might lead to different investment decisions. Approach 1 might tell you to avoid investing in a big oil company that also does a lot of innovative renewable-energy work, because you think it is morally bad, even though you think it is financially well positioned for a climate transition. Approach 2 might tell you to avoid investing in a hotel company with lots of beachfront properties, because it is at risk from climate change, even though it did nothing wrong. But there are a lot of simple overlapping cases. Pure-play thermal coal companies might be out under either approach.
Both of these approaches can be loosely described as "ESG," environmental, social and governance investing. Technically they are both "E," but you could have analogous approaches for social and governance issues: Are these things goals that you want to achieve alongside your financial goals, or are they risk factors that affect your financial analysis? Purists might say that only Approach 2 is ESG investing, that ESG investing is about considering environmental, social and governance risks in making financial decisions, while Approach 1 is something else ("socially responsible investing").
But most discussions of ESG are not done by purists, and much of the time there is no need to draw this distinction. Either approach excludes coal companies, fine. If you are a big asset manager, you can tell people that you are focused on ESG issues to improve returns, and you can tell people that you are addressing major global problems through your ESG investing, and nobody worries much that those two things are different.
The problem is that "ESG" can be used to refer to several slightly different things:
1. An ESG investor might look at environmental, social and governance factors to evaluate the financial prospects and risks of an investment. If sea levels rise, this coastal-hotels business might be in trouble; if the world gets serious about combatting climate change and so imposes restrictions on carbon emissions, this coal-mining business might not be able to sell its coal. These are financial risks like any other, and should inform investment decisions. 2. A big diversified investor that owns lots of shares of lots of companies will spend most of her time thinking about systematic risks, because she has diversified away idiosyncratic risk. Climate change or social upheaval might be bad for all of her companies, so when she talks to the managers of her companies she will spend less time telling them how to optimize their widget factories and more time asking them about global warming. 3. An investor who wants, not just to make money for herself, but also to make the world better, might try to do that through her investing. (By buying stocks of good companies and avoiding stocks of evil companies, or by buying stocks of evil companies and lobbying them to stop doing evil things, or something else.) 4. An asset manager who wants to make a lot of money might change the name of the XYZ Large-Cap Fund to the XYZ ESG Fund, without making many other changes, because (1) lots of investors want ESG funds, (2) they don't particularly care about what is in those funds, and (3) you can charge higher fees for ESG funds.
For a long time, it was useful for big asset managers not to insist too much on any distinctions between these things. If your clients vaguely assume that you are both maximizing their returns by being thoughtful about systematic risks, and making the world better, then they will be happy to pay your fees.
But these things are different, and in some tension. In particular, not everyone agrees on what will make the world better, and ESG-investing-as-environmental-activism has become politically controversial and might no longer be good advertising. But ESG-investing-as-a-way-to-look-at-systematic-risks remains important. If you are a big systematic investor and you genuinely think that no one will use coal in 10 years, then you probably won't want to fund a coal mine. But you'll make that call quietly, because if some US politicians find out that you are "discriminating" against coal then you'll get in trouble and lose business. The ESG financial analysis makes sense, but the feel-good ESG marketing overlay doesn't work the way it used to.
I wrote on Thursday about how the interests of universal asset owners — people who own 10% (or whatever) of every public company — differ from the interests of concentrated owners of a single, say, oil company. In particular, I noted:
1. Owners of a single oil company will want it to drill more oil when prices are high, because it can sell that oil at high prices. Owners of every oil company will want them all to exercise some capital discipline, since if they all drill more oil prices will go down. Universal ownership, the theory goes, is anti-competitive: Universal owners will want to keep margins high rather than increase production. 2. Owners of a single oil company will want it to drill more oil, but universal owners will be more concerned about the effects of climate change on all their other portfolio companies, and so will want to reduce drilling all around.
Several people pointed out an offsetting consideration: Universal owners should want lower oil prices right now, because in the actual world high oil prices seem to be driving inflation and economic worry. If oil prices were lower, then all the other companies that the universal owners own would be making more money now, though in the long run they'd have to worry about climate change etc.
That seems right. Which set of concerns dominates is an empirical question. We were talking about this on Thursday because the founder of Continental Resources Inc. wants to take his company private to avoid meddling public investors, and my sense is that in general US oil-company managers feel like their public investors are more interested in capital discipline and environmental, social and governance concerns than they are in drilling more oil.
One point here is that the meaning of "environmental, social and governance" investing can change as facts in the world change. In a world where inflation is low, the economy is booming and Russia has not invaded Ukraine, drilling oil can look like a bad-for-ESG business. In a world where inflation is high, recession is looming and high oil prices fund a Russian invasion, drilling for oil can look pretty noble.
Let's say that you are a giant universal investor and you own 10% of every company in the world. The chief executive officer of one of your portfolio companies, a US oil and gas exploration and production business, calls you up and says "hey, oil prices are really high, I want to drill a bunch of wells and ramp up production to sell lots of oil at $120 a barrel, whaddaya think?" What do you think?
Here are some things that you might say to this CEO, specifically because you are a giant universal investor and you own 10% of every company in the world:
1. Look: I own 10% of your company, but I also own 10% of every other oil driller. They're all going to call me up and say the same thing: "Let's drill more oil." If I say yes to all of them, the volume of oil production will go up, but the price will go down. Everyone will drill more oil and sell it for less money, and we'll all be worse off. Sure if only you drilled more oil you would make more money, but I own all of your competitors, so I can't think in those terms. If everyone drilled more oil, no one would make more money. And in fact in the last big oil boom, everyone did drill more oil, and it cost public investors like me hundreds of billions of dollars. So, no. 2. Look: I own 10% of your company, but I also own 10% of every beachfront hotel company, and of every other company in the world for that matter. More oil drilling will make you more money, sure, but it will also cause more global warming, which will cause lots of economic destruction and instability. As a universal investor, I am paid primarily to think about systemic risks, not to care about the operations of any one company. The systemic risks to my portfolio from the global warming will be much greater than the profits to me from you drilling a bit more oil, so I am philosophically trying to transition all my portfolio companies away from fossil-fuel extraction.[1] So, no.
If there are enough investors like you — enough investors who own the oil sector as a whole and so don't want any one player to be undisciplined about production, or enough investors who care about environmental risks and so get nervous about making long-term investments in oil production — then the CEO will abandon her plans to drill more oil. After all, you investors are the people who buy her stock, who approve her bonuses, who will keep her in power if an activist shows up trying to fire her. She wants to do what you want, and if that means drilling less oil (and making less money) then that's what she'll do. Her ultimate goal is shareholder happiness, not profit maximization.
But an oil company that isn't owned by universal owners — one that is owned by people whose wealth is concentrated in that single oil company — might make different decisions. And so:
Harold Hamm, the billionaire fracking pioneer who helped launch the U.S. shale boom, is looking to take Continental Resources Inc. private, offering about $4.3 billion in cash to buy the portion of the company's shares he and his family don't already own. …
While most of Continental's publicly traded oil-company peers are owned by multiple institutional investors, Mr. Hamm, the 13th child of Oklahoma sharecroppers, has retained control of the company he founded in 1967, holding north of 70% of its shares even after it went public in 2007, according to FactSet. …
In a statement to employees, Mr. Hamm said it no longer makes sense for Continental to be a publicly traded company, citing "a lack of support from the public market" for oil-and-gas companies, evident in the diminishing number of public shale companies due to acquisitions and bankruptcies, and with some going private.
The Financial Times elaborates:
Shale baron Harold Hamm has hardly hidden his disdain for Wall Street's environmental, social and governance movement, considering it a leash on companies such as Continental Resources as they try to get on with the job of producing more fossil fuels.
A climate change "religion" had gripped investors, he argued in an interview with the Financial Times last year, and companies such as European supermajor BP were about to "cut their [own] throat" by winding down oil operations under pressure to decarbonise. ...
Analysts said the move could free Continental to do what public producers have for months been told by Wall Street not to: fire up drilling rigs to capitalise on a surge in oil prices to well above $100 a barrel.
Hamm and other public shale bosses watched as their privately held rivals sharply escalated drilling activity this year, unbothered by institutional investors insisting on scooping up their piece of the windfall.
Executives have often seethed in private about their difficulties in persuading ESG-focused portfolio managers in long-only funds to back more oil and gas exploration.
The obvious move here is to blame ESG: ESG-focused public investors don't want to drill for oil, so they hold back oil drillers, but if you go private you can avoid ESG constraints. Shale barons and ESG investors are sort of natural enemies, so it is no surprise that Hamm doesn't like ESG.
But we have been talking for years around here about the other possible theory: Index funds that own every (public) company in an industry, the theory goes, constrain competition, because if everyone ramps up production to steal market share then everybody loses, and universal owners are a way to coordinate to restrict competition and keep margins high. The shale drilling boom is an infamous case of how high oil prices led to overinvestment in drilling and ultimately to huge losses for investors. Public investors learned that lesson really well. "Shale Oil's Newfound Production Discipline Begins to Pay Off," said a Bloomberg headline last year. If you own every oil company, it is insane to encourage all of them to drill more wells, not as a climate matter, just as a profitability matter. But if you own one oil company, that is the opportunity.
I suppose a minimal form of "environmental, social and governance investing" would be "don't invest in fossil-fuel producers." There is a lot wrong with that, as a definition of ESG. Many thoughtful ESG investors would say that you should invest in fossil-fuel producers: You pick the best fossil-fuel producers (the ones best positioned for a climate transition) and give them your money, to incentivize good behavior, or maybe you pick the worst ones and do activism to try to change their policies. And of course "ESG" means a lot of things other than carbon emissions; you've got S and G right there in the name, so you might want to avoid, say, green tech companies with bad governance or bad labor relations or whatever. Still the most salient thing is pretty much fossil-fuel production, and a crude expectation is that ESG funds will avoid fossil-fuel companies.
This creates an opportunity:
1. Lots of funds don't invest in fossil-fuel companies, not because they are "ESG" but because they are, you know, tech funds, or healthcare funds, or consumer funds, or whatever: They invest in some sector or style that excludes the energy sector. Are big tech companies all "ESG"? Well, you could have various complaints about their governance or social impact or even their environmental impact, but they are all indisputably not fossil-fuel producers. 2. ESG is hot right now. 3. Call your tech fund an ESG fund, why not, it meets that minimal definition of ESG. You don't have to do anything different, but now you can raise lots of money from investors who want an ESG fund.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission is investigating Goldman Sachs Group Inc. over its ESG marketing: regulators have sometimes expressed concerns that ESG—which doesn't have a defined regulatory meaning—can be a superficial way to market financial products to shareholders' desire to address subjects such as climate change or diversity in the workplace. For example, Goldman renamed its Blue Chip Fund as the U.S. Equity ESG Fund in June 2020. The fund's top three holdings—Microsoft Corp., Apple Inc., and Alphabet Inc.—-have remained the same since then, according to regulatory filings. The U.S. Equity ESG fund's other top holdings currently include Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Eli Lilly & Co., and JPMorgan Chase & Co., according to its website. None of those are oil companies! Seems fine.
So take green bonds, bonds that contain some promise to use the money for some environmental purpose. You might imagine that the main issuers of green bonds would be relatively small companies focused on transformative clean-tech-type innovations, companies that can't necessarily access the regular bond market but that can sell bonds to investors who care more about the environment than about profits. Or you might imagine that the main issuers of green bonds would be giant banks who issue lots of bonds to fund lots of different projects, and some of those projects are green projects that the banks fund with green bonds, while other projects are dirty projects that the banks fund with regular bonds. If you are a green-bond investor, which sort of issuer would you prefer? Well, if you prefer doing maximum good, you might prefer the clean-tech companies. If you prefer deploying maximum amounts of money, you might prefer the banks.
Here is a fun Federal Reserve discussion paper on "The Green Corporate Bond Issuance Premium" by John Caramichael and Andreas Rapp:
We study a global panel of green and conventional bonds to assess the borrowing cost advantage at issuance for green bond issuers. We find that, on average, green bonds have a yield spread that is 8 basis points lower relative to conventional bonds. This borrowing cost advantage, or greenium, emerges as of 2019 and coincides with the growth of the sustainable asset management industry following EU regulation. Within this context, we find that the greenium is linked to two proxies of demand pressure, bond oversubscription and bond index inclusion. Moreover, while green bond governance appears to matter for the greenium, the credibility of the underlying projects does not have a significant impact. Instead, the greenium is unevenly distributed to large, investment-grade issuers, primarily within the banking sector and developed economies.
The banks are where the money is, and also where the greenium is. "The credibility of the underlying projects does not have a significant impact," but being an investment-grade frequent issuer whose bonds go into indexes does.
A lot of financial misconduct has the following two elements:
1. Doing some ambiguous thing, and 2. Sending bad emails about it.
I sometimes describe market manipulation that way. Just buying a lot of stock will make the stock go up, but buying a lot stock is not a crime. Buying a lot of stock and saying "lol I am pounding this stock to make it go up": crime.
Environmental, social and governance investing is a big business, but it is a relatively new big business, and we are in the early stages of ESG enforcement , of regulators and prosecutors going after financial institutions for misrepresenting their ESG investment processes. But I suspect it is going to end up looking a lot like market manipulation: "Greenwashing" will mean (1) making ambiguously ESG investment choices (buying fossil-fuel companies, etc.) in ESG funds and (2) sending emails saying things like "this company is bad for ESG but we are buying it anyway." ESG is a subjective and complex enough concept that you can make the case that pretty much any investment is ESG, or is not ESG; what makes something "greenwashing" is evidence of intent.
So we talked last week about the US Securities and Exchange Commission's first "greenwashing" enforcement action, fining BNY Mellon Investment Adviser Inc. $1.5 million for saying that some of its funds considered ESG factors for all of their investments, even though in fact they only considered ESG factors for 75% of those investments. A small fine, because the evidence of intent is not snickering chats but simply an absence of ESG reports for some companies. I outlined what I think a bigger greenwashing case would look like:
An ESG fund makes its ESG choices for non-ESG reasons, and has lots of emails and chat transcripts to that effect. Somewhere on the fund's servers there is an email from a portfolio manager to its environmental analyst saying, like, "This company is a hideous polluter and would never meet the ESG standards that we publish and that we use to attract investors, but the stock keeps going up, can we ignore our standards so I can buy it," and the analyst replies "sure, our bonuses are more important than ESG, I'll just write a fake report saying it's good," and the portfolio manager replies "great, hope our investors don't find out about this ESG fraud we're doing," and the analyst replies "lolololol or the SEC, see you in jail!" And then the SEC finds that email and prints it in a complaint and the fund settles for $100 million.
Meanwhile in Germany:
Deutsche Bank AG and its asset management unit had their Frankfurt offices raided by police, adding to the legal headaches facing Germany's largest lender.
Law enforcement officials on Tuesday morning entered the twin towers where Germany's largest lender is headquartered, as well as the nearby premises of DWS Group, according to a statement from the prosecutor that confirmed an earlier Bloomberg report. The search is related to accusations of greenwashing against the asset manager. …
DWS has faced regulatory probes in the US and Germany after its former chief sustainability officer, Desiree Fixler, went public with greenwashing allegations last year. While the company has denied the claims, the raid adds to a list of regulatory and legal issues for Deutsche Bank Chief Executive Officer Christian Sewing just as he emerges from a successful turnaround of the lender. …
Among other things, Fixler has said that DWS's claims that hundreds of billions of its assets under management were "ESG integrated" were misleading because the label didn't translate into meaningful action by relevant fund managers. DWS has since stopped using the label.
See, you simply cannot storm into a bank and look for evidence that the "ESG integrated" label "didn't translate into meaningful action by relevant fund managers." That label means that the fund managers thought about ESG stuff, and they thought about other stuff (will the stocks go up), and then they made some decision about which stocks to buy based on some weighting of those factors. Buying some coal stock, or whatever, is not proof that the ESG-integrated fund was somehow a fraud; perhaps the managers thought really hard about it and bought the stock anyway.
What is arguably proof of fraud, and what you can find in a raid, is an email from one fund manager to another saying "this ESG stuff is so fake, I am not really going to consider it in making investment decisions." Or you could find an email from a sustainability analyst to the manager of an ESG-integrated fund saying "this company is the worst polluter in Europe, you should not buy its stock for your fund," and the manager replying "buzz off, sustainability nerd, I'll buy whatever I want, ESG is fake."
By the way, there is a danger here. The more passionate ESG analysts you hire, the more likely they are to send passionate emails saying "we can't buy this stock, it's a terrible polluter." Sometimes they will be right and you won't buy the stock. Other times, the ESG-integrated fund managers will consider their input carefully and then say "I see your point, but I think you are overstating the problem, and anyway our mandate is to consider other factors, so I am going to buy some of the stock despite your objections." And then the passionate analyst will reply "you monster, you are destroying the planet." And then the regulators will find those emails and you will get in trouble for greenwashing.
There are about three ways to avoid this:
1. Do everything that your most passionate ESG analysts advocate, to avoid getting in trouble for contradicting them. 2. Have a rigorous culture of not putting anything in writing, to avoid creating any embarrassing records. 3. Don't hire particularly passionate ESG analysts.
The more that your culture encourages passionate analysts to advocate for tough ESG policies, the more awkward emails you will generate.[2] If you treat ESG as a box-ticking exercise, the raids will find nothing. If you have robust internal debates about ESG, some of those debates will leak out, the raids will find the most passionate objections that were overruled and they will look pretty bad. And because greenwashing is doing bad ESG stuff and sending emails about it , you will get in trouble.
Anyway yesterday the SEC proposed two new rules for ESG fund disclosure. One is an updated "Names Rule." Since 2001, the SEC has had a rule saying that the name of your fund has to describe it accurately. If you run the XYZ Bond Fund, it should invest in bonds; if you run the ABC Emerging Markets Fund, it should invest in emerging markets. Generally the rule is that 80% of your assets should be in the thing in your name. The proposed new rule would apply this to ESG[5]:
The proposed amendments to the names rule would address fund names with ESG and similar terminology by providing that funds whose names include these terms are subject to the rule's 80% investment policy requirement, and by defining certain uses of ESG terminology in fund names as materially deceptive and misleading. This would help to prevent potential "greenwashing" in fund names by requiring a fund's investment activity to support the investment focus its name communicates so that investors will not be deceived or misled by the fund's name.
The details of this strike me as a little strange:
The use of ESG or similar terminology in a fund's name would deceive and mislead investors where the identified ESG factors do not play a central role in the fund's strategy. Accordingly, we would define the names of "integration funds" as materially deceptive or misleading if the name indicates that the fund's investment decisions incorporate one or more ESG factors. For purposes of this release, an integration fund is a fund that considers one or more ESG factors alongside other, non-ESG factors in its investment decisions, but such ESG factors are generally no more significant than other factors in the investment selection process, such that ESG factors may not be determinative in deciding to include or exclude any particular investment in the portfolio. …
Where a fund considers one or more ESG factors alongside other, non-ESG factors in its investment decisions but ESG factors are generally no more significant than other factors in the investment selection process, such that those ESG factors may not be determinative in deciding to include or exclude any particular investment in the portfolio, including ESG terminology in the fund's name would mislead investors by suggesting that the ESG factors play a more prominent role. For example, consider a fund with "sustainable" in its name that selects investments based on the adviser's holistic analysis of a company, including conventional financial metrics as well as the extent to which the company has good labor and environmental practices. No one factor, including sustainability considerations, is more significant than other factors in the investment selection process. As a result, the fund may invest in companies that do not meet the adviser's own criteria for labor or environmental practices, if the adviser determines to make the investment on the basis of other, non-sustainability considerations. The fund's name would be materially deceptive and misleading because the use of the term "sustainable" in its name connotes an emphasis on "sustainability" considerations that is not consistent with the fund's investment strategy.
I don't really know what that means? I do feel like, broadly speaking, most ESG funds try to buy stocks (1) that get good scores on their ESG screens and (2) that they think will go up. It depends, of course, and lots of ESG funds are index-y and not making fundamental valuation calls, but if you run an actively managed ESG fund it would be a little weird to say "I think this company will not emit much carbon because it is going to go bankrupt in a week and shut down entirely, so I should buy a lot of its stock."[6] Every ESG fund is to some degree trying to balance ESG factors with buying stocks that will go up. Does that make them all frauds?
We talked yesterday about a US Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement case against BNY Mellon Investment Adviser Inc. The issue is that BNY Mellon ran some mutual funds and advertised that they considered environmental, social and governance factors in all of their investment decisions, but in fact they only considered those factors in like 75% of their investment decisions, so BNY Mellon had to pay the SEC a $1.5 million fine.
That is a simple and objectively measurable problem: BNY Mellon's marketing materials said things like "ahead of investing, each security being considered for investment by our global industry analysts must have an ESG quality review," and BNY Mellon in fact did ESG quality reviews that produced ESG scores before making most of its investments, but sometimes it did not. Sometimes it bought stocks with no ESG scores at all.
What I suggested yesterday is that this might be all that the SEC can do with its enforcement powers to fight "greenwashing," the worry that asset managers talk about their focus on ESG investing but are in some way not "really" doing ESG. This was true of BNY Mellon in a trivial way: It claimed to do ESG reviews and sometimes did not. But presumably in most cases, the people concerned about greenwashing are not concerned about that. They are concerned about investment managers who say "we do ESG reviews of every investment," and do in fact do ESG reviews of every investment, but the reviews are bad. For whatever reason: They are too lazy, or they focus on the wrong sorts of ESG, or they give companies credit for stuff that you think is bad and penalize them for stuff that you think is good. What is "real" ESG is to some degree subjective, and there will always be critics of how any fund approaches it. And that , I argued, is harder for the SEC to police: There are no rules for what is "real" ESG, so investment managers get to decide for themselves, and as long as those decisions are not in obvious bad faith the SEC can't and probably shouldn't go after them.
Well but the other alternative is for the SEC to write some rules on what "real" ESG is:
Rules being prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission would specify disclosures to be made by investment funds that have terms such as "ESG", "sustainable", or "low-carbon" in their names. The rules are expected to require information about how ESG funds are marketed, how ESG is incorporated into investing and how these funds vote at companies' annual meetings, according to people familiar with the SEC's thinking. …
"There is currently a wide range of what asset managers might mean by certain terms and what criteria they might use," Gary Gensler, SEC chair, said in March. "It is easy to tell if milk is fat free. It might be time to make it easier to tell whether a fund is really what they say they are."
The four-member SEC, which includes Gensler and two other Democratic appointees, is scheduled to vote on Wednesday to release the draft rules for public comment.
You could imagine a rule that says "you can't call yourself an ESG fund unless you vote in favor of all shareholder proposals asking companies to write reports about their carbon impact." The actual rule wouldn't say that; it would say, like, "if you vote against a shareholder proposal about carbon reports, you need to disclose that, possibly in a parenthesis in your fund name," like "The BlackRock Large-Cap ESG Fund (But We Voted Against 17 Climate Resolutions Last Year)"[5] or whatever. The SEC is primarily a disclosure regulator, but it knows how to make disclosure of things it dislikes unpleasant, so that everyone chooses not to do those things to avoid disclosing them.[6]
I think there are obvious potential problems with the SEC deciding what is and is not ESG. "It is easy to tell if milk is fat free" because you measure to see how much fat is in it. It is harder to tell if a fund is ESG because different people have different environmental, social and governance priorities. A rule that helps investors understand whether an "ESG" fund shares their ESG priorities is probably helpful. A rule that mandates that ESG funds pursue the SEC's ESG priorities — that says what sorts of things are and aren't ESG — is trickier. I expect the SEC's rules will do a bit of both.
Another sort of backlash is along the lines of: Sure, ESG is good, but ESG as practiced is often fake. The theory here is that people who call themselves investment managers do not really care about ESG factors, and ESG is a marketing term rather than a real commitment. Like me with my fake ESG fund, the theory goes, these managers understand that there is a demand for funds with "ESG" in the name (and in the marketing materials), and they seek to satisfy that demand at the lowest possible cost, by slapping the name "ESG" on a fund without making much effort to police companies' environmental, social and governance behavior. They are "greenwashing," pretending to care about ESG in their marketing materials without really doing anything about it.
This theory leads to a diffuse set of complaints in part because ESG is a diffuse set of strategies: Any ESG fund will have to make trade-offs between, you know, E and S, or whatever; it will have to decide whether to buy shares in an electric car company that exploits workers or an oil company with a really diverse board of directors. If you disagree with a fund's trade-offs, or its ranking system, you can always say "this isn't real ESG, this is greenwashing." To some extent ESG means "buy companies that you think are making the world better," and if different people have different conceptions of what makes the world better then they will disagree about what ESG demands.
For a while now there have been rumors that the US Securities and Exchange Commission will be cracking down on fake ESG practices; SEC Chair Gary Gensler has warned that probes were coming. You could imagine a range of possible complaints here. One might be: An ESG fund makes ESG choices and the SEC disagrees with them. "You said you were ESG," the SEC might say, "but you were overweight oil companies and underweight solar companies, and a real ESG fund would never buy oil companies, so you are doing fraud." I think that this sort of thing is what a lot of people want , a true substantive policing of ESG claims, but it is very tricky. You might have a list of things that ESG funds should and shouldn't do, but how do you know that the SEC will have the same list? How do you know that your list, or the SEC's, is right? I don't think it's absolutely impossible for the SEC to impose substantive restrictions on what it means to be an ESG fund, but it would be tough, and a huge extension of the SEC's job.
An easier and more plausible sort of case would be like: An ESG fund makes its ESG choices for non-ESG reasons, and has lots of emails and chat transcripts to that effect. Somewhere on the fund's servers there is an email from a portfolio manager to its environmental analyst saying, like, "This company is a hideous polluter and would never meet the ESG standards that we publish and that we use to attract investors, but the stock keeps going up, can we ignore our standards so I can buy it," and the analyst replies "sure, our bonuses are more important than ESG, I'll just write a fake report saying it's good," and the portfolio manager replies "great, hope our investors don't find out about this ESG fraud we're doing," and the analyst replies "lolololol or the SEC, see you in jail!" And then the SEC finds that email and prints it in a complaint and the fund settles for $100 million.
Here the point is not that the SEC is telling the fund what ESG means. Here the fund has said what ESG means to it — it has disclosed some set of procedures and criteria for ESG, and used those procedures and criteria to market itself to investors who care about ESG — but secretly it was lying and ignoring those procedures and criteria, either to pursue non-ESG goals or just out of laziness. This is much more in the SEC's wheelhouse. This is just "you said you were doing one thing, but you did another thing, and we have documentary evidence, so pay a fine."
The way modern finance works is that if a developing country borrows money and can't repay it, one tool in its arsenal is to go to the lenders and say "look, if you make us repay this debt, we will chop down a bunch of forests in our country, and you don't want that, do you?" And the lenders don't. Because they are big international financial institutions, and their shareholders and executives and regulators and other stakeholders all want them to (1) make money but also (2) be carbon neutral. If you are a big international lender and a country chops down a bunch of forests because of your loan, that is bad for you as a responsible environmental, social and governance investor. You might prefer the better ESG result (leaving the forests alone) over the better financial result (getting your money back).
I am not sure that paragraph made any sense, but it is basically true:
The UN has asked Sri Lanka to introduce a temporary basic income and negotiate "debt-for-nature" swaps tied to environmental conservation as part of measures to mitigate the country's economic meltdown, as Colombo begins talks with the IMF.
The UN Development Programme made the proposals in a document seen by the Financial Times that was submitted to President Gotabaya Rajapaksa's government and that will be reviewed by the cabinet that was sworn in this week. ...
The agency has also asked Sri Lanka to pursue bonds or debt swaps linked to environmental and social sustainability, such as debt-for-nature deals in which some loans are forgiven in exchange for investment in environmental conservation.
Similar measures have been introduced in countries such as Costa Rica, and Wignaraja argued that Sri Lanka — famed for its beaches, forests and mountains — was well-placed to tap such schemes.
We're "moving quite aggressively to see if the debt-for-nature swaps can be a big part of [a deal]. We've got to reduce our debt burden, not just keep restructuring it," she said. "Sri Lanka has amazing natural resources that they can put [up] to draw down the debt."
"If you forgive our debt we will promise not to pollute our beaches" is now a totally normal part of international finance. Honestly that seems good?
Here is a Bloomberg Green story about Toucan, a crypto platform that aims to rid the world of bad carbon offsets by buying them all itself:
By organizing an effort to purchase the cheapest carbon credits, crypto users could rid the market of low-quality projects. An oil company would have to pay higher prices for offsets derived from more rigorous projects once Toucan's users helped clear away the worst offenders. The crypto community even came up with a term for this method: "sweeping the floor."
A rough model for this is that if 100 carbon credits come on the market each year, and Toucan buys 25 of them, then there are only 75 left for polluting companies to buy. This drives up the price and makes it more economical for the polluting companies to reduce their own pollution rather than just paying for carbon offsets, which people think are kind of fake anyway. Raising the cost of carbon credits raises the cost of polluting, which leads to less pollution.
The problem with this logic is that the supply of carbon credits is not fixed, and it is especially easy to expand the supply of the worst carbon credits. Rigorous new projects to capture carbon are expensive and hard; looking at some trees and saying "sure whatever I won't cut down those trees, now give me my money" is easy. If you announce "we'll pay top dollar for the worst carbon credits, to drive them off the market," then people are just going to make more to sell to you:
If the intention was to raise the quality and price of carbon credits, things are moving backwards. The assumption was that there's a finite pool of bad offsets, which could be bought and locked away, allowing good projects to be priced better. But the assumption was flawed.>
Spiking demand for cheap Verra credits triggered by Toucan and its allies has created new reasons to generate the bad offsets. According to an analysis by CarbonPlan, dozens of project developers who haven't issued credits in years have suddenly started selling again — even though they don't need the money to keep operating, much less get off the ground.>
"The problem we are seeing is that Toucan is creating incentives to bring zombie projects to life that have no environmental integrity," said Danny Cullenward, policy director at CarbonPlan.
One thing that people like to say is that it is expensive to be a U.S. public company, and it keeps getting more expensive. If you are a private company, you can write your financial statements on a napkin and text a picture of them to your investors, and if the investors are fine with that then that's fine. If you are a public company, you need to get the financial statements audited and file them with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and the SEC keeps adding new rules about what you need to disclose: about executive pay, about cybersecurity risk, about conflict diamonds, etc. All of these things cost money, as you have to hire specialized lawyers and accountants to track them and write the disclosure.
As it gets more expensive to be public, public companies are bigger and older than they used to be: If you are a smallish private company, you can't afford to go public. This often means that public companies are slower-growing than they used to be: It used to be that smaller companies could go public before they were huge and profitable, and public investors could invest in them early while they were still growing. Amazon.com went public at a $438 million valuation in 1997; that year there were 174 tech IPOs with a mean and median market capitalization of $264 million and $113 million, respectively, according to Jay Ritter's data. In 2021 those numbers were 118 tech IPOs with mean and median market caps of $6.3 billion and $3 billion. Fewer IPOs, and for bigger companies with less growth ahead of them.
I have argued in the past that this change is not just about it being more expensive to go public: There is a lot more private capital available, and there are more technologies for that capital to find private companies, so it is easier to grow big while staying private than it used to be. But, sure, at some margin it is also harder to go public than it used to be.
People often think this is bad. Generally speaking, ordinary investors can buy stock in public companies, but not in private ones. If the fast-growing companies are all private, then ordinary investors will miss out on a lot of growth.
Companies will also have to disclose their greenhouse gas emissions. Here the SEC references the standards of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, which breaks greenhouse gas emissions into three categories: Scope 1 ("direct GHG emissions that occur from sources owned or controlled by the company"), Scope 2 ("emissions primarily resulting from the generation of electricity purchased and consumed by the company"), and Scope 3 ("all indirect GHG emissions not otherwise included in a registrant's Scope 2 emissions, which occur in the upstream and downstream activities of a registrant's value chain"). Companies would have to disclose their Scope 1 and 2 emissions, and also Scope 3 "if material, or if the registrant has set a GHG emissions reduction target or goal that includes its Scope 3 emissions." Large companies will have to get their Scope 1 and 2 numbers audited, or rather "attested" by a qualified carbon-emissions-attesting firm. (Scope 3 emissions are harder to measure and would not have to be attested, and there is a "safe harbor" for companies that try their best but get their Scope 3 numbers wrong.)
The point is that there is a huge mechanism of ESG investing, all sorts of methodologies and standard-setters and consultants and approaches that ESG investors and regulators and third parties have built up, over the years, to address — mainly carbon emissions, really, but also I suppose other big social factors. And now Russia has become, almost overnight, a huge ESG issue. Can you fit it into the existing mechanisms? Can you build new mechanisms on the fly? Will everyone — or every ESG investor — agree on what the mechanisms are?
Anyway here's the Church of England:
TotalEnergies SE has been warned by two U.K. shareholders that they would divest their stakes if the French company fails to exit its businesses in Russia.>
The Church of England Pensions Board and the Church Commissioners for England are turning up the heat on the energy major's Chief Executive Officer Patrick Pouyanne, a sign of the pressure companies are facing to isolate Russian President Vladimir Putin's regime. TotalEnergies has said it will stop buying Russian crude and investing in new projects in the country, but it continues to hold stakes in Novatek PJSC and other projects. …>
Russia's invasion of Ukraine shows "it is clear that TotalEnergies' position is incompatible with maintaining a social license to operate," the heads of responsible investment at the two U.K. funds wrote in a joint letter to Pouyanne dated Tuesday. "We would underline the seriousness of our request and that we will need to consider our position as shareholders in TotalEnergies if further steps are not forthcoming."
I suppose I am being a bit tongue-in-cheek with the section header here ("Stakeholder capitalism"), but not really? This is the idea of stakeholder capitalism: The oil companies' executives say to investors "look, at the end of the day it is your money, but you have entrusted it to us, and we are going to spend it to do what we think is best for society, not necessarily what is best for your bottom line." The investors might have their own views about what is best for society! Some investors might have different views from other investors, both about what is good and about what to prioritize. But the point of stakeholder capitalism is that the executives get to decide.
These are also the two standard mechanisms of environmental, social and governance investing.[2] One theory of ESG investing is that the point is to raise the cost of capital of bad activities ; you avoid investing in socially harmful companies, making it more expensive for them to operate and so reducing the total amount of social harms. You are pursuing aims other than maximizing cash flows, either because you care about them yourself or because you have to answer to stakeholders who care about these things.
The other theory of ESG investing is that the point is to avoid investing in things that are unsustainable in the long term. The idea is that right now you can, say, mine thermal coal profitably, but in the long run the externalities of coal mining will catch up to you: People will stop burning coal, future regulations will ban it, etc., so you might as well divest now. This is just standard capital allocation to maximize cash flows; your job is to predict long-term cash flows, and you do it in part by predicting future social and regulatory changes.
This is well-known stuff, in ESG investing, and we talk about it a lot. And now Russia's invasion of Ukraine has become, more or less overnight, the big ESG issue:
"Ukraine is one of the most important ESG issues we've ever had," said Philippe Zaouati, chief executive of Mirova, the $30 billion sustainable-investing unit affiliated with Natixis Investment Managers. "It's a vital issue for energy and human rights, and questions whether we still want to live in a democracy or not."
One point here is that, while this is an ESG issue, it is not one that implicates only or primarily ESG investors. Every company and investor faces some pressure to have a position on Russia. Some level of public morality, and some accounting for systemic risks, is now built into every aspect of international finance.
A simple model of environmental, social and governance investing is:
1. Climate change represents an existential risk, and it is smart to invest in companies that will do well in a lower-emissions world and avoid companies that will not survive the transition. 2. Also investment managers have personal moral views and decide not to invest in stuff they don't like.
The E in ESG is roughly a single thesis: Companies that create lots of carbon emissions will not be able to do that forever, and so investing in companies that plan to do it forever is bad. The S, however, generally has two sides. Some people dislike different things from other people; some people dislike the opposite things. Many important social questions are contested, and being engaged socially requires taking a side on those questions, not just being generically pro-social.
If you have a lot of money, though, you can sort of circumvent this problem. Never mind a proxy fight; do a hostile takeover offer. Find some public company doing a thing you don't like, buy the company, and stop it doing the thing. The pitch to shareholders is not "stopping this thing will make you more money," but rather "I will just give you more money — I will buy your shares at a premium — and then I will stop the company from doing the thing for my own reasons which don't concern you."
This is not really feasible with McDonald's, which has a $190 billion market capitalization and does lots of things, only some of which Carl Icahn doesn't like. But you could imagine someone who made billions of dollars in tech being easily able to afford, say, a thermal coal miner, or a gun manufacturer. You buy it, you shut down the coal mines, you keep the employees on for a few years to plant trees on the coal mines and retrain to be blockchain engineers.
This is probably not the best bang for your buck in philanthropy or anything,[1] but it might have some positive externalities. Other companies with bad ESG records will have to think not just "if we continue to have bad ESG records, ESG funds will dump our stock, slightly depressing our stock price, and our large index-fund holders will come in every quarter and make sad faces at us," but also "if we continue to have bad ESG records some tech billionaire will buy us out, fire all the executives and plant flowers in our factories." Expanding the toolkit of coercive ESG strategies — not just asking executives nicely to be better at ESG, but firing them if they say no — can be a way to accelerate good ESG behavior in public companies generally, even if you rarely use the coercive tools.
A main thesis of environmental, social and governance investing is that it is about maximizing profits in the face of future regulation. The idea is roughly that right now it is legal to do a certain amount of polluting, but in the future, as societies get more serious about combating global warming, it will not be legal to do that amount of polluting, so you should invest now in companies that do less polluting because their profits will be higher in that more-regulated future. Eventually a company's externalities will be internalized, so companies should try to minimize their externalities now.
This is a strange thesis. "We predict future environmental regulation and optimize our cash flows for that regulation" is not an obvious substitute for "we invest to make the world a better place." Last month Bloomberg Businessweek published an article titled "The ESG Mirage," pointing out that "MSCI, the largest ESG rating company, doesn't even try to measure the impact of a corporation on the world. It's all about whether the world might mess with the bottom line." Yes! That's the standard ESG approach. It's just weird.
You could analyze this thesis in two ways:
1. It is correct, or at least argued in good faith. People do ESG investing hoping to maximize their long-term cash flows, and potential future regulation is a key component of that calculation. 2. Investing in companies that do less polluting makes people — investment managers and their customers — feel better for non-financial reasons, but for regulatory and marketing purposes they like to say "also it maximizes our future profit" without particularly caring whether or not that is true, and this story about future regulation is a way to do that.
How can you tell which it is? Well, here is a fascinating paper by Aymeric Bellon of Wharton about private equity firms in the oil and gas industry. In standard financial theory and the popular imagination, private equity firms should be particularly focused on profit maximization: They have a good alignment of ownership and control (PE firms and their hired managers tend to own a lot of stock in the companies they run and so have a large economic stake in their decisions) and are plausibly more economically motivated than either public companies (which have to answer to activists, ESG-focused shareholders, etc.) or family firms. And Bellon finds that when PE firms own oil and gas wells they actually pollute less: "On average PE ownership leads to a 70% reduction in the use of toxic chemicals and a 50% reduction in satellite-based measures of CO2 emission." He argues that this is due to profit maximizing in the face of potential future regulation:
What are the economic channels driving the effect? I hypothesize that PE ownership confers strong incentive to maximize shareholders value which leads to less pollution, when environmental regulation is likely to increase in the future. There are at least two non-mutually exclusive explanations for why abstaining from polluting is value maximizing where regulation risk is high in the context of the oil and gas industry. First, if regulation is more likely in the future, there is a benefit to over-comply now if the cost function of abatement exhibits dynamic increasing returns to scale, such as learning by doing effects. In the oil and gas industry, there is much evidence of learning effects, which makes this channel likely. Second, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act imposes liabilities to oil and gas firms in case of a contamination if chemicals are used. A profit-maximizing agent decreases environmental risks when this enforcement risk is expected to become stronger in the future.
But he also "exploit[s] a natural experiment that plausibly exogenously changes environmental liability risks to better validate this interpretation." Basically in the U.S., fracking on Native American lands is subject to different rules than fracking on other land, and due to court decisions and regulatory changes, "between 2016 and 2018, the probability of having a new regulation in Native American reservations and federal lands was low":
Using this empirical design, I show that projects from PE-backed firms in areas that faced lower regulation risks contained more toxic pollution than other projects from PE-backed firms in areas with no changes to regulation risks. The relative increase in pollution following the regulation shock is quantitatively large, equivalent to double the usage of pollution for the average firm in the sample. ... Thus, these results are consistent with the shareholder value maximization channel. …
Similarly, the inverse relationship between environmental liability risks and PE-backed firms' pollution decisions is not consistent with a reduction driven by a non-pecuniary channel. If we view impact investing as a way to substitute for frictions that prevent governments from implementing environmentally friendly regulations as in Bénabou and Tirole (2010), then we should observe a decrease in pollution instead of an increase when regulatory risks become less important.
So in a context of more or less purely economically motivated private equity investors, pollution does seem to decrease based on perceived risk of future regulation. That main thesis of ESG investing — that voluntarily reducing pollution today maximizes long-term cash flows, because pollution might be more regulated tomorrow — is weird, but it seems to be true.
Presumably the audience is really BlackRock's clients, the people and institutions whose trillions of dollars of retirement savings are managed by BlackRock. One model for Fink's annual letter is that he has cranked up the environmental, social and governance stuff, in the letters and elsewhere, for the past few years, because ESG is hot in the investment-management industry and talking about it attracts clients. But there are vague rumblings of a backlash, of clients and politicians worrying that BlackRock is "too 'woke,'" so he's dialing it back like 10% in this letter:
Stakeholder capitalism is not about politics. It is not a social or ideological agenda. It is not "woke." It is capitalism, driven by mutually beneficial relationships between you and the employees, customers, suppliers, and communities your company relies on to prosper. This is the power of capitalism.
In today's globally interconnected world, a company must create value for and be valued by its full range of stakeholders in order to deliver long-term value for its shareholders. It is through effective stakeholder capitalism that capital is efficiently allocated, companies achieve durable profitability, and value is created and sustained for the long-term. Make no mistake, the fair pursuit of profit is still what animates markets; and long-term profitability is the measure by which markets will ultimately determine your company's success.
One way to read that passage is "we would still like to manage money for Republicans too."
This is kind of a boring letter? There is something odd about the world's largest shareholder advocating for stakeholder capitalism, saying to corporate CEOs "no, don't put shareholders first, prioritize your workers and customers and communities above shareholder profits." But of course he's not saying that. The point of this year's letter is to dispel the idea that he might be saying that. He's saying that sometimes having good customer service, paying employees enough to motivate them, and not breaking the law can help maximize the long-term value of a company's cash flows to shareholders, and so companies should do those things. Their executives should run the company, you know, well, like a business. They should make good choices and not bad ones, so that the business is valuable, for its shareholders, who are Fink's clients. There is nothing here that Milton Friedman could possibly object to.
There are, in the world, investors who specialize in finding companies that make money but spend it wastefully on businesses with poor long-term prospects, buy up shares in those companies and push them to cut that spending and return cash to shareholders who can put it to better uses. There are, in the world, investors who specialize in finding companies that don't make any money but that have bold and achievable long-term dreams, buy up shares in those companies and give them funding to turn those dreams into reality. There are investors who specialize in some industry and try to pick which firms in that industry will thrive in the long run and which will fail. BlackRock is not one of those investors — or, rather, it does a bit of all of those things, but as a whole it specializes in (1) finding all of the companies, (2) buying like 7% of their stock and (3) holding it forever.[1] And then Fink writes an annual letter to all of them at once. How nuanced can that one letter be? "Try to do a good job" is pretty broadly applicable advice, but beyond that situations will differ. Even "try to manage your company for the long term" and "stay true to your company's purpose," generic as they sound, can conflict with each other.
Also here's this:
We see a growing interest among shareholders – including among our own clients – in the corporate governance of public companies.
That is why we are pursuing an initiative to use technology to give more of our clients the option to have a say in how proxy votes are cast at companies their money is invested in. We now offer this option to certain institutional clients, including pension funds that support 60 million people. We are working to expand that universe.
We are committed to a future where every investor – even individual investors – can have the option to participate in the proxy voting process if they choose.
We know there are significant regulatory and logistical hurdles to achieving this today, but we believe this could bring more democracy and more voices to capitalism. Every investor deserves the right to be heard.
One way to put it is that right now Larry Fink gets to decide how trillions of dollars' worth of shares are voted at corporate meetings, and he is volunteering to give up that power and hand it back to his clients
If you are the chief executive officer of a public company, there are various environmental, social and governance things you could do. You could, like, switch your widget factory to use sustainably harvested natural widget materials instead of highly polluting fossil-fuel-derived widget materials or whatever. This would cost you more money and reduce profit margins, but. But something. But what?
1. "But it would be good for the planet, and you live on the planet, and you want your grandchildren to have" etc. is one form of argument but let's rule it out. You are a fiduciary, you work for shareholders, you can only consider arguments about shareholders' interests. Your grandchildren's interest in a livable planet cannot outweigh your shareholders' interest in somewhat higher profit margins. (There are forms of "stakeholder capitalism" that reject this view, but they strike me as somewhat undertheorized. Of course in practice you can expect CEOs not to be profit-maximizing psychopaths, but as a matter of constructing arguments about corporate finance, a CEO's personal, societal and political preferences seem out of bounds compared to stuff about shareholders.) 2. "But it would be good for the planet, and your shareholders live on the planet, and you want their grandchildren to have a nice planet." This strikes me as a pretty good argument? It is a somewhat strange corporate finance argument, but it is a thing that I think about a lot around here. Shouldn't companies do what is in the actual interests of shareholders, what the shareholders actually want, rather than robotically maximize profits? This can play out in various ways — companies with lots of meme-driven retail shareholders can give their shareholders memes, companies with lots of union-pension-fund shareholders can treat their unionized workers well, companies with lots of large diversified shareholders can try to maximize economy-wide profits rather than their own profits, etc. — but certainly one way for it to play out might be "companies with shareholders who are humans living on Earth can try to make Earth livable." One important reason that this is a strange corporate finance argument is that shareholders have heterogeneous desires. Everyone wants more money, or anyway it is convenient to assume that they do, but they might want different kinds of ESG stuff in different mixtures. (For instance, much ESG stuff is politically controversial, and your left-wing shareholders might want the opposite thing from your right-wing shareholders.) "We will maximize the long-term happiness and life satisfaction of our shareholders and their families" is probably a better goal than "we will maximize this year's profit," but it is certainly a much harder goal to quantify and measure and achieve. 3. "But in the long run society will ban highly polluting fossil-fuel-derived widget materials, and companies that pollute will suffer legal and reputational consequences, so doing environmentally friendly things now might lead to lower short-term profits as you retool the widget factory but will lead to higher long-term profits as your business is more sustainable." This is I think the most standard form of ESG argument. It uses ESG as a tool to get to profit maximization; you can feel good about yourself both as a person on Earth and also as a fiduciary value-maximizer. But this argument has some empirical content, and it can be true for some decisions and false for others. "We're going to switch to recyclable packaging for our widgets at a cost of $0.02 per widget because our government relations team expects tough restrictions on non-recyclable packaging to be enacted in multiple jurisdictions in the next six months" is a version of this that sounds plausible, while "we are going to abandon our factories and let them return to nature because in the long run society will reject striving for material goods" seems less likely to maximize shareholder value. "We're going to get out of the coal business because it seems like a long-run loser" is perhaps a good argument for a diversified commodities company that can sell its coal mines at a high price today and focus on businesses with better long-term prospects, but a less good (financial) argument for a pure-play coal miner. 4. "But your shareholders want you to do good ESG things, either because they believe Argument 2 (they are human, want their grandchildren to have nice things, etc.), or because they correctly believe Argument 3 (you will have higher sustainable long-term profits), or because they incorrectly believe Argument 3 but that's their problem, and you can maximize the long-term value of your company by giving shareholders what they want even if it does not maximize the net present value of your projects, because (1) if shareholders like you they will buy stock and you will have access to cheap capital that you can use to do good business things and create fundamental value for shareholders and/or (2) if shareholders like you they will buy stock and your stock price will go up, which is shareholder value all by itself." Something like that? "I'm just here to maximize my stock price," you might say, "and right now stock prices go up when companies do ESG things, so I'm gonna do ESG things, and I don't think it requires more corporate finance analysis than that." As the CEO, you do whatever makes the stock go up, because markets are efficient and the stock price is better at this than you are. I sort of like this argument too.
Has anyone started the, like, Let's Destroy The Earth Fund yet? I feel like if you started a private equity fund with an explicit mandate to invest in things with the worst environmental, social and governance attributes, then you'd have two really strong marketing points:
1. There is a simple story to be told that, as investors demand ESG and shun assets with bad ESG scores, those assets will be underpriced and you can buy them cheap and get good returns; plus 2. In the U.S., there is political polarization around ESG, and you could market your fund to all the people who don't want BlackRock Inc. to go around saving the world on their behalf.
Seems like a good business. Anyway:
Private equity firms are lining up to take on the dirty -- and highly profitable -- assets being divested by publicly traded commodity producers as the world grapples to decarbonize.>
In the latest example, private equity accounted for most of the 30 so-called western candidates that signed non-disclosure agreements in the sale of Vale SA's Mozambique coal business, according to Luciano Siani Pires, head of strategy and business transformation at Rio de Janeiro-based Vale.
On LinkedIn, Siani writes:
Precisely because coal-related assets have become toxic for listed companies, private equity firms are hunting thermal coal power plants and coal mining properties across the world at bargain prices, aiming at juicy returns, as they do not have ESG-minded constituencies to attend to. ...
In both Coal and Oil, private equity firms are betting that the energy transition will take longer than expected and that demand will outpace a shrinking supply. The ensuing combination of high commodity prices and low acquisition costs for unwelcome assets may provide these firms the bonanza of a lifetime.
I think "get the bonanza of a lifetime while also destroying the environment" is not a pitch that will appeal to everybody, but it definitely will appeal to somebody?
You could have a model of environmental, social and governance investing in which:
1. There are ESG investors who own virtuous assets and do virtuous things with them, and 2. There are non-ESG investors who own evil assets and do evil things with them.
As an ESG investors, you can feel virtuous about this, but you might also worry about its effect on the world. Sure you aren't funding evil, but evil is getting funded. If the evil assets are in evil hands, they will be used for more evil. Isn't it better for ESG investors to own the evil assets and do virtuous things with them?
Specifically: If all the ESG-focused investors divest from thermal coal, and they get all of the ESG-curious energy companies they own to divest from thermal coal, then the thermal coal mines will end up in the hands of investors who don't care about ESG. And maybe those miners will have a higher cost of capital and won't be able to do business with some customers, but as long as there is still demand for thermal coal they will mine it. And because they don't care about ESG they will mine lots of it really fast, and probably in unsafe ways, and dump their waste in the river, and so forth.
Maybe it would be better for the ESG-focused investors to buy the coal mines and shut them down? The problem here is that it is hard to go out to ESG investors to be like "you should spend $1 billion on this coal mine with an expected return of zero." ESG investing aims to produce good sustainable financial returns; it is not pure philanthropy. If ESG investors buy a coal mine, they will expect to make a profit. It's not easy to make a profit by buying coal mines and shutting them down.
Here is a simple story about environmental, social and governance investing. The point of ESG investing is to raise the cost of capital of things that are bad for the environment or society. ESG investors will shun companies that do bad things and prefer companies that do good things, raising the cost of capital of the bad companies and lowering the cost of capital of the good companies. The companies will be economically motivated to get a lower cost of capital, so they will stop doing bad things and do more good things.
This will operate in crude large-scale ways: Investors will shun bad coal companies and prefer wind-energy companies, so some coal companies will shut down and wind companies will launch. But it will also operate in small-scale ways within industries. Investors will reward, like, consulting firms that do sales calls over Zoom instead of flying on carbon-intensive planes to meet with clients. Or if they have to fly to meet with clients, they'll be rewarded for renting electric vehicles instead of gas-powered SUVs when they get there.
This story sounds too neat, doesn't it? The idea that ESG investing raises the cost of capital of bad ESG things is itself controversial, but even if you buy it, it seems pretty bold to apply it to every decision that a company makes, even decisions as small-scale as what cars to rent on business trips. Car rental is not, for most companies, a big line item in the income statement. The idea that you'd be able to meaningfully lower your cost of capital this way seems almost like a fantasy of market efficiency: The market places a price on carbon emissions by public companies, and companies automatically respond to that price signal by lowering emissions in every aspect of their business.
One theory you could have about environmental, social and governance investing is that it is a good investing strategy; it maximizes expected returns. Coolly self-interested investors say to themselves "if we don't reduce carbon emissions and racial inequalities, we will make less money, so we should do those things." This is a real theory that people very much believe in, though there are also doubters.
Another theory you could have about ESG is that it is a good marketing strategy; it maximizes the ability of institutional asset managers to gather assets. Coolly self-interested asset managers say to themselves "if we tell people that we are reducing carbon emissions and racial inequalities, they will give us their money to manage." There is some obvious truth to this one, and you don't have to be cynical about it; big asset managers do say that their ESG concerns are client-driven, and generally it is good for asset managers to do what clients want. (This theory pushes down the question of, well, why do the clients want it?)
A third theory you could have about ESG is that it is a good personal strategy: Investors are people, they live on a planet and in a society, they want the planet to be habitable and the society to be good, investment returns are not everything.
I sometimes think that there is a certain wishfulness in the assumed mechanism of ESG. ESG investors tend to actually care about climate change. One thing that they want to do at their jobs is invest in businesses that they think are good and make life harder for companies that they think are destroying the earth. " Fund Managers Live on Earth Too, and Seem to Like It," was my colleague John Authers's headline the other day. "I like living on this planet and would prefer not to fund activities that destroy it" strikes me as a reasonable and sufficient reason for a person to choose some investments and reject others.
But it is awkward to say that, because ESG investors are generally (1) fiduciaries for their clients and (2) also marketing their services to prospective clients. Clients would prefer to be told that ESG investing will make them money. So the ESG investors like to tell stories to the effect of "activities that destroy the planet will have a lower long-term financial return, which is why we avoid them." And you can certainly tell versions of that story, about the declining social acceptability of carbon emissions and the rising popularity of clean energy and the long-run need to internalize externalities and, yes, global intergovernmental accords about reducing emissions.
But it is also possible that the people who run ESG funds believe in the necessity and inevitability of anti-emissions regulation more than the people who run governments in oil-producing areas do. Texas is not banning oil! Texas is banning discrimination against oil! And they're really passionate about it! In Texas, oil has civil rights! If your ESG thesis is "eventually the world should ban oil," fine, I guess, but if your ESG thesis is "soon the world will ban oil" there is some uncomfortable empirical evidence the other way.
Elsewhere, here is a paper called "Brown Assets for the Prudent Investor" by Alon Brav and J.B. Heaton:
Most commentary on climate-themed investment treats climate change as a one-way risk to brown assets from a hoped-for transition to a low-carbon economy. But the converse holds as well. Brown assets could turn out to be highly valuable if the world fails to transition out of the high-carbon economy. This is true both because sentiment for green assets may cause brown assets to be underpriced (generating higher expected returns) and because brown assets may provide a valuable hedge against the costs of climate change in a world that failed to transition to a low-carbon economy. Given the lack of progress to date toward transition to a low-carbon economy, we argue that institutional investors subject to fiduciary duties of prudent investment (including the duty to diversify) cannot yet justify divestment from brown assets.
A year ago, you could have told a story like "let's not buy oil wells in Texas, because eventually oil drilling will be banned or at least difficult to finance, and the world is transitioning away from oil." In the actual world of November 2021, oil is trading near $85 a barrel because of intense global demand for oil, and in Texas it is kind of illegal not to finance oil drilling. If you bought oil wells a year ago that was probably a good trade!
If you've got one set of investors who care about one thing and another set of investors who care about another thing, it is nice to sell the first set of investors the thing they want and the second set of investors the thing they want. And this happens: Big public oil companies sometimes sell their dirty assets, and their assets that will be stranded in a world of stricter carbon regulation, to smaller private companies that are financed by investors who are less focused on ESG. The big companies get to be cleaner and more sustainable, which appeals to their investors. The small companies buy good cash flows cheap, which appeals to their investors, who are different.
You could imagine accelerating this approach:
Activist investor Dan Loeb has built a position in Royal Dutch Shell Plc and is pushing for a breakup of the energy giant as it embraces renewable energy while continuing to pump oil and gas.
Loeb's Third Point LLC has taken a $750 million stake, according to a person familiar with the matter, equivalent to about 0.4% of the company. The firm said in a letter to investors Wednesday that Shell would benefit from breaking off its liquefied natural gas, renewables and marketing businesses into a standalone company. That would separate it from Shell's legacy energy business, which would include the upstream, refining and chemicals operations.
Here is Third Point's investor letter. Loeb describes Shell as a particularly good oil major from a sustainability perspective:
Compared to its peers, Shell generates a much larger percentage of its cash flow and earnings from stable businesses that have a major role to play in the energy transition. For example, Shell is the largest global player in liquified natural gas ("LNG"), which is a critical transition fuel to move off carbon intensive coal-fired power generation. In 2022, we expect the company's energy transition businesses (LNG, Renewables and Marketing) to generate E
Goldman Sachs Group Inc., in an effort to win more deposits and build out its transaction banking segment, is offering companies slightly higher interest on their accounts if they meet environmental or other socially responsible goals.
The bank opened its first such account last month, for Xylem Inc., a company that supplies equipment and technology to water utilities. It's seeing interest from other clients, with five to 10 more transactions in the works, according to Mark Smith, Goldman Sachs's head of global liquidity and transaction banking. …
Goldman Sachs's ESG-linked deposit account for Xylem is essentially a corporate checking account for the company's day-to-day operations. If Xylem reaches a key performance indicator that it agreed to, Goldman Sachs will pay Xylem between 0.02 to 0.05 percentage point of extra interest on the daily average balance of its account at the end of the year, according to a person with knowledge of the matter. Xylem's key performance indicator is related to transitioning major facilities to 100% recycled process water, according to a separate person familiar with the matter.
Xylem had $1.9 billion of cash and cash equivalents at the end of 2020, and has said its deposit account holds hundreds of millions of dollars. Xylem has embraced other methods of green financing, including a sustainability-linked revolving credit facility and issuing a $1 billion green bond.
There is actually a weird sort of accounting logic here. People understand that oil companies contribute a lot to climate change. Oil companies are, therefore, a focus for environmental criticism. "Do stuff for the climate," activists say, to oil companies. "Okay we will be net zero emitters, eventually," the oil companies say. "Sure we will drill oil and sell it to people, but our activities will be totally clean; what our customers do with the oil is up to them."
Logically then the activists should go to the customers and say "you also should be net zero emitters," and obviously to some extent they do — big tech companies and airlines and utilities and others get plenty of climate pressure and often go around committing to becoming net zero emitters eventually — but there are so many more users of fossil fuels than there are producers, and their fossil-fuel use is generally less salient. The investors in an enterprise software company or direct-to-consumer retail brand or whatever might care about the environment, but it will be pretty far down their list of concerns about that company. Whereas at an oil major, from now until 2050, climate is always going to dominate the discussion.
So in a world where you can be a "net zero emitter" through some combination of (1) emitting lots of carbon and (2) buying somewhat abstract carbon offsets to get your total carbon to sum to zero, the highest bidders for those offsets will be the companies where carbon emissions are most salient. The cost to a public oil major of emitting lots of carbon — in terms of investor complaints, proxy fights, higher cost of capital, etc. — is high, so the value of getting to net zero is high. Whereas at a software company the salience is lower, so the cost is lower, so the value is lower. The oil companies want to shift emissions from themselves to their customers because the emissions are cheaper for the customers.
The way it works is that there are companies and each company does a range of projects. Some companies — particularly energy companies — will do all three of these sorts of projects:
1. Green projects, where the company does something that is good for the environment. (Building a wind farm, say.) 2. Dirty projects, where the company does something that is bad for the environment but nonetheless has positive expected value for the company. (Drilling for oil in an arctic wildlife reserve, say.) 3. Neutral and miscellaneous projects, where the company does something that doesn't feel especially related to the environment one way or the other. (Stock buybacks, I dunno.)
The company needs money to fund these projects. Crudely, there are two ways to raise money: You can raise money specifically earmarked for a particular project, or you just raise money for general corporate purposes and use the money for whichever projects you want. Crudely, you should choose a financing method based on what investors want: If there is a ton of investor demand for green projects, you should finance the green projects with specifically earmarked money; if there is a ton of investor resistance to dirty projects, you should finance the dirty projects out of general corporate funds.
We have talked a few times about "green bonds," which are bonds that a company (or country, etc.) issues specifically to finance green projects. Green bonds exist because investors like to finance green projects, so green bonds tend to have a slightly lower interest rate than regular bonds of the same company: The company does whatever mix of projects it does, but investors prefer to explicitly finance the green ones. But we talked last week about reports that that is changing, as investors say, well, look, we want companies to be green in their overall mix of projects, but we don't really get any great benefit out of specifically financing the green projects. If a company mostly goes around polluting but also does one small solar project, we're not gonna be all that jazzed to buy green bonds to finance the solar project. As the Financial Times reported:
Many investors are beginning to question the logic of paying extra for a bond with a "green" label, arguing that there are better ways to incentivise sovereign or corporate borrowers to boost their spending on environmentally friendly projects.
These fund managers say that companies or governments should be rewarded — or penalised — based on their green efforts as a whole, rather than hiving off a small part of their activities and rebadging the debt used to pay for it.
"We always evaluate an issuer in its entirety, not just one bond," says Madeleine King, co-head of global credit research at Legal & General Investment Management. She argues that it makes little sense to pay a premium for a green bond compared with a normal bond from the same company when the creditworthiness — and the sustainability credentials — of the issuer are the same in either case.
Conversely, here is the Wall Street Journal reporting that "Some Investors Say Bank Pledges to Cut Funding for Arctic Drilling Contain Loopholes":
Some of the world’s largest banks, including Goldman Sachs Group Inc., HSBC Holdings PLC and BNP Paribas SA pledged in recent years to stop direct financing of Arctic oil exploration. The idea was to choke off money for fossil-fuel extraction in a pristine natural environment.
A battle has broken out among investors, environmentalists and banks over those pledges. Some investors and environmentalists say they contain loopholes, and money has continued to flow from big banks to companies active in areas of Norway, Russia, Canada and Alaska rich in oil and gas. Under pressure, two of the banks, BNP and HSBC, say they are reviewing their pledges to make them stronger. …
Among the complaints about the pledges: While banks have stopped directly lending to Arctic projects through what are known as project finance loans, they continue to lend to oil-and-gas companies active in the Arctic at the corporate level, where money is fungible. …
There is no indication that the banks have violated their promises, which focus on project finance, or lending to specific projects. But about 90% of energy investments are financed primarily from company balance sheets, according to the International Energy Agency.
Yes, right, if you go to the market and say "we want to borrow money for green things," you might save a basis point, though you might not; now people just kind of expect you to do green things. If you go to the market and say "we want to borrow money for dirty things," you will miss out on some investors. "Come on," those investors will say, "we're not going to give you money specifically for the dirty things , that looks terrible." But if you go to the market and say "we want to borrow money for all the things we use money for," some of them will be clean and some of them will be dirty and it's all basically fine.
Meanwhile here's a story about greenium:
Investors have long been willing to pay a premium for green bonds, rewarding companies or governments that want to clean up their act by giving them lower borrowing costs.
But, amid a boom in the issuance of bonds whose proceeds are earmarked for environmental spending, there are signs that this so-called "greenium" is being eroded. …
Many investors are beginning to question the logic of paying extra for a bond with a "green" label, arguing that there are better ways to incentivise sovereign or corporate borrowers to boost their spending on environmentally friendly projects.
These fund managers say that companies or governments should be rewarded — or penalised — based on their green efforts as a whole, rather than hiving off a small part of their activities and rebadging the debt used to pay for it.
"We always evaluate an issuer in its entirety, not just one bond," says Madeleine King, co-head of global credit research at Legal & General Investment Management. She argues that it makes little sense to pay a premium for a green bond compared with a normal bond from the same company when the creditworthiness — and the sustainability credentials — of the issuer are the same in either case.
This seems like a story about the maturation of ESG investing. In the olden days, a company could sell regular bonds to regular investors and green bonds to ESG investors; "we'll do some environmental stuff with the money you give us" was a good enough incentive to get the ESG investors to give the company cheap money. ESG investing was a small niche and you could micro-target it. But now ESG is important enough to enough investors and companies that the ESG investors can just buy regular bonds from companies that meet their ESG criteria and avoid buying any bonds — regular or green — from companies that don't. "We'll sell regular bonds to fund our pollution and green bonds to clean it up" is not as attractive a model as "we won't pollute, and here are some bonds."
Sometimes countries borrow a lot of money from investors in other, richer countries, and then they cannot pay back the money, and they go to the creditors and ask to restructure their debt. Typically the restructuring request is along the lines of "instead of paying you back 100 cents on the dollar this year what if we paid you back 70 cents on the dollar in 10 years," or whatever, and the creditors grumble and negotiate and some deal is or isn't reached.
These things are always a bit more ad hoc and negotiated than, say, a corporate bankruptcy, because unlike in a corporate bankruptcy the creditors mostly can't foreclose on the country. There is no international super-court that would let the creditors come in and seize all of the country's airplanes or tanks or government offices or attractive tourist beaches or whatever, though a hedge fund did once famously seize an Argentine navy ship over unpaid debt.
But in principle I suppose a country could say "hey we're a little short on cash but would you take a few miles of beach as repayment?" It doesn't happen much, I suppose mostly because it is not great domestic politics to be like "sorry we don't have any beaches anymore, we gave them to bondholders." Anyway here's a story about Belize handing over some coral reefs to its creditors:
Belize is inching towards a deal with international bondholders after admitting it cannot afford to pay back its debt, and counting on an unusual asset to help: its coral reefs.
No, actually, I'm kidding, it's more interesting than that:
Earlier this month the Caribbean nation, with its tourism-heavy economy ravaged by the pandemic, agreed to buy back its only international bond from investors at a huge discount, using cash lent by the Nature Conservancy, a US-based environmental group. As part of the deal, Belize will pre-fund a $23.4m endowment to support marine conservation projects on its coastline, home to the world's second-largest barrier reef.
Some more investors still need to agree to the scale of the buyback discount before the deal is done. But if Belize can achieve the approval it needs on this $530m bond, the country could secure the first green-tinged debt restructuring, capitalising on the hunger among big fund managers to demonstrate their commitment to environmental, social and governance-driven investing.
Investors and advisers say the agreement could serve as a template for future restructuring talks, in which cash-strapped nations use the promise of environmental conservation to drive a harder bargain — in effect creating a mechanism for investors in rich countries to pay poorer nations to protect the natural world.
"We live in a world where many institutional investors profess ESG sensibilities," said Lee Buchheit, the veteran sovereign debt restructuring lawyer who is advising the Belizean government. "In any restructuring things always get tight when you get down to the last few pennies. We were hoping the environmental aspect would sweeten the transaction."
I suppose one way to read this story is that creditors want money from Belize, and Belize is like "hmm, nice coral reefs we've got here, would be a shame if anyone were to destroy them due to lack of international funding," and the creditors were like "fine fine fine we will take less money if you promise to leave the coral reefs alone." Another way to read the story is as "Belize is handing over some coral reefs to its creditors," but those creditors are interested in burnishing their environmental, social and governance (ESG) credentials, so they will leave the coral reefs alone.
But probably the best reading is Buchheit's. Investors ascribe some value to ESG: Green bonds have a " greenium" (investors accept lower returns to fund more environmentally friendly projects), ESG loans charge lower interest if the borrower meets environmental targets, etc. Similarly here if you are a country that has run out of money you can go to creditors and say "we'll pay you 60 cents on the dollar," they might say no, but if you say "we'll pay you 55 cents on the dollar and also mutter an ESG incantation," they will say yes, because that ESG incantation has value to them:
A group of investors led by GMO, Abrdn and Greylock Capital, representing half of the bondholders, has already given the scheme its blessing. Carlos de Sousa, a portfolio manager at Vontobel Asset Management — a member of this group holding about 10 per cent of the bond — said the proposal chimes with his company's focus on ESG.
"Even though 55 is not the most amazing recovery value, we like the deal," he said, adding that investors had got more of their money back in previous restructurings. "To think that we are contributing to saving the second-biggest coral reef in the world is certainly a positive. It makes you somewhat less inclined to push for 60."
I gather that, here, there is some money going into active conservation efforts, but you could imagine using this template without that. A country runs out of money, it says "well we have a bunch of trees, if you let us haircut our debt we won't chop down all the trees," and the creditors say yes. The creditors get valuable ESG points, the country gets money, and the trees, well, who can say whether they would have been cut down without the deal.
I have said before that there are two basic theories of environmental, social and governance investing. One says "we will avoid investing in companies that do bad things, which will drive up their cost of capital, which will lead to a reduction in the number of bad things in the world." This has the advantage of (purportedly) doing good in the world: There is some mechanism by which your investing choices reduce pollution, solve climate change, etc. It has the disadvantage of foregoing returns: If you are raising the cost of capital of bad things, that means that the bad things have a higher return, and someone else is getting that return.
The other theory says "we will avoid companies that do bad things, because doing bad things is unsustainable, and eventually the companies that do bad things will all go bankrupt." This has the advantage of promising higher returns: If you choose stocks that will go up, and avoid the stocks that go bankrupt, that's good for your investors. It makes no particular do-gooder claims, though. You're not making any claims about changing the world; you are just trying to make money from your prediction about how the world will change anyway.
A third theory would be "we will invest in companies that do bad things and turn them into companies that do good things, because (1) that is good and (2) doing bad things is unsustainable and eventually companies that continue to do bad things will go bankrupt." This has the advantage of promising higher returns (through stop-doing-bad-things activism) and of doing good in the world. It is a nice synergy of the two approaches; you are claiming both to have a direct positive impact on the world and to outperform the market.
This third theory is, I think, hard for the average ESG fund to pull off. If you are buying 0.1% of a handful of companies you can call them up and say "stop polluting," but they will ignore you. But some people can pull it off. BlackRock Inc. clearly has more or less this theory: It buys huge stakes in every company, including coal companies and gun companies and all the rest, and then it sends them strongly worded letters asking them to be more sustainable, to pollute less or focus more on gun safety or whatever. Because it is a huge shareholder, it is possible that the companies might listen. (Because it can't really sell its shares, it is possible that they might not.)
But really the way to implement this theory is through shareholder activism: You buy stock in oil companies, you yell at them to pollute less, and if they refuse you run a proxy fight to throw out their directors and replace them with new, more environmentally conscious directors. This roughly describes what tiny ESG-ish activist fund Engine No. 1 LLC did to Exxon Mobil Corp. this spring, and Engine No. 1 has dined out on it ever since.
A different but related form of ESG borrowing is a "green bond." In a green bond, a company borrows money and commits to use it for some sort of environmental-sustainability project; in exchange, the bond carries an interest rate that is lower than the company would ordinarily pay. (ESG loans, on the other hand, usually have no committed use of proceeds, but have higher or lower interest depending on whether the company does enough green things.) This difference — the reduction in the interest rate for doing green stuff — is called the "greenium." With demand for environmental sustainability soaring, the greenium is higher now than it has ever been. Also it is two basis points:
There has never been a better time to sell green bonds in Europe.
A boom in ESG investing has pushed up the "greenium" investors are willing to pay for debt that complies with a set of environmental, social, and governance criteria, according to Deutsche Bank AG. That's flushed out debut green deals from issuers as diverse as Spain and Oreo-cookie maker Mondelez International Inc.
"We are now able to go to issuers and tell them 'if you issue your debt in green format, you will actually save money,' meaning that the hurdles we had to overcome for our clients to issue green bonds are now gone," said Henrik Johnsson, co-head of investment banking EMEA at Deutsche Bank in London. "We are in a Goldilocks moment." …
"Everything else equal, investors are willing to pay more for a green bond than for a conventional bond," Pablo de Ramon-Laca, director general of Spain's Treasury said in an interview with Bloomberg TV Wednesday. The government cited an estimate by lead managers on the deal that it achieved a greenium "of around 2 basis points."
To be fair, the greenium is sometimes bigger for corporate borrowers, particularly ones that pay higher rates generally. Except that 39% of the time it apparently isn't?
According to Deutsche Bank research, borrowers of green bonds got a reduced rate vis-a-vis their outstanding debt on 61% of deals sold in the second half of 2020, an increase over the first half.
There are two great narratives of ESG investing: "We will invest in good-ESG companies rather than bad-ESG companies in order to raise the cost of capital for bad-ESG companies and drive bad ESG practices out of the market, accepting a lower return on investment for ourselves in order to create incentives for companies to do the right thing," versus "we will invest in good-ESG companies because they will outperform in a future world that cares more about environmental and social issues, so we will get a higher return on investment for ourselves." People kind of hate that first narrative because it requires them to accept lower returns, and nobody wants that; everyone would rather say "we do well while doing good" instead of "we do good by sacrificing some money."
The greenium, of course, fits with the first narrative: Investors explicitly accept a lower return on investment[3] in exchange for financing good ESG projects and not bad ones. They are willing to pay — accept a lower interest rate — for something that makes them feel good. They're just not willing to pay very much.
But a reader pointed out another, stranger aspect of these loans, which is accounting. Basically if you are a company you like your borrowing to be accounted for as borrowing. You borrow $100, you add $100 to your assets (as cash) and $100 to your liabilities (as long-term debt), you have an interest expense every year, it is fairly simple stuff. But some sorts of debt have what are called "embedded derivatives." A classic sort of embedded derivative is a structured note issued by an investment bank: The buyer gives the bank $100, and the bank promises that in three years it will pay back, you know, $100 plus twice the increase in the S&P 500 index minus half the increase in the price of Tesla stock, or whatever. The bank does not account for that as a $100 liability; the bank marks that to market each quarter. Its balance sheet reflects the fair value of the liability — based on what the S&P and Tesla did that quarter — and its income statement reflects the changes in that fair value. If the S&P goes up and Tesla goes down, the bank owes investors more money, so its liability is bigger and it has a loss in earnings.
That is an obvious one — that is a bond that is set up explicitly to be a derivative — but a fun game for accountants is spotting other, less obvious embedded derivatives. If you issue a bond or a loan, and there is some unusual provision in it that changes how much you have to pay in some circumstances, that might be an embedded derivative. Not always — a floating-rate loan based on Libor or whatever, for instance, generally isn't treated as having an embedded derivative — but a lot of the time.[1] And so if you have some feature like that in a debt contract, some accountant might say "aha, an embedded derivative," and make you mark it to market.
And if they say "aha, your interest rate will change depending on if you hit ESG goals, that's an embedded derivative," then you will have to (1) figure out how much it's worth, (2) figure out how much its value changes each quarter, and (3) reflect that in earnings. If you hire a few extra white men this quarter, that makes it less likely that you will hit your ESG targets, which makes it more likely you'll pay more interest in the future, which increases the value of your liability (the amount you owe), which reduces your earnings for this quarter. In general, if you do bad ESG stuff in a quarter, that will reduce your earnings; if you do good ESG stuff, that will increase your earnings.
Here is a fun piece from AQR Capital Management's Cliff Asness on "Shorting Your Way to a Greener Tomorrow," arguing that if you want to be an ESG investor you should not just buy companies with good ESG performance, and not just avoid companies with bad ESG performance, but actively short companies with bad ESG performance.
Most of this is so intuitive to me that I will not spend a lot of time on it — yes, right, if you think a company is evil you should short it — though the fact that Asness felt compelled to write it suggests that others do not find it intuitive.
But I do want to quote what he writes about measurement:
If one is measuring the carbon footprint in a portfolio, the shorts should be accounted for: one should count the net footprint, which is the value of the long side minus the value of the short side. You cannot ignore the shorts or the system is imbalanced. In fact, if you do anything but count them as reducing emissions exposure, it's impossibly inconsistent. If you ignore shorts, then adding up the ESG exposure of all the separate market participants will not equal the ESG exposure of the market portfolio. You certainly cannot ignore them or, for some real crazy talk, add their absolute value to the longs. Anything other than attributing negative carbon to the shorts just won't work, it doesn't add up, and it certainly doesn't help anyone. Counting them, putting pressure on companies with short positions to reduce their emissions and enabling investors to achieve their net zero goals, most certainly does.
Using short selling to reduce carbon exposure, to get to net zero or to achieve other ESG goals, is a vital tool for ESG investing. It's also a tool that can readily be incorporated into portfolio construction. For those who want their investing to lead to a lower carbon (and better S and G) world, this is one important tool to help us get there.
One way to have net zero climate impact is to only buy companies that don't use any oil (or gas-powered electricity, etc.), but that seems really hard. Another way is to buy companies that use some oil in a judicious way, and also plant lots of trees, or pay people not to cut down existing trees: You contribute to climate change by the activities of your portfolio companies (flying to business meetings, manufacturing stuff, etc.) but you offset that impact by planting or preserving trees to capture carbon.[3]
But a third way to do it is to buy the stocks of companies that use some oil in a judicious way, and then also short a bunch of oil-company stocks. The companies you own contribute a bit to climate change, which makes you sad, but the companies you short contribute even more to climate change, and you get to reverse the sign: By shorting their stock, you subtract their contribution to climate change from your portfolio.
Is that valid? Sure, I dunno, why not. One thing that I like to think about short selling is that it creates new shares of a company, and to some extent those shares compete with the shares issued by the company. If you short a bunch of oil-company stock, someone who wants to buy oil-company stock might buy it from you instead of from the company. In the limit, if enough people embrace the idea of shorting oil stocks, they will crowd out the oil companies; it will be impossible to finance oil drilling because any money you put into oil stocks will go to short sellers, not drilling.
But it feels very financial, using the abstract workings of the financial system to make bold claims about a real-world result. If you are, say, Jim Chanos and you run a short-focused fund, presumably the overall carbon impact of your portfolio is very negative (because most companies, in any industry, are using some carbon to make stuff or fly to meetings or whatever, and so if you're shorting a bunch of companies you have a negative position on a lot of carbon use). Could Jim Chanos just like fly in circles in a private jet while eating beef and taking long showers and saying "I am the greatest climate hero in the history of the world," because of his short selling? Maybe?
If you are a bank, a thing you want is to be able to say "we made $X billion of ESG loans this quarter," loans tied to environmental, social and governance goals. The way these loans work is that if the borrower hits some targets for stuff "ranging from improved energy efficiency to workforce and boardroom diversity," it pays a lower interest rate; if it misses the targets it pays a higher interest rate. If you make $X billion of those loans, where X is impressively large, you get to put out a press release about how environmentally friendly you are. When investors run ESG screens to decide what banks to invest in, your commitment to ESG loans will be a positive. When climate-change protesters show up at your office to complain about how you finance coal companies you can say "no no no we are on your side, we made $X billion of ESG loans this quarter."
Similarly if you are a company and a bank comes to you and is like "let's do an ESG loan where you pay less for hitting ESG targets and more for missing them" you will be like, sure, I guess, that way I can tell my shareholders and climate protesters that I am doing good ESG stuff.
Will anyone care? I dunno. Abstractly it feels like agency costs all the way down. The bank and the borrower don't need to care very much about this; they just need something to tell shareholders. The institutional shareholders don't need to care very much either; they just need some metric where they can tell their clients "we only invest in banks that do good ESG stuff." The clients might be governments or pension funds that also need to tell some set of constituents about their environmental commitments. The constituents — the taxpayers or employees — might want something along the lines of "someone should tell me to feel good about the environmental impact of my investments" rather than, like, "my investments should actually have a good environmental impact." I think there is probably a lot of value to be created by telling people soothing things about ESG , and in practice, if someone creates that value, a lot of intermediaries in the chain will capture some of it.
Big energy trading houses, long focused on deep, volatile markets such as oil and natural gas, are now bulking up their carbon-trading operations as governments around the world push to expand the market for trading carbon emissions.
Two of the world's biggest oil companies, Royal Dutch Shell PLC and BP PLC, already have significant carbon-emissions trading arms, thanks to a relatively well-developed carbon market in Europe. Big carbon emitters such as steel producers receive emission allowances, and can buy more to stay under European emissions guidelines. Companies that fall below those limits can sell their excess carbon-emissions allowances.
Traders get in the middle of those transactions, seeking to profit from even small moves in the price of carbon and sometimes betting on the direction of prices. The value of the world's carbon markets—including Europe and smaller markets in places such as California and New Zealand—grew 23% last year to €238 billion, equivalent to $281 billion, according to data provider Refinitiv Holdings Ltd. ...
You could have a simple dumb model like:
1. The world burns $2 trillion of oil per year. 2. Burning $100 of oil costs $100 and produces $120 of economic output. (All numbers here are completely made up!) 3. Not burning $100 of oil costs nothing and produces $25 worth of carbon credits. (Again, made up.) 4. It's more profitable not to burn the oil, which produces hundreds of billions of dollars a year of credits. 5. Somebody has to finance all that not-burning-the-oil. (???) 6. Somebody else has to provide liquidity for the people financing all the not-burning-the-oil. 7. At some point there is a transition where the not-burning-oil market becomes bigger than the oil market.
It's just so pretty. For thousands of years people have been using some form of financial markets to finance productive activities. You want to make some stuff, so you raise some money to pay for the things you need to make the stuff, then you make the stuff and sell it and pay back the money. But it is only fairly recently that people have figured out how to use sophisticated financial instruments to finance not doing activities. We now live in an era where, if it is economically beneficial not to do something, there is a market price for not doing it, and a liquid derivatives market in which big oil companies' trading desks can make millions of dollars trading promises not to do it.
A simple story is that investors want to buy stocks and bonds from good companies, companies in strong financial positions, companies with high revenues and low expenses and lots of valuable assets. The way to tell that a company has high revenues and low expenses and valuable assets is by looking at its financial statements, which helpfully list its revenues and expenses and assets and liabilities. Obviously unscrupulous people might start companies and lie on those financial statements, because then they could raise a lot of money and keep it for themselves. Or they might not lie exactly, but instead use odd accounting choices to make their financial position look better than it is. So there is a whole profession of auditing, which is basically in the business of examining companies' financial statements, making sure that they conform to generally accepted accounting principles and certifying to the investing public that they are more or less true. Sometimes auditors get this wrong, but generally investors trust auditors enough that (1) financial statements audited by reputable accounting firms, particularly the "Big Four," are generally considered to be more or less true and (2) financial statements that aren't audited are often viewed with some suspicion.
Traditionally the main thing investors were assumed to want, from a company, was a strong financial position, so the audited financial statements mattered a lot. But of course investors want other things. One thing they want is strong growth prospects, which is not really something that is reflected in audited historical financial statements; audited financials matter a lot less to hot startups looking to raise venture capital than they do to mature industrial companies looking to sell bonds. Another thing they want is just, you know, meme-y stuff. You don't need an auditor to tell you if a company's chief executive officer is fun on Twitter.
These days investors also care a lot about environmental, social and governance factors. These things are not particularly reflected in financial statements. But they could be! Or, I mean, they could be reflected in other statements. ESG statements, I guess. The thing about ESG is that it has some of the same issues that require auditing of financial statements.
1. Investors want companies with good ESG positions, companies that don't pollute a lot and treat employees well and so forth. 2. Unscrupulous people might lie about how much they pollute, etc. 3. Or they might just use different methods of accounting for their pollution, etc., to make their own performance look good. 4. It would be nice to standardize how companies report ESG data, and to have some authority figure to check it and vouch for it.
ESG stuff largely seems factual, measurable, reportable, but the measurement and reporting are not yet standardized in the way that financial reporting is. That creates an opportunity for people who are in the business of standardizing and certifying corporate measurements and reports. Here is a fun Financial Times article about the opportunity:
Now the Big Four accounting firms are jumping on a bandwagon that offers two tempting opportunities: an expansion of what companies must account for, and a chance to rebrand a scandal-plagued profession as experts on climate change, diversity and winning consumers' trust. ...
The Big Four are responding in part to a rise in clients' budgets for developing net zero emissions plans and other sustainability initiatives. Tracking nonfinancial metrics such as companies' carbon footprints, and not simply their financial results, gives them a chance to generate more fee income and improve profit margins.
The introduction of standardised ESG reporting metrics for companies would also create more work for accountants. This will potentially be facilitated by the proposed International Sustainability Standards Board, a body that could be created by November to mirror the role the International Accounting Standards Board plays in setting financial reporting standards.
It is not every day that the accounting profession gets a whole new category of thing to account for. Like if you are an accountant right now you pretty much audit the balance sheet and the income statement and the cash flow statement, and if you were an accountant 50 years ago you pretty much audited those same three statements. But in 10 years it is not implausible that accountants will be auditing those three statements plus the statement of carbon emissions and the statement of workplace diversity and who even knows what else. There could be, like, twice as much accounting as there is now! Assuming that they seize the opportunity right away and get everyone to think "we need to reduce our carbon emissions, better hire an accountant."
I think that this nicely captures two fundamental elements of a complex trading business at an investment bank. (Or a commodity trading firm.) One is the combination of competitive pressures and, like, random googling. A client comes to you and says "a competitor will do X for us, what is your bid?" And you go back to your boss and are like "X? I have never even heard of X? But they're telling me Shell is doing it so we need to bid on it." And then you spend an hour on Wikipedia, take a stab at pricing, have an analyst put together a set of credentials pages saying that your bank is #1 in the world on the X league table, and get on a call with the client that afternoon to talk smoothly and persuasively about how you are the only possible option for X and those amateurs at Shell could never pull off an X of this complexity.
But there's another point here. Look, you're a natural gas trader. Your basic training, as it were, covers the fundamentals of gas markets and the economics of derivatives contracts. You know how much gas costs to get out of the ground and how much it costs to ship. You understand why a client might want to buy or sell a cargo of liquified natural gas at a given location for a given price. You understand why the client might prefer the front-month futures or a later futures contract. There are basic relationships of economics and derivatives math involved here. The client wants to get the most stuff for the least money.
And then a client comes to you and says "I have some non-economic problem that I want you to solve, but with gas." Or "non-economic" is not always exactly right, but the client's economics do not come from the gas contract itself. I used to work in a structured-trade-ish business at a bank, and the No. 1 and No. 2 problems that our clients wanted solved were (1) taxes and (2) accounting. "We want to give you some money for a trade that reduces our taxes" would be a perfectly reasonable thing for the client to say, or "we want to give you some money for a trade that increases our earnings per share."
And then we'd build a trade for them, a trade built out of tax and accounting knowledge. And if you just looked at it from a perspective of derivatives math, you might say that they weren't getting very much for their money. But then you might notice that their tax savings were more than they paid us and be like "ah, right, I see."
Total's client had a problem of the form "I want to buy natural gas but I feel bad about it" (or, realistically, "but my shareholders will yell at me about being carbon-neutral," etc.), and Total went out and found some people in Zimbabwe who did some forest-fire-prevention work in order to make the client feel better about the gas.
It's all a little stupid, sure, but it's how everything works. The point is that when I worked in finance a decade ago, the thing that you did was "let's use financial products to lower our clients' taxes." And now, the thing you do is "let's use financial products to lower our clients' emissions." That's strictly better! And in both cases there is a certain amount of fakery, but you iterate, you get better. Some other trading firm will read this story and pitch clients on a new form of carbon-neutral natural gas trade that is even carbon-neutral-er than Total's, which is apparently not a very high bar. Lots of brainpower will be deployed toward the problem of reducing the environmental impact of natural gas, at banks and energy trading firms and oil companies and utilities. Because there is a profitable trade there; you can get money and clients and a high spot in the league table if you figure out what it is.
We talked last week about two somewhat mutually exclusive theories of environmental, social and governance investing. One is the answer that Fancy gave to his client: "This low-carbon fund reduces emissions by raising the cost of capital of high-carbon emitters, leading them to shift to lower-emissions businesses." This is an appealing theory because it makes some rough sense as a matter of economics. It has problems though. For one thing, you have to have a lot of low-carbon funds to meaningfully increase the cost of capital of high-emissions businesses; it's not like any one fund manager — even at BlackRock — can point to coal companies that he put out of business just by refusing to buy their stock. For another thing, "raising the cost of capital of high-carbon emitters" means increasing the returns on their stocks, which implicitly means "our ESG fund will get a lower return than a non-ESG fund, because we hope to raise the returns of non-ESG stocks." This answers the client's question — "how does this fund reduce emissions?" — but not necessarily in the way that the client wants to hear: "We reduce emissions by giving you a lower return on your investments." You can see why the salesman might have been mad. The other theory is: "This low-carbon fund profits from the coming long-term shift to clean energy, giving it a higher return than funds that foolishly invest in fossil-fuel assets that will be stranded when regulations and societal norms change." That tells the client a good story — "you can do good and make money too" — but, you'll notice, doesn't answer the question. "How does this fund reduce emissions?" "It profits when governments move faster than expected to regulate emissions." "Yes but how does the fund cause that to happen?" It doesn't, really. There are other answers. "We buy a lot of stock in all of the biggest oil and gas companies, and then pressure them to reduce emissions using shareholder engagement and, if necessary, proxy fights" would be a pretty cool answer — it sort of worked on Exxon Mobil Corp.? — but it is not an answer that most ESG funds are able to give. Your low-carbon fund does not buy concentrated positions in oil and gas companies! "Buy oil companies and destroy them from the inside" is an interesting ESG approach but not yet a popular one.
A useful framework for socially responsible investing, one that I get mainly from Cliff Asness, is that the point of it is to raise the cost of capital of bad stuff. If lots of people decide that something is bad and they shouldn't invest in it, then companies that do the bad thing will have a harder time raising capital and will have to pay more to attract investors; it will be more expensive to do the bad thing, so there will be less of it. The corollary to this is that, if you raise the cost of capital of the bad stuff, the returns to people who do invest in the bad stuff will be higher, because that's just what "cost of capital" means. (A company's cost of capital is the expected returns of the people who invest in it.) If you invest in socially responsible things, you create higher returns for people who invest in socially irresponsible things, and you forego those returns for yourself. Which is fine because you aren't just in it for the returns; you want to make the world better, too.
This is not the only framework! You could have a different framework. You could say "socially responsible things will have higher returns in the long run, because future regulations or social shifts or physical effects of climate change will make it impossible to do the socially irresponsible things, so the socially irresponsible companies will go to zero and the socially responsible ones will gain market share. Therefore we will invest in socially responsible things and expect them to have a higher return than the socially irresponsible ones." This is a very popular theory, in part for the obvious reason that it tells people what they want to hear: that they can save the world and make above-market returns at the same time. One thing to notice is that both of these stories are essentially behavioral. They purport to identify inefficiencies in the market, ways to make above-market returns from other people's irrationality or shortsightedness or non-economic preferences. The first story says: People have non-economic preferences for social responsibility, which makes socially irresponsible stocks cheap, so if I buy socially irresponsible stocks I will get an above-market return. The second story says: People are irrationally short-sighted about the long-term risk of socially irresponsible behavior, so if I buy socially responsible stocks I will get an above-market long-run return.
In some sense both of these stories can't really be true, but they both seem plausible. On the one hand we have decades of experience of people ignoring externalities and minimizing the effects of climate change, etc., which suggests the second story — "people irrationally minimize the long-run costs of social irresponsibility" — might be true. On the other hand, there are a lot of social-responsibility and environmental/social/governance investors right now, which suggests that the field might be a bit crowded and taking the other side of it might be lucrative. Anyway. The mechanism for the first theory is: You stop buying oil stocks, the cost of capital of oil companies goes up, they close down their oil rigs and get into wind farming or whatever. People who still do buy oil stocks get a higher expected return, but the oil companies can't stay in that business with their new higher cost of capital so they pivot to a more socially acceptable business. A public company will rationally choose to lower its cost of capital by getting out of socially irresponsible businesses. Also, the public company will develop non-economic preferences about getting out of socially irresponsible businesses. If it keeps operating oil rigs, it will keep getting annoying shareholder proposals and disapproving looks from BlackRock Inc. and proxy fights. Better to do what all the investors say they want, rather than what makes the most money.
I wrote yesterday about how owners of timberland can get paid not to cut down trees. Companies that want carbon offsets will pay owners of forests to keep intact forests that they otherwise would have logged. This is a much more complicated business than getting paid to cut down trees:
If I agree to buy 100 trees from you, and you sell me the trees, you can't sell them to anyone else: I have the trees. If I agree to pay you not to cut down 100 trees, though, what's to stop you from getting paid by someone else not to cut down the same trees? The trees stay there; you can sell the concept of them staying there as many times as you like.
Approximately every reader of this column then emailed or tweeted some variant of "this could be solved by putting the trees on the blockchain" or "what you should do is mint non-fungible tokens of the trees." Ugh! Fine!Here's the thing. If I own timberland, I can join some platform that allows me to sell carbon offsets (not cutting down the trees). The platform will match me with a buyer, and I'll sell that buyer a promise not to cut down 10 acres of trees or whatever. If I then try to sell another buyer a promise not to cut down that same 10 acres of trees, the platform will, I hope, stop me. The platform has an interest in providing credible commitments; if it let owners of timberland sell offsets on the same trees over and over again, nobody would trust it and it would probably get in trouble.The problem comes when I use multiple platforms. I join one electronic platform and sell a promise not to cut down 10 acres of trees. I find another platform and sell the same promise to a different buyer. I negotiate a bilateral contract with a less computer savvy conservationist not to cut down the same 10 acres of trees. The Wall Street Journal article we discussed yesterday mentioned that "forest offsets face criticism when landowners are paid to preserve trees at little risk of being logged because they grow in forbidding terrain, are far from mills or already subject to conservation agreements." You promise not to cut down the trees in a conservation agreement (and get some tax benefit or something), and then you promise not to cut them down in a forest offset agreement (and get paid); you try to squeeze as much juice as you can out of not cutting down the same trees.
I don't want to overstate this: There aren't that many platforms, and everyone has mild incentives to check, and doing too much of this might look like fraud and get you in trouble with the authorities. I doubt anyone is selling not cutting down the same trees over and over again. It is just a somewhat harder problem to check than when you sell a promise to cut the trees, which is checked by just delivering the trees. (Also, let's be blunt here, because the benefit that the buyers get is not "lumber to build stuff with" but rather "good publicity and credit with sustainability ratings firms," their incentives to check are somewhat attenuated. If you sell not cutting down the same trees twice, both buyers get pretty much the same benefit as if you'd only sold them once.[3])Now throw in some blockchain.
1. Some company builds some blockchain for keeping track of the trees, or some method for encoding the trees into the Ethereum blockchain. 2. You can, let's say, only sell not cutting down the trees once, on this blockchain or this encoding. 3. Some other company builds a competing blockchain for selling a slightly different sort of carbon offset product to a slightly different audience. 4. Guess what.
The point is that (1) any platform for selling not-cutting-down-trees will not let you sell the same trees twice, but (2) to the extent there are competing standards and service providers, they may not communicate perfectly with each other, and you can maybe sell the same trees twice in two different places. I suppose if all the blockchains are public then someone (a regulator, a sustainability rating service) could compare them and try to make sure the same trees aren't sold twice, if they know where and how to look.
In fact NFTs are notoriously bad at this. There are tons of articles about people making NFTs of art they don't own: An NFT is a unique non-fungible token, but it is only a token; there is no way for a blockchain to guarantee that the NFT has the right sort of connection with the underlying thing. We have talked about how someone tried to sell an NFT of the Brooklyn Bridge. If you make an NFT saying "this is the only NFT of that particular tree," you can only sell that NFT once. But you can make as many NFTs as you want that all say "this is the only NFT of that particular tree." They are lying, but that is a fact about the world that is external to the blockchain.
Another problem with getting paid not to do something is establishing a baseline. If you own a billion trees and you cut down 1,000 of them per year, and someone wants to pay you $1 per year not to cut them down, you will make $1,000 per year. Knowing that, you might ramp up your logging and cut down 20,000 trees in the year before you sign the contract. "See, we cut down 20,000 trees per year, so pay us $20,000 not to." The more trees you cut down before you sign a deal not to cut down trees, the more you'll get paid not to cut down trees. In the limit, the carbon credits can start to look like extortion.
One reason to love it is as a story about the Coase theorem. The Coase theorem says that if a timberland owner can make $15 by cutting down her trees, but cutting her trees would cause $20 worth of harm to her next-door neighbor — because the neighbor would miss the view, or the cooling shade of the trees, or the carbon capture — then they should be able to strike a bargain. The neighbor can pay the landowner $17 not to cut the trees; then the landowner is $2 better off than if she had cut the trees (she has $17 instead of $15), and the neighbor is $3 better off (she loses $17 instead of $20). The outcome — not cutting the trees — will be the socially optimal outcome, the one that maximizes overall well-being, rather than the property owner's simplistically selfish outcome. If, that is, there are low transaction costs. The Coase theorem is really about transaction costs. In the stylized example of one landowner and one neighbor, you can imagine them easily striking a deal. But what if the landowner can make $15 by cutting the trees, and there are 10 neighbors who would each suffer $2 worth of harm? It might be harder to get them all to coordinate to pay the landowner not to cut the trees; some of them might be hard to reach, or suspicious, or try to free-ride on the others.The limit case of this is of course global environmental harm, where the landowner makes $15 by cutting the trees but eight billion people suffer an infinitesimal but real harm for every bit of extra carbon in the atmosphere. That is a very hard problem from a Coasean transaction-costs perspective. But modern finance is precisely in the business of reducing transaction costs. It reduces them in part through electronic platforms and satellite photos and computer programs and well-designed products and centralized auctions:
The market's architect, SilviaTerra, plans to expand its Natural Capital Exchange this summer from Southern pine to hardwood forests there as well as to woods around the Great Lakes. The firm uses satellite photos, forest surveys and computer programs to size up timber, calculate how much carbon the trees can sequester and determine how many offsets their owners can sell. The price—$17 an offset—was set with an auction that landowners began by naming the price it would take to keep them from cutting.But that is surely the less important part of this story. It's not like billions of people around the world are logging on to SilviaTerra's exchange and buying one carbon offset each. The more important contribution of modern financial capitalism is that big public companies now want to keep trees around, due to shareholder and customer pressure:
Microsoft Corp., Royal Dutch Shell PLC—both buyers of SilviaTerra's offsets—and many others have promised to reduce and offset emissions. Big companies cannot conduct business without generating emissions, so a booming market for offsets has emerged. ...Carbon-reduction pledges by companies like Microsoft encouraged [timberland owner Keith] McDaniel to consider SilviaTerra's market more seriously than earlier attempts to start forest carbon markets."It has the support of corporate America this time," he said. "They're going to be big buyers of carbon credits to show they're making progress."One coordination method — one way to reduce transaction costs and make deals more likely — is built into SilviaTerra's auction platform. The other coordination method is the public company, combined with the ideas of socially responsible and environmental, social and governance investing, which make big public companies somewhat efficient aggregators of public preferences. If it's good for everyone not to cut down trees, companies like Microsoft — and their institutional shareholders — somehow become a lens to focus that public benefit. What's good for the world is what's good for Microsoft, sort of, a little. In modern markets, public companies have self-interested incentives to seek the greater good, and they are big enough to have an impact.
The basic idea of green bonds is that some investors want to finance environmentally friendly projects, for reasons of their own, and they are willing to pay more to do so. So if a company can issue bonds at a 4% yield to finance its regular business, perhaps it can issue green bonds at a 3.9% yield to finance its green projects. There is extra demand for sustainable finance — demand from individual investors who care about sustainability, or from institutional investors with sustainability goals in their mandates — and so issuers of green bonds can get a "greenium," that is, get more money at lower interest rates than they could by issuing regular bonds.
In principle you could do the same thing with any other environmental or social goal that people care about. If investors care about diversity, for instance, you could issue a bond saying "we will use this money to create a more diverse workforce," and investors would charge you a lower interest rate for it. Or, since that doesn't exactly make sense — it's easier to earmark specific money for green projects than it is for diverse hiring and promotion — you could issue a bond saying, like, "we will use this money for regular stuff, but we will also create a more diverse workforce." One way to do that would be to have a contingent interest rate: "We'll pay you 3.9% interest if we hit a set of diversity goals, or 4.1% if we don't." That way investors who care about diversity will get what they want (diversity) at the cost of giving up some economic return; also, the issuer will be incentivized to do what those investors want (become more diverse) in order to save money. That is the point of all socially responsible investing, really; the idea is that socially responsible investors provide cheaper capital to companies in exchange for those companies promising to do socially responsible things. This makes it more economically appealing for otherwise self-interested companies to be socially responsible. It uses the forces of capitalism to encourage good behavior; it translates investors' social and environmental goals into financial rewards for companies.
The implicit theory here is that investors have social and environmental goals and issuers don't. Companies, in this model, simply maximize shareholder value; they wouldn't do socially or environmentally responsible things unless they had a financial incentive to do so. Investors, meanwhile, do not simply maximize financial returns; they will explicitly accept a lower return in exchange for getting what they want environmentally or socially.
Do you want to make the world better with your investment dollars? Then you could buy stock in environmentally friendly companies, sure, that's one approach. But what if you could do something more … complicated? What if you could buy a bond from a French investment bank whose return is linked to a proprietary index of environmentally friendly companies? You are not actually investing money in the environmentally friendly companies, but BNP Paribas SA will use some of the proceeds to "hedge the exposure to the index" (i.e. buy stocks of environmentally friendly companies) and I guess the rest to invest in other green projects. It's all green enough, and pleasingly complicated.
If you like complex finance you should love socially responsible investing. First of all because it adds new complications, new variables to optimize for, new modes of investing, new arbitrages. We talked once about a proposal to break down green bonds into their elementary components, (1) a bond and (2) a promise to do green things, and to trade them separately. An entirely new financial instrument—one with no cash flows, just a promise not to pollute—could be created.
But also, more prosaically, socially responsible and green and environmental/social/governance investing are all new enough that there are still opportunities to recreate all of traditional finance, only "green" or whatever. You can have a green structured note; you can have an ESG credit default swap index; I bet you could do a socially responsible subprime mortgage synthetic collateralized debt obligation if you put your mind to it. All the complicated stuff that already exists can be adapted to green and ESG investing, and eventually will be.
Meanwhile here is a blog post from Ann Lipton about "public benefit corporations," a category under some state laws that explicitly allows a company to prioritize benefitting someone other than shareholders, to be nice to stakeholders and the community even at the expense of shareholder profits. The idea is that if you are a public benefit corporation and shareholders come to you and say "be less public-spirited and make more money for shareholders," you have some legal tools to say "no, our charter says we are a public benefit corporation, we cannot do that."Lipton is skeptical. Two public benefit corporations have recently filed for initial public offerings, Lemonade Inc., which started trading earlier this month, and Vital Farms Inc., which has not yet gone public. Lipton notes that these companies aren't really relying on public-benefit status to insulate themselves from shareholder pressure; instead, they both have insiders who own a majority of the voting stock and so, like Zuckerberg, can just say no to anything shareholders demand. She writes:
My point here is that benefit-corporation status is not, in fact, serving as a commitment device for any of these companies; instead, to remain true to their mission, these companies are relying on more mundane types of insulation from the market for corporate control. But that kind of insulation carries the same risk as any other entrenchment device; the companies will pursue stakeholder interests only so long as their managers feel it in their interests to do so. The benefit-corporation form is not doing much work.
That's true, and it's hard to point to anything in the state laws about public benefit corporations that actually make them less answerable to shareholders, or more likely to benefit anyone else, than regular corporations. What is really going on here is that the companies' managers are less answerable to shareholders due to their voting stakes, which might make them more answerable to other stakeholders, but might just make them answerable to nobody. On the other hand: Everything is securities fraud. If you say in your prospectus "we will try to benefit the public instead of just making money for shareholders," and then you do something bad, it gives people—shareholders!—another hook to sue you. Vital Farms's IPO prospectus says that its public benefits include "bringing ethically produced food to the table" and "being stewards of our animals." Presumably if it mistreats its animals, shareholders can sue it for securities fraud, and they'll have an easier time making their case than they would against Tyson Foods Inc. or some other company that makes no promises of public benefit. The public benefit corporation status serves as a commitment device insofar as a major way to regulate corporate behavior is through securities fraud lawsuits.And so Lipton notes:
Lemonade notes the dual risks that its pursuit of stakeholder-oriented goals may diminish profits, and the fact that it may fail to achieve those goals may result in reputational harms that diminish profits. As Lemonade puts it, "There is no assurance that we will achieve our public benefit purpose or that the expected positive impact from being a public benefit corporation will be realized, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition."
Benefit-corp status is thus treated at least in part as a mechanism for pursuing shareholder wealth maximization on the "do well by doing good" theory. Yeah if (1) they say that they will do good, (2) they do not do good, and (3) that has "a material adverse effect on our reputation, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on our business," they are totally gonna get sued.I should say, about this and the previous section, that the theory of "everything is securities fraud" cannot really , or only , be that any sort of misbehavior can be bad for a company's share price and thus cause shareholders to sue. That is a big part of it—often shareholders sue when the stock goes down—but not all of it. Facebook's stock price is near a record high, despite its allegedly poor diversity performance, and my point here is that if Lemonade or Vital Farms prioritize shareholder interests over the interests of society , then the shareholders will have a right to sue. You can tell a story in which the shareholders would want to sue in that case, out of pure rational economic self-interest—"if the company makes too much money for me, then it will lose the marketing advantage of being a public benefit company, and then it will make less money for me"—but it is a silly story.Instead the real theory is that anyone can be a shareholder, and shareholders can have goals other than profit, and any goal can be vindicated through securities law. If you don't like Facebook's diversity performance, or Vital Farms' treatment of animals, or Lemonade's, uh, insurance, you can buy a few shares and sue them for securities fraud. (Or if you are a state attorney general or the Securities and Exchange Commission, you can investigate and sue them for securities fraud, theoretically on behalf of shareholders, even if your lawsuit will obviously be bad for shareholders.) You don't buy the shares because you want them to go up ; you buy the shares because you want Facebook to be more diverse or the animals to be treated better or whatever, and buying shares gives you the right to sue. The shareholders are the universal victims of corporate badness, and the ones with the best chance of getting somewhere if they sue, and it's really easy to become a shareholder. If you are an activist looking to change corporate behavior, buying some shares and suing for securities fraud might be the most straightforward way to do it.
My maximalist theory of environmental, social and governance (ESG) investing goes like this. There is a government of the U.S., consisting of a president and Congress and and so forth, chosen through more-or-less democratic processes, and it makes big collective decisions for society. There is another government, in the world, consisting of a handful of gigantic institutional asset managers—BlackRock, Vanguard, Fidelity, etc.—who own (on behalf of their customers) most of the stocks of most of the public companies, and can, in some loose sense, tell those companies how to behave. They are not chosen democratically, exactly, but they are representative ; millions of people give their money to those institutions and trust them to make decisions for them. Traditionally asset managers didn't really tell companies what to do, or if they did, they mostly told them to do business-y things like buy back stock or increase profits or whatever. But now the biggest asset managers are so big and so diversified that they do not get much bang for their buck from analyzing companies and telling them to improve their businesses, and they are too important to just do nothing. So the asset managers tell companies to do things that they think are good for society as a whole, in part because doing things that are good for society tends to improve the long-run economic returns to owning all the stocks (as the big asset managers do), and in part because the asset managers are run by humans who live in society and want society to be good. And so the asset managers find themselves in the business of making big collective decisions about how society should be run, not just business decisions but also decisions about the environment and workers' rights and racial inequality and other controversial political topics. There is a lot of overlap between what the regular government does and what the government-by-asset-managers does. Not total overlap, of course—the U.S. government has an army, BlackRock does not, etc.—but in broad areas of business and business-adjacent conduct, the U.S. government, and state governments, and BlackRock all have overlapping legislative power. Should companies be allowed to dig up coal to provide power, when coal causes a lot of pollution? That is a complicated question involving individual freedom, externalities, efficiency, economic growth, jobs, etc., and different governments could come to different answers. The U.S. government, under Donald Trump, comes to the answer "yes coal is great, more coal please." BlackRock Inc., under Larry Fink, recently came to the answer "no coal is bad, no more coal please." Coal companies are allowed by federal law but banned by BlackRock. Being banned by BlackRock is not as bad as being banned by federal law; if you dig up coal anyway, BlackRock can't put you in prison. But in a world in which capital is mostly allocated by a handful of giant institutional asset managers, those managers' quasi-regulatory decisions have a lot of weight, and companies will generally try to follow them. BlackRock makes big decisions on broad social and environmental issues, and then companies are somewhat compelled to do what BlackRock decides. This is all kind of new, and weird, and exaggerated; what I wrote above is not so much true as it is in the process of becoming true. The role of institutional asset managers in making big collective decisions is still under-theorized. The asset managers would not describe any of it like this, all of this would make them uncomfortable, and they claim only a modest role for themselves: "We just help our clients make their own investment decisions, we don't tell companies what to do, and we certainly don't write environmental legislation." While the U.S. government's regulatory process is formalized and full of checks and balances, the institutional investors' process is ad hoc and proprietary. We have talked before about John Coates's description of this situation as the "Problem of Twelve," referring to his estimate that "the majority of the 1,000 largest U.S. companies will be controlled by a dozen or fewer people over the next ten to twenty years." Coates has suggested that maybe the big asset managers need to have more formal procedures—analogous to U.S. administrative law—to make their governance decisions more transparent and legitimate. If BlackRock is a government, it should act like it. But another problem is that, you know, there already is a government, and it gets jealous. When Donald Trump says that there should be more coal mining, and BlackRock says that there should be less, that can feel like an intrusion on the U.S. government's turf. Why does BlackRock get to decide that? And since the U.S. government really definitely is a government—it can put you in prison, etc.—it can try to regulate the institutional investors to take away their governance powers.
One broad, cruel stereotype of the financial industry is that it is about getting people to do things, and charging them for it, and then getting them to undo the things, and charging them for that. What is market making if not selling stuff to people, buying it back moments later, and charging a spread on both trades? On a longer time horizon, there is a popular reductive view that leveraged finance bankers are in the business of loading companies up with debt in the good times, restructuring that debt in the bad times, and charging fees all the time. Or that mergers-and-acquisitions bankers are in the business of convincing CEOs to build sprawling conglomerates, and then convincing them to break up those conglomerates, with big fees on the way in and on the way out. It's a little unfair but there is an important truth to it. The financial industry is in the business of intermediation, and it earns its living by doing trades. It is a volume business, "moving not storage"; the job is not to do the platonically correct transaction but to keep doing transactions. If you could find the platonically correct transaction, the thing that makes your client happy forever, you wouldn't have the client anymore. If the allocation of capital ever became perfectly, permanently correct, a lot of people would be out of jobs.
When Ubben says "finance is, like, done," he doesn't mean that it's bad. He means that it has completed its work. This is a victory lap ; Ubben is boasting that activist investors have, by their own standards, perfected the corporate universe. Activists activisted all the companies until there was no more activisting to be done. Now you gotta activist the other way! That's just how this works! Once you have dug the holes, you have to fill up the holes; the content does not matter; at the highest level of generality this has nothing to do with anyone's views about the nature of capitalism or the social purpose of the corporation or the value of leverage. This is just, you do the trades, then you undo the trades. You pour the water from one bucket into the other bucket, and then when that one is full you pour it back into the first bucket, because your job is pouring water and that's what you're paid for. Taking companies to one extreme of financial capitalism creates the conditions to move them back toward the other extreme. Someone has to tell companies to sell bits of themselves to pay down debt, reduce margins and sell more shares; someone has to charge management fees for doing it. Again, that is probably too high a level of generality, this is a cruel and reductive view of the work of financial intermediaries, people's priorities change, some ideas produce more long-term value than others, I'm sure Ubben genuinely cares about inclusiveness or whatever, etc. It's just, you know, this is a simple explanation of how the machine works.
This is a few weeks old but I love it, this is finance right here:
This month will see a significant step forward in the evolution of ESG (environmental, social and governance factors) as a part of fixed income investing, with the launch of the iTraxx MSCI ESG Screened Europe CDS (credit default swap) index. ... The iTraxx Main index already allows investors to gain long or short exposure to the risk and return profile of a basket of 125 of the most liquid CDS referencing underlying European investment grade bonds, and attracts trading volumes close to €1.5 trillion a year. The new ESG index will be an exclusion-based version of the Main, and will start trading from 22 June 2020 at the five year tenor.
If you are a socially responsible investor, should you buy this? (That is, should you go long this index?) On the one hand, you are putting your money on good, green, socially responsible companies (by whatever metric the index uses). On the other hand, you are not exactly investing in those companies. You're not buying their bonds. They're not getting the money. You are entering into a zero-sum bet with some financial counterparty, referencing those bonds. Your socially responsible investing is purely abstract, disconnected from the actual process of funding companies that do good work and not funding companies that do bad work. But so is everything. If you invest in a socially responsible stock mutual fund, that fund is not buying much stock from socially responsible companies. Public companies—socially responsible or otherwise—just don't sell that much stock that often. Your mutual fund is buying stock in the secondary market from, basically, high-frequency traders. Essentially none of your money is directly going to fund green products. Socially responsible bond funds are a little different, since bonds mature, and institutional bond investors do more of their buying in the primary market. But we have talked about the possibility of secondary trading of green certificates detached from green bonds: You can buy an issuer's pure promise to do green stuff, not from the issuer. BlackRock or whoever can say "hey I've got some Danish promises not to pollute lying around, want to buy them?," and you can buy them, it is wild stuff. The point of all of this is pretty well understood and uncontroversial: If you buy nice companies' stocks and avoid evil companies' stocks, the cost of capital for nice companies will go down and the cost of capital for evil companies will go up. The effects are indirect but real enough: Nice companies will have an easier time borrowing money with a high stock price, they'll have an easier time attracting workers with stock options, they'll have an easier time acquiring other companies in stock mergers. Nice private companies will have an easier time raising money and going public, and nice people will be more likely to form new nice companies because their financial prospects will be better. Etc. The CDS story is similarly straightforward: If you buy nice-company CDS, that will lower the cost of hedging nice-company debt, which will make it easier for nice companies to raise money to do nice things. It's fine, you are helping the nice companies without ever giving them a penny. It is indirect but sure, why not, it should work. You just have to believe in the invisible strands that tie modern high finance together. And also want to be socially responsible.
One theory of finance is that certain projects are beneficial for society, and if you come up with one of those projects then you can go to the capital markets and seek financing for those projects, and investors say "this project sounds beneficial for society so I will give you money," and you raise the money and do the project, and it benefits society, and so you get lots of money, because money is the way that we keep score of how much you have benefited society , and you give some of the money to your investors to reward them for doing the socially beneficial job of financing your socially beneficial project. This theory is called "capitalism," and it is wildly popular in certain circles. Investors, for instance, love it, and there are hedge fund managers who will happily talk about how they improve the world by allocating capital to good projects. Investment bankers tend to love it even more; when you think about it, isn't structuring derivatives to hedge a biotech company's capital raise basically the same thing as curing cancer yourself? It is hardly necessary to add that this theory is wildly unpopular in certain other circles, or that lots of people think that actual financial markets profit from financing socially harmful activities, etc. There is another, odder, also very popular theory, which is that (1) mostly the capital markets fund socially neutral or harmful activities, but (2) there is some narrow slice of socially beneficial activities that get financing from a narrow slice of socially beneficial capital markets. Like, there are a few nice entrepreneurs doing nice projects funded by nice investors, and those projects are good for society, and if you care about doing good for society you can be one of the nice investors funding the nice projects, while the mainstream capital markets don't care about doing good for society and are pursuing some other, possibly nefarious goal. That other goal is money. If you are in the nice, socially responsible, capital markets, you are also pursuing money, but you are willing to accept slightly less of it in exchange for the satisfaction of making the world better.
In general, if you are a company and you decide that you can't or don't want to comply with the covenants in your debt, you approach your lenders and ask them to amend or waive the covenants. They ask "what's in it for me," and you make them an offer. Sometimes the offer is more of a threat, like, "if you don't amend the covenant, we will default, and then there will be a huge mess and you won't like it." Other times the offer is like "we'll pay you a one-point amendment fee and add some collateral." It is generally an economic offer: More money, or a greater likelihood of getting paid back, or some combination. If you decide that you can't or don't want to comply with the green covenants in your green debt, though, it's a little weirder. "We'll pay you an extra 25 basis points to let us pollute" is … sort of a strange offer to make to a green investor? Or to the World Bank? They're gonna look bad if they accept that deal. Instead Eskom is offering a sort of environmental amendment package:
Eskom argues that in addition to being expensive, the equipment would increase water consumption, necessitate the use of large quantities of limestone and produce additional carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas. Some of the money saved could be used to adapt some older, coal-fired plants to use other fuel, it said."Installing FGD at Medupi may reduce the impact on health by a small margin, but it will result in other negative environmental impacts," Eskom said.
I have no idea if that's right, and obviously Eskom has some self-interested reasons to say it, but I guess that is how you have to negotiate environmental covenant amendments.
My basic theory of environmental, social and governance investing is that a lot of investors have a strong desire to be told that their investments are good for the world, but a pretty weak desire to look into it any further than that. "As far as I can tell," I once wrote, "investors want two things: To be told that they're investing in environmentally, socially and governance-conscious companies, and to own the S&P 500." I didn't mean that too literally; some investors want to own things other than the S&P 500. But the basic point is that if you run the XYZ Mid-Cap Value Fund and you decide to rename it the XYZ Mid-Cap Value Fund But It's Good for the Environment, more people will want to invest with you even if you don't change anything else. You can keep buying coal stocks if you want. People are not giving you money because they care deeply about the environment but because they care extremely shallowly about the environment; just having the word "environment" somewhere in the marketing literature is good enough for them. Now, sure, this is not a completely true theory. Some people care enough about the environment to actually examine the holdings and track records of ESG funds and pick the ones that best align with their own environment principles. Other people believe that companies with good ESG records will offer higher and safer long-term returns than companies with bad ESG records, and so will care about their funds' substantive ESG choices for economic reasons. But the theory is that a lot of investors are looking for a minimum quantity of ESG, that minimum quantity being basically "it has ESG in the name," and if you run an investment fund you can give them that and attract their dollars without changing anything else about how you invest. For instance you could sign up to a list of ESG principles and then do nothing else:
We analyze active managers' commitment to ESG using United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI), which is the largest global initiative to incorporate ESG. We find a significant increase in fund flow to signatory funds regardless of their prior fund-level ESG score. However, signatories do not improve fund-level ESG score while exhibiting a decrease in return. Further, they vote less on environmental issues and stocks in their portfolio experience increased environmental controversies. Funds that are smaller, younger, and had higher historical alpha are more likely to sign PRI but only quant-driven and institution-only funds improve ESG post signing. Overall, only a small number of funds improve ESG while many others use the PRI status to attract capital without making notable changes to ESG.
That is from "Analyzing Active Managers' Commitment to ESG: Evidence from United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment," by Soohun Kim and Aaron Yoon. (Also "we find that funds with higher ESG performance are not more likely to sign PRI": The lack of ESG improvement is not explained by all the signatory funds being good at ESG already.)
One theory of corporations is that they should ruthlessly maximize shareholder value at the expense of everything and everyone else. Another theory is that they should nicely maximize shareholder value, that being nice to everyone else—paying workers well, respecting the environment, etc.—is a good way to maximize long-term shareholder value. A third theory is that they should maximize different things, somehow, simultaneously: The company should not only maximize shareholder value but should also independently prioritize worker pay and the environment and other goals, and should sometimes choose those other goals even if it reduces shareholder value. Nobody really believes the first theory. There are no corporate-finance textbooks that are like "stiff your customers and break the law as long as it makes an extra buck for shareholders." Everyone who believes in shareholder value understands that doing certain greedy short-term things will be bad for shareholders in the long run, though there are of course empirical disagreements about which things are bad. So the second theory is largely a matter of rhetoric. Some people say "we should maximize shareholder value," and other people say "no, actually, treating workers well and respecting the environment is good for long-term shareholder value." Well, right, yes, fine. Those people agree with each other about the goal of the corporation. They just might, or might not, have some practical empirical disagreements about how to achieve that goal. The third theory is genuinely different! Saying "we should pay workers well even if it is bad for shareholders' long-term interests" is different from saying "we should pay workers well because it is in shareholders' long-term interests." You can pretend that there is no difference and that the other nice things you want are always in shareholders' interests; you can assume away any conflict between workers and shareholders. It seems, in the long run of economic history, like a weird thing to assume away. If the company is doing well and making money, someone has to get the money: Is it the workers, or the shareholders?
The second and third theories are, in some vague mashed-together way, rather popular these days. We have talked a couple of times about a big announcement that the Business Roundtable made about the purpose of the corporation, saying that corporate leaders should consider "all stakeholders" in making decisions, which sounds a little like the third theory and is in any case a very self-conscious rejection of the first. And there is BlackRock Inc.'s Larry Fink, who sends an annual letter to corporate chief executive officers with some flavor of the second theory, along the lines of "be nice, because it is good for long-term shareholder value." But here are a blog post and paper from Lucian Bebchuk and Roberto Tallarita about "The Illusory Promise of Stakeholder Governance." As the title suggests, they are skeptical. For one thing, unlike a lot of stakeholder-governance advocates, they try to draw a clear distinction between the second and third theories, and dismiss the second theory as just another form of shareholder value:
According to the "enlightened shareholder value" version, corporate leaders—a term we use throughout to refer to the directors and top executives who make important corporate decisions—should take into account stakeholder interests as a means to maximize shareholder value. Such an instrumental version of stakeholderism, we show, is not conceptually different from shareholder primacy; it is merely a semantic change, and we show that there are no good reasons for adopting it.
In the third theory, on the other hand, "corporate leaders can and should regard stakeholder interests as ends in themselves":
This view, which we call "pluralistic," posits that the welfare of each stakeholder group has independent value, and consideration for stakeholders might entail providing them with some benefits at the expense of shareholders.
But they point out that most advocates of considering stakeholder interests have no theory for how to do these tradeoffs. Which means in practice that corporate leaders—CEOs and boards of directors—get to decide:
In particular, stakeholderists have commonly avoided the difficult issue of determining which groups should be considered stakeholders, leaving this decision to the discretion of corporate leaders; have tended to overlook the ubiquity of situations that present trade-offs between the interests of some stakeholders and long-term shareholder value; and have generally not provided a method to aggregate or balance the interests of different constituencies in the face of such trade-offs, leaving this matter again to the discretion of corporate leaders. Thus, the effects of pluralistic stakeholderism would critically depend on how corporate leaders choose to exercise discretion. … Acceptance of stakeholderism would insulate corporate leaders from shareholder pressures and make them less accountable. Indeed, we argue, the support of corporate leaders and their advisors for stakeholderism is motivated, at least in part, by a desire to obtain insulation from hedge fund activists and institutional investors. In other words, they seek to advance managerialism by putting it in stakeholder's clothing. The increased insulation from shareholders, and the reduced accountability to them, would serve the private interests of corporate leaders. It would also increase managerial slack and undermine economic performance.
If you make CEOs answerable to everyone—not just shareholders but also employees and customers and suppliers and the environment and community values—then they're answerable to no one. If they have discretion to balance among all those people's interests, they will tend to use it in their own interests.
One basic lesson of investing is that it is not especially useful to read a company's annual report and observe its managers and sample its product and conclude "yes, this is a good company, I should buy its stock." That is only part of the process. You can't make money buying stocks just because they are good; the goodness might already be—normally will be—reflected in the stock price. And so an analyst can perfectly reasonably put a sell rating on the stock of a good company, and say "this company makes lots of money and has good managers and makes a good product, but the valuation is too high." People have noticed the goodness, and they have made too much of it, and now the price excessively reflects that goodness, so you should sell. Conversely you might decide to buy the stock of a bad company because, though it is very bad, it is not quite as bad as its stock price indicates. This is unintuitive, even offensive, to some people. It is nicer to think in absolute terms, to buy good things and sell bad things. But you have to think in relative terms, buying things that are better than consensus and selling things that are worse than consensus, even though the consensus is usually more or less right. Same with ESG I guess? "Yes right fine it is good for investors to buy companies that are good long-term stewards of investor capital and the environment," the argument might go, "but it is only like 15% better than not doing that, and if you pay 30% more then you are overpaying." It is, for an investment analyst, a perfectly reasonable sort of argument, but it just sounds kind of odd to outsiders. By the way that is not the only possible form of this argument. Another, quite reasonable form could be "actually ESG ratings are pretty arbitrary and don't really reflect a company's goodness":
Meanwhile, some note that the valuation gaps imply a lot of faith in the judgments of the likes of MSCI, Sustainalytics and RepRisk, which define the groups tracked by ESG funds by applying all sorts of screens to sift certain stocks from others. Companies have increasingly complained about the integrity of such scores, arguing they can be set arbitrarily.
This argument is not "actually ESG goodness is good but not as good as you think"; it is "actually the companies that you think are good at ESG are not that much better at ESG than the companies that you think are bad at ESG." Layers of relative thinking.
One way to think about this is that "ESG" is not quite the same thing as "investing in companies that you subjectively think are good for the world." ESG involves weighting some factors and following some indexes and excluding some categorical things, but there is not necessarily a step where you say "yes but is this a good thing or what?" What this can mean is that if a company finds a new way to make the world worse, it will probably be included in a lot of ESG funds, because they are focused on excluding old, traditional ways of making the world worse. Elsewhere, if you are an ESG-focused investor, should you be happy about a board of directors with a strong and long-serving lead independent director who might have the ability to stand up to and supervise the chief executive officer, or should you be sad that he's an oil guy?
Lee R. Raymond, 81, holds the top position on JPMorgan's 11-member board after Dimon. He has occupied his seat for 33 years, making him both the longest-serving and oldest director among Wall Street's biggest banks. He helped guide JPMorgan through mega-mergers after mastering them at Exxon, backed Dimon during his rise and has stood by him. ... A nonprofit group called Majority Action is beginning a fight this week to use shareholder voting to remove Raymond from JPMorgan. The group argues that Raymond's role as the lead independent director and his coziness to Big Oil compromises JPMorgan's capacity to react to the climate crisis. … The oil veteran's relationship with Dimon gives him special status inside the bank, and makes the campaign against him a longshot. Raymond is described in public filings as the chief executive's sounding board, adviser on long-term strategy and guide for annual performance reviews, as well as a key voice in who will one day succeed him. He oversees the board's agenda, has the discretion to call members together whenever he wants, and runs meetings in Dimon's absence.
Still elsewhere, oil companies are internalizing some externalities:
Even before the deadly virus struck, another menace confronted the global energy industry: the warmest winter anyone can remember. ... For global energy markets it's a disaster—and as the world continues to get hotter it's something producers, traders and government treasuries will have to live with long after the acute dislocation of the coronavirus has passed. The industry relies on cold weather across the northern hemisphere to drive demand for oil and gas to heat homes and workplaces in the world's most advanced economies. Climate activists might find a certain poetic justice in energy markets suffering from the global warming caused by fossil fuels. Burning natural gas, oil and other fuels to heat homes and businesses accounts for as much as 12% of the greenhouse-gas emissions blamed for raising the world's temperatures.
"In the long run, we are all dead," which is of course bad for business; an appropriately long-term-oriented energy-company CEO would try to delay that as long as possible.
If you invest in an ESG fund—one that tries to invest in companies with good environmental, social and governance practices, and avoid investing in companies with bad ones—should you expect to outperform or underperform the market? There are at least two straightforward but opposite possible answers:
Outperform. In the long run, companies that have good environmental, social and governance practices will outperform companies that don't, because good practices are better than bad practices and sustainability is more sustainable than non-sustainability. On this theory, ESG investing is sort of like value investing: You are looking for characteristics of companies that the market undervalues, and buying those companies because you expect their market value to eventually catch up. Underperform. You buy ESG funds because you want to allocate capital to socially beneficial activities and not to socially harmful activities, measured not by financial results (people keep buying cigarettes!) but by some external criteria. If lots of people do this, then that will reduce the capital available for the harmful activities and increase the capital available for good activities, which will have the effect of (1) reducing the amount of bad activities and increasing the amount of good activities, which is what you want, and (2) increasing the cost of capital of the bad activities and decreasing the cost of capital of the good activities. But "cost of capital" is another way of saying "expected return": If the cost of capital of bad activities is high, then that means that the people who do invest in the bad activities should make more money than the people who invest only in the good activities. So your ESG fund should underperform the market, and in fact the way that you know that it's working—the way you know that it's limiting the capital available to bad activities—is if it is underperforming the market.
Those are the possible answers for ESG investing in the abstract. But when you do your ESG investing through ESG funds , you get at least one other possible answer, one involving agency costs:
Professional investment managers are paid to beat the market, which is hard to do. So they spend some time and effort trying to beat the market (by learning a lot, doing research, buying alternative data, etc.), but they also spend time and effort trying to make excuses for not beating the market. "ESG" is one possible excuse: If your fund underperforms the market, you can say "yes but we caused less pollution than the market so you should keep your money with us."
Of course if you underperform other ESG funds , this is harder, but not impossible. The trick is that, while investing performance is mostly measured on a single scale—did your stocks go up or down—ESG can be measured in lots of debatable ways. Maybe you underperformed other ESG funds but they were more weighted toward good corporate governance and still owned fossil-fuel stocks, while your fund was pure and free of fossil fuels, so you should get more ESG credit and the investors should stick with you. Or vice versa, whatever, the point is that there is no single objective standard of how ESG any fund is, so fund managers have more opportunities to argue that actually their fund is good.
In a regular bond, a company or government borrows money from the market in exchange for a promise to pay the money back with interest at a fixed time. In a green bond, a company or government borrows money from the market in exchange for (1) a promise to pay the money back with interest at a fixed time and(2) a promise to do green stuff with the money. "Do green stuff with the money" means essentially a commitment to spending the proceeds of green bond issuance on projects with a positive environmental impact (renewable energy, clean transportation, environmentally sensitive land and water management, etc.); there are some international norms about how it works. From first principles, green bonds should only exist (and they do exist) if they are worth more than regular bonds with the same economic terms. That is, if a company or country could sell a 10-year bond with a 4% coupon for $100, then it should be able to sell a 10-year green bond with a 4% coupon for, like, $101. From the issuer's perspective, the green bond limits its flexibility—the issuer has to make more promises than in a regular bond—so it shouldn't issue a green bond unless it can get more money for it. From the investors' perspective, presumably they want the extra promises of the green bond; they are buying it not just for a financial return but also because they care about the environment. So they should accept a lower financial return in exchange for getting more of the other thing they want. Put another way, a green bond is (1) a regular bond plus(2) some green promises. The value of part (1) is the value of a regular bond with the same economic terms. The value of part (2), the green promises, should be some positive number, and you should be able to observe it in the market by comparing the yield of green bonds to the yield of similar regular bonds issued by the same companies or governments. Amusingly this value seems to be called the "greenium," and it seems to just barely meet the theoretical requirement of "some positive number." "If we look at the current pricing of green bonds from France, Ireland and Belgium there is a premium ('greenium') of 1-2bp" of yield, says this Danske Bank research note, meaning that investors will accept about 0.01% or 0.02% lower returns to fund environmental projects than they require to fund regular projects. The market provides incentives to issuers to be environmentally friendly, barely. But there is a problem with this math, which is that it is hard to compare green bonds with exactly identical regular bonds of the same issuer. Different bonds have different maturities and coupons and terms and so forth, but even if a country issued green and non-green bonds with identical terms, they might still trade differently. Green bonds are a smaller market than regular bonds, which makes sense in that most governments and companies spend most of their money on, you know, regular projects rather than environmental-improvement projects. Because green bond issues tend to be smaller and less frequent than regular bond issuances, they tend not to be as liquid; it is harder to trade them efficiently. This makes them less attractive to investors, who like liquidity and are willing to pay for it. In hypothetical numbers, maybe investors value the green promises at, say, 0.10% per year, but they value the better liquidity of a regular bond at 0.08% per year, and so on net they are only willing to accept a 0.02% lower yield on the green bond. This is a particular problem for smaller issuers like the government of Denmark. For one thing, if Denmark issues green bonds, they will be kind of small and illiquid and won't get much of a "greenium." For another thing, if Denmark issues green bonds to fund some of its (green) projects, that will mean that it will issue fewer regular bonds, which means that the regular bonds will also be kind of small and illiquid, and Denmark will have to pay higher interest rates on them. As Danmarks Nationalbank, the central bank, said in a note yesterday:
Countries with larger funding needs than Denmark have already issued sovereign green bonds, but in ways that may challenge liquidity for small sovereign issuers such as Denmark: In one model, the existing issuance programme is maintained, but supplemented with a new sovereign green bond. As the number of bond lines increases, the volume in the existing bond lines decreases. This entails a fragmentation of the issuance programme. Such a model may imply a loss of liquidity, which will increase the funding costs for the Kingdom of Denmark.
And so Denmark is "working on a model for sovereign green bonds that will enable small sovereign issuers like Denmark, with limited funding needs, to access the green bond market without compromising liquidity." The model is actually very simple. As we discussed above, a green bond is (1) a regular bond plus (2) some green promises. Denmark's proposed innovation is to sell those parts separately:
A conventional sovereign green bond comprises two commitments. 1\. A financial commitment in terms of coupon payments, redemptions etc. – as for all bonds.
2\. A commitment that the expenditures for green projects and initiatives at least match the proceeds from selling the sovereign green bonds. In the new model, these commitments are split (stripped) into two. … The financial commitment will be issued as a conventional government bond, while the green part of the commitment will be issued as a green certificate. Owning both the conventional government bond and the green certificate is equivalent to owning a sovereign green bond. Hence, the green certificates constitute a commitment by the Kingdom of Denmark, that the green expenditures at least match the proceeds from selling a package of a conventional government bond and a green certificate.
Denmark will sell the package at auction. If you buy the package you get a regular Danish government bond, interchangeable with other regular Danish government bonds of the same maturity, plus the green certificate, which is a promise that Denmark will spend a certain amount of money on green projects. If you want to sell the bond you can sell it to regular Danish government bond investors; it will be just as liquid as a regular bond, because it is a regular bond. But you also get the certificate, which contains the green promises, which—if you are bidding in a green bond auction—you presumably value. So you should be willing to pay a bit more for the bond-plus-certificate package than you would for the bond itself. And of course if you then want to sell the green bond to another green-bond investor, you can just sell them the whole package, keeping the bond and certificate together. But also "the green certificates can be traded separately":
The certificates will have their own ISIN codes and can be traded separately in the secondary market. Consequently, investors will have the opportunity to buy a sovereign green bond by purchasing the green certificate and the matching government bond as a package, e.g. at the auctions, or by buying both of them in the market.
So if you own a regular Danish government bond you can turn it into a green bond by buying the matching green certificate. (And if you own a green bond you can turn it into a regular bond by selling the certificate.) Conceptually this all makes a lot of sense, and once issued the packages could just trade separately, with the bonds trading like regular Danish bonds and the certificates trading separately at some value reflecting the value of the green promises.
Index Funds & Passive Investing (40)
Ordinary margin leverage amplifies gains and losses only imperfectly: investors don't always borrow more when a stock rises, and maintenance margin lets positions fall without forced selling. That friction is, in a sense, a feature. A single-stock leveraged ETF removes it, mechanically borrowing to buy more each day the stock rises and selling to repay debt each day it falls. South Korea's Financial Services Commission halted new listings of these products and tripled the minimum leveraged-ETF deposit after funds tied to Samsung and SK Hynix grew to more than 70% of trading value. The lesson: automating leverage across a market roughly doubles its volatility, welcome on the way up and dangerous on the way down.
Levine points out that index funds cannot avoid voting. Even if a fund passively tracks an index, it still receives ballots on directors, mergers, compensation and shareholder proposals. The manager's vote policies therefore become a large governance system layered on top of passive investing.
Levine notes that 'buy all the stocks' is not really an implementable rule without definitions. Index providers decide eligibility, float, liquidity, rebalancing, corporate actions and classification. Those decisions are rules-based, but they are still choices with economic effects. Passive funds outsource discretion to index methodology.
We talked about this risk earlier this year: All sorts of regulatory regimes (antitrust, banking, utilities, casinos, shipping, etc.) have some sort of cap or approval process on how much of any company any shareholder can hold, and for many years everyone understood that big passive investors like Vanguard weren't really the targets of those rules. So the rules had exceptions for passive owners, or the passive owners could easily get waivers. But now everyone has noticed that the passive owners have, not only a lot of shares, but also a lot of power, and that they are interested in how their portfolio companies behave. And so all of those exceptions and waivers are getting another look.
You know the theory: When the same big diversified institutional investors own all of the companies, those companies have less incentive to compete with each other. If Airline A and Airline B have the same shareholders, and Airline A cuts prices to win more market share, that simply hurts the shareholders: Overall, the airlines sell the same number of tickets but at lower prices.
We talk about this theory a lot. It is controversial, in part because of disputes about the empirical evidence but mostly, I think, because it doesn't feel right. That is:
1. Most large diversified asset managers do not think this way: They don't want to reduce competition, and they do not go around meeting with the managers of their portfolio companies to say "hey you should compete less." 2. Most corporate executives do not think this way: They don't care about overall profits for their shareholders; they care about their company's profits and market share. They care because they are naturally competitive people who want to win, but they also care because they are not diversified shareholders: The executives themselves own a lot of stock in their own firms, so they are motivated to win market share for themselves.
So if you think this theory is right you will need sort of a better mechanism, one that does not rely on the diversified investors actually wanting less competition, or on the corporate managers trying to give it to them. [1]
Here is a clever one from Zohar Goshen and Doron Levit:
In equilibrium, common owners exert market power indirectly by delegating control rights to other shareholders through broad implementation of "strong" governance structures across their portfolio firms. That is, more firms adopt strong governance under common ownership. These delegated control rights are then leveraged by activists, which pressure managers of their target firms to reduce investments. The aggregate effect of lower investments reduces the demand for labor and lowers wages. Importantly, even though activist hedge funds do not internalize externalities across firms, the cumulative impact of their interventions contributes to anticompetitive outcomes. Effectively, common owners establish a labor market monopsony without resorting to collusion among firms. Consequently, the symbiotic relationship between common owners and hedge fund activists is detrimental to society.
It is important to note that common owners need not consciously act as a monopsony or a cartel. The anticompetitive effects follow naturally from common owners' push for strong governance. The conventional wisdom praises institutional investors for strengthening corporate governance as it mitigates agency costs (Jensen and Meckling 1976). And indeed, institutional investors are consistently pushing toward strong governance structures for publicly traded firms. However, this perspective often overlooks the principal costs inflicted by activist hedge funds. Consequently, common owners who push for strong governance and bolster hedge fund activism, might mistakenly attribute the realized positive returns on their portfolios to the benefits of reduced agency costs rather than acknowledging the role of labor monopsony at play. In other words, the commonly held naive view that strong governance unequivocally enhances shareholder value by reducing agency costs could explain the anticompetitive impact of common ownership.
They are concerned with labor-market competition rather than product-market competition: Their worry is not "companies with common owners won't compete on price" but rather "companies with common owners won't compete to hire workers." But their mechanism is governance. Schematically it is something like:
1. Big institutional investors like "good governance." They push companies to adopt good governance structures that give shareholders strong rights to supervise managers. Strong governance structures include things like one share one vote (no dual-class stock), all directors elected every year (no classified boards), independent board chairs, no poison pills etc. 2. Good governance is good for activist hedge funds: It's hard to win an activist proxy fight at a company with a staggered board and dual-class stock, but it's easier at a company with shareholder-friendly governance. 3. Activists, in this telling, are bad: They "pressure managers of their target firms to reduce investments." There is a stereotype that activist investors push for short-term financial engineering rather than long-term investments in the business.
This, in Goshen and Levit's story, is bad for employees (fewer investments means less demand for workers), but you could tell other stories: "Companies with common owners are more vulnerable to activists, so they do more stock buybacks and invest less in their business, so they don't compete as effectively to develop new products," for instance.
I don't know. But what I like about this story is that it does reflect how investors and managers think:
1. Big diversified investors do care about good governance. The giant asset managers who own every company can't necessarily develop strong views on how every company should run its business; they focus on systemic stewardship, on doing things that work across their portfolio rather than things that are company-specific. And they do tend to have a broad systematic view that strong, shareholder-friendly governance is good, so all companies should have it. 2. This story doesn't rely on managers wanting to reduce competition, or wanting to work in the economic interests of their diversified shareholders. It relies on managers being scared of activists, or being kicked out after losing proxy fights.
The basic theory of "should index funds be illegal" is: If big index funds and other diversified investors own much of the stock of all of the public companies, then all of the public companies in some industry will essentially work for the same owners, and they will have lessened incentives to compete with one another. If one airline cuts fares to win market share, that just hurts the other airlines, who have the same owners. Better to keep prices high and act like a monopoly.
This theory is quite controversial and susceptible to lots of empirical tests. Here's a US Federal Reserve Finance and Economics Discussion Series paper titled "Assessing the Common Ownership Hypothesis in the US Banking Industry," by Serafin Grundl and Jacob Gramlich, about whether it's true of banks. It isn't:
The U.S. banking industry is well suited to assess the common ownership hypothesis (COH), because thousands of private banks without common ownership (CO) compete with hundreds of public banks with high and increasing levels of CO. This paper assesses the COH in the banking industry using more comprehensive ownership data than previous studies. In simple comparisons of raw deposit rate averages we document that (i) private banks do offer substantially more attractive deposit rates than public banks, but (ii) the deposit rates of public banks are similar in markets without CO where a single public bank competes only with private rivals, and in markets with CO where multiple public banks compete with each other. Panel regressions of deposit rates on the profit weights implied by the COH are generally consistent with the COH if only quarter FEs (without other controls) are included but not if bank-quarter FEs are included. Estimates with bank-quarter FEs are "precise zeros" with 95% CIs suggesting that the threefold rise in CO among public banks between 2005 and 2022 moved their deposit rates by less than a quarter of a basis point in either direction. To assess the COH along non-price dimensions we also estimate the effect of CO on deposit quantities, and find that the estimates are also not consistent with the COH.
We talked about this when the committee launched its probe last year. MSCI can deny any responsibility for these investments, because it doesn't make any investments: It just writes down a list of stocks. And BlackRock can deny any responsibility for these investments, because it just runs passive index funds: It just invests in a list of stocks somebody else (MSCI) wrote down. "One attraction of index investing is that nobody is responsible for any investing decisions," I wrote. The decision to "channel Americans' savings into the companies in question" is an emergent property of the index-fund system; nobody actually made that decision. Congress wants someone to yell at, but there's nobody to yell at.
Also, in 2014, José Azar, Martin Schmalz and Isabel Tecu published a paper on "Anticompetitive Effects of Common Ownership," arguing that, when the same investors own a lot of stock in all of the companies in an industry, that has the effect of pushing up prices for that industry's product. Intuitively, if every airline has different owners, then each airline will be tempted to cut prices to win market share from its competitors. But if every airline has the same owners, then that is a negative-sum game for the owners; cutting prices to win market share just takes money out of the owners' pockets. The implication is that antitrust law, which — like every other regulatory regime — tended not to worry about index funds, should worry about them, because actually their ownership matters for antitrust reasons.
This has remained controversial for a decade: The empirical evidence for price impacts is mixed, and also it is kind of annoying to think about how you'd fix it. ("Should index funds be illegal?" is my usual shorthand for this topic, and that sounds bad! [4] ) But it struck a nerve, in part because it is sort of fun and counterintuitive and in part because the arguable impacts are so large. (Trillions of dollars! Every company!)
But this idea has also been very fruitful. You can take these basic ideas and apply them in lots of ways. In particular there are two easy moves to extend these ideas:
1. Instead of saying "companies owned by the same shareholders collude to drive up prices," you can say "companies owned by the same shareholders collude to ," and fill in the blank with lots of different things with some prisoner's-dilemma quality. In general, companies have trouble coordinating with each other, but if they have the same owners maybe it's easier. We talked once about a paper finding that companies with common shareholders evade taxes more. Maybe they collude to suppress wages? Good things, too, though: Maybe companies with common owners coordinate to pollute less, or to deploy pandemic vaccines faster, because the common owners internalize all of the (good and bad) externalities that the companies create. 2. Instead of saying "actually antitrust law should worry about index-fund owners," you can say "actually law should worry about index-fund owners," and fill in the blank with any other sort of ownership regulation. In particular, if you are a US politician who dislikes the Big Three's stances on environmental and social issues, you might have some levers to pull here.
One finance hypothetical that people like to ponder is: If 90% of the stock market was held by index funds, would that be good or bad for efficiency? Would the prices of stocks better incorporate all information about those stocks, or worse? There are arguments both ways:
1. The negative view is that, if almost everyone indexes, there's no one around to do the fundamental research to make sure that prices are accurate. Hedge funds and other active managers won't have enough money to manage, they won't be able to invest in research and technology, and so there won't be anyone selling overvalued stocks and buying undervalued ones. It'll just be index funds blindly buying at whatever the market price is, and that price will be disconnected from fundamentals, and the stock market will no longer be good at allocating capital to its best uses. "Passive Investing is Worse Than Marxism," in the words of a somewhat famous Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. equity research note. 2. The positive view is that, the more money that is indexed, the more influence each active manager will have on the stock. If most people index, then active management will shrink, but the best active managers will keep their jobs, and their trading with each other is what will move stocks. Index funds will free-ride on their efforts, but they will still have enough money to make those efforts worthwhile, and those efforts — not the free-riding — will determine the price. [11]
It is kind of an empirical question, though. Here is "Indexing and the Incorporation of Exogenous Information Shocks to Stock Prices," by Randall Morck and M. Deniz Yavuz, with some negative conclusions:
Savings increasingly flow to low-cost index funds, which simply buy and hold the stocks in a major index, such as the S&P 500. Increased indexing impedes incorporation of idiosyncratic information into stock prices. We limit endogeneity bias by showing that exogenous idiosyncratic currency shocks induce smaller idiosyncratic moves in the stock prices of currency-sensitive firms in proximate time windows when in the index than when not in it. Increased indexing thus appears to be undermining the efficient markets hypothesis that supports its viability.
The basic idea is that there are some public companies whose fundamental performance is particularly sensitive to exchange rates: They do a lot of business in Europe (or wherever), and so their profits fluctuate when the euro/dollar exchange rate goes up or down. An efficient market would, arguably, reflect this: When the euro goes up, those companies' stocks would go up, or whatever. And they find that the market is more efficient for companies outside the S&P 500:
Our main tests reveal an economically and statistically significant 60% lower (-0.34 point estimate difference) in stocks' idiosyncratic currency sensitivity when in versus not in the S&P 500, whereas the magnitude of idiosyncratic currency shocks does not change significantly. The result is highly robust: It is evident in stocks added to the index, stocks dropped from the index, and both combined. It is robust across reasonable alternative ways of estimating idiosyncratic returns. Moreover, this difference in point estimate becomes more negative over time in lockstep with plausible proxies for the rising importance of indexing. These results are consistent with indexing impairing the incorporation of firm-specific information into stock prices.
Back in 2020 and 2021, as pharmaceutical companies were racing to develop and distribute a Covid-19 vaccine, I wrote a few times about the vaccine and index funds. The idea was:
1. A global pandemic is bad for business: People are locked down, no one is going to restaurants or flying on planes, lots of companies are losing money. 2. A broadly available vaccine would be good for business: Cruise-ship companies and airlines and mall owners and every other company would benefit if a vaccine was developed quickly and distributed widely. 3. Most US publicly traded companies — pharmaceutical companies and cruise-ship companies and mall owners and everyone else — are owned in large part by the same group of big asset managers, index funds and quasi-indexers and other diversified investors. 4. Therefore, the universal owners of the stock market should be calling up the pharma companies and saying things like "pool your knowledge to make a vaccine fast, and don't worry about who gets the credit," and "once you have a vaccine, throw everything at mass producing it and then distribute it cheap to everyone." This might cost the pharma companies a lot of money, but it would be good for their owners , the universal shareholders, so they should do it. They should sacrifice their profits for the broader profits of the business world, not out of selflessness but because they work for their owners, who own the whole business world.
You could object to various bits of this, and I am not sure it was a practical guide to the behavior of pharmaceutical companies or big asset managers or even Covid lockdowns. But in broad strokes, the pharma companies were creating drug that would vastly increase consumption in general , a universal stimulant for economic demand. You got a shot, and then you went out and took plane trips and cruises and ate at restaurants and went to a WeWork. All sorts of businesses should want to encourage a drug that increases general consumption.
And the universal ownership mechanism, in theory, created a new way to do that. Instead of the usual model of corporate capitalism — companies competing against each other, motivated by prices and profits — there is a new model, in which the companies all work for the same owners and are, in some very loose theoretical sense, all divisions of the same universal trust. This might make it easier for companies to coordinate with each other, to sacrifice any one company's profits to make all of the companies better off. This might be good (companies won't selfishly pollute if the pollution makes things worse for other companies), or it might be bad (companies might not compete on price). The point is just that universal ownership of the stock market should mean that companies are more likely to do what is good for companies in general, and less likely to do what is good only for one particular company.
And universal ownership of the stock market intersected with the development of a product, the Covid vaccine, that was almost universally good for business. [1]
But imagine a pharmaceutical company that has invented a different drug, an opposite drug, a drug that reduces consumption in general , a universal demand suppressant. It makes the people who take it so much happier and more fulfilled that they don't want anything else. They eat less food and drink less alcohol and buy fewer clothes and take fewer vacations and get fewer haircuts and consume less social media and click on fewer online ads and otherwise consume much less.
If you were the chief executive officer of a publicly traded pharmaceutical company and your researchers invented that drug, what would you think? On the one hand, you could probably sell it for a lot of money and have big profits. On the other hand, it's going to be really bad for all the other companies, the ones selling food and alcohol and vacations and online ads. And the shareholders who own your company also own those companies. Probably more of them. Your profits come at the expense of the rest of your owners' portfolio. By making money for them in your business, you are making them worse off overall.
One attraction of index investing is that nobody is responsible for any investing decisions. If I buy an index fund, I am just following sensible standard financial advice about indexing and diversification; if that index fund happens to hold stocks in companies that I find objectionable, I can say "well that's not my fault, I didn't buy those companies , I just bought the index fund." Meanwhile the index fund manager buys those stocks, not because she wants to, but because they are in the index and her mandate is to track the index; buying those stocks is not really her fault either. Meanwhile the index provider — the company that compiles the index and licenses it to funds — has some quasi-mechanical standards for including stocks in the index, and they probably amount to something like "this index includes all of the stocks in the market," or all of the biggest stocks, or all of the tech stocks, or all of the US-based stocks, or all of the China-based stocks, or whatever the index name says. There are indexes that are like "this index includes all of the stocks in the US that we do not find morally objectionable," but that is more of a niche product than the indexes that are just all of the stocks.
And so in theory you can have a lot of ordinary people investing their money in companies that they find objectionable, through mutual funds whose managers find them objectionable, based on an index whose compilers find them objectionable. Nobody wants to invest in those companies, but nobody is quite responsible for the decision, so they do invest in those companies.
And, really, that is the point of indexing! The basic idea of index investing is something like "if you try to make investing decisions they will be bad, so just buy the entire stock market," so it is important for index funds to be set up in such a way that nobody makes investment decisions. People want to make investment decisions, but those decisions are bad for them, so you have to guard carefully against the tendency for investment decisions to creep back into the process. At every level, you want to make sure that no one is making decisions.
The idea of a mutual fund is that diversification is good — a portfolio of separate bets is worth more than a big bet on one thing, and it is good to invest a little money in a lot of different stocks instead of all your money in a few stocks — but it is, or at least used to be, hard for retail investors to accomplish on their own. In the olden days when you had to buy stocks in round lots of 100 shares and pay commissions, a normal individual investor could not really build a diversified portfolio of dozens or hundreds of stocks. (Now, with zero-commission fractional-share trading and robots that will do it for you, it is easier.) And so the mutual fund was invented in part to be like "look, we'll pool a lot of retail investors' money and use it to buy dozens of stocks, and then anyone with a little money to invest can own a diversified portfolio."
And so part of the appeal of mutual funds over the years has been things like "our star mutual fund manager will pick the right stocks, the ones that will go up," or "we will build a portfolio of tech stocks, and everyone loves tech," or whatever, but a big part has also been just that mutual funds are the easiest way for retail investors to make diversified investments. That is not an inescapable feature of the structure: I suppose you could pool a bunch of retail investors' money and put it all in one stock. But investors generally want diversification from their mutual funds, and that is so much the expectation that the US Securities and Exchange Commission has special rules about whether a mutual fund can call itself "diversified." And most mutual funds do call themselves "diversified" and comply with those rules.
The problem now is that the stock market isn't all that diversified. Bloomberg's Lu Wang reports:
Regulations dating back over 80 years set limits on how concentrated a "diversified" mutual fund can be. Under those rules, these funds must cap the number of individual securities that equal more than 5% of their assets, and such stakes can't add up to more than 25% of their overall portfolios.
The problem is, Apple Inc. and Microsoft Corp. already make up more than 5% of indexes like the S&P 500 and Russell 1000. And the pressure to stay in compliance with the so-called diversification rules means many active funds have been underexposed to the megacap meltup and are therefore doomed to trail the market.
"Having that blanket rule has been a very, very big challenge for the institutional management business because so few people have managed to outperform without owning some of these megacap stocks," said Michael Sansoterra, chief investment officer at Silvant Capital Management. "That's a handcuff."
We talked a few weeks ago about how one tech-heavy index, the Nasdaq 100, has actually changed its weightings to give less weight to Apple and the other biggest tech names, to help Nasdaq 100 funds (1) keep tracking the index while (2) complying with SEC diversification rules. But this doesn't change reality. If most of the stock market's capitalization is very concentrated in a few big companies, then your choices are (1) concentrate most of your investment in those companies or (2) don't track the stock market. Either of those choices is fine , generally speaking, but both of them are challenging for a diversified index fund. You end up either undiversified or un-indexed.
We talked a bit yesterday about how Nasdaq Inc. plans to adjust its Nasdaq 100 index of big tech companies to reduce the impact of the very biggest tech companies. This will have the effect of making the index a bit more representative of the broad tech sector, as my colleague John Authers explains, but it has the purpose of helping index funds linked to the Nasdaq 100 be in compliance with US Securities and Exchange Commission and Internal Revenue Service rules about diversification. Those rules basically require funds to have no more than 50% of their assets in stocks that each make up more than 5% of their assets; currently the Nasdaq 100 is somewhat uncomfortably close to that cap, so it is going to lower the weights of its biggest stocks to give index funds more breathing room.
Here is Nasdaq's published methodology for re-weighting the Nasdaq 100. Basically the method is:
1. Weight the stocks in the index by market capitalization to get initial weights. 2. "If the aggregate weight of the subset of issuers whose Stage 1 weights exceed 4.5% does not exceed 48%, Stage 1 weights are used as final weights." If not, then "the aggregate weight of the subset of issuers whose Stage 1 weights exceed 4.5% is set to 40%."
This has a curious little effect. If the stocks with greater-than-4.5% initial weights add up to significantly more than 40%, they will all be cut back a lot [1] : If there are 10 stocks that would each make up 6% of the index by market cap (60% total), then this method would cut them each back by one-third, to 4% each (40% total, the Stage 2 cap). And this would mean that stocks with less-than-4.5% initial weights would be increased significantly: If the 10 big stocks get cut back from 60% of the index to 40%, then the 90 smaller stocks each have to have their weights go up by 50% (from 40% total to 60%) to make up for it.
If each of those 90 small stocks made up 0.44% of the index by market cap, they'd each increase to 0.66% as the big stocks got cut back. But if one of those small stocks made up, say, 4.49% of the index by market cap, then I think that its weighting would also increase, in Stage 2, to about 6.7% of the index. This seems kind of wrong — it sort of defeats the purpose of the adjustment [2] — and perhaps Nasdaq would avoid it, by capping the Stage 2 weights rather than doing everything pro rata. But the methodology does seem to suggest that the weighting of almost-but-not-quite 4.5% stocks would go up in the adjustment, possibly to above 5%.
This would mean that, in this adjustment, a stock that is just more than 4.5% of the market capitalization of the Nasdaq 100 would lose a lot of weight in the index, while a stock that is just less than 4.5% would gain a lot of weight in the index.
The main function of a stock-market index is to provide a list of stocks for index funds to invest in. There is a secondary function that is, like, "summarize the market": The S&P 500 index, say, is a broad reflection of the stock market, and it is useful for lots of people to be able to look at the S&P and see that it went up that day and say "ah the market is up." (Or the Nasdaq 100 index is a broad reflection of big tech companies, and it is useful to say things like "the S&P is down a bit but the Nasdaq is up," meaning that tech is outperforming.) But this is just a nice side effect of the index; the actual job of the index — the thing that the people at S&P Dow Jones Indices are paid for — is to give index funds, the paying customers, a list of stocks to invest in.
These functions do overlap: Index funds are popular because they provide a way to invest in the broad stock market (or in some sector, etc.); an index that is like "here are all the stocks" is good and will attract a lot of customers to index funds that use it, while an index that is like "here are 43 stocks that some guy picked because he liked the names" is not and won't. And so index providers want their broad-market indexes to reflect the broad market in some reasonable and justifiable way, not to exclude companies too arbitrarily.
But there are tensions. Sometimes "reflect the broad market accurately" and "be useful for index funds" are competing goals, and when they are, being useful for index funds generally wins. We have talked a lot about the case of excluding dual-class stocks: A broad market index that excludes dual-class stocks does reflect the broad market a bit less accurately, but a bunch of index providers did that when index funds wanted it — and then reversed it when the funds didn't want it anymore.
Or here is a simpler one. The Nasdaq 100 index is, roughly speaking, an index of the 100 biggest companies listed on Nasdaq Inc.'s exchange. It is a shorthand for "big tech," because historically big tech companies mostly listed on Nasdaq; its top weightings, this morning, include Microsoft Corp. (12.6%), Apple Inc. (12.3%), Alphabet Inc. (7.2%, in two classes), Nvidia Corp. (7%), Amazon.com (6.8%), Tesla Inc. (4.4%) and Meta Platforms Inc. (4.4%). If you just want to know how big tech is doing, the Nasdaq 100 provides a reasonable summary, and the way big tech is doing these days is roughly "dominated by the biggest tech companies." As summary, that is useful to know.
But as an investable list of companies for index funds it has a technical problem. The technical problem is that index funds are mutual funds, and there are Securities and Exchange Commission and Internal Revenue Service rules that encourage mutual funds to be "diversified," and "diversified" in those rules means something like "not having too much of their money in their biggest holdings." Roughly speaking, a diversified mutual fund has to have at least 50% of its money in holdings that are each smaller than 5% of its portfolio. If you just invested in the Nasdaq 100 index, your top five holdings would each represent more than 5% of your portfolio, and they would add to about 45.9% of your portfolio. Which is uncomfortably close to 50%. If the top five stocks got a little bigger relative to the rest of the index, or if Tesla and Meta got a little bigger and crossed the 5% threshold, then you'd go over 50% in concentrated holdings and no longer be diversified under the rules, and that would be bad.
The solution is for the index to change to make it more convenient for index funds:
America's biggest tech companies have become too large even for the stock index tracking America's biggest tech companies.
Now the benchmark's overseer is taking action to pare back their influence.
The seemingly unstoppable growth of megacaps like Apple Inc. and Microsoft Inc. mean they have breached an upper limit imposed on stocks in the Nasdaq 100. As a result, Nasdaq Inc. has announced a "special rebalance" — the first ever of its kind — will be carried out to redistribute the weight of the index's members. …
While details on the action are sparse, a paper on the Nasdaq website says special rebalancings can be called in certain circumstances when the portion represented by the index's biggest members exceeds a preset threshold. In one scenario, the document says, weights can be pared back if the combined influence of the largest companies — those making up 4.5% or more of the gauge — adds up to more than 48%.
Data compiled by Bloomberg show that was the case on July 3, when six companies — Microsoft, Apple, Alphabet Inc., Nvidia Corp., Amazon.com Inc., and Tesla Inc. — saw their combined weight reach 50.9%. The Nasdaq methodology paper says a rebalancing may be enacted to reduce the group's influence to 40%.
The rebalance is intended to help fund managers who are linked or benchmarked to the Nasdaq 100 to stay in compliance with a Securities and Exchange Commission diversification rule that limits the aggregate weight of the largest stock holdings, those with a 5% representation or greater, to 50%, according to Cameron Lilja, vice president and global head of index product and operations at Nasdaq.
"From our perspective, the motivation to reduce index concentration is purely from the regulatory angle," he said.
You might want to reduce index concentration because you think those big companies are overpriced, or because you want a broader measure of tech-stock strength that is not so influenced by Apple and Microsoft. But Nasdaq wants to reduce index concentration because its customers have regulatory limits on concentration, and the index is for them.
You might think that the guy running $1 trillion of bond index funds would not have to make a lot of decisions — “just buy the index” — but in fact the way you run a bond index fund is not by buying all the bonds in the index: There are too many, and many of them don’t trade that much. Instead you buy a lot of the bonds in the index, try to get a representative sample, try to track the index, and end up making a lot of decisions. You are in some sense much less active than an active bond manager, but on the other hand you run $1 trillion and they don’t:
That makes Barrickman exhibit A of a passive management revolution that’s reshaping the world of fixed-income, just as it did equities a decade ago. No longer dominated by traders making multimillion-dollar bets and eating what they kill, the real money is flowing to guys like him, whose decisions are increasingly rippling through markets.
“We do have size and scale, and that matters in the marketplace,” Barrickman said in an interview. “Tracking is job one, two and three,” he said, adding “if we can have a basis point a year, that’s a lot of real money.” …
Barrickman himself now oversees three of the world’s four largest bond funds, including the $298 billion Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Fund, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.
That means many of the decisions he makes, like which bonds to buy when trying to replicate his funds’ underlying benchmarks, can have big consequences for the market (the Vanguard Total International Bond Index Fund, for example, only holds roughly half the 13,000 bonds in the index it tracks.)
“We have to be, by definition, overweight some places and underweight others to build a sample,” Barrickman said. “We’re dealing in a market that forces us to take some active positions.”
If you run $1 trillion of indexed bond money and capture one basis point a year with your active decisionmaking, that’s $100 million of alpha.
Also here's "Index Funds, Asset Prices and the Welfare of Investors," by Martin Schmalz and William Zame:
We present a general equilibrium model in which heterogeneous investors choose among bonds, stocks, and an Index Fund holding the market portfolio. We show that, under standard assumptions, an equilibrium exists. We then derive predictions for equilibrium asset prices, investor behavior, and investor welfare. The presence of the index fund (or a decrease in the fee charged by the index fund) tends to increase stock market participation and thus increase asset prices and decrease expected returns from investing in the stock market. As a result, few - if any - investors benefit from the availability of cheap market indexing.
The basic idea is:
1. An index fund is a good way to hold stocks: It has low fees and offers good diversification. 2. Therefore, if there are index funds, more people will invest in the stock market (through the index funds) than if there were no index funds. 3. This will push up the price of stocks, pushing down their expected returns. 4. Therefore the index funds are bad for investors.
From the paper:
The presence of the index Fund leads investors to shift wealth from bonds into stocks through the Fund in order to benefit from an increase in expected returns, and from individual stocks into the Fund in order to benefit from a decrease in risk. At the individual level, these shifts are welfare-improving. However, in the aggregate, these shifts increase the demand for stock, which in turn increases the price of stock. Because firm earnings remain constant, expected returns fall. For reasonable ranges of parameters, we find that the welfare of many – or even all – investors falls when the index Fund enters and continues to fall as the fee charged by the Fund (the cost of iindexing) falls.
Some companies have good managers and other companies have bad managers. If you are an investor, one thing that you can do is buy stock in companies with good managers and avoid buying stock in companies with bad managers. Another thing that you can do is buy stock in companies with bad managers and then run an activist campaign to replace them with good managers, reaping a big profit if it works, but that is kind of an advanced move and the average retail investor or even mutual fund can't really do it.
A third thing that you can do is buy stock in companies with bad managers and then vote against management on advisory nonbinding shareholder proposals to register your disapproval. This is … distinctly third-best? You won't accomplish much. US shareholder democracy is weird: Shareholders get to vote on stuff, but their votes are mostly symbolic. There is some mechanism that leads from "the shareholders don't like the managers and keep voting against them on symbolic things" to "an activist shareholder gets the votes to fire the managers and replace them with someone else," but it is not straightforward or quick. And for the most part it would be insane to buy shares in a company you hate and just vote your shares against the managers at the annual meeting. You'd accomplish nothing, and you'd still own shares in a company you hate.
On the other hand, if you're an index fund, that's kind of the whole business. Here's a fun paper by Joseph Farizo, forthcoming in the Journal of Corporate Finance, titled "(Black)Rock the Vote: Index Funds and Opposition to Management":
I show index funds are more likely to oppose management on contentious management sponsored proposals at firms held only by their family's index funds than on proposals at firms co-held by their family's active funds. Additionally, shareholder proposals garner a greater level of support by index funds when the firm's shares are not simultaneously held by a fund's same-family active funds. Consistent with "locked-in" motives to monitor, these results imply index funds participate as more engaged voters when same-family active funds avoid holding positions in a firm.
I think the intuition here is something like: If you run a big asset management firm with lots of mutual funds, there will be some companies that you like and some companies that you don't like. In your actively managed funds, you will buy the companies that you like and avoid the companies that you don't like. In your passively managed index funds, you will buy the companies that you like and also the companies that you don't like. But you will — mostly symbolically — vote against the managers at the companies you don't like, because you don't like them.
You know the theory. Public companies, these days, are increasingly all owned by large diversified institutional investors. These investors — "universal owners," "common owners," " quasi-indexers" — own shares of all the public companies, so they are more interested in things that benefit all companies than they are in things that benefit one company at the expense of another. And because the companies are all well-governed and responsive to shareholders, they give these universal shareholders what they want: They do stuff that grows the pie for all companies rather than stuff that benefits one company at the expense of its competitors.
This theory is most often expressed as an antitrust worry about product-market competition: Airline A won't cut prices to steal market share from Airline B, because that will lower Airline B's profits more than it raises Airline A's, and they have the same owners. But the implications of the theory are much broader than that. Some of them are good. Universal owners will internalize externalities, so they might be more concerned about, e.g., environmental issues than single-company owners would be.
But you could pretty easily extend the theory to find other worries. I proposed one back in 2020:
Here's one: "Common ownership depresses employee wages: If one company cuts wages it will lose skilled workers to competitors, but if they all agree to cut wages the workers will have no ability to push back, and index funds blah blah blah." That's sort of an obvious extension of the antitrust theory. I have not Googled it carefully but I assume that there is already a literature; if there isn't, though, go write it! That'll get you tenure! Real wage stagnation over the past few decades has coincided with the rise of index funds and common ownership, so, you know, it feels empirically true. (You'll probably want to be more careful empirically, for tenure.)
Well, here is "Shareholder Power and the Decline of Labor," by Antonio Falato, Hyunseob Kim and Till von Wachter (at NBER, and a free version at SSRN):
Shareholder power in the US grew over recent decades due to a steep rise in concentrated institutional ownership. Using establishment-level data from the US Census Bureau's Longitudinal Business Database for 1982-2015, this paper examines the impact of increases in concentrated institutional ownership on employment, wages, shareholder returns, and labor productivity. Consistent with theory of the firm based on conflicts of interests between shareholders and stakeholders, we find that establishments of firms that experience an increase in ownership by larger and more concentrated institutional shareholders have lower employment and wages. This result holds in both panel regressions with establishment fixed effects and a difference-in-differences design that exploits large increases in concentrated institutional ownership, and is robust to controls for industry and local shocks. The result is more pronounced in industries where labor is relatively less unionized, in more monopsonistic local labor markets, and for dedicated and activist institutional shareholders. The labor losses are accompanied by higher shareholder returns but no improvements in labor productivity, suggesting that shareholder power mainly reallocates rents away from workers. Our results imply that the rise in concentrated institutional ownership could explain about a quarter of the secular decline in the aggregate labor share.
If you are a company, you might want to hire the best employee away from your competitor, and you might offer her more money to do that. But if you are a universal owner of all companies, that does you no good; what you want is just for wages to be lower everywhere.
The point of an S&P 500 index fund is that if a stock is in the Standard & Poor's 500 Index, the fund buys it, and in proportion to how much of it is in the index. Some stocks are in the index, and some aren't, and your job as the S&P 500 index-fund manager is to buy the ones that are and not the ones that aren't. Because most of the largest U.S. stocks are in the S&P 500 index, and because the performance of the S&P 500 is commonly used as a shorthand for the performance of "the stock market," there is a widespread sense that buying an S&P 500 index fund is a way to buy "the stock market," that it is a way to get broad exposure to the total market. But in a strict sense, it's a way to get exposure to a particular list maintained by S&P.
Plenty of index-fund providers want to go a step further, though, and give investors exposure to the entire stock market. You could imagine doing that without a third-party list? Like, if you start the My Total Stock Market Index Fund, you could have a rule of inclusion that says "if we see a company, we're gonna buy its stock." It's not quite as easy as that! You need to figure out how many shares it has, and maybe how many are freely traded, and then buy the right proportion of the shares. You need some mechanism to make sure you see all the companies on the stock exchange, to track stock splits and dividends and buybacks, etc. It would be hard for one person with a spreadsheet to do this. But, you know, a multitrillion-dollar asset manager could probably hire like three people with spreadsheets, and a Bloomberg terminal, and basically get it done?
Anyway here's a fun Wall Street Journal article about the Vanguard Total Stock Market Index Fund, which (1) is the largest mutual fund in the world at $1.3 trillion, (2) represents 10% of all U.S. stock mutual fund assets and 2.8% of the whole U.S. stock market, and (3) is the largest investment in my personal account, disclosure. Vanguard wanted an index that tracked all the stocks, so it commissioned one:
The paradox is that this biggest beast among funds is tied to the most unassuming of stock indexes—the CRSP U.S. Total Market Index, developed at the University of Chicago's Booth School of Business. ...
The index's development with Vanguard's backing was the brainchild of a University of Chicago business graduate, Gus Sauter, who became Vanguard's head of stock index funds in 1987. ...
The fund originally followed the Wilshire 5000 Total Market Index. Vanguard in 2005 moved it to Morgan Stanley Capital International, now known as MSCI Inc., partly because Wilshire didn't adjust stock-index weightings based on shares publicly traded, known as a stock's "float." That risked forcing the Vanguard fund to buy up too much of some companies' shares outstanding, distorting the price.
Not long after, Mr. Sauter asked Ted Snyder, then the dean of the University of Chicago business school, if CRSP could be cranked up from a research resource to a daily investible index, promising that Vanguard would advance the development expenses. Near the end of a five-year ramp-up, Vanguard announced the fund's index would shift to CRSP in 2013.
Mr. Sauter says cost-cutting was a "very significant" reason Vanguard shifted to CRSP. Vanguard currently pays CRSP about $20 million annually to license its indexes. But he adds that CRSP's long experience in stock-market research and its database made Vanguard confident that CRSP could provide a quality index.
I am honestly not sure what the appeal is of a fund that says "we track a third-party index of all the stocks" as opposed to one that says "we buy all the stocks." Like if Vanguard told me "we do our best to write down a list of all the stocks and then buy them," I would trust them to do a good job? Because they're Vanguard? I feel like that is their business? And ... not … that hard? But instead it is like "we paid the University of Chicago to do their best to write down a list of all the stocks, and then we license that list and buy all the stocks on it." Indexing is sort of a strange business.
One type of investing business is an activist hedge fund. You buy concentrated stakes in a handful of companies after careful analysis, and then use proxy fights, meetings and strongly worded letters to try to influence those companies' behavior. If you succeed, they make changes to their business and their stocks go up. You charge your investors a lot of money for this service.
Another type of investing business is a passive index fund. You buy stock in every company indiscriminately. The stocks go up because stocks mostly go up, not because you picked good ones; you are aiming for the market return, not outperformance. You charge your investors as little as possible — a few basis points, maybe zero — for this service.
These are sort of opposite business models but they have important synergies. If you run an activist hedge fund, much of your work is about trying to get other big shareholders to support your activist campaigns: They have a lot of votes, and if they vote for you then. you will win your proxy fights. It turns out that the biggest investors are often index funds. So if you are an activist who is friends with the index funds, that is good for business.
Meanwhile if you run a passive index fund, you will sometimes become annoyed with the managers of your portfolio companies and want them to make changes to their business. You might own a lot of shares and have a lot of votes, but your influence will be somewhat muted by your passivity. You can't threaten to sell the stock if the managers don't do what you want. You are temperamentally unlikely to do a proxy fight yourself. But if some sympathetic activist could light a fire under the managers, that would be helpful.[5] (The phrase is " request for activist," or "RFA": A big institution that is unhappy with a company can quietly suggest to an activist hedge fund that it should pay attention to the company.) So if you are an index fund manager who is friends with activist hedge funds, that is good for business.
And so when Engine No. 1 LLC, an activist fund, won a proxy battle at Exxon Mobil Corp. after winning support from big index managers like BlackRock Inc., I wrote that Engine No. 1 gave BlackRock what it wanted (practical influence over Exxon), and BlackRock gave Engine No. 1 what it wanted (a proxy-fight win).
You could idly imagine the synergies of merging these two businesses. Run an activist fund and an index fund under one roof, and the activist fund can tell prospective investors "we have index money supporting us so our campaigns have more leverage," while the index fund can tell prospective investors "we do no research or monitoring so our fund is very cheap, but we free-ride off the work of our activist division to make sure that our companies are operating efficiently." This is not really a thing. The index funds are too big and the activist funds are too small, the personalities and temperaments clash, and there are some important dis-synergies, if you run a giant index-y asset manager, from being too mean to corporate managers. (You want to manage corporate pensions!)
There is a theory, which we talk about a lot around here, that says that when a bunch of companies in the same industry have the same shareholders — when they are all owned by the same handful of big asset managers — that will reduce competition in product markets. If all the airlines are owned by the same group of index funds, those overlapping shareholders will not want any one airline to cut prices to win market share, because that market share will come at the expense of the other airlines that the shareholders also own. The theory suggests that the airlines will consider these interests of their common shareholders, and compete less vigorously.
I have suggested that this is actually just one application of a much more general theory. I wrote last February:
The structure of the argument has such wide application. If you believe … that common ownership of multiple companies by big institutional investors can somehow cause them all to act like they're on the same team, then you can believe it about anything. You can talk about it in terms of consumer prices, which is what started all of the worrying about common ownership: If all the airlines are owned by the same funds, won't they raise airfares, etc. You can talk about it in terms of tax evasion, apparently. But really anything that would be hard for a company to do individually, but that would be good for companies collectively, can fit into this story.
I listed some possible examples, good and bad. An obvious good one that I mentioned is that climate change raises a host of collective action problems that can perhaps be addressed by companies with the same owners. Since then, the Covid-19 pandemic has supplied another good example, and we have talked a few times about the notion that, when pharmaceutical companies are owned by the same big index funds that own every other company, they have pro-social incentives to cooperate to find vaccines and distribute them cheaply: The vaccine is good for the economy, which is good for every company, which is good for the bottom line of the pharmaceutical companies' shareholders whether or not it's good for the individual bottom lines of the individual pharmaceutical companies.
An obvious bad one, I wrote, was labor-market competition:
Here's one: "Common ownership depresses employee wages: If one company cuts wages it will lose skilled workers to competitors, but if they all agree to cut wages the workers will have no ability to push back, and index funds blah blah blah." That's sort of an obvious extension of the antitrust theory. I have not Googled it carefully but I assume that there is already a literature; if there isn't, though, go write it! That'll get you tenure! Real wage stagnation over the past few decades has coincided with the rise of index funds and common ownership, so, you know, it feels empirically true. (You'll probably want to be more careful empirically, for tenure.) And the theory behind it is the same as the theory behind everything else.
Well, now there's a literature. Here is "Common Ownership and the Decline of the American Worker," by Zohar Goshen and Doron Levit:
The last forty years have seen two major economic trends: Wages have stalled despite rising productivity, and institutional investors have replaced retail shareholders as the predominant owners of the American equity markets. A few powerful institutional investors—dubbed common owners—now hold large stakes in most U.S. corporations. It is not a coincidence that at the same time American workers got a new set of bosses, their wages stopped growing, and shareholder returns went up. This Article reveals how common owners shift wealth from labor to capital, exacerbating income inequality.
Powerful institutional investors' policy of pushing public corporations to adopt strong corporate governance has an inherent, painful tradeoff. While strong governance can improve corporate efficiency—by reducing management agency costs—it can also reduce social welfare—by limiting investment and depressing the labor market. The shift to strong governance causes managers to limit investment and thus hiring, thereby depressing labor prices. Common owners act as a wage cartel, pushing labor prices below their competitive level. Importantly, common owners transfer wealth from workers to shareholders not by actively pursuing anticompetitive measures but rather by allocating more control to shareholders—control that can then be exercised by other shareholders, such as hostile raiders and activist hedge funds. If policymakers wish to restore the equilibrium that existed before common ownership dominated the market, they should break up institutional investors by limiting their size.
I guess it is not an empirical literature. You can imagine a simple story. There's a shareholder class and a worker class. The shareholders buy labor from the workers through companies. When the companies have different shareholders, they compete with each other to buy labor, so they have to pay more for it. When they all have the same shareholders, there is less incentive to compete. Why should Airline A pay above market to attract the best pilots from Airline B, when they have the same shareholders? Etc. Goshen and Levit's proposed mechanism is that diversified institutional investors push for good governance at every company, and good governance — in the classic corporate-governance-scholar sense of single-class stock, declassified boards, etc. — leads to reduced investment and hiring.
Again, it's not an empirical paper, and I don't exactly mean to endorse its conclusions. I just want to say that this theory is sort of an inevitable consequence of the general theory of common ownership, so I am glad someone has built it out.
The basic theory is that, if a handful of big diversified institutional investors own all the companies in one industry, those companies will have less incentive to compete with each other. "If we cut prices," executives will reason, "we will gain market share at the expense of our competitors, and that might be good for our stock price, but it will be bad for their stock prices, and our shareholders are their shareholders too. So let's keep prices high, we'll all make a nice fat profit, and our common shareholders will be happy."
That's the theory. We talk about it a lot. There is, let's say, suggestive empirical evidence for it. The most famous modern paper about it — also the first one I wrote about — is Azar, Schmalz and Tecu 2018, which studied airlines and found that "within-route changes in common ownership robustly correlate with route-level changes in ticket prices": Airlines tend to raise prices when they have the same shareholders as the airlines they compete with. (Other studies do or don't find anti-competitive effects of common ownership in other industries, and there is some controversy about the airline study.)
One objection to the theory is that, if these common shareholders are giant diversified index funds and other institutions that own the entire stock market, it is not at all clear that they should want to raise prices in any particular industry. The common owners of widget-machinery companies want the prices of widget machines to be high, sure, but the common owners of widget manufacturing companies want the prices of widget machines to be low, and if they are the same owners then what happens?
One obvious answer would be "corporate profits will be high, but it doesn't particularly matter how they are divided up." Big institutional investors own stock in companies ; they don't have any residual claim on consumers , or workers. The giant asset managers, the "Big Three" (BlackRock Inc., Vanguard Group Inc., State Street Corp.), want corporate profits to be high; they want widget workers to get paid a low salary, they want widgets to be sold to consumers at high prices, and they don't particularly care if the price of widget machinery is high or low. The point is for someone (widget-machine companies, widget manufacturers, both) to collect big profits; the common shareholders will share in those profits wherever they are collected.
A slightly more nuanced version of this theory would note that big institutional investors own stock in public companies , but mostly not private ones, certainly not small private ones. Higher profits at Amazon.com Inc. or Walmart Inc. are better, for big asset managers, than higher profits at your local independent bookstore. If the wholesalers of some product are mostly big public companies, while the retailers are mostly small independent private businesses, the big asset managers will prefer anticompetitive pricing in the wholesale market, etc.
But you could have cheerier and more utopian theories. You could say, look, the gigantic index-y asset managers have great incentives. They invest in everything and can never sell; they have the broadest and longest-term perspective. The only thing that is good for them is growing overall corporate profits, and the only way to do that in the very long run is for businesses to be sustainable. If your investment portfolio is "all businesses, forever," the details of their pricing strategies are not that important to you; what you will care about are macro questions like "are global consumers becoming more prosperous?" and "is there widespread respect for the rule of law so that companies can make investments?" and "will rising sea levels wash away all the factories?"
So we have talked a few times about Covid-19 vaccines. "Will the economy reopen?" is just a much more important question, for universal permanent asset owners, than, like, "is this widget company optimizing its pricing strategy?" In fact it is a much more important question than "is this Covid-19 vaccine company optimizing its pricing strategy?" Shareholders of the pharmaceutical companies that developed Covid-19 vaccines, to the extent that they are also shareholders of airlines and retailers and cruise-ship companies, should prefer that the pharma companies cooperate to distribute vaccines as broadly and quickly as possible rather than maximizing profits or market share. What is good for the economy is good for the Big Three, much more than what is good for any individual company.
The maximalist view here is that there is only one company, The Stock Market Inc., and there are only three owners, The Big Three, and the owners make economic decisions not through the decentralized logic of market competition but through their own wisdom and judgment and socialist calculation. I don't know that that's any better than the old system, of many different companies competing with each other, but it sure is different.
Anyway here's a new paper on "Revisiting the Anticompetitive Effects of Common Ownership," by José Azar (of Azar, Schmalz & Tecu) and Xavier Vives. Specifically they revisit airlines, and find something sort of neat:
We use data from the U.S. airline industry to test the hypothesis, consistent with the general equilibrium oligopoly model of Azar and Vives (forthcoming), that inter-industry common ownership should be associated with lower prices in product markets. We find that, as the model predicts, increases over time in intra-industry common ownership are associated with higher prices, while increases in inter-industry common ownership are associated with lower prices. We also find that common ownership by the "Big Three" (BlackRock, Vanguard and State Street) is associated with lower airline prices, while common ownership by shareholders other than the Big Three is associated with higher prices.
Some airline common shareholders are, specifically, airline common shareholders; they own stock in all the airlines, but not so much stock in everyone else. They want airline prices to be high. Other airline common shareholders, particularly the Big Three, are universal common shareholders; they own stock in lots of multinational companies that consume a lot of air travel. They want airline prices to be high (as airline shareholders) but also low (as everyone-else shareholders), and it seems like the latter effect dominates. The story here might be that the Big Three are managing the economy for everyone, in their wisdom.
Here is maybe a more real version of that model, in a paper titled "Systematic Stewardship" by Jeffrey Gordon of Columbia Law School:
This paper frames a normative theory of stewardship engagement by large institutional investors and asset managers in terms of their theory of investment management – "Modern Portfolio Theory" -- which describes investors as attentive to both systematic risk as well as expected returns. Because investors want to maximize risk-adjusted returns, it will serve their interests for asset managers to support and sometimes advance shareholder initiatives that will reduce systematic risk. "Systematic Stewardship" provides an approach to "ESG" matters that serves both investor welfare and social welfare and fits the business model of large diversified funds, especially index funds. The analysis also shows why it is generally unwise for such funds to pursue stewardship that consists of firm-specific performance focused engagement: Gains (if any) will be substantially "idiosyncratic," precisely the kind of risks that diversification minimizes. Instead asset managers should seek to mitigate systematic risk, which most notably would include climate change risk, financial stability risk, and social stability risk. This portfolio approach follows the already-established pattern of assets managers' pursuit of corporate governance measures that may increase returns across the portfolio if even not maximizing for particular firms.
For instance:
Systematic stewardship also takes a portfolio approach. The distinctive twist is the focus not on how to increase expected returns across the portfolio, but how to reduce systematic risks, and thus how to enhance risk-adjusted returns for the portfolio. This approach is not simply additive. It does not counsel, in addition to devising governance approaches that will increase expected returns, now also take into account systematic risk factors. Rather, reducing systematic risk may entail a trade-off with expected returns. For example, a diversified investor sensitive to systematic risk may have a different approach to risk-taking by large financial institutions and may favor rather than disfavor government regulation that targets such risk. It may regard its risk-adjusted returns as enhanced rather than reduced by measures that reduce expected returns on a portion of its portfolio.
You could—people do—have a model that says "bank shareholders like banks to take extra risks, because if those risks work out the benefits accrue to shareholders, and if they don't the costs are mostly borne by bondholders and taxpayers and so forth." And this model might be correct for bank shareholders viewed as bank shareholders. But actual bank shareholders are largely diversified investors who own lots of other stocks, and a bank-driven financial crisis will be bad for those stocks too, so the big shareholders will actually internalize a lot more of the risk of crises than they would if they were pure bank shareholders, so they will want different behavior from banks and regulators.
One way to model the world of public companies is that there is only really one public company, call it The Stock Market Inc., whose shareholders are a bunch of diversified investors. The Stock Market Inc. has a board of directors, made up of the dozen people who run the biggest diversified asset managers, BlackRock Inc. and Vanguard Group and so forth; these people manage money for the people who own most of the shares of The Stock Market Inc. (i.e., most of the shares of each of the underlying actual companies), so they control the votes, so they function like a board of directors. The Stock Market Inc. does not have a chief executive officer, though; instead it operates through a bunch of autonomous divisions. The divisions are the actual public companies: Apple Inc. is the cool-phone-making division of The Stock Market Inc., GameStop Corp. is the mall-video-game-retailing division of The Stock Market Inc., Timken Co. is the ball-bearings-manufacturing division of The Stock Market Inc., etc. Lots of divisions overlap with other divisions: Delta Air Lines Inc. is the airline division of The Stock Market Inc., and so is United Airlines Holdings Inc., and so is American Airlines Group Inc., etc.
Each division has its own CEO, and its own employees and processes and offices and ad budget and billing software and Friday happy hours; each has its own tradition of fierce independence, and most of the time they operate at arm's length from each other. The divisions buy stuff from each other at market prices, without any discount for the fact that they're all owned by the same company, to align incentives and properly calibrate price signals and so forth. The overlapping divisions compete with each other; each airline division wants to sell more tickets and make more money than the other airline divisions, motivated by team spirit and competitive pride and the desire to impress the board of directors and, of course, financial incentives that reward the division's employees mainly for increasing their own division's profits. And the board of directors looks upon this intra-division competition and sees that it is good; usually, it is in the best interests of the shareholders of The Stock Market Inc. for the divisions to compete with each other, to submit to market discipline, to try to build innovative new products and please customers and keep costs low.
But it doesn't always work like that. For one thing, the employees do have some financial incentives to increase the whole company's—The Stock Market Inc.'s—profits. (Many employees of many companies have much of their savings in diversified mutual funds, not just their own company's stock.) For another thing, the employees might have a general sense of fiduciary responsibility to the owners and board of directors: The airline-division employees know that if they compete the rival airline divisions into bankruptcy , the shareholders—their shareholders, the shareholders of The Stock Market Inc.—will lose money and the board of directors will be mad. The competition is somewhat more constrained and polite than it would be if they were not all divisions of the same company. "We are all in this together," the employees of the various airline divisions might think, somewhere in the back of their minds; "it's okay if we lose a little market share if the result is higher income for all of us."
Also, occasionally the board of directors will turn its attention to the operations of particular divisions; the directors will call up the CEO of a division and tell her what to do. This is pretty rare: The Stock Market Inc. is very big, it has lots of divisions, and the board doesn't have a lot of time to devote to detailed operational questions about each one. Generally the board concerns itself with gigantic policy questions of broad applicability to all of the divisions: What are the best practices for governing and managing every division, how can the divisions make sure they are improving society, what will they do about climate change, etc. It is worth it for the board to spend time on those questions, and they can (sometimes) be answered at a level of generality that is useful for all of The Stock Market Inc. The directors are not going to spend their time looking at ball-bearing designs to advise the ball-bearing division on how to improve its manufacturing process.
But occasionally one division will be doing work that is so crucial to The Stock Market Inc. as a whole that the board of directors will pay attention to it. Or occasionally two divisions, or a dozen divisions, will have different parts of a product or service or idea or business that, if they were combined together, would be crucial to The Stock Market Inc. as a whole, so the directors will call up those divisions and say "hey you've got to work together to get this project done, for all of our common good." And then of course they will, because they all work for the same company and answer to the board of directors and do what they're told. None of this is real, this is not at all how the stock market works, this model is a complete fairy tale. Nonetheless it is worth keeping in the back of your mind sometimes.
When people want to bet against a stock by selling it short, they have to borrow the stock. Short sellers borrow stocks from brokers; brokers, in turn, borrow it from big institutional long holders. Some holders are more willing to lend stock than others, and index funds are particularly willing lenders. Short sellers pay a fee to borrow stock, brokers pass the fees along to the lenders, and index funds pass them along to their investors, in the form of slightly better performance and/or slightly lower management fees. Stock-lending revenue is crucial to index funds because their basic business is about giving investors index performance at the lowest possible cost, and stock-lending revenue is one of the only ways to subsidize the cost of running an index fund.
When you lend out stock, you don't get to vote that stock. The person who borrows it sells it short to someone else, and that buyer gets the vote. Stock lending is usually done on an overnight basis; if you are a lender you can recall your stock ahead of a big shareholder vote, so that you can vote on the important matters. But if you are a big index fund, you might not care that much about your vote—you own all the companies, so picking the board of any particular company might not matter that much to you, etc.—while you will care about getting every penny of stock lending revenue. So my half-baked theory was that index funds do not really vote their shares, but instead effectively keep economic ownership of all the companies while selling their votes to people who care more about individual companies' performance.
That was overstating it: Obviously index funds vote some, perhaps most, of their shares, etc.; my point was just that index funds are less influential corporate voters than you'd think if you just counted up how many shares they own. I had no real empirical evidence for this, though; it was just a theory about the structure of how index funds and corporate voting and share lending work. Here is some empirical evidence! It's from a recent paper and blog post titled "The Index-Fund Dilemma: An Empirical Study of the Lending-Voting Tradeoff," by Edwin Hu, Joshua Mitts and Haley Sylvester. From the paper's abstract: "We show that, after the SEC clarified funds' power to lend shares rather than vote them at shareholder meetings, institutions supplied 58% more shares for lending immediately prior to those meetings. The change is concentrated in stocks with high index fund ownership; a difference-in-differences approach shows that supply increases from 15.6% to 22.3% in those stocks. Even when it comes to proxy fights, we show, stocks with high index ownership see a marked increase in shares available for lending immediately prior to the meeting."
And from the blog post: "We examine funds' incentives through an empirical study of the lending-voting tradeoff after the Securities and Exchange Commission's 2019 guidance on funds' fiduciary duties. The guidance departed from prior practice by encouraging funds to take into account "opportunity costs" of share lending when making their voting decisions. In the past, SEC staff guidance required that funds recall shares they loaned when material items were on the ballot to ensure that voting would occur. ...More share lending means less voting – regardless of whether the shares are borrowed in the end. Because shares can be borrowed at-will from the lending agent or broker, and then voted by the ultimate holder as of the record date, shares put on loan do not carry voting instructions. Hence, shares made available for loan but not borrowed are not voted – making share lending a significant contributor to non-voting. By one estimate, in 2010 alone, 60 billion shares went unvoted, with 15 billion shares on loan. With no fiduciary constraint on share lending, corporate elections can have surprising results. Most notably, in June of 2020, a proxy fight at GameStop surprised the investor and corporate community when activists with only 7.3 percent of shares won board seats despite opposition from large institutional investors that collectively owned around 40 percent of shares. This was possible because nearly 40 percent of GameStop shares (nearly all the shares held by institutions) were on loan, most of which were presumably borrowed by short sellers and other investors with goals contrary to the funds and similar long-term investors."
Basically before 2019, index funds had to recall their shares to vote on "material items"; after the 2019 guidance, they could conclude that the stock-lending revenues were more important than voting. So index funds started lending out more shares, leaving them on loan during big votes, and voting fewer shares—occasionally with the result that companies made decisions that the index funds opposed, because small concentrated shareholders voted for it and big indexers didn't vote.
In the olden days, the atomic unit of investing was the stock. You'd decide what stocks you wanted to buy, and you'd buy them, and those would be the stocks you'd own. Each stock represented a share of ownership of a company; your investing bore some direct relationship to the companies that issued the stock. And if the U.S. government wanted to sanction a company for whatever reason, it could tell people not to invest in the company's stock, and then you'd have to sell the stock and you wouldn't own it anymore.
That's all still true, I guess, in a technical sense, but these days the atomic unit of investing is increasingly the index. There are a bunch of indexes, lists of stocks that aim to reflect an entire market or sector or theme or whatever. Famously there are now more indexes than there are stocks. Lots of people invest via indexes, through index funds or exchange-traded funds or weird derivative products on indexes. They are investing passively by owning the whole market, or they are investing actively in some theme or thesis or sector or derivative structure, but they are not picking companies to own ; there is no direct relationship between the investment and the companies. And if the U.S. government wants to ban a company for whatever reason, yes, sure, it will forbid everyone from investing in the company's stock, but then everyone will have to rummage around in the basement of their indexes to see if they even own the stock and find a way to get rid of it.
When a company in an index is banned (for U.S. investors), and U.S. investors own products (funds, ETFs, derivatives) that track the index, there is a weird inefficiency. Two things can happen:
1. The U.S. investors can dump their index-tracking products, or 2. The index administrators can dump the companies.
Both solutions are over-broad. In the first, the U.S. investors are effectively selling all the companies in the index, not just the banned ones. In the second, all indexed investors, not just U.S. ones, have to sell the banned companies. The efficient solution would be for (only) U.S. investors to dump (only) the banned companies, but since the atomic unit of investing is now the index, that is hard: You don't just own stocks, so you can't just sell them.
We talked last week about direct indexing, which is like index investing except (1) you buy all the stocks in the index directly, instead of buying an index-tracking product like a fund, and (2) you don't have to buy all the stocks in the index; you can add or delete a few if you want. As index investors deal with deleting a few stocks from the index due to sanctions, that approach might sound more appealing.
We have talked about direct indexing before and I love it. Loosely speaking I would say there are three kinds of investing:
1. In passive investing, you buy all the stocks in the index. 2. In active investing, you buy the stocks you want. 3. In direct indexing, you buy (1) all the stocks in the index, (2) except for the ones you don't want, (3) plus any other ones that you do want.
As a matter of formal logic it is easy to prove that direct indexing is exactly equivalent to active investing: If you start with the index, delete the stocks you don't want and add the stocks you do want, you end up with a list of stocks that you want, which is where you end up in active investing too. But of course "want" is a vague word. In traditional active investing, you buy stocks where you have an investment thesis, the stocks that you understand and like and can make a case for. The implicit default is not buying; you have to overcome some burden of proof to decide to buy a stock. In direct indexing, you just buy all the stocks (in the index) unless you have a thesis that you shouldn't. The default is buying everything; there is a burden of proof to delete a stock. I wrote in 2019:
This strikes me as completely correct! There are thousands of stocks and you only have the time and attention to make, like, five decisions, tops. Also even those probably won't be particularly good decisions. Choosing five stocks not to buy and then buying the rest will probably get you close to the return of the average investor, which is fine; choosing five stocks to buy and then skipping the rest is pretty much a gamble.In a way this demonstrates the intellectual triumph of the passive indexing revolution even more than actual low-cost index funds do. The message of direct indexing is that, for most investors, active investing should start from the premise of indexing—that you should own the whole market, weighted by market cap—and delete from there, rather than starting from a blank page and adding stocks. Or rather, the message is that the "blank page," for investors, is owning the market portfolio, that the actual decisions that investors make are choices to deviate from the market portfolio. The default is the index.
We talked last week about a paper by Lysle Boller and Fiona Scott Morton that found that, when a company joins the S&P 500 index, (1) its stock goes up and (2) the stocks of its competitors in the index also go up. We talk a lot around here about the theory that common ownership of multiple companies by the same large diversified investors reduces competition among those companies, because all the companies' profits are going to the same place anyway; if you all work for the same owners, why cut prices to gain market share? The result fits neatly with that theory: When you join the index, your common ownership with other firms in the index goes up (because a lot of index funds who already own their stock also buy your stock), so you should compete with them less, so your industry gets less competitive, so you and they both start earning fatter profits. Here, on the other hand, is a paper by Benjamin Bennett, René Stulz and Zexi Wang (free version here, via Tyler Cowen) finding that actually when a company joins the index its stock goes down :
We investigate the impact on firms of joining the S&P 500 index from 1997 to 2017. We find that the positive announcement effect on the stock price of index inclusion has disappeared and the long-run impact of index inclusion has become negative. Inclusion worsens stock price informativeness and some aspects of governance. Compensation, investment, and financial policies change with index inclusion. For instance, payout policies of firms joining the index become more similar to the policies of their index peers. ROA falls following inclusion. There is no evidence of an impact of inclusion on competition.
Okay? Depends on exactly what you measure. Bennett et al. find, like everyone else does, that most companies' stocks go up in the 10 days centered around when they are added to the index, but they find that this effect has gone down over time and is statistically insignificant for companies added to the index since 2008. They also find that measured over longer time periods, and on various specifications of abnormal returns, the effect of being added to the index is negative, at least in recent years.Also other stuff. For instance, we have talked about a fun theory that index investing is "worse than Marxism": Because passive investors buy companies without evaluating their performance or valuation, they are not doing their job of allocating capital to its highest and best uses. Bennett et al. find some evidence:
Passive investors do not have to acquire information about a stock to hold it. If passive investors held all stocks, there would be no information production about stocks. We show that information production about a firm's stock falls after the firm joins the index. Another way to put this is that stock prices are less informative after a stock joins the index. It is well documented that price discovery in the stock market guides managers to make more efficient decisions (see Bond, Edmans, and Goldstein, 2012, for a review of the literature). If the stock price becomes less informative, we expect firms to make worse decisions. We find evidence that being added to the S&P 500 index reduces a firm's investment efficiency.
And:
We find that after a firm is added to the S&P 500, management's performance comparison group involves more firms from the S&P 500 even though inclusion does not impact firm fundamentals directly. We then explore how investment, external financing, and payout policies change when a firm is added to the index because of decisions by management. We find evidence that following inclusion investment falls, equity issuance falls, and dividends and repurchases increase.
The stylized story would be that before joining the S&P 500, companies try to build their businesses and get better at doing stuff, and they raise money from investors to grow and improve. After joining the S&P 500, companies are more likely to coast; they stop raising money to grow and instead spend their profits on giving money back to investors. The investors don't care what they do, don't pay attention to how efficiently they allocate capital, just want some buybacks, and the companies lazily oblige. The S&P is a sort of retirement home for companies: Once you've made it to the S&P 500, you can stop trying, sit back and do stock buybacks.We talked the other day about how Tesla Inc. is now eligible to join the S&P 500, and I suggested that maybe joining the index would make Tesla boring. Maybe it will? Maybe Elon Musk will say "enough with the rockets and tunnels and flamethrowers, it's time to focus on stock buybacks." Meanwhile Bennett et al. reject the antitrust concerns:
We find no evidence of an impact of inclusion on competition using measures at the firm level and at the industry level. In particular, we do not observe an increase in profit margins for included firms or for other firms in the industry already belonging to the index.
So, pretty much the opposite of Boller and Scott Morton: Joining the index is not good for you, not good for your competitors, and not good for margins.Still I want to suggest that these papers are really making a similar argument, which is: Being owned by index funds matters for how managers run their firms. The specific ways in which it matters are debatable, but the point is that corporate managers make different decisions when they know that a huge chunk of their shares are owned by passive diversified investors. They do stuff to please the passive investors (higher prices, stock buybacks, whatever), or they don't do stuff because the passive investors aren't supervising them closely, or something. The managers are responsive to shareholder concerns, not in the generic sense that they try to make money so the stock goes up and the shareholders are happy, but in the specific sense that the changing composition of their shareholder base changes what the managers prioritize.When people don't believe the "common ownership is bad for competition" thesis, they often don't believe that. They argue: Corporate managers care a lot about winning; they care about their own company; they are competitive people who are largely compensated in their company's stock; whatever the vague theoretical extracurricular desires of their shareholders might be, the managers themselves will maximize the value of their own company. I don't know. My view is a bit more orthodox: I tend to think that corporate managers care about what their shareholders want, and that different sorts of shareholders want different things. If you go from having non-index shareholders to index shareholders, why wouldn't they want different things, and why wouldn't you do different things?
One popular criticism of large-cap indexes like the S&P 500 is that companies tend to get added to the index after they have gone up a lot, which means that index funds structurally tend to buy high and sell low. If a company has a bubble and gets big, the index funds will buy it at the top of its bubble; if the bubble pops they'll sell it at the bottom. The good news is that if a company bubbles its way into the S&P 500, it will usually be one of the smallest companies in the index—it will bubble up from like number 600 to like number 495, at which point it will be added to the index—and index funds won't have to buy that much of it. Tesla is unusual in that it grew enormous while being ineligible for the S&P 500 (due to a lack of full-year profits), so it will join the S&P as the largest newcomer ever after a wild rally. Maybe that's fine!
On the other hand maybe indexing will make Tesla boring? Basically the reason you buy Tesla stock now is that you love Elon Musk, or Musk announced some big piece of good news, or you've decided to start gambling on stocks because you're bored; the reason you sell Tesla stock now is that you hate Elon Musk, or Musk announced "Tesla stock price is too high imo." Once Tesla is in the S&P 500, a lot of people will be buying and selling it for soporific reasons: You make your monthly 401(k) contribution and half a percent of that goes to Tesla, or you're a market maker in S&P 500 futures hedging your exposure by selling a basket of constituents including Tesla, that sort of thing. Things that are blessedly unrelated to Elon Musk's Twitter feed.
Right now Tesla is driven by news and emotion and Twitter, but putting it in the index will create huge sources of supply and demand that have nothing to do with any of that; it will turn Tesla's stock from a pure bet on Tesla's business and image into, partly, a tool for generic stock-market investing, used by lots of people who don't actually care about Tesla. Maybe that will calm things down a bit.
You know the theory. Common ownership of multiple companies in the same industry by big diversified institutional investors should cause the companies to compete less: If all their profits are going to the same place (the investors who own all of them), then no one should care about which particular company earns the profits; all they should care about is that the total profits are as high as possible. So nobody should compete on price; they should raise prices, not care about market share, and make total profits as high as possible to please their common owners.It's not really a theory about index funds, but I sometimes jokingly call it "should index funds be illegal" because the rise of institutional common owners is connected with the rise of big index funds. The archetypal common owners are BlackRock and Vanguard and State Street, the "Big Three" index-fund providers, who by necessity own lots of competitors in lots of industries. Here is one testable implication of this theory. Imagine an industry with three big companies, Company A, Company B and Company C. Company A and Company B are in the S&P 500 index; Company C is just barely not. It's the 501st company on the list, say. Company A and Company B will be jointly owned by a lot of index funds—enormous amounts of money are indexed to the S&P 500—and also by other large-cap funds that compare themselves to the S&P 500. Company C will have much less overlap, though; all of the S&P 500-focused investors will ignore it. Company C will (taking the theory quite literally) want to compete with Company A and Company B by lowering prices, etc., giving up profits to gain market share. And so Company A and Company B will have to compete with Company C, lowering their prices to defend their market share. But then Company C gets bumped up the list, say to number 499, and is added to the S&P 500. The big index funds—which already own lots of Company A and Company B—will go buy Company C stock. Company C will now share much more of its ownership with Company A and Company B. Again taking the theory very literally, Company C will no longer want to compete as vigorously: It now has the same owners as Company A and Company B, so why should it fight with them over market share? So the implication is that, when Company C is added to the S&P 500, the stocks of Company A and Company B should go up, since they now face less competition. One way to think of it is that being added to the S&P 500 is a little bit like a merger with the rest of the S&P 500. Once you are in the S&P 500 club, you are kind of under common ownership with every other company in the S&P 500. Not exactly, of course: There is no formal corporate structure combining all of the S&P 500, every S&P 500 company is owned by tons of non-indexed and non-overlapping investors, lots of non-S&P-500 companies also have lots of indexed and overlapping investors, etc., this is all a matter of degree and I have exaggerated it a lot here. Nevertheless!
We test if an increase in common ownership changes future expected profits with an event study method. We collect instances of a stock entering the S&P 500 index and identify its product market competitors. We measure the change in institutional and common ownership (with product market rivals) and find that entering stocks experience a significant increase in both. We measure the stock returns of the entrant's product market rivals upon the entry news. We find that increases in common ownership (driven by the whole vector of ownership similarity) cause increases in stock returns, consistent with a hypothesis that common ownership raises profits.
That is the abstract of "Testing the Theory of Common Stock Ownership," by Lysle Boller of Duke and Fiona Scott Morton of Yale. From the paper:
Consistent with previous literature, we find that the stock prices of index entrants increase at the time of entry likely due to both demand and common ownership effects, and we provide evidence that the size of this increase is linked to the size of the change in institutional ownership that results from index entry. Most strikingly, we find that competitors who are themselves index incumbents incur higher abnormal returns upon the entry of their rivals when compared with non-incumbent competitors. This finding is supported by a null result for two control groups. Entrants that do not experience an increase in institutional ownership do not generate similar spillover effects to their rivals and competitors that are not index incumbents do not incur higher abnormal returns.
Being added to the S&P 500 is good for a company's stock, but it's also good for its competitors' stock, as long as they are also in the S&P 500. Because they are all friends, there in the S&P 500; they all have the same owners and are working toward the same goals.
If you are a drug company with a patented brand-name drug, you want to sell as much of it as possible at the highest price you can get. If you are a generic drug company who can manufacture a competing generic drug without infringing on the brand-name drug's patent (say because it is invalid), you want to sell as much of it as possible at a lower price, to undercut the better-known brand-name drug. This might cause the brand-name manufacturer to lose market share and lower its prices to compete. So instead of Company A selling a 10 million pills at $100 each, or whatever, you end up with Company A selling 6 million pills at $80 each and Company B selling 6 million pills at $20 each.This is worse for Company A, but better for Company B, insofar as it wasn't selling any pills before but now it is. It is also, though, worse for the two of them combined: Their total revenue in my hypothetical example is $600 million ($480 million for Company A, $120 million for Company B), versus Company A's revenue of $1 billion before Company B showed up. That is $400 million of revenue that has disappeared. What if Company B showed up with its generic drug and Company A said "look we will just pay you $200 million not to market this drug"? Company A would be better off; it would have $800 million ($1 billion of revenue minus $200 million to pay off Company B) instead of $480 million. Company B would be better off; it would have $200 million instead of $120 million, plus it wouldn't have to do anything other than cash a check. You might naively identify some problems with this approach. "Wait this seems super illegal under antitrust law," you might say, but in fact the way you structure it is that (1) Company A sues Company B for infringing on its patents, and (2) they enter a settlement in which Company B agrees to delay introducing its generic and Company A writes Company B a big settlement check. This works because there tends to be uncertainty about whether generics infringe on patents, or about whether the patents are valid; the maneuver is called a "reverse-payment settlement" or, more pejoratively, "pay-for-delay." "Wait in a competitive market this doesn't work because if Company A buys off Company B then Companies C and D will introduce generics and Company A can't buy them all off," you might say, but in fact the way U.S. drug licensing works is that the first authorized generic competitor of a branded drug gets its own exclusivity period, and if Company B is first and agrees to delay introducing its drug, that stops anyone else from introducing a generic drug, so buying off Company B is in fact sufficient. "Wait this is better for the drug companies but worse for patients, who get fewer drugs at higher prices," you might say, and, well, yes.
We talk all the time about how weird it is that the big shareholders of every big company are also big shareholders of all of the other big companies. Typically we talk about it in the antitrust context—"won't they want the big companies to compete with each other less aggressively?"—but in the current crisis that seems a little trivial. In the current crisis it seems like an interesting opportunity that all the companies have the same shareholders.
That seems right. It is good , right now, that big drug companies are getting phone calls from their owners, and the owners are saying "look, don't worry too much about competition or profits or shareholder value right now; we're your shareholders, and what we value most is a cure for this disease and a path to reopening the economy." It is good, but also strange. Usually when we talk about this stuff it is under the heading of "should index funds be illegal?" If all of the companies in an industry are owned by the same people, and if that common ownership tends to encourage all the companies to work together rather than competing, then that normally—not now, but normally—is the sort of thing that makes antitrust regulators nervous. One objection to this worry, normally, is: Sure there might be theoretical incentives to reduce competition, but there is no mechanism for them to work; it's not like big institutional investors actually call up all the companies in an industry and tell them not to compete with each other. Except that is exactly what is happening now! Obviously everything is weird now, and maybe this is a one-off, but does seem like proof that big investors sometimes do call up companies and tell them not to compete too hard. There is a deeper strangeness. I started out saying that solving any big societal problem is generally a high-stakes competitive endeavor for the for-profit companies looking to do it, and that this might not always be good for the world. But it is the normal way we structure capitalist society, and usually we think that it's pretty good. There's a thing that people want, and if you build it you will add a lot of value to the world; you will be able to sell the thing at a price that reflects that value, and capture some of that value for yourself in the form of profits. This is good for you because you get rich, but it's good for society because it provides incentives: You will work hard to invent things that people want, because the more they want them the more money you can make. This is basic capitalism stuff. The argument that I am making here, though, is that common ownership by institutional investors provides another way for companies to capture the value of what they do, besides selling it for a profit. If you build a thing that people want, if you make customers better off, if you add value to the world, you can internalize that value not by charging people for it but by owning all your customers, or rather by having the same owners as your customers. Someone else benefits from the thing you make; they capture all of the surplus, and you capture none of it, but it's fine, because you and they are in some sense the same person. You all work for the same super-company—the company of the index funds—and so you are motivated to pursue the common good rather than your own individual profit. Maybe the index funds really are the vanguard of socialism.
This has the same sort of solving-the-prisoners'-dilemma form as the more usual, antitrust-related worries about index funds that we talk about around here:
1. If one company in an industry does a thing (raise prices, evade taxes), it will be worse off (lose market share, get in trouble). 2. If every company in the industry does the thing, they will all be better off (have higher profits, pay lower taxes). 3. There are impediments (antitrust law, awkwardness around illegal conspiracies) to getting them all in a room to make a binding agreement to all do the thing. 4. Common ownership of all the companies by the same group of institutional investors somehow has the same effect as getting them all in a room to agree to do the thing.
I don't know. Point 4 often seems sort of vague and abstract; it's not like the big index funds generally call up companies to say "hey raise prices" or "hey evade taxes." "In my paper," writes Chaim, "I identify various potential mechanisms that link institutional ownership to tax noncompliance, some of which fall short of direct communication between institutional investors and their portfolio firms." Here's the paper. But here I just want to note that the structure of the argument has such wide application. If you believe point 4—if you believe that common ownership of multiple companies by big institutional investors can somehow cause them all to act like they're on the same team—then you can believe it about anything. You can talk about it in terms of consumer prices, which is what started all of the worrying about common ownership: If all the airlines are owned by the same funds, won't they raise airfares, etc. You can talk about it in terms of tax evasion, apparently. But really anything that would be hard for a company to do individually, but that would be good for companies collectively, can fit into this story. Bad things! Here's one: "Common ownership depresses employee wages: If one company cuts wages it will lose skilled workers to competitors, but if they all agree to cut wages the workers will have no ability to push back, and index funds blah blah blah." That's sort of an obvious extension of the antitrust theory. I have not Googled it carefully but I assume that there is already a literature; if there isn't, though, go write it! That'll get you tenure! Real wage stagnation over the past decades has coincided with the rise of index funds and common ownership, so, you know, it feels empirically true. (You'll probably want to be more careful empirically, for tenure.) And the theory behind it is the same as the theory behind everything else. Also good things! Here's one: "Common ownership is good for the environment: If one company spends more to avoid pollution, it will not capture the positive externalities and will underperform, but if they all agree to avoid pollution then they will capture more of the externalities and be better off in the long run, and index funds blah blah blah." That is more or less explicitly BlackRock Inc.'s argument: Individually, companies have a tendency to pursue their unenlightened short-term self-interest, but BlackRock, with the broader and longer-term perspective that comes from owning all the companies, can pester them into taking better care of the environment. These are just examples. Any time you think coordinated decision-making by public companies is bad (price setting, wage setting, exercise of political power), and any time you think it is good (environmental, social and governance rules, exercise of political power but in good ways), you could tell a story about how the rise of common ownership of public companies by the same handful of big institutional investors causes more of that coordination. It might even be true! Surely some of the stories are, at least a little bit. Having the same people own all the companies is still a relatively new way of organizing economic activity, and it shouldn't be too surprising if it has some weird effects.
We talked at length yesterday about the fact that, in modern markets, the biggest shareholders of the target in a public-company merger will also usually be the biggest shareholders of the acquirer. I will not repeat here what I said yesterday, but in brief: (1) it's weird, (2) it's not how lawyers and bankers and executives are traditionally trained to think about shareholder value in mergers, (3) you'd expect it to lead to more mergers, and at lower premiums, and (4) empirically it does seem to have those effects. Also though (5) I do not understand why it would be a problem under traditional notions of antitrust law? If it leads to more mergers , that is an interesting economic fact, but not one that modern antitrust law is really concerned with. If it leads to more anticompetitive mergers , then that is something that modern antitrust law will try to crack down on, but the crackdown will have nothing particularly to do with the common ownership of the target and acquirer by big institutional investors. Antitrust regulators should care about the economic effects of the merger, not the interests of the common shareholders. I think. Here are Bloomberg's Annie Massa and David McLaughlin on how the "Big Three" of BlackRock Inc., Vanguard Group Inc. and State Street Corp. tend to be on both sides of every merger:
Take some of the largest proposed mergers of the past year: The Big Three, at the time the deals were announced, on average owned about 20% of the acquiring companies and their targets. For example, when Raytheon Co. and United Technologies Corp. announced their merger, BlackRock held about 8.1% of the former and 6.3% of the latter, while Vanguard owned 8.1% and 6.7%, respectively, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. State Street's stake was 4.4% and 10.5%, the data show.
Interesting! But:
The sheer size of index fund houses merits regulatory attention, said James Woolery, a partner at King & Spalding, where he leads the M&A and corporate governance practices. Though he did not comment specifically on the FTC, he said concentration of power among the three firms deserves more scrutiny. "That is the issue regulators need to deal with, across regimes," he said.
I still don't quite get it. The economic evidence is that having index funds on both sides makes mergers more likely, but that is irrelevant when you are examining a merger : The fact of the merger agreement tells you a lot more about the likelihood of the merger than the shareholder lists do! When regulators are examining the merger, though, they have to decide if the merger is anticompetitive or not, if it will raise prices. And there I don't think the index fund ownership tells you anything.
There is a traditional sort of expectation that if you own a large stake in a company, it means that you care a lot about that company, and you have big plans for it. If you go buy 20% of a company's stock, you are probably planning to take it over, or at least get some board seats and influence its strategy. You are not just some passive public shareholder; you are an active co-owner. And so there are rules to restrict you, to keep an eye on what you're up to. There are lots of these rules, under different legal regimes with different purposes. In the U.S., one of them is antitrust law: If you're buying more than a certain amount of stock in a company (basically $90 million worth), you have to file with the antitrust authorities so they can make sure that your acquisition isn't anticompetitive. Another is securities law: If you're buying more than a certain amount of stock in a company (basically 5%), you have to make a public filing so that other shareholders, and the company's executives, know what you're up to. But there are loads of other, more specific regimes, rules restricting who can buy big stakes in shipping companies and casino companies and cannabis companies and real-estate investment trusts and lots of other sorts of companies. If you want to buy big stakes in those companies you might need to meet certain requirements, or you might be restricted from doing other sorts of transactions, etc. Because in every case it is assumed that the big shareholders of those sorts of companies are influential, and the regulators want them to use that influence in good ways and not in bad ways. The regulatory regimes that apply to those companies also apply to those companies' owners, because of course you can't separate the companies from the owners.
And then the Big Three (BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street) go and buy big stakes in every single company without even really paying attention to what they're doing, and it's … just … weird. It doesn't fit exactly with any of the regulatory regimes. Some people want to buy casinos because they are good upstanding gambling operators, and other people want to buy casinos because they are mobsters, but Vanguard isn't buying casinos for either of those reasons. Vanguard is buying casinos—large stakes in casinos, I mean—because Vanguard is buying everything; it doesn't care what companies it buys and it doesn't have any plans for them. It is an omnivorous inhuman force; you can't really ask it to fill out the same forms as everyone else. This has been true for a long time, and is pretty obvious, and many of the regulatory regimes—certainly antitrust and securities law—have exemptions or lighter requirements for passive investors. You can check a box saying "I just need to put my money somewhere, I have no plans to do anything to this company," and you won't have to comply with the full standard requirements, the ones that apply to people who buy big stakes with big plans. The regulators are aware that passive ownership does not fit neatly with the default categories, and the regulators tend to accommodate themselves to the passive owners.
Anyway here's a client memo from Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP titled "Federal Banking Agencies Recognize the Rise of Index Funds and Passive Investing":
Two recent actions by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC (the Banking Agencies) recognize the increasing role of fund complexes and passive investing. The Banking Agencies have released a statement under the Federal Reserve's Regulation O which acknowledges the reality that equity mutual funds may sometimes go over 10% of the shares of a banking organization without triggering limitations on loans to insiders. In addition, the Federal Reserve has recently made public a general counsel's letter that provides conditions for when a fund complex may go over 10% equity ownership in a banking organization without triggering the Change in Bank Control Act (CIBC Act). In a welcome move that appears to reveal a more nuanced acknowledgment of the reality of modern financial markets, on December 27, 2019, the Banking Agencies issued a statement announcing they would not take action related to extensions of credit by banks, thrifts and other depository institutions (Banks) to companies that may be a "related interest" of certain asset managers and their institutional accounts or investment funds they sponsor, manage or advise, including mutual funds and ETFs (collectively, Fund Complexes) for purposes of the Federal Reserve's Regulation O (the Reg O Statement). The Banking Agencies explained in the Reg O Statement that due to the wide variety of companies in which Fund Complexes invest, which includes both banking and nonbanking entities, "banks have indicated that the treatment of [companies in which a Fund Complex invests] as 'related interests' under Regulation O could require the sudden and disruptive unwinding of substantial preexisting lending relationships and reduce credit availability to a wide swath of financial and non-financial companies."
The basic idea is that if you own more than 10% of a bank, you probably have a certain amount of influence over the bank, and if you use that influence to borrow a lot of money from the bank you might be up to no good. But that is absurd in the case of the Big Three. For one thing, they are not buying big stakes in banks to control the banks; they are buying big stakes in banks because they are buying big stakes in everything. For another thing, if they can't borrow money from the banks that they own, they can't borrow money from any bank: If a giant index-fund complex owns 20% of the market, then it will own about 20% of every bank. (No one is there yet but give it time.) And so the bank regulators are like "oh fine never mind index funds are different."
A traditional complaint about index funds is that they are mechanically forced to buy high, so they tend to put more money into overvalued stocks and less into undervalued ones. For one thing, if you put money into a typical market-capitalization-weighted index fund, that fund will go out and buy stocks in proportion to how valuable they are, putting more money into high-priced stocks than low-priced ones. Also, a lot of money is indexed to large-cap indexes, and companies get added to the large-cap index when their price goes up. This means that index funds are particularly susceptible to bubbles and manipulation: If a stock goes up a lot for no reason, index funds will have no choice but to buy it. There are, however, worse things. Here is a Twitter thread from Bloomberg's Eric Balchunas, and (for Bloomberg Terminal subscribers) a related Bloomberg Intelligence note, about SDY, the SPDR S&P Dividend ETF, a State Street exchange-traded fund that invests in stocks with high dividend yields. Here's the trouble:
SDY may not have been built to handle a $20 billion asset base. The ETF weights holdings by dividend yield, which has made it a hit among investors searching for yield amid low interest rates. Given that yield is calculated as dividends divided by price, yields rise as stock prices drop, which can lead to increased weightings in SDY for poor performers. As a result, SDY has built up large positions in Tanger and Meredith, which fell 27% and 37%, respectively, in 2019. Yet SDY's index takes the opposite tack, seeking to avoid laggards by imposing a hard limit that excludes stocks below $1.5 billion in market cap.
If you buy the stocks in a large-cap index, and weight them by dividend yield, you will buy more of them as their price goes down, meaning that your biggest holdings might end up being the smallest stocks in the index, stocks like Tanger Factory Outlet Centers Inc. ($1.4 billion market cap, 9+% dividend yield) and Meredith Corp. ($1.4 billion, 7+%). SDY owns an incredible 22% of Tanger and 18% of Meredith. And then if those stocks go down a bit further, they will get kicked out of the large-cap index, and you will have to sell your most concentrated holdings all at once. As SDY seems to have to do with Tanger and Meredith. Oops! One general point here is that you should buy stocks that are good and stocks that are undervalued, and sell stocks that are bad and stocks that are overvalued. There is no simple mechanical way to do this; a stock's price might be high because it is good or because it is overvalued, or low because it is bad or because it is undervalued, so it is hard to make a price-based rule. Nonetheless, a lot of people follow rules along the lines of "buy stocks as they go up and sell as they go down." This is, loosely, called "momentum," and it can kind of work (some stocks go up because they are good, and keep going up), though there are problems if you follow it too mechanically (some stocks go up because they are overvalued, and you will be susceptible to bubbles and panics). Other people follow rules along the lines of "buy stocks as they go down and sell as they go up." You might very loosely call this "value investing" (please do not email me to tell me that you wouldn't call it that, I know), and it can kind of work too (some stocks go down because they are undervalued, and then go back up), though there are problems if you follow it too mechanically (some stocks go down because they are bad, and you will be susceptible to catching falling knives). Obviously if you are an index fund you will be following whatever strategy you follow very mechanically, so you will have problems, but it's not like anyone else is perfect either, and the index funds have offsetting advantages. But if your rule is "keep buying more of a stock as it goes down, until it reaches a specific pre-set number, and then sell all of it," that really is the worst of all worlds! There is no coherent theory there: If you're buying it because it's undervalued, why sell it and the end, and if you're selling it because it's bad, why buy more of it on the way down?
There is however another, opposite theory of passive investing, which says that actually there are only a handful of good public companies, and if you miss out on investing in one of them it's a disaster, so you might as well invest in everything. The downside of buying a bunch of duds is not as bad as the downside of missing out on one of the few winners; you buy every stock not because they're all equally good but because almost none of them are. "The best-performing four percent of listed companies explain the net gain for the entire U.S. stock market since 1926, as other stocks collectively matched Treasury bills." You'd better not miss any of them! What does this theory tell you about private markets? Compared to public companies, early-stage startups are far more uncertain, so presumably an even smaller percentage of them account for all of the net gains. For every Facebook there are 24 dud public companies but hundreds of dud startups. One possible conclusion is "so it's extra important for venture capitalists to have lots of skill and pick the right startups," but you might be tempted by the opposite conclusion. Maybe you should just buy an index fund of all venture deals, because that will minimize your risk of missing out on the good deals, which is the only risk that matters. Obviously there isn't really an index fund of venture deals—it's not a standard product the way it is in public markets—but maybe there should be? Here's a fun study from Abe Othman of AngelList:
Conventional investing wisdom tells us that VCs should pass on most deals they see. But our research indicates otherwise: At the seed stage, investors would increase their expected return by broadly indexing into every credible deal. … How can you avoid missing the best seed deal? The simplest way is to put money into every credible deal. Maybe you have a crystal ball that gives you perfect foresight, in which case you can pick only the best winners. Even then, if your crystal ball is even a little cloudy eventually you will miss a winning deal—and that winning deal might have been the best-performing investment. Simulations on 10-year investing windows for seed-stage deals suggest fewer than 10% of investors will beat the index, even if those investors have skill in picking deals. Like Vanguard has taught us in the public markets, individual investors could benefit from viewing the index as the default and then overlaying individual deals that they like.
Only at the seed stage; in later rounds it's better to pick good deals. But at the seed stage:
Our research provides a principled quantitative underpinning for a broadly indexed "spray and pray" model of investing at a company's earliest stages. This is a controversial and contrarian point of view because this kind of investing has been maligned, or at least misunderstood, by traditional venture capitalists. … A VC who pitches their careful diligence, hard work, and sophisticated criteria for investment selection seems like a much better steward of an LP's money than a VC who pitches making so many early-stage investments that they could not keep up with their companies even if they tried.
One way to invest is that you hire an investment manager to pick the right stocks for you. You pay that manager on the order of 1% of your money every year, and your money buys a certain brand name and expectation of quality. Those expectations (and those fees) have been undermined in recent years, and it is now more or less conventional wisdom that active investment managers can't reliably beat the market and that you are probably wasting your money paying them those fees. So a popular way to invest now is that you hire an investment manager to invest your money in the index. You pay that manager on the order of 0.05% of your money every year, and the manager just buys all the stocks in an index. The manager spends a portion of your money on, like, sending you account statements and whatever, but she also spends a portion of your money on licensing the index. If you invest in an S&P 500 index fund, the fund manager gives some of your money to S&P Dow Jones Indices, which maintains the S&P 500 index. The manager is paying (and, thus, you are paying) for a certain brand name and expectation of quality and reliability and comparability. The S&P 500 index is a big brand, and lots of index funds are indexed to it, and if you buy an S&P 500 index fund you kind of know what you are getting. But if you don't believe that active managers add much value by picking stocks to put in your fund, you might also come to the conclusion that index companies don't add much value by picking stocks to put in the index. Certainly there is some tricky administrative work involved in maintaining an index, but at some level I could write down a list of 500 large-cap U.S. stocks, and their market-cap weights, with a few minutes and a Bloomberg terminal. It might not be the same list as the S&P—it probably wouldn't be, to avoid copyright/plagiarism claims!—but its performance wouldn't be all that different. One long list of the biggest U.S. stocks will be pretty correlated with another long list of the biggest U.S. stocks. If you're looking for a diversified fund that tracks the market for large-cap U.S. stocks at minimal cost, the Matt 500 Index Fund, which doesn't pay licensing fees, might start to look better than an S&P 500 index fund that does. Anyway:
Financial indices have proliferated at a rapid pace in recent years, powered by the steady rise of passive investing. Now, Deutsche Börse is launching a new service allowing money managers to build their own benchmarks — potentially depriving the indexing giants of big chunks of their sales. … Today the most popular benchmarks are simple ones that track big markets, such as the S&P 500 for US stocks. But licensing fees can be high. And with the rise of thematic and socially aware investing demand is rising for more bespoke benchmarks — those that exclude gunmakers or coalminers, for example, or tilt towards companies exposed to megatrends such as robotics or the developing world's middle class. ... DIY indexing is a growing trend in the asset management industry, with many firms frustrated at the cost of licensing the products created by the three heavyweights. Given the ferocious price war among index-tracking funds, culminating in Fidelity unveiling a zero-fee fund this summer, many are keen to cut whatever expenses they can.
I suppose the interesting thing here is the customization, the ability of managers to pick any portfolio of stocks that they like and call it an "index." But I want to emphasize, like, the Fidelity U.S. Large Cap Index, which is a market-cap-weighted list of 500 large-cap U.S. stocks that Fidelity doesn't have to pay money for. The point of that index is not that it differs from the S&P 500 by excluding guns or coal or whatever; the point of that index is that it differs from the S&P 500 by being free. To Fidelity, I mean, but also to you; that's the index for one of Fidelity's free index funds. It just makes sense. If you don't want to pay Fidelity a lot to pick stocks for you, why would you want to pay S&P a little to pick stocks for Fidelity?
We talked on Friday about how index funds can fall pretty easily for bubbles: If some stock goes up a lot for no good reason, it can get big enough to be added to the index, which means index funds will have to add it, which means that it will go up even more. So if you are a smart active investor and you see a stock rising rapidly and conclude that it's due to fraud, you might buy it anyway to push it up further and flip it to the index funds. One thing I wrote about this dynamic "is that it doesn't work in reverse: If the price of Company Y's stock is stagnant or going down, it won't get added to the index, and index funds won't pile in to buy it." Here I was mostly thinking of (1) large-cap U.S. indexes like the S&P 500, which attract a lot of index money and focus on big stocks, and (2) indexes in smaller markets, where there might be only one index and it might focus on only the biggest and most internationally attractive stocks. But a couple of readers emailed to point out that actually it does work in reverse, for some indexes. There are small-cap indexes, and sometimes a company will be added to the small-cap index because it was a big company but then its stock price went down until it was small. So it will move out of the large-cap index and into the small-cap one, and the small-cap index funds will buy it. I am not sure that buying stocks because they went down enough to fall out of the big index is intuitively much better than buying stocks because they went up enough to get into it, but both have their pluses and minuses I guess. Will Gornall pointed me to this 2011 paper by Yen-Cheng Chang and Harrison Hong finding that being one of the biggest stocks in the Russell 2000 index of small-cap stocks is better than being one of the smallest stocks in the Russell 1000 index of large- and mid-cap stocks. (The Russell 1000 is, roughly, the 1,000 biggest stocks; the Russell 2000 is the 2,000 next-biggest.) Being the 1,001st-biggest stock in the U.S. gets you more institutional attention than being the 999th-biggest:
Since the indices are value-weighted, smaller stocks just below the 1000 cut-off are heavily weighted in Russell 2000 and receive forced index buying. Larger ones just above the cut-off have negligible weight in Russell 1000 and are neglected by institutions. Smaller just-included stocks have discontinuously and significantly higher institutional ownership, price, liquidity, short interest, and market comovement compared to just-excluded larger ones.
Reader Maximilian Roos points out a great theoretical implication of this, which is:
1. If a stock at the bottom of the Russell 1000 goes down, it could fall out of the Russell 1000 for being too small. 2. At that point it will fall into the Russell 2000, where institutions will buy more of it. 3. So the price will go up. 4. So it might get bumped back into the bottom of the Russell 1000. 5. And then institutions will sell it. 6. So the price will go down. 7. Go to step 1.
I am not aware of any actual infinite loops like this; usually business results tend to drive stock prices more than index boundaries do, and anyway most indexes don't continuously update. But it would be fun.
You can think of index investing as an algorithm that says that the stocks with the highest prices today will be worth the most in the future. So you take your money and bet a lot of it on the stocks that are worth a lot now, and less of it on the stocks that are worth less now, and (with all but the broadest indexes) none of it on the stocks that are worth only a little bit now. This is a pretty good strategy—not perfect, but better than a lot of other strategies—because markets are mostly pretty efficient and today's price mostly is a pretty good predictor of tomorrow's. Not perfect. If you only invest in the companies that are worth a lot now, you will miss out on the brilliant disruptive innovators that are just starting out. And if you invest in all the companies that are worth a lot now, you will occasionally put money into silly overvalued bubbles and frauds. This is not all that strong an argument against indexing: Those bubbles and frauds got inflated because somebody else, some active investor who was picking stocks, overvalued them. Index investors are not uniquely susceptible to bubbles; if they were, there'd never be bubbles. Still there is that dynamic. One way it can go is like:
1. Company X is a small company whose stock suddenly goes up a lot. 2. Now it meets the size requirements to qualify for the index. 3. It gets added to the index. 4. Index investors buy Company X according to its index weight, further pushing up the stock.
If Step 1 was based on solid fundamentals, this is fine and good. If Step 1 was an irrational bubble, then the passive investors are the victims of the bubble: They buy a bubbly stock at the top. One thing you can say about this dynamic is that it doesn't work in reverse: If the price of Company Y's stock is stagnant or going down, it won't get added to the index, and index funds won't pile in to buy it. So passive investors have a tendency to buy buzzy things at high prices, but no offsetting tendency to buy undervalued gems at low prices. (This is not so different from active investors, to be fair.) Another thing you can say about this dynamic is that it is pretty transparent and exploitable. If you're an active investor, and you see Company X's stock soaring, and you know that it's going to be added to broad indexes because of its new large market capitalization, and you do 10 minutes of research and conclude that it's an obvious fraud, you should probably buy it anyway , because index funds are going to be buying it tomorrow at even higher valuations and you can make a quick buck on the trade. The index funds are, in certain circumstances, extremely predictable greater fools; they can provide a great dumping ground for pump-and-dump schemes. Not entirely predictable. This is pretty fun:
MSCI Inc. scrapped plans to add a high-flying Hong Kong stock to its indexes because of concerns about investability, a rare reversal that sent the stock plunging 98%. ArtGo Holdings Ltd., which had soared almost 3,800% this year for the world's biggest gain among companies with a market capitalization of at least $1 billion, erased nearly all of that advance within minutes on Thursday as investors reacted to MSCI's decision. The stock wiped out more than $5.7 billion of value before trading was suspended. MSCI, which had announced its intention to include ArtGo just two weeks ago, said in statement on Wednesday that it would no longer do so after "further analysis and feedback from market participants on investability." An ArtGo representative said the company, a marble producer that has been expanding into other businesses like real estate, couldn't immediately comment.
I know nothing about ArtGo, or why its stock went up, but "the company has been losing money for two years," "its net tangible assets as of June were only $132 million," and "there have been numerous examples in Hong Kong of stocks inexplicably rising high enough to qualify for index inclusion on the basis of its market value, only to fall hard afterward." You could draw the obvious conclusion, and some people did:
In September, activist shareholder David Webb issued a "bubble warning" about ArtGo and said he had written to the Securities and Futures Commission, the city's market regulator, calling for a probe into its ownership. On Thursday, Mr. Webb said he was right to call it a bubble. "I believe the stock was being manipulated and was closely held, but whether the SFC can prove that remains to be seen," he said in an email, adding that the commission hadn't updated him on the case.
I am not sure what lessons one should take from this. Conclusions like "manipulation is bad" or "index providers should not fall for pump-and-dumps" would be fine, but it's not like MSCI has actually alleged anything like that; it has gone with the much vaguer "feedback on investability." Traditionally market regulators like SFC, not index providers, are in charge of figuring out if prices are being manipulated. Broader conclusions, though, just sound weird:
Mr. Webb also said index compilers needed to improve their selection criteria, for example by examining if extremely high valuation multiples were justified. "It is too lazy to just look at market capitalization and turnover," he said. He said this could lead to index-tracking funds suffering if bubbles burst.
Index providers should examine if valuations are justified? Or:
"It's good that MSCI is listening to what market participants are saying," Daniel So, a strategist at CMB International Securities Ltd., said by phone. "It's positive for the health of the market. It's hard to avoid adding some stocks with bubbles into the benchmark if we just focus on data like market cap. So it's good that MSCI is doing case-by-case studies."
Index providers should do case-by-case studies of stocks? Look, if you said to me that investors should do careful case-by-case analyses of the stocks they want to buy in order to make sure that their valuations were justified, I'd be like, sure, yeah, that sounds like investing all right. But if you told me that the indexes used by passive investors should do careful case-by-case studies of all the stocks they include in order to make sure that their valuations were justified, I'd be like, no, wait, that doesn't sound like indexing at all. That is fundamental analysis; it is subjective and controversial; the whole business of stock markets is to adjudicate disputes over whether valuations are justified. The general idea of indexing is that you stay neutral in those disputes, and just buy stuff at whatever valuation the market gives to it. But then sometimes you might be wrong! You don't want to be wrong, do you? And so you end up finding yourself saying things like "well obviously index compilers need to make sure the valuations are right, otherwise index funds will suffer when bubbles burst." Of course index funds will suffer when bubbles burst! That's the whole point of index funds! It's the whole point of bubbles! "Index funds should match the market except if there's a bubble," okay. "Index funds should match the market except if the market is wrong." It sounds nice but I feel like there might be problems with it.
Meme Stocks & Retail Investing (90)
GameStop is 'sort of' trying to buy eBay, a much larger company it plainly cannot afford with cash. The proposed structure gives eBay shareholders some cash and rolls the rest of their stock into a combined company in which they would own most of the shares. Seen clearly, this is less an acquisition than a bid by GameStop CEO Ryan Cohen to run eBay: eBay holders would still own most of the same business, just managed by Cohen. That reframing dissolves the objection that 'GameStop has only $10 billion of stock and eBay has $50 billion, so GameStop can't buy eBay,' because GameStop would economically be buying eBay with eBay's own stock. There was, however, a real mechanical constraint: a company can only issue shares its corporate charter authorizes, and GameStop's charter did not authorize nearly enough. At its 2026 annual meeting, shareholders approved a charter amendment (68.7% of votes cast) lifting the authorized-share count so the company can issue stock for strategic transactions including the eBay bid. The episode is a clean lesson in merger mechanics: authorized shares are a hard legal ceiling on stock-financed M&A, and in a stock-for-stock deal the target's holders are really voting on management and strategy, not just price. It also extends the meme-era Ryan Cohen storyline, where GameStop's shareholders back Cohen's ambitions even when the target's board resists.
Elsewhere in weird acquisition structures: BuzzFeed said media mogul Byron Allen has agreed to pay $120 million for a majority stake in the digital-media company. Allen, whose company Allen Media Group owns the Weather Channel and more than 30 network affiliate broadcast channels, plans to acquire 40 million shares for $3...
prediction markets. In theory, in a prediction market, if you want to bet on the Mets you are betting against some other customer who is betting on the Nationals. In practice, there's a decent and increasing chance that the person on the other side of your bet is a professional or semi-professional...
Incidentally. The Journal notes: Cohen also has a potentially massive payday at stake if he can pull it all off. GameStop adjusted Cohen's compensation package at the beginning of the year to give him extra incentive to boost the company's market value and profitability. He stands to make as much as...
In the 2020s, meme stocks were invented: Some smallish US public companies' stocks went up a lot, for no particular fundamental reason, because online retail investors got really into them. This was arguably something new in corporate finance, a new sort of asset that a company could have. If a company became...
is: * Some US states prohibit sports gambling, while other states allow it in heavily regulated form. * Kalshi, a prediction market registered with the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission, offers sports gambling in all 50 states, without complying with any state's rules. * States complain, but Kalshi argues that it is...
efficiency and capital allocation in normal times, the increased number of connections can act as a shock amplifier during periods of market stress. The same linkages that facilitate risk-sharing in calm conditions can become conduits for contagion under strain, especially when involving more opaque segments of the network-such as private credit-where risks...
If you are a financial influencer, what is the best way to monetize that? Not, like, best best, just like, what is the most efficient way to turn your influence into money for you? I'm sorry but the answer is "memecoin." 5Maybe "pumping meme stocks," but that's tricky. "Special purpose acquisition company"...
The Palantir item is a corporate-finance reminder: if index inclusion, exchange choice or investor narrative can raise the stock, management will care. A public company can do legitimate things that mainly improve demand for its shares.
Levine's DOGE item belongs in the meme-finance canon. A name, joke or acronym can attract attention, and attention can become price, funding and influence. The mechanism is not valuation in the traditional sense; it is coordinated belief around a symbol.
The DJT discussion fits the meme-finance textbook. The company had a business, but the stock's main variable was Donald Trump's political relevance. Public equity became a way to express affiliation, prediction and attention, not only expected cash flows.
The XTB discussion is useful as a retail-market-design entry. If the product is instant access, bright interface and frequent action, then investing starts to resemble betting even when the underlying asset is a security. The platform experience changes investor behavior.
The Tesla day-trader story is not just colorful. It shows how options, app-based access and repeated wins can leave an individual with fund-sized exposure but no portfolio-management infrastructure. The obvious advice is diversification, but the psychology of winning trades pushes the other way.
Levine discusses a day trader whose public persona is tied to volatile, visible bets. In meme finance, the trade is not always separate from the story about the trader. Media attention, social proof and perceived authenticity can attract followers or liquidity, making the trader's image part of the market event.
Levine contrasts normal large public companies, whose ownership pages are dominated by reportable institutions like BlackRock, Vanguard, Fidelity, and Capital Group, with meme stocks such as AMC and Trump Media. In meme stocks, much less of the shareholder base is visible in institutional filings because retail investors do not generally report their holdings. The remaining visible institutions are often hedge funds and trading firms taking the other side of active retail flow rather than long-term fundamental investors. That ownership map is one way to see that a stock is trading as a retail/meme object rather than a conventional public company.
Traditionally the way meme-y companies raise money is with at-the-market stock offerings. In an ATM offering, the company hires a broker, and the broker sells some stock, at market prices, over the course of days or weeks. This is different from a traditional underwritten offering, in which the company's investment bank markets the stock to big investors, builds an order book, and then sells a chunk of stock all at once, at a single price, to all of those investors. The problem with a traditional underwriting, for a meme stock, is that your banks call up all the professional investors and say "hey do you want to buy this stock at a crazy price?" and the investors say "no I do not." Being a meme stock means that retail investors are buying the stock at a crazy price, and the big investment banks can't really call them all. So meme stocks do ATM offerings, so they can sell the stock directly on the exchange, where the retail investors are buying it at crazy prices.
And so many meme and meme-adjacent stocks — Tesla and GameStop and AMC and Hertz and Bed Bath & Beyond — have done ATMs, to take advantage of high trading prices to raise money for themselves.
Trump Media, though, can't. Trump Media went public in March by merging with a special purpose acquisition company called Digital World Acquisition Corp. The US Securities and Exchange Commission rules only allow companies that have been public for at least 12 months to do at-the-market offerings, so Trump Media can't do one until next March.
There is a solution. The solution is:
1. Trump Media sells stock to one investor, over time, at market-based prices. 2. Each time that one investor buys stock from Trump Media, it can immediately turn around and resell it, on the stock exchange, at market prices.
It's meme-stock intermediation, an at-the-market offering done through one investor. There are a couple of ways to do this — Bed Bath & Beyond once did a pretty complicated one — but a simple one is called an "equity line of credit" or "standby equity purchase agreement": The investor signs a deal with the company saying "you can sell us up to $X worth of stock, over time, whenever you want, and we'll pay you the market price for it less a discount for our trouble." And then whenever the company wants money, it calls up the investor and says "okay $10 million today," and the investor sells $10 million worth of stock into the market and pays the company $10 million, less its fee. And if the market is good and the company wants a lot of money, it makes those calls every day, and pretty soon the investor has sold a lot of stock and the company has raised a lot of money.
In these deals, the investor is often Yorkville Advisors. We talked in 2021 about an equity line of credit that Yorkville did for Lordstown Motors Corp., another recent SPAC company. And this week Bloomberg's Bailey Lipschultz reports:
A little-known New Jersey investment manager that focuses on financing micro-cap and small-cap companies has found its most high-profile deal: Donald Trump's media startup.>
Yorkville Advisors, which operates out of Mountainside, about an hour's drive from Wall Street, recently inked an agreement with Trump Media & Technology Group Corp. that could raise $2.5 billion for the former president's company. The owner of Truth Social registered 38 million shares late Monday as part of the pact, according to a filing.>
The deal is a classic Yorkville arrangement. It's set to provide much-needed funds to a company that went public by merging with a blank-check vehicle. Yorkville has previously backed clients in cash-burning sectors such as electric vehicles, and has worked with a handful of high-profile companies whose stock has fluctuated wildly, such as VinFast Auto Ltd., and even a few like Lordstown Motors that have crashed.>
As part of the pact, known as a standby equity purchase agreement, Trump Media has the right but not the obligation to sell shares to Yorkville to raise money for working capital and general purposes. In return for signing up, Yorkville gets 200,000 common shares — worth $7.4 million based on Tuesday's trading, after an 8.5% decline trimmed Trump Media's weekly gains.>
Yorkville has participated in countless deals that involve so-called de-SPACs, where a private firm goes public by merging with a special purpose acquisition company.
One obvious point here is that Yorkville is not going to invest $2.5 billion in Trump Media. Yorkville's total assets under management are about $323 million. Yorkville is in the moving business, not the storage business: Any stock that it buys from Trump Media will be sold directly into the market.
Here is the prospectus for the deal; here is the actual agreement. The mechanism is:
1. Yorkville commits to buying up to $2.5 billion of Trump Media stock, at Trump Media's discretion, over the next three years. 2. Before 9 a.m. on any trading day, Trump Media can send Yorkville a notice saying "we want to sell shares," with a number of its choosing in the blank (capped at the daily trading volume of the stock [3] ). 3. Trump Media immediately hands the shares to Yorkville, [4] so it can sell them. 4. Yorkville sells the shares over three days, starting on the day of the notice. Or, I mean, that is not a requirement of the contract, and the prospectus says: "Our registration of the securities covered by this prospectus does not mean that Yorkville will offer or sell any of the Shares." But what else would it do? 5. At the end of the three days, Yorkville pays Trump Media for the shares. The price is the lowest of the daily volume weighted average prices of the shares over the three-day period, minus a 2.75% fee.
So Yorkville gets paid (1) an upfront commitment fee of 200,000 shares, (2) a 2.75% discount on the shares it buys, and (3) some optionality from being able to sell the shares over three days, but paying the lowest price over those three days. It looks a lot like an at-the-market offering — in which a broker takes a fee to sell stock at the company's instructions — but it is just different enough to be allowed under SEC rules.
I have, over the past few years, had surprisingly many occasions to ponder the following question: If you had a magic lamp that allowed you to move up the price of a liquid publicly traded stock arbitrarily, by a large amount, a handful of times, what would you do with it? There's some stock that trades at $20, and you could rub the lamp and it would go to $30 for like a day or two: What do you do?
I think there is a theoretically correct answer, though it is neither investing nor legal nor magical advice. It goes like this:
1. Spend all of your money on somewhat out-of-the-money short-dated call options on the stock. 2. Rub the lamp. 3. Sell the options.
This maximizes your leverage in the trade: Instead of paying $20 to buy the stock, you pay (say) $1 to buy out-of-the-money options struck at say $25. You rub the lamp, the stock jumps to $30, the options jump to (say) $6, and you sell them all. You've made a 500% return using options instead of a 50% return by buying stock.
There is a legal nuance here, though I stress that nothing here is legal advice. The legal nuance is that, in the real world, there are no magic lamps. In the real world, the way to actually move publicly traded stocks is mostly by making public statements to people who care about what you have to say (and who buy stock). What you do not want to do, in this scenario, is make public statements to the effect of "this company has discovered a cure for cancer and I'm bullish for the long term." Because Step 3 is selling your options, and if you say stuff like that then you are lying and could get in trouble. What you want to do is make a somewhat inscrutable public statement. Ideally the public statement can be read to mean "I have bought a ton of options on this stock, I am not giving you any advice about anything, and I'm gonna go sell them at a profit right now," but can also be read in other, more bullish ways. Ideally other people read your statement and go out and buy the stock, so you can sell.
The gamma squeeze: If a lot of retail investors buy call options on a stock at once, the options market makers who sell them the options will have to buy the underlying stock as a hedge for the call options they sold. This will also push up the stock. And the market makers' hedge is dynamic, meaning that as the stock goes up they have to buy even more stock to remain properly hedged, in a virtuous cycle that further pushes up the stock.
This is not investment advice, and you should not believe these stories too literally; there are no perpetual-motion machines in finance. After the 2021 meme-stock mania, the US Securities and Exchange Commission released a report finding some evidence of gamma squeezes and short squeezes, but not really endorsing either theory. And, again, "everyone bought the stock at once" is at least a theoretically sufficient explanation, without any of these technical factors.
Anyway here's a story about Nvidia options:
Nvidia Corp. may not be a classic meme stock, yet when it comes to option trading during the latest leg of the rally, it certainly acts like one.
Call option trading jumped on Tuesday to the fourth-highest notional level with Nvidia shares trading at a record north of $1,100 apiece. The elevated volume, which on an outright basis was almost double the 20-day average, is especially striking given it was outside of an earnings report for the artificial-intelligence leader. The trading frenzy added fuel to stock market gains in what appeared to be a so-called gamma squeeze.
Thousands of near-worthless call contracts set to expire at the end of this week suddenly rallied 1000% or more when shares opened sharply higher. This put pressure on option dealer desks who had sold those contracts to adjust their hedges by buying more shares. This creates a feedback loop as the buying drove shares higher, bringing more options into the money and forcing dealers to buy even more shares to stay balanced.
The disclosure isn't the main point, though. US securities laws have what are called "short-swing profit rules": If you own more than 10% of a company's stock, you sort of aren't allowed to trade it. The rule is found in Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and it is nominally a rule against insider trading — the theory is that if you're a big shareholder you might have inside information — but it doesn't actually require any proof of using inside information. Instead, the basic mechanism is that if you're a 10% holder, and you buy more stock, and then you sell the stock within six months of buying it for more than you paid for it, you're not allowed to keep the profits. The company can sue you to get the profits back, or, if the company doesn't want to sue you (because you're a big insider shareholder), a shareholder can bring the case. In practice there are entrepreneurial lawyers who bring these cases and get the attorneys' fees from settlements.
You can see how those lawyers would be intrigued here. The simple form of this story is something like "Hudson Bay became a 73% shareholder of Bed Bath & Beyond, and then for months it would buy a little bit of Bed Bath stock and turn around and sell it at a profit, to the tune of $360 million of stock and probably at least tens of millions of dollars of profits." That story is a gold mine for lawyers.
Now, that simple story is not quite right. Everyone knows about these rules, and there are standard solutions. Hudson Bay did not just get 73% of Bed Bath's stock. Instead what happened is:
It bought some convertible preferred stock , plus warrants to buy more convertible preferred. The convertible preferred stock contained the terms of the deal: Hudson Bay could convert its preferred shares, a little bit at a time, into common shares at a discount to the trading price. But there was a limit on Hudson Bay's right to convert: It was only allowed to convert any of its preferred stock if, after the conversion, it would own 9.99% or less of Bed Bath's common stock. This limit is commonly called a "Section 16 blocker." This was fine because, again, it was converting and selling a little bit at a time; it didn't want to get a huge block of stock at once. The Section 16 blocker was there for Hudson Bay's convenience: It allowed Hudson Bay to say "we're not a 10% holder, so we're not subject to the Section 16 rules."
Technically Section 16 covers not just ownership of common stock but also ownership of options or securities that can be converted into common stock. So owning preferred stock that could be converted into 73% of the common stock would count as being a 73% owner. But Hudson Bay didn't own preferred stock that could be converted into 73% of the common stock: It could only ever be converted into 9.99% of the stock at a time. The Section 16 blocker, in theory, is supposed to protect it from becoming a 10% holder.
On the other hand, what do I always say about meme-stock companies? I say they should sell stock. That trade actually works rather nicely here. DXYZ is an exchange-listed closed-end fund; it is not an exchange-traded fund. In an ETF, certain investors ("authorized participants") can create and redeem shares of the fund: They can deliver a basket of the underlying portfolio to the fund sponsor and get back ETF shares, or they can deliver ETF shares to the sponsor and get back the underlying portfolio. This creates an arbitrage: If the ETF trades at a premium to its net asset value, arbitrageurs will buy the underlying assets, deliver them to the sponsor, get back ETF shares and sell them to capture the premium. (And vice versa, if it trades at a discount.) This drives down the price of the ETF (and drives up the price of the underlying assets), closing the premium. In liquid markets, this normally keeps the price of the ETF in line with the value of its portfolio.
That doesn't work here, because DXYZ is a closed-end fund, not an ETF. Investors cannot create or redeem shares; they can't put money in or take money out. The reason for that is pretty obvious: DXYZ doesn't own a portfolio of liquid publicly traded stocks. It owns stakes in private companies; each investment has to be individually negotiated, and they can't necessarily be sold quickly, or at all. DXYZ's shares trade publicly and liquidly, but its underlying assets do not.
Still the basic idea still works: DXYZ should sell stock! So much stock. It should sell stock to the public at a 1,000% premium to its net asset value or whatever, and then use the money to invest in more stakes in more private companies. If you do enough of that, then:
1. You collapse the premium: Selling stock and buying the underlying assets will move the price of the stock closer to the price of the underlying assets. 2. You average into the valuation. Right now DXYZ has, call it, $1 billion of stock and a $50 million portfolio, a 1,900% premium. If it sells another $1 billion of stock, and invests the proceeds into new private-company stakes, it will have $2 billion of stock and a $1.05 billion portfolio, a 90% premium. Progress!
But you can get arbitrarily close to this — while attracting a more traditional investor base — by issuing a stock called DJT, and Trump did. DJT — the ticker symbol of Trump Media & Technology Group Corp. — is a meme stock with a market capitalization, as of yesterday's close, of about $7 billion. It is the stock token of him, Donald Trump, and he owns about 58% of it. People who like Trump bought it, it went up, his stake is worth billions of dollars, and he will eventually be able to sell shares to raise money for himself, though there is a six-month lockup.
It is a small technical problem that you probably cannot just do this. You cannot just issue stock that is like "this is the stock with my name on it, go buy it!" You can't start a company and take it public to be purely a meme stock. I cannot give you a really crisp explanation of why not. I am not aware of any provision of US securities law that is like "if you raise money for a public company, it has to do something, or at least try." It's just, you know. If you say "I am launching a company with my name on it, and that's it," then underwriters probably will not want to work with you, and lawyers will be confused writing the prospectus, and eventually the US Securities and Exchange Commission will have to sign off on the prospectus and will find reasons not to.
But, again, you can get arbitrarily close. You can take a teeny tiny operating business, wrap it in a meme stock, and sell that. The most famous example — it's not exactly a meme stock, but close enough — was the New Jersey deli that had $13,976 of revenue and a $2 billion market capitalization. Or, I mean: There was a deli, it had $13,976 of revenue, it was the only operating business of a public company, and that public company had a $2 billion market capitalization. But it wasn't like "people were paying $2 billion for that deli." The stock traded at $2 billion, for other reasons, and also there happened to be a deli. The deli was almost irrelevant to the stock, but not quite: If there wasn't a deli — if the public company couldn't put out filings with some description of some business and some financial statements — then there couldn't be a stock. The stock's price had nothing to do with the deli, but the stock's existence required the deli.
Similarly, DJT (the stock) is a $7 billion token, while Trump Media & Technology Group (the company) is fairly small; last year it lost $58 million on $4 million of revenue. [1] ("About as lucrative as a top Substack newsletter," I called it, "but vastly more expensive to run.") But if you take a small business with Trump's name and ownership and wrap it in a stock, you can make a big meme stock.
We discussed this the other day, but it creates a lot of strange corporate issues. Consider the deli. What sort of salary would you expect to earn for running the deli? One way to answer that question is to consider how much proprietors of other delis with $14,000 of annual revenues earn. (Not much!) Another way to answer the question is to consider how much chief executive officers of other $2 billion public companies earn. (More!) Similarly with DJT/TMTG: Should its executives get paid like the executives of a company with $4 million of revenue, or one with $7 billion of market cap? [2]
Here's a stylized history of US corporate governance:
1. In the very olden days, corporations tended to be run and also owned by their founders, titans of business who tended to own controlling stakes in the companies they ran personally. Governance was fairly straightforward: The owner-managers ran their businesses however they thought best. 2. Then the "separation of ownership and control" developed, where corporations became large and impersonal, owned by thousands of diffuse small shareholders but run by professional managers. Corporate governance questions arose for scholars and lawyers and investors: The managers ran the corporation, theoretically on behalf of its owners (the shareholders), but figuring out how to make sure that the managers did what was best for the owners became an active area of research and debate. 3. Then institutional investors became bigger, more powerful, and more interested in the governance of their portfolio companies; when the "Big Three" index-fund firms own 20% of the stock of every company, presumably they have some ability to tell those companies what to do. This raised a whole new set of corporate governance questions: Now, instead of powerful managers and diffuse and passive shareholders, you have very large shareholders who overlap among all the companies. (You also have a new separation of ownership and control, because the people who manage investments at the Big Three are not actually the ultimate owners of those investments.) And there is a ton of scholarship and debate about these issues, many of which we have discussed around here. 4. Meme stocks!
Meme stocks are new — it seems roughly fair to say that they date to 2021 — so it is perhaps less clear what they mean for corporate governance. Maybe nothing. But you could sketch some theories:
Meme stocks are basically companies whose shares are largely held by enthusiastic retail investors who are on Reddit a lot. In some ways, this resembles Phase 2 of my stylized history: You have diffuse retail shareholders and powerful managers who run the companies; the tools that institutional investors developed to supervise managers in Phase 3 don't really work at companies that don't have institutional investors. In other ways, though, it's completely new. The meme-stock shareholders are thousands of individuals, sure, but thanks to social media they are far more enthusiastic and coordinated than the retail investors of the past. If you're the chief executive officer of a meme-stock company, and you displease your retail shareholders, they probably can't mount a proxy fight or a hostile takeover, but they can say mean things about you on social media, possibly in ways that you find very personally unpleasant. Also your stock will probably be very volatile. Also maybe you will be vulnerable to a hostile takeover from an activist who is better able to harness meme-stock investors than you are. Also, in 2024, retail shareholders mostly don't vote at shareholder meetings, so any sort of corporate governance that relies on voting might not work at meme-stock companies. We have talked about things like AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s APE preferred stock, designed to get around shareholder voting requirements, because if you're a meme-stock company you may not be able to get enough shareholders to vote on whatever you need them to vote on.
Reddit Inc. is planning an initial public offering of its stock. In a typical IPO, a company and its early investors sell stock to institutional investors at the IPO price, and then the next day the stock opens for trading and regular investors can buy it (from those institutions). Usually — not always — the stock goes up on that first day of trading, as everyone who wants to own the stock, but could not get any in the IPO, buys it. This is called the "IPO pop," and institutional investors try to get into the good graces of IPO issuers (and their banks) so they can get good allocations in hot IPOs and benefit from the pop.
Reddit will mostly sell stock to institutional investors, but it plans to sell some of the shares to "eligible Reddit users and moderators." I suppose this is a sort of a loyalty program, letting Reddit's most active users buy stock at the IPO price and participate in some of the upside. I wrote a bit about this plan last week. Here's how Reddit describes it:
Users and moderators who created an account on or before January 1, 2024 are potentially eligible for the directed share program. Eligible participants must reside in the United States and be at least 18 years of age. Further, eligible users and moderators must be in good standing on our platform and cannot be a current or former Reddit employee.
We will invite users and moderators to participate in the directed share program in six phased priority tiers. We will assign each eligible participant to a tier based on that participant's contributions to Reddit. User contributions will be measured in karma (a user's reputation score that reflects their community contributions). Moderator contributions will be measured by membership and moderator actions on our platform. Tier 1 will include certain users and moderators identified by us who have meaningfully contributed to Reddit community programs. Tier 2 will include users who hold at least 200,000 karma and moderators who have performed at least 5,000 moderator actions.
And so on down to Tier 6. "An invitation to participate in the directed share program does not guarantee that the participant will receive an allocation of shares," and there's not a lot of description about how the allocations will work. But I suppose if you have a lot of Reddit karma then there's at least a decent chance you can buy some shares at the IPO price.
Also, separately, Reddit plans to sell some of the IPO shares "to retail investors through Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, SoFi Securities, Inc., and Robinhood Financial LLC, as selling group members for this offering, through their respective brokerage platforms." So even non-redditor retail investors can probably buy stock at the IPO price. As I wrote last time, you might expect this sort of thing to reduce the IPO pop: If enthusiastic retail investors can buy at the IPO price, they won't have to buy in the open market the next day, reducing demand for the shares. But I suppose it depends on how much they get in the IPO.
Historically, retail stock investing was a bundle of:
a sensible way to invest for retirement by buying a share of the future earnings of big businesses, and fun gambling.
There was just a very strong case that, if you wanted to make long-term retirement investments, buying stocks was the good and sensible way to do it, endorsed by academic theory and common sense. But you had to pick the stocks: In the olden days, stock investing meant buying individual stocks , and retail stock investing meant not buying that many of them, because stocks traded in round lots of 100 expensive shares so you could only buy so many different stocks.
So if you wanted exposure to the future earnings of the widget business, you probably bought either Amalgamated Widgets or Consolidated Widgets, but not a market-cap-weighted combination of both. You consciously chose one of them — based on how much you liked its product or advertisements or logo or name or ticker or media-friendly CEO or whatever — and then had sort of a rooting interest in your chosen stock. You could follow along, pay attention to what your stocks were doing, watch them rise or fall on earnings reports, adjust your portfolio over time to refine your bets. For many people this was an annoying and intimidating chore. For others, though, it was a fun hobby and a way to, potentially, make a lot of money quickly by making the right bets. It scratched some of the same itches as sports or casino gambling.
The rise of mutual funds and, especially, index investing changed that. Now if you want to make sensible long-term retirement investments, everyone will still tell you to own stocks, but not particular stocks. They will tell you to own stocks by buying and holding low-cost broad market index funds and trying not to look at your account much. Picking individual stocks, frequent trading and paying attention to the market are all disfavored by the modern consensus. Now the sensible form of long-term stock investing is pretty dull.
You can still gamble on stocks though! Whatever, go nuts, no one will stop you. But as sensible equity investing for retirement has been unbundled from gambling on stocks, the gambling has survived and become purer. If you want to take a flutter on a stock to feel alive, that stock is probably not going to be an electric utility. There is a sort of barbell effect: People do their sensible retirement savings in the most sensible way, with boring index funds, and they do their fun stock gambling in the most fun way, with meme stocks.
Or not even with stocks. Crypto. Or, these days, options. Here is a Wall Street Journal story about retail investors buying short-dated options. There is a quote from an academic with the standard criticism:
"We should stop pretending that's what's going on is investing," said Benjamin Edwards, a professor at the University of Nevada in Las Vegas who has studied securities law. "It's just gambling."
But in fact nobody is pretending! Everyone interviewed in the article is like "oh yes this is my fun gambling hobby":
Kyle Klett, 31, said he has made some painful trades over the past two years, including a string of mistimed one-day options that cost him tens of thousands of dollars. Still, he said, the big wins have enticed him to keep trading.
In late June, during a stint in Las Vegas playing in the World Series of Poker, Klett said, he scooped up more than 300 contracts that would pay off if the S&P 500 index rallied by the next day. After he spent a sleepless night checking the futures market for clues on what would happen in the morning, he said, the S&P 500 rose 1.2% and he made $71,000.
He celebrated the big win—and his birthday—by playing roulette and slot machines while hopping from casino to casino on the Las Vegas Strip. "I lost $25,000 in poker but smoked the market," he said.
And:
[Lucas] Sommer, the Oregon entrepreneur, said he has been trading options regularly since 2018. He has experienced exhilarating highs and painful losses, he said, and has had more than one conversation with his wife about big money-losing trades.
"I've been addicted to this options stuff for quite some time," he said. "You get hooked."
He does most of his options trading on Robinhood, in what he considers his "gambling account," he said. "You now have the power to gamble in your pocket," he said, comparing the market to a casino. His long-term investments are with another brokerage. …
"You hit black, double down, black, double down, black, double down," Sommer said. Then, "red, you're at zero."
Right, in the olden days, he'd have all his money with one brokerage, and it would be his retirement money, and he'd have a little fun making trades with some of it. In modern times, his retirement money is somewhere safe and boring, and he quite self-consciously gambles on options.
By the way, there's a barbell component to how the financial industry makes money, too. In the olden days, brokers charged high commissions for doing stock trades, and later mutual funds charged high fees for managing your stocks for you. In the modern market, your index exchange-traded fund charges teeny tiny fees and doesn't do much trading. But if you want to gamble on options you will pay up:
Wall Street firms profit on such trading. So-called bid-ask spreads—the difference between buy and sell prices in the open market—are much wider for options than for stocks. Professional trading firms such as Citadel Securities and Susquehanna International Group that buy and sell such options to investors pocket some of that difference. …
Brokerages made more than $2 billion from selling options orders last year, more than double what they made from stock orders, according to Bloomberg Intelligence data.
The sensible, reasonable, academically endorsed best practice for retirement savings is to save money on fees. But if you're gambling, the casino is going to make money.
What should you think about this? What is the right regulatory response? It is tempting to say, like, "I am shocked, shocked to find gambling in the stock market." The US Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed concern about the gamification of stock markets, and has cracked down on people make gambling/investing too fun. One objection to modern commission-free trading is that it leads to more gambling behavior. (Also it is made possible by payment for order flow, and brokers get paid more for options order flow, which makes them more likely to push options trading.) Zero-day options strike some people as largely retail gambling products that don't serve much capital-formation or risk-hedging purpose. Maybe all of it should be banned.
But I don't know? As gambling markets go, the stock (and options) market has some attractive features. Insider trading is illegal, and the rules are enforced. Brokers don't generally steal customers' money. The stock market rewards skill. It lowers the cost of capital for actual businesses. The people in this article, the people saying "you hit black, double down, black, double down, black, double down" and "I lost $25,000 in poker but smoked the market," those people are going to gamble somewhere. Maybe it's for the best that they gamble on options.
Is that securities fraud ? I mean! Cohen filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit, and last Thursday a federal judge, Judge Trevor McFadden, denied it, saying that the moon emoji plus the updated 13D might in fact be securities fraud, and so the case can go forward to discovery and perhaps trial.
I don't want to overstate the importance of this: This is just a motion to dismiss, an early stage of the case, and the plaintiffs presumably won't ultimately win unless they find some evidence that Cohen actually had a plan to pump and dump the stock. Still it strikes me as kind of a wild result? But I get it. My reaction was "wow this is a very funny joke that Cohen did," and as a general matter if you do something in securities markets that I think is a funny joke, many other people will think it is fraud. I have more of a sense of humor about securities markets stuff than some judges.
Still, wild! To me, the obvious problem with this case is that Cohen never said anything untrue. [2] The judge disagrees, though, finding that Cohen made two public statements that the shareholders could plausibly argue are not true. One is the moon tweet:
First, Bratya [the lead shareholder plaintiff] has plausibly alleged that the moon tweet relayed that Cohen was telling his hundreds of thousands of followers that Bed Bath's stock was going up and that they should buy or hold. In the meme stock "subculture," moon emojis are associated with the phrase "to the moon," which investors use to indicate "that a stock will rise." So meme stock investors conceivably understood Cohen's tweet to mean that Cohen was confident in Bed Bath and that he was encouraging them to act. For example, one investor replied to Cohen "buy $BBBY. Got it. Thanks." And Bratya plausibly alleges that Redditors gleaned the same message.>
Second, that meaning is actionable. For one, it is plausibly material. That is, there was a "substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important." Investors appear to have relied on it, driving Bed Bath's stock price up in the following days. …>
Plus, that makes sense. Investors may have reasonably seen Cohen as an insider sympathetic to the little guy's cause: He interacted with his followers on Twitter. He appeared to speak truth to power, criticizing "compensation for the Corporate Power Brokers." He had a large stake himself. He was "maniacally focused on [Bed Bath's] long-term." He had a public cooperation agreement with Bed Bath. He allegedly had access to material, nonpublic information. And it seemed that he had helped oust Bed Bath's former CEO. So it was not crazy for retail investors to follow his lead.>
Nor is the tweet mere puffery. If Bratya had alleged only that the tweet expressed Cohen's hope that the stock would rise, that would not be actionable. Likewise, if Bratya had alleged only that the tweet signaled Cohen's excitement about Bed Bath, Bratya would have no claim. But Bratya has plausibly alleged that Cohen's tweet was more, an expert insider's direction to buy or hold.
When GameStop hired Furlong back in 2021, I speculated about whether its time as a meme stock could lead to fundamental business improvements. The theory was that GameStop's stock went up a lot for more or less irrational reasons — memes, etc. — but that GameStop had the opportunity to make it rational, to turn the stock-price increase into business success. With a soaring stock price, you have more valuable stock to, for instance, pay senior Amazon executives to join your small video-game retailer. You can raise money to fund your pivot from mall retailer to online gaming distributor. You can make strategic acquisitions. Having a soaring stock price is kind of like having a lot of money — the soaring stock price can be turned into money, usually — and having a lot of money can help you improve your business. It is not automatic! Just spending a lot of money will not necessarily improve the long-term fortunes of a mall-based video-game retailer, and pivoting to a new business model is risky. But it could help. I wrote:
If you just, like, exogenously discovered a gigantic pile of diamonds in the basement of your headquarters, that might make your stock price go up, but would it make you better at doing your business? You could call up superstar executives and say "hey come work for our company, we just found a bunch of diamonds"; would they do it? I don't know! Maybe? It's a weird question. There are not a lot of natural experiments.
But GameStop was one! [3] I don't want to say that it didn't work; corporations are perpetual, GameStop is still doing stuff, and maybe with Cohen more firmly in charge it will finally etc. etc. etc. But it kind of didn't work:
The theory is pretty straightforward:
1. Banks are a confidence business. If people trust that a bank is safe and sound, they will keep their money there; if they don't, they won't. 2. If people all pull their money out of a bank, it won't be safe and sound: It will have to sell off long-term assets to pay back depositors, it will get a bad price, and it won't have enough to pay them all. [2] 3. So confidence in banks is self-fulfilling, as is a lack of confidence. 4. The most high-profile public indication of confidence in a publicly traded company is its stock price. 5. If the stock price goes down, people will think that a company is in trouble. 6. For most companies, this doesn't matter that much: If it is not in trouble, it can ignore its stock price and just do its business and eventually the stock will sort itself out. 7. But for banks, it does matter: If it looks like a bank is in trouble, people will pull their money out, and it will be in trouble. 8. If it gets in enough trouble, its stock will go to zero. 9. Retail investors posting on message boards can gang up with their friends and move stock prices. 10. If they bet against a bank's stock, and then gang up with their friends to move that bank's stock down, then they can destroy the bank and make a lot of money.
Is this theory right? Well. I mean, much of it is kind of right, but you could object to bits of it. Does a falling stock price undermine confidence in a bank? Sometimes, probably, but the point of bank deposits is that they are supposed to be information insensitive, and it is possible that a lot of depositors in sleepy US regional banks are not constantly checking Robinhood to see how their bank's stock is doing. Can retail investors on message boards gang up to move stock prices? That seems to be the lesson of the 2020 meme-stock mania, but that might have been a very specific moment — Covid lockdowns, bored traders, novelty — that can't be repeated arbitrarily.
Ultimately though this is not a very interesting theoretical question; it is an empirical question. If Reddit retail day traders bring down a bank, then we'll know that Reddit retail day traders can bring down a bank. If they don't, then we won't.
On the one hand: If you are a company, you have some fiduciary obligations to your shareholders, and it seems like poor form to sell them stock moments before you file for bankruptcy and render the stock worthless. They will definitely be mad at you, and they will definitely be able to make some argument of the form "you knew more about the risks than you told us, and you tricked us into buying stock." " Everything is securities fraud," I often say; every bad thing that happens to a company can also be characterized as securities fraud. Going bankrupt is bad, so there you go.
On the other hand: You absolutely did not trick them. They tricked themselves, if anything, though you took advantage of their self-deception. US securities law is basically founded on full disclosure, and if you say "hey here's some stock but FYI we're about to go bankrupt," then arguably you have done all that the law requires of you. (Also saying that might make people more likely to buy the stock? People love a dare.) Also if you are a company and you are moments away from bankruptcy, arguably your fiduciary obligations are to your creditors , not your shareholders, so going out and raising more money from shareholders so that you can immediately hand it over to creditors is exactly what you are supposed to be doing.
I have previously expressed my fondness for AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s APEs scheme. AMC was a big meme stock and had a lot of investors who wanted to buy its stock; it also needed a lot of money and was happy to sell stock to them. But its corporate charter only allowed it to issue about 524 million common shares, and AMC was running out of stock to sell. It asked its shareholders to authorize more shares but — well, they didn't exactly say no. What happened is that AMC withdrew the request for more shares because it couldn't get enough votes, and it couldn't get enough votes in part because its existing shareholders were worried about dilution, but also in (probably larger) part because AMC's overwhelmingly retail investor base simply doesn't vote. Retail shareholders tend not to vote much on anything; they are hard to reach, and voting your shares is confusing and pointless enough that ordinary retail investors rarely do it.
But AMC needed a majority of all of its shares to vote to authorize new shares; not voting is equivalent to voting no. So AMC had people who wanted to buy stock, it wanted to sell them stock, and it (probably) thought that its shareholders wanted it to issue more stock — but it couldn't reach those shareholders to get them to vote to approve more stock.
So AMC came up with a clever trick, the APEs, AMC Preferred Equity Units. It created a new class of preferred stock; each preferred share has the economic rights of 100 shares of common stock, gets 100 votes and votes together with the common stock on everything. Then it gave its shareholders 1/100th of a preferred share — an APE — for each common share, creating sort of a stock split. Then it started selling more APEs to raise cash, and sold a big block of APEs to a hedge fund called Antara Capital. And now it is asking its shareholders — APE holders and common shareholders, all voting together — to approve a charter amendment to authorize new shares, do a reverse share split and convert the APEs into common shares. This vote should succeed, because:
1. There are now many more APEs than common shares, and the APE holders have an incentive to vote yes. (APEs trade at a big discount to common shares, and if the APEs are converted that discount will naturally close.) 2. APEs are more likely to be held by professional arbitrageurs, not retail investors, so they are more likely to vote. 3. A big block of APEs is held by Antara, which has signed an agreement to vote its shares in favor of the amendment. 4. The preferred shares underlying the APEs are held by a depositary, Computershare Trust Co., which has agreed to vote all of the preferred shares in proportion to how any voting APEs vote. So if 20% of the APEs vote yes, 5% vote no, and 75% don't vote at all, Computershare will vote 80% of the preferred stock for yes, which will be enough to pass the amendments even if all of the common stock doesn't vote (or votes no).
AMC's problem was that its retail investors don't vote, and it came up with a solution. I like it!
We have talked before about the problems of meme-stock corporate governance, and particularly the problem of meme-stock shareholder voting. The problem is:
1. If you're a weird public company with a very retail investor base, you will have a hard time getting your shareholders to vote on anything, since retail shareholders stereotypically do not vote. 2. If you're a weird public company with a very retail investor base, you will probably end up needing your shareholders to vote for something or other, because you're weird.
So Digital World Acquisition Corp. wanted to get shareholder approval to extend the time on its deal to buy Donald Trump's social media company, but it couldn't get it, because the retail shareholders who were extremely enthusiastic about buying its stock, and about the deal, were not enthusiastic enough to vote. Or AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. has a lot of enthusiastic retail shareholders, and it got very good at selling them stock , but it eventually ran out of authorized shares to sell, and it needed holders of a majority of its outstanding shares to vote to authorize more, and it couldn't get enough votes.
AMC (probably) solved this problem with some clever engineering. It created a new class of preferred stock, gave each preferred share 100 votes, and distributed 1/100th of a preferred share for each common share, basically a stock split where if you had one common share with one vote now you had one common share and 1/100th of a preferred share with a total of two votes. (The 1/100th of a preferred share is called an APE, an AMC Preferred Equity Unit.) It's not obvious that this would change much — you still have to get a majority of the combined APE and common holders to vote to authorize more shares — but AMC added a clever twist. It issued the preferred shares to a depositary, Computershare Trust Co., and had Computershare issue the APE units to AMC's shareholders. So now 100% of the preferred shares are owned, not by a bunch of retail shareholders, but by Computershare. The retail APE holders still get to vote, and Computershare still has to vote its shares however the APE holders vote, but Computershare has to vote all of the shares: If 20% of the APE holders vote yes, 5% vote no, and 75% don't vote at all, then Computershare will vote 80% of the preferred shares for yes and 20% for no. AMC still needs to win the vote , but it has solved the problem of retail shareholders not voting at all. [3]
Soligenix Inc. is a micro-cap biotech company listed on the Nasdaq. Nasdaq will delist companies whose stocks trade below $1 per share for an extended period. Soligenix's stock traded below $1 for a long time, and Nasdaq threatened it with delisting starting in December 2021. By December 2022 it was still below $1 and in real danger of delisting. The normal solution here is a reverse stock split: If your stock trades at $0.70, and you do a 1-for-10 reverse stock split, then every 10 shares (each worth $0.70) become one share, which should be worth $7.00. But you need shareholder approval for the split, and Soligenix was worried about its ability to get a majority of its retail, penny-stock shareholders to vote for anything. [4]
So Soligenix came up with an APE-like solution. Like AMC, it issued new "blank-check preferred stock"; each share of its new Series D preferred stock came with one million votes. [5] And it distributed the preferred shares to its common shareholders, giving them each 1/1,000th of a preferred share (with 1,000 votes) for each common share that they own. So effectively all of the voting power of the company is in the Series D preferred, but the voting rights don't really change, because every existing common shareholder owns the same proportional amount of Series D preferred.
But the Series D preferred stock is a temporary blip: Soligenix issued it in December, and it all disappeared last week. [6] It never traded, had no cash value, was issued to shareholders for $0 and then redeemed by the company for $0. [7] For a couple of months Soligenix had some extra shares with billions of votes, and now it doesn't.
Why? Well, here are the mechanics of how the Series D disappeared:
All shares of Series D Preferred Stock that are not present in person or by proxy at the meeting of stockholders held to vote on the reverse stock split as of immediately prior to the opening of the polls at such meeting will automatically be redeemed by the Company. Any outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock that have not been so redeemed will be redeemed if such redemption is ordered by the Company's Board of Directors or automatically upon the approval by the Company's stockholders of an amendment to the Company's certificate of incorporation effecting the reverse stock split at such meeting.
Get it? Soligenix held a shareholder meeting last Wednesday, Feb. 8. If you voted at the shareholder meeting — that is, if you filled out your proxy to vote your shares — then your preferred stock got canceled immediately after the vote. If you didn't vote — if you forgot or were unreachable or whatever — then your preferred stock got canceled immediately before the vote. At the moment of the vote, the preferred stock represented roughly 99.9% of the voting power of the company, and only the preferred shares that actually voted were outstanding. They voted overwhelmingly for the reverse split, and it passed. [8] Soligenix did a 1-for-15 reverse stock split, and the Series D disappeared back into the lawyer's imagination from whence it came.
Is this legal? I mean, the answer is:
nothing here is ever legal advice; it is funny , anyway, and isn't that the real purpose of securities lawyering; and who would object?
The large majority of the shareholders who bothered to vote wanted this result; Soligenix just found a way to give it to them.
You could tell a stylized history of companies that goes like this:
1. In the beginning, companies were run by their owners. 2. Then there started to be public companies, which are owned by lots of shareholders with no real involvement in the business, and are run by professional managers with limited ownership stakes. "Managerial capitalism," people call this, and "the separation of ownership and control." In this model, the shareholders are dispersed and small, and it is very hard for them to exercise much control over the managers. The managers can effectively run the company however they want, with limited oversight from the shareholders. 3. Then the stock market began to be dominated by giant institutional investors with governance teams and environmental, social and governance mandates. These institutional investors are not so small and dispersed, and they have an interest in keeping an eye on management, so managers had to listen to them. This has some good points (corporate managers have to be more responsive to shareholders) and some bad points (maximizing profits for shareholders might not be the best goal, it's weird to have a dozen big managers with control over every company, the big institutional managers have their own agency problems, etc.). 4. The state of play as of, like, 2020 was an uneasy balance between corporate managers and institutional investors, with fights over things like proxy advisory firms to give one side a little bit of an advantage. 5. Then GameStop happened and now there are meme stocks. 6. One thing that means is that there are now companies, like AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc., that are owned mostly by enthusiastic retail investors, not big institutions. The meme stocks are back to being owned by small dispersed shareholders. 7. But another thing it means is that those small shareholders are less dispersed than they were back in the olden days. They have Reddit forums and Discord chat rooms to talk to each other. They have had some success at pushing stock prices around in coordinated ways. They have modern technology to keep an eye on their companies. The companies' chief executive officers are on Twitter and YouTube, responding to their retail owners. There are activist hedge fund managers who seem to be appealing to the meme-y retail investors.
You might take Point 6 to mean that meme-stock companies are less responsive to their owners than regular companies are: Regular companies are owned by big institutions who own big blocks of shares and can call the CEOs up to yell at them; meme-stock companies are owned by retail investors on Robinhood who own fractional shares and just complain on Reddit, where they can be ignored. Or you might take Point 7 to mean that meme-stock companies are more responsive to their owners than regular companies are: Meme companies are owned by enthusiastic shareholders with concentrated portfolios who really really care, and the companies lean into their retail ownership and, like, offer popcorn.
The main thing is about $237 million of convertible preferred stock, with a face value of $10,000 per share. [1] The holders of the convertible preferred shares can convert them, any time they want, into Bed Bath common stock. The conversion price is:
capped at a fixed conversion price that I am not sure has been set yet, but let's say it's between $2.3727 and $3.50 per share [2] ; floored at $0.7160 per share; and otherwise 92% of the lowest volume-weighted average price of the stock over the 10 trading days leading up to (and including) the conversion date. [3]
So let's say one day a holder of preferred stock wants to convert one share, with a $10,000 face amount, into common stock. If the common stock is trading below $0.71, the holder gets 13,966 common shares ($10,000 divided by $0.716) — if the stock is at $0.25, that's worth $3,492 and the holder has lost about 65% of its money. If the common stock is trading above the fixed conversion price, the holder gets a fixed number of common shares ($10,000 divided by the fixed conversion price), and has a profit: It converts $10,000 worth of preferred into common shares worth more than $10,000. If the common stock is at, say, $2, then the holder gets 5,435 shares ($10,000 divided by
Back in the spring of 2020, when the world was largely shut down for Covid-19, I wrote about what I called the Boredom Markets Hypothesis, [5] which was basically that retail traders like to trade stocks when that is relatively more entertaining than their other entertainment options. Some vague directional predictions of the BMH are:
1. When stocks go up a lot, trading stocks is more entertaining than when they are flat or down. 2. When most in-person entertainment options, live sports, etc., are shut down due to pandemic, trading stocks on your phone is relatively more entertaining than it would be in normal times. 3. When people have more time to consume entertainment — because they are not working, or working from home and not commuting, or working from home and not working very hard — there will be more demand for entertainment, including trading stocks. 4. When the technology for trading stocks is more entertaining — when you can do it on your phone, when the trading app feels like a game, when you get animated confetti for doing a trade — people will trade more stocks. 5. When the financial technology is more entertaining — when you can trade weekly-expiry single-stock options instead of just regular stocks — people will also trade more. 6. When competing entertainment technology is more entertaining — when there's lots of good television, etc. — people will do less stock trading. 7. When competing financial technology is more entertaining — when there's legal sports gambling, crypto, etc. — people will do less stock trading.
The rough BMH story of the spring of 2020 was "the stock market crashed due to collapsing business earnings, which would ordinarily drive retail investors out of the market because a crashing market is no fun, but nothing else was very fun either, so retail investors flocked to the stock market, which led to a sharp rebound in prices and, like, meme stocks." I don't pretend that this is a particularly rigorous story or that it makes very clear predictions. But I don't think it was especially wrong.
One arguable lesson of the meme-stock story is that fundamental value is a floor on stock prices but not a cap. If a company has a real business that generates cash flows with a present value of $20 per share, and its stock trades down to $10 per share, then someone will buy it: A private equity firm will buy the whole company for $10 per share, and then just take the $20 per share worth of cash flows for itself. There is a direct catalyst: Through the market for corporate control, the stock can be transformed into its cash flows, so the stock should always be worth at least as much as its cash flows.
If the stock trades up to $40 per share, some hedge fund can sell it short, betting that it will return to $20. But that doesn't make it happen. If other people keep buying, it will stay at $40, or go up more. The hedge fund can't transform the $40 stock into its $20 of cash flows. [1] "In the long run, the stock will be worth only as much as its cash flows," one vaguely assumes, but meme-stock mania cast some doubt on that. [2] How will it be worth only as much as its cash flows?
You could conclude from this that social-media-driven meme-stock campaigns can only work on the long side: Enough people with enough dedication can make an arbitrary stock go up as much as they want for as long as they want (not investing advice!), but they can't make it go down as much as they want for as long as they want; eventually a fundamental buyer will step in. Add the generally cheery nature of meme-stock enthusiasm, and it makes sense that meme stocks are the ones that go up.
But the exception to this might be a bank. [3] A bank is broadly speaking in the business of borrowing short-term to lend long-term, and if there is a run on the bank — if people all withdraw their short-term funding at once — then it will go bust, even if it is otherwise a good business. Douglas Diamond and Philip Dybvig won the Nobel Memorial Prize in economics this year for their work on this phenomenon. "A bank run in our model," they write, "is caused by a shift in expectations, which could depend on almost anything, consistent with the apparently irrational observed behavior of people running on banks." "Almost anything" could include social media rumors, why not. And "apparently irrational observed behavior" could be the motto for r/wallstreetbets.
So it is theoretically possible to meme a bank into bankruptcy, in a way that it is not possible to meme, say, Tesla Inc. into bankruptcy. [4] You get enough people worried, they stop funding the bank, and it blows up, even if its business was otherwise sound. That obvious Bagehot line is "Every banker knows that if he has to prove that he is worthy of credit, however good may be his arguments, in fact his credit is gone."
Of course in modern international banking the people you need to get worried are, like, wholesale funding markets and credit-default swap traders and derivatives counterparties, not retail depositors or shareholders. The Times:
Amateur traders who gather on social media can't trade sophisticated products like credit-default swaps — products that protect against companies' reneging on their debts. But their speculation drove the price of these swaps past levels reached during the 2008 financial crisis.
I guess the next step is for Reddit to get some ISDAs and start trading derivatives.
The other fact about Bed Bath & Beyond that I like is this, from its most recent Form 10-Q:
Between December 2004 and April 2021, the Company's Board of Directors authorized, through several share repurchase programs, the repurchase of up to $12.950 billion of the Company's shares of common stock. ... Since the initial authorization in December 2004, the aggregate total of common stock repurchased is approximately 264.7 million shares for a total cost of approximately $11.728 billion.
In December 2004, Bed Bath's market capitalization was about $12.5 billion, according to Bloomberg data. In the intervening 18 years, Bed Bath has spent a bit more than $11.7 billion buying back its stock; as of noon today, its market capitalization was a bit less than $800 million. Those numbers add up almost exactly: Of the $12.5 billion that Bed Bath was worth in 2004, shareholders got paid back $11.7 billion (94%) in cash and $0.8 billion (6%) in remaining Bed Bath stock. [1] Bed Bath was doing stock buybacks this year , as its business was deteriorating; in fact, the reason that Cohen re-disclosed his options position in August is that his ownership percentage had increased due to those buybacks.
And now, after buying back 264.7 million shares at an average price of $44 per share for decades, Bed Bath needs cash and wants to sell 12 million shares to whoever will buy them.
In general when some troubled brick-and-mortar retailer has spent billions on stock buybacks, I am not troubled. Other people are: "If it had hung on to that money, it wouldn't be in trouble now," they say. I disagree. The problem, often, is with long-term trends in the business. By sending money out to shareholders when times were good, Bed Bath managed its decline gracefully. Sure today the company is worth a fraction of what it was worth a decade ago, but its shareholders, as a whole, did fine. They took some of their value in shares in a declining company, but most of it in cash thrown off by that company.But eventually you are left with some stub, a smaller company with a lower stock price that has reached the end of its throwing-off-cash phase. What do you do with that? Well, I dunno, the modern corporate-finance approach is I guess that you make it a meme stock? By the time you have finished this graceful decline, your company (1) is in shaky financial circumstances, so it attracts short sellers and (2) has some nostalgia value, because it was once a big name and now isn't. That combination is valuable now! Now being a nostalgic company with shaky finances can attract a whole new shareholder base, a post-cash-flow shareholder base. You pay shareholders as much as you can with buybacks, and whatever's left you sell to the meme people.
The basic business of an activist investor is that you pick a public company, you buy a bunch of its stock, you announce your position, you say "I have a few suggestions for how this company could be run better," you get the company to implement your suggestions (by persuasiveness, or public pressure, or proxy fight), the suggestions are in fact good, and the stock goes up. Your suggestions increase the long-term value of the company, which is good for the stock price today. You are a big shareholder, so you profit. When you are done — when the company has implemented your changes and the stock price reflects the increased long-term value — you sell your stock and collect, as it were, your paycheck for a job well done.
Obviously it is possible to be bad at this. You might be bad at getting companies to implement your suggestions — you are not persuasive, you don't win proxy fights, people don't like you, etc. — or you might be good at getting them to implement your suggestions, but the suggestions are bad and make the stock go down. But let's assume that some people are good at it. What that means is that, when they announce an activist position in a company's stock, (1) they are likely to make changes to that company and (2) those changes are likely to make the stock go up.
What that means is that, when they announce an activist position in a company's stock, the stock will go up right away. Other investors will say "ah, yes, that activist is in the stock, and her track record is good, so this stock will go up, so I should buy it now," so they do, so it goes up now.
If you are a good activist, this might create some temptation. You just spent, I don't know, $100 million buying some stock. You have a 120-page slide deck about how the company should make changes. You'll have to go in and have a contentious meeting with management, and they might say no, and then you'd have to have a proxy fight, and you might lose. Even if you win, they'll have to execute your plan; they might mess it up, or your plan might be bad to begin with. Everything is risky and uncertain and a lot of work, and it'll be a year or two before you know the results. Meanwhile the stock jumped 20% on your announcement, so you have a $20 million profit right now. If you just sell your stock, then, boom, you've made money from your activism without actually doing it, quickly, without much risk. Why not just sell now?
A little bit of the answer is "if you sell people will complain about market manipulation," but most of the answer is that you are playing a repeated game, and your reputation is valuable. If you have a reputation for being good at activism, you can keep doing activism, and it can keep making you money. If you do this stunt — announce an activist position, see the stock rise, dump the stock — more than once or twice, then the magic ends. After that, everyone will say "oh, sure, you bought stock, but just to pump it, not to do valuable activism, I'm not falling for that again," and they won't buy the stock, so it won't go up, so you won't have any profit, so you'll have to go back to actually doing activism — except that no one will trust you and they'll all assume you're an opportunist.
We talked yesterday about AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s issuance of a new weird preferred stock thing called "APE units." At a high level, an APE unit is a slight variant on AMC's regular common stock, and AMC's issuance of one APE unit for each share of common stock is just a 2-for-1 stock split. That is, I think, more or less what AMC was going for: It wants to have more common stock (to sell for cash, to pay employees, to pay for acquisitions), but it has run out of authorized common stock and can't get its shareholders to approve more, so it is issuing APEs as a close substitute for common. The APEs have the same rights as the common stock: They have the same voting rights, they are entitled to any dividends the common gets, they get paid the same as the common stock in a merger or liquidation, etc. They represent the same economic claim on AMC's future cash flows as the common stock does, so in theory — the theory that says that a share of stock is worth the present value of its expected future cash flows — they should be worth as much as the common.
On the other hand the APEs aren't actually AMC common stock, and, uh, not everyone is necessarily buying AMC stock based on a sober analysis of its cash flows. If you are investing in AMC for meme-driven reasons, you might prefer to buy the common stock because it is a more normal thing to buy and its ticker (AMC) is more obviously associated with the name of the company. Or you might prefer to buy the preferred stock because it is a less normal thing and that's fun, or because its ticker (APE) is funny. [1] Or, because you are a meme-stock investor, you might prefer to buy call options on AMC, and the normal listed options reference the common stock, not the APEs, so the common should trade higher. In practice, so far, the demand for regular AMC common stock is stronger than the demand for APEs; yesterday the APEs closed at $7.02 per share and the common at $9.56, about a 27% discount for the APEs.
If you are a logical, finance-theoretical, claims-on-cash-flows sort of person, this might bug you. I wrote yesterday:
You might take a view like: "APE shares have the same economic and voting rights as AMC common shares, and will eventually be convertible into common shares, but they trade at a big discount. I should short AMC shares, buy the same number of APE shares, and profit when the gap closes." Good luck to you with that one! I will not comment on it as a thesis except to say that AMC's retail shareholders seem to be endlessly angry about short sellers, so if you short AMC stock as part of an arbitrage trade they will probably be endlessly angry at you.
And here you go:
Speaking on CNBC's Halftime Report on Tuesday, hedge fund manager and famed short-seller Jim Chanos said he has taken an arbitrage trade on AMC Entertainment (NYSE:AMC), buying the new APE preferred shares and shorting AMC common stock.
Chanos said he believes they "should be the same price, or roughly the same price."
The founder of Kynikos Associates said he is "counting on them to close," and he thinks "ultimately they'll all be the same class." ...
"Functionally, the two securities are the same. And I'd guess the apes will be putting pressure on Mr. Aron, if the discount continues, to make it freely convertable sooner rather than later," Chanos told CNBC.
I guess if you are a "famed short-seller" then the AMC apes will hate you anyway, so you might as well actually do the trade?
I do want to say one other thing about this trade. The thesis here is some combination of (1) these things are economically equivalent so their prices should converge and (2) in particular, the APE units will eventually convert into AMC shares, at which point their prices will totally converge and the trade will end automatically and profitably. Point (1) is true as a matter of economic rights, though not necessarily as a matter of meme-stock attractiveness. Point (2) is sort of true, in that the legal terms of the APE units provide that they convert automatically into AMC shares as soon as AMC's shareholders approve authorizing enough new shares to do the conversion. AMC has said it has no immediate plans to seek that authorization, but Chanos argues that AMC's investors — its retail "apes" — will put pressure on the company to do it to close the APE discount, and that the board will then seek the authorization and the shareholders will approve it.
Every meme-stock story is about two things:
1. Memes, and 2. Limits to arbitrage.
Sometimes the memes are what get things started, and the limits to arbitrage are what keep the meme alive. A bunch of people on Reddit will decide that they like a stock because its chief executive officer does funny stuff online, and they'll buy the stock and it will go up, and hedge funds will say "this stock is too high, we should short it," but then they won't because it is too hard to short the stock. Other times, though, the memes are about the limits to arbitrage. There will be some stock that is bad, and a lot of people will have shorted the stock, because it is bad, and then people will go on Reddit and say "a lot of people are short this stock, short squeezes are fun, let's do one," and they will and it will become a meme stock. The short squeeze will be the meme. In a sense, Reddit itself is a powerful limit to arbitrage.
Revlon Inc. filed for bankruptcy on the evening of June 15. Its stock had closed at $2.25 that day. It closed at $8.14 yesterday, up 260% in the week since the bankruptcy filing, on enormous volume. Does this make sense? I mean, the short answer is "no," but here are some longer answers from Claire Ballentine and Jeremy Hill at Bloomberg:
The surge makes little sense to professional traders, and is also strangely incongruous with the broader market, where everything from established companies to cryptocurrencies are getting crushed amid concerns over inflation and a more aggressive Federal Reserve. At a time when easy money and outsized stock gains are fading from memory, the move shows how some retail traders, encouraged by Reddit forums, are still able to move markets.
"It's somewhat bizarre," said Bloomberg Intelligence analyst Phil Brendel of Revlon's rally. The company would need to be sold or otherwise valued at more than $4 billion in order for stockholders to see a recovery, he said in an interview. Any windfall would have to repay Revlon's debts plus accrued interest, as well as whatever the company borrows to fund its bankruptcy, to say nothing of the pricey advisers who oversee a restructuring.
And Sujeet Indap at FT Alphaville:
The bottom line remains that Revlon, beyond its current cash crunch, remains overlevered (eg insolvent) with its creditors almost certain to own the company after bankruptcy. … Note that the "absolute priority rule" in Chapter 11 bankruptcy means that for a security to get a recovery, any other security more senior in priority has to be paid off in full.
If you agree with them, you could do a trade. "Revlon's unsecured bonds trade at around 12 cents on the dollar," notes Bloomberg. You could[1]:
1. Short 1 million shares of Revlon stock; collect $8.1 million. 2. Buy $20 million face amount of Revlon bonds; pay about $2.4 million. 3. You have $5.7 million left over; put that in the bank.[2]
And the bankruptcy process will end with either (1) the stock getting something and the bonds getting paid in full or (2) the stock getting nothing and the bonds not getting paid in full. If the stock gets nothing, then you keep your $5.7 million, plus whatever recovery the bonds get. If the stock gets something, then you end up with (1) the $5.7 million, plus (2) a $20 million recovery on your bonds, minus (3) whatever the stock is worth. Revlon's stock has traded no higher than $24.02 since the start of 2020; if it ends up there — up about 200% from yesterday's close, up about 1,000% from the bankruptcy filing — then you still net about $1.7 million.
This trade is not a bet that the price of Revlon stock is too high.[3] Lots of people think it is but, sure, Hertz Global Holdings Inc. went bankrupt, its stock got memed, and then there ended up being a nice recovery for shareholders, so you never know.[4] But this trade is not a bet that Revlon won't be valued above $4 billion. This trade is a bet that the price of Revlon stock is too high relative to the price of the bonds. This is a bet that the bankruptcy process works in a reasonably predictable way, and the stock can't have a huge recovery while the bonds have a tiny recovery. Just as a matter of arithmetic one of those prices is wrong, and you can do this trade without a view on which one it is.
But you probably can't do this trade, or at least, it is not nearly as good as I make it sound. The reason is that, to do this trade, you need to short Revlon stock, which means that you need to borrow Revlon stock. That is, for one thing, hard to do: There is not all that much Revlon stock to borrow, in part because a lot of people want to short it and in part because almost 85% of it is owned by Revlon Chairman Ronald Perelman. Also, because borrow is scarce, it is expensive: You will pay a large fee to borrow the stock, so your expected profits (or more) will go to your stock lenders. Also this is risky: If Revlon's stock goes up more , you will have to pay more for borrow, and your broker will ask you for more collateral, and if it goes up far enough you won't have enough collateral and you'll get blown out of the trade at a huge loss.
Also, that will happen, because if you short the stock then meme-stock traders will buy it to try to squeeze you. The Wall Street Journal notes:
More bearish bets have been placed on Revlon than nearly any other stock, according to Fintel, with about 37% of its shares available to the public currently sold short by investors who are betting they will fall.
Heavily shorted stocks can attract investors betting on a short squeeze, or a quick run up in share price that forces short sellers to close their positions, boosting the shares.
That amount of short interest, plus a market capitalization of around $100 million as of its recent low, made Revlon's stock "a perfect candidate for the most speculative retail cohort," Vanda Research said in a note.
Revlon's stock price, in some essential way, makes no sense. Everyone can see that, and the market is generally in the business of noticing prices that make no sense and profitably correcting them. But when a stock price gets too insanely high, it becomes too expensive and risky for anyone to correct.
Or we have talked a few times about Redbox Entertainment Inc., which is a truly wild meme-stock story. Redbox is a public company that agreed to be acquired by Chicken Soup for the Soul Entertainment Inc. Each Redbox share will be exchanged for 0.087 Chicken Soup shares. The merger has not yet closed, but I expect that it will; the controlling shareholders of Redbox have agreed to vote for the deal, and I cannot imagine a regulatory impediment to merging these two random companies. There are no appraisal rights. Your Redbox shares will just turn into 0.087 Chicken Soup shares.
Redbox's stock closed yesterday at $10.10 per share, up about 80% from where it was before the merger was signed. Chicken Soup's stock closed yesterday at $7.10 per share, down about 10%. When the merger closes, one share of Redbox (currently trading at $10.10) will turn into 0.087 shares of Chicken Soup (currently worth $0.62). There is a super-obvious arbitrage:
1. Short 1 million shares of Redbox; collect $10.1 million. 2. Buy 87,000 shares of Chicken Soup; pay $617,700. 3. Now you have $9.5 million. 4. Wait. 5. The merger happens, the 1 million Redbox shares you're short turn into 87,000 Chicken Soup shares, you deliver your longs to close out your shorts, and you keep $9.5 million of risk-free profit.
But this arbitrage is so obvious that people did it, and then meme-stock buyers noticed that and said "aha let's squeeze the shorts," and they did. If you put this trade on on May 11, the day after the merger agreement was signed, when Redbox was at $3.20 and Chicken Soup was at $7.14, then as of today you have a mark-to-market loss of $6.9 million, even ignoring your borrow cost. (Also of course borrow is scarce and expensive.) A horrible tra
I dunno. But there are two lessons here. One is that the essential function of a meme stock is to be a Schelling point: A meme stock is a stock that you want to buy because other people want to buy it. How a stock becomes a meme stock is, to me, a mysterious process, but there is no obvious reason that "people think it has a lot of fundamental value" would be a particularly important part of the process. (Really, "a stock that you buy because other people want to buy it because it has good long-term cash flows" is the opposite of a meme stock; that's just a regular stock.) You want your meme stocks to be fun ; you want the story to be vivid; you want the online discussions where you egg each other on to buy the stock to have a sense of drama and comedy. At Quartz last month, Scott Nover wrote an article titled "Redbox is the dumbest meme stock yet":
On Reddit, there's been chatter about a short squeeze, but only about 29% of Redbox's public float has been sold short, according to data published by FactSet. Short squeezes work when so much of a company's stock is shorted that when buyers drive it up, shorts have to re-enter the market by buying new shares to cover their own loss, sending the stock even higher. (By contrast, 140% of GameStop's float was shorted when retail traders took it to the moon in January 2021.)>
When the sale to Chicken Soup for the Soul closes in the next few months, Redbox stockholders will be paid out at $.49 a share. "I don't see any scenario where an investor could make money, aside from the greater fool theory," one financial analyst told Yahoo Finance.>
In other words, retailers might be pumping the stock and hoping to get out before the dumping starts. This trading activity appears to have nothing to do with movies, streaming, or large red vending machines. Like other consumer-facing companies that tap into retail trader nostalgia—like GameStop, AMC, Bed Bath & Beyond, Blackberry, and even Blockbuster—Redbox is just another momentary Wall Street meme. At least this one has an expiration date when the deal closes.
Those attributes are all bad for, like, rational stock value, but good for memes:
1. Trading the dumbest meme stock is much funnier than trading the forty-sixth-dumbest meme stock. Redbox is a very funny meme stock! If you tell a traditional finance person "I am buying GameStop at $300," they will say "hmm that seems high I dunno." If you tell them "I am buying Redbox at $12.89" they will sputter and twitch and try to prove to you with math that it's a mistake. That's funnier! 2. Having an expiration date makes this game more exciting and sillier. The problem with a regular meme stock is that eventually people will get bored; the finite expiration date here limits that risk. The game has to end, and when it does, someone will be holding quite a bag. It creates more immediate danger and excitement than a meme stock that could keep going up forever.
Also to be fair once the deal closes you could aways meme up the Chicken Soup stock, why not.
The other lesson is that the essential condition of a meme stock is limits to arbitrage. Any reasonable person would look at this price action and say: "I should short 1 million shares of Redbox for $9.47, collecting $9.47 million; then I should buy 87,000 shares of Chicken Soup for $7.31, spending $636,000, and then when the merger happens I will deliver those Chicken Soup shares to close out my short and keep my $8.8 million of nearly risk-free profit." But a sensible person would have said that back when Redbox was trading at $2.58 last month, and if they had done that trade then, it would have moved against them by millions of dollars by now and they probably would have been liquidated at a huge loss. Because there is no cap on the price of a meme stock, it is risky and unpleasant to short one, and there is at least one high-profile case of a multibillion-dollar hedge fund closing down due to excessive shorting of meme stocks. Why bother, on a stock this small? (Also, relatedly, stock borrow in Redbox is scarce and expensive, so it's not exactly easy and costless to do this trade. Also, I mean, the merger could fall apart.) And so there are meme-y buyers to push Redbox up, and no rational sellers to push it down, and the price spirals up.
Why do this? Well, why do anything? But there are some obvious advantages, for a meme stock, to paying a dividend in crypto:
1. People like Shiba Inu memes and cryptocurrency, so you'll attract some attention, which might make your stock go up. 2. The dividend will be paid on the Beyond Blockchain platform that GTII bought in 2021 and then sold in 2022 for "cash payment of $25,000, and a continuing 10% interest from Parabolic Technologies which will be distributed in the form of a proprietary token." If you own a stake in a blockchain platform, you might as well drum up business for it by offering your shareholders a tiny amount of money to sign up for accounts on that platform. 3. It is a general odd fact of US public companies that it is hard to get to know your shareholders: Your relationship with shareholders is intermediated by brokers and "street name" ownership, so most companies don't have good lists of their shareholders. Having a list of your most enthusiastic, meme-curious shareholders seems valuable. So many of the press releases that GTII has put out are basically urging people to send in their forms to get this dividend. The point is not just distributing the dividend, it is also about getting the forms back to know how to contact shareholders. 4. If you are a short seller who has borrowed GTII stock to sell it, now you have to deliver four Shiba Inu tokens per share back to your lender, I guess, which seems like a pain, and making life painful for short sellers is a key meme-stock aim.
Incidentally the phrase "stock dividend" has sort of bubbled up in popular awareness recently so let's do a quick explainer. Under Delaware corporate law (the law that applies to GameStop and Tesla and most other big U.S. public companies), there is a standard way to do a stock split. Section 242(a)(3) of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows a company to amend its corporate charter "to increase or decrease its authorized capital stock ... by subdividing or combining the outstanding shares of any class or series of a class of shares into a greater or lesser number of outstanding shares." So you can turn every share into two shares, or 10 shares, or turn every two shares into one share, or seven into three, or whatever.
This requires a shareholder vote, though, which is a pain. At some point lawyers realized that there is a different provision of the law — section 173 — that allows companies to pay dividends "in shares of the corporation's capital stock," without a shareholder vote. So instead of saying "each share of stock splits into two shares," which requires a shareholder vote, you can say "each share of stock will receive a dividend of one share of stock," which has exactly the same effect but does not require a vote. So that's the normal way to do a forward stock split in modern public companies. (A reverse stock split — every 10 shares become one share — still requires section 242 and a vote.)
GameStop and Tesla can't really do a stock-split-by-dividend, though, because they don't have enough authorized shares. So they have both announced that they will ask their shareholders to vote to amend their charters to authorize more shares, and then they will do a stock-split-by-dividend. (This is presumably a bit tidier than asking the shareholders to vote on a stock-split-by-section-242 in part because it gives the board a bit more flexibility to change its mind and in part because it lets you authorize some extra shares for other purposes.) But there is nothing unusual about the fact that they're doing the stock split this way; it's just unusual that they had to mention it.
I am not personally an expert meme-stock trader or anything, but I gather that the cool way to trade meme stocks is with short-dated out-of-the-money call options. (Nothing in this column is ever investing advice, but this is even less investing advice than usual.) Ideally each week you would buy call options expiring that Friday with a strike price of, you know, 200% or so of the current stock price. The options are very cheap, and if the stock quadruples in three days you make a ton of money.
There are three big advantages to this trade, versus just buying the stock:
1. High leverage: You spend a small amount for these very-likely-to-be-worthless options, and you get exposure to a lot of stock. If the stock really does go to the moon, you make a lot of money from a small outlay. 2. "Gamma squeeze": In theory, your buying causes options market makers to buy more stock , pushing the stock up and making this a self-fulfilling prophecy. Don't get too excited about this effect, but it may have been part of the story of why GameStop Corp. went up so much last January: Lots of retail investors were buying out-of-the-money options, and dealers were hedging by buying the stock. 3. YOLO: Your goal in buying meme stocks is not necessarily to make the highest possible risk-adjusted return but rather to have fun gambling and impress your online friends with how reckless and all-in you are. Putting all your money into a trade that will lose everything unless the stock doubles in three days is reckless and all-in and, for a certain temperament, maybe fun?
Yesterday AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc., the operator of movie theaters and a meme stock, announced that it was buying 22% of a small gold miner called Hycroft Mining Holding Corp. Weird stuff! I suggested that the way to understand the deal might be that AMC is in the business of raising money as a meme stock and, now, helping other companies raise money as meme stocks:
AMC's core competency ... is using the meme-stock mechanism to raise money, and now it is in the business of selling that expertise to other companies. AMC is an investment bank, or really a merchant bank that helps small companies do meme-driven at-the-market offerings and takes equity for its fee.
Here are Bloomberg News and Wall Street Journal stories about how the deal came together that sort of confirm that model. Jason Mudrick, the hedge fund manager who "was an architect of AMC's narrow escape from bankruptcy last year" and who bought a bunch of AMC shares last year to sell into retail enthusiasm, is also a big holder of Hycroft stock (and took Hycroft public through his special purpose acquisition company). So:
Jason Mudrick, a hedge-fund manager and one of Hycroft's top investors, saw an opportunity for the company to raise much-needed funding, people familiar with the matter said. It was down to just $8 million in cash. …
Mr. Mudrick called [AMC Chief Executive Officer Adam] Aron last week and asked if he could offer Hycroft CEO Diane Garrett advice on how to tap equity funding through the type of at-the-market share offering that AMC had successfully used, people familiar with the matter said. …
After Mr. Mudrick asked for advice on a Hycroft stock offering, Mr. Aron became intrigued and said that AMC was interested in investing in Hycroft itself, people familiar with the matter said. Mr. Aron had never heard of Hycroft before Mr. Mudrick called him.
I suppose if you were starting a chain of movie theaters you might call Adam Aron for advice, but he might not give it to you for competitive reasons, and anyway it's not like he's had a perfect record of running movie theaters profitably in recent years. But if you were launching an at-the-market offering into a rising market for your stock driven by retail enthusiasm, you would absolutely call Adam Aron for advice; he has been remarkably successful at that. It makes sense that he would want to share his wisdom, but also get a cut of the upside.
We have talked about ATM offerings before. They are the standard way to sell meme stocks. As I wrote last year:
Whereas an underwritten offering is normally sold to a smallish group of institutional investors who have relationships with the underwriting banks, an at-the-market offering is sold to absolutely anyone who wants to buy, anonymously, on the stock exchange. What this means, in particular, is that it is sold to retail investors. And so if you are sort of a meme-y company, and you want to raise money specifically from your enthusiastic retail investors, at-the-market offerings are the way to go. As we have discussed, they're Tesla's preferred way to sell stock, because Tesla has enthusiastic retail investors. When Hertz Global Holdings Inc. did a stock offering while it was in bankruptcy , to capitalize on baffling (but in hindsight correct!) ret
Why did this happen? There are, I think, four main lines of explanation:
1. A lot of retail investors got together on Reddit and said "we like the stock." They bought the stock, so it went up. They bought the stock from value-driven institutional investors, who liked the stock up to a certain price but not higher. Once all the value-driven investors were out of the stock and only retail investors (and insiders and index funds) were left, there was no real cap on the price, so it kept going up as people kept having more fun. All of this seems true and is obviously at least part of the explanation, but it also feeds into other, more debatable, more arcane explanations. 2. At the start of January 2021, a lot of hedge funds were short GameStop stock. When the people on Reddit got together to buy GameStop and the price started going up, those hedge funds lost money and had to liquidate their short positions. This required them to buy back the stock they had shorted, which pushed the price up further. This is called a "short squeeze." 3. The people on Reddit didn't just buy stock; they also bought call options. If you buy a call option from an options dealer, the dealer will go out and buy some of the underlying stock to hedge — often buying more stock (in dollars) than you paid the dealer in premium. So buying call options is a levered way to buy stock; you buy more stock for your dollars and thus push the price up more. Also, as the price goes up, the dealer has to buy even more stock to remain hedged, which pushes the price up even more even if you don't keep buying more call options. This is called a "gamma squeeze." 4. Some other, darker, weirder explanation. "Actually the hedge funds are manipulating GameStop up for their own profit," that sort of thing.
Basically buying an in-the-money call option like that is a way to get a lot of leverage on a stock: You pay, say, $60 for an option on a share worth $240; you get four-to-one leverage, which is more than you can get in a U.S. margin account. Then if the stock goes up to $300, you get back $100, for a $40 profit on a $60 investment. If the stock goes down to $200 you get back nothing, for a $60 loss. "My thesis was I might not make a lot of money, but I won't lose much," says the article. "The downside seemed limited." What? This person put $400,000 into this trade and lost all of it.
This does not strike me as all that useful either? The person in the Vice article did a very simple options strategy — just buying a call option, not a "more-complex trade" — and my impression is that he or she understood perfectly how the trade worked. "I would describe a call option as a leveraged bet on an underlying stock, which helps you increase the upside (or downside) of the bet you're trying to make," the person wrote, accurately capturing how the trade operated and also how it blew up. The problem is not understanding; the problem is deciding to put 100% of your assets into one leveraged stock bet.
It is not impossible to regulate against that! Make a rule that no one can buy options with more than 10% of their net worth or whatever. It just seems very hard politically. U.S. financial regulation just isn't structured like that; rather than paternalistic limits on investment we have disclosure requirements. Disclosure does not seem sufficient to prevent people from losing all of their money on one call options trade. People like a gamble, and the system is set up to give them one.
This is a little annoying, but I should say that there is a vastly more annoying way to do this. Instead of giving away the NFTs as a prize to members of AMC Investor Connect — a membership program that is associated with, but not identical with, AMC share ownership — AMC could give the NFTs out to all of its shareholders as a dividend. Instead of 425,000, or whatever, identical costless digital medallions, one for each enthusiastic retail shareholder, it could give out 513,960,784 identical costless digital medallions tradable on the WAX exchange, one for each share , as a special dividend on those shares.
This would have three benefits. First, it would be fun for enthusiastic retail shareholders, who would have lots of medallions.
Second, it would be incredibly annoying for institutional shareholders, who would then have valuable property waiting for them in the WAX cloud. If you're a person with 100 shares of AMC in your own account, and you get 100 dumb medallions, you can just ignore it, or you can go set up an account on the WAX exchange and sell the medallions and transfer the money back to your bank account, or you can set up an account on the WAX exchange and buy some more medallions if you want, whatever, your call. But if you are an institutional investor holding AMC stock as a fiduciary for your clients, every option will be annoying. You cannot just ignore the gift of medallions: If they have value, you have to claim that value for your clients. But claiming that value involves setting up crypto wallets and complying with various obligations and best practices around crypto custody. You thought you were just running a stock fund and now, oops, you also run a fund that invests in arcane crypto. You need to, like, hire new people for that.
I said "this would have three benefits" and this one does not sound like a benefit, but I feel like for AMC there might be some pleasure in irritating institutional shareholders and driving the stock further into the hands of retail? Possibly not. Possibly this one is just a disadvantage.
But, third, this would be incredibly, incredibly annoying for short sellers : Short sellers borrow stock and sell it, hoping that the price will fall, and as part of their stock borrowing arrangements they need to pay any dividends on the stock to their share lenders. If AMC paid a $1 dividend, short sellers would have to pay $1 per share to their share lenders, but it is not hard for short sellers to come up with cash. But if AMC pays a dividend of One Medallion In The WAX Cloud Wallet, then short sellers would have to go out and find one medallion per share to deliver to their share lenders. This is annoying for them in that:
1. They have to set up a WAX Cloud Wallet, do crypto custody, etc., just like the institutional investors we discussed above. They thought they were an equity hedge fund but now they are also crypto. 2. They have to buy the medallions. It costs AMC roughly nothing to give the medallions away, but by forcing short sellers to buy them it creates a market for them and drives the price up to some non-zero number. AMC retail shareholders get free medallions and can resell them for money to short sellers who are forced to buy. 3. The buying mechanics on the blockchain can be as annoying as AMC wants: "There may be fees or costs associated with such transfers, including a small royalty to AMC." Short sellers would have to pay a royalty to AMC to buy stuff that AMC gave away for free.
I see people suggesting this trade online occasionally, mainly as a way for AMC (or GameStop Corp., etc.) to hassle short sellers. It has a provenance: Overstock.com Inc., whose former chief executive officer Patrick Byrne is famous for (1) loving crypto and (2) hating short sellers, tried something like this, giving out a dividend of only-blockchain-tradable preferred stock in order to mess with short sellers. The Securities and Exchange Commission made some noises that this might be illegal market manipulation, Byrne threatened the SEC by saying "If you call 'Bazoomba!' for [short sellers] now, I am going to use this website to vaporize you with information I give the public," it was a whole insane thing. Later a short seller sued Overstock and lost, and I guess … you can … do this? Maybe? Not legal advice, but definitely an annoying thing to consider.
I don't know! Capitalism is different now! It used to be that, if you were a struggling online lingerie retailer, you could try to sell more lingerie, or you could try to cut your costs of selling lingerie, or you could expand into some related apparel business lines, or you could shut down, I don't know, I'm sure there were more options, but if you went to an investment conference and said "I'm tired of lingerie let's do electric cars" investors would be skeptical. But now sometimes you can be a struggling online lingerie retailer and get hit by Reddit lightning. And if that happens, you gotta seize the moment. "People are paying attention to us, we can raise money, only one choice here: electric cars." (Honestly two choices: electric cars or crypto.) And off you go. Now you run an electric-car company. Congratulations.
I wrote about meme-stock pivots in June:
One way to read that story is that AMC and GameStop are currently in businesses that are bad, as evidenced by the fact that they lose money. They would like to get into businesses that are good, in different ways. (AMC by buying up theaters to double down on its current business, as far as I can tell; GameStop by mysteriously transforming into some sort of tech company.) Three years ago that was a hard sell: It was not easy for a public company to go to investors and say "hey it turns out that the business we are in loses money, we would like to get into a different business, would you finance that?" Now … I am not sure it's easy, but it's certainly easier.>
One way for GameStop to pivot might be to use all the money it can raise to go buy a tech company. People have pointed out that it is almost an informal SPAC, a special purpose acquisition company, in that it has raised a billion dollars with no clear use of proceeds and can now, if it wants, use that money to buy into a new business. GameStop has raised so much money that its current expertise in mall-based video-game retail (a declining industry!) doesn't matter; it can hire all-new expertise in the form of an executive team poached from Amazon, and then go out and acquire a not-at-all-mall-based business, and just become a new company. Because shareholders will cheerfully fund it.
Same with Naked, except Naked went and did it. If you are a SPAC, the highest and best use of your money is generally to take an electric-vehicle company public. If you are an informal SPAC — a meme stock that raised a pot of money on retail investor enthusiasm and wants to use the money to pivot to a new line of business — the same logic applies. If you're a meme lingerie company, now you're a meme electric-vehicle company. You keep your meme ticker though.
The basic issue is that right now everything is dumb. You can complain about that, or you can embrace it. In investing in 2021, "my channel checks and fundamental modeling suggest that this company will grow earnings faster than the market expects so I will buy it with a price target 20% above today's price" might sound smarter than "this company's chief executive officer just tweeted a picture of a dog at Elon Musk so I'm going to buy out-of-the-money call options expiring Friday because the stock will go up 200% today," but the latter approach happens to work better right now.
This is all well and good if you're a retail investor on Reddit; you just buy the right memes at the right time and get rich. (This is really, really not investing advice!) You are essentially a passive observer; your job is to notice which companies are doing the dumbest things and then buy them. (Read the previous parenthetical!)
But other people are active participants in this dumb economy and can nudge companies to be dumber so their stocks will go up. This most obviously works for the chief executive officers of companies. If you are the CEO of a public company, I want you to consider very seriously going to an investment conference with no pants on. Your stock will go up, your shareholders will be happy and your cost of financing will go down. "Why would my stock go up because I don't wear pants," you ask me, and I say, shh, shh, it just will, don't ask why. "I have my dignity, I am not going to go to an important business conference with no pants on just to amuse some apes on Reddit," you say, and I say: You are not as committed to maximizing shareholder value as I thought you were. I wrote last month:
There is a traditional view of corporate social media in which a board would tell its chief executive officer to be cautious and anodyne on Twitter. There are many things that can go wrong with an unhinged Twitter presence, and not a lot that can go right, is what your lawyer would probably tell you. But the last few years have altered that calculation, and now the things that can go right are like "raising billions of dollars of retail capital when you need it most, at all-time-high valuations." Arguably it's a breach of fiduciary duties not to be weird on Twitter all the time.
But a similar analysis works for professional activist investors. If you are an activist and you are writing a letter to the CEO of an underperforming company saying "you should sell off your non-core divisions and return the cash to shareholders," I want you to tear up that letter and instead write one saying "you should order Teslas for all of your employees, put a picture of a Shiba Inu on all of your products, and announce that your non-core divisions will now mine crypto." Is this a good use of shareholder money? Man, who cares, the point is that the stock will go up 200% and you'll be able to sell your position at a huge profit. I once wrote some advice for activists:
Buy some stock in a struggling company and, instead of going out and pitching your plans to BlackRock and Vanguard, get on Reddit and say like "if my board slate is elected we're gonna take XYZ Co. to the moon and squeeze those short sellers, rocket emoji rocket emoji rocket emoji, not a proxy solicitation, read my SEC filings for full disclosures." Draw a picture of an ape riding a rocket and slap it on your proxy statement. Call your activist fund Diamond Hands Capital LP.
Basically you want to buy stock in a company, push it to become a meme stock, and then sell the stock at a huge profit to people on Reddit.
Here is, I guess, a real letter from real activist investor NuOrion Advisors to the chairman and CEO of Macy's Inc.:
Macy's share price is materially undervalued and requires urgent action to unlock value. We believe that by adopting the strategies discussed below, Macy's would be worth more than $75 per share.>
Macy's should form partnerships with EV car companies (e.g. Tesla, Lucid or Rivian) to showcase their products on the ground floor of Macy's 100 top landmark stores (e.g. Herald Square, Marshall Field, Union Square) and to use their massive parking footprint to build an EV charging network. Atom Power, a leader in EV charging, is adding more than a 1000 charge points in NYC alone- Atom Power could similarly add charging stations throughout the Macy's store footprint. We believe that direct association with EV companies will drive enormous traffic to Macy's stores.>
In addition, Macy's should announce immediately that they are partnering with various Crypto platforms to allow digital payments. Macy's can be one of the first major retailers to accept Crypto, joining companies like Starbucks and Whole Foods.
There's more but those are the main things. "Macy's should put out a press release about electric cars and another one about crypto," is the gist here. Honestly that is the best corporate finance advice you're gonna get in November 2021! It's stupid, sure — people are going to drive into the Macy's in Herald Square to charge their Teslas?????? — and it is not, like, sophisticated differentiated advice; anyone on Reddit could have told you to do this. But it is correct.
Of course public companies resist doing these obvious trades because, you know, they make absolutely no business sense. What I am saying here is, let go of that. Say words about crypto. Say words about electric cars. Tweet a picture of a dog. Your stock will go up. Your shareholders will be rich and happy. You can raise lots of money to finance normal good businessy things, because your stock is at an all-time high, because you got in a fight with Elon Musk on Twitter or changed your avatar to a Bored Ape or whatever. Lower your cost of capital. Embrace the stupidity.
Here is NuOrion's actual case for crashing lots of Teslas through the windows of Macy's stores:
Macys.com needs to have competitive access to capital, the ability to attract additional top talent, and the agility of modern online fashion to best serve its customers.
This is the GameStop strategy. GameStop Corp. became the great meme stock of 2021, partly through some promising business developments but mostly through somewhat out-of-the-blue Reddit enthusiasm. But because it was a meme, it had huge business advantages in terms of "competitive access to capital" and "ability to attract additional top talent." I wrote in June:
A year ago, GameStop's stock closed at $5.07 per share, down 7% year-over-year, and it was not hiring talent from Amazon or raising a billion dollars by selling stock. Yesterday, GameStop's stock closed at $302.56, up 5,867% year-over-year, and it is. … This is as close as you're ever going to come to a company's stock going up 5,000% in a few months for no reason. Seems like that might be good for business!
If you can make your stock go up for dumb reasons, you can sell stock for a lot of money and use the money to do good things that make your stock go up for good reasons. Though honestly that is not too relevant to the activist investor, who can just sell when the stock goes up for the dumb reasons. "Do crypto and electric-vehicle memes" is to 2021 activism what "do stock buybacks" was to 2016 activism. They're a little short-termist! But they're what the market wants.
I suppose the value added by the activist here is, like … credibility? Again, I think that if you are the CEO of a public company you should absolutely go around getting in Twitter fights and not wearing pants and talking about crypto. But if you go to your board of directors with this strategy they will say "what?" and you will say "this is what shareholders like these days" and they will say "what?" and you will say "look at these comments I found on Reddit" and they will say " what? " and it will not necessarily be the productive conversation you want. Whereas if an activist sends a company a letter saying "do the crypto thing"
So: Did GameStop rocket up because of a short squeeze?[1] Yes, a bit, the SEC says, but in fact the short sellers who threw in the towel and bought in their GameStop shorts were only a small percentage of volume, and they mostly did so early in GameStop's big run in the last week of January:
Staff observed that during some discrete periods, GME had sharp price increases concurrently with known major short sellers covering their short positions after incurring significant losses. During these times, short sellers covering their positions likely contributed to increases in GME's price. For example, staff observed that particularly during the earlier rise from January 22 to 27 the price of GME rose as the short interest decreased. Staff also observed discrete periods of sharp price increases during which accounts held by firms known to the staff to be covering short interest in GME were actively buying large volumes of GME shares, in some cases accounting for very significant portions of the net buying pressure during a period. Figure 6 shows that buy volume in GME, including buy volume from participants identified as having large short positions, increased significantly beginning around January 22 and remained high for several days, corresponding to the beginning of the most dramatic phase of the run-up in GME's price.>
Figure 6 shows that the run-up in GME stock price coincided with buying by those with short positions. However, it also shows that such buying was a small fraction of overall buy volume, and that GME share prices continued to be high after the direct effects of covering short positions would have waned. The underlying motivation of such buy volume cannot be determined; perhaps it was motivated by the desire to maintain a short squeeze. Whether driven by a desire to squeeze short sellers and thus to profit from the resultant rise in price, or by belief in the fundamentals of GameStop, it was the positive sentiment, not the buying-to-cover, that sustained the weeks-long price appreciation of GameStop stock.
Here is Figure 6:
There was definitely some short-covering, but what this picture mostly shows is that when the dotted line (price) skyrockets the red bars (short-covering) flatten. The story is not so much that retail investors on Reddit identified a stock that was over-shorted, bid up the price, and thus forced all the short sellers to cover their shorts at new highs and push up the price more. The story is more that the retail investors bid up the price, the short sellers covered and pushed up the price a bit more, and then the retail investors — possibly influenced by rumors of a short squeeze, or by short interest figures being reported on a lag — went and pushed up the price much, much more. And the short sellers had either covered before that happened, or said “well this price is ridiculous” and waited to cover until it fell.
Actually the SEC almost concludes that there should have been more short selling:
The price surge in GME also raises questions of market efficiency that relate to short selling. Staff have observed that it was unusually costly to borrow shares in GME. Academic research implicates constraints on short selling as a possible contributor to bubbles where stock prices rise above what may be justified by fundamentals. Such constraints on short selling could arise from cost or from risk aversion. To the extent that GameStop was costly and risky to short, the reluctance to sell short could have contributed to the run-up in prices and the subsequent steep decline.
Did GameStop rocket because of a gamma squeeze? That is: Did retail traders buy a ton of call options, forcing options market makers to hedge by buying a ton of stock and then buy more as the stock rose?[2] No, not at all, says the SEC:
Staff did not find evidence of a gamma squeeze in GME during January 2021. One of the main drivers of a gamma squeeze is an influx of call option purchases, which causes market makers to hedge their writing of the call options by purchasing the underlying stock, driving up the stock price in the process. While staff did find GME options trading volume from individual customers increased substantially, from only $58.5 million on January 21 to $563.4 million on January 22 until peaking at $2.4 billion on January 27, this increase in options trading volume was mostly driven by an increase in the buying of put, rather than call, options. Further, data show that market-makers were buying, rather than writing, call options. These observations by themselves are not consistent with a gamma squeeze.
That's sort of a weird result. “Market-makers were buying, rather than writing, call options” means that customers were selling call options on GameStop. One possible interpretation of that is that retail investors were in fact buying call options to bet on GameStop — as they said they were on Reddit, etc. — but hedge funds and institutions were selling call options as a way to get short GameStop, and the hedge-fund sales outweighed the retail buys. (And in fact there are stories about hedge funds selling GameStop calls at the peak and making a ton of money.) Meanwhile though retail was mostly buying puts during GameStop’s big week, also betting that the stock would go down (or hedging the gains they had made). And the SEC says elsewhere that “between January 22 and January 27, GME traders began to suddenly close their call option positions.” All of this — market makers selling puts and buying calls — would tend to have the effect of pushing the stock down , as the market makers hedged both sold puts and bought calls by selling GameStop stock.[3] Retail traders YOLOing short-dated out-of-the-money call options does not seem to explain much of what happened in GameStop’s big week.
Last April I proposed that the stock market was going up because people had nothing else to do, so gambling on stocks was relatively fun compared to their other options. That still seems like as good an explanation as anything else for the last year and a half of, you know, meme stocks, Dogecoin, all this. But I do not pretend that, as a theory, it makes any especially precise predictions. In particular, it does not predict that there is some sort of boredom bubble that will eventually pop when people find other entertainments. I wrote at the time:
If you believe the boredom thesis of the current retail rally, that is good news, because that thesis is basically countercyclical: The worse the economy is, the more bored investors will be. If stocks sell off because the coronavirus crisis is longer and worse than expected, there will be even fewer entertainment options and more people will turn, in desperation, to buying stocks on their phones. If someone finds a magic cure for the virus tomorrow, stocks will rally and all the new retail investors will happily sell into the rally at the top and go back to their other, more entertaining, entertainments.
In a weird way, frantic meme-y retail traders were the long-term deep-value bid for stocks. The economy was good and stock prices were high, and then the economy crashed shut and near-term corporate cash flows looked likely to be very bad, and stock prices reacted by falling, and retail investors said, “meh, I’ll buy some stocks, what else do I have to do.” And 18 months later the economy is good again and stock prices are high again and the disruption to corporate cash flows seems in hindsight to have been mild and short-lived. Sober professional fundamental investors turn out to have overreacted to short-term news. Crazed Reddit retail investors took the long view, acted as the buyer of last resort when stocks were on sale, and were rewarded for it.
That’s nice for them but also possibly economically useful. Most of the time the stock market is primarily a sort of gambling venue; the idea that the stock market is a place for companies to raise money to fund their projects is not generally all that true. But it is true in times of cash-flow crunch: If you have, say, a movie theater company with a lot of debt, and all of its movie theaters shut down due to a pandemic, that company is going to be in a lot of financial trouble. The only way out of that trouble might be for it to sell stock. Traditionally, “we have tons of debt and no cash flow and are going to be in big trouble if you don’t give us money” is not a good stock pitch, and companies that sell stock in this sort of crisis often end up selling a ton of shares for not enough money to get them through. But with bored excitable retail investors, who knows? Back in January, AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. raised a ton of money in a good week for meme stocks, and I wrote:
A week ago it was not crazy to think this company was doomed; now it is entirely possible that it will survive and thrive and show movies in movie theaters for decades to come because everyone went nuts and bought meme stocks this week. Capital formation!
Since then AMC went on an absolute tear of, you know, being a meme and doing capital formation. And now you can go back to the theater and there are all sorts of new Marvel movies. Retail investors’ boredom absolutely kept that company alive as a viable business, and that was the correct economic result.
So, good work everyone; retail investor boredom seems to have bridged American capitalism through the rough period of the early and middle pandemic. It is hard to imagine another economic catastrophe that would work the same way. Like, a banking crisis is not going to send everyone back to their computers to buy meme stocks? Still it is nice to have a countercyclical buffer for pandemics.
Is AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. a growth stock or a value stock? Well, no. It's a meme stock. A growth stock trades at a high multiple because its earnings are growing quickly. A value stock trades at a low multiple because its earnings are growing slowly.[6] A meme stock trades at a high multiple because it is funny.
AMC has a market capitalization of $25.7 billion, net income of negative $2.76 billion over the last 12 months, and a book value of negative $1.4 billion; conventionally, you would say that its trading multiples are somewhere between "high" and "not meaningful." Meanwhile its revenue grew 7.5% from 2017 to 2018 and 0.2% from 2018 to 2019, then shrank 77% from 2019 to 2020 (due to pandemic, fine, but still); Bloomberg's roundup of analyst estimates shows that it is not expected to return to 2019 revenue levels (or make a profit) through 2023. Conventionally, you would not say that it is all that fast-growing. On the other hand its stock is up 2,266% this year, its chief executive officer is known as "Silverback," it talks about Bitcoin and it gives away popcorn with its stock. It is as classical a meme stock as you can get, with the proviso that the whole category of "meme stock" is about a year old.
If you want to buy an index fund of meme stocks you can absolutely do that; index-fund providers are falling over themselves to offer meme-stock index funds. (We recently talked about a meme-stock exchange-traded fund with the helpful ticker MEME.) But it has historically been more traditional to invest in growth stocks or value stocks. For instance some investors own the Russell 2000 value index, made up of the value stocks in the Russell 2000 index of small-cap U.S. stocks. Other investors own the Russell 2000 growth index, made up of the growth stocks in that index. The methodology used to construct these indexes is old-school; it assumes that stocks are growth stocks or value stocks, but makes no provision for meme stocks. So stuff gets weird:
The Russell 2000 value index's gains this year have been powered by some meme stocks such as AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. That stock's rally of more than 2,000% this year has helped the Russell 2000 value index outperform the Russell 2000 growth benchmark by the widest margin since 2002, according to Dow Jones Market Data. ...
AMC still belongs to the value index, puzzling some investors who say that it is a misfit. Shares of AMC already appear pricey after their meteoric gains this year, according to some investors.
"It doesn't make sense," said Chris Covington, head of investments at AJOVista. "It's really all a nuance of the index construction process."
FTSE Russell, the index provider, says in materials provided to investors that the value index is designed to include companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower expected growth in the future. …
AMC's place in the value index means the movie giant's shares crop up in exchange-traded funds tracking value stocks. AMC is the biggest holding in the roughly $16 billion iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF —one of the biggest tracking the sector—and the roughly $1 billion Vanguard Russell 2000 Value ETF.
Intuitively, at least at the start of the year, "old-fashioned movie-theater company that has been beaten down by a pandemic" did feel like a value stock. Now it has transcended growth and value and become a meme.
Getting a stock into the most widely watched index isn't a straightforward or predictable process. Unlike indexes including the Russell 2000, whose makeup is primarily determined by criteria including market capitalization, the S&P 500 is constructed by a committee of human beings. The identities of the committee members, who are full-time staffers at S&P Dow Jones Indices, are kept anonymous.
"Entrance to the S&P 500 is a combination of both art and science," said Art Hogan, chief market strategist at National Securities Corp.
Committee members have a few rules they follow when deciding to make changes in the S&P 500. Companies being added to the index must be highly liquid U.S. firms with a market capitalization of at least $13.1 billion, for instance. Moreover, the committee has leeway in deciding on changes.
Every year, every public company holds an annual meeting, and they all send proxy statements to their shareholders ahead of the meetings. As we discussed yesterday, it apparently costs 25 cents per shareholder to send those statements by email? Weird technology they've got going there.
Anyway one problem with the recent boom in retail trading is that companies are sending more of those 25-cent emails. In part because there are more retail investors, but also because it's easier for them to buy more stocks. With commission-free trading and fractional shares, you can buy 0.5 shares of 100 stocks almost as easily as you can buy 100 shares of one stock. Also when you sign up for Robinhood you get some free stock. The Wall Street Journal reports:
Brokerages like Robinhood are required to deliver proxy materials to a public company's shareholders ahead of annual meetings. They are then reimbursed by the public company for the cost of distribution.
This means that Robinhood's stock giveaways have saddled some companies with larger bills for delivering proxy statements. Now, the practice is sparking a backlash from companies and scrutiny from market regulators.
One company pushing back is Florida-based drugmaker Catalyst Pharmaceuticals Inc., which says Robinhood's program cost it more than $200,000 last year and could be even more expensive this year.
"Catalyst has become aware that Robinhood has been giving away shares of Catalyst's common stock at no charge as part of its promotional program," Catalyst Chief Executive Patrick McEnany wrote in a June comment letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission. "Catalyst believes that there are likely numerous companies facing this same issue, and that the costs of distributing materials to small stockholders under these circumstances is onerous and unreasonable."
Following this and other letters, on Aug. 13, the SEC approved a proposed rule change from the New York Stock Exchange that prohibits brokers from seeking reimbursement from companies for delivering proxy materials to investors who received shares from their broker at no cost.
The new rule won't immediately affect Robinhood, which isn't a member of the NYSE.
But companies are now urging the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or Finra, which oversees brokers including Robinhood, to pass a similar rule change. …
Last fall, Catalyst learned that the number of people who owned its stock had soared over the previous year to 280,000 from 25,000. The 74-employee company received a bill from a Robinhood service provider for $234,000 to cover the costs of sending out proxy materials to investors ahead of its 2020 shareholder meeting, up from $12,500 in 2019.
Again, as a non-expert who sends out emails for a living, I cannot resist thinking that the best solution to this problem is something like "you could probably send a bunch of email attachments pretty cheaply," but I suppose multiple financial regulators adopting rules saying "if a broker gives away free shares to customers it has to eat the six-figure cost of forwarding email attachments to those customers" is also reasonable?[1] I guess?
I missed a really important one, though, which is the frantic buying of short-dated out-of-the-money call options. This has been a long-running theme in meme stocks: Retail traders will buy call options on a meme stock gambling that it will go up a lot quickly. Options market makers will hedge the call options they sell by buying the stock, which will make it go up. As it goes up, the options will get more in-the-money, which requires the market makers to buy more stock to adjust their hedge, which makes it go up more.
When I lay it out like that it sounds like free money, an automatic machine to make stocks go up, and plenty of people on Reddit do lay it out like that and argue that it's free money and a way to make stocks go up automatically. If you had asked me about this last year, I would have said, no, you are misunderstanding, you are exaggerating, the world doesn't work that way. (In fact I sort of did say that.) Sure if you buy a call option the market maker is going to hedge by buying some stock, but you are just one atom in a giant diverse stock market; other people are buying and selling stock and call options and put options for their own reasons, and the fact that you and your little friends bought some calls doesn't mean that the stock will definitely go up. Options are a leveraged way to bet on stocks; they do accelerate moves up, but they also accelerate moves down. And retail options trading just doesn't seem like it would be big enough to move stocks that much. Options are a derivative bet on what the stock will do; it would be weird for the options-trading tail to wag the stock-market dog.
After January's rally in GameStop Corp., I … am not sure I believe that anymore? I am not sure what I do believe. But I am open to the possibility that, like, a major driver of stock-market moves is retail YOLOing of weekly-expiry out-of-the-money call options?[1] I don't know what else to say about that possibility. It makes me want to go back to bed. "Stock prices discount the expected future cash flows of operating businesses," naive beginners think, but those who are enlightened know that stock prices are actually just a side effect of weekly call options, an entertaining online gambling product. Why.
Last spring I proposed what I usually called the "boredom markets hypothesis." As I once put it: "a lot of individual investors buy stocks mainly because it's fun, and ... the more fun stocks are, and the less fun everything else is, the more they'll buy stocks. In a pandemic, when people can't really leave their house and sports are canceled, there is a lot less fun to be had elsewhere, so trading stocks seems relatively more fun, so people buy more stocks."
This was not especially rigorous or anything but, you know, look around. The stock market didn't seem especially rigorous. Stocks were rallying because they went bankrupt. Much of that worked out fine actually, and the bored retail investors often did pretty well, but at the time it felt really weird. It didn't seem like they were doing rigorous fundamental analysis, a lot of the time. It seemed like they would rather have been watching sports, but there were no sports, so they got their entertainment by trading stocks.
Anyway Richard Thaler won a whole Nobel Prize for analyzing why stock markets do dumb things, and he agrees. Here's an interview that he gave to a Swiss journalist published last week:
Professor Thaler, what do you make of current events in the stock markets? As a pioneer in the field of behavioral finance, these must be pretty exciting times.>
I sometimes play golf with my colleague Gene Fama, and if we were keeping score by what's going on in the market rather than strokes made, I think I would be winning. Part of what seems to be going on I call the "bored market hypothesis," because during the pandemic when people were working at home, especially in the beginning, they just had nothing to do. There weren't even sports on television because all the games were cancelled. So there was nothing to bet on, and many people started individual investing.
One problem is that if your strategy depends on failing companies looking for expensive funding, the fact that failing companies are sometimes magically rescued by cheap capital from meme-stock investors can just seem unfair. You are in the business of charging companies large amounts of money for risky financing. To see a bunch of retail investors do it cheaply, as a hobby, is very frustrating. Another problem is that distressed investors often do capital-structure arbitrage trades, buying debt that they think will do well in a restructuring and hedging it by shorting stock that they think will get wiped out. The problem with this trade is that if a company gets memed, its stock (which you are short) can shoot up thousands of percentage points, but the bonds (which you are long) aren't going to trade to 200 cents on the dollar, mostly because nobody trades bonds on Robinhood. And so distressed funds "can no longer count on a predictable stock market to hedge massive, multipronged bets": Normal relationships between stocks and bonds have broken down. Also stocks go up in bankruptcy?
Investors confronted this reality with a trio of mall owners that filed for bankruptcy over the past year — CBL & Associates, Pennsylvania Real Estate Investment Trust and Washington Prime Group Inc.
All three saw their stock prices fluctuate — often surging on little underlying news — as they approached and then entered Chapter 11, where shareholder value gets wiped out almost as a rule.
Brian Sheehy, the founder of IsZo Capital Management, which takes long and short positions across firms’ capital structures, started shorting the mall owners as they began to buckle under the weight of unpaid rent and monthslong store closures.
"I predicted they would go bankrupt, and I was right — but I still lost money," Sheehy said. "This stuff now will go straight up into your face until the day they file," he said, adding that "the incentives are all thrown off."
It is an article of faith among many investors in meme stocks that, by pushing up the price of their stocks, they are sticking it to hedge funds. The theory seems to be roughly that lots of big hedge funds are mainly in the business of betting against AMC, and that by pushing up the price the meme-stock investors will destroy those hedge funds. This is clearly sometimes true: Melvin Capital did get notably blown up by GameStop Corp. investors in January, and some of the distressed-debt anecdotes here are about funds getting hurt on short bets. But the bigger, stranger picture here is that the meme-stock investors are messing with the business model of a lot of distressed-focused hedge funds. You’re supposed to be able to find companies that are failing and then make money either by betting against them or by giving them expensive financing. Now sometimes you will correctly identify a company that is failing, and it will be struck by lightning and shoot up instead. Your credit analysis and capacity to finance hairy companies and sharp-elbowed negotiating skills won’t matter because sometimes being bad is good for a company’s stock price. It makes the whole notion of fundamental analysis riskier and more suspect. Undermining the whole notion of fundamental analysis might be … bad for the world? … but it is interesting.
Wall Street pros, on the other hand, tend to regard shorts as a necessary part of the financial landscape. They see financial markets not simply as a grocery store where you can buy things you want, but as a kind of machine for discovering correct prices. Shorts add an input—without them, the only people with a reason to have an opinion about a company would be people interested in buying or current owners thinking of getting out.
But I think that one counterintuitive lesson of the meme-stock thing is that long sellers are also an important part of the market ecosystem, and they have gone missing. A thing that often happens is that value investors think a stock is underpriced, so they buy it, and then later a catalyst occurs and the stock goes up. And if it goes up really high, so that the value investors think it is overpriced, they will sell it, which will prevent it from being too overpriced. In a liquid market with daily prices, you get to make your investment decisions anew each day. If you bought a stock because it was underpriced and then it went up until it was overpriced, you sell it. I realize that I sound like an impossible simpleton, but this very basic process ought to keep a lid on prices. Everyone who owns the stock has some implicit reserve price, some maximum value for the stock; if the stock goes above that value they will sell. The stock can't go above everyone's maximum value; at that point everyone is a seller and no one is a buyer.
But what if it does? What if all the professional value investors buy at $10 and are like "I think this is a $30 stock," and then it goes to $60 and they're like "huh guess I was a little too conservative, I will keep that quiet and congratulate myself on my foresight and huge profits" and sell the stock, and then it goes to $400? What if every research-based value-driven investor gets out, and other, uh, self-consciously non-value-driven investors keep driving up the price? Who is left to sell? The classic answer is "short sellers," but they all got blown up on the way from $10 to $200, and have quite sensibly gotten out of this stock too.In the first three days of this week, almost 17 million shares of GameStop worth about $3.5 billion have traded. That means people have sold almost 17 million shares at prices mostly above $200 per share, something like four times the price where Joel Tillinghast decided it was too rich for him and got out. Who were they? I said the other day that "the list of top GameStop shareholders is a hilarious ghost town"; virtually every professional value investor like Tillinghast seems to have dumped the stock during its wild January rally, and the top holders now are mostly a mix of index funds, insiders and options market makers. If you bought stock yesterday at $219, you didn't buy it from some deep value investor who bought it at $5 and is finally now taking her profits. You bought it from some other lunatic who paid $200 for it. (Or possibly from the company.)That is, I think, part of why the GameStop rally can last so long. There was some schedule of supply, some set of reserve prices at which every fundamental-value-driven investor in the stock would sell, and somehow the wild January Reddit-driven rally — when GameStop traded more than twice its market cap every day for three straight days and kept doubling in price — lifted every one of those offers. Everyone who was open to the possibility that GameStop might be overpriced, at any price whatsoever, sold. Everyone who's left is either locked up (insiders), utterly price-insensitive (index funds), looking for a good time and a gamble (Reddit, some hedge funds) or facilitating their gambling (options market makers). Once you blow through the maximum price on a stock, there's no reason for it to come back down.I have said things like this before, and I realize that it is exaggerated and possibly insane. You could put it differently: Professional value investors had a valuation cap at $60 or whatever, but a crowd of Reddit retail investors are smarter than they were and see value where they did not, fine. (Or: GameStop really is worth 10 times what it was worth in December, because of its new management team and the early progress on its new business plan, but traditional value investors are scared to get back in at a price that reflects that new value.) But I do think that the basic, bizarre explanation for why GameStop's stock price can stay so high and so volatile for so long is that there's no one left to sell.
One aspect of meme-stock corporate finance is that bad news is good. A standard meme-stock story — not the only story, certainly, but a very prominent one — is that a well-known but, uh, somewhat tired company runs into business trouble, its stock price falls, and short sellers pile in, betting on it to fail. And then people on Reddit notice this, get offended by the short sellers, decide to mess with them, buy lots of stock and call options, push the stock price up to stratospheric levels, and respond to any skepticism about the price by posting diamond-hand emojis and buying more stock. And then the company — abortively, in the case of Hertz Global Holdings Inc., or grudgingly and belatedly, in the case of GameStop, or gleefully and at every opportunity, in the case of AMC — sells a bunch of stock to Redditors at elevated levels to capitalize on the enthusiasm. And then it has lots of money to fund its projects. A basic fact of ordinary, non-meme corporate finance is that bad news is bad. Like, if a company has disappointing earnings, its stock goes down. If it doesn't seem to have enough cash to pay its debt, its debt will trade at distressed levels, well below par. Sometimes these things are self-reinforcing: The stock and bonds trade down, nobody wants to buy more, the company has trouble funding its business, the debt comes due and no one will refinance it, the company fails. With meme stocks, those relationships break down. Sometimes a company has bad news, its securities trade down, it can't fund its activities, everything gets worse in a self-reinforcing cycle and it goes out of business. Other times a company has bad news, its securities trade down, a miracle occurs, its securities are short-squeezed, its stock rockets to the moon, it easily pays off its bonds at par, and everything magically gets much better than it would have been if the company had had good news to begin with. It is a little hard to tell in advance which will be which. But it's not like it's just AMC and GameStop:
In a broad benchmark of U.S. stocks known as the Russell 3000 Index, there are 726 companies whose earnings don't cover their interest payments, a red flag to pros, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. These zombies are up an average of 30% in 2021 -- trouncing the 13% return for the whole index -- and 41 of them have doubled since New Year's Eve. Even explicitly dire warnings don't seem to register. A bankruptcy plan under consideration by GTT Communications Inc. would wipe out shareholders, which is typical in Chapter 11 cases, Bloomberg reported May 24. Nevertheless, the company's stock is up about 69% since then. Wall Street is starting to factor in the impact of traders drumming up enthusiasm for stocks on social media and Reddit threads. Theater operator AMC, which was on the brink of bankruptcy last year, now has a "path to a sustainable capital structure," according to S&P Global Ratings, in part because it's been able to sell new shares amid huge demand from retail investors. Video-game retailer GameStop is now debt-free for the same reason."When looking at the debt of certain issuers, it's becoming difficult not to take into account equity valuations that may seem inflated by Reddit-driven trading, especially as companies such as AMC are able to monetize these valuations," said Ben Briggs, a credit analyst at StoneX Financial Inc. …GTT, an internet infrastructure company, spiked to an intraday high of $4.75 on June 3 after sinking toward $1. The company caught the eye of Reddit traders, who pointed to its small market capitalization, high short interest and the CEO's previous business turnarounds.The company has repeatedly extended its forbearance agreement with lenders, something that's been interpreted in online forums as a lifeline -- not a routine part of restructuring negotiations, which it is. ...
Yeah, well, I said that about Hertz shareholders last year. "It is … possible … that many of the thousands of brand-new investors on Robinhood have not carefully analyzed the capital structures to find the fulcrum securities," I wrote, snidely, as they bought up Hertz stock. They were right and I was wrong. Maybe the bankruptcy experts and distressed-debt investors are the ones who, now, do not understand the mechanics surrounding bankruptcy. Like it's possible that those mechanics are "when you go bankrupt your stock and bonds trade up because that's how Reddit notices you." Everything is like this. We talked the other day about options skew. Traditionally, companies are more volatile when their stock goes down than when it goes up: When your stock goes down, you are a smaller, more levered, more risky company; when your stock goes up you are a bigger, less levered, more established company. Meme stocks reverse that: When your stock goes up, it's because Redditors are wildly day-trading it and it has become unmoored from fundamental value; when your stock goes down, Redditors will step in to punish the shorts and prevent it from falling further. This makes option prices weird, but it also upends intuitions about trading and stock prices generally. Instead of stocks falling until they hit a level of deep fundamental value, or falling further and further in a doom spiral, stocks fall until they bounce, and then they bounce to the moon. If I write the meme-finance textbook, Part One will be titled like "This Is Pretty Weird Huh," and it will have chapters about options skew inverting and companies emerging from bankruptcy worth more than when they went in and whatever. But then Part Two will have to be something like "How To Get In On It." If you are the CEO of a company that is considering bankruptcy, should you:
1. Put on a suit, buckle down to sharpen your financial plan, and engage in marathon meetings with creditors to try to hammer out a forbearance, or 2. Put on no pants and do a bunch of Zoom interviews with YouTube trading influencers where you complain about short sellers?
Option 1 is the traditional answer, but if Option 2 makes your stock price double and gives you enough equity cushion to negotiate with your creditors from a position of strength, what are you doing with pants on? The corporate-finance opportunity set has been dramatically expanded, but not in … like … business-y ways? Raising a ton of money at a price unrelated to fundamental value is just a better corporate finance move than increasing your fundamental value would be. It is hard to know what to do about that. Which is why there need to be new textbooks.Or if you are a hedge-fund manager, should you be buying stocks and bonds where you see deep fundamental value, or should you be picking stocks that might appeal to Reddit and then going on Reddit yourself and pseudonymously complaining about short sellers of those stocks? "This company has no money so I will bet against its bonds" is not an airtight thesis these days: Having no money might attract short sellers, which might attract short squeezes, which might make the stock shoot up, which might attract an at-the-market equity offering, which might give the company enough money to pay off t
We talked the other day about what I called "the meme-stock cycle." A company falls on hard times, hedge funds sell its stock short, Redditors get aggrieved, they buy the stock, the short sellers get squeezed, the stock rockets to the moon, everything is weird, etc. I said that, if you are the chief executive officer of a public company, a "plan of 'I will do stuff to attract short sellers, and then try to get Redditors to squeeze the shorts, and my stock will rally to all-time highs and I'll be able to raise infinite money and become an internet folk hero' seems like a crazy strategy," but one that … can … work … now? There is a literature. Here is "How Can Bad News Increase Price? Short Squeezes After Short-Selling Attacks," by Lorien Stice-Lawrence, Yu Ting Forester Wong and Wuyang Zhao:
We examine market returns following short-selling attacks, where short sellers publicly disclose the negative information that led them to short their targets. Counterintuitively, we find that for a significant proportion of these attacks (about 30%), the initial market reactions are positive. Consistent with short squeezes being a major driver of these positive returns, we demonstrate that about half of initially positive returns fully reverse over the following quarter, relative to about a third of initially negative returns, and this asymmetric reversal pattern cannot be explained by short sellers profitably covering their positions, by misleading disclosures, or by market attention. Further, short covering levels are high for target firms with initially positive returns that reverse, further suggesting that price pressure from short sellers forced to close their positions explains some of these positive returns. We find that short squeezes are difficult to predict ahead of time but may be triggered by conditions on the day of the attack, including insider purchases, highlighting the difficulty short sellers face in avoiding this risk. Lastly, short squeezes impose substantial costs on short sellers, leading to an average loss of $70 million per suspected squeezed campaign relative to estimated profits of $35 million per successful campaign.
I have mentioned a couple of times that, if you are a hedge fund, you could use this to your advantage. Schematically the trade is:
1. Go long a potentially meme-y stock. 2. Make people think you are short (by releasing a negative research report, going partially short "against the box" and disclosing the short position, or just posting on Reddit "hey I hear XYZ Capital is short this stock, let's get 'em"). 3. Profit as the stock goes up.
In a world where stocks go up on bad news, you gotta buy the bad companies and then highlight the bad news. To be fair, Stice-Lawrence, Wong and Zhao find "that short squeezes are difficult to predict ahead of time," but maybe that is changing.
Here's a rough outline of the meme-stock cycle:
1. There is a company. 2. Bad things happen: It gets criticized for misleading investors about federal investigations, it operates movie theaters that are shut in a pandemic, it operates video-game stores in malls as games shift to being sold online, it literally files for bankruptcy. 3. The stock goes down, and valuation-focused investors sell it short, thinking it has further to go. 4. Retail investors on Reddit decide that (1) it is actually undervalued, (2) the short sellers are evil and immoral and must be punished, (3) punishing the short sellers will cause the stock to rocket to the moon and (4) this will all be pretty funny. 5. Lots of Reddit investors buy the stock, short sellers capitulate, the stock goes up. 6. The stock goes up to way, way higher than it was in Step 2, or at any point in the company's history. 7. A few people mildly and tentatively suggest that perhaps the stock's current all-time-high stock price is not justified by economic fundamentals. 8. Reddit is not having it: Any time anyone says something even slightly critical about the fundamentals, Reddit traders rush to buy stock and call options, pushing the price up even more.
The way to become a meme stock is not just to be good ; companies don't become meme stocks because Redditors endorse a widespread consensus that they are good operators in attractive markets. The way to become a meme stock is to be bad, then good ; companies become meme stocks because Redditors get mad at hedge funds for shorting them, so they buy them, so they go up, and it's fun and more Redditors join in.
There are three important tiers of U.S. stock indexes. The lowest is the Russell 2000 index of small-cap stocks, made up of, roughly speaking, the 2,000 smallest of the 3,000 biggest U.S. companies. The middle tier is the Russell 1000, made up of, roughly speaking, the 1,000 biggest U.S. companies. The top tier is the S&P 500, made up of, roughly speaking, the 500 biggest U.S. companies.
These indexes are adjusted every so often; new members are added and others are dropped. The indexes are based on market capitalization, meaning, essentially, on share price: A company is a big company if its shares are collectively worth a lot of money, or a small company if they're worth less. So if you have a small company and its stock goes up a lot, it will move from the small-cap index to a larger-cap index.
Sometimes this is self-reinforcing. The S&P 500 is a more popular large-cap index than the Russell 1000.[4] When a company moves into the S&P 500, all the S&P 500 index-fund managers buy it. Also it stays in the Russell 1000, so no Russell 1000 index-fund managers sell it. The result is that there's added buying pressure from index funds and the stock often goes up. So the stock goes up to get into the bigger index, and then getting into the bigger index causes it to go up more.
Other times, though, it works the other way. The Russell 2000 is a popular small-cap index; the Russell 1000 is not an especially popular large-cap index. (The popular large-cap index is the S&P 500.) If you want to own "all the big stocks," you buy the S&P 500; if you want to own "all the small-cap stocks," you buy the Russell 2000; there is less of a natural constituency for the Russell 1000. So less money is indexed to it.[5] And (unlike the S&P 500 and Russell 1000) the Russell 1000 and Russell 2000 do not overlap: If a company moves out of the Russell 2000 into the Russell 1000, Russell 1000 funds buy it, but Russell 2000 funds also sell it. Also its weighting will be different: The biggest stock in the Russell 2000 (Caesars Entertainment Inc.) has a weight of about 0.69% of the index; the smallest stock in the Russell 1000 (Ardagh Group SA) has a weight of about 0.0012%.[6]
So when a company goes from being a large small-cap to being a small large-cap, it gets a smaller weight in a smaller index. So indexed investors sell. So the stock goes up to get into the bigger index, and then getting into the bigger index causes it to go back down. Fortunately the Russell indexes only change members once a year, so there's time to recover; it's not like stocks are constantly ping-ponging between the indexes.
One thing that troubled me about the trade was: Why should AMC sell to Mudrick? Why not sell directly to the wildly enthusiastic retail shareholders? I wrote:
The traditional way to do this trade would be with an at-the-market offering: Instead of selling the stock to Mudrick to resell to enthusiastic meme-stock traders, AMC could have hired an investment bank to sell the stock to enthusiastic meme-stock traders. Then if the stock went up as the bank was selling, AMC would capture the gains rather than Mudrick. AMC did this back in December, and again in April; I do not know why it didn't do it yesterday.
Well the answer is that it's doing it today!
On June 3, 2021, AMC Entertainment Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") entered into an equity distribution agreement (the "Equity Distribution Agreement") with B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as sales agents (each, a "Sales Agent" and collectively, the "Sales Agents"), to sell up to 11,550,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), from time to time, through an "at-the-market" offering program (the "Offering").
Just continuing terrific stuff from AMC. Yesterday it announced that, as a token of appreciation for its retail shareholders, it would give them each a free large popcorn[1]; today it is selling them more stock. The stock closed yesterday at $62.55. If it sells all 11.5 million shares at that price, it will clear about $722 million. That's a lot of popcorn! Actually it is more than AMC spent on food and beverage costs over the last three years. Good deal.Of course $62.55 is just some number; this morning, AMC's stock boinged around wildly pre-market and then opened at $58.10 — lower than yesterday's close though also, to be fair, higher than it had ever traded in its history before yesterday. At 11 a.m., it was trading at about $45; by the time you read this, it will be some other random number. AMC could end up selling these shares at $60ish, or at $30ish, or at $200ish for all I know. What a fun adventure for them.
The famous George Soros quote is "When I see a bubble forming, I rush in to buy, adding fuel to the fire." If you watched the stock of AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. go up 116% last week, on not much news, you might rationally think "boy I wish I had a ton of AMC stock to sell to all these crazy people." But you don't have a ton of AMC stock. You could short some AMC stock — borrow it, sell it into the bubble and buy it back later — but that is even crazier: The stock might continue to go up, probably will really, and you'll get blown up on your short.So the trade might be to buy some AMC stock, at the current crazy price, wait five minutes until the price is even crazier, and then resell it to someone else. This is, roughly, called "momentum trading," and it has obvious risks. The stock might go down before you sell it, is the main risk. But there are other, more technical inconveniences. If you want to buy a lot of AMC stock, it will take you some time. Not that much time — in the last 10 days, AMC has traded an average of about $6.4 billion worth of stock each day — but some time. Also if you buy a lot of AMC stock, you'll probably push the price up, making your stock more expensive. This may not be a big problem (again, AMC trades billions of dollars a day), and it might even be good for you ("adding fuel to the fire"), but it increases your risk. If sentiment turns against the stock while you're accumulating it and bidding up the price, you will lose more money. What you want is to (1) buy a bunch of stock (2) all at once (3) without moving the price much (4) while still adding fuel to the fire. If for instance you could buy a bunch of stock from the company outside of regular trading hours, and if you could pay a smallish premium over the previous closing price (momentum!), and if the company could then put out a press release saying that your money "will be used for the pursuit of value creating acquisitions" and "will allow us to be aggressive" and that "it is time for AMC to go on the offense again," then the stock will probably go up some more when regular trading opens, and you can sell your stock for a quick profit.
This is … none of this is investing advice, it does not entirely make sense, it has obvious problems. The stock might go down, is still the main problem. It might go down because it's incredibly volatile in general, but also, normally companies' stock prices go down when they announce that they're selling a bunch of stock. Also, when you resell all the stock, you might normally expect your selling to push the stock down. But we are not living in normal times, AMC is not a normal stock, and Mudrick Capital Management LP got this trade right:
Even before Reddit day traders pushed AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s stock up 1,400% this year, Jason Mudrick had been telling the company it should take advantage of the wild rally by selling stock to stay in business.Now Mudrick has helped AMC do just that, effectively bankrolling one of the company's biggest equity sales by purchasing $230 million of shares -- and then promptly dumping them in the open market for a tidy profit. Meanwhile, his firm was telling clients it was selling because AMC was massively overvalued. AMC jumped 18% in post-market trading. …Raising cash through an equity sale to a single holder is relatively rare in U.S. markets. Having the holder flip the stock right after buying it is almost unheard of -- usually the buyer is an existing stakeholder trying to send a message of stability to the market. Mudrick's role in the AMC sale bears a passing resemblance to underwriters in a public offering who purchase shares with the specific intent of reselling them to investors.The involvement of Mudrick "has been pivotal to the survival of AMC over the past year, so it shouldn't come as a surprise they threw them a bone," Edward Moya, senior market analyst at Oanda Corp. said in a message. "This was a perfect time to have a capital raise as the retail army of traders were excited AMC was raising money for acquisitions and investments."
They also apparently ignored Mudrick's dim view of AMC's valuation. While the stock stuttered briefly on Tuesday after the news of Mudrick's sale broke, it still finished up 23% for the day at $32.04.
I love it. It was good news for AMC that Mudrick was buying stock. It was good news for AMC that Mudrick was selling stock. Nothing matters.Also the traditional way to do this trade would be with an at-the-market offering: Instead of selling the stock to Mudrick to resell to enthusiastic meme-stock traders, AMC could have hired an investment bank to sell the stock to enthusiastic meme-stock traders. Then if the stock went up as the bank was selling, AMC would capture the gains rather than Mudrick. AMC did this back in December, and again in April; I do not know why it didn't do it yesterday. Presumably having Mudrick resell the stock rather than Goldman Sachs Group Inc. was funnier , and doing the funny thing makes the stock go up more.
Here's a thing Mudrick knows:
Mudrick's stock purchase comes with the caveat that the shares be "freely-tradeable", meaning the firm could sell the shares at any point or in any size it chooses. That would provide Mudrick with 8.5 million shares that could be sold as soon as today.
Here are the press release and the prospectus for Mudrick's potential sales. (Don't miss the GameStop-style risk factors, which include: "Within the last seven business days, the market price of our Class A common stock has fluctuated from an intra-day low of 12.05 on May 21, 2021 to $36.72 on May 28, 2021, and we have made no disclosure regarding a change to our underlying business during that period.") I have no idea what Mudrick is actually doing; all I am saying is that this is not a trade that ought to work under traditional theories, but it's very much a trade that works now:
1. A meme stock closes on Friday at $26.12 per share, up 116% on the week on no particular news (but with lots of talk about short squeezes). 2. You buy stock from the company over the holiday weekend at a premium. 3. You announce it on Tuesday morning. 4. Everyone says "oh wow good news for that meme stock, guess the wild rally is going to continue." 5. So it does. 6. You sell the stock into the enormous volume and rising prices on Tuesday morning.
Like imagine the negotiations over the price. It is traditional, when one investor buys a big chunk of stock from a company, for the investor to get a bit of a discount. Here, though, the premium helps Mudrick: It makes the stock sale less dilutive, signals confidence in the stock, feels like a win. So the stock goes up even more and, if Mudrick does want to sell immediately, it can do so at a profit. I wonder if banks are pitching AMC on bought-deal stock offerings. I wonder what price they're pitching. The traditional answer, for a volatile and meme-y stock, would be that you'd want a healthy discount to account for all of the risk you take in reselling the stock: "We are confident in AMC and so can offer you a bought deal at a tight discount, down just 5% from yesterday's close." But the right answer is actually a healthy premium.
Ordinarily the way executive compensation works is, like:
1. You hire a CEO hoping that he will do good things to make the company better. 2. The shorthand way of measuring that is the stock price: The stock price discounts all the future cash flows of the company, so the more long-term value that the CEO adds to the company, the higher the stock price will be. 3. Thus you might tie compensation explicitly to the stock price (give the CEO a bigger bonus if the stock price goes up a lot, etc.), or you might just pay the CEO largely in the form of stock and stock options, so that the higher the stock price goes the more his compensation will be worth. 4. If the stock price goes up three hundred twenty-five percent a year during the CEO's tenure, then that is very very very very very good, he has added an unheard-of amount of long-term value to the company, and you should be absolutely thrilled to pay him a ton of money.
Ordinarily there are quibbles. The stock price is not a perfect measure of long-term value: Investors can arguably take a short-term perspective, stock prices can arguably be juiced through financial engineering, stock prices arguably do not reflect the value that the company provides to (or takes away from) non-shareholder stakeholders, etc. Nobody really says "CEOs should be compensated purely based on stock price appreciation." Still the model above has an obvious appeal, and it is the basic starting point for most executive compensation.
GameStop's stock is … look, I truly know nothing, but I think it is reasonably fair to say that GameStop's stock is not up 1,739% over two years because George Sherman revolutionized its business. GameStop had a net loss of $673 million in the fiscal year just before Sherman took over; it had a net loss of $215 million in the fiscal year just before he left. An improvement! But not great. GameStop is up 1,739% because:
1. In late 2020, Ryan Cohen, a founder of Chewy.com with a history of success in internet sales, bought a lot of stock and became an activist pushing for a new digital strategy. Cohen succeeded in winning over the board: He's on the board and will become its chairman, work is underway on the digital transformation, Cohen-picked executives with good digital track records are joining GameStop in senior positions, etc. 2. Retail investors on Reddit like the stock. 3. Short squeeze. 4. Rocket rocket rocket diamond hands.
Last April, when the market was rallying despite coronavirus-related lockdowns, and when retail investors were buying lots of stocks on their phones, I proposed what I later called the "Boredom Markets Hypothesis," the idea that retail investors tend to buy stocks when buying stocks is more fun than their other alternatives. I wrote:
If you believe the boredom thesis of the current retail rally, that is good news, because that thesis is basically countercyclical: The worse the economy is, the more bored investors will be. If stocks sell off because the coronavirus crisis is longer and worse than expected, there will be even fewer entertainment options and more people will turn, in desperation, to buying stocks on their phones. If someone finds a magic cure for the virus tomorrow, stocks will rally and all the new retail investors will happily sell into the rally at the top and go back to their other, more entertaining, entertainments.
Well, that was almost a year ago, and we are still in a coronavirus crisis, though things do seem to be getting better. Since I wrote that, the S&P 500 is up 38%, which is pretty good performance for a year-long pandemic; also it is fair to say that retail traders have been a big and growing part of the market. But:
Trading activity among nonprofessional investors has slowed in recent weeks after a blockbuster start to the year, with the group plowing less money into everything from U.S. stocks to bullish call options. Daily average trades for at least two online brokerages have edged down from their 2021 highs. And across the industry, traffic to brokerage websites, as well as the amount of time spent on them, has fallen.
Individual purchases of stocks were down 60% on a net basis near the end of March and traffic to retail brokerage sites has tumbled, with visits to Robin Hood's down 63%.
And here is Deutsche Bank endorsing the view that people have stopped buying call options because they've started having other forms of fun:
"Our thesis is that the decline in call volumes is being driven by the fact that people are heading out more," said Parag Thatte, a strategist at Deutsche Bank. "Whether it's the rise in airline passengers, restaurant bookings or [an uptick in usage] of Apple Maps, everything is going up."
The Boredom Markets Hypothesis is a cheerful hypothesis; it posits that retail enthusiasm for stocks will be replaced by (1) improving economic fundamentals for stocks plus (2) more fun things for retail investors to do. Instead of YOLOing call options you can go to a restaurant! Seems strictly better.
This is a general pattern in consumer finance. A lot of consumer finance stuff is … kinda bad. It is needlessly complicated and expensive and you'd be better off putting your money in a low-fee index fund and forgetting it for 30 years. But because the low-fee index fund has low fees, no one is getting rich selling it, which means that no one is coming to your house and pounding on the door and climbing in the window and saying "hey wanna buy a low-fee index fund?" Whereas people will cheerfully come to your house and sell you universal life insurance or variable annuities or other more controversial expensive stuff that pays them fat commissions. You might be better off with the index fund, and if you're reading this you probably know that and bought the index fund, but most people aren't reading this, and a lot of them wouldn't know to buy the index fund without someone coming to market it to them. If you build a good system for marketing a bad financial product, you might make people better off than if you build a bad system for marketing a good financial product.
Options are a popular explanation for GameStop moves because of the "gamma squeeze" that we've discussed before. The idea is that when you buy a call option, the market maker who sold you the option has to hedge by going out and buying some GameStop shares, which pushes up the price of the stock. As the price goes up over time, the market maker has to buy even more shares to adjust its hedge, which pushes up the price further. Fun fact, the Bloomberg options value calculator tells me that the delta of that $800-strike call option expiring tomorrow is zero.[1] That is, the right theoretical hedge for a market maker who sells that option is to do nothing, to buy zero shares to hedge against the minuscule risk of the stock going to $800. Standard options math, and also frankly common sense, tells you that if the stock is trading at $40 or $90 or whatever, and someone comes to you and asks to buy a two-day option struck at $800, the proper reaction is to say "lol okay sure pal," take their money and never think about it again.[2] But I'm sure people bought other options that market makers did hedge, why not. We've discussed some recent research finding that options positioning predicts late-in-the-day trading moves, and I suppose the shape of yesterday's late-afternoon rally could be partially explained by options.
You buy the retail ETF (ticker XRT), you crack it open, you extract the rare and delicious GameStop shares, you sell them to desperate Reddit posters, you dispose of the shares of the rest of the retailers in the normal way, and you collect about 3% for your trouble, around 100 times as much as ETF authorized participants normally make for arbitraging prices. The extra money presumably compensates you for the fact that, as you're doing this, GameStop prices are moving around like crazy.
Well, moving around like crazy or else stopped dead. One reason that XRT sometimes didn't trade in line with its net asset value is that, for much of Jan. 28, XRT's net asset value was unknowable: GameStop shares made up some 20% of the value of the (equal-weighted) ETF at the time, and trading in GameStop was halted 19 times on Jan. 28. Here is its horrifying price chart:
During that awful slide from about 10:39 to about 11:24, when GameStop fell vertically, had a five-minute halt, fell vertically, had a five-minute halt, fell vertically, had a five-minute halt, etc., how would you feel about buying XRT to get at its GameStop shares? How would you feel about buying it during those GameStop halts? What was the price of GameStop, three minutes into a five-minute trading halt? The official answer—the one used, for instance, in calculating the net asset value of XRT—is whatever the price was at the start of the halt. The real answer—the one that you might use in determining whether to buy XRT—is more like, whatever the price would be at the end of the halt, a number that was uncertain but surely at least ran the risk of being lower. You could trade GameStop during the GameStop trading halts, sort of, by buying the XRT ETF and cracking it open, but you wouldn't want to pay full price for GameStop if you were doing that.
We talk a lot around here about bond ETFs and liquidity. When markets go crazy, bond ETFs sometimes trade at a discount to net asset value, and people criticize them, saying that the discounts prove that bond ETFs are broken and that the liquidity they offer is an illusion. I am skeptical of these criticisms; if the ETF is trading and the bonds aren't, it's possible that the price of the ETF is a better guide to the actual value of the bonds than the "net asset value" (based on stale bond trades) is.
You see a bit of that here. Part of why XRT traded at an unusually wide discount to net asset value really is that the ETF arbitrage mechanism broke down a little bit: Ordinarily arbitrageurs will pay something very close to the price of the underlying shares for the ETF, but here the discount widened because, essentially, arbitrageurs couldn't keep up with the crazy market for GameStop. But part of why XRT traded at an unusually wide discount is that regular stock trading broke down a little bit: The discount widened because the stock market couldn't keep up with the crazy market for GameStop, and halted trading repeatedly. If you wanted to buy GameStop during those halts, XRT was your best option; if you wanted to know the value of GameStop during those halts, XRT provided the best guess.
This was fine, just fine, but kind of boring, and as a former corporate equity derivatives structurer I should have done better. Aaron Brown emailed to remind me that this buy-low-sell-high trade is “exactly what convert arb guys do”: If a company sells a convertible bond, then many buyers of that bond will be convertible arbitrage hedge funds, who will short some of the underlying stock to hedge their exposure. As the stock goes up, they'll short more of it; as it goes down, they'll buy back some of their shorts; either way they will help to reduce volatility in the stock. And if the stock goes up a lot, they'll probably convert their bonds into stock, which will have the effect of (1) reducing the company's debt load and (2) selling stock at a high price.
So if you sold convertible bonds and then became a meme stock, that worked out well for you. For instance we have talked about AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc., the movie-theater chain, which became a meme stock. AMC took advantage of the frenzy in a number of ways, but one of the biggest was that it had a big convertible bond outstanding, and that bond converted into stock, vaporizing a lot of debt and leaving AMC in much better financial condition. This also probably had the effect of dampening volatility in AMC's stock, as the convertible owners sold stock as it was shooting up.
Or if you don't like debt you could sell warrants—convertible bonds without the bonds, just call options sold by the company—instead. Brown notes:
So what the companies should really do is sell warrants—and puts to make it symmetrical. Imagine if GameStop had offered $500 10-year warrants to the market. It could have taken in a lot of cash and if the warrants ever get exercised—great. You get the same stabilization benefits of the issuance-and-buyback program, and you monetize the profit immediately and let investors do all the work.
Yes. You could sell puts too. At one point during GameStop's craziest week—on Friday, Jan. 29—a July 2021 listed call option with a $500 strike was selling for about $163.64; a July listed put option with a $20 strike was selling for about $6.75. GameStop could have found a bank and sold it puts and calls on a million shares for, let's pretend, $170 million. At the time the stock was trading at like $325. If the stock fell below $20 by the end of July—very possible, since it started the year there—then GameStop would buy back a million shares at $20 per share. This would cost it $20 million, but of course it collected $170 million of option premium; the net result would be that GameStop would have $150 million and 1 million fewer shares. If the stock rose above $500 by the end of July—very possible, if you believed WallStreetBets—then GameStop would issue a million shares at, effectively, $670 per share (the $500 strike price plus the $170 of option premium it collected). Again GameStop started the year trading at $18.84, and at the time of this hypothetical trade it was trading at $325, so selling stock at $670 would be a huge windfall. And if the stock ended up between $20 and $500, GameStop would neither buy or sell any stock and just pocket the $170 million.
Also by selling these options, GameStop would be working to counteract the crazy volatility created by the WallStreetBets crowd who were buying options. If GameStop sold these puts and calls to a bank, the bank would hedge them by buying GameStop stock as the price went down and selling it as the price went up, with the result that it would go up and down less.
For various reasons GameStop was not going to sell warrants or puts during its craziest week, but still there is something here. Perhaps if the meme-stock effect is real and enduring, then companies that might become meme stocks could do this before that happens. Sell long-term warrants, at least, and also perhaps longish-term put options, collect some option premium, and then:
1. If your stock goes up to a crazy price, you get to sell stock at a crazy-ish price (the warrant strike price). 2. Also the buyers of your warrants are selling stock on the way up (and buying on the way down), which makes your stock price less crazy and perhaps helps you sleep better at night. 3. If you sell puts and your stock goes down you buy back stock cheap. 4. If both things happen then you do both, selling high first and buying low later. 5. If neither thing happens then you collected free money.
Also, crucially, by selling warrants (or convertible bonds, or some more structured version) before you become a meme stock, you avoid all the awkward questions from the Securities and Exchange Commission about selling stock during insane volatility. You effectively pre-sell the stock; you register the warrants and do your disclosure in normal times, and then they automatically become stock when things get weird.
In an ASR, a company buys back shares in one large chunk from a dealer—in Bed Bath & Beyond's case, it was JPMorgan—that typically will deliver shares it borrowed from institutional investors. The bank must then cover its short position by buying back the company's shares in the open market over a period. If the share price rises, the company must compensate the bank for the difference between what it paid the bank for the initial share delivery and what the bank paid to buy those shares in the market, typically based on a volume-weighted average price. This difference can be settled either by cash or shares.
That story is from last week: Bed Bath & Beyond Inc. signed up a $150 million ASR on Jan. 7, which was supposed to run through sometime in February; Bed Bath & Beyond would buy $150 million of stock at roughly the volume-weighted average price of its stock over that period. On Jan. 7 the stock closed at $18.73. By late January it hit a high of $52.89, oops. Bed Bath & Beyond was not expecting that. Its bank—JPMorgan Chase & Co.—let it amend the ASR to stretch it out until April, averaging in more normal days. (The stock closed yesterday at $29.02.)
We have talked about ASRs before. They are a volatility product—essentially, the company is selling an option (a "floating-strike put") to the bank, promising to buy back stock at a particular price (the average price over the period, less a discount); the bank makes money by buying the stock at lower than the average price. The higher the volatility in the company's stock, the more money the bank makes. On Jan. 7, Bed Bath & Beyond had a 30-day realized volatility of about 61%. Today it's 222%. JPMorgan presumably made an embarrassing fortune on this trade, and was willing to re-cut it to make its winnings less embarrassing, if not necessarily smaller.
Here's the thing. If you are a meme-stock issuer looking to raise money in a retail frenzy, you are going to do an at-the-market offering: Instead of selling stock at a fixed price at the end of the day to a bunch of institutions, as you would in a classic book-built offering, in an ATM you just hire a bank to sell shares quietly into the market during the course of one or more days, to whoever wants to buy the shares on the exchange, at whatever the market price is. The reason you are doing this is that the people buying all the stock—the people frantically bidding your stock up to stupid prices all day—are retail investors from Reddit. You want your offering to go to the redditors buying two shares at a time, not big institutions, because the redditors will pay much higher prices. And the way to reach them is in ordinary brokerage transactions, selling shares throughout the day on the exchange. This is obvious; this is how AMC raised money, how Tesla Inc. does, how Hertz Global Holdings Inc. tried to raise money last June when it was simultaneously bankrupt and a meme darling.
In an ATM offering, nobody is reading the prospectus. In a regular book-built offering, there is a prospectus, and you send it to everyone who might buy, and they are professional investors so they might even skim it a little. In an ATM offering, you sell stock on the exchange, and people buy it on the exchange. You don't know who you're selling to, and they don't know who they're buying from. One day they are enthusiastically buying stock, on the exchange, from other people who own it and want to sell it. The next day they are enthusiastically buying stock, on the exchange, from you, without noticing the transition. There is no practical way to slap a warning label on the stock. You slap a warning label on the prospectus, you put the prospectus on the SEC website, everyone is in some notional way warn
My model of the GameStop Corp. trade is that it is mostly what I've been calling an "honest pump": People got together on the internet and discussed it, and decided that if they all bought the stock of GameStop at the same time then it would go up and they'd like that. This was correct. There was no fraud or dishonesty involved; that is just a straightforward understanding of how supply and demand work.Nor was there all that much in the way of fundamental analysis of the underlying cash flows of GameStop's business. I mean, there was , at some point; lots of Reddit and non-Reddit traders looked at GameStop when it was at $4 or $10 or $20 and said "this should be worth $30." But once it hit, I don't know, pick a number, $65.01 on Jan. 22, say, no one was in it for the cash flows. GameStop was worth $200 because more people would buy it and then it would be worth $400; it was a pure social coordination game with no connection to the business of an actual company. One assumes that this has to end badly for somebody, and indeed a major aspect of the trade was figuring out how it could end badly for somebody else (squeezed short sellers, etc.) rather than you. And of course it does seem to have ended badly for anyone who bought at $400. Still, you could push back on that assumption. Social coordination is actually a pretty big and robust source of value. Bitcoin has been valuable for years now because people on the internet got together and agreed to ascribe value to it; gold has been valuable for millennia for not-too-dissimilar reasons. Society could just evolve in weird ways, who knows, and perhaps GameStop stock will fill some social and monetary function and gain lasting value as a pure token. Last week I imagined a venture capitalist blogging about GameStop in 2027, writing "The thing I like about GameStop is not its underlying cash flows, but the fact that it is a scarce digital store of value." I was kidding, but one thing that I have learned in recent years is that everything is simultaneously a joke and serious. Also Elon Musk tweeted about GameStop, and the way finance works now is that things are valuable not based on their cash flows but on their proximity to Elon Musk. A better anthropologist than me should probably take a look at this phenomenon. Musk is the richest person in the world, and in a dynamic, fun, traveling-to-Mars sort of way. It makes sense that his pronouncements have a certain religious character, that his tweets can endow arbitrary objects with mana. If the richest person in the world tweets "Gamestonk!" then I think that means that, if you buy GameStop stock, you will partake in his wealth and dynamism at a remove; you will get rich and have fun doing it. (Not! Investing! Advice!) Maybe that is not how it works on a conscious level—though I think that sometimes it is?—but surely at some subconscious level people want to order their lives in accordance with the cryptic instructions of a charismatic flying zillionaire. So, "Gamestonk!" And red satin shorts blessed by Musk sell at a huge markup on Ebay. And I have written about Signal Advance Inc., a penny stock that soared 5,100% after Musk tweeted "Use Signal," about an entirely unrelated app. That stock is still up 350% from where it was before Musk tweeted a month ago. It is an Elon Musk cargo cult; a coordination game—"if we all buy this it will go up, so let's all buy it"—inspired by an arcane reading of apocryphal Musk scripture. Also Tesla Inc. stock trades at 1,210 times trailing earnings, is another fact that might be relevant here.
It seems to have become popular on Reddit as an explanation of why GameStop's stock went down. The basic idea of a "short ladder attack" is that a short seller sells stock to another short seller, who sells it back to the first at a lower price, who sells it back to the second at an even lower price, etc., until the price goes down a lot and they both cackle with glee at the trick they've pulled off. In an illiquid stock I suppose this could have an effect, and this sort of thing—"painting the tape," "wash trading"—is a real enough form of penny-stock manipulation. In, you know, the most liquid stock in the world, as GameStop sometimes is these days, this is not even worth discussing.
Other problems related to short selling—short squeezes, naked shorting, "short-and-distort" attacks—have more basis in reality, but they share the characteristic that, if you are reading about them, there is a very high likelihood that what you are reading is crazy. There are measured, empirically grounded articles and enforcement actions about naked shorting, but they are vastly outnumbered by financially illiterate conspiracy theorizing about it. People really do not like short selling.
It is a bit of empirical support for the "gamma squeeze" theory popular on WallStreetBets: If everyone goes out and buys a ton of call options, then options market makers will have to hedge those options (by buying stock), and they will have to adjust those hedges (by buying or selling stock) as the stock price moves. They have what is called "negative gamma": They have to adjust their hedges by buying more stock as it goes up, or by selling some stock as it goes down. This increases intraday momentum: On days when dealers have a lot of negative gamma exposure, if markets go down in the morning they go down some more in the afternoon (as options dealers sell), and if they go up in the morning they go up more in the afternoon (as options dealers buy).
In a meme stock like GameStop Corp., where a lot of redditors own a lot of call options (and keep buying more), the dealers' gamma exposure pushes the stock up more on days when it's up, but also pushes it down more on days when it's down. It oversimplifies to say "if you buy a lot of call options in the morning, the stock will go up all afternoon," but that was WallStreetBets' basic intuition, and for a while it was not wrong.
One enhancer of crankishness here is that there are a lot of different levels at which you could trade silver. With a meme stock, you can buy the stock, or you can buy call options as a more leveraged way to push the stock up. And you can have theories about how Wall Street is short too many shares of the stock, and plan to squeeze them out of their short positions as revenge. There's a fair amount going on, enough to make trading meme stocks a satisfying intellectual hobby with a bit of a conspiratorial appeal. But there's so much more of that with a meme precious metal. You can buy the stock (of a silver ETF), or you can buy call options as a more leveraged way to push the stock up. You can buy silver futures, or options on futures. You can buy physical silver coins, or you could until Reddit bought them all:
Sites from Money Metals and SD Bullion to JM Bullion and Apmex, the Walmart of precious metals products in North America, said over the weekend they were unable to process orders until Asian markets open because of unprecedented demand. The start of Monday's trading session saw silver futures jump more than 8% as a frenzy that roiled stocks last week spread."Pretty much physical silver is almost all gone in terms of live inventory," Tyler Wall, president and chief executive officer at SD Bullion, said in a Bloomberg TV interview. "Currently we're seeing the premium -- the price you pay over spot to get actual physical silver in your hands -- is skyrocketing. Most stuff on our website's at least 30% over spot and we can't source it for much less than that right now from our wholesalers.
All of these things live on different levels of abstraction, but they also interact: If you buy shares of the iShares Silver Trust (SLV), which holds physical silver (not futures), that will probably push futures prices up, and vice versa, and similarly with bars and coins. The opportunities to find shadowy enemies similarly multiply: Maybe Wall Street is short SLV shares, or silver futures; maybe you can squeeze them by forcing delivery on futures or forcing delivery into SLV's vaults or buying up all the bars and coins so they can't have any. (More plausibly, "Wall Street" is on both sides of each trade, with big firms long futures and short them, long SLV and short it, because that is kind of how everything works. But that just means you can be conspiratorial either way.) If you like worrying about short sellers and "counterfeit stock," you'll love worrying about empty vaults where the silver is supposed to be. You get to say words like "contango" and "backwardation." Meanwhile there is no company involved that can ruin your day by reporting bad earnings. If you want to spend some time with grand theories about how the world works on the internet, without too much interference from boring old business reality, silver really is more fun than GameStop.
Benn Eifert of QVR Advisors pointed out a fun options fact on Twitter. Let's say that, back on Jan. 21, when GameStop's stock closed at $43.03, you thought it was wildly overvalued and wanted to bet against it. You could have sold the stock short: Borrow shares, sell them for $43.03, hope to buy them back cheaper. Or you could have bought a put option: Pay a premium, and then if the stock plunges you can sell the stock at the put strike price. You could have bought a $10-strike April put for just 33 cents: If the stock fell below $10 by April, you'd get back the difference between the stock price and $10; if it went to zero by April, you'd get back $10 for your 33-cent investment. The day before the Reddit rally really took off, the $10 puts were a way to bet on GameStop's stock collapsing quickly and totally.
If you shorted GameStop stock on Jan. 21, you got absolutely ruined. It closed on Friday at $325; if you stayed in for that you have lost, uh, 655% of your money, oops oops oops. On the other hand, if you bought those puts, you did great. Those $10 puts, which traded at $0.33 on Jan. 21, last traded at $1.55 this past Friday. You're up 370%. The people who bought the stock did better—they're up 655%—but of course they were right ; the stock went up. You were wrong ; the stock did not go to zero, but you're still up 370%. Good trade! "Well risk managed shorts should be absolutely crushing it," was Eifert's conclusion.
The math here is that the value of an option depends both on the spot price of the stock and also on expected volatility. In general, as the price of a stock goes up, the value of a put goes down: A $325 stock is less likely to fall below $10 than a $43 stock. On the other hand, as the volatility of a stock goes up, the value of a put also goes up: A stock that swings wildly is more likely to fall below $10 than a boring one. In this case, mathematically, the change in volatility outweighs the change in spot price.
But the intuition here is roughly—roughly![5]—that options traders think that GameStop is five times more likely to go to zero now, with the price at $325, than it was a week and a half ago, with the price at $43.03. Can you blame them? On Jan. 21 people were like "huh this price might be too high," and would pay a little to bet on it dropping. Now people are like "huh this price is utterly meaningless, might as well be zero," and will pay even more to bet on it dropping much more.
One reason that all this is happening is that WallStreetBets posters are mad at short sellers and want to squeeze them. The idea is that short sellers, who borrow stock and sell it in order to bet that it will go down, will at some point be forced to give up and cover their shorts by buying back the stock. This is, uh, not wrong? Several short sellers have been carried out of this trade; most notably, Melvin Capital said that it closed its short position and has taken a cash injection from bigger funds to repair the hole that some redditors dug in its balance sheet. And yet short interest in GameStop remains very high, apparently above 100% of the float. (You can check this on, for instance, the single-purpose website isthesqueezesquoze.com, to give you a sense of how popular this theory is.) The endgame theory here is simply that when all those short sellers capitulate, they will have to buy in the stock, and then you can sell it to them. If more than 100% of the shares are still short, then everyone who owns a share now could sell that share to a desperate short seller and get out at a profit; the short sellers would eat all the losses.
This is not a flawless theory or anything. As the price gets higher, other people could step in to short the stock, because it is so clearly overpriced. That is a terrifying thing to do right now but it could make you a lot of money; I suppose someone is doing it. (And keeping very quiet about it.) And as some short sellers get out, the cost and availability of stock borrow will improve for the other short sellers, making it easier for them to stay in the trade. It's not like Apple Inc. and Tesla Inc. have zero short sellers. Short sellers can be with you forever.
Still, yes, it's a theory: You will get out at the top by selling to short sellers, who will have to buy. And the form of that theory is very good. A theory like "I will sell to someone who has no choice but to buy, no matter the price" is much better than a theory like "I'll try to sell to someone dumber than me."
There are other possible forced-buyer endgames. Let me suggest the funniest possible endgame, funnier (though also less likely) than the "GameStop really is a $70 billion company" and "capitalism ends" ones. It is hinted at here:
This month's breathtaking gains in the stock have boosted GameStop's market value to about $24 billion, making it bigger than more than a third of the companies in the S&P 500 Index. Only Plug Power Inc. is larger in the closely watched Russell 2000 Index, a far cry from the end of 2020 when the then $1.3 billion company was firmly in the middle of that gauge.
Hmm yes. The S&P 500 Index is an index of, roughly speaking, the 500 biggest U.S. public companies by market capitalization. GameStop is not in that index, because a month ago it was a small company, in the index of 2,000 small companies. Now it is—measured by market capitalization, though nothing else—a big company. If the redditors can hold on long enough, can they get GameStop added to the S&P? Can they turn it into a big company just by bidding the stock up? If they can, then S&P 500 index funds will be forced to buy it, no matter the price, and all the redditors who brought it here can get out at a profit. And they will have a big and permanent win, and also the current version of financial capitalism—the index-fund version—will collapse in absurdity.
This is not likely just because the S&P is not purely based on market capitalization; for one thing, a company needs to have positive net income to be added to the index. GameStop doesn't. GameStop would have to go at least a little way down the path of its fundamental turnaround—it would have to start making money instead of losing it—to get into the index. You need a little bit of corporate reality for this one to work out.
Why is GameStop trading? Nobody in Galvin's position—no regulator or politician or economist or CEO—goes around saying, like, "the point of the stock market is to be really fun and exciting and let people mess with each other and make some of them super rich more or less at random." The point of the stock market is to Enable Price Discovery or Encourage Capital Formation or something boring like that. Stock markets exist so that companies can raise money to fund their projects, and so that the smartest analysts of companies can work diligently and compete fiercely to put the proper value on those companies so that we as a society can know what projects are most valuable. Stock markets exist so that regular people can invest their savings in those companies, making everyone better off: Companies get funding to pursue socially beneficial projects; regular people get an ownership stake in economic growth. Or whatever.
This theory has some obvious flaws in its real-life application, but it's a decent theory. It is, if not exactly true, true-ish; it describes the fundamental underpinnings of the market if not necessarily its everyday operation. It posits a social purpose for financial markets, beyond making funny memes on Reddit. It is just the case, just inevitably the case, that if you are going to have financial markets that are optimized for those purposes—that are liquid and complete, that attract smart people, that are open to everyone—they are also going to have a certain amount of nonsense. It's not like WallStreetBets invented financial nonsense! Financial-market nonsense is, like, 70% of what we talk about around here on a normal day. How many times have I written about hedge funds tricking each other using credit default swaps? Financial markets exist to foster price discovery and capital formation, but the way they do that is mostly by letting smart people mess with each other all day. WallStreetBets is a new class of smart people messing, quite effectively, with the old ones.
The questions are how much nonsense you are willing to tolerate, and whose nonsense you are willing to tolerate. There is a view that WallStreetBets' nonsense is somehow particularly bad: It is so transparently silly, without even a bare pretense of serving the efficient allocation of capital. (Also have you read WallStreetBets? It is … uncouth.) There is another view that WallStreetBets' nonsense is relatively good, as these things go, that the redditors are the heroes here, or at least that they're not the real villains. If you think that Wall Street Has Gotten Away With It For Too Long, the GameStop situation gives you another opportunity to talk about that, though it is not entirely clear what you should say.
In talking about GameStop, I have occasionally tried to tie the goofy stock-price dynamics to corporate finance. I suggested that maybe GameStop could sell stock at these absurd prices and use the money to, you know, be a better company. It's tricky, selling stock at these prices, but in theory that's what the prices are for: People are telling you that they want to buy your stock to fund your projects, so you might as well sell them the stock and do the projects.
AMC has done that! On Monday it announced that it had raised $506 million of equity (and another $411 million of debt) in various transactions that "should allow the company to make it through this dark coronavirus-impacted winter." Good work. Even better, that same day AMC launched an at-the-market offering to sell up to 50 million shares into the market at prevailing prices, allowing it to sell opportunistically to any redditors who wanted to buy. Yesterday it announced that it had finished the offering and raised another $304.8 million. That's an average price of about $6.10 a share; AMC's stock hadn't gotten that high since September. Of course yesterday the stock closed at $19.90, so AMC would have done better to wait a day, but nobody's perfect. When redditors are clamoring to buy your stock you should sell it to them before it's too late; there's no reason for the company to try to time the endgame perfectly.
Also yesterday holders of $600 million of AMC convertible bonds converted them into stock at a conversion price of $13.51 per share. Six hundred million dollars of debt, vaporized by Reddit enthusiasm. "In the absence of significant increases in attendance from current levels, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time," AMC warned investors on Monday; four days and a billion dollars later, there is somewhat less doubt. A week ago it was not crazy to think this company was doomed; now it is entirely possible that it will survive and thrive and show movies in movie theaters for decades to come because everyone went nuts and bought meme stocks this week. Capital formation!
Maybe the craziest thing in the chart is not the wild spikes up and down, but the flat lulls when no one was trading because the stock exchange wouldn't let them. "The stock surged as much as 145% to $159.18 on Monday," reports Bloomberg News, "triggering at least nine trading halts." The theory behind a trading halt is basically that the stock has moved around too much, too quickly, for people to really mean it. The stock has gapped up or down because people aren't paying attention: It is "really" worth $100 or whatever, and lots of people in the world would happily buy it for $100 and lots of other people would happily sell it at $100, but they're all out at lunch and there are just a few algorithms trading the stock and they have accidentally pushed it down to $90. (Or up to $110.) So the exchange halts trading for five or ten minutes, so that everyone who wants to buy or sell has time to get back to their desks and put in orders. "This stock is trading at $90, that's a steal," people will think, if they have five minutes to think about it, and they'll put in buy orders and push the stock back to its natural price when it reopens. I do not think this theory really applies to GameStop. It has all the prices at once. If you halt GameStop for going up too much, people are just going to hang out on Reddit talking it up more until it reopens. Or the other way: Between 10:45 and 11:15 yesterday, GameStop fell from $159.18 to $88.09, with four trading halts along the way. When the stock plummeted from $159.18 to $132.32, and then was halted for five minutes, nobody said "oh wow this $159 stock is trading at $132, what a bargain, I'd better jump in." Those concepts mean nothing now.
Here is a technical story. It has two parts. First, a lot of people are short a lot of GameStop stock. (Notoriously, they are short more than GameStop's entire float; Bloomberg tells me that short interest is 71.2 million shares, while GameStop has only 69.7 million shares outstanding.[3]) They are short for the fundamental reasons we talked about above: dying mall retailer with huge valuation, etc. When you short a stock, you borrow shares and sell them, promising to return them later. You have to pay a fee to borrow shares, you have to post collateral based on the value of the borrowed shares, and you (generally) have to return the shares you borrowed if the lender asks for them back. When the stock goes up a lot, short sellers start feeling "squeezed": Their borrow costs go up, they have to post more collateral, and lenders might asking for their stock back. Some short sellers might have to capitulate, and they will close their positions by buying back stock. There is a feedback loop: The stock goes up, short sellers give up, they buy stock to surrender, and their buying pushes the stock up more.
Second, a lot of people (on Reddit) who like GameStop don't buy stock; they buy call options. If you are a retail trader looking to gamble on a stock, you can buy call options to get leveraged exposure to the stock. For instance, last Tuesday (Jan. 19), you could have bought a $50-strike call option on 100 shares of GameStop stock expiring this coming Friday (Jan. 29). Bloomberg tells me this option would have cost you about $3.35 per share, or about $335 for a 100-share option contract; the stock closed that day at $39.36. If you sold the options on Friday (Jan. 22), when the stock closed at $65.01, they were worth $18.16 per share.[4] You put in $335 and got back $1,816; you made a 442% return in four days. If you had just bought 100 shares of stock instead, you would have had to put in $3,936 to get back $6,501, a 65% return. Of course if the stock had stayed flat instead of going up to $65.01, you'd have lost 0% by buying shares and 100% by buying the options. So options are great if you have a relatively small amount of money and want to take a lot of risk with it. If, for instance, you are a retail trader on WallStreetBets.
Meanwhile the market maker who sold you the options would have hedged its option exposure by buying about 40 shares of GameStop stock, for about $1,575. (This—the fraction of the underlying shares that the market maker buys to hedge the option—is called "delta."[5]) Your $335 of option premium caused $1,575 of stock buying. More important, as the stock goes up, the market maker will adjust its hedge by buying more stock—by the end of the day on Friday, the market maker would have owned about 80 shares. (The change in delta as the stock price changes is called "gamma," and people who like this sort of technical explanation love talking about "gamma."[6]) You haven't done anything else—you bought the options on Tuesday, and then stopped trading—but the market maker kept buying hundreds of dollars more stock as the stock went up to keep the option hedged.[7] Multiply that by the extreme popularity of GameStop options, and you get a lot of stock being bought as the price goes up—which, of course, pushes the price up more.
I feel like there used to be a view to the effect that traditional monetary policy (giving banks money in exchange for Treasuries) was inefficient because a lot of the money went to inflating asset bubbles, and that more direct fiscal policy (giving money to people to spend on stuff) was a better way to stimulate the economy. Now it's like "if you give people money directly they will just spend it on SPACs and Tesla," and professional investors are terrified.
It is possible that this is a version of the boredom market hypothesis. This is my theory that people will trade stocks to the extent that (1) trading stocks is fun and (2) other things are less fun; it suggests that stocks have gone up a lot in a pandemic because it's now hard to see friends or do stuff, so trading stocks on Robinhood is now relatively more entertaining. You don't need shoes if you never leave the house , so a lot of people who would otherwise spend their stimulus money on goods and services are spending it on penny stocks instead. In a pandemic, perhaps, a lot of fiscal stimulus goes to inflating asset bubbles, but not in the assets that professional investors like. The combination of economic stimulus and having nothing to do means that people are spending their stimulus checks on the experiences that are still available, specifically the experience of buying SPACs.
One view of quant trading is that, on sort of a black-box statistical basis, it increases market efficiency. Your algorithm notices that when Signal X goes up, Stock Y goes up a week later, so it starts to buy Stock Y whenever Signal X goes up. There's probably a reason? Maybe Signal X is some fundamental economic driver that affects Stock Y's results, though if that was obviously true then everyone would have noticed it and the value of the signal would be driven to zero. Or maybe Signal X is some sentiment indicator—mentions of Stock Y on Twitter, say—and your algorithm trusts that the sentiment means something, that people talk more about Stock Y on Twitter when there is some fundamental news that matters to the stock. Or maybe Signal X is some unintuitive weird thing that reflects a long complicated chain of reasoning that you cannot even observe. Maybe there is some effect where a butterfly flapping its wings in China causes storms in Kansas, so Signal X is like "Chinese butterfly population" and, when it goes up, your trade is to get long wheat futures and short Kansas property insurers. Not because you have figured out this meteorological mechanism, I mean; just because your algorithm has noticed a correlation between those data series. The statistical patterns in the data reflect real-world fundamental effects that no one has directly discovered; the market is smarter than any particular human, and your algorithms reflect and take advantage of the market's distributed genius. Another view of quant trading is that it reinforces market inefficiencies: Your algorithm notices some correlation, everyone else's algorithm notices the same correlation, you all pile into the correlation, the correlation increases, and the original reason for the correlation goes away, or was spurious to begin with. The butterflies and the wheat prices were just a coincidence, but now all the hedge funds are buying wheat whenever they see butterflies, so wheat prices correlate with butterfly populations for no good reason. Wheat prices get further away from fundamentals, but eventually the fundamentals reassert themselves and the trade collapses.
If you are trading options on Robinhood here are the two things you should worry about, in descending order of how much you should worry:
1. You will probably lose all your money buying options that go down or selling options that go up. 2. If for some reason you instead make money by buying options that go up or selling options that go down, Robinhood's software might freeze at the exact wrong moment and you could lose it all anyway.
If your list of worries includes "when I buy an option, Robinhood will accept a fee to route my order to a high-frequency trading firm, which will fill that option at a price that offers only minimal improvement over the best price available on a public exchange," you have completely lost the plot. That's not a thing! You're not losing money on Robinhood because of high-frequency traders! We talk about this a lot, for some reason, and I think I should stop. My view of Robinhood has always been:
1. Payment for order flow is fine. 2. Encouraging people to day-trade stocks and options on their phone is not great.
These days I am not completely sure that the second part is right: There are a lot of stories like this one, about people rapidly losing money that they can't afford to lose by using Robinhood's too-easy, too-addictive trading platform, but there are also a lot of stories about retail investors doing really well in the recent rally. In the aggregate, maybe encouraging people to day-trade stocks on their phones has worked out well? Ehh. I still don't think it's great.
In any case, if it is bad, it is bad for fairly straightforward reasons: People are trading products that they don't understand, they're buying stocks of bankrupt companies, they are the dumb money in a competitive efficient market in which they match wits against full-time professionals to determine the value of companies. Active investing is a bet that you understand the market better than everybody else does, and if you started investing a month ago and limit your research to looking at the trending stocks list on an app, you will lose that bet.
But that is a strangely hard story to tell. We have, in the United States, a really strong culture of believing that stock-market speculation is for everyone; it seems almost treasonous to suggest that for a lot of people it's a bad idea. And "you shouldn't day-trade stocks on your phone because you are unlikely to be good at it, because you have no relevant knowledge or training and you're not really putting enough effort into getting better" sounds like such a personal criticism; it implies that you'll probably lose money and that it'll probably be your fault. So much better to whisper darkly about payment for order flow. "You shouldn't day-trade stocks on your phone because high-frequency traders are secretly buying your orders to do unspeakable things to them." Obviously the problem isn't with you, you're perfect, the financial markets instantly yield up their secrets to your skill. It's the nefarious forces beyond your control that prevent you from getting rich.
Day traders buy and sell stock through retail brokerages like Robinhood. The brokerages send their customers' orders to wholesalers like Citadel: If you want to buy stock on Robinhood, you press the buy button, and Citadel (or another wholesaler) sells you the stock. This is a lucrative business, being on the other side of the trade from you, so Citadel is willing to pay Robinhood to do it. On the other hand the way casinos make money is that their customers lose money. That is not not happening here, exactly—here are some scary stories about Robinhood customers recklessly trading options—but overall the Robinhood crowd seem to be doing okay.
Being on the other side of the trades from bored novice day traders is a lucrative business, but not because the bored novice day traders consistently lose money. It's lucrative because market makers like Citadel are in the volume business, buying at the bid and selling at the offer; as they do more buying and selling, and as bids and offers get further apart, they make more money. Citadel is not in the business of betting against retail traders; it is just in the business of making their trades happen and collecting a spread. Still it's a little strange. Part of the way that Robinhood traders are doing well is that they are picking good stocks (mostly) and stocks are going up due to general economic conditions. But another part of the story seems to be that Robinhood investors' picks are self-fulfilling prophecies. Lots of small retail traders are buying stocks because they are popular on Robinhood, or mentioned in online forums to discuss day-trading; the stocks go up because so many retail traders buy them, not because the retail traders identified some external fact in the world that would make them go up. "Basically Robinhood is one giant momentum algo," one reader put it to me by email.
The classic explanation for how Citadel and other market makers make money by trading with retail investors—and why they pay for those investors' order flow—goes something like this. Market makers buy at the bid and sell at the offer: Their business is to buy stock for $9.99, sell it at $10.01, and collect that $0.02. If they trade with big smart hedge funds, this will often go poorly for them: If a market maker sells 100 shares to a big smart hedge fund, that probably means the price is going higher, either because the hedge fund is smart (and knows some reason that the price will go higher) or because it is big (and will buy a lot more stock, pushing up the price). Selling 100 shares at $10.01 is not a good trade if the price goes to $11 before you can buy it back at $9.99; trading with big smart hedge funds leaves you at risk of this sort of "adverse selection." Trading with retail, on the other hand, is pleasingly random: If you sell 10 shares to a teen trading on her phone, she probably doesn't have proprietary information and probably isn't about to buy 10,000 more shares. You can sell her 10 shares for $10.01, and then buy 10 shares from another teen for $9.99 a minute later, and keep your book balanced while collecting the spread. As one of those articles about retail options trading puts it: "Such firms find it more consistently profitable to trade against individuals, with their small orders, than against institutional investors, which can push prices up or down with large trades."
One theory is that the stock market is a way for people to invest money in companies. Companies want to raise money to do stuff, so they offer partial ownership of themselves to investors in exchange for money. The companies have projects that they want to fund, the investors want to fund projects, and the stock market is a way of allocating the most money to the best projects. In its simplest form this theory is not especially true. Most public companies do not fund themselves by selling stock; mostly they fund themselves internally, or with debt, and the main thing that they do with their stock is buy it back. If you buy stock, you are buying it from someone else, who bought it from someone else, who bought it from someone else; way back in the distant past someone bought it from the company, but what does that have to do with you? Still some version of this theory is probably right. The stock market works as if people were investing money in companies; some indirect mechanism ties the secondary trading of stock to the allocation of capital. And of course in the limit companies can raise money by selling stock. So buying stock is like investing money in a company in exchange for partial ownership of its projects, and the amount you should pay for a stock is basically the discounted present value of the company's cash flows from its business. The mechanisms of the market tie the price of the stock to the underlying value of the company.
But there is another theory. This theory is that the stock market is a fun casino, and you should buy stocks because they will go up and down in exciting fashion and might make you rich quick. This is a very old theory, and I suspect that for much of the history of financial markets it was considerably more popular and better supported than the discounted-present-value-of-cash-flows thing. A modern variant is the Dave Portnoy Stocks Theory:
I do not exactly want to endorse this theory. Not because it isn't true—well, the "stocks only go up" part obviously isn't, but "the stock market is a fun casino" may be true depending on your view of fun—but because it doesn't really have any content. "Buy stocks, it's fun," doesn't tell you which stocks to buy, or how much to pay for them. Without a rigorous quantitative model of fun, this theory makes no useful predictions. Still it is extremely popular, and we have talked about it a lot recently. I call it, or something like it, the "boredom markets hypothesis": People got bored in their coronavirus-related lockdowns, and they couldn't bet on sports because sports were canceled, so they turned to betting on stocks as a form of entertainment, not investment or financial analysis. The stock market is a casino that happens to still be open. Again, without a rigorous quantitative model of fun, this theory does not produce a well defined value for any stock; it doesn't tell you precisely how much you should pay for a stock in order to have fun. Still the imprecise subjective values it produces should, at least sometimes, be different from those produced by normal, boring, finance-y theories about owning companies' cash flows. Some (most?) companies are exactly as fun as their cash flows; if you want a sound investment, you should pay $X for them, and if you want to have a good time you should also pay $X for them. (Because their cash flows will pay for an amount of fun with a present value of $X, etc.) Other companies are less fun than their cash flows, and you should demand a discount to invest in them. And some companies are much more fun than their cash flows, and people will buy their stock for entertainment without worrying too much about conventional valuation. Naturally if you are a smart boring finance-y person trying to make money, and you own those stocks, you should sell them to the fun people, because they will overpay you for them. You can sell a $100 cash flow for $200 because someone else likes a good story and a crazy gamble.
We talked last month about what I guess I will call the Boredom Markets Hypothesis, the idea that an important driving force in modern stock markets is the demand of retail investors for entertainment. The basic theory is that ordinary people will do more trading (1) if trading is entertaining and (2) if other things are less entertaining: The more bored they are, the more they will trade stocks. In general, this theory predicts that retail trading would decline over time. As other entertainment options become richer and more accessible and more personalized, everyone can find a really good television show to watch or ax-throwing bar to patronize, so they will spend less time chatting with their broker about stocks. Meanwhile growing efficiency and electronification in the stock market make the brokers less fun to chat with, while the increasing age and size of public companies make stocks more boring. So people who a few decades ago would have actively followed the markets will now be really into fantasy football or Fortnite, and they'll just put their investments in index funds. If active investing is going to compete with modern entertainment options, it will have to be more entertaining. To be popular, active investments will have to offer wild price swings and the potential for instant wealth, but they'll also have to offer colorful characters, fast-paced narratives, and a sense of moral superiority. The BMH offers an explanation for Bitcoin, or for Tesla Inc.'s stock price. It is not a financial explanation; it is essentially a literary one. Bitcoin and Tesla have good stories, so they are the investments that break through in a saturated entertainment landscape. Of course we talked about the BMH last month because, right now, the entertainment landscape is the opposite of saturated; people can't leave their houses and have finished Netflix. This makes stock-picking a much more (relatively) attractive hobby than it was a few months ago, and so, as the BMH predicts, there has been an increase in retail stock-picking. I argued that, in the case of a coronavirus pandemic, the BMH is pleasingly countercyclical:
The worse the economy is, the more bored investors will be. If stocks sell off because the coronavirus crisis is longer and worse than expected, there will be even fewer entertainment options and more people will turn, in desperation, to buying stocks on their phones. If someone finds a magic cure for the virus tomorrow, stocks will rally and all the new retail investors will happily sell into the rally at the top and go back to their other, more entertaining, entertainments.
A big part of the r/WSB story is about options: When they want to move a stock, r/WSB posters don't buy the stock, they buy call options on the stock. The theory is that this forces other people to buy the stock:
Members of r/WSB believe they've discovered a kind of perpetual motion machine in the interplay of stocks with options contracts, which offer a cheap way to bet on whether shares will rise or fall without buying the stock itself. It goes like this: Members make bets that rely on market makers, the professional middlemen who sell you a "call" (a bet on shares rising) or a "put" (a wager on a decline). Market makers, like good bookies, don't want to go out on a limb. When taking a bet, they lay off the risk. If someone buys a call, for instance, speculating on a rally, the dealer buys stock in the underlying company. If the stock rises, the dealer may have to pay out on the option—but that's offset by the gain on the shares. When shares keep rising, managing the hedge entails buying more stock. That's where the Reddit set perceives a weakness. A favorite tactic on r/WSB is to swamp the market with call purchases early in the morning in an attempt to force dealers to keep buying stock. Up and up everything goes—supposedly. As the stock price rises, so does the value of the calls, often by far more.
We have discussed this theory before, during Tesla's wild rally, and I conceded that they've got a point. Not a perpetual motion machine, but a motion machine, sure. The machine runs on leverage. If you have $100, you can buy $100 worth of stock, and the stock will go up a little; your trade will be self-reinforcing. If you get a margin loan, you can buy $200 worth of stock, and the stock will go up a bit more; your trade will be a bit more self-reinforcing. On the other hand if the stock then goes down a bit, your broker might call more margin from you, and if you can't put up more money the broker will liquidate your whole position and the stock will go down. Trading on margin magnifies swings: You're buying more than you otherwise would be able to, but if the stock goes down you will have to sell more than you want to. This is all very well known, and a standard story of the Great Crash of 1929 that everyone learns is that the stock market went up as retail investors all bought on margin, and then crashed as all those margin positions were liquidated. Options are a way to get leverage, too, and can work sort of like an extreme version of the margin loan. If you have $100, you can buy options on $1,000 worth of stock, and a dealer will go out and buy $500 worth of stock to hedge that option.[1] The stock will go up; your trade will be self-reinforcing, and if the stock goes up more in the afternoon then the dealer will buy even more stock, pushing it up even more. But if the stock goes down, the dealer will have to sell stock just when you least want it to. And as with margin loans only more so, if the stock goes down too much you will lose 100% of your investment.
Private Markets Are the New Public Markets (50)
Levine's stylized history: there used to be two sorts of financial institutions, ones with a lot of money and weird ones. Insurance companies and banks had huge capital pools but bought only boring investment-grade bonds; innovators like Drexel had ideas but no balance sheet, so they had to market their deals to the boring institutions, sanding the edges off the innovations. Since 2008 the weird institutions have gotten big. Apollo's central innovation was putting Drexel alumni in charge of a big insurance company: buying Athene gave it permanent capital, insurance liabilities that never redeem like fund money, to deploy in complex trades. In the $35 billion Broadcom-Anthropic data center financing, Apollo says it alone could speak for the full amount, keeping the debt off Broadcom's balance sheet while retaining its guarantee, and earning roughly 3 percentage points over Treasuries as the price of that flexibility. Tons of money plus tons of buccaneering.
How do you know if you own a share of stock? In the very olden days, you'd have a paper stock certificate, but those are just novelty items now. Now the basic answer is: A share of stock represents a claim on a company, and so a share of stockis, in essence,...
its IPO marketing by saying that it is selling 555,555,555 shares at $135 per share. The deal is "pricing" this afternoon, in a formal sense, and I suppose it's possible the price or size might still change, but probably the real pricing happened a week ago. (The "offering has attracted demand for...
A lot of people want to bet on SpaceX's stock. A lot of other people want to bet against SpaceX's stock. In approximately one week, the people who want to bet on SpaceX will be able to do so to their hearts' content: SpaceX will be publicly traded, albeit with a fairly...
Arguably Tesla Inc.'s original sin was going public with a single class of stock. Elon Musk is Tesla's Technoking, chief executive officer, largest shareholder, and general animating spirit, but he is not exactly itscontrolling shareholder. 4<> He owns only about 11% of the stock, and each share has one vote, meaning that...
"Private credit" means raising money from long-term locked-up investors and using their money to make loans to companies. The fact that the investors in private credit funds have their money locked up is not incidental; it is the point of private credit. Because the investors' money is locked up: * Private credit...
Let's say that you work in private credit and you think that private credit is great. Oh, sure, you've seen all the headlines; you know people are worried aboutSaaSpocalypses and cockroaches and so forth. You just think they're wrong. You did the deals, you know the credits, and you think that all...
A market-structure problem that we have discussed a lot over the years is: * Many people want to invest in the hot tech startups, but they can't, because those startups are private and you can't buy their stock. * Other people want to bet against the hot tech startups, but they can't,...
In 2018, David Einhorn's hedge fund, Greenlight Capital, was having a run of disappointing performance. Some investors wanted to take their money back, but they couldn't: During happier times, Greenlight had imposed pretty strict limits on withdrawals. The investors complained; one of themtold the Wall Street Journal that Greenlight's "liquidity terms are...
The DXYZ item shows how public markets keep finding proxies for private assets. If retail investors cannot buy SpaceX directly, they can buy a vehicle that owns a slice and trades at its own premium or discount. The result is private-market exposure plus public-market sentiment.
State Street's interest in private credit is a strategy lesson for asset managers. Public beta has become cheap and scale-driven, so firms look to alternatives for fee growth. The private-markets boom is partly a response to the commoditization of public-market investing.
The Citadel item belongs in the private-markets storyline. Some private firms are large, important and widely discussed enough to feel public, but their ownership and disclosure remain private. The boundary between public significance and public-company regulation keeps blurring.
A simple model of modern retail investing is:
Low-cost passive index investing is on the rise: You can buy all of the stocks in the market, get the market return and pay fees of roughly zero. Private investing is on the rise: Big famous tech companies stay private longer, private credit is hot, and the pool of "accredited investors" (people rich enough to buy private investments under SEC rules) keeps growing, so more people have the ability and the desire to invest in private companies and funds. Regular old mutual funds — where you pay fees to a professional manager to pick public stocks for you — are on the decline, because index funds are cheaper and private investments are more exciting.
So if you run a mutual fund company, and you don't have the scale to run index funds at near-zero fees, you are having a tough time. The obvious answer is to get into private funds: Private markets aren't really indexed, so you don't face any competition from cheap index funds.
Here is a crude stylized history of the development of private credit:
1. Once, companies (and private equity sponsors) borrowed money either from banks or in the bond market. 2. "From banks," in that sentence, is a bit misleading: A lot of bank loans (particularly leveraged loans to fund private equity buyouts) are syndicated broadly to non-bank investors. Banks don't just lend from their balance sheets and hold loans to maturity; they are largely in the moving business, not the storage business. 3. Then private credit was invented: Asset managers raised long-term locked-up funds from institutional investors, and they used those funds to make loans to companies (and private equity sponsors) directly, bypassing banks and the bond market. 4. Then private credit funds were like "well this is fine, but it would be even better if, instead of using our investors' money to make loans, we could borrow some money to fund the loans." Instead of taking $100 of investor money, lending it out at 10%, and passing on the 10% returns to the investors, you take $100 of investor money plus $100 of borrowed money that costs 8%, you lend it out at 10%, you pay back your interest cost and you pass on 12% returns to your investors. 5. Banks were like "yes that sounds great." Lending to private credit funds is a way to make up for the business that private credit funds took from the banks: Private credit funds now compete with banks to make buyout loans, and when the private credit funds win those deals, the banks miss out on fees. But the banks can get some of the business back by lending to the private credit funds. Also, lending to private credit funds is structurally less risky for the banks than doing the buyout loans themselves: If the buyout goes bust and can't repay its loans, the private credit funds take the first loss and the bank has a senior position. 6. But banks still are in the moving business, not the storage business. 7. So eventually they ask questions like "what if we syndicated our loans to private credit funds, so that we don't have to hold them on our balance sheet"?
The rough sorting is:
1. Dedicated risk-taking private equity firms own the equity in companies. 2. Dedicated semi-risk-taking private credit funds own a mezzanine tranche of the companies, getting high returns to take credit risk. 3. Banks and the bond market own the senior tranche, getting low returns in exchange for providing much of the money but not taking too much risk.
Thanks to recent rising markets—paired with elevated inflation and some very vintage rules—the number of Americans who qualify as "accredited investors" has skyrocketed to an all-time high. Accreditation gives individuals access to riskier, less regulated assets. This includes private markets that have long been the domain of endowments, pension funds and other "smart money" types. It opens doors to the historically exclusive echelons of private equity, credit and real estate placements. …
To be accredited, an individual would either need to make more than $200,000 a year or have a net worth of more than $1 million. … Now roughly 1 of every 5 American households could be an accredited investor. In the early '80s the figure was 1 of every 50.
The asset-hungry industry sees an opening and is charging toward it. Blackstone, Apollo, KKR and other large asset managers are seeking high growth, but with institutional money less available, they want—need—money from wealthy investors. New products and platforms are popping up widely. Blackstone Inc. arrived early, as far back as 2017, with the likes of the Blackstone Real Estate Income Trust, known as BREIT. The alternative manager has raised more than $4 billion for the Blackstone Private Equity Strategies Fund, a new private equity fund for wealthy individuals. Competitors are circling, with KKR & Co. and Apollo Global Management Inc. among the biggest names. Many products so far require a financial adviser as an intermediary, and some have additional investment requirements, but a platform called Moonfare allows individual investors willing to allocate a minimum of $75,000 to invest directly in alternative assets.
Again, there is a sort of mezzanine tranche of investing: There are private investment opportunities that are available only to institutions and the very rich (investing directly alongside Elon Musk in buying Twitter, buying Paramount with your dad, etc.), there are public investments that are available to everyone (listed stocks, mutual funds), and in the middle there is a widening class of technically private but pretty mass-marketed opportunities like investing in private credit funds. Something like one in five US households own stocks outside of retirement accounts, so "the public investor class" and "the accredited investor class" overlap almost perfectly. If you are marketing your product to people who invest, you might as well market it to accredited investors.
My simple model of private credit is:
1. In the olden days, insurance companies were in the business of lending money to companies — by buying bonds — and holding the bonds to maturity. 2. This was a sensible model for them, since they had locked-up customer money and long-term predictable liability schedules, so they could easily hold the bonds to maturity. 3. Then Bill Gross invented the idea of trading bonds, which allowed insurance companies to make some excess returns (by selling overpriced bonds and buying underpriced ones). 4. This was such a good idea that (1) the bond market became reasonably actively traded and efficient, (2) the idea spread far beyond insurance companies (to the point that Bill Gross himself managed huge bond portfolios for other institutions and individuals) and (3) the edge you could get from it was largely competed away. 5. Some insurance companies looked around and said "wait, we are insurance companies. We can buy and hold bonds until maturity. If we lend money to companies directly, rather than through the big liquid modern bond market, maybe we can charge a higher rate and make more money." 6. This was a sensible model for them, since they had locked-up customer money and long-term predictable liability schedules, so they could easily hold the loans to maturity.
In a sense, this is a story of things coming full circle: 1950s insurance companies loaned money to companies and held to maturity without trading the bonds, and in 2024 that is also all the rage. But there is an important cultural difference. In the 1950s, if you did this sort of thing, you worked in the bond department of an insurance company, and that was a boring and relatively low-status job that involved literally clipping paper coupons off bonds and mailing them to the company to get your interest payment.
In the 2020s, if you do this sort of thing, you work for the "private credit department" of an "alternative asset manager," and it's a hot high-status job of pitching to finance leveraged buyouts. The insurance companies are still providing (a chunk of) the money: They are often limited partners in the private credit funds run by the alternative asset managers, and in some cases they are owned by the alternative asset managers. But the people managing the money — finding and negotiating and monitoring the private loans — are more specialized and get paid more.
Just from first principles it is weird that, if you are a company or a private equity sponsor looking to borrow a lot of money, and you go to a gigantic bank like J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., the bank will say "yes, I would be happy to help you find that money." Whereas if you go to an alternative asset manager like Blue Owl Capital or Ares Management Corp., the alternative asset manager will pull out a bag with a dollar sign on it and say "yes, here is money." If you asked the average person "who has more money, JPMorgan Chase or Blue Owl," they would probably say "I guess the biggest bank in America has more money than a company I have never heard of." Also they would be right! JPMorgan has $4 trillion of assets; Blue Owl manages about $174 billion.
And yet from the perspective of a private equity sponsor, JPMorgan is in the business of intermediating loans: When you go to a big bank to get financing for a leveraged buyout, the bank will work with you to market the debt and find investors to buy it; you don't expect the bank to buy most of the debt itself. Whereas Blue Owl is in the business of providing loans: You go to a private credit manager because you expect it to just hand you the money. Obviously it too is an intermediary — that money doesn't just belong to Blue Owl; that money is in funds that it manages on behalf of other investors — but it can give you the money much more directly.
This is sort of an unusual equilibrium. Once upon a time, if you went to a bank for a loan, the bank would either give you the loan (from its own balance sheet), or it would refuse to give you the loan, and there was not a ton of competition from other lenders. Over time, the modern world of syndicated leveraged lending grew up, so that in, like, 2014, if you went to a bank for financing for a leveraged buyout, it would work with you on a marketing process to sell loans and bonds to investors. This was nice for the banks — they got fees while using less balance sheet and taking less long-term risk — and probably did expand the amount of credit they could provide. (If you went to a bank in 1954 to ask for a loan to fund a large leveraged buyout, it would have just said "no.") You'd ask for money, the bank would come up with a plan to raise the money, the plan would generally succeed, and you'd be like "yes, thanks, this is good service."
But then in recent years private credit emerged as an alternative to the syndicated market. For borrowers, it has some drawbacks. (It's generally more expensive, and also, if you want a big loan, you might have to negotiate with multiple private lenders, instead of having one bank to run the syndication process.) But as a matter of customer service the appeal is obvious: It is fast and certain. They just give you the money.
You could just imagine letting companies precisely customize how their stock trades:
1. Your stock can trade 24 hours a day, or just regular trading hours, or one auction a day, or one big liquidity event per quarter, or only on specific dates that you choose at your discretion. 2. The trading price of your stock could be publicly reported in real time, or with a delay, or not at all. 3. You can disclose news and audited GAAP financial statements publicly to everyone, or only to your current investors, or you can keep everything secret. 4. You can let anyone buy your stock, or only "accredited investors" (roughly people making over $200,000 a year), or only institutional investors, or only US investors, or only non-US investors. 5. Or you can blacklist particular investors, or categories of investors: no activist funds, maybe, or no high-frequency traders, or no environmental, social and governance funds, or nobody who owns shares in your competitors. 6. You can give yourself various rights to step into trades: You can have a right of first refusal over any sales of stock, or you get to approve each trade, or you can allow them only at particular prices, etc. 7. You can allow short selling, or not. 8. You can give your outside shareholders equal voting rights, or keep super-voting shares for your founder and insiders, or not give the public shareholders any votes at all.
Etc. In current US public markets, most of these choices are made for you (respectively: regular-ish hours, public prices, disclose financials to everyone, anyone can buy, no blacklists, no messing with trades, yes shorting [6] ), though voting rights are pretty customizable. But in private markets, the field is wide open: There are some restrictions on letting non-accredited investors buy your stock, and you'll probably feel better if you provide financial information to potential investors. But at this point accredited investors (and institutions) are a large chunk of the investor class, so it's not like that is cutting you off from a ton of money.
The nice thing about public markets is that everyone is there; they are a powerful coordination mechanism. Every US public stock trades on pretty much all the stock exchanges, the exchanges are all interlinked nicely, and in practice there just is "the public stock market" where all the investors and all the public companies go. So if your stock trades on the public market, everyone will be able to buy it. Whereas if I came to you pitching Matt's Private Market, where auctions happen once a week and you get to blacklist shareholders, you will naturally ask me questions like "what institutional investors trade on your market," while those investors will ask me questions like "what companies have listed on your market," and if the answer to both questions is "nobody yet" then it will stay that way. If there are too many options, then none of them will concentrate liquidity and create a deep two-sided market.
We are at a weird transition point in private stock markets. In the olden days, big companies usually had to go public, because public markets were where the money was. Public stock markets were far deeper than private ones, and so if you wanted to have a big company that could raise a lot of money, you needed to sell stock to public investors.
That no longer seems to be all that true: There's tons of money in private markets, from venture funds, private equity funds, SoftBank Group Corp., and public-market investors who are now also willing to invest in private companies. Strictly from a fundraising perspective, big tech companies can kind of stay private forever, and some do. [4]
On the other hand, when those companies originally issued stock — to early employees, to early venture capital investors — those investors were sort of operating under the old expectations. They figured their company would be private for a while, would work out its business, and would either (1) fail and go to zero (a risk of the startup life!) or (2) succeed and go public (or sell for cash to a big acquirer). The employees and investors got private stock that they couldn't sell, but there was an implicit expectation that they'd eventually be able to sell it, within, you know, five to 10 years.
Also even if you've been private for a decade and are raising money at a $50 billion valuation, the new investors will also expect some ability to exit, someday.
I suppose you could have three models for how this eventually goes:
1. This is all a small blip, big tech companies will all still go public, but the timeline will be a bit longer, and employees and venture capitalists will just have to be a bit more patient. (The employees might want to demand a bit more cash compensation and a bit less stock.) 2. Many companies will really stay private forever, or for a long time, but private secondary markets will develop where early employees and investors can sell their shares. Those secondary markets will be a bit different from the public markets — they'll be limited to accredited investors, maybe they'll ban short selling, the fees will be higher, etc. — but basically there'll be an expectation that the early employees and investors exit through private markets instead of public ones. 3. Many companies will stay private forever, and they won't allow secondary markets: They'll want to keep complete control over who owns their stock and how they buy and sell it. Of course early employees and investors will still need liquidity, but they'll get it only through the company: The company will raise money from new investors, and will use the money to do tender offers to buy shares from old investors and employees. [5] The company will control the market in its own stock, deciding how much to buy and how much to sell, and standing in between each trade.
Those models are not really exclusive; right now they all more or less coexist. But some companies push harder for the third model, running big tender offers but restricting secondary markets.
Wall Street banks used to be the chief providers of company loans, but post-crisis capital rules have made this harder, letting "nonbanks" like Blackstone muscle in. Defenders of the private markets say it's safer to fund lengthy loans by using long-term cash from insurers and pension schemes, rather than from institutions such as regional banks who rely on customer deposits, "which in today's technological world, can go 'poof,'" according to [Blackstone President Jon] Gray.
"The growth in private credit is super helpful to enhancing the resilience of the financial system," he adds.
Nevertheless, the market's untested in a crisis. Regulators fret about how investors could sell private loans in an emergency, and whether they're being valued correctly. The International Monetary Fund has warned of stability risks from "entities with particularly high exposure to private credit markets, such as insurers influenced by private equity firms." Stung by the loss of lucrative lending work, Wall Street bosses such as JPMorgan Chase & Co.'s Jamie Dimon want tougher oversight of what they've called their shadow bank rivals.
I always find this controversy puzzling. To me it just seems like Gray is straightforwardly right. This is what we discussed yesterday: The traditional method of using short-term bank deposits to fund long-term loans is structurally risky and leads to banking crises, while the method of using long-term locked-up insurance money to fund long-term loans is intuitively much safer. It is true that banks are subject to more oversight than private credit, but that's because banks are (1) centrally important to lots of the financial system and (2) structurally risky as a funding model. Banks are heavily regulated not because regulation is good, or because lending is dangerous, but because taking bank deposits is dangerous. If you just lend insurance money you really do need less regulation. Not none — you don't want to lose the insurance money! — but less.
My basic theory of private credit is that (1) it's kind of a new thing but (2) it will quickly be absorbed into the old things. It used to be that there were two main types of corporate debt. There were bonds , which were often fixed-rate and unsecured; they were issued by companies to investors (insurance companies, etc.), with big investment banks acting as intermediaries to find the buyers and place the debt. And there were bank loans , which were often floating-rate and secured; they were issued by companies to banks, which made the loans with their own money and held them on their balance sheets.
And then over time those markets converged a bit; in particular, "bank loans," these days, trade in liquid markets and are often owned by non-bank investors. A private equity firm doing a leveraged buyout might borrow from both the bank and bond markets; its investment bank will "underwrite" the bonds (find investors, for a fee) and "syndicate" the loans (find investors, for a fee). The terms are different, for historical reasons, but the processes are similar, and probably a single leveraged finance banker is in charge of both.
Now there is a third type of debt, private credit , which is also often secured and floating-rate. What distinguishes it from bank loans is that its investor base (big alternative asset managers) make the loans directly and hold them to maturity: There is no trading market and no bank underwriting. These distinctions have always struck me as a bit unstable, though. If you buy a private loan, what if you want to sell it? I wrote six months ago: "Sometime within the next, like, three years, I am going to be writing about a story like 'Company X is launching a marketplace to allow private credit lenders to trade loans.'"
The basic rule is that neither public nor private companies are allowed to lie to their investors to raise money. Securities fraud is securities fraud, whether you are public or private.
The more advanced rule is … look, things are a bit laxer for private companies. (Not legal advice!) A public company is, in some sense, always on the record: If a public-company chief executive officer says something on television or social media, the stock will move, and if it later turns out to be false then someone will sue. A private company does not have that risk, since its stock doesn't trade; its main risk of committing fraud is when it raises money directly from investors. If its CEO says something false on television, the company can clean that up later when it does a financing round, sending out an offering memo that says "by the way our CEO said some numbers on TV last month, but here are the real numbers."
There are other advantages. Private companies have fewer shareholders who are generally more loyal and less likely to sue, and their disclosures are less likely to fall into the hands of the US Securities and Exchange Commission.
Here's another one. If you are a public company in the US, you have to report your financial results under US generally accepted accounting principles. You are, in some circumstances, allowed to talk about alternative numbers that don't comply with GAAP, but the SEC dislikes it, and generally pushes companies to emphasize the GAAP numbers rather than the non-GAAP ones, and in any case to reconcile the two. You can't just go around saying "we are profitable, adjusting for certain costs," and leave it at that. You have to show your work, and you have to lead with the fact that you are unprofitable.
Meanwhile if you are a private company, you are not allowed to lie; you are not allowed to present financial information that is misleading. But are you always held strictly to GAAP? Do your investor presentations have to start with the bad news that you have negative net income, rather than the good news that you have positive "community-adjusted EBITDA" or whatever? Nah, you are a private company, nobody expects you to be GAAP profitable, your sophisticated investors know what information they need, and you can give them that. You have a bit more leeway to report results according to accounting principles that are acceptable to you, rather than ones that are generally accepted.
In practice this means that many private companies are "profitable," on some bespoke adjusted basis, long before they are profitable as a matter of GAAP net income. Here are Bloomberg's Kiel Porter, Loren Grush, and Edward Ludlow on SpaceX:
SpaceX's prized Starlink satellite business is still burning through more cash than it brings in.>
People familiar with the finances of one of the world's most valuable private companies say Starlink has — at times — lost hundreds of dollars on each of the millions of ground terminals it ships, casting doubt on claims by Chief Executive Officer Elon Musk and the company's top brass that the business is in "profitable territory.">
Starlink, which provides space-based internet service to more than 2.6 million customers, often strips out the hefty cost of sending its satellites into space to make the non-public numbers look better to investors, these people said, asking not to be identified discussing private information. They describe the company's accounting as "more of an art than a science" and say it's not actually profitable based on an operational and ongoing basis.
I am always on the lookout for private companies that report customized profitability metrics that make them look less profitable than GAAP would, but I never seem to find any.
A not uncommon situation is: You are an employee of a hot tech startup, you own stock in your startup, but you can't sell it. One reason that you might not be able to sell it is that the company isn't public yet, so the shares aren't listed on the stock exchange and there is no easy way to sell them. But that problem can be overcome: People want to buy the stocks of hot private startups, there are online marketplaces and brokers looking for shares, and probably with a bit of effort you could find a buyer.
The other reason that you might not be able to sell your stock is that the company doesn't let you. It is pretty common for hot private tech startups to limit the sale of their stock: The company might have transfer restrictions ("you can't sell your stock without our permission"), or a right of first refusal (ROFR, "you can't sell your stock unless you first offer to sell it back to us at the same price"), or both. Of course these transfer restrictions will go away when the company goes public, but you don't know when that will be, and it could be a long wait. [1] And so even if you find a buyer, you can't sell to her without going to the company for permission. And the company might well say no: Those restrictions exist so that the company can control its shareholder base, and it doesn't want just anyone to own its stock. It wants you to own the stock.
But you might prefer money: Perhaps your startup has been private for a long time, its valuation is high, you'd like a new house, and you'd like to cash out a bit now. Often, these days, mature private tech startups recognize this problem and periodically buy back stock from employees. But perhaps your company doesn't do that, or it doesn't do it at the size or price you want, or it's between buybacks and you want money now.
Meanwhile lots of people want your stock: It's a hot startup and there's plenty of demand. You'd think there'd be a trade. The trade is:
A buyer comes to you and says "I really want your stock and I'll give you $50 per share." You say "that sounds great, but there are transfer restrictions and I can't sell until we go public." The buyer says: "Sure, sure, but stock is just a promise of future cash flows anyway; it's not like I need the stock certificate today. I just want to pay today's price for the stock, because I think it will go up . Tell you what: I'll give you $50 today, and when the company does go public, then you give me the shares." [2] You say "sure," she gives you the $50, and you write a little contract saying "IOU: startup shares." Two years later (or whenever), the company goes public, [3] the transfer restrictions lift, you get your shares, and you deliver them to her. If the stock is at $400, you feel a twinge of regret: You're giving her stock worth $400 today, and all you got was $50 two years ago.
This is called a "forward contract." [4] There are some risks:
1. If your company has transfer restrictions, they probably cover forward contracts. They won't say "you can't sell your stock"; they will say something more complicated like "you can't sell, pledge, assign, agree to sell, enter a derivative contract to sell, etc., etc." your stock. The point of a forward contract is not that it is allowed by your company; the point is that you can sign the contract now, and deliver the stock later, without your company knowing about it. 2. But say that the company goes public at $400 per share, two years after you did the forward contract. You have all this stock worth $400 per share. The buyer comes to you and says "hey, remember me? We had a contract? I paid you $50 per share for your stock? I'd like the stock now." You feel a twinge of regret, but might you also feel a twinge of … amnesia? Litigiousness? "I don't remember any contract," you might tell the buyer. "I'm pretty sure it's invalid anyway," you might add, "because the company's transfer restrictions cover forward contracts. See you in court!" 3. Say that the company goes public at $400 per share. The company now has all this extra cash, and this valuable stock. The company gets wind of your forward contract. It calls you and/or the buyer and says "hey, it seems like you agreed to trade this stock at $50 two years ago. Well, we had a right of first refusal, and we are now exercising it, so you have to sell us the stock. Today, for $50." Your buyer — who paid $50 two years ago as a bet that the company would be far more valuable when it went public, and was right — now has to give the stock back and get back only her $50.
One more point about forward contracts. A forward contract is, in essence, a placeholder for stock, an empty box that will one day hold a share of stock of the underlying startup. The buyer paid money for it, because it is desirable. She can sell it, too. If she no longer likes the company, or if the company's valuation has gone up and she wants to take profits, there's probably some other investor who wants exposure to a hot startup and who will pay her $60 or whatever for that forward. Maybe that investor will turn around and sell it, too. In two years, when your company goes public, you might get a call from a total stranger saying "hey, you don't know me, but I bought a forward from someone who bought it from someone who bought it from someone who bought it from someone who bought it from you, so please send me the stock."
My stupid story of private credit is:
1. Once upon a time, there were insurance companies, which had long-dated liabilities (annuities, life insurance) and funded them by buying and holding corporate bonds. This was a boring business: You bought the bonds, you literally clipped literal paper coupons to collect interest, and eventually the bonds matured and you got your money back in time to pay your liabilities. 2. Then Bill Gross, a guy clipping coupons in the bond department at an insurance company, invented bond trading. It turned out that you could make more money by buying undervalued bonds and selling overvalued ones than you could by just buying and holding to maturity. 3. This became a big business that was entirely separate from insurance: People (prominently including Gross) set up big bond investment companies that actively managed bond portfolios on behalf of clients, insurers and endowments and mutual funds and others. 4. Over time, the bond market became more efficient: All this liquidity and competition probably lowered borrowing costs for companies. 5. At some point, people realized that, now, you can actually make more money by making loans and hold them to maturity: You collect an illiquidity premium for buying debt that doesn't trade, you structure loans to meet borrowers' needs so you can charge them a bit more than the bond market, and maybe you face a bit less competition. And so private credit grew up as an alternative to the bond market. 6. A problem with this business is that, if you have outside investors, they might ask for their money back at any time, and if you mostly own illiquid private loans that you can't sell, that's a problem. 7. What you want is a bunch of actuarially predictable, long-dated liabilities. Like an insurance company. 8. So you buy an insurance company. 9. The result is insurance companies with long-dated liabilities that are funded by buying and holding private debt. 10. Somehow this is not as boring a job as it was in Step 1? And it pays better.
This story is wrong in many details, and dumb, but it does seem sort of directionally accurate. The only business models are bundling and unbundling, and on a long enough time scale all business stories are about both.
Well, here's another model for a bank's trading business. Maybe the job of a trading business is to have a lot of clients, to know their positions well, and to match up their desires. You know that Alice has 100 shares of XYZ stock and wants to sell it, you know that Bob has some cash and is looking to buy 100 shares of XYZ stock, you match them up, make the trade happen and collect a commission.
In regular-way trading of US public stocks, this is an almost absurd way to think of the bank's role: Alice just sends an electronic sell order, Bob sends a buy order, they cross on some electronic trading venue and no human at the bank needs to have any interaction at all with Alice or Bob. Relatedly, the commissions that the bank can collect on that trade are pretty low; for most retail brokerage platforms they are zero. But banks do sometimes put together larger block trades of stock for their customers, where their market knowledge is more valuable and they can get paid more. And of course a lot of other products — many high-yield bonds, asset-backed securities, etc. — do tend to trade mostly through the memory and market knowledge of bank traders. If there are only 100 of some bond, and I want to buy them, I don't know who owns them, but maybe some big bank's trading desk does. And I have to pay that bank to find them for me.
Again, though, regular US listed stocks do not trade like that; they trade on anonymous electronic platforms, so banks don't really have much advantage in putting together trades by knowing their clients' positions and desires and matching them up.
Private stocks, on the other hand:
Morgan Stanley's wealth management arm is giving its clients a chance to buy and sell coveted shares of private companies before they are available to the wider public, as startups weighing initial public offerings increasingly remain private for longer.>
The bank's Private Markets Transaction Desk will assist Morgan Stanley Wealth Management clients seeking to invest in the highly-fragmented and opaque market for private shares, according to a statement Monday. Shares in more than 1,000 so-called unicorns — private companies valued at over $1 billion — aren't available to the general public, the statement showed.
Here is the statement, which adds:
Clients who use the desk can benefit from direct support for one-off sales of private company shares. Conversely, clients intent on investing in private companies can gain access to investments not widely accessible. This offering complements the existing private investment platforms for clients offered through Morgan Stanley Wealth Management.
Yes, right, if you are a Morgan Stanley wealth client and you own shares in a private company and want to sell them, Morgan Stanley would like to know about that. If you are a Morgan Stanley wealth client and you want some shares in a private company, Morgan Stanley would like to know about that too. If it has both sides of the trade, it will put them together, make its clients happy and make some money. Good service, good fee opportunity, and also a business where it is an advantage to have a large client base. Though: "In addition to existing client relationships, it has established relationships with leading secondary marketplaces which can help clients gain exposure to a broader market with a focus on transaction execution quality." Private markets are the new public markets, and this business will eventually be anonymized and electronified too.
I guess it is worth taking seriously the possibility that modern financial markets are too informative , that people prefer not to know what their investments are worth at all times, and that there is a good business in not telling them. Part of me has always wanted to offer that product in pure form, like, an investment account where (1) you give me $1,000, (2) I invest it in index funds, (3) I don't have a website or monthly account statements or anything and (4) at the end of the year, or when you turn 65 or whatever, I say "surprise! You have $1,216." And I charge a fee specifically for the service of not telling you your account's value until the end.
That product probably doesn't quite work, but lots of other financial products are bundles that include that service as a key component. (Surely part of the appeal of a defined-benefit pension is that you don't need to check the market value of your account all the time?) In particular, we have talked about how private equity and nontraded real estate investment trusts offer investors the service of not having daily prices: If you buy public stocks or REITs, some days they will go up and other days they will go down, and you will nervously check your account and maybe sell at the worst time. If you buy private equity or nontraded REITs, most days they will say "no fundamental changes, asset value is fine, all good," and you will sleep better and not be able to sell anyway.
If you are used to public markets, you might find this unsatisfying: If public stocks are down 20% this year, can it really be true that your private equity portfolio is up 2%? On the other hand, public markets probably do overreact to news; some amount of the volatility in public-market prices really is just noise, just mistaken, and if you can avoid that noise then maybe you really are offering your investors a better product.
Just from the name "private credit" you know that it's offering this bundle too. Bloomberg News reports:
The meteoric rise of private credit funds has been powered by a simple pitch to the insurers and pensions who manage people's money over decades: Invest in our loans and avoid the price gyrations of rival types of corporate finance. The loans will trade so rarely — in many cases, never — that their value will stay steady, letting backers enjoy bountiful and stress-free returns. This irresistible proposal has transformed a Wall Street backwater into a $1.7 trillion market.
Now, though, cracks in that edifice are starting to appear. … Suddenly, a prime virtue of private credit — letting these funds decide themselves what their loans are worth rather than exposing them to public markets — is looking like one of its greatest potential flaws.
Data compiled by Bloomberg and fixed-income specialist Solve, as well as conversations with dozens of market participants, highlight how some private-fund managers have barely budged on where they "mark" certain loans even as rivals who own the same debt have slashed its value. ...
"In private markets, because no one knows the true valuation there's a tendency to leak information into prices slowly," says Peter Hecht, managing director at US investment firm AQR Capital Management. "It dampens volatility, giving this false perception of low risk."
By the way, in addition to being pleasant for the investors, there is some argument that it is socially useful for lenders not to know what their loans are worth. We talked the other day about competition between private credit and bank lending, and part of the story there is that banks "were saddled with billions of dollars of losses on the deals they agreed to finance in 2022," which "limited [their] interest in extending new loans" for a while. The public syndicated loan market is a fairly mark-to-market world these days, which makes it vulnerable to market cycles: If you make some loans, and then the market price of loans goes down, you have a big mark-to-market loss on your loans, which means that no one is going to let you deploy capital into new loans — even though, because the price of loans has gone down, you should be able to get good deals on new loans. If you can just blithely ignore mark-to-market losses, then you can keep making loans through the cycle.
Or that Bloomberg story cites payment-in-kind loans, "where a company chooses to defer interest payments to its direct lender and promises to make up for it in its final loan settlement":
This option of kicking the can down the road is often used by lower-rated borrowers and while it doesn't necessarily signal distress, it does cause anxiety about what it might be obscuring. ...
And yet the value of loans even after these deals is strikingly generous. According to Solve, about three-quarters of PIK loans were valued at more than 95 cents on the dollar at the end of September. "This raises questions about how portfolio companies struggling with interest servicing are valued so high," says Eugene Grinberg, the fintech's cofounder.
True. But a lender who doesn't have to mark down its loans is more likely to let a borrower defer interest payments , which is nice for a borrower that runs into trouble. Lenders have more flexibility to work cooperatively with borrowers if they are not subject to market discipline. That is not obviously good — it can lead to zombie companies, misallocation of resources, etc. — but it has some advantages.
Just a very dumb simple model of private credit is:
1. People — asset managers, sovereign wealth funds, banks, rich individuals, whoever — have flocked into private credit because it can offer higher yields than traditional bonds and syndicated bank loans. 2. Why would you want to borrow from them? "Private credit has higher yields than bank loans" is a great pitch to lenders, who want to receive higher yields, but it is a bad pitch to borrowers, who want to pay lower yields.
There are answers. The one that I have probably heard the most is that private-credit lenders can be faster and more decisive: If you are a company looking for a loan, or a private equity firm looking for buyout financing, going to one or two direct lenders and saying "can you lend me the money" and having them reply "yes, here are the terms, sign here" is better than going to a bank and having them say "we'll need a one-month marketing process, here are the indicative terms but we reserve the right to flex based on market conditions." In private credit, borrowers deal directly with the people making the lending decision; in bonds and bank loans, they deal with intermediaries. In a choppy market, it is worth paying up a bit for certainty of execution.
There are a few other answers. If you don't deal with intermediaries (banks), you don't pay their fees; the economic model of private credit might be not just "private credit lenders charge more than syndicated loan and bond investors" but "private credit lenders charge more but you save on bank underwriting fees." Also you could imagine private credit firms being nicer to deal with if you run into trouble and need to restructure your debts: You have fewer lenders, you know who they are, they can't sell their loans, they probably all work on the same floor as private equity investors so they sympathize with your troubled private equity buyout, etc.
I used to say a lot around here that "private markets are the new public markets." Part of this was about fundraising: In the olden days, companies would raise money privately early in their lives, but if they wanted to graduate to the big leagues — to get big, to be respected by customers and suppliers, and to raise a lot of money — they'd need to go public. But in the last decade, it became easier to raise lots of money at huge valuations without going public: There were more investors (big venture capitalists, sovereign wealth funds, SoftBank Group Corp., even mutual funds) that had lots of money and were willing to invest it in private companies, and globalization and improved technology infrastructure made it easier for those companies to connect with those investors. And so you could have household-name private companies that could raise billions of dollars at $50 billion valuations without going public.
Part of it, though, was about secondary markets. Historically companies went public, not only to raise more capital, but to allow their early investors (and founders and employees) to sell stock. Private companies could raise money by selling stock to investors, but those investors couldn't really resell the stock to anyone else; there were no organized markets for trading private-company stock. But that has changed too. For one thing, there are, sort of, organized markets for trading private stock, though they have never really boomed as much as people hoped. (We talked a bit recently about one of them, CartaX, which was shut down ignominiously this month after misusing a startup's data to pitch an investor on a trade.) Still there is more secondary-market trading between venture capitalists than there used to be, there are dedicated secondaries funds, and big private tech companies have adopted the technology of "employee tenders," where new investors buy old shares from employees, letting them resell before the company goes public.
Still there are some differences. The biggest might be that, for the most part, private companies can prevent trading in their shares. They can make their investors (and employees) sign agreements promising not to sell shares without the company's permission (or without offering them to the company first, etc.). One reason for these agreements is that the companies just want to have some control over their stock trading, their shareholder base, etc. Your company might cheerfully let you sell as much stock as you want to whomever you want, but you have to ask them first; or they might let you sell a lot of stock but not to an annoying activist investor; or they might expect you to be a long-term committed investor and not let you sell too much too fast. [2]
Another reason, though, might be stock price management. Big private tech startups are, in part, in the business of giving their investors steadily growing valuations. Everyone involved in the startup — the founders, the employees, the venture capitalists — is betting on it making them rich. If the valuation steadily goes up, then that bet looks good. If the valuation goes down, then nobody wants the bet anymore; employees with worthless options are disgruntled and leave, and venture capitalists see things going in the wrong direction and won't invest more.
If you're a public company, your stock price goes up and down based on what people are willing to pay for it on the stock exchange; there's only so much you can do about it. If you're a private company, (1) your stock price goes up each time you do a fundraising round at a higher valuation, (2) your stock price does not go down if you do a fundraising round at a lower valuation, because you try very hard not to do that, and you use "structure" if you must to avoid a lower price, and (3) your stock doesn't have to trade in the secondary market at all. If people want to buy your stock at a higher price than your last fundraising round, sure, why not, you can let them; that's a good print for your valuation. If people want to buy your stock at a lower price than your last fundraising round (and others want to sell at that price), you can stop them. You don't ever need to have a bad print. [3] You can just decide that the stock can only trade at a higher price than the previous price; if no one wants to trade at a higher price, no one can trade.
And so as startup valuations were going up, private markets looked like the new public markets: People wanted to trade at higher prices, and companies let them. When valuations go down, though, things change.
That is too oversimplified, but it is also kind of true. Bloomberg's Hema Parmar reports:
lately, companies have gotten increasingly creative at trying to avoid being considered less valuable, particularly when investors seek to unload their stakes, either out of disenchantment or because they need the cash for something else.
This has sparked a sort of tug of war between investors and founders over the information needed to decide how much a company is worth. At least one venture capital outfit says it has stopped buying startup stakes on the secondary market because lack of access to financials makes it too hard for auditors to determine the fair value of the firm's portfolio.
A somewhat devious approach is to withhold information so no one feels comfortable trading:
One way to do so is by keeping some stakeholders in the dark about what's really happening at the company, since management typically isn't required to provide full information to anyone other than key backers contractually entitled to access. Until recently, though, even investors without those rights could often get such updates, says Javier Avalos, chief executive officer of data provider Caplight. "But in this tougher fundraising environment, far fewer are receiving them unless they have the explicit right," Avalos says.
Months before chat platform Discord laid off 17% of its staff in early January, the company went silent and refused to fulfill some investor requests for basic data such as revenue, expenses or cash-flow projections, according to people with knowledge of the matter, who asked not to be named discussing private information. Discord declined to comment.
Indigo Ag Inc., which helps farmers adopt more sustainable technologies, last January stopped issuing updates to investors, and the CEO and other staff ignored calls, according to people with knowledge of the matter. In July the company raised funds at a valuation of $200 million, about 95% below the $3.8 billion valuation it had in 2022.
But the simpler approach is just to (1) contractually require the company's permission to do trades and (2) refuse to give permission:
Grocery delivery startup Instacart, for instance, for years refused to allow most shareholders to sell. They were able to cash out only in the company's IPO last September, which yielded a market cap of $10 billion, a fraction of the $39 billion valuation the company had in a 2021 funding round. Instacart didn't respond to requests for comment.
Finance app Revolut was valued at $33 billion in its most recent funding round, in 2021. But last year, when secondary market bidders were pricing it at about $13 billion, it didn't approve transfer requests, according to people familiar with the company. Revolut says it allows secondary sales only immediately after funding rounds.
Important shareholders who try to sell their stake at a discount may get a call from the CEO discouraging the move because it would suggest a lower valuation to the market, brokers say. But at many startups, it's increasingly common for the CEO—and everyone else—to simply ignore requests for approval.
It is striking that there are startups with (1) valuations in the tens of billions of dollars, (2) employees who have owned stock for a while and would like to be cashed out, and (3) investors clamoring to buy that stock from them.
"Private markets are the new public markets," I like to say around here: In modern markets, you can be a huge household-name company and raise billions of dollars from a wide range of investors without ever going public. The main weakness of that claim involves secondary liquidity: Public companies' shareholders can easily sell stock, which means in particular that employees can turn their stock-based compensation into cash; private companies' shareholders can't just sell whenever they want to. But they want to. Employees do not have an infinite time horizon: They'd like to eventually be able to use their stock to buy a house. Venture capital funds also do not have an infinite time horizon: They usually have to return money to their own investors within 10 years or so. And so traditionally private startups that get big and old enough eventually have to go public.
But we talked the other day about venture capital continuation funds, which basically allow VC firms to sell their investments to themselves in a way that restarts the clock (and allows them to recognize their gains).
And now the employee tender has become somewhat standard. Bloomberg News reports:
Elon Musk's SpaceX has initiated discussions about selling insider shares at a price that values the closely held company at $175 billion or more, according to people familiar with the matter.
The most valuable US startup is discussing a tender offer that could range from $500 million to $750 million, said some of the people, who asked not to be identified because the information is confidential.
SpaceX is weighing offering shares at about $95 apiece, the people said.
Terms and the size of the tender offer could change depending on interest from both insider sellers and buyers.
A $175 billion valuation is a premium to the $150 billion valuation the company obtained through a tender offer this summer. The increase would make SpaceX one of the world's 75 biggest companies by market capitalization, on par with T-Mobile USA Inc. ($179 billion), Nike Inc. ($177 billion) and China Mobile ($176 billion), according to data compiled by Bloomberg.
Nike's stock trades about $800 million per day, while SpaceX apparently does roughly three $750 million tender offers a year. [2] So, less liquid than public markets. But still billions of dollars a year of liquidity for employees and early investors to cash out. I assume SpaceX will eventually go public, and it is "discussing an initial public offering for [its satellite internet business] Starlink as soon as late 2024", though Elon Musk seems to genuinely dislike public markets. But you could imagine a world in which people work their whole careers at SpaceX or OpenAI, they accumulate lots of stock-based compensation, they cash out periodically by selling to secondary investors, they retire and cash out what's left, and this all goes on indefinitely without the companies ever going public. The financial technology is there to do that.
Like you could imagine a market where private investors — venture capitalists, growth funds, etc. — will pay 5x revenue for a certain sort of tech company, and public investors will pay 3x revenue, and so that sort of company says "I'd rather stay private because I am worth more that way." But there are pressures on the company to eventually go public. It has employees who get paid in stock options and need to be able to cash out. (Though you can do an employee tender to take care of that.) And its venture capital investors are funds with finite lives; eventually they need to return cash to their own investors, which means they need to sell shares — generally in an initial public offering or a strategic acquisition — to get that cash. And so private markets can't have a higher valuation than public markets forever ; eventually there needs to be some convergence.
Traditionally public market valuations are supposed to be higher: Public markets are more liquid, so it's less risky to hold public shares, so they are worth more; traditionally venture capitalists take the risk of illiquid early investments and then make money when they sell to the public markets at a higher price. But we have talked around here about the possibility that private-market valuations might be higher, and the possible reasons for that. Still, in theory, the need to go public would be a constraint on that.
Unless it isn't. The Financial Times reports:
Silicon Valley venture capital firms are rushing to create private equity style structures in a race to protect their portfolios and return money to investors.
VC funds that invest in tech start-ups typically run for 10 years with an option to extend for two years — at which point their backers expect a return on investment, without which they can force a sale of portfolio companies or shut them down.
Providing those returns has become problematic, as a funding boom in fledgling tech companies during the pandemic has been followed by an uncertain economic environment that has led to start-ups staying private for far longer.
In response, dozens of tech investors — including $25bn venture firm New Enterprise Associates and New York-based Insight Partners — have set up or are establishing "continuation fund" vehicles, according to people advising on the plans.
Continuation funds, which are common in private equity but rare in venture capital, are a secondary investment vehicle that allows them to "reset the clock" for several years on some assets in old funds by selling them to a new vehicle that they also control. This helps a VC fund's backers, known as "limited partners", to roll over their investment or exit.
"It's a good time for this kind of structure," said Hans Swildens, founder of VC firm Industry Ventures. "During the next year, if the IPO market doesn't function and M&A is light, the only way for VC firms to [distribute funds back to investors] is . . . secondaries."
In principle there's no reason that private investors couldn't just hold on to their favorite tech companies forever. The typical 10-year fund life is an obstacle, but not an insurmountable one.
There used to be two main ways for companies to borrow money: bonds and bank loans. Bonds were sold publicly to big investors (insurance companies, mutual funds, etc.) and traded in a reasonably active secondary market. Bank loans were made by banks that had deep longstanding relationships with their borrowers, and were then held by those banks to maturity. There were other differences (in seniority, collateral, term, rates, etc.), which were driven in part by the different investor bases and relationships.
For instance, bank loans to risky companies often had maintenance covenants, requiring the company to have at least some minimum amount of earnings every quarter. [11] If the company's income cratered, it would be in default on its loan. And then it would call up its relationship bank and say "hey we have a problem," and the bank and the company would work out some mutually beneficial solution. The covenants gave the bank leverage over the company if things went wrong; the long-term relationship between the bank and the company made this reasonable. Bonds generally did not have maintenance covenants, in part because bondholders were traditionally dispersed public investors who couldn't monitor the company as well as the banks, or negotiate efficiently if it ran into trouble.
This is all very quaint and old-timey, and for many years now "bank loans" to non-investment-grade companies have been widely syndicated to non-banks, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligations and other institutional investors. The markets have, to a quite large extent, converged: Bonds and loans are now sold to overlapping groups of institutional investors, they both trade in similar secondary markets, etc. There are still some real differences (loans are still more often floating-rate and secured), and some weird vestigial differences (loans are still not considered "securities" under US securities law), but bonds and loans are much more interchangeable than they used to be.
Also leveraged bank loans are now commonly "covenant-lite," meaning that they no longer have maintenance covenants. For the same reason that bonds have not traditionally had maintenance covenants: Loan investors are now dispersed institutions without much relationship with the issuer, [12] so issuers do not want to have to renegotiate their loans with those investors if their business gets worse.
Now there is a third way for companies to borrow money, "private credit," in which one or more big lenders (specialized asset managers, private-equity managers, insurance companies, business development companies) negotiates directly with the company in a way that cuts out banks. We have talked about this before. Private credit deals are different from bank loan and bond deals, for reasons that have to do with the different participants and relationships in that market; they are designed to serve different needs from traditional bank loans or bond deals.
For instance, private credit has done a good job recently of lending to leveraged buyouts. Traditionally the way to get LBO financing was to go to a bank to get a commitment letter; the bank would promise to raise $X billion of financing by selling bonds and loans, but would retain some flexibility on the exact terms and costs of that financing. Private credit investors can promise to do the whole $X billion of financing themselves, at fixed terms, giving the LBO sponsor more certainty. In choppy markets, people like that.
Still my vague sense is that we are at the beginning of another long convergence, and that sometime within the next, like, three years, I am going to be writing about a story like "Company X is launching a marketplace to allow private credit lenders to trade loans." [13] Why not? Credit investors will want to invest in good credits regardless of their formal classification, and everybody wants to be able to sell when they want to. I just assume that eventually "private credit" will feel like a misnomer, the way "bank loan" does today.
One theory is that public markets are deeper and more liquid than private markets. If your stock is publicly listed, then anyone can buy it: mutual funds, hedge funds, individual retail investors, everyone. Also they can trade it: If they change their mind about owning the stock, they can sell it to someone else. This liquidity should make them willing to pay more for the stock. And the fact that you can sell it to anyone means that you can probably get a higher price. There are more possible bidders, more competition for the shares, so they should get a higher price. This is the traditional theory. Companies would tend to start small and then, when they got big, they'd usually go public, because they figured that their shares would be worth more in the public markets.
Another theory is that, at this point, "private" investors — the ones who can and do buy shares in private companies, the big institutional investors and family offices and so forth — are so big and important that you don't lose much by being private instead of public; a few retail investors are not really going to increase the demand for your stock. And, meanwhile, the private investors will pay more for private stock than for public stock. Why? I find this a bit mysterious. A few possible answers:
1. This is a mistake? Private investors are somehow more hype-prone than cynical public investors, or they are so used to thinking of private companies as "small startups that offer a 100x return" that they forget that this model does not describe late-stage private investments in multibillion-dollar companies. And the mistake persists due to market structure and the lack of short selling: A public company's stock price balances the views of buyers and sellers, including short sellers who doubt its value; a private company's stock only trades when the company wants it to. 2. Private investors are actually willing to pay for illiquidity: Being able to sell your stock at all times is not, as conventional theory has it, good. It is bad. If you can sell, you will do so sub-optimally and will lose money. Private markets discipline you, forcing you to hold for the long term, and so increase your returns. (Cliff Asness has argued a version of this theory.) 3. The public markets reduce the actual value of companies, due to compliance costs, or the impact of activists and short sellers, or a short-term focus on quarterly results, or whatever. This is a popular theory among CEOs. On this theory, investors should pay more for private-company stock than for public-company stock, because the private companies will systematically outperform.
One very simple, very dumb model of private investments — private equity, real estate, private credit, whatever — is that they are like public investments except that their price is updated less often. This has two attractive features:
Private investments have lower volatility: The stock market goes up some days and down other days; private investments are marked to market every quarter or whatever, which just smooths out a lot of variance. If you want lower volatility, just being told the price less often is … I mean … kind of that. We have discussed this feature before, and it is plausible that some investors pay extra for private-market investments precisely to avoid seeing prices change too often. Private investments are lagged. When the stock market drops, your private equity investments don't. The stock market is a leading indicator: Stocks go down because the market expects cash flows to be lower in the future. Private valuations are more lagging: Private investments tend to be marked down when cash flows are actually lower. If the stock market is wrong and cash flows turn out to be fine, stocks will go back up and private investments will never lose value. (This is Point 1, about volatility.) If the stock market is right and cash flows go down, stocks will stay down and private investments will lose value, but later. This is good. It is a hedge. Your stocks go down one year and you are sad, but the losses are offset by your private investments whose valuations are still fine. Next year, your private investments finally go down and you are sad, but the losses are offset by the stock market, which, always forward-looking, is up again. Your overall portfolio has less volatility, because it consists of uncorrelated assets: forward-looking public stocks and backward-looking private investments.
I stress that this is a stupid model, but here's this:
Alternative assets such as private equity paid off year after year for public pension funds over the past decade. That winning streak has ended.>
For the first time since the 2008-09 financial crisis, benchmark private-equity returns turned negative for the year ending March 31, the period most pension funds report in their annual statements, according to a Burgiss Group index that excludes venture capital.>
The California Public Employees' Retirement System, the nation's largest pension fund, said last week that both private equity and so-called real assets such as real estate lost money during its latest fiscal year. The declines come as companies are under pressure from rising rates and losses on office properties are dragging down real-estate returns. …>
Public retirement systems, which manage more than $5 trillion in retirement savings for teachers, firefighters and other public workers, expect to report overall gains for their portfolios, driven mostly by stocks. That is after pension funds lost 7.9% during the previous fiscal year as stock and bond markets tanked.>
Calpers last week reported a preliminary return of 5.8% for the fiscal year ending June 30. The Virginia Retirement System estimated its return at approximately 5%, though the exact figure won't be available until late August. The Tampa Firefighters & Police Officers Pension Fund—which invests only in stocks and bonds and avoids alternative assets such as private equity—reported a 15.8% return for the same period.
Sure it's bad that the private valuations are down now, but they are offset by the stocks being up. And last year they were up, which partially offset the stocks being down. It all works out great, even if private equity does not actually outperform stocks.
Last year my friend Mary Childs published a book about Bill Gross called The Bond King: How One Man Made a Market, Built an Empire, and Lost It All. The market that Gross built was the investment-grade bond market. In the olden days, when Gross started out, the way bonds worked was that companies sold bonds, and insurance companies bought them and held them to maturity. Childs:
Bill Gross, and Pimco, started small. After struggling to find a job out of business school, Gross landed at the staid old insurance company Pacific Mutual as a securities analyst and loan officer in its fixed income department. The business of life insurance necessitates knowing generally how many customers will die each year, how much an insurer will need to pay out, and when-ish. Usually it's not for a while. So Pacific Mutual could take its customers' life insurance premia and invest the money in bonds that throw off interest payments until they mature (and return the money) approximately when the insurer expects to need it back. It could pretty safely buy a thirty-year bond, and earn the interest, with money from customers who most likely wouldn't die for another thirty years. …
It was not stimulating work. Gross found himself with uninteresting jobs like clipping bond coupons in Pacific Mutual's vault, snipping the little tags off the bottom of corporate certificates and mailing them in for interest payments. That was all a person would do with bonds at the time. For the first few years, Gross couldn't wait to get transferred into the stocks division. But then, at the start of the 1970s, he convinced his boss to let him try a radical concept: trading bonds.
Gross, and a few other innovators in the 1970s, realized that he could improve his returns by actively managing his bond portfolio: He could sell bonds he thought were overpriced, buy bonds he thought were underpriced, and make higher returns with lower risk than he could by just buying bonds at issue and holding them to maturity. This was such a good idea that he ended up managing money for other investors, not just for his own insurance-company employer. And then other things happened in his career.
One general thing you might think about this story is that this idea, like so many ideas, gets less good over time. If you are the bond guy at an insurance company, and all the other insurance companies just buy bonds and hold them to maturity, but you trade bonds actively to try to maximize returns, you will probably outperform your competitors. (If you can find anyone to trade with you!) They are not paying attention or trying to make profit-maximizing decisions, but you are; the fruit is low-hanging. But once you prove out the concept, everyone will actively trade bonds, and not everyone can be above average at trading bonds. By the time Gross retired in 2019, lots of bond portfolios were actively managed, there was big money and lots of competition in the bond-management business, and Gross's own recent performance wasn't great.
If you were a hotshot innovator in the credit department of an insurance company in the 2020s, it might occur to you to do the opposite of Gross. You might think thoughts like these:
1. Look, I do sit on a pot of insurance money; I really can hold bonds to maturity. I don't need instantaneous liquidity on my bond investments. Given the choice between a liquid tradeable bond paying 6%, and an illiquid non-tradeable bond that I can't sell for 10 years but that pays 6.5%, maybe I should take the higher interest rate and just wait. 2. There is, in general, in financial markets, an illiquidity premium: Bonds that can't be traded tend to pay higher interest rates than equally good bonds that can be traded. So I probably can get an extra 0.5% for buying hard-to-trade bonds. 3. When companies issue widely tradeable bonds, there is a lot of process. They have to hire investment banks to find enough investors to buy the bonds; those banks charge fees for their efforts. If I just went to companies I liked and asked to lend them money directly, without involving a bank, we could cut out some middlemen and some fees; I would capture more of the value because the banks would get less. 4. If I pick my own borrowers and structure my own deals, I can probably get higher returns and higher credit quality than if I just buy whatever the big banks are bringing to market each week, and that might be better for my performance than trying to actively trade bonds in a competitive market.
Simplistically, when no one has discovered the idea of trading bonds, you can get better returns by trading bonds. When everyone trades bonds, you can get better returns by not trading bonds.
(As a technical point, if you were a hotshot innovator in the credit department of an insurance company in the 2020s, you probably wouldn't work at an insurance company; you'd probably work at an alternative asset manager that happens to own, or run money for, an insurance company.)
At the Financial Times, Eric Platt reports on the rise of investment-grade private credit:
Alternative asset managers such as Apollo, KKR and Blackstone are increasingly financing blue-chip companies, as businesses look for new sources of capital to help counteract the effects of higher interest rates and a slowing economy.
The deals — including two announced this month with AT&T and PayPal — underscore the growing reach of the private credit industry as it helps companies bypass traditional banks and bond markets to raise money. ...
Executives said the shift was a natural outgrowth of private credit's fundraising spree, giving managers cash to lend. As well, most major private equity groups have bought or invested in an insurance company in the past five years, drawing in hundreds of billions of premiums to invest.
Supercharging the push has been Apollo, whose insurer Athene has amassed nearly $260bn in capital — roughly half of Apollo's assets. ...
Apollo is not alone. KKR in 2021 bought a majority stake in insurer Global Atlantic, adding $90bn to the group's assets at the time. Carlyle purchased just under a fifth of reinsurer Fortitude Re from AIG in 2018 before striking a new deal last year that reduced its stake but boosted Carlyle's assets by about $50bn. Blackstone, meanwhile, invests on behalf of insurers such as Corebridge through its insurance solutions division.
The insurance units are required by state regulators to invest the vast majority of their holdings in investment-grade rated debt, to safeguard policyholders.
But unlike traditional insurers, alternative investment managers have been more comfortable using financial wizardry to design private transactions that can provide a few extra percentage points of return compared with traditional investment-grade corporate bonds, which yield about 5.5 per cent.
The big discovery in investment-grade credit in the 1970s was "bonds are liquid and fungible; let's trade them to make more money." The big discovery in investment-grade credit in the 2020s is "trading is overrated; we can make more money by doing our own structuring and getting paid for illiquidity."
We talk sometimes about the basic phenomenon that (1) public-market prices move around a lot and (2) private-market prices don't. If you run a private real estate firm or a portfolio of private tech company stocks, and the price of publicly traded real estate companies or tech stocks falls by 50%, you might say "huh, shame about all those public companies having problems, but our portfolio is actually up 1% this year."
One interpretation of this is that the fundamental value of your sector really did fall by 50%, and the public market price reflects the best possible consensus of that fact, and you are just able to ignore that because there is no publicly traded mark for your portfolio. Another, opposite interpretation is that the fundamental value hasn't changed, but the public market panicked for reasons of its own, and you — with your patient approach and absence of a trading price — can just consider fundamental value and ignore meaningless volatility.
In the latter case, private investors should want to buy public assets (and make them private) when the public market collapses, and sell private assets (to make them public) when the public market rallies.
We talked yesterday about an enduring appeal of private investing — venture capital, private equity, non-traded real estate, etc. — which is that, when the stock market goes down, your private investments don't have to. If you own public stocks, those stocks trade every day, and if their prices go down then your portfolio is worth less. If you own private investments, they don't trade every day, so you have a lot of flexibility in how you mark them to market. You can look at discounted cash flow analyses and public comparables and appraisals and recent fundraising rounds and come to some estimate of the value, but that estimate might be less volatile than a public stock price. And so if you are a hedge fund that owns a bunch of public tech stocks and a bunch of private tech stocks, and the public stocks go down by 20%, you can say things like "our large private holdings to some extent insulated us from the downturn in public markets," and skeptical journalists and investors can say things like "well, did they really?"
Obviously there are limits to this, and if there is a sustained downturn in public markets because economic conditions have gotten worse and tech companies have a harder time raising money, you eventually have to mark down the private stakes too. But you still have some room to argue about how much they are worth, and some incentives to make that number high. Here is a Bloomberg News story about how hedge funds and mutual funds have been marking their private tech stakes differently:
The pain — and then the questions — kept coming last year as prominent hedge funds took turns marking down the value of their stakes in private companies. Every time they wrote down holdings by millions, or even billions, of dollars, investors questioned whether they had gone far enough. ...
Five mega-hedge fund firms — Tiger Global Management, D1 Capital Partners, Lone Pine Capital, Viking Global Investors and Coatue Management — all ramped up their bets on startups in the past few years, wagering that soaring valuations and a hot market for initial public offerings would reap massive rewards. ...
Dozens of the companies they bought into are also owned by mutual funds run by the likes of Fidelity and T. Rowe Price that are required to disclose valuations regularly. Mutual funds have been marking down some holdings even more severely than the drop in public markets.
Mining data from thousands of mutual funds over the past year, Bloomberg tracked down their valuations for 46 private companies that also count the five hedge fund firms as investors. Of those, about 70% of the private companies had been marked down by mutual funds through September last year, with an average decline of 35%. Some holdings were slashed by as much as 85%. …
In some cases, the data show hedge fund marks haven't caught up.
Obviously you can raise your eyebrows at the hedge funds here, but there are some arguments that the hedge funds have it right:
Compared with mutual funds, hedge funds tend to be more sophisticated investors with greater influence at the startups they buy into. They may negotiate special terms for their stakes, such as representation on boards or preferential treatment in future funding rounds or an anti-dilution clause. Money managers who purchase large stakes or buy directly, instead of in the secondary market, may also get more frequent updates on the venture's performance. All of that can impact valuations.
Also:
Mutual funds offer an interesting comparison because they typically give clients more liquidity — the ability to buy and sell anytime markets are open. That incentivizes mutual funds to update asset values quickly, taking potentially more aggressive markdowns, so that clients who withdraw aren't overpaid. In contrast, hedge fund clients can typically pull cash quarterly, and venture and private equity ones may be locked in for years.
If you run a mutual fund, a high mark is good for investors who take money out, while a low mark is good for investors who keep money in. [4] In conditions of uncertainty, you might be tempted to use a low mark to reward your loyal investors. If you run a hedge fund, the main temptation is to report better performance.
Also yesterday, in writing about these incentives, I said that venture capitalists do not like down rounds because "they have to tell their own investors that they lost money for them; their assets under management have gone down and they can't charge as much in fees." That was a sloppy thing to say; in fact private investment funds normally charge management fees based on committed capital or investments at cost, and performance fees based on realized returns, so fees on existing assets don't directly motivate how they mark their assets. But the main point is that reporting good performance to their investors is a motivator, and marking down investments hurts with that. And marking up helps. A 2021 paper by Peter Pham, Nick Turner and Jason Zein finds "that venture capitalists (VCs) strategically enhance their current funds' interim performance around new fundraising events": They "tend to invest in follow-on financing rounds of their existing portfolio firms at abnormally high step-ups in valuation" when they are in the process of raising a new fund, because good interim performance impresses investors and bad performance does not.
One widely accepted theory in financial markets is that liquid things are worth more than illiquid things. If you know that you can sell an asset quickly for roughly its fair price, you will be happier about buying it, so you will pay more for it. Classically, private companies are supposed to become more valuable when they go public: You can trade public stock on the stock exchange relatively easily, which should make it more valuable than illiquid private-company stock.
There is a countervailing theory, one that I associate with Cliff Asness, that holds that illiquid things are worth more than liquid things. The theory here is that investors do not like volatility; they prefer steady returns to wild price swings. Stocks that trade frequently in liquid public markets look volatile: Sometimes they go up, but sometimes they go down. Private-company stocks don't look volatile, because they don't trade much, and when they do it is often in carefully orchestrated ways that give the impression of steadily increasing prices. (Most people who buy private-company stocks buy them from the company in organized funding rounds, and if the market is bad the company just won't raise money.) An investor who wants returns with low volatility will prefer (and overpay for) illiquid assets: When times are good, the prices of those assets will go up and you will have a gain; when times are bad, they won't trade and you won't have to recognize a loss.
And so when the market for tech stocks goes down, the market for private tech companies … also goes down, in some economic sense (it is harder for those companies to raise money), but arguably doesn't go down, in some accounting sense. Here's a Bloomberg News story about D1 Capital Partners, a hedge fund that does lots of public and private investing:
D1 has told investors who selected a 50-50 mix of public and private assets that the strategy lost 23% through May. The firm attributed most of the damage to public investments, which fell 44%. It marked down private assets only 8% -- including 0.05% last month. There's a reason it wasn't more dramatic: D1 assesses the value of its private stakes quarterly, with only some exceptions in the interim. The next round is due at the end of this month.
While D1 will likely mark down some of the companies in its portfolio, its biggest investment, SpaceX, is expected to be marked up by about 25% after a recent funding round, according to a person with knowledge of the firm's thinking.
When valuations turn sharply downward, private markets can take six to nine months to settle on new prices, said Ken Smythe, founder of Next Round Capital, which helps institutional investors trade such assets. One reason is that sales tend to stall after a plunge, with investors reluctant to lock in losses.
"The secondary market is in a quandary because people can't figure out what stuff is worth right now," Smythe said. "Buyers are demanding lower prices, making liquidity difficult for many of these names." Sellers, meanwhile, "don't want to accept the reality of how much less they're worth now."
If you own public stocks, you don't get any choice about accepting that they're worth less: You can look at the price on your screen, and if it's down it's down. If you own private stocks, you can wait a bit. Maybe they'll go back up!
The traditional trade-off in U.S. capital markets is:
1. If you are a public company, you are very regulated and have to do lots of public disclosure, but you are free to raise lots of money by selling stock to anyone you want. 2. If you are a private company, you are not particularly regulated and don't have to do much disclosure, but you can only sell stock to a restricted pool of rich people and institutional investors, which limits your ability to raise money.
It is in most respects more pleasant to be private, but there is more money in public markets. So traditionally companies stayed private until they needed to raise a lot of money to grow larger, and then they went public. Or they would stay private until their private shareholders — mainly venture-capital investors, founders and employees — wanted to sell their shares, which again is much easier to do in public markets. Sometimes companies would go public for other reasons (vanity, added credibility with customers and employees, etc.), and sometimes companies would have enough internally generated cash or private financing to stay private even while growing huge, but for the most part the traditional deal was that being private avoided disclosure rules but being public was where the money was.
That has changed in recent years, as we have often discussed: There is a ton of money in private markets, so there is less need for companies to go public to raise money or offer liquidity to their early investors. And because being public is still generally less pleasant and more regulated than being private, companies have a tendency to stay private longer, and there are more very large private companies. ("There Are Now 1,000 Unicorn Startups Worth $1 Billion or More," Bloomberg's Ellen Huet reported this week.)
There is an entirely parallel story to be told about investment funds. If you are an investment manager, you can run a public mutual fund (or exchange-traded fund), which lets you raise money from anybody but subjects you to lots of regulation about investment choices, leverage, disclosure, conflicts of interest, etc. Or you can run a private fund — a hedge fund, private equity fund, venture capital fund, etc. — which limits you to raising money from rich people or institutional investors but frees you to negotiate whatever terms you want with them. You want to raise a fund that will invest in whatever you want, charge whatever fees you want and never tell investors anything? If you can convince, like, the head of the Yale endowment to give you money for that, go right ahead.
Of course even here there are limits, but they are mostly not limits imposed by specific SEC rules. The main limits are:
1. If you lie to your investors that's securities fraud and the SEC can come after you. 2. If you are an investment manager you probably have state-law fiduciary duties to your clients, so if you swindle them you will get in trouble.
So mutual funds can be much larger than hedge funds and private equity funds, but their relationships with their clients are much more regulated. And you can opt in to public-fund-type disclosure and conflicts regulation if you want public money, or you can opt out and take only sophisticated private money.
Some companies are public, meaning that they publish a lot of detailed financial and business information for everyone to read, and in exchange they are allowed to raise unlimited money from regular retail investors and mutual funds and so forth. Other companies are private, meaning they don't have to publish much information, but are legally limited to raising money mostly from "accredited investors," basically rich people and institutions.
Companies start out being private. Historically one reason that companies switched from being private to being public is that they wanted to: Being public is annoying, what with all of the detailed financial reports and shareholder lawsuits, but there's more money in public markets than in private ones, so if you wanted to raise a lot of money you'd go public. Another reason that companies switched from being private to being public, though, is that they had to: U.S. securities laws had a rule saying that a company with more than 500 shareholders has to register its securities publicly, file reports, etc. The theory was basically, you know, if you have 500 shareholders, you are not a closely held family company or anything; you are pretty public, so you might as well send audited financial statements etc. to all those shareholders. And so if you were a private company and you got big enough and lasted long enough, your stock would sort of leak out to more and more people: You'd hire more employees and give them stock, your early investors would sell down their stock as its value went up, etc., until you ended up with more than 500 holders and had to be public. (This is, for instance, a popular explanation for why Facebook Inc. went public when it did.)
This is all old-timey stuff. In recent years, as I have often said around here, "private markets are the new public markets": Big private companies can raise tons of capital quickly from private investors (venture capital funds, rich individuals), or from historically public-market investors (mutual funds, hedge funds) who now buy private shares, so there is less need to go public to get money. On the other hand, the 500-holder rule has also gone away. In the JOBS Act, Congress raised the threshold to 2,000 holders and excluded employee-compensation shares from the count. So now it is pretty improbable that a company would be forced to go public because it has gotten too big.
But … look. Non-fungible tokens are hot right now. The way a non-fungible token works is:
1. I create a work of art, or destroy a work of art, or make a joke, or do something else. 2. I sell you a digital proof, enshrined permanently in an open blockchain, that you have paid me for that work of art or whatever I did. 3. That is the entire transaction: You get "ownership" of whatever I sold you in the form of that digital proof on the blockchain, but (in the general case) no legal rights to the thing.
Are there NFTs of the Brooklyn Bridge? You'd better believe it. What do you get when you buy an NFT of the Brooklyn Bridge? You get proof, on a blockchain, that you bought the NFT of the Brooklyn Bridge. What is that worth to you? Very little really, because if you buy a Brooklyn Bridge NFT it is uncomfortably clear that you are being made fun of. With other NFTs it's a bit less clear!
What I propose is UnicornCoin:
1. There's some hot giant tech startup, Unicorn Inc., that gets a lot of buzz and raises money at a $40 billion valuation. 2. I mint 40 billion UnicornCoins. 3. "As Unicorn Inc. goes up in value, each UnicornCoin will also gain value, I guess, whatever," I say. 4. You buy UnicornCoins. 5. Unicorn Inc. announces new cool things. 6. People notice that and UnicornCoin goes up. 7. The system works. 8. Unicorn Inc. goes public at an $80 billion valuation. 9. Has the price of UnicornCoin doubled? Man, I have no idea, none of this is anything, but does it feel like something?
I confess that I am inspired by NFTs, and I guess by Tether, but also by the SHIB cryptocurrency, which, through the awesome power of pure nonsense, seems to track something like "how much attention are people online paying to Elon Musk getting a Shiba Inu?" When Musk tweets about getting a Shiba Inu dog, SHIB goes up. Is it worth more? Is there a robust arbitrage mechanism to ensure that the price of SHIB tracks the cuteness of Musk's Shiba Inu? Does SHIB confer any ownership rights to Musk's dog? Are there cash flows from the dog that are securitized into SHIB? No, absolutely not, it is nothing, it is a pure online joke, but when Musk tweets about his Shiba Inu people are like "oh I remember that there's an online joke token about this" and they buy SHIB and it goes up. It has a market capitalization of $10 billion. It's up 216% this week because of a Musk tweet. This isn't my fault! I don't make this stuff up! This is a real thing that is happening!
All I am saying is that if I sold you a crypto token that was called "StripeCoin" and I said "this is a token on the stock of Stripe" you might say — because you are reading Money Stuff, etc. — you might say "wait how is the value of the token linked to the value of Stripe" and I would say "hahahaha it absolutely isn't." But my hypothesis is that not everyone is as skeptical and literal-minded as you are, and some people would just go buy StripeCoin when they had nice thoughts about Stripe and sell StripeCoin when they had sad thoughts about Stripe and buy a whole lot of StripeCoin when Stripe went public, and it would at least directionally end up being a sort of a proxy for Stripe stock. And everyone would get what they came for, which is a convenient way to gamble on people's feelings about Stripe.
The average public company trades 126% of its market capitalization every year; a billion-dollar public company will do about $1.26 billion of stock-market volume per year, or about $5 million per day. The average private company (on Forge) trades about 0.2% of its value per year (on Forge); a billion-dollar unicorn will do about $2 million worth of trading in a year. Forge has traded $10 billion of private-company stock since its inception; Tesla Inc.'s stock traded $11.4 billion on Friday.
"Private markets are the new public markets," I like to say around here; thanks to modern technology and global capital markets, private companies can offer their shareholders much better liquidity than they could get in the past. But still not that much. The average private company still has less liquidity in a year than the average public company does in a day. Trading private-company stock remains a special occasion; you can sometimes line up a secondary trade with another venture fund or hedge fund, or buy stock from employees in a tender offer, but it's not just a matter of putting in an order on the exchange.
Also while private-company trades are infrequent, they are also expensive:
In public markets, brokers and wholesalers and exchanges compete fiercely and controversially over fractions of pennies to execute trades. In the private market Forge makes about 2.5% or 3%.
I don't want to suggest that public stock markets are perfect, but they are, in some sense, perfected. A lot of the large-scale problems are solved, and very smart people compete fiercely to execute trades 1 millisecond faster than each other. You can trade as much stock as you want, basically instantaneously and basically for free, and even the problem of picking which stocks to buy is so thoroughly analyzed at this point that lots of people just index. Public stock markets are boring, in the sense that the low-hanging fruit has largely been plucked, and there is a lot of intense competition over basis points and plumbing.
One thing that you could do is embrace this and work to shave half a basis point off your index fund's expense ratio, but another very popular approach is to abandon traditional public markets for places where the problems are less solved. You could get into crypto, for instance. As an investor (because some cryptocurrencies go up a lot), sure; but providing various services in crypto — running an exchange, running a market maker, constructing derivatives — also seems to be a lot more lucrative than providing those services in the transparent, well-understood, boring traditional financial markets. Similarly, if you are investing in the private markets you can put some money into a tiny startup that will be the next Facebook. Or you can provide the platform for trading that company's stock and collect 3%.
In the U.S., the principal legal difference between a "public" company and a "private" company is that you have to be rich to buy shares of a private company, while anyone can buy shares of a public company. Public companies' stocks trade on the stock exchange, and anyone can open a brokerage account and buy stocks. Private companies' stocks trade in private transactions, which are subject to more complicated rules, but generally speaking if you are an "accredited investor" you are allowed to buy them. The way to qualify as an accredited investor is, traditionally, to have enough money: a net worth (excluding primary residence) of at least $1 million, or income of at least $200,000 per year (or $300,000 for a couple). Recent amendments to the accredited-investor rules allow you to be accredited by knowledge (basically having a securities license) rather than money. And of course basically any institutional investor will be "accredited."
So the rough traditional rule is that anyone can buy public stocks, but only institutional investors, hedge funds, dentists, doctors, lawyers, professional athletes, small-business owners … honestly it is quite a long list of people who can buy private stocks? "Accredited investor" used to be a pretty exclusive category, but it is much less exclusive today. "When the SEC first set its rules of entry for private markets in 1982, only 1.5 million households made the cut"; by 2018, even before the recent amendments to expand the definition, that number was "more than 16 million U.S. households—about one in eight."
But this legal difference dramatically understates the practical difference between public and private companies. If you are a prosperous dentist, you are allowed to buy shares in private companies, but most private companies won't sell you any shares. When private companies want to raise money, they go to big investors — venture capitalists and private equity funds but also mutual funds and hedge funds and strategic investors and SoftBank — and raise large chunks of money. And they typically restrict those investors from reselling their stock, so a market doesn't really develop. And whereas public stocks trade on the stock exchange and you can see the price and put in an order to buy, private stocks, even when they do trade, usually don't trade on an organized exchange and you can't just buy them through your broker. You have to know the person who's selling them, if you want to buy them. And if you want to sell them, you have to know someone who's looking to buy.
One result of this is that, if you are a prosperous dentist, you can buy the same stock in the same public companies on the same terms as the fanciest hedge fund, but your universe of private investment opportunities will be totally different from the options available to brand-name venture capitalists and SoftBank. You will never see any of the deals they see, and they will never see any of the deals you see. Probably the deals you see will be worse! Because they have lots of money and sophistication, and you have just enough money and sophistication to be accredited.
If you run a company, you might want to be public. There are various advantages to that; the main one is that you can raise money from absolutely anyone. Not so long ago, I was fond of downplaying this advantage: Private markets were absolutely awash in money, it was easy to raise billions of dollars from large institutional investors, and the main advantage of public markets — that they were where all the money was — was diminished. The meme-stock rally has changed my perspective. Now public companies can raise hundreds of millions of dollars in a few hours at enormous valuations in at-the-market offerings to wildly enthusiastic retail investors, which you can't do if you're private. That does seem like a big advantage to being public?
Still, you might instead want to be private. There are various advantages to that. One is that you don't have to file lots of disclosure documents (with risk factors, descriptions of your business, audited financial statements, etc.) with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You save money on lawyers, you get to be a bit more secretive, you get sued less, etc. Another advantage is that you get to control your shareholder base. You can sell stock to investors you choose, and you can restrict their ability to resell it. If you don't want activists or corporate raiders or short-term-focused Wall Streeters or competitors or whoever to buy your stock, you don't let them. You can't generally do that as a public company.
The traditional way for private capital markets to work is that an investor is a long-term partner of the companies it invests in. The investor — a private equity or venture capital firm — plans to own shares for many years, without much opportunity to sell them. Because it will be locked in for so long, it will want to do careful due diligence to understand the business and get to know the management team. It will also want some governance rights: It might want a seat on the board of directors so it can supervise its long-term, illiquid investment. And because private companies are often young and immature, without the professional management and stable business of public companies, that board seat, and the relationship generally, will give the investor the chance to guide and advise the company. The investor won't just give the company money; it will give it mentorship and connections and wisdom.
Meanwhile, the company more or less gets to decide who can buy its shares: Most private-company stock is bought directly from the company; secondary markets are small and illiquid, and anyway the company can put transfer restrictions on its stock so it can't be traded. So the company, too, will be looking for a good partner, someone who understands its business and can help it grow and who will be a helpful board member. Investors will compete on their ability to give companies mentorship and connections and wisdom, as well as money.
The traditional way for public capital markets to work is that an investor just decides what company it likes and buys its stock. The investor — a hedge fund or mutual fund — might plan to hold the stock for days, or for years, but either way it generally can sell whenever it wants to, so buying the stock is not an irreversible decision. The investor might do a little due diligence, or a lot, but either way it won't place too many due diligence demands on the company: It will read the company's public filings, maybe ask a few follow-up questions, perhaps meet with investor relations or the chief executive officer, but it will not expect the company's management team to stop work for a week just to answer the investor's questions, and if it does the management team will say no. In rare cases the investor (generally an activist hedge fund) will ask for a board seat, but most investors won't,[6] and if they do the company will usually be skeptical about giving it to them. The company has professional managers and is already executing on its business; it would find it annoying and strange if an investor came along and tried to mentor it.
Meanwhile the company often won't even notice when a new investor buys a big chunk of stock. You can just buy stock on the stock exchange without telling the company; the company has no say in it. Investors compete to invest in a company only in the sense that whoever pays the highest price gets the stock.
My basic view of private investments—stocks that are not traded on the stock exchange but are instead limited to accredited investors who meet some wealth requirement—is that the good private investments get offered to the good private investors, and the bad private investments get offered to the bad private investors. If you are a brand-name venture capitalist, the best startups will compete to get you as an investor, and you'll have plenty of opportunity to do due diligence and negotiate terms. If you're a dentist, you will be offered a steady stream of nonsense private real-estate investments by shady brokers who charge large fees.Proposals to democratize private investments—to loosen the "accredited investor" definition to allow more people to invest in startups—often don't sufficiently account for this difference. Public stock markets are open to everyone; if you want to buy Apple Inc. shares, you can get them for the same price as Warren Buffett pays. Private companies get to pick who they sell shares to, and small-time private investors won't get the same opportunities as big-time ones. Private secondary markets might be a little better though? The hottest startups are always going to be able to choose who they sell shares to, but then those people might want to resell their shares in the secondary market. (Assuming that's allowed under the terms of their investment—which sometimes it is, sometimes it isn't.) "The secondary market" could mean one big VC firm selling its startup shares to another (or to SoftBank) in a negotiated transaction, but it could also mean some sort of anonymous electronic market where private investors can sell private stock to the highest bidder. In other words, it could look like the public market, only limited to accredited investors. Hot startups might want their shares to be listed on private exchanges like this, and investors might want to sell on those exchanges, because they might offer the best liquidity, and startups might want view it as part of their job to provide liquidity for their early investors and employees. And then if you are a dentist you can buy the same shares in hot startups as the best venture capitalists. I mean, not really—the really early-stage startups and the really favorable deals will still go to brand-name investors—but at least if you want to compete with growth-capital funds and mutual funds to pay a lot for shares of big unicorns, you can do that.
Anyway here's a Financial Times "Big Read" on private secondary markets:
Until recently, private secondary markets resembled "that guy with a trenchcoat that's selling you watches in Times Square", says Inderpal Singh, who leads a private secondary market project at the start-up marketplace AngelList. "In the last year, there's been a big shift."In addition to AngelList, JPMorgan and the software start-up Carta have begun facilitating trades in private companies. They compete with established players like Nasdaq and Forge Global, which purchased the rival marketplace SharesPost in a $160m deal last year, as well as scores of smaller independent brokers.
Carta and some other intermediaries have advocated that the SEC relax restrictions on who can purchase shares in private companies, potentially opening up the market to a broader swath of investors. ...The rush to expand trading could lead to fraud and manipulation, says Stephen Diamond, a professor of law at Santa Clara University who has studied private secondary transactions."All too often in Silicon Valley, people want to basically ignore the consequences of unhealthy market structures," Diamond says.
Not that long ago, the stock market was a place where companies raised money to invest in their businesses. If you were a company and you needed money to build a factory, you could sell stock to investors. Investors would give you the money in the hopes that the factory would be profitable and you'd have more money later on, which you could give back to the shareholders in the form of dividends.Now the stock market is a place where companies return money to shareholders. If you are a company and you have a factory, it probably makes money, and you use the money to buy back stock from your shareholders. Investors trade your stock with each other on the stock exchange in the hope that your factory will be profitable and you'll buy back their stock. You don't sell stock to raise money; you buy stock, to do something with your money.
Where did you get the factory? How do companies raise money, if not on the stock exchange? One simple answer is, you built the factory back in the olden days when you raised money on the stock market; now you already have the factory, so you don't need money to build it and can buy back stock instead. More specifically, this answer might mean that public companies are older than they used to be: In the olden days lots of companies would go public and raise money and spend it on investments; now fewer companies raise money, and the ones that are still around from the olden days—and already mature and profitable and ready to return capital to shareholders—are relatively more important.
Another answer is that companies borrow the money to build the factories: Debt is cheap, and companies have a more aggressive view of optimal leverage levels than they used to, so they are happier borrowing more money and using less equity. (In practice, if you've already got the factory, this often means borrowing money to buy back stock.)
A third answer is that companies still finance themselves by selling stock , just not in the public markets: Companies can raise a lot more money privately than they used to, so they can build their factories before going public. It used to be that if you needed to raise a lot of money, the most efficient way to do that was to sell stock to public investors, the biggest and deepest pool of capital around. But now there is, you know, SoftBank: There are huge pools of late-stage venture-ish capital, and private fundraising can be faster and more efficient (just talk to one investor!) and potentially cheaper (unicorn bubbles!) than a public offering. You raise your money and build your business privately, and then you go public to get liquidity for the early investors who actually paid to build the business.
A fourth answer is that companies don't build factories at all anymore, that factories are no longer how companies make money. The companies that go public these days make things like social media apps and online marketplaces and software-as-a-service, and they just have less need for capital from investors. In the extreme stylized case, a company consists of a founder having an idea that can instantly and costlessly turn into a steady stream of profits. The company goes public not because it needs a lot of money to turn the idea into profits, but because the founder needs a lot of money to buy yachts; the initial public offering is purely a liquidity event for insiders, not a fundraising event for the company.
All of this is extremely stylized and over-generalized but it does get at something real in modern markets. Public companies are older and larger than they used to be, stock buybacks are more important and stock offerings are less important, intangible investments are more important and tangible ones less, etc.
A lot of private companies want, basically, this:
1. For their stock to trade on a stock exchange so anyone can buy or sell it easily, but 2. Not to be a public company.
Exactly what #2 means, when you have #1, is a little unclear, though it at least means not having to file public quarterly financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Probably other things too. Not having short sellers? Not having high-frequency traders buying and selling your stock? No activist investors? Those all conflict a little with #1, but maybe you don't want #1 in a literal way. Maybe you want something more like, anyone you want to buy your stock can buy your stock (not activists), and anyone you want to sell your stock can sell your stock (not short sellers), but in any case they get to do it quickly and in a liquid market. Maybe it is all a little self-contradictory, maybe the way to have a deep liquid fast-moving market is to open it up and give up some control, but maybe not, maybe it's fine.The other thing that #2 means is that regular investors, mom-and-pop small investors who are not "accredited" (moderately rich), can't buy your stock. Being a private company, in the U.S., mostly means that only accredited investors can buy your stock. That is mostly fine, though, for the company; most of the people who buy public stocks are actually institutions and mutual funds and hedge funds and otherwise accredited investors anyway, so you are not missing much by not having retail investors.
Anyway a super obvious business proposition is to give all those private companies what they want: Build an electronic exchange that brings all the institutions and mutual funds and hedge funds together to buy and sell private company stock, so that those companies' stocks can trade without going public. Maybe build a little interface for the companies where they can set parameters like "no activist hedge funds" or "no short selling" or "don't let my employees sell without my permission" or whatever, why not.This proposition is so obvious that people come up with it all the time. We talked last month about ClearList, "a new online marketplace where investors can buy and sell shares of private companies" planned by high-frequency-trading firm GTS, and I pointed out that there are now so many of these platforms in existence or in planning that you run the risk of illiquidity: If there are 100 private-company exchanges, no one will know which one to trade on.
So here's another one:
The Silicon Valley start-up Carta is planning to launch a private share trading platform that it hopes will be a credible alternative to leading stock exchanges as fast-growing tech companies increasingly decide against initial public offerings.Henry Ward, Carta's chief executive, said he aimed to debut the CartaX exchange in the summer with an offering of his own company's shares before expanding to other customers.
I really like that they're starting by listing themselves. Ideally there will be 100 private-company stock exchanges, each run by a private company, each one listed on its own exchange. Then I will start a private-company exchange of all private-company exchanges that do not list themselves; where will I list my exchange?
Also:
"If CartaX wins, in 10 years there won't be a NYSE or a Nasdaq," Mr Ward said, adding that his exchange would be a more convenient way for early investors and company employees to cash out their shares.Companies on CartaX will need to be worth more than $1bn, report key financial metrics and float at least $50m worth of shares. Mr Ward said 15 companies and 40 investors had applied for access to the exchange, but declined to give further details."In the current world, you can either be private and illiquid or you can be public and liquid. CartaX is going to help companies be private and liquid," said Mr Ward, who estimated the exchange could represent four-fifths of Carta's value in the next five to 10 years.
What does "in 10 years there won't be a NYSE or a Nasdaq" mean? It means, roughly:
1. Individual investors will not be able to buy stocks directly, only mutual funds. 2. The securities laws that apply to public companies—laws about disclosure and proxy voting and so forth, laws that have existed in some form since the Great Depression—will no longer apply to any companies. (The laws against securities fraud will still apply, though.)
I dunno, that could be interesting. I am not exactly betting on it, but it is a thing you could imagine, even a thing you could hope for. An unusual thing to hope for, maybe—"get rid of securities laws and individual investors"—but a coherent one.
A key difference between ClearList and its rivals is that GTS plans to continually buy and sell shares on ClearList, much like it does on the NYSE, where GTS is a designated market maker. Such firms oversee IPOs and help ensure orderly trading in stocks of NYSE-listed companies. GTS's trading will help ensure that ClearList's users can always see prices for private-company shares, and buy or sell at those prices, because GTS will take the other side of the trade. On the websites that presently offer trading in pre-IPO shares, availability can be sporadic, with shares intermittently cropping up for sale as company insiders sell chunks of stock.
Back in the Before Times, when the soaring valuation of tech unicorns was a thing, I often used to say that "private markets are the new public markets." If you ran a successful private company, and you didn't want to go public but there was some feature of being public that you liked, you could probably get it. You could become a household name, you could raise billions of dollars at 11-digit valuations from mutual funds and individual investors, you could offer employees and early investors secondary-market liquidity, etc., all while staying private. Pretty soon, if the feature that you like about public markets is "I want a high-frequency trading firm to make continuous two-sided markets in my stock," you'll apparently be able to get it. On the one hand I have trouble imagining a lot of tech-company founders thinking exactly that. High-frequency traders are often viewed, by CEOs, as a bad part of public markets.
On the other hand if I had to pick the one most important feature that makes public markets different from private ones, I might go with "high-frequency traders make continuous two-sided markets in public stocks." What makes a stock public, in practical terms, is mostly that you can always go to the exchange and buy or sell a large amount of it, instantly, anonymously, without personally tracking down a buyer and negotiating terms and seeking permissions. If GTS will do that for private companies, why bother going public?
This is two trends meeting each other. On the one hand there is the trend of stock pickers in public markets noticing that those markets have gotten really efficient and that it's hard to outperform the index. On the other hand there is the trend of private markets becoming the new public markets, with large global companies that would once have gone public instead raising billions of dollars from private investors. If you're a certain sort of stock picker—one focused on smaller, more tech-y companies—then (1) the companies you like to buy are now often staying private, but (2) they're often the sort of private companies that will take money from public investors, but (3) they won't take money from index funds. (Or, rather, normal public index funds won't give money to private companies.) Starting a public/private fund allows you to both keep investing in the sorts of companies you know well, and avoid competition from index funds. By the way, we talk sometimes around here about the criteria for inclusion in the big stock-market indexes, and the sort of unexamined first criterion for inclusion in almost any index is that you have to be a public company. It is not obvious that this is a necessary criterion. You could build a Super Broad Market Index (or a Special Tech Sector Index) that includes both public and private companies. It would be complicated to make that index investable (or to get prices for it for that matter), but there are at least a few private companies whose shares trade pretty frequently among accredited investors. If you structured the index right (and probably make it mostly public) you could maybe make something investable, something that an index fund could track. I'm not saying that this is a super-near-term thing, but if private markets keep becoming the new public markets, and if public-market investors keep migrating into private companies, eventually the index funds are going to follow them.
I am a big fan of what I like to think of as the Wag Trade, after the dog-walking startup that sort of originated it. The way this trade works is:
1. You accept a gigantic investment from SoftBank Group Corp. or its Vision Fund at a high valuation based on implausible growth assumptions. 2. You put most of SoftBank's money in the bank and spend some of it sensibly growing your business. 3. After a year or so, you have not met SoftBank's implausible growth targets, they become disgruntled, and you offer to buy them out at a much lower valuation. 4. You use some of the money in the bank to buy them out, and keep the rest. 5. Boom, you have received free money from SoftBank.
It is a particularly clean way to short the SoftBank-fueled unicorn bubble: You sell stock high now and buy it back low later, making a profit. I have written before that the right way to short the unicorn bubble is by founding a dumb startup and selling stock in it, but many people will find that trade distasteful because it requires you to pitch a startup that you know is dumb. But the Wag Trade eliminates that problem: You are not shorting your startup because you think it is bad, you are just shorting it on valuation. You think to yourself "I run a good company but stuff is ridiculous, I'm gonna take some dumb money while I can and give a fraction of it back when things are more normal." And if it works, you end up still owning and running your company, but with some free money. Here's an Indirect Wag Trade:
WeWork, seeking to cut costs and unload assets, is in discussions to sell one of its business units for less than a quarter of the price it paid eight months ago, according to people familiar with the talks. A group of investors and technology executives are negotiating a purchase of the Managed by Q unit from WeWork that would value the software business at less than $55 million, said the people, who asked not to be identified because the negotiations are private. Dan Teran, a founder of Managed by Q who helped sell the business to WeWork this year for a reported $220 million, is part of the group.
Now of course Managed by Q sold to WeWork, not SoftBank, though WeWork is effectively an arm of SoftBank these days (and was not not an arm of SoftBank eight months ago). And that $220 million number is kind of fake, because a lot of it was paid in WeWork stock at a $47 billion valuation, and WeWork's valuation has collapsed even faster than Managed by Q's. But $100 million of the original purchase price was in cash, meaning that Managed by Q's old owners could buy it back from WeWork now and be roughly back where they started but with $45 million of free money, plus some WeWork lottery tickets. I am exaggerating the attractiveness of this trade, of course. Schematically selling stock to SoftBank at the top of the unicorn bubble and then buying it back at the trough is an attractive proposition. The actual experience of these companies seems less pleasant, though. Managed by Q had to go be owned by WeWork as its money-and-credibility bonfire raged the hottest, and it's certainly possible that the business they get back will be worse than the one they sold. Still I think a lot of founders would be okay with a $45 million exit, and this trade gets them $45 million and their company back.
Again, the basic traditional model of venture investing is that you invest in a lot of startups, and some of them fail, and some succeed and go public and make up for the failures. This contrasts to the basic model of public stock investing, which is that you invest in a lot of stocks, and some of them go up and some go down, but the performances are sort of normally distributed around the average market return. The typical result of a startup investment is either losing all your money or returning a multiple of it; the typical result of a mature public-company investment is that you get a bit more than your money back. The Wall Street Journal has a fascinating package of charts on "a decade of unicorns," the billion-dollar-plus private tech companies that rose to prominence, and then often did initial public offerings, this decade. The most interesting chart, to me, was the first one, comparing "final private-market rounds, initial public offerings and market cap at end of IPO year" of the decade's unicorns. Unicorns that went public between 2015 and 2019 were valued at $203.7 billion in their final private funding rounds, and $211.4 billion at the end of the years in which they went public. Now going from $203.7 billion to $211.4 billion is not great. (The S&P 500 Index has averaged more than a 9% annual growth over those five years.) But notice that this measure only counts unicorns that went public during that period. This measure only counts the successes. If you invested in the final private round of those unicorns, and they went public, you got a bit more than your money back. That's the good outcome; you invested in a pre-IPO company and it successfully IPOed. And you made like 4%. The key point here is that if you invested in 10 startups, and nine of them failed, and the one that succeeded went up 4%, then that would be a catastrophe. But of course those are not the economics of unicorns, or of "FPOs," as final private offerings are called these days. If you are investing in the final private round of a multibillion-dollar venture-backed tech company, you are not expecting a venture-like return profile. You are not making big risky bets, hoping for a few big successes to make up for a bunch of total write-offs. You are just buying stock in a mature stable company. You hope the stock will go up a bit. One thing that I often say around here is that "private markets are the new public markets": Private companies can now achieve multibillion-dollar valuations and global household-name status while raising billions of dollars from traditional public-market investors, all before going public. This chart is a great illustration of the other side of it: Big private tech companies, in the late 2010s, were just valued like public companies. There was no expectation of huge returns to make up for huge risk. They were public companies already, even though they were still private. They just sold stock.
SPACs (77)
Levine traces EF Hutton from famous brokerage slogan to revived financial brand. In SPAC-era and microcap finance, old names can carry residual credibility even when the underlying business is very different. Brand equity becomes a financial asset that can be attached to new dealmaking machines.
I have previously written my half-joking history of stock markets in three eras:
1. For hundreds of years, stock markets existed, you could buy and sell stocks, but you had limited access to high-quality public financial information, and no access at all to Microsoft Excel, so it was pretty hard to estimate a company's future cash flows and discount them back to present value. Stock-market speculation was a psychological gambling game. "The actual, private object of the most skilled investment today," wrote Keynes, is "to outwit the crowd, and to pass the bad, or depreciating, half-crown to the other fellow." 2. Then, starting in about the late 1930s, a favorable set of conditions came together for the rise of fundamental analysis. Public companies were required to publish audited financial statements, so you could analyze their cash flows. Books were written explaining how to do so. There were lots of fairly stable industrial companies, so you could predict their cash flows. Eventually, computer technology made it possible to do this more quickly and reliably. Mutual funds grew up with professional investors who did this analysis. Later, the development of leveraged buyout technology made it possible for you to realize the value of a company's cash flows: If your fundamental analysis of a company said that it was worth more than its stock price, you could buy all the stock and take the cash flows for yourself. The result is that it was possible to do fundamental analysis, and there was a clear plausible link between that fundamental analysis and the value of the stock. 3. But eventually — like, three years ago? — people realized that there was a flaw in that reasoning. While the value of a company's cash flows probably does set a real floor under its stock price — if the stock is worth less than the cash flows, someone can buy the company and take the cash flows — it does not put a ceiling on the price. If the stock has cash flows worth $10, and you want to pay $20 for it, I can't stop you, and I cannot directly monetize the difference: I can't, like, sell all the stock for $20 and then buy it back for $10; I can't force the price down to the fundamental value. If everyone just collectively decides to pay $20 for a thing with cash flows of $10, or $0, then it's worth $20, isn't it? There is no law of nature requiring that a stock's price has to equal the present value of its future cash flows, or even that it has to equal the market's collective estimate of its future cash flows. That's just a matter of tradition, and the tradition is only like 80 years old. But the tradition could always change. Now maybe stocks will trade based on … I don't know, something else, collective attention, online sentiment, the desire to "outwit the crowd." Stocks can once again be pure tokens in a psychological gambling game.
I said that the third era started "like three years ago," because that's when GameStop Corp.'s stock went to the moon and inaugurated the era of meme stocks, stocks that trade purely on sentiment and attention rather than anyone's views about fundamental value. But really I think the third era started a bit earlier, with cryptocurrency. I once wrote:
Before the rise of Bitcoin, the conventional thing to say about a share of stock was that its price represented the market's expectation of the present value of the future cash flows of the business. But Bitcoin has no cash flows; its price represents what people are willing to pay for it. Still, it has a high and fluctuating market price; people have gotten rich buying Bitcoin. So people copied that model, and the creation of and speculation on pure, abstract, scarce electronic tokens became a big business.
A share of stock is a scarce electronic token. It's also something else! A claim on cash flows or whatever. But one thing that it is is an electronic token that's in more or less limited supply. If you and your friends online want to make jokes and invest based on those jokes, then, depending on your sense of humor and which online chat group you're in, you might buy either Dogecoin or GameStop Corp. stock, and for your purposes those things are not that different.
I don't know, I don't entirely mean any of this? A week into the GameStop thing in 2021, I wrote:
I don't think, however many days we are into this nonsense, that GameStop is a particularly important story (though of course it's a fun one!), or that it points to any deep problems in the financial markets. There have been bubbles, and corners, and short squeezes, and pump-and-dumps before. It happens; stuff goes up and then it goes down; prices are irrational for a while; financial capitalism survives.
But I tell you what, if we are still here in a month I will absolutely freak out. Stock prices can get totally disconnected from fundamental value for a while, it's fine, we all have a good laugh. But if they stay that way forever, if everyone decides that cash flows are irrelevant and that the important factor in any stock is how much fun it is to trade, then … what are we all doing here?
We were still there in a month, and people kept emailing me to be like "are you freaking out yet," and I kind of was, though now GameStop is down about 86% from its highs of January 2021. Meanwhile the market capitalization of Dogecoin has been higher than $7 billion for about three years now. Much higher for much of that time, and about $30 billion today, but consistently above $7 billion. With no cash flows at all. People just like that dog.
With time, I have become more comfortable with the answer to "what are we all doing here?" The answer is "not fundamental analysis." Maybe it is "having fun online." Maybe it is "playing a complex game of mass psychology." Maybe it is "using our investments as a form of self-expression, buying stocks and cryptocurrencies we identify with and feeling better about ourselves if they go up." The third era is new, and we do not understand the mechanisms here as well as we understand discounted cash flow analysis, but maybe there are mechanisms to discover; maybe in 10 years there will be textbooks on Meme Stock Analysis.
In the early 2020s, special purpose acquisition companies became popular as a regulatory technology to solve this problem. For these purposes, the essential thing about SPACs is that they allowed companies to go public while marketing themselves to shareholders based on projections. In ordinary initial public offerings, the company will report its historical financial results, but will try not to put any projections of future financial results in writing, because if those projections turn out to be wrong, it will get sued. The result is that it is easier to go public via IPO if you have good historical financial results, if you've been around for a while and have profits, or at least revenue.
In a SPAC, however, there is a (somewhat controversial) view that you can put your projections in writing and not get sued. [5] This means that a SPAC company can go around marketing itself to investors based on projections rather than on historical financials. So, say, an electric-vehicle company that has never sold a car, but that has big plans to sell a billion cars a year by 2029, can tell you that. It can market based on the future rather than the past.
(I should say that this difference is overstated. Any company doing an IPO will market itself based on projections, but the projections will be in roadshow meetings and analyst reports that are not filed with the SEC and so not subject to lawsuits. Institutional investors will have a good sense of the company's future plans, but they won't be easily accessible to retail investors. A SPAC makes the projections more accessible, including to retail investors.)
The obvious result is:
1. SPACs let more exciting early-stage, speculative, pre-revenue companies go public; and 2. A lot of those projections turn out to be wildly inflated, and SPAC investors lose money when those companies fail.
Again: a tradeoff! One that you might be fine with! Or not.
For a while, the conventional wisdom about going public by merging with a special purpose acquisition company, instead of with a traditional initial public offering, was that doing a SPAC merger allowed you to market your company based on financial projections rather than actual results. Actually you can do that in an IPO too, if you want; it's just that if you have projections in your IPO and they turn out to be wrong, you will get sued a lot. If you have projections in your SPAC documents, the theory was, you would not get sued so much. This theory was always a bit rickety, and the SEC took an obvious dislike to SPACs in the 2020-2021 boom. And now it has started suing SPAC companies over their projections:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Friday] charged Denver-based Spruce Power Holding Corporation, the successor to XL Fleet Corp., for misleading investors about revenue projections that topped $1 billion within three years of going public. XL Fleet, which provided hybrid electric vehicle systems for commercial fleet vehicles, went public through a 2020 merger with a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC).>
According to the SEC's order, XL Fleet publicly claimed to have a more than $220 million 12-month sales pipeline, which purportedly backed its near-term revenue projections of up to $75 million and longer-term projections of up to $1.4 billion. The order finds that the company's projections, which were featured in public filings ahead of the SPAC merger, were misleading because the sales pipeline consisted almost entirely of speculative opportunities, including sales to potential customers with whom XL Fleet had little or no contact; customers to whom XL Fleet could not legally sell its products; and stale sales opportunities that had not been updated within the company's systems. The order also finds that XL Fleet claimed to have applied a historical conversion rate to its sales pipeline as part of its revenue projections, when, in reality, the conversion rate did not support the company's projections.
The company projected $75 million of revenue in 2021, $281 million in 2022 and $648 million in 2023. Actual revenues, per Bloomberg, were $15.6 million in 2021, $23.2 million in 2022 and $40.9 million in the first half of 2023. The projections were aspirational; from the SEC's order:
XL Fleet's sales pipeline did not "support" its revenue forecasts or indicate "strong demand momentum" for its products. XL Fleet's sales pipeline was derived from a customer relationship management database ("CRM"), which XL Fleet used as a tool to organize and motivate its sales function, and was not designed to make revenue projections. XL Fleet's salespeople entered into the CRM sales opportunities for XL Fleet's products from various sources. These sales opportunities included the salespeople's estimates of sales to potential customers, and potential additional sales to past or existing customers, each weighted by the probability of a sale ranging from 5% to 95%. The $220 million sales pipeline included approximately $20 million in existing sales or purchase orders as of August 2020. Nearly 70% of these existing sales or purchase orders, however, were from just two customers. Excluding that $20 million in existing sales or purchase orders, $194 million (or 97%) of the remaining $200 million were sales opportunities that XL Fleet's salespeople had categorized as having merely a 5% ($133 million) or 25% ($61 million) probability of resulting in a sale.>
The 5% probability opportunities included potential customers who had not been contacted by XL Fleet's salespeople, or who had been contacted for an indication of interest in XL Fleet's products but had not responded. These were speculative opportunities, including companies and municipalities whom XL Fleet's salespeople had identified from online or other research merely as having fleet vehicles with environmental sustainability goals. The 25% probability opportunities included potential customers who had requested a quote for an XL Fleet product, or prior or existing customers for whom XL Fleet had not received a new quote request or any other indication of interest to purchase additional products.
If you ask all your salespeople to fill out forms saying "got any leads," they will naturally write down every potential customer they can think of, whether or not they have actually called that customer, or the customer has picked up the phone. And they will naturally put the largest possible number in the field for "potential sales" to each customer. If you then take that list, add it all up, and print it in a prospectus as "here's our future revenue" then, yeah, that's too optimistic.
I love the SPARC, Ackman's "special purpose acquisition rights company"; we have talked about it several times before. It's like a SPAC, a special purpose acquisition company, which raises money, puts it in a pot and goes out to find a company to take the money and go public. But unlike a SPAC, the SPARC doesn't raise the money first: It just gives potential investors rights to invest, it finds a target, it negotiates a deal, and once it has a deal it goes back to the investors and says "okay put in the money now."
This is much better than a SPAC in many ways: It doesn't tie up the investors' money while the SPARC looks for the deal, and it gives the SPARC more flexibility on deal size, structure and timing. It's a cool idea, a way to do something SPAC-like that is simultaneously more efficient and also a little more SEC-friendly than an actual SPAC; no wonder he "received regulatory signoff" for it.
There is, however, one problem with a SPARC. A SPAC raises the money first and then goes out and finds a deal; once it has the deal, it lets its investors either keep their investment or ask for their money back. A SPARC finds a deal and then asks its investors to put their money in. In some rough economic sense these things are the same — either way, investors make a choice between (1) cash and (2) investing in this new public company — but there is an obvious behavioral difference; it might be easier to hold on to an investment that you've already made than it is to cough up cash for a new one. The SPARC is just a slightly bigger marketing challenge at the time of the deal.
If you have a business, and there is a huge bubble for throwing money into that business, then I suppose a good trade is (1) you sell the business into the bubble for a lot of money, (2) you wait until the bubble pops and (3) you buy the business back for a very small amount of money. Now you own the business again, and also you have a lot of money. When the bubbly money-thrower was SoftBank Group Corp., I called this the "Wag trade," after a literal dog-walking startup that took a bunch of SoftBank money for stock and then gave back much less money for the same amount of stock.
Later, there was a huge bubble in electric-vehicle startups raising money through special purpose acquisition companies. Lordstown Motors Corp. raised $675 million in a SPAC deal in 2020, and its founder sold his stock over time for at least $59 million. Also now he gets the company back:
Lordstown Motors, the bankrupt electric-truck startup that once sought to revive an old General Motors factory in Ohio, has found a potential buyer for its remaining assets: a capital firm majority-owned by former Chief Executive Steve Burns.>
The firm, LAS Capital, has agreed to purchase the company's assets for $10 million, according to a regulatory filing late Friday. The deal is due to be completed by the end of October, subject to court approval.>
The purchase would give Burns, who founded Lordstown Motors, the assets of a startup he left in 2021, after an investigation by the board of directors found inaccuracies around disclosures of preorders for its Endurance pickup truck.>
Burns couldn't be reached for comment.>
Lordstown Motors, which filed for bankruptcy in June, emerged amid investor frenzy for EV startups in 2019 when it purchased a shuttered GM plant in Lordstown, Ohio, for $20 million.>
Burns and LAS Capital have offered to purchase assets that include battery- and motor-manufacturing equipment, intellectual property and any completed Endurance vehicles. The Lordstown Motors factory itself, which the startup sold to contract manufacturer Foxconn Technology in 2021, isn't part of the deal.
I'm not sure exactly what he's buying, or what it's worth, but in some broad sense the price he's paying for it is negative $50 million, so he's doing fine.
But I think the real reason is that DWAC probably couldn't have done this deal without lying. It's not just that DWAC lied in its prospectus by saying it hadn't had discussions with TMTG when it had. If it had told the truth — if it had said "we're a SPAC that's raising money to take Trump Media & Technology Group public" — it wouldn't have been allowed to do its offering in the first place. A SPAC is supposed to be a blank-check company without any particular private company to take public. If you are raising money to take one particular company public, that's not a SPAC. That's just a regular initial public offering. You don't just file for a blank check; you file for an initial public offering, with all of the regular disclosure about the company's business and finances.
Could TMTG have done a regular initial public offering in October 2021? No? The investor presentation had no dollar signs. DWAC and TMTG eventually filed a prospectus describing TMTG's business, but it took them until May 2022. I made fun of the prospectus at the time, because it was still not all that businesslike, and the stock is down about 60% since that filing. And the SEC has been holding up the deal ever since — in part, clearly, because of the misstatements in DWAC's original prospectus, but I suspect also a little bit because they have their doubts about the business disclosure. If TMTG had just filed for an initial public offering, I bet the SEC would have had lots of questions.
But meanwhile … look, I do not use Truth Social, but I gather that it exists, at least in some minimal sense of the word. The fact that TMTG was announced to the world along with a $287.5 million fundraising, a public listing, and a stock price that shot up 840% in two days was useful to TMTG. It attracted attention, and employees, and users, and hangers-on, and, not least, another billion dollars of committed private-investment-in-public equity (PIPE) financing (if the merger ever closes) from, uh, institutional-ish investors. By launching as a vague idea, rather than a fully formed company, TMTG was able to get enough attention and money and stock-market action to perhaps become a real company.
Schematically the way a special purpose acquisition company works is:
1. A sponsor raises, say, $200 million from retail investors and puts it in a pot. This costs her perhaps a few million dollars in fees for lawyers, bankers, accountants, etc. 2. She looks for a private company to take public. 3. If she finds one, she negotiates a deal to take it public. After they sign a deal, they market it to the retail investors, who get to vote on whether to do the deal. [3] 4. If they vote no, or if she never finds a deal, then the retail investors get their $200 million back and the sponsor gets nothing and loses her startup costs. 5. If they vote yes, then the target company goes public, it gets the $200 million, the retail shareholders get stock in the newly public target company, and the sponsor gets like $50 million of stock, for free, for her trouble.
Just from that schematic description you will notice that if a SPAC does a deal, the sponsor makes $50 million, while if it doesn't do a deal, the sponsor gets nothing and is out of pocket a few million dollars of startup costs. A deal is good for the sponsor; no deal is bad for the sponsor. Meanwhile the quality of the deal matters a lot to the retail shareholders: If the deal is good, their stock goes up and is worth more than the $200 million they paid for it; if it is bad, their stock goes down and is worth less. But it matters very, very little to the sponsor: If she gets $50 million worth of stock for free and the stock declines by 80%, she still has $10 million worth of stock, which is way better than she'd do without the deal.
Therefore the sponsor's incentives are:
1. Find the best deal she can get. 2. But if the best deal she can get is bad, do it anyway. 3. Market the deal aggressively: If the deal is bad, the shareholders will reject it, but if they don't know that it's bad they will accept it and the sponsor will get paid. Therefore it is in her interests to make them think that the deal is good, even if she knows it isn't.
One thing that helped here is that, at the peak of the SPAC boom, there was a widespread and partially true belief that SPAC marketing could include financial projections, and that those projections could say whatever you wanted. In a traditional initial public offering in the US, it is legally risky to give potential investors projections of future results, and so most companies don't; in a SPAC, it was thought to be less risky to give projections, and so most companies did. These companies were often, like, flying-car companies with no operating history but grand plans, so the projections mattered a lot.
This is all rough and schematic but it also tells you everything you need to know about SPACs. There were a lot of SPACs, especially in 2020 and 2021. They did a lot of deals. The deals were, often, bad, especially as the SPAC boom went on: Sponsors had to find deals to get paid, target companies knew that, and they drove hard bargains. The deals were often bad, but their projections were often good. Then the stocks of a lot of the companies taken public by SPACs dropped, in part because the broad market dropped but also in part because a lot of these deals were pretty bad.
A special purpose acquisition company is a publicly traded shell company that raises a pot of money to go out and find a private company, merge with it, and take it public. When the SPAC goes public, it sells shares for $10 each and puts the money in the pot; then the shares trade on the stock exchange while it looks for a target. Initially, they should trade at roughly $10, since they represent a claim on $10 in the pot of cash. But then the SPAC finds a deal, negotiates it, signs it, and announces it to the market, and then the shares of the SPAC will trade to reflect the market's view of the deal. If the deal is good, the SPAC shares will trade up, to $12 or $15 or $35 or whatever. If the deal is bad, the SPAC shares will probably trade at about $10, since SPAC investors who don't like the deal can get their money back instead of rolling their shares into the new company.
That feature of SPACs — that investors who don't like the deal can get their money back — is a little annoying for the target company. If you are a private company and you sign a deal with a $200 million SPAC to go public, you are hoping to get the SPAC's $200 million: Like an initial public offering, a SPAC merger is not just a way to get a stock-exchange listing but also a way to raise money. But the SPAC's shareholders can take their money back, so you don't actually know, when you sign the deal, how much money you will get. Could be $200 million, could be $10 million, could be zero.
There is a standard way to address this problem. This is the PIPE, the private investment in public equity: When the SPAC finds a target and negotiates a deal, the SPAC sponsor and the target and their bankers will go out and find a few big investors who commit to invest in the deal alongside the SPAC. So a $200 million SPAC deal might come with a $150 million PIPE, where a handful of institutional investors agree to invest $150 million in the target. This has two advantages. One is that the big institutions are validating the price of the deal: If a big investor is willing to invest $150 million of their own money in the deal, then that's a good sign to the SPAC's investors that they should also stay in the SPAC and not withdraw their money. The other advantage is that, even if the public SPAC investors all do withdraw their money, at least the target gets something: The PIPE investors are generally committed to the deal and don't have withdrawal rights, so if you sign a $200 million SPAC deal with a $150 million PIPE, the target company can count on getting a public listing and at least $150 million.
We talked on Wednesday about an unusual situation at a couple of special purpose acquisition companies. Basically a SPAC raises money by selling stock to public shareholders at $10 per share, puts the money in a trust account, and then either (1) uses the money to merge with a private company, taking it public and giving the public shareholders shares in that newly public target company, or (2) fails to do a merger within two years and gives the shareholders their $10 back with interest. The sponsor of the SPAC generally pays the expenses of starting the SPAC and looking for a deal; if she finds a deal she is richly rewarded (with 20% of the SPAC's shares), but if she doesn't she eats those costs. The trust account can't be touched to pay those costs; it is there to be used only if the SPAC finds a deal.
What we talked about Wednesday was the edge case in which a SPAC does not do a deal and somehow incurs expenses that the sponsor does not pay. In that case, it seems that the SPAC can ask the public shareholders to hand back some of the money that they got: The company really had to pay that money to its vendors before it paid the shareholders, and so the shareholders seem to be technically liable for paying it back. Or so the SPACs say anyway. In practice the numbers involved are small — $0.02 or $0.11 per share — and it seems unlikely that the SPACs will pursue every retail shareholder to the ends of the earth for, like, $11 each. Also, I mean, the sponsor really should bear these expenses. But, right, technically, if you invest in a SPAC and it somehow ends up with (1) no deal, (2) your $10 per share plus interest in a trust account, and (3) a negative amount of money in its other accounts, then I guess you could have to make up the difference. [1]
But what about the opposite edge case? What about a SPAC that ends up with (1) no deal, (2) your $10 per share plus interest in a trust account, and (3) a large positive amount of money in its other accounts? Not, like, the sponsor puts in $10 million to cover expenses, there are $6 million of expenses, and there's $4 million left over: That's an easy case; the sponsor gets the $4 million back, and you only get your $10 plus interest. But what if the sponsor puts in $10 million to cover expenses, and there are $10 million of expenses, and then the sponsor trips over a cord in the SPAC's offices and falls into a wall and there's a $50 million stash of diamonds behind the wall? The diamonds belong to the corporation (let's say), but do all the shareholders get to share in their value? Or, if the SPAC doesn't acquire a target, does the sponsor just hand the shareholders back their $10 plus interest and keep the diamonds?
In other words: When the SPAC does not complete a deal, are its public shareholders real shareholders , the residual claimants on the assets of the corporation, or are they kind of creditors , entitled to get their $10 back with interest, no more, no less? Intuitively, the answer is kind of in between, isn't it? In a legal sense the shareholders are shareholders. But their money is kept in trust for them, and there are lots of protections to try to prevent them from ending up getting back less than $10 per share, though as we saw Wednesday those protections are not absolutely ironclad. But there are also provisions to prevent them from getting back more than their $10 plus interest: When the SPAC winds up, generally, the public shareholders get redeemed at the amount in the trust, and the sponsor gets whatever is left.
Anyway the tripping-into-diamonds example is fanciful, but there is a real way that a SPAC can end up with no deal and a pile of cash: It can sign a deal with a target company, and then the target company can get out of the deal and pay a breakup fee. In general when a company signs a merger agreement — including with a SPAC — there will be some provisions in the agreement that allow the target to get out of the deal in some circumstances (for instance, if it gets a better offer), and if that happens the target usually has to pay the acquirer a fee to terminate the agreement. When the acquirer is a SPAC, it ends up with a bunch of cash and no merger. Who gets the cash: the public shareholders, or the sponsors?
This has happened a few times in the recent SPAC boom, and unsurprisingly the sponsors think they should keep the money. In February 2021, a SPAC called Fast Acquisition Corp. signed an agreement to merge with Fertitta Entertainment Inc., the owner of the Golden Nugget and Landry's. In December 2021, Fertitta called off the deal and agreed to pay a breakup fee of $16 million, or $32 million if Fast Acquisition didn't find another deal. It didn't, and in August 2022, it announced that it would redeem its shares for $10 plus interest, or about $10.02 — and the sponsor would keep the $32 million. Shareholders sued; from their complaint:
The SPAC explosion has led to its fair share of "fast ones" by fiduciaries, but the Sponsor of FAST Acquisition Corp. may have topped them all: it is orchestrating a theft in broad daylight of $23.7 million right out of the pockets of the SPAC and its stockholders. The Sponsor, and its owners, which include each of the SPAC's officers and directors, failed to arrange a business combination and now have decided to simply walk away with the SPAC's only valuable asset—a termination fee it obtained after its only potential deal fell through. A more flagrant breach of the duty of loyalty can hardly be imagined.
"The defendants believe the lawsuit is without merit and intend to defend it vigorously," said the SPAC, and that case is ongoing.
As the boom-time SPACs unwind, there are more of these cases. In May 2021, a SPAC called Pioneer Merger Corp. signed an agreement to merge with fintech startup Acorns Grow Inc.; that deal was terminated in January 2022 with a $32.5 million fee. Pioneer never found another deal, and in January 2023 it redeemed its shareholders at $10.10 plus interest, keeping the fee for the sponsor. Shareholders sued. And in July 2021, a SPAC called Concord Acquisition Corp. agreed to a merger with crypto stablecoin company Circle Internet Financial Ltd. It renegotiated the deal at a higher price in February 2022, but by December 2022 the deal was off and Circle agreed to pay a $20 million termination fee (in stock). Later that month, the SPAC redeemed its shareholders at $10.18 per share and kept the fee for its sponsor. Shareholders sued.
The thing is that no one seems to have thought very much about this edge case. If you read the original offering documents for these SPACs, they say both that if there is no deal shareholders get only their money back with interest, and that if there is no deal the sponsors get nothing. "Our initial stockholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed," says the boilerplate in the Concord offering document. That sounds like the sponsor should get nothing if there's no deal, right? But another risk factor says that if there is no deal "our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances," and explains that the shareholders will be cashed out only for the amount in the trust account. If a shell company with no operations never completes a merger, that will normally mean that it ends up only with the $10 plus cash in its trust account, and it is reasonably clear who gets that. (The public shareholders get all of it, the sponsor gets none of it.) But if it lucks into some cash anyway, it is less clear who gets that.
A special purpose acquisition company is a clever bit of financial engineering. A sponsor creates a shell company — the SPAC — that does a public stock offering and sells stock for $10 per share. Let's say she sells 10 million shares for a total of $100 million. The money goes into a pot, and the sponsor goes and looks for a private company to take public. If she finds one, the SPAC merges with the target company, the target company gets the $100 million and the SPAC's public stock-exchange listing, and the shareholders of the SPAC get shares of the newly public target company. Or, if they don't want those shares, they can take back their $10, with interest, when the merger closes. The sponsor generally gets 20% of the SPAC's shares, for free, as a reward for her efforts; here she would get shares worth about $25 million.
But if the sponsor doesn't find a target and do a deal by a fixed deadline — generally two years after the SPAC goes public — the SPAC liquidates and hands the money back to its shareholders. In this scenario, the sponsor gets nothing. In fact, she generally loses money. The SPAC has some costs: It has to pay investment bankers for its initial public offering, and then pay for accountants and consultants and a website and whatever as it searches for a target. The $100 million that the SPAC raised from public shareholders can't be touched to pay these costs: It has to keep that money in trust to use for an acquisition, or to pay back to its investors if it can't close a deal. The investors have to get their $10 back, generally with interest, though some of the interest can generally be used to cover a few specific costs.
This means that the sponsor is effectively on the hook for most of the startup and operating costs of the SPAC, and she provides some startup capital to the SPAC to fund these costs. If she finds a deal and it closes, she will get stock that is generally worth many times her investment. But if she doesn't, she'll be out probably a couple million bucks. During the 2020-2021 SPAC boom, a lot of people got into the business of sponsoring SPACs because it looked like free money, and then the boom collapsed and they lost money.
This structure makes SPAC shares sort of a weird investment. From the perspective of a public shareholder, the shares can look like a money market fund. ("It's Official: SPACs Are the New Money-Market Funds," said the Wall Street Journal a year ago.) You put in $10, the company parks that money in Treasury bills, and you are guaranteed to get back your $10 with interest within two years. And SPACs have been touted as a fixed-income investment: There was a time when a lot of more-or-less hopeless SPACs traded at, like, $9.90 per share, and you could buy them and get your money back with slightly-above-market interest within a few months, and that was a popular trade.
There is a sort of financial and legal sleight of hand going on here. You are buying common stock in a company with no operating business, run by some sponsors whom you don't know and who are trying to get rich quick. That sounds like a very risky investment. But regulators and gatekeepers are very attuned to that risk, and so SPACs do seem to be pretty carefully policed to make sure that they keep the money safe. The money is generally deposited with a reputable trustee, invested in bank accounts and Treasuries, and not accessible to the SPAC's sponsors or executives. Today the US Securities and Exchange Commission brought an enforcement action against a SPAC, African Gold Acquisition Corp., that carelessly "enabled African Gold's former chief financial officer to misappropriate approximately $1.2 million from the company's operating bank account." But "African Gold's former CFO did not have access to African Gold's trust account and did not misappropriate any funds from the trust account": Even the SPACs whose executives are actively stealing money from the company manage to keep their shareholders' $10 safe.
Simplifying a bit, the way a special purpose acquisition company works is that the sponsor of the SPAC raises a pot of money by selling shares to public investors at $10 per share. Say the sponsor offers 20 million shares, so the pot of money has $200 million in it. Then she goes out and looks for a private target company to merge with to take it public. Say she finds a private company that is worth $800 million. (The valuation of a private company will always be uncertain, but let's assume for now that the valuation of this company is certain, and that it's $800 million.) If the target company is worth $800 million, and the SPAC is just a pot of money with $200 million in it, then the combined company should be worth $1 billion. So the sponsor and the target company negotiate a merger in which the existing shareholders of the target company get 80% of the shares of the combined company ($800 million worth) and the SPAC shareholders get 20% ($200 million worth). (The merger is sometimes called a "de-SPAC merger.") The public investors in the SPAC, who put in $10 each, end up with publicly traded shares of the combined company worth $10 each.
If the SPAC sponsor doesn't find a deal before, typically, the two-year deadline put on the SPAC, she has to give her public shareholders their $200 million back with interest. If she does find a deal, she has to put it to a vote of the public shareholders; they can vote it down if they don't think it's a good deal. Even if they vote in favor, they can redeem their stock: Instead of taking new shares in the combined company, the SPAC shareholders can ask for their $10 back (with interest).
That is the basic story, but it is too simplified, and in the real world things won't quite work this way. In the real world the valuation of the private target company will be uncertain, and there will be a negotiation about how much of the combined company the SPAC's shareholders should get. The SPAC sponsor might reasonably say: "Look, you are a risky private company, your valuation is uncertain, and I am doing you a favor — I am providing a service — by giving you publicly traded stock. You and I both think that you are probably worth $800 million, but I want a discount. Let's do this deal as though you were worth $600 million, so the SPAC shareholders get 25% of the company, instead of 20%." If the target company agrees, and if they're right that the real value is $800 million, then the public investors will end up with 25% of a combined company worth $1 billion. They put in $200 million and got back shares worth $250 million; each of their public shares will be worth $12.50. And in fact at the peak of the 2020-2021 SPAC boom, this happened a lot: SPACs would announce deals with private companies, and their shares would trade up, to $12.50 or higher, because the SPACs were getting a good deal. [1]
Now, things could go the other way. In fact there was eventually a glut of SPACs looking for deals, and the negotiating leverage flipped. The target company's founder might reasonably say: "Look, you are a SPAC in a glut of SPACs, you need a deal, and I am doing you a favor by giving you a target. You and I both think that I am worth $800 million, but I want a premium. Let's do this deal as though I was worth $1 billion, so your SPAC shareholders get 16.7% of the company instead of 20%." Then the SPAC's public shareholders would get shares of the combined company worth $8.33. [2] Except that if this happened — if the SPAC agreed to do a deal at a value that everyone knew made the shares worth less than $10 — the shareholders would just say no. They would vote to reject the deal, or at least, they'd redeem their shares: Much better to get back $10 with interest than keep shares worth $8.33. SPACs can do deals at a discount (if they can talk their targets into those deals!), but not at a premium.
Of course I am still oversimplifying. For one thing, I am still assuming that everyone basically knows the valuation of the private company: The SPAC and the target might negotiate for a premium or discount, but the "real" value is transparent to the market. That's not really true, and it is not hard to find SPAC deals that traded up when they were announced and eventually traded down as the real value of the company became clearer. In reality it is not at all uncommon for SPAC shareholders to trade their $10 for shares that ultimately turn out to be worth less than that. When that happens, the shareholders might, in hindsight, feel like they were deceived. The SPAC sponsor announced the deal with great excitement, the shareholders believed it, they kept their shares, thinking that they'd be worth way more than $10, and they turned out to be worth less.
But I have also oversimplified by omitting some important structural elements of SPACs. In fact, when the SPAC sponsor raises $200 million at the very beginning of this process, she doesn't do it just by selling 20 million shares. She sells 20 million "units," and each unit consists of (1) one share and (2) some number of warrants , options to buy another share at some higher price. (Generally the warrant exercise price is $11.50, a 15% premium to the initial price of the stock, and each unit comes with a fraction of a warrant, often one-quarter or one-third.) After the SPAC goes public, the warrants and shares will trade separately. Ultimately, if the SPAC closes a deal, each share can be redeemed for $10 or roll over into a share of the combined company, but each warrant can only roll over to become a warrant of the combined company. And if the SPAC does not close a deal, each share can be redeemed for $10, but each warrant expires worthless.
Also, when the SPAC sponsor raises $200 million at the beginning of the process, there are not just 20 million SPAC shares outstanding. In fact the SPAC sponsor will generally give herself 20% ownership of the SPAC — 5 million shares — for free as a reward for her efforts in setting it up and finding a deal. [3] If she fails to find a deal, those shares are canceled: She has to return $10 per share to the public shareholders, $200 million total, which uses up all of the money in the pot, and there's nothing left for her. (In fact she will lose money, because she paid the SPAC's startup costs, advisory fees etc. out of her own pocket.) But if she does find a deal, her 5 million shares roll over into shares of the combined company.
(One more thing that I am omitting is that SPAC deals are traditionally done alongside PIPEs, private investments in public equity, where the sponsor and/or some other big institutional investors put more money into the combined company at $10 per share. I am going to continue omitting that — and in fact as the SPAC glut got shakier PIPEs were not universal — but if there is a PIPE it considerably softens some of the criticisms in the rest of this story.)
Now let's go back to the simple math, but with these more realistic facts. The sponsor finds a private company worth $800 million, and they agree to a merger on exact fair-value terms. The SPAC contributes $200 million, the combined company is worth $1 billion, so the SPAC gets back 20% of the combined company, which is worth $200 million. But now the SPAC has to divide up that value. There are not 20 million shares of the SPAC: There are 25 million, the 20 million public shares and the sponsor's 5 million free shares. Each of these shares is worth $8. The sponsor gets 5 million shares worth $40 million for free, but that $40 million comes directly out of the public shareholders' ownership stake. They put in $10 and get back shares worth $8.
Also there are the warrants. In this stylized example, where we know the stock is worth $8 and the warrants are worthless unless the stock gets to $11.50, the warrants aren't worth much. But in the real world, where stocks are volatile and value is uncertain, the warrants will have so
There's a weird conceptual problem with going public through a special purpose acquisition company, which is that the public can buy your stock before you're allowed to sell it.
Imagine that you are a charismatic founder and you have started a company that plans to generate electricity by building cold fusion reactors that run on rainbows. You go to professional investors to raise money, and they say things like "what" and "no." You are very charismatic, though, and you're pretty sure that you could raise lots of money from retail investors and use it to buy yachts, I mean, no, sorry, use it to build the reactors, definitely that. But your company is private and you can't just market broadly to retail investors to raise money. You need to make it a public company first, and then you can raise lots of money from retail.
The traditional way to do this is with an initial public offering: You file a registration statement with the US Securities and Exchange Commission describing your business, the SEC reviews it and sends comments, eventually the SEC is more or less satisfied and declares the registration statement "effective," [1] and then you can sell your stock to the public. The registration statement contains the prospectus that — in theory — you use to sell the stock; in theory you deliver the prospectus to potential investors before they make an investing decision, and the prospectus has a lengthy description of your business, your plans, the market and your historical financial results. In practice retail investors mostly don't read this, but that's not really the point. The SEC reads it, and if it says "we will generate electricity by building cold fusion reactors that run on rainbows and make $40 billion a year by 2024," they will say things like "what" and "no" and "where are my handcuffs" [2] and you'll never get through SEC review. And so you'll never be able to sell stock to public investors.
The newer way to do this is with a SPAC, a special purpose acquisition company. Some sponsor raises a pool of money from public investors, by doing a public offering with a pretty minimalist prospectus. ("We will raise $200 million and try to find a company to merge with," is the gist of it.) The SEC approves this pretty easily because there is no real business and no real promises in the prospectus. Then shares of the SPAC trade publicly: Public investors bought shares for $10 from the SPAC, and can now sell those shares for $9.95 or $11 or whatever the market price is. Generally the market price will be right around $10, at the beginning, because the SPAC is just a pool of cash and one share represents a claim on $10 of that cash.
Then the SPAC's sponsors call you up and say "hey would you like to merge with our SPAC, you'll get our $200 million and you can be public." And you say "sure yes I'd love $200 million and a public listing." And then — then I want to be specific about the sequence of events:
1. You sign a deal with the SPAC, agreeing to merge, pending regulatory and shareholder approvals. 2. You announce the deal: The SPAC puts out a press release about the deal and how excited everyone is. 3. The SPAC stock trades up: Retail investors love your charisma and your promises about rainbows and cold fusion, and now the SPAC shares represent not a claim on $10 but a future share of your company, so they buy the SPAC shares and they trade up to $15 or $20 or $50 or $80. 4. Then you and the SPAC sponsor get to work on filing the registration statement for your merger, which will contain information about your business, your plans, the market and your historical financial results. 5. Then the SEC reviews the registration statement and sends comments. The comments are "what" and "no" and "we have found our handcuffs." 6. The SEC never gets satisfied, they never declare the registration statement effective, the merger never closes, and you never get the $200 million. 7. The SPAC closes up without a merger and gives shareholders their $10 back.
In some rough sense the system worked: The SEC reviewed your registration statement, found it implausible, and prevented you from selling stock and getting money from retail investors. You buy no yachts. But in another very important sense the system failed, in that the retail investors were buying stock. They paid $20 or $50 or $80 for the SPAC's stock, in open-market transactions, on the basis of under-informed enthusiasm and speculation about your prospects, before you even filed the registration statement. In an IPO, retail investors can't buy the stock until the SEC allows you to sell it. In a SPAC, that's not true. They can buy the stock before you sell it, because it's already public; SPAC stock is a sort of future claim on the stock of the target company, and it trades even before the target company is public.
One result of this is that retail investors who bought the stock at $80 are angry at the SEC: If the SEC had approved the registration statement, they would have gotten stock in your rainbow-cold-fusion startup, which … which they might have been able to sell to another sucker at $100 or $80 or at least $60. But since it didn't, they just get $10 back. Which is as much as someone originally put into the SPAC, but much less than what they paid to buy the stock in the open market at its peak. From their perspective, this is much worse than if you just defrauded them. If you sold them stock at $80 on hype, maybe they could resell the stock at $70 on the continued hype. Maybe you'd build the reactors, who knows. But if the SEC shuts you down, they just get the $10.
I feel like people do not understand the basic economic proposition of a special purpose acquisition company? A SPAC is a gamble by its sponsors. The sponsors put in some money — let's say it's $8 million — to pay startup costs to raise a pool of cash from public investors. Then they have about two years to look for a private company to merge with and take public. If they find a target, negotiate a merger, get approval from the public investors, and take it public, then they make a lot of money. Let's say they make $54 million, or roughly seven times what they put in. Good payoff. If they fail to find a target, or they can't negotiate the deal, or if the public investors don't approve of the deal, then they lose their $8 million.
Meanwhile the public investors — the people who put money into the pool of cash — get back (1) shares of the target company, if the SPAC succeeds, or (2) the money they put in, with a little bit of interest, if it fails. In Case 2, the public investors basically break even; the interest they got from the SPAC isn't materially worse than they would have gotten in a bank account. In Case 1, the public investors get shares in a newly public company, which is good if the company is good or bad if the company is bad. So you could separate the public investors' result into Case 1a, "shares that go up," and Case 1b, "shares that go down." In Case 1a, you're happy; getting valuable shares is better than getting your money back. In Case 1b, you're sad, and you would rather have gotten your money back.
But all that stuff is virtually irrelevant for the SPAC's sponsors. The sponsors lose $8 million in Case 2: The public investors break even, but the sponsors lose their investment. And the sponsors get $54 million in Case 1 — 1a or 1b, doesn't matter — because for them , all that matters is doing the deal. If they do a deal, they get $54 million; if they don't, they lose $8 million.
This is not quite right; there are features that align the interests of the SPAC's sponsors with the public investors more than what I have suggested here. The big one is that the sponsors do not literally get a check for $54 million: They get (roughly $54 million worth of) shares in the target company, and the more valuable that ends up being the better they do. (There are also various sorts of lockups, clawbacks, etc., to make the sponsors' success more contingent on the company's success. Also, the public investors get to vote on the deal, and presumably they'll vote no on bad deals.) But even if the target company does terribly , the sponsors get so many shares that they make a huge profit, as long as they actually do the deal.
A special purpose acquisition company is a gamble by its sponsors. The way a SPAC works is that the sponsors — often a private equity firm, but sometimes just a handful of rich individuals — spend a few million dollars of their own money to pay some startup costs for the SPAC. These fees pay for underwriters, lawyers, accountants, registration fees, etc. And then the SPAC raises a few hundred million dollars from public investors, and the sponsors have two years to find a company to take public with that money. If they find a target, and the public investors approve the deal, the sponsors generally get rich. In rough numbers they get shares of the target company worth about 25% of the hundreds of millions of dollars that they raised from the public. Their early investment of a few million dollars can turn into hundreds of millions of dollars of public-company stock. (Generally if they find a deal the SPAC's sponsors will invest more of their own money, so it's not quite this lucrative, but that is the essential nature of the gamble.) It is helpful if they find a good target and the stock goes up, but the main thing is that if they do a deal at all they get amply paid. If they don't, they give the public investors their money back and lose their startup investment.
The payoff there is incredibly asymmetric, and so for a while in 2020 and early 2021 everyone with a reputation and a few million dollars to spare piled into the SPAC business. "You and some buddies put up $500,000 each and then you get back $20 million each" was a not entirely inaccurate pitch for sponsoring a SPAC. This led to a SPAC glut: There were more SPACs than good deals, the market got pickier, and now it is 2022 and a lot of SPACs look likely to reach their two-year deadline without a deal. Their sponsors will lose their wagers.
The King of SPACs was (is?) Chamath Palihapitiya, the founder of Social Capital. He was early to the boom: He launched a SPAC with the clunky name Social Capital Hedosophia Holdings Corp., and the punchy ticker IPOA, [1] back in 2017. IPOA raised $600 million and used it to do a merger with space company Virgin Galactic Holdings Inc.; Social Capital started by putting about $12 million into the SPAC to cover startup costs, and ended up with hundreds of millions of dollars of stock. (Palihapitiya cashed in $315 million worth earlier this year.) Virgin closed yesterday at $5.29, down about 47% from the $10 price at which IPOA raised money, so if you were in this SPAC from the beginning it was not exactly a good deal. But it was a deal, and Palihapitiya made a lot of money from it.
The stock is up today, and I was about to write "if you're buying DWAC at $24 per share you'd better be voting yes." But of course it doesn't work that way, and that's arguably part of the problem. The record date for the vote is Aug. 12, 2022: If you owned DWAC stock on that date, you get to vote; if not, not. Since Aug. 12, roughly 21 million DWAC shares have changed hands, or about three-quarters of its float. If you sold DWAC stock for $30 per share in late August, you still get to vote to extend the deadline, but you will not be particularly motivated: Extending the deadline is good for existing DWAC shareholders but doesn't affect you at all; if DWAC calls you up to beg you to vote, you might figure it's spam and hang up on them. If you bought DWAC stock for $30 per share in late August, you'll be very motivated to vote to extend the deadline, but you can't. If you bought DWAC stock for $95 per share in March, you should be really motivated to vote, but you might have forgotten about it by now. The people paying the most attention might be the ones who can't vote the shares.
One amusing thing about the special-purpose acquisition company boom is that it kind of went the opposite way? The way a SPAC works is that a sponsor — generally a well-connected successful financier or businessperson — raises a pot of money from public investors and then goes and looks for a private company to take public using the pot of money. If she succeeds, the public investors end up owning the target company, and the sponsor gets a huge chunk of shares almost for free. If she fails, the public investors get their money back with a tiny amount of interest, and the sponsor is out of pocket for the costs (underwriting fees, lawyers, etc.) of doing the SPAC. Those costs are trivial in comparison to the huge chunk of shares she will get for free in a successful deal — but they are not trivial in comparison with nothing.
There was a huge boom in SPACs in 2020 and early 2021. Many retail investors piled into SPACs. And because of the demand for SPACs, many sponsors piled into raising SPACs. They saw other sponsors getting rich by raising SPACs and finding targets, so they wanted in. And now there are a lot of SPACs chasing not many deals, and proposed Securities and Exchange Commission rules mean that it will be harder for those SPACs to do any deals. SPACs are time-limited — generally they have to return their money after two years if they don't do a deal — and a bunch of them are coming up on their expiration dates with no deals.
Plenty of retail investors probably got burned buying SPACs, paying huge prices for shares in SPACs that took speculative companies public, only to see the shares drop when the companies didn't perform. But the retail investors who piled in at the tail end of the boom just … sort of paid $10 for shares of SPACs that never did anything and will return their $10 with interest? Meanwhile the sponsors who piled in at the tail end are holding the bag:
An investor stampede out of risky trades is squeezing SPACs that are running out of time to find companies to take public, potentially leaving their architects without deals and saddled with sizable losses. ...>
A unique element of the SPAC market is that shell companies' creators typically have two years to find a company to take public, otherwise they must return money to investors and forfeit the $5 million to $10 million on average that they pay to set up the blank-check firms through lawyers and auditors and evaluate mergers.>
Because so many SPACs raised money during the frenzy early last year, roughly 280 face deadlines in the first quarter of 2023, figures from data provider SPAC Research show. If the current pace of SPAC deal making continues, analysts estimate that a large percentage of those blank-check firms won't find mergers. The merger window for many SPACs is closing because it often takes months to find a deal and many companies that previously might have considered such mergers are now electing to stay private, bankers say.>
Creators of those SPACs and other insiders together are now expected by early next year to lose $1 billion or more—money known as "at-risk capital" that they have already spent setting up the SPACs and can never get back. (Of course, if the creators do strike deals, they stand to make several times their money on paper because of how those deals are structured.)>
"It's a ticking time bomb," said Matt Simpson, managing partner at Wealthspring Capital and a SPAC investor.
When we first started talking about SPACs, early in the boom, I was baffled by SPAC sponsors' claims that the SPAC was an efficient way to cut out Wall Street and take companies public directly. My view was, no, SPACs are hugely lucrative for Wall Street banks; it's just that they're also lucrative for their sponsors, which makes them more expensive than a traditional initial public offering for issuers and investors. (You're paying fees to banks and sponsors, instead of just to banks.) But actually the result is funnier than that: The SPAC boom might have been, among other things, a $1 billion transfer of value from SPAC sponsors to Wall Street bankers and lawyers. Wall Street got paid $1 billion of fees to not take companies public. Oops!
Now. This is a SPAC deal. Here is where I have to say some traditional things about SPACs. When a private company wants to go public these days, it can choose to either (1) do a standard initial public offering or (2) merge with a SPAC. SPACs have advantages and disadvantages compared to IPOs, but often the most salient advantage is that a company going public by a SPAC merger can include projections of future income in its prospectus, while that is more or less forbidden in a regular IPO. (Not really: It's just that, if the projections in an IPO prospectus are wrong, you can get sued for fraud, while if the projections in a SPAC merger prospectus are wrong you have a "safe harbor" from liability.[2]) Thus if you are, say, a pre-revenue electric-vehicle company, a SPAC will be more attractive than an IPO: An IPO prospectus will just focus on your historical losses, while a SPAC prospectus can focus on your future profits. If the projections turn out to be wrong, well, stuff happens.
But this traditional SPAC theory does not apply to TMTG, for two reasons. The first reason is that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has announced that it's going to change the rules to make it just as risky to include projections in a SPAC as in an IPO. ("On March 30, 2022, the SEC issued proposed rules ... effectively limiting the use of projections in SEC filings in connection with proposed business combination transactions," says a risk factor in the DWAC prospectus.) So TMTG can't market itself based on optimistic projections of future user growth and revenue.
The second reason is that nobody cares about TMTG's projections, nobody is valuing TMTG on some multiple of future cash flow or revenue or even users, nobody is doing any sort of financial modeling at all, the business is not the point, so there's no reason to include any projections. When TMTG and DWAC announced their deal last October, I wrote:
Why would you think Trump Thing, a company with no product and no revenue, is worth $1.7 billion? Are you looking at the wildly optimistic projections of future revenue in the investor presentation? No you certainly are not! The initial SEC filing doesn't include an investor presentation, but there is a "Company Overview" deck on Trump Thing's website, and, fun fact, there is not a single dollar sign in the whole deck. There is no financial analysis, no sources and uses of funds for the deal, no capital structure, and certainly no projections of future revenue.
Back in March, the US Securities and Economic Commission proposed new rules for special purpose acquisition companies. A SPAC is a blank-check company that goes public, raises a pot of money, and then uses it to merge with some private company, thus taking it public in a "de-SPAC transaction." There is a view that the target company can be more casual with its disclosure in the de-SPAC transaction than in a regular initial public offering. In a regular IPO, the company that is going public has to describe its business accurately, with a focus on actual historical performance; in a SPAC, the theory goes, the company can market itself based on wildly optimistic projections of future profits, and if it gets those projections wrong no one gets in trouble.
The SEC's proposed rules crack down on that in various ways; we discussed them in March. One small odd element of the rules has to do with "underwriter liability." Basically if a bank underwrites an IPO, and the disclosure in the IPO is wrong, the bank can be sued. Similarly if a bank underwrites the initial offering of a SPAC, and the disclosure is wrong, the bank can be sued — but SPACs are just empty boxes raising cash, so there is not a lot of disclosure there to be wrong. Eventually the SPAC merges with a target company, and it puts out a disclosure document for that de-SPAC merger, describing the actual business of the target company (and its optimistic financial projections, etc.). But there is no "underwriter" for the de-SPAC merger — the banks are not technically selling stock — and so there is no underwriter liability. So if the disclosure about the target company is wrong, it is hard to sue the banks.
The SEC proposed to change this. Specifically, the proposal says that if a bank both underwrites the initial public offering of the SPAC, and advises on the de-SPAC merger with the target company, then the bank will be liable for any misstatements in the target company's disclosure.[2] "In this way," says the SEC, the proposed rule "underscores and reinforces that the liability protections in de-SPAC transactions involving registered offerings have the same effect as those in underwritten initial public offerings."
What does this rule mean? The SEC suggests that it will make underwriters more careful gatekeepers of de-SPAC transactions:
The due diligence efforts performed by underwriters are central to the integrity of our disclosure system. The investing public relies on underwriters to "screen the multitude of issuers seeking access to the capital markets" and expects them to verify the accuracy of the information in the registration statement. … The Commission has stated that "an underwriter [in a securities offering] impliedly represents that he has made such an investigation [of the accuracy of the information in the registration statement] in accordance with professional standards" and "[i]nvestors properly rely on this added protection which has a direct bearing on their appraisal of the reliability of the representations in the prospectus."
But there is an alternative interpretation of what the rule means, which is: If you are a SPAC, you need to hire one bank to do the SPAC's initial public offering, and a different bank to do the de-SPAC merger. As long as one bank doesn't do both things, then neither has any underwriter liability. It's a bit more complicated than that — typical SPAC underwriting fees are paid partly up front and partly on the de-SPAC merger, and getting those back-end fees can trigger underwriter liability, so you have to fiddle with the economics a bit — but that is the basic idea. The SEC has created a nice new program to make companies hire an extra bank for their SPAC deals.
People have two main objections to special purpose acquisition companies, the blank-check companies that raise a pool of money from public investors and then use it to take some private company public. First: Sometimes it can look like the private company is running a scam. Going public by merging with a SPAC is an alternative to a traditional initial public offering with somewhat more relaxed rules. In particular, it is generally accepted that SPAC targets can include projected future earnings in their filings marketing their deal, while IPO companies can't. If you are a high-tech company with big dreams but no revenue yet, it is nice to be able to say "well look how good our 2025 revenue is." Then if your 2025 revenue also turns out to be zero, well, you know, that's fine, mistakes happen. There is a "safe harbor for forward-looking statements"; if your predictions were in good faith but turn out to be wrong, you can't get sued. IPO companies don't get this safe harbor, but SPAC companies do.
Second: Sometimes it can look like the SPAC sponsor is running a scam. The sponsor is the person who raises the pool of money and goes out and finds a private company to merge with. Generally she will put up a little bit of her own money to pay for lawyers etc., and if she completes a deal her reward will be shares in the public company equal to 25% of the money raised.[1] This rubs people the wrong way, first of all, because 25% is just a really big commission.
But also it creates bad incentives. SPACs have a limited life; generally they have to do a merger within two years. If the SPAC does a merger, the sponsor gets 25% of the money raised. If the SPAC does not do a merger in time, it has to give investors back their money, and the sponsor gets nothing. The sponsor is going to really, really, really want to do a deal. If she does a deal that is bad, that is fine, for her. If the sponsor of a $100 million SPAC gets a deal done, and the stock drops 20% after it closes, then she gets $20 million; if she doesn't get the deal done she gets zero. It's the opposite for the shareholders of the SPAC: If the deal doesn't happen, they get their $100 million back; if it does, and drops 20%, then they only get $80 million and have a $20 million loss. The shareholders have to approve the deal, but this gives the sponsor powerful incentives to be optimistic about the deal.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission does not particularly like SPACs, and yesterday it proposed new rules to make clear its displeasure. There are a bunch of rules but broadly speaking they are aimed at the two main problems I identified above.[2]
First, the SEC wants to get rid of projections in SPACs, and generally tighten up the rules around liability for how SPACs market themselves. There is a sense now that if you do an IPO, everything you say in the IPO prospectus has to be true, while if you go public via SPAC you get a bit more creative license. The SEC wants to do away with that and put SPACs and IPOs on equal footing.
It does this in several ways. The main one is that it gets rid of the safe harbor for SPACs' forward-looking statements. The safe harbor says that big existing public companies can make statements about the future, and as long as (1) they publish boilerplate warnings saying "these statements might not come true" and (2) they don't have "actual knowledge ... that the statement was false or misleading," then they can't be sued for them. But this is not true of companies doing an initial public offering; basically if they say stuff that is wrong they can be sued. So in practice IPO documents do not contain projections. Right now people seem to think (though it is not free from doubt) that SPACs are treated like regular public companies, but the SEC's new rule would treat them like IPO companies.[3]
But there are also other rule changes that have the effect of warning everyone in the vicinity of a SPAC that if the disclosure is wrong, they will get sued. The SEC will treat the de-SPAC merger — the transaction in which the SPAC merges with the private company, taking it public — as a public offering of securities. It will treat the private company as a "co-registrant" of the SPAC, making it liable for everything in the prospectus. An investment bank that underwrites the initial SPAC offering and also works on the de-SPAC merger will be treated as an underwriter of that de-SPAC merger, potentially making it liable for errors in the merger prospectus. (Presumably this will increase the fees that the banks charge SPACs.)
On one level it is hard to object to this. It is weird to have two ways of going public, one of which (a SPAC) allows you to exaggerate and one of which (an IPO) does not. And when you put it like that it does seem like the not-exaggerating approach is preferable to the exaggerating one. Also there is some evidence that (1) investors pay attention to optimistic projections in de-SPAC mergers and (2) those projections are not very good, which you might expect from, you know, being allowed to exaggerate.
On the other hand. The intuitive sorting between SPACs and IPOs, under the current rules, is not exactly "real companies do IPOs and fake companies do SPACs." It is more like "companies with a few years of impressive revenue growth do IPOs, while companies whose main product is still a prototype do SPACs." (This is not always true either way, by any means, but it is a rough heuristic.) If you are working on building a flying electric taxi or whatever, (1) that's kind of cool, (2) it will cost a lot of money, (3) if it works you'll probably make a lot of money and (4) it might not work. If you go to public-market investors and say "hi, I want to build flying electric taxis, my revenue last year was zero and I spend $50 million on salaries and components," that is not a compelling pitch. If you go to them and say "hi, I want to build flying electric taxis, if all goes well we'll bring in a billion dollars of revenue in 2024," they will be like "oh cool flying taxis!"
This is bad for them if you fail to build flying electric taxis and good for them if you succeed wildly. And of course you might be running a scam. But against a general backdrop in which companies that go public are increasingly old, large and established, there is something nice about SPACs being a way for companies to go public earlier. SPACs can be a way for public markets to provide venture-type capital to young ambitious companies, particularly green-tech companies. That is risky and certainly opens the door to fraud, but it is a bit sad to get rid of it entirely.
The other thing about projections is that they are really obviously important and useful. If you want to understand a company, particularly a young growing company, it is generally more useful to know how much money it will make next year than how much money it made last year. And so companies that do IPOs make projections, and those projections find their way to investors. But gingerly, carefully, and not in the official SEC filings. The company discusses its projections with the research analysts at the underwriter banks, and the research analysts discuss their own models with potential buyers of the IPO.[4] The IPO marketing process is a way for projections to filter out to big institutional buyers without putting those projections into SEC documents and having them be subject to litigation.
It is kind of nice that in SPACs the projections go into the public filing for everyone to read, instead of being filtered through research analysts' conversations with big institutional investors. In SPACs, everyone gets to read the same projections; in IPOs only the institutional investors get them. Presumably the institutional investors find them useful! Presumably they are useful! Though sometimes they are wrong.
One reason to go public by merging with a special purpose acquisition company is that you get to include projections of future earnings in your prospectus marketing the deal to investors, whereas in a traditional U.S. initial public offering you are limited to reporting historical financials. If you are a company with no real history of selling products, it is far more pleasant to raise money on projected future revenue than on historical lack of revenue. The incentives and biases here are pretty obvious: You go public because you expect to have high future revenue, you want to project high future revenue because that will get you more investors at a higher stock price, and, crucially, your future revenue is entirely unpredictable because you don't have any real revenue now. So you would naturally expect most pre-revenue companies that go public by SPAC to miss their projections.
So this is sort of amazing?
Dozens of startups that went public in a pandemic-fueled stock market frenzy are missing the projections they used to win over investors, many by substantial margins and just a few months after making those forecasts.
Nearly half of all startups with less than $10 million of annual revenue that went public last year through a special-purpose acquisition company, known as SPAC, have failed or are expected to fail to meet the 2021 revenue or earnings targets they provided to investors, according to a Wall Street Journal analysis.
The underperformance of these nascent companies — most of them tech startups — bolsters one of the biggest concerns many investors and others raised about the SPAC boom of the past two years. Critics of SPACs say the loosely regulated going-public process allows startups to attract investors with bullish financial projections, despite having little or no revenue in their history. ...
The Journal's analysis covered the 63 companies that went public through a SPAC deal last year and had less than $10 million in trailing sales at the time of their listing. Of those 63, at least 30 didn't meet their projections, according to the Journal's analysis of data provided by Jay Ritter, a University of Florida professor who studies public listings, and from FactSet. A total of 199 SPAC deals were completed last year.
The revenue cutoff was designed to capture companies with no or very little commercial production. The Journal compared the companies' initial projections with either analysts' estimates from FactSet, updated company forecasts or earnings reports.
Ignore the phrasing there: That is reporting that more than half of pre-revenue-ish SPACs met their (early) revenue projections. I would have taken the under!
In 2020 and early 2021, there was a huge boom in SPACs, special purpose acquisition companies, blind pools that raise cash to go out and look for a private company to take public. An awkward aspect of this boom is that SPACs take time. First you file with the Securities and Exchange Commission to raise a SPAC, then you spend a few months finalizing that and doing the offering, and then once you have the money you have two years to look for a company to take public. When the boom ends suddenly — as it more or less did by the second quarter of 2021 — there is a huge overhang of (1) SPACs that have filed to go public and now can't and (2) SPACs that have gone public and are nervously hunting for a deal.
For instance, back in March 2021, as the window was about to shut, we talked about Do It Again Corp., a proposed SPAC whose name, I suggested, was a way of conveying "hurry, it is a boom market for SPACs, let's get this SPAC out the door, no time to think about the name!" But it was already too late: Do It Again withdrew its registration last month; it never got a chance to raise money or Do It Again. Even better, a year ago today we talked about Just Another Acquisition Corp., a proposed SPAC whose name really captured the zeitgeist, the zeitgeist being "wow there are a lot of SPACs." Today Just Another Acquisition Corp. withdrew its registration. Just Another SPAC Boom Casualty.
Meanwhile lots of SPACs did launch and need to find deals. One novel way to do that is a SPAC club deal:
Buyout firm Warburg Pincus and property billionaire Barry Sternlicht are partnering up in a rare, three-way, blank-check deal worth about $20 billion to take a security services firm public. In another unusual twist, Warburg Pincus already owns the target.
Three special purpose acquisition companies -- two backed by Warburg Pincus, and one backed by Sternlicht -- are in talks to merge with Allied Universal, according to people familiar with the matter, in what would be the first SPAC deal involving more than one of the popular investment vehicles.
Warburg Pincus Capital Corp I-A, Warburg Pincus Capital Corp I-B and a SPAC affiliate of JAWS Estates Capital LLC, Sternlicht's family office, are discussing raising a so-called private investment in public equity, or PIPE, to support a transaction with Allied Universal, the people said. A deal, which has been in negotiations for months, hasn't been finalized, and terms could change or talks could fall apart. The people asked not to be identified because the discussions aren't public. …
This deal would create a pathway to an exit for Warburg Pincus's investment in Allied Universal, which describes itself as having the largest security force in North America. Warburg Pincus in 2015 agreed to take a majority stake in Universal Services of America, and later combined it with AlliedBarton Security Services. …
Warburg Pincus, one of Wall Street's oldest and most successful buyout firms, was a somewhat latecomer to SPACs. Last year, it launched the two vehicles, its first SPACs, following peers including TPG Inc., Apollo Global Management Inc. and Thoma Bravo into the market. Warburg Pincus said in filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the SPACs can merge with an affiliate of the buyout firm, pending a fairness opinion from an independent entity.
In the heyday of SPACs there was a lot of discussion of the idea that, for a private company, going public through a SPAC was not just about raising money and getting a public listing; SPAC sponsors brought their expertise and high-quality board members to a company, positioning it for long-term success. But in a world of too many SPACs chasing too few companies it is fair to think of each SPAC as mostly an interchangeable bag of money, and if you're a private company looking to go public you might as well collect multiple bags. It would be funny if all the remaining SPACs pooled their cash together and took Stripe public.
Elsewhere, a SPAC called Concord Acquisition Corp. signed a SPAC deal last summer with Circle, the stablecoin issuer, to go public at a $4.5 billion valuation. Today it ripped up that deal and doubled the price:
Circle Internet Financial, a global internet finance firm that provides internet-based payments and financial infrastructure to businesses of all sizes and is the issuer of USD Coin (USDC), announced today that it has terminated its existing business combination and agreed to new transaction terms with Concord Acquisition Corp (NYSE:CND), a publicly traded special purpose acquisition company.
The new agreement sets Circle's enterprise value at $9 billion, increased from the $4.5 billion originally announced in July 2021. The increase in value reflects improvements in Circle's financial outlook and competitive position – particularly the growth and market share of USDC, one of the fastest growing dollar digital currencies. USDC's circulation has more than doubled since the original deal was announced, reaching $52.5 billion as of February 16, 2022. …
The new deal replaces the prior business combination agreement, which for a variety of reasons outside of the parties' control could not be completed by the termination date of April 3, 2022.
SPAC deals in general, and also deals to take crypto companies public, have moved a bit more slowly than people expected back in July 2021; the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission seems to take its time and have a lot of questions. So the Circle/Concord deal will not be able to close by April 3, which allows either party to walk away with no further obligation. Often in circumstances like this — where both sides want to get the deal done, but it has been delayed by "a variety of reasons outside of the parties' control" — the parties will just agree to extend the termination date, which after all is just an arbitrary date that they agreed on. Here that … sort of happened … but there have been enough "improvements in Circle's financial outlook and competitive position" that it was able to drive a hard bargain for the extension. "Sure we'll extend the drop-dead date, but in exchange you have to double the price." I like it! In the February 2022 market for SPACs, and for crypto, a hot crypto company is going to have a lot more negotiating leverage than a SPAC.
Finally, here is a paper on "Suing SPACs" by Emily Strauss at Duke:
The SPAC boom, as many commentators predicted, precipitated a "deluge" of lawsuits. Although several studies examine the SPAC transactions themselves, this project is the first comprehensive study of SPAC-related litigation. Using a dataset of all SPAC transactions completed since 2014 and all SPAC-related lawsuits filed since 2017, I assess the prevalence and characteristics of these lawsuits. I find that the probability that a deSPAC transaction will generate a lawsuit appears to be unrelated to the returns on the deal, the size of the merger, the industry of the target, and various proxies for SPAC quality. However, I find a negative association between the likelihood of litigation and redemption rate. This is surprising because it means that the SPAC transactions more likely to generate lawsuits are those where the SPAC shareholders choose to keep, rather than redeem, their shares, presumably signaling greater confidence in the quality of the deal. I argue that many of these lawsuits are opportunistic, and may be of questionable quality. I further argue that these lawsuits are an inadequate substitute for the liability that firms face in connection with standard IPOs. If the problems of SPAC structure need correction, private litigation may not be the optimal solution.
If everyone redeems out of a SPAC then nobody owns the shares and there's no one left to sue.
Here's a trade you can't do:
DWAC warrants are trading around $27, compared with the stock's $80. Some analysts say they are undervalued because assuming the deal closes with the stock price roughly where it is now, warrant holders would pay $11.50 per share and could immediately sell at the market price of several times that. By that logic, some analysts say the warrants should roughly trade at the stock price minus $11.50, or in the high $60s, instead of the high $20s.
Traders expecting the gap between the shares and warrants to close in the coming months could buy the warrants and try to short the stock by borrowing shares, selling them and aiming to buy them back at lower prices.
That is from a Wall Street Journal story about DWAC, Digital World Acquisition Corp., the special purpose acquisition company that has signed a deal to merge with Donald Trump's vague social media thing, Trump Media & Technology Group. DWAC's shares are trading at a very high price due to retail investor enthusiasm for Donald Trump's vague social media plans. Like most SPACs, DWAC also has warrants outstanding, which represent the right to pay $11.50 and get back one share of DWAC after the merger closes. Nobody knows when the merger will close, but it will require lawyers to write a prospectus explaining what exactly Donald Trump's social media thing is, how the deal came together, etc., and nobody is especially holding their breath.
On the other hand that trade right there seems good no matter what: Pay $27 for a warrant, sell a share short for $80, and you've got $53. If the deal closes and the stock trades at $80, you pay $11.50 to exercise your warrant, get the share, deliver it to your stock lender, and you are left with $41.50 of profit. If the deal closes and the stock trades at $15 or $50 or $100 or $2,000, the math is the same and you still have that $41.50 of profit. If the deal does not close then the shares will in practice be worth $10 and the warrants will be worth $0, so you'll buy your share back for $10, deliver it to your stock lender, and keep $43 of profit.[4]
But the trade does not work:
The challenge is that the wild trading in DWAC has driven the fee to borrow shares to exorbitant rates, according to data from technology and data analytics firm S3 Partners. That high borrowing fee is one reason the number of shares shorted is still relatively small even though it has ticked higher lately, investors say.
The issue here is that to short DWAC stock you need to be able to borrow it, but there just is not that much available to borrow and what is available is extremely expensive.[5] If you could easily borrow DWAC stock, hoo boy! There is actually a long line to borrow DWAC stock to lock in risk-free trades; the warrants are nice but the real money is in the PIPE, the private investment in public equity that DWAC signed up with some hedge funds in December. Those funds could lock in a profit of something like $50 per share if they could short DWAC stock now, and their investment agreement specifically allows them to, but stock-borrow availability and cost makes it hard.
Still here's a trade that you can do:
1. You already own DWAC stock because you think Donald Trump's social media thing will be lucrative, etc. 2. Sell it for $80! 3. Buy a warrant for $27. 4. Put $11.50 in an envelope for when you might need to exercise the warrant. 5. The other $41.50 is yours to keep.
This is not investment advice, but if you have the stock in your Robinhood account this seems like a no-brainer: You have $41.50 more cash and the exact same amount of exposure to DWAC's stock.
Why doesn't this happen? I think you could tell two stories. One is the "everything is dumb" story. In this story, professionals buy the warrants, or don't, and their enthusiasm for Trump's vague social media thing is lukewarm. They see the soaring stock price, and are willing to bet that the deal will close and they can exercise the warrants at a big profit, but they are not that confident, so the warrant price does not fully reflect the stock price. Meanwhile, retail Trump enthusiasts buy the stock and bid it up to wild levels, and nobody has bothered to tell them about the warrants. So the market for the stock and the market for the warrants are totally separate and there is no arbitrage between them; lack of knowledge prevents retail traders from buying the warrants, and lack of stock borrow prevents institutional traders from shorting the stock.
This is a story that, in general, I find pretty compelling here in 2022, and it's the story the Journal tells:
The gap between shares and warrants is evidence that individual investors are driving up more well-known shares and options, some analysts said. Digital World's stock ticker, DWAC, has been trending on some social-media platforms in recent weeks and its trading volumes at times have been comparable to those of much larger companies.
"This is the meme stock of all meme stocks because it's Trump," said Matthew Tuttle, whose firm Tuttle Capital Management runs a few SPAC exchange-traded funds. Meme stocks gain popularity among online traders for reasons other than their business prospects, as GameStop and others have in the past year. ...
More-sophisticated traders are likely trading the warrants, analysts said, tempering their expectations about where the stock will trade when the deal closes. The warrant price is still unprecedented for SPACs and implies a valuation for Trump Media & Technology Group in the billions, albeit a much smaller one than the stock price does.
The other story you can tell is something like "these prices reflect a rational market, but the market is for stock borrow." In this story, stock investors have decided that DWAC is worth $80 per share. PIPE investors have committed to invest $1 billion in the company, when the merger closes, at $33.60 per share. If they can buy at $33.60 and sell at $80 then that is an incredibly good return for a few months of capital commitment, so they want to. Maybe some of those PIPE investors think this is a $1,000-a-share company and won't sell, but you have to figure that most of the hedge-fund PIPE investors are in this for a quick trade and will happily buy at $33.60 to sell at $80. So those hedge funds create enormous demand for stock borrow: If they can borrow any DWAC shares to short them, they will.
This means that, if you are an institutional investor who owns DWAC stock, it really is worth much more than the warrants. If you own the stock, you can lend it out and collect those exorbitant stock-borrow fees. If you own the warrant, you can't. If the stock borrow fees are 100% per year and the merger won't close for six months, then you can get $40 of income from the stock that you wouldn't get from the warrant. So the stock should be worth $51.50 (the $40 of income plus the $11.50 exercise price) more than the warrants, which is about what the difference actually is. So you should not sell stock and buy warrants; you should keep the stock, use it to support the PIPE investors' risk-free trade, and charge them for it.
Schematically, the way a special purpose acquisition company works is that a SPAC sponsor raises, say, $200 million from investors at $10 a share, and then goes out and tries to find a public company to merge with. Let's say she finds a company worth $800 million and agrees to a merger. The post-merger company will be worth $1 billion (the $800 million that the company was worth, plus the SPAC's $200 million pot of cash). Each SPAC shareholder will get one share worth $10, for a total of 20 million shares, and the company's existing shareholders will get 80 million shares.
But the SPAC's shareholders get to decide, at the time of the merger, if they want in or not. They can take back their $10 in cash, or they can leave their money in and get back a share of stock in the combined company. In my schematic numbers the share was worth $10, so they are indifferent, but that is never really true. At the peak of the SPAC boom, the shares would be worth $20 or $30 or $80 when the merger closed, and everyone would take their shares. Now, SPAC deals are less popular, and it is not uncommon for 95% of a SPAC's shares to be redeemed for cash. Merging with a SPAC can get a company a public listing , but it is a dicey way to raise money.
So in my schematic example, the SPAC might end up returning $190 million to its investors. The target company would get $10 million. The remaining SPAC shareholders would end up with 1 million shares of the new company, and the target's existing shareholders would get 80 million, for a total of 81 million shares. The target company gets a public listing but, after expenses, barely raises any money. It is a disappointing outcome.
One way to think about investing is that your essential job as an investor is to get paid to take some risk, and so the game is to figure out what risks you like , the ones that you are especially well suited to take, that you can get paid well for taking, that you think are overpriced. One way to analyze current markets is that there is a lot of demand for people willing to take on reputational risk, so those people get paid well. (In other words: There are a lot of people who want to get rid of reputational risk, and so will pay well to get rid of it.) Reputational risk is a hot asset class right now.
This plays out most visibly in environmental, social and governance investing, particularly the environmental side, where there is a lot of shareholder and political pressure on big public energy companies to divest their dirtiest assets. You can tell this story in terms of financial risk, but for a lot of public-company executives it probably feels like a story of reputational risk, less "if we own coal mines our return on equity will go down" and more "if we own coal mines my big shareholders will yell at me." If you are immune from that pressure — if you are a private firm whose investors are not very ESG-conscious, a Middle Eastern state-owned energy company, etc. — then you can buy those assets cheap and make a lot of money digging up dirty coal. Everyone more or less understands this, but the gap is not arbitraged away, because those reputational pressures are real. Most people do not want a bad reputation and are willing to pay to avoid it. If people are paying to avoid a bad reputation, someone is getting paid.
Or we talked yesterday about how Microsoft Corp. was able to buy Activision Blizzard Inc. at a discounted price because Activision had fallen into a deep reputational hole due to sexual misconduct allegations. "We'll pay someone $20 billion to take our reputational risks away from us," Activision's stock price effectively told the market, and Microsoft said "hmm I think we can do it more cheaply than that and pocket the difference." Which seems like a good bet! Microsoft's situation right now is in some sense that it is the giant cash-rich tech company that is the most efficient bearer of reputational risk.[4] Here, read these two sentences:
1. Facebook (sorry, Meta Platforms Inc.) just spent $69 billion buying a gaming company with a controversial chief executive officer facing allegations involving a sexual misconduct scandal. 2. Microsoft just spent $69 billion buying a gaming company with a controversial chief executive officer facing allegations involving a sexual misconduct scandal.
I submit that when you read the first sentence (which is not true) you were like "ugh, Facebook, are there any depths to which they will not sink," and got all mad at Mark Zuckerberg. When you read the second sentence (which is true) you fell asleep after the word "Microsoft." Microsoft has an ability to throw a thick blanket of boredom over scandals, which is valuable , and which it is now monetizing.
The way a special purpose acquisition company works is that a sponsor raises some money from public investors, puts it in a pot, and has two years to find a private company to merge with the pot and go public. If the sponsor finds a target private company and agrees on a merger, then the public shareholders of the SPAC get to decide to (1) get their money back or (2) get shares in the newly public target company. If they all decide to take their money back then usually the deal is off,[1] the SPAC fails, and the sponsor is out of pocket for the startup costs and legal fees of the SPAC. If they mostly decide to take shares in the new company, then the merger closes and the SPAC's sponsor gets a gigantic fee, in the form of (usually) shares of the company worth 25% of what the SPAC raised.[2]
The result of this is that, if you are a SPAC sponsor, you have enormous incentives to do a deal , even if it is not a good deal for the investors in your SPAC. If you raise a $1 billion SPAC, sign a deal, and it goes through, then your SPAC's shareholders will end up with $1 billion of stock in the target company and you'll end up with $250 million of stock. If the stock then falls by 40% because the company is bad and the deal is a disaster, the shareholders will end up with $600 million worth of stock for their $1 billion investment, a 40% loss, but you'll end up with $150 million, which is much, much better than zero.
There are ways to mitigate this conflict of interest; some SPAC sponsors lock up their shares for a while, or forfeit some of their shares if the stock trades down, or invest some of their own money at the deal price, or there are other structural features to align incentives. But the main one is just the normal SPAC mechanism of redemption rights: If the SPAC sponsor signs up a deal that is bad, the shareholders of the SPAC can take their money back instead of doing the deal, and the deal will fail.
Alternatively, though, the sponsor has an incentive to lie about the deal to the shareholders. Like, the target company wants to go public and raise money, so it will say "we are a great company and everything is good." The SPAC sponsor, who does the due diligence and negotiates the deal and then markets it to the shareholders, wants its cut, so the sponsor will say "this is a great company and everything is good." There are limits on this — you need audited financial statements, you'll get in trouble if you do fraud, repeat sponsors have long-term reputational incentives, etc. — but certainly the sponsor has incentives to make the deal sound better than it is, because the sponsor's compensation is based so much more on the deal going through than on it being good in the long run.
A share of a SPAC, a special purpose acquisition company, initially represents:
1. A claim on $10 in a bank account, plus 2. The right to pay that $10 to buy a share of some company to be named later.
The median value of Item 2, these days, is roughly zero, so a lot of SPACs trade like claims on $10. (For time-value, liquidity, etc., reasons, this means that they trade at like $9.97.) But sometimes Item 2 is more valuable. If a SPAC has a good sponsor with a good track record of finding good companies and negotiating good deals with them, then the SPAC's shares should trade at, you know, $12 or $13. If the SPAC is rumored to be in negotiations with a very hot electric-vehicle company then it might trade at $50 or more, as the SPAC that bought Lucid Group Inc. did right before the deal was announced.
We have talked a few times about Bill Ackman's proposal to do a SPARC, a special purpose acquisition rights company. A SPARC is like a SPAC except that instead of paying $10 for a share of a SPAC, you pay $0 for a "right" or "warrant" of the SPARC.[3] A SPARC warrant initially represents:
1. The right to pay $10 to buy a share of some company to be named later.[4]
That is, the SPARC consists of (1) a SPAC minus(2) $10. In a SPAC, you put $10 in a pot and might later be asked to use it to buy a company, but you can say no and take your money back. In a SPARC, you might later be asked to put in $10 to buy a company, but you can say no and keep your money.
If you are very tidy-minded, as I am, you will be tempted to say "well this is exactly the same as a SPAC, except minus $10." Ten dollars is, as a financial quantity goes, quite straightforward and tractable. You can probably figure out how to subtract $10. In general, if I said to you "Asset X is worth an amount of money that depends on a complex formula and a series of assumptions about cash flows and market psychology and managerial prowess, and Asset Y is worth the same as Asset X minus $10," you would not think that Asset Y is any harder to value than Asset X. If you can do X, you can do Y. That subtraction is easy. Taking out the $10 makes no theoretical difference.
But much of the work of finance consists of doing things that make no theoretical difference because they have some practical advantage, and Ackman is very keen on his SPARC idea. (I am too; I think it's fun.) A big advantage of the SPARC is that, if you're a SPARC investor, you get to keep your money: You only put up the $10 when Ackman finds a company to buy, rather than putting it in a pot while he looks for one. There are also legal advantages that make the SPARC a bit more flexible than a SPAC: Ackman would have more time to find a company, and he'd be able to raise a variable amount of money with the SPARC rather than just the fixed amount in a SPAC pool.
Also it seems to me that the SPARC is in an important sense more honest than a SPAC. The way a SPAC works is that it has some money in its pool, and the SPAC sponsor goes to a private company and says "hey I can take you public and give you this $300 million" or whatever, and they agree on a deal, and then they announce it, and then the SPAC shareholders can withdraw their money if they want and the target company might get nothing. (See, e.g., BuzzFeed Inc.) The way a SPARC works is that Bill Ackman goes to a private company and says "hey I think if we play our cards right I can take you public and raise $3 billion for you" or whatever, and if they agree on a deal it's because the company believes in Bill Ackman's ability to raise the money, not because the company is distracted by the money already being there. In a SPAC the money is already there, but that's an illusion; it can vanish. In a SPARC it is clearer that the money will come only if the deal is good and Bill Ackman's fans believe in it.
On the other hand you might object that subtracting $10 from a SPAC makes the SPARC worse in some substantive way. In particular, these days, there are a lot of SPACs chasing not that many deals, a lot of SPAC investors ask for their money back when deals are announced, and so a lot of SPACs trade at around $10 or a little less — $9.97 or whatever — because they are effectively a weird way to get back $10 in a few months. In other words, the right to buy a share of a stock to be named later is worthless, and the SPAC share consists only of the claim on $10.
How does that work with a SPARC? The right can't trade below zero, and even trading at zero — for a SPARC actively looking for a company — would be weird; surely there is some option value there. Maybe it's worth a penny or two. But "maybe a penny or two" is a pretty bad price for a publicly traded security, much much worse than "maybe 10 bucks more or less." Subtracting $10 from the SPAC price, if the SPAC price is roughly $10, results in madness.
Traditionally SPAC deals are accompanied by private investments in public equity (PIPEs), in which big institutional investors agree to buy stock in the combined company at the time of the SPAC merger. Often the PIPE investors invest on the same terms as the SPAC investors, buying stock in the new company at $10 per share, but where (as here) the stock is up a lot in anticipation of the merger, the PIPE investors might agree to a higher price.
TMTG and DWAC announced a $1 billion PIPE on Saturday, Dec. 4. The price was a bit weird. Nominally it is $33.60 per share: The PIPE investors put in $1 billion and get back 29.8 million shares ($1,000,000,000 divided by $33.60). But it is subject to downward adjustment: The actual number of shares that the PIPE investors get is only fixed after the SPAC merger closes.
A lot will happen between now and when the SPAC merger closes. TMTG and DWAC will have to file a merger proxy with extensive financial and business information about TMTG. Perhaps that information will be, you know, bad. Perhaps investors will read the proxy and say "huh this company has no real business plan" and the stock will drop. Or not, I don't know, I am not sure I'd bet on the stock dropping due to a lack of business plan; you can read TMTG's current investor deck here, and it is not exactly replete with business planning. Still the point is that there is some risk of the stock dropping.
But the PIPE investors are protected against this in two ways. First, TMTG and DWAC have promised the PIPE investors that they'll be able to sell the stock the minute the merger closes. Ordinarily in SPAC deals, the company agrees to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and work to get the SEC to approve it, so that the PIPE investors can legally resell their shares. But usually that happens after closing, and you can't count on rushing the SEC. In this deal, TMTG and DWAC have promised to get the registration statement effective before closing, and in fact it is a condition to the closing of the PIPE. The PIPE investors only have to put up their money if they can immediately turn around and resell their shares.
The second protection is that the price of the PIPE is "subject to downward adjustment." When the merger closes and TMTG is public, it will look at the average closing price over the next 10 trading days, and use that to compute the final price of the PIPE. If the stock trades at $56 or above after closing, there will be no adjustment, and the PIPE investors will buy stock at $33.60 per share. If it trades below $56, though, the PIPE investors will buy stock at a 40% discount to whatever the average price is: If it trades at $45, they'll pay $27 per share. (Effectively, they'll get more shares — 37 million, at $27 per share — for their billion dollars.) But this is floored at $10: If the stock trades at $16.67 or below (including if it trades below $10), the PIPE investors will buy at $10 per share.
The result is that the PIPE investors are committing $1 billion of money, but taking very little risk and getting very richly rewarded. They can — and, I expect, will — sell their stock as soon as the merger closes and TMTG is public, and they'll sell at a huge guaranteed profit because they will buy their stock at a 40% discount to the stock price at the time they pay for it. Still, some risk: If the stock is below $10 by the time the deal closes, they will lose money on the trade.
Or that is what I said last week, but the trade is actually even better for the PIPE investors? Because here is the trade they can do:
1. Short DWAC stock now, locking in a sale price of about $56 per share. 2. Buy back the stock at closing, from TMTG/DWAC, at a maximum purchase price of $33.60. 3. Make $22.40 per share guaranteed.
Ordinarily, if you short stock in Trump's thing at $56, you run the risk that it will go up to $100 and you'll lose a ton of money. But if you have committed to the PIPE, TMTG and DWAC have agreed to sell you shares at $33.60 (subject to downward adjustment), so that risk is off the table. If the stock goes up, you buy at $33.60. If the stock stays flat, you buy at $33.60. If the stock goes down, you buy at a 40% discount to the market price. If it goes down to $20, you buy at $12. If it goes down to $16.67, your price is floored and you buy at $10, but that's fine if you already sold at $56.
Let's say you have committed $100 million to the PIPE. At the cap price, this means you will get about 3 million shares ($100 million divided by $33.60). So you sell all those shares today, at about $56 per share, for $167 million. Then at the closing of the PIPE you put in your $100 million, get back at least 3 million shares, and deliver them to your stock lenders to close out your short position. You are left with a $67 million profit. If the stock goes down, and is below $56 after the merger closes, you will get more shares — as many as 10 million, if the stock is at $16.67 or below — and then you can sell those too for some extra cash.[1] But the $67 million is guaranteed no matter what the stock does.
I want to point out that this is explicitly contemplated by the deal documents. Here is Section 3.1(bb) of the Securities Purchase Agreement that the PIPE investors signed with DWAC (emphasis added):
Acknowledgment Regarding Purchaser's Trading Activity. Anything in this Agreement or elsewhere herein to the contrary notwithstanding (except for Sections 3.2(g), 4.12 and 4.15 hereof), it is understood and acknowledged by the Company that: (i) none of the Purchasers has been asked by the Company to agree, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, has any Purchaser agreed, to desist from purchasing or selling, long and/or short, securities of the Company, or "derivative" securities based on securities issued by the Company or to hold the Securities for any specified term, (ii) past or future open market or other transactions by any Purchaser, specifically including, without limitation, Short Sales or "derivative" transactions, before or after the closing of this or future private placement transactions, may negatively impact the market price of the Company's publicly-traded securities, (iii) after the execution of this Agreement, any Purchaser, and counter-parties in "derivative" transactions to which any such Purchaser is a party, directly or indirectly, may have a "short" position in the Common Stock and (iv) each Purchaser shall not be deemed to have any affiliation with or control over any arm's length counter-party in any "derivative" transaction.
That is, DWAC agreed that the PIPE investors can short DWAC stock right now.[2] This is a very unusual provision in SPAC PIPEs; most purchase agreements specifically say that the investors are not allowed to short.[3] In the Trump SPAC PIPE, they specifically are allowed to.
Because DWAC is a SPAC, it has warrants outstanding. Each warrant represents the right to buy one share of stock, after the merger with TMTG closes, for $11.50. The warrants (ticker DWACW) closed on Friday at $18.35. The stock (DWAC) closed at $56.02.
Some simple arithmetic reveals that $11.50 + $18.35 = $29.85, and $29.85 < $56.02. If you want to get exposure to DWAC/TMTG, you can buy one share for $56.02, or you can buy one warrant (to buy one share for $11.50) for $18.35. The total per-share cost of the warrant, $29.85, is $26.17 lower than the going price of the stock.
This is anomalous! But not that anomalous, for meme-y SPAC warrants. (We talked about a similar situation in Nikola Corp. warrants last year.) The basic situation is that the stock is meme-y, salient, beloved by retail investors, and high, while the warrants are a bit weirder, more niche, traded by hedge funds, and lower. You'd think that there'd be an arbitrage between them, but it's imperfect. You can't exercise the warrants now — you have to wait until after closing — so you can't just capture the $26.17 difference now. The classic way to capture the difference is to buy a warrant and short a share of stock,[6] but that is risky for the reasons it's risky for the PIPE investors (limited expensive stock borrow that might be recalled, etc.). I suppose the point is that there are lots of Trump-SPAC trades that look like free money, but be careful with them.
Most SPACs, when they announce a merger, also announce a PIPE. A PIPE is a private investment in public equity: Some big institutional investors agree to invest in the combined public company alongside the SPAC. The PIPE is useful for two reasons. One, it guarantees the company some money: SPAC investors are allowed to take their $10 back, but PIPE investors normally make firm commitments to invest. So if you do a SPAC-plus-PIPE deal, you're definitely raising some money. Second, it validates the SPAC price: The public investors in the SPAC, who have perhaps never heard of the company they are about to buy, can be more confident because some big sophisticated investors have negotiated to invest in the company, often — though not always — on the same trems as the SPAC investors.
When TMTG and DWAC announced their merger, they did not announce a PIPE. This was not surprising! The whole subtext here was that TMTG was not a real company ; it has never disclosed any financial statements or business plans or operating executives or anything. No big institutional investors wanted to commit a lot of money to buy stock in a phantom company.
But since the stock traded up, things are different, and TMTG and DWAC have talked a lot about raising a PIPE. There are two basic ways to think about raising a PIPE here:
1. Go out to institutional investors, explain the business model, introduce them to the experienced management and technical teams, give them financial projections and let them pressure-test them, and generally get investors comfortable with a high-10-digit fundamental valuation for this company. 2. Go out to institutional investors and say "look if you buy stock at $30 you can sell it to some retail rubes at $40."
On Saturday,[8] TMTG and DWAC announced a billion-dollar PIPE, and if you read the announcement very carefully I think you can tell which approach they took:
Trump Media & Technology Group Corp. ("TMTG") and Digital World Acquisition Corp. (Nasdaq: DWAC), today announced that Digital World Acquisition Corp. ("DWAC") has entered into subscription agreements for $1 billion in committed capital to be received upon consummation of their business combination (the "PIPE") from a diverse group of institutional investors.>
President Donald J. Trump, Chairman of TMTG, stated, "$1 billion sends an important message to Big Tech that censorship and political discrimination must end. America is ready for TRUTH Social, a platform that will not discriminate on the basis of political ideology. As our balance sheet expands, TMTG will be in a stronger position to fight back against the tyranny of Big Tech." …>
The per-share conversion price of the fully committed convertible preferred stock PIPE transaction represents a 20% discount to DWAC's volume-weighted average closing price ("VWAP") for the five trading days prior to and including December 1, 2021, subject to downward adjustment. If the VWAP of the combined entity for the 10 trading days after the closing of the business combination ("Closing VWAP") is at or
Here's the first filing for Pershing Square SPARC Holdings Ltd., Bill Ackman's next-generation SPAC. A SPAC is a special purpose acquisition company: It raises a pool of money from investors, puts the money in trust, looks for a private company to take public, merges with the target company, gives it the cash and gives its investors shares in the newly public target company. A SPARC is a special purpose acquisition rights company: It's like a SPAC, but instead of selling shares to investors for $10 each, it gives away "special purpose acquisition rights" (SPARs) to investors for $0 each, and then when it finds a target company it asks the investors to put up some money to merge with the target. Before it finds a target, the SPARC rights — which the SPARC gave away for free — trade on the stock exchange for whatever they're worth, or I guess for whatever people think they're worth. A somewhat mysterious number. Basically: How big a deal do you think Ackman will do, how fast will he do it, and how good a deal will it be?
We have talked about Ackman's SPARC idea before and I just find it delightful? One fun thing about the SPARC is that, since it doesn't raise the money in advance, there's no real reason for it to be for a fixed amount of money. Ackman will go find a target company, and he'll figure out how much money the target company wants to raise, and then he'll go to the SPARC investors and ask them for the money:
The SPARs will each be exercisable for one Public Share, at a minimum exercise price of $10.00 per share. In connection with a proposed business combination, we may decide to seek a greater amount of capital from public investors, in which case we may increase, but not decrease, the exercise price of our SPARs. If we decide to increase the exercise price of our SPARs, we will publicly announce such increase at the time we announce that we have entered into a definitive agreement with respect to our business combination (the "Definitive Agreement"). We refer to the $10.00 SPAR exercise price as the "Minimum Exercise Price" and to the publicly announced final exercise price as the "Final Exercise Price." The total proceeds from the exercise of all SPARs at the Minimum Exercise Price will be $2,444,444,440. There is no maximum Final Exercise Price, and accordingly, no maximum amount of total proceeds we could raise from the exercise of all SPARs at the Final Exercise Price (the "Final Exercise Proceeds"). For example, if we decided to raise twice as much public capital, each SPAR would become exercisable for one Public Share at a Final Exercise Price of $20.00, and the Final SPAR Proceeds would be $4,888,888,880.
Also, Pershing Square Capital Management hedge funds will buy anywhere from $500 million to $3.5 billion of target-company stock alongside the SPARC, meaning that the SPARC deal will be for at least $2.9 billion but could be any arbitrary larger number.
Another fun thing about the SPARC is that, since it doesn't raise the money in advance, it just gives away its rights for free. In the case of Pershing Square's SPARC, it plans to give away the rights to shareholders of Pershing Square's somewhat abortive SPAC, Pershing Square Tontine Holdings. Then the SPARC would do a deal, raise money from SPARC rights holders, give them shares of the target company, and also give them shares of a new SPARC that would go looking for another deal, a sort of chain-SPARC business where each SPARC would, uh, spark the next SPARC.[2] This adds to the fun of valuation. Let's say you think each SPARC right is worth $3: You think that Ackman will announce a deal at about $10 to $20 a share and it will trade up by 15% to 30%; you average that out to $3 per share. But then when he announces the deal you get another SPARC right, which is also (let's say) worth $3 per share. So was your original SPARC right worth $6? But this continues indefinitely — the second SPARC deal comes with a third SPARC right, etc. — so in theory you're getting an indefinite string of IPO pops, not just one. How much is that worth?
Also I suppose anyone could copy this structure and give the rights to whoever they want? It helps to have name recognition and an existing SPAC, as Ackman does, but if this structure catches on you could imagine other people just air-dropping SPARCs onto some list of investors and hoping that they trade.
The pitch to the target company is also very fun. I once wrote about it:
Bill Ackman can go around to private companies looking to go public and say … what? "Hey, I've got some friends, and they are following with interest my efforts to find a company to merge with. If I find a good one, maybe they'll give me money, though they haven't given me any money yet and they're under no obligation to do so. Would you like to be that company, and maybe my friends will give you their money? We can find out together!"
If you are a company looking to go public, is that pitch appealing? Kind of, right? You will be comparing it to the pitch you are receiving from investment bankers to do a traditional initial public offering.[3] The investment bankers will want to charge you an underwriting fee of, say, 1% to 5% of the money you raise; the SPARC has no underwriting fee. (It does require you to give Pershing Square warrants to buy about 5% of your company, at a 20% premium to the IPO price, which is pretty significant, but you're selling stock at the IPO price anyway so perhaps you do not ascribe much value to this.)
The investment bankers will put together a roadshow with a plan to pitch big investors on the merits of your company. Ackman will also do some of that; presumably when you announce the deal he'll do an investor presentation on the merits. But whereas the bankers will be starting from scratch — calling up big investors to say "I have a cool company to tell you about" — Ackman will already have done a lot of the work of fundraising. The SPARC rights will already trade publicly; they will already be held by an audience of Ackman fans hoping to get in on his next deal. And their price will react to the deal and give you a quick indication of whether it works: If you announce a deal with the SPARC and the rights trade up to $3, that means that people will probably exercise their rights and that you'll get your money; if you announce the deal and the rights trade down to $0.01, that means they won't and you should rethink the deal. Getting instant feedback on whether your IPO will work is sort of cool.
Let's sharpen the hypothetical and say that you are being offered the chance to invest in a PIPE, a private investment in public equity, in the TMTG/DWAC deal. You have to commit now; when the SPAC deal closes and TMTG goes public, you will have to hand over your cash and get your shares. If things happen in the interim — if, for instance, TMTG puts out some public disclosure of its financial statements, operations, business plans, any of that stuff that companies have to disclose before going public, and that disclosure is bad — then the stock might drop, but you don't get to change your mind. Let's also assume that you have to agree to lock up your shares for a while after closing: You can't dump them as soon as the deal closes and TMTG goes public, but you have to hold them for a few months afterward. If the stock drops after TMTG goes public, you might not be able to get out immediately. This is all not risk-free. But that $7 billion is a lot of cushion. It's not a crazy trade.
Anyway:
Digital World Acquisition Corp. has begun scheduling meetings with prospective investors for a private investment in public equity, or PIPE, transaction to support its merger with Trump Media & Technology Group, according to people with knowledge of the matter. While the PIPE's terms haven't been finalized, it may exceed $500 million in size, said one of the people, who asked not to be named because the talks are private.>
Any fresh capital would add more funding to launch the media conglomerate, which plans to initially get off the ground with a social network called Truth Social that would give Trump a platform after he was banned from Facebook and Twitter. PIPEs also help to lend credibility to special purpose acquisition company mergers and can provide a cash buffer if early investors decide to redeem their shares.>
Traditionally, PIPEs are priced at $10 a share, in line with the initial public offering price of most SPACs. But day traders and Reddit enthusiasts have helped fuel a spectacular rally in Digital World shares, which reached a closing high of $94.20 last month before leveling out to recently trade around $60. In light of those gains, any PIPE is expected to price above $10, one of the people familiar with the matter said.>
The prospect of lucrative profits could lure investors in, especially if a Trump PIPE deal is structured similarly to the capital injection that supported electric-vehicle maker Lucid Motors's merger with Churchill Capital Corp IV., which created Lucid Group Inc. PIPE investors in that transaction signed up at $15 a share, ensuring a huge paper profit over the $52.94 it closed at before the deal was announced. Despite turbulence in the ensuing months, Lucid has so far paid off for those investors, trading Monday at $47.61 as of 3:15 p.m. New York time.
Yeah see ordinarily the PIPE deal sort of validates the valuation of the SPAC deal: If the SPAC deal is done at $10 per share, and the PIPE is done at $10 per share, that means that smart institutional investors believe in the valuation. If the SPAC shares are trading at $60 per share, and the PIPE investors come in at $15 per share, that means that smart institutional investors very much do not believe in the valuation that SPAC investors believe in.[12] If the stock has been trading at $60 for weeks since the deal was announced, and you announced "hey great news we found some hedge funds willing to pay $15 for this," that is not great news, you know?
Still it is kind of good news because you have to assume that the PIPE investors did some due diligence and got some disclosure about TMTG that goes beyond the comically vague "Company Overview" on TMTG's website. Maybe not financial statements or a business plan , but at least, like, some human being called the up potential investors and said "hey would you like to invest in TMTG" and the investors said "uh I don't know does it exist?" and the caller was like "define 'exists'" and they went from there. More than the SPAC investors got, anyway.
Lee Trink: It's complicated. The whole thing it's complicated. So just again, maybe I'll have some boring elements of this. We can cut that out later.
FaZe Banks: Think it's really interesting, actually. I think people are going to want to hear this.
Lee Trink: Just even the name SPAC, it's actually an acronym. It's a special-purpose acquisition company. So basically, what it is, is a group of people decide to raise a bunch of money, and create a public company with one purpose. And that purpose is to acquire a business. And those people are not meant to operate the new business. All they did was they raised a stack of money, and they're looking for a target. And so basically, we found a SPAC partner that we liked. We interviewed maybe 15 different SPACs with a different amount of money, anywhere from 150 million in the bank to 350, even one of them was. And what happens is we combine the two companies, and all of a sudden we have that money.
The lawyers put a footnote at the end of that paragraph, adding: "Assuming no redemptions and without deducting transaction expenses, approximately $173 million from BRPM's trust account would be part of the transaction proceeds available at closing to be used to fund the growth of FaZe Clan." You can't just promise you'll get the money! The SPAC shareholders have redemption rights; it's not unheard of, especially in recent months, for a company to sign a $173 million SPAC and end up with only a couple million dollars. (BRPM is trading a bit above trust value, suggesting that FaZe should get most of its money, though it is a closer call than, you know, Trump SPAC.) If you're recording a podcast in your mom's basement, you can explain a SPAC as "we combine the two companies, and all of a sudden we have that money"; later, when your lawyers file the transcript with the SEC, they have to add a disclaimer saying "warning: we may not have that money."
One theory is that the point of a special purpose acquisition company is that you can go public even with no customers and no revenue, if you can put together an attractive PowerPoint saying that in 2023 you'll have lots of customers and billions of dollars of revenue. Investors will focus on the exciting 2023 revenue numbers and not worry about the zeroes for historical revenue. There are some flaws in this theory. The investors might not believe you, for one thing; for another thing, you're not really allowed to just make up whatever projections you want when marketing your SPAC. But neither is this theory entirely wrong. You have some leeway to make projections that might not come true, and at least some investors at least sometimes believe optimistic SPAC projections. So if you have no revenue now, you can say you'll have lots in the future, and maybe you'll be able to go public via SPAC and raise money and get rich and not get in trouble.
These guys did it wrong:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [last week] announced a $38.8 million settlement of charges against Akazoo S.A., a purported music streaming business based in Greece, for allegedly defrauding investors out of tens of millions of dollars in connection with a 2019 special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) business combination. Akazoo's assets were previously frozen as the result of an emergency action filed by the SEC in September 2020.
According to the SEC's complaint, Akazoo represented to investors that it was a rapidly growing music streaming company focused on emerging markets with more than 38.2 million registered users, 4.6 million paying subscribers, and over $120 million in annual revenue. In actuality, the complaint alleged that the company had no paying users and, at most, negligible revenue. Akazoo allegedly leveraged these misrepresentations to enter into a SPAC business combination in 2019, in which the company received nearly $55 million from the SPAC and other investors. According to the complaint, after the business combination, Akazoo became listed on Nasdaq and proceeded to defraud retail investors by misrepresenting, among other things, that it had earned tens of millions of dollars in revenue during 2019 and increased its paying subscriber base by 28% year-over-year. In reality, the company allegedly continued to have limited operations, no subscribers, and marginal revenue, all while depleting more than $20 million of investor funds.
Why? Don't say "we had $120 million in revenue last year," say "we will have $240 million in revenue next year." That's a better pitch — 240 is more than 120 — and also, like, somewhat more legal-ish? Ish? Boy is this not legal advice, but if you're just making up revenue anyway you're not really looking for legal advice.
The way a special purpose acquisition company works is that a sponsor raises a bunch of money and then goes out and looks for a private company to take public using that money. In theory anyone could do this. I could launch a SPAC, the SPAC Stuff Acquisition Co., and try to raise money from the readers of this column. Maybe it would work. Then I'd have some money in the bank, and then I'd go out and look for a company to acquire. How would I do that? I don't know. I don't personally know anyone who runs a big private company that they'd like to take public. I suppose I could call up some investment bankers and say "hey do you know any companies that would like to merge with a SPAC?" But I gather that hundreds of SPACs are calling those bankers every day and, you know, wait times are long.
In practice the people who launch SPACs — and particularly the people who launch successful SPACs — tend to be people who know a lot of people who run companies that they might want to take public. Sometimes these SPAC sponsors are successful entrepreneurs or operators with good networks, but often they are private-equity or venture-capital investors, or activist hedge fund managers, or mergers-and-acquisitions investment bankers. They are people who are in the deals business, people whose experience is in buying companies or doing something closely adjacent. Every day they go to work in the company-buying business. Maybe they run a private-equity fund that buys companies and a family office that buys other companies and a credit fund that lends to other people who buy companies; whenever they meet with a company they think "which pocket should I buy this company from?" The SPAC is just another tool, another pool of cash, another source of fees, for their basic business of buying companies.
If you're a person like that, the day before you raise a SPAC you probably had lunch with someone who has a company that you might buy. The day after you raise the SPAC you have drinks with someone who has a company that you might buy. Over the weekend you go golfing with someone who has a company you might buy. You spend your time talking to people with companies about maybe buying their companies.
When you do the SPAC, your lawyer will write the prospectus, and she will sit you down and say "Look, it is a rule of SPACs that you have to be a genuinely blank-check company. You can't start a SPAC with a deal already signed up, or even with discussions with a target that are far along. If you're in substantive discussions with one company about taking it public using this SPAC, you can't do the SPAC. You'd have to at least disclose those discussions, but in practice then the Securities and Exchange Commission would want you to include detailed information about the target, and people would be nervous about buying it, and it would be a huge mess and the target company might as well do a regular initial public offering instead of bothering with a SPAC deal. So: Are you in any substantive discussions with any companies about merging them with your SPAC?"
And you will say, well, all I ever do in my life is talk to companies about acquiring them or taking them public or whatever. Have I mentioned to some of them that I am doing a SPAC and maybe it would be a good vehicle for them? Sure, probably, I can't remember all the companies I've talked to this week. But I haven't, like, signed any deals for the SPAC. It's probably fine.
And your lawyer is like, sure, it's probably fine. And you take the SPAC public.
And then a month later you sign a deal with a company you had been talking to before you took the SPAC public and everyone is like, well, that's life in the deals business, you talk to a lot of companies all the time.
There is obviously a gray area here. If you take a SPAC public and you are truly talking to only one private company to take public, and it is clearly the apple of your SPAC's eye and the only deal you really want to do, and your discussions are far along, and then shortly after the SPAC goes public you sign a deal with that target you have been talking to, then that's not great. But it is not a particularly bright line. If you're in the deals business you might well have talked to a company about deals before, and then when you have a SPAC you might do a SPAC deal with that company, and that's, you know, fine-ish.
I guess it is worth saying that normally, when a special purpose acquisition company announces a merger to take a private company public, it starts marketing the deal. The SPAC is a pool of money whose shares are held by some combination of retail investors and SPAC-arbitrage hedge funds, and the shareholders have the right to withdraw their money from the pool if they don't like the deal. So, if you are the SPAC sponsor (who gets paid if the deal happens) or the target company (which gets the money in the pool unless the shareholders withdraw it), you want the shareholders to like the deal.
So when you announce the deal, right there in the press release, you say things like "this is a good company that will make a lot of money for shareholders." Alongside the announcement you will typically file an investor presentation describing the key points of the company and the deal; this will often contain the optimistic projections of future revenue for which SPACs are infamous. You'll do an investor call, often the same morning you announce the deal, where the enthusiastic SPAC sponsor and the enthusiastic company management will talk about why it's such a great investment opportunity. You might do one-on-one calls with key shareholders to address any of their concerns. The goal is to get the retail investors and hedge funds who hold the stock to want to keep holding it, or to get other investors who like the company to buy the stock when the hedge funds flip it, so that ultimately the stock is in the hands of people who think it is worth more than $10 and will hold onto the stock rather than ask for their money back.
That is what you do if you have a company that you think will make money. Even if you have a pre-product, pre-revenue company, you explain to investors how it one day will make money. And if you have a company that won't make money — if you know it won't make money but you just wanted to play the SPAC game — then you also do this. You make stuff up. You slap together some optimistic projections, you roll some trucks down some hills, you get out there and you sell your deal so you can get your money.
Now, there are some difficulties with doing an initial public offering that is like "we're gonna build a beautiful social network, trust me." But a third important lesson of the last few years is:
3. SPACs!
If you go public by merging your private company with a special purpose acquisition company, then you can just make up whatever you want and no one will check. No, I'm kidding, that is very much not the law! But it is maybe a little bit the law? In particular, there is a view that pre-revenue private companies can go public via SPAC merger and market themselves to investors using wildly optimistic projections of their future revenue, and that if those projections do not come true they won't get in trouble. Again, this is not quite true — talk to your lawyer before trying this! — but there is an element of truth to it. If you are in the business of raising money to fund a social media company that you haven't built yet and perhaps never will, the SPAC format has a real appeal.
Well. That's a real press release filed with the real Securities and Exchange Commission by Digital World Acquisition Corp., which is a real SPAC insofar as a SPAC can be real. It has $293 million in its trust. Traditionally SPAC deals are often announced with PIPEs, private investments in public equity, in which institutional or strategic investors commit hundreds of millions of dollars of their own money alongside the SPAC investment. Here, there is no PIPE; no institutional investors seem to be involved. Trump Very Tech Company Group is raising its money only from public investors in the SPAC.
Ordinarily that would be risky: The SPAC investors have withdrawal rights — they can take back $10 per share in cash instead of leaving it in the pot for the merger — so the company might not get any money. Here, it is not risky. The reason it is not risky is that people who like Trump will buy the stock. (Also: People who think "people who like Trump will buy the stock" will buy the stock; the Keynesian beauty contest applies here too.) Yesterday, before this announcement, DWAC's stock closed at $9.96, a bit below the $10 per share that it has in its trust, sort of a standard price for a SPAC with no deal yet. At 11 a.m. today it was trading at about $19.38, implying a valuation for Trump Thing of something like $1.7 billion. If you think Trump Thing is worth $19.38 per share, you are not going to take your $10 back; you're going to keep the stock and let Trump have your $10. He will definitely get all $293 million.
In theory the way a special-purpose acquisition company works is that a sponsor raises a pool of money from public investors, it finds a private company to take public, it gives the private company the money, the public investors in the SPAC get shares of the private company and the private company is now public. This theory basically worked earlier in 2021; a lot of companies went public this way at high valuations and raised lots of money.
These days though the way a SPAC often works is that a sponsor raises a pool of money from investors, it finds a private company to take public, it gives the money back to the investors, and the private company is now public. The money comes, the money goes; it's just a weird sort of certificate of deposit for the investors and a vague sign of seriousness for the SPAC sponsor. SPAC investors are allowed to withdraw their money once the deal is announced, and these days they often do. Redemption rates of 97% are not unheard of; a $200 million SPAC might end up with only $6 million in cash to give to its merger target.
But the normal way that a SPAC works is that there is a PIPE — a private investment in public equity — alongside the SPAC. Big institutional investors commit to buying stock, typically at the same price as the SPAC, in order to give the target company more certainty. So if you sign up a deal with a $200 million SPAC, you might also line up $150 million of investments from strategic partners, big investment funds, hedge funds, etc. Then when the deal closes you'll get $150 million of committed money plus $200 million or $50 million or $3 million or whatever of SPAC money. The SPAC money is uncertain but you at least have some guaranteed money.
In theory you could get rid of the PIPE too and just do a SPAC deal where you raise like $6 million and become a public company. That hardly seems worth it. You do get a public listing; that's something. You pay the SPAC sponsor a lot for it though. It seems to me that if you want to list on the stock exchange without raising any money, you might as well just do a direct listing; that's a thing you can do now. But I suppose there is some set of companies that would be happy enough to go public by merging with a SPAC with no money in it.
The basic idea of a special purpose acquisition company is that some famous investor or seasoned operator raises a blind pool of money from public investors who are willing to bet on her no questions asked, and then she goes out and takes a company public with the money, selling the company on her own ties to big investors and her operational skill. Public investors want to be able to co-invest with successful investors, private companies want to go public by pairing up with successful operators who can mentor them, everyone wins, etc.
But at some point SPAC sponsors realized that it would help them raise money from retail investors if they went around pretending to be upstarts who were disrupting traditional Wall Street's stranglehold on going public. "Invest with us because we are deeply tied in to the world of capital and big institutions love us" is a good pitch, but "invest with us because we are totally outside of the world of capital and big institutions hate us" is … also a pitch ... that … empirically … kind of works?
If you are a successful investor with deep ties to traditional Wall Street, you can go ahead and do that pitch, it's a free country, but if that is the pitch that works then why shouldn't random young people launch their own SPACs?
A common story about special purpose acquisition companies is that they are a good way for young speculative companies to go public, because if you go public by SPAC you can market your stock publicly based on projected future financials, while if you go public by a traditional initial public offering, you have to market your stock based only on historical financials. If you have never made any money, but hope to make a lot of money, the SPAC seems better. It's better marketing to say "we will have $100 billion of revenue in 2028" than "we have never had any revenue."
This story is perhaps oversimplified — the legal regime is more complicated than that, and in practice traditional IPOs involve marketing based on projections, just not in the actual prospectus — but it is true enough. Intuitively you might assume something like the following:
1. The higher a SPAC's projected future revenue is, the more investors will want to buy its stock; and 2. The higher a SPAC's projected future revenue is, the less likely it is that those projections will come true.
Both of those statements are sort of obvious. If you are trying to hype up your company to get people to buy it, and you get to write down "here's how much money we'll make in 2024," you might as well write down a high number because people like fast-growing companies. On the other hand, if that is your thought process then, you know, it is less likely that you'll actually make that much money in 2024.
What is a special purpose acquisition company? Here is the story that I would have told you a year ago, at the height of the SPAC boom. A SPAC is a pool of money that a sponsor raises to take a private company public. The sponsor sells stock in the SPAC at $10 per share (say she sells 20 million shares for $200 million), puts the money in a pot, and goes out looking for a private company. When she finds a promising private company, the sponsor says, look, I've got $200 million in my pot, and the pot is a publicly listed stock; if you merge with my pot, you will get the money to run your business, and you will have a public listing.
The private company will find this appealing. For one thing, it is a faster and easier route to a public listing than a traditional initial public offering: Merging with an existing public company (the SPAC) is a bit quicker and more reliable than filing your own prospectus to go public, and you have a bit more leeway in how you market your stock if you're doing a merger rather than an IPO.
For another thing, it offers the private company much more certainty of price and size: With a SPAC deal, the private company and the sponsor agree on a valuation, and then the sponsor hands over the pot of money at that valuation. Instead of launching an IPO and hoping to be able to raise $200 million at a price you like, you can agree on the price and the $200 million with the SPAC sponsor in advance; then you announce the deal with the money already there.
Investors in the SPAC also find this appealing: It is, in effect, a way to invest in a company as it goes public, alongside a smart investor (the SPAC sponsor) at the going-public price. Normally, IPOs are allocated to big institutional investors; ordinary retail investors can't buy newly public stocks until they start trading on the exchange, usually at a much higher price (the "IPO pop"). With a SPAC, if you put your $10 into the pot, and the SPAC announces a good deal, the SPAC will trade up, and you will benefit from the SPAC pop.
This story was not wrong, really, and it accurately captured a lot of the dynamics of the SPAC market in late 2020 and early 2021. It elides certain details. I didn't mention that SPACs offer their investors withdrawal rights: If you don't like the deal that a SPAC does, you can get your $10 back, with a bit of interest. That undermines the price-and-size-certainty argument for SPACs, but it didn't matter all that much because, at the time, SPAC deals were hot, they traded up on announcement, and so no one had much reason to withdraw their money.
I would no longer tell you this story. Now here is how a SPAC (sometimes) works:
1. A sponsor raises money from investors at $10 a share. Say she raises $200 million by selling 20 million shares. 2. The sponsor finds a private company to merge with and agrees on a price. Say they value the private company at $800 million pre-money; the SPAC's $200 million will buy 20% of the combined company. 3. The sponsor and the private company go out and find PIPE investors ("private investment in public equity"), institutional investors (including perhaps the private company's existing investors, or the SPAC sponsor's own investment funds) that want to invest in the private company in the SPAC merger. Say they raise $150 million of PIPE money. 4. The sponsor and the private company announce their merger. 5. The SPAC investors take all their money back. They get back, like, $10.01 per share, with the extra penny being interest that the SPAC earned on their money. Actually I exaggerate; really only 95% of the SPAC investors take their money back. There is $10 million left in the SPAC pool. 6. The SPAC and the private company merge. The combined company has $160 million of cash, $150 million from the PIPE deal and $10 million from what's left in the SPAC pool. 7. The combined company is also public, with a valuation of about $960 million ($800 million pre-money valuation plus $160 million of new cash) and a public float of about $10 million.
That's … that's weird, right? The Financial Times reports:
Investors are pulling cash out of special purpose acquisition companies at increasingly higher rates, with a number of vehicles having their trust accounts almost wiped out as more than 90 per cent of their shareholders redeemed investments.>
The average redemption rate during the third quarter was 52.4 per cent, according to data provider Dealogic. …>
The trend casts doubt over claims that listing through a Spac offers greater deal certainty than a traditional initial public offering, one of the key benefits touted by proponents.
I have argued before that in some sense the platonic form of a SPAC is to get rid of the pool of cash. Without the pool of cash, a SPAC deal looks more or less like (1) you raise a final private investment round (from the PIPE investors) and then (2) you do a direct listing so your stock can trade on the stock exchange. With some SPACs it does seem like a direct listing would have been easier:
Biopharmaceutical start-up eFFECTOR Therapeutics expected to receive at least $100m in proceeds from its merger with Locust Walk Acquisition, a Spac that raised $175m when it listed in January. However, the cash held in the trust account was almost entirely wiped out when 97 per cent of shareholders chose to redeem, leaving just $5.2m.>
While some of the shortfall was covered by a $60m private investment in public equity transaction, eFFECTOR received just $53.5m after fees and expenses.
It got $5.2 million of public money and $60 million of private money, though about two-thirds of that came from its existing investors. Its capital structure barely budged; the SPAC did nothing for it as a fundraising tool. But it is public now; that's something.
But here's the really weird thing about these busted SPACs. Why would investors withdraw 97% of their money from a SPAC? Presumably the answer is that they think the merger deal is worth less than $10 per share. Given the choice of a share of eFFECTOR Therapeutics stock or $10 in cash, 97% of Locust Walk shareholders chose the $10.
You might think that, after that, the remaining shares might trade down: The market voted that they were worth less than $10, so presumably they'd trade for less than $10. Or maybe they'd trade at $10, because the people who chose to keep them think they're worth $10 (and declined the cash). Or maybe $10.20, for scarcity value or something.
And in fact, in the days leading up to the closing of the merger and the redemption of 97% of Locust Walk's stock, the shares traded below $10. And then the merger closed on Aug. 25 and the stock went to $16.98. Weird! By Sept. 3 it was back down to $8.56. By Sept. 13 it was at $26.73. It closed yesterday at $16.89.
The main point to make here, I think, is that you have a company with a market capitalization of more than $600 million, very little of which trades. The day after the merger closed, the stock available to trade was basically the $5.2 million worth of SPAC stock that had not redeemed. A tiny float makes for volatile trading.
One basic way to invest is that you put your money in a pot, and a bunch of other people put their money in the pot, and one person manages the pot of money and uses it to invest in stuff. If the stuff she invests in goes up, you, and the other people who put money into the pot, make money. (If it goes down, you lose money.) If the stuff goes up, and usually also if it goes down, the manager gets paid somehow — fees, salaries, bonuses, a share of the profits, a share of the pot, etc. — for doing the work of picking the investments.
This general description covers a lot of things. In a sense it covers every public company. Loosely speaking Tesla Inc. raised a pot of money from investors, and Elon Musk — its manager — invested that pot of money in factories and stuff to make cars, and the value of those investments went up, and so Tesla's shareholders made money and Musk was compensated in various ways (mostly shares and options) that made him very rich.
But most classically that description covers mutual funds. A mutual fund is a pot of money, its manager uses the money to buy stocks or bonds, if the stocks or bonds go up the shareholders of the fund make money, and the manager charges some fees.
Back in the 1920s, a bunch of nefarious things happened in the stock market, including with mutual funds. Then the Great Depression happened and the U.S. Congress wrote what we now call the securities laws, setting up a system of regulation of stock markets. One of these laws is the Investment Company Act of 1940, generally called "the '40 Act," which regulates mutual funds. Essentially the '40 Act defines an "investment company" (roughly synonymous with "mutual fund") as a company that is mainly in the business of investing in securities, requires investment companies to make lots of disclosures, and carefully regulates the relationships and conflicts of interest between the investment company — the pot of money — and the people who manage it. In particular an investment company will have an "investment adviser," a person or more often a company that manages the mutual fund, and the '40 Act (and the related Investment Advisers Act of 1940) sets requirements for the investment company's deal with the investment adviser. The investment adviser can't, for instance, trade securities with the investment company: If the adviser owns stocks, she can't sell them to the mutual fund (to avoid the risk that she'd sell them at too high a price). The adviser's fees are also regulated; in particular, it is hard for advisers to charge performance-based fees (i.e. take a cut of the fund's upside).[1] There is a general sense that the requirements of the '40 Act are quite strict, that it severely limits the things that the investment manager can do and the compensation she can receive.
These rules do not apply to, for instance, Tesla. Or WeWork. The chief executive officer of a public company can have all sorts of compensation arrangements and conflicts of interest that the investment adviser of a mutual fund could not. Those are general questions of corporate governance, and corporate governance rules in general are less strict than the rules of the '40 Act. The '40 Act applies only to investment companies. Companies that are in the business of investing in car factories or whatever are just regular companies and not covered. The key distinction is that a company that is mainly in the business of buying securities is an investment company, while a company that is mainly in the business of buying other things — factories or real estate or whatever — is not.[2]
Occasionally there are weird accidents. A company will run an operating business and then come into possession of a ton of publicly traded securities. Perhaps it sold a division for stock, etc. Is it an investment company? I dunno, maybe; sometimes temporarily holding a bunch of shares (before dividending them out to your shareholders, etc.) is fine. There are technical rules but at our level of generality the point is that there are some companies that are "really" in the business of doing business, and those aren't investment companies, and there are other companies that are "really" in the business of buying securities, and those are investment companies and subject to the '40 Act.
(There are other forms of "people put money in a pot and a manager buys things with it" that are not covered by the '40 Act for whatever reason. Hedge funds, for instance, are a sort of investment firm that are limited to rich people and institutions, and are exempt from the '40 Act.[3] This gives hedge fund managers more flexibility to charge performance fees, to use leverage and short selling, etc.)
This is the SPARC, the Special Purpose Acquisition Rights Company. A SPARC is a SPAC without the pool of money. Instead of shares, SPARCs issue rights; instead of selling shares for $10 or $20 per share and keeping the money in trust, the SPARC gives rights away for free and has no money in trust. It goes out and looks for a deal. When it finds one, it goes to the holders of rights and says "hey would you like to kick in $10 to get a new public share of this company I found?" If they mostly say yes, then the deal closes, the acquisition target gets the money and becomes public, and the SPARC rights (plus $10) transform into shares of the new public company.
When Pershing Square Tontine Holdings announced its Universal Music deal, it announced that PSTH shareholders, in addition to Universal Music shares, would be getting SPARC rights, and we talked about the SPARC structure a couple of times. It is cool! I am uncomplicatedly fond of the SPARC; it is an evolution of the SPAC structure that is both (1) more efficient and investor-friendly (investors don't have to tie up cash for months while the sponsor hunts for a target) and (2) somehow funnier. I wrote:
It is fun. It dispenses with almost all of the financial engineering of a SPAC: There are no warrants, no cash value, no shareholder votes, no time limits. In fact arguably there is no anything. Bill Ackman can go around to private companies looking to go public and say … what? "Hey, I've got some friends, and they are following with interest my efforts to find a company to merge with. If I find a good one, maybe they'll give me money, though they haven't given me any money yet and they're under no obligation to do so. Would you like to be that company, and maybe my friends will give you their money? We can find out together!"
But, I emphasized, the same exact thing is true of a SPAC: SPAC shareholders put their money in up front, but they can get it back when the deal is announced; the target only gets the money if the SPAC shareholders decide it's a good deal. The SPARC emphasizes this choice: It emphasizes that, if you are a target company and you sign a deal with a SPA(R)C to go public, the SPA(R)C doesn't come with any guaranteed money. Instead, you are signing up for the sponsor's ability to raise money, to go out to the retail investors holding SPAC shares or SPARC rights and convince them to fund the deal.
Churchill Capital Corp. IV is a special purpose acquisition company, a pot of money worth about $10.00 for each share that it issued. Its stock closed yesterday at $22.90 per share, which is more than $10.00. This is because it has announced a plan to merge with Lucid Motors Inc., an electric-vehicle company, and Churchill shareholders are excited about this merger and think it is a good deal. If Churchill closes its deal with Lucid, Churchill shareholders will have Lucid stock that they think is worth $22.90. If it does not close its deal with Lucid, they'll get their $10 back in cash. They would prefer the $22.90.
They would prefer the $22.90, but they would not necessarily prefer it enough to do anything about it:
The blank-check company seeking to buy electric-car startup Lucid Motors Inc. made a last-minute appeal for retail shareholders to vote for the deal amid signs that it's struggling to win their approval.
Churchill Capital Corp. IV, the special purpose acquisition company started by investment banker Michael Klein, adjourned its Thursday shareholder meeting that was to determine the fate of the merger, pushing the decision back to the following day. It also appealed again in a new statement for shareholders to sign off on the deal. Churchill's shares fell as much as 4.8% before retracing about half the loss.
"The company still needs additional votes to obtain approval for that proposal by a majority of its outstanding shares," according to the statement. "As a result, the meeting has been adjourned to obtain the required votes." …
"We welcome all of the new shareholders," Klein said. "However, we need you to participate in the election process. In particular, if you are participating from the new trading platforms, the new apps that may not necessarily be directing you clearly to a voting service, we need your vote," Klein said. He added that the process "literally takes one minute."
Multiple notices have been sent to shareholders, with Lucid Chief Executive Officer Peter Rawlinson singling out Robinhood users "with those diamond hands" in a video posted to social media earlier this week. The voting deadline was extended Thursday morning just hours before the meeting was set to take place. Churchill also asked investors who were holders of record to vote even if they've already sold their shares.
It worked out fine; they approved the merger this morning. Virtually everyone who voted — "approximately 98% of votes cast" — voted yes. But they needed a majority of Churchill's total shares outstanding to vote yes, and it was a struggle just to get enough people to vote. And this is for an obviously good deal , one where the stock was trading much higher ($22.90) than the cash value ($10) of the SPAC. There was a ton of enthusiasm for this merger and it still struggled to get approved. For deals with less enthusiasm that could be a problem.
The problem was some combination of:
1. Lots of SPAC investors — particularly in hot electric-vehicle SPAC deals like Churchill/Lucid — are retail shareholders who have never bothered to vote their shares, either because they are inexperienced and new to investing or just because there is almost no context where a retail shareholder's vote could possibly matter. Voting on nonbinding say-on-pay proposals, or even mergers, rarely matters because most companies' shareholder bases are dominated by institutions with lots of shares, so you figure the institutions will decide the question and it's not worth voting your 10 shares. Here, there are fewer institutions, so your shares are worth voting. 2. Relatedly, if you bought your shares on Robinhood, Robinhood is not exactly laser-focused on getting you to vote. ("One person involved in the Lucid deal said: 'Robinhood needs to focus on this. It's not right for their users.'") 3. The stock trades like 10 million shares a day. (There are 207 million shares outstanding.) The record date for the vote was June 21. If you owned stock on June 21, you get to vote. If you bought stock after June 21, you don't. If you owned stock on June 21 and then sold it, you still get to vote. But you are unlikely to care very much. "Stockholders as of the close of business on June 21, 2021, the record date for the Special Meeting, should vote their shares even if they no longer own them," said Churchill in its press release yesterday, but why should they? It doesn't affect them anymore. They sold their stock; if the merger fails, they keep their money, and can have a good laugh at the people who bought the stock from them.
To the extent SPACs are owned by rapidly day-trading retail shareholders, this is going to be a continuing problem. The good news is that the retail day traders seem to be particularly concentrated in the hottest SPACs, which have the highest prices, so their holders have the most incentive to actually vote. A SPAC that announces a deal and trades to $10.15 is not going to get all that much enthusiasm, but nor is it going to attract hordes of Robinhood traders who just forget to vote. Churchill did attract those hordes, and they did forget to vote, but eventually it was able to track them down and point out that it was in their best interests to vote.
Last year, Ackman did yet another thing. It was a boom year for special purpose acquisition companies, a structure in which a financial celebrity raises money from public investors in a blind pool to merge with some private company to be named later and take it public. As a big financial celebrity who is good at raising money, Ackman decided to do the biggest SPAC ever. He raised $4 billion for his SPAC, Pershing Square Tontine Holdings.
If you run a hedge fund, or a publicly listed hedge-fund-y vehicle, more money is basically good: The more money you have, the more flexibility you have to make lots of good investments.[1] But with a SPAC, too much money can be sort of constraining. You're looking to do one deal, to merge with one private company, typically for a minority stake — call it around 10% to 20% — of the company. So a $4 billion SPAC is looking for a $20+ billion merger partner. And that understates things. Ackman, after all, runs a hedge fund (Pershing Square) and also a public hedge-fund-y investment vehicle (Pershing Square Holdings); if he finds a cool investment for Pershing Square Tontine, it would be awkward to freeze his other funds out of that investment. So the SPAC offering document said that the other Pershing Square funds would invest at least $1 billion, and as much as $3 billion or even more, in any deal that Pershing Square Tontine does.
As a general matter, U.S. securities law is not particularly fond of public companies that are set up as general-purpose investment funds. There are certain types of public investment funds that are allowed — most notably, mutual funds, but also SPACs, business development companies, real estate investment trusts, etc. — and they are all subject to pretty strict rules. Ackman's public hedge-fund-y fund, Pershing Square Holdings, is incorporated in Guernsey and trades in Amsterdam and London; it's not an idea that really works in the U.S. Ackman's proposed deal for Universal Music sort of looked like it was transforming Pershing Square Tontine into a general-purpose investment fund, and you can see why the SEC got nervous.
But here's one way to think of it. If a company can go public at a $32.6 billion valuation, that is helpful for the company and its existing investors. If you go public at a $32.6 billion valuation by selling 10% of your stock for $3.26 billion, that's great: You have a high valuation and also $3.26 billion. But if you can't do that, you still get some benefit by going public at a $32.6 billion valuation, even without bringing in any money. If you sell 0.1% of your stock for $32.6 million, then you have a $32.6 billion valuation and essentially no new money. (After paying bankers etc. you are at best breaking even.) But then the next time you try to sell stock, you can say "look, we have a public-market valuation of $32.6 billion." And then if you sell 1% more of your stock for $326 million, that's real money. Or if you sell it for $250 million — "we're giving you a huge discount to our public-market valuation" — that's real money too.
In general you can't go public at a $32.6 billion valuation by selling 0.1% of your stock for $32.6 million. Even if you could find someone to buy that little stock for that much money, it's just too weird a deal and your bankers won't let you. But there are a lot of SPACs out there chasing deals, and if you want to do a weird deal you can probably find a SPAC that will let you.
This doesn't make any real sense as a financial matter, but as a matter of psychological anchoring it does seem helpful for a company with no revenue to be able to say "we went public at a $32.6 billion valuation." And if that valuation came from selling 0.7% of its shares, and wasn't validated by any institutional investors in a PIPE, it's still something. Even if it's not validated by most of the regular investors in the SPAC, and a lot of them ask for their money back. The Bloomberg article notes:
Of all the players, Ruiz stands to gain the most. His 70% stake in the firm is worth close to $23 billion at the combination price. MSP and Lionheart executives will be allowed to sell 10% of their shares as soon as the transaction is completed, with the remainder subject to a six-month lock up.
Is he going to be able to sell that 10% for $3.26 billion? I have no idea. But having headlines saying the company went public for $32.6 billion won't hurt.
One way to think about special purpose acquisition companies is that they are sort of venture-capital deals to go public. When you sign a deal with a SPAC, you get cash and a public listing (like you would in an IPO), but you also get a long-term relationship with the SPAC's sponsor. The sponsor generally joins your board of directors, typically along with a couple of other fancy people that the sponsor has signed up to be directors. For many young companies, part of the appeal of a SPAC deal is that you get a bunch of highly qualified directors all at once, directors whom you couldn't have gotten by just going public and trying to recruit them. (If you want Shaq on your board, merging with a Shaq SPAC is the way to go.) The sponsor will tout her industry connections and financial-structuring expertise and whatever else she brings to the table; you'll sign with her not just for the money she brings but also for the rest of the continuing relationship. Alongside the SPAC merger, a company will typically raise additional money, privately, in a PIPE deal ("private investment in public equity"). The PIPE investors will put in money alongside the SPAC, in order to make the deal bigger and provide more certainty. (SPAC investors have withdrawal rights, so if you sign a $500 million SPAC deal you can't be sure of getting $500 million; if you throw in a $400 million PIPE alongside the SPAC you're guaranteed at least the $400 million.) The PIPE investors will often be the sorts of big boring institutional investors you'd get in an initial public offering, but not necessarily:
While most PIPE participants are institutional investors, they sometimes include strategic investors.
And that's where Palantir (ticker: PLTR) comes in. To date, Palantir has participated in at least eight SPAC-related PIPE transactions, investing well over $100 million, using the deals as a way to win business from emerging companies that can benefit from Palantir's big data analytics software. In effect, Palantir is providing capital up front in return for a multiyear commitments to use the company's software. Obviously Palantir could just go buy stock in public companies, on the stock exchange, if it wanted to, but it doesn't; that has none of the relationship-building advantages of this. Or it could invest in venture rounds, if it wanted to, but those are sometimes small and exclusive. A SPAC PIPE is like a venture round but for an about-to-be-public company.
But the SPAC boom did not invent, like, the concept of visionary founders overpromising to investors. What the SPAC boom did that is interesting is make it much easier for visionary founders to overpromise to public investors. In, like, 2017, if you had a visionary idea that wasn't going to work out and you wanted to raise a lot of money to fund it, you went to venture-capital funds or SoftBank Group Corp. and you pitched them. And they were sophisticated people who could do lots of due diligence and understand your science and engineering and blah blah blah, but let's not kid ourselves, they got a lot of calls wrong too. They funded a lot of visionary ideas that didn't work out. What they really had that was valuable was a self-consciously portfolio-based approach where they understood that they would make a lot of bets on a lot of companies, and those companies would all have world-changing ideas and visionary founders and cool technology and smart engineers, and most of them would nonetheless fail because changing the world is hard, but some would succeed and return enormous amounts of money and make up for all the failures. And this approach worked, and works, reasonably well. And a lot of people — including for instance the previous chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission — noticed that the venture capitalists were quite rich and ordinary investors were less rich.
We talked on Friday about Pershing Square Tontine Holdings Ltd., Bill Ackman's special purpose acquisition vehicle, which will fission into three SPAC-like things: It will do a somewhat SPAC-ish deal with Universal Music Group BV and distribute Universal shares to its investors, it will keep some cash around in a "Remainco" that will try to do another acquisition, and, most interestingly, it will emit a SPARC. Pershing Square explains:
SPARC is not a SPAC. It is a Special Purpose Acquisition Rights Company. Unlike a traditional SPAC, SPARC does not intend to raise capital through an underwritten offering in which investors commit capital without knowing the company with which SPARC will combine.Instead, SPARC intends to issue rights to acquire common stock in SPARC for $20.00 per share to PSTH shareholders ("SPARs") which can only be exercised after SPARC enters into a definitive agreement for its initial business combination.
Pershing Square Tontine Holdings will distribute the SPARs — the SPARC rights — to its existing shareholders, so they can have first dibs on the next big deal that Ackman does. As I said on Friday, this strikes me as a cool idea. For one thing, it is in some ways a better product, for investors, than a SPAC: Instead of locking up money for up to two years while a SPAC hunts for a deal (and then maybe taking it back if they don't like the deal), SPARC investors don't put up any money until the SPARC finds a deal.[1]For another thing, though, right now is kind of a hard time to raise money for a SPAC: There are a lot of SPACs, there is a lot of money tied up in them, a lot of them have not traded that well, and there is a general sense that the early-2021 frenzy for SPACs left the market oversaturated. The Pershing Square SPARC lets Ackman go out and hunt for a $4 billion deal without raising $4 billion, yet.[2] If he finds a company he likes, he can say "well I more or less have a $4 billion pool of capital here." And then he can negotiate a deal and go to the SPARC holders for money, and if they like the deal they'll give it to him. Let's say you agree with me, and Ackman, that the SPARC is a good idea, and you want to launch one. How do you do that? Ackman is doing it as part of this fissioning of PSTH: He already has a $4 billion SPAC, and he's going to turn it into a $4 billion SPARC plus some other stuff (Universal, Remainco). If you also already have a SPAC, you could probably turn it into a SPARC too. I mean, probably best to fission it into a SPAC deal plus a SPARC, like Ackman is doing, though yours doesn't have to be so complicated. Like:
1. You have a SPAC. 2. The SPAC does a regular SPAC deal, a "de-SPAC merger" in which it merges with some private company to take it public. 3. The SPAC says "when this SPAC deal closes, investors in the SPAC will get (1) shares of the new public company that results from the SPAC deal plus (2) one right in my new SPARC." 4. The SPAC closes, the new public company does its thing, and the new SPARC exists and trades. 5. Eventually the SPARC finds another deal, goes to its rights holders and says "okay do you want to put in your money now?" 6. If they do, the SPARC closes another deal. 7. Might as well spin a new SPARC out of that one too. 8. Etc.
That is, the SPARC works as sort of a chain-SPARCing mechanism: You raise a SPAC, and when the SPAC terminates in a successful deal you spin out a new SPARC; when that terminates in a successful deal it spins out another SPARC; etc. Plenty of serial SPAC sponsors do something like this — raise a new SPAC after successfully exiting a previous SPAC[3] — but the SPARC spin could be an interesting variant, one that lets them launch a new vehicle automatically and without having to raise money for it up front.Pershing Square's SPARC will have a nominal value of $4 billion, same as its SPAC, but there's no reason it has to be that way; if you do a $1 billion SPAC and spin a SPARC out of it, it could be a $500 million SPARC or a $2 billion SPARC or whatever. Actually you could spin out multiple SPARCs; why not? "When this deal closes, investors will get the SPAC deal they were originally promised, plus rights to chip in $5 to one new deal, and $10 to another new deal, and $20 to a third new deal." And then you could pursue one or two or all of those new deals, and if any of them work out the rights could be exercisable. And if none of them work out, who cares, it's not like the investors paid for the SPARC rights.Well, they didn't pay you. Presumably the rights would trade on the stock market as pure bets on your success as a SPAC sponsor and your continuing interest in finding a deal. (Or deals.) The theory is that if holders of your old SPAC want to re-up with you, they can keep their SPARC rights and eventually contribute money to your next deal; if they don't, they can sell their SPARC rights to someone who does want to bet on your next deal. The rights end up in the hands of enthusiasts for your work, and then when you announce a deal those enthusiasts can fund it. All of this assumes that you've already got a SPAC going and that it's closing in on a merger. What if you don't? Well, you could spin SPARC rights out of something else. Public companies — banks, private equity firms, SoftBank, etc. — sometimes sponsor SPACs in the regular way; I suppose they could spin SPARCs to their shareholders directly out of the public company. The shareholders would get the SPARC rights for free, as a fun little bonus, and then could either keep them (as a chance to co-invest with the company if it finds a deal) or sell them in the market for a bit of cash.All of these things assume that you give the SPARC rights away for free. They might be worth something — they will have some market price, as bets on your ability to find a good deal — but it would be unseemly for you to charge for them. Could you, though? Could you just sell the SPARC rights directly to potential investors? Could you launch a SPARC not with a free distribution to existing shareholders of something (a SPAC, a SPARC, a public company), but with an initial public offering of the rights for cash?
Seems … aggressive. The thing you are selling is "I will try to find a deal, and if I find one I will ask you to pay for it." Doesn't seem like it should be worth anything, and in fact the standard price for that part of a SPAC is zero dollars. A SPAC sponsor asks investors to chip in $10, for which they get (1) an expectation that the sponsor will try to find a deal, and the right to contribute to it if she finds one, plus (2) a $10 money-market investment. If you invest $10, you get the bet on the sponsor, plus $10 ; the bet on the sponsor is thus free. It might be worth more than zero — the SPAC might trade above $10 before it announces a deal — but the sponsor won't charge more than zero for it. The Securities and Exchange Commission has rules to protect the investors in a SPAC, to make sure that they can get their money back; doing a paid SPARC offering would probably go a bit too far. Still I would like to see someone try.
The way a special purpose acquisition company works is that investors put money in a pot, and the sponsor of the pot goes out and looks for a company to merge with. When the sponsor finds a target company and does the merger, the target company gets the money in the pot, and the investors in the pot get shares of the target company. (The sponsor does too, as compensation for her target-hunting efforts.) Until then, the pot is invested in money-market securities. If the sponsor doesn't find a target company, or if the investors don't like the merger, they can get their money back with a tiny bit of interest.
If you think too hard about this, it might seem a little inefficient. Why do the investors put the money in the pot at the beginning? It's not doing anything. The money just sits there. Why not wait until the sponsor finds a deal, and then put the money in? While they wait for the sponsor to find a target, the SPAC investors can put their money into whatever they want, Treasury bills or the S&P 500 or AMC or Bitcoin or whatever. Then one day the sponsor says "here's the deal," and the investors can decide if they like it, and if they do they can give the sponsor their money and if they don't they don't have to. It's the same basic economics as a SPAC — just like in a SPAC, the investors sign up with a sponsor at the beginning not knowing what the deal is, but when the deal is announced they can decide whether or not they still want in — but without locking the money up in Treasury bills for months or years.
If you think too hard about that , you might say "wait that's just an initial public offering, the whole point of the SPAC is that you give money to the sponsor first," but I don't think that's right. In a SPAC you do give money to the sponsor first, but you can always get it back at the end. The money is there , but not locked up. Instead, the point of the SPAC is that you have expressed some vote of confidence in the sponsor: You trust her to find you a good deal, so you sign up for her deal-finding expedition. You put up your money as an expression of interest, not a commitment to invest. The point of the SPAC is not the money in the pool; the point of the SPAC is that a bunch of investors have expressed nonbinding interest in having a particular sponsor find a company for them. The valuable things are the sponsor's connections and her curation and negotiation skills. If you have those things, raising the money later is fine.
The basic problem with traditional initial public offerings is that, when a company does an IPO, its stock usually goes up: The stock price on the public exchange moments after it goes public is often much higher than the price that the company gets for the stock. If you are the company selling the stock, this might seem bad: Why shouldn't you get to sell at the higher price? Similarly, if you are a person buying the stock on the exchange, it might seem bad: Why shouldn't you get to buy at the lower price? SPACs and direct listings and " hybrid IPOs" are attempts to address this central annoyance, to let regular investors buy at the IPO price or to let companies sell at the post-IPO market price or, somehow, both.
This is the sort of innovation that flourishes in a hot IPO market: For the most part, it's only worth doing all this weird stuff if IPOs usually go up. If not, why bother? Anyway:
New figures show the IPO market has cooled substantially since a red-hot first quarter, as shares in recently floated companies have drifted lower and some high-profile debuts have flopped.
In January and February, the shares of companies joining the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq rose on average more than 40 per cent from their IPO price on the first day of trading, according to data from Dealogic.
In March and April, the average pop had dropped closer to 20 per cent, and in May it fell further to an average 18 per cent as of the middle of last week.
Well, yes? The way it works for a SPAC sponsor is:
You pay some money out of pocket (for startup and administrative costs, a seed investment, etc.) to form a SPAC. Public investors put money in a pot. You go out and look for a startup to merge with the pot. If you find a target and negotiate a deal within two years (or perhaps more realistically six months), you get rich. If the deal is good, hey, that's super. If the deal is bad, that's fine too, as long as the deal gets done. You get shares equal to 20% of the money in the pot, as compensation for your work; they are worth much more than the money you put in. Even if your shares lose half their value after the deal closes, you are still doing great. If you don't find a target and do a deal, the investors get their money back, you get nothing, you eat your out-of-pocket costs and you miss out on what felt, a few months ago, like an enormous free-money boom.
Successfully closing a deal, with any company, on any terms, makes the SPAC sponsors rich; failing to do so costs the sponsors money. When it comes to sponsor incentives, the company is irrelevant!I don't know what the endgame is going to be for the hundreds of SPACs from the recent boom that are still searching for targets. The problem is basically that a SPAC is a middleman between public investors and startups. If it offers a startup a bad deal — a low valuation — then the startup can say "no thanks there are 30 other SPACs vying for my attention." If it offers a startup a good deal — a high valuation — then its own shareholders will say "no thanks I'd rather take my $10 back" and vote down (or just withdraw their money from) the deal. Back when SPACs were hot, this was an easy gap to bridge: You gave the startup a great deal (so it said yes), and investors bid up the stock anyway because they loved SPACs indiscriminately. Now it may be an impossible gap to bridge. SPAC sponsors are richly rewarded for being successful middlemen , for making transactions happen, for bringing together startups that are happy to sell with investors who are happy to buy. If they can't do that, they get nothing.
Every time I write about special purpose acquisition companies someone emails me to be like "I am going to launch a SPAC of SPACs," and it is always pretty half-baked. A SPAC is a blank-check company that raises money to merge with another company, and that is a meta enough idea that people want to make it more meta. "A SPAC that raises money to buy SPACs" is more meta, sure, but it doesn't make any sense. A SPAC is a tool, it's a particular way to raise money to take companies public; multiplying the abstraction doesn't add anything. But here's this:
It's the latest twist in the world of blank-check mergers: A company plans to go public with a SPAC and use it to buy back an affiliate that it took public using another SPAC.This circular scenario revolves around a drugmaker called Roivant Sciences Ltd., which wants to merge with a special-purpose acquisition company and then take over a SPAC that acquired Immunovant Inc. from Roivant less than two years ago.What's more, Roivant says it knows something that everyone else doesn't about its former unit, and it's willing to pay a premium for the shares -- perhaps as much as 70% by one estimate.A SPAC-on-SPAC deal is such an oddity that people who follow shell companies can't remember it happening before, or anything like Roivant's head-spinning version. "In the years I've been analyzing SPACs, I've never seen a transaction like this," said Neil Danics, founder of SPAC Analytics in Toronto and who has been providing research on the industry since 2007. …"If you can raise a bunch of money with a SPAC and then use that relatively cheap cash to buy a company at a valuation they find attractive -- that seems like a rational approach," says Nikolai Roussanov, a finance professor at the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School.The plan goes like this: Roivant has proposed to be acquired by a SPAC called Montes Archimedes Acquisition Corp. in a combination valued at about $7.3 billion, according to filings. Roivant would be the surviving entity, and in turn, would offer a mix of stock and cash to buy up shares that it doesn't already own in Immunovant, an early-stage drugmaker. Roivant spun that off in 2019 into a SPAC called Health Sciences Acquisitions Corp., in return for shares and other considerations initially valued at $395 million.The reason Roivant is willing to pay up isn't immediately clear. Human trials on Immunovant's main prospect, a monoclonal antibody injection aimed at ailments such as myasthenia gravis and thyroid eye disease, were halted February 2 because of concern about potential side effects.
The SPAC-on-SPAC angle is funny, but I am not sure one should overemphasize it. Nothing really turns on any of this being a SPAC. The story is that Roivant is a company that operates as a sort of pharmaceutical conglomerate/incubator. It says:
We develop drug candidates in subsidiary companies we call "Vants" …. Our Vants continue to benefit from the support of the Roivant platform and technologies that are built to address inefficiencies in the drug discovery, development and commercialization process. … The Vant model also enables a modular approach to the monetization of therapies we advance through development, allowing us to pursue commercialization of some products independently, while selectively establishing partnerships for other Vants or divesting of the Vants entirely.Since our founding in 2014, we have … launched and taken public multiple Vants, resulting in an aggregate ownership stake of $1.1 billion in public Vants as of April 30, 2021, based on a $288 million aggregate investment in those Vants.
So it develops drugs in subsidiaries and takes some of those subsidiaries public, while retaining majority stakes in them. Once upon a time it might have done that with initial public offerings, but now obviously the way to take a pre-revenue drug company public is by merging it with a SPAC, so that's what Roivant did with Immunovant in late 2019.Now Immunovant is public, Roivant owns 57.5% of it, and apparently Roivant knows something that the market does not: "As the Issuer's controlling shareholder, Roivant has received nonpublic information about the Issuer and its lead product candidate," says Roivant's Schedule 13D. So it wants to buy up the Immunovant shares that it doesn't own, at a premium to their market price. That will require money, perhaps a billion dollars or so, which means going out to investors to raise the money.[1] In today's market, if you are a pharmaceutical company going to investors to raise money, you might as well go to a SPAC: SPACs have lots of money and are looking to spend it. Obviously IPOing a pre-revenue drug company and then buying it back a year later because you know something about its drug candidate that the market doesn't is itself an interesting business move! But doing both legs of the deal — IPOing the company and then buying it back — via SPAC is not especially strange. It's just that SPACs are the hottest all-purpose tool of corporate finance right now, or at least they were a few months ago when all this was dreamed up. If you want to raise money to sell a company, or to buy it back, why not do it with a SPAC?
The way a special purpose acquisition company works is that a bunch of investors put $10 into a pot in exchange for one share of the pot. The pot then has money, and the sponsor of the pot — the SPAC — goes out looking for a company to merge with. When the sponsor finds a company, the pot buys shares of the company at $10 each, to give to its shareholders. The tricky part is that the sponsor and the company have to negotiate how much of the company the SPAC gets for its $10. If a SPAC has 10 million shares (and thus $100 million in its pot), and it finds a nice little company to take public, it will want to do the merger at a low valuation. The SPAC sponsor might say "we think your company is worth $400 million pre-money, or $500 million when merged with our pot of cash, so we should get 20% of the company for our $100 million." And the company will reply "no we are worth $900 million now, or $1 billion with the money, so you should get 10% of the company for your $100 million."And they'll negotiate and come to a deal and announce the deal, and then the SPAC's shares — which trade publicly on the stock exchange the whole time — will trade up or down. And how the SPAC's shares trade will let you know how good the deal is. So if they agree on a $500 million pre-money valuation ($600 million post-money), the SPAC's shareholders will get 16.67% of the combined company for their $100 million.[4] If the company is "really" worth $750 million post-money, then 16.67% of the company will be worth $125 million, and the SPAC will get more than its money's worth. Its stock should trade up to $12.50.[5] If the company is "really" worth $450 million, then the SPAC's share will be worth $75 million, and the stock will … well, it shouldn't trade down to $7.50, because the SPAC's shareholders can take their $10 back instead of rolling it into the deal. But it might trade down to like $9.95 as they wait to get their money back.
Of course in the real world you won't necessarily know what the company is "really" worth; you should read the previous paragraph to mean more like "if the market thinks that the company is really worth $750 million," etc.
We have talked about this dynamic before, and I have referred to it as the "SPAC pop." The idea is that the SPAC negotiates a good deal with the target company, one that undervalues the company and gives the SPAC shareholders a nice bargain. Because the shareholders see this, the SPAC's shares go up as soon as the deal is announced: The SPAC shareholders are getting $12.50 worth of stock for their $10, so their shares trade up to $12.49 or whatever. And because — when we talked about this in February — there was a history of SPACs getting good deals and trading up, lots of high-profile SPACs would trade at $12 or whatever even before they announced deals, because investors just expected the deals they announced to be good
One model you could have for special purpose acquisition companies is that they are like venture capital funds that are open to retail investors. The sponsor of a SPAC raises money from public investors and then finds a good company to invest the money in. The sponsor negotiates an investment in the company at a price they both think is fair, and then the sponsor and the SPAC shareholders invest their money together. The sponsor's compensation comes in the form of shares of the company, same as the shareholders, so incentives are aligned. If the investment does well, the sponsor gets rich; if not, not.
Another model you could have for SPACs is that they are a special way to do an IPO, and the sponsor of a SPAC is mostly very well compensated for the service of taking a company public and helping it raise money. The sponsor of a SPAC lines up investors (by raising the SPAC), finds a company, and negotiates a price that the sponsor and the company think will get the deal done. Then the sponsor and the company go out and pitch the investors — the people who put money into the SPAC originally — on the deal. (They generally also pitch other, new investors to do a PIPE deal, a private investment in public equity, alongside the SPAC.) The investors do their own work to decide whether to vote for the deal, and whether to withdraw the money they put into the SPAC. (The PIPE investors do their own work to decide whether to invest too.) If the sponsor does the job right, the shareholders will approve the deal and leave their money in. As a reward, the sponsor will get a big chunk of equity in the new company. If the stock goes up, this equity will be worth a lot and the sponsor will get very rich. If the stock goes down, this equity will still be worth quite a bit of money — a large pile of money that goes down by 50% is still a large pile of money — and the sponsor will be pretty rich anyway.
Which makes sense, because the sponsor did what he or she was hired to do, as it were: The sponsor took the company public and raised money for it. The sponsor was, in some limited sense, vouching for the company he or she took public, but only in a limited way: The company disclosed all the relevant information, shareholders got to do their own work and make their own decisions, and the sponsor was not guaranteeing anything. If the SPAC's investors don't like the deal when it's announced, they can get their money back with interest; if they keep their money in that's their decision.I think that both of these models have some truth to them. SPAC sponsors vouch for companies more than IPO underwriters do, and they have more skin in the game. They have more incentives to do deals that work, they have more risk if they do deals that don't work, and investors reasonably expect them to work harder to pick good companies than an underwriting bank would. (Also even prolific SPAC sponsors do many fewer deals than a typical underwriter bank, so they ought to be pickier.) But these differences are not absolute, and when a SPAC deal doesn't work out, I think it is a little bit reasonable for the sponsor to say "hey don't look at me, I was just here for the fees."
The basic way a special purpose acquisition company works is that a sponsor raises a pool of money and has two years to find a company to take public. If the sponsor finds a company, signs up a deal and gets the SPAC's shareholders to approve it, the sponsor gets rich — typically the sponsor gets shares in the newly public target company worth 20% of the amount raised. If the sponsor does not do a deal within two years, though, the SPAC's shareholders get their money back, and the sponsor gets nothing and has to foot the bill for the SPAC's startup and administrative costs.This creates huge incentives for sponsors to get deals done. Particularly, if there's a SPAC boom where everyone wants to start a SPAC and buy SPAC shares, and then that boom ends, there will be a lot of pools of cash sitting around looking for deals after the boom ends. The sponsors will be very keen to get the deals done: That's how they get paid. Targets may or may not be keen to get deals done: There will still be targets who want money and want to go public, and desperate SPACs may be a more attractive vehicle for going public than traditional initial public offerings. The SPAC investors might be less keen: They bought SPAC shares in a burst of enthusiasm, but after that wears off and the SPACs are trading below their cash value, they will be a bit picky about which deals they approve and fund.
Meanwhile you know who else needs the deals to go through to get paid?
Wall Street will continue reaping rewards from its embrace of blank-check companies for a long time, even if the record-breaking boom in listings comes to an end.Investment banks have earned as much as $15 billion from underwriting and advisory work with special purpose acquisition companies since the start of last year, according to research firm Coalition Greenwich. At least $8 billion of that revenue hasn't been booked yet and will show up in banks' results over the next two years, the data show.One of the main reasons is that arrangers of blank-check IPOs in the U.S. get paid in chunks, with less than half of their typical 5.5% fee paid when a listing is completed. The rest is deferred until after the SPAC finds a target -- which can take up to 24 months -- and completes the merger.
The typical SPAC fee is 2% of the money raised upfront, plus 3.5% when the SPAC does its merger. Of course the banks have incentives the other way too: If you are a capital markets banker and a company comes to you looking to go public and raise $500 million, you can probably charge a bit more on a typical IPO than you could by saying "hey we have like 10 SPACs lying around, just merge with one of them." On the other hand the SPAC deal might be a bit less work (you've already raised the money), and you might end up with a larger share of the fees than if you had to share an IPO with many other underwriters. Even after the SPAC boom ends, I suspect banks will keep pitching SPACs to companies looking to go public, because that's how they'll earn the rest of their SPAC fees.
One big advantage of going public by merging with a special purpose acquisition company, instead of through a traditional initial public offering, is that the SPAC tends to offer more certainty of price and size. With an IPO, you announce "we'd like to raise $400 million at a valuation of $1.8 billion to $2.2 billion," or whatever, and then you go out and market the deal to investors. Perhaps they love it and you upsize and reprice the deal, raising $500 million at a $2.5 billion valuation. Perhaps they hate it and you downsize and reprice to raise $300 million at a $1.5 billion valuation. Perhaps they super hate it and you end up pulling the deal, raising no money at any valuation. Most IPOs mostly go fine, but some go poorly, and if yours goes poorly that's a serious black eye. With a SPAC, you negotiate the price first. You meet with SPACs, and you discuss valuation, and you agree to a deal at a specific valuation. Alongside that deal, you negotiate a PIPE, a private investment in public equity, with several big institutional investors. Then when the price and size are locked up, you announce the deal. "We're going to raise $455 million at a $1.9 billion valuation," you say, and you have the signed merger agreement to prove it. By the time you go public with the deal, the deal is done; the risk of failure and embarrassment is minimized. I mean, roughly. Actually there are contingencies to the SPAC too. In particular, the shareholders of the SPAC — the investors who have put money into the SPAC's pot of money, hoping that it will find and negotiate a good acquisition — get to evaluate the deal after you announce it. If they don't like it, they can vote against it. Or they can pull their money out of the SPAC: They invested $10 per share in the SPAC, and it was put into a trust; if they don't like the deal that the SPAC does, they can get their money back from the trust with interest. If your deal was for $455 million, with $230 million from the SPAC's trust and $225 million from the PIPE, that $230 million is fully at risk: You might end up with $225 million, or $455 million, or anything in between. Or the SPAC shareholders might vote no and the whole deal will be off. So there is still marketing to be done — to the SPAC's shareholders — after the deal is announced. And this marketing takes a bit of time; you have to do a proxy statement and get a shareholder vote and get regulatory approvals and so forth. And if anything goes wrong in that time — if there's bad news about the company, or if the market goes down — then you are at risk for the same sort of embarrassing black eye as you'd get from a failed IPO.
For much of the past decade, Maso has busied itself finding ways to help cash-rich companies in Asia transition to nimbler balance sheets. Last year Maso even launched a Spac, with Coker Jr as a director."We're not afraid to roll up our sleeves and be innovators," Maso's co-chief investment officer Manoj Jain said. "We're viewed as proponents of good governance in the region." ..."The concept of shell companies has existed globally for many years," he said. "These are broadly quasi-dormant public companies, that can be used to merge with private companies quickly and easily."According to Jain, repurposing an existing business for M&A is an efficient way to extend the Spac model to smaller deals. "The target companies we're speaking to are in the $300m to $600m zip code in terms of valuation," he said. "To get it to work from a public market perspective, the Spac needs to be $75m to $100m."Yet setting up a Spac can cost millions of dollars in administration fees alone, eating up a large portion of the value in such a small deal. "[Hometown] is a more flexible structure . . . with a longer time to find a target, and a better economic uplift," Jain said."It works like a mini-Spac," he added. "When you execute the merger, the name changes, the ticker changes, the board changes, the management changes, everything changes, as the merged entity enters the US capital markets." … Jain believes that, with the right acquisition target, Hometown may be able to list on the Nasdaq exchange.
From the beginning of the deli saga, this explanation — that the deli was going to do a reverse merger to take an Asian company public and then jettison its deli business, change its name and be the public vehicle for that unrelated new business — seemed to be the most likely answer, and here you go. U.S. public-company status — even on the over-the-counter markets, without a stock exchange listing — is valuable, so it makes sense that some investors in Hong Kong might put $2.5 million into a barely operating deli to buy its public status, and then try to find a company that could make better use of that status.This does not really explain why it's a $100 million deli, but, surprisingly, it does help explain why it's a $2 billion deli. The deli's $100 million basic market capitalization comes from multiplying its 7.8 million shares outstanding by its last trading price ($13 per share as of yesterday's close, for a market cap of $101.4 million). That is too high. A U.S. public company shell is valuable, but it's not worth $100 million, so you would not expect an acquirer to pay $100 million for the deli just to get its securities registration. But the stock doesn't trade much, and for some mysterious reason some people seem willing to pay $13 per share to buy small amounts of it. I can't explain this, but I don't worry too much about it: That $100 million valuation is not all that economically meaningful. It's people buying a few hundred or thousand dollars' worth of stock, not millions.
But I have insisted that the deli's actual valuation is $2 billion, which is its fully diluted market capitalization. This weird number comes from the fact that the deli has weird warrants. In April 2020, Hometown got a $2.5 million investment from a handful of investors (including Maso), who bought stock at $1 per share (for a fairly reasonable post-money valuation of about $8 million[1]). The next day, Hometown issued 20 warrants per share to each of its shareholders (including the brand-new ones, Maso et al.). Each warrant allows the holder to buy one more share for $1 each.The result was that the deli was an $8 million shell company with a $2.5 million pot of cash (much of which it seems to be spending on consulting fees paid to those same shareholders), but with a $156 million pot of, as it were, contingent cash: The shareholders have made arrangements to put in up to another $156 million at some point in the future.[2] If the deli finds a good company to merge with and take public (or, rather, if Maso finds a good company for the deli to merge with), that company won't pay to acquire the deli (and its public status). Instead, the deli will pay to acquire a stake in the company. It will be less like a typical reverse merger (a private company paying for an empty corporate shell) and more like a SPAC: The deli is a vehicle to both take a company public and raise money for it. The money will come not from the cash currently on the deli's balance sheet (a modest $1.4 million as of the end of 2020), but rather from the $156 million that the deli's existing investors have arranged to invest in the future. It's like a SPAC, but instead of raising a pot of money and then hunting for a company to take public, it will hunt for the company to take public and then raise the money with warrants.[3] I am not sure that this is a perfect plan from either a financial or a securities-law perspective, but it makes a sort of rough sense. For the first time, I feel like I understand the deli. Now let's hope it does something else weird to keep us on our toes.
The way an initial public offering works is that a bank helps a company go public by selling stock to new investors, and in exchange the bank takes a fee of roughly 1% to 7% of the amount the company raises. Lots of people think these fees — particularly the 7% fees that are standard in smaller IPOs — are too high.The way a special purpose acquisition company works is that a sponsor helps a company go public by selling stock to new investors, and in return the sponsor takes stock — a "promote" — equal to 20% of the amount the company sells.[2] A bank helps too, and charges a separate 5.5% fee.[3]An important point about SPACs is that 20% is more than 7%? I mean! These numbers are not apples-to-apples. The 20% is paid in stock, not cash; usually the sponsor will be required to hold onto the stock for a while. (Whereas IPO banks just get a check and move on.) Often the sponsors, or funds that they run, will also invest their own (funds') money in the SPAC, alongside the free stock that they get. (Whereas IPO banks are generally just service providers, not co-investors.) And that free stock isn't exactly free; the SPAC sponsors will have to put up a bit of money to cover startup expenses, though they get the stock at a huge discount. (Whereas IPO banks pay for fewer expenses, though not none; someone's gotta pay for snacks at the roadshow.) Also the SPAC deal will often have a PIPE deal (private investment in public equity) alongside it, raising more money that is not subject to the sponsor promote. Still 20% (or 25.5%) really is more than 7%, never mind the 1% to 3% fees that are more common in larger IPOs. And so tons of celebrities became vaguely affiliated with SPACs, because SPACS are incredibly lucrative and have a ton of money to throw around for celebrity sponsors. There are important and at least partially correct theories about SPACs that hold that they are a better way for investors to access newly public companies, because of the financial engineering of their structures, or because they allow normal investors a chance to capture something like the IPO pop. There are other important and at least partially correct theories holding that SPACs are a better way for companies to access public markets, because of the timing and certainty advantages of a SPAC deal, or the chance to have an engaged high-profile sponsor on your board, or the ability to market your company based on projections. But it always seems like the most obvious fact about SPACs is that they are a very attractive compensation scheme for SPAC sponsors: A lot of effort goes into forming and pitching SPACs because, if you sponsor a SPAC, that's a really good deal for you.
One theory of SPACs is that they democratize and disintermediate the IPO process. In a traditional IPO, companies raise money from institutional investors; the companies and their banks choose the investors who get allocated shares in the IPO, and retail investors often miss out. With a SPAC, anyone can buy shares in the SPAC — they trade publicly on the stock exchange, generally for months before a deal is announced — and so can get in on the ground floor when a new company goes public. There are downsides to this; for instance, getting in on the ground floor generally involves buying SPAC stock before you know which company it will take public. But in a world in which SPAC deals often involve PIPEs that are much bigger than the SPACs themselves, I am not sure that any of that matters, or that it describes the actual economics of SPAC deals. Grab is not really going public by selling shares to a pot of money that anyone can participate in: It's going public mostly by selling shares to BlackRock and T. Rowe and Fidelity, the same big investors who'd be at the top of any IPO; a small chunk of the deal (roughly 10% of the deal, or roughly 1.3% of the market cap) will go to the SPAC investors. Nor is Grab really raising money from people who put money into a pot blindly: It's raising money mostly from big investors who agreed to participate in a negotiated deal directly with Grab. BlackRock and Fidelity and T. Rowe did not give anyone a "blank check" to go out and take a company public; they just wrote checks to Grab, because they like Grab. I wonder sometimes why you even need the SPAC. This deal, for instance, would arguably be more efficient if the SPAC had only $50 million instead of $500 million in its pool. At $500 million, Altimeter has to backstop a large and uncertain amount of potential withdrawals, tying up cash that it will probably never actually invest; at $50 million, that backstop could be less (or they could just skip it), and they could raise the extra $450 million directly from PIPE investors. The point of the SPAC is not really to provide cash for Grab; the point of the SPAC is to provide a listing. The SPAC has done an IPO, it's a publicly listed company, and it provides a mechanism to make Grab publicly listed. The cash in the SPAC is an afterthought.
A rough general rule in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles is that if a company has a variable liability — if it might owe different amounts of money in different circumstances — then it needs to mark that liability to market through its income statement. So if you issue bonds that are indexed to the S&P 500 — they pay back, say, $1 per point of the S&P 500 at maturity — then as the S&P 500 goes up the value of the bonds goes up, and you have to reflect that change as a loss in your income statement. If you issue $300 million of these bonds when the S&P is at 3,000, and the S&P goes to 4,000, then the bonds are worth $400 million and you have a $100 million loss. This makes sense: You owe more money, so economically your income has gone down.
This rule does not, however, apply to one particular sort of variable liability, which is one denominated in the company's own stock. If a company issues a convertible bond — a bond that converts into its stock — and then the price of its stock goes up, the value of the convertible bond will also go up. If you issue a convertible bond at $1,000, and your stock doubles, the bond might be worth, say, $1,800. If this were treated as a variable liability, the company would have an $800 loss in its income statement: It issued a liability, the value of the liability went up, so the company has a loss.
But this is not generally how convertible bonds work. The growing liability does not reduce income, because it is not really a "liability"; it is just an obligation to issue shares, and a company's own stock is not a liability. If the company owes someone a fixed amount of its stock, that is just "equity," not a "liability." And so obligations to issue fixed amounts of stock — convertible bonds, warrants, employee stock-option plans, etc. — are not generally marked to market through the income statement. This also makes sense: It would be weird for a company's net income to go down just because its stock went up.
There are exceptions to that exception, though. Basically accountants are suspicious of the exception, and if something looks kind of like a variable liability and kind of like equity, they will be inclined to classify it as a variable liability and make companies mark it to market. So if your convertible bond or warrant has unusual features that make it un-equity-like — if you might have to pay it off in cash in some circumstances, even if those circumstances are sort of arcane and unexpected — then accountants may tell you to mark it to market.
In addition to that general accountant suspicion, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is particularly suspicious of special purpose acquisition companies. SPACs normally issue warrants, which are a key component of the economics of a SPAC: If you buy into a SPAC early, you get both a share of the SPAC and also a fraction of a warrant to buy another share if the SPAC performs well. The SEC, suspicious of SPACs, turned loose its accountants, suspicious of warrants, on SPAC warrants, and got the expected result:
U.S. regulators are throwing another wrench into Wall Street's SPAC machine by cracking down on how accounting rules apply to a key element of blank-check companies.The Securities and Exchange Commission is setting forth new guidance that warrants, which are issued to early investors in the deals, might not be considered equity instruments and may instead be liabilities for accounting purposes. The move, reported earlier by Bloomberg News, threatens to disrupt filings for new special-purpose acquisition companies until the issue is resolved. ...The SEC began reaching out to accountants last week with the guidance on warrants, according to people familiar with the matter. A pipeline of hundreds of filings for new SPACs could be affected, said the people, who asked not to be named because the conversations were private."The SEC indicated that they will not declare any registration statements effective unless the warrant issue is addressed," according to a client note sent by accounting firm Marcum that was reviewed by Bloomberg.
Here is the guidance, and honestly even for accounting guidance about liability-versus-equity classification it's kind of nitpicky. A sample:
GAAP further includes a general principle that if an event that is not within the entity's control could require net cash settlement, then the contract should be classified as an asset or a liability rather than as equity. However, GAAP provides an exception to this general principle whereby equity classification would not be precluded if net cash settlement can only be triggered in circumstances in which the holders of the shares underlying the contract also would receive cash. Scenarios where this exception would apply include events that fundamentally change the ownership or capitalization of an entity, such as a change in control of the entity, or a nationalization of the entity.We recently evaluated a fact pattern involving warrants issued by a SPAC. The terms of those warrants included a provision that in the event of a tender or exchange offer made to and accepted by holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a single class of common stock, all holders of the warrants would be entitled to receive cash for their warrants. In other words, in the event of a qualifying cash tender offer (which could be outside the control of the entity), all warrant holders would be entitled to cash, while only certain of the holders of the underlying shares of common stock would be entitled to cash. OCA staff concluded that, in this fact pattern, the tender offer provision would require the warrants to be classified as a liability measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported each period in earnings.
It's fine for your warrant to say "if the company is acquired in a merger or tender offer in which 100% of shares are converted into cash, the warrant will also be converted into cash based on the acquisition price." (Really, the warrant has to work that way.) You might think that an acquisition of more than 50% of the stock is effectively the same thing — a fundamental change in ownership — so you might carelessly write "if the company is acquired in a merger or tender offer in which more than 50% of shares are converted into cash, the warrant will also be converted into cash based on the acquisition price." But, oops, nope, that makes it a variable liability!
A popular and approximately true thing to say about special purpose acquisition companies is that a company that goes public through a SPAC can tell investors its financial projections, while a company that goes public through an initial public offering can't. If you merge with a SPAC, the thinking goes, you can market yourself to investors based on projected future revenue and income; if you do a regular IPO (or a direct listing), you can only tell investors about your past financial results.Lots of companies would like to go public but don't have much in the way of past financial results. If you are, say, an electric-vehicle company with some good ideas and smart engineers but no actual revenue, or cars, it is much more pleasant to tell investors how much money you plan to make in 2024 (lots) than it is to tell them how much money you made in 2020 (zero, or realistically a very negative number[1]). And so certain types of companies — relatively immature pre-revenue companies, and particularly electric-vehicle startups — prefer to go public via SPACs, and the extreme boom of SPACs in 2020 and 2021 has been very good for taking those sorts of companies public.Why is this? The rough theory, in U.S. securities law, is that it is good for companies to tell investors their plans for the future. Shareholders ought to be well informed, and it is easier for them to evaluate companies if those companies can explain their plans, talk about their goals, and give guidance for future earnings. But this is a risky thing for a company to do, because U.S. shareholders love to sue companies if anything goes wrong. If a company says “we’re introducing a new product this quarter and we hope to sell a million units and add 3% to our revenue,” and then it sells 990,000 units and adds 2.9% to its revenue and the stock goes down , shareholders will sue. They’ll say “you lied to us, about the million units and the 3%, and we were deceived and lost money.” And then the company will have the expense and risk of defending the lawsuit, and might lose, so better not to mention any projections at all. Shareholders want forward-looking information, but shareholders’ lawyers, left to their own devices, would make it too risky for companies to disclose that information. To address this tension, Congress in 1995 passed a law called the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, which contains a “safe harbor for forward-looking statements”: If a company says something about the future in its public disclosure, and if it includes some standard boilerplate saying “be careful, our statements about the future might not come true,”[2] and then the statements don’t come true, investors generally can’t sue. (Well, they can sue, but only if they can prove that the company knew the statement was false or misleading; making ambitious projections and then failing to hit them is not enough.) “Everything is securities fraud,” I like to say, but weirdly, it’s not securities fraud for companies to say things about their future earnings that turn out not to be true. There are exceptions to the safe harbor, though. Companies with fraud convictions and penny-stock companies don’t get the safe harbor, for instance.[3] The goal is to let regular established public companies tell their shareholders their plans for the future without too much fear of getting sued, but not to let shady companies take advantage of the rule to spin wild tales and sucker people into investing. Similarly, some transactions aren’t subject to the safe harbor, because there is a view that they carry too much risk of fraud or conflicts of interest. Tender offers and going-private transactions don’t get the safe harbor; if you make projections about the future in a tender offer you have to make sure they’re right. And statements “made in connection with an initial public offering” don’t get the safe harbor, for the same basic reason. If any dodgy little company could go public saying “we are going to make a zillion dollars next year,” without fear of being sued if that turned out to be wrong, every dodgy little company would do that, and a lot of small investors would get swindled into investing in bad IPOs based on ridiculous projections. And so it is very risky for a company to include projections in an IPO, and so companies often don’t. SPACs are a sort of regulatory arbitrage around that rule. The way a SPAC works is that the SPAC’s sponsor does an IPO for the SPAC, raising a bunch of money and putting it into a pot. The SPAC has no business and makes no projections. Then the SPAC goes out and hunts for a private company to take public; when it finds one, it signs a merger agreement, under which the private company will get the money in the SPAC pot and the newly merged company will get the SPAC’s public listing. The private company goes public and raises money, much as it would in an IPO, but by means of a merger with the SPAC. (This is usually called a “de-SPAC merger.”) The private company still has to market itself to public investors, because the SPAC’s public shareholders have to approve the deal, and because the company wants its stock to trade well. There are still investor meetings and presentations in which corporate management (and the SPAC sponsor) tell the story of the private company and try to convince investors that it’s a good investment. But because the SPAC is already public , and because the deal is technically a merger rather than an IPO, they can rely on the safe harbor. They can safely include projections in their public filings; if the projections turn out not to be true and the stock drops, the investors will have a hard time suing.
A SPAC issues stock for $10 a share, puts the money in a pot, and goes looking for a company to merge with. If the SPAC finds a target, they merge; the target becomes a public company and gets the money in the SPAC pool, while the SPAC shareholders get shares of the newly merged public company. If the SPAC doesn't find a target within two years, it gives its shareholders their $10 back, with a little bit of interest.One rough way to think about SPACs is that they are a way to do tomorrow's initial public offerings today. Early 2021 was a great time to go public — so good, in fact, that you could raise money even for companies that weren't ready to go public. Raise money today, put it in a pot, and in a year or two when some private company wants to go public it can merge with the pot and collect the cash raised today. You pre-sell IPOs while the IPO market is good, and then harvest them later when the market has cooled.
Meanwhile, though, the SPACs trade, on the stock exchange, and when the market does cool it seems a little weird to buy a $10 share of a pot of cash that might one day be an acquisition. Not disastrously weird — it's a pot of cash, $10 is worth $10 — but a little weird, weird enough that the promise to return $10 might trade for $9.95. If you have $10 and want to park it somewhere safe and earn a Treasury rate of interest, you can buy Treasuries. If you are going to be induced to park it in some weird SPAC — where you don't know exactly when you'll get your $10 back, and you have to monitor the SPAC to make sure it doesn't do a dumb acquisition (or to make sure you exercise your withdrawal rights and get your $10 back if it does) — you will need a higher return than you'd demand on Treasuries. If SPACs are just cash instruments, they will trade at a discount to their cash value, because they are kind of an annoying form of cash. In late 2020 and early 2021 of course you would pay a premium to cash value for a SPAC, because the expectation was that every SPAC would find a sweet company to take public and make a favorable deal. A SPAC was not a cash instrument but a way to buy a hot private company's initial public offering and capture the "IPO pop." And that is still true for some high-profile SPACs that seem like good bets to strike good deals. But there are a lot of SPACs, and the mood has shifted, and now many of them are kind of weird cash instruments:
So if you could efficiently buy all the discounted SPACs and hold them to maturity, you'd earn about 1.22%, which is maybe not incredible but definitely beats, you know, a 0.05% Treasury yield. These things seem quite safe: The money is held in trust, you can demand it back if the SPAC doesn't do a deal in two years or if it does a deal you don't like, and there is no real history of SPACs not returning the cash. As a money-market investment, it pays you a little extra in exchange for its weirdness.
The thing about SPACs is that they are both a wild speculative way to bet on unproven — even unnamed — new companies, and also a boring but complicated safe cash investment. Not, usually, at the same time. The SPAC glut came about due to enthusiasm for wild speculation; the discount-SPAC glut, though, is about the yield on the boring safe investment.
One pitch for the special purpose acquisition company, or SPAC, is that it is a way for ordinary investors to get in on initial public offerings the way big institutions do. Traditionally the way an IPO works is that a company and its investment banks price the stock at like $50, and they sell it to big institutional investors, and then it opens for trading on the stock exchange the next day and immediately trades up to like $70. If you're an ordinary retail investor, you buy the stock on the stock exchange, at $70; only the favored institutions get to buy it at $50. But the way SPACs work is that they sell shares at $10, and anyone can buy shares at around $10, and then they announce that they will take a company public, and the stock trades up to $14 or whatever because people are excited for the deal. There is a "SPAC pop" much like there is an "IPO pop," but ordinary investors have a chance to capture it.
There are various trade-offs for this. One is that SPAC sponsors, the investors and operators who start the SPAC and take it public and raise money, extract a ton of value for their service. Traditionally they get about 20% of the SPAC's shares more or less for free, to reward them for their efforts and for paying for the SPAC's startup costs. It's a good business to be in, which is why basically every rich and/or famous person in the universe has gotten into it. Name a celebrity: They've got a SPAC. Shaquille O'Neal! Ciara! Wilbur Ross! A-Rod! Sammy Hagar! There is just a ton of money sloshing around right now for SPAC sponsors, and anyone famous enough to get invited will happily put their name on a SPAC for some easy money.
I dunno. Another pitch for SPACs is that the SPAC sponsors are doing something for their paycheck. They're not just some names attached to a pot of money; the SPAC sponsors are there because they are good at (1) identifying promising private companies to take public, (2) attracting additional institutional investors to join the PIPE deals that usually accompany SPAC mergers, (3) negotiating a favorable deal with the private company, (4) pitching the private company's business and valuation to the public so that the SPAC merger succeeds and (5) taking board seats on the newly public company and advising it on its business, capital markets, personnel, etc. I don't know that Sammy Hagar is going to be great at all of those jobs, but presumably he'll be good at some of them? Some anonymous dentist who chips in $10,000, I'm not so sure.
What thoughtful SPAC sponsors say is that their model is not purely "we have a pot of money and we will fling it at someone"; they view themselves as real merger partners who will add long-term value to the companies they take public by sitting on the board, bringing in investors and business opportunities, and giving advice. The People's SPAC is more "if you fling some money at us, we'll have the beginnings of a pot of money, which we'll use to raise a bigger pot of money, which we'll fling at someone." I'm not sure that that's the correct reading of the current SPAC mania, though I can't say it won't work.
Here's the other point. This is a "de-SPAC merger," in which WeWork will merge with BowX, take its $483 million,[2] and become a public company. It is natural to emphasize the SPAC here: It is a SPAC deal, that is the mechanism that WeWork would use to go public, and the SPAC and its sponsor would play a major role in both the deal to go public and WeWork's future as a public company.
But I wouldn't emphasize it too much. If this deal goes through, more than half the money WeWork raises will come not from the SPAC but from the parallel "private investment in public equity," or PIPE, transaction that it does with big institutional investors. WeWork is apparently out on the road now , with a pitchbook, explaining to big institutional investors why it's a good investment at a $9 billion valuation. Eventually that will work, or not; it will find buyers at that price, or it will have to lower the price, or it will have to give up on the deal and stay private. Or else demand — from these big institutional investors in these private meetings — will be so strong that WeWork will be able to upsize the deal and raise more money, or it will be able to raise the price and go public at a $12 billion valuation or whatever.[3]
All of this, though, will happen in private. WeWork and its SPAC partners and their bankers will meet one-on-one with a selected group of big investors, and show them projections, and answer their questions. News and opinions will leak, of course: The quote at the top of this section is from a Financial Times report yesterday, and perhaps big investors will talk to each other and share their views of the company and its valuation. But the process will be much more controlled, and much quieter , than WeWork's IPO process.
One way to understand that process is that WeWork published a prospectus first , and the prospectus was full of ludicrous details about its governance while failing to answer important questions about its business, and everyone immediately made fun of it, and "the WeWork IPO is bad" became a matter of common knowledge. Everyone knew that everyone knew that WeWork wasn't going to get the price it wanted; no one wanted to catch the very high-profile falling knife.
One way to understand the SPAC process is that WeWork will line up money first, and then publish a prospectus. (Or a merger proxy, but same basic idea.) When WeWork publishes its financial results and projections, when it discloses its current governance situation, when it does or doesn't include blather about world-changing and community-building in its securities filings, it will already have commitments for at least most of the money it is looking to raise.[4]
I have said before that WeWork is a perfect use case for a SPAC: That sort of certainty is exactly what it needs. But I am not sure it needs a SPAC ; it just needs that certainty. A deal in which WeWork lined up a billion dollars of commitments from big institutional investors, sold them stock, and then went public via a direct listing a week later would be fine. A deal in which WeWork lined up a billion dollars of "anchor orders" from big institutions for a regular IPO, and then did that IPO, would be fine. The actual mechanism, or even the current popularity, of the SPAC is not what's important here. What's important is lining up investors before everyone has a chance to make fun of WeWork again.
A special purpose acquisition company is a blank-check company that raises money from investors in an initial public offering, puts the money in a pot, and uses the pot to buy a stake in some existing private company, merging with that company (in a "de-SPAC merger") and taking it public. Traditionally the SPAC does its IPO at $10 per share; if it sells 100 million shares then it will have $1 billion in its pot. It will go out and find a private company and negotiate with it, and the negotiations will be over how big a stake the SPAC gets for its money. The SPAC has a billion dollars; it will go to the private company and say, for instance, "we think you are a $4 billion company, if we give you $1 billion you'll be a $5 billion company, so our $1 billion should buy 20% of your stock, so after we merge you should have 500 million shares outstanding of which our SPAC shareholders should own 100 million." And the company says "no we are a $9 billion company, if you give us $1 billion we'll be a $10 billion company, so your $1 billion should buy 10% of our stock, so after we merge we'll have 1 billion shares outstanding of which your SPAC shareholders should own 100 million." And then they go from there and hopefully find a compromise price everyone can live with. And there will usually be a PIPE, a private investment in public equity, alongside the de-SPAC merger deal: Some big institutional investors will put in new money to buy shares directly, so that the newly public company raises money not only from the SPAC but also from other big institutions. So perhaps the final deal will be a $6 billion pre-money valuation plus $1 billion from the SPAC and $1 billion from PIPE investors, for a total valuation of $8 billion; SPAC investors will get about 12.5% of the company (one-eighth, the amount of cash they put in divided by the total valuation), the PIPE investors will get another 12.5%, and the existing private shareholders will keep the other 75%. Then they will announce the deal and hopefully the stock—the SPAC stock, which is already public—will trade up. The deal will be well received; investors will think the company is worth more than the agreed valuation. Perhaps the market will say the company is worth $10 billion, which means that the SPAC shareholders' 12.5% stake is worth $1.25 billion, which means that each $10 SPAC share should trade to $12.50. This is the same basic mechanism as a traditional initial public offering. The people who agree to buy a private company's shares at the moment it becomes public are taking a risk and doing the private company a favor; they expect to be able to buy those shares at a bit of a discount. After the company goes public—in an IPO or a de-SPAC merger—the stock should trade up, to reward the initial purchasers. In an IPO this is called the "IPO pop," and it is much criticized by venture capitalists. In a SPAC this phenomenon doesn't exactly have a name, but it obviously exists and is the basis for the current SPAC mania. If investors didn't think "buying SPAC stock at $10 gives us a ticket to get some cool private company at a discount," they wouldn't be excitedly buying SPAC stocks; there would not be a dozen SPACs going public each day, and multiple exchange-traded funds competing to package SPACs for investors, and generally a ton of excitement for SPACs. (Of course there is no guarantee of anything; some IPOs open below their IPO price, and some SPACs trade down as investors are disappointed by the deals they make. But the usual expectation, at least for hot companies in the current hot market, is for these things to trade up initially.) The thing about SPACs, though, is that shares in the SPAC—the pot of money—trade on the stock exchange before the merger is announced. If you are aware of the basic SPAC-pop dynamic—if you have watched other high-profile SPAC deals get done and their stocks trade up—you might look at a pre-merger SPAC of a well-known sponsor and say "well, this SPAC is just a pot of money, and I don't know what company it is going to merge with, but it's going to merge with some company, and it will get a good price, so after the merger these shares will be worth $12.50 or something." And so you might be willing to pay, say, $10.50 or $11 or $12 or $12.49 for the SPAC's shares today, even though today they just represent a claim on $10 worth of cash. You can pre-purchase the "SPAC pop," as it were. You could take this logic further. You could say: "Well, this SPAC is just a pot of money, and I don't know what company it is going to merge with, but I suspect it's going to be a hot electric-vehicle company, and hot electric-vehicle companies have particularly obscene SPAC pops because the market absolutely loves SPACs and EVs right now, so I think that the sponsor will pay $10 for shares that will trade up to $50, so I am going to pay $49.99 for them now." You'll pay $49.99 for a pot of cash worth $10. And, to be clear, this can be a perfectly rational trade: You're not just buying a $10 pot of cash for $49.99; you're also buying the high likelihood that that pot of cash will be used to buy underpriced shares of a hot private electric-vehicle company. The right SPAC can do that, but you can't do that with $10 in your checking account, so the $10 in the SPAC's hands really is worth more than $10. But what is the electric-vehicle company to make of all this? A SPAC sponsor comes to the EV company and says "we'll give you $10 per share for your stock, let's negotiate about how much stock that will buy us." And then they debate valuations; the company argues it is worth a lot, while the sponsor says it's worth less. But at some point the company says to the sponsor: "Look, you're asking to buy our stock at $10 per share, to give it to your shareholders, who paid you $10 per share for it. But I can look on the stock exchange and see that your stock is trading at $50 per share right now. I know that, to avoid disappointing your shareholders, you have to get back stock worth $50 for the $10 you put in, and I don't want to sell you stock at an 80% discount." It is a fair objection. If the EV company sells shares worth, say, $25 to the SPAC, and gets back $10 per share, then (1) the EV company is getting kind of ripped off (it's selling $25 stock for $10), but (2) the SPAC shareholders are also getting kind of ripped off (they bought $25 stock for $50). The SPAC shareholders have only themselves to blame, really—they're the ones who paid $50 for a $10 stake in a pot of cash—but it is not a great dynamic.
NightDragon is a new SPAC, a blank-check company that will go public by raising a pot of cash and will then go out and look for a company to take public by merger. SPACs are traditionally brought to market by sponsors, famous investors or operators or athletes who do the work of looking for a company to acquire and, in exchange, get 20% of the SPAC's equity more or less for free. "In other words," writes Andrew Ross Sorkin in his column today, "if a Wall Street executive or celebrity raises $500 million from public investors, that person gets a stake worth $100 million, irrespective of how well the stock of the combined group performs over time." But the SCALE is a change to the SPAC structure to address that issue: The SCALE sponsors don't get most of their reward unless the merged company performs well after the merger. The idea is that this is good for the people who buy into the SPAC: The sponsor's incentive is not just to do any deal, but to find and negotiate a good one so that the stock trades up. It's also arguably good for the company that merges with the SPAC—its shareholders are diluted less, unless it performs well—which might make it easier for the SCALE SPAC to find a good target and make a good deal. Incentives are aligned! With the stakeholders! Who are centered! Listed! Equity! It says it right in the name. One other point that I want to make here is that SPACs are absolutely an enormously lucrative investment banking product that banks love and devote lots of resources to marketing. I made this point last month, after equity capital markets groups at big banks reported huge profits because of the bonanza of SPAC deals, and I don't want to spend too much time harping on it because I don't really think that, at this point, too many people actually think things like "SPACs are a way to cut out Wall Street banks and go public without all the fees of an initial public offering." But if you do think that, consider that Wall Street banks are inventing new ways to do SPACs, and giving them fun acronymic names, because they are in gleeful competition to do as many SPACs as possible. Perhaps they like SPACs?
The salient fact about WeWork, as far as access to capital markets goes, is that it had a fantastically botched initial public offering back in 2019. WeWork announced it was going public, filed a prospectus, was rumored to be seeking a $96 billion valuation, and had comically aggressive corporate governance terms and notoriously unhelpful financial disclosures. People read the prospectus and had a good laugh and all decided not to buy the stock, there was a brief flurry of lowering the valuation to humiliating levels, and ultimately the IPO was pulled, founder-CEO Adam Neumann lost his job, major investor SoftBank Group Corp. took control and WeWork limped back into the private markets.
A good lesson to draw from that might be "don't announce an IPO until you've signed binding commitments from big investors to buy enough stock to take you public at a price that both you and they find acceptable." If WeWork had quietly shopped the IPO to investors and tried to get a few billion of commitments at a negotiated price, then either:
1. It would work, big investors would sign up to buy at a valuation of $20 billion or $50 billion or $90 billion or whatever, and the howls of laughter when the prospectus did come out would be muted and irrelevant; or 2. It wouldn't work, no one would be willing to buy, WeWork would stay private and try again some other time, and there'd be a few brief news reports saying "WeWork was rumored to be shopping an IPO but nothing came of it," rather than the weeks of laughing and pointing at the prospectus that actually happened.
Of course U.S. IPOs don't really work that way—you don't sign up big investors before launching the IPO—but SPACs do.[6] "I never really understood SPACs until WeWork," I wrote last year. Meaning, WeWork was the company that, in hindsight, really should have gone public through a SPAC. It still can!
(Another point that we have discussed about WeWork is that it really sold itself to investors based on projections rather than historical financial results: It was a vision for the future more than it was a profitable business. In IPOs, projections are frowned upon, and that's part of why WeWork's IPO was a dud. In SPACs they are fine, encouraged really, which is another good reason for WeWork to go public via SPAC.)
See, the way a SPAC works is that (1) a sponsor raises a pool of money via an initial public offering, and (2) the pool of money merges with some existing private company, taking it public. "You cut out the banks when you merge with a SPAC instead of doing an IPO," a banker in a trench coat will giggle, but of course the joke is that the banks already got a fee for taking the SPAC public. Also they might get another fee for advising the SPAC, or the company, on the merger. Also:
Some said the SPAC boom helps fuel future revenue opportunities too. Newly public companies often raise additional funds quickly, and require other services the banks provide as well.
Also banks can sponsor their own SPACs, meaning that instead of the usual IPO fees of 1% to 7%, they can collect SPAC-sponsor-type fees of 20%. "Cut out the banks and go public by merging with GS Acquisition Holdings Corp II," a Goldman Sachs banker will cackle as his fake mustache slips off his lip.[4]I am kidding a little. I appreciate that most thoughtful proponents of SPACs do not actually pitch them as a way to save on underwriting fees: They are a way for a company to go public without the traditional profile of a public company (e.g. based on financial projections rather than historical financials), a way to get certainty of proceeds and speed of execution, a way to partner with a good sponsor and board. Also in many SPAC mergers, much of the money raised comes from a PIPE, a private investment in public equity by big institutions, that happens alongside the SPAC merger and with lower or no bank fees.[5] Also I am kidding about the trench coats and fake mustaches. Obviously in reality banks are marketing this pretty hard, though with occasional misgivings. And why wouldn't they? They have a product that lots of customers want. The product is new, or new to most of the customers anyway—newly popular, at least. It is at that magical early stage of financial innovation, when (1) there's a thing people want, (2) banks have it, (3) fees haven't been competed down yet, and (4) it hasn't yet led to any horrible disasters. Everyone wins! So far.
Maybe the biggest capital markets story of 2020 was the boom in special purpose acquisition companies. A SPAC raises money from investors in a "blank check" initial public offering, puts the money in a pot, and goes out and looks for a private company to merge with.[1] In the merger, the target private company gets the money in the pot and the SPAC shareholders get shares in the new combined company; the result is that the target company has raised cash and gone public through the merger. It is an alternative to an IPO that can offer more speed and certainty and perhaps even a better price.We have talked about SPACs before, but I have somehow neglected to express appreciation for the clever and elegant bit of financial engineering at the heart of the SPAC structure. Here's how a SPAC works:[2]
1. You give me $10. 2. I put your $10 in a pool with a bunch of other people's $10, held in a trust account at a bank. 3. I give you back one share in the pool (representing $10 of money in the pool), and one-quarter of a warrant to buy another share for $11.50. (The combination of the share and part of a warrant is sometimes called a "unit.") 4. I try to find a company to take public within two years. 5. If I fail, I give you back your $10 with interest. 6. If I succeed, I merge the pool with the company, giving the company the money in the pool and giving you and your fellow shareholders shares (and warrants) in the new combined company. Also I get a bunch of shares and warrants in the combined company, as a reward for my work. 7. When I do this, I give you the choice to either (a) let your money ride and take a share in the new company or (b) get your $10 back, with interest.
One thing to notice here is that the share should be worth $10, since it is just a receipt on a pot of money held in escrow and can eventually be redeemed for $10 plus interest.[3] Perhaps it is worth more than $10: Perhaps I am a genius at finding and negotiating with companies, and there is a very high likelihood that I will find a great company, negotiate a sweet merger deal and give you a share in a new public company worth $20 or more. But you can just ignore that probability and plan to get your $10 back, so it's worth at least $10.Another thing to notice here is that the warrant should be worth more than zero, because there's at least some chance that I'll negotiate a good deal, the stock will end up being worth more than $11.50, and the warrant will end up in the money. This is all high-variance stuff: Taking any private company public is an uncertain endeavor that could be a home run or a dismal failure, and a SPAC adds further uncertainty because it hasn't picked a private company to take public yet. It's a meta-IPO; you don't know if the company it acquires will be worth the price, and you don't even know what the company is yet. All this variance is good for the warrant's price: The value of a warrant—an option to buy a share of stock in the future for a fixed price—goes up as the volatility of the underlying stock goes up; the more uncertain the future value is, the more valuable it is to have an option to buy.So in summary:
1. You give me $10. 2. I give you back a share worth $10. 3. I also give you back a warrant worth $X, X > 0.
This is magic. I have created value from nothing. You give me $10, I give you back your $10 with interest, and I also give you another valuable thing. The warrant costs you nothing, and is worth something. This can sound a little vague and woo-woo—the warrant is valuable because it may turn out to be valuable in some uncertain future[4]—but it isn't. The warrant is a tradable instrument, though you have to wait a few weeks before it can be traded separately from the shares. But then you can sell the warrant. Someone will pay you today for that uncertain future value—that's how stock options work—so you can collect some cash.[5]This is all quite well known to hedge funds. There are a number of hedge fund SPAC strategies of the more or less free-money variety. Mainly:
You buy a unit for $10 when the SPAC goes public, you sell the warrant for $1 when it becomes separately tradable, you keep your share, and when the SPAC announces a merger you redeem the share for $10. (Or you sell it in the market for $10 or more before that.) You have collected $1 in risk-free profit.[6] You buy a unit for $10 when the SPAC goes public, you sell your share for $10 (or more) when it becomes separately tradable, and you keep the warrant. You have paid $0 (or collected a bit of money), and now you have a free option to buy potentially valuable shares of a future public company.
Where does the value come from ? I used to build and market equity derivatives, and it is tempting to resort to the professional mystification, "it comes from monetizing volatility, that great yet under-appreciated resource." But that's not a very good answer; let's try to do better. I think the value of the share is fairly straightforward: It is worth $10 because there's $10 in a pot and you can always get your $10 back out of the pot. Easy.The value of the warrant is a bit more mystical; it depends on volatility, on there being some nonzero chance today that, in the future, the shares will be worth significantly more than $11.50. The thing to notice is that if everyone did the free-money trade, then the warrant would be worth zero. People would buy shares for $10 and cash them out for $10, the shares would never be worth more than $11.50, the warrants would never be exercised, everyone would know this with certainty, and no one would pay any positive price to buy the warrants. Also no private companies would agree to merge with a SPAC because all the money in the pool would be redeemed.[7]
So the magical value created by the SPAC structure has to come from the likelihood that at least some, and preferably most, SPACs will find a target, merge with it, and roll over some shares into the target. This means that the magical value has to come from:
1. People who buy shares of the SPAC and don't redeem, betting that the SPAC's deal will be good and the stock will go up; and/or 2. The company that agrees to merge with the SPAC, issuing shares of its stock for the money in the pool.
Of course both of those sets of people could end up being happy. The company could go public, its stock could go up, the company could be happy that it was able to go public in a convenient way, the SPAC shareholders could be happy that they hung on to stock that went up. Everyone can win here. But part of the investors' and companies' winnings are, in effect, siphoned off to provide some free money to the people who did the free-money trade.
U.S. securities laws have different disclosure rules for IPOs and mergers. IPOs, stereotypically, are small weird unknown companies raising money for the first time, so there are strict rules about how they communicate with investors. There is a "quiet period" where they can't make public statements about the stock, and it's virtually illegal to include future financial projections in an IPO prospectus. Mergers, meanwhile, have fewer rules. Unlike IPOs, they are not a critical access point for weird little companies to seek funding from naive investors; they're just, you know, regular companies combining with each other. So companies commonly do lots of public marketing of the benefits of a merger, and it's more common to include projections in that marketing. SPACs arbitrage these rules: The SPAC does an IPO first, when it is a pristine empty shell with nothing to say and no financials to project. Then it goes out and finds a target and does a merger to take the target public. As we discussed above, the SPAC might do a lot of marketing to take the target public: It wants to avoid redemptions and raise money in a private placement, so it has to convince investors of the value of the target. But that's merger marketing, not IPO marketing, so the rules are looser. The Wall Street Journal reported this week:
Publicity and forecasts of rapid growth have become routine aspects of the booming IPO alternative of going public through SPACs. The use of what are called blank-check companies, which go public with no assets and then merge with private companies, surged in 2020, raising a record $82.1 billion in 2020, up from $13.5 billion in 2019, according to Dealogic. ...But as the tool gains favor, there are concerns about the regulatory differences between the two modes of going public. The prospect of wooing retail traders through media and inherently speculative projections brings heightened risk to stock-market investors, according to some venture capitalists and corporate-governance experts.Because many of the companies are so young, the forecasts make them seem very attractive, said David Cowan, a partner at venture-capital firm Bessemer Venture Partners, who said he has short positions in several SPACs—meaning he is betting the stocks will fall from current levels. "These forward projections are a loophole to the guardrails the SEC has put in place to protect investors," he said.
I sometimes think that the merger rules are better: The main thing investors are interested in is future earnings, so companies should be able to give information about the future so they can make an informed investing decision. The counterargument of course is that that information is going to be uncertain and biased.
And now special purpose acquisition companies are the hot thing, where instead of an IPO, companies go public by merging with a shell company that had previously done its own IPO. Venture capitalists and SPAC sponsors sometimes suggest that this is a way to cut out Wall Street and avoid expense, but that is not true. Not only is the SPAC expensive because its sponsor—the person who sets up the shell company and searches for a target to take public—charges for her efforts, but the SPAC also has to pay banks to do its own IPO. And maybe to search for the target, execute the merger, and otherwise be around to provide banking services. And so, unsurprisingly, banks love SPACs:
The ever-bigger deals, as well as increased interest from traditional banking clients such as private equity and hedge fund firms, has attracted Wall Street's attention. The large amounts of money to be made arranging the transactions haven't hurt, either."They tend to be very fee-intensive deals," said Michael Heinz, a partner at law firm Sidley Austin who advises sponsors and investment banks on SPACs. "Between the front-end and back-end, it is very lucrative for banks." …Banks typically take a 2% cut of money raised from selling shares in a public listing. Once a SPAC completes a merger, the firms are then given 3.5% of initial public offering proceeds. And they can earn extra fees for every service provided along the way, for example by raising more funding for a merger or helping to find a company to purchase.
This is really the kind of business you want to be in, the kind where (1) it is so lucrative that your customers are constantly complaining that you make too much money, but (2) when they want to disrupt your business, they come to you to disrupt it and pay you even more money.
A SPAC, or blank-check company, is an empty shell that raises money from investors in a public offering and uses that money to find a (usually private) target company and merge with that target; the merger results in the target raising money (the money in the SPAC) and becoming public. The SPAC typically pays investment banks a fee of 5.5% of the money it raises, which is effectively passed on to the company that it takes public. It might also pay more investment banking fees for the merger with that company. It typically gives its sponsor—the famous investor or operator who runs the SPAC and finds a target company to take public—20% of its stock virtually for free, which, again, is passed on to that target company. So SPAC fees are about a quarter of the money raised, three or four times as much as you'd pay in an IPO, albeit better disguised. Like an IPO, a SPAC will acquire its target company at a price that is probably too low; the SPAC is in business to get a good deal for its shareholders, so it wants to take the target public at a price that is below fair value. And in fact some of the high-profile recent SPACs have essentially paid $10 a share for companies that immediately traded up to $20 or $30 per share, the sort of embarrassing IPO pop that venture capitalists love to complain about. SPACs also give their investors warrants, which means that if the stock does go up the company has to give away even more of it. So SPACs do not avoid the underpricing effect of IPOs; they probably exacerbate it.
Still you could push back on that accounting. For one thing, SPAC fees might not be quite as big as they sound. Typically the way a SPAC works is that it raises money from public investors, paying a 5.5% investment banking fee and giving sponsors a 20% promote, and then finds a company to merge with. But in the merger the company will typically get a lot more than the cash in the SPAC: Alongside the money in the SPAC, there will generally be a PIPE, a private investment in public equity, where the SPAC's sponsors and their friends will put in a lot of their money too. If the fees on that are lower, then the overall fees could be fine. Here's venture capitalist John Luttig:
PIPE investments typically accompany the de-SPAC transaction, which essentially adds more equity leverage to the SPAC. SPAC sponsors coordinate the PIPE capital raise from hedge funds and PE firms, who are tagging along for the ride. The ratio of PIPE to SPAC money is typically between 2:1 and 3:1. This means that a $400M SPAC could effectively generate a total transaction size of $1.2-1.6B.There will be fees of around 20% of the size of the original SPAC (excluding the PIPE amount), which goes to the SPAC sponsor in the form of equity – this effectively means a blended fee of 5-6% for the company as a percentage of total capital raised, fairly similar to the 5-7% for a traditional IPO. SPAC fees are mostly equity-based to align the SPAC sponsor and the company, in contrast to the primarily cash-driven fees for IPO bankers. SPAC fees can also be performance-triggered to incentivize fair pricing, such that a portion of the fees will be withheld unless the stock price crosses a certain threshold. Some SPACs use outside bankers to execute the de-SPAC process, which can add some cash fee overhead.
One question that I have with SPACs is: If you are a unicorn, is a SPAC a merger partner, or a tool for going public? Formally they're a bit of both. A SPAC is an empty shell company that goes public, raises money in an initial public offering, and then uses that money (plus some more money from its sponsors or friends, here Pershing Square) to merge with some private company, which will thereby become public. So the goal here is for Pershing Square Tontine to merge with some “mature unicorn”—Airbnb Inc., Palantir Technologies Inc., and SpaceX are some names that are thrown around—with the result that the unicorn will be public and Ackman will end up with a big stake in it. That is two trades at once: The unicorn becomes a public company, with a bunch of unrelated public shareholders, and it also gets a big cash investment from Ackman's hedge fund, which presumably remains a long-term holder and perhaps also gets some governance rights, board seats, etc. A lot of the discussion around SPACs these days emphasizes that they are a tool for going public; here is Ackman:
Ackman said his pitch to target companies will emphasize the relative ease of going public through a merger with Pershing's SPAC, compared to the risk and headaches of an IPO, direct listing or sale to a private equity firm. Completing a deal could take only two weeks, he said. …"If you're an investment banker today, you're going to call your favorite $10 billion company and say, 'Isn't this an interesting way to go public,'" Ackman said. "We welcome the inbound call."
But there is something a bit strange about that emphasis. If your goal, as a unicorn, is to go public and remain independent, why would you do it by selling a huge block of stock to a famous activist investor? For one thing he is an activist, and might not just leave you alone to do your own thing. But for another thing he is famous, and if a SPAC is just a capital-markets tool to make unicorns' IPOs easier, why should it have a famous sponsor? Why shouldn't an investment bank just have an associate set up a bunch of SPACs, and then sell them to the public with the pitch "hey we will do some IPOs this year and you can pre-buy one of them sight unseen," and then go to unicorns and pitch "hey we've got a bunch of SPACs lying around, if you want to go public quickly and easily you can just merge with one"? Why not cut out the role of the famous sponsor in SPACs and make it a pure capital-markets tool? Obviously part of the answer is that people invest in SPACs because they trust the famous sponsor to get good deal flow, find a good company, and merge with it at a good price. If you have a track record (or a reasonable expectation) of making a lot of money for your SPAC investors, then you should be able to raise a lot of money from SPAC investors. But this is a bit double-edged. If you go to a private tech unicorn and say "yes look I can take you public and give you a billion dollars because people know that I make a lot of money for investors," then what you are really saying to them is "people expect me to take you public at a price that is too low; I can give you a billion dollars because you'll give me stock that's worth $2 billion." If you are a tech unicorn whose particular concern about going public is that IPOs underprice companies, then this is not an appealing story! You want to sell your stock to the highest bidder, not to someone who has built a reputation for being good at buying companies cheap. But you can have a more nuanced story, not "I will create value for my investors by taking you public cheap" but rather "I will create value for my investors, and you, by making your company better, and also public." I think in reality a lot of people invest in SPACs, and a lot of companies merge with SPACs, because they believe the sponsors add real value. Here's a Financial Times article about Michael Klein, a former Citigroup banker who is now a very successful SPAC sponsor; what is striking about it is that Klein is not described as a capital-markets functionary who gives companies a new tool to go public, but as a sort of private-equity-firm-but-for-public-companies. The pitch is not "we'll take you public faster and leave you alone," it's "we'll be a good merger partner who will invest in your business for the long run":
On a call setting out the MultiPlan deal last week, Mr Klein claimed that what set his blank-cheque vehicles apart was the roster of individuals who invested in the Spacs and worked with the target companies if they had relevant expertise. The group, which is called Archimedes Advisors and sits within Mr Klein's firm, includes former Ford CEO Alan Mulally; Apple's former design chief Jony Ive; Joe Ianniello, who used to lead CBS; and John Thornton, the ex-Goldman Sachs banker who chairs Barrick Gold. To help unearth companies, Mr Klein has also recruited Oak Hill CEO and founder Glenn August, who injected $500m into the financing for MultiPlan. …Mr Klein is adamant that he and his partners are in it for the long run. "We are very long-term investors. We don't have a fund. We're investing for decades," he said announcing the deal. "We're not in the business of buying LBOs [leveraged buyouts]. We're in the business of investing behind growing companies."
And so Klein gets board seats and other rights in the companies he takes public, and he gives them advice. It's a sort of half-IPO, half-merger. Ackman seems to be going for something like that here too. His SPAC is relatively light on financial bells and whistles, with limited warrant coverage and not much in the way of free shares for him, and with Pershing Square (Ackman's hedge fund) planning to invest a lot of money in the eventual unicorn target alongside the SPAC. The pitch to the unicorns is not "we'll take you public cheap and build in lots of tricks to make SPAC investors rich," it is "we're good activist investors who spot good companies and make them better, and wouldn't you like to partner with us." It is, you know, a marriage. Which is fine, good, lovely, positive-sum financial engineering, I have no complaints. I just want to spell it out a bit here because, again, the common story these days is that a SPAC is a substitute for an IPO that is cheaper and avoids mispricing. I have argued before that that is wrong, but in particular here I want to point out that the SPAC is (sometimes) a marriage and an IPO generally isn't.An IPO is, you sell stock to some people who want to buy it, and in general you hope that they'll be good stable long-term investors, but you don't lock them up forever. They get to vote for directors, usually, but the big IPO investors don't generally get their own representatives on your board. And in particular, the trend in tech unicorn IPOs in recent years has been to minimize the power and input of public investors. Lots of tech unicorns go public with dual-class stock so that investors can't really vote for directors; the founders' goal in going public is to raise mon
My model of SPACs and IPOs goes like this:
1. A private company is worth some uncertain amount of money. 2. A company that has been public for a while is worth some reasonably stable observable amount of money, its market price. 3. The transition between those states is hard. 4. To become a public company, the private company has to sell its shares to some initial public buyer or buyers. 5. Those initial buyers take the risk that the price they pay for the stock when it first goes public will end up being higher than the ultimate public market price of the stock. 6. To get them to buy, you have to compensate them for that risk, by selling them the stock for less than you think it will ultimately be worth. 7. In good stable times this compensation can be low, since the risk is low. 8. In wild volatile times the risk is high, so the compensation has to be high.
The normal way to do all of this is the IPO, the initial public offering, where you go out to investors and market the stock to them and take orders and try to find a price that enough investors can accept. Then you sell the stock to them at that price, it opens for trading, and probably it goes up; they were compensated for their risk by a 10% or 20% or 30% "IPO pop." Or 100%, this is not an exact science. Or sometimes the stock goes down and you're like "well, right, that was the risk."A less common way to do it is the SPAC, the special purpose acquisition company (or "blank-check company").[1] The SPAC is an empty shell that raises a bunch of money publicly (in an IPO) and then tries to find a target company to merge with; the merger makes the target company public. The simple way to think of this is that the SPAC will agree to buy a private company's entire IPO at a fixed price: Instead of launching a deal and marketing it to investors and seeing what price it can get, you just negotiate the price with the SPAC and announce it with a fixed price and size. The SPAC gives the cash to the company, the company gives shares back to the SPAC, the SPAC gives those shares to its investors, and now those investors are the owners of shares in a newly public company.
Compared to an IPO, the SPAC is much less risky for the company: You sign a deal with one person (the SPAC sponsor) for a fixed amount of money (what's in the SPAC pool[2]) at a negotiated price, and then you sign and announce the deal and it probably gets done. With an IPO, you announce the deal before negotiating the size or price, and you don't know if anyone will go for it until after you've announced it and started marketing it. Things could go wrong in embarrassing public fashion.In volatile times, that certainty is worth a lot more, so companies are looking for it. From today's Wall Street Journal:
Fallout from the coronavirus has fueled a fresh wave of interest in an unusual investment vehicle with a shaky reputation: the blank-check company. ...Buzzy startups such as electric-truck maker Nikola Corp. and sports-betting operator DraftKings Inc. used blank-check deals to go public this year. On Sunday, health-care-services provider MultiPlan Inc. said it was merging with a blank-check company in an $11 billion deal that would be one of the largest such transactions ever. Meanwhile, a growing number of prominent executives have been launching new blank-check companies in hopes of finding a hot acquisition target. …Fallout from Covid-19 has put many businesses under stress and led backers of new SPACs to bet that they can find distressed companies to acquire. And as volatility made it tougher for companies to hold IPOs, some turned to deals with SPACs, which can offer a quicker and more reliable route to going public. …Nikola was considering two ways to go public at the beginning of 2020: an IPO or a deal with VectoIQ Acquisition Corp., a blank-check company led by a former General Motors Co. executive. Then the coronavirus hit.Getting an IPO done began to look uncertain as markets tumbled, recalled Nikola Chief Financial Officer Kim Brady. With a typical IPO, a company learns how much capital it is raising only after several months of wrangling with underwriters and investors. It can also fall through at the last minute, especially if markets slide. A SPAC deal can take a similar time to complete, but the negotiations are simpler—involving the company and the SPAC—and the terms are determined earlier in the process.
The risk—the range of possible difference between the private company's uncertain valuation and its ultimate public valuation—has gone up, so private companies are more interested in avoiding that risk. But the fact that the risk has gone up also means that if you want to avoid it, you have to pay someone more to take it. The SPAC structure is less risky for the company than an IPO, which means that it's riskier for the SPAC (than just buying shares in a regular IPO would be), which means that the SPAC should be compensated by getting an even bigger discount than regular IPO investors.There are two ways to do this. One is that the price of the SPAC deal is negotiated, and—just as in an IPO—you can, and probably should, sell shares to the SPAC for less than they're worth. If a SPAC with a billion-dollar pool of money buys a 20% stake in a company that's worth $8 billion, then the SPAC's billion dollars of cash has bought $1.6 billion of stock, and you'd expect the shares to go up by 60%. In fact the track record of big SPACs recently looks a bit like that: We talked about Nikola last month, and I noted that it arguably had a 240% first-day pop, selling shares at $10 that traded up to $33.97 on its first day as a public company.[3] The stock closed at $53.95 yesterday, a bit more than a month after the SPAC deal closed. If you sold stock for $10 in an IPO, and it went up to $53.95 in a month, a lot of venture capitalists would complain that you left money on the table. The other way is structural: A SPAC offering usually consists of common shares and warrants. If you buy in the SPAC offering you get both a share of SPAC stock (which will transform into the target company's stock when the SPAC does a deal) and a (fraction of a) warrant to buy another share of SPAC stock after the deal is done. Basically if the SPAC merges with a good company at a big discount to its true value, which is its goal, you'll be able to buy more shares of that good company at a discount. In an IPO you just buy stock and hope that it goes up; in a SPAC, if your stock goes up, you get even more of it. The SPAC is getting more value on the upside to compensate it for taking more risk.This is all fine, it's good, it's what financial engineering is supposed to do. There is a problem, a risk: Companies want to go public, but they are worried about the risk of the market collapsing. There is a solution, a holder of the risk: A SPAC will take a company public in a fully sold deal with a fixed price and size, so they don't have to worry about the market collapsing. There is a price: The SPAC doesn't take this risk because it is nice, or foolish; it takes this risk because it expects to make much more money than a typical IPO investor. In normal times, the risk is low, the compensation is low, and the tool is not used that much. In volatile times, the risk is high, the compensation is high, and people talk about SPACs a lot.
Well. The idea is that a SPAC is less risky, for the company, than an IPO: You negotiate a deal with one person (the sponsor of the SPAC), you sign off on a size and price, you announce it to the market as a fait accompli and it probably gets done. But you don't get 100% certainty. For one thing, the SPAC will normally have withdrawal rights: Investors in the SPAC who vote against the deal can demand their money back, which will reduce the amount of money that you raise. You don't expect that to happen—remember, you're giving the SPAC investors a discount to encourage them to roll their SPAC shares into your company—but the point is that you are doing this in risky volatile times, and sometimes that discount won't be enough. Or, even worse: The SPAC shareholders have to vote to approve the deal, and while again you should expect that to happen (you should be giving them a good deal), it is not a certainty. If you sign up a good deal with a SPAC, and then things go horribly wrong with your company before the shareholder vote and it becomes a bad deal, the shareholders could vote down the deal and you'll get nothing. DealBook notes today that "Far Point, a SPAC backed by the hedge fund mogul Dan Loeb and Thomas Farley, a former president of the New York Stock Exchange, is urging its investors to reject the $2.6 billion takeover of Global Blue, a tax-free shopping company." That is: Far Point Acquisition Corp. went public in 2018, raising $550 million; in January, it agreed to a deal with Global Blue; and in May, it decided that the deal was no longer a good idea and asked its shareholders to reject it. From last week's proxy statement:
After approval of the Merger Agreement, FPAC management was informed by Global Blue management that the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic was having a significant negative impact on Global Blue's financial condition, revenues and results of operations. … As a result, after careful consideration and consultation with its management and outside legal advisers, FPAC's board of directors has changed its recommendation for FPAC's stockholders to vote against the Business Combination Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal.
Awkward! Ordinarily, in a public-company merger, if a board of directors changes its mind like this it needs to pay the other side a big termination fee, but SPACs are just pots of money held in trust for public shareholders so its harder to do that; the Far Point merger agreement has no termination fees. Just as in an IPO, the deal isn't really done until you get the cash, and while you're more likely to get the cash in a SPAC merger than in an IPO, there's still some risk.
A SPAC is a special purpose acquisition company (or "blank-check company"), a corporate shell, sponsored by a well-known investor, that goes public and raises money from investors with a plan to find a private company to merge with. The merger effectively takes the target company public, without an initial public offering; the SPAC effectively transforms into the target company. Investors who buy the SPAC in its initial public offering don't know what they're buying; it will eventually transform into a real company (the target), but they don't know what company it will transform into. They are effectively buying the target company's IPO in advance, without knowing what the target company is, or the price. (If they don't like the target, though, they can get their money back before the merger closes.) In general I did not get the appeal. If you're an investor, you will presumably pay more for a company that you like than for a company to be named later. If you are the target company looking to go public, the SPAC offers some obvious disadvantages. The fees are, effectively, much higher than in a regular IPO: The SPAC pays its own IPO fees, you pay advisers to negotiate the merger, and the sponsor of the SPAC generally gets a big cut of the SPAC as a reward for looking for the target. And because there is no market check on the IPO price—the target and the SPAC just negotiate the target's valuation between themselves—you do not avoid the "IPO pop" that private companies are always worrying about. Nikola Corp. famously went public this month via a SPAC merger that raised about $10 per share; its stock closed that day at $33.97. It left a lot of money on the table, as venture capitalists are always saying about IPOs. If you are looking for a calmer, more rationally priced, lower-key alternative to the IPO, a direct listing might be a good idea, but a SPAC merger is sort of the opposite. But the SPAC merger has one really good feature for the target company, which is that, when you sign the merger agreement, you know you're going public, and you know the price. You negotiate with one person—the sponsor of the SPAC—and you agree on the price, and then you sign the agreement and the deal is pretty much locked in. You don't necessarily know how much money you're raising—how many shares you'll sell—because the investors in the SPAC have the right to ask for their money back if they don't like the deal. But you'll at least raise some money, at a fixed price. In an IPO, on the other hand, first you announce the deal, then you negotiate it. You file to go public, then you call up investors and see if they want to buy stock, and at what price. In a huge boom for private tech unicorns this is a delightful and validating process: You call them up and say "we think we're good and want $20 per share," and they say "no, you are not good, you are great, we want to give you $30 per share." But times change. WeWork filed to go public last year, hoping to get some astronomical valuation ($96 billion?), but investors read the prospectus and laughed it out of town. WeWork raised no money, and it really needed to raise money; the result was a grim bailout from its private investors, layoffs, litigation, and general sadness. WeWork perhaps marked the end of the really good times for unicorns, but even before WeWork some big unicorn IPOs had been a bit soft and achieved lower prices than they wanted. Increasingly, for big tech unicorns, the IPO was again an uncertain and risky process, one that might end up raising money at a lower valuation than they wanted, or not raising money at all. If, the week after WeWork, you had gone to another big private company contemplating an IPO and said "hey we'll guarantee that you can raise at least $X at a fixed price of $Y per share," they would have listened attentively. For a broad range of X and Y, that sounds better than what WeWork got!
Tax (20)
The goal is pretty simple. You want something close to a Treasury money-market fund: You want a place to park your money that pays roughly the current short-term Treasury interest rate, that is roughly as safe as short-term Treasury bills, and that will give you your money back whenever you need it. You want it to be in the form of an exchange-traded fund, so you can buy and sell shares on the stock exchange. And you want the tax treatment to be better than Treasury bills. Specifically, you want the tax treatment that you'd typically get from a stock ETF: You don't want to pay taxes until you sell your shares, and when you do, you want to pay capital gains taxes.
So the first thing you want to do is turn interest income into capital gains. In the US, interest income — the interest you get paid on bonds or savings accounts or money market funds — is mostly taxed as ordinary income, at (federal) rates of up to 37%. Long-term capital gains — your profits on selling assets that you've held for more than a year — are taxed at lower rates, up to 20%. Turning interest income into capital gains is, therefore, good.
In some sense this should be easy. Interest is what you get paid for giving up the present use of your money. If you put your money in a savings account, the bank pays you interest every month for the use of your money. But if you buy, like, Nvidia Corp. stock, or Bitcoin, nobody pays you any interest. Instead, you expect the value of those things to go up over time, to compensate you for the use of your money. If you put $100 into Nvidia today and sell it for $150 in a year, part of that $50 is in some rough sense "interest," compensation to you for giving up the use of your money for that year. Most of it, though, is "risk premium," compensation to you for taking the risk that Nvidia might go down instead. But there's no actual division; it's just $50 of capital gains.
But of course Nvidia really might go down instead. (Thus the risk premium.) So the job is to buy some asset that will appreciate, but only by the risk-free amount, and without risk: Instead of buying a stock that might go up 100% or down 50%, you want to buy an asset that will definitely go up exactly 5%. (I assume here that the short-term risk-free interest rate in the US is about 5%.)
Here is the simplest way you might imagine turning interest into capital gains. You give me $100 today, I promise to pay you back $105 in a year and a day, and I don't pay you any interest along the way. "No interest income," you say to the Internal Revenue Service. And then in a year I give you back $105 and you say, well, I bought a bond for $100 and sold it for $105 after a year and a day, so I have $5 of long-term capital gains.
This doesn't work, though. It's too obvious, and the US tax code specifically says that this sort of substitute for interest — called "original issue discount" — gets counted as interest income, not capital gains. [1]
So you have to get away from debt. You can do this with stock, but stock doesn't have a guaranteed return. What you want is to (1) buy a stock today, (2) hedge the risk of the stock price and (3) sell it in a year for 5% more than you paid for it.
This can be done! Classically it is called a "forward contract." You buy a share of stock today for $100. You agree to sell it to me, for a fixed price (the "strike price" or "forward price"), in a year. In a year, I give you the cash and you give me the stock.
How much should I pay you in a year? Well, I should pay you enough to compensate you for locking up your money for a year. [2] If the risk-free interest rate is 5% and the stock doesn't pay a dividend, I should pay you $105. You put $100 into the stock today, I give you $105 in a year, you give me the stock. You have hedged out the stock-price risk — even if the stock goes up to $200 or down to $20, you're selling it for $105 in a year — so you don't need any compensation for risk. You just get paid a risk-free interest rate. But the transaction here is not "you put in $100 today and get back your money with $5 interest in a year"; it's "you buy stock today and sell it for a profit in a year." So, plausibly, capital gains. (Not tax or legal advice!)
Stock forwards are not particularly usual contracts. But you can build them. The way to build a stock forward is by buying a put option and selling a call option. So:
1. Today, you buy a share of stock for $100. 2. Today, you sell me a call option giving me the right (but not the obligation) to buy the stock from you for $105 in a year. 3. Today, you buy from me a put option giving you the right (but not the obligation) to sell me the stock for $105 in a year. 4. It is a convenient feature of financial markets — called "put-call parity" — that the price of the call option you sell equals the price of the put option you buy, making your net outlay in Steps 2 and 3 zero, or close to it. (The reason for this is that the combination of the put and the call is equivalent to a forward contract, struck at the fair forward price, so the price of that forward — or the options that make it up — should be zero.) 5. In a year, if the stock is above $105, I exercise the call option and buy the stock from you for $105. If it's below $105, you exercise the put option and sell me the stock for $105. [3] 6. In any case, you put in $100 today ($100 for the stock, plus the price of the put, minus the offsetting price of the call) and get back $105 in a year. 7. In other words, you got 5% interest on your $100.
Buying the stock makes you long the stock. Buying the put and selling the call make you "synthetically short" the stock: Owning a put and selling a call is economically equivalent to selling the stock forward. If you are long the stock and short the forward, then you have no stock price risk. You're just locking up your money in a risk-free trade for a year, and you get paid the risk-free interest rate.
We talked yesterday about how a change in US bank capital rules might affect the market for tax equity financing, a form of quasi-debt financing in which big banks fund green energy projects by, effectively, buying the tax credits that they are expected to generate over their lifetimes. The idea is that, to be respected by the Internal Revenue Service, these deals cannot really be just buying the tax credit, or lending against it: They have to look like equity investments in the green projects. ("You don't go around selling tax credits," I wrote, "and your tax lawyers will get mad if you say that.") But to get good capital treatment from bank regulators, these deals cannot really be equity financing: They have to look like safe debt deals. The glory of modern US financial engineering is that banks can build a product that satisfies both of these objectives — that is equity to the IRS but debt to bank regulators — and they did, and it was good, and now new bank capital rules might kill it, and the banks are mad.
A bunch of readers emailed, though, to point out that the problem isn't that big, because the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act did make it legal to just buy and sell certain green-energy tax credits directly. So instead of getting a big bank to do the tax equity financing song and dance — which currently works, but which might not work under proposed new capital rules — you can just sell the tax break, for cash up front, to a bank or anyone else who wants to buy it. Here is an Akin Gump memo on the tax credit transferability guidance.
This is not necessarily a perfect substitute for tax equity, and the American Council on Renewable Energy report that I quoted yesterday says: "While the IRA provides new tax credit monetization options through transferable tax credits and direct pay, tax equity is expected to remain the most common and preferred option for project developers because it monetizes both the tax credits and other tax benefits, such as tax depreciation." Still I suppose the broad conclusion might be that when a financial engineering door is closed, a financial engineering window is opened.
If you own 10% of a business, and it made $1 million of profits this year, how much do you have to pay in taxes on that income?
In the US, there are two common answers to this question. One is that your income includes 10% of the business's income, so you have $100,000 of income and pay, say, $37,000 of taxes on it (at the top federal income tax rate of 37%). This is the normal way that, for instance, law firms are taxed: A partner who owns a one-tenth share of the law firm counts 10% of the firm's income in her income, and pays taxes on it. It's the normal way that most hedge fund managers are taxed. More generally, it's the normal way that partnerships, limited partnerships, many limited liability companies and a lot of corporations [1] are treated: Their income is treated as taxable income of their owners, who report their share of the income on their individual tax returns. They are called "pass-through entities," because their income is passed through to their owners.
The other common answer is that your income doesn't include any of the business's income. This is the normal way that large corporations are treated: If you own 10% of Meta Platforms Inc., you don't pay taxes on 10% of Meta's income. You don't pay any taxes on Meta's income, even if you are Mark Zuckerberg. Instead:
The corporation itself generally pays taxes on its income: It is treated as its own separate tax entity, not a "pass-through," and has its own taxable income and pays its own taxes. These are corporate taxes, which are generally at a lower rate than individual taxes; the current federal corporate tax rate is 21%. If the corporation pays any cash dividends, you pay taxes on the dividends you get, at a capital gains tax rate of up to 20%. [2] When you eventually sell your stock, you pay taxes on your gains (i.e. the difference between the price you sell for and the price you bought at), also at the capital gains rate of up to 20%. [3]
Schematically, if you buy 10% of a corporation for $500,000 (i.e. the corporation is worth $5 million), and it makes $1 million of income this year, then it pays $210,000 of income taxes, leaving $790,000 of income. If it puts that income in the bank, then your stock is now worth $579,000 (i.e. the value of the corporation is now $5.79 million, because of the cash), and if you sell it next year then you will have a $79,000 capital gain and pay $15,800 of taxes. But if you don't sell it you won't.
There are advantages and disadvantages to this, for you. The disadvantage is that the income is taxed twice, once (at 21%) when the corporation earns it and once (at up to 20%) when you sell the stock (or get a dividend); if the income was passed through you'd just pay your own tax rate (up to 37%) on it. The main advantage is that you don't have to pay your share of the taxes — the capital gains tax — until you want to. As long as you don't sell the stock (and it doesn't pay dividends), you don't have to write any checks to the Internal Revenue Service. You can let the money compound in the corporation without paying taxes.
The real advantage is when you can do this forever. For instance:
You buy a stock, its value keeps going up, you don't sell it and you don't pay taxes. If you need cash, you go to your broker and take out a loan, secured by the value of the stock. If the stock keeps going up, you never pay back the loan, and you can borrow more money if you want. [4] Eventually you die, your heirs get the stock, and they don't pay taxes on your gains. (This is called the "basis step-up": When you inherit stock, the IRS pretends that you paid market value for it, so you don't have to pay taxes on the previous gains.)
This is sometimes called the "buy, borrow, die" tax strategy: You get to benefit from the income of the business without ever paying taxes on it. I mean, not entirely — the corporation itself does generally pay corporate income taxes — but partially. And if the business does not pay US corporate income taxes — for instance because it is a foreign corporation with a different tax regime — then things could be even better, for you, as a tax matter.
That is a rough overview of how US business income taxation works, though oh boy is it not legal advice. These are, roughly speaking, the rules. The US tax code treats some sorts of business income the first way (pass-through taxation), and it treats some sorts of business income the second way (two-layer corporate taxation), but for a whole lot of businesses it lets them choose which way they would like to be taxed. If you start a limited liability company you can tell the IRS whether you'd like to pay pass-through taxes or corporate taxes, and the IRS will let you do whichever you want. (The most important exception is that widely held corporations normally have to pay corporate taxes and can't choose to be pass-throughs.)
We talked last week about tax receivable agreements. A lot of investment management firms are organized as private partnerships: The firm does not pay any tax, but its partners pay tax on their share of its income. When they go public, these firms tend to turn into corporations (which pay corporate tax), because that is generally easier for public shareholders. Often the way they do this is with an "Up-C" structure, in which the firm keeps the partnership around but creates a new corporation to be its parent company. Public shareholders buy shares in the parent corporation, but the original partners — generally, the founders and executives running the firm — remain partners of the partnership. They can convert their partnership shares into corporate shares, and they will have to do that if they want to sell, but there is no need to do it all at once.
Generally, when they convert their partnership units into corporate shares, the executives have to pay taxes: The conversion is a taxable transaction, and the value of the shares that they get is income to them. But there is an offsetting benefit: The company gets to reduce its taxes because of the conversion. Loosely speaking, the company gets to amortize the value of the shares it issues against its income over 15 years. So the partners have taxable income from their conversion, but the company has a roughly offsetting tax savings.
This might seem a bit unfair to the executives: They pay taxes and the company saves on taxes. The executives are in charge, and not generally motivated by altruism, so they are not really going to take the company public in a way that is economically bad for them. So the norm in these deals is for the company to enter into a tax receivable agreement with the executives in which it promises to pay them 85% of any tax savings it gets from their conversions. The executives convert their shares whenever they want, they pay taxes on conversion, and then the company saves on taxes over the next 15 years and sends them checks for 85% of those savings.
The TRA is an asset for the executives, though an odd sort of asset: If they haven't converted any shares yet, it represents a contingent right to receive some stream of payments starting whenever they convert their shares and continuing for 15 years, with the actual payment depending on the company's taxable income. (If it does not have taxable income, it can't use any tax deductions, so it doesn't make any TRA payments.) Also any time the executives do convert their shares, they have to pay taxes; the TRA is not just free money but a contingent asset that offsets their contingent liability.
A good pressure point in the tax code is the charitable deduction for non-cash assets: If you have some unique non-traded asset (art, yacht, etc.), you can donate it to charity and deduct the market value of the asset, and if there is no market value then you and the charity have some leeway to make it up. You want the value to be high (so you get a bigger deduction), and the charity doesn't care (it isn't paying the made-up price), so there are incentives to make up a big number. The IRS knows this and tries to crack down by requiring appraisals, etc., but if you can generate what looks like a market transaction at the made-up price, I guess that helps. But if you generate what looks like a fake transaction, it doesn't.
Here's a trade I guess?
1. You have a yacht you don't want. It is worth $1.3 million. 2. You would like to get more than $1.3 million from it. 3. You donate it to charity. The charity gives you a receipt saying that the yacht is worth $4.9 million. You take a $4.9 million tax deduction, which is worth about $2 million given your tax rate — more than the yacht was worth if you had sold it. 4. The charity sells the yacht to your lawyers for $4.9 million, though they pay in the form of a $4.9 million promissory note rather than cash. 5. The charity assigns the promissory note to your lawyers , meaning that they basically owe themselves the $4.9 million. 6. The lawyers sell the yacht for $1.3 million and give the charity a 10% fee for its trouble.
The result is that you get a tax deduction worth $2 million, the charity gets $130,000, and the lawyers get the rest of the value of the yacht. This shouldn't work, and it doesn't work, but it's funny to think about.
If you buy some stocks that go up and some stocks that go down, then it is usually tax-efficient for you to sell the stocks that went down (giving you taxable losses that you can use to shield other income from taxes) and keep the stocks that went up (deferring taxable income until you really need the money). I do not give tax advice around here, but this is a popular approach. If you have a bunch of stocks with losses and you sell them, then you will have a lot of cash. If you don't need the cash (perhaps because you saved so much money on taxes?), you will probably want to invest it somewhere. You will look around for good investments, and you might want to buy some stocks that have sold off and are now trading at attractive prices.
Be careful! Some of the beaten-down stocks that are now trading at attractive prices might be the ones you just sold, and that's bad. In US tax law, you can't (1) sell stock that went down, (2) claim a taxable loss and (3) immediately go buy that stock again. That's cheating; that's the same thing as just holding the stock, and you can't claim a tax loss for just holding the stock. If you do this trade — sell a stock, claim a loss, buy it right back — that's called a "wash sale" and not allowed. (Again, not tax or legal advice.)
On the other hand if you have some beaten-down stocks, you sell them, you claim a taxable loss, and then you reinvest the money in a different list of beaten-down stocks, that's probably fine. (Not tax advice!) Any two lists of beaten-down stocks will probably have some similarities to each other; there will be some correlations. If a bunch of tech stocks go down and you sell Meta and buy Alphabet, you will get a taxable loss, but you will keep a somewhat similar exposure.
Here is a ProPublica investigation into this sort of tax-loss harvesting that begins with a story about selling and buying the most similar possible stocks that are still technically distinct:
At first glance, July 24, 2015, seems to have been a brutal trading day for Steve Ballmer, the former Microsoft CEO. He dumped hundreds of stocks, losing at least $28 million.
But this was no panicked sell-off. Among the stocks Ballmer sold were those of the Australian mining company BHP and the global oil giant Shell. Had Ballmer lost confidence in BHP's management? Was he betting that the price of oil would not soon recover? Not at all. That very day, Ballmer also bought thousands of shares in BHP and Shell. …
Both Shell and BHP offered two different versions of their common stock. For each company, the two stocks were legally distinct, but they performed very similarly because, after all, they were shares in the same company.
Ballmer's not-so-bad day, in fact, was carefully planned, part of a strategy by Goldman Sachs, which conducted the trades on Ballmer's behalf, to wield the stock market's natural volatility to the billionaire's advantage. At Goldman, the hundreds of stocks in Ballmer's "Tax Advantaged Loss Harvesting" accounts were selected to follow the movement of the broader markets. Over time, the markets, as they had historically, would buoy Ballmer's investments upward. When, inevitably, some of the stocks underperformed or the whole market dipped, Goldman was ready to pounce, selling off the losers and replacing them with equivalents.
Sometimes, the replacements were nearly identical securities, as with Shell and BHP. More often, they were not. But well-tuned software could easily find the right stocks to keep the accounts tracking the market. His losses secured, Ballmer was ready to catch the bounce back.
Technically the wash sale rules prohibit buying and selling "substantially identical securities," but according to ProPublica, in practice, the only thing that anyone counts as a "wash sale" is selling and buying the same CUSIP — the same exact stock — within a 60-day period. Buying and selling different but correlated stocks is fine.
Here is a schematic tax trade. In US federal income taxation, long-term capital gains — net gains on assets held for more than a year — are taxed at low rates, while short-term capital gains — less than a year — are taxed at high rates. The trade is:
1. All year, generate a lot of short-term capital gains, for instance by operating a market-making business that turns over an inventory of stocks and options many times each day. 2. On Jan. 1, buy 100 stocks, and short 100 different but correlated stocks. 3. On Dec. 30, close out the losing position from Step 2: If the stocks are up, buy back the ones you shorted; if they're down, sell the ones you bought. Now you have short-term capital losses that offset your short-term capital gains. 4. The next Jan. 2, close out the winning position from Step 2: If stocks are up, sell the ones you bought; if they're down, buy back the ones you shorted. Now you have long-term capital gains that offset your short-term capital losses. 5. The net pre-tax result is that your trades from Steps 2 through 4 offset each other: Nothing has happened, economically, between Step 2 and Step 4, and you are just left with your trading gains from Step 1. 6. The net post-tax result is that you have transformed the short-term capital gains from Step 1 into the long-term capital gains in Step 4, saving yourself a lot of taxes.
This is a schematic simple version, and in the real world various nuances and complications are required. Of course, you could imagine an even simpler version: In Step 2, instead of buying some stocks and shorting some other stocks, you could just buy a ton of one stock and short a ton of the same stock. But this is frowned upon: It is called a "straddle" in tax law, and you can't use losses on a straddle to offset other income.[3] You basically want to do a trade that is correlated enough to work — to generate roughly offsetting gains and losses without too much risk of the losses totally swamping the gains — but uncorrelated enough to get by the tax authorities.
Here is a fun ProPublica story about Jeffrey Yass and the other partners of Susquehanna International Group, which allegedly does this sort of stuff:
Since 2011, IRS records show, a partnership called Susquehanna Fundamental Investments has been the source of the majority of long-term gains for Yass and his partners. Every year, it channeled hundreds of millions in long-term gains to them, while also providing hundreds of millions in short-term losses.>
Year after year, the gains and losses rose and fell roughly in tandem, as if one were a near reflection of the other. In 2015, for example, Susquehanna Fundamental produced $774 million in long-term gains and $787 million in short-term losses for Yass. In 2017 it was $940 million in long-term gains and $902 million in short-term losses. …>
Susquehanna Fundamental held billions of dollars of individual stocks such as Google, Wells Fargo and, as it happens, Coca-Cola. These stocks were among the largest companies in the S&P 500 index.>
Meanwhile, the fund also held a large bet against the S&P 500. In essence, it held a bet against many of those exact same stocks.>
On its face, the fund actually lost money for Yass: Over eight years, it registered $5.4 billion in losses against $5 billion in gains — a net loss before taxes. But by transforming the tax rate on so much income, it delivered $1.1 billion in tax savings, and Yass came out way ahead.
There is sort of a nice economic trick here, which is that if you dig up all of the granite in Georgia and sell it for headstones, the price of granite will probably fall, while if you dig up none of it the price of granite will probably rise. The latter doesn't help you much, if you are in the business of digging up granite: If the price goes up but you have not dug up any granite, you can't make money selling it. But if you are in the business of claiming tax deductions for not digging up granite , then the higher the price of granite is, the more money you can make by not digging it up.
Sometimes tax authorities mess up and write a provision that a company could exploit to save lots of money on taxes. These provisions are lucrative, for the company, and in theory you might expect there to be a business of noticing and exploiting these provisions. But it is a little tricky:
1. This happens irregularly and the tax code is complicated, so you need to have smart people devoting a lot of time to this business, with very irregular payoffs. 2. You probably need a lot of regular business income to really exploit most of these provisions — the basic trade is "shelter income from taxes," not "have the IRS write you a check" — so a pure-play "exploit the Internal Revenue Service's mistakes" company could not work. 3. You can run the business in a fee-for-service way — "we notice IRS mistakes and then pitch them to real companies to exploit, in exchange for a cut of the money" — but then you have to spend a lot of time pitching complicated, risky and somewhat socially undesirable transactions to normal corporate executives who find the whole thing suspicious.
What you really want is a large company that does run a real business with real cash flows, but that is also very much in the "exploit tax mistakes" business. Anyway:
The Treasury Department failed to follow proper procedures when it tried to plug a gap in the 2017 tax law, a federal judge ruled late Monday in a closely watched case that could cost the government billions of dollars in lost tax revenue from multinational corporations.
The government should have solicited public comments on temporary, retroactive regulations it issued in June 2019, Judge R. Brooke Jackson ruled in a lawsuit brought by telecommunications company Liberty Global Inc. in the U.S. District Court in Colorado. …
The case stems from international tax rules created by Congress in 2017 aimed at making it easier for U.S. companies to repatriate foreign profits. Congress subjected accumulated past foreign profits to a one-time tax as part of a transition to the new system. It then imposed a minimum tax on new foreign profits and created a new deduction so foreign profits beyond that minimum tax were effectively tax-free for U.S. companies.
But Congress set the effective dates for those different tax rules in ways that didn't match up, so companies could get different results depending on when their foreign subsidiaries' fiscal years ended. In some cases, this mismatch let companies generate foreign profits that qualified for the new tax deduction but weren't yet subject to the minimum tax.
Liberty Global profited from that gap with an internal transaction it called "Project Soy," according to a government filing that described a "highly engineered tax scheme" that required the signoff of John Malone, the billionaire and longtime chairman of the broader Liberty Global PLC. The government cited internal corporate emails showing that executives were aware of the gap in the law and that the Treasury Department might later close it.
Yeah no I was once an investment banker who did a certain amount of tax structuring, and while I would not exactly say I "covered" Liberty, I would say that every investment banker who does tax structuring spends at least 10% of their time thinking "what can I pitch to Liberty?" If there is a gap in tax law that Liberty executives are not aware of, I would be very surprised. Being aware of gaps in tax law is their job! Also telecommunications.
A basic rule of U.S. income tax is that a business pays tax on its net income, but a person pays tax on her gross income. A business takes its revenue, subtracts its expenses, and pays tax on the difference; business expenses are tax-deductible. A person takes her paycheck and pays taxes on that; personal expenses are not tax-deductible.
That is just the basic rule, though, and there are many exceptions. For instance there is a long list of personal expenses — mortgage interest and charitable donations are some big ones — that are more or less tax-deductible; you subtract them from your income to arrive at your taxable income. For a long time, state and local taxes ("SALT") were on that list; you could deduct them from your income in computing your federal tax liability. In 2017, Congress changed that, capping the SALT deduction at $10,000. This is bad for high-income taxpayers in high-tax states, like, for instance, law-firm partners in New York, who now have to pay federal taxes on a larger gross income and so pay more in taxes. It is also arguably bad for those high-tax states: Income there is now taxed twice, as it were, so at some margin those states will face pressure to lower taxes and reduce services, or high-income people might move away to lower-tax states.
And so there is an incentive for tax structuring. The states want to continue collecting taxes from the high-income taxpayers, but both the states and the taxpayers would prefer for those taxes to remain deductible for federal tax purposes. The taxpayers say to the states "boy we'd like to pay you these taxes but state taxes are no longer deductible on our personal tax returns, is there something you can do?" And there is!
From my brief conceptual overview there are two obvious paths to explore. One is: Call state and local taxes something else, something that remains deductible. The most straightforward move here is to call them "charitable deductions." Something like:
1. The state charges income taxes. 2. The state sets up a charity to fund state government, and you can donate to the charity. 3. Any donations to the state charity fund get a state tax credit (not a deduction): If you donate $20,000 to the charity, your state tax payable (not your state taxable income) goes down by $1,000. 4. Instead of paying $20,000 of state taxes, you donate $20,000 to the fund and pay zero in state taxes. 5. You have a $20,000 charitable deduction for your federal taxes.
That's a good one, we discussed it a couple of times in 2017 and 2018, and people (that is, states) definitely tried it. It did not really work, though; the Internal Revenue Service concluded that you don't get the charitable deduction for that $20,000, because you got something of value (the tax credit) for your donation.
The other path is a bit subtler: Call the state and local taxes "state and local taxes," but instead of making people pay them (people's expenses are not generally deductible from their federal income taxes), make businesses pay them (state and local taxes, like other business expenses, remain deductible for businesses). It's a bit tricky doing that in the general case, but here's a Wall Street Journal article about one version that apparently works:
New York business owners are saving billions of dollars in taxes by using a state-approved system for sidestepping the $10,000 federal cap on state and local tax deductions.>
Owners of closely held businesses paid the state $11 billion in pass-through entity taxes by the end of 2021, according to the state's Department of Tax and Finance. Pass-through businesses usually don't pay income taxes directly but pass income and deductions through to their owners' individual returns.>
By paying New York's new pass-through entity tax, those business owners shifted their state income taxes from their individual tax returns—where the cap would pinch them—to their business filings, where the cap doesn't affect them.>
The total represents about one-sixth of New York's projected personal income tax revenue for the fiscal year ending March 31. The result: If those business owners had an average federal tax rate of 32%, they would be saving more than $3 billion. …>
Some of New York's largest law, financial and accounting firms routed their partners' income through the state's workaround, which took effect last year. Nearly 96,000 filers used the program, the tax department said.>
"That's a big number," said James Wetzler, a former New York tax commissioner. The take-up is much greater than other workarounds, he said, including a program that lets employers pay federally deductible payroll taxes to help their employees have lower income taxes. That program had 328 users in 2021, according to the state. The Trump administration nixed another workaround that relied on people making charitable contributions in lieu of taxes.
Basically if you are a partner at a law firm and your share of the firm's profits is $1 million, you have personal income of $1 million: The law firm is a "pass-through entity" for tax purposes, and does not normally pay taxes itself; the partners treat its income as their income and pay taxes on it. But under the new New York system, the partnership can pay your share of the state income taxes, which is a business expense for the partnership and so reduces your income. If your state income tax would be $100,000, the partnership pays it, and you have $900,000 of taxable income. You've paid the state taxes out of the business's income, before it became income to you, so you effectively get to deduct it from your federal taxes:
Details vary by state, but here's generally how the workarounds operate. States impose taxes—often optional—on pass-through entities such as partnerships and S corporations, a tax designation for certain closely held businesses. Those taxes are paid and get subtracted before income flows to business owners, effectively creating an unlimited deduction.>
The laws use tax credits or other mechanisms to absolve owners of individual income-tax liabilities from business income. Thus, they satisfy state income-tax obligations without generating income-tax deductions subject to the federal cap.
Good trade! In general I think of tax structuring as having two competing sides:
1. Governments, who try to write and enforce tax rules in ways that are hard to game, and 2. Sophisticated taxpayers, who try to game the rules anyway.
And there are various things that you can say about that competition, and about which side pays its advisers more, etc., but the point is here that you have tax-code writers and taxpayers teaming up to minimize the taxpayers' other taxes. A nice little synergy.
The good tax trade is:
1. You pay me $200. 2. You deduct $200 from your taxable income, saving you about $80 in taxes. 3. I pay you $150. 4. The $150 is not taxable income to you, so you pay no taxes on it.
I make $50 from this trade (the $200 I get in Step 1 minus the $150 I pay in Step 3). You make $30 (the $150 you get in Step 4, plus the $80 you save in Step 2, minus the $200 you pay in Step 1). We can do this trade all day! Presumably the Internal Revenue Service loses $80 on this trade.
It is tricky to find trades like this, because most things are taxable income, so Step 4 is a problem. Still, they exist. We actually talked about one last week, one that is near to my heart because I did it as a job for years. Specifically we discussed a "call options overlay" transaction that Tesla Inc. did in 2014 (and that ended with JPMorgan Chase & Co. suing it for $162 million last week). The basic economic logic of this transaction is that Tesla issued a convertible bond with a $359.87 conversion price, bought back the $359.87 conversion option from its banks (in a transaction called a "bond hedge"), and sold the banks an option to buy Tesla stock at $560.64 (the "warrant"). As I wrote last week:
The overall result is that the company has effectively issued a synthetic high-premium convertible: If the stock goes up 80% or 100%, it will issue some shares on the convertible but get them back from the bond hedge; it only "really" issues shares if the stock goes up more than 122% and the warrant is in the money.
But the other , sometimes more important , reason that companies do this transaction is for taxes. When the company buys a bond hedge from its banks, it pays them money, which is tax-deductible; when it sells them a warrant, they pay it money, which is not taxable income. Tesla paid about $603 million for its bond hedges in 2014 and got back about $389 million for its warrants. Assuming counterfactually that Tesla deducted that full $603 million from its income and paid a 35% tax rate, the cash flows are:
1. Tesla pays its banks $603 million for the bond hedge; 2. It gets back $389 million from the banks for the warrants; and 3. It gets back $211 million from the IRS from the tax deduction on the bond hedge.
Basically the call options overlay paid for itself: Tesla paid $603 million and got back about $600 million. But you could adjust the transaction a bit — for instance by selling the banks more valuable warrants (with a lower exercise price) — and have it generate money.
This is a nice version of the good tax trade that paid my salary at an investment bank for a while, and that is explicitly blessed by this 2007 IRS guidance. The trick is that, for a corporation, transactions in your own equity (like the warrant) do not generate taxable income, but bond transactions — including both the convertible bond and the bond hedge that "hedges" the conversion option in the bond — do. So your outflows are deductible bond-related payments, while your inflows are non-taxable equity payments.
I think that a basic rule is that if you have devoted your professional life to corporate inversions, in which U.S. companies merge with companies in low-tax jurisdictions in order to reduce their tax bills, you have devoted your life to doing the inversions. There's money in that! A company comes to you and is like "we would like to pay lower taxes so we could have more money," and you are like "let me spend months structuring a deal to make that happen," and you do and it works, and you send the company a large bill and they cheerfully pay it. You have rendered a valuable service and gotten paid for it.
It is less likely, if you have devoted your professional life to corporate inversions, that you have devoted your life to stopping the inversions. There is no money in that! A company comes to you and is like "we would like to pay lower taxes so we could have more money," and you are like "no, that is unpatriotic, stay here," and the company is like "huh okay whatever" and goes to someone else.[1] You have rendered no service and gotten no money, and eventually you will have to find something else to do for work if you want to keep paying rent.
Now of course there is a possible exception, which is government service. In theory you could work for the Internal Revenue Service and have a career as an inversion-fighter. But it is unlikely for simple institutional-design reasons. If the IRS decides as a policy "we will fight every inversion," it won't just go do that; it will write a rule saying "inversions are illegal" or whatever. And then people will stop doing them and start doing other tax structuring instead. Or more likely the IRS will write a rule saying "inversions like this are legal, and inversions like that are illegal," and professional inversion-doers will focus on doing the legal kind of inversions and arguing that gray-area cases are more like the legal kind, and IRS employees will be in the business not of fighting inversions but of evaluating which close calls are okay. And they will approve some and fight others and maybe take an overall skeptical view but not be knee-jerk inversion fighters.
Also they won't have that much work , because most of what the professional inversion-doers do will be clearly legal inversions rather than borderline cases, so the IRS won't employ that many inversion-examiners relative to the absolutely booming private-sector professional field of inversion-doers. The IRS inversion-examiners will be generalists who do inversion examining as one part of a larger portfolio of responsibilities, or they will be inversion specialists but there will be like two of them.
Also of course the IRS will pay less than the private sector but that's not the main point. The main point is that doing creative complicated things to minimize the taxes that companies pay is a big industry because it generates a lot of money (in reduced taxes), but doing creative complicated things to maximize the taxes that companies pay is not a big industry with a lot of specialists.
And so if you are the IRS and you want to write some new rules about corporate inversions and you think to yourself "we need to hire the world's 10 leading experts in corporate inversions," every single one of them will have built a private-sector career helping corporations do inversions, and every single one of them, after a few years of government service, will go back to a private-sector career helping corporations do inversions, and when you ask them "what rules should we write about inversions" they will say "you should write very complicated rules about inversions, because that will increase the value of my advice, but also you should definitely write rules that allow lots of inversions , because that will also increase the value of my advice." No, no. They will be much less cynical than that; they are good people who have, in a burst of public-spiritedness, accepted a job at the IRS writing new rules. But they have spent their lives doing inversions, and their natural tendency will be to like inversions and prefer rules that allow for lots of them.
Anyway here's a New York Times story about the revolving door for tax lawyers at big accounting firms who work on various corporate tax issues, go to the IRS for a few years to write industry-favorable rules on those issues, and then go back to the accounting firms to keep working on those issues with the new more favorable rules. How could it be otherwise?
Few dispute that the Treasury Department and the I.R.S. must rely in part on lawyers from the private sector to understand the real-world effects of the tax code and how companies and wealthy individuals try to navigate around it.
"If you want to know where the bodies are buried, you've got to get some of those people," said Chye-Ching Huang, the head of the Tax Law Center at New York University's law school.
Yes, right, if you want to craft smart careful corporate tax regulations,[2] you need people who have worked in corporate tax, and the reality is that anyone who has worked in corporate tax has only worked in minimizing it.
The basic rule is that if you buy a stock and it goes up and then you sell it, you have capital gains: The amount you sold it for, minus the amount you paid, is a gain, and you pay taxes on the gain. Most of the time, in the U.S., there is a difference between the tax rates on "short-term capital gains" (you buy the stock and sell it within a year) and "long-term capital gains" (you hold it for longer than a year). Short-term capital gains tend to be taxed at higher rates (usually ordinary-income rates) than long-term capital gains.
This is true, in the U.S., for people, particularly for people with high incomes. It is not particularly true for corporations or banks. A bank does not care about holding its stocks and bonds for more than a year to save on taxes. A rich person does.
If you run a quantitative hedge fund with your and your employees' money, and your trades turn over frequently, and you are very very very good at running a quantitative hedge fund, you will generate lots of short-term capital gains for yourself and your employees, and you and the employees will have to pay lots of taxes. This will make you sad.
What you want is to put all the short-term trading in a box, and then buy long-term ownership of the box. Then you periodically (but less often than once a year) take your profits out of the box and call them long-term gains. One way to do that might be to give the short-term gains to someone else — preferably a bank (which doesn't care about short-term versus long-term capital gains)[7] — and have the bank sell you the long-term gains. You do a trade of this form:
1. You pick some stocks and the bank buys them, with $100 of its own money, in a special segregated account. 2. The bank writes you a derivative saying basically "at the end of three years we'll give you whatever is in in this account." You pay the bank $100 in cash, up front, for this derivative, which is roughly the expected value of an account with $100 of stuff in it.[8] 3. You "manage" the account on the bank's behalf: You tell the bank what stocks to buy and sell, in the account, and it does whatever you say. 4. You manage it quite actively; every day the bank sells most of the stocks in the account and buys new ones, generating lots of short-term trading and, hopefully, profits. 5. Your management is good and the value of the stuff in the account goes up. At the end of three years it is worth, say, $250. 6. At the end of the three years the bank gives you whatever stocks happen to be in the account, which you sell for $250. You paid $100 for the derivative so you have a profit of $150. 7. That's $150 of long-term capital gains, right? You bought a thing for $100, waited three years, and sold it for $250. What's the problem?
The Internal Revenue Service doesn't like this, and if you do it in that simple form above they will stop you. Renaissance Technologies is a hedge fund that (1) mostly manages its employees' money, (2) does a lot of short-term trading, and (3) is very good at it. It availed itself of a (slightly) more complicated version of this trade, in which it bought a "call option" on the stuff in the box in order to get long-term capital gains treatment (and leverage). (We talked about it here.) The IRS didn't like it, Congress didn't like it, and there was a long-running controversy.
A good tax strategy is:
1. Buy things that go up a lot in value. 2. Never sell them. 3. If you need money to live on, borrow against the value of your appreciated assets. 4. Eventually you die, your heirs get a stepped-up basis, and they don't have to pay taxes on the appreciation when they sell. (For instance to pay back your loans.)
The hard part is really step 1 — you have to make investments that go up a lot — but after that the rest of this is a pretty standard application of the U.S. tax code. Here's a Wall Street Journal article about the strategy, which is straightforwardly called "buy, borrow, die":
For borrowers, the calculation is clear: If an asset appreciates faster than the interest rate on the loan, they come out ahead. And under current law, investors and their heirs don't pay income taxes unless their shares are sold. The assets may be subject to estate taxes, but heirs pay capital-gains taxes only when they sell and only on gains since the prior owner's death. The more they can borrow, the longer they can hold appreciating assets. And the longer they hold, the bigger the tax savings.
Here is an argument that, if you are a young person who has just founded a potentially world-changing startup, instead of just giving yourself shares in that startup for free, you should buy them for a nominal price inside a Roth IRA. If you just give yourself the shares free and clear, and your startup does change the world and the shares end up being worth billions of dollars, one day you will sell them and pay capital-gains taxes on your billions of dollars of gains. On the other hand, the way a Roth individual retirement account works under U.S. tax law is that you put money into it out of your after-tax earnings, and then when you are older you can withdraw the money — including any gains — tax-free. So if you buy your founder's shares for $1,000 in a Roth IRA when you're young, and then their value grows to, say, $5 billion, you can sell them after you turn 59 and a half and pay no taxes on the gains. Good trade!
It's in ProPublica, which does not exactly pitch it as a good trade, but you can read between the lines. ProPublica asserts that Peter Thiel used this approach with his PayPal founder's shares and now has $5 billion in his Roth IRA, so, you know, that's an encouraging precedent. To be clear, though, this is not tax or legal advice, and there are arguments that it doesn't actually work:
Thiel's unusual stock purchase risked running afoul of rules designed to prevent IRAs from becoming illegal tax shelters. Investors aren't allowed to buy assets for less than their true value through an IRA. The practice is sometimes known as "stuffing" because it gets around the strict limits imposed by Congress on how much money can be put in a Roth.>
PayPal later disclosed details about the early history of the company in an SEC filing before its initial public offering. The filing reveals that Thiel's founders' shares were among those the company sold to employees at "below fair value.">
Victor Fleischer, a tax law professor at the University of California, Irvine who has written about the valuation of founders' shares, read the PayPal filings at ProPublica's request. Buying startup shares at a discounted $0.001 price with a Roth, he asserts, would be indefensible.>
"That's a huge scandal," Fleischer said, adding, "How greedy can you get?">
Warren Baker, a Seattle tax attorney who specializes in IRAs, said he would advise clients who are top executives working at a startup not to purchase founders' shares with a Roth to avoid accusations by the IRS that they got a special deal and undervalued the shares. Baker was speaking generally, not about Thiel.
Here's a hypothetical situation.
1. You buy a bunch of a new joke cryptocurrency, an alternative coin based on a meme, for approximately $0. 2. Then the price of that altcoin shoots up so that your stash is worth $100,000. 3. "Worth" $100,000 in the sense that, if you multiply the trading price of the coin by the number of coins you own, you get $100,000. But if you actually tried to sell all your coins into a very thin market, you would crash the price and end up with much less money, say $50,000. 4. Let's assume that your capital-gains tax rate is 20%. If you sold your coins, you would end up with $40,000 after tax (a $50,000 sale price minus 20% tax). 5. Let's also assume that you have, say, $500,000 of ordinary income this year. Also let's assume that you pay a 45% tax rate on ordinary income. 6. Instead of selling the joke cryptocurrency for $50,000, you can donate it to charity. 7. If you donate it, you take a $100,000 tax deduction, because that's the fair value of your stash at the time of the donation. 8. If you pay a 45% tax rate, that $100,000 tax deduction is worth $45,000 to you. 9. Donating the joke crypto is worth more to you than selling it.
I should emphasize that none of this is legal or tax advice and there are nuances that make this work less well than that schematic description.[7] Still at some level it has an appeal. We recently discussed a similar trade with low-basis stock, but with alternative cryptocurrencies it's arguably even more attractive. For one thing you are more likely to have a low basis in an altcoin, because when you bought it a week ago you probably paid like a thousandth of a cent. For another thing the market value of an altcoin is more likely to be volatile due to limited volume and liquidity; you are more likely to be able to push the price up to donate it at a high valuation, whereas if you sell you are more likely to crash the price. On the other hand if you have suddenly become an altcoin millionaire you are somewhat less likely to also have millions of dollars of ordinary income to shelter.
I like to cite, around here, Michael Graetz's two laws of tax: It is always better to make more money than less money, and it is always better to die later than sooner. But I am always excited to find exceptions. One important, but sometimes violated, corollary of the first law is that it should never be in your financial interest to give money away. If you have $100 and you give it to charity, you (1) are out $100 but (2) have a $100 tax deduction. If you have a lot of income and your tax rate is 40%, that deduction should save you $40. Net, you are out $60.
But you can do a bit better than that. Let's say that you have stock in your company that you got for $0 (you were the founder, etc.) and that is now worth $100. If you sell it, you will get $100, all of which will be taxable as capital gains. Let's say the capital gains rate is 20%; you'll get $80. If instead you donate it to charity, you won't have the $80, but you will get a $100 tax deduction that you can use against your ordinary income. If your tax rate (the marginal rate on your ordinary income) is 40%, that should save you $40. Eighty is more than 40 so this is not a good trade, but it's closer.
If the top marginal rate on capital gains, plus the top marginal rate on ordinary income, add up to more than 100%, though, you should donate. President Joe Biden has proposed significantly raising the top rate on capital gains, which creates that possibility. Here is a tweet by Andrew Granato (via Tyler Cowen) pointing out that "under a 40% top federal marginal capital gains rate and 40% top federal income tax rate with 13% top state rates for each, a taxpayer in the top marginal bracket gains post-tax money by donating unrealized capital gains to charity instead of realizing the gain." The math is pretty simple. If you own stock worth $100 with zero basis, and you sell it, you pay 53% total taxes and keep $47. If instead you donate it, you get a $100 tax deduction, which should save you $53 on your income taxes (assuming you have lots of ordinary income with a marginal tax rate, state plus federal, of 53%). And 53 is more than 47, so this is a good trade and you should donate the stock.
I should say:
1. There are limitations on this: You can't shelter all of your income by donating appreciated stock, it assumes you have zero-basis stock and lots of ordinary income, etc., but conceptually at some margin it seems correct. (Also: Not tax or legal advice!) 2. I suppose the "unintended consequence" of this will be to push startup founders to donate more of their stock to charity, and sell less of it to buy houses, which doesn't sound especially terrible, though I suppose there could be bad consequences. (People who really like buying houses will be less likely to start startups, some charities will be bad, etc.) 3. I am telling you about it strictly as a possible violation of the first law of tax, which I think is aesthetically interesting. I do not think that the first law of tax actually has to constrain policy makers.
I should also say that, even under existing tax laws, you can get this sort of effect. The trick is:
You have a zero-basis capital asset worth $100. If you sell it, you get $100, pay 20% tax, keep $80. If you donate it, you get a $100 tax deduction, which is worth $40 at a 40% tax rate. But if you donate it and say it's worth $300, you get a $300 tax deduction, which is worth $120 at a 40% tax rate, and $120 is more than $80.
In practice this seems to be a huge deal in the art world, where works are non-fungible and value is subjective. If you sell a work of art, it's worth what someone will pay you for it. But if you donate a work of art to a museum, it's worth what you and the museum and an appraiser say it's worth. You all have incentives to inflate that number, and it is hard to check the market value of a unique piece of art that rarely trades. This is a well-known trick that sometimes gets people in trouble with the Internal Revenue Service.
It is harder to do this sort of trick with stock, because there is generally a market price. But here is a cool paper by Sureyya Burcu Avci, Cindy A. Schipani, H. Nejat Seyhun and Andrew Verstein about "Insider Giving":
Corporate insiders can avoid losses if they dispose of their stock while in possession of material, non-public information. One means of disposal, selling the stock, is illegal and subject to prompt mandatory reporting. A second strategy is almost as effective and it faces lax reporting requirements and legal restrictions. That second method is to donate the stock to a charity and take a charitable tax deduction at the inflated stock price. "Insider giving" is a potent substitute for insider trading. We show that insider giving is far more widespread than previously believed. In particular, we show that it is not limited to officers and directors. Large investors appear to regularly receive material non-public information and use it to avoid losses. Using a vast dataset of essentially all transactions in public company stock since 1986, we find consistent and economically significant evidence that these shareholders' impeccable timing likely reflects information leakage. We also document substantial evidence of backdating – investors falsifying the date of their gift to capture a larger tax break. We show why lax reporting and enforcement encourage insider giving, explain why insider giving represents a policy failure, and highlight the theoretical implications of these findings to broader corporate, securities, and tax debates.
The theory is roughly:
You have zero-basis stock that is "really" worth $100, but that happens to be trading at $300 right now because the market doesn't know the bad news that you know. If you sell it, you get $300, pay 20% tax, keep $240, and go to prison for insider trading. Or you can wait until the news is public, sell it for $100, pay 20% tax, keep $80 and avoid prison. But if you donate it while it's still trading at $300, you get a $300 tax deduction, which is worth $120, which is more than $80. And you don't go to prison because you never traded the stock while you had inside information.
In general I'm an "always better to have more money than less money" guy, but it's good to know the exceptions.
The way corporate income tax works is pretty much that you add up the company's revenue, you subtract its expenses, and you're left with its net income. Then it pays taxes as a percentage of that net income. This is basically straightforward, though sometimes people fight over what should count as an expense. (In the U.S., interest on debt is tax-deductible, but dividends on stock are not, which arguably encourages excessive debt, etc.)
The way personal income tax works is not like that. You add up all your revenue, but you do not subtract your expenses, generally; if you are paid $100,000 a year and spend $93,000 on food and clothes and rent and stuff, your taxable income is $100,000, not $7,000. Well, that's not quite right either; there are a bunch of expenses that are "deductible"—they reduce your taxable income—and sometimes people fight over what expenses should be deductible. (In the U.S. these fights tend to be over things like mortgage interest, state taxes, charitable contributions, etc.)
But broadly speaking, in the U.S., most of the expenses of life are not deductible, and people get taxed on their gross income, not the income they have left over after buying stuff. But what is income? Obviously if you have a job and get a salary, that's income. If you buy a lottery ticket and win, your winnings are income. Most of the time, if you get money, that's income. But if you buy some shoes and don't like them and return them, and the shoe store gives you a $100 refund, surely that's not income. Your shoe purchase was not tax-deductible; you couldn't reduce your taxable income by $100 by buying shoes. So when you return the shoes and get your money back, that should not increase your taxable income by $100.
Similarly if you buy a product and send back the mail-in rebate coupon and get back $5, that's not income. Or if you buy a product on your credit card that gives you 5% cash back, that 5% cash back is not income; it's just a reduction in the purchase price. There is a "longstanding Internal Revenue Service practice, which says credit-card rewards are usually nontaxable rebates. In other words, buying a pair of shoes for $100 and getting a 5% reward is really a $95 purchase, not $5 of income."
What if the product that you buy is $6.4 million worth of grocery-store gift cards that you then exchange for money orders that you then use to pay off your credit card bill, allowing you to keep the 5% cash reward offered by the credit card company? Then:
1. You are amazing, my friend, truly, hats off to you. 2. But is it taxable income?
The person who did this is named Konstantin Anikeev, and he is an experimental physicist. The Wall Street Journal, which tells the story of his gift-card experiment, calls it "an inquiry far outside his field," but I disagree; he built a perpetual motion machine, which has fascinated experimental physicists for centuries. He was able to "exploit the difference between unlimited 5% rewards and lower fees on gift cards and money orders" to just shuffle money around, risklessly, routinely, in a way that left him with more money than he started with:
His American Express card offered unlimited 5% rewards at grocery stores and pharmacies after he had spent $6,500. So Mr. Anikeev used his AmEx card to buy prepaid Visa gift cards at grocery stores, routinely stopping during his commute and purchasing the maximum allowed per day at a store. He often used the gift cards to buy money orders, then used the money orders to make deposits in his bank account, then used that money to pay his credit-card bill.
In a $500 transaction, the 5% rewards would yield $25—more than enough to cover gift-card fees of about $5 and the $1 fee on the money order.
He made about $310,000 doing this. As an exploit of credit-card rewards it is fairly straightforward, though ambitious in its sheer scale. (An American Express spokesman "said the company uses a 'combination of strategies' to police the rules of rewards programs that don't allow purchases of cash equivalents.")
As an inquiry into the nature of taxable income it is more profound, though. The IRS sued him, claiming that the $310,000 was income. He replied, no, it was just rebates on purchases. The IRS is sort of obviously right. Surely the only way to get $310,000 of rebates on purchases is by having more than $310,000 of taxable income. If you make $3.1 million at your job and buy $3.1 million of stuff and get 10% cash back then, sure, you got $310,000 of rebates, and those rebates are not income. If you make $100,000 in salary and cycle it frantically through gift cards until you earn $310,000 of rewards, it can't really be the case that your taxable income was only $100,000. If that $310,000 was just a reduction in the price of goods that you purchased, where did you get all the money to do all that purchasing? Surely from income, right?
The IRS mostly lost in Tax Court though; here is the opinion. Basically the judge found that the perpetual-motion machine works and is non-taxable; if you buy gift cards with your credit card, use the gift cards to buy money orders, and use the money orders to pay your credit card bill, then it's not taxable income. Seems wrong philosophically, but it's based on the IRS policy that credit card rewards are not income. The judge writes:
This policy reflects the recognition that a taxpayer who avails himself or herself of a discount in acquiring goods and services has no accession to wealth. That taxpayer has retained more of his or her wealth than a taxpayer who pays full price for the same good or service, but that taxpayer has no additional income; he or she simply has reduced consumption. Although as Benjamin Franklin wisely observed, "[a] penny saved is two pence clear" (which became known more colloquially as "a penny saved is a penny earned"), the income tax law imposes a tax only on the future penny earned, not on the current penny saved.
That obviously is not what happened here—he did not reduce consumption!—but if you have a general theory it will not always fit all the specific facts. Here the general theory is "rebates on consumption are not income." You set up some extreme conditions, you run some experiments, and you see if the theory holds. Weirdly, it does.
The basic rule is that if the corporate tax rate is 21%, then a company that makes money has to pay 21% of it in taxes, and a company that loses money gets back less than 21% of it in tax refunds. Less than 21% because you don't just get a check from the Treasury for 21% of the money you lost: You get tax-loss carry-forwards that you can credit against future income; if you make money next year, you can reduce your taxes by 21% of the money you lost this year, though you have to wait a year for the money. There is an asymmetry here, but of course there has to be; if the Treasury really just wrote checks to anyone who ran an unprofitable business, that would create weird incentives, and people would find lots of good ways to scam the Treasury out of those checks.
But the asymmetry is kind of reversed this year. Now the rule is that a company that makes money has to pay 21% of it in taxes, but a company that loses money gets back 35% of it—immediately—in tax refunds. As long as it made money in previous years:
There's a simple rule for corporate tax planning in 2020: If you're going to lose money, lose a lot of money.That's because companies can now use losses incurred before and during the pandemic to offset up to five years of past profits. What makes this moment particularly attractive: Congress is letting companies get refunds of taxes they paid at the 35% corporate rate that existed before 2018 rather than at today's 21% rate.Companies can generate big losses now by packing deductions into 2020 and pushing income into the future. Nearly two dozen large publicly traded companies are already reporting more than $2 billion in combined tax benefits using this rate arbitrage, according to a review of securities filings. Tax advisers and experts expect more soon.
This is a result of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, which allows companies to carry back those losses to reduce previous years' income; ordinarily they can only be carried forward to reduce future years' income. For the most part this seems like a straightforward stimulus measure: It encourages companies to do stuff now, rather than waiting.
Firms are now planning strategies for the next few months, such as buying equipment. The 2017 tax law lets companies deduct those costs from taxable income immediately instead of over time. Companies now have an incentive to accelerate such spending to generate losses. The tax break could make a previously unprofitable project worthwhile."If I'm going to do something in the next 12 months anyway, I just made it [14 percentage points] better to do it now," said Bret Wells, a University of Houston law professor. "That's a pretty high rate of return."
Still, discontinuities are always weird. If you were going to make $100 million this year, and you can find $50 million of expenses to accelerate, you don't get any special benefit: You get back 21% (your current tax rate) of those expenses, same as you would next year. If you were going to make $100 million this year, and you can find $200 million of expenses to accelerate, you do get the benefit: You get back 35% of every dollar that you can reduce your income below zero, in a one-time deal that won't be repeated next year. There is not a uniform incentive to spend money this year; there's a big incentive for already-money-losing companies to spend more this year, but money-making companies get nothing unless they can spend so much that they transform themselves into money-losing companies.
The simplest way for the rich to take advantage of the low rates is to loan cash or other assets to family members. Heirs can borrow millions of dollars, then invest the money and profit from any upside.Beneficiaries can lock in today's ultra-low rates for years or even decades. The IRS-required rate on "mid-term" loans of 3 to 9 years is 0.58% in May. …An especially popular tool is the grantor retained annuity trust, or GRAT, which lets beneficiaries profit from any future investment gains -- with no risk of losing money -- as long as those returns are higher than the IRS-required interest rate. The lower the rates, the easier for heirs to make money.Low rates aren't the only reason advisers say they're preoccupied re-arranging client estate plans. While volatile markets have dented many portfolios, low valuations also make it possible to transfer assets to heirs without using up as much of the gift-tax exemption.
Crisis & Contagion (201)
Archegos (21)
When Archegos collapsed, its banks had a collective-action problem. If they all sold collateral at once, they would crash prices; if they coordinated, they might reduce losses. But banks are competitors, and coordination over trading can raise antitrust issues. The case sits at the uncomfortable boundary between market stability and collusion.
The essential problem was this. Archegos had a portfolio of giant leveraged bets on about a dozen stocks. In some cases, it was the biggest single owner of those stocks, but since it owned the stocks through total return swaps at a bunch of different banks, that was not apparent: As far as anyone could tell from public data, each bank had a reasonably sized position in each of those stocks (to hedge its swaps to Archegos); there was no single large owner. But then some of the stocks went down, Archegos got margin calls on its big leveraged swap bets, it couldn't meet the margin calls, and all the banks had to seize and sell the stocks at the same time. This drove down the prices of the stocks, evaporated Archegos (which went from a net worth of $36 billion to zero) and left some banks with big losses.
Not Jefferies, though, or not so much. The trick is that if you immediately seized Archegos's stocks and sold them, you got out at a decent price and didn't lose money. If you waited too long, the prices melted down and you lost money. Handler, at the swim-up bar, [4] grasped the essential issue and blew out Archegos's positions at Jefferies.
Others did not, because they didn't realize how bad things were for Archegos, because — the government alleges — Archegos misled them about its actual positions. In the government's telling, each bank thought that Archegos had a portfolio of (1) big leveraged bets on a dozen stocks at that bank plus (2) boring, straightforward investments in household-name stocks at all the other banks.
A few years ago, Citigroup Inc. had an oopsie where it accidentally wired $900 million to some hedge funds. After giving it some thought, most of the hedge funds decided to keep the money. Citi sued to get the money back and initially lost, though it eventually won. It was weird that Citi initially lost, and it was a little weird that the hedge funds even tried to keep money that had been wired to them by accident. But they had an argument that they deserved the money: They were in a fight with Revlon Inc. over some covenants, and Citi was the administrative agent on their loan to Revlon and had accidentally sent the money on its behalf. And, you know, there was the money, in their bank accounts. I wrote:
Aggressiveness and creativity are kind of the whole ballgame when you are trading distressed debt; the business is about hunting for arcane advantages that you can exploit to get more money than the other guys. In a sense the discharge-for-value exception is an arcane advantage, but in another sense "well they sent us money so we're going to keep it" is the least arcane imaginable thing, and if you don't have that instinct perhaps you were meant for a gentler corner of the financial world.
And in fact Revlon did end up going bankrupt, so keeping the money was a good idea, though it ended up not working out.
That was about distressed-debt hedge funds and an odd doctrine of New York law, but I suppose the point is valid more generally. Almost all of the time, in high finance, if you accidentally send a nine-digit sum of money to a counterparty, and then you call them up to say "oops I did not mean to send you those hundreds of millions of dollars, can I have them back," they will say "lol sure here you go, doofus," and you will both have a friendly laugh about it. Accidents happen. But!
1. If you have loaned money to a borrower who is now in distress and might not be able to pay you back, and 2. They send you the money by accident, 3. Probably keep it?
This is not legal advice, obviously, and in the Citi/Revlon case a court ultimately ruled against it, but, you know. Sometimes you keep the money.
Classic "open market" stock manipulation [6] works more or less like this:
1. You buy a ton of a stock (commodity, derivative, crypto token, whatever), in a sloppy and aggressive way, with the intention of pushing its price up as much as possible. (Or you sell it to push the price down.) This costs you money: You are overpaying for the stock, to move its price higher. 2. When the price is high, you extract some money from some related market. Perhaps you borrow money against your stock. Or you had some derivative tied to the stock price, and you make money on that. You push the price up at quarter-end, allowing you to extract a big performance fee from your clients or a big bonus from your bank. Your selling the stock to push it down somehow causes the company to go bankrupt. Lots of ways to accomplish this. 3. The point is that the money you extract in Step 2 is supposed to be more than the money you spent in Step 1.
You're doing the manipulation to make money, and just pushing up the price of the stock, on its own, doesn't make you any money. However, there is another, degenerate form of market manipulation that works like this:
1. You buy a ton of a stock, intending to push the price up. This costs you money. 2. When the price is high, you are like "hahahaha, this price is high. Wheeee!" 3. The amusement you got in Step 2 is, ideally, worth the price you paid for it in Step 1.
I have written a few times around here about my friend Sarah Meyohas, who did an art project where she manipulated penny stocks, painted the resulting stock charts, and sold the paintings to collectors. The manipulation was not for profit, but for art. Though I assume she made more selling the paintings than she spent on the penny stocks, so it's a little ambiguous. In any case she never got in trouble for it. ("Her show opens tonight," I wrote in 2016, "and you should go see it, especially if you work for the Securities and Exchange Commission.")
We also talked once about a guy named James Gubb, who traded a stock back and forth with himself "in order to create the image of an 'up yours' middle finger in the price chart." He was fined by South African regulators for creating an artificial price. But his manipulation was for art, or political protest, not for profit.
The way secured lending works is that you give me $100 worth of collateral and I lend you $50 or $80 or $99 in cash, and then, ideally, you pay me back the cash with interest and I give you back the collateral. Sometimes you do not, and I seize the collateral and sell it. If I have loaned you $90 of cash against $100 of collateral, and you default, and I sell the collateral for $90, then I use that money to pay myself back and everything is fine. (For me. Less so for you.) If I sell the collateral for $80, then I use that money to pay myself back in part, but I got only $80 back for my $90 loan. I have lost $10, which is bad, for me, because I am a secured lender and really was expecting to get my money back. Depending on the terms of our deal I may or may not be able to come after you for the remaining $10, but if you're defaulting on your secured loans I can't really expect to get that whole $10 back from you. Something has gone wrong with you.
If I sell the collateral for $92, then I use that money to pay myself back in full, but I have $2 left over: You owed me $90 and I got back $92. You could imagine the rule being that I keep the extra $2, as a tip, to compensate me for the aggravation, but in financial markets that is mostly not the rule. If I am a secured lender and you default and I seize the collateral and sell it, I can apply the proceeds to paying myself back with interest, and to cover my actual costs of selling it, but if there's money left over I have to give it back to you. You only owed me $90, so if I got $92 for your collateral then you get the $2 back.
This should not come up all that often, because in normally functioning markets, if you owe me $90 and I have $92 of your collateral, you will probably pay me back the $90 and take the collateral back (or sell it yourself). Defaulting is bad in various ways, and you might not trust me to sell the collateral for a fair price, so you'd rather pay me back. If you are defaulting, there is a good chance that something very bad has happened to you and your portfolio, and that your collateral is now worth less than your loan.
In 2021, something very bad indeed happened to the portfolio of Archegos Capital Management, Bill Hwang's extremely leveraged family office. It owned concentrated positions in a dozen or so stocks, funded with secured loans from a bunch of banks; the stocks went down a bit, Archegos got margin calls, it did not meet them, the banks sold the stocks, the stocks collapsed, Archegos was utterly vaporized and the banks had huge losses. Some of them did. Overall, they did. But some of the banks sold early enough that they got more than all of their money back. They apparently did not hand the money back to Archegos immediately, though, possibly on grounds like "Archegos has been vaporized, they surely owe this money to someone else, and we don't trust them with it."
Here's an amazing trade, if you can get it. Archegos Capital Management, the family office of Bill Hwang, had a hugely successful run followed by a disastrous collapse in March 2021. (We talked about it here, here and here.) Archegos's assets grew from about $4 billion in 2020 to roughly $36 billion on March 22, 2021; by March 29 they were roughly zero. If you had money in Archegos — and you didn't, it was a family office running mainly Hwang's own money — then you had enormous paper profits as of March 22, and nothing as of March 29. But what if, on March 30, you could look around at the rubble and decide to withdraw what you had in the fund as of March 22? That would be pretty good, right?
Archegos did not only run Hwang's money. It employed a number of investment professionals, though it is a little unclear what they did all day; by the end of Archegos's run it seems that Hwang was mostly just buying a dozen stocks as fast as he could without consulting with his analysts. But he did employ analysts, and he paid them millions of dollars a year, and like many hedge-fund analysts they took some of their pay in cash and some of it in shares of the fund. So apparently about $500 million of Archegos's money, just before the end, belonged to its employees.
The way their employment agreements worked is that, if they left their jobs at Archegos, they could withdraw the money that they had in the fund, and Archegos would pay them out within 60 days. But the employment agreements apparently included a 30-day lookback option: If you quit on March 30, you could get paid your balance as of Feb. 28.
Your balance as of Feb. 28 was just so much bigger than your balance as of March 30. If you work for a fund that makes massive concentrated levered bets that inflate the values of its holdings, and then crashes to zero when those leveraged bets blow up, that lookback option is incredibly incredibly valuable.[1] Well. I mean, it is valuable in theory. On certain assumptions. It is valuable if they pay you. The problem is that if the fund goes to zero and you say "I would like to get paid as though the fund was still worth $36 billion, like my contract says," they will say "sure buddy we'd all like that but where do you think the money will come from?"
Here is a wild lawsuit filed by Brendan Sullivan, a former managing director at Archegos, against Archegos, Hwang and a few other Archegos executives. There is so much good stuff in it — here is a Bloomberg article about it highlighting many wild things that are totally different from the wild things we will talk about here — but my favorite part is the accounting of how much money Sullivan thinks he is owed. The complaint lays out his bonus each year and how much of it was deferred to be invested into Archegos; I'll summarize it in a little table[2]:
So he put about $3.8 million of his own (bonus) money into Archegos. That investment is now worth $0, since Archegos was vaporized. But shortly before he quit Archegos — on March 30, 2021! — it was worth $30.5 million , so that's what he's suing for:
When he left Archegos, Sullivan requested the contents of his Individual Plan Account as of February 28, 2021.>
Section 4.1 of the Elective Plan Contract and the "Deferred Bonus Payment" section of the Mandatory Plan Contract expressly provides for this 30 day "look back" period, and requires that all deferred compensation be paid within thirty to sixty days of an employee's departure from Archegos.>
As of February 28, 2021, Sullivan's Individual Plan Account was valued at approximately $30.5 million.
I love it so much. You work for a fund that gets vaporized, you comb through your contract, you're like "wait I have a lookback option, they have to pay me as though they never got vaporized," so you quit immediately and sue for $27 million of paper profits.[3] The combination of chutzpah and careful contract reading! That's about a 148% annual rate of return, $30.5 million on his $3.8 million of deferrals.[4] "I worked at one of the best hedge funds in the history of hedge funds, if you don't count its final month, which I don't, so give me my profits."[5] I hope every hedge fund in the world is trying to hire this guy; this guy gets it.
When we talked about this in April, I was skeptical that this could be market manipulation. The problem is that the DOJ and SEC had no theory of what Hwang was trying to do. If you push up the price of some stocks because you have some giant derivative trade on that makes money from the stocks going up, fine, market manipulation. But if you just generically push stocks up by buying them, and then you sell them, they'll go back down and you won't make any money. Hwang doesn't seem to have made money on this weird round-trip — he seems to have lost most of his money — and nobody has any good ideas about how he could have. So what was the manipulative scheme?
Yesterday Hwang's lawyers filed a motion to dismiss the SEC case against him and honestly it's pretty compelling? Here is how it begins:
The Complaint in this matter is extraordinary: paragraph after paragraph alleges entirely lawful trading on the open market, but then concludes that the trades at issue—real trades subjecting defendant Bill Hwang to real economic risk, and devoid of any deceptive actions—was somehow unlawful. In particular, the Complaint finds manipulation in defendant Bill Hwang's conduct in trading large volumes of securities, trading which the SEC second-guesses, in hindsight, was "non-economic," i.e., lacked a legitimate economic basis. Along the way, the SEC declares to be unlawful a number of practices that have long been accepted as entirely legitimate, including trading one's own money through a family office that has limited reporting requirements, trading on margin or through security-based swaps rather than in the securities themselves, or trading before or at the end of the trading day. The result is a Complaint that is not only unprecedented in its expansion of the notion of "open-market manipulation," already a questionable theory, but one that would, if sustained, threaten the very existence of markets by allowing regulators to judge, in retrospect, the economic value of trading, and by equating manipulative intent with mere knowledge of the truism that trading, and especially large trades, affects price. No trader could have known that these kinds of actions would someday—because Mr. Hwang's trading failed in the short term, costing him, but no other investors, billions of dollar of losses—be deemed unlawful, rendering this Complaint not only wrong, but fundamentally unfair and an obvious attempt to rewrite the law and then apply it retroactively.
Look, if there's a stock that trades at $50, and you start buying a ton of it, and you keep buying it as it goes all the way up to $100, and then you sell it and it goes back down to $50, there was something weird about you buying at $100. Why did you buy it at $100? It was not worth $100, apparently, as you can tell from the fact that it traded at $50 before and after your buying spree. You were at least making a mistake buying it at $100, and because $100 is so much more than $50 the mistake seems suspicious. It feels plausible to describe your buying the stock at $100 as "non-economic," like you were buying it for some reason other than that you thought it was worth $100.
But I don't think that's enough to count as market manipulation? Hwang's motion discusses the law (citations omitted):
The Supreme Court has characterized "manipulation" as a "term of art" in securities law. It therefore has held that a securities law violation for "market manipulation" requires a showing of "intentional or willful conduct designed to deceive or defraud investors by controlling or artificially affecting the price of securities." Similarly, the Court has held that to be actionable a manipulation scheme must have a deceptive element.
The deception requirement is met under Second Circuit law only by conduct that gives "a false impression of how market participants value a security" and disrupts "the natural interplay of supply and demand." …
While the SEC asserts that Archegos employed "multiple deceptive tactics" and points to "several indicia of manipulation," it does not actually allege any purported deceptive acts that could have created "a false impression of how market participants value a security," but only alleges real trades that reflected how Mr. Hwang valued securities and that exposed Archegos and Mr. Hwang to real economic risk. There are no allegations of the kinds of deceptive trading recognized as creating an artificial market and price. Instead, the SEC's truly radical theory is that Mr. Hwang engaged in a broad market manipulation scheme over the entire six month "Relevant Period" because his trading was so highly concentrated and so voluminous that it created a market price that was somehow "artificial," which he allegedly recognized and, on unspecified occasions, even intended. This theory of "open-market manipulation" has been debated by legal scholars, but it has never been the basis for a cognizable cause of action in the Second Circuit or indeed in most other Circuits.
The leading case on the subject in this Circuit is United States v. Mulheren. In Mulheren, the Court criticized the government's open-market manipulation theory and reversed a criminal conviction based upon it. Specifically, the government alleged that the defendant bought stock with the sole intent of driving up its price as a favor to Ivan Boesky, who wanted to sell his shares of the same stock back to the company when the stock hit a certain price. Allegations and proof that Boesky told Mulheren that "it would be great if it traded" at the desired price, along with Mulheren's use of a broker he did not regularly use (to allegedly conceal his trading activity), and that Mulheren's purchases comprised 70% of the trading in that security between the opening of the market and 11:10 a.m. were, even taken together, insufficient to sustain a conviction for market manipulation. The Court noted that all the evidence presented against Mulheren was at least as consistent with innocent behavior—buying stock because he wanted to own it—as with manipulation.
A third theory, the most appealing one, is that he was working on a short squeeze. His huge long positions were mostly in companies that were heavily shorted, he drove up their stocks, and all of this was happening around the same time as the meme-stock craze and its focus on squeezing short sellers. If the stock prices got high enough, the short sellers might be forced to close out their positions by buying the stocks at inflated prices, and then Hwang could have sold to them at those inflated prices and gotten out of his trade at an enormous profit.
The model here is an insane game of leveraged chicken: Bill Hwang bets on the stock using billions of dollars of borrowed money, short sellers bet against it using billions of dollars of borrowed stock, their game comes to dominate trading in the stock, and whoever's lenders blink first loses.
There is some support for this theory: Hwang's stocks were heavily shorted, and in fact short sellers thought that's what he was up to:
Short seller Carson Block, famous for his bearish bets against Chinese companies, said in a May 2021 interview that he hoped the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission would look into the trading in GSX. He questioned whether Archegos and others were trying to squeeze such positions.
"Just can't see that these guys went long GSX on such large size because they believed the fundamentals were so good," he said.
Here is a simplified version of the Archegos story. Archegos Capital Management was a family office run by Bill Hwang, a former Tiger Cub hedge fund manager, that invested his personal fortune. Starting in about 2020, Archegos's investment strategy consisted of buying a whole ton of shares of like 10 stocks, using mostly money borrowed from about a dozen banks. (Technically it did this buying using total return swaps rather than actually buying the stocks on margin, but that is a minor point.)
As Archegos kept buying more of these stocks, they went up, because generally if you buy a lot of a stock the price will go up. As the prices went up, Archegos had mark-to-market profits: The shares it bought earlier at lower prices were worth more, so it had made money. Archegos used these profits, leveraged with more money borrowed from its banks, to buy more of its favorite stocks. This made the prices go up more, which created more profits, which gave it more money to buy more stocks, etc., in what I guess you could call a virtuous cycle.
I don't know how to write an ending for this story? I mean, I know how the story ended in real life, and it's the obvious ending. The obvious ending is that, if you keep doing this, you end up owning enormous quantities of your favorite 10 stocks, owing enormous amounts of money to your banks, and having a very slim margin for error. If a slight breeze knocks down the price of one of your stocks, your banks will demand more money in a margin call, and you won't have any cash because you have invested every cent in buying stocks with borrowed money. Your banks will be forced to sell some of your stocks, which will drive their prices down, which will lead to more margin calls and more forced sales and more price drops, etc., in what you would certainly call a vicious cycle.
And that is in fact exactly what happened. There was a small hiccup with one of its stocks: ViacomCBS Inc., a huge Archegos holding, saw its stock price shoot up and decided to raise some money by selling stock, which pushed down the price a bit. The result was that Archegos was absolutely vaporized almost immediately: It got margin calls that it couldn't meet, its stocks were liquidated, their prices crashed, it lost all its money, and some of its less nimble banks lost billions of dollars when they were too slow to liquidate. It is the obvious outcome, and it happened.
This is confusing, and theFinancial Times has reported that "Elon Musk can walk away from Twitter deal by paying $1bn break fee" and that "No matter what Musk does, he knows his liability is capped at $1bn." This is not really right as a contractual matter: If all goes smoothly, he gets his financing, and he just decides to walk, a court can order him to put up $21 billion and actually buy the company. (Here is a law firm memo on specific performance as an M&A remedy.) But it is true that if he does not buy the company — if he decides to walk away and Twitter sues him for damages rather than trying to force him to close the deal — his liability is capped at $1 billion. In practice, when buyers abandon mergers, they never just say "oops changed my mind"; they argue that there has been a material adverse effect or the company has failed to fulfill its obligations or the financing is unavailable or whatever. (And if Musk does not want to close, his financing sources might not be too enthusiastic about funding.) In those circumstances, it can be hard and time-consuming and disruptive and uncertain for the target to sue to force the acquirer to close, and Twitter might prefer to just take the $1 billion and move on with life as an independent company. But Musk's liability is not actually capped at $1 billion, and he does not exactly have an option to walk away for $1 billion.
You might think that when a guy's family office goes from positive $20 billion to negative $10 billion, that guy would no longer be a billionaire. That is sort of the naive intuitive reading of things: You've got a "family office," that's where your money is, you make very levered bets with that money, those bets go to — and through — zero, you don't have money anymore. But that is not necessarily true:
The size of Bill Hwang's fortune remains uncertain. Former employees have been grousing that while they've been wiped out, Hwang, through private investments and other holdings away from Archegos, could still be a billionaire. ...
Banks are haggling with Hwang's team to figure out the size of his remaining wealth and whether they can claw back any of it. Credit Suisse has said it will seek to recoup money from Archegos and its related entities and individuals. The Swiss bank also flagged in its findings that Hwang's firm took out more than $2 billion in excess margin from its account with the lender in the days before the collapse.
You don't have to keep all your family's money in your family office. You have the family office, it is a legal entity (Archegos Capital Management), it enters into contracts (swap confirmations, credit support annexes) with its banks. The contracts presumably say things like "if Archegos's positions end up being worth a negative amount of money, it will pay that money to the banks." But it — Archegos — is on the hook. Not necessarily you. If Archegos — the legal entity — doesn't have any more money to pay to the banks, then what happens? Maybe the contracts include personal guarantees, or maybe there is some other legal theory by which the banks can sue Hwang personally to make him responsible for Archegos's debts. Or maybe there isn't. Maybe when Archegos went to (below) zero, Hwang could walk away whistling, leave his banks holding the bags, and keep … billions of dollars? … of wealth that he held outside of Archegos. Maybe when he took $2 billion of winnings off the table from Credit Suisse, days before it all blew up, he rolled that money into new heavily levered bets at other banks that then went to zero. Maybe he didn't. Maybe he buried it in his backyard, you know?
One important thing that investment banks do is lend money to hedge funds to buy stocks. This is risky: If the stocks go down, the hedge fund might not repay the loans, and then the bank might lose money. So a central question of risk management is whether the hedge fund has posted enough collateral — that is, that the stocks it owns are worth significantly more than the money the bank has loaned it, so that if the stocks go down the bank will not lose money.
One aspect of this question is: What is the right amount of collateral? This question can be reduced to questions like: How much will the stocks go down in a plausible worst case? How quickly can we sell the stocks, and how much more will they go down due to our selling? You can look at numbers about historical and implied volatility and correlations of the stocks in the portfolio, you can compare the position sizes to the stocks' daily volumes, you can plug these things into formulas and run scenario analyses, you can get some numbers. These are well-known problems that have received a great deal of academic, regulatory and practitioner attention, and you can read papers and books about the best practices for figuring out the right amount of collateral.
But another, underrated aspect of the question is: Once you know the right amount of collateral, and you call up the hedge fund to tell it to post more collateral, and the hedge fund says "I'm busy today let's talk tomorrow," and you call them tomorrow and they say "hey this week got away from me but send me an email," and you send them an email summarizing your collateral demand and call them next week and they say "oh I haven't had a chance to look at your email yet but I will very soon," and meanwhile the right amount of collateral keeps ticking up … what do you do about that? There is a theoretical and contractual answer, which is, if the client doesn't post the collateral you want then you terminate the swap, but you are a person and the hedge fund does sound really busy and surely it can't hurt to talk to them tomorrow? Plus if you terminate the swap you lose their business, and your whole job is about doing more business.
The stylized popular story of Archegos is that it had enormous levered stock positions with half a dozen big banks, but because it did those trades via swaps, nobody knew about it. Each bank thought "we own a lot of stock for these Archegos guys huh," but no bank knew that a bunch of other banks also owned a lot of stock for Archegos. Then one day some of the stocks went down, the banks asked Archegos to post more money, and Archegos replied "nope, we're fresh out of money, also by the way we've got these same huge positions on with a bunch of other banks, okay, have fun with that, bye!"
And then the banks called the other banks and were like "wait were you lending Archegos billions of dollars to buy ViacomCBS and Discovery?" and the other banks were like "yes, wait, were you lending Archegos billions of dollars to buy ViacomCBS and Discovery?" And they realized they had a problem, which was that they all owned billions of dollars of ViacomCBS and Discovery that they didn't want, and that the prices of those stocks had been pushed up to irrational levels by Archegos buying all of them.
And so the banks got together and said, look, we could all sell these stocks that we don't want now, but that will push their prices way down and we will all lose a ton of money. Or we could wait and sell them over time, rather than dumping them in a fire sale, and the result will be that markets will be more orderly and rational and also we won't lose so much money. But we have to all agree to do that together, because if most of us wait but some of us sell early, the ones who sell early will do well but the rest of us will be hosed.
And Goldman Sachs heard "the ones who sell early will do well but the rest of us will be hosed," and its ears perked up, because Goldman loves (1) doing well and (2) hosing its competitors, so Goldman dumped its Archegos-linked stocks and did well, and the coordination broke up and everyone ended up dumping their stocks in a fire sale that crashed the market for those stocks and generally freaked out the market.
I don't know how accurate this narrative is in its details but it seems to be the conventional wisdom about Archegos. In particular, the part about all the banks getting on the phone to discuss not selling stock to keep the prices high is very much a part of the story. Here is Bloomberg's story from March:
Global investment banks, gathering in a hastily arranged call, needed a swift truce to deal with Bill Hwang's Archegos Capital Management if they were to head off billions of dollars in losses for banks and a potential chain reaction across markets. Yet by Friday, it was everyone for themselves. ...
Emissaries from several of the world's biggest prime brokerages tried to head off the chaos by holding a call with Hwang before the drama spilled into public view Friday morning. The idea, pushed by Credit Suisse, was to reach some sort of temporary standstill to figure out how to untie positions without sparking panic, the people said. ...
Soon came the finger-pointing over who was breaking ranks, the people said. Some emerged from the talks suspicious that Credit Suisse wasn't fully committing to freezing sales. By early Friday, rival banks were taking umbrage after hearing that Goldman planned to sell some positions, ostensibly to assist Archegos. Morgan Stanley began drawing public attention with block trades.
And the point I want to make here is that if a bunch of competitors get together on a conference call and agree to limit the supply of some product in order to keep the price of that product high, that is absolutely a core antitrust violation! That's the main bad thing! You can't do that! Everything in those last three paragraphs sounds super illegal, if you think of it as, like, chicken producers trying to reach an agreement not to sell too much chicken to keep the price of chicken up, and then "finger-pointing over who was breaking ranks" when one of them sold more chicken.
Don't get me wrong, I sympathize with the banks. They really were hoping to "head off the chaos," and they failed, and it was chaos, and that chaos was bad and sparked a bunch of investigations. (Also, to be clear, a lot of facts have not come out, the banks have good lawyers, and it is entirely possible that the way this all happened was perfectly legal, not collusion among banks about selling stock but rather negotiations between the banks and Archegos about the collateral terms of its swaps.) In general if some cartel of producers colludes to keep supply low and prices high, they will say "we just want the market to be orderly," and no one will sympathize with them. But in financial markets that is much more of a thing: Low volatility is sort of a social good, and frankly high prices are popular. If the price of chicken goes down, most people are happy (not chicken farmers); if the price of stocks goes down, most people are sad. When the banks dumped all their Archegos-linked stocks at fire-sale prices, the general reaction was that that was bad. You can understand why they wanted to avoid that.
So when I read that Bloomberg story back in March, and I saw phrases like "needed a swift truce … to head off billions of dollars in losses for banks and a potential chain reaction across markets" and "head off the chaos" and "untie positions without sparking panic," I was like, yes, right, those are good things and I see why the banks tried to do them. Honestly it did not even occur to me that they might create an antitrust problem. But I guess it did occur to the Justice Department's antitrust division.
What was Archegos's strategy? I still don't exactly know, but I think there are two possibilities. One is: You borrow a ton of money to buy a handful of stocks, your buying activity pushes the stocks up, your positions are worth more so you can borrow more against them, and you plow the additional borrowed money into buying more of your stocks. You keep pushing up the price, giving you paper profits but continuing to run the slimmest possible cushion of equity, until a slight breeze knocks the whole thing over.This is how I described Archegos shortly after it collapsed, and it is a bad strategy. "It worked until it didn't, but it worked" misunderstands the problem with this strategy. This is a strategy of doubling down after every bet you win; it can work for a while but it will always end by not working. The other possibility is: You borrow a ton of money, non-recourse of course; you build risky concentrated positions in a handful of stocks using that borrowed money; you try to pick stocks that go up. If they go up, you call your brokers and say "hey I notice we have big paper profits, please send a check for those profits." And then you cash the check and put the money somewhere safe and out of reach of your brokers. If they go down, your brokers call you and say "hey I notice you have big losses, please send some money for a margin call," and you say "how did you get this number?" And you close your fund and open a fresh one three months later.I suggested earlier this week that this might have been Archegos's strategy, and it is a good strategy. The fact that Ko and Clay have $50 million in their personal accounts after Archegos went to zero suggests that this might have been the strategy? "It worked until it didn't, but it worked" would be great, if when it worked you took the profits, and when it didn't your banks ate the losses.
One thing about margin lending is that if you borrow money to buy stocks, and your stocks go up, you automatically deleverage. If you use $15 of your own money and borrow $85 from your broker to buy $100 worth of stock, you have 85% leverage; if the stock then goes up to $200, you are down to 42.5% leverage. You still owe your broker $85, but now you have $200 worth of stock. If the stock then falls by 25% to $150, that's fine: You are still in the black, and your broker still has ample security for its loan.
The thing that happened here is not just that Archegos made very levered bets on some stocks. It's that it did that, and those bets paid off, and Archegos then took its winnings off the table, so that when the stocks went down again there was no collateral left. In my example, you would go to your broker and say "hey I'm up, hand me $85 of my winnings, you can keep the other $30 as collateral." And then if the stock does fall back to $150, the broker is in the red.
From Credit Suisse's perspective, the problem here is that Archegos asked for its winnings and, instead of saying "hang on you might still lose, we're gonna keep that money for a minute," Credit Suisse paid them out. Other banks use "a more sophisticated 'dynamic margining' system that would draw on additional real-time factors beyond price, such as volatility and concentration risk," which lets them hold more collateral when markets get weird, and which here would have let Credit Suisse say no when Archegos asked for its money.
The basic channel of financial contagion is deleveraging. Stock X goes down a lot. Hedge Fund A owns a lot of Stock X on margin; to meet margin calls on Stock X, it sells a bunch of the better and more liquid Stock Y. So Stock Y goes down a lot. Hedge Fund B owns a lot of Stock Y and starts selling Stock Z, etc. Meanwhile brokers get nervous and start calling in loans and increasing margin requirements and, so more hedge funds dump more stocks.
The implosion of Archegos Capital Management looked like this: Archegos had big levered stock positions, one of its stocks went down, it had to sell other stocks, those stocks went down, etc. But because Archegos was so levered, and because no one had really heard of it before it tanked the prices of a bunch of big stocks, it led to a lasting backlash against hedge-fund (and family-office) leverage. The result is that, months later, there are still stories about big levered hedge-fund trades that had nothing to do with Archegos, or with the stocks it owned, but that nonetheless got broken by Archegos:
The market for special purpose acquisition companies has become an unexpected casualty of the Archegos Capital Management scandal, as banks rein in lending to hedge funds that had invested heavily in blank-cheque companies.
Banks across Wall Street have become more wary of how much leverage they can extend to their clients following the collapse of Archegos, the investment firm run by Bill Hwang, forcing hedge funds and family offices to reconsider their investments in Spacs, according to several market participants.
"Prime broker terms generally have tightened as a result of Archegos," said a senior banker who works on Spac deals. "A lot of the return profile for hedge funds is derived from the leverage they employ. It was a gravy train when it was levered."
For a hedge fund, a SPAC is basically a money-market investment plus some warrants. If you can lever that up a ton, it looks good; if you can't, it looks like a money-market fund. Now you can't, and the whole SPAC boom is suffering.
The problem here is that Credit Suisse Group AG's prime brokerage group gave Archegos Capital Management too much leverage on large concentrated stock positions, and then moved too slowly to blow Archegos out of those positions when they turned against it, causing a loss of $5.4 billion to Credit Suisse. If you are a shareholder of Credit Suisse, or a regulator, I suppose you should be concerned about its risk management. But if you are a prime brokerage customer of Credit Suisse, isn't that good? Don't you want a bank that will lend you too much money, and be a little chill about getting paid back? When Goldman Sachs Group Inc. calls you up and says "hey, unlike Credit Suisse, we only gave Archegos a little bit of money, and at the first sign of weakness we took all their money back and left them in a lurch to protect ourselves effectively, and now we'd like to do the same for you," don't you say "no thanks, I've already got a prime broker"?
There are services that you want to buy from the smartest possible provider, and there are other services that you want to buy from the dumbest possible provider.[6] I am not an expert in prime brokerage, and I am sure that there are lots of reasons you'd want an astute prime broker with good risk-management practices. (The main one is of course that you have a lot of credit exposure to the prime broker, so you don't want the prime broker to take bad risks and go under, which feels to me like a somewhat academic concern with a national-champion mega-bank in this market but still.) But intuitively it does seem like the main thing you'd want in a prime broker is someone who will give you too much money and let you keep it for too long. You can always take less, or give it back sooner! The flexibility is nice.
I guess the other problem with Credit Suisse is that, having been blown up by Archegos, it is vigorously shutting the barn door:
One fund manager said Credit Suisse's tightening of leverage gave him a reason to move balances elsewhere.
So Goldman can call up funds and say "hey, we'll give you less leverage than Credit Suisse used to, but more than they will now, and we probably won't freak out and change our minds in a month because we have good risk-management practices." That's a reasonable pitch.
Bloomberg News has explained that change:
Static margining sets a fixed amount of collateral that a client has to post to maintain a certain size of position or account. With dynamic margining, a dealer can require more collateral if the underlying risk of the position or account increases due to factors such as volatility or concentration.
The basic trade of a swap is a sort of two-sided arms-length trade: One side is long, one side is short. One side happens to be a big bank and the other side is generally a big (but smaller) hedge fund or family office, so there is some imbalance of power and attention. (The bank will often be the one writing the contract, etc.) But there is a basic formal equality, and a basic symmetry to the trade; as far as the swap contract is concerned you are two counterparties making equal and offsetting bets.
And so the collateral terms of a swap might be "you have to post % initial margin; then if the position moves against you you post cash for the difference, and as it moves in your favor we post cash for the difference." ("Static margining.") It will be contractual, reasonably fair, approximately symmetrical; the hedge fund gets money if its bet wins and loses money if it loses. It would be unsporting if the bank did otherwise.
The basic trade of prime brokerage is a bit different: The bank is providing the money to make the hedge fund run, and it is clearly a service provider that wants to keep itself safe. There is not a formal two-sided bet, and there is less equality and symmetry between the parties. The hedge fund needs its prime broker more than the prime broker needs any particular hedge fund; the hedge fund gets most of the profits of its positions while the prime broker just gets some fees and interest.
And so the collateral terms of a prime brokerage agreement might be more like "you have to post % collateral for your position for now, but if we get nervous and change our mind we can ask for more collateral and you have to post it." ("Dynamic margining.") It is understood that the prime broker gets to protect itself, that it can reassess the risks that the hedge fund poses to itself and demand that the hedge fund compensate it for that risk.
If you are providing "synthetic prime brokerage" through swaps you might run into a little bit of confusion over this. You provide leverage to a big customer via swap, you learn that his positions are big and concentrated and starting to get more volatile, so you decide, hey, we need more collateral. As a prime broker, you would just call him up and demand more collateral: "Your concentration and volatility are up, wire us some money." As a swap counterparty, though, it might not work that way: You have a contract, you have a bet with him, and you don't get to change the terms of the bet in the middle of the bet just because it has become more risky for you. Credit Suisse would like to change that expectation, for next time.
Generally speaking, in the U.S., if you want to borrow money from your broker to buy stocks, you are capped at 2-to-1 leverage. If you have $100, you can buy $200 worth of stock. Back in the olden days, you could have bought $300 or $500 or $1,000 of stock with your $100, borrowing the rest from your broker, but then a Great Depression happened and regulators clamped down on margin lending. If you are a hedge fund, or a big institutional family office, you can get more leverage, maybe 5 or 10 to 1. There are different mechanisms (using derivatives, etc.) to do this, and different justifications for it. But a key component is usually "portfolio margining": A prime broker will generally lend more money to a hedge fund against a diversified portfolio of stocks, or even better a diversified portfolio of long and short stock bets, because that is less risky than lending against a single stock. A single stock can go down a lot in one day; if it does, your equity will be wiped out and the broker will be on the hook for the losses. But it is less likely that a bunch of different stocks will all go down a lot in one day, and it is even less likely that a bunch of stocks (that you own) will all go down while a different bunch of stocks (that you are short) will all go up. Lending against a portfolio is safer, for the lender, because the portfolio is not perfectly correlated; some bets will win when others lose, so you'll be able to pay off your loans with the winners even if you have some losers. One rough model you could have for Archegos Capital Management, Bill Hwang's family office, is that it got 5-to-1 or higher leverage from half a dozen big banks who all thought it was more diversified, and less correlated, than it was. (We talked about the Archegos situation earlier this week.) Presumably every bank that traded with Archegos knew that it was a big user of prime brokerage services; they knew Archegos had a lot of big positions with other banks. But they might not have known that it had essentially the same positions with every bank. There seems to have been a widespread sense in the market that Archegos was long/short, that it had a lot of big long stock positions that it hedged with big short positions, but the reporting since its collapse seems to suggest that Archegos's longs were both bigger and more concentrated than its shorts.
As of, let's say, Monday, March 22, Bill Hwang's family office Archegos Capital Management had total return swaps in place with a half-dozen banks that gave it economic ownership of giant gobs of ViacomCBS Inc., Discovery Inc., Baidu Inc., GSX Techedu Inc. and a half-dozen other stocks. As the week went by, those stocks went down, and Archegos's swap counterparties sent it margin calls demanding that it post more cash to maintain the swaps. Archegos more or less declined to do that, and by, let's say, the following Monday, March 29, it did not have those swaps anymore. The banks that served as Archegos's counterparties on the swaps hedged those swaps by owning the underlying giant gobs of stock. So for instance Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and Morgan Stanley are listed, on Bloomberg, as the top two holders of GSX Techedu, with a combined 32% of the American depositary receipts as of January, not because they are big GSX bulls but because they are (well, were) swaps counterparties for big GSX bulls like Archegos. When Archegos defaulted on its margin calls, the banks terminated its swaps, which means that they were no longer economically short enormous amounts of stock to Archegos. One result of this is that they were economically long enormous amounts of stock, unhedged: The huge quantities of stock that they had owned as hedges for their huge swaps were now just naked long positions; the banks were economically exposed to whatever happened to the stocks. Roughly speaking, they bought the stocks at the price of their financing to Archegos: If a stock peaked at $100 and a bank required 15% margin, then the bank got to seize Archegos's $15 of cash and effectively owned the stock at $85.
This is bad. Mainly it is bad because banks do not want to be in the business of owning large unhedged blocks of stock. Owning $10 billion of one company's stock to hedge a $10 billion swap is just good customer service and usually (not always!) does not expose you to much market risk. Owning $10 billion of one company's stock outright is a weird proprietary position and exposes you to $10 billion of market risk. But it is also bad because the stocks are going to go down. For one thing, the stocks already went down; the whole problem started because Archegos's stocks went down, leading to the margin calls that blew it up. For another thing, the fact that all of Archegos's banks suddenly owned big unhedged chunks of stocks, and didn't want to, means that they were all going to sell those stocks as rapidly as possible. Something like $50 or $100 billion of stock moved instantly from the hands of a long-ish-term fundamental investor (Archegos) into the hands of short-term uncomfortable dealers (the banks) who wanted to sell immediately. If the biggest holders of a stock need to sell a ton of it all at once, the stock will go down.
This is all obvious stuff and if you are one of Archegos's banks there are basically two ways of dealing with it. One is to wait. You say, look, we have terminated these swaps and now we are unhedged outright owners of giant blocks of Viacom and Baidu and GSX and other companies that we don't particularly care about. Our job now is to be smart owners of those stocks. The stocks are going to go down a lot this week, because every other swap counterparty is going to be selling, but if we wait that selling pressure will subside and maybe the stocks will recover and we can sell them at less of a loss, or even at a profit. That's a hard thing to do. Again, if you work in prime brokerage or equity swaps at a big bank, you are just not in the business of holding billions of dollars of stock, unhedged, for long periods through huge mark-to-market losses. You have $10 billion of stock, it goes to $5 billion, you have a $5 billion mark-to-market loss, the chief executive officer calls you up and asks what on earth you think you're doing, you say "oh it's fine, I just found myself long $10 billion of stock and decided to hang onto it, we gotta wait for it to recover," and the CEO instantly and publicly fires you. Your replacement is no dummy; she knows that if she sells the stock now she'll have a huge loss and no one will blame her — this situation is all your fault — but if she hangs onto it and it keeps going down she'll get fired too. So she will dump the stock. Also, separately, waiting might just be a dumb move from a fundamental perspective, if the stocks were overvalued in the first place. Presumably if you are the swaps trader who gave Archegos exposure to those stocks, you have only limited insight into the fundamentals of the stocks. You weren't betting on those stocks; you were just facilitating Archegos's bets. Maybe they'll go up when the margin-call selling pressure subsides, but maybe they won't. Still, there is an obvious temptation to wait. Bloomberg News reported that when Archegos's banks got together to discuss the situation, Credit Suisse raised the idea: "Underscoring the chaos of an escalating situation, representatives from Credit Suisse Group AG floated a suggestion as they met ... to confront the reality of such an exceptional margin call and consider ways to mitigate the damage: Maybe wait to see if his stocks recover? Viacom, some noted, seemed artificially low after its run-up past $100 just two days earlier." Not only that, but it seems like Credit Suisse did wait: "The bank's latest trades came more than a week after several rivals dumped their shares to skirt losses. Credit Suisse hit the market with block trades tied to ViacomCBS Inc., Vipshop Holdings Ltd. and Farfetch Ltd., a person with knowledge of the matter said. The stocks traded substantially below where they were last month before Bill Hwang's family office imploded." And it "could see further impact from the Archegos Capital Management blowup this quarter as it winds down residual positions." This did not go great for Credit Suisse, which has taken $4.7 billion of losses, but I'm not sure that waiting a week went terribly either; Vipshop and Farfetch both closed a little higher this Monday than they did last Monday, when many of the faster banks were blowing out their positions. (ViacomCBS closed lower.) And the Archegos portfolio has recovered, a little, this week. It wasn't a terrible plan, to wait until some of the other sellers got out of the way. It does seem to have resulted in everyone involved being fired, though, which you have to expect in this situation. The other approach, of course, is to sell first , before everyone else sells and the stock drops.
The incredible thing about Bill Hwang is that he made enormous levered bets on risky stocks, and those bets worked out perfectly and made him immensely wealthy in the course of a year or two, and he seems to have plowed every cent of it back into increasing those levered bets. So Viacom fell from $100.34 at its peak on Monday, March 22, to $48.23 by that Friday, March 26. That's still higher than it was trading for most of January. If Hwang was 85% levered in January, and then left those positions alone, he would still be about 85% levered now — meaning that he would not have gotten any margin calls, his prime brokers wouldn't have had to sell any stock, he'd still be worth many billions of dollars and his brokers would still be clipping fat fees without any losses.
But that's evidently not what happened. Instead Hwang kept borrowing more; indeed, it seems that the reason his stocks went up so much in recent months is that he kept buying all of them. Here's a nice detail from Bloomberg's reporting:
Underscoring the chaos of an escalating situation, representatives from Credit Suisse Group AG floated a suggestion as they met last week to confront the reality of such an exceptional margin call and consider ways to mitigate the damage: Maybe wait to see if his stocks recover? Viacom, some noted, seemed artificially low after its run-up past $100 just two days earlier.
Yet it was Hwang's own orders that had helped make Viacom the year's best performer in the S&P 500, forcing benchmark-tracking investors and exchange-traded funds to buy as well. Without him creating that momentum, Viacom and his other positions had little hope of rebounding.
There is a simple schematic trade here:
1. Start with a lot of money. 2. Borrow a lot more money. 3. Use all that money to buy a ton of a small handful of stocks, cornering the market in those stocks and pushing up their prices. 4. As their prices go up, you have more equity — your positions automatically deleverage. 5. You use that equity to borrow even more money and plow it back into those stocks, pushing them up more. 6. Repeat forever?
A couple of points about this trade. One is, for Archegos, it can't really go on forever, can it? You are operating with no margin for error; every time your stocks go up, you borrow more money to increase your bets. If your stocks ever go down, you lose it all.
And they will go down eventually. For one thing, the odds are that something will go wrong, that one of your companies will have disappointing earnings news. But also, if you pick a handful of companies and push all their stocks up a lot, eventually one of them is going to take advantage of its new high stock price and issue stock, as Viacom did last week. A big stock issuance adds supply and tends to push down the stock price; if you are running this strategy, you will need to buy more stock to keep up. But if you've already borrowed every penny you can get, how can you buy more stock? That actually seems to have been part of Hwang's problem, the New York Times reported:
On Monday, March 22, ViacomCBS announced plans to sell new shares to the public, a deal it hoped would generate $3 billion in new cash to fund its strategic plans. Morgan Stanley was running the deal. As bankers canvassed the investor community, they were counting on Mr. Hwang to be the anchor investor who would buy at least $300 million of the shares, four people involved with the offering said.
But sometime between the deal's announcement and its completion that Wednesday morning, Mr. Hwang changed plans. The reasons aren't entirely clear, but RLX, the Chinese e-cigarette company, and GSX, the education company, had both spiraled in Asian markets around the same time. His decision caused the ViacomCBS fund-raising effort to end with $2.65 billion in new capital, significantly short of the original target.
ViacomCBS executives hadn't known of Mr. Hwang's enormous influence on the company's share price, nor that he had canceled plans to invest in the share offering, until after it was completed, two people close to ViacomCBS said. They were frustrated to hear of it, the people said. At the same time, investors who had received larger-than-expected stakes in the new share offering and had seen it fall short, were selling the stock, driving its price down even further.
"The reasons aren't entirely clear," but the implication seems to be that Hwang — with a $20 billion net worth and perhaps $100 billion of gross positions — couldn't find $300 million to put into the Viacom offering. Everything he had was mortgaged to the hilt; there was just no spare cash lying around. "Archegos shocked its lenders when it told them the size of its portfolio and how little cash it was holding," reported the Wall Street Journal.
Another point about this trade is that it has some obvious risks for the banks. If you are lending Archegos 85% of the value of its stocks — or more, I've seen reports of 8-to-1 and even 20-to-1 leverage — then if the stocks go down by more than 15% you lose money, and if the prices of the stocks have been inflated and supported by Archegos's own buying then, yes, when it all ends, they're going to go down by more than 15%. And so Bloomberg News reports that "banks roiled by the Archegos Capital fallout may see total losses in the range of $5 billion to $10 billion, according to JPMorgan." "Credit Suisse Group AG leaders are discussing replacing chief risk officer Lara Warner while sparing Chief Executive Officer Thomas Gottstein as they tally losses that could reach into the billions from the collapse of Archegos Capital Management," Bloomberg News also reports. "'It's pretty hard for me to defend why we loaned him so much,' said an executive at a bank with billions of dollars of exposure to Archegos" to the Financial Times.
COVID-19 & March 2020 (49)
Not much is going on today, so I thought we might talk about an interesting Delaware Chancery Court decision from last April. In March 2020, a private equity fund, Kohlberg & Co., signed a merger agreement to buy a company called DecoPac Holdings Inc., which "sells cake decorations and technology to supermarkets for use in their in-store bakeries," in a $550 million leveraged buyout. Kohlberg also got commitment letters from lenders to provide debt financing for the deal.
Then the Covid-19 pandemic got worse, the supermarket-cake-decorating business declined, and Kohlberg "lost their appetite for the deal shortly after signing it." So, as the judge — then-Vice Chancellor Kathaleen McCormick — writes, "the buyers called their litigation counsel and began evaluating ways to get out of the deal."
They came up with three approaches:
1. They said that DecoPac had experienced a "material adverse effect" due to the decline in its business during the pandemic. If there was an MAE, then Kohlberg could terminate the agreement. 2. They said that DecoPac had not complied with its covenant to "operate the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business," because it had done unusual things (like draw on a revolver) to respond to the pandemic. If DecoPac breached its covenants, then Kohlberg could terminate. 3. They took steps to blow up their financing, sending exaggeratedly bad projections to their lenders along "with demands for more favorable debt financing terms." Asked for better financing for a worse deal, the lenders declined, and Kohlberg did not get its financing. This is important because the contract allowed DecoPac to seek specific performance, that is, ask a Delaware court to order Kohlberg to pay the $550 million and close the deal, but only if "full proceeds of the Debt Financing have been funded to Buyer." By blowing up the debt financing, Kohlberg planned to avoid specific performance: Even if the court didn't believe it about the MAE or covenant stuff, it wouldn't order Kohlberg to close the deal if the debt financing wasn't available.
So Kohlberg canceled the deal and DecoPac sued. The vice chancellor was not amused by Kohlberg's excuses:
At trial, the plaintiffs proved that DecoPac did not breach the MAE representation, given the durational insignificance and corresponding immateriality of the decline in sales. They also proved that, even if it was reasonable to expect that these sales declines would give rise to an MAE, the seller-friendly exception for events "related to" government orders applied, and DecoPac had not suffered disproportionately to comparable companies. The plaintiffs likewise demonstrated that DecoPac operated in the ordinary course of business in all material respects. The plaintiffs further proved that the buyers breached their obligation to use reasonable best efforts in connection with the debt financing.
Adding another layer of complication to the analysis, the buyers claim that, despite these holdings, it need not close. They rely on a contractual exception to the parties' agreement conditioning the seller's right to specific performance on fully funded debt financing. Because there is no debt financing in place, the buyers argue that the court may not grant specific performance. The court disagrees. Applying the prevention doctrine, this decision deems the debt financing condition met because the buyers contributed materially to lack of debt financing by breaching their reasonable-best-efforts obligation.
Chalking up a victory for deal certainty, this post-trial decision resolves all issues in favor of the seller and orders the buyers to close on the purchase agreement.
On specific performance in particular, she wrote:
"A party seeking specific performance must establish that (1) a valid contract exists, (2) he is ready, willing, and able to perform, and (3) that the balance of equities tips in favor of the party seeking performance." This court has not hesitated to order specific performance in cases of this nature, particularly where sophisticated parties represented by sophisticated counsel stipulate that specific performance would be an appropriate remedy in the event of breach.
Here, the parties stipulated to the remedy of specific performance, but that stipulation applies " if and only if . . . the full proceeds of the Debt Financing have been funded to Buyer on the terms set forth in the [DCL] to fund the payment of the Estimated Closing Payment at Closing (or would be funded at the Closing if the equity Financing is substantially contemporaneously funded at the Closing)" (the "debt-funding condition").
Kohlberg moved to dismiss Plaintiffs' claim for specific performance on the basis of the debt-funding condition, arguing that Plaintiffs' claim for specific performance is barred because it is undisputed that the full proceeds of the Debt Financing were not funded. ...
At trial, Plaintiffs demonstrated that Kohlberg's breach of Section 6.15(a) contributed materially to Kohlberg's failure to obtain Debt Funding. Plaintiffs proved that each of the Lenders were willing to execute Debt Financing on the terms of the DCL and that Kohlberg refused to move forward. In the words of one of the Lenders, when Kohlberg made the Financing Demands, "they changed the ask and risk profile of the deal and were not willing to adjust the economics, so they were really looking for a way out." The non-occurrence of Debt Financing, therefore, was due materially to Kohlberg's failure to move forward toward a final credit agreement on the terms of the DCL.
Sometimes in financial markets you will own a thing and want to hedge one of the risks in that thing. For instance, you will own a bunch of bonds in a foreign currency, because you like the credits and the interest rates, but you will want to hedge the currency risk. So you will do a derivative, a swap or forward on the foreign currency to get rid of your currency risk. That way if the foreign currency goes up or down it doesn't matter to you, you're flat either way.
Except that derivatives like this tend to require mark-to-market collateral, while the underlying thing often doesn't. If you sell the foreign currency forward and it goes up, your forward has moved against you and you have to post more collateral. Meanwhile your bonds are worth more — your profit on the bonds offsets your losses on the derivative — but that doesn't bring in any cash. The bonds are just sitting there; you already paid for them, and you don't get your money back until they mature. Perhaps you could borrow money against them, but that might be against your mandate, or you might just find it distasteful. The result is that your hedge sometimes leaves you scrambling to come up with cash, which doesn't feel very hedge-y.
Here is an interesting Bank of England Bank Underground blog post about "An unintended consequence of holding dollar assets," which argues that a 50 basis point increase in U.K. gilt yields in March 2020 was caused by this dynamic:
During the March 2020 'dash for cash', 10-year gilt yields increased by more than 50 basis points. This huge yield spike was accompanied by the heavy selling of gilts by mutual funds and insurance companies and pension funds (ICPFs). Focusing on the latter group, we argue in a recent paper that ICPFs' abnormal trading behaviour in this period was partly a result of the dollar's global dominance: ICPFs invest a large portion of their capital in dollar assets and hedge these exposures through foreign exchange (FX) derivatives. As the dollar appreciated in March 2020, ICPFs sold large quantities of gilts to meet margin calls on their short-dollar derivative positions, contributing to the yield spike in the gilt market. ...
UK insurers held nearly £250 billion of dollar denominated assets in their portfolios at the end of 2019, which equals roughly 12% of their total capital. Insurers hedge these positions by selling US$ forward through FX derivatives (ie they deliver US dollars and receive pound sterling at the end of the contract). The magnitude of these hedges is substantial: our analyses show that insurers initiate a hedge of nearly 50 cents for every dollar of US$ exposure, on average.
During the Covid crisis, however, investors were in desperate need of dollars, and the US dollar saw a 10% appreciation against sterling during the dash for cash (Chart 1). When the dollar appreciated, many UK-based ICPFs received margin calls on their hedging positions — the estimated [variation margin] demands on ICPFs' FX derivatives alone amounted to £6.4 billion. …
Next, our findings reveal that ICPFs sold large quantities of gilts when they had to meet VM calls during the dash for cash. More precisely, we show that ICPFs' gilt selling was mostly driven by VM calls on their FX derivatives, while VM demands on other prominent derivatives types — such as interest rate swaps or inflation swaps — only played a minor role. We also find that ICPFs followed a liquidity 'pecking order' and predominantly sold relatively liquid gilts.
If you are a U.K. insurer, your basic job is to buy a ton of bonds to match your liabilities. If you are buying a ton of bonds, some of them will probably be dollar bonds, given the dollar's importance. If you are a U.K. insurer, you want to swap those dollars back to pounds. And then when the dollar is strengthening and your dollar bonds are gaining value, you find yourself getting margin calls and dumping your most liquid bonds to pay them.
One of the main tools of modern bank capital regulation is the stress test: Regulators imagine some sort of economic and financial crisis and ask what it would do to each bank's capital; each bank then has to have enough capital now so that it would still be well capitalized even after the imagined crisis. One oddity of this year's U.S. stress tests is that the imagined crisis, which was announced in February, was not as bad as the actual Covid crisis that hit in March, so all the results feel particularly arbitrary. But there is a deeper and more general oddity, which is that the stress tests generally assume that banks will lose money, in their trading divisions, in a crisis, while in reality—this year, but also more generally—those divisions often make tons of money in crises. You could imagine a stress test that says "well if there's an economic collapse each bank will lose a lot of money in its commercial and mortgage loan books, but they will make a lot of money in their trading divisions, which will partly offset their losses." I mean, you could imagine it, but banking regulators wouldn't; it just does not feel right as stress tests go. Regulators want stress tests to be conservative, to be stressful; they want them to be reasonable-worst-case scenarios. Some banks will lose a lot of money in a crisis! You can't assume that everyone will take every crisis as an opportunity and navigate it perfectly. When the stress-test results came out in June, I wrote:
If you're a bank, and the Fed asks you to model how you'd handle a huge financial crisis, you can't really write down "I would simply make a ton of money trading derivatives." It is too cute, too optimistic.
Well you can try though:
The Federal Reserve has turned down Goldman Sachs' request for less onerous treatment after the results of its annual stress test, leaving the bank with the highest capital requirement among its large peers. The Fed on Monday published the final common equity tier 1 (CET1) requirements for the 34 largest US banks. Goldman's requirement, at 13.7 per cent, was unchanged from the figure indicated after the stress test result was delivered to the bank in June. The US central bank revealed that Goldman was among five banks that formally appealed the result. ... Goldman said on a call with investors last month that the bank was in "active dialogue" with the Fed about its stress test results. One person familiar with those conversations said Goldman believed its strong second-quarter results, which featured bumper capital markets revenues, showed that its trading operation was "countercyclical", because revenues had risen with volatility.
They did not take my advice I guess. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (disclosure, where I used to work) got a disappointing grade on its stress tests, and appealed the results by saying, essentially, "in a crisis, we would simply make a ton of money trading derivatives." They have some evidence on their side! In the actual crisis that occurred—as opposed to the imagined one in the stress tests—they did in fact make a ton of money trading derivatives! In that actual crisis, investment banks that did lots of trading were arguably safer than banks that did lots of boring old lending. It is not a terrible argument, empirically, but it is not one that you would expect to resonate with the Fed, and it didn't.
The basic thing that happened to banks' loan portfolios is … not that different? Lots of companies and people borrowed money and have to make payments on their loans. Most of them have been making those payments, some have not been. If you are a bank, and you make a lot of loans, you do not just collect the payments that you get and call them income. Instead you think a lot about who will stop making payments in the future, and you estimate how much money you'll probably lose when that happens, and you write that number down as a loss today. And the banks did:
Three of the nation's biggest banks revealed Tuesday that they had set aside billions of dollars to cover potential losses on loans, signaling that they don't expect consumers and corporations to be able to pay their debts in the coming months as the pandemic continues to gut employment and commerce.Collectively, JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo have put aside $25 billion during the second quarter, they said.
JPMorgan had "the biggest loan-loss provision in the firm's history," $10.5 billion, a number reflecting, essentially, estimates of future charge-offs. Meanwhile in the present things were less bad:
Net charge-offs, overdue loans the bank no longer expects to recover, rose 6% from the first three months of the year to $1.56 billion in the second quarter. But that was far less than the $2.78 billion predicted by analysts."Next year will be much heavier on charge-offs," Chief Financial Officer Jennifer Piepszak said on the conference call.
Citigroup:
"I don't think anybody should leave any bank earnings call this quarter simply feeling like the worst is absolutely behind us and it's a rosy path ahead," Citigroup CEO Michael Corbat told analysts. "We don't want people leaving the call simply thinking the world is a great place and it's a V-shaped recovery."
There is a disconnect: As lenders, the banks are not expecting a V-shaped recovery; as bond traders, the banks have already been through a V-shaped recovery and made a fortune on it. Part of that is presumably about the borrower universes; small businesses and consumers who borrow from banks might have more problems paying back their loans than big companies that have access to the bond markets. Part of it is about the role of the Fed, which has stepped in to put a floor under bond markets while not actually promising that every borrower will always be able to pay back its debts. Part of it is about incentives: If you are a bank executive, you might as well take big loan write-downs now, when everything is bad anyway and when you have huge trading profits to offset them, so that you can have better earnings later. Again, I am abstracting and oversimplifying; bonds and corporate loans and consumer loans all have seen lots of payment defaults and deferrals and bankruptcies and so forth. But broadly speaking a lot of the action, so far, has been in predictions of future problems. Bond markets predicted huge future problems, then changed their minds, and banks made tons of money. Meanwhile in their loan books, banks predicted huge future problems, and did not change their minds, and so they have— now , as an accounting matter—lost tons of money.
I have engaged in this sort of gossip before, but for the most part I am pretty chill about "inappropriate" businesses getting PPP money. The idea of the PPP is that if a smallish business lost revenue, the government would give it a cheap loan, and if it kept people on its payroll then it wouldn't have to pay back the loan. The goal of the PPP was not to reward the virtuous and punish the insolent; it was to keep people employed so the economy wouldn't collapse while everyone stays home. It was in various ways inadequate to that task, since the unemployment rate hit 14.7% in April and is 11.1% now. Presumably some hedge funds got PPP loans and used the money to keep people on the payroll, and unemployment would be even higher if they hadn't. Presumably if more hedge funds had taken out PPP loans and used the money to keep people on the payroll, unemployment would be lower and the economy would be in better shape. Reasonable people could disagree, but it does not seem to me that the biggest problem in the U.S. economy right now is that too many businesses got government money to preserve employment. So it seems a bit silly to criticize the ones who did.
The Federal Reserve formally opened Monday its $500 billion lending program to support issuance of new debt by large corporations, the last of nine emergency programs it is running to backstop lending markets reeling from the coronavirus pandemic. …The Fed is offering two ways for companies to participate in the program. The central bank will purchase eligible syndicated loans and bonds alongside other investors, and it will also buy eligible bonds as the sole investor.
Here is the term sheet for the Primary Market Corporate Credit Facility, and here are the Fed's answers to frequently asked questions. If you're a banker for an investment-grade company looking to raise shortish-term debt (the facility is limited to maturities of four years or less), what do you make of this?One thing you could do is do your deal normally, call up investors, get a sense of demand and price, and then try to sell a chunk of the offering ("no more than 25 percent," says the term sheet) to the Fed alongside the other investors. I don't know why you'd do this. Like, the Fed will give you a little extra demand, but extra demand is not such a problem these days. The Fed is price-insensitive—it will just buy at the price that everyone else gets—though, again, most investment-grade investors are currently pretty price-insensitive. But the Fed wants a fee for its participation. The FAQ explains:
For eligible syndicated loans and bonds purchased at issuance, the PMCCF will receive the same price as other syndicate members, plus a 100 bps facility fee paid by the borrower on the PMCCF's share of the issuance. For example, in a syndicated bond issuance of $1 billion in which the PMCCF purchases 25 percent ($250 million), the issuer must pay a facility fee of $2.5 million at closing.
Is that … that's weird, right? In syndicated loans it is not uncommon for fancier syndicate members to get paid more fees than regular ones, but in bond offerings the way it normally works is that everyone buys the same bond at the same price. It seems a bit unsporting to pay one bond buyer an extra 1% just because that buyer is the Fed. If you actually did this, wouldn't other big investors start asking why they aren't getting "facility fees" for buying your bonds?(Incidentally, if you actually did this, you wouldn't really call the Fed; you'd call BlackRock Inc., the investment manager of the Fed's primary credit facility. And then BlackRock would check your eligibility and charge you the fees and so forth.)The other thing you could do is sell only to the Fed: Instead of being a regular buyer in a syndicated offering (for up to 25% of the deal), the Fed will buy your whole bond. Without a market check—without getting the same price as other investors—the Fed will make up its own pricing. From the term sheet:
Pricing will be issuer-specific, informed by market conditions, plus a 100 bps facility fee. Pricing also will be subject to minimum and maximum spreads over yields on comparable maturity U.S. Treasury securities, and such spread caps and floors will vary based on an eligible issuer's credit rating as of the date on which the Facility makes a purchase.
Presumably the Fed's facility will offer a whole-deal price, which could be higher or lower than what you'd get in the market. If the Fed will pay you more (charge you less interest) than the market will, place your whole deal with the Fed; if it will pay you less (charge you more interest), do a marketed deal (and maybe ask the Fed to take a chunk?). The term sheet's description is far too vague to know if the Fed's rate will usually be higher, lower or the same as the market rate, and I couldn't begin to guess which it is from first principles. On first principles the point of this program is to support the functioning of the corporate bond market. Charging below-market interest rates is a good way to support issuers, but it is not particularly helpful to actual bond investors, and presumably the Fed wants to support the normal functioning of the market (with investors) rather than just subsidizing borrowers. Charging above-market interest rates is good and central-bank-y ("lend freely, at a penalty rate," etc.), but means that this lovingly crafted facility probably won't get used. Charging market rates seems fine but pointless; if the corporate bond market is white-hot, what is the point of adding one more savvy investor?There are more oddities. From the FAQ:
In order to be an Eligible Issuer for the PMCCF, a company must certify compliance with the eligibility criteria set forth in Regulation A and the CARES Act. Under Regulation A or the express terms of the certifications, if a participant in the PMCCF has obtained credit by making a knowing material misrepresentation or a material breach of the use of proceeds provisions, all extensions of credit to that participant will become immediately due and payable. In addition, an Eligible Issuer is required to make other certifications and/or representations in connection with its participation in the PMCCF, including information regarding its outstanding indebtedness, lack of participation in the Main Street Lending Programs, that it is not a depository institution or depository institution holding company (or a subsidiary thereof), and, in certain circumstances, the use of PMCCF proceeds, a material knowing misrepresentation or a material breach of which will result in all extensions of credit to that participant becoming immediately due and payable.
Accordingly, when the PMCCF purchases bonds at issuance, the Eligible Issuer will be required to enter into a CCF Letter Agreement ("Letter Agreement") (available here) under which it will agree to repurchase the bonds sold to the PMCCF upon demand, at the 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued interest, in the event the participant has made any knowing material misrepresentation or there is a material breach of the use of proceeds provisions under the PMCCF program transaction-specific documentation. A similar agreement will be required when the PMCCF participates in a syndicated loan transaction, and the form of agreement will be published at such time as the facility begins transacting in syndicated loans. The indenture or loan agreement for bonds or loans in which the PMCCF is a co-investor or co-lender must provide that any payments to the PMCCF under the Letter Agreement are not subject to any sharing clause or similar provision requiring ratable application of recoveries from an issuer or borrower among noteholders or lenders.
There is a whole package of forms issuers need to fill out: The letter agreement, a CARES Act certification, a form for selling bonds, a "trade date issuer certification package." If those forms turn out to be wrong—for instance, if the issuer is getting certain other government support, if it's too levered, if it's a subsidiary of a foreign company and uses some of the money for its foreign affiliates—then the Fed can demand its money back. And if you include the Fed in your deal, your bond indenture needs to mention this possibility and specifically provide that, if it happens, the Fed gets all its money back early but your other investors don't. That, again, is weird, to give one investor special redemption rights, a little bit of seniority over the other investors. It's fine, maybe; the one investor is the Fed; maybe this will
The way the stress tests work is that every year the Fed prepares a "severely adverse scenario," a hypothetical economic catastrophe that would make life difficult for the big banks, and then asks the banks to model how they'd do in that catastrophe.[1] If they'd have enough capital even taking into account the catastrophe, then they have enough capital and that's good; if the catastrophe would bring them below minimum capital requirements then that's bad and they need to preserve or raise capital now. It is a good sensible way to make sure that, even in the good times, the banks are preparing for the bad times.
In a hypothetical stress test, you can't really account for any of this. If you're a bank, and the Fed asks you to model how you'd handle a huge financial crisis, you can't really write down "I would simply make a ton of money trading derivatives." It is too cute, too optimistic. But in reality, lots of banks just went and did that.
Similarly, you obviously can't write down "I would simply rely on the Fed to backstop asset prices and liquidity." That is super cheating. Much of the purpose of the stress tests is to make it so the Fed doesn't have to bail out the banking system; the point is to demonstrate that the banks can survive a financial crisis on their own without government support. But in reality, having a functioning financial system is better than not having that, so the Fed did intervene; keeping people in their homes is better than foreclosing on them, so the government supported incomes. So the banks are doing much better than you might expect with 13.3% unemployment.
Here's a simple model for stocks and the pandemic:
1. The price of a company's stock is the present value of the company's expected future earnings. 2. Earnings for the next little while will be real real bad, since the economy has shut down. 3. Every company's earnings from, say, 2021 until perpetuity will be "normal," in some sense. The economy was growing in 2019, and in 2021 it will get back on that growth trend. Companies that were good in 2019 will be good in 2021. If in 2019 you built a stock-price model that projected out 100 years of income, you will have to adjust one or two columns for 2020 and 2021, but after that everything can stay exactly the same. 4. Except companies that go bankrupt; if you go bankrupt, your shareholders will get no future earnings. (Maybe your current creditors will get those earnings, or maybe you will disappear and there will be no earnings, but anyway your current shareholders will be zeroed.)
None of these things is obviously true, and point 3 in particular depends on a lot of assumptions about the progress of the pandemic and the speed of reopening and changed in behavior and the loss of workers and know-how and a million other things. (And of course you didn't build a 100-year model, etc.) But it's a model. In the New York Times Magazine, Michael Steinberger asks "What Is the Stock Market Even for Anymore?," and one possible answer is, you know, discounting the present value of all of a company's future earnings in perpetuity. Like a lot of people, Steinberger is struggling with why the stock market is so cheerful (the S&P 500 index is down about 6% year-to-date, and up about 36% from its March low) while the economy is so bad (businesses are closed, revenue has collapsed, the U.S. unemployment rate has soared to 14.7%). There are grim possible answers about inequality, the allocation of wealth between labor and capital, gains of big businesses at the expense of small ones, etc., but there is also a more neutral possible answer about allocation in time. If companies lose profits for a while and then get back to having profits again, and if discount rates are low in a zero-interest-rate world, then their stocks shouldn't go down that much even if they have no revenue for months. It's just months ; stock prices reflect decades. Steinberger talked to Jeremy Siegel:
Siegel, who is 74 and teaches finance at the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School, is a prominent scholar of the markets, a fixture on CNBC who is often referred to as ''the wizard of Wharton.'' … For Siegel, there was nothing strange about the market's rising despite the gruesome unemployment figures: Investors already knew they would be ugly. ''It's Principle 1 of Finance 101: Anything that is expected doesn't move the market,'' he told me. People who were dismayed by its upswing since mid-March didn't understand how the market works. ''Over 90 percent of the value of stocks is dependent on earnings more than a year in the future,'' he said. ''The market is very forward-looking.'' Investors weren't thinking six months ahead; they were thinking a year or two ahead, Siegel said, by which point the virus would probably have been brought under control. ''We'll have a U-shaped recovery, not a V, but the market is looking at the upper part of the U,'' Siegel said.
I don't know about the epidemiological or economic claims here about the timing or shape of the recovery; I am interested in the financial claim that "the market is very forward-looking." It does seem like the simplest explanation, no? A pandemic crushes revenues. Stocks fall on general uncertainty and a fear of financial crisis and widespread bankruptcies, which would wipe out profits in perpetuity. The fears of financial crisis are resolved, more or less by the Fed and Congress pumping money into companies to prevent panic, so the bankruptcy risk is more contained. Stocks return to a price level that suggests a terrible year, followed by mostly normal. The market might be wrong about that, of course, but that does seem to be what it implies. This is all trivial and obvious, the simplest possible textbook model of how the stock market works, the one that every sophisticated person finds simplistic and naive. "Har har har stock prices reflect the present value of future earnings," people say knowingly when Tesla jumps around a lot for no reason. In particular, a lot of people have spent years saying that the public stock market was focused only on next quarter's earnings and forced companies to prioritize short-term profits over long-term investment. Startup founders wanted to stay private because they feared the short-termism of the public markets, public chief executive officers wanted to go private to escape that short-termism, commentators argued that the markets were destroying long-term value. I have always had my doubts about the "short-termism" critique; it is often a way for corporate managers to defend bad decisions by saying that they're actually long-term decisions. And now, you know, here's a data point. Now next quarter's earnings will be bad for almost everyone, and the stock market has essentially shrugged it off. "Ehh, what does next quarter matter," the market basically said, "we're in it for the long term."
There have been times in the last decade or so when correlations have been very high and people have complained about them. The correlations, they argued, represented some sort of postmodern glitch in the stock market: The dominance of index funds had led to the end of stock picking, or algorithms that relied on historical relationships ended up blindly reinforcing those correlations, or something. Something was broken in the pricing and capital-allocation functions of the stock market, so that all the different stocks traded like the same stock.
This is … not that story. This is, in February there was an economy, and then in March the economy shut down, and eventually there will either be an economy or there won't be. If there is an economy then different companies will have different earnings, but if there is not then no companies will have any earnings; every company will be better off if there is an economy than if there isn't. Your bet on whether there will be an economy, and when, will almost certainly determine whether you think any particular company's stock is over- or underpriced; particular differences in outlook for particular companies are basically irrelevant.
Obviously this oversimplifies—the S&P correlation is 0.8, not 1.0, and videoconferencing software companies or whatever might do well in a pandemic—but I think it is the correct rough model.If you are an active equity manager who has spent the last few years arguing "sure, index funds are great in a rising market with high correlations, but in more complicated times investors will need the human intuition of active fund management," this is not ideal. You were hoping for the market to go back to normal, with some stocks going up and others going down, so that you could pick the ones that go up while index funds were forced to hold the ones that go down. Instead, the bull market broke in a way that increased correlations; instead of investors finally coming to their senses and realizing that some companies were exposed to underappreciated risks, what happened is that all companies were overwhelmed by the same novel risk. The correlation number is also a way to quantify something that we talk about a lot around here. Roughly speaking, when correlations are high, investors should spend more time worrying about stuff that affects all stocks, rather than about the differences between particular stocks. Often this is a matter of research and prediction, top-down macro analysis versus individual stock-picking: When correlations are 0.19, doing research to find the best stocks will be valuable; when they are 0.8, having an informed guess on how quickly the economy will reopen will be valuable. But it is also, potentially, a matter of actual corporate decisions. When correlations are 0.19, a company should try to be better than its peers, because the good companies will outperform their competitors and enrich their shareholders. When correlations are 0.8, outperforming competitors is harder and less valuable, and shareholders will care more about the overall size of the pie than they do about any company's piece of it. And if you are an investor , with correlations of 0.19 you should focus on finding ways to help the companies you own perform better, but with correlations of 0.8 you should focus on making the economy better.
Traditionally there are ways to do the former: Activist investors, private equity funds, venture capitalists, etc., are all in the business of buying concentrated stakes in particular companies and helping those companies perform better. The latter sounds weirder: No one invests in all the companies and then tries to make "the economy," in the abstract, better. But it is, increasingly, a business model. The big diversified institutional asset managers, investing giants like BlackRock Inc., do more or less buy big stakes in all the companies, and they don't generally have the tools or desire to monitor all those companies closely and try to improve their performance. But their big stakes in every company give them a lot of influence; it is just that they can't efficiently use that influence to push specific corporate actions that would idiosyncratically improve individual companies. Instead they use it to push very broad ideas that they think will improve long-term results for companies generally.
So BlackRock's big pre-coronavirus push was for companies to have better environmental policies, on the (ostensible) theory that this would improve long-run results for everyone. If the oceans rise and the cities flood, that will be bad for the economy and all the stocks. No one company can prevent that, but maybe all the companies working together can, and BlackRock's perspective is that of all the companies. The push now is even more obvious: You want all the drug companies to work together to find a Covid cure or vaccine and distribute it as widely as possible. If you find a cure, the economy can reopen and all the stocks will go up, which is vastly more valuable to BlackRock than the particular size or allocation of the profits from selling the cure. And so we have talked about how BlackRock is actually calling drug companies and telling them to cooperate to find a cure without worrying about credit or patents or profits. (While active equity managers in the health care sector are skeptical, because they do care about how big the profits are and who gets them.)In general you'd expect that the higher the correlations among stocks, the more useful these sorts of interventions will be, while with lower correlations company-specific activism will be more valuable. Right now is a weird time, and finding a cure for the coronavirus could be more important for the stock of, say, American Airlines Group Inc. than anything American Airlines can do.
Banks are so strange. You might think that the way a bank would work would be that, the more money it has, the more money it can use to make loans and trade securities. If people flock to a bank to give it deposits, then it will have more money to lend. Or if a bank makes savvy interest-rate derivatives bets, and those bets pay off, then it will have more money that it can use to buy stocks and bonds. That is how businesses tend to work: If they do stuff that brings in money then they can use the money to do more stuff.
This March, financial markets seized up in a whole variety of ways, and when financial markets seize up there is usually some component of "banks couldn't do stuff" involved. At the Wall Street Journal, Justin Baer has a terrific account of "The Day Coronavirus Nearly Broke the Financial Markets," examining some of the ways that financial markets seized up on March 16. Here is a mind-boggling one featuring Vikram Rao, head of debt trading at Capital Group Cos.:
Mr. Rao, who was working remotely that Monday, walked down the 20 steps to his home office at 4:30 a.m. to discover the debt markets were already in disarray. He started calling the senior Wall Street executives he knew at many of the big banks.Executives told him that Sunday's emergency Fed rate cut had swung a swath of interest-rate swap contracts in banks' favor. Companies had locked in superlow interest rates on future debt sales over the past year. But when rates fell even further, the companies suddenly owed additional collateral.On that Monday, banks had to account for all that new collateral as assets on their books.So when Mr. Rao called senior executives for an explanation on why they wouldn't trade, they had the same refrain: There was no room to buy bonds and other assets and still remain in compliance with tougher guidelines imposed by regulators after the previous financial crisis. In other words, capital rules intended to make the financial system safer were, at least in this instance, draining liquidity from the markets.One senior bank executive leveled with him: "We can't bid on anything that adds to the balance sheet right now."
Yes, hrm hrm hrm, capital rules, collateral, but look at what is actually going on there. The banks had some interest-rate trades. Those trades did well. They made money . The counterparties of those trades had to hand money (really Treasury bonds) over to the banks. Money (Treasuries) came in the door; the banks got richer because their correct trades had worked out successfully. And then Rao went to the banks and was like "hey I have some bonds, want to buy them?" And the banks were like "oh no we can't, not today, today is bad for us because we got all this money, which makes it impossible for us to buy any bonds. Our trades worked out so well that we can't do more trades." That is not how other businesses work! Usually when you do a good thing that works out and brings in money, you try to do more things. Banks are like "sorry there is a fixed number of things we can do, we did a good thing today so now we're done with things."
That is not a technical description or anything, and there are nuances here. For instance I assume that banks were not taking huge directional positions and had losses on the other side; this was less "a good trade made money and increased our assets and equity" and more "a market-making trade got grossed up on both sides, increasing our assets but not so much our equity."
Still this is a real thing! We talked about a related story back in April: As markets seized up, people did flock to banks to give them deposits (because cash in the bank seemed safer than the alternatives), and the banks took the deposits, and then the banks might have had to cut back on activity because, paradoxically, they had too much money. The Federal Reserve went and changed its regulations so that the inflow of deposits wouldn't choke off lending. It announced:
Financial institutions are receiving significant inflows of customer deposits along with increased reserve levels. The regulatory restrictions that accompany this balance sheet growth may constrain the firms' ability to continue to serve as financial intermediaries and to provide credit to households and businesses.
Really, that says: Banks have gotten so many new deposits that they can't lend money anymore, so we are going to change the rules to let them lend money even though they have lots of deposits. That's not how people normally think about banking! George Bailey didn't have to call in loans because people kept putting money in his bank! Quite the opposite! But the way modern banking works is, sometimes, that the more deposits banks get, the less they can lend.
There are technical explanations for this but it seems more satisfying to leave it as a mystery.(Oh, fine. The simplest quasi-technical explanation is that people don't really give banks money, they lend banks money. Deposits are liabilities of the bank, and even interest-rate-derivatives collateral is in a sense only temporarily in the banks' custody. Banks can borrow a lot of money without meaning to, as it were; people can show up at a bank and deposit money in a way that they couldn't show up at your house and lend you money. The principal constraint on modern banks is the leverage ratio: Basically, regulators do not want banks to borrow too much, because there is a history of borrowing too much being bad for banks, so there is a rule limiting how much borrowed money they can have for every dollar of shareholders' equity. So when banks unexpectedly borrow a whole lot—because people rush to the banks to lend them money—they run up against that limit and have to cut back on their activities, or at least not expand them, to stay within the rules. The change that the Fed announced in April—there was an additional adjustment last week—was essentially that if people give a bank a ton of money and the bank parks it in Treasury bonds and Fed reserve accounts, the Fed won't count that against the bank's borrowing limits, so it doesn't have to restrict the rest of its business.)
There are two theories about non-GAAP accounting. One theory is that companies report "adjusted" results, alongside their required results that comply with generally accepted accounting principles, because the adjusted results give investors some insight into the true state of the business that the GAAP results obscure. So a company that has big unusual one-time charges in a quarter might report non-GAAP adjusted earnings to give investors a sense of what its recurring revenues look like, some sense of what to expect in the steady-state future. The other theory is that companies report adjusted results to deceive investors, that they include lots of ordinary recurring costs as "one-time charges" in order to make their results look better. Investors look at the adjusted numbers rather than the "real" ones, and the adjusted numbers are not held to any consistent objective standard, so companies massage the adjusted ones to trick investors into thinking that they're better than they are. I think there is some truth to both of these theories, and if you believe one of them exclusively you will be confused a lot. For instance if you believe only the first theory you will wonder why non-GAAP earnings are consistently higher than GAAP ones, why one-time costs keep recurring, etc. If you believe only the second theory—that non-GAAP earnings are a trick—then you will misunderstand EBITDAC:
Companies have always strived to present their financial results in the most flattering light. Now some are going a step further, presenting a new customised metric they are calling ebitdac: earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation — and coronavirus. This week Schenck Process, a German manufacturing group, added back €5.4m of first-quarter profits that it said it would have made were it not for the hit caused by state-mandated lockdowns. Its operating profit for the period — "adjusted ebitdac" of €18.3m — was almost 20 per cent higher than the same period a year earlier, rather than 16 per cent lower.Schenck Process is not the only company tinkering with the presentation of its results. When The Azek Company, a Chicago-based manufacturer of building products, raised $325m of junk bonds last week it included a term that would allow it to add back "lost earnings" as a result of Covid-19 in future. That was a first for the corporate debt market, according to research firm Covenant Review. ..."When you're looking at coronavirus, these revenues will never come back; it is literally a fiction," said Sabrina Fox, executive adviser at the European Leveraged Finance Association. … "It's a bit ironic to say we're adding back the effects of coronavirus to deal with the effect of coronavirus," she said.
No! It's not ironic! The way for companies to deal with the coronavirus is for investors to be a little patient with them, to look past an exogenous and hopefully short-lived disaster in 2020 to try to figure out the company's long-term earnings power. How much money you make when the economy is shut down tells investors relatively little about your long-term prospects. (If you survive to see the long term! Which is kind of up to those investors.) If you borrowed money last week, your investors surely knew that the coronavirus would make things tough for a while. If they demanded that you meet normal leverage covenants from the beginning, then you would immediately be in default and the bonds would be pointless. So you have to have some mechanism to (1) have covenants that protect investors from bad decisions by the company but (2) build in exceptions so that the coronavirus does not immediately trigger everything."Earnings before coronavirus" is, basically, that. I wrote last month about Live Nation Entertainment Inc.'s version of EBITDAC in its credit agreement:
When Live Nation calculates its earnings for 2020, for covenant purposes, it will delete the second and third quarters of 2020 and replace them with the second and third quarters of 2019. As far as Live Nation's banks are concerned, it will spend six months of 2020 in 2019. I wish I could do that! I think a lot of us would prefer to delete spring 2020 from our lives and replace it with reruns of spring 2019; it is nice that Live Nation's banks will let it do that.
"It is literally a fiction," yes, but that's good! That's what you want in your non-standard earnings figures. You want them to be easily distinguishable from the standard ones; you want investors to be able to use GAAP earnings for some purposes and the clearly labeled non-GAAP ones for clearly distinguishable other purposes. EBITDAC is a fiction that everyone knows about and that is prominently labeled as a fiction. Nobody is deceived. No investor thinks that "earnings before coronavirus" are the company's actual earnings, that the hypothetical add-backs are real. Everyone understands that EBITDAC is a collective way of dealing with a crisis, a way to share the risk and cost of an event outside of the companies' and the investors' control. It is not a tool for reporting objective reality; it is an agreement, or at least an attempt to reach an agreement, on how to respond to that reality.
What is notable, from the SEC enforcement actions, is that it is the same (tiny) companies that do all of these things, one after another, as fashions change. Microcap companies were constantly pivoting from cannabis to blockchain; now they are pivoting to Covid-19. The point is not that there are a lot of small public companies that were really into cannabis for a while, then really into blockchain, then really into hand sanitizer. The point is that there are a lot of small public companies that are really into stock promotion. One way to make money in business is to tell investors that you have a good business, and sell them stock, and not worry too much about doing the actual business. If that is your business model it is helpful to be in a popular industry, something that speculative day-traders will Google a lot. If everyone is looking to buy cannabis stocks, you sell them a cannabis stock; if they all want to buy Covid-19 stocks instead, you sell them a Covid-19 stock. If your business consists mostly of writing press releases to sell stock, the costs of pivoting are low: You are not retooling a factory or hiring scientists, you are just spending 20 minutes learning the jargon of your new industry well enough to write a vaguely plausible press release to get people to think that you're doing hand sanitizer now. Anyway here is an SEC enforcement action against a company called Applied BioSciences Corp. (It's one of two related Covid-19-related securities fraud actions that the SEC announced today.) It begins:
Seeking to exploit the COVID-19 pandemic for profit, microcap company APPB dramatically shifted its focus in late March 2020 from cannabinoid-based products to pandemic-related products.
What did the pivot consist of? It bought and resold some hand sanitizer. And on March 31, it announced that it "has begun shipping Coronavirus Test Kits … in the United States":
These Coronavirus Tests Kits are CE certified, accurate, affordable and reliable results in under 15 minutes [sic]. . . . This is an expansion of products that will help battle the spread of the coronavirus ("COVID-19").These CE certified Kits can be used for Homes, Schools, Hospitals, Law Enforcement, Military, Public Servants or anyone wanting immediate and private results.The Home Test Kits can be found on the Company's online store. . .
The kits were not approved by the Food and Drug Administration, the company had not actually begun shipping the test kits, it apparently never did ship any, and it "now claims it did not offer, sell or intend to sell the test kit for home or private use," so the SEC thinks this press release was misleading. Where did it get the kits?
In fact, APPB had simply entered into an agreement to purchase test kits from the Essential Oil Company, a company that prior to the COVID-19 pandemic sold "vitamin essential oil aromatherapy diffuser sticks[,]" and whose sole officer has a background in acting and modeling. The Essential Oil Company in turn sourced the test kits from a manufacturer in China.
Aromatherapy, cannabis, pandemics, whatever. If you casually pivot into the Covid-19 business, you might as well buy your Covid-19 products from other companies that have equally casually pivoted into it. "During trading on March 31, APPB's stock price increased almost 80 percent from the previous day (from $0.45 to $0.80), and its volume increased by a factor of 85," says the SEC; at an $0.80 share price, APPB's market capitalization was about $11 million, and that big volume day represented about $109,000 worth of trading.One widely held theory about stock promotions is that most of the victims are, effectively, in on the joke. If you see a microcap company announce a pivot from cannabis to Covid-19, you don't buy the stock because you think the company will cure Covid-19 and become a $100 billion company. You buy the stock because you think other people might buy the stock and there'll be a fun roller-coaster ride, and because you hope you'll be able to get off before it crashes. You are not allocating capital based on your evaluation of the company's business prospects; you are gambling on whether it can pump its stock successfully.A good project in securities regulation might be to find a way to let everyone have their fun harmlessly. Like you create a special Pump 'n' Dump Stock Exchange, it lists microcap companies that don't have real business, they're allowed to issue fake press releases, and all of the "investors" are on notice that it's all fake. It is an exercise in collective fiction writing, like that Facebook group where people pretend to be ants. The companies pretend that they're big innovative businesses and put out press releases saying that they've cured cancer, the investors pretend that they're financial geniuses and develop complex trading strategies and detailed financial models, and it all takes place in a virtual universe that everyone agrees is offered for entertainment purposes only. Let them gamble real money, sure, why not, it is a game of skill, better than sports gambling really, but just wall them off from everyone else. Make sure that everyone on the Pump 'n' Dump exchange is there to pump and dump, not to invest. I'm not sure how big a change that would be.
Banks give companies revolving credit lines that they can draw down if they need it. Ordinarily companies will only draw on their revolvers if they need the money: The revolver is for emergencies, and there is a sense that it is a bad look for a company to draw too much of its revolver. In recent months, though, the whole concept of "a bad look" has sort of evaporated, and companies have been fully drawing their revolvers even when they don't need the money, just because no one is sure if there will ever be money again. So in new revolvers, banks are including explicit provisions that you can only draw on the revolver if you need it. Here, for instance, is Valero's:
The proceeds of such Borrowing, together with the Consolidated Cash Balance at the time of and immediately prior to giving effect to such Borrowing, shall not exceed an amount equal to the working capital requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the period from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of such Borrowing, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower.
This seems less like protection against credit risk —if companies borrow more money than they need, that probably makes it more likely that they can pay it back—and more like a protection against funding risk. If everyone wants money all at once, the banks have to come up with a lot of money, which is administratively challenging even for a bank. Better to ration the money to companies that need it rather than let everyone take it all at once.
Now when stuff like this happens—when unexpected circumstances arise that require you to change how you run your business—between signing and closing of an acquisition, there is an ordinary way to deal with it. What the seller does is go to the buyer and say "look, something strange happened, and we have to respond to it. Here's what we plan to do. Are you okay with that?" If the buyer is okay with it, the seller can do it, and the buyer can't later argue that it breached the covenant. That is specifically contemplated by the transaction agreement between Sycamore and L Brands: L Brands has to run Victoria's Secret "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice," except "as consented to in writing by Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)." The covenant doesn't really mean that L Brands can't make any changes in how it runs Victoria's Secret; it just means that it has to ask Sycamore first. So when the world ended, L Brands could have just emailed Sycamore and said "hey uh we'll probably have to close all our stores and furlough our workers, are you okay with that?" And then Sycamore could have responded "yes," in which case it would be fine and they would have no excuse to get out of the deal, or "no, here's a better idea," in which case maybe L Brands would have taken their advice, or just "no," in which case probably there'd be a lawsuit, with L Brands arguing that Sycamore "unreasonably withheld" its consent for L Brands to do clearly necessary things to respond to the pandemic. Why … didn't … it … do … that? Like the decisions to shut Victoria's Secret's stores and furlough workers weren't secret, or unreasonable; why not just email Sycamore for permission first? Well, yesterday L Brands countersued Sycamore, demanding that it close the deal, and one of its arguments is, look, of course Sycamore gave us permission to do all of this. From L Brands' complaint:
L Brands advised representatives of Sycamore of these actions before taking them. Sycamore did not object to these steps. To the contrary, Peter Morrow of Sycamore expressed his appreciation for being kept in the information loop. ... L Brands representatives had an extensive meeting with Peter Morrow and Adam Weinberger of Sycamore on March 25, 2020 during which L Brands' representatives provided a broad array of information about the Victoria's Secret business and the steps L Brands was planning to take to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Once again, Sycamore did not object. To the contrary, the Sycamore representatives told L Brands that the steps L Brands was taking to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic were reasonable and consistent with steps Sycamore Partners was taking on behalf of its own retail portfolio companies. Mr. Morrow also told the L Brands representatives that Sycamore could not slow L Brands down and acknowledged that L Brands was doing what was best for the Victoria's Secret business. Further, Mr. Morrow again stated that he appreciated the information that L Brands was providing and notably said that Sycamore believed it was in an awkward position because it did not own Victoria's Secret and could not direct the decisions L Brands was planning to make.
It's not ideal; the transaction agreement requires consent "in writing," and really it might have been smart for L Brands to put this all in an email, send it off to Sycamore, and add "please reply in the next two hours to acknowledge that you're okay with this." Still if you have a long meeting with the buyer and tell them everything that you're doing, and they say "this is all smart and reasonable, thanks for telling us," it's a bit ridiculous for them to later sue saying that they didn't give permission. L Brands has other arguments. One is that the actions it took "were taken to comply with Applicable Law and Governmental Authority": The covenant to run the business in the ordinary course also has an exception for extraordinary actions "required by Applicable Law or Governmental Authority," and a lot of governments did require nonessential stores to close. I am not sure that covers every action taken by Victoria's Secret, though; Sycamore complains about things like cutting salaries and not paying rent, which were not required by law. A better, more interesting argument is that all of the extraordinary things Victoria's Secret has done recently actually were "in the ordinary course," since after all everyone else is doing them. Running a retail business with no stores, no employees and no revenue is the new normal:
L Brands did not need Sycamore's consent to take the steps catalogued herein to protect the Victoria's Secret business, because those steps were taken to comply with Applicable Law and Governmental Authority, and were taken in the ordinary course as reflected by the fact that such steps are consistent with the steps that nearly every other retailer across the country has taken. These steps are consistent with steps L Brands has taken in the past when faced with global economic upheaval, including with respect to the treatment of inventory, capital expenditures, employee compensation, and other items.
In fact they're so ordinary that Sycamore, a retail specialist private equity firm, did the same things in its other businesses:
Indeed, the actions that L Brands believed prudent and responsible to take in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and government orders were consistent with those taken by other retailers. For example, on March 17, 2020, the retailer Talbots, which Sycamore Partners acquired in 2012, announced that it would temporarily close all of its retail stores "in order to help protect our communities and contain the spread." On the same day, Belk, a Charlotte, North Carolina-based retailer in which Sycamore Partners is an investor, likewise announced that it would temporarily close all of its retail stores and continue providing compensation and benefits to affected employees. On March 27, 2020, Belk further announced that it would furlough certain store associates, and would reduce pay for most employees who remained working—including up to 50% for its most senior employees.
I'm not sure that it's "the ordinary course consistent with past practice," but in spirit I am basically with L Brands here. They note that Sycamore's real goal is to renegotiate the deal
If you agreed to buy a company in the Before Times, you probably do not want to buy it anymore, at least not at the price you agreed to back then. If, for instance, you are SoftBank Group Corp., and you agreed to buy $3 billion worth of WeWork stock last October, that seems crazy now: People have stopped going to WeWorks, revenue is way down, and $3 billion worth of WeWork stock (at October prices) is not worth anything close to $3 billion. Or if you are private-equity firm Sycamore Partners, and you agreed to buy 55% of the Victoria's Secret retail clothing chain for $525 million in, wow, late February, you probably regret it: Retailers are closing up stores and furloughing workers, nobody is going out to malls to buy bras, and $525 million of Victoria's Secret stock isn't worth $525 million anymore. Now, if you agreed to buy a company in the Before Times, and then you closed the deal in the Before Times—you handed over the money and got the shares—you are out of luck; now you are stuck with a company that has no revenue. If you were negotiating a deal in the Before Times, but you didn't sign anything before the coronavirus hit, you are in luck; now you can keep your money and stop answering the phone when the company calls. But there are plenty of buyers in SoftBank's, or Sycamore's, position: They signed an agreement to buy a company in the Before Times, but didn't close the deal before the virus hit. They still have their money, though they have promised to hand it over in exchange for the company. The money looks a lot more attractive than the company does, though, now. If you're in that position, can you get out of it? You have a contract. The contract says that there are certain circumstances in which you can walk away from the deal. These circumstances are pretty limited. Merger agreements tend to be less like "if the buyer changes its mind it can walk away" and more like "this deal will close unless the world ends." Well but now the world has ended, and Sycamore Partners has sued L Brands Inc.—the current owner of Victoria's Secret—to get out of its deal. Presumably there will be more cases like this, and Sycamore's complaint is an interesting example of how buyers might try to get out of their deals. Merger agreements typically have a clause called the "material adverse effect" (MAE, or "material adverse change," MAC) clause, which says that if the target's business gets drastically worse then the buyer can walk away. In the Victoria's Secret agreement it goes like this:
Since the Reference Date [Nov. 2, 2019], there has not been any state of facts, circumstance, condition, event, change, development, occurrence, result or effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
You might naively think, well, right, there has definitely definitely definitely been a Material Adverse Effect on Victoria's Secret's business, insofar as that business is closed. But it doesn't work that way! There is a long and detailed definition of "Material Adverse Effect," and the bulk of it is a list of exceptions. If really bad stuff happens to Victoria's Secret's business, Sycamore can walk away from the deal, unless the bad stuff is due to, essentially, anything anyone thought of in advance. If the business gets worse due to "national, international, foreign, domestic or regional social or political conditions (including changes therein) or events in general," that doesn't count as an MAE, and Sycamore can't walk away. "Events in general"! Did Victoria's Secret get worse because of events in general? I mean, yes? But that's just the first exception; there are lots more. "Changes or conditions generally affecting the industry" that Victoria's Secret is in: not an MAE. "Changes in any economic, financial, monetary, debt, credit, capital or banking markets or conditions": not an MAE. L Brands has lots of arguments that the collapse of its business doesn't count as an MAE. But it doesn't need any of them, because there's another, more specific exception: Changes to Victoria's Secret's business caused by "the existence, occurrence or continuation of any pandemics, tsunamis, typhoons, hail storms, blizzards, tornadoes, droughts, cyclones, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, tropical storms, fires or other natural or manmade disasters or acts of God or any national, international or regional calamity" don't count as an MAE. It's right there in the contract! If Victoria's Secret's business gets worse because of a pandemic, Sycamore still has to buy it. The MAE does not help. Ahh but the contract is long—101 pages—and it says lots of things, and you'd better believe that Sycamore's lawyers have gone through it carefully looking for other reasons not to close. Here's the hook that Sycamore has hung its argument on:
Less than one month after L Brands entered into the Transaction Agreement with Plaintiff, however, it closed nearly all of its approximately 1,600 Victoria's Secret and PINK brick and mortar locations globally, including all 1,091 of its Victoria's Secret and PINK stores in the United States and Canada. More importantly however, L Brands also took the following voluntary actions with respect to the Victoria's Secret Business: furloughed most of the employees of the Victoria's Secret Business; reduced by 20% the base compensation of all employees at the level of senior vice president and above, and deferred annual merit increases for 2020; drastically reduced new merchandise receipts which, when coupled with L Brands' failure to dispose of existing out-of-season, obsolete and excess merchandise, has saddled the Victoria's Secret Business with a stock of merchandise of greatly diminished value; and failed to pay rent during April 2020 for its retail stores in the United States. All of these actions were taken by L Brands in violation of the Transaction Agreement.
Yes, right, the world ended, no one was coming to stores, often stores weren't allowed to be open; lots of retailers closed their stores and furloughed their workers. All of this stuff sounds like another way of saying "Victoria's Secret's business collapsed due to a pandemic." But not quite, argues Sycamore:
That these actions were taken as a result of or in response to the COVID-19 pandemic is no defense to L Brands' clear breaches of the Transaction Agreement. Specifically, L Brands agreed that a condition to Plaintiff's obligation to close the Transaction is that L Brands "shall have performed in all material respects all of its other obligations [under the Transaction Agreement] required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date." Those obligations included L Brands' covenant that it "shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries to conduct the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice."
See, one condition of closing the acquisition is that there hasn't been an MAE on Victoria's Secret's business; that business has collapsed, but not in a way that counts as an MAE. But another condition of closing the acquisition is that L Brands has done everything that it agreed to do in the merger agreement, and one thing that it agreed to do—one thing that targets and sellers always agree to do, a standard piece of boilerplate that no one thinks too much about—is to conduct Victoria's Secret's business "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice." If you agree to buy a successful retail business and then the seller stops maintaining the stores and starts being rude to customers, you are not getting what you bargained for; of course the seller should agree to keep running the stores the way it always has. Except that the world ended and L Brands can't run Victoria's Secret the way it always has. So it shut down stores, and Sycamore said, gotcha, you are not running your business "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice," so we can walk away. I ass
The U.S. government is distributing free money to small businesses so that they can stay afloat, and keep paying workers, during the coronavirus shutdown. It is doing this through the Paycheck Protection Program, in which banks lend the money to small businesses, and then the government (the U.S. Small Business Administration) pays back the loans if the businesses use the money for payroll. This is, broadly speaking, sensible. I once wrote about it:
It is a public-private partnership that plays to each side's strengths. Banks are, precisely, in the business of vetting applications from local restaurants, examining their financial records and deciding how much money they need. The government, meanwhile, is best equipped to generate magical quantities of money. The banks do something recognizably bank-like—market and underwrite small-business loans—and the government transforms them into magical free money.
That's the idea. But if you are enlisting banks to run your program, you are going to get … banks. Like, the banks are going to behave in recognizably bank-like ways while they are doing the bank-like job of handing out the loans. Some of that will be good: You want the banks to check that the small businesses exist and aren't stealing the money and so forth. Some of it will be good-ish, or debatable: You want the banks to check that the documents are all in order and that the loans match the businesses' actual financial needs, but you don't want them to spend so much time checking that the businesses never get their money.And some of it will be … not exactly bad, necessarily, but at least unrelated to the goals of the program. The basic goal of the PPP is to give money to small businesses. You might refine that description a bit: "to give money to small businesses that need it to keep employees," or "to give money to small businesses that are likely to be viable after the shutdown ends," or whatever. But you would not, from the perspective of the government or taxpayers or society, say that the goal of PPP is to give money to banks' best customers. Generating a lot of revenue for banks, doing a lot of financial transactions, having a good personal relationship with bankers: None of these things are particularly important to the social goal of distributing government money to small businesses. But if you hire the banks to distribute the money, those things are important to the banks, and they are going to have a tendency to favor their good customers.
Banks don't literally "set aside" money for loan losses; there's not a pile of cash somewhere that they can dip into when people don't pay back their loans. It's just that JPMorgan's net income for last quarter is reduced by $8.3 billion, in the expectation that people won't be paying back their loans this quarter, or next quarter, or later. If in fact everyone pays back all their loans, that will be a pleasant surprise, and JPMorgan will have higher income in future quarters as it reverses those reserves. But because the future pain is pretty visible and predictable now, the banks reflect it in their current income. The banks aren't pretending that March 2020 was the same as March 2019; they're pretending that some of May 2020 happened in March 2020, and May will be even worse than March.
This is not an optional exercise in imagination by the banks, I mean; pretty standard accounting rules require them to reflect changes in expected loan losses in present income. This is kind of how banks work. It's not, like, you lend people money, and they pay you back, and those repayments are income. It's like, you enter into contracts that entitle you to a stream of future payments, and the expected value of that stream of future payments goes up and down, and those fluctuations are your income. A bank's accounting isn't just money coming in and money going out; it's also changes in present value of expected future cash flows.
Still one thing to emphasize is that neither choice is, exactly, objectively "real." It's not like $8.3 billion of JPMorgan loans vanished last quarter. That's an estimate, just like the much lower European estimates. Nobody exactly knows what will happen, and JPMorgan will undoubtedly be thrilled if its loan loss provisions turn out to be much too high. What is happening here is not as simple as "U.S. banks are recognizing reality while European banks are avoiding it"; what is happening here is that there are accounting rules about how to stylize and estimate the future, and different banks (and regulators) have different views about how useful those rules are in a pandemic. It is a difference of opinion about accounting, but accounting is not exactly reality.
Wall Street banks are lending billions of dollars to desperate companies these days, like hotelier Marriott International and concert producer Live Nation Entertainment.Now, a host of those companies are turning around and asking the banks to waive or loosen financial markers that help ensure the debt will be paid back. And for the most part, the banks, from JPMorgan Chase & Co. to Wells Fargo & Co., are obliging them because they would otherwise risk triggering a wave of defaults that would swell their loan losses from the pandemic and eat into their capital."Borrowers are effectively asking lenders to forget 2020," said Valerie Potenza, head of high yield research at Xtract Research. "If lenders don't waive covenants, there are going to be defaults. And it's not just one borrower, it's many borrowers across many industries." These waivers involve borrowing lines called revolving credit facilities, which companies typically obtain from banks and then draw down as needed. As the virus shuttered a broad swath of the economy, companies have drawn about $216 billion from the credit lines, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. These loans typically include so-called covenants that require borrowers to maintain certain metrics, such as the ratio of debt to earnings. They usually kick in when a company has drawn down some 30% of the revolving loan.But with earnings and cash flow drying up, these companies are sometimes unable to get anywhere near the financial tests. So the benchmarks have been effectively thrown out, suspended or rewritten to make it easier for them to avoid a technical default. In some cases, banks are allowing companies to use questionable accounting numbers for the new metrics.In return for the reprieves, the lending banks often extract higher interest rates, additional fees or other concessions. Basically if you enforce all your maintenance covenants when all your clients have stopped getting revenue, then you will put all your clients into default, and they won't all pay you back, and you'll have to recognize a lot of losses right now. If you instead say "ahh forget about 2020 it's fine," then you won't have defaults, and you can sort of pretend that everything is fine, and maybe in 2021 their businesses will all come back and everything really will be fine, and anyway in the meantime you can charge them some extra fees. Makes sense.Here's Live Nation Entertainment Inc.'s announcement of its credit-agreement amendment. Notice in particular its net leverage ratio covenant, the covenant that says that Live Nation has to have earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization equal to at least a certain set fraction of its net debt. The net leverage covenant is waived (replaced with a liquidity covenant) for this quarter and next quarter; for the fourth quarter of 2020 and the first two quarters of 2021, it will be calculated with a "substitution of consolidated EBITDA from the second and third quarters of 2020 with consolidated EBITDA from the second and third quarters of 2019, respectively." That is, when Live Nation calculates its earnings for 2020, for covenant purposes, it will delete the second and third quarters of 2020 and replace them with the second and third quarters of 2019. As far as Live Nation's banks are concerned, it will spend six months of 2020 in 2019. I wish I could do that! I think a lot of us would prefer to delete spring 2020 from our lives and replace it with reruns of spring 2019; it is nice that Live Nation's banks will let it do that.
Here, for instance, is a story about how UK audit firms might have to issue a lot of "going concern" warnings about the companies they audit:
The country's accounting watchdog is pushing auditors to be tougher when judging whether a company can continue trading as a going concern for the next 12 months. The going concern test is one that companies must pass to secure a clean bill of health from their auditors.The increased pressure from the Financial Reporting Council is stoking tensions between audit firms and company directors, who are worried that an official question mark in their accounts over whether they can keep trading — known as a qualified audit — would automatically trigger a breach of lending agreements with banks or bondholders. …With the government expected to extend the lockdown, senior auditors at a number of the UK's largest firms said they were asking companies in the hospitality, retail and construction sectors to stress test whether they could survive "zero revenues" for six months or longer."It's not an impossible prospect," the head of audit at a major accounting firm said of the scenario. "We're saying you'll breach covenants in that situation and you need to tell the world that. Directors are pushing back and telling us that's not realistic. The issue is any consensus on how long this will last is quickly meaningless."
One thing to say here is that "this company might go out of business if it stops getting any income for six months" is not actually the sort of specialized expert judgment that investors rely on auditors to provide. This is not a matter of sharp-eyed auditors digging deep into a company's books and records and discovering a secret vulnerability; this is just, like, the economy has stopped and auditors need some pretty broad rule for how to account for that. If you are committed to the intellectual honesty and consistency of the auditing profession—generally good things to care about!—you will want to get this right, but it is a little hard to see how getting it right will actually help anyone.
One popular conclusion after the 2008 financial crisis was that official reliance on credit ratings agencies was bad and should be replaced with … something. Instead of laws and regulations referencing credit ratings and giving them effectively the force of law, the laws and regulations should not reference credit ratings, and they should not have the force of law. One problem with this theory is that the purposes for which credit ratings have the force of law are kind of important. Another problem is that no one had any great ideas about how to replace them. Basically credit ratings are used to impose some constraints on people who would otherwise be tempted to take too many risks. "Buy whatever bonds you want" is probably not a good mandate for, say, a money market mutual fund whose job is never to lose any money. "Buy only good safe bonds, as determined by you," is not really any better! "Buy only good safe bonds, as determined by some external judge" is better, even if the external judge is kind of bad. It is all just sort of embarrassing though. "The ratings agencies are imperfect and conflicted in judging credit quality, but better than nothing, so their ratings will be used to legally constrain investment managers" is actually sort of a fine theory, but it sounds a little like giving up.
It was hard to think of how to replace credit ratings, so it never really happened, and the post-2008 consensus just sort of faded away until, when the U.S. Federal Reserve decided to start buying corporate bonds in response to the present coronavirus crisis, it announced that it would only buy corporate bonds with investment-grade ratings from the major ratings agencies. This decision was controversial because some people think that the Fed should also buy junk bonds and other people don't think that, but no one really went around being like "the Fed should only buy investment-grade bonds but it should use its own internal risk models to decide what bonds are investment grade rather than relying on conflicted ratings agencies." That's not a thing people say in 2020; that's more of a 2010 thing. The latest version of the Fed's bond-buying program is a little weird, though, in that it gives the force of law not to the actually existing ratings agencies, but to the ratings agencies of three weeks ago:
I mean, clause 2(a) gives some legal force to the current opinions of the ratings agencies, and clause 2(b) is a halfhearted gesture in the direction of "actually the ratings don't have the force of law and the Fed can use its own risk models," but the real point here is that the Fed can invest in bonds that had investment-grade ratings in March, even if they have since been downgraded. If you want to limit the Fed's money to investment-grade companies, but you also want to address the coronavirus crisis, this makes some rough sense sense: It allows the Fed to send money to companies that were investment-grade in ordinary circumstances, without taking into account the fact that credit quality has deteriorated across the board due to the shutdown of the economy. For the Fed's purposes, March 22 ratings are more relevant than current ratings, so it will just use those and (partially) ignore what happened after March 22. I have suggested a few times that it might not be an entirely bad idea if the ratings agencies were to take a few months off. "Sorry, we're closed due to virus," they could say, and stop updating ratings. Companies that were rated investment grade would stay investment grade even as their credit quality deteriorates. On the one hand the ratings would become increasingly inaccurate. On the other hand … who cares? You do not need specialized expertise and advanced models to figure out that credit has gotten worse because of the economic shutdown; anyone can see that, so the information added by ratings revisions is not especially valuable. And if downgrades force investors to dump bonds (because their mandates limit their holdings to certain ratings), then they harm investors and companies to achieve a very theoretical improvement in accuracy. One specific worry that I gave was that the Fed's program is dependent on ratings. "The ratings agencies have a lot more power today than they had last week," I wrote on March 23; "now a downgrade can take a company out of eligibility for Fed support." Not any more! Now the historic ratings agencies—the agencies of March 22—have a lot of power, but the actually existing agencies do not, because their downgrades can't affect the Fed's decisions. The ratings agencies aren't taking a few months off, but as far as the Fed is concerned they are , because the Fed has decided to ignore their post-March-22 decisions. You could imagine others following the Fed's example here. Why not change the mandate of an investment-grade bond fund, or the rules for money-market funds or banks, to say "you can buy anything rated investment-grade as of March 22, but if its ratings have changed since then you can ignore the change." Why not announce "we normally use credit ratings to limit our investment discretion, but we're gonna ignore anything we get from the ratings agencies from now until the coronavirus crisis ends"? Credit ratings don't really have the force of law, or at least they're not supposed to; it is just a convention that everyone pays attention to them. If they wanted to, everyone could just stop.
Very loosely speaking, the regulatory response to the 2008 financial crisis was to increase bank capital requirements and push banks to raise as much capital as quickly as possible; the (bank) regulatory response to the 2020 financial crisis has been to reduce bank capital requirements. The latter is much better! I don't mean that regulators were wrong in 2008; the problem they faced was a crisis of confidence in the banking system, which required them to shore up confidence by increasing capital and implementing stress tests. But ideally what you want is for banks to have lots of capital in bad times, and then relax those requirements—let them lever up and buy stuff and take deposits and lend and trade Treasuries and generally support the financial system and the economy—when the crisis comes. If you get too lax in the good times, then the crisis becomes a banking crisis and that approach doesn't work. But if you spend the good times making banks better capitalized and more stress-resistant and generally more credible, then you can spend down some of that credibility in the bad times. People will run to put their money in the banks, and the banks can help restore normalcy rather than being part of the problem.
In 2008 financial regulation was, by necessity, procyclical; the crash exposed problems in banking that required further restrictions on banks to fix. In 2020 financial regulation is, much more happily, countercyclical; the economic crash can be alleviated by relaxing restrictions on banks so they can support more businesses. Here is more from the Financial Times about how "financial regulators have freed up about $500bn of capital for lenders around the world to help them absorb the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic":
By relaxing capital requirements in the past few weeks, central bankers have aimed to keep credit flowing to businesses and households and mitigate the economic turmoil caused by mass quarantines put in place to slow the spread of the virus. ... The freed-up capital provides lenders with the capacity to make an extra $5tn of loans globally. The FT has counted $492bn in capital relief by central banks and regulators from Washington to Hong Kong, which has mostly come from cutting extra capital buffers that were designed to strengthen lenders' balance sheets after the 2008 crisis. … The moves highlight how policymakers hope that banks will play a more constructive role than in the 2008 financial crisis, when they were widely blamed for being the source of many problems.
That is from a Wall Street Journal tick-tock of how the coronavirus crisis unfolded in March, and it is another good lesson learned from the 2008 financial crisis. You want banks to be able to use the Fed's lender-of-last-resort facilities without stigma; if banks only use those facilities in dire need then there will be stigma; the solution is for the biggest and strongest banks all to use them symbolically, early in the crisis, to neutralize the stigma. ("Stigma" here means not so much "social shame" but rather "destabilizing suggestion that a bank doesn't have enough money.") The 2008 equivalent is that all the biggest banks were forced to take TARP capital infusions before TARP was rolled out to smaller and shakier banks, the theory being that if JPMorgan took the money then it wouldn't be shameful for anyone else. Here, to be fair, the money comes with fewer strings attached—it is discount window borrowing, not an equity infusion from the government—but still it is sort of nice and pro-social for the banks to organize this.
The basic economic problem right now is that a lot of companies have shut down and aren't earning any money. The ordinary reaction, for a company that doesn't make stuff or earn any money, is to go out of business and lay off all of its workers, but it is pretty widely recognized that that would not be a good reaction, for most businesses, right now. Your favorite local restaurant's revenue has not gone to zero because its food was bad, or because it failed to innovate to keep up with changing tastes or whatever. Its revenue has gone to zero because a plague has caused governments everywhere to prohibit eating in restaurants, we hope temporarily. One day the lockdowns will end and people will go back to restaurants, and it would be nice if your favorite restaurant could reopen that day. It would be nice if the cooks and waiters could come back to work that day. It would be nice if they could get paid in the meantime. It would be nice as a human matter (they need the money), as a macroeconomic matter (if they don't have money then other businesses will collapse), and as an organizational-capital matter: It is hard to start a new business, and if all the businesses shut down then it will be hard to start all new ones when the lockdowns end. In a perfect world every otherwise-viable company would just stay together through the pandemic; companies that can keep doing business would keep doing business, while companies that can't keep doing business would just magically get money from somewhere as though they were still in business. In a large country that prints its own money, the magical source of money is the government. And so the quite appealing U.S. government response is to give restaurants—and other small businesses shuttered by the coronavirus—money to pay their employees even while they're not working.
One way to do this would be for the Treasury or the Fed to just mail checks to every company, but that is not exactly optimal. For one thing, the companies could take the money and lay off all their workers anyway. For another thing, how big are the checks? The U.S. federal government does not exactly have a bureaucracy that is well equipped to take applications from local restaurants, vet them for accuracy, examine their financial records and decide how much money they need. So the—again quite appealing—approach that the U.S. government has actually taken is that it has announced that small businesses can apply to banks for loans to cover their payrolls, and that if they actually use the money to pay workers—if they don't lay people off—then the government's Small Business Administration will forgive the loans. (The government will also guarantee the loans, even the ones that aren't forgiven, so the banks take no credit risk.) It is a public-private partnership that plays to each side's strengths. Banks are, precisely, in the business of vetting applications from local restaurants, examining their financial records and deciding how much money they need. The government, meanwhile, is best equipped to generate magical quantities of money. The banks do something recognizably bank-like—market and underwrite small-business loans—and the government transforms them into magical free money.
It is all very smart and elegant but there is a problem, which is that banks are a little nervous about vetting companies for the government and might just decline to do it: In their ordinary business, banks do a lot of, effectively, law enforcement. They are generally responsible for making sure that their customers aren't laundering money or financing terrorists, and when they mess that up and launder some money for terrorists, they get in trouble and get fined a lot of money and it's very embarrassing. But they open accounts and make loans for customers anyway, and they spend the time and money on compliance, because they're in the business of opening accounts and making loans, and that business is generally profitable. They have relationships with those customers and cross-sell them on new products and charge profitable rates etc. etc. etc., it is all just sort of a normal business. This is a little different. It is sort of a new line of business, for one thing. It might not present a lot of obvious cross-selling opportunities; if you are giving emergency loans/grants to local restaurants now is not really the time to sell them shiny new interest-rate derivatives. If you do not already have a relationship with a small business, you might not be excited about vetting it for the government just for this program. Also the economics of the loans—the interest rate and commitment fees—are set by the government rather than established by the market, which means that they'll probably either be too high (Small-Business Program Really a Lucrative Backdoor Subsidy to Banks) or too low (Banks Refuse to Participate in Small-Business Program), and either could be a problem for the participating banks. (So far the answer seems to be the latter: "Community banks said the Treasury's guideline interest rate of 0.5% will be unprofitable, and that many small banks will not have sufficient liquidity to front up the loans," though then the Treasury doubled the rate "to encourage banks' participation.") Enlisting the banks to funnel relief to small businesses is a good idea in the abstract, but it's hard to get the details right.
The idea is that if you have lost income due to the coronavirus, you can get up to six months of forbearance on paying your mortgage. (You still have to make the payments, but you get some extra time.) Because so many U.S. mortgages are effectively government-guaranteed, the money for the program effectively comes from the government. But in the first instance you've got to call up your mortgage lender to get the forbearance, and they might take a while to answer the phone:
Homeowners say they are waiting hours on the phone just to reach a real person. When they do, some are told that getting an answer could take weeks. That is a troublesome timeline for the many borrowers whose mortgage payments are due in the first half of April. … Borrowers don't have to show documented proof that they have been hurt by the coronavirus. If the loan is backed by the government, the mortgage servicer is generally supposed to grant the request. About 70% of U.S. mortgages are backed or insured by a federal agency. … The law says nothing about when borrowers have to make up the missed payments, fueling some of the confusion. Some borrowers are assuming, wrongly, that they don't have to make up the payments later, industry officials and regulators say. Some regulators say borrowers should have the option to make up the payments at the end of their loan. Homeowners say mortgage companies generally haven't offered that option. Instead, many say they are being told they must make up their missed payments in one big lump sum as soon as the relief period is over.
But it is not just the homeowners who are having trouble. The mortgage servicers—the lenders who collect the payments and pass them on to the ultimate holders of the mortgages—have to come up with the cash for the deferred payments, which might blow them up:
Under agreements with Ginnie, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, servicers themselves must advance the money when borrowers postpone payments and it can take months before they are reimbursed. Congress didn't provide explicit funding to help servicers with that problem, and some of the companies say they don't have the liquidity to handle it themselves. … With the bulk of its servicers facing a cash crunch, Ginnie late last month said it would activate a disaster-relief program that lets servicers apply to have Ginnie advance payments to bondholders itself. But that program won't cover other parts of a mortgage payment, such as taxes, insurance and homeowners association payments. Now, nonbank mortgage firms say that many of them will go under if they don't get a new lending facility from the Treasury Department and Fed.
And even when you get to the government agencies that are ultimately on the hook for the mortgage payments, some of them are not technically government agencies. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are "government-sponsored enterprises" that have, since the financial crisis, been in receivership, effectively owned and controlled by the federal government but with some vague notional plan to one day be returned to private ownership. Except:
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the government-controlled companies that guarantee nearly half of US mortgages, could require their second bailout in just over a decade if the US economy remains in a lockdown for several months, their regulator has warned. The two groups, which collectively underpin the $10tn US housing market, have sufficient resources to last through a lockdown of about 12 weeks, but would then need funds from Congress or the Federal Reserve, said Mark Calabria, director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. ... "If we are talking about a drawn-out period where people are not in a position to pay their mortgages, if we are talking about 25 per cent of people having to ask for forbearance, the system doesn't have that kind of liquidity. That would require Congress to step in, or the Fed."
The one-sentence version of this program is "people can have a break from paying their mortgages for a while, and the U.S. government will eat the cost of it." But the actual program is that the cost is passed from homeowners to mortgage servicers to quasi-government insurers to the government, and each element of that chain has to bear the cost for a while, and each of them is kind of fragile.
Credit rating agencies are scrambling to adjust to the coronavirus pandemic, slashing assessments of vulnerable companies under the scrutiny of critics who blame them for exacerbating the last financial crisis. The agencies — led by the big three of S&P Global, Moody's and Fitch — have pushed through large amounts of rating downgrades as the Covid-19 outbreak has accelerated. March had the fastest pace of downgrades, on records going back to at least 2002, according to a report last week from Bank of America. ... Concerns that ratings were set too high before the coronavirus outbreak stem from the business models of the agencies, which are paid by the companies and the governments whose creditworthiness they assess. A rating from a top agency can make the sale of a bond or a loan much easier, providing investors with notionally independent views of the borrower's prospects. Such views are also hard-wired into the mandates under which many fund managers operate, forcing them to sell bonds if ratings drop below certain thresholds. But issuers generally pay to be rated — a structure that can cause conflicts, leading to accusations that agencies compete to win business by offering high ratings.
Look. If I ran a credit ratings agency, and I wanted to win business by being generous to corporate issuers, the thing I would do, right now, would be nothing. Like, specifically, I would not rush to do widespread downgrades of issuers that might make it harder for them to access financing. I would be pretty open about this. I might say "in this time of crisis, everyone understands that credit quality across the board has gotten worse, and we don't think it would be particularly informative or helpful to investors or issuers to do mass downgrades." Or I might dance around the issue by saying "our ratings standards remain unchanged but the operational difficulties caused by working from home will delay any new ratings actions by months, sorry, check back with us in the fall." I think either of those statements would be substantively reasonable. I think that investors would understand and even appreciate them. (Once bonds are already issued and investors own them, the investors don't want downgrades either!) And I think issuers —the companies that pay the ratings agencies and thus supposedly cause the conflict of interest—would really appreciate my decision not to downgrade them. As a competitive matter, if the other ratings agencies were out doing mass downgrades, I'd expect to generate some long-term goodwill with my paying customers by going against consensus and leaving everyone's ratings unchanged. I am not saying that this is what ratings agencies should do (though I am not saying that it isn't!); I am just saying that, if your model of ratings agencies is that they are dishonest shills for their corporate customers, then this is what you'd expect them to do. The fact that in reality the ratings agencies are all choosing intellectual honesty over customer service—that they're all rushing to downgrade their paying customers as economic conditions change—should tell you something; it should cause you to update your views of how ratings agencies work. There is some constraint on ratings agencies—perhaps a deep personal commitment to ratings accuracy, or perhaps a market-driven need for credibility with investors—that limits their ability to inflate ratings to win business, even when inflating ratings would be understandable and forgivable and possibly even good for the world.
Here's a thing you could do as a bank. You could take deposits: People and companies give you money, and you promise to give it back when they ask for it. Then you take those deposits and park them as "reserves" at the Federal Reserve. Reserves are just the electronic version of money; your reserves at the Fed are just dollars. This is not the classic banking business of maturity transformation and risk diversification and borrowing short to lend long; this is just people give you money and you hold on to it for them. In a pre-electronic age, this would be just people handing you cash and you keeping it in the vault. How risky is this model? I mean in practice you could find some ways to mess it up—you could lose the cash in the vault, or your treasurer could steal the money at the Fed—but in the abstract, as a model, it is totally safe. There is no credit risk (you are taking the credit of the Fed, which prints the money), no duration risk, no interest-rate risk, no market risk. You are just storing people's dollars for them. How much capital should you have to have to support this business? The idea of bank capital is that if you have a business that might lose 5% of its value in a disaster, and you fund that business with 100% borrowed money (like deposits!), then if the disaster happens you won't be able to pay back your debts and the disaster will be worse. So you should have at least 5% equity capital—or maybe more, just to be sure—so that you'll always be able to pay back your depositors. With this business, though, the worst you could do, in a disaster, is lose 0% of their money, so the right level of capital is zero. If you take in a trillion dollars of deposits and invest them in a trillion dollars of Fed reserves, you'll always be able to pay back your depositors; you don't need an extra $50 billion of equity to provide a cushion. Up until, I don't know, a month ago, no one especially wanted to hear things like that. Banks had gotten into a lot of trouble in 2008 doing supposedly risk-free things, and bank leverage in general was frowned upon. Banks just shouldn't use so much borrowed money, it's too risky, was the general consensus, even if the particular things they were doing with the borrowed money—parking it at the Fed!—were pretty safe. And so in addition to "risk-based capital" rules that require more capital for risky activities and less (or zero) capital for safe activities, the U.S., like other countries, has a "supplementary leverage ratio" that requires a minimum amount of capital for all activities. You just add up all the stuff the bank owns, safe or not, multiply by 3%, and you need to have at least that much capital. A weird problem with that is that it limits your ability to take deposits: If people come to you with money, you can't take their money—even to park it in super-safe Fed reserves—because doing so will gross up your balance sheet and force you to raise more equity capital. In normal times this is not a big deal; you just sort of figure out what the needs of your business are and optimize your capital around it. But if people are suddenly flocking to you to give you deposits to invest in super-safe reserves, because any assets riskier than cash make people nervous, then you will have a problem. You might not be able to take their deposits without raising more equity, which might be hard in a crisis. You will have to turn them away: "I have no more room for deposits," you'll have to tell them. Usually the way we think of financial crises is that people run to banks to take out their deposits, not to put in more, but I guess this is kind of a weird financial crisis. Anyway:
To ease strains in the Treasury market resulting from the coronavirus and increase banking organizations' ability to provide credit to households and businesses, the Federal Reserve Board on Wednesday announced a temporary change to its supplementary leverage ratio rule. The change would exclude U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks from the calculation of the rule for holding companies, and will be in effect until March 31, 2021. Liquidity conditions in Treasury markets have deteriorated rapidly, and financial institutions are receiving significant inflows of customer deposits along with increased reserve levels. The regulatory restrictions that accompany this balance sheet growth may constrain the firms' ability to continue to serve as financial intermediaries and to provide credit to households and businesses. The change to the supplementary leverage ratio will mitigate the effects of those restrictions and better enable firms to support the economy.
Now if you are rushing to give banks your money ("significant inflows of customer deposits"), they can take it. They can take it and park it in Fed reserves, but they can also take it and use it to buy Treasury bonds, another pretty safe place to put your money, and a market that got weird over the past few weeks as investors began to prefer cash even to safe assets like Treasuries. Traditionally when people sell Treasuries, banks buy them, but if banks are constrained by leverage rules that becomes harder. Now they are not constrained:
Priya Misra, global head of rates strategy at TD Securities, said with the new rule, banks would be more likely to buy Treasuries if they cheapen sufficiently, helping to ensure the smooth functioning of the world's largest debt market. "This is a very big deal," she said. "Now we don't have to rely on just the Fed to bring normalcy back to the Treasury market . . . There's an additional player that can restore normalcy."
Very loosely speaking, the regulatory response to the 2008 financial crisis was to increase bank capital requirements and push banks to raise as much capital as quickly as possible; the (bank) regulatory response to the 2020 financial crisis has been to reduce bank capital requirements. The latter is much better! I don't mean that regulators were wrong in 2008; the problem they faced was a crisis of confidence in the banking system, which required them to shore up confidence by increasing capital and implementing stress tests. But ideally what you want is for banks to have lots of capital in bad times, and then relax those requirements—let them lever up and buy stuff and take deposits and lend and trade Treasuries and generally support the financial system and the economy—when the crisis comes. If you get too lax in the good times, then the crisis becomes a banking crisis and that approach doesn't work. But if you spend the good times making banks better capitalized and more stress-resistant and generally more credible, then you can spend down some of that credibility in the bad times. People will run to put their money in the banks, and the banks can help restore normalcy rather than being part of the problem.
A basic problem in mergers and acquisitions is that, if you need to borrow a lot of money to buy a company, you can't really borrow the money before you buy the company, and you can't really buy the company before you borrow the money. Bond investors won't lend you billions of dollars to do a deal if the target hasn't agreed to be bought, and the target won't agree to a deal if you don't have the money lined up. There are a couple of potential solutions to this problem, but the dominant one is the bank commitment letter and bridge loan. While you are negotiating the deal, you sign up a bunch of banks who agree to lend you the money to do the deal, and you can show that promise—the commitment letter—to the target to assure it that you have the money. In exchange, you pay the banks a big fee, and you promise to do everything in your power to prevent them from having to lend you the money. Their commitment is a backstop: Once you sign the deal, you will go out and market bonds and loans to try to finance it, and you'll pay the banks another nice fee to lead the bond offering. If all goes well, you'll sell enough bonds to pay for the acquisition, and the banks will never have to put up any money. If all goes poorly:
A group of sixteen banks will have to provide $23 billion of loans to T-Mobile US Inc. in order to allow the mobile carrier to close its planned acquisition of Sprint Corp., after the Covid-19 outbreak disrupted plans to sell the debt to third-party investors. The banks were formally notified Monday that they will need to make the funds available on April 1, so that the two companies can finalize their long-awaited merger. ... Even though T-Mobile and Sprint are junk-rated, the financing for the merger has been structured in a way to receive investment-grade ratings, the people said. As such, it's considered less risky than debt arranged by banks to finance leveraged buyouts and other corporate takeovers by high-yield companies. Still, it's the largest acquisition financing deal to get stuck on banks' balance sheets since the 2008 financial crisis, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. ... Banks will provide $19 billion through a 364-day bridge loan that is expected to be refinanced by investment-grade bonds and a $4 billion seven-year term loan that is also expected to be rated high-grade, the people said.
Of course it's the biggest hung deal since 2008; that is the nature of the thing. In general banks underwrite these deals to work; they are able to change the terms and interest rates of the bonds and loans to make them easier to sell. Changing market conditions or investor dislike of a particular deal shouldn't be enough to hang a bridge loan. The way a big bridge loan gets hung is that you sign it up in the months before a giant financial crisis. Timing is key there. If you sign it a little earlier, you place the bonds and avoid the crisis. If you sign it a little later, the crisis has started and you just … obviously don't sign it?
And elsewhere in bridge lending, the same basic process occurs in lots of places:
Big banks that help asset managers package risky loans into investment products are sitting on billions of dollars of debt linked to companies most exposed to an economic downturn. Lenders on both sides of the Atlantic have upwards of 100 open credit lines to vehicles known as collateralised loan obligations, which are among the biggest sources of funds for businesses that do not have top-quality credit ratings, according to people familiar with the arrangements. ... Investment banks still have exposure, however, as they provide so-called "warehouse lines" to CLO managers that help them build portfolios of loans. Such assets have plummeted in value this month, due to growing doubts over the ability of heavily indebted companies to withstand big hits to the economy.
In the long run, the U.S. financial system involves a lot of capital-markets-based financing; if you are packaging mortgages or corporate debt, or doing acquisitions, you will end up getting your funding by selling securities to investors in the capital markets. But you will probably briefly borrow money from banks, to fund you more flexibly between the time you do the thing and the time you can package it neatly and sell it to the capital markets. And when the markets collapse overnight, the banks will end up holding a lot of those loans and wishing they didn't.
The idea is that when a mortgage lender makes a loan, it will lock in its interest rate by selling mortgage bonds. (It gets long a mortgage in the primary market, by lending, so it gets short an offsetting mortgage in the mortgage-backed-securities market.) That way it should have no interest-rate risk as the mortgages it makes move through the pipeline, being packaged up and put into securities and sold. The lender isn't taking mortgage rate risk; it is just in the business of turning market mortgage rates (measured by prices of mortgage-backed securities) into actual new mortgages. The counterintuitive problem for mortgage lenders isn't exactly that the value of mortgages has gone down like most other financial assets. It's that the value of mortgages has gone up, because the Fed got worried about the (agency residential) mortgage market (and, again, every other market) and started buying a ton of mortgage-backed securities, pushing the prices of those securities way up. If that happens while a lender has new loans in the pipeline (and is short a bunch of mortgage-backed securities), the lender will have a big mark-to-market loss on its short position. It should theoretically have an offsetting gain on its long position: When it finally sells the mortgages it originated, it should be able to sell them for a much higher price than it initially locked in. But that takes time, and, crucially, the two trades have different margining regimes. The short position is done in the mortgage-backed-securities market, through a bank or broker that will demand daily collateral when the short moves against the lender. The long position is done through whole loans, which don't trade in the market with a market price (until the lender packages them), and it isn't funded through a margin account at a broker. (It's funded with the lender's own money, or more likely by borrowing from a warehouse line at a bank.) When mortgage bonds go up in value, the lender has to come up with cash for its short immediately. When the lender's loans go up in value, no one gives it any extra cash that day; it has to wait until it finishes packaging and selling them. And so the Mortgage Bankers Association wants banks not to call margin on short sellers of mortgages that have gone up in price, while Tom Barrack wants banks not to call margin on long holders of mortgages that have gone down in price. Everything is unsettled in every direction, and everyone wants a little time out on their obligations. By the way, there are two other general lessons of that MBA letter. One is that, in a crisis, extremely safe trades can be undone by different margining regimes. If you are in the business of buying widgets and selling widget futures, in ordinary times that will be a very safe trade because the price of widgets and the price of widget futures will be almost perfectly correlated. But if widget (and widget futures) prices suddenly move around a lot, and if the lender who funds your widget purchases is different from the clearinghouse that provides your widget futures exposure and they have different rules on collateral, then you might find yourself having to come up with a lot of cash on the losing side of your trade while not getting any (immediate) cash on the winning side, and then even a perfectly correlated trade—one that is guaranteed to pay out in full in the near but not-near-enough future—can blow up. The other good general lesson is about short selling bans. When financial markets go haywire, people always call for bans on short selling in the stock market. These calls are wrong. One reason they are wrong is that short sellers are good for price discovery, they root out fraud, they make prices accurate in a way that can inspire confidence, blah blah blah; you can find these arguments unconvincing, it's fine, price discovery may not be what we want right now. But the other reason not to ban short selling is that short selling is so often a crucial piece of the plumbing of markets; it is so often critical to the production of real stuff in the economy, or at least in markets. When the price of mortgage bonds started going down, you could imagine saying "we should ban short selling of mortgage bonds to keep the price up"—but that would have had the effect of preventing mortgage lenders from making loans, because short-selling mortgage bonds is a crit
One thing is that if you loaned a company money back in the good times, there's a good chance that you can demand your money back, now, in the bad times. Like for one thing they probably have to pay you interest, and they might have trouble doing that, and so you can put them in default. Even that aside, you might have some sort of maintenance covenants requiring them to have a certain amount of income or leverage levels or whatever, and now, in the bad times, they are probably violating those covenants and you can put them in default. Some good general advice—not investing advice, really, just sort of ethical advice—is: Try not to do that. Those companies need that money! Taking it back from them will only make everything worse!
Another thing is that if you are a company and a bank gave you a credit line back in the good times, you can draw on that line now and have more money, which would probably be good for you. (Though see the point above—make sure they can't demand the money back because you've breached a covenant!) Having more money, in a global cash crunch, is better for you than having less money. I have … less of a moral objection to doing this, if you can? Like, you might need that money more than the banks do. On the other hand the banks do need the money, and if they ask you nicely, maybe you should hold off:
The biggest U.S. banks have been quietly discouraging some of America's safest borrowers from tapping existing credit lines amid record corporate drawdowns on lending facilities, according to people familiar with the behind-the-scenes conversations. For Wall Street, it's not an issue of liquidity so much as profitability. Investment-grade revolvers -- especially those financed in the heyday of the bull market -- are a low margin business, and some even lose money. The justification is that they help cement relationships with clients who will in turn stick with the lenders for more expensive capital-markets or advisory needs. That's fine under normal circumstances when the facilities are sporadically used. But with so many companies suddenly seeking cash anywhere they can get it, they're now threatening to make a dent in banks' bottom lines. So far, it seems some corporations are willing to oblige, turning instead to new, pricier term loans or revolving credit lines rather than tapping existing ones. McDonald's Corp. last week raised and drew a $1 billion short-term facility at a higher cost than an existing untapped revolver. The rationales will vary from borrower to borrower, but market watchers agree that for most, staying in the good graces of lenders amid a looming recession is important. … "The banks are open but if everybody asks at the same time then it's going to be difficult from a balance sheet perspective," Bloomberg Intelligence analyst Arnold Kakuda said in an interview. Still, the significant capital requirements needed to fund tapped facilities and the strain mass drawdowns put on profitability as bank funding costs rise and the macro backdrop worsens remain the main driver, said the people familiar with the matter. "The corporate banker doesn't want everybody to take a hot shower at the same time in the house," said Marc Zenner, a former co-head of corporate finance advisory at JPMorgan Chase & Co. "They want to use their capital where it's most beneficial."
It is a little bit of a heartwarming story, isn't it? The banks, in good times, give companies underpriced revolving credit lines as a gesture of friendship. Then, in bad times, the companies do not draw on those lines—they go out and get higher-priced credit elsewhere—as a reciprocal gesture of friendship.[2] If you combine the two transactions you get … nothing? Except the symbolic expression of friendship? (And, fine, some commitment fees for the banks.) Like the banks promise the companies to lend them money, which makes the companies happy, and then the companies don't borrow the money, which makes the banks happy. Everyone feels more closely connected to each other, more secure in their relationship, without any money actually changing hands.
One way to put it is that most news happens in the evening and early morning, it gets synthesized and analyzed overnight and before the stock market opens, and then it is all incorporated into stock prices in the first five minutes of trading. After that everyone sort of hangs out in the market just in case, or they buy or sell stock at the prices that were established in the first five minutes. The first five minutes are where it's at. You could—as I've said when we've discussed this previously—just smush all the trading into those first five minutes and give everyone the rest of the day off. They wouldn't exactly have it off, they'd have to spend all that time incorporating and analyzing and synthesizing information, but the actual trading part seems to reset prices pretty quickly. By the way there's a really wild paper by Bruce Knuteson—we discussed a version of it a few years ago—about how global stock markets, over the last couple of decades, have been up a lot overnight and down a little bit intraday. Knuteson attributes this to vast and subtle market manipulation, but the simpler explanation of "people think about what they're going to do overnight, and then do it when the market opens" also sort of fits the data—and explains why, when the market is down a lot, it goes down mostly overnight too.
In February, the Pershing Square funds purchased credit default swaps (CDS) on various investment grade and high yield credit default swap indices, namely the CDX IG, CDX HY, and ITRX EUR. At the time of purchase, the IG or investment grade indices were trading near all-time tight levels of about 50 basis points per annum. The high yield index, the CDX HY, was also trading near its lowest spread ever. When one adjusts for the fact that a number of companies in the high yield index were on the brink of default (and these near-default companies' spreads were in the thousands of basis points), the spreads on the rest of the companies in the index were actually well below the 2006-2007 all-time lows. … This is best understood by a somewhat simplified example: assume you purchase $1 billion notional of CDS on the IG index for 50 basis points. In summary terms, you are committing to pay 50 bps times $1 billion, or $5 million of premium per annum for five years. Assuming you sell the CDS a month after purchase at a spread of 150 basis points, you would receive approximately the present value of the spread, in this case 100 basis points per annum, times the $1 billion notional amount of the contract for the remaining 4 years and 11 months of the contract's life. The present value of 100 bps for 4 years and 11 months is a number which is slightly less than the present value factor times 4.92 years times 100 basis points times $1 billion, or approximately $45 million. Since the contract in this example was only outstanding for one month, the total premium paid would be 1/12th of the annual payment of $5 million or approximately $417,000. Therefore, for a total outlay of $417,000, you would make $45 million. This understates your actual risk, however, because if spreads were to narrow during that month, you would lose substantially more than the premium. That said, if you were confident that spreads would either stay the same over the next month or widen, you would only be risking the premium of $417,000.
Oversimplifying somewhat, Ackman didn't agree to pay $27 million for a huge hedge; he agreed to pay $27 million per month for five years for the hedge.[1] In the event, it moved so dramatically in his favor so quickly that he was able to terminate at a huge profit in less than a month. If it had taken another month, presumably he'd have kept the bet on and paid another $27 million and the trade would still look amazing, though not quite as amazing (50x return). If in fact we had moved into a new golden age of corporate credit, and spreads had tightened , he might have had to pay hundreds of millions of dollars to terminate the trade.[2] I take his point that, when he entered the trade, spreads were at all-time tights and that risk seemed low, so it was asymmetrically attractive, but, you know, those were the market rates; lots of people lost a lot of money over the last decade betting that rates couldn't get any lower. In any case, though, the $27 million and $2.6 billion are sort of apples-to-oranges amounts; Ackman got into the trade with a small cash payment and a larger mark-to-market risk, though he got out of it with a much larger mark-to-market gain. I should be clear that I say all of this as a criticism of my own naivety yesterday in interpreting the trade, not as a criticism of Ackman for doing it. It's still a really good trade! But it's not quite the pristine just-go-buy-a-winning-lottery-ticket trade that I'd thought it was.
One theme here is that there are a lot of ways to subtlyadjust and recharacterize margin loans, lots of ways to get the basic idea of a margin loan (someone lends you money to buy securities) but with slightly different documentation and economics and risks. They are called "total return swaps" and "repo" and "basket options" and lots of other things. But in a financial crisis they are all basically margin loans, and they all basically lead to margin calls and forced sales. Elsewhere:
Dutch bank ABN Amro has announced a $200m hit to its profits after recent market volatility led to the failure of a client in its business catering to proprietary trading firms. ABN Amro Clearing was forced to close out the positions of its unnamed client at a significant loss after the firm was unable to meet margin calls on its trades in US options and futures.
Again, I have some sympathy with the banks that are making margin calls! They're not just being mean; it is their money that's at risk.
Specialized teams inside the nation's biggest banks are hunkered down, working out how they would handle a nightmare economic scenario the Federal Reserve dreamed up. Turns out, reality is worse. The annual stress tests for the biggest banks, due April 6, are meant to gauge if banks would survive a hypothetical recession that sends the stock market plunging, oil into a tailspin, loan defaults rising and unemployment to society-shattering highs. … For instance, the Fed's severe recession imagines U.S. gross domestic product dropping 9.9%, unemployment hitting 6.1% and the Dow Jones Industrial Average falling to 18623 by the end of June. Last week, Goldman Sachs economists projected a 24% drop in second-quarter GDP, and Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin said unemployment could hit 20% without government intervention. The Dow closed at 18592 Monday, then rallied to 20705 Tuesday. ... The banks at this point have mostly run their models, and it is too late to insert the world's far more alarming crisis, people familiar with the process said.
There have been a lot of criticisms of the stress tests over the years, with a big one being that they are too gentle and do not anticipate bad enough scenarios for the banks. Which turned out to be true! But the bigger picture seems to be that the banks are holding up pretty well, so far, all things considered; the stress tests were wrong in their details, but they seem to have done their basic job of forcing banks to be well capitalized and risk-focused in the good times, so that they can be robust in the bad times.
Traditionally the way that central banking's lender-of-last-resort function works is that the central bank lends money to banks, secured by the banks' assets, which most traditionally would be those banks' business loans. Loosely speaking those two approaches ought to get to roughly the same place. In the traditional approach, if the Fed commits to supporting banks by lending freely against good collateral, then the banks will be free to continue lending to businesses. The flow of credit to businesses will continue, intermediated by the banking system, rather than directly from the Fed. And there are obviously good reasons to do it that way. The banks, after all, are in the everyday business of lending to businesses. They have experience in loan underwriting and pricing and due diligence and document negotiation and all the nuts and bolts of giving unsecured loans to companies; they have deep relationships with the companies and know how creditworthy they are and can customize covenants and terms for each company. The Fed has never met any of these companies; the Fed just knows the banks. For the Fed to jump into the business of commercial lending overnight is just weird. But here we are! Weird times.
Why? Why would the Fed need to lend directly to businesses, rather than through banks? Surely one part of the answer is that there are concerns that the intermediation through banks might just not work very well these days. In simpler times, a bank that could raise unlimited money from the central bank by pledging its loans could just freely continue to make loans as though everything was normal; the money would flow freely from the central bank, through the banks, to the real business borrowers. But we live in complicated times, and modern banks are large opaque machines with lots of sharp corners on which money can get snagged. The Fed might want to lend banks unlimited amounts of money, but leverage and capital regulation will limit how much money the banks can borrow. The Fed might want the banks to use all that unlimited money to make loans, but liquidity regulation will require them to hoard money. All sorts of risk limits will now be telling bankers to cut back on loans out of prudence. Also a lot of bankers will be working from home, unable to meet with clients for relationship and diligence reasons; the whole thing has just broken down a bit. If the Fed wants money to go to businesses quickly, it might have to bypass the banks and just give the businesses money directly.
I suspect that another big part of the answer is that banks have already been so disintermediated from lending markets that the old strategy of "give money to banks who will give it to businesses" can't really work. If you are a big investment-grade company you don't get your financing mainly from bank loans; you get it from selling bonds into the capital markets, to insurance companies and pensions and mutual funds. If those markets freeze up—if people rush to take money out of their mutual funds; if the insurance companies and pensions are panicking—then giving money to banks doesn't do you any good. For the Fed to support actual corporate borrowing in 2020, it needs to go to where (investment-grade) companies borrow, which is the bond market. And so the Fed isn't just doing a "Primary Market Corporate Credit Facility," where it will lend money to companies directly; it is also doing a "Secondary Market Corporate Credit Facility," where it will buy (investment-grade) corporate bonds on the open market. It will even buy shares of corporate bond exchange-traded funds because, as everyone knows by now, the smooth functioning of corporate bond market liquidity involves ETFs. The 19th-century way of getting loans to businesses was by supporting banks; the 21st-century way is by buying shares of bond ETFs.
If you have to sell some bonds, you put them out for bids (in a "bid wanted in competition," or BWIC). Traditionally, if you need to sell $100 million of bonds, you put $100 million of bonds out for bid and sell them at the best price you can get. When things break down, though, and you need to sell $100 million of bonds, you might have to put more of them out for bids, since you can't be sure that anyone will want to buy any particular bonds at a price you can live with. Eventually, any time you need to sell any bonds, you might have to start putting all your bonds out for bids to see if anyone will buy any of them.
One worry that we talk about occasionally is the risk of forced selling of BBB-rated companies that are downgraded to BB. The theory is that there are a lot of investors who are required to own only investment-grade debt, and those investors tend to own a lot of debt with a BBB rating, the lowest investment-grade rating, in part because a lot of investment-grade issuers optimize their capital structures to end up at BBB. If a lot of those just-barely-investment-grade companies were to be downgraded all at once, say because of a recession or a global economic shutdown, then those investors would be forced to dump all those bonds in an ugly fire sale. When I mention this worry people tend to email to explain that it's overblown, that in fact most investment-grade funds have more flexible mandates than that, that they can keep bonds that were investment-grade when they bought them and aren't forced to sell on a downgrade, etc. The financial system is aware of this weird discontinuity—where a one-notch difference in ratings can carry profound consequences—and has systems in place to mitigate it. On the other hand the Fed is doing a ton to support investment-grade credit and ... not so much to support non-investment-grade credit? Like, if you are a BBB-rated company, you can sell bonds directly to the Fed, and anyone who owns your bonds can also sell them to the Fed, and anyone who owns shares of an ETF that owns your bonds can sell them to the Fed. If you are a BB-rated company, for now, you get none of that. The ratings agencies have a lot more power today than they had last week; now a downgrade can take a company out of eligibility for Fed support. When we last discussed this worry, I suggested that the obvious approach would be for the ratings agencies to take a few months off. I am not convinced that they can add a lot of value these days by telling investors that credit quality has declined—we know!—but they can certainly do some damage by causing forced sales.
MAE clauses basically say that, if something very bad happens to the seller's business between the time the merger agreement is signed and the time it closes, the buyer can walk away. A famous fact about MAEs for a long time was that no MAE had ever happened: In the rare cases when buyers tried to walk away from deals, claiming an MAE, courts would always basically say "no it's not bad enough" and make the buyers close or pay damages. (That has changed, but they're still quite rare.) MAE clauses are also full of carve-outs saying that basically any bad thing that anyone imagined, before the deal was signed, don't count as an MAE, which is part of why they are so rare: The basic sorts of bad news that you'd expect to give an acquirer cold feet, recessions or stock-market crashes or whatever, explicitly don't count as MAEs; the acquirer has to close anyway. What about Covid-19? Well, there are not a lot of merger agreements explicitly addressing Covid-19, but there's at least one. Morgan Stanley's agreement to buy ETrade Financial Corp. lets Morgan Stanley out of the deal if there is a material adverse effect on ETrade, but there are lots of exceptions, and one of them is "any acts of God, natural disasters, terrorism, armed hostilities, sabotage, war or any escalation or worsening of acts of war, epidemic, pandemic or disease outbreak (including the COVID-19 virus)." Other merger agreements don't mention it explicitly. Some have exceptions for "pandemics," and one even has an exception for "plague," and I tell you what if I were still in the business of writing merger agreements I'd definitely be updating my template to exclude plagues. But most agreements don't mention pandemics specifically; some have general terms like "Act of God" or "calamity," but some don't. The professors' basic conclusion is that there will be a lot of lawsuits—"If you are an M&A litigator on either the plaintiff or defendant side (and you remain healthy over the next few months), your timing couldn't be better"—and I suspect that they're right, though I also suspect that a lot of the litigation won't be over the MAE clauses. It'll be like the WeWork/SoftBank situation; the acquirer will try to walk away from the deal because of the pandemic, but the lawsuits will be over whether some other clause—something about government investigations or accounting irregularities or sexual misconduct—lets the buyer walk away.
Financial crises all pretty much have the form of bank runs: Long-term assets are funded using short-term liabilities, those short-term liabilities come due and can't be rolled over due to panic, and the result is fire sales and further panic. The way to stop a financial crisis is to step in and lend when no one else will, and so that's what the Fed will do, for pretty much anything you've got. Last week the market for U.S. Treasury bonds got scary, so the Fed announced hundreds of billions of dollars of repo funding: If you borrowed money to buy Treasuries, and your loan is due and you can't borrow any more, now you can borrow from the Fed for cheap. This week as the crisis spread, the Fed announced a Commercial Paper Funding Facility to buy short-term debt, and a Primary Dealer Credit Facility to finance pretty much anything. "Credit extended to primary dealers under this facility may be collateralized by a broad range of investment grade debt securities, including commercial paper and municipal bonds, and a broad range of equity securities." You have some American Airlines stock and need money? Sure, wave it in, the Fed will give you money at 0.25% interest. It is not a complete solution. If you borrowed a lot of money to hold assets, and those assets lost a lot of value, the Fed will not lend you enough money to pay back your old loans, so you'll still have problems. If you're a mutual fund facing redemptions, borrowing from the Fed is not a real option. (Also the PDCF is intermediated through primary dealers; not just anyone can borrow directly from the Fed.) If you were doing a highly levered basis trade and the basis blew out, you know, oops. Things are still bad:
Recent moves in risk-free assets -- in money and rate markets -- is "puzzling" strategists at Citigroup led by Matt King, citing rising inflation-adjusted yields and falling gold. "Our best guess is that these have been exacerbated by margin calls, by the oil sell-off, and by the unwinding of loss-making positions by risk-parity and other hedge funds and by absolute return funds," King wrote in a note on Tuesday. "Basically investors have been liquidating positions everywhere, whatever their rationale."
And:
"This is fire-selling of liquid assets by those who need to meet redemptions," said Mike Riddell, a portfolio manager at Allianz Global Investors. "A lot of people need cash and they're liquidating the only thing that they can."
But what the Fed can do is lend people a lot of money to finance their financial assets, and that's what it's doing. The other thing that the Fed is doing is prefacing everything it does with a little incantation about how it is intended for regular people, not the financial system. The announcement of the Primary Dealer Credit Facility begins with an invocation of its purpose: "To support the credit needs of American households and businesses." Do low-interest loans to bond dealers to help finance their (and their customers') inventory support the credit needs of American households and businesses? Do those loans help the restaurants that are shuttered indefinitely, or the cooks laid off from those restaurants who have rent payments due? Well, I mean, in some general macroeconomic sense sure (it'd be worse for everyone if the banks and financial markets collapsed), but not in any particularly direct sense. You can finance commercial paper or municipal bonds or equity securities at the PDCF, but you can't get a loan against, like, the possibility that your restaurant job will come back in three months when social-distancing rules are eased. That is not the Fed's job; that is a job for Congress. Still it is nice of the Fed to at least mention the households and businesses; maybe it will inspire someone else to help them. It is by the way striking that the Fed is pulling out much of its 2008-era financial-crisis emergency-powers playbook without much pushback or criticism from the political system or the public. Financial assets need financing, the Fed will finance them, the end. Part of the explanation for the lack of pushback may be that the crisis is not at all the banks' fault in the way that 2008 was, but financial crises hit banks pretty much the same no matter whose fault they are.
People who don't like share buybacks tend to have one of two broad theories for disliking them, though the differences are not always clearly articulated. One theory is that "blowing cash on buybacks" is bad for shareholders; it reduces the long-term value of their investment in your company. Instead of wasting cash by giving it back to shareholders, you should invest it in your business for the long term, buying equipment or spending on research and development or earning customer or employee loyalty with low prices or high salaries, because that will ultimately increase your stock value more than buybacks would. The other theory is that buybacks are often good for shareholders but bad for employees or customers or creditors or the world. But you are the hypothetical CEO of American Airlines and your loyalty is to the shareholders. (Remember this is in 2014; you can foresee that the Business Roundtable will one day issue a statement about stakeholders, but you haven't signed it yet.) What should you do to increase long-term value for the shareholders? Certainly not any of Wu's suggestions! "Better service quality" to improve your reputation? However much money American and the other airlines invested in service, one of them would end up with the best reputation and one would end up with the worst and they'd all be in exactly the same boat now. No one is making air travel decisions today based on legroom or free snacks. Your investment in customer service would have been wasted. Better labor relations might help now, but might not; in broad strokes "we are not going to be flying planes so we can't pay you" is a simple message to convey no matter how much trust or distrust you have accumulated with your workers. Store up cash reserves? Maybe. If you had just put that $15 billion in the bank, it would cover four months or so of normal expenses, even if no money is coming in. Presumably some money will be coming in, and your expenses, during the coronavirus retrenchment, will be lower than in normal times. (American spent $7.5 billion on fuel last year; I suspect this year will be less.) Perhaps if American had that $15 billion back, it could go into hibernation for a while, keep paying its employees and suppliers, and emerge from the coronavirus ready to go back to never losing money again. Or perhaps not; again, your vision gets hazy after March 2020. Also meanwhile much or all of that $15 billion would be gone, spent to preserve the business during hibernation. Would it be worth it? To shareholders? At the end of 2019, with the coronavirus a distant rumbling, American Airline's stock market capitalization—loosely, the expected value to shareholders of its future earnings—was about $12.3 billion. Spending $15 billion to keep control of a stream of future income worth $12.3 billion is not obviously a good trade. At the start of 2014, American's stock market capitalization was about $13.3 billion. Shareholders got back $15 billion between then and now. In the aggregate, shareholders got about 113% of their money back over six years. If their stock is now worth zero—it's not, American's market cap as of yesterday's close was about $6.8 billion—then that's not an amazing return, and of course the 2014-vintage shareholders who sold their stock did better than the ones who held through to today; that's an aggregate return, not an individual one. But it could be a lot worse. For instance if you had invested that $15 billion in better labor relations and customer service, and not paid a cent of it out to shareholders, and then the coronavirus hit and the stock became worthless (again, it isn't), then the shareholders would have lost 100% of their money. They would have paid for six years of other people's air travel, with great customer service, and have nothing to show for it. I submit to you that if you ran American Airlines and knew the future, you'd spend just as much on buybacks as American actually did. The buybacks were optimal. Spending money on other stuff—better planes or labor relations or customer service—would not have insulated American from its current problems; hoarding the money would have, but not completely. None of those things would have created as much long-term value for shareholders as just giving them money and letting bondholders (or, fine, the government) hold the bag. If you are in the business of making risky bets, and you win a bunch of them in a row, the way to enhance your long-term value might be to take money off the table. So that's what the airlines did. "The biggest U.S. airlines spent 96% of free cash flow last decade on buying back their own shares." If you are an airline shareholder you should be thrilled that they bought back so much stock. I mean if you didn't sell them any of your stock I guess you regret the missed opportunity, but still, on principle, they were doing the right thing for you. If you are a bondholder you should be considerably less pleased, but it's not like the buybacks were a secret.
The basic things that happen in a market crash are:
1. Stuff that traded at high prices last week trades at lower prices this week; and 2. Bid/ask spreads increase, and lots of trades don't happen, as people who own the stuff still want to sell it for close to the old, high prices while the people who might buy the stuff want steep discounts.
This seems like a straightforward story of human behavior, but in many markets you can dress it up with more sophisticated and technical theories. When bond prices go down and bid-ask spreads widen, you can explain that bond market liquidity has been crippled by post-crisis capital regulations and the Volcker Rule, and that bond exchange-traded funds have created an illusion of liquidity that has now evaporated. When stock prices go down and bid-ask spreads widen, you can blame the robots; algorithmic traders, you can say, lack the sense of responsibility of old-school human market makers, and their inscrutable algorithms cause markets to behave irrationally. Or perhaps it is volatility-targeting funds or options traders that are doing it. Some deep feature of market structure, something invisible to casual outside observers, has caused prices to go down and bid-ask spreads to widen. Some of those things are true! But you should probably start from the premise that when there is sudden bad economic news, prices are supposed to go down and bid-ask spreads are supposed to widen. Those aren't necessarily signs that there is some deep flaw in the technical plumbing of market liquidity. They're signs that things are bad and people are nervous.
A decent general model for the stock market is that economic news moves slowly and stock traders get bored and overreact to stuff. People carefully parse economic data and Fed press releases to get subtle clues about the second derivative of changes in the economic environment, and then make large bets based on their conclusions, and many of those bets will be wrong. Stock prices move around far more than corporate incomes do, meaning that the volatility in stock prices is hard to justify on the economic fundamentals. In some ways this model is pessimistic about human fallibility, but it is also a rather calming model; it assumes that nothing is as good or as bad as it first appears (to stock markets). And a lot of stock market structure is sort of built around this general model. Stock exchanges have circuit breakers so that, if stocks go down by too much—more than 7%, for broad U.S. market circuit breakers—trading is paused for 15 minutes. The rough idea here is that if stocks go down a lot, it's probably because someone overreacted to something, and they need to take 15 minutes to think about what they've done while other, calmer investors are enticed into the market to buy the stuff that is now on sale. Sometimes the business cycle will turn and stocks will go down, but there's probably no fundamental reason for them to go down a lot in a few minutes, and if they do, that is probably a technical problem to be corrected. This is a calm sensible technocratic model that might not apply if the economy shuts down over the course of a week?
We have talked a bit recently about those circuit breakers, because they have been triggered a lot. Today was the third time in about a week, and each time they've been triggered shortly after the open: Investors digested news overnight, decided the news was real real bad, sold a lot of stocks, and were then forced to take a 15-minute timeout to see if they were sure. They were sure!
Though here is a funny alternative view of what circuit breakers are for:
Some traders said circuit breakers offered nice moments of calm during an otherwise wild week. At Robert W. Baird & Co.'s trading desk in Milwaukee, they prompted an "eerie silence" as traders stood up and stretched, recalled Jack Miller, the firm's head of trading. "I would say they accomplished what they intended to accomplish," Mr. Miller said.
Yeah look I do not object, exactly, to circuit breakers as a way to give stressed-out traders 15 minutes to stretch and meditate; they are having a hard time. But that is not actually what they are intended to accomplish. The intention is that the traders calm down and meditate and come back refreshed and ready to buy stocks. This works great if they were selling stocks due to stress and panic and inattention; if they were mindfully and intentionally selling stocks, though, they'll get right back to it when the pause is over.
I think that general model applies pretty broadly, beyond just stock-market circuit breakers. The basic approach to stabilizing financial markets is about averting panic. People have a history, in financial markets, of overreacting to stuff, and financial markets tend to be fragile under that sort of overreaction. A few bank loans go bad, people run to the banks to get their money out, the banks don't have enough money, they have to sell assets rapidly at fire-sale prices, the system collapses, etc.: The problem is not so much that the loans went bad, but that the follow-on panic collapsed the system. And so the basic crisis-management tools of central banking are about averting those systemic consequences by reducing panic and fire sales in the banking system. Classically, if people all want to withdraw their money from their bank accounts, the central bank will lend banks enough money to give them all their money back, so the banks don't need to call in loans and propagate the panic. More broadly, in modern systems, if people all want to withdraw their money from financial assets and keep it in cash, the central bank will fund (or buy) all the financial assets so their prices do not collapse. Eventually things will get back to normal, the assets will recover their value, and the central bank will get its money back. Again, that general model—"markets overreact and the job of regulators is to stem panic"—is a pretty good one but not 100% reliable, and if the problem is not financial-market panic but rather an exogenous fundamental reduction in wealth, then … well, then it's probably still good for central banks to stem panic, support markets and avert fire sales? Panic and fire sales are still bad, they can still make the real problems worse, they should be contained, even if the measures to avert them can feel a little beside the point.
Here's the Fed's announcement of the rate cut and quantitative easing. Here is another announcement of coordinated swap lines with other central banks. And here's one about other actions to support the banking system, including reducing reserve requirements to zero and encouraging banks to borrow at the discount window. The mechanics of the financial markets have been seizing up, as demand for cash increases, so the Fed is pouring cash into the markets—by buying bonds, but also by freeing up banks' cash—to fix those mechanics. That's what the Fed is for. It is not a wholly adequate response to economic conditions but then why would it be? Fixing the fundamentals is not exactly the Fed's job. What would be a wholly adequate response? I don't know.
In some ways you can think of the Fed's response as slowing down financial time for certain parts of the financial system: If you own securities and have financial obligations, the Fed is making sure that you can get cash for those securities to meet those obligations. But if you have a job and need to pay rent, and your job has stopped paying you, the Fed will not backstop your liquidity. Again, not its job, but you might reasonably feel aggrieved that the bit of government responsible for backstopping financial-market liquidity is so much better and faster at its job than some of the other bits.
A lifetime ago, on March 5, we talked about new Federal Reserve rules for bank capital and stress tests. The basic idea is that banks have to have some minimum amount of capital at all times, to make sure that they are robust and solvent and can meet their obligations. But if you have to have a minimum amount of capital at all times, what that actually means is that you need to have more capital than that, almost all the time. If the capital requirement is 8% of risk-weighted assets,[2] and you have $100 of assets, $92 of debt and $8 of capital, and your assets lose 0.01% of their value, then you have $7.99 of capital for $99.99 of assets, and you are undercapitalized and in trouble. Really you need to go around with substantially more than 8% capital, so that some little hiccup—or even some big market crash—won't leave you undercapitalized. Everyone knows this, and banks manage themselves to have extra capital, but it is also directly baked into the regulations. The regulations set minimum capital requirements, and they also set a "capital conservation buffer," which is just extra capital you need to have to make sure you don't fall below the capital requirements. And the Fed conducts stress tests, in which it imagines bad scenarios for banks and checks how much capital they'd have if those scenarios came true. A bank's capital requirement is not actually the minimum requirement, but rather "enough capital so that, if things go wrong in a bad but plausible way, you will still meet the minimum requirement."
Again we were talking about this on March 5, 11 days but also a million years ago, because the Fed was tweaking the mechanics of those rules, simplifying how it would measure those buffers. Times were good, 11 days ago, and the Fed was thinking proactively about how best to regulate banks' extra capital so that they could return money to shareholders but, if the bad times came, they'd still have enough capital. Yesterday's Fed emergency statements have the effect, among other things, of saying "the bad times are here, go nuts." For instance:
The Federal Reserve is encouraging banks to use their capital and liquidity buffers as they lend to households and businesses who are affected by the coronavirus. ... These capital and liquidity buffers are designed to support the economy in adverse situations and allow banks to continue to serve households and businesses. The Federal Reserve supports firms that choose to use their capital and liquidity buffers to lend and undertake other supportive actions in a safe and sound manner.
Eleven days ago, big banks were required to have enough capital so that, in a sustained downturn, they'd still have at least 8% capital. Today big banks are required to have 8% capital. One way to put this is that it "supports firms that choose to use their capital and liquidity buffers to lend," but banks do not exactly lend their capital. Bank capital is not a pot of money that banks put aside somewhere for a rainy day; it is a measurement of how much the value of banks' assets exceeds their liabilities. Capital gets lower in a downturn not because banks lend more but because the value of their assets goes down. Eleven days ago people paid a lot of attention to the theoretical question of how to quantify how much money banks would lose in a hypothetical crisis. Today the U.S. stock market is much lower, frackers and airlines and lots of other borrowers are facing distress, the big U.S. banks have halted buybacks, and the crisis feels a lot less hypothetical.
A serious market crash will have two components. The first is, let's say, fundamental, or psychological: People thought stuff was worth a lot and they bought it, and then they decide that actually it isn't worth so much, so they sell it and its price goes down. The second is, let's say, technical, or deleveraging: People thought stuff was worth a lot and they borrowed money to buy it, and then its price went down, and they might still think it is worth a lot and want to hold on to it, but they have to pay the money back and can't borrow any more, so they have to sell the stuff to pay back the loans, and its price goes down even further. The second component is a derivative of the first—for one thing, the price needs to go down for fundamental reasons to trigger the second problem; for another thing, the reason that it becomes harder to borrow to finance leveraged positions is often that the lenders have started to have fundamental or psychological misgivings—but it can often be more serious. The first component is a story of prices adjusting to reflect reality, which in generic terms sounds like a good thing. (Of course it's bad if reality has gotten worse, as seems to be the case this week.) The second component is a story of fire sales, of people selling stuff below (what they think is) its fair value because they have no choice. Also it can be a story of people selling stuff that they don't want to sell, that no one really thinks has lost value, just because it's available to sell and they need the money to pay back their loans. This makes it, sorry, a vector for contagion. Prices for bad things go down and prices for good things stay up, but then people who lost money on the bad things need money to pay their loans, so they sell the good things and the prices of the good things go down too.
One standard worry that has gotten a lot of attention in recent years, though we haven't discussed it too much, is the BBBs. The idea is that there are a lot of investors whose mandates require them to buy (mostly) investment-grade bonds, those rated from BBB- to AAA. There are others whose mandates require them to buy (mostly) high-yield bonds, those rated BB+ or lower. There is a widespread corporate-finance view that the optimal credit rating is, more or less, BBB: Investment-grade companies can get cheaper financing and better treatment than junk-rated companies, but being high investment-grade isn't that much better than being low investment-grade, so you might as well lever up as much as possible while still keeping an investment-grade rating. This creates a certain fragility in the system: If investment-grade companies are disproportionately BBB-rated, there is a risk that, in a downturn, they will all be downgraded at once. Investment-grade funds will have to sell all their formerly-BBB-but-now-BB bonds, depressing their prices. High-yield funds will have to buy them all, depressing the prices of other high-yield bonds. The corporate bond market will have to reconfigure itself, and the process will be ugly. Still a worry! Now a bit more pressing! Here's Bloomberg's Molly Smith:
Investors have long been sounding the alarm: An unprecedented number of companies had loaded up on cheap debt that left them hanging, just barely, onto investment-grade credit ratings. A weak business cycle, they said, could push those companies into junk territory. Now, that warning is moving closer than ever to reality. The double blow of a global pandemic and plunging oil prices is tipping the economy into recession. That is making the lowest tier of investment-grade companies vulnerable to downgrades to high-yield status -- a designation that could drive up their borrowing costs and set off a wave of selling from investors who aren't permitted to hold such low-quality debt.
This feels like a sort of liquidity-ish problem that could be addressed by telling the ratings agencies to take a few months off for the duration of the coronavirus crisis? Like if all the BBBs become BBs, what has changed?[4] Obviously the answer is "their expected default rate," but, you know, that's what you get in a recession. If investment-grade funds were all happy to hold sort of middle-quality credits last week, perhaps they should be happy to hold the middle-quality credits next week, even if the middle quality has gotten worse.
If Treasury rates go down, mortgage rates should go down. The mechanism is the usual one: competition. Loosely speaking Treasury rates influence a bank's cost of making mortgages (that they then sell to mortgage-bond investors who benchmark to Treasuries, etc.); if the costs go down and the bank keeps the mortgage rate the same, it will earn a higher profit on the mortgages it makes, but other banks will be able to undercut it and steal its market share. In a fairly competitive market, where mortgage rates are posted online and people go to brokers, banks can't really raise mortgage rates as general market interest rates decline. On the other hand if interest rates decline too much, apparently banks won't want market share and will raise rates anyway:
Rates for 30-year U.S. mortgages rose from a record low as overwhelmed lenders lifted borrowing costs to curb an onslaught of business. The average rate was 3.36%, up from 3.29% last week, which was the lowest in 49 years of data-keeping, Freddie Mac said in a statement Thursday. … "Somehow, some way, mortgage rates actually moved higher this week," Matthew Speakman, an economist at Zillow, said late Wednesday in a statement on the company's own mortgage rates survey. "Some are speculating that lenders may be artificially buoying advertised rates in order to stem this rising tide of refinancing activity and simply keep up with demand."
One possible story here is that the cost of a mortgage consists of (1) the market interest rate plus (2) the bank's cost of getting someone to fill out the forms and underwrite the loan and so forth; as the implied value of (2) goes up—as the scarce factor becomes mortgage-officer time—the mortgage rate will go up even as interest rates go down. The banks have to ration their attention by price, so you pay for their attention with a higher mortgage rate. Another possible story here would be that in a gigantic market crash banks don't really want to make loans? This would be a deleveraging story in which the scarce factor is not so much mortgage-officer time but lender balance sheet and risk appetite. I am not sure how compelling a story this is, since modern American mortgages are more or less a form of government bond anyway; most mortgages are sold to government-sponsored entities and packaged into government-backed bonds, so bank balance sheets and risk appetites are not all that important. But in general it is not so strange for risky debtors' borrowing costs to go up as risk-free rates go down. If Treasury rates are plunging because people want only the safest debtors, even the almost-as-safe debtors might have to pay up.
It is true that not just anyone, only a small group of "authorized participants," can literally call up an ETF and transform underlying bonds into shares of the ETF (or vice versa). But, as Zeng writes, the authorized participants tend to be bond dealers, and they will do that trade for customers. If you are an investor and you own a bunch of high-yield bonds that are similar to the bonds in the HYG bond ETF, you can call up your bank and they will work with you to take the bonds off your hands and give you ETF shares instead. Or really they will work with you to take the bonds off your hands and give you cash instead, and they will raise the cash by turning the bonds into ETF shares and selling those shares if liquidity is better there. This strikes me as fine and good, and particularly good for bond market liquidity; if you have bonds that are hard to sell, the ETF/AP/portfolio-trading mechanism makes them easier to sell. I suppose if you are a retail investor in the ETF you might be less pleased to learn that it is a dumping ground for unwanted bonds, though, which is Zeng's point. Bloomberg's Katherine Greifeld reports:
ETFs spanning the bond spectrum are trading at steep discounts. That dynamic will likely persist until volatility subsides and market makers have a better sense of where they can sell the underlying debt, according to UBS Global Wealth Management's David Perlman. "The market price is going to drop down to where the authorized participant believes that they'll be able to trade the bonds. They're not doing this out of the goodness of their hearts," said Perlman, an ETF strategist at the firm. "They don't jump in until they think they can execute the redemption and make a profit from doing so."
Zeng also pointed me to a paper that he wrote with Kevin Pan, titled "ETF Arbitrage under Liquidity Mismatch," which predicted all of this rather nicely. We have talked this week about the fact that some corporate-bond ETFs have traded at discounts to net asset value (that is, the ETF price was lower than the price of the underlying bonds) while also seeing inflows (that is, authorized participants would trade high-priced bonds for lower-priced shares of the ETF), which is a little weird. But last year Pan and Zeng wrote:
Theoretically, APs' creations and redemptions may even go in the opposite direction from what would be implied by the initial relative mispricing. For instance, in spite of an initial ETF discount, APs may in fact choose to create more ETF shares if they have extremely positive bond inventory positions relative to a bliss level, regardless of the initial relative mispricing. Another unique model prediction is that APs may perform more ETF creations/redemptions when the bond is more illiquid to more quickly offload the bonds. In this way, ETF arbitrage may become distorted in the sense that ETF creations/redemptions are disconnected from initial relative mispricings and may give rise to even more persistent relative mispricings. For this reason, APs may occasionally become liquidity seekers rather than acting as liquidity providers in the ETF market.
If you are an authorized participant for an ETF, one job you have is to keep the ETF's price in line with the underlying bonds. But you're also a bond dealer, and another job you have is to help clients who want to trade the underlying bonds. If they all want to sell bonds (they do!), you will have to buy a lot of bonds, and you may not want to hold on to them all. One thing you can do is buy those bonds and dump them into the ETF, causing inflows into the ETF. If the ETF trades at a discount—if the ETF shares that you get back are worth less than the bonds that you give to the ETF—then that is bad , for you (or, depending on how you price the trade, for your customer), but it might still be better than holding on to all those bonds yourself as the market crashes. If you have to sell stuff in a hurry, you might as well sell the stuff that's easy to sell.
That sort of ends in the right place—the ETF bought bonds when everyone was selling—but it goes astray in the middle, because that's not how ETFs work. (As I acknowledged in the footnotes, but nonetheless flubbed.) In fact the way ETF inflows normally work is that you don't give the ETF cash in exchange for shares of the ETF; you give the ETF bonds —the underlying bonds that it invests in—in exchange for shares of the ETF. In a normal mutual fund you give the fund money for shares and it uses your money to buy bonds; in an ETF you buy the bonds yourself and give them to the fund. This means that, if the ETF is trading at a discount to its net asset value, you wouldn't expect it to have inflows. Investors wouldn't think "this ETF is cheap so I will give it money to buy bonds cheaper than their actual price," because investors don't give the ETF money; they give it bonds—which they have to buy at their actual price. If the ETF trades at a discount to NAV, you could do the arbitrage of buying ETF shares (cheap) and selling the underlying bonds (expensive), but the way to perfect that arbitrage is by delivering those shares to the ETF and getting back the bonds—which would lead to outflows from the ETF. But the ETF did have inflows on a day when it traded at a discount to NAV. Why? The reader who pointed this out to me gave an explanation that I find compelling:
Liquidity. The discount is fictitious due to bond prices not being real. The ETF pricing is more real. And liquid. And if you need to sell bonds, but can't, you call up the ETF, give them your bonds, get the ETF shares in return, and then you can sell that easily.
One way to think about it is that the ETF didn't "trade at a discount to net asset value." The ETF traded at a price. The net asset value was sort of a hazy cloud with a wide bid-ask spread. If you had to go buy the portfolio of underlying bonds, you might have paid a higher price than the ETF price (so the ETF was at a discount). If you had to go sell the underlying bonds, you might have received a lower price than the ETF price (so the ETF was at a premium). The standard mechanisms of computing the NAV got a higher price for the bonds than the ETF price (thus the discount), but in practice if you actually owned the bonds on Monday there was a good chance you wanted to sell them, and if you wanted to sell them, liquidity wasn't great and you might have gotten a worse price. But if you handed them to the ETF, you'd get back ETF shares, which you could then sell at the ETF price, which was a reasonably knowable number. In other words, the ETF's liquidity was so much better than the liquidity of the bonds that, if you wanted to sell the bonds, the way to do it was to transform them into the ETF and then sell the ETF. Instead of causing fire sales as the price of bonds dropped, the ETF prevented fire sales by other bondholders, because it had better liquidity. The ETF soaked up fire sales from investors in illiquid bonds, transforming them into easier and smoother sales of liquid ETF shares.
The liquidity worry in Treasury markets is the same one that you see in equity and foreign-exchange markets: As those markets are taken over by computers, which feel no sense of obligation to their clients and can be turned off when markets get weird, their liquidity becomes fragile. In calm times, the computers trade quickly and efficiently and support a lot of volume, and people come to rely on them. But when things get crazy, the computers get turned off, and no one can trade. These concerns are all relative, though, and "no one can trade" looks a lot different in Treasuries, which trade hundreds of billions of dollars a day, than it does in other bond markets. And so part of why Treasury liquidity looks so bad is that it is so much better than liquidity elsewhere:
All that said, even though liquidity is scant, it's still possible to cash out of Treasuries. Such selling could partly explain why yields have risen for two days. Treasuries are the "only product with any semblance of liquidity," said Bill Finan, senior managing trader at Columbia Threadneedle. "So to hedge, however inefficient the hedge, you sell rates."
Liquidity elsewhere is so bad that people sell Treasuries to raise money, which makes liquidity in Treasuries worse.
Crypto Winter 2022 (5)
One possibility is that fractional reserve banking is deeply rooted in human nature. People have money, they would like to keep it somewhere safe, they would like it to grow, they would like to be able to get it back at any time. Other people need money, they are willing to pay to borrow it, but they want it for a long time — they want to be able to use it to buy a house or build a business; they don't want their lender to be able to demand the money back at any time. The savers and the borrowers just want different things. Why would anyone want to lock their money up for a long time? Why would anyone want to borrow money for an uncertain time?
If you are an enterprising middleman, you can try to convince one side or the other to do something that doesn't quite match their desires — "invest your money long-term, but if you need it back we can probably find a way to get it to you," or "borrow short-term, but you can probably keep rolling your debt for a long time" — but it is easier and more appealing to just promise everyone exactly what they want. People who want to park their money give it to you and you promise to give it back whenever they want; people who want to borrow money borrow it from you and you tell them they can keep it for a long time; probably this all works out, but the mismatch is now your problem, not theirs. Of course it is also their problem, since if it doesn't work out you are probably bankrupt. But you don't tell them that it's their problem. This is better marketing.
This most obviously describes the "maturity transformation" function of traditional banking, "a superposition of fraud and genius that interposes itself between investors and entrepreneurs," in Steve Randy Waldman's words. But it also describes a whole range of shadow banking activities, some of which are more genius and others of which are more fraud. We have talked about Greensill Capital, which was in the business of using investor money to finance companies' receivables: A company would sell a product to a buyer on credit and Greensill would advance it the cash against the bill. Companies said "well that's fine but we'd rather get longer-term unsecured loans," and Greensill was like "ah well we can call that a loan against future receivables," and it had a classic business of telling its investors that they were lending short-term, telling its borrowers that they were borrowing long-term, and ending up in a lot of trouble.
3AC started as a small proprietary trading firm doing simple arbitrages in foreign-exchange trading. One bank would offer to sell a currency at $1.0001, and another would bid to buy it at $1.0002, and 3AC would buy from one and sell to the other at the same time and make a risk-free profit of a "pip" ($0.0001) or two.
After a while, 3AC got into crypto, because you could make much larger risk-free-ish profits in crypto by buying Bitcoin on one exchange and simultaneously selling it at a higher price on another exchange. This again looks like a real arbitrage — it is the origin story of Bankman-Fried's Alameda Research too, arbitraging Japanese Bitcoin prices — though it is a stretch to call it "risk-free." The main risk is that one or both of the crypto exchanges might disappear with your money, which was a common thing for crypto exchanges to do in the early days of crypto, and which has come back in vogue recently.
Another important arbitrage is the Bitcoin spot/futures arbitrage. In the early days of Bitcoin futures, people would pay much more to own Bitcoin futures than they would to own Bitcoin directly. We have talked about various reasons for this — owning Bitcoin directly exposes you to the risk of forgetting your private key, for instance, and is administratively alarming for a lot of traditional financial institutions — but one simple one is that if you want to buy a Bitcoin you have to have $17,000, while if you want to buy a Bitcoin futures contract you can generally put up much less money for the same amount of Bitcoin exposure. The main intuition behind the spot/futures arbitrage was basically that there was a lot of demand for Bitcoin, and it was expensive for crypto investors to get dollars, so a Bitcoin product that required fewer dollars was more attractive than one that required a lot of dollars.
And 3AC did this arbitrage by, basically, being pretty good at borrowing money. You find someone to lend you money at 10% interest, you use the borrowed money to buy Bitcoin, you sell Bitcoin futures at a 30% premium, you collect 20%, etc.
Another important trade is the Grayscale arbitrage, in which a firm like 3AC buys or borrows some Bitcoin, delivers them to Grayscale Investments LLC, and gets back shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, or GBTC. GBTC — like Bitcoin futures — is a way to own Bitcoin without actually owning Bitcoin, and it was friendly to traditional retail and institutional investors in a way that owning Bitcoin directly, or even owning most futures products, was not. So GBTC consistently traded at a premium to its net asset value for years: One share of GBTC might represent $12 worth of Bitcoin, but would trade at $15. A fund like 3AC could deliver $12 million worth of Bitcoin to Grayscale and get back 1 million shares, with a net asset value of $12 million (equal to what 3AC delivered) but a market value of $15 million, for a free $3 million profit.
This looks like an arbitrage but has a problem, which is that — for securities-law reasons — you don't get the shares for a year. You can turn your $12 million of Bitcoin into $15 million of Grayscale, but you have to wait a year. This means that it is not a risk-free trade: It is a one-year bet on the Grayscale premium. If you buy (or borrow) $12 million worth of Bitcoin and deliver it to Grayscale for one million shares in a year, and in a year the price of Bitcoin is constant, but now instead of trading at a premium to Bitcoin Grayscale trades at a discount, then you will only get back, say, $10 million from selling your shares, and you will have lost $2 million.
And in fact that happened; GBTC has traded at a discount to spot Bitcoin for much of the last two years.
What could cause this? It could have become less appealing for investors to hold Grayscale, or more appealing for them to hold Bitcoin directly. But another answer, one that Davies emphasizes, is that it became much cheaper for crypto hedge funds to borrow money. This is a trade that offered big profits if you could borrow money, buy Bitcoin, deliver the Bitcoin to Grayscale, and wait a year. If you were early to this trade, you did well. But then everyone noticed it and started doing it, which meant lots of crypto hedge funds were creating lots of new GBTC shares, which meant that the supply of new GBTC shares (created by hedge funds) outstripped the demand (from retail buyers). If you got into the trade when it was relatively quiet and GBTC traded at a premium, and then a year later the trade was crowded and GBTC traded at a discount, you lost a lot of money.
As Grayscale trades got more crowded, 3AC looked into other sorts of arbitrages. The Grayscale trade is risky, but it sort of has the shape of an arbitrage trade; if you squint, it is "buy Bitcoin and sell Bitcoin futures," only instead of Bitcoin futures it is future delivery of Grayscale shares. But once you've done that trade you might squint further and do some trades that are even less arbitrage-y. Davies talks about "discounted Layer 1s." The trade is:
1. Someone is launching some blockchain protocol, some crypto network like Avalanche or Solana that is intended to compete with Ethereum. 2. To raise money to build out the ecosystem, they sell tokens to investors. 3. For legal reasons, there is a long lockup period on the tokens: If you buy the tokens in the ICO, you can't sell them for a year or more. 4. But you get to buy the tokens at a discount of 40% to 50%.
So there are some tokens that are supposed to be worth $10, that probably have a trading price of $10, though perhaps on small volume and without much history. And you get to buy a lot of them for $6; you just can't sell them for a year. Davies [5] :
If you believe the market's going up, if you believe in this protocol, if you believe that they can take those dollars and do marketing or build their platform or hire more people and build value, then it looks like a very attractive trade. And so for us, we found several protocols that we liked, we did very sizeable amounts with them, and that became another source of, you know, something that sat in the middle, where I would have considered it somewhat like an arb kind of trade, like it is a discount, but it's very directional. It's not like you're punting Bitcoin, but it's somewhere in the middle. …
Over time, people end up doing more and more of this kind of thing, and then by the end, you know, when credit gets squeezed out of the system, there's a collapse.
The complaint is a wild ride. At the center of it is a kind of exchange-rate risk. Celsius took deposits of crypto assets from its customers, promising them something like 18% interest. It then invested them in various risky strategies to earn that 18% interest, including giving hundreds of millions of dollars of assets to Stone and KeyFi to invest. But its liabilities (to depositors) were denominated in crypto, and its investments were denominated in dollars, and crypto — during most of the relevant period, though not now! — mostly went up:
Celsius' customers provide it with crypto-assets, and expect to receive those assets back in the same form. Celsius provided similar assets to Stone and KeyFi to invest, but provided for profits to be evaluated in USD. This created a risk for Celsius that KeyFi might earn it a USD profit, but that, if the crypto-asset appreciated in value, it might not be able to profitably repurchase the base crypto-asset.
For example, if Celsius provided KeyFi with 100 ether worth $100,000 in total (or $1,000 per token), and KeyFi's investments returned a mixture of coins comprised of 50 ether and a mix of other coins worth $150,000 in total, it cannot be disputed that that would constitute a profitable investment in USD. If, however, over the same period, ether's price rose to $1,250 per token, and Celsius needed to convert its USD investment into ether, it would have to use some of these USD profits to do so. If ether's price rose even further, it might overtake the profits and require Celsius to use its own funds to purchase the ether. This potential risk, which is a product of Celsius' relationships with its customers and need to return funds to them in the same kind as were deposited, is unaddressed in the parties' agreement and thus remained with Celsius.
Great stuff. If Celsius gave KeyFi 100 Ether worth $100,000, and KeyFi did its magic and handed back 80 Ether worth $120,000, then KeyFi could say "look we made you a 20% profit." And then Celsius's depositors would say "we want our 100 Ether back" and Celsius would … uh … say "either the bank is lying or we are lying!" and grin and run away? I don't know. Crypto is so funny man:
Celsius represented to Stone that it was tracking his DeFi activity, balancing his risk through various hedging strategies ….
Celsius' owners and managers have even boasted publicly about being savvy about managing exchange rate risks. In DeFi investment "impermanent loss" refers to losses caused by exchange rate volatility. On May 20, 2021, Celsius CEO Alex Mashinsky wrote on Twitter that DeFi "looks easy until you get bitten or understand the impact of impermanent loss and volatility." Mashinksy's tweet then touted the sophistication of Celsius with the tagline "Unbank Yourself and let us manage these rough waters for you." …
Critically, Celsius has failed to provide KeyFi or Stone with an accounting reflecting any of the hedging transactions it was supposed to make on Stone and Celsius KeyFi's behalf. This is because, on information and belief, Celsius lied to Stone and never engaged in these transactions.
I love that, in crypto, when the price of your tokens move against you, that is called "impermanent loss." If you sell 100 Ether at $1,000 to buy 10,000 RandomCoins at $10, and then a month later RandomCoin is worth $5 and Ether is worth $2,000 and you sell your RandomCoins for 25 Ether, you shrug and say "impermanent loss!" And you hope that someone — not you for some reason! — was hedging that risk by buying Ether futures and selling RandomCoin futures. The future of finance is so good.
One thing that sometimes happens in financial markets is that a firm runs into a liquidity crisis. It has borrowed a lot of money short-term to fund long-term investments, but its short-term lenders have gotten spooked and have pulled their financing, and it can't sell its long-term investments fast enough or at a high enough price to pay them back. When that happens, a classic solution is for some bigger and better-capitalized firm with an appropriately long-term horizon to buy the troubled firm or its assets. "We know that these assets are good," the bigger firm might think, "so we will buy them at a discount, solve the liquidity crisis and get rich." That is sort of the point of being a big and well-capitalized firm: You are a bit boring in the boom times, but then in the bust you can go around scooping up lots of good assets cheap.
But this is all pretty schematic, and in real life it is not always the case that a liquidity crisis is just, or primarily, a liquidity crisis. If some firm runs into a liquidity crisis and can't pay back its short-term debt and calls up a big well-capitalized firm for help, the big well-capitalized firm has to go look at its assets and see what's going on. Sometimes the big firm will crack open the books and conclude "yes, these assets are great, your lenders are spooked for no reason, it's an amazing buying opportunity for us" and buy them. Other times the big firm will crack open the books and find a crayon drawing of a billion-dollar bill and say "ah, yes, that's your problem right there" and walk away. Sometimes the liquidity crisis is well deserved.
The deeper problem, always, is when you add leverage. Someone who gambled $40,000 on Bitcoin now has $20,000, fine. But someone who bought a Bitcoin with $20,000 of their own money and $20,000 borrowed from someone else now has roughly nothing, which is worse. Much worse, though, is that the person who loaned them the money — and who thought that money was safe — is now at risk of not getting paid back. Lots of people all around the ecosystem made overcollateralized loans against risky cryptocurrencies, lending speculators $100 against $200 or $300 or whatever worth of Bitcoin or Ethereum or Dogecoin or whatever. When the prices of those risky cryptocurrencies fall far enough fast enough, the lenders will ask for their money back. But the leveraged speculators won't necessarily have the money: They were in the business of leveraged speculation on cryptocurrencies, which is a very bad business to be in right now, and all their money might be gone. A $100 loan overcollateralized by $200 worth of Ethereum two months ago is now undercollateralized, backed by about $70 worth of Ethereum. And this is happening to every leveraged crypto speculator and every crypto lender in every cryptocurrency all at once.
Every crypto story today feels like that story. We talked on Monday about Celsius Network, which takes deposits from customers and lends them to leveraged cryptocurrency speculators, oops. Here's an update from the Wall Street Journal:
Crypto lender Celsius Network LLC has hired restructuring attorneys from law firm Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP to advise on possible solutions for its mounting financial problems, according to people familiar with the matter.>
Last week Celsius told users that it was pausing all withdrawals, swaps and transfers between accounts because of extreme market volatility.>
Celsius is first looking for possible financing options from investors but is also exploring other strategic alternatives, including a financial restructuring, one of the people familiar with the matter said.>
Celsius lends out customer deposits to other users to earn a return. The company managed $11.8 billion in assets as of May 17, according to its website. It offers users annual percentage yields of up to 18.63% on cryptocurrency deposits. The company said it has 1.7 million users.
Yes, right, when you are in the business of taking deposits to make loans to crypto speculators, and crypto prices drop by more than 50%, you find yourself freezing withdrawals and talking to restructuring lawyers.
FTX Collapse (37)
An extremely oversimplified but intuitively useful summary of FTX would be:
When FTX went bust in November 2022, its customers had roughly $8 billion worth of cash and cryptocurrency on its platform. Meanwhile its assets consisted of a lot of crypto tokens, many of them linked to FTX and Bankman-Fried, that had been worth a lot two weeks earlier, but had cratered. Selling all those tokens would not have recovered anything like enough money to pay back the customers, and the customers wanted their money back right away. Filing for bankruptcy stopped them from getting their money back right away. That's the point of bankruptcy. Pre-bankruptcy FTX was a crypto exchange that, nominally, let its customers withdraw their money on demand. Bankruptcy converted all of the customers' demand deposits into long-term loans: Instead of being able to get your money out on demand, you have to wait for the bankruptcy process to play out. The process is still playing out. So FTX has had about a year and a half to use the customer money without having to meet withdrawals. Long-term funding is more valuable than short-term funding! For instance: In November 2022, FTX held a lot of Solana tokens. Solana traded at around $136 per token in April 2022, but by mid-November it was around $12. Those Solana tokens were no longer enough to pay back all the customers, especially not if you had to dump them all at once. But if you waited! Solana hit $200 in March 2024. FTX did wait, perhaps in part for strategic reasons but also because bankruptcy is just slow. A new, not particularly crypto-native management team took over FTX. It conducted a long forensic investigation to get a handle on the company and find all of FTX's tokens. Eventually it decided to sell the tokens, but it needed court approval to do that. It didn't get that approval until September 2023, 10 months after the bankruptcy filing. Then it hired an investment manager to “sell, hedge and stake” its crypto tokens. That worked out well: Through March 31, FTX has raised about $5 billion by selling tokens, and it expects to raise another $4.4 billion over the next few months. By just putting everything — the assets, the liabilities — on ice for a year or so, FTX was able to get a lot more money for its crypto tokens than it would if it had had to dump them to meet customer withdrawals in November 2022.
That is not the whole story: FTX has also recovered money by selling off businesses, by selling some of its venture capital portfolio, by seizing real estate and Robinhood Markets Inc. stock that Bankman-Fried and other had bought, by clawing back donations and investments. But the basic form of “FTX made long-term investments with customer money, which was stupid, and those investments lost value and customers demanded their money back, so FTX went bankrupt and just went into hibernation for a year, after which those investments paid off enough to pay back the customers” seems essentially correct.
A couple of points here. First, as a general matter, this is rough on customers: The money you thought you could withdraw on demand turned out to be locked up for probably two or three years. FTX is sympathetic to this complaint, and wants to pay the customers interest. The interest rate is 9%, which is roughly where you get numbers like 118% or 127% recoveries for a two- or three-year bankruptcy process. Bankruptcy does not normally work like that, but FTX is flush and feeling generous. From the disclosure statement:
The Debtors are not solvent and the Bankruptcy Code ordinarily would prevent payment of post-petition interest to customers and other unsecured creditors. However, the Debtors recognize that these Chapter 11 Cases have deprived creditors of their money since November 2022, and will continue to do so until distributions are paid. In effect, all customers and creditors of the Debtors have been forced to lend to the Debtors during these Chapter 11 Cases and, in the view of the Joint Board, deserve a fair rate of return.
That's nice. Where would this money go, if not to paying interest? The obvious answer is “if there's money left over after paying all the claims in bankruptcy, it goes to the shareholders,” but it would be kind of a bad look, after all this, for FTX's shareholders to get any money back. (The biggest shareholder is probably still Bankman-Fried.)
Here, though, that is not a problem: In addition to the customer claims, there are billions and billions of dollars of somewhat hazy claims for taxes and fines from the US Internal Revenue Service and Commodity Futures Trading Commission. They are effectively the residual claimants here: If there's money left over after paying back the customers, the US government is going to find a way to get it. FTX called up the government and asked nicely if it could also pay interest to the customers, and the government said sure.
It's weird. There are several explanations for what has changed between November 2022 and now. For one thing, crypto prices collapsed alongside FTX, and by the time Bankman-Fried was looking for buyers, the value of its crypto holdings was low. Now crypto prices are up, which helps on the asset side. It should hurt more on the liabilities side — if FTX owes customers Bitcoin, that debt is worth more now than it was in 2022 — except that that's not how the bankruptcy accounting works. FTX's bankruptcy plan provides for "the valuation of claims in U.S. dollars as of the Petition Date" (Nov. 11, 2022) and payment in cash. If FTX owed you one Bitcoin before it collapsed, now it owes you roughly $17,000 (the value of a Bitcoin on Nov. 11, 2022). If FTX had one Bitcoin before it collapsed, now it has about $43,000 (the value of a Bitcoin today). If FTX had enough Bitcoins to pay off half of its customers' claims in 2022, now it has enough to pay off all of them.
I'm not sure that's the main mechanism. By the time of its collapse FTX didn't really have much Bitcoin; its crypto holdings were largely "Samcoins" associated with Bankman-Fried that have not recovered nearly as much value. But a big chunk of FTX's holdings were in Solana, which has rallied a lot. And FTX's bankruptcy estate apparently dumped $1 billion of the Grayscale Bitcoin exchange-traded fund this month, profiting from the rise in Bitcoin prices since 2022. So rising crypto prices have definitely helped.
For another thing, FTX has, like, posthumously pivoted to AI? In April 2022, Bankman-Fried invested $500 million of FTX/Alameda's money into Anthropic, a somewhat obscure artificial intelligence startup. That was kind of a reckless thing to do with customer demand deposits, putting them into an illiquid speculative equity investment in futuristic technology. It did work out, however: AI is huge now, Anthropic is a big player, and FTX's stake is probably worth billions of dollars. Bankman-Fried's whole schtick, for most of his career, was about taking terrifying risks that somehow worked out. "Let's take our customers' money and secretly put it into venture investments in an AI startup" is a terrifying risk, an insane thing to do, and yet it worked out! Not for Bankman-Fried, though; he's in jail.
There are kind of two theories of criminal trials in the US:
1. The prosecution has the burden of proving that you did a crime. They put on a case, and your lawyers pick holes in it, trying to create "reasonable doubt" in the minds of jurors. The jury then goes back and decides whether the prosecution has proven its case beyond a reasonable doubt. If yes, you are convicted. If they are not sure, you are acquitted. 2. The prosecution tells a story (in which you did a crime), and your lawyers tell a different story (in which you are innocent). The jury then goes back and decides which story is more compelling. If it's the prosecution story, you are convicted. If it's your story, you are acquitted.
Theory 1 is correct , as a matter of law; that is how the law is supposed to work, and what the judge's instructions to the jury will say, and what happens in Twelve Angry Men , and how a lot of criminal defense lawyers think about things.
In particular, criminal defense lawyers will be very cautious about telling their own competing story, because they will not want the jury to compare stories. As a matter of legal theory, if jurors look at two competing stories and say "we think the prosecution is 70% likely to be right and the defense is 30% likely to be right," then they should acquit , because that is reasonable doubt. But faced directly with the two stories, they might be inclined to pick the more compelling one; they might convict because the prosecution's story is somewhat better than the defense's. And so defense lawyers will resist giving the jurors a head-to-head comparison; they will focus on holes in the prosecution's case, so they can emphasize "the prosecution's story is not true beyond doubt" rather than the harder "our story is better than theirs."
I have always been partial to Theory 2 anyway. People like stories! Jurors will be tempted to pick a flawed story from the prosecution over no story from the defense. They are sitting in the courtroom, you are sitting at the defendant's table, they are going to assume you did something wrong. You have to give them an innocent explanation of how you came to be there. You have to give them something to feel good about if they are going to acquit.
"I don't think SBF knowingly stole customer money," said Michael Lewis on 60 Minutes, and "he believes he is innocent." If Lewis is correct then that will probably help him testify: If you're going to be subjected to withering cross-examination about the crimes you did, it helps if you believe that you are innocent.
Is Lewis right? I think so! But that is, I think, the normal state for a scammer. Financial scams are in their essence about self- deception; you can't be a great scammer without being at least somewhat deluded yourself. Classically financial scams work along these lines:
There is a financial business that takes money from investors, customers, creditors, etc., and promises to give it back, usually with some return. The person running the business has at least some discretion over what he does with the investors' money. (Practical discretion — he has the password to the bank account — if not actual legal discretion.) He makes bets with that money, with the intention of (1) getting back at least enough money to pay back his investors (and any promised return) and (2) keeping any extra winnings for himself. He convinces himself this is fine. He can't lose! He's so good at making bets, and these bets are so safe, and anyway the clients would want him to do them, and also really aren't they disclosed in the fine print of the clients' account agreements?
The popular imagination of scammers, and of Bankman-Fried, is that they steeple their fingers and cackle and say "now to steal some customer money to buy mansions." But why would that make sense? If you are Bankman-Fried and you are knowingly stealing customer money to buy Bahamas condos, and then everything collapses, why stay in the condos to get arrested? Also if you are knowingly stealing money then of course everything will collapse. Stealing money with a getaway plan? Sure, right, that happens. Stealing money and sticking around? Weird choice.
No, the way to end up in this situation is to steal money while thinking that it's fine, that you're not stealing it at all, that you'll make it all back and then some, that what you are doing with the money (crypto altcoin arbitrage, buying politicians, buying publicity for crypto and your exchange) is necessary and profitable and not even a risk, that any losses are temporary blips.
The normal way to become a big-time scammer is to combine an unusual appetite for (indeed, blindness to) risk with an unusual self-confidence. And to add an unusually act-utilitarian mindset, in which you are unconcerned with doing things the right way or following the proper procedures, because you care only about the end result.
The basic problem at FTX, the crypto exchange, is that customers deposited money at FTX, and FTX secretly loaned a lot of that money to its affiliated crypto trading firm, Alameda Research, which did not really post collateral for those loans, and which then lost the money. And then FTX customers couldn't get their money back. And FTX was lying to customers about various elements of this. And now its founder, Sam Bankman-Fried, is on trial in New York for tons of alleged fraud.
The basic problem at Gemini Trust Co., the crypto exchange, is that customers deposited money in its Gemini Earn program, and Gemini openly loaned that money to a crypto lending firm called Genesis Global Capital LLC, which then loaned a lot of that money to Alameda Research, which did not really post collateral for those loans, and which then lost the money. And then Gemini Earn customers couldn't get their money back. And Gemini and Genesis were lying to customers about various elements of this.
Or that is the argument of New York Attorney General Letitia James, who sued Gemini, Genesis and Digital Currency Group Inc. (Genesis's owner) for fraud today. I want to point out:
1. The alleged fraud at Gemini and Genesis is very similar, in its broad shape, to the alleged fraud at FTX, but 2. It is very important that Gemini Earn customers knew their money was being loaned out! They were allegedly deceived about various details, and they thought their money was safer than it was. But the basic deal was that they signed up for an "Earn" program that paid interest by lending out their crypto. They had to know there was some credit risk. FTX customers — well, some of them probably should have known there was credit risk too (it was a leveraged futures exchange), but generally speaking they were more deceived about what was happening to their money.
More generally, the main story of crypto in 2022 was that a bunch of crypto platforms aggregated deposits from users, told those users that their money would be safe, and then handed all of it to Alameda and Three Arrows Capital to set on fire. It is theoretically possible that some of that could have happened without fraud, but it's not great, and in fact there have been fraud cases against many of the big lenders, including Genesis, Gemini, FTX, Voyager and Celsius. [1]
Anyway the Gemini/Genesis complaint is fascinating. [2] There are two main categories of alleged fraud. One is that Gemini was lying to its customers about how safe their money was. It advertised that the Earn product was safe and liquid, and that it did good due diligence on Genesis to make sure that the loans were safe:
From February 9, 2021, through at least November 14, 2022, Gemini referred to Genesis Capital on the Earn Page as a "trusted partner[]" and "accredited third party borrower[]" that Gemini "vetted through a risk management framework which reviews [Genesis Capital's] collateralization management process."
Specifically, it advertised that the loans were "overcollateralized," that when Genesis loaned out $100 worth of Gemini customers' crypto it got back collateral worth at least $101:
On February 2, 2021, Gemini's Head of Risk stated in a press release that, "Gemini reviewed Genesis [Capital's] financial statements and verified that the lender's loans are overcollateralized." Overcollateralization means that the collateral supporting outstanding loans is worth more than 100% of those loans.
But "contrary to Gemini's claim, Genesis Capital's loan book was not overcollateralized, either when Gemini claimed it was or at any time thereafter"; collateral coverage ranged from about 60% to about 90% of loan value over 2020 through 2022. And:
Gemini internally acknowledged this misrepresentation. On March 9, 2021, a risk management employee reporting directly to Gemini's Head of Risk corrected a similar misstatement by stating: "[l]ending is 'collateralized' but not necessarily 'overcollateralized'." However, the false statement was never corrected.
And then the complaint goes through various instances of Gemini doing due diligence on Genesis, getting nervous, and then not doing anything about it. Gemini was not lying about conducting fairly thorough due diligence: Gemini had a risk management team, it periodically assessed Genesis, it got a lot of information and drew correct and alarming conclusions:
Around February 2022, Gemini's risk management team analyzed Genesis Capital's financial statements for the third quarter of 2021. They stated that "[c]ompared with peers and the overall market, Genesis[] [Capital's] financials are generally weaker with a high leverage ratio and low liquidity ratio, similar to companies with CCC/C rating" (also known as a "junk" rating). Based on this credit rating, the risk management team projected that in a market downturn, "a 50-60% default rate for Genesis [Capital] [wa]s an appropriate assumption, given additional risks in Crypto industry vs traditional industry." …
On or around July 18, 2022, Gemini's risk management and product teams compiled a slide titled "Gemini Earn: Risk vs. Reward." … In this document, Gemini acknowledged: "[the market risk team] believes Genesis [Capital] financial [sic] is similar to a CCC company, which would be required to pay a 14%+ yield in the public debt market. Therefore, lenders would require a ~14% yield to compensate for Genesis [Capital]'s default risk."
It's just that they never stopped sending customer money to Genesis, or told customers about the problems, or even charged Genesis 14%. Eventually there was a July 2022 meeting with Gemini's founders, the Winklevoss twins:
During this meeting, Gemini's Board of Managers, Cameron Winklevoss, and Tyler Winklevoss discussed the credit and liquidity risks associated with Genesis Capital and Earn. Gemini's Associate Director of Risk and its Command Pilot of NeoBanking [3] presented to the Board during that meeting regarding Genesis Capital's credit and liquidity risks.
During that meeting, several board members expressed doubts about Genesis Capital's creditworthiness. Cameron Winklevoss began the meeting by noting that Genesis Capital's "[b]orrowers [were] lying about their financials" and asked, "can we trust that 'A players' are running Genesis and are going to make good decisions/avoid getting duped?" One board member compared Genesis Capital's debt-to-equity ratio to that of Lehman Brothers prior to its collapse and said, "[i]f the market sneezes, you're in the same situation again." A board member also questioned whether Genesis Capital had misrepresented information to Gemini about its largest borrower at the time, Alameda.
Immediately after this discussion, the Board of Managers and the Winklevosses discussed whether to wind down Earn to avoid reputational damage from Genesis Capital's default. Between this meeting and when the Earn program was terminated, Gemini gave Genesis Capital an additional hundreds of millions of dollars' worth of investor assets.
Also, as at FTX, Gemini had the problem that (1) it was lending a ton of customer money to Alameda and (2) those loans were collateralized mostly with stuff that Sam Bankman-Fried had made up:
On July 6, 2022, Genesis Capital began to provide reports to Gemini regarding additional risk metrics. From July 6, 2022, through August 16, 2022, these reports showed that Genesis Capital's loans were heavily concentrated in a single counterparty, cryptocurrency trading firm Alameda, which was the borrower for nearly 60% of all outstanding loans from Genesis Capital to unaffiliated counterparties (i.e., excluding loans to DCG and its affiliates). Further, Genesis Capital's loans to Alameda were mostly secured with FTT tokens issued by Alameda's affiliate, cryptocurrency platform FTX Trading, Ltd. This counterparty concentration and poor-quality collateral created a risk of massive losses if Alameda defaulted.
Look: The proper number of balance sheets is one. [1] Zero is very bad! At some level I can see "we were careless kids and we never could keep track of how much money we had" as a partial defense to fraud charges. I don't think it works — I think FTX represented that it was being careful with money, and if it wasn't that's fraud — but it has an intuitive appeal.
Seven is much worse! That's not "we couldn't keep track of our money, oops." That's "we had lots of different ways to keep track of our money, depending on the audience, and we kept coming up with new ways until we got one that looked good." That's not "we misplaced our money carelessly"; that's "we misplaced our money and then very carefully covered it up." Zero balance sheets is hapless fraud; seven balance sheets is calculating fraud.
Somehow the story gets worse. For one thing: It's eight? "Seven alternative balance sheets," plus the main one. Molly White has the spreadsheets; the alts are different tabs in the Google Sheet. "The 'main' spreadsheet was only used internally, as it accurately reflected Alameda's terrible financial position," White writes. I mean, not that terrible, in June 2022: It shows $21.1 billion of assets, $14.9 billion of liabilities and a net asset value of $6.2 billion. The spreadsheets have quadrants for liquid assets, liquid (i.e. short-term) liabilities, long-term assets and long-term liabilities. The liquid liabilities here include $9.9 billion of "exchange borrows"; the long-term assets include $4.6 billion of "related party loans."
Alternative 7, the one they sent to Genesis, deletes the related party loans entirely, because they look bad, reducing Alameda's assets from $21.1 billion to $16.5 billion. It keeps the net asset value the same, at $6.2 billion, and solves for this by reducing the liabilities to $10.3 billion. It deletes the entry for "exchange borrows," reducing Alameda's displayed short-term borrowing from $10.7 billion ("exchange borrows" plus "OT loans," i.e. open term loans) to $1.8 billion (just the OT loans). It combines the $9.9 billion of exchange borrowing with $2.9 billion of longer-term loans to get, uh, well, my math would say that's $12.8 billion of loans, but Alternative 7 reports $8.2 billion of loans. The difference is $4.6 billion, which is exactly what they lopped off the assets by deleting the related party loans.
The result is a balance sheet that is less levered (liabilities of 63% of assets instead of 71%) and more liquid (liquid assets of 395% of "liquid liabilities," instead of just 61%).
Which seems like fraud. Possibly more offensive is the fact that they seem to have started with a net asset value of $6.2 billion and USED THE ENTRY FOR "LOANS" AS A PLUG. I am not an accountant or anything but I will say that the good way to do a balance sheet is:
Add up your assets. Add up your liabilities. Subtract the liabilities from the assets to get your net asset value.
And a bad way would be:
Start with the net asset value you want. Add up your assets. Delete the embarrassing ones. Subtract the assets you have left from your net asset value to get your liabilities. Just make up some numbers for individual liabilities to get the right total.
My conclusion from this is that FTX was in fact extremely bad at accounting, but not in a charming innocent way.
A simple version of the charges against Sam Bankman-Fried would be something like "people deposited money at his crypto exchange, FTX, and he stole it and gave it to his crypto trading firm, Alameda Research, which squandered it on dumb crypto trades and endorsement deals."
But this story is not exactly right. There was not money sitting in customer accounts that was then transferred to Alameda accounts and squandered. FTX was a futures exchange; it did not keep money in a box for customers. The money in your FTX account was just money that FTX owed you. Nor did Alameda need to steal the money; FTX was a leveraged futures exchange, and traders like Alameda could, in the ordinary course of business, borrow money from FTX based on their crypto positions. The problem, ultimately, at FTX, was that it owed customers a lot of money, but it couldn't pay them, because Alameda owed FTX a lot of money, but it couldn't pay it, because it had squandered the money on dumb crypto trades and endorsement deals.
This distinction seems nitpicky, but it is important. The story in the first paragraph is obviously illegal, but the story in the second paragraph might not be. A story like "we owed a lot of customers money, but our biggest customer owed us money, and the market moved against that customer and it defaulted on its obligations to us, so we couldn't pay our other customers," can be legitimate, an embarrassing accident but not fraud. (As I keep saying, it kind of happened in the legitimate regulated market for nickel futures last year.)
Instead, to prove fraud, prosecutors need to prove some lies. The evidence of fraud is not just "people put money at FTX and the money ended up with Alameda, which squandered it": That could happen legally. The evidence of fraud has to be something more like "people put money at FTX and it ended up with Alameda in ways that FTX said it wouldn't." "Alameda owed us money, and defaulted" is not in itself evidence of fraud. But if FTX was going around saying things like "we have made it impossible for Alameda to owe us money and default," then that turned out to be a lie. And that is fraud.
The first thing that is hard about it is that it is not at all intuitive that a "run on the bank" should be possible at a crypto exchange like FTX. The intuitive way for a crypto exchange to work is:
1. I deposit $100. 2. I buy $100 of Bitcoin on the exchange. 3. The exchange has $100 of Bitcoin earmarked for me. 4. When I go to withdraw my $100 of Bitcoin, if it's not there, that means someone stole it.
FTX mostly did not work this way. It was a futures exchange. The way it worked was more like:
1. I deposit $100. 2. I use that to make a bet on $1,000 of Bitcoin. 3. The exchange has my $100 of collateral, but the $1,000 of Bitcoin isn't there ; there's just a bet between me and another customer. 4. If Bitcoin goes up 20%, that $1,000 of Bitcoin is now worth $1,200, and my $100 bet is now worth $300. 5. Similarly the other guy, the person who bet against me, put up $100 of collateral to bet against $1,000 of Bitcoin; now Bitcoin has gone up and his $100 bet is worth negative $100. 6. When I go to withdraw the $300, if it's not there, that means that the person on the losing side of the bet didn't pay up — or that the people on the losing side of some other bet on the exchange didn't pay up, leaving the exchange without enough money to pay me.
The exchange sits between winners and losers of bets, and it can't pay out what it owes to customers unless the customers who owe it money pay up. Ordinarily the customers post collateral, the exchange risk-manages the positions, etc., so there's no problem, but in a sudden dramatic market move it is possible for the exchange not to have enough money. This really does happen in legitimate regulated exchanges; it kind of almost happened on the London Metal Exchange last year.
Roughly speaking the way bankruptcy works is that if a company owes its creditors $100 million and doesn't have enough money to pay them, it will file for bankruptcy and split what's left among the creditors. If there's $100 million of debt and only $70 million of assets, all the creditors get 70 cents on the dollar. In the real world some creditors might have collateral, and some might be more senior than others, so some will get more and some will get less, but this is the rough idea.
In crypto exchange bankruptcies there is an additional wrinkle, though, because a crypto exchange will owe its customers, like, $100 million and 2 million Ether and 500,000 Bitcoins and 5 million Dogecoin and so forth, and if there is not enough money to go around you have to think about how to allocate it among those different customers. Should you treat each token separately? If you have $70 million, 2 million Ether, zero Bitcoins and 1 million Dogecoin, do you pay 70% of dollar claims and 100% of Ether claims and 0% of Bitcoin claims and 20% of Dogecoin claims? Or do you put everything into one pot, sell all of it for dollars, and pay everyone the same percentage of their claims in dollars? There is also a question of how (and when) you measure their claims: Crypto prices are volatile, and if you owe a customer one Bitcoin worth $60,000 when you file for bankruptcy, you might owe her one Bitcoin worth $30,000 by the time you get out of bankruptcy.
So these are complications, but by this point in the crypto bankruptcy cycle US courts are pretty used to dealing with them. But here is another wrinkle from the FTX bankruptcy:
FTX Group unveiled a draft creditor-repayment plan as part of its bankruptcy that calls for settling customer claims in cash and wiping out its digital token FTT.
The plan — which FTX expects to amend based on feedback from stakeholders — proposes valuing customer claims in US dollars as of the date it went bankrupt and repaying them by selling assets tied to various silos of the business, court papers show. FTX also still hasn't ruled out rebooting an offshore exchange, according to the filings. …
The plan calls for giving no recovery on account of FTT tokens due to their "equity-like characteristics," advisers for FTX wrote in the filings. Equity is almost always wiped out in US bankruptcy reorganizations.
FTX owes its customers lots of dollars, Bitcoin, Ether, etc. It also owes its customers some FTT, FTX's own exchange token. I once described FTT like this:
FTX issues a token called FTT. The attributes of this token are, like, it entitles you to some discounts and stuff, but the main attribute is that FTX periodically uses a portion of its profits to buy back FTT tokens. This makes FTT kind of like stock in FTX: The higher FTX's profits are, the higher the price of FTT will be. It is not actually stock in FTX — in fact FTX is a company and has stock and venture capitalists bought it, etc. — but it is a lot like stock in FTX. FTT is a bet on FTX's future profits.
It is enough like stock in FTX that, when FTX went bankrupt, its executives and bankruptcy lawyers said "well look this is obviously stock and should be wiped out." Here is the draft bankruptcy plan, which says:
Classes 10, 11, 12 and 13 consist of claims by holders of FTT (whether or not held on any FTX exchange), preferred stock and equity investors in the Debtors and related claims. All these claims and interests will be canceled and extinguished as of the Effective Date and holders will not receive any distribution.
But it's not stock! It's a crypto token. At some level it is a crypto token the same as Solana and Ethereum and Bitcoin and all the other stuff that FTX owes to its customers. And if you are an FTX customer, FTX will look at your account and convert all of your Solana and Ethereum and Bitcoin and so forth into dollars at their market prices as of the bankruptcy date, and you will have a claim for that number of dollars, though you probably won't get back 100 cents on the dollar on that claim. [3] But FTX will look at your account and convert all of your FTT tokens into nothing. "Oh that was just stock," they will say, even though it wasn't.
Four points here. One, I think this is obviously correct as an analytical matter. FTT does have "equity-like characteristics," it was basically stock in FTX, since FTX went bankrupt its value really should be zero, and it makes total sense to pay FTT holders nothing in order to have more money to give to other customers.
Two, I am not so sure it is correct as a tactical matter. One big holder of FTT is FTX, and FTX's stash of FTT tokens is plausibly an asset that it could sell to raise more money to pay creditors. If FTX goes around like "FTT is great, we're gonna revive the exchange, you can use FTT to get fee discounts," maybe there will be some market for FTT and it can sell its stash to raise money. If FTX goes around like "FTT is wiped out, bye," it can't.
Three, when FTX went bankrupt, we talked about some of the other weird stuff on its balance sheet: Serum, Maps and other "Samcoins" that were created FTX's affiliates and that were also equity-like bets on other FTX-y ventures. The draft plan does not seem to contemplate wiping them out. If you have Serum in your FTX account, you can get some of your money back. And I guess FTX's bankruptcy estate can try to sell its Serum.
Four, we have talked a lot about the SEC's crackdown on crypto, in which the SEC argues that basically every crypto token is a security, and in which the crypto industry argues that basically no tokens are. Specifically there is a popular crypto argument that crypto tokens themselves are not securities, that they are just objects, just "alphanumeric cryptographic sequences," and that some sales of crypto tokens can be securities offerings (if you sell the token to raise money for a project and make promises to the buyers about the project), but that the tokens themselves are never securities. I think that this is completely incoherent but a lot of smart people believe it, and this month a federal judge basically endorsed it in the Ripple case. To me, though, the better analysis is that crypto assets "are quasi-stocks in crypto projects," as I wrote about Ripple.
On my analysis, zeroing FTT here is plainly correct: FTT was quasi-stock in the FTX project, the project failed, so FTT gets zeroed. (Other tokens are quasi-stocks in other projects, and should not be affected by the failure of FTX.) But what if you think that crypto tokens can never be securities, that they are just "alphanumeric cryptographic sequences"? All of the tokens in all of the accounts at FTX are the same, just tokens, not securities, certainly not stock; how can FTX treat one of them as stock and zero it?
Crypto and celebrity were an odd symbiosis: A lot of crypto projects were valued mainly on attention ; the thing that makes, say, Dogecoin valuable is that a lot of people wanted to trade Dogecoin, not any underlying fundamentals. So paying directly for attention — hiring Tom Brady to just put his face next to an ad saying "here have some crypto" — was a sensible move for crypto firms. "For a while crypto was probably the highest bidder for celebrity and influence," I wrote the other day, about FTX's celebrity operation.
Similarly, if you were a celebrity during the crypto boom, crypto technology seemed to offer a more lucrative and efficient way to turn celebrity into money than most previous methods. If you are Tom Brady you can autograph a football and sell it to someone but:
1. You gotta get the football, and a pen, and sign it, and ship it. 2. Not every rich person who loves Tom Brady has a room where they display footballs, and even if they do, the number of people who come to the room is going to be fairly small, putting some limit on the value of this trophy.
Whereas with non-fungible tokens:
1. You can sell someone, like, a digital receipt conveying the information "you bought this receipt from Tom Brady," which has basically zero marginal cost to you. You can sell an edition of 10,000 of them in five seconds. 2. The buyers' marginal cost of displaying that receipt is basically zero; it lives online, and they can broadcast to everyone on Twitter or whatever, "look, I got this Tom Brady NFT." 3. For a while a lot of crypto people had a lot of money and spent it on these things; I cannot explain it; even from the vantage point of 2023 it seems so alien.
The report also objects to how FTX held on to its crypto. Like any crypto exchange, FTX was in the business of holding crypto for itself and its customers, and "holding crypto" means basically keeping track of the private keys that allow you to access your crypto. There are some best practices for this sort of thing, if you are holding a lot of crypto for customers: You try to keep most of it in "cold wallets" not connected to the internet, and you write down your private keys in ways that are (1) more permanent and secure than Post-It notes but also (2) less hackable than iPhone notes. FTX's new management says that FTX's old management used mostly worst practices to hold on to customer crypto:
FTX Group kept virtually all crypto assets in hot wallets, which are far more susceptible to hacking, theft, misappropriation, and inadvertent loss than cold wallets because hot wallets are internet-connected. Prudently-operated crypto exchanges keep the vast majority of crypto assets in cold wallets, which are not connected to the internet, and maintain in hot wallets only the limited amount necessary for daily operation, trading, and anticipated customer withdrawals. Relatedly, prudently-operated crypto exchanges implement strict processes and controls to minimize the security risks (for example, the risk of hacking, theft or loss) inherent in the transfer of crypto assets between hot and cold wallets.>
The FTX Group undoubtedly recognized how a prudent crypto exchange should operate, because when asked by third parties to describe the extent to which it used cold storage, it lied. For example, in 2019, Bankman-Fried falsely responded to a customer question on Twitter by providing assurance that "[we use the] standard hot wallet/cold wallet setup."
A general theme in the collapse of FTX is that FTX was quite good at sounding like it was a good crypto exchange. It knew how to say the right things, which created the impression that it was also doing them. In proposals to regulators, and in Bankman-Fried's Twitter account, FTX regularly seemed to be thoughtful about managing the risks of a leveraged crypto futures exchange. FTX's executives clearly thought about the right issues — liquidation of losing positions, hot wallet/cold wallet crypto storage — and so it was natural to assume that they did something about them. Turns out, nope!
Also:
The Debtors identified private keys to over $100 million in Ethereum assets stored in plain text and without encryption on an FTX Group server.>
The Debtors identified private keys, as well as credentials to third-party exchanges, that enabled access to tens of millions of dollars in crypto assets that were stored in plain text and without encryption across multiple servers from which they could be accessed by many other servers and users in many locations.>
Single-signature-based private keys to billions of dollars in crypto assets were stored in AWS Secrets Manager (a cloud-based tool used to manage sensitive information), and/or a password vault (a tool for secure storage of passwords), neither of which is designed to meet the needs of secure-key storage; any of the many FTX Group employees who had access to AWS Secrets Manager or the password vault could access certain of the keys and unilaterally transfer the corresponding assets.
Part of the story of the collapse of FTX Trading Ltd. — the story that its now-indicted founder, Sam Bankman-Fried, told about it — is that FTX misplaced a few billion dollars of customer money due to an unfortunate but understandable mix-up. It went like this, see. Early in its history, FTX had trouble opening bank accounts, because banks were nervous about dealing with crypto exchanges. But Alameda Research, Bankman-Fried's crypto trading firm, did have access to banks, in part because crypto trading firms are less off-putting to banks than crypto exchanges are [2] and in part because "Alameda Research" is a vague name that was chosen specifically to avoid scaring banks. [3]
And so when customers wanted to deposit money at FTX, FTX would sometimes tell them to wire the money to Alameda. Alameda would get the money in its bank account, and would then tell FTX that it had received it, and then FTX would credit the money to the customer's trading account. But Alameda would keep the actual money , in its bank account. To make things balance, FTX would record a liability from Alameda to FTX in its internal accounts: It would make a little note, like, "we have credited $100 to Customer X's account, but Alameda is holding the money for Customer X, so Alameda owes us that $100 and we should remember to get the money from Alameda at some point." Over time this balance — the amount that Alameda was holding for other customers and owed to FTX — grew to $8 billion. But also somehow FTX forgot about it? Basically FTX thought that Alameda had the $8 billion, and also that its customers had the $8 billion, so it thought there was $8 billion more on FTX than there was. FTX thought that it was well capitalized and that Alameda was doing fine, because it forgot that there was a missing $8 billion. "Hidden, poorly internally labeled 'fiat@' account: -8,000,000,000," is a 100% real entry on an FTX balance sheet that Bankman-Fried sent around trying to raise money in November. Yeesh!
Again, this is the story that Bankman-Fried was telling. Here is a direct-message exchange that he had with Vox's Kelsey Piper in November, in which he said:
like "oh FTX doesn't have a bank account, I guess people can wire to Alameda's to get money on FTX"
….3 years later….
'oh [no] it looks like people wired $8b to Alameda and oh god we basically forgot about the stub account that corresponded to that and so it was never delivered to FTX.'
Reading this story, you might have had various reactions. You might have thought "oh yeah that sounds believable and innocent, whoops," or "man, they forgot $8 billion, that sounds pretty fake," or "yeah I guess that might have happened but it still seems fraudulent." But maybe the most obvious reaction was: "Wait, they were tricking their banks? " Never mind the accounting for the money or how it went missing; the most obvious problem here is that FTX couldn't open a bank account and so used Alameda as a way to get around the banking system. You can't trick banks! That's bank fraud! That's an independent reason to get in very bad trouble! Bankman-Fried's defense here is like "oh no we weren't intentionally stealing money from our customers; we just accidentally misplaced their money because we were doing bank fraud." That's not helpful!
Bankman-Fried was arrested for a whole assortment of things in December, and yesterday the US Department of Justice filed a superseding indictment elaborating on those charges and adding some new ones. Most of the allegations in the new indictment — about misappropriating customer money and building backdoors in FTX's code to allow Alameda to rack up big unsecured debts — are familiar from the US Securities and Exchange Commission's and Commodity Futures Trading Commission's cases against Bankman-Fried; we have discussed them before. But there is some new stuff, and a lot of it is about bank accounts. [4] From the new indictment:
Because FTX did not have its own bank accounts for holding customer deposits, for a period of time in or around 2019 and 2020, FTX instructed customers to wire dollar deposits to bank accounts that were owned or controlled by Alameda, which at the time SAMUEL BANKMAN-FRIED, a/k/a "SBF," the defendant, also controlled as the CEO. These Alameda accounts had been opened as trading accounts and had been used almost exclusively for Alameda's trading purposes until they were also employed as accounts for FTX to receive and transmit its customer deposits and withdrawals. Alameda never informed the banks where these accounts were held that these accounts in Alameda's name began to be used in substantial part by FTX to accept customer deposits for, and as a vehicle for customer withdrawals from, FTX's cryptocurrency exchange.
During the time period in which FTX was using Alameda bank accounts to receive and transmit customer deposits, SAMUEL BANKMAN-FRIED, a/k/a "SBF," the defendant, and others, made efforts to open bank accounts for this purpose in FTX's name. In particular, BANKMAN-FRIED, through Alameda employees, attempted to open an account for FTX at a bank in California ("Bank-1"), the deposits of which were insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and where Alameda already had bank accounts. Bank-1 made clear, however, that it would not open an account for customer deposits and withdrawals absent evidence that FTX was licensed and registered, including federal registration as a money services business, and that, in any event, Bank-1 would need to conduct an enhanced due diligence process before opening any account used to process customer deposits and withdrawals.
In or about January 2020, SAMUEL BANKMAN-FRIED, a/k/a "SBF," the defendant, contacted Bank-1 about opening an FTX account. BANKMAN-FRIED learned from Bank-1 that BANKMAN-FRIED should not attempt to open an account for FTX, an international platform, at that time. He was further told that if he wished to open an account to process customer deposits and withdrawals for FTX.US, FTX's business in the United States, FTX.US would need to register as a money services business. While BANKMAN-FRIED did later register FTX.US as a money services business in 2020, no attempts were made to make FTX a licensed money services business and BANKMAN-FRIED never sought to have FTX or Alameda comply with the regulatory requirements of licensure. Instead, FTX continued to use Alameda trading accounts to accept customer deposits and process customer withdrawals.
It goes on to describe Bankman-Fried setting up another entity, called North Dimension, "in part to obscure the relationship between FTX and Alameda, and in order to overcome Bank-1's refusal to open a bank account for FTX without extensive due diligence and licensing." And then he allegedly "told Bank-1 a false story, namely, that North Dimension sought to open an account to function as a trading account connected to Alameda's existing trading accounts, instead of the truth, which was that the North Dimension account would function as an account to receive and transmit FTX customer deposits." "Conspiracy to Commit Bank Fraud" and "Conspiracy to Operate an Unlicensed Money Transmitting Business" are some of the names that the indictment calls this stuff.
I don't want to suggest that this would have been legal, or a good idea. Imagine that you were magically installed as chief executive officer of FTX in, say, late October of 2022, after Alameda borrowed/lost/stole billions of dollars of customer money, but before people noticed and demanded their money back. And your staff came to you and described the whole situation in accurate detail, and then asked you what you wanted to do. Your basic choices were:
1. Announce "hey, turns out the previous management misplaced billions of dollars of customer money, we're looking into it, sorry about that." And then try to fill the hole as rapidly as possible — by selling cryptocurrency or real estate, by begging to take back donations, by finding new outside investors, etc. 2. Announce "FTX is stronger than ever," reassure customers that everything is great, and launch a new ad campaign to attract more deposits.
Knowing what you hypothetically knew, Option 2 would be terrible terrible fraud and probably land you in prison, unless it worked. If it worked — if people believed you, they kept blithely trading, the magic beans recovered their value, and you earned enough profits to fill the hole — then, uh, then it would still be fraud, but maybe no one would give you too much trouble about it. [4]
Would it have worked? I mean, look, we know the answer to that, because it's what FTX's and Alameda's actual management did. When Coindesk reported that Alameda's balance sheet was made up mostly of magic beans, and when Binance CEO Changpeng Zhao announced that he would dump his stash of FTT tokens, FTX CEO Sam Bankman-Fried and Alameda CEO Caroline Ellison tweeted confidently about how strong their balance sheets were and how safe customer money was. They leaned into Option 1. It did not work. No one believed them, there was a run, and FTX went bankrupt. Maybe you, in this hypothetical, could have done better, but I wouldn't count on it.
Option 1 would leave you blameless: You came in as the new CEO, you spotted the fraud, you reported it. You didn't deceive anyone; you were honest and open about the problems and moved rapidly to fix them. But of course by announcing the problems you will definitely cause a run: If customer money is missing, why should customers keep their money at FTX? If FTX is doing fraud and has a net worth of negative billions of dollars, why should outside investors put in money to keep it afloat? Once you have announced the problems, you can't really get customers to ignore them, and getting customers to ignore the problems was the easiest way to solve them. So you are left with the second-best way to solve them, which is selling the real estate and magic beans at auction and giving customers whatever you can get.
But to me the thing that is really bad is FTX lending billions of dollars to Alameda secured by FTT tokens. If you are a leveraged financial institution, and you have a favored customer who owns a lot of your stock, and you lend that customer billions of dollars of real customer money secured by that stock, then you have built your whole company on quicksand. What if people notice? They will sell off your stock, which will reduce the value of your collateral, which will lead to credit losses, which will lead your stock to go down more, which will lead to more losses, etc., until it all vanishes. It is an obvious death spiral. "FTT was just like stock of FTX" is perhaps a defense to some claims of manipulation, but the real problem here is that FTX lost customer money lending it to Alameda secured by Samcoins. Even if the value of those coins wasn't inflated artificially, that was still pretty bad.
The basic explanation of what went wrong at FTX is that FTX loaned billions of dollars to Alameda Research, a trading firm founded and mostly owned by Bankman-Fried. Alameda lost the money, rendering FTX insolvent. And now FTX's advisers say that they "have uncovered the mechanics behind how Alameda Research had the ability to borrow without collateral effectively unlimited amounts from customers and how a small group of individuals had the ability [to] remove digital assets from the exchange without being recorded on the exchange ledger."
That discussion is on slide 19:
If you were a normal customer at FTX, you were not allowed to have a negative balance in your account. If you put up $100 of money to buy $200 of crypto, and your crypto lost $50 of value, then your account balance was $50. If it lost another $50 of value, then your balance was $0 and you were liquidated. Your account could never be worth -$10; you got liquidated before that.
If you were a market maker on FTX, though, you were allowed to have a negative balance: Effectively, FTX would lend you the money so you could open a position without depositing the money first, or have the market move against you without instant liquidation. In FTX's code, most accounts had a "borrow" flag set to zero, meaning that they could not have negative balances, but some 4,000 accounts had the borrow flag set to some positive number, meaning that FTX would lend them the money up to some credit limit. Of those 4,000 accounts, 41 had credit limits of $1 million to $150 million. One — Alameda — had a higher limit. Alameda's limit was $65 billion. (Slide 18 shows a code snippet, showing that the actual limit was $65,355,999,994.) "FTX will allow Alameda to have a negative balance of up to $65 billion" is functionally equivalent to "Alameda can use as much of FTX's customer money as it wants."
There was another flag in the code, though, "canwithdrawbelowborrow." The "borrow" flag determines how negative your account can be and keep trading: If your borrow flag is set to $10 million, and you put on some trades and they move against you and you end up with a balance of negative $5 million, then you can keep the trades on. But if you went to FTX and tried to cash out $4 million to spend on groceries — giving you a total balance of negative $9 million, still within your credit limit — FTX wouldn't give you the money. You could use your credit limit to trade on FTX, but not to take out cash. "No, you still owe us $5 million, pay us that first, we're not letting you take any cash out before you pay us what you owe," FTX would quite reasonably say. Unless you had the "canwithdrawbelowborrow" flag set to "true." Then FTX would say "sure, here's the money."
One account had that flag set, says the presentation: Alameda. To the tune of $65 billion. Setting the borrow flag to $65 billion and the canwithdrawbelowborrow flag to true is functionally equivalent to "Alameda can take as much of FTX's customer money as it wants, remove it from the exchange, and spend it on whatever." (Slides 16 and 17 give you a sense of what "whatever" meant, including $253 million of Bahamas real estate — including $12.9 million for "The Conch Shack"??? — and $93 million of political donations.)
The presentation describes this setting as "God Mode," which I am not sure is a technical term found in FTX's actual codebase or documentation, but you get the idea. FTX built a video game for other people to trade crypto, but FTX — or rather its affiliate Alameda — had a cheat code. Everyone else got to trade crypto, and if they made money, they could take out the money that they made. Alameda got to trade crypto, and it got to take out as much money as it wanted, whether or not it made money. It was playing in God Mode.
The two possible stories of FTX are:
1. Bankman-Fried argues that FTX was a leveraged financial institution, like MF Global or Lehman Brothers or the London Metals Exchange, that owed clients lots of money and was owed lots of money by clients. It did not keep customer assets in a box, and no customer could have expected that it would: The customers were leveraged futures traders; if you buy Bitcoin futures you can't seriously think that you own Bitcoins or that the exchange is holding onto those Bitcoins for you. And, in Bankman-Fried's telling, FTX got into trouble in much the same way that the LME did: The market moved, a big leveraged customer went bust and couldn't pay FTX what it owed, so FTX had to shut down. As it happens, in FTX's case, the big leveraged customer was Alameda Research, the affiliated trading firm that was also started (and mostly owned) by Bankman-Fried, but that by last year was being run independently by Caroline Ellison. Alameda had lots of assets, it owed FTX lots of money, and one day its assets lost most of their value and it couldn't pay back the money it owed. When you run a futures exchange, and someone on one side of all the trades doesn't pay, the people on the other side don't get paid. 2. Basically everyone else on earth is like "no I mean FTX just stole the customers' money and gave it to Alameda."
I want to interject here that Story 1 above is meant to characterize Bankman-Fried's position, not what I think. But I also want to say that you have to take it seriously if you want to understand FTX. FTX was a futures exchange, it did offer a lot of leveraged trading, and that does sometimes lead totally legitimate businesses into trouble when markets move too rapidly. I have written about it before — most notably here and here — and I certainly do not mean to suggest that "well we ran a futures exchange and the market moved" is a complete defense. I think it is entirely possible to disguise fraud by running a leveraged exchange; you can lend yourself money against bad collateral, exempt yourself from margin calls, and when it blows up say "what can you do, leveraged exchange!" I also think that, if you are going to run a leveraged exchange, it is important to be honest with customers about your risks and safeguards; if you say that you carefully limit customer exposure, and don't do it, that's fraud too. But it is also possible to run a futures exchange honestly and nonetheless blow up, and that is the argument that Bankman-Fried is making.
If you are a public accounting firm, you are in the business of signing your name to a piece of paper saying "this company's financial statements are basically true," and charging for it. Before signing your name, you will do your best to confirm that the financial statements are true, but there is always a risk that you're wrong. If you are wrong you might get sued or fined; also, though, if you are wrong too often your signature will lose its value and people will stop paying you for it. Your high-level goal is to (1) minimize that risk while (2) maximizing your revenue. Broadly speaking, you minimize risk by being conservative, by only auditing the statements of simple trustworthy companies in stable industries, and you maximize revenue by being aggressive, by auditing the statements of companies in fast-growing industries and by being, uh, customer-friendly about your audits.
The tensions here are all very obvious and hard, but sometimes there are easy calls. Like if you got into aggressively auditing statements of companies in a complicated and risky industry because you were betting on its rapid growth, and then people lose confidence in the finances of companies in that industry and it starts shrinking, then (1) the risk of auditing that industry has gone way up and (2) the potential revenue has gone way down. Why bother? Anyway:
Proof-of-reserves reports have faced scrutiny as they are not comparable to a full audit, in that they only show a firm's assets, not its liabilites, and instead serve as snapshots in time that say information provided by clients broadly checks out. …
In theory, auditing is especially valuable in an industry where some big firms are giant scams and some are not and it is hard to tell the difference from the outside. In practice, it is not clear that auditors can tell the difference either, and the risk is high.
Here is how you run a futures exchange:
1. You offer some bets on some propositions, say, whether Bitcoin will go up or down. 2. Some people come and take the long side of the bet (betting that Bitcoin will go up) and others take the short side (betting that it will go down). 3. In a sense, they are betting against each other, but they never meet and are not betting against each other directly. Instead, you — the exchange — are on the other side of all of their bets. You pay out the winners and collect from the losers. They all take your credit, not each other's. The point of the exchange is to be a trustworthy central counterparty for all the bets. 4. They all have to start by depositing some money in their accounts, so you can be confident they'll pay up on the bets. Let's say the deposit is $2,000 per Bitcoin bet, long or short. [1] This is called "initial margin." 5. Each day, [2] you check if Bitcoin went up or down. 6. If it went up, you take some money out of the accounts of the short bettors and put it into the accounts of the long bettors. [3] 7. If it went down, you take some money out of the accounts of the long bettors and put it into the accounts of the short bettors. 8. If a bettor's account gets too low (because Bitcoin has moved against her), say below $1,000, you call her up and ask her to deposit more money. [4] This is called "variation margin." If she doesn't do it, you close out her bet at a loss. 9. If a bettor's account gets really high (because Bitcoin has moved in her favor), she can withdraw some of the money in her account. If I bet on Bitcoin when it is at $17,000, depositing $2,000 of initial margin, and it goes up to $30,000, then I have $15,000 in my account. (My initial $2,000 plus $13,000 of market moves.) You might let me withdraw, say, $12,000 of it, leaving $3,000 in the account in case Bitcoin falls again. 10. If a bettor's account ever gets below zero — if Bitcoin has moved so far against her so quickly that you didn't have time to ask for more money or close out her bet, and now she owes more on the bet than she has in her account — then that's bad. You still have to pay out the winner on the bet, but you can't collect from the loser. (You can call and ask her for more money, but she might have made herself scarce.) You have to pay the winner out of your own — the exchange's — money. If you don't have enough money, then that's really bad. Then you can't pay out all your customers on the amounts in their accounts.
I want to make a few points about this model. First, it is really common and traditional. There are lots of futures exchanges; we have, for reasons, talked a lot this year about the London Metals Exchange, and the above description basically covers the LME if you substitute "nickel" or "aluminum" for "Bitcoin."
Second, notice that in this model there are no Bitcoins at all. Some of your customers are long Bitcoin and some are short Bitcoin but you, the exchange, never have to have any Bitcoins. There are no Bitcoins in the customers' accounts, or in yours. You just sit in the middle of some bets between the customers. You hold onto some money for them — the amount they deposited as collateral for their bets, customarily called "margin" — but you don't keep the underlying thing , the Bitcoin that they are betting on, in a safe. [5] You can trade nickel futures on the London Metals Exchange, but the LME does not own any nickel. [6]
Third, this model is at its core about offering leveraged trading on Bitcoins: It's a way for people to bet on Bitcoin going up without paying the full $17,000-ish that you'd need to buy a Bitcoin, since they only have to put up $2,000 of margin in Step 4, which is less than $17,000. And it's a way for people to bet on Bitcoin going down, which is a necessarily leveraged trade: To bet against Bitcoin, you either need to borrow a Bitcoin and sell it or do a futures trade; there is no simple unlevered way to just hold negative one Bitcoin.
And so this model generalizes to doing margin trading on the actual underlying asset. Instead of saying "deposit $2,000 to bet on Bitcoin using futures," you could say "deposit $2,000 and we'll lend you the other $15,000 to buy a Bitcoin." Or, instead of saying "deposit $2,000 to bet against Bitcoin using futures," you could say "deposit $2,000 and we'll lend you a Bitcoin to sell for dollars." Then the exchange probably would have some Bitcoins; certainly, the first customer's account would show that she owned a Bitcoin. But it wouldn't have that many Bitcoins, because these trades would more or less offset: The exchange would borrow Bitcoins from the long customer to lend to the short customer, and borrow dollars from the short customer to lend to the long one. Economically this ends up looking quite a lot like the futures exchange, where the core business is sitting between customers' bets with each other rather than holding on to customers' assets for them.
Fourth, and most important, this is really risky. This is not a business of taking customers' money and holding onto it for them; this is a leveraged financial institution. If prices move too far in one direction too quickly, some of your customers will owe you more money than they have in their accounts. If you are unable to collect from them — because they have gone bankrupt or otherwise — then you still owe money to the other customers who do have money in their accounts. If you don't have enough to pay them, then you go bankrupt and they don't get paid.
II.
Here is how you manage the risks at a futures exchange:
1. You charge a lot of initial margin. When people make bets on your exchange, you make them put up a reasonable amount of money to make sure that they're good for it. 2. You tailor the initial margin to the riskiness of the bets. If people are betting on very volatile and illiquid things, they have to put up more money than if they are betting on very stable and liquid things. You look at historical price moves to satisfy yourself that the bets won't move by more than the amount that customers have in their accounts. 3. You might tailor the initial margin to the size of the bets. If people are making huge bets, they might have to put up more money per contract than if they are making small bets. 4. You monitor variation margin carefully. If a position moves against a customer and she doesn't put up more money, you close out her bet quickly so that she never ends up with a negative balance. 5. You are careful about letting customers take money out. If some small illiquid token called MattCoin is trading at $1, and I take a long position on 10,000 MattCoin futures, posting $1,000 of initial margin, and then 20 minutes later MattCoin trades up to $7, then I have $60,000 of gains and my account balance is $61,000. I might call you up and say "hey I'd like to withdraw half of that money." And you might say something like "meh, no, let's wait a while and see if this $7 price is for real." What you don't want is for me to withdraw $30,000 and then have MattCoin drop back to $1 immediately. Then you'd call me up and ask for the $30,000 back and I would probably have spent it. And now my account would have a balance of negative $30,000, oops.
This is absolutely the core of the business; what a futures exchange is is a business that manages these risks. And at a high level it is all very well-known stuff.
Another way to put this is that there was, in crypto, a sort of half-understood imperfect equilibrium of mutually assured destruction: If everyone joined together to generously praise each other's projects, they would bolster overall confidence in the crypto financial system, and all of their projects would attract investors and do well. If one person said "nah those other projects are frauds," the other projects would collapse, but so would that guy's project. But nobody knew for sure exactly what the limits were, and there were temptations to cheat.
Another way to put it is, like, "(3, 3)"? One amazing crypto project was (is, I guess) OlympusDAO, whose basic premise was that if everyone bought its tokens and didn't sell them, then everyone would make money — whereas if you sold the tokens, you would lose money (because the tokens would go down as you sold them) and so would everyone else. In the glory days, Olympus enthusiasts dressed up this insight in the notation of game theory: "(3, 3)" was their way of saying that if everyone buys it it will go up, while "(-3, -3)" means that if everyone sells it it will go down.
When I first found out about Olympus, and this notation, and what it meant, I laughed really hard for a long time. What a trivial point, I thought. But after the last few months I have developed a certain respect for it. In a sense the game theory of crypto is obvious, but Olympus was right to emphasize it. This idea — "if everyone cooperates, we'll all get richer, but if people defect it will collapse" — might be close to the core of crypto.
A lot went wrong at FTX, and many details are still unclear, and I want to be careful about picking the most important thing. But if I had to choose, based on what I know now, I would say that the most important thing that went wrong at FTX is probably that it extended billions of dollars of credit to Alameda secured by collateral that was supposedly worth billions of dollars, that a market price feed would tell you was worth billions of dollars, but that common sense would tell you was not.
We have talked about this problem here, here and here. The story seems to be that Alameda ran into trouble on some trades this summer; it had losses and its outside lenders were demanding their money back, so it borrowed the money from FTX. And it posted some FTX-affiliated tokens — particularly Serum and FTT — as collateral. Bloomberg's Zeke Faux discussed this extension of credit in his interview with Bankman-Fried:
It didn't seem like a crisis, he says. It was a matter of extending a bit more credit to a fund that already traded on margin and still had a pile of collateral worth way more than enough to cover the loan. (Although the pile of collateral was largely shitcoins.)
Then Alameda defaulted on the loans, and FTX seized the tokens and tried to sell them to a potential rescuer to bail out its customers; that did not go well. Bankman-Fried circulated a spreadsheet showing that FTX held billions of dollars of Serum and FTT tokens, measured by multiplying the current market price of those tokens by the amount of them that FTX held. I wrote:
Something like 3% of the total value of Serum is held by the public and trading on exchanges. The other 97% is not. Something like two-thirds of that 97% is held by FTX and Alameda. ...
One simple point here is that FTX's Serum holdings — $2.2 billion last week, $5.4 billion before that — could not have been sold for anything like $2.2 billion. FTX's Serum holdings were vastly larger than the entire circulating supply of Serum. If FTX had attempted to sell them into the market over the course of a week or month or year, it would have swamped the market and crashed the price. Perhaps it could have gotten a few hundred million dollars for them. But I think a realistic valuation of that huge stash of Serum would be closer to zero.
That's just, like, common sense, man. If you own 20 times the total circulating supply of some token that you made up, you will not be able to sell all of those tokens at the current market price, or half of the current market price, or anything within shouting distance of the current market price, or frankly any price. Your computer — your Excel spreadsheet, anyway, where you multiply y
I want to give a stylized version of Bankman-Fried's account of what went wrong at FTX and Alameda. It goes something like this:
1. FTX International was a crypto exchange for sophisticated margin traders. [1] A "crypto exchange" is both an exchange — a place where people can meet to buy and sell crypto — but also a broker-dealer, a firm that holds its customers' crypto for them and gives them financing. 2. Everyone trading on FTX was basically borrowing money from FTX to put on leveraged crypto trades, or lending out the crypto in their FTX accounts to earn interest, or both. This necessarily means that the customers' crypto was not segregated: If you're lending out your crypto to earn interest, or borrowing crypto to make bigger trades, you can't expect your crypto to all sit in a segregated account doing nothing. If you are trading via leveraged perpetual futures, a big FTX product, you certainly can't expect your crypto to all be sitting there waiting for you: You don't own any crypto; you just have a derivative trade with FTX. 3. One very important trader on FTX was Alameda Research, which had huge leveraged positions on FTX. 4. Alameda's position was overcollateralized, but FTX had a little bit of an $8 billion accounting boo-boo, so it thought Alameda's position was less leveraged than it actually was. 5. Then there was a huge sudden correlated drop in the prices of crypto assets, which left Alameda undercollateralized, and FTX — due to the accounting boo-boo — was surprised to find out how undercollateralized it was. 6. Other traders noticed this and withdrew money from FTX, creating a "run on the bank." 7. The run on the bank also led to further declines in the prices of crypto assets, particularly the ones that Alameda held, leaving FTX without enough collateral to pay out all of its customers.
Something like that. There are a lot of problems with that story, it omits some damning details, and I don't think that it entirely makes sense on its own terms. But never mind that. Let's just take Bankman-Fried's story. Mostly I want to emphasize how different it is from the story that Bankman-Fried and FTX and Alameda were telling as of even a month ago.
Most obviously, the stuff about customer deposits being rehypothecated makes sense, at some level, on its own, and I have told some version of it myself. FTX was an exchange that was especially welcoming to leveraged traders, its customers were there to borrow and lend crypto, so of course it used every part of the customer deposits. But that's not what it said! When the "run on the bank" started, Bankman-Fried tweeted (and then deleted) "FTX has enough to cover all client holdings. We don't invest client assets (even in treasuries)." I can sit here and say "well it was an exchange for leveraged traders, of course everyone's assets were being rehypothecated, they can't really have expected otherwise." But FTX was lying about it to the customers!
One thing about working at Jane Street is that, when you show up for work at Jane Street as a trader, your job is not, like, "rebuild Jane Street using only materials found in nature." Your job at Jane Street is more like "we have built a good technology stack and risk-management and accounting and performance attribution systems, now go find some profitable trades." You find some trades that you think are profitable, you do them, and if you're right then Jane Street's existing systems will notice and reward you. If you're wrong, the risk systems will stop you. You are just in charge of finding the good trades.
If, later, you leave to start your own firm, you will take with you your skill at finding good trades. (Which seems like a perishable thing.) But it's not obvious that you will take with you Jane Street's risk-management culture, and you certainly won't take its risk-management systems. And then when your colleagues say to you "hey, let's set up some risk systems and hire an accountant, like we had at Jane Street," you can reply "nah, I'd prefer to ignore that stuff, like I did at Jane Street." You're both right! Someone else at Jane Street set up those systems so you didn't have to worry about them. But now you're in charge, and if you don't worry about them no one will, and then you end up not knowing how much money you have, or how much you're making or losing, or how much you owe your customers.
I think that this is best understood as an accounting problem. A month ago, a common perception of FTX was that it had "one of the highest revenue/profit/valuation per employee as any company in the world." As far as I can tell, FTX believed this. If in fact your employees are incredibly good at making money, then lavishing them with perks is simply optimal. Allowing $200 a day in DoorDash to prevent your insanely profitable employees from ever having to think about their meal budget is a good business move. Your employees' time and attention is so valuable that it is foolish to make them waste time filling out expense reports.
But a big part of the reason that FTX believed it was so profitable is that nobody made any effort to keep track of the money. If you lose $4 billion trading and borrow $8 billion of customer money to cover the gap and don't keep track of that borrowing, then it looks like you made $4 billion trading, and you will say things like "we are incredibly profitable per employee, $200 DoorDash for everyone!" FTX spent like the company it thought it was, but it didn't bother to find out what kind of company it actually was.
A middle ground — not as good as a deep-pocketed whole-company rescue, but better than selling the shares piecemeal for some cash to throw on the fire — is to use the Robinhood shares to reassure creditors. "Look, your money is safe with FTX, we have all these nice Robinhood shares, they will cover our debt to you." You could do that in various informal ways — you could just say it, to the creditors, on the phone — or you could do it formally, by pledging the Robinhood shares as collateral to the creditors. "Don't withdraw your money now, look, we will hand over our Robinhood shares to make you feel better about keeping your money here."
Once you do that, though, you might be tempted to … do it … twice? The most efficient use of the Robinhood shares is to tell each creditor "don't withdraw your money now, look, we have these Robinhood shares, they will cover our debt to you." They won't cover FTX/Alameda's debt to everyone! But if you say it to everyone privately , it might keep things going for a while.
Meanwhile you keep shopping the shares for a whole-company rescue, etc.
The basic idea of bankruptcy is that if your company doesn't have enough money to pay all of its debts, it should stop paying its debts, get all its creditors in a room, and work out how to pay each of them a fair amount. If you have $100 of debt and $60 of assets, generally, it is good to pay each of your creditors 60 cents on the dollar, and bad to pay 100 cents on the dollar to the first creditors who ask for their money back, and then run out of money and pay everyone else $0.
If you run a business where you have hundreds of thousands of creditors, all of whom can demand their money back at any time by pushing a button on your website, this is a particular problem. Once you don't have enough money to pay all of them back, it is bad form to keep the website up. Some people will push the button and get their money back, leaving less and less for everyone else. This will make your eventual bankruptcy messier, and might violate your fiduciary duties. [5] Also if you do this then that will cause people to ask for their money back, if they figure out that they are in a race with your other creditors. If people are asking for their money back, and you don't have enough for all of them, you really ought to shut down the website as soon as possible.
On the other hand if you shut the website down it is … hard to recover from that? Like, if you have $100 of debt and assets that have fallen to $95 and people start taking their money out, you might be tempted to (1) give them their money when they ask, (2) keep the website up, (3) tweet "everything is fine," and (4) hope the value of your assets goes back up before too many people take their money out. One of the classic remedies for a run on the bank is acting really really really confident. Sometimes it works! Sometimes it doesn't! Hard to know until you try. If you shut down the website, then you are pretty much consigning yourself to bankruptcy and paying everyone 95 cents on the dollar (minus huge legal fees). If you keep the website up and tweet confidently, maybe everything will be fine and everyone will get 100 cents on the dollar and you can keep running the company.
Which path you choose will depend on the facts of the situation, but also on your personality type and training and personal incentives. For instance:
1. If you are a financial services lawyer, you will have a bias toward shutting down and filing for bankruptcy earlier rather than later. Sorry! The thing about lawyers being risk-averse is largely true. 2. If you were a trader at a high-frequency market-making firm, trained to maximize edge and take risk-neutral gambles, and if you left that firm because you wanted to take more risk in your personal life, and if you yourself have a particularly idiosyncratic view of which gambles are good, and if you have gone around telling interviewers that you will always take a risky gamble that maximizes expected value, even a "51% [chance] you double the earth out somewhere else, 49% it all disappears" — you're gonna keep the website up and tweet confidently. [6] 3. If you own billions of dollars of equity in the business — which will be worth zero in bankruptcy, but might be worth billions of dollars again if you muddle through — you will want to keep the website up.
One lesson of traditional finance that crypto is learning these days is: "If you've got a bazooka, and people know you've got it, you may not have to take it out." For instance:
1. There is a small opaque crypto lending platform that is rumored to be in trouble. 2. Its depositors want their money back. 3. It doesn't have their money, either because the money is locked up in long-term loans or because it lost the money or some combination or otherwise. 4. There is a "run on the bank." 5. To solve the problem, the lending platform agrees to take a desperation bailout from some bigger, more stable, better-known crypto exchange. The big exchange agrees to guarantee the lending platform's customer deposits, or at least gives it an ample line of credit to pay out depositors. In exchange, the exchange gets to take over the lending platform, and its existing owners get more or less nothing. 6. The run on the bank stops. The depositors don't want their money back, because now instead of being depositors at the small lending platform, they are depositors of the large stable crypto exchange. Their money is safe, backed by the deep pockets of the large exchange, and they can go back to earning crypto interest or whatever.
If you can get a big enough line of credit, you never need to draw on it, because your depositors were worried about your liquidity, and the line of credit resolves those worries.
In some rough sense this describes the bailouts this summer of BlockFi Inc. and Voyager Digital Ltd. by Sam Bankman-Fried's crypto exchange FTX and its affiliated trading firm Alameda Research. BlockFi and Voyager looked risky after some of their borrowers collapsed, so customers rushed to withdraw their money, and BlockFi and Voyager didn't have enough to give them.
And then FTX/Alameda showed up and said, well, we'll take over your customers. In the case of BlockFi, FTX gave it a line of credit to cash out customers, and got an option to buy the company for some nominal amount of money. In the case of Voyager, it filed for bankruptcy, and FTX offered to come in, move Voyager's customers to FTX, and cash out anyone who wanted out. In either case the basic point was that FTX had enough money to cash out everyone, so no one needed to cash out. These small rickety crypto firms were rescued by a big safe crypto firm, so the customers could let their money ride.
Imagine that you thought in early 2008 that subprime mortgages would be trouble, so you bought a large credit default swap on mortgage bonds. In September 2008, Lehman Brothers files for bankruptcy, subprime mortgage bonds are in trouble, and you decide to settle up your bet for a big profit. You pull up the CDS contract to get the contact information for your counterparty, so you can call them up and ask for your money, and, whoops! Your counterparty is Lehman Brothers. You could call them, but they won't send you the money. You made the right bet, but with the wrong person.
At the Information, Margaux MacColl has a story about "The Pissed-Off Crypto Traders Who Predicted—and Profited From—the FTX Implosion," mostly by shorting FTT, the token that FTX issued and that seems to have contributed to its bankruptcy. FTT was trading above $25 at the start of this month; it's at about $1.29 today. If you shorted FTT a month ago to bet on FTX's collapse, you made a lot of money. Unless:
For some FTT shorters, there was a catch—one that traditional traders rarely have to face: At any moment, the trading platforms themselves could turn against them, trapping their money forever.
Dylan Zhang, an employee at a San Francisco Bay Area crypto startup, learned this lesson the hard way. Before the past few weeks, he had trusted FTX. He liked how centralized exchanges like FTX and Coinbase hold your crypto for you, making it harder to be victimized by phishing scams. He also figured that a trading behemoth like FTX, with its about $2 billion in funds raised, would "have liquidity to cover or compensate users," even if the exchange ran into financial issues.
Zhang was hanging out in a cafe in Palo Alto, Calif., when he saw the Binance CEO's promise to sell off massive amounts of FTT. He quickly rushed to his go-to exchange, FTX, to short FTT, putting about $300 into the bet. In his mind, it wasn't a wager that FTX was going to collapse completely—that was unfathomable to him at the time—but rather a bet that the company would briefly stumble. Why not make a few bucks at its expense?
At 7 p.m. that day, Zhang was sitting in a hotel room when he got a text from his girlfriend: Things were worse than they had thought. Bankman-Fried was an alleged fraud, FTX was potentially insolvent and they had to get their money out of the platform immediately. Zhang raced to the website, managed to withdraw their money and some of his short position before FTX completely stopped withdrawals. But he decided to leave $300 of his short position. Within a few days, his $300 short had magically turned into $3,000—and yet, by that point, it was locked inside the very exchange he had bet against. Zhang is still unable to access his profit.
One thing about the crypto financial system is that, when it's centralized, it's really centralized. Crypto exchanges are full-service financial institutions; in traditional finance banks and brokers and exchanges are generally separate entities, but in crypto one company — generally called an "exchange" — holds your money and crypto for you and operates the exchange. If you want to bet against the exchange, you might find yourself making that bet on the exchange, and taking the credit risk of the exchange. Probably a bad idea!
One simple model of market making is that you buy a bunch of a thing as the price goes down and sell it as the price goes up; if the price is volatile but more or less mean-reverting then you make a lot of money buying low and selling high. If you buy a bunch as it goes down and then it goes down more and you buy more and it goes down more and you buy more and it goes down more and you buy more and it goes to zero and you have all of it, then that's bad, for you. But you have provided a valuable service, to your customers.
One simple (but speculative) model of how Alameda blew up is that it might have provided that valuable service during the blowup of the Luna token. If you are a market maker in crypto in November 2022, you might look at that example and say, you know what, I'm going to take the rest of the year off, spend some quality time with my family, try not to catch any falling knives for a bit.
I think of arbitrage as being a necessarily leveraged strategy: The only reason you are buying widgets at $100 one place and selling them for $100.01 somewhere else, making a 0.01% profit, is because someone is lending you most of the $100. [4] When banks get nervous about lending to hedge funds, arbitrage spreads open up, because the leveraged players who usually close them can't afford to anymore. When everyone in crypto is nervous about lending to everyone else in crypto, nobody can do the arbitrage trades.
I asked yesterday if there has ever been a liquidity crisis at a crypto firm. I didn't really get any answers. But you could imagine how it might go:
1. A well capitalized conservatively managed crypto lender takes in deposits of crypto and lends them out to other crypto trading firms, against good collateral. 2. The firm is borrowing short to lend long: Its deposits can be recalled on demand, but its loans have longer terms and can't be recalled immediately. 3. Everything is fine and great, the loans are performing, the collateral is good. 4. A huge huge huge huge crisis of confidence hits the world of centralized crypto firms, for reasons having nothing to do with this good upstanding crypto lender. 5. Everyone demands their deposits back, from this lender and from everyone else, due to the crisis of confidence. 6. The lender doesn't have their deposits, because it has loaned them to good creditworthy borrowers with good collateral and can't get them back immediately.
In this scenario, the lender is perfectly solvent — the money is safe and will be paid back in full, reasonably soon, leaving more than enough to repay depositors — but illiquid. It is a classic normal bank run.
In that imaginary world, how could you explain Investor X's decision? Here are some possible scenarios:
1. Bankman-Fried is right, and I am wrong, about FTX's balance sheet. The stuff that he classifies as "semi-liquid" and "illiquid," which he marks to market at $9 billion, really is worth at least $9 billion. Investor X does its due diligence on these assets and concludes that those tokens that FTX made up really are worth at least $3.3 billion, and it is correct, and it buys FTX and makes customers whole and does well because it acquired at least $9 billion of assets for $8 billion. This scenario would, among other things, be incredibly bullish for crypto. The takeaway would be that tokens made up by a crypto exchange, tokens tied to the future revenue of that exchange, retain their value even when that exchange goes bankrupt after misplacing customer funds. The FTT token is valuable, if at all, because you can use it to get discounts on trading fees at FTX, and because it shares in the trading fees that FTX collects. What is the present value of those benefits, today? If your answer is "at least half a billion dollars," that's just amazing. 2. A variation on that scenario is something like: FTX's stash of crypto assets is worthless, but FTX's business — the exchange, the technology, the customer goodwill, etc. — is worth more than $8 billion, so if you buy it and make customers whole you'll make a profit. Again that seems challenging, now. If you buy FTX, you'll have to work pretty hard to keep the customers. 3. I am right, and Bankman-Fried is wrong, about FTX's balance sheet, but Investor X is also wrong. "SRM is the token of a decentralized crypto exchange protocol called Serum, and if Serum takes off then SRM holders will share in the trading fees on Serum, and Serum is poised to be enormously valuable, so our stash of SRM is worth billions, so you should give us billions for it," is roughly the pitch here; in this scenario that pitch is wrong but it works. Investor X is like "ooh decentralized finance, that can't miss, the market is huge, $8 billion for all of these tokens is a bargain," and just hands over the $8 billion for a pile of magic beans that turn out to be worthless. And Investor X, rather than FTX's customers, is left holding the bag. This scenario seems far-fetched, but in broad outlines it is a thing that worked not so long ago. Could you get venture capitalists to put in hundreds of millions of dollars, at least, to back FTX and to invest in tokens with some vague promise of utility in a decentralized-finance future? Sure, you could. Can you do it now , at FTX , which is in bankruptcy for very notoriously misplacing customer money? I mean! No. But I can see why Bankman-Fried might try. 4. I am right about FTX's balance sheet, and Investor X knows it, but Investor X doesn't care. Investor X figures that FTX's assets are worth less than $8 billion — though probably more than zero — and is willing to lose some number of billions of dollars to achieve some other purpose. Presumably — in this very hypothetical scenario — that other purpose is something like "maintain market confidence in crypto." If you are a huge well-capitalized crypto mogul or business, losing a few billion dollars to stem the contagion here and prop up the crypto market generally might almost make sense? (If you are a huge, secretly poorly capitalized crypto business, doing that could also make sense, to avoid a run on your own business.) This is roughly the reasoning that SBF himself used in buying other busted crypto firms earlier this year: "The explicit working principle we had," he told me at the Bloomberg Crypto Summit in July, "was that it's okay to do a deal that is moderately bad … like, we are incinerating a relatively small-ish amount of money in doing this," in order to keep the crypto ecosystem healthy and "be a good constructive actor in this space." FTX and Alameda seem to have spent perhaps hundred of millions of dollars on this project, whereas Investor X would need to put billions into FTX, and it is hard to imagine who would want to do that. The most obvious answer is Binance Holdings Ltd., the biggest centralized crypto exchange, and it already considered bailing out FTX and passed. But could you imagine some group of investors whose fortunes are so tied to crypto, and who are so worried about the knock-on effects of FTX failing, that they would step in and incinerate billions of their own dollars to protect FTX's customers? I mean, it is hard. We talked yesterday, and above, about Binance's plans for a sort of central bank of crypto. In 2008, central banks did step in to save some pretty busted businesses, in order to preserve the financial system as a whole. Is that a good analogy?
Has there ever been a pure liquidity problem at a crypto firm? Like what I have in mind is this:
A crypto firm owes $100 (in crypto I guess) to somebody (customers, lenders) who can demand their money back on short notice. The firm has $200 worth of stuff (crypto assets I guess). The customers or lenders demand their $100 back all at once. The firm's $200 worth of stuff is not immediately accessible for some reason: It is in long-term crypto-denominated mortgages, say. Or it is in locked crypto tokens. Or it is in crypto tokens and there is, for some reason, a temporary lack of liquidity in the market for those tokens. Or it is a large quantity of some crypto token that could be sold for $200 over the course of a week or two, but if you sell it in an hour or two — to give people their money back all at once — that will crash the price. The firm cannot raise $100 to pay back its customers or lenders, and implodes. But it had $200 worth of stuff! Very unfair.
This, to be clear, is the standard story of bank runs in traditional banking. It is the Diamond-Dybvig model that won a Nobel Memorial Prize this year. The standard problem is "the assets are good but long-term, and the customers want their money now." It is the problem that central banks are set up to solve. The solution is fairly straightforward: You have a central bank with lots of money (ideally, in modern central banking, the ability to print money). If a bank with good assets is facing a liquidity crunch, it can go to the central bank and say "we have $200 of assets but we can't get $100 of cash, help," and the central bank will help. It will help by "lending freely, against good collateral, at a penalty rate," as Bagehot's famous formula goes: The central bank will lend the bank $100 to pay its depositors, but first it will make sure that the bank really has $200 of good stuff. (And it will charge interest.) If a bank shows up at the Federal Reserve and says "hi we owe depositors $100 but don't have it, we lost it all on roulette," the Fed will not help. [1]
Meanwhile in crypto I just don't hear a lot of stories like that? I am not saying it is impossible, or even that unlikely; I am just saying that I've never really heard of it happening. Oh I mean I have heard many many stories, in crypto, that have the same rough shape, "run on the bank" stories. But the ones I have heard are all subtly different. They go like this:
A crypto firm owes $100 to customers or lenders. The firm's balance sheet shows $200 worth of stuff. Somebody notices that the $200 worth of stuff is just a piece of paper with the words "this is worth $200" scrawled on it in crayon, and points that out online. The customers or lenders read this and, sensibly, demand their $100 back all at once. The firm tries to shop its scrawled piece of paper to raise the $100, and gets bids for it of zero dollars. The firm cannot raise $100 to pay back its customers or lenders, and implodes. But it had $0 worth of stuff, so this seems like a pretty reasonable result, though of course bad for customers.
In other words, every crypto liquidity crisis story that I have heard is obviously a solvency crisis. The problem is not that the firm has good assets but cannot, for some reason, convert them quickly into ready money. The problem is that the firm has bad assets and people notice and demand their money back and the money isn't there. The reasons the money isn't there will vary. Sometimes the firm just lost money on risky trades. Sometimes the money all went into magic beans and the magic bean market collapsed. (This is the story of TerraUSD and Luna.) Sometimes the money was stolen by hackers, or by the firm's executives, or both.
If you believe some form of this theory, it is a mixed bag. On the one hand, doesn't it sound sort of nice? FTX wasn't dipping into customer money to make wild speculative bets, or to pay for its executives' lifestyles. It was just really committed to providing a good customer experience, and that is expensive, and so it ended up running at a loss, and unfortunately it dipped into customer money to subsidize that loss. The other good news, on this theory, is that the answer to the question "where did the money go" would be "mostly back to the customers": Some customers' funds were lost, but they went back to other customers in the form of trading gains.
On the other hand, there is a technical name, in law and finance, for this sort of thing. It is a bad name. When you have a business that takes money from some customers and uses it to generate trading gains for other customers, that's just, I am sorry, a Ponzi scheme. I am not sure it's worse than any other explanation of what happened — in any case, the customer money is missing! — but it's not good.
In crypto, market cap is (as CoinMarketCap puts it) "the total market value of a cryptocurrency's circulating supply … analogous to the free-float capitalization in the stock market," while fully diluted market cap is "the market cap if the max supply was in circulation." So if for instance some company creates a token, and says that there can be 10 billion of the token, and reserves them all for itself, and then sells 1 million of them to outside investors for $1 each, then the market cap of that token is $1 million ($1 times 1 million circulating tokens), while the fully diluted market cap is $10 billion ($1 times 10 billion total tokens), and the issuer's 9,999,000,000 remaining tokens have a value, on this math, of $9.999 billion. We will come back to this point.
What is Serum? Serum is a "protocol for decentralized exchanges that brings unprecedented speed and low transaction costs to decentralized finance" that runs on the Solana blockchain. Also Serum (the token, ticker SRM) "is the utility and governance token of Serum (the protocol). If you hold SRM in your wallet, you receive a discount on fees" for trading on the Serum protocol. Also, when the protocol collects trading fees, it uses a portion of the fees to buy and burn SRM. The result is that SRM functions a lot like stock in Serum: If the Serum project does well and a lot of decentralized trading happens on its exchanges, then it will collect a lot of fees and use those fees to buy SRM, which will drive up the value of SRM and make SRM investors rich. (Also the SRM investors can vote on how Serum is run.) If you are bullish on Serum as a business, as a platform for decentralized crypto trading, then you should buy SRM, because SRM is more or less a claim on the cash flows of that business.
One thing that is really really really really really important to mention about the Serum protocol is that it was created and promoted by FTX and Alameda Research, the FTX-affiliated crypto hedge fund that was also founded by Bankman-Fried. FTX is a centralized crypto exchange, but a lot of people in crypto do not trust centralized exchanges (for reasons!) and prefer to trade on decentralized exchanges. Serum is, in a loose but meaningful way, the decentralized exchange of FTX.
I don't know, but the leading story appears to be that FTX gave the money to Alameda, and Alameda lost it. I am not sure about the order of operations here. The most sensible explanation is that Alameda lost the money first — during the crypto-market meltdown of this spring and summer, when markets were crazy and Alameda spent money propping up other failing crypto firms — and then FTX transferred customer money to prop up Alameda. And Alameda never made the money back, and eventually everyone noticed that it was gone.
So Reuters reported last week:
At least $1 billion of customer funds have vanished from collapsed crypto exchange FTX, according to two people familiar with the matter.
The exchange's founder Sam Bankman-Fried secretly transferred $10 billion of customer funds from FTX to Bankman-Fried's trading company Alameda Research, the people told Reuters.
A large portion of that total has since disappeared, they said.
And the Wall Street Journal reported over the weekend:
Alameda Research's chief executive and senior FTX officials knew that FTX had lent its customers' money to Alameda to help it meet its liabilities, according to people familiar with the matter. ...
Alameda faced a barrage of demands from lenders after crypto hedge fund Three Arrows Capital collapsed in June, creating losses for crypto brokers such as Voyager Digital Ltd., the people said.
In a video meeting with Alameda employees late Wednesday Hong Kong time, Alameda CEO Caroline Ellison said that she, Mr. Bankman-Fried and two other FTX executives, Nishad Singh and Gary Wang, were aware of the decision to send customer funds to Alameda, according to people familiar with the video. …
Ms. Ellison said on the call that FTX used customer money to help Alameda meet its liabilities, the people said.
Alameda had taken out loans to fund illiquid venture investments, the people said.
Here we are in the realm of pure speculation, but you could imagine a number of ways this could have gone:
Crypto prices, and firms, crashed earlier this year, and Alameda spotted a huge opportunity. It deployed as much capital as it could into buying great assets at bargain-basement prices. But since there was a crypto winter, it couldn't deploy all that much capital, and was getting calls from its own lenders. So Ellison and Bankman-Fried conferred and sensibly decided that they couldn't miss this opportunity, and that they would deploy FTX customers' money against it. They'd make a fortune in short order on can't-lose trades, and pay back the customer funds with interest. Then, oops, they were wrong. This story is bad — none of these stories are going to be good! — but understandable. If you run an opaque business in a lightly regulated industry, and customers trust you with their money, and you use it to make what you think are good bets, and those bets turn out wrong, well, that happens sometimes. Crypto prices crashed earlier this year, and Alameda was caught out. It lost money and was facing calls from its lenders. Ellison and Bankman-Fried realized that Alameda would go under without help, so they took FTX customer money to prop up Alameda, and gambled on redemption. This story is not so different from the previous one, though it is worse, but also very understandable. It is the typical way these things go, the default assumption for why someone would use customer money. No one wants to fail, no one wants to admit that they lost money, and if there's a poorly guarded pot of money they can use to paper over losses, sometimes they will. Crypto prices, and firms, crashed earlier this year, and FTX/Alameda were like "we are in a confidence business, and if we let these firms crash then investors will lose confidence in crypto exchanges, which is bad for our business." Either in a good, public-spirited, we-want-crypto-to-thrive way, or in a bad, we-need-suckers way, or a bit of both. So they bailed those firms out with customer money. Here is a video of Bankman-Fried and me discussing this possibility at the Bloomberg Crypto Summit in July, in which he said: "The explicit working principle we had" in these bailouts was that "we are incinerating a relatively small-ish amount of money in doing this," in order to keep the crypto ecosystem healthy. Alameda/FTX was willing to lose money bailing out other firms, if doing so improved confidence in crypto generally. Of course we did not talk about the possibility that FTX was doing this with customer money. Crypto prices, and firms, crashed earlier this year, and FTX/Alameda spotted an opportunity to acquire new customer deposits cheaply and use them for nefarious purposes. Like, you pay zero dollars for the equity of some busted crypto lending platform, you roll the customers over to become FTX customers, you cash out anyone who wants to cash out, you assume that most people will trust FTX (their savior) and not cash out, and then you use their deposits to fund your wild speculations. If FTX/Alameda were already using customer deposits for bad reasons, and losing them, then acquiring more customer deposits would be a way to keep things going. [8] FTX/Alameda were funneling customer money into lavish lifestyles for their executives. This one does not seem likely here — they slept on beanbag chairs in the office, etc. — but it is in general a very common explanation of missing customer money, and you'd want some accounting. FTX/Alameda were funneling customer money into effective altruism. Bankman-Fried seems to have generously funded a lot of effective altruism charities, artificial-intelligence and pandemic research, Democratic political candidates, etc. One $500 million entry on the desperation balance sheet is "Anthropic," a venture investment in an AI safety company. At that same Bloomberg Crypto Summit, I asked Bankman-Fried [9] : "You are sort of in the business of funneling money from people who who are going to use it poorly on gambling to, like, animal charities and pandemic preparedness and Joe Biden. Is that too cynical a view, or is that not cynical at all, or what?" My question assumed that FTX and Alameda made a lot of money on fees and spreads from running a crypto exchange and market-maker, so they were legitimately taking money from gamblers and using it for charity. But "not cynical enough" might have been the correct answer. [10]
The obvious question — here and always — is: Is it a liquidity problem, or a solvency problem? Classically, if you are a bank, and you have $100 of perfectly good mortgages outstanding, $20 of cash in your vaults and $100 of deposits, and all the depositors show up one day asking for their money back, you don't have it. You have $20 of cash and they want $100. But you are good for it: You've got $100 of good mortgages, and when they get paid back you'll have plenty of money for your depositors. You are just not good for it right this minute. You are solvent — you have $120 of assets (loans plus cash) and $100 of liabilities (deposits) — but illiquid. This is It's a Wonderful Life.
On the other hand, if you have $100 of loans and $20 of cash, but $40 of the loans were to your chief executive officer's brother-in-law to build a house in a swamp, and the house sank into the swamp and he's never going to pay you back, then you have to write down your loans to $60, and you only have $80 of assets. And when your depositors hear about that, they will say "hmm that sounds bad," and they all will show up asking for their money back. And you will only have $20, but that is not the main problem; the main problem is that even when (the rest of) your loans are paid back you will only have $80, and you owe them $100. Your assets are worth less than your liabilities. No matter how long you wait, there's not enough money to pay back all the depositors.
This is a nice clean distinction in theory but very hard to see in practice. For one thing, if a financial firm is facing a liquidity crisis, it's usually because people are worried about solvency: People don't normally all rush to withdraw their money from the bank unless they're worried that the bank is full of bad loans. For another thing, if people do all rush to withdraw their money from a financial firm, that can cause solvency problems: To raise liquidity, the firm will sell assets, which will drive down the prices of those assets, which will make its remaining assets less valuable, which can leave it with assets worth less than its liabilities.
Still the distinction matters. Roughly it comes down to: If someone gave you enough time to sell all your assets — whatever that means exactly — would you be able to sell them for enough money to cover your debts?
If the answer is yes, then you have a liquidity crisis, and someone can probably fix it. You call up someone with a lot of money — J.P. Morgan, Jamie Dimon, Warren Buffett, the Federal Reserve, etc. — and say "hey we need some money to pay our current debts, which we were hoping you would lend to us, but we have plenty of good assets, which we will sell at a leisurely pace over the next few months to raise enough money to pay you back." And then your potential rescuer looks at your financial statements and evaluates your assets to see if it agrees that you are solvent, and if it does it gives you the money to solve your liquidity problem, and then you pay it back in good time.
And it charges you for this service. If you are a bank and your rescuer is the Fed, it might follow the classic maxim to "lend freely, against good collateral, at a penalty rate": It gives you the money ("lend freely"), after checking to make sure that you're good for it ("against good collateral"), but it charges you a high enough interest rate to make the rescue painful ("at a penalty rate"). (In practice modern central banks often de-emphasize the penalty rate.) If your rescuer is Warren Buffett, he will charge you an even higher interest rate and take a chunk of equity upside too; the deal will be expensive for you and attractive for him. But the simplest approach is for your rescuer to charge you everything you have: You give the rescuer your whole company, and you get back roughly zero dollars. ("A Snickers bar," I said the other day.) That is, the rescuer pays zero dollars for your equity. You have $120 of assets and $100 of liabilities; the rescuer pays off the $100 of customer liabilities and gets the $20 of upside for free; you get nothing. If you are in fact solvent, if your assets are worth more than your liabilities, then the rescuer makes a lot of money from this deal. And you don't have much choice: In this situation, often, zero is the best price you're going to get.
If the answer is no — if the assets are all swamp loans to your brother-in-law — then you are insolvent, and no one is going to lend you more money, or acquire you for zero dollars. You are not worth zero dollars! You are worth less than zero dollars! You have lots of debts and not enough good assets! An acquirer who bought your assets and liabilities for zero dollars would lose a lot of money! At this point, the normal outcome is that you file for bankruptcy and your creditors get your assets, which are worth less than the amount they were owed.
But all these things are uncertain and decisions need to be made fast, so mistakes are made. Sometimes a rescuer will buy a firm in a liquidity crisis for $0 after hasty due diligence, and will then find out that it is in worse shape than it thought, so the rescuer will lose a bunch of money. Other times potential rescuers will look at a firm in a liquidity crisis and conclude either "that firm is insolvent" or else "that firm might be insolvent and I don't want the risk of finding out," and there will be no rescue. But maybe it would have been solvent with a rescue. It is hard to tell, though. Without a rescue there will be a fire sale of assets followed by bankruptcy, which is often enough to make the firm insolvent even if it wasn't already.
Let's start with Coinbase. Coinbase Global Inc. runs a cryptocurrency exchange. When FTX.com, one of the largest crypto exchanges, was instantaneously vaporized yesterday, Coinbase put out a statement, the gist of which was "don't worry, we are not going to be instantaneously vaporized." The part that I want to focus on is this paragraph:
There can't be a "run on the bank" at Coinbase. As you can review in our publicly filed, audited financial statements, we hold customer assets 1:1. Any institutional lending activity at Coinbase is at the discretion of the customer and backed by collateral. We have no gating for client loan recalls or withdrawals.
The way it works is roughly that you open an account and send dollars to Coinbase, and then you tell Coinbase "I'd like to buy some Bitcoin with those dollars," and Coinbase buys Bitcoin and holds on to it for you and charges you a fee for that transaction. You can check your account balance, and Coinbase says "you have 0.5 Bitcoin" or whatever. That 0.5 Bitcoin is, in the general case, held by Coinbase ; it has possession of the Bitcoin. [1] But it is held in a custody account for you. Coinbase says:
Your funds are your funds, and your crypto is your crypto: Coinbase maintains internal systems, like a bank or a broker. Our fully audited ledger identifies your account, your fiat and crypto holdings, and tracks your account activity in real time. There's never a situation where customer funds could be confused with corporate assets.
We will never repurpose your funds: We do not lend or take any action with your assets, unless you specifically instruct us to. Many banks and financial institutions use customer funds for commercial purposes including lending and trading, meaning that they often hold only a fraction of their customer assets at any given time. Coinbase always holds customer assets 1:1. This means that funds are available to our customers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days of the year.
The analogy is: Imagine a weird sort of bank. You come to the bank with $100 in paper bills, and you deposit it in the bank, and the bank takes your paper bills and sticks them in an envelope with your name on it. Then it sticks the envelope in a vault, and if at any point you ask for your money back, it opens the vault and hands you your envelope. This sounds like a bad business model: The bank needs to pay for real estate and tellers and vaults, and it is not doing anything with your money. But the other weird thing about this bank is that, every day, you come in and say "hey I'd like to exchange my dollars for euros" or "my euros for pounds" or whatever, and each time you do that the bank charges you a dollar. So you have $100, which you exchange for €99, which you exchange for £98, which you exchange for $97, etc., [2] paying the bank $1 each time. If all of the bank's customers do this every day, then the bank makes plenty of money to pay for real estate and tellers and vaults and executive bonuses, without doing anything else with your money. It just takes the $100 out of your envelope and replaces it with €99, etc., always keeping exactly the right amount of money (in whatever currency you like that day) in exactly your envelope. [3]
And then if one day every single customer walked into the bank at the same time and said "we would like our money back," the bank would just hand them all their envelopes. Don't get me wrong, this would be a catastrophe for the bank: If everyone took their envelopes back, then presumably they would stop changing money at the bank and paying fees, and the bank would stop making money, and it would no longer be able to pay for real estate or tellers or vaults or executive bonuses. It would go out of business in fairly short order. But it would not go out of business that minute. It would actually have enough money to give all the customers their money back, because it kept all the customers' money in their own envelopes the whole time.
No actual bank works that way. Real banks take deposits but don't keep the money in envelopes; they lend it out. [4] Most classically, they borrow short to lend long, taking checking deposits that can be withdrawn at any time, and using them to make long-term mortgages. This makes them vulnerable to runs, Diamond-Dybvig, It's a Wonderful Life , etc., everyone knows all this.
But in theory a cryptocurrency exchange could work that way, and at a high level of generality Coinbase sort of does. [5] Historically — not so much now, but until early this year anyway — cryptocurrencies were volatile and exciting and people were jazzed to trade them a lot, so you could make a lot of money by just charging fees without doing anything else with customer assets. And that is a run-proof business. If everyone takes their money out at once, you have the money.
But then one day a customer comes to you and says "I have $10,000, but I am really bullish on Bitcoin, so I would like to buy $20,000 worth of Bitcoin. Why don't you lend me $10,000 so I can buy $20,000 of Bitcoin, so I can get more excitement?" This is called a margin loan.
Or — equivalently — a customer comes to you and says "I have $20,000 of Bitcoin in my account, and I need some cash this month. I don't want to sell my Bitcoin, because I am a true believer and also do not want to realize gains for tax purposes. Could you just lend me $10,000, secured by my $20,000 of Bitcoin? You know I'm good for it: If I don't pay you back, you can sell my Bitcoin and pay yourself back from the proceeds."
You might just say "no, that's dumb, Bitcoin is volatile, buying $10,000 of Bitcoin is plenty of excitement." (In fact Coinbase shut down margin trading in 2020.) But your competitors probably offer loans, and it is tempting for you to do it too. So you say, sure, fine, I'll take your $10,000 and put $20,000 of Bitcoin in your account.
But where do you get the money that you are lending to the customer? Well, you have to borrow it too. Ordinarily the way that you will borrow it is by putting up the customer's Bitcoin as collateral to your lender, just as the customer puts up its Bitcoin as collateral to you. If the customer defaults, you still have to pay your lender (and then you get the Bitcoin back and can sell it to pay off your customer's liability to you); if you default, the lender sells the Bitcoin.
But who are the lenders? Oh, various possibilities. But one general point is that while some customers will want to borrow dollars to buy Bitcoin, other customers will want to borrow Bitcoin. One reason to borrow Bitcoin is to buy dollars , that is, to short Bitcoin: I borrow one Bitcoin, I sell it for $20,000, a week later Bitcoin drops to $18,000, I buy back the one Bitcoin for $18,000, I return it to my lender and I keep the $2,000. There are variations on this trade (I borrow Bitcoin and sell it for Ethereum, betting on the relative value between the tokens, etc.). It is necessarily a leveraged trade; I can't short Bitcoin without borrowing it. [6]
If you are a crypto exchange , this is a nice opportunity. You have Customer A who has Bitcoin and wants to borrow dollars, and Customer B who has dollars and wants to borrow Bitcoin. (By "dollars," for a crypto exchange, I mostly mean "dollar-denominated stablecoins," though potentially also dollars.) You take some of Customer A's Bitcoin and lend it to Customer B, and you take some of Customer B's dollars and lend them to Customer A. Each of them is overcollateralized — you only lend Customer A half the value of her Bitcoin, and you only lend Customer B half the value of his dollars — so you feel pretty safe. And they both pay you interest.
But there are risks. One day Customer A might come in, pay off her dollar loan, and ask to take her Bitcoin back. You don't have her Bitcoin, or not all of them anyway; some of t
One question that might be too early to answer is: Why was there a liquidity crunch in the first place? A crypto exchange is a weird sort of business, in many ways more like a brokerage than a traditional exchange. The simplest way to run the business is to take deposits from customers, buy crypto for the customers, keep everything segregated, and make money on commissions. Coinbase Global Inc.'s balance sheets are public, and pretty simple: It has about $101 billion of customer cash and crypto assets, and about $101 billion of offsetting customer liabilities. If the customers asked for their $101 billion back, presumably Coinbase would just give it to them. [1]
A more complicated way to do it is to provide leverage to customers: Instead of taking $100 of customer cash to buy $100 worth of Bitcoin, you take $100 of customer cash to buy $200 worth of Bitcoin. A lot of FTX's business is in perpetual futures, a leveraged product, sometimes levered 20 to 1. If you are an exchange and you are in this sort of business, you will need to come up with the extra $100 to lend to your customer. Presumably that doesn't come from your equity: You are doing some sort of borrowing, perhaps from other customers, [2] perhaps from outside financing sources, perhaps from your affiliated hedge fund, etc. You will have some customers who owe you money, and others whom you owe money. You will be like a bank. If everyone to whom you owe money demands their money back at once, you will need to get the money back from the ones who owe you money, which might be hard. (You might not have a contractual right to demand the money back right away, o
Oil Price War 2020 (5)
One fairly technical explanation that we discussed was the "trade-at-settlement" mechanism. In oil futures, you can do a TAS trade in which you agree, at some point during the day, to buy or sell oil futures at that day's closing price, plus or minus a few pennies. So at 11 a.m. you can agree "I'll sell futures at 2:30 today, at whatever the settlement price is then." You might do that if you are benchmarked to the settlement price, if you are some sort of passive-ish trader whose job is to reflect the official daily price of oil rather than to time your trades exactly right.
If you do a TAS trade, someone is on the other side. If you are signing up to sell oil futures at the still-unknown settlement price, someone else is signing up to buy them. Perhaps both sides are "natural"; you're looking to sell at whatever the settlement price is and someone else is looking to buy at whatever that price is and you just pair off. But perhaps not. Particularly on April 20, one day before the May WTI contract expired, you might expect a lot of passive-ish oil investors to want to get out of that contract, at whatever the settlement price was that day, and not a lot to want to get in. So there'd be a lot of natural TAS sellers and not a lot of natural buyers.
So who would be the buyers? Arbitrageurs, prop traders, market makers, that sort of thing; people who are in the business of taking the other side of trades that people want to do and profiting from them. These people are not looking to buy oil futures at whatever the settlement price is, they don't need any oil futures, they just do that trade because other people want to. They are looking to be flat, to make a profit on the trade and end up not holding any futures. So they will buy futures from regular investors using the TAS mechanism, and sell the same number of futures at around the settlement time. If they buy 1,000 TAS futures contracts during the day, they will look to sell 1,000 futures at right around the settlement time, leaving them with zero futures at the end of the day. If they sell the futures for more than the settlement price, they will make money (because they are buying the TAS futures at the settlement price, plus or minus a few pennies).
Here is one really dumb simple way for that to work. You buy 1,000 futures via TAS during the day. You conclude that a lot of people are selling and no one is buying (except you). You think, well, okay, I have to sell 1,000 futures before 2:30, because at 2:30 I am going to get 1,000 futures at whatever the price is then. So you start selling. You sell 100 futures at $10, and the price goes down. You sell another 100 at $5. You sell another 100 at $0. You sell another 100 at -$5. Et cetera; you keep selling—into very thin liquidity, because there are not a lot of natural buyers—and the price keeps going down. By the time you are done, it is 2:30 and the price is -$37.63. The average price that you got, selling your 1,000 contracts, was, say, -$15: You started selling at +$10 and finished at -$37.63 and averaged your way down. But then at 2:30 you buy 1,000 contracts—the contracts you prearranged to buy using the trade-at-settlement mechanism—for -$37.63. You paid people an average of $15 to take oil off your hands, and people paid you $37.63 to take oil off their hands, and you made an average of $22.63 per barrel moving the oil.
One thing to say about this stylized example is that you are totally happy to sell oil at negative prices: If the price keeps declining into the close, your average price is always above the closing price, and so selling at lower and lower (even negative) prices makes you more money on your TAS trades than it costs you on your spot trades.
Another thing to say about it is that it is sort of perfectly poised between "hedging" and "manipulation." If you are in this position, about to receive 1,000 futures contracts at 2:30 p.m., it is totally reasonable to "pre-hedge" those contracts by selling an offsetting number of contracts right around 2:30 p.m., and you are plausibly doing sensible standard risk management by selling those contracts. On the other hand you are also plausibly "banging the close," manipulating the market, selling those contracts in order to push down the settlement price that you will pay at 2:30 p.m. There is barely even a difference between those things. Arguably the difference is that normal hedging is conducted carefully to minimize price impact, while manipulation is conducted sloppily to maximize price impact. Arguably the real difference is that manipulation is accompanied by emails and chats to your buddies saying "lol i am banging the close hope i don't go to jail bro," while hedging isn't.
A third thing to say about it is that the world rarely works like my stylized example, and this is not a risk-free trade. Sometimes there will be a big buyer on the other side, and the price will go up into the close, and you will lose a fortune doing this trade. If you are planning to make a fortune doing this trade, it helps to know what the overall balance of supply and demand is; if you are confident that there'll be no big buyers, then your selling will reliably move the settlement price. The foreign-exchange trading scandal a few years back was in part about this: Banks would agree to buy currencies at a fixing price at a specific time later in the day, and they'd pre-hedge that risk by selling the currencies in the minutes leading up to the fix—which is fine!—but then they'd also chat with their buddies at other banks to find out who was buying and selling so they could more efficiently manipulate the fixing price.
These quotes are all from Matthew Leising's Bloomberg story about the chaos at Interactive Brokers on April 20, the day that West Texas Intermediate crude oil futures for May delivery closed at -$37.63. We talked on Friday about how that result was a bit mysterious. It's easy to understand why someone would put in a bid to buy oil at -$37.63. Getting paid $37.63 to take something that has always had a positive value is a pretty low-risk/high-reward trade. It's harder to understand why anyone would hit the bid: Why pay $37.63 to get rid of oil? The simple first-order explanation is "panic": You really don't want to take delivery of oil, you have nowhere to put it, the contract is expiring, there are no buyers at normal prices, so you are forced to sell at whatever price is available, which happens to be -$37.63. This has plenty of psychological truth to it but is still odd: Why were you forced to sell then? Those futures closed above (positive) $10 the day before, and the day after; they had a wild 20 minutes to reach that negative settlement price, but that was sort of an anomaly. There are second-order explanations available. For instance: If you are a broker, and you have a customer who is long oil contracts, and the price of oil contracts dive, the losses might eat through the customer's margin. If the customer doesn't rapidly post more margin—because they only had enough money to cover losses down to zero, or just because they're eating lunch when the market dives and you can't reach them—you might blow them out of the position by selling their contracts. You might not be as careful in selling as they would be; your priority might be to sell right now rather than at a normal price. If the only available price is -$37.63, you sell at -$37.63 and send them a bill for the rest. There is another oddity to the -$37.63 price, though. Sure, it makes sense to bid -$37.63 for oil, but it also makes sense to bid -$10. When prices fell below zero, they very quickly crashed to -$37.63 instead of hovering at -$1 or -$2 or whatever. Why didn't value investors step in and say "hey I'll buy oil for -$10" to keep the price closer to normal? The Interactive Brokers story doesn't exactly answer these questions. And it's not like retail traders at Interactive Brokers were the dominant force in the oil market or anything. But it provides some very suggestive hints at how things could have gone wrong. For instance, some of the sellers at negative prices could have been Interactive Brokers clients who were blown out for insufficient margin, because they posted almost no margin at all:
For the 212 oil contracts Shah bought for 1 cent each, the broker only required his account to have $30 of margin per contract. It was as if Interactive Brokers thought the potential loss of buying at one cent was one cent, rather than the almost unlimited downside that negative prices imply, he said. …To give a sense of how far off the Interactive Brokers margin model was that day, similar trades to what Shah placed would have required $6,930 per trade in margin if he placed them at Intercontinental Exchange. That's 231 times the $30 Interactive Brokers charged.
Also it helps answer the question "why did no one post orders to buy at slightly negative prices": Interactive Brokers' computer systems didn't let them post prices below $0.01. Remember Shah "tried to put an order in for a negative price, but the Interactive Brokers system rejected it."One could imagine this generalizing; Interactive Brokers may not have been alone. Maybe some proprietary trading firm that normally trades oil got out of the market on April 20 not because of concerns about valuation or volatility, but because its computer systems found negative prices confusing. Here "computer systems" might mean complex proprietary high-frequency trading algorithms, but it might also mean, like, the spreadsheet where you type in your positions, or your broker's electronic order-entry screen. If you buy oil at -$10 a barrel you may be getting a great deal, but all your spreadsheets look weird. If not everyone can trade oil at negative prices, just as a mechanical matter, then liquidity at negative prices will be limited, and so negative oil prices will be more volatile than positive ones. Once you hit -$0.01, a lot of buyers vanish, and it is a quick trip to -$37.63.
An occasional theme of this column in the last few months is that a giant economic crisis is bad for liquidity for simple intuitive reasons, not weird technical ones. When things are bad and uncertain, fewer people want to buy stuff, but meanwhile people who want to sell stuff still wish they could get the prices they would have gotten before the crisis. There are fewer trades, and bid/ask spreads—the gap between what sellers want and what buyers offer—are wider. People often write about liquidity as an arcane technical feature of market structure, and blame regulation or robots when it dries up, but you really do not need to look for some secret glitch in market functioning to explain the lack of liquidity these days. People just don't want to buy stuff; that'll do it.
"Massive uncertainty" is bad for getting buyers to commit capital, but it's also bad for getting sellers to sell assets. If you just knew that oil prices would be $15 per barrel forever, then you'd find buyers to pay that price, and sellers would grudgingly adjust. But the problem is when oil prices are low and no one knows if or when they might get higher; buyers will only pay low prices, but sellers will hold out for higher ones.
Some oil traders use "trade-at-settlement" contracts: Instead of buying (or selling) oil futures at the market price at the time of your trade, you agree in advance to buy (or sell) them at whatever the official 2:30 p.m. settlement price is that day. This is a good trade, for you, if your job is to obtain the day's settlement price: For instance, if you run an index fund or exchange-traded fund that is benchmarked to that price, using TAS futures guarantees you the benchmark price. If you invest in oil futures and your boss fires you if you miss the benchmark, you might use TAS futures, that sort of thing. If you are a savvy oil trader attuned to minute-by-minute changes in supply and demand and trying to capture as much value as possible from your skills, you'll probably just trade the futures at their current prices, selling if the price is too high and buying if it's too low. But a lot of oil traders are doing something else, something a bit more passive, and for them the ability to guarantee the settlement price is useful.
If you combine these two facts—a lot of TAS contracts and not much volume around the settlement time—you get a well-known theoretical problem. Let's say that, earlier in the day, you agreed to buy 3,000 contracts (3 million barrels of oil) using TAS contracts. As settlement time rolls around, the price of oil is dropping, no one wants to buy your TAS contracts from you, and you are going to end up owning 3,000 May futures contracts at 2:30. You might decide to hedge your exposure by selling the underlying futures as the settlement time approaches. You're going to be long 3,000 contracts at the settlement price; might as well get short some contracts to reduce your risk. So you start selling oil futures.
This has two effects. One, it reduces your net exposure: You are on the hook to buy oil at 2:30, so you're selling oil now. Two, though, it tends to reduce the settlement price: You're about to buy oil at 2:30, at the market price at 2:30; if you dump oil into the market at 2:25, that will reduce the market price. Let's say you bought 3,000 contracts using TAS when the futures were trading at about $10. Then, as settlement approached, futures started dropping precipitously in a thin, weird, panicky market. You might reasonably say: Look, I'm about to take possession of 3,000 crude oil contracts that I am pretty sure are worth about $10. I will be buying them at whatever the 2:30 p.m. settlement price is. The lower that price is, the better I'll do. Why don't I, uh, hedge my exposure by dumping contracts into this thin, weird, panicky market and see how low the price goes? If you sell 500 contracts and push the price down to negative $37.63, and then buy 3,000 contracts at negative $37.63, on net you have bought 2,500 contracts for negative $37.63—you got paid to take them—and, after the settlement weirdness resolves and things go back to normal, you can sell them for about $10 each. (They did recover to $10 the next day.)
The basic pattern—agree in advance to buy (sell) stuff at the official settlement price at some fixed future time, and then sell (buy) a bunch of that stuff in the minutes leading up to the official settlement time with the effect of pushing down (up) the price at which you are buying (selling)—is incredibly common, and the gradation from "sensibly pre-hedging the exposure you will get at settlement" to "sloppily pre-hedging the exposure you will get at settlement" to "manipulating the market to push down the price you will get at settlement" is blurry. If you type in a chat room "lol I'm gonna pound out 500 contracts to push down the settlement price and make fortune on my TAS trades, i am really ripping those muppets' faces off, hope I don't go to prison bro, hashtag fraud hashtag crime hashtag manipulation," you will get in trouble. But if you don't type that, and quietly sell the 500 contracts and the price goes down, then as far as anyone knows that was just pre-hedging.
Here I want to talk a bit more about the financial weirdness. Again, it is not that weird, on first principles, for the price of oil to be negative: It's a gross ooze that is costly to store or dispose of, and no one is using it right now.It is also not that weird, mechanically, for the futures price to be negative. It mean it is unprecedented, and it is weird financially; you'd expect an efficient market to figure out the storage problems more than one day ahead of expiry, and unwind contracts in a more orderly way. But mechanically the negative futures price is mostly straightforward and intuitive. Futures trade on an exchange, there is a clearinghouse, everyone has to be creditworthy and post daily margin both ways as the price moves. If the price goes down, money moves along well-understood channels from the long party to the short party; if the price goes down to negative $37.63, those channels keep working. What is weird, mechanically, is that people have built financial products—often retail financial products—on top of oil futures, and those products implicitly assume that the lowest possible price for oil futures is zero. Basically you put oil futures in a box, you sell the box to investors, if oil prices go up the investors make money, if prices go down the investors lose money, if prices go to zero the investors lose all their money. Normal stuff.But if prices go to negative $37.63, you are not prepared for that. Futures exchanges have all the good two-way margin posting to make it work fine, but your retail product doesn't, and you are in trouble. The simplest retail product is just "being a broker and letting your retail customers trade futures." Here's an Interactive Brokers press release from yesterday:
Interactive Brokers Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: IBKR) today noted that, as has been widely reported, the energy markets yesterday exhibited extraordinary price activity in the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) West Texas Intermediate Crude Oil contract. The price of the May 2020 contract dropped to an unprecedented negative price of $37.63. This price was the basis for determining the settlement price for cash-settled contracts traded on the CME Globex and also on a separate, expiring cash-settled futures contract listed on the Intercontinental Exchange Europe ("ICE Europe").Several Interactive Brokers LLC ("IBLLC") customers held long positions in these CME and ICE Europe contracts, and as a result they incurred losses in excess of the equity in their accounts. IBLLC has fulfilled the firm's required variation margin settlements with the respective clearinghouses on behalf of its customers. As a result, the Company has recognized an aggregate provisionary loss of approximately $88 million.
In general futures trading is done on margin; if an Interactive Brokers customer bought 1,000 barrels of oil for $50 each—the price of the WTI May contract in late February—she probably didn't put up $50,000 of her own cash. But even if she had , her actual losses on the contract were $87,630 (negative 175%), not $50,000, and she certainly didn't put up $87,630 to buy a $50,000 contract. And
Other Blowups (39)
Most long-running financial frauds have a Ponzi element to them. You can probably think up a way to raise money from investors and steal all of it, but you probably can'tkeep doing that for a long time. If you want to keep raising new money from investors to steal, you probably have...
I don't know, here's a trade:
1. You are a big commodity trading firm and you can borrow money cheaply from a bank, secured by commodity cargoes. 2. Another, smaller trading firm would like to borrow money from you , secured by its commodity cargoes. 3. It will pay you more than you pay the bank, so you collect a nice spread. 4. Your risk is that, if the borrower doesn't pay you back, you still have to pay the bank back: You have the smaller trading firm's credit risk. This risk is, of course, mitigated by the collateral: If the other firm doesn't pay you back you can seize its commodity cargoes.
Fine. Now add a wrinkle: You find out that the commodity cargoes are fake. The trading firm says that it has shiploads of nickel as collateral, but actually the ships are full of worthless rocks. What do you do?
One answer is: You terminate the loans and sue the borrower for fraud. There are problems with that: The borrower probably has some financial problems, the collateral is worthless, you are not getting all of your money back, and you'll still have to pay back the bank.
Another answer is: You say "well, nobody's perfect, just don't tell anyone else " and keep the trade going. You keep collecting the spread on the loan. If nobody else knows about the rocks, the borrower can keep rolling the loans forever, and you can keep rolling them with your bank, and everything is, not fine exactly, but stable. Stable-ish. There is not really an endgame. I suppose you can hope that your borrower will find another lender and cut you out of it? Or you'll earn enough spread to make it worth it? Or you'll retire before anyone finds out? This doesn't seem like a good plan, but it is an understandable one.
I don't know, here's a trade:
1. You go to a bank and say "I would like to buy $1 billion of bonds, but I don't have $1 billion. Why don't you lend me the $1 billion, and I'll buy the bonds, and you can take the bonds as collateral." 2. The bank is like "well okay how much of your own money are you proposing to put up?" 3. You are like "uh I've got like $200 in my checking account, but that's not the point. The point is that you'll have the bonds as collateral, so it's fine." 4. The bank is like "sure I guess, here's $1 billion." 5. You buy the bonds, the market moves against you, the bank's collateral loses $100 million of value, the bank comes to you and says "hey you owe us the $100 million," and you are like "well, like I said, I've got $200, you can have that."
Is that a trade? Does that happen? It seems implausible. Normally banks require more margin than that: They won't lend you $1 billion against a $1 billion bond portfolio; they'll lend you, like, $500 million or $800 million or something, demanding that you put up some equity to insulate them from losses. Still there are exceptions, though not at the literal "$200 in my checking account" level. Is the story of Archegos something like this? Banks loaned Bill Hwang's family office billions of dollars, secured by stock positions, with relatively little equity, and then lost billions when those stocks went down.
Anyway here's a very weird story by Bloomberg's Harry Wilson, Donal Griffin and Jonathan Browning:
The founders of a failed London brokerage, which saddled some of the world's largest banks with tens of millions of dollars of trading losses when it collapsed, have settled a $125 million lawsuit for pennies on the dollar.>
Alberto Statti and Caterina De'Medici — who set up Invexstar Capital Management — agreed to pay the firm's liquidators €500,000 ($541,000) to settle a legal claim against them after "protracted correspondence," according to a UK corporate filing. The pair have paid €350,000 so far and "discussions" are ongoing about the rest, the filing shows.>
At the time of its collapse eight years ago, Invexstar had built up trading positions with a notional value of more than £1.25 billion ($1.59 billion) despite having capital of less than £1 million. Wall Street banks including BNP Paribas SA, Morgan Stanley and Nomura Holdings Inc., were left nursing more than £100 million of losses when Invexstar was forced to close after the firm was caught out by moves in the bond market.
"Capital of less than £1 million" is not quite "$200 in my checking account," but it's pretty close! It's closer to that than it is to Archegos. And if you give someone 1,250x leverage you are going to be lucky to get back pennies on the dollar. In fact, these banks didn't; €500,000 on a $125 million claim is like half a penny on the dollar.
When Credit Suisse's additional tier 1 capital securities were zeroed in March, its subordinated bonds were not. The subordinated bonds were fine, they are still outstanding, and Credit Suisse (which is being acquired by UBS Group AG) is still paying them. Intuitively, the way to describe this is something like "the subordinated bonds are senior to the AT1s, so the subordinated bonds get paid before the AT1s do." And in fact it was and is fairly standard to describe the capital structure of Credit Suisse — or any other big European bank — by saying that AT1s are below subordinated bonds, which are below senior unsecured bonds, etc.
There are credit default swaps outstanding on Credit Suisse's subordinated bonds. These swaps would be triggered, and would pay off, if the subordinated bonds were written down, but those bonds were not written down. They would also be triggered, though, if any Credit Suisse bonds that are "not subordinated to" those bonds were written down. The AT1s were written down. Were the AT1s "not subordinated to" the subordinated bonds? Obviously they were subordinated, in a practical sense — they were written down and the bonds were not! — but the documents are a little ambiguous and these things thrive on technicalities, so some hedge funds bought CDS on the sub bonds and claimed it was triggered. Today they lost:
A panel tasked with overseeing the credit default swaps market has ruled that the write down of Credit Suisse Group AG's Additional Tier 1 notes will not trigger an insurance payout.
The Credit Derivatives Determinations Committee (CDDC) determined at a meeting on Wednesday that the write down would not lead to a payout of the default swaps tied to the bank's subordinated debt, according to a notice on its website. In reaching its decision, the committee took the view that the AT1 notes were in fact junior to the subordinated bonds underlying the swaps.
The purposes of CDS are mostly (1) to help lenders and investors hedge their credit risk and (2) to allow speculators to bet against the credit of a company. The AT1s were supposed to be sold to people — large sophisticated asset managers, foreign high-net-worth investors — who voluntarily took on the risk of a Credit Suisse collapse, to put some of the tail risk of the banking system in the hands of people who could bear it. If they all hedged by buying CDS from a bank, that would defeat the purpose; you don't want some other bank secretly holding all that risk. Meanwhile, you don't necessarily want to encourage a market for people to speculate that a big global bank will fail and be taken over by the government; AT1 CDS for speculative purposes seems kind of dangerous. [2]
And so there was CDS on Credit Suisse's senior bonds, and on its subordinated bonds, but not on its AT1 capital securities. And when Credit Suisse was seized by the Swiss government and sold to UBS Group AG, its AT1s were written down to zero but its senior bonds and subordinated bonds were untouched, so its CDS was not triggered. Except that now some hedge funds are asking, what if it was?
The Credit Derivatives Determinations Committee agreed to consider whether a "governmental intervention credit event" occurred when Credit Suisse Group AG's Additional Tier 1 bonds were written down, opening the door for a potential payout on the swaps.
The acceptance by a panel of about a dozen banks and asset managers is the first step in a process that will determine if credit default swaps tied to the Swiss bank will be triggered. Funds including FourSixThree Capital and Diameter Capital Partners have been buying swaps insuring Credit Suisse's subordinated bonds, betting that the controversial writedown could prompt a payout of the derivative contracts, Bloomberg previously reported.
Here is the determinations committee page on the question. The funds' arguments are not public, but here is Sujeet Indap at FT Alphaville trying to figure them out. The gist of it [3] is that CDS on Credit Suisse's subordinated bonds is triggered not only if those bonds are written down (they were not), but also if any bonds that were "not subordinated" to them were written down. And while the AT1s are in some obvious practical sense subordinated to Credit Suisse's other bonds — they were written down, while the other bonds are fine! — it is not so clear that that's the case from the actual language of the offering documents. ("If Circumstance X occurs, Bond Y will pay back zero but Bond Z will be repaid in full" does not, strictly speaking, mean that Bond Y is "subordinated" to Bond Z.)
The way CDS works is, roughly, that if it is triggered then it pays out 100 cents on the dollar minus the current value of the underlying bonds. Usually that value is low (and CDS pays a lot), if the issuer has really gone bankrupt, or roughly 100 cents on the dollar (and CDS pays very little), if the issuer is fine but the CDS has been triggered for some weird technical reasons. Here the CDS has been triggered for some weird technical reason — these bonds are fine — but there is still potential for a real payout because they have lost value due to interest rates. We talked a couple of weeks ago about people trading CDS on the US government. There, too, the bet is that a US debt default would trigger CDS, but that US bonds would be relatively unimpaired (because probably a debt-ceiling default would be cured quickly). But because interest rates have moved so much so quickly, long-term US government bonds — as well as Credit Suisse subordinated bonds — trade well below 100 cents on the dollar, so triggering CDS is valuable.
These securities — called "contingent convertibles" (CoCos) and "additional tier 1 capital securities" (AT1s) — look like bonds that pay a high interest rate, but they go to zero if your bank runs into disaster. They are meant to substitute for government bailouts; if the bank becomes insolvent, it gets recapitalized by zeroing the AT1s instead of by relying on a taxpayer bailout.
Your bank wants to sell these securities, so you are helping out your employer by finding buyers (your clients). The more you sell, the lower your bank's cost of capital, and the higher its profits and your bonus.
Your rich clients want high cash income from securities issued by a big-name bank, so they will enjoy owning these securities, and will be happy with the advice that you have provided them.
Unless your bank goes bust, in which case they will lose all their money — but if your bank goes bust you are probably out of a job anyway, so you don't care very much about your clients being mad at you in that scenario.
In the state of the world where your bank is fine, these securities are a good investment for your clients. In the state of the world where your bank blows up, these securities are a bad investment for your clients, but that is the least of your worries. It's basically all upside! Load 'em up with AT1s!
For example, I wrote yesterday about how Credit Suisse's additional tier 1 capital securities were zeroed by this deal, even as Credit Suisse's shareholders got something (though not much). There are about 16 billion Swiss francs of AT1s outstanding, and their holders are very upset about this treatment and contemplating suing. The AT1s are, nominally, senior in the capital structure to the common stock, so it is weird for them to get nothing when the common gets something.
The AT1s are basically bonds that pay interest, but there is a provision in the bonds saying that they get written down to zero if (1) Credit Suisse's common equity tier 1 capital falls below 7% or (2) the Swiss regulators decide that zeroing them is necessary to keep Credit Suisse solvent.
My point yesterday was that the first trigger — the 7% capital ratio trigger — necessarily means that the AT1s are sometimes junior to the common stock: If the common equity capital ratio falls to 5%, then (1) there is value remaining for the equity (5% of risk-weighted assets!) but (2) the AT1s get triggered and written down to zero.
Broadly speaking, due to war and sanctions and geopolitical tensions, Russian banks with euros in Europe often can't send those euros back to Russia, and European banks with rubles in Russia often can't send those rubles back to Europe. But these are not real things. A "euro" or a "ruble" is not a bank note that needs to get on a plane and cross a border. They are just entries in ledgers.
If you are a European bank with Russian operations, and you know a Russian bank with European operations, you might propose a trade: "You give us your euros in Europe, which you can't get use but we can, and we'll give you our rubles in Russia, which we can't use but you can."
The advantage of this is that it allows everyone to get access to their money without moving the money from Europe to Russia or Russia to Europe. The disadvantage of it is … wait, no it doesn't? This is the only thing that "moving the money" could mean? It means exchanging euros in Europe for rubles in Russia on the books of banks? If you're not allowed to move euros from Europe to Russia, you really shouldn't be allowed to do this, which is the same thing.
We talk sometimes around here about the value of not marking to market: Investors will pay premiums, in various contexts, for the service of not knowing what their investments are worth, particularly when they are going down. Here Insight's clients do seem to have benefited from not being told what their investments were worth that day, even if "trust in the system" did not.
That said I do want to say something about the timing here. The way this worked is that Insight provided its Sept. 27 marks at midday on Sept. 28:
Insight's actions on September 28 illustrate how "tough" it was. By that morning, LDI funds were starting to crack. The BoE later described this as a period when market participants were "shouting on the phone" for help. Insight had just hours left before it reported the value on its funds for September 27 — a typically humdrum daily process that involves scraping data on the previous day's gilts prices and reporting the numbers each afternoon.
Marking the funds to market at September 27 rates, close to the lowest point in the crisis, would have generated a grim result. Instead, for that one day, Insight took another path. After the BoE announced its targeted bond-buying rescue scheme at 11am on September 28, which instantly pushed gilts prices higher, it gathered its five-person fund board, which comprised three independent members and others from BNY and Insight. They decided to mark the books for September 27 higher by disregarding that day's gilt moves and marking to market around prices that had prevailed in the middle of September 26.
By the time they were marking the books for Sept. 27, it was Sept. 28, and the market had already recovered. It is one thing to sit there at the close on Sept. 27, look at a horrific drop in your asset values, and say "ahhh, this is just a blip, this isn't real, everything is fine, let's report a higher value." That sounds like wishful thinking! But it is something else to sit there at noon on Sept. 28, look at yesterday's horrific drop in your asset values and today's recovery, and say "ahhh, yesterday's drop was just a blip, it wasn't real, everything turned out fine, let's report a higher value for yesterday." It seems a little bit more justifiable to smooth out volatility in returns when you already know what happened next, and in fact the volatility was smoothed out in the real world.
Intuitively, the way an unregulated bank works is something like this. You — the shareholder and chief executive officer — start a bank and put up $10 of your own money as initial capital. The bank has $10 of shareholder equity, takes $100 of deposits and makes $110 of loans. If the loans get paid back with interest, then the bank ends up with, say, $116, it pays $103 to its depositors (with interest), and you get your $10 back with $3 of profits. If $20 worth of the loans default, then the bank has only $90 (plus some interest, so, say, $94); the depositors get back 94 cents on the dollar and you lose everything.
But this all happens over time. The bank borrows short to lend long: The depositors can ask for their money back at any time, but most days most of them don't, so the bank can make long-term loans that pay higher interest. One thing this means is that if all of the bank's loans are perfectly good, but all the depositors ask for their money back at once, the bank won't have it; it will have to sell its loans at discounted prices to raise money, and the depositors will end up getting back less than they put in. The "run on the bank" will itself cause the depositors (and shareholders) to lose money.
Conversely, another thing it means is that if a bunch of the bank's loans default, you will … uh … want to avoid mentioning that? Like, if you just go out and say "$20 of our money is gone, sorry," then depositors will ask for all of their money back at once, and (1) you only have $90 of assets to pay back $100 of deposits, (2) even those loans have to be sold at a discount to raise money, so in a run on the bank you'll only be able to pay back, say, 70 cents on the dollar, and (3) definitely the bank will be bankrupt and shareholders will lose everything.
On the other hand, if you go out and say "small hiccup but we are financially secure, everything is fine," then maybe the depositors won't ask for their money back all at once, and you will have a chance to earn back the losses. You take in short-term deposits, you make long-term loans, you make a profit each quarter, and that profit goes to building your assets back up until you have enough to pay back all the depositors. In the good times, after all, this is a profitable business, so if you can keep going long enough then everything could work out.
How specifically you do this will depend on how sophisticated and demanding your depositors are. "La la la everything's great, stop asking questions" will work in some cases. In other cases, your investors will demand financial statements, lists of assets, etc., but there are still things you can do. For instance if you had $110 of loans and $20 worth of them defaulted, now you have $90 of assets and $100 of deposits, oops. But you can create more assets. You can write an IOU to your bank, a promissory note saying "The shareholder of this bank promises to pay the bank $20." Now the bank has $90 of regular loans and a $20 loan to you, [1] for a total of $110 of loans and $100 of deposits. The bank is solvent and everything is fine. Things keep going along, the bank makes loans and earns profits, and you get those profits and use them to pay back the IOU.
In the general case that IOU might not have a ton of economic substance: If you promise to pay your bank $20, and you don't have $20, that IOU isn't worth much, or at least, isn't worth much now. But if everyone says "ah, yes, it's fine, this bank is well capitalized," then they won't withdraw their money, and the bank will continue along, and hopefully you won't make any more bad loans, and hopefully it will be profitable, and if that goes on for long enough then the profits will add up to more than $20 and you'll pay back the IOU.
In other words, the IOU is valuable if both (1) people believe in it and (2) you do a better job managing the bank now than you did before. If you keep making lots of loans that default, you're gonna have problems.
None of this is banking advice, or even all that relevant to the actual US banking industry. Actual banking has things like lenders of last resort and deposit insurance, so bank runs are less of a practical problem. And it has capital and safety-and-soundness regulation to try to prevent banks from losing 20% of their loan book, and to shut them down if they do. And it has disclosure and related-party regulations that look with suspicion on bankers writing IOUs to themselves.
But it sure is relevant to crypto shadow banking! We talk about it a bunch, in different forms. For instance there is the story from a few years back about Bitfinex and Tether. Bitfinex is a crypto exchange, Tether is a stablecoin issuer, they are affiliated companies, and in 2018 they had an oopsie where Bitfinex lost a lot of customer money at a shady Panamanian money transmitter. If Bitfinex had gone out to its customers and said "hey we lost a bunch of your money," that would have been bad; they might have withdrawn the rest of their money. In fact they were withdrawing a lot of money, and Bitfinex was short on cash. So Bitfinex took $625 million from Tether, enough cash to pay out withdrawals. But that left Tether undercapitalized: It had issued a bunch of stablecoins that were supposed to be backed by $1 of assets per stablecoin, but now Bitfinex had taken $625 million of Tether's cash to pay out its customers. So Tether was no longer fully backed.
Ah, but it was! See, technically, Tether was backed by (1) all the assets it had previously had, (2) minus $625 million of cash, (3) plus a $625 million IOU from Bitfinex. If Bitfinex could return to profitability and stop losing money to Panamanian money transmitters, everything would be fine.
This basically worked: There was no run on Tether, Bitfinex and Tether are both pretty lucrative businesses, and eventually the $625 million hole seems to have been closed. Tether got in trouble for it — it was sued by the New York attorney general and eventually settled — because this accounting is not, you know, super legitimate. "Tether is 100% backed by real dollar assets" and "Tether is partly backed by an unsecured IOU from its sister company" are almost the same, but not quite, and a traditional financial lawyer might be appalled by the difference. But a crypto shadow bank, ehh.
Or we have talked a few times about crypto lending platforms that blew up in very visible fashion last summer: They took deposits, they used the deposits to make loans, the loans went bad, the depositors panicked, they asked for their money back, the money wasn't there. Writing IOUs to themselves, at that point, would not have helped much; nobody would have trusted an IOU from the shareholders of Voyager or Celsius or BlockFi. But what could help was agreeing to a bailout from some other, more stable-seeming crypto firm. (Generally, this summer, that firm was FTX, oops.) The way this worked was not generally that the acquirer would come in with enough cash to pay out 100% of the lending platform's depositors. Instead, the acquirer would just promise enough cash to pay all the depositors, and then the depositors would say "oh that's fine then" and not withdraw their money. In an ideal world, the platform stays in business, it makes profits, it stops making bad loans, and it makes enough profits to fill up the hole so that the acquirer never needs to pay anyone out. That is not really how things worked out, with the FTX bailouts, but that was the idea.
If you lend your cryptocurrency to a crypto shadow bank that promises you an 18% return, and the crypto shadow bank goes bankrupt, do you automatically get your money back? I asked that question last month, and I felt then — and still feel — that it answers itself. The answer is no. When you loaned your crypto to the crypto shadow bank, you were taking credit risk; the crypto shadow bank was trying to use your crypto to make more money (crypto) so it could pay you your return. When it failed to do that — when it lost your crypto — it went bankrupt. If you storm in and say "open up the vault and give me my money back," the crypto shadow bank will say "no, you have misunderstood how this works, we don't have a vault, what we have is a bunch of investments that we use to make money to pay the 18% return we promised you, and those went poorly.
A lot of crypto shadow banks went bankrupt last year, and people did storm in to demand that they open the vaults and give the money back, due to a series of misconceptions that we also talked about last month. (The main ones: That the crypto was in a vault, or that a crypto shadow bank is somehow a bank backed by regulation or deposit insurance or whatever.) We talked about this because some customers of Celsius Network LLC, a bankrupt crypto shadow bank, had filed a motion in bankruptcy court arguing that they owned the crypto that they had deposited with Celsius as part of its "Earn" program, where Celsius took their crypto and invested it and paid high returns for a while and then lost the crypto and went bankrupt.
Celsius still has some crypto left, and those customers want a declaration that it belongs to them, somehow, rather than being part of the bankruptcy estate that can be used to pay them and any other Celsius creditors. This struck me as a crazy argument, and I guess I was right? Yesterday the judge in the bankruptcy case ruled against the customers:
If the cryptocurrency assets in the Earn Accounts are owned by the Debtors, the Account Holders are unsecured creditors and their recovery depends on the distributions to unsecured creditors under a confirmed chapter 11 plan, or under the Bankruptcy Code's priority rules in the event of liquidation. A fundamental principle of the Bankruptcy Code is equality of distribution. There simply will not be enough value available to repay all Account Holders in full. If only some Account Holders prevail with their arguments that they own the cryptocurrency assets in their accounts, they hope to recover 100% of their claims, while most of the Account Holders are left as unsecured creditors and may recover only a small percentage of their claims. ...
The crux of many objections to the Amended Motion is that Celsius's ubiquitous use [in the terms of use that its customers agreed to] of the word "loan," "lending," and other variations sits in direct conflict with the singular clause transferring all title and rights of ownership to the Debtors. These responses argue that this creates an ambiguity within the four corners of the contract. But the use of the term "loan," or variations of that term, do not contradict transfer of ownership of cryptocurrency assets to Celsius. The Account Holders argue that a layperson's understanding of the term "loan" means the Account Holder retains ownership of their Earn Assets but temporarily allows the use of the assets by the Debtors —but the Court cannot ignore the plain and clear language in the Transfer of Title Clause.
Further, even if the Court found that Account Holders loaned digital assets to Celsius, Account Holders would still be unsecured creditors. It is blackletter law that a loan of money or property to another creates a debtor-creditor relationship. ... And absent a perfected security interest in tangible or intangible property, in the event of the debtor's bankruptcy, the creditor holds only an unsecured claim.
I don't know what to say except "yes, obviously, of course." If you lend money to a crypto firm that promises you an 18% return, and it goes bankrupt, you don't get your money back! That's why it promised you an 18% return! What else could possibly have been going on here?
I want to make sort of a generic point about crypto shadow banks. Let's say you have a crypto shadow bank, say a lending platform that takes customer deposits and uses them to lend to crypto hedge funds. It has customer deposits of $1 billion, it has shareholders' equity of $100 million, and it buys $1.1 billion of assets, meaning mostly cryptocurrencies and loans to crypto hedge funds. The value of the assets goes down (to $1 billion, or maybe a bit more, or maybe a lot less), there's a run on the bank, and the lending platform halts withdrawals and files for bankruptcy.
It goes to bankruptcy court and says "hi, we owe customers $1 billion and we have assets that might be worth $1 billion or might not, but we're gonna try to get as much as we can for them." There are two possible paths here.
One is that the platform can sell off the assets for cash. It had some Bitcoins that it sells on an exchange; it has some stablecoins that it converts to dollars; it has some loans to hedge funds that it tries to collect or sell to other investors. Maybe it finds a buyer for all the assets; maybe it sells them off piecemeal. The buyers get the assets and pay cash. The buyers do not get any liabilities ; the liabilities stay with the platform, in bankruptcy court. At the end of the process, the platform has some cash, and it gives that to its customers. If it ends up with $1 billion (or more) in cash, after paying expenses, then the customers get all their money back. If it ends up with $900 million in cash, the customers get 90 cents on the dollar. In any case, they get a check from the bankruptcy estate in the bankruptcy process.
The other possible path is that the platform can sell itself as a going concern, or going-ish anyway. It finds a buyer that is itself a crypto shadow bank — let's say a big well-known crypto exchange — and the buyer says "sure we will take over your customer liabilities." The buyer buys (1) the platform's assets (its Bitcoins, loans, etc.) and (2) its customer list; it also acquires the platform's customer liabilities. It does not pay cash , or not very much: It pays for the assets by taking on the liabilities. (If the assets are worth more than the liabilities — or if the customer list is very valuable — then maybe it kicks in some cash to pay the bankruptcy advisers and maybe, even, the platform's shareholders, but don't count on that.) No cash flows through the bankruptcy estate; the customers don't get checks.
Instead, the customers wake up one day to find that they are now customers of the buyer. This is an improvement in their situation. Before, they were customers of a bankrupt crypto lending platform that had frozen withdrawals. Now, they are customers of a big solvent crypto exchange that processes withdrawals normally. They can withdraw their money! Their accounts are all there! They can get 100 cents on the dollar!
Perhaps they all will: "I've had enough of this," they'll say, and take their cash out. In that scenario, the buyer will have to pay out $1 billion in cash to customers in short order, and will be left with the platform's assets, its crypto or loans or whatever. [1] If the assets were worth $1.1 billion, that's good for the buyer, and that's a real possibility: If the buyer solved a liquidity crisis for the seller, then the assets might quickly bounce back. If the assets were worth $900 million, the buyer loses money, and that is also a real possibility: When crypto shadow banks blow up they tend to blow up pretty hard. In any case, in this scenario the buyer has not gotten much value out of the seller's customer list: All the customers quit immediately.
But this is not, I think, the most likely outcome, or the one the buyer is betting on. More realistically, most of the customers will think "ah, well, I got burned by trusting that old insolvent crypto shadow bank, but now I am a customer of a well-capitalized industry-leading crypto exchange, and surely my money is safe. Also my new exchange has such a good user interface and a wide range of exciting trading and lending opportunities; I am going to take advantage of them." So the customers will keep their cash on the platform. The buyer — the exchange that now has them as customers — does not have to pay out $1 billion in cash. Perhaps it attracts more cash, as grateful and confident customers experience its good trading interface. They trade, they make or lose money, they pay fees, life goes on.
In this scenario you can say things like "the rescuing exchange bought the bankrupt platform's assets for $1 billion," and you're not exactly wrong. But the rescuing exchange didn't pay out $1 billion in cash for the bankrupt platform's assortment of assets. It did something else. It got the assets and guaranteed the bankrupt platform's liabilities.
There's nothing particularly "crypto" about any of this, I should say, and rescues of failing actual banks tend to work much the same way (though they tend to be orchestrated by bank regulators and backstopped by deposit insurance). If your bank fails, it would be very unusual for you to end up with a sack of cash and a note reading "find another bank." Far, far, far more likely, you will just automatically end up with an account at a different bank, and it won't even occur to you to withdraw your money. Your bank failed and now you have a better bank, the system worked, it's fine.
The bankrupt platform may or may not have had a solvency crisis — the assets might or might not have been worth less than the liabilities — but it certainly had a liquidity crisis; customers wanted their money back and there wasn't enough ready money for them. The exchange solved the liquidity crisis, not necessarily by coming up with ready money, but by slowing the withdrawals. (By promising to have ready money.) The exchange can say "everything is fine now, we have your money," and customers will breathe a sigh of relief and stop withdrawing money.
Now, in the general case, the bankrupt crypto lending platform was saying exactly that — "everything is fine, we have your money" — minutes before freezing withdrawals and filing for bankruptcy. The thing that has changed is that people didn't believe the bankrupt crypto platform, so they kept withdrawing money and it collapsed; they believe the big exchange that took it over, so they stop.
If they don't stop — if this doesn't work — then hopefully the big exchange has the money to pay them out! But the big exchange won't, like, put all that money in an escrow account just to win a bankruptcy auction. The big exchange will go to the bankrupt platform's executives and bankruptcy advisers, and the bankruptcy court, and say "trust us, we're good for the money, we're a big exchange." Hopefully they will do some due diligence on the exchange and satisfy themselves that that's true. But, in crypto, things change fast, and it's weirdly hard to get audited financial statements.
The state of fraud prosecutions for Libor, the London interbank offered rate, is incredibly weird. Libor was a benchmark of banks' borrowing costs that was used to set rates on trillions of dollars of loans and derivatives. The way it was set was that the administrator of Libor would call up a bunch of banks every day and say "how much would you pay right now to borrow dollars for one month? Two months? Three months? What about yen?" and so forth, through a range of currencies and tenors. And the banks would answer, and for each currency and tenor the administrator would throw out the extreme answers and average the rest, and that trimmed average would be two-month dollar Libor or whatever. And occasionally a bank would get that call 30 seconds after it had negotiated to borrow dollars for one month, and its Libor submitter — the person who answered the phone when the Libor administrator called — would confidently say "our one-month dollar borrowing cost is 2.7539%," and that was that. But most of the time the bank would not have taken out a two-month yen loan in the last hour, or the last day, or perhaps even the last week, and it would have no directly observable answer to the question. So it would estimate the answer. "We borrowed yen for one month yesterday at 0.25%, and since then rates seem to have moved by about 0.02%, and the one-to-two-month curve is about 0.07%, so I'll say 0.34%." And maybe that was actually the rate that the bank would have paid to borrow yen for two months at the moment it answered the question, and maybe it wasn't.
These sorts of interpolations are not exactly rocket science, and the numbers the banks said were probably pretty close to what their actual borrowing costs would be. But you could not say with much confidence that they were exactly right.
And then people at a bunch of banks got really into doing fraud on Libor. The idea is that sometimes a derivatives trader had a billion dollars of derivatives that were indexed to three-month dollar Libor, and if Libor was 0.01% higher he would make an extra $100,000, and so he would call up his bank's Libor submitter — and sometimes his buddies at other banks — to try to nudge Libor higher. And the submitter would be all ready to submit a Libor rate of 2.75%, and the trader would instant message him and say "help me out I need it higher," and the submitter would submit 2.76% instead.
It is theoretically possible to meme a bank into bankruptcy, in a way that it is not possible to meme, say, Tesla Inc. into bankruptcy. You get enough people worried, they stop funding the bank, and it blows up, even if its business was otherwise sound. That obvious Bagehot line is "Every banker knows that if he has to prove that he is worthy of credit, however good may be his arguments, in fact his credit is gone."
Of course in modern international banking the people you need to get worried are, like, wholesale funding markets and credit-default swap traders and derivatives counterparties, not retail depositors or shareholders.
Still. Risk Quantum reports:
Credit Suisse's average liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) dropped by a fifth in October, after a run on deposits during the first two weeks of the month.
Fuelled by what the bank called "negative press and social media coverage based on incorrect rumours", the daily LCR averaged 154% between October 1 and October 25, compared with 192% through the three months to September 30. The bank said this was the result of a significant withdrawal of cash deposits and the non-renewal of maturing time deposits.
The regulatory minimum is 100%, meaning that a bank needs to have liquid assets equal to at least 100% of its expected cash drain in "a 30 calendar day liquidity stress scenario," so Credit Suisse didn't get all that close to the brink. Also you do not have to accept Credit Suisse's claim that the drop was due to "incorrect rumors" rather than clients' reasonable response to Credit Suisse's real financial troubles. Still there is at least an arguable transmission mechanism between people posting mean stuff on Twitter and an actual run on the bank.
If a bank blows up, there is a strict and well-known order of recovery, which is that depositors get all their money back before shareholders of the bank get anything. This is a general rule of bankruptcy — creditors get paid before shareholders — but it's particularly important in banking. Banks are very leveraged; they take lots of deposits with only a small sliver of equity. It is very important that those deposits be very safe, that they be, in the jargon, "information insensitive." The idea is that depositors should not have to do careful analysis of their bank's health before depositing money. That's the shareholders' job. The shareholders are on the hook for most of the losses, so, the theory goes, they will keep an eye on the banks' managers and make sure they're not doing anything too dumb.
There are flaws in this theory, sure, but the alternative is probably worse. Meanwhile in crypto!
Some Celsius stockholders are arguing that they, rather than the company's customers, are entitled to the value from the crypto lender's mining business and loan book because of Celsius's corporate structure. Lawyers for Celsius creditors -- which are overwhelmingly its customers -- disagree.
To be fair, that's from an article about how the stockholders lost an effort to get appointed as an official committee in the bankruptcy of Celsius Network, suggesting that the judge is not all that sympathetic to their claims. Here's how he describes them (citations omitted):
The Requesting Equity Holders' legal position is that Celsius account holders do not hold claims at each Debtor entity. Further, they argue that the Celsius Entities are, essentially, a conglomerate of three business lines conducted by separate and distinct legal entities, including, without limitation: (i) the storage business, which is conducted by GK8, whose equity the Debtors are seeking to sell; (ii) the mining operations, which are conducted by Debtor Celsius Mining LLC (a subsidiary of CNL) and its non-Debtor subsidiary, Celsius Mining IL Ltd. (collectively, the "Mining Entities" and, together with CNL and GK8, the "Non-Customer Facing Entities"); and (iii) the retail customer-facing business, which is conducted primarily through Celsius Network LLC and is thus separate from the Non-Customer Facing Entities. The Requesting Equity Holders contend that only the equity holders, and not Celsius account holders, have claims against Non-Customer Facing Entities. The Debtors and Committee disagree and the Debtors have noted publicly that they believe Celsius account holders have claims against all Debtor entities.
Celsius, they argue, is not so much a bank whose depositors had senior claims on all of its money, and more of a vague agglomeration of businesses, most of which are entirely protected from depositor claims. I do not have enough information to judge if that is correct. But it would be incredibly bad if it were!
Here is a simple model of a pension fund. You know you will need to pay out a bunch of money 30 years from now, so you buy some 30-year government bonds and hold them to maturity. When the bonds mature in 30 years, you have money, which you give to the pensioners, and you're done. This model is obviously oversimplified, but it's a good start.
Let me make three points about this model. First, a financial point: Doing a pension fund this way is expensive. Thirty-year UK gilts (government bonds) paid about 2.5% interest this summer. If you want to have £100 in 30 years, and bonds pay 2.5%, you'll need to put aside about £48 now, which will grow at 2.5% over 30 years into £100. If you are a company or government, you might not be jazzed about putting aside almost half the money now to pay pension obligations in 30 years. What if you bought some stocks instead? If stocks return 8% a year on average, you can put aside just £10 now to get back £100 in 30 years. That's a much better deal, for you, now. Of course the gilts pay 2.5% guaranteed, while the 8% stock-market return is just a guess; in 30 years, you (and your pension beneficiaries) might regret your riskier choice. But it saves you money now, and it'll probably work out fine. Or, you know, you do some mix of super-safe gilts and riskier corporate bonds and stocks, etc., still targeting £100 in 30 years but putting less money in now and taking more risk to get there.
Second, a financial-stability point: Structurally, pensions are about the safest form of investing. Most big investors in financial markets are, to some degree or other, structurally short-term, in ways that make markets fragile. Banks borrow most of their money short-term (from depositors, from capital markets), and if there's a run on the bank then the bank will need to dump assets to pay back depositors. Mutual funds let their investors take money out every day, and if a lot of investors want out then the funds will have to dump stocks to give them their money back. Hedge funds let investors take money out and also tend to borrow money from prime brokers; if their assets go down then they will get margin calls from brokers and will have to sell assets to meet them. The common theme is:
1. You buy some assets with other people's money. 2. The assets go down. 3. The people — depositors, investors, prime brokers — call you up and say “you used my money to buy assets, and the assets went down, so now I want my money back.” 4. They have the right to do that. 5. You have to sell assets to pay them back. 6. This makes the price of the assets go down more. 7. Go to Step 2.
More or less every bad story in financial markets is this story, a “deleveraging” or “run on the bank.” Pensions are immune to this. Pension funds own assets (gilts, stocks, etc.) with other people's money, in the sense that they are ultimately supposed to use those assets to pay benefits to pensioners. But the beneficiaries can't take their money out if the fund has a bad year. They just have to wait. There are no runs on pensions. The pension has to come up with £100 in 30 years, but that's it; it can't be forced to sell early along the way.
This means, for one thing, that if you run a pension you can confidently invest in risky assets like stocks: If stocks go down one year, you can make it up next year; you're not going to have to shut down your pension fund because investors withdraw money after a year of bad returns. It also means that pensions are not supposed to destabilize financial markets: They are long-term investors and are not forced to sell when markets go down.
Third, an accounting point. Take the simple model of a pension: You buy a bond today to pay £100 in 30 years. I said above — with some simplification — that you pay about £48 for that bond. That is the value of that bond: The value of getting £100 in 30 years is £48 today. How do you account for that? What does the balance sheet look like? At some conceptual level, the balance sheet looks like “in 30 years I will have pension liabilities of £100 and assets of £100,” so it balances. But in practice accounting doesn't work that way. In practice you will record the value of the bond as an asset, today, at £48. But by the same logic, you will record the value of your liability at £48: The cost of paying £100 in 30 years is £48 today, so you have assets of £48 and liabilities of £48 and it all balances.
What happens if interest rates change? Let's say that the interest rate on 30-year gilts falls to 2%. This means that the market value of your bond goes up, to about £55. Do you have a windfall profit? Can you sell a portion of the bond? No, of course not. The market value of your bond has gone up, but you don't care about that. The bond, for you, is a long-term, hold-to-maturity investment. For you, the bond pays £100 in 30 years; you don't care about its market price now. But by the same logic, the present value of your liabilities goes up: Your obligation to pay £100 in 30 years is now “worth” £55, using a 2% discount rate. So your balance sheet still balances.
In the simple case, none of this matters and it is sort of a confusing fiction. You have to pay £100 in 30 years, you have an asset that pays £100 in 30 years, you're done; market fluctuations don't affect you at all. Accountants will want you to record the value of your asset and the value of your liability at their discounted present value, and that value will fluctuate with market interest rates. As rates go up, the value of your bonds will go down but the discounted cost of future pension benefits will go down; as rates go down, the bonds will go up but your cost will go up too. In the simple case these things will always offset and won't trouble you very much.
But once you move beyond the simple case this gets worse. Let's say you have to pay £100 of benefits in 30 years, and you plan to pay for that using half bonds (gilts worth £24 today) and half stocks (stocks worth £5 today). If gilts yield 2.5% and stocks return 8% per year for 30 years, that will give you £100 in 30 years, enough to pay those benefits. But today, you have assets of £29 (£24 of gilts and £5 of stocks), and liabilities of £48 (the present value of that £100 pension obligation in 30 years at a 2.5% discount rate). So your pension is underfunded, by £19. It happens! It might be fine, if you get the returns you want. But it could make you nervous. One way to overcome this nervousness is to invest in even riskier assets with higher returns, so that next year you have, you know, £33, and are less underfunded.
The bigger problem is what happens when interest rates change. Again, say that the interest rate on 30-year gilts falls to 2%. Now you have £55 of liabilities (the present value of your pension obligations discounted at 2%). The value of your gilt holdings has gone up to £27.50 as rates fell. The value of your stock holdings might not have, though; stocks don't move automatically with interest rates. Still, let's say that your stocks have gone up, by 20%, to £6. Now you have £55 of liabilities and £33.50 of assets. You are underfunded by £21.50 instead of £19, which is worse. You have “lost money,” in a very accounting-fiction-y sense. Your actual pension obligations (how much you need to pay in 30 years) have stayed the same, and the market value of your assets has gone up. But your accounting statements show that you have lost money.
Notice that what this means is that, on a reasonable set of assumptions, pensions are short gilts: They lose money (in an accounting sense) whenever interest rates go down (and gilt prices rise), and they make money (in an accounting sense) whenever interest rates go up (and gilt prices go down). Notice also how counterintuitive this is: In its simplest form, a pension fund just is a pile of gilts. The basic default move for a pension manager is to take a
If you sell nickel futures at a price of $25,000 per ton, and then the price of nickel futures goes up to $100,000 per ton, then in some simple arithmetic sense you have lost $75,000 per ton. If you sold 100 tons of nickel futures, then you have lost more than $7 million. But if you sold 150,000 tons of futures, the math changes a bit; it becomes non-linear and relativistic. If you sold 150,000 tons of nickel futures at $25,000 per ton, and then the price goes up to $100,000, your banks will call you up and say "uh you have lost $11 billion, can you pay that please," and you will say "I would prefer not to," and an insane series of events will happen:
1. The nickel exchange will cancel a bunch of trades and declare that actually the market price of nickel is $48,000 per ton, magically reversing most of your losses. 2. Then the exchange will call you and say "okay let's close you out of that trade at $48,000 per ton." 3. Then you will say "no, this is still too much money for me to lose, I prefer not to." 4. Then your banks will say "well okay how much are you willing to lose?" 5. You will say "I would close out this trade at $30,000, that's how much money I am willing to lose." 6. Your banks will say "okay fine, we'll wait for nickel prices to go back below $30,000, meanwhile we'll just lend you the money to stay in the position." 7. They will. 8. Eventually nickel prices will go below $30,000 and you will get out of the trade at a modest loss. 9. If prices never go below $30,000 then I guess your banks are very sad, but honestly they're pretty sad about all of this anyway.
I cannot stress enough that this is not how it works if you are a small customer. This is the white-glove treatment that only the biggest customers get. If you are big enough, you get to tell the exchange how much money you're willing to lose , and the exchange and your banks will make sure you don't lose more than that.
Here is a wild Bloomberg News story about Xiang Guangda, the Chinese metals tycoon who runs Tsingshan Holding Group Co., who is nicknamed "Big Shot," and who blew up the London Metals Exchange in March. We talked about it at the time, but this story adds a lot more detail about what Xiang, his bankers and the LME were thinking and doing. It is not pretty! Xiang shorted something like 150,000 tons of nickel somewhere in the $20,000s, and when nickel prices went up to $100,000 he said "no thank you":
After nickel started spiking on March 7, Tsingshan struggled to meet its margin calls. … The LME had eventually intervened to halt trading a couple of hours after nickel hit $100,000. It also canceled billions of dollars of transactions, bringing the price back to $48,078, where it closed the previous day, in what amounted to a lifeline for Xiang and Tsingshan.
And then the LME said "well, okay, $48,000?" and Xiang again said "no thank you":
To reopen the market, the LME proposed a solution: Xiang should strike a deal with holders of long positions to close out his trade. But a price of around $50,000 would be more than twice the level at which he had entered his short position, and would mean accepting billions of dollars in losses. ...
Xiang told the assembled bankers he had no intention of closing the position anywhere near $50,000. A few hours later he was delivering the same message to Matthew Chamberlain, chief executive of the LME. Tsingshan was a strong company, he said, and it had the support of the Chinese government. There would be no backing down.
And so his banks said "well okay what price would be acceptable" and he said "$30,000" and they said "fine":
On March 14, a week after the chaos that engulfed the nickel market, Tsingshan announced a deal with its banks under which they agreed not to pursue the company for the billions it owed for a period of time. In exchange, Xiang agreed a series of price levels at which he would reduce his nickel position once prices dropped below about $30,000.
Eventually nickel got below $30,000 and he got out of the position at about a $1 billion loss. "The loss has been roughly offset by the profits of his nickel operations over the same period."
The article also describes the scene at Xiang's office on the evening of March 8:
Within hours, more than 50 bankers had arrived at his office wanting to hear how he planned to respond to the crisis. He told them simply: "I'm confident that we will overcome this."
If FIFTY BANKERS ever arrive at your office all at once, (1) you have done something terrible but (2) it is absolutely their problem, not yours.
With unprecedented chaos rippling through the industry, Xiang — still facing his bankers in the early hours of March 9 — had a key advantage. They were more terrified than he was.
If he refused to pay, they would have to chase him in courts in Indonesia and China. What's more, he had executed his nickel trade through a variety of corporate entities – such as the Hong Kong branch of battery unit Ruipu Energy Co. – and it wasn't clear the banks would even have the right to seize Tsingshan's most valuable assets.
The bankers understood that if things went wrong, their careers would be over, one person who was in the room remembered.
Incredible stuff. When the LME declared that the price of nickel wasn't actually $100,000 (as the market said) but $48,000, it broke a bunch of trades and cost some financial traders hundreds of millions of dollars. They were really mad, understandably; several have sued the LME. I was pretty sympathetic to those lawsuits before reading this story, but now, oh man! The LME canceled trades and shut down the market not for some good neutral reason, but because it was bullied by a giant trader who decided that he preferred not to follow the rules, and the LME couldn't risk the chaos of trying to hold him to the rules. So it put his losses on other people instead, people who did follow the rules and could meet their margin requirements.
The point here I guess is that being responsible and well capitalized and correctly predicting the market price is fine, in financial markets, but it is distinctly second-best. Being irresponsible and undercapitalized but giant is much better. Then you can just tell the market what the price is.
We talked a while back about the Russian negative basis trade: After Russia invaded Ukraine, its bond spreads rose much faster than Russian credit default swap prices. In general, those things are roughly the same: You can bet on Russian credit by buying its bonds, or equivalently by writing credit default swaps; writing CDS is a synthetic equivalent of owning bonds. But in the case of a sanctioned Russia, owning the bonds is very bad for US or European investors (sanctions might prevent you from trading them, owning them is bad PR, etc.), while writing CDS is sort of morally neutral. I wrote that one explanation of the negative basis trade might be:
that you are getting compensated for the risk of everyone hating you for holding Russian bonds. Russian bonds consist of (1) a series of cash flows plus (2) a pot of moral disapproval. Russian CDS consists of a series of cash flows (roughly opposite the ones on the bonds), with no particular moral disapproval (or approval); Russian CDS is just a zero-sum bet between two international financial institutions, referencing Russia but not actually funding it. So if you go long bonds and hedge with CDS, you have hedged out the credit risk and are left with just the moral disapproval. Which some investors — environmental, social and governance investors, high-profile public investors who answer to their clients, etc. — really don't want, so they have to pay someone else to take it.
One could generalize. Owning Russian assets is bad (for sanctions, self-sanctioning, public-relations, whatever reasons), but synthetically owning Russian assets — owning a derivative on Russian assets — is fine, neutral, whatever. So if you own some Russian assets, maybe you should sell them and buy back a derivative on them. That way, you keep a similar economic exposure — you have economic upside on Russia, etc. — but you can say "what, we don't own any Russian business, what are you talking about?"
This does not quite work as a matter of arithmetic. Russia has transferred a little bit of money to foreign banks and clearinghouses to make interest payments on its bonds, and those payments have gotten stuck, and that has led to a default, and in theory that default allows the holders of all of Russia's billions of dollars of international bonds to accelerate those bonds and demand immediate repayment. So there could be a rush of all of the bondholders to seize money, and the $100 million that might or might not be at Euroclear won't come close to satisfying all of their claims.
Still it is a strange sort of default. You could imagine a financial-engineering approach:
1. Get all the bondholders together to agree to accelerate the debt and try to seize Russian assets abroad. 2. The bondholders also agree to a payment waterfall: Holders of Bond A get the first $X seized, and then holders of Bond B get the next $Y, and then holders of Bonds C and D share equally in the next $Z, etc. And $X happens to be the interest payment due on Bond A next month, and $Y happens to be the amount due on repayment of Bond B at maturity next year, etc. 3. On the next interest payment date for Bond A, Russia transfers $X to a foreign account at some international bank and says "hey bondholders come seize our money." 4. The bondholders apply to the bank to seize the money and give it to the holders of Bond A under the payment waterfall. 5. The bank is like "sure whatever here you go, seizing Russian money isn't sanctioned, in fact it is encouraged." 6. Then Russia pays Bond B the same way. 7. Etc.
Basically you pass the bond payments along to the holders as normal, except that instead of calling them "bond payments" you call them "assets seized due to acceleration of the bonds in default." The bondholders get paid as normal, but you get to say that Russia is getting punished for default instead of paying its debts in the ordinary course. You get to call it a default, but the bondholders get to keep getting paid.
Mostly what I think is interesting here is that there is a story about crypto that says it is a reaction to the 2008 financial crisis. In this story, people lost confidence in the traditional banking system because it was opaque and overlevered; people thought their money was safe but then it turned out that their banks were putting their deposits into scary hedge funds and losing their money. People draw a line between Occupy Wall Street and crypto: Crypto, the theory goes, is a financial system that (1) does not rely on the evil legacy banks and (2) addresses some of the worst tendencies of those banks.
For instance, crypto avoids fractional reserve banking: A Bitcoin is a Bitcoin, not the debt of some bank, so there is no buildup of leverage in the system as investors hunt for safe assets. Crypto avoids the opacity of traditional banks: Crypto transactions occur on an open transparent blockchain; there are no hidden obligations that can bring the system down. Crypto is decentralized and open; "code is law"; mistakes lead to failures, not bailouts. "The basic philosophical difference between the traditional financial system and the cryptocurrency system is that traditional finance is about the extension of credit, and crypto is not," I wrote earlier this month.
But the current crypto winter shows that this is amazingly untrue in practice. There is a ton of leverage and interconnection, and who owes what to whom is surprisingly opaque, and when it causes problems it is addressed by negotiated bailouts from large crypto players. Crypto has recreated the opaque, highly leveraged, bailout-prone traditional financial system of 2008.
I don't know what to make of that. Mostly I just want to say: What an accomplishment! Rebuilding the pre-2008 financial system is a weird achievement, but certainly a difficult one, and they went and did it. One other possible conclusion is that that system was somehow … "good" might not be the word, but "natural"? Like, something in the nature of finance, or in the nature of humans, tends toward embedding opaque leverage in financial systems? Crypto was a reaction against that tendency, but as time went on, that tendency crept into crypto too.
The rough theoretical situation is that the government of Russia owns a lot of US dollars, it owes some of those US dollars to foreign bondholders, it would like to pay the bondholders their dollars, and the bondholders would like to receive them. But the US government has declared that US banks can't move money on behalf of the Russian government; there was an exception for payments on Russia's bonds, but that exception has ended. Russia's bonds involve big US banks as paying agents, and if those banks won't move the money then the money won't move. And then Russia will be in default on its bonds, an outcome that it would prefer to avoid.
It … feels … like there could be a workaround? Like in some loose sense, one wants to say "Russia should simply send dollars to its bondholders without involving those US banks." But that is a conceptual error. A dollar is an entry on the books of a US bank. If you own dollars, what you own is a number in an account at a US bank.[1] Moving dollars means telling US banks to reduce the number in your account and increase the number in someone else's account. If you cut the US banks out of the process, there's no process.
Still there are some imperfect workarounds. One is: I say that a dollar is an entry on the books of a US bank, and that is mostly true, but some dollars are green pieces of paper, actual physical currency. If Russia has enough of those — and I have no idea if it does — then I guess it could put them in sacks and say to the bondholders "hey if you want your interest payments come to Moscow and take a sack." This is a very imperfect way to do international finance, and I assume a lot of international bondholders would not want to come collect their sacks.
Here's another workaround. Roughly speaking, Russia still has its frozen US dollars. It can't make its US banks transfer them, but I suppose it could issue transferable claims on them. For instance, if Russia's government holds $1 billion in an account at a Russian bank, and that Russian bank in turn holds that $1 billion in a US correspondent bank, then in some sense the $1 billion in the correspondent bank's accounts are "real dollars" and the $1 billion in the Russian bank's accounts are "indirect claims on dollars." If Russia's government called up the correspondent bank to say "hey send that $1 billion to our bondholders," the correspondent bank, being US-regulated, would say no.
But if it called up the Russian bank and said "hey send that $1 billion to our bondholders," the Russian bank, being Russia-regulated, would say yes. It couldn't use the US banking system to do that, but it could open accounts for the bondholders at the Russian bank, and move dollars into their accounts, and then the bondholders would "have" the dollars. They would have numbers in their accounts at the Russian bank, and those numbers would have dollar signs in front of them, and those numbers would represent claims on dollars in US bank accounts even if they are not exactly interchangeable with those dollars.
And then the bondholders could try to withdraw the dollars, I guess, by telling the Russian bank to transfer the money to their accounts at their US banks. That is where the system breaks down a bit: If you are the US bank, and you know that this transfer comes from the Russian bond payment, do you reject it as a possible sanctions violation? I am not sure this actually gets usable dollars into the hands of the bondholders.
AGI offered a series of funds in a strategy called "Structured Alpha"; each fund offered investors (1) exposure to some index of stocks or bonds, (2) some additional yield-enhancement (covered-call selling, etc.) and hedging (put buying, etc.) strategies, (3) high fees and (4) excitingly pseudo-mathematical monthly reports to make the customers feel good about how seriously AGI was managing their money. The basic idea is that investors get exposure to the index, maybe do a bit better than the index in good times, and are protected from crashes in bad times. In return they pay the high fees. And getting the reports in the good times reassures them that they will be protected in the bad times.
The allegation from the SEC and Justice Department is that the reports, and the downside protection, were mostly fake. For instance, the hedging strategies were advertised as buying puts that were 10% to 25% out of the money:
For example, in a pitch book slide for Structured Alpha that Tournant showed to investors repeatedly from at least November 2016 through March 2020, Tournant and AGI US represented that hedging positions included put options that were "laddered for various market outcomes to the downside" with " [s]trike distances from -10% to -25%. " (Emphasis added.) The slide explained that "[t]he primary objective of the hedging positions is to protect the strategy from a short-term equity market crash," which was "[d]efined as a decline of 10% to 15% in less than 5 days."
But in fact, "beginning around February 2018, strike prices averaged from -30% to -50%" out of the money, whoops.
Or there were all those risk reports, which included option sensitivities, stress-tests, etc., often to a comical degree of precision, which the AGI managers then fudged arbitrarily. I quoted the one above, changing -22.whatever to -12.whatever. Here's another good one:
Bond-Nelson altered the outputs of stress test scenarios for the AllianzGI Structured Alpha 1000 LLC fund: one entry from -24.5987389395798% to -12.2993694697899% and another from -30.8197078741882% to -15.4098539370941%. These altered amounts were exactly one-half of the actual IDS stress test outputs and had no basis in fact.
Changing the first 2 to a 1, I get, that's easy. Dividing in half is hilarious; like, did his calculator have that many digits?
They also allegedly sent prospective investors altered reports of actual historical daily returns, "smoothing" them to report smaller gains and losses each day, which "concealed from investors the true downside risk and volatility of Structured Alpha." And they allegedly faked "attribution spreadsheets" that calculated how much of the fund's return was due to different parts of its strategy. (In particular, they altered the spreadsheets to make it seem like they spent more on hedging than they actually did.)
Or there is this strategy for producing "EV sheets," spreadsheets that were sent to prospective investors calculating expected values of the portfolio in different market conditions:
Tournant created a spreadsheet that showed actual EV data for the AllianzGI Structured Alpha 1000 LLC fund. Tournant then manipulated the data to materially increase the gains and decrease the losses, making the data materially false and misleading. Specifically, Tournant multiplied the gains by 1.4 (increasing the gains), and the losses by .25 (reducing the losses). He then emailed the altered spreadsheet to another AGI US employee for use in the investor meeting. …
Manipulation of EV sheets was labor-intensive. So, on August 5, 2017, Taylor emailed Tournant password-protected, step-by-step instructions on how to alter data and avoid detection by investors. Among other things, the instructions specified: "3) On a blank sheet in the workbook, copy and past the ENTIRE EV SHEET THEREBY DUPLICATING IT EXACTLY." Then, after copying the data from the actual EV Sheet, the instructions specified to create new manipulated figures: "7) On the new sheet target appropriate EV's and simply apply the formulas you desire and copy up or down." The "formulas" created falsified numbers by multiplying amounts on the actual EV sheets to reduce the magnitude of expected losses. …
Taylor's instructions also discussed concealing from investors the formulas showing altered EV outputs: " During a presentation, I would not put the mouse over any cells that are populated thereby showing its formula unless [you] did a copy paste special value. "
It goes on and on like this. From 2016 through 2019, Tournant and Taylor each got paid at least $10 million a year doing this stuff. Then they lost roughly half their investors' money — more than $5 billion — in a blink in March 2020 during Covid-related volatility. Oops! "The 2020 COVID-related market volatility revealed that AGI US and the defendants had misled investors about the fund's level of risk," says the SEC.
The basic idea here is that in a broadly rising stock market, your performance will be good if you just buy the index. Your performance will be even better if you double down on that bet, selling puts, selling volatility, etc. Your performance will be worse if you spend a lot of money on hedging downside risk.
Your clients will like good performance, but they will also like to be told that you have hedged your downside risk. It's easy for them to just buy the index; it's hard for them to get index performance in good times and protect themselves from crashes. If you offer them a product that does as well as the index as stocks go up, and protects them if stocks go down, they will be happy and pay you big fees. This is a hard product to make, but it is an easy product to fake, as long as stocks keep going up. Just buy the index, watch stocks go up, lie about buying puts, and send investors reports saying "look how hedged we are, if the market crashes you will only lose 12.0557450847078%!" They will never notice, until the market crashes and they lose 48.2229803388312%. Then they know you were lying.
Basically an algorithmic stablecoin (UST) is a crypto token that is supposed to have a constant price of $1, and that maintains that peg by being exchangeable for a floating quantity of some other token (Luna) with a market value of $1. If Luna trades at $10, each UST can be exchanged for 0.1 Luna. If Luna trades at $0.10, each UST can be exchanged for 10 Luna. This works great until everyone wants to get out, at which point you have to keep printing more Luna and they trade lower and lower in what is generally known as a "death spiral."
On the other hand safe assets — AAA mortgage securities, bank deposits, stablecoins — are not supposed to be risky, and people rely on them being worth what they say they're worth, and when people lose even a little bit of confidence in them they crack completely. Bitcoin is valuable at $50,000 and somewhat less valuable at $40,000. A stablecoin is valuable at $1.00 and worthless at $0.98. If it hits $0.98 it might as well go to zero. And now it might!
I have in the past told the story of TerraUSD and Luna by saying: The weakness in TerraUSD is Luna. One UST can be exchanged for $1 of Luna, but that only works if people continue to have confidence in Luna; if Luna goes to zero then TerraUSD will follow. But you could also tell the story by saying: The weakness in Luna is TerraUSD. Luna, as the cryptocurrency of a blockchain ecosystem, would rise or fall with the value of that ecosystem. But Luna, as the thing supporting a stablecoin, could go to zero in a week if that stablecoin needed support. Terra was so unstable because it was trying to be stable.
We talked yesterday about the ongoing collapse of TerraUSD, or UST, the $18 billion algorithmic stablecoin from Terraform Labs. The basic idea of an algorithmic stablecoin is that you can always exchange one UST for $1 worth of Luna, Terraform's other cryptocurrency, which is meant to guarantee that UST always trades at $1. The risk with this sort of algorithmic stablecoin is that nothing props up the price of Luna, and so if people get worried about UST and try to cash out, they will get $1 worth of Luna, which they will sell, which will drive down the price of Luna, which will make people more worried, which will lead more of them to cash out UST and sell Luna, which will further drive down the price of Luna, etc., in what is known as a death spiral. Eventually cashing out $1 of UST might get you, like, a trillion Luna that no one will want to buy, and the whole thing might collapse.
When I wrote about this yesterday UST was trading at about $0.53, down about 47% from where it was supposed to be, and Luna was trading at about $2.20, down about 93% in 24 hours. Which sounds pretty death-spirally. And yet it wasn't that death-spirally. Most of the holders of UST had not cashed it in for Luna, in part because the smart contract that turned UST into Luna was moving too slowly to cash out all the UST holders who wanted out. People were just selling UST on exchanges, for prices below $1, and those UST were not being bought by arbitrageurs and transformed into $1 of Luna because the arbitrage mechanism had broken down. Do Kwon, the founder of Terraform Labs and the face of UST and Luna, tweeted to endorse a plan to print Luna faster so that, you know, the death spiral could hurry up. The collapse in UST and Luna prices was not purely a death spiral happening; rather, it was market prices reflecting traders' anticipation of the death spiral.
Today, though, things got more death-spirally. As of 11 a.m. New York time, Luna was trading at about $0.013. According to CoinMarketCap data, it peaked at $116.41 in April, and was trading above $80 a week ago. It lost 98.7% of its value between last Thursday and yesterday, and then another 98.8% so far today. It is down about 99.98% in a week. At $0.013, the market capitalization of Luna — the total value of all 3.5 billion Luna tokens outstanding — was about $45 million.
Meanwhile TerraUSD, which had rebounded a bit yesterday, was trading at about $0.49, and there were about 11.9 billion UST outstanding (down from 18.7 billion last week). People have cashed out almost 7 billion UST for Luna, which increased the supply of Luna from about 343 million Luna last week, to about 1.5 billion yesterday, to about 3.5 billion this morning.[3] This increased supply, and the accompanying loss of confidence, drove the price of Luna down by 99.98% in a week.
Meanwhile there is still 11.9 billion UST remaining, which in theory could be cashed out for $11.9 billion worth of Luna. But as the supply of Luna has ballooned, its total value has fallen to just $45 million. If you tried to cash out 1% of the remaining UST — $119 million of face value — you would get back something like 9 billion Luna, more than double the current amount of Luna outstanding. If you sold those 9 billion Luna you would not get back $118 million. The price of Luna would drop by another … I do not have a precise number here, but let's estimate that it's a two-digit percentage where the first digit is a 9, and the second digit is a 9, and probably some of the digits after the decimal point are also 9s. That's if you cashed out one percent of the remaining UST. Then you'd have to cash out the other 99%. That's a death spiral.
Elsewhere, here's a story about a Russian negative basis trade:
The pitch from Wall Street sales desks to clients goes something like this: Block out the horrors of the war in Ukraine, and focus on the trading opportunity it has created. Years, even decades could go by, one hedge-fund firm recalls being told, before another relative-value trade this attractive comes along.
For those comfortable with step one, the bet has indeed racked up quick gains. Known as a negative-basis trade, at its core it takes advantage of the near-unprecedented selloff in Russian debt since Vladimir Putin's widely condemned invasion. It involves buying beaten down government or corporate bonds along with corresponding credit-default swaps, which insure the debtholder in the event of non-payment.
In normal times, the economics of such a transaction don't make much sense. The cost of the debt and the hedges move inversely, typically offsetting each other. But for much of the past month, as institutional investors were rushing to offload their stakes in Russian assets amid mounting public outrage, bond prices were falling faster than the cost to hedge was rising.
What is this trade? Like, you are getting paid a lot of money to take some risk. What is that risk? One very live possibility is that you are taking the risk of CDS not working. Sometimes a bond defaults and you lose a lot of money on the bond, and you own CDS and expect it to pay out, but the CDS seller says "surprise!" and doesn't pay you. CDS is a sort of insurance on bonds, and there are gaps in coverage. In particular we have discussed the possibility that some Russian government bonds might not be eligible for CDS delivery, and that if Russia defaults CDS might not pay out in a way that compensates bondholders.
The other possibility is that you are getting compensated for the risk of everyone hating you for holding Russian bonds. Russian bonds consist of (1) a series of cash flows plus (2) a pot of moral disapproval. Russian CDS consists of a series of cash flows (roughly opposite the ones on the bonds), with no particular moral disapproval (or approval); Russian CDS is just a zero-sum bet between two international financial institutions, referencing Russia but not actually funding it. So if you go long bonds and hedge with CDS, you have hedged out the credit risk and are left with just the moral disapproval. Which some investors — environmental, social and governance investors, high-profile public investors who answer to their clients, etc. — really don't want, so they have to pay someone else to take it.
I mean, you sort of have a yacht. In the ordinary course what happens when a customer defaults on a yacht loan is that the bank seizes the yacht, the bank sells the yacht, the bank pays back its loan out of the proceeds, and the customer gets whatever is left over. (I mean, that is schematically how secured lending works in general; I assume that yacht loans are similar but a bit more polite.) Here various aspects of that — selling the yacht, giving the excess proceeds to Pumpyansky, etc. — might be tricky, and the yacht might be in limbo for a bit. I hope JPMorgan will get to, like, host summer-intern parties on the yacht.
We are in a weird world of sovereign debt. Historically the reason countries defaulted on their debt was pretty much that they ran out of money. When this happened, they would call up their creditors and get in a room to negotiate some sort of restructuring. The creditors would agree to give the country more time to pay them less money, and in exchange they'd eventually get something. There were many, many ways for this to go wrong, but in broad strokes it was basically a viable process.
But with Russia — and also to some extent with Venezuela's default in 2017 — the reason for the default is geopolitical, and there's not really a way to get everyone in a room to restructure. If U.S. sanctions forbid investors from doing financing transactions with a country, then it is very hard for those investors to negotiate a restructuring. And if Russia is shut out of international financing markets anyway, there is not much incentive for it to negotiate a restructuring anytime soon. …
So the likely outcome is that Russia will not pay interest on those bonds, or will pay it in rubles. And then those bonds will be in default. And Russia will say "we're not really in default; our default was caused by the mechanics of the international financial system, not by our unwillingness or inability to pay." (It won't be entirely wrong!) And Russia will not be all that interested in negotiating a restructuring as long as it is at war and subject to sanctions, and even if it was interested its big international creditors won't really be able to negotiate a restructuring anyway.
Now, again, I was wrong about Russia not paying interest on the bonds, so there was no default. But I still think the rest of it was right: If Russia had defaulted last week (or if it does default in the near future), a restructuring would be basically impossible. The problem is not that Russia is running out of money and wants its creditors to accept less. The problem is that there are legal and geopolitical obstacles to Russia getting the money to those creditors, and those exact same obstacles would prevent Russia and its creditors from sitting down in a room and working out an agreement. Default would probably mean a weird limbo of nonpayment until Russia's invasion of Ukraine, and the accompanying sanctions, end.
Part of why this has all worked out (so far) is that the U.S. has no real interest in stopping it. U.S. sanctions are designed to "effectively immobilize any assets" of the Russian government, which seems like it would prevent U.S. banks from passing along dollar bond payments, but in fact the banks asked the U.S. authorities for permission to send the payments and the authorities said yes. Presumably they figured that getting Russian dollars to U.S. and European bondholders (1) was good for those bondholders and (2) wasn't particularly helpful to Russia's war effort.
But the U.S. and the European Union do have an interest in stopping other transactions — transactions in which, unlike bond payments, Russia continues to get something of value. For instance aircraft leases:
Leasing firms doing business in Russia have demanded the return of hundreds of Airbus SE and Boeing Co. planes to comply with economic sanctions imposed by the European Union and U.S. in response to the invasion of Ukraine. Under EU rules, they have until March 28 to cancel contracts, but have no way of repossessing the aircraft after Russia moved to keep them within its borders.
And so Russia, or rather Russian airlines, have essentially defaulted on those leases: The lessors have asked for the planes back, Russia has refused, and the lessors are not getting lease payments due to sanctions. And Russia does want to negotiate some sort of restructuring of these leases, so that (1) it can keep flying the planes and (2) it can retain enough goodwill in the capital markets to one day lease more planes again. But it can't, for the reasons we talked about before: The lessors are not allowed to sit down to negotiate with Russia, because of the sanctions. Here's Christopher Jasper at Bloomberg News:
Authorities in Moscow are seeking ways to legally get round sanctions requiring international firms to recall the planes, Transport Minister Vitaly Savelyev said Tuesday. Options include payments or an outright purchase of the jets, he said.
Lessors have so far been unwilling to negotiate on the matter, according to Savelyev. That's most likely because any financial accord with Russian airlines would appear to present a clear breach of the sanctions. …
Lessors stand to lose as much as $10 billion as the value of their fleet in Russia declines. The purchase offer would ease the impact and give Russian airlines a potential pathway for re-establishing business ties after the crisis passes. But moving forward would put foreign lessors at risk of being penalized by authorities in the U.S., EU or other jurisdictions.
The sanctions that caused the default also prevent them from working it out.
The nickel market, as I hope I have conveyed, is weird. But at a high level it is not that weird. Nickel was bopping along at some normal price. Nickel producers and users and traders and speculators were trading nickel futures to hedge their price risk or to bet on price moves. They all had to post margin to secure their obligations under the futures contracts, and as prices moved one side had to post more margin (and the other got some margin back). The traders and their brokers and the exchange all had models about how much prices typically moved, and those models affected their risk management decisions: how much margin to demand, how many futures to sell to a client, how much cash to have on hand to meet margin calls, etc.
And then a big surprising geopolitical event — Russia's invasion of Ukraine — pushed up the price of nickel more and faster than people expected. Traders were not ready for it; they did not have the cash on hand to meet margin calls, so they were forced to buy back contracts and the price went up in a vicious cycle that left the price of nickel futures "disconnected from physical reality." And the market broke in various ways that we discussed above.
The particular ways in which it broke are probably specific to the nickel market, but the general dynamic of "geopolitical event leads to spiking commodity price leads to margin calls leads to market dislocation" could apply to lots of things. For instance here's gas and power:
Europe's largest energy traders have called on governments and central banks to provide "emergency" assistance to avert a cash crunch as sharp price moves triggered by the Ukraine crisis strain commodity markets.
In a letter seen by the Financial Times, the European Federation of Energy Traders — a trade body that counts BP, Shell and commodity traders Vitol and Trafigura as members — said the industry needed "time-limited emergency liquidity support to ensure that wholesale gas and power markets continued to function". ...
"Since the end of February 2022, an already challenging situation has worsened and more [European] energy participants are in [a] position where their ability to source additional liquidity is severely reduced or, in some cases, exhausted," EFET said in its letter, dated March 8 and sent to market participants and regulators.
It was "not infeasible to foresee . . . generally sound and healthy energy companies . . . unable to access cash", the letter warned. People familiar with the matter said EFET members had raised the issue with central banks. …
Futures linked to TTF, Europe's wholesale gas price, surged almost 200 per cent over four days earlier this month. In some cases, variation, or mark-to-market margin, in the gas market have increased 10 times from one day to another.
EFET wants state entities such as the European Investment Bank or central banks, such as the European Central Bank or the Bank of England, to provide support through lenders, to soften the impact of margin calls.
"The overriding objective is to keep an orderly market for futures and other derivative energy contracts open," said Peter Styles, executive vice-chair of the EFET board, in an interview. "Gas producers, European gas importers and power suppliers must retain the opportunity to hedge their positions."
Again, broadly speaking, you'd expect rising energy prices to be good for energy companies, and rising volatility to be good for energy traders, though there are caveats to that.[3] But just as in nickel the point is that, when your required margin goes up 1,000% overnight, you have an immediate cash need that you might not be able to meet by saying "well but all our oil in the ground has also become more valuable." In some economic sense that's correct, but you need the money today , and the oil is in the ground.
And so the risk is that you won't be able to meet margin calls, that you might be forced to buy back futures and push the price up even higher, that this will become a vicious cycle, that the futures price will become disconnected from economic fundamentals, that some market participants with good underlying businesses will go bankrupt, that the market will stop working. The risk is that the system was too finely tuned to relatively benign conditions, and that a geopolitical shock that ought to be good for energy companies might nonetheless blow them up.
If Russia can't pay in dollars and has to pay in rubles, does that count as a default? Yes, is the traditional answer; that is what Fitch Ratings has said, and presumably what other ratings agencies will say, and also effectively what credit default swap contracts say. I am not sure how much this matters, insofar as, if Russia defaults, there is not that much its bondholders can do about it. The traditional remedies include (1) suing (which will get you a judgment that you can't enforce), (2) going to Moscow to negotiate some sort of restructuring (which you can't do, due to the sanctions) and (3) shouting "if you default you will be locked out of international capital markets!" (which has already happened).
Also to the extent Russia pays its foreign bondholders in rubles … can they … get the rubles? In addition to the dollar bonds with payments due today, Russia has ruble-denominated bonds held by foreign investors that had interest payments due two weeks ago. Russia "paid" those coupons, in some abstract sense, but the payments did not get to investors:
Fitch's latest release Tuesday also noted Russia's "failure to credit non-resident investors" with the coupons for Russian local-currency government bonds, known as OFZs, which were due on March 2.>
"We understand that Russia's Ministry of Finance made these coupon payments on the 2024 OFZs to the National Settlement Depository, but they were not paid on to foreign investors because of Central Bank of Russia restrictions," according to Fitch. "This will constitute a default if not cured within 30 days of the payments falling due."
This seems to be mostly due to a Russian "central bank ban on sending foreign currency abroad," though I suppose if you're a U.S. investor or intermediary you might worry a little bit about U.S. sanctions restricting your ability to take or pass along ruble payments from Russia. But broadly speaking the point seems to be:
1. The U.S. might not allow Russia to pay its bonds in dollars, and 2. Russia might not allow its bondholders to get paid in rubles.
Seems like a default! In some sense the default is imminent and historic:
The country would be in default if it hasn't, within 30 days of a March 2 payment due date, "cured" its obligations with regard to ruble-denominated bond coupons that were due earlier this month, Fitch said in a document Tuesday on how to understand potential sovereign default events. That sets April 1 as a potential key date for the country, which hasn't defaulted on local currency bonds since 1998 and last failed to meet foreign-debt obligations back in 1918, following the Bolshevik revolution.
In another sense the default has already happened: Once sanctions made it impossible for many international investors to trade with Russia, normal concepts like "a default will drive down the price of bonds" or "a default will cut Russia off from international financing" happened immediately , so the eventual actual default has limited economic impact. And the usual resolution of a default — the defaulting country restructures its bonds, or disavows them, and enough time passes that it eventually can come back to the market — seems impossible until Russia's invasion of Ukraine is resolved first. In a sense today (or April 1) is an important day, but in another sense Russia defaulted on its bonds the minute it invaded Ukraine and will be in default until the invasion ends.
We are in a weird world of sovereign debt. Historically the reason countries defaulted on their debt was pretty much that they ran out of money. When this happened, they would call up their creditors and get in a room to negotiate some sort of restructuring. The creditors would agree to give the country more time to pay them less money, and in exchange they'd eventually get something. There were many, many ways for this to go wrong, but in broad strokes it was basically a viable process.
But with Russia — and also to some extent with Venezuela's default in 2017 — the reason for the default is geopolitical, and there's not really a way to get everyone in a room to restructure. If U.S. sanctions forbid investors from doing financing transactions with a country, then it is very hard for those investors to negotiate a restructuring. And if Russia is shut out of international financing markets anyway, there is not much incentive for it to negotiate a restructuring anytime soon. In the case of Venezuela, there are state-owned commercial assets abroad (chiefly Citgo, a subsidiary of its state oil company), and so there has been some legal maneuvering by creditors to try to seize those assets. In the case of Russia, that is considerably less promising. As I said yesterday:
It is a nuclear power whose president has a history of murdering his opponents abroad with polonium. When Argentina defaulted on some foreign debt, a hedge fund famously got a court judgment and used it to seize an Argentine naval vessel. That's a fun lark for a hedge fund! Trying to seize a Russian naval vessel is not.
So the likely outcome is that Russia will not pay interest on those bonds, or will pay it in rubles. And then those bonds will be in default. And Russia will say "we're not really in default; our default was caused by the mechanics of the international financial system, not by our unwillingness or inability to pay." (It won't be entirely wrong!) And Russia will not be all that interested in negotiating a restructuring as long as it is at war and subject to sanctions, and even if it was interested its big international creditors won't really be able to negotiate a restructuring anyway. The Financial Times notes:
A "normal" restructuring seems unlikely in Russia's case. The sanctions are designed to lock the country out of global bond markets and the participation of western investors in any new debt sales is forbidden.
Instead, investors will probably have to sit tight, writing off their Russian bonds and awaiting a de-escalation in the Ukraine conflict that might lead to an easing of sanctions.
So these bonds will be in limbo for a while.
We have talked a few times recently about the fact that big international oil companies have joint ventures in Russia and decided pretty hastily to exit them. Here is a Wall Street Journal story about "How Oil Giants' Bets on Russia, Years in the Making, Crumbled in Days." As we have discussed, it is one thing to say "we are exiting our Russia ventures" and another thing to figure out how to actually do that. You can't exactly sell the shares of these joint ventures on the open market, and abandoning them essentially means selling them to Russian companies for free. Conceptually the right approach is something like:
1. Promise to get rid of them. 2. Cross them off the list of "assets we own" and move them to a list of "assets we don't want to own," with a little footnote saying "but still technically own." 3. Wait a while until things are more normal, or until you find an acceptable buyer. 4. Eventually sell them for some amount of money. 5. Do something with the money.
Obviously that is a very schematic description. Each part is complicated but here let's focus on Step 2, crossing them off one list and putting them on another list. That is a pretty metaphysical step; here's the Journal:
Lawyers, accountants and outside advisers are working to determine how the oil companies can restructure their Russian holdings. They are exploring complex options for ring fencing them from ongoing operations—transferring the assets to separate corporate entities—while winding them down and trying to preserve as much value as possible, some of the people close to the companies said. Options include escrow accounts with shareholders named as beneficiaries and special-purpose entities walled off from continuing businesses.>
Asset sales would be challenging, some of the people close to the companies said. One primary goal is to avoid ceding direct control to a Russian counterpart or otherwise inadvertently benefiting Russia, they said.
"Escrow accounts with shareholders named as beneficiaries"? Like, before the restructuring, BP Plc (say) would own the asset, and any value from the asset would belong to BP's shareholders. After the restructuring, some entity set up by BP would own the asset, and any value from the asset would belong to BP's shareholders. But in some legal or perhaps only metaphysical sense BP would no longer own the asset, so it could say that it was getting out of Russian oil ventures, which is the point here.
This is all a bit uncharted and you have some options on what you want to accomplish with this structure. Like:
1. What does "shareholders" mean? Most simply, the escrow account would be for whoever owns the company's shares at any particular time; if the company sells the asset in 2023 and realizes some proceeds, it will pay out those proceeds to its shareholders in 2023. But you could imagine, as it were, distributing the claims to current shareholders, so that if you owned the company's stock in March 2022 and the asset pays out in 2023, you get a share of the proceeds even if you have sold your stock. (The theory being that, since you owned the stock at the time the company abandoned the asset at zero, you were the one hurt by that and you should get the money.) 2. If you're doing that you could make the escrow claims … tradable? Like, issue a tracking stock on your abandoned Russian JV assets? That seems distasteful and yet somehow correct. If you want to get rid of your JV assets, can't sell them, and don't want to abandon them to your Russian partners, one move is to effectively spin them off to your shareholders. Then you don't own them anymore, but you have maximized shareholder value. And then if your shareholders don't want to own Russian JV assets they can sell them, in indirect tradable-escrow-claim form to someone who does. (Who is that?) 3. Why shareholders? When Shell Plc bought Russian oil after the invasion of Ukraine, it said that it "will commit profits from the limited amount of Russian oil we have to purchase to a dedicated fund" that will be used "to alleviate the terrible consequences that this war is having on the people of Ukraine." (It has since decided to stop buying Russian oil.) I suppose one could do the same thing with Russian JVs: Put them in a special-purpose entity and escrow any proceeds to help Ukraine? In some loose sense the JV assets belong to the shareholders now, so it's weird for the company to donate them, but that is loosely true of Shell's oil trading profits too and that didn't stop it from donating them.
Sometimes a financial asset trades for $100 one day and $5 the next. If you own it, you have a 95% mark-to-market loss. You might, for various reasons, have to sell it quickly at a loss. Perhaps you are a mutual fund and investors in your fund all want to redeem because you lost 95% of their money, so you are forced to sell the asset to raise cash. Or perhaps you are a levered investor: a hedge fund, or just a person with a margin loan. You paid for the asset with $50 of your own money and $50 borrowed from the bank, and now it is worth $5. The bank calls you up and says "hey you borrowed $50 against something now worth $5, so would you mind paying us back $45?" And you politely decline, because (1) why give the bank $45 to keep something worth $5 and (2) given the circumstances you will probably have a hard time raising the $45. So the bank seizes the asset, sells it for $5, keeps the $5 and has a $45 loss on its loan.
This is bad, but it is very much stuff that everyone understands and prepares for. You might get forced out of a trade at a loss, the bank might lose money on margin loans, it's normal stuff. The bigger, stranger problem is when a financial asset trades at $100 one day and doesn't trade the next. One day willing sellers sell it to willing buyers for $100; the next day lots of people are desperate to sell but no one can buy. "We'll sell it for $5, we don't care, we just want out," the sellers say, but the buyers can't buy. Maybe the stock exchange has closed. Maybe it has become illegal to transact in the asset. Perhaps there is a little trading — perhaps some buyers in some venue can buy the asset at distressed prices even as most buyers can't — but not enough for all the sellers to sell. "This asset was worth $100 yesterday and is worth $5 today," you can say, fine, but the problem is different. When investors come to your fund looking to redeem, you can't just get $5 in cash to hand back to them, because you can't sell. When the bank forecloses on the margin loan, it can't sell to get some cash back; it is stuck holding the thing indefinitely.
If you are a mutual fund manager you are in the business of holding mainly liquid publicly traded securities. This is important, because you are also in the business of letting your investors withdraw their money on a daily basis, so if they want their money back, you have to sell liquid securities to give it to them. But when some of your liquid publicly traded securities become illiquid and untraded, then (1) that's bad and (2) you're going to have to sell your other , still liquid securities to meet redemptions, making your remaining fund both more illiquid and more concentrated in the Russian stocks that have now been kicked out of the index.
Elsewhere here's a good Twitter thread in which Florian Kern expresses skepticism that Russia can make much use of its $132 billion of gold reserves:
There is just absolutely no way Russia could sell more than 5-10% of its gold reserves within like a month. If Russia was starting to sell, prices would plummet, as there is simply very little market depth (important!) in the gold market. Nobody wants to catch a falling knife and a central bank with major gold reserves selling would mean much more supply then there is demand, so brokers would stop quoting gold. Gold only has value, if "gold whales" (=central banks) aren't selling it.
But can you still repo the gold? Well, that depends if you find someone who loans you money against your collateral, that is someone who is unaffected by sanctions and loans you against collateral you couldn't sell in a liquid market and which sits in a vault in Moscow.
If Vladimir Putin came to you and asked to borrow $1 billion, saying "don't worry, as collateral, I will give you ownership of $1.1 billion of gold that I will hang on to for you in a vault in Moscow," would you give him the money?
Basically the way bond interest works is that the issuer (the Russian government or a Russian company) wires some money at one end, and the bond holder gets wired the money at the other end, and in between there is a series of intermediaries (trustees, banks, depositories, brokers) who pass the payments along. Right now, broadly speaking, the intermediaries in Russia are not allowed to pass payments along to foreigners.
Meanwhile the main intermediaries outside Russia are also starting to decline payments from Russia:
The world's biggest settlement systems Euroclear and Clearstream are no longer handling Russian assets -- reversing the much-heralded opening of the local debt market to international investors nine years ago.
Though this door is not closing entirely:
Gazprom PJSC, the Russian state-controlled energy giant, is already in the process of settling a $1.3 billion debt due on Monday.
The company wired the cash on Feb. 28 to the settlement bank, which will probably release the funds on March 4, a person familiar with the matter said, declining to be identified because the information is private. Gazprom also has a coupon payment nominally due a day earlier on a Swiss franc debt, which the person said will also be paid.
It's a reprieve for Gazprom's bonds, which lost about half of their value in just over a week as investors fretted over whether the company will settle next week's payments.
Observers of sovereign debt crises might remember Argentina's 2014 debt default: Argentina had the money to pay interest on its bonds, and wanted to pay interest on its bonds, and it actually showed up at the bank (in Argentina) with the money, but a New York federal court had prohibited various intermediaries from transferring the money from Argentina to the holders.[2] At first this struck Argentina, and the intermediaries, and the holders, as somewhat absurd, but the judge was serious, the money didn't get transferred, and Argentina defaulted on its debts until it could mollify the New York judge and he freed up the payments intermediaries. Here there are a lot of relevant authorities and it is hard to see them all being satisfied enough to avoid any defaults.
Credit Suisse Group AG used to have a product called XIV, the VelocityShares Daily Inverse VIX Short-Term ETN, an exchange-traded note that you could buy to bet against volatility. Loosely speaking, XIV gave you the daily inverse of VIX, the CBOE Volatility Index: If the VIX went up by 5% in a day, you lost 5% of your money; if it went down by 10% in a day, you added 10% to your money. One day — Monday, Feb. 5, 2018 — the VIX went up by 115.6%, from 17.3 the previous Friday to 37.3 that day. So XIV investors lost all their money that day, and XIV doesn't exist anymore. Fine!?
But that was an oversimplified description of how XIV works. Actually it tracked, not the actual VIX, but changes in an index of near-term futures contracts on the VIX. The reason for this is that Credit Suisse, the issuer of the exchange-traded note, had to hedge its exposure: If VIX went down, Credit Suisse owed XIV holders more money. It could hedge that risk by being short VIX futures: If VIX went down, it would make more money on the futures. Because futures expire, it had to roll those futures over — short some next-month futures and then, as their expiration approaches, close some of them out and short some following-month futures — and there is an index that mechanically tracks that strategy, basically a weighted average of the prices of the next couple of months of VIX futures, with the weighting changing as one future gets closer to expiration. The index is called the S&P 500 VIX Short-Term Futures Index ER; you can read how it's calculated here. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC, the index provider, looks at the prices of VIX futures, plugs them into a formula, and calculates the level of the index from the futures prices.
On that Monday, Feb. 5, 2018, when VIX more than doubled, the VIX futures index did not quite double; XIV investors lost, not 100% of their money (or 115%), but about 95%. The XIV notes had a provision that, if they lost more than 80% of their value in one day, Credit Suisse could redeem them, and it did. It paid investors $5.99 per note; the XIV notes had closed at $115.55 on Friday, Feb. 2, 2018, the trading day before it blew up.
Credit Suisse Group AG used to have a product called XIV, which was pronounced not "fourteen" but rather "VelocityShares Daily Inverse VIX Short-Term ETN." XIV was an exchange-traded note linked to the inverse of the VIX, the CBOE Volatility Index, which is a measure of volatility in the stock market. If you wanted to bet that volatility would go down, you could buy XIV, which went up in value when the VIX went down and vice versa. XIV was an exchange-traded note, meaning that you could buy it on the stock exchange (like an exchange-traded fund) but ultimately it was an obligation of Credit Suisse, which would calculate the value of the note and pay you that value. If volatility went down, Credit Suisse owed you more money; if it went up, Credit Suisse owed you less. You could imagine structuring a product like that by basing it directly on the VIX, like, "these notes are $100 when the VIX is at 15, $10 more for every point below that, and $10 less for every point above that; at a VIX of 25 the notes go to zero." (Or whatever you think the numbers should be.) But that is not how XIV was structured. Instead, the way XIV worked was that it was indexed to a couple of near-term VIX futures contracts. There is a traded market for futures contracts, bets on the future price of the VIX; the way XIV worked is that, each day, you'd measure how much those futures contracts were up (or down) over the day before, and the value of XIV would decline (or increase) by that percentage amount. There's a reason for this, which is that Credit Suisse had to hedge its XIV exposure, and the way to hedge an inverse VIX exposure is to sell VIX futures contracts. (VIX itself is not a tradable security, just an index, so you can't hedge inverse VIX exposure by selling VIX itself.) By selling the XIV notes to investors, Credit Suisse effectively got long volatility: The investors were betting that volatility would go down, Credit Suisse took the other side of the bet, so Credit Suisse was betting that volatility would go up. It didn't really want to make that bet — it just wanted to collect a fee for providing a bet to customers — so it hedged it by getting short VIX futures contracts, betting that volatility would go down. I say that Credit Suisse "used to" have a product called XIV, because in 2018 XIV blew up. Basically the VIX doubled in one day — Monday, Feb. 5, 2018 — which caused the XIV notes to go roughly to zero. A feature of the notes provided that, if the value fell by more than 80% in one day, Credit Suisse could call them and pay them off at their final value. It did that. People who bought XIV notes lost almost all of their money: XIV closed at $115.55 on Friday, Feb. 2, the last trading day before the collapse; it was redeemed on Feb. 21 at $5.99. Investors lost about $1.8 billion. We talked about it at the time; it was pretty awkward for Credit Suisse. The key awkwardness has to do with how Credit Suisse hedged its XIV exposure by selling VIX futures. If you sell an exchange-traded note that is linked directly to VIX futures — that goes up when the VIX goes up — you can hedge it by buying VIX futures and holding them: If the futures go up 1%, the value of the note goes up 1%; your gain on the futures will exactly offset your loss on the notes. But if you sell an exchange-traded note that is linked inversely to VIX futures, that doesn't quite work; you can't just sell VIX futures and wait. Let's say you sell a $100 inverse VIX note and hedge by selling $100 of futures. If the futures go down by 1%, you have a gain on your short futures position and an offsetting loss on the note, great. But now you are short $99 of futures, and the note is worth $101. You are no longer correctly hedged; you need to rebalance by selling $2 more worth of futures, so that you're short $101 of futures. And vice versa: If VIX futures go up (and the note goes down), you have to buy back some of the futures you sold to remain balanced. The problem with XIV is that one day volatility spiked, the VIX went up a lot, and VIX futures went up a lot. Credit Suisse had a big gain on XIV (because the amount it owed on the XIV notes went down), but a big loss on its short-VIX-futures position (because VIX futures went up). This required it to adjust its hedge by buying back a ton of VIX futures. It did this at the end of the trading day, because the XIV value was calculated based on the end-of-day prices of VIX futures, so the most accurate way to hedge was to buy futures at the end of the day. One thing that happens when you buy a ton of VIX futures over a few minutes at the end of the trading day is that the prices of those futures go up a lot. You are a huge forced buyer, there are no huge forced sellers, so you push up the price. The result is that Credit Suisse pushed down the value of XIV, through its own trading. Another thing that might happen is … you make a ton of money? Schematically, imagine that VIX futures closed the previous day at 30, open the day at 30, and by 4 p.m. they are trading at 45. Imagine also that there are $2 billion of XIV notes outstanding, and Credit Suisse is short $2 billion of futures as a hedge. Credit Suisse knows that it needs to buy a ton of VIX futures. It does this in 15 minutes, from 4 p.m. to 4:15 p.m. The first trade it does, at 4 p.m., is at (say) 45. This pushes up the price to 48. It buys more at 48, which pushes up the price to 51. It keeps going, until it does its last trade at 58. The closing price of the VIX futures — the price used to calculate its XIV obligation — is 58, up 93% from the day before. XIV has lost 93% of its value; Credit Suisse went from owing $2 billion to owing about $140 million, for a gain of $1.86 billion on the notes. Meanwhile Credit Suisse's average buying price for its futures is not 58 (the closing price), but rather some average between 45 (where it starts) and 58 (where it finishes). Say its average price is 52, and it bought back all $2 billion worth of futures. It paid about $3.46 billion for them, losing $1.46 billion on the hedge, for a net gain (gain on XIV minus loss on hedge) of $400 million. If it didn't buy back all of its futures that day, it did even better: The futures fell again the next day, and Credit Suisse could have bought them back cheaper. I should emphasize that this is schematic, made-up math, and you should not put any stock in that $400 million number, but directionally the idea is about right. If Credit Suisse was dynamically hedging XIV, it did very well that day. It is actually a little unclear if it was: There are some indications that Credit Suisse laid off some or all of its XIV risk to a counterparty, some other bank that hedged the risk by trading the futures contracts. In essence, then, Credit Suisse would have been just a middleman, with a flat position, and would not have made much or any money that day. But the descriptions above — about Credit Suisse pushing up the price of VIX futures (and pushing down the price of XIV), and about Credit Suisse making a boatload of money doing so — would still be mostly accurate; they would just describe Credit Suisse's hedge counterparty rather than Credit Suisse itself.
One thing that happens in financial markets is that, when there is a shocking court decision upending people's expectations of how financial contracts work, typically lawyers will add a clause to their boilerplate financial contracts, for use in all future deals, saying "but that shocking court decision does not apply to this deal." Much financial law consists of default rules, and if you don't like a particular legal rule, you can usually opt out of it by contract. In a note yesterday, Xtract Research reported that "in the weeks following the decision, Citibank and other agent banks have added Revlon Clawback language to credit agreements." "Revlon Clawback" means that, if you get money by mistake, like Revlon's lenders did, you have to give it back, like Revlon's lenders didn't. Here's a sample, also from Xtract:
If a payment is made by the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliates) in error (whether known to the recipient or not) or if a Lender or another recipient of funds is not otherwise entitled to receive such funds at such time of such payment or from such Person in accordance with the Loan Documents, then such Lender or recipient shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such payment that was made in error (or otherwise not intended (as determined by the Administrative Agent) to be received) in the amount made available by the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliate) to such Lender or recipient, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliate) to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Each Lender and other party hereto waives the discharge for value defense in respect of any such payment.
Look: Obviously! There is no earthly reason that those funds should be able to keep the money, except that there happens to be a weird doctrine of New York law that lets them keep it. As a former lawyer I am tempted to say, sure, fine, whatever, counterintuitive old doctrines are what make law school fun and keep lawyers employed. "Citi just sent us money by mistake, do we have to give it back," the hedge fund analyst asks, and instead of saying "of course duh we live in society," the portfolio manager replies "hang on, let me consult with a lawyer," and the lawyer says "hang on, let me consult with my firm's specialist in Finders Keepers Law," and the Finders Keepers specialist consults some dusty old tomes of arcane lore and says "lemme tell you about the doctrine of discharge for value." And she bills the hedge fund $2,000 an hour and is absolutely worth it. We live in a particular kind of society.But this doctrine is dumb and no one in the world of syndicated lending actually meant to sign up for it; "if you send us the wrong money we will keep it" is not a rule that anyone wanted built into their loan documents. It did not occur to anyone to opt out of it—it did not occur to anyone, outside of the small fellowship of Finders Keepers lawyers, that this rule even existed—until it cost Citi $500 million. But now everyone is extremely aware of it, the big banks want to opt out, they have consulted with their own Finders Keepers lawyers, they have put the opt-out language into the contracts, and the other lenders don't really have a choice. What are they going to do, object? "No, if you send us money by accident, we'd prefer to keep it"? It's just not a reasonable ask. It's the law , sure—at least by default—but it's not reasonable.My general assumption is that when boilerplate gets added to credit agreements, it never gets removed. Even if the Revlon decision gets reversed on appeal, it doesn't hurt banks to leave this language in all their future credit agreements. In a decade, some junior associate at some law firm will draft a credit agreement (by taking a precedent credit agreement and find-and-replacing the company's name), and she'll come to the section saying "if we send you money by mistake you have to send it back," and she'll chuckle and ask "why did anyone ever think they had to say this ," and the partner will say "oh do I have a story for you."
The point is that there is a power market based on credit and collateral, and the power settles in something like real time (for the spot market), but the money settles later: Utilities and wholesalers get electricity delivered to them over the wires, and then later they pay for it. When the price of power jumps to ridiculous levels, some of the buyers end up getting electricity that they can't pay for, and the electricity crisis "morphs into a credit crisis."
In a sense this is bad: Credit crises are bad, defaults are bad, you never want your clearinghouse to tap its emergency funds or have to allocate losses among market participants. In another sense it is … probably better than the alternative? You could imagine a non-credit-based system of real-time settlement, where utilities have to wire cash for electricity the moment they use it. (On the blockchain, or whatever.) And then if prices shot up unexpectedly, utilities would have to post lots of cash to continue to get electricity for their customers, and if they didn't have it then they wouldn't get the electricity, so they wouldn't owe any money, so there wouldn't be a credit crisis.
Also though they wouldn't get electricity? Perhaps that would be better—perhaps the undercapitalized utilities wouldn't get electricity so there'd be more electricity left for everyone else, or perhaps their inability to pay would keep prices down—but mostly it seems worse? Like if you made every utility and wholesaler come up with enormous unexpected amounts of cash on short notice to prepay for suddenly-super-expensive electricity, possibly too few of them would be able to do it, and there'd be even more blackouts than there actually were, due purely to a breakdown of liquidity.
In an electricity crisis, what you kind of want is to generate as much electricity as possible, and distribute it as efficiently and fairly as possible, and then send out bills later, and if people can't pay the bills you sit down and figure out how to allocate the losses. Perhaps you have a Draconian allocation of "anyone who got the electricity has to pay the bill even if it takes the rest of eternity to work it off," or perhaps you have some loss-sharing arrangement where the state or federal government eats some of the cost, or it's allocated proportionally among ratepayers and utility shareholders over the next decade, or whatever. But you have some leisure to decide that, to have different stakeholders argue about it in different venues, if you let the electricity crisis turn into a credit crisis. If you just let it turn into a much worse electricity crisis then you miss your chance to fix it.
Bonds issued by bankrupt newspaper chain McClatchy Co. were valued at 2 cents on the dollar in an auction Tuesday that's used to settle hundreds of millions of credit derivatives trades. The price means traders who bought credit-default swaps insuring against a McClatchy failure will be paid 98 cents for every dollar insured, among the biggest payouts ever in the market. There were a net $341 million of credit swaps trades outstanding at the end of January, according to the International Swaps & Derivatives Association.
You might remember McClatchy, and its CDS, from two years ago, when the companystruck a deal with Chatham Asset Management, which owned a lot of its stock and bonds, to orphan that CDS: McClatchy would refinance its debt with Chatham, but it would do it out of a new subsidiary that was not covered by its existing CDS contracts. If that worked, old-McClatchy would have no debt, so it could not default on its debt, so CDS on old-McClatchy could never pay out. Chatham had presumably written a lot of that CDS protection, so orphaning the CDS would make Chatham a lot of money. Particularly if McClatchy ended up defaulting. Instead of paying out 98 cents on the dollar on the CDS, Chatham could pay out zero. That would be a nice gain, for Chatham, in expected-value terms, a gain that it could share with McClatchy in the form of attractive financing. In the event, other investors—including some hedge funds that owned that CDS and didn't want it to become worthless—offered McClatchy a better deal, which it took, so the CDS was never orphaned and is now paying out 98 cents on the dollar. That's a good trade! Smart work, hedge funds! The system worked.
SVB & Bank Runs 2023 (45)
One bizarre place that this has come up is in "bail-in bonds." European banking regulators have a financial stability tool called the "bail-in," in which the regulator can decide that a bank is in trouble and replace some of its bonds — the bonds that make up part of its "total loss absorbing capital," or TLAC [4] — with equity. This improves the bank's financial situation: It no longer owes as much money, and it has more equity. It also neatly resolves the general problem we started with: The bank raises more equity, not by lying to investors to convince them to invest, and also not by telling them the truth and hoping they will invest anyway, but by forcing them to invest. Holders of the bail-in bonds just become equity investors whether they want to or not, and of course they don't. By automatically converting the bonds, the financial stability regulator avoids the tension between the need for full disclosure and the need to get equity fast.
Or does it? Earlier this month the Financial Stability Board released a report on "2023 Bank Failures: Preliminary lessons learnt for resolution." [5] The report discusses bail-ins as a way to fix struggling banks, but includes this worry that a bail-in might be blocked by the US Securities and Exchange Commission:
According to the SEC staff, there would have been legal challenges relating to US securities laws in executing a bail-in; they noted that banks need to prepare sufficiently to comply with US securities laws after an open bank bail-in. US investors held bail-in bonds issued by Credit Suisse representing a significant portion of the firm's TLAC. US securities laws apply to any TLAC instruments held by US investors, irrespective of the currency or governing law of that TLAC instrument.>
Under US law, all offers and sales of securities need to be either registered or exempt from registration. The conversion of Credit Suisse's bail-in-bonds to equity would have constituted a sale, thus requiring registration or an exemption.>
In the view of the SEC staff, among the challenges involved in executing open-bank bail-in in compliance with US federal securities laws is that it would require detailed preparation, including possibly adapting the bank's systems to enable prompt provision to the market of current and accurate (pro-forma) financial statements. In an open-bank bail-in, the SEC staff considered that it would be difficult for an issuer to compile the disclosures required by securities regulations and anti-fraud laws over a resolution weekend and that ex ante preparations would be necessary to mitigate these challenges. In order to ensure confidence in the execution of bail-in, it is essential for authorities to cooperate among themselves and work together with the firms, as part of resolution planning, to reduce legal uncertainties. Further work will be planned with the SEC to explain potential legal challenges to effective bail-in of TLAC instruments and to describe how firms can undertake actions to comply with the US federal securities laws and thereby enhance the legal certainty of bail-in.
This seems like a very strange thing for the SEC to think? Investors in bail-in bonds don't get any choice in the matter, so you don't really need to provide them with disclosure before converting their bonds. And in fact the US securities laws do contain an exemption from registration (Section 3(a)(9)) for "any security exchanged by the issuer with its existing security holders exclusively where no commission or other remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange," which would seem to cover a bail-in. Here is a client memo from the law firm Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, who share my puzzlement at the problem:
In this memo, we explain that while there are U.S. securities laws that would be implicated in the event of a bail-in of a UK or European bank, these would not constitute an impediment to bail-in. ….>
Given the speed at which a bail-in may need to be exercised, it will likely not be feasible to register the exchange of bail-in bonds for new shares, as the registration process is lengthy and typically requires several months of review and comment by the SEC. In most cases, however, the exemption from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act should apply to the exchange of bail-in bonds.
We have talked a lot around here about two theories of banking.
1. Banks borrow short to lend long. Banks get their funding from deposits, which can be withdrawn at any time, and use it to buy long-term loans and bonds. This is risky. If interest rates go up, banks have to pay more for funding, while the value of their long-term assets goes down. 2. Banks borrow long to lend long. Bank deposits can be withdrawn at any time, but they mostly aren't. Banks invest in long-term relationships with customers, who deposit money and are not inclined to withdraw it. And banks use that cheap long-term funding to buy long-term assets, and also to invest in the things (branches, customer service, Little League sponsorship) that create the long-term relationships.
Theory 1, I have said, is the standard theory of modern capital markets; Theory 2 is the traditional theory of banking. Theory 2 more or less describes how most banks mostly work; Theory 1 more or less describes why Silicon Valley Bank failed this spring.
You could have intermediate theories. Theory 1 says that bank deposits are short-term, Theory 2 that they are long-term. Here is " Deposit Convexity, Monetary Policy, and Financial Stability," by Emily Greenwald and Sam Schulhofer-Wohl of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas and Joshua Younger of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which argues that deposits are long-term, but become shorter-term as rates go up. Which is exactly what you don't want:
In principle, bank deposits can be withdrawn on demand. In practice, depositors tend to maintain stable balances for long periods, allowing banks to fund long-dated assets. Nevertheless, the cost of deposit funding influences banks' capacity for maturity transformation. Banks and researchers conventionally model the response of deposit interest rates to market interest rates as constant, implying that deposits have nearly constant duration. Contrary to this standard assumption, we show empirically that the "beta" of deposit rates to market rates increases as market rates rise, causing the duration of deposits to fall. The amount of duration risk delivered to bank balance sheets via this channel from March 2022 to September 2023 is comparable in magnitude to the amount of duration risk absorbed by each of the several large-scale asset purchase programs the Federal Reserve has undertaken since 2008. Dynamic betas present a significant challenge to bank portfolio hedgers by introducing large and dynamic risks that are difficult to model and impractical to replicate on the asset side of the balance sheet. As a result, deposit convexity amplifies monetary policy transmission and increases financial fragility, mechanisms that recent banking stresses have highlighted.
Intuitively, banks match the duration of their assets (mortgages, Treasury bonds, etc.) to the duration of their liabilities (deposits, assuming that the deposits are pretty stable). As interest rates go up, the assets lose value: A 10-year Treasury bond with 3% interest is worth 100 cents on the dollar when rates are 3%, but only 85 cents when rates are 5%. But as interest rates go up, the value to the bank of its deposit franchise should also go up: Paying 0% on stable deposits is worth more when rates are 5% than when rates are worth 3%. The books balance. Except that this is wrong, and in reality the duration of the deposits goes down as rates go up.
Closed-end municipal-bond funds have been particularly hard-hit because they often use borrowed money to invest in fixed-rate, long-term bonds sold by state and local governments. The leverage helps boost the returns from debt that is ultrasafe, but pays relatively little interest.
That worked for much of the past decade until rates started rising. Now, short-term borrowing is becoming more expensive while the market value of older, lower-yielding bonds in the mutual funds is falling.
Yes right if you use $50 of your own money and $50 of borrowed money to buy a $100 bond that pays 2% interest, and your borrowing costs 0%, then you make a 4% return on your $50. If your borrowing costs 5% and the bond still pays 2%, you lose money.
Without getting too much into the legal details here, there are two basic ways to think about Credit Suisse's AT1s:
1. The AT1s were bonds — risky bonds, but bonds — and should have had priority over Credit Suisse's stock. When UBS Group AG took over Credit Suisse, it paid Credit Suisse shareholders something (roughly 0.76 Swiss francs worth of UBS stock), but it paid the AT1 holders nothing (their bonds got canceled). This was an outrage, a violation of the normal priority of bondholders; the AT1s should have been repaid in full before shareholders got anything. 2. The AT1s were a particular sort of capital security, and they were designed explicitly to go to zero before the stock did: If Credit Suisse's common equity capital ratio fell below 7% (that is, if its common stock was still valuable, but too low relative to its assets), then the AT1s would be triggered and be written off entirely. As a matter of regulatory capital accounting, that didn't happen, which is what brought on these lawsuits, but as a rough intuitive economic matter it is absolutely the case that the AT1s were supposed to go to zero before the stock did.
These are pretty absolute views, though, and you could imagine a compromise. One rough compromise might be "ehhhhhh the AT1s should be treated more or less like stock" — not absolutely prior to stock (like in View 1), and not absolutely behind stock (like in View 2), but just parallel to stock. That is a pretty normal approach; other banks have AT1 instruments that convert into stock when the bank runs into trouble, instead of being written down to zero. We talked the other day about how UBS is going out to market more AT1 instruments (to replace the zeroed Credit Suisse ones!), and to make this more palatable it is considering "replacing UBS's AT1 bonds, which are designed to be written down in the event the bank runs into trouble, with versions of the security that would be converted into equity."
Probably doing that to the old Credit Suisse AT1s, retroactively, would be rough justice? Credit Suisse's shareholders got, I don't know, depends how you count, somewhere between 1 and 40 cents on the dollar for their shares. (The agreed CHF 0.76 price was "99% lower than Credit Suisse's peak share price," but only 60% lower than its most recent closing price.) Giving its AT1 holders 15 cents or so seems fine.
The FDIC regularly assesses banks with a fee for providing deposit insurance, but in May, it proposed a special assessment for this year's major failures.
The fees were computed based on banks' uninsured deposits, as $15.8bn of the $18.5bn cost of the SVB and Signature bailouts were due to the coverage of accounts larger than the FDIC's normal $250,000 insured limit. Most of those accounts were with large banks.
The corporation wanted to apply the assessment based on the value of the banks' uninsured deposits at the end of 2022. ...
The FDIC is not pleased; it published a Financial Institution Letter objecting to some of the adjustments the banks have made:
The FDIC observed that some insured depository institutions (IDIs) are not reporting estimated uninsured deposits in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report). For example, some institutions incorrectly reduced the amount reported to the extent that the uninsured deposits are collateralized by pledged assets; this is incorrect because in and of itself, the existence of collateral has no bearing on the portion of a deposit that is covered by federal deposit insurance. Additionally, some institutions incorrectly reduced the amount reported on Schedule RC-O by excluding intercompany deposit balances of subsidiaries.
Historically there are two problems, in the US, with being the go-to bank for cryptocurrency exchanges and stablecoin issuers:
1. Crypto companies had a bit of a history of lawbreaking, so you would want to make very sure that they were doing all the appropriate know-your-customer/anti-money-laundering checks, and not stealing customer money, before agreeing to provide them with banking services. 2. Crypto prices were volatile and there was a history of "bank runs" in crypto, which might leave you vulnerable to a real bank run: If a crypto exchange got $1 billion of customer money and deposited it in your bank, its customers might want all their money back tomorrow, which would mean that you would have to pay back that $1 billion tomorrow. The deposits were flighty.
I think that over time that first problem slowly solves itself: If you take crypto deposits now, you are probably taking fewer deposits from criminals than you were a year ago, because (1) more people in crypto are interested in compliance than they used to be, (2) the crypto industry has (surprisingly to me) had some recent litigation and legislative momentum, making it all a bit less illegal and (3) a lot of last year's criminals are bankrupt now.
But that's not the main problem that brought down the two main US crypto banks, Silvergate Capital Corp. and Signature Bank, this March. The main problem is the second: They got all those crypto deposits, they invested them in long-term loans and bonds, and then interest rates went up, crypto prices went down, the deposits all vanished with the crypto crisis, and the banks had to sell those loans and bonds at big losses to pay back depositors. And in fact US bank regulators were warning about that risk — "the liquidity risks presented by certain sources of funding from crypto-asset-related entities" — in February; the bank regulators were concerned not about possible illegality at crypto exchanges but rather about the flightiness of their deposits.
But that problem is also solved now! The basic issue for Silvergate and Signature in like 2021 was that they wanted to attract crypto deposits, which required a certain level of investment in technology, the Silvergate Exchange Network for crypto firms to pay each other, etc. But that cost money, and short-term interest rates were basically zero.
So Silvergate and Signature would get deposits from crypto firms and invest them in long-term bonds and loans to earn enough interest to pay for their businesses. And then rates went up, which had the twin effects of (1) causing big losses on the banks' assets and (2) crushing crypto prices and leading to big withdrawals at the worst possible time.
But now short-term interest rates are much higher. Now, if you are a US bank, you can park money in reserves at the Federal Reserve and get paid 5.15% interest. If you have a billion dollars of crypto deposits, you can make $51.5 million a year on them just by parking them at the Fed, with absolutely on interest-rate or liquidity risk. In 2021, you couldn't get that much interest on a 30-year mortgage. You had to take all sorts of credit and interest-rate risk to earn anything like 5.15% on your deposits. Now you can get that from the Fed, no problem.
Of course in 2021, if you were the bank of crypto, you did not need to pay any interest on deposits to your customers , because (1) rates were zero everywhere, (2) they were kind of pariahs and happy to have any banking relationship and (3) they were making so much money in their business (and not paying any interest on deposits to their customers) that getting 0.25% or whatever on their deposits was not important. In 2023, if you are the bank of crypto … do you have to pay interest on deposits? Why? Rates are higher elsewhere, but a lot of banks are still pretty wary of crypto, so if you are enthusiastically embracing crypto customers, paying them 0% interest might still be the best they're going to do. And it still seems to be the norm for, for instance, stablecoin issuers not to pay interest to their depositors, so there's still some room to work with.
An offering that is like "we will take your crypto deposits, we will not count on them staying for long, we will pay you low or no interest, and we will minimize our liquidity risk by parking all your deposits at the Fed" would not have worked in 2021 but probably works fine in 2023.
We have talked a few times around here about two theories of banking, which I have unhelpfully labeled Theory 1 and Theory 2:
1. Theory 1 says that banks borrow short to lend long: They take in deposits and use them to make long-term loans and buy long-term bonds, but the deposits are short-term (you can take your money out of the bank at any time) and so banks have a lot of funding risk (they might run out of money) and interest-rate risk (when rates go up, their assets will lose value and their liabilities will not). 2. Theory 2 says that actually bank deposits are long-term funding: Depositors can take their money out, but they reliably don't , because they have long-term relationships with their banks; the banks invest a lot in building those relationships to get this cheap long-term funding, and they can use it to make long-term investments.
What I have said is that Theory 1 is the modern, markets-oriented interpretation, so that when Silicon Valley Bank failed due to a simple mismatch in interest-rate risk, a lot of people were puzzled that they missed that risk. But Theory 2 is the traditional model of banks and bankers and, often, bank regulators. I once wrote:
Theory 2 has a lot going for it, empirically; it probably gives you a better sense of what banks are doing (building long-term relationships, accumulating sticky deposits, investing them in a way that roughly matches their stickiness) than Theory 1 does. You don't build a bank branch just to attract overnight funding; a branch suggests that you expect deposits to stick around.
But, I argued, "in the US regional banking mini-crisis of 2023, Theory 1 completely dominates." And I went on to speculate about some reasons, including:
Relationship businesses in general are on the decline. In a world of electronic communication and global supply chains and work-from-home and the gig economy, business relationships are less sticky and "I am going to go into my bank branch and shake the hand of the manager and trust her with my life savings" doesn't work. "I am going to do stuff for relationship reasons, even if it costs me 0.5% of interest income, or a slightly increased risk of losing my money" is no longer a plausible thing to think.
I suppose if that were true you would see it on both sides. Customers would feel less committed to their banking relationships, but also banks would work less hard to build those relationships. If nobody cares about shaking hands with their bank's branch managers, then banks would invest less in branches. You don't build a bank branch just to attract overnight funding.
Here is "Bank Branch Density and Bank Runs," a National Bureau of Economic Research working paper by Efraim Benmelech, Jun Yang and Michal Zator:
Bank branch density, defined as the number of bank branches to total deposits, has significantly declined over the past decade, fueled by a confluence of branch closings and the almost doubling of deposits between 2016 and 2022. During this period, banks with low branch density benefited from large deposits inflows, leading to even lower density. But the virtuous cycle of deposits growth in these banks stopped spinning when investors became wary about their financial health. Stock prices of banks with low branch density plummeted during the 2023 Banking Crisis as these banks experienced larger outflows of uninsured deposits. Our results suggest that digital banking enabled banks to grow faster and attract uninsured deposits, but those large deposits inflows took the form of "hot money" that changed its course when economic conditions worsened.
If you invested less in branches and more in websites in the past few years, you were able to get a lot of deposits cheaply — but in the spring of 2023, you weren't able to keep them, because nobody was shaking hands with your website:
We find that branch density is positively correlated with deposits flows during Q1 2023. A one standard deviation decrease in branch density is associated with a 4.4% net outflow of uninsured deposits. ...
One potential explanation for the poor performance of banks with low branch density in 2023 is based on their deposits' clientele. According to this explanation, banks with low branch density attract largely uninsured deposits through digital banking. Digital banking services provide convenience and speed, which appeal to both corporations and tech-savvy households with large funds to deposit. … We find that banks that made large investments in IT had lower branch density in 2022, with a one standard deviation increase in IT investment corresponding to 1.4 fewer branches per $1 billion of deposits (15% of the unconditional mean of branch density). …
Although digital banking helps banks in attracting deposits during booms, it may be a double-edged sword, since it may enable depositors to flee and swiftly move their deposits elsewhere when economic conditions deteriorate. To test the relation between digital traffic and bank performance, we use data on banks' website traffic from Semrush – a platform used for keyword research and online ranking data. We find that while the average bank experienced a 27.5% surge in webpage traffic in March 2023, when Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank collapsed, banks with lower branch density experienced a significantly higher increase in webpage traffic during that period. Banks with branch density that is one standard deviation lower experienced 29% higher traffic in March relative to February. The change in online traffic, in turn, negatively and significantly predicts stock returns around the SVB and First Republic Bank collapses.
They write:
Our paper highlights the importance of branch density and its implications for deposits stability. Lower branch density allows banks to attract deposit flows and expand funding capacity. However, low branch density also lessens the value of the bank-depositor relationship—shifting the depositor base to corporations and tech-savvy depositors with large, mostly uninsured deposits. These changes to the composition of the depositor base turn out to be detrimental during market downturns: banks with lower branch density experience larger deposit outflows and worse stock performance.
At some level, you would have expected (and SVB did expect) that Silicon Valley Bank had pretty good and sticky relationships with its depositors. Its depositors, by all accounts, loved SVB. SVB made loans to startups and venture funds and founders that other banks wouldn't make, at attractive rates, thus attracting loyal customers; it also required some of those borrowers to keep their cash at SVB, making those deposits contractually sticky. But those relationships did not really save SVB, and part of the reason might be that SVB's customers, enthusiastic as they were, were tech-savvy business customers who were on the internet all day, and had no problem withdrawing money over the internet. Whereas if you just build branches in every small town, you will attract the sort of depositors who walk into the branch to deposit their money. And those are the customers you want when you run into trouble.
This is the basic problem of regional banks. Bank depositors didn't sign up to be bank equity analysts. Bank deposits are supposed to be information-insensitive; a dollar in a bank account is just supposed to be worth a dollar. Nobody is supposed to sign an NDA to review non-public financial information (or even flip through a 10-K to read public financial information) just to open a bank account. But if you are not conducting detailed due diligence on your bank, how do you know that your deposits at the bank are safe?
You are, in essence, trusting the banking system, which often means trusting the government's regulation and supervision of banks. In the US, if you have $250,000 or less in the bank, [1] you are pretty explicitly trusting the government: The US Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. insures all bank deposits up to $250,000 per depositor per bank, so you don't really need to care about how good or bad your bank's business is. If you have much more than $250,000 in the bank, then your trust in the system and the government is more implicit and vibes-based. "The US government wouldn't let me lose all the money that I need to run my business," or "the US government wouldn't let the banking system collapse," or "the US banking system is highly regulated and politically salient, and surely the US government would not allow my bank to take dumb risks with my money, so I'm sure its balance sheet is fine and I won't bother looking at it." [2]
And so the government is in charge of making sure all the banks are fine. There are problems with this. One is that there are a lot of banks, and it is hard for the government to know what they're all up to. Another problem is that the many small banks, because they are smaller, are regulated less strictly than the few big banks:
In the US, there are basically two kinds of bank deposits. Bank deposits of up to $250,000, per customer, per bank, are insured by the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corp.; they are backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. Deposits above $250,000 are not insured by the FDIC; they are safe if the bank is safe and risky if the bank is risky. Recently many US regional banks have looked risky.
The FDIC does not really price this difference. A bank can't go to the FDIC and say "I'd like to pay you for insurance on all my deposits up to $1 million"; it doesn't work that way. In fact the FDIC doesn't exactly charge banks a premium for the insurance it does provide. Banks pay assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance, but "the assessment base has always been more than just insured deposits": It used to be all deposits, and now it is all liabilities. It's not like a bank pays a premium of 0.1% on deposits up to $250,000 to cover insurance, and 0% on deposits over $250,000 because they are uninsured: It pays 0.1% on everything and only gets insurance on the first $250,000.
And so in rough terms deposits of $250,000 or less come with very valuable insurance for free, and deposits about that amount can't get that valuable insurance at any price.
And so the easiest most obvious most value-enhancing sort of financial engineering in banking is:
1. I am a regional bank and I've got a customer with a $450,000 deposit. 2. You are a different regional bank and you've got a customer with a $450,000 deposit. 3. I am worried that my customer will take out $200,000 of her money and move it elsewhere to get FDIC insurance. 4. You are worried that your customer will take out $200,000 of his money and move it elsewhere to get FDIC insurance. 5. We trade those $200,000 deposits: I put $200,000 of my customer's money in your bank, and you put $200,000 of your customer's money in my bank. 6. Now both our customers have $450,000 of insured deposits, and neither of us has lost any net deposits: I lost $200,000 from my customer but got $200,000 back from your customer, and vice versa.
This is called "reciprocal deposits" and it's having a moment. Stephen Gandel reports at the Financial Times:
Beverly Hills, California-based PacWest's website says clients can "rest assured" because the bank can offer up to $175mn in insurance coverage per depositor, or 700 times the FDIC cap. … The bank said in its most recent financial filing that it was enrolling more of its customers in "reciprocal deposit networks", over which hundreds, or in some cases thousands, of banks spread customers' funds in order to stretch insurance limits.
The biggest of these networks is run by IntraFi, a little-known Virginia-based technology group. ...
Banks can divert large accounts into the networks, where they are parcelled up into $250,000 chunks and sent off to other FDIC-insured banks. The networks match up the parcels so that any bank sending a customer's deposits into the system immediately receives a similarly sized parcel from another bank.
Crucially, the networks allow banks to increase their level of insured deposits while giving large customers seamless access to their money. Banks pay the network operators a small management fee.
Reciprocal deposits still make up just 2 per cent of the $10.4tn in deposits insured by the FDIC. But they made up a notable 15 per cent of the growth in insured deposits in the first quarter. The share of deposits covered by the federal Deposit Insurance Fund was highest in at least a decade at 56 per cent.
Loosely speaking, Silicon Valley Bank consisted of:
1. Some bank deposits; 2. Some long-term US government bonds that lost a lot of value as interest rates went up; and 3. Strong customer relationships with top tech startups and venture capital firms.
If you acquired all of SVB — for instance by buying it from the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. after it failed and was seized — then you would get all of those things. The liabilities (Thing 1) seem to have been bigger than the assets (Thing 2), making the net value of SVB's balance sheet negative. Which is awkward: You could pay the FDIC a negative amount of money for SVB, and in fact the buyer — First Citizens Bank & Trust Co. — did pay a negative amount of money (for much but not all of SVB), but the FDIC was not really looking for a negative amount of money and it renders the negotiations unpleasant.
In general, Thing 3 has a positive but uncertain value. If some other bank had bought SVB in, like, January, it might have paid a positive amount of money for the whole bank: Sure the assets were worth less than the liabilities, but the business was valuable, not just the balance sheet. If you acquire a beloved bank with strong customer relationships, you can make money on that, even if its current pile of assets happens to be worth less than what it owes depositors.
But once you are negotiating with the FDIC to buy SVB out of receivership you might worry that those customer relationships have decayed a bit.
Also you can just buy them directly, for cheap, without messing around with the balance sheet? Bloomberg's Joel Rosenblatt reports:
First Citizens Bank & Trust Co. sued HSBC Holdings Plc for allegedly raiding dozens of employees from Silicon Valley Bank in a scheme dubbed "Project Colony" as First Citizens was taking over the failed California lender.>
Two weeks after First Citizens acquired SVB on March 27, HSBC poached 42 bankers on Easter Sunday and brazenly took and misused SVB's confidential, proprietary and trade secret information, according to a complaint filed Monday in federal California.>
David Sabow, who worked in a health-care and technology banking practice at SVB before jumping to HSBC, is identified in the complaint as "the chief architect of this scheme," which aimed to plunder what was thought to be the "core of SVB's profitability engine," according to the complaint. Sabow helped to identify six core US leaders to hire, along with 35 additional SVB professionals, according to the complaint.
Yes right if there's an insolvent bank you want to acquire its profitability engine and leave its balance sheet behind.
The basic question about this year's US regional banking crisis is "why weren't the banks prepared for the very predictable problems that they faced when interest rates went up," and the basic answer is "because they thought rates going up would be good for them.
We have talked about this a few times around here, and I have described two theories of banking. In Theory 1, banks have short-term deposits and invest them in long-term assets, so when interest rates go up, their costs go up (they have to pay more on their deposits) while the value of their assets goes down (those assets continue to pay fixed rates, and now are worth less). Rising rates are bad. In Theory 2, bank deposits are actually long-term, because the banks have enduring relationships with their customers and their customers are unlikely to leave, or demand higher rates, as interest rates go up. And so banks can use those long-term-ish deposits to fund long-term assets, and as interest rates go up, the banks can earn higher rates, don't have to pay higher rates, and so make more money. Rising rates are good. Theory 2 is the traditional theory of banking, and it is why many banks were not adequately prepared for rising rates.
At the Wall Street Journal today, Jonathan Weil and Peter Rudegeair report on Theory 2:
The recent spate of bank failures is upending a long-held theory among banking executives and regulators—that the value of a lender's deposit business goes up when interest rates move higher.
The theory rests on an assumption: That banks don't have to pay depositors much to keep their money around, even as rates rise. The deposits would be a stable source of low-cost funding while the bank earned more money lending at higher rates.
The more rates rose, the bigger the franchise value of those deposits would become—a natural hedge against the declining market values of a portfolio of fixed-rate loans and bonds.
But if rising rates or plunging asset values cause a bank's depositors to flee en masse, the franchise value is zero—and, worse, it could beget other bank runs. That is what happened with Silicon Valley Bank. …
The Federal Reserve, which both regulates banks and sets interest-rate policy, in a November report pointed to large unrealized losses on banks' bondholdings due to rising rates. Things weren't so bad, the Fed said, because "the value of banks' deposit franchise increases and provides a buffer against these unrealized losses."
Not really! And yet Theory 2 has some truth to it, just not so much for regional banks:
JPMorgan Chase lifted its outlook for how much it expects to earn this year from its lending business following the recent purchase of First Republic, bucking a broader trend among US banks of shrinking profits owing to deposit withdrawals.
In a presentation for its investor day on Monday, JPMorgan lifted its 2023 target for net interest income (NII), excluding its trading division, to about $84bn from $81bn previously, because of its deal for First Republic. NII is the difference between what banks pay on deposits and what they earn from loans and other assets. …
Large lenders such as JPMorgan have benefited from the US Federal Reserve lifting interest rates last year, which enabled them to charge borrowers more for loans without passing on significantly higher rates to savers.
The bank said its deposits, which totalled $2.3tn at the end of March, were "down slightly" year on year. Chief financial officer Jeremy Barnum said the expectation was that system-wide deposits at US banks would continue to decline as the Fed tightened monetary policy and customers chased better yields on their cash.
"We will fight to keep primary banking relationships but we are not going to chase every dollar of deposit balances," Barnum added.
JPMorgan is paying 1.21 per cent on average to depositors, lower than the 1.75 per cent average of its peers, according to data from industry tracker BankReg.
See, that's a deposit franchise. Having a valuable deposit franchise means that you don't have to chase every dollar of deposits, because they don't go anywhere.
We talked yesterday about a proposal to let banks pay the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. special assessment using Treasury bonds. The idea is that, as interest rates went up, Treasury prices fell; banks that owned a lot of Treasuries (or US agency mortgage bonds) had large mark-to-market losses. This sparked bank runs, which caused some banks to fail and forced the FDIC to bail out depositors. Because of the large losses on the banks' bond portfolios, the FDIC's insurance fund was out of pocket billions of dollars. The FDIC replenishes this fund by assessing banks for the money, and it has proposed to do so. But some of the banks are still hurting; they don't want to pay billions of dollars to the FDIC right now, and they still have these lurking mark-to-market losses on their Treasury portfolios. So they proposed to pay the assessment in Treasuries: If a bank owes the FDIC $100, it could give the FDIC Treasury bonds with a face amount of $100, which are now worth $90 or whatever. The bank saves some money and gets some surprisingly toxic assets off its balance sheet.
Then of course the FDIC gets underpaid, but the point of the plan is that if the FDIC just holds the bonds to maturity, it gets the full $100. The underlying idea here is that these bonds are "worth" $100 in some abstract sense, they are worth $90 at market values, banks carried them on their balance sheets at $100 on the assumption that they could hold them to maturity and get back $100, and then runs on bank deposits called that assumption into question: If you have to sell the bonds today to pay back depositors, they are only worth $90. But if you transfer the bonds to the FDIC, which is not funded by demand deposits, it can hold the bonds to maturity; it is the US government. Moving the bonds from a bank where they're worth $90 to a government agency where they're worth $100 just creates value. The Wall Street Journal summarized this argument:
Supporters say the government would hold the securities until maturity, allowing them to recover principal and interest on the debt. The government would suffer no losses, they say.
This argument is not at all right as a matter of the time value of money, but it has a certain crude accounting appeal; it is not so far off the argument for the Federal Reserve's Bank Term Funding Program, which will lend banks $100 against these bonds. But there is another objection to it, which is: Who says that the FDIC can hold these bonds to maturity? What if the FDIC depletes its insurance fund doing bailouts, replenishes it by getting a bunch of long-dated Treasury bonds from banks, and then has to do more bailouts? Where will it get the money from? The insurance fund is full of long-dated Treasuries: Presumably it has to sell them?
A lot of this spring's US regional banking crisis can be explained this way:
1. Banks bought a lot of Treasury bonds and other US government-backed securities when interest rates were low, paying roughly 100 cents on the dollar for them. 2. Interest rates went up a lot, driving the prices of those bonds down to, say, 85 cents on the dollar. 3. Banks had big losses on those bonds, eating through a lot of their capital. 4. People noticed, stocks went down, deposits fled, some banks failed and others have looked shaky.
One solution to this crisis would be that, if the bonds magically went back to being worth 100 cents on the dollar, the banks would mostly be fine again. That seems improbable, though I guess one interesting mechanism would be if the banking crisis caused enough of a recession to drive long-term interest rates back to where they were in 2020. Then the bonds would be fine, though probably the banks would have credit losses.
Another solution to this crisis would be that, if the US government just bought the bonds from the banks at 100 cents on the dollar, the banks would mostly be fine again. Of course then the government would have paid 100 cents for stuff worth 85 cents, which seems bad. But through the magic of held-to-maturity accounting, you can sort of wave your hands and pretend that it's not bad. If the government paid 100 cents today for a bond worth 85 cents, and then held it until it matured, it would get back 100 cents. (Plus interest, though not very much.) In some accounting sense, the government would not lose any money: It would get a below-market rate of interest on its money for the next few years, but it would technically get all of its money back.
And in fact this is kind of how the banks thought of these bonds: They were often in the banks' held-to-maturity portfolios, meaning that they didn't need to be marked down when they lost value due to changing interest rates. It's just that, when people notice this stuff and deposits flee, you can't hold the bonds to maturity, because you have to sell them, at a loss, to pay back depositors. But the government is not funded by short-term deposits, so it really can hold the bonds to maturity.
And in fact this is kind of, a little bit, a solution that the government hit on: In response to the failure of Silicon Valley Bank, the US Federal Reserve announced a new Bank Term Funding Program that would lend the banks 100 cents on the dollar against bonds worth 85 cents on the dollar. This is not the same thing as buying the bonds at 100 cents on the dollar — the banks, rather than the government, are still economically on the hook for the losses — but it is motivated by the same sort of thinking. "Eventually these bonds will pay out 100 cents on the dollar, so it's fine to lend 100 cents on the dollar against them, even if they are worth 85 cents today."
But nobody has actually embraced a program of "the government will just buy the bonds back at par to make the banks healthy again," because it is kind of an extreme transfer of losses from banks to taxpayers, even if you can wave your hands a bit and pretend it isn't. But here's this from Andrew Ackerman at the Wall Street Journal:
Banks have spent the past week or so testing what would be a clever gambit: Paying billions of dollars they collectively owe to replenish a federal deposit insurance fund using Treasurys instead of cash.
The idea—floated to regulators and lawmakers by PNC Financial Services Group and supported by others—could allow banks to take securities that are currently worth, say, 90 cents on the dollar, and give them to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. at full price. That would effectively shift losses clogging the banks' balance sheets to the FDIC, according to people familiar with the proposal. ...
Proponents say nothing in the law says FDIC fees have to be paid in cash, so the agency could change its rules. They say the move, if greenlighted by the FDIC, would help the banking system address the way rising rates over the past year have saddled lenders with billions in losses on their portfolios of bonds. Those losses helped sink Silicon Valley Bank in March, sparking turmoil across the banking sector. …
Supporters say the government would hold the securities until maturity, allowing them to recover principal and interest on the debt. The government would suffer no losses, they say.
The FDIC has spent billions of dollars on its bank rescues — which is also a transfer of losses from banks to the government to make the banking system more solvent — but it is getting the money back by charging a special assessment to be paid by about 113 big banks. If the banks pay the assessment with Treasuries that are worth 90 cents on the dollar, but that count for 100 cents on the dollar, then they get a little discount on the assessment and get to move unpleasant assets off their balance sheets.
A tension in bank regulation is that you want people to buy the equity of banks, so that banks have lots of capital to absorb losses in a crisis so they don't lose depositor money or require government bailouts. When there is a bank failure, you will want the equity to absorb losses: That is what it is there for, and better for equity investors — who were consciously taking risk buying the bank's stock, and expected to do well if the bank did well and to lose everything if it went bust — to lose money than for depositors or taxpayers to lose money.
But bank failures tend to come in waves, and you will want other banks to be able to raise lots of equity easily to shore up confidence in the system and make their failure less likely. And if the equity of this bank absorbs too many losses, people won't want to buy stock in other banks, because they will notice how risky bank stocks are. And then the other banks won't be able to raise capital, and the crisis will continue. We have seen a bit of this with US regional banks: Several banks were briskly seized and had their equity written down to zero, and the result is that other regional bank stocks got crushed. And so while lots of regional banks could probably use more equity, nobody is about to go out and do a stock offering.
The exact same analysis applies to other bank capital securities. Additional tier 1 capital securities, for instance, which are perpetual-ish debt-ish securities that pay a high interest rate but get crushed if the bank fails, are designed to absorb losses. If a bank fails, it is good and right for them to absorb losses. But, though it says right on the tin that they absorb losses, and though they pay a high interest rate in compensation for the risk that investors are taking, they are not really bought by risk-seeking gamblers. They are bought by fixed-income funds and high-net-worth investors who want steady income. When an AT1 gets written down to zero, those investors stop buying all the other AT1s. And that makes other banks riskier: They can't raise as much loss-absorbing capital, or they can but they have to pay more for it.
In some rough sense, the ideal way for a bank capital instrument to work would be:
People buy it thinking that it can never lose money. If the bank fails, it goes to zero to absorb losses.
There are second-order effects, and this is not really right. If people really think they can't lose money on bank AT1s, then ordinary people will put their life savings in bank AT1s, businesses will put their payroll in bank AT1s, and writing down bank AT1s will have huge consequences for the economy. Still it is kind of right. You want the people who can bear the risk of bank failures to want to bear the risk, and then, when a bank fails, you want them to actually bear the risk.
Still it is odd to think of regional banks as, like, good credit-underwriting and customer-service businesses stapled to a wildly risky funding model. Why have the wildly risky funding model? We have also talked a lot recently about the idea of "narrow banking," in which:
1. Deposits would just be kept at the Federal Reserve, they would just be money , they would not be funding for banks to make loans; and 2. Loans would be funded by locked-up, long-term investors with the appropriate time horizons. Some lending fund would raise money from investors who commit their money for 10 years, and then it would go out and make 10-year loans, and it would never have to worry about the investors asking for their money back before the loans matured.
This would be safer than the current system of fractional reserve banking; it would get rid of the central fragility of banking. Something would probably be lost: Fractional-reserve banking is a way to get society to take more risk, to transform risky investments into safe deposits. ("Financial systems help us overcome a collective action problem," writes Steve Randy Waldman: "In a world of investment projects whose costs and risks are perfectly transparent, most individuals would be frightened.") But some version of it is happening, a little bit, anyway: Deposits are flowing into money market funds that just park them at the Fed, and private credit funds are becoming increasingly important in lending.
If you like narrow banking, you will want to have answers to some practical questions like "who decides who gets the loans" and "are these loan funds going to hire a bunch of lending officers in every small town to make small-business loans?" But you can sort of imagine it with a reshuffling of the pieces of the current system. What if regional banks kept making loans , the thing they are good at, but instead of taking deposits they went out and got funding from the long-term, locked-up, run-proof loan funds? What if you kept the credit-underwriting and customer-service functions of regional banking, but got rid of the wildly risky funding model?
You could imagine, reading a headline like "First Citizens Buys $110 Billion of SVB Assets at $16.5 Billion Discount," that the $110 billion number was fake, and that the "discount" would reflect the actual value of the assets. You could imagine that the FDIC went to First Citizens and said "hey we got $110 billion of SVB stuff, you want it," and First Citizens was like "hmm I don't believe you for a minute that that stuff is worth $110 billion, but we'll give you $93.6 billion for it," and the FDIC was like "yeah fine that's fair." There is a lot of that sort of thing going around in US regional banking recently; we have talked about banks (including SVB!) that had, like, $120 billion of stuff on their balance sheet that turned out to be worth only $105 billion.
But the point I want to make here is that that's not what this discount is. First Citizens bought $110 billion of SVB assets that, by its own best estimates, with the benefit of hindsight and and weeks of rigorous valuation review, were worth like $107 billion. And it paid about $94 billion for them; it got roughly a $13 billion discount to actual market values.
Is that not a little weird? The FDIC conducted a (rather lengthy) auction for SVB's assets, and the best bidder was willing to pay about $13 billion less than they were worth, and the FDIC was fine with that. Why?
Well, we have talked about this too. Last week I wrote, about JPMorgan Chase & Co.'s deal to buy First Republic Bank:
Banks are required — by regulation but also by common sense — to have capital, that is, shareholders' equity, assets that exceed their liabilities. The buyer bank also has to have assets that exceed its liabilities, to have capital against the assets that it buys. If it is buying $85 of loans, it will want to fund them with no more than, say, $75 of liabilities. If it is assuming $90 of deposits, it will have to pay, like, negative $15 for them, which means something like "the FDIC gives the buyer $15 to take over the failed bank."
If the SVB assets here were worth $107 billion, and First Citizens paid for them by assuming $107 billion of liabilities, it would need billions of dollars of extra capital, call it an extra $10 billion to target a 10% capital ratio. This would require it to go out and raise capital, to sell enormous piles of stock (First Citizens's total market capitalization is about $16 billion or so) in a rough period for regional banks. Not gonna work.
Instead, the FDIC effectively gave it the capital: It sold First Citizens $107 billion of assets for $94 billion, giving it an extra $10 billion of capital (after tax) to support those assets and remain well capitalized. Actually it got better capitalized: First Citizens's common equity tier 1 capital ratio at the end of 2022 was about 10.1%; at the end of the first quarter of 2023 it was about 12.5%.
The FDIC's insurance fund took a big loss on SVB, but the loss was not driven entirely by the fact that SVB's deposits were bigger than the market value of its assets. The loss also came from the fact that the FDIC was paying to recapitalize the banking system. The problem was that SVB's losses left it undercapitalized, and the fix was to hand SVB to some other bank and make it well-capitalized. And that costs money.
We have talked a bunch recently about two different ways of looking at banks and interest-rate risk. One theory, which I have called Theory 1, is that banks have short-term liabilities (deposits) and long-term assets (bonds, loans), and so when interest rates go up their costs go up and their assets lose value: Banks are at risk of bad things if interest rates go up. This theory is plainly correct as applied to Silicon Valley Bank or First Republic, both of which disappeared because rising rates left them insolvent.
The other theory, which I have called Theory 2, is that banks actually have long-term liabilities (because their depositors are loyal and not very interest-rate-sensitive) matched with long-term assets, and that when interest rates go up banks make more money by charging more for loans without paying much more for deposits: Banks benefit from raising interest rates. This theory seems correct as applied to most of the other banks. At the Financial Times, Stephen Gandel reports:
Profits in the US banking sector reached an all-time high of roughly $80bn in the first quarter, up 33 per cent from a year ago, even as the industry contended with the aftermath of two bank failures and the most significant stress since the 2008 financial crisis.
The banking turmoil was in large part responsible for the bumper haul. About half of the increase in the industry's aggregate profits came from one-time gains recorded by First Citizens and Flagstar, which bought the remnants of Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) and Signature Bank, respectively, after they were seized by regulators and sold off at a discount in March.
Even so, the jump in profits also showed US banks in general benefited from rising interest rates, low loan defaults and an expanding job market despite nervousness among depositors and investors.
One way to put this is that most of the other banks did a better job managing interest-rate risk than SVB and First Republic did: Those banks had huge losses on their long-term fixed-rate assets, which swamped any improvement in net interest margins and left them insolvent, while most other banks were a bit more balanced.
But another way to put it is that rising rates are very very bad for a bank if they blow it up, but otherwise they are good: Rising rates reduce the market value of a bank's fixed-rate assets, which can spook depositors and cause a run and a bank failure, but if depositors ignore the lower market value of the assets then there's no run and the bank just has higher interest income. These outcomes are discontinuous: Rising rates are either good for a bank, or fatal.
This is not quite right, and a number of banks are facing higher deposit costs and thus lower net interest income, but it is broadly right. We talked yesterday about a paper by Itamar Drechsler, Alexi Savov, Philipp Schnabl and Olivier Wang, sort of on this dynamic:
Banks hedge the interest rate risk of their assets with their deposit franchise: when interest rates rise, the value of the assets falls but the value of the deposit franchise rises. Yet the deposit franchise is only valuable if depositors remain in the bank. …
Runs are … due to the nature of the deposit franchise. When a deposit is withdrawn, the bank loses the stream of deposit spreads net of operating costs it would have earned on that deposit. In effect, the deposit franchise is subject to an extreme form of "fire sale": its value is fully destroyed in a run. Moreover, since its value is increasing in interest rates, a run is more destructive – and hence more likely – at high interest rates.
The deposit franchise is both more valuable and more fragile as rates go up. For banks overall, rising rates have been profitable, but for some banks they have been fatal.
Most of SVB's interest-rate risk came in its portfolio of "held to maturity" bonds. The idea here is that SVB bought a lot of bonds and planned to hold them until they matured. If it did that, the bonds — which were mostly US-government backed and so very safe — would pay back 100 cents on the dollar. So SVB didn't need to worry about mark-to-market fluctuations in their value. If interest rates went up, and the value of these bonds dropped from 100 to 85 cents on the dollar, SVB could ignore it, because the value would definitely go back up to 100, as long as it held the bonds to maturity. (The problem is that it couldn't: There was a run on the bank long before the bonds matured.)
This is a standard assumption in banking, that the bank is making loans or buying bonds and planning to hold them for life, so fluctuations in their market values don't matter. And bank accounting reflects this: Held-to-maturity bonds are held on the balance sheet at their cost, and fluctuations in their market values do not affect the bank's balance sheet, or its income statement, or its regulatory capital. And thus for a while last year SVB was mark-to-market insolvent — if you subtracted its liabilities from the market value of its assets, you got a negative number — but its regulatory capital was fine, because regulatory capital doesn't subtract that way.
But now add hedging. SVB had, call it, $120 billion of held-to-maturity bonds. When rates went up, they lost something like $15 billion of market value. If SVB had fully hedged those bonds — if it had put on $120 billion notional amount of swaps, say — then the hedges would have perfectly offset that loss. But if rates had instead gone down, the hedges would have lost money. Obviously last year rates probably had more room to rise than to fall, but even a 0.25% decline in long-term interest rates could have cost SVB something like $2 billion in this scenario.
Of course in that scenario its bonds would have gained $2 billion of market value, offsetting the loss on the hedges. But this is where the accounting is a problem. If you have a held-to-maturity bond, its fluctuations in value do not affect your income statement or balance sheet: When the market price of the bond goes up (or down), the book value of your assets does not go up (or down), and you do not have income (or loss) from the change. But if you have an interest-rate swap, its fluctuations in value do affect your income statement and balance sheet: When its market value goes up (or down), the book value of your assets goes up (or down), and you have income (or loss). An interest-rate derivative is sort of naturally a mark-to-market asset, and so changes in its value are reflected in income.
And so if SVB had hedged and rates had gone down, it would have reported a huge loss: A $2 billion loss on interest-rate derivatives would have wiped out more than all of SVB's profit last year. Hedging the held-to-maturity bond portfolio would have made SVB economically less risky, but it would have made its reported financial results far more volatile. The hedge would have made SVB look riskier. And banking is a business of confidence, so you don't want to look riskier. (Also: The hedge would have made SVB's regulatory capital more volatile, and banking is also a business of regulatory capital.)
Now, an obvious response is: "This is dumb, why should hedging make you look riskier?" And accountants are aware of that, and there is a thing called "hedge accounting" where you basically get to take some asset and the derivative that you use to hedge it, offset them against each other, and neutralize the accounting effect of fluctuations in their values. The hedge makes your financial statements look less risky, which makes sense.
The problem is that this is specifically not allowed for held-to-maturity assets. PricewaterhouseCoopers explains:
The notion of hedging the interest rate risk in a security classified as held to maturity is inconsistent with the held-to-maturity classification under ASC 320, which requires the reporting entity to hold the security until maturity regardless of changes in market interest rates. For this reason, ASC 815-20-25-43(c)(2) indicates that interest rate risk may not be the hedged risk in a fair value hedge of held-to-maturity debt securities.
Again, here the accounting standards line up with the way banks have historically thought about themselves, which is basically that they are in the business of holding long-term assets for the long term. "Why would a bank hedge interest-rate risk on its held-to-maturity portfolio," the accountants ask, "if it is just going to hold that portfolio to maturity?"
That said, you can hedge your bonds that you treat as "available-for-sale," and if you do that you will get hedge accounting treatment, so your income statement (and capital) will look less volatile rather than more. (This is what SVB was doing when it did have interest-rate hedges in place last year.)
We have talked a few times recently about two theories of banking, which I have boringly called Theory 1 and Theory 2. Theory 1 is a mark-to-market, legalistic approach: A bank uses short-term deposits to fund long-term assets, which makes it risky and fragile and particularly at risk from rising interest rates, which increase its cost of funding and decrease the value of its assets.
Theory 2 is a traditional, relationship-driven approach: A bank has a "deposit franchise" of long-term loyal customers, which gives it long-term rate-insensitive funding to invest in long-term assets, and it is at risk from falling interest rates, which decrease the amount of net interest margin it can earn on its assets. The problem, I have suggested, is that banks (and regulators) have traditionally thought in a Theory 2 sort of way, and modern financial markets, and the Fed's rapid interest-rate increases, seem to have put us in a Theory 1 world.
In discussing Theory 2 I have sometimes cited a 2021 paper by Itamar Drechsler, Alexi Savov and Philipp Schnabl titled "Banking on Deposits: Maturity Transformation without Interest Rate Risk." The abstract:
We show that maturity transformation does not expose banks to interest rate risk—it hedges it. The reason is the deposit franchise, which allows banks to pay deposit rates that are low and insensitive to market interest rates. Hedging the deposit franchise requires banks to earn income that is also insensitive, that is, to lend long term at fixed rates. As predicted by this theory, we show that banks closely match the interest rate sensitivities of their interest income and expense, and that this insulates their equity from interest rate shocks. Our results explain why banks supply long-term credit.
This is what I meant when I said, above, that SVB thought its interest-rate risk was hedged, and that its bigger risk was declining earnings if interest rates fell. If your deposits are insensitive to changes in short-term interest rates — because your long-term, loyal, relationship-driven customers are not checking the rate on their checking account every day — then you don't want your assets to be very sensitive to rates (you don't want to have very short-term investments), because then your income will be very volatile. Investing your sort-of-long-term deposits in actually-long-term assets is a way to reduce risk.
That's the theory, Theory 2, but obviously things have not been working out that way recently. Drechsler, Savov and Schnabl have a new paper with Olivier Wang, titled "Banking on Uninsured Deposits." The abstract:
Motivated by the regional bank crisis of 2023, we model the impact of interest rates on the liquidity risk of banks. Prior work shows that banks hedge the interest rate risk of their assets with their deposit franchise: when interest rates rise, the value of the assets falls but the value of the deposit franchise rises. Yet the deposit franchise is only valuable if depositors remain in the bank. This creates run incentives for uninsured depositors. We show that a run equilibrium is absent at low interest rates but appears when rates rise because the deposit franchise comes to dominate the value of the bank. The liquidity risk of the bank thus increases with interest rates. We provide a formula for the bank's optimal risk management policy. The bank should act as if its deposit rate is more sensitive to market rates than it really is, i.e., as if its "deposit beta" is higher. This leads the bank to shrink the duration of its assets. Shortening duration has a downside, however: it exposes the bank to insolvency if interest rates fall. The bank thus faces a dilemma: it cannot simultaneously hedge its interest rate risk and liquidity risk exposures. The dilemma disappears only if uninsured deposits do not contribute to the deposit franchise (if they have a deposit beta of one). The recent growth of low-beta uninsured checking and savings accounts thus poses stability risks to banks. The risks increase with interest rates and are amplified by other exposures such as credit risk. We show how they can be addressed with an optimal capital requirement that rises with interest rates.
The new paper summarizes the previous paper, and Theory 2 generally:
Following Drechsler et al. (2021), we model a bank with a low "deposit beta" – a low sensitivity of deposit rates to the market interest rate. The bank then earns a deposit spread that rises with the interest rate. This is the source of its deposit franchise. The deposit franchise does not come for free: the bank pays an operating cost to maintain it. The deposit franchise is effectively an interest rate swap in which the bank pays fixed (the operating cost) and receives floating (the deposit spread). This swap has negative duration. The bank hedges it by investing in assets with positive duration; by holding long-term loans and securities.
But they add an increased likelihood of interest-rate-driven deposit outflows, and also the risk of runs by uninsured depositors:
The second reason for outflows is a run by uninsured depositors. Uninsured depositors have an incentive to run if the value of their claims exceeds the value of the bank if they do run. In standard models (Diamond and Dybvig, 1983) this is due to fire sales of the bank's loans. There are no such fire sales in our model; the bank's assets are fully liquid. Runs are instead due to the nature of the deposit franchise. When a deposit is withdrawn, the bank loses the stream of deposit spreads net of operating costs it would have earned on that deposit. In effect, the deposit franchise is subject to an extreme form of "fire sale": its value is fully destroyed in a run. Moreover, since its value is increasing in interest rates, a run is more destructive – and hence more likely – at high interest rates.
This is sort of what you saw in the recent bank runs: Regional banks had financial assets (loans, bonds) whose market value fell due to rising interest rates until it was slightly less than their liabilities. On traditional banking theory, that's survivable: The deposit franchise is itself valuable, and the combined value of the financial assets and the deposit franchise ought to have exceeded the liabilities, so the banks were solvent and valuable. But in practice the value of the deposit franchise evaporated overnight, leaving only a pile of financial assets that had lost value, funded by a bunch of short-term loans that came due.
We talked last Thursday about two theories of banking, which I called Theory 1 and Theory 2. Theory 1 is that banks borrow short to lend long: Bank deposits are short-term funding, they get paid a variable market rate of interest, and they can disappear overnight if depositors worry about a bank's stability or just get a better deal elsewhere. Theory 2 is that banks actually borrow long to lend long: Bank deposits are part of a long-term relationship, and much of what banks do — build branches, cross-sell products, offer ATMs and online banking — is designed to make those deposits sticky, so that their cost doesn't go up when interest rates go up. Theory 2 is the traditional theory of banking; it's why there are branches. Theory 1 is the standard theory of modern capital markets; it's why, when Silicon Valley Bank failed due to taking too much interest-rate risk, lots of people were like "how did they not see that coming" or "why didn't they hedge?"
Part of my goal on Thursday was to try to answer those questions, to suggest that Theory 2 really is kind of how banks (and bank regulators) think about the problem. ("Why didn't they hedge their interest-rate risk?" Well, they had long-duration liabilities, in the form of deposits, and they matched them with long-duration assets, in the form of Treasury and agency bonds, so they were hedged; they just got the duration of their deposits wrong.)
And part of my goal was to think about why Theory 2 stopped working in 2023, why deposits weren't sticky, why banks like Silicon Valley Bank and First Republic Bank faced massive runs and disappeared when rates went up. My speculations included better availability of information (bank deposits used to be sticky in part because it was harder to pay attention to them), a more widespread mark-to-market financial culture, the hangover of 2008, and the decline of relationship businesses generally:
In a world of electronic communication and global supply chains and work-from-home and the gig economy, business relationships are less sticky and "I am going to go into my bank branch and shake the hand of the manager and trust her with my life savings" doesn't work. "I am going to do stuff for relationship reasons, even if it costs me 0.5% of interest income, or a slightly increased risk of losing my money" is no longer a plausible thing to think. Silicon Valley Bank's VC and tech customers talked lovingly about how good their relationships with SVB were, after withdrawing all their money. They had fiduciary duties to their own investors to keep their money safe! Relationships didn't matter.
One thing that I would say is that if this is right and you take it seriously, then it is pretty bad news for US regional banks. "Banking is an inherently fragile business model" is a thing that people say from time to time (when there are bank runs), but nobody quite means it. They mean something like "from a strictly financial perspective, looking at a balance sheet that mismatches illiquid long-term assets with overnight funding, banking is insanely fragile, and the whole business model of banking is about building long-term relationships with slow-moving price-insensitive depositors so that the funding is not as short-term, and the business is not as fragile, as it looks." But if the relationship aspect doesn't work anymore, then banking really is just extremely fragile. Without the relationships, banks are just highly levered investment funds that make illiquid risky hard-to-value investments using overnight funding. That can go wrong in lots of ways!
The whole relationship aspect of banking is devalued; rational economic decisionmaking based on mark-to-market asset values has become more important. This makes banks fragile. What makes banks something other than highly levered risky investment funds is their relationships, and that support is weakening.
One way to think about it is that the stock market is supposed to be efficient and the market for bank deposits is not. The point of the stock market is that a lot of well-informed hedge fund managers and hard-working analysts and Reddit-reading day traders are all competing with each other to find out information about each company and use that information to determine the fair value of its stock. The price of a stock changes each second to reflect the information and views collected by the market, and if the market is working well then that price reflects the collective best guess at the long-term value of the company. In practice the market sometimes tries too hard, and stock prices bounce around more than is justified by changes in fundamental information, but this is the goal.
The point of a checking account is that you put your money there and don't think about it. You don't compete with a bunch of hedge fund managers to understand your bank's financial statements; you don't stay up late reading Reddit for clues about its business prospects; you maybe aren't even aware of the interest rate that it pays you. A checking account is not a high-risk, high-reward financial instrument that you have spent a long time doing due diligence on. It's just money in the bank.
Economists say that bank deposits are supposed to be "information-insensitive," and there is a vast corporate-finance and regulatory apparatus to make that mostly true. Most people's bank accounts, for instance, are insured (up to $250,000) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., so that even if their bank is just cobwebs and fraud they still get their money back, which means that they truly don't need to do any diligence on their bank. But also banks have capital and liquidity requirements and prudential regulation and access to Federal Reserve lending facilities, so that even if things go pretty wrong at a bank it will still have enough money to pay out its depositors, because "the depositors don't need to worry about their deposits" is kind of the whole point of bank deposits. Lots of people — bankers, regulators, economists — think about these things, so that depositors never have to.
What is going on? I think there are two ways to think about the basic business of banking:
1. Banks borrow short to lend long. They use deposits (which can be withdrawn at any time) to fund loans and buy bonds (which don't get repaid for a long time). 2. Banks really borrow long to lend long. They use deposits to fund loans and buy bonds, and as a technical legal matter those deposits are short-term (and can be withdrawn at any time), but they aren't really. Most people — and most businesses — keep their money at a bank because it is convenient, it's where their paycheck direct deposit and bill auto-pays are set up, and it would be a pain to move to a new bank. Most people do not obsessively check the interest rates on their bank accounts to find the highest one, or obsessively check the financial condition of their bank to see if it's safe. Banks invest in customer relationships — by building branches and cross-selling services and offering conveniences like online banking — and those relationships are long-term and sticky and include deposits. In a real economic sense, banks are making loans and buying bonds that match the duration of their long-term, relationship-driven deposits.
In Theory 1, banking is an inherently risky business model (if the depositors all ask for their money back at once, you are in trouble). Specifically, it is a model with a ton of interest-rate risk. More specifically, if interest rates go up , that's bad. You got all these short-term deposits and used them to buy long-term fixed-rate assets; when rates go up, your long-term assets lose value and you have to pay more interest on the short-term deposits.
In Theory 2, banking is less risky, and in particular it has less interest-rate risk. But also, the interest-rate risk goes the other way. If your model is "we have all these deposits that are locked up indefinitely, and we pay 0% interest on them, and we always will, and we use them to make loans and buy bonds," then you want interest rates to go up. If interest rates go up:
You don't pay any more interest on your deposits: They are locked up forever at 0% interest, nobody checks their rate, nobody asks for more or moves their money. Your long-term fixed-rate assets (bonds, loans) lose market value , but you don't care. If you bought a 3% bond when rates were 3%, and now rates are 5%, your bond is only worth, say, 85 cents on the dollar. If you sold it today, you'd have a 15% loss. But you have no reason to sell it today: You bought it using long-term funding, so you just hold it to maturity, when it will pay off 100 cents on the dollar. In the meantime, it will keep paying you 3% interest, which is less than the market interest rate, but still a lot more than the 0% you are paying on deposits. Your net interest income goes up. Some of your assets have floating interest rates, so when rates go up they pay you more. Other assets have fixed interest rates, but some of them mature each day, and you take the money and use it to make new loans and buy new bonds with higher interest rates. Your interest expense stays flat (because your depositors never withdraw their money or ask for higher interest), but your interest income goes up, so you make more money.
I think a crude way to put it is that Theory 1 is the sort of modern-finance, markets-oriented, mark-everything-to-market approach. It is the way almost everybody in financial markets thinks about almost everything: If you have funding that can be withdrawn at any time, that is short-term funding; if you buy long-term fixed-rate assets and interest rates go up, you have a mark-to-market loss, and that loss is in every meaningful sense "real."
And then the crude way to put it would be that Theory 2 is the traditional theory of bankers. Theory 2 is a sort of sociologically accurate description of how banking has actually worked in practice, most of the time, for the last few hundred years. Banks do not expect all their depositors to withdraw money on a moment's notice, because they usually don't. Banks do not worry too much about marking all of their assets to market, because they plan to hold those assets until they mature, and they usually do. Banks generally find that their net interest income is higher when interest rates are higher and lower when rates are lower, so they like higher interest rates.
I am exaggerating the differences here to make the contrast clearer. Of course no actual banker would say Theory 2 the way I have said it; actual bankers seem to have some blend of Theory 1 and Theory 2. Every banker is aware of the risk of bank runs. Sometimes depositors do all ask for their money back at once, and that's bad, and banks and regulators think about that problem and do things to prevent and mitigate it. Nobody says "interest rates on deposits will be zero forever," but what they do is talk about a thing called "deposit beta," which means that when short-term interest rates go up by 1%, bank deposit rates go up by some fraction (the beta) of 1%: Bank depositors are slow to react to changing interest rates, for the reasons — relationships, convenience, rational ignorance — that I talked about in Theory 2. Nobody says "the market value of a bank's assets doesn't matter," but banks generally do get to ignore that market value in their financial statements and in their capital accounting, [1] disclosing it only in a footnote near the back of the financials.
I am tempted to say that Theory 1 is correct and Theory 2 is wrong, but that is just because I grew up in a modern-finance, markets-oriented, mark-everything-to-market world. [2] But Theory 2 has a lot going for it, empirically; it probably gives you a better sense of what banks are doing (building long-term relationships, accumulating sticky deposits, investing them in a way that roughly matches their stickiness) than Theory 1 does. [3] You don't build a bank branch just to attract overnight funding; a branch suggests that you expect deposits to stick around.
It's just that in the US regional banking mini-crisis of 2023 , Theory 1 completely dominates. "We have built long-term relationships with our depositors so we expect them to stick around even as rates rise": wrong! "We hold our bonds to maturity, so changes in their mark-to-market value don't matter": wrong! "Actually rising interest rates are good for us": wrong! And the bankers and bank regulators, who sort of had Theory 2 rattling around in their brains, were taken by surprise.
Consider the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank. On Theory 1, this collapse is incredibly simple:
1. SVB took a lot of short-term deposits from venture capitalists and tech firms, and invested the money mostly in long-term US government bonds. 2. When the Federal Reserve rapidly raised interest rates, the market value of those bonds fell. 3. SVB's losses on those bonds came close to, and at some points exceeded, the value of its equity: If SVB had to sell all its bonds and pay back all its depositors, there wouldn't be enough money left. It was, on a mark-to-market basis, insolvent. 4. People noticed this, and SVB's unusually well-informed and connected depositors all rapidly asked for their money back. 5. There wasn't enough money, the bank failed, it was seized by the government, depositors got their money back but the government lost billions of dollars because SVB's assets were worth much less than its deposits.
This story is almost too simple. When you write it like that it sounds dumb. None of this is arcane or unpredictable stuff. The Fed said it was going to raise interest rates a lot, and then it did. Long-term bond prices are sensitive to interest rates, so everyone knew that they would fall when the Fed raised rates, and they did. It was pretty easy to calculate that this would make SVB insolvent, and it did, and then SVB put out financial statements saying — deep in the footn
Or just, like, you are a regional bank, your assets have lost value, you look a little bit mark-to-market insolvent, what do you do? Well, the traditional approach is that you raise equity: You sell stock to investors, so that you will have more equity, so that you will no longer be insolvent. Why would the investors buy the stock? Well, the traditional answer is that a bank is worth more than just its balance sheet, more than its assets minus its liabilities. It has those relationships! It can generate income in the future, which is worth something, even if its assets have technically lost value.
But it turns out that if you are a troubled regional bank and you go out to raise equity in the spring of 2023, investors will say "hmm it says here that your assets are worth less than your liabilities," they will not buy the stock, and your depositors will also notice and panic and flee. It is tempting to sit very still and hope no one notices; raising equity is too risky. Anyway:
I assume the investigation is less about "did you mess up the capital raise" and more about "did you buy the bond portfolio at a price that was good for you and made the capital situation worse," but the capital raise did not help.
Elsewhere, here is a proposal for "Resolving the Banking Crisis" by Peter DeMarzo, Erica Jiang, Arvind Krishnamurthy, Gregor Matvos, Tomasz Piskorski and Amit Seru. Their basic argument is:
1. A ton of banks have big mark-to-market losses due to interest-rate moves: They estimate that "2,315 banks — accounting for $11 trillion of assets in aggregate — fall below" zero equity if their assets are marked to market. 2. But "the mark-to-market test … is a component of solvency, but is not determinant. Banks have franchise value that is not reflected in the value of the securities and loans they own. Thus it is likely that a large fraction of the 2,315 banks in the figure are solvent on a long-term basis even after the interest rate shock we have experienced." 3. So the Fed should force them to raise equity: "Economic solvency requires a market test. The ability to raise new equity or long-term unsecured debt from outside investors is a market test that draws a clean line between solvent but illiquid and insolvent. In addition, new capital inflows will reduce fragility and restore 'skin in the game' for these institutions."
Maybe! But the recent experience is that trying to raise equity can cause the collapse: If you need to raise money, nobody wants to hear about "franchise value." This is a problem, because DeMarzo et al. are not wrong: Most of these banks probably are economically viable, and the solution to a banking crisis really is to raise more equity. But it seems to be a bit stuck.
Let's start with some bank accounting. You've got a bank, its assets are $100 of loans, and its liabilities are $90 of deposits. Shareholders' equity (assets minus liabilities) is $10, for a capital ratio (equity divided by assets) of 10%. Pretty normal stuff.
Then the assets go down: The loans were worth $100, but then interest rates went up and now they are only worth $85. This is less than $90, so the bank is insolvent, people panic, depositors get nervous and the bank fails. It is seized by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., which quickly looks for a healthy bank to buy the failed one. Ideally a buyer will take over the entire failed bank, buying $85 worth of loans and assuming $90 worth of deposits; borrowers and depositors will wake up to find that they are now customers of the buyer bank, but everything else is the same.
How much should the buyer pay for this? The simple math is $85 of assets minus $90 of assets equals negative $5: The buyer should pay negative $5, which means something like "the FDIC gives the buyer $5 of cash to take over the failed bank," though it could be more complicated. [1]
But that simple math is not quite right. If you pay negative $5 to take over a bank with $85 of assets and $90 of liabilities, you effectively get a bank with $90 of assets, $90 of liabilities and $0 of shareholders' equity. That doesn't work. The bank, in the first paragraph, in the good times, did not have assets that equaled its liabilities; it had assets that were $10 more than its liabilities. Banks are required — by regulation but also by common sense — to have capital , that is, shareholders' equity, assets that exceed their liabilities. The buyer bank also has to have assets that exceed its liabilities, to have capital against the assets that it buys. If it is buying $85 of loans, it will want to fund them with no more than, say, $75 of liabilities. If it is assuming $90 of deposits, it will have to pay, like, negative $15 for them, which means something like "the FDIC gives the buyer $15 to take over the failed bank."
This is a little weird. You could imagine a different scenario. The FDIC seizes the bank and sells its loans to someone — a hedge fund, or a bank I guess — for $85, which is what they are worth. Then the FDIC just hands cash out to all the depositors at the failed bank, a total of $90, which is the amount of deposits. At the end of the day there's nothing left of the failed bank and the FDIC is out of pocket $5, which is less than $15.
The FDIC mostly doesn't do this, though, for a couple of reasons. One is that usually banks, even failed banks, have some franchise value: They have relationships and bankers and advisers that allow them to earn money, and the buying bank should want to pay something for that. The value of a bank is not just its financial assets minus its liabilities; its actual business is worth something too. Selling it whole can bring in more moneuy.
Another reason is that this approach is far more disruptive than keeping the bank open: Telling depositors "your bank has vanished but here's an envelope with your cash" is worse, for general confidence in the banking system, than telling them "oh your bank got bought this weekend but everything is normal."
Also there is a capital problem for the banking system as a whole: If the FDIC just hands out checks for $90 to all the depositors, they will deposit those checks in other banks, which will then have $90 more of liabilities and will need some more capital as well. Selling the whole failed bank to another bank for $75 will cost the FDIC $15, but it will recapitalize the banking system. The goal is to have banks with ample capital, whose assets are worth much more than their liabilities; the acute problem with a failed bank is that it has negative capital; the solution is for someone to put in more money so that the system as a whole is well capitalized again. Sometimes the FDIC puts in the money.
The two options with First Republic Bank are pretty much:
1. Do something, or 2. Do nothing.
"Do something" is obviously bad. First Republic's balance sheet shows about $233 billion of assets, including about $173 billion of loans, but the market value of those assets is considerably lower: Those loans are largely mortgages made at very low interest rates, and they have lost a lot of value as rates have gone up.. First Republic estimated as of Dec. 31 that its assets were worth about $27 billion less than their carrying value. [1] So figure its assets are worth something like $206 billion on a good day.
Meanwhile it has about $105 billion of deposits and about $105 billion of secured borrowing from the Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank system. Of those deposits, roughly $55 billion are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and roughly $50 billion aren't; $30 billion of the unsecured deposits belong to a consortium of big banks that deposited money with First Republic last month to boost confidence. Roughly speaking, the insured deposits and the Fed/FHLB ($160 billion total) get paid back first, the uninsured deposits ($50 billion) get paid back next, and everybody else — subordinated debt, shareholders — gets paid back with whatever is left.
So if you can sell the assets for about $210 billion, then the government and all of the depositors get paid back in full; if you can't, they don't. (Either way, the shareholders are, uh, in trouble.) Again, the assets are worth something like $206 billion, based on First Republic's filings in December; that would not quite be enough to pay everyone back. But the consensus seems to be that if you actually had to go sell everything at once, things would be considerably worse, and there would be a hole of tens of billions of dollars.
And so all of the do-something options are bad, because of that hole. The most straightforward do-something option is that the FDIC could seize First Republic, sell its assets, and use the money to pay back depositors. But there would be a hole of tens of billions of dollars. And the FDIC would either have to fill that hole (declaring First Republic systemically important and using its deposit insurance fund to pay off the uninsured depositors), or not fill that hole (letting the uninsured depositors bear the loss). The Wall Street Journal notes:
The details and extent of the FDIC's support will be determined on whether they use the same tool, a so-called systemic risk exception, that allowed the agency to guarantee all of the depositors at last month's two failed institutions.
Invoking that exception again would allow regulators to backstop all of the roughly $50 billion in deposits at First Republic that are above the FDIC's insurance limit, including the $30 billion deposited by the big banks.
If the FDIC doesn't make those depositors whole, it could reignite questions about such deposits at other regional banks, causing customers to yank their deposits from smaller firms. But if it does, the FDIC could be accused of bailing out Wall Street.
If the FDIC takes over First Republic at a loss, somebody — the uninsured depositors (meaning largely but not exclusively the big banks) or the FDIC (also meaning largely the big banks, who pay to fund the FDIC's insurance fund) — has to bear the loss.
There are other do-something options that could happen in the shadow of an FDIC takeover: Another bank could buy First Republic and assume its deposits, or other banks could buy its assets at above-market prices, or banks or private equity firms could buy some equity in First Republic. Bloomberg News reports:
A number of rescue proposals have so far failed to come to fruition.
Earlier this week, Bloomberg reported that First Republic was looking to potentially sell $50 billion to $100 billion of assets to big banks that would also receive warrants or preferred equity as an incentive to buy the holdings above their market value.
By Wednesday, the firm's advisers were privately pitching a similar concept, in which stronger banks would buy bonds off of First Republic's books for more than they were worth so that it could sell shares to new investors. While that would mean booking initial losses, banks could hold the debts through repayment to be made whole.
But all of these have the same basic outcome, which is that somebody — probably, again, one or more big banks — steps in to bear the losses, to buy First Republic's assets for more than they are worth. Nobody likes it:
The fate of First Republic Bank has become a game of chicken between the US government and the lender's largest rivals, with both sides seeking to avoid steep losses and hoping the other will handle the troubled firm. …
Executives at five of the biggest banks, speaking on the condition they not be named, dismissed the notion of once again banding together to prop up First Republic, especially when it could mean paving the way for investors or a competitor to scoop up the firm at a bargain price.
If the big banks bear the losses on First Republic, then whoever ends up owning First Republic — its current shareholders, a new buyer — won't. You can finesse that a little bit with warrants — effectively, you make the banks who take the losses also the new owners of First Republic — but the main problem doesn't go away. The main problem is the losses.
The other option is "do nothing." First Republic reported earnings on Monday, and they were legendarily awful:
Across the industry, First Republic's quarterly earnings report on Monday has come to be regarded as a disaster. The firm announced a larger-than-expected drop in deposits, then declined to take questions as executives presented a 12-minute briefing on results.
But First Republic reported a profit. The problem, for First Republic, is that lots of its low-interest deposits have fled, and it has had to replace their funding by borrowing from the Fed, the FHLB and the big banks at much higher rates. Meanwhile it still has lots of long-term loans made at low interest rates. If you borrow short at 0% to lend long at 3%, and then your short-term borrowing costs go up to 5% while your loans stay the same, you will be losing 2% a year on your loans, and that is roughly the state that First Republic finds itself in. But it is not exactly the state that First Republic finds itself in: It still has some cheap insured deposits, some short-term assets, some floating-rate assets, some fee income, and in fact it has managed to scrape out a profit even as rates have moved against it. Can that last? I mean, maybe not:
The deposit run has forced First Republic to rely on other, more expensive funding. That makes it hard to generate interest income, and at some point it might not be able to.
"They've never been super profitable," said Tim Coffey, managing director and analyst at Janney Montgomery Scott. "Now you're not growing and you're layering on really high borrowing and funding costs."
But a bank can stay in business even with some quarterly losses, as long as it remains well capitalized, and as a technical matter First Republic has enough capital to withstand some unprofitable quarters. And if you muddle along for long enough, the situation can right itself: The long-term low-interest loans will roll off and be replaced with higher-interest new loans, and First Republic's interest margins will start to expand again. It might work! If you are a First Republic shareholder , "do nothing and hope the business recovers" is clearly the best option.
Of course deposits might keep flowing out, but so what? First Republic is now funded in large part with loans from the Fed and the FHLB, and I suppose they could just lend it some more money. When Silicon Valley Bank failed, the Fed put in place a new Bank Term Funding Program that was designed for more or less this purpose: The BTFP lets banks borrow agai
I mostly think of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. as a US government regulator that provides a government backstop on bank deposits. If a bank fails, the government — the FDIC — will come in and take it over and pay out all depositors (up to $250,000 each) with government money. This backstop is what makes bank deposits safe, what makes them money: An FDIC-insured bank account has no credit risk, because it is backed by the US government's ability to print dollars.
There is another way to think about it, though, which is that the FDIC is a sort of mutual-aid program among banks. If a bank fails, the FDIC will take it over and pay out any insured deposits, but the money does not come from a government printing press but from the FDIC's own separate insurance fund. And this insurance fund, in turn, comes from the banks: It "is funded mainly through quarterly assessments on insured banks," with each US bank paying some money every quarter based on its size and the risk it poses to the financial system.
Both of these ways of thinking about the FDIC are correct. The insurance fund — the pool of money that the banks pay into, which was about $128 billion as of December 2022 — takes the first loss; if the FDIC needs to pay out any money to depositors, it comes from the insurance fund, and if the fund gets depleted then the banks pay higher assessments to top it up. But the fund "is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government," and if it runs out of money then insured deposits will still get paid.
Roughly speaking, if some banks fail, the FDIC is a mutual-aid program, and the other banks join in to bear the loss. But if there's a full-blown systemic banking crisis and lots of banks fail, the FDIC is a government guarantee, and taxpayers save the banks.
You can see the appeal of this split. Without the government backstop, bank deposits would not quite be money; there'd still be some nagging doubt about whether they were safe. (And, of course, uninsured deposits are also supposed to be quite money-like, and there is a bit of doubt about them.) But without the banking industry bearing the first loss, this would look too much like a free subsidy to the banks: Why should banks make a profit when things are good and then get bailed out by taxpayers when they lose money? Having them be bailed out by each other seems a bit more fair.
Now, even aside from the FDIC, there is a long history of good banks rescuing failed banks for the good of the system as a whole. Bankers understand very well that, for banking to work, people need to have confidence in the banking system, and the way to maintain that confidence is to make sure that banks do not disappear and take depositors' money with them. Sometimes bankers come to this realization on their own; J.P. Morgan (the guy) famously propped up failing banks during the Panic of 1907, before the FDIC was created. Other times, the government cajoles good banks into saving bad ones; JPMorgan (the bank) famously bought Bear Stearns & Co. (an investment bank not backed by the FDIC) during the financial crisis of 2008 with the government's encouragement.
The argument for a good bank to bail out a bad one in these scenarios is pretty straightforward: "If you let Bank X fail, that will erode confidence in the system, and next depositors will start taking their money out of your bank, so you will be better off bailing out Bank X now." The good bank will be better off even if it loses money on the deal: Losing some money to bail out the bad bank is the price it pays to shore up confidence in the system, and confidence in the system is worth more to it than the money it loses.
A schematic picture of US regional banks goes something like this. In 2021, banks were borrowing at 0% by taking deposits from customers in accounts that paid no interest, and they were lending at 3% by making mortgage loans or buying Treasury bonds. In 2023, depositors are less interested in deposit accounts that pay no interest, since they can get 5% interest on safe short-term investments like Treasury bills or money market funds. Meanwhile the market interest rates on mortgages and Treasury bonds have also gone up; the 10-year Treasury yields about 3.4% and mortgage rates are at like 6.4%.
That is potentially bad news for banks. There are two ways for that to go. It can be acutely bad news. Acute bad news looks like this:
A bank's assets — its bonds and loans — have lost value: If you have $100 million of 3% mortgages, and mortgage rates are now 6%, your old 3% mortgages might be worth $85 million. [4] You have a large mark-to-market loss on your assets because interest rates have moved against you. Meanwhile the bank's depositors will take their money out , because (1) they can get more interest elsewhere and/or (2) they are worried about the bank's solvency because of all the mark-to-market losses on its assets. The bank needs to get cash to pay those depositors, which it does by selling bonds and loans, but since those are less valuable than they used to be it can't raise enough money. The bank goes bust, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. seizes it, it pays out depositors and it auctions off the assets at a loss.
This acute bad news is more or less what happened to Silicon Valley Bank last month. Standard bank-run stuff.
But it could also be chronically bad news, which is probably less bad. Chronic bad news looks like this:
Never mind the stuff about the assets losing value. That is a matter of accounting, and you can ignore it. If you have $100 million of 3% mortgages, and mortgage rates are now 6%, you still have $100 million of 3% mortgages. They will still pay you back $100 million plus interest. It's just that the interest is less than you'd like, less than the current market rate. You still have the same assets, but they pay you 3%; new assets would pay 6%. Meanwhile the bank's depositors don't take their money out: They just charge more. The bank keeps its deposits by paying interest to compete with Treasury bills and money market funds. It doesn't have any more depositors in zero-interest checking accounts, but it has depositors who get 5% on their savings accounts. The bank doesn't need to raise cash, it doesn't sell assets, it doesn't go bust, the FDIC doesn't seize it, everything is fine. It's just that, you know, it is earning 3% on its money and paying 5%, so it's losing 2% each year. It is not profitable. Eventually it will run out of money. Meh! That can change. For one thing, those 3% mortgages will mature, and the bank will make more mortgages at 6%; eventually its assets will turn over and it will earn market interest rates on them. And as things stabilize a bit, it will probably get back more of its zero-interest deposit accounts and pay a bit less for its money. Eventually things will get back to normal and the bank will be paying 3% on deposits, earning 6% on loans, and making the same spread as it was before. [5] It just has to weather some unpleasantness to get there.
There was a lot of this discussion when SVB failed — a lot of people asking "why didn't they just hedge their interest-rate risk?" — and honestly I find it a bit strange. Banks are in some deep sense in the business of maturity transformation; their whole function is to borrow short-term from depositors (who can take their money back any time, but mostly don't) and invest long-term in loans and bonds. The way they get paid for doing that business, most of the time, is through the yield curve [2] : Short-term interest rates are usually lower than long-term rates, so a bank that borrows short to lend long makes money from the difference in rates. And then if rates suddenly go up a lot (and invert, so that short-term deposit rates are higher than long-term bond rates) the banks lose a ton of money, whoops.
I guess they should have hedged, but broadly speaking if you were a bank in 2020 and you were taking deposits at 0% and investing them in Treasuries and then swapping the Treasuries to floating, you weren't earning any money: You were paying 0% on deposits, earning like 0.6% on your Treasuries, and then giving up most of that yield on the swap. [3] "Borrow short to lend long and then swap all your long-term assets back to short-term rates" is economically the same as "borrow short to lend short," which is not really a core banking business model because it doesn't make money, certainly not enough money to pay for branches and tellers. [4] The banking business model is inherently risky, and hedging it so that it is no longer risky also makes it no longer a business model.
For most people, the biggest interest-rate bet they will make in their lives is taking out a mortgage. If you were a pretty sophisticated Wall Street professional — say, the president of Goldman Sachs Group Inc.? — and it was 2020, what sort of interest-rate bet would you want to make? Well, at least with the hindsight of 2023, "interest rates in 2020 are very low and they will probably go up from here" would have been a good bet, so you might have wanted to get short duration. So you'd borrow as much money as you could at a low long-term fixed interest rate. Most banks would give you a 30-year mortgage at a fixed rate, which is a good start. But most mortgages amortize — you pay back some of the principal each month — which reduces their duration. If you wanted to be short a lot of duration, you might look for a bank to give you a non-amortizing mortgage where you only pay interest, not principal, for many years. (Ideally you'd pay a very low interest rate because of your good credit and fancy job.) And then you could use the money to pay for a house that you could have bought with cash, and invest the cash in very short-term investments — like bank deposits? — so that it is available to deploy when rates go up. You have borrowed long to lend short; you have effectively gotten yourself an interest-rate swap where you pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate.
Of course most people do not take out mortgages primarily to make interest-rate bets; most people take out mortgages because that's how they can afford to buy a house. The president of Goldman Sachs though ... probably more thoughtful about his interest-rate bets? Less likely to need the money, more likely to be doing a trade? More likely to have a view on the path of rates, and a desire to get short duration? More likely to shop around for the bank that will buy as much duration from him as possible?
Bloomberg's Noah Buhayar, Jennifer Surane, Max Reyes and Ann Choi have a story about how First Republic Bank sought out sophisticated rich customers, which was a mistake:
Wealthy homebuyers and property investors with high incomes and sterling credit scores could get a mortgage from First Republic Bank with a rock-bottom rate for several years. Better yet, they didn't have to start repaying the principal for a decade.
Across Manhattan, the San Francisco Bay area and Southern California, those terms attracted legions of wealthy clients — including executives from other banks — as interest rates sank during the pandemic. The loans left borrowers with more cash to invest and spend than if they financed their properties with more conventional mortgages. Demand was so strong that it helped First Republic double its assets in four years, while deposits surged. …
The mortgages are performing well, but their low rates and delayed repayments hurt their value. … By the start of this year, First Republic estimated its $137 billion stockpile of mortgages would be worth about $19 billion less than their carrying value if sold off, its annual report shows. …
New York City property records from the past few years show customers came from all over the financial sector and included industry leaders such as Goldman Sachs Group Inc. President John Waldron, who took out an $11.2 million mortgage in June 2020, and R. Lawrence Roth, a board member at Oppenheimer Holdings Inc. … All of their loans had 10-year interest-only periods and rates starting below 3%
Yes look if you are a regional bank and the president of Goldman Sachs comes in and says "hi I'd like to make an $11 million interest-rate bet with you," you are getting adversely selected.
Anyway yesterday FDIC Vice Chairman Travis Hill gave a speech about "Recent Bank Failures and the Path Ahead," and it is a generally useful overview of the recent bank troubles, including the interest rate risk that community banks took and the speed of modern bank runs. In particular, he gives a little history of how much faster bank runs have gotten in the modern age:
As the years passed, and technology and communications improved, the nature of bank runs evolved too. In the 1980s, the two largest bank failures were Continental Illinois and First Republic Bank of Dallas. In May 1984, Continental Illinois was the victim of what the FDIC described as a "high–speed electronic bank run." Similar to SVB and Signature, more than 90 percent of its deposits were uninsured. The run lasted for eight days, until federal regulators broke the run by announcing that the FDIC would provide assistance.
Four years later, First Republic Bank of Dallas experienced a similar electronic run in which corporate depositors, primarily small Texas banks, withdrew $1 billion in a single morning. Then–FDIC Chairman Bill Seidman described it as "a real bank run, even if dressed up in high–tech garb."
Two decades later, Washington Mutual (WaMu) experienced two "silent" deposit runs, the first after the failure of IndyMac in July 2008, and a second that took off after the September failure of Lehman Brothers. Rather than stand in line at branches, retail customers used ATMs and the internet to withdraw funds. At its peak, WaMu lost $2.8 billion in deposits in a single day, a massive figure three times larger than the total withdrawals over the 11–day run at IndyMac, yet 15 times smaller than the $42 billion pulled from SVB in one day, and six times smaller than the amount withdrawn from Signature Bank the following day. Game's the same, just got more fierce.
One lesson of the Silicon Valley Bank failure is that some bank deposits are better than others. Lots of US regional banks were doing more or less the same thing in 2021: They were taking money from depositors, promising to give it back whenever the depositors wanted, paying 0% interest on those deposits, and investing the money in long-term bonds at like 2% interest. Then interest rates went up and those bonds were worth much less than they used to be. If the depositors all asked for their money back at the same time, as is their right, the banks would have to sell the bonds at a big loss, leaving them without enough money to pay depositors. On the other hand if all the depositors kept their money in the bank as rates went up, without even demanding higher interest rates on their checking accounts, then the bank would be fine. The bank would be great, even: As rates go up, the bank will earn more on its assets, [1] but it won't have to pay more to its sleepy and undemanding depositors. A bank with sleepy depositors would do well, a bank with antsy depositors would go bust, even if their investments were the same.
One way to say this is that a bank with sleepy and undemanding depositors is much more valuable than a bank with nervous and demanding depositors, but it is hard to measure that. In fact bank regulation does try to measure that; it knows that some types of deposits are flightier than others, and liquidity regulations require banks to have more cash to cover flighty deposits than stable ones. (For instance, deposits that are not covered by deposit insurance are flightier than ones that are.) But it is a crude and imprecise approach to a basically social set of questions: What are your depositors like? Do they talk to each other? When they get together, do they tend to calm each other down or work each other up?
Another way to say it is that a bank's assets have some duration — some sensitivity to interest rates — that is driven mainly by the official terms of those assets: A long-term fixed-rate bond has a lot of duration, a floating-rate loan has less. And the bank's liabilities have some duration that is driven partly by their legal terms (if the bank issues long-term bonds, they have a lot of duration) but mostly by the behavior of their depositors. In some technical sense a checking account has zero duration — the customer can take her money out at any time — but in a practical sense, if all your customers keep their money in their checking accounts for years without even looking at the interest rate, that is very valuable long-term financing.
And then the idea is basically to match the (actual, legal) duration of your assets with the (rough, behavioral) duration of your liabilities. But you don't really know the duration of your deposits; you have to estimate it.
Silicon Valley Bank took a lot of interest-rate risk with its assets — it bought long-term bonds and got rid of its interest-rate hedges — perhaps because it thought it had pretty long-lived liabilities. Why not? It invested a lot in its relationships with its depositor customers — Silicon Valley venture capitalists and the tech startups they backed — and probably figured they were loyal. It took them out to nice events, it supported them when times were tough, it gave them loans no one else would give them, it worked with them to find financial solutions, it had good customer service. "Our customers love us and won't leave if some other bank offers them 0.25% higher interest rates," SVB could reasonably have thought, "so it's fine if we put their money in 6-year bonds." Also apparently a lot of SVB's loans to startups contained covenants requiring the startups to keep their deposits at SVB, so in some rough sense the customers couldn't leave.
The simple story of SVB's failure is that it had an asset-liability mismatch: It had all these demand deposits, it used them to buy long-term bonds, and when interest rates went up those bonds lost value. But the counterargument would be that SVB thought it had long-term liabilities — these locked-in, loyal deposits — and so matched its assets to its liabilities. When rates went up, its bonds became less valuable, but its loyal stable deposits became more valuable: Having cheap funding from loyal customers is even better when interest rates go up. SVB hedged the interest-rate risk on its bonds by investing in good relationships with its depositors.
This counterargument is not crazy! It just turned out to be totally wrong. It turned out that SVB's depositors were not more loyal than average bank customers, but less loyal. [2] Here is a Bloomberg News story about how the network of SVB customers panicked each other into a bank run:
Channels like messaging platform WhatsApp, email chains, texts and other closed forums were full of chatter over the bank's financial precarity well before those fears showed up Twitter. In tech, where executives' networks can dictate whether companies have access to the best information, warnings about SVB had been simmering for a while when they boiled over into wider view online.
"It wasn't phone calls; it wasn't social media," said a Silicon Valley startup founder who watched the fear escalate that week in March. "It was private chat rooms and message groups." This person, who requested anonymity discussing private message conversations, said it was particularly alarming to hear from other founders who said they would move their money. …
By Thursday, the worry was widespread. On a forum for Y Combinator startups, the accelerator's president Garry Tan wrote, "Anytime you hear problems of solvency in any bank, and it can be deemed credible, you should take it seriously." In an email thread of more than 1,000 founders backed by Andreessen Horowitz, many entrepreneurs were encouraging each other to pull cash from the bank. David George, a general partner at the firm, weighed in somewhat cryptically: "Hi all, We know you have questions about how to handle the SVB situation," he wrote. "We encourage you to pick up the phone and call your GP." ...
Matt Murphy, a partner at Menlo Ventures, said his firm alerted its startups late Thursday that a bank run was underway. By then, it had become clear to observers. The firm told all its founders to move 30% of their capital to another bank "as fast as possible," Murphy said. "We told every partner to call every CEO. For some partners it was five calls, for others it was 14." Murphy said the firm opted for phone calls instead of text messages or email in an attempt to have "a more calming conversation."
And:
Murphy, the Menlo Ventures investor, still feels a little shell-shocked by SVB's collapse. He had been relatively slow to move funds, he said, because up until the final moments it was far from clear that the decades-old institution would so swiftly implode. He had served on SVB's venture capital advisory board for 20 years, along with a dozen other representatives from elite venture firms. The quarterly meetings typically focused on a single topic, which ranged from VC funding strategies in China to up-and-coming sectors.
"There would always be great wine and great discussions," Murphy said of the friendly roundtable discussions, where most top firms were represented.
SVB had a reasonable model of "networking with venture capitalists and making them love us and giving them wine will make them slow to move their money," whereas in fact the right model was "having a very networked group of sophisticated customers means that they will be quite quick to move their money." Traditional banks do not have customers who will spring into action to set up a telephone chain to cause a bank run. But Silicon Valley is efficient and scalable, so they got their money out fast.
The financial story of the failure of SVB is quite straightforward: It had a lot of zero-interest deposits that it invested in long-term loans and (especially) Treasury and agency bonds, and then the Fed raised interest rates rapidly, those loans and bonds lost value, and those zero-interest deposits started looking less stable. Then SVB sold some bonds at a loss and tried to raise capital, which sparked panic among its interconnected network of venture capitalist and startup depositors; they all took their money out and SVB went bust.
The hearing today is intended to help figure out the right regulatory response to keep this from happening again, but in some sense the takeaway is really "the traditional business of banking is very risky when the Fed raises interest rates a lot for the first time in ages." People got used to low rates, and then rates rapidly became high, and they were caught out. Here's this:
Billionaire Andre Esteves, the co-founder and chairman of Brazil's Banco BTG Pactual SA, said that "any junior analyst" from Latin America would have known how to manage the interest rate risk on Silicon Valley Bank's balance sheet to avoid its collapse.>
Esteves, speaking at a BTG event in Santiago, Chile, said the volatility roiling global markets is a result of 15 years of complacency during near-zero interest rates that led to widespread excesses. People were caught off guard when rates suddenly spiked and didn't have the real life experience on how to manage those risks, he said.
His point here is not "SVB were morons and Latin American interns are smart"; his point here is "SVB had 15 years of low and stable interest rates and Latin American interns did not." If you never encounter interest rate risk, you might forget how to manage it.
The nice thing about this diagnosis is that it is sort of self-resolving. No bank today is going around taking deposits at 0% and using them to buy mortgage-backed securities at 2%, not because they have learned risk management lessons from SVB but because interest rates are already higher. The problems at SVB were not about some weird new form of bank risk-taking; they were about the traditional business of banking being fragile in a sudden transition from low rates to high rates. The solution is to sort of muddle along without bankrupting too many banks until they have all made that transition. And so the Fed's main response to SVB was to create a new funding program that will let banks continue to ignore their interest-rate losses for one more year: You give the banks another year to muddle through, and figure that whoever successfully muddles through that year will be fine.
The basic lessons of the Silicon Valley Bank failure might be:
1. Some number of US regional banks are apparently insolvent, if you compare the market values of their assets (lots of fixed-rate loans and bonds that lost value as interest rates rose) with their liabilities (deposits, etc.). 2. Mostly this is a weird uncomfortable fact of life in banking in a rate-hiking cycle, and everyone politely ignores it. 3. Sometimes people notice and that's bad.
If people notice, there's a bank run, the bank has to sell its assets to raise money to pay out depositors, the assets sell for less than the deposits, and the bank goes bust. But if no one notices then it is mostly a profitability problem. The bank's cost of deposits goes up, its income on investments does not go up as fast (because it has lots of long-term fixed-rate assets), and its net interest margins get squeezed. Maybe it loses money. But it doesn't have to sell the assets all at once; it can wait for them to mature, and then reinvest the money in higher-yielding assets and it's fine. The insolvent bank can zombie along for a while and work its way out of the hole.
When Silicon Valley Bank failed, the essential regulatory response was to double down on this mechanism. Now banks that have liquidity problems can use a new Federal Reserve program, the Bank Term Financing Program, to borrow money against their long-term bonds; crucially, they can borrow against the face amount of those bonds instead of the market value. If you have $100 of long-term 1% bonds that are now worth $85, you can borrow $100 against them, meaning that you can use those $85 of bonds to pay out $100 of fleeing deposits. This is terrible for your profitability — you pay 4.7% to the BTFP and get only 1% on the bonds, so you're losing 3.7% per year — but it does mean that you don't vanish over the weekend if deposits flee. Which means there's not much reason for deposits to flee. So it's fine.
Still it is a zombie-ish existence, being an insolvent bank. You can get by with Fed liquidity support, but you are losing money on the deal. It is hard to raise capital, because the return on capital seems to be negative. It is hard to find an acquirer, because the value of your assets is less than your liabilities. Your regulators might want you to find a buyer, to spruce up the banking system a bit, but how does that deal work? Does the buyer buy your stock for less than zero? Will shareholders accept that? Who provides the extra money?
A lot has been written about how SVB was a bank run for a speedier, modern age. Instead of hearing a rumor at the coffee shop and running down to the bank branch to wait on line to withdraw your money, now you can hear a rumor on Twitter or the group chat and use an app to withdraw money instantly. A tech-friendly bank with a highly digitally connected set of depositors can lose 25% of its deposits in hours, which did not seem conceivable in previous eras of bank runs.
But the other part of the problem is that, while depositors can panic faster and banks can give them their money faster, the lender-of-last-resort system on which all of this relies is still stuck in a slower, more leisurely era. "When the user interface improves faster than the core system, it means customers can act faster than the bank can react," wrote Byrne Hobart. You can panic in an instant and withdraw your money with an app, but the bank can't get more money without a series of phone calls and test trades that can only happen during regular business hours. And so sometimes a bank that theoretically has a lot of liquidity can just run out of cash.
There will be all sorts of proposals for changes in bank regulation and supervision and deposit insurance and Fed facilities that come out of this crisis. "Make the lender-of-last-resort process for making loans and posting collateral a bit more automated" is probably not going to be top of the list: Again, I doubt it would have saved SVB, and I do not have any great technical insights into how it should be improved.
Similarly with additional tier 1 capital securities. We have talked over the last few days about how Credit Suisse Group AG's AT1 bonds were wiped out in its forced merger with UBS Group AG over the weekend, even as Credit Suisse's shareholders got about $3 billion of value in the deal. AT1 holders, at Credit Suisse and elsewhere, are outraged that they did worse than shareholders, and non-Swiss banking regulators have rushed to assure the market that they would never treat AT1s that way. I have argued that it was fine and good to zero the AT1s even while paying the shareholders a bit, but never mind that.
The main point here is that, whether or not the common stock got anything, whether or not the AT1 triggers were met as a strict legal matter, this is a rescue in which Swiss authorities are providing asset guarantees and liquidity backstops and other aid to UBS: a bailout, of sorts, at taxpayer expense, or taxpayer risk anyway. And Credit Suisse had 16 billion Swiss francs of AT1 securities that were intended precisely to avoid that, to bear losses before taxpayers do, to go to zero if a bailout looks necessary. And so the Swiss authorities zeroed the AT1s. If you're not going to zero the AT1s while doing a government-backstopped rescue of a giant global bank over a weekend, what is the point of the AT1s? If they don't bear losses here, why bother issuing them, and why treat them as loss-absorbing capital?
On the other hand it is good for banks to issue AT1s, to bear losses in risky times, and now they kind of can't:
The wipeout of $17bn of Credit Suisse bonds has thrown into question further issuance in the market for risky bank debt, with some of Asia's biggest banks considering pausing sales.
Major banks in Japan, Singapore and Hong Kong are placing new additional tier 1 (AT1) bond deals on hold until market conditions stabilise, according to people familiar with the plans.
The hiatus follows three days of turmoil triggered by the decision to write down the value of Credit Suisse's AT1 bond to zero as part of the bank's takeover by Swiss rival UBS, while shareholders received $3.25bn. AT1s are a class of debt designed to take losses when institutions run into trouble but are generally believed to rank ahead of equity on the balance sheet.
Regulators in the eurozone, UK and Hong Kong have stressed that they will not follow Swiss authorities in upsetting the usual hierarchy of bank creditors.
Even so, prices in the $260bn AT1 market have tumbled this week. Analysts and investors have warned that buyers are likely to demand substantially higher borrowing costs, potentially creating a "zombie market" where banks are reluctant to issue fresh debt to refinance older bonds. …
The fallout from the Credit Suisse deal "changes the whole nature of the [AT1] market, and I think the ability to issue going forward is probably close to zero", said Greg Peters, co-chief investment officer of PGIM Fixed Income. "Basically, it's a zombie market going forward in my mind."
In general when a bond investor says "no one will ever buy these bonds again," you should check back in after lunchtime and he'll probably be buying them; Argentina infamously issued a 100-year bond three years after its previous debt default and three years before its next one. Still, sure, it would be nice if global banks could issue more capital securities now, but the Credit Suisse treatment has chilled that market.
An uncontrolled bank failure is very bad for everyone. Banks are not generally constructed in such a way that they could withstand all their money fleeing at once: If there is a run and all the depositors take their money out at once, the bank will be forced to sell everything hastily and will probably end up without enough money to pay back the depositors, leaving other creditors and shareholders with nothing. At a big international bank that is active in the capital markets, this problem is probably worse: Derivatives counterparties and overnight lenders will flee, traders will bet against the bank's positions, markets will be stressed and the bank will probably collapse rapidly and in a way that leaves too little value for everyone.
If you are a national bank regulator and one of your biggest banks seems to be teetering on the edge of an uncontrolled failure, here are some things that are generally true:
1. You know that an uncontrolled failure would be bad for that bank, for its shareholders and creditors and depositors and other stakeholders. 2. You know that they know it. 3. You know that an uncontrolled failure would be bad for the rest of your banking system, and your economy, and the world's banking system. 4. You are not inclined to run a risk of that happening at, you know, a 30% or 40% probability. "Ehh let's see what happens, maybe it won't fail, maybe everything will be fine": not usually the position of the national bank regulator. 5. You will want to arrange some sort of rescue, preferably one where the struggling bank is acquired by a bigger and more solid bank, not-preferably-but-inevitably one where the national regulator and central bank provide some guarantees to the acquirer to further reassure the market. 6. You know that the bigger and more solid bank can't really say no to doing the rescue: It also knows that an uncontrolled failure of the struggling bank would be very bad for the rest of the banking system, and for itself, and that you can make things particularly bad for it if it says no. 7. You pretty much have to do any rescue between the close of US markets on Friday and the opening in Asia on Monday: Doing it during market hours is too chaotic, and doing it overnight on a weekday doesn't give you enough time. 8. Between the time that you start getting nervous and the time that you actually do the rescue, you have to put a brave face on things. "Struggling Bank is doing just great, its capital and liquidity are strong, it has access to very large but not at all panicky central bank liquidity facilities, what are you even talking about, why would anyone worry," you say at the press conference on Wednesday, and then you go back to your office to continue arranging a rescue for the weekend.
This is all a pretty standard playbook for, you know, once-a-decade-or-two banking crises, but it is not really written down anywhere, except eventually in the memoirs of central bankers and regulators. Mostly for good reasons, there will not be a law saying, like, "if the national bank regulator is worried about a 20% probability of an uncontrolled bank failure, she can pick a different bank and force it to buy the struggling bank over a weekend, and name her own price." It's just, if you are the regulator, you kind of know you can do that, and you know that you should, and you know that the relevant bankers also know it.
And so if you meet with the chief executive officer of the struggling bank on Thursday and say "hey your biggest rival is gonna buy you this weekend at a 90% discount to your closing stock price tomorrow," and he says "what, no, what gives you the right to do that," you can just sort of stare at him for a minute and he'll say "oh right" and agree to the deal.
He is a banker and his counterpart is a banker and you are a bank regulator and you all know the unwritten rules, but not everyone does. The struggling bank's shareholders , for instance, might get angry about being forced to sell their shares at a 90% discount. "This is illegal, we have rights," they might say. And your response might reasonably be "well, no, if we hadn't done this deal over the weekend, the bank would have gone into uncontrolled failure, which would have had many very bad consequences, the least consequential of which is that your shares would be worth zero, so be happy you got something."
But their response might reasonably be: "What? Prove it. I don't know that the bank would have gone to zero over the weekend, and in fact on Wednesday you were saying that its capital position was great and there was nothing to worry about. Now you are telling me it's a zero, but I don't believe you."
And for various reasons, it will be hard for you to prove that the bank was going to zero. For one thing, you did keep saying everything was fine. And there is a general fog of war and quantum uncertainty of bank assets. And it is hard to prove the counterfactual: The stuff you did to stabilize the system over the weekend might have made the struggling bank solvent. Also, though, you might be wrong? Like, if you thought there was a 30% chance of an uncontrolled failure, you probably took decisive steps to end it over the weekend, which means there was a 70% chance you were wrong. Not a risk you wanted to take, as a bank regulator, but maybe one the shareholders would have been willing to take.
Or politicians might say "what gave you the right to do this bank merger over the weekend, put thousands of bankers out of work, and promise tons of taxpayer money to backstop the combined bank?" And you will mutter a legal answer — you do have lawyers, and they can make creative use of the written rules in an emergency — but the real deep intuitive answer is that bank rescues follow an unwritten and ad hoc playbook and you did what you thought you had to. But nobody wants to hear that answer and you will save it for your memoir.
After the 2008 financial crisis, European banks issued a lot of what are called "additional tier 1 capital securities," or "contingent convertibles," or AT1s or CoCos. The way an AT1 works is like this:
1. It is a bond, has a fixed face amount, and pays regular interest. 2. It is perpetual — the bank never has to pay it back — but the bank can pay it back after five years, and generally does. 3. If the bank's common equity tier 1 capital ratio — a measure of its regulatory capital — ffalls below 7%, then the AT1 is written down to zero: It never needs to be paid back; it just goes away completely.
This — a "7% trigger permanent write-down AT1" — is not the only way for an AT1 to work, though it is the way that Credit Suisse's AT1s worked. Some AT1s have different triggers. Some AT1s convert into common stock when the trigger is hit, instead of being written down to zero; others are temporarily written down (they stop paying interest) when the trigger is hit, but can bounce back if the equity recovers. (Here is a 2013 primer on CoCos from the Bank for International Settlements.)
These securities are, basically, a trick. To investors , they seem like bonds: They pay interest, get paid back in five years, feel pretty safe. To regulators, they seem like equity: If the bank runs into trouble, it can raise capital by zeroing the AT1s. If investors think they are bonds and regulators think they are equity, somebody is wrong. The investors are wrong.
In particular, investors seem to think that AT1s are senior to equity, and that the common stock needs to go to zero before the AT1s suffer any losses. But this is not quite right. You can tell because the whole point of the AT1s is that they go to zero if the common equity tier 1 capital ratio falls below 7%. Like, imagine a bank:
It has $1 billion of assets (also $1 billion of regulatory risk-weighted assets). [6] It has $100 million of common equity (also $100 million of regulatory common equity tier 1 capital). It has a 10% CET1 capital ratio. It also has $50 million of AT1s with a 7% write-down trigger, and $850 million of more senior liabilities.
This bank runs into trouble and the value of its assets falls to $950 million. What happens? Well, under the very straightforward terms of the AT1s — not some weird fine print in the back of the prospectus, but right in the name "7% CET1 trigger write-down AT1" — this is what happens:
It has $950 million of assets and $50 million of common equity, for a CET1 ratio of 5.3%. This is below 7%, so the AT1s are triggered and written down to zero. Now it has $950 million of assets, $850 million of liabilities, and thus $100 million of shareholders' equity. Now it has a CET1 ratio of 10.5%: The writedown of the AT1s has restored the bank's equity capital ratios.
This, again, is very explicitly the whole thing that the AT1 is supposed to do, this is its main function, this is the AT1 working exactly as advertised. But notice that in this simple example the bank has $950 million of assets, $850 million of liabilities and $100 million of shareholders' equity. This means that the common stock still has value. The common shareholders still own shares worth $100 million, even as the AT1s are now permanently worth zero.
The AT1s are junior to the common stock. Not all the time, and there are scenarios (instant descent into bankruptcy) where the AT1s get paid ahead of the common. But the most basic function of the AT1 is to go to zero while the bank is a going concern with positive equity value, meaning that its function is to go to zero before the common stock does.
That's the trick! The trick of the AT1s — the reason that banks and regulators like them — is that they are equity, and they say they are equity, and they are totally clear and transparent about how they work, but investors assume that they are bonds. You go to investors and say "would you like to buy a bond that goes to zero before the common stock does" and the investors say "sure I'd love to buy a bond, that could never go to zero before the common stock does," and the bank benefits from the misunderstanding.
Banking is a confidence trick. You put money in the bank today because you are confident you can take it out tomorrow; to you, a dollar that you have deposited in the bank is just as good — just as much money — as a dollar bill in your wallet. If you show up at the ATM at any time of day or night, you expect it to give you your dollars. But the bank doesn't just put your dollars in a box and wait for you to take them out; the bank uses its depositors' money to make loans or buy bonds, and just keeps a little bit around for people who need cash. If everyone asked for their money back tomorrow, the bank wouldn't have it. But everyone is confident that, if they ask for their money back tomorrow, the bank will have it. So they mostly don't ask for it, so when they do, the bank does have it. The widespread belief that banks have the money is what makes it true.
This is obvious stuff. Also obvious, and famous, is that it is an unstable equilibrium. If people stop believing it, it stops being true. If everyone stops believing in a bank, they will all rush to get their money out, and the bank won't have it, and their lack of belief will be retrospectively justified. Whereas if they had kept believing, their belief would also have been justified.
Isn't this ridiculous? But there is a deep social purpose to the confidence trick. Banking is a way for people collectively to make long-term, risky bets without noticing them, a way to pool risks so that everyone is safer and better-off. You and I put our money in the bank because it is "money in the bank," it is very safe, and we can use it tomorrow to pay rent or buy a sandwich. And then the bank goes around making 30-year fixed-rate mortgage loans: Homeowners could never borrow money from me for 30 years, because I might need the money for a sandwich tomorrow, but they can borrow from us collectively because the bank has diversified that liquidity risk among lots of depositors. Or the bank makes small-business loans to businesses that might go bankrupt: Those businesses could never borrow from me, because I need the money and don't want to take the risk of losing it, but they can borrow from us collectively because the bank has diversified that credit risk among lots of depositors and also lots of borrowers.
All of this is well known and there is a huge social apparatus of bank regulation and supervision and backstopping that is all designed to make this work better, to make it safer, to boost confidence in banks and to make it more justified, to make sure that banks do have enough liquidity that if a lot of people ask for money they will get it, that they have enough capital that if they lose money on their loans they'll still have enough to pay depositors, that they don't take dumb risks with depositors' money. Actual confidence in banks, in the US in 2023, is not just "well I am sure the nice people down at the bank know what they are doing," but also some version of "I am sure that the regulators are keeping an eye on the banks, and that the government will try to save the banks if anything goes too wrong, and that the government can print dollars so it has the capacity to save the banks."
But the basic problem remains: the confidence trick, the multiple equilibria where trust in banks makes them trustworthy and distrust in banks makes them fail. Bankers and bank regulators tend not to talk in these terms, in part because they tend to take a more practical view of what they are doing each day but also because talking about it ruins the magic. But they know it in their bones; at a deep level they understand that they are creatures of social confidence, and that preserving that confidence is their most important job.
More specifically they know that if there is a run on a bank, and that bank goes bust and doesn't pay depositors, then there will be a run on other banks. And they know that the run can start with a bank that is bad, that is undercapitalized and made poor decisions and in some sense deserves to fail, but that it can spread to other banks that are good. And they know that "good" and "bad" are not really the things that matter: What makes a bank good is not just its capital ratios and liquidity position but also confidence, and however good the ratios it is hard for a bank to survive a loss of confidence. They know that they are all interconnected, that they are players in an essentially social game, and that the goal of the game is not to win but to keep playing.
When the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. seized Silicon Valley Bank last Friday, it did what it generally does, which is try to find another bank to buy SVB. The bank had assets (mostly loans and bonds) worth about $197 billion as of Dec. 31 (presumably lower as of last Friday as it had sold assets to meet its bank run), [8] plus presumably some franchise value for a buyer who might want to do more business with tech startups and venture capitalists. But there was some uncertainty there: A lot of SVB's assets are bonds that are pretty liquid but, these days, fairly volatile, and a lot of its assets are weird loans to startups and influencers that another bank might have a hard time understanding in a weekend.
Meanwhile SVB had liabilities as of Dec. 31 consisting of roughly (1) $8 billion of small deposits insured by the FDIC, (2) $15 billion of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which are required to be paid back ahead of most other claims and (3) $165 billion of large deposits that were not insured because they were above the FDIC's insurance cap. That comes to about $188 billion, again as of Dec. 31; by last Friday the numbers were lower because billions of dollars of deposits had left in the bank run. Presumably the assets and liabilities had shrunk by roughly the same amount — if $20 billion of deposits went out, then $20 billion of assets were sold to generate the cash — though it would not be surprising if the assets went down a bit faster.
But let's ignore that and just use the December numbers: $197 billion of assets and $188 billion of more-or-less deposit-like claims. Another bank might have looked at those numbers and said "hmm, $197 billion of assets plus an exciting franchise, I'll pay $210 billion for that." It would write the FDIC a check for $210 billion, the FDIC would pay out $188 billion to depositors and the FHLBs, and there'd be money left over for SVB's bondholders and maybe even shareholders. (I mean, really it would not write a check to the FDIC, it would just assume the deposits: Depositors would wake up on Monday morning to find that their deposits were now at the acquiring bank and everything was fine. [9] )
Or another bank might have looked at those numbers, and the weirdness of the loans and the general bad environment right now, and said "hmm, $197 billion of assets at a failed bank and I have a day to do due diligence, I'll pay $150 billion for that." That's enough to pay out the insured deposits and the FHLB, but it leaves only about 77 cents on the dollar for the uninsured depositors. [10]
This is, for reasons we discussed last week, not great ; haircutting the uninsured depositors — when they are thousands of tech startups who need to make payroll, plus a lot of venture capitalists who are politically connected and tweet a lot — would cause a lot of real economic problems and also potential contagion to other banks. A sensible regulator, getting a bid like that, would not love it. It would say "hmm could you get to $188 billion, so we could pay out the uninsured deposits in full?" I wrote last week, as this process was starting:
If you are a bank looking at buying SVB, and you do a detailed analysis of its assets and conclude that they are worth $180 billion, and you come to the FDIC and say "I will take over this bank and pay the uninsured depositors 95 cents on the dollar," the FDIC is going to look at you and say "don't you mean 100 cents on the dollar," and you are going to say "oh right yes of course, silly me, 100 cents on the dollar."
But that assumed that the buyer's valuation of the assets would be very close to, or above, the amount of the total (insured plus uninsured) deposits, and the regulators could talk the buyer into rounding up. Over a weekend of rushed due diligence in the middle of a banking crisis. In actual fact, a buyer might just say no.
Or it might say: "Sure, I'll assume all the deposits, but I've had a weekend to do diligence and I am not confident that the assets are worth $188 billion. But you are the FDIC, the Fed is standing right next to you, and between you you have infinite money: Why don't you give me a bit of a guarantee? If the assets turn out to be worth $170 billion, I will have lost $18 billion — why don't you make it up to me? Or at least share in half of the loss, or take the first $10 billion of loss, or take all the losses above $10 billion, or something." Just some schmuck insurance in case the assets turn out to be worth way less than the buyer thought in its rushed review of them.
You could imagine getting both bids. The FDIC might get:
One bid to value the assets at $188 billion and pay out uninsured depositors at 100 cents, but demanding some sort of FDIC/Fed risk-sharing backstop. Another bid to value the assets at $150 billion and pay out uninsured depositors at 77 cents, with no backstop. (Paying a lower price is its own form of insurance.)
If it got those two bids, which should the FDIC take? As a matter of bank regulation in a crisis I do think that the first bid is obviously better and more likely to prevent contagion and economic trouble. It is also unlikely to cost the Fed or FDIC much if any money: There does seem to be some cushion in the asset values, and stabilizing the banking system is the best way to make the assets more valuable so the guarantee doesn't have to pay out.
But as a legal matter the second bid is better, because the FDIC follows a principle of seeking a rescue that has the lowest cost for its insurance fund, and the FDIC insurance fund only covers the insured deposits. A bidder who paid out all of the uninsured deposits at face value, but who in return demanded $1 of risk-sharing from the FDIC, is technically a worse bidder than one who zeroed all the uninsured deposits at no cost to the FDIC. (There are also political and optical problems with the government giving a big-bank buyer the upside of buying a failed bank, but guaranteeing against the downside.)
If the FDIC just got a natural bid from a buyer to make all the uninsured depositors whole with no risk sharing, that would be great. But a bid to haircut the uninsured depositors would cause systemic risk, while a bid to make them whole in exchange for risk-sharing would be politically tricky and not entirely legal.
Bloomberg News has a the story of how the FDIC's sale process failed over the weekend, which is basically that the FDIC recognized this tension and decided it was hopeless:
Martin Gruenberg, chairman of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., has helped sell a lot of banks in his time. … But SVB was different. A vast amount of its customer deposits fell outside the FDIC's guarantee cap of $250,000, so finding a buyer — almost certainly another bank — to take on the giant liability was a tough sell. Any sweetener, like an agreement with the FDIC to help shoulder future losses, would risk leaving the agency on the hook for more than its share. The FDIC's own rules force it to seek the least costly outcome for itself, and in this case, that was potentially to let SVB fail and pay out the insured losses only, regardless of the broader consequences.
That's the point Gruenberg stressed in frantic meetings last weekend at FDIC's headquarters and on the phone with top officials from the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department, the people with knowledge of the matter said. …
The only way to sidestep the obligation to protect the FDIC's funds, Gruenberg said, was for the government to say that SVB presented a systemic risk to the US economy. That extraordinary step would mean the FDIC's pot could be used to pay out uninsured losses, with banks that pay into the fund as a regulatory obligation eventually covering the excess costs.
By the time government officials agreed that's what needed to happen — well into Sunday — the window to find a buyer was closing fast.
Still, even once an auction
How does the next troubled regional bank capital raise go? First Republic's stock closed at $123.22 two weeks ago and $31.16 yesterday. It lost about $17 billion of market capitalization in two weeks. If JPMorgan calls you up and says "we are trying to get a couple billion dollars of capital into First Republic, are you in," at what price are you in? The bid-ask seems wide:
1. If they get a deal done at $20, or $25, or some other reasonable-ish price, then the buyers will probably do well? I mean, not investing advice, and what do I know, but basically this stock is trading at pretty depressed prices because of worries about the bank going under. If they raise two yards of capital, those fears will be allayed, and the stock might rip back up. You could multiply your investment in a week. 2. If they don't get a deal done, I am sorry, but the very highly publicized recent precedent is that the stock goes to zero in a day.
So First Republic's pitch to investors is "if you buy the stock at $25 it will go to $50 in short order, so buy it at $25," and the investors' response might reasonably be "if we don't buy the stock at $25 it will go to zero in short order, so we'll buy it for $1," and that's not very helpful.
Meanwhile Bloomberg reports:
The nation's biggest banks are close to agreeing upon a plan to deposit about $30 billion with First Republic Bank in an effort orchestrated by the US government to stabilize the battered California lender, according to people with knowledge of the matter.
Banks including JPMorgan Chase & Co., Citigroup Inc., Bank of America Corp., Wells Fargo & Co., Morgan Stanley, U.S. Bancorp, Truist Financial Corp. and PNC Financial Services Group Inc. are part of the discussions, said the people, asking not to be identified because the talks are private.
The biggest banks, including JPMorgan, Bank of America and Citigroup, would contribute $5 billion of deposits each, with smaller banks kicking in smaller amounts, the people said. Details of the rescue, which are still being worked out, may be announced as soon as Thursday afternoon, the people said. Drafts of an announcement are being shared at banks and across federal agencies, the people said.
The traditional approach — SVB's apparent approach — is that you solve your capital problems, and that calms depositors and prevents the bank run. A reasonable thing to think! But it didn't work for SVB, so First Republic might as well reverse the order. Fix the run — by getting a ton of deposits from other banks — and then go out and raise capital. With less of a threat of imminent disaster, maybe stock investors will be more willing to pay up.
I can find nothing to object to in this criticism. Yes, absolutely, after 2008 global regulators tried to create regimes to minimize the systemic risks of big banks, and US regulators supervised regional banks like SVB with a light touch specifically because our political system concluded that those banks were not systemically important, and then at the first sign of trouble at SVB the US did conclude it was systemically important and rushed to implement a giant bailout. "Killed a fly with a sledgehammer" seems right, as does "long and boring meetings" for that matter.
That said, my gut instinct is that something like "talk constantly about how you'll never ever ever ever do bailouts, but then occasionally do a bailout" is basically the right approach to bank regulation? As a matter of moral hazard and discouraging bad risk-taking, you have to tell banks "we would never bail you out," because then they will try to behave themselves. But then if they do take bad risks, as a matter of not burning the house down, you bail them out anyway.
Coben explains how you should do it [4] :
First, go big. Really big. Bazooka-big. Raise a lot more equity than you need and a lot more equity than regulators tell you to raise. Don't just fill in the capital hole.
Second, the stock offering has to be underwritten. Hard-underwritten. Or already subscribed-for. Investors must assess the equity offering on the basis of a repaired balance sheet. They must know you don't actually need them.
That is, if you go out and announce "hey we'd like to raise $2 billion of equity, anyone interested?" everyone will panic and (1) not buy the stock and (2) withdraw deposits, cause a run, etc. But if you go out and announce "hey we have already raised $5 billion of equity, everything's cool now," then everything will in fact be cool.
This advice seems fine, but it does assume that you can go out and raise a ton of equity before publicly announcing the deal. If you can do that — if you can quietly call half a dozen big investors and get them all to agree to write $500+ million checks and then announce "our deal is done, everything's great," then great. A lot of bank rescues have gone like that. But there's no guarantee it will work, and SVB didn't have a ton of time to find out. [5] Bloomberg News reports:
The death spiral at SVB began with credit ratings. In early March, Moody's informed the bank it was considering a multilevel downgrade that would have pushed it to the brink of junk-bond status. In response, Goldman Sachs Group Inc., hired by SVB to help it raise fresh capital, jumped into action. It offloaded a chunk of SVB's investment portfolio at a $1.8 billion loss. On Wednesday, March 8, Goldman pitched a plan to investors to help plug that hole, and then some, by raising $2.25 billion in capital from General Atlantic and other investors. It didn't work.
"The Catch-22 of the situation is that, by announcing the need to raise capital, they in essence accelerated customer concern, resulting in the liquidity stress that ultimately caused their collapse," says Olivier Sarkozy, managing partner at Further Global, a private equity firm. "It would have been far better to announce the $2.25 billion they were seeking had been secured."
In the bankers' view, they were racing the clock to defuse the Moody's threat. That didn't leave them enough time to canvass the market, line up the funding and present a neatly put-together deal.
Obviously announcing the capital raise without having buyers lined up led to a disaster, but announcing a Moody's downgrade without any capital raise would also have led to disaster. Announcing "Warren Buffett put $4 billion into our stock from his bathtub" would have avoided disaster, but requires Warren Buffett to actually do that, and apparently he didn't.
I don't think that anything interesting turns on whether or not this weekend's resolution of Silicon Valley Bank was a "bailout," so let's not discuss that. [1] But when people talk about bank bailouts, what they often mean to talk about is moral hazard, the idea that if the government saves people from the consequences of bad bank behavior, that will encourage more bad bank behavior in the future. And that seems worth talking about.
It is, I think, fair to say that Silicon Valley Bank took some bad risks, and that's why it ended up failing. It is a bit harder to say exactly what SVB's bad decision was. A simple answer is "it made a huge bet on interest rates staying low, which most prudent banks would not have done, and it blew up." Yesterday Bloomberg reported that "in late 2020, the firm's asset-liability committee received an internal recommendation to buy shorter-term bonds as more deposits flowed in," to reduce its duration risk, but that would have reduced earnings, and so "executives balked" and "continued to plow cash into higher-yielding assets." They took imprudent duration risk, ignored objections, and it blew them up.
I think that answer is fine. A more complicated answer would be that they took duration risk, as banks generally do, but their real sin was having a concentrated set of depositors who were uninsured, quick-moving, well-informed, herd-like and very rates-sensitive in their own businesses: If all of your money is demand deposits from tech startups who will withdraw it at the slightest sign of trouble and/or higher rates, you should not be investing it in long-term bonds. This is a more subtle answer than "just hedge your rate risk bro," and it is arguably more understandable that SVB's executives would get it wrong, [2] but in any case it certainly ended up being a bad risk.
So if SVB was rewarded for taking these risks that blew it up, that would be bad; that would be "moral hazard." But the way the Silicon Valley Bank resolution worked is:
1. SVB was seized by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. on Friday, and by Sunday night the FDIC and other regulators announced that all of SVB's depositors — including those who were above the FDIC's usual $250,000 insurance limit — would be able to get all of their money back on Monday. So the depositors were fully rescued. 2. The shareholders, bondholders and executives were not: The executives were removed; the shares, which closed at $267.83 last Wednesday, are almost certainly worth zero [3] ; the bonds are also probably impaired and possibly a zero.
What lessons will rational actors take from this? I mean:
If you are a depositor — in particular, a business that needs more than $250,000 of cash to operate efficiently — you should be much less concerned about risk-taking by your bank, because if your bank fails the government will probably rescue you. If you are a bank executive or shareholder or probably bondholder, you should be more concerned about risk-taking by your bank, because you have seen that it can lead to executives and shareholders and bondholders getting zeroed, and that the government won't rescue you if that happens.
And so the question is: Is that moral hazard? Well, not for shareholders and executives and bondholders. I suppose it is moral hazard for depositors, and a resolution of SVB that left depositors with losses would force depositors to pay closer attention to the risks their banks are taking. (Cliff Asness on Twitter: "The moral hazard here is we've greatly reduced the incentive for depositors of any size now … to actually give a moment's thought to the riskiness of where they're putting their money.")
But I think the modern bank-regulatory view is that the point of a bank deposit is that you shouldn't have to worry about it , and that it is a failure of bank regulation if depositors of any size have "to actually give a moment's thought to the riskiness" of a bank. (Bank deposits are meant to be "information insensitive.") There are vast areas of life where we don't worry about moral hazard. We don't say things like "the moral hazard of food safety regulation is that we've greatly reduced the incentive for consumers to give a moment's thought to the riskiness of their supermarket's supply chain." That's not a thing you're supposed to think about!
Similarly the riskiness of a bank's asset/liability mix is absolutely a thing that lots of people — bank executives, bank directors, bank regulators, bank shareholders, bank derivatives counterparties — are supposed to think about. [4] But not, generally, in 2023, depositors. Opening a bank account, for an individual human but also for a business that needs more than $250,000 in cash to conduct business efficiently, is not meant to be a high-stakes investment decision that requires extensive due diligence. [5] It's a bank account! It's just supposed to work. [6]
This is not a universal view. In the olden days, bank depositors did think more about their bank's creditworthiness, and I suppose there is a market-discipline argument that, like, if depositors monitor creditworthiness then only the good banks will attract deposits and so the bad banks won't be able to grow and take risks. But in practice I do not think anyone would much like a market where depositors evaluate banks on their creditworthiness. For one thing, doesn't it sound exhausting? Don't you have better things to do? For another thing, SVB's depositors kind of did that: They woke up one day, noticed that SVB's balance sheet was bad, and withdrew all their money at once, leading to a banking crisis. Why do we want more of that? For a third thing, the likely outcome of a rule like "only deposit money in banks you are sure won't fail" would probably be to drive more deposits to giant too-big-to-fail banks, which is maybe a fine outcome economically but not likely to be popular.
Still, there really is a moral hazard in banking and in information-insensitive deposits. Schematically, a bank consists of shareholders taking $10 of their own money and $90 of depositors' money and making some bets (home loans, business loans, bond investments, whatever) with that combined pile of money. If the bets pay off, the shareholders get the upside (the depositors just get their deposits back). If the bets lose, the shareholders lose money (the depositors get their money back before shareholders get anything). If the bets lose really big — if the bank bets $100 and ends up with $50 — then the shareholders lose all their money, but the depositors get their money back: If the bank is left with only $50, the government gives the depositors the other $40.
If you are a rational bank shareholder (or, more to the point, a bank executive who owns shares and gets paid for increasing shareholder value), this structure encourages you to take risk. If you bet $100 on a coin flip and you win, the bank has $200, and the shareholders keep $110 of that, a 1,000% return. If you lose, the bank has $0, and the shareholders lose $10 of that, a -100% return. The expected value of this bet, for the shareholders, is positive. The expected value for the depositors is neutral: Either way they get their $90 back, either from the bank or from the government. The expected value for the government is negative: If the bank wins, the government gets nothing; if the bank loses, the government pays the depositors $90. But the shareholders — really the executives — are the ones who get to decide what bets to take.
(The finance-y way to say this is that the shareholders have a call option on the bank's assets, struck at the face value of its deposits. An option's value increases with volatility, so the shareholders should want the assets to be volatile. This is roughly true of every company — the shareholders always have an option on the company's assets struck at the face value of its debts — but (1) most companies are way less leveraged tha
Another possible understanding, though, is that banking requires mystery! My point, in the first section of this column, was that too much transparency can add to the fragility of a bank, that the Fed is providing a valuable service by ignoring banks' mark-to-market losses.
Byrne Hobart, whose Diff newsletter may or may not have played a role in bringing down Silicon Valley Bank, wrote today that "the frequency of Diff/Money Stuff cross-linking is a good ad hoc measure of financial conditions." He quotes my point about Tether and goes on:
This post by Interfluidity is a wonderful exposition on the theme, arguing that financial systems overcome the collective action problem that there just aren't that many projects with an attractive level of risk and reward to the person doing them, and that by disguising some of the risk, we can increase the positive externalities. This is an extreme view.
Yes! I think that post ("Why is finance so complex?") from Steve Randy Waldman at Interfluidity is a classic, I cite it often, and it was what I had in mind as I was writing yesterday. Waldman describes banking as, broadly speaking, an opacity mechanism for credit, a way for society to take a lot of credit risk without the people taking that risk quite knowing that that's what they're doing. My point yesterday was that it is also an opacity mechanism for interest rates, a way for society to borrow short and lend long. Sometimes you need to bulk up the opacity though.
Traditionally, the way a bank works is that it takes deposits from people who have money, and makes loans to people who need money. The weird problem with focusing exclusively on crypto or startups in 2021 is that they had too much money. If you were the Bank of Startups, the main service that you provided to startups is that equity investors would give them a truck full of cash and they'd deposit it at your bank. Here is how SVB Financial Group, the holding company of Silicon Valley Bank, describes the vibe of 2021 and 2022 in its Form 10-K two weeks ago:
Much of the recent deposit growth was driven by our clients across all segments obtaining liquidity through liquidity events, such as IPOs, secondary offerings, SPAC fundraising, venture capital investments, acquisitions and other fundraising activities—which during 2021 and early 2022 were at notably high levels.
People kept flinging money at SVB's customers, and they kept depositing it at SVB. Perfectly reasonable banking service.
But the customers didn't need loans, in part because equity investors kept giving them trucks full of cash and in part because young tech startups tend not to have the fixed assets or recurring cash flows that make for good corporate borrowers. Oh, there is some tech-industry-adjacent lending you can do. Tech founders want to buy houses, and you can give them mortgages. Venture capital and private equity funds want to manage liquidity and/or juice their reported return rates by paying for investments with borrowed money rather than drawing from their limited partners, so you can get into the capital-call-line-of-credit business. There are vineyards near Silicon Valley and you can develop an expertise in vineyard financing. And, sure, some of your tech-company customers do need to borrow money, and are creditworthy, and you lend them money and that works out. But there is a basic imbalance. Customer money keeps coming in, as deposits, but it doesn't go out, as loans.
So you have all this customer cash, and you need to do something with it. Keeping it in, like, Fed reserves, or Treasury bills, in 2021, was not a great choice; that stuff paid basically no interest, and you want to make money. So you'd buy longer-dated, but also very safe, securities, things like Treasury bonds and agency mortgage-backed securities. We talked yesterday about how this worked out at Silvergate Capital Corp., the actual Bank of Crypto. And as of the end of 2022, Silicon Valley Bank, the actual Bank of Startups, had about $74 billion of loans and about $120 billion of investment securities.
Crudely stereotyping, in traditional banking, you take deposits and make loans. In the Bank of Startups, in 2021, you take deposits and mostly buy bonds. Again crudely stereotyping, corporate loans often have floating interest rates and shorter terms, while bonds have fixed interest rates and longer terms. None of this is completely true — there are fixed-rate corporate loans and floating-rate bonds, traditional banking tends to involve making lots of loans (like mortgages) with long-term fixed rates, you can do swaps, etc. — but it is a useful crude stereotype.
Or, to put it in different crude terms, in traditional banking, you make your money in part by taking credit risk: You get to know your customers, you try to get good at knowing which of them will be able to pay back loans, and then you make loans to those good customers. In the Bank of Startups, in 2021, you couldn't really make money by taking credit risk: Your customers just didn't need enough credit to give you the credit risk that you needed to make money on all those deposits. So you had to make your money by taking interest-rate risk: Instead of making loans to risky corporate borrowers, you bought long-term bonds backed by the US government.
The result of this is that, as the Bank of Startups, you were unusually exposed to interest-rate risk. Most banks, when interest rates go up, have to pay more interest on deposits, but get paid more interest on their loans, and end up profiting from rising interest rates. But you, as the Bank of Startups, own a lot of long-duration bonds, and their market value goes down as rates go up. Every bank has some mix of this — every bank borrows short to lend long; that's what banking is — but many banks end up a bit more balanced than the Bank of Startups. At the Financial Times, Robert Armstrong writes:
Few other banks have as much of their assets locked up in fixed-rate securities as SVB, rather than in floating-rate loans. Securities are 56 per cent of SVB's assets. At Fifth Third, the figure is 25 per cent; at Bank of America, it is 28 per cent.
For most banks higher rates, in and of themselves, are good news. They help the asset side of the balance sheet more than they hurt the liability side. … SVB is the opposite: higher rates hurt it on the liability side more than they help it on the asset side. As Oppenheimer bank analyst Chris Kotowski sums up, SVB is "a liability-sensitive outlier in a generally asset-sensitive world".
How Markets Work (453)
Commodity Markets (18)
The Costco gold-bar item is a nice miniature of financial arbitrage. Spot gold, retailer markup, credit-card cash back and membership rules combine into a trade. It is not a deep market inefficiency, but it shows how consumer finance can accidentally create market trades.
Levine uses cocoa to revisit a classic futures-market anxiety: accidentally taking delivery of a physical commodity. The point of modern market infrastructure is to let most traders get price exposure without handling warehouses, shipping, quality inspection or delivery logistics. The commodity is real, but the financial product abstracts away the truckload.
Levine contrasts old Goldman adjectives such as sharp, creative and aggressive with commodity-market disputes. Physical commodities are not just screens and prices; they involve delivery, storage, quality, timing and contract interpretation. Money can be made or lost in the legal and operational details of what exactly a trade requires.
Levine explains the recurring commodity-market problem: a firm may buy or sell physical product for real business reasons while also holding derivatives that settle against a benchmark influenced by those trades. If the derivatives position is large enough, uneconomic-looking physical trades can make sense because they move the benchmark. The line between hedging and manipulation depends on size, intent and market impact.
The oil industry is unusual because it is, historically, largely run by a cartel. Two nested cartels, now: OPEC, the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, a group of 12 oil exporting nations that coordinate on petroleum output, and OPEC+, consisting of OPEC and 10 other countries. OPEC has a website, where it announces its production and quotas and penalties for companies that exceed the quotas. [9]
In any other context this would all be an obvious violation of US antitrust laws [10] : If a dozen US companies got together to agree on output, penalized each other for exceeding output quotas, and announced all of this on a website, they would probably all go to jail. But these are sovereign nations and they can do what they want.
Still you should not expect US antitrust regulators to be happy about any of it. Also, the US is a big petroleum exporting country, but it is not part of OPEC. US oil companies do not go to OPEC+ meetings to coordinate their production with OPEC+ members. But they do operate in an industry that is largely run by a cartel, one that holds meetings that do set production quotas.
"All the shareholders that I've talked to." This has nothing to do with OPEC+. This is just, Pioneer is a publicly traded US company (until the Exxon deal closes), and it has shareholders, and its CEO talks to the shareholders. And the shareholders he talks to are mostly big institutional investors who don't just own Pioneer. They are also big shareholders of other US oil companies. They talk to those companies' CEOs too.
Well! You know the theory. If you were only a shareholder in Pioneer, and you were meeting with its CEO, and oil prices were at $100 a barrel, you might say "hey, you can drill oil for less than $100 a barrel, maybe you should increase production to take advantage of these prices while you can?" And the CEO might say "yes but then everyone else will increase production and prices will fall." And you might say "sure but they'll probably do that anyway, so you might as well be first, so you can sell some at $100." And the CEO might do it.
But if you are a shareholder of all the US shale oil companies, what would be the point of that? They all increase production, the price falls, they all make less money than they would by keeping production low and prices high. You might instead go to all of the CEOs, in turn, and say "hey, keep production low, so prices stay high and all of our portfolio companies make money." And all the other diversified shareholders might do the same, and the CEOs might all say "well, we work for the shareholders, and the shareholders want us to keep production low and will punish us if we don't." Sort of like OPEC!
I am not, by any means, an expert in liquefied natural gas. My background is in financial instruments, stocks and bonds and derivatives on stocks and bonds. The way that, for instance, stock options work is that, if I agree to sell you XYZ stock at $40 at your option, and in a month you exercise the option and hand over the $40, I really do have to give you the stock. Even if it's trading at $60. Obviously I'd rather sell the stock at $60 to someone else, but I already sold you that option, and I am bound by it. If I sell a Treasury bond futures contract, I have to deliver a Treasury bond at the futures price, even if the price has gone up and I could sell it for more elsewhere.
Oh, of course, there are situations where people find ways to get out of their contracts. (And there are stock-related transactions that are not ordinary-course trading — mergers, for instance — and that are considerably more breakable.) But for the most part there is a broadly effective apparatus to make stock and bond trades binding, so binding that it rarely even occurs to anyone to break them. No stock options trader calls their lawyer to be like "man this stock really went up a lot, can I just not deliver it into the call options I sold?"
A lot of commodities trading also works like this. If you sell aluminum futures, and the price of aluminum then doubles, you can't just be like "nah I'd rather sell this aluminum to someone else at the current price." That futures contract really is binding, in that you have to either deliver the aluminum or pay the current price of the aluminum to get out of the deal. Selling aluminum futures is a bet that the price of aluminum won't go up , and everyone understands it that way, and the bet is enforceable. There is a clearinghouse that collects from losers and pays winners, and standardized contracts and market expectations that you'll pay. Again, sometimes things go wrong, but those are exceptional cases that everyone gets upset about.
By comparison, "physical commodities trading" — getting stuff out of the ground, loading it on ships, delivering it to customers and getting paid — is the Wild West. On the one hand, it sort of looks like stock and bond and commodity-futures markets: It is a financialized global market, with fast-moving professional traders linked to each other by computers, and with volatile prices that move rapidly in response to events, where you can make a fortune by betting the right way. On the other hand, the stuff you are trading does not live on a computer: You are moving ships around, and if you say a ship will go to one place and it instead goes to another place, there is only so much anyone can do about it. There is no clearinghouse, no way to just adjust the trades on the computer to make everything right. The stuff either goes somewhere, or it goes somewhere else.
And so if you are a liquefied natural gas trader company, and you sell LNG in long-term fixed-price contracts that require you to deliver a ship full of LNG to a specific port every month at a fixed price, and then the price of LNG goes up a lot, and you'd rather ignore your contract and sell your ship full of LNG to someone else at the current higher price … I mean, empirically, that does seem to happen? The conditions are favorable for opportunism:
1. There's no central clearinghouse enforcing any rules, so if you hose one customer all that happens is that that customer is mad at you (and sues): You can keep trading with everybody else. 2. Instead of standardized futures contracts enforced by a central clearinghouse, every deal is a complicated bilateral negotiation, so even when the customer sues, you can probably point to some provision in the contract, or some unusual circumstance, that justifies you not delivering the gas. 3. It's a global commodity market, so (1) it's easy for you to find a new customer at the current higher price and (2) even if the old customer is mad at you, they will probably keep buying gas from you if your price is $0.01 below everyone else's. 4. LNG prices have been pretty volatile, driven by things like Covid-19 and Russia's invasion of Ukraine, so it's entirely possible that you agreed to a contract at a low price, and now the price is high, and you are tempted to break it.
The way I like to think about commodities futures is that there are two metaphysically distinct types of each commodity. Consider nickel. There is the sort of nickel that is produced by producers and delivered to industrial users for making cars or whatever. If you want nickel to make cars, you will negotiate with a supplier for a particular amount of a particular grade of nickel to show up in particular shapes at a particular time and location.
And then there is the sort of nickel that underlies nickel futures contracts, which is an abstract generalized kind of nickel used for financial purposes. If you buy a nickel futures contract to hedge the price of nickel, you do not intend to turn the futures contract into cars. Ordinarily you will cash out of the futures contract at expiration. But in order for the futures contract to hedge the price of nickel, it does need to be possible to turn the contract into actual nickel. [1] The normal mechanism for this is that the futures exchange has some associated warehouses, and there is nickel in the warehouses, and if you really want to you can turn in a futures contract and get nickel out of the warehouse, or put some nickel in the warehouse and get back a futures contract. [2] It's not generally a sensible commercial decision — ordinarily you will want to negotiate a particular sort of nickel delivered at a particular place — but if prices get too far out of line you'll take the warehouse-grade nickel out of the warehouse and pay the cost of transporting it to your factory.
But that doesn't happen that often; mostly people are content to leave the nickel in the warehouse and trade contracts referencing it. We talked earlier this year about some nickel that JPMorgan Chase & Co. owned in one of these warehouses, which it used for years as a substrate for financial contracts. The nickel turned out to be rocks: At some point someone snuck into the warehouse, stole the nickel and put in bags of rocks instead. It didn't matter, for years! The contracts were fine! The nickel played an abstract role; it could sit there for years, not being nickel at all, without bothering anyone. And then one day someone in the warehouse kicked it and was like "wait a minute" and there was a funny scandal and a rash of confirmatory nickel-kicking.
This analysis breaks down, though, for agricultural commodities. You can just plop a few tons of nickel into a warehouse, leave it there forever, and trade futures back and forth referencing that nickel. But if you plopped a few tons of pork bellies into a warehouse and left them there forever, the warehouse would start to smell really bad. Eventually the pork bellies in the warehouse would not be reasonably substitutable for the pork bellies available from meat processors, because they would have rotted. Perishable commodities cannot remain abstracted in warehouses indefinitely; there needs to be constant rotation between the abstract commodities in warehouses and the useful commodities in commerce.
Still the system of permanent abstract commodities in exchange warehouses really is very convenient, so it tempts agricultural commodity traders too. Here's a story about coffee:
Stockpiles of premium coffee beans on the world's biggest arabica exchange have plummeted to their lowest levels since 1999 as some sellers race to take advantage of a closing loophole one last time.>
Although dropping inventories held in global warehouses monitored by Intercontinental Exchange Inc. would normally signal soaring demand or a crimp in supplies, the more than 20% plunge seen in the past month appears to be a strategic move ahead of a crucial Dec. 1 rule change.>
For years, some sellers looking to avoid an "age penalty" meant to discourage lengthy coffee storage have pulled their older beans off the exchange and then resubmitted them for a new round of certification, thereby making the coffee appear fresh. That legal but misleading practice, which has led to roasters receiving older-than-expected beans and obscured the true volume of coffee in the market, will be prohibited as of next month.
"Just plop coffee beans in the exchange warehouse and leave them there forever" obviously does not work, but "plop coffee beans in the warehouse, leave them there for a respectable amount of time, take them out, walk them across the street, bring them back and plop them in again, repeatedly" worked surprisingly well. In December it will stop working, though everyone gets to do it one more time first. In some ways the simpler solution would be to replace all the coffee beans with pebbles but I guess that would cause problems.
The U.S. government's attempt to refill the skyscraper-sized caverns that hold the country's emergency oil reserves is coming with a crash course in energy markets: How to think more like a trader.
President Biden last year authorized an emergency sale of more than 180 million barrels from the U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve to ease gasoline prices that skyrocketed after Russia's invasion of Ukraine. The Energy Department sold high, averaging roughly $95 a barrel.
Now the agency is learning that replenishing those stockpiles at the lower rate it wants—between $67 to $72—is more difficult, despite prices sliding near those levels at various points this year. On Monday, benchmark U.S. crude closed at $71.99 a barrel, within Washington's window to buy. …
The Energy Department's attempt to buy domestically produced sour crude earlier this year sought fixed-price proposals for up to 3 million barrels. But bids came in with higher prices than the agency expected or otherwise missed its specifications.
The fixed price meant companies would have to swallow the risk of the market sliding over a 13-day window as the agency evaluated proposals, said Ilia Bouchouev, managing partner at Pentathlon Investments. Producers likely bumped up their prices to account for the costs of hedging against the risk of oil prices swinging by several dollars a barrel.
"That's a lot of risk to hold a fixed price for two weeks," Bouchouev said. "Nobody trades [on a] flat price."
So they have revised their approach to ask companies to submit offers based on a differential to benchmark crude prices, so that the government, rather than the companies, takes the oil price risk. Still I am struck by "proposals due May 31 and contracts expected to be awarded June 9." Probably "thinking more like a trader" does mean "price oil trades on differentials rather than absolute levels." But might it also mean "lift offers while you're on the phone rather than getting back to them in two weeks"?
My model of electricity markets is that they are a weird combination of:
1. Markets designed by economists to achieve their wildest theoretical fantasies of matching supply and demand in perfect competition, tied to 2. A particularly formidable set of real-world problems about shoveling coal into giant boilers to generate electricity.
And so power markets are way better and more ruthless than, like, Uber at surge pricing: Electricity is very cheap when demand is low, and very expensive when demand is high. And this is all very tidy and rational and economists write nice papers about it, because the high prices at peak demand do attract more capacity and enable the grid to function. But also if electricity prices shoot up by 100% in five seconds, you can't just turn on a coal power plant to meet demand. You have to call workers to go to the plant, and turn on the lights, and shovel the coal into the boiler, and it all takes time.
And so a good set of tricks in electricity trading involves getting paid peak prices for non-peak generation , because your plants take a long time to turn on and off. One of my all-time favorite trades is a series of power market manipulations that JPMorgan Chase & Co. did more than a decade ago. One of the trades went like this:
The system takes bids in hourly increments. You offer electricity at the lowest price for some hour, say 2 to 3 p.m. The system accepts your bid and relies on you to generate electricity. You offer electricity at a very high price for the hour before and the hour after your hour, 1 to 2 and 3 to 4 p.m. The system says "ah well it takes time to turn a plant on and off, so if we use you for the 2-to-3 hour, we need to also pay you for the 1-to-2 and 3-to-4 hours," and it pays you your very high offer price for those hours.
This is a good trick, though really it is just bad design of the system that chose providers based on each hour's price rather than the overall cost. (JPMorgan paid a big fine for this.)
Bloomberg's Gavin Finch, Jason Grotto and Todd Gillespie have a story about UK power traders who basically threaten not to generate electricity at peak hours unless they get paid peak prices for their non-peak generation:
In times of especially high demand, operators call on older, gas- and coal-fired plants that rarely find it cost-effective to operate in normal conditions. Only a handful of producers — including Vitol's VPI, which owns five gas-powered plants in the UK — operate such facilities, giving them real market power in the balancing mechanism when conditions get stressed. Nearly 75% of the £525 million captured by Bloomberg's analysis came on tight days when the grid would have already been under pressure.
Moreover, gas plants are unwieldy; they typically take about six hours to cool down before they can run again — and Ofgem said power traders use that inflexibility to their advantage. By telling the grid they will power down before the daily demand peak — between 5 and 6 p.m. — traders are putting the grid operator in a bind. If a plant goes offline, it's lost for the rest of the day. So, to keep it available for the evening, the grid operator must agree to accept its offer of electricity via the balancing mechanism beginning at around lunchtime — and pay higher-than-normal prices for hours longer than necessary.
There is a sense in which this is all economically rational: If you were designing an electric power market, you would want to give peaker owners enough incentive to keep their plants on during lower-demand hours so that they are available to meet higher demand later. But the actual mechanism — they agree to provide electricity at normal rates during low-demand hours, then say "haha no we're turning off, see you tomorrow," and then get paid a premium to stay on — seems not ideal.
If you are in the business of building batteries or cars, you might want to hedge your exposure to global nickel prices by trading nickel futures on an exchange like the London Metal Exchange. Or if you are a hedge fund or bank with a view on commodity prices, you might want to trade nickel futures to express that view. These futures do not, in the first instance, involve any nickel. If you buy nickel futures, it is purely a financial trade: If the price of nickel goes up between now and when the futures expire, you get paid money; if it goes down, you pay money. You buy the nickel for the batteries or cars through normal industrial channels — your nickel merchant delivers nickel in the types and quantities you need — and the point of the futures is just to have a financial hedge to your cost of buying actual nickel.
But for the futures to work they need to have some connection to actual nickel, which means that the futures are deliverable: If you own nickel futures that are about to expire, instead of cashing them out you can instead pay the money and take delivery of the nickel. A staple of trading-floor comedy is the story that some junior trader forgot to cash out her open futures position and so one morning five trucks full of nickel showed up outside the office, but in fact it would be exceedingly impractical to never know whether or where you might have to deliver cargos of nickel, so the LME has a more efficient system. The system is that there are certain warehouses affiliated with the LME that store a certain amount of nickel on behalf of nickel futures traders, and "delivery" of nickel when a contract expires consists of changing the ownership of some of the nickel in one of the warehouses. If I own nickel in an LME warehouse and sell a futures contract, and you buy the contract, and you let it expire and take delivery of the nickel, what you actually get is a little notation — called a "warrant" — saying that now you own the nickel in the warehouse.
If one night a supervillain snuck into all the LME warehouses and stole all the nickel, and replaced it with rocks, and hypnotized all the guards into thinking it was still there, and hacked into the security cameras to make them show that the nickel was still there, it is tempting to think that the futures market could continue indefinitely in blissful ignorance. It is primarily a financial market, not an industrial one; if you get a warrant on LME warehouse nickel you are probably not going to go to the warehouse immediately to take possession of your nickel and turn it into cars or batteries. Like Yap money stones, the warehouse nickel is still useful for financial trading even if it is not actually there, or not actually nickel.
But to make the financial contracts work, there has to be some connection between the warehouse nickel and regular nickel. It has to be possible to take warehouse nickel out of the warehouses to transform into cars or batteries, or to put nickel into the warehouses if you don't need it for industrial uses. There is a thin connection between the abstract financial nickel in the warehouses and the industrial nickel in the real world, but there is a connection. Nickel and people do have to go in and out of the warehouses.
A fact about financial markets that occasionally produces strange results is that the total market value of a thing is, conventionally, (1) the amount of that thing that exists times (2) the price of the last trade. So Bloomberg tells me that there are about 304.5 million shares of GameStop Corp. stock outstanding, and they closed at $25.60 yesterday, so GameStop's market capitalization — the total value of its stock — is 304.5 million times $25.60, or about $8 billion. Nobody recently bought or sold all of GameStop for $8 billion, and if somebody did, the price would probably not be $8 billion. [1] But if you wanted to buy or sell one share of GameStop, the price you'd pay or get would be about $25.60, and you can multiply.
One type of strange result you can get from this is that if you have some weird small stock or cryptocurrency that doesn't trade very much, you can give it a very large market capitalization by selling one share or token to your buddy at an inflated price, and then you can go around telling people "ooh look at the huge market cap of this thing, it is so valuable, it must have discovered a cure for cancer," and maybe you can do bad stuff with that. We have talked about the infamous New Jersey deli that was worth $2 billion. It wasn't, of course, but its stock didn't trade much, and it traded at a high price, and you could multiply. Allegedly this supported a fraud. Or we have talked a lot about this in the context of cryptocurrencies, which are easy to produce in huge quantities and then sell to your buddies; the downfall of FTX and Alameda seems to have involved inflated market values of tokens that FTX had invented and mostly held itself.
But there are other possible strange results. Here is a stylized one:
There is some commodity futures contract. There are a million contracts outstanding at a price of $20,000. Holders of the contract have to post margin — collateral — to the commodity exchange each day. Whenever the price of the contract goes up by a dollar, people who are short the contract have to post $1 more of margin, and people who are long can take out $1 of margin. And vice versa. Late at night, when trading is light, someone wants to buy a lot of contracts, and there aren't many people around to sell them to her. So she ends up buying 10,000 contracts at $30,000 each. Everyone else wakes up in the morning to find that the price is now $30,000. The people who were short 1 million contracts at $20,000 now have to post an extra $10,000 per contract — $10 billion total — of margin. This is very unpleasant for them, and they might not have the money. They could instead close out their short positions by buying back their contracts, but that (1) requires them to come up with the money anyway and (2) makes the price of the contracts go up more.
The margin calls are based on the total market value of the contract, so a smallish amount of trading can in theory produce a huge margin call.
If you are in the business of trading commodity index products, and nickel is in your index, and trading in nickel is either frozen (as it was until last Wednesday) or semi-frozen and at obviously wrong prices (as it was starting last Thursday), how do you set a price for your commodity index? The basic answer is that you use your best guess at the correct nickel price ($30,000-ish), and, since you might be wrong and can't hedge your nickel exposure, you widen the bid-ask spread to compensate you for the risk.
It helps if the index is mostly not nickel, though. Nickel represents roughly 1% of the GSCI; if your usual bid/ask spread on a GSCI product is 0.5%, and you almost double it to 0.9% because nickel is closed, then that translates to a 40% bid/ask spread on nickel, which is more or less what Goldman seems to be showing here.
Let me explain a bit more. At the beginning of March, nickel was trading at about $25,000 a ton. Since then nickel has become more valuable as Russia's invasion of Ukraine has put pressure on nickel supplies. The fundamental value has gone up, to perhaps $30,000 or $35,000 a ton, somewhere in that ballpark, the exact number doesn't matter.[1] However, due to a short squeeze on the London Metal Exchange, nickel futures shot up last week, and the price climbed above $100,000 per ton early in the morning of Tuesday, March 8.
In general the point of a futures market is to discover the correct price for a commodity. But in the case of LME nickel last week, everyone — or, at least, everyone running the LME — sort of looked around and said "well this is not the correct price of nickel now is it." (The chief executive officer of the LME said that the trading prices "were becoming disconnected from, I believe, physical reality.") The LME, and many big metals traders, decided that the correct price of nickel was not $100,000. So the LME canceled last Tuesday's trades — a drastic step that took away the profits and losses many traders had made on nickel that morning — and rolled the price back to $48,078, where nickel had closed last Monday.
Then the LME closed for a week to give people time to resolve the weird short-squeeze dynamics that had driven up the price. In particular, there is one big nickel producer, Tsingshan Holding Group Co., run by nickel tycoon Xiang Guangda, that was short a lot of nickel contracts on the LME and got big margin calls last week and did not put up more money. Some of its brokers bought back nickel contracts rather than posting more margin, which drove the price up more, which led to more margin calls, more forced selling, etc. Because all of this was somewhat silly — Tsingshan is probably good for the money, since it is a nickel producer and the price of nickel is going up! — the way to fix it was to shut down the market for a while to let Tsingshan and others borrow enough money (against their valuable nickel) to pay margin calls without having to buy back their futures contracts. And that's what happened, and they lined up financing, and when the market reopened yesterday the short squeeze was greatly alleviated. Nobody was forced to buy nickel at prices that they thought were absurd, so they were all free to buy or sell nickel at the correct price.
Except, uh, no they weren't, because the LME imposed price limits: The price of nickel could only rise or fall 5% yesterday, from last Monday's closing price of $48,078, when the short squeeze had already started and " the market had started to unravel." It was not completely certain that the price would fall 5% — when Bloomberg surveyed 16 analysts and traders before the reopening, 13 said that it would fall 5%, but one said it would rise 5%, "while the other two said either scenario is possible" — but it was the most obvious outcome. Everyone seemed to think that the prices last week "were becoming disconnected from physical reality," and the LME had done the necessary things to get the price back in line with physical reality, so it stood to reason that the price would fall back to physical reality. But because the LME put the brakes on how fast it could fall — from last week's unreal price! — it couldn't do that all at once.
And so the price immediately fell 5% yesterday, on very light volume (why sell at the wrong price?), and closed at $45,590.[2] To speed things along a little bit, the LME then announced that today the price can fall (or rise?) by up to 8%. So it opened today, fell 8% to $41,945, and promptly stopped trading.
Meanwhile, as we discussed yesterday, the LME has suspended reporting an "Official Price" while it does this weird slow walk back to the correct price. I suppose part of the rationale for this is that, since the limit-down prices reported on the LME this week are in some obvious sense not "correct," it would be strange to report them as official prices. But the LME's stated rationale, which is also a good one, is that "physical users preferred not to have Official Prices which they had been unable to trade": Because the limit-down prices this week are sort of obviously too high, nobody really wants to buy at those prices, which means that almost nobody is able to sell at those prices, which means that if you want to trade nickel at those prices you mostly can't. The LME opens briefly to perform the mechanics of falling 8%, and then it closes again; it won't function as a real exchange until it gets all the way back to the real price.
More generally, the point of shutting down an exchange when prices move too far is that you think that those prices probably do not reflect fundamental supply and demand. At any given moment on any given exchange, there are only some traders trading; they have risk limits and financing constraints, and if the price gets out of whack they might just turn off their computers and go home. And then whoever's left can move the price in weird ways. But when the exchange shuts down, it (1) pauses trading, so there are no more weird price moves, and (2) sends a strong signal to the market "HEY THINGS ARE MESSED UP, COME GET SOME FREE MONEY." Anyone who wasn't hanging around at the time of the shutdown — banks, hedge funds, nickel producers, industrial users, anyone with an interest in nickel prices — now has an opportunity to show up. So when the market reopens, after a long enough time, everyone who thought "hey that price is way too high (or low)" can show up and sell (or buy) and the price will get back to normal.
It is not just Tsingshan, by the way. Here is a Bloomberg News story about how "Trafigura Group, one of the world's top oil and metals traders, has been holding talks with private equity groups to secure additional financing as soaring prices trigger giant margin calls across the commodities industry." I don't think that the right reading of that story is "Trafigura, a huge commodity trader, has lost a bunch of money on commodity volatility and needs more money." That's possible, but in general big traders do well in periods of volatility. Instead the story is more likely to be something like "Trafigura is making tons of money in this volatile commodity environment, but it needs lots of financing to keep doing that." ("New sources of funding could give Trafigura firepower to take advantage of market opportunities even at high price levels," says Bloomberg News.) When prices are dislocated, there is a lot of money to be made, but you need a lot of financing to make it.
Given that dynamic it might have made sense for the LME to just reopen without any price limits: "Stuff got real weird last week, so we're going to forget about it and start over from the beginning; whatever you want to pay for nickel now, after a week of careful reflection, is going to be the price." With enough notice that might get you a good price, probably better than 5% up or down from last Monday's somewhat dislocated price.
One way to have a commodities exchange would be that you get the nickel producers in a room with the industrial users of nickel and they agree to sell each other nickel. Each producer would say "I am going to make X tons of nickel this year, who wants it," and each user would say "I am going to need Y tons of nickel this year, I'll take some," and they'd agree on prices and delivery dates. The producers would lock in buyers for their nickel, the users would lock in a supply of nickel for their factories, everyone would be as hedged as they wanted to be. (Or not: A producer might sell all of its production for the next three years to lock in prices, or it might sell only this week's production and take a chance that next week it will get a better price.) And they'd all negotiate credit terms: If I agreed to buy nickel from you next year, we'd agree on how much of a down payment I should give you now.
Obviously this happens , in the sense that industrial users of commodities do often have contractual agreements with suppliers of those commodities to take future deliveries. But it is not particularly how commodities exchanges work. A modern commodities exchange is a considerably more abstract thing, a place for financial betting rather than a place to arrange delivery of nickel for your particular factory. Commodities exchanges trade standardized contracts for standardized amounts and grades of the commodity, deliverable at standardized locations (often warehouses affiliated with the exchange), with standardized credit terms in which the exchange sits in the middle of every trade. The trades are for fungible standard contracts, not for delivery of particular cargoes at particular warehouses.
Among other things, doing it this way opens up commodities trading to many more participants. If you are a hedge fund, you can buy or sell nickel futures without, for instance, (1) owning a nickel mine or (2) owning a warehouse to store nickel or (3) owning big trucks to haul nickel or (4) knowing the creditworthiness of every major nickel producer and user and negotiating credit lines with them. All you need is money, and a credit agreement with a bank or broker who is a member of the exchange and can clear your trades for you.
This is generally a good thing, for the commodities exchanges, and for industrial producers and users, because it creates liquidity. There are banks and brokerages and hedge funds and electronic trading firms and individuals trading nickel futures all day and trying to keep the price correct. And so if you are a nickel producer looking to sell some nickel futures there will be a lot of people looking to buy — many more than if you were only selling to industrial users — and so you will be able to hedge quickly and efficiently at a fair price.
There are some inconveniences. If you are a nickel producer and you sell your future production on the exchange, you might not literally produce nickel, put it on trucks, and deliver it to whoever bought nickel futures from you.[1] You don't even know who they are, for one thing; as far as you're concerned your counterparty is the exchange. Also you might not produce the right type of nickel, or be located near the right sorts of warehouses. Instead probably you will sell your actual nickel production in some other way — when you produce the nickel you'll sell it to a physical metals trader who'll pick it up, or you'll have a supply agreement with a manufacturer, or whatever — and you'll use the futures market to hedge. You have a mine, you sell some futures, and then if the price of nickel goes down (1) you'll make less money on the nickel that you mine and deliver to real customers but (2) you'll get the money back on the futures you sold. The futures are not primarily sales contracts among industrial users and suppliers; they are primarily financial instruments that are correlated with the physical price.
We talked on Tuesday about a hedging problem for nickel producers. If you make nickel and the price of nickel goes up, you will make more money, one day at a time, as you sell your now-more-valuable nickel. Meanwhile if you have hedged your nickel production by selling nickel futures on a commodities exchange, and the price of nickel goes up, you will get a margin call from your broker demanding that you put up a lot more money right now. Your stock of nickel in the ground and in warehouses has become more valuable, but it is not easy to turn that all into ready money; your short position in nickel futures has moved against you, and that does require ready money. In the worst case, you run out of money and lose your business even as it is becoming more valuable.
There is a variation on this problem. Commodities futures are standardized contracts for the future delivery of some commodity. The word "commodity" suggests that the commodity itself is standardized, and that every instance of it — every bushel of wheat or barrel of oil or ton of nickel or pork belly — is the same. But of course this isn't true.[1] The oil industry produces oil of different compositions and purity. Typically for each commodity there will be one or two sorts of futures that are heavily traded and that people use as a benchmark, "the" price of the commodity. And these futures will specify exactly what sort and grade of the commodity can be delivered where to satisfy the futures. London Metal Exchange nickel futures, for instance, are contracts for the delivery of Class 1 nickel, meaning nickel that is at least 99.8% pure; the contract specifies what shapes and brands of 99.8% pure nickel are permitted. Lots of nickel, in the real world, meets that specification. Lots of nickel doesn't.
If you produce Class 1 nickel, and you are worried about price risk, you can hedge by selling futures. If you do this, you will probably close out your hedge by (1) buying back the futures for cash before they expire and (2) delivering nickel to some steelmaker or battery maker or other industrial user who is a customer of your regular business. But you could, perhaps with a certain amount of shipping costs and administrative annoyance, instead deliver your nickel to an LME warehouse to physically settle the futures.
If you produce other sorts of nickel, and you are worried about price risk, you can also hedge by selling futures. The futures you can sell — the liquid standardized ones with lots of buyers — are pretty much LME futures on Class 1 nickel. That is not the kind of nickel you make, and you cannot deliver your nickel to satisfy the futures contract. But it is still basically a good hedge. If demand for nickel goes up, (1) the price of your nickel will go up and (2) the price of LME futures will go up; if demand for nickel goes down, the prices of your nickel and LME nickel will both go down. The futures are correlated enough with your product that this is a sensible trade.
On the other hand you have basis risk, the risk that the correlation will break down and LME nickel will be worth a lot more than your nickel. And you can't arbitrage this away, because your nickel and LME nickel are not fungible. You're short a lot of nickel futures, meaning essentially that you owe a lot of nickel to the LME; meanwhile you own a lot of nickel, but it's not the sort that you can deliver to the LME.
Also if everyone on the LME knows that (1) you are a huge nickel producer, (2) you are short a lot of nickel futures, and (3) you make the wrong kind of nickel, then they can bet on the basis blowing out. If the price of LME nickel goes up high enough then you will get margin calls, you won't be able to deliver nickel, you'll have to buy back your LME contracts at a loss, the LME price will go up even more, and the people betting on this breaking down will make money.
In commodities markets, short sellers are often people who produce the commodity. If you are an oil company, your future income will depend on the future price of oil. In order to make sensible budgeting decisions about how much to spend on drilling oil, you might want to lock in that future price. So you might sell oil futures today to guarantee you a price in a few months. Or you might not; you might be bullish on oil and want full unhedged exposure. Or you might hedge part of your production; if you plan to produce 1 million barrels you might only sell 500,000 barrels of futures. Or, since you are trading oil futures anyway and have some expertise in oil markets, you might end up net short, selling more oil than you plan to produce as a bet that prices will go down. But most likely you are in the oil business because you are hoping to make money drilling oil, and you are in some broad economic sense "long oil." (You might hedge 50% or 100% or 150% of this year's production, but you won't hedge 100% of all of your future production.) If oil prices go down you will be sad; you will make money on your futures contracts, but that will only partly mitigate your sadness.
Conversely, if oil prices go up, you will be happy, because you produce oil and your oil is worth more. But you will also have a mark-to-market loss on the futures you sold to partially hedge your oil price risk.
Or that is the general idea. There is an important difference in the cash flows of these things, though. If you are an oil company and the price of oil goes up, you will expect to make a bit more money each day that you sell oil. This money will not all come in at once: If you sell 10,000 barrels of oil a day and oil prices go up by $10 a barrel today, then you can expect to make an extra $36.5 million this year, but you'll only get $100,000 of it today. The expected value of your future cash flows has gone up, and there are ways to turn that into money,[2] but it's hard to do it fast.
On the other hand if you sold 3.65 million barrels of oil futures and oil prices go up by $10 a barrel today, you will get a call from your broker asking for $36.5 million of margin today. Futures are mark-to-market financial products, and when the futures price goes up, the short side of the futures contract has to put up money today.[3] The result is that when prices rise, your business outlook gets better, but you also need a lot of cash now. The bad possibility is that you might run out of cash now and be unable to enjoy all that future business.
Russia's invasion of Ukraine, and subsequent sanctions and threats of future sanctions, has been bad for expected nickel supplies, which means that nickel prices have gone up a lot, which is in expectation very good for nickel producers , except when it is very bad for them right now:
Traders, miners and processors often take short positions on the exchange as a hedge for their physical stocks of metal. In theory, any price moves in the physical stocks and the exchange position should cancel each other out. But when prices rise sharply, anyone holding a short position on the exchange needs to find ever-greater sums of collateral to pay margin calls.
Traders and brokers must deposit cash and securities, known as "margin," on a regular basis to cover potential losses on their positions. If the market moves against those positions, they receive a "margin call" requesting further funds -- and if they fail to pay, they can be forced to close their position.
Chinese entrepreneur Xiang Guangda -- known as "Big Shot" -- has for months held a large short position on the LME through his company, Tsingshan Holding Group Co., the world's largest nickel and stainless steel producer, according to people familiar with the matter. In recent days, Tsingshan has been under growing pressure from its brokers to meet margin calls on that position -- a market dynamic which has helped to drive prices ever higher, the people said.
One thing that people like to invest in is oil. You can buy oil to refine into gasoline or whatever, but you can also just buy it as an investment, or a speculation, or a hedge. You buy oil today for $35, if the price of oil goes up to $65 you make money, if it goes down to $15 you lose money, it is a bet like any other. Or that's the idea. In fact there is a practical problem with bets like that, which is that oil is voluminous and oozy and poisonous and flammable and smelly. If you want to bet a few thousand dollars of your retirement account on your belief that the price of oil will go up, you will not want to actually fill your garage with barrels of oil to implement that bet. That would be inconvenient. So instead you turn to financial markets to buy, effectively, abstract oil. You buy a financial instrument that goes up if the price of oil goes up and goes down if the price of oil goes down. That's what you want, a bet on oil prices without the inconvenience of owning a lake of flammable liquid. It would be nice if there were just, exactly, that thing. "Permanent abstract oil," you buy it for the price of oil today and sell it for the price of oil when you want to sell it. But there isn't, quite.
There are oil futures: You buy abstract oil today and it converts into real oil in May, or whenever. You do not want real oil, in May, or ever. Perhaps your bet is just "the price of oil will go up by the end of April." Then you buy May futures today, sell them by the end of April, collect your profit (or loss) on the bet, and never get any real oil. (The futures you buy and the ones you sell offset; no one delivers you any oil, and you never deliver anyone any oil.) But more likely your bet is just "the price of oil will go up sometime." (Just like buying a share of stock is a bet that its price will go up sometime: You are not locked into any time frame.) You do not actually want the May futures, exactly; you just want abstract oil. So what you do is you buy the May futures, to bet on the price of oil without owning actual flammable oil, and then as the expiration date of the May futures gets close you sell those futures and buy the June ones instead. (This is called "rolling" the futures.) As the June expiration approaches, you do it again. You keep owning oil-but-not-quite-yet, giving you exposure to oil prices without the inconvenience of actual oil.
There are legendary stories on Wall Street about newbie commodities traders who forgot to roll their positions and had to scramble to find somewhere to store 10,000 pork bellies or bushels of wheat or barrels of oil or whatever. These stories are funny because they are rare, perhaps mythical; mostly financial traders just remember to keep their commodities trades in the world of financial abstraction. This is, for instance, what oil exchange-traded funds do. An oil ETF gives its investors permanent exposure to abstract oil, but it generally doesn't do that by actually owning a giant tank of oil; it does it by buying futures and rolling them. One way to think about this is that someone has to store the oil—the actual oil—that you own abstractly. If oil prices are in contango—if the price of June oil is above the price of May oil—then by rolling the futures (selling the cheap May one and buying the more expensive June one) you are effectively paying someone else to store the oil for a month. Someone else can buy the cheap May contract, sell the expensive June one, take delivery of the oil in May, keep it in their garage for a month and deliver it in June. (If oil prices are in backwardation then someone is paying you to take the oil out of storage because they really need it now.)
Corporate & Sovereign Bonds (22)
A liability management exercise (LME) is a maneuver by a distressed borrower to raise fresh cash in ways that extract value from existing creditors, classically by moving collateral out of their reach in a "drop-down." Lenders defend themselves with cooperation agreements, promising not to cut side deals that advantage some creditors at others' expense. Aston Martin has been in talks with HPS Investment Partners about exactly such a drop-down. The twist: HPS is owned by BlackRock, but so are the bond funds (under fixed-income CIO Rick Rieder) that joined a creditor cooperation pact designed to block this very maneuver. BlackRock's stated fix is that each fund makes "independent investment decisions" in its own investors' best interest, a reminder that fiduciary duty runs to each individual fund, not to the parent. The bonds fell as much as 10 cents on the dollar to a record low on the news, a concrete measure of what an LME can do to incumbent creditors.
The follow-up Dish item adds the creditor-process layer. Bondholders were not just deciding whether the deal was good; they were playing a coordination game over who could force or block the haircut. Capital structure becomes voting architecture.
The DirecTV-Dish transaction is useful because the headline price was almost beside the point. The hard question was whether Dish creditors would accept a haircut so that the merger could happen. Debt contracts, consent thresholds and holdout incentives became the core M&A economics.
My favorite theme in modern finance is:
1. Interest rates were very low for a very long time. 2. Now they are higher. 3. People just forgot that that was a possibility, and were surprised.
There are various important manifestations of this — a frozen US housing market, the 2023 regional banking crisis — but it is pervasive in strange small ways too. For instance, for a long time, the way that debt investing worked was that you bought some bonds, and their prices went up or down, and you had inflows or outflows, so you had various reasons to sell the bonds you had or buy new bonds. If you asked "what drives demand for bonds," you'd get answers about client inflows or relative value or whatever. But in 2024 you get stories like this:
The Federal Reserve's rate hike campaign is boosting corporate bonds in an unexpected way, as investors plow coupon payments back into the market.
Investors' rising income from their corporate bond holdings is giving them more money to buy corporate bonds now. The total income generated by the high-grade corporate credit market should be around $369 billion this year, or 15% more than last year, according to an analysisby Bank of America Corp. strategists.
The coupon payments that investors are getting are relatively high compared with the bonds for sale. For the second half of 2024, total corporate coupon payments should equal about $220 billion, while net issuance is likely to be around $89 billion, according to Bank of America.
The imbalance between coupon payments to be reinvested and bonds expected to be sold could help keep valuations for corporate bonds relatively strong, said Travis King, head of US investment-grade corporates at Voya Investment Management.
"The cash inflow story is one of the most important technical factors in corporate bond demand now," King said. "The concern is that investors will have more money coming into their pockets with less opportunity to reinvest it."
Or this:
Demand for the safest [collateralized loan obligation] tranches soared this year after an influx of money into exchange-traded funds. Banks have also been piling into the AAA bonds, and some Japanese institutions may scoop up more of the debt. On top of that, Bank of America estimates that about $64 billion of the debt has been paid back so far this year, including amortizations and called CLOs, meaning asset owners have more capital to put to work.
"If you're an existing investor, you're getting so much money in the door that's creating demand in and of itself," said Amir Vardi, a managing director at UBS Asset Management, at the Global ABS conference in Barcelona earlier this month, referring to amortizations and called CLOs.
"Forget about increasing the budget to get more," he said on a panel. "You're just trying to keep what you have invested."
It turns out that, if you are a bond investor, you buy bonds, and then those bonds pay you interest, and then if you want to keep being a bond investor you might use that interest to buy more bonds. Just not a problem people had in 2020!
I have a schematic model of modern distressed debt that goes like this:
1. A company has $100 of debt outstanding. 2. It goes to the holders of 51% of the debt and says "we'll give you a little bonus if you agree to stiff the other 49%." 3. The company pays those holders back with a little bonus, maybe paying them $60 for their $51 of debt. 4. In return, they vote to amend the terms of the debt to say that the other guys — the ones with 49% of the debt — get zero. 5. Net, the majority holders get $9 extra, and the company saves $40 by stiffing the minority holders.
This model is technically incorrect, as essentially no debt contracts allow a majority vote to cancel a minority's debts. But this model is universally useful, because essentially every debt contract allows a majority (or supermajority) vote to do something unpleasant to the minority: remove covenants, strip collateral, allow more senior debt, something. And so companies regularly strike deals with some holders of their debt, deals that (1) give those holders some goodies, (2) give the company some goodies (new money, maturity extensions, etc.) and (3) generate those goodies by taking value from the other holders.
These days these transactions tend to be described by the generic name "liability management exercises," or LMEs, but they also have specific names. Here are Bloomberg's Reshmi Basu and Claire Boston on non-pro rata uptiering:
It's the latest in a wave of maneuvers — often masked by banal legalistic terminology — that distressed funds and others managing billions of dollars are deploying to clean up at their rivals' expense. The new deals are typically structured as below-par debt exchanges at a variety of different price points. Creditors that negotiate the proposals usually provide new money and receive the smallest haircuts on their holdings. Those that choose not to participate risk being stripped of their collateral and covenants, while also getting pushed down the repayment priority line. …>
Among the most controversial recent transactions was a proposal fromBain Capital's Apex Tool Group. Creditors including Angelo Gordon & Co., Anchorage Capital Group and Elliott Investment Management-backed Elmwood Asset Management took part in a deal that saw them swap first-lien debt into a newly created higher-priority term loan — which is effectively second in line — at around 90 cents on the dollar. Those that weren't part of the negotiating group could exchange their debt for a mix of the new loan and a lower-ranking obligation at roughly 73 cents. >
The value of the original debtplunged following the exchange offer, and some creditors banded together with lawyers to assess their options. But ultimately, holders of more than 90% of the company's first-lien loan agreed to the deal. Not going along with the plan would have seen them fall well back in the line for repayment. ... >
"The practical problem is that many lenders are concerned about the liability management exercises — it's almost secondary to how the business is performing," said David Orlofsky of global consulting firm AlixPartners. "The fear of being left behind is now causing some lenders who don't like the proposed LME transaction to support it anyway. They would rather be part of it than being left out and adversely impacted."
Generically you might imagine that it would be a bad thing, for a distressed company, if all of its creditors are viciously competitive sharp-elbowed fighters. But if you can get them to fight against each other , then you can take some value for yourself.
I used to be, among other things, a convertible bonds investment banker. This meant that I traveled around the country pitching companies on issuing convertible bonds. The basic pitch is that a convertible bond lets you sell debt with a lower interest rate, by throwing in an equity option. Instead of selling a bond that pays 7% interest, you sell a bond that pays 2% interest, and if your stock goes up by 30% the bond converts into stock.
There are various add-ons to this pitch — I should have worn a button saying "Ask Me About Tax Structuring!" — but that's the basic pitch. Intuitively, there is a sort of interest-rates sweet spot for that pitch:
1. "Instead of selling a bond that pays 1.5% interest, you sell a bond that pays 0% interest and can convert into stock": Bad pitch. When straight debt is super-cheap, there's no reason for good companies to mess around with converts. 2. "Instead of selling a bond that pays 7% interest, you sell a bond that pays 2% interest and can convert into stock": Good pitch. You save a lot of money! 3. "Instead of selling a bond that pays 17% interest, you sell a bond that pays 11% interest and can convert into stock": Bad pitch. When the convertible interest is super-high anyway, it's not that attractive.
I was a convertibles banker during a decent interest-rate environment for convertibles. I remember it being cool when we could show a company a convertible with a 0% interest rate. Zero was an excitingly low number, certainly much lower than whatever the company could get in the regular bond market. "Zero percent interest," we'd say. "You can't afford not to!" But that was a long time ago. A few years ago Apple Inc. issued a six-year straight bond that paid 0.00% interest. Convertibles can't compete with that.
One psychological difference between stocks and bonds is that people buy stocks largely for capital appreciation and they buy bonds largely for yield. So if you look at a stock and see that it was $10 yesterday and is $15 today, you will think "ah this stock is good at appreciating capitally" and buy it. And if you look at a bond and see that it yielded 4% yesterday and yields 5% today, you will think "ah this bond is getting yieldier" and buy it. These are somewhat inverse thought processes. (Bond prices move inversely to yields, you know.) Bonds get more attractive as they get cheaper; stocks get more attractive as they get more expensive.
Oh, I kid, I kid, none of this is totally true, and you can always find Warren Buffett or whoever going around like "I love to buy stocks when they are on sale." Still as a crude model of retail investor psychology this seems plausible? There are meme stocks, because everyone loves to pile into a stock that has gone up. There are not meme bonds.
Bond yields more or less never went up during my lifetime, but now they have, and on this crude model people should be rushing to buy bonds. And yet:
Asset managers have been counting on what BlackRock calls a "generational opportunity" in the bond market, now that yields are at decade-plus highs.
Investors ranging from pension funds to retirement savers should be buying longer-term bonds to lock in higher rates, their thinking goes, spurring a flood of inflows to bond funds. BlackRock, for one, has projected assets in management at its bond exchange-traded funds to triple to $2.5 trillion by 2030.
There is just one problem: Those flows have yet to materialize. Relentless losses in the bond market have spooked investors who appear hesitant to jump in until they feel more confident that rates have peaked.
Investors pulled $78.6 billion from U.S.-based taxable bond funds in the 12 months through August, according to Morningstar. That is well below the nearly $300 billion they pulled from equities over the same period but a painful sum, regardless, for asset managers hoping for a windfall.
Also here's a good stock-style quote about bonds being "on sale":
"When you're in an environment where bond yields go up every day, it starts getting a little nasty," said Steve Sosnick, chief strategist at Interactive Brokers. "I don't see people rushing in to buy bonds right now just because they're kind of a falling knife. They're on sale and lower prices should create demand, but we're not seeing that."
If you lend someone money at a floating interest rate, and then rates go up a lot, you get paid the new higher interest rate. If you lend someone money at a fixed interest rate, and then rates go up a lot, you still get paid the old low interest rate. Getting paid more is better than getting paid less, so from first principles floating-rate loans are a better investment than fixed-rate bonds, if interest rates are about to go up rapidly.
From second principles you could quibble with that. Floating-rate loans pay higher interest as rates go up, which means that they are riskier for the borrower as rates go up. If you make a loan at the Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus 5% when SOFR is zero, then the borrower pays about 5% interest; if SOFR then goes up to 5.3%, then the borrower has to pay 10.3% interest, more than doubling its interest expense. Maybe the borrower can't afford that, and goes bankrupt, and you get nothing instead of your 10.3%. Whereas if you had made the loan at a 6% fixed rate, and then rates went up, the borrower would still be paying 6%, which it could presumably still afford. You'd be getting less interest, but you'd still be getting it.
From third principles this is sort of a silly objection? Like if the borrower called you and said "I can't pay 10.3%" you could say "well okay pay like 6.3%" and maybe they'd be fine and you'd still be doing better than if you had made a 6% fixed-rate loan. And some of your borrowers would still be paying 10.3% with no problem, or with some problem but it's not your problem, you are a senior creditor, you are just collecting interest. I dunno, it just seems obvious that floating-rate loans would outperform fixed-rate bonds when interest rates rise really far really fast, even if the default risk on floating-rate loans ticks up faster than it does on fixed-rate bonds.
Bank additional tier 1 capital securities are, I think, basically a trick. The trick works like this:
1. AT1s kind of look like bonds — they pay regular interest, they usually get paid back after five or 10 years — so investors treat them like bonds. In particular, the interest payment on a bank's AT1s will normally be lower than the bank's cost of equity capital, and so banks will issue AT1s because they're cheaper than issuing equity. 2. If the bank runs into trouble, the AT1s act like stock: They absorb losses so that governments, taxpayers, depositors, etc. don't have to. The AT1s are sort of the first line of defense against bank bailouts. In some ways, some AT1s are actually junior to equity: Many AT1s, by their terms, go to zero if a bank's common equity capital ratio falls below 7%; at that point, the common stock is still worth something but the AT1s are worth nothing. This fact makes regulators like AT1s — they are very helpfully loss-absorbing — and so regulators treat them as good bank capital, a good substitute for some of a bank's common stock.
Investors think of AT1s as almost like bonds; regulators think of AT1s as almost like stock. And so banks can issue AT1s that, for regulatory purposes, are treated almost like stock, but that, economically, are not nearly as expensive as stock. So banks often optimize their capital structures by issuing as much AT1 capital as they are allowed to. A big European bank with a lot of common equity but no AT1 capital is leaving money on the table: It should buy back some stock and issue more AT1s to be more efficient.
A few years ago I wrote: "If the regulators think that they're equity and the investors think that they're debt, probably someone is wrong!" And then we have checked in a few times when the investors have been wrong. (I should say, I tend not to write about AT1s when they just pay regular interest and then get redeemed at par at their first call date; most of the time, the investors are right that AT1s look like bonds.) Most notably, when Credit Suisse Group AG blew up and was acquired by UBS Group AG this year, some $17 billion of Credit Suisse AT1s were written down to zero, and the holders were understandably upset. In particular, they were upset that Credit Suisse's common shareholders got paid something, while the AT1s got zeroed. If you think that AT1s are bonds, then this is an outrage: The bonds are supposed to be senior to the common stock. If you think that AT1s are the first loss absorber to prevent bailouts, as Swiss regulators do, then this is great. (As I argued at the time, the Credit Suisse AT1s were designed by their terms to go to zero even if the stock is worth something , so the regulators are right as a general matter, though the AT1 holders have some decent technical arguments about the exact events that triggered their writedown.)
For … I want to say my entire career as an investment banker and then financial writer, there was a standard story about corporate loan and bond terms, and it went like this:
1. There were a lot of investors with a lot of money looking for yield, and not that much yield available. 2. Therefore, when companies wanted to borrow money, they had a lot of leeway to write documents (loan agreements, bond indentures) that were favorable to them. Loans were often "covenant-lite," and the documents often allowed companies to do various tricky maneuvers that would disadvantage some creditors. 3. Every so often lenders would notice, and complain, and push back, and sometimes even win — some of the most egregious terms proposed by borrowers were rejected by the market — but broadly things were pretty borrower-friendly. Lenders would complain , but then they would lend anyway.
There are nuances to this story, and it is not a pure story about the macro environment. Borrower-friendly terms were also a matter of who was borrowing and who was lending: In recent years, in particular, a lot of borrowing has been done by companies owned by sophisticated private equity firms who care a lot about maximizing their flexibility, and a lot of lending has been done by collateralized loan obligation managers who kind of don't care. But the basic story of "money is plentiful, lenders don't want to miss out on deals, so they agree to weak terms" had a good run.
But then rates went up and it ended? The Financial Times reports that "credit hedge funds that focus on distressed debt are making bumper profits this year as the rise in borrowing costs hits weaker companies," and it adds:
The tougher fundraising environment has given hedge funds much more negotiating power to ask for interest rates of 14 per cent or higher, while building in tougher covenants to ensure they are repaid.>
"I think this is a golden age for fresh credit because legacy credit has a lot of flaws in it, not least a lack of covenants," said Stuart Fiertz, president of London-based Cheyne Capital.>
"We can come in with very good covenants and shape the transaction any way we like."
The broad story in credit markets for a long time has been that the borrowers shape the transaction, not the lenders. Not anymore. The broad story has been that lenders make loans, but complain a lot about the terms. Now the lenders are positively bragging about the terms!
I used to use this section header all the time; it became a running joke around here in the mid-2010s. Back then, when I wrote "people are worried about bond market liquidity," it was usually about one (or both) of two overlapping concerns:
1. Bonds were not liquid. In the olden days, the worry went, banks would commit their balance sheets to buy bonds from investors who wanted to sell them, but now banks are risk-averse and heavily regulated and are unwilling to buy bonds, so it is hard for real investors to sell bonds quickly without crashing the market. 2. Bond mutual funds and, particularly, bond exchange-traded funds created an " illusion of liquidity": People could trade in and out of ETFs in milliseconds, giving them very liquid access to bond exposure, but if everyone wanted out of bond ETFs at once then the ETFs would have to sell their underlying bonds, which are far less liquid, and which would lead to problems.
I was never all that excited about either of these worries, but people were really into them for a while, so I mentioned them a lot.
Here is a third concern: What if bonds are too liquid? Because of bond ETFs? Bloomberg's Michael Tobin reported last week:
The rise of exchange-traded junk-bond funds has made trading high-yield debt cheaper, cutting borrowing costs for companies while reducing potential returns for investors.
Yields are between half a percentage point and a full percentage point lower than they'd otherwise be, Barclays Plc strategists wrote in a note last week. The falling rewards from buying illiquid bonds have encouraged investors to consider higher-yielding assets like private credit instead, the report said.
About 8% of junk-bond trading volume stemmed from portfolio trading at the end of 2022, Barclays strategists including Jeff Meli wrote. In 2018, that figure was closer to zero.
"The use of these tools has resulted in lower aggregate yields," Meli said in an interview.
All those old worries about bond market liquidity never really panned out. Instead, bond ETFs made it easier to trade bonds, particularly high-yield bonds that used to be less liquid. For one thing, if you want bond exposure, you can just buy the ETF shares, which are liquid and standardized and give a lot of investors most of what they want, making bond investing safer and more liquid. For another thing, if you have a bunch of bonds that you want to sell, now you might be able to find a market maker to do a portfolio trade with you, where they will buy the whole lot of your bonds and use them to create more ETF shares; the cost and market impact of doing this trade will be less than the cost of trading each bond separately. The result is that for a lot of investors, high-yield bonds provide a nicer trading experience: They are more liquid, so you can sell them quickly and efficiently, so it is less risky to own them, so you will be more willing to pay a bit more to buy them, so they will have lower yields. You used to get paid a premium for their illiquidity, but now they are liquid and you don't.
There is an obvious trade-off: Bonds are nicer, so you pay more for them, so you get lower yields. What if you want higher yields, though? What if you're not so interested in being able to sell bonds easily, and you're more interested in maximizing yield? Well, "the falling rewards from buying illiquid bonds have encouraged investors to consider higher-yielding assets like private credit instead." At FT Alphaville, Robin Wigglesworth quotes from the Barclays note:
Active managers, such as HY mutual funds, which must meet daily redemptions and so must trade a lot, have benefited from improved ways to manage liquidity. …
On the other hand, a declining liquidity risk premium has likely made asset allocators, such as insurers and pension funds, worse off. These buy-and-hold investors do not manage daily liquidity needs and are far less sensitive to the liquidity of their bond holdings than mutual funds. Hence, investing in the illiquid HY market provides an attractive, and yet relatively risk-free way, to generate extra returns for these type of investors.
As the rewards of investing in HY decline, it is possible that investors have tilted portfolios towards other asset classes offering more attractive investment opportunities — such as private credit. …
While the rise of private credit likely has many causes, we believe that the combination of the high return hurdles for asset allocators and the lack of viable alternatives has been an important contributing factor.
High-yield bonds are now so liquid that they don't pay enough of an illiquidity premium to be attractive to long-term investors.
I made a related point in June. We discussed the story of how Bill Gross, like, invented bond trading, and how he made a bunch of money by being early and innovative in trading bonds. But also the story of how over the last half-century bond trading got so good and popular that the returns to bond trading have been competed away, and now asset allocators who want credit exposure are looking to private credit because it doesn't trade, so it pays more:
The big discovery in investment-grade credit in the 1970s was "bonds are liquid and fungible; let's trade them to make more money." The big discovery in investment-grade credit in the 2020s is "trading is overrated; we can make more money by doing our own structuring and getting paid for illiquidity."
The big (and controversial) discovery in high-yield credit in the 2010s was that if you package high-yield bonds into ETFs, they will trade more liquidly and become a more attractive product. The big discovery in high-yield credit in the 2020s is that if high-yield bonds trade more liquidly and become more attractive, they will pay less , and so you'll have to go to private credit to get more illiquidity and more yield.
Traditionally, in US law, a bond is a security and a bank loan is not. If a company borrows money by selling bonds to the bond market, it has to follow securities laws; the theory is that bonds are sold publicly to lots of different unrelated investors, who will want the disclosures and legal protections of the securities laws. If a company borrows money by taking out bank loans, it does not have to follow securities laws; the theory is that loans are negotiated directly with a handful of banks who are sophisticated, know the company well and do not really need the protections of securities laws.
In modern markets that is not particularly true. "Bank loans," these days, are often syndicated loans sold to hundreds of investors, many of whom are hedge funds or collateralized-loan-obligation managers or otherwise not banks. Bonds, meanwhile, are mostly sold to big institutional investors too, and there is some overlap between the loan and bond investor bases. It seems a bit strange and outdated to treat loans and bonds differently, and so you sometimes come across people who argue that loans should be securities, or people who are surprised to learn that they aren't.
Frankly I am not sure that any of this makes a huge difference. The bond market and the syndicated loan market both involve mainly sophisticated institutional investors; most companies do not raise money by selling bonds or loans to retail investors. Most bond offerings are exempt from securities registration under private-placement rules, and all syndicated loans would be too, even if they were securities. If you lie in your loan documents probably someone can sue you for fraud (bank fraud?), even if they can't sue you for securities fraud, and even if the standards are a bit different. Most bonds don't trade on national securities exchanges anyway, so it's not like making loans securities would require them to trade on exchanges.
Still there are some differences that probably matter a lot to, like, the lawyers supporting loan arranging and trading desks (and electronic loan trading platforms). Declaring loans securities would cause various sorts of disruption. My favorite difference is that you're allowed to trade loans with inside information, sort of, while you are not allowed to trade securities with inside information: Insider trading in securities is illegal, while banks were historically supposed to be intimately familiar with the nonpublic details of their borrowers' businesses, and if you bought a loan from the bank that made it then of course you would assume that the bank knew things that you didn't. (These days, syndicated loan markets have "public side" traders, people at hedge funds and elsewhere who trade both loans and bonds and so don't get inside information, and "private side" traders, people at banks and other lenders who deal directly with companies and get inside information.)
Additional tier 1 capital securities are bonds issued by banks that lose value if the bank fails or comes close to failing. Credit Suisse Group AG failed this year, and its $17 billion of AT1 securities were written down to zero. The holders of these bonds were very angry, both because they lost money and because they thought that they were treated unfairly. In some sense this was fine — the whole point of AT1s is to make the AT1 holders angry when a bank fails, instead of making taxpayers angry — but there was a potential negative consequence, which is that if investors got too aggrieved about how Credit Suisse's AT1s were treated, they wouldn't buy other banks' AT1 securities, which would mean that other banks would have less loss-absorbing capital for future crises. Banking regulators worried about this and took pains to reassure investors that the Credit Suisse experience would not be repeated. I was a bit less worried. I wrote:
Incidentally my own view of the correct regulatory response here is something like "memories in financial markets are extremely short, and any time a bond investor indignantly huffs that she will never buy some type of bond again, she'll be buying it within a week." You have a meeting with AT1 investors, they say "you need to make sure that these bonds can never lose money," you nod and say "of course, of course," you wait six minutes, you forget all about it. I am not sure that will work here but I don't think I'd bet against it.
Yes, but absorbing the losses caused by sharp-elbowed New York investment bankers is why AT1s exist.
A raft of investment-grade companies have this year been selling bonds in the US that allow issuers to buy back their securities if rates drop enough for refinancing to make sense, an uncommon feature for high-grade notes. The debt usually matures in three years and typically allows companies to repurchase the bonds, an option known as calling the securities, after 12 months.
In 2023, investment-grade firms have sold $8.6 billion of the bonds known as "three-year noncall one bonds," or 3NC1s, according to data compiled by Bloomberg News. That's about 50% more than were sold all of last year. …
Because of a quirk in interest-rate markets, companies selling 3NC1s can cut their borrowing costs dramatically by hedging with derivatives alongside their bond offering, according to a report this week from research firm CreditSights Inc.
As part of such a transaction, the company needs to enter into a trade known as an interest-rate swap with a bank, which essentially turns the bond the corporation issued into a floating-rate obligation, similar to a loan, CreditSights strategists led by Winnie Cisar wrote. The swap needs to have a particular feature: the bank needs to be able to cancel it any time after a year, an option similar to the company's right to buy back its bonds after a year. …
In a hypothetical example that CreditSights looked at, a company that sold a 3NC1 at a 4.9% coupon could slice 0.6 percentage point a year off its annual interest costs by entering such a swap, compared with just issuing a conventional three-year fixed-rate bond that can't be bought back. In the end, it would be borrowing at less than the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, an unusually low price for a company.
The funding benefit stems from current differences in how bond markets value a company's right to call its debt, compared with how derivatives markets value the right for the bank to cancel the swap. Both are essentially interest-rate options, but that option is more expensive in the derivatives markets than in the bond markets.
In this transaction, the company is essentially buying the option from money managers when it issues debt, while selling the option to Wall Street firms when it enters the cancelable swap. It's buying the option at a cheaper price than it sells the derivative, allowing for lower financing costs.
The role of banks is crucial in bond markets because they're typically traded in over-the-counter, or OTC, markets rather than on exchanges like equities. Trades are also often much bigger, with bonds sold in the millions of euros, with banks bearing the risk of holding large positions for clients if they can't find buyers.
Market participants have long been concerned that banks wouldn't have the appetite or capacity to cushion bond-market moves in tough periods, both because of losses they took in the financial crisis and the resulting capital rules that required them to fund less of their trading books with borrowed money. Traders have recently seen bouts of illiquidity even in the US Treasury market.
"Liquidity has completely dried up, and banks are not willing to take any risk on their books," said Jochen Felsenheimer, a managing director at XAIA Investment in Munich. "Every bank is telling their traders not to make a single mistake, and to avoid that, they're taking zero risks."
There is a modern quantitative approach to stock trading that views every stock as a linear combination of exposures to some set of factors, so that each stock (or ETF) is equivalent to some combination of other stocks (or ETFs). One Tesla share equals half an Apple share plus two Facebooks, nine GameStops, six AMCs and a Ford, or whatever, that sort of thing, but much more rigorous and less intuitive. It's not like you sit down and think about what the factors are and then try to put together a basket of those factors; it's just like you run a big regression on a lot of historical data points and say "this stock is equal to this combination of these 438 stocks." And then you can do high-frequency market making in one stock and hedge it in other stocks, keeping your book balanced on some aggregate set of factors rather than on any individual stock. And you just put it in the hands of a computer and go off and do something else, satisfied that the stock market is very liquid and there are lots of close substitutes for each stock and the computer can figure it out.
In bonds, you might in some sense expect this to be easier; the bonds of two companies with correlated stocks should be even more correlated, and of course two bonds of the same company should be very correlated indeed. But in fact bonds are less liquid and more weird and it's always possible that the model would say "Bond X is equal to 0.54 Bond A and 0.31 Bond B and 0.15 Bond C" and you'd be like "ahh but Bond C is all owned by a single insurance company that won't sell it to me unless I answer three riddles so that's out." Or: "But Bond B has a weird provision in the back of the document that says I don't get paid back if a comet appears when the moon is full." You can't just leave a quantitative strategy in the hands of a computer and figure the computer can handle it.
Instead what you want is for the computer to tell you about the correlations, so you can make informed investing decisions, but leave it to you to act on those correlations, so you can make use of your occult knowledge of bonds. Here's a fun story about how "Wall Street's Math Whizzes Are Racing to Wire Up the Bond Market." As usual there's stuff about how "electronic venues like MarketAxess and Tradeweb accounted for 37% of investment-grade and 26% of high-yield trading in May, 8 percentage points higher than the year before," but there's also this:
Over at banks' trading desks, Asita Anche at Barclays Plc has seen a jump in algo usage, especially to execute small trades. But she stresses that humans are still essential in fixed income since liquidity is more fragmented than in equities and it's harder to manage risk.
"The future is not algos taking flows away from humans," said the head of systematic market making and data science. "It's humans enhanced by algos and automation."
With that in mind, Anche is building algos and data analytics for voice traders, and even a recommendation engine akin to Netflix's that finds similar securities to what a client wants to trade.
"If you like Bond X, you'll love Bonds A, B and C," the computer tells you, and then you get to have the satisfaction of telling the computer "Bond A, great choice, thanks, but you don't understand anything about Bond C at all."
The other dumb thing has to do with how new-issue securities are sold. You might imagine a system like this:
1. An issuer announces how much of a thing it wants to sell and a rough price range. "We want to sell 1 billion things at a range of 97 to 103." 2. Its banks canvass potential buyers to market the thing. 3. The potential buyers submit a demand schedule of how much of the thing they'd like to buy at various price points: "We won't buy it for 102 or above, we'd buy a million of it at 101, we'd buy 2 million at 100, we'd buy 3 million at 99 or below," etc.[2] 4. The issuer and its banks look at the schedule of demand: "We have orders for 1.86 billion at 99, 1.31 billion at 100, 1.04 billion at 101, 956 million at 102," etc. 5. They price the thing at the highest price at which there is enough demand to get the size they want: Here, there's 1.04 billion of demand at 101, and they want to sell 1 billion, so they price at 101.
This is an easy system to imagine, and everyone does imagine it. The process for most initial public offerings of stock does kind of work like this, in a rough and imperfect way. Every so often an issuer will be like "what if we made it work more like that," and you get things like the Google IPO (a Dutch auction where investors submitted orders at prices) or the " hybrid IPO" (where investors submit a full schedule of demand and the issuer looks at it to pick a price) or even direct listings (where there's a two-sided auction to pick the opening price). These processes are not perfect, though; there are IPO pops, etc., and people complain a lot.The way bond new issues often work, though, is sort of like this:
1. An issuer announces how much of a bond it wants to sell and a rough price. "We want to sell 1 billion bonds at about 1%," etc. 2. Its banks canvass potential buyers. 3. The potential buyers say "we'd buy 1 million" or whatever. 4. The issuer and its banks look at the total amount of demand and pick a price out of … thin air? Like, if the issuer has 10 billion of orders, it will say "that's pretty good, let's price at 0.95%"; if it has 1.01 billion of orders it will say "hmm, cutting it close, let's price at 1.05%". 5. If there's a lot of demand, the issuer will price at a low interest rate — 0.95% or whatever — and the people who put in orders thinking the bond would price at 1% will be surprised. 6. Some of them will withdraw their orders — "we would have bought 1 million at 1%, but not at 0.95%" — and the issuer and bankers will get mad at them, because that is viewed as not sporting. Your order is supposed to be your order, no matter what the price is.
I find this very weird! Yet it is sort of the norm. From the Journal:
The recent surge of interest from hedge funds in the primary market is making it difficult to price the bonds, as it is more difficult to gauge the real demand, said Benjamin de Forton, a debt-capital markets director at BNP Paribas.
For instance, Spain attracted 130 billion euros of orders for a 10-year bond offering in January. But as bankers hammered out the final terms of the sale and the proposed price climbed, demand for the bonds abruptly halved. That was because hedge funds pulled their orders as their already slim profit margins shrank, bankers said. The government ultimately raised 10 billion euros, with the bulk of the buyers being traditional asset managers. Hedge funds got about 5.5% of the bonds sold, bankers on the deal said.
"Swift moves in fast-money account orders have meant new-bond execution was at times potentially more challenging," Mr. de Forton said.
Yeah, I don't know, I sympathize a lot with the hedge funds there? Why not just ask them? Instead of sending them a form like "how many bonds would you like," send them a form like "how many bonds would you like at different prices?" Build a schedule of demand and then use it to price your bonds.The other problem is that there is a self-reinforcing thing where issuers take orders for more bonds than they are selling, and so investors don't get as many bonds as they ask for, and so they put in larger orders to try to get more bonds, and so they get cut back even more, etc.:
Banks that run debt sales for governments tend to allocate less than 10% of an issuance to hedge funds. The firms typically receive only around 1% of what they offer to buy, which encourages them to place large orders, according to bankers. That means an offer to buy about 2 billion euros in bonds could net the hedge funds about 20 million euros of the securities. ...
France's debt management office asked banks in March to hold talks with hedge funds to encourage them to put in smaller orders, according to Anthony Requin, chief executive of the agency. Firms that put in unrealistically large orders would be penalized with a smaller allocation than other firms that put in more "reasonable orders," he said.
These problems interact: If a hedge fund wants 20 million bonds at 1% or higher, it will put in an order for 2 billion bonds, but if the price goes up so the yield is below 1% it will pull that whole order:
"The relationship between what could be considered as a good transaction and the sheer size of the order book is broken," said Mr. Requin. "One may be confronted with a skyrocketing order book, but which is in fact of poor quality. In that case, tightening the price might be challenging or risky if you are targeting a transaction of [a] certain size."
Lots of bonds don't trade that often, so it is not always clear what they are worth, but mutual funds have to mark their assets to market every day. Morningstar explains:
Whereas a bank with loans on its balance sheet may not need to know their precise prices every single day, investment funds with so-called daily liquidity features can't function without them. Every time an investor purchases shares in a fund or chooses to sell some—activities that open-end mutual funds are required to facilitate every day—the transaction has to be done based on the value of the whole portfolio in which those shares represent ownership.In effect, it takes something that would otherwise be an accounting entry back into the real world. There are immediate consequences: If the security prices used to calculate a portfolio's value are higher than they should be, investors selling shares will get more than they're entitled to, while those buying shares will wind up paying more, and vice versa. As such, one element of an asset manager's job is to act as a referee for investors coming in and out. That means assuring every investor that even if a fund isn't buying and selling securities in its portfolio every time investors buy or sell fund shares, the prices at which they do so are fair.
This is the dreaded "liquidity mismatch" of bond mutual funds: You can put money into the fund or take it out every day, but the underlying bonds might trade much less frequently. Funds will use several competing pricing services, or perhaps call brokers for quotes, to determine the prices of bonds that don't trade very much.Sometimes they will get different results. In good times, for good bonds, the differences are usually small. Morningstar looked at data from September 2019 and found that the average price spread—that is, the average difference between the highest and lowest mark that different mutual funds had for any particular bond—was about 0.30% of the bond's price for bonds rated AA and AAA. At lower ratings it got a little wider, but not that much wider; the average spread was 0.42% for bonds rated BB and 0.55% for bonds rated B. (At CCC ratings and lower it was much wider, 1.5%.) There are outliers, though, with "numerous examples for which the difference between the minimum- and maximum-observed prices for the same bonds occurred well into the high single digits." Even in normal market conditions, there will be highly rated corporate bonds that one mutual fund marks at 95 and another marks at 102. If you buy the first mutual fund, you are getting more of that bond for your dollar than if you buy the second. Kinda weird.But of course in turbulent times the marks get wider. Alloway:
What's really interesting in all this, however, is just how much larger these pricing discrepancies can grow in times of stress. Morningstar compares price dispersion in September 2019 and March 2020 — the worst of the big market sell-off — to show just how uncertain things got. "By the end of March 2020, huge swaths of corporate debt were being priced all over the map from one firm to another, with large groups of bonds showing price-spread percentages in ranges of between four and nine percentage points and still numerous outliers pricing even wider than that," it concluded.
I say "of course in turbulent times the marks get wider," but maybe that is not actually obvious. You could have a model like:
1. In boring normal times, investors buy and hold bonds forever, they don't trade very much, pricing is a matter of guesswork, and different mutual funds will have somewhat different marks for their bonds. 2. In turbulent stressful times, some investors will be forced to sell all their bonds while others will be greedily hunting for bargains, there are lots of trades, pricing is a simple matter of looking at the last trade, and every mutual fund will have the same marks for their bonds.
That model is not right! Instead, in boring normal times, bonds trade a little and pricing is partly objective and partly a matter of guesswork; in turbulent stressful times like March 2020, the bond market seizes up, everyone is afraid to trade, and bond pricing is much more a matter of guesswork. Or you could put the causality the other way: In turbulent stressful times like March 2020, nobody knows what bonds are worth , because the world is uncertain and lots of companies might default horribly or recover quickly, so there are genuine differences of opinion as to fundamental value. If I own a bond that I think is worth 99.6875 and you want to acquire it and are willing to pay 99.625, there is some chance of us working out a trade. If I own a bond that I am sure is money-good and worth 100, and you think it is distressed and want to take it off my hands for 60, we are just not going to trade. So I will keep marking it at 100 and you will keep marking it at 60.Back in March 2020, we talked a fair amount about bond exchange-traded funds. One thing that happened with bond ETFs is that they traded every day and had clear, market-determined prices. Another thing that happened is that some of those prices became pretty disconnected from the ETFs' net asset values, the values of their underlying bonds, as reported by the ETFs based on pricing services.There were competing explanations of these phenomena. One theory is that ETFs were bad: Through some combination of distressed sellers and weird market structure, they were trading at way below their actual value. The other theory is that the NAVs were bad: The ETFs, which traded in a liquid public market (the stock exchange), were trading at their actual value—the value a willing buyer and seller agreed on—but their valuations of their underlying bonds were way off, because those bonds didn't trade. On the latter theory, if an ETF with a net asset value of $100 per share traded at $80 per share, that just meant that it was marking its bonds too high, and they were really worth $80. There is probably some truth to both theories, but the fact that in March 2020 bond mutual funds disagreed so much about what bonds were worth suggests that their marks weren't all that accurate, and that maybe the ETF prices were more accurate than the bond marks.
This is a theory I have heard a lot for a long time: Algorithms are trained on historical data, while humans take a broader view of financial markets and are better at responding to changed conditions. I admit that I have been a skeptic. Actual humans in trading seats have also been trained on historical data; it's just that usually they have less historical data than the algorithms. If you've been trading bonds for five years, a good long Wall Street career really, then you've seen about five years of market data. You can just feed 50 years of data into a computer algorithm, so the algo really may have a better historical sense than any living human trader. Lots of humans on trading desks today have never seen high inflation or a rising-interest-rate environment or, until recently, a financial crisis; every computer, in a sense, has. No computer had seen a coronavirus-related economic shutdown until a few months ago, and no human had either, but the humans might genuinely have had better intuitions for dealing with that novelty. "Hmm, what will my family do if we can't leave the house, and how can I extrapolate that behavior to the broader economy?" is a thought process that a human could have when faced with a novel situation; it's harder for a computer. (Computers never leave the house.) A lot of the work in financial markets is essentially pattern matching, figuring out if this thing will turn out like that thing or more like the other thing, and computers can see and remember more patterns than most humans. But when the pattern is totally new, the humans may have an advantage.
You know the worry. In good times, regular investors put money into bond mutual funds and exchange-traded funds. Those funds buy bonds. (Corporate bonds, specifically, and especially high-yield bonds; this is not a worry about Treasuries.) The mutual funds and ETFs offer daily or instant liquidity: If you decide you want your money back, you can get it back from the mutual fund the same day; you can sell your ETF the same minute. But the underlying bonds, the worry goes, do not offer instant liquidity. If the fund managers want to sell their bonds, they might be able to do so quickly, but there is no guarantee. Bonds do not trade like stocks, in a continuous liquid market; you have to find someone who knows someone who wants to buy them. If you have a week to place a few bonds, it's fine. If you only have a day to sell all your bonds, you won't be able to do it, or you'll only be able to do it at irrationally depressed prices. Thus the mutual funds and ETFs offer only an "illusion of liquidity": People buy them expecting to be able to get their money back at a moment's notice, but if they ever all ask for their money back, they won't be able to get it without big losses and dislocations in the bond market.
I have never exactly loved this theory, which to me sounds a bit too close to "if a lot of people want to sell bonds at once then the price of bonds will go down." (True, but not illuminating!) But it is a theory that makes empirical predictions, sort of, a little bit. The prediction is something like "if bond prices go down a lot [or: if bond mutual funds and ETFs see a lot of withdrawals], then mutual funds and ETFs will do a lot of forced selling of bonds, liquidity will dry up, and bonds will trade less and at severely dislocated prices not justified by economic fundamentals." That's not a particularly clean prediction; you have to decide whether a market drop is big enough to trigger the bad things that you're expecting, and if bond prices do go down, you have to figure out if that reflects the sort of vicious cycle that the theory predicts or if it's just that people think credit has gotten worse. Still:
The coronavirus-induced slump in credit markets will now provide a comprehensive test of how bond investors can navigate such storms in post-financial-crisis trading conditions. Last week saw the sharpest sell-off in high-yield credit in nearly a decade, accompanied by record trading volumes, as investors reacted to the potential damage the novel coronavirus will do to the world economy. There has been no indication so far of any self-reinforcing spiral of firesales, despite the billions of dollars that investors have pulled out of corporate bond funds. Instead, data show record trading volumes in US high-yield corporate bonds, credit default swaps and exchange-traded funds as debt markets have adjusted to the uncertain outlook.
The way bonds basically work is that they have a maturity, 10 years or whatever, and they get paid back at maturity, and if the company issuing the bonds wants to pay them back early, or the investors buying the bonds want to get their money back early, they are out of luck. The deal is 10 years (or whatever), and after the bonds are issued neither side gets to change the deal. Usually, at any point in time, one side will be happier with the deal than the other: If interest rates go up, the price of the bonds will go down and investors will wish they had kept their money; if interest rates go down, the price of the bonds will go up and the company will wish it had waited to issue bonds. But that's life. There are exceptions. If certain things go wrong for the company, or if it does certain bad things—misses an interest payment, violates a covenant, defaults on other debt, etc.—the investors can demand their money back right away. The company violated the deal, the deal is over, the investors get their money back, generally at 100 cents on the dollar. Essentially every bond has a feature like this (you call it "acceleration upon default," or sometimes, loosely, an "investor put"); it's the basic way that the deal is enforced. Investors lend the company money for a time, but if it doesn't live up to its obligations they get their money back.
Some, though not all, bonds have another provision, allowing the company to pay them back early at its own option. ("Optional early redemption," or more commonly an "issuer call right.") Sometimes it can do this at 100 cents on the dollar, after a certain amount of time has gone by, but often it has to pay the bonds back at a premium. The bond matures in 10 years at 100 cents on the dollar, but the issuer can call it after 5 years for 120 cents on the dollar, or whatever. There is a small theoretical opportunity for mischief here. A company has bonds outstanding. It doesn't want to have those bonds outstanding: It finds their covenants onerous, or interest rates have gone down and it would rather pay a lower interest rate. It can call the bonds, using the optional early redemption provision, but then it will have to pay 120 cents on the dollar. What if, instead, it tried to get investors to put the bonds at par? It could violate a covenant or miss an interest payment; the investors would all say "ah this bond is bad, but now we have a put right" and demand that the company buy their bonds back at par. The company would happily do it and end up buying back the bonds at 100 rather than 120.
This is not actually an especially practical worry because, in the real world, it is mostly quite bad for companies to have investors accelerate their bonds. It triggers defaults on other debt, it lowers your credit rating, it is generally a bad bankruptcy-esque credit event that imposes very real costs on your ability to stay in business. Companies don't go around casually defaulting on their bonds to dare investors to demand their money back. This is (mostly) not a thing. But sometimes companies do default on their debt—not casually, often because things are bad—and investors demand their money back, and they make an argument something like the above. They say "well wait this company chose to default on its debt instead of calling the bonds at 120, so it's cheating, so instead of just getting our money back at 100 cents on the dollar, we should actually get 120 cents on the dollar." And courts have sometimes agreed with them. Legally, it is a thing. The main case is called Cash America. We've talked about it a few times. It applies when a company "voluntarily" breaches a covenant; courts treat that as being like calling the bonds, and make the companies pay the makewhole.
At the Wall Street Journal today, Cezary Podkul has a beautiful story about bonds backed by student loans. The basic issue is that there were a bunch of securitizations of federally guaranteed student loans, and it became apparent that those loans might not be repaid in full by the maturity date of the bonds. That is bad for investors: They had bought the bonds expecting to be paid off by a certain time, and now there will be a delay. But there's not much they can do about it: The delay is due to a federal program allowing for income-based repayment, in which borrowers can cap their repayments at 15% of their discretionary income and stretch out their repayment period. This is not a negotiated modification of the loan terms that the bondholders could object to; it's just part of the structure of federal student loans, and they have to accept it. Also it's not that bad for them, because the loans are federally guaranteed, meaning that they'll be paid off eventually; the federal government will generally pay any remaining balance after 25 years, or when the borrower dies. It's just that now that might happen after the maturity date of the bonds. For the investors, this is a matter of degree: Getting a government-guaranteed payment a year late is worse than getting it on time, but, in a low-interest-rate environment, it's not that much worse. But for bond ratings agencies , it is a big stark difference: If a bond is paid off by its maturity date, that's good, but if it's not, that's a default. If a bond has a high likelihood of defaulting, then it should not have a high credit rating. Many of these bonds—senior tranches of government-guaranteed student loans—had triple-A ratings. If they were likely to default, they should not have had triple-A ratings:
Bond-ratings firms like Moody's Corp. and Fitch Ratings follow strict rules. They will downgrade a security if they don't think it will pay off by the due date, even when the underlying loans are guaranteed by the federal government. "Even in the event all principal will eventually be received after the maturity date, this still must be treated as a default, technical or otherwise," Sandro Scenga, a spokesman for Fitch, said in a statement. ... In 2015, Moody's put approximately $37 billion worth of bonds originated by the private lenders on review for potential downgrades as it revamped its methodology to account for slower repayments.
There is a trade here. The issuers—student-loan packagers like Navient Corp. and Nelnet Inc.—do not want their bonds downgraded. The investors who own the bonds do not want them downgraded: That might reduce their market value or make it harder for them to hold on to the bonds.[1] And there is an incredibly simple fix: You just extend the maturity date. If the bond matures in 2026, and you aren't sure the underlying loans will be repaid by then, you can just extend the maturity to, say, 2055. (As Navient did for one of its bonds.[2]) You don't have to change anything else about the bond: All the economic terms and payment provisions and everything else can stay exactly the same; the money will still come in to Navient and go out to the investors exactly as it did before the amendment. It's just that if some of that money doesn't come in until 2027, or 2054, then instead of calling that a "default" you would call it "fine." And you thwart Moody's, because if the bonds aren't due until 2055 then it doesn't have to worry about defaults, so it doesn't have to downgrade them. Or, if it already downgraded them, it has to upgrade them again:
Some bonds went on a ratings roller-coaster ride, including a $406 million chunk of triple-A debt that Moody's downgraded to junk on Nov. 1, 2016. Later that month, the maturity date was moved from 2026 to 2055. Within weeks, Moody's upgraded the bond back up to triple-A.
Nice work everyone. It's worth saying that, around the time of the downgrade, those bonds never traded below 96.5 cents on the dollar, according to Bloomberg data. (Remember, they're credit-enhanced tranches of government-guaranteed loans.) In a sense, the maturity extension was "right" and the downgrade was "wrong"; the market said that these bonds weren't junk, and so the investors and issuer got together on a technical fix so that they weren't rated like junk. One way to read this is as a good story of financial engineering. I use "good" in a pretty loose sense; obviously one aspect of the story is that there are lots of people who have such overwhelming student debt that they will be making payments until they die and still not really make a dent in the balance. But that is just sort of a background fact for the story of the bond maturity extension; the loans would be crippling regardless of what happened with the bond maturity. The point here is that there was some minor event with smooth continuous economic consequences—the bond's repayment schedule got a bit longer so it became worth a bit less—but sharp discontinuous consequences under a quasi-regulatory regime: The bond's repayment schedule got a bit longer so its ratings got dramatically worse. And so the financial engineers got together and found a strange-looking way to just get back to the normal, rational result, to have the quasi-regulatory regime reflect the economic reality. (Another way to read this story is as a reminder of something I say from time to time around here, which is that bond investors generally prefer that their bonds have high credit ratings. A lot of people worry that our current system, in which issuers rather than investors pay for bond ratings, gives ratings agencies an incentive to rate bonds too generously: If they give out lots of triple-A ratings, they'll be popular with issuers and will get more business. My point is that they'll be popular with investors too: Investors would generally prefer to buy risky bonds with triple-A ratings rather than risky bonds with single-B ratings, because the triple-A ones will be easier to hold and finance due to various ratings-based regimes. Everyone kind of wants the grade inflation. Here the grade inflation is probably justified, but I'll note that "bond fund manager TCW Group Inc. reached out to Navient to figure out how to avoid downgrades on the securities": The investors were the ones pushing this ratings-based modification, not the issuers.) There's one other wild thing about this story. It is traditionally very hard to extend a bond's maturity date. It is viewed as the sort of fundamental economic term that can't be changed without the permission of the holder. So unlike other bond provisions that can be modified with the consent of a majority or two-thirds or whatever of the bondholders, changing the maturity of these bonds generally requires the consent of 100% of the holders. Getting 100% of the holders of anything to agree on anything is generally considered impossible; even if it is obviously in their best interests, just finding them and getting them to mail back the consent is challenging. But here it (sometimes) worked!
Getting 100% approval from bondholders was tricky since it is hard to know who owns a bond at any given time. Navient reached out to investors at industry conferences and at its own investor day meetings, worked the phones and used a social network to identify owners and ask if they would be willing to extend the final maturities by many years, often decades. … In total, Navient managed to get 100% bondholder approval on 62 securities with about $9.1 billion outstanding, or about 14% of its $65.7 billion book of federally guaranteed student loan bonds. Nelnet won approval for about $2.4 billion, or about 12% of its book, according to data compiled by the companies and Wall Street Journal research.
Currencies (3)
Here are two classic uses for foreign exchange derivatives [6] :
1. Real companies in the real economy make and sell stuff in different countries, have revenues and expenses in different currencies, and want to hedge their currency risk. 2. Hedge funds want to make macro bets on countries by trading those countries' currencies.
If you are a bank FX desk, which clients would you prefer? The advantages of hedge-fund clients include (1) they trade a lot, so you have lots of opportunities to make money and (2) if you cover them well, you might get to leave your job at the bank and take a job at the hedge fund, which probably pays better.
The advantages of corporate clients include:
They don't trade opportunistically. They have foreign revenue each quarter and have to hedge it. They're not buying euro options because they think the euro is going up. This means both that they are a more steady stream of business — they trade every quarter instead of trading a lot when the market is hot and nothing when it's slow — and also that they are not a huge source of adverse selection. If a hedge fund comes to you looking to buy euros, they probably think the euro is going up, and there's a good chance they're right, so you'll probably lose money on the trade. If a corporate client comes to you looking to buy euros, there's a decent chance that's random noise and you'll make money. They're probably nicer? This is not always and everywhere true, but "corporate treasurer" and "hedge fund execution trader" are different jobs that attract different personality types and have different sorts of performance evaluation. If you're selling derivatives to corporate treasurers, you can work to build relationships, taking them out to dinner and sending them research and introducing them to other product specialists at your bank. And then they will trade with you at the prices you propose, and have a friendly chat while doing it. If you're selling derivatives to hedge fund traders they are getting prices from six other banks and will take the cheapest, while yelling at you.
A more abstract advantage of corporate clients is, like, what is the point of all of this? If you sell FX derivatives to corporate clients, you can tell your parents "what I do is reduce risk so that companies call sell their products all over the world." Your work has an effect on the real economy. If you sell FX derivatives to hedge funds, the story is kind of "well there's this casino and I'm the dealer."
In its simplest form, "arbitrage" means buying something at a low price and selling the same thing, simultaneously, at a higher price, somewhere else. Buy a share of stock on the New York Stock Exchange, sell the same share for a penny more on Nasdaq, that's arbitrage.
In a trivial sense a dollar is always worth more in the US than it is in Europe, and a euro is always worth more in Europe than it is in the US, just because you can buy a sandwich with dollars but not euros in the US and vice versa. And your bank or credit card company will do that arbitrage for you — selling you euros for dollars in Europe or vice versa — and make a little money, though that business is efficient and competitive enough that they probably won't make much money.
But when Russia invaded Ukraine, all of a sudden there was a real arbitrage: Suddenly nobody in the US or most of Europe wanted to own rubles, and … I won't say that nobody in Russia wanted to own dollars or euros, exactly, [4] but for patriotic and capital-control reasons there was a lot of demand from Russian exporters to exchange their dollars into rubles. So for a while you could buy a dollar for 59 rubles in Moscow and sell a dollar for 61.5 rubles in New York, which is a pretty good trade. The trade was complicated, though, by the fact that a US or European bank probably wouldn't be welcome to buy dollars in Moscow, for patriotic and capital-control and sanctions reasons, while a Russian bank probably wouldn't be welcome to sell dollars in New York, for similar reasons. So who can do the arbitrage?
The answer is Armenian and Kazakh banks, of course, with an assist from like Goldman Sachs. Bloomberg's Donal Griffin, Nariman Gizitdinov and William Shaw report:
As Western companies and international investors rushed to exit Russia amid the Ukraine invasion and the sweeping sanctions that followed, they were desperate to swap their rubles for dollars. For currency traders at firms including Goldman Sachs, Citigroup and JPMorgan Chase & Co., it was easy money: They found a way to scoop up greenbacks at a low price and then sell them to those fleeing clients for a healthy markup without running afoul of sanctions, people with direct knowledge of the transactions said.
To pull it off, the people said, the Wall Street firms turned to an obscure source with which they had rarely traded dollars before: lenders based in countries deemed "friendly" by Russia and not sanctioned by the US, such as Halyk Savings Bank of Kazakhstan JSC and First Heartland Jusan Bank JSC and Kaspi.kz JSC in Kazakhstan and Ameriabank CJSC in Armenia. Those lenders were able to buy dollars directly from Russian banks around that country's local exchange rate, which at times was far less than what was quoted abroad, the people said.
The transactions helped turn small trading desks into money-minting machines and drove a broader surge in fixed-income trading revenue that was the second-highest in a decade. Goldman Sachs, Citigroup and JPMorgan each made hundreds of millions of dollars from the ruble trade as the war ground on last year, according to the people, who requested anonymity as details are private.
"In war, normally two entities make money," said Jason Kennedy, chief executive officer of financial-services recruitment firm Kennedy Group. "Arms dealers and banks."
And:
Wall Street traders were unwilling or unable to exchange currencies directly with Russian banks as a result of sanctions. But for some banks in countries such as Kazakhstan or Armenia, which have kept close ties to Russia since the collapse of the Soviet Union, there were fewer restrictions. For a fee, they could act as intermediaries, buying cheap dollars in Moscow and shipping them to trading desks in London or New York, the people said. …
Take May 20 last year. A trader in Kazakhstan might have bought $10 million from a bank in Russia around the onshore rate of 59 rubles per dollar, added on a mark-up of 1 ruble per dollar and flipped them on to a Wall Street counterpart for a quick profit of about $169,000. The Wall Street trader may then have sold them on again to an international client nearer an offshore rate of 61.5 rubles per dollar, perhaps reaping close to $250,000.
The service the banks were providing here is not quite sanctions evasion, but it is something related. If you want to dump your rubles for dollars, the ultimate buyer of those rubles is probably going to be a Russian bank, and for US companies dealing with a Russian bank is going to be at least a little awkward if not actually sanctioned. But dealing with a Wall Street bank who deals with an Armenian bank who deals with a Russian bank insulates you from most of the awkwardness.
To be clear, this is good! When Russia invaded Ukraine, there was a broad push (driven by sanctions but also public pressure) for US and European companies to get out of Russia. But this means getting rid of Russian assets — factories, bonds, rubles, etc. If US and European companies are broadly getting out of Russia, that means that they will mostly need to get rid of their Russian assets by selling them to Russians. But there was also a broad push for US and European companies not to deal with Russians. Those two demands — get out of Russia, don't deal with Russia — were sort of incommensurable, but the financial system found a way to make it work.
One way to interpret this situation is that there is a thing called "the international financial system," and being in it is good, and being kicked out of it is bad. The international financial system is enormously powerful, it allocates capital, and if you get kicked out then you can't do various sorts of commerce anymore.
Another way to interpret this situation is that there is some amount of fluidity in what constitutes the international financial system. There is sort of a main network of that system: The U.S. dollar, and the payment rails and messaging systems and correspondent banks and central banks that work with the dollar, and the currencies and systems of the main U.S. allies, are basically what you need to use to participate in the international financial system even if you are not particularly a U.S. ally.
But every time the U.S. and its allies kick a country off this system, it goes and finds other systems and rails and currencies to use to trade. And other countries, countries that have not been kicked off the main network but who are not necessarily aligned with the U.S. in every way, think that the main network looks a bit less attractive: For one thing, a big potential trading partner has been kicked off of it and is now trading on some other system. For another thing, the main system is visibly a tool of political power, and if you are not aligned with the U.S. you might worry about one day being kicked off the system yourself. So you get more interested in trying out alternative systems now, before you need them. And so kicking Russia out of the dollar-based international financial system makes it more likely that that system will be replaced, over time, by something else. The main alternatives people talk about these days seem to be (1) the Chinese yuan, the currency of the other giant economic power that is not particularly aligned with the U.S. (and that is looking to project a competing financial system) and (2) crypto, which has a very self-conscious ethos of not being under the control of any government.
In this theory, it is not simply good to be in the international system and bad to be kicked out of it. There is a recoil, each time someone is kicked out of the system; the system is weakened each time it exercises its power.
Derivatives (62)
A Los Angeles ice cream shop reportedly clears up to $1,500 a month by betting on cold snaps on Kalshi, hedging the roughly 20% of business it loses when temperatures fall below 70 degrees. Kalshi wants to be seen as a platform for Main Street businesses to hedge real-world risk, and weather hedging is the cleanest example. The logic generalizes far beyond ice cream: property insurers hedge hurricane exposure by selling catastrophe bonds, and farmers buy crop insurance that is often structured as a bet on rainfall. US crop insurance is frequently parametric, it pays out when measured precipitation falls below a threshold even if the farmland suffers no actual loss in productivity, as opposed to loss-based insurance that pays on realized damage. Parametric structures are cheaper to administer but create a manipulation temptation tied to the index rather than the loss: farmers have been convicted of covering or dumping federal rain gauges to fake a drought, and Polymarket traders warmed up a Paris weather sensor to make temperature bets pay off. Weather hedging, and cheating at it by tampering with the sensor, is much older than prediction markets.
Two weeks ago, I would have said that there are two main theses about the US stock market: * "Artificial intelligence will eat everything." Every company in every industry will bereplaced by AI, and trillions of dollars of revenue that previously went to software companies or financial services companies or whatever...
We have talked recently about prediction markets like Kalshi and Polymarket offering contracts on things like Labubus and sneakers and single-family home prices. At one level, this makes a lot of sense: Stock markets are for tradingsecurities, and commodities markets are for trading commodities, and there is a vast array of...
At some level of abstraction, the way a big hedge fund works is that it hires some researchers, it asks them to find ways to predict stock prices, and then it trades stocks based on their predictions. If they work, the hedge fund makes money, and the researchers get a cut of...
I used to be a corporate derivatives structurer at an investment bank, which means that I learned a little bit about options math and dynamic hedging and accounting, and a lot about storytelling. The business of derivatives sales, like any sales business, is about telling an emotionally resonant story showing how your...
Last October, Elliott Management, the hedge fund, launched a podcast about Southwest Airlines Co. At the time, Elliott was running a proxy fight at Southwest, pushing for changes in management and strategy, and these days I guess investors want to get their information via podcasts on their way to work. So Elliott...
Ahahahaha: Hedge fund manager Robert Gibbins, who returned clients' capital in 2022 following years of losses, is looking to raise external money again after his revamped strategy produced double-digit gains for his macro hedge fund. The founder of Autonomy Capital Research is wooing potential investors to back what he calls a...
A couple of weeks ago I wrote a column with the title "You Need Regulators to Deregulate." The idea was: * Before President Donald Trump took office, there were various federal rules, statutes and regulations. (I mentioned in particular the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, a longstanding statute banning bribery, and also...
equity firms, hedge funds and private credit shops more than doubled in the past five years, according to data analyzed by Bloomberg. That 16% annualized rate far surpassed their lending to categories including agriculture, credit cards, commercial and industrial companies as well as foreign governments, the data show. The phenomenon underscores the...
The Overstock item returns to a classic Levine favorite: weird dividends can have market consequences far beyond distributing value. If a security is hard to borrow, settle or replicate, a dividend can squeeze shorts and test exchange rules.
The Arbaggedon item is a good hedge-fund mechanics entry. Merger arbitrage is not only about judging deal probability; it is also about who owns the same trade, how they finance it and what happens when spreads move against them. Liquidity can dominate legal analysis.
The dividend-adjustment discussion is a reminder that derivatives depend on contract plumbing. A dividend, split or special distribution forces adjustment choices. Those choices can shift value between counterparties even when the economic event looks routine.
Levine uses Jefferies to show that compensation is often structured finance for labor. Vesting, forfeiture and retention terms allocate risk between employee and firm. A banker's pay package can have option-like economics.
Levine explains why a share purchase agreement for future delivery can be economically close to owning stock while legally and procedurally different. UniCredit's Commerzbank position shows the recurring theme: derivatives are tools for moving quietly through ownership, disclosure and regulatory thresholds.
Levine contrasts mass-market products like index funds with high-end products that promise tax, return or structuring advantages. Tax shelters often rely on complexity, bespoke advice and a buyer with enough income to value the deduction. The line between clever planning and abusive shelter can turn on details that only specialists understand.
Levine explains two ways to become a large shareholder: buy shares directly or build exposure through derivatives such as swaps. Derivatives can separate economic exposure, voting rights, disclosure timing and financing. That makes them useful for strategic stake-building, but also central to recurring debates about transparency and control.
Credit default swaps reference corporate debt, but the amount of CDS outstanding can dwarf the deliverable bonds. Levine points to situations where a small stub of old bonds becomes strategically important because it can trigger or settle CDS contracts. The bond is economically tiny for the issuer but large for derivatives traders.
Levine describes market making as a business of finding customers whose trades are profitable to intermediate. Single-stock zero-day options package leverage, immediacy and entertainment into a product that attracts retail flow. The market maker's problem is not just hedging volatility; it is fostering a venue where enough counterparties want exciting short-dated bets.
When a large company buys a smaller company with promising but unproven technology, the parties may disagree sharply on value. An earnout bridges the gap by making part of the price contingent on future milestones. Economically, it is a derivative embedded in an acquisition agreement, allocating upside to the seller only if the promised future arrives.
Companies doing mergers may want to hedge interest-rate or currency exposure only if the deal closes. Banks sell those deal-contingent hedges, but the risk is unusual: the hedge exists only in the merger-closing state. Hedge funds can step in as buyers of that risk, giving banks a way to recycle exposure that is hard to fit into ordinary trading books.
Levine's astrology aside is mostly a joke, but it belongs in the quant-finance file. Large funds can test huge numbers of possible signals. Most are nonsense, some are data-mined, and a few may correlate with flows or behavior for reasons that are not obvious. The modern market does not require a theory first; it often starts with whether the backtest survives.
Levine uses capital solutions to emphasize the menu of claims on a company. Equity gets upside, debt gets priority, and bespoke instruments can allocate collateral, conversion rights, rescue financing, or control in more precise ways. The modern private-credit and hedge-fund toolkit is partly about inventing the slice of the capital structure that solves a company's problem while preserving investor optionality.
Levine frames VIX futures options as packaging. A complex derivatives exposure may begin as a trade for hedge funds and banks, but financial engineering searches for ways to put the same payoff into listed options, funds, or exchange-traded products. The interesting move is not just inventing a payoff, but making it tradable by a broader audience.
Levine gives the standard mechanism for abrupt market selloffs. A trade becomes popular, investors lever it up, and the price rises steadily enough to attract still more leverage. When the trade breaks, margin calls force sales of the original asset. If the losses are large enough, investors also sell unrelated assets to raise cash, and because many leveraged investors own similar portfolios, the shock spreads. In banks this can contract credit and become macroeconomically serious; in hedge-fund or carry-trade form it is more often a market-structure episode of forced deleveraging.
Here is a simple, bad financial product:
1. You give me $100. 2. In a year, I give you back the return on the S&P 500 stock index, but (1) if the index is down , you don't lose any money and just get your $100 back, and (2) if the index is up more than 5%, you only get the first 5% of returns. If the S&P goes up 3%, you get $103 back. If it goes up 5%, you get $105. If it goes up 37%, you get $105. If it goes down 5%, you get $100. If it goes down 37%, you get $100.
You have bought 100% downside protection by giving away the upside above 105%.
How do I manufacture this product? That is, how do I make sure that I have enough money in every scenario to pay you back? Well, I could probably do some stuff with options. But the simplest and most obvious approach is:
1. I use your $100 to buy a one-year Treasury bill, which pays roughly 5.1% interest. 2. In a year I have $105.10. 3. At that point, I look at the return on the S&P. If it's 5% or more, I give you $105 and keep the remaining $0.10. If it's zero or negative, I give you $100 and keep the remaining $5.10. In between, I give you $100 plus the S&P's return and keep the rest.
This is, like I said, a very bad product. You should not buy it; you should just buy the Treasury bill yourself instead. But the point I want to make is that three years ago I could not have offered you even this product. Back then, the one-year Treasury rate was something like 0.08%. If I had wanted to offer you a product that was "the S&P return, but you can't lose money and your upside is capped," the cap on your upside would have been, you know, 0.08%, which is even less exciting than 5%.
The point is that for a long time interest rates were very low, which means that if you wanted to make a return on your money you needed to take stock-like risks: You could buy the S&P 500, make money if it went up, and lose money if it went down. But now interest rates are considerably higher, which means that if you want to make a (nominal) return on your money you can do that without taking any risk at all. [1]
One thing this means is that you can just buy bonds, but that's boring. Another, much more fun thing that it means is that financial product designers have a lot more to work with. My product above is absurd, but you could use options to build more plausible products, and if you do that, the fact that the risk-free rate is 5% makes your product much more attractive than it would have been at 0%. So the Wall Street Journal reports:
Even as signs of cooling inflation have powered major indexes to new highs, investors have poured billions into exchange-traded funds that use derivatives to produce extra dividend income or protect against losses.
Such funds, which were almost nonexistent four years ago, give retirees and other investors the chance to chase stock returns while also protecting against a potential market slide. The funds have taken in at least $31 billion of new investor money over the past 12 months, according to FactSet, bringing their total assets to almost $120 billion. ...
Buffer funds, another popular strategy that uses derivatives, claim to guard against investor losses, up to a point, while limiting potential gains as well. A similar class of funds even advertises 100% downside protection, when certain conditions are met.
"We like to call this kind of stuff 'boomer candy,' " said Eric Balchunas, senior ETF analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence. "They like being in the stock market but want the protection that helps you sleep at night. A good chunk of the ETF industry is in the lab trying to design more of these funds as we speak."
We talked about the 100% downside protection funds last summer. Schematically, the way to get 100% downside protection is to (1) take $100, (2) invest $95 in Treasury bills that will pay off $100 in a year, and (3) spend the remaining $5 buying options on the S&P 500 that will pay off if the index goes up. [2] This gives you some of the return of the S&P 500, but with a guaranteed return of your principal. But when rates were zero, that sentence would have read "(1) take $100, (2) invest $100 in Treasury bills that will pay off $100 in a year, and (3) that's it, you're out of money, there's no way to get anything like equity returns with no downside risk." Now there is.
Regional banks around the U.S. are striking complex and costly bargains with hedge funds, hoping to insulate themselves from a replay of the turmoil that followed Silicon Valley Bank's failure last year. Wall Street smells a payday.
Ohio-based Huntington Bancshares recently entered into an arrangement to sell investors some of the risk that its borrowers won't repay their loans. That helps the bank meet new proposed standards meant to make lenders look healthy to regulators.
The deal is known on Wall Street as a synthetic risk transfer, and it offers cash-flush, private-debt fund managers—such as Ares Management and Blackstone—an attractive investment. Bayview Asset Management, the fund involved in Huntington's December deal, stands to make as much as 15% on the trade and a similar one done for SoFi Bank, people familiar with the matter said.
In the olden days, local banks had relationships with customers, evaluated their credit risk, made loans to them, and then bore the risk that those loans would go bad. Obviously the local bank was the best bearer of that credit risk: It knew the customers better than any outsider could.
In modern markets, it seems a bit too risky for regional banks to take on lots of credit risk of customer loans. What if the customers default? The regional banks have flighty deposits, and if their loans lose value their deposits might flee. And what makes anyone confident that some regional bank is good at evaluating credit risk? Sell that credit risk to some specialist credit fund.
A few points here. One is that this is a product. When JPMorgan does a synthetic risk transfer with Blackstone, that is in some sense a trade ; both sides of that trade are sophisticated analysts of credit and bank capital requirements and the SRT market. But when a regional bank does an SRT with a hedge fund, the hedge fund is an SRT specialist and the regional bank probably isn't. That's a product pitched to the bank by the hedge fund, or by a bigger bank:
Banks such as JPMorgan Chase and Morgan Stanley issued a flurry of synthetic risk transfers for themselves last fall. Now they are arranging deals for regional lenders—for a fee—and hope to start trading the instruments if the market gets big enough. …
Others are laying the groundwork for when smaller banks could issue risk transfers. The private-credit fund Crayhill Capital Management has retained as an adviser Tom Killian, an investment banker who helped pioneer the market for bonds backed by community banks' preferred securities in the 2000s. Killian has held informal talks with banks and regulators about risk transfers, aiming to eventually help small banks access the market, according to a person close to the fund manager.
The other is that of course these trades involve leverage:
Florida-based Bayview has come up with a twist on the complicated deals: borrowing money in bond markets to enhance its returns. … Bayview offered to sell Huntington credit-default swaps, a type of insurance, to reduce capital charges on a pool of about $3 billion in car loans. The bank agreed to pay a 7.5% annual premium, and Bayview committed to compensating the bank for seven years for any defaulted car loans up to $375 million, or 12.5% of the loan pool.
To back up that commitment, Bayview issued about $315 million of bonds at a blended interest rate of about 6.75%.
I have occasionally, as a writer about finance and a former equity derivatives banker, made fun of structured notes. A structured note is essentially a package sold by a bank to private wealth customers consisting of:
1. Some option or set of options on one or more stocks, indexes, commodities or what have you; 2. An unsecured bond of the bank; and 3. A big fee for the bank.
"If you want those options," I used to think, "you should just buy the options directly; you don't want the bank's unsecured credit risk and you certainly don't want to pay the fee." But over time I have been talked out of that purist position. In fact, it is not always easy to buy the particular options in the quantity that you want, and your trading costs might be higher than the bank's. But also, what the bank is doing in building the structured note is finding an appealing collection of options, one with a good clear story, so that instead of going out and piecing together a complicated portfolio of options you just get a thing that is like "the return on the S&P 500 Index over the next year, but it can't go down." You are paying the fee for simplicity, for a way to very directly implement some intuitive thesis rather than mucking about in the guts of derivatives markets.
This is true more broadly: Banks market all sorts of expensive, crude, one-size-fits-all versions of complex bespoke trades that you could do yourself. If you are an expert in the business of doing them yourself, you should. But if you are even slightly a tourist in the area — even if you are an expert in doing other complex bespoke trades yourself, but you want to do a quick trade in a new asset class — you might reasonably shrug and buy the crude thing that the bank is selling. The thing that the bank is really selling is convenience.
Bloomberg's Justina Lee reports:
Once hostile to the copycat products being churned out by big banks, hedge funds are becoming a major driver of the boom in what are known as quantitative investment strategies, or QIS.>
These tools take popular systematic trades and typically turn them into swaps or structured notes, creating a quick and cheap way to gain exposure. They've long drawn fire from asset managers for being pale imitations of the sophisticated strategies they replicate, which were often developed in academia and pioneered over decades by the likes of AQR Capital Management and Dimensional Fund Advisors.>
Yet money managers are increasingly giving in to the sheer convenience of QIS. ...>
Uses vary, but in a typical case a fixed-income team at a multi-strategy hedge fund might trade stock options with QIS. Or a firm that's never done commodities might utilize them to quickly add some exposure to raw materials.>
"To multi-pod type of hedge funds, QIS is a cheap way for them to get access to an asset class" where a team doesn't have trading capabilities, said Arnaud Jobert, the co-head of global strategic indices at JPMorgan Chase & Co., which runs a notional $85 billion in the business.
You're paying some fees to the bank, but those fees might be lower than the cost of hiring a trader to do it yourself.
At the Wall Street Journal, James Mackintosh has a fun column about the fact that a lot of US homeowners [3] are sitting on big mark-to-market gains on their home mortgages. If you borrowed $500,000 to buy a house at 3% interest for 30 years, and then mortgage rates went up to 8%, that mortgage is now arguably worth just $287,000. [4] Your debt went from $500,000 to $287,000, so your net worth increased by $223,000. Mackintosh writes:
Apply the logic used in the market, and there's been a transfer of well over $1 trillion in wealth from banks and bondholders to borrowers as rates have soared—a gain in wealth widely ignored by the beneficiaries. ...
In a world without financial frictions, the average borrower would see that they were tens of thousands of dollars richer as a result. Those who secured a sub-3% rate for the full 30 years on an average-size mortgage are more than $100,000 better off.
The problem: In the real world, the wealth gain doesn't show up anywhere. That's already changed the behavior of homeowners, who cling to homes they would otherwise sell in order to keep the mortgage. It also means it makes sense to keep both debt and savings for financial—not just tax—reasons, because the savings earn more than you pay on the mortgage.
As a former financial engineer I find this situation a bit offensive: There's $1 trillion of newly created (well, transferred) value, and nobody can do anything about it? Why isn't someone building a product? We talked a while back about assumable mortgages, which are one way to unlock this value, but which are not broadly available. But really the tempting product is:
1. You have a $500,000 mortgage that is now worth $287,000. 2. You go to your bank and say "I'll give you $300,000 for it." 3. The bank is like "fine okay that works."
The bank is better off: It gets $300,000 for an asset worth $287,000. Are you better off? Well, you have paid $300,000 to extinguish a $500,000 debt, so you've saved a lot of money over the life of the loan, [5] though on an after-tax time-value-of-money basis it's not clear that you're better off. (You could have put the $300,000 in a savings account earning 4.5%, etc.)
The main benefit, for you, is if you want to move: Normally, if you want to move, you have to pay off the mortgage on your old house by paying the full $500,000, and then, unless you can pay cash, you have to get a new mortgage on your new house, and that mortgage will cost 8% or whatever. That's why homeowners "cling to homes they would otherwise sell in order to keep the mortgage": Moving would require paying off the old 3% mortgage and taking out a new 8% one. That would be a lot more palatable if you could pay off the old 3% mortgage at a huge discount reflecting its market value — if, effectively, you could pay it off at an 8% yield.
Obviously this product does not exist much, for several extremely good reasons:
1. Your bank probably doesn't actually own your mortgage: It probably sliced it into mortgage-backed securities and sold them to investors, so there's no one who owns your whole mortgage and can negotiate with you, even if it were in their best interests to do so. 2. Even if your bank does own your mortgage, there's a decent chance that it accounts for it on a held-to-maturity basis, meaning that, while the bank knows the mortgage is only worth $287,000, it reflects it on its balance sheet at $500,000. (Here is a Business Insider story about how "US banks are sitting on an estimated $650 billion in unrealized losses on their bond holdings.") Selling it to you for $300,000 would be an economic profit for the bank, but an accounting loss. And the bank cares a lot about accounting: It's really important, for the bank, to be solvent on an accounting basis, and it will turn down economically profitable trades to stay that way. 3. It would be bad for the banking/mortgage system if this were a thing. The way US mortgages mostly work is that you borrow at a fixed rate for 30 years, but you can prepay at any time, and most people do, because they move: Unless you actually stay in a house for 30 years, you will end up paying off your mortgage early. So in this example, your bank knows that you will probably move eventually, so they'll get their $500,000 back before the 30 years are up, so taking just $300,000 now is a bad trade. "I'll pay you $300,000 now for this mortgage so I can move," you say to the bank, "and if you say no then I will just stay here and pay my mortgage for 30 years and you'll be worse off," but the bank knows you are bluffing. So they say no, and you move anyway in two years, and they get their $500,000 back.
Disclosure! I used to sell customized derivatives at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. There are roughly four steps in pricing a complex derivative to show to a client:
1. You need a pricing model for that type of derivative. This will be built by quants and will live in the bank's systems (or on Bloomberg), ready to be applied to particular cases; you pick the model and then fill in the terms of the trade. 2. You need to get market data (prices, volatilities, interest rates, etc.) to input into the model. This data will be ingested and will also live on the bank's systems (or on Bloomberg), ready to be used by the model. 3. You might need to adjust the market data, somewhat subjectively, to account for the size and risk and liquidity and terms of your particular trade. If your market data feed says that the implied volatility of a six-month 100-share call option is 35%, but you are selling a five-year option on 10 million shares, you might not want to use 35%. 4. Then the model will give you a price, and you will look at it and ask yourself "how much more can I charge the client for this trade?" If the trade is fairly standard and the client is an aggressive hedge fund with its own model who is bidding out the trade to six banks and will call your boss to scream at her if your price is wide, you will quote pretty much what the model says is fair value. If the trade is unique and the client is an assistant treasurer at a sleepy corporate client who is grateful to you for taking him out to an occasional steak dinner, you will add like 2% edge to the model price. This is the most important part of the job.
Oh, I kid, probably programming the model (Step 1) is the most important part; if you get that wrong then you have huge systemic problems. But the quants do that. At the level of derivatives sales, nudging the price up to what the client is willing to pay is what earns you your bonus.
Anyway Steps 1 and 2 are fairly deterministic; there are broadly accepted ways to price derivatives and to obtain and clean market data. Step 3 requires a certain intuitive feel for markets, and for risk, and for the firm's positions and risk appetite. That feel typically comes from thoughtful experience in the markets, but could it also come from, like, a regression? Sure? This pattern recognition seems like the sort of thing an artificial intelligence could get good at.
Step 4 requires a certain intuitive feel for the client. Again, typically from experience with clients, but could a robot figure out "show tight prices to big hedge funds and wide prices to sleepy corporate treasurers"? Sure? Could the robot take the assistant treasurers out to the steak dinners? You probably still need salespeople for something.
Credit default swaps have two related functions:
1. You can trade CDS to bet on the creditworthiness of some company (or country, or type of structured credit, etc.). When the company reports good earnings or otherwise seems to be more creditworthy, its CDS price will go down, and people who sold CDS will have a mark-to-market gain. When the company reports bad earnings or otherwise seems to be falling apart, its CDS price will go up, and people who bought CDS will have a mark-to-market gain. 2. CDS works as insurance against default. If the company (country, pool of loans, etc.) defaults on its debt, then CDS is "triggered," the people who sold CDS have to pay some money to the people who bought CDS, and there is some fairly complex auction process to determine how much.
Thing 1 sort of works by backward induction from Thing 2: As the creditworthiness of the issuer goes down, it becomes more likely that the CDS will trigger, which makes it more likely that CDS sellers will have to pay CDS buyers, and in broad strokes the auction process in Thing 2 means that the sellers pay buyers more the worse things end up being for the issuer.
But that is approximate, and these things are not that tightly coupled. The actual payout mechanism, upon a default, is not simply "the CDS pays more the worse the default is." In fact there might be an auction with different deliverable securities, and there can be a certain amount of gamesmanship in the auction, and there are various ways to affect the result to make the payout higher or lower than you might intuitively expect. We talk from time to time around here about companies or investors buying or creating or hoarding or releasing securities in order to get the price of the auction closer to what they want. The outcomes can get weird. A company that collapses in a pile of rubble could have CDS that pays off zero cents on the dollar; a company that is basically fine could do a technical default and have CDS that pays off 100 cents on the dollar.
Broadly speaking, CDS is a generic bet on the issuer's creditworthiness as long as it isn't too close to default , but it is a hyperspecific bet on auction mechanics and deliverable securities and intra-creditor game theory when the issuer is in default. And there is a transition zone where, as the issuer's credit gets worse, people who were reading the issuer's financial statements to bet on its business have to switch over to start reading its bond documents to bet on the mechanics.
And so if you buy CDS on some issuer as a bet against its economic fundamentals, and those fundamentals deteriorate, then the price of CDS will go up and you will have a big paper gain on your bet, because you are still in the zone where the CDS acts as a bet on fundamentals. Perhaps you should sell your CDS and take your profits! Or you can hold on, but as the fundamentals get even worse, they will also get less important, and the dark arts of CDS auction mechanics will become more important.
Let's say you own a bunch of stocks, say $1 million worth of the stocks in the S&P 500 Index. You think they will go up (that's why you own them), but you worry that they might go down. You can buy insurance against that risk: You can pay someone a fee now, and she will guarantee you that, in a year, your S&P 500 stocks will be worth at least $1 million. If they're not, she'll pay you the difference. (If they're worth more than $1 million, you keep the gains, but she keeps the fee.) This is a put option.
The fee for that insurance is about $50,000: You pay about 5% of the value of your portfolio to insure it against a drop for one year. That's kind of a lot? If the S&P goes down by 20%, you'll be happy you bought insurance, but if it goes down by 4% you won't be: You'd have been better off taking that loss and not paying 5% upfront. If the S&P goes up by 20%, you won't mind your insurance that much — you still made 15%, net of insurance costs — but if it goes up by 5% you'll be bummed; the cost of insurance wiped out all of your gains.
You might want cheaper insurance. One way to get cheaper insurance is to insure against only particular risks. One relatively simple way to do that would be to buy insurance only on particular days. If the Federal Reserve has a monetary policy announcement scheduled one Wednesday afternoon, and you worry that the Fed might raise rates and that this will be bad for your stocks, you could buy insurance on your stocks for that day: If your stocks go down that day, you get paid the difference, but if they don't, your insurance premium is wasted. That insurance is relatively cheap: Buying a day of protection costs a lot less than buying a year of protection. I mean, it costs a lot more per day — a one-day put costs more than 1/365th as much as a one-year put — but if you pick the right days maybe you save money.
Bloomberg's Lu Wang reports:
Investors are wagering on the daily gyrations of American equity benchmarks by dashing in and out of trading contracts that expire within 24 hours — known by the "0DTE" moniker — with less upfront capital than meets the eye. The hidden fuel for the frenzy: Quirks in the ecosystem of the derivatives marketplace that makes these zero-days-to-expiry options look cheap.>
The best way to observe the phenomenon is in the difference between how much investors are actually spending on 0DTE and the notional value of those options — that is, how much exposure they are getting to the underlying asset via the contracts.>
On the latter, the notional trading volume of 0DTE for the S&P 500 currently averages a beefy $516 billion a day, according to data compiled by Cboe Global Markets. Yet the actual amount of money paid out for them, or the premium, is only $520 million.>
Put another way, traders are getting $1,000 of stock exposure for every dollar they spend on 0DTE. They would need to spend 10 times that to get the same equity position using derivatives with a longer lifespan, a Bloomberg analysis on Cboe's data shows.>
"They are the fantasy football of option trading," said Dennis Davitt, co-manager of the MDP Low Volatility Fund. "You spend a dollar and you see if it goes your way. Then you're done at the end of the day."
Getting exposure to $1,000 worth of stocks forever costs about $1,000. Getting exposure to $1,000 worth of stocks for one day costs about $1. What is the economic case for getting exposure to $1,000 worth of stocks for one day? Why would you want that? Oh, mostly gambling, but also very targeted hedging:
On March 22, for example, when the Federal Reserve was about to announce its monetary policy in the afternoon, the S&P 500 opened at about 4,002. At that time, an at-the-money put — a protective contract where the strike price is essentially the same as where the index is actually trading — cost about $26 for an expiry in the same session. A similar contract maturing two days later could be bought for roughly $37 — or 42% more than the 0DTE.>
"There are very meticulous use cases for 0DTE options that did not exist previously," said Jonathan Zaionz, senior derivatives analyst at Cboe. "Since people are taking shorter term views and/or hedging with 0DTE, they don't need to pay as much in time premium compared to longer term strategies."
I want to read a story about a long-term buy-and-hold passive index investor who (1) buys a bunch of the S&P 500, (2) never sells it and (3) has reeeeeeally good timing doing occasional hedges with 0DTE options. I am not sure that that's much of what is going on here, and I'm not sure that that would exactly count as "long-term buy-and-hold passive index investing," but it would be cool.
Also, last week Wang and Isabelle Lee reported:
Defiance ETFs is launching a fund on Thursday that sells ultra short-dated options on the Nasdaq 100 as part of its strategy. The product will be the first in the market to utilize so-called zero-day-to-expiration contracts, or 0DTE, as part of its design.>
The fund will write puts — bearish contracts that offer the buyer protection from index declines — to generate income. By offering options with such a short lifespan, the Defiance Nasdaq 100 Enhanced Options Income ETF (ticker QQQY) will be able to sell contracts more frequently, according to the issuer.
Here is the prospectus. Basically the ETF sells at-the-money or slightly out-of-the-money puts each day; if the S&P goes up it pockets the premium, and even if it's down or flat it collects the (small) time value of the options. The natural way to think about this ETF is "a lot of people are really excited about buying 0DTE options, so they are probably overpaying, and probably a lot of them are doing it for dumb gambling reasons, so we should be on the other side of that."
The downside is of course that if everyone is buying lottery tickets, they might be dumb, and being on the other side might be a positive-expected-value trade, but selling lottery tickets is risky:
"QQQY is attempting to timely scratch two itches, potential income from an asset that doesn't typically generate income and exposure to the sudden popularity of trading ODTE options," said Lois Gregson, senior ETF analyst at FactSet Research Systems. ...>
"The strategy is similar to picking up dimes in front of a bulldozer. The income potential is there, but there are times you could also get run over," Gregson said.
For many years, the standard benchmark interest rate was Libor, the London interbank offered rate, and fixed-to-floating preferreds normally reset to Libor plus some fixed spread. "Libor plus 4.0%," the contract might say, and then if three-month Libor was 3.0% on some quarterly reset date, the dividend rate for that quarter would be 7.0% per year ($0.4375 for the quarter). (Technically this is a "dividend rate," but it is natural and common to call it an "interest rate" instead, since the preferred is a fixed-income instrument.)
A puzzle in issuing a stock like this is how to define Libor. Libor was a rate determined by calling around a bunch of banks each day and asking them how much they'd charge to lend money, unsecured, for various terms and various currencies, to other big banks. The administrator — for a long time it was the British Bankers' Association — would do the poll and then publish a trimmed average of the answers as Libor.
Traditionally in these contracts Libor would be defined something like this [1] :
1. There is some Bloomberg or Reuters page that shows the BBA's published Libor rates, and "three-month Libor" is defined as the interest rate (for US dollars and three-month maturity) displayed on that page, "or such other page as may replace" that page. 2. If Bloomberg or Reuters no longer displays a Libor page, then Libor is generally defined as the result that you get by calling "four nationally-recognized banks in the London interbank market" and asking them for "their offered quotation for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months … to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time)," and then averaging their quotes. That is, basically, if the Libor poll is no longer reported on a financial information service, the bank will re-create a small version of the poll itself. 3. If you can't get any banks to quote a Libor-like rate, then "the dividend shall be calculated at the dividend rate in effect for the immediately preceding dividend period": If there's no Libor this quarter, you just use last quarter's Libor.
Well, there's no Libor anymore. There was a big scandal a decade ago — it turns out that when you ask banks what interest rate they pay, sometimes they lie — and regulators slowly got rid of it. Now there are other floating benchmark interest rates that are based more on market data; in the US the main one is SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, based on Treasury repo transactions. SOFR is a bit different from Libor — it's overnight, whereas Libor was for longer terms, and it's secured (by Treasuries), whereas Libor was unsecured — but it is like Libor in being the successor standard US dollar floating interest rate.
And there are all these contracts — floating-rate loans, bonds, preferred stocks, all sorts of things — that reference Libor. Some of these contracts were renegotiated as Libor went away: I owed you money at Libor plus 4%, Libor was going away, so we sat down to negotiate a new floating rate. But many contracts were hard to renegotiate: A preferred stock, for instance, is owned by lots of anonymous investors who can't easily be contacted to agree to a new rate.
So, in the US, Congress and the Federal Reserve got involved. The very very simple fix would be to just declare, by law, "all references to Libor now mean SOFR," but that would be economically wrong: Libor, being longer-term and riskier than SOFR, is higher than SOFR, so just replacing Libor with SOFR would lower everyone's interest rates. The more reasonable but almost as simple fix would be to just declare, by law, "all references to Libor now mean SOFR plus an adjustment" to reflect the fact that three-month Libor was a three-month unsecured rate and SOFR is an overnight secured rate.
And Congress kind of did that? Last year it passed the Libor Act, which says roughly that:
If there is a contract that uses Libor, then Libor, in that contract, will be replaced by a "benchmark replacement" chosen by the Federal Reserve; except If the contract has a "fallback provision" — if it says something like "if there's no Libor, we'll use this other interest-rate benchmark" — then the contract will just use that fallback provision instead of the Fed's benchmark.
And then the Fed published regulations implementing that. And now "three-month Libor" means "three-month CME Term SOFR plus 0.26161%."
In 2008 there was a huge crisis of confidence in global banks, and one way that that manifested is that the interest rates that banks paid to borrow money went way up. Lending money to banks suddenly became a lot riskier, and so people charged more to do it; also it became more differentiated , and people charged more to lend to risky-looking banks than they did to lend to safe-looking banks. The interest rates that big banks paid to borrow were collected and reported, at the time, by the British Bankers' Association, which used a trimmed average of these rates as Libor, the London interbank offered rate, the benchmark interest rate underpinning trillions of dollars of floating-rate loans and interest-rate derivatives. This number was closely watched, both because it was hugely economically important to all those loans and derivatives and also because it was a good index of trust in the banks: The spread between Libor (the bank borrowing rate) and the Treasury bill rate (the risk-free rate) was a simple way to measure bank credit risk. In 2008, that spread went way up, because banks looked a lot riskier.
But Libor was based on banks' self-reporting: The BBA would call up a bank and say "what would you pay to borrow today," and the bank would say "4%" or whatever, and the BBA would write that down without really checking very much. And so banks rather famously made up the numbers: When the real number was 4%, they might say 3.99%, or 4.01%.
The main reason that they made up the numbers was to make more money on derivatives trades: If an interest-rate-derivatives trader at a bank had a big swap that was resetting one day, and if he would make more money on that swap if Libor was higher, he would call his bank's Libor submitter and say "hey buddy nudge that Libor a little higher," and the submitter would report 4.01% instead of 4%. This was a good trade for a while, and several people at several banks did it, and eventually they got in trouble and the banks paid big fines and some of the traders went to prison.
But the other reason that banks made up the numbers is that, in 2008 , when confidence in banks was faltering, you did not want to report a high number. If every other bank was borrowing at 4% (or said they were) and you reported 4.5%, everyone would know that you were the next bank to fail , that you were losing access to funding and were heading into crisis. So you just said 4%. And if your derivatives trader called up and said "hey I have a swap fixing today and could use a higher fixing" you would say "not now buddy, we got a banking crisis here!"
The first reason to manipulate Libor — derivatives manipulation — was very much a bottom-up approach: Traders did it because they wanted to make more money and get bigger bonuses; it was a little trick passed down by word of mouth on trading desks. The second reason to manipulate Libor — shoring up confidence in your bank, or in the banks generally — was, uh, well it was allegedly more top-down. Banks were not doing this to make an extra buck on their derivatives trades; they were doing it to survive. There have long been claims that this sort of Libor manipulation was encouraged by banks' senior leaders, or even by their governments.
The simple way to think about a credit default swap is that it is insurance on a bond. If you own $1 million of the bonds of some company or government, you can buy $1 million of CDS to protect yourself; you pay some periodic insurance premium for this protection. If the issuer defaults on its debt, you get made whole; you get your $1 million back.
When an issuer defaults on its debt, usually the debt is worth something: A company will go bankrupt and pay back its bonds at 20 or 40 cents on the dollar or whatever, or a government will restructure its debt and give bondholders some value back. And so the way CDS works is basically that, when an issuer defaults, the CDS pays back 100 cents on the dollar minus the value of the bonds. If a company goes bankrupt and its bonds recover 37 cents on the dollar, then its CDS will pay out 63 cents on the dollar. If you have $1 million of bonds plus $1 million of CDS, you will get back $370,000 on the bonds and $630,000 on the CDS and be fully insured.
Sometimes this works simply enough: A company has one set of bonds, it defaults, they pay out 37 cents, the CDS pays the other 63 cents, easy. Sometimes, though, a company or government will have different bonds that get different recoveries that are all covered by the same CDS contract. The CDS will pay out one amount, set by an auction and more or less corresponding to the recovery of the worst ("cheapest-to-deliver") bond. [10] And so if a company goes bankrupt and one bond gets 37 cents on the dollar and another gets 41, the CDS will probably pay out about 63 cents on the dollar, and if you had one of the 41-cent bonds and hedged with CDS you will get back 104 cents on the dollar, great.
To be clear, unlike in actual insurance, you don't need to own the bonds to buy CDS. If you want to bet against a company's credit, you can buy CDS on it, and then if it defaults you get the CDS payoff. (People get mad about this, but never mind; in financial markets buying CDS is a way to short bonds.) If the bonds pay off 37, then you get back 63; you never owned the bonds but that's fine.
Notice that if you are a bond investor who bought CDS as a hedge, you don't care very much about the bond recovery; if the recovery is X, you get X on the bonds and 1 - X on the CDS and it doesn't matter what X is. If you bought CDS to short the bonds, though, you want the bond recovery to be as low as possible, because you get paid 1 - X.
Where this becomes very fun is in the category of trade that is sometimes loosely referred to as "manufactured defaults." These trades go something like this. Some company needs money. Some hedge fund owns a lot of CDS on the company. [11] The hedge fund goes to the company and says "look, it will help us out a lot if you default on your debt. Why don't you just, like, miss the deadline for an interest payment by a week. [12] Then you will be in default and our CDS will trigger and we'll get paid. Then you go back and make the interest payment and nobody complains too much; you won't go bankrupt or anything. And then we'll have all this money from our CDS payoff, and we'll write you a big check, and you'll have more money too."
The mechanics are a bit more complicated, and people — even the pope! — get mad about this, but never mind that either. The point I want to make here is just that there is a flaw in this logic, which is that if you manufacture a default at a company where everything is otherwise fine, the bonds won't lose much value, and so the CDS won't pay off that much. The CDS will trigger, there'll be an auction for the debt, people will be like "meh this debt is fine," the auction will clear at like 95 cents on the dollar, and the CDS will pay off like 5 cents.
And so there is a refinement on the manufactured-default trade, which is that you also have to find, or manufacture, a bad bond. If some junk-rated-but-okay company has a lot of bonds that pay 12% interest and trade at 99 cents on the dollar, and it manufactures a default, that doesn't do its CDS holders much good. But if it has a 30-year bond with a 2% interest rate that trades at 20 cents on the dollar, and it manufactures a default, then the CDS will pay off 80. [13]
There are different ways to buy a stock index. You can just pay cash to buy all the stocks in the index. You can buy an exchange-traded fund that holds all the stocks in the index. Or you can do an equity index swap: You sign a contract with a bank in which the bank promises to pay you the return on the index over some term. If the index is at 100 today, and you do a $10 million one-year swap with a bank, and then the index is at 108 in a year, then the bank pays you $800,000 (the index's 8% return on the $10 million notional amount). If the index is at 93 in a year, you pay the bank $700,000.
The swap is approximately like the bank lending you the $10 million to buy the index: You don't put up the $10 million upfront, but you get back the return on $10 million worth of stock. The bank charges you for that synthetic loan; the terms of the swap contract will say:
The bank pays you any positive return on the index. You pay the bank any negative return on the index, plus an interest rate.
And so when you call up a bank to do a swap on some index, the bank will quote you a price consisting of the interest rate that you will pay — "3-month US dollar Libor plus 70 basis points," for instance. Or vice versa: You could sell a swap to the bank, if you want to get short the index; then the bank would pay you the interest rate and you'd pay the bank the return on the index.
This makes the equity index swap roughly equivalent to buying the ETF: Either way, you make money when the index goes up, lose money when the index goes down, and pay some cost of funding to get the money, real or synthetic, that you use to buy the index.
At some high level of generality, buying an index using a swap and buying it using an ETF should be economically equivalent. But if you are an index trader at an investment bank, your entire job is to find places where they are not equivalent. Your job is to do the arbitrage — buying and selling the same index in two different ways — in such a way that you make a little bit of money. One simple way is: If you can borrow money at 2% to buy the ETF for cash, and then you can sell a one-year swap at a 2.1% financing rate, then you make a 0.1% profit. Your profit is not about the index going up or down; you have hedged that out. (You bought the index for cash and sold it on swap.) Your profit is about the different interest rate.
For a long time, most floating-rate corporate loans in the US were priced off Libor, the London interbank offered rate, a publicly reported index of bank borrowing costs. A company would borrow money at Libor plus some spread, with the spread compensating its lenders for the credit risk they take by lending to the company. A loan would have an interest rate like "Libor + 300," and then every three months you'd look at what three-month dollar Libor was and add 300 basis points to it and that would be the interest rate on the loan. And then three months later you'd do it again.
Then Libor fell into disrepute, and regulators made a big effort to get rid of Libor and replace it with other, more reliable rates. In the US, this meant mainly SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate. (And other, longer-term rates that are derived from SOFR: SOFR is, as the name suggests, an overnight rate, but you can get things like "3-month term SOFR" from derivatives markets.) So now you could have a loan with an interest rate like "SOFR + 300," and every three months you'd look at three-month SOFR and etc. Same basic idea, different index.
For our purposes, one important fact about SOFR is that it is lower than Libor: SOFR is a secured rate (lending against Treasury collateral), Libor is an unsecured rate (lending to banks against their credit), and it should be cheaper to borrow secured than unsecured. Exactly how much lower SOFR is than Libor on any particular day depends on economic conditions, market moods, etc. But, generally, lower.
One thing this means is that if you are a company and you want to borrow money, your bank might recommend that you get a loan priced off SOFR rather than Libor. SOFR is the way of the future, Libor is in disrepute and slowly being phased out, the market wants SOFR, so you get a SOFR loan. The bank will quote you some price like SOFR + 300, and that's the loan you'll get. Libor won't even enter into it. The price — the spread, the 300 basis points you pay over SOFR — is just set by market demand for the loan.
Another thing it means is that if you are a company and you already have a loan and the loan is priced at Libor + 300, you might want to change the terms of the loan, to make it priced off of SOFR. SOFR is the future, Libor is going away, etc., why not update your loan to use the modern index? But SOFR is lower than Libor. Three-month Libor is about 4.82% today; if your loan is priced at Libor + 300, you're paying something like 7.82% interest. Three-month term SOFR is about 4.67% today, 15 basis points lower than Libor. If you want to switch your Libor loan into a SOFR loan, today, you would need to make your Libor + 300 loan into a SOFR + 315 loan to make the actual interest payments the same. If you kept the spread the same — if you switched from Libor + 300 to SOFR + 300 — then you'd be paying less. Your lenders wouldn't like that.
In practice the way you do this is by adding a "credit spread adjustment" to the loan: You keep the thing called the "spread" the same, at 300 basis points, and you add a new contractual term called a "credit spread adjustment" intended to compensate for the switch from Libor to SOFR. Then your interest rate is (1) SOFR plus (2) the spread plus (3) the credit spread adjustment. And there is sort of a standard for what that is, based on the average difference between Libor and SOFR over time:
The Alternative Reference Rates Committee, the Federal Reserve backed group in charge of overseeing the Libor transition in the US, recommended borrowers provide adjustments of 11 basis points and 26 basis points for loans tied to one- and three-month Libor, respectively.
Look. Retail investors on Reddit have been saying for years that there is a viable trading strategy that goes like this:
1. You buy short-dated out-of-the-money call options on a stock. 2. This forces options dealers to buy that stock to hedge the options. 3. This pushes the stock up. 4. As the stock goes up, the dealers need to buy even more of the stock to remain properly hedged. 5. This pushes the stock up more. 6. As the stock goes up, your call options are more valuable. 7. Congratulations, you have created a self-fulfilling trade. You can't lose.
When I first heard this theory, I was skeptical. Yes, right, at some level this is a correct description of how dealers hedge call options: They buy some stock to hedge options that they sell, and then buy more stock as the price goes up. But there is a lot of other stuff going on in the market, and it seems implausible that retail investors buying stock options would be able to push around the price of a big liquid stock like Tesla Inc. And the effect of dealer hedging goes both ways: If the stock goes down , dealers will sell some of their stock to remain properly hedged, which will push it down more. You are not getting a free lunch. The idea that this would just work , as a self-fulfilling automatic money maker, seemed absurd.
I mean, it is absurd, but after January 2021 I am more open to the possibility that it happens. Did retail investors buy a ton of short-dated out-of-the-money call options on GameStop Corp., causing dealers to hedge by buying a lot of the stock and pushing its price up to insane heights? Uh … maybe? That's what they said they did, and the stock sure did go up, though the SEC's report on the GameStop phenomenon mostly discounts this "gamma squeeze" story. Others disagree, and all in all I think it is more plausible than it used to be that retail investors can push stock prices around with a lot of options buying. Boy is that not investing advice.
The way modern credit default swaps work is that if a company or country defaults on its bonds, there is a somewhat complicated auction for those bonds, in which people who own CDS can sell their bonds and people who sold CDS can buy those bonds and anyone else who wants to can also participate. The auction sets a clearing price for the bonds, and then the CDS contracts are settled for cash based on that clearing price. So if the auction sets a price of 38 cents on the dollar, CDS will pay out 62 cents on the dollar; the rough idea is that a package of $100 of bonds and $100 of CDS should be worth $100 after the default.
There are lots of ways that this can go wrong, and we talk about them from time to time around here. CDS contracts are simultaneously:
1. A way to hedge credit risk, a form of insurance against an issuer's default, and also 2. A way to prove how smart you are by reading the documents better than other people, and then using those documents to extract value for yourself.
Last week Russia was determined to have defaulted on its bonds — for somewhat technical reasons; so far it has been mostly paying them — which will trigger a CDS auction. But there is a weird problem with that auction, which is that it isillegal to buy Russian bonds. IFR reports:
Trading volumes in Russian sovereign bonds declined on Tuesday following updated guidance from the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control that US firms cannot buy Russian bonds or equities in secondary markets. That poses a problem for CDS contracts, which rely on trading in secondary bond markets to determine payouts to protection holders. ...>
"It throws into question how a CDS auction would work," said one US investor, who said his firm was having multiple calls a day with lawyers to discuss trading of Russian bonds and the settlement of the CDS auction. "There's lots of confusion and uncertainty – more questions than answers. As it stands, we're frozen from trading Russian assets." …>
Sanctions prohibiting trading in Russian debt have long been flagged as a potential issue for any CDS auction on the sovereign. Concerns that such a ban could materialise prompted a dislocation between derivatives and bond markets shortly after Russia's invasion of Ukraine. That gap between the two markets subsequently narrowed as banks were allowed to continue trading Russian bonds – with some reaping significant profits in the process.>
The updated sanctions guidelines from the US Treasury only apply to US firms, though traders say this was enough to depress trading volumes across the wider market on Tuesday and Wednesday as participants scrambled to understand the implications. One trader said he thought risk-reduction trades were still okay but he was waiting for clarification. Other traders said there was no activity going through interdealer broker markets.>
Many are concerned that a ban on US firms buying Russian bonds could create an imbalance between buyers and sellers in a CDS auction.
If investors are allowed to sell bonds, but many are not allowed to buy them, that should bring down the price. Which … I am not sure that that's a wrong outcome, exactly? If you are a US institution and you own Russian bonds, and no one wants to buy them, then in some sense you do want the insurance you bought on them to pay out?
If you bought dollar-denominated Russian government bonds, you probably want to get paid back in dollars. If Russia called you up and said "hey we are fresh out of dollars, will you take rubles," you would not be happy. In the scenario where that happens — where Russia is unable or unwilling to pay its international investors back in dollars in accordance with the terms of their contracts — things will be bad and you will not want rubles. Getting rubles will be bad for some reason: The price will be going down, the ruble will not be freely convertible, Russia will be paying you rubles at an artificial (too low) exchange rate, some combination of those things, etc. The time when you get rubles will be the time you don't want rubles.
On the other hand, if you bought dollar-denominated Russian government bonds, you had to recognize that there was some risk of Russia not paying you back in dollars. Away from the particulars of Russia's situation — Russia has been under some U.S. sanctions since 2014, it has been a menacing neighbor for some time now, etc. — there is some risk that any country that issues dollar bonds might not have the dollars to pay them back. Of course the country might just not pay anything — instead of giving you rubles it could give you nothing — but there is some chance that for face-saving or helping-local-investors reasons it might give you its local currency instead and say "hey, we paid you, what's the problem."
If you own dollar-denominated Russian bonds and Russia decides to pay you in rubles, you might object: "No, see, these bonds are denominated in dollars. It says right here in the bond contract that you have to pay me in dollars. If you pay me in rubles you are not honoring the contract and I will sue!" You could sue! It will not generally do you that much good? Russia is a country with sovereign immunity; you might get a court judgment against it, but you will have limited ability to enforce that judgment. You can't foreclose on its embassies, or even on its central bank's foreign-exchange accounts. This is particularly true because it is … Russia? It is a nuclear power whose president has a history of murdering his opponents abroad with polonium. When Argentina defaulted on some foreign debt, a hedge fund famously got a court judgment and used it to seize an Argentine naval vessel. That's a fun lark for a hedge fund! Trying to seize a Russian naval vessel is not.[2]
Realistically the best you can do, if Russia decides to pay you in rubles, is say "this has been a terrible experience and I am never going to lend money to Russia again!" To the extent this is true — to the extent it's a credible threat — it will deter Russia from paying you in rubles; Russia wants to be able to issue international bonds. But of course countries do default on their sovereign debt from time to time, because (1) they don't have much choice and (2) markets tend to have short memories so the deterrent effect isn't that strong. (Argentina sold hundred-year bonds five years after that ship got seized. They defaulted too.) Also in Russia's particular case the international bond markets are not really open anyway: Investors from countries sanctioning Russia are not going to lend it any more money anyway, so there's not much deterrent to defaulting.
Given this situation you might not care too much about what it says in the fine print of your bond contract with Russia. The front page of the contract says "we'll pay you X% in dollars" and you'll plan to get paid X% in dollars as long as things go well. If things go poorly, you will not expect to parse the fine print of the contract to find promising litigation tricks. Russia can do whatever it wants, and your remedy is not to sue under the terms of the contract; it's to say "I will never lend to Russia again."
So if the fine print of the contract said this,[3] for instance:
if, for reasons beyond its control, the Russian Federation is unable to make payments of principal or interest (in whole or in part) in respect of the Bonds in U.S. Dollars (an "Alternative Payment Currency Event"), the Russian Federation shall make such payments (in whole or in part) in the Alternative Payment Currency on the due date at the Alternative Payment Currency Equivalent of any such U.S. dollar-denominated amount. …
"Alternative Payment Currency" means U.S. Dollars, Pound sterling or Swiss
francs or, if for reasons beyond its control the Russian Federation is unable to make payments
of principal or interest (in whole or in part) in respect of the Bonds in any of these currencies,
Russian roubles.
You might not care. "Sure, yes," you'd think. "All that means is that if Russia decides not to pay me in dollars, it will stuff me with rubles. I'll hate that, sure, but what can I do? Russia could decide to do that even if the contract didn't say that, and what would I do then, sue?" You might buy those bonds not because you think the contract is watertight, but because you are betting on conditions being good enough that Russia won't want to exercise this right and torch its credit.
And if other dollar-denominated Russian government bonds don't have that provision, you might not notice or care about the difference. Either Russia will keep paying in order to maintain its international creditworthiness, in which case both sorts of bonds will get paid (in dollars), or it won't, in which case it will do whatever it wants to both sorts of bonds and the contractual language won't really matter.
Except!
Roughly $13 billion of Russian government debt could be ineligible to be delivered in a credit-default swaps auction, a panel of banks and investors ruled Friday, potentially complicating hedges against a Russia default.
After three days of meetings, members of the Credit Derivatives Determinations Committee said that because of a feature in the six bonds allowing the government to make payments in rubles -- rather than the dollars or euros they were issued in -- they would be ineligible as so-called deliverable obligations.
In fact, Russia has some dollar- and euro-denominated bonds that contain the language I quoted above, and some that don't. If you own the ones containing that fallback language, and Russia pays you in rubles, you will be very annoyed, but there is nothing you can do about it, and the bonds will not be in default. If you own the ones not containing the fallback language, and Russia pays you in rubles, you will be very annoyed, but there is nothing you can do about it, but the bonds will be in default. And if you bought CDS as insurance against Russia stiffing you, and you own the bonds that technically allow Russia to stiff you, then your insurance will not pay out.[4]
Anyway, "Russia will repay debt in rubles until its cash pile is unfrozen," its finance minister has said, and that seems — though it is not quite clear — to include the dollar bonds without the fallback language:
Concern over a default intensified after a decree by President Vladimir Putin ordering Russian debtors to pay their foreign creditors in rubles in Russian bank accounts, regardless of the currency in which the debt was issued. … The government has $117 million worth of coupons on dollar bonds coming due on March 16 that don't have the embedded ruble option.
So CDS against Russian default might not pay out as much as people expected, because technically Russia has the right to stiff some of its bondholders anyway.
A theme around here is that if you bet that a stock will go up, and it goes up a little, you make a little money; if it goes up a ton you make a ton of money. But if you bet that a stock will go down, and it goes down a little, you make a little money; if it goes down a ton you find yourself in a horrible limbo. If you short a stock because it's a fraud, and regulators shut down trading in the stock because it's such a fraud, how do you cover your short? You just sit around paying stock borrow costs forever; it's very unpleasant. The problem with betting on disaster is that when you win there has been a disaster.
Here's a story about people who bought put options on Russian stocks and exchange-traded funds. A put option allows you to sell a security at an agreed price any time before it expires. It is a way to bet that the thing will go down. The things went down! However now it's more or less illegal to sell them, so your contractual right to sell them at a fixed price is not as helpful as you hoped:
At stake is about $370 million: That's the value of open interest on all put options expiring this year for a group of Russia-tied securities, including the VanEck Russia ETF, Direxion Daily Russia Bull 2X Shares, Yandex NV, Qiwi Plc, Ozon Holdings Plc, Mobile TeleSystems PJSC and Mechel PJSC, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.
Now brokerages are trying to figure out how to respond. The problem is that individual investors like Stockman hold options contracts allowing them to sell shares of Russian-linked securities. But with the instruments halted in U.S. trading (and with the Moscow Exchange closed), it's unclear whether traders will be able to exercise the contracts at all.
The firms have been inundated with customer complaints. ...
Jeff Porter, a 36-year-old attorney based in Arizona, owns puts on the VanEck Russia ETF expiring this Friday that were worth about $50,000 at the time the fund was halted. He, too, can't exercise his options because Fidelity told him there aren't shares available to borrow to facilitate such a transaction, he said.
"It feels like the market doesn't permit you to be too correct," Porter said.
Yeah, no, you don't want to be too correct.
Loosely speaking, a credit default swap is an insurance policy on the bonds of a country or company. If you buy a $100 bond and a $100 CDS, you should always get back $100: If the bond defaults and pays back only $30, the CDS should pay you $70; if it defaults and pays $0, the CDS should pay you $100. (If the bond pays back at par, the CDS should pay you zero.)
One way to think about the mechanics is that, if there is a default on the bond, you hand the bond over to the CDS seller, and the CDS seller gives you $100. That way you get your $100, and the CDS seller gets whatever the bond is worth, $30 or $0 or conceivably even $100 or more. (It is possible to have a default that triggers CDS but that leaves the value of the bond fairly intact.) This is not quite the actual mechanics — the actual mechanics involve an auction for the defaulted bonds to set a cash settlement price, which can lead to strange results — but it is roughly the right way to think about it.
If you do think about it this way you can imagine ways for it to go wrong. One way for it to go wrong is: Imagine a sanctions regime that banned anyone from owning, trading or transferring Russian bonds. If you owned a Russian bond that defaulted and was worthless, and you owned CDS, you'd call up your CDS counterparty and say "hey I'm going to hand you this bond in exchange for $100" and the counterparty would say "no you won't, you can't, those bonds are not transferable." And the CDS would (maybe?) not pay out. This seems absurd, but as we discussed last week, there is some risk of some form of it happening to Russian sovereign bonds: There are enough restrictions on transfer that it might be hard to deliver bonds to settle CDS, which might result in CDS not paying out much.
Another way for it to go wrong is: Imagine if, instead of just defaulting on the bonds, Russia sent thieves to sneak into your vault and steal all the bonds. You'd wake up with no bonds. You'd call your CDS counterparty and say "I have a $100 loss on my bonds, please reimburse me," and the counterparty would say "okay hand over the bonds" and you'd say "I can't, they're gone," and the CDS would not pay out.
That one seems even more absurd, but you can get weirdly close to it. The problem with CDS is that the contracts do not reference specific bonds, but rather refer to categories of "deliverable" bonds. A CDS contract might cover, for instance, dollar-denominated bonds of a Russian issuer. If Russia changes the characteristics of a bond in certain ways, the bond stops being deliverable, so you can't deliver it to a CDS seller, so you can't get a payout. This is bizarre:
Russia and Russian companies will be allowed to pay foreign creditors in rubles, according to a decree signed by President Vladimir Putin on Saturday, as a way to stave off defaults while capital controls remain in place.
The decree establishes temporary rules for sovereign and corporate debtors to make payments to creditors from "countries that engage in hostile activities" against Russia, its companies and citizens. The government will prepare a list of such countries within two days. ...
While some of Russia's foreign sovereign bonds allow payments in rubles, the new measure could still pose a problem for holders of credit-default swaps, which are used as insurance in case of a default.
That's because, given the capital controls in Russia and the sanctions, the payment in rubles "may render these bonds out of scope for CDS as 'obligations' and 'deliverable obligations'," JPMorgan Chase & Co. strategists led by Trang Nguyen wrote in a note to investors on Friday.
If a bond issuer defaults so hard that it renders your bonds undeliverable, then that's when you most need CDS to pay off!
Some international investors own credit default swaps to hedge against the risk of Russian default. If Russia defaults, the CDS contracts are supposed to make good the investors' losses. If you own $100 of Russian bonds and $100 of CDS, and Russia defaults and the bonds only pay you back $30, then you are supposed to get back $70 on your CDS.
There are relatively clean ways for defaults like this to happen. A small country can run out of money, call up its bondholders and say "we'll give you new bonds worth $30 for your old $100 bonds." The bondholders can say "ehh that's the best we're gonna do" and take the deal. They'll get $30 of new stuff. CDS will pay out $70.
So, fine. Russia might stop paying interest on its bonds. They would then be in default and CDS would be triggered. But how much would it pay? In theory, $100 of CDS would pay $100 minus whatever a $100 Russian bond is worth. In practice, what would a Russian bond be worth? Roughly the answer is some market price reflecting people's expectation of some eventual settlement, but that requires there to be a market. (More technically the answer is that there is an auction of the debt to determine the CDS settlement price, but that requires there to be an auction.) If you can't trade Russian bonds on the secondary market — because sanctions make it illegal, or because the general halo of sanctions makes it feel illegal — then, uh:
The technical dynamics of the situation are, I think, even stranger than that makes it sound. Basically when CDS is triggered, there is an auction for the bonds; when the bonds trade in a liquid market and there are many more of them than there are CDS contracts, that should lead to a fair price for the bonds, and that price is used to calculate CDS settlement.[4] When it is not clear that you can buy or sell the bonds, it is not obvious what the clearing price of the auction would be. If one seller decides it can sell and no one can buy, is the price zero? If one buyer decides it can buy and no one can sell, is the price $100?
Here are the SEC's proposed rules about "security-based swaps." "Swaps," to the SEC, can refer to two different instruments, which I will discuss separately. One is a credit default swap, where the buyer pays a premium to the seller and the seller pays the buyer if some reference debt instrument — a corporate bond or loan, a sovereign bond, etc. — defaults.
There was a wave of controversy a few years ago about a category of stuff that I will loosely call "CDS shenanigans." A credit default swap is a bilateral contract between two people who may or may not own any debt of the underlying company or have any relationship with the underlying company. At some point, buyers and sellers of CDS realized that they could go to the underlying company and say "hey, it would help us out a lot on our CDS contract if you [did][did not] default on your debt," and would cut deals with the company to do that. ("Default" here generally meant some sort of technical default that triggered CDS but did not plunge the company into a disastrous bankruptcy.) Occasionally CDS buyers would go to the company and offer it a deal to default, and CDS sellers would offer it a deal not to default, and the company could play them against each other and get itself a really good deal.
This always struck me as sort of wonderful. The downside was that some hedge funds lost money on zero-sum bets with other hedge funds. The upside was that distressed companies got attractive financing to keep their businesses alive.[1] These deals were pure transfers of money from hedge funds to workers: People at troubled companies got to keep their jobs because some hedge fund would pay their salaries in order to rip off another hedge fund.
Almost nobody agrees with me about this. Literally the Pope called on hedge funds to stop giving money to companies to default on their debts. Regulators have made noises forever about it being market manipulation.
To me it seems like obviously not market manipulation: You are not manipulating a market , you are changing economic reality. This is totally normal in distressed credit situations: A company has run out of money and might default, which will be good for some interested parties (vulture funds who bought senior debt at a discount and want to seize the company, etc.) and bad for other interested parties (junior creditors who might lose everything, etc.). Someone for whom it is bad will come to the company and say "hey we will give you more financing so you don't default and we won't lose our money." Someone for whom it is good will come to the company and say "hey you should default and get out from these onerous debts, we will treat you nice in bankruptcy." The addition of CDS makes these negotiations more interesting but does not change the fundamental character.
The other thing that the SEC counts as a "swap" is what I will loosely call an "equity total return swap." This is a contract in which an investment bank buys a bunch of stock of some company on behalf of the bank's client, generally a hedge fund. The bank holds the stock; if it goes up, the bank pays money to the client; if it goes down, the client pays money to the bank. The client has economic exposure to the stock (it makes money when it goes up and loses money when it goes down); the bank mostly does not (it is perfectly hedged unless the client defaults).
There are two main reasons a client would do this. One is leverage. If you want to buy $1 billion of stock but don't have $1 billion lying around, you can buy it "on swap," the bank will put up the $1 billion, and you'll only have to put down a deposit of $100 million or $200 million or whatever to cover the risk that you'll have to pay the bank when the stock moves down. This is roughly equivalent to a margin loan — the bank lends you some of the money to buy the stock — but it is a little nicer for the bank, so the bank will be willing to give you more leverage on better terms.
The other is, sometimes the client wants to own the stock but not, you know, own the stock. There are various rules that apply to owners of stock that those owners might find annoying, and if you just want to have economic exposure to a stock you might buy it on swap and skip the legal ownership. The most obvious of these rules, in the U.S., is Section 13 of the Exchange Act: If you own a lot of stock of a company, you have to disclose your ownership, which you might not want to do. If you own the stock on swap, your banks might have to disclose their ownership, or they might not, but there's no public indication that you are the economic owner. To be clear, there is a reason for this: Section 13 is meant to let people know who owns a company, and if you own shares on swap you don't. You can't vote those shares. You don't have control the way a big actual shareholder would. You just have an economic bet on the stock.
Similarly, there are antitrust approval rules that apply to people who acquire big chunks of stock, and if you want to buy stock economically without jumping through antitrust hoops, you might buy on swap. (And because you can't control the company with a swap, it doesn't count.) Or there are ownership restrictions in various industries, like banking, that swaps might get around.
This strikes me as mostly fine? The broad theme is that there are a lot of rules designed to get at ownership and control of companies, and buying stock on swap is a way to get economic exposure to companies without ownership or control. So all the rules about ownership and control don't apply to swaps. Everything sort of works as designed.
I am harping on this because I think it is a general theme in the analysis of complicated financial transactions. In general, when you see a bank sell a complex derivative to a non-financial customer like a car company, there are two popular ways to analyze it:
1. The textbook view is that the company has some financial risk and is paying the bank a fair premium to manage the risk. "Tesla has a risk that its stock will go up above the conversion price, so it paid its banks to hedge that risk." (It is right in the name, "bond hedge.") 2. The cynical view is that the bank has tricked the customer into giving the bank a lot of money for a worthless thing that the customer doesn't understand, that the way the bank makes money is by bamboozling the client in a zero-sum trade.
I think you should be suspicious of both of those views. In many cases the correct, though also cynical view is that the trade is, deep down, a tax optimization: The bank does stuff to lower the customer's taxes, and the customer gives the bank a cut of the tax savings.
If you are a company and you take out a loan, the loan will usually have a floating rate, and periodically the rate will reset to (1) Libor, the London interbank offered rate, a benchmark interest rate published each day, plus (2) a credit spread that is fixed in the loan contract. The contract might say "each quarter the interest rate will reset to 3-month Libor plus 225 basis points." That number — 225 basis points, 2.25% — is fixed in the contract and added to 3-month Libor every three months; it is the credit spread. People will describe the loan's pricing as being "L+225," Libor plus 225 basis points.
If you are a company you want your credit spread to be lower rather than higher, both because it saves you money — each basis point of credit spread costs you $100 of interest per year per million dollars you borrow — and also as a matter of pride. A tighter credit spread means that you are a better credit, that lenders are more confident in you, that you are doing a better job of managing risk, etc.
Libor is going away though. Libor is in theory the rate at which big banks can borrow unsecured for some specified period of time (3 months, etc.); in practice they don't do that much of that borrowing and they have some history of lying about the rates. So it is being replaced by more market-based rates. In the U.S., the main replacement is SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, which is the rate that big institutions pay to borrow overnight secured by Treasury securities. (There are various ways to turn SOFR, an overnight rate, into a one- or three- or whatever-month rate, using for instance curves constructed from SOFR futures.)
Fine. But here is a small technical problem. SOFR is a bit lower than Libor: SOFR is a rate for essentially risk-free loans secured by Treasuries, while Libor incorporates banks' credit risk. "Right now," writes Seligson, "one-month Libor is 8.6 basis points, or just 2.7 basis points above its SOFR counterpart" (which is 0.059%), but historically the difference has been somewhat wider. Let's say that the correct long-term difference is 10 basis points. In the long run — over the course of a seven-year loan printed today — SOFR will average out to be 10 basis points lower than Libor.
Meanwhile the loan is no less expensive for the bank to make, the company is no less risky, etc., just because it says "SOFR" rather than "Libor." So the pricing of the loan should be the same. Which means that, if SOFR is 10 basis points lower than Libor, then you need to add 10 basis points to the spread to make the pricing correct. A company that could have gotten a loan at L+225 will instead get a loan at SOFR+235. This will cost the same amount: SOFR is 10 basis points lower than Libor, so SOFR+235 equals L+225.
Except that finance is kind of dumb sometimes. If you are the treasurer of a company, you have worked hard to get your credit spread down to 225 basis points. When a bank tells you that now it's 235, you'll be mad. "But this is a higher spread applied to a lower base so actually it's—," the bank starts to say, but you don't want to hear it. You want 225.
Meanwhile if you are an investor in loans you are looking at some spreadsheet of comparable loans, and they are all at L+225, and you see this one is at +235 and you say "that number is too high" and you are flummoxed. Things are supposed to be comparable.
So there is lovely dumb solution which is to put the 10 basis points somewhere else. Instead of saying "the price is SOFR plus a spread," you say "the price is SOFR plus a spread plus a spread adjustment." Seligson:
Walker & Dunlop will pay SOFR plus a "credit spread adjustment" of 10 basis points, along with some additional interest known as a spread that hasn't yet been determined. (Investors may still push for some changes in the terms of the deal, which is due to be sold in the middle of next week.)
The credit spread adjustment is meant to turn SOFR into something approximating Libor, so investors and companies can see the spread and understand the loan's pricing quickly.
Right now a lot of loans are indexed to Libor and a few (almost none, but more are coming) are indexed to SOFR, and it would break everyone's brains if some companies were quoted on a spread to Libor and others were quoted on a spread to SOFR, so instead some companies are quoted on a spread to Libor and others are quoted on a (fully comparable) "spread to SOFR, but if it were Libor." I love it.
If Libor does go away entirely, I assume that the "credit spread adjustment" will also go away, and companies will just get loans at SOFR plus some spread and be quoted at "SOFR + whatever"; everyone will use SOFR so everything will be comparable. But maybe not! Who wants to be the first company to get rid of the adjustment and have a higher nominal spread? Maybe it will persist forever as a vestigial vanity item; maybe in 30 years junior law firm associates will cut and paste a loan agreement and ask their partner "why is this Credit Spread Adjustment here" and the partner will say "oh, nobody knows, that's just in every loan agreement, you gotta adjust the credit spread."
I write from time to time about weird doings in the credit default swap market, and often afterwards people will email me to say "wouldn't it be simpler if CDS worked like this ?" And they suggest some way for CDS to be that they think would be simpler or better. For instance: What if instead of some weird manipulable auction to determine CDS recovery, every CDS contract just paid out a fixed amount? And I say: Sure, I guess that would be fine, but it would make CDS less useful as a hedge to actual bonds. It would pay out "too much" on a default — $100 of CDS would pay out $100, which is more than you'd lose on $100 of defaulted bonds (which get some recovery) — which means that you'd have to carefully size and perhaps dynamically modify your CDS position as a hedge to your bond position. If you want a derivative to work as a hedge for an underlying thing — as opposed to a simple yes/no bet — then it will have to be a bit complicated.
Similarly, if you wanted to bet that U.S. Treasury yields would go up or down, you might read this description of how Treasury futures work —
The conventional contracts track the cheapest security in a group, whose prices are adjusted to levels consistent with an anachronistic 6% coupon rate, in relationships governed by the cost of borrowing the cash note or bond. The cheapest securities deliverable into the main Treasury futures contracts aren't usually the new issues investors are familiar with. For example, the front-month 10-year note futures contract for September 2021 currently tracks the 10-year note issued in May 2018, with seven years left to maturity.
— and think "wouldn't it be simpler to just have a bet that pays off $10 for every 0.01% that U.S. 10-year Treasury yields go up?" And I think that a lot of experts in the Treasury futures market would say "no no no that doesn't make sense at all," and would then give you two somewhat contradictory explanations for why. One is that the current normal system is easier to hedge: Loosely speaking, you can sell (or buy) futures and buy (or sell) the underlying Treasury bonds in a static proportion to have a hedged trade; if you had $10-per-basis-point futures the hedge would have to be adjusted over time.[2] Another is that the current system is more fun : There isn't one bond that corresponds to a particular futures contract, but several, and getting the cheapest-to-deliver bond and conversion-factor dynamics right is what Treasury futures traders are paid for and what makes futures prices interesting. Ten dollars per basis point is kind of boring.
But CME Group Inc. is just giving the people what they want:
CME Group Inc., whose Treasury futures already dominate among pros, is now trying to lure small traders by offering simpler-to-understand contracts that focus on the numbers the masses care most about anyway: yields.
The contracts, when they begin trading on Aug. 16, will rise when Treasury yields increase and fall when they decline -- whereas the existing futures move in the same direction as bond prices, a byzantine turnoff for many investors. The Micro Treasury Yield futures, which will compete with a similar set of products introduced last year by The Small Exchange, will come in 2-, 5-, 10- and 30-year versions. Their $10-per-basis-point price increment is much smaller than CME's professionally targeted contracts and more digestible for retail traders.
The yield futures are "much easier to absorb," said Sean Tully, CME's global head of financial and over-the-counter products. They may even appeal to investment professionals outside of fixed income, he said. For example, customers can position for a change in the shape of the yield curve, and "they don't have to worry about the complexities that professionals know and love."
"Know and love" is right; I am sure if you grew up on the complexities of Treasury futures you will scoff at this dull $10-per-basis-point contract. On the other hand I am sure that hedging it creates its own complexities; that might be fun for you. The financial products that are smooth and simple for buyers to understand are often the ones that are complicated and lucrative to manufacture.
The way U.S. residential mortgages typically work is that you can borrow money at a fixed rate for 30 years and prepay at any time without penalty. In theory, you should prepay any time interest rates go down. You borrow $100 at 4%, interest rates go down to 3.5%, you get a new loan at 3.5% and pay off your old loan, saving yourself 0.5% per year.
If people behaved like this, then a mortgage could never really be worth more than 100 cents on the dollar. Usually if you have a 30-year bond with a $100 face amount that pays 4% interest, and rates go down to 3.5%, the value of the bond will go up, to $105 or whatever. But if the issuer of that bond can costlessly refinance, it will, and you'll just get back your $100 rather than a series of cash flows worth $105.
In practice most people do not constantly mark their mortgages to market; when rates go down, only some people refinance. Others are not paying attention, or are busy, or their credit has gotten worse so they can't get the better rates, etc. So when mortgage rates go down, the price of existing mortgages does go up — not as much as a non-prepayable bond would, but still, up.
This feels a little inefficient? Like, in a perfect market, what you would do is:
1. Short a bunch of mortgages with above-market interest rates at, like, 110 cents on the dollar. 2. Get the homeowners to refinance those mortgages, paying them off at 100 cents on the dollar. 3. Collect the 10 cents of difference.
You can't quite do that but here's a fun trade:
Mortgage companies have ramped up their purchases of government-backed mortgages in forbearance, and they are selling these loans back to investors at a profit. The trade is made possible by a policy meant to shrink the government's own burden for dealing with mortgages where the homeowner isn't paying.
The so-called early buyout trade, an arcane but lucrative part of the mortgage business, is being employed by many mortgage companies, including the three biggest: Rocket Cos., PennyMac Financial Services Inc. and Wells Fargo & Co. That has added to what was already a banner stretch for mortgage making, fueled over the past year by refinancings and pandemic-inspired moves to the suburbs.
Investors are eager to get their hands on these loans. Many were made long ago and thus carry interest rates that are higher than the going rate. Another appealing factor is that investors believe many of these borrowers are unlikely to refinance in the near term. A refinancing hurts investors because it closes out one mortgage and thus takes away their revenue stream.
The idea is that some government-backed mortgages are made and serviced by banks and pooled into Ginnie Mae bonds. And:
Later, if that borrower stops making payments, Ginnie Mae rules allow the mortgage servicer to buy it out of the pool after 90 days at face value. That means the mortgage company pays an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance and any interest due at the time.
The mortgage company then works with the borrower to get him or her current again—for example, by letting the homeowner make up the missed payments at the end of the loan.
Once the borrower has resumed payments, the mortgage company sells the loan back into a new pool that gets bought by investors, often for more than what the mortgage company paid.
The trick is that if you have a mortgage with an above-market rate worth 110 cents on the dollar, and the borrower stops paying, then you can buy it back at 100 cents on the dollar. Of course this may not be a great trade because the borrower has stopped paying — it might be worth less than 100 cents on the dollar — but if you can get the borrower paying again then it should be worth 110 again. Getting the borrower current again might cost you, say, 5 cents on the dollar, making it worth it.
Basically the mortgage prepayment option is valuable, but actual homeowners do not always exercise it optimally. If you are a mortgage servicer and you can exercise the homeowner's prepayment option for them — by buying back their mortgage at par and then selling it again at its market value — then that's a good trade.
Usually, if a stock trades at $50, it is more expensive to buy a put option allowing you to sell the stock at $40 than it is to buy a call option allowing you to buy the stock at $60. I mean that it is "more expensive" in the options-pricing sense: The put option will have a higher implied volatility; when you plug inputs into the Black-Scholes formula to get the price of the option, you'll use a higher volatility input for the $40 put than you will for the $60 call. Using a higher volatility will make the price of the option higher than a lower volatility would. You'd use an even higher volatility for a $30 put than for the $40 put, and an even lower one for a $70 call than for the $60 call. (The $30 put will cost fewer dollars than the $40 put, because it is more out-of-the-money, but it will be "more expensive" in the sense of implied volatility.) The implied volatility of a stock option generally goes up as the strike price goes down. This is called "skew."There are two intuitive ways to think about skew. One is a sort of conditional-realized-volatility explanation: Usually volatility goes up when stock prices go down, and goes down when prices go up. "Stocks take the stairs up and the elevator down," they say: Prices move down faster than they move up; panic acts faster than greed. So a falling stock is more volatile than a rising one. Also small companies are volatile; when they become big companies — when their shares become more valuable — they become less volatile. So if a stock is trading at $50 now, and you buy a call option struck at $80 because you think it will go to $80, you also probably think that it will be less volatile when it gets to $80. If you buy a put option struck at $20 because you think it will go to $20, you also probably think that it will be more volatile when it gets to $20. So the implied volatility of a $20-strike put should be higher than the implied volatility of an $80-strike call, because the stock will be more volatile at $20 than at $80.The other explanation is about supply and demand for options: People mostly want to buy options to protect themselves against a market decline, so they buy lots of $20 put options. People mostly want to sell options to get some extra yield out of their current positions with buy-write programs, so they sell lots of $80 call options. So the price of low-strike put options gets pushed up and the price of high-strike call options gets pushed down, so implied volatility decreases as the strike price increases. This relationship has existed since 1987.
A binary option is a simple bet. You bet a dollar that stock X will be above $50 in a month. If you're right, you get paid some fixed amount, say $1: If the stock is at $50.01 or $60 or $500, doesn't matter, you get the same dollar. If you're wrong, you lose your bet: If the stock is at $49.99 or $40 or $0, doesn't matter, you lose the same dollar. So it is "binary," with only two discrete outcomes, unlike standard options whose payoffs vary with the price of the underlying stock.
There are occasional high-finance uses for binary options, but they are kind of crude and weird instruments, and in modern usage "binary option" mainly refers to a product that is used to rip off retail traders. The discrete nature of binary options makes them attractive to retail gamblers: Instead of the smooth payoff charts of normal options, where you make more money the more right you are, binary options offer simple yes/no bets with large chunky payoffs. They feel more like football bets than most financial trades do. They are attractive to scammers in part because gamblers love them, and in part for the same simplicity that the gamblers love: Most people lose, and when they lose they lose all their money.
They are also attractive to scammers because they are not traded on exchanges or otherwise part of the normal financial system: If you buy a binary option from a scammer, he is not selling you some option product that he bought on an exchange. He is just taking the other side of the bet with you. And you can't compare his prices to those of a normal bank or broker, or see the correct odds for the bet. So he can give you the incorrect odds, to make sure that you will usually lose. If he does this with enough people, he is just running a casino with a large house edge, and he can get rich.
Again, "the average investor lost 80% of their investment within five months" means "you get to keep at least 80% of the money you raise after five months." The binary-options operator is not running a market-making business, matching customer buys and sells; nor is it hedging the binary options in the market for the underlying stock. It is just taking customer bets, paying out the ones that win, and keeping the ones that lose. They mostly lose.
They mostly lose because Spot Options's software sets the terms of the bets, and it makes sure the terms include a large house edge:
Spot Option determined and structured the key terms of the binary options offered and sold through its platform. Specifically, Spot Option's platform provided investors with a choice of: (a) several forms of binary option; (b) numerous reference assets from multiple asset classes, including securities; (c) various expirations; (d) the investment amount; and (e) whether to predict the price of the reference asset would go up (e.g., buy a "call" option) or go down (e.g., buy a "put" option). Spot Option also set the amounts investors would receive for winning trades or would forfeit for losing trades (i.e., the profit/loss ratio), sometimes with the input of the Partners.
Spot Option structured the profit/loss ratio so that on any one trade investors always risked losing more money on an incorrect prediction than they stood to gain on a correct prediction. Spot Option typically set the ratio at a 70% to 85% profit for correct predictions and a 90% to 100% loss for incorrect predictions. Defendants knew that this payout structure made it extremely difficult if not impossible for investors to trade Spot Option's binary options profitably over time because, on average, investors only won half of their trades.
And because the model of binary options dealers is not really "options dealer" (buy and sell options, hedge in the underlying, try to minimize risk and collect a spread) but rather "Las Vegas casino" (take the other side of every bet, make sure you have a lot of edge, exploit compulsive gambling behavior), the edge could be adjusted to prevent good gamblers from winning too much:
Spot Option's Risk Management Services allowed Spot Option, on its own initiative or as requested by the Partners, to designate investors as "low," "medium," or "high" risk. The risk setting was displayed to the Partners through the CRM software. When investors made too much money, Partners requested Spot to change the investor's profile to "high risk" to make it more probable the inves
My basic theory of Libor, the London interbank offered rate, is that it is a function call. You want to have a contract that specifies a floating interest rate, one that changes (say) every quarter based on prevailing interest rates. One way to do that is specify in the contract that, each quarter, you will observe some market data and call some banks for quotes and do some calculations and produce a number, the number being the interest rate. The contract could spell out the entire methodology to take some facts about the world and convert them into an interest rate.But the way Libor works in contracts is mostly not like that. The way Libor works in contracts is mostly by saying "the interest rate will be whatever Libor says it is." (Plus a fixed spread.) Exactly how that is expressed varies, but it is generally expressed by reference to some source, either the official administrator of Libor (formerly the British Bankers' Association, now Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration) or a Bloomberg or Reuters page that displays the official Libor.[1]And then ICE is in charge of figuring out what Libor is, and Bloomberg and Reuters are in charge of getting that information and displaying it, and your contract can just take it as a given. To write the contract, you don't have to know the exact mechanics of how ICE calculates Libor by polling banks about the interest rate at which they can do unsecured short-term borrowing. If ICE adds banks to the panel that it polls, or deletes banks, or changes the wording of the question it asks them, or tells them to use more transaction data in answering the question, or changes its method of topping and tailing and averaging the answers—all of that just flows through to your contract automatically. You call the Libor function, it returns a value, you use the value, and you don't really care how the function operates internally. The people who maintain the function can tinker with it, and you won't even notice. We are in the middle of a long and boring effort to get Libor out of contracts. Contracts—floating-rate loans, interest-rate derivatives, etc.—are no longer supposed to use the Libor function. The main reason for this change is that it turns out that the way that Libor was calculated, during and shortly after the 2008 financial crisis, was pretty bad: The BBA polled banks about their cost of short-term unsecured borrowing, and the banks lied about it, so Libor was, in an important sense, "wrong."[2] A secondary reason for the change is that the eurodollar markets used to calculate Libor are not as active and important as they once were, so even a more honest calculation of Libor—the kind that ICE does now—may not reflect "true" interest rates the way Libor used to. And so regulators want banks and derivatives traders to stop using Libor and start using some other, more market-based interest-rate reference. In the U.S. this is mainly SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, which is calculated by the New York Fed based on actual transaction data. There are various problems with this transition, but the simplest and dumbest one is that there are a lot of contracts that say "the interest rate will be Libor" (plus a spread), and you have to go find all of them and get the contracting parties to agree to cross that out and write in "the interest rate will be SOFR" (plus a spread) or whatever. That is hard administratively—you have to find the contracts, you have to get the two parties to pay attention, etc.—but there is also an economic problem. Libor and SOFR are different; they measure different things; Libor is unsecured and SOFR is secured; SOFR is overnight and Libor comes in longer tenors. If your loan pays interest of six-month Libor plus 150 basis points, will it now pay the six-month SOFR futures rate plus 175 basis points, or six months of daily SOFR compounded in arrears plus 168 basis points, or what? The borrower will say "let's change to SOFR but not increase the spread," the lender will say "let's change to SOFR and increase the spread a lot," there will be some economics to be worked out, and there's no guarantee that everyone will agree. And so banks are going out and trying to renegotiate trillions of dollars of contracts to replace Libor with something more sensible, but they kind of have to do that one client at a time. The simple dumb solution would be to answer these questions, once and for all, by changing the internal mechanics of Libor. ICE could just wake up one day and say, "We will keep reporting Libor, but instead of being based on a panel of banks, it will be SOFR plus 20 basis points, that's just what Libor means now."[3] And then if your contract says "our interest rate will be Libor," you will go to the Bloomberg or Reuters page that reports Libor, and it will keep reporting Libor, and the function will produce an answer just like before. But now the guts of the function will be based on SOFR—the good rate, the one regulators like, the one with a future—rather than the old and discredited method of calling up banks for their unsecured lending rates. In practice it would be a bit tough for ICE to do this, and people who use Libor and don't like how ICE answers the economic questions would get mad and sue it. On the other hand … New York could do it? Lots of financial contracts are governed by New York law, so the New York legislature can, within some limits, change what those contracts mean. Cuomo's budget includes an article on "Libor Discontinuance," which says (section 18-401, page 237) that "On the Libor replacement date, the recommended benchmark replacement shall, by operation of law, be the benchmark replacement for any contract, security or instrument that uses Libor as a benchmark," unless there is a different fallback provision in the contract. If you trace through the defined terms, what that means is basically that when Libor stops publishing, any contracts that use Libor will automatically instead use a different function. The different function will be whatever is recommended by the Fed,[4] which is administering the Libor transition, and will presumably be (1) SOFR, (2) termed out in some way (using futures curves or compounding to compute a longer-term rate from overnight SOFR), (3) plus a spread (to reflect the difference between secured and unsecured rates). The law doesn't choose what the function will be; it leaves it up to the Fed.
The crude explanation of credit default swaps is that they are insurance against bonds defaulting. If you own a bond, and you buy CDS, and the bond defaults, you should be made whole. If it's a $100 bond, you should get $100 back, no matter what. A bond plus CDS should be a (credit-)risk-free combination. It is a bit complicated to get this to work in practice. Defaulted bonds are rarely completely worthless. The issuer restructures, in or out of bankruptcy, and the defaulted bonds get paid off in part or exchanged for some new securities. If you get back $20 or $40 or $75 of stuff for your defaulted bonds, CDS would ideally pay off $80 or $60 or $25, so that you end up with $100 for the bond-plus-CDS package. One way to make this work would be: If a bond defaults, the CDS buyer delivers the bond to the CDS writer, and the CDS writer hands the buyer $100. The buyer is made whole—it has exactly $100—and the CDS writer has to deal with figuring out how much the bond is worth. This is called "physical settlement," and it's pretty straightforward—as long as CDS is bought mainly by bond owners as insurance. But of course CDS is used for lots of other purposes too. People will buy CDS on a company not only because they own that company's bonds, but also as a way to speculate on its credit, or as a hedge for other credit exposures to the company (or its stock, etc.), or as a hedge for other credit exposures to different but correlated companies. People will buy index CDS—a pot of CDS on a bunch of bonds, which pays off a bit if any of those bonds default—as a way to hedge or speculate on general credit risk. CDS is in a narrow sense "insurance against bonds defaulting," but in a broader sense it has been, historically, the main liquid way to make all sorts of bets on credit. What this means is that a lot of people own CDS without owning the underlying bonds that they could deliver for physical settlement. Still you could ignore that. You could say "anyone who buys CDS has to deliver the bond to get back $100." Then people who own CDS but not the relevant bonds would have to buy the bonds, after the default, in order to get paid off on their CDS. In some cases, this would drive the price of the bonds way up after default. Before default, everyone says "this company may not pay these bonds back," so they trade at $60. After default, all the CDS owners say "hey we need to get some bonds to get paid off on our CDS," so they go out looking for bonds and bid them up to $70 or $90 or, why not, $99.99. (Probably not $105, because the CDS only pays off $100.) This is not exactly the system that is used in reality, but it's not exactly not that system either. Another way for it to work would be: If a bond defaults, the CDS writer pays a lump of cash to the CDS buyer, and no bonds change hands. This is called "cash settlement." Ideally the cash settlement would be $100 minus exactly what the bond is worth after the default, but how do you measure that? You could wait until the restructuring is completed, see what bondholders get, and then have the CDS pay off $100 minus that. This is administratively annoying: Restructurings take a long time, lots of bondholders can't or don't want to hold their defaulted bonds all the way through bankruptcy, and if bondholders get back other securities you still have the problem of valuing them. In practice people want CDS to pay out more promptly than "after the bankruptcy is over," so this approach isn't really used. You could have an arbitrary payout. You could have a rule that CDS pays $100 on a default, no matter what the bonds' recovery is. (Or you could have it pay $60 on a default, on the old rule of thumb that recoveries are typically around 40 cents on the dollar.) That would be … fine, really; it might be a good product for people looking to speculate on credit generally. People suggest it a lot, and it does exist ("binary" or "fixed-recovery" CDS), though it is not that common. The problem is that it doesn't work that well for people who do want insurance against default on actual bonds that they own; they would be overpaying for their insurance, buying something that pays out $100 even if their loss is only $60. So the usual intuition is that the cash-settlement payout should be based on the market price of the bonds shortly after the default. If the company defaults, and the bonds trade down to $45, then the CDS should pay out $55. That way if you have a bond and CDS, you get back $100, $45 for your bond and $55 for your CDS. But it's not always easy to measure the market price on a defaulted bond; it may not trade very much, people may have idiosyncratic reasons for holding on to or buying or selling it, and trading prices might not reflect "real" value. So the way normal CDS works is that there is an auction. After a default, ISDA—the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, which administers CDS—declares a default and sets an auction date, and then there is a bond auction that does two things. One, it allows for physical settlement: If you own a bond and CDS, and want to get rid of your bond and get back $100 on your CDS, you can do that (by selling your bonds in the auction); if you wrote CDS and want to pay $100 and get back a bond, you can do that (by buying bonds in the auction). Two, it fixes a price for cash settlement: The auction coordinates liquidity, so that anyone who wants to buy or sell the bond (whether or not they own or wrote CDS) can do so, so you get a good market-clearing price for the bonds, which you can use to set the payoff for CDS cash settlement. If the market-clearing price for the bonds is $45, CDS will cash settle at $55.
Libor, the London interbank offered rate, is an interest-rate benchmark reflecting banks' short-term unsecured borrowing costs. SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, is an interest-rate benchmark reflecting the cost of short-term borrowing secured by Treasuries. Which benchmark you use depends on what you are doing with it. If you are a bank making a floating-rate loan, you might reasonably prefer Libor: Your own cost of funding the loan will be based on your unsecured borrowing cost, so using Libor will better match your assets and liabilities. If you are a bank looking to do an interest-rate swap, similarly, you might want to match the floating rate to your own marginal funding costs, so you might prefer to reference Libor. (Though since you do a ton of repo funding too, you might prefer SOFR.) You might expect banks mostly to prefer Libor over SOFR, and for Libor-based instruments to be more popular than SOFR-based ones. If so, you would be correct: "Average open interest in three-month SOFR futures barely topped 5% that of eurodollar contracts last month." (Eurodollar contracts are, in effect, Libor futures.)That analysis is bad, though; that is not how it works. People do not choose Libor or SOFR based on their economic needs. They choose Libor because they have always chosen Libor; Libor is the traditional interest rate for floating-rate loans and interest-rate derivatives. They choose SOFR because they are required by law to choose SOFR; the U.S. Federal Reserve has a "year-end deadline to halt new Libor contracts." These quotes are from this Bloomberg article about how the transition is going slowly. I have read lots of articles like it over the last year or two.
Fine. I did a talk at a law school once, maybe a year or so ago. I mentioned "the Libor scandal" and people looked at me funny. It turns out they had never heard of the Libor scandal. I felt old. The Libor scandal was … maybe the most scandalous scandal in the financial industry since the 2008 global financial crisis? Libor was called "the world's most important number," but the way that it was calculated was by calling up banks and asking them what rate they could borrow at, and the banks could just make up an answer. It turned out that they often made up answers that were wrong, in order to (1) reassure investors that they could borrow more cheaply than they actually could and/or (2) affect the value of their Libor derivatives trades. So zillions of dollars of derivatives and loans turned out to have the wrong price, banks paid billions of dollars of fines, there were a lot of lawsuits, it was all quite bad. One consequence of the scandal was that regulators decided to burn Libor to the ground and start over—with SOFR in the U.S., and with similar secured-financing-index ideas in other countries. But there are problems with that approach. One is the chicken-and-egg stuff in that block quote: If you have a gigantic liquid market based on Libor, and no market based on SOFR, it is hard to get anyone to be the first or second or hundredth person to do a SOFR trade. The other problem is that Libor, for all of its flaws, was actually designed to do the things banks want (reflect their funding costs for loans and help them manage risk), while SOFR is not. Balanced against those problems is the fact that regulators, and everyone else, were really really mad about Libor. But that consideration was a lot more important in 2014, when the Libor scandal was fresh and regulators were starting to plan the transition away from Libor, than it is now, when the transition is going slowly and the Libor scandal is a more distant memory. (Another good reason to transition from Libor is that the eurodollar market, where banks borrow unsecured from each other in transactions that are used to set the value of Libor, has become significantly less active and important since 2008, so Libor is in some sense even less "real" than it used to be, even though now banks and the benchmark administrator take accuracy more seriously now.)
I know that the deadline for Libor is approaching, but I feel like I've read these articles forever, and part of me thinks that I'll just keep reading them forever. The deadline will be delayed, the Libor market will remain big and the SOFR one will remain small, and everyone will pay vague lip service to the idea that we need to transition away from Libor even as they forget why exactly we were supposed to do that.
Here's a trade:
1. We spin a standard roulette wheel with 38 pockets. 2. If it lands on any number from 0 through 36, I will pay you a dollar. 3. If it lands on 00, you will pay me $10,000.
Should I do this trade? Sure, whatever, it has positive expected value, and if we do it enough and I can afford the dollars I should eventually come out ahead.Should you do this trade? Well, no, I just said it has positive expected value for me, so it has negative expected value for you. Thirty-seven times out of 38 you'll make a dollar, the 38th time you'll lose $10,000, if we do it enough you'll go broke.But let me put it a different way. There's a 97.4% (37/38) chance that this trade will be profitable for you. (I mean, once.) Should you do a trade that has a 97.4% chance of making you a dollar? Uh … no … but what if your risk management software is broken? What if it is built entirely around the concept of "value at risk," meaning that it is focused on the maximum amount that you'd lose 95% of the time? Ninety-five percent of the time, you will make a dollar. If you are an extremely literal user of a 95% VaR risk model, this trade is risk-free. There is no risk, 95% of the time! In fact there is no risk 97.4% of the time! The other 2.6% of the time it's a catastrophe.Good lord, here are some paragraphs:
Beginning in January of 2018 the scope of the volatility investment strategy was expanded to include capped/uncapped variance swaps. These swaps trade a relatively fixed return during typical to moderately high volatility conditions for a significantly more steeply tilted and nonlinear loss function during high to very high volatility conditions and carry the risk of greatly magnified losses from extreme volatility events, such as the COVID-related volatility experienced in March or that experienced in the October 1987 Black Monday event.At the same time that the VOLTS portfolio was being shifted towards the higher risk capped-uncapped contracts the size of the portfolio was being substantially increased above that of the pre-2018 strategy.A legacy risk system was being used to measure and monitor the risks of public market instruments. It assessed investment risk using a value at risk (VaR) measurement at a (95%) confidence level on an annual basis. This is a common method of sizing active risk, which works reasonably well when the returns of portfolio investments are linearly related to underlying economic and market factors. However, it does not do a good job of assessing risk in a strategy like VOLTS with nonlinear returns, especially when nonlinearity appears largely outside the confidence interval. The VaR system would thus have reported minimal risks for the capped-uncapped strategy. To fully understand the risk of an investment like VOLTS and the potential for unacceptable losses, something more than active VaR is required. The limitations of the risk system had previously been recognized, and its replacement had been identified and was in the process of being implemented.By January, 2020, Risk Management had modelled the risk involved in the capped-uncapped strategy being utilized and called for increased attention to the very low probability but nonetheless extreme tail risk of VOLTS. By the time Public Equities began to take action to reduce VOLTS exposure in early March, it was too late. Unprecedented and sustained volatility caused by the COVID-19 crisis made it impossible to unwind the positions without considerable loss.
They come from the summary of the "VOLTS Investment Strategy Review" that AIMCo (the Alberta Investment Management Corp., which invests Alberta public pensions) released last week after losing billions of dollars on its volatility strategies (which it called "VOLTS") when the market crashed in March. They are in two parts, each of which is … fine … but which fit together horrifically.The first two paragraphs describe AIMCo's volatility selling strategy. We have talked about it a couple of times; AIMCo's strategy is technically known as "capped-uncapped variance swaps" and pejoratively known as "picking up pennies in front of a steamroller," but it is in principle a form of selling insurance against market volatility. AIMCo. would collect a stable insurance premium every month, as long as volatility stayed constant or went down or went up a little or went up a medium amount or even went up a largish amount. But if volatility went up by a truly enormous amount, AIMCo. would, uh, blow up. In March, that happened, so oops. But as I have said before, in principle there's nothing wrong with this; AIMCo. bet wrong, but arguably AIMCo.—a giant public pension with stable funding and a long time horizon—is a better bearer of volatility tail risk than, say, the banks who were paying it premiums. Huge stable public pensions probably should be selling volatility insurance to fragile banks, it makes sense, it's a good transfer of risk, I have no problem with it.But then the next two paragraphs describe AIMCo.'s risk management system, which was based on a 95% VaR. Basically you figure out the worst you can do in 95% of the cases, and use that number to think about your risk. People hate VaR but it is useful for lots of things. If you own a lot of stuff, sometimes it will go up a little and sometimes it will go down a little and sometimes it will go down a lot, and VaR is a decent one-number shorthand for understanding those dynamics. If you own a normal portfolio of normal stuff, you can sort of pretend that its returns will be normally distributed, and then VaR will be a useful summary of the shape of that distribution. But if the stuff that you own is pennies in front of a steamroller , it is useless. Sometimes it will go up a little and sometimes it will go up a little and sometimes it will go up a little and virtually all of the time it will go up a little, and then quite rarely you will be run over by a steamroller. If the steamroller is in the 5% of cases that you ignore, then the trade will look risk-free, and you will load up on it. The point of VaR-based risk management is that it works well for regular portfolios of stuff whose returns look sort of normally distributed (mostly they move around a little, they rarely move around a lot); it works less well when returns have "fat tails." The point of the capped-uncapped variance swap strategy is that it is exclusively about the tails. They just do not go together.I should say, I still don't know if AIMCo.'s volatility trades were ex ante irrational, if they were mispriced or dumb or whatever. The coronavirus crisis was big and surprising; you could have quite rationally sold insurance against volatility and just been caught flat-footed in March. AIMCo. wasn't using this VaR model to price those trades; it's not like it said "well we have a 95% chance of making money so we will do as much of this as you want and charge you a minimal premium." Still it is not good to have a risk-management model that ignores the only risk you face.
One part of this story is that an economic crisis tends to be bad for credit, which makes it hard to issue bonds, and it tends to be bad for stock prices, which makes it hard to issue stock. But a crisis also tends to increase the volatility of stock prices. Convertible bonds are bonds with an option to buy stock, and stock options become more valuable as volatility increases. Issuing a convertible now, for a lot of companies, will be less attractive than it was last year: Your credit is worse and your stock price is lower, and both of those things go into the price of the convertible. But at least your volatility will be higher, and people will pay you more for that, partly offsetting the other problems. Your other financing choices—straight bonds, stock—don't have that advantage; they just got straightforwardly worse. A roughly equivalent way of putting it is that if you are an investor, buying stock now feels bad because the crisis might get worse and stocks might go to zero, but buying bonds now feels bad because the crisis might get better and then stocks might rally a lot while you just get your money back with interest. The pitch for convertibles is always that they give you stock-like upside but protect you on the downside, and in a crisis full of uncertainty that pitch is particularly appealing.
The point of repo lending is that it's very safe. In a repo, one party (call it the "lender") buys a security from another party (the "borrower") for less than it's worth (the "haircut"), with a promise to sell it back for an ever-so-slightly higher price (the "interest") at some point in the near future. If the borrower pays back the money, the lender gives back the security and collects its interest. If the borrower doesn't have the money, the lender gets to sell the security—which should be worth more than it paid, since it "bought" it at a discount—and so is made whole. This all happens over a short term; much repo is done on an overnight basis, and even term repo tends to be for a matter of months, so the lender can always get its money back in fairly short order. During the term of the repo, the lender can generally issue margin calls: If the security loses value, the lender can demand more money (or securities) to protect its investment. If it demands more money and the borrower doesn't come up with it, the lender can sell the security to get its money back. As loan terms go, these are all pretty draconian.
There are other kinds of loans, in the world. Many loans do not allow margin calls: If you have a mortgage on your house and house prices go down, the bank can't just call you up and ask for more money. Many loans are unsecured: If you don't pay your credit card bill, the bank can't just grab your stuff and sell it the same day; there's a long and complicated default process. Even many secured loans are harder to enforce than repo: In many secured loans the lender will have some sort of lien on collateral that will be complicated and costly to enforce, but in repo the lender just owns the collateral—it bought it!—and can sell it without much process.
There are good reasons that repo terms are draconian. From the lender's perspective, the reason the terms are so tough is that they make repo very safe. Because you lend for a short term, take possession of the collateral and are protected by a haircut and the ability to sell quickly at the first sign of trouble, you are not taking a lot of risk. So you can do a lot of repo without worrying too much about it, without doing a lot of due diligence and underwriting, without reserving a lot against the risk of loss. Repo is "information insensitive," "money-like." And so a lot of safety-seeking investors—not just banks but money market funds and other big institutions looking to park cash that they can't afford to lose—will park their cash in the repo market. From the borrower's perspective, the advantage of the tough repo terms is that they make repo very available. Because repo is so safe and information-insensitive, there are lots of people willing to lend money in repo markets. You don't need a deep relationship of trust with your lender; lots of banks and funds will just put up cash in the market, knowing that it's all pretty safe. And because it is a competitive market, in which deep relationships don't matter that much, repo tends to be pretty cheap financing and haircuts tend to be low. If you want to borrow a lot of money to finance securities efficiently, repo is the way to do it, because the terms are so draconian. The downside, for the borrower, is obvious. If things go wrong you are not dealing with an understanding lender who has a long and deep relationship with you and who is motivated to see you succeed; nor are you dealing with a lender who faces a long and complex and uncertain legal process if it forecloses on you. You are dealing with an arm's-length counterparty who can seize and sell your collateral in a day, and who has been lending you money in a briskly efficient market with pretty thin margins because it expects that loan to be very safe. You can call up your lender and say "work with us here, it is in all of our interests for us to succeed, you don't need to foreclose now," but your lender is just not that sort of lender. Your lender was expecting boring safety out of its repo arrangements; it did not sign up for a wild ride.
The traditional banking system goes like this:
1. You put your money in a bank account. It pays a little interest. You can take your money out any time. 2. The bank lends your money to your neighbors to buy houses. They pay interest. Their loans are due in 30 years.
This largely works—most depositors don't want their money back at the same time, the mortgages pay higher interest than the deposits, etc.—though the problems are well known. The modern banking system goes like this:
1. You put your money in a money market fund. It pays a little interest. You can take your money out any time. 2. The money market fund lends your money to a big dealer bank in the repo market, collateralized by Treasury bonds or mortgage-backed securities. It can take its money back any time. 3. The dealer bank lends the money in the repo market to a mortgage real estate investment trust, collateralized by the REIT's mortgage-backed securities. It can take its money back on fairly short notice, or issue margin calls if the mortgage-backed securities lose value. 4. The mortgage REIT uses the money to buy mortgage bonds from mortgage lenders. It can't generally get its money back, but it can sell the bonds if it needs to raise money. 5. The lenders use the money to make mortgage loans to your neighbors to buy houses. They pay interest. Their loans are due in 30 years.
I am omitting some steps there—government-sponsored enterprise guarantees, warehouse lenders to non-bank originators, etc.—and of course that is not the only way that the modern system works; sometimes it works exactly like the old system. (There are still bank deposits, certainly, and there are even still mortgages made by banks and held on their balance sheets.) It's not even the main way that the modern system works, for mortgages: "The mortgage Reits entered the coronavirus crisis owning an estimated $500bn of bonds backed by property loans," out of a total of about $16 trillion of U.S. mortgages. Still $500 billion is a lot! And what is striking about that system, compared to the old system, is just how many steps it has. Anyone doing the investing at the top of the chain doesn't really know what is going on with their money at the bottom of the chain. And anyone anywhere in the chain can decide to take their money back—because their opinions have changed, or because they worry about the people above them in the chain asking for their money back—which will lead to cascades lower down. There are a lot of tight linkages, and if any of them go wrong then the whole system seizes up.
A good basic story is that if people think that a stock should be worth a lot, they will buy it, and so it will be worth a lot. If they think it should not be worth a lot, they will sell it, so it will not be worth a lot. At least in the short term, market perceptions tend to become reality, or at least to amplify existing reality. A similar basic story, imperfect but useful, is that if people think the market will be volatile, they will buy volatility, and so the market will be volatile. For a long time now people have more or less thought that the market would not be volatile, so they sold volatility, and so the market was not volatile. Now, however, they think that the market will be very volatile, so they are buying volatility, and so the market is very volatile. I mean the market is very volatile mostly for other reasons, but the volatility buying doesn't help. Here is Bloomberg's Luke Kawa with the Greek letters:
Dealers were long the guardians of the Goldilocks markets that befitted an economy that was lumbering along, serving to moderate price action when it got too hot or too cold. Until recently, stated in the simplest terms, there were way more people looking to sell options than buy them, and dealers took their business. Among the would-be sellers were institutions embracing a variety of fancy tactics, among them one known as call overwriting, in which someone who is long a stock sells an option on it to collect a fee and boost her return. These strategies are big enough to have implications for intraday price action in major equity indexes like the S&P 500. Consider a pension fund engaged in a call-writing strategy. The dealer on the other side of the trade -- the call's buyer -- normally goes short the underlying stock, so that if the option's value declines, the loss is hedged. In Greek parlance, that's known as staying "delta neutral." To remain delta neutral, a dealer covers some of this short (buys the stock) when the stock falls, and shorts more when the stock advances. Therefore, dynamically managing of this "long gamma" position has the effect of tamping down realized volatility.
People—end users, real investors—think the market will not be volatile, so they figure they can risklessly collect some extra cash by selling call options. (This is a bet against volatility: If the market goes down 50%, call overwriting will seem like a bad strategy because you still own the stock; if it goes up 50%, call overwriting will look bad because you give up the gains; if it goes up 2% call overwriting will look great because you increase your returns.) Selling call options (or put options for that matter) is "selling volatility"; the people buying the volatility are dealers. The dealers—unlike the end users—are not trying to make a big directional bet; they are intermediaries; they are in the business of manufacturing financial products and delivering them to their clients. The product that they have sold to their clients, in this case, is calm. (The clients are selling volatility, so they're buying the absence of volatility). So the dealers go out and manufacture calm for their clients. They do this by buying stocks when they go down and selling them when they go up, which has the effect of making them go down less when they're down and go up less when they're up. Kawa again:
This is what happens in a tranquil market. In a haywire one, it flips on its head. At times like now, options lose their allure as quick bets to enhance yield, and revert to their fundamental role as market hedges. With institutions banging down the door to purchase protection, dealer activity radically changes. If investors are buying puts hand over fist, that means dealers are forced to sell stock to offset their exposure when markets fall. JPMorgan strategist Marko Kolanovic described how this flip in dealer positioning contributes to an extreme see-saw in price action that sees stocks collapse one day only to zoom higher the next. First, equities retreat as investors react to negative news on the outlook for the global economy and potential for corporate credit stress by fleeing risk assets. This prompts dealers to short more, driving the price of shares down too far. Then, prices overcorrect as this dynamic reverse itself 24 hours later, he said.
People—end users—now think the market will be volatile, so they figure they should spend some money to protect themselves from the volatility. They buy put options—volatility—from dealers. The dealers are not trying to make a big directional bet; they have sold volatility and have to deliver it to their clients, so they go out and manufacture that volatility by buying stocks when they go up and selling them when they go down, which has the effect of making stocks go down more when they're down and go up more when they're up. Mostly down these days. This is a story about stock (and stock-index) options but it has the same basic form as a lot of other trades. In calm markets, people make bets on calm markets that tend to have the effect of further calming the markets. When markets become wild, people unwind those bets and start betting on wild markets, which tends to have the effect of further aggravating the markets.
Really what we talked about were catastrophe bonds, bonds that pay out above-market interest in the ordinary case, but that don't repay their principal if some designated catastrophe happens. Classically insurance companies will issue cat bonds referencing earthquakes or hurricanes; if there are a lot of earthquakes or hurricanes, the insurance company will have to pay a lot of claims, but then it won't have to pay back the cat bonds. It has effectively purchased reinsurance from the cat bond investors. In 2017, facing an Ebola epidemic, the World Bank issued "pandemic bonds," which are cat bonds linked to a global pandemic. If there's a pandemic, the World Bank will fund relief efforts, which will cost money, but also it will get to keep the principal of the pandemic bonds; the bondholders share the (financial) risk of the pandemic.
The point was that the appeal of classic cat bonds is that they are uncorrelated to other financial markets: If there are a lot of hurricanes one year, the global economy will not necessarily be much worse off for it, so the returns of cat bonds (high in low-hurricane years, negative in high-hurricane years) will have nothing to do with the returns of, for instance, U.S. stocks. If you are an investor you like this diversification benefit; you want to buy things whose returns are uncorrelated with everything else.
You might have thought that pandemic bonds would provide a similar benefit: They were sort of built and marketed as Ebola bonds, and you might have expected an Ebola outbreak to be relatively contained and not have much effect on the world economy. But they turned out to (also) be coronavirus bonds, and the coronavirus seems to be having an effect on markets and global trade. So the bonds might trigger—that is, pay their principal out to the World Bank relief fund rather than back to investors—at a bad time for other assets. "The real problem with underwriting pandemic risk," suggested John Dizard at the Financial Times, "is that it tends to be correlated with financial markets."
A credit default swap lets you bet on whether a company will default on its debt. (Because you think it will, or you think it won't, or you own some of the debt and want insurance against default, etc.) But it is a bet on whether a company will default, and many of the things that we think of as companies are actually collections of companies, parents with lots of subsidiaries and affiliates, all of which are different legal entities. A company might issue debt out of a financing subsidiary, and then CDS on that company will reference that financing subsidiary, and if the debt of that subsidiary defaults then the CDS pays out. But one thing the company could do would be to set up a different financing subsidiary, and issue new debt out of that, and use some of the proceeds of the new debt to pay off the old debt from the old subsidiary. Then the old subsidiary will have no debt outstanding, so it can't really default, so CDS on the old subsidiary will be worthless. (The term is "orphaning.") Meanwhile there will be no CDS on the new subsidiary, and someone will have to start writing it. This is not particularly common because it is, from the company's perspective, sort of tedious and pointless. CDS contracts are just side bets among hedge funds; the company doesn't make or lose money on them, and doesn't have much incentive to disrupt CDS markets. In general it seems likely that well-functioning CDS markets are good for companies (if investors can hedge, they are more willing to lend you money), though companies are sometimes suspicious (if your investors are too hedged, they have no incentives to work with you and will be trying to get you to default). Still sometimes CDS stuff creeps into the real economy. The people buying and selling CDS will probably also own your debt, or be willing to buy more of it. And if you're a company with a financing subsidiary, you have something to give them, or to take away from them: You can issue debt out of a new financing sub and make their CDS worthless, or you can issue it out of the old one and make their CDS valuable. And you can use that leverage over CDS buyers and sellers to try to negotiate a better deal for yourself. So that happens, and we talk about those stories from time to time. Here's another one:
U.K. pub company Stonegate's announcement on its debt refinancing plans stunned traders who had bet heavily that the firm's credit insurance would soon prove worthless. Stonegate, which runs over 700 bars across the U.K. -- including the Slug and Lettuce, Walkabout and Yates' chains -- said on Wednesday that it will use an existing funding vehicle to guarantee at least some of the new notes and loans it plans to offer. It's expected to sell 1.35 billion pounds ($1.74 billion) of bonds for its owner TDR Capital's acquisition of rival U.K. pub chain EI Group Plc, possibly as early as this month. The company's credit-default swaps subsequently jumped as high as 250 basis points, up from around 80 on Tuesday, according to people familiar with the matter. Traders had expected Stonegate to use a new funding unit to back the forthcoming issuance, thereby rendering almost $300 million of credit default swaps worthless because they would be left with no debt to insure. … "Seeing a company explicitly reference CDS in a press release or cleansing statement is pretty unprecedented in European High Yield," Steven Hunter, CEO and founder of high-yield analytics firm 9Fin Ltd, told Bloomberg News.
Here is the press release, which actually doesn't mention CDS except in the headline. The body of it is just a bland one-paragraph factual statement about who will be guaranteeing the bonds and loans, but the headline is "Update on financing structure in relation to outstanding existing CDS." The brevity and blandness of the statement supports the view that this is a "cleansing statement," that what is happening here is that (1) someone involved in the financing talks—an investor, or perhaps one of the advisory banks—wants to trade CDS, (2) they knew that the CDS was worth more than the market thought it was, and (3) they figured Stonegate had better tell the market before they traded, because otherwise they'd get in trouble for insider trading. "The company had previously said it was 90% certain that it would issue the debt out of a new vehicle, according to management's comments on an investor call," so if you knew otherwise it would probably be a bad but lucrative idea to buy CDS. Oh elsewhere McClatchy Co. filed for bankruptcy and will be taken over by its largest creditor, Chatham Asset Management. Chatham has been sort of everywhere at once in McClatchy—it was the largest shareholder outside of the McClatchy family, a major lender, and apparently a seller of CDS—and in 2018 it almost did an orphan-CDS trade, offering to lend McClatchy money on favorable terms in exchange for orphaning the old financing entity and rendering the CDS that Chatham had sold worthless. Instead people who had bought that CDS ended up going to McClatchy with a better deal, and the CDS did not get orphaned. If everyone has the same positions they had a year and a half ago, then presumably Chatham is sad that its CDS didn't get orphaned (since now it will pay out), and presumably the CDS buyers are happy. On the other hand the CDS buyers got that result by buying the company's debt, which is now in bankruptcy. There are no particularly clean results here; the way you get the stuff you want is by weaving it together with the stuff you don't want.
In 2017 the World Bank issued some pandemic bonds. Investors who bought these bonds got a high interest rate, but they could lose all their money if there was a pandemic: The bonds would "trigger" if a pandemic occurred, and then instead of paying back the bondholders, the money would go to the World Bank to fund relief efforts. The bonds "were originally conceived as a sort of public-private partnership to get insurance investors to assume some of the risk of the Ebola epidemic." Obviously the current coronavirus outbreak is of interest to pandemic-bond investors, and John Dizard has a fascinating column in the Financial Times about the virus and the bonds. There are a lot of classic financial-engineering lessons in these bonds. For instance, I just said that the bonds trigger if a pandemic occurs, but what exactly does that mean? Well, there's a long document with specific provisions describing what does and doesn't qualify as a pandemic, and—as is so often the case in financial-contract triggers—there is room for debate and gamesmanship. So it's not a pandemic unless there are deaths in multiple countries—a devastating epidemic in one country would not trigger the bonds—and so you get this gruesome speculation:
As one London underwriter comments: "They only needed 20 bodies on the other side of the Congo border to get to the trigger. What if someone loaded up a truck and dumped those in Rwanda?"
To be fair I asked much the same question—"Do you think that anyone at the World Bank was a little tempted to smuggle one Ebola patient over an international border to trigger the Ebola cat bonds?"—last year. So that is sort of standard financial thinking applied to global pandemics. But then there is this:
Insurance people, though, are remarkably chipper about the future of pandemic deals. After all, as that London underwriter says: "Nothing is uninsurable; you just need more data. And life risk gives you more data than earthquakes." The real problem with underwriting pandemic risk, he thinks, is that it tends to be correlated with financial markets. "You don't get the diversification offered by hurricanes and quakes."
See, the problem with a global pandemic, for financial investors, is not that it's bad, it's that it's correlated. If there's a global pandemic then all the stocks and bonds will go down; if you own pandemic bonds, you will lose money on the pandemic bonds at the exact same time you are losing money on your other stocks and bonds. Hurricanes and earthquakes, meanwhile—yes of course you can invest in hurricanes and earthquakes, those are called "catastrophe bonds"—tend to be less correlated to global financial assets. If you buy a catastrophe bond and there are a lot of hurricanes, your cat bonds will trigger and you'll lose money, but you might be making money on all your other stocks and bonds because the global economy is not primarily determined by the frequency of hurricanes. Conversely, if there's a recession and you're losing money on all your other assets, the cat bonds might still perform well, because the frequency of hurricanes certainly isn't determined by the global economy. If you are an investor, the hurricane profile is desirable; it gives you a diversification benefit. As with every financial asset, you do well in some states of the world (no hurricanes) and poorly in other states of the world (lots of hurricanes), but the states of the world are different from the ones that determine the performance of other financial assets (recession vs. no recession, etc.). You can improve your risk-adjusted return by combining uncorrelated assets. Giving investors an uncorrelated asset, one whose performance has nothing to do with the performance of normal financial assets, makes them better off. I think often about issuing a bond that pays a high interest rate if I flip a coin and it lands on heads, and defaults if it lands on tails. "Ooh uncorrelated risk," people will say, and rush to buy it. One way to read the pandemic bond story is that the risk of an Ebola outbreak spreading from Congo to Rwanda does not seem likely to be highly correlated with global financial markets, but the risk of a deadly coronavirus spreading from China to the rest of the world probably is pretty correlated with global financial markets: The actual coronavirus is shutting down factories, disrupting trade, and generally causing large economic impacts even as it is also risking triggering the bonds. People may have bought these bonds with the wrong disease, and the wrong correlation model, in mind.
One thing to think here is that there are some companies that are in the business of building a product and setting prices, and there are other companies that are in the business of trading a commodity. If you let Apple trade derivatives on the price of the iPhone, it would have a huge advantage, because it more or less decides the price of the iPhone; that decision is constrained by economics—there is some profit-maximizing price—but is still its decision. If you let a big wheat farmer trade derivatives on the price of wheat, he would have a little advantage, because he produces a lot of wheat and knows if his crop will be big or small etc. But he doesn't set the price of wheat; the price of wheat is just a market price, and he takes it. Intuitively one thinks of airline ticket prices as being set by the airlines but I suppose the point is that, at a certain level of abstraction, they are commodities.
ETFs & Investment Vehicles (33)
ETFs avoid capital-gains tax on internal trades because in-kind creation and redemption of ETF shares is not a taxable transaction; 'heartbeat' trades let a fund swap holdings in-kind through an authorized trading firm so it never books a sale. A Section 351 exchange extends the logic to the investor: contribute an appreciated stock portfolio into a new ETF tax-free, then rebalance winners inside the wrapper without realizing gains, deferring tax until shares are sold for consumption or eliminated entirely via a basis step-up at death. Bloomberg identified 105 such 351-conversion ETFs holding $22.1 billion at launch and deferring at least $6.5 billion of embedded gains. Treasury officials have publicly flagged the strategy as producing results 'Congress did not appear to intend' — a clean case of financial engineering outrunning tax policy.
The GraniteShares 2x Long LCID Daily ETF (LCDL) was terminated after Lucid stock fell about 57% intraday on a bankruptcy rumor. The swap counterparty exercised its contractual right to close out the position and the fund's NAV went negative (-$0.016 per share). The irony: Lucid closed that day down only 16.2% and finished the week up 32.6%, so a product that perfectly delivered 2x daily returns would have been up roughly 57% on the week. But the only realistic way to deliver 2x the daily change is to actually hold twice as much of the stock during the day, and a 57% intraday drop ends the game. A new Murray and Sammon (Harvard) paper finds broad equity-index leveraged ETFs generated over $100 billion in investor gains, but single-stock LETFs are launched on stocks near the top of the volatility distribution, suffer larger volatility drag and higher financing costs that raise the breakeven return, and attract flows that chase past losses without predicting future returns. Levered exposure to a diversified index in a rising market is a respectable idea; levered exposure to a single risky stock ends predictably.
A proposed sports-gambling ETF would run a diversified portfolio of 40-80 bets, but Levine argues the more honest design is a daily bet: a 'Mets win' ETF priced each morning off the Kalshi contract, tripling if they win and going to zero if they lose. Its long-run expected value is negative, yet that does not make it useless. Leveraged and inverse single-stock ETFs carry the same 'do not buy and hold' warning because they are built as one-day bets, not investments. Wrapping a trade as an ETF adds real advantages: an equity-mandate portfolio manager or an individual with only a brokerage account can gain exposure they otherwise could not, and the tax treatment of ETF gains and losses is cleaner than that of sports-betting winnings. The general lesson: every financial-market trade can be packaged as an ETF, and once sports bets became financial-market trades, ETF wrappers for them were inevitable.
Saba Capital Management, Boaz Weinstein's hedge fund, does a lot of closed-end fund activism. The gist is: * You find a closed-end fund that trades at a big discount to net asset value, as many do. * You buy some shares of the fund. * You run a proxy fight, trying...
Levine uses a 3x MicroStrategy product to show why daily reset leverage is not the same as simply borrowing three times to buy a stock. The product targets a multiple of daily returns, so volatility and rebalancing can erode long-run value. A stock can double while the levered daily product falls if the path is sufficiently jagged.
Levine follows up on PSUS by laying out the restructuring problem. A closed-end fund cannot simply sell $50 of assets for $45 without someone funding the gap. Possible solutions include sponsor capital, fee concessions, warrants or rights in the management company. Each is a way to give investors a discount while preserving the basic accounting that the fund's NAV comes from the cash contributed.
A normal company IPO can respond to weak demand by cutting the price: the company raises less money, but it can still go public. Pershing Square USA was different because it was a closed-end fund, essentially a pot of money. If investors paid $50, the fund invested roughly $50 for them; if they paid $45, the fund would only have $45. That means investors asking to buy below net asset value were not negotiating a lower valuation in the usual IPO sense. They were asking someone else, such as Ackman, to subsidize the missing NAV. Without that subsidy, a closed-end fund IPO that cannot sell at NAV just does not happen.
Here's a stock called SPY. It was up 24% last year; it had a rough 2022, but it was up double digits each of the three previous years and has a long track record of pretty good returns. Should you buy it? Probably not, no. SPY is the SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust, an exchange-traded fund that owns the stocks in the S&P 500 stock index. Your job, as a fund manager, is to pick good stocks, not to just buy someone else's index fund.
Here's a stock called ARKK. It was up 68% last year but it's down this year; maybe it'll come back. Should you buy it? Again, seems a bit iffy: ARKK is the ARK Innovation ETF, an exchange-traded fund managed by celebrity investment manager Cathie Wood. Again, your job is to pick good stocks, not to outsource the picking to Cathie Wood (and pay her fees). Also ARKK's portfolio is public! You can buy the stocks yourself; you won't get quite Wood's results but you won't pay her fees either. And in fact Bloomberg's list of ARKK's holders is not heavy on traditional asset managers: The Fidelitys and Capitals and BlackRocks of the world do not seem to be big holders of ARKK.
Here's a stock called BRK/A. It has had a pretty successful run over a long period. BRK/A is Berkshire Hathaway Inc. It is … I mean, I suppose it was originally a textile company, and now it is a conglomerate that does a lot of insurance, but in some loose sense it is Warren Buffett's vehicle for buying public stocks and also whole companies. Roughly 30% of its assets consist of investments in equity securities; more than 10% of its market capitalization is made up just of its stake in Apple Inc. Should you buy BRK/A? Again, your job is to pick good stocks, not to outsource the picking to Warren Buffett and his lieutenants, but …. it is Warren Buffett? It's not literally an investment fund? It's a big conglomerate with a lot of insurance operations. And when he buys stocks they tend to go up. Maybe it's fine. BRK/A's second-biggest holder is Fidelity.
Here's a stock called EQR. EQR is Equity Residential, and it is an investment fund, a real estate investment trust (REIT), a fund that buys apartment buildings and manage them on behalf of investors. In some loose sense REITs "are similar to mutual funds," says Investopedia, "in that REITs pool together capital from a large number of investors." Nobody especially thinks of large public equity REITs that way these days, I don't think. EQR is plainly a company, one whose operations include buying and developing and managing apartment buildings. If you are an equity fund manager, sure, go ahead, buy EQR. It is a stock that can give you exposure to apartment buildings; you are allowed to buy stocks but not apartment buildings. EQR's big holders include T. Rowe Price and Fidelity, but its biggest holders are Vanguard Group and BlackRock Inc., because it is a large and normal enough stock that it is in the S&P 500 index.
Here's a stock called PSUS. The Financial Times reports:
Bill Ackman has told potential investors in the US-based investment fund he is working to take public that his prolific social media presence will help the vehicle trade at a premium valuation.>
The billionaire hedge fund manager is soliciting investments for a listed fund of up to $25bn called Pershing Square USA, which if successful, would make it one of the largest initial public offerings of all time, rivalling oil major Saudi Aramco and Chinese tech group Alibaba. …>
The new fund will be structured as a management company listed on the New York Stock Exchange and will invest in large, publicly traded companies with competitive advantages that Ackman believes are undervalued. While the stock will be easily tradable, the fund will have a closed-end structure, meaning its assets cannot be redeemed, unlike a traditional mutual fund, allowing for a longer-term investing style. …>
Ackman is also comparing the vehicle to an ordinary corporation and believes it could eventually be included in broad stock market indices. "This isn't a closed-end fund, this is Bill Ackman Incorporated," said the investor.
We have talked a number of times about PSUS, but here I want to point out that there are two very ambitious elements to Ackman's pitch, size and price: He wants to raise $25 billion, and he wants the fund to trade at a premium to its net asset value.
Trading at a premium is ambitious, because PSUS will consist mostly of a smallish, low-turnover portfolio of large listed stocks, a portfolio that will be disclosed periodically (and that Ackman will tweet about). If you want to buy the dozen or so stocks that PSUS will hold, you can do that yourself. Paying Bill Ackman $60 to buy $50 worth of stocks seems like a worse trade than just buying the $50 of stocks yourself.
Also, Ackman already has a listed closed-end fund in Europe, Pershing Square Holdings, which he can't tweet about and which has some disadvantages for US investors. It trades at about a 20% discount to net asset value. So (1) precedent suggests PSUS will trade at a discount and (2) you might be able to more or less replicate its portfolio by buying PSH at a discount, rather than buying its stocks at net asset value.
This is fine. Conceptually the way you do this is something like:
1. You give them $100 today. 2. They spend about $97.40 to buy a Treasury bill that will mature in six months at $100. [5] 3. They use the remaining $2.60 to buy a six-month call spread on the S&P 500. [6] That is, they buy a six-month call option on the S&P, struck at today's price, and sell a six-month call option on the S&P, struck at 104.8% of today's price. This gives them the return on the S&P index above today's price, but capped at 4.8%.
That's economically what's happening, but the actual mechanics are a bit different: They do all of it through Flex options, essentially buying the entire return profile through equity options rather than Treasury bills plus equity options.
That's an important point too. When I made fun of my bad hypothetical product on Monday, I said: "You should not buy it; you should just buy the Treasury bill yourself instead." But several readers emailed to disagree. Their point was: If you buy a Treasury bill, you get 5.1% interest, but you pay taxes on that interest at ordinary income rates. If you buy my dumb product, you get a return of between 0% and 5%, but that return is (probably) in the form of capital gains. [7] If my product runs for a year and a day, it's long-term capital gains, which are taxed at a lower rate than ordinary income, so my 5% return cap is worth more , to you, as a taxpayer, than a 5.1% return on T-bills.
Even better, if my product runs for longer than that — if, say, instead of giving you back the $105 in a year, I roll it over into a new bet for you — then you (probably) don't pay the capital gains taxes until you sell out of my product. If you keep this bet on for 20 years — each year, I give you the return on the S&P 500, floored at 0% and capped at 5% (or whatever the T-bill rate is that year) — then you don't pay the taxes until the end of the 20 years. And then, when you do, you pay capital gains rates. Graffeo writes:
Elevated interest rates – particularly at the short end of the Treasury curve –- are helping ETF issuers generate the income needed to offer these kind of funds. While that also means investors can get high risk-free payouts on Treasury bills, Bond said the ETF can still provide bigger returns over the six-month period, particularly when the tax advantages are factored in.
I think that this is part of the point of these buffer funds. The proposition they offer is:
1. You don't take equity risk: If you put in $100, you always get back at least $100. 2. You get some return that is sort of centered around the risk-free rate: You might get a bit more than 5% per year (if stocks are up), or you might get a bit less or even zero, but you're not going to lose money and you're not going to make 30%. 3. That return is taxed more favorably than just investing in Treasury bills. Instead of earning interest on Treasuries, you are taxed like you hold stocks for the long term.
Notice how magical this is. I wrote down, above, how you could structure this product (not how it is actually structured): You buy a Treasury bill and some stock options. The Treasury bill accounts for roughly 97% of the value of the product; the stock options account for a bit less than 3%. But the returns on the product are taxed like stock returns, not Treasury bill interest. That's good financial engineering!
We have talked a couple of times recently about BOXX, the Alpha Architect 1-3 Month Box ETF, an exchange-traded fund that is meant to pay roughly Treasury bill interest rates without taxes. The first time we discussed it, I laid out how it's supposed to work, basically by converting interest (taxed at ordinary income rates) into capital gains (taxed at favorable rates), and then by using ETF technology to defer those capital gains until the holder sells out of the fund.
The second time we discussed it, it was because several readers argued that that actually doesn't work, that the US tax code has provisions to prevent that sort of conversion of interest income into capital gains. Specifically, the tax code has a provision covering "conversions," a tax term referring to buying things (stocks, etc.) and selling them forward simultaneously. Buying stock and selling it forward gets rid of your stock-price risk and leaves you with only a risk-free investment for some period of time, which should pay roughly the risk-free interest rate. It turns interest income (you put in money, you get paid for locking it up) into capital gains (you buy a stock, you sell it later at a higher price). But then the conversion rules turn those capital gains back into interest income; they say "nah, that's too cute, that's interest."
Are BOXX's trades conversions? I don't know, but here is Steven Rosenthal arguing yes:
Earning interest-equivalent income while paying capital-gains taxes is especially alluring today, with short-term interest rates near a 20-year high. But, despite its popularity, BOXX violates both the letter and the spirit of the anti-conversion statute.
Referring to the first of the controlling statute's two-part test, substantially all of the shareholders' expected return is attributable to the time value of their net investment. There is no question the shareholders expect an interest-like return on their purchase of BOXX shares.
I am torn. On the one hand, I still think that, conceptually, it should be possible to turn interest into capital gains: All capital gains are in some sense compensation for locking up your money in some asset, there is no sharp distinction between appreciation and interest, and it just feels like a good field for financial engineering. On the other hand, right, "we pay you Treasury interest without taxes" does seem a bit too good to be true.
Several readers emailed me to propose explanations for why PSH trades at a discount, but the simplest explanation is that the discount capitalizes the fees. Say you have $100 to invest. PSH consists mostly of a short public list of publicly traded stocks. You can look at the list of stocks that PSH owns and then replicate it yourself, just buying $100 of those stocks. Then you will own $100 worth of stocks. If the stocks go up 20% in a year, then next year you will own $120 worth of stocks.
Or you can put $100 into PSH. Assume counterfactually that PSH trades at no discount: You put in $100 for $100 worth of NAV. Then you will (indirectly) own $100 worth of those same stocks. If the stocks go up 20% in a year, then next year you will own — well, you'll pay $1.50 in management fees and $3.20 (16% of 20% of $100) of performance fees, so you'll own $115.30 worth of stocks. This is worse. The following year you will also pay fees, and on plausible assumptions those fees will end up eating a large chunk of your gains, enough to explain a 26% discount.
Again, just buying the stocks that PSH holds should cost you $100. PSH is a package consisting of (1) the stocks it holds (2) minus its fees, so it should cost less than $100. Thus the discount.
Now, this argument is far too crude. The counterargument is that PSH is actually a package consisting of (1) stocks (2) minus fees (3) plus Bill Ackman's investing skill, which allows him to change the portfolio over time, selling the stocks that will go down and instead buying other, better stocks that will go up. If you just buy his most recently disclosed portfolio, you avoid the fees but also miss out on his investing skill. Buying the stocks Ackman owns now is not actually a good substitute for buying the stocks (and derivatives, etc.) that Ackman will own over time.
But the market, at least for PSH, seems to attribute more (negative) value to the fees than to the skill. And part of what we talked about last time was that Ackman's new US fund seems to be a bet that US retail investors will attribute more value to the skill. Also the US fees will be lower.
Last week I described BOXX, the Alpha Architect 1-3 Month Box ETF, an exchange-traded fund that is meant to pay money-market interest rates without taxes, using options strategies. I wrote: "The first thing you want to do is turn interest income into capital gains. … In some sense this should be easy." Some assets pay you a return that is called "interest," which is fixed and paid in installments and taxed at ordinary income rates; other assets pay you a return that is called "appreciation," which you receive when you sell the asset and which is taxed at lower capital gains rates. There is some economic equivalence between these things; assets that don't pay interest generally appreciate at some rate that compensates you for the use of your money, sort of like interest does.
The trick is to find an asset that appreciates at the risk-free rate, i.e., that reliably pays you roughly the same return as short-term Treasury bills, but in the form of "appreciation" rather than "interest." The simplest way to do that would be with a zero-coupon bond — a bond that doesn't make quarterly interest payments, but just pays you back more at the end than you put in at the beginning — but that's too simple, and the US tax code looks through that trick and treats the appreciation on a zero-coupon bond as interest.
So the second-simplest way to do it is by buying a stock (a classic capital asset) and hedging out the stock-price risk. For instance, if you buy a stock and simultaneously sell it in a fixed-price forward contract, you have effectively hedged out the stock-price risk. And that's roughly what BOXX does, in the form of "box spreads" on S&P 500 index options (get synthetically long the index by buying a call option and selling a put, get synthetically short the index by selling a call and buying a put, and do those things at different strike prices so that you lock in some payoff in the future).
But several readers emailed to point out that, at least sometimes, the US tax code looks through that trick too. Section 1258 of the Internal Revenue Code recharacterizes some capital gains as ordinary income, if those gains are effectively interest on a "conversion transaction," meaning a transaction where you (1) buy an asset and (2) simultaneously enter into a contract to sell the asset at a fixed price. So a simple transaction like "buy a stock and sell it forward" probably produces ordinary income, not capital gains.
One other what-will-the-future-bring sort of point about Bitcoin ETFs. The normal way that, say, a stock index ETF works is:
1. Normal people buy and sell shares of the ETF on the exchange: They don't actually give any money to the ETF issuer; they just trade in the secondary market. 2. Arbitrageurs make sure that the price of the ETF and the price of the index stay in line: If the price of ETF shares gets too high, arbs will sell ETF shares and buy the underlying index. 3. To complete the arbitrage, a few big banks or trading firms, called "authorized participants," can exchange the ETF shares for the underlying index: They can collect a basket of all the stocks in the index, deliver them to the ETF issuer, and get back some new ETF shares (this is called "creation), or they can collect some ETF shares, deliver them to the ETF issuer for retirement, and get back a basket of the underlying stocks (this is called "redemption").
ETFs work this way in part for price efficiency reasons (in-kind creation and redemption makes it easier to arbitrage the ETF against its underlying index), in part for operational efficiency reasons (it means the ETF doesn't have to do much trading for itself), and in large part for tax efficiency reasons (it means that the ETF doesn't have taxable gains from selling its underlying stocks).
A well-known bit of derivatives magic — a great, simple party trick that derivatives structurers can use to impress their friends — is that if you give me $100 today, I can invest $91 of it in two-year Treasury notes paying 4.75% interest, and in two years I will have $100. [1] And I can invest the other $9 in two-year at-the-money [2] call options on the S&P 500 stock index, options that gain value if the S&P goes up over those two years. Those options cost, let's say, 13% of the price of the S&P today, [3] so spending $9 on options will get me an option on about $70 worth of the index. And so I can offer you the following trade:
You give me $100 today. In two years, I give you back (1) $100, no matter what, plus (2) 70% of the return on the S&P 500 index, if it's up.
If stocks go up, you get the gains (well, 70% of them). If stocks go down, you don't get the losses. What a great trade!
And because I can do this efficiently in size, and because I thought of it and you didn't, and because I advertised it to you with a cool brochure, I can charge you like 1% of your money for putting this trade together. It is a very good trade, honestly. If you are a sophisticated investor you can quibble with it, [4] but at a simple intuitive level it is just nice. "You get [much of] the upside of stocks, but no downside" is a clean and satisfying pitch. The shape of the payoff graph is pleasing.
Bloomberg's Vildana Hajric and Emily Graffeo report on a new product from Innovator Capital Management, the pioneer of "buffer ETFs":
The pioneer of the world's first "buffer ETFs" — exchange-traded funds that are supposed to limit losses during market selloffs — has launched a new product which it says offers investors complete downside protection.
Investors in the $7.5 trillion ETF universe can now put money behind the Innovator Equity Defined Protection ETF, which began trading under the ticker TJUL on Tuesday. The offering comes from Innovator Capital Management, which launched the first so-called buffer ETFs, also sometimes referred to as defined-outcome funds, in 2018.
Buffer funds, as the name suggests, offer buffered exposure to stocks by limiting investors' downside risk while also capping upside potential. …
Yet, Innovator says that its TJUL fund — which will track S&P 500 returns up to a capped percentage over a two-year period — will be the first of its kind to protect against 100% of stock losses. TJUL's cap on potential gains is estimated at about 15% after fees.
Specifically, the fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in options on the $423 billion SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust (ticker SPY), according to the fund's prospectus. TJUL can purchase and sell a combination of call and put options in an effort to cushion against market volatility.
The outcomes set by the fund may only be realized by investors who continuously hold shares of TJUL from the first day of the "outcome period" — July 18 — to the end of the two-year period, which is June 30, 2025, reads the prospectus.
They give you 100% of the gains up to the cap, rather than 70% of uncapped gains, but same basic idea. [5]
There is a reason that this product is the first of its kind: If interest rates are zero, I can't invest $91 in Treasuries to get back $100, so I don't have $9 to spend on options to get S&P 500 upside. (I have to put, like, $99 in Treasuries, and the only way to get you any meaningful upside is by giving you some downside risk too.) But as interest rates have gone up, products like this look better, and so people are offering them.
Of course as interest rates have gone up, products like this are in some sense less attractive: Putting up $100 and getting back $100 in two years is worse if I missed out on 4.75% interest than it would be if interest rates were zero. [6] But that's not the point! The point is that a trade like "I will give you some stock upside and take 75% of the downside between down 5% and down 20% blah blah blah" is annoying and complicated, while "I will give you the upside of stocks and you can't lose any money" is nice and simple and intuitively attractive. "Buffer fund" is complicated, "stock fund but you can't lose money" has an obvious appeal.
If a painting is worth $55 million, how much is a tradeable one-millionth fractional share of the painting worth? Three possible answers:
1. $55, because $55 million divided by 1 million is $55. 2. More than $55, because there are more people in the world with $55 than with $55 million, and they will all want shares, and a deep liquid publicly traded pool of buyers will make the shares worth more than the painting itself. 3. Less than $55, because if you buy the painting for $55 million you can hang it over your couch, while if you buy a share for $55 you can't hang anything anywhere.
I don't know which is right. Intuitively, it seems to me that owning an entire painting offers certain aesthetic and prestige benefits, while owning any fraction of a painting does not offer any fraction of those benefits: Hanging nothing over your couch is not one one-millionth as valuable, interior-decor-wise, as hanging a fancy painting over your couch. But I have been wrong before, and the rise of crypto and non-fungible tokens does apparently teach the lesson that people will pay for, and derive some sort of prestige and aesthetic benefit from, an entry in a ledger saying that they own a tiny fraction of some object that they cannot touch or look at.
Also there is a sort of soft no-arbitrage condition, which is that if the shares all trade at, say, $30, then somebody could buy them all for $30 million, own the entire painting, and hang it over her couch, at a significant discount to its real value of $55 million.
Generally the way U.S. tax law works is that if you buy stocks and they go up, you don't have to pay any taxes until you sell. When you sell, you have to pay capital gains taxes.
There are some exceptions. One exception is that if you buy stocks in your 401(k) tax-advantaged retirement account, and you sell them to buy other stocks in the 401(k), you don't pay taxes; a 401(k) defers taxes until you take money out at retirement.
Another exception is that if you buy shares in a mutual fund, and they go up, and you don't sell, you might have to pay taxes anyway. A mutual fund pools your money with many other people's money and buys a bunch of stocks for all of you. And if the mutual fund sells stocks, it incurs capital gains taxes, which it passes on to its holders. Roughly speaking what this means is that if you invest in a mutual fund, and it goes up, and you don't sell, but other investors in the mutual fund do sell, then you have to pay taxes. (As do they.) One reason people like to invest in exchange-traded funds is that this rule is weird and the ETF business has found ways to avoid it.
Generally speaking this is a small constant drag: You invest in a mutual fund with lots of other people, and every year some of them withdraw their money (to pay for retirement or to buy different mutual funds or whatever), and you have to pay some taxes on some of your gains. But if you invest in a mutual fund with 1,000 other people, and they all decide to withdraw from the mutual fund at the same time, then the mutual fund will have to sell almost all of its stocks, which means that you will have to pay taxes on almost all of your unrealized gains in the fund all at once, and you will be annoyed.
In yesterday's Money Stuff I wrote that there is about $2.3 billion of short interest in ARKK, Cathie Wood's ARK Innovation exchange-traded fund, and about $22.8 billion of long interest. An alert reader pointed out that that's not quite right: ARKK's market capitalization is $22.8 billion, and there is $2.3 billion of short interest, but that means that there is actually about $25 billion of long interest. Every short requires a long, so the total amount of long interest is the market cap plus the short interest.
This is true of companies, but it is more interestingly true of exchange-traded funds. The point of an ETF is not always, only, "buy this ETF if you think its theme or index will go up"; the point is also, sometimes, " short this ETF if you think its theme or index will go down." This is less the point of active ETFs like ARKK, but it can be true of sector or thematic ETFs, which are often shorted, for instance, to hedge single-stock long positions. You could imagine an ETF where almost all of the long interest is bought from short sellers, where the ETF is not so much a pot of money that buys stocks but rather a zero-sum bet between people who like an index and people who want to bet against it, with only a small stub of pot-of-money-buying-stocks to make the arbitrage pricing work. That would be unpleasant for the ETF provider, though; it wouldn't make much in management fees.
Let's say that you think celebrity stock-picker Cathie Wood is bad at picking stocks, and you want to bet against her. Specifically you think that her flagship actively managed exchange-traded fund, the ARK Innovation ETF (ticker ARKK), will go down, and you would like to make money when it does. How would you do that? One thing you could do is short all the stocks that she buys. You could do that reasonably effectively: ARK is an actively managed ETF, meaning that it changes its holdings unpredictably from time to time, but it does seem to do a pretty good job of disclosing its trading in something like real time. And it's not like she's in a high-frequency trading business; she's betting on broad economic themes rather than minute-by-minute trading dynamics. You could probably get a reasonable inverse of her fund by just watching what she trades and doing the opposite.
Still it is more work than the obvious trade. The obvious trade is: ARKK is an exchange-traded fund, which means you can buy and sell shares of the fund on the stock exchange, so you should just sell the fund short. Instead of betting against her by shorting the stocks she buys, just short the shares of her fund. Then every time her fund goes down you will make money, and you never need to adjust your trades or pay attention to her trades. You are automatically betting against whatever she does.
This is a standard nice feature of ETFs: If you want to bet on the ETF's theme or index or manager, you can buy the ETF, but if you want to bet against it you can sell the ETF short. The ETF as a product appeals to both sets of people, people who like some theme and people who want to bet against it. (The ETF only gets management fees from the former group though.) And in fact Bloomberg tells me that there are about 19.3 million shares of short interest on ARKK, or about $2.3 billion worth of shorts. (Versus about $22.8 billion of longs.) So lots of people do want to bet against Cathie Wood's portfolio and stock-picking skills, and do, in a straightforward way.
Still some ETFs come in two flavors, regular and inverse, where the inverse one generally goes up X% whenever the regular one goes down X%. And if you want to bet against the theme of the regular one you can short it, or you can buy the inverse one. I suppose this is more convenient or less scary for some investors than short selling is. There are also some nice weird synergies for the company offering the ETFs. For one thing, the longs and shorts both pay management fees. Also I suppose you can write a swap on the underlying thing between the long and short funds, reducing the need to actually hold (and short) the underlying thing.
You don't really see inverse funds with actively managed stock-picker ETFs, for what I think are kind of obvious reasons. (If you're offering that sort of ETF it's because you think you're a good stock-picker ; you're not indifferently looking to give people exposure either way.) But that doesn't mean that someone else can't do it:
Those who think Cathie Wood's hot hand is cooling may soon be able to express that view via an exchange-traded fund.
The Short ARKK ETF would seek to track the inverse performance of the $23 billion Ark Innovation ETF (ticker ARKK) -- the largest fund in Ark Investment Management's lineup -- through swaps contracts, according to a filing Friday with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The fund would trade under the ticker SARK and charge a 0.75% operating expense, in line with ARKK's fee. ...
SARK would be managed by Matt Tuttle, chief executive officer at Tuttle Capital Management LLC, an issuer of thematic and actively-managed ETFs.
"In sum, as ARKK already represents a long exposure to a basket of unprofitable tech stocks, we thought that investors should have access to the short side as well," Tuttle wrote in an email. "Keep in mind there are a lot of non institutional investors, that cannot short stocks or ETFs or they may have trouble finding a borrow to put on the short."
Rude! Mostly this strikes me as a clever marketing move; surely there are some people who think "Cathie Wood is over-hyped" but who would not go so far as to short her fund, but maybe if someone pitches them an anti-Cathie Wood fund they'll bite? I dunno. Anyway here's how that will work:
The Fund will enter into one or more swap agreements with major global financial institutions for a specified period ranging from a day to more than one year whereby the Fund and the global financial institution will agree to exchange the return (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on the ETF.
If you are an ETF arbitrageur, it is nice to be able to get long ARKK in many different ways. You can buy the underlying portfolio, or you can buy shares of the ETF, or, now, you can write a swap to SARK and get long ARKK that way. And then your job is to get long the cheapest way and short the most expensive way, so that you are perfectly hedged and make a little profit; Cathie Wood and Matt Tuttle can argue who's right about stocks, but the arbs make money either way.
One nice feature of exchange-traded funds is that you can sell them short. If you want to bet that stocks, broadly, will go up, you can buy an index fund or an index exchange-traded fund, and the value of your fund shares will go up if some stock-market index goes up. If you want to bet that stocks, broadly, will go down, you can't generally short an index fund, but you can short an ETF. You borrow shares of the ETF, post some collateral, sell your borrowed shares on the stock exchange, wait for stocks to (you hope) go down, buy back the ETF shares at (you hope) a lower price, deliver them back to your lender and collect your profits.
It turns out to be very useful to be able to short the stock market. If you think the market will go down, you can make that bet by shorting an ETF. Or if you think that you are particularly good at picking stocks, but you're not sure that the market will go up, you can buy the stocks you like and short an index ETF so that you're market-neutral and make (or lose) money solely on the relative performance of your picks. Or there are sector and thematic ETFs; if you want to bet that financial-institution stocks will go down and millennial-themed stocks will go up, you can go short one and long the other. Etc.; there is a whole range of financial bets and hedges that are made easier because ETFs can be both bought and shorted.
Or if you are a market-maker or arbitrageur, and a lot of people want to buy shares in the ETF, you can sell them ETF shares short and hedge them with the underlying basket of stocks.
In theory you could imagine an ETF that had so much short interest that it didn't own any underlying stock. If people wanted to own $1 billion of stock through the ETF, and other people wanted to short $1 billion of stock through the ETF, the short sellers could just sell ETF shares to the buyers and the ETF company itself wouldn't have to issue any shares. In practice stocks mostly go up, people mostly want to own stocks, and there are generally many more ETF holders than short sellers. Still. The SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust (SPY) has 872.8 million shares outstanding and 153.9 million shares of short interest, according to Bloomberg data, which means that people own about 1,026.7 million shares of SPY, of which about 85% come from the ETF company (State Street Global Advisors) and about 15% from short sellers. The SPDR S&P Retail ETF (XRT) has 10 million shares outstanding and 17.7 million shares of short interest, according to Bloomberg, meaning that out of the 27.7 million shares of XRT that investors own, about 64% come from short sellers.
Here is a fun paper (and a related blog post) titled "Phantom of the Opera: ETF Shorting and Shareholder Voting," by Richard B. Evans, Oğuzhan Karakaş, Rabih Moussawi and Michael Young, arguing that this dynamic means "that phantom shares, stemming from short-selling of ETF shares (for ETF market making, directional, or hedging purposes), lead to sidelined votes during the proxy voting process." From the blog post:
To be clear, our evidence does not suggest that ETF sponsors (e.g., BlackRock, State Street, Vanguard) do not vote the underlying shares in their ETF portfolios. Instead, (as a presumably unintended consequence of ETF security design) we show that when ETF shares are sold short, constituent companies' shares that are not held by the ETF sponsor and would otherwise be voted, are held explicitly or effectively as collateral, and as a result, the holder generally abstains from proxy voting. This abstention effectively decouples the cash flow rights from the voting rights of the corresponding ETF share. We refer to these as "phantom ETF shares", and the underlying shares held as collateral as "phantom shares". We demonstrate that these phantom shares are associated with decreased proxy voting and increased broker non-votes, voting premium, and value-reducing acquisitions.
When you buy shares of an index fund, the index fund company goes out and buys shares of the stocks in the underlying index. You own some proportional share of the underlying stocks; $100 of your money represents something close to $100 of underlying stocks. (Actually about $98, because the index fund keeps a little cash on hand for redemptions.)
When you buy shares of an exchange-traded fund, you are just buying them in the market, not from the ETF company. Some of the shares come from the ETF company; others come from short sellers. If you buy "long" shares — that is, shares that came from the ETF company — then $100 of your money represents something close to $100 of the underlying stocks. (Probably pretty close to $100, since stock index ETFs generally don't need cash to pay redemptions.) If you buy "short" shares — that is, shares that come from someone shorting the ETF — then it doesn't. Your $100 represents, effectively, a bet with the short seller. The short seller has to borrow ETF shares to deliver to you, and it has to deliver collateral to its broker to get those shares. The collateral might be cash or it might be the underlying basket of stocks. If it's cash, then no one owns the underlying basket of stocks and your money does not represent any votes. If it's stock, then the short seller owns the underlying basket and delivers them to the broker for collateral; the broker probably doesn't vote them. Either way, no one is voting the shares that you sort of "own," indirectly, through your purchase of ETF shares. From the paper:
The phantom ETF share, however, is backed by the collateral held by the securities lender. If this collateral does not correspond to the ETF's underlying securities (e.g., cash plus a S&P 500 futures overlay), then it would not be associated with any proxy voting. For ETFs, however, this collateral may consist of the underlying securities (e.g., the portfolio of S&P 500 securities). In contrast to the underlying shares backing the original share and both held and voted by the ETF sponsor, these securities are held by the broker/securities lender, and may not be voted except for 'routine' matters due to the limitations on broker voting. Effectively, these underlying shares have been sidelined from the voting process due to their status as collateral.
They estimate that about 14% of S&P 500 index ETF shares are shorted. This means that if you put $100 into an S&P 500 index ETF, you are getting $100 of economic exposure to the stocks in the index, but only $86 worth of voting rights. Of course you weren't voting anyway — the ETF company was — and the fact that you're buying an index ETF suggests you might not care that much about the vote. We talk from time to time about arguments that index funds should not vote their shares; arguably many index ETFs don't.
One simple model of exchange-traded funds is that they are a way to invest without paying taxes until you're done investing. Here's how regular traditional investing works:
1. You have money that you don't need now but will need in 20 years to pay for your kids' college or whatever. 2. You buy some assets. 3. You change the assets from time to time: Some things go up and you sell them, or buy more; other things go down and you sell them, or buy more. You have a target allocation of X% to Thing A and Y% to Thing B and Z% to Thing C, but if Thing A goes up a lot compared to Things B and C then you will have more than X% of it and you'll have to sell some. Also over time your target allocations might change, etc. 4. Every time you sell an asset for a profit, you pay taxes on the gains. 5. In 20 years you sell all of the assets, pay taxes on whatever gains you haven't already paid taxes on, and use the money to pay for college or whatever.
Step 4 is the bummer here: You keep paying taxes along the way, because you have taxable gains. It might feel , to you, like you don't: From your perspective, you put in money in Step 1 and take it out in Step 5, and you only get to enjoy the gains in Step 5; any gains in Steps 3 and 4 are just part of the investing process, not income that you were planning to spend. But the tax law says that if you sell an asset for a gain you pay taxes on it, even if you are planning to reinvest and aren't ready to pay for college or whatever yet.If you invest via mutual funds, instead of by buying stocks and bonds directly, the process is the same. In fact in some ways mutual funds are worse because they buy and sell stocks and bonds over time, not just to rebalance their portfolios but also to deal with redemptions by other investors, and their sales can incur taxes that you have to pay. If you invest via ETFs, though, it's different. U.S. tax law allows ETFs to adjust their holdings without incurring any taxes. (This oversimplifies. We talked more about the mechanisms in the "Heartbeats" section here; they involve "authorized participants" doing in-kind trades where they exchange the underlying assets for shares of the ETF in tax-exempt transactions.) So the way an ETF works is roughly:
1. You have money that you don't need now but will need in 20 years to pay for your kids' college or whatever. 2. You buy shares in an ETF, which holds some underlying assets. 3. The ETF changes the assets that it holds from time to time. 4. But you don't pay taxes when that happens. 5. In 20 years you sell your ETF shares, pay taxes on any gains (what your ETF shares are worth minus what you paid for them), and use the money to pay for college or whatever.
This is much neater. You pay taxes only at the end, when you have gains you can enjoy. I am somewhat exaggerating the benefits here, because most ETFs are specific to some asset class or sector. So you might buy a Stocks ETF and a Bonds ETF, and as stocks go up you will sell some of the Stocks ETF and buy more of the Bonds ETF, and that will incur taxes just as if you'd sold some stocks and bought some bonds. (On the other hand the Stocks ETF can get rid of some stocks and add other stocks without incurring taxes.)But in principle you could have an ETF that is like the Everything You'll Ever Need ETF, and it does all of the rebalancing for you, without you ever paying taxes until you sell. In practice, you probably won't find exactly the Everything You Specifically Will Ever Need to Pay for College in 20 Years ETF, but there are Giving You Some Target Allocation to Stocks and Bonds and Rebalancing Periodically ETFs that sort of gesture in this direction. It is kind of a weird feature of the ETF industry and the U.S. tax code that this works, but it does. I once wrote:
My view of the situation is not only that "an ETF is a mutual fund that doesn't pay taxes," but also that everyone accepts that. There just seems to be broad agreement among investors and regulators and policymakers that an ETF is supposed to be tax-efficient, that ETF investors get to defer capital gains until they sell their shares.
I suppose for a lot of people, the basic idea of an exchange-traded fund is that it's a mutual fund that doesn't send you a tax bill every year. With an ordinary mutual fund, the fund will sometimes buy or sell shares (as it adjusts its holdings, or as people invest or withdraw money from the fund), and when it does that it generates capital gains that it allocates among its investors. An ETF will work hard never to buy or sell shares itself, but only to do in-kind creations and redemptions that do not generate taxable income. The result is that if you buy a mutual fund, you pay capital-gains taxes every year even if you don't sell your shares; with an ETF, you only pay capital gains taxes when you sell.
On the one hand, the ETF's treatment seems to be an exploit of a somewhat accidental provision of the tax code. On the other hand, everyone seems to accept that it's correct — that an ETF is a mutual fund that doesn't pay taxes — and also, to be fair, it makes more intuitive sense than the mutual-fund treatment. Why pay taxes when you don't sell your shares?
It is kind of weird that the U.S. tax code offers two essentially identical forms of mutual fund, one of which has taxes and one of which doesn't. (Yes, fine, the ETF only defers taxes, but that is still valuable.) Effectively, the U.S. tax code makes paying taxes on your mutual funds optional. But, given that choice, lots of people choose to pay the taxes anyway. As the taxes go up, that may change.
The way an S&P 500 exchange-traded fund works is roughly that the fund holds a big pile of all the 500ish S&P 500 stocks, and if anyone wants to buy or sell shares of the ETF they can trade with each other on the stock exchange. Sometimes people want to buy more shares than are for sale on the exchange, and so they will want to buy new shares from the ETF itself. But you can't really buy new shares in the ETF, like you could in a mutual fund (you give the fund cash, it buys the underlying stocks, it gives you back shares). Instead there is a "creation" mechanism: There are firms called "authorized participants" (big broker-dealers and market makers) who go out and buy the underlying stocks and deliver them to the ETF in exchange for new shares of the ETF. An authorized participant will buy $10 million of S&P 500 stocks, hand them to the ETF, and get back $10 million of ETF shares. Similarly sometimes a lot of people will want to sell ETF shares, and an authorized participant will do a redemption trade in which it hands ETF shares back to the ETF and gets, not cash, but a basket of underlying stocks. (Which it can then sell for cash.) This creation/redemption mechanism—in which the ETF doesn't buy or sell the underlying shares itself, but does in-kind trades with authorized participants—is good for the ETF's expense efficiency (it doesn't explicitly pay to trade) and for its tax efficiency (it doesn't realize taxable gains). It is also good for the ETF's pricing accuracy: If the ETF trades at a premium to the underlying stocks, there is an obvious arbitrage (buy the stocks, deliver them to the ETF for creation, get back ETF shares and sell them at a premium), which should keep the ETF's price in line with the underlying index.
This is basic obvious stuff, but it isn't really true for bond ETFs. For an S&P 500 ETF you can go buy all the S&P 500 stocks fairly efficiently and electronically, but for a 500-bond ETF it would be very difficult to go buy 500 bonds. The BIS explains:
Whereas for equity ETFs baskets are usually almost identical to holdings, for bond ETFs they are systematically different and include a small share of the bonds in the actual holdings, eg less than 3% for the largest bond ETF. For bond ETFs, baskets also change significantly from day to day and creation baskets tend to have longer duration and higher liquidity than redemption baskets.Several factors are behind this contrast between equity and bond ETFs. First, the nature of the underlying assets is different. Compared with equities, bonds are generally less liquid and trade in a market with fewer potential buyers and sellers. In addition, bonds mature, whereas equities do not. Second, the minimum trading amount of bonds is much larger than that of equities, which constrains the feasible trades. Given these specificities of the bond market, ETF sponsors need flexibility as regards the composition of baskets. Sponsors choose strategically which bonds to include among the available ones, with an eye on continuously matching key characteristics of the benchmark index. Likewise, APs influence the composition of baskets and could use them to accommodate demand from their own clients rather than to close arbitrage gaps.
There are three points here. One is that it is not, like, a structural requirement of ETFs that the creation and redemption baskets be a perfect sample of the underlying ETF: You could in theory do a creation trade with an S&P 500 ETF in which you give the ETF $10 million of only Tesla Inc. stock and get back $10 million of ETF shares, and in fact sometimes stock ETFs do handle index additions and removals that way. With bond ETFs that is just the normal approach: You could never give the bond ETF all the bonds, so any creation or redemption trade will involve some skewed sample.The second point is that the ETF sponsor—the ETF itself—will want the creation and redemption baskets to be good for the ETF. So, for instance, it will want to get rid of short-maturity bonds (to avoid having them mature and having to reinvest the cash) and add longer-maturity bonds, so the creation basket will be longer-dated than the redemption baskets. It will ask its authorized participants to bring it the bonds it wants to create shares, and to take away the bonds it doesn't want to redeem shares.The third point is that the authorized participants will want the creation and redemption baskets to be good for them. Many APs are big banks and market makers who want to do portfolio trades for customers. A customer will come to a bank and say "I have these 30 bonds that I want to sell, how much will you pay for them?" And the bank will say "well I would pay a lot for them if I could just squeeze them into an ETF, get back ETF shares, and sell the ETF shares quickly on a liquid stock exchange." So the bank will pick the most relevant bond ETF—if the customer has junk bonds, it will pick a junk-bond ETF, etc.—and call up the ETF and ask "hey would you take these 30 bonds as a creation basket?" And the ETF will look at the list and say "ahh that's close enough to our index, sure, wave it in." And a trade will get done. The BIS writes:
ETF sponsors' portfolio optimisation and their incentives to maintain a long-term relationship with APs can lead to differences between baskets and holdings and to changes in baskets over time. Sponsors would adapt the composition of baskets based on the availability of bonds and would choose a subset of bonds that minimises tracking error. In turn, when an AP cannot deliver a bond ... it could propose some similar new bond ... that is easier to locate for the transaction and could even allow the AP to absorb a supply shock from its clients. While this bond is not part of the ETF holdings, a sponsor might accept the proposal if the new bond keeps the tracking error in check and helps maintain the relationship with the AP, whose market-making function provides valuable services to the sponsor.
There is a negotiation: The ETF wants a certain basket, the APs want a different basket, and they work together to get a basket they can both live with.
Here are some people who bought leveraged exchange-traded notes and lost their money in the volatility of the last few months:
Cleveland-based Brad Davis stumbled upon UBS's leveraged mortgage REIT ETN while browsing commission-free trading app Robinhood. Like Mr. Zhu, he wound up being hit with heavy losses after UBS redeemed the note. Ultimately, the 33-year-old doesn't fault Robinhood for allowing him to trade the products. "I knew they were risky," he said.
And:
"I don't think it's a good investment tool for most people. It's like a craps game," said Randall Simpson, a 50-year-old project manager and environmental planner from Phoenix who has traded that ETN on and off for five years. Mr. Simpson said he has lost nearly 90% of his initial investment. Years of investing, though, had taught him never to put a substantial portion of his portfolio into ETNs, so his losses have been manageable, if painful, he said.
Good stuff. I have gone to casinos, and I have played craps, which I know has negative expected value, and I have lost the money that I brought, and I have been sad, because I would have preferred to make money. But then I have gone back to casinos and done it again. Not often or anything, not every day, not with all my money. Just occasionally, with a little bit of money, for entertainment. Somehow this process is fun, for me, in moderation. I do not have these feelings about leveraged exchange-traded notes, but I can comprehend how someone might. Here are some more people who lost all their money on leveraged ETNs in the last few months:
When William Mark decided to get back into investing after the 2008 financial crisis, he looked past stocks and bonds. Needing to play catch-up with his retirement portfolio, the piping engineer decided to bet on a complicated product he hoped would deliver double-digit annual returns. It worked so well—earning him 18% a year in dividends, on average—that he eventually poured $800,000 into the investments, called leveraged exchange-traded notes, or ETNs. When the coronavirus pandemic hit, he lost almost every penny. "I'm 67 years old and I'm basically bankrupt in just two weeks," Mr. Mark said.
What. No.
James Zhu, a 78-year-old retired college professor and engineer, invested his and his wife's life savings into ETNs based on payment streams from mortgage bonds, bundled together by investment firms and amped up with leverage. … The ETN Mr. Zhu bought from UBS slumped to less than 25 cents a share, from around $14 at the start of the year. Once the value of the ETN fell below $5, UBS had the option to redeem it. It did so on March 17, notifying investors they would be paid out $0.201 per security held. That resulted in a loss of $700,000 for Mr. Zhu, who had purchased the ETN at $13.35. "We're too old to play those games," Mr. Zhu said. "It's too difficult for us. We were just looking for basic income."
I just. What? Here are the disclosure documents for that UBS thing, whose daunting name is something like "Exchange Traded Access Securities Monthly Pay 2xLeveraged Mortgage Real Estate Investment Trust Exchange Traded Notes Series B." It is possible that the sheer number of words in that name would be a red flag to an investor looking for basic income. Or not. It is possible that an investor looking for basic income would never even see the whole name. (I had to piece it together by expanding acronyms from two different disclosure documents.) Zhu "is now suing his online brokerage, TD Ameritrade Inc., alleging the company made the ETN available to individual investors without providing sufficient disclosures." The prospectus does say in bold type on the first page:
The Securities do not guarantee any return of your initial investment and may not pay any coupon. You may lose some or all of your principal if you invest in the Securities. If the compounded leveraged monthly return of the Index (calculated as described herein) is insufficient to offset the negative effect of the Accrued Fees and the Redemption Fee Amount, if applicable, you may lose some or all of your investment.
That strikes me as not quite sufficient: The type is bold but fairly small, and it does not say, as it should, "this product is gambling and you will lose all your money." You may lose some or all of your money if you invest in anything; you want a stronger warning for a leveraged bet on mortgage REITs, which are pretty leveraged already. Also what are the odds that anyone has ever read the prospectus for a leveraged exchange-traded note? But here's the real red flag about that ETN, from an article in TheStreet in March:
The UBS ETRACS Monthly Pay 2x Leveraged Mortgage REIT ETN Series B (MRRL) has been incredibly popular with high yield investors over its 5-year history. Throughout its lifetime, it often yielded 20% or more, giving it one of the richest dividend distributions in the entire marketplace. The fact that it paid out distributions monthly made it even more enticing for those seeking to generate monthly income from their portfolios.
I have long argued that the most important lesson of "financial literacy," one that is never taught in any "financial literacy" classes, is: If I offer you a 20% annual risk-free return, am I lying? The answer is yes, of course. UBS was not actually offering a 20% annual risk-free return—the ETN "often yielded 20% or more" but didn't advertise any fixed interest rate, and it said right on the front page that it was risky—but just knowing that single core fact of financial literacy would be sufficient to guide your investment decision here. "Ooh fun gamble, 20% return, maybe I'll take a chance on it": Fine, great, whatever. "Hmm this seems to offer monthly income, and a 20% return would help my retirement, guess I should put all my savings into it": No, bad, wrong. The strangest part of this story is the different experiences of the people who bought leveraged ETNs as fun gambles and are now like "you win some you lose some," and the people who bought them as their retirement nest eggs and are now broke. It does not seem like it should be possible. Nobody is confused about what is happening at a casino; no college professors are at the craps table investing their life savings for stable income. Something about the disclosure regime isn't working here. In addition to my views about financial literacy, I have argued in the past that good financial regulation would divide investments into normal ones and dumb ones. Normal ones would be, like, index funds or whatever, and anyone could buy them. Dumb ones would be penny stocks and private investments and, good lord, leveraged ETNs on mortgage REITs, and also anyone could buy them. But you'd have to get a Certificate of Dumb Investment before buying the dumb ones. I spelled out the application process once:
To get that certificate, you sign a form. The form is one page with a lot of white space. It says in very large letters: "I want to buy a dumb investment. I understand that the person selling it will almost certainly steal all my money, and that I would almost certainly be better off just buying index funds, but I want to do this dumb thing anyway. I agree that I will never, under any circumstances, complain to anyone when this investment inevitably goes wrong. I understand that violating this agreement is a felony." Then you take the form to an SEC employee, who slaps you hard across the face and says "really??" And if you reply "yes really" then she gives you the certificate. … If an article ever appears in the Wall Street Journal in which you (or your lawyer) are quoted saying that you were just a simple dentist, didn't understand what you were buying and were swindled by the seller's flashy sales pitch, then you go to prison.
As I read today's article in the Wall Street Journal about how simple piping engineers and college professors were swindled by the flashy sales pitch of 20% returns on leveraged ETNs o
An exchange-traded fund is a box that takes investor money and uses it to buy investments. For instance if you have a stock ETF, and investors put in a million dollars, it will buy about a million dollars' worth of stock. If the stock prices double, it will have $2 million of stock, and its investors' shares in the ETF will be worth about $2 million. If the stock prices go to zero—if it invested all the investors' money in companies that go bankrupt—it will have $0 of stock, and its investors' shares will be worth zero. This is a convenient, sensible box. There are stranger and more worrisome boxes. There are leveraged ETFs, ETFs that take a million dollars of investor money, borrow more, and buy $2 or $3 million worth of stuff. There are inverse ETFs, ETFs that take a million dollars of investor money and sell a million dollars' (or $2 or $3 million) worth of stuff, betting that its price will go down. These ETFs are not quite the same as the regular stock ETFs in the previous paragraph. If you have a triple-leveraged inverse volatility ETF, and investors put in a million dollars, the ETF will sell three million dollars' worth of volatility derivatives. If volatility falls by 10%, the ETF's investors will be up by 30%. If volatility goes up by 50%, the ETF will have to pay $1.5 million on those derivatives, but it will only have $1 million of investor money. The investors' shares of the ETF will go to zero, but it can't ask them for more money. The extra $500,000 will just be a … hole? Perhaps the ETF's sponsor—the investment company that sells the ETF—will come up with the money. Otherwise, the ETF's broker (the company that executed the ETF's derivatives on an options or futures exchange) or its counterparties (the companies that sold the derivatives to the ETF) will eat the loss. The point is that weird ETFs—leveraged ETFs, inverse ETFs—are not floored at zero. Like regular ETFs, they are boxes full of investor money, but they do trades that could potentially lose more than all of the money in the box, and if that happens someone has to come up with more money. That someone will not be the anonymous, limited-liability, sometimes-retail investors who put the money into the box, and who benefited from any gains if the box made money. It will be someone else. The person most at risk for having to come up with the money is the weird ETF's broker. Brokers to weird ETFs are very careful about this risk, monitor it closely, charge appropriately for it, have triggers to minimize it, etc. Still weird ETFs are controversial, and there are always proposals floating around to regulate them more or to not let them be called ETFs. They are not as clean and convenient and sensible as regular, boring, put-stocks-in-a-box ETFs.
Here is one worry about bond exchange-traded funds that was very popular for a long time. Bond ETFs are liquid instruments (you can trade them instantly, electronically, on a stock exchange), but they are made up of underlying bonds that are less liquid (they trade over the phone, with banks, less reliably). In ordinary times you can easily buy or sell ETF shares, and they are closely linked to the price of underlying bonds through an arbitrage mechanism: If a lot of people buy the ETF shares, arbitrageurs will buy the underlying bonds, deliver them to the ETF sponsor, get back ETF shares, and sell those shares to the investors who want to buy them. When liquidity in the underlying bonds is good, this trade is easy, the ETF is a good substitute for bonds, and everything is good.But, the worry goes, in bad times, everyone will want to get out of their bond ETFs. They will all sell at once. The arbitrage will work in reverse, and the arbitrageurs will have to sell a bunch of bonds. (They're the ones buying the ETF shares from investors, and if there are no buyers for the ETF shares they will deliver them to the ETF sponsor, get back the bonds, and sell them.) In bad times liquidity in the underlying bonds will be bad and it will be hard to sell the bonds. So the arbitrageurs will have to sell the bonds at fire-sale prices, pushing down the prices of bonds and also of the ETF, leading to more redemptions and spreading contagion throughout the bond market and the financial system. Because ETF investors are too used to liquidity—the "liquidity illusion"—they will, in bad times, create too much selling pressure in the bond market, leading to huge losses.That was the worry. In broad strokes it sounds a little like "if people want to sell bonds the price of bonds will go down," so I was never that impressed by it, but you can see the idea. If you pile a lot of flighty investors into a crowded trade, and then they can't get out when things go wrong, that can be a problem.
Bloomberg's Claire Ballentine and Katherine Greifeld had a story yesterday titled "Bond ETFs Survived Their First Big Crisis," which is the best overview I've seen of how bond ETFs performed during the volatile trading of the past few months. As the headline implies, and as we've discussed several times before, they generally performed fine. But here I want to highlight one thing, which is that that popular worry about fire sales was totally wrong in a particular, simple way. The fire sales of bonds that everyone worried about never happened, because the arbitrage mechanism didn't work in reverse. People wanted to sell their ETFs, and instead of arbitrageurs stepping in to buy the ETF shares and sell the underlying bonds in a crashing illiquid market, the arbitrageurs instead … did not do that:
In the underlying markets that the ETFs track, trading essentially froze in many debt securities. That spooked the specialized traders—known as authorized participants—who normally keep a fund's price aligned with its net asset value. Typically, those market makers will buy shares of a falling ETF to redeem in return for the underlying bonds, which they then can sell. That process reduces the number of shares outstanding and keeps the ETF in lockstep with its holdings. But in March appetite for that arbitrage trade soured as those traders became wary of getting stuck with hard-to-unload bonds."They're not doing this out of the goodness of their hearts," David Perlman, an ETF strategist at UBS Global Wealth Management, says about the authorized participants. "They don't jump in until they think they can execute the redemption and make a profit from doing so."
If you invest in a regular bond mutual fund, and you want to sell your shares, what you do is you sell your shares back to the mutual fund. The mutual fund can't easily say no; if you're selling, they have to buy, at the net asset value of the fund. They don't have tons of cash lying around, so if you redeem your shares they have to sell bonds to raise the cash. If enough people do that, fire sale, etc.But if you invest in a bond ETF, and you want to sell your shares, you cannot generally sell them to the fund. You sell them in the market, on the stock exchange, to some anonymous buyer. The arbitrage/authorized-participant mechanism connects your sales to the fund: If there are more sellers than buyers, some arbitrageurs will step in to buy, and will then redeem their shares by handing them to the fund, getting back the underlying bonds, and selling them. But the arbitrageurs don't have to do that. They could just not do that. Instead of buying your shares and handing them in to the fund and getting back bonds and selling them in an illiquid market, they could turn off their computers and go home. That's what they did.This had two effects. One, it caused ETF prices to be low—lower than they'd be if arbitrageurs were buying lots of shares, and lower than the indicative net asset value of the ETFs. If an ETF had bonds worth $90 per share, and arbitrageurs did not want to do the arbitrage (buy ETF shares for $90, hand them in, get bonds worth $90, sell the bonds for … $80? … in a falling illiquid market), then there would be fewer buyers to support the price, and the ETF would trade at $85 or whatever:
The record volatility that plagued U.S. bond markets in March led to share prices of bond ETFs trading at deep discounts to the value of their underlying assets. … Some of the hardest-hit were the Vanguard Total Bond Market ETF, or BND, and iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, or LQD.In one notable example, on March 12, Vanguard's BND was down 3.8% year-to-date, while its mutual fund counterpart—the Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Fund—was up 2.7%. The prices have since reunited, with both funds up about 3.7% so far this year as of May 11.
Instead of selling to an arbitrageur who kept the ETF price close to its net asset value, you'd sell to someone else. A deep-value investor trying to buy the ETF at a discount, or a market maker willing to buy it at a very wide bid-ask spread, or whatever. There'd still be a buyer—just like in the market for regular stocks, trading never vanishes , prices just drop—but the price would be lower than the net asset value you see on the screen.The other effect, though, is it caused the bonds not to be sold : Instead of ETF sales leading to arbitrageurs dumping bonds in fire sales in an illiquid bond market, some ETF sales simply had no effect on the underlying bond market.[3] People who didn't like bond prices sold their ETF shares, people who did like them bought them, and no one traded the underlying bonds. The trading was focused on the liquid easy electronic market , not the bad illiquid fire-saley market.In fact it's even better than that: As we've discussed before, the ETF market was so much more appealing than the bond market during the chaos of March that there were inflows to some bond ETFs. As ordinary investors were dumping their ETF shares to flee from bonds, the arbitrageurs were actually creating new ETF shares , buying the underlying bonds to deliver to the ETF sponsors to get more ETF shares. This was even though the ETFs were trading at a discount to the underlying bond prices: You'd have to buy $90 worth of bonds to get $85 worth of ETF shares. Why was this happening? The simplest answer seems to be that the ETFs were easier to trade than the bonds. If you happened to have $90 worth of bonds that mirrored an ETF portfolio, rather than selling them in a falling illiquid market and getting $80, you might want to pop them into an ETF, get back ETF shares, and sell those for $85.This all strikes me as very good. There are tradeoffs. The main tradeoff is that the arbitrage mechanism is imperfect, ETF prices do not always track net asset value, and sometimes if you want to sell shares of your ETF you will get back less than the NAV. I think there is
Loosely speaking the way conventional monetary policy works is that the central bank makes money cheaper (or more expensive) generally, and then the economy and the financial system work out what that means specifically if you want money. If the Federal Reserve lowers interest rates by 0.25%, then risk-free short-term interest rates will be lower by about 0.25%, but long-term interest rates and credit spreads might go up or down for different tenors and credit ratings and specific borrowers and, like, your credit card or whatever. The Fed tweaks short-term risk-free interest rates, which are a basic input in the algorithm of the economy, but the algorithm works on its own to translate that input into millions of specific outputs. Loosely speaking the way modern unconventional monetary policy works is that, when short-term rates are super low anyway, the central bank can target long-term risk-free rates too. The Fed can tweak short-term rates or long-term rates or the shape of the interest-rate curve; it can adjust more of the inputs to the algorithm. That gives it more ways to bring down the cost of credit. But it is still not buying credit directly. A company's cost of borrowing consists of (1) the risk-free rate (which the Fed targets) plus (2) its credit spread (which the Fed doesn't target). In a world where risk-free rates are very low, because central banks have been doing unconventional monetary policy for a decade and/or expectations of future economic growth are low, but credit spreads are very high, because, you know, a pandemic has shut down all the businesses, unconventional monetary policy can only do so much to reduce the cost of credit. So the next thing you could do is target credit directly: Instead of buying risk-free assets (Treasury and agency bonds), the Fed could buy assets with credit risk (corporate bonds). But this is a really big expansion and change in the Fed's operations. The Fed knows how to buy Treasury bonds; its traders have long experience in trading those bonds, and they know the market well. Also they know the issuer—the U.S. Treasury—well, or perhaps, they don't need to. If you are a central banker buying your own government's bonds issued in your own currency, I mean, those are called "risk-free" bonds for a reason. The reason is not exactly that they are free of risk, but it is at least that the Fed doesn't have to do a detailed inquiry into the balance sheet and cash flows of the U.S. Treasury before buying Treasury bonds. It can just assume that those bonds will pay the amounts they're supposed to pay on schedule, and it can feel confident that the market price for those bonds—in a deep liquid market in which the Fed is a large and expert player—will be the right price. But if the Fed is going to go buy bonds of a bunch of different companies … what? Is it going to hire tons of credit research analysts to evaluate the companies' credit and spot relative value? Is relative value even what you want, when your goal is not to make a profit but to stimulate the economy and prop up credit during a pandemic? There are thousands of corporate bonds; how will the Fed decide which ones to buy? People worry about bond market liquidity, and the Fed has an absolutely enormous mandate to buy bonds, with a facility of up to $750 billion; how can you deploy that efficiently by buying the bonds that are for sale without pushing up prices? The Fed is not a frequent or facile buyer of corporate bonds, and those bonds do not trade constantly and liquidly on transparent electronic trading systems at tight bid/ask spreads; how can it know it's getting a good price? There are plausible answers to those questions, with the main one being that the Fed is hiring BlackRock Inc.—which is a big frequent trader of corporate bonds—to do much of the work for it. "How does the Fed know which bonds are good" is a hard question, but if you transform it into "how does BlackRock know which bonds are good" it at least becomes an answered question. BlackRock is in the business of knowing which bonds are good and how much to pay for them, etc.; it has been doing this for a while. Still you might want a cleaner, simpler, more mechanical answer. You might say, well, look, the Fed is in the business of pushing down the price of credit by buying credit assets. It is not in the business of picking which credit assets are good or well-priced or whatever; it is in the business of buying credit product generically—as, in monetary policy, it is in the business of buying rate product. If there were a way to buy credit assets without picking , a way to buy "generic credit spreads" rather than "the 6.125% senior unsecured bonds of XYZ Corp. due 2023" or whatever, the sensible place for the Fed to start would be by buying that. Especially if that traded electronically, on an exchange, with transparent prices and tight bid/ask spreads so the Fed could be pretty sure it was paying the right price. (I am not sure that that's right, by the way; you could imagine the most helpful use of the Fed's $750 billion might be, like, picking the companies hardest-hit by the pandemic and buying their bonds at above-market prices. I am not sure that "buy generic credit spreads" is the most socially useful thing for the Fed to do; I just mean that it's a nice and Fed-like way to support credit, a sensible expansion of the Fed's traditional operations rather than a complete departure.) Anyway:
The Federal Reserve said a facility designed to purchase eligible corporate debt from investors will launch on May 12, bringing a key part of the U.S. central bank's emergency coronavirus lending program online following weeks of anticipation.The so-called Secondary Market Corporate Credit Facility will begin purchases of eligible exchange-traded funds invested in corporate debt on Tuesday, the New York Fed said Monday on its website. It was first announced in March and has played an important role in keeping financial markets relatively calm since then.
When we first talked about these Fed facilities, back when they were announced in March, my headline was "Companies Can Borrow From the Fed Now," but it turns out that the more accurate way to characterize things would have been "The Fed Will Buy Bond ETFs Now." And lend directly to companies, sure, yes, "in the near future." But first the ETFs:
The move will be a historic milestone for the Fed, which hasn't bought ETFs previously. The central bank, recognizing it would take longer to buy bonds, saw ETFs as a fast way to direct money rapidly into credit markets, said people familiar with the matter.The Fed will buy corporate bonds through the facility in the near future.
And here is the fascinating Investment Management Agreement that the Fed signed with BlackRock, which includes (in Exhibit A-1) the "Investment Strategy" for the program. The program is supposed to "provide broad support for secondary credit markets to facilitate orderly repositioning and pricing of risk," to "support primary issuance for issuers at funding costs that reflect more normalized liquidity and market functioning," and to be "focused on reducing the broad-based deterioration of liquidity seen in March 2020 to levels that correspond more closely to prevailing economic conditions." That is, the Fed's goal is to improve credit conditions generically rather than pick bonds, and buying ETFs—broad index-y baskets of corporate bonds that trade like stocks on electronic exchanges—is the most straightforward way to do that.
Invesco's equal-weight funds are meant to track the S&P 500 Equal Weight Index. That index contains all the stocks in the S&P 500, but instead of weighting them by market capitalization—putting more money into bigger stocks—it weights them all equally, putting the same amount of money into each stock. Of course some stocks go up and others go down, so after a day of this you'll have more money in some stocks than others, taking you away from equal weighting. S&P deals with this by rebalancing the funds each quarter: At the end of each quarter, you sell some of the stocks that have gone up and buy some of the stocks that have gone down to get back to equal weight. The quarterly rebalancing was supposed to happen on March 23 this year. Things were pretty nuts in March! In order to, essentially, avoid making them more nuts, S&P Dow Jones Indices put off its index rebalances for the month. "S&P DJI made this decision following thorough consideration of how best to support our clients and govern our indices during this period of extreme global market volatility, market wide circuit breaker events and exchange closures," it said. If your goal was to have an equal-weighted basket of stocks rebalanced every quarter, I suppose you could have done the rebalance anyway. But if your goal was to track the relevant index, as Invesco's was, then you would want to rebalance your fund when S&P rebalanced its index, not before or after. So when S&P announced the postponement, Invesco dutifully postponed its rebalancing. While S&P postponed a lot of index rebalances until June, it only postponed this one until April. (If you have a normal market-cap-weighted index, rebalancing doesn't matter that much, and you can skip a quarterly rebalancing if you have to. If you have an equal-weighted index, rebalancing is sort of the point of the index, so S&P only delayed it by a month.) But Invesco didn't notice. It apparently skimmed the notice from S&P, said "gotcha, no rebalances in March, see you in June," put a little calendar reminder to check back in June, and missed the April 24 rebalance date. At some point between April 24 and April 29, it noticed, and when I say "it" here I mean that some specific human at Invesco noticed, either because she was idly reading S&P notices or tracking competitors' rebalancing activities, or because she got a panicked phone call from a client. Some inkling came to her: Hey, this fund was supposed to rebalance on April 24. And then she checked to see if it had, and it hadn't. Presumably she then thought, ah, I must be wrong (or: our competitors must be wrong, my client must be wrong), we haven't rebalanced, so we must not have had to rebalance. We wouldn't mess up a silly thing like that. But down in her stomach a knot of worry grew. She did a quick double-check, I'm sure it's fine, obviously we know what we're doing, but let's be sure. And: nope! We just forgot! I figure it's like 50/50 whether the Invesco employee who noticed and spotted the error in April is also the employee who made the error in March. If it was, the knot of worry would be considerably worse. It's one thing to notice an error that costs your employer $105 million; it's another thing to notice that you made the error. Anyway yeah delaying the rebalance by 5 days apparently cost the funds $105 million of performance, so Invesco gave them the $105 million back. (I am not sure it was exactly obligated to do that—the funds try to track the index, but they don't guarantee success—but if you just forget to rebalance and get sued, you don't have a great defense, and anyway it is bad customer service, so the ordinary move here is for the fund company to make up the difference if it can. Presumably if the error had gone the other way—if the delayed rebalancing had helped performance—the funds would have kept the money.)
The basic situation with oil exchange-traded funds is:
1. An oil ETF raises money by selling shares to investors, and uses the money to buy oil futures. 2. The price of oil futures is a number of dollars that can range, apparently, from negative infinity to positive infinity. 3. The price of oil ETF shares can't go below zero.
This means, loosely speaking, that if an oil ETF sells shares at $20 a share and buys oil futures at $20 a barrel, and oil futures go to $30 a barrel, the ETF investors make $10. If oil futures instead go to $10 a barrel, the ETF investors lose $10. If the ETF's oil futures go to -$37.63 a barrel, as some futures did recently, the ETF investors lose $20—their entire investment—and, uh, oops? The ETF runs out of money when the futures hit zero; someone else has to come up with the other $37.63 per barrel.In many cases that someone else will be the ETF's futures broker, which vouches for the ETF at the futures clearinghouse and is responsible for its losses. Futures brokers are always pretty focused on customer margin and collateral, but until quite recently no one really thought that oil futures prices could be negative, so this particular problem was not much of a focus.Now it is:
The manager of a $500 million oil exchange-traded fund said its broker refused to let it increase holdings of crude futures, a sign of continued risk aversion in global oil markets after last month's historic plunge below zero.As a result of the broker's ultimatum, the Samsung S&P GSCI Crude Oil ER Futures ETF will halt issuance of new shares starting Monday. The Hong Kong-traded fund also bought put options to protect against negative oil prices and will adjust its existing futures positions, moving from a 100% weighting in September West Texas Intermediate contracts to an equal weighting in September, October and December.
Yeah I mean if I were selling $500 million of crude oil futures to a pristine box of money, I might want that box to be filled with … something like $1.3 billion? I suppose I might accept other assurances: moving further out on the curve to reduce the risk of negative prices, buying puts, credit support from the fund's sponsor, that sort of stuff. But there will be some gap between the collateral a broker will want for its protection, and the collateral an ETF will be willing or able to put up.
Now let's change one thing in the hypothetical: Instead of running an index fund, you run an exchange-traded fund, benchmarked to the same index. It's a different technical structure, but it is also, I think, a different philosophy. An index fund is a pot of money that would like to get the highest possible returns, and that is passively invested in an index because of a (quite well supported) belief that that's the best way to maximize returns. An index ETF is a machine to replicate an index, a quasi-derivative, a single tradable security that can be substituted for the index anywhere the index appears. Its purpose is not to maximize expected returns but to provide the experience of the index as precisely as possible. The ETF's users are different from the users of regular index funds. Regular index-fund users are investors who want to have more money at retirement. ETFs have users like that too. But they are also used by short sellers, who use them to bet against the index, or to hedge other, related positions. If the ETF significantly outperforms the index, short sellers will not get the experience they expected; their hedges won't work, their bets won't pay off. ETF market makers—the brokers and trading firms that buy and sell the ETF's shares from and to regular customers—also sometimes have to go short to provide liquidity to investors, and might hedge those shorts by buying the underlying stuff in the index; if the ETF doesn't track the index then the market makers will be burned. ETF arbitrageurs who keep the price of the ETF in line with the index rely on the expectation that the price of the ETF should track the index, that ETF shares are convertible into the underlying stuff in the index; if this expectation is wrong then the arbitrage doesn't work. Unlike a regular index fund—which takes your money and buys stuff with it—the ETF relies on this ecosystem of market makers and arbitrageurs; if you want to buy shares of an ETF you buy them in the market, from a market maker, not from the ETF sponsor. Short selling can also drive growth in an ETF's assets, as Izabella Kaminska explains here. So the whole system of ETFs is built around accuracy in both directions ; an ETF that outperforms its benchmark is good for long holders but bad for short sellers and arbitrageurs and market makers, so it doesn't work. I find this so unintuitive that I am surprised every time I notice it again. Here, for instance, is a story from Bloomberg's Luke Kawa and Katherine Greifeld about the United States Oil Fund LP, or USO, the big oil ETF that has been in the news a lot this week. USO's basic business is holding near-term West Texas Intermediate crude oil futures, and those futures have developed a new and worrying ability to go negative. USO's futures never went negative—the May WTI contract went negative on Monday, well after USO had rolled out of it into the June and later contracts—but the fact that near-term oil futures can go negative is a problem for an ETF. The ETF can't go negative—if USO's contracts go negative, USO can't go ask its shareholders for more money—so there is a potentially problematic mismatch, a possibility that USO could owe more money on its oil futures than it has. USO has addressed this concern by, basically, changing its model from "we will buy front-month WTI oil futures" to "we'll buy some oily stuff but it may not be what you expect," with more discretion and a higher reliance on longer-dated contracts. Kawa and Greifeld write that "moving money to longer-dated contracts means the fund is incurring roll costs, but is protecting against the possibility of having its net asset value fall below zero in the event that front-month oil futures turn deeply negative again." We discussed this move yesterday, and I said that it was "the right approach, really," but I was thinking of USO as, like, an investment. If you own an investment, you would prefer that it not have a negative value! If your investment manager takes steps to prevent your investment from having a negative value (or, for USO shareholders, a zero value), that is probably a good thing. But from the ETF perspective it is not:
At the same time, frantic reshuffling of its holdings has wrecked any claim the ETF has to being a passive product. In its filings, U.S. Oil Fund repeatedly notes that the strategy untethers it from its stated investment objective. "In an attempt to save the fund and boost its price, they have destroyed the utility of the product," said Peter Cecchini, Cantor Fitzgerald's chief market strategist.
That struck me, at first, as a weird thing to say. If you do things to increase the price of an investment product, and those things work, then you have clearly increased the utility of the product, because the purpose of an investment product is to go up in value. But of course Cecchini is right and I was wrong: The utility of an ETF is not about going up in price; it's about being a reliable substitute for some other financial index, here, an index of near-term oil futures. If you are in the business of trading financial instruments linked to oil, an oil ETF that tracks near-term futures prices in a predictable way is a useful tool, something that you can buy or sell to hedge other positions or to express a specific view on oil prices. An oil ETF whose mission is "make money, try not to go below zero, and be generally oily" is useless , for a professional; it can't be arbitraged, it can't be one leg of a hedged position. It's just an active investment product, and you don't want that.
If an exchange-traded fund of corporate bonds trades at a discount to the value of the underlying bonds, is the ETF price wrong (too low), or are the bond prices wrong (too high)? I feel like that's a pretty simple question to answer. If you want to buy or sell the ETF, you go to the stock market and put in an order and buy or sell the ETF in a fraction of a second. If you think the price is too low, you buy the ETF cheap. If you want to buy or sell the underlying bonds, there are a lot of them, and you have to call up your dealer and ask for a market on each of them, and the dealer may not want to transact in some of them because it doesn't have the risk appetite or balance sheet, and the bid/ask spread may be wide, and this sentence keeps getting longer and more boring until you lose interest in the transaction. In other words it makes sense that the bond prices would be wrong, because there are lots of bonds and transacting in them is relatively slow and complicated, while there are relatively few popular bond ETFs and transacting in them requires only pushing a button. And so, when big bond ETFs started trading at big discounts to their net asset values last month, I and others wrote, yes, right, the ETFs are reflecting market reality (stuff is bad! credit has widened!), while the net asset values—just adding up the bond prices—were not reflecting reality because those prices were not moving in real time. Here is a Bank for International Settlements staff bulletin by Sirio Aramonte and Fernando Avalos making that point more rigorously:
Pronounced market stress in mid-March highlighted differences in how quickly ETF prices and NAVs incorporate information. Unlike mutual funds, whose assets are valued once a day, ETFs trade continuously, and their liquidity is supported by a variety of intermediaries. As a result, ETFs incorporate information in a more timely manner than the underlying bonds. Indeed, surprises in ETF prices explain future unexpected NAV and price dynamics much better than NAVs do, suggesting that information flows from prices to NAVs …The NAV discounts that opened up in the corporate bond ETF market in mid-March 2020 highlighted that, especially in challenging times, ETF prices react to new information more quickly than NAVs do. Compared with the relative staleness of bond prices and NAVs, ETF prices can be useful tools for market monitoring and valuable inputs to risk management models that require up-to-date assessments, for instance trading book risk models.
I wrote something dumb on Tuesday about exchange-traded funds. Basically I said that if the Federal Reserve can buy a big corporate bond ETF as long as it doesn't trade at a premium, but it can't buy the underlying bonds (because their maturities are too long), then the obvious arbitrage to close any premium—buy the bonds and short the ETF—is risky because you are on the other side from the Fed; you end up owning what it doesn't want and shorting what it does. But of course there is an easy obvious solution, it's the whole point of ETFs: You buy the bonds, short the ETF, and then deliver the bonds to the ETF to create new ETF shares to deliver into your short. It's fine, the system is set up to make the arbitrage work, never mind. It does mean that if the Fed won't buy long-dated corporate bonds, but will buy shares of ETFs that hold long-dated corporate bonds (which is not yet entirely clear), then the Fed is really buying long-dated corporate bonds; it's just getting someone else—the ETF and its arbitrageurs—to do the buying for it.
There is a lot of short interest in Tanger stock: A lot of people were betting against it, by borrowing stock and selling it short. Often these people were borrowing the stock from index funds: Index funds tend to be enthusiastic stock lenders, because they are stable owners of big blocks of stock and can boost returns slightly for their investors by lending the stock out to short sellers and charging a fee. This means that large index ownership of a company can cause increased short selling of that company: If there are lots of shares available to borrow cheaply, then more investors might be tempted to bet against the company by selling short. "Short interest in SKT [Tanger's ticker symbol] has been exacerbated by the stock's above-average ownership among passive holders, who are among the largest lenders of shares at relatively lower costs to the borrowers," research analysts at Citi wrote in a note to clients last week.
By the way, a fun model of passive investors and short sellers would be something like "all index funds lend out all of their shares to short sellers, all the time, and all shares sold short are borrowed from index funds." This is not, of course, true: Not all index investors lend out their shares, plenty of non-index investors lend out their shares, and anyway most companies don't have all that much short interest, so even if index funds were willing to lend out all of their shares they probably wouldn't be able to. But it is, you know, vaguely in the direction of true; more index funds lend out more of their shares, etc., and if you are shorting a stock there is at least a decent chance you're borrowing that stock from an index fund. "All index-fund-held shares are sold short and all short shares are borrowed from index funds" is not accurate, but it is a nice thought experiment, an extreme and sharpened form of some trends that are true.[2] What would be the implications if it was true? We talked about one last month. People worry sometimes about the concentrated voting power that index funds have over public companies; when a company's largest shareholders are big index-fund firms, what does that mean for corporate stewardship and competition and so forth? But in my thought experiment these issues are just fake: Index funds own a lot of shares, but they don't get to vote them, because they lend them all out to short sellers and the votes travel with the shares. (Index funds own shares, which they lend to short sellers, which the short sellers sell to active non-lending long investors, who get to vote.) Again this is not quite true, but it is not entirely untrue either, and the voting power of index funds—and its implications for corporate governance and the environment and the world generally—is probably overstated because people forget that index funds lend out a lot of their shares.
But you could extend that logic. People worry about the impact of index funds on price discovery: If index funds have to just buy all the stocks, aren't they contributing to bubbles or erasing the price difference between good and bad companies or affecting volatility or otherwise undermining market efficiency? But in my thought experiment the answer is no: The same amount of price discovery goes on, because the index funds lend their shares to short sellers who have active (negative) views on the stock, and who sell those shares to long investors who have active (positive) views. The market balances the views of active long and short investors. The index funds do not, as it were, take any shares out of circulation.[3] They are essentially pass-through entities; they have economic exposure to companies but only momentary ghostly possession of their shares. In its extreme form you can think of this thought experiment as suggesting that index funds don't really exist , that they are an illusion, that their passivity is so complete that they vanish, that they provide a way for people to bet on the stock market without participating in the stock market: Active long investors buy, and active short sellers short, and index funds passively stand in between them, mirroring their activity without affecting it.
Mutual fund companies run active mutual funds, in which people or computers pick which stocks to buy, and passive index funds, which just buy all the stocks in a given index. Running a passive fund is cheap, since you don't need a person or a computer to pick the stocks, but the downside is you can't charge very much for it. If you run an active fund you can charge a lot more, but some of the money has to go to paying people to pick the stocks. There is also a third sort of thing called an "enhanced index fund," which is in the middle; typically it buys the stocks in the index, but it tries to outperform the index by weighting them differently. You have to pay someone to pick the weights, though maybe you can pay them less than the people whom you'd pay to pick stocks from scratch; you can charge more than you would for a passive fund, though maybe less than you would for an active fund. Also, helpfully, you get to use the word "index" in the name—people like indexing—while still charging more than for a regular index fund. Yesterday the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority fined Henderson Investment Funds Ltd. 1.9 million pounds for selling enhanced index funds that were not in fact enhanced. It is a very silly case. The funds, the Henderson Japan Enhanced Equity Fund and the Henderson North American Enhanced Equity Fund, were enhanced for a while, but then in 2011 Henderson laid off the people who were enhancing them:
During 2011, several of HGIL's fund managers were made redundant as part of a firm-wide redundancy programme. The redundancies led to a review of the investment strategy for the Global Enhanced Equity Funds as HGIL no longer had sufficient resources to apply the alpha overlay to all six Global Enhanced Equity Funds. Consequently, HGIL decided in November 2011 that the alpha overlay would be removed from four of the six Global Enhanced Equity Funds, including the Japan and North American Funds, over a period of time.
They were still a little bit enhanced though:
However, HGIL continued to apply what it referred as "beta enhancements" to the four affected funds. These beta enhancements aimed to produce small incremental enhancements through efficiency and cost reduction practices, such as stock lending, which involved earning a fee for actively lending stock to third parties.
Ehh, that doesn't sound very enhanced to me? Lots of regular old index funds do stock lending to keep costs down and boost returns slightly. Neither Henderson nor the FCA really thinks this counts as enhancement, but it is not like that's a particularly technical term, so I suppose you could argue that they were still a little enhanced. You might think that if you have an enhanced index fund, and you lay off the people who were enhancing it, then you have to stop calling it an enhanced index fund. This is a problem, though, because you can charge a lot more for an enhanced index fund than for a regular index fund. So Henderson said, well, who is to say how enhanced an enhanced fund really has to be?
HGIL decided that, as the Prospectus was silent on the extent of any enhancement, it did not require amending provided that HGIL could demonstrate that the affected funds had a residual level of enhancement. HGIL reasoned that a fund that delivers enhanced returns over time does not need to maintain the same level of enhancement over that time and that the beta enhancements were sufficient to continue to call the affected funds "enhanced".
Insider Trading & Front-Running (69)
The basic job of a market maker is to buy low, sell high, and not get adversely selected. You bop along, buying stock at the bid (say, $9.99), selling it at the offer (say, $10.01), and collecting the bid/ask spread ($0.02) on each pair of trades. If people trade with you essentially...
One interesting question is: How much undetected insider trading is there? I write a lot aboutdetected insider trading, because the US Securities and Exchange Commission brings a lot of cases, and often they are dumb. Often the people doing the insider trading are pretty obvious about it, and of course they get...
Chief executive officers of public companies often have material nonpublic information about their companies, and they also often have college tuition bills. Much of a CEO's wealth will be tied up in her company's stock, and she will sometimes need to sell stock to pay tuition or buy a house or whatever....
The Pisces item is important for the private-markets theme. If SpaceX or OpenAI shares trade in semi-organized secondary markets, some sellers and buyers will know much more than others. Private-company trading needs information rules even without public-company disclosure.
The Citi sales-trader item is a practical information-boundaries case. Traders are paid to know what is happening, but some information cannot be used or shared. The hard part is that market color, client flow and confidential information can look very similar in real time.
Levine uses ad hoc bondholder groups to show why distressed debt is not just a price-discovery game. Creditors want to share information and negotiate collectively, but doing so can put them inside a wall, restrict trading and create incentives to use private process information. The legal structure of the group becomes part of the investment strategy.
Levine points to the odd boundary in US law: loans are generally not securities, while stocks and bonds are. A CLO manager or loan-market participant may receive private information about borrowers through loan channels. That information may still be useful for trading related securities, creating compliance problems even when the loan itself sits outside securities-law categories.
Earlier this year, Morgan Stanley got in trouble for leaking some block trades. Big shareholders (private equity funds, etc.) in public companies would come to Morgan Stanley to say "we would like to sell our XYZ stock today, we will ask you for a bid this afternoon, get to work preparing your bid, but whatever you do don't tell anyone else about this." And then Morgan Stanley's head of equity syndicate, Pawan Passi, would call his buddies at a few hedge funds and say "we have a block of XYZ stock coming, get ready," and the hedge funds would short the stock and make money (because the block trade would lower the stock price), while the big shareholder would lose money (because the short sales would also lower the stock price and result in a lower price for the block).
Eventually US regulators discovered this and concluded that it was bad: Morgan Stanley had material nonpublic information (its clients' block-trade plans), it had an obligation to keep that information confidential (the clients told it not to tell anyone, and it agreed), and it leaked the information to the hedge funds so that they could trade. That looks a bit like insider trading. So the US Securities and Exchange Commission and federal prosecutors brought charges, fined Morgan Stanley a lot of money and barred Passi from the securities industry for a year. (Amazingly, he then went to work at one of the hedge funds that he had tipped off — though it converted into a family office, possibly so that he could work there despite his industry ban.)
But the hedge funds that Passi tipped off — the ones who actually traded on his information — never got in trouble. It's a little weird. But I think the best analysis is something like: Passi (and thus Morgan Stanley) knew that he was doing the wrong thing. He had the information, he knew it was confidential (because the client told him directly), he knew the hedge funds would trade, and he leaked it anyway. The hedge funds didn't necessarily know that. They could have thought, not "Morgan Stanley is betraying its client by leaking this information to me," but rather "Morgan Stanley is helping its client by trying to line up buyers for the block trade, and since they didn't tell me not to pre-hedge, I'm going to do that." As far as the hedge funds knew, maybe, Morgan Stanley was supposed to be telling them about the block trade as part of its marketing, and they were free to trade.
Last month, the US Securities and Exchange Commission won an insider trading case against Matthew Panuwat, who worked at a public company called Medivation Inc., which was acquired by Pfizer Inc. in 2016. Panuwat found out about the deal ahead of time, and did not trade Medivation stock. (That would be illegal!) Instead, he bought call options on Incyte Corp., a competitor to Medivation, apparently on the theory that when the Medivation deal was announced Incyte's stock would also go up. It did, and he made money. The SEC argued that (1) he had material nonpublic information about Incyte (something like "its competitor would be acquired and its stock would go up"), (2) he got that information from Medivation and (3) he had a duty to Medivation to keep it confidential and not trade on it. Therefore, the SEC said, it was illegal insider trading — theft of Medivation's information — for him to trade Incyte options. And a jury agreed. This — trading one stock using inside information about another stock — is often called "shadow trading."
Where did the SEC get the idea that Panuwat had a duty to Medivation to keep this information about Incyte confidential? Well, because that was his explicit agreement with Medivation. It was in Medivation's insider trading policy, which said:
During the course of your employment ... you may receive important information that is not yet publicly disseminated ... about the Company. … Because of your access to this information, you may be in a position to profit financially by buying or selling or in some other way dealing in the Company's securities ... or the securities of another publicly traded company, including all significant collaborators, customers, partners, suppliers, or competitors of the Company. ... For anyone to use such information to gain personal benefit ... is illegal.
Medivation's policies said that he was not allowed to use information he got about Medivationto trade other stocks. Therefore, the SEC argued — and a judge and jury agreed — when Panuwat did that, he was violating the policy; he was stealing information from Medivation. Therefore he was guilty of insider trading under federal law.
We have talked about the Panuwat case before, because there was obviously something novel about it: It's the first shadow trading enforcement case. Every other insider trading case has had the form "person gets inside information about Company X and trades Company X stock (or options)"; this one is "person gets inside information about Company X and trades Company Y stock (actually options)." Where Company X and Company Y are closely correlated competitors, it makes sense that the SEC thought this was illegal insider trading, and they won. But it was a novel argument.
Incidentally, it's hard to know how important the Panuwat result is. One possible interpretation is "shadow trading is illegal now," but that might go too far. (Not legal advice!) The way US insider trading law works, broadly speaking, is that it is illegal to trade stock using material nonpublic information in breach of some duty to someone. We have talked before about how important it was to this case that Medivation had a broad anti-insider-trading policy that specifically mentioned trading in "the securities of another publicly traded company, including all significant collaborators, customers, partners, suppliers, or competitors of the Company." Under that policy, Panuwat had a contractual duty to Medivation not to use his inside information about Medivation to trade the stocks of its competitors.
But not every company has a policy like that; some have policies saying, for instance, "don't use inside information to trade our stock," without mentioning competitors. For all I know some companies might encourage their executives to trade competitors' stocks. The meaning of Panuwat might be something like "shadow trading is illegal if your company tells you it is."
Here is an insider trading hypothetical that I have never considered before. You are a talented business executive with a high profile. A public company has publicly announced that its chief executive officer is leaving and that it is looking for a replacement. [3] You think you'd be perfect for the job. The company calls you in for an interview. The interview goes well. "We'll let you know in a few weeks," they say, but you have a joint good feeling that:
1. they will give you the job and 2. you will be good at it.
So you go buy some shares of the company's stock, as a bet that (1) they'll hire you as CEO and (2) the stock will go up as the market realizes how good you are at the job.
Is that insider trading? I mean, I guess. You have some nonpublic information (you were in the interview and know it went well), and that information is probably material to the average shareholder (having a CEO in place is probably good for the stock, and if you are a high-profile person maybe your name will move the stock). The nonpublic information is not purely about your own intentions. Still there is something a bit soft about it. You're not betting that the stock will go up because you have secret information about earnings or a merger. You're betting that the stock will go up because you will turn out to be good at your job. Isn't that what you're supposed to do?
Anyway:
AFC Ajax NV suspended its Chief Executive Officer Alex Kroes and said it plans to dismiss him after "strong indications" of insider trading.
The club alleges that Kroes, who was also the chairman of Ajax's executive board, purchased over 17,000 shares of the club a week before his appointment was announced on August 2.
"Kroes' actions are not in line with what Ajax stands for," said Michael van Praag, chairman of the club's supervisory board, in a statement Tuesday. "The timing of his share purchase indicates insider trading. Such a violation of the law cannot be tolerated by a publicly listed company, especially when it involves the CEO." …
Dutch state broadcaster NOS reported that Kroes did not accept Ajax's decision to suspend him and will seek an independent opinion from the market regulator, known as the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets.
"I believe that you radiate confidence to your fellow shareholders and stakeholders when you buy shares and therefore also run financial risks yourself," Kroes was cited as saying by NOS. "As much as I am convinced of my good intentions, I now understand, after consulting with my lawyer, that I did not make the most sensible decision," he said.
Yeah I agree with him? I respect the intentions! But it was not all that sensible.
The rough rule of US insider trading law is that it is illegal to trade stock when (1) you have material nonpublic information and (2) you have some obligation to somebody not to use it to trade that stock. Most straightforwardly:
A company has fiduciary obligations to its shareholders, and isn't supposed to trade in its own stock without disclosing all material information. A company's employees have fiduciary obligations to the company, and aren't supposed to trade its stock when they have material nonpublic information. A company's various service providers — bankers, lawyers, etc. — have confidentiality obligations to the company and aren't supposed to use inside information to trade its stock.
There are more complicated cases:
The employees (and bankers, lawyers, etc.) of the acquirer in a possible merger have obligations to that acquirer, and are not supposed to use inside information to trade the target's stock. A romantic partner or golf buddy or former baseball teammate of a corporate employee (or banker, lawyer, etc.) has a duty of trust and confidence to the employee, and is not supposed to use inside information to trade her company's stock. (And a romantic partner of an employee of an acquirer is not supposed to use inside information to trade the target's stock.)
You need something , some duty to keep the information confidential. Famously, in the US, if you overhear a banker talking about a deal on a train, you can go ahead and trade on that. (Not legal advice!) What makes the insider trading illegal is the breach of a duty, not just the inside information.
Look, if your spouse works as a mergers and acquisitions manager at a big public company, and her company acquires another public company, and you "methodically sold all [your] positions in both [your] individual brokerage account and [your] Roth IRA (totaling approximately $2.16 million)" to buy shares of the target stock before the deal was announced, and then you sell the target stock when the deal is announced and make a profit of $1.76 million: That is insider trading and you will get arrested. I don't need to know any more facts. Your spouse worked on the deal, you sold everything you owned to buy the target stock, the regulators can very easily put those two facts together, and when they ask you what happened and you are like "crazy coincidence right?" they will absolutely not believe you, nor should they. Bad, bad, bad look.
No, the only question is: Will your spouse get arrested? Because there are two possibilities here:
1. Your spouse used the inside information from her job to tell you about the coming deal, knowing that you would trade on it. She "tipped" you with the inside information, expecting (as your spouse) to share in your profits. So she, like you, is guilty of insider trading. 2. Or your spouse didn't tip you. Maybe she kept the information secret from you, but you snuck onto her computer at night and read her email and figured it out. Or, much more likely, she mentioned to you what she was working on, but she expected (as your spouse) that you would keep her confidences and not go out and trade on the information like a moron. In that case, you are guilty of insider trading — you misappropriated information that you got from her in breach of a "duty of trust or confidence" — but she is just an innocent victim.
In general this seems like a hard question for investigators to resolve. (If you have gone and insider traded on your spouse's information, the least you can do is say that it was all your idea and she knew nothing about it, whether or not that is true.) Sometimes it's easier though. Here's a pretty grim US Securities and Exchange Commission case:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Thursday] charged Tyler Loudon of Houston, Texas, with insider trading ahead of a February 2023 announcement that London-based oil and gas company BP p.l.c. agreed to acquire TravelCenters of America Inc., a full-service truck stop and travel center company headquartered in Ohio. Loudon allegedly made $1.76 million in illegal profits from his trading.>
According to the SEC's complaint, Loudon allegedly misappropriated material, nonpublic information about the proposed acquisition from his wife, a BP mergers and acquisitions manager who worked on the planned deal. The SEC alleges that Loudon overheard several of his wife's work-related conversations about the merger while she was working remotely.
Loudon also pleaded guilty to criminal charges. The SEC complaint describes how Loudon found out about the deal, which is standard post-Covid it's-easy-to-insider-trade-when-you-work-from-home stuff:
Loudon and his wife generally worked in home offices within 20 feet of each other. As a result, they frequently overheard and witnessed each other's work-related conversations and video conferences. In late December 2022, Loudon and his wife traveled to Rome, staying in a small Airbnb where Loudon's wife regularly worked on the TA acquisition and discussed the deal while Loudon was seated nearby.
But also: "Loudon's wife acknowledged discussing aspects of the acquisition with Loudon during the normal course of marital communications." This is not a case where she rigorously kept the deal secret from him, and he broke into her laptop: It's a case where a husband and wife talked about their days, and she trusted that he would not go and insider trade on the deal. Because why would he do that? That would be crazy!
Anyway, after the deal, regulators of course checked into whether anyone who worked on the deal, or their contacts, traded in the stock. Loudon's wife mentioned this to him, and he realized what he had done:
One week later, on April 3, 2023, Loudon confessed to his wife that he had traded in TA prior to the acquisition announcement. Loudon did not tell her the number of shares he purchased or the profits he realized from their sale. Loudon told his wife that he had bought the TA shares because he wanted to make enough money so that she did not have to work long hours anymore.
"I was doing it for you!" Bad!
Stunned by this revelation, Loudon's wife reported the trading to her supervisor at BP. In turn, BP placed her on administrative leave. BP reviewed Loudon's wife's emails and texts, finding no evidence that she knowingly leaked the acquisition to Loudon or otherwise knew of her husband's trading. BP nonetheless terminated her employment.
Well, so, she's not working long hours anymore.
After Loudon's confession, Loudon's wife moved out of their house and generally ceased all contact with Loudon. A few weeks later, Loudon delivered a handwritten note to his wife apologizing for violating her trust and asking for her forgiveness. Loudon's wife initiated divorce proceedings in June 2023.
I think that's the worst insider trading case I've ever read? Between her prompt reporting to BP, their review of her texts and emails, and the immediate divorce , it seems pretty clear she wasn't in on the insider trading. Still, terrible.
If you worked at Pfizer Inc. in 2021, and you got early notice of Pfizer's successful clinical trial of Paxlovid, its Covid-19 treatment, you could have bought call options on Pfizer's stock and made a lot of money when the results were announced and the stock went up. And then you would have gotten very arrested, because that's illegal insider trading. And in fact a Pfizer employee allegedly did do that, and got arrested.
Or you could have bought call options on Royal Caribbean Cruise Ltd.'s stock and made a lot of money when the Paxlovid results were announced. Because Royal Caribbean's stock did go up 8% that day. It was maybe not the most obvious thing in the world that Royal Caribbean would go up because Paxlovid worked, but nor was it all that surprising; if you were paying attention to the world, you could have had some thought process like "few businesses were hit harder by Covid than cruises, and a cure for Covid is going to make it easier for people to go back on cruise ships, so Royal Caribbean should go up a lot." And you would have been right and made a lot of money.
This is sometimes called "shadow trading," using your inside information about one company (say, your employer) to make informed trades on some other company that will also be affected by the news.
But would you have gotten arrested? Well! Well. We have talked a few times about the US Securities and Exchange Commission's insider trading case against Matthew Panuwat, who is accused of shadow trading on merger news. (He allegedly knew his employer was getting acquired, so he bought options on a competitor, whose stock also went up on the acquisition news.) Today the Wall Street Journal covers the case:
The case, which goes to trial next month, has become the latest test of insider-trading law. Congress has never defined what it means, leaving regulators and courts across the country to decide what qualifies, a volatile process that sometimes leads appellate courts to rein in what they see as excesses.
Defense lawyers have dubbed Panuwat's case the first involving "shadow insider trading," a label that describes executives making well-timed bets in the shares of other companies. …
No court has ever tackled the idea that executives can go too far when they deploy their specialized knowledge or expertise to trade in the shares of rivals, said Karen Woody, a professor at the Washington and Lee University School of Law.
"I do think this is a push of the law and they are seeing if they can get a court to bless what is a bit of a stretch of the existing parameters," Woody said of the SEC's case.
I mean, on the one hand, that's true, but on the other hand, imagine if the court said "nah that just isn't insider trading"? (I don't think that's likely, since the judge has declined to dismiss the case. The SEC might still lose at trial, but if it does, that will probably be an inscrutable jury verdict that doesn't really define the law for future cases. But if the SEC wins at trial, Panuwat could appeal, and then an appeals court could still say "nah, not insider trading.") Then every sophisticated corporate insider — also, sorry, every Money Stuff reader — would have a blueprint for how to do insider trading legally. You find out your company's news and you go trade the most correlated stock.
I have said this before, but for years readers have emailed me with some variation on this idea. "If I have inside information about my company, can I trade our competitor's stock, knowing that the news is probably good for them too?" My general thoughts on this question used to be (1) nothing here is ever legal advice, (2) the SEC wouldn't like it and (3) the law is arguably a little unclear, since there are no real precedents. That state of affairs probably deterred at least some people from doing shadow trading: Why do something the SEC thinks is illegal, even if the law is unclear?
But now the SEC has brought a case, which has the advantage and disadvantage that it might resolve the ambiguity. On the one hand, now you definitely know that the SEC doesn't like shadow trading, which might be an additional deterrent. On the other hand, what if the SEC loses? What if the answer is "not legal advice, the SEC won't like it, but courts say it's allowed so there's nothing the SEC can do about it"? I suspect that will mean much more shadow trading.
Sometimes people argue that insider trading is good. We want market prices to be accurate, to reflect all available information; that way the best projects will get financed and people will be able to buy and sell assets at prices that reflect their real values. Letting, say, corporate executives buy their stocks when they know good news is coming, or sell them when they know bad news is coming, makes prices more accurate. So we should encourage it. That is the theory. You don't hear it a lot these days about the stock market, but you do hear it sometimes. Here's a recent Planet Money episode halfheartedly making the case.
Outside of the stock market, though, this idea is more popular. "In boxing, it's generally accepted — if not condoned — that [managers] sometimes bet on their fighters to win," the Wall Street Journal noted last month, though other bets can lead to suspicions of manipulation. Other sports sometimes have stricter rules about insider betting, but not always.
And people who set up prediction markets are more likely to argue that insider trading is good. The point of a prediction market is not really to give people a good place to invest their retirement money; the point of a prediction market is to make accurate predictions. In the stock market, you want outsiders to feel comfortable that they can invest their money and have a fair chance, and you might think that's more important than price accuracy. In a prediction market, you don't really care about fairness to outsiders at all; your goal is to get a good prediction. You'd be totally happy with a prediction market consisting only of (1) insiders and (2) outsiders who know they are betting against insiders but have reason to believe that they have a better model.
Last year I wrote about Manifold Markets, "a sort-of-play-money prediction market that allows people to propose questions and bet on the answers." Specifically, there was a market on Manifold about whether I would mention Manifold. I wrote:
The odds when I looked yesterday were about 40%. The odds at 11:30 a.m. today were 84%. The odds when I publish this will, of course, be 100%. Did I insider trade on this market? No. Was I tempted? For pedagogical and comedic purposes, I mean, not to win play money? A little.
But of course the person who emailed me about the market surely insider traded: He knew he had emailed me, so he knew I had seen it, so he knew the odds had increased. Perhaps he "insider traded," in the sense that he knew something nonpublic and traded based on it, or perhaps he "manipulated the market," in the sense that he traded in the prediction market and then took steps in the real world (emailing me) to make his trade pay off.
After I wrote that paragraph, several people emailed me to be like "no, it's cool, Manifold specifically encourages insider trading." It's true: "Unlike many other places," say Manifold's community guidelines, "Manifold encourages you to make markets more accurate by trading based on private information you might have." Worse for fairness but better for accuracy, and they prefer accuracy.
We talked last month about some bad stuff that Morgan Stanley did in its block trading business. A big holder of stock — say, a private equity firm with a big stake in a company it had already taken public — would decide to sell the stock all at once. It would call Morgan Stanley at like noon and say "we want to sell all our stock in Company X, we're going to ask you for a bid at 4:05 p.m. today, get ready, but don't tell anyone." And the holder would call a few other banks with the same message. And then Morgan Stanley was supposed to sit down and decide what price to bid on the stock, and if it was the highest bidder at 4:05 p.m. it would win the block trade, buy the stock at its bid price, and then turn around and sell the stock to hedge funds and other investors, as quickly as possible and preferably before the market opened the next day. But if it won the bid, it would be at risk: If it couldn't sell the stock for more than it paid for it, it would lose money.
One thing that would make this process easier and less risky for Morgan Stanley would be if, between noon and 4 p.m., it were to call a bunch of hedge funds and say "hey, we got a block of Company X coming this evening, would you buy some, and if so for what price?" If it pre-sold the block before putting in a bid, it could be confident that it would be able to resell the stock to investors and make money. But the seller did not want Morgan Stanley to do that, because if word leaked out about the block, people would know that a lot of supply was coming and that the stock would go down, so they would sell the stock first, which would lower the price that the seller could get. So the seller would tell Morgan Stanley, in writing, emphatically, "don't tell anyone about this block, don't even drop any hints about it, don't have even generic conversations about the sector with investors, keep this really secret."
And Morgan Stanley would agree to those terms, and then it would go out and tell a bunch of hedge funds about the block anyway, and some of the hedge funds would short the stock and make a quick easy profit when the block trade came, and the stock would go down and the seller would get a worse price and eventually Morgan Stanley got in trouble and paid several hundred million dollars in fines.
Thanks everyone. Nothing here is ever legal advice but this seems fine? Insider trading, I like to say, is not about fairness, it's about theft. It's illegal to trade on information that isn't public and that you have some duty to keep secret. If you work for Boeing Co. and you put the bolts in wrong and trade on that information, that's bad: You learned the nonpublic information in your job, and you had a duty to Boeing to use it only for the good of Boeing rather than trading on it. If you're the pilot , don't buy puts when the door flies off. (Land the plane!) But if you are just a regular person and you go to McDonald's and buy a burger and say "this burger tastes bad, I'm gonna short the stock," that's fine, that's legitimate research. If you log into Instagram and say "hey this app is good" and buy Meta stock, that's good. People are supposed to go around observing companies' products and services, evaluating them, and incorporating those evaluations into their investment decisions. That's how stock prices become efficient and how capital gets allocated to good uses rather than bad ones.
Similarly if you're on a plane and the door blows off and you think "this plane is poorly constructed, I'm gonna short some stocks here," seems fine. What duty do you have to keep it confidential? Maybe there's some fine print in your ticket contract but I doubt it. There are probably edge cases. What if you are flying for a work trip: Do you owe some obligation to your employer not to use the information to trade for your own account? Still probably not a huge enforcement priority to come after you.
Most of the cases of insider trading that I write about are dumb. There are two possible interpretations of this fact:
1. Most insider trading is dumb. Insider trading is a fairly easy crime to catch, so it is dumb to do it, so if you are doing it you will probably also do it in a dumb way. 2. Some (much? most?) insider trading is smart, but only the dumb insider trading is caught. Lots of people are out there doing insider trading with clever tradecraft and not getting caught, which is why I am not writing about them.
I think either interpretation is entirely plausible; I lean toward Option 1 but I have little evidence for that. [1]
Anyway here are a US Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action and a Justice Department criminal case against some guys who, allegedly, did mostly pretty good insider trading? And yet not good enough?
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against Anthony Viggiano, a former analyst at a major investment firm and later at an international investment bank, and Christopher Salamone, Stephen A. Forlano, and Nathan Bleckley, for insider trading in advance of numerous merger and acquisition transactions.
According to the SEC's complaint, in connection with his work at two financial institutions, Viggiano learned about impending merger and acquisition transactions and strategic partnerships before they were publicly announced. Viggiano, a resident of Baldwin, New York, allegedly obtained material nonpublic information about eight such transactions and tipped his friend Salamone, who grew up on the same block and whom he has known for approximately 20 years, about at least six of them. Salamone, a resident of Long Beach, New York, allegedly traded in advance of the six transactions, resulting in proceeds of approximately $322,000. Salamone allegedly agreed to share his trading proceeds with Viggiano because Viggiano's own employer prohibited him from engaging in such trades. The complaint further alleges that Viggiano tipped his close college friend Forlano about at least four transactions and that Forlano made approximately $113,000 in illegal profits trading in advance of three of those transactions. Forlano, a resident of Tampa, Florida, also allegedly tipped other individuals, including his close, college friend Bleckley, a resident of Altus, Oklahoma, who traded in advance of two transactions, resulting in illegal gains of almost $25,000.
The case originated from the SEC Market Abuse Unit's Analysis and Detection Center, which uses data analysis tools to detect suspicious trading patterns.
The investment firm was Blackstone Inc. and the bank was Goldman Sachs Group Inc. But the last sentence in that quote is the important one: The SEC can do data analysis to basically be like "this one guy has had a run of lucky trades on merger targets, let's see what advisers worked on all of those deals, and which employees of those advisers grew up on the same block as the guy who traded." A run of successful trades on deals is enough to trigger the SEC's suspicions, and then they can figure out your connections to those deals.
But, as these things go, Viggiano and Salamone seem to have insider traded in the basically smart way? The allegation is that Viggiano (the investment banker) got the inside information and Salamone traded on it: The insider did no trading and the trader had no obvious connection to inside information. The SEC complaint does not quote any incriminating emails or text messages between them, or any suspiciously timed phone calls, because there weren't any:
In late 2022, Viggiano and Salamone agreed to be more careful to not leave a trail of their communications relating to their trading in Salamone's brokerage accounts. Going forward, they would communicate in person or using SIGNAL. Viggiano told Salamone to download SIGNAL for future communications so no one could read their messages and their messages would not be preserved. Viggiano set the conversation rules in SIGNAL so that chats would expire five-minutes after they ended.
Good thing the SEC is cracking down on unauthorized messaging apps at investment banks! They split the profits in the traditional way, with bags of cash:
On January 4, 2023, Salamone transferred $80,000 of the illegal trading proceeds from his brokerage account to his bank account; the same day, he withdrew $20,000 in cash from his bank account. He then hand-delivered the $20,000 in cash to Viggiano. Salamone subsequently delivered another $15,000 in cash to Viggiano over the course of two or three deliveries. Salamone intended to give Viggiano more cash, since their agreement called for a 50- 50 split of their trading profits, but Viggiano told Salamone to leave the profits in Salamone's brokerage account for future trades.
And, while their trading was suspicious enough to raise flags at the SEC, they did take steps to make it less suspicious:
For some of their trades, Viggiano instructed Salamone to buy multiple stocks, often in the same sector, in order to provide a "smokescreen" narrative in case they were questioned about their trading. For example, when they purchased MAXR securities, they also purchased securities in four other defense-related companies so they could say they were buying defense stocks in anticipation of a possible "World War III."
Nonetheless, they were caught. I suppose part of the problem for them is that the SEC's methods of analysis are strong enough to catch them even without incriminating text messages. Another part of the problem, though, is that they widened the circle to people who were less rigorous about tradecraft. Viggiano also allegedly tipped his other friend Forlano, who then tipped his friend Bleckley, and they did all sorts of dumb texting that the SEC quotes:
On July 9, 2021, Forlano told Bleckley via text message that he should buy AIG stock.
Bleckley did not purchase AIG stock.
On July 14, 2021, the day the AIG Deal was announced, Forlano and Bleckley had the following text message exchange:
• Forlano: "aig boom," "did u buy in??"
• Bleckley: "Nah . . . not on AIG just Bc my funds are low," "Great call sorry I wasted it."
• Forlano: "broooo I didnt wanna leave a trail but rigatoni literally works for [IF]."
"Rigatoni" was a nickname for Viggiano, and "[IF]" meant the Investment Firm where Viggiano worked.
Bleckley responded to Forlano by text message: "Bro You know the f[]king code dont u"; "If you say 'mallard of all mallards' I know fire away with everything I got," and "F[]k u should've told me f[]k the feds." Forlano "loved" Bleckely's text about mallards; mallard or duck was their shorthand for a sure thing.
If you have a secret insider trading code for your text messages, don't explain the code in the text messages , come on.
Anyway though the FBI eventually did come calling. Viggiano was not worried:
On or around June 27, 2023—after the trading by Salamone based on material nonpublic information from Viggiano, alleged below—Viggiano told Salamone that he had been approached by law enforcement. Viggiano told Salamone not to worry, because they had traded the right way using "smokescreens" to avoid detection. In addition, they had been communicating about trading using SIGNAL, an application that Viggiano said would prevent others from reading their messages.
But he should have been, because Salamone started recording their conversations for law enforcement [2] :
Agents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation interviewed ANTHONY VIGGIANO, the defendant, and Salamone in or about June 2023. After those interviews, VIGGIANO made the following statements to Salamone that, unbeknownst to VIGGIANO, was recorded by Salamone:
VIGGIANO: You have both the people here who executed trades, you have all that. What you're missing is the dots. Right? They have - they have me at [Firm-2] having access to this inf
One thing that happens a lot is that the chief executive officer of a public company sells a bunch of stock, and then the company announces bad news the next week, and people are like "hmm suspicious timing!" Often, when this happens, the CEO points out that she did not decide to sell the stock with that fortuitous timing: Ages ago, she had set up a Rule 10b5-1 plan that would automatically sell some stock at particular times or prices, and it just so happened that the automatic 10b5-1 plan sold stock at a fortuitous time.
I tend to believe those explanations. Still, we talk sometimes around here about the well-known ways to game the 10b5-1 rules. The classic is:
1. You set up a 10b5-1 plan to automatically sell some stock in chunks over time, say at the end of each quarter. 2. Each quarter, you review your company's results before you make them public. If they're bad, you just nod silently and let the 10b5-1 plan dump stock. If they're great, you cancel your 10b5-1 plan. It's not insider trading because you're not trading! And then later you start a new one.
This is not legal advice, and the US Securities and Exchange Commission has in recent years written rules to crack down on the obvious 10b5-1 abuses.
Or similarly if you are the CEO of a public company, and you are in the midst of negotiations to sell the company for cash at a large premium, and you happen to have an active 10b5-1 plan that will dump a bunch of your stock before the deal is announced, would you be tempted to cancel that plan, keep the stock and collect the premium? Oh, sure, I would be. Would it be legal for you to cancel the plan, given your inside information about the merger negotiations? Not legal advice but … I kind of think so? (It's not trading, so it's not insider trading! [2] )
But that's risky, and if you have a 10b5-1 plan and a merger negotiation you might just let it keep selling. For instance:
Cisco Systems Inc. agreed to buy cybersecurity company Splunk Inc. in a deal valued at about $28 billion, marking the computer networking equipment maker's biggest acquisition.>
Cisco will pay $157 a share in cash, the companies said in a statement Thursday. That represents a 31% premium to Splunk's previous closing price on Wednesday. …>
The two companies had held talks in the past, but discussions fell apart last year, Bloomberg reported. Shares of Cisco fell about 4% in premarket trading on the news. Splunk surged about 20%.
Here is a Form 4 filed yesterday by Splunk's president and CEO, Gary Steele, disclosing that he sold 9,600 of his shares on Monday at an average price of $120.08. "The sale reported on this Form 4 were effected pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan adopted by the Reporting Person on April 6, 2023." He sold stock in July too; overall he seems to have trimmed his Splunk holdings by more than 10% under that 10b5-1 plan. If he had held onto the stock until announcing the merger, it would have been worth a lot more. Presumably he knew that, since he was negotiating the merger. But he let his automatic sales go ahead anyway. Tough timing, but good compliance.
If you are a financial journalist, and a source at an investment bank calls you up and says "hey hot tip, Consolidated Widgets is in advanced talks to acquire Amalgamated Sprockets," and you call your other sources and the tip checks out, and you write an article saying "Consolidated in Advanced Talks To Buy Amalgamated," Amalgamated's stock will almost certainly shoot up when you publish it.
You could take advantage of this. After you write the article, when you send it to your editor, before you hit publish, you could go to your brokerage account and buy 100 shares of Amalgamated to profit when the news is published. No, come on, obviously you can't do that! You will get fired, and you will get ignominiously drummed out of journalism for this breach of ethics, and also you will get extremely arrested for insider trading. It is a bit of an odd sort of insider trading, but I think journalists and prosecutors and judges all share an understanding that it is insider trading, and illegal. (None of this is legal or journalism ethics advice.)
There are more nuanced cases. (If you call your brother-in-law and tell him to trade before your article is published: bad. If you call a third source to check the story, and that source is an investment banker not involved in the deal, and he says "hmm dunno about that but you're probably right" and then buys some Amalgamated: I dunno!) But this is a thing that is known, and media organizations have rules and ethics guidelines about it, and also the law of insider trading in securities markets is pretty well developed so there's a lot of law on it too.
A bull spread or bull call spread is an options transaction that involves buying call options with a lower strike price and selling call options with the same expiration but a higher strike price. The transaction is profitable when the stock has a limited increase in its price, and is cheaper than purchasing only the lower strike price option.
If a company's stock is trading at $7, and you know that another company is about to buy it at $18 per share, buying $10-strike call options is a more efficient way to profit than just buying the stock at $7: You pay a little bit for the call option, instead of $7 for the stock, and still get most of the upside. But buying $10-strike call options and selling $18-strike call options is an even more efficient way to profit: You spend even less money up front, and you capture the same amount of upside. It is very tidy and high-leverage and efficient. Too efficient! They're gonna notice that.
Sometimes readers of this column email me with questions or ideas. A fairly high percentage of these questions and ideas are about how to insider trade. [2] For some time, the single most common question/idea that people emailed me went something like this: "If I find out material nonpublic information about a public company, and I trade that company's stock, I will go to jail. But what if I trade a different company's stock, one that is in the same industry and correlated with the stock that I know about? Is that illegal? If it is illegal, will I get caught?"
In general I try to avoid answering those questions, because (1) nothing in this column is legal advice and (2) I certainly do not want to give you advice about how to do crimes and not get caught. But in 2021, the US Securities and Exchange Commission actually brought an insider trading case against a guy named Matthew Panuwat for allegedly doing this. Panuwat worked as the head of business development at Medivation Inc., a publicly traded biotech company; he learned that Medivation was about to be acquired, and went out and bought call options on a competitor called Incyte. The Medivation deal was announced, Incyte's stock went up sympathetically, Panuwat made money, and the SEC came after him for insider trading.
This provides some very partial answers to my readers' questions:
1. The SEC thinks it's illegal, though Panuwat argues that the SEC is wrong and the case is ongoing. 2. The SEC did catch it, once.
The question that interests me here is: What is the denominator? Was Panuwat the first person ever to notice that, when he got inside information about his company, he could use it to trade other companies' stocks? No, absolutely not, tons of my readers have also noticed that, and they keep writing to me about it. Was Panuwat the first person ever to actually do it? That I do not know; perhaps my readers are curious theoreticians but uniformly law-abiding. [3]
But what evidence there is suggests that, no, lots of people have done this. After the Panuwat case, we discussed a paper by Mihir Mehta, David Reeb and Wanli Zhao, which named this phenomenon — using inside information about one company to trade a correlated stock — "shadow trading," and which found statistical evidence that it is pretty widespread. Earlier this year, we discussed another paper finding evidence of shadow trading using exchange-traded funds. If shadow trading happens all the time and the SEC has brought one enforcement action, well, I leave the math as an exercise for the reader. This is not any sort of advice about anything!
One fascinating empirical source here is that ProPublica has a trove of "tax records of the wealthiest taxpayers, including many of the nation's top business leaders," and has been going through them looking for, among other things, evidence of shadow trading. We talked about some suggestive examples in March, in which executives of one public company made well-timed trades in another company's stock, though it can be a little hard to tell just from trading records if the executive (1) had inside information about the other company (for instance, a banker leaked deal information to the executive), (2) just used her general industry knowledge and insight to make good trades or (3) was shadow trading on inside information about her own company.
Similarly today ProPublica has a story about biotech-company executives making well-timed trades in their competitors' stocks:
The chairman of a biotech company bought shares in a corporate partner just as the partner was reaching the final stages of secret negotiations to be purchased.>
The chairman of a bone health company made aggressive bets on a medical technology firm run by an adviser to his board just before its sales took off, netting him $29 million in a series of options trades.>
A wealthy investor with ties to a niche area of cancer research personally traded, for the first time ever, in a company in that sector just before it was taken over. He bought high-risk options that earned him a quick $1 million in profit.
Again these examples are ambiguous; if anything, they suggest that the executives had inside information about the competitors, rather than inside information about their own companies that they used to trade correlated stocks. ("Buy stock in a competitor just before it is taken over" is either good luck or regular insider trading; "buy stock in a competitor just before you are taken over" is possible shadow trading.) The most fun example, though, comes from Medivation:
It wasn't just Panuwat who risked violating Medivation's policy, a trove of confidential IRS data obtained in recent years by ProPublica shows.>
It was also his then-boss, CEO David Hung. ...>
In one instance, tax records show Hung traded a competitor's stock ahead of news he himself disclosed that experts said would likely qualify as material.
On Aug. 24, 2015, Hung announced that Medivation was acquiring a cancer-fighting medication from a company called BioMarin. The drug was one of a handful of cutting-edge new drugs that Hung hailed as an "exciting class of oncology therapeutics.">
What Hung didn't say was that on the same day his company finalized the acquisition — but three days before the public announcement — he made a purchase in his personal stock trading account. He bought about $8 million in shares of Clovis Oncology, a company that was separately developing a drug in the same treatment category, known as "PARP inhibitors.">
After the acquisition, the pharmaceutical trade press noted that there was growing interest in this class of drugs. Hung's deal marked the first big acquisition of a PARP inhibitor.>
"Obviously all the PARPs are going to pop," said Nierengarten, the analyst who covered Hung's company. Clovis is a small company reliant on a small number of drugs, "so it's really going to pop," he said.
That looks like a classic shadow trade: You know that one company is getting acquired (by you), so you buy stock in a competitor because it will go up when the acquisition is announced.
If you are a senior executive at a public company, your trades in your own company's stock will be heavily scrutinized. Your trades in your company's competitors' stocks, though, will probably be less scrutinized. But ProPublica got a bunch of tax returns for a bunch of public-company executives and scrutinized their stock trades, and they found a number that were pretty well timed:
A Gulf of Mexico oil executive invested in one partner company the day before it announced good news about some of its wells. A paper-industry executive made a 37% return in less than a week by buying shares of a competitor just before it was acquired by another company. And a toy magnate traded hundreds of millions of dollars in stock and options of his main rival, conducting transactions on at least 295 days. He made an 11% return over a recent five-year period, even as the rival's shares fell by 57%.
There are some obvious reasons public company executives might make well-timed trades in their competitors' stocks. [4] One is: They are experts in an industry, they use their training and skills to analyze public data, and they use that general knowledge to pick stocks that will go up. This one is fine? It shades into some nuance: What if you meet the chief executive officer of a competitor at a conference, find her personally impressive, and buy her stock as a bet on her? That does not feel like "material nonpublic information" exactly, but it is not something that every investor has access to. But overall there is a wide range of stuff that is like "expert in an industry is good at picking winning and losing stocks in that industry" that seems fine.
Another explanation is: They are in an industry, they hear nonpublic rumors about that industry, they compete on deals, they gossip with bankers and consultants, they know things, and they can often come upon material nonpublic information about their competitors. This one is interesting. "Insider trading," I like to say, "is not about fairness, but about theft." If you are an executive of a company (or its banker or lawyer or CEO's therapist or whatever) and you learn things about your company and you trade the stock before the news is public, you are in some sense stealing information that belongs to the company and using it for yourself; you had a duty to the company not to do that. But if you learn information about your competitor, do you have the same duty? I think the answer is "maybe," and it depends on things like how you learned the information and what your company's trading policy says. "The owner of a private firm may argue that they can use nonpublic information from their own company to trade the stock of competitors because they have no duty not to use the information for personal benefit," notes ProPublica, but "some companies have policies that forbid trading while in possession of nonpublic information about competitors, clients or partners."
A third explanation is what we sometimes call "shadow trading": The executive doesn't have any inside information about her competitors, and she doesn't make trades based on deep industry expertise, but she does have inside information about her own company. If you know that your company is going to miss earnings because no one is buying widgets, you probably don't want to sell all your stock (because regulators will notice), but you might short your competitors' stocks because (1) regulators might not notice and (2) those stocks will probably go down too when you announce bad earnings. This is not legal or investing advice, and the US Securities and Exchange Commission definitely thinks this one is illegal. ProPublica doesn't have any examples that exactly sound like this, but it is, in general, a live possibility.
A fourth explanation, one that I really like, is hedging. From the ProPublica story:
For Barry Wish, on one occasion, losing a contract to a competitor came with a significant benefit. In the 1980s, Wish co-founded Ocwen, a mortgage-servicing company, then helped steer the West Palm Beach, Florida-based firm for decades on its board. Mortgage servicers essentially act as brokers between lenders and homeowners, handling billing, modifying loans for borrowers and carrying out foreclosures.
In the years after the housing crash, Ocwen and its competitors grew rapidly, as big banks auctioned off the loans they were administering amid costly new regulations.
One of the prize tranches — $215 billion in home mortgages from Bank of America — was won by Wish's rival, Nationstar, in January 2013. The day the company's deal with Bank of America was announced, its stock shot up almost 17%, its biggest one-day gain since the company had gone public almost a year earlier. According to reporting at the time, Wish's firm had been jockeying with Nationstar for the deal.
But losing wasn't a total loss for Wish.
Less than three weeks earlier, he had bought $600,000 of Nationstar shares. The day the deal became public, Wish sold his shares, earning himself a $157,000 profit.
In a phone call with ProPublica, Wish said he didn't recall buying Nationstar shares.
One possibility here is that he was deeply informed about the auction, he had nonpublic information that made him think that Nationstar would win, and he bought Nationstar stock to bet on it going up. Another possibility is, look, there was an auction, somebody was going to win, and it would be good for him if his company won and bad for him if another company won. He did his best to win, but he bought shares in the other company to cushion the blow in case he lost. If Ocwen had won this auction, presumably he'd have a loss on his Nationstar shares, but he'd have a gain on his Ocwen shares and his career generally; this $157,000 gain was the consolation prize.
It feels vaguely like bad corporate governance for an executive of one company to diversify by owning his competitors? You want him to be fully motivated to win. [5] And yet I do not think it is insider trading exactly, and I sympathize. If I were a CEO, I'd be tempted by this. If some other company is better at your job than you are, why not own their stock?
So you have two problems here. One is the risk of insider betting: The writers write a script for the match, and then they tell the wrestlers and referees and announcers and anyone else who needs to know what the script will look like, and then maybe there's a rehearsal or whatever, I don't know, I don't watch a ton of wrestling, but the point is that if you have scripted results for a wrestling match then some people need to know those results before the match — so they can produce the results! — and there are security issues. The way to minimize those issues is to (1) tell the people at the last minute and (2) cut off betting once you tell them, so even if there's a leak no one can bet on it.
The other problem is the risk of match fixing. I mean, it's all fixed, but you know what I mean: What you don't want is for someone to bet on the results of a match and then influence that result by, for instance, bribing the writers. (Or by being one of the writers, for that matter, and betting anonymously on an outcome that you can script.) The way to minimize that issue is to (1) write the outcome long in advance and (2) open betting only after the outcome is determined.
Those things conflict, but here you go:
In discussions about how gambling on wrestling could work, WWE executives have proposed that scripted results of matches be locked in months ahead of time, according to people familiar with the matter. The wrestlers themselves wouldn't know whether they were winning or losing until shortly before a match takes place, said the people.
For example, the WWE could lock the results of Wrestlemania's main event months ahead of time, based on a scripted storyline that hinged to the winner of January's Royal Rumble. Betting on the match could then take place between the end of the Royal Rumble and up to days or even hours before Wrestlemania, when the wrestlers and others in the show's production would learn the results.
The problem is that if you are a senior executive at a public company, you are constantly learning things that could be material to its stock price. You look at weekly sales numbers, which give you a picture of how the quarter will develop. You meet with customers and they say things like "we love your service and want to deepen our relationship" or "we are annoyed and looking for alternatives, how about a price cut." If you are a top executive, everything that you do is material to the business; if it wasn't material to the business, someone else would do it.
In a sense this means that any time you buy or sell your company's stock, you are "insider trading," trading while in possession of material nonpublic information. There are solutions to this problem. One is the concept of the "open window": A public company will usually have a rule saying that its employees can only trade the stock in certain open-window periods shortly after the company releases earnings. The theory is that the earnings release — and the earnings call that usually comes with it — contains all of the material information about the company, so everything that executives know is now public, so the executives are free to trade.
Another important one, in the US, is the 10b5-1 plan, named after a US Securities and Exchange Commission rule. The idea in a 10b5-1 plan is that, when an executive does not have material nonpublic information, she can enter into an automated plan with her broker telling the broker what trades to make in the future. You announce earnings, you wait a day or two, then you sign a plan with your broker saying "sell 10,000 shares per month for a year, starting next month." When your broker actually sells those shares for you, you might have material nonpublic information, but you are not trading on that information: The sales are automated, and you signed up for them before you learned any material nonpublic information.
There are ways to abuse this. A simple way is: On Monday, you learn some really bad news that isn't yet public; on Tuesday, you sign a 10b5-1 plan saying "sell everything tomorrow"; on Wednesday, the plan sells all your stock; and on Thursday you announce the bad news and the stock tanks. This one is boring. It is not even really an abuse of Rule 10b5-1: This is just insider trading, and Rule 10b5-1 explicitly says that you have to enter the plan "before becoming aware of the information" for it to work. Still, lots of information is kind of ambiguous, and people do worry about this sort of abuse.
In December, the SEC amended Rule 10b5-1 to address this concern by requiring a "cooling-off period": If a director or officer of a company signs a 10b5-1 plan, it can't actually trade any stock for 90 days. The idea is that whether or not you know anything material now, it will probably be public or stale in three months, so you definitely won't be insider trading when your automatic trades start in three months.
A more interesting sort of abuse is: On Jan. 1, you have no material nonpublic information. But you know that on Feb. 15, your company will report earnings; you don't know what they will be, but you know that the results are hotly anticipated and will be very important to the market. Also you will know the earnings by Feb. 5, because you are a senior executive and will be involved in preparing the earnings release. So what you do is, you adopt a 10b5-1 plan, on Jan. 1, telling your broker "sell all of my stock over a five-day period starting on Feb. 6." You have no material nonpublic information and the plan doesn't start for a month, so you look good. Then on Feb. 5, you find out the earnings. If they are good, you call your broker and cancel the plan: You have material nonpublic information, but you are not insider trading, because all you are doing is deciding not to trade. If the earnings are bad, you do nothing, and your broker dumps all your stock before the earnings are announced: This is not insider trading, because the sales are all made under an automated 10b5-1 plan.
This is also probably not allowed: Rule 10b5-1 says that you have to have entered into your plan "in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of this section," and this scheme pretty clearly looks like bad faith. In practice it is not clear how you get caught, though: If you end up doing the trade, then it looks like you were acting in good faith (you signed a plan, and then followed it); if you end up not doing the trade, then you didn't do any trades, so they can't really get you for insider trading. (Not legal advice!)
The most common and … best??? … suggestion goes like this:
1. You work at, or with, a public company, and you learn some big secret news about the company. It's getting acquired at a premium, it has very good or very bad earnings coming, it got hacked, it found a cure for cancer, whatever. Something that will predictably make the stock go up or down a lot. 2. You do not go out and buy (or sell) your company's stock! You will get caught! 3. Nor do you go out and buy short-dated options on the stock; that's even worse. 4. Nor do you tell your college buddy or brother-in-law the news, so that he can buy options and make money and give you a paper bag full of cash as a payoff for the tip. One, that is obviously illegal, and two, it tends to get caught. Regulators notice suspicious trades ahead of big corporate news, and they investigate them, and they are able to figure out that this guy is your college buddy or brother-in-law and connect his trading to you. 5. Instead, you trade something else. You buy (or sell) something else that is correlated to your company's stock, so that when your company announces its news, that other thing will predictably go up (or down) and you can make money without ever trading your own company's securities. 6. (Or you tip your buddy or brother-in-law, but make sure that he only trades the correlated asset, not your stock.) 7. The idea — which I cannot endorse! — is that, when a company announces big news, regulators look for suspicious trading in that company's stock, but they don't look for suspicious trading in correlated things, so they won't catch you. 8. The other idea — which I also cannot endorse! — is that you are not an insider of the correlated thing, so it's not insider trading. Even if the regulators do notice, they can't do anything about it, because it is not illegal. (Again: This is a theory, but not my theory, and certainly not the regulators' theory.) 9. One obvious way to do this is to buy (or sell) the stock of some competitor company, or a couple of competitors: Good earnings for your company might predict good earnings for its whole industry, etc. (This is not always easy — if your company has been hacked, does that mean your competitors are vulnerable and should go down, or that they'll win market share and should go up? If your company is getting acquired, does that mean that your competitors are also in play, or that the only potential acquirer has made its choice and they aren't it? — but probably sometimes it's easy.) 10. Another obvious way to do this is to buy (or sell) a sector exchange-traded fund containing all the stocks in your industry. That might be neater and easier than picking a couple of competitors to buy, and it has the possible advantage that the ETF includes your own company's stock and so benefits more directly from your company's news. And yet it arguably looks less suspicious: You can say "I would never trade in my own company's stock, to avoid even a hint of impropriety, but I am bullish on our industry as a whole so I bought some of our sector ETF."
These approaches — points 9 and 10 above, using inside information about one company to make informed trades in correlated stocks or ETFs — are sometimes called "shadow trading."
One question that you might have is: Is shadow trading illegal? Is it insider trading? Is point 8 wrong? I am not going to give you legal advice, but it seems clear that the US Securities and Exchange Commission thinks that shadow trading is illegal — it brought a case against an alleged shadow trader in 2021 — and my view is that they are correct. I like to say that insider trading, in the US, is not about fairness but about theft , and using your company's secret information to make money trading some other stock is probably theft-y enough to count. (There are ambiguities, though. If your company's insider trading policy says things like "you cannot use secret information you learn on the job to trade anything ," then your shadow trading is probably illegal, but if your policy says "you can't use secret information you learn on the job to trade our company's stock ," then maybe you're okay?)
Another question that you might have is: Do the regulators look for this? If you trade in correlated things, will the SEC come after you? Is point 7 wrong? I don't know, and if I did I wouldn't tell you, because I am certainly not in the business of telling you how to get away with crimes.
But another question you might have is: Does shadow trading happen a lot? Are there a ton of corporate insiders and deal advisers who are regularly making shadow trades in order to profit from inside information? Some casual empirical data:
Very few people get caught shadow trading; I can only really think of the one enforcement action. This could mean that it is very rare, or conversely it could mean that it happens all the time but the SEC is not in fact looking for it. Readers do keep suggesting it to me! I don't know what that tells you.
But this is also of academic interest and so sometimes you get more formal empirical data. We have talked about a paper by Mihir Mehta, David Reeb and Wanli Zhao, which seems to have coined the term "shadow trading," and which found "increased levels of informed trading among business partners and competitors before a firm releases private information": People with inside information about one company do seem to be trading correlated companies.
And here is a new paper on "Using ETFs to Conceal Insider Trading," by Elza Eglīte, Dans Štaermans, Vinay Patel and Tālis Putniņš:
We show that exchange traded funds (ETFs) are used in a new form of insider trading known as "shadow trading." Our evidence suggests that some traders in possession of material non-public information about upcoming M&A announcements trade in ETFs that contain the target stock, rather than trading the underlying company shares, thereby concealing their insider trading. Using bootstrap techniques to identify abnormal trading in treatment and control samples, we find significant levels of shadow trading in 3-6% of same-industry ETFs prior to M&A announcements, equating to at least $212 million of such trading per annum. Our findings suggest insider trading is more pervasive than just the "direct" forms that have been the focus of research and enforcement to date.
They point out that ETFs have some advantages for shadow trading:
ETFs provide an attractive instrument for insiders to trade their private information for several reasons. First, the stock that is the subject of the information may be a constituent of the ETF, so that one can get a direct exposure to the company's share price via the ETF, but in a vehicle that is more subtle than trading the company shares directly, helping reduce scrutiny from law enforcement. Second, ETFs are cost-effective and often more liquid than the underlying company shares (e.g., Buckle et al., 2018), potentially reducing the price impact of insider trades. Both theoretical and empirical evidence shows that insiders trade in highly liquid assets so that they can hide their information and maximize their trading profits (e.g., Lei and Wang, 2014; Ben-David et al., 2018). Third, shadow trading in ETFs prior to price-sensitive news allows insiders to benefit from increases in the price of both the source firm and related firms.
The basic rule in the US is that if you learn some secret information about a stock, and you have an obligation to keep it secret, and you use that information to trade the stock, or you sell that information to someone else so that they can trade the stock, then you have committed insider trading and you get in trouble. [6] The classic case is that you work at a public company and find out something about the company (good or bad earnings, a merger) before it is public and trade on that, but there are other cases. If you work at the company's law firm, or if you're the chief executive officer's psychotherapist, or a regulator, you can learn things and be obligated to keep them secret. And if you trade on them instead you get in trouble.
This is a rule of securities law, though sort of an unwritten one: There is no specific statute banning insider trading, but there is a long tradition of treating it as a form of securities fraud. Using that secret inside information to trade stock is a form of fraud, on someone. (It's not always clear who: The people on the other side of your trades? The people whose information you misused? Both?)
By analogy, you might assume that using secret inside information to trade anything else is also a form of fraud. We talked about this in June in the context of an insider trading case against a former employee of OpenSea, a marketplace for nonfungible tokens; the employee allegedly knew in advance which NFTs would be advertised on OpenSea's homepage and bought them so he could flip them at a profit. NFTs are (probably) not securities, so this is not securities fraud, so it's not classic insider trading. But it's so much like insider trading that prosecutors charged him with wire fraud anyway. If insider trading securities is securities fraud, then insider trading non-securities is wire fraud.
We have talked about the block-trade probe before. The equity syndicate desk is in the uncomfortable position of talking to (1) investors, about what stocks they would like to buy, and (2) public companies and big shareholders, about selling their stocks. Broadly speaking, if Morgan Stanley is buying a block of stock from a big seller after the close today and then re-selling it to its investor clients, the syndicate desk can't go around calling those investor clients to say "Hey a block of XYZ stock is coming after the close, get ready." That would be bad. But if it is chatting with those investor clients all day, can it say … "Busy day today guys"? "Stick around after the close today, we've got a fun one for you"? "How are you feeling about entertainment companies these days"? Can it drop some hints? Can it use tone and body language? Can the investors, who know the market well and have some idea of what blocks might come loose, make an informed guess about what the syndicate desk is talking about? Can the investors then position themselves by, for instance, dumping some XYZ stock during the afternoon and then buying it back at a discount after the close?
Oh, I don't know, I don't want to give you legal advice. But if you're the Morgan Stanley lawyer who covers the syndicate desk, you do have to give the syndicate desk legal advice. You have to give some sort of general answer to those questions. "You can talk to investors about broad sectors without disclosing the name of the company that you have a block for," maybe, or whatever, I don't know. You make some rules and you hand the rules to the syndicate desk and then, crucially, you do not listen to their phone calls. You want some gap between the abstract rules that you have made to keep the syndicate desk out of trouble, and the syndicate desk's interpretation of those rules to get themselves into trouble. Now the lawyer has to sit there and listen to the calls!
A famous fact of US securities law is that there is no law against insider trading. What there is is a law against securities fraud: It is illegal "to employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud" someone in connection with a securities trade.[1] For a long time courts have interpreted that to include insider trading, and there is a Securities and Exchange Commission rule clarifying that in fact insider trading counts as a scheme or artifice to defraud. But there is no law against insider trading specifically; instead, insider trading is a type of fraud.
It is a weird type of fraud: If an executive of a public company trades on inside information about her company, she is defrauding shareholders, to whom she has a fiduciary duty. (This is called "classical" insider trading.) If the executive tells her therapist about an upcoming merger, and the therapist trades on that knowledge, the therapist is betraying the executive, to whom he has a "duty of trust or confidence," and that betrayal plus the therapist's trading also counts as fraud. (This is called "misappropriation" insider trading.) My shorthand is that "insider trading is not about fairness, it's about theft": If you have some duty to someone to keep nonpublic information secret, and you trade on that information, then you have committed insider trading. You have committed securities fraud.
Now, insider trading is a type of securities fraud. But there is another federal statute that makes it a crime to use "any scheme or artifice to defraud" someone using a phone or the internet.[2] This crime is generally called "wire fraud," and it is much broader than securities fraud. Securities fraud is doing fraud about securities. Wire fraud is doing fraud about absolutely anything , as long as you do the fraud using email or the phone or text messages or a chat app, and in 2022 you certainly do. So every fraud is wire fraud.
You might put these things together and conclude: If insider trading in securities is securities fraud, then insider trading in anything is wire fraud. If insider trading — using information from someone else, to whom you have a duty to keep it confidential, to buy for your own account — is a "device, scheme, or artifice to defraud" under securities law, then surely it is also a "scheme or artifice to defraud" under wire-fraud law. If you buy real estate based on insider knowledge of where Amazon.com Inc. is going to put its new headquarters, and you had some duty to Amazon to keep that knowledge private, maybe that is insider trading in real estate. If you make sports bets based on insider knowledge of some star player's injury or trade demands, and you had some duty to that player to keep that knowledge private, maybe that is insider trading in sports bets.
One misconception that people have about insider trading is that, to be guilty of insider trading in a company's stock, you need to have inside information about the company. This is not true. Insider trading is, more or less, a crime of trading on misappropriated information. If you know something that is material to the stock , and you have some duty to keep that information confidential and not use it for yourself, then trading on it is insider trading.
So, for instance, if a newspaper publishes a stock-picking column, and you get the column before it is published and buy the stocks it recommends, that is famously insider trading even if the columnist has no inside information about the companies. (It's insider trading even if you are the columnist.) It's not that you knew inside information about the company; it's that you had information (1) that you weren't supposed to have (or at least that you weren't supposed to trade on) and (2) that moved the stock price.
Or if you work at a company and get news about a merger and buy your competitor's stock, figuring that your competitor's stock will go up on your merger news, that is also (arguably!) insider trading: You had information (about your company), you weren't supposed to trade on it (under your company's policies), and it was material to your competitor , in the simple sense that when the news came out the competitor's stock went up.
Or if you hack into the computer systems of a stock-picks newsletter and buy the stocks it is going to pick, you might not think that's insider trading, but the Justice Department and Securities and Exchange Commission will. Here's an email that David Stone allegedly sent to a buddy:
I'm ok with sharing the weekly trades with you. I have used it so far to generate a significant amount of money and I'm sure you will be able to as well. There is a small possibility that what we are doing could be considered insider trading. [Advisor-1] uses only public information about to make its recommendations and even the recommendations are behind a paywall so it is a stretch to call it insider trading but it certainly behaves like it because it almost guarantees favorable price moves at a certain time.
And here is the Justice Department press release:
Damian Williams, the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, and Michael J. Driscoll, Assistant Director-in-Charge of the New York Field Office of the Federal Bureau of Investigation ("FBI"), announced today the unsealing of a complaint charging DAVID STONE with securities fraud in connection with an insider trading scheme. STONE was arrested yesterday and will be presented today in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon. …
From 2020 up to his arrest in 2022, DAVID STONE exploited market-moving stock recommendations made by an investment recommendation service ("Advisor-1") before those recommendations were released to paying subscribers. STONE, an information technology ("I.T.") professional, accessed Advisor-1's computing system without authorization and viewed information relating to Advisor-1's recommendations before they were announced to Advisor-1's paying subscribers.
Advisor-1's stock recommendations typically, but not always, lead to higher closing prices for the recommended stock as compared to the prior day's closing price. By trading on those recommendations before they were announced, STONE was able to obtain significant profits unavailable to other market participants. In fact, since in or about November 2020, brokerage accounts associated with STONE traded ahead of Advisor-1 recommendations on more than a dozen occasions for approximately $3 million in gross gains.
I don't know who Advisor-1 is. I will say that the limit case here is if you hack into a pure pump-and-dump email list, someone who pumps stocks to a subscriber list based on no information or analysis at all but just to run a scam, and you buy the stocks he's going to pump before he pumps them, then I think that is probably also insider trading? The point is the misappropriation and the materiality, not the quality of the information.
The main way to insider trade is to know big news about public companies before the news is public. If you work at a public company, you will occasionally learn big news about your company before it is public, and then you can trade on it, but (1) there will not be that many opportunities and (2) you will probably get caught and get in trouble. If you want to insider trade a lot , the better place to be is at some intermediary that regularly gets big news about many public companies just before it becomes public. So investment bankers and mergers-and-acquisitions lawyers are classic insider traders: They learn big news (mergers) about many different companies (their clients) before the news is public. Still you will only have so many clients, and also you'll get caught.
For really ambitious insider trading, the ideal intermediary is one of the companies that takes big news from lots of companies, holds on to it briefly, and then makes it public. We talked a few months ago about Edgarizers, the companies that "provide proprietary, cloud-based software platforms to facilitate public companies' filing of periodic and other reports with the SEC." A company has some news, it puts the news in a Securities and Exchange Commission filing, it sends the filing to a service provider to file with the SEC. Sometimes it sends the filing to the service provider early: It maintains a draft on the provider's system, it finalizes the draft on that system over hours or days, and then it hits the filing button. If you hack into the service provider, as a Russian military intelligence officer allegedly did, then you can get lots of SEC filings early and trade on them and make money.
But the real prizes are the newswires, the companies that transmit press releases for companies. Any time a company has big news it is going to put out a press release, and sometimes companies will upload their press releases to the newswires hours or days before they are final. If you hack into the newswires, as some Ukrainian hackers did a few years ago, you can get lots of press releases early and trade on them and make money.
I can tell you the answer to Scenario 4, I think. (Nothing here is legal advice!) Under pretty well established U.S. law, this one is illegal. This is called the "misappropriation theory" of insider trading, and the rough idea is that Amalgamated "owns" this information about its merger plans and you have "misappropriated" it by trading on it. In a sense you have front-run Amalgamated, your employer: Amalgamated is looking to buy BAWF stock (in a merger), and you buy it first and then flip it to Amalgamated (in the merger) for a profit. In theory your front-running might drive up the price that Amalgamated has to pay, so in an economic sense you really are stealing from Amalgamated.
The other three scenarios are sort of like that and sort of not. In each of these scenarios, the information in some sense belongs to Amalgamated, you learned about it in the course of your work for Amalgamated, it is confidential, and you are arguably "stealing" it to trade Consolidated stock for your own account. On the other hand, Amalgamated wasn't planning to trade Consolidated stock, so you aren't front-running your employer. You are just doing an unrelated trade in a different stock using information you got at work.
I cannot tell you the answer to the first three scenarios because there are no precedents. Which is a kind of answer! Like, the answer to the question "is this legal," for each of those three cases, is something like "ummmmmmmmmmm it sounds sketchy but as far as I know nobody has ever gotten in trouble for it?" That tells you something! Perhaps it tells you that nobody has ever done it, but that seems unlikely.
Or, rather, that was the answer until last August, when someone got in trouble for it. His name is Matthew Panuwat, and he allegedly found himself in essentially Scenario 3: He was the head of business development at a mid-sized pharmaceutical company called Medivation Inc., he learned that Medivation was being acquired, and he went out and bought call options on a different mid-sized pharmaceutical company, Incyte Corp., that was an obvious comp for Medivation. (Panuwat allegedly reviewed investment bank presentations in which "the bankers drew close parallels between Medivation and Incyte.") The merger was announced, Incyte stock went up, and he made money. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission sued him, and we talked about the case a couple of times. People sometimes use the term "shadow trading" to describe this sort of thing, using inside information about one company to trade the stock of a different but correlated company.
So now we know that the answer to Scenario 3 is "well, at least the SEC thinks it's illegal." The SEC has been wrong before, though, and Panuwat moved to dismiss the case before trial, arguing that this scenario does not amount to insider trading. Earlier this month he lost that motion: A judge ruled that this scenario can be insider trading, and that the SEC can go to trial to try to prove it. Here is the opinion. The judge, and the SEC, concede that there are no precedents here:
It is true that there appear to be no other cases where the material nonpublic information at issue involved a third party. The SEC conceded this at oral argument. However, the SEC's theory of liability falls within the general framework of insider trading, as well as the expansive language of Section 10(b) and corresponding regulations.
But insider trading law is pretty broad so sure why not wave it in. But it seems important here that Medivation, Panuwat's employer, had a very broad anti-insider-trading policy that Panuwat was required to sign. It said (as quoted by the judge):
"During the course of your employment . . . you may receive important information that is not yet publicly disseminated . . . about the Company. . . . Because of your access to this information, you may be in a position to profit financially by buying or selling or in some other way dealing in the Company's securities . . . or the securities of another publicly traded company, including all significant collaborators, customers, partners, suppliers, or competitors of the Company. . . . For anyone to use such information to gain personal benefit . . . is illegal."
The way that insider trading law works in the U.S., under the "misappropriation theory," is that you are only guilty of insider trading if you misappropriated the information from someone. ("Insider trading is not about fairness," I sometimes say; "it is about theft.") If Panuwat had a duty to Medivation not to trade on the information he got, and he traded on it in breach of that duty, then that was illegal insider trading; if Medivation was like "sure go nuts trade however you want," then it was … fine? Maybe? In any case the SEC and the judge explicitly refer to this broad policy to support the SEC's case here. If Medivation
Nothing here is ever legal advice, but if you are a regular Money Stuff reader and your friend comes to you and says "hey I've got a hot illegal insider tip that a company is about to announce really good news, what securities should I trade to make money from that tip," I hope that you will not reply "my man, you must trade short-dated out-of-the-money call options on that company." No! Bad! That's not how you do it! This is what I call the Second Law of Insider Trading (the first is, don't insider trade): If you must insider trade, do not do it by buying short-dated out-of-the-money call options on merger targets. Do not! That's what they're looking for.
Here's a Securities and Exchange Commission insider trading case against David Schottenstein ("a resident of Surfside, Florida" who "founded a designer sunglasses business in 2016"), Kris Bortnovsky (another Surfside resident who runs an asset management business) and Ryan Shapiro ("an entrepreneur who founded two privately held companies"). There are also federal criminal charges. Schottenstein's cousin and uncle, Joseph and Jay Schottenstein, run a real-estate investing firm and are on the boards of a number of public companies, including DSW Inc. (now Designer Brands Inc.). And this allegedly happened:
[David] Schottenstein and Insider 1 [Joseph Schottenstein] are cousins and close friends. During the relevant period, they frequently visited each other's homes, travelled together, spent holidays together, and communicated very frequently via telephone and text message. During their many interactions, they had a history, pattern, and practice of sharing confidences, such as confidential business activities that implicated the Family Company. …
On August 22, 2017, DSW released a positive quarterly earnings announcement, sending DSW's stock price up approximately 17%.
In or about mid-August 2017, ahead of DSW's public announcement of its earnings, Schottenstein solicited from Insider 1 that DSW was doing well financially, and Schottenstein traded on that information.
Schottenstein also tipped Bortnovsky that DSW would be issuing a positive earnings announcement, and even asked Bortnovsky's advice on what type of DSW securities to purchase based on such information.
And what type of DSW securities did they purchase? Oh yeah:
Between August 16, 2017 and the morning of August 18, 2017, Schottenstein and Insider 1 and Schottenstein and Bortnovsky exchanged additional telephone calls. On August 18, Schottenstein also exchanged more than 21 calls with his investment adviser, who, at Schottenstein's direction, then bought 48,760 shares of DSW stock, 1,360 DSW September 2017 call options, and 163 DSW October 2017 call options in Schottenstein's brokerage accounts at Broker 1.
On the same day, August 18, between approximately 10:16 a.m. and 2:37 p.m., Bortnovsky purchased 127,000 shares of DSW stock on behalf of Sakal Fund for approximately $2 million. During that same four-hour interval, Bortnovsky and Schottenstein called and texted each other about which series of DSW call options to buy.
The answer is no series of call options![3] Come on. The uncle and cousin are also on various other public-company boards, and these guys allegedly traded on inside knowledge of several other events that Schottenstein allegedly learned from his cousin, including trading stock and call options ahead of mergers-and-acquisitions announcements. They allegedly gloated about one deal:
Schottenstein told Bortnovsky and Shapiro that he had received the inside information from Insider 1, who was associated with the company bidding on Aphria. Indeed, Shapiro during a meeting with Schottenstein aptly likened Schottenstein to a fictional character on a popular television show about insider trading.
And now the SEC gloats:
"Traders who seek to profit from inside information are no match for the SEC's sophisticated data analysis methods like the ones used to uncover this alleged insider trading ring," said Joseph Sansone, Chief of the SEC Enforcement Division's Market Abuse Unit. "We will continue to pursue illegal trading to bring wrongdoers to justice and ensure fair markets for all participants."
I don't know, man, I feel like the data analysis method "see if anyone who bought call options just before a merger announcement has the same last name as a board member of the acquirer" is not all that sophisticated. But it worked!
Or a classic is: You are in the business of finding bad companies, betting that their stocks will go down, and then putting out research explaining why they are bad. If your reports are good, the stocks will go down and you will make money. But this is a risky and capital-intensive business, and you might want to also sell your research to hedge funds in advance. The hedge funds will also short the stock and hope to make money when your report comes out, and they will pay you for your effort so that you are not reliant on your own short-sale trades to make all your money.
I feel like when I describe it like that:
1. It seems fine to me? 2. It probably doesn't seem fine to normal people?
Like, "evil short-seller researchers are writing mean reports about public companies, and then selling early access to those reports to secretive hedge funds who will bet against those companies, and then publishing those reports trying to manipulate the companies' stock prices down so the evil hedge funds will make money," that sort of thing. Again seems fine to me! (If the reports are true!) But not going to make you popular with (1) companies, (2) shareholders or (3) I am going to guess prosecutors? Anyway here's a story from Bloomberg's Katia Porzecanski, Tom Schoenberg and Matt Robinson:
The U.S. Justice Department has launched an expansive criminal investigation into short selling by hedge funds and research firms, scrutinizing their symbiotic relationships and hunting for signs that they improperly coordinated trades or broke other laws to profit, according to people familiar with the matter.>
The probe, run by the department's fraud section with federal prosecutors in Los Angeles, is digging into how hedge funds tap into research and set up their bets, especially in the run-up to publication of reports that move stocks.
A romantic faux pas that we sometimes discuss around here is that, if you work at a public company, and you get secret market-moving information about your employer, and you give that information to your live-in romantic partner so that he or she can trade on it, and he or she trades on it, then eventually the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority is going to send your employer a list of people who made well-timed trades on the secret market-moving information, and your live-in romantic partner's name is going to be on that list, and the compliance people at your firm are going to come to your office and say "do you know anyone on this list," and you will have to either say "oh yes, that's my girlfriend, whom I live with," which will raise awkward questions about why she made a well-timed trade in your employer's stock just before a major announcement, or "nope, never heard of any of these people," which will look really bad if your colleague overhears and is like "well but this is your girlfriend's name" and you are like "what?" and he is like "and her address is the same as yours" and you are like "what?" and he is like "I just saw you guys together last week" and you are like "what?" and he is like "you were buying a boat."
I do not give legal advice around here but I will say that if you tip your live-in romantic partner with secret inside information about your employer, and he or she trades on it, and Finra comes to you with a list of people who made well-timed trades, and his or her name is on it, and they ask you "do you know any of these people," my advice for you is to somehow bend space-time so that you disappear. There is not a good answer! There's not a clever riposte that will make Finra happy and never ask any questions again! When you get that list, things are already bad. The move is not to do it in the first place.
Anyway here's a guy:
According to the SEC's complaint, while serving as CFO of Immunomedics, Usama Malik learned that the FDA had permitted the company to halt a clinical trial for a breast cancer drug because the existing trial data provided compelling evidence that the drug was effective. The complaint alleges that Malik – who was subject to a trading "black-out" that prohibited him and anyone living in his household from purchasing Immunomedics stock – immediately tipped Lauren S. Wood, with whom he lived at the time, as well as three family members. According to the complaint, Wood and two of the family members then bought Immunomedics stock, as did an account in the name of the third family member's spouse. As alleged, after Immunomedics announced the FDA's decision, its stock price nearly doubled, resulting in a gain of $67,060 to Wood and a combined gain of approximately $21,000 to the family members. The complaint further alleges that, when Malik was asked about Wood's trading as part of an inquiry by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), he failed to identify her as his romantic partner and falsely claimed that he had not communicated with her during the relevant period.
The complaint adds:
Malik denied having any contact with Wood during the period he possessed the material nonpublic information, despite the fact that Malik and Wood were living together at that time. Specifically, an August 27, 2020 letter from IMMU to FINRA states that Malik responded to the FINRA request by stating that Wood was "a former colleague." According to the letter, Malik also stated that he had "had no correspondence with Ms. Wood between March 27, 2020 and April 3, 2020," and that he had "no knowledge" as to circumstances under which Wood could have gained knowledge of the Company's business activities during that period.
They were also charged criminally. Wood was a former colleague of Malik's — she "was formerly the head of corporate communications" for Immunomedics — so I guess he thought this was the clever riposte that would get rid of Finra? It did not work.
I suppose the specific questions would be (1) do you think that, when Kimbal sold his stock, he knew that Elon was going to tweet his poll the next day, and (2) if he did know, would that be bad? Be careful with the second one! For one thing, it is not clear that the poll — a binary choice of “sell” or “don’t sell” tweeted out to millions of random people on Twitter — was material nonpublic information. Arguably the information content of the poll is “Elon Musk will sell stock or he won’t,” which is sort of always true. (Arguably the information content is “Elon Musk is much more likely to sell stock than he was before tweeting this poll,” because you assumed he’s not a big seller and/or because you know Twitter users will always choose the more chaotic option — but, as we discussed on Monday, Musk has already said publicly that he’s going to sell a big block of stock by the end of the year.)
For another thing, even if Elon’s poll was material nonpublic information, isn’t it his material nonpublic information? Can’t he sell stock when he wants, or do stunts around his stock sales if he wants, and tell whoever he wants about his plans? This is complicated by the fact that he’s the chief executive officer and controlling shareholder of Tesla (and Kimbal is a board member), but they are both selling in their personal capacity, and in general if I own a lot of a stock in my personal account and call up my brother and say “hey I’m gonna dump that stock, you should too,” that seems fine? “Insider trading,” I like to say, “is not about fairness; it’s about theft.” It’s not illegal to trade when you know something no one else knows — that’s the whole point of trading! — but it is illegal to trade when you know material nonpublic information that you got illicitly. Generally that means misappropriating material nonpublic information that belongs to the corporation. Here, Elon Musk’s trading plans belong to him, and if he wants to share them with his brother, why not?
Look, it is a good place to commit crimes! "Nobody suspects the compliance analyst" would be a funny thing to say but isn't particularly true; I bet everyone suspects the compliance analyst. The real advantage is access to information. If you go to Goldman and work as an investment banking analyst, you will know about the handful of mergers that you are working on, and you will certainly hear about some other mergers that your friends are working on, but there are at least vague gestures in the direction of compartmentalization and confidentiality even within the firm, and anyway you are mostly busy on your own deals, not gossiping about everyone else's. Nobody is going to hand you a list of "here is every merger we are working on."
Whereas they did hand Casero Sanchez that list. From the SEC's complaint:
One of Sanchez's duties was to update the firm's "Grey List," which is a confidential list of public and private entities for which the firm's private-side personnel possess material, nonpublic information.
Typically, Grey List entities are involved in merger and acquisition activity and financings such as public and private securities offerings, among other things. If an entity is on the Grey List, certain controls at the Investment Bank may be implicated, including but not limited to, surveillance of firm and client trading activities in the securities of the company on the list, and the denial of certain employees' personal trade requests in the securities of the company on the list.
The Grey List is maintained on an internal database at the Investment Bank (the "Confidential Database"). The Confidential Database is the depository where material, nonpublic information about potential transactions involving the Investment Bank is stored. For each transaction, the Confidential Database may include, but is not limited to: the names of the public and private entities involved in the potential or pending transaction; the firm's role in the transaction; the nature of the transaction; the securities involved; the type of financing involved; the size of the transaction; pricing information; the projected announcement date; and other material, nonpublic details regarding the potential transaction.
If someone hands you the passwords to a database and is like "here is a comprehensive list of all the stocks that we wouldn't want anyone to insider trade on" … you can see the temptation right?
We talked yesterday about what I think is the essential problem of corporate insider trading, which is that "if you are a senior executive at a public company, you always know stuff about your company that the public doesn't know, but you might want to sell stock sometimes." If you were serious about preventing executives from trading on inside information, they'd never be allowed to trade, but that seems like a bad outcome. So you need some sort of imperfect compromise rule along the lines of "executives can't trade with too much inside information." Which is loosely speaking the rule in the U.S. now.
I suggested that if people don't like this rule you could have a harsher rule. For instance:
"Executives can only buy or sell stock one day per quarter, two weeks after earnings, in a public auction in which everyone knows exactly how many shares the executives are submitting for purchase or sale"? They might still know stuff that you don't, but at least you know, like, how badly they want to buy or sell the stock, and you can adjust your views accordingly?
Several people wrote to me to suggest a streamlined, more sensible version of that rule, along the lines of: "Executives can trade whenever they want, but they have to disclose their plans in advance." The executive announces "I plan to buy 10,000 shares tomorrow at a price no higher than $X," the market has a day to digest it, she trades the next day. She still knows something that the market doesn't, but the market knows that she knows something it doesn't. In a sense no one selling to her is getting ripped off; everyone is on notice to be careful.
I dunno, seems fair I guess? It doesn't really address the problem of the executive knowing more than everyone else. In practice under current rules insiders generally have to disclose their stock trading shortly after they do it, and those disclosures seem to have long -term predictive power. From the Bloomberg Businessweek article we discussed yesterday:
It's not just those at the top of the rankings who constantly beat the market. Purchases made by U.S. executives outperformed the S&P 500 over the ensuing 12 months by an average of five percentage points between 2015 and 2020, according to a TipRanks analysis. The gap might seem scandalous to those with only a passing acquaintance with U.S. insider trading rules, which make it illegal for insiders to trade using material—or financially significant—nonpublic information. And yet on Wall Street it's long been an open secret that insiders trade on what they know. In 1962, Perry Wysong, a bow-tie-sporting investor from Florida, started a newsletter identifying opportunities based on insider trades. Years later, a young stockbroker in Florida, George Muzea, set up a consulting firm to advise George Soros, Stanley Druckenmiller, and other hedge fund managers, often over games of tennis. "We used to call the best prospects studs," he recalls. In 2008 a group of quants from Citigroup Inc. published a paper that found a portfolio mirroring insiders' trades could yield an astonishing 23.5% a year, more than all but the most profitable hedge funds.
If after-the-fact news about executive trading is not fully incorporated into the stock price I'm not sure that advance notice would be either, and you might still have executives putting up pretty good trading performance and people getting suspicious.
Another point that I glossed over yesterday is the difference between buying and selling. It is easy to understand why an executive would need to be able to sell stock in her company (to pay for kids' college, etc.), which means that sales are not necessarily that informed or predictive: An executive who sells stock might be bearish on the company, or just have a tuition payment due. But an executive generally won't have much reason to buy stock in her company other than being bullish on it, so insider purchases are more predictive. ("Purchases made by U.S. executives outperformed the S&P 500," not sales.)
"The basic problem," I once wrote, "is that, if you are a senior executive at a public company, you always know stuff about your company that the public doesn't know, but you might want to sell stock sometimes." This is a real and hard problem. If you are the chief executive officer of a public company, every single minute of every day you know more about that company than the average retail investor does. If the standard was "you can never sell stock if you know anything the public doesn't know," you could never sell stock.
Maybe that's fine! Maybe the rule should be "nobody who works for a public company can buy or sell stock in that company until they leave the company." But that does seem like a harsh rule. Companies like to pay senior executives in stock, to align incentives, and they like the executives to hold that stock for a long time, but they also want the executives to be able to buy houses and pay for their kids' college tuition and if all goes well buy yachts. If the rule was "stock can never be sold," companies would have to pay their executives with more cash and less stock, and executives who had liquidity problems would have to quit to be able to sell their stocks.
You could imagine other clean, simple rules, but they all seem bad. "Executives are not allowed to own stock in the company they work for" would be a weird one. "Executives are not allowed to learn any nonpublic information about the company they work for" would be even weirder. "Insider trading is legal, executives can trade their company's stock whenever they want and make use of inside information, it is just another form of compensation for executives" has a real appeal in certain circles, and seems to have been the de facto rule in the U.S. a century ago, but is very much out of the mainstream right now.
So what we have, in the U.S., is a rule that is essentially "corporate executives can trade their company's stock, but not if they have any material nonpublic information about the company." At some level this rule is nonsense: The executives always know something that public investors wish they knew; there is no meaningful standard for what information is "material" (and so illegal to trade with) and what is just, you know, relevant to making informed decisions about the stock. But we muddle through and it is, eh, mostly fine-ish.
There are some simple crude quasi-rules to implement this theoretically rickety system. For instance:
1. If an executive sells stock after she finds out about some huge disaster at the company, but before the company announces the disaster publicly, she will get in trouble for insider trading, or at least get a lot of mean articles written about her. 2. Similarly if she buys stock right before announcing good news, though people generally seem less fussed about this one. 3. Most companies have "blackout periods," when executives are presumed to have lots of material nonpublic information and are not allowed to trade, and "open windows," when all of the information about the company is presumed to be public and the executives are allowed to trade. What this means in practice is that, for a few weeks after a company announces its quarterly earnings, executives are presumed not to know any more about the company than the public does, and they are allowed to trade. This is not true — obviously they still know more about the company than the public does! — but it is a widely accepted convention. When the earnings come out, the public is reasonably up to date with all the material stuff. 4. Executives can use 10b5-1 plans to automatically sell their stock. If you have a baby, you can plan to sell a bunch of stock in 18 years to pay for the baby's college. You enter a binding agreement with your broker to say "in 18 years sell $100,000 worth of stock" or whatever, and then forget about it. In 18 years, you sell the stock automatically, and obviously you did not have any inside information; it's been 18 years since you made the trading decision. Of course I am kidding; nobody sets up 10b5-1 plans 18 years in advance. At the end of the year you think about your expenses for next year, and you think about what you think the stock will do , and then you tell your broker, like, "if the stock doubles sell a lot of it, and if it stays flat sell a little, and if it goes down just hang onto it," or vice versa or whatever. And obviously your 10b5-1 decisions will be informed at least a little bit by what you know about the company and what you expect the stock to do. And there are various ways that 10b5-1 plans can be gamed. Still, we muddle through.
The Financial Times has the story of a Frankfurt fund manager who "admitted in court on Wednesday to 'front-running' investment decisions he made on behalf of his employer on 55 occasions between April and September last year, making €8.1m in net profit":
On an ordinary trading day, he would buy and sell shares worth €500m on behalf of his employer and was aware that large orders placed by Union moved share prices, on average by 0.6 per cent to 0.8 per cent.
In one example of his front-running, he spent €913,000 on call options for shares in Deutsche Post just seconds before placing a large order of the stock on behalf of Union that moved the share price by 2.7 per cent. He sold the options within an hour, making a profit of €227,000.
The defendant told the judges that he started insider trading as he was deeply frustrated by his pay of €440,000 in 2019. After receiving only half the pay rise he had hoped for in early April 2020, he felt "offended" and decided to recoup the rest himself.
I guess? If you work for a big financial institution, you are in proximity to a lot of money. They will pay you some of the money, but if they don't pay you enough for your tastes, I suppose you can just take some of the money for yourself. Particularly if no one is looking:
The fund manager started executing private trades at his desk at Union's headquarters. "As everyone else was working from home, it was only me and one junior colleague in the office," he told five judges at Frankfurt district court.
Meanwhile in the U.S., here are uncannily similar allegations from the Securities and Exchange Commission today:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against Sergei Polevikov, who worked as a quantitative analyst at two prominent asset management firms, for perpetrating a years-long front-running scheme that generated illicit profits of at least $8.5 million.
According to the SEC's complaint, filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, from at least January 2014 through October 2019, Polevikov had access to real-time, non-public information about the size and timing of his employers' securities orders and trades, and used that information to secretly trade on, and ahead of, his employers' trades. As alleged, Polevikov, on nearly 3,000 occasions, bought or sold a stock on the same side of the market as his employers before his employers executed trades in the same stock for their fund clients. Polevikov typically would close his positions the same day as he opened them, capitalizing on the price movement caused by his employers' large trades. The SEC alleges that Polevikov concealed his fraudulent scheme by executing the trades in the account of his wife, Maryna Arystava, who uses a different last name.
Here is a thing that, I suspect, keeps a lot of hedge fund lawyers up at night. Your hedge fund is in the business of getting "edge." It wants to know things that other people do not know, in order to buy the stocks that will go up. One way to get edge is to bribe the assistant treasurer of a public company to give you the company's earnings release in advance, but this is strongly disfavored and your hedge fund has effective policies against it. Another way to get edge, quite popular these days, is to buy "alternative data." Somebody has a satellite and they fly it over mall parking lots and count up the cars in front of each store, and you pay them and they give you those numbers, and then you buy the stocks of the stores with lots of cars in front of them, and then a month later those stores announce good earnings and you make a profit.
The car-counting is a classic story of alternative data, but the way alternative data mostly works in practice is that a lot of people use apps on their mobile phones, and everyone involved in the mobile app business is harvesting data and frantically selling it to each other and to hedge funds. So basically the "alternative data" that your hedge fund buys is of the form "this many people used this company's app," or "people spent this much on this company's products through apps," or "phone location data shows that this many people walked into this store," or whatever. Someone in the app business collects that data and then sells it to hedge funds, including yours. And you use this mobile-app data to get a sense of how many people are interacting with some company, so you can buy or sell that company's stock.
Now, if you bribe the company's assistant treasurer to get an early peek at an earnings release, that is clearly "insider trading." It is illegal, the bad kind of edge. As I like to say, insider trading is not about fairness ; it's about theft. Someone (the company) owns the information (the earnings release); somebody else (the assistant treasurer) takes it, in breach of a duty to the owners of the information, and gives it to you illegitimately. So you are trading on illegally obtained information and get in trouble.
What about that mobile-app data that you're buying from an alternative data provider? Well, it is nonpublic information: Not everyone has it, which is why you want it; it gives you an edge.[1] But the question is whether you got it illegitimately, which means, whether the data broker owned the data and had the right to sell it to you. I think that is a complicated question? Roughly speaking:
1. If the people using the apps give the apps permission to track them, and the companies that make the apps give permission to the aggregators to aggregate them, and the aggregators give permission to the data vendors to sell their data, and the vendors sell the data to you, fine, great. Everybody has consented to the use of their information, so you can use it freely. 2. If at any point in that chain — which can have more or fewer links than I wrote in the previous paragraph — someone doesn't give permission, then the data is misappropriated. If you use that data in your trading, you are insider trading, trading based on misappropriated material nonpublic information. Also the person doing the misappropriating — the person passing along data without permission — is also engaged in insider trading, if they know that you're going to be using it to trade.
So if an app says "we don't sell your data," and then it sells that data to hedge funds, that data is arguably misappropriated? Arguably it is material nonpublic information that belongs to the users of the app , and is sold to hedge funds without their permission? Or if people click a box in an app saying "sure go nuts sell my data to anyone," and the app sells the data to some third-party service, but the app's contract with the third-party service says "don't sell any of this data, in an identifiable form, to hedge funds," and the service does that, then, again, that's misappropriation and possible insider trading.
And so as the general counsel of a hedge fund you do due diligence, and you ask the alternative data provider questions like "did everyone give informed consent to you collecting this data and selling it to me, a hedge fund?" And they say yes, and you hope they're telling the truth, and you examine their contracts and the apps' terms of service and so forth to make sure that the chain of data is reasonably clean. But you probably always worry a bit because, I don't know, the whole business of apps selling data to each other does seem like it is not founded on best practices of fully informed consent?
I wanted to mention this for two reasons. One is that it is popular to think — and certainly I imply it a lot around here — that Reddit, and particularly WallStreetBets, is a place for people who want to YOLO call options on GameStop for purely social and comedic reasons, that the main function of the site is to egg people on as they buy a few meme stocks at increasingly unhinged valuations. But actually a major function of the site is sharing fundamental due diligence — or whatever this is — on non-meme stocks. (And meme stocks, too, to be fair; you can read fundamental analyses of GameStop Corp. if you want.) And while much (surely not all) of this due diligence is "amateur," in the strict sense that it is written by people who do not have day jobs in the investing industry, some of that amateur due diligence is pretty good. If you read this post you could have made some real money!
The other reason is, you know, insider trading? Did these people trade on material nonpublic information? Is information on a public web page, but a public web page that the company didn't mean for you to see, "nonpublic"? I dunno; I think there's an argument that it is? (If Amazon made this change to one web page, and then Amazon executives bought up Affirm call options, they would be charged with insider trading and couldn't get away with saying "no no no this news was public, see, we modified one web page.") But even if this is nonpublic, that's not enough: In U.S. insider trading law it is not necessarily illegal to trade on material nonpublic information; it's only illegal to trade on material nonpublic information that you got in a bad way.
Usually this means that you got it in breach of some duty of confidentiality or relationship of trust and confidence, which is hard to imagine here. (Just some random guy on Reddit looking at Amazon's website.) But it is more or less settled law in the U.S. that it is also illegal to trade on material nonpublic information that you obtain by hacking into a company's computer systems. I think that if you are reading this column, it is likely that you just said to yourself "come on, typing a word in the address bar is not 'hacking,' where is this guy even going with this?" But I am sorry to say that U.S. prosecutors and judges do not always think like that. There is a lively debate in the law about whether automated scraping of public websites can constitute "hacking," and people have been charged with criminal hacking for guessing interesting URLs. The line between "guessing what URLs have interesting stuff in them and typing them in you browser's address bar" and "guessing passwords to hack into a network" might not be super-clear in the law.
I don't think this is insider trading under U.S. law; I think this is fine and cool. (Not legal advice!) But when people say things like "cheating and insider trading are bad and should be illegal, but good careful research is fine and should be rewarded," it is sometimes hard to know what they mean. This feels to me like good careful research but I suspect others would see it as cheating.
Here's a weird little Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against a municipal-bond broker-dealer for front-running a client. There's an Arkansas-based broker named Crews & Associates, run by a chief executive officer named Rush Harding, and it advises municipalities on issuing and buying back bonds. One of its clients was the county commission of Ohio County, West Virginia. The county had some expensive bonds outstanding, and Crews advised it to tender to buy back those bonds to reduce its interest expense. It did this, and reduced its interest expense, and was presumably happy. But Crews — both before and after it advised the county to buy back the bonds — had been buying the bonds for its own account and for its customers; when the county bought back the bonds, Crews and its customers sold and made a quick and undisclosed profit.
The profit was about $60,000, on about $6 million of bonds. Obviously you're not supposed to do that. In fact there is a rule — Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board Rule G-17 — saying that municipal underwriters have to disclose conflicts of interest (like owning the bonds you're telling the client to tender for) to issuers. And Crews actually did that? Sort of?
On December 14, 2015, pursuant to MSRB Rule G-17, Crews sent the County a letter which documented the relationship between Crews and the County in connection with the proposed tender offer. In the letter, Crews acknowledged its obligation as a broker-dealer under MSRB Rule G-17 to deal fairly at all times with the County. The letter stated, among other things, that Crews or its respective affiliates may at any time hold long or short positions in the 2006A Bonds and, through employees who do not have access to non-public information relating to the 2006A Bonds, may trade or otherwise effect transactions in the 2006A Bonds. The letter also stated that Crews was "acting for its own interests" and had "financial and other interests that differ[ed] from those of [the County]." Crews represented that it had "not identified any additional potential or actual material conflicts that require[d] disclosure," and that it would notify the County "if additional potential or actual material conflicts are identified" in the future. Crews did not disclose, in the letter or elsewhere, that it had, in fact, already acquired $2.5 million of the 2006A Bonds for its Affiliate, or that its Affiliate had a financial interest in the tender offer. …
Although its G-17 letter stated Crews and its affiliates "may" trade in and be long the 2006A bonds, Crews did not disclose to the County that it and its Affiliate had, in fact, acquired the 2006A Bonds. The County was unaware that Crews was purchasing 2006A Bonds from third parties and from Crews customers in the open market and at market prices and then selling them to the Affiliate. The County did not know that Crews and the Affiliate profited from these transactions.
You can sort of see the thinking here. Crews buys some bonds. It sends the issuer a letter saying "we are advising you to buy these bonds, but we need to disclose to you that we might be long or short the bonds." It thinks, well, we're covered then, we've told them that we might own the bonds they're buying, and that we're acting for our own interests; they're on notice that we might be on the other side of the trade and making a profit. But the county officials read that letter and are like "meh here's some boilerplate, whatever, these are our trusted advisers." Crews has arguably technically disclosed its conflict of interest, but the SEC thinks that's not good enough; instead of "we may be long or short these bonds" it needs to say, like, "we have bought $ million of these bonds for our customers and affiliates at prices of , we are planning to buy more, and we have obvious incentives to get you to overpay."
We talked last week about another SEC case against Pearson Plc, a company that (1) got hacked and (2) put out disclosure saying "we might get hacked and that would be bad." There is sort of a traditional lawyerly view that disclosing an actual event as a hypothetical is good enough — that if you get hacked, you can say "we might get hacked"; that if you own a bunch of bonds you're telling a client to buy, you can say "we may be long or short these bonds" — but it doesn't seem to be good enough for the SEC anymore.
We talked on Monday about a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission insider trading case against a guy who allegedly worked at a public company (Medivation Inc.), learned through his job that his company was about to be acquired, and went out and bought call options on another company (Incyte Corp., a biotech company similar to Medivation), presumably on the theory that:
1. Good news for Medivation would be good for Incyte's stock, so he'd make money, but 2. The SEC probably wouldn't go after him for insider trading, because he wasn't an Incyte insider.
The first part was correct — Incyte's stock went up when Medivation announced its merger, and he made money — but the second part was not. The SEC sued him for insider trading, arguing that (1) the information he had was material to Incyte's stock and (2) he had a duty to Medivation to keep it confidential. This was a learning experience for all of us, really.
One thing that I said on Monday is that, while the SEC's argument is not particularly surprising, I had never seen a case like this before, and I pondered a bit what that could mean. I suggested two possibilities: Perhaps people just don't go around using their companies' information to trade on comparable companies, or perhaps they do and the SEC just doesn't go after them. I guessed that the second possibility was more likely but I had no real data.
But here are a paper and blog post from last year, by Mihir Mehta, David Reeb and Wanli Zhao, about "Shadow Trading," which is … this:
We examine whether corporate insiders attempt to circumvent insider trading restrictions by facilitating trading in competitors and supply chain partners, an activity we label Shadow Trading.>
To identify situations in which insiders could use their private information to facilitate shadow trading, we use corporate announcements. We focus on announcements that are likely to represent the release of private information held by a firm's insiders such as earnings announcements, M&A transaction announcements, and announcements about new products. Using multiple proxies of informed trading from the literature to measure shadow trading, we document that immediately before one of these corporate news announcements by a focal firm, competitors and supply chain partners display increased informed trading levels in their stocks. In particular, the magnitude of informed trading is linked to the magnitude of the information shocks. Each news event appears to represent a significant opportunity for profitable trading—a back-of-the-envelope calculation suggests that the average profit from a single shadow trading event ranges from about $140,000 to over $650,000. …>
Overall, our evidence shows that employees facilitate trading in their firms' business partners and competitors to circumvent insider trading regulations designed to limit their ability to exploit private information.
So, yes, the answer is apparently that insiders of one company regularly use corporate information to trade in the stocks of other companies, but the SEC doesn't usually go after them.
Should it? I dunno. The Incyte/Medivation case looks pretty bad: The guy allegedly had the paradigmatic most-material-possible inside information (his company was being acquired at a premium) and used it to trade the paradigmatic most-insider-trader-y-possible instruments (short-dated out-of-the-money call options). If you look at those facts, you are going to say "yeah this seems like insider trading." But in general I am not sure it's so bad for public-company employees to use things they learn at work to trade in the stocks of other companies in their industry. A story like "Ms. X is an oil-company executive at Company Y, through her job she has come to know a lot about geology and drilling technologies and the personalities in the sector, she met the executives of Company Z at an industry conference and thought that they're a smart crew, she studies maps and geological reports at her job and thinks Company Z owns some good properties, so she bought some Company Z stock as an investment" — I could see how you might object to that story, but all in all it seems fairly innocuous, more "careful research using expert knowledge" than "insider trading." The line between "someone who works in an industry uses her specialized knowledge to make smart investments in comparable companies" and "insider trading" is a bit blurry, and perhaps the SEC should only go after people who, you know, buy short-dated out-of-the-money call options on their competitors a couple of days before their company announces a merger.
There is one other factor that might have been important in the Medivation/Incyte case. Mehta, Reeb and Zhao write:
We also examine whether firms can directly influence shadow trading activity. Firms have incentives to prohibit their employees from engaging in shadow trading because the public revelation of such actions could adversely affect their business relationships. Using a subsample of firms for which we can obtain corporate policy handbooks, we show that shadow trading activity is relatively lower when firms explicitly mandate prohibitions against it in their employee handbooks.
Presumably what that looks like is a corporate insider trading policy that says something like "you can't use what you learn at work to trade our stock or anyone else's," as opposed to just "you can't use what you learn at work to trade our stock." When companies have policies like that, their employees do in fact do less trading in comparable-company stocks.
And in fact Medivation had that sort of policy. From the SEC's complaint (its emphasis):
Panuwat also signed Medivation's insider trading policy, which prohibited employees from personally profiting from material nonpublic information concerning Medivation by trading in Medivation securities or the securities of another publicly traded company. The policy stated, "During the course of your employment … with the Company, you may receive important information that is not yet publicly disseminated … about the Company. … Because of your access to this information, you may be in a position to profit financially by buying or selling or in some other way dealing in the Company's securities … or the securities of another publicly traded company, including all significant collaborators, customers, partners, suppliers, or competitors of the Company. … For anyone to use such information to gain personal benefit … is illegal. …"
What if it hadn't said that? What if it had said "don't use information you get in your job to trade Medivation stock, but do whatever you want to other stocks"? Insider trading, I often say, is not about fairness, but about theft; here the alleged theft was from Medivation. The SEC's theory here is that the inside information here was material to Incyte but was misappropriated from Medivation, that the insider had a duty to Medivation to keep it confidential and, because he violated that duty, he broke the law. If he had not had an explicit duty to Medivation not to trade on it, could the SEC argue the same thing? Maybe? "You were supposed to use what you learned at work to help your company, not to buy call options on competitors." (And — as Mehta et al. point out — companies are harmed by this, since it "could adversely affect their business relationships" if their executives are privately profiting from what they learn in negotiations with customers and suppliers, etc.) But it's a much weaker argument. If Medivation didn't care that its employees were using inside information to trade on competitors, why should the SEC?
I write a lot about insider trading, and my readers are smart, so the question I get asked perhaps more than any other goes like this: "Let's say I have some big secret news about a public company. Say I work for a company and know that it's about to announce good earnings or be taken over at a premium. If I buy call options on my company's stock, that's insider trading and I'll go to prison. But what if I buy call options on another company's stock? What if I buy call options on my company's closest competitor, figuring that good news for my company will also push up that company's stock? I don't have any inside information about that company , do I? So it's not insider trading, right?"
My answer has usually been what I wrote last year:
1. This is not legal advice.>
2. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission will probably take the position that it's illegal insider trading: You have nonpublic information, it is (indirectly) material to Company Y, and you have some duty of confidentiality to Company X to keep it secret.
3. But they are less likely to catch you than if you trade your own company's stock.
4. Really, this is not legal advice!
It is a curious fact that there is not a lot of precedent for this. I mean, at the time I wrote that, I had never seen a court case or SEC enforcement action about this sort of comparable-company insider trading. You could interpret that in one of two ways:
1. Insider traders are uniformly dumb; when they have material nonpublic information they only use it to trade their own company's stock, and get caught. 2. Some insider traders are smart; when they have material nonpublic information they use it to trade the stock of highly correlated companies in order to make quick reliable profits. But the SEC is dumb; it doesn't have tools to notice and go after this sort of trading: If you trade your own company's stock they'll check up on you, but if you trade your competitor's stock they won't.
Given how many times my readers have asked me about this hypothetical, I have to assume that the answer is No. 2, that people regularly use inside information about their own companies to make profitable trades in the stock of other companies, and that the SEC doesn't go after them.[9]
But here's an SEC enforcement action from last week:
According to the SEC's complaint, filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, Matthew Panuwat, the then-head of business development at Medivation, a mid-sized, oncology-focused biopharmaceutical company, purchased short-term, out-of-the-money stock options in Incyte Corporation, another mid-cap oncology-focused biopharmaceutical company, just days before the Aug. 22, 2016, announcement that Pfizer would acquire Medivation at a significant premium. Panuwat allegedly purchased the options within minutes of learning highly confidential information concerning the merger. According to the complaint, Panuwat knew that investment bankers had cited Incyte as a comparable company in discussions with Medivation and he anticipated that the acquisition of Medivation would likely lead to an increase in Incyte's stock price. The complaint alleges that Medivation's insider trading policy expressly forbade Panuwat from using confidential information he acquired at Medivation to trade in the securities of any other publicly-traded company. Following the announcement of Medivation's acquisition, Incyte's stock price increased by approximately 8%. The complaint alleges that, by trading ahead of the announcement, Panuwat generated illicit profits of $107,066.
There you go! He learned about his company's merger, bought call options on his company's closest comparable company, made money when the merger was announced and the other company's stock went up, and got charged with insider trading. Here's the SEC's argument that it's illegal insider trading.
Panuwat learned the foregoing information through his employment at Medivation, and he knew or was reckless in not knowing that the information was material and nonpublic. Panuwat also knew, or was reckless in not knowing, that the information concerning Medivation's imminent acquisition was material not only to Medivation, but also to Incyte, a peer company in the biopharmaceutical industry that was also publicly-traded, mid-cap, and oncology-focused. Medivation's undisclosed acquisition would have been viewed by a reasonable investor in Medivation or Incyte as having significantly altered the total mix of information made available. The public announcement of Medivation's acquisition at a significant premium to its then-current share price would likely have a positive impact on Incyte's stock price. For example, the acquisition of Medivation also made Incyte a more attractive target for acquisition.
By virtue of his employment at Medivation, as well as the confidentiality and insider trading policies that he signed, Panuwat owed Medivation a duty to keep this material nonpublic information confidential, and to refrain from trading on Medivation's confidential
information.
Seems reasonable enough. They do not, however, say how they caught him. So now I need to update my standard response:
1. This is not legal advice. 2. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission will definitely take the position that it's illegal insider trading: You have nonpublic information, it is (indirectly) material to Company Y, and you have some duty of confidentiality to Company X to keep it secret. 3. Also this is apparently something they look for, so they might catch you. 4. Really, this is not legal advice!
If you hack into a company's computers and steal its earnings release before it's public, and then you trade the company's stock based on the earnings release, is that insider trading? There is an argument that it isn't: You are not an insider, you had no duty of trust and confidence to the company, you just hacked into its computers and stole inside information. By the letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission's insider trading rule, it would seem that you are not guilty of insider trading.
My slightly more expansive view of the matter is that "insider trading" means (1) trading on material nonpublic information that (2) you got in a bad way. Getting material nonpublic information by hacking is clearly a bad way to get it, so you insider traded. This is, I think, fairly intuitive. We have talked a couple of times about an insider trading bill that has been proposed in Congress and passed the House of Representatives that uses this intuitive standard ("obtained wrongfully"), but it is not yet the law.
So it's a bit murky but, you know, don't actually do this. Even if it is not "insider trading," you're gonna get in trouble for it. Insider trading is not a separate crime; it is a variety of securities fraud, a violation of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, which prohibits using "any manipulative or deceptive device" "in connection with the purchase or sale of any security," and of Rule 10b-5, which prohibits using "any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud … in connection with the purchase or sale of any security." Insider trading is just treated as a kind of "manipulative or deceptive device." But so is hacking, probably. If it's not insider trading, it's exactly as bad as insider trading and prohibited by exactly the same statute.
We talked way back in 2015 about some hackers who hacked into the news wires — the services that store companies' press releases before they are released — and got thousands of earnings releases early, and then sold those earnings releases to traders who used them to make money. "Big hacker insider trading charges," I called them. Were they? Two traders were convicted of securities fraud based on this, and they appealed, and on Monday the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit decided the appeals. One of the traders argued that he could not have committed securities fraud:
To challenge his convictions on these substantive securities fraud counts, Korchevsky first argues that the government could not prove he engaged in a "scheme or artifice to defraud" within the meaning of Rule 10b-5. Specifically, he claims the proof necessarily failed because he did not owe a fiduciary duty to investors or potential investors in the companies whose press releases were stolen, and because any deception employed to obtain the releases did not target the investors. Second, Korchevsky argues that the type of computer hacking used to access Marketwired's systems—the conduct charged in Count Four—did not constitute a "deceptive device or contrivance" within the meaning of Section 10(b).
The Second Circuit disagreed:
First, we dispatch Korchevsky's contention that he did not engage in a "scheme or artifice to defraud." Although a fiduciary duty is relevant to other securities violations—e.g., insider trading—it need not be shown to prove the securities fraud charged here: fraudulent trading in securities by an outsider. Further, Korchevsky's assertion that the deception must have targeted investors contradicts the plain language of Rule 10b-5. The deception need only be "in connection with the purchase or sale of any security," and here it was. The newswire hacking directly prompted and enabled the charged securities trading. Indeed, the ensuing trades needed to occur soon after a press release was illicitly obtained from a newswire's servers, but before the newswire could publish the release, in order to maximize the hacked information's value.
Second, we find that the hack of Marketwired's systems qualified as a "deceptive device or contrivance" under Section 10(b). ... Every time the hackers attempted to access parts of the system by entering stolen credentials, they misrepresented themselves to be authorized users. "[M]isrepresenting one's identity in order to gain access to information that is otherwise off limits, and then stealing that information is plainly 'deceptive' within the ordinary meaning of the word."
The logic there feels a little strange — they deceived Marketwired, which allowed them to make money from investors; all in all they did securities fraud, but don't ask who they defrauded — until you remember that it's exactly the logic of insider trading. "Insider trading is not about fairness, it's about theft," I often say: In insider trading, you get in trouble for the combination of (1) betraying your duty of confidence to the owner of the information (your employer, your golf buddy, etc.) and (2) using the information to make money by trading stock with strangers. You are I suppose doing a securities fraud on the people who trade with you, but you're not really deceiving them; it's the combination of betraying one person and making money from another that creates insider trading. Same with hacking-based insider trading. Which I am going to continue to call "insider trading" even if the Second Circuit doesn't.
The basic problem is that, if you are a senior executive at a public company, you always know stuff about your company that the public doesn't know, but you might want to sell stock sometimes. The main reason that you might want to sell stock is that you are compensated largely in stock and you need to turn that stock into money to pay for houses, college tuition, outside business ventures, etc. That seems fine. It is good for executives to be paid largely in stock (it aligns incentives), it is good for executives to be able to live in houses and send their kids to college, and so you need some mechanism to turn the stock into money.Another reason you might want to sell stock is that you think to yourself "the price of my company's stock is high, and it should not be, so I will sell it before the price goes down." This is sort of an awkward reason to sell stock, and you will not generally see executives say this sort of thing. Still it is not technically illegal, on its own. If you think that the public has all the relevant information about your company and nonetheless overvalues the stock, I suppose you are free to sell on valuation concerns. It definitely happens, usually quietly, though Elon Musk occasionally says that Tesla Inc. stock is overpriced and then sells stock on Tesla's behalf (though not generally from his personal account).A third reason you might want to sell is that, in the course of your job as a senior executive, you have learned some bad news about your company and would like to sell your stock before that news becomes public and the stock price goes down. This is bad! You are definitely not allowed to do this, it is "insider trading," you can go to prison. But the point is that the bad one exists on a continuum with the other ones. In the course of your job you are always learning things about your company. Some of those things are bad, or potentially bad; some of them might make the stock go down, though it may not be obvious to you which those are. If you learn 100 things about your company in a day, and only 20 of them are public, and then you sell some stock to pay college tuition, and then the other 80 become public and the stock goes down, did you break the law? It is illegal to trade "on the basis of material nonpublic information," but U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules say that this means it's illegal to trade if you are "aware of" the information. If you knew secret bad news, it is no defense to say "but that's not why I sold." Public companies and their executives have developed two basic ways of dealing with this problem. One is the 10b5-1 plan: That same SEC rule says that you can set up an automatic plan when you don't have any material nonpublic information, and then that plan can automatically sell stock for you even if you later come into possession of information. So you write a plan saying "in five years I'm gonna need to pay for college, so my broker will sell 500 shares on the first day of each month for 48 months starting in five years." And then you forget about it, and in five years maybe you are working on a merger or have bad earnings news or whatever, but it doesn't matter because the plan is automatically selling stock without your involvement. These plans can be gamed a bit, and there are controversies around that gaming and proposals to tighten the rule, but the basic idea makes sense. If you make a decision to sell far enough in advance, it's unlikely that you're trading on any inside information. The other way to deal with the problem is: You do all your trading right after earnings. A company does stuff for three months, it makes money, it spends a few weeks getting its books in order and then, a month or so after the quarter ends, it puts out a press release reporting how much money it made that quarter. The press release — and the related SEC filing, the Form 10-Q — contains detailed financial information about how the company did, and qualitative updates on its business, and often some guidance on its future earnings. The company does a call with analysts in which they ask questions about the quarter and the company's executives do their best to explain how they see the world. After all of that, the theory goes, the public knows as much about the company as its executives do. And so the next day — or maybe a few days later, to give the market time to ponder all this news — the executives can go sell stock, on the theory that they don't have any material nonpublic information that hasn't been disclosed to the public. They have an "open window" to sell stock. Meanwhile they are like a month or two into the next (three-month) quarter. Pretty soon they will start to know how that quarter is going, in rather more detail than the public does. And then they will have material nonpublic information and the window will close again. So most public companies will have "open windows" that start around the earnings announcement for one quarter and run until sometime near the end of the next quarter, and "blackout periods" that start near the end of the quarter and run until around the earnings announcement, and executives are allowed to trade during open windows and not during blackout periods. I am being vague because this is vague. Some companies start their open windows with the earnings announcement; others wait a few days. Some companies start their blackouts at the end of the quarter; others start them weeks earlier.[1] There is no particular law about any of this; it is just some rules of thumb evolved by lawyers and companies to allow executives to sell stock without getting in too much trouble. And it has no real legal effect. If you sell stock during a blackout period, you have broken a corporate rule and your company really ought to fire you, but you have not necessarily broken the law. And if you sell stock during an open window, but you have material nonpublic information — say, a week after you announce earnings, you learn of a big data breach etc. — then you have broken the law. And there is no requirement that companies have blackout periods at all; a company could just say "hey, try not to trade when you have material nonpublic information, but use your best judgment about when that is."
A good piece of trivia that you ought to know if you work at a public company is that, if the company announces big news and the stock goes up or down a lot, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority will compile a list of people who traded the stock before the news was announced and send it to your company, and the compliance department will send around the list to everyone at the company who worked on the big news, and it will say "hey do you know any of these people? Any idea why they made such a smart trade just before the company announced this news?"
And if you don't know anyone on the list, that's great. And if you know a guy on the list, and you were intentionally feeding him inside information so he could make profitable trades and split the profits with you, but there's no paper trail and you never called or texted or emailed him and you're not friends on social media and you don't live near each other and you're not related and you didn't go to college together and you just do dead drops of the information and he does dead drops of your share of the profits in cash which you bury in your backyard, then that's also great. (Illegal! But I don't judge.) You just say to compliance "nope, never heard of any of these people," and they look you in the eye for a long moment, and you almost crack and confess everything, but then they smile and say "okay then" and move on and your secret is safe.
On the other hand, if you know a guy on the list, and you were intentionally feeding him inside information so he could make profitable trades, and he is your father, and he has the same first and last name as you , you will have a problem. Compliance will give you the list, and you will come to your father's name, and you will have to either:
1. Say "huh my father traded the stock, that's weird, the old rascal, don't know why he did that, certainly I've never talked to him about work," and then they will quietly look into your phone records and office emails and match them up to his trading activity and if you called him two minutes before each trade you will get in trouble; or 2. Say "nope, never heard of any of these people," and compliance will be like "wait you've never heard of Frank Perkins Hixon," and you'll be like "no, doesn't ring a bell," and compliance will be like "but your name is Frank Perkins Hixon Jr." and you'll say "huh, small world," and compliance will be like "but your name being Frank Perkins Hixon Jr. implies that your father is named Frank Perkins Hixon, like this person is," and you will say "hmm I am trying to work with you here but I am just not sure where you're going with this," and eventually you will spend 30 months in federal prison as the real Frank Perkins Hixon Jr. really did after he really did pretend that he didn't recognize his father's name on a Finra list.
That's a bit of a digression that I include here because it makes me laugh every time I think about it. But the point is that if you are not a financial professional who regularly works on merger deals, you might not know about the Finra lists, and you might be surprised to come to work, after sharing corporate inside information with the people closest to you so they could trade on it, to find some very serious-looking compliance people who want to talk to you about the people who did suspicious trades in your company's stock. "Do you know anyone on this list," they will ask, and you might panic a bit.
Here is a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission settlement with Holly Hand, who worked on drug trials for a publicly traded pharmaceutical company called Neuralstem Inc., and her partner Chad Calice. Hand allegedly told Calice that a drug trial had gone poorly, before that was publicly disclosed, and Hand then dumped all his Neuralstem stock and avoided losses. You are not supposed to do that, and eventually the Finra list came for her:
In fact, when Hand was questioned by Neuralstem about Calice's inclusion on a list of names that the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority sent to Neuralstem in its review of suspicious pre-Announcement trading, Hand falsely stated that Calice could not have obtained the negative clinical trial information from her.
Yeah that's a better answer than "never heard of the guy" (she lived with him), and yet still not great. They're gonna look at your computers and stuff:
On the following Monday, July 24, 2017, Calice liquidated his entire Neuralstem position while in possession of the material nonpublic information about Neuralstem that he had received from Hand. Calice and Hand were in frequent communication by phone and text throughout the day and communicated about the stock price.
Hand began checking the stock price that morning, while Calice had already logged on to his brokerage account twice by the time the market opened, and the two of them spoke on the phone at around that time. … Calice spoke with Hand immediately before or after placing each order, and right after he fully liquidated his shares.
Everyone knows how you can abuse 10b5-1 plans, right? Corporate executives are not supposed to trade their company's stock when they have inside information. This is sort of a hard rule to follow, since corporate executives are constantly getting inside information to do their jobs, and sometimes they need to sell stock to pay for their kids' college or whatever.
So U.S. securities law has a rule, Rule 10b5-1(c), which says that an executive can set up a plan to automatically trade stock. The idea is that, when you don't have inside information — say a few days after the company releases earnings, when everything that you know is (in theory) public — you set up a plan that says "I will sell 10,000 shares a month for the next 12 months" or whatever. You can make the plan a lot more complicated; it can say things like "if the stock is above $100 I will sell 10,000 shares per month, if it's between $80 and $100 I'll sell 5,000 shares, if it's below 80 I'll sell 1,000 shares," etc.; it can have all sorts of detailed instructions for your broker for different eventualities.[2] The point is you sign the plan, you give it to your broker, and then your broker sells the stock for you without any further input. So you are free to learn material nonpublic information about your company as part of your job, and your broker is free to sell your stock to pay for your kids' college. Sensible rule.
People are very suspicious of these plans. For one thing, people often doubt that executives are actually "clean" of material nonpublic information when they enter into 10b5-1 plans. Which is fair enough; if you run a company you always know something that the public doesn't. My view is that there has to be some way for executives to sell stock while remaining employed at their companies, and 10b5-1 is a reasonable way to do it, but in any particular case you might wonder if the executive set up the plan in order to dump stock before bad news comes out.
For another thing, these plans always seem to take people by surprise? Like a company will announce bad news, and people will notice that the executives sold stock before the announcement, and the executives will say "well that was pursuant to a 10b5-1 plan," and articles about their sales will quote that explanation but in a grudging suspicious way. Like the order of events will be (1) executive enters a 10b5-1 plan, (2) executive sells stock automatically, (3) company announces bad news; but the public — and the media, and shareholders — will experience that in reverse. First they will see the bad news, then they will get the shocking information that the executives were selling stock ahead of the bad news, and finally they will get the executives' lame explanation that they had a 10b5-1 plan. It might be better if the executives announced the 10b5-1 plans in advance.
Finally, there is the classic way to abuse 10b5-1 plans:
1. In March, you have no nonpublic information, but you know that you will get nonpublic information in May and announce it in June. You have a drug trial that will produce positive or negative news, etc. 2. You sign up a 10b5-1 plan in March to sell all your stock at the end of May. 3. At the beginning of May, you get the drug trial results. 4. If they are good, you cancel the 10b5-1 plan and keep your stock. 5. If they are bad, you do nothing and the 10b5-1 plan automatically sells all your stock. 6. In June, you announce the results. If they're good, the stock you kept goes up. If they're bad, the stock you sold goes down.
The trick is that you are required to be clean of material nonpublic information when you enter a 10b5-1 plan, but not when you cancel it. You can cancel it for any reason — your kids dropped out of college, you feel like it, etc. — and because canceling a 10b5-1 plan is not a trade , it's not insider trading.[3]
The really advanced move is:
1. Again, in March you are "clean" but know that there will be news in May that will be announced in June. 2. You sign up a 10b5-1 plan to sell all your stock on May 25. 3. You sign up another 10b5-1 plan to buy a bunch of stock on May 30. 4. "What, I am doing some complicated tax planning, don't worry about it." 5. At the beginning of May you get the results. 6. You cancel one plan and do the other one: If the results are good, you cancel the sale and do the buy; if they're bad, you cancel the buy and do the sale. 7. Announce the results, profit, etc.
To be clear, these classic abuses are absolutely not allowed. The rule says that a 10b5-1 plan is only a defense to insider trading if it "was given or entered into in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of this section," and most securities lawyers will tell you that if you set up a 10b5-1 plan intending to cancel it if you get good news — or set up offsetting plans intending to cancel one depending on the news — then that is not "good faith." (Not legal advice!) Still, these things are not easy to check, you can probably get away with it once, etc., and the whole thing is just viewed with a lot of suspicion by a lot of people.
Let's say that you are on the dark web looking for material nonpublic information about public companies, as one does on the dark web. You encounter a guy. He tells you that his name is "MillionaireMike" and he has a hot tip about a company. "This is from my buddy on the inside," he tells you. You are intrigued. You arrange a small test trade. It works; things look promising. "Okay," you say, "I will trade on your inside information, and we'll split the profits." MillionaireMike comes to you with a can't-miss tip. "This is totally 100% illegal inside information," he assures you. You make the trade. It pays off handsomely. You are rich. You send him his share of the profits (in Bitcoin, because this is the dark web and you are doing crimes). You are a satisfied customer. Later, the Federal Bureau of Investigation contacts you. "Uh-oh," you think, because you are sure you have been doing big crimes on the dark web. But what the FBI says surprises you. "We believe you have been the victim of a crime," they say. "You see," they explain, "when you thought you were getting illegal material nonpublic information on the dark web, you weren't. The guy who gave you that information didn't have a secret illegal source inside the company, and his name wasn't really MillionaireMike. Instead he was an engineer at SpaceX, and he was doing good fundamental research based on public information, becoming informed enough about companies that he was able to predict their stock-price moves without illegal tips. When he shared his predictions with you, sure, you were getting correct stock predictions that made you rich, but you were nonetheless defrauded, because you were hoping to get illegally rich, and you only got legally rich. You had a right not just to correct stock tips based on good research, but also to real, illegal, material nonpublic information. So we've arrested him."
It's a weird species of securities fraud. Here is how the SEC complaint explains it:
Jones's false claims were material. The dark web marketplace users found Jones's misrepresentations significant enough to pay a fixed amount for the tips or to share their trading profits with Jones. A reasonable investor would also consider the fact that the Jones was not actually providing them with MNPI [material nonpublic information] important in deciding whether to invest in the securities that were the subject of Jones's purported tips.
Yes! A reasonable insider trader would consider it important, in planning his crime, to know whether he was in fact getting material nonpublic information! The SEC sticks up for reasonable insider traders! It is important for the integrity of the market that people who buy inside information on the dark web actually receive their inside information! I don't know!
I sort of assume that what happened here is that the FBI was trawling the dark web for insider traders, and they found this guy, and they saw him bragging about all his insider trading, and they were like "aha, an insider trader, let's arrest him," and they did, and he was like "actually I was making it up, I had no inside information, I'm innocent." They were momentarily stymied, but they had already filled out all the paperwork; what were they going to do, not arrest him? Then they realized that fake insider trading is just as illegal — is in fact the exact same crime — as real insider trading. It is (so the theory goes) a "scheme to defraud" innocent traders to trade on inside information, and it is certainly a scheme to defraud insider traders to give them fake inside information. The FBI's work was not wasted. They didn't even need to change the paperwork.
Generally the way fantasy sports works is that you get points for stuff that people on your fantasy team do each week; if someone on your team doesn't do anything—because he's injured or otherwise not in the lineup in real life—he doesn't get you any points. If you know he's injured, you should take him off your team. If you sit next to him in the locker room, you might have inside information about his injuries. If your own fantasy-sports trades are public, under your actual name, then that inside information might leak.
The obvious solution, which Aston Villa has come to here, is not to let athletes gamble on their own sport, even the not-quite-gambling of fantasy sports, but there are gentler solutions. "This open source of information is a concern for several clubs and Sportsmail understands most will tell their players to stop selecting team-mates to prevent situations such as this." Isn't that a good idea anyway? Isn't it awkward to have some of your real-life teammates on your fantasy team, and others not? Don't you want to bet on all of your teammates? If you've got the ball and one teammate is in a really good scoring position, but he's not on your fantasy team, and another teammate is in a less promising position but he is on your fantasy team, who do you pass to?
Or, if you know a guy is going to go on TV and talk up a stock, is it illegal to trade that stock? Sure, I guess, I don't know, a little, whatever. It depends. Like if you are a hedge fund manager, and you know you are going to go on TV tomorrow to talk about stocks, you can probably buy the stocks that you plan to talk about. Ideally you would disclose, on the TV show, that you own the stocks. But when you buy the stocks you are trading on your own proprietary information, information about your intentions; it can't really be illegal to do that.
But if you work for the TV show? If you're a host or reporter for the show? Then … well, I guess it will depend on your arrangement with the show, but in many cases the show will take a dim view of you buying short-dated call options on the stocks you are going to recommend the next day. Your recommendations are in a sense the property of your employer; you have some vague fiduciary relationship with your viewers; it would be somehow gross for you to front-run them. And in U.S. securities law, in fact, there is a famous case in which a Wall Street Journal columnist named R. Foster Winans was convicted of insider trading for leaking the contents of his column—which picked stocks—to a stockbroker, who traded on them before they were published. Those columns, which Winans wrote, nonetheless belonged to the Journal, so he wasn't allowed to trade on them, or let other people trade on them.
Meanwhile in India:
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) on [last] Wednesday barred a television (TV) anchor Hemant Ghai, his wife and mother from accessing the capital markets for indulging in fraudulent trading activity.
The market regulator has alleged that the three individuals pocketed nearly Rs 3 crore between January 2019 and May 2020 by dealing in stocks that were being recommended on TV show Stock 20:20 on CNBC Awaaz, a leading business news channel.
"It was observed that Jaya Hemant Ghai (wife) and Shyam Mohini Ghai (mother) have undertaken a large number of Buy-Today-Sell-Tomorrow (BTST) trades during the relevant period in synchronization with the recommendations made in the Show. Shares were bought on the previous day to the recommendations being made on the stock 20-20 show and sold immediately on the recommendation day," said Madhabi Puri Buch, whole time member (WTM), Sebi in an order.
Here is the SEBI order. Hemant Ghai was the co-host of the show, "which airs on trading days at 7:20 am and it recommends certain stocks to be bought during the day." The day before it aired, his wife and mother would buy shares in the stocks that were going to be recommended. You can, and SEBI did, draw some obvious connections. Not allowed!
The popular conception of "insider trading" is that it involves trading by insiders. You work for a company, you know secret things about the company, so you buy or sell stock in the company to profit from your secret knowledge. Or you tip your brother-in-law or golf buddy about the secret things so that he can profit from your knowledge and give you a kickback.There are two background assumptions here. One is that people at the company (and its bankers, lawyers, etc.) know secret stuff about the company. The material nonpublic facts about the company—its financial and operating results, its merger talks, its drug-trial results—are known to insiders and not to outsiders. The other is that people at the company have an obligation to the company, and its shareholders, not to misuse that knowledge. When you work at a company and are entrusted with its secret information and then you go use that information for your personal gain, you are betraying the company and that is a crime.
I want to suggest that this is a slightly old-timey view of insider trading. Some of the highest-profile modern insider-trading-type cases are not about insiders, people at the company who know the company's secrets and trade on them. Instead they are about outsiders, people who know other secrets, secrets that are not really about the company's business but that affect its stock price.
Or here's this from September:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged Yinghang “James” Yang, a senior index manager at a globally recognized index provider, and his friend Yuanbiao Chen, a manager at a sushi restaurant, with perpetrating an insider-trading scheme that generated more than $900,000 in illegal profits.The SEC’s complaint alleges that between June and October of 2019, Yang and Chen repeatedly purchased call or put options of publicly traded companies hours before public announcements that those companies would be added to or removed from a popular stock market index that Yang helped his employer manage. When the options increased in value after the announcements, Yang and Chen allegedly liquidated their options positions for a substantial profit. As alleged in the complaint, the defendants conducted all of the illegal trading in Chen’s brokerage account, which allowed Yang to conceal his trading from his employer.
Yang worked at S&P Global Inc., where he sat on the Index Committee that decides what stocks go into big indexes like the S&P 500. When he knew a stock would be added to the S&P 500 (or the small-cap and mid-cap S&P 600 and S&P 400), he would allegedly tell Chen to buy call options on the company. S&P would announce the addition, the stock would predictably go up, the options would go up more, Chen would cash in, and they'd split the money. Being added to the index doesn't usually cause huge price moves, like a merger, but it causes predictable price moves that are big enough to make reliable profits that you can leverage with call options. Here's their biggest trade:
On September 26, 2019, beginning at 1:48 p.m., Defendants paid $167,529 to purchase 2,392 call options of Las Vegas Sands Corp. (“LVS”). Almost 2,000 of those calls were out-of-the-money, with strike prices between $57 and $60 when LVS stock had opened at $56.19 that morning. After market close that same day, Company A announced that LVS would be added to Index A, causing LVS stock to open 4.78% higher the next morning. Over the next several days, Defendants liquidated the LVS options for $325,956 in profits.
Yang had no connection to Las Vegas Sands, and he got no secret information about Las Vegas Sands's operations or results or merger plans. Neither did S&P Global, his employer. S&P Global just makes lists of stocks and gives those lists to fund managers. Being put on a list can make a stock go up, because lots of fund managers buy all the stocks on the list. The lists are not based on any secret corporate information; they're based on public information—basically, they're based on how big a company is—but there's enough room for judgment and subjectivity that no one is quite sure what companies will be added to each list until S&P Global announces it. Yang allegedly knew what companies will be added to the lists, and used that information to make money.
You could take sort of a dumb blank-slate view and say, well, knowing that some third party was going to add a stock to a list is not material nonpublic information about that stock, so this is not insider trading. This is not a correct view, and lots of quite traditional insider trading cases involve people trading on secret information about third parties' intentions. (It is usually called the misappropriation theory, and is often—but not always—about third parties' plans to acquire the relevant company.) Still it feels a little weird to say that an index addition, which has absolutely nothing to do with the expected future cash flows of a public company, is material inside information about the company.
But in a world in which index investing keeps getting more important, you should expect more of this. A common critique of indexing is that it disconnects companies' stock prices from their actual businesses: If everyone is indexing, they are not evaluating companies' business prospects, but just buying them because they are on a list. On this view, insider trading based on secret earnings information is old-fashioned and possibly ineffective, because earnings aren't what matter. The index is what matters, so that's where you should expect to see insider trading.
We have talked about this phenomenon from various angles before but, uncharacteristically, we have not talked about it from the insider trading angle.[1] A reader emailed to ask:
Would it be insider trading for [Moderna] to set up a prop trading desk to buy short-dated out-of-the-money call/put options to speculate on publicly traded airlines / cruise ship / etc. companies based on its impending future publications regarding its mRNA vaccine trial results? Seems like an easy way to fund further research or pivot the business if trial fails!Would it be insider trading for a [Moderna] researcher to buy short-dated out-of-the-money call/put options to speculate on publicly traded airlines / cruise ship etc companies based on their personal view of how the science is developing?
The thing to notice here is that if you were a Moderna scientist and you had advance knowledge of the vaccine trial results:
1. It would obviously be illegal insider trading for you to go buy call options on Moderna. 2. It would … let's say … less obviously be insider trading for you to go buy call options on Royal Caribbean instead? 3. You would make more money with the Royal Caribbean call options.
Point 1 is, I hope, obvious. Point 3 is what we discussed above: Not only did Royal Caribbean in fact go up more than Moderna on Moderna's news, but that was predictable. A coronavirus vaccine can only be good for Royal Caribbean's business; it is complicated for Moderna's.Point 2 is my reader's question. A related question that I get asked a lot is: If you know that Company X will announce really good earnings (because you work there, etc.), and you know that when Company X announces good earnings then Company Y stock usually goes up (because they have closely comparable businesses, etc.), can you buy Company Y stock with your inside knowledge of Company X earnings? My usual answer is:
1. This is not legal advice. 2. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission will probably take the position that it's illegal insider trading: You have nonpublic information, it is (indirectly) material to Company Y, and you have some duty of confidentiality to Company X to keep it secret. 3. But they are less likely to catch you than if you trade your own company's stock. 4. Really, this is not legal advice!
I am tempted to say the same thing here, except that if you get rich in the stock market while working on a coronavirus vaccine, the SEC is more likely to notice. And if you brag about this being your plan they'll definitely get mad.This is a weird answer, by the way. Anyone who works at any company will learn things about how the world works, and that knowledge might be useful in evaluating other companies. It is fairly easy to have a rule like "if you learn something about your company that no one else knows, you can't trade your company's stock." It is much harder to have a rule like "if you learn something about your company that no one else knows, you can't make any correlated bets using that knowledge." Everything is a little correlated; there are a lot of shades of gray there. Still I think the vaccine/airline correlation is tight enough that people would get mad about this.[2]On the other hand if Moderna, as a matter of corporate policy, using shareholder money, bought some airline call options before announcing its vaccine trial results, I am not sure what the objection would be? I am sure someone would object, but I don't think it's really insider trading. (Not legal advice!) Moderna has no fiduciary duty to the airlines' shareholders, and has not misappropriated any information belonging to anyone else. "Insider trading," I like to say, "is not about fairness, it's about theft," and there's no theft here. Moderna knows something you don't know, not because it cheated, but because it put in the (legitimate and socially useful!) work. Why shouldn't it reward itself?Of course if the trial results turned out to be misleading—if Moderna announced interim good news, but ultimately the vaccine was a dud—people would sue them for market manipulation. But that will happen anyway! If Moderna's vaccine is a dud, after its interim announcements of good news, Moderna will definitely get sued. ("If the vaccine ends up not working, in about two months look for Moderna in the 'Everything is securities fraud' section of this column," I wrote when we first talked about Moderna, two months ago.) Might as well double down on that risk? But if Moderna just bought airline stocks, announced good news, took some profits, and then produced a working vaccine, I think the only thing to do would be to applaud their creative approach to corporate finance. Not, I cannot emphasize enough, legal advice.
Lots of investment firms—private equity funds, hedge funds, etc.—make big investments in public companies and take seats on those companies' boards of directors. If you own 20% of a company, and if the company makes up 10% of your fund, you don't want to find out what the company is up to by reading its press releases. You want a seat at the table when the company makes big decisions; you want advance notice of big events; you want to be able to ask detailed questions about strategy and operations and financial projections and get honest answers from management. So if you're negotiating a big investment in the company, you might ask for a seat on the board of directors, and the company might say yes. You'll put one of your employees—typically the person who led the investment for your fund—on the board of the company, and she'll go to board meetings and represent your fund's views and report back to the rest of your employees on what the company is up to.
This is obvious normal stuff, this is how investing should work. In private companies, it is completely expected that the biggest investors will sit on the board of directors and get detailed information about the company and have a say in strategic decisions and generally share their wisdom with the company's managers.
But there is an awkward side effect to having a board seat at a public company, which is: How do you trade the stock? There you are, sitting in the board meetings, getting lots of confidential information before the rest of the market does, seeing all the projections, discussing possible strategic plans, and generally getting much better information than the rest of the market gets. ("Material nonpublic information," this is traditionally called, or MNPI.) You asked for the board seat so that you'd have better information about your investment than the rest of the public does. But getting material nonpublic information about a company by virtue of being a director of the company, and then trading with that superior information, seems like it would be pretty obviously illegal insider trading?
There are ways to deal with this. One way is to take the board seat and not trade: A long-term private-type investor might sit on a company's board, never buy any stock, and never sell any stock except (1) in a formal public offering with a prospectus disclosing all material information about the company or (2) after giving up its board seat. Another way is to trade and not take the board seat: Some hedge funds will take large stakes in public companies but decline to take board seats, specifically so they remain free to trade. But a common approach is to take the board seat and plan to trade only when other directors are allowed to trade. Other directors are allowed to trade! Even the company's chief executive officer is allowed to trade! They sit in board meetings, they know the company's secret plans and projections, and yet they routinely buy and sell stock. You can't really have a corporate finance system in which directors and officers of a company are never allowed to sell the company's stock.
So everyone accepts the polite fiction that there are times—at least a couple of weeks or so every three months—when the company's executives and directors don't know any more about the company than everyone else. Public companies will typically have an explicit policy about this, often with a trading window for executives that opens a few days after quarterly earnings are filed and closes a few weeks later. The rough idea is that, when a company announces earnings and does an earnings press conference and analysts write up the earnings and the market reacts, the company has disclosed everything it knows, and the market knows everything about the company that its executives and directors know. So the executives and directors don't have any nonpublic information, and they can buy or sell stock freely. But then as the new quarter goes on, the executives get more and more information about how it's going, so they once again have too much information. So the company goes back into "blackout" and the executives can't trade.
None of this is true, of course; the CEO of a public company knows a lot more about the company five days after it announces earnings than the average retail investor does. She knows its five-year financial projections and its plans for new products and what's going wrong on the assembly line and who has called her about potential mergers. But you cannot be too literal about these things or CEOs would never be able to sell their stocks without going to prison, which would make being a CEO significantly less attractive. So we all agree that there's a brief period when insiders don't know too much more than outsiders, and they're allowed to trade then. Mostly. Obviously if the company is negotiating a huge merger right after earnings the CEO shouldn't trade then, and "open windows" don't really have much in the way of formal legal status, but the general rule of thumb is that insiders can trade in open windows and can't trade during blackouts.
If you are the chief executive officer of a public company, and a bigger company comes to you and offers to buy your company, and you are considering it seriously, you will probably tell someone. You will definitely tell your board of directors. You'll tell the company's other senior executives. You'll hire lawyers and bankers, and tell them. You'll probably want their advice; at least, you will want to talk through the issues with a sympathetic listener. These people—people whose job is to advise you on mergers-and-acquisitions decisions—are the obvious people to talk to.Realistically, though, you might go a bit further. It is sort of officially frowned upon, but there is a decent chance that you will tell your spouse. Selling your company is a big personal decision for you, your spouse has been with you through all your ups and downs at the company, why shouldn't he or she have some input into the decision? You might tell your therapist, or your priest. You might have a network of informal advisers—old college roommates, former colleagues, fellow CEOs—with whom you discuss big career decisions. The world being what it is, you will surely tell your golf buddies.
This is all potentially a problem because it is generally illegal to trade stock based on inside information. If you're the CEO and you're seriously considering a merger, you obviously can't trade your company's stock, and the people you tell generally can't either. When you tell the board members and executives and bankers and lawyers, the rules are pretty clear: They have the same obligation you do not to misuse the information you give them, and if they trade it's illegal. Sometimes they will trade anyway, and they will get caught, and they will get in trouble. But you will not get in trouble. If you hire a bank and sign an engagement letter and tell the banker "we're going to be acquired by Company X" and then she goes off and buys a bunch of your stock, she will go to jail and you will not. You did nothing wrong. You were totally allowed to tell the banker, you were supposed to tell her, you had every reason to expect that she wouldn't trade, and she betrayed your trust. You are a victim, not a criminal.This is also generally true of your priest or your therapist: They have a "duty of trust and confidence" not to use the information you gave them for their own enrichment.
In the other cases, though, it can be unclear. If you tell your spouse, or your parents or children or brother-in-law, or your golf buddy, and they trade, maybe that's because they betrayed your confidence and tried to make a quick profit for themselves behind your back. Or maybe it's because you wanted to help out a family member or impress a golf buddy with a little gift of inside information. It is a factual question, a question of what you were thinking when you told them. Prosecutors and regulators will put in a lot of effort establishing not just that you told your brother-in-law your merger news, and that he traded, but also the details of your relationship. If they're going after the brother-in-law and treating you as a victim, their complaints will say things like "CEO and Brother-in-Law had a relationship of trust and confidence, and CEO regularly came to Brother-in-Law for advice on career issues." If they're going after you too, their complaints will instead say things like "CEO owed Brother-in-Law a favor, and got a personal benefit out of giving him a merger tip."We have talked in the past about two Securities and Exchange Commission insider trading cases centered around the Oakley Country Club in Watertown, Massachusetts. In one, the golf buddy was accused of betraying the confidence of his innocent executive friend. In the other, the executive was accused of intentionally leaking merger news to his golf buddy. Same basic fact pattern—executive plays golf and tells his golf buddy about corporate news—but different result based on the specifics of the golf-buddy relationship.I don't know, I think about this a lot. U.S. insider trading law requires a surprisingly nuanced and intimate examination of personal relationships. "You told your friend and he traded" is the beginning of the inquiry, not the end; what matters, for securities law, is why you told your friend, what kind of friendship you had, whether you trusted him, whether you relied on him for advice, whether you owed him a favor or wanted to help him out, all these personal things.
I mean, you know my basic views on this sort of thing. You can always trade on inside knowledge of your own plans. If Warren Buffett buys a big stake in a company, the stock will go up when he announces the stake, but Warren Buffett is allowed to buy the stake before announcing it. There are more moving pieces here, but the basic story seems fine. Saudi Arabia, considered as an entity—the government that sets oil production goals, the mostly-state-owned oil company that produces the oil, and the state-run Public Investment Fund that buys stakes in foreign companies—had its own knowledge of its own plans, and it used that knowledge to buy oil stocks opportunistically. Perhaps it had a confidentiality obligation to its Opec+ partners not to trade on the basis of production negotiations, but the simple view here is that Saudi Arabia and Russia set oil prices and they traded on their own knowledge of what they were going to do with oil prices.Insider trading, I always say, is not about fairness; it is about theft. Warren Buffett's lieutenants are not allowed to trade on advance knowledge of what Warren Buffett is planning to buy, but Warren Buffett is. Saudi Arabia is allowed to trade on knowledge of what Saudi Arabia is going to do, even if nobody else has the same knowledge.
Here is "Political Connections and the Informativeness of Insider Trades," by Alan Jagolinzer, David Larcker, Gaizka Ormazabal and Daniel Taylor, forthcoming in the Journal of Finance, about the last financial crisis:
We analyze the trading of corporate insiders at leading financial institutions during the 2007 to 2009 financial crisis. We find strong evidence of a relation between political connections and informed trading during the period in which TARP funds were disbursed, and that the relation is most pronounced among corporate insiders with recent direct connections. Notably, we find evidence of abnormal trading by politically connected insiders 30 days in advance of TARP infusions, and that these trades anticipate the market reaction to the infusion.
The authors track trading by officers and directors of publicly traded financial institutions, and "identify political connections based on whether a board member has current or previous work experience at the Federal Reserve, Treasury Department, Congress, or a bank regulator." And:
Evidence of elevated trading among politically connected insiders prior to TARP infusions, and that these trades predict the market reaction to the infusion, would suggest insiders are trading based on superior information about TARP infusions. Measuring trading by corporate insiders over the 30 days prior to the announcement of their firm's TARP infusion, we find that insiders are net buyers (sellers) before 34.8% (20.3%) of infusions in our sample. We find a pronounced increase in the trading activity of politically connected insiders 30 days prior to the announcement, and that these trades predict the market reaction to the infusion. Notably, similar results do not obtain among insiders without political connections: insiders without political connections do not appear to time their trades to coincide with TARP infusions.
We talked on Friday about the fact that Senator Richard Burr dumped a bunch of stock a few weeks before the market crashed, after hearing classified briefings about the spread of the coronavirus. Burr's defense was that he "relied solely on public news reports to guide my decision regarding the sale of stocks on February 13," specifically "CNBC's daily health and science reporting out of its Asia bureaus at the time." I pointed out that one certainly could have done so. The news about coronavirus was pretty ominous by Feb. 13, and even if you didn't have access to top secret Senate briefings you might have gotten nervous and dumped your hotel stocks. But Burr did have access to those top secret briefings. I don't know what he learned in those briefings, since they were top secret. It's conceivable that they didn't add any information to what Burr learned from television, that the important elements—deadly and highly contagious virus heading inevitably for America—were all public, and Burr just made an astute stock-market call. It's also conceivable that Burr learned a lot about the virus and its spread and the lack of U.S. preparedness for it that made him a lot more nervous than the rest of us. In the first case, he's fine; he had no inside information, so there's no reason not to trade. But what about the second case? Specifically, what if the public information was more than enough to support his selling decision, but he also had private information? What if he woke up one day, watched CNBC, said to himself "this is bad, I should sell all my stocks as soon as I get out of my classified briefing," and then got that classified briefing and it was even worse? Should he be prohibited from selling based on public information, just because he had private information too? I mean I think the answer is clearly yes, he should have been prohibited. (For one thing, you can always find some rationale for trading based on public information, so a rule saying "insider trading is legal if you would have traded anyway without the inside information" will tend to make all insider trading legal; just spend five minutes reading Wall Street research or message boards and you can find some justification for your trades.) And that is absolutely the norm in the financial industry, where traders are considered "tainted" if they are given inside information and generally locked up from trading the stock, even if it's a stock that they trade every day based on public information. Still, at least as a theoretical matter, I guess you could come out the other way. Anyway here is "Senator Richard Burr and Mixed Motives for Insider Trading," by Andrew Verstein of Wake Forest:
Scholars of insider trading will immediately recognize this as a recapitulation of a 30-year old debate known as the "mental causation" debate, the "use/possession" debate, or the "use/awareness debate." It involves the issue of whether a trader with both lawful and unlawful reasons for trading violates the law. Should the law consider just the lawful trading rationales and not the unlawful ones or focus instead on the trader's having proscribed information despite honest and independent reasons for trading?
The second thing I want to say is: "Insider trading," I often say, "is not about fairness, it's about theft," and this situation illustrates why. What I mean is that there is a common incorrect assumption that the point of insider trading law is to prohibit people from trading when they know something that no one else does, because that is unfair. But this assumption is incorrect, and in fact the point of insider trading law is to prohibit people from trading when they have obtained nonpublic information "wrongfully," meaning basically that they got it as part of their job and then used it to make money for themselves instead. The victim of insider trading, in a technical but important sense, is not the anonymous person on the other side of the trade from the insider trader; it's the insider trader's employer, who trusted him with the information only to see him turn around and use it for his own profit. Let's assume the worst here: Assume that Burr went into a classified briefing in which the intelligence community told him "this thing is going to devastate the U.S. economy," no one else knew that, and he went out and dumped all his stocks specifically for that reason. If you think that's bad, why is it bad? One possible answer is that the people buying Wyndham Hotels and Resorts shares from him in mid-February were deceived; they had less information about Wyndham than he did, so they paid him too high a price for the stock. If he had publicly disclosed the dire information in that classified briefing, potential buyers of Wyndham shares would have known about it and would have offered him a lower price. You can extend this answer to a "market confidence" answer: People in general will want to trade stocks more, will be more confident about committing capital, if they don't have to worry about senators trading stocks based on information in classified briefings. Those answers are not crazy, they sound sort of like reasonable answers, but I do not actually think they are plausible here. The people who are mad at Burr are not mad because they recently purchased Wyndham stock. The deep perceived wrong here is not that he should have disclosed his secret knowledge to potential purchasers of Wyndham stock, so that they could appropriately value its expected cash flows. The deep perceived wrong here is that he should have disclosed his secret knowledge to the rest of us, so that we could have, I don't know, stocked up on beans or sold all our stocks or pressured our representatives
This is a little old (last May) but delightful, who cares, here is an absurd hypothetical. You're the chairman of the board of a public company. You're rich and old, so you're making plans to pass on your wealth to your heirs, and you'd like to minimize gift and estate taxes. There are lots of complicated ways to do that, but one simple way is to give them property that (1) is worth a lot of money but (2) you can say is not worth a lot of money. The public company of which you are the chairman gets an acquisition proposal and begins negotiating a merger in which it would be acquired at a large premium. The negotiations are not public, but of course you know about them because you are chairman of the board. You own a million shares of the company. The shares trade at $50. The merger price is $80. You think about it and say: "If I give these shares to my heirs today, I will pay gift taxes on $50 million worth of stock, the current market value. Then next week we'll announce the merger and the shares will be worth $80 million. I'll pass along $80 million of assets and pay taxes on only $50 million of it, good deal." So you hurry to hand your shares over to your heirs, then you sign and announce the merger. The questions—to which the answers are of course not legal advice!—are:
1. Is this insider trading? 2. Does it work? For taxes?
The answer to the first one seems like a clear no—you never trade, no one is deceived, etc.—though it is maybe a little … insider-trading-adjacent? Like, you are using your inside knowledge of a pending merger, which you got in your fiduciary capacity as the chairman of the company, to minimize your own taxes. It doesn't cost your shareholders anything, but still it feels just a tiny bit sordid. The answer to the second question is also no, which we know because the Internal Revenue Service actually issued a ruling on it.[1] "Under the fair market value standard," says the IRS, "the hypothetical willing buyer and seller of a publicly-traded company would consider a pending merger when valuing stock for gift tax purposes." So the "fair market value" of the stock, when it is transferred, is $80, and you have to pay gift taxes on an $80 million gift. Even though the actual market value of the stock is $50, and even though only a few insiders—including you—know that it's really worth $80. It's weird, right? Here's a summary from Bessemer Trust, which notes:
The [IRS] fails to even mention one critical fact. The donor was the Chairman of the Board of the publicly traded corporation, and federal securities laws may have prohibited the donor from disclosing confidential information regarding the merger to a purchaser. … A hypothetical purchaser who was dealing with a hypothetical seller who knew about the information but could not disclose it would not be able to find out about the information even if the buyer made diligent and persistent inquiries.
And in fact there were actual willing buyers and sellers of the stock, at the time of this gift, who thought it was worth $50, and who traded it at $50. But its fair market value, the price that a hypothetical willing buyer would pay a hypothetical willing seller, was, says the IRS, $80. The hypothetical market is more efficient than the real one. Even weirder, what if someone else gifted the stock on the same day? Not the chairman of the board of the company, but just some random public shareholder who knew nothing about the merger talks? Would the fair market value of that gift also be $80 per share, even though the stock was trading at $50 and the giver didn't know anything different? Does the chairman have to pay taxes at an $80 valuation because, you know, come on, his timing was an obvious tax dodge, or does the $80 valuation apply to everyone, even people who weren't dodging taxes and had no idea that the stock was "really" worth $80?
If you are a senior executive at a public company, and the company is doing a big securities fraud, and you own a lot of stock in the company, when should you sell that stock? Presumably the stock is overvalued, because of the fraud, so if you sell now you will get a good price for the stock. If you wait, people might discover the fraud and then the stock will go down. On the other hand, the fraud has worked so far, so the likelihood is presumably pretty good that it will keep working for a while, and the stock will be even more overvalued tomorrow than it is today. So it's not a huge rush. The best time to sell the stock is right before people discover the fraud. This does not sound like very helpful advice—in general, the best time to sell any stock is right before it goes down, but what are you gonna do?—but it actually kind of is! If you are a senior executive at a public company that is doing securities fraud, and the Securities and Exchange Commission notices, the SEC will tell the company—will tell you—that it is investigating you for fraud, but it won't tell the public. And you don't have to tell the public either; there is no obligation to disclose active SEC investigations. Which means that, when you hear from the SEC that they're looking into your fraud, you can sell your stock before anyone else finds out about the investigation. That is super-duper not legal advice, just really extremely not legal advice at all, but it is the empirical result of this blog post and related paper by Terrence Blackburne, John Kepler, Phillip Quinn and Daniel Taylor:
We obtain novel data on the subject of all formal SEC investigations closed between 2000 and 2017 – data that was heretofore non-public. The data cover 12,861 formal investigations and provide useful and novel insights into the breadth and scope of the SEC's investigative process. ... The undisclosed nature of the vast majority of these investigations, coupled with material, long-lived declines in performance, suggest insiders privy to the details of the investigation have a substantial information advantage. We examine whether corporate insiders exploit this information advantage using a standard short-window event study around the investigation open date. … Evidence of a change in insider trading activity in a short window after the start of the investigation – when the investigation is known to insiders but not to the market – suggests insiders are trading based on private information about the investigation itself. We find no evidence of abnormal trading around the opening of an SEC investigation for the average (non-disclosing) firm. However, we find a pronounced spike in insider selling activity among those (non-disclosing) firms with extreme negative outcomes (e.g., firms that would subsequently restate their financials due to fraud or experience a significant stock price crash during the investigation) … Those executives with abnormal trading activity at the outset of the investigation earn significant abnormal returns – whether measured relative the trading of their industry peers or their own historical trading returns. Collectively, our results suggest that (i) a substantial number of SEC investigations of publicly traded firms are not disclosed, (ii) many of these investigations are economically material, and (iii) the absence of disclosure, coupled with economic materiality, provides insiders with a considerable information advantage, which many insiders appear to exploit for personal gain.
I mean, yes, intuitively, if you are a senior executive at a company that is doing a big fraud, and the SEC calls you up and says "we are looking into the fraud," you are probably exactly the sort of person who would then go dump all your stock without telling anyone about the fraud, or the fraud investigation. By the way, you might say: "Sure, selling your stock right after you learn of an SEC investigation is good timing economically, but it is bad timing legally, since they will totally nail you for insider trading for doing this." And I would be tempted to agree with you! The counterargument is:
1. If you sell stock before the SEC launches an investigation, but while you are in the midst of doing a big fraud, that's probably still insider trading, right? Selling stock while knowing that you're doing fraud is not really much better than selling stock while knowing that you're being investigated for doing fraud. It's a little less obvious maybe. 2. It does seem like an implicit empirical result of this paper that, actually, the SEC usually won't nail you for insider trading for doing this?
Traditionally the law would say that, as an executive of the company, you have some duty to the company not to use information that you got in the course of your employment for personal gain. Of course being harassed by the CEO is not exactly a normal part of your employment, but I'm not sure that's a good defense. On the other hand, take that same hypothetical but change one thing. You're not an executive; you don't work at the company at all. You're just a person the CEO meets walking down the street. He harasses you, you know it, no one else does, you buy put options, you tell the world, the stock tanks, your puts pay off. Again you are trading on material nonpublic information, but now you are not an insider. You have no duty to the company, or to anyone else, not to use information about the company for personal gain. You didn't obtain this information in violation of a duty to anyone. I think—again, never legal advice!—you are in the clear. You can generalize this. If you witness a public company doing a bad thing, or if the company does a bad thing to you, can you trade on it? I think that generally if you are an employee of the company, you can't: Maybe you have an obligation to report the bad thing, or maybe you have an obligation to keep it secret, but surely in either case you have an obligation not to buy put options to profit from it personally. I think that generally if you are a total stranger, walking down the street, witnessing the bad thing or having it done to you involuntarily, you can probably trade: U.S. insider trading law is mainly not a "parity of information" system, and you can trade on information that no one else has, as long as you came by it honestly. (We talked last month about a proposed bill, passed in the House of Representatives, intended to codify insider trading; that bill is not currently the law, but it mostly clarifies the mess of existing law, and is a good place to start thinking about the current law. The bill says that it's illegal to trade on material nonpublic information if "such information has been obtained wrongfully," including by theft, bribery, computer hacking, or in breach of a contract, fiduciary duty, or personal relationship of trust and confidence. Employee: "obtained wrongfully," in breach of your employment contract or fiduciary duty or … something. Stranger walking down the street: not.) You can imagine a lot of hard in-between cases. If you are a contractor who works with the company, and the company defrauds you in a way that will embarrass and damage it, can you buy put options before revealing the fraud? On the one hand, you're an outsider, a bystander, an innocent victim. On the other hand, what does your contract with the company say? Do you have a confidentiality clause? Does that create a duty of trust and loyalty to the company? Does that duty vanish when the company defrauds you? What if you're not an innocent bystander? What if you're a contractor and you help out with a fraud a little bit? What if your contractor work is doing the fraud? Is that the same as being an employee? What if you help out a little bit but then you see the extent of the fraud, you bail, and you decide to blow the whistle—after buying put options first? I have no answers to these questions, but I don't think they're easy. I think these are real gray areas in U.S. insider trading law. That law is weird because it imports private relationships—contractual relationships but also employee handbooks, rules of professional ethics, informal customs of roommate and golf-partner etiquette—into criminal law. If you get inside information from someone at a company who is a stranger and blurts it out to you on the street, you can generally trade. If he's your brother-in-law, or your golf partner, you generally can't. If he's the CEO and you're an investor and you talk about it in the course of an investor-relations meeting, it depends on context: If he told you the information was secret and you agreed not to trade, you can't trade as a matter of criminal law; if you didn't agree, you can trade.
And here is "Leaks and Takeovers," by Martin Szydlowski, a model of how companies might leak information about potential takeovers in order to encourage a higher takeover price:
In the model, a takeover target is initially approached by an acquirer. The target's management has inside information about the value of takeover synergies and aims to maximize takeover revenue. Generally, the revenue is higher when there are more bidders. If there is only one, the target's management has to accept a relatively low price, which arises from a one-on-one negotiation. There are other potential acquirers interested in taking over the target, but only when they learn that the value of synergies is sufficiently large. Researching a target and preparing an offer is costly, after all. By leaking favorable information to the market, the target can thus lead a potential, second acquirer to submit a bid as well and ensure that it is sold in an auction. Leaking information is not free, however. The SEC investigates allegations of insider trading and prosecutes them in civil court. Those leaking privileged information are often prosecuted along with those who profit from it. The target management's propensity to leak information is thus constrained by the SEC's enforcement efforts. More effective enforcement lowers the likelihood of leaks and thereby reduces run-ups before takeover announcements.
But if you went to watch the trial looking for tips on how to run your own insider trading ring, there was some useful stuff there. For instance:
He told jurors he learned early on to disguise illegal trades by using other people to make share purchases, buying other stocks in the same sector as the target stock and selling off part of a profitable position before an expected share move.
I should caveat that advice by saying that it didn't end up working, since Demane Debih is, after all, in jail. Still it strikes me as clever(illegal) advice. The classic way that insider traders are caught is by making large clean leveraged bets on a single tip: If you know that one company is going to buy another, the economically rational thing is to put all your money on out-of-the-money call options on the target, wait until the merger announcement, and make a large profit. The authorities know this, though, and the easiest way to get caught insider trading is by doing that. On the other hand if you buy shares of the target and five other stocks in the same sector, and then sell some of your target shares the day before the merger announcement, and the authorities do come and ask you questions, you can say "I just liked the sector, you can tell I had no inside information because I made the boneheaded move of selling some of the target stock just before it went up." It sounds so plausible. Or here's this, about Demane Debih's former girlfriend Zeynep Yenel, an investment banker:
Demane Debih told jurors that in 2010 or 2011 he got information from Yenel on London Mining Plc, Breakwater Resources Ltd. and Copper Mountain Mining Corp. He testified that he traded on the Copper Mountain information and passed a Breakwater tip to his friend Nikas. He said he doesn't remember whether he traded on London Mining. Yenel wasn't aware that he was able to determine the identity of her clients, Demane Debih said. "How did you figure that out?" Assistant U.S. Attorney Daniel Tracer asked. "From asking her different questions, and I was looking at the market, and figured out which company she was working for," Demane Debih responded.
It's not even an insider tip. It's subtler than that, something I have sometimes called "insider guessing": You take some inside information that is itself not enough to trade on, you combine it with public information or clever sleuthing or good intuition, and you end up with a good trade where the insider doesn't even know that she tipped you.
Wellllll. The news was public. The lesson here is that even "public" news is not simultaneously, instantaneously available to everyone: A report is read into the record in Congress, and then the reporters in Congress go back to their desks and write up the report with their quill pens and typeset it and print it and hand it out in the town square, and then visitors from neighboring towns buy copies and bring it back to their towns, and it slowly disseminates out into newspapers further afield, but meanwhile if you heard the report in person and are motivated, you can hop on a stagecoach, travel faster than the news, and make a killing on the bonds. This is not necessarily a function of your position as a member of Congress; people watching Congress from the gallery, or even people reading the news the next day in the town square in New York,[1] can also jump on sailboats and race ahead of the Southern newspapers to buy up bonds. The issue here is not insider trading, it's using technology (sailboats, stagecoaches) to react to public news faster than the rest of the market. Obviously the particular technology here sounds quaint now, but the issue never entirely goes away. We talked last month about the famous 1960s Texas Gulf Sulphur insider trading case, in which insiders traded on corporate news after it was public but before the wire services had actually published it. And we talked about that case, in turn, because it was relevant to an entirely modern story about electronic traders who could hear public speeches given by the governor of the Bank of England a couple of seconds before everyone else, because they had a faster audio feed. The technology changes and the time advantages are compressed, but the same issues keep coming up.
Here's a small fun puzzle in insider trading law. Let's say that you're a senior executive at a public company. You know that the company is about to be acquired at a premium. You would like to buy your company's stock in order to profit from the merger announcement. If you buy the stock a day before the merger announcement, you will make lots of money, but you will also go to jail for insider trading. If you buy the stock a day after the merger announcement, you will not go to jail, but the price will reflect the merger premium and you will not make any money. If you buy the stock a minute after the merger announcement, the price will also probably reflect the merger premium and you won't make any money. But there has to be some time after the merger announcement when the price is still wrong. Somebody has to be the first to notice the merger announcement and buy the stock to push its price up to the correct level. In modern markets, that somebody is probably an electronic trading firm, or really multiple electronic trading firms, and the business of noticing market news is highly competitive and efficient. But you are a senior executive at the company. You have some advantages. You read the merger press release before it goes out. If you buy the stock before the press release goes out, jail. If you buy the stock a minute after the press release goes out, no profits. But what if you buy the stock a second after the press release goes out? What if you set up your buy order before the press release goes out, and hit the buy button the second it does? There's a chance—I don't know how good it is, but let's just hypothesize that you are very fast at pushing buttons—that your buy order will get to the market before most of the fast traders are able to process and react to the press release, so you can buy the stock cheap and make money. And then when the Securities and Exchange Commission pays you a visit, you can say "what, I never traded on inside information, all of my information was public when I traded on it." The SEC won't like it, to be clear. There is a famous case. It's called Texas Gulf Sulphur, and it is from the olden days (1964) when markets were slower; there's a John Brooks article about it, collected in "Business Adventures." Texas Gulf Sulphur Co. made a big mining discovery, and held a press conference to announce it. A company executive "distributed copies of the press release to the reporters and then, in fulfillment of a curious ritual that governs such affairs, read it aloud," wrote Brooks. "While he was engaged in this redundant recital various reporters began to drift away … to telephone the sensational news to their publications." But "the Texas Gulf story did not begin to appear" in Dow Jones reports until "an entirely inexplicable forty-odd minutes later." Meanwhile a Texas Gulf director named Francis Coates did this:
Either before or immediately after the end of the press conference he went into an office adjoining the board room, where he borrowed a telephone and called his son-in-law, H. Fred Haemisegger, who is a stockbroker in Houston. Coates, as he related later, told Haemisegger of the Texas Gulf discovery and added that he had waited to call until "after the public announcement" because he was "too old to get in trouble with the S.E.C." He then placed an order for two thousand shares of Texas Gulf stock for four family trusts of which he was a trustee, though not personally a beneficiary. The stock, which had opened on the Stock Exchange some twenty minutes earlier at a fraction above 30 in very active but by no means decisively bullish trading, was now rapidly on its way up, but by acting quickly Haemisegger managed to buy the block for Coates at between 31 and 31-5/8, getting his orders in to his firm's floor broker well before the unaccountably delayed news began to come out on the broad tape.
He got in trouble with the SEC. Brooks's article is titled "A Reasonable Amount of Time," which gives you a sense of the SEC's objection. "It is the Commission's position that even after corporate information has been published in the news media, insiders, are still under a duty to refrain from securities transactions until there had elapsed a reasonable amount of time in which the securities industry, the shareholders, and the investing public can evaluate the development and make informed investment decisions." The SEC ultimately won the case on appeal, and there is still at least a vague sense in the law that if you have inside information, you have to wait to trade on it not only until it is public but until it has "seasoned" in public awareness. Now this is not a real practical problem in most modern mergers. The internet means that information gets out pretty quickly—you don't have to wait for reporters to leave the room and call it in—and the fast traders are so fast that you'd have a hard time beating them even if you did your buying immediately after the press release. But the simpler and more reliable way that companies avoid this problem is by announcing mergers before the open or after the close: Most stock trading occurs on exchanges during limited trading hours, so if you announce your merger outside of trading hours the market has a chance to digest the information before trading starts. This way, no one is actually "first" to notice the announcement: There's an opening auction to set the price, where everyone has knowledge of the news. This is why mergers-and-acquisitions lawyers tend to work all weekend: If you do all your deals over the weekend, you maximize the time you have to announce a deal before the market opens. Every so often, though, companies will unavoidably have to announce big news during market hours. Sometimes they will ask the exchange to halt trading in their shares around the time of the announcement, to level the playing field: By the time anyone can trade, everyone knows the information, and the stock will re-open at a price set by an auction among informed participants.
For decades, insider trading has lacked a statutory definition, sometimes frustrating prosecutors who must rely on a shifting body of court precedent. The House of Representatives moved to clear up the uncertainty Thursday by passing a bill that explicitly defines—and bans—a crime that shakes investor confidence in the integrity of financial markets. If approved by the Senate and signed into law, the legislation could make it more likely that recipients of improper tips will face prosecution, some lawyers say. The legislation, which passed by a vote of 410-13 in the House, wouldn't alter the basic concept of insider trading—profiting from information that isn't available to the public. But supporters hope that it could reduce the scope for judges to blur the distinction between legitimate transactions and outright misconduct.
What I said then was that this bill is more or less an effort to codify existing insider trading law: "It just keeps as much of current law as possible consistent with throwing out the controversial Newman conclusion," I wrote, and since then the court decision in U.S. v. Newman has been pretty much reversed anyway, which means that this mostly keeps the law the same as it currently is. Now some people think that current U.S. insider trading law is too strict, and lots of other people think that it is too lenient, and if you think either of those things then you will probably have objections to this bill. In particular, many many many many people think that U.S. law should have a "parity of information" standard in which anyone who has material nonpublic information, no matter how they obtained it, should not be allowed to trade. If you want a parity-of-information standard, you will be disappointed in this bill, which maintains the current U.S. rule that trading on material nonpublic information is only illegal if "such information has been obtained wrongfully." "Wrongfully" includes getting information by theft, bribery, computer hacking, or through "a breach of any fiduciary duty, a breach of a confidentiality agreement, a breach of contract, or a breach of any other personal or other relationship of trust and confidence." I do not think that—I mostly think that the parity-of-information standard is crazy, though I concede that lots of other countries have some version of it—so I am not troubled by the bill's requirement of wrongfulness. "Insider trading," I always say, "is not about fairness, it's about theft," and this bill makes that clear: It's not illegal to trade on information that no one else has; it's only illegal to trade on information that you got in bad ways. I also think that there are some imperfections in current insider trading law, and I suspect that this bill does change that law a little bit and in not entirely positive ways, so I could produce some quibbles. But that seems sort of pointless, and not only because bills do not become laws. The real point here is:
1. the current law is what it is, but 2. it is uncertain and shifting and judge-made and not written down in any one place, so 3. just writing it down is an improvement.
Even if this bill is not a substantive improvement in the law—and I don't particularly think it is—it's still a good thing just on basic rule-of-law grounds: If insider trading is a bad crime that can send people to prison for many years and that is a big focus of prosecutorial efforts, then there really should be an actual written law against it! Now there's a bill. That's the next best thing I guess.
The point here is that your trading strategy, when you get all the market's news in advance, will look less like "doing crime" and more like "being a regular stock trader, only on the very easy setting." Plenty of investors will be doing more or less the same thing you are doing: Reading the earnings release, trying to digest what it means and how it compares to Wall Street expectations, and then, if the release is significantly positive or negative, buying or selling the stock to profit from the news. You'll be doing it before them, but the basic approach is the same. And so in a sense these hacker insider traders were conducting a deep empirical experiment about market efficiency. They were answering questions like: If you know every company's earnings in advance, how reliably can you make money from that knowledge? How much can investors learn from earnings announcements that isn't already built into the stock price? Can investors tell, by reading an earnings announcement, that it will affect the price—does the announcement contain the meta-information that it contains information? What theories of market efficiency are true, and how, and why? Obviously these traders were doing this secretly and criminally and to make money, rather than out of a disinterested commitment to science, but still, they were doing their part to push the frontiers of knowledge forward. Also fortunately Chloe Xie of Stanford's Graduate School of Business went and wrote up their results in a paper called "The Signal Quality of Earnings Announcements: Evidence from an Informed Trading Cartel."
The whole thing is in the same academic deadpan as that title:
To empirically estimate the signal quality of quarterly earnings announcements of US public companies, I examine a natural experiment in which informed investors made predictions of stock price responses to earnings announcements.
For her it's a natural experiment. For them it was just an experiment. Like, they had to go out and hack the press releases. Presumably they didn't get approval from an institutional review board first. Anyway:
From 2011 through 2015, an international hacker group illegally obtained access to the servers of three commercial newswire companies. These servers stored hundreds of thousands of confidential firm press releases awaiting dissemination to the public. The hackers sold this illegal access to a cartel of sophisticated investors (e.g. ex-hedge fund managers, asset managers, and more). These investors knew the earnings announcements in advance and profited through informed trade. Using transcripts from court proceedings and Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests, I gathered data on 1,029 informed-traded earnings announcements over this five-year period. From the archives of the hacked newswires and Factiva's database, I also gathered the set of 10,100 press releases that were disseminated on the same day via the same newswire. The traders had access to these press releases but forwent trading on them. The informed traders were selective: they chose to trade 9.25% of the illegally obtained earnings announcements. My empirical strategy is to use the informed traders' performance to recover earning announcement signal quality. The economic intuition is that the profitability of informed traders depends on how well the information in earnings announcements predicts stock price responses to earnings. The empirical test is straightforward: controlling for liquidity, to what extent were these informed traders identifying the earnings announcements with the largest ex-post returns? In other words, how well were these sophisticated traders able to predict stock price responses from their foreknowledge of the content of earnings announcements?
They were okay. The earnings releases definitely helped. The hacker-traders focused on more liquid stocks, which might be a matter of convenience or of not pushing the prices around so much as to be suspicious. But they also did focus on the stocks that were going to go up the most. That is, their advance knowledge of earnings did give them some ability to predict price moves:
The informed traders chose earnings announcements with larger ex-post returns. A one standard deviation increase in the magnitude of realized stock returns increases the probability of trade by 19%. This finding confirms the joint hypothesis that informed traders could identify, and preferred to trade on, earnings with larger returns. Furthermore, on the intensive margin, the informed traders more aggressively traded earnings announcements with higher returns. Conditional on a stock that is informed-traded, a one percentage point increase in realized stock returns increases the informed traders' price impact by 8.5 bps.
Market Manipulation & Spoofing (47)
Andrew Left is an activist short seller with a following on social media, where he goes by Citron Research. In 2024, he was arrested andcharged with criminal market manipulation; his trial started last week. The theory of the US Department of Justice and the Securities and Exchange Commission is essentially that...
The thing is, part of me wants to take Andrew Left's side here. Left is an activist short seller who publishes reports as Citron Research, and today the US Securities and Exchange Commission and federal prosecutors charged him with fraud. Here are the SEC and Department of Justice announcements. The basic contours of the alleged fraud are pretty simple:
1. Left would sell Company X stock short. 2. He would put out a big splashy research report, and tweet about it, and go on television, saying "Company X is terrible and will go down," generally with a price target well below the current price. 3. The market would react to his report/tweet/television, and the stock would go down as Citron's followers shorted the stock too. 4. Then he'd quickly buy back the stock himself, giving him (1) a quick profit and (2) no exposure to whether his report was right: If it turned out Company X was great and the stock rallied the next day, it didn't matter to Left, because he had already covered his short and made money. 5. (Also he sometimes went long stocks, published bullish reports with high price targets, and then sold quickly.)
It is so tempting to defend this! Short sellers generally get an undeserved bad rap, people get mad at them for weak reasons, and of course short sellers and journalists are enough alike that I have a soft spot for them.
Also, I think, when you lay it out like that, this business model really is potentially just fine. Here's why it's fine: "Following Left's reports and tweets," says the SEC, "the price of these target stocks moved on average more than 12%." That's a big move! The market read Left's short reports and thought "oh wow Company X is way worse than I thought, I should sell," and the stock went down.
How could Left have that effect? The most natural answer is some combination of:
Investors read his reports and tweets, were persuaded by the analysis, and sold the stock. That is, his reports were correct. Or, Investors just read the headlines but thought "ah, Andrew Left is a good short seller, he's got a good track record, he took down Valeant, and most of the time when he publishes a short report the stock really is overvalued and goes down over the long term." So even without reading his analysis, investors interpreted Left's short report as a strong signal that the stock would go down, because of his track record. That is, his reports were correct , enough of the time, to create and maintain that reputation.
These are not the only possible answers. We talk about pump-and-dump schemes a lot around here, in which scammers buy stocks, put out fake but bullish reports and then dump the stocks. How do their reports move the stocks? Not by being right! It's some combination of (1) the stocks are small and illiquid, (2) the scammers trick retail investors into thinking they have a good track record or inside knowledge or skill and (3) at some level the audience understands that it's a pump-and-dump, so they are betting that they'll be able to sell to a greater fool. Those are all bad answers. (Probably.)
And Left is a big guy on social media with a retail following, often targeting smallish dicey stocks, so it is possible that he could move stocks using a similar mechanism. [1]
But there are reasons to give Left the benefit of the doubt here. He wrote reasoned reports. He went after big companies, not just illiquid microcap ones. And he did have a track record: "A Wall Street Journal analysis of 111 Citron short-sale reports published from 2001 to 2014 shows an average share-price decline of 42% in the year after a Citron report was released," wrote the Journal in a 2015 article about his work on Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc. I wrote about Valeant at the time, and Citron's work was … sometimes intemperate … but largely good, correctly identifying complicated but serious issues at Valeant, not a casual hit job but a serious investigation.
And he has been doing it for a long time. If you put out a flashy report saying "Company X is a fraud," and it has a lot of scandalous details, and you tweet about it a lot, maybe you can move the stock. But then if you turn out to be wrong, people will be disappointed. If you do that a few more times, people will stop paying attention. If you want to do this for the long term — if you want to be able to move stocks by tweeting about them — you have to care about your reputation for accuracy. And Left has been doing it for the long term.
But what about the fact that he covered his shorts soon after publishing his reports? In theory , I'm not sure it matters. I mean:
1. Company X trades at $100. 2. Citron determines, correctly, that it is worth $50, and should trade there within a year. 3. Citron shorts the stock at $100, then publishes a report saying "Company X is worth $50." 4. The market partially digests Citron's report, and the stock trades to $88 in a day. 5. Citron can get a 12% one-day return by covering immediately, or can wait a year and get a 50% return.
The 12% one-day return is probably better than the 50% one-year return, right? Bigger on an annualized basis, more capital-efficient, more work-efficient (he can stop following Company X after taking profits!), less risky. If you do your reports diligently and skillfully and honestly, you'll still be wrong much of the time. If the market gives you partial credit for being right every time, then that's probably better than waiting to see how the trade will work out.
Citron is in this model a service provider to the market: It informs the market that Company X is a fraud, the market saves a lot of money (by not buying Company X at $100 anymore), and Citron gets a reasonable cut of the money immediately. Citron is not a long-term investor that has to ride Company X all the way down, and it doesn't have to make 100% of its profits on any trade contingent on being 100% right about Company X. In the long run, all of its profits are contingent on being right enough about enough of its trades that people keep listening to it and prices keep going down.
Now, of course, many people who go around pretending to buy public companies have another motive. The motive is:
1. You buy some stock in a company. 2. You put out a press release pretending you are going to acquire the company at a premium. 3. The stock goes up, as the market sees your press release and briefly believes it. 4. You sell your stock at a profit. [1]
We talk about these cases a lot. This is straightforward market manipulation, and if you do it the US Securities and Exchange Commission will object. But I am always open to the possibility that some people pretend to do takeovers for other reasons, not because they want to make a quick illegal profit on the stock but because they want to get attention and feel important and conduct high-stakes negotiations. [2] Fictional high-stakes negotiations, of course — if they agree on a price for the company, they're not going to pay it — but, still, fun role-playing.
What is this one?
The Securities and Exchange Commission sued a self-proclaimed venture capitalist for making a "bogus offer" of $200 million to acquire Richard Branson's now-defunct Virgin Orbit Holdings Inc.
Matthew Brown "made false and misleading statements and omissions about his investment experience and funds available to make such an offer," the SEC said in the lawsuit filed Monday in a federal court in Texas. The regulator claimed Brown sent Virgin Orbit a fabricated screenshot of his company's bank account, claiming it held $182 million when in reality it had a balance of less than $1.
Brown intends to fight the allegations. "The SEC's complaint is filled with egregious errors, fabrications and biased allegations that undeniably favor the culprit, Virgin Orbit's Management," according to a statement from a representative for Brown and his companies. Virgin Orbit produced a non-binding letter of intent, but "during our due diligence, we decided not to invest," according to the statement.
The classic move is: You buy stock in a company, you put out a fake press release saying that you — or Amalgamated Amalgamators Inc., or Warren Buffett — have proposed to acquire the company at a 50% premium to its current price, automated news-writing algorithms pick up your press release, automated trading algorithms buy stock, the stock goes up, you sell your stock at a profit, and everyone pretty quickly realizes it's a hoax and the stock goes down again. There are two problems with this:
1. It is illegal and you'll probably get caught. 2. While it technically works , in the sense that you can pretty reliably generate a brief small stock-price pop with a fake merger announcement, people who actually do it have an absolutely bizarre track record of messing it up and not making any money on it. It is baffling to me, but they put all this work into filing fake press releases and then forget to sell their stock while it's up. I wrote in 2015 about an accused serial fake-merger hoaxer who, according to the US Securities and Exchange Commission complaint against him, manipulated three different stocks with fake mergers and lost money on each one of them. And we talked a few months ago about a guy who allegedly did a hoax merger manipulation on WeWork Inc. just before it filed for bankruptcy, but who put out the fake press release after market hours and so couldn't sell his stock at a profit — in fact, couldn't sell it at all before the bankruptcy filing.
If I were doing a merger hoax, I would put out the fake press release at like 10:29 a.m. and then sit at my computer for five minutes , with my brokerage account website open, ready to hit the "sell" button as soon as the price went up. (Not legal, or illegal, advice.) But for some reason nobody ever executes this trade correctly.
The inverse trade is: You short stock in a company (or buy puts, etc.), you make a fake bankruptcy filing on behalf of the company, automated news-writing algorithms pick up the filing and report that the company is bankrupt, automated trading algorithms sell the stock, the stock goes down, you cover your short at a profit, and everyone pretty quickly realizes it's a hoax and the stock goes up again. This however suffers from the same two problems, namely:
1. You will get in trouble. 2. You will mess it up.
Jeffrey Gordon of Columbia Law School emailed me about actual insider trading, like the kind where executives trade their companies' stocks using inside information:
The downside [of legalized insider trading] is not widening of the bid-ask spread because of greater presence of informed trading but the temptation to insiders — managers — to run the firm in a way that will produce more "information" on which they can trade — e.g., by choosing a more volatile operating style or capital structure. So insider trading will reduce allocational efficiency because it distorts managerial incentives to run the firm in a value-maximizing way. It's the streaker point you later make brought to the corporate setting.
Right, if you are the chief executive officer of a company and insider trading is legal, you will … well, you'll buy a ton of stock, you'll put out a press release saying "our margins will expand by 500 basis points next year," the stock will soar, you'll dump the stock, you'll put out another press release saying "whoops typo." You'll make the stock as volatile as possible, because you can make more money predicting/causing stock moves, and trading ahead of them, than you can from running the company well.
I have suggested before that there are two possible reasons to issue fake announcements that move asset prices:
1. Market manipulation: You buy the asset, you issue the fake announcement, the price moves, you sell it at a profit; or 2. General trolling and hijinks: You don't buy the asset, you issue the fake announcement, the price moves, you have a laugh and high-five your online friends.
Doesn't it seem at least possible that this hack was just trolling? It didn't move Bitcoin prices that much, and it shouldn't have: The fake announcement was something that everyone expects to actually be true today. But it is very funny? The key element of online trolling is irony, and there is plenty of irony here. Like:
1. The crypto community and the SEC do not particularly like each other: Gensler's SEC has launched a broad and aggressive crackdown on crypto, and it is only going to (probably!) approve spot Bitcoin ETFs today because a court forced it to. If you're a Bitcoin enthusiast with the skills to hack the SEC's Twitter, you might want to manipulate the price of Bitcoin, but you might also just want to make the SEC look bad. 2. Having the SEC (1) announce that Bitcoin ETFS are approved, (2) walk back that announcement, and then (3) announce it again, for real this time, the next day, really is quite embarrassing. Like if the hacker made the SEC say something outlandish and false, that would be a little funny. But making the SEC say something true a day early is extremely funny. 3. In addition to cracking down on crypto, one of the SEC's big regulatory priorities under Gensler has been punishing companies for cybersecurity incidents. [2] The SEC once sued a company for using weak passwords, and its enforcement director said that the case "underscores our message to issuers: implement strong controls calibrated to your risk environments." But apparently the SEC's Twitter was compromised because it didn't turn on two-factor authentication. Nyah nyah nyah nyah nyah!
I don't know, the whole thing works better as trolling than as market manipulation.
Here are the SEC's announcement and complaint, which are mostly about other, less funny frauds that Larmore also allegedly did. But the WeWork stuff includes the traditional purchase of short-dated out-of-the-money call options:
On or about November 1 and November 2, 2023, Larmore purchased a total of 72,846 call option contracts on the common stock of the publicly-traded company WeWork, the common stock of which is sold under the ticker symbol "WE" on the NASDAQ National Market, for $0.03 to $0.15 per contract. …
The expiration date for the vast majority of the WeWork call options was November 3, 2023, at 4:00 p.m. EDT. A smaller portion had an expiration date of November 10, 2023, at 4:00 p.m. EDT. …
The strike prices for the WeWork call options Larmore purchased ranged from $2 to $5. Having purchased the out-of-the money call options for pennies per contract, Larmore stood to make substantial gains if the stock price rose above the strike price of some or all of the options.
Followed by, uh, emailing the SEC to manipulate the stock?
On the morning of November 3, 2023, Larmore sent an email to an SEC mailbox from an email address at the Cole Capital website. The email attached a document that Larmore was seeking to file publicly with the SEC, identified as a "Schedule TO." A Schedule TO is a filing required to be made with the SEC by a person who intends to make a "tender offer" for securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Also the press release:
On November 3, at 5:12 p.m. EDT, a Cole Capital press release was disseminated through a wire service and picked up by several media sites. Larmore arranged to send out the release through the wire service, and he paid for its publication. Larmore had submitted the release to the service well before the close of trading hours that day, but the service had rejected it at least once for formatting issues or other irregularities.
And, womp womp:
Although at the close of market trading (4:00 p.m. EDT) on November 3, 2023, WeWork's stock price closed at $0.83 per share, immediately after the press release was published, the share price of WeWork jumped in afterhours trading to $1.45 per share, and reached a high that evening of $2.14 per share, at 6:31 p.m. EDT. Most websites that had posted the press release removed it by the next morning. The stock price closed at $1.18 at the end of afterhours trading.
Larmore did not exercise his November 3 call options because they had expired before the press release was published, and he did not exercise his November 10 call options because the stock price did not exceed the strike price. Indeed, on Monday, November 6, 2023, WeWork filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.
One way to acquire a public company is, you put out a press release saying "I am making a public offer to buy all the shares of this company," and that press release starts a complex process in which the company's board feels compelled to negotiate a deal with you, or if they don't then you follow through on the press release and launch a hostile tender offer for the shares. The press release is a key moment in the campaign, the point where you go public, but it is preceded by lots of preparation and followed by lots of tactical maneuvering. The acquisition of a public company is difficult and complex and typically requires many hours of work from hundreds of people to get everything done.
The press release is easy, though? You can just type it? Business Wire seems to charge several hundred dollars for disseminating a press release, so it's not free , but if you pay Business Wire's fees it'll be picked up pretty broadly and everyone will think that you are launching your effort to buy the company. And so if you want to pretend to acquire a public company, you can just do the press release and not all the other parts.
Why would you want to pretend to acquire a public company? The standard reason is market manipulation:
1. You buy some stock in the company at a low price. 2. You put out a press release saying "Fake Capital Management LP is buying this company at a 90% premium." 3. People and/or algorithms read the press release and buy the stock to speculate on the takeover. 4. You sell the stock at a high price.
A tension in antitrust law is:
1. It is illegal for two companies to get together and agree "we won't cut our price below $10 if you won't." That is a classic conspiracy in restraint of trade. 2. If the two companies just independently decide to price their thing at $10, that's fine, that's just competition. But in practice, two companies selling the same thing are probably going to sell it for around the same price. Also in most cases it's not like the prices are secret. So if you monitor your competitors' prices, and set your price where they set theirs, that's probably fine. (Not legal advice!) 3. These things are not so different? If your competitor calls you up and says "our price is $10, is yours also $10?" and you say "sure $10 is good" then you are conspiring. If your competitor just puts out a sign saying "our price is $10" and you drive by and see the sign and put up your own sign saying "our price is $10," then you are competing. But the content of those two things is kind of the same?
So the US Federal Trade Commission has this question and answer on its website:
Q: Our company monitors competitors' ads, and we sometimes offer to match special discounts or sales incentives for consumers. Is this a problem?
A: No. Matching competitors' pricing may be good business, and occurs often in highly competitive markets. Each company is free to set its own prices, and it may charge the same price as its competitors as long as the decision was not based on any agreement or coordination with a competitor.
But if you are monitoring their prices and they are monitoring your prices and you are always responding to each other, that might not be "agreement," but is it "coordination"? The better you get at monitoring and unilaterally predicting their prices, the more it might look, to the naked eye, like coordination. Guess who's really good at it?
Amazon.com used an algorithm code-named "Project Nessie" to test how much it could raise prices in a way that competitors would follow, according to redacted portions of the Federal Trade Commission's monopoly lawsuit against the company.
The algorithm helped Amazon improve its profit on items across shopping categories, and because of the power the company has in e-commerce, led competitors to raise their prices and charge customers more, according to people familiar with the allegations in the complaint. In instances where competitors didn't raise their prices to Amazon's level, the algorithm—which is no longer in use—automatically returned the item to its normal price point.
Roughly speaking, the way it works is that if you open a brokerage account online and say "hi I have sent you a $1 million check to buy so many stocks," the broker will let you buy $200,000 worth of stocks right now, even before the check arrives. When I say it like that it doesn't sound very smart. To be fair:
$200,000 is a lot less than $1 million, so if you did send the check it's fine. If you didn't send the check, your stocks stay in the brokerage account, so the broker can just sell them and get most or all of its money back. You can't sell the stocks and withdraw the money until your check clears. If you didn't send the check, you will probably get in trouble.
The sophisticated illegal way to take advantage of this is called "free riding": You buy $200,000 worth of stocks, you wait a bit, you see if they go up; if they go up, you send in the promised check, sell the stocks and collect your winnings. If they go down, you never send the check and leave the broker with the losses. This is not a great idea — you will get in trouble — but it happens.
The unsophisticated illegal way to take … advantage? … of this is just, you have $0.09 in your bank account, you call the broker and say "I'm sending a check for $1 million ha ha ha," the broker lets you buy $200,000 of stocks, you buy them, they go up, and you never send in the check because where are you going to get $1 million. The downsides of this trade are (1) you will get in trouble and (2) you don't make any money even if the stocks do go up. The upside is … I guess it is funny? A little? At least it is something to pass the time.
The basic rule is that if you want to sell stock short — that is, sell it without owning it, to bet on its decline — you have to borrow the stock that you sell from someone who owns it, and generally pay them a fee for the use of their stock. [1] And before you sell the stock, you need to get a "locate," meaning that your broker checks and tells you "yeah you can probably borrow enough shares for this short." [2] You get a locate, you sell the stock, and then you have to deliver the stock when the trade settles two days later. So, between the trade and the settlement, the broker who gave you the locate goes out and actually borrows the stock for you. If you do not borrow the stock in time to settle the transaction, that is called a "fail."
If you do not get a locate before the trade, or if you do not manage to borrow the stock before the trade is supposed to settle (and the trade fails), that is what is sometimes called a "naked short." ("In a 'naked' short sale, a seller does not borrow or arrange to borrow securities in time to make delivery to the buyer within the standard settlement period," says yesterday's SEC complaint.) Naked short selling is somewhere between unfortunate (if, say, a market maker does a short sale and can't find borrow in time for normal settlement) and illegal (if a hedge fund shorts a stock without bothering to get a locate).
There is out there a conspiracy-theory version of naked short selling. In this version, shadowy hedge funds sell millions of shares of stock of some good innocent company, without actually borrowing the stock, and then keep these short positions open forever, driving the company's stock down to profit from its failure. This version does not make a ton of sense. For one thing, brokers won't actually let you keep naked short positions open forever: If you can't borrow the stock reasonably promptly, they'll close out your position by buying back the stock.
Also many of the conspiracy-theory versions involve confusion between naked short selling and just regular short selling. Conspiracy theorists sometimes point out that people often own more than 100% of the outstanding shares of some company, which they take to be proof that there are "phantom shares" created by naked short selling. But any short selling — including perfectly legal, clothed short selling — will have this effect. If there are 100 shares of a company's stock outstanding, and Amy owns all of them, and she lends Ben 20 shares to short, and Ben sells those shares to Camille, then Amy owns 100 shares and Camille owns 20, for a total of 120 shares; there is simply nothing nefarious or unusual about this. (Sadly we have discussed this a lot.)
More generally, if you just want to bet that a company's stock will go down, or even drive down the stock with your own selling activity, you don't generally need to naked short. Just regular, legal shorting — borrowing stock and selling it — is a bet against the stock, and if you do enough of it it might move the stock. Naked short selling, as a nefarious plot by hedge funds to drive good companies out of business, still seems to me to be a largely imaginary problem.
There is, however, a good (illegal! but possibly lucrative) real use case for naked shorting, albeit sort of a strange and specialized one. It goes like this:
1. A publicly traded company is having some tough times and is looking to raise a bit of money. Ordinary financing options like a bond deal or a public stock offering are not available for whatever reason, so the company is looking for weird trades. 2. You arrange to buy some stock from the company, in the future, either at a fixed price or at some floating price indexed to the market price. So you sign a contract to buy 1 million shares two weeks from now at $1 per share (a fixed price), or to buy 1 million shares two weeks from now at the volume-weighted average price [3] of the stock over next two weeks (a floating price). You are giving the company money, and you are getting back stock, and because the company is a bit desperate you get a pretty good deal. 3. The stock is trading at, like, $1.25 today: You are getting a discount, buying at $1, because the company needs the money. (Or if you are buying at a floating price, it might be at a discount to the average market price.) 4. If you could sell 1 million shares at $1.25 today, then in two weeks you will buy them at $1, and you will make a $250,000 guaranteed profit. Whereas if you wait the two weeks, buy the shares at $1, and then sell them, maybe the stock will be below $1 by then and you will lose money. This company is risky! You want to lock in the profit now. (Similarly, but slightly more complicated, with a floating price: You want to sell the stock over the two-week period so you can get the average price, rather than waiting to buy at that price and then sell at whatever the price is in two weeks.) 5. But, look: If you have this sort of arrangement with this sort of troubled company, there is a good chance that it is hard to borrow 1 million shares. The company is small, its stock doesn't trade that much, probably a lot of people have already borrowed it to short it. So you have to pay a large borrow fee, or more likely you simply cannot find 1 million shares to borrow at any price. 6. If you just naked shorted the stock, and sort of strung your brokers along for two weeks, you'd be fine: Sell at $1.25 today, buy at $1 in two weeks, and deliver the 1 million shares you bought to close out your short position.
This is illegal in part because you are unfairly ducking the costs of short selling, but also because it is kind of a scammy way to do a stock offering: You are basically able to lock in a big profit by selling the stock to the company's public shareholders before you buy it from the company, and it seems a bit unfair.
He who sells what isn't his'n, must buy it back or go to prison," which sometimes gives people bad ideas. Here is the bad idea:
1. If people sell stock short, they have to borrow the stock from a stock lender, and return it when they are done. They borrow the stock, they sell it, they wait, and then they buy it back to return to the lender. (The short sellers hope that the stock goes down between when they sell it and when they buy it.) 2. If the stock pays a dividend, the short sellers have to pay the dividend back to the stock lender. 3. If the stock somehow becomes not tradable, then the short sellers can't buy it back to deliver to their lenders, and they are stuck, bwahahahahaha, prison! 4. If the stock pays a dividend that is not cash or regular stock, but rather some weird thing that is not tradable, then the short sellers can't get the dividend to deliver to their lenders, and they are stuck, bwahahahahaha, prison!
And so if you are a certain sort of public company chief executive officer, you might spend time thinking about questions like "how can I make my stock not tradable" or "how can I pay my shareholders a dividend that is not tradable," because if you can crack that nut then the people who have sold your stock short will be marched off to prison and you will have won.
I'm sorry, this is so dumb. If you are a public company chief executive officer and your main goal, or even one of your top five goals, is punishing short sellers, then you have already lost. That's a terrible goal! The way to deal with short sellers is to run a good business that makes a lot of money; this will make your stock go up, and the shorts will take care of themselves. Short sellers don't matter! They can't hurt you! At most, they can make your stock go down a bit, but your business does not depend on your stock price; your business depends on your business. Just do your business! Ignore the shorts.
There are two exceptions to this [1] :
1. If you are a bank, then your business depends on confidence, and a declining stock price can undermine confidence. It is sad and undignified when bank CEOs spend a lot of time worrying about short sellers, but it is understandable. 2. If your business is a pump-and-dump scam, then your business really is about the stock price. "Just run a good business" is absurd advice when your business is putting out press releases to make your stock go up, and it does make sense that you would be laser-focused on fighting short sellers.
And so if you are a public company CEO and you spend all your time trying to devise ways to get your short sellers in trouble, that's just sort of a bad sign?
In 2019, Overstock.com launched a short squeeze. Its idiosyncratic CEO, Patrick Byrne, had a long-running crusade against short sellers and actually notched a few wins over the years. In 2019, he decided to destroy the shorts by issuing a special stock dividend on Overstock's own blockchain platform. Basically each shareholder would get shares of a new class of preferred stock; the preferred stock would be tradable only on Overstock's blockchain and, more important, it would not be tradable at all for six months. This meant that, if you were short Overstock stock, you'd have to deliver the preferred stock to your stock lenders, but you couldn't deliver the preferred stock, because you couldn't buy it, because it wasn't tradable. Checkmate!
No, not checkmate, what actually happened is:
Short sellers were fine; their lenders agreed to take cash instead of the special preferred stock. The SEC investigated, and short sellers sued, Overstock for alleged market manipulation from this dividend scheme, though the SEC never brought a case and the short sellers lost. (To be fair, Overstock had non-short-squeeze-y reasons for doing the dividend; Byrne was really into blockchain stuff.) Byrne resigned as Overstock's CEO for reasons having to do with a Russian spy, I don't know, it's very confusing. On his personal blog (DeepCapture.com), Byrne complained about the SEC rescuing short sellers in these terms: "Now, after 15 years of being scofflaws, the shorts are crying because they are getting sucked into a black hole they created themselves. If you call 'Bazoomba!' for them now, I am going to use this website to vaporize you with information I give the public. I am 100% confident that at least one of you knows to what I am referring."
Bazoomba. You would not call all of this an overwhelming success for Overstock or Byrne. The short sellers were not exactly vanquished. Overstock's stock fell about 70% between the announcement of the special dividend and the end of 2019, though it soared again in 2020 after Byrne left.
On the other hand it was kind of a clever idea, and Byrne is not the only CEO to hate short sellers. I can't say there have been a lot of copycats, but for instance AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. has spent some time giving its shareholders weird stuff ( popcorn, non-fungible tokens, APE preferred shares), and I have occasionally talked about the Overstock precedent as a possible model: If you give each shareholder a dividend of one bag of popcorn flavored with your secret proprietary spice mix, you will make life hard for short sellers who have to recreate that exact spice mix to deliver to stock lenders. But AMC, sensibly, has not done this: Doing weird dividends to delight your shareholders is better than doing weird dividends to punish your short sellers.
As a general matter, selling bonds to yourself is allowed, but awkward: If you really believe in some bonds but have to sell them from one account, and you want to buy them in another account, you are not forbidden from doing so, but there are lots of ways for it to look bad. Generally the ways for it to look bad are (1) you overpay for the bonds, making money for the selling account at the expense of the buying account (and causing the reported trading price of the bonds to be wrong) or (2) you underpay for the bonds, making money for the buying account at the expense of the selling account (and causing the reported trading price of the bonds to be wrong). The solution is generally to sell yourself the bonds at a fair market price, neither underpaying nor overpaying. Broadly speaking two ways to do that are:
1. Sell the bonds into the market at market prices, and then buy them back a bit later from the market at market prices: You don't trade with yourself at all, but only with arm's-length counterparties; or 2. Figure out a fair market price using outside sources (trading pries, pricing services, quotes from dealers, etc.) and sell the bonds to yourself at that price.
The first option is probably better, but it requires an active market; if you're the only real buyer or seller of the bonds it's hard.
Anyway Chatham sort of … waved in the direction of doing this the right way?
Recognizing that there were legal restrictions on trading between RICs [3] and their affiliates, which included other Chatham Clients, Chatham and Melchiorre sought advice from a compliance consultant on how to facilitate the Rebalancing Trades. The consultant advised Chatham to conduct the trading either through a single broker over more than one day or through multiple brokers if on the same day. The foundational principle underlying the advice was to ensure that the transactions occurred at independently-derived market prices.
Yeah I mean that's good generic advice, but when you are the market for the bonds it doesn't work out great. Also Chatham did not necessarily go all in on the spirit of that advice:
Around the time that Chatham began to execute the Rebalancing Trades, Melchiorre generally explained the purpose of the Rebalancing Trades to the Rebalancing Brokers. Melchiorre informed each of the Rebalancing Brokers to whom he sold a Client's AMI Bonds that he likely would have an interest in repurchasing that same AMI Bond he was selling for another Client. Over time, an understanding developed on the part of the Rebalancing Brokers that whenever Melchiorre placed an order to sell one of the AMI Bonds for a Client, he would repurchase it for another Client, either directly the following day or days, or indirectly through another broker.
The Rebalancing Brokers engaged in the Rebalancing Trades because they expected Melchiorre to repurchase the bonds. The business model of several of the Rebalancing Brokers was to "match" buy and sell orders from their customers. Those Rebalancing Brokers ordinarily did not purchase securities for their own inventory—i.e., put the firm's own capital at risk—or they did so on a very limited basis. Nonetheless, the vast majority of the Rebalancing Trades involved at least one Rebalancing Broker that purchased bonds into its firm's inventory. For example, some of the Rebalancing Brokers would at times agree to purchase securities from Chatham even though the Rebalancing Broker may not have lined up the other leg of the transaction. These brokers' willingness to do so was based on their expectation that Chatham would repurchase the bonds, either directly or through another broker.
The purchasing Rebalancing Brokers generally did not offer the AMI Bonds to other customers in the market. Instead, in virtually every case, they resold the securities to Chatham or to another broker who they understood was purchasing for Chatham.
As Chatham's need to conduct rebalancing in its various Client Accounts increased over time, Rebalancing Trades became routine. When Melchiorre wanted to sell an AMI Bond to one particular Rebalancing Broker ("Rebalancing Broker A") and then repurchase it the following day, he would send Rebalancing Broker A a message indicating that he wanted to sell an AMI Bond in the "usual drill." Rebalancing Broker A then would purchase the AMI Bond into the firm's inventory until Melchiorre repurchased it the following day.
In the abstract, selling bonds to a broker one day and then buying them back for a different account a day or two later could be a good way to do everything at arm's-length market prices: The broker will pay, and charge, prices that reflect market levels; it won't overpay to buy from you or undercharge to sell to you.
But in practice, if you are the only buyer and the only seller and you call up a broker and say "hey it's the usual drill," you are not really getting a fair market price. The broker doesn't care what the buying price or selling price is, as long as you pay a commission. You can just pick whatever price you want:
Melchiorre proposed the price for the Rebalancing Trades and the Rebalancing Brokers agreed to it without first soliciti
So here's a trade.
1. You open two accounts on a commodity futures exchange, Account A and Account B. 2. Using Account A, you offer to sell 10,000 tons of nickel futures at a price of $30,000 per ton ($300 million total notional amount). 3. Using Account B, you bid to buy 10,000 tons of nickel futures at a price of $30,000 per ton. 4. Nobody else happens to be trading, so your orders cross with each other: Account B buys 10,000 futures from Account A. 5. You have to post some collateral in each account, but it's a fraction of the total notional amount. Say it's $30 million in Account A and $30 million in Account B, $60 million total. 6. You also go around to all the nickel producers and buy up all the nickel they're producing. Say you spend $130 million to buy all their nickel just to hoard it for yourself. 7. As a result, the price of nickel doubles, to $60,000 per ton. 8. Now Account B has $300 million of profits, though Account A has $300 million of losses. 9. Using Account B, you withdraw your $300 million of profits from the futures exchange and bury it in your backyard. 10. Simultaneously, the futures exchange issues a margin call to Account A, asking it for $300 million more collateral to cover its losses, but that call goes straight to voicemail. Your account is in default, but you opened Account A under a fake name and they never get the money back from you. 11. Net, you have put in $190 million ($60 million of futures margin, $130 million to buy up a lot of physical nickel) and taken out $300 million, for a $110 million profit.
What is wrong with this trade? I think that there are three general classes of answer.
One sort of answer is along the lines of: "This trade wouldn't work." In fact, this trade wouldn't work. Basically every step that I laid out above is superficially plausible, but the actual mechanics of nickel markets would prevent you from doing these things. Among other problems, you'd open your futures accounts through brokers, who would do know-your-customer checks and get your real name and phone number, so you couldn't walk away from Account A. Also the exchange wouldn't let you trade with yourself. Also there would be a lot of other people trading on the exchange, so even if the rules allowed you to trade with yourself, the odds of that happening would be low. Also you probably couldn't push up the price of nickel all that much by just spending $130 million: Nickel is abundant and useful and so hard to corner; you would need to spend a ton of money relative to the amount you could make on the futures exchange. [1] Also if you somehow did manage to double the price of nickel quickly, the exchange might shut down trading due to "the absence of rational market forces capable of explaining these developments," so you couldn't get your money out. The basic idea here is that nickel is a real thing with a real market, and you can't just push it around to do this abstract manipulation. Other people will be doing stuff with nickel, and your elegant little manipulation will break down when it comes into contact with the real world.
Another sort of answer would be: "This trade is illegal." It is illegal because it is market manipulation, trading that is "specifically intended to create or effect a price or price trend that does not reflect legitimate forces of supply and demand." You have effectively stolen $300 million from the futures exchange with your uneconomic trading, and if you do this trade in large enough size you might bankrupt the exchange and cause its other customers to lose money. Other people are counting on the nickel exchange to work in a sensible and economically rational way, and you are treating it as a dumb game. This is bad for the other users of the futures market, and so it is properly illegal.
A third sort of answer would be: "This trade is bad for the world." It is bad in part because it is market manipulation, stealing from other exchange users, but that's not the only reason. Nickel is a real thing that real people use in real-world applications, and your dumb manipulation requires you to corner the market and push up prices. People can't make batteries or bathroom fixtures because you are doing financial shenanigans. Even if the exchange and its other customers didn't care — even if everyone trading nickel futures thought "we are playing a dumb game and sometimes we will lose to smarter players" — this would still be bad, because the nickel market has ramifications in the real world.
Look, if someone on Twitter or Discord says that he is an expert day trader who has made millions trading penny stocks and will teach you his secrets, then I can tell you his secret. Here it is:
1. He buys penny stocks. 2. Then he goes on Twitter and Discord and tells you to buy them because they are so good and will go up. 3. You — and his other Twitter followers — buy them, which makes them go up. 4. He sells them to you at a profit. 5. Then you are stuck with them. They are not in fact good — they just went up because he told you to buy them — and you end up selling them at a loss. 6. He posts pictures of himself standing next to Ferraris, to validate his multimillionaire-day-trader status. 7. Other people see the Ferraris and want to get into the game. 8. He repeats this process. 9. In the fullness of time, the US Securities and Exchange Commission and federal prosecutors notice. 10. They go find his chats and emails and maybe surreptitiously record some of his private conversations. 11. In all of those chats he turns out to have said things like "I love doing crime" and "look at me doing all these crimes" and "this stuff I am doing is market manipulation, a crime" and "crime crime crime crime crime crime," but with more swearing. 12. The prosecutors and SEC bring fraud charges. 13. In a sense, the complaints are very boring, because this is the most obvious sort of financial crime, and every case is exactly the same. 14. In another sense, the complaints are entertaining, because of the chats.
This is called a "pump-and-dump." I don't know why people keep falling for it? I guess the pictures of the Ferraris. Also a desire for investing to be easy , for it to be a trick that you can learn from some clever insiders on a Discord. If I tell you "buying stock is about allocating capital to productive businesses and sharing, over the long term, in the value they create for society," and some guy standing next to a Ferrari on Twitter says "buying stocks is about interpreting mysterious signals that tell you THIS STOCK WILL GO UP 200% THIS AFTERNOON," his theory sounds more fun, and it certainly sounds like it will make you more money more quickly than my theory. It will make him more money more quickly. Like, the guy is a successful day trader. It's just that his secret is tricking you.
I say "you," but I doubt anyone reading this column is actually getting tricked. This whole online subculture — people who go on Twitter and Discord so they can be tricked by pump-and-dump scammers — is quite large and very hard for me to understand. My assumption is that a lot of them think they are wise to the scam. If some pump-and-dump scammer pumps a stock, and you buy it a second after he pumps it and sell it a second before he dumps it, you can make money alongside him. You are knowingly playing hot potato; you are trying to follow his lead to take advantage of his other victims. Perhaps this will work, or perhaps it won't and you'll end up a victim too, but maybe it beats having a real job.
The simplest form of market manipulation is:
1. Buy a lot of Thing X, pushing its price up. 2. Sell it at the new high price, for a profit.
This, I frequently point out, should not work. In Step 1, you push up the price of X by buying it; therefore, in Step 2, you will push the price down by selling it. There are no free lunches that are this simple.
Here is a small modification that seems promising:
1. Buy a lot of Thing X, pushing its price up. 2. Borrow against your X: If you have 100 million X, and X is now worth $1, then you have $100 million worth of X, and maybe someone will give you, say, a $50 million margin loan against it. 3. Run away with the $50 million.
The reason this seems promising is that you are not selling X in Step 2, which means you are not pushing down its price. Still it strikes me as doubtful, in the general case. You had to spend a lot of money to (1) accumulate 100 million X and (2) push its price up. If X started at $0.01, and ended at $1, and you bought 100 million of it to get it there, then you probably paid an average price of around $0.50. (You bought your first 1 million at $0.01, your next 1 million at $0.02, etc.) So you paid about $50 million to push the value of your holdings to $100 million. But you can't borrow the full $100 million: At best, you'll probably get a margin loan of about $50 million. So you'll get back roughly what you put in, or realistically less given various frictional costs.
I don't want to rule this out entirely: This might work if (1) you are good at manipulating the price, in the sense that you know how to make the price move without spending too much money, and (2) someone will give you a margin loan at a high loan-to-value ratio. This approach is roughly what Bill Hwang is accused of at Archegos Capital Management: He allegedly traded tactically in ways that moved stock prices a lot, and borrowed 90% or more of the value of his positions from his banks. If he played it perfectly — and there is no evidence that he did — then he could have taken out way more money than he put in, leaving his banks with the losses. Overall though this approach seems hard.
But you can work with it. Here is a subtler modification:
1. Thing X trades at $0.01. 2. You go to a not-particularly-busy futures trading platform, open an account and offer 100 million X futures for $0.01. Futures are generally leveraged products, where you don't have to pay the full amount of the trade upfront. But let's say you do: You put up $1 million of collateral for this $1-million-notional position. 3. You walk out of the futures trading platform, put on a fake mustache, walk back in, open a new account and bid to buy 100 million X futures. You put up, say, $1 million of collateral for this position. 4. The futures platform is not particularly busy, so no one else wants to buy or sell X futures and you end up trading with yourself. You don't move the price of X or anything, but your two orders cross and you end up both long and short 100 million X futures — in two different accounts — at $0.01. 5. You go to a regular exchange and start buying X in the open market, pushing the price up to $1. Let's say X is not all that liquid. You buy 10 million X, starting at $0.01 and ending up at $1. Your average cost is about $0.50, so you spend about $5 million. 6. You have spent a total of $7 million: $1 million to get long futures, $1 million to get short futures, $5 million to push up the price of X. 7. Now you put the fake mustache back on, go back to the futures exchange and say "I see that my long futures position is in-the-money by $99 million. I would like to borrow $40 million against my winnings." 8. The futures exchange looks at the $1 price on the spot market and says, yep, sure enough, you're up $99 million. They want to keep some collateral against this position, but they'll give you some back. So they give you the $40 million, and you stuff it in a suitcase and drive off. 9. Meanwhile they call you on your other phone number — the number you gave them in Step 2 — to say "hey your 100 million short futures position moved against you by $99 million, could you please send us that money," but that call goes straight to voicemail and they never hear from you again. 10. Your net profit is $33 million, the $40 million from Step 8 minus the $7 million from Steps 2, 3 and 5.
This approach is stupid and should not work. It requires:
A pretty illiquid market for the underlying Thing X, so that you can push the price around without spending much money. A very sleepy futures market, where you can just trade with yourself without anyone noticing and without moving the price. A futures market that will let you trade very large size , despite being very sleepy: Given how illiquid and volatile Thing X is in my example, it would be silly for a futures market to actually let you put on a 100 million X futures position, particularly with so little collateral. A futures market that will cheerfully cash you out on your unrealized gains in Step 7, even though the contract has moved in your favor rapidly and suspiciously. A futures market that won't come after you for your losses in Step 9.
I think you would have a hard time running this trade in, like, the oil market. Still it hangs together in a rough schematic way, which means you can try it in the crypto market. Crypto, particularly decentralized finance, has some key advantages for this, including:
Weird and fragmented liquidity, so that you can trade with yourself on a futures exchange, and you can move the price of a token a lot on the spot market; A love of mechanical rules and automated markets, so that if your X position spikes from $1 million to $100 million, some decentralized finance platform will say "yup, now it's worth $100 million, so it's good collateral for a $40 million loan"; and A presumption of anonymity, so exchanges will let you trade with yourself, and won't be able to come after you for your losses, since they just have some anonymous wallet addresses.
Here you go:
An attacker spirited away about $100 million from decentralized finance provider Mango by manipulating the price of its token in an exploit that wiped out depositors on the crypto platform.>
The heist began with two accounts funded with the stablecoin USD Coin, the platform said Wednesday on Twitter. The accounts took large positions in Mango perpetual futures, causing the price of the Mango token to spike.>
The price jump stoked an unrealized profit from the futures. The attacker used that to borrow and withdraw roughly a net $100 million from the protocol in a range of tokens -- leaving depositors with nothing, according to Mango.>
"This incident has effectively resulted in a total draining of all equity available," the platform said on Twitter, adding the attackers are communicating with Mango and "indicating a willingness to negotiate."
Crypto derivatives trader Joshua Lim explained the exploit on Twitter, and it is pretty much the schematic thing I laid out above. The attacker funded one account on the Mango perpetual futures exchange with $5 million, offered 483 million futures on Mango's own MNGO governance token, funded another account with another $5 million, and lifted those 483 million futures at a price of $0.0382. Then the "attacker started to move the price of MNGO" on the spot market, by buying MNGO tokens on centralized exchanges. "At MNGO/USD price of $0.91 per unit, account B was in the money by 483mm ($0.91 - $0.03298) = $423mm," and "that was enough unrealized P&L to take out a loan of $116mm across a bunch of tokens, which then left Mango and leaves the protocol at a deficit."
GMX is a decentralized crypto swap exchange that advertises "no slippage": "Enter and exit positions with minimal spread and zero price impact," it says. Ordinarily the way financial markets work is that trades have "slippage," or "price impact": If you buy a little, the price will go up a little; if you buy a lot, it will go up a lot; if you sell, it will go down.
People find this strangely offensive — a lot of arguments over high-frequency trading in the stock market or liquidity in the bond market come down to "I want to be able to buy and sell financial assets without moving their price" — and GMX came up with … a … solution? The solution is that GMX just looks at the market price of a token on some other exchange, and then sells you as much as you want of that token (in the form of a perpetual swap) at the market price: "There is no price impact for trades on GMX, so you can execute large trades exactly at the mark price." (This is called "oracle" pricing: GMX's price comes from looking at the price on other exchanges, rather than from supply and demand on GMX itself.) If the Avalanche blockchain's AVAX token is trading at $17 on some exchange, and you want to buy swaps on 100,000 AVAX tokens on GMX, you'll pay $17.00 per token. If you went to some other exchange to actually buy 100,000 AVAX tokens, there would be price impact, and you might end up paying $17.50 or whatever. But on GMX, there is no slippage, and you pay $17.00.
You probably know where this is going? I probably don't need to write the rest of it? I have that experience a lot, writing about crypto. Often it feels like I could just describe the mechanics of how a thing works, and then leave it as an exercise for the reader to explain how it was exploited. This one is very easy. Maybe stop reading for a second, figure out your answer, and then go on to the next paragraph.
So sure yeah it's exactly what you thought:
A savvy crypto trader deployed millions of dollars to manipulate the prices of Avalanche's AVAX tokens on the decentralized exchange (DEX) GMX, taking profits of upwards of $500,000 by utilizing a strategy that exploited a basic loophole. …
The loophole is that GMX offers trading to users at zero slippage, or the difference between the expected price of a trade and the price at which the trade is executed. But all pricing data on GMX is derived from centralized exchanges, such as Binance or FTX, meaning a trader could buy a large number of tokens, such as AVAX in this case, on zero slippage, rapidly drive up prices on centralized exchanges by placing buy orders on those venues and selling the initial position on GMX at higher prices.
It's important to note that this strategy will not work on two centralized exchanges, as a trader placing high bids on one venue would mean prices automatically move higher on that exchange and other exchanges immediately raise the price of assets on their own systems – meaning the strategy is unlikely to net any profits.
In several tweets on Sunday, Genesis Trading head of derivatives Joshua Lim said the trader exploited the GMX loophole some five times, netting over $500,000 to $700,000 in total profits.
Here is Lim's Twitter thread; he writes:
This isn't an exploit as much as GMX working as designed! [The trader] executed large trades in against [GMX's decentralized liquidity providers] with 0 slippage: at the oracle price without factoring any price impact
In the real world, putting on risk requires you to pay liquidity providers on the opposite side.
Yes if you can trade a thing in large size without moving its price, and you can also (on a regular exchange) trade the thing in large size with moving its price, then you can print free money, and someone did.
In October 2017, Neil Phillips, the founder of macro hedge fund Glen Point Capital, made a macro bet on the South African rand (generally referred to as ZAR). The rand was trading at about 14 to the US dollar, and Phillips thought it would go up. (That is, the dollar would fall against the rand: A lower number means a stronger rand.) He made a high-leverage, risky bet on that thesis: He went to a bank and bought a one-touch barrier option, just a simple binary bet that would pay his fund $20 million if the US dollar bought fewer than 12.5 rand at any point — even for a second — between Oct. 30, 2017 and Jan. 2, 2018, and zero if it did not. I don't know how much he paid for this option, though casually using a Bloomberg model with historical data suggests it was worth maybe about $2 million. You get 10 times your money if the rand strengthens dramatically; you lose your bet if it doesn't.
He was right! On Dec. 17, Cyril Ramaphosa was elected as the new leader of South Africa's ruling African National Congress party, which was seen as "a victory for reformers in the A.N.C., which wants to root out corruption and woo back foreign investors." And foreign investors were wooed: The rand traded at about 13.6 to the dollar a week before Ramaphosa's election; it was at about 12.6 a week after.
Unfortunately Phillips needed a slightly lower number. If the rand traded to 12.499, he made $20 million. If it stayed at 12.501 or higher, he got zero. So here's a case that US federal prosecutors filed against Phillips today:
With the $20 Million One Touch Option set to expire in a matter of days without having been triggered, on December 26, 2017 (Boxing Day), PHILLIPS engaged in a scheme to intentionally and artificially manipulate the USD/ZAR rate to drive the rate below 12.50 and trigger payment under the $20 Million One Touch Option. PHILLIPS caused and sought to cause the USD/ZAR exchange rate to fall below 12.50 by engaging in FX spot trades in which he caused hundreds of millions of USD to be exchanged for ZAR. PHILLIPS engaged in this USD/ZAR FX spot trading for the express purpose of artificially driving the USD/ZAR rate below 12.50. On December 26, 2017, in the hours that followed the completion of the USD/ZAR FX spot trading directed by PHILLIPS, the USD/ZAR rate once again increased and returned to levels above the 12.50 barrier and did not go below that rate for the remainder of the day.
In particular, during the span of less than an hour between shortly before midnight London time on December 25, 2017 (Christmas Day), and approximately 12:45 a.m. London time on December 26, 2017 (Boxing Day), PHILLIPS personally directed a Singapore-based employee ("CC-1") of a bank ("Bank-3") to sell, on behalf of Hedge Fund-1, a total of approximately $725 million USD in exchange for approximately 9,070,902,750 ZAR. During the course of that approximately one-hour period, PHILLIPS, through his trading, caused the USD/ZAR rate to fall substantially until the rate went just below 12.50. As soon as PHILLIPS had achieved his objective and the USD/ZAR rate fell below 12.50 due to PHILLIPS' manipulative spot trading activity, PHILLIPS immediately directed that CC-1 cease trading. PHILLIPS provided trading instructions to CC-1 through Bloomberg chat messages while PHILLIPS was located in South Africa and while CC-1 was located in Singapore. In these Bloomberg chat messages, PHILLIPS explicitly directed CC-1 to continue selling until the USD/ZAR rate fell below 12.50 and PHILLIPS expressly stated that PHILLIPS' purpose in directing these trades was to drive the USD/ZAR rate below 12.50 stating, among other things, "my aim is to trade thru 50," "[n]eed it to trade thru 50. 4990 is fine," and "[g]et it thru." Once PHILLIPS was informed by CC-1 that the USD/ZAR had traded at below 12.50, PHILLIPS immediately instructed CC-1 to "stop" trading and asked for proof "of the print."
A basic pattern in modern stock markets is that stocks go up when the market is closed and stay flat when it is open. I mean, not always, obviously, but in general the market's moves during the day add up to around zero, while the market's moves overnight are positive. On average, stocks open higher in the morning than they closed the previous afternoon, but they close in the afternoon at roughly the same price as they opened that morning.
This is a weird pattern, and the explanations of it are not entirely satisfactory. One explanation that is fun and has gotten a lot of attention is that it is the result of a vast conspiracy by quantitative trading firms who manipulate markets by buying at the open every day and selling at the close. I would not say that I believe this explanation, precisely, but it is enjoyable. Any story of stock-market manipulation has to have the rough form "you buy stocks to make them go up, and then you sell them without making them go down," and in general that is a dubious story: If your buying will make stocks go up, then your selling should make them go down, so your manipulation won't work. But it is often the case that trading at the open is less liquid than trading at the close: Big index funds, etc., like to trade at the end of the day (to match the official trading price), so there is more liquidity, so your trading will move prices more in the morning and less at night. So if you own $1 billion worth of stock, and you buy $100 million worth every morning and sell $100 million worth every afternoon, you will tend to push prices up more in the morning and than you will push them down in the afternoon, which will make your portfolio more valuable. Obviously this is not investing advice.
Here is a fun paper from Victor Haghani, Vladimir Ragulin and Richard Dewey about the phenomenon, titled "Night Moves: Is the Overnight Drift the Grandmother of All Market Anomalies?" From the abstract:
We then take a closer look at the behavior of individual US stocks for clues about aggregate stock market behavior. We found that not only did the effect exist at the index level as previously reported, but it also shows up in a suggestively clustered pattern in individual stocks returns, and is particularly strong in "Meme" stocks. We find that a simple long-short portfolio that only takes exposure when the market is closed would have earned a return of 38% per annum (importantly, ignoring transactions costs) with an annualized Sharpe Ratio of about 3.
For instance:
A day-trader who bought AMC Entertainment at the open and sold it at the close every day from the start of 2019 to late May 2022 would have suffered a 99.6% loss of capital - but, during the night, would have made a return of 30,000% over the same period (both ignoring transaction costs).
They suggest that the overnight effect might come, not from quantitative funds buying at the open to push up prices, but from retail traders buying at the open because they've had time to think about their orders:
Stock market liquidity is deeper at the close of the trading day, and shallower at the open. A given size trade executed at the open has a bigger price impact than at the close.
Retail investors place their orders more at the open, and institutional investors more at the close. This is seen from studies of brokerage trading records and analysis of the timing of small and large trades over the course of the day. Small trade sizes occur more towards the beginning of the day, and large trades later in the day. It seems reasonable that retail investors tend to make their single stock investment selections at leisure in the evenings or over the weekends, and then place their orders before going to work, which will often be executed at the open.
That is, the basic pattern might be that motivated traders buy mainly in the opening auction (when liquidity is bad), pushing prices up, so stocks open higher each day. Perhaps those motivated traders are quant traders trying to manipulate the market by consciously taking advantage of liquidity differentials, or perhaps they are just regular people who work 9-to-5 jobs and have to put their orders in before work.
Meanwhile why isn't this arbitraged away? Why aren't people buying at the close, selling at the open, and collecting all the excess returns? Haghani et al. have some theories, with the main one being transaction costs; another is that "the overnight-versus-intraday drift may be one of a number of anomalies caused by retail flows, making it a less attractive opportunity as part of a portfolio that already has a lot of exposure to strong retail flows." I also like this one:
Risk tolerance: HFT and other market makers exhibit a strong preference to end the day with flat positions. They like to be able to manage their exposure minute to minute, and are averse to being locked in for hours or days (i.e. weekends and holidays). Similarly, mid-frequency statistical arbitrage firms like to end the day without significant factor exposures and are willing to pay to close positions.
You get paid more for holding stocks overnight because holding stocks overnight is less pleasant than holding them during the day: If things go wrong, you can't sell. The people in the business of arbitraging stock prices are mostly in that business from 9:30 to 4; an arbitrage that requires buying all the stocks at 4 to hold overnight is not their business.
Conceptually, if a public company does a bad thing, or a bad thing happens to a public company, investors have two main ways to make money off of it:
1. Sue for securities fraud or breach of fiduciary duty. Probably you need to have owned the company's stock while it was doing the bad thing if you want to take this approach, though if you are a big diversified investor you probably did. The stock dropped when the bad thing became known, you owned the stock, you were deceived, they should pay you. 2. Sell the company's stock short, hoping to profit when the effects of the bad thing are more widely known and the stock drops some more.
But why not both? Here's a fun combination case:
Two investment firms filed a class action suit against a telecom company, claiming investors were short-changed during its $3.1 billion sale. Then, the telecom company claims, they used the lawsuit as a kind of Trojan horse to gain access to confidential information, which helped them execute millions of dollars in short sales and other trades. …
IDT Corp. is the telecom company at the center of the dispute, along with its spin-off Straight Path Communications Inc. Both were founded by serial entrepreneur Howard Jonas. Straight Path was run by Jonas's son Davidi prior to its sale to Verizon Communications Inc. in 2018.
Basically Straight Path owed some money to the Federal Communications Commission, and there is a dispute about whether that money should have come out of the sale proceeds payable to its public shareholders (as happened, and as IDT wants) or out of IDT (as the Straight Path investors want). So some Straight Path shareholders, led by firms called JDS1 and The Arbitrage Fund, sued IDT for the money, about $600 million. If they win, they'll get the $600 million, but also IDT will be out $600 million, which will probably be bad for its stock price. So they shorted some IDT too:
That allegedly included shorting IDT's stock beginning in July 2017, as JDS1 and TAF were filing their complaints against IDT, and continuing in the months that followed as lawyers in the case were receiving confidential information. (TAF itself is not alleged to have shorted IDT but its sister funds are, potentially making its status more difficult than JDS1's for the court to untangle.)
Jonas's side argued that using confidential information obtained in the litigation to trade undermines the class-action process.
I mean, I guess. I have trouble getting mad at this? It just feels efficient, you know; they are using every part of the class-action process.
One thing that we talked about was the trade-at-settlement mechanism. The way TAS works is that, sometime in the middle of the trading day, I agree to buy futures from you at the end of the day, for whatever the closing (settlement) price happens to be (plus or minus a few pennies of premium or discount). We agree on a quantity but not a price; we just take whatever the closing price is as the price for our trade.
You might be doing this because you are a price-insensitive natural seller. I, on the other hand, might be an arbitrageur or market maker or prop trader; I might not want to end up owning all those futures. I will hedge my transaction: I'll buy 100 contracts from you via TAS, and then sell 100 contracts in the market — at actual prices — to end up flat. I might try to do this hedging sometime near the close of trading that day, so that my selling prices will roughly match the settlement price at which I am buying.
If I do a lot of selling right at the close, that will have a tendency to drive down the closing price. If there are no other big buyers right at the close, this can be very lucrative for me. For instance if the price is $20, half an hour before the close, and I start selling a bunch and the price drops to $10, and if I sell some more and it drops to $0, and I sell even more and it drops to negative $10, and so forth, I might end up selling my contracts at an average price of, say, negative $10, and then I buy from you at the settlement price of, say, negative $37.63, which was the actual closing price of West Texas Intermediate crude futures on April 20, 2020. So I make $27.63 per barrel.
We have talked a few times about a rumored U.S. investigation into block trading. In a block trade, a client of a bank comes to the bank during the day and asks it to buy a big block of stock from the client at the end of the day. The bank buys the stock at the close, and then rushes to resell it to its other customers before the market opens the next day.
The concern, in the U.S. investigation, is that banks might sometimes push the stock price down. They would do that by leaking information about the block trade, between the time that they find out about it (say, noonish) and the time the market closes and they buy the stock (say, 4 p.m.). The banks tell their customers a block is coming, the customers dump (or short-sell) the stock, the stock goes down and the bank pays less for the block than it otherwise would. Then it turns around and resells the block to the customers at the lower price, and everyone wins. Except for the client who sold the block, who gets a lower price because of the leak.
Meanwhile in Japan:
Japan's securities watchdog filed criminal charges against a former SMBC Nikko Securities Inc. deputy president, as the trading scandal engulfing the brokerage deepened in Tokyo.
The Securities and Exchange Surveillance Commission asked prosecutors to charge Toshihiro Sato with allegedly manipulating the price of a company's shares in relation to block offers, it said in a statement Tuesday. The SESC also filed fresh charges against SMBC Nikko and three of the brokerage's employees, it said. …
SMBC Nikko staff are alleged to have used the firm's proprietary trading desk to put in large buy orders for certain stocks before the market close in Tokyo. Their alleged aim was to prop up prices before the brokerage sold large chunks of those companies' shares outside the open market for clients.
It's the opposite block-trading scandal: The bank allegedly pushed up the price of the stock at the end of the day, not by leaking news about the block but by using its own capital to buy stock. And then it allegedly resold the block shares to customers at inflated prices.
This scandal is less intuitive to me than the U.S. one (doesn't this cost the bank money?), but the broader point is that in most investment banking businesses the bank sits between two different customers with opposite interests, and so the bank always has a conflict of interest. If the bank can lower the price of a block, its buyer customers benefit and its seller client loses. If it can raise the price of a block, its seller client benefits and its buyer customers lose. Ideally the bank values both sets of clients equally and has its own commitment to honesty and fair dealing, but things can go wrong in either direction.
There is one main reason to do a fake takeover of a public company. You buy some stock in the company. You announce a fake takeover: Put out a fake press release saying the company has agreed to a merger, or put out a press release (or SEC filing) saying that you are doing a tender offer for the company at a premium. People read the fake announcement and think it's real, so the stock price goes up. You sell your stock before they notice it's fake. You slink away and hope you don't get caught. (If you get caught you get in trouble.)
That is the main reason to do a fake takeover. There are others! Elon Musk famously did one on Tesla Inc. for no discernible reason; he was bored on Twitter, I guess, and kind of annoyed that Tesla's stock price was too low. He got in trouble for this, but not too much trouble, because he clearly wasn't doing it for a quick fraudulent profit. The stock went up when Musk announced his fake takeover, but he didn't sell. He wasn't trying to trick people so he could make money.
You could imagine other possibilities. For a certain personality type it might just be fun to do big-dollar mergers and acquisitions? I mean, to pretend to? Like it's a good role-playing game, being an Important Business Person? You type up an adorable letter to the chief executive officer of a big company saying "Dear CEO, I have lined up $11 billion of financing to acquire your company at $60.50 per share, what say you, the game is afoot," and maybe you hear back from the CEO and negotiate a pretend deal, or maybe the CEO says "who are you, what, no" and you go public with a pretend hostile tender offer. Doesn't that sound a little fun? I think if you are doing it for real — if you have the $11 billion and a good business case for acquiring the company and actually plan to do it — it is kind of fun, though also intense and stressful. If you are just pretending, maybe it is even more fun? You have a nice little negotiation and then you stop and do something else; you don't have to worry about, like, marketing the debt financing or planning the integration or getting antitrust approvals.
I don't know. Here's a truly wonderful U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against a guy named Melville ten Cate, accusing him of doing a fake tender offer for Textron Inc. in November 2020. The SEC does not allege that ten Cate did the normal thing, buying Textron stock before his fake tender offer and then selling it at a profit when it spiked. This does not mean he didn't do that; the SEC might just not have found the brokerage account where he did it. (Or maybe someone else traded and paid him for the fake tender offer, etc.) But I prefer to think that he didn't, that he did it all for fun.
For instance: The rational way to do this is to announce a tender offer, watch the price go up, and sell quickly. The public announcement is the way to make money, so you start with that. It doesn't help you much to first approach the company with a private offer to buy the company, because (1) you are not buying the company and (2) if you offer to buy it privately, shareholders won't know that, so the stock won't go up. It's just a waste of time to try to negotiate a fake deal privately.
We have talked a few times about rumors that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is investigating one or more big banks for doing bad stuff with block trades. Roughly, the idea is that some big holders of shares would go to a bank and ask it to buy their shares, and the bank would leak news about the block to its other customers, driving down the price at which it bought the block. If you were one of those sellers, and the price of the stock went down as you were trying to sell your block, and you have been reading the newspapers, you are probably thinking about suing. After all, you're the one who lost money on the alleged block-trade bad stuff. You might wait until the SEC brings its case, to see (1) what the SEC found out and (2) if it's earmarking any money from a settlement to pay you back. Or, you know, you've read the news, you might as well sue now:
An investor accused Morgan Stanley of leaking information about a large sale of shares of Palantir Technologies Inc., saddling it with millions of dollars in losses.
Morgan Stanley is at the center of a broad federal investigation into whether Wall Street banks told favored clients about pending sales, known as block trades, that they were hired to carry out quietly. The investor, Disruptive Technology Solutions LLC, and affiliated funds on Monday filed a demand for arbitration against the bank with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a copy of which was viewed by The Wall Street Journal.
Disruptive alleges that Morgan Stanley and a senior executive there leaked information ahead of the fund's sale of more than $300 million of Palantir shares in February 2021, resulting in "tens of millions of dollars in damages." Disruptive is seeking compensatory and punitive damages. …
After the stock market closed Feb. 17, a representative of Disruptive who previously worked at Morgan Stanley texted [Morgan Stanley block trading executive Pawan] Passi that "the stock got destroyed at the end," and this was "[n]ot a great look," according to the arbitration demand. The filing says Mr. Passi "vociferously denied" that Morgan Stanley had engaged in any form of front-running and disclaimed responsibility for the stock's fall in a call later that night.
Honestly I would not want to work in block trading at Morgan Stanley right now? Like if a client comes to you at noon looking to sell a block, in some sense you are on the hook for the price. If the stock is at $40 when they come to you, and it declines to $37 by the close when you buy the stock, and you bid them $36.95 for the block, they are going to say "this is not a great look" and sue you. Who is going to believe you when you say you didn't leak? Meanwhile, if it goes up to $42 by the close, you have to bid them $41.50 for the block; you don't get the benefit of the gain. Effectively any time someone calls you up about a block, you have written them a put at the current market price: If the stock goes up, the customer gets the gain, but if it goes down you are sort of stuck with the loss if you don't want to get sued.
Back in 2020 we talked about the trade-at-settlement mechanism in the oil futures market. The way TAS works is that sometime during the day, I agree to buy futures from you at the end of the day, at whatever the price is at the end of the day plus or minus a few pennies. So we agree on a price of like "+$0.02" at noon, and then at the end of the trading session if the price of a futures contract is $40 per barrel I pay you $40.02. We're locked into a trade, and a size, and a discount or premium, but not a price ; the price is set by whatever the closing price is for the day.
One issue with TAS trading is that, if you are selling me a bunch of futures at $0.02 above the closing price, you might decide to hedge by buying those futures. You might buy them, not in the TAS market, but in the regular futures market. You might choose to buy them right in the few minutes before the close. You might choose to do this as noisily as possible. You might thus drive up the price of futures right at the close. This would make the settlement price very high. Because I have already agreed to buy from you at the settlement price, whatever it is, this means that I would pay you more. You would make a lot of money.
The trick here is that you and I have agreed on a trade based on a small discount or premium to the closing price, which we don't know yet. I am just a taker of the closing price: Whatever the closing price is, I pay you, plus $0.02. You, on the other hand, understand that the move is to go out and influence the closing price: The higher it is, the more you make.
There is a certain legal grayness here: Sure, you can hedge your TAS exposure by buying futures in the regular market, but you can't manipulate the settlement price by "banging the close." Those things are very hard to distinguish from each other, unless you send your colleagues dumb electronic chat messages saying like "bro i m banging the close, hope i dont go to prizon."
The way a block trade often works is that a big seller — a public company, a private equity backer of the company, a group of big investors in the company — comes to one or more banks and says "hey I might be interested in selling a block, get ready." And the banks think about their capacity to do the trade, and what they think the stock is worth. And then at 4:01 p.m., right after the market closes, the seller comes back to the banks and says "okay give me your price." And the banks bid for the stock, and whoever bids the highest price wins and gets the block of stock. And then at like 4:15 p.m. the winning bank goes out and calls its big customers and tries to sell them the stock it just bought. If it sells all of the stock, that evening (or the following morning before the market opens), for a higher price than it bid, it makes money and has done a successful block trade. If it can't resell all the stock before the market opens, then the block is "hung" — the bank is stuck with the risk — and that's not a great outcome. (Could be fine, though, if the stock goes up the next day! But that's not generally the goal of block trading.) If it resells at a lower price than it paid, then it loses money because it priced the block too high.
You might notice a problem. The problem is that the seller talks to the banks twice: once to give them some sort of warning that a block is coming, and again at 4:01 p.m. to ask for their bids. (The first call might come the morning of the same day, or mid-afternoon, or conceivably as much as weeks in advance depending on the need for securities filings, financial advice, etc.)
If you are a bank, and you have some warning that you're going to be asked to bid on a block, the main thing you will want to know is: Which of my clients will want to buy this block? Your job, in buying the block, is to resell it quickly. If you know that a lot of your clients want to buy the stock, then you can be confident of reselling it quickly.
So you might just call them up and ask them? This is somewhere between "frowned upon" and "illegal," depending on the specific circumstances, but it would help you with your bid. Perhaps you ask them hypothetically, or you ask them their feelings about a sector generally, or you survey them about a bunch of hypothetical blocks and sneak the real one in there. Get, as they say, some "market color" before you have to bid on the block.
There is another benefit of tipping your hand a bit. In general your bid, at 4:01 p.m., will be evaluated against the closing price of the stock, at 4 p.m. You will probably bid less than the closing price, because the block represents a lot of new supply, and you'll need to sell it at a discount to get clients to buy it. But the tighter the discount, the better your bid looks. If the stock closes at $100 and you bid $99.25, that's a nice impressive bid, a tight discount of less than 1%. If you bid $92 you are not taking this seriously and you are going to annoy the client. If you bid $100 — if you think that you can resell the stock for the closing price, or even a higher price — then everyone will be very impressed and you'll probably win the block. Nobody expects you to bid $102. The closing price is the anchor for the block price; a bid at a slight (or even no) discount to the close is a good bid, while a bid that is far below the close is a bad bid.
But when you get that first call, at 9 a.m. or 2 p.m. or whatever, you don't know the closing price yet. If the stock is at $100 at 2 p.m., and then it has a little accident and it closes at $93, and you bid $92.50 for the block, then hey that's a really tight discount, good job. If … you were to … cause … that accident … then … well, you might go to jail, but you might also be able to make a lot of money on block trades? If the stock drops to $93 in the last two hours of trading, because you told your clients a block was coming and they dumped the stock , and you buy the stock at a tight discount to the closing price, you'll have a good chance of reselling it at $93 or more, because that $93 price is in some sense not real; it just reflects people getting ready for the block trade. The price drop is the discount; you don't need to buy the stock at a discount to the closing price because the closing price already reflects the supply of the block. Because you told everyone about it.
Anyway here is kind of a weird Wall Street Journal story:
Federal prosecutors are investigating whether short-sellers conspired to drive down stock prices by sharing damaging research reports ahead of time and engaging in illegal trading tactics, people familiar with the matter said.
The U.S. Justice Department has seized hardware, trading records and private communications in an effort to prove a wide-ranging conspiracy among investors who bet against corporate shares, the people said. One tactic under investigation is "spoofing," an illegal ploy that involves flooding the market with fake orders in an effort to push a stock price up or down, they said. Another is "scalping," where activist short-sellers cash out their positions without disclosing it.
Yeah, like I said, I can see how scalping, or scalping-adjacent behavior, would rub people the wrong way. At DealBook the other day, Michelle Celarier had a good defense of activist short selling that was sympathetic to the idea that they sometimes need to cover their shorts soon after publishing negative research:
Short sellers have long been told by their lawyers that as long as their reports contain no material inaccuracies and are not based on inside information, they have done nothing illegal. In the disclosure accompanying their reports, activist short sellers typically say they are short the stock but may cover at any time. And they add that they are not offering investment advice.
John Courtade, a former senior S.E.C. enforcement litigator who now represents short sellers, has designed some of these disclosures. "Scalping has to involve deception of some sort," he said. "Just the fact that you're going to close your position has never been held to be deception. If you look at the cases, they involve situations like not disclosing that you have a position at all."
But, sure, people get annoyed.
Spoofing , though? From the Journal:
Spoofing is essentially high-speed bluffing, in which one trader dupes others into transacting at artificially high or low prices. A spoofer, for example, might offer to sell a big block of shares at $10 when the last sale was at $10.03. After other sellers rush to match the lower price, the spoofer quickly pivots, canceling his sell order and instead buying at the $10 price he generated with the fake bid. Repeated enough times, spoofing can produce big profits. ...
Columbia Law School professor Joshua Mitts, who published a 2020 academic paper entitled "Short and Distort" that was critical of short-selling tactics, has been advising the Justice Department in its investigation, people familiar with the matter said. Mr. Mitts has in the past also served as an expert for companies and executives, including Farmland Partners Inc. and Banc of California's former CEO, that have sued short-sellers, alleging they promoted false or misleading research.
Analyses performed by Mr. Mitts on those companies—prepared in private litigation, not for the Justice Department investigation—show that in the moments around the release of a short-seller report, heavy volumes of sell orders are sent to exchanges and then canceled within fractions of a second, according to documents reviewed by The Wall Street Journal. That behavior, Mr. Mitts argues in the documents, is a telltale sign of spoofing.
What? Why? What? Two things about spoofing are:
1. It is a way to trade on the other side. If you put in a lot of fake sell orders, it's because you want to buy. Maybe the accusation here is that short sellers get short, put out negative reports, spoof the price down with big fake sell orders and then buy back at the lower price? 2. It is small-scale , in both price and time. Spoofing is a way to buy stock at $10.00 instead of $10.03; it's a way to save a couple of pennies, at most, on a trade. If you are making your living as a criminal spoofer you are doing it a lot , back and forth all day every day. If you are an activist short seller the way you make the stock go down is by publishing your report , and if that works the stock goes down a lot , once. Adding spoofing to that doesn't really make sense.
The way that global financial markets worked for decades is that trillions of dollars of floating-rate loans and interest-rate derivatives were indexed to Libor, the London interbank offered rate. And the way Libor worked was that someone — at the time relevant to our story it was the British Bankers' Association — would call up a group of big international banks and ask them "how much would you have to pay right now to borrow dollars for one month," and they'd answer, and the BBA would take some trimmed average of their answers, and that was one-month dollar Libor. And there were other Libors for other currencies and tenors, computed in the same way.
Most important financial benchmarks do not work this way. The S&P 500 index is not calculated by calling some banks and saying "hey how much would you pay for these 500 stocks" and averaging their answers. The S&P 500 index is calculated based on the last trade of each stock on a public stock exchange. Most indexes are based on actual trades. But Libor was invented because it was very useful, for the floating-rate loan business, to have an index of banks' unsecured borrowing costs, and unsecured short-term bank debt did not really trade on a transparent public exchange. It traded in an informal, telephone-based interbank market, and the easiest way to find out what trades banks were doing was to call them.
Also, though, they didn't do trades in every Libor tenor and currency every day. If you wanted to know how much a bank would pay to borrow Danish kroner for two months — which was a real Libor rate — you could not compute that every day based on how much each Libor bank actually paid to borrow kroner for two months that day. Big international banks did not borrow kroner for two months every day. Certainly not every day at exactly the time the BBA called them to ask. But a bank which had borrowed kroner for one month an hour ago, and borrowed dollars for three months five minutes ago, and had a general sense of the curve of its various short-term borrowing costs, could probably give you a good guess at how much it would have to pay to borrow kroner for two months right now. So you could just call it and ask it for that guess. Libor was "the rate at which banks don't lend to each other," people said.
The problem is that Libor also became the rate underpinning trillions of dollars of derivatives contracts, and the banks traded those derivatives and built up large positions. And some days it would be good for the derivatives traders to have a low Libor — they had to pay Libor on a bunch of contracts resetting that day, so a low Libor would let them pay less — and other days it would be good for the derivatives traders to have a high Libor. And the derivatives traders realized that, if it was worth $1,000,000 to their bank to have Libor be one basis point lower, then it was worth $200,000 to their bonus to have Libor be one basis point lower, which meant that it was worth calling up their bank's Libor submitter — the person who answered the phone when the BBA called — and saying "hey mate I'll buy you a case of Champagne if you submit a lower Libor." And then the BBA would call the submitter and say "where can you borrow yen for three months," and the submitter would say "oh 0.525" when in his heart of hearts he knew that the real answer was 0.545, and the BBA would average that in, and 3-month yen Libor would be a smidge lower than it would otherwise have been, and the bank would make money on the derivatives, and the derivatives traders would get their bonuses and the submitter would get his Champagne.
Here's a Harvard Business Review interview with Alex Edmans of London Business School:
When Adrian Fernandez-Perez and Ivan Indriawan of Auckland University of Technology, Alexandre Garel of Audencia Business School, and I looked at the average happiness of the songs played over a week in a country and compared it with what happened in the country's equity markets that week, we found that more-positive listening choices were significantly correlated with stock price gains. We looked at the United States first and thought that maybe the findings were a fluke. But when we looked at 39 other countries, the results were the same. We then looked at mutual fund flows and found similar effects: Positive music was associated with inflows. We even ran a test with government bonds, which should go in the opposite direction. Optimistic people should buy fewer bonds, because they're lower risk than equities are, thereby causing bond prices to fall. And in markets that listened to happy songs, they did.>
HBR: Why research this? Are you trying to devise a trading strategy?>
I admit that this sounds like a wacky study, but we're trying to get at a serious economic question: Is the market driven by fundamentals or by emotions? The efficient-markets hypothesis holds that stock returns should reflect only relevant factors, such as interest rates and unemployment figures. It's the irrelevance of music that makes the study interesting. In a rational model, factors that don't affect economic fundamentals—such as investor sentiment—should have no impact on stock returns. We're showing that they do.
Man, spoofing is such a weird crime. The idea of spoofing is that a thing is trading at $100, and you want to buy 100 of them cheap, so you put in a bid to buy 100 at $99, and you also put in an offer to sell 1,000 of them at $101. The theory is that people will see those two orders and think "wow, there is an imbalance of supply and demand, more sellers than buyers, the price will probably go down," so they will lower their price and start selling at $99. So you'll be able to buy 100 things at $99. And then you cancel your order to sell 1,000 things at $101 and go on your merry way.
This is, the theory goes, a crime, a form of market manipulation. It is a crime because you are misrepresenting your intentions. You say — implicitly, by putting in the order — that you want to sell 1,000 things at $101, but you don't. That is not your real desire; your real desire is to buy 100 things at $99. The sell order is a spoof, a fake-out, a lie designed to get people to trade with your real buy order at lower prices than they otherwise would.
An objection to this theory is that your 1,000-thing sell order is absolutely real, in the sense that it is a live order on a live market. If you put in an order to sell 1,000 things at $101, and some buyer is like "done, I'll take them," then guess what, you sold 1,000 things. You didn't want to — your subjective intention was to buy — but you put in the order and you got lifted.
In a sense spoof orders create an illusion of supply and demand, since you are putting in orders that do not reflect your real desires. But in another sense spoof orders create real supply and demand, since you are putting in orders that people can trade with.
One other point about spoofing is that it is generally considered bad illegal manipulative spoofing to show fake demand, but it is just normal smart trading to hide your real demand. So in my schematic description above I said you could put in a real order to buy 100 things and a spoof order to sell 1,000 things. But in practice in many markets what you'd do is put in a hidden order to buy 100 things, so other traders wouldn't see your demand, and a visible spoof order to sell 1,000 things, so they would. That is what NatWest did:
More specifically, on hundreds of occasions, the Subject NatWest Traders placed one or more orders for U.S. Treasuries that they intended to execute ("Genuine Orders"). Sometimes, but not always, the Genuine Orders were "iceberg" orders, so that other market participants could see only a portion of the order's full size at any given time. An "iceberg" order was a type of order that a trader could place on certain trading platforms and exchanges that did not display the order's full size to other market participants. Only a pre-set portion of an iceberg order was visible at any given time. When the visible portion was filled, the next pre-set portion of the order became visible, and so forth.
During the same trading sequences, the Subject NatWest Traders also placed one or more Spoof Orders on the opposite side of the market from the Genuine Orders. The Spoof Orders were not iceberg orders, and so the full order size was visible to other market participants.
The first part of that — hiding the real orders — is totally fine and normal and a built-in part of many trading venues. The second part — showing fake orders — is a crime. But when prosecutors say that the spoofing was bad because market participants believed "that the visible order book accurately reflected market-based forces of supply and demand," there is a little asterisk there. Everyone knew that lots of supply and demand wasn't reflected on the visible order book, and that was fine.
If some random guy on Twitter with a bunch of numbers in his user name tweets that you should buy a stock that is trading at $0.0003 per share and hasn't filed any financial reports in years, should you do it? I dunno, maybe? Do you like gambling? Probably what will happen, if the guy has 70,000 Twitter followers who follow him specifically for penny-stock pumps, is that the stock will go up to, say, $0.004, a 1,233% gain, and then it will go down to, say, $0.0002, all in the space of a few days. So the trick is to buy it when it's low and sell it when it's high. I mean, that's always the trick, isn't it, but by pumping a defunct penny stock your Twitter friend has created a new instance of this game. That stock was not doing anything, there was no way to buy it low and sell it high, and now it is doing something and you can take your chances. It's a pure zero-sum game; the people who get in and out at the right time will make money and they will make that money from the people who get in and out at the wrong time; nobody is investing in a business or whatever. But maybe you find the game fun? People seem to.
Meanwhile of course your Twitter friend got in at the right time (before he started pumping the stock), and he's probably getting out at the right time too (while you're buying the stock that he's pumping). He will win this game that he started. Which lowers the odds that you will also win. But not to zero. Take a chance, why not, live a little. This is not investing advice.
Here's a Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Tuesday] announced that it filed an emergency action, and obtained an injunction and asset freeze, against Steven M. Gallagher for allegedly committing securities fraud through a long running scheme to manipulate stocks using Twitter.
The SEC's complaint alleges that, since at least December 2019, Gallagher used his Twitter handle, @AlexDelarge6553, to make thousands of tweets encouraging his numerous followers to buy stocks in which Gallagher had secretly amassed holdings. As alleged, Gallagher would then sell those stocks at inflated prices, while he continued to recommend others buy them —never disclosing that he was selling the stocks.
"The complaint alleges that Gallagher used his followers for his own financial gain, tweeting out false advice to pump up the price of stocks he owned, so he could sell for a profit," said Richard Best, Director of the SEC's New York Regional Office. "This case is a reminder that investors should be wary of taking financial advice from unverified sources on Twitter and other social media platforms."
I mean, of course he did. Of course they should. My general assumption with pumps like these is that almost everyone is knowingly playing the game: Nobody who follows @AlexDelarge6553 for penny-stock recommendations thinks that the stocks he recommends will go up because the company has a cure for cancer ; they think (correctly) that the stocks will go up because he is pumping them, and they think (maybe correctly, maybe not) that they will be able to get out before the stocks go down again. The SEC complaint quotes some tweets from the victims, and nobody is discussing the fundamentals:
So he could only trade for customers. And he allegedly wanted to do rogue proprietary trades; specifically, he allegedly wanted to sell Treasury bonds short. How do you do that? Well, the basic mechanics are that you (1) sell some bonds for IFS's account, and simultaneously (2) pretend to buy them from a client's account. It looks like you are selling the bonds for a customer, not taking a short position. Then, when you want to close out your short, you (3) buy the bonds back for IFS's account and simultaneously (4) pretend to sell them to a client. It looks like you are buying the bonds for a customer, not taking a short position. As far as your bosses know you are just doing riskless principal trades to fill customer orders.
This is sort of a weird move! When you pretend to sell the customer's bond in step (2), your clearing broker is going to expect to receive the bond. The clearing broker sees a sell order from a customer, no bond arrives, the broker calls you up and says "hey where's that bond?" What do you say? Well the answer is pretty much that you tell the broker to wait a few days, then you do steps (3) and (4). You buy back the bond, close out your short, tell the clearing broker that you have an offsetting trade, and then say "well, no need for you to get the bond anymore, everything's back to flat."
Here's the SEC's description of Wakefield's process:
On June 20, 2019, Wakefield sold short a par amount of $20 million Treasuries at a price of $103.25 to a real counter-party from an IFS proprietary account and reported that sale to Broker-Dealer 1. This was a real trade.>
That same day, Wakefield also falsely reported to Broker-Dealer 1 that IFS bought, from the IFS customer omnibus account that cleared through Broker-Dealer 2, $20 million of the same Treasury security for its proprietary account at a price of $101.00. This was a fake trade.>
Wakefield set the settlement date for both the real and fake trades as June 26, 2019. Between June 20 and June 26, 2019, IFS's trade blotter reflected a fictitious short term profit of $395,788.04, which represented the difference in trade prices between the real and fake trades.>
On June 26, 2019, at the time of settlement, Wakefield covered his short sale position by purchasing a par amount of $20 million of Treasuries at a price of $103.11 in an IFS proprietary account. This was a real trade.>
Wakefield then reported a fake sale of $20 million Treasuries at a price of $101.00 from the IFS proprietary account to the IFS customer omnibus account at Broker-Dealer 2. This was a fake trade.>
Broker-Dealer 1 paired off the fake offsetting trades (20 million in par at a price of $101.00) from the Broker-Dealer 2 IFS customer omnibus account, and the fictitious short term profit of $395,788.04 was reversed. However, IFS realized a proprietary profit of $28,125 on the actual trade.
So here's a standard way to manipulate stocks:
1. You buy a small, lightly traded stock. 2. You go on the message boards and say stuff like "I hear this company has cured cancer, I'm buying all I can." 3. The people on the message boards believe you and buy the stock, so it goes up. 4. You sell the stock for a profit.
Here's a … basically just as standard? … way to manipulate stocks:
1. You buy a small, lightly traded stock. 2. You go on a secret, password-protected, subscriber-only message board (or newsletter, love a newsletter) and say "hey I'm gonna publish fake rumors about this company to make its stock go up." 3. Your subscribers buy the stock and it goes up. 4. You go on the regular message boards and say stuff like "I hear this company has cured cancer, I'm buying all I can." 5. The people on the regular message boards believe you and buy the stock, so it goes up more. 6. You, and your special secret subscribers, sell the stock for a profit. 7. I guess you also charge for subscriptions?
There is no reason to stop there?
1. Buy. 2. Tip the super-secret, double-password-protected, top-tier-subscribers only, whom you charge a ton of money. 3. Tip the regular subscribers, whom you charge less money. 4. Fake rumors to the public. 5. Sell, etc.
Or add as many tiers of subscribers as you like; the more they pay you the earlier you tell them about your manipulations. But what about this:
1. Buy. 2. Tip your top-tier members. 3. Tip your second-tier members. 4. Sell.
Leave out the fake rumors entirely. I mean I suppose in this one Step 3 is a fake rumor, like, you say "I am going to tell people this stock cured cancer" and then you don't. But they can spread the rumors if they want, I don't know. Or you can dispense with that too. Have a newsletter that is like "Matt's Stock Touts" and each Wednesday you are like "the stock that I have picked for this week is . " No explanation, no reason, no research, no analysis, no lies, just a coordination game; "I suggest that you buy this stock this week." And of course on Tuesday you tell your top-tier subscribers in advance. And on Monday you tell your super-secret ultra-luxury-tier subscribers in advance.
Why would this work? Why does anything work. If you have no track record of moving stock prices no one will pay for your picks or buy based on them, but it sure seems like it's not that hard to move the price of small illiquid stocks, and once you do it twice maybe it's a fun game for everyone else. If you had asked me a year ago "if a dozen guys on internet message boards decide for no reason to make a stock go up, can they do it?" I would have said "I don't know, maybe, if it's a small and illiquid stock." Now I'd just say "oh yes that's a very normal thing to happen"; it's been a weird year.
The way a lot of U.S. market structure works is that an exchange will pay traders to create liquidity (by posting bids and offers on the exchange), and will charge traders for taking liquidity (by sending market orders that execute against those posted bids and offers). This creates incentives for traders to post orders on exchanges, which makes those exchanges better places to trade: If you want to buy a stock on the exchange, you can do so instantly, because the exchange is paying people to provide liquidity (and charging you for it). This is sometimes called "maker-taker" pricing and is controversial for various reasons but never mind that.
Here for instance is how one options exchange works:
At all times relevant to this Complaint, Exchange A charged a take fee of 50 cents per contract and, at the highest volume tier, paid a make rebate of 53 cents per contract. Exchange A paid the 3 cents difference itself to incentivize liquidity on the exchange.
An options contract is generally for 100 shares. So you can make about half a penny per share by providing liquidity in this contract.
These fees are generally paid to brokerage firms that send the orders to the exchange. Some brokerage firms pass them on to customers: If you send a liquidity-creating order, the brokerage gets 53 cents and passes most of it to you (for instance it gives you 43 cents and keeps 10); if you send a liquidity-taking order, the broker pays 50 cents and charges you for it. Other brokerages do not; they keep the make fees for themselves and pay the take fees themselves.
One thing you could do is trade options back and forth with yourself using two different brokers, one of which does pass on the maker-taker fees and one of which doesn't. You send non-marketable limit orders to one broker who passes on the fees, you send offsetting market orders through another broker who doesn't, your one order trades with your other order, you get paid a maker fee for providing liquidity to yourself and you don't get charged a taker fee for taking liquidity from yourself. Since you're trading with yourself you have no market risk; you're just collecting the 43 cents per contract.
You should not do this for several reasons. One, it's illegal; trading with yourself is called "wash trading" and is not allowed. Two, the brokers don't want you to do this, and you will need to engage in some subterfuge to get them to approve your accounts. Three, it is risky: If someone else sends in an order while you are doing this, you might trade with them instead of yourself, and then you'll have market risk; you'll be on the hook for whatever options you are buying or selling. Four, we are talking about 43 cents per contract. If you trade 100 options contracts, representing 10,000 shares of stock, you will make $43 doing this, before your commissions and other costs. You need to do this in huge size to make any money, it seems time-consuming and tedious, and if any of your hundreds of orders trade with a real person rather than with yourself it's very risky.
Here's a scam. You start, or gain control of, a tiny company with publicly traded stock. The company doesn't do much; its stock trades for a few pennies a share at most. You own most of the shares. You make yourself (or your friend) the chief executive officer of the company, and you have the company put out a bunch of press releases saying "we've found a cure for cancer" or "we're pivoting to crypto" or whatever. Maybe you and your friends buy some more shares to make the stock go up. People notice the press releases and the stock going up, so they start buying the stock and it goes up more. You sell your stock as they buy it. You have taken the stock of a worthless company, briefly tricked people into thinking it's valuable, and then dumped the stock on them.
As a general form of scam this is very popular and, apparently, lucrative, and so of course there are rules to prevent it. For one thing it is illegal and if you do it you can go to prison, though that is only the very last line of defense and not everyone gets caught. There are other defenses. For instance, in the U.S., if you control a company — including just by owning a lot of its stock — there are restrictions on your ability to sell it. Even if you aren't doing a scam, I mean, if you own 50% of a penny-stock company you can't just dump all your shares anonymously in the stock market in a week. Your stock is "restricted," and generally speaking you need to register your sales of restricted stock, file a prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission, disclose that you're selling, etc.[4] One purpose of these rules is to make sure that the company discloses all relevant information about itself to people who might buy the stock. But another purpose is just to flag to everyone that you — the big shareholder — are selling. "Huh, that's odd," they might think, "this company just put out a press release saying that it cured cancer, but the CEO is selling all of her stock. Perhaps something is amiss!" And then they don't buy it.
Of course if you are doing a scam anyway, you might decide to ignore these rules. Sell your stock without filing a registration statement, why not. But there are further defenses. Companies hire transfer agents to keep track of their stock ownership, and the transfer agent — generally a reputable independent company — will check whether stock is "restricted" and not let you sell it freely if it is. Brokerage firms are going to ask questions and do checks; if you are the CEO and 50% shareholder of a company they won't let you just dump your stock into the market. The intermediaries in the financial system are supposed to prevent this scam.
So if you are determined to do this scam, you might have to do some subsidiary scams to trick the intermediaries into thinking that you don't own your stock, or you don't control the company. Instead of you owning 50% of the stock, pretend that 12 apparently unconnected people each own 4% or so; they sell the stock (and you get the money). That sort of thing. And while there is a system of regulated legal intermediaries — transfer agents, legitimate brokers — who facilitate stock sales and who are supposed to be on guard against scammers, there is another system of illegal intermediaries who help people do exactly this scam.
One thing you could do is buy a small-cap stock, go on a message board, and write a bunch of fake but good-sounding things about the company. "Amalgamated Widgets just got a contract to supply plutonium to Tesla, this stock is going to the moon, diamond hands," whatever. People believe you, the stock goes up, and you sell it for a profit. This, or some more involved version of it, is sometimes called a "pump and dump."
Another thing you could do is sell a small-cap stock short , go on a message board, and write a bunch of fake but bad-sounding things about the company. "Amalgamated Widgets just dumped a bunch of plutonium in a river near Elon Musk's house, this company is going bankrupt, get out while you can," that sort of thing. People believe you, the stock goes down, and you cover your short at a profit. This is sometimes called a "short and distort."
One difference between these approaches is that if you do a short and distort, the company will get really mad at you. They will respond to your lies, and say mean things about you, and report you to the Securities and Exchange Commission, and sue you, and perhaps send private investigators after you. If you do a pump and dump, the company won't get mad at you. They might be in on it, or they might be flattered, or they might not care, or they might even issue a corrective press release saying "sorry these rumors about us are not true, nice though they are," but they're not going to sue you. Nor, generally, will the company's enemies have much of a bone to pick with you. (If you do either thing — short and distort or pump and dump — too egregiously the SEC will come after you, but that's a slightly separate issue.) If you say nice things about a stock — even lies — people will like you; you are cheating, but you're playing for the good team. If you say mean things about a stock — lies or not — people won't like you; you are cheating on behalf of the bad guys.
Here's the sweetest saddest little enforcement action from the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority. Adrian Horn was an equity trader at Stifel Nicolaus Europe Ltd., making markets in real estate stocks. His job was to place bids to buy and offers to sell the stocks he covered, and ideally to buy them at the bid and sell them at the offer and trade a lot of shares and make a lot of money. If you are a market maker, you are evaluated in part on your ability to trade a lot of volume. If you keep posting bids and offers on a stock and nobody trades with you, that means you are not being aggressive enough, not bidding high enough or offering low enough, and you are not making any money for your firm. Also I guess it would be kind of boring, being a trader who doesn't do trades.
One of the stocks Horn covered was a company called McKay Securities Plc. McKay's stock didn't trade that much in 2018 and 2019, the period for which Horn got in trouble. Horn believed that it needed to trade more, because McKay was in the FTSE All Share Index, and Horn worried that it would fall out of the index for not trading enough. From the FCA order:
The FTSE All Share Index represents the performance of all eligible companies listed on the LSE main market. It captures 98% of the UK's market capitalisation. For an issuer's shares to be included, there must be a minimum amount of liquidity or tradability of its shares. If a constituent of the FTSE All Share Index fails to meet the liquidity criteria as per the index provider's annual calculations performed in June of each year, the company will be removed. It would then fall into the FTSE Fledgling Index.
It is good to be in the All Share Index (more index funds, etc., buy your stock) and not as good to be in the Fledgling Index. Horn wanted what was best for McKay:
During the Relevant Period McKay was listed on the LSE and was a constituent of the FTSE All Share Index. Stifel acted as corporate broker and financial adviser to McKay. The nature of this agreement required Stifel to perform various tasks such as market-making in McKay shares and providing share price and market information. There was no requirement in the agreement for Stifel to trade a specified number of McKay shares.
Horn apparently decided that McKay's stock needed to trade 13,000 shares a day. This is not in fact how the All Share Index liquidity calculations work—they involve monthly medians of daily trading volumes—but equity trading is, uh, not always a precise science. And so Horn took it upon himself to make sure it traded 13,000 shares a day. If it got near the end of the day and McKay hadn't hit that number, Horn would trade the extra shares with himself. On one side he'd put in an order to buy (or sell) shares directly, using Stifel's access to the stock exchange; on the other side he'd put in an order to sell (or buy) shares through another broker[2]:
Mr Horn would check to see how many McKay shares had traded before the market closed and, if the volume traded was below 13,000, would make up the shortfall by executing wash trades with himself. Mr Horn thereby placed buy orders in McKay shares that traded with his existing sell orders (and vice-versa). With a view to avoiding detection, Mr Horn usually placed one order into the market through a third-party broker via a Smart Order Router ("SOR") and the order with which it would execute via Stifel's direct access to the LSE.
For instance:
An example of Mr Horn carrying out wash trading took place on 7 May 2019.
At 7:53:00, Mr Horn placed two limit orders. Each order was for 3,000 McKay shares and was placed directly on the LSE order book. The buy order was priced at £2.35 and the sell order was priced at £2.45.
He was making a market: Offering to buy or sell stock with anyone who wanted to trade, with a 10-pence spread between his bid and his offer. But:
By 14:56:14 no trades in McKay shares had been executed in the market that day. Mr Horn entered a 5,000-share sell order through a third-party broker's SOR at a price of £2.42. This order became the best offer price (the previous best offer had been £2.44). The purpose of the sell order was to try to encourage other market participants to trade.
He had traded no McKay stock all day and was getting bored, so he tightened his market to try to get someone to trade. Fine.
At 15:00.45, a trade for 8,219 McKay shares was executed in the market. Mr Horn was not involved in this trade but would have been aware of it. By 16:05:00, the number of McKay shares traded that day was 8,219, which was 4,781 short of 13,000.
At 16:05:01 Mr Horn entered a 5,000-share buy order in McKay at a price of £2.42 per share. The order was placed onto the LSE using Stifel's direct membership. This buy order executed against the 5,000-share sell order Mr Horn had placed at 14:56:14. Mr Horn thereby conducted a wash trade as he had traded McKay shares with himself.
There hadn't been enough trading with him, so he traded with his own order to make up the difference. He bought 5,000 shares at 2.42 pounds, sold the same 5,000 shares at the same 2.42 pounds, and could at least say he'd traded some McKay stock that day. Sort of.
He did 129 wash trades on 68 days over roughly 10 months, representing about 5.4% of the volume during that period. "On the days that Mr Horn executed wash trades, on average they accounted for 39.4% of the total market volume in McKay shares." As far as I can tell no one told him to do this, and it ended when Stifel noticed he was doing it and told him to stop. His motivation seems to have been … sort of charmingly innocent?
Mr Horn's motive for executing the wash trades was to ensure that at least 13,000 McKay shares were traded each day which he believed, from conversations with colleagues, was a liquidity requirement to remain in the FTSE All Share Index. He assumed that McKay wanted to remain in that higher index for status and rating purposes. Mr Horn thought that by assisting McKay to remain in the FTSE All Share Index he would benefit the relationship between Stifel and its corporate client McKay.
Additionally, whilst Mr Horn was not asked to execute a certain volume of shares a day, he considered that it would reflect badly on him within Stifel if McKay did not achieve sufficiently high trading volumes.
That all seems sort of directionally right: Most companies do want to stay in the good index, making companies happy is good for the relationship between clients and brokers, and trading a lot of shares is good for a trader's reputation within his firm. I suppose if he never traded any McKay shares then (1) his bosses would think he wasn't a very good trader, (2) maybe McKay would have fallen out of the index, and (3) maybe McKay would have noticed that Stifel never traded its stock and blamed Stifel for falling out of the index. But it was all sort of implicit; he doesn't seem to have discussed it with anyone. He just felt bad that he wasn't trading much McKay stock, so he traded some of it with himself.
For this, the FCA banned him from the securities industry and fined him 52,500 pounds. You really can't do this stuff! Wash trading, bad. On the other hand the FCA notes that he doesn't seem to have made any money off of it—for his firm or for himself—and it's not clear that he did much harm. "As the liquidity of a stock is a factor a market participant may consider prior to making an investment decision, market participants may have made decisions to buy or sell McKay shares (or other related companies) based on the artificially high volume of trades reported due to the wash trades," says the FCA, and that is true enough, but it's not like he was creating frenzied activity in order to pump up a stock. He was just creating a little activity because he thought the stock seemed lonely.
The third thing going on here is that at any given time there will be some small public company with no real operations or income, usually a medical devices company for some reason, that is pivoting to something buzzier. Actually in this case it is not so much a "pivot" as it is a reverse merger: Clubhouse Media Group is an influencer-house management company that went public via reverse merger with a Chinese medical device company because financial capitalism is amazing. Clubhouse Media Group was named Tongji Healthcare Group Inc. two weeks ago; it had no revenue and a net loss of $45,341 in its most recently reported quarter. It was an empty shell of a former health-care company, but it had a U.S. public listing, so when a company that manages influencer houses wanted to go public, it merged with Tongji, combining the influencer-house business with the public listing. Then it changed its name:
"As an emerging leader in the influencer-based social media marketing space, with extensive commercial interests and growing cash flows, we are now manifestly active under a business model that has no relationship to the Company's prior name and stock symbol," remarked Chris Young, Co-Founder of Clubhouse Media. "This shift, while superficial, is significant in that it will allow us to present a more cohesive picture to the investment community, which we believe will ultimately play a substantive role in delivering shareholder value."
Here is a New York Times article from November about this deal. The reverse merger is a well-known though sort of cut-rate way for small companies to go public.
Anyway if you happen to have a moribund shell of a public company, or if you're able to acquire one, the business model seems obvious. Sit around monitoring Elon Musk's Twitter feed and, sure, Clubhouse. Whenever he mentions a thing, change your company's name to that thing. "Elon Musk Says He Wired Up a Monkey's Brain to Play Video Games," it says here. "He's a happy monkey," says Musk. You happen to control Hubei Cosmetic Dentistry Supply Inc., which happens to be a U.S. public company trading on the pink sheets for, in round numbers, zero cents per share; you own a lot of the stock.[8] Quick! Change the name to Happy Monkey Brain Video Games Inc. Weirdly the tickers HPPY and MNKY both seem to be available, take your pick. Then your stock rockets up to, like, I dunno, five cents per share, and you sell a ton of it. Then everyone forgets about Musk's monkey, the stock drops, you buy some of it back at zero-ish cents per share, and you wait for Musk's next stunt to do it again. If you get bored in the interim and need some money, it seems like the tickers ELON and MUSK are both available. Why not name your company one of those and see if it goes up?
Short selling—borrowing stock and selling it, hoping that it will go down and you can buy it back at a profit—is a hard business. It is a hard business because most stocks go up most of the time: If you are mediocre at buying stocks you will make money, but if you are mediocre at shorting them you will lose money. (In fact if you are great at shorting them you will also lose money, but in a good way?) It is a hard business because stocks can only go down 100% but can go up any percentage you want, and sometimes (GameStop) they do: If you are terrible at buying stocks the worst you can do is lose your whole investment, but if you are terrible at shorting stocks the worst you can do is lose everything you own. It is a hard business because you have to borrow the stock and post collateral and pay fees, and as the stock goes up you have to post more collateral and pay more fees: Even if you are right about a short bet, and the company ends up going to zero, if it goes up a lot first you might be forced out of your position and lose money.
Especially, though, it is hard because everyone hates you? I have nothing intelligent to say about this. It seems to me that selling stock is as legitimate as buying it, that betting that prices will go down is as legitimate as betting that they'll go up, that for prices to be accurate and capital allocation to be efficient you need to let skeptics express their opinions, and that anyway a lot of actual short selling is for helpful market-plumbing reasons (market making, hedging options, etc.) rather than big negative bets against companies. Lots of people reading this are like "duh yes of course." Lots of other people are like "no it is mean to root against companies and fraud to sell stock you don't own." (One of those people is the richest man in the world, who got that way in part by selling cars he hadn't built.) Some of them are typing emails to me right now saying "but surely it's illegal that people are short 140% of GameStop's stock," even though I keep explaining that it isn't.[8] I do not really understand this perspective, I suspect they don't understand mine, we will just have to agree to disagree, and it is so boring to write about.
One result of everyone hating short sellers is that professional short sellers tend to be cantankerous sorts, but that's not all that unusual in the financial industry. Another result is that there are occasional regulatory threats against short sellers: When anything bad happens, it is politically tempting to blame short sellers and try to crack down on them. Every so often regulators do, and that is bad for business, but for the most part, in the U.S., regulators tend to share the "eh short selling is fine" perspective and don't try to ban it, even though lots of people would like them to.
We talk a lot around here about ticker-mixup stories like this, cases where something good happens to Zoom Video Communications Inc. and Zoom Technologies Inc. stock goes up, that sort of thing. When I first started noticing them, my reaction was along the lines of “hahaha dumb algorithms, can’t tell which Zoom it was.” But I revised that view, mainly because micro-cap stocks tend not to be especially algo-driven, and started thinking instead “hahaha dumb retail traders, can’t tell which Zoom it was.”
But I long ago abandoned that view too. If you bought Signal Advance the day after Musk tweeted about it, that was not dumb. You have made a fortune! I mean, a small fortune; you didn’t buy that many shares. But you’re up hundreds of percentage points! It was a great trade. My view on these situations, certainly by last year, evolved into “hahaha clever retail traders, jumping on this mistaken-identity trade knowing that the stock will go up.” Knowingly trading on mistaken identity can be completely rational, as long as you think that either (1) other people will be genuinely fooled and will buy the wrong stock from you, or (2) other people will do the same trade that you’re doing, the trade of anticipating that other people will be fooled, and that you’ll be able to get out first. But this becomes recursive. Last year I might have thought: “It is rational to knowingly buy the wrong stock if you think that other people will unwittingly buy it and you can dump it on them.” After Signal Advance’s three days of huge gains, I would remove that condition. You rationally buy the wrong Signal knowing that other people will rationally buy the wrong Signal, and other people do the same, and the reliance on ignorance drops away and you are all just playing a sort of gambling game with each other. You all keep buying Signal Advance at higher and higher prices, hoping to sell it to each other at even higher prices; eventually some people are left holding the bag but lots of others have taken a nice profit and had a lot of fun. Signal Advance as a company is irrelevant to all of this; it is just a gambling token. It has a low dollar price, doesn’t trade that much, and has no real prospect of releasing any corporate news: These are all good facts, on this view, because they ensure that nothing will affect the price except the fun gambling activity. I suspect that the Elon Musk tweet didn’t really confuse anyone; it just provided a point to coordinate around. “Hahaha let’s trade this word that Elon Musk tweeted, that’ll be fun,” is a plausible thought process. This is stock trading totally divorced from news and financial logic and corporate information; this is stock trading as a mix of trolling and gambling. It is the logical endpoint of the boredom market hypothesis.
A standard move in financial-product design is to ask, essentially, “how can we make the most possible money without our customer noticing?” This is not necessarily bad! What you want, in the good case, is to monetize something that the customer doesn’t want, doesn’t care about, doesn’t have a view on. You want to buy some small option from her that she can’t monetize but that you can. You want to make money off her trade that she couldn’t have made; you want to make money for yourself without taking money from her. I mean, ideally. You at least want to make money for yourself without taking money that she’ll miss.
So when I worked in investment banking I sometimes did a trade called an accelerated share repurchase. The way an ASR basically works is that a company gives a bank a mandate to buy back stock for it over some variable period of time, say two to four months. The company pays the bank the average price of the stock over that time period. But the bank picks the time period: The company and the bank agree on “two to four months,” and then the bank goes off and buys stock, and at any time after two months but before the end of the fourth month the bank can say “okay we’re done, here’s your stock.” The company pays the bank based on the average trading price of the stock over whatever the period actually was, two months or four or whatever in between. The company pays no commission, and actually gets a discount: Instead of paying the average price, it pays the average price minus, say, 25 cents per share. The pitch here is: Look, you don’t care about the difference between two and four months. You don’t have a view about whether to do this buyback quickly over two months or more slowly over four; you’d just be flipping a coin about that decision. Let us make that decision, instead of you, and we’ll pay you for it, 25 cents a share. We’ll buy something—this timing option—that you don’t want and couldn’t use anyway.
The trick is that the bank tries to pick the period that gives the company the worst possible average price. The bank, trying to maximize the price at which it sells stock to the company, will in expectation pick a worse buyback period than the company’s assistant treasurer would have done randomly. The company will pay a higher price. But it won’t notice that. It will pay the average price of its stock over some reasonable time period, minus a discount. Its alternative was to pay the average price over some different, somewhat arbitrary, reasonable time period, with no discount. The latter would probably be a lower price, but maybe not, and the company has no particular expertise in picking the right time period. Might as well give up the chance to try in exchange for a discount. This is all disclosed—I mean, the mechanics are disclosed; it’s rarely put too bluntly—and the company is paid an explicit discount, but the basic idea is not so far from BNY Mellon’s scandal. “Look, customer,” BNY Mellon could have said. “You’re going to come to me at some point during the day, say 11:37 a.m., asking to buy euros. You are not coming to me at 11:37 a.m. because you think that’s the optimal time to buy euros. You’re coming to me at 11:37 a.m. because that is the time you have between the investment meeting about European stocks and your lunch appointment. You do not want the FX rate at 11:37 a.m.; you do not have any views on 11:37 a.m. Let me pick the time—within the same day—to lock in your FX rate. I am not going to do that in a good way, for you. I am going to do it in a bad way, the worst possible way, the way that makes me the most money and costs you the most. But, again, it’s not like you have any desire or ability to pick the best time to buy euros, so just sell that option
Aha, I thought, I know this one. There are indexes that report the market price of chicken. Long-term chicken supply contracts are often priced off of an index: A restaurant chain will agree to pay a chicken producer "market" (the index price), or "market plus 10" cents, or whatever. The indexes are calculated by, essentially, calling up buyers and sellers of chicken and asking them how much they are paying or receiving for chicken.[1] If you are a chicken producer with a contract to sell chickens at the index price, and someone from the index provider calls you up asking you what the price should be, you have an incentive to quote a high number. If the index price goes up, the price you are paid on your contract will go up. Quoting the high number doesn't cost you anything—you are just saying a number over the phone to someone who is writing it down—and it makes you money, so you'll be tempted to do it. This is precisely the mechanism that led, in the financial industry, to the Libor manipulation scandal: Trillions of dollars of loans and interest-rate derivatives were priced off of Libor, the London interbank offered rate, which was calculated by calling up banks and asking them what the price of money was that day. If you were a bank that was set to receive Libor on a lot of swaps and loans, you would be tempted to quote a high number—higher than your actual cost of borrowing—to manipulate Libor and make more money. Banks regularly succumbed to this temptation, and there were huge fines and prison sentences. And there have long been claims that the same thing has happened in the chicken business. "Chicken Libor," I have called this theory. And now there is a federal criminal antitrust case, and it mentions chicken indexes! But, sadly, no. These guys are not accused of chicken index manipulation. They're just accused of regular old antitrust conspiracy:
Basically, the theory goes, there were rumors that Amazon.com Inc. might buy AMC. Some AMC. If you hear that Amazon might buy AMC, it is natural to assume that Amazon will buy the company with the name AMC and the ticker AMC. There is a certain amount of logic to it—"in 2018, [Amazon] looked at buying American arthouse cinema chain Landmark Theatres," the Mail noted—though not all that much; a chain of movie theaters is not the most obvious fit for Amazon, a giant internet company with a streaming video service. My Bloomberg Opinion colleague Tara Lachapelle wrote on Monday:
What Amazon would be buying is a heap of debt and empty auditoriums. And what in the world is Bezos going to do with 11,000 exhibition screens? If the future of entertainment is streaming content, then a company like AMC Networks — the channel known for "Breaking Bad" and "The Walking Dead" — is a much more fitting candidate than AMC theaters.
Yes but while AMC Networks makes more sense than AMC Entertainment as an Amazon acquisition target, AMC Entertainment has one crucial advantage, which is that its ticker is AMC. If the rumor you hear is "Amazon is buying AMC," your first reaction might be "I need to buy some AMC stock," and so you go buy the stock of a company whose name and ticker are AMC. And then AMC Entertainment stock goes up. Someone else hears "Amazon is buying AMC" and notices that the stock whose ticker is AMC is spiking, and so they are quite sure that the AMC that Amazon is buying is AMC Entertainment. So they buy AMC Entertainment, its price spikes more, and the rumor gains momentum. Meanwhile, AMCX, what is AMCX, Amazon is buying AMC, not AMCX.It is not at all clear that either of these rumors was true, or false for that matter. AMC Entertainment's stock soared on Monday morning before slowly drifting back to earth, while AMC Networks' stock was down on Monday before soaring Tuesday afternoon; it too then drifted down again. Amazon might not be buying either of them, or it really may be buying one or the other, but certainly the trading is consistent with (1) a rumor that Amazon will buy AMC, (2) everyone buying the stock with the ticker AMC, (3) everyone sheepishly realizing that "AMC" probably means the stock with the ticker AMCX and dumping AMC for AMCX, and (4) everyone feeling dumb about the whole thing and selling both stocks.
There is a literature here but it still feels like academic finance could do more with, like, Typographical Markets Theory. We have talked about COKE, POT, NEST, so many others; it is a recurring theme around here. The point of financial markets is to propagate information: If Facebook Inc. announces good earnings, then Twitter Inc. stock will go up or down as diverse market participants reflect on what Facebook's earnings imply for Twitter based on the similarities and differences in their business models. Quantitative finance and algorithmic trading have automated that process and made it more statistical; information about one company is propagated into the stock prices of other companies based on historical correlations and subtle relationships that are not visible to the naked eye. Also though having a ticker that sounds like another company still matters. In a world dominated by quantitative computer trading, would it matter more or less? Would the computers, immune from laziness and confusion, ignore the irrational connection between names and tickers and focus on essentials? Or would the computers, which are trained on decades of human trading data and have no real concept of what a movie theater is, just conclude "meh, AMC, AMCX, basically the same company"?
The basic idea of short selling is that the market thinks some company is worth a lot, you think it is worth much less, and so you bet against it and hope you are right. It is a thesis of market inefficiency, a constant search for situations where the market is missing something essential. The basic idea of noisy, or activist, short selling is that the market thinks some company is worth a lot, you think it is worth much less, you bet against it, you tell everyone the problems with the company, they realize you are right, and you make money. You are combining fundamental analysis—a belief in your ability to see things that the market missed—with persuasion; you are both betting on and influencing reality. You are betting that the market is inefficient but you can make it more efficient. Here's a story about the troubles of B.R. Shetty, the founder of Abu Dhabi-based (and London-listed) NMC Health, which features this delightful anecdote about noisy short seller Carson Block of Muddy Waters:
On August 6, 2019, Muddy Waters teased on Twitter a report on a UK-based investment firm it was going to release the following day: "Muddy Waters is now in a blackout period until tomorrow 8 am London time when we will announce a new short position on an accounting fiasco that's potentially insolvent and possibly facing a liquidity crunch. Investors are bulled up about this company, we are not." …But on that day in August, when Muddy Waters tweeted that it would release a report about an accounting fiasco at a London-listed firm, Block noticed an interesting development: the stock of NMC Health dropped. "We had tweeted in advance an innocuous comment about our intention to initiate a campaign the next day on an unnamed London listed firm. NMC happened to drop significantly on the tweet. That's a pretty strong indication that the market knows something isn't right at the company, so we took a look ..." Block told ET Magazine in an emailed response.
Muddy Waters hadn't been talking about NMC, but once the stock dropped they looked into it. Four months later they released a short report on NMC that "set off a chain of events that has stunned UAE"; trading in NMC was suspended in February, and this week it announced that it had found a lot of fraud. Muddy Waters' short bet looks pretty good. Doesn't it feel like this approach should be generalizable? If you have a reputation for being good at spotting corporate frauds, you could just announce "hey we have spotted a big fraud, can you guess what it is?" See what people guess. If people keeps naming one company, maybe it's a fraud and you might as well short it. (And, ideally, check to see if it's a fraud). It's a lovely story of short selling that relies on market efficiency, a short seller using market prices to tell him which stocks to short.
If you were the chief executive officer of Zoom Technologies Inc., what would you do about it? Not Zoom Video Communications Inc., the cloud-based videoconferencing company with a $29 billion market capitalization. Zoom Technologies, the $19 million market-cap Beijing-based mobile-phone-component manufacturer whose stock trades over-the-counter in the U.S. and that hasn't made a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission since 2015? Zoom Video's stock was up 37.6% in February, because its product might become a lot more popular if people are working from home and not traveling for meetings due to coronavirus. Zoom Technologies' stock was up 209.6% in February, because its name is Zoom and, more important, its ticker is ZOOM. (Zoom Video's is ZM.) If you thought "wow coronavirus will be good for Zoom, better buy some" you probably bought ZM, but you might have bought ZOOM. Before last month ZOOM's stock usually traded less than $50,000 a day, so it didn't take that much interest to push the stock up a lot. More people bought ZM than ZOOM, but there's a lot more ZM than ZOOM to begin with, and the net result is that ZOOM's stock went up a lot more (on a percentage basis) than ZM's. This is not the first time; we talked last year about how ZOOM zoomed when ZM filed for an initial public offering. To stylize the situation, you can think of ZOOM as sort of a dormant corporate shell that owns one asset, the ZOOM ticker. It owns that asset more or less by accident, and it is not ownership in the traditional sense; stock exchanges assign tickers, and ZOOM can't just go and sell its ticker. But still every now and then the ZOOM ticker becomes a valuable asset and starts generating revenue. In good-for-ZM times, you can make a couple of million dollars a day selling ZOOM, which I suspect—again, they don't file financials—is more than ZOOM can make selling mobile-phone components. I feel like I'd … sell stock? It would be hard! You'd have to get your SEC filings current, file a registration statement, all that stuff. If you're not running a business anymore the financials would be pretty easy—no revenue, no costs, etc.—though there'd be some tricky stuff in the qualitative disclosures. "We are in the business of selling stock to people who want exposure to videoconferencing systems, though we are not in the business of selling videoconferencing systems," that sort of thing. But there is a known, persistent market inefficiency here, and theory demands that someone arbitrage it. Why not ZOOM?
But part of the standard justification for prediction markets is exactly that they will be informed by insider trading. The idea of political prediction markets is that campaign aides and party insiders and other informed people will place bets and move the prices in line with real informed probabilities and thus provide information to the public. The point is not just to allow you to have fun making uninformed bets on the candidates you like; the point is to provide the public with information about politics. Providing a fair game for gambling addicts to bet on democracy is just not that important a public interest; providing a more scientific and reliable way to forecast elections, maybe, is. Of course that rationale doesn't really apply in the case of bets on the Times's endorsement, but then … what does? Like, why have bets on that at all? What is the public interest there? How is that entertaining? Why would you bet on that without inside information? Why would you expect that bet to be fair? There is no particularly good legal theory for any of this. There is a specific, though rather judge-made, law of insider trading in securities. There are limited insider-trading rules in commodities markets, applying to trading on government data; there is a debatable view that some other sorts of commodity insider trading are illegal. There is a somewhat underdeveloped theory that insider trading in a lot of other markets—real estate, for instance—somehow violates rules against fraud, though it is not totally clear how. People get mad about insider trading in fantasy sports. The most reliable theory is one of misappropriation: If you work for an entity involved in a market, you probably shouldn't trade on your inside knowledge of what the entity is going to do. If you're a trader at an oil company, don't front-run your company's trades in your personal account. But if you are the entity the rules are less clear. If you're a public company, you can't buy your own stock based on private information, and there are disclosure rules and blackout periods to accommodate that. But if you're an oil company you sure can trade oil based on your proprietary information. Felix Salmon once wrote that the New York Times should make money by selling its own scoops. What if the Times wanted to insider trade its own endorsement? Why not, why not. The real point here is that someone should set up high-dollar betting markets on the contents of Money Stuff, which I will insider trade with absolute ruthlessness. I mean obviously the airlines will insider trade that! What else could they do? The point of this market is to let airlines, which set ticket prices, bet on future ticket prices. The airlines will have more information about their ticket-pricing plans than, you know, the "businesses whose staff regularly fly" will. Of course the businesses will have information about their own demand that the airlines won't have. It is a market for people with proprietary information to trade with each other. I know that you have proprietary information that I don't have, but that's okay because I have proprietary information that you don't have. If you don't have any proprietary information, and you trade anyway, and you lose money, you can't really complain. You have misunderstood the point of the whole market.
The strange exception is the "mini-tender," in which a stock is trading at like $100, and someone comes along and launches a tender offer to buy a small amount of the stock at like $80. (We have talked about mini-tenders here once or twice.) This really should not work, but somehow it does; it slips through a lot of cracks. For one thing, the Securities and Exchange Commission has lots of strict rules regulating the fairness and disclosure of tender offers, but most of those rules apply only to tenders for at least 5% of a company's stock; mini-tenders are for smaller amounts (thus the name), and so avoid a lot of regulation. (The SEC hates this, and tries to warn investors about mini-tenders.) For another thing, many brokers forward mini-tender-offer materials directly to customers; the customers end up getting an official-looking document, sent to them by their broker, explaining how they can sell their stock. (The SEC encourages brokers to attach dire warnings to the forwarded documents.) And then when the customers get those documents,
1. they might think a big official-looking document saying "here's where to send your stock" means that they have to follow those instructions, 2. they might think that a "tender offer" is always a good trade—that it always comes at a premium—and so sell their stock without actually checking the price, or 3. they might just think, you know, stocks always trade at the right price, so that if they sell their stock in the tender offer then they'll be getting the right price.
Nope! Anyway last Friday International Business Machines Corp. put out a Form 8-K telling shareholders not to fall for a mini-tender:
On November 14, 2019, IBM received notification of an unsolicited "mini-tender" offer by Novus First Inc. ("NFI"), dated November 11, 2019, to purchase up to 40,000 shares of IBM's common stock, which is approximately 0.0045% of the 885,637,454 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2019, at a price of $111.00 per share in cash. NFI's offer price is approximately 19.34% less than the $137.61 closing price of IBM's common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on November 8, 2019, the last trading day before the mini-tender offer commenced. IBM does not endorse NFI's mini-tender offer and recommends that IBM stockholders do not tender their shares in response to the offer because the offer is at a price below the current market price for IBM's shares.
I don't know! In general I am all for, like, letting tricky people do tricky things to keep the market on its toes. Technically there is no fraud here; NFI is telling people what price it will pay, the market price is readily available, and if they are willing to sell for below the market price then that's their problem. Still it seems clear that something close to 100% of people who tender in below-market mini-tenders were, in some important sense, tricked, and not even in a fun way that makes markets more efficient or even teaches them not to fall for it again. It doesn't feel like this adds much value.
Market Structure & Microstructure (95)
The London Stock Exchange announced "LSE 24," branded as a 24/5 venue but in practice trading about 22 hours and 50 minutes a day, with a half-hour break after the main session "to apply End of Day processes." The joke carries a real lesson: trading hours are not merely a leftover human convention from the trading floor. Even when computers do the trading, the plumbing that finances, reconciles, and settles trades needs time to get the books in order. The push toward continuous 24/7 trading, driven by retail activity, globalized markets, and the example of crypto, runs headlong into settlement mechanics. LSE 24 is built on a blockchain-based Digital Securities Depository, and the long-run appeal of putting stocks on a blockchain is precisely that instantaneous settlement could someday eliminate end-of-day reconciliation, letting markets approach genuine round-the-clock trading. The blockchain doesn't need lunch.
Only about 5% of SpaceX's stock trades freely today, but a partial lockup expiry will roughly double the float next month, creating a temporary scarcity. Levine frames short sellers as the intermediaries who solve it: they sell scarce shares now and buy them back when the plentiful lockup supply releases, exactly mirroring the 'index rebalance trade' where hedge funds sell into predictable index-inclusion demand. With about 181 million shares (28% of the float) sold short, short sellers have effectively lifted the tradable supply from 639 million shares to roughly 820 million. Short interest, usually read as pure bearishness, also relieves scarcity and dampens the price distortion of a small float.
The new Texas Stock Exchange competes with NYSE and Nasdaq by promising listing standards friendlier to controlling shareholders, riding the same 'move corporate governance from Delaware to Texas' wave as Tesla's reincorporation. But the listing business (governance rules and signaling) is separate from the trading business (matching buyers and sellers), which is a latency game. Because signals take microseconds to travel and prices must stay in sync across venues, a matching engine physically located in Texas would be too far from the New York-area data centers to keep prices aligned. So TXSE puts its brand and governance team in Texas but runs its actual matching engine from Equinix NY6 in Secaucus, New Jersey. Governance shops for the friendliest jurisdiction; liquidity and trading stay geographically concentrated where the other engines are.
I write about sports gambling around here more than I used to, because sports gambling has become pretty closely integrated with postmodern financial markets. Sometimes, when I write about sports gambling, I get emails from readers explaining that sportsbooks set their betting lines to balance bets on each side: A sportsbook sets...
The way the stock market works is that if a share of stock trades at $50, you can buy it for $50, and then if it goes up to $55 you can sell it for $55 and make a $5 profit. The way the market for crude oil works is different. If...
Levine's exchange-startup point is simple and durable. An exchange is not valuable just because it exists; it needs listed companies, traders, market makers and reputational legitimacy. Competing with NYSE and Nasdaq is a coordination problem dressed up as a technology and politics project.
Levine describes a small, illiquid stock whose last trade may be old and uninformative. A market order based on that stale print can execute at a silly price. Order collars limit how far an order can execute away from a reference price, protecting both retail traders and market makers from thin-stock discontinuities.
Levine explains the US move from T+2 to T+1 settlement as a market-structure improvement with operational consequences. Faster settlement reduces the time between trade and cash delivery, lowering some risks. But it also compresses the workflow for allocations, funding, securities lending, and cross-border coordination. Less time in the system means less room for back-office error.
Levine discusses the temptation around scheduled market-moving releases. If a company plans to post important news at a known time, the difference between getting it before and after release can be economically meaningful. Embargoes, feeds, websites and timing controls therefore become part of market structure, not just communications housekeeping.
Levine frames apartment pricing as a decentralized problem that becomes legally interesting when many landlords use the same software. Each landlord wants to set rents high enough to maximize revenue but low enough to fill units. If a common algorithm processes market data and recommends prices across competitors, the line between independent optimization and coordinated pricing becomes contested.
In general, you should try to trade with people who are bad at trading, and avoid trading with people who are good at trading. If someone comes to you with an unblemished track record of buying stocks before they go up and selling stocks before they go down, and offers to sell you some stock, why would you buy it? It will go down. This is called "adverse selection."
Much of market structure consists of:
1. Market makers (people who buy and sell stock for a living) trying to identify people who are good at trading, so as to avoid trading with them, and 2. People who are good at trading trying to disguise themselves, so that market makers will trade with them.
I'm exaggerating slightly: What matters is not so much "people who are good at trading" as it is "people whose trades predict price moves." Sometimes this is because they are good at trading: They buy stocks before they go up. Sometimes it's because they have inside information. Sometimes it is because they are big: If you're going to buy $100 million of stock, the price of that stock is going to go up in the short run, whether or not you are right in the long run.
So we talk sometimes about the feature of US equity market structure called "payment for order flow," in which market makers compete to trade with the customers of retail brokerage firms. The point here is that if you can get a supply of trades that are only from a retail brokerage, then you know that those are all retail trades. The retail customers probably aren't huge, and they probably aren't informed: These are not trades from professional traders managing billions of dollars of client money; they're individuals trading their personal accounts on their lunch breaks. You can be more granular about this: We talked once about a study finding that market makers charge different prices to customers of different retail brokerages, possibly because some retail brokerages' customers are smarter and bigger than others.
Or we talked the other day about algorithmic trading in foreign exchange markets, where customers who want to buy a lot of some currency will have an algorithm split their order into lots of smaller bits, because "buy a few euros" tips your hand less than "buy 1 billion euros" does.
One element in all of this is that your order can be anonymous: If you want to buy stock (as a hedge fund or an individual), you go to your broker and say "buy me 100 shares of XYZ," and your broker goes to the stock exchange or a market maker and says "I'd like to buy 100 shares of XYZ for a customer please," but the broker doesn't say who the customer is. In the general case it would be a betrayal of client confidence for a broker to say "I'd like to buy 100 shares of XYZ for Warren Buffett," for instance, because that could give the counterparty too much information and move prices against the customer. The customer relationship and the pricing of the trade are separate: The broker knows the customer, but the market maker doing the trade does not.
This is not always true: If you're a hedge fund buying high-yield bonds, you might call your salesperson at a big bank and say "what price would you quote me on Bond XYZ," and she'll quote you a price, knowing who you are. [1] (You just called her on the phone.) There, the customer relationship and the market-making function are combined (usually), so the salesperson has some information about how badly she's about to be adversely selected. There are some hedge funds whose salespeople groan when the phone rings: They are too good at trading, so trading with them is a good way to lose money.
I will say, while much of market structure in "real" finance is built around trying to avoid adverse selection, I can't think of that many examples of this simple approach of banning or limiting successful traders. [3] There are a few. Some banks' dark pools — stock trading platforms — exclude traders that are too good. (The technical term is "toxic order flow.") Or we talked once about a foreign-exchange "arbitrage" trade that Three Arrows Capital did in its early days, before it became a huge crypto hedge fund (and then a bankrupt crypto hedge fund). The arbitrage was:
1. All the big banks started offering electronic FX trading platforms to their customers. 2. A customer like 3AC could be on every bank's platform, but the banks generally couldn't join each others' platforms. 3. So sometimes two banks would quote different prices — one bank would buy or sell Ruthenian marks at $1.01 / $1.02, while another would buy or sell at $1.03 / $1.04 — and they wouldn't know it, but 3AC would. 4. So 3AC would buy marks from Bank 1 at $1.02 and simultaneously sell them to Bank 2 at $1.03, for an instant profit.
I wrote: "In modern finance arbitraging your banks against each other is considered not so much 'an arbitrage' as it is 'rude,' and the main risk in this trade is that if you did it too often the banks would stop trading with you." That seems to have happened to 3AC, so they went on to bigger and worse things.
If you are a retail stock investor in the US, you have a broker. Your broker is a company — Robinhood or Charles Schwab or ETrade — that is in the business of having account relationships with retail investors. It advertises to attract your business, it has a nice website and app for you to make trades, it accepts transfers from your bank so you can buy stocks, it sends you account statements and keeps track of your stocks for you.
But what the broker typically does not do is trade stocks for you. If you want to trade stocks, you go to your broker's app and click the buttons for "buy 100 shares of XYZ," and the broker's computer gets the order, and then it ships the order out to someone else , some different company, called a "market maker," [1] whose job is to get you the stock at the best available price. Sometimes this will involve sending your order on to the New York Stock Exchange, or some other trading venue: The market maker buys 100 shares of XYZ on the exchange at the market price and then hands them over to you. Often, though, the market maker will instead sell you the stock out of its inventory: It is in the business of trading stocks for its own account, so when it gets your order to buy 100 shares of XYZ, it will sell you 100 shares of XYZ as a principal, charging you slightly less than the market price on the exchange.
You do not have a direct account relationship with the market maker, and you might not know who the market maker is on any stock trade that you do, though you can get some general idea from public disclosures. If you are a customer of Robinhood, for instance, your stock orders are probably being executed by Virtu Americas, Citadel Securities, Jane Street Capital, G1 Execution Services or Two Sigma Securities. That's a pretty typical list; those are some of the biggest market makers for retail stock trades.
Why is there this division of labor? Well, why is there any division of labor? The people who run Robinhood and Charles Schwab are in the business of advertising and providing customer service to retail investors; the people who run Virtu and Citadel Securities are in the business of buying stocks at low prices and selling them at slightly higher prices. The skill sets do not have a ton of overlap. You've got Robinhood bopping around building fun apps that make people trade more stocks, but do you want Robinhood risk-managing a big trading book? No, you do not. So Virtu or Citadel Securities or Jane Street comes to Robinhood and says "hey, let us risk-manage the actual trading for you, so you can stick to what you are good at." And they set up some sort of outsourcing arrangement where your broker sends your orders to a market maker to actually trade.
The economics of these relationships are controversial, and we talk about them from time to time, but for now let's not worry about that.
I should add that things are slightly different if you are a customer of Merrill Lynch. In that case, your order might get executed by those same guys — Virtu, Citadel Securities, Jane Street, G1 and Two Sigma all trade some Merrill Lynch orders — but it will most likely be executed by another market maker, BofA Securities. Like Merrill Lynch, BofA Securities is a division of Bank of America Corp.: They are technically separate entities, but they have the same owner. Loosely speaking, if your broker is Merrill Lynch, or JPMorgan or Goldman Sachs or Morgan Stanley, [2] your broker probably does trade stocks for you: Your broker is part of a big bank that handles both the customer-service side of the business and the trading side of the business. Historically, the core business of a brokerage included both customer service and trading, but over time people realized that they could be unbundled efficiently.
There are two ways to buy stock: market orders and limit orders. [1] A limit order says: "I would like to buy 100 shares of Amalgamated Widgets at $20 or less." If the stock is available at $20 or less, you get your shares. If it's not, you don't. You don't know for sure if your order will be executed, but you do know the maximum price. A market order says: "I would like to buy 100 shares of Amalgamated Widgets at whatever price I can get." You know the order will be executed, but you don't know at what price.
Market orders are famously risky, because occasionally prices surprise you. So 99.99% of the time, what happens is that you see Amalgamated Widgets stock trading at $20 per share, and you say "I would like some of that," and you put in an order to buy 100 shares of Amalgamated Widgets at whatever the market price is, and by the time you press the button on your order and it runs through your broker's systems and gets to the trading venue and gets filled, the price is, like, $20.01, or $20.02, or $19.98 or whatever, and you get your shares at a slightly different price from the one that you saw on the screen, and you say "ah that's fine" or "oh well, slippage," and you understand that pressing the buttons on your retail brokerage's website is not an exact science but it's good enough.
And then 0.01% of the time, what happens is that you see Berkshire Hathaway Inc. Class A shares trading at $185 per share, and you say "I would like some of that," and you put in an order to buy 100 shares of BRK/A at whatever the market price is, and by the time the order gets filled, uh, 90 minutes later, the price is $741,971.39 per share, and you get a bill for $74 million instead of the $18,500 you expected:
On the morning of Monday, June 3, 2024, at approximately 9:50 am EDT, the price of Berkshire Hathaway Class A shares ("BRK A") suddenly plummeted in the space of a few seconds from approximately $622,000 per share to approximately $185 per share. This occurred as part of an unspecified technical issue at the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). This technical issue and dramatic price event led NYSE to promptly halt BRK A from trading.>
News of BRK A's anomalous price drop quickly spread across social media. Some of the clients of the various brokerage subsidiaries of Interactive Brokers Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), in an apparent attempt to take advantage of this "opportunity," submitted market buy orders during the trading halt, presumably expecting those orders to be filled at approximately $185/share when trading resumed.>
Without any further notice and without addressing a substantial order imbalance that developed during the halt, NYSE resumed trading of BRK A at approximately 11:35:54 am EDT at a price of $648,000. Over the next 98 seconds, the price of BRK A rose to as high as $741,971.39 per share. Many of the Company's clients that had placed market buy orders during the trading halt were filled at various prices during this run-up, including some who were filled at the peak price.
Incredible stuff. The main point to make here is that, while $741,971.39 is in some sense the "wrong" price for BRK/A — Berkshire Hathaway Inc.'s extremely high-priced main share class — it is much, much, much closer to the "right" price than $185 is. The stock has traded in the low $600,000s all month, other than the June 3 anomalies, and of those anomalies $185 was considerably more anomalous than $741,971.39. But what seems to have happened is something like this:
1. For glitch reasons, the price fell from $622,000 to $185. 2. Recognizing the glitch, NYSE halted trading. 3. It took almost two hours to restart trading. 4. During that time, NYSE kept taking orders to trade BRK/A, which would execute upon the reopening. 5. Many of those orders came from professional market makers, high-frequency trading firms, etc. 6. Those professional orders would normally take the form of limit orders on both sides of the market, a sort of schedule of supply and demand. A market maker might put in orders like "I'd buy 2 shares at $621,000, and I'd buy 10 more at $620,000, and I'd buy 20 more at $619,000, or I'd sell 2 shares for $623,000, and I'd sell 10 more for $624,000, and I'd sell 20 more for $625,000." And the exchange would build up an order book of limit orders around what market makers figured was the fair price, with some orders right around that fair price (the "midpoint price") and others further away. 7. Also, though, during that time, people "across social media" saw that BRK/A had traded at $185, a 99.97% discount to its real value. 8. They thought "ah, super, a sale on BRK/A." 9. So they put in limit orders to buy the stock at a price no higher than, say, $190 per share, a bit above where it last traded. 10. No, I'm kidding. I mean, maybe some of them did. Maybe some investors put in limit orders to buy BRK/A during that halt, with limit prices of $185 or $190 or $200 or $1,000. And none of those orders were executed, because by the time the stock reopened it was trading at $648,000. Which is fine. You saw BRK/A trading at $185, you thought "ah, that would be a good deal, if I could actually get it," you put in an order saying "if I can really get BRK/A at these prices, I'd like to," and you were slightly disappointed but surely not surprised that you couldn't. 11. But at least some Interactive Brokers customers instead put in market orders to buy BRK/A at whatever price it traded at when it reopened. Which was obviously not going to be $185. It was going to be $622,000. 12. Except it wasn't $622,000 either: So many people apparently put in market orders to buy BRK/A, because they saw it trading at a discount, that "a substantial order imbalance … developed during the halt." And so the professional market makers, seeing that there were more buyers than sellers in the order book, raised their limit orders, so that the new midpoint price was closer to $648,000. And even so, the imbalance of market buy orders ate through the order book, so that all of the market makers' sell orders were executed until the stock traded at $741,971.39, and some of those retail orders were filled at that price. 13. And then, once all the retail market orders were executed, the stock went back to normal. BRK/A was trading around $628,000 by 12:15.
One point that I made yesterday is that, in the olden days, a person could only trade on one stock exchange, because a stock exchange was a building and you had to stand there to trade. You can only really stand in one place at a time: You could move between stations to trade different stocks, but you were limited to one building. Now a stock exchange is a computer, and you can connect your computer to as many stock-exchange computers as you want, so it's perfectly plausible to trade on a dozen stock exchanges simultaneously. This encourages new entrants: You don't have to be the biggest exchange with the most liquidity to attract traders, because the traders can trade everywhere, and will trade wherever they find the best price on any particular stock.
And yet in another sense, if you are a high-speed electronic stock trader, you really can only be in one place at a time, and that place is New Jersey. If a stock is trading at $10.00 on the New York Stock Exchange and $10.01 on Nasdaq, you want to buy on NYSE and sell on Nasdaq instantaneously. Nasdaq's computer is in Carteret, New Jersey; NYSE's is in Mahwah. BATS is in Secaucus. All of these places are fairly close to one another, and if you want to send electronic messages from one to another it doesn't take very long. Sending messages to Dallas would take ages by comparison, and in the modern world of electronic stock trading every microsecond counts. So the Texas Stock Exchange, like all the other stock exchanges, will be in New Jersey. Though also in Texas.
Naively, you might think that a stock exchange is a place where people meet to trade stocks, and that everyone would want to meet where everyone else meets. If everybody is trading stocks under one particular buttonwood tree in lower Manhattan, and you would prefer to trade stocks under an elm tree in midtown, you can go to some other traders and say "hey isn't this elm tree nice and shady, let's trade there," but it will be hard to get any of them to move. They have stock to sell, and they want to sell it where the buyers are; they have stock to buy, and they want to buy it where the sellers are. Even if your elm tree offers better shade and lower fees, they'll be inclined to stick with the buttonwood. Liquidity begets liquidity, and it is hard for a small upstart exchange to compete with the incumbents.
But the actual US equity market in 2024 doesn't really work like that. There are more than a dozen stock exchanges, plus various other trading venues, and all of them are actually computers. So if you are a stock trader, your calculation is not "I'm going to walk over to one particular place and stand there trading stocks all day, so it'd better be the place with the most people." Your calculation is more like "I am going to connect my computer to 37 other computers, all of which will sell me stock, and trade on all of them simultaneously." The default approach is to connect to many different trading venues and send each order to whichever venue has the best price at any particular second.
And this is not just a matter of convenient computer technology; it is also fostered by US regulation. The US has a "national market system" that links together all of the exchanges and that more or less requires brokers to do a trade on whichever exchange offers the best price. So if you have an upstart stock exchange, and it is approved by the US Securities and Exchange Commission to be a "national securities exchange," all the traders will connect to your exchange, and if you have the best price for one stock at 10:17 on Wednesday morning, the trade will happen on your exchange. In the naive simple meet-under-the-tree system, offering a little bit of liquidity is no good: Everyone will prefer to meet at the place that offers a lot of liquidity. In the national market system, you can run a perfectly viable business offering a little bit of liquidity.
It is honestly a weird feature of US equity markets that a lot of corporate governance rules are set by stock exchanges' listing standards. If you want your stock to trade publicly, you list it on an exchange (mainly NYSE or Nasdaq). Your stock trades on every exchange — it's a national market system, everyone can buy and sell every stock everywhere — but it is listed on one of them. You pay fees to your listing exchange, the listing exchange has an outsized role in trading the stock (doing the opening and closing auctions, etc.), and you have to follow the exchange's rules about shareholder voting, independent directors, board diversity, etc.
Those rules are probably somewhat driven by market demand: Exchange listing standards are in part a way for investors to coordinate and solve collective action problems; the exchanges make rules that require companies to do what most investors want. But they're not entirely market-driven, and it's always possible that Nasdaq cares more about board diversity than a lot of investors do. So you can start a new exchange and attract listings from companies that want to be public but don't want to have diverse boards.
Last week, the US stock market transitioned from T+2 to T+1 settlement. Before, if you bought stock on the stock exchange on Monday, you actually got the shares and delivered the cash on Wednesday. Now, if you buy stock on the stock exchange on Monday, you get the shares and deliver the cash on Tuesday. There are various processes that have to happen between trade and settlement (finding or recalling stock borrow, converting foreign currencies, etc.), and people were nervous that something would break when the settlement time was shortened, but so far things seem to have worked fine. There has even been talk of eventually moving to a shorter T+0 settlement cycle, where trades settle later the same day.
That said, here's one more process that sometimes has to happen between trading and settlement:
A glitch during a software update early Monday led the New York Stock Exchange to erroneously halt trading on about 40 stocks and display odd trades showing a 99% drop in companies including Warren Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway Inc.
The disruption — the third episode to hit US markets in the past week — was resolved after roughly 45 minutes when the Consolidated Tape Association, whose systems are operated by a NYSE subsidiary, reverted to a backup data center running a different software version. ...
About a dozen trades in Berkshire Class A shares went off at $185.10 around 9:50 a.m. The stock closed Friday at $627,400. NYSE said any trade between 9:50 and 9:51 at or below $603,718.30 will be canceled. NuScale Power Corp. had a similar glitch, with trades that printed at about 99% below the prior price.
Every once in a while, a stock exchange will print a bunch of trades that are "clearly erroneous," and will then come to its senses, decide that the trades were wrong, and cancel them. If you cancel trades between trade and settlement, that can be a mess — what happens to people who bought Berkshire at $185.10 and immediately sold at $604,000? — but it is more or less possible. If you try to cancel them after the money has moved, though, that's harder. A shorter settlement window might make these glitches more dangerous.
Last week, US stock trades settled T+2, meaning that if you sold stock on Monday, you delivered the stock and received the cash on Wednesday. Starting this week, they settle T+1, so if you sold stock yesterday you deliver it today. The general expectation about the move to T+1 was that most trades would settle in one day, but the fail rate would go up: More trades would not settle on time, because traders had trouble finding or recalling stock borrow or converting their foreign currencies into dollars in just one business day. "Moving from T+2 to T+1 settlement means something more like moving from T+2.001 settlement to, like, T+1.05 settlement," I wrote last week. Settling stock trades is not just about moving digits around in databases; it requires actual commercial activity, and shortening the settlement cycle means that sometimes that activity won't be completed in time.
But so far — a few hours into the T+1 experience — T+1 seems to have a lower fail rate than T+2 did. Some possible hypotheses for why:
1. If you work in the settlement bits of a big broker or bank, and in March you went to your boss to ask to take off Memorial Day week, she said "absolutely not it's all hands on deck that week." Everyone is paying attention to settlements this week, in a way that they did not last week, so all the best people are working on it with total focus. Eventually the fail rate will creep up to where it was before, or higher, but for now the system is operating at peak effectiveness. 2. Possibly there is a more general and permanent form of that explanation: The transition to T+1 forced a lot of banks and brokerages to upgrade their systems and processes, so that they are now not only faster but also better at settling trades, so the fail rate should go down permanently. 3. Conversely, if you are a trader who is in the business of doing gnarly trades that have a risk of failing — shorting hard-to-borrow stocks, maybe, or converting illiquid currencies into dollars across time zones to buy US stocks — maybe you did take this week off. "I'm gonna let them work out the kinks in the system before I try to borrow DJT stock for T+1 settlement," maybe you thought, and you went on vacation this week. Maybe the fail rate is lower this week because people are only doing the easy trades. 4. Maybe settling T+1 really is easier and less error-prone? One theoretical problem with T+2 settlement — one reason that the system switched to T+1 — is that, with T+2 settlement, trades are at risk for two days. "Time equals risk," the SEC said in proposing the switch to T+1; "less time between a transaction and its completion reduces risk." If you agree a trade on Monday and settle it on Wednesday, and disaster strikes on Tuesday afternoon, the trade might not settle; if you settle T+1 then more trades will settle. Of course it's not like a lot of disasters were striking last week; last week's 2.09% fail rate is probably not explained by, like, widespread counterparty bankruptcies. Still maybe when people have two days to settle their trades, they … forget about them? There is just more time for glitches to occur, so more glitches occur. Whereas with T+1 settlement you just do the trade and settle it, with less time to mess it up.
There are two kinds of aluminum:
1. Physical aluminum, which some industrial producer or trader of aluminum delivers to some actual user of aluminum, who then uses it to make beer cans or whatever; and 2. Abstract aluminum, which lives in warehouses associated with the London Metal Exchange, and which is used to underpin LME futures contracts. If you buy an aluminum futures contract on the LME, and it expires and you "take delivery" of the aluminum, what you actually get is a receipt — called a "warrant" — entitling you to some of the aluminum in an LME warehouse. And then you can sell that warrant, or use it to sell futures; you never need to take the metail out of the warehouse. We talked last year about JPMorgan Chase & Co.'s discovery that some of the nickel it owned, in LME warehouses, was actually bags of rocks that had apparently been there for years. Understandable! JPMorgan was not making batteries with the nickel; it was making futures contracts. The physical properties of the nickel (or, rocks) were not that relevant. "Like Yap money stones," I wrote, "the warehouse nickel is still useful for financial trading even if it is not actually there, or not actually nickel."
The economics of this system are quite bizarre. Physical aluminum costs more than abstract aluminum, because you can use it to make beer cans. Abstract aluminum costs less, because you can't. Abstract aluminum can , however, be transformed into actual aluminum. (Unless it is rocks.) It's the same physical substance; it's just in different warehouses. You can go to an LME warehouse with your warrant and demand that they give you your aluminum, and they will.
This would seem to create an arbitrage: Buy aluminum on the LME for cheap, get the warrant, hand in the warrant, get the aluminum, and sell it in the physical market for more money.
Why doesn't this work? The stylized answer is something like: Because the door to the LME warehouse is really small, and the people working there take long lunch breaks, so if you go to the warehouse with a warrant for 100 tons of aluminum it will take them ages to give it to you. Just the delay itself is bad for the arbitrage — you buy low in the notional market and then have to wait ages for delivery to sell high in the physical market, subject to market risk — but also you pay rent , to the warehouse, while you are waiting for your aluminum. So if the physical market price is much higher than the abstract market price, everyone will notice the arbitrage and try to take aluminum out of the warehouses, which will make the delay much longer, so everyone will have to pay a lot of rent while they wait, so even if they do end up selling the physical aluminum for a higher price than they paid on the LME, they might end up with a loss.
The point here is that there is a flavor of aluminum trading that is not "anticipate whether the price of aluminum will go up or down, and bet on that," but rather "anticipate whether there will be a long line to get aluminum out of the warehouse, and bet on that." You're not trading "the price of aluminum" but rather, like, "the expected rent cost of the delay in taking aluminum out of the warehouse." You are trading the warehouse delay, not the commodity.
And this trade is of course two-sided. If the line to take aluminum out of the warehouse is long, you can put aluminum in the warehouse and capture some of that rent.
If you traded a stock in the US last week, the trade was scheduled to settle on the second business after the trade date. If you bought stock last Monday, you got the stock on Wednesday. If you trade a stock in the US this week, the trade is scheduled to settle on the first business day after the trade date. If you buy stock today, you'll get it tomorrow. The rules have changed — from T+2 to T+1 settlement — in part because the 2020 meme-stock mania drew attention to the credit risk involved in waiting two days to settle a stock trade, and in part, I think, because everyone is faintly embarrassed that, in our modern age of computing and telecommunications technology, it still takes two days to exchange the electronic database entry representing a share of stock for the electronic database entry representing some dollars. Nobody has to send any couriers anywhere to settle a stock trade. Bloomberg's Greg Ritchie points out that actually the US used to have T+1 settlement, back in the courier days, but eventually the couriers couldn't keep up:
The T+1 era of the 1920s — a decade dubbed "the roaring '20s" in part because of the amazing stock market performance — ended because the manual nature of transactions meant it was impossible to keep up with surging trading activity. The settlement time was eventually pushed out as far as five days.
That's from an article about how people are nervous about the transition from T+2 to T+1, which will put stress on various bits of infrastructure. In particular the foreign exchange market, which normally settles T+2, meaning that if you are a European investor buying US stocks, you will need to find a faster-than-normal way to convert your euros into dollars to settle the stock trade. Also tomorrow — the T+1 settlement day for today's trades, and also the T+2 settlement day for Friday's — will be weird:
Two big, immediate tests also loom for the T+1 system: First, Wednesday's so-called double settlement day, where T+2 trades from Friday come due at the same time as Tuesday's T+1 transactions. Then MSCI Inc.'s index rebalancing at the end of the week, when funds around the world tracking its gauges will be reshuffling holdings at the same time.
The way it works now is:
1. On Monday, we do a stock trade: I agree to sell you 100 shares of XYZ for $20 each. 2. On Wednesday, we settle the trade: I give you the 100 shares, and you give me the $2,000. 3. That gives me two days to find the shares. Probably I already had them on Monday, but maybe not. Maybe I was doing a short sale, and I need to arrange to borrow the shares between Monday and Wednesday. [4] Or maybe I was doing a long sale, but I had loaned my shares to someone else, and now I need to call them back. 4. And you have two days to find the money. Maybe you already had the money in your brokerage account on Monday, but maybe not. Maybe you need to move money from a bank account. Maybe you need to get a margin loan from your broker. Maybe your money is in euros and you need to convert it into dollars. 5. Almost all of the time, this works out fine: I get the stock, you get the money, we meet up on Wednesday and exchange them. 6. Every so often, we run out of time: I recall my stock loan but the borrower doesn't return the shares in time, or your bank closes early and you can't move the money in time. 7. In that case … we settle the trade on Thursday? Maybe Friday? Ehh. Mistakes happen. This is called a "settlement fail," and it's not great , you know, but mostly everyone survives. Not always. Fails "can result in regulatory punishment, loss of capital tied up in the trade, and even — in very rare instances when the transaction is large enough — the collapse of parties in the deal." Also they make Devin Nunes angry.
Anyway that system is called T+2 settlement, because trades settle two days after the trade date. Next week the US will move to T+1 settlement. That is the same as the above, except:
1. We settle on Tuesday instead of Wednesday. 2. This gives you one less day to find the cash, and me one less day to find the stock. 3. We will run out of time more often, especially in the beginning, when we are less used to doing stuff this fast. 4. In that case … probably we settle on Wednesday? Mistakes happen. This will be more embarrassing on a systemic level — everyone is practicing real hard to settle trades T+1, and will be paying attention to the transition — but less embarrassing on an individual level, because of course everyone is going to mess it up sometimes.
Traditionally there are three main things you need to be a good bond dealer:
1. A listed phone number. As a dealer, your job is to buy bonds from people who want to sell them, and sell bonds to people who want to buy them. You rely on customers for your flow, and bonds have historically been a voice-traded market. You need customers to know that you are in the bond-dealing business, and to think of you when they want to trade bonds. 2. Some idea of what bonds are worth. If the customers do call you up looking to sell you some bonds, they will expect you to give them a price. If your price is too high, they will say "done, you buy, pleasure doing business with you," and then you will own a bunch of bonds that you overpaid for and that you will end up selling at a loss. If your price is too low, they will say "ugh, you are so bad at this, Morgan Stanley bid three points higher," you won't do the trade and you will lose a customer. You need to bid a price that is high enough that the customer will want to trade, but low enough that you'll make money. So you need to know what bonds are worth. This is partly a matter of long-term fundamental and economic analysis but it is also a matter of short-term understanding of the market. If you know another customer is looking to buy the bonds at 87, you can bid 86.5 for them and make a quick 50 cents. Again, the phone number comes in handy: The more you talk to other customers, and know about their holdings and desires and trades, the better you will be at setting a prices. 3. Money. If the customers call you up looking to sell you some bonds, and you say "86.5," and they say "done, you buy one million at 86.5," then you will need to pay them $865,000 for the bonds. Then you will try to turn around and sell them to another customer for $870,000 and clip a quick $5,000, but you won't always be able to do that. Lots of corporate bonds don't trade all that often. You will need to be able to put many millions of dollars of your employer's money into buying and holding bonds in inventory for a while, if you want to be in the bond dealing business.
Historically, in the US, this was a business done by investment banks and trading firms; eventually it became largely a business done by big universal Wall Street banks. Banks had famous brands and lots of salespeople to take customers out to dinner and get to know their needs, so customers knew to call them. They had lots of smart people who were good at pricing bonds, and their customer flow gave them a good sense of market prices. And, being banks, they had money.
A problem that we talk about from time to time around here is how to short hot startups. The idea is:
1. You notice that people are willing to pay a lot of money to invest in hot tech startups. 2. You think "these people are paying too much, I bet these valuations will come down." 3. You think "I should borrow some shares of hot tech startups and short them; I'll sell them now, when prices are high, and buy them back later, when prices are low." 4. You realize that you can't do that: Unlike in public markets, it's essentially impossible to borrow shares of private tech startups, so you can't short them. 5. You go to the lab to think up a way to do it.
The general answer is "to bet against a startup bubble, you need to create startup shares and sell them." The simplest way to do that is to start a startup , and I have often argued that the single greatest short seller in the history of private startups is Adam Neumann, who started WeWork, sold it to Masayoshi Son for $47 billion and has recently been trying, apparently unsuccessfully, to buy it back for $0. [9]
But there are other approaches. We have talked about Destiny Tech100 fund a few times around here. Destiny Tech100 is a publicly traded closed-end fund, with the ticker symbol DXYZ, that owns shares in private tech companies. It trades at a market value, as of yesterday's close, of about $190 million; its portfolio, as of the end of 2023, was worth about $53 million. That 250+% premium to net asset value was close to the lowest it has traded since going public in March; the premium was around 2,000% a few weeks ago.
DXYZ points to two more ways to short hot tech stocks. One is forward contracts. As we discussed earlier, a (smallish) portion of DXYZ's portfolio consists, not of private tech stocks , but of forward purchase contracts to buy those stocks. The situation is:
1. Lots of private startups give their employees stock, but don't allow them to sell it (until the startups eventually go public). 2. The employees want money now, so they enter a forward contract where (1) they promise to sell their stock to a buyer, at today's price, when the company goes public and they're able to sell, and (2) the buyer pays them cash now. 3. Those forward contracts — future claims on startup stock — are financial instruments that can be traded, and DXYZ buys some. 4. There are some legal and practical risks to these contracts, which are mostly frowned upon by the companies whose stocks are involved. "Should the portfolio company object to the existence of the forward contract, it may take any number of steps to discourage or obstruct the transactions," warns DXYZ.
But for our purposes the lesson is obvious: If you want to short hot tech startups, go write forward contracts. Create your own shares, via forward. Call up DXYZ, or some other buyer, and say "hey I will sell you 10,000 shares of Stripe at $25, via forward." You sign the contract, you get your $250,000, you wait. Eventually Stripe goes public and your counterparty comes to you for delivery, so you go out into the (public) stock market and buy the 10,000 shares you promised. If it goes public at $50 a share and trades up to $100, you pay a million dollars for those shares and have a big loss. If it goes public at $20 and trades down to $15, you pay $150,000 and have a profit. You just have a very straightforward short trade.
Of course, for your counterparty (DXYZ or whoever), this trade is a little different from their usual forward contracts. Usually startup-share forwards are written by employees (or former employees, early investors, etc.) who own the stock , so they have limited credit risk: If a Stripe employee owns 10,000 shares and sells them forward, and the stock goes up to $100, she doesn't have to go find a million dollars to buy the shares; she already owns them. Her shares were collateral for the forward contract, so her counterparty doesn't have to worry too much about her credit risk. Though traditional forwards are not free from credit risk: The company probably doesn't allow her to pledge the stock or sell it forward, she might change her mind about delivering the stock, and if she does then the counterparty's rights to it might be murky. Whereas if you have no relationship with the company and just want to bet against it, and are willing to cash collateralize your bet, maybe that's fine.
I suppose this is what people in public equity markets call "naked shorting," oops. Naked shorting is illegal, when you are trading actual stock for regular-way settlement, but I think naked shorts of private stock via forward contract are probably fine. [10] (Not legal advice!)
Second, though, DXYZ itself is just a way to create hot startup shares. We have talked a lot about DXYZ's large and volatile premium to its net asset value. In its early days, when its market cap was $875 million, I wrote: "One way to model this is that there is $875 million of demand from regular public investors to own shares in hot private startups, and so far only about $54 million of supply." DXYZ created the extra supply! It created $875 million worth of stock in private companies, while only owning about $54 million worth of that stock. I wrote:
DXYZ should sell stock!So much stock. It should sell stock to the public at a 1,000% premium to its net asset value or whatever, and then use the money to invest in more stakes in more private companies.
And then DXYZ did register to sell more stock. It is selling stock in a portfolio of private tech stocks, at a high valuation, to raise money to actually go and build that portfolio of private tech stocks. It is selling high today to buy low tomorrow. That's a short sale!
The problem of the stock market is that some people want to buy stock, and other people want to sell stock, but they don't all show up at exactly the same moment. If a seller shows up one minute and a buyer the next, somebody — a high-frequency market maker — will step in to buy from the seller, wait, and sell to the buyer. The market maker will charge a bit of money for that, and will build algorithms to do it; the investors will build their own algorithms to try to save on those costs. But if there was exactly one auction per day, then everyone who wanted to buy would just buy from everyone who wanted to sell, pushing down the cost of intermediation and making everything a bit simpler.
Moving to 24/7 trading is of course the opposite of that. But while there is pressure to move to all-night trading, there is also pressure to move to one auction. Sort of. Bloomberg's Justina Lee reports today:
The regular market for US equities runs for 390 minutes on a standard trading day. But at the rate things are going, eventually the last 10 might be the only ones that matter.
About a third of all S&P 500 stock trades are now executed in the final 10 minutes of the session, according to data compiled by BestEx Research, a developer of trading algorithms. That's up from 27% in 2021.
Yeah but pretty much every price move during continuous trading is fueled by one-sided flows. That's what continuous trading is : It's buyers buying from market makers and sellers selling to market makers, with the market makers continuously taking the other side of one-sided orders. If you mush all the buyers and sellers together at once, you probably get a bit less of that.
The stylized history of financial exchanges is something like:
1. Once, a dozen or so big brokers met under a tree or whatever to trade their stuff. 2. They collectively set some rules for trading the stuff, which evolved into a nonprofit membership organization — an "exchange" — run by the big brokers. 3. The exchange charged fees to trade, it invested in technology, and it eventually made sense for the exchange to restructure and go public as a for-profit company. 4. The dozen or so big brokers, who once owned and ran the exchange, don't anymore: It's a public company, they've sold whatever shares they had in it, it's just an arm's-length counterparty now. 5. They don't like paying the fees. 6. They get to talking with each other. 7. "At the end of the day," they say, "this exchange is really just us. It's a venue — now a computer system, not a tree, but still — where the 12 of us get together to trade stuff with each other. Why are we paying these fees to a for-profit exchange? Why don't we just meet together somewhere else , trade with each other, and save on fees?" 8. They can't literally meet under a different tree, since now everything is computerized, but if they talk about this enough eventually an entrepreneur will go and build it for them.
We talked a few years ago about Members Exchange, MEMX, which is this story for US stocks. ("'We think with the right team we could run an exchange at a fraction of the cost of what the incumbents are offering,' said Virtu Chief Executive Officer Douglas Cifu.") And here are Bloomberg's Katherine Doherty and Sridhar Natarajan on FMX, which is this story for interest-rate derivatives:
Howard Lutnick is lining up some of Wall Street's biggest power players for a fresh challenge to the behemoth of futures trading and interest-rate derivatives, CME Group Inc.
The chief executive officer of Cantor Fitzgerald got backing from Bank of America Corp., Barclays Plc, Citadel Securities, Citigroup Inc., Goldman Sachs Group Inc., JPMorgan Chase & Co., and Jump Trading as he prepares to launch his new futures exchange. The firms invested $172 million for a 25.75% stake in FMX, which increases as they use the platform. The business is part of BGC Group Inc., a brokerage spun off from Cantor Fitzgerald in 2004 and led by Lutnick. …
"When George Clooney bought a tequila company, the tequila was the tequila," Lutnick said in an interview, comparing the consortium of backers with the movie star. "The day after he bought it, it was worth 10X. My exchange is now worth more." …
Lutnick's FMX Futures exchange is expected to launch in September, with plans to first list futures linked to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, a benchmark short-term rate, then Treasury yields. Those futures will compete directly with contracts on CME, which has seen record volumes thanks to uncertainty around future Fed interest-rate decisions, inflation and geopolitical tensions.
For the banks and prop traders involved, the appeal is straightforward: (1) lower fees ("The cost of trading on FMX also will be lower than through CME"), (2) as part-owners, the fees partly accrue to them, and (3) bonuses for more trading: "They can keep an additional 10.3% [of FMX ownership] if they help meet certain volume targets." Getting paid to trade with each other is nicer than paying to do so.
You could tell a very large-scale stylized story of finance that goes this way:
1. The most efficient way to allocate goods is to sell them to the highest bidder. 2. The most efficient way to sell goods to the highest bidder is to have continuous electronic markets [6] in which sophisticated traders deploy automated algorithms to provide liquidity. 3. As technology progresses, it becomes possible to allocate more goods this way. 4. Eventually we will enter a paradise in which every good thing in life is sold to the highest bidder in continuous automated electronic markets.
In Ancient Rome, and also in like the 1950s, basically no goods were allocated through continuous automated electronic markets. But by the end of the 20th century, stocks more or less were, though there's always more work to be done. (The stock market could be 24/7?) Then it turned out advertising could work this way. Bonds are getting there.
Part of the technological progress here is just the improvement of computer and communications technology, which makes it easier and more intuitive to trade more goods electronically (and to build bots to automate the trading). But part of the progress also involves noticing that a good can be classified as "a good," and priced, and restructured as an automated electronic market. I have suggested that Mark Zuckerberg discovered that "connecting with friends" is a good thing in life and that therefore he could build an automated electronic marketplace to charge for it, though that was mostly facetious. (He doesn't actually charge for it.) But getting a prime table at a hot restaurant is definitely desirable, and therefore it now has high-frequency traders. At the New Yorker, Adam Iscoe interviews some of them:
Alex Eisler, a sophomore at Brown University who studies applied math and computer science, regularly uses fake phone numbers and e-mail addresses to make reservations. When he calls Polo Bar, he told me, "Sometimes they recognize my voice, so I have to do different accents. I have to act like a girl sometimes." He switched into a bad falsetto: "I'm, like, 'Hiiii, is it possible to book a reservation?' I have a few Resy accounts that have female names." His recent sales on Appointment Trader, where his screen name is GloriousSeed75, include a lunch table at Maison Close, which he sold for eight hundred and fifty-five dollars, and a reservation at Carbone, the Village red-sauce place frequented by the Rolex-and-Hermès crowd, which fetched a thousand and fifty dollars. Last year, he made seventy thousand dollars reselling reservations. …
Some resellers use bots — basically, computers that are faster at hitting the refresh button than you are. Several bots might be simultaneously checking the app, ten or even a hundred times per second, twenty-four hours a day, until one finds the eight-o'clock table at Bangkok Supper Club that it's been programmed to grab. Instead of using a keyboard or mouse, the bot programmatically executes the reservation app's underlying code.
He also interviews various restaurant people who don't like that their restaurants are all filled with the highest bidders in a high-speed electronic marketplace, but that's financial capitalism baby!
(Several of the many readers who sent me this article pointed out that it looks a little bit like options trading: A restaurant reservation is kind of like an option, in that it creates a right but not an obligation to eat at Carbone at 8 p.m. Though I don't know how you'd dynamically hedge that option.)
And then there's crypto! The word "blockchain" does come up in that New Yorker article, though only briefly. But here's Nick Emmons at CoinDesk last month:
We are moving into an era of hyper-financialization, in which anything that can become financialized will be. And it will culminate at the intersection of AI and crypto.
Through a wider use of markets, we are likely to see more seamless coordination across all aspects of society. The reason we can't use markets in a broad set of society today is because there's so much overhead in interacting with markets, which are valuable coordination mechanisms if the returns from interacting with it outweigh the expense and overhead. …
Though crypto has introduced more efficient market infrastructure, inefficiencies still persist around human participation. Interacting with markets still requires manual effort, introduces individual biases, and relies on limited mental processing relative to AI capabilities. This friction increases the overhead of interacting with markets and leads to suboptimal coordination.
The final unlock to maximize market efficiency is AI: the most expressive technology we have. AI can act as highly capable, deflationary actors that reduce the inefficiencies of human actors in the market - capabilities like prediction, automation, and personalization at enormous scale and sophistication. This further chips away at the overhead of interacting with markets and slowly expands the scope of what markets can be used for.
The result of the convergence of these two technologies will be an explosion of novel financial markets for a wider range of societal functions, allowing us to use markets, the greatest coordination mechanism we have, for a broader set of society's functions.
We talked once about Eric Posner and E. Glen Weyl's proposal to improve capitalism with "a tax on property, based on the value self-assessed by its owner at intervals, along with a requirement that the owner sell the property to any third party willing to pay a price equal to the self-assessed value." That way, everything you own would permanently be on sale; you'd have incentives to price it low (to reduce your taxes), and the bots would scour all of everyone's everything to find bargains, and finance would reach its final state.
Say you are a big mutual fund and you own 1,000 shares of Stock X and you want to sell. You meet a pension fund that wants to buy 1,000 shares of Stock X, the pension fund comes to your office to negotiate a trade, and you agree on a price of, say, $14 per share. The pension fund reaches into its bag of cash, pulls out $14,000 in crisp $20 bills and hands them to you. You open up your vault, pull out a stock certificate that says "1,000 Shares of Stock X" and hand it to the pension fund. "Pleasure doing business with you," you say; you shake hands with the pension fund and it walks out of your office holding the shares.
This is not quite an accurate description of how you trade stocks in 2024. For instance, in reality, you negotiate this trade anonymously and electronically on the stock exchange, [1] the "stock" consists of an entry in an electronic database rather than paper certificates, and the "$14,000" consists of an entry in a different electronic database. But those distinctions are not particularly important, and let's ignore them for now.
Instead let's just pretend that everything is done face to face with vaults and paper money, and talk about a different complication. That complication is: If you are a big mutual fund in 2024 and you own 1,000 shares of Stock X, you don't just keep the shares in your vault. No, what has actually happened is that, a month ago, a hedge fund came to you and said: "Hey, I hear you have some shares of Stock X sitting in your vault. I would like to borrow those shares from you, for my own purposes." And you sat down with that hedge fund and negotiated a trade — not a stock trade, but a stock lending trade. You didn't sell your stock, but you agreed to lend the hedge fund your stock certificates, and the hedge fund agreed to post some cash collateral to secure the loan, and the hedge fund agreed to pay you a fee — essentially, interest — for borrowing the stock. [2] Also the loan has a term: Maybe you agreed that the hedge fund would return the stock certificates in 90 days, for instance, but much more likely you agreed to "open" term, where the hedge fund can return the shares to you whenever it wants, and you can demand them back whenever you want.
Why did the hedge fund want to borrow your stock? There's really only one possible answer: The hedge fund wanted to short Stock X; it wanted to sell shares of Stock X that it didn't own, betting that the stock would drop and it could buy the shares back cheaper later. To do that, of course, it needed shares of Stock X: In my slightly fanciful world of tangible face-to-face stock trades, a hedge fund can't "sell Stock X" without handing over actual certificates of Stock X. This is where you came in: You loaned the hedge fund some shares of Stock X, the hedge fund sold them, and it hopes to buy them back in the future for cheaper and return them to you to close out the loan.
Why did you agree to lend the hedge fund the shares, if you knew that the hedge fund was betting they'd go down? You own Stock X; you want it to go up; why would you help someone bet against it? Oh, reasons. You might think "this hedge fund is going to short the stock anyway by borrowing it from someone and paying a fee, so I might as well get the fee." You might think "this hedge fund thinks the stock will go down, but it is wrong, and I will profit from its folly." You might think "actually this hedge fund isn't really betting that the stock will go down, but doing some sort of market-neutral or options market-making or convertible arbitrage strategy, so there is nothing offensive about its shorting." You might think "I am actually an index fund paid to track an index, so I don't much care if my stocks go up or down, and getting a little stock-lending income can help me offset my expenses." Doesn't matter; the point is that you were happy to get some stock-lending income by helping a short seller out.
But now you want to sell the stock, and the nice pension fund is sitting in your office with its bag of cash, and you open your vault and there is no stock there. There's a pile of cash (the collateral from the hedge fund), and a little note saying "IOU 1,000 shares of Stock X." And so you turn to the pension fund and say "oh, sorry, I want to sell you this stock, and I own it, but I don't have it right now, can we meet back here in a couple of days and I'll give it to you?"
And the pension fund says "actually that's fine, no problem. In fact, to tell you the truth, I was hoping you'd say that, because I don't have any cash in my bag either. You see, as a pension fund, I have a fiduciary duty to maximize returns, and if I just carried around a bunch of $20 bills in a sack I would not be earning any interest. So in fact I invest all my cash in a money-market fund, which pays a fairly risk-free interest rate, and when I need to buy stock I take cash out of the money-market fund to get the $20 bills to pay for the stock. Right now all that's in the bag is a piece of paper with my money-market fund account number on it. Tell you what, though: You go out and find those stock certificates that you own, and I'll go get cash from my money-market fund, and we'll meet back here in a couple of days and swap."
And so you agree on a trade — a size and price, you sell 1,000 shares of Stock X to the pension fund for $14 per share — and agree to come back in two days to settle the trade, that is, exchange dollars for shares. This is called "T+2 settlement." And then in the intervening two days everyone is busy:
1. You call up the hedge fund and say "Hi, remember those 1,000 shares of Stock X I loaned you? I need them back. Can you come by my office tomorrow and return them?" And the hedge fund says "sure, we agreed to an open-term loan, and I honor my commitments, so I'll be there tomorrow with your shares." 2. But remember, the hedge fund sold your shares! It doesn't have them. So it has to go out and find 1,000 shares of Stock X to return to you. Probably it will call some other investor and say "hey do you have 1,000 shares of Stock X I can borrow," negotiate a new loan, and get the 1,000 shares just in time to meet you at your office tomorrow to return them. 3. But if it can't find a new loan, in the worst case, it will have to go out and buy back the 1,000 shares so it can return them to you. But this is tricky, because what if that trade takes two days to settle? Then the hedge fund won't have the shares in time to return them to you tomorrow! 4. Meanwhile, the pension fund goes to its money market fund manager and says "I need to cash out $14,000 please." And the money market fund manager gives it $14,000 and cancels some of its shares. 5. Where does the money market fund get the $14,000 from? Well, probably it owns a bunch of Treasury bills, and it goes and sells them in the market for cash, and it uses the cash to pay out the pension fund. That trade, too, has to settle: The money market fund has to deliver the bills, and the buyer has to deliver the cash.
And then if all goes well, you meet up two days later and exchange the $20 bills for the stock certificates. But it is not unheard of for all not to go well. You might show up two days later with no stock certificates and say "look, I own that stock, I promise I'm good for it , but what happened is that I lent it out to a hedge fund, and I recalled it, and they couldn't find anyone else to borrow it from, so they had to buy it back in, and they did , they bought the stock from another investor, but the person they bought it from hasn't delivered it yet, but she said that she will tomorrow, and the hedge fund will run it over to my office as soon as they get it, so I should have it by 2 p.m. tomorrow at the latest, so let's meet up then, really sorry for the inconvenience." And the pension fund will be annoyed, but it will also be like "yeah that stuff happens in the stock mar
The second is the conventional capital markets view. Here, the rough idea is that banks sell the stock in an IPO mostly to big institutional investors, most of whom they expect to buy and hold the stock. Then the next day, the stock opens for trading, and lots of people — institutions that didn't get allocations, but also retail investors — want to buy it. But there's not a lot for sale, because most of the IPO was placed with long-term holders. So there's a lot of demand and not much supply, so the stock goes up, creating an "IPO pop." This means that it is generally good to get an allocation in the IPO: You buy stock in the IPO, and the next day it reasonably predictably goes up and you make money. And retail investors mostly don't get to buy a lot of stock in IPOs, so they miss out on this pop.
Letting individual redditors buy stock in the IPO sort of addresses this problem: The redditors get to buy stock at the institutional price, and then it goes up and they make money. On the other hand, if you let the retail investors buy in the IPO, that kind of ruins the mechanism that leads to the IPO pop? The devoted retail investors who want to buy the stock do so in the IPO, rather than having to wait until the next day, so there's not as much demand when the stock opens for trading. And a lot of those retail investors might be looking to make a quick buck by flipping the stock, so there is more supply. So there's less reason to expect a pop. "If everyone buys at the IPO price then there'll be no one waiting to buy it the next day," I wrote, when Robinhood Markerts Inc. tried this sort of thing, "and everyone who bought it to make a quick profit will be selling it at a loss." (That did happen to Robinhood, though then it rallied hard the week after its IPO, so who knows.)
Nvidia's 13F filing was also more or less predictable. Nvidia had never filed a 13F — never disclosed its stock holdings in an easy-to-find place — before, but SEC rules require companies that own more than $100 million worth of publicly traded stock to file Form 13F, beginning the year after they cross that $100 million threshold. The Form 13F has to disclose the company's holdings of public stock, and the deadline is 45 days after the end of the previous quarter, meaning Feb. 14, which is exactly when Nvidia filed its form. Arm went public last September, and it prominently disclosed that Nvidia would be one of the "cornerstone investors" in its $4.9 billion initial public offering. Based on that disclosure, you could have guessed that Nvidia's Arm stake would be above $100 million. [2] Again, that guess could have been wrong — I have not seen any official disclosure of the size of Nvidia's Arm investment before the 13F — but it was a reasonable guess and turned out to be right.
Also it's worth pointing out that "13F day" is a thing: Most 13F filers file right at the quarterly deadline, many 13F filers are prominent investors (hedge fund managers, Warren Buffett, Cathie Wood), and people pay attention to their filings. Journalists write up the stocks that they have bought and sold, those stories get a lot of readers, and other investors sometimes copy their moves. A 13F disclosing that a celebrity investor bought a small stock in December can cause that stock to rally in February.
So if you were familiar with Arm's IPO prospectus, and the SEC's ownership disclosure rules, and seven years' worth of press releases from small-cap tech companies like SoundHound and Nano-X and Zebra Medical Vision, and the financial media's reporting of 13F filings, and the popular interest that makes Nvidia's moves worth following, you could have formed the following thesis last month:
1. Nvidia probably owns stakes in SoundHound and Nano-X. 2. It will probably have to file a Form 13F disclosing those stakes. 3. It will probably do that on Feb. 14. 4. When that happens, there will probably be a lot of news stories to the effect of "Nvidia owns SoundHound and Nano-X." 5. People will pay attention to those stories and copy Nvidia's moves. 6. Nano-X and SoundHound, which are quite small companies, will benefit a lot from that attention, and their stocks will go up a lot. 7. Therefore, just before the 13F deadline (say, Monday, Feb. 12), I should buy out-of-the money call options on Nano-X and SoundHound that expire just after the deadline (say, Friday, Feb. 16). Those options will be cheap, and if this thesis is right, they will benefit maximally from the Nvidia-induced pop.
Here's a simple model of a block trade. There's a public company, its stock trades on the exchange, its current price is $100. A big shareholder wants to sell a block of a million shares. This will drive down the price: supply and demand, more sellers than buyers, etc. Let's say that fully selling all of the shares will drive the price down by $3.
You're a bank, and the seller comes to you and says: "I want to do a block trade. I want you to buy all this stock at a firm price and resell it at your own risk. You have to buy it after the market closes in two hours; I'll call you for your bid then." How much should you bid? Well, on my numbers in the previous paragraph, the stock is at $100, selling all the shares will take $3 off the price, and you'll be able to resell it at $97. So you should bid, like, $96, to add a little cushion (in case that $3 estimate of the price impact is wrong) and some profit for you.
But in fact the stock will move around over the next two hours. Maybe in two hours it'll be $99, or $101. And reselling the stock will drive it down by $3. So really your bid should be (1) whatever the closing price is in two hours minus (2) say, $4 (the $3 effect of the sale, plus $1 for your profits). And in fact the seller will probably ask you for a bid that is not a dollar price but a discount (percentage or dollars) to the last sale price. If the stock closes at $99.73 and your bid is "down $4" then your bid is $95.73.
You have two hours to come up with your bid. You have two goals:
1. Accuracy: You want your bid to accurately reflect the price at which you can resell the stock (plus a little profit for you); you don't want to pay $98 if you'll have to resell the stock at $95. 2. Competitiveness: The seller is probably calling a bunch of banks, and will take the highest price (the lowest discount to the last sale). So you want to offer the highest price.
Here is a good trick: You spend those two hours selling all the stock. You pre-sell the million shares that the seller is offering; you sell them short. As you do this, naturally, the price declines, from $100 to $97, to reflect all of that selling. (Also maybe other stuff happens — maybe there's economic news or other big buyers or sellers or whatever — so the stock ends up at $96 or $98 or whatever, but the $3 effect of all the selling is fully incorporated into the price.) And then at the end of that process you go to the seller and bid "down $1": That is, you'll pay $1 less than the last price; if the last price was $97 you'll pay $96.
Now, two things are true:
1. Your bid is more accurate. You already know the price you can get for all that stock, because you've already sold it. If you sold it at $97 and bid $96, you have $1 of profit that is totally safe. [1] 2. Your bid is tighter , more competitive. Instead of bidding "down $4," as you would have in the naive case, you bid "down $1," because the $3 impact of selling the stock is already reflected into the price.
Notice that your bid is not actually better: In the naive case, the stock is at $100 and you bid down $4 ($96) to reflect the likely impact on the price of reselling all the stock. In the pre-selling case, the stock is at $97 and you bid down $1 ($96) because you've already resold all the stock. Either way the seller gets $96.
But if you are in competition, your competitors don't know that you've pre-sold the stock. They see the closing price of $97 and think that that reflects the market's valuation of the stock; they think that reselling the million-share block will require another $3 price drop. So they bid "down $4" — the naive bid — which works out to $93. And you bid $96, you win, you get the stock, and you make an easy $1 profit.
There are some problems with this trick. One is, if you do it and don't win, you've pre-sold all this stock and don't get to buy it at a discount; you have to go and cover your short in the market and might lose money. What if another bank does the same trick? Then, between you, you've sold two million shares, the price has gone down too far, and whoever loses the auction will have to buy back the million shares at higher prices. What if five banks do this trick?
There are ways to mitigate this risk. A simple one is, instead of actually pre-selling the stock yourself, you just call up the likely buyers — the big hedge funds that tend to buy block trades — and say "hey, got one coming for Amalgamated Widgets, you in?" And then the hedge funds give you an order, and they short the stock, and it goes down to $97, and you proceed as above, bidding $96 and winning the auction, and you sell them the stock at $96.50 and they make money and you make money. This moves the risk from you to the hedge funds. [2]
Another problem with this trick is that it is pretty bad customer service. It looks like good customer service: You can give the seller a tight bid on the block, and then resell it quickly and efficiently. But it is actually bad customer service, because you drive down the price ahead of the block trade and make the auction for the seller's shares less competitive. [3] Ordinarily sellers will swear you to secrecy; they will call you up and say "I want you to bid on this block, but don't tell anyone that it's coming." If the seller finds out that you did pre-sell the shares, or that you leaked the news to hedge funds to pre-sell the shares, they will be mad at you. [4]
A third problem with this trick is that it is … I was about to say "very illegal," but apparently it is only, like, the regular amount of illegal. Possibly less. It is mildly illegal? (Not legal advice!) It is a form of insider trading , or rather front-running: Your client (the big shareholder) called you and said "I want to sell stock after the close today," and probably swore you to secrecy, and then you went and traded on it, or told hedge funds to trade on it, so you could make more money for yourself with less risk. You had nonpublic information about a big shareholder's plans to sell, that information was material, you had a duty to keep it confidential, and instead you used it to tip off some hedge funds (or trade yourself) to make money for yourself.
A certain amount of illegal. On Friday, the US Securities and Exchange Commission and US federal prosecutors in Manhattan settled a case against Morgan Stanley and Pawan Passi, its former head of US equity syndicate. "Equity syndicate" is the desk that does this stuff; specifically:
1. When big shareholders ask for a price on a block trade, equity syndicate is the desk that gives them the price. 2. When Morgan Stanley wins a block trade, equity syndicate is the desk that coordinates selling the shares out to investors. 3. When big shareholders ask for a price on a block trade, equity syndicate is the desk that calls potential investors and say "hey what price would you pay for this block?" to formulate its bid.
Oh, I mean, not really; No. 3 is illegal. But kind of. Certainly Pawan Passi did that, though now he is the former head of equity syndicate. The SEC says:
Selling shareholders or their agents then typically send a bid-wanted-in-competition ("BWIC") email to the investment banking firms that had expressed an interest on the initial outreach calls. BWICs are typically sent to firms two to three hours before the market close. They reiterate the information provided on the outreach call (the seller's identity, the stock, and size of the block), request bids by 4:05 pm ET that day, and set forth the confidential auction process. BWICs typically pre-condition a firm's participation in the auction process on the firm agreeing to keep information about the potential block trade confidential. Selling shareholders or their agents require the select group of auction participants to keep such information confidential because if the market becomes aware of an imminent block trade, as stated above,
Basically if you watch a football game on television, you see what happens shortly after the sportsbook does, and they can update their odds of something happening before you see it happen. The sportsbook has a direct feed from the NFL, whereas you rely on the consolidated tape of watching the game on TV. If you are at the game in person can you front-run the sportsbook on your phone? A little bit? I am going to get 200 emails about this. At least one of my readers has surely front-run a sportsbook.
Not literally 200, but, yes, I heard from a lot of readers about front-running sportsbooks. It is classically called "courtsiding," because the way to get data faster than the sportsbooks' direct feeds is by sitting courtside. One reader even pointed me to a book about it; from the Amazon summary:
Brad Hutchins has been living a young bloke's dream: getting paid to travel the world and watch sport. Sitting court-side on the pro tennis circuit, he uses his phone to transmit results to a gambling syndicate, taking advantage of the time delay in TV broadcasts to beat other online punters to the big pay-offs. His stories from life on the road capture the adventures and mishaps that come with following the world's best tennis players and partying in a new country every week. But like card counters in casinos, court-siders are despised by the tennis establishment. The more time Brad spends at tournaments, the harder it becomes for him to evade the security guards who are hell-bent on ejecting him from matches. The resulting cat-and-mouse chases will appeal to anyone who loves the roguish spirit of The Wolf of Wall Street or Catch Me If You Can.
Or Flash Boys I guess. Another reader pointed me to a UK legal case about it, which "arose out of an agreement for the provision of live betting and horseracing data from certain racecourses":
Lewison LJ (with whom Phillips LJ agreed) took what may be regarded as a less legalistic and more pragmatic approach towards the question of confidentiality. In his view, the fact that a large amount of the information concerned would be broadcast live on television, and thereby almost instantly available to the public at large, made it difficult to argue that the information – at least individually – was confidential. His Lordship cited Lord Walker's minority opinion in Douglas v. Hello! suggesting that commercial value alone is not enough, and that "the confidentiality of any information must depend on its nature, not its market value". Lord Walker stated that the law of confidentiality should not "afford the protection of exclusivity in a [public] spectacle".
But that was the minority view. Another reader pointed out that the reason venues eject courtsiders is the economic value of their live feeds: Venues make money by selling live feeds to sportsbooks, but courtsiders reduce the value of those feeds to the sportsbooks and, thus, the venue.
Just as financial trading desks pipe in securities prices from stock exchanges, sports desks rely on data feeds from the NFL.
FanDuel said it takes about 1.5 seconds to receive the data point—what happened on the field—and about 1 second for its model to process the data and push out new odds. That information travels faster than the game broadcasts and streams viewers watch at home.
Basically if you watch a football game on television, you see what happens shortly after the sportsbook does, and they can update their odds of something happening before you see it happen. The sportsbook has a direct feed from the NFL, whereas you rely on the consolidated tape of watching the game on TV. If you are at the game in person can you front-run the sportsbook on your phone? A little bit? I am going to get 200 emails about this. At least one of my readers has surely front-run a sportsbook.
The point made by the article is that being a trader on a sportsbook trading desk is a lot like being a trader on a stock or bond trading desk: You have some computer algorithms that synthesize (1) fundamental data about the real world and (2) order data about supply and demand for the stuff you're trading, and you use those algorithms and your own intuitive sense of markets and risk to set prices that will maximize revenue while minimizing risk.
In the olden days, the way stock and bond trading worked is that you and I would agree on a trade (over the phone, on the floor of the stock exchange, etc.), and we'd each make a little note of it on a scrap of paper, and at the end of the day our clerks would collect the scraps of paper and figure out what we'd bought and sold, and then the clerks would go down to the vault in the basement, and my clerk would get out the bond certificates I sold to you, and your clerk would get out a wad of cash, and our clerks would walk across the streets of Manhattan, and my clerk would hand your clerk the bonds and your clerk would hand my clerk the cash, and then our trade would be settled. And this process took days, and had some failure rate, because we and our clerks were only human and the vaults were big and poorly organized and our handwriting, on the scraps of paper, was not always legible.
In 2023, almost all of this has been rendered abstract and put on computers. The bonds are entries on a computer, the cash is an entry on a computer, the scraps of paper are computers, the floor of the stock exchange is mostly a computer, the whole process, from start to finish, occurs on computers and often doesn't involve any human actions at all. (It still often takes days?) This, of course, concentrates a lot of risk in the computers: If the computer systems fail, then all the trades fail, global finance is plunged into chaos, etc. So people put a lot of thought and effort and money into making the computer systems very robust and secure.
Also, though, there is a backup mechanism, which is that if the computers fail, we can probably find someone to go walk across the streets of Manhattan to deliver bonds and cash. Last week Industrial & Commercial Bank of China Ltd.'s US securities unit was hit by a ransomware attack, "rendering it unable to clear swathes of US Treasury trades after entities responsible for settling the transactions swiftly disconnected from the stricken system." And, so, down to the vaults. Bloomberg's Katherine Doherty, Liz Capo McCormick, and Alex Harris reported:
That forced ICBC to send the required settlement details to those parties by a messenger carrying a thumb drive as the state-owned lender raced to limit the damage.>
The workaround — described by market participants — followed the attack by suspected perpetrator Lockbit, a prolific criminal gang with ties to Russia that has also been linked to hits on Boeing Co., ION Trading UK and the UK's Royal Mail. The strike caused immediate disruption as market-makers, brokerages and banks were forced to reroute trades, with many uncertain when access would resume.
Fine, it's thumb drives, not paper bond certificates, but still. In some ways it is nice that the electronic global financial markets have clumsily evolved from older and more manual processes; there is still some ancient memory of how to do stuff manually.
There are in principle two ways to buy a thing:
1. You reach an agreement with a seller to buy the thing, then you go off to get your money and the seller goes off to get the thing, then you meet back somewhere and exchange the money for the thing. 2. You come to the seller with money, and she's got the thing sitting right there, and you agree on the trade by doing it: You hand her the money, she hands her the thing, there is no additional step.
The second approach is pretty familiar from, like, going to the store and buying stuff. [3] But most of finance works the other way. Imagine buying a house the second way. You'd have to go around to open houses with a gigantic sack of cash, so that when you saw a house you liked you could say to the seller "I want it" and hand her the sack. But if you saw a house you didn't like — or if you saw one you did like but your offer got rejected — you'd just have to drag the sack back out with you. Very inconvenient! Also where would you get the sack of cash from? No bank would lend you a giant sack of cash just to drag around with you in case you found a house to buy. In our actual world, the way it works is that you put down an offer on a house, and it's accepted, and then you go to a bank and say "would you lend me money secured by this house," and the bank says "sure," and then there is a closing where you get the house and the bank gets a lien on the house and the seller gets the cash all at exactly the same time.
Similarly with mergers and acquisitions. When Elon Musk wanted to buy Twitter Inc., he did not have $44 billion in his checking account, and Twitter did not expect him to. The order of operations is that he offered a price, Twitter's board said "hmm but will you have the money," he provided evidence that he would have the money, Twitter's board accepted his offer, he rounded up the actual money (some of it from bank loans secured by Twitter), and then he gave the money to Twitter's shareholders and they gave him shares. [4] And that's how most mergers work; it would be weird for any buyer to pre-fund an acquisition.
But this is also how normal stock trades work. The normal way to do a stock trade, for institutional investors, is:
1. You put in an order on the stock exchange to buy a stock. 2. The order gets filled: Someone agrees to sell you the stock. 3. You go get the money, they go get the stock, and you meet back up in two days to exchange them.
This is not necessarily everyone's experience of retail stock trading (many brokers will make you pre-fund your trades), but it is an important lubrication for the financial system. Some orders don't get filled; some investors buy opportunistically on different venues at different times. If you needed to park $100 million on the stock exchange to be able to buy $100 million worth of stock, it would make things inefficient: There are a lot of stock exchanges, some of which sometimes have better prices, and you could only trade on the exchange where you have parked money. You might want to buy more stock if prices drop, but you can't if you don't have money parked on the exchange yet; you might want to buy less stock if prices go up, and then your money is inefficiently parked at the exchange doing nothing. It's more efficient to have just-in-time manufacturing for stock trades, where you do the trade and then come up with the money. You don't need the cash to do the trade; you just need people to believe that, when the trade settles, you'll have the money.
On the other hand just-in-time manufacturing is always more fragile than keeping a lot of inventory around, and sometimes this system leads to trouble. One sort of trouble it could lead to is: You agree to buy a lot of stock, then you can't come up with the money. In practice the stock market has a system of clearinghouses where traders and their brokers post collateral to guarantee their trades, and that mostly tends to work. ( Not all the time in every market.)
But another sort of trouble it can lead to is what happened to GameStop Corp. stock in January 2021: Robinhood Markets Inc. had so many customers buying so much of a handful of volatile meme stocks that the clearinghouse called it demanding more collateral; it didn't have the money, so it shut down purchases of those meme stocks, leaving customers furious and litigious. If US stock settlement was faster, it would involve less credit risk, so it would require less (and less volatile) collateral, so stuff like that probably wouldn't happen. [5]
And so, in part in response to the meme-stock episode, the US stock market is moving from T+2 settlement to T+1 settlement, where you trade stock on a Monday and settle (exchange dollars for stock) on a Tuesday. There was, and still is, a lot of wishful talk about instantaneous or same-day settlement, but that might run into difficulties with investors who need time to line up their funding. But T+1 seems fine; it still gives you a day to find the money to buy the stock. You hit "buy," your order gets filled, you wire some money from your bank account to your brokerage, you buy the stock, it's fine.
Unless your money is not in dollars. Bloomberg's Greg Ritchie reported this week:
At major financial institutions including banks, brokers and investment houses, currency desks are preparing for the world's biggest stock market to halve the time it takes to settle equity transactions to just one day.
That switch — due in May next year — will put US stocks out of step with the world of foreign exchange, where trades typically take two days to complete. It means many overseas institutions trying to buy American assets will need to secure dollars in advance to ensure they can make settlement — or face a desperate scramble to find the cash in time. ...
"For international participants wanting to buy US securities, pre-funding the transaction with US dollars or arranging for a short-dated T+1 FX settlement will be required," said Joe Urban, managing director of electronic trading at Clear Street. "Any pre-funding requirement could potentially push asset managers out of the market for one day, driven by the need to raise US dollars a day prior for today's transaction."
Today, if you are a big asset manager and you want to buy stocks, you press the "buy" button and then worry about the mechanics. After T+1 settlement starts, for some big international asset managers, first you will have to spend a day getting your money set up before you can hit the "buy" button. Probably you'll miss a few trades while you're waiting. Or you'll find a way to get the money set up faster:
More than half of European firms with fewer than 10,000 staff are planning to either move people to North America or hire overnight staff in Europe or Asia, according to a survey sponsored by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation. …
In its letter to the SEC, Baillie Gifford said US FX desks typically close early on Friday evenings, which might mean trades need to be made in Asian hours on a T+0 basis. It suggested US regulators encourage banks to extend their trading activities to at least 6 p.m., five days a week.
"Who is going to be there at the end of the day at 5pm on a Friday to give us a price?" Baillie Gifford's Lawlor said.
One idea that you sometimes hear is that, when the broad stock market steadily goes up each year, that is bad for investment managers. If the S&P 500 index just goes up 15% per year, then anyone can do great by buying an index fund, and the benefits of picking the best stocks are lower. Highly paid active managers distinguish themselves more in choppy markets, where picking the right stocks is distinctly more valuable than picking the wrong ones.
Similarly you could imagine an antitrust enforcement regime in which the US Federal Trade Commission almost never tries to block mergers, except in the most egregious cases of monopoly power. In this regime:
Most mergers, once announced, will close: The FTC won't step in to block them. If the FTC does step in to block a merger, the deal won't close: The FTC only tries to block egregious mergers, so if it tries, that means its case is strong and it will win in court. (Also, the egregious mergers mostly won't be announced: The FTC's approach is predictable, and companies won't bother to sign merger agreements that they know the FTC will try to block, since they'll lose.)
This makes mergers very predictable, which is probably good for financial markets and investors. It is in some loose sense good for merger arbitrage funds, which bet on mergers closing: The mergers they bet on will mostly close, and the ones that won't close are pretty obvious and they can avoid those.
But it is also bad for merger arbitrageurs, because the returns to skill go down. If a merger is announced, that means it will close, which means that the target's stock price will jump up close to the deal price right away, and you can't make any money doing merger arbitrage. Everyone knows "if a merger is announced at $20 per share, the stock is worth $20 per share," so the stock goes to $20 per share right away, and your special knowledge about mergers is worthless.
On the other hand you could imagine an antitrust enforcement regime in which the FTC tries to block every merger, whether or not it has good arguments. In this regime, the FTC would often lose in court, but would sometimes win. Every time a deal is announced, the target's stock would go up ("ooh they'll pay $20 per share!"), and then the FTC would announce a lawsuit and the stock would go down ("ooh the FTC is blocking the deal!"), and then the stock would bounce around on the results of the court case.
This is great for merger arbs! If they're good! The returns to skill — to reading FTC complaints and using your expertise to know which mergers will close and which will be blocked — go way up. You buy the deals that will close (and double down when the FTC sues and the stock drops) and avoid the deals that won't; you use skill to generate alpha, rather than just being a passive index investor in every deal.
Sell-side stock research has many functions, but the simplest is: It sells stocks. If you are a brokerage firm and you make money by charging customers commissions for trading stocks, you mostly want them to trade more stocks. If you call them up and say "hey, I got a stock, it's a good one," maybe they will buy it. But if you send them research from your specialized stock researcher, with a detailed financial model and insights on the company's business and a serious-sounding Buy recommendation, they will be more likely to buy it, and from you. "What great service you are providing," they will say, "giving us all this free detailed information about the stock." And you'll get your commission.
This is not necessarily a product you can charge for. I mean, you could. Some investors really value the stuff that sell-side research provides — the financial modeling and insights, but also the corporate access and buy-side coordination function — and would pay for it, or some of it, sometimes, for some stocks. But to the extent that the purpose of sell-side research is to convince customers to do trades, why would the customers pay for it? To the extent that sell-side research is an advertisement for stock trading, you can't charge for it: You give away the ads, to sell the thing (trading) that makes you money.
For various reasons one does not quite talk like this about sell-side research, and so it is possible to confuse yourself into a view that is like "sell-side research is a valuable standalone product that brokerages should charge for directly, instead of smuggling its price into trading commissions." If you think like that, you might even identify a conflict of interest: Institutional investment managers benefit from the research (they learn about stocks by reading the research), while their clients pay for it (the commissions are charged to the clients' accounts). Whereas if the brokers charged for the research directly, the managers would pay for it themselves, making everything fairer and tidier.
And so you might, as the European Union did in its Markets in Financial Instruments Directive, or MiFID II, require brokers to charge separately for research. And then it might turn out there's not much of a market for that, and you might change your mind. Bloomberg's Justina Lee reports:
A piece of European Union legislation that forced financial firms to separate the cost of investment research from that of trading could be reversed under plans being championed by member states.
In upcoming negotiations with the European Parliament aimed at revising MiFID II — a set of broader reforms that came into force in 2018 — the states will seek a near total U-turn on the rules behind so-called unbundling.
Their proposals would mean an investment firm would only have to inform clients whether they are paying for research and trading jointly, and record the charges attributable to each.
That's a dramatic shift from current regulations, which separated the two in a bid to eliminate conflicts of interest that could distract money managers from seeking the cheapest transaction costs for investors. But evidence suggests research provision across the region has suffered as a result. …
Putting an explicit price tag on research resulted in reduced stock coverage, raising concern that the rules are hurting Europe's financial markets — especially its small-caps.
In response, the European Commission — the EU's executive body — in December suggested a partial easing of the rules surrounding research. But the published stance of the Council of the European Union, which represents member states, goes much further.
"The research unbundling rules need to be further adjusted to offer the investment firms more flexibility" in order to ensure sufficient coverage especially of small- and mid-caps, according to the group's mandate for negotiations. "This would however require to maintain a necessary transparency vis-a-vis the client."
If you are sending a customer a lot of research reports about small-cap stocks, it is generally not because the customer is desperate to learn more about small-cap stocks and will pay you thousands of dollars for your insights. It is because you want the customer to learn more about small-cap stocks, so she'll buy some.
Incidentally! The US Securities and Exchange Commission has proposed new rules that would significantly change how retail stock trading works. Oversimplifying enormously, the way it works now is that retail brokers send their customers' orders to electronic market making firms, who trade directly with those orders, buying from the customers who want to sell and selling to the ones who want to buy and paying the brokers a bit for the privilege. And the SEC's proposal would require the brokers to instead send those orders to a stock exchange , like NYSE or Nasdaq, which would then run an auction to decide who trades with the retail order. [3] We discussed the proposals in more detail last month; my headline was "The SEC Wants More Stock Auctions."
The fact that NYSE messed up a bunch of stock auctions this week, and mild chaos resulted, seems mildly bad for that plan? One thing about US market structure is that there are a dozen or so stock exchanges, and you can trade all the stocks on all of them, and if one of them shuts down at 11 a.m. due to a blown fuse or whatever, you just trade at another exchange and everything works fine. But there are only two main listing exchanges — NYSE and Nasdaq — and stocks are normally listed at one or the other, and the opening and closing auction for each stock happens only on its listing exchange. Yesterday, when NYSE forgot to do its opening auction, that caused chaos everywhere; trading on other exchanges could not compensate for the problem with NYSE's auctions.
I guess you might worry that if NYSE did hundreds of auctions per day in each stock, instead of two, there would be more problems. If you were a retail broker or electronic market maker, and you like the current system and would be inconvenienced by the SEC's proposals, you might argue that, anyway. Doherty reports:
Charles Schwab Corp., the brokerage catering to retail investors, openly criticized the NYSE on Wednesday, saying it's disappointed by how the incident was handled and that individuals may not get a fair shake when it comes to compensation.
"Unfortunately, the NYSE has not owned up to their full responsibility and retail investors will have to go through a lengthy process to correct orders, with no guarantee of a reasonable outcome," Schwab spokesperson Mayura Hooper said. "It further heightens our concerns that routing even greater levels of retail orders to the exchanges will dramatically reduce the quality of the investing experience for America's retail investors."
NYSE picked sort of an awkward time to mess up its auctions, is the point here.
The basic problem of the stock market is that a lot of people want to buy a lot of stock, and a lot of people want to sell a lot of stock, but not at the same time. I might want to buy 1,000 shares of Wells Fargo & Co. stock, and you might want to sell 1,000 shares of Wells Fargo five minutes from now. Our desires match up, but not in time, so we can't trade with each other.
In theory, there are about three ways to deal with this.
1. I could just wait. I could put in an order on the stock exchange to buy 1,000 shares, and then it could wait around for five minutes until you put in an order to sell 1,000 shares, and then we could trade with each other. Sometimes it might take days. Lots of markets work kind of like this, and there are aspects of this in the US stock market, [1] but this is mostly not how US public stock markets work. When I put in an order to buy Wells Fargo stock, it gets executed more or less immediately. 2. There could be market makers. Some people — banks, high-frequency electronic trading firms — could be willing to buy from all the sellers and sell to all the buyers, intermediating trades in time. I put in my order to buy 1,000 shares, and some electronic market maker instantly sells to me at $45.01 per share; five minutes later, you put in your order to sell 1,000 shares, and the electronic market maker instantly buys from you at $44.99. We have each effectively paid a penny per share for "immediacy," the service that the market maker provided of letting us trade instantly instead of waiting to find each other. The market maker is in some sense not a real investor like you and me, and it will not generally have some deeply informed view on the value of the stock: Its job is to buy and sell quickly, turn over its inventory, and get paid the spread between the $45.01 it charges me and the $44.99 it pays you. [2] 3. The exchange could get us all together at the same time. The stock exchange could say: "Hey, everybody who wants to buy or sell Wells Fargo shares, we're gonna do a big share swap at 9:30 a.m. tomorrow. Send in your orders, and we'll match them up and let everyone trade at the same price at the same time."
Method 2 is sort of the standard paradigm for how the US stock market works. It is sometimes called a "central limit order book," or "CLOB." [3] It has its controversies, and lots of the market-structure stuff we talk about around here — payment for order flow and dark pools and flash boys and blah blah blah — has to do with that process of market makers intermediating trades in time.
I won't discuss those controversies here, but I do want to mention one complaint that people sometimes have, which is that liquidity in the stock market is somehow illusory or fleeting or "not real." Part of what this means is that, if the national best bid and offer for Wells Fargo is $44.99/$45.01, you could go to a market maker and buy Wells Fargo for $45.01, or sell it for $44.99, but you couldn't buy or sell very much of it. The way the CLOB works is that market makers post limit orders at the exchange; each market maker will say "I'll buy 100 shares of Wells Fargo at $44.99, and 200 more at $44.98, and 300 more at $44.95," etc. And then when you come in with a market order to sell, the exchange looks at the limit orders it has on the book, and goes through them in price order to execute your trade. So if you want to sell 100 shares, you trade at $44.99. If you want to sell 1,000 shares, you trade some at $44.99 and maybe some at lower prices. If you want to sell 100,000 shares, you might run through all of the orders that the market makers have put on the order book. You might sell some at, like, $44, and then descend into weird territory. Maybe some hedge fund put in an order to buy at $20 and forgot about it, and you end up selling to them at $20. [4]
The point is that the limit order book does not represent the true economic supply and demand for a stock. It just represents the supply and demand for the stock right now , mainly from risk-averse high-frequency electronic market makers. If you want to sell 100,000 shares, you break that up into smaller orders so as not to scare off the market makers, you do it over some period of time, and eventually enough people will want to buy that you'll be able to sell at a reasonable price. There will be some price impact of your trading — you can't sell 100,000 shares at $44.99; supply and demand matter — but you won't sell at $20, either.
But every so often a trader at a big institutional investing firm will put in an order to sell 100,000 shares, and instead of hitting the "break this into small orders and sell over 8 hours" button she will hit the "put in a market order to sell all of this immediately" button, and the stock will briefly crash as her trade eats through the entire order book and ends up printing at ridiculous prices. And then the stock will recover, because its value hasn't really changed; it's just that there were not enough orders resting on the book to execute that trade sensibly. This is sometimes called a "fat finger" error, because the only excuse for it is that your finger is too big to hit the right button.
As I said, Method 2 is the main procedure, but Method 3 is also really important. In fact there are some obvious times when lots of people all want to trade at the same time: The US stock market's main opening hours are 9:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., and people naturally gravitate toward trading at the open or the close, at 9:30 or 4. And so the big listing exchanges, the New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq, run opening and closing auctions for the stocks they list. The rough idea of the auction is:
Everyone who wants to buy or sell stock at the open or the close puts in orders to buy or sell, in the minutes leading up to 9:30 or 4. Some of those orders are market orders ("I want to buy/sell stock at whatever the auction price ends up being"), while others are limit orders ("I want to buy stock in the auction if the price is $44.95 or less"). The exchange's computers find a price that matches up the most orders and chooses that as the auction price. Everyone who put in an order to buy at the auction price or more (or with a market order) buys, and everyone who put in an order to sell at the auction price or less (or with a market order) sells.
The opening auction is particularly interesting. Intuitively, the stock market goes to bed at 4 p.m. and wakes up at 9:30 a.m. the next day. [5] Stuff happens overnight: News breaks, companies announce earnings and mergers, fund managers and retail traders stay up all night reading research reports and decide to buy some stock in the morning. Most days, most stocks will open at a price that is pretty close to the price they closed at the day before. But sometimes there will be big jumps: If a company's stock closes at 4 p.m. at $45 (i.e., the price in the closing auction is $45), and then it announces good or bad earnings at 4:15, it might open at $50 or $40 the next morning (i.e., the price in the opening auction will be a lot higher or lower).
The opening auction is where the day's price discovery happens: All the "real" investors, pension managers and hedge funds and retail traders on Robinhood, have updated their views on value overnight, and then they meet at 9:30 in the opening auction and work out what the market-clearing price is.
Notice that in Method 3 you don't really need market makers: All the "real" buyers who want to own the stock show up to buy, and all the "real" sellers who own stock and want to get rid of it show up to sell, and they all trade at the same time at a price that balances their supply and demand. Market makers are necessary in a central limit order book, because they intermediate between real buyers and sellers who want to trade at different times, but the auction solves that problem in a different way.
The basic idea is that if a Robinhood customer is buying stock, it is usually good to sell it to them. In general, if you sell stocks, you will worry that the people buying from you know something you don't. They might know that, like, the company is about to announce a merger or whatever, but realistically the main thing they might know is that they themselves plan to buy more stock: If you sell them 100 shares of a stock at $10, and then they buy 10,000 more shares, the price will go up and you will wish you had not sold to them at $10. If BlackRock Inc. is buying stock and you are selling it to them, that is a real risk that you face; it is called "adverse selection." But if a Robinhood customer buys 100 shares of stock from you, the chances that she's buying 10,000 more over the next two minutes are pretty slim. That is mostly not how Robinhood Markets Inc. customers behave. So selling stock to Robinhood customers who want to buy — or buying it from Robinhood customers who want to sell — is a better and safer business than trading stock with BlackRock. We talk about this a lot around here.
Much of US equity market structure is driven by this basic fact, that it is better to trade with retail customers than it is to trade with professional investors. In general, when you trade on a public stock exchange, you don't know who's on the other side. If there is an order to buy 100 shares, and you take the other side and sell 100 shares, you don't know if you're trading with a hedge fund or a retail investor; you don't know if it's the start of a flood of buy orders or just a random blip. But if you could know who was on the other side — if, say, you could know with certainty that everyone on the other side of your trades was a Robinhood customer — then that would be better. You could make a lot more money trading only with Robinhood customers than you could trading with everyone.
And so what you do is you go to Robinhood and say "when your customers give you orders to buy stock, don't send those orders to the stock exchange, where they will be indistinguishable from orders from hedge funds and institutions — send them to me." In return, you offer Robinhood three things:
1. You promise to give its customers better prices than they'd get on the stock exchange. If some stock is for sale on the exchange for $10.01 per share, you'll sell it to Robinhood's customers for $10.005 or something. This is called "price improvement," and Robinhood likes it because, as a broker, it has an obligation to get "best execution" for its customers. Getting them a better price than they could get on the exchange seems like a good way to get best execution. In practice, you won't always give Robinhood's customers price improvement. Sometimes it is not that good to trade with Robinhood customers, for whatever reason — sometimes they are selling stock that you don't want to buy — and so you'll just send their order to the exchange. But (1) you will always give Robinhood customers prices that are at least as good as they'd get on the exchange (since at worst you send the order to the exchange), and (2) most of the time you will give them better prices. And Robinhood will keep track, and grade you on how often you give price improvement and how much, and this is a competitive business and if you are not giving them enough price improvement they'll send their orders to someone else. 2. You handle the orders for Robinhood. If you weren't handling these orders, Robinhood would have to think hard thoughts about how to route its customers' orders to get the best possible price. Should it send the order directly to the stock exchange? Which one? (There are more than a dozen.) Should it send the order to a broker's dark pool? Should it split it up and send bits to different venues? These are complicated questions that institutional brokers have to think about as they try to get best execution for their customers. Robinhood doesn't. Robinhood just sends the order to you, and you decide whether to trade with it yourself or route it elsewhere, but you guarantee Robinhood a good price. 3. Also you pay Robinhood money for sending you their orders. This is called "payment for order flow," or PFOF. The intuition is that it is so profitable to trade with Robinhood customers that you can give the customers price improvement, and you can give Robinhood a check, and yet it is still a good business for you. Meanwhile Robinhood uses these payments to subsidize its costs so that it can offer its customers zero-commission trades, which the customers seem to like. This encourages the customers to do more trades (they're free!), which brings in more PFOF revenue for Robinhood.
The firms that do this business — who pay Robinhood for the right to trade with their orders — are often called "wholesalers," or "market makers," or occasionally "internalizers," or, loosely, "high-frequency traders." Robinhood's actual wholesalers include Citadel Securities LLC, Virtu Americas LLC, Jane Street Capital and G1 Execution Services LLC.
A bit later, FTX proposed a plan to get into the business of futures trading in the US with a novel clearing structure. We discussed this proposal in June, and here I am going to oversimplify it, but for our purposes the two key innovations were:
1. In traditional futures market structure, the exchange (like LME) takes collateral from brokers, and the brokers take collateral from their customers who have positions. In FTX's proposal, the exchange (FTX) would face customers directly, cutting out middlemen and holding the customers' collateral to support their trades. 2. In traditional futures market structure, there are some delays and fuzziness around margin calls. If your position moves against you, the exchange will call your broker for more collateral, and your broker will call you for more collateral. But there will be some time between when the position moves against you and when you get called for collateral — during which things might get worse, or they might recover. And if you're big enough and your broker calls you for collateral, you can try saying things like "no," and it might work, as it did for Xiang. The exchanges sometimes make the judgment call that, if a trader doesn't post collateral, they'll let it go, because putting that trader in default will cause a bigger crisis. "We chose to give the appropriate amount of time not to dislocate the market and create a bigger stress on that," an executive of a traditional exchange said about one hair-raising day in the markets, in discussions about FTX's proposal. And: "I had the keys to the castle at that point in time, and it would've been a very bad day." Meanwhile FTX's proposal was to recalculate margin requirements every 30 seconds, 24 hours a day, and if a trader's margin fell below the requirements, that trader would automatically and instantly be liquidated, with no room for judgment or delay.
This, FTX implied, was how its own international crypto futures exchange already operated (outside of US regulation), and it was good. It reduced credit risk and made markets fairer and more orderly. When we talked about it in June, I was … interested but equivocal. The FTX model struck me as a bit more rigid and crypto-y and "code is law" than you might want; sometimes you'll miss a margin call because you're asleep and that seems harsh. On the other hand, the LME experience was fresh in everyone's mind, and the FTX proposal seemed like an improvement over that. I wrote:
There are debates about whether this is good or bad; simplistically, you'd expect the FTX model to lead to more defaults and liquidations, but for those defaults to be less bad. In the traditional system, sometimes people will have a "technical issue," and the exchange will "give the appropriate amount of time not to dislocate the market and create a bigger stress on that," and it will work out fine — but occasionally it won't work out fine, and by delaying the exchange will have caused a much bigger problem.
"You don't think about it much," I wrote last year, "but every stock trade involves an extension of credit." Back then, I was talking about the deep plumbing of the stock market, plumbing that broke a little bit in the meme-stock mania and caused Robinhood Markets Inc. to shut down buying of some stocks. But there is a simple retail version, too. In general you can open a brokerage account and link your bank account and transfer $10,000 from your bank account to your brokerage, and that transfer will take a few days to go through. If you send your brokerage money on Monday, it might not have the money until Wednesday or so. If you send your brokerage $10,000 on Monday, though, it is extremely likely that you want to trade on Monday. And the brokerage wants you to trade when you want to trade, since (1) that is how it makes money and (2) that is good customer service and keeps you coming back to trade more. So it is fairly common that, when you open a brokerage account and transfer in $10,000, the broker will let you do $10,000 worth of trading right then. It will check your bank account, see the $10,000, see you start the transfer, figure you're almost certainly good for you, and float you the $10,000 to start trading right away.
The obvious trade is:
1. Buy $10,000 of out-of-the-money call options on volatile meme-y stocks with your $10,000 credit. 2. Immediately take the $10,000 out of your bank account so that the transfer to the brokerage never actually goes through. 3. If the call options don't pay off, never mind, you got a free gamble. 4. If the call options do pay off, you put the money back into your bank account, say "oops sorry mix-up at the post office," send it back to the brokerage and collect your winnings. (Or, even better, you collect your winnings from the brokerage without ever sending it the money in the first place. The timing on this is pretty tight, since you have to cash out before the brokerage notices that you never cashed in, but not strictly impossible.)
This is, I must emphasize, a crime, but it is sort of an obvious trade, and people do it, and the brokerage expects a certain amount of it. It is kind of worth it, to the broker. If you show up at a brokerage and say "I have money, I want to trade out-of-the-money options on meme stocks, and I would like to do that as quickly as possible," the brokerage is thrilled. Selling options to impulsive buyers is the most lucrative possible business for a retail brokerage, and they'll do it all day long, and they will extend credit and take credit risk to do more of it. If you do a ton of that business, 95% of the impulsive option buyers will make tons of money for you, and 5% will skip out on payments, and that mix of business is still just fine.
There's really nothing interesting about payment for order flow. In the world of US retail stock brokers, the norm is that the brokers route their customers' orders to buy or sell stock to a handful of big electronic market makers. These market makers, knowing that they are trading only with retail investors, are willing to give those retail investors a good deal: Those investors pay a narrower spread (they can sell stock at higher prices and buy it at lower prices) than they would if their order went to the public stock exchange. On the public stock exchange, there are smart professional investors trading in huge size, and if you are a market maker trading with them, you will probably regret many of your trades. If you are only trading with retail orders, you are less likely to regret your trades, so you can charge less.
This is so true that the market makers can distinguish between retail brokerages: Oversimplifying slightly, customers with Interactive Brokers Pro accounts seem to pay wider spreads than customers of TD Ameritrade, presumably because they are pros , or at least more similar to professional investors (they make more informed trades in larger size) than TD Ameritrade's customers are.
This system has pluses and minuses. The main plus is that the retail investors get better execution than institutional investors, which is nice for them. The main minus is that institutional investors get worse execution than they would if all the orders went to the public stock exchange. (If market makers couldn't segregate orders, they'd probably end up charging retail investors more but institutional investors less — because they'd all pay the same spread.) You might think this is bad if — like me — you invest your money through mutual funds, which get worse execution. A world where all orders were routed to the same public exchange might be a world where mutual funds saved a bit of money on trade execution, at the expense of Robinhood hobbyists.
All this stuff matters at some level, though I think people tend to overestimate how much it matters. But the payment for order flow part? I don't know, man. In addition to giving retail investors tighter spreads, there is a norm that market makers pay the retail brokers to trade with their customers' orders. The retail brokers use this payment to subsidize commission-free trading for those customers. The customers are better off because they don't pay commissions. But this sort of looks unseemly: Are the brokers routing the orders to the market makers who pay them the most? I mean, no, not really. Here is a good Charles Schwab paper on "U.S. Equity Market Structure: Order Routing Practices, Considerations, and Opportunities":
Schwab does not route order flow to the highest bidder (i.e., the market center that pays us the highest rate). Instead, we route orders to the market centers that provide our clients the best execution – measured by price improvement amount, price improvement frequency, execution speed, fill rates, and enhanced liquidity. As we detail below, we would advocate for the industry to require brokers to receive the same level of payment for the same order flow across all market centers that they route to.
That seems to be the norm: Retail brokers have a handful of market makers that they route to, they charge those market makers the same price schedule, and then they choose among them based on who provides the best prices to their customers. The story of "payment for order flow is a bribe that electronic traders pay to brokers so they can rip off retail investors" is obviously attractive — that's what it sounds like! — but not especially true.
In a direct listing, a company's shares simply start trading on an exchange on a set day. There is a reference price for where trading could start, but no shares are sold in advance at that price. Existing shareholders can sell their shares, but companies don't raise any cash by going public.
Yeah two years ago this would have been a direct listing. "Your employees can just sell stock on the stock exchange without a big coordinated process; they'll get the market-clearing price rather than having to sell at a discount so big institutions can get an IPO pop." Now it's a normal IPO.
One possible story here is that direct listings and SPACs are solutions to the bull-market problem that IPOs mostly go up. If you price an IPO at $20 and the stock trades up to $30 in a day, you "left money on the table." If every week 10 companies price IPOs that trade up 50%, and you want to go public, you will start thinking about ways to avoid leaving money on the table. Selling stock in a direct listing — where you get the market-clearing price in an auction, not a price negotiated with your underwriters based on stated demand from big institutions — is a way to do that. A SPAC is not, particularly, but it was marketed that way anyway.
We talked on Thursday about a paper titled "The 'Actual Retail Price' of Equity Trades," by Christopher Schwarz, Brad Barber, Xing Huang, Philippe Jorion and Terrance Odean. The paper finds that different retail brokerages execute orders for the same amount of the same stock at the same time at different prices, and that some brokers consistently provide better prices than others. But this is not correlated with how much payment for order flow each broker receives: Some brokers that accept lots of payment for order flow do better than some brokers who accept none, and vice versa.
Which leaves a mystery. These brokers send their customers' orders to wholesalers, electronic market-makers that compete to fill the orders. The wholesalers systematically give better execution prices to some brokers than others, but it has nothing to do with how much they are paying those brokers for those orders. But the professors don't explain what does cause the difference.
The explanation that I proposed on Thursday was basically: Different retail brokers have different sorts of customers, and those different customer bases might be more or less profitable for market-makers. A retail brokerage whose customers are semiprofessional, who make relatively informed trades in relatively large size, will be less profitable for a market maker than one whose customers put in small random orders. So a market maker who notices that one brokerage has smarter bigger orders will charge that brokerage's customers more (offer them less price improvement) than a brokerage with dumber smaller orders. The best-performing brokerage, on this measure, will be the one with the worst-performing customers.
I like this explanation, because I think it is initially surprising yet pleasingly intuitive, and also probably true. There is a prior literature. In 2001, Robert Battalio, Robert Jennings and Jamie Selway published a paper finding that "broker identity may allow market makers to differentiate between customers when pricing market-making services," because, effectively, some retail brokers' customer bases are better at trading than others'. If you are buying order flow from good traders, you should charge higher spreads than you charge the bad traders.
In general, in the US, if you buy or sell stock through a big retail brokerage, your broker sends your order to a "wholesaler" — a big electronic market-making firm like Citadel Securities, Virtu Financial Inc. or Jane Street Capital — which takes the other side of the trade, selling you the stock you're buying or buying the stock you're selling. The wholesalers want to trade with retail orders, because in general retail orders are less risky than orders on the public stock exchanges; they have less "adverse selection." If a market maker is trading on the stock exchange, and it buys 100 shares of stock, then there is a decent chance that the seller knows something it doesn't. Perhaps the seller is a clever hedge fund that has done lots of clever research and knows that the stock is about to go down; if so, the market maker will lose money on the stock it bought. Or perhaps the seller is a gigantic pension fund and is going to go on to dump a million shares and drive down the price; if so, the market maker will also lose money on the stock it bought. Or perhaps the seller is an even faster and smarter electronic trader than the market maker, and it knows that the stock will go down in the next microsecond, etc.
But if the market maker buys 100 shares directly from a Robinhood Markets Inc. customer, then it knows that it is not trading with a big pension fund or hedge fund or high-frequency trader. It's certainly possible that a Robinhood trader is particularly well informed, or has a ton of stock to sell (or buy) and has broken up that trade into smaller orders, but it is less likely than it is on the stock exchange. So this is a more attractive trade for the market maker.
And so market makers strike deals with retail brokerages to trade with their order flow. In exchange for this sweet sweet retail order flow, the market makers give the brokerages two things:
1. Price improvement: If the lowest offer price for a stock on the stock exchange is $10.02, the market maker might sell it to the retail customers for a bit less, say $10.017. If the highest bid price is $10.01, the market maker might buy it from retail customers for a bit more, say $10.013. Effectively the wholesaler charges a lower bid/ask spread for less risky order flow. The retail broker's customers get the savings. 2. Payment for order flow , or PFOF: The market maker just writes the brokerage a check for sending it the order flow. The retail brokerage keeps this money for itself, though in practice in a competitive market the brokerage might use the money to, for instance, subsidize zero-commission trading.
This is all terrifically controversial and we talk about it a lot, for instance here.
Intuitively, there is a simple one-for-one tradeoff between price improvement and payment for order flow. If a retail order is worth $1 to a wholesaler, it might be willing to pay $1 to trade with that order, but it should be indifferent between paying $1 of price improvement to the retail customer, or paying $1 of PFOF to the retail brokerage, or paying $0.60 of price improvement and $0.40 of PFOF, or whatever other split. (In fact there seems to be a quasi-SEC-endorsed best-practices split of at least 80% price improvement and at most 20% payment for order flow, though that's not a rule or anything.)
Some retail brokerages seem to make a lot of their money from payment for order flow. Others make less. Some big retail brokerages do not accept any payment for order flow at all: They still use this system (routing their orders to market makers), but they take 100% of the value in the form of price improvement for their customers instead of payments for themselves. Intuitively, you might think that the brokerages that get a lot of PFOF would get worse price improvement.
Retail investors get free trades because wholesale market makers pay retail brokers for the privilege of trading with their customers' orders, which means that the retail brokers can make lots of money without charging commissions. They get good execution because (1) it is very pleasant for those market makers to trade with retail orders, which are less dangerous, less likely to suffer from adverse selection, than institutional orders on the stock exchange, and (2) the market makers compete with each other to execute those orders efficiently, and if they do not give retail orders good execution then the retail brokers will send the orders to other market makers. I am not going to rehash this in detail because nobody ever changes their mind, but I have written about it extensively here.
Everybody is mad about it because it seems fishy. Surely if market makers are paying retail brokers for order flow it is because they are up to no good. The market makers seem to be getting pretty rich, while the retail traders often … aren't. And certainly it seems like a conflict of interest: If the retail brokers are getting paid to send their orders to market makers, how can you trust that they're doing the right thing for the retail orders?
So now everything is going to be different:
The Securities and Exchange Commission is preparing to propose major changes to the stock market's plumbing as soon as this fall.
Chairman Gary Gensler directed SEC staff last year to explore ways to make the stock market more efficient for small investors and public companies. While aspects of the effort are in varying stages of development, one idea that has gained traction is to require brokerages to send most individual investors' orders to be routed into auctions where trading firms compete to execute them, people familiar with the matter said. …
The most consequential change being discussed would affect the way trades are handled after an investor places a so-called market order with a broker to buy or sell a stock. … Under the auctions being considered by the SEC, different firms would compete with each other to fill an individual investor's trade, according to people familiar with the agency's plans. Such a mechanism would fundamentally alter the business model of wholesalers, which can make more money by trading against small investors than they do on public exchanges, where they might find themselves trading with other sophisticated trading firms or institutional investors.
If you are a person, and you own 100 shares of Company X stock, and you want to sell it, one way to do that would be to go to your computer and log into your brokerage's website and press the button to sell the stock at the market price. That will basically work. If the stock last traded at $100, you will probably sell your stock at a price very close to $100 per share, maybe $99.99 or $99.998 or whatever.
If you are a trader at a big bank, and you own 100,000 shares of Company X stock, and you want to sell it, one way to do that would be to go to your computer and open your trading program and press the button to sell the stock at the market price. Oops! No, don't do that. If you do that you might get stories like this written about you:
A sudden selloff in European stock markets just before 10 a.m. CET on Monday was fueled by a flash crash in the Nordic region, with traders and fund managers pointing toward a potential portfolio trade error.
The OMX Stockholm 30 Index slumped as much as 8% in just five minutes before recovering most of the losses shortly after. The index was trading 1.1% lower as of 1:00 p.m. CET, roughly in line with a dip in broader markets.
"It's most certainly a 'Nordic Flash Crash'," said Joakim Bornold, savings economist at Soderberg & Partners, adding that equity markets can be very sensitive to erroneous trades despite safeguards.
While it was not immediately clear what caused the short-lived slump, a spokesman for Nasdaq Stockholm said it wasn't a technical glitch on their part. "Our first priority was to exclude technical issues in our systems, and our second priority was to exclude an external attack on our systems. We have now excluded both," David Augustsson, spokesman for Nasdaq Stockholm, said.
"It is very clear to us that the cause of this move in the market is a very substantial transaction made by a market participant," he said, adding that Nasdaq will not cancel any trades made on the Nordic markets.
Or this one:
Citigroup Inc.'s London trading desk was behind a flash crash that sent shares across Europe tumbling, dealing a fresh setback to the bank's yearslong efforts to improve controls.
A trader at the U.S. firm made a mistake "inputting a transaction," Citigroup said late on Monday after a knee-jerk selloff in Swedish stocks in five minutes wreaked havoc in bourses from Paris to Warsaw. The bank said it identified the error "within minutes" and corrected it.
The violent reaction saw the main European index lose as much as 3%, wiping out 300 billion euros ($315 billion) at one point. It revived questions how large financial firms can prevent such errors, and whether markets have sufficient safeguards in place.
"The reality is that, despite all the fancy control systems, large parts of trading are still manual and human-driven, meaning the 'fat finger' isn't just a metaphor," said Oliver Scharping, a portfolio manager at Bantleon.
I don't really know what happened here, but I do want to lay out a minimal schematic story of a flash crash:
1. A Citi trader decided to sell large blocks of "a basket of shares that included many Swedish names" for some good reason (repositioning a portfolio, hedging some other trade, etc.). 2. The trader correctly typed the names and quantities of stocks to sell into the computer. 3. Then the trader hit the button to sell them.
That's it! I don't mean to say that that's what happened here, or that that's the only explanation for a flash crash. But the way that a lot of modern electronic markets work is that if a large trader wants to sell a large position all at once, the market cannot handle it; simply sending a single large market order to sell the whole position at once would be a mistake.
We have talked about this before. The basic idea is that modern electronic markets operate on order books that do not reflect all of the supply or demand for a stock, or even very much of it. If you got all the people who trade Nordic stocks together in a big room — call it a stock exchange — and then a Citi trader walked into the room and said "hey I want to sell 100,000 shares of these stocks, who wants some," enough of them would probably be interested at a price of, say, 1% below the last trade to get the deal done.
But in modern markets there isn't a room, and you don't go to all the potential buyers and say "hey are you interested?" Instead, stock exchanges consist of computer programs to match up buy and sell orders. There will be orders resting on the order book at below the current stock price — some people will put in orders saying "I would buy some of this stock at 1% below the current price" — but there won't be that many of them. If you think you would be happy to buy some of the stock at 1% below the current price, you don't have much of an incentive to put in an order now. You can wait until it drops and then decide. (Maybe it dropped for a good reason and you don't want to buy it anymore.)
And so if you come to the exchange with an order to Sell Everything Now, the exchange won't go around polling every potential trader saying "do you want to buy this stock?" Instead it will just look at the buy orders already on its book. And if you have a whole lot to sell, you'll sell to everyone who wanted to buy down 1%, and everyone who wanted to buy down 2%, and so on, until you sell your last shares to people who wanted to buy down 8%. And then a minute later everyone will notice that they bought a bunch of stock but that nothing else changed, and so they will put in new orders to buy at prices that are slightly below where they were two minutes ago, and the stock will rebound almost all the way back to where it was before you cleared out the order book with your big trade.
This is particularly true if things are otherwise quiet and there's no one around to buy:
Scharping said lower volatility breaks in Nordic markets probably played a role, as did the bank holiday in the U.K., which left European stock markets with about a quarter less liquidity than normal.
Again I don't know if that's the story here. Other explanations are possible. Maybe the Citi trader meant to sell 1,000 shares and accidentally typed in 1,000,000, in a true "fat finger" error. Or maybe the Citi trader sold a bunch of shares, and then momentum-following algorithms sold more shares, and then stop-loss orders were triggered forcing more sales, and then margin calls were triggered, etc., in a cascade of lower and lower prices. Possible!
"The problem is not the mistake per se, but all the algorithms and stops that were triggered," said John Plassard, a director at Mirabaud & Cie. "It shows the market is always vulnerable to human error and that algorithms and various CTAs are far too present in markets," he added, referring to the commodity trading advisors that often use rapid systematic orders to pursue market trends.
And you need some story like that to explain how selling Swedish stocks could cause "havoc in bourses from Paris to Warsaw." But a basic story of "if you try to sell too many shares all at once the price will go down" seems like a decent starting place. "A very substantial transaction made by a market participant."
This is a story of market fragility, but on the other hand it is a small one. The market blipped down and then back up. The error wiped "out 300 billion euros ($315 billion) at one point" only in an abstract sense; the actual amount of stock traded at those lower prices was relatively small. And it's a fixable problem: Banks generally have simple algorithms to do large trades, algorithms that space the trade out over a reasonable time, trying to trade, say, 10% of volume in any given period until they have sold all the stock they need to. If you hit the "Sell Carefully" button it's fine. Hitting the "Sell Everything Now" button is the problem.
Traditionally, if you own a huge amount of a stock or a bond, and you want to sell it, you call up an investment bank and ask it for a bid. You could, in theory, call someone else. You could call BlackRock Inc., or some other big asset manager that owns lots of stocks and bonds, and see if they want to buy. But you normally call an investment bank, for roughly three reasons:
1. You have the bank's phone number. The bank is in the business of covering you. Some salesperson at the bank talks to you frequently, takes you out to dinner and says "if you ever need anything, call me." The bank is in the business of trading with you, which is not generally true of asset managers. If you call the bank and say "I need you to buy a ton of this stock," the bank will try very hard to say yes, and feel like it has failed if it says no. If you call BlackRock and say "I need you to buy a ton of this stock," BlackRock will say yes only if it actually wants the stock. It feels no sense of obligation. It is not in the business of trading with you. 2. The bank has other people's phone numbers. If you want to sell a bunch of stock or bonds all at once, the bank will be able to turn around and sell it to other investors. The bank is in the business of distribution, of intermediating trades, of finding buyers for sellers and sellers for buyers. The bank will know who wants your stock, and so it will be in a good position to quote you a price. 3. The bank has money. If you don't want to wait around for the bank to call a bunch of potential buyers, that's fine; the bank can just buy your stock for its own account, give you the money now, and then try to resell it to all of its other customers over however long that takes. The bank intermediates trades in time; it takes risk on its balance sheet because it knows who to call.
Traditionally these things go together. If the bank knows who's buying and who's selling, it is profitable for the bank to be in the middle, selling to the buyers and buying from the sellers for its own account and collecting the spread between them. (And vice versa: If you are in the business of making markets, buying stuff in the hopes of quickly flipping it at a profit, it is good to be in touch with lots of buyers and sellers.)
But they are not necessarily connected. You could in theory have a business where you talk to a lot of buyers and sellers, and try to match them up with each other, but you never actually put any of your own money at risk buying from the sellers or selling to the buyers. (This is, for instance, how most banks' mergers-and-acquisitions businesses work.[1])
And the stereotype is that, since the 2008 financial crisis, banks have become more risk-averse with their own money, and regulators have limited their ability to commit money to trading. We have talked about this from time to time in the bond market: "People are worried about bond market liquidity," I used to say a lot, because banks had stereotypically cut back on buying and selling bonds for their own accounts.
Here is a good Bloomberg News story about this phenomenon but in stocks. If you have a small amount of stock to sell, you do that electronically. But if you have a lot of stock to sell, you call a bank, because you have the bank's phone number. Then the bank calls Frank Fu, because the bank has his phone number, and he has the money:
When Frank Fu, a Cornell-educated engineer, opened his own hedge fund two years ago, he picked an unlikely niche for an introvert.
His CaaS Capital Management would focus on block trading, one of the last bastions of old Wall Street, where big slugs of stock are sold through person-to-person negotiation, even cajoling, rather than electronic venues. Many practitioners are bro-y -- the type who played college football. For Friday happy hours, Fu's colleagues unzip their CaaS puffer vests and break out chess boards in a conference room.
Yet Fu, 39, soon managed to establish close ties with investment banks including Morgan Stanley, the juggernaut of the equities world. His pitch: CaaS would "partner" with them, positioning itself for preferential treatment. Prospective investors say CaaS has boasted to them of quickly becoming one of the biggest U.S. funds dedicated to block trading, getting a first look at deals and gaining entry to virtually every IPO in the country. In the firm's first full year Fu posted a jaw-dropping 76% return. ...
While a coterie of firms has said they, too, help banks with block trades, none has been more effusive than CaaS in making that its raison d'etre. Its name is an acronym for "Capital as a Service." The firm had just over $650 million in assets under management at the end of February, but it's been able to leverage that up, wielding somewhere around $5 billion in firepower so it's able to pounce if banks need to unload stock. …
Fu typically agrees to participate in about half the blocks he's offered, making the decision based on the discount, his portfolio's other holdings and computer models, CaaS told prospective investors. The firm typically carries about 200 blocks at a time, waiting anywhere from two days to five months, or longer, to unload them after purchase. As a good trading partner, Fu expects banks to send shares from hot IPOs his way.
The context here is that regulators have been probing the block-trading business to see if anything nefarious is happening (mainly: banks maybe leaking block trades to hedge funds which then short the stock), and Fu is "said to be among more than a dozen industry executives whose communications are being scrutinized."
But note that this is sort of a post-crisis business, the business of providing liquidity to banks. It used to be that the banks provided the liquidity! (They still do, in the sense that they give Fu leverage! But that's different.) It used to be that if you wanted someone to buy stock at a discount and work out of it over a few days or longer, the investment bank would just do that. "Capital as a service" would have been a reasonable description of a big investment bank. Now that is a service that someone provides to the banks, that the banks have to outsource. And if you provide it you can make 76% returns.
One thing that we have discussed around here is that, if you are a short seller, you are in the business of betting that things will go poorly for the companies you short, and you hope that things will go poorly, but not too poorly. If you short a company and it has disastrous earnings and the stock goes down by 95%, you make money. If you short a company that you think is a fraud and the authorities agree it's a fraud and halt all trading in its stock, you … might be stuck in your position forever?
Similarly, if you shorted Russian stocks, that probably worked out well for you:
Investors in Russian stocks may be finding it difficult to dump their holdings, but forward-looking short sellers are sitting on around a billion dollars in gains, given the collapse of Russian shares over the past two weeks. ...
Even with the local market shut, the stocks have been tumbling — which is good news for the bears. "With Russian ADR\GDR stock prices in a freefall, short sellers have had outsized returns in their trades," Ihor Dusaniwansky, managing director of predictive analytics at S3 Partners, wrote in a research report Thursday.
But you are also maybe a bit nervous?
"Stock borrow availability in Russian ETFs, ADRs and GDRs is getting very tight — additional short selling may be limited and will definitely get more expensive," he said. In RSX, for example, he said, "we are seeing rates top the 20 percent level today as demand is far outstripping supply." ...
But realizing all these gains may be difficult, S3 Partners warns: "Shorts sellers, as well as long shareholders, may be stuck in their positions until trading re-opens in many of these securities."
If you shorted Russian stocks that are now halted, you are paying expensive stock borrow rates for positions that you can't close. It's probably good! Better than being long those stocks and unable to sell them. Still. Betting on disaster is hard because, if you win, there has been a disaster, and you might not get paid.
The way some financial products work is that they are listed on an exchange and traded electronically, and if you want to buy some you press a button and your order goes to the exchange and a bunch of robots compete to fill it in a millisecond at some algorithmically determined price. The way some other financial products work is that they are traded by like six banks, and if you want to buy some you call one of the six traders who trades them, and if three of those traders are on vacation or at lunch the entire market goes haywire. Here's a fun Bloomberg News story about inflation trading at big banks:
Banks and hedge funds across Wall Street and London have been hiring to keep up, according to Canice Hogan, founder of recruitment firm Shadowhound Ltd. in the U.K. capital. But there are a limited number of specialists in this increasingly complicated world, he said.
That's especially true in the bazaar for sterling-based inflation products. Last summer, a handful of job moves in London had an impact on market liquidity, according to a senior inflation trader at one of the world's biggest banks who requested anonymity.
Guy Winkworth, who led European inflation trading at Morgan Stanley, left for Deutsche Bank AG. James Bucknall moved from the German bank to NatWest Group Plc, while Su Liu, who oversaw sterling rates trading at BNP Paribas SA, moved to Citigroup Inc.
"At least half of the market was on gardening leave," said Hogan. "With such a small pool of talent, this means that the merry-go-round of movement was more obvious."
A good exercise for the reader is: Can you design a trading strategy to take advantage of this dynamic? I will attempt a sketch:
1. You run a hedge fund and you hire the inflation trader at the best bank. 2. That bank replaces her by hiring the inflation trader from the second-best bank, which replaces him by hiring the inflation trader from the third-best bank, etc. 3. Everyone has three months of gardening leave. 4. During those three months, while there are no inflation traders and their phones are covered by trainees on other desks, you buy lots of inflation-linked bonds, pushing up their prices significantly due to the lack of liquidity. 5. The three months end, everyone's back at their desks, and you sell the bonds into a liquid orderly market without having much effect on their new, higher prices.
It's not quite right, but I feel like it's in the right ballpark? The basic idea is to manipulate the market in one direction when it's easy to move prices, and then trade out of your position when it's hard to move prices. The best part would be reading the headlines in the financial press — Bond Market Distrusts Fed, Predicts Runaway Inflation — and chuckling to yourself "no, that's just because we hired Jane and she's skiing this month." It is in general hard to know which financial prices reflect a consensus among informed professionals about underlying economic reality and which financial prices reflect, like, five traders were out late drinking last night so the market today is broken.
Most of what investment banks do is pitching. Sometimes an unsolicited transaction will show up at their door: A hedge fund will call to say "hey I was thinking about buying some derivatives, do you have any," an asset manager will call to say "hey I own a billion dollars of bonds I don't want anymore, will you buy them," a corporate client will call to say "hey I want to do a merger, what looks good," etc. But every time you get 10 minutes between inbound inquiries, you are pitching, or thinking up things to pitch. You dream up the derivative and then call the hedge fund to buy it. Clients mostly make money by owning things ; banks mostly make money by making transactions happen. The banks are the ones who want the transactions to happen, so they're the ones suggesting the transactions.
One good way to pitch someone on selling something is to call them up and say "hey we have a motivated buyer for that thing you own, you should sell it, you'll get a good price." One good way to pitch someone on buying something is to call them up and say "hey we have a motivated seller of that thing you like, you should buy it, you'll get a good price." And so if you walk into work one day and the phones aren't ringing, a thing you could do is:
1. Call a hedge fund. 2. Say "hey if we had some X at a good price would you buy it?" 3. They say "sure I guess I dunno." 4. Hang up and call an asset manager who owns a lot of X. 5. Say "hey we have gotten some reverse inquiry on X, people really want to buy it and we could get you a good price, are you interested?" 6. They say "sure I guess I dunno." 7. Call the first hedge fund back. "I think I can get you some of that X that you really wanted." 8. Keep calling them until there's a trade. 9. Collect a spread.
This is, however, a bit of a tricky business. When you say "I think I can get you some of that X that you really wanted," the hedge fund might hear something more like "I have a customer who is desperate to sell as much X as they can." The hedge fund might go and sell X short, figuring that the price will go down (and that it will be able to buy from you to cover its short). The hedge fund's shorting might have the effect of driving the price down, and thus reducing the price that the asset manager can get for its X. The asset manager might get annoyed: "Every time I talk to you about X the price goes down, which costs me money."
Trading desks at investment banks are, famously, in the moving business, not the storage business. If you want to sell a big block of stock, an investment bank will not want to own it; they are just not set up to own big blocks of stock. But they are in the moving business, and if you come to them looking to sell a big block of stock they will buy it from you, both because that is how they make money (buying it from you and then reselling it at a higher price) and more deeply because that is their job and their customers won't like them if they say no. They are in the business of standing ready to buy or sell stocks or bonds from their customers, and if they said no a lot they wouldn't be in that business anymore.
And so the bank is in the business of buying stocks and bonds and then quickly turning around to resell them.[4] It does not want to own the stocks, but does not want to say no to buying them. So it has to have a lot of confidence that it can resell them, preferably at a higher price than it paid. For small stock trades this is essentially a statistical question and a computer answers it, but for large blocks of stock it is a harder question. When you call the bank asking it to buy $500 million of Stock X, the goal is for the bank's Stock X trader to be so knowledgeable about the market for Stock X, to have so much insight into who is looking to add to or subtract from their Stock X positions and what the drivers of demand are, that she can instantly put a price on it that is competitive (high enough that you will sell to her) and yet profitable (low enough that she'll be able to resell quickly at a profit). She gets this knowledge by long practical experience, by watching the tape, and by talking to investors (and analysts and salespeople) all day; this is her business; her whole job is knowing who is looking to buy and sell what. So when you call her for a price she thinks "I bet Hedge Fund A will buy $100 million of this down 2% and Asset Manager B is looking to add about $200 million down 1.5%" and keeps going down the list until she has a clear picture of how she will sell the stock and at what price. And then she gives you a bid.
But this is hard and risky; she might think that Hedge Fund A wants Stock X but actually it bought a bunch yesterday and is all full up. So it will make her life easier if she can say "hang on a minute," put you on hold, and go call some potential buyers to see if they're interested before giving you a price. The best way to get market knowledge is sometimes to ask directly.
"Block trades" can mean a number of different things, but often it means a trade in which the company itself sells a big block of stock. Instead of doing a traditional offering (in which it announces the deal and banks spend a day marketing it, then come to the company with a price), it can get a bank to commit to a price (typically just after the market closes at 4 p.m., at a discount of a few percent to the closing price); the bank will try to find buyers after the close and be out of the block by the time the market opens in the morning. But if it can't find buyers, that's the bank's problem. Sometimes a company will just go to its favorite bank and ask for a price, but often the company will have multiple banks bid on the block and take the highest price.
Generally the banks will have some advance notice — the company might tell them at 10 a.m. that it wants bids for a block at 4 p.m. — and the bank will spend some time thinking about the right price. One way to do that thinking would be to call up a bunch of hedge funds and say "hey if we did a block for Company X how much would you want and at what price," though that is very much frowned upon; the block trade is material nonpublic information. Thus the investigation.
By the way, there are lots of ways for this information to leak, beyond the obvious one of the banks just telling everyone. Here are a few:
1. A bank considering bidding on a block might call up some investors and ask them some general questions. "Hey how are you feeling about the tech sector today," the bank might ask. A smart hedge fund that is following the sector might say "aha, you have block coming for Tech Company X" and short the stock. 2. A bank considering a block trade might wall-cross a few investors, asking them to agree not to trade in the company's stock for 24 hours; then the bank can feel more comfortable asking the investors about the stock without worrying that it is tipping them. But this is a fraught process. "We would like to talk to you about a tech name, would you take a wall-cross," the bank might ask, and the hedge fund might say "aha you definitely have a block coming for Tech Company X," decline the wall-cross and short the stock. 3. The investor might agree not to trade Stock X — but what if it shorts Stock Y, a correlated stock in the same sector, as a hedge? That has always been a bit murky, but recently the SEC has gone after this sort of "shadow trading," in which you use inside information about one company to trade a correlated stock. That case was about a corporate insider using information about his own company to shadow trade a competitor, but you could imagine the SEC extending the theory to hedge funds in this sort of scenario.
The way this works is that there is a default rule, Rule 15c6-1, that says that a securities trade has to provide for settlement within two business days unless the parties expressly agree otherwise.[5] This is called "regular-way" settlement (because it's the regular way that trades settle), or "T+2" settlement (because it occurs two days after the trade date). You can have a longer settlement, where I agree to sell you stock at today's price but we'll actually exchange the stock for money in, say, 30 days. (This is usually called a "forward contract.") But the normal trades, the ones that you do in your Robinhood account, settle T+2. The SEC has proposed to change that to T+1.
The issue here is that every stock trade involves an extension of credit: If I click "buy" on a stock on Monday, and you click "sell," technically I don't have to pay you, and you don't have to deliver the stock, until Wednesday. If the stock goes up a lot you might decide not to deliver it; if it goes down a lot I might decide not to pay. At the level of the market, this problem is addressed through clearinghouses, which guarantee everyone's delivery obligations and require brokers to post collateral for their obligations. (At the level of the retail broker, it is addressed mostly by requiring you to have the money or stock in your account when you click "buy" or "sell.") When a broker's clients do a ton of trading, it will have a lot of delivery obligations, and when they trade volatile stocks, those obligations will be risky and the broker will have to post a lot of collateral. When the broker is Robinhood Markets Inc. and it gets a big collateral call, the results can be destabilizing: In January, Robinhood had to shut off trading in some meme stocks and do a big emergency capital raise to get its clearinghouse obligations under control. That was, it is generally agreed, bad.
But it was all somewhat artificial: Robinhood's customers had the money, and the stock, in their accounts; there wasn't that much real credit risk. Two days later, Robinhood had no trouble delivering the stock and money that its customers had agreed to deliver. The problem was just posting collateral in the interim. If you shorten the delivery window to one day, then the extension of credit is smaller, the collateral requirements are smaller and less volatile, and the whole thing is a bit less stressful. So that's what will happen.
One casually strange aspect of modern U.S. capital markets is that public companies don't know who their shareholders are and have no way to find out. I mean, there are partial ways to find out. Big institutional investors are required to disclose their stakes publicly, and there are various controversies about when they should have to disclose and what sorts of derivatives should count as ownership. But basically it works, and if you scour those filings you can put together a list. Bloomberg LP, for instance, scours those filings and puts together lists; each public company has an HDS page listing its publicly disclosed shareholders.
But those lists are incomplete, because retail shareholders' ownership is not generally disclosed, and they are variably incomplete, because different companies have different levels of retail ownership. Bank of New York Mellon Corp., a boring company, has a lot of institutional ownership; Bloomberg captures the owners of 93.3% of its outstanding stock. Apple Inc. and Tesla Inc. are a lot more fun for retail investors, though, and only about 61% of their outstanding shares are held by publicly disclosed institutional investors. GameStop Corp. and AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. are self-conscious meme stocks; only about 44% and 33% of their shares, respectively, are held by disclosed institutional owners.
Everyone else is retail and there is no reliable way to know who they are, though there are unreliable ways. Here is a Wall Street Journal story about how "Connecting With Small Shareholders Remains a Challenge for Companies":
Because individual investors don't have to report their holdings of company stock to the Securities and Exchange Commission, as institutional investors with over $100 million under management are required to do, some companies try to extrapolate shareholder information from so-called NOBO lists. These non-objecting beneficial owner lists provide names, addresses and share counts for shareholders who don't object to their information being known. However, the holdings of NOBO investors are often a fraction of the total held by all retail shareholders in a stock.
Companies also track data about custodians, the organizations that buy and sell shares on behalf of their retail clients. Srax Inc., a Westlake Village, Calif.-based financial technology firm, identifies these and makes predictions about share movements, CEO Chris Miglino said.
The company's data tools can single out individual shareholders and provide information about them. Srax also allows companies to send text messages, emails and surveys in bulk to their small shareholders. "What we are doing here is appending a lot of information that companies don't have," Mr. Miglino said.
Honestly it's sort of incredible that when a company wants to send a proxy card, or a dividend check, to its shareholders, it more or less works. There is a multi-tier system in which the company's transfer agent keeps track of who owns its shares, and most of them are owned by Depository Trust & Clearing Corp., and then DTCC keeps track of who really owns the shares, and most of them are owned by banks and brokers, and then the brokers keep track of who really really owns the shares, and nobody exactly shares this information with each other but if the company sends a dividend check to DTCC it eventually ends up in the hands of the retail shareholders.
But if a company wants to send, like, a text message to its shareholders, that's not a thing. DTCC won't forward text messages. If you want to send a text, you can use complicated and somewhat ad hoc private services to try to collect as many numbers as possible, but there are no guarantees.
Basically what seems to have happened here is you have a computer program to buy and sell AeroCentury stock, and the program merrily goes along and closes Friday thinking that AeroCentury is trading at $47.99, and then based on that and developments over the weekend it thinks "I will buy AeroCentury at $47 or sell it at $49" or whatever (actual numbers not important), and then before Monday morning you either do or do not update the program to be like "don't forget to divide everything by 5." And some people do and some people don't. And the people who don't, their programs wake up at 4 a.m. with a $47.00 / $49.00 market for AeroCentury, and the people who do, their programs wake up at 4 a.m. on Monday with a a $9.40 / $9.80 market for AeroCentury, and the people who think about it for a moment longer wake up with a $9.40 / $45.00 market for AeroCentury and sell some stock to the people who forgot at comically inflated prices. And then the stock exchanges bust the trades because this stuff — setting up to profit from other people's ignorance and fat fingers — is really more of a crypto thing.
I think there are two different intuitive models of payment for order flow. Let's call them the Good Model and the Bad Model.
The Good Model goes like this. Lots of retail investors go to their brokerage looking to buy XYZ stock, and lots of retail investors go to their brokerage looking to sell XYZ stock. XYZ is available on the stock exchange; you can buy it for $10.02 or sell it for $9.98. Those prices on the stock exchange are called the "national best bid and offer," or NBBO, and are set essentially by market makers, high-frequency electronic traders who are in the business of buying from sellers and selling to buyers. The spread — the $0.04 difference between the buying price (the offer) and the selling price (the bid)[1] — is due to the fact that the market makers take lots of risk: If they buy stock on the stock exchange, probably some smart hedge fund is selling, and it will probably go down. So they need to buy at a fairly low price ($9.98) and sell at a fairly high price ($10.02) to compensate for this risk of "adverse selection," this risk that whoever they trade with knows something that they don't.
If the brokerage just sends all of its customers' orders to the stock exchange, they will buy at $10.02 and sell at $9.98, which is not so great. Also the brokerage will pay a little fee — customarily $0.003 per share — to the exchange for executing the order.
But the market makers come to the brokerage and say: Look, we hate trading with all these hedge funds on the public stock exchange. So much adverse selection. If we could just trade with your delightful retail customers, who trade small lots and never know anything we don't know, we would never lose money. So we could afford to charge them a much lower spread. So if you send your orders to us directly, we will let your customers buy at $10.01 and sell at $9.99. They will get a better price than they would on the stock exchange, but we will still make money. Not only that! We'll make so much money that we can pay you some of it. We'll give you $0.003 per share for your trouble. Instead of you paying an exchange to execute your customers' orders, we'll pay you to execute them. With that money, you can fund your business. It can replace commissions! You can offer free trades! Good deal for everyone.
The Good Model has very intuitive market-structure economics. I have discussed it in more detail a few times, mainly here.
The Bad Model goes like this. XYZ is available on the stock exchange, and the posted prices are in fact $10.02 to buy and $9.98 to sell. But only naive rubes pay those posted prices. There is a "real" price to buy XYZ, a savvy-customer price that you can get by knowing where XYZ is on sale. The real price is, say, $10.001 to buy and $9.999 to sell.[2] You have to be smart, you have to know about order types and hidden liquidity and dark pools, you can't just send a market order to the big stock exchange and expect to get the real price. But lots of people are smart; there are smart order routers that are commercially available and that are good at finding the real price.
High-frequency electronic traders, for instance, are smart, and know where to find the real price. They can easily buy XYZ for $10.001 and sell it for $9.999. Retail customers of retail brokerages are not particularly smart, and frankly the retail brokerages aren't all that smart; they don't know where to find the real price. All they know is that the posted price, the NBBO, is $9.98 / $10.02.
So the electronic traders — the market makers — go to the brokerages and say: Look. Instead of sending your customers' orders to the exchange, having them pay $10.02 and get $9.98 and you paying $0.003 in fees, send their orders to us. We'll give them a better price; we'll charge them $10.01 to buy and pay them $9.99 to sell. And we'll even pay you $0.003 for your trouble. This is a good deal for the brokerage (it gets paid for order flow instead of paying for execution), and it looks like a good deal for the customers (they pay $10.01 instead of $10.02, etc.).
But meanwhile the market makers are doing this very simple trade:
1. Customer comes to them to buy stock. 2. It sells them stock for $10.01. 3. It turns around and buys stock at the real price, $10.001. 4. It makes $0.009 in instant risk-free profit. 5. It pays $0.003 of that to the brokerage for the opportunity.
The Bad Model is what pretty much everyone believes about payment for order flow. It is the explicit model of Michael Lewis's "Flash Boys." I have discussed it in more detail here, when we talked about an institutional brokerage that followed it more or less exactly and got in trouble with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The brokerage told its customers that it did smart routing to try to find them the best price. But it didn't: It secretly sold their orders to market makers who filled the orders at a better-than-the-NBBO-but-worse-than-the-best-price price, and then went out and traded for themselves at the best price.[3]
By the way, I call it the Bad Model, because people seem to think that it's bad. Maybe that is unfair. Maybe I should call the Good Model the "Principal Model," and the Bad Model the "Agency Model." In the Principal (Good) Model, the market makers are essentially in the business of intermediating trades between retail customers in time: The economic theory of the market maker's job is that it buys from retail sellers, waits, sells to retail buyers, and collects a small spread representing its relatively low risk of adverse selection.
In the Agency (Bad) Model, the market makers are essentially in the business of finding good liquidity and selling it to retail: The economic theory of the market maker's job is that it buys from retail sellers and immediately resells at a higher price because it knows where the higher prices are, but since the retail customer doesn't know where the higher prices are the market maker is providing a useful service.
I think that in the real world both of these models have to be somewhat true. That is, in the real world, what happens is that a market maker buys stock from a retail brokerage's customers thousands of times each day, and sometimes it then turns around and sells the stock to that brokerage's customers a minute later and collects a small spread (Good Model), and other times it turns around and sells the stock at the midpoint on a dark pool a millisecond later (Bad Model), and other times it does other things (sells the stock at the NBBO for risk management and loses money? I dunno) not really captured by either model. The market makers who internalize retail brokerage flow do not only do that; they also trade on public exchanges and dark pools and with institutional investors, and they manage their risk holistically and you cannot separate out which model they follow.
Still, the two models do make different empirical predictions. In particular they make different predictions about what would happen if a retail brokerage — or every retail brokerage — stopped using payment for order flow and routing orders to market makers:
1. On the Good Model, internalizing retail orders allows them to get better prices than they could get in public markets, so getting rid of this model would lead to worse prices for retail. 2. On the Bad Model, internalizing retail orders allows them to get worse prices than they could get in the ("real") public markets, so getting rid of this model would lead to better prices for retail, if retail brokers can do a good job of finding the real best public price.
It is less of a thing now, but for a long time a big controversy in U.S. equity markets was that some high-frequency trading firms paid the stock exchanges lots of money to put their computers next to the stock exchanges' computers so that the wires between the traders' computers and the stock exchanges' computers would be short and the traders could trade faster than other traders with longer wires. If you put the stock exchanges' computers in the cloud, will traders still be able to pay extra for shorter wires? You'll be relieved to know that the answer is yes:
Mr. Peterson said that in the first phase of the move, Nasdaq's primary data center for its U.S. equities and options markets in Carteret, N.J., will be expanded and AWS will install computing resources there. Traders will be allowed to connect their servers to AWS servers the same way they currently connect to Nasdaq's servers, he said.
You could imagine this eventually all becoming virtual; the traders could pay directly for lower latency. Instead of renting space for your computer next to the exchange's computers at a data center in Carteret, just rent space for your virtual computer next to the exchange's virtual computer in the cloud. Metaverse colocation, why not.
One reason to sell a stock short is that you think it will go to zero. You think it's a fraud, a pump-and-dump, complete vapor; it will get shut down by regulators or file for bankruptcy in short order. This is a dangerous reason to short a stock! Not just because you might be wrong, and not just because, you know, frauds are sometimes run by unpleasant people who will take it personally that you are shorting their stock.
But also because, what if you're right? The way you make money in short selling is, you borrow the stock, you sell it, you wait for it to go down, and then you buy it back. You have to borrow the stock from a stock lender, and you post collateral and pay a running fee to borrow it; when you buy the stock back, you deliver it to the stock lender to close out the transaction. If the stock goes down from $10 to $0.01, this all works, you make $9.99 and you are happy. But if it goes down from $10 to "regulators have shut down trading in this stock, this company is banned, let us never speak of it again," then … how do you buy it back? If it doesn't trade, you can't buy it back, so you can't deliver it to your stock lender, so you have to keep posting collateral and paying borrow fees forever. "But the notional value of the stock is now zero, so the borrow fee is 0.25% of zero or whatever, and the collateral I owe is zero," you say, but, you know, prove that to your prime broker in the absence of a trading market.
We have talked about this problem before; there are some short sellers out there who have made short bets so successful that they can never be closed, sort of defeating the purpose of the short bets. Now they just sort of walk the earth, complaining about their brokers and paying stock-borrow fees. Here's another one:
Jefferies Group LLC overcharged and then "hijacked" the prime brokerage account of its client IsZo Capital Management, the activist hedge fund claimed in an arbitration filing.>
The investment bank held back $5 million of IsZo's money, later reduced to $2.5 million, to secure seven short positions in securities that are now worthless, IsZo claimed in an arbitration claim filed this week with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or Finra.>
The conflict arose in June, when IsZo, which manages more than $300 million, tried to close its Jefferies account and move its cash and holdings to another prime broker. Jefferies told the hedge fund that the illiquid positions couldn't be transferred and would have to remain open, subject to minimum net equity and collateral requirements, according to IsZo.>
It's a problem that can arise when a short-seller is too successful -- betting against a company that goes bankrupt, while prime brokerages continue to charge fees. In the cases cited by IsZo, the market for the securities of those companies disappeared, leaving them unable to cover their position. IsZo calls it "little more than a theft."
Also here is a novel reason for collateralizing short positions against defunct stocks forever:
In an August Zoom call, Jefferies executives told IsZo that the funds were needed to protect the firm "in case any of the stocks traded like 'meme stocks'" -- companies favored by retail traders that have seen wild price action in their shares this year.>
"Even the barest modicum of diligence would have revealed that there is no danger that any of the 7 legacy short positions could ever become a meme stock," IsZo said in the filing. "The securities – to the extent that they even exist – have no trading market at all."
Yeah it's hard to make a stock into a meme if you can't buy it? And if you could buy those stocks, IsZo would! To close out its shorts!
Deciding how much you should pay for a share of large-cap publicly traded stock is not an entirely solved problem, but it's pretty close. If someone comes to you and says "hey I have 100 shares of Microsoft Corp. stock for sale, how much will you pay me for it," a pretty decent answer would be to look at the last price at which Microsoft traded — like a millisecond ago — and subtract, you know, one cent from that price. That will get you a price that is likely to be competitive (the seller might actually sell to you), likely to be profitable (you might be able to sell it for more than you paid), and unlikely to be disastrous (you probably won't have to sell it for much less than you paid). People who are actually in the business of buying and selling stocks have developed some important refinements to this algorithm; their prices might be informed by recent trades other than the last one and depth-of-order-book information and trading prices of correlated securities and their own inventory and a finer judgment of the appropriate bid/ask spread. And of course there will be situations — the opening of the day's trading, trading just after some news hits, etc. — that require more complex judgments. But "the last price minus a penny" is often a decent approximation.
The fact that this is pretty easy means that there is a whole industry of people — "market makers" or "dealers" — whose business is to buy and sell stocks from people who want to sell or buy them. If you own 100 shares of Microsoft and you want to sell them to pay for a kitchen renovation, you don't hunt around until you find someone who just got a bonus and wants to invest it in Microsoft stock, and then agree on a trade. You just hit a button that says "Sell," and a microsecond later some professional market maker buys your stock from you. And then when the other person gets a bonus she can hit a button that says "Buy" and a professional market maker will sell her the stock. Essentially every trade goes through a dealer.
The fact that the algorithms are pretty easy also means that the dealers tend to be computers. If you're a hedge fund and you want to sell 100,000 shares of Microsoft, you might call up a person at an investment bank to get a quote on the block trade, but most of the time most people who want to trade stock just push buttons and some computer automatically decides to do the trade and what the price should be. Lots of professional market makers consist of like five programmers and a bunch of computers, with no one — except the computers — making any trading decisions.
This is a good and pleasant model, for the five programmers; the computers provide a lot of leverage and the people who own the computers tend to get very rich. (And because they can usually resell stocks quickly, this is not necessarily a hugely capital-intensive business: You can be a market maker with a good computer and a good algorithm and a reasonable amount of money; you don't have to start with billions and billions of dollars.) It is also — though there are endless caveats and worries — a good and pleasant model for the customers ; the computers are cheap and fast, so you can buy or sell stocks instantly at a lower cost than you'd pay if a bunch of highly paid humans had to ponder each trading decision.
And so much of the story of modern finance is about extending this model to other financial products. If you want to trade Treasury bonds or foreign exchange or stock options or vanilla interest-rate derivatives there is a decent chance you will trade them with a computer; the problem of deciding how much those things should cost is not vastly harder than the problem of deciding how much a share of stock should cost. If you want to trade high-yield corporate bonds, there is a pretty high chance that you will end up on a telephone (or Bloomberg chat) with a human trader at a big bank, because the problem of bond trading is less solved; there are lots of bonds and they trade less frequently and have more weird idiosyncratic issues. But you can't really open a financial newspaper without reading about someone launching a new automated tool for trading bonds, because this feels like a problem that is going to be solved pretty soon.
Other things won't be. It is fun to imagine a world in which mergers and acquisitions were similarly automated. If you were the chief executive officer of a public (or private!) company, and you wanted to sell, you could push a button and a computer would tell you "the bid price for your company is $8 billion" or whatever. And then you'd hit the "okay sell" button, and some automated market maker — some pool of cash attached to that computer — would wire you $8 billion and take over your company. And then the market maker would resell it a second later for $8.2 billion to some long-term strategic buyer who is in the market for a business like yours. And all the matchmaking and valuation work of modern M&A — bankers building deep personal relationships with CEOs and flying around the country pitching deals, 60-page board decks full of valuation models, 100-page contracts full of closing contingencies, all-night negotiations, fights about cultural fit and the name of the combined company, etc. — would all be sort of smushed into the automatic market-maker model.
This would be funny! It will be a bit of world-building in my science-fiction finance novel set in the year 2264. But it is not going to happen now, or in 10 years, or probably in 50 years. The facts about whole companies are too complicated and fuzzy and difficult to observe for a computer to price confidently, and companies trade so infrequently that any random errors could destroy the business model. Plus the capital required for this business model — billions and billions of dollars for each trade — would be too much for a business of five programmers and a computer. Finance slowly grinds toward this ideal, but it may never actually get this far.
The basic situation of U.S. equity market structure is:
1. Big institutional investors want to be able to buy or sell large chunks of stock quickly without moving the price. The best way to do this is to coordinate around liquidity: If I want to buy, I want to buy when everyone else is selling; if we all pick one 15-minute period to do our trading, there will be lots of buyers and lots of sellers and we'll all be able to do big trades at a fair market price. 2. Small retail day traders want to finish work at 5 p.m., go out for a few beers, come home, have dinner, watch some TV, have a few more beers, and then at around 10 p.m. they want to fire up their computer and spend six hours trading GameStop stock and posting about it on Reddit. 3. Foreign investors want to be able to trade U.S. stocks during their business hours. 4. What actually happens is that the stock market is continuously open from 9:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. New York time Monday through Friday, with some less-liquid extended hours in the morning and evening.
That doesn't serve anyone! I have in the past argued, with a certain amount of seriousness, that the stock market should have much, much shorter hours; 15 or 30 minutes a day should suffice for everyone who wants liquidity to find it, and traders could spend the rest of their days researching companies or writing market analyses or reading poetry or hanging out with their families. But you could take it the other way:
A startup trading platform is seeking approval from the Securities and Exchange Commission to launch the first U.S. stock exchange that would operate around the clock, including on weekends and holidays.
The startup, 24 Exchange, said it filed key parts of its application for a national stock-exchange license with the SEC on Monday, including a rulebook and user manual detailing its proposed approach to trading hours.
Under decades-old conventions, the bulk of stock trading takes place between 9:30 a.m. and 4 p.m. ET on weekdays, and exchanges shut down for holidays, such as Good Friday and Washington's Birthday. In contrast, 24 Exchange would operate like the foreign-exchange and cryptocurrency markets, which run continuously.
The three-year-old startup already offers trading in FX and crypto. Its parent company, 24 Exchange Bermuda Ltd., is incorporated in Bermuda, but the proposed stock exchange would be run by a U.S. subsidiary. …
In an interview, Mr. Galinov said there is growing demand for round-the-clock stock trading from individual investors. Not only do such investors often want to buy or sell stocks outside of standard trading hours, but the 24/7 nature of crypto has raised expectations that stocks should work the same way, he said.
"If there is big news over the weekend, you can try to trade, but you really can't," the founder and chief executive said.
He says that the growing demand for round-the-clock trading comes from individual investors, who trade as a hobby after their workday is over and who want more time to do that. Professional investors trade as a job during the workday and presumably want less time to do that, not only so that they can spend more time with their families,[1] but also so that they can source as much liquidity as possible when they do trade.
And in fact it is already fairly easy for professional traders to coordinate around prime times for liquidity: A disproportionate amount of the trading in U.S. stock markets happens in the few minutes around the opening and (especially) the closing of the trading day. If you are an index fund looking to buy or sell a bunch of stock while tracking the index, you will have a tendency to buy or sell all your stock at the 4 p.m. close, because the closing price is in a sense the "official" price of the day and matching that price lines up with your index. If you are anyone else looking to buy or sell a bunch of stock, you want to trade when everyone else is trading, and that happens to be at the close (when the people looking to match the closing price are trading). And so liquidity is concentrated at the close, and — as Bloomberg's Larry Tabb tweeted — professional traders "can do errands in the middle of the day."
But if you are a hobbyist day trader, 4 p.m. is not a particularly convenient time to trade stocks, so you want to be able to trade all night. And you probably do not need to have a giant index fund on the other side of your trades because (1) you aren't trading in huge size and (2) you kind of want the market to be volatile? Like, you are trading for fun. If the stock goes up 10% every time someone buys 100 shares, and then down 10% every time someone sells, that is more fun than if it just sits there.
The synthesis is probably a short deep liquid session for professionals and a long strange illiquid fun session for retail, like:
1. You can trade stocks 24/7. 2. Institutional investors don't, and do most of their trading in a 15- or 30-minute period leading up to 4 p.m. New York time. 3. The rest of the time the market is weird, volatile and retail-driven. 4. If you are making markets for retail at 3 a.m. you can probably charge them a pretty wide spread, because they're not there for tight seamless execution, they're there for a good time.
So yeah I guess I come down in favor of both 15 minutes a day of trading and also 24 hours a day? Still I feel like allowing the 24 Exchange is kind of rough on everyone? If you are a stock trader and there is a U.S. exchange open 24 hours, sometimes news will happen at midnight, or a buyer in Hong Kong will do a big trade and move the stock, and you'll have to keep up to speed on it. Seems exhausting. Also if you are a company looking to announce a merger or earnings or other big news, it is convenient to be able to do it outside of trading hours; if all hours are trading hours then everything gets a bit more difficult.
Also this is cool:
24 Exchange is also seeking the SEC's permission to allow fractional trading on its proposed stock exchange in increments of as little as 1/1000th of a share.
I don't know what that means, exactly, but I suppose if a brokerage can sell you a fraction of a share then so can a stock exchange. (Since fractions of a share don't generally "exist" as a matter of corporate law or the company's shareholder register, you need some entity to hold the remaining 999/1000th of a share if you sell a customer 1/1000th, but if Robinhood can find some entity to do that then why can't an exchange?) This is another crypto-influenced development: Cryptocurrencies are transferable in tiny fractions and so people expect to be able to do the same with stocks; right now brokerages let them do that in some approximate way, but it makes sense that it would become more standard until eventually it is seamless and companies think nothing of paying someone a bonus of 102.739 shares of stock.
I have tried to write about this before, but one weird thing in debates about payment for order flow is, if you were going to "ban payment for order flow," would you ban payment for order flow, or would you ban internalization? The way the stock market works right now is that if you are a retail customer looking to buy or sell a stock, your order generally does not go to the stock exchange: Your broker routes it to one of a handful of big electronic market makers, who generally sells you the stock (or buys it from you) at a price that is slightly better than what's available on the public exchange ("price improvement"), and pays your broker for the chance to do so ("payment for order flow"). You could ban that whole thing and make brokers send retail orders to the stock exchange. Or you could leave everything in place and just ban the payments from market makers to brokers; the brokers would just have to send orders to the market makers who offered the best price improvement, not the ones who pay.
I think either is a more or less plausible answer. If your concerns with payment for order flow are about conflicts of interest (retail brokers route orders to market makers who pay), or about gamification (payment for order flow enables free trading and probably too much of it, and higher payment for options orders gives brokers incentives to push options on customers), or about execution quality (higher payment for order flow means less price improvement), then I suppose banning payment for order flow would make sense. If your concerns are about opacity (so you want all orders to go to lit exchanges), or the market dominance of a handful of market makers (so you don't want them to get all the retail orders), or about spreads on lit markets (so you don't want retail orders to all be siphoned off to retail market makers, leaving only toxic orders on the lit exchanges), then I suppose you would need to ban internalization more broadly. Just banning payment for order flow would leave everything as it is right now except that, instead of paying Robinhood Markets Inc. for retail orders, the market makers would get them for free.
There is a certain amount of vague talk about the Securities and Exchange Commission "banning payment for order flow," based mostly on the fact that SEC Chair Gary Gensler goes around saying that he doesn't like it. My own reading of Gensler's statements is that his objection to payment for order flow is "all of the above" and that if he could wave a magic wand he'd probably want to ban retail internalization, dark pools, everything. But that seems like a pretty hard thing to do and my guess is that if the SEC ever actually does anything here — not all that likely? — it will be more like banning payment for order flow than banning internalization. (I have written before, for instance, that that would be fine for Robinhood.) But I don't know and I suspect nobody else does either.
A rough, inaccurate but useful way to think about U.S. equity market structure is that the prices on the stock exchange are bad. You can go to a public stock exchange and see a "lit," public bid and offer for every stock; the exchange will tell you at all times, like, "you can buy this stock for $10.05 or sell it for $9.95." (The best buying and selling price available on all the lit exchanges is called the "national best bid and offer" or NBBO.) But if you ever find yourself paying the lit price to buy a stock, or accepting the lit price to sell it, you have done poorly. That is just the sticker price, the advertised price, the price for rubes. Somewhere , in the dark, there are hidden orders at better prices, and if you and your broker are any good you will find them.
I want to stress that this is rough and inaccurate; if you work for a stock exchange, or for an electronic market maker that quotes on the exchanges, you don't have to email me to be like "actually our quotes are great." I just mean that, to understand what people get mad about in market structure, it is often helpful to start from the premise "they think the NBBO is bad."
If you start from that premise you can build a model in which there are basically four different "market" prices for a stock. In ascending order:
1. The national best bid is the price you'd get if you tried to sell the stock on a lit stock exchange. This price is too low. Say it's $9.95. 2. The "real" best bid is the best price you could find to sell the stock if you knew where to look. Say there's some dark pool somewhere where someone has a hidden order to buy the stock at $9.99; if you find that order you can sell at $9.99. 3. The "real" best offer is the best price you could find to buy the stock if you knew where to look. Say it's $10.01. 4. The national best offer is the best price you could find to buy the stock on a lit stock exchange. This price is too high. Say it's $10.05.
Prices 1 and 4, the NBBO, are transparent; anyone can see what they are. Prices 2 and 3, the "real" best prices available in dark pools and hidden liquidity and internalizers' books and so forth, are not; certain sorts of experts know what they are but most people have to guess at them.
Your goal, as a person looking to buy or sell stock, is to find the real best price, by scouring dark pools and knowing a lot about markets and routing orders cleverly, or by having a trusted intermediary do that for you. The goal of the expert intermediary selling you the stock is … well, their goal is complicated. Their goal is to (1) make money for themselves and (2) keep you coming back.
If they sell you stock at worse prices than the NBBO they will get in trouble. If they sell you stock at the NBBO, they will do well — on this model, they can buy stock at the real best price and resell it to you at the NBBO, keeping the difference for themselves — but if you are sophisticated you won't keep coming back. This model is so widely understood that executing trades at the NBBO is often considered bad. What you want is to get "price improvement," to execute at some price better than the NBBO, so that you think you might be getting the real price.
And so the game for the expert intermediaries selling you the stock is to sell it to you at some price between the lit best price and the real best price. You try to buy stock, the national best offer is $10.05, your broker says "good news, we got you price improvement, you're filled at $10.03." You are happy because you got a better price than the NBBO; you got the great-customer discount; you might even have gotten the real price, what do you know. The market maker who sold you the stock is happy because it can buy at $10.01 (the real best price) and sell at $10.03 (the price-improved, better-than-NBBO-but-still-worse-than-real best price). If you knew that the real price was $10.01 you'd be mad, but you don't; for all you know the real price was $10.03, you got it, and you're doing great.
This model is too cynical, but I think it accurately captures why people are mad about payment for order flow for retail stock trading. We have discussed payment for order flow several times before, in more sensible and less cynical ways, but on the cynical model all PFOF is is:
1. You send an order to your broker. 2. Your broker sends it to a wholesaler, an electronic market maker for retail customers. 3. The wholesaler buys it at the real price, say $10.01. 4. The wholesaler sells it to you at some price-improved price, say $10.03. 5. The wholesaler makes $0.02. 6. The wholesaler gives some of that money to your broker as payment for getting to do this free-money trade.
Again, again, too cynical. The wrongest part of this model is probably point 3; the wholesaler does not , as a general matter, go out and "front-run" your order by buying it at the real price and turning around to sell it to you at a higher price. (The wholesaler runs a book, trades with you out of inventory, has its own model of the correct price, tries to trade at some spread around that, etc.) But people do get really mad about payment for order flow, even though it gives retail customers better prices than they would get on the public stock exchange , and it is worth understanding that position. If you start from "well, of course, but the prices on the public stock exchange are for rubes, nobody pays those," it becomes pretty understandable.
Well, sure. It's simple really. When I explained payment for order flow back in February, I started from the notion that a retail broker (like Robinhood) could "internalize" trades. Some Robinhood customers want to buy stock, other customers want to sell stock, and Robinhood just pairs them off with each other rather than routing their orders to the stock exchange. The prices on the stock exchange have some spread: Robinhood's customers could buy stock at the offer for (say) $58.25, or they could sell it at the bid for (say) $58.00. By pairing them off with each other, Robinhood can capture that spread and share it with the customers. Its customers could buy at $58.15, saving 10 cents; its other customers could sell at $58.10, making an extra 10 cents; and Robinhood itself could charge 5 cents for making this happen. (These numbers are kind of fake for ease of illustration; the real numbers are often fractions of a penny — and described at the end of this section.) Everyone is better off than they would be if the order went to the exchange.[1]
Of course that's not actually what happens. It is the rough economic intuition for what happens. But Robinhood doesn't actually do the matching up of customers. Someone else does, a market maker or internalizer or wholesaler or dealer or whatever you want to call it. I wrote:
In practice a typical retail broker doesn't have the ability to do this, so it sends its orders to what is usually, in the business, called a "wholesaler" (or sometimes "internalizer"), and usually, outside of the business, called a "high-frequency trader." Popular wholesalers include Citadel Securities, G1X Execution Services LLC, Two Sigma Securities LLC, Virtu Financial Inc., Wolverine Securities, etc. The wholesaler does the thing I just said: It pays the sellers more for their shares than the exchange offers, charges the buyers less for shares than the exchange would, and keeps 5 cents for itself. Well, it keeps, say, 3 cents for itself, and sends 2 cents back to the retail broker who sent it the trade. The broker has subcontracted the internalizing job to the wholesaler, and they share the profits.
The 2 cents it sends back to the broker (in my fake hypothetical numbers) is called "payment for order flow." The 10 cents that customers save (again, in my fake numbers) is called "price improvement."
I hope the solution is obvious? If Robinhood can't get payment for order flow — if it can't subcontract this internalizing function to a market maker — then it can just do it in-house. It can use its balance sheet to internalize customer trades, executing those trades at better prices than are available on the public exchange (and so satisfying its best-execution obligations), and collecting a spread for itself instead of sharing that spread with Citadel Securities or whoever. Instead of like "Robinhood routes your order to Citadel Securities and Citadel Securities executes the order, makes a profit and pays some of it to Robinhood," it will be like "Robinhood routes your order to Robinhood and Robinhood executes the order, makes a profit and keeps it." The payment-for-order-flow complex is sort of collapsed and streamlined. But it's the same trade, with the same basic economics.
Obviously there should be a liquid market in stock tickers. For one thing, tickers are valuable, and they should go to their highest-value uses. If there are dozens of cannabis companies (and exchange-traded funds focused on the cannabis industry), the biggest and most profitable one should get the WEED ticker, so that people with a generic vague desire to buy a weed stock can easily buy the correct one. Or it should be able to pry the POT ticker away from the Potash Corp. of Saskatchewan, because relatively few people go around thinking "I'd like to buy a potash stock so I'll buy POT."
For another thing, it would be fun to know the value of tickers so that you could estimate how much of a company's market value comes from the present value of its expected cash flows and how much of it comes from having the right ticker symbol. We have talked a few times about a company whose stock ticker is COKE (it's not the Coca-Cola Co.); it has a $3.7 billion market capitalization, and there is a community of short sellers who have argued that that's mostly due to the ticker. If there was a market for tickers maybe they'd be able to prove it.[1] Memorable tickers, and tickers adjacent to nouns that Elon Musk tweets, are valuable; it would be nice for their price to reflect their value. You could break down the value of a company into the sum of its parts, the parts being "operating a business" and "having a ticker." Almost always the business would be the main thing and the ticker would be negligible, but occasionally the business would be a negative, the ticker would be worth more than the entire company, and a careful financial analysis would tell you that the move is to sell the ticker for cash and liquidate.
Anyway Bloomberg's Katie Greifeld tried to buy a ticker on the gray market for $250,000, but she got turned down. Which makes sense because it's a pretty good ticker:
It's late spring in New York, and the latest bout of Reddit-fueled craziness has hit the market. A source tipped me off that Roundhill Investments -- [Will] Hershey's firm -- is sitting on surely one of the hottest assets on Wall Street: It owns the ticker MEME, and is just deciding how to cash in.
"We have it reserved at an exchange," Hershey says. "It's not ours to sell."
Which is a shame, because a good ticker -- the set of letters under which a security trades -- is a rapidly appreciating commodity. In fact, Hershey had already been approached late last year by a company offering $250,000 for another of Roundhill's. So I got curious about what it would take for someone to pry MEME from his grasp.
Greifeld was undeterred by the technicality that Roundhill did not actually own the unused ticker. It had it exclusively reserved at an exchange, which gave it a sort of property right, which surely it could monetize?
You could agree to a price, I say, and Roundhill can drop the ticker and the buyer can reserve it a second after it does. Although I suppose that would create a millisecond risk of someone stealing it.
"Yeah," says Hershey with a chuckle. "The high-frequency ticker-reservation guys."
At law firm Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Laura Flores specializes in the regulation of investment vehicles. … I explain my MEME plan to her, and ask if it's feasible. She describes it as "technically" legal -- which is good enough for me -- and intriguingly, says it's not such an unusual request. Unsolicited approaches for tickers are likely becoming more common.
"It's probably still kind of a minority situation," Flores says. "Now that we're getting into more thematic ETFs where that ticker becomes even more important and recognizable, I think we're going to see that activity increase." …
"As we've seen an increase of retail trading and investors come into the market, there certainly has been greater appetite for firms -- including ourselves -- to try and gain access to tickers that may fit in the memorable category," says Dave Mazza, head of product at ETF issuer Direxion. To date no one has tried to buy a live ticker from him, "but I do know there are back-channel conversations about if someone might have a ticker that you think you might want, is there a possible swap," he says.
It is helpful, I think, to have a very simple model of "last look" in foreign-exchange trading. Last look is the practice where a dealer quotes a price on a currency, and then a customer accepts that price, and then the dealer has a little time to back out of the trade. Here is the rough model:
1. The pound is trading at $1.372. 2. A dealer puts out a market on an electronic platform saying "I will buy pounds for $1.372" or whatever. 3. A customer sends a message on the platform hitting that bid, saying "you're done, I sell you 1 million pounds for $1,372,000." 4. The dealer receives that message and thinks for a moment. 5. After that moment, the dealer checks to see where the pound is trading. 6. If the pound is trading at $1.371, the dealer thinks "wait why would I buy pounds for $1.372 if they're only worth $1.371," and refuses to do the trade. It took a last look and said no. 7. If, instead, the pound is still trading at $1.372, the dealer does the trade it originally proposed. 8. If, instead, the pound is trading at $1.373, the dealer does the trade it originally proposed (buying pounds for $1.372) and has nice quick little profit. Why wouldn't the dealer buy pounds for $1.372 if they're now worth $1.373?
Last look gives the dealer a chance to, as it were, look a little bit into the future: It offers to trade at a price, and then waits a moment, and then trades at that price if it's still favorable and doesn't if it isn't. I once wrote that "it is the perfect Will Rogers trading strategy: 'If it don't go up, don't buy it.'"
People really don't like this, but I don't think there's anything especially nefarious about it. It makes life more pleasant for market makers; they have less risk of the price moving against them, so they can generally offer tighter spreads to their customers. If you know you'll never buy pounds and watch them go down immediately, you'll be willing to pay a bit more for pounds. The customers will get better execution sometimes (tighter spreads when the market doesn't move in their favor), and worse execution other times (missing out when the market does move in their favor), and their lives will be a bit less predictable and more annoying, but foreign exchange seems like a fairly competitive market and maybe the overall economics for customers are better.
Hmm. The headline here is "Lordstown May Raise Up to $400 Million From Investment Fund," but it seems clear that the Yorkville fund is in the moving business, not the storage business. This trade is not "Yorkville will buy stock from Lordstown anytime Lordstown asks, in any amount that Lordstown suggests, at whatever the current price is, because it is a committed long-term investor and doesn't care about price or size." This trade is "Lordstown can call up Yorkville anytime and say 'sell some stock for us,' and Yorkville will do that and get paid a 3% fee."
Specifically, the mechanics are:
1. Anytime it wants, Lordstown can call up Yorkville and say "we want $X." X is capped at 30% of the value of Lordstown stock that traded on the previous day, or $30 million, whichever is less. 2. Yorkville says "okay we'll give you $X in three days." 3. Yorkville spends the next three days selling $X worth of Lordstown stock, on the stock exchange, to whoever wants to buy it. (Presumably that means Lordstown's retail shareholders.) Yorkville is selling those shares short; it doesn't have them yet. Actually technically it is selling $X/0.97 worth of stock: It sells a bit more stock than it needs to pay Lordstown the $X that it requested. 4. After the third day, Yorkville give Lordstown the money that it asked for (the money that it got selling the stock short), and Lordstown gives Yorkville the stock that it sold (which it uses to close out the shorts). Yorkville is flat: It sold stock short for money, delivered the money to Lordstown, and got back the stock to close out its short. Or, that is, almost flat: Because Yorkville sells more than enough stock to pay Lordstown, and because Lordstown gives it all of that stock, it has a bit of extra cash, which it keeps in the form of a 3% fee.
Technically Yorkville doesn't buy stock from Lordstown at the price it sold at, but rather at the average of the daily volume-weighted average stock prices over those three days, but if you are a professional investor it is not particularly hard to sell stock at pretty close to the volume-weighted average price. So if Lordstown asks Yorkville for $6 million, Yorkville will put in an order to sell $2.06 million of stock per day at the VWAP for each of the three days; at the end of that time it will have sold $6.18 million of stock, will give Lordstown the $6 million, and will make $180,000 for its trouble. Yorkville also gets 371,287 shares upfront — worth $2.7 million at yesterday's close — as a commitment fee (in addition to the 3% it makes on any actual draw).
To be clear, this is not a requirement of the contract; if Yorkville wants to keep the stock, it can. In practice though the plan is clearly for Yorkville to sell. Lordstown's filing says that Yorkville has agreed not to "engage in any short sales or hedging transactions," except that "upon receipt of an Advance Notice, YA may sell shares that it is obligated to purchase under such Advance Notice prior to taking possession of such shares": That is, they specifically expect Yorkville to short the stock each time Lordstown asks for money.
Also Lordstown is not allowed to sell Yorkville any shares unless Yorkville can resell those shares freely under a registration statement. Also it's not allowed to sell Yorkville any shares if the sale would put Yorkville above 4.99% ownership of Lordstown. That's only about 8.8 million shares, worth about $64 million at yesterday's close. That is not a problem, though, because Yorkville clearly plans to sell all the shares before buying them, so it will never own much of Lordstown.
This trade is sometimes called an "equity line of credit," and it is not all that uncommon. Bloomberg News notes:
The mechanism, akin to an equity-line-of-credit, is not unique to Lordstown among companies trying to build alternative-powered vehicles. On June 21, Nikola Corp. reached a similar deal to sell up to $300 million worth of stock to Tumim Capital, it said in regulatory filing. Nikola paid Tumim about $2.65 million of shares upfront as a sweetener. In return, Nikola holds the right to demand Tumim buy its shares at a time of its chosing and at market price minus 3%, but can't demand the full $300 million in one go.
The "line of credit" name reflects the mechanism of the contract — the company asks for advances, the investor gives it money, etc. — but is a little misleading in that there is no guarantee of money. There are caps on how much stock the company can sell (no more than 30% of a day's volume, no more than 4.99% at a time, no more than 19.9% of the company's total stock); if the stock price declines those caps are worth less money.
The problem with payment-for-order-flow discourse is that it is mostly about best execution. Robinhood gets a customer order to buy or sell a stock and sends it to a market maker (a wholesaler, internalizer, electronic trading firm). The market maker fills the order (selling stock to a customer who wants to buy, buying stock from a customer who wants to sell) and pays Robinhood a little bit of money for each order that it sees. The market maker makes money. This infuriates people. They think: If the market maker is making money filling these orders, and if it is paying Robinhood for the right to fill these orders, then it must be filling those orders at a bad price. If Robinhood routes your order to a market maker who pays for order flow, you must be getting a worse price than you would if Robinhood routed your order to the stock exchange and just took the best price available there.
That is a reasonable intuition but it is wrong! It is wrong! You actually generally get filled at a better price than you'd get on the stock exchange! I keep saying this, and I explain why in detail, and then each time like a dozen people email me to be like "you're so naive, if the market maker is paying for the order then how can I be getting a better price?" So I do not harbor any hope of changing anyone's mind on this point. You can read a fuller intuitive explanation here, or not, but either way please please please do not email me to say "you're so naive, if the market maker is paying for the order then how can I be getting a better price?"
Please also do not email me to say more sophisticated things like "if market makers were not able to segregate retail orders then lit spreads would be tighter and everyone, even retail, would be getting better fills." That one may be true; it's just not what I want to talk about right now. Or there is Gensler's point that you could offer more price improvement instead of taking payment for order flow; that is true (and Robinhood has gotten in trouble for it), but not what I want to discuss here.
Instead I want to talk about the actual conflict of interest in Robinhood's use of payment for order flow, which is not not not not not not not not not not not not not about execution quality. The conflict is not not not not not not not "if market makers pay Robinhood for orders, it will route those orders to the market maker who pays the most, not the one who will give its customers the best price." For one thing, Robinhood customers do generally get a better price than is available on the stock exchange. For another thing, though, we are talking about, often, fractions of pennies per share. If you bought GameStop Corp. stock when it was trading at $483, I simply do not care if you paid $483.01 or $483.007 or even $483.20, and neither should you.
The actually important conflict is: "If market makers pay Robinhood for orders, it will try to generate a lot of orders, particularly ones that pay the most."
What that means is that, if Robinhood gets paid primarily for order flow, it has incentives to encourage a lot of trading, and in particular a lot of trading of options, because it gets paid more for options orders than for most stock orders. And so in fact Robinhood customers trade a lot, and in particular they trade a lot of options, and Robinhood makes a ton of money from their options trading. I said last week that "Economically, Robinhood is an options brokerage. Robinhood's main business is convincing people to trade options, and then having options market makers pay to take the other side of those trades," and more than a third of its revenue comes from options trades. Retail options trades are lucrative for market makers, so they pay Robinhood a lot for them.
Of course any commission-based broker also has an incentive to encourage trading, and there are lots of enforcement cases against brokers who get their customers to trade too much. (This is usually called "churning.") But there is a natural limit on a commission-based broker's ability to churn, which is that if you are a customer and you pay $5 per trade, you will wince every time you pay that $5, and eventually you will stop. At zero-commission brokerages — like Robinhood, which pioneered the model — you pay $0 per trade, you never wince, and you never stop.
So you could have a reasonable theory of Robinhood that says that all of its alleged problems — "gamification," the psychological tactics it uses to get people to keep coming back to the app and trading more, as well as its somewhat lax restrictions on who is allowed to trade options — are symptoms of one underlying business-model decision, which is to make almost all of its money from payment for order flow. If you make money mainly from net interest margin, you will want to accumulate customer cash and margin balances. If you make money from investment products that you manage, you will push those products. If you make money from commissions, you will push people to trade a lot, but it will work imperfectly. If you make money from payment for order flow, you will push people to trade a lot, and it will work really well.
If trading a lot is bad for people, this is bad. It is perhaps not obvious that trading a lot is bad for people, but it does seem intuitive. "The majority of our customers prefer to buy and hold," say Robinhood's founders in their introduction to its IPO prospectus, and "it's never been easier or more delightful to build a portfolio and invest for the long term." If they thought constant trading was good they would have said something else. "A lot of our customers prefer to YOLO weekly call options and make a lot of money doing it," or whatever. Robinhood's major innovation was building an app, and an economic model, that made
The one point that I want to make here is that, at a high level, Robinhood's economics work like this:
1. Robinhood's customer base wants to buy and sell stocks, options and cryptocurrencies. 2. It is very profitable to be on the other side of those trades: If you can sell Robinhood customers the options they want to buy, or buy from them the cryptocurrencies they want to sell, etc., you will reliably make a lot of money. 3. Smart rich electronic trading firms that want to be on the other side compete to pay Robinhood fees for the privilege.
The electronic trading firms are smart and rich and making piles of money from taking the other side of the customers' trades, but all that does not necessarily mean that Robinhood's customers are doing badly. They're not. "As of the end of March 2021, our customers had seen appreciation of their assets of approximately $25 billion," says the S-1. "We are only six years into our journey," it also says, and in the last six years the S&P 500 has roughly doubled, so you can't necessarily attribute this to the trading acumen of Robinhood's customers or the quality of Robinhood's educational materials.
But you don't have to. At a very high level this can work because investing is not a zero-sum game. The electronic traders get paid for providing liquidity to the Robinhood customers, and the Robinhood customers get paid for providing capital to public companies, and the public companies grow and everyone is happy. If Robinhood's basic service is getting people excited about buying stocks, and then they buy stocks, and stocks mostly go up, then the customers should basically be happy. And if they're paying for it, they're getting their money's worth.
Here is the complaint, which says that "on or about June 5, 1972, Plaintiff for lawful consideration purchased 35 shares of [McDonald's] common stock at a branch of E.F. Hutton in Sanford, Maine," and got a stock certificate. There is, in the United States in 2021, an ordinary, multi-tiered, somewhat imperfect way of figuring out who owns shares of a public company; it does not put much stress on share certificates. It goes like this:
1. The company's transfer agent has a list of shareholders and how many shares they own. 2. The main shareholder is usually Cede & Co., a sort of alias for the Depository Trust Co., which is in the business of owning everyone's shares for them. 3. DTC keeps a list of its participants — banks and brokerages — and how many of the Cede shares they "really" own. 4. The participants keep a list of their customers and how many shares they "really" own.
So if you own stock, what you actually own is an entry on a list at your broker, which in turn owns an entry on a list at DTC, which in turn owns an entry on a list at the company's transfer agent. Which is fine; the main thing that anyone owns in modern society is entries on lists. (What is your bank account if not that?) You just have to hope that everyone does a good job of maintaining the lists. If that troubles you, you might look into a blockchain, I dunno.
On the other hand in 1972 some of this list-keeping was in its infancy and you might have just brought home a stock certificate, secure in the knowledge that, whatever else happened, this fancy embossed piece of paper represented a valuable claim on an iconic American company. And then you went to bed for 50 years and woke up to find that you weren't on the list(s). Perhaps they forgot you! Perhaps the embossed piece of paper is a forgery!
This is the best rationale I've ever seen for a stock split:
Berkshire Hathaway Inc. is trading at more than $421,000 per Class A share, and the market is optimistic. That's a problem.The price has grown so high, it has nearly hit the maximum number that can be stored in one common way exchange computers handle digits.On Tuesday, Nasdaq Inc. temporarily suspended broadcasting prices for Class A shares of Berkshire over several popular data feeds. Such feeds provide real-time price updates for a number of online brokerages and finance websites.Nasdaq's computers can only count so high because of the compact digital format they use for communicating prices. The biggest number they can handle is $429,496.7295. Nasdaq is rushing to finish an upgrade later this month that would fix the problem.It isn't just Nasdaq. Another exchange operator, IEX Group Inc., said in March that it would stop accepting investors' orders in Class A shares of Berkshire Hathaway "due to an internal price limitation within the trading system." …Here's the trouble: Nasdaq and some other market operators record stock prices in a compact computer format that uses 32 bits, or ones and zeros. The biggest number possible is two to the 32nd power minus one, or 4,294,967,295. Stock prices are frequently stored using four decimal places, so the highest possible price is $429,496.7295.No other stock is anywhere near Berkshire Class A's stratospheric price levels, so it is understandable why the engineers behind Nasdaq's and IEX's systems chose the number format, which programmers call a four-byte unsigned integer.
When I first read the headline ("Berkshire Hathaway's Stock Price Is Too Much for Computers") I assumed that this was a signed integer, and that if Berkshire's price ever ticked up to $429,496.7296 it would roll over to be some enormous negative number in the exchanges' computer systems. And then if you put in a market order to sell Berkshire when you saw it trading at $429,496.70, it would take a second to get a fill, and in that second the price would tick over to like negative $429,400, and the exchange would say "okay we have taken away your Berkshire share and you owe us $429,400," and oops oops oops.But, no, unsigned. I guess it rolls over to zero? Also great fun. "Wow, Berkshire is really going up, I should sell," you think, as it hits $429,495, and then by the time your order goes in it has rolled over and you sell for two cents. Too slow! Honestly the stock market should work like that. Stock prices get too high and just start over at zero. Keep things interesting.
A thing that happens from time to time is that a high-profile initial public offering goes poorly and falls below the IPO price on its first day of trading. When this happens, we will sometimes talk about how much money the underwriter banks made trading the deal, because it is an unfortunate fact of IPO life that when an IPO trades down the banks have a windfall. The problem is the "greenshoe." The way IPOs work is that the company will give the underwriters an option to buy an extra 15% of the deal: If the IPO is for 100 million shares, the banks will have a "greenshoe option" or "overallotment option" to buy another 15 million shares at the IPO price.[1] Then, when the IPO prices, the underwriters will actually allocate 115 million shares to IPO buyers. They sell the 100 million shares they got from the company, and they sell another 15 million shares short. If the stock goes up — as most IPOs do — then the underwriters will exercise the overallotment option, buy the extra 15 million shares at the IPO price, and use them to close out their short. The banks don't make or lose any money on the trade.[2]But if the stock goes down — as some IPOs do — then the underwriters will cover their short sales in the market, at the market price. If it goes down a little bit, the banks will "stabilize" the stock and "defend" the IPO price by buying it at close to the IPO price; they won't make much money but will help keep the stock up. This is a kind of market manipulation, but it is a legal kind, and one that people think is valuable; the theory is that investors will be more willing to buy stock in IPOs if the underwriters are planning to stabilize the stock after it prices. Buying stock in a new IPO is risky, and if the banks protect investors from that risk they will be more willing to pay more for the stock. On the other hand, if the stock goes down a lot immediately — if the IPO prices at $50 per share and then opens for trading on the first day at $40 — then the banks won't be able to do much to stabilize it, and they'll just buy their shorts back at the (much lower) market price. In this hypothetical example, they'll make $10 per share times 15 million shares, or $150 million. And so in the Facebook Inc., Lyft Inc. and Uber Inc. IPOs, the underwriters seem to have made big profits by (1) overpricing the IPO, (2) shorting stock (covered by the greenshoe)[3] and then (3) covering their shorts at the lower market price.
One thing that is happening here is that ICE will stop calling up banks every day and asking them "at what rate can you borrow unsecured from other banks" and then using their answers to calculate Libor. That's what ICE does now, and what the British Bankers' Association did before ICE. It has become an increasingly untenable way to calculate an interest-rate benchmark, insofar as (1) the banks were lying about their borrowing costs for a while and (2) the interbank unsecured funding market is a lot less robust than it was back before the financial crisis, so it's hard to answer that question truthfully even if you're trying to. So, at the end of the year, it will mostly stop, though it will keep going for the main tenors of U.S. dollar Libor until June 2023.
Another thing that is happening here is that ICE will stop publishing Libor, sort of. Actually it will keep publishing some Libor rates for a while after it stops collecting them, though with an asterisk. (The asterisk says that the new Libors will not be "representative.") They will be "synthetic" Libor: Instead of being based on a poll of banks' borrowing costs, the new rates will be computed based on "a forward-looking term rate version of the relevant risk-free rate plus a fixed spread aligned with the spreads in ISDA's IBOR fallbacks."In the U.S., for instance, Libor is supposed to be replaced by SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, a risk-free rate based on the cost of borrowing secured by U.S. Treasuries. When Libor is replaced by "synthetic Libor," the synthetic Libor will be (1) SOFR, (2) compounded in arrears to get a term rate, (3) plus a spread. The spreads are based on the historical differences between Libor and the relevant risk-free rate; here they are.[1] So for instance when ICE stops polling banks for 3-month U.S. dollar Libor, 3-month dollar "synthetic Libor" will just be SOFR, compounded for three months, plus 0.26161%.
I have written before that Libor is a "function call": You write in a contract that the interest rate will be Libor, and then you go and pull Libor in from ICE (or from a Bloomberg page that gets it from ICE), and you don't really care about the guts of how ICE calculates Libor. Right now ICE calculates Libor through this rickety mechanism of calling up banks and asking them to make up numbers. In the future it will calculate Libor by looking at published risk-free rates—which benchmark administrators calculate by looking at real transactions in secured funding markets—and adding a number to them. In theory Libor could just keep going forever, in this vestigial way: The "real" benchmark would be SOFR or whatever, and then Libor would just be a minor arithmetic manipulation of SOFR, SOFR plus 0.26%. You could still write loans or derivatives that reference Libor, and everyone would know that "Libor" is a weird archaism for "SOFR plus 0.26%."
Here is the white paper. The basic point to make here is that the difference between T+3 settlement (the norm when I started in banking), T+2 settlement (the norm now) and T+1 settlement (DTCC's proposal) is just a matter of degree, of administrative and technical coordination. You go to the stock exchange and "do" some trades, in the sense that the buyer and seller agree to exchange stock for cash, and then one or two or three days later you make the actual exchange of stock for cash. It takes time to reconcile everyone's computer systems and line up the cash and stock, but those are largely technical problems that can be solved with better computer systems and faster processes and so forth. Going from T+2 (or T+1, etc.) settlement to real-time settlement, as some people have called for, is a very different matter. With T+anything settlement, you first agree on the trade, and then you have some time to get your cash together (if you're buying) or get your stock together (if you're selling). With real-time settlement, the buyer needs to have the exact amount of cash for the trade in its account before it agrees on the trade; the seller needs to have all the stock in its account first too. This is relatively easy for retail investors buying and selling shares in cash accounts, but lots of market plumbing doesn't work that way. Market makers, for instance, stand ready to buy or sell stock from anyone who comes to them on the exchange. If someone comes to buy, they will sell stock, even if they don't currently own it. If someone comes to sell, they will buy stock, without sending a particular packet of cash out the door to buy it. At the end of the day they will add up all their buys and sells, and they'll mostly cancel out: They bought $103 of stock and sold $97 and have to go get $6 of financing to meet their settlement obligations, or they bought $97 and sold $103, are short, and have to go borrow $6 worth of shares to meet their obligations. There are well-established processes to do that; big trading firms have stock-borrow relationships and capital and financing lines and so forth that allow them to trade each day confident that they'll be able to settle in two days, or in one day really. And the fact that the transactions mostly net out—big market makers buy a lot of stock and sell a lot of stock but mostly end up flattish—makes these processes even easier; you can trade lots of stock without borrowing lots of money or stock, because you can cancel most of it out at the end of the day and only settle the net amount. But those processes break down if you have to get your money and borrow your stock before you trade. So DTCC writes:
One of the significant barriers to T+0 is that it does not allow for predictive financing needs of clients. In other words, clients generally will not know their financing needs for a given day until trading has stopped – which means securing end-of-day funds, or determining intraday investment amounts, will be difficult and excessively expensive. …Real-time settlement eliminates important netting and financing opportunities because it requires that all transactions be funded on a transaction-by-transaction basis. With real-time settlement, the entire industry – clients, brokers, investors – loses the liquidity and risk-mitigating benefit of netting, which is particularly critical during times of heightened volatility and volume.
It is not unimaginable that the stock market could move to real-time settlement; you could put stocks on the blockchain hahaha. But it would be very different from the current system, and the transition would involve a lot of disruption. Keeping delayed settlement, but making the delay shorter, is an easier matter.
Okay let's do payment for order flow again, because people are talking about it and that always stresses me out. Here's an intuitive description of how it works. A million people come to a broker to trade GameStop Corp. stock. Half of them want to buy shares, half of them want to sell shares. One share each, all using market orders, all at precisely the same time. The stock exchange has half a million shares of GameStop available for sale at $58.25, and orders to buy half a million shares for $58. The broker could send all of its customers' orders to the stock exchange, where the buy orders would be filled at $58.25 and the sell orders would be filled at $58; the broker would pay the exchange a small fee for executing these orders. But! The broker realizes, look, all these people who want to buy shares could be matched up with all these people who want to sell shares. I don't have to pay a fee to the exchange, the buyers don't have to pay $58.25, and the sellers don't have to get $58. The buyers could pay $58.15 and save 10 cents, the sellers could get $58.10 and make an extra 10 cents, and I could keep 5 cents (and avoid the exchange's fee) for my trouble. That's a good deal for everyone! This is called "internalizing": Your broker executes your order internally, against its other orders, rather than sending it out to the exchange. In practice a typical retail broker doesn't have the ability to do this, so it sends its orders to what is usually, in the business, called a "wholesaler" (or sometimes "internalizer"), and usually, outside of the business, called a "high-frequency trader." Popular wholesalers include Citadel Securities, G1X Execution Services LLC, Two Sigma Securities LLC, Virtu Financial Inc., Wolverine Securities, etc. The wholesaler does the thing I just said: It pays the sellers more for their shares than the exchange offers, charges the buyers less for shares than the exchange would, and keeps 5 cents for itself. Well, it keeps, say, 3 cents for itself, and sends 2 cents back to the retail broker who sent it the trade. The broker has subcontracted the internalizing job to the wholesaler, and they share the profits. This is not actually an accurate description of the mechanics, because in fact a million orders don't all come in at once. The U.S. equities trading day has 6.5 hours, which is a lot of milliseconds, and the odds of even two offsetting trades coming to a broker in any particular millisecond are low. People want their trades executed quickly and at the current market price; it would not be okay for your broker (or the wholesaler) to just sit on your order for a few hours—as the market moved—until it accumulated enough orders to match them all up. But the key insight is that you can model it as though this were true. If the wholesaler gets a retail buy order now, it will probably get an offsetting sell order in 10 milliseconds or 10 seconds or 10 minutes. If the buy order can be filled at $58.15 now, the offsetting sell can probably be filled at $58.10 later, so the wholesaler can make its 5 cents. So the wholesaler executes the trades for its own account, out of inventory: If a retail sell order comes in, the wholesaler buys the shares and owns them for a little while; eventually a buy order comes in and takes the shares off the wholesaler's hands. The wholesaler bridges the time gap between buyers and sellers. It uses its balance sheet to buy the stocks people want to sell and sell the stocks people want to buy, confident that over the course of the day those desires will mostly offset and it will make its spread. Because it uses its balance sheet, the wholesaler takes price risk: If it sells stock for $58.15 now, and the price of the stock goes up in the next 10 seconds, it might have to buy the stock at $60.10 later, losing $1.95 on the trade, oops. But of course if it had sold stock first and bought stock later, it would have made $1.95. With enough retail trades, this should all balance out, and the wholesaler will mostly just earn the spread. If the retail trades are random. If retail traders usually buy before the stock goes up, and sell before the stock goes down, the wholesaler would consistently lose money on price risk. (This is called "adverse selection.") But they don't. Even now, retail traders tend to be small, dispersed and uninformed. If you sell stock to a retail trader for $58.15, you have no particular reason to think it will go up (or down). The retail traders are trading randomly, which is what allows you to treat this problem as though you were matching them up with each other at a fixed price and collecting a spread. In reality you are matching them up with each other over time , not simultaneously, and the price moves while you are doing it, but the randomness of their trading means that this difference doesn't matter too much. Meanwhile market makers on the public exchange are doing something similar, but with institutional traders who tend to be informed and trade large lots of stock, so their trading does carry a lot more risk of adverse selection. If a big institution buys some stock, that does mean the stock is somewhat more likely to go up, so if you sell them the stock you are somewhat more likely to lose money. This is why the spread on the public exchange—the difference between the $58 best bid to buy the stock and the $58.25 best offer to sell the stock—is so much wider than the 5 cents that the wholesaler charges. The wholesaler is just matching up small pleasant random orders and clipping a spread; the stock-exchange market maker is facing a real risk of being run over by an informed trader. And so this has developed into a market practice. Retail brokers send their customer orders to wholesalers. The wholesalers fill the orders at a price better than the "national best bid and offer" on the stock exchange: If the stock is quoted at $58 bid, $58.25 offered on the exchange, the wholesaler might pay $58.10 to buy it and charge $58.15 to sell it. This is called "price improvement." The wholesaler pockets the rest of the spread (the 5 cents), but it also writes a check to the broker for the broker's trouble (the 2 cents in my example). This is called "payment for order flow," or "PFOF," though sometimes people use that term loosely to describe this whole system of internalization. The numbers I am using here are fake, and the breakdown will depend on the stock involved, the brokerage, etc. But we can very roughly assume that, of the value that the wholesaler provides, about 80% is paid to customers in the form of price improvement and about 20% is paid to the broker in the form of payment for order flow. Now of course I am oversimplifying. For one thing, the wholesalers don't have to fill every order out of inventory; they will do that with some orders and pass others on to the exchange to execute. They do not provide price improvement on 100% of orders, though they do compete to provide price improvement and are evaluated by brokers based on how much they provide. They will often lay off risk on the public markets rather than trading exclusively with retail customers; often they will be in the business of market making on the exchanges too, and will manage that business and the retail business in some interacting way. Anyone who trades a lot of stock benefits from having information about order flow, and a wholesaler who sees a lot of retail orders will have some informational advantages in its public trading. (Not necessarily that much advantage, if retail orders are random, but some. The other day I published some Citadel Securities data showing that in fact retail traders were net sellers of GameStop stock for much of last week. That data was surprising to me! The popular narrative was that retail traders were buying GameStop hand over fist, but that turned out to be not quite right. Citadel Securities knew the real story.) There are various glitches and
You don't think about it much, but every stock trade involves an extension of credit. You see a price on the stock exchange and push a button and instantaneously get back a confirmation that you bought some shares of stock, but you actually get the shares, and pay the money for them, two business days later. This is called "T+2 settlement," and it might seem a little silly in an age when a "share of stock" is an entry in an electronic database and "money" is also an entry in an electronic database. Why not just update the databases when you push the button? T+2 settlement feels like a vestige of the olden days, when traders agreed to trades on the stock exchange but then had to go back to their vaults to dig up stock certificates to hand over in exchange for sacks of cash. Back when I worked on Wall Street it was T+3. These days it is not hard to find people who want to talk to you about moving to instantaneous settlement on the blockchain. Bitcoin trades settle immediately. But U.S. stocks, for now, settle T+2.
This means that the seller takes two days of credit risk to the buyer. I see a stock trading at $400 on Monday, I push the button to buy it, I buy it from you at $400. On Tuesday the stock drops to $20. On Wednesday you show up with the stock that I bought on Monday, and you ask me for my $400. I am no longer super jazzed to give it to you. I might find a reason not to pay you. The reason might be that I'm bankrupt, from buying all that stock for $400 on Monday.
The way that stock markets mostly deal with this risk is a system of clearinghouses. The stock trades are processed through a clearinghouse. The members of the clearinghouse are big brokerage firms—"clearing brokers"—who send trades to the clearinghouses and guarantee them. The clearing brokers post collateral with the clearinghouses: They put up some money to guarantee that they'll show up to pay off all their settlement obligations. The clearing brokers have customers—institutional investors, smaller brokers—who post collateral with the clearing brokers to guarantee their obligations. The smaller brokers, in turn, have customers of their own—retail traders, etc.—and also have to make sure that, if a customer buys stock on a Monday, she'll have the cash to pay for it on Wednesday. This is not stuff most people worry about most of the time. Generally if you buy a stock on Monday you still want it on Wednesday; even if you don't, we live in a society, and you'll probably cough up the money anyway because that's what you're supposed to do. But at some level of volatility things break down. If a stock is really worth $400 on Monday and $20 on Wednesday, there is a risk that a lot of the people who bought it on Monday won't show up with cash on Wednesday. Something very bad happened to them between Monday and Wednesday; some of them might not have made it. You need to make sure the collateral is sufficient to cover that risk. The more likely it is that a stock will go from $400 to $20, or $20 to $400 for that matter, the more collateral you need.
It is a weird borderline between "hacking" and just being prepared. Like if you know that Intel is going to release earnings after the close today, you might, at around 3:30 or so, point your browser to Intel's website. Or you might point your Bloomberg terminal to Intel's CN page. Or wherever you go to read Intel's earnings. And if you've done this before, and are really into efficiency, you might point your browser, or your algorithm, not to the general Intel news page, but to the "Q42020Infographic.pdf" page, because that's where the actual results will be, and when they are available, you want to save the half-second of going to the main page and clicking on the link to the results. You know where the results will be, so you just go there, to wait for them to come out. At 4 p.m., or 4:01, or whenever. You figure you'll get them a half-second before everyone else, as soon as they become public.
But then Intel actually put them up before the close, and if you pointed your browser to the right place, you got them whole minutes before anyone else. Whole minutes before Intel officially made them public, by putting out a press release. On the other hand, you got them exactly when Intel actually made them public, by putting them on its website. If you knew where to look on that website. Well, what does "public" mean, anyway?
I don't know if this is "hacking," or "insider trading," and I don't care that much, but I will say that it's related to what we talked about on Friday. What I said was that there are lots of ways for Intel's earnings release to get to you—Intel's website, the SEC website, the Bloomberg terminal, or various machine-readable feeds directly to your trading algorithm—and each will arrive at your eyeballs or algorithms at a slightly different time. If you know about or subscribe to or pay for or have the ability to make use of the faster mechanisms (direct feed to your fancy fast algorithm), you will be able to trade on Intel's news before the people who can only use the slower mechanisms (looking at the Intel website with their eyes and then calling their broker to trade). If Intel puts out news during market hours , which it tries not to, in order to give everyone a fair shot. It turns out, this time, that if you knew about this way of getting Intel's earnings—by pointing your browser to the right file name—you were way ahead of everyone else.
We talk about greenshoes from time to time. Here is the way greenshoes are supposed to work. A company does an initial public offering, say of 10 million shares at $40 each. It will give its underwriters an option, called an "overallotment option" or more commonly a "greenshoe,"[1] to buy an extra 1.5 million shares (15% of the deal). On the evening that the IPO prices, say it's a Tuesday, the underwriters will allocate 11.5 million shares to investors, and will buy 10 million shares from the company. The underwriters will be short 1.5 million shares, the shares underlying the greenshoe: They have sold more shares, in the IPO, than they have gotten (so far) from the company. The next day, Wednesday, the stock will open for trading. Perhaps it will open at $42. Perhaps then it will start dropping. It will reach $40. There is a risk that it will go down further, "breaking" the IPO price of $40. The underwriters will step in. They will start buying stock. They will buy back stock at $40 to stabilize the stock at or near the IPO price. Hopefully the stock will start going up again and everyone—the company that did the IPO, the investors that bought it, the banks—will be happy. If not, though, the banks will keep buying until they have bought 1.5 million shares, the amount of the greenshoe. In that case, the banks have sold 11.5 million shares at $40 on Tuesday night, gotten 10 million shares from the company at $40 on Tuesday night,[2] and bought back 1.5 million shares in the open market on Wednesday. They are net flat; they own zero shares and have made zero dollars of trading profits.
This is a legal form of market manipulation. It is generally believed, in U.S. equity capital markets, that you need to have a greenshoe: The banks need to have "ammunition" to defend the IPO price; investors who buy in the IPO want that sort of guarantee that, if the stock starts dropping, there'll be someone there to buy. This is called "stabilization," and there are some rules about how it works—roughly, the banks are allowed to keep the price from falling, but they're not supposed to push it up—but it is allowed. It's a little weird, but allowed.
Most IPOs go up, though, not down. In that case the banks do not have to stabilize, and they do not buy their 1.5 million shares back in the market. If the stock opens at $42 on Wednesday and quickly climbs to $60, the banks seem to have a big loss on their short position. This is no problem, however. They have that greenshoe option. They wait a day or two to make sure the stock really isn't going down, then call up the company and exercise the option; they buy another 1.5 million shares from the company at $40.[3] They sold 11.5 million shares at $40 on Tuesday night, got 10 million shares at $40 from the company on Tuesday night, and got 1.5 million more shares at $40 from the company on Friday morning. Again, they are net flat.
So that's the theory. The greenshoe is an option that the company gives the banks, but it's not for the banks. The banks don't pay for the option, and they don't make a profit off of it; the option is just a technicality that allows them to stabilize the stock without taking big trading risks themselves. The greenshoe is a reassurance for investors in the IPO, not a windfall for the banks.
The basic rule in recent high-profile U.S. IPOs is pretty much that companies sell big blocks of stock to institutions, and then the next day the stock opens for trading and those institutions sell some stock for twice what they paid for it, and it's awkward all around. Here's another one:
Affirm Holdings Inc. almost doubled in its public market debut, the latest multibillion-dollar technology company to start trading significantly higher than its initial public offering price.
Shares of the San Francisco-based company, which provides installment loans to online shoppers, closed up 98% to $97.24 in New York trading after rising as much as 110% earlier Wednesday. The company sold 24.6 million shares at $49 each in Tuesday's IPO to raise $1.2 billion, pricing the stock above a range that had already been increased.
A few points here. One is that my advice to companies on how to avoid an "IPO pop" like this has consistently been just to price the stock higher than your banks think you should. Like your banks come to you and say "we have demand from institutions to price this deal at $44" and you're like "no $49" and they grumble but do it and then you have more money and, hopefully, less of an IPO pop. I have … no reason to think Affirm didn't do this? Affirm was planning to go public in December, but delayed the deal because it saw so many big IPO pops and wanted to find a way to get more money. It eventually launched its IPO last week with a price range of $33 to $38 per share. This Monday, it increased that to $41 to $44. On Tuesday it priced the IPO at $49 per share. Probably at that point everyone felt a little nervous: They thought it was worth $33ish two weeks ago, so it's a little presumptuous to ask $49 now. Didn't matter, stock doubled the next day. This suggests that my advice is not wrong, exactly, in this burning-hot market—asking for more money is good, if it gets you more money!—but it does not actually avoid the IPO pop. The way the IPO pop works is that, whatever the IPO price is, the stock doubles the next day. Valuation has nothing to do with it; it is just a law of physics in this "stocks only go up" market. (Good lord is this not investing advice.)
Another point is about the mechanics and numbers here. When this IPO priced on Tuesday evening, Affirm's banks allocated 28,290,000 shares to buyers at $49 per share, for a total of about $1.4 billion. When the stock opened for trading on Wednesday morning, 3,706,057 shares crossed in the Nasdaq opening auction, at a clearing price of $90.90, for a total trade size of about $337 million. There is no reason to think that those are all the shares that became available for trading on Wednesday; presumably some institutions bought shares for $49 on Tuesday night, saw the stock open at $90.90 on Wednesday and climb above $100 within half an hour, and decided maybe they should sell a bit too. Still those numbers give you a sense of the different magnitudes: Affirm sold 28.3 million shares to institutions for $49 on Tuesday night, and most of those institutions were—as most newly public companies prefer—long-term investors who had no plans to flip the stock the next day. Some of those institutions turned around and sold 3.7 million shares to the market for $90.90 on Wednesday morning. Wednesday's price was much higher, but for many fewer shares. This suggests that the problem of the IPO pop is not exactly that the bankers and company value the company incorrectly in the IPO. It's just a matter of supply and demand: The price at which you can sell 28.3 million shares is lower than the price at which you can sell 3.7 million shares.
Hot tech companies and other startups will soon be permitted to raise money on the New York Stock Exchange without paying big underwriting fees to Wall Street banks, a move that threatens to upend how U.S. initial public offerings have been conducted for decades.The Securities and Exchange Commission announced Tuesday that it had approved an NYSE Group Inc. plan for so-called primary direct listings. The change marks a major departure from traditional IPOs, in which companies rely on investment banks to guide their share sales and stock is allocated to institutional investors the night before it starts trading. Instead, companies will now be able to sell shares directly on the exchange to raise capital -- something that's not been previously been allowed. Here is the SEC order approving primary direct listings. After reading that Business Insider story about hybrid IPOs, I am not convinced that companies will be clamoring to sell their stock to the highest bidder at the opening auction on the stock exchange: Other factors, like finding cooperative long-term shareholders, might also matter to companies. But if you are really mad about IPO pricing, and want to put your faith in the market to decide your stock price, this is a way to do it.
Meanwhile bond offerings are sort of the opposite. There is not much mystery. When a big investment-grade company with a lot of bonds outstanding issues a new bond, you pretty much know how that bond will price. If it is sold at 100 and jumps up to 115 on the first day, something has gone horribly wrong. (Whereas 15% would be a modest, nice, normal IPO pop.) Still there are a lot of similarities; in both IPOs and bond offerings, the process consists of the underwriter banks calling up big investors and asking them for their orders. In the bond market that is changing:
There's a new runner in the race to automate the outdated new-issue market for corporate bonds.New York-based electronic trading platform Liquidnet will start its own system for ordering new bonds in Europe later this year, according to a statement Thursday seen by Bloomberg News. It joins an array of fintech startups developing products to overhaul the way bonds are sold.The market for new-issue debt still relies on phone calls, instant messaging and emails to handle billions of dollars in orders and is one of the last corners of finance to experience a digital makeover. But with corporate bond issuance hitting records above $2 trillion in the first half of the year, traditional methods are proving increasingly unwieldy, prompting calls for more automation."The market is growing with many more new issues on any given day and yet the infrastructure hasn't changed really ever," Constantinos Antoniades, Liquidnet's global head of fixed income, said by phone. "There's no question that the direction of travel is towards a more electronic exchange of information and less voice."
Yeah I mean, right, obviously? It's a pretty straightforward product, putting in orders is pretty mechanical, lots of new issues don't particularly need a lot of hand-selling, why not do the whole thing over computers rather than the phone? Fine, right. The pitch here seems to be mostly operational efficiency—do deals with fewer phone calls, etc.—but I suppose you could make a pricing efficiency argument too. If you do a deal by phone, then only the people who get calls from the bankers can put in orders. If the bankers favor a few big clients, then they might price the deal less efficiently (from the issuer's perspective, i.e. a higher interest rate) than if they canvass everyone. If you build a neutral mechanical computer system that blasts out the deal to everyone and lets everyone put in orders, you might end up with better pricing (for the issuer) than if you use the traditional system. Or not; again, new-issue bond pricing mostly isn't that mysterious. You might apply some of these (obvious) insights to stock offerings! Including IPOs! If you don't like the current mechanism of an IPO, in which banks call up big investors, take orders at different prices, and then apply judgment to decide on what price will "work," you don't have to abandon the IPO entirely for some complicated expensive process like a SPAC. You could imagine a process in which banks blast out the deal to lots of investors, big and small, and let them put in orders in an automated system. The issuer could look at the system and pick whatever price clears the market, without a lot of banker judgment and bias. It might get a higher price, or not (maybe IPO pricing is genuinely hard and investors' orders will be more conservative in a true auction), but it will certainly reduce the risk of nefarious banker bias.This is a very easy process to imagine. It is kind of what Liquidnet is doing with bonds, and it is kind of what Google did in its 2004 auction IPO. I proposed it, last October, as a simpler way for companies and venture capitalists to get what they want from IPOs. If your objection to the IPO mechanism is that it produces low and biased prices, you don't need to throw away the entire concept of the IPO for some weird thing like SPACs; you can instead use a bit of technology to try to improve how IPOs work, to get higher and less biased prices.
We have talked a few times, in recent years, about a particular sort of article about hedge funds. In these articles, some hedge fund managers (or sometimes other fundamental asset managers) are quoted complaining that the markets don't make sense anymore, that the patterns that they thought were fundamental have disappeared. "These 'algos' have taken all the rhythm out of the market, and have become extremely confusing to me," is how Stanley Druckenmiller once put it on television. Here is the Financial Times in January 2019:
There has been recently a flurry of finger-pointing by humbled one-time masters of the universe, who argue that the swelling influence of computer-powered "quantitative", or quant, investors and high-frequency traders is wreaking havoc on markets and rendering obsolete old-fashioned analysis and common sense.
And the Wall Street Journal in October:
Managers say the rise of quantitative and passive investing has distorted how stocks move and reduced the chances to profit. Quants can spot and eliminate certain mispricings of securities that once offered opportunities to stock pickers.
I tend to make fun of these complaints. They are bad complaints! What is good for hedge fund managers is not necessarily good for the world. If you manage a hedge fund, you want financial-asset prices to be wrong in predictable (to you) ways, so that you can buy underpriced assets and sell overpriced ones and make a lot of money. But from a social perspective it is better for asset prices to be right, so that capital is allocated to its best uses and so forth. I once wrote:
Look, you're not supposed to be able to pick which stocks will go up! This is great news! Markets are more efficient! You don't need to pay a person a billion dollars to make stock prices efficient; now a robot will do it for pennies! Everything is great!
You could sort of extend this into a metric of how well financial markets are functioning: The more hedge fund managers complain about how impossible and confusing markets are, the better those markets are performing. (And, usually, the worse the hedge fund managers are performing.) When hedge fund managers are fat and happy that means something is going wrong. We talked this January about the European Union's Mifid II rules regulating stock research; specifically, we talked about how hedge funds like the rules because they have made markets less efficient. "Managers of hedge funds and mutual funds say the spotty coverage has led to buying opportunities for undervalued stocks," reported the Wall Street Journal. In my book that is an argument against the rules, though I suppose you could take a Grossman-Stiglitz-ian contrary view. So how well are financial markets functioning now? Here's a troubling story from Bloomberg's Sonali Basak:
One hedge fund manager is getting some inspiration from an unlikely source: the Robinhood crowd.Adam Sender's volatility hedge fund has climbed 30% this year -- in part by betting on and against stocks that have been popular on the retail trading app. He notched gains by wagering around stocks including carmakers Hertz Global Holdings Inc., NIO Inc. and Tesla Inc. …The day trading crowd has "created the late '90s type of environment I thrive on," Sender, 51, said in an interview, referring to the tech bubble of the late 1990s.
See, when a hedge fund manager says "these markets are so weird, the algos make it impossible to make money," that probably means the market is efficient. When he says "these markets are so weird, the Robinhood traders make it so easy to make money," that probably means the market is inefficient.Sender's view is not universal, by the way, and "the HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index, an early indicator of industry performance, is roughly flat this year through July." The Robinhood market doesn't make sense to everyone! But I can believe that it's not efficient.
This is, for instance, the point of the controversy about the New York Stock Exchange's and Nasdaq's fees for market data: The stock exchanges offer different tiers of data for different subscribers, high-speed traders who want to be competitive feel compelled to pay for the highest tier, and the exchanges have a lot of room to charge whatever they want for it, subject to bitter regulatory fights. But you could apply this model to any sort of data. Someone comes up with Data Set X, a set of satellite images of retailer parking lots or fill levels of oil tanks or sunspots or whatever. Someone buys Data Set X, it is helpful, and they make money. Other traders start buying Data Set X. It becomes standard. If you do not buy Data Set X, you are not fully informed, you have not fully diligenced your trades, your limited partners worry, you risk losing money on a mistake that you would not have made with Data Set X. So everyone buys Data Set X. This means, first of all, that no one makes any money trading on Data Set X anymore; its insights are more or less immediately incorporated into market prices, and its unfair advantage has dissipated. But it also means that whoever is selling Data Set X makes a lot of money, because everyone has to buy it.
Anyway here is a fun story about alternative data. Mostly the thesis is that in weird times, like the present, alternative data is popular: "A multibillion-dollar industry offering unusual data such as satellite imagery and measurements of social media sentiment is enjoying a boom in demand as hedge funds and companies hunt for clues on how to tackle the coronavirus crisis." But there is also a contrary viewpoint that actually it has been particularly useless and overrated in these weird times. Here, for instance, is this guy:
Anthony Lawler, head of GAM Systematic, said his firm used alternative data but added that such information had not been behind his funds' gains last year, nor had it driven markets this year."Daily credit card data or footfall data didn't lead the recovery in [stock] prices. What led the recovery was investor sentiment, animal spirits and a belief in a better future," he said. "For none of that could you use innovative photographic, credit card or shipping data."We remain of the view that alternative data is creating value for the data providers, but not yet the investors."
That's a good quote, but the point I want to make is about the word "yet." You'd sort of expect a life cycle in which (1) initially alternative data is promising but not very useful, so hedge funds buy it but it doesn't work very well, so it creates value for data providers but not for investors, (2) then alternative data becomes more refined and useful, so hedge funds buy it and it works, so it creates value for data providers and for investors, but (3) then alternative data becomes ubiquitous, so hedge funds all buy it and the advantage of using it is competed away, so it once again creates value for data providers but not for investors.
Nikola Corp., the maybe-one-day-electric-truck-maker that went public via a blank-check merger last month, has a lot of warrants outstanding. Each warrant (ticker NKLAW) allows you to pay $11.50 to buy one share of Nikola common stock (ticker NKLA). The trade was:
1. Buy one warrant for $24.62. 2. Pay $11.50 to exercise the warrant and get a share of stock. 3. Sell the stock for $48.84.
You pay $24.62 + $11.50 = $36.12. You get $48.84. Your profit is $12.72. Pretty good, no?You can't do this trade now. Those numbers are closing prices from Friday, back when the trade was good. The numbers are different now: The warrants closed yesterday at $27.10; the stock closed at $38.45. If you do the trade now you'll lose 15 cents, never mind. Up until Friday you could do this trade and make a lot of money—Nikola shares got as high as $79.73 on June 9, when the warrants closed at $29.49, for a profit of $38.74 on this trade—but now you can't. The gap has closed.Well, you couldn't exactly do it before either. You could come tantalizingly close. Nikola's warrants were (and are) publicly traded on Nasdaq and pretty liquid, often trading more than a million warrants a day. The stock is also publicly traded and liquid. So you could buy the warrants and sell the stock. You could not, however, exercise the warrants. The warrants only became exercisable on Friday night, for securities-law reasons that I will tuck down below if you're interested.[1] The point here is that up until Friday, the warrants were a promise that one day soon you'd be able to pay $11.50 for a share of Nikola stock; on Monday, they became an actual immediate option to pay $11.50 for a share of Nikola stock.
Still: tantalizingly close. If you have a promise that next week you'll be able to pay $11.50 for a share of stock currently worth $48.84, then that promise should be worth more than $24.62. (It should be worth $37.34, give or take.[2]) If you noticed this trade last week—it was not particularly unnoticed—how could you have done it?One classic way would be: Buy the warrant, sell the stock short , and wait. If you bought the warrant for $24.62 and sold the stock short for $48.84, you would have collected $24.22 in cash. You'd sit on that cash for a weekend, the warrants would become exercisable on Monday, you'd pay $11.50 of your cash to exercise, you'd get back a share of stock and deliver it to close out your short, and you'd keep $12.72. Nice trade. The problem is that you couldn't sell Nikola short: As a relatively new, weird, controversial and heavily shorted public company, it was extremely difficult and expensive to short. At one point in June "borrow fees jumped above 600% of the stock price ... making it by far the most expensive U.S. stock to short." That's an annualized rate that you would pay to borrow and sell the stock short, and if you actually did this trade for a week I suppose it would be profitable,[3] but a 600% stock borrow cost means less "you can borrow the stock if you pay 600% annualized" and more "you will not find anyone to lend you the stock." Clearly somebody did this trade—some 11.5 million shares of Nikola were sold short—but not enough people did it to close the gap between the warrants and the stock.
There are variations on that trade involving options, but option prices reflect the price and difficulty of stock borrow, so these variations wouldn't have worked out much better.Here's another approach: Just buy the warrant, don't sell the stock, and wait. If the stock is worth $48.84 on Friday, you might think, the best guess of its value on Monday is $48.84, give or take. If you can pay $24.62 on Friday for the right to acquire it for $11.50 on Monday, for a total cost of $36.12, then you are getting a good deal. Stock prices move around a bit, so you might not make exactly the $12.72 profit implied by those numbers, but there's a lot of room for error there.That trade would have worked okay. If you bought the warrant for $24.62 on Friday, you could have sold it for $27.10 on Monday, for a profit of $2.48. Not $12.72, but greater than zero. Or you could have exercised the warrant on Monday, gotten the stock, and sold the stock for $38.45, for a profit of $2.33.[4] The problem is that the main assumption of the trade was mostly wrong: The stock was worth $48.84 on Friday, but it collapsed to $38.45 on Monday.
Why did it collapse? Because the warrants became exercisable:
Nikola Corp. shares nosedived on Monday as some investors will now be able to buy the company's stock at a fraction of recent prices.The electric-vehicle company late Friday said a sale of shares related to certain warrants was declared effective, which means the warrant holders will now be able to acquire one share of Nikola at $11.50 -- a 76% discount to Friday's close of $48.84.Apart from those nearly 24 million shares that are now exercisable through warrants, the filing also registered as many as 53.4 million shares held by private investors, such as mutual funds and other large institutions."We believe the potential for a portion of these 77 million shares to hit the market through early investors selling, could create large technical selling pressure on Nikola stock," Deutsche Bank analyst Emmanuel Rosner said in a Monday note to clients.
You can tell that as a story of "technical selling pressure" but the important thing to recognize was that there was a fundamental price disconnect. The warrants traded on Friday as though the stock was worth about $36 ($24.62 warrant price plus $11.50 exercise price); the stock traded on Friday as though it was worth $48.84. That made no sense, since the warrants and stock were almost interchangeable; somebody was wrong. On Monday, the warrants and stock became entirely interchangeable, and the gap between them really had no choice but to collapse. One way for the gap to collapse would be for the warrants to trade up (until they traded for about $11.50 less than the stock); another way for it to collapse would be for the stock to trade down (until it traded for about $11.50 more than the warrants). Both actually happened—the warrants traded up 10% yesterday, the stock down 21%—but the stock move was much bigger. It turns out that the warrant price was mostly right and the stock price was mostly wrong.This suggests another variation on the trade: If you just owned Nikola stock anyway —because you liked electric trucks and thought it will make good ones, or because you thought other people would think that, etc.—you could have sold that stock , bought the warrants instead , and then turned the warrants into stock after they became exercisable yesterday. The stock and the warrants were two more or less equivalent ways to own Nikola stock, but one (the warrants) was much cheaper than the other. If you owned the stock the expensive way (the stock), why not stop doing that and start owning it the cheap way?I don't have a great answer to that question. I have a bad answer, though, which is, you know, who has even heard of warrants, you just want to buy some of this hot new electric-truck startup, let's keep things simple. For a while Nikola was one of the most popular stocks on Robinhood, the day-trading phone app; the warrants were not. The stock benefitted from hype and publicity and momentum, but the warrants didn't, because they are called "warrants" and weren't mentioned in the first paragraph of all the news articles. If your thesis was "I like Nikola and don't want to think any more about it," you bought the stock. Meanwhile if you bought the warrants your thesis was probably more like "aha a relative value trade, aren't I clever," but the clever relative value trade was actually hard to execute. You couldn't do the things—exercising the warrants, shorting the stock—that would lock in the relative value that you had spotted. So if you bought the warrants you were stuck with a directional bet on Nik
Traditionally the way stocks were traded is that a bunch of people all got in the same room and yelled at each other. In the 1600s, and even in the 1980s, this had big advantages over other forms of trading. For instance if you all yelled at each other in different rooms, you might not hear each other. If you wrote each other letters, trades could take weeks. Even if you telephoned each other, you'd have to talk to one person at a time and it might take too long to find someone to trade with. Standing in a room and shouting—or perhaps giving hand signals—was, for centuries, the most cutting-edge technology available for trading stocks. Eventually it wasn't, though. It was superseded by everyone submitting electronic orders to a central exchange with an algorithmic matching engine to match up buyers and sellers. This is much faster and more precise than standing in a room and shouting, which is why it has become the main way that stocks, options and commodities are traded globally. Still there are some throwbacks, including a few commodities exchanges and the New York Stock Exchange, which combine electronic trading with some amount of shouting in a room. NYSE in particular gets a lot of mileage out of its trading floor; having a bunch of people in funny jackets standing in a room and shouting adds a certain energy to the many financial television broadcasts that are filmed at NYSE. Also of course "proponents of trading floors say they provide a valuable service, by funneling trades into one place and allowing traders to exercise human judgment about how to execute them." On the other hand current public health guidance is pretty much that the worst thing you could possibly do is get a bunch of people in a room to yell at each other, so the trading floors are closed. But the New York Stock Exchange is planning to reopen its floor next week, though with masks and social distancing and hopefully quiet voices.In the meantime, NYSE is still trading stocks, electronically. As it usually does, and as other stock exchanges do, but without the sprinkling of human activity that NYSE always touts as a benefit of its exchange. This is an obvious natural experiment: When the trading floor closes for two months and only the computers can trade, is NYSE better or worse at trading stocks than it is in ordinary times?
If you see a company's advertisement on television, does that make you want to buy its stock? Just an ad for its product, I mean, an ad for Ford trucks or Budweiser beer or Citigroup financial services or whatever. After seeing a really inspirational beer ad, do you wander over to your computer, pull up the SEC's Edgar system, and read the beer company's 10-K to consider an investment? I … do not. This is not a thing, for me. I mostly don't buy the beer either, though, or at least I like to think that I am relatively unswayed by advertising. And yet advertising works and is a kajillion-dollar business, and surely there is some overlap between the messages "our beer is good, buy it" and "we are a good beer company, buy our stock." Why shouldn't the beer ad also make you buy the beer stock?Here are a blog post and related paper by Jura Liaukonyte and Alminas Zaldokas on television advertising and retail investing:
We find that, within 15 minutes of seeing an ad for a firm's product or service, investors begin searching for financial information on that firm's stock. This surge of attention leads to a higher trading volume of the advertiser's stock the following day – and contributes to a temporary rise in the stock price of that firm. Indeed, our recent research shows that the effects of advertising on investor behavior and stock prices are more far reaching than previously believed.We documented these effects by comparing responses among households that were and were not exposed to the ads. We took advantage of the three-hour lag between the East and West Coast for airing the same commercials during the same shows on national television channels. …Within 15 minutes, an average TV ad spurred an immediate 3 percent increase in queries of the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Google searches for related financial information immediately climbed by 8 percent.We found that each dollar spent on advertising translated to roughly 40 cents of additional trading volume in the advertiser's stock. The effects were most pronounced for trades initiated by retail investors. Overnight stock returns were positive – though they partially reversed during subsequent trading days.
Honestly that Edgar statistic is blowing my mind a little. There is a chart in the back of the paper showing an example, a Citigroup Inc. ad that aired on March 3, 2017. In the 15 minutes before the ad aired, there were a handful of Edgar searches for Citigroup; in the 15 minutes after the ad, there were hundreds. Of Edgar searches! Edgar! Hundreds of people saw an ad for a bank and decided to go read its 10-K on the SEC's website. (To be fair, this is bank-specific; "commercials aired during primetime hours and involving the financial sector sparked the strongest investor response.") It makes me feel better about the world, somehow; there are hundreds of people out there whose television ad viewing is not resigned passive consumption but rather a source of inspiration for further detailed research.By the way, I said "Budweiser beer" above, but of course Budweiser is not a company. It is one of many brands of beer behemoth Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV. If you saw a Bud Light ad, would you go buy AB InBev stock? Maybe; the ticker for AB InBev's American depositary receipt is BUD, so a casual Robinhood search might work. But in general, write Liaukonyte and Zaldokas, "Products with names that matched or shared similarities with the name of the company itself spurred greater reaction." You're not going to do too much research, from your television ads.
From the buyer's side of the booth, Aaranson explained how he travels to and from Japan every other month or so to arbitrage, taking advantage of price differentials between the US and Japan. Ping-ponging between about 30 shops in Tokyo's geeky Akihabara district, Aaranson grabs inventory fast and cheap, he says, since all the little stores compete against each other. Select cards they bring from the US are worth 30 to 40 percent more over there. Selling them in Japan, Aaranson says, more than pays for the trip. Likewise, a Magic format hugely popular in the US, Commander, is quite rare in Japan, making Commander deck staples significantly cheaper over there. Aaronson launched into an excited riff describing his arbitrage efforts: "We have a fixed cost of about $500 to $1,000 for a week in Japan. You go over there with a bunch of Fetch lands"—a card that efficiently generates mana—"that you bought here presumably for $40 or a 'Misty Rainforest' that sells for $70 in the States. You can get $70 on a 'Force of Will' in Japan and use that for a credit bump for cards that don't see play. And then once you get over there, you can get a card called 'Sol Ring,' which is the most popular card. In English it's $1 and in Japanese it's from $0.10 to $0.50. So you buy a thousand of those, and you come back here and sell those Sol Rings you bought for a dollar for $3 to $4 dollars each. Cyclonic Rift is another. They were 300 yen for a long time and they're $20 in the states." Asked how his taxes work, Aaranson, 25, referred me to his accountant. A quirk of the Magic card market is that, in our increasingly connected and digitized world, arbitrage is miraculously still possible as domestic card prices rely heavily on domestic data and trends in gameplay. On top of that, the logistics and financial burden of shipping $5 cards internationally and at scale on TCGPlayer or Amazon or Ebay incentivize store-owners to keep things local.
You can have market segmentation based purely on cultural factors: If one group of buyers prefer X for non-financial reasons, and another group of buyers prefer Y for non-financial reasons, a purely financially motivated dealer can buy Y from the first group and sell it to the second, and buy X from the second and sell it to the first, and make money. This is not that unusual in real financial markets: If you can identify a non-financial constraint on one big set of investors—a mandate restriction or a regulatory requirement or just a behavioral quirk—you can make money selling them the things they have to buy and buying from them the things they have to sell. If you are maximizing profit, you want to trade with people who are maximizing something else.
The basic idea of stock market circuit breakers is:
1. Everything is normal, it's a quiet afternoon, the robots are trading stocks back and forth with each other. 2. Some bad news comes out and people rush to sell stocks. 3. The robots, who were trading unsupervised in a quiet afternoon market, are not prepared to buy all the stocks that people are selling. 4. Prices crash. 5. Everyone needs to take a 15-minute time-out so that the robots' bosses can come in and adjust their algorithms, and so that brokers can call up fundamental value investors and ask if they want to buy at the new lower prices.
It is a perfectly sensible theory but it has been tested in recent weeks, when what happened was more like:
1. Terrible news comes out at night, or over the weekend, or investors examine their portfolios and search their souls overnight or over the weekend and decide to sell everything. 2. Everyone shows up at the market at 9:30 on Monday morning ready to sell everything. 3. Anyone who wants to show up to buy could also do that, in full knowledge of the bad news and of the likely discount on stock prices, but not a lot of people actually do. 4. Prices crash. 5. Everyone has to take a 15-minute time-out to twiddle their thumbs before they get back to selling.
It is a less productive pause than you'd like. No one is getting more time to react usefully to news; the news, and the reaction, all occurred before the market opened, and the pause is just sort of a waste of time.
I started out kind of kidding, but I have become increasingly enamored of the idea that U.S. stock market should be open half an hour a day, down from the current 6.5 hours. If you want to trade stocks, it is nice to be able to trade any time—6.5 or, for that matter, 24 hours a day—but it is also nice to trade when everyone else is trading. If you trade when no one else is trading, liquidity will be bad and prices will not incorporate all of the information that everyone else has. Concentrating all the trading into a half-hour daily window will ensure that everyone is around at the same time, markets are deep and liquid, and prices are informative. Obviously the downside is that markets will not be liquid or informative at all the other 23.5 hours a day, which is not a trivial downside. One possible solution is for stocks to be open for trading 6.5 (or 24) hours a day, but have everyone agree to do most of the actual trading in a designated half-hour window. That way, if you want to trade when everyone else is trading, you can do that; if you need to buy or sell a lot of stock you can get deep liquidity, and you can transact at prices that balance everyone's supply and demand. But if you really need to sell stock at off hours, you can do that too; you just have to understand that it's not the normal trading time and that things will be a little weird. That's sort of our current system!
More trading is taking place at the end of the day, including at the closing auction—or the final 4 p.m. trade—which determines end-of-day prices for thousands of stocks. From the start of this year through Friday, about 23% of trading volume in the 3,000 largest stocks by market value has taken place after 3:30 p.m., according to data from Pragma LLC. That's compared with about 4% from 12:30 p.m. to 1 p.m. Closing auctions have grown in volume over the past decade, in part because of the rising popularity of index funds, whose managers passively track indexes like the S&P 500, rather than actively seeking to pick stocks. These types of investments often use closing prices as a benchmark, leading their managers to execute trades at the end of the session. As index funds have fueled a frenzy of trading at the close, other big investors have shifted much of their trading to the end of the day, taking advantage of the growing presence of big market participants.
Naively you might think that trading would be smooth during the designated half-hour between 3:30 and the close, because it's when everyone wants to trade and there's a lot of liquidity; trading during the off hours would be more volatile because there are fewer people to trade with. But in fact:
As investors have fled stocks and rushed into safe-haven assets like government bonds, sudden late-day moves in the stock market have been a staple, creating climactic swoons—and surges—right before the 4 p.m. closing bell. The Dow has swung an average of about 300 points in the last 30 minutes of trading over the past 10 sessions—including Tuesday's dramatic rally of roughly 400 points to end the day. That is roughly triple the average swing recorded between 12:30 p.m. and 1 p.m., when activity hovers near its lows of the day, for the same period. … Patrick Nichols, a partner at trading firm Old Mission Holdings, said he often trades at the end of the session, when exchange-traded funds, pension funds and other investors are also active. There has been more activity there "than at any other time on planet Earth," said Mr. Nichols. "Volatility has been exacerbated into the close."
One model that you could have is that from 9:30 to 3:30, the people who actually move prices in the stock market—giant institutional managers, regular people deciding whether to put money into mutual funds or take it out—are pondering the day's information, or having meetings or eating lunch or whatever, and then from 3:30 to 4 they are trading based on what they've decided. So 3:30 to 4 is the period when the market incorporates information; if the information keeps changing—if the news is wild—then the market will be volatile during those times. The trading from 9:30 to 3:30, meanwhile, is just for practice, high-frequency trading firms trying to bluff each other, that sort of thing. No one has much commitment, so prices don't move that much. It is obviously not an entirely correct model, but it might capture something. By the way I'm not committed to a single half-hour session. You could have one in the morning and one in the afternoon. And in fact, these days, people seem to do a lot of their pondering and reacting to news from 4 p.m. through 9:30 a.m. the next day, and then show up at the open ready to move stocks a lot. U.S. stock futures were limit-down overnight for the second time this week; both times, the following morning's trading session triggered stock market circuit breakers and led to a 15-minute pause in trading. When times are tough you need two frantic trading sessions to incorporate all the news.
So you buy a bond for $100, and then the market crashes, and you decide to sell the bond because you need money or you don't like the risk or whatever, and you look around at the market carnage and you think "well hmm the market crashed so this bond is no longer worth $100, it's probably worth $98," and then you try to sell it, and no one will pay you more than $95 for it. There are two possible explanations. One is that the bond is worth $95, and your desire to sell it for $98 is just wishful thinking. The other is that the bond is worth $98, and no one will buy it from you for $98 because liquidity is bad. I bet I know which explanation you prefer!
While trading volumes in U.S. Treasurys and stocks have been running at or near record levels, investors have still found it difficult to transact at the prices they want. And activity in some markets has crumbled in recent days. The ability to trade close to what investors think are market prices is known as liquidity. It tends to dry up during crisis periods, and in recent days it has disappeared as rapidly as many can remember, as investors contend with the twin forces of the coronavirus outbreak and the plunge in oil prices.
"The ability to trade close to what investors think are market prices" is the best definition I have ever read of liquidity; it properly highlights the subjective element. "Investors have still found it difficult to transact at the prices they want." Well, yes, that happens. If you are selling stocks this week, or buying Treasurys for that matter, you are not getting the prices you want. There are a handful of classic liquidity worries. One is that a lot of trading is done by computers, and in stressful times the computers will stop trading, so liquidity will go away. In the olden days, the theory goes, trading was done by brave humans at well-capitalized investment banks, and when things got tough those people ran toward the danger. Now trading is done by algorithms at thinly-capitalized high-frequency trading firms, and when things get tough those firms unplug the computers and go home. Meanwhile the old brave traders are extinct, so there is no one to trade with, so people who need to sell all their stocks and buy a lot of Treasurys will have no one to trade with, and will be sad. That worry seems to be coming true:
Priya Misra, head of rates strategy at TD Securities, said the changing structure of the market, with more algorithmic and high-frequency traders, was responsible for some of the price swings. "The liquidity in the Treasury market is bifurcated: sometimes very good, but when volatility picks up the high-frequency traders step away," she said. "It's not a deep market."
It strikes me as a perfectly sensible worry about market structure, though the counterargument is that olden-days human traders weren't always all that keen to catch falling knives either. Also in this particular market rout there is a more specific counterargument, which is that when a market crash is caused by an infectious disease, the humans are going to be even less keen on showing up than the computers are:
Other analysts and investors suspect that efforts to stop the coronavirus spreading by asking some traders to work from home or from secondary sites had also had an impact on the functioning of markets. "I'm now the only person in my team in the office," said Andrew Bosomworth, PIMCO's head of German portfolio management. "Fewer people are trading and they are trading differently. People are sitting at home by themselves communicating via chat—they can't turn to colleagues. That means market liquidity from a structural perspective is lower."
If the algorithms go to work at a data center in New Jersey, they run some risk of losing money, but no risk of coronavirus. If human traders go to work each day on a trading floor, they face some additional risks. Plus they can lose money too! The other liquidity worry that is popular these days has to do with bond exchange-traded funds. Corporate bonds mostly don't have that first liquidity worry, the one about the algorithms, because they are mostly traded by humans; algorithmic trading is considerably less important in corporate bond markets than it is in Treasury, foreign-exchange, futures and stock markets. But bond exchange-traded funds trade like stocks, on the stock exchange, with the algorithms. The ETFs, meanwhile, own a bunch of bonds. There is a "liquidity mismatch": Bond ETFs trade liquidly, but they are made up of bonds, which don't. One way to think about this is that the ETFs have solved the problem. Before, if you decided you liked bonds and wanted to buy them, you had to go out and buy bonds and it was hard. If you got worried about credit and decided to sell bonds, you had to sell them one by one and it was hard. Now you can express those views instantly through a thing that trades like a stock, and that is better. The other way to think about it is that the ETFs have concealed the problem. Now, if you want to buy or sell bonds, you use the ETF instead, because it is easier. But if everyone wants to sell the ETF at once, money will come out of the ETF, bonds will have to be sold, and those bonds are harder to sell than people realize because they are so used to the easy trading of the ETF. There is a "liquidity illusion," and when the illusion is dispelled there will be fire sales and death spirals and so forth.
The basic idea of stock-market circuit breakers is, like, some news happens, and the market reacts precipitously, and stocks fall 7%, and the market gets turned off for 15 minutes so that everyone can have some time to think and digest the news and see if they want to buy. On an average Tuesday afternoon, not everyone who might want to buy stocks is watching the market every minute. The computers are, sure, but some long-term investors are busy doing other things, reading 10-Ks or meeting with executives or whatever. Someone needs to call them up and say "hey not sure if you noticed but stocks are cheap now, you should buy some." But you generally want to do this sort of thing through mechanical bright-line rules, and occasionally those rules get applied in kind of weird circumstances. The market did not fall 7% by 9:34 a.m. today because of shocking news that came out at 9:32! Investors had all weekend to ponder coronavirus news, and all of Sunday to ponder oil-price news, and they pondered it at their leisure, and futures traded limit-down, and then the stock market opened and investors applied their weekend's worth of pondering to the market, with the result that the market shut down four minutes later. A weekend of pondering, four minutes of trading, 15 more minutes of pondering. I am not sure what you learned in the 15 minutes that you didn't learn over the weekend. Still, stocks rallied a bit after the re-opening, so I guess it worked.
We talk occasionally about proposals to shorten the stock trading day from its current 6.5 hours (in the U.S.) to, say, half an hour. The idea is partly that traders would have more time to spend with their families and dogs and hobbies, but one shouldn't overestimate that. Really what it means is that you have 23.5 hours a day to ponder information and synthesize it into stock-price views, and then half an hour to trade stocks based on those views. The big advantage is that anyone who might want to buy stocks can pay attention to the stock market for that half an hour, so the liquidity during that half-hour should be pretty good. When the trading day is 6.5 hours, sometimes no one's around when things happen, and you have to shut the market down for a bit to call everyone back in. But I don't think that's quite what happened this morning.
We talked last month about a pleasing theory, proposed by Cliff Asness of AQR Capital Management, that liquidity is bad. The theory is that there is a lot of noise in investing, a lot of overreaction to news and panicked selling when stock prices drop. If you eliminate the noise, and the ability to sell, you might eliminate the overreactions and get better returns. Asness:
Liquid, accurately priced investments let you know precisely how volatile they are and they smack you in the face with it. What if many investors actually realize that this accurate and timely information will make them worse investors as they'll use that liquidity to panic and redeem at the worst times? What if illiquid, very infrequently and inaccurately priced investments made them better investors as essentially it allows them to ignore such investments given low measured volatility and very modest paper drawdowns? "Ignore" in this case equals "stick with through harrowing times when you might sell if you had to face up to the full losses." What if investors are simply smart enough to know that they can take on a lot more risk (true long-term risk) if it's simply not shoved in their face every day (or multi-year period!)?
Asness used this theory to make an argument about the expected returns of private equity as an asset class. I used it to explain why a lot of private tech unicorns have gone public at disappointing valuations. We talked about it as a fun, counterintuitive theory of how the world might work. But in another form it is actually a very old theory underlying some common market rules. Lots of markets have rules that say that if stocks go down too far, you can't sell them anymore. China's, for instance, today:
China's stock market opened to the most savage wave of selling in years, with thousands of shares falling by the daily limit after just minutes of trading. Though investors turned on computers hours early to tee up their sell orders, many of them couldn't exit the market fast enough. All but 162 of the almost 4,000 stocks in Shanghai and Shenzhen recorded losses, with about 90% dropping the maximum allowed by the country's exchanges. … The huge number of stocks trading limit down means it could take days for investors to execute their orders, prolonging the sell-off. "I was anxious before the market opened, and had made plans on what to sell and by how much last Friday," said Bruce Yu, a fund manager with Franklin Templeton SinoAm Securities Investment Management Inc. in Taipei. "Some of my trades weren't made today -- we'll see if we can sell them tomorrow."
Well, the liquidity is bad, but of course if this is a temporary overreaction to bad news then the bad liquidity is actually good. If you can't sell everything you want to sell, and you shouldn't be selling, then you're just being protected from yourself:
"My biggest concern was that investors would rush to redeem their holdings in private and mutual funds," said Jiang Liangqing, a money manager at Ruisen Capital Management in Beijing whose team is working from home across China. "A key task for us is to reassure our fund holders and ask them to stay calm."
Of course if the news—mainly coronavirus news— is that bad, if it will lower long-term stock prices by more than the limit-down amount, then bad liquidity is just bad: Stock prices are adjusting to reality too slowly, trades are happening at the wrong price, buyers can't step in because the price is still too high, sellers can't get out prudently, etc. The question of "is liquidity good" is more or less: Will you lose more money by panicked selling in overreaction to short-term news, or by being unable to sell in sensible reaction to long-term news?
A simple case is, you know, a company's stock is trading at $100 per share, and at 2 p.m. one Tuesday the company puts out a press release saying "actually our company is great now and the stock should be trading at $110." And the press release is obviously true and trustworthy and it is instantly clear that the stock should really be trading at $110. They found oil under their office or whatever. Obviously it doesn't work that way, but it's a straightforward toy story. At the moment that press release hits the wires, the stock is trading at $100. The stock exchange has an order book, in which market makers and other traders have placed orders to buy or sell the stock. There are bids to buy the stock for, say, $99.99, and offers to sell it at, say, $100.01.[2] If you are the very first person to read the press release, you can race to the market and lift all the offers to sell the stock. Perhaps there are 20,000 shares on offer at $100.01, and you buy 10,000 of them, for a total of $1,000,100. Then, a few microseconds after you, everyone reads the press release; the people who would otherwise have offered the stock for sale at $100.01 realize that it's worth $110, and they all cancel their offers to sell for $100.01 and replace them with offers to sell for $110.01. But for half of them it is too late, since you have already bought their stock. The 10,000 shares that you bought for $1,000,100 are now worth $1,100,000, and you have made $99,900 of profits. That is nice for you. Your $99,900 of profits are someone else's loss, though. All the people who were offering stock at $100.01, and who didn't cancel their orders before you got to them, sold stock at $100.01 when it was "really" worth $110. They have in some reasonable enough sense lost $9.99 per share, $99,900 total, because they sold at the wrong price. One question you might ask is: Is this good or bad or what? There are some arguments that it is good for the people who notice the press release first to make money, and for the people who don't notice it to lose money. One argument is sort of a moral argument. It's a free country: If I notice something first, why shouldn't I be able to trade on it ahead of people who notice it later? The people who trade first have in some sense proven their moral superiority; they are first because they read faster or understand more clearly or have a faster horse or have a faster computer or trained their faster computer to read press releases faster or whatever. Effort and attention and skill are rewarded; sloth and ignorance are punished; it is standard stuff. There is another, related, efficiency argument that it's good. Rewarding people for noticing stuff first encourages them to notice it faster. If people can make money by noticing that prices are wrong, prices will become right more quickly. Stock prices will incorporate information quickly, and markets will be more efficient, which is good for the standard reasons. (For one thing, to the extent stock markets allocate capital, they will do it better. More practically, it means that the prices will more likely be right when you want to trade; you'll buy stock at prices that reflect the market's view of all available information, because the market is frantically rushing to incorporate information.) This argument sounds dumb in my toy example where the information is a press release that is instantly clear and credible. But in the real world the efficiency gains are often straightforward. If the meaning of the press release is unclear, as it often is, the people who read it correctly, first, will be rewarded, and the competition to read the press release correctly will make prices more efficient. But there is an even simpler case. If there's an exchange-traded fund made up of the 500 stocks in the S&P 500 index, and the price of one stock in the index changes, then the price of the index will change, and the price of the ETF should change. If traders are competing to notice things faster, then they will keep the ETF price in line with the underlying index, and if you then go buy the ETF for your retirement account, the price will accurately reflect the index. Prices will be efficient because traders are rewarded for spotting inefficiencies. But there are also some good arguments that this competition is bad. One is, again, sort of a moral argument. The moral argument is, look, this information is all public, no one should be able to get a private profit from it. That press release isn't your property; the company put it out there for everyone; for you to make money off of it feels vaguely like cheating. And your faster computer isn't a real source of moral superiority; you should trade on a level playing field with everyone else, including people with slower computers, etc. There is also, again, an economic efficiency argument. This one has to do with market makers. In general it is good for market makers to exist: It is good that, if a stock is worth $100, and I want to buy it, I can just show up to the market and someone will be willing to instantly sell it to me for $100.01. (And if I want to sell it, someone will instantly buy it for $99.99.) Market makers—professional traders who constantly quote bids and offers to buy or sell stock—provide a valuable service, generally called "liquidity" or "immediacy." They allow real investors to trade whenever they want, at reasonable prices. But this means that when the price suddenly changes, the market makers are the ones who lose. They stand ready to buy stock at $99.99 or sell it for $100.01, and suddenly it is worth $110, and they sell a lot of it for $100.01 and lose $9.99 per share. They are the big losers, because they are the ones who have resting orders at the old price. They get "picked off," in the jargon; they trade at the old wrong price before they can update their orders to reflect the new price. This costs them money, and they charge you for it. In expectation, a market maker who never gets picked off might be willing to buy at $99.99 and sell at $100.01; a market maker who gets picked off frequently might have to buy at $99.80 and sell at $100.20 in order to cover its losses on being picked off. (This mostly explains why payment for order flow exists: Market makers for retail orders mostly don't get picked off, so they can offer liquidity more cheaply.) This means that regular investors—you and me, maybe, but especially big boring mutual funds who manage money for ordinary people—have to pay more for liquidity. If they want to buy stock worth $100, they have to pay $100.20 instead of $100.01, because their liquidity provider has higher costs and has to pass those costs on to the investors. (One aside here is that market makers are often, in the trading world, fairly powerful. In stock markets they are often big electronic trading firms who do a lot of business with the stock exchanges and have a lot of clout. In many other markets—for bonds, foreign exchange, derivatives, etc.—they are often big banks who dominate the market.) If you think that this competition is bad—immoral, or just inefficiently increasing the cost of liquidity—there are two main ways to prevent it. One is to give the market makers a little bit of a timing advantage so that they can't get picked off. The stock is trading at $100, news comes in that it's worth $110, everyone sends orders to buy at $100.01, and the market makers—who have resting orders to sell at $100.01—get a little bit of time to take a breath, look around, and see if they really want to sell there. They decide that they don't, they update their markets to $110, and no one gets to buy at the wrong price. The sharpness of the competition is diminished, which maybe has a tendency to make prices less efficient, but on the other hand the market makers don't get picked off, which maybe has a tendency to make liquidity less expensive. This is sometimes done with a "speed bump"; that term has a
A recurring theme around here is that financial markets generally get more efficient, what with the computers and the algorithms and the disclosures and the data and so forth, but hedge fund managers make money by spotting and exploiting market inefficiencies. So as markets get more efficient hedge fund managers get sad, and because hedge fund managers generally have high opinions of themselves, they complain about the increased efficiency in sort of silly and point-missing ways. "These 'algos' have taken all the rhythm out of the market, and have become extremely confusing to me," Stanley Druckenmiller once said on television, which is exactly what you want. You don't want markets to have a "rhythm"; you don't want prices to be wrong in predictable ways so that Stanley Druckenmiller can make more money. You want prices to incorporate all available information, so that any future price movements are unpredictable and any random retail investor who buys stock is as likely to get it at the right price as Stanley Druckenmiller. But of course if you're blindly buying 10 shares at the right price you don't go on television, but Stanley Druckenmiller does, and he misses the days when prices were wrong and it was easy for him to make money. Also, to be fair to the hedge fund managers, you don't want life to be too hard for them. They are not only in the business of spotting and exploiting market inefficiencies; they are also in the business of closing those inefficiencies, by exploiting them. They make the market more efficient by spotting inefficiencies and trading the other way. If the market gets too efficient, they will go away, and then there'll be no one to make the market efficient. This sounds paradoxical because it is; it's usually called the Grossman-Stiglitz paradox. Anyway markets mostly move in the direction of greater efficiency—the algos, the data—and so hedge fund managers mostly complain, but there are occasional eddies the other way, situations where information is reduced and markets get less efficient. You would expect, for completeness, hedge fund managers to celebrate these situations. Every time a source of public information and transparency goes away, you'd expect some hedge fund manager to be like "this is great, now that public information has gotten worse, prices are wrong, and I am able to make more money with my private information." I mean, maybe you wouldn't expect that, for psychological reasons—people like complaining about how they are unfairly disadvantaged more than they like boasting about their unfair advantages—but it ought to happen.
Once you get comfortable with all of that, you might as well move on to see if there are other cases where investors strangely prefer bad characteristics over good ones. Here's a fun one from Cliff Asness, who runs AQR, called "The Illiquidity Discount." It is inspired by AQR's previous criticisms of the private equity industry, which they argue has "artificially smooth returns": Private-equity stakes don't trade much, so their prices don't move, so they don't look volatile, so their risk-adjusted returns look better than those of public investments. But not trading is bad. Being able to buy and sell investments is preferable to not being able to do so. Liquidity is good. The apparent good risk-adjusted returns of private equity really reflect a bad lack of liquidity. Asness asks, well, but what if the lack of liquidity is good :
If people get that PE is truly volatile but you just don't see it, what's all the excitement about? Well, big time multi-year illiquidity and its oft-accompanying pricing opacity may actually be a feature not a bug! Liquid, accurately priced investments let you know precisely how volatile they are and they smack you in the face with it. What if many investors actually realize that this accurate and timely information will make them worse investors as they'll use that liquidity to panic and redeem at the worst times? What if illiquid, very infrequently and inaccurately priced investments made them better investors as essentially it allows them to ignore such investments given low measured volatility and very modest paper drawdowns? "Ignore" in this case equals "stick with through harrowing times when you might sell if you had to face up to the full losses." What if investors are simply smart enough to know that they can take on a lot more risk (true long-term risk) if it's simply not shoved in their face every day (or multi-year period!)? Could the same investor who finds private equity easy to stick with also find a levered publicly traded small-cap portfolio impossible to stick with even if they're economically very similar investments? Sounds pretty plausible to me.
This reads a little like a defense of illiquid investing against the objections of his colleagues. But it's not, not exactly. Because conventional theory suggests that if investors prefer illiquidity over liquidity, then they overprice illiquid assets, which means that those assets' expected future returns are lower:
Of course, the question is whether this stick-to-itiveness comes at a price (lower expected returns than the comparable risk but liquid and marked-to-market investment) and, if so, is that price large or small, and is it generally accepted as a cost of an easier ride or hidden? For instance, are investment committees being told "we like these investments, even at a potential return discount to comparable liquid aggressive investments, because we'll all be better off in the long term if we just have less information"? … So, I think it's entirely possible that investors are accepting a discounted expected net return (though discounted from a high level as we are starting with levered small-cap not a low-risk, low-return investment) for the privilege of not being told the prices.
It is hard to read this and not think of the recent unicorn boom. Classically investors in private companies buy shares at relatively low valuations, and then the companies go public at higher valuations and the early investors get rich, and part of the explanation for the difference is liquidity: The early investors get limited liquidity before the initial public offering, the public investors get total liquidity after the IPO, and so the public investors will pay more for more of a good thing. But in recent years this has not always been true, and lots of big tech unicorns have gone public and been worth less than, or not much more than, their earlier private valuations. One possible explanation for this is just an unlucky run of mistakes: Some private investors thought some companies would be worth more than they turned out to be worth. But you could try Asness's reading. Perhaps it is at least psychologically soothing for the private investors to not have to worry about stock-price volatility, and they are willing to pay up for the pleasant experience of not being told they're losing money. Perhaps it even makes them better investors. In fact that is often what they say : Private-company founders and venture capitalists pretty regularly complain that public stock prices are a distraction and that the volatility of public markets creates short-term thinking and reduces long-term value. If they mean it, then they should be willing to pay more to invest in still-private companies that don't have daily stock-price moves to pay attention to. No doubt the venture capitalists are nodding along! "Yes, right, that's exactly it, we can focus on building good businesses without the distraction of flighty investors and a volatile public stock price." But note the corollary: If investors want illiquidity then they have to pay for it, and the way you pay for anything in financial markets is by accepting lower expected returns. The reason that unicorn valuations were often higher than the public market would bear might have been that investors enjoyed the unicorn experience more than the public-market experience. They just didn't enjoy how it ended.
We talked last month about a proposal from the New York Stock Exchange to allow companies to raise money with direct listings: Instead of doing a traditional initial public offering, in which underwriters market the company to investors, build a book of demand and set a price for the IPO based on investor feedback, companies could just list their stock on the exchange and sell some shares in the opening auction. This would be a pretty big change in the U.S. capital markets, but it does seem like where the market is heading. "Soon Direct Listings Will Raise Money," was my headline, in the future indicative. I just assumed that everyone would be fine with the proposal. But maybe not? On Friday the Securities and Exchange Commission rejected NYSE's proposal. It's not clear why, or how serious this is: "We remain committed to evolving the direct listing product. This sort of action is not unusual in the filing process and we will continue to work with the SEC on this initiative," a NYSE spokesperson told Axios, and maybe they'll quickly work it all out. Or maybe the SEC is really opposed to companies raising money in direct listings. Why would they be opposed? Again, they didn't say and I really don't know, but I'd like to speculate a little. One problem is that traditional IPOs usually clearly disclose how many shares are being sold and at what price: The underwriters will market a fixed number of shares at some range of prices, and will usually price that number of shares within that range, though sometimes they'll price a bit above or below the range, or upsize or downsize a bit. There are SEC rules limiting issuers' ability to change the price or size of an IPO by more than 20% without re-filing their disclosure documents. The idea is that investors are entitled to know, in advance, in writing, roughly the price and dilutive effect of an IPO. If the issuer can just put shares into the opening auction and sell them at whatever the opening price is, if it can put in more or fewer shares depending on how the auction goes, and if all of this plays out in an electronic order book over the course of a few minutes, then you can see how the SEC might think that investors aren't getting enough information. Unlike in an all-secondary direct listing (in which the company sells no stock), the size and pricing of the offering will affect the company's pro forma financial statements, and the SEC might just not want to let brand-new public companies be entirely opportunistic in selling stock for the first time. A bigger problem is the traditional gatekeeping function of IPO underwriters. In a regular IPO, an issuer hires banks to be underwriters, and they do due diligence and make sure the company is not cooking its books, and they put their names on the cover of the prospectus, and everyone buying the stock can say "well I know this deal is good because it is a Morgan Stanley offering and Morgan Stanley would only underwrite good deals." One should not take this gatekeeping role too seriously; in modern markets, banks that underwrite an IPO are not understood to promise that the company is good or the price is fair. They are middlemen; if there are willing buyers for the stock at a price the company is willing to accept, then they'll make the trade happen. But there is still a significant gatekeeping function. For one thing the banks will do due diligence, and help write the prospectus, and generally try to make sure that the company is fairly and accurately telling its story and disclosing all the important information. And the banks are legally liable to investors if the prospectus is misleading, so they have incentives to get it right. Even beyond the legal liability for accurate disclosure, banks do have some reputational stake in leading good IPOs. If an IPO performs disastrously, or if the company goes bankrupt in six months, or if the the CEO turns out to be a crook, then that can embarrass the bank and lose it goodwill with its investor clients. The investors do a lot of repeat business with the bank, so it matters to the bank to be able to say "you should trade with us because we bring you lots of good IPOs." With direct listings, banks are not hired as underwriters, so you might think that none of the above would apply. In practice I think most of it actually does. Banks are hired as financial advisers, and while their names don't go on the cover of the prospectus, they are pretty prominently associated with the deal and so have similar reputational risk as they would in an IPO. Also similar legal risk: While it is not entirely clear, lawyers seem to think that the financial advisers might be considered underwriters for legal purposes, and so they should do the same sort of due diligence and prospectus review as they'd do in a regular IPO. In fact because direct listings for big U.S. companies are relatively novel, the stakes for the banks are probably even higher than they are in an IPO: If you do 100 IPOs, everyone will understand if one or two are duds, but if you do the fourth direct listing ever and it's a disaster, people will remember. But that's for the fourth. By the 100th direct listing, things will look different. Direct listings will lose their novelty, and messing up a direct listing will be no more embarrassing than messing up an underwritten IPO. Less embarrassing, probably, with your name not on the cover. More fundamentally, a direct listing doesn't require a financial adviser at all. Practically speaking it does, now, because (some) banks know how to do direct listings and companies don't. But when it becomes a standard tool it will be easier for companies to do on their own, with just a checklist from the stock exchange, or with help from smaller and less reputable advisers than the big banks that have led direct listings so far. So you can see why the SEC might be nervous. If it approves NYSE's proposal, the first company to raise money via a direct listing won't be some fly-by-night fraud doing an offering on its own with no bankers or lawyers to review the deal; the NYSE, and the banks, and the investors all have good incentives to prevent that. But once you open the doors to private companies going public with no underwriting,[1] it's hard to close them again. A world in which private companies can routinely go public and raise money with direct listings is one in which the big banks might lose their gatekeeping role. Which is probably exactly what a lot of private companies and venture capitalists want! But it's not necessarily what the SEC wants.
One high-level way to think about direct listings is that they are a way for a company to go public without an initial public offering. Instead of hiring bankers to sell new shares to the public, the company announces "we're public now," and after that anyone who owns the stock can sell it on the stock exchange. One day the stock is not public and hard to trade, the next day it is public and listed on the exchange; there is just a change in status, with no big intervening transaction. A direct listing, in this view, is quiet, uneventful, boring, not a major milestone in the life of a company but an administrative change that makes trading easier for the company's investors. Another, more market-microstructure-y way to think about direct listings is that they are a different way to pick the price at which a company's early investors first sell stock to public investors. In an IPO, the price is set, more or less, by the bankers. The underwriters strike a deal with the company and perhaps some of its employees and early investors to sell a certain amount of stock, they go out to public-market investors and market that stock, they build an order book of demand from public investors at various prices, they set the price of the stock at a level that (at least) clears the market, and then the company (and the employees and investors) sell their stock in one big block to the new investors. In a direct listing, the company just uses the stock exchange's opening auction procedures. Every morning, when stocks open for trading, a lot of people have been waiting all night to buy and sell stock. Some of them want to buy stock in the first trade, and others want to sell stock in the first trade, and the stock exchanges have long-established and fairly robust procedures to match the people who want to buy each stock with the people who want to sell it. The procedures are called the "opening auction"; people who want to sell put in orders (generally with price limits), and people who want to buy put in orders (generally with price limits), and the exchange's computers match them up with each other and keep adjusting until they get the price that allows the most shares to trade, and then the shares trade at that price. In the market-microstructure view, the key insight of the direct listing is not "we can go public without an IPO" but rather "the stock exchanges' opening auction procedures work fine to pick an opening price for already-public stocks, and we can use those procedures instead of a traditional underwritten bookbuilt offering to pick the very first opening price for a newly public stock." This is not a view about the eventfulness or importance of going public; it is purely a view about price. The view is usually that traditional bookbuilt IPOs tend to underprice newly public stocks, and that selling new stocks in the opening auction will tend to get a higher market price. This view matters because direct listings tend to be popular among venture capitalists and startup founders, who are sellers of stock in newly public companies and so naturally want a higher price. There are other possible objections to traditional IPOs, though; in addition to underpricing stocks on average, they also overprice some stocks, and in general have a tendency to generate a price that is rather far from the correct price one way or the other. If you like tidiness and order and predictability and efficiency, you might conclude that the opening auction is a better way to price stocks, not because it generates higher prices but because it generates more accurate ones. If your interest in direct listings is primarily this market-microstructure view, then you will have a couple of problems with the way direct listings have worked so far in the U.S. One problem is rather technical. The way you get an accurate price in the opening auction is that you have some sellers who want to sell at various price limits, and you have some buyers who want to buy at various price limits. With ordinary already-public companies there will be lots of each and there is no problem. With newly public companies, though, that is not guaranteed. What if the company only has a couple of big venture-capitalist investors and none of them want to sell in the opening auction? Then no one will show up to sell, you won't get a good opening price, and it will be a mess. To do a successful direct listing it helps to already have a lot of shareholders: If you have a lot of early investors, employees and ex-employees who all want to cash out their shares, then it should work, but if you are small and closely held it might not. The other problem is bigger and more obvious: With direct listings, so far, the company can't sell any stock itself. Existing shareholders—employees, venture capitalists, etc.—can put in orders to sell shares in the opening auction, but the company can't. This means that the company can't solve the previous problem—not enough shares for sale—by just selling some shares itself, the way it would in an ordinary IPO. It also means that the company can't raise any money when it goes public via direct listing. On the "becoming public without any drama" interpretation of a direct listing, this is fine; really it's the point. You're not looking to sell stock; you just want to slouch onto the public markets. But on the market-microstructure interpretation it is very frustrating. The point of this interpretation is that the direct listing is a way to do an IPO with a higher and more accurate IPO price. If you want to sell stock to fund your company's operations, surely you want to sell that stock at a higher and more accurate price. Also, on this view, there is no particular reason to think that a direct listing will be a non-event, and in fact Spotify's and Slack's direct listings were big events that focused a lot of attention on those companies. If you want to raise money, you should do it when a lot of attention is focused on you and a lot of investors are interested in your story. It seems a shame to waste that opportunity.
Securities Regulation & Enforcement (65)
From roughly 2021 to 2025 the SEC built a lucrative enforcement line on the theory that recordkeeping rules require firms to preserve 'all communications' about their business, so an employee texting a client from a personal phone put the firm in violation — even when the firm banned the practice, trained against it, and issued compliant devices. The irony is that the SEC is itself a recordkeeping-obligated body staffed by humans who text about work. When Coinbase sought Gary Gensler's messages in discovery, the agency conceded it had 'automatically wiped' them, and settled by paying $150,000 and agreeing to fix its own retention policies. The episode is a lesson in regulatory symmetry: a maximalist reading of a compliance rule can boomerang on the regulator that invented it, and opens the door to firms demanding partial refunds of their own texting settlements.
The SEC is expected to move forward with a proposal to let public companies report financial results twice a year rather than quarterly, despite a record 200,000-plus public comments that overwhelmingly oppose it. Most of the comments argue, correctly, that semiannual reporting is worse for investors because it gives them less information. Levine's point is that this misses the mechanism. Most companies won't switch even if allowed. The relevant margin is the smallish, shady-ish company deciding whether to be public at all: if it stays private it reports zero times a year; if it goes public it reports four times (currently) or twice (under the proposal). At the margin, a lighter-disclosure regime coaxes a few such firms into public markets, where retail investors get two reports a year instead of none. Two is more than zero. Whether that's desirable turns on a prior question the SEC seems to have answered for itself: do you actually want more smallish, shady-ish companies to go public?
markets, has a rule,Rule 40.11, that prohibits those markets from listing any contract "that involves, relates to, or references terrorism, assassination, war, gaming, or an activity that is unlawful under any State or Federal law." I don't know how seriously the CFTC or the prediction markets take that rule. Certainly until...
The 'Oh Gary' item is a rough model of law and power. Most people experience rules as fixed constraints. Musk often appears to experience them as strategic frictions to negotiate, delay or absorb, which changes the expected deterrence of enforcement.
The cherry-picking item is an elegant fraud mechanism. If an adviser can wait to see which trades win before assigning them to accounts, favored clients get winners and everyone else gets leftovers. It is a one-day option created by sloppy or dishonest allocation controls.
Levine's JPMorgan miscellany is a scale point. A huge financial institution almost always has someone doing something wrong somewhere. Regulators can package those failures into a fine that is less about one dramatic fraud than about institutional error rates.
The Apple Card item is a reminder that fintech branding does not remove regulated plumbing. Credit cards have boring operational duties: billing, disputes, credit decisions and customer treatment. If those break, the product becomes an enforcement case.
The DraftKings item is a useful modern Reg FD example. Public companies can use social media, but only if investors know where to look and the channel is treated as a real disclosure venue. The point is not that press releases are sacred; it is that material information needs a public, predictable path to the market.
Levine notes that antitrust law is not only about blocking mergers. Large stock purchases can require Hart-Scott-Rodino filings, even if the buyer is not acquiring control in the ordinary sense. Activist investors and famous executives who accumulate public-company stakes need to care about filing thresholds as well as securities-law disclosure.
Levine jokes that the SEC searches for recurring revenue streams, but whistleblowers are a real mechanism for enforcement production. If an insider brings useful information and the case produces penalties, the whistleblower can receive a share. The system turns private information inside firms into a pipeline for public enforcement.
Levine describes the surprising possibility of asking a public company or its agent for stock and getting it through weak controls. Modern share ownership feels abstract, but it rests on databases, transfer agents, authentication steps and operational procedures. If those controls fail, the result is not a metaphorical bookkeeping error; it is a transfer of valuable securities.
Levine jokes that the SEC's personal-device messaging cases became a stable revenue stream. The underlying regulatory point is straightforward: broker-dealers and investment advisers are required to preserve business communications. If employees use personal phones or encrypted apps to discuss work, the firm cannot reliably supervise or produce those records, so the failure itself becomes the violation.
Levine describes the basic strategic fact of litigation: parties care intensely about where a case is filed. Different courts and judges have different precedents, procedures, calendars and priors. In finance and corporate law, choosing the forum can shape the bargaining range before the merits are ever decided.
Levine pulls out a small but useful litigation point from the Google case. Employees at large companies, especially in regulated or legally exposed industries, learn that written communications can become evidence. One response is to copy lawyers on sensitive emails and label them privileged. But privilege is not a magic word: if the message is really business discussion rather than a request for legal advice, it may still be discoverable. The finance/regulation lesson is that internal records, not just public disclosures, shape enforcement outcomes.
The theory here is that the US Securities and Exchange Commission has a whistleblower protection rule that says that "no person may take any action to impede an individual from communicating directly with the Commission staff about a possible securities law violation, including enforcing, or threatening to enforce, a confidentiality agreement." The SEC interprets this rule in a somewhat extreme way: It thinks that even having a confidentiality agreement counts as "threatening to enforce" the agreement. If your company asks you to sign a nondisclosure agreement saying "you agree not to disclose any of our secrets unless required by law," and you sign, and then you discover some secret securities fraud at the company and want to report it to the SEC, you might think "but wait: I signed an NDA saying I wouldn't disclose any secrets, and this is secret, and I am not sure I am required by law to disclose it to the SEC, so if I do disclose it the company can sue me, and that's scary, so I won't." So the company has successfully impeded you from going to the SEC, by threatening you with the NDA.
So instead the company's NDA has to say, like, "you agree not to disclose any of our secrets unless required by law, except that you can say absolutely anything you like to the SEC." (Needless to say this is not legal advice.)
This is the SEC's theory, and you don't have to like it, but it seems to work: The SEC has extracted several large fines from financial-services firms for having their employees sign NDAs that are insufficiently encouraging about talking to the SEC. And of course, if the SEC learns about misconduct from a whistleblower, and then extracts a large fine over that misconduct, it can kick back part of the fine to the whistleblower. So there is a potentially lucrative business in signing faulty NDAs and then reporting them to the SEC.
My view is generally:
1. Probably stablecoins are not securities under US law. When people talk about cryptocurrencies being securities, they normally talk about the US Supreme Court's Howey decision, which says that a "security" includes an "investment contract," which is "an investment of money in a common enterprise with profits to come solely from the efforts of others." A stablecoin is an investment of $1 in a crypto token with the expectation of getting $1 back, with no profits and no efforts. 2. That said, I think there's an argument that stablecoins are securities, not because they are "investment contracts" but because they are "notes" or "evidence of indebtedness," which also qualify as securities. But nobody else seems to think this, so never mind. 3. But an interest-bearing stablecoin probably is a security, or at least there's a better argument that it is: There is an expectation of profit from the common enterprise (investing the the stablecoin's assets in something that pays interest). Most stablecoins don't directly pay interest, and I suspect this is part of the reason. And a couple of big traditional asset managers — BlackRock Inc. and Franklin Templeton — have launched what people call "tokenized money market funds," which I think are clearly (1) stablecoins (2) that pay interest and (3) that are registered as securities with the SEC.
It might be impossible for the US Securities and Exchange Commission to write new rules for crypto? We have talked, over the years, about how the crypto industry frequently says that it wants the SEC (or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or Congress) to write rules regulating cryptocurrency markets, so that the industry can have regulatory clarity and get on with building the future of finance or whatever. Instead, crypto people complain, there is "regulation by enforcement": Rather than writing clear rules saying what is allowed, the SEC just decides on a case-by-case basis what isn't allowed, and then sues people who already did it to make them pay big fines.
Now, I sometimes think that these complaints are overstated — I think that a lot of crypto projects obviously violate longstanding securities laws, and it's just wishful thinking to complain about a lack of clarity — but I am broadly sympathetic to them. It would probably be better to have clear rules than to have to interpolate the rules from backward-looking enforcement actions.
But the way that the SEC actually makes rules is:
1. It writes some rules. 2. It proposes them publicly. 3. There's a period for industry participants and interested bystanders to submit comments about the rules. 4. The SEC considers the comments and puts out final rules. 5. Anyone who doesn't like the rules can sue. The SEC's authority to regulate crypto (or anything) is contested, and even if it has the authority to regulate, it has to follow proper procedures and not act arbitrarily. Whatever the rules are, you can find arguments against them. 6. In 2024, the person who sues will obviously win. The US Supreme Court is suspicious of rulemaking by regulatory agencies, but some of the lower courts are way more suspicious , and everybody knows this and can bring their lawsuit in a court that will definitely strike down the rules. 7. And then there is some long appeal process, at the end of which there's a decent chance that the rules will be struck down, and the SEC has to go back to the beginning and propose new rules. 8. Even this is oversimplified: Actually different people can sue at different times in different courts over different aspects of the rules, leading to even more confusion about what the rules are.
The incentives, for the SEC, are bad. If it makes new rules, that is a lot of work, and those rules will be attacked from every angle. Probably they will be struck down, in ways that limit the SEC's power and create greater confusion about what is allowed.
Meanwhile if the SEC just sees some crypto project that it doesn't like, it can sue that project — probably in a court of its choosing — say "this violates longstanding securities law," and have a decent chance (not a certainty!) of winning. Its chances are better not only because it can pick a more sympathetic court, but also because it can pick a less sympathetic antagonist: It can argue "we need the power to regulate crypto" in a case where investors lost everything and the value of regulation is clear, rather than writing general rules and getting sued by a nice upstanding firm that doesn't like them.
And by bringing those cases, it can provide reasonable clarity about (what it thinks are) the boundaries of the law. In the case of crypto, the SEC pretty clearly thinks the answer is "you can't do crypto," but that is not necessary to this analysis. Even if the SEC were more sympathetic to crypto, it would probably set out the rules by (1) suing people who do stuff it doesn't like and (2) informally advising other people "if you do this stuff, we won't sue you." The rules are set by what the SEC sues over and what it doesn't sue over, not by actually writing rules.
I don't think that this is as bad as crypto people say it is — this is kind of the normal common-law way that a lot of rules get made, and there is some value in having courts, rather than the SEC, decide what is allowed — but, sure, it's not great. But my point here is that, even if you do think it's bad, it's not entirely the SEC's fault.
This comes up most often around here about crypto, but it's not just about crypto. The current SEC has an ambitious rulemaking agenda and also an ambitious enforcement agenda, but the former is at more risk of being reversed. And it's not just the SEC. Here's a Bloomberg Law article by Evan Weinberger titled "Bank Regulators to Lean on Enforcement as High Court Hits Rules":
A pair of US Supreme Court decisions curtailing the rule-writing authority of federal regulators will likely force banking agencies to rely on their supervisory and enforcement powers to police Wall Street.>
The high court on Monday ruled that any new entrant to a market has six years from the time they're able to sue to challenge a regulation they oppose, exposing a broad universe of existing rules to new legal fights. That came just days after the justices overturned a long-standing doctrine deferring to regulators on interpreting ambiguous laws.>
The decisions are set to crimp high-profile financial rules, including stricter capital requirements proposed by the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.>
But unlike other federal regulators, the prudential banking agencies have clear powers to directly supervise banks for unsafe and unsound banking practices. And those supervisors can force banks to hold more capital or change business practices behind closed doors.>
With their authority curbed on the rulemaking front, banking regulators may end up leaning on their supervisory and enforcement tools, said Graham Steele, the former assistant Treasury secretary for financial institutions in the Biden administration.>
"That is one irony of this whole effort," he said. "This could actually lead to regulation by the agencies being more opaque, less transparent, and by an examiner-by-examiner basis."
By the way, the proper answer to all of this is that Congress has to make detailed explicit rules for crypto, and for anything else that you want regulated. The point of the current Supreme Court's restrictions on rulemaking is that it wants elected lawmakers in Congress, not bureaucrats at the regulatory agencies, to make the rules.
Why does the SEC have in-house courts? Well, historically, the answer goes something like this. The SEC has to make lots of regulatory determinations about companies and investment advisers. Investment advisers, for instance, are typically registered with the SEC. If you do certain bad things, you can't be registered with the SEC, so the SEC sometimes needs to decide if you have done those bad things, so it can revoke your registration. How does it decide? Well, it has a sort of quasi-judicial process, in which an SEC employee called an administrative law judge hears both sides of the case (your side, and the SEC enforcement lawyers' side) and then decides if you did it. And then you can appeal to the bosses of the SEC — the actual commissioners — if you disagree with the ALJ's decision. The point is that the SEC, as an institution , has to make certain decisions, and the in-house courts are a way to make those decisions fairly.
But historically the in-house courts could not decide to fine individuals, because a decision to impose a fine is not up to the SEC. If the SEC's enforcement lawyers wanted to fine you, they had to sue you in a real court, where a jury would get to decide if you did something wrong. But in 2010, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Act, which changed this rule: Now the SEC could impose fines using its in-house courts.
An SEC ALJ determined that Jarkesy did the frauds and fined him $300,000. He went to court, arguing that this was unconstitutional: The US Constitution gives him a right to a jury trial if he is accused of fraud. We have talked about this case a few times, but honestly we never talked much about this claim. It just seemed right to me? My Bloomberg Opinion colleague Noah Feldman agreed with Jarkesy all the way back in 2015 that it was unconstitutional for the SEC to impose fines in its in-house courts, and I said in 2022 that doing so "seems to cause more trouble than it saves." The SEC should just sue fraudsters in court! It's fine! They win most of those cases anyway! Jarkesy won his case at the US Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, and the SEC appealed to the Supreme Court. Today, unsurprisingly, he won there too: The Supreme Court ruled, by a 6-to-3 vote, that it is unconstitutional for the SEC to fine individuals in its in-house courts. The SEC has to seek "civil penalties" (like fines) in real courts; it can only use in-house courts to make its own regulatory decisions. "A defendant facing a fraud suit has the right to be tried by a jury of his peers before a neutral adjudicator," wrote Justice Gorsuch for the majority.
The gist of the SEC case is that BF Borgers — which the Financial Times reported last month "is now the eighth largest audit firm in the country by number of clients," while employing only 10 certified public accountants — was an "audit mill." The SEC order says that BF Borgers had 350 clients whose financial statements were filed with the SEC, and Ben Borgers himself was the engagement partner for "the overwhelming majority" of those clients. He was stretched thin and "did not adequately review or supervise the audit engagements":
There were no audit planning meetings held in relation to any of BF Borgers' audit engagements. In addition, Borgers rarely interacted with the staff level auditors. Borgers failed to inform the team members as to the objectives, nature, timing, and extent of the auditing procedures they were to perform as well as relevant information regarding the particular client that could affect those procedures. …
As the engagement partner, Borgers also failed both to review the work of the engagement team and to ensure that the workpapers properly and accurately documented the work performed on the audits.
Instead, they just cut and pasted old audit workpapers into new ones:
Borgers instructed BF Borgers audit staff and contractors to copy workpapers from previous engagements as the final workpapers for new engagements. Specifically, audit staff updated the balance sheet date and date of completion on the workpapers, but all of the other information indicating the substantive work done on the engagement was simply copied from the corresponding workpaper from the previous audit or quarterly review. As a result, BF Borgers' workpapers falsely documented the performance of audit and review procedures and approvals that had not occurred, including falsely representing that both Borgers, as the engagement partner, and an EQR [engagement quality reviewer] reviewed and approved the workpapers.
I suspect it is not alone in this; lots of public companies — not usually big ones — are in similar situations, with simple businesses, modest revenues, big dreams, and investors who are not too concerned about the financial statements. Those companies, as a legal matter, need a certified public accountant to sign off on their financial statements, but they don't need the best accountant; they do not need to pay for the name brand and reputation of a well-known accounting firm to reassure investors that their finances have been reviewed scrupulously. It is apparently cheaper to hire an accountant who will review your finances less than scrupulously. Trump Media was arguably in the market for the absolute minimum amount of auditing services, though it managed to buy a bit less than that.
Under US securities law, if a company says something false, it can be sued for securities fraud, but if it neglects to mention something true and important, it can't. There are lots of qualifications to that second part, to the point that I kind of discount it, but we talked yesterday about a Supreme Court decision holding that "pure omissions" are not securities fraud. I wrote:
You could imagine pure silence being misleading. For instance, you could imagine things that the market would expect to be disclosed if they happened, so that not disclosing them sort of implies that they didn't happen. If a company's chief executive officer died suddenly, and the company didn't tell anyone for a few weeks, that would be weird! The company hasn't lied, but everyone kind of went around assuming that the CEO was alive, and the company didn't bother to correct their mistaken impression.
Readers emailed to suggest considerable improvements over that hypothetical example. Seil Kim pointed me to a 2023 paper that he wrote with Seungjoon Oh with this amazing footnote:
As an extreme example, one of the sample firms in this study, Badger Paper Mills, delayed its announcement of the death of its CEO for about two months until the next scheduled regular board meeting. According to one of the directors, "the board decided to wait to disclose the search for Cosgrove's replacement until it also had news of a new board member" (Milwaukee Journal Sentinel, October 30, 2000). Interestingly, the SEC explicitly states that the death of an officer or director does not trigger an 8-K filing (https://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/guidance/8-kinterp.htm).
And Evan Hughes pointed out a slightly different real case from Sweden in 2016:
Swedish measurement technology firm Hexagon has defended the time it took to announce the arrest of its chief executive for alleged insider trading after it came to light he was under arrest during last week's earnings call with analysts.
After being detained in Sweden on Oct. 26, Ola Rollen was allowed by the Swedish Economic Crime Authority to present Hexagon's third-quarter results in a conference call on Oct. 28, the agency told Reuters on Tuesday, adding two of its police officers were with Rollen during the call.
Analysts on the call were not told Rollen had been arrested or that police were in the room.
Yes, right, weird thing not to mention.
The way corporate earnings generally work is that a company puts out a press release with all of its material financial results for the quarter, and then it usually has a public conference call in which it answers questions about those numbers. "Could you explain the drivers of increased expenses this quarter," an analyst might ask, and the chief financial officer might say "sure, what happened there is ..." and try to give some further explanation of the numbers that investors care about.
And also there is, sometimes, a third thing, where investors can call up the company's investor-relations officers directly and say "I am trying to update my model, I see that revenue in the widgets segment is up 2% but margins have contracted, can you help me understand," and the IR officers might give the investor a bit more explanation. Or they might not. The IR officers have to balance their desire to be helpful — the investors own the company, and the IR officers' job is to help them understand it — with their desire for fairness; the IR officers are not supposed to tell one investor secret material information that the other investors don't know. (This is both a matter of good investor relations and also a legal requirement; in the US, Regulation FD prohibits a company from selectively disclosing material nonpublic information.) But it is a balance, and when an investor who follows the company closely calls up with a technical question, the IR officer might answer it. The theory is roughly "this information is material enough that the investor wants it and it would be helpful to give it to her, but not so material that it would be unfair to give it to her alone." There are various ways for this to go wrong.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission does various things, but one thing that it does these days is charge financial services firms large fees for using mobile phones. I mean, it doesn't provide the phones or anything. But the SEC has developed a theory that it is illegal for employees of securities brokerages and investment managers to use WhatsApp or personal text messages to talk about work, and it has applied that theory retroactively to fine firms whose employees did that. And since, as far as I can tell, every single employee of every single securities brokerage and asset manager has at some point at least texted their boss to say "hey sorry I'm running late for this meeting," the SEC can more or less fine every financial firm for doing this. It's not exactly a flat per-seat fee, but the fines do seem to scale with the size of the firm.
And the SEC did start with the big banks, because (1) they'll pay the biggest fines and (2) extracting $125 million each from Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup, BofA Securities, etc. (and $200 million from JPMorgan) definitely validates the business model: If you run some small securities brokerage and the SEC comes to you with its hand out because you texted your colleagues, who are you to say no after Goldman paid $125 million? And then it moved on to smaller brokerages and investment banks, as well as credit rating firms, and is apparently also looking into hedge funds. The fines there are smaller — fewer employees, fewer phones, less money — but it's a reliable business.
And so last week:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Friday] announced charges against five broker-dealers, seven dually registered broker-dealers and investment advisers, and four affiliated investment advisers for widespread and longstanding failures by the firms and their employees to maintain and preserve electronic communications.
The firms include Northwestern Mutual, Lincoln Financial, Guggenheim Securities, a bunch of others; the fines ranged from $1.25 million to $16.5 million. There is no suggestion that anyone at any of these firms used their personal phones to do crimes, just that using their personal phones to talk about business is itself illegal. They're gonna keep going with this. Eventually I'm going to be fined $12.95 for texting a colleague about my work.
I've said this before, but one of the great weird business opportunities in the US financial industry is that nondisclosure agreements are illegal, and you can get paid for reporting them to the US Securities and Exchange Commission. This is very counterintuitive, which I suppose makes it lucrative: If you find a nondisclosure agreement and send it to the SEC, maybe you'll be the first to report it, so you can get paid. This is neither legal nor business advice but it sure is weird.
Here's how it works. The SEC has a rule, Rule 240.21F-17, which is often called a "whistleblower protection" rule. The idea is that, if you work at a financial services firm and you witness securities fraud, the SEC wants you to come to them and report it. And Rule 240.21F-17 says that your employer can't retaliate against you for reporting fraud to the SEC. Specifically, it says:
No person may take any action to impede an individual from communicating directly with the Commission staff about a possible securities law violation, including enforcing, or threatening to enforce, a confidentiality agreement … with respect to such communications.
And so if you show up for your first day of work at a financial firm, and they make you sign a nondisclosure agreement saying "I will not disclose the company's secret information," which is pretty standard, and then you discover fraud and report it to the SEC, your company is not allowed to say "well you signed this NDA and you reported our secrets (fraud) to the SEC, so you breached your contract, so we're going to sue." They're not allowed to fire you for it, they're not allowed to sue to enforce the NDA, and they're not even allowed to threaten to sue to enforce the NDA.
But the SEC actually interprets this rule more broadly: They're not allowed to even have the NDA. After all, if you sign an NDA saying "I will not disclose the company's secret information," that might deter you from reporting fraud to the SEC. You might think to yourself "uh oh, I signed an NDA, I can't tell the SEC about this fraud, it's secret, and I'm not allowed to disclose the company's secrets." So you won't report the fraud. Nobody has explicitly threatened to sue you, but the NDA itself serves as that threat: You signed a legal document promising not to disclose stuff, which might scare you into not disclosing it to the SEC.
If the NDA explicitly says "I will not disclose the company's secret information, except, to be clear, I am allowed to say anything I want to the SEC or any other regulator," then that's fine. (Not legal advice!) But if the NDA doesn't say that — even if it says something pretty close to that — then the SEC might take the view that it is an illegal threat to deter whistleblowing.
US insider trading law is weird. Most people have some rough intuition like "if you know about a merger that hasn't been announced yet, it is illegal to trade the stock of the target," and in many countries that is roughly the law. (Not legal advice, in any countries.) In the US, though, the law does not match closely with that intuition. In the US, if you know about a merger that hasn't been announced yet, it's probably illegal to trade on the stock of the target, but there needs to be some extra factor: You have to have gotten the information from an insider in exchange for a personal benefit, or you need to have violated some duty of confidentiality to the person you got the information from, or the merger needs to be a tender offer. (Not legal advice, anywhere.) There is not just a rule that says "if you know about a merger that hasn't been announced yet, it is illegal to trade the stock of the target." Instead there is a hodgepodge of other rules that almost, but not quite, add up to that general rule.
I think this is broadly good — a rule saying "you can never trade on any information that isn't public" would discourage analysts from finding out new facts — but that's not the point. The point is that US insider trading law is complicated, a collection of specific rules rather than a general prohibition, and it changes over time.
In particular, for a long time, it was roughly true that:
If you worked for the target of a merger, and you knew about the merger in advance, you couldn't trade your company's stock: You were an insider, and that would be insider trading. As an insider of the company, you had a fiduciary duty to the shareholders not to take advantage of them by trading on inside information. If you worked at the acquirer, and you knew about the merger in advance, you could trade the target's stock. You weren't an insider of the target, just of the acquirer; you had no fiduciary duty to the target's shareholders so you could go ahead and trade.
Not legal advice, in the past, or now. But at least some courts took this view. And then in 1997, the US Supreme Court expanded the law in a case called US v. O'Hagan, endorsing a "misappropriation" theory that made it illegal for anyone to trade on nonpublic information that they misappropriated from anyone, including acquirer insiders trading target stock.
Intuitively you might think something like: "Well, before 1997, it was basically legal in the US for people who knew about a merger in advance — not all of them, but at least the acquirer's employees and bankers and lawyers — to trade in the target's stock, so there must have been a ton of insider trading in advance of merger news. And then after 1997, it was basically illegal for most of those people to do that, so all that insider trading must have stopped." There are of course flaws in that logic:
Before 1997 it was at best ambiguously legal to do this. (O'Hagan himself — who worked at an acquirer's law firm and bought call options on the target — was arrested and convicted of insider trading, though an appeals court threw out his conviction, before the Supreme Court reinstated it.) After 1997 the legality is still somewhat complex, and there is not a clear blanket ban on trading on inside knowledge of a merger. Not everyone who might do insider trading follows the nuances of Supreme Court insider trading jurisprudence, so they might not update their behavior immediately. Some people wouldn't have done this even when it was legal, because it seemed shady, and other people will do it even when it's illegal, because it's lucrative and they don't expect to get caught.
Still you could imagine that 1997 would be a step change in the amount of insider trading on mergers. And I suppose it was. Here are a fun paper and related blog post by Fernan Restrepo about "How the Misappropriation Theory Affects the Amount of Insider Trading":
My paper tests this hypothesis by examining the impact of O'Hagan on a common proxy for insider trading: target run-ups in mergers and acquisitions ("M&A") – that is, the cumulative abnormal returns for the shares of the target company before the transaction is publicly announced. The intuition behind this proxy is that individuals who hold non-public information about mergers and acquisitions can make significant profits if they buy shares in the target company before the transaction is announced (since mergers typically involve the payment of a large premium over market prices); as a result, a significant increase in the target's pre-merger price is likely indicative of a high incidence of trading on confidential information about the transaction. ...
The results show that the run-ups in fact decreased significantly in relation to the announcement returns after O'Hagan. Before O'Hagan, the average relative run-up was 7 percentage points lower than the announcement returns; after the decision, the difference became 9 percentage points. In this sense, after O'Hagan, there was less anticipatory trading explaining the overall valuation effect of M&A bids, which is consistent with the notion of less insider trading.
I suppose a thought experiment would be: If the US got rid of its current rules and replaced them with a simpler, "if you know about a merger that hasn't been announced yet, it is illegal to trade the stock of the target"-style rule, would that change the average run-up? My guess is no: My guess is that the current hodgepodge of rules covers basically every practical situation, so expanding them wouldn't have much effect. But I'm not sure.
A third argument that won for Jarkesy in the appeals court was that Congress unconstitutionally delegated to the SEC the power to decide whether to bring cases in administrative hearings or real courts. The Constitution says that “all legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States,” and there is a theory called the “nondelegation doctrine” saying that this means that administrative agencies (like the SEC) can’t do anything “legislative.” That is, they can’t make rules ; only Congress can do that. Or, at least, Congress has to “make the policy decisions,” though agencies can “fill up the details.”
Of course, agencies like the SEC make rules all the time. Virtually all of modern US securities law is in the form of SEC rules. And these rules involve big policy decisions: Consider the SEC’s rules about cracking down on activist hedge funds, or its plans to regulate climate disclosure. Those are not filling up the details; those are legislative.
The nondelegation doctrine has not had a lot of wins in the Supreme Court in the last 90 years, as we discussed last year. Generations of law students were taught that it was a thing in the early 1930s and ended with the New Deal. But it’s back now: There is revived interest in it at the Supreme Court, and Jarkesy won a nondelegation argument in the appeals court. The argument was that the decision to sue in administrative courts rather than regular courts is a legislative decision that Congress, not the SEC, had to make; Congress unconstitutionally delegated the decision to the SEC with no guidance.
More generally. Let's say you find something bad at a public company that the rest of the market does not know about. (Let's say you didn't do the bad thing yourself.) Let's say that you know with certainty that, when you disclose your bad news, the company's value will decline by 20%. It's a company with a $1 billion market capitalization, and once the market knows about your news it will be worth $800 million. What should you do?
You could sell the stock short. Say you short $100 million of stock, tying up roughly $100 million of your balance sheet and risk exposure. You publish your news, the market reacts, your position declines to $80 million, you cover, you have made $20 million. That is probably too optimistic; it's not easy to short 10% of a company's stock, and you'll probably pay a lot in stock borrow costs. [9]
Or you could file an SEC whistleblower complaint. How much is that worth to you? Well, the bull case is something like:
1. The bad thing cost shareholders $200 million. 2. The SEC will make the company pay the $200 million of damages as a penalty (and give some of it to the aggrieved shareholders). [10] 3. The SEC will give you 30% of the damages, or $60 million.
You have made three times as much money, and you haven't tied up $100 million of balance sheet, or taken any risk: [11] If you turn out to be completely wrong about the bad news or the market reaction, you don't lose any money, whereas if you had shorted you would have.
Now, that math is also way too optimistic: The SEC whistleblower program moves a lot more slowly than the market, and there is no guarantee that the SEC will investigate, that they will bring a case, that they will win (or settle), that they will ask for (or get) anything like those maximum damages, that they will judge you to be a worthy whistleblower, or that they will give you 30% even if they do. ("Whistleblower awards can range from 10 to 30 percent of the money collected when the monetary sanctions exceed $1 million," says the SEC.)
Still, if you discount that math by 90% for its various uncertainties, your expected profit on this trade is $6 million, with no capital at risk. I'm not sure it's better , in the abstract, than shorting the stock, but it's an interesting alternative.
Also, of course, why not both? Bloomberg's Austin Weinstein reports:
Alongside their public reports, short sellers are quietly sharing their research about sketchy accounting and other misdeeds with the US Securities and Exchange Commission's whistleblower office in hopes of making some extra money.>
The practice is widespread, with big-name short sellers Nate Anderson, Kyle Bass and Carson Block among the tipsters. If the SEC investigates and levies a fine, a short seller can collect up to 30% of the proceeds. That's on top of any profit they might make by betting on the stock's decline. …>
"The center of gravity in this program is shifting to short sellers," said Alexander Platt, a University of Kansas law professor who has written about the trend. "I think the taxpayers should know when $14 million of our money goes to Carson Block."
Well but who do you think whistleblower money is going to, if it's not going to Carson Block? Often it is going to people who worked at companies, did fraud, and then realized that they could make more money by blowing the whistle on the fraud than by continuing to do it. Whistleblower awards are not a reward for upstanding good citizenship; they are a reward for exposing fraud, and you're not always going to like the people who know about the frauds.
And of course, over time, a lucrative whistleblower program is going to be professionalized: The "center of gravity" is going to shift from amateur whistleblowers (people who happened to work on a fraud once) to professionals (people whose whole job is finding frauds and profiting from them). [12]
I suppose that if you are the SEC, the question might be: How much securities fraud is optimal to catch and punish? You could imagine answers like:
100%. Fraud is bad and you have to punish it every time. 50%. Catch the biggest frauds, the most egregious frauds, and create a lot of deterrence so that other companies don't do fraud. But in a world of finite resources it is not really possible to catch every fraud, and the SEC has things to do other than catching public-company accounting fraud. 110%. Anyone who even gets close to the line has to pay a big fine, and even if they didn't do anything really wrong it's okay because it creates deterrence and brings in money for the government (and to pay whistleblowers).
You could imagine the SEC, when it created the whistleblower program, thinking "we only catch 30% of fraud and it would be optimal to shift that up to like 40%, surely paying some money to whistleblowers will help with that." But the result is that it now advertises risk-free unlimited money to short sellers, and they will give it as much fraud as it can handle, maybe more.
For a long time, hedge funds (and many other employers) have asked employees to sign nondisclosure agreements that traditionally say something like "you agree not to disclose any confidential information unless you are required to by law or a court order." Sometimes they also add "and, if you are required to disclose it by law, you'll tell us first."
The SEC takes the position that this is illegal. If your hedge fund is doing fraud, and you learn about that in the course of your employment, then (1) the SEC would like you to come in and blow the whistle on your employer but (2) your nondisclosure agreement says that you can't: The fraud is confidential information of the fund, and you're not allowed to disclose it unless required to by law. In theory, if you went in to the SEC as a voluntary whistleblower and said "here's some bad stuff," the SEC might investigate and fine your firm, and then they might turn around and sue you saying "sure we were doing fraud but you weren't legally required to disclose it, that was just a choice you made, and it violated your NDA." Obviously they would not do that, because it would be a bad look but also because it is prohibited by whistleblower protection laws. But the language of the NDA makes it possible, so arguably the NDA is itself illegal, a violation of whistleblower laws: The abstract theoretical threat of being sued for going to the SEC is enough to deter whistleblowers.
The SEC has sued firms over this before, and in 2017, after some of those cases, D.E. Shaw sent an email to its employees being like "obviously we don't mean that." ("The firm wishes to emphasize that you also have the ability to communicate directly with regulators and other governmental agencies regarding possible violations of law or regulation without notice to the firm.") Still the employment agreements kept using the old language until 2019. Also, for a while, when people left D.E. Shaw, to get severance, they had to sign a form saying that they had not filed any complaints about the firm with "any regulatory authority," which also seems a little anti-whistleblower-y.
Lots of multinational businesses will employ local third-party agents in foreign countries: To sell your product or win your deal or get necessary licenses or whatever in some foreign country, you might need to hire a local consultant with local knowledge and connections. And you'll need to pay them somehow, a flat fee or an hourly rate or a percentage of the deal size or whatever. And they will ideally use 100% of that money to pay legitimate expenses and compensate themselves for their time, effort and expertise, and 0% of that money to pay bribes to local government officials. But it's hard to be sure! It is your job to be sure, though, under US anti-bribery laws.
One pretty good tip-off that they're paying bribes is that if the local government official calls you up and say "hey, you should really pay your local agent a higher commission," that's a bribe, man. Or if the local agent calls you up and says "hey, my friend the local government official really wants you to pay me a higher commission," bribe. Why would the local government official care how much your agent is getting paid? He cares because the money is going to him.
So:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Friday] announced that Charlotte-based Albemarle Corporation, a global specialty chemicals company, agreed to pay more than $103.6 million to settle the SEC's charges that it violated the anti-bribery, recordkeeping, and internal accounting controls provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA).
According to the SEC's Order, despite significant red flags, Albemarle used agents from at least 2009 through 2017 that paid bribes to obtain sales of refinery catalysts to public-sector oil refineries in Vietnam, India, and Indonesia and to private-sector oil refineries in India. In addition, the Order finds that Albemarle violated the FCPA's recordkeeping requirements and failed to devise and maintain a sufficient system of internal accounting controls to provide reasonable assurances that payments made to agents in Vietnam, Indonesia, India, China, and the United Arab Emirates were for legitimate services.
The red flags are like:
Beginning in 2013, Vietnam Agent made frequent requests to increase its commission. Emails from sales personnel in Asia and Europe reflected that Vietnam Agent had asserted that the commission increase was meant to "settle down," "take care [of]," and "contribute" to state-owned refinery officials. Increasing the commission, the sales personnel understood, would be necessary to "secure orders," "win the job," and avoid "los[ing] the market." In communications with these Albemarle Subsidiary personnel, Vietnam Agent's principal referred to using the commission increase to appease government officials. His messages regarding the increase included numerous coded references to his "Friend" (a key decision-maker at Vietnam Refinery 1) and the "Friend's" views on the desired level of Vietnam Agent's commission. Without the full details of the nature of communications with Vietnam Agent, Refinery Solutions managers at Albemarle Netherlands and Albemarle Europe sprl ("Albemarle Europe") approved an increase to Vietnam Agent's commission, to 6.5 percent, in March 2015.
And:
The regional director warned Sales Executive by email that it was "clear to [him]" that India Agent intended to use a portion of its commission to "handle" the Senior India Official, as well as officials "many levels below." The regional director expressed his concern that engaging India Agent would cause Albemarle to violate the FCPA.
And:
In April 2012, an official of Indonesia State-Owned Customer urged Albemarle Subsidiary personnel to replace Albemarle's existing agent with Indonesia Agent. The official reported that a key decision-maker at the customer ("Indonesia Official") was "very close friend[s]" with Indonesia Agent's president and that Indonesia Official's son served on Indonesia Agent's board of directors. Albemarle Subsidiary managers in Asia and Europe understood that, if they refused to use Indonesia Agent, Albemarle would "lose the business opportunity" to sell catalysts to Indonesia State-Owned Customer. …
During a February 2013 meeting in Singapore with three sales personnel of Albemarle Subsidiaries in the Asia Pacific region, Indonesia Agent requested a commission increase expressly to fund bribes to Indonesia State-Owned Customer officials, purportedly to compete with one of Albemarle's competitors.
The US Securities and Exchange Commission has a rule that, if you work in the financial industry, you are only allowed to communicate about work with your colleagues and customers using systems — like your firm email account or Bloomberg messaging — that your firm can archive and review. You are not allowed to use WhatsApp or Signal or iMessage or text messaging from your personal phone. Financial industry employees have to "conduct their communications about business matters within only official channels, and they must maintain and preserve those communications," as SEC Chair Gary Gensler put it last year, when he fined 15 banks a total of $1.1 billion for using WhatsApp.
This is a weird rule that the SEC has. For one thing, it is obviously not the rule. Gensler cannot possibly have meant that investment bankers and traders are only allowed to communicate about business using corporate email and Bloomberg messages and recorded phone lines; he is surely aware that sometimes a banker will turn to the colleague sitting next to her and say, aloud, "hey did you finish that pitch deck yet," and that she will sometimes fly out to meet with a client in a conference room (or on a golf course) and talk business face to face. Plenty of business communication still occurs informally, in person, and it can't be preserved until you get every employee into augmented reality goggles that record everything.
For another thing, this rule — that you have to do business communications only on official channels — is a somewhat new interpretation of the SEC's actual written rules say. When all those banks got in trouble last year, they got in trouble for violating SEC Rule 17-4(b)(4), which requires broker-dealers to "preserve for a period of not less than three years … originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent (and any approvals thereof) by the member, broker or dealer (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to its business as such." I have pointed out before that this rule was written in 1948, when "inter-office memoranda" were a thing, and when it made sense to talk about keeping "originals" and "copies" of communications because they were written on typewriters with carbon paper.
This record-keeping requirement was originally meant to apply to fairly formal written communications, because it was written back when written communications were necessarily formal. But now that everyone texts all the time, the requirement has become vastly broader: Everything that would have been an informal face-to-face chat in 1948 is a text message now, and so is swept up in the SEC's interpretation of its rule. It doesn't seem like quite what the rule meant.
But you can see why the SEC loves its current rule, Gensler's rule, the one about all communications being on preserved official channels. There are two reasons:
1. This rule is really good for regulation and enforcement. If all business communications have to occur on official channels and be preserved, then the SEC will have an easy time investigating misbehavior: If it has any suspicions about anything, it can call a firm and say "give me all the messages that Employee X sent about Topic Y last year," and the firm will run a search and hand over the messages. It can call every firm and ask them that. The firms themselves will do it voluntarily: Their compliance people will constantly run searches on their internal messages, looking for keywords like "fraud" or whatever, and then hand anything bad over to the SEC. There are not a lot of areas where every crime is meticulously documented in written electronic messages that are preserved and handed over to regulators. Obviously the coverage is not perfect, and there will still be golf courses and in-person meetings, but I suppose in the long run technology (goggles, etc.) might stamp those out too and the SEC will achieve a perfect panopticon. 2. This rule is new, so it is lucrative. Financial firms and their employees really did not know about the SEC rule that nobody could use WhatsApp to message their colleagues, because, again, that's a somewhat novel interpretation of the actual rules. And so when the SEC decided, in about 2021 — when everyone was working from home due to Covid and sending lots of text messages — that texting about work was illegal, every single bank was doing illegal things. And so the SEC could just kind of go down the line and extract a $125 million fine from each of them. It didn't have to prove any bad behavior: It got samples of the bankers' text and WhatsApp messages and, as far as I can tell, never found a single text message relating to any sort of misconduct. It just had to prove that there were text messages about business and, boom, $125 million. "It is not literally the case that the US Securities and Exchange Commission is a for-profit business whose goal is to maximize its revenue," I once wrote, about this business, but, man. This is a profitable business.
No, no, still kidding, they didn't do any naked short selling. Basically Citadel Securities is a broker-dealer, and sometimes customers will come in and say “buy me 10,000 shares of XYZ stock over the course of the day, use your judgment, get the best price.” And so Citadel Securities will buy 10 shares here, 20 shares there, etc., until it gets to 10,000, delivering the shares to the customer and charging it the prices it pays.
Usually Citadel Securities will buy 10 shares, sell the customer 10 shares, buy 20 shares, sell the customer 20 shares, etc. But some customers do not want to be pinged every few seconds, and they will tell Citadel Securities “just buy me the 10,000 shares and tell me when you're done; don't tell me about every little trade.” And so Citadel Securities will buy 10 shares, make a mental note that they're for the customer, buy 20 more shares, make another mental note, etc., until it gets up to 10,000 shares and pings the customer saying “we finished the 10,000 shares, here you go.”
Fine. But for five years, there was a glitch in Citadel Securities' little mental notes. The part of Citadel Securities' computer that kept track of its positions — for, among other things, short-selling order-marking purposes — did not get the little mental notes for the interim trades. One part of Citadel Securities' computer saw it buy 10 shares and said “ah we own 10 shares,” and then it bought 20 more shares and was like “ah now we own 30 shares,” and so on, until right before the order was finished it was like “ah we own 9,900 shares” or whatever. And then it would buy the last 100 shares and wiser logic would step in and say “now we own 10,000 shares, but we have sold 10,000 shares to the customer, so we're back to zero shares.” Citadel Securities did the trade correctly. But before it finished the trade, it thought that it owned all of the shares, whereas really it was selling them to the customer. It did not really own them at all. [1]
And so if Citadel Securities was halfway through working this order, its computer would think it owned 5,000 shares. And then if some other part of Citadel Securities wanted to sell 100 shares of XYZ, for market-making or whatever purposes, the computer would think “5,000 minus 100 is 4,900, which is a positive number, so this is a long sale,” a sale of stock Citadel Securities owned. So the computer would mark it as a long sale. But really the math is “5,000 shares we bought minus 5,000 shares we sold to the client equals zero, minus 100 is negative 100, so this is a short sale,” so the computer should have marked it as a short sale. But it didn't.
And so Citadel Securities sometimes reported that it was doing long sales when it was really doing short sales, which is a no-no, and the sort of thing that sometimes lands people in trouble for naked short selling. Ordinarily, when you sell stock short, you need to check that you can borrow the shares that you are selling before doing the trade. But if you think (or report) that you already own the shares, you don't have to borrow them. And if you're wrong, and you don't borrow them, then you are naked short, and that's bad.
One fact of antitrust law is that if you are an executive at a big company, or at a medium-sized company contemplating a merger, you will think things like "we need to grow our market share" or "we need to grind our competitors into dust," but if you say stuff like that — particularly, if you say it in writing, in emails or memos or presentations — antitrust regulators might find it and sue to break up your company or stop the merger or whatever, and they will use your words to prove that you are doing anti-competitive things to become a monopoly. This is not intuitively obvious to you at all: You are just a normal competitive businessperson looking to do more business; surely trying to gain market share is good for competition, not bad. But there are forms of words, ways of expressing things, that look bad to antitrust regulators, and there are others that don't, and most normal people don't know which are which.
Antitrust lawyers do, though, so it is common in mergers for the antitrust lawyers to sit down with their clients and say "here are the words not to use, and here are the words to use instead." And if you work at a company that gets big enough organically, and that starts looking a little monopolish, at some point it will hire some antitrust lawyers who will also have that talk with everyone.
But there is a problem, which is that the talk also uses the bad words. The talk itself looks suspicious! If you are going around telling people not to use the bad words, that suggests a guilty conscience; you tell people not to say "crush the competition" because you know that your plans to crush the competition are monopolistic. Or that's what antitrust regulators will argue. Also the talk is probably in writing:
Alphabet Inc.'s Google is on trial in Washington DC over US allegations that it illegally maintained a monopoly in the online search business. Executives of the Mountain View, California-based behemoth have known for years that the company's practices are under a microscope, and have encouraged its employees to avoid creating lasting records of potential problematic conduct, government lawyers allege. …
As far back as 2003, Google managers circulated unambiguous instructions on phrases to avoid to ensure they don't come across like monopolists.
We "have to be sensitive about antitrust considerations," Google Chief Economist Hal Varian wrote in a July 2003 memo, unearthed by government lawyers who are suing Alphabet. "We should be careful about what we say in both public and private."
One phrase to avoid, Varian said: "Cutting off their air supply." He was referring to a quip used years earlier by then-Microsoft Corp Chief Executive Officer Steve Ballmer, when his company was under federal antitrust scrutiny.
Another no-no, according to a 2009 Varian missive: "Market share." Instead, when referring to Google's portion of the search market, use the term "query share." Penny Chu, the recipient of Varian's email, responded in the affirmative. "Yes, absolutely." Such instructions constitute "the one big thing I remember from all that Legal training," Chu wrote, ending the sentence with a sideways smiley. …
During the trial, [Justice Department lawyer Kenneth] Dintzer pressed Varian on the question of "antitrust training" at Google. When Varian said he couldn't remember whether he'd taken it, Dintzer tried to jog his memory. "Avoid references to markets or market shares or dominance," Dintzer said, citing an internal document.
It really is a hard problem to solve. One option is you hire the antitrust lawyers and they walk door to door, visiting every person's office and having an in-person chat impressing on everyone the importance of using the good words and not the bad words. Maybe the antitrust lawyers, like, dress up in hooded robes and play terrifying sound effects and generally try to put on a memorable theatrical presentation (with nothing in writing!) to scare everyone into remembering not to use the bad words. People are gonna forget, and then you have to remind them, not in writing, never in writing. You show up at their office in the robe again, with a scythe, and you point a bony finger at them and in a booming desolate voice you shout "IT'S QUERY SHARE." Still, even if you never put it in writing, the regulators could ask about it at trial.
Really this stuff should be taught in college, so that every company can wash its hands of it. The last semester at Wharton everyone should have to take a class called Don't Put It In Email that is just, like, "we know that when you go out into the world you will occasionally engage in legally ambiguous actions, here are some best practices for not getting in trouble over them, some forms of words and communications methods not to use and some others to use instead." Then the college is responsible for the "don't put it in email" instruction, but not for the legally ambiguous actions (Wharton is not starving Google's competitors of oxygen), while the companies are responsible for the legally ambiguous actions but not for any trainings that look like evidence of a guilty conscience.
One of the less important US insider trading rules is the "short swing profits" rule, Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, which says that insiders of public companies aren't supposed to make profits by rapidly trading in and out of their stock. Intuitively, if you're the chief executive officer of a company and you know that earnings are going to be disappointing, you can't sell all your stock the day before earnings and buy it back a week later; if you know that earnings are going to be good, you can't buy more stock before earnings and sell it a week later. More specifically, the rule says that if you do a purchase and a sale of your company's stock within six months of each other (in either order), and the purchase price is less than the sale price, you have to give up the profits to the company. There are various technicalities about what counts as a purchase or a sale or ownership — there is a whole industry of Section 16 lawyers — and this rule is one reason that activist investors tend to stay below 10% of their target companies: If they go over 10%, they become Section 16 insiders, and their trading is restricted.
Meanwhile, with actual CEOs it just doesn't come up that much, because most CEOs are at least vaguely aware of the rule and anyway are not actively trading their stock all that frequently.
CEOs' children, though, who knows. Here is a securities filing from Travis Boersma, the chairman and co-founder of Dutch Bros Inc., a publicly traded drive-through coffee chain. Apparently his adult son was actively trading Dutch Bros stock without telling him, doing stuff like buying 19.36 shares for $62.01 each ($1,200.53 total) and selling them later that same day for $62.24 (a $4.45 profit). Selling 25.45 shares at $29.44 one day and buying back 25.43 shares that same day at $29.45 (a 24-cent profit). Buying 130.38 shares for $29.80 in May and selling 136.19 shares at $29.36 in August (a $113.27 profit). Stuff like that.
Also options though. On Tuesday, Aug. 8, the son bought three $26 strike call options expiring that Friday, paying $230 for each of them; he sold one that day for $239.98 (a $9.98 profit) and two more that Wednesday — after the company announced good earnings and a new CEO and the stock rallied — for $549.99 each, a profit of almost $640.
I suppose after almost doubling his three-digit investment on well-timed options trades ahead of corporate news, he … confessed? bragged? something … to his dad, because yesterday Boersma disclosed his son's trades going back to 2021 with this awkward footnote:
Pursuant to Section 16 reporting requirements, the Form 4 reflects purchases and sales of the Issuer's Class A common stock and derivative securities that were made by the Reporting Person's adult son. The amount of profit realized by the applicable short-swing transactions is approximately $8,500 and has been paid to the Issuer, as required. The Reporting Person was recently notified of the transactions by his son, resulting in today's filing.
Arguably the core purpose of Section 16 really is to prevent corporate executives' adult children from day-trading options on their parents' companies going into earnings so, you know, great.
One of the hazier lines in law is the one between bribery and legitimate business entertainment. Taking a potential customer out to a nice dinner so you can pitch her on your product: Fine, probably? Having a $1,000 bottle of wine with that dinner: A bit iffier? Having five $1,000 bottles of wine: Iffier still? Sending her and her spouse out to dinner without you and picking up the tab: Does not seem like a legitimate business meeting? I don't know, not legal advice, there are many gray areas.
Here is an effort from the US Securities and Exchange Commission to draw some lines. For instance: If you schedule a conference in an exciting tourist destination, and you invite potential clients, and you pay their travel expenses, and the conference includes various useful appropriate activities designed to educate the clients about your products, but you also schedule (and pay for) lot of tourist activities for the clients alongside the official conference program, is that okay? I don't know! But if you schedule the tourist activities at the same time as the official conference program, and they go to the tourist activities instead of the conference, then that feels a lot more like "bribes" than "client education":
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Friday] announced that 3M Company agreed to pay more than $6.5 million to resolve charges that it violated the books and records and internal controls provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA).>
The SEC's order finds that employees of a 3M wholly owned subsidiary based in China arranged for Chinese government officials employed by state-owned health care facilities to attend overseas conferences, educational events, and health care facility visits, ostensibly as part of the Chinese subsidiary's marketing and outreach efforts. However, the arrangements to attend the events were often a pretext to provide the Chinese government officials with overseas travel, including tourism activities, to induce them to purchase 3M products.>
Specifically, the order finds that, from at least 2014 to 2017, 3M's Chinese subsidiary provided Chinese government officials overseas travel that included guided tours, shopping visits, day trips to nearby sights, and other leisure activities. According to the order, in a number of instances, the tourism activities were scheduled at the same time as the events the officials were supposedly attending, and at times the Chinese officials missed whole days of the events or simply never attended at all. Also, the events were in English and certain trips included Chinese government officials who neither understood English nor had adequate translation services. The order finds that 3M's Chinese subsidiary paid nearly $1 million to fund at least 24 trips for Chinese government officials that included tourism activities.>
According to the order, to obtain approval for the trips, the employees of 3M's China-based subsidiary created a travel itinerary for the Chinese government officials to attend legitimate events, and the employees provided the itineraries to compliance personnel at the subsidiary for approval. However, the employees, in collusion with Chinese travel agencies, also created alternate itineraries consisting of tourism activities at or near the location of the overseas educational events, which the employees provided to the Chinese officials who went on the trips. The employees asked the trip participants to keep the alternate agenda hidden and falsified internal compliance documents that affirmatively denied or omitted mention of the tourism activities that they had planned as part of the overseas trip.
The rule in the US is that corporate bonds are "securities" and corporate loans are not. Bonds are subject to the securities laws and regulated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and if the issuer of a bond lies to a buyer then that's securities fraud. Loans are not subject to securities laws, not regulated by the SEC, and lying about loans is probably some sort of fraud, but not securities fraud.
The traditional reason for this distinction is that bonds could be sold to mom-and-pop investors and traded on secondary markets, so you wanted good public securities-style disclosure about those bonds, while loans were made by banks which held them to maturity. Banks, the theory went, didn't need the protections of securities laws, because they were banks. They were sophisticated lenders who knew their borrowers intimately and got much more information before making a loan than they would get from a bond prospectus. And loans were structurally less risky and volatile than bonds: They were secured by collateral, so they were safer than unsecured bonds, and the fact that they didn't trade meant that lenders didn't usually have big mark-to-market losses on their loans. [1] Also, on the other side, bonds tended to be issued by big stable investment-grade companies that could afford to do securities-style disclosure, while banks would often lend money to smaller companies that couldn't.
Everything in that paragraph is a lot less true now than it was 30 years ago. Now, bonds and loans are pretty similar to each other:
1. The investor bases are much more similar. On the bond side, many bonds are sold in private placements [2] limited to institutional investors (asset managers, hedge funds, etc.), not retail. On the loan side, many loans are syndicated to institutional investors (hedge funds, collateralized loan obligations, etc.), not banks. And loans are less relationship-driven: A loan is less likely to be made by one bank that knows the borrower well and plans to hold the loan to maturity, and more likely to be made by a group of banks that look like bond underwriters and go sell the loans to investors. 2. The issuer bases are much more similar: Investment-grade companies borrow in the bond and loan markets, but so do non-investment-grade companies. Leveraged buyouts are often funded by some mix of bonds and bank loans issued by the same company. 3. The secondary markets are much more similar: Bonds and loans both trade among institutions and are to some extent substitutes for each other.
Bonds are still more often unsecured and fixed-rate, and loans are still more often secured and floating-rate, but the differences are less prominent.
If you were reimagining the market from scratch, you might say, well, either bonds and loans are both securities, or neither of them are, since they are kind of the same things issued by the same companies and traded by the same investors. Should they both be securities, or neither? I tend to think that they should both be securities: They are both investments in companies, traded on financial markets by financial institutions, like securities. Also the Securities Act of 1933 defines "security" to mean, among other things, "any note, … bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness," etc., so bonds are definitely securities and it sure sounds like loans ("notes," "evidences of indebtedness") are too. But honestly I don't feel that strongly about this; both are largely issued in institutional markets to big investors who can and do demand disclosure even without the protection of securities laws. Either way would be fine.
But, again, the traditional rule is that bonds are securities and loans aren't. This rule is sometimes cited to a 1990 case called Reves v. Ernst & Young, in which the US Supreme Court said that "the phrase 'any note'" in the definition of a security "should not be interpreted to mean literally 'any note.'" It set out a very woolly test for when a loan is a security:
First, we examine the transaction to assess the motivations that would prompt a reasonable seller and buyer to enter into it. If the seller's purpose is to raise money for the general use of a business enterprise or to finance substantial investments and the buyer is interested primarily in the profit the note is expected to generate, the instrument is likely to be a "security." If the note is exchanged to facilitate the purchase and sale of a minor asset or consumer good, to correct for the seller's cash-flow difficulties, or to advance some other commercial or consumer purpose, on the other hand, the note is less sensibly described as a "security." ... Second, we examine the "plan of distribution" of the instrument … to determine whether it is an instrument in which there is "common trading for speculation or investment." ... Third, we examine the reasonable expectations of the investing public: The Court will consider instruments to be "securities" on the basis of such public expectations, even where an economic analysis of the circumstances of the particular transaction might suggest that the instruments are not "securities" as used in that transaction. … Finally, we examine whether some factor such as the existence of another regulatory scheme significantly reduces the risk of the instrument, thereby rendering application of the Securities Acts unnecessary.
My impression is that nobody has any idea what any of that means, except that they sort of assume "well bank loans are made by banks, which are regulated by bank regulators, which is 'another regulatory regime,' so they're not securities." Though even that isn't true anymore!
The rule, according to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, is that if you work at an investment bank or a brokerage firm or an investment adviser, you are allowed to communicate with your colleagues and clients about business on "official channels," and you are not allowed to communicate with them about business on "unofficial channels." There are some obvious cases:
You are allowed to use your firm's email system, and Bloomberg messaging, and other electronic communications channels that are approved and monitored and archived by your firm. I guess you are allowed to put a letter in the mail? If you type it in Word on your office computer? Can't imagine it comes up that often. You are not allowed to message your colleagues or clients about deals by WhatsApp or text message on your personal cell phone.
The point of this, I suppose, is to make sure that all discussions of work are archived and searchable by your firm's compliance department and the regulators. It doesn't really accomplish those goals. For instance, I think that these cases are also pretty obvious, though this is not legal advice and I'm not 100% sure:
You can talk to your colleagues about work when you're sitting at your desk, or in a conference room, or at lunch, even though those conversations will not be recorded and archived. You can have meetings with clients in conference rooms, or at restaurants, or on the golf course, even though those conversations will not be recorded and archived.
It's not really the case that all business-related communications need to be in written electronic archived searchable form. It's just that they need to be either that or in person. [1] There are two allowable levels of formality, (1) formal archived written communication and (2) in-person communication. Either is fine, but everything in between is suspect.
There is something counterintuitive about this. You might feel that texting your colleagues is like in-person communication, that it's a substitute for informal face-to-face chatting, and that therefore it's okay, but the SEC disagrees. To the SEC, texting is a substitute for official email, and if you text on an unrecorded personal phone you are getting around your firm's recordkeeping requirements.
The SEC's rules require brokerage firms to preserve "originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent … (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to its business as such." And the SEC has been methodically working through every big investment bank and brokerage, examining their records, sampling some employees' personal phones, discovering that every single bank with no exceptions whatsoever has employees who talk about work on texts or WhatsApp, and fining those banks millions of dollars for recordkeeping failures. We have talked a few times about this enforcement push, and I have argued that the SEC has aggressively expanded the recordkeeping requirements. In the olden days, almost all communication was informal and not recorded, and only formal decisions were memorialized in typed and carbon-papered memos, so the SEC had access only to a pretty limited slice of communications. Now, vastly more informal communication is text-based, and texting is a substitute for conversation, not for formal memos. I once wrote:
The SEC might plausibly come to a broker in 1948 and say "show me all of your internal communications for the last two years," and he (he) might hand the SEC, like, 30 memos, and the SEC might say "ah right that's a reasonable number of memos" and then go read them.>
One thing that has happened in the intervening 74 years is that written communication has become much much much much much much much easier and more casual. I used to work on a desk at Goldman Sachs Group Inc., where the default method of communication with someone who sat two seats away from you was instant messaging. There were some mornings when I sent more than 100 inter-office memoranda, though like 20 of them would be "lol" or "fml."
But you can certainly see where the SEC is coming from. For one thing, every single firm is uniformly guilty, so it is easy to extract large fines from all of them; the SEC is not exactly a profit-maximizing entity but it is not entirely not that either. For another thing, this enforcement push is very helpful for other enforcement pushes: The upshot of these cases is not only that investment banks and brokers pay big fines now, but also that they will do a more conscientious job of discussing business only on monitored channels, so that when the next scandal happens the SEC will have an easier time gathering evidence.
When a company does an initial public offering, it files a registration statement with the US Securities and Exchange Commission with a prospectus containing financial statements and a description of its business and other relevant details. If you buy stock in the IPO and the stock goes down, and if something in the prospectus is misleading, you can sue the company, and the underwriters of the IPO, for damages. You would sue under section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, which lets you sue if the registration statement "contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading." In fact, if you don't buy stock directly in the IPO, but buy it in the open market the day or week or month after the IPO, you can also sue under section 11: Your shares are "traceable" to the IPO, and you could have been misled by the company's bad prospectus into buying the stock.
Now, if you buy stock in a mature public company years after its IPO, and the stock goes down, you can also sue the company. "Everything is securities fraud," I like to say. The company puts out lots of public disclosures, and you can probably point to one of them and say "hey that was misleading, and when the truth came out my stock went down." Technically here you would be suing under section 10 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which makes it illegal for anyone to use "any manipulative or deceptive device or contrivance" "in connection with the purchase or sale of any security.
In general, if you can, you would rather sue under section 11 of the '33 Act than section 10 of the '34 Act. For one thing, it is easier to prove an "untrue statement of material fact" than a "manipulative or deceptive device or contrivance." (Lawyers say that section 10 requires "scienter": Roughly, you need to prove the company was lying, not just mistaken.) For another thing, section 11 lets you sue the underwriters — the investment banks that led the IPO — while section 10 doesn't, because there are no underwriters, because there is no offering.
And so stock-drop lawsuits that stem from an IPO are more valuable than stock-drop lawsuits that don't: If a company says something wrong in its IPO prospectus and the stock drops, its shareholders have a good lawsuit; if a company says something wrong in its annual report years after its IPO and the stock drops, the shareholders have a less good lawsuit. And this makes sense: The law is stricter on companies that are going public; it tries to make sure that companies introduce themselves to the public honestly and that their underwriters are willing to vouch for them. Once a company has been public for a while, there is a higher bar for complaining that its public filings are a trick.
A few years ago there was a bit of a fad for direct listings, in which companies went public without an IPO. Instead of hiring an underwriter to sell a big block of stock at a fixed price, companies would just open for trading on the stock exchange one day, and start trading at whatever price the market settled on. When this started, it was a way to become a public company without selling stock: Existing shareholders (founders, employees, venture capitalists) were just allowed to sell stock one day, but the company itself did not raise money by selling stock. (Since then, the stock exchanges have created rules to allow companies to raise money using direct listings.)
One question is: If you buy stock in a direct listing, and the stock drops and you have complaints about the company's disclosure, do you get to sue under section 11 (because it's basically an IPO), or do you have to sue under section 10 (because it is not actually an IPO)?
Slack Technologies Inc. went public through a direct listing in June 2019. It shot up to $38.62 on its first day of trading, and then fell to as low as $20.13 by November. (It was acquired by Salesforce Inc. for about $45 in cash and stock in July 2021.) People who bought early and saw the stock drop naturally sued, complaining that Slack's disclosures were wrong. I don't know what disclosures they had complaints about; that is rarely the point in these things. Instead, the important question was whether they get to sue under section 11 or not. An appeals court ruled that they did, but Slack appealed to the US Supreme Court, and today Slack won:
The US Supreme Court limited the ability of shareholders to sue over misleading statements issued by companies when they go public through a direct listing, giving a partial victory to Salesforce Inc.'s Slack unit.
The justices on Thursday unanimously set aside a ruling that had let a shareholder suit go forward. Writing for the court, Justice Neil Gorsuch said federal securities law authorizes lawsuits over registration statements only by people who hold shares issued under those documents. ...
The justices were considering a suit by Fiyyaz Pirani, who alleges that Slack's 2019 registration statement failed to disclose the extent to which the company would have to provide credits to customers over service disruptions. Salesforce acquired Slack in 2021.
Salesforce contends Pirani lacks legal standing to sue under the 1933 Securities Act because he can't prove he bought registered shares. The Supreme Court ruling leaves open the possibility that Pirani can show that at least some of the 250,000 shares he says he bought were registered.
Here is the opinion. The issue here is pretty strange. Basically the way it works is that, in an IPO, a company sells stock into the market, and anyone who buys stock that day, or the next day, or the next week, necessarily buys shares that were registered and sold in the IPO. In a typical IPO, the company (and some of its private shareholders: founders, venture capitalists, etc.) will register with the SEC and sell a big block of stock, perhaps 20% of the outstanding shares, and these are the shares that are available for public trading that day and the next day and the next week. The rest of the stock — the 80% still owned by founders, employees, venture or private-equity backers, etc. — will not be available for trading for a while, mostly because of lockup agreements preventing insiders from selling it. [1] Gorsuch:
To prevent the stock price from falling once public trading begins, underwriters may require insiders to consent to a "lockup agreement"—a commitment to hold their unregistered shares for a period of time before selling them on the new public market.
This means that every share that changes hands is "traceable" to the IPO: 100% of the publicly traded shares were sold in the IPO, so if you buy stock that week you definitely bought IPO shares issued by the company under a registration statement. And the way the law works is that, if you buy shares "traceable" to the IPO and the IPO prospectus, you can sue under section 11 for misstatements in the prospectus.
In a direct listing, similarly, some of the bigger shareholders have to register their share sales, and so there will be a registration statement and prospectus. Here is Slack's. But other shareholders — small employee shareholders, etc. — can sell their stock immediately without registration, and (as is often true of direct listings) there is no lockup agreement, because the whole point of the direct listing is just to make the stock freely tradeable. And so what happened in Slack is that, on the first day, roughly 118 million shares were available for sale under Slack's registration statement, and roughly 165 million shares were available for sale without registration. And if you bought stock, there was no way to know which kind of stock you bought: You didn't buy directly from the company in an IPO process; you just bought on the stock exchange from an anonymous counterparty. If you bought "registered shares," then technically you are all
A slight oversimplification of the rules is that in, in the US, it is illegal for brokers to charge clients money directly for investment research, while in the EU it is illegal for brokers not to charge clients money directly for investment research. In the US, brokers provide research for "free," and clients compensate them for the research by doing trades with them and paying commissions for the trades. The EU dislikes the potential conflicts of interest in that model, so in the 2018 Markets in Financial Instruments Directive it banned it: Clients have to pay for research explicitly. In the US, though, charging people for research might make you an "investment adviser," requiring separate registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission and creating awkward new fiduciary obligations.
For the last five years the SEC has sort of waived this conflict, telling US brokers that they can comply with Mifid (by charging European clients directly for research) without registering as investment advisers. But now that is ending. The Financial Times reports:
After July 3, US broker-dealers are set to lose the protection of a five-year "no action" letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission that covered them against having to register as investment advisers. …
Without that protection they face a choice of registering, moving research teams into already registered affiliates, or potentially cutting off clients bound by Mifid regulations from research produced in the US.
"Banks are talking to each other and to their clients. It's already causing disruption," said one person involved in the behind-the-scenes discussions. …
Banks have resisted investment adviser status because it would restrict them from some activities including principal trading, and could hinder their ability to offer bespoke research, according to people with experience of the rules. The costs and complications of reorganising to register would depend on each bank's individual arrangements, but were not insurmountable, they added.
It is a strange little conflict? One way to read the situation is that the SEC doesn't mind forcing brokers to register their research arms as investment advisers with fiduciary duties to the research customers. The SEC has historically been a little suspicious of sell-side investment research, and the main suspicion is that sometimes research analysts seem to recommend stocks for reasons other than that they think the stocks will go up. (To maintain corporate access, for instance, or historically to win investment banking business.) It would be hard for the SEC to write new rules saying that research analysts are fiduciaries for the people who read their reports, but it's possible that European regulators have done that work for the SEC.
In the US, there are two major legal constraints on this desire:
1. Regulation FD says that you cannot give one investor, or one analyst, "material nonpublic information" that you don't disclose publicly. The intuition here is that you are not allowed to favor one investor — or one analyst, or one group of investors, or analysts generally — over the general public. Retail investors who own 100 shares and never call investor relations need to get the same information as Wall Street analysts whose job is to cover the company. 2. "Everything is securities fraud" says that, among other things, the more information you publish, the more likely you are to get sued if some of it turns out to be wrong.
And so companies mostly do not put out weekly public filings saying "here's how we currently think our quarter is going, here's our best guess about the quarterly financial results, and here are some of the important drivers that we're looking at," because if those things turned out to be wrong or revised someone would complain. And if you call up a company asking them for that information, they might want to tell you, but due to Regulation FD they can't.
It is a little hard to know what you should do, if you run investor relations at a big normal US public company. The rough answer is something like "disclose all the big important things publicly, being very careful to run them by lawyers and make sure they're correct or at least appropriately caveated, and then if investors or analysts call you or come into meetings, tell them small things." There is some category of stuff that is material enough that, if investors ask you about it and you tell them, the investors appreciate it and understand the company better, but that is not so material that you have to disclose it to everyone at the same time. This feels like a somewhat unsatisfying compromise. Some sorts of information will be in a gray area, where you might think it's okay to tell one investor, but later the US Securities and Exchange Commission decides that you should have told everyone.
The standard way to do bribes (not legal advice!) is:
1. You work for some big international company. 2. You want to win a lucrative government contract in some foreign country. 3. You sign a deal with some well-connected partner company in the foreign country, in which you pay the partner company a bunch of cash, and the partner company agrees to provide you with some sort of vague services connected to the contract. 4. The foreign partner company takes the cash that you paid it, keeps some for itself, and pays the rest directly to the foreign official in charge of awarding the contract. 5. The official awards the contract to you. 6. The contract is lucrative enough to cover the cost of the bribes, and the foreign partner company's cut, and your company's profit margin, and your bonus.
There are various accounting issues; you will want your payments to the foreign partner company to look plausible. ("Engineering services" is probably better than "consulting," which is probably better than "bribes," which is probably better than "chickens, wink wink.") But there are also timing and trust issues. Do you pay the partner company before or after you win the contract? Does the foreign partner company hand over the sack of cash to the government official before or after? Do you — as the representative of the big international company who got everything rolling — get a cut of the bribes yourself? All of this is complicated by the fact that you're all committing crimes , so it's not obvious you should trust each other.
Here is a fairly standard US Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against ABB Ltd. for doing some bribery in South Africa:
The SEC's order finds that, from 2015 through 2017, ABB executives in Switzerland and South Africa colluded with a high-ranking government official at Eskom, an electricity provider owned by the South African government, to funnel bribes to the official through complicit third-party service providers with whom the government official had close personal relationships. ABB paid the service providers more than $37 million to bribe the government official. In return ABB obtained a $160 million contract to provide cabling and installation work at Eskom's Kusile Power Station.
But the terminology is fantastic:
During July 2013, Executive A at company headquarters in Switzerland learned of rumors that Eskom was considering replacing the existing contractor in charge of the cabling and installation ("C&I") work at Kusile and committed "to getting ABB into the race and pole position for the project." To that end, he assembled a "capture team" responsible for pursuing the tender opportunity consisting primarily of himself, Local Senior Manager, and Executive B, another executive at headquarters in Switzerland. ...
In March 2014, at the suggestion of Executive B that a "sales shark" was needed in pursuing the C&I contract, the capture team appointed Capture Team Lead, "a highly experienced sales expert" with a reputation for non-transparency about how he went about interactions with clients.
This is apparently just the normal terminology, like, even if they weren't paying bribes they'd call themselves the "capture team" and a "sales shark." But it sure makes it sound like they were paying bribes. They (allegedly) were:
In April 2014, the parties entered into a bribery scheme with Eskom whereby ABB-South Africa would use a third party to pay the Eskom Official in exchange for awarding the business to ABB. … Specifically, in April 2014, Eskom Official introduced ExecutiveB to a friend who was the chair of Service Provider A, a privately-owned South African company that provided engineering services. Executive Band Capture Team Lead agreed to an arrangement with Eskom Official and Service Provider A's chair that ABB-South Africa would be awarded the Kusile C&I contract if ABB-South Africa appointed Service Provider A as a subcontractor for services and prices to be negotiated. The scheme was structured so Eskom Official would receive a portion of Service Provider A's subcontract fee. …
A supply chain manager at ABB-South Africa, who was not aware of the bribery scheme, raised concerns that Service Provider A was unqualified for the work for which it was being considered and that its proposed price was excessive. Given that Executive B and Capture Team Lead were part of the bribe scheme, the concerns went unaddressed by ABB management in South Africa and Switzerland.
But there were trust issues:
The bribe scheme nearly came undone when Service Provider A's chair refused to share the spoils with the Eskom Official due to an apparent falling out between them. In order to save the illicit arrangement, Capture Team Lead attempted to broker a peace between the two, going so far as arranging a face-to-face meeting, but the efforts were unsuccessful.
So they had to find a new local intermediary to pass along the bribes. When you're the shark running the capture team, this is a risk that you take: You can't necessarily trust that the well-connected local intermediary that you hire to pass on the bribes will actually pass on the bribes.
So Cronos sold millions of dollars of buggy nugs to another company and got back millions of dollars of marijuana resin. And then the Feds showed up and said: You improperly accounted for the sale of bud as revenue, when really under international financial reporting standards it was a non-revenue inventory exchange.
IFRS requires that a contract have commercial substance to recognize revenue. However, Cronos' sales of biomass in the first quarter and third quarter of 2019 lacked commercial substance and should not have resulted in the recognition of revenue. Among other things, the value of biomass sold to Company A was substantially similar to the amount of resin purchased from Company A; the respective purchase orders by Cronos and Company A were issued on the same date; the respective payment invoices by Cronos and Company A were issued on the same date; and the shipments of biomass and resin were close in time. In addition, for the transactions in the first quarter of 2019, the product relinquished (biomass) and the product received (resin) contained similar cannabinoid content profiles, and for the transactions in the first and third quarters of 2019, both products were work in progress inventory to be used as raw materials in production of vaporizer products. Lastly, it was believed that the purchase of resin at this time was meant to facilitate Company A's purchase of biomass. In light of the foregoing, the risk, timing and amount of Cronos' future cash flow were not affected by the transactions and Cronos should have treated the simultaneous sale of biomass and purchase of resin as non-monetary transactions resulting in the exchange of inventory.
If you sell $1.9 million of flowers to a resin manufacturer and buy back $2.1 million of resin, what you have effectively done is paid the manufacturer $200,000 to process your flowers into resin. [3] That's $200,000 of expenses and $0 of revenue; if you book it as revenue then that's misleading.
In 1948, the US Securities and Exchange Commission published Rule 17a-4(b), which required regulated brokers to keep "originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent by such member, broker or dealer (including inter-office memoranda and communications) relating to his business as such." You can find the current version of the rule online here, but you can also find the 1948 original online here, and even on the internet it is pleasingly yellowed. The rule has changed a bit in the ensuing decades, but not too much. "His business" is now "its business," because brokers are no longer assumed to be male, though they are now assumed to be corporations, and an added sentence notes that "communications includes sales scripts and recordings of telephone calls required to be maintained" by other rules. But the basics are still the same. "Inter-office memoranda" are still in the rule.
In 1948, if you were a broker, you probably communicated with your coworkers in roughly three ways:
1. Inter-office memoranda, for quite formal occasions. For new office policies, formal write-ups of investment ideas, etc., you'd spring for the typewriter ribbons and carbon paper. 2. Telephone. If your coworkers worked in a different branch office, you might spring for a long-distance call to talk about urgent matters. 3. Walking over to their desk and talking to them, would probably be the main form of communication.
So when the SEC said that brokers needed to keep copies of their business correspondence, that implicitly assumed a certain level of formality. The SEC might plausibly come to a broker in 1948 and say "show me all of your internal communications for the last two years," and he (he) might hand the SEC, like, 30 memos, and the SEC might say "ah right that's a reasonable number of memos" and then go read them.
One thing that has happened in the intervening 74 years is that written communication has become much much much much much much much easier and more casual. I used to work on a desk at Goldman Sachs Group Inc., where the default method of communication with someone who sat two seats away from you was instant messaging. [8] There were some mornings when I sent more than 100 inter-office memoranda, though like 20 of them would be "lol" or "fml." [9]
And so then if the SEC thought that a broker was up to no good, it could say "give me all of the internal communications of one particular desk for the month of September," and the broker would hand over like 500,000 emails and instant messages, and the SEC would run some search terms on this vast corpus, and the search terms would be like "fraud" and "spoof" and "manipulate" and "sucker" and "fml," and they'd get a hit like "fml i just did a fraud oops" and go from there to build a case. In 1948, it would be very weird for a broker to send around an inter-office memo with the subject line "Re: We need to do more fraud." He might say it, but only out loud, in person, in a form not required to be preserved for SEC examination. By 2011, it was just expected that if a broker was doing fraud there would be dozens of eternally preserved electronic messages about it.
In 2015, Dan Davies wrote about a wave of foreign exchange manipulation scandals:
It has been, in fact, a golden age of fraud detection. … Electronic systems have played a role in uncovering all the big financial scandals of the past few years: the rigging of interest rate benchmarks, the efforts of some banks to facilitate tax evasion and money laundering, and the pre-crisis fraud connected to sliced-and-diced mortgage debt. Look at that rap sheet, and you might conclude that we have been through a period in which conduct in the banking industry was uniquely bad. Yet it may merely have been a period when, for the first time, bad actors in the financial sector co-ordinated their dastardly activities using a system of text messages that could be automatically searched. …
For the past 10 years, traders have inadvertently made wrongdoing by people in their ranks as easy as possible to detect. Is it any wonder so much has been detected? ...
But the golden age is coming to an end. Nobody, after reading the transcripts — the "bottle of Bolly" for a nefarious trade, the "Done for you big boy" — can fail to understand that online chats, however furtive and informal, are archived official communications.
This strikes me as a correct and important analysis of the modern golden age of fraud detection, though it turned out not to be a great prediction. Intellectually people are broadly aware that online chats are archived forever. Emotionally they love writing about fraud in the chat.
And then there was Covid-19. If you sit on a desk in an office, and you want to do fraud, you will probably type some instant messages about it, because the temptation is almost irresistible. But you might instead just turn to your coworkers and say "ahahaha I'm doing so much fraud, high five" and they might physically high-five you instead of sending you a thumbs-up emoji in the chat. And then your confession, and their high-fives, will not be recorded for posterity. This might be best practices or, you know, second-best practices; not legal advice. But then Covid-19 hit and everyone worked from home and so electronic chats became even more dominant.
If this is your model, you might have some sort of casual inchoate thought process that is like: Yes, fine, I will use my firm email address or my Bloomberg chat for official business , things that would have been inter-office memoranda in 1948, but when I am just chatting I will use, you know, Snap or WhatsApp or Signal or texts from my personal cell phone. Including when I am just chatting with my colleagues or my clients. Including when I am just chatting with them about business. We'll talk about stuff — about trades, about business, about desk politics — informally, like we would in person, over some sort of unofficial messaging platform. And then maybe if there's a trade to be done or a policy to be made or whatever, we will formalize it in an email. But the SEC rule about preserving communications doesn't apply to talking to my coworkers in person , and so it shouldn't apply to things that are like that. So if there's something I want to say to them in person, but that is inconvenient — because we are working from home, or because we are both in the office but I'd have to stand up and walk two seats over to talk to them — then I'll just put in in my personal WhatsApp and that's fine.
That is not fine, it turns out:
US regulators reached settlements with a dozen banks in a sprawling probe into how global financial firms failed to monitor employees' communications on unauthorized messaging apps, bringing total penalties in the matter to more than $2 billion.
The Securities and Exchange Commission announced $1.1 billion in fines and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission disclosed $710 million in penalties in separate statements Tuesday. Those levies -- against firms including Bank of America Corp., Citigroup Inc. and Goldman Sachs Group Inc. -- combined with JPMorgan Chase & Co.'s $200 million in fines from December, bring the total to $2.01 billion, making them the biggest penalties ever against US banks for record-keeping lapses.
One thing that I believe is that chief executive officers of public companies know more about their companies than outsiders do. I think this is obviously true: The CEO spends all day working at the company, everyone at the company reports to her, she sets the company's strategy, she can get all the information she wants about the company, etc.; she is just clearly going to be more informed about the company than some random person, or even some hedge-fund analyst who covers the company closely.
But this is also a somewhat controversial thing to say in polite company. There is in US securities law a sort of polite fiction that the CEO of a public company only sometimes has "material nonpublic information" about the company. Right before the company releases earnings, when the CEO has seen the draft earnings release but it isn't public yet, she has MNPI, but midway through the quarter she does not. If she is actively negotiating a merger with a competitor, she has MNPI, but if she just has occasional hypothetical chats with the competitor's CEO then she does not. If the company just suffered a devastating hack that it hasn't yet disclosed, she has MNPI, but if she is just reviewing weekly cybersecurity threat assessments she does not. Etc. (Not legal advice!)
This polite fiction is important because it is what allows corporate executives to trade stock. If you said "well, yes, obviously CEOs always have inside information about their companies, after all they run those companies," then any time a CEO traded her company's stock she would be doing a crime. (It is illegal, in the US, for corporate insiders to trade while in possession of material nonpublic information.) So you say "oh no CEOs never have any material information about their company except at the end of the quarter, or when they're doing a merger, or when they get hacked." And then when things are normal — when the CEO just knows all sorts of inside information about her company, but none of it is big enough to rise to the level of "material nonpublic information" — then the CEO can trade.
The way that this typically works is somewhat convoluted. Instead of just deciding to trade stock and then doing it, CEOs frequently set up Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. In a 10b5-1 plan, the CEO arranges with her broker to sell some prearranged number of shares of stock over some prearranged period. (Or to buy stock, though executives tend to do more selling than buying, since they are often paid largely in stock and need to turn it into money.) It could be "1,000 shares a day starting next month," or some more complicated formula based on the price of the shares. But the idea is that you set up the Rule 10b5-1 plan in "normal" times — when the polite fiction says that you don't have any MNPI — and then the plan operates automatically. So if you later get MNPI (because the quarter ends, or you start negotiating a merger), your broker keeps automatically selling stock for you, and you can say "what, I'm not insider trading, this is just the plan operating automatically."
Anyway there is an obvious solution to this problem, if it's a problem. You can abandon the polite fiction that CEOs don't have material nonpublic information, and replace it with a time delay. A CEO who decides to sell stock today, or next week, knows something that the market doesn't. A CEO who decides today "I am going to sell stock in four months" does not. The stock price might be higher or lower in four months; she doesn't know. After she sells, the stock might go up or down; she doesn't know that either. In four months she'll know stuff that the market doesn't, but if she makes the decision today it is probably an uninformed decision. That is both intuitive, and what the Journal's analysis shows.
Also this is exactly what the US Securities and Exchange Commission wants to do. Late last year, the SEC proposed amendments to Rule 10b5-1 to "require a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement entered into by officers or directors to include a 120-day mandatory cooling-off period before any trading can commence under the trading arrangement after its adoption." (We talked about the proposal in December.) You sign up a plan today, but it can't start trading for four months. You know stuff now that the market doesn't know, but four months from now the market will know it, so you aren't insider trading.
It costs a lot of money to bring a lawsuit, or to defend one. Lots of bad things might happen to you illegally, and you might want to get them fixed, but it is so expensive to sue that you won't. If the cable company illegally overcharges you by $5, you can complain, but you can't realistically sue. Lots of things, including much more important things, are like this. If your employer discriminates against you because of racism, your potential monetary damages might not be enough to get a lawyer interested in taking the case.
Often the structure of these things is that some big company does the bad thing, and lots of little individuals — consumers, employees, etc. — suffer the bad thing. The individuals aren't rich enough to sue to vindicate some point of principle, and the company is rich enough to defend itself.
There are two main solutions to this. One is arbitration: You have some more informal private system of adjudicating claims that is faster and cheaper than the legal system. Generally this favors the big company: It pays less to defend the cases, and there is a sense that the arbitrators might be more favorable to it and that arbitration can be kept quieter than litigation. And so the big company might make arbitration mandatory, in its employment agreements or consumer contracts or whatever. It might like arbitration so much that it will pay the costs of arbitration, making it "cheap" for consumers or employees, in exchange for getting this cheaper and more favorable venue.
The other solution is a class action: Thousands of little individuals band together to sue the company, arguing that their claims are similar enough that they should all be treated as one case. Their individual damages are small, but the total case is big enough to get lawyers interested. Often this favors the little claimants: They get their claims heard in court, for one thing, but also there's a decent chance of big damages against the big company that did the bad thing.
Generally companies that mandate arbitration will also tend to try to prevent class actions; they will require customers, employees, etc. not only to arbitrate their claims but also to do so as individuals, not to seek class arbitration.
If you run a hedge fund, and you lose 30% of your fund's value in a day, I guess you have to tell someone? That seems unpleasant. I mean, in the first instance, your prime broker probably already knows about it: They were keeping track of your stuff anyway, and probably lending you money against it, and now they know that it has gone down and are probably calling you to say things like "hey man you okay?" and "we are going to need a lot more margin from you by the end of the day."
But also high on your list of concerns will be your clients, the people whose money you just lost. Sure you send them a quarterly investor letter full of classical quotes to explain your performance, but if you drop 30% in a day that news probably can't wait until the end of the quarter and a perfectly chosen aphorism from Marcus Aurelius. You're gonna want to pick up the phone.
Now I guess you will also have to tell the SEC about it:
Federal regulators proposed measures that would significantly increase their visibility into private-equity funds and some hedge funds, the first in a range of plans to expand oversight of private markets.
The Securities and Exchange Commission voted 3-1 to issue a proposal that would increase the amount and timeliness of confidential information that private-equity and hedge funds report to the agency on a document known as Form PF.
The main goal, Chairman Gary Gensler said, is to allow regulators to better spot risks building up in private markets, stepping up an effort that began after the 2008 financial crisis. … Among other changes, Wednesday's proposal would require large hedge funds to file reports within one business day of incidents such as extraordinary investment losses, large increases in margin requirements or defaults by major counterparties.
Here are the SEC's press release, fact sheet and proposed rule. Some of the things that hedge funds would have to report promptly include "a loss equal to or greater than 20 percent of a fund's most recent net asset value over a rolling 10 business day period," "a cumulative increase in margin of more than 20 percent of the reporting fund's most recent net asset value over a rolling 10 business day period," "a fund's margin default or inability to meet a call for margin, collateral, or an equivalent," "a margin default by a counterparty," and "requests for redemption exceeding 50 percent of the most recent net asset value." If your fund experiences bad stuff that might suggest a serious problem, you'll have to tell the SEC.
What will they do about it? I don't know. Whenever there is big sudden weird market turbulence — Archegos, GameStop — I read complaints that the SEC needs to get more detailed real-time information so it can head off that turbulence, but I feel like I never hear about cases where the SEC did use its detailed real-time information to head off turbulence? Perhaps that is a structural feature of turbulence — you don't hear about it when it doesn't happen — and the SEC is in fact often calling up investment managers to say "hey you own too much of this one stock and it's about to go down, you should sell some, but carefully." I just don't really see how that would work. But this is from the SEC release proposing the new rules:
In our experience, losses of 20 percent or more of a fund's most recent net asset value during this period could indicate significant stress at the fund or the markets in which the fund participates that could raise investor protection and systemic risk concerns warranting prompt reporting. For example, these losses could signal a precipitous liquidation or broader market instability that could lead to secondary effects, including greater margin and collateral requirements, financing costs for the fund, and the potential for large investor redemptions. Notice of large losses could provide notice to the Commission and FSOC of potential fund or market issues in advance of the occurrence of more downstream consequences, such as sharp margin increases, defaults, or fund liquidation. Also, funds in serious stress may be in the process of deleveraging, exiting certain strategies, or liquidating securities in a declining market with implications for both fund investors and systemic risk. Moreover, large, sharp, and sustained losses suffered by one fund within this short period may signal concern for similarly situated funds, allowing the Commission and FSOC to analyze the scale and scope of the event and whether additional funds that may have similar investments, market positions, or financing profiles are at risk.
What do they do with that analysis? Is it, like, like, Hedge Fund X loses 30% of its value and gets a lot of margin calls, and it tells the SEC, and the SEC analyzes its holdings, and then the SEC calls up other funds with similar holdings and says "hey just FYI there are some big liquidations coming, you might want to get out of those stocks"? Or does it call the other funds and say "hey just FYI we'd consider it a personal favor if you don't sell those stocks and maybe buy a bit more"? I am not sure how the SEC's real-time systemic-risk management is supposed to work, but I guess it could always use more information.
I don't exactly know how to solve this. One reader suggested allowing congresspeople to trade whatever they want, but only on a multi-month lag. This would be along the lines of the SEC's proposed changes to Rule 10b5-1 trading plans for corporate executives: You write down a binding plan to buy or sell stocks or bonds or mutual funds or whatever, you give it to your broker, your broker waits (say) four months and then executes whatever you told her to do. If you had inside information when you wrote the plan, it's no longer useful four months later when you trade. Ideally (unlike in the 10b5-1 proposals) the plans are disclosed when they're written, so your constituents know about it in advance, and they can't be canceled. Then, when your broker does the trades and everyone is like "these are suspiciously well-timed trades," you can say "no, they were automatic, you knew about them in advance." It's something I guess.
How do you deter financial misconduct? This is, I think, a complicated question. There is the standard criminological deterrence debate, in which you could either focus on catching as much misconduct as possible (and punishing it somewhat mildly) or instead catch fewer perpetrators but punish them more harshly to send a message. Arguably financial criminals are especially subject to deterrence — they are rational cost-benefit calculators, they have a lot to lose from being caught, etc. — but there is also an argument that a lot of financial crime falls in gray areas of intent or legality and you can't deter someone from doing something she doesn't know is illegal. Anyway though the answer is "when you catch people doing financial crime you should tweet about it":
This paper presents the first evidence of the effect of financial regulators' social media use on corporate and individual behavior. Using the staggered launch of U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regional offices' Twitter accounts, I find that financial regulators' presence on social media reduces opportunistic insider trading, customer complaints against investment advisers, and financial misreporting. Additional tests suggest that the salience and dissemination of regional offices' enforcement activities via Twitter play a role. The deterrence effect of SEC regional offices' Twitter use is concentrated among offices with more followers, firms with more retail investors, and advisers with more retail clients. I also show that investors react more strongly to enforcement actions after the enforced firm's regional office initiates Twitter use. Taken together, the results suggest that financial regulators' use of social media helps deter misconduct.
That is the abstract to "Regulating via Social Media: Deterrence Effects of the SEC's Use of Twitter," by Jinjie Lin at Yale. I think in some ways this is a complement to the stuff about congressional insider trading. If you get the sense that the law is never enforced and people can do bad financial stuff with impunity, you might become sad and cynical and disillusioned, and you might do some insider trading yourself. If you get the sense that the law is often enforced and that every day your local SEC office is catching people doing bad stuff, maybe you'll follow the law yourself.
Since the 1930s, recordkeeping and books-and-records obligations have been an essential part of market integrity and a foundational component of the SEC's ability to be an effective cop on the beat. As technology changes, it's even more important that registrants ensure that their communications are appropriately recorded and are not conducted outside of official channels in order to avoid market oversight," said SEC Chair Gary Gensler. "Unfortunately, in the past we've seen violations in the financial markets that were committed using unofficial communications channels, such as the foreign exchange scandal of 2013.
There is a model of compliance in which you do a lot of formalized compliance stuff to reduce the risk of doing crimes. If you fail to do the formalized compliance stuff, you might do crimes, and if you do crimes you will get in bad trouble. But the giant banks are too big and too regulated for that model. In giant banks, the model is that the formalized compliance stuff becomes an end in itself, and if you don't do it right you can be fined two hundred million dollars even if you don't also do substantive crimes. This is partly because, if your bank is big enough, somebody is always doing crimes, so formalized compliance programs are the way to distinguish "a few bad actors did crimes but we tried to stop them" from "we have a culture of doing crimes." But it is also because the formalized compliance stuff is very legible to regulators and very easy to catch.
I just want to stress how far this is from a "move fast and break things" model. There are tons of startups and tech companies and crypto projects that have under-invested in compliance and formality and record-keeping, and have justified it by saying "we have a good culture and trust our people to do the right thing without a lot of rules," or "it's better to ask forgiveness than to ask permission," or "ehhhh those laws are pretty antiquated, what are the odds that they apply to us?" And here are JPMorgan's bankers very earnestly discussing deals with colleagues and clients in the wrong text boxes on the wrong phones, and they paid a $200 million fine.
The basic issue is that if you are a senior executive of a public company, (1) you always know things about the company that the public doesn't know, but (2) we want you to be able to trade stock anyway. Everyone loves when corporate executives buy stock — bullish signal, etc. — and, since lots of executives are paid mostly in stock, we want them to be able to sell stock sometimes to buy houses and stuff.
So there are rules and norms that let executives trade stock without getting in trouble for insider trading. One is the norm that there are "open windows" for trading, typically shortly after a company announces earnings; the idea is that the company has disclosed everything material in the earnings release and call, so now the executives don't know any more than anyone else and can trade freely. (This is mostly silly but nonetheless the norm.[9]) The other is Rule 10b5-1(c), which says that if an executive sets up an automated plan to trade stock while she has no material nonpublic information (i.e. when she is in an open window), that plan can go ahead and trade stock for her even if she later gets some material nonpublic information.
Rule 10b5-1 plans are controversial. For one thing, it is theoretically possible to game them to insider trade in cute but somewhat silly ways. More important, though, nobody really believes that executives are ever free of inside information, so the whole 10b5-1 concept seems suspect. If you set up a plan to trade stock, and then a week later you sell stock, and then a week later bad news comes out and the stock goes down, everyone will say "well you probably had inside information didn't you."
There are a bunch of other new 10b5-1 rules,[10] of which my favorite is the one that will "provide that the affirmative defense under Rule 10b5-1(c)(1) does not apply to multiple overlapping Rule 10b5‑1 trading arrangements for open market trades in the same class of securities." The classic cutesy securities-lawyer hypothetical way to game Rule 10b5-1 is:
1. You don't have inside information now, but you are sure you will in five months. (For instance, you'll announce earnings in 5.5 months; in five months you'll know what's in the earnings but the market won't.) 2. Set up a 10b5-1 plan, today, to sell a bunch of stock in five months. 3. Set up another 10b5-1 plan, today, to buy a bunch of stock in five months. 4. Wait five months and get the inside information. 5. If you have good inside information, cancel the selling plan but leave the buying one in place. You'll buy stock, the information will come out, the stock will go up. 6. If you have bad inside information, cancel the buying plan but leave the selling one in place. You'll sell stock, the information will come out, the stock will go down.
The idea is that canceling a 10b5-1 plan is not a "trade" and so you can do it even if you have inside information. This is very cute but I cannot imagine anyone really does it, and I am pretty sure it's illegal under existing law. Nonetheless the SEC is banning it just in case.
People are worried about stock buybacks? The SEC has proposed new stock buyback disclosure rules,[11] some of which are about making companies disclose stock buybacks on a more timely and comprehensive basis. There will be a new "Form SR," and companies will have to file it within a day after buying back stock, disclosing how many shares they purchased and how much they paid. Currently companies disclose this on a long lag in their quarterly reports; the SEC wants to make that disclosure daily.
But another weird part of the rules is that companies will now have to disclose why they bought back stock. (In their quarterly reports, not in the daily Form SR.) There are, I think, roughly four overlapping good reasons for a company to buy back stock:
1. We have a lot of cash and no good investment ideas, so we're going to hand it back to shareholders for them to figure out what to do with it. 2. We have a lot of cash and our shareholders could use some cash, so we're going to give them some of ours. 3. Our stock price is too low so we're going to buy some to improve returns for our remaining shareholders. 4. We have too much equity in our capital structure so we are going to raise debt and buy back stock to improve our return on equity.[12]
But people who are worried about stock buybacks think that companies do them for bad reasons, such as:
1. To manipulate earnings per share calculations by reducing the share count. 2. To artificially inflate the stock price. 3. To artificially inflate the stock price so that executives can sell stock while the company buys. 4. To cover up the massive dilution caused by executive stock grants. 5. Etc.
The SEC's proposed rules would basically require companies to declare that they're not doing any of the bad reasons:
Specifically, we propose to require an issuer to disclose:>
• The objective or rationale for its share repurchases and process or criteria used to determine the amount of repurchases;
• Any policies and procedures relating to purchases and sales of the issuer's securities by its officers and directors during a repurchase program, including any restriction on such transactions. ...
We are additionally proposing to require that issuers disclose if any of their officers or directors … purchased or sold shares … within 10 business days before or after the announcement of an issuer purchase plan or program by checking a box.
I feel like "the objective or rationale for its share repurchases" is going to get real formulaic real quick? Part of the point here is just to make it a tiny bit more annoying for companies to buy back stock by making them type this somewhat embarrassing formulaic declaration.
But part of the point is of course that everything is securities fraud. Now companies will need to say, in their securities filings, that they are buying back stock for good reasons and not to enrich their executives. And now disgruntled shareholders will be able to sue, saying "actually you bought back stock to enrich your executives and lied about it in your securities filings."
Basically there's a rule, Rule 15c2-11, that says that a broker or dealer cannot "publish any quotation for a security or ... submit any such quotation for publication, in any quotation medium, unless" there is a certain amount of publicly available information about the issuer (a prospectus, an annual report, etc.), the dealer has reviewed the information, and the dealer thinks it is reliable. The rule is clearly and explicitly aimed at the over-the-counter stock market, that is, the "pink sheets" where penny stocks trade when they can't qualify to list on a stock exchange. Brokers and dealers quote those stocks, some of which have current public information and some of which are for companies that disappeared years ago and trade vestigially on the pink sheets. Tons of fraud happens in that market, and one way that the SEC tries to prevent that fraud is by prohibiting brokers from quoting the fraudier stocks. And last year the SEC updated Rule 15c2-11 to, I don't know, "recognize advances in communications technologies" is what the SEC said:
"These retail investor-focused improvements to Rule 15c2-11 are long overdue," said SEC Chairman Jay Clayton. "The technological advancements that have taken place since the rule was last amended enable us to require that information in the OTC market be more timely, enabling investors to make better informed investment decisions, and reducing fraud in these markets where retail presence is significant and, unfortunately, pump-and-dump and other frauds are too common."
"The amended rule represents another important step in our tireless and proactive efforts to protect retail investors from being victimized by microcap fraud," said Stephanie Avakian, Director of the Division of Enforcement. …
Prior to today's amendments, certain of the rule's previous exceptions permitted broker-dealers to maintain a quoted market for an issuer's security in perpetuity, in the absence of current and publicly available information about the issuer, and even when the issuer no longer exists. Recognizing the ease with which information sharing takes today, the amendments generally prohibit broker-dealers from publishing quotations for an issuer's security when issuer information is not current and publicly available, subject to certain exceptions.
Fine, fine, all seems fine. But technically the rule says "a security," not "a penny stock." And while the over-the-counter stock market is basically a place to fleece retail investors with penny stocks, the over-the-counter bond market is just the bond market. If you buy a corporate bond or an asset-backed security, you do it over the counter, based on a dealer quote. "Securities that trade on the OTC market are primarily owned by retail investors," says the SEC release updating Rule 15c2-11, which is just not at all true! It is true of stocks that trade OTC, but those are small; the bond market is very big, very institutional, and very over-the-counter.
And while some bond issuers (public companies) have the required public information, many (some asset-backed security trusts, private companies with bonds) do not. For many bonds the rule will make it more complicated and time-consuming and difficult for dealers to quote markets; for other bonds it will just make it impossible. And apparently everyone just assumed that the rule did not apply to bonds, but when the SEC updated it last year, someone thought to call them up and say "you don't mean bonds too do you?" and the SEC was like "oh sure we do, bonds too, why not." Oops! Chappatta:
There's one big problem: The rule, which had long been understood to safeguard retail investors from penny stocks and other "pump-and-dump" schemes, doesn't explicitly exclude fixed-income assets, except for municipal bonds. The Bond Dealers of America, a trade association for securities dealers and banks specializing in fixed income, says SEC staff have informally confirmed that the rule applies equally to both equities and debt.
I have to say that I sort of sympathize with the SEC's suspicion that it is bad that Robinhood is fun, but I also sympathize with Robinhood's position that, like, what else are they going to do? They looked at a world where the user experience for individual investors was not particularly good, and they were like "what if we built a retail investing product with a good user experience?" And that worked, and so people used their product a lot. And there was a big backlash as everyone was like "wait actually it's bad for a retail investing product to have a good user experience, because it is bad for retail investors to trade too much."
And that backlash was probably not wrong! Maybe a little too paternalistic, but not wrong; compulsive gambling is probably a bad idea. But, yeah, I mean, what was Robinhood supposed to do? Intentionally build a bad user experience so people wouldn't use its product too much?
My first thought here was like "it is weird to regulate a product for being too user-friendly," but is it? That is how casinos are regulated, and, like, vape pens. There is an element of this sort of thing — "you can sell it, but don't make it too attractive" — in the regulation of alcohol and tobacco and cannabis and pharmaceuticals. It's how people talk about the addictive properties of social media, and sugary drinks and snacks. It is possible that in a society of abundance the basic regulatory problem is that companies will get too good at turning their customers into addicts. Maybe regulating Robinhood for being too engaging isn't actually that weird, in 2021.
I feel like most regulation of big business works a lot like this:
Aon PLC and Willis Towers Watson PLC abandoned a more than $30 billion tie-up to create the world's largest insurance broker, deciding it wasn't worth pursuing in the face of Justice Department opposition to the merger.
The DOJ filed a lawsuit against the deal last month, the first big test of the Biden administration's more muscular antitrust policy. The suit, filed in a federal court in Washington, said that the proposed merger would lead to higher prices and reduced innovation for U.S. businesses, employers and unions that rely on their services. ...
"We reached an impasse with the U.S. Department of Justice," Aon Chief Executive Greg Case said Monday. "The DOJ position is remarkably out of step with the rest of the global regulatory community, and we're confident that we'd win in court," he added, according to a transcript of a video message Mr. Case gave to company employees.
The prospect of a lengthy court hearing was another reason for the merger's demise. Aon and Willis Towers had requested a court hearing for Aug. 23, but a federal judge ruled earlier this month that the trial wouldn't start until Nov. 18.
"The inability to secure an expedited resolution of the litigation brought us to this point," Mr. Case said. "Unfortunately, while we requested a speedy trial, the current course with DOJ would likely have taken us well into 2022," according to the transcript.
I have not read the filings in this case and am not really an antitrust expert; I have no idea if the Justice Department (which called the abandonment of the deal "a victory for competition and for American businesses") or Aon and Willis Towers are right about the legality of the merger. The point is that if the Justice Department doesn't like a merger it can delay it for years, and if you want to do a merger that is extremely inconvenient. So if the Justice Department decides "we're going to be 20% tougher on mergers," there will be fewer big mergers, even if the law does not change, even if the Justice Department's interpretation of existing law is incorrect, even if all of the mergers would win in court, etc. Some companies just won't want to take the time to fight in court. (This does not work for mergers that already happened: Facebook Inc. has all the time in the world to fight the Federal Trade Commission's efforts to unwind its Instagram merger.)
Everything is like this. We have talked about the obvious fact that the current Securities and Exchange Commission does not like special purpose acquisition companies; it particularly does not like how they use aggressive financial projections to market themselves to retail investors. One thing it could do about this is make a rule saying SPACs can't do that anymore. Another thing it could do is argue that current rules, properly interpreted, prevent SPACs from doing this; in fact an SEC official has made that argument (in a speech, though, not in court). But a third thing it could do is just throw sand in the gears of SPACs: The SEC has lots of ability to hold up offerings, and it decided to basically slow down every SPAC deal over a very technical dispute about warrant accounting. This SPAC slowdown has made SPACs less attractive as investments and deal partners, and has done a lot to deflate the SPAC boom.
At some limit, regulators are constrained by the letter of the law, but that is not always the important thing to focus on. If you are a company it is convenient to be on good terms with your regulator and inconvenient to be on bad terms. By shifting that balance of convenience, regulators can set policy.
So I have a soft spot for Chinese VIEs. The idea is that, under Chinese law, it is somewhere between “complicated” and “forbidden” for foreigners to own certain big important Chinese tech companies. This is a problem for those companies if they want to raise capital from foreign investors and list their stocks on foreign stock exchanges. But there is a solution. “Ownership” of a company is a complicated notion, a vague jumble of rights to elect directors and approve mergers and claim a residual interest in the company’s cash flows. You could break those things up and sell them separately. Write a profit-sharing contract that says “A will pay B all of A’s profits after expenses for the next 100 years, renewable at B’s option,” and hey that’s a residual claim on cash flows. (Or something vaguer: “A will pay B an annual consulting fee that B decides in its total discretion based on the economic value of the relationship,” etc.; not technically a residual claim but what else is it?) “B will provide management services to A and A will follow B’s instructions,” hey that’s basically control. “B will have the right to appoint a majority of A’s board of directors,” put it in a contract, it’s not actually stock ownership. Etc. Write some contracts that, bundled together, look like ownership, but aren’t ownership . With Chinese companies this sort of thing is generally called a “variable interest entity.” You set up a company in the Cayman Islands that can be owned by anyone. The Caymans company enters into a series of contracts with the local Chinese company, giving it, not ownership, but certain carefully curated economic interests and control rights over the Chinese company. Then you list the Caymans company in the U.S., and people buy its stock, and they sort of pretend that they’re buying stock in the Chinese company — they sort of pretend that the Chinese company is a subsidiary of the Caymans holding company — even though really they’re only buying an empty shell that has certain contractual relationships with the Chinese company. The problem with this is that it sort of sounds like you’re kidding. So here is the prospectus for Didi Global Inc., a Cayman Islands company that has certain contractual relationships with a giant Chinese ride-hailing company. (Technically the top-level Chinese company is called Beijing Xiaoju Science and Technology Co. Ltd., though colloquially it is “Didi Chuxing.”) Didi Global did an initial public offering of its American depositary shares last week; it has a market capitalization of something like $57 billion. Page 12 of the prospectus has a diagram of the corporate structure, which looks almost normal: Looks like a holding company with some intermediate holding companies and operating subsidiaries, fine. The only weird thing is that somewhere near the middle there is a double arrow (representing “contractual arrangements”) rather than a single arrow (representing “equity interest”). Didi Global’s shareholders “own,” in some fairly normal sense, everything above the double arrow, right down to one “wholly foreign owned enterprise” (WFOE) in China. Everything below the double arrow — the actual ride-hailing business, etc. — is slightly askew; they just have contractual rights to do stuff with it. The actual contractual rights are spelled out on pages 100-102 of the prospectus under the heading “Contractual Arrangements with Our Variable Interest Entities,” and they are worth reading. “Agreements that Allow Us to Receive Economic Benefits from Our Variable Interest Entities” is one sub-heading, describing a contract providing that “Beijing DiDi or its designated parties have the exclusive right to provide Xiaoju Technology with comprehensive technical support, consulting services and other services,” and that “Xiaoju Technology agrees to pay services fees, the amount of which is determined by Beijing DiDi on the basis of the work performed and commercial value of the services.” Is that a residual claim on the cash flows of the ride-hailing business? Maybe! “Agreements that Provide Us with Effective Control over Our Variable Interest Entities” and “Agreements that Provide Us with the Option to Purchase the Equity Interest in Our Variable Interest Entities” are two other sub-headings. (The latter is less of a stock option and more of a transfer restriction: It’s not that Didi can practically buy the shares in the VIE; it’s that it doesn’t want the shareholders selling those shares to someone else.) And here’s this:
Spousal Consent Letters. The spouses of the shareholders of Xiaoju Technology have each signed a spousal consent letter agreeing that the equity interests in Xiaoju Technology held by and registered under the name of the respective shareholders will be disposed pursuant to the contractual agreements with Beijing DiDi. Each spouse agreed not to assert any rights over the equity interest in Xiaoju Technology held by the respective shareholder.
Somebody owns the ride-hailing business, in a technical legal sense, and it’s not Didi Global or its shareholders. You don’t want the actual owners, or their spouses, to go around selling the shares out from under Didi. I don’t want to pick on Didi. This is a standard method for mainland Chinese internet companies to go public, Didi is just the latest in a long line of big companies to use it, the market has come to accept it, and Didi’s Chinese counsel has opined that “the ownership structure of our principal variable interest entity ... will not result in any violation of the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect” and that “the agreements under the contractual arrangement among Beijing DiDi, Xiaoju Technology and its shareholders are currently valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.” It’s all fine!
We talk a surprising amount around here about the fact that, when investors and analysts talk to the managers of companies, their investment decisions and analyses are better. When a mutual fund manager meets with a company and then buys its stock, the stock is more likely to go up than if she bought it without meeting with the company. Or, when a sell-side research analyst meets with a company and then issues an earnings forecast, that forecast is more likely to be right than if she issued it without meeting with the company. On the one hand, how could it not work this way? These people are busy professionals; they would not bother meeting with companies if it did not help with their work. Companies are complicated; having a nuanced face-to-face discussion and being able to ask questions will add insight that you can't get from public information. Both investing and corporate management are mostly about the future; you can learn more about the company's future from talking to its managers about their plans than you can from its backward-looking financial statements and heavily lawyered public filings.
On the other hand, how can it work this way? In the U.S., Regulation FD says that companies are not supposed to share material nonpublic information with analysts or investors unless they simultaneously disclose it publicly. Regulators pay a lot of lip service to the idea of a level playing field for investors, in which everyone has access to the same information at the same time. But some investors and analysts get to meet with the executives of public companies, and others don't, and if those meetings are helpful then the playing field is not level. Also if those meetings are helpful then they are arguably illegal: "Helpful" arguably means the same thing as "material," and if companies are giving out material information in these meetings then they're breaking the rules.
We talked in March about a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against AT&T Inc. for allegedly calling up sell-side research analysts and getting them to update their earnings forecasts. Talking to AT&T helped those analysts make better forecasts, exactly as you'd expect, but the SEC concluded it was illegal, as you might also expect. (AT&T disagreed.) Or I have frequently quoted Justice Sonia Sotomayor, during a Supreme Court argument about insider trading, saying "there's regulations to stop that, talking to analysts."So while it's the most obvious thing in the world, hardly worthy of comment, that investors and analysts talk to companies and learn things, it is also a scandal, an awkward thing to say in polite company, something that the U.S. legal establishment can't quite believe. So I'm always happy to mention empirical confirmations of this obvious fact.
Here's a fun one:
This study constructs a novel measure that aims to capture face-to-face private communications between firm managers and sell-side analysts by mapping detailed, large-volume taxi trip records from New York City to the GPS coordinates of companies and brokerages. Consistent with earnings releases prompting needs for private communications, we observe that daily taxi ride volumes between companies and brokerages increase significantly around earnings announcement dates (EAD) and reach their peak on EAD. After controlling for an extensive set of fixed effects (firm-quarter, analyst, and year) and other potential confounding factors, we find that taxi rides undertaken around EAD are negatively associated with analysts' earnings forecast errors in periods after EAD. Analysts having more taxi trips around EAD also issue more profitable recommendations after EAD (but these effects dissipate over longer horizons). Our results suggest that analysts may obtain a private source of information orthogonal to their pre-existing information from these in-person meetings, which may help them better understand the implications of current earnings signals for future earnings.
That's the abstract to "Inside the Black Box of Private Communications: Evidence From Taxi Ride Patterns Between Managers and Analysts in New York City," by Stacey Choy and Ole-Kristian Hope of the University of Toronto's Rotman School of Management. The New York Taxi and Limousine Commission releases data on taxi trips with a six-month lag. You can map where in New York sell-side research analysts work, and you can map the headquarters of the New York-based public companies that their brokerages cover, and you can count the taxi rides between the brokerages and the companies. The taxi rides increase around earnings:
Consistent with earnings releases prompting a need for private communications, we find that ride volumes increase significantly around EAD and reach their peak on the day of the earnings announcement. The increase is economically meaningful; the weekly mean of ride volumes around EAD increases by 7.2% compared to four weeks before EAD. Moreover, consistent with taxi rides capturing sell-side analysts' activities, we find that the magnitude of increases in ride volumes between a company and broker is significantly greater for brokers having analyst coverage of companies than for those without such coverage.
And they are correlated with better earnings forecasts:
Consistent with our prediction, we find that private meetings around EAD are significantly negatively associated with analysts' earnings forecast errors issued in the post-EAD period. These findings are based on multivariate regressions that control for an extensive set of fixed effects, including firm-quarter , analyst , and year fixed effects , as well as a number of time-varying controls, making the possibility of correlated omitted variables less likely. The decreases are also economically meaningful; a one standard deviation increase in taxi ride volumes is associated with a 10% decrease in forecast errors for an average analyst. ...The inferences hold after controlling for information events around EAD, such as earnings surprises, earnings guidance, and 8-K filings, as well as analysts' existing information set proxied by their prior forecast errors. Thus, taxi trips allow analysts to access a private source of information orthogonal to their pre-existing set of private and public information.
I am not sure how many taxi rides you'd really need to talk to a company about its earnings release — I suspect the median and mode are zero, though I guess two is also possible — but the intuition checks out. And here is a gesture at Regulation FD:
While managers have limited ability to convey material non-public information to analysts in private settings under Regulation Fair Disclosure (Reg FD), the unclear definition of materiality allows managers considerable leeway in helping analysts fill in their "mosaic view" of the companies (SEC 2000; Soltes 2018). Thus, private communications may improve the accuracy of analysts' earnings forecasts and enhance the quality of their stock recommendations by providing analysts with likely non-material pieces of information that can become material, when taken together, within the context of other public and private information that they already have. For example, private communications around EAD could provide analysts with additional details and contexts into firm news and future developments, enabling them to better understand the implications of current earnings signals for future earnings.
I don't know what it could possibly mean to give analysts "likely non-material pieces of information that can become material, when taken together, within the context of other public and private information," but a lot of securities lawyers think they know what it means so that's good enough I guess.
Here is a slightly stylized description of how the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission's whistle-blower program works:
1. The CFTC extracts fines from companies that do bad things. 2. It puts a portion of those fines in a pot labeled "Whistle-Blower Program." 3. The pot is capped at $100 million: If the CFTC extracts more fines than that, they just get paid to the U.S. Treasury. 4. Years after extracting a fine, the CFTC will pay a percentage of the fine to the whistle-blower who helped extract it. The fine comes from the pot and reduces the amount in the pot. 5. The pot is not replenished until there is a new fine. 6. Oh also the people at the CFTC who work on the whistle-blower program draw their salaries from the pot.
This mechanism can work indefinitely if:
The rate and amount of fines is predictable and steady or rising over time, and No single whistle-blower collects close to the entire $100 million.
Like, if you collect $1 billion of fines in the first year, and then pay $100 million of awards to the first-year whistle-blowers in the second year, that is fine as long as you are also collecting $1 billion (or $2 billion, etc.) of fines in the second year. The pot gets replenished. On the other hand if you collect $10 billion of fines in the first year, and those whistle-blowers come to you with claims for $1 billion of awards in the second year, but there are no fines in the second year because you did all the fining already, then you just pay out the $100 million cap and close up shop. You have no money left for the rest of the awards.And because the whistle-blower program salaries are paid out of the pot, you literally close up shop: The whistle-blower program officials get furloughed, there's no one left to monitor the whistle-blower phone lines, no more whistles get blown, there are fewer investigations, there are no fines to collect in the third year, etc.You could imagine a whole range of better solutions. (Instead of capping the pot at an arbitrary $100 million, why not just make the pot equal to "the amount of fines we collect, times the percentage we plan to give to whistle-blowers"?) But government accounting does not always pursue the best solutions.
There is a rule, called Regulation FD, that says that U.S. public companies cannot selectively disclose material nonpublic information to some analysts or investors without disclosing it publicly. So a chief executive officer can't meet with a big mutual fund, or a Wall Street analyst, and say "our earnings will be $1.75 per share this quarter," unless her company has disclosed those earnings publicly.[1] It is a weird set of stylized facts that:
1. Public-company executives constantly with their big shareholders; 2. The shareholders value these meetings, as you can tell because (a) they go to them and (b) they reward Wall Street banks for setting them up; 3. There is some evidence that shareholders who go to these meetings ask useful questions and outperform shareholders who don't; and 4. Cases of Regulation FD enforcement are quite rare.
What do they talk about in these meetings, which investors find so valuable, if not material nonpublic information? The weather? Information that is immaterial , but that can be combined with other immaterial information to become material? In insider-trading lore this is called the "mosaic theory"; in philosophy I believe it is called the "sorites paradox."Anyway Reg FD was adopted in 2000 not so much to stop companies from telling their favored shareholders stuff that they didn't tell everyone (though that too), but to stop them from telling Wall Street analysts stuff that they didn't tell everyone. Before Reg FD it was sort of an accepted casual theory that the main channel for public companies to communicate with investors was through analysts. The analysts were in charge of explaining the company to the investing public, and it was important for the company to talk to the analysts so that they got the explanation right. If, for instance, the analysts all wrote reports saying "Amalgamated Widgets will make $2.15 per share this quarter on 20% gross margins," and Amalgamated Widgets knew it was actually going to make $1.75 on 17% gross margins, Amalgamated Widgets would call up the analysts saying "you've got too high a gross margin in your model," and the analysts would fix their models, and the quality of public information about Amalgamated Widgets would be better.
This was always a weird theory: Analyst reports are not exactly public (each analyst's reports are generally provided only to clients of that analyst's bank), and if a company wanted the public information about it to be better, it could always just release it publicly. In practice though it is awkward for a company to put out a press release saying, like, "we're going to release earnings in two weeks but FYI gross margins will be a little lower than you think"; it is easy—or it was—for the company to call up a dozen sell-side analysts and say that. So companies made occasional formal public announcements to communicate big definite things, and they made more frequent informal private calls to analysts to communicate smaller less certain things. You can't do that anymore, and that's probably an improvement, but something was lost.
I do not mean to suggest that the Financial Times was wrong. My point is that you can only be so precise about when a piece of news becomes public. If you are a public company and you load your press release onto your website and then push a button for it to go live, and you look over at your atomic clock at the precise moment that you push the button, you will be able to record a time. A fraction of a second later, the button on your mouse or keyboard will send a signal to your computer, and then another fraction of a second later your computer will send some signals out into the world. And then those signals will, through the intermediation of further computers and wires and perhaps even human actions, arrive at various important places. Your earnings release will show up on your company's website, and on the Bloomberg terminal, and on the Securities and Exchange Commission's Edgar website, and on the Nasdaq website, and elsewhere, each at slightly different times due to differences in, like, the lengths of the wires and the complexity of the computer programs that transmit your release from your computer to those sites. And then there will be some teensy fraction of a second of delay as light travels three feet from those screens to the eyeballs of people looking at them, and then there will be a longer delay as those people think about what they are seeing and, maybe, decide to push some buttons of their own to buy or sell some Intel stock. Other people will have a more direct feed that bypasses screens and eyes: Some service will transmit the press release in machine-readable form directly to their algorithms, and the algorithms will scan them for numbers and perhaps compare those numbers to expectations, and make a quick decision to buy or sell Intel stock.
And—because yesterday's news was good—all these people and algorithms will compete to be first to buy Intel stock, before all the other people and algorithms have a chance to read and digest the press release. And some will win, and will buy stock at the wrong price (say $61.50, around where it traded at 3:46 yesterday), and others will not, and will have to buy stock at the right price (say $63.50, around where it traded at 3:48[7]), and still others will lose, and will sell stock at the wrong price, because they put in a sell order a minute or a second before they noticed the surprise early press release.
This is all, arguably, terrible stuff. It is good at some level that smart people devote a lot of energy and harness a lot of technology in the pursuit of making market prices more accurate. It is less obviously good that they devote all that energy to, you know, reading a press release faster than one another. They are not digging up difficult-to-acquire information to make markets more informed. The information comes from the company. It's public. Just, you know, at different speeds.
People get very mad about this and propose all sorts of limits on high-speed traders to address it. But if you think this specific thing—the high-speed-trading arms race to be the first to read a press release and take advantage of other traders—is a problem, there is a very simple and almost universally adopted solution, which is: You put out your important press release after the close of trading, or (well) before the open. Then everyone has time to read it and think about it and incorporate it into their decisions before actually buying or selling any stock, and no one has to trade at the wrong price. It works great! But I suppose then you are tempting hackers to get the press release early, because they'll have whole delightful minutes when they know the earnings and no one else does. And then, when you find the hackers, you have to release the news early, and you have this whole mess.
The basic issue is that "Deutsche Bank contracted with third-party intermediaries, which it called 'Business Development Consultants' or 'BDCs,' to obtain and retain business globally." Sometimes a BDC is someone who knows a lot about local business conditions and regulations, who has won the trust of various government and business leaders, and who for a fee will share her knowledge with a foreign bank to help it break into a new market. Other times a BDC is a relative of a local government official, who for a fee will share a portion of that fee with the official. You give a big bag of money to the consultant (for consulting!), the consultant gives a slightly smaller bag of money to the government official who is also her relative, and, what, you never paid a bribe, you just paid for consulting. The consultant paid a bribe, sure, but the consultant lives in the foreign country and tries to stay out of U.S. jurisdiction. This is not exactly legal, of course, if you are a U.S. company (or a foreign company with U.S.-listed securities, like Deutsche Bank). The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act prohibits companies from paying bribes to foreign governments and state-owned enterprises ("SOEs"), and you have to do due diligence on your consultants and can't ignore red flags about how they are obviously passing along bribes. Still one can see how, say, an English employee of a German bank working in Dubai and trying to win the business of an Abu Dhabi sovereign wealth fund would not try her absolute best to live up to the spirit of American regulation. "What, I'm not paying the bribes," she might say, and leave it at that.
The Justice Department gives the example of a deal with "an investment vehicle indirectly owned by the government of Abu Dhabi." ("The deal was known internally at the defendant DEUTSCHE BANK AG as 'Project X,' which is quite a codename; I feel like you need to save "Project X" for your biggest and weirdest deals.) To help win this business, Deutsche Bank hired a consultant who "was a relative of a high-ranking official of, and a decision-maker for, the Abu Dhabi SOE," and who "was acting as a proxy for" that official. The consultant "really is the gate keeper to" the official, one Deutsche Bank managing director said to another in email. That managing director emailed yet another, saying "We need to close the [consultant] angle within the next 48hrs. Need ur leadership and influence on getting it thru" a risk committee. They got it through, won the Project X deal, and ultimately paid the consultant almost $3.5 million in consulting and success fees, "without any invoices and with minimal evidence of services provided." Meanwhile Deutsche Bank made about $30 million from Project X, so the fees were worth it, until the SEC caught them anyway.
Also separately there is "the fact that the Abu Dhabi SOE Official was also pressuring Deutsche Bank to finance a yacht in which the Abu Dhabi SOE Official had an ownership interest (the 'Yacht') in exchange for winning additional business from the Abu Dhabi SOE":
For example, on or about May 17, 2010, a subordinate of the Abu Dhabi SOE Official sent an email to a Managing Director of the defendant DEUTSCHE BANK AG, copying the Abu Dhabi SOE Official, which was then forwarded to Deutsche Bank AG Managing Director 1 and others at Deutsche Bank. The email stated, "[Abu Dhabi SOE Official] has asked me to get in touch with DB: reputationally, this financing is regarded as absolutely crucial, and [the Abu Dhabi SOE Official] made the point very forcefully that those institutions which participate in it can expect in future to enjoy 'most favoured status' with . . . [the Abu Dhabi SOE]." …Deutsche Bank ultimately provided financing for the Yacht.
Again, these are the good euphemisms. "Reputationally, this financing is regarded as absolutely crucial." "Those institutions which participate in it can expect in future to enjoy 'most favoured status.'" All of that conveys: "I want a bribe, and I have done this before." Though actually just demanding financing for your yacht implies that you have had a lot of past success in receiving bribes. You don't buy a yacht with your first bribe, you know?
Or there is the "BDC contract with a special purpose vehicle ('SPV') beneficially owned by the wife of an individual who was responsible for managing the family office and the personal investments ('the Family Office') of a" member of the Saudi royal family. Deutsche Bank helped set up a British Virgin Islands shell company to pay the bribes to (why not?), and then paid some bribes.
The first payment was falsely described as an "exceptional payment" of $150,000 that was cleared through New York, New York on or about December 22, 2011. The Saudi BDC was not entitled to this payment under the terms of the BDC contract with DEUTSCHE BANK AG. However, an email among Deutsche Bank bankers, including Deutsche Bank Director 1, Deutsche Bank AG Managing Director 2, a DEUTSCHE BANK AG Managing Director and regional Private Wealth Management officer ("Deutsche Bank AG Managing Director 3"), and another DEUTSCHE BANK AG Managing Director who was a regional Private Wealth Management officer ("Deutsche Bank AG Managing Director 4"), explained that this exceptional payment would "provide [Deutsche Bank AG Managing Director 2] with additional influence to persuade the client to upsell/invest existing large cash balances." In another email regarding this payment, Deutsche Bank AG Managing Director 2 stated that he needed to make the payment to "incentivise" the Family Office Manager, and further urged approval of the "exceptional" payment, stating, "Money paid to [the Family Office Manager] will remain in an SPV opened for that purpose with us."
"Exceptional payment" is not a great euphemism for "bribe" but I'll allow it. Later:
The defendant DEUTSCHE BANK AG also made a payment falsely recorded as a "goodwill payment" to the Saudi BDC that was not authorized by the BDC contract. In or about December 2012, in response to the Family Office Manager's complaints about the amount of money he personally was receiving under the Saudi BDC's contract, DEUTSCHE BANK AG made a second exceptional payment to the Saudi BDC of €220,000. In an email advocating for this payment, sent on or about November 30, 2012, Deutsche Bank Director 1 stated, "[Deutsche Bank's] single largest relationship [in the region] . . . is at risk" and there was the "serious potential of the client withdrawing and closing his relationship" if the payment were not made. To appease the Family Office Manager, and to retain the Family Office's business, DEUTSCHE BANK AG made the corrupt payment and falsely rec
A good general rule is, if you are doing crimes, do not email and text your colleagues saying things like "these are good crimes we are doing" or "I hope we don't go to jail for doing these crimes" or whatever. A good second-order rule is, if you run a business that does crimes, do not have a written training document that says things like "when you do crimes, be careful not to discuss your crimes in email." That looks bad too. You have to both discuss your crimes orally, and pass down that particular piece of advice orally. (Needless to say this is not legal advice.)That said, I think there is an exception for antitrust? I mean basically the way business works is that you try to crush your competitors, and crushing your competitors is mostly fine and encouraged, but saying "we will crush our competitors" can get you in trouble with antitrust regulators. It's not exactly the case that antitrust law prohibits certain words, but it is a little like that. Every time you make a business decision or do a merger, you are thinking about competition, and you are thinking about other things; if you mostly talk about the other things, it's fine, but if you mostly talk about competition you can get in trouble. So it's fine and normal to have a written training presentation that is like "don't talk about competition." Still it can look weird when it becomes public:
As Google faces at least four major antitrust investigations on two continents, internal documents obtained by The Markup show its parent company, Alphabet, has been preparing for this moment for years, telling employees across the massive enterprise that certain language is off limits in all written communications, no matter how casual. …In one of the documents, which appear to be written by the legal team, employees are advised to choose their words carefully and use only third-party data when referencing Google's "position in search" in sales pitches. They are further cautioned never to print or hand out their slides. ...One part of the presentation, subtitled "Communicating Safely," advises employees on which terms are "Bad" and "Good."Instead of "market," employees may say "industry," "space," "area," or simply cite the region, according to the presentation.Instead of "network effects," the presentation suggests "valuable to users."And instead of "barriers to entry," substitute "challenges."
Yeah that's fine. "Market" is a magic word in antitrust law: Any company will have a large market share if you define its market very narrowly, or a tiny market share if you define it broadly. We talked the other day about Amazon.com Inc.'s and Facebook Inc.'s claims that they can't be monopolies because they only have a very small share of the markets for, respectively, commerce and human behavior. Similarly, as Peter Thiel has famously pointed out, Google is dominant in online search, but fairly small in the market for all advertising. Which one is Google's "market"? If you work on the search engine, answering that question is way above your pay grade, and just to be safe Google doesn't want you using the word at all. Seems fair:
"These are completely standard competition law compliance trainings that most large companies provide to their employees," Google spokesperson Julie Tarallo McAlister said in an email. "We instruct employees to compete fairly and build great products, rather than focus or opine on competitors. We've had these trainings in place for well over a decade."
Every quarter, hedge funds and mutual funds have to report what stocks and bonds they own, using the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's Form 13F. I forget why? Here's the SEC's current explanation for the requirement (which started in the late 1970s):
The section 13(f) disclosure program had three primary goals. First, to create a central repository of historical and current data about the investment activities of institutional investment managers. Second, to improve the body of factual data available regarding the holdings of institutional investment managers and thus facilitate consideration of the influence and impact of institutional investment managers on the securities markets and the public policy implications of that influence. Third, to increase investor confidence in the integrity of the U.S. securities markets.
Those goals are all a little vague. When the SEC has a rule like "companies have to publish annual audited financial statements on Form 10-K," the purpose and audience for the rule are obvious: Potential investors in the company will read its financial statements to inform their investment decisions, and it is good and only fair if they get accurate information. But when the SEC has a rule like "investors have to publish what they own," the purpose and audience are less clear. I suppose investors in the funds—clients of hedge funds and mutual funds—have a right to know what their managers own, but that doesn't require public disclosure; a hedge fund could tell its clients without telling the world. Competitors of the funds are interested in knowing what their competitors are up to, and might want to copy the most successful funds, though it's not clear why that's something the SEC should encourage. Also 13F requires reporting your holdings as of the end of the quarter, and the deadline is 45 days after quarter-end, meaning that if you did use 13Fs to inform trading decisions you'd often be wrong.Corporate managers tend to like to know who their shareholders are, and 13Fs are one way to do that, and giving corporate managers tools to handle their shareholders does seem like a purpose of a lot of 1970s-era shareholder-disclosure rules. Still it's not like chief executive officers are going to make corporate decisions based on 13Fs in the same way that investors are going to make investing decisions based on 10-Ks.I'm left with the vague residual of "improve the body of factual data available regarding the holdings of institutional investment managers and thus facilitate consideration of the influence and impact of institutional investment managers on the securities markets and the public policy implications of that influence." I don't know what those implications were in the 1970s, but we talk about them all the time now: the rise of index funds, the concentration of voting power in the biggest institutional asset managers, the "Problem of Twelve" in which a dozen managers will control almost all companies, the antitrust and governance implications, etc.
The basic rule is that if you do securities fraud, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission can sue you in federal court. If they win, they can get a court order telling you not to do the fraud anymore, and they can fine you up to the amount of money that you made from the fraud. (If you were doing insider trading, which is technically a species of securities fraud, the fine can be up to three times the amount that you made.) That is an unsatisfying penalty, for two reasons. First, it is an inadequate deterrent: If you do the fraud, you make, say, $100; if you don't get caught, you keep the $100; if you do get caught, you have to pay $100 and are left with $0; if there is any probability of not getting caught, your expected value from the fraud is positive, so you should do the fraud. Second, the money goes to the U.S. Treasury, not the victims of your fraud, which seems a little unfair. If the government is supposed to be protecting investors, it's not a great look for them to take the money you stole from investors and keep it for themselves. Both of these problems can in the abstract be solved: The investors can sue you. They should win—you already lost to the SEC!—and a court will award them damages. You'll have to pay $100 to the investors, and $100 to the SEC. The investors will be made whole, and you'll be deterred because you'll have to pay twice as much as you made. All is right with the world. This has problems too. The investors will have to get together to hire lawyers and manage the lawsuit, and the lawyers will take a cut. Also if you stole a lot of money you may not have enough to pay both the SEC and the victims, so they will be in a race to sue you first. So the SEC found a simpler solution: It can order "disgorgement." "Disgorgement" just means that you have to pay back the money you made. You pay it to the SEC, but the SEC will, uh, probably try to give it to the victims. Disgorgement is separate from the fine, so if you made $100 doing fraud the SEC can fine you $100 and make you disgorge $100, costing you $200 and making you worse off than if you had never done the fraud at all. (Which, again, is the point of deterrence.) The problem with this is that there is no actual law saying that the SEC can sue for disgorgement, which is awkward. But there is a law saying that the SEC can sue for "any equitable relief that may be appropriate or necessary for the benefit of investors," and it does sound like that would include disgorgement. But that was never exactly certain, for legalistic reasons of statutory interpretation and the historical legal category of "equity." And so the SEC sued some people for securities fraud (involving a visa scheme), and won, and got disgorgement, and the fraudsters appealed, and they went all the way to the Supreme Court, and yesterday the Supreme Court decided the case. It decided that the SEC could get disgorgement. This is not really a surprise. The decision was 8-1, and the only dissenter, Justice Clarence Thomas, basically agreed that the SEC could get disgorgement; he just wanted to call it "accounting" instead. (I am telling you, lots of arcane legal history.) It just makes sense; surely if the SEC can get "any equitable relief that may be appropriate or necessary for the benefit of investors," it can get back the money the fraudsters stole and give it to the victims. Still there is one oddity here, which is that the SEC doesn't always actually give the disgorged money to victims. Sometimes it does. Sometimes it is hard to identify the victims, or the fraud is somehow victimless, or there are other uses for the money. From the opinion (citations omitted):
The SEC, however, does not always return the entirety of disgorgement proceeds to investors, instead depositing a portion of its collections in a fund in the Treasury. Congress established that fund in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act for disgorgement awards that are not deposited in "disgorgement fund[s]" or otherwise "distributed to victims." The statute provides that these sums may be used to pay whistleblowers reporting securities fraud and to fund the activities of the Inspector General. Here, the SEC has not returned the bulk of funds to victims,
largely, it contends, because the Government has been unable to collect them. The statute provides limited guidance as to whether the practice of depositing a defendant's gains with the Treasury satisfies the statute's command that any remedy be "appropriate or necessary for the benefit of investors."
The Supreme Court majority opinion says, well, the SEC really should give the money back to victims, mostly, if it can, but punts on the question of whether it can sometimes keep it:
The Government additionally suggests that the SEC's practice of depositing disgorgement funds with the Treasury may be justified where it is infeasible to distribute the collected funds to investors. It is an open question whether, and to what extent, that practice nevertheless satisfies the SEC's obligation to award relief "for the benefit of investors" …. The parties have not identified authorities revealing what traditional equitable principles govern when, for instance, the wrongdoer's profits cannot practically be disbursed to the victims. But we need not address the issue here. The parties do not identify a specific order in this case directing any proceeds to the Treasury. If one is entered on remand, the lower courts may evaluate in the first instance whether that order would indeed be for the benefit of investors … and consistent with equitable principles.
Justice Thomas objects:
The award should be used to compensate victims, not to enrich the Government. … The money ordered to be paid as disgorgement in no sense belongs to the Government, and the majority cites no authority allowing a Government agency to keep equitable relief for a wrong done to a third party. Requiring the SEC to only "generally" compensate victims is inconsistent with traditional equitable principles. Worse still from a practical standpoint, the majority provides almost no guidance to the lower courts about how to resolve this question on remand. Even assuming that disgorgement is "equitable relief" for purposes of §78u(d)(5) and that the Government may sometimes keep the money, the Court should at least do more to identify the circumstances in which the Government may keep the money.
Quite a lot of securities fraud is just stealing money from identifiable people, but quite a lot of it isn't. Insider trading, spoofing, even putting out fake corporate press releases—these things all involve defrauding anonymous market participants, and it is not always clear who the victims are or how much money they lost. One possibility here is that, in those cases, the SEC can no longer demand disgorgement. (It can still fine you the amount of money you made, though—just not twice as much.) Another possibility is that it can, and can keep the money, because whaddarya gonna do. A third possibility is that it can demand disgorgement, but has to go out and find the victims and give them the money. It's not clear what the answer is, but the last possibility is the most interesting: If the SEC is getting this money for victims, it should really have to go find them.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has a rule about investment fund names, which is helpfully called the Names Rule. It is considering revising that rule, and has asked the public for comments, so if you have any comments about how investment funds should be named, now is your chance. For instance it is an empirical fact that hedge fund names typically include "nautical terms, alcoholic drinks, and cities in New England," but now is your chance to have that tendency enshrined in law. "No hedge fund shall have any name other than the name of a city, town, neighborhood, island, hill or street in New England," the SEC could perfectly well say. Or "Hedge fund names shall be taken from Greek, Roman, Norse, Egyptian, Babylonian or Hindu mythology, but in no case shall any hedge fund be named after anything in Tolkien, and Star Wars names shall be felonies." Let's make this happen. Oh fine no actually the rule is about mutual fund names, and it's pretty boring. From the request for comments:
The Names Rule generally requires that if a fund's name suggests a particular type of investment (e.g., ABC Stock Fund, the XYZ Bond Fund, or the QRS U.S. Government Fund), industry (e.g., the ABC Utilities Fund or the XYZ Health Care Fund), or geographic focus (e.g., the ABC Japan Fund or XYZ Latin America Fund), the fund must invest at least 80 percent of its assets in the type of investment, industry, country, or geographic region suggested by its name.
It would be funny if funds named for New England cities had to invest 80% of their assets in companies from those cities. Here is a weird problem with the Names Rule:
The number of index-based funds is growing. While funds are subject to the Names Rule, indices are not investment companies and not subject to the Names Rule. The staff has observed that index constituents may not always be closely tied to the type of investment suggested by the index's name. This raises questions under the Names Rule when the fund name includes the name of the index.
If you are a mutual fund manager and you run the XYZ Latin America Fund, you have to invest 80% of your assets in Latin America. If you are an index provider and you set up the QRS Latin America Index, you can do whatever you want: You are not an investment adviser, you are not a fiduciary, you are not investing anyone's money, you are just writing down a list of companies. If your list is only 50% Latin American, that's your business. But if you are a mutual fund manager and you run the XYZ QRS Latin America Index Fund (indexed to the QRS Latin America Index), you have a strange semantic problem: Do the words "Latin America" in your fund name refer to the geographic region (in which case you have to invest 80% of your assets in the region), or are they part of the phrase "QRS Latin America Index" and refer only to the index (which is only 50% Latin American)? It is hard to imagine that this is a huge problem, exactly, but it is on the SEC's mind.
I guess one story you could tell is that sometimes the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission will be investigating a big public company for cooking its books, and the company will complain to its congressperson, and the congressperson will happen to have a seat on a congressional committee that oversees the SEC, and the congressperson will call up the SEC and say "hey you'd better drop this case, this company is in my district, I don't want it to get in trouble because that might cost me the election," and the SEC will say "huh we can't afford to antagonize this congressperson, you win this round, fraudulent company," and the SEC will tell its line enforcement lawyers to drop the case, and they will learn that the whole system is deeply corrupt, and it will be sort of a noir plot but about securities regulation. I don't feel particularly good about any of that, as a plot for my securities-regulation noir novel. It is not intuitive that congresspeople would worry about losing elections because of SEC enforcement actions against companies in their districts, or that if they were worried about that they'd try to stop the SEC from bringing the actions, or that the SEC would listen to them, or anything. Still I guess it's kind of true?
We document that corporate financial misconduct has significant consequences for politicians' election outcomes and, in particular, those politicians that serve on U.S. congressional committees with SEC- relevant oversight responsibilities ("SEC-relevant politicians"). These politicians display a 31% greater likelihood of losing a reelection campaign after a local firm faces SEC enforcement for corporate financial misconduct. We also document that SEC-relevant politicians appear to influence the SEC to limit career effects due to the potential consequences from enforcement against local firms. First, the timing of enforcement action announcements around SEC-relevant politicians' elections appears opportunistic. Second, firms in the districts of SEC-relevant politicians are less likely to receive SEC enforcement actions relative to other firms and, when faced with enforcement, receive smaller penalties. Collectively, these results are consistent with the argument that politicians' career concerns impede the SEC's enforcement efforts.
That is from "Politician Careers and SEC Enforcement Against Financial Misconduct," by Mihir Mehta and Wanli Zhao. Also:
We undertake two tests to evaluate causality. First, we use politician transfers to other powerful but unrelated congressional committees and politician death to identify plausibly exogenous changes in firms' representation on SEC-relevant committees. A difference-indifferences specification indicates that SEC enforcement actions are more likely after firms experience the loss of a powerful SEC-relevant committee representative for one of these two reasons, relative to other firms. Second, we use firm headquarter relocations as a plausibly exogenous change to firm-level representation on SEC-relevant committees. Findings from a difference-in-differences specification show that changes in SEC-relevant committee representation following firms headquarter relocations are significantly and negatively related to the change in the likelihood of facing SEC enforcement actions, relative to other firms. These findings are consistent with a causal link between powerful SEC-relevant committee representation and SEC enforcement activity.
It is an uncanny-valley sort of result. We talk sometimes around here about financial papers that are like "hedge fund managers who drive fast cars make riskier investments," and the proper reaction there is "well yes of course, obviously, but it is nice that someone documented it." Sometimes there are papers that ask questions like "do regulators get more lucrative post-government private-sector opportunities by being strict regulators or lax regulators," and there is a popular obvious answer ("companies like lax regulation so they hire lax regulators") and a sort of contrarian clever answer ("companies dislike strict regulation so they hire away strict regulators to stop them from regulating"), and the paper finds evidence for the contrarian clever answer and we all get to feel contrarian and clever. But this result—companies that are connected to powerful politicians face laxer securities-law enforcement—seems simultaneously obvious ("politically connected companies can avoid enforcement") and contrarian ("there is no law, only power") and just sort of weird and diffuse. If there was one example of a connected company exerting pressure on the SEC I'd be like "yeah I believe that happens sometimes," but for it to show up in the data as a statistical pattern feels strange. One lesson here might be that even weak incentives are stronger than you think; if it's a little bad for politicians to have securities fraud cases in their districts, and if they exercise a little power over the SEC, then that will end up creating a statistically significant difference in enforcement.
All that aside, I think it is fair to say that, compared to public investments, private investments offer a higher chance of making a lot of money, and also a higher chance of losing all of your money. One conclusion that people sometimes draw from this is that more people should have access to private investments, because that will give more people the opportunity to make a lot of money. Another conclusion that other people sometimes draw from this is that fewer people should have access to private investments, because that will reduce their odds of losing a lot of money. This debate tends to focus on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's "accredited investor" rules, which basically restrict U.S. private investments to people who make more than $200,000 a year ($300,000 for a couple) or have more than $1 million in net worth. Some people think it's bad that only the relatively rich get access to the best-performing investments; other people think it's bad that the moderately rich get swindled on poorly-performing private investments. On Wednesday, the SEC proposed new rules that would make it a bit easier to be an "accredited investor." Here is the proposal. The most notable change is probably that now you will be able to be accredited by passing a test, not just by making enough money. (Making enough money is still fine, though.) Well, "passing a test" is not quite right; you will have to hold "in good standing one or more professional certifications or designations or credentials from an accredited educational institution that the Commission has designated as qualifying an individual for accredited investor status." The SEC says that the Series 7, Series 65 and Series 82 securities licenses—which you can get by working in a relevant securities-industry job and passing a test—would qualify. Other credentials—like Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Financial Planner designations—might also be considered. It is hard to argue too much with this. People with these credentials are financial-industry professionals, and you'd hope that they'd either be able to evaluate investments or at least know that they can't and walk away. Fine. But the general intent of the proposal is clearly to open up private investments more broadly. For instance, there have been calls to raise the financial thresholds to account for the fact that $200,000 isn't what it used to be. In 1982, when the rules were adopted, about 1.6% of U.S. households counted as accredited; now the number is 13%. But the SEC is fine with this because now there is the internet:
Notwithstanding the significant increase in the number of investors that qualify as accredited investors since 1982, we do not believe it necessary or appropriate to modify the definition's financial thresholds at this time. … Although it may be argued that an investor with an income of $200,000 or a net worth of $1 million in 2019 is not as "wealthy" as such an investor would have been in 1982, the income and net worth levels currently required in the definition still exceed, by a large margin, the mean and median household income and household net worth in all regions of the country. … Further, we believe that in evaluating the effectiveness of the current thresholds, it is appropriate to consider changes beyond the impact of inflation, such as changes over the years in the availability of information and advances in technologies. Given the rise of the internet, social media, and other forms of communication, information about issuers and other participants in the exempt markets is more readily available to a wide range of market participants. Technologies such as powerful home computers and mobile computing devices, as well software-based tools with which to evaluate investment opportunities, were not available to investors at the time the accredited investor definition was promulgated.
One thing that I tend to think about this controversy is that it often assumes that private markets are like public markets. If you are allowed to invest in private markets, then you will evaluate all the investments and try to choose the ones that will make you a lot of money. If you are good and smart and hard-working, you will choose the good ones, and there is no need for the government to prevent you from making good decisions or protect you from bad decisions. But in fact the main thing that distinguishes public and private markets is not their legal status—private markets are mostly open to accredited investors, while public markets are open to everyone—but the fact that private companies get to choose their investors, and public companies don't. Hedge funds, for instance, are mostly open only to accredited investors, but not all hedge funds are open to all accredited investors. The very best hedge funds mostly aren't open to anyone: They are at capacity, won't take new money, and mostly manage money for their own very rich employees. Other hedge funds with long track records of good performance are open to big institutional allocators who can write very large checks. If you are a dentist making $205,000 a year, and you want to invest in hedge funds … someone will definitely sell you a hedge fund! It will not be Renaissance. This is not how public markets work. You want to invest with Warren Buffett? You can just buy shares of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., same as everyone else. The public investors with the least money can generally invest in exactly the same shares, on more or less exactly the same terms, as the public investors with the most money. It seems intuitive—and I have suggested it before—that there would be a sort of segmentation in the private markets, in which large institutions and very rich people would be offered private opportunities that are disproportionately good and fast-growing, while just-barely-accredited people would be offered private opportunities that are disproportionately frauds. This is not always 100% true, and you could point to, I don't know, SoftBank's greatest misses as evidence for the fact that sometimes big institutions buy duds. But on the whole, the companies with the best opportunities will probably want to raise private capital efficiently from a small group of big investors, while the companies with the worst opportunities will probably market themselves heavily to dentists. In dissenting from the proposal, SEC Commissioner Robert Jackson points out that "brokers who put investors in private securities are unusually likely to be the subject of both customer complaints related to sales practices and regulatory inquiries about misconduct." The brokers marketing private placements to dentists are not, on average, more careful and reputable than the ones not marketing those private placements. Still I can accept the intuition that, if someone knowingly wants to take the risk of investing in a possible dud, the SEC shouldn't stop them just because they're not rich enough. That's why I have long advocated my own definition of accredited investor, which is that anyone can be accredited just by acknowledging, in writing, to the SEC, that (1) they know they're going to lose their money and (2) they are not allowed to complain when they do. That idea is still a little bit alive in the SEC's proposal, which asks, "Should we consider permitting individuals to self-certify that they have the requisite financial sophistication to be an accredited investor as another means for determining investor sophistication?" It's not quite as strong as my version, and it doesn't seem like the direction they're going in, but I think it's the right idea.
In recent years, a new populist school of antitrust thinking has emerged, known as "Neo-Brandeisian" to its proponents and "hipster" to its detractors. There are varying formulations of this movement, but proponents generally point to the purported increase in economic concentration and corporate profits in the U.S. economy to advocate for more aggressive antitrust enforcement, with respect to both mergers and other conduct. One notable element of this movement is a push to expand or even replace the established "consumer welfare" standard—which focuses on prices and outputs in balancing potential competitive harms against procompetitive efficiencies—by adopting a more rigid presumption that corporate "bigness" and large market share in themselves harm consumers. Some proponents, moreover, advocate for consideration of nontraditional factors in antitrust analysis, such as wages, employment levels, or growing inequality.
We have talked a couple of times about "hipster antitrust," a term that I use not because I am a detractor but just because it sounds funny. Though I have to say I love the idea that "hipster" and "Neo-Brandeisian" might be synonyms. "Those are some very Neo-Brandeisian skinny jeans," you could say. In any case Davis Polk is a big corporate law firm that you would generally expect to be skeptical of stricter antitrust enforcement, so it is notable that hipster antitrust is on their radar. It's on the regulators' radar too; from the memo:
The populist movement appears to have developed an audience, at least, with U.S. antitrust enforcement agencies, especially the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC"). Indeed, at the FTC's hearings on antitrust and consumer protection issues (which will run through January 2019), populist arguments have taken center stage during some sessions. In his opening statement at the hearings, FTC Chairman Joseph Simons cited recent criticism of the consumer welfare standard as one of the primary challenges that the hearings were meant to address. Thereafter, a variety of panelists cited corporate consolidation as a major driver of economic inequality and suggested that some proposals characterized as "populist" may not be all that unreasonable.
Stocks (23)
SpaceX sold about 5% of its stock in its IPO; the rest is locked up, but holders under the 180-day lockup can sell 20% of their shares shortly after Q2 earnings, and another 10% if the stock closes at least 30% above the $135 IPO price ($175.50) on five of the ten trading days ending on the earnings date. This creates a strange reflexivity. The baseline release could more than double the float, so investors sell now to buy back after the supply wave. But the conditional tranche means an investor who thinks SpaceX is worth $200 might stop buying as the price approaches $175.50, precisely to keep the extra supply locked up. It is arguably good for the stock's medium-term price if the price stays low in the short term: anticipated share supply, not just fundamentals, drives prices around lockup events.
It used to be that big public companies generated more cash than they needed and paid a lot of it back to shareholders, so the stock market shrank over time. Now big companies need vast amounts of cash to build out AI, and they are raising it by selling stock into the public market, so instead of being net sellers, US public shareholders are now net buyers. Pair that with rising stock-market leverage: retail margin accounts, hedge funds, and leveraged ETFs are borrowing more to buy stocks. The two themes are linked. If companies want to issue more equity, and the investors who want stocks already own stocks, those investors may have to borrow to buy more. And if companies finance themselves with more equity and less debt, the banks that would have lent to them have idle money to lend to the investors buying the stock instead, so the accounts balance. The financial industry earns its fee by transmuting some of that freshly issued equity back into debt, making a wave of new stock easier for markets to absorb.
When a US company does an initial public offering of its stock, there is normally a "greenshoe." Let's say the company plans to sell 10 million shares in its IPO. The company hires investment banks to sell the stock, they go out and market the stock and take orders, and eventually they come back to the company and say "we think you can sell your 10 million shares at $20 each." The company agrees, the deal is priced, and the banks go off and allocate the stock to the investors who put in orders.
But the banks do not allocate 10 million shares to investors. They allocate 11.5 million shares, 15% more than the size of the offering. The company sells 10 million shares to the banks for $200 million, but the banks sell 11.5 million shares to investors for $230 million. [7] The banks are, effectively, short 1.5 million shares. Sort of. Actually, in addition to the 10 million shares that it sells to the banks, the company also gives the banks an option to buy another 1.5 million shares, at the IPO price, within the next few weeks. The option is called a "greenshoe option," named after the first company to do it.
And then the stock opens for trading, and it either trades up or down. Ordinarily it trades up. If the stock ends its first day of trading at, say, $27, then the banks come to the company and say "the stock traded well, everything's great and we're exercising the greenshoe." The company gives the banks the extra 1.5 million shares, the banks give the company the extra $30 million, and the number of shares issued by the company (11.5 million) matches the number of shares sold in the IPO.
Sometimes it trades down, though. If, on the first day, the stock falls from $20 to $19.75, the banks will start buying back some of the stock they sold. This has the effect of keeping the price up: If nobody else is buying the stock, the banks will. They will keep going until they have bought back 1.5 million shares, "using" the greenshoe to "defend" the IPO price. If the banks buy back all 1.5 million shares, then they close out their short that way: They never exercise the greenshoe option, the company only issues 10 million shares, and after the IPO is done only 10 million shares are outstanding. The banks sold 11.5 million and bought back 1.5 million to defend the price.
This is called "stabilization," and it is a sort of legal form of market manipulation: The banks that do an IPO are allowed to buy back stock to try to stop it falling below the IPO price. It is a longstanding part of US stock offerings, and bankers will tell companies that it is essential. Because the banks stand ready to defend the IPO price, investors have more confidence that the IPO price is good, and are more likely to buy the IPO. And so most US IPOs feature greenshoes: Investors like them, banks insist on them, and companies want their IPOs to go well and don't want to leave out a feature that investors want. I have never been all that convinced that greenshoes are necessary, and you probably could do an IPO without one, but most companies end up doing the standard thing.
There is a standard argument, whenever a big tech company does an initial public offering, about whether it "left money on the table." When a company does an IPO, it sells stock to investors at some price that the company sets with its bankers based on orders from investors, and then the next day the stock opens for trading, and usually it trades up. There is an "IPO pop"; the stock opens at a higher price than what the investors paid the company. The investors who bought in the IPO have an instant profit. And then venture capitalists on Twitter (now X) chime in and say "the company left money on the table, why sell stock to investors who could turn around and sell it immediately at higher prices, why couldn't the company just sell at those higher prices?" And they suggest things like direct listings or special purpose acquisition companies to accomplish that.
There are answers to their question, reasons that the company might decide to leave money on the table. The main answer is probably something like this: The company wants the investors to be happy. If it sells them stock that goes up, and they make a quick profit, they will be happy. This has various, somewhat fuzzy, long-term advantages for the company. If the investors are happy, they might support management's business plans; the company will be less vulnerable to activists or hostile takeovers. If the investors are happy, and later the company needs to raise more money, maybe the investors will buy more stock. If the investors are happy, the stock price will go up and keep going up, so that later when the company or its pre-IPO investors or its executives want to sell stock, they'll get a better price. Usually a fairly small fraction — say, 10% to 20% — of the company's stock is actually sold in the IPO; you want the price to be high when you sell the rest. Happy shareholders make for a higher long-term stock price.
None of these answers are perfect, because markets have short memories and the price is driven by fundamentals and supply and demand, not fuzzy investor happiness. If the company's business performs terribly for two years after the IPO, and it comes back to the market to raise more money in a stock offering, no investor is going to overpay for that stock because they remember the joy of the IPO pop two years ago. There is nothing rigorous about the idea that an IPO pop is good for the company in the long term. It just seems, on balance, that treating your investors nicely is the sort of thing that might pay off.
Would you sue? Mehhhh. "Everything is securities fraud," I like to say around here, but I am exaggerating. By "everything is securities fraud," I mean that various nontraditional things — sexual harassment, mistreatment of animals, pollution, bad passwords — are sometimes treated as securities fraud. And that's weird: The core of "securities fraud" is, surely, tricking people into buying your stock by lying about your financial results or prospects; it is a troubling and creative expansion of the law to treat defective aircraft doors as a fraud on shareholders.
Meanwhile, traditional securities fraud has been around for a long time, long enough that lawmakers decided it didn't make sense for companies to get sued for every minor mistake they make about their financial results or prospects, and so there are limits on what counts as traditional securities fraud. US securities law explicitly allows companies to be wrong about their earnings forecasts: There is a "safe harbor" for "forward-looking statements," so if you predict that your Ebitda margin will expand by 500 basis points in 2024, but it actually expands by only 50 basis points, your shareholders can't sue you.
There is an exception if you had "actual knowledge" that the statement is false. Did Lyft? On the one hand, presumably the executives who approved this earnings release knew that they don't expect margins to expand by 500 basis points. On the other hand, presumably they didn't notice the typo. I think they're fine.
The basic tactical approach to doing an initial public offering is that you go out and market the company to investors and you try to get orders for more shares than you have to sell. If you are selling 10 million shares, you want investors to want to buy 20 million. Then you price the IPO (at a price where investors would buy 20 million shares) and allocate it to investors. Some investors get all the shares they asked for, some get less, and on average they get about 50% of what they wanted.
Then, the next day, the stock opens for trading, and all the people who got fewer shares than they wanted say "boy, great company, I wanted 100,000 shares but only got 50,000, so I'm gonna go out and buy the other 50,000 in the market today." So there is buying demand for the shares. Meanwhile some of the people you sold to are flippers; you gave them 100,000 shares and they immediately dump them, creating supply. But on average there is more demand than supply (you sold fewer shares than people wanted), so the price goes up. This is an "IPO pop" and is mostly considered good, though that is a bit complicated and if the IPO pop is too big — if the stock doubles on the first day — then Bill Gurley will show up and complain that the company left money on the table.
My numbers above were hypothetical, and in fact you will regularly read about IPOs that are not two times "covered" (10 million shares for sale, orders for 20 million) but, like, 10 or 20 times (orders for 100 million or 200 million shares). Part of this is fake, though. Investors understand that this is the game, so if they want 100,000 shares they will put in an order for 200,000, expecting you to cut them back by 50%, and everything escalates from there. Also the divide between long-term investors who think the company is attractive at the IPO price, and flippers who want to sell into the IPO pop, is shifting and uncertain: Some investors who said they were in for the long term, and might even have meant it, will sell on the first day of trading if the stock price gets too high (quick profit!) or too low (we made a mistake about this company!).
The bigger tactical problem, though, is that sometimes you will have an IPO with 10 million shares for sale and get orders for, like, 5 million shares, or zero. Sometimes the market is bad, or investors don't like the company, or they don't like the price that you marketed. And then the banks have to go back to the company and say "uh we have to lower the price range" or "uh maybe let's delay this IPO" or "uh maybe you should not be a public company after all." This is terrible, for the company, and also for the banks, who look bad in front of both their issuer client and their investor customers.
And so, particularly in choppy IPO markets or with risky deals, banks will do things to mitigate this risk. Often that means getting anchor investors: Before you publicly announce the IPO, you call up a handful of big investors and try to get them to commit to the deal. The anchor investors provide some certainty to the IPO (they promise in advance to buy a big chunk of shares), and in exchange they get some certainty about allocation (the company promises to give them those shares).
In some sense this should make the IPO pop bigger: If you allocate half the deal to anchor investors who plan to hold for the long term and who get entirely filled on their orders, then you can allocate fewer shares to flippers, and you can give other, smaller investors fewer shares than they want, forcing them to go out into the market and buy more shares the next day.
The standard mechanism of the initial public offering is:
1. A company hires some banks to sell some shares to the public for the first time. 2. The banks and company get together and come up with some estimate of value and then go out and market the shares at some price range based around that estimate. 3. They go out to investors, pitch the company, and get orders at different prices. 4. The goal is to be "oversubscribed," to have orders for many more shares than they are selling, so that there is demand for the shares once they start trading. The bankers want some investors not to get the shares that they asked for, so that they have to go out and buy them in the market the next day, so that the investors who did get shares have someone to sell to. They want a healthy market, with supply and demand. 5. The banks work for the company (they get paid a fee by the company), but they have mixed loyalties. The investors who buy the shares are also customers of the banks, often big customers who pay the banks a lot of fees and do a lot of trades with the banks. The banks want their corporate client to be happy, but they also want their investor clients to be happy. 6. This tension is the point of the IPO: Companies hire banks to do IPOs because the banks have relationships with investors, because the banks are in a web of favors and obligations with the investors that they can use to sell the shares. If the banks were not somewhat looking out for the investor clients, they would not be able to effectively sell the corporate client's shares. "No conflict, no interest." 7. Anyway, at the end of the process the banks come to the company and say, like, "we have gotten a lot of good orders, and we are three times oversubscribed at $53 per share, and five times oversubscribed at $52, and 10 times oversubscribed at $51, and 15 times oversubscribed at $50, so let's price at $51." 8. And then the client says "wait you said we have orders to buy three times the shares we are selling at $53 per share, and you want us to sell the shares at $51? Isn't that leaving a lot of money on the table?" 9. And then the bankers say "you don't understand how this works, it is in your long-term interests and also our long-term interests for the stock to trade well , for it to go up after this offering is complete, and so we want to make sure there's enough demand. It would be a disaster if the stock dropped on the first day. You will be a long-term repeat user of the capital markets, you will come back to investors for money, you will pay your employees in stock, you want the stock to be attractive and trade up; you don't want to take every last penny today at the expense of long-term investor relationships." 10. This advice is basically not wrong, though it probably implies that investors have longer memories than they actually do. 11. The company is like "fine $51." 12. The stock doubles the next day.
When I was an investment banker, ages ago, part of my job was to pitch stock buybacks to companies. Part of this pitch involved comparing buybacks to dividends, the other way that companies commonly return cash to shareholders. For me, the advantage of buybacks was obvious: A buyback requires hiring a bank and paying it a commission, [12] so I could make money from buybacks but not from dividends. The pitch did not highlight that.
Instead the pitch to companies focused mostly on the advantages of buybacks to shareholders. [13] The main one is that, in the US, a buyback is much more tax-efficient than a dividend. With a dividend, every shareholder gets paid cash, and every (taxable) shareholder pays taxes on the full amount of cash. (Generally the tax rate is 15% or 20%.) With a buyback, shareholders can choose to get cash (by selling into the buyback) or not (by keeping their shares). If they keep their shares, they pay no tax (now): The value of their shares (hopefully) goes up due to the buyback, but they have no realized income. If they sell, they do pay tax (again generally 15% or 20%), but only on their gain, not on the entire amount of cash they receive.
I have never been entirely sure how effective a pitch that is: A lot of shareholders (401k investors, endowments, etc.) are tax-exempt, and a lot of investment managers seem to measure their performance mostly on pretax rather than after-tax returns, so maybe companies don't (and shouldn't) care about saving their shareholders taxes. On the other hand corporate executives tend to (1) own a lot of stock and (2) be sensitive to taxes, so they like the tax efficiency of buybacks.
One way to think about stock buybacks is that, if you are a $10 billion company, and you think that in the future you will be a $50 billion company, you should buy back stock. Your business has a lot of great opportunities to make money, so your stock is a good investment. It is cheap today and will be expensive later; if you buy stock then you will make money on the trade.
Another way to think about stock buybacks is that, if you are a $10 billion company, and you think that in the future you will be a $5 billion company, you should buy back stock. If your business is shrinking and there are not a lot of great opportunities to make money, then your company doesn't need to be as big as it once was. The business doesn't need the amount of capital that it once did; you do not need to reinvest in capital equipment and research and development if your market is shrinking. There is money today, you don't have any great uses for it, you might as well return it to shareholders. And in the US in 2023, the normal way to return money to shareholders is by buying back stock.
If another dollar invested in your business — in R&D or capital expenditures or whatever — would have a 50% return, then you should invest some dollars in your business, but you might also be tempted to buy back some stock because you are bullish that the stock will go up. If another dollar invested in your business would have a 0% return, then you shouldn't really invest a lot of dollars in your business, and if you have a bunch of dollars you might as well spend them on buybacks.
Most investors would prefer not to have dual-class stock. If a company has two classes of common stock, one of which has a lot of votes and is held by the founders and the other one of which has fewer votes and is sold to the public, then that's bad, for you, as a big public shareholder. If you're buying 5% of a company you'd like to get 5% of the votes, so that if you get dissatisfied with management you can push for change and they'll have to listen to you.
But it can be a little hard to insist on this preference. Most of the time, if things work out well or even adequately, your voting rights just won't matter very much. If some hot tech company is looking to go public with dual-class stock so that its visionary founder can keep control forever, and you like the visionary founder, you will want to own the stock even with no voting rights, and if you insist on voting rights, the visionary founder can say "well I don't need your money anyway, lots of other people want to invest." There is a collective action problem: Most investors would like voting rights, but it's not at the top of their list, so anyone who refuses to buy dual-class stock will end up missing out on a lot of hot deals.
This means that, if you are a visionary founder looking to go public, there's not much downside to having dual-class stock. "Investors won't like it," your bankers will tell you, and you will ask "well how much less will they pay for the stock if it's dual-class," and the bankers will be forced to reply "well they'll pay the same price but they'll grumble about it to the press." Who cares? If there is no visible economic penalty for having dual-class stock, lots of founders will want it.
There is, however, at least one way for investors to act collectively to address this problem. Sort of. Companies, and founders, want to be in stock indexes , because there is a lot of money there: Trillions of dollars are managed in indexed strategies, and trillions more are in funds that are benchmarked to indexes and tend to invest in companies in indexes. So there is an economic penalty for companies that are not eligible for the indexes. And index eligibility rules are set by index providers like S&P Dow Jones Indices and FTSE Russell. Those companies can change their rules if they want. Those companies' clients are investment managers who use their indexes. And the index eligibility rules are, to some extent, a matter of customer service and marketing: Index rules are not just about the abstract pursuit of truth ("What does it mean to be a large-cap company in Europe, the Middle East and Africa? How do we make sure all of those companies are in our index?"), but also about providing a useful product for your customers ("What list of large-cap EMEA companies do large-cap EMEA index fund managers feel like they should invest in?").
And so if all the investment managers hate dual-class stock, they can quietly call up the index providers and say "hey it would be helpful for us if you ban dual-class stocks from the index, because then none of us could buy them and our collective action problem would be solved."
In 2017, Snap Inc. went public by selling non-voting stock; only founders and insiders would get any votes at all. Investors complained, and also bought the stock, because they didn't want to miss out on a hot initial public offering. (It's down more than 40% since its IPO, oops.) But then some index providers — FTSE Russell and S&P Dow Jones — changed their rules to exclude or limit dual-class stocks from many of their indexes. The investors had solved their collective action problem; they had found a way to impose economic penalties on companies with dual-class stock.
It didn't work. Companies kept going public with dual-class stock. They didn't care that much about missing out on the indexes; their founders were willing to pay the economic price to keep control. (In particular, companies don't generally get added to the S&P 500 the day they go public ; a lot of index demand is not for shares in the IPO but later on, meaning that it doesn't directly affect the IPO price.) This means that the investors' solution ended up being bad for them: They credibly committed to not buying dual-class stock of hot companies, hot companies kept going public with dual-class stock, index funds couldn't buy those stocks, and they were sad.
The solution was to give up. Last week S&P Dow Jones announced that dual-class stocks are fine again: "Effective April 17, 2023, all companies with multiple share class structures will be considered eligible candidates for addition to the S&P Composite 1500 and its component indices," including the S&P 500. Here's a Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP client memo from last week:
In response to Snap Inc.'s IPO in which only non-voting shares were offered to the public, the Council of Institutional Investors and others had lobbied the major index providers to bar non-voting shares from their indices, arguing that absent this change, passive investors such as index funds would be forced to invest in non-voting shares that erode public company governance. As a result, since July 31, 2017, S&P Dow Jones has excluded companies with multiple share classes from the indices comprising the S&P Composite 1500.
The decision to revisit index eligibility criteria comes after a consultation process that S&P Dow Jones ran with market participants from October to December 2022.
In 2017, investors noisily complained that they were being forced to buy dual-class stocks, so S&P kicked the dual-class stocks out of the indexes. In 2022, investors noisily complained that they were being forced not to buy dual-class stocks, so S&P let them back in.
The conventional thing to say is that a stock split doesn't change anything important about a company or its stock. You have a share of stock that trades at $1,000, you split it 10-for-1, now you have 10 shares that trade at $100 each, nothing has changed, who cares. In the olden days this mattered more, because it was cheapest and easiest to buy shares in "round lots" of 100 shares; a $100,000 round lot would price a lot of investors out of the stock, while a $10,000 round lot would increase demand for the stock. But in modern markets it is basically as easy to buy one share as 100, and at most retail brokerages these days it's just as easy to buy 0.05 shares or whatever other fraction you want. So nobody is really priced out of a stock by a high-dollar price tag, so splitting the stock shouldn't attract new investors, so it shouldn't matter.
I have endorsed that conventional wisdom before, but I think by now I have been more or less talked out of it. Now I want to defend stock splits. Splitting your stock can make the stock go up, and there is a logical explanation for it. Here's the news hook, from Bloomberg News today:
Recent proposals from Alphabet Inc., Amazon.com Inc. and Tesla Inc. tell us one thing: Stock splits can spark big rallies as retail traders pile in.
Tesla surged 8% Monday, adding about $84 billion to the company's market value, after saying it's planning a second stock split in less than two years. Amazon jumped more than 5% the day after announcing a 20-for-1 split this month and the stock has been on a tear ever since.
In theory, this shouldn't happen. A split doesn't affect a company's business fundamentals, and investors averse to a stock's high price tag can simply buy fractional shares instead. Yet splits are causing day traders to pile in, fueling rallies in these companies' shares.
"We simply cannot fundamentally explain how a stock split can add nearly 1.5 times the market cap of General Motors or one full Volkswagen's worth of market cap to Tesla almost instantly," Morgan Stanley analyst Adam Jonas wrote in a note to clients.
But let's try. (Not "fundamentally" but whatever.[1])
While the stock market doesn't really trade in round lots anymore, the options market does: If you want to buy listed call options, you have to buy them in contracts of 100 shares. (There are weird market-structure reasons for this. Most retail stock trades are internalized, with the retail broker routing your order to some market maker who will fill it from its own inventory, and if it wants to sell you fractional shares that's fine. Listed options have to trade on the exchange, the exchange has 100-share contracts, and you can't get around that by buying half a contract from a market maker.) So if you want to buy a Tesla call option struck at $1,100 expiring on April 14, you'll pay about $5,500 for one contract ($55 per share for 100 shares). If Tesla did a 10-for-1 stock split, you could buy options for as little as $550.
Again, I used to think that this didn't matter, because options trading is either (1) for professionals, who can afford $5,500 a throw, or (2) for retail weirdos, who can't be the driving force of corporate finance. But I do think that an important lesson of last year's GameStop Corp. meme-stock situation is that retail options weirdos are in fact the driving force of corporate finance, or, at least, that retail options trading is a key part of being a meme stock.
"If everyone buys short-dated out-of-the-money call options at once, the stock will go up," was an important explicit thesis of the Reddit WallStreetBets GameStop enthusiasts. So they all bought call options, and the stock went up. The theory here — the popular term for it is "gamma squeeze" — is that when retail traders buy call options, the options dealers who sell them the options hedge by buying some of the underlying stock. This makes the stock go up. Often, the dealers spend more money on the hedge than the retail traders spend on the option, meaning that buying an option gives you more bang for your buck — makes the stock go up more — than just buying the same dollar amount of stock would have. Also, as the stock goes up, the options dealers have to buy even more stock to adjust their hedges, in a self-reinforcing cycle.
This theory is not right in every particular, dealers' hedging can also push the price back down,[2] and there is some debate about how much of this stuff actually occurred, or mattered, in GameStop's wild week last January. But the point is that an army of small retail investors YOLOing options to make a stock go up is an important part of meme-stock mythology now, and GameStop at least suggests that it can work.
Tesla Inc. is in some ways the original meme stock, and Redditors were pushing the gamma-squeeze perpetual-motion theory of Tesla at least as far back as early 2020. The stock is up about 580% since then. And now Tesla's stock is very expensive, so its options are presumably out of reach for some Redditors; splitting the stock will allow more retail traders to YOLO more options, which will create more Reddit-y retail enthusiasm, which should be good for the stock.
More generally the point that I want to make here is that corporate finance in 2022 is about at least four things:
1. Doing good business stuff, investing money in business projects that have positive expected value, etc. 2. Doing good capital-structure stuff, making sure that you will be able to pay your liabilities when they come due, etc. 3. Appealing to institutional investors with good disclosure, friendly investor-relations professionals, good environmental, social and governance behavior, etc. 4. Appealing to retail investors with memes, crypto, Teslas, easily YOLOable options, etc.
If you make it easier at the margin for your stock to become a meme stock, then the chance of your stock doubling for no reason goes up from, like, 0.1% to 0.3% or whatever. (The baseline probability for a giant liquid company is pretty low — it seems unlikely that Apple Inc. will become a meme stock? — but Tesla really is both huge and meme-y so you never know.) The appeal of your stock to a fundamental institutional investor goes from "our cash flows are solid, etc." to "our cash flows are solid, etc., and also you get a lottery ticket on meme-stock enthusiasm." That should make the stock worth more, even now, to everyone.
Even more generally. There is a view of the stock market that is like:
1. A share of stock represents fractional ownership of a real business. 2. In the long run, the value of that share is equal to your share of the free cash flow of that business. 3. The stock price today represents some sort of composite estimate of that future free cash flow. 4. At any given time, that estimate will probably be wrong for various reasons, but those reasons are all bad. They represent ignorance and irrationality and inefficiency. 5. In the long run the bad reasons wash out and the stock is worth its fundamental value.
But the central argument of the meme-stock era is:
1. No, a share of stock represents a token that people can trade for money. 2. In the long run, it is worth what people will pay for it. 3. Things that increase the attractiveness of buying it make it more valuable in the long run. 4. For various reasons (tradition, the market for corporate control, etc.), increasing the cash flows of the underlying company is a very important way to increase the attractiveness of buying the stock, but it is not the only one. 5. Giving the stock a more appealing ticker symbol, for instance, adds value. 6. Giving away free popcorn with every stock purchase, why not. 7. Having a fun online community of people talking about the stock. 8. If the CEO is funny online that definitely helps. 9. Sure, make it easier to YOLO options.
That is, the "non-fundamental" things about a stock are not
One model you could have of initial public offerings is that a company hires a handful of banks to lead its IPO, based on the banks' understanding of, and ability to tell, the company's special story. Then the banks craft a prospectus and an investor presentation that tell that story effectively; they brainstorm a list of investors who are most likely to be interested in the company; and then they lead a wide-ranging and aggressive marketing effort to sell the company's stock to as many investors as possible, focusing on that list of most likely investors but also pitching hundreds of other accounts in an effort to achieve the best possible price for the company.Another model you could have is that IPOs sort of sell themselves, the same big investors buy every deal, they do their own work without relying too much on the banks' pitches, hot IPOs always go up and so any investor should be happy to buy any IPO even without doing any valuation analysis, and the banks are hired and paid as a reward for their past relationship-building work rather than because they are most qualified to sell the IPO. I should say that the first model is largely right, and that the second model is way too cynical and exaggerated. Still these are questions of degree. Selling a big IPO to big investment funds is often a relatively easy job; you do not have to explain to Fidelity how Airbnb's business works. (Sometimes this goes wrong — banks did have to explain how WeWork's business worked, and couldn't — but that's unusual.) Over time, companies have stayed private longer and been bigger and more famous at the time of their IPOs; investment firms have also gotten bigger with industry consolidation and the rise of indexing. If you have a $100 million IPO for an $800 million company that you are selling to $500 million investors, you will have to work hard to find the right investors and give them an effective pitch. But whereas once almost all IPOs were like that, now a lot more are giant IPOs for giant well-known companies that are sold to giant investors and everything's a bit less artisanal. Anyway here is "The Marketing of Initial Public Offerings," by Matthew Gustafson, Joseph J. Henry, Emily Kim and Kevin Pisciotta:
Using a novel measure of marketing during initial public offering (IPO) roadshows, we find that marketing positively predicts underpricing, price revisions, and post-IPO liquidity, but has little effect on fees. We further show that IPO roadshow duration and marketing intensity have decreased dramatically over the last fifteen years, leading up to and continuing through the COVID-19 period. Additional tests suggest these trends are related to technological development and the rise in passive ownership. Our findings are relevant to issuers' choice between traditional bookbuilt IPOs and other capital raising alternatives (e.g., reverse mergers with special purpose acquisition companies (SPACs)).
So one result here is that the more copies of the prospectus the underwriters distribute, the better the IPO goes[1]:
Using underwriter correspondence filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), we identify how many prospectuses are distributed by underwriters to investors during the IPO roadshow, as well as the length of the roadshow. Prospectus distribution captures a combination of underwriter effort during the roadshow and the underwriter's pre-existing network of prospective investors, each of which the issuer buys access to during the IPO process. …We find that underwriter marketing is positively related to the IPO offer price through more positive price revisions during the bookbuilding period; a 10% increase in prospectuses distributed predicts a 43-basis point increase in price revisions. Marketing is also a conduit for the partial adjustment phenomenon documented by Hanley (1993), as it predicts greater underpricing. The magnitude of the underpricing increase is roughly the same as the price revision increase. This suggests that IPO investors capture roughly 50 percent of the positive marketing effect on the post-IPO price, while the firm (or insiders selling at the IPO) capture the remaining 50 percent. We also find that underwriter marketing positively predicts the dollars spent on underwriter fees. Thus, underwriters benefit from their marketing services both via more fees and higher post-IPO returns for their clients.
Another result is that there is less IPO marketing than there used to be[2]: "Average prospectus distribution declines by 82% between 2005 – when 13,700 were distributed per roadshow – and 2019." In part this is because technology has made it easier for investors to learn about companies than it used to be, so they need roadshow meetings less. In part it's because private companies are bigger and more famous than they used to be, so they require less marketing:
First, we examine whether larger and more visible firms – those with private equity backing, large amounts of proceeds raised, and high-quality underwriters – have reduced marketing intensity over time more than other firms. Evidence of such a trend would be consistent with less visible IPO issuers facing more barriers to marketing earlier in our sample period, which are subsequently overcome as financial technology improves. In Columns 1-3 of Table 9 Panel A, we find evidence in support of this. In unreported results, we also find that IPOs with greater pre-roadshow attention – using pre-IPO news coverage from Factiva – experience particularly large reductions in marketing intensity over time.
And in part it's because of index funds:
In Column 5, we examine how demand by index-based mutual funds immediately after the IPO relates to changes in prospectus distribution over time. Index-based funds either explicitly or implicitly track a specific basket of securities. If the IPO firm is in the fund's basket, the purchase decision is unlikely to be affected by marketing effort, resulting in a flattened demand curve for the issuer's shares. Given that indexing has grown immensely over the last decade (see, e.g., Appel, Gormley, and Keim. 2016), we predict that the impact of index fund targeting on issuer demand elasticity has grown over time. To test this, we interact the time-trend variable with our indicator for positive post-IPO ownership by an index-based mutual fund. We find that the reduction in equilibrium marketing is particularly large for issuers held by indexers. This evidence suggests that growth in indexing is a potential contributor to the observed reduction in IPO marketing over time.
IPO investing is a little less speculative and a little more automatic now than it used to be: You don't take a gamble on a small company hoping that it will become the next big thing; you buy a chunk of a big established company expecting to flip it to index funds in a few months. That requires a bit less marketing.
Two big companies went public yesterday. One is Roblox Corp., which opened for trading yesterday morning through a direct listing. Instead of a traditional initial public offering, in which Roblox would sell stock to big institutional investors on Tuesday evening and then have it open for trading on Wednesday, Roblox skipped that first part. It didn't sell any stock. The stock just opened for trading on Wednesday; people who already owned it—early venture capital investors, employees, etc.—could sell in ordinary transactions on the stock exchange. It went pretty well I guess:
Roblox is one of the few companies that have gone public through a direct listing, an alternative to an initial public offering in which the shares begin trading without the company issuing new stock.The company's shares, which opened trading at $64.50 apiece, rose to $71.40 at 3:06 p.m. in New York, giving Roblox a market value of more than $39 billion. The company's fully diluted valuation, including restricted stock units and employee options, is about $46 billion, making it one of the most valuable companies to go public during the pandemic.
It closed at $69.50; it opened at $74.93 today. That's a modest gain over its opening trade, but of course that doesn't matter. Roblox didn't sell stock in the opening trade, so that number—the $64.50 opening price—isn't particularly important to Roblox. If the stock shot up to $100 yesterday, Roblox would not have "left money on the table." There is no "IPO pop," for Roblox, because it didn't do an IPO.People complain a lot about IPO pops. The complaint is that the investment banks that lead hot IPOs (1) allocate all the shares in the IPO to their favorite institutional investor clients, big Wall Street investment firms that reward the banks with lots of trading business, and (2) systematically underprice IPOs, so that those institutional investor clients get instant windfall profits when the stocks open for trading and inevitably trade up. Meanwhile the company doing the hot IPO leaves money on the table; it sells stock for below its market value. Wall Street banks systematically transfer value from startups and their venture-capital investors to Wall Street investors.To fix this, venture capitalists often argue for direct listings, which avoid this transfer of value, at the cost of not raising any money for the company going public. But Roblox did raise money. Not yesterday; in January. And Martin Peers at the Information makes a good point:
Roblox stock soared on its first day as a public company, closing a touch below $70 and valuing the gaming firm at about $38 billion. Assuming the stock stays that high, it means a very quick profit for venture capitalists who bought stock in Roblox's last private fundraising at $45 a share in January. And that points to a flaw in the main argument advanced to promote direct listings, the route Roblox used to go public.According to that argument, a direct listing—where a company lists its existing shares, without selling new stock—avoids the mispricing inherent in IPOs. Proponents point to the first-day pops we often see when a stock starts trading, soaring 50%-100% above the IPO price, guaranteeing a very fast profit for institutional investors who bought shares in the offering just the night before. IPOs are seen as leaving money on the table for the company.How is Roblox's situation that different?
I mean, I'll tell you the answer[1]: Roblox sold stock to venture capitalists at $45, and then it traded up in public markets to $70. In a traditional initial public offering, a company sells stock to mutual funds at $45, and then it trades up in public markets to $70. Venture capitalists are not happy when mutual funds get underpriced stock: It dilutes existing shareholders and "leaves money on the table." Venture capitalists are of course perfectly happy when venture capitalists get underpriced stock; that's the business they are in.This is not just a matter of, like, East Coast vs. West Coast. When Roblox did its offering in January, it got to pick its investors. If it had instead done an IPO, the banks would have picked the investors. That is not strictly true, of course; even in a traditional IPO, the company gets the final say over who gets an allocation of stock. But traditionally the investment banks' opinion carries a lot of weight there, and the company is generally less familiar with the public investors in an IPO than it would be with the VC investors in its private fundraising rounds. So the stereotype that banks allocate shares of hot IPOs to their own favored clients has a lot of truth to it. But the argument against the traditional IPO is not really that founders and funders of private companies don't like "mispricing," or "leaving money on the table," or large quick gains for favored early investors. It's just that they want to allocate those gains to their friends, not "Wall Street's" friends.The other company that went public yesterday is Coupang Inc., which did a traditional IPO that priced last night. As of 11:30 a.m. today it had not opened for trading, so I don't know if it will have an IPO pop, but so far all signs are that it went well:
South Korean e-commerce giant Coupang Inc. and a group of existing shareholders have raised $4.6 billion in an enlarged offering, making it one of the biggest listings by an Asian company on a U.S. exchange.Coupang priced 130 million shares at $35 each on Wednesday, above a marketed range of $32 to $34 apiece, the company said in a statement.The retailer's IPO is the biggest on a U.S. exchange since Uber Technologies Inc. raised $8.1 billion in 2019, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. Coupang's offering is also the biggest by any Asia-based company in New York since Alibaba Group Holding Ltd.'s $25 billion listing in 2014, the biggest ever in the U.S.Coupang and its existing shareholders had planned to sell 120 million shares. The previous range had been boosted from $27 to $30 earlier, signaling strong demand from investors.
That's a hot IPO: There was enough demand that the company was able to upsize it and raise the price. And by 11:30 a.m. it was indicated to open at $61 to $63, so it does seem like there will be a big pop.All normal enough. But here's the unusual thing about Coupang. Apparently, of the hundreds of investors who put in orders to buy shares in the IPO—many of whom did roadshow meetings and put in work to understand the company and come up with a price—fewer than 100 were allocated any shares, with most of those shares going to about 25 accounts handpicked by Coupang. Coupang apparently kept tight control over the allocation, choosing its investors itself rather than deferring to its underwriters (led by Goldman Sachs Group Inc.). Now those favored investors—investors favored by Coupang , not investors favored by Goldman —will benefit from the IPO pop. Everyone else, who put in the work and decided they wanted to own Coupang, will have to buy in the aftermarket, from those initial investors, and pay up to do so.Obviously Coupang has left money on the table, but who cares? Coupang underpriced its IPO, but the beneficiaries of the underpricing are the existing investors that it wanted to benefit. There are two points here. One is that pricing an IPO efficiently so as to wring every last dollar out of the capital markets is not a particularly real or important goal for most companies that are going public. The people who buy your stock the moment before it becomes publicly traded—in an IPO, in a pre-direct-listing funding round—are taking a risk, and they expect to be rewarded for the risk, and companies are generally happy to reward them.[2] They just want to reward the right people.The other point is that companies can do this! This is just a thing you can do! If you don't want to allocate an IPO to big Wall Street investors, you can allocate it to whomever you want. (Assuming that there
I wrote a bit yesterday about the 2020 mini-vogue for "hybrid IPOs," an initial public offering where the company has more control over the order book and can pick an IPO price that accurately reflects investor demand. But I missed this excellent Business Insider article from December about how Unity Software Inc. pioneered the idea:
Unity wanted to do something different. But doing so risked turning off investors by asking them for more information than they were typically open to providing, so the company worked with Goldman to build a confidential portal for investors to input their offers directly.That tool meant investors weren't required to share their orders with salespeople and gave some a sense of security because they knew their orders were being kept confidential and not being used to guide other investors. Only a few bankers at Goldman and a few more at Credit Suisse were permitted to see the entire order book, Jabal said."We wanted people to put in what they really felt it was worth and what they were actually willing to pay," she said. "And we just felt like that was the only way to get a true view of the actual demand curve of what people were really willing to pay."
In a normal IPO, investors will not want to put in bids at a high price, because (1) they'd rather pay a lower price and (2) the bankers will shop those bids to other investors, saying "hey everyone else is in for $25 so you should be too," driving up the price. This system, maybe, eliminates the second problem.
In August, Alex Rampell and Scott Kupor of Andreessen Horowitz wrote a good post on IPO pops, arguing that they are mostly an artifact not of mispricing but of marginal demand. When a company prices an IPO, it allocates shares mostly to investors who it hopes will be good long-term shareholders. The next day, the stock opens for trading, and most of those shareholders don't sell (because they are long-term holders). Gamblers, arbitrageurs, retail traders and anyone else who wants stock will have to buy it from the minority of IPO investors who want to sell. If a company goes public by selling 15% of its stock, and then 15% of the buyers in the IPO "flip" their stock the next day (realistic numbers), then only 2.25% of the company's stock is available to buy. The post-IPO price—the price after the pop—thus reflects scarcity, the lack of shares available to buy, more than it reflects the valuation of the company.
Now, I have given companies some other advice on how to disrupt the IPO. For instance a lot of companies find it annoying that, in a traditional IPO, their employees and early investors have to sign lockup agreements prohibiting them from selling any stock in the first six months after the IPO. I pointed out: You could just not do that! The lockup is not a legal requirement; it's just a thing that banks ask companies for, because it makes it easier to sell the stock. (Buyers will be more excited to buy if they know no new supply is coming.) But you could say no, why not, it's your IPO. And in fact:
Unity allowed employees to sell shares on day one, a departure from the usual lockup that prevents employees from selling shares for the first 180 days.
"The people who build this company are amazing and I rely on them and I wanted them to participate on the same level playing field as a banker or investor," Riccitiello said. "I've never understood why this wasn't possible."
I mean, I can give you the explanation: It's the one I wrote above, about how a normal IPO has a lot of scarcity value, which keeps the price up. This makes IPOs more attractive to investors. This is a fine explanation as far as it goes, but it doesn't end the discussion. It is totally possible to do an IPO without a lockup! Just let the employees sell shares on day one! It's fine! It was fine.
We have talked a lot around here about disrupting the initial public offering. A lot of venture capitalists and startup founders think IPOs are bad because they leave money on the table: Companies sell stock at the IPO price, the stock immediately trades up to a higher price, and the company feels sad that it didn't sell at the higher price. To get around this problem, VCs and founders talk a lot about, and sometimes do, other, more arcane ways of going public, like direct listings and special-purpose acquisition companies. I sometimes think this is a bit overcomplicated: If your problem with the IPO is that it gets too low a price, why not just ask for a higher price? Last year I wrote:
If you wanted to get rid of the IPO pop, how would you do it? I think the simplest answer is that you do your IPO the regular way, and then at the end the banks tell you how the order book looks, and you discuss the pros and cons of pricing at $28 ("that maximizes your proceeds," the bankers will say, "but a lot of the orders at that level are pretty soft and might flip their stock, leading to poor trading in the aftermarket and a real risk of breaking the IPO price") versus $27 ("you are giving up a little on price," the bankers will say, "but you are maximizing the chances of good trading tomorrow and a good long-term upward price path for your stock"), and you think for a minute and say "okay we're pricing at $30." And the bankers say "wait we didn't say $30" and you say "well I did, if you want to get paid for this deal you buy the stock at $30." And they scream for a while and then buy the stock at $30 and the next day it trades at, like, $30.25, and you feel smug.
Well, here's a Twitter thread reminiscing about Tesla Inc.'s 2010 IPO, from venture capitalist Mark Goldberg, who was a junior banker at Morgan Stanley working on the deal. It was, in most ways, totally normal: Tesla hired a standard list of bankers, paid them a 6.5% fee, sold a bunch of stock in a book-built offering to big investors, etc. But Goldberg remembers one unusual aspect of the deal:
Finally, pricing. Post Roadshow, bankers put on typical dog & pony show about how great it'd gone and recommend a starting price: $15. Elon says, "no, higher." Air sucked out of room. … Elon said $17 or no deal.
Good for him! The deal priced at $17 and the stock closed at $23.89 on its first day, still a 40% pop, so, you know, imperfect, but he got $2 more than they were offering. It doesn't hurt to ask! Well, I mean, it could; I do not really recommend that every CEO, confronted with an investment bank's pricing recommendation for her CEO, demand a price that is $2 higher. Sometimes that genuinely won't work, there won't be enough demand to price there, and the deal will be pulled, to everyone's embarrassment and misery. Still I kind of wish there was more of it: There is clearly some room for it, and if it happened more often it would keep the capital markets bankers on their toes.
In the last year or so, most of the big retail discount brokerages have begun to offer fractional share trading. You no longer have to buy a share of stock, or a "round lot" of 100 shares; you can buy any amount of stock. The actual benefit of this has very little to do with fractions, and it seems unlikely that you would ever have a particular fraction of a share in mind when you decided to invest. The actual benefit is that instead of buying a nice round number of shares, you can invest a nice round number of dollars, which is way more intuitive. If you have $5,000 and want to build a diversified portfolio, you can put $1,000 each into, say, Amazon.com Inc. and Tesla Inc. and Nikola Corp. and Eastman Kodak Co. and Hertz Global Holdings Inc., and get 0.31 and 0.67 and 27.55 and 62.07 and 645.16 shares, respectively. You never need to think in terms of shares, or even know how many shares you own; you can just think in terms of dollars.
It seems to me that this could work out very well for ordinary investors. You get paid every two weeks, you can save $100 from each paycheck, you put $20 into each of your five favorite stocks. It's perhaps not the best approach—perhaps you should use an index fund to get more diversification, perhaps you should not equal-weight your favorite stocks, perhaps your favorite stocks are actually bad, etc.—but it's not the worst either. Moving from a world of arbitrary share prices and large investment amounts to a world of normal, round, possibly small dollar amounts seems like it might encourage more sensible single-stock investing behavior.
One adjunct of fractional share trading is the decline of stock splits. Actually the decline of stock splits mostly preceded, and perhaps partially caused, the rise of fractional share trading; when stocks split all the time and rarely got much above $100 a share, there wasn't as much need for fractional shares as there is now, when popular retail stocks like Tesla and Amazon are above $1,000. But the rise of fractional trading might also contribute to the continuing decline of stock splits: When Apple Inc. announced a 4-for-1 stock split last week, a lot of the reaction was “why do you need a stock split when people can buy fractional shares?” If the idea of a stock split is to lower the stock price to appeal to small retail investors, and if all the retail investors can seamlessly buy $4.20 worth of any stock, no matter its stock price, then there's less need for stock splits. I wrote about Apple's stock split last week, and several people emailed to say that I missed the most important benefit of a split. Listed stock options, still, trade in units of 100 shares. If you buy a $455 September call option on Apple, it will cost you about $21.85 per share, or about $2,185 per contract. If you want to exercise it in September, you'll have to come up with $45,500 to pay the strike price. When the stock splits all of those numbers will fall by about 75% and the options will be a bit more affordable. I don't know why Apple would consider that a benefit—does it really want to encourage retail speculation in its options?—but there you go.
Another reason it might not happen is a market-structure one. There is no such thing, really, as a fractional share; if you buy a fractional share on Robinhood, what actually happens is that Robinhood buys a whole share and gives you an economic interest in part of it. If you buy $100 worth of Tesla, Robinhood has to buy a whole share and keep the other $1,389.58 worth. In practice this is a pretty minimal friction because a lot of people are buying fractions of Tesla shares and Robinhood can effectively add them together; if 1,000 investors each own fractional shares of Tesla that sum up to 420.69 shares, then Robinhood buys 421 shares and is only exposed to the residual 0.31 shares. Investors get $626,651.41 of exposure, while Robinhood only has $461.77 left over.
A beta of 1 indicates a stock generally moves in lockstep with a benchmark, like the S&P 500, while a beta of 1.5 indicates a stock tends to rise 1.5% when there is a 1% gain in the index. …The average beta of the technology sector dropped to 1.10 from 1.37, while that of the NYSE Arca Pharmaceutical Index fell to 0.81 from 1.11. Technology has led the way in the S&P 500 this year, with a gain of 20%, while the pharmaceutical index has gained 2.6%, outperforming the S&P 500. …The average betas of the real estate and utilities sectors of the S&P 500 rose to 1.16 and 1.05, respectively, from 0.43 and 0.27 in 2019, according to the George Mason data. That suggests those groups were posting bigger gains and losses than the broader index during the pandemic—and were previously more muted. Both groups have badly trailed the wider market this year.
Usually when markets go up a lot, utilities stocks go up a little, because utilities are boring and do not have a ton of leverage to the economy. Except now, when the economy has crashed because activity has stopped, so utilities are, relatively speaking, a white-knuckled ride.
Meanwhile usually when markets go up, tech stocks go up even more, because tech stocks are more levered bets on an optimistic view of the future of the economy. Except now when videochatting on your computer pretty much is the economy. (Actually Zoom Videocommunications Inc., the big videochat company, now has a negative beta; its software has replaced the economy, so to the extent the economy comes back Zoom will go down.) As a matter of, like, which stocks to buy, this is weird enough. "Buy safe stocks like biotech companies and tech startups and stay away from risky bets like, uh, the entire physical economy," would I suppose be the advice to conservative investors? That's not my investing advice or anything but:
"If you're managing somebody's money, typically if that person's young or wants to take on more risk, you would add work-from-home stocks, you would add pharmaceutical and biotech, you would add IT companies to their portfolio," Mr. Horstmeyer said. "Now you have to do the opposite." ..."There's a new factor in town, and it's corona," said Stephen Dover, head of equities at Franklin Templeton. "At least traditionally, the way that you think of beta is that a higher beta is associated with both higher volatility and potentially higher return. And now you have a situation with a few stocks that have higher return but have lower volatility."
The other people who are in the business of manufacturing Tesla stock are short sellers. If you are a short seller and you short Tesla stock short to me, what happens is that I have bought a share of Tesla stock that you created. Our transaction creates a new Tesla shareholder, me, who owns Tesla stock that was issued not by Tesla but by you. If 100 people each own 100 shares of Tesla stock, for a total of 10,000 shares, and then you short 100 shares to me, then 101 people each own 100 shares of Tesla stock, for a total of 10,100 shares. In a sense there are more shares now. In another sense there aren't, because you actually own negative 100 shares, so the net total is unchanged, but the gross total—the number of people who walk around pleased with themselves for owning some Tesla shares—has gone up.[7]Since there is a lot of demand for Tesla stock, and since Tesla is only occasionally and halfheartedly stepping up to meet that demand by selling more stock, other sellers—short sellers—have stepped up to meet some of the demand.[8] Specifically there is about $260 billion (Tesla's market capitalization) of Tesla stock out there manufactured by Tesla, but there is also about $20 billion of Tesla stock out there manufactured by short sellers:
Tesla Inc.'s skeptics are undeterred by Elon Musk poking fun at them over the carmaker's stock surge, with the amount of shares being sold short heading for a milestone.The Model 3 maker's stock is poised to be the first to hit a short-interest level of $20 billion, according to research firm S3 Partners. The value of shares that have been sold short has climbed recently to $19.95 billion.
Tesla might be the world's biggest car company (by market cap), but … let's call it Anti-Tesla … is apparently the biggest synthetic company ever, the largest pool of shares ever manufactured by people betting against a company. It's no Toyota, but Anti-Tesla is bigger than Fiat Chrysler Automobiles NV; the market value of Tesla stock produced by short sellers is larger than the market value of an entire real car company. That's … something. I don't know. It's easy to scoff that Tesla, a young and still-niche company that has not produced a lot of profits, is more valuable than these big mature car companies; but even that scoffing itself is more valuable than some of those companies. Finance is weird.By the way, in the abstract "you should sell a product that people want to pay a lot for" is good advice, but actual life for Tesla short sellers right now is bad. It's easy for Tesla to manufacture Tesla stock; it just prints it. If a short seller manufactures Tesla stock, though, she has to pay whatever Tesla is worth, and if that number keeps going up things will be unpleasant for her:
I like to think of the IPO pop—the amount that a stock rises on the first day of trading after its initial public offering—as a sort of bid-ask spread. A company wants to sell its stock. Some people are willing to buy it, but they are in a sense doing the company a favor: They are providing a lot of liquidity, all at once, for a stock that has never traded before. If you're trying to sell a bunch of stock all at once, you will sell it for less than its true value; the discount to the true value is the buyers' compensation for giving you a lot of money when you need it. The investors who buy in the IPO are in a sense middlemen, taking the risk of your stock price for a brief but important period (the very beginning of trading) and collecting a profit for doing so.When markets are volatile, bid-ask spreads get wider, and so in these weird times if you go public your expected IPO pop should be higher. Here's investor Matt Oguz:
"Uncertainty always brings with it a discount," said Oguz, who is a partner at the firm Venture Science. "On one hand you're getting a lot of money right up front. On the other hand, if a pop like this happens then you may be leaving money on the table."
We talked the other day about Bill Ackman's new investment vehicle, a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) called Pershing Square Tontine Holdings Ltd. The idea of PS Tontine is essentially that it will raise about $4 billion and use that money to do some tech unicorn's IPO all by itself: Instead of marketing a deal and selling a bunch of stock to a bunch of investors, some big private tech company will just sign a deal to sell $4 billion of stock directly to PS Tontine and thereby become public.That's a trade that doesn't really make sense in a time of smooth certainty: If companies can easily go public by selling stock to a bunch of regular investors at a price very close to its true value, they should just do that; they get no benefit by selling all the stock to one big investor, and that one big investor isn't likely to get a discount to the true value. But in volatile uncertain times, when companies regularly price their IPOs at less than half of the ultimate trading price, there's a lot of money to be made in buying a whole IPO. If you're a SPAC, you can theoretically offer companies a price that is (1) higher than they'd get in an IPO and (2) still way lower than where the stock will ultimately trade. When middlemen are making a ton of money, it's a good time to get into the middleman game.
The normal way to sell stock in a public company is, you go to your computer, you open up a screen from your brokerage, you put in how many shares you want to sell, you click "sell," and a millisecond or two later you have sold your shares. It is pretty much the fastest, easiest, lowest-touch form of sales imaginable; buying a can of Coke involves vastly more time and effort and human interaction than buying 1,000 shares of Coca-Cola Co.But when private companies first go public, in their initial public offerings, the normal way that they do this is by having their top executives spend two weeks flying around on private jets visiting a bunch of potential investors in different cities so they can meet face-to-face and explain why their stock is good. It is among the highest-touch forms of sales imaginable; most of these companies would not send their entire executive teams out to meet with their biggest customer to sell their product, but they'll put them all on a plane to sell their stock. This makes sense, sure: Already-public companies have established market prices and are covered by Wall Street research and there's just a lot of information available, so potential buyers don't need weeks of one-on-one meetings to buy the stock on the exchange. Not-yet-public companies don't have those things; to get investors to buy stock for the first time, at a price that may or may not be right, you need to come to their cities to look them in the eye. Still it just feels like a weird disconnect. "What if we pushed the sell button on the computer to sell stock, instead of spending two weeks doing nothing but flying around talking about our company," a startup founder might almost-reasonably say. And in fact there has been a small vogue for exactly that: We have talked for a while about "direct listings" that cut down on the one-on-one sales and roadshow aspects of the traditional IPO and look more like just selling stock on the exchange. Clearly part of the reason for their (still small but) growing popularity is that some startup founders have noticed that it is very easy to sell stock on the stock exchange and very annoying to sell it via an IPO, and have asked if there's a way to do an IPO that feels more like selling stock on the stock exchange. I think one lesson of the direct listing mini-boom is that a lot of stuff in equity capital markets happens mostly because it has always happened that way. These are high-stakes transactions that most companies only do once; they rely on banks for their specialized expertise, and the banks tend to be conservative. "What if instead of a roadshow we just stayed home and did some videoconferences," an issuer could have asked three years ago, and its banks would have said "no no no that's never been done, investors need to meet you and feel loved and courted, besides videoconferences are too glitchy, if you do it that way there's a risk of your deal failing and you don't want that do you?"And issuers never pushed back, because the banks were the experts. But then Spotify Ltd. pushed back, and did a direct listing, and it was fine. A small crack opened up. And now you can't meet investors at all, so everyone agrees that videoconferencing is the way to go, and it's hard to go back from that. Now you know that videoconference roadshows can work; there are tradeoffs—video lag on looking people in the eye, etc.—but businesses deal with tradeoffs all the time. "It's never been done and it's too risky to try it now" is generally a good argument against ever changing anything about IPOs. But now it's been done, and it worked out fine, so that argument doesn't work anymore.
One popular theory is that U.S. public stock markets are laser-focused on short-term profitability and do not reward long-term visions, and that this problem is getting worse, and that if you want to build a business for the long term you have to do it in private markets where you are not subject to the short-term whims of Wall Street analysts and short sellers and high-frequency traders and blah blah blah it is just not particularly true:
The combination of forces has pushed the percentage of listed companies in the U.S. losing money over 12 months to close to 40%, its highest level since the late 1990s outside of postrecession periods. … Tesla is the biggest of the loss makers investors like; although it posted a rare profit in the most-recent quarter, it has lost money over 12 months. With a market value of $89 billion, it is worth more than Ford and General Motors put together despite only four prior quarters of profit in its 12-year life. Investors who back Tesla are right not to care too much about near-term profit. They think Tesla's success in building an electric-car brand will translate into far higher sales, and that takes spending. … Tesla is part of a broader pattern. The proportion of U.S.-listed companies losing money for three years reached its highest last year in data stretching back to the late 1990s, according to calculations by Andrew Lapthorne, global head of quantitative research at Société Générale. … The shares of three-quarters of the 100 biggest companies that reported losses rose over the past 12 months, because big loss-making companies tend to be growth stories where investors don't much mind the losses.
Of course one of the biggest proponents of the public-markets-don't-care-about-the-long-term thesis is Elon Musk, the chief executive officer of Tesla Inc., who went so far as to pretend he was going to take Tesla private to get away from the short-termist public shareholders who gave his money-losing future-focused company the highest valuation of any American car maker ever. The problem with public markets is not that they can't stomach short-term losses in pursuit of higher long-term value. The problem with public markets is that they have a diversity of opinion. Some people will think that the short-term losses are acceptable in the pursuit of long-term vision, and they'll buy the stock. Other people will think that the short-term losses demonstrate a long-term problem, and they'll short the stock. In private markets, the only investors you deal with are the believers. Some people won't believe in your long-term vision, but you'll never hear from them. In public markets you will, and you might not like it.
When a company does an initial public offering to sell its stock to public investors for the first time, it will hire some banks to act as underwriters for the IPO. It will pay them a fee, often as much as 7% of the IPO proceeds. The underwriters will help the company write its prospectus and market the deal to investors, and they'll advise it on the right price for the IPO. As repeat players in the IPO business, they will also have lots of general advice on the process for the company. One thing that they will tell the company is that it needs to have a lockup: For six months after the IPO, the company has to promise not to sell any more stock, and all of its pre-IPO insiders—its founders and executives and venture-capitalist investors—have to promise not to sell any either. The point of the lockup is to protect investors in the IPO. It limits the supply of the stock, increasing the likelihood that investors who buy stock in the IPO will make money. Founders and venture capitalists, on the other hand, might not want to be locked up. They might say, look, if it turns out that people want to buy this stock, we want to be able to sell. A lot can change in six months, and we want the flexibility to manage our money however we want. We'd rather not sign the lockup. What do the underwriters say in that situation? There is a standard answer. The standard answer is: You need the lockup because investors demand it. If you don't sign the lockup then investors will not buy stock in the IPO, or they will only buy stock at a lower price. The lockup is standard in every IPO, and it's material to investors, and if you don't have it they will pass on the deal. We are just looking out for your interests, and it is essential for you to include the lockup. I am not convinced this answer is always true. My impression is that investors will tolerate a lot, and for a hot IPO in a strong market they're not going to insist on a lockup. One piece of evidence for this is that investors pretty regularly pile into IPOs despite complaining about even more material structural problems like non-voting stock. But my best evidence is that several big U.S. companies have recently gone public via direct listings without any lockups, and investors have cheerfully bought those companies' shares. It turns out that, empirically, investors do not in fact insist on lockups. But the underwriters could give a different answer. They could say: Look, we don't really work for you. You hired us, and you are paying us, and we're trying to deliver a good result for you. But that's not our whole job. We represent the market. We put our stamp of approval on this deal. If our names go on the cover of your prospectus, then we are vouching for you, we are telling investors that you are a good company and that your IPO is a good deal. And we think that doing an IPO without a lockup is a bad deal for investors, even if they don't care. Because they might care later on: If you sell stock now without a lockup, and they buy it without complaint, and a month later you dump a bunch of stock and drive down the price, they will complain to us. We will be on the hook. I find this answer very convincing. (Disclosure: I am a former capital markets banker, and have in my time given both of these answers to companies who pushed back on terms.) The underwriters are the representatives of the market, not just in the mechanical sense that they aggregate the expressed desires of investors, but also in the more paternalistic sense that they understand what investors should want and try to give it to them. They are responsible for making sure that securities offerings comply not just with law but with market custom, that investors get terms that are reasonable and customary and expected, that they will not be surprised later on. That is the point of underwriting. The point of underwriting is that the underwriters are repeat players, and they develop a reputation in the market for bringing good deals that treat investors fairly, and then they rent out this reputation to each new issuer. An issuer who says "we are the client, we're paying you, we don't want a lockup, so get rid of the lockup" is missing the point. The value that the underwriter is providing to the issuer is its reputation, and that reputation depends on it sometimes refusing to do what issuers want. In the dumb obvious sense this means refusing to underwrite deals that are frauds. But in harder cases it means refusing to put non-standard terms deep in the IPO document because investors might later feel aggrieved by those terms. The underwriters aren't just making sure the document is accurate; they are also, in a sense, reading it so the investors don't have to. If page 103 of the prospectus lets the issuer do something weird and horrible, and later the issuer does that horrible thing, and investors call the underwriters to complain, and the underwriters say "well it was disclosed in the prospectus," that is a good legal defense, but it is not a good commercial defense. The investors will still be mad. But this is a tough answer. It's a tough answer in part because it is not easily and universally true; the underwriters partly play a gatekeeping role and partly play a neutral middleman role, particularly though not exclusively on price. These days nobody really thinks that the underwriters of an IPO are vouching for the price; they are trying to get a price that balances supply and demand, not one that "correctly" values the company in their own subjective judgment. Several big banks seemed perfectly happy to underwrite WeWork's IPO despite all sorts of (fully disclosed but not at all standard) governance weirdness, and at an aggressive valuation; the IPO ultimately didn't happen because investors read the prospectus and said "no way." (Jamie "Dimon said he never believed WeWork was worth $47 billion," even though his bank was hoping to sell it at that valuation.) A normal issuer could quite reasonably say "wait you'd let WeWork do all that stuff and you won't let me do an IPO without a lockup?" But it's also a tough answer because the issuer, after all, is paying the underwriters. There is no written rulebook saying what terms the underwriters have to insist on; the lockup isn't required by law. And all of this stuff is very obviously a conflict of interest. When the underwriters insist on terms that are good for investors but restrictive for the issuer, like lockups,[1] then it looks like they are putting their own interests ahead of their clients'. "Wall Street banks are helping Wall Street investors at the expense of their Main Street clients," the issuers might say, "because the banks and the investors are repeat players, and the banks care more about getting future trading business from the investors than they do about protecting their IPO clients."[2] And that will be kind of true! And it is kind of the point! If you're an issuer, you are hiring underwriters exactly for their conflicts of interest, for the trust that they have built up with investors. But when the banks tell you "you can't do that because we don't want to upset investors," you will find it very unfair. It will seem like an evil cartel designed to perpetuate its own power and extract value for itself. Also separately your stock will probably go up 10 or 20% on the first trading day after the IPO, and everyone who bought stock in the IPO will have underpaid you for it, and you will say "man, just another case of Wall Street banks favoring Wall Street investors over their actual clients." Again, true, again, the point. Anyway issuers and founders and venture capitalists find all of this annoying enough that direct listings are having a real vogue, and the New York Stock Exchange sought permission from the Securities and Exchange Commission to let companies raise money in direct listings and basically disintermediate the IPO process entirely.
Treasuries & Rates (16)
Intuitively the way risk parity works is that you invest some of your portfolio in stocks and some of it in bonds, with the goal that each part contributes the same amount of volatility to the portfolio. So if stocks have 30% volatility and bonds have 10% volatility, you put three-quarters of your money in bonds and one quarter in stocks, crudely speaking. The more volatile an asset has been, the less money you allocate to it. When bonds have been very stable for a long period, you put a lot of your money in bonds. When stocks then go up a lot for years, you underperform a more-stock-weighted portfolio. When interest rates suddenly go up a lot — and bonds crash before you update your historical volatility measures — you lose money.
Periodically people worry about "the basis trade," usually meaning the trade in which:
1. Hedge funds buy a lot of Treasury bonds, putting up very little of their own money and using mostly money borrowed in the repo markets, and 2. Those hedge funds sell a lot of Treasury futures, putting down very little of their own money as margin.
Treasury bonds are supposed to be very safe, and the two legs of this trade mostly offset each other, which means that the trade can be very leveraged, which means that if something goes wrong it goes very wrong, which means, like, Danger Lurking in the Safest Asset, so it's an exciting thing to worry about.
But why is there a basis trade? Somebody is buying Treasury futures from hedge funds: Why? Why aren't those people just buying Treasury bonds directly? Why do hedge funds need to sit between the US Treasury (which sells Treasury bonds) and whoever wants Treasury exposure? Why do futures trade at a premium to cash Treasuries? Why do the hedge funds make money? Why is this trade a trade?
I tried to answer those questions last September, basically pointing to long-term asset managers who (1) want credit exposure, so they don't own Treasuries (they own corporate bonds or other things with credit risk) but (2) also want duration exposure, and most credit product has less duration than long-term Treasuries. So asset managers invest their actual cash in corporate bonds, and then add duration through futures, and hedge funds get paid to provide them that duration.
This is not a perfect explanation — why is there a basis trade in fairly short-dated Treasuries? — but it seems to be roughly right. Last week the Treasury Borrowing Advisory Committee released a "Discussion of Treasury Futures Positions Across Different Investor Types," trying to explain the basis trade. Alexandra Scaggs wrote about it at FT Alphaville; here's her summary:
Remember that rates were very low in the pre-2022 world. So asset managers who wanted to juice their fund's yield often kept larger allocations to credit than existed in the benchmark (often the Bloomberg US Agg). But credit has shorter duration by design, meaning it doesn't carry as much interest rate risk as the benchmark for most funds. So instead of changing the fund's entire strategy, a manager could maintain his or her duration exposure by taking leveraged Treasury positions.>
In theory, this leverage could come from futures or repo markets, but the cost of repo trades are reported as interest expense, unlike repo futures markets. The TBAC presentation suggests that dissuades fund managers from pursuing that leverage in repo markets.
An asset manager who wants to have 100% of her assets in credit, and who also wants to have the same duration as the benchmark, could in theory just put 100% in credit plus 20% (or whatever) in long-dated cash Treasuries, and borrow money (in the repo market) to buy the extra 20%. But there are reasons not to do that: reporting repo as interest expense, but also regulatory reasons. Traditional asset managers tend to be nervous about getting leverage by borrowing money, whereas getting leverage in futures markets is more acceptable. The TBAC report notes that "for many years prior to 2020, the applicable rules created incentives for mutual funds to favor derivatives like futures over repo in certain cases, including limitations on the size of repo borrowing"; those rules have been relaxed recently, but "in our view, many mutual funds are still limiting the size of their repo borrowing and achieving leverage through futures." And so instead of borrowing from repo markets themselves, asset managers effectively borrow from the futures markets; hedge funds borrow from the repo market, lend in the futures market, and collect a spread for their trouble.
By the way, the numbers in the previous paragraph are fake, but you can get more realistic numbers on page 16 of the TBAC report. "Presently, the Agg is about 42% Treasuries, and in total, about 80% government risk." But the credit component of the index has more duration than the Treasuries component: The average duration of Treasuries in the index is 6.15, versus 7.10 for investment-grade corporate bonds. So the story is not quite "asset managers want to be overexposed to credit, which has shorter duration than Treasuries, so they get their duration from futures." It is more that asset managers want to be overexposed to credit, which has different duration from the Treasuries in the index, so they adjust their duration exposure using futures. From the report:
Spread sector investment decisions are made in assets of varying durations and maturities, and are often thought of separately from interest rate investment decisions.>
Although asset managers have different investment approaches, we believe it's common to separate decisions made on interest rate duration and credit spread duration.>
Futures allow asset managers to make credit allocation decisions relatively seamlessly, without impacting interest rate risk exposures, but can introduce basis risk between the futures allocation and the Treasury allocation in the index. …>
It's likely that structural overweight positions in credit products could result in persistently higher allocations to Treasury futures amongst asset managers.
Last year the Federal Reserve created a program to allow banks to borrow short-term at long-term rates? I mean, sort of. What it did was create the Bank Term Funding Program, which has the following features:
1. Banks can borrow "for a term of up to one year," prepayable without penalty. 2. The interest rate is the one-year overnight index swap rate plus 10 basis points, fixed at the time of borrowing.
So you could borrow for a term of one day to one year, in any case at the one-year interest rate (plus 10 basis points). Ordinarily, longer-term interest rates are higher than shorter-term interest rates: It is usually cheaper to borrow money overnight than it is to borrow it for a year. And so this program was, arguably, very mildly punitive, a classic lender-of-last-resort program along the lines of "lend freely against good collateral at penalty rates," or at least not subsidized rates.
But right now, the reverse is true: The overnight rate is fairly high, because the Fed has raised rates a lot over the past few years, but the one-year rate is lower, because the market expects the Fed to lower rates over the next year. And so the BTFP creates a weird carry trade: Banks can borrow at the BTFP's low one-year rate (4.87%, today), lend at the higher overnight rate, and match the maturities. You can even match the counterparties: You borrow from the Fed (using BTFP) and lend to the Fed (as reserves, at 5.40%, today) and just get free money. The Wall Street Journal reports:
Borrowing from the Fed's bank term funding program has increased to new highs in recent weeks, a strange consequence of the market's flip to forecasting multiple Fed rate cuts over the coming 12 months.>
The rate banks pay to use the program, BTFP for short, is tied to future interest-rate expectations. Now that investors have priced in a series of rate cuts later this year, banks are able to pocket the difference between what they pay to borrow the funds and what they can earn from parking the funds at the central bank as overnight deposits. …>
While the Fed offers financing below 5% through its rescue program, it is currently paying banks 5.4% on parked reserve balances.>
Lending in the program hit $141.2 billion this past Wednesday, a new high, up 4% from the prior week and up 25% since the middle of November when forecasts started changing. Most of the volume is still loans from the crisis, and the number didn't move much from July to November.>
The increases don't seem to be a sign of new stress on banks, especially since deposits have ticked up at banks over the same period. It appears more likely the banks are just taking the easy money.>
"We think banks are exploiting a positive arbitrage," Janney Montgomery Scott analyst Christopher Marinac wrote in a note this week.>
The benefit will eventually shrink, if not evaporate completely. The program is set to expire on March 11, barring an extension. On Tuesday, Michael Barr, the Fed's vice chairman for banking supervision, suggested the facility wouldn't be extended.
Quite a lot of readers pointed out that, in Denmark, you really can do this. Here's a New York Fed report, and here is a Carsted Rosenberg client briefing:
Borrowers may redeem their mortgage loans at any time without negotiating the price, as prepayment may always take place at the prevailing market prices. Danish mortgage borrowers may terminate their loans by buying back the mortgage bonds in the bond market and delivering them to the mortgage bank. This option is referred to as the delivery option or the buy-back option. The buy-back option applies to all mortgage bonds whether callable or non-callable.
The buy-back option is a special feature of the Danish mortgage finance system, and borrowers therefore always know the ISIN code(s) of the bonds behind their mortgage loans. The buy-back option constitutes a significant difference between the US and the Danish mortgage finance system. The US system only allows mortgage loan prepayment at par (100).
Well that's nice. Obviously if you translated this to the US system, and you had a 3% mortgage and rates are now 8%, you'd be buying back your mortgage at some market price that is lower than par but higher than the value of your mortgage cash flows over 30 years discounted at 8%, because the US mortgage market assumes that 30-year mortgages have an average life that is much shorter than that. Still! You'd get a big discount.
Several other readers emailed me to say some variation on "I tried this on my bank but it did not work." Move to Denmark I guess.
A simple model of US Treasury bonds [1] could go something like:
1. The US government borrows a lot of money and has a very long time horizon, so it wants to borrow a lot of money for terms of 10 or 20 or 30 years. 2. Lots of asset owners — pension funds, university endowments, people saving for retirement — also have a long time horizon and want to earn a safe return, so they want to lend the government money for terms of 10 or 20 or 30 years.
This is a nice and simple story. Pensions have long-dated liabilities (future pension payments), so they buy long-dated assets (long-term Treasuries) to match them, which means that they can buy Treasury bonds for long periods and hold them until they mature.
It is not a perfect story. If you run a pension fund, you probably do not just buy long-term Treasuries to cover your future liabilities. Treasuries are very safe assets, which means they don't pay that much, and you want to get paid more. You probably invest in other stuff — "credit," corporate bonds and private credit and asset-backed securities — to earn a bit more yield.
Much of this credit stuff, though, has shorter terms than 30 years; there is not that much 30-year corporate borrowing. If you buy a lot of seven-year corporate bonds, and you have very long-dated liabilities, there will be a mismatch. You are taking a lot of interest-rate risk: Sure those bonds pay a lot of interest now, but they mature in seven years, and if interest rates are lower in seven years you will earn less interest. If your liabilities are long term, you want to earn a lot of interest over the whole term. You want the duration of your assets to match the duration of your liabilities.
So you buy more duration with Treasury futures. Treasury futures are synthetic contracts that give you the interest-rate exposure of Treasury bonds but without putting up much cash upfront. You put up about $3,900 and get economic exposure to $100,000 of Treasury bonds: If long-term Treasury prices go up by 1%, you make $1,000 on your initial $3,900. If interest rates go down, the price of Treasury bonds will go up, and you will make money, which will compensate you for your reduced future interest earnings.
This is a more nuanced story of what pension funds and other long-term asset managers do. [2] But our original simple story described a whole trade: Pensions bought Treasuries, and the government sold them, and the trade made sense for both of them. Now we have a trade that makes sense for pension funds, but who is on the other side? The government is not selling them Treasury futures. [3]
Instead, you need some intermediary to provide the service of transforming Treasuries (sold by the government) into Treasury futures (bought by pension funds). This service is called the "basis trade," and the intermediaries are usually hedge funds and proprietary trading firms. [4] Here is a Wall Street Journal article about the basis trade, which has caused problems in recent years and is now making a comeback:
A popular way for hedge funds to profit from bond trading while minimizing their exposure to swings in the market, the basis trade exploits the price difference between Treasurys and Treasury futures. The resurgence is attracting fresh scrutiny from Wall Street because previous meltdowns have rattled global markets. ...
Hedge funds buy Treasurys, then bet against Treasury futures by selling contracts promising delivery of a bond on a specific date at a preset price. Instead of betting on the direction of bond markets, the trade seeks to take advantage of small differences in the securities' prices.
The trade works because large asset managers like pension funds often prefer buying Treasury futures that require less up-front cash than actual bonds. That tends to make the contracts slightly more expensive than the bonds, creating a window for speculators to take advantage. [5] Futures prices typically converge toward bond prices as their settlement date approaches.
The differences are small, so hedge funds juice returns by borrowing from big banks in the overnight funding markets—often putting little, if any, cash up front. Leverage can reach extreme levels: Hedge funds had more than $550 billion of Treasury trades at the end of last year backed by just $10 billion of their own money, Fed research found.
The obvious objection is that if you have $550 billion of Treasuries backed by $10 billion of your own money, and the value of Treasuries drops by 2%, then all of your money is gone, you have to dump Treasuries, everyone else is dumping them at the same time and there is a crisis. This is an exaggeration, because if the value of Treasuries drops by 2% then probably you made 2% on your futures and you're more or less fine, but still there is not a ton of margin for error, and mistakes have been made:
The basis trade had been subdued since a dash for cash in March 2020 forced hedge funds to rapidly unwind their positions, straining the market for Treasurys — meant to be the world's easiest investment to buy and sell. …
During the 2020 Covid market crash, hedge funds' unwinding of leveraged strategies including the basis trade spilled across markets, helping send the Dow Jones Industrial Average to its worst losses since 1987 and forcing the Fed to step in.
But now it is back:
The Fed's fight against inflation and the U.S. government's wave of borrowing reignited the trade, analysts say. Higher yields and worries about a recession have asset managers scooping up long-term bond futures. …
Given those uncertainties and with a potential recession up in the air, "it's natural to see record hedging in the Treasury market," said Agha Mirza, global head of rates and OTC products at CME Group.
If you are a pension fund, the 10-year Treasury is at a high-relative-to-recent-history 4.25%, and you worry it will go back down if there is a recession, then you will want to lock in a lot of that rate while earning more today on corporate credit. So you will load up on Treasury futures. And someone will sell them to you.
But you are a pension fund. The people selling you these futures are not. You have a long time horizon. They are doing this as a trade. They are in the business of buying a ton of Treasuries and selling a ton of Treasury futures when there is demand for the futures, and not doing that when there isn't. They don't have a giant pot of long-term locked-up pension money to buy Treasuries with. They have a little bit of their own cash ($10 billion), and a lot of borrowed money ($540 billion), to buy the Treasuries that they transform into futures.
So there is another intermediary here: When pensions are buying Treasury futures, they are buying them from hedge funds and prop trading firms that own the underlying raw materials (Treasuries) used to manufacture the futures. But those hedge funds need another raw material: the cash they use to buy the Treasuries. That money is mostly borrowed, in the repo market, where the hedge funds put up their Treasuries as collateral for short-term cash loans from banks and money-market funds and other investors looking to park cash somewhere safe for the short term.
Again, our simple model at the beginning was that long-time-horizon pension funds buy and hold long-term bonds from the long-time-horizon government. The more accurate model is:
1. The long-time-horizon government sells long-term bonds. 2. Those bonds are bought by short-time-horizon hedge funds using borrowed money. 3. The money is borrowed from short-time-horizon repo lenders. 4. The hedge funds use the bonds to manufacture Treasury futures, which they sell to long-time-horizon pension funds.
It all kinda works! The beginning makes sense, and the end makes sense, and the middle is efficient. It lets the pension funds be nimbler with their cash and lend to real businesses and get higher yields. But that efficiency comes
Just conceptually it is an obvious trade:
I own a house with a $400,000 mortgage with a 3% interest rate, and I want to sell it. You would like to buy my house for $500,000, putting 20% down and borrowing $400,000. But interest rates have gone up a lot, and if you got a $400,000 mortgage now, the interest rate would be 7%. You can't afford that, so you don't borrow $400,000, so you don't buy my house. What if you could give me $100,000, move into the house, and take over my mortgage, making the 3% payments until it is paid off? Then we are both better off.
Broadly speaking you could imagine two ways to do this:
1. We could call up my mortgage lender and say "hey, everything about this mortgage is gonna stay the same — same amount ($400,000), [2] same term (30 years or whatever), same rate (3%), same collateral (my house), except there'll be a different borrower (you, not me). Are you cool with that?" And then the lender says "yes," either out of the goodness of its heart or because we pay it a little fee or because the original terms of the mortgage specifically allowed me to let someone else take over the mortgage. 2. Magic? Like, we do some sleight of hand where we don't call up my lender to get its approval, but we structure a transaction between ourselves that achieves this result. You give me $100,000, you move into the house, you send the mortgage checks to me, I forward them to my bank, we enter into some sort of blood oath that makes me not have to worry about your credit risk, I don't know.
The first option is called "assuming" the mortgage. Generally speaking if you call up a bank asking them to let you assume a 3% mortgage, they will say no, because that is a money-losing trade for them. The lender would much rather have me sell the house for $500,000 to a new buyer who does not assume the mortgage, get its $400,000 below-market mortgage paid back, and then issue a new $400,000 mortgage to the buyer at market rates (7%). [3]
But, in the US, some mortgages are, by their terms, assumable: The bank doesn't have to like it, but it can't say no. In particular, the Wall Street Journal reports:
Some 22% of active mortgages are part of the government programs that have assumption features, according to the mortgage-data and technology company Black Knight. That includes loans extended through the Department of Veterans Affairs and the Federal Housing Administration programs.
Few consumers know about the option, and fewer still follow through with it. The FHA has processed 3,349 assumptions in the fiscal year that ends Sept. 30, up from 2,566 in the year prior.
That Journal article is about a new company called Roam that is launching to address that problem, mostly by telling people with assumable mortgages that they have assumable mortgages:
Raunaq Singh, Roam's founder and chief executive officer, says his new company will find and advertise home listings attached to attractive assumable mortgages. It is initially launching in Georgia, Arizona, Colorado, Texas and Florida.
The company aims to help with the paperwork and other bureaucratic hoops. That means working with the seller's mortgage company on behalf of the buyer and seller.
"Have you ever called someone every day until you get what you wanted?" says Singh, who earlier in his career worked at the online real-estate company Opendoor. "That's the kind of service we do on your behalf."
The "paperwork and other bureaucratic hoops" are driven not only by old-fashioned banking processes but also by the fact we discussed above, that a bank doesn't really want to keep a 3% mortgage outstanding if it doesn't have to:
The startup could run up against the Luddite world of mortgage banking, where assumption documents are still often transmitted by fax machine. Lenders sometimes drag their feet in processing assumptions because they earn only a few hundred dollars for processing them, far less than for originating a new mortgage, according to Ted Tozer, nonresident fellow at the Urban Institute's Housing Finance Policy Center.
For loan assumptions to become popular, lenders will need to be allowed to earn more on them, Tozer says. "There's not much you can do with that if the lenders aren't going to be efficiently processing assumptions," he says.
What is the point of credit ratings? My general assumption is that the point of ratings is not primarily to tell investors which bonds they should buy. My assumption is that the point of ratings is primarily to serve some sort of quasi-regulatory function: Investors choose which bonds to buy, but they are constrained by mandates or marketing documents or regulation to only buy "investment-grade" bonds, and ratings determine which bonds are investment-grade. Or you do a derivative trade that requires your counterparty to post collateral, and the counterparty can post whatever collateral she wants as long as it is rated at least AA. Credit ratings are not there to inform investment decisions, but to constrain them, to limit the universe of bonds that an investor is allowed to own.
So you could imagine reading Fitch's downgrade very differently, not "huh, the US has a lot of debt, didn't know that" but rather "oh no, I need to dump all of the Treasuries from my Only AAA Rated Bond Fund." I don't think you should. I don't think that there are any material parts of the market where investors are allowed to hold Treasuries if they are rated AAA by Fitch, but not if they are rated AA+. (The fact that Treasuries are rated Aaa by Moody's, but have been rated AA+ by Standard & Poor's for more than a decade, makes this especially unlikely: Your fund would have to have a rule like "rated AAA by two of the three major ratings agencies.") When we last talked about this in May, I looked at various rules — for money market funds, for Federal Reserve collateral, for cleared derivatives margin, for bank and insurance capital — until I got bored; all of them say that Treasuries are Treasuries, that they are treated as about as risk-free as it gets, without any reference to ratings. FT Alphaville quotes a Goldman Sachs Group Inc. research note making this point:
We do not believe there are any meaningful holders of Treasury securities who will be forced to sell due to a downgrade. S&P downgraded the sovereign rating in 2011 and while it had a meaningfully negative impact on sentiment, there was no apparent forced selling at that time. Because Treasury securities are such an important asset class, most investment mandates and regulatory regimes refer to them specifically, rather than AAA-rated government debt.
So nothing much should change on this downgrade; nobody can't hold Treasuries just because they're rated AA+.
There are two possibilities here:
1. A Fitch (or Moody's, S&P, etc.) downgrade will have regulatory or quasi-regulatory consequences. Insurance companies and banks will no longer be allowed to hold AA+ rated US Treasury bonds, or will have to have more capital against them, so there will be mass selling of Treasuries and huge holes in banks' and insurers' balance sheets. Bond mutual funds and money-market funds that are required by their mandates to hold only very safe bonds will no longer be able to hold AA+ rated Treasuries, leading to more mass selling. Various collateral regimes that only accept AAA rated collateral will no longer accept Treasuries, leading to more sales and a shortage of safe collateral. Much of the financial system runs on a supply of trillions of dollars of AAA rated Treasuries, which serve as safe-haven assets and as risk-free collateral, and if they are downgraded chaos will ensue. Or, 2. That won't happen, and everyone who owns Treasuries today will still be allowed to hold them after a Fitch (or whoever) downgrade. Oh they might not want to — they might say "hmm Fitch makes some good points here that the debt ceiling is coming up, better sell Treasuries" — but they would not be forced to sell. Fitch would be just one source of advice and analysis for investors to consider, not an arbiter whose judgments have the force of law.
Which one do you think is true? Which one do you think ought to be true?
My sense is that Option 1 is mostly wrong: Few investors have any sort of mandate that is like "you can only buy AAA-rated bonds, and if Treasuries are downgraded to AA+ you have to dump them."
One way to tell this is by reading some rules. The rules for money market funds, for instance, used to require money market funds to buy only highly rated assets, but they were revised in 2015 to remove references to credit ratings. Now funds can buy an asset as long as they make a "determination that it presents minimal credit risks at the time the fund acquires the security." They also have to "provide ongoing review of whether each security (other than a government security) continues to present minimal credit risks": They have to keep evaluating the issuers of commercial paper to see if they have become riskier, but they don't have to do that for Treasuries. Treasuries are in their own separate category, above petty worries about creditworthiness.
Similarly, the collateral rules for the Federal Reserve's discount window require investment-grade ratings (BBB- or better) for US dollar corporate bonds, and AAA ratings for foreign-currency corporate bonds. But US Treasuries are just US Treasuries; they are always eligible and there are no ratings criteria. The Bank of England also accepts US government bonds categorically as Level A collateral for its liquidity insurance schemes. The US Commodity Futures Trading Commission's rules for derivatives margin also say that US government securities are eligible collateral with no ratings criteria.
Or for bank capital, the rule is that a bank "must assign a zero percent risk weight to an exposure to the U.S. government, its central bank, or a U.S. government agency." For insurance capital, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners sets standards for risk-based capital based in part on ratings; but there is "no [risk-based capital] requirement for bonds guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States … because it is assumed that there is no default risk associated with U.S. Government issued securities." Nothing about ratings.
You can keep doing this, though I won't; I assume that at some point you will come across something that says that someone can only hold AAA rated securities, and so a ratings-agency downgrade will force them to sell. But it does not seem to be the norm.
The better way to tell this is just by looking at what happened last time:
In 2011, S&P Global Ratings drew fire for downgrading the US from AAA after a similar brush with default. That spurred a selloff in risk assets like equities around the world, but ironically boosted Treasuries as investors sought out havens.
If an S&P downgrade forced a lot of investors to sell Treasuries in 2011, they would have sold Treasuries. They sold equities; they bought Treasuries. And so I assume that a downgrade in 2023 is not going to lead to much or any forced selling of Treasuries. And S&P still has Treasuries at AA+: The US government has not been unanimously AAA rated for more than a decade, and going from Aaa/AA+/AAA/AAA (at Moody's, S&P, Fitch and DBRS) to Aaa/AA+/AA+/AAA probably doesn't matter that much.
So that leaves Option 2: If Fitch, or whoever, downgrades the US government from AAA to AA+, that will not force anyone to do anything, but some investors will wake up and say "huh, Fitch is worried about a US government default" and act somehow on Fitch's worries, by selling or more likely buying (!?!) Treasuries, or by doing some more complicated trade to bet on or hedge against a government default.
For many, many, many purposes in financial markets, you have to post collateral. Most importantly, if you want to borrow money in some of the biggest lending markets, you put up some collateral and get the money; when you repay the money you get the collateral back. If you do certain derivatives trades, you have to post collateral to ensure that you are good for your obligations. If you want to sell a stock short, you borrow the stock and post collateral to secure your obligation to return it. If you are a retail brokerage, your customers do trades today but actually hand over the money on Friday, and meanwhile you post collateral with a clearinghouse to guarantee their trades. The plumbing of global finance works through collateral: You and I can agree to do stuff in the future, without necessarily knowing each other well or trusting each other much, because we have posted collateral to ensure that we're good for our promises.
Often the way this works is that the collateral consists of some securities that you own, [1] and the safer the securities are — the more likely they are to retain their value — the better they are as collateral. The best collateral, for most things in US finance, is short-term US Treasury bills, which have no credit risk and very little interest-rate risk and are pretty much always worth a pretty predictable amount. Longer-term Treasury bonds are also good, though they have more rate risk. Some other kinds of collateral — agency bonds, municipal bonds, highly rated corporate and structured-finance bonds, etc. — are also quite good and acceptable for many purposes, though not all; some sorts of collateral-demanding businesses are very picky and will accept only Treasuries. And then there is a lot of other stuff: Junk bonds, penny stocks, private-company stocks, fractional ownership of racehorses, any sort of financial asset you can name. So much crypto. All of this stuff could be collateral, for some purposes; somebody would probably lend you money against any of it. But if you bring it to the GCF repo market or the Fed's discount window they will turn up their noses; they don't take fractional racehorses there.
The point of the collateral, in a lot of the big markets, is to make things easy and efficient, so nobody has to think about risk. Somebody will lend you money against a fractional racehorse or your startup shares, but they will think about it for a while and make a particular underwriting decision; they will be in the specialized business of lending money against weird assets. Financial-markets plumbing is different; it is a big organized system that uses fungible collateral that everybody agrees is good and that nobody has to think about specifically. Huge piles of similar, safe assets — like the trillions of dollars of reliable and well-understood US Treasuries — work best; weird bespoke stuff doesn't work at all.
And of course if you have some bonds that are in default , where the issuer is not current on its interest and principal payments, they would be quite bad collateral. Not that they're worthless, necessarily — maybe the issuer will get its act together and start paying again — just that evaluating defaulted debt is a very specific skill. Many systems that demand collateral would not even consider defaulted bonds as collateral; defaulted bonds are not at all the sort of safe, fungible assets that work as collateral in deep and liquid markets
We talked yesterday about the idea that the US Department of the Treasury should issue premium bonds to avoid the debt ceiling. The idea is that the Treasury could issue a 10-year bond with a $100 face amount and a 15.6% interest rate, and that bond would be worth about $200. It could sell the bond for $200, raising $200 in cash but counting for only $100 against the debt ceiling. If you buy that bond, you pay $200 now and get back only $100 in 10 years, but you get $15.60 per year in interest over those 10 years, which makes it worth it.
People raised a couple of objections that I want to quickly discuss here. First of all, a lot of people worry about the tax treatment. If you buy a $200 Treasury for $200, and you get 3.6% interest ($7.20 per year) and your $200 back at maturity, you pay tax on that $7.20 of annual interest but not on the $200 you get back at the end. If you buy a $100 Treasury for $200, and you get 15.6% interest ($15.60 per year) and $100 back at maturity, you pay tax on the $15.60 of annual interest. More of your payments are characterized as taxable income rather than non-taxable return of principal, which seems bad.
But in fact the tax treatment is basically sensible: The tax code lets you deduct the premium that you paid from your taxes. If you pay $200 for a $100 bond, you paid $100 of premium, which you can amortize and deduct from your taxable income over the life of the bond. Oversimplifying , you deduct $10 per year for 10 years, so your taxable interest income is $15.60 minus $10 equals $5.60 per year, more or less the right amount. [9] There are some elections to make, and I am certainly not giving you tax advice, and this is probably a bit more annoying than just getting normal interest payments. But, no, the premium bond is not dramatically more tax-inefficient than a normal bond.
Second, there is a timing worry. The way this works is that Treasury would issue new premium bonds to pay back old bonds and raise extra money: A $100 bond comes due, Treasury replaces it with a new $100 high-interest bond, it sells the high-interest bond for $200, it pays off the old bond and keeps the extra $100 to pay for expenses. But if it has $200 of expenses, that doesn't work: You need to be doing enough new premium bond issuance to cover all the costs, or you need to start well before reaching the debt ceiling to build up some cash cushion. In fact, Treasury's monthly flows vary but tend to range from about a $300 billion surplus (April, tax day) to about a $430 billion deficit (September); roughly $400 billion of Treasuries mature each month. [10] So it does not seem implausible that Treasury could cover its monthly expenses by issuing premium bonds worth 200 cents on the dollar, even if it didn't start much before hitting the limit.
The dumbest thing in economics, the US government's debt ceiling, is clattering into relevance again. Basically the US Department of the Treasury has to pay the US government's bills, and to do that it issues debt, and every time it issues new debt it adds a little to the total amount of debt outstanding, and eventually the debt outstanding reaches some arbitrary number called the "debt ceiling." And then Treasury can't issue any more debt, unless Congress raises the debt ceiling. Which it can easily do — it's just an arbitrary number! — but Republicans in Congress keep threatening not to, and if that happens then the government can't pay its bills and defaults on its obligations. Here is a recent speech from Assistant Secretary of the Treasury Joshua Frost with more detail on why the debt ceiling is dumb and why Congress should raise it.
But there is a real risk that Congress won't, so today Bloomberg Opinion contributor Matt Yglesias has a Substack column arguing that Treasury should solve the problem of the debt ceiling using premium bonds. I think this is correct, I have made this argument a few times before, and Yglesias clearly explains why the debt ceiling is very dumb and why Treasury should, if need be, use gimmicks to solve it. And as gimmicks go, this one is fine. But his bond math is a little odd so I wanted to walk through a simplified version here.
Assume that the US Treasury, these days, can issue a one-year bond at an interest rate of 4.5%; that is not quite right but good enough. [1] Simplistically, you pay Treasury $100 today, and in a year, Treasury pays you back your $100, and also $4.50 of interest. [2] When this bond is issued, it increases the government's debt by $100, the face amount of the bond. [3]
You could imagine a debt ceiling that worked a different way: You could imagine counting this bond as adding $104.50 to the debt, since that is the total amount that the government has to pay back in principal and interest. But that would be sort of economically nonsensical, and anyway it is not the way the actual debt ceiling works. The actual US debt ceiling statute caps "the face amount of obligations" issued or guaranteed by the government, meaning the principal amount, not the interest it has to pay. Principal repayment obligations count toward the debt ceiling; interest obligations do not.
Of course, you could pay Treasury $200 today to buy two of these one-year, $100, 4.5% bonds. That would increase the debt stock by $200. And in a year you'd get back $209: your $200, plus 4.5% interest on your $200.
The premium-bond gimmick is: Treasury sells you one one-year $100 bond today, with an interest rate of 109%. In a year you get back $209: the $100 face amount of the bond, plus 109% interest. That bond has a face amount of $100, but it is clearly worth $200 today: It is economically the same as the two 4.5% bonds from the previous paragraph. So you'd be willing to pay Treasury $200 for it: the $100 face amount, plus $100 of "premium" to make the yield work out. And Treasury would be willing to sell it to you for $200: It sells you this $100 bond for $200. Treasury gets $200 of cash. But technically this bond is only $100 of "debt," of face amount, so it only increases the debt by $100.
You can do this for other maturities, with slightly more math. Today the 10-year Treasury note yield is about 3.6%. Instead of paying $100 for a 10-year Treasury note that pays a normal annual interest rate ($3.60 per year) and pays back $100 at maturity, you could pay $200 for a 10-year Treasury note that pays normal annual interest plus $10 per year, and pays back $100 at maturity. You get your $200 back — $10 per year for 10 years plus $100 at the end — plus interest on your money. But that $10 per year of principal return is called interest, and treated as interest for the debt ceiling. (The way the math actually works is that this bond would have about a 15.6% interest rate, that is, you'd get back about $15.60 per year plus $100 at the end. [4] ) It's a "$100 bond" for purposes of calculating how much debt is outstanding, but it's worth $200. So, again, Treasury can raise $200 by selling $100 of debt.
So every time $100 of debt comes due, Treasury can pay it back by selling $100 of debt for $200, keep the extra $100 to pay its expenses, and render the debt ceiling irrelevant.
Does this work? I have written about it a few times before, ages ago, and my rough sense is "meh, sure, probably." Nobody likes it, but neither has anyone ever pointed me to anything that makes it impossible. Again, the debt limit statute applies to "the face amount of obligations" issued by the government, so a bond with a $100 face amount sold for $200 would count for only $100 of debt. The law also allows the Treasury to issue bonds "at any annual interest rate," and to decide "the offering price and interest rate" of any issuance. So I think if the Treasury secretary said "we're going to sell $100 face amount of 10-year bonds for $200 and pay a 15.6% interest rate on them," that is quite gimmicky but also pretty clearly allowed by the statute. If Treasury did it, someone would probably sue, but I don't think they'd have a very good case; the law gives Treasury a lot of flexibility.
Now, Treasury itself has rules about debt issuance that do not really allow this; the current rules generally require Treasury to issue notes and bonds at a price of par ($100 for a $100 face amount) or less. [5] But those rules are set by the Treasury and can be changed in its discretion, without any act of Congress or any sort of administrative procedure; the rules say: "We reserve the right to modify the terms and conditions of new securities and to depart from the customary pattern of securities offerings at any time."
The main problems people have with this idea are in the general category of "market reaction": Investors would not like this because it's a weird gimmick, they would worry about it being somehow invalid, etc., so they would require higher yields and thus increase the government's borrowing cost and interest rates generally. It's important to note that, in my simple math above, the government's borrowing costs have not increased: The 15.6% interest rate on my hypothetical 10-year bond, or the 109% interest rate on my hypothetical one-year bond, do not represent more expensive borrowing than the current rates of 3.6% for a 10-year or 4.5% for a one-year; they just represent accounting gimmicks. In my hypothetical math, Treasury is paying the same actual yields on the actual money it raises; those high interest rates are just to shift principal repayment (covered by the debt ceiling) into interest (not covered). But in reality investors might also charge a bit more; the 10-year rate might really be, you know, 15.8%. That would be bad.
It's hard to know how much of an effect this would have; it has never happened and no one has clear intuitions for it. In general, very-high-premium bonds tend to be worth a bit less than normal bonds, [6] mostly for credit reasons — a bond with $100 face amount and very high interest that trades at $200 will only pay back $100 in bankruptcy — but it's not clear that that worry would apply to US government debt. (Similarly, people worry that high-premium Treasuries would be hard to finance in the repo market, but it's not obvious why that would be permanently true if the market concluded that Treasury was good for the money.) But investors might worry that somehow these bonds would be invalidated and they wouldn't get their interest payments, and that risk would require a higher yield.
One thing to think is that illiquidity causes volatility. If you have to sell a thing, and there are not many people willing to buy the thing, then you will have to accept whatever price they offer, even if it is far below the price of the last trade. So a thinly traded market will be volatile; motivated sellers will sell at low prices and motivated buyers will buy at high prices.
Another thing to think is that volatility causes illiquidity. If the price of a thing is bouncing around a lot, then people will be nervous about buying or selling it, because they could lose a lot of money. People who want to sell will say "it was selling at $100 five minutes ago, I want $100"; people who want to buy will say "it was selling at $80 three minutes ago, I'll pay $80"; it will be hard for them to agree on a price and so not much trading will happen.
You see that dynamic a lot in slow-moving opaque markets for unique things: When, say, private tech valuations crash, every tech company wants to raise money at the old valuations and every investor wants to invest at below the new valuations; the bid-ask spread is very wide and deals don't get done. But it can happen at a smaller scale even in extremely liquid markets.
You could tell a simple dumb story that goes like this:
1. In the olden days, banks liked to do risky things. This caused trouble in 2008, and now there are stronger capital regulations to keep banks from doing risky things. 2. These capital regulations also prevent banks from doing some safe things — they need to have capital against even Treasury-bond positions — so the business of "take a bunch of deposits and park the money somewhere safe" is harder for banks to execute. 3. Money market funds are a form of shadow banking, a way to do the basic work of banking (issuing deposits) without banking regulation or bank capital requirements. 4. In 2008 they also caused trouble, so now there are more regulations to keep them safe. But, crucially, they still don't really have to have capital like a bank. A money market fund can issue $100 of money-like claims to fund $100 of investments. 5. So money market funds are still good at the business of "take a bunch of deposits and park the money somewhere safe," like reverse repo. 6. There is a lot of cash, so the demand for that business is really high, and money market funds are in a better competitive position to offer it.
In other words, in 2006 banks and shadow banks were competing with each other to fund risky synthetic mortgage-backed securities; in 2021 banks and shadow banks are competing to literally lend money overnight to the Federal Reserve at 0.05%. In either case, it is easier to compete if you are not subject to bank regulation and capital requirements, so the shadow banks have an edge.
The dysfunction was instead exacerbated by the unwinding of what is known as the "basis trade". It involves highly-leveraged market participants arbitraging the difference between Treasury futures and Treasury bonds, which are slightly cheaper than futures due to different regulatory treatment. A favoured trading strategy has been to buy cash Treasuries and sell the corresponding futures contract.The price differential is often small, but hedge funds can juice returns by using huge amounts of leverage. The main way to do so is by swapping Treasuries for more cash in the "repo" market, one of the world's largest hubs for short-term, collateralised loans. The extra cash can then be recycled into even bigger positions, repeating the process to further augment returns.These trades have exploded in popularity since the financial crisis, as hedge funds — such as Capula Investment Management, Millennium Management, ExodusPoint Capital Management and Citadel — jumped into the void left by hamstrung bank trading desks. …
The intuition here is straightforward. There is a natural price of liquidity provision; the bid (the price market makers are willing to pay to buy a security you need to sell) is always going to be a bit below the offer (the price they're willing to accept to sell you a security you need to buy). That natural price is determined by things like the cost of funding and the risk of adverse selection and the salaries of traders and the costs of computers; it changes over time and is somewhat unobservable. But the actual price of liquidity provision—the actual spread between the bid and the offer—is basically always going to be some whole number of ticks, because the word "tick" just means the smallest possible price increment. You'll pay one or two or three or n ticks more to buy at the offer than you'll get to sell at the bid, and that difference is the market maker's income. Very frequently that whole number is one; the normal spread, in a lot of markets, is one tick. Sometimes it just works out that the tick size in a market is roughly equal to the natural price of liquidity in that market, and that's lucky. But often the tick size will trail the price of liquidity: The market will get more efficient and it will be cheaper to provide liquidity, but the minimum you can charge for liquidity is still one tick, so you'll overcharge, and the market will be a bit too expensive and illiquid and inefficient. And then if one day the tick size is cut in half, the price of liquidity will also be cut in half, and things will get better. "In fact, the spread for the smallest trades ($1 million) narrowed about 50 percent, from an average just slightly wider than the old tick size to an average just slightly wider than the new tick size." The price pretty much stayed one tick, even as a tick got smaller. By the way, you can't go too far with this. If you are just a logical person, you might think that markets should have very tiny tick sizes, much smaller than any plausible cost of liquidity provision, and let supply and demand sort things out. If the tick size was, like, 0.0001 (or 1/8192 if you insist on binary fractions forever), then tick size wouldn't constrain spreads, the price of liquidity would be the natural price, and bonds would trade at spreads of, like, 30 ticks, or whatever the right number is. But in fact that seems to be bad for liquidity; market makers do not want to offer liquidity for 30 ticks of spread if they know that someone else can cut in front of them for 29 ticks. In U.S. equities, Nasdaq has argued that many stocks have prices that are too high and tick sizes that are too narrow, and that there should be more stock splits to fix it:
Other stocks trade at large multiples of the tick increment, leading to wider spreads, increased prevalence of odd-lots, flickering quotations, and non-displayed trading that doesn't support price discovery. When ticks are too narrow, time priority for resting orders diminishes in value: traders patiently awaiting passive executions are outbid by economically insignificant amounts. At the extreme, outbidding is so inexpensive that time priority becomes essentially non-existent, destroying the incentive to post passive liquidity and reducing quote competition. As quote competition declines, price discovery weakens and spreads widen; when spreads widen, quote competition and price discovery weakens further and so on. Investors and issuers suffer. Data show the challenges are growing. A decline in stock splits, and the resulting rise in average stock prices, increases the frequency and inefficiencies of too-narrow ticks. In the decades prior to the credit crisis, stock splits were more common. Today, stock splits are rarer, causing many stocks, including several widely-held blue-chip stocks, to trade at prices significantly higher than historical norms. High stock prices combined with one-penny ticks, 100-share round lots, and sophisticated trading algorithms, makes trading outliers and inefficiencies more prevalent.
Basically it's good if the tick size and the price of liquidity are about the same. If the tick size is bigger, that's bad. If it's much smaller, that's also bad. You want the spread to be about a tick.
We have talked about this sort of thing before, from several angles. Here I want to make one simple point, which is: You can fund loans at Libor, but you can't fund loans at SOFR. So you're a bank. You have assets, and you fund them with liabilities. That's what banks do: The whole business is that you borrow money from someone and lend it to someone else. Traditionally you borrow short-term and lend long-term. Most traditionally, your borrowing takes the form of bank deposits (people lend you money by putting it in checking or savings accounts at the bank), and your lending takes the form of mortgages or small-business loans or whatever. Modern banking has lots and lots of stuff that departs from this core concept—often in the form of regulatory requirements to borrow long-term or lend short-term—but it is useful to keep that basic idea in mind. One thing that happens in the modern financial system is that there are banks with more deposits than they can lend, and other banks who can make more loans than they have deposits. In an efficient system, the banks with extra deposits would lend those extra deposits to the banks with extra lending opportunities: The deposits at deposit-heavy banks would fund loans at loan-heavy banks. And in fact the financial system has found lots of ways to make that happen, pipes that connect banks to each other to connect deposits and loans. One way is that U.S. banks lend money to each other in the federal funds market. Another way is that banks lend money to each other in the eurodollar market. There are more complicated ways. But fed funds and eurodollars were traditionally fairly straightforward ones: Some banks had extra dollars to lend, other banks needed dollars, and so they did a straight-up trade where the banks that needed dollars borrowed the dollars from the banks that had dollars. Those markets became big and important enough that there are closely followed indexes reflecting the average interest rates on trades in those markets. In the fed funds market that index is the fed funds rate; in the eurodollar market it is Libor. Another thing that happens in the modern financial system is a thing called "repo." One way to describe repo is that it consists of banks (or broker-dealers, or also hedge funds) borrowing money short-term from institutional investors (often money market funds, sometimes now the Federal Reserve) and lending it long-term to the U.S. Treasury. That description is not quite right ; it's not exactly how people experience it. But it is correct in an important way. Repo is secured short-term borrowing, and for a big important part of the U.S. repo market the only collateral is U.S. Treasury bonds. Again the repo market is big and important, and so there's a closely followed index rate, SOFR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, that is meant to be "a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by Treasury securities." If you are a bank you can go out and borrow money overnight in the repo market to buy a Treasury bond. But you can only use the money to buy a Treasury bond. You can't borrow money in the repo market to make a mortgage loan. It is a market for banks to fund their assets, but only some of their assets. The Treasury bonds. In a rough sense, then, SOFR measures the cost to a bank of borrowing money to buy Treasuries, while Libor measures the cost to a bank of borrowing money to buy whatever. Well, it doesn't quite; banks have lots of ways to borrow money to buy whatever. They can issue bonds or certificates of deposit, or they can find customers to open checking accounts that pay 0.01% interest. But Libor measures the cost of one way that banks borrow money to buy whatever, one potentially marginal way. (If you need a bit more money to fund a bit more loans you don't go issue a bond, but you might borrow in overnight unsecured markets.) If you are a bank making floating-rate loans to customers, you will ideally want the rate on the loan to float with your cost of funding it. If you charge Libor plus 2%, then you'll make about 2% profit each year. You can do better than that if you fund cheaper than Libor—for instance if you have a lot of checking accounts where you don't pay much interest—but you won't do much worse than that, because Libor is the price that you'll pay for unsecured money that you can use to fund your loan. If you charge SOFR plus 2.5%, then, you know, that's a number. If you happen to get your unsecured funding at around the SOFR rate then you'll make about 2.5% profit each year. There's no special reason to expect that. In placid times all the interest rates will be closely related, and the rate that investors charge to lend overnight money secured by Treasuries will be close to the rate that they charge to lend overnight unsecured money to banks. In bad times the secured-by-Treasuries rate might go down while the unsecured-to-banks rate might go up, and banks that set their loan rates based on SOFR might find themselves losing money:
The shift to SOFR is particularly thorny for banks, which make money by acquiring capital at low cost and lending it at higher rates. That is because SOFR is derived from rates on repurchase agreements that use super-safe U.S. government bonds as collateral, which are essentially guaranteed to be lower than the rates at which banks can borrow. Additionally, some bankers expect rates on variable-rate loans linked to SOFR to decline at times of economic stress, right when it typically becomes more expensive for banks to borrow. In a growing economy, Libor tends to be modestly higher than SOFR. Banks are worried that the difference will widen during a slowdown, as investors will rush into the relative safety of government debt, dragging down yields, while avoiding riskier corporate bonds, pushing those yields higher.
But even beyond the arithmetic and economic problems, there is something nice about connecting the price of loans to one (highly imperfect, and less useful than it used to be) measure of the cost of making them. "Banks take in money at a cost, and then slap a markup on it, and then lend it out at a price" makes conceptual sense. "The price of a corporate loan is linked to the cost of funding Treasury bonds" does not. The point of SOFR is that it's pretty easy to find out the cost of funding Treasury bonds; that's a big deep liquid market with lots of real transactions, so it produces a real rate. It is hard to figure out the average or prevailing or marginal cost of funding new loans: Banks get their money from lots of sources and they all have different costs of funding, and Libor is both reduced in importance as a measure of banks' marginal funding costs and also tainted by scandal. It is not a perfect measure of the thing you want to measure. But it does try to measure that in a way that SOFR doesn't.
How Entities Work (354)
Asset Managers (12)
The Blue Owl item belongs with the alternative-asset-manager transformation. These firms are no longer just deal shops. They build vehicles, insurance relationships and distribution channels that create durable management-fee economics.
The hedge-fund podcast discussion is about distribution, not entertainment. A manager's public voice can attract investors, employees and deal flow. In modern asset management, the media layer is part of the business model.
Famously, financial services firms are places where "the assets leave in the elevators each evening." I mean, this is a thing that you say if you work in financial services. It is flattering to you. It is not always entirely true. If you work in, like, private credit, arguably a lot of the assets are loans. Billions of dollars of loans, which do not take the elevator. Perhaps you run a fund, though, and the loans are on the balance sheet of the fund, and your firm's assets are just you and some fees. Anyway you're still pretty important.
How important? One possible answer is, like, "if an acquirer wanted to buy your firm, it would pay a premium to the value of the loans in order to get you and your talents and relationships and deal pipeline." An even more flattering answer is "if an acquirer wanted to buy your firm, it wouldn't: It would just hire you, because you are the main asset. The loans would follow, or not, but they're a commodity and not that important; what matters is the people.
Bloomberg's Silas Brown, Paula Seligson and John Sage reported last week:
Upstart private credit firm Corinthia Global Management approached Barings and parent MassMutual about buying certain Barings assets and overseeing some of its portfolios, after poaching more than 20 people from the firm, according to people with knowledge of the matter. ...
The new private credit manager also offered to provide portfolio management services to Barings Global Private Finance, which includes Barings' direct lending operations, and assume management of its funds over time, subject to investor and regulatory approvals, the person said. The company also proposed sharing some revenues, the person added.
Discussions haven't advanced and the two firms are not currently engaged in talks regarding the proposal, the people said.
Rude! This week Barings sued:
Investment manager Barings sued Corinthia Global Management and former employees Ian Fowler and Kelsey Tucker after the upstart private credit firm poached more than 20 employees in one of the largest team lifts at an alternative asset manager in recent years.
The poaching shocked the private credit industry, which has grown to $1.7 trillion in assets under management globally. The industry has expanded quickly as more firms seek exposure to a corner of the loan market that can appear less volatile and offer higher returns, but starting a new asset manager remains difficult given the limited talent pool in the niche.
And the Financial Times notes:
The raid, which one rival to Barings described as "aggressive" and a tactic they had never seen before, carries a risk that the loans Barings currently holds are refinanced by other lenders keen to take advantage of the situation.
When private credit firms are willingly put up for sale, it is not unusual for a quarter of that firm's loan book to be refinanced by rivals. It is potentially more fraught when a situation is hostile, the rival added.
"Typically this would create a run on the portfolio because anyone in those deals would try to refinance them out," the person said. "And it raises bigger issues of how do [private equity] sponsors feel about them?"
Barings' complaint explains how rude it was:
At 5:39 p.m. Eastern time on Friday, March 8 – after 10:30 at night in London – the founder of Corinthia, Paul Weightman, emailed Roger Crandall, the chairman and chief executive officer of Barings' parent company, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company ("MassMutual"), referencing Mr. Wheeler's resignation and requesting to arrange a time to speak on Saturday, March 9.
On the morning of March 9, Mr. Weightman again emailed Mr. Crandall threatening that the impending departure of "the senior managers will create a range of issues for the Barings Private Credit business" and attaching an unsolicited term sheet pursuant to which Corinthia sought to assume responsibility for Barings' entire GPF business, make offers of employment to all employees of the GPF group and have Barings release all of those employees from their restrictive covenants, and purchase the GPF portfolio and business for pennies on the dollar. The Corinthia term sheet went so far as to provide that Barings would appoint Corinthia as the sub-investment advisor for Barings' managed funds and pay Corinthia a portion of the management fees earned by Barings on the GPF funds.
Once you have the people, the loans are worth pennies on the dollar. Barings argues that its former employees are breaching their non-solicitation and confidentiality agreements, and you get a sense of how important those agreements are. If the value of the business is just in the employees' knowledge and relationships, and they can take that knowledge and those relationships with them, then what else did Barings own?
I don't know what that means but I could imagine, like, programming a computer model that weights each analyst's vote by (1) her track record of being correct in previous votes, (2) her expressed confidence in the current vote, (3) how much the CIO likes her personally and wants to get along with her, etc. And then you feed the votes into that model and the computer is like "this proposal passes with 9 Yes votes and 11 No votes, but the Yeses are a little better than the Noes."
In particular I could imagine Bridgewater Associates doing it on the computer, using way more data to compute everyone's vote weight, and publishing everyone's coefficients. "Your vote counted for 0.47 votes yesterday but then Dave found you a little annoying in a meeting and pushed the negative feedback button on the app, so now your vote only counts for 0.44."
Also though I could imagine not programming a computer model to do that, and just doing it informally in your head? Like Golden apparently does? What is life but interacting with people who give greater or lesser weight to your views and desires, and trying to get your weight up? And having your own formula, in your own head, for how you weight other people's views and desires? Everyone's formula for that is odd and secret and unstable: Life changes, friendships change, there's no accounting for taste, the heart wants what it wants, etc. Except at Bridgewater the formula is probably in the computer.
In the olden days, simplistically, there were two sorts of shareholders of public companies. There were active shareholders, owner-operators, stock promoters, robber barons, railroad tycoons, etc., who would buy 100% or 51% or 15% of some company and involve themselves in running it, going to board meetings and making strategic decisions. And there were passive shareholders, regular investors, who would buy 100 shares of some company to get dividends.
Over time, as the stock market grew, these archetypal shareholders were increasingly pools of capital rather than individual humans. (None of this history is particularly real, by the way; it is just schematic.) Active shareholders are now often private equity firms, corporate raiders, activist hedge funds, etc., who buy 100% or 51% or 15% of some company and try to change its management. Passive shareholders are often mutual funds or other asset managers, who pool capital from regular investors and buy 0.1% or 1% or 9% of some company for investment purposes.
There are, in US law, lots of rules about corporate ownership, about who can own a company and who has to approve any change in ownership. Some of these rules apply to every company, or every public company: Securities law regulates how people can take over companies, what they have to disclose, how they have to treat other shareholders, etc.; antitrust law regulates how people can acquire multiple companies in the same industry, to prevent anyone from gaining monopoly power. Others are industry-specific: Lots of industries have their own regulators, who will want to vet the owners of the companies they regulate, so if you want to acquire a bank or a casino or a defense contractor or a television network, you will have to get the approval of the relevant industry regulator.
Often — not always, but often — these rules will make a distinction between active and passive owners: Active owner-operators often need to get these approvals, while passive investor-shareholders often do not, or can get them quickly and automatically. If you want to buy 51% of a publicly traded casino company and run it, that implicates securities law and antitrust law and casino regulation. If you want to buy 100 shares of a casino company in your 401(k), that does not. There is sometimes a size-based distinction — acquiring more than $X or Y% of the shares triggers review — but often there is also a subjective intent distinction, where even if you acquire more than $X or Y%, as long as you are a passive investor, that's fine.
The problem is that, in modern markets, the passive investors have become more active. [5] Modern asset managers feel some fiduciary duty to their investors, not just to pick good stocks, but also to do "stewardship," to supervise the managers of the companies whose stocks they own and tell them how to run their businesses better. (In fact many modern asset managers don't pick stocks at all; they just buy the stocks in the index, which makes stewardship more important.)
Not all of this is about environmental, social and governance issues, but a lot of it is, in part because ESG has recently been a good marketing pitch for many asset managers and in part because, if you're a very diversified investor, you may not have any great ideas for how any particular company can improve its margins, but good governance and climate change affect all of your investments so you'll have some more developed views. But the point here isn't really about ESG; it's about the fact that asset managers are fiduciaries for their investors, and "ehh we just let companies do what they want and don't bother checking up on them" feels lazy and unprofessional. (Whereas, if you own 100 shares of some company in your personal account, it would be sort of crazy for you to try to check up on management.)
What does this mean for all the rules about ownership? I think it creates hard problems: The rules were written when the distinction between active owner-operators and passive investors was a bit sharper, and they don't give very clear answers now. The antitrust rules distinguish passive owners who acquire stock "solely for the purpose of investment" from active owners who try to "influence the business decisions" of the company, but surely an index fund with 5% of a company's stock is mostly the former but also a little bit the latter. SEC rules distinguish passive owners who buy stock "in the ordinary course of [their] business and not with the purpose nor with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer" from active owners who try to "change or influence the control" of the company; surely an index fund with 5% of a company's stock bought it "in the ordinary course of its business" and without planning to change the control of the company, but can its stewardship team come in and talk about governance, or is that "influencing the control"?
So a certain amount of action in securities regulation has to do with policing this now somewhat blurry line between active and passive shareholders. (Ask Elon Musk!) A significant amount of action in antitrust enforcement, and a huge amount of action in antitrust scholarship, has to do with this shifting line: Historically it would have been somewhat insane to say "an index fund is an antitrust problem because it owns stocks of lots of competing companies," but as asset managers have become more interested in stewardship, that has become a far more popular thing to say, even among antitrust regulators.
The biggest buyers of leveraged loans are looking to repeat a strategy that generated gains of more than 60% during the early part of the pandemic, but raising money for these funds is getting harder.
Money managers are quickly buying loans in trading markets and funding their purchases by selling bonds known as collateralized loan obligations. These "print-and-sprint" transactions differ from regular CLOs, where firms buy new loans from companies over months, temporarily funding their purchases with credit lines from banks until they sell CLOs.
Columbia Threadneedle Investments is one of the latest managers to sell print-and-sprint CLOs. Carlyle Group Inc. sold another such deal in Europe -- a feat not accomplished there for years. Managers like Blackstone Inc., Investcorp and Ares Management Corp. are also getting the transactions done, as is Apollo Global Management Inc.
"Any savvy manager would want to take advantage of this situation," said Jerry Howard, head of the US bank loan team at Columbia Threadneedle.
More are planning to follow, according to people with knowledge of the matter. But executing the deals is becoming increasingly difficult as CLOs are having to pay more to finance their transactions, particularly when selling the highest-rated bonds they offer, where yields have jumped in recent weeks. Higher funding costs have also cut into the potential profits from a CLO, because loan prices haven't moved as much.
If you can issue AAA-rated debt to buy junk-rated debt, there are spreads to be earned there.
Sometimes the senior managers of public companies meet with their big shareholders. On the one hand, this makes complete sense: The shareholders own the company and the managers work for the shareholders; the shareholders should be able to tell the managers what they think, and the managers should have to explain themselves to the shareholders. On the other hand, it is very awkward: Generally, securities laws try to give all investors a level informational playing field; corporate managers are not supposed to tell big favored shareholders material nonpublic information without disclosing it simultaneously to everyone.
There is a theoretical way to split this difference — the managers can meet with the shareholders, but can't tell them anything material and nonpublic — but it is sort of hard to understand how it could work in practice. Why would the shareholders bother, if not to learn something that might be useful in their investing process? You could have a theory — it sometimes goes by the name "mosaic theory" — that the managers don't tell the investors anything material, but they tell them lots of immaterial things that somehow add up to materiality. I'm not sure why that's better. But, anyway, we talk from time to time about how big investors love doing these meetings, how they pay large sums of money to banks specifically to facilitate these meetings, how the banks' research departments are largely in the business of facilitating these meetings, etc.
Here is a paper titled "The Benefits of Access: Evidence from Private Meetings with Portfolio Firms," by Marco Becht, Julian Franks and Hannes Wagner. The authors "address these issues using proprietary data from one of the world's 30 largest active asset managers–Aberdeen Standard Investments." Their data set is from just one UK firm, but it's very detailed:
Our dataset contains detailed records of the internal day-to-day activities inside the asset management organization for a period of nine years, and includes detailed notes of all contacts and meetings with portfolio firms, votes cast at shareholder meetings, as well as roughly 11 million observations of fund-level stock holdings at daily frequency.
They find that, for an active stock manager, meeting with companies is useful: After meeting with corporate managers, Aberdeen is more likely to make a trading decision, and that trading decision is more likely to be good.
The primary finding of this paper is that for this active investor, monitoring and engagement generates insights and information advantages that influence internal analyst recommendations and are used for trading decisions. These trades generate abnormal returns. …Fund managers heavily trade portfolio firms precisely on meeting days , and trading remains elevated for several days; funds that trade around meeting days tend to be those that trade around other events such as internal analyst upgrades or downgrades and shareholder votes. Not all meetings are the same. Meetings with fund managers generate both buy and sell trades, whereas meetings with governance specialists generate largely sell trades.
Yes! Reasonable! It would be very weird if it were otherwise, if Aberdeen regularly met with the managers of its portfolio companies and did not draw any conclusions from those meetings, or if those conclusions did not influence its trading, or if that influence made the trading worse. They are in the business of buying stocks that will go up and selling stocks that will go down; it is their job; they work hard at it; it is a competitive industry; surely a thing that they spend a lot of time on has a purpose , and surely that purpose is to help them pick the right stocks. Fine.So this is not a surprising result, though it reinforces something I argue a lot around here, so I would mention it for that reason alone. But I also want to mention it because it begins with a nice anecdote. Aberdeen was a big investor in Carillion Plc, a construction firm. In 2015, Aberdeen's governance specialist met with the chairman of Carillion's board. Becht, Franks and Wagner have access to Aberdeen's internal notes from all its management meetings. "An extract from the meeting notes leaves little doubt about the specialist's concerns":
"The shares have modestly lagged the wider market since the inconclusive approach to Balfour Beatty and forecasts have also drifted. But if the market seems apathetic about Carillion, [the Chairman] was on chipper form. Looking unfeasibly tanned for this time of year, he […] had just returned from Lesotho by way of a break at a spa in Thailand. He had been out in southern Africa as Chairman of [… a] children's charity. [The Chairman] had had a busy time and was justifiably proud of the polo match that the charity had staged, and which had raised over £1m. Meanwhile, he remains "Chairman designate" of […]. He is also Chairman of […] and sits on the board of […]. He is a busy man. Perhaps as a consequence, [his] style would appear to be "light touch". He averred that his predecessor [...] had been "old school" but while he […] was "different … they had similar approaches". It all sounded rather confusing. His main contribution was to have refreshed the board and to have focused on the mentoring of the CEO, with whom he sounds to have an avuncular relationship. About the outlook for Carillion he seemed rather vague – strategically he […] 'had an intuition that there were opportunities in developed and developing economies'. The force of this insight was somewhat diminished by the admission that 'they hadn't really made any progress on that front' (notwithstanding that the CEO received almost a full bonus for that measure of performance in 2014)."
"Two weeks later the internal analyst covering the firm downgraded it, from 'Hold' to 'Sell,'" and Aberdeen funds sold down about a quarter of their Carillion holdings over the course of a week. "The company eventually went into insolvency." Did the chairman tell the Aberdeen governance specialist anything material and nonpublic during this meeting? I think the conventional answer would be no, he did not. He didn't, for instance, say "oh by the way we plan to go into insolvency eventually, watch out." He said some general platitudes about management and strategy; the chairman's "intuition that there were opportunities in developed and developing economies" does not seem like the sort of material news that a company would have to disclose publicly.On the other hand, it is clear that the Aberdeen analyst got useful information out of this meeting. The analyst paid close attention to the discussion of the chairman's spa trip and charity polo match, and got a strong and accurate sell signal from that discussion. Surely the most useful information in the meeting came from the guy's tan. If you describe an executive as "unfeasibly tanned" in a research note, you have definitely decided to sell. Here, that was the right call.
A thought experiment that people occasionally propose is: What if shares of economic ownership of public companies were traded separately from voting control of those companies? Like, each share of stock is a unit consisting of (1) a 0.0001%, or whatever, claim on the residual value of the corporation plus (2) 0.0001%, or whatever, of the power to elect directors of the company, vote on big actions like mergers, and vote on minor symbolic issues like non-binding shareholder proxy proposals. In this thought experiment, those two things would be separable; you could buy a share of stock, sell the vote and keep the economic ownership, or you could buy a share of stock, sell the economic ownership and keep the vote.
What would happen? Well, some people would prefer to own fewer votes. Me, for instance: If I bought individual stocks (I don't), I would immediately sell my votes, because my voting power would be too tiny to possibly matter and I'd rather get like 50 cents for it. And in fact retail investors are notoriously unlikely to vote their stock; the Financial Times had a good article last week about how lots of special purpose acquisition companies have trouble completing their mergers because they have a lot of retail investors and they can't get them to vote for the deals. They don't vote against the deals either; they just don't vote, because retail investors, mostly quite sensibly, don't vote.
But perhaps others too. It is not at all clear that it is rational for index funds to vote their shares, most of the time. An index fund is in the business of (1) owning all the stocks (2) as cheaply as possible. Its value proposition to investors is "we will give you the market return, which is very easy, so we will spend absolutely no money doing it, so your costs will be low." If you own 500, or 3,000, stocks, it costs a lot of money to hire an analyst to follow each one, understand its business and its finances, evaluate the performance of its board and officers, and come to a reasoned position on how to vote on each question in its proxy.
Well, you might vote on some stuff, stuff that you can analyze at a macro level that applies to every company. You might have a blanket rule of voting against certain sorts of "bad governance" (staggered boards of directors, etc.), or voting for certain sorts of climate-change proposals, because you think that governance and climate change have systematic effects on your portfolio. But if an activist comes to you and says "we think that this company has been insufficiently aggressive in capturing market share in the underwater widget space, and we'd like to elect new directors with strong experience in that area, here are their resumes," you might reply: "Look, you have the wrong person, I had never heard of this company before you came in; sure I own a billion dollars' worth of its stock but that's just because I own every stock; I don't have time to talk to you about underwater widgets."
There is an argument that index funds are just not very good voters, on a lot of questions; they do not have all the right incentives to get informed and maximize shareholder value. (There are other, weirder arguments that we talk about a lot, arguments that they have incentives to maximize something other than shareholder value: Because they own all the companies, index funds might want to do things like reduce competition between them rather than maximize each company's value.) Perhaps both they and others would be better off if they sold their votes to someone who cared more.
Other people would prefer to have more votes. The obvious category here is activist investors: If you're an activist hedge fund that wants to change the company's board and management and strategic direction, what you do is (1) buy a lot of stock, but not that much stock, and then (2) try to persuade other shareholders to vote for your proposals. You don't buy that much stock mostly because you don't have limitless money, you are targeting big companies, and you don't want to risk your entire fund's capital on one bet.
But if you could cheaply buy votes, rather than trying to persuade other shareholders, that would help you out a lot. Instead of walking into the office of an index fund and saying "we'd like you to vote for our slate of underwater widget experts" and hearing them respond "we have never heard of this company, we just own all the stocks," you could walk into their office and say "we'd like to buy your votes for 10 cents a share" and have them respond "oh sure that's better than what we were doing with them."[4]
I suppose another category would be anti-activists. If you are the chief executive officer of a family business that is now a public company, and you don't want evil short-term activists to come in and mess up your company, you could just go around to all the index funds and retail investors and try to buy up their voting rights, so that you can maintain control of the company indefinitely even as other people hold the economic ownership.
Of course that happens all the time now, sort of, in that companies regularly go public with dual-class share structures in which the founder-CEOs keep control of the majority of the votes even as they sell economic ownership. But that is a crude approach. One problem with it is that it is hard to price. When a private company wants to go public, its CEO will say "I want to keep control," and the banks will say "okay but it will cost you, investors disfavor dual-class stock," and the CEO will say "how much will it cost me," and the banks will say "I dunno." It is hard to get clear evidence about the value of votes.[5] Whereas if every company went public with single-class stock, but you could trade the votes, there'd just be market evidence of the value of those votes. And then founders could say "well, for a billion dollars, sure I'll sell votes," or "well, if it only costs me $100 million, I guess I'll keep the votes," or whatever it is.
So you could imagine a market in which everyone — retail investors, index funds, activists, insiders — can buy economic exposure to companies, but they can also trade voting rights among themselves, so that the voting rights migrate from people who don't care about them and don't do a good job with them to people who do care and will do a good job.
Now, there are obvious downsides to this idea. For one thing, that story I just told about the CEO is not a great story. A CEO gets a lot of benefits from her company. If she owns stock, she wants the stock to go up, because then she will get richer. But she also gets a salary, and a bonus, and a nice office, and maybe a corporate jet, and the satisfaction and prestige of being a CEO. A CEO with little economic ownership but a lot of voting control might do bad stuff: She might pay herself a lot, and not work very hard, and buy a lot of jets with company money, and the shareholders — whose money she was spending — wouldn't be able to do anything about it.[6]
But you could do even worse. What about an activist short seller who bets a billion dollars on the company to fail, buys up 51% of the votes for $200 million, votes in a new slate of directors, appoints herself CEO, and announces "hey new strategic pivot, we have fired everyone, shut down production, and are now in the business of lighting all our money on fire until there is none left"? The stock goes to zero, the activist makes a billion dollars on her short and loses $200 million on her vote-buying; net, she is up $800 million. I think there are obvious deterrents to this — directors' fiduciary duties, etc. — but people do sometimes worry about "empty voting," about investors gaining control of a company without sharing the same economic interests as other shareholders, and doing bad stuff with it.
That was my rough sketch of how U.S. administrative law works, of how agencies like the Securities and Exchange Commission make their decisions. They are not elected, and they do not have the same direct public accountability as a congressperson, but their processes are nonetheless designed for a certain sort of public accountability. When they make a big decision about their rules, they put out a preliminary notice of the decision and then ask interested parties, and the public, to send comments. (Sometimes with comical results.) They hold public hearings, and then, when they make the final rule, they publish a record in which they try to incorporate and respond to the public's comments. Precisely because they are not directly elected, they try to make their decisions feel legitimate by being transparent and engaging with the public's concerns. Obviously investment managers don't normally work that way, though some adjacent entities (stock exchanges, index providers) kind of do. The point here is just that if a corporation ends up accidentally having some level of systemic power like this, where its policy decisions have huge effects not just on its shareholders and customers but on the world as a whole, then perhaps it should take pains to make those decisions transparently and with public engagement. If your company somehow becomes a quasi-government, perhaps it should act quasi-governmentally. Anyway if you think that Donald Trump should or should not be allowed to use Facebook, now's your chance to tell Facebook about it. Well, not Facebook Inc., but the Facebook Supreme Court. Sorry, the Oversight Board: [Yesterday] the Oversight Board accepted a case referral from Facebook to examine their decision to indefinitely suspend former US President Donald Trump's access to post content on Facebook and Instagram. Facebook has also requested policy recommendations from the Board on suspensions when the user is a political leader. Facebook's decision to suspend Mr. Trump's access to post on Facebook and Instagram on January 7, 2021, has driven intense global interest. The Oversight Board has been closely following events in the United States and Facebook's response to them, and the Board is ready to provide a thorough and independent assessment of the company's decision. A decision by the Board on this case will be binding on Facebook, and determine whether Mr. Trump's suspension from access to Facebook and Instagram for an indefinite amount of time is overturned. Facebook has committed not to restore access to its platforms unless directed by a decision of the Oversight Board. Facebook must consider any accompanying policy recommendations from the Board, and publicly respond to them.
The way transition management works is that some client—a pension fund, etc.—wants to sell some giant portfolio and buy some other, similar yet different giant portfolio. They will go to a transition manager like State Street, which will do the buying and selling for some infinitesimal fee, one or two or sometimes zero basis points of the portfolio. What does "do the buying and selling" mean? It might mean that you take all of the client's bonds, poll banks for the highest bids for them, sell them to the highest bidders, take the money, poll banks to get the lowest offers for the bonds the client wants, and buy the new bonds from the banks with the lowest offers, and deliver the new bonds to the client at the price you got. You act as a pure agent, finding the buyers and sellers, and your compensation is your fee of one or two or zero basis points. Or it might mean that you call up your own firm's bond trading desk, sell the client's bonds to your own desk, and then buy the new bonds from your desk. You buy the bonds from your desk at a reasonable price, of course; you are not a monster, you don't let your desk rip your client off. But there is some range of reasonable prices. If a bond is bid at 99 and offered at 99.5, your client will buy it at 99.5, or perhaps 99.375 or 99.625. If your desk bought it at 99—if it bought at the bid and sold at the offer—then your firm makes 0.5 (or 0.375 or 0.625) on the trade. Plus your one or two or zero basis points. Your firm acts both as agent (you, doing the transition management) and as counterparty (your trading desk, dealing bonds); you do the trade with your balance sheet and collect a markup. How do you decide which to do? The short answer, for State Street, during McLellan's tenure, was basically that if the clients are paying attention you act as an agent and if they're not you act as a counterparty. Or, more technically, if they are covered by ERISA you act as an agent and if not you act as a counterparty:
"Let's say a client wants to move $5 billion from the Russell 3000" — assets based in U.S. dollars — "into something valued in a foreign currency," McLellan says. "You've got to sell $5 billion in U.S. dollars and move it into individual currencies. A ton of pounds, a ton of euros, yen, and so on." By the late 2000s, for most pension clients based in the U.S. — and thus subject to a U.S. law regarding financial dealings, known as ERISA — State Street would act as an "agent"; they had to have the client's interests at heart. "If you're an ERISA client, we're going to route your trade through UBS or Deutsche Bank or others," McLellan says. "If you're non-ERISA" — meaning the client is not subject to U.S. law — "we're literally going to run you over and take as much money as we possibly can from you." They would do this, he explains, by routing the foreign exchange trades through State Street's own trading desk, where, like an iffy real estate agent, they would act not as an agent but as a risk-free middleman.This standard operating procedure was sanctioned at the highest reaches of the bank, McLellan claims. "We would use terms like 'We need to extract more value from order flow.'" David Puth — then head of State Street Global Markets, the research and trading division of the bank — "pushed us to internalize as much of our client's order flow as we possibly could," lauding the transition management unit's "multiplier factor of the revenue."
Originally, that was the answer only for the foreign-exchange component of the transition. The rest of it was done as an agent: You'd sell the client's old stocks, and buy its new stocks, at the lowest price available in the market, but (for a foreign client) you'd sell its dollars and buy its euros through your own desk and collect a markup. I said above that your desk charges a reasonable markup because you are not a monster, but of course you are a little bit of a monster, and the traders on your FX desk probably are monsters, and they might be tempted, for a captive trade that you bring them, to charge an unreasonable markup:
"Did you do transition management trades with FX?" Paine asked, according to McLellan's recollection."Often," replied McLellan. "Did you get good execution?" Paine continued."No," McLellan said. "They ripped our clients' throats out."
It is all relative, though; currencies tend to trade liquidly with tight bid/ask spreads. But then State Street figured that you could do the same thing with bonds, where markups can sometimes be larger and more opaque:
The standard operating procedure became non-standard in 2009, according to McLellan. That year it was determined that the model long applied to foreign exchange trading would now also be used for bonds. Who exactly decided on — and approved — that change is still in dispute, McLellan believes.The first client impacted was not Royal Mail, but a massive Middle Eastern sovereign wealth fund, the Kuwait Investment Authority. To win a piece of transition business from the KIA, State Street "bid zero" — meaning they would take no fee. "Who works for free?" McLellan asks. "If you're a $700 billion fund, you think people are working for free for you? It's mind-numbingly dumb. Nothing's for free." The Kuwaiti fund, McLellan argues, must have understood that State Street was going to make money in other ways: namely, when it came to fixed-income transitions, by acting as a riskless principal. "That's what we did for FX. For fixed-income we did the same thing."
Look he is obviously right about that.[1] If you tell a client "we will manage your transition for a fee of zero basis points," the client must know that you are making money somewhere else, and if the client is a giant sovereign wealth fund who knows how bond trading works there is a good chance that they'll know that the somewhere else is in bid/ask spreads on the bonds you're trading. If there is one simple lesson from this case, and from virtually every other piece of financial news, it is that if people are doing something for you and charging you zero for it then they're making money somewhere else, and you should probably figure out where that is. But I do not want to over-stress this lesson; it's not like the Kuwait Investment Authority learned it from this experience. The KIA already knew all of this. Charging someone zero explicit fees and then adding riskless-principal markups isn't even fraud, really; that is just the way the world works.The bad thing is that State Street didn't always bid zero, and McLellan and his U.K. subordinates Edward Pennings and Richard Boomgaardt sometimes sort of denied that it was making money elsewhere:
But it was one client — the Royal Mail Pension Plan, which pays the retirements of Britain's postal workers — that ultimately led to the trio's downfall.In February 2011 the pension fund was looking to transition a large portfolio of bonds. In an email on the 21st of that month to Ian McKnight, the chief investment officer at Royal Mail, Pennings — McLellan's man in London — confirmed that "we can do this project for a management fee of 1.75 bps of the portfolio value of £1.3bln or £227,500."
McKnight responded, asking for clarification. "For the avoidance of doubt can you confirm this is your full and final transition fee including all the buying and selling required by my trades?"
Pennings confirmed. "The fee includes all trading required."
It did not.
Yeah if you tell the client that (1) you will charge them 1.75 basis points and (2) "the fee includes all trading required," then they won't necessarily know that you're making money somewhere else. If you're a connoisseur of trading shenanigans you might find that answer ambiguous—"the fee includes all trading required" is not quite
Next week a bunch of investors, who among them control $9 trillion of assets and are among the biggest shareholders at hundreds of public companies, will all get together in Boston to meet, privately, with the chief executive officers of a bunch of big public consumer-staples companies, including Walmart Inc., Coca-Cola Co. and Clorox Co. We talk a lot around here about a controversial theory that big diversified institutional investors who are large shareholders in all the companies in the same industry will somehow discourage those companies from competing with each other, leading to higher consumer prices and more profits for those investors to share. And I always say, well, it is not like Fidelity and T. Rowe Price and Capital Group all get together with the CEOs of all the companies in an industry to talk about how they should be running their businesses. Except next week I mean! Also there'll be a health-care one in Baltimore in November. The good news is that the big investors are not meeting the big companies to tell them how to run their businesses. (Maybe!) They're meeting them to get nonpublic information that they can use to outperform other investors who do not have access to all the CEOs. Bloomberg reports:
T. Rowe continues to "find value in the access to corporate leaders that Wall Street has facilitated over many years," but is adding its own "direct corporate access program," said a spokesman for the Baltimore-based firm. "This includes joining with other major asset-management firms to plan separate corporate access events that will provide a unique and tailored research experience for our company's investors." A spokesperson for Capital Group, best known for its American Funds, confirmed the event and said in a statement that the Los Angeles-based firm regularly meets with "company management, boards and other stakeholders to build the investment insights that deliver superior investment results."
And from the Wall Street Journal:
It has also sparked worry among smaller asset managers not invited into the club. While CEOs aren't allowed to share corporate secrets at closed meetings, investors focus on their tone and body language in the hopes of picking up useful information. It appears to work: A 2011 academic study found that fund managers who attended corporate meetings made more money than those who didn't. The planned conferences won't include public presentations by CEOs, but rather a series of 75-minute one-on-one meetings, attendees said. That means companies won't have to disclose the meetings or release webcasts or transcripts of what is discussed.
I always assume that "tone and body language" is code for "they disclose a little bit of secret stuff"; I have trouble believing that every fundamental equity investor is highly trained in interpreting body language. You can't say "we're gonna do a big merger next week" in these meetings, or "boy our earnings will be terrible this quarter," but you can walk the investors through how you're thinking about strategy and competition, you can help them with their models, you can disclose a whole bunch of stuff that isn't so material that it needs to be put out publicly, but that does help them understand the company and make better investing decisions. And the investors know how to ask questions to elicit useful-but-not-illegal information, and your investor-relations director knows how to answer those questions in helpful-but-not-illegal ways. And everyone knows this and it's fine. The story about this conference, in Bloomberg and the Wall Street Journal, is not that it is happening ; conferences like this are the most normal thing in the world. The story is that the investors are cutting out the banks to do this conference themselves:
The insurgency threatens a status quo on Wall Street, where banks earn millions of dollars in fees brokering meetings between their investor clients and their corporate clients. They arrange what are known as road shows ahead of stock offerings and take shareholders on field trips through factory floors, often charging thousands of dollars a head. That business, known as corporate access, has been a key moneymaker for banks. Investing clients reward them with trading commissions, and corporate clients reward them with underwriting and merger-advisory mandates. ... Word of the conferences has caused consternation among banks. Next week's event coincides with a Bank of America Corp. consumer-goods conference, where Macy's Inc. and Dick's Sporting Goods Inc. are set to pitch to investors.
We have talked about this before, but it really is one of the places where the popular conception of financial rules is most out of step with actual standard practice. Everyone in the investing world understands that companies meet privately with investors and tell them things that the investors find useful, and that big investors have more opportunities to do this than small investors, and that that is sort of inherent in the nature of companies that are owned by investors and need to communicate with their owners. Outside of the investing world there is a view that insider-trading law creates a level playing field for all investors, in which everyone has to have the same information at the same time. "There's regulations that stop that, talking to analysts," Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor once said in oral argument in an insider-trading case. But really it happens all the time.
Proxy advisers are companies—the big ones are Institutional Shareholder Services and Glass Lewis—that give recommendations to institutional investors about how to vote their shares on corporate matters. There are thousands of public companies and essentially all of them ask their shareholders to vote on a bunch of things every year. Mostly this is routine stuff like election of directors, approval of executive pay, non-binding shareholder proposals asking the managers to prepare environmental reports, etc., but sometimes it is high-stakes stuff like hostile takeover proposals or proxy fights for control of the board of directors. That's a lot to keep track of, and a lot of institutional investors don't have time to think deeply about all of it. So they outsource much of this thinking to the proxy advisory firms: The proxy advisory firms employ people who think about it, develop policies about how they plan to vote on recurring questions, write recommendations on how to vote on each particular question for each particular company, and send those recommendations to their clients, the big institutional investors who subscribe to their research. And then the institutions vote however they want, which often means pretty reflexively voting however ISS and Glass Lewis recommend. Corporate managers really dislike this. (Oversimplifying: Institutional investors used to just vote however management recommended, and now they vote however the proxy advisers recommend, which is sometimes against management.) Their objection often takes the form "who put ISS and Glass Lewis in charge, anyway?" There is actually a really straightforward answer to this question, which is: The investors did. Institutional investors subscribe to their recommendations and pay their fees because they find them useful. ISS and Glass Lewis have no special regulatory power; they have the ability to influence the votes of big institutional investors only because those big institutional investors generally find their recommendations useful. From first principles you'd expect the proxy advisers to be responsive to big institutional investors' desires. If, for instance, every big institutional investor thought that it was a waste of time to ask public companies to prepare reports on their environmental stewardship, you would expect ISS and Glass Lewis to recommend voting no on shareholder proposals for those reports. If every big institutional investor decided to get really into environmental stewardship, you would expect ISS and Glass Lewis to recommend voting yes. On a lot of general policy matters—broad structural things like "should companies care about the environment" or "should the chairman and CEO be different people"—you would expect the proxy advisers to mostly do the work of aggregating the preferences of big investors and making it administratively easier for those investors to vote their preferences. You know you want certain sorts of environmental stewardship, you know all the other big investors want the same sorts of environmental stewardship, you know that ISS knows that and has policies favoring those sorts of environmental stewardship, a thousand companies have a thousand proposals with the word "environment" in them, ISS recommends voting for 300 and against 700, you just vote like ISS tells you because that's what you're paying them for. That is oversimplified, though; lots of corporate votes are not easily decided by universal rules. Proxy fights are particularly difficult: A company's board of directors and managers have one strategic vision, an activist shareholder has another strategic vision, they both make lots of arguments and prepare lots of research and call each other lots of names, and general rules like "always vote with management" or "always vote with the activist" seem likely to lead to trouble. In those circumstances you would expect ISS and Glass Lewis to have some general policies—"always vote for the side whose plans will add the most value," that sort of thing—and to put a lot of work into understanding which side is better. But you also might expect many big investors to have more developed views of their own. Big institutional investors don't pay attention to every one of the thousands of routine proxy proposals, but at least some of them will have strong views on a big proxy fight at a company they care about. You might expect ISS and Glass Lewis to want to know those views. If ISS recommends voting for the activist in a proxy fight, and all of its big investor clients vote for management instead, then that is a little embarrassing just from a responsiveness-to-customers perspective. ISS and Glass Lewis should be helping investors vote the way they want, and if it recommends that they vote the way that they don't want, that's a failure. You might also expect the customers to want ISS and Glass Lewis to know their views before making their recommendations. This is a little subtler: If you're a big investor, and you pay attention to a proxy fight, and you think that the activist is right, and ISS recommends voting with management, that doesn't exactly harm you, as an ISS subscriber. You can still vote however you want; you can just ignore this particular recommendation because you have your own independent view. On the other hand, it does harm you as a shareholder: Some investors will vote the way ISS says, since not everyone will be paying as much attention as you are. ISS's recommendation matters, and if you think that the activist is right and better for the company, you will want ISS to recommend voting for the activist. So you might call ISS up and say "hey we think the activist is right here." And if all of the big institutional investors call ISS up to say that, ISS might say, well, as a matter of customer service, we should tell our clients to vote the way they want to vote anyway.
Commercial Banks (58)
Two stylized facts about contemporary financial markets are: * Private equity funds are having a hard time selling companies. The markets for mergers and forinitial public offerings are choppy, and it is harder than usual to bring private equity portfolio companies back to the public markets. A private equity fund is supposed...
I have written a few times about the formatting of the debt financing pitchbook that investment banks will show potential clients in, say, 2026. This pitchbook will, as pitchbooks do, contain market updates and other filler, but the centerpiece will be a page of indicative pricing for various financing options. In the...
The Synapse item is a major fintech-plumbing entry. Customers thought they had banklike deposits, but the operational chain included a fintech, middleware and partner banks. When records did not match, the question was not just credit risk but basic accounting for whose money was where.
The rated-feeders item is a useful capital-regulation mechanism. Investors with risk-based capital rules care not only about assets, but about how those assets are packaged and rated. A fund structure can turn private-market exposure into something balance sheets can own more easily.
The SRT discussion is an important bank-capital entry. A bank can hold the client relationship and loan exposure while transferring a slice of credit risk to investors. The transaction is a bridge between regulated banking and private-credit capital.
The CVA-hedge item is a technical but useful banking entry. A bank's derivative counterparty exposure has a value that changes with credit spreads and market conditions. Hedging that exposure turns relationship lending and counterparty risk into market instruments.
The HPS item captures the land grab for private-credit scale. Buying a private-credit manager is not just M&A; it is a way for old asset managers to acquire origination, relationships and higher-fee products. The business mix of asset management keeps moving toward alternatives.
The user-experience item fits the recurring theme that bank plumbing matters. Seemingly small interface choices affect how customers move money, understand products and react to stress. In finance, design decisions can become risk decisions.
The capital-light item fits the private-credit migration. Everyone wants the fees and client relationships from credit origination; fewer people want regulated balance-sheet intensity. The result is more partnerships, distribution deals and structures that move risk to investors.
The TD Bank case is useful because the failure was not one missed red flag. Levine emphasizes the institutional choice to underinvest in controls. A bank's job includes stopping crime, and regulators will punish banks that treat that job as a box-checking expense.
The Apollo structured-credit discussion fits the broader private-credit story: lending is being unbundled. Banks no longer need to hold every loan, while asset managers want the economics of credit creation. The system starts to look like banking with different capital, funding and regulatory wrappers.
Levine explains the so-called glitch as ordinary check fraud. A bank may provisionally credit a deposited check before final settlement, allowing a customer to withdraw money before the check bounces. That delay is not a gift or a software exploit; it is a trust-and-settlement feature of the payments system, and abusing it leaves the customer owing the money back.
Levine explains cash sweeps as a version of the banking business. Customers want a convenient place to leave cash; banks and brokers can pay very low rates on default cash balances while earning higher market rates elsewhere. When interest rates rise, that seemingly boring operational detail becomes a large profit center and a litigation target.
If you are a terrorist, and you have an account at a US bank, and the bank finds out that you are a terrorist, it will close your account. Banks are, among many other things, in the business of implementing US criminal and national security policies. If a bank catches you doing terrorism, or money laundering, or sex trafficking, or exporting to Iran, or lots of other things the US government doesn't like, it is supposed to stop you. If it fails to stop you, it will get in trouble.
If the bank thinks with, like, 40% probability that you are a terrorist, or a sex trafficker, or Iranian, it will probably also close your account. Why take the risk? In 2020, Deutsche Bank AG paid a $150 million fine to New York banking authorities for letting Jeffrey Epstein have a checking account despite seeing "red flags" about his sex crimes. If a bank sees "red flags" that you might be up to something illegal or sanctioned, and doesn't shut down your account, it could get in trouble and pay big fines and be branded an accessory to crimes. The money the bank makes from your checking account is just not worth taking that risk, especially if your account is a lot smaller than Epstein's was. And that risk is all one way: It's not like the bank is going to get fined $150 million for shutting down your account wrongly.
This can be frustrating, of course, if (1) you are not a terrorist but (2) something in your profile suggests, to the bank's inscrutable processes, that you have like a 10% chance of being a terrorist.
I don't know, man, it's all very simple. Here's what a mortgage is:
1. A company gives me $100,000 to buy a house. 2. I pay the company back $665 per month for 30 years. [3]
And here is what an annuity is:
1. You give a company $100,000. 2. The company pays you back $665 per month for the next 30 years.
I mean, probably the annuity is more like "the company pays you back $665 per month for the rest of your life, which it actuarially expects to be 30 years," but it could be a fixed term. The point is that these trades are pretty similar. They both involve a large upfront payment, followed by fixed amortizing payments over an expected term of decades. [4] In the right circumstances, we could cut out the middlemen — you could just give me your $100,000, and I could pay you back over 30 years — but that would require a lot of work.
Here is what a bank account is:
1. You give a bank some money. 2. The bank pays you a little interest each month, and lets you take out your money (or put more back in) at any time.
Just a different trade. Nothing wrong with it, but different.
On first principles, if you were trying to set up a financial system, which of these things would you pair with each other? Like: There are people who need to borrow money to buy houses. They'll need the money for decades, and they'll make monthly payments to amortize the loans. And there are people who need to fund their retirement, who'll sock away a lot of money at the start of retirement so they can get monthly payments for decades. And then there are some other people who need access to liquid cash, so they'll put away some money that they might need at any moment. Which source of money — the people who need to put away money for decades in exchange for fixed payments, or the people who need to put away money to pay rent next week — should provide the funding for the people who need loans?
Historically the answer is "the people who need their money next week fund the 30-year mortgages": The banking system matches short-term savers with long-term borrowers, funding itself with demand deposits and using those deposits to make mortgages. This system has some big benefits in terms of spurring economic activity, but it also has extremely well-known problems: It's a Wonderful Life , "the money's not here, well your money's in Joe's house," etc. Much of modern banking regulation is about tempering those problems, at the cost of restricting the activity.
But I want to suggest that the much more intuitive answer is "the people who want annuities should fund the mortgages, because they are after all opposite sides of the same trade so they match up very nicely." You put away a big slug of money for a long time, and I get it; I make steady payments every month, and you get them; a single intermediary sits between us to evaluate my credit and your lifespan and to do the administrative work of forwarding the payments. All very tidy.
Sometimes banks get in trouble with regulators for misconduct, and the regulators fine the banks and issue an order describing the misconduct, and I read a description of the misconduct and am like "ah yes that sounds like misconduct." Other times, I read the description and am like "hmm I guess but that's kind of a gray area and I can understand why they thought it was allowed." (Perhaps this is just me.) But sometimes, I read the description of the misconduct and am like "well that's just using a computer, that's just how computers work, anyone would mess that up, you can't blame them for that." Of course there the misconduct is in designing the computer system in such a way that people will inevitably mess it up.
For some reason, that sort of misconduct seems to happen a lot at Citigroup Inc. In 2021, Citi accidentally sent $900 million to some angry hedge funds because of what I called "a gothic horror story about software design." Today the UK's Financial Conduct Authority and Prudential Regulatory Authority fined Citi £61.6 million ($79 million) for a 2022 fat-finger stock trade that happened like this:
On the morning of 2 May 2022 (a UK Bank Holiday), a trader on the Delta 1 Desk made an inputting error whilst loading a basket of equities into an Order Management System (OMS) used by the Delta 1 Desk, called PTE. The trader had intended to sell a basket of equities to the value US$58m. However, the trader erroneously loaded a basket with a notional size of US$444bn comprising 349 stocks, across multiple European markets. …
The trader had entered the value of the basket of equities in the wrong field, the unit quantity field rather than the notional value field, whilst entering the instructions which created the erroneous basket.
That is from the FCA's order; here are the announcement and the PRA order, which actually goes through a number of previous Citigroup computer errors. But this May 2022 incident is the big one.
Here, the story is that the trader worked on the delta-one desk, trading equity index futures. Citi got a client order to sell a block of MSCI World Index futures, and the trader "set about booking a basket of equities to hedge a proportion of CGML's European exposure to the MSCI World Index." This meant selling a lot of individual stocks: Citi's computer had "a pre-loaded index" reflecting 349 stocks "across 13 European countries" that the trader wanted to sell to hedge.
So there's a computer screen with a box for "how many shares do you want to sell" (or, rather, units of the basket) and another box for "how many dollars worth do you want to sell," and you can input your trade either way. If the units of the basket have a notional value of $7,684 each, you can type "7,548" in the "units" field, or you can type "58,000,000" in the "dollars" field, and either way you will sell about 7,548 units for about $58 million. [1]
But if instead you type "58,000,000" in the units field, you will sell 58 million units for $444 billion. And that will be extremely bad, because you did not mean to do that, and selling $444 billion of stock all at once is going to crash the market. So you will try very hard not to type your order in the wrong box. Most days, you will succeed. In fact, the chances are good that you will go your whole career as a trader at Citigroup without ever typing a big order in the wrong box. But will one Citi trader once type a big order in the wrong box? With a large enough sample, yes, of course. This one did.
But it is not entirely the trader's fault. Amazingly, Citi also programmed its computer system to confuse units and dollars. The trader typed the order in the wrong box, but then the system calculated the notional value and showed it to the trader. If you multiply 58 million units by the $7,684 price of the basket, you get a $444 billion notional amount, which is what the system should have shown, and which might have alerted the trader that there was a problem. But the system instead displayed a notional amount of $58 million — the same as the number of units — which is exactly what the trader was expecting. Here is an insane paragraph from the FCA order (emphasis added):
Ordinarily, the Value at Benchmark field (ValAtBM) on the PTE screen displays the value of the relevant basket at a specified benchmark and is used where traders need to track the value against a reference price. In this case, PTE defaulted to the option "Strike". The default "Strike" option was programmed to determine the price of the Index at the prior day's close, by reference to an external data feed. However, as data from that external feed was unavailable, the price of the value of the Index instead defaulted to -1 rather than the benchmark price which was US$7684.40. The quantity of units was therefore multiplied by -1. There were number of other fields on the PTE screen in which the total notional value of the basket was correctly displayed. However, the trader only checked the the ValAtBM on PTE to confirm the size of the basket. When the trader checked the value of the inputted basket, they were presented with a figure of negative 58 million for the value of the basket (58 million multiplied by -1). The trader saw a ValAtBM of -58,000,000, which was the number they expected to see, and thus they clicked Execute to continue to the next check. The quantity box, next to the ValAtBM also presented 58,000,000. Had the data feed been available, ValAtBM would have shown a basket of approximately US$444bn i.e., the true notional value of the basket.
The most human possible mistake, in an order-entry system, is typing a dollar amount in the shares field. [2] In designing an order-entry system, you should try to make it impossible to make that mistake. But instead Citi's system defaulted to displaying a value of $1 per share (technically -$1, but that's a hard distinction to notice [3] ) when its data feeds were turned off. [4] So the trader typed 58,000,000 in the shares field, meaning to type it in the dollars field, and the software was like "okay right 58 million dollars." Insane!
Still, let's call it human error. ("There were number of other fields on the PTE screen in which the total notional value of the basket was correctly displayed.") The next question is "well what does the computer system do to safeguard against it?" But you already know the answer. The answer is "the computer system pops up a series of warnings, but it does that on every trade, so traders have learned from experience to ignore the warnings." I mean, that is how I interpret this passage from the FCA order:
At 08:56 a 'Trade Limit Warning' pop-up alert appeared within PTE. This presented the trader with 711 warning messages, consisting of hard block and soft block messages, listed in a single alert where only the first 18 lines of alerts were immediately visible unless the person who received the alert scrolled down. The trader did not appreciate their inputting error and overrode all of the soft warnings in the pop-up.
You get 711 alerts, you only see 18 of them, you are like "ehh 18 alerts is pretty much the normal number," you override them all without reading.
Two hard blocks generated by the PTE system, which could not be overridden, collectively stopped US$248bn of the basket of equities progressing for execution. The trader was then presented with a further pop-up alert entitled "Final Trade Confirmation". It contained a wave notional value of all the individual equities in the basket as a total (which was approximately US$196bn). The trader clicked the "OK" option which routed the remaining basket of equities with a notional value of $196bn into CitiSmart for execution using a VWAP trading algorithm, where individual parent and child orders were generated.
Okay here my sympathy starts to wane a little. Getting 711 warnings is apparently exactly as good as getting 18 warnings, and roughly as good as get
A somewhat old-fashioned view of mergers and acquisitions would be:
Companies have long-term relationships with banks; each company has one or two banks with which it regularly does a lot of business. When a company wants to buy another company, it needs to borrow money to pay for it, and it will go to its relationship bank for a loan. The relationship bank will make the loan with its own money and hold it on its balance sheet. Therefore, the relationship bank will care a lot about whether the acquisition is good: A good acquisition will make the company better, so it will be able to pay back the loan; a bad acquisition will make the company riskier, so the bank might lose money. The relationship bank also knows the company well, and can make an informed judgment about whether the acquisition is likely to be good.
A more cynical modern view would be something like:
Companies that want to borrow money can do so from any bank, and will shop around for the best terms, with no particular loyalty to any bank. Banks syndicate M&A loans anyway, in an originate-to-distribute model, so the bank that leads a company's loan won't have all that much balance-sheet exposure to the loan or care very much if the acquisition is good.
One thing I wonder about is: If you were designing a financial system from scratch, in 2024, would you come up with banking? That central traditional trick of banks — that they fund themselves with safe short-term demand deposits, and use depositors' money to invest in risky longer-term loans, with all of the run risk and regulatory supervision and It's a Wonderful Life -ness that that involves — would you recreate that if you were starting over?
Part of me feels like, if you started a new civilization and put smart but ahistorical tech people in charge of designing a financial system, it would never occur to them to recreate traditional banking. It is so messy and opaque and imprecise, using a shifting pile of demand deposits to fund long-term loans. Plenty of people — insurance companies, retirement savers — want to earn a return on their money and don't need it anytime soon; their money can be locked up in long-term loans. The money that people keep in the bank just to pay rent and buy sandwiches doesn't need to be pooled and invested in risky loans; it should just sit in the vault.
This idea — that bank deposits should just sit in the vault (or, realistically, in electronic money at the Federal Reserve), while risky loans should be funded by long-term investors who intend to take those risks — is sometimes called "narrow banking." It has a long intellectual pedigree, it came back into vogue after the 2008 financial crisis, and it got attention again after last spring's US regional banking crisis. All those crises! The traditional business of banking is necessarily crisis-prone; using risky long-term loans to back risk-free short-term demand deposits involves a fundamental mismatch, and every so often that flares up into a crisis.
And so, since 2008, but more visibly since last spring, banking really has become narrower. Private credit is the lending side of "narrow banking": Private credit firms raise dedicated funds, with locked-up money, from investors who intend to invest in long-term loans to earn a return. And private credit is the hottest area of finance, making buyout loans and investment-grade corporate loans and funding consumer loans. And private credit is booming not just as a competitor to banks, but as a funding source for banks: Banks have the relationships and technology to make loans, but not the money , so they partner with private credit to fund the loans.
Meanwhile the deposit side of "narrow banking" is something like banks taking their customers' money and parking it at the Federal Reserve. [4] And in fact some money has shifted out of banks (which are not narrow) and into government money-market funds (which park the money in Fed repo or Treasury bills). Even within banks, there is less lending. Here's "The Secular Decline of Bank Balance Sheet Lending," by Greg Buchak, Gregor Matvos, Tomasz Piskorski and Amit Seru, from February:
The traditional model of bank-led financial intermediation, where banks issue demandable deposits to savers and make informationally sensitive loans to borrowers, has seen a dramatic decline since 1970s. Instead, private credit is increasingly intermediated through arms-length transactions, such as securitiz
The cheapest way to get into the banking business might be to buy a failed bank. When the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. takes over a failed bank, it tries to find a buyer, and buying a bank from the FDIC has some attractive features. For one thing, you get a bank, with a brand name and customer relationships and branches and stuff; building all of that from scratch would take you a lot of time and money. You get it cheap, probably, because it failed. And, critically, you don't buy the whole bank; you get to pick and choose what you want. You take over the failed bank's customer deposits, but you can avoid many of its other liabilities (long-term debt, lawsuits, etc.), making it a fairly clean thing to buy. And you can buy most of the bank's assets, but if it has any particularly hairy assets that you don't want, you probably leave those with the FDIC.
There is one problem with this approach, though, which is that the FDIC won't sell you a failed bank unless you are already a bank. This is the flip side of the good things in the previous paragraph: If you buy a failed bank from the FDIC, you are not actually buying the bank , taking over the entire corporate entity with its bank charter. [1] Instead, you are buying some of its assets and assuming some of its liabilities, including particularly deposits: The trade with the FDIC is that you agree to be liable for $X of the bank's deposits, you agree to pay the FDIC $Y for the assets you want, and the FDIC credits the $X of assumed liabilities against the $Y purchase price. [2]
But only a bank can issue bank deposits; that's the point of a banking charter. So if I wanted to take over a failed bank, and I showed up at the FDIC and said "look, give me all of that bank's assets, and I'll be good for its deposits — if any depositors want their money back, they can come to me and I'll get out my wallet," the FDIC would say no. Only a bank, with a banking charter, that meets capital and regulatory requirements, is going to be allowed to take over the deposits.
And so I guess one good way to get into the banking business is:
1. Get yourself a bank charter. 2. Wait. 3. When a bank fails, buy it.
The Financial Times reports:
Porticoes Capital will seek to take over banks closed by the FDIC, the US regulator, according to an official filing. The firm's sponsors aim to attract hundreds of millions of dollars from investors. …>
The FDIC takes over US lenders when they fail and brokers deals to sell what remains. The agency typically likes to sell to other regulated banks so the loans and customers of collapsed lenders remain under the eye of regulators. The result has been that private equity firms and other outside investment groups are largely locked out of the bidding.>
Porticoes won approval late last year from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to buy banks closed by the FDIC. Its so-called shelf charter is a workaround to traditional curbs on private investors. [Founder Leslie] Lieberman's group was approved to run a bank holding company once Porticoes actually buys a bank. …>
More banks would need to fail for Porticoes to be able to use money it has raised — and the list of potential targets is slim.>
Despite the turmoil of early 2023, only five banks failed last year and all were resold within weeks.
Yeah, but it doesn't hurt right? It is a little unclear to me whether Porticoes has raised, or is planning to raise, much committed capital. I don't see why you'd need to lock up hundreds of millions of dollars to just wait for a bank to fail. The value here is not the money , it's the charter. Next time a bank fails, you go to private equity firms and say "hey, do you want to buy that failed bank? Well you can't. But if you give us the money, we can buy it for you." It's a good regulatory service.
A very simple model of banks could be:
When you are young, you live beyond your means, and borrow money to pay for college and buy your first house and start a business and put Taylor Swift tickets on your credit card. When you are old, you have made plenty of money and live below your means, keeping your extra money in the bank. [3] Banks exist to take the old people's money and lend it to the young people, making everyone better off: The young people get to consume more now; the old people get to keep their money somewhere safe and live off the interest.
In this model, it is good for society for the young people to borrow from the old people, and banks are there to facilitate that on a large scale.
This model has a nice intuitive fit with small-town banking. If you are the bank manager in a small town, you meet all the people in the town, and the old people trust you with their money, and you get to know the young people and lend the money to the trustworthy ones. Your local knowledge and connections allow you to make good credit decisions, and your local knowledge and connections plus those good credit decisions allow you to gain the trust of depositors.
But what if everyone in your town is old? Then you have all those deposits, but no nice young people to lend them to. You have to, like, hop on the train to the big city with a sack of cash and hand it to the first nice-seeming young people you meet. Your credit decisions will be worse. [4]
Here is a paper on "Population Aging and Bank Risk-taking" by Sebastian Doerr, Gazi Kabas and Steven Ongena, describing that mechanism:
What are the implications of an aging population for financial stability? To examine this question, we exploit geographic variation in aging across U.S. counties. We establish that banks with higher exposure to aging counties increase loan-to-income ratios. Laxer lending standards lead to higher nonperforming loans during downturns, suggesting higher credit risk. Inspecting the mechanism shows that aging drives risk-taking through two contemporaneous channels: deposit inflows due to seniors' propensity to save in deposits; and depressed local investment opportunities due to seniors' lower credit demand. Banks thus look for riskier clients, especially in counties where they operate no branches.
Two points here. One is that the US model of having thousands of small banks might exacerbate this problem. If you are the small bank of a single town, and the town gets older, you really do have to bring your bag of money into the big city to make risky loans. If you are a large bank with a national footprint, you can take deposits in the old areas and make loans in the young ones, while knowing both of them well. It is possible that having thousands of small banks is good for local knowledge but bad for this essential matching function of banks; some of those small banks will have only depositors or only borrowers.
The other is that, when Silicon Valley Bank collapsed this year, we talked about a similar dynamic. My view of SVB's problem is that its customers were mainly, not old people or young people, but startups. And in the recent venture capital boom, startups, somewhat counterintuitively, were like the old people in this model: They all had tons of money, so they wanted SVB for its deposit services but not for its loans. (This is not because they were mature and made plenty of money, but because their money needs were supplied by venture capital, not bank loans.) And so SVB was in the same situation as a small-town bank in an aging town: It had tons of deposits and no good places to make loans, so it took on too much risk on the asset side of its balance sheet. In SVB's case it did that by getting long too much duration in government bonds, instead of by making risky loans, but it's a related problem. Banks seem to do better when they can match borrowers and savers; when they only have one or the other they run into trouble.
I am being stupid. But I do think that it is worth noticing how strange this is. In the olden days banks took deposits and made loans. This is a notably risky business model, for reasons that everyone knows and that we have discussed a lot this year: The deposits are short-term, the loans are long-term, and if all the depositors want their money back at once, the bank can't get it all back at once from the borrowers. In 2023 banks still, absolutely, take deposits and make loans, but everyone sort of knows to be nervous about it. One way that regulators express nervousness about it is by imposing high capital requirements on illiquid loans made by banks.
And so if JPMorgan executives get together and say "hey, we have a huge competitive risk and opportunity here, a lot of our best corporate and private-equity clients really want to borrow money from us, and if we lend them money we'll get really good risk-adjusted returns, but if we don't we will lose business to competitors, so let's do it," and someone asks "okay but how should we fund these loans to our clients," and someone answers "well, just spitballing here, but we could use our customers' deposits to make the loans," that would be, like, shocking? You don't just go around saying "let's use customer deposits to make long-term loans to risky borrowers"! Look where that got Sam Bankman-Fried!
No, the correct answer is "let's go partner with a pension fund or sovereign wealth fund, someone who has really long-term capital that they can commit to this business while we manage it." Or, I mean, to be fair, the actual answer is some of both; JPMorgan is using "more than $10 billion of balance sheet cash" alongside whatever it can raise from partners.
We have talked a number of times around here about this basic idea, that private credit is increasingly substituting for bank loans because it has a better funding model. Pension funds, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds and the alternative asset managers that do private credit investing for them have very stable long-term funding; US regional banks have flighty short-term deposits. Private credit is a form of "narrow banking," a model in which banks invest deposits at the Fed and lending is done by specialized firms with long-term equity funding. The specialized firms are private-credit managers, and the long-term funding comes from pensions.
But it is not just US regional banks with flighty deposits; it's global megabanks with sticky deposits too. Even at JPMorgan, there is a push to make banking narrower.
One of the many things that people blamed for the 2008 financial crisis was bank bonuses. The idea was that a lot of bankers and traders at investment banks got most of their pay in the form of variable year-end bonuses, so they would take a lot of risk in order to get a big bonus: If their risky bets worked out, they'd share in the gains (in the form of a bonus), but if they went bust they wouldn't bear the losses. If they were instead paid mostly in salary, their risk-taking would have less upside (if they made a lot of money for the firm, they wouldn't see much of it) and more downside (if they lost a lot of money for the firm, they'd be fired and lose their large recurring salary). I'm not sure this analysis was ever that compelling — even without a year-end bonus it seems like a good career move to make a lot of money for your firm, and also to lose a lot of money — but it was widely believed, and the European Union ultimately adopted rules limiting some bank employees' bonuses to two times their salary.
In theory this rule should make banks' behavior less risky — all the bankers and traders will be less inclined to make big bets, etc. — but it also makes their finances more risky: One advantage of paying employees mostly in bonus is that you pay them a lot in good years and less in bad years. The EU bonus cap led to much higher banking salaries (and lower bonuses), which means that banks have to pay employees more in bad years than they would have under the old rules. In bad years, you want to have the flexibility to reduce your expenses.
But then the UK left the EU, which means it is no longer obligated to have a bonus cap, and today it got rid of it:
The UK is going ahead with scrapping the cap on bankers' bonuses, enforcing plans unveiled by Liz Truss's government last year.
The cap limiting bonuses to a maximum of twice a banker's base pay will be lifted from October 31, the Prudential Regulation Authority said on Tuesday.
Banks can pay staff as they like for the current financial year, the PRA said, though they need to ensure fixed and variable pay are "appropriately balanced."
The European Union introduced the bonus cap for "material risk takers" in 2014 in response to public fury about the financial crisis. The UK unsuccessfully opposed the measure, on the grounds it would prompt firms to hike fixed pay, making it harder to manage costs.
Here is the PRA's final policy statement. Here is the original consultation paper from December, which argues that paying bankers more in bonus is good for the bank's financial stability:
The removal of the bonus cap would be expected to make it easier for firms to adjust their variable remuneration through time to reflect their financial health. By adjusting down variable pay in the event of a downturn, firms would have more resources that could be used to absorb losses, thereby promoting the safety and soundness and long-term viability of the firm.
And also that it will actually reduce bankers' risk-taking, because bonuses are subject to deferral and clawbacks while base salary is not:
From an incentive-setting perspective, the wider remuneration regime primarily applies to the variable component of pay, and so removing regulatory constraints on maximum levels of variable pay would allow for a larger proportion of total pay to be subject to the other remuneration policy requirements that were introduced after the financial crisis. These rules – which will remain in place under the regulators' proposals – aim to better align remuneration with prudent risk taking, by shaping the nature of incentives and ensuring accountability. …
The combination of deferral and risk adjustment tools aim to disincentivise individuals from taking excessive risk to achieve a high return in the short-run without due consideration for the long-term consequences. In addition, by deferring the payment (or 'vesting') of part of an award, there is an opportunity to reassess the nature, scale, and outcomes of the risks taken in order to assess the performance for which variable remuneration has been awarded. Linking a substantial proportion of variable remuneration to the performance of the firm aims to align incentives of MRTs [material risk takers] with long-term value creation and interests of shareholders (addressing the 'principal-agent' problem).
In the pre-2008 regime, if you got a bonus, you got to spend it, so you had incentives to do things that made a lot of money in the short term but created a lot of long-term risks. In the 2023 regime, if you get a bonus, a lot of it gets deferred for years, and a lot of it is paid in stock, and it can be clawed back if things go wrong: Taking long-term risks for short-term gains won't help you, because you'll be awarded a big bonus now but it'll be worthless by the time it is actually paid. Whereas if you get a big salary, you still get to spend it. So paying higher bonuses and lower salaries incentivizes less recklessness. Or that's the idea.
Bank additional tier 1 capital securities are instruments that look sort of like bonds and sort of like stock. They are like bonds in that they pay some interest rate and are usually repaid at par after five to ten years. They are like stock in that, if the bank doesn't pay interest, or doesn't pay them back after five to ten years, nothing happens: The holders of the AT1s can't sue for their money or put the bank into bankruptcy; everything is kind of voluntary. (This oversimplifies the mechanics, but not by too much.)
The advantage of this structure is that banks can pitch it to investors as "look, a bond" and pay a fairly low interest rate, and they can pitch it to regulators as "look, equity" and get a lot of regulatory capital credit. I wrote a few years ago: "If the regulators think that they're equity and the investors think that they're debt, probably someone is wrong!" And since then we have occasionally talked about times when the investors are wrong. Most notably when Credit Suisse Group AG was sold to UBS Group AG and Credit Suisse shareholders got a small payment while its AT1 holders got zeroed.
But most of the time investors are right: Most of the time banks pay their interest on AT1s, and repay them at the "first call date," the date, five to ten years after issuance, when the market expects them to mature. (Technically they have no maturity date because the bank can keep them outstanding forever, but the bank usually pays them back at the first call.) In particular, because interest rates move, when an AT1 reaches its first call date, there are two possibilities:
1. Interest rates have gone down, [4] so the bank can repay the AT1 and replace it with a new AT1 with a lower interest rate, or 2. Interest rates have gone up, so if the bank repaid the AT1 it would have to replace it with a new AT1 with a higher interest rate.
In Possibility 1, the bank can and should repay the AT1 (and do a new cheaper one), and normally does. In Possibility 2, economically speaking, the bank shouldn't repay the AT1: It should keep it outstanding as cheap capital, rather than repaying it and issuing new, more expensive capital.
But in fact, in Possibility 2, banks almost always do repay their AT1s, because that is more polite to AT1 investors, and banks want the goodwill of AT1 investors, because they will be coming back to them for capital. When we first talked about AT1s around here, it was because Banco Santander SA did not repay its AT1s at the first call date, and there was much shock and outrage and gnashing of teeth. There are a few other examples, over the years. But mostly banks do what the market wants, rather than what they are technically allowed to do and what is economically best for them.
You might find this troubling: It means that the investors are right (these are bonds that have to be paid back) and the regulators are wrong. It means that these instruments are in some sense not real capital; they don't have the loss-absorbing flexibility that regulators think they have. In a crisis, these instruments might not protect depositors and taxpayers as much as the regulators hope.
The way bank capital rules work is that regulators consider various possible activities that banks do, and then specify how much capital a bank needs for each sort of activity. Make $100 of corporate loans, you need like $8 of capital. Buy $100 of Treasury bills, you need $0 of capital. Buy $100 of Bitcoin, you need $100 of capital. That sort of thing.
Occasionally the regulators change the rules, generally to require more capital. Conceptually, if you are a bank, there are two possible objections to the new rules:
1. The new rules require more capital, and more capital is bad. Right now (before the new rules) banks have enough capital: They are safe, and if bad stuff happens the banks will all be fine. Requiring them to add more capital would be unnecessary; it would also be expensive, lowering their return on equity and making the business of banking less attractive, which will lead to less lending and economic contraction. 2. The new rules require too much capital for some activities (and, implicitly, too little for others). The new rules will distort banking activity, treating safe things as risky and risky things as safe; they will make banks make bad economic decisions in order to get better capital treatment.
The second objection is more intellectually interesting; it's the sort of thing that, if you say it to a regulator, they might say "huh okay you're right." The first objection is probably closer to the hearts of most bank CEOs. They want to be able to do more stock buybacks!
In the consumer tech world it is pretty common for a company to start with a popular product but no revenue model. "We will build an app to let people share pictures with their friends, for free" is an idea that can be worth billions of dollars even if it doesn't make any money. Because, you know, at this point, there is a pretty good history of people finding ways to make it make money. Ads, mainly. Eventually you get to critical mass and you charge companies to advertise to the people sharing pictures with their friends. This does not always work, but it works often enough and in big enough ways that people keep doing it.
You see it less in banking? But here's this:
[Citigroup Inc.] has been operating a lending platform that connects small banks to small businesses whose borrowing needs fall below Citi's typical size threshold.
Now it is looking to cash in on the platform, known as Bridge built by Citi. It is preparing to sell a majority stake in the venture.
Rohit Mathur, a Citi commercial banker who, along with a colleague, came up with the idea for Bridge, likens the platform to a dating app but for lending. The Bridge website says it enables small businesses to submit loan proposals to 75 banks which bid to compete. Citi doesn't do any lending of its own on the platform, which targets loans of between $100,000 and $10mn.
"First thing we always get asked is, 'What's in it for Citi?'" said Mathur, who noted that it has never charged banks or borrowers for access to the platform. "If it works out, it has the potential to provide equity upside for Citi."
Mathur said the stake could be sold in the next few months, though no deal is certain, and Citi is likely to retain a share in the start-up after a deal closes.
"It has never charged banks or borrowers for access to the platform," but "it has the potential to provide equity upside for Citi." Presumably by one day charging them?
There are two ways to think of the primary function of banks. One is a financial model: Banks borrow short-term to lend long-term, they provide credit intermediation, they pool risk-averse savings to finance risky investments, etc.; stuff we have talked about a lot around here.
The other is an essentially technological, list-keeping model: Bank deposits are money, and the job of banks is to keep track of who has money, and move it around when one person wants to send money to another person.
Both of these functions are, of course, true and important. You could separate them conceptually: You could have one sort of company be in charge of keeping track of everyone's money and doing payments, and a different sort of company be in charge of borrowing short-term to lend long-term, and of course there are examples of both. But in much of the world, for practical and also historical reasons, those functions are combined in banks. And my sense is that most bankers are mostly finance people, that they think mostly about borrowing short and lending long and the financial risks (credit, liquidity, interest rates) of that model. My sense is that most bankers do not come from the list-making world, that what gets them excited is not improving their list-keeping and number-moving technology.
And so the list-keeping technology of banks is not always on the cutting edge. Sometimes financial technology upstarts do have good ideas for improving payments mechanisms, because traditional bankers simply do not care enough about improving payments, because the technological aspects of their jobs are not what excite traditional bankers. And so you have fintech companies building better payments interfaces than the banks do. You have the US banking system's slow move to real-time electronic payments, with the Federal Reserve's FedNow instant payments system rolling out last week to "35 early-adopting banks and credit unions." And of course you have crypto, which is in large part about building a system for keeping track of money that aims to be an improvement over banks. And you have proposals for central bank digital currencies, which would take some ideas from crypto and use them to build a system for keeping track of the money without involving banks.
You could imagine the world going a different way. If you started from scratch in 2023, you might say "we should have a large well-run tech company that is in charge of keeping the databases of the money and moving numbers around in those databases, because that is what tech companies do, and then finance people could build all the borrowing-short-to-lend-long infrastructure on top of that." Maybe the list-keeping tech company would also do the financial stuff, because its control of the lists and the payments would be an advantage in funding and lending, or maybe it would build open platforms and other, more specialized companies would do the funding and the lending. (Again, these questions are relevant to many crypto platforms.) And of course you would have to build a regulatory system to make all of this work fairly and robustly.
My basic model of banking is that it is a socially beneficial trick. People deposit money in the bank, thinking that it is perfectly safe. The bank uses that money to make loans, which are risky. It is good for society, and for economic growth, if people can get money to take risks, but the people who have the money often do not want to take risks with it. The bank is a magic trick that allows risk-averse savers to fund risky projects. Like any magic trick, it requires a certain suspension of disbelief: You can't just tell people "the way it works is that we take risks with your money, but we tell you it's safe." There are some genuine tools (capital, diversification, deposit insurance) to transform the risky loans into safe deposits, but there is also some residue of pure belief, and if people lose that belief then it stops working.
You can take this a bit further, something like "banks are a way for society to collectively fund nice things, without anybody noticing that they are doing that." Here is a way to tell the story of local banking:
1. Everybody loves the local bank! It sponsors the Little League team! It lends the local sandwich shop owner the money she needs to expand! It gives you your first mortgage! It's got a nice building on Main Street! With columns! The president of the bank is a civic fixture, smiling and shaking hands with everybody! 2. So of course when you have money, you deposit it at the local bank, even though that bank does not pay a competitive (or any) rate of interest. 3. The bank is making an economic profit on your deposits: It is paying you much less than the market rate of interest. You could get paid 5% on a money-market fund, but instead you're getting paid 0% at the local bank; the bank would have to pay 5% to borrow from market sources, but instead it's paying you 0%. 4. The bank is making an economic loss on the lending and the Little League sponsorships. It is charging the sandwich shop owner less interest on her loan than anyone else (a global megabank headquartered in the Big City, a middle-market lending fund, a loanshark) would charge her, in part because the bank president looked her in the eye and shook her hand and tried a sandwich and trusts her to repay the loan, but also in part because the bank wants to be a valued member of the community and that means taking some risks lending to local businesses. (It is just giving the money away to the Little League team for free, purely for valued-community-member reasons.) 5. The below-market rate that the bank pays on deposits is subsidizing its civic and local-lending activities. 6. You can analyze this as marketing: The Little League sponsorship makes local citizens feel good about the bank, so they deposit money there, so they get cheap funding. (Or there is cross-selling: The loan to the sandwich shop owner might require her to keep compensating balances at the bank.) 7. But you can also analyze it as an indirect form of civic coordination: All of the people in the town with extra money deposit it in the bank; they don't get much in the way of interest payments, but what they do get is (1) more economic activity in town, as local shop owners can get bank loans to expand and as young couples can get mortgages to buy houses and start families, and (2) a well-equipped Little League team. They feel good about this trade-off. The people in town with extra money subsidize business startups and household formation in the town, the town thrives and everyone is better off. 8. But it is not overt. Nobody goes around to the people of the town saying "please contribute $20 to the Help the Sandwich Shop Expand Fund," or the Help the Smiths Buy a House Fund. The town council doesn't raise taxes to subsidize local businesses or make homes cheaper. It flows through the bank, through the relatively inconspicuous mechanism of paying low interest rates on deposits.
And the basic story of the 2023 problems in US regional banks is that market interest rates have gone up a lot, and the regional banks all expected some form of this story to remain true, and it didn't. Market interest rates went up, and depositors at US regional banks moved their money , either out of concerns about the banks' safety or because they could get higher rates elsewhere. And the banks had to raise the rates they pay to keep depositors (or pay higher rates to get funding from market sources or the Federal Reserve or the Federal Home Loan Bank system). And since the interest the banks earn on their assets has gone up more slowly than short-term market rates (because the banks have some long-term fixed-rate assets), they make less money.
We have talked about this a lot as a financial story, but I suppose it's worth thinking about it as a civic coordination story too. Here is a Wall Street Journal story titled "Everyone Wants Interest on Their Deposits. That's Bad for Main Street Banks."
When the Fed started raising interest rates to fight inflation, the conventional wisdom was that it would be a boon for Main Street banks. They were expected to increase the rates they charged on loans faster than those paid to depositors, pocketing the difference.
Instead, the opposite is happening. The Fed's hikes and the failures of a trio of midsize banks are prompting once-loyal customers to pull their money out of checking accounts that pay no interest. Banks are paying much higher rates on the deposits they are retaining, which is eclipsing the benefit of charging more on loans. They also are hoarding cash and tapping high-cost loans in response to the recent failures.
In the first quarter, community banks paid on average 1.14% on deposits, up 0.39 percentage point from the prior quarter, according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. They earned 5.36% on loans, up 0.16 percentage point from the prior quarter. ...
These challenges could eventually speed up ongoing consolidation. There are fewer than 4,700 U.S. banks today, down from about 8,000 in 2010, according to the FDIC.
That could leave more communities without the hometown banks that play a key role in small-business lending and sponsor Little Leagues and parades. It could also make loans harder to get. When the local lender disappears, credit often goes away, too. ...
Businesses and wealthy customers were the first ones to start looking for higher rates last year. Now, every type of customer with extra cash is looking for more interest, said Chip Reeves, CEO of MidWestOne Financial Group, which is based in Iowa City, Iowa.
If all the burghers of Small Town USA get together and say "we want a local bank that lends to our small businesses and sponsors our parades," the answer is "okay just keep your money on deposit there earning 0% interest." And if they say "no we can get 5% on our money-market funds" then the answer is "okay no parades for you then." (Or: "Fine, but take some of the interest you get from your money-market funds and contribute them to the parade fund, or the Kickstarter for your small businesses.") You can have the unconscious economic coordination of local banking, or you can use modern technology to squeeze every basis point out of your cash, but not both. By the way, the same exact analysis applies to Silicon Valley, and to Silicon Valley Bank. If all the venture-capital firms in Silicon Valley had kept their hundreds of millions of dollars of uninsured deposits at SVB earning below-market interest rates despite holes in SVB's balance sheet, then SVB would have stuck around and been able to make weird bespoke loans to startups and sponsor venture-capital conferences. SVB provided a public good to Silicon Valley, and venture capitalists knew that, and they praised SVB while it was around and lamented it when it was gone. But it was not in their immediate self-interest to keep their money there as rates went up, so they didn't.
If you are a risk manager at a big bank, you might want to run some stress tests examining how your bank will perform under stressful scenarios. If you are creative and good at your job, you will have fun thinking up the scenarios. You will get in a room with some of your subordinates, and ideally with some front-line traders and managers, and brainstorm bad stuff that might happen.
Your brainstorming might include some history: "What if 2008 happens again?" "What if 1929 happens again?" "What if LTCM happens again?" It might include some simple numerical questions: "What if the S&P falls by 20%?" "What if the Fed raises rates to 7%?" "What if the Fed lowers rates to 0%?" You might think about social and geopolitical and technological questions and try to translate them into economic scenarios: "What if nobody goes back to the office and office rents fall 50%?" "What if artificial intelligence causes mass unemployment?" "What if Russia's war in Ukraine keeps pushing up oil prices?" You might think about scenarios specific to your bank's operations: "What if our CEO gets run over by a bus?" "What if our CEO steals the corporate treasury?"
Have fun, go nuts, be creative. Think of lots of scenarios. Then model how those scenarios will translate into market prices, how they will affect your funding costs and the cash flows from your assets. Then model how much capital and liquidity you will have in each scenario. Part of the goal here is to make sure that you will have plenty of capital and liquidity in a wide range of stressful scenarios. Part of the goal is to figure out which scenarios will be worse for you, so you can know what to worry about and hedge: If your model tells you that you'll be fine if the Fed raises rates and bankrupt if it lowers rates, maybe you should do something about that.
If there is some specific event that you are worried about — some new worry that crops up — you might sit down and design a stress test for that event to make sure that you'd survive it. But your overall approach to stress testing will be something like "let's constantly think of new things to worry about, and test for those." It will not be "let me think of the one biggest thing to worry about, and test only for that." Lots of things can go wrong in different directions! If you only worry about one thing, you will miss the other things.
Also separately the Federal Reserve conducts annual stress tests for big US banks, but those are … different. The Fed's stress tests were created after the 2008 crisis, basically to shore up confidence in the banks so that they could raise capital. The Fed is in the business of supervising big banks, and as part of that business it prods the banks to consider various risks, to prepare for different scenarios, to build a robust culture of stress testing and risk management. But the Fed's official stress tests are a public exercise designed to make sure — and tell everyone — that the banking system could survive another 2008.
And so each year the Fed sits down and thinks something like "what is the most plausible way for 2008 to happen this year," and then it writes one stress-test scenario [1] that is basically "there's a recession and real estate prices collapse," and the banks run their models to see how much money they would lose in that scenario, and generally the answer is "a certain amount, but not enough to leave us undercapitalized," and the banks pass the stress tests.
We have talked a lot about two theories of banking. The traditional theory is that banks have long-term deposit franchises, and when short-term interest rates rise that has only a minor effect on the banks' funding costs. Therefore, the banks can and should use their deposits to buy long-term loans and bonds with long duration, because they can hold those bonds to maturity. If rates go up, the banks will have mark-to-market losses on their bonds, but that doesn't matter: They will, in some approximate but economically meaningful sense, have offsetting gains on their deposit franchise. They have cheap long-term funding, which allows them to hold long-term bonds to maturity, so the mark-to-market losses don't matter.
The other theory is that banks have short-term deposits that can vanish overnight, and that they have to pay short-term market rates for that deposit funding. If they use that funding to buy long-term bonds, and then rates go up, they will earn less on their bonds than they pay on their deposits, and will have to sell the bonds at a loss, and might face a bank run and insolvency.
The traditional theory is basically true of the big banks. Bank of America has a $100 billion loss on its bond portfolio and doesn't care. The other theory is basically true of the regional banks. They're borrowing hot money at 5% and it's a mess.
We have over the past few months had some occasion to talk about the philosophy and social purpose of banking. "Banking is a way for people collectively to make long-term, risky bets without noticing them, a way to pool risks so that everyone is safer and better-off," I wrote in March. I have quoted Steve Randy Waldman's 2011 post about why finance is complex: "A banking system is a superposition of fraud and genius that interposes itself between investors and entrepreneurs." The point of a banking system is to transform risky loans (a bank's assets) into safe bank deposits (a bank's liabilities). The bank takes risk (with your money) to make loans to businesses and home buyers, but you don't take risk by depositing your money in the bank. Your money is safe, it's "money in the bank."
There is some sleight of hand here; that transformation is magical. Some of it is accomplished by diversification and prudent lending and regulation and ample bank capital; some of it is accomplished by deposit insurance and lender-of-last-resort support for banks; some of it is just, like, residual magic. Some of it is just belief; the banking system works because people believe that their deposits are safe.
Earlier this month, Patrick McKenzie put it particularly well:
The fundamental purpose of bank loans is to enable measured private risk-taking by leveraging a small amount of bank equity (from risk-taking investors) with a larger amount of risk-adverse deposits. ...
Risk is not a four-letter word. Society wants restaurants, apartment buildings, and crash projects to build charitable medical infrastructure. The banking system enables a higher rate of creation of these goods than would prevail in an environment where only risk capital was available to fund them. This is its main social purpose; the checking accounts and payments infrastructure and tastefully decorated branches and bonus checks are all consequences of it.
We have been talking about this a lot because it has broken down a bit: People have noticed that banks are risky, and so they have gotten more nervous about their risk-averse deposits. And the result is that banks — at least, US regional banks — are worse lenders; their funding model (leveraging a little bit of equity with a lot of deposits that can be withdrawn at any time) is no longer a great match for long-term loans. And so banks (at least, US regional banks) do seem to be retreating from lending, leading to the "de-banking of the world" and an opportunity for private credit.
Where does that leave banks? One possible idea here is, like, "add another layer of obfuscation." So the traditional form is:
1. Banks have some risk-taking equity. 2. They leverage that with a whole lot of risk-averse demand deposits. 3. They use the money to make loans.
And we have talked about the alternative of "narrow banking," which goes like this:
1. You deposit your money at the Fed or whatever — it doesn't go to loans. 2. Separate lending companies raise equity investment from people who want to invest in loans. 3. They use that equity funding to make loans.
And that is in fact a part of the story of private credit: Private-credit managers have longer-term and more risk-aware funding, from insurance companies, retail investors in private-lending funds, etc. The rise of private credit is a move to somewhat narrower banking, where more long-term lending is funded by long-term risk capital rather than by bank deposits.
But you could imagine a synthesis:
1. Banks have some equity and take a lot of deposits. 2. Separate lending companies raise equity from people who want to invest in loans. 3. The banks lend money to the lending companies to leverage their equity. 4. Now the bank loans are safer: They represent senior claims on senior claims; a bank's depositors lose money only after (1) the lending company loses all its equity and (2) the bank loses all its equity. 5. Also, the mystification of banking is a bit more mystifying: Instead of banks lending money to businesses, they lend money to people who lend money to businesses; the path from risky investments to safe bank deposits is longer and more obscure.
And this too is part of the story of private credit. We talked last month about the fact that typical private credit funds don't just use equity funding to make loans; they sometimes borrow money to leverage their capital, and that borrowing is "mainly from U.S. financial institutions." And this week the Financial Times' Lex column notes:
On Monday, PacWest Bancorp announced it had sold a $2.3bn portfolio of loans to Ares Management for around 90 cents on the dollar in cash, part-financed by Barclays.
Ares manages $360bn which makes it one of the biggest private fund managers in the world. PacWest had some $25bn of deposits as of early May and is one of the most beleaguered regional banks in the US.
Fleeing customers forced it to shore up liquidity by borrowing from Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve at rates far steeper than interest paid to depositors. Deposits will not return at scale unless PacWest offers higher interest rates. The bank has therefore decided to retrench. That leaves fringe assets to the likes of Ares.
Ares is using leverage in the form of financing from Barclays to complete the purchase of loans. Private asset managers have not made banks completely obsolete, it appears. But their scale and the kinds of credit they originate is changing. …
Ares itself has various credit funds whose strategies demand returns between 5 and 15 per cent. Some may call on modest leverage. Regardless of this, such borrowings bear the inherent extra costs of matching asset and liability durations.
Banks like Barclays are best positioned to be lenders. They are large, heavily regulated and prefer credit types that involve less underwriting than funds like Ares. Like all good rebels, private capital managers are finding benefits from doing business with the establishment.
The old model was that US regional banks made complicated loans that required a lot of underwriting, and funded them with bank deposits. That model looks risky now. The new model is something like:
1. US regional banks make complicated loans that require a lot of underwriting; 2. They fund them with long-term money from private credit funds; 3. The private credit funds get long-term equity funding from their investors and also senior funding from big multinational banks. 4. The big multinational banks get their funding from deposits.
The deposits are still used to make loans, but in a safer and more indirect way.
We have talked a lot recently about two theories of banking, and specifically of bank deposits. Theory 1 says that bank deposits are short-term funding, and depositors can take their money out at any time. Theory 2 says that bank deposits are actually long-term funding; depositors are information-insensitive and have long-term relationships with the bank, and though they are technically allowed to take their money out at any time, they rarely do.
Theory 2, I have argued, is the traditional theory of bankers, and it influences traditional banking behavior. Specifically:
1. Banks invest in doing things that build customer relationships: They build branches and put people in them to meet with customers, they cross-sell products, they aim to make the deposits as sticky as possible. 2. Banks invest their deposits in long-term fixed-rate assets, like mortgage loans and government bonds, because they think of their deposits as being long-term. Not only in the sense that the deposits won't go away, but also in the sense that the interest rate they have to pay on deposits won't move very much even if the Federal Reserve raises interest rates: Depositors, in Theory 2, are not paying attention, and won't demand higher interest even as rates go up.
These things are related: All the branches and customer service representatives cost money, and the way to earn that money is by borrowing at low interest rates and lending at high interest rates. And you get higher interest rates, generally, by lending for longer terms.
Theory 1 is a more standard theory of modern finance, and it would lead to different behavior. Specifically, if you are a bank and you think of deposits as being short-term loans at market rates:
1. You will not invest in branches, etc.; you'll just pay the market rate for market funding. As rates go up, your deposit rates will go up, and you'll keep getting deposits, but this is a pure economic transaction, not a relationship. 2. You will not take a ton of duration risk with your assets: You're borrowing short-term at floating rates, so you'll want to invest at floating rates and earn a small spread.
Anyway traditional banks seem to have believed Theory 2, and they got in a lot of trouble as rates rose this year. Other banks, though, were fine. The Wall Street Journal reports:
Deposits were up quarter over quarter at Ally Financial and Goldman Sachs Group's Marcus, which don't have branch networks. Deposits were also up at Capital One, which has far fewer branches than the other big regionals. Online-focused banks can often offer higher rates, as they don't have to pay for the real estate, employees or equipment required to run a traditional network of branches. …
Deposits climbed 5% at Capital One from the previous quarter and 1% at Ally Financial. Goldman said deposits in its online bank Marcus increased, though it didn't give specifics.
"The future of everything in banking is digital," Capital One Chief Executive Richard Fairbank told analysts on a call in April.
That growth came at a price. The average interest rate paid on deposits was 3.2% at Ally in the first quarter and 2.4% at Capital One. Both were more than 2 percentage points higher than a year earlier. At Bank of America and Wells Fargo, average interest rates on deposits were around 1% in the first quarter.
Right, if you are a traditional bank and you believe in Theory 2 and rates go up and you are right, you do great: You make more money on your assets, you don't pay any more money on your deposits, and you capture a big spread. But if you're wrong, all your depositors leave and you go bust, or at least, you pay like 4% on deposits and keep earning like 3% on your long-term assets. If you are an online bank and you believe in Theory 1, the outcomes are a bit simpler and less binary: You pay more interest as rates go up, but you probably don't go bust.
Conceptually, there are three main ways to finance a portfolio of long-term bonds [5] :
1. You can be a bank. You take money ("deposits") from customers, and you tell the customers they can get back exactly as much money as they put in, whenever they want. Then you use the money to buy long-term bonds, which pay interest; you keep most of the interest but give the customers some of it. If interest rates go up, the value of your bonds will go down; if you take $100 of deposits and buy $100 of bonds and rates go up and the bonds are worth $90, you will not have enough bonds to pay out everyone if they all ask for their money back at once. You hope this won't happen, and there is lots of banking regulation and supervision to prevent it, but bank runs are the well-known risk of banking: If everyone takes their money out at once, there is not enough money for them. 2. You can be a mutual fund. You take money from customers and you use it to buy bonds. You tell the customers they can take money out whenever they want, but they get back only (their share of) the current market value of the bonds. If you take $100 of money and buy $100 of bonds and rates go up and the bonds are worth $90 and customers take their money out, you will give them $90. They will not complain: This is the thing they signed up for. Mutual funds are not really subject to run risk. People do still worry about runs on mutual funds, in part for somewhat fuzzy reasons — I used to make fun of it as "people are worried about bond market liquidity" — but in part because, sure, if everyone asks for their money back at once, mutual funds will have to sell bonds and that will drive the prices of bonds down. But there is no real advantage to asking for your money back first — you just get the market price — so they are considerably safer from runs. 3. You can have locked-up capital. You take money from customers and you use it to buy bonds. You tell the customers that they can't take their money out for a long time, and you use that long-term locked-up money to make long-term investments and not worry about fluctuations in their market value. You take $100 of money and buy $100 of bonds and wait until the bonds mature and then give investors back their $100 (with interest). If interest rates go up and the market value of the bonds drops to $90, that is just not relevant to you: You don't have to sell the bonds, because your financing is locked up, and when they mature they will pay out $100.
On the one hand, bank deposits compete with money market funds and Treasury bills. If Treasury bills or money market funds pay 5% interest, and your bank account pays 0.01%, you might move your money out of the bank. For banks, this is bad, for reasons we have talked about extensively in recent months: Basically the business model of banking relies on paying low interest on deposits even as interest rates rise elsewhere, and if everyone starts taking their money out of banks to put it into Treasuries then the banks have problems.
On the other hand, bank deposits compete with a pile of $20 bills under your mattress. For most people in the US, most of the time, bank accounts — which offer direct deposit, automatic bill payments, probably higher security than your mattress, and maybe even interest — are more attractive than bills under the mattress. But bills under the mattress have some advantages. There are some contexts where you can spend them more easily than bank money; some businesses only take cash and are not right next to an ATM. Plus if you are worried about your bank's credit risk you might prefer the bills.
There are various dials of monetary policy and bank regulation that can be turned to make bank accounts more or less attractive. But there are also some dials of paper-money regulation that governments can turn, and that's one way to do financial stability regulation. Bloomberg's Preeti Singh and Saikat Das report on the experience in India:
A key metric of profitability for Indian banks, lending margins, is set to get a boost as the nation's decision to withdraw its highest-value currency note bolsters bank deposits.
The Reserve Bank of India's move to withdraw the 2,000 rupees ($24) notes will lead to growth in deposits at banks and lower their cost of funds, according to a note from Axis Mutual Fund. The step could boost deposits by as much as 2 trillion rupees through the end-September deadline to exchange the notes, the asset manager said. …
As the rush to deposit the high-value currency notes before the deadline gathers pace, banks' margins could expand, said Madan Sabnavis, chief economist at state-run Bank of Baroda.
If the biggest banknote denomination is no longer legal tender, then the pile of bills under your mattress has to have more smaller-denomination bills, which makes the pile bigger, which makes your bed less comfortable, which makes the pile of bills under your mattress a less attractive competitor to bank deposits, which helps banks' net interest margins.
There is a set of ideas called "narrow banking" or the "Chicago plan," in which:
Deposits would not be used to fund loans or other long-term assets, but would just be parked at the Federal Reserve: Banking would be fully reserved, bank accounts would just be dollars, and they would not be used to make loans. Loans would be equity-funded: People who wanted to take credit (or interest-rate) risk would invest their money in funds, and the funds would make loans (or buy bonds). But the investors in those funds would not be information-insensitive bank depositors who expected access to their money at any time; they would be conscious risk-takers. They would know what they were getting into: They would lock up their money for a long time and understand that they were taking the risk of any loan losses. Loans would effectively come from loan mutual funds, not from banks.
I have suggested that some of this is really happening now. For one thing, a lot of US money market funds kind of look like narrow banks (they just park money at the Fed's reverse repo program), while there has been a huge rise in private credit funds that are equity-funded lenders, and that are displacing banks in some lending markets.
We talked yesterday about a DealBook story about the rise of private credit, which worried that private credit funds are "not subject to the same regulations as banks, which allows them to take greater risks." I thought that was the wrong thing to worry about; I wrote:
A private credit firm that raises money from investors in a locked-up fund, and uses that money to make idiotic loans that all go bust, is less risky than, well, a licensed bank that raises money from uninsured depositors and uses that money to buy safe US-government-backed bonds, like Silicon Valley Bank did.
That said, I added: "Though: A private credit fund that leverages its fund with short-term borrowing is riskier, more run-prone, more like a bank." You could imagine private credit being very safe, very Chicago-plan, just taking long-term equity investments from people who want to take risks. But financial markets love leverage, and if you have a $1 billion loan fund, you might go to someone — say, a bank — and say "hey I have $1 billion of equity, lend me another $1 billion and I'll go make $2 billion of loans with the money." And then — if the money you borrowed from the bank is short-term or subject to margin calls — you have reintroduced a lot of the fragility of banking.
If US regional banks are in decline, who will take their place? "Too-big-to-fail US megabanks" would be the obvious answer, and seems to be true. The biggest banks' market power and implicit government support means that their funding is more stable and less rates-sensitive than the funding of regional banks. I am a JPMorgan Chase & Co. customer, and I occasionally check to see what rate they are offering on savings accounts, and it keeps being 0.01%, even as the Fed has raised rates. And I'm still a customer! (Not for savings though.)
But I argued last month that there is another, weirder answer, which is that the US financial system could separate the functions of deposit-taking (people want to put their money somewhere safe, earn interest, and be able to withdraw it at any time) and lending (people need loans to buy houses or run businesses). For a long time this has been sort of a niche idea beloved by some economists — versions of it are called "narrow banking" or the "Chicago Plan" — without ever being particularly close to reality.
But in 2023, quite a bit of the money that has left the regional banks has gone to money market funds that park that cash in the Federal Reserve's reverse repo program, which now has about $2.2 trillion and pays about 5.05% interest. This is pretty close to narrow banking: Those money market funds will give retail customers an account that is, for most practical purposes, just money at the Fed.
On the lending side, meanwhile, DealBook reported this weekend that regional banks and even megabanks are going to have trouble making new loans, and:
That means businesses large and small may soon need to look elsewhere for loans. And a growing cohort of nonbanks, which don't take deposits — including giant investment firms like Apollo Global Management, Ares Management and Blackstone — are chomping at the bit to step into the vacuum.
For the last decade, these institutions and others like them have aggressively scooped up and extended loans, helping to grow the private credit industry sixfold since 2013, to $850 billion, according to the financial data provider Preqin.
Now, as other lenders slow down, the large investment firms see an opportunity.
"It actually is good for players like us to step into the breach where, you know, everybody else has vacated the space," Rishi Kapoor, a co-chief executive of Investcorp, said on the stage of the Milken Institute's global conference this week.
But the shift in loans from banks to nonbanks comes with risk. Private credit has exploded partly because its providers are not subject to the same financial regulations put on banks after the financial crisis. What does it mean for America's loans to be moving to less-regulated entities at the same time the country is facing a potential recession?
Institutions that make loans but aren't banks are known (much to their chagrin) as "shadow banks." They include pension funds, money market funds and asset managers.
Because shadow banks don't take in deposits, they're not subject to the same regulations as banks, which allows them to take greater risks. And so far, their riskier bets have been profitable: Returns on private credit since 2000 exceeded loans in the public market by 300 basis points, according to Hamilton Lane, an investment management firm.
I think this concern is a little backwards. For one thing, I don't love the terminology. As Morgan Ricks, a leading scholar of shadow banking, puts it: "'Shadow banks' originally meant nonbank financial institutions offering deposit substitutes and I still think it would be better to stick with that terminology, rather than using the term to refer to any nonbank lender." Lots of companies make loans, and it is better to use "shadow banks" to refer to companies whose liabilities make them look like banks, who borrow short-term to invest long-term and thus have the same fragility and run risk as real banks. [6] I have spent a lot of time over the last year or so describing various crypto firms (exchanges and lending platforms) as "crypto shadow banks," because they are in the business of issuing deposit-like claims and investing that money in crypto hedge funds or whatever. (Well, they were in that business. Then they all had bank runs.)
But more important: The real risk of banking is on the liability side. What makes banks fragile is deposits. A private credit firm that raises money from investors in a locked-up fund, and uses that money to make idiotic loans that all go bust, is less risky than, well, a licensed bank that raises money from uninsured depositors and uses that money to buy safe US-government-backed bonds, like Silicon Valley Bank did. (Though: A private credit fund that leverages its fund with short-term borrowing is riskier, more run-prone, more like a bank.) What made SVB risky is that its funding could disappear overnight. If private credit reduces that risk, it's probably fine for it to take more credit risk.
In a way, bank preferred stocks are sort of the opposite of bank deposits:
Deposits are technically short-term funding (depositors can withdraw them anytime), but banks treat them as reasonably long-term and rate-insensitive. And they are the bank's most senior funding: If the bank fails, depositors get paid back first. Preferred stocks are technically perpetual funding (the bank never needs to pay them back), but the bank can pay them back at some scheduled call date. And they are quite junior funding: If the bank fails, there's basically no way the preferreds are getting anything.
Interest rates have shot up, which has made deposits a much less attractive form of financing for banks. On the other hand it has made preferred stock … well, it has made preferred stock a much less attractive investment for investors. I guess it has made existing preferred stock more attractive for banks, but they're not in a hurry to issue more. Bloomberg's Tasos Vossos reports:
A $12.2 billion iShares exchange-traded fund tracking the wider preferred market sank 5.1% last week, marking one of the biggest selloffs since the global financial crisis. …
Traders describe an illiquid market that's become difficult to navigate, with big gaps appearing in prices from day to day. Part of the issue is that few are willing to buy riskier preferreds given the recent string of regional bank failures, they say.
First Republic Bank's preferreds were effectively wiped out after the failed lender was bought by JPMorgan Chase & Co. First Horizon Corp's preferreds tumbled 26% in the week after scrapping its merger with Toronto-Dominion Bank. The shares are now indicated at $17.4, or just under 70% of face value. ...
Preferreds rank above common equity, but below all types of debt and pay high dividends. The securities are typically perpetual, but banks often redeem them early if they can replace them at cheaper rates. But with effective yields now at the highest in 12 years, according to an ICE BofA index, analysts say banks are more likely to skip their call options.
Refinancing is too expensive in the current market, though most big US banks don't need to raise new capital at the moment, said Martin at Charles Schwab.
For smaller lenders, it could spell trouble. They rely on preferred shares to fulfill regulatory requirements and with investors demanding sky-high dividends, they've effectively been shut out of the market.
If you issued a 7% perpetual preferred five years ago, and now it's trading at a 12% yield, that's great funding for you! It counts as regulatory capital, and you can pay 7% on that forever , even as the rest of your interest expense has gone up. Investors don't love it, though, and don't count on doing any more of it.
We have talked a few times recently about, like, the theory of banking. That theory goes roughly like this. Banks fund themselves with deposits, which are basically short term and safe: If you have $100 in a bank account, you expect that it will always be worth $100, and you expect to be able to withdraw five $20 bills any time you want. Meanwhile banks invest their money in assets (loans, bonds) which are basically long term and risky : Banks make loans to risky businesses that don't have to be repaid for years.
This business has well-known problems. The main problems are:
The deposits are short-term but the assets are long-term: If all the depositors want their money back at once, it isn't there, because it has been loaned out. This can lead to bank runs, panics, fire sales of assets, It's a Wonderful Life , etc. The deposits are safe but the assets are risky: If the bank makes bad loans and loses money, there won't be enough money to pay back depositors, and bank deposits are meant to be money , so depositors really count on their bank deposits being safe.
This business — "fractional reserve banking," it is often called [1] — is inherently risky and fragile. Everyone knows this, and there are standard methods to mitigate the risks. Banks have capital requirements (they are partly funded with equity, not deposits, so if the assets lose value the depositors still get their money back). They have liquidity requirements (some of their assets are short term and safe, so if depositors want money back there's some money to give them). There is safety-and-soundness regulation and supervision (the government tries to prevent banks from making loans that will lose money). There is the lender of last resort (the central bank lends money to solvent banks that need cash, so if depositors want their money back the banks can get it). There is deposit insurance (the government promises that depositors will get their money back, making bank accounts safer and runs less likely). Still there is some unavoidable residue of fragility: The mismatch between the banks' safe short term liabilities and their risky long term assets creates risk, and somebody — if not depositors then the government — has to bear that risk.
You might draw one of two conclusions from this:
1. Oh well! Banking is good ; there is social value in this fragility; it allows society to pool its safe capital to be able to take on risks. "Banking is a way for people collectively to make long-term, risky bets without noticing them, a way to pool risks so that everyone is safer and better-off," I wrote last month. "Financial systems help us overcome a collective action problem," Steve Randy Waldman wrote in 2011: "In a world of investment projects whose costs and risks are perfectly transparent, most individuals would be frightened. … A banking system is a superposition of fraud and genius that interposes itself between investors and entrepreneurs" to encourage investment and make everyone better off. 2. No, this is bad, it's antiquated, we should fix it. Let's get rid of fractional reserve banking and do something else.
Conceptually the main way to do that goes something like this:
Banks should take short-term safe deposits and invest them in short-term safe assets. Long-term risky assets should be funded with long-term risky liabilities.
This is loosely speaking called the "Chicago plan," or "narrow banking." Banks would just hold cash for their depositors, so the cash would always be there and banks would not have any risk of runs or credit losses. In modern banking, the banks would not hold "cash" in the sense of $20 bills in a vault; rather, they'd take deposits and turn around and deposit the money as reserves at the Federal Reserve. [2] The Fed pays interest on reserves, so the banks could earn enough money to pay for salaries and branches and still pay some interest to their customers. (Though it's not clear why a narrow bank would need branches [3] ; it would be a lot cheaper to operate a narrow bank than a full bank, so presumably it would need less of an interest margin.)
Meanwhile, risky loans would come from people who intend to make risky loans: You could have, say, a loan fund that raises money from investors, locks up their money for 10 years, uses the money to make 10-year loans, and then pays back the investors whatever the fund gets back on the loans. [4] If the fund makes bad loans, the investors lose money; they bear the risk knowingly and directly, unlike bank depositors who sort of don't know where their money is going.
This seems to be a theme in how the Fed thinks about banks. The Fed likes banks. The Fed is broadly supportive of the idea that banks should get deposits from customers and use those deposits to make loans. This is a very traditional, centuries-old idea. This is just how banking works. But we know that banking is fragile; occasionally — in 2008, in March 2023 — we are reminded of it more forcefully. And so sometimes people come along with ideas — for narrow banking, for stablecoins, for universal Fed accounts, for central bank digital currencies — to make banking safer. "I just want to have a checking account," they say, "so why should I have to put my money in a bank that will take risks with it by making loans or buying long-term bonds? Why does my checking account have to represent a claim on a complicated system of debt? Why can't it just be simple electronic dollars? The Fed issues dollars; why can't my checking account just be that? "
The answer to those questions is sort of unsatisfying but also very beautiful: Banks are a way to get society to collectively take financial risks that people would not individually take. You want your checking account to be safe, and everyone wants their checking accounts to be safe, but somebody needs to lend people money to start businesses or buy houses, and banks stand between the need for safe checking accounts and the need for risky debt financing and magically transform risk into safety. And they do this through some combination of opacity and mystery and implicit and explicit government backing. It will always be fragile and frustrating, because it is in some deep sense a trick, but it's a socially valuable trick.
There's also another, more practical answer to those questions, which is that banks exist now and make a lot of loans and employ a lot of people and are pretty important, and if we blew them all up overnight that would be bad. If the Fed announced a new program that was like "here's a bank account but way better," then everyone might take their money out of the banks at once and they'd all collapse. Or even worse: Everyone wouldn't do that immediately, because they don't care very much, but then one day people would start worrying about the banks, and then they'd all take their money out of their bank accounts and put it in the cool new Fed account, and the banks would face a run at the worst possible time, and then they'd all collapse.
One of the weirdest cases of unintended consequences in financial regulation is that, after the 2008 financial crisis, European Union regulators passed rules requiring banks to give their senior employees enormous raises. I mean, technically, the rules were designed to cap bonuses: The theory was that banks took on excessive risks because their employees were trying to maximize their bonuses, so the solution was to cap bonuses at, essentially, two times the bankers' salary. But the very very very very very obvious, yet somehow apparently unintended, effect of this rule was to push banks to raise salaries (or offer other sorts of quasi-fixed pay, like "role-based allowances," that don't count as bonuses), so that senior employees could still get large paychecks. But now the paychecks are more guaranteed than they used to be: Instead of getting most of their pay from a once-a-year bonus that could be zeroed if things go poorly, senior European bankers now get a bigger chunk of their pay in regular monthly installments. This is very nice for them! Thanks, regulators!
I wrote once about the crime dial:
In general, the chief compliance officer at any company has a dial in front of her that she can turn to get More Crime or Less Crime, and at a normal company — a bank, for instance — her job consists of of (1) turning it most of the way toward Less Crime, but (2) not all the way, and (3) acting very contrite when politicians and regulators yell at her about the residual crime. "We have a zero-tolerance policy for crime," she will say, and almost mean.
Now, in practice, every day, a bank's compliance officer will face the choice of (1) leaving the dial alone, (2) turning it a touch toward More Crime or (3) turning it a touch toward Less Crime. Presumably most days she will mostly leave it alone and focus on other things. Some days, she will adjust it a scooch one way or the other, in ways that don't really get noticed much outside of the bank. Occasionally the dial will have drifted too far toward More Crime, the bank will have a huge scandal, she will be fired, and her successor will make a big show of cranking the dial a long way toward Less Crime. "We had too much crime," the new compliance officer will say, "but from now on we will have a zero-tolerance policy toward crime." This still won't be true, but it will (1) still almost be true and (2) be a bit more true than it was before the scandal.
This problem is not wholly symmetrical: It is rarer for the bank to run into huge problems because the dial has drifted too far toward Less Crime, and to then make a big show of cranking the dial a long way toward More Crime. "We had too little crime," a bank's compliance officer will pretty much never say, "but from now on we will have a much more tolerant policy toward crime."
Still! The problem is a little symmetrical. One way to ensure that you never do any illegal business is to never do any business, [6] and that probably goes too far. Sometimes you do have to crank the dial back:
Credit Suisse Group AG, fighting to stem a wave of investor outflows, is dialing back some stringent anti-money laundering controls in Asia after they drew protests from clients and bankers and contributed to staff departures.>
A requirement that private bankers verify most of their clients' sources of wealth was eased near the end of last year, while third-party transactions are no longer subject to executive approvals, according to people familiar with the matter.>
The backtracking highlights the delicate balance facing the bank as it tries to tighten operations following a series of scandals, while hanging on to clients in one of the fastest-growing regions for money management. The measures, more stringent than at many peers, threatened to stall efforts to recover from massive outflows that contributed to another quarterly loss for the embattled bank.
One funny part of this story is that, after Credit Suisse had various scandals, it "took steps in 2021 to tighten controls by commissioning Ernst & Young to assess its wealth units' anti-money laundering procedures in Singapore and Hong Kong." If you are an outside auditor brought in to do a report on anti-money laundering procedures, the problem is not symmetrical at all, for you. If you recommend "a robust 'belt and braces' approach" (as a Credit Suisse spokesperson called it in a statement to Bloomberg News), and the approach is so robust that the clients can never get business approved and the bankers all quit, that's not your problem; you were hired to stop money laundering, and you did. You bring in an outside consultant, you're gonna get the dial cranked way too far over toward Less Crime. And then you have to nudge it back.
He might be selling himself short there, bank-account-wise? We have talked about the Campbell situation before; technically she is not a "private banker" but a "financial adviser," there are obvious overlaps between those roles, and at JPMorgan they seem to fight bitterly over client assets and credit. Part of the problem here is that Rodriguez is (1) a longtime big client of Campbell's financial advisory business (including before she joined JPMorgan), (2) a relatively small previous private-banking-type client of JPMorgan, and also (3) a JPMorgan investment banking client, as he is not just a rich guy but also an active businessman. If you want to buy a sports team, that is both a personal indulgence (private banking and/or financial advisory) and a corporate takeover (investment banking), and there will be some fighting over who leads the deal:
Before Campbell joined JPMorgan, its investment bankers had already advised Rodriguez and Lopez on a failed attempt to buy the New York Mets baseball team in 2020. Rodriguez also kept a "low seven-figure amount" at the private bank, Campbell claimed in legal filings. As a result, when she joined, Rodriguez was designated as a shared client between JPMorgan Advisors and the private bank. …
The private bank ended up winning more of Rodriguez's business by providing a loan for his acquisition of a minority stake in the Minnesota Timberwolves basketball team in 2021, Campbell alleged in court filings. This was after Campbell was told that JPMorgan Advisors would not finance the loan.
The article also points to a source of financial conflict I had never really thought about, which is inheritance. I mean obviously I have thought about inheritance as a source of financial conflict, but among the family. This story points to inheritance as a source of conflict among financial advisers: If your uncle has a lot of money with one financial adviser, and then he dies and leaves you the money, and you have a different financial adviser, the financial advisers will fight over the money. "This money belongs to the heir now and I have a relationship with the heir," your adviser will say. "Yes but I have a relationship with the money," your uncle's adviser will say.
In another instance involving a different adviser earlier this year, the private bank and JPMorgan Advisors battled over which division should manage money for a client who had inherited several hundred million dollars from a relative, according to a person familiar with the matter.
Dimon ended up intervening, telling both sides that the bank did not have the market share for turf wars, the person said. It was left up to the client to decide which division they would park their money at.
One thing that banks do is make margin loans. You lend money to people, secured by their stock in a publicly traded company. You lend, say, 20% to 50% of the value of the stock, and if the stock drops you can demand that they put up more collateral or repay some of the loan. The risk to you is mostly that the stock falls too fast: You lend $40 against $100 worth of stock, and the stock falls to $60 and you send an email demanding more collateral, and by the time the borrower replies to the email the stock is at $20 and you're not getting your money back.
One particularly interesting class of margin borrowers are the chief executive officers, board members and senior executives of public companies who want to borrow against their own companies' stock. In a sense, CEOs are the most obvious margin borrowers: If I own publicly traded stock and want money, I can just sell the stock, but it is more awkward for a CEO to sell her own company's stock. Selling stock might reduce her control of the company, and it will generally look bad and upset shareholders, so she might be inclined to get money by borrowing against her stock instead of selling it.
But CEOs are particularly risky margin borrowers. For instance, one risk of making a margin loan to a public company CEO is that if the stock drops you might have to force him to quit his job, which will probably make the stock drop more: John Foley, the co-founder and former chief executive of Peloton Interactive Inc., faced repeated margin calls on money he borrowed against his Peloton holdings before he left the fitness company's board last month, according to people familiar with the situation. As Peloton's shares slumped over the past year, Goldman Sachs Group Inc. asked Mr. Foley several times to provide fresh funds or additional collateral for personal loans the bank had extended to him, the people said. The company's share price has fallen nearly 95% from its $160 peak in December 2020. Resigning from the board gave Mr. Foley flexibility to sell or pledge more Peloton shares, though he said the margin calls weren't the reason he left the company. … His seat on the board limited his ability to raise additional funds because most public companies prohibit directors and executives from selling their shares during certain trading periods. In addition, Peloton's policy limits pledges for margin loans by directors or executives to 40% of the value of an individual's shares or vested options. ... "Everyone can see I had a rocky year," Mr. Foley said. "This was not a fun personal balance-sheet reset."
If you are a bank, or a financing arm of a car company, you want to originate loans these days. Loans are valuable to you: The expected payments from the loan (6.74% per year for typically five years) are higher than the amount you are paying for the funding, even taking into account the risks of default (some people won't pay back their loans) and prepayment (some people will pay back their loans early with no penalty, so you won't get the 6.74% anymore). This is true enough at a statistical level that you sort of don't care if it's true at an individual level. So you offer everyone $1,000 to take out a loan, figuring that most of them will keep the loan outstanding for a long time and pay you more in interest over five years than you are paying them in incentives. And then some people will show up with cash, you'll pay them $1,000 to take out a loan instead, they'll pay off the loan a week later and be a bit mystified by why they had to go through all that.
Two important stylized facts about bank deposits are (1) they can be withdrawn at any time and (2) a dollar in the bank has to always be worth a dollar. If you have money in a checking account, you can go to the bank and ask for it back, and they have to be able to give it to you in full immediately. If they can't, then the banking system is in bad trouble. This is the "It's a Wonderful Life" problem, and modern banking regulation is designed to prevent it. In particular:
1. There is capital regulation (as well as "supplementary leverage ratio" and "total loss-absorbing capacity" rules), which requires banks to fund a certain percentage of their assets with shareholders' equity (or bonds, for TLAC) so that, if the assets lose value, the shareholders lose money first and the depositors are protected. 2. There are net stable funding rules, which, to oversimplify, require banks to fund a certain percentage of their assets with long-term obligations (stock, bonds, etc.) so that they don't get asked for all of their money back at once.
These rules make a lot of sense in an "It's a Wonderful Life" world, or in the world of the 2008 financial crisis, when banks had thin capital cushions and lots of short-term non-deposit liabilities (repo, etc.) that led to surprising bank-run-type situations.
But these rules are a little weird in a world where people keep shoveling cash into bank deposits and banks, not having enough loans to make, shovel the cash into Treasury securities or reserves at the Federal Reserve. One reason that they're weird is that, when a bank gets $100 of deposits and puts the $100 into Fed reserves, its risk (of a capital loss or bank run) hasn't really gone up any, so it's weird that these risk-mitigating measures kick in.
But another reason they're weird is that, when banks get too much money, that forces them to raise more money. If you have a bank with assets consisting of $100 of loans and liabilities of $10 of equity capital (10% of assets), $10 of long-term bonds (20% long-term funding including equity and bonds), and $80 of deposits, and then all of a sudden you get $300 more of deposits and park them in Treasuries, now your equity capital is only 2.5% of assets and you are undercapitalized and need to sell stock, and your long-term funding ratio is also too low and you need to sell some bonds.
Here's a fun Wall Street Journal story about how banks are rushing to issue bonds because they have too much money:
U.S. banks are overrun with cash. So they are loading up on debt. …
The record debt sales might seem unnecessary because banks are already up to their eyeballs in cash. The biggest consumer and commercial banks have collected trillions of dollars of deposits since the pandemic started.
But deposits are only one part of the liability equation for the biggest banks. They are also required to keep a certain share of their liabilities in long-term debt. Because of that, the ratio of debt to other liabilities can get out of whack when deposits grow as much as they have. So banks are issuing more bonds to navigate the regulatory hurdles.
Requirements that long-term debt make up a minimum share of banks' liabilities is a consequence of regulations after the financial crisis of 2008-09. The idea is that a layer of long-term debt makes banks less susceptible to panic in short-term funding markets, which was a key reason for the demise of Lehman Brothers.
On first principles you might think that a bank is in the business of deciding whom to lend money to. It is weird to outsource that core decision to someone else, and sensible to try to bring it back in-house and also differentiate yourself. Like, banks should try to compete with each other by making better credit decisions, lending to creditworthy borrowers that the rest of the market misses and avoiding lending to risky borrowers that the rest of the market loves. If you are a bank you should try to get better at the core skills of banking.
The counterpoint is that banks are not always exactly in the business of lending money from their balance sheets and hoping to get paid back. Sometimes they're in the business of packaging loans and selling them, and there, being right is less important than being standard:
FICO has a big advantage: Investors rely heavily on the scores to decide whether to buy packaged-up consumer loans. The scores are a common language of sorts, one that requires no time-consuming translation. Even lenders that don't use FICO to make lending decisions tend to use them in loan securitizations.
If people want to sell a stock short, they have to borrow it from someone who owns it. Often this means borrowing it from a retail broker whose customers own it in margin accounts (and therefore allow their brokers to lend it). The short seller pays the broker a fee to borrow the stock. If the stock is, like, Apple Inc., the fee is pretty low. If the stock is heavily shorted, the fee can be pretty high: There is a lot of demand to borrow heavily shorted stocks, and often not much supply. So Robinhood made $29.1 million in the first quarter — roughly as much as it made from Dogecoin — by lending its customers' heavily-shorted stocks to short sellers. Again Robinhood does not break out how much of that revenue came from lending out GameStop stock. But when Robinhood's customers were trying to squeeze short sellers, Robinhood was lending stock to those short sellers and profiting from the squeeze.
Some banks are very big. Some people think this is bad. There is a traditional way to say "it is bad that this company is so big," and that way uses the word "monopoly." "This company is so big that it is a monopoly, which is bad." It is useful to be able to say this, because the government has a lot of power to limit monopolies, to regulate their behavior and break them up. It is not, however, particularly true of the big banks. A monopoly is a specific thing, a company that is so big that it dominates its market and can force out competitors and raise prices. The markets in which banks compete are, for the most part, extremely competitive. If you want a mortgage, you pretty much pay the market rate for mortgages; JPMorgan Chase & Co. can't charge you whatever it wants.
Still, people think it is bad that the banks are so big, for other reasons. They worry about risk concentration, about banks that are "too big to fail" taking too many risks and the taxpayers bearing those risks, about too much centralization of banking making it more fragile, about banks that are "too big to manage" doing dumb things and crashing the financial system. Those worries are controversial, but never mind that. Assume for now that they are correct. What should the government do about them?
One possibility is that the government's antitrust regulators — at the Justice Department and the Federal Trade Commission — should go after the biggest banks for antitrust violations. The regulators could say "you are too big, you are a monopoly, we need to break you up into smaller pieces." And then the banks would say "no," and they would go to court, and the regulators could try to prove that the big banks are monopolists. And this would be hard to do, because they basically aren't. It wouldn't be impossible, though, I guess, because they are in lots of businesses and some of them are less competitive than others and there are probably some bad emails somewhere and so forth. The regulators' odds of breaking up the big banks on antitrust grounds wouldn't be zero. But they would be low.
The other possibility is that other government regulators should, in setting other regulations, take bigness into account and try to regulate and discourage it. Conveniently banking is a very regulated business, and there are regulators and prudential supervisors who can do all sorts of meddling in a bank's business. So for instance if you worried that giant banks could be "too big to fail" and pose a systemic risk to the financial system, the banks' capital regulators could put out a rule saying "very big banks need to have more capital to offset the higher risk they pose to the financial system." That would both reduce the risk of big-bank failure and also create an incentive for banks to stay smaller or break themselves up. And in fact there is such a rule, for exactly those sorts of reasons; it is called the "G-SIB surcharge."
Or if you worried that giant banks could be "too big to manage" and do dumb things, then the banks' supervisors could tell a big bank that did a dumb thing "you can't get any bigger until we're satisfied you won't do more dumb things." They can just do that! The supervisors can just tell a bank not to get bigger, and it has to listen! They actually did it to Wells Fargo & Co., it's kind of amazing. The theory wasn't "Wells Fargo is a monopoly"; it was just "we don't like what Wells Fargo has been up to so it can't get any bigger."
I should emphasize that banking is a very regulated business, and the government doesn't have quite as many levers to pull with most other businesses. Still lots of businesses are regulated in lots of ways, and the same general principles apply:
1. If you think it is bad that a business is big, because it has a monopoly, sure, have the antitrust regulators go after it for antitrust violations. 2. If you think it is bad that a business is big, for other reasons, have other regulators try to limit its bigness in ways that directly address those other reasons. 3. In a pinch, if you think it is bad that a business is big, you could always have the other regulators try to limit its bigness in ways that don't relate in any particularly logical way to those reasons. If you think that the bigness of social media companies is bad because they spread misinformation and undermine democracy, that is not really an antitrust problem, and there is not exactly a Federal Truth Regulator that can promulgate misinformation rules. But maybe you can find some regulatory regime to shoehorn into that purpose. Maybe you've got a regulator in charge of, I don't know, internet bandwidth or wireless spectrum or electricity usage or truth in advertising or whatever, and you tell that regulator to turn up the heat on big social media companies. Not because you care about their electricity usage or whatever, but just to deter them from being big, because you think their bigness is bad. 4. If all else fails, you can have the antitrust regulators try to break up the business because it is too big, even though it isn't a monopoly. That may not work though.
I don't know a lot about how the private wealth management business worked in the 1800s but let's imagine, shall we? I assume that the main way that PWM advisers got clients was through referrals: Wealth was frequently inherited, wealthy people formed a closed social set, a rich person who needed a financial adviser could ask a few friends and use their adviser, etc. It is a high-touch, trust-based business, and the most reliable way to win clients is through a warm introduction. At the same time, some people probably didn't use their friends' financial advisers, for whatever reason: They were new in town, or they were nouveau riche industrialists without fancy friends, or they didn't like their friends' adviser's approach to asset allocation. And some advisers needed to start new businesses without a network of clients and referrals. And so presumably some number of ambitious financial advisers traveled the country, looked for the biggest house in the neighborhood, and then walked up and knocked on the door. "Excuse me, are you in the market for financial advice," they would ask. "Can I tell you about the excellent business prospects of Amalgamated Buggy Whips Ltd.?" That sort of thing. Then the telephone was invented and, for a while, financial advisers ignored it and kept knocking on the doors of the big houses, because telephoning was gauche and impersonal and you'd never win a really good piece of business over the phone. But eventually some tech-savvy and ambitious financial advisers realized that they could reach a lot more people over the phone than they could by traipsing around knocking on doors, and even if the connections were weaker and the hit rate lower the overall results might be better. Sure the very wealthiest people might never entrust their money to an adviser over the phone, but you could make it up on volume. And so for decades the popular image of the retail brokerage business was of people sitting in a big room cold-calling dentists. And then LinkedIn was invented, and everyone spent like a decade joking and complaining about annoying LinkedIn messages. And here we are:
Merrill Lynch Wealth Management's new training program for 3,000 fresh-faced brokers includes a ban on cold calls.Participants will instead be directed to use internal referrals or LinkedIn messages, according to a person familiar with matter. The change is part of an overhaul of the more than three-year-long program that will be announced Monday, the person said, asking not to be identified because the information hasn't been made public.
I read this as more of a story about communications technology than about the right way to build wealth-management relationships. The phone is just an outdated technology:
"We are leaning much more heavily on leads and referrals from the broader company," Merrill President Andy Sieg said in April. "There is also an opportunity to be much more modern in terms of the way we are reaching out to prospective clients." …While cold calling offers the opportunity for a gifted salesperson to build a network from scratch, it is hard to succeed that way in an era when no one picks up. Personal referrals lead to a response around 40% of the time, Merrill executives said, but less than 2% of people who are cold called even answer the phone.
For a volume-based cold-caller, LinkedIn messages have obvious advantages over the phone: You are never exactly "cold," because you can always be like "I see you are a third-degree connection of my friend Jen" or "I see that you and I are both interested in golf" or whatever. A LinkedIn profile also gives more clues about wealth than a phone number does. And you can write a good template LinkedIn message and copy-and-paste it to a bunch of people, whereas over the phone you have to dial each person individually and then talk until they hang up on you.
Very broadly speaking, a big problem that banks have right now is too much money. The simple way a bank works is that it takes in money from deposits and lends it out as loans, getting more interest on the loans than it pays on the deposits. In 2021, people have a lot of cash, for reasons having to do with economic growth and stimulus and monetary policy and the Fed's balance sheet and so forth. When people have a lot of cash, they store it in banks, so there is a lot of demand for bank deposits. But when people have a lot of cash, they do not need to borrow more, so there is not a lot of demand for bank loans. The money comes in, but the banks have nowhere to put it.This manifests in various ways. Big banks announce record earnings but complain that no one wants to borrow money from them. They talk about turning away deposits. The debate earlier this year about the temporary exclusion of U.S. Treasuries and Fed reserves from the supplemental leverage ratio was essentially about this problem: Banks have a lot of money, but don't have enough loans to make, so they park the money in Treasuries and reserves that don't earn them much money, and they'd prefer not to have to have expensive capital to support those super-safe and not very lucrative assets. Or in general you might think that if banks make a bunch of loans to risky borrowers, and then the government swoops in and gives those borrowers billions of dollars to pay back all those loans, in full, early, that would be good for banks. You might think it would be particularly good during a period of economic recovery and rising interest rates: The banks get their money back from these risky borrowers and can lend it to better borrowers at higher rates. But in the current environment, that logic doesn't work: Banks have plenty of money ; money is the last thing that they want. What they want is loans, and those are precious and hard to find; getting their existing loans paid back in full is a bad outcome.
So here is a strange story from the New York Times about farm loans:
The Biden administration's efforts to provide $4 billion in debt relief to minority farmers is encountering stiff resistance from banks, which are complaining that the government initiative to pay off the loans of borrowers who have faced decades of financial discrimination will cut into their profits and hurt investors. …Their argument stems from the way banks make money from loans and how they decide where to extend credit. When a bank lends money to a borrower, like a farmer, it considers several factors, including how much interest it will earn over the lifetime of the loan and whether the bank can sell the loan to other investors.By allowing borrowers to repay their debts early, the lenders are being denied income they have long expected, they argue. The banks want the federal government to pay money beyond the outstanding loan amount so that banks and investors will not miss out on interest income that they were expecting or money that they would have made reselling the loans to other investors.
It's a little hard to sympathize with the banks on the merits here. As far as I can tell these loans are prepayable without penalty,[1] so the banks aren't losing an income stream that they were contractually entitled to , just one that they expected: When you make thousands of loans to disadvantaged farmers, they're all allowed to pay you back early, but they probably won't, because what are the odds that thousands of disadvantaged farmers will all come into lots of money all at once? Now they have all come into money at once, oops.Also, while these farmers might be risky borrowers, they weren't risky for the banks : These are loans that were guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Farm Service Agency; the banks were making the loans and collecting profits without taking much credit risk. Really it is fine that the banks were expecting large profits on these no-risk loans to disadvantaged farmers; that's how the program is supposed to work: The government relies on the banks to administer the program, and if it wasn't profitable for them then it wouldn't achieve its policy objectives of getting money to farmers. But it doesn't make the banks particularly sympathetic when they complain about losing their profits. Also this is just a rough sentence, for the banks:
Although the government is paying 120 percent of the outstanding loan amounts to cover additional taxes and fees, banks say that unless they get more, they will be on the losing end of the bailout.
Still, here is the letter from the American Bankers Association, Independent Community Bankers of America and National Rural Lenders Association,[2] and if your heartstrings are tuned in just the right way perhaps it will tug at them:
For example, a large community bank which has an SDA farm/ranch portfolio of over $200 million calculates they could lose millions of dollars in net income per year if their portfolio of SDA loans is quickly paid off. A $200mm-plus loan balance going to zero will have a significant financial impact on the bank's balance sheet, capital position and income statements alarming bank regulators. Such a loss will also undoubtedly reduce the bank's ability to retain employees.Another example is a smaller community bank with over $10 million in SDA farm/ranch loans comprising over ten percent of its portfolio. This bank estimates the sudden payoff of these loans will cause an annual loss of net income of over $300,000 per year for several years and raise concerns alluded to above.
Naively you might think that a banking regulator would be happy to see a bank get paid back in full, early, on its loans, but modern banking doesn't quite work that way.
The two times when it's good to be a modern universal bank are:
1. When the economy is good, and 2. When the market is weird.
There is a rough negative correlation between these things. Often when the economy is good and improving, financial assets move up in a steady and boring way. Banks make money because their loans get paid off, investors want to buy assets and companies raise money to pursue opportunities, but there is a lot of competition and prices are high, so it is hard to make giant windfalls by buying low and selling high. When markets are wild and volatile, banks can make money in trading; volatility makes their trading services — providing liquidity and hedging risk — valuable, and creates opportunities to buy assets cheap from distressed counterparties. But when things are wild and volatile, your loan book gets worse: Borrowers default, and you worry that more of them will default and write down your loans.And so in the first quarter of 2020, as the Covid-19 pandemic was crippling the global economy, banks had pretty mixed results. On the one hand: If all businesses shut down, it's a bad time to be in the business of lending to businesses and consumers. On the other hand: If everything is nuts, it's a good time to be a trader. And so we discussed the fact that banks had great quarters in their trading businesses, even as they were writing down loans and worrying about the economy. The two forces — bad economic conditions, but exciting volatile crisis-condition markets — were obviously connected, and had offsetting effects on different parts of the banks. The first quarter of 2021 is unusual in that (1) the economy is good but (2) everything is still pretty nuts. Economic data is generally good and the stock market is at a record high, but the first quarter also featured … GameStop? Archegos? Plus the boom in initial public offerings from special purpose acquisition companies. Plus non-fungible tokens, which are not actually a business of big universal banks but still feel somehow relevant here. You've got the good aspects of a boring, steadily rising market, plus the good aspects of weird bubbles everywhere, plus the good aspects of wild price swings in particular situations.
If you run a lemonade stand, you buy some lemons and squeeze them and sell the resulting lemonade, and your quarterly profits are pretty much how much you got for the lemonade that quarter minus how much you paid for supplies and labor. Your accounting profits have a close relationship to how much money came in and went out each day. Banks aren't like that. If you run a bank, you own some streams of future cash flows, loans and bonds and derivatives and stuff. They provide cash flows each quarter—you collect interest on the bonds and loans, etc.—but that is only part of your income. Another big part is that a lot of those streams of cash flows are marked to market: Each quarter, you ask what will be the likely present value of the future cash flows from each of your bonds and derivatives; for your loan book, you ask each quarter how many of your loans will default in the future. The change in those present values, or in those likely defaults, goes into your income now. Those things can swing around a lot more than any one quarter's interest income.
Also those things are basically guesses about the future. "While done extremely diligently and carefully," they "now involve multiple, multi-year hypothetical probability-adjusted scenarios, which may or may not occur and which can be expected to introduce quarterly volatility in our reserves." As your expectations of the future change, your present profits go up and down, but there's no particular reason to believe that any of your expectations are right. So at the end of 2019, JPMorgan had $14.3 billion of "total allowance for credit losses": Out of its trillions of dollars of loans and commitments, it expected to lose $14.3 billion from future defaults, in the sunny times of December 2019. By June 2020, that number was up to $34.3 billion, as a pandemic seemed like it would crush the economy—which means that JPMorgan had to take $20 billion of charges against its income statement in the first and second quarter, not because loans had defaulted, but because it was more pessimistic that they would default in the future. By the end of the fourth quarter, though, things were better, the reserves were down to $30.7 billion, and so it was showing a profit from bringing them down.[1] If 2020 was challenging but you expect 2021-2024 to be great, then, sure, you will book a record profit in 2020, and everyone will feel weird about it.[2]
You could also, though, take Dimon's statement as straightforwardly true and almost tautological: It was a challenging year, so we made a lot of money. Banks' trading divisions often do very well in times of crisis, since they are basically in the business of supplying liquidity and liquidity is in high demand. And in fact JPMorgan and other banks had some pretty great trading results during this year's volatility. (It doesn't hurt that since the spring of 2020, the market has pretty consistently gone up.) Also of course governments and central banks reacted to the Covid-19 pandemic by taking extraordinary measures to support the economy, which tend to be especially helpful to banks. We talked a few times last year about the anomaly that the Federal Reserve's stress tests for big banks used a market-crisis scenario that was much less severe than the actual Covid crisis—but that the banks performed much better in that actual crisis than the Fed thought they would have in its imagined crisis. It turns out that in a real crisis banks don't just lose a lot of money and get sad; they also make a lot of money trading derivatives when the crisis happens, and when the Fed fixes it. The challenging years are often the best ones.
A good basic rule of bank regulation is that bank capital requirements should be countercyclical, high in good times and low in bad times. In good times, banks should build up capital, both because they can (times are good and earnings are high) and because the good times might end: When things go bad, banks' assets will lose value, which will reduce their capital. In bad times, banks will naturally have less capital (their assets lost value); if they have to keep the same ratio of capital to assets, they will respond by shrinking assets, that is, by lending less. You don't want banks to pull back from lending in a crisis. So you make the capital requirements high in good times, so that they can afford to be lower in good times. In the coronavirus crisis bank regulators have generally done a good job of this. Capital requirements were relatively high before the crisis, as stress tests required banks to have capital buffers in case things went wrong. Once the crisis hit, requirements were relaxed and buffers reduced so that they could lend more. There is an oddity though. The stereotypical way that banks respond to capital requirements is that if they have too little capital, they reduce assets: They stop lending and sell securities until they get the correct ratio of capital to assets. (That is, they reduce the denominator of the capital ratio.) If they have too much capital—if they are way above the requirements—then they reduce capital: They increase dividends and do stock buybacks to return capital to investors. (That is, they reduce the numerator.) And so the Federal Reserve's stress tests were, in the good years, more or less a test of how much stock banks could buy back: If a bank was well above the Fed's stressed capital requirements, it would hand the money back to shareholders through buybacks and dividends. If the bank was below the requirements, or worried that it might be, its executives would go around complaining that the capital requirements restricted lending. That was in the good times. In the bad times the capital requirements have been relaxed so that banks can keep lending. But on the stereotypical view, if the capital requirements are relaxed, won't banks just do more buybacks and dividends? Isn't that how banks respond to lower capital requirements?
Big banks often do what you could loosely call "capital relief trades." The idea is, roughly, this. Banks are highly regulated, and they have capital requirements based on the risk of their assets. If a bank owns a lot of risky debt and trades a lot of risky derivatives, it has to have a lot of capital; if it owns only government-backed mortgages and Treasury bonds it can have less. Banks want to have less capital. There are complex regulatory rules specifying how risky different sorts of assets are and how much capital they require. Those rules will always be a little arbitrary at the margins, a little stale, a little out of line with market views. If you write down a rule saying "stocks are twice as risky as bonds," or whatever, by the time you publish the rule the risks will have changed and the market will be pricing stocks as 1.9x as risky as bonds.
Banks, in their natural business, take on a bunch of risks: They make loans and do trades for clients and end up with various exposures. They generally want to make economic decisions about those risks: If a risk seems worth taking they will take it, if it seems too risky they won't. But they are constrained to also make regulatory-capital decisions on those risks: If a risk seems worth taking economically (its expected value is sufficiently positive, etc.), but its capital charge is too high, the banks won't take it. There will be some risks that the regulations say are very bad and risky (they have high capital requirements), but that the market thinks are fine and worth taking (the market price to bear the risk is low).
This creates an opportunity for a trade. You've got a risk that is bad and expensive in a bank's hands (high capital charge), but fine and inexpensive in someone else's hands (low market price to insure against the risk). So the bank passes the risk on, by buying insurance against the risk from someone else. The someone else has to be big and creditworthy, an insurance company, say, or a big pension fund. If they are, and if you do it right, this reduces the bank's capital requirements. If a risk costs a bank $100 due to capital requirements, but the market price of insuring against it is only $50, then the bank can pay $60 to a pension fund for that insurance and everyone can come out ahead. I mean! Everyone comes out ahead in expectation, if the market prices are right. On the other hand if the risks come true the pension fund feels pretty dumb. Sometimes, at least in hindsight, the market price of risk was wrong and the regulatory price was more accurate.
As I have said before, my instinct, when banks and their customers are fighting over margin calls, is to side with the bank. The deal with margin lending is that you buy stocks using the bank's money, and then when the stocks go up you keep all of the profits. That is a good deal for you, if there are profits. It is not such a great deal for the bank. They're putting up much of the money for your investment, but they are not a co-venturer with you; they don't share in your gains. They earn the same interest on their money no matter how well you do. The only way this makes sense for them is if they earn the same interest on their money no matter how poorly you do. You don't treat the bank like a partner when things go well and you make money, so you should not expect the bank to treat you like a partner when things go poorly and you lose money. When your stocks go down and the bank calls you for more margin, you can say "no no this is a temporary drop in a sound long-term investment, let's ride it out," but they can and should ignore you; it's not their long-term investment. Instead, as soon as anything goes wrong, your bank is going to be demanding more money, and if you don't get them the money fast enough they will seize your collateral, blow out your position, protect themselves and leave you with the loss. This all tends to be very clearly spelled out in the legal documents, not only because it is the proper allocation of the risk (you mean to take risk and the bank doesn't), but also because the bank is probably bigger than you are and so can write the documents to favor itself. And so to exaggerate slightly your margin loan contract probably says something like "if the bank gets nervous about anything for any reason it can sell all your collateral and seize your money and there's nothing at all you can do about it ever."
And yet when there are widespread margin calls, there is often litigation; despite that clear allocation of the risks, margin borrowers always seem surprised and angry when they get margin calls, and sue their banks to stop them, and sometimes even win. There are various reasons why—sometimes banks can be overly rapacious in their margin calls, or sell collateral to themselves for too cheap, etc.—but here's a fascinating one:
Investment contracts give banks clear rights to liquidate positions. But lawyers say there still can be scope for making claims if banks act too quickly or mishandle a liquidation and impose bigger losses than would otherwise have been crystallised. They say there are risks that, in the often-heated conversations that come with a disputed margin call, things might be said which contradict the contract wording and create opening for legal claims. Mike Hawthorne, legal director of Pinsent Masons, said: "The danger for banks and brokers is that, in the course of the potentially confrontational discussions around the margin call, something might be said which the customer could misinterpret as an agreement to allow more time to provide the margin or before closing out the account."
Basically the lawyers write a contract saying "we can do whatever we want," and the traders and risk managers say "let's do everything we can to protect ourselves," but then the salespeople and relationship managers get on a recorded phone line with the customer and say "obviously we want to work with you here, we are reasonable people, you are a valued customer," and the signals become a bit mixed. No salesperson ever wants to tell the customer "nope, we can do nothing to help you, we're standing on our contractual rights and we don't care how it affects you," even though that may be exactly the bank's position. And so the salesperson says something vague and conciliatory and it ends up being used as a reason to sue.
What is unfortunate is not so much that U.S. banks want to continue paying dividends; for all I know some of them are so well capitalized and so well equipped to weather this crisis that they will actually make a lot of money and have plentiful profits to pay out to shareholders. What is unfortunate is that their explicit view is that cutting dividends would be destabilizing. Common shareholders are supposed to be the lowest-ranking claimants on a bank's money. The point of equity capital is that you don't have to pay it out, that it doesn't create any cash drain in difficult times. But if your view is "we need to maintain our dividend every quarter or else there will be a run on the bank," then that means that the dividend is destabilizing ; it means that your common stock is really debt ; it means that your equity capital is not as good—not as equity-like—as it's supposed to be. If you take seriously the claim that banks can't cut dividends in a generational crisis, for fear of undermining investor confidence, then, fine, I guess, but then the obvious conclusion is that when times are good you can never let banks raise their dividends. Every time a bank raises its dividend, on this theory, it incurs more unavoidable quarterly debt and creates a new drain on its funding, one that can't be turned off in the bad times for fear of being "destabilising to investors."
The first rule of bank capital is that banks need to be solvent. Traditionally banks make a living by borrowing a lot of short-term money (deposits, etc.) and investing it in long-term assets (loans, etc.). If the bank owes depositors $100 and only has $95 worth of assets, that is bad, in a fairly straightforward way. You do not want that to happen. But the long-term assets can lose value: If you have a bank with $100 of assets and $99 of liabilities, and the assets lose 2% of their value, then the bank becomes insolvent. The way to prevent this is to require that banks have a certain amount of equity capital: You write a rule like "a bank with $100 of assets can only have $92 of liabilities," requiring the rest of the assets to be funded with equity. Then if the assets lose 8% of their value, the bank will still be solvent; it will still have enough enough assets ($92) to pay off its depositors. So the second rule of bank capital is that banks need to be well-capitalized: Being solvent ($1 more assets than liabilities) is not enough, you need to be solvent by a big enough margin that, if things go wrong, you'll still be solvent. But then you have a question of how to enforce this rule. You've got a bank, it has $100 of assets and $92 of liabilities. The assets lose some value—the market goes down, it made some bad loans, whatever. Now it has $98 of assets and $92 of liabilities. It is solvent, but it is undercapitalized. There is a rule saying that banks need to have at least 8% capital, and the bank is below 8%. It has broken the rule. Something must be done, but banks are fragile creatures. You could shut the bank down or fire its executives or fine it a lot of money, but all of those things will probably make the problem worse: Creditors will panic and withdraw money, forcing it to sell assets at a discount, possibly making it insolvent, which is the thing that the capital requirements were meant to prevent. You could force it to raise capital, but "please invest in this undercapitalized bank" is not a hugely attractive sales pitch. Just in general "undercapitalized bank" is not an attractive thing to say; it has the air of a self-fulfilling prophecy. If a bank goes out and announces "uh we only have 6% capital and we have to have 8%, we're aware of the problem and are working on it," there is a good chance that investors will flee the bank and the problem will get worse. That is, in theory, bank capital is a buffer to keep banks solvent in bad times. But in practice people worry that banks would not be able to use that buffer, that a bank that is down to its last percentage point of capital is already toast. This is the same problem as the first problem—"a thinly capitalized bank that loses money will become insolvent, which is bad" is identical in form to "a just-about-well-capitalized bank that loses money will become undercapitalized, which is bad"—and you solve it the same way. By requiring more capital. So the third rule of bank capital is that banks need to be, uh, extra-well-capitalized? That is not the technical term. Being well-capitalized (meeting the capital requirements) is not enough, you need to be so well-capitalized that, even if you lose some plausible amount of money, you will still be wellcapitalized. If you are particularly tidy-minded you could imagine this process repeating indefinitely ("well if an extra-well-capitalized bank loses money it will become only just-about-well-capitalized, which is bad"), but in practice it doesn't. Three rounds—solvency, capital adequacy and a buffer—are basically enough. In practice regulators take a sort of business-cycle approach: When times are good, you require banks to have (1) their capital requirements plus (2) enough extra capital so that they'll still meet their capital requirements when times are bad. When times are bad, you just require them to meet the basic capital requirements. The banks are adequately capitalized in bad times, and in good times they are so well-capitalized that they'll be adequately capitalized in the bad times. That's the theory. The actual measurement of all of these things is complicated and contested: How do you decide how much capital a bank needs to have to be well-capitalized? (In various different overlapping redundant ways.) Or how do you decide how much more capital a bank needs to have to be extra-well-capitalized? In the U.S., there are roughly two approaches to that one:
1. Plan out a series of scenarios that might cause the bank, or the banking system more broadly, to lose a lot of money. Project what effect those scenarios would have on the bank's income and asset values, and do the math to see what the bank's capital position would be in those scenarios. Require the bank to have at least enough capital, now, that if those scenarios occurred it would nonetheless still be well-capitalized. 2. Just add 2.5% to the regular capital requirements, good enough.
The first approach is called "stress testing" and it is kind of the state of the art these days. The second approach is called the "capital conservation buffer" and, you know, it is also fine, it has its reasons. There are benefits, in complex capital planning, to sometimes using crude approaches. The key idea is to use both: Banks have to have enough capital to pass the stress test, and they also have to have at least the regular amount plus 2.5%. You want redundancies in the system.
One thing you could do if you're a big bank is, like, companies give you their money, and you hold on to it for them, and you give them a website where they can log in and see how much money they have, and when they need to pay their workers or suppliers or whatever, they tell you to do it and you send the money. This is, roughly, called "transaction banking." It's pretty standard? There are ways to innovate in this business, or make it more complicated (you can pay their foreign suppliers in foreign currency, you can automatically advance them some money to pay suppliers even if they don't have it yet, you can make the website better), and of course there are ways to make it risky (you take their money and invest it in Bitcoin or Ponzi schemes, or steal it), but the basic idea would be familiar to medieval bankers. They give you money, you hold it for them, you give it back when they need it.
Obviously it is a big business because there are lots of companies and they have lots of money and they have to pay lots of employees and suppliers and so forth. Many other banking businesses are lumpy and unpredictable and specialized: Most years, most companies won't need to take out a syndicated loan or issue bonds or raise equity or do a merger, and they almost never need to do complex derivatives. But every company needs a checking account every day.
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. is holding its first investor day today. (Disclosure, I used to work at Goldman, selling complex derivatives to corporate clients who almost never wanted them, oops.) Here is the presentation. It is long and about a lot of things, but there is a slide (slide 16 of the first presentation) listing "four areas of focus." They are "transaction banking," "third party alternatives," "digital consumer bank" and "wealth management." These are all, as, like, the history of Goldman Sachs goes, pretty boring, but transaction banking is somehow both the most boring and the one they might be most excited about. Later (slide 15 of the fourth presentation, on investment banking) Goldman points out that this is a big business ("Attractive Addressable Market" with "$5tn US Corporate Deposits"), so "Small Market Share Can Generate Meaningful Economics." Also it provides "Stable, More-Durable Revenues," "Expense Savings" and "Funding Diversification," and is "Synergistic with Broader Strategy." They like it. But then the slide gets to the "Strong Client Value Proposition" and it's like "fast and easy onboarding" and "modern tools and simple processes." The pitch here is that Goldman will compete effectively to manage companies' cash for them because it will build a good website. In fact the next slide (slide 16) is a picture of that website. "Welcome Anne, this is your daily snapshot," it says. Anne has $3.28 billion in the bank, good for her: Source: Goldman Sachs Group Inc. Source: Goldman Sachs Group Inc. There's a lightbulb over on the right suggesting that that number might be a little high, and that she should consider moving some of it to a Goldman Sachs money market fund. "Synergistic with Broader Strategy"! It feels a little like, having rolled out a simple user-friendly consumer banking website to offer people savings accounts, they were like "well we have this website, might as well use it to offer companies checking accounts."
A rough model of corporate banking is that companies want large revolving credit lines, so that they have more flexibility to borrow money if times get bad, but their banks want to limit that optionality, because if the companies draw down the credit lines when times get bad, they may not be able to pay them back, and the banks will lose money. So the banks will limit the size of the credit lines based on the companies' financial capacity, and they will charge a fee for undrawn amounts, to compensate the banks for the risk and to discourage the companies from getting vastly more credit than they need. And in consumer banking it is … the opposite? Bloomberg's Michelle Davis reports that "Banks Are Handing Out Beefed-Up Credit Lines No One Asked For":
"It's like putting a sandwich in front of me and I haven't eaten all day," said D'Ante Jones, a 27-year-old rapper known as D. Maivia in Houston who was close to hitting the ceiling on his Chase Freedom card when JPMorgan Chase & Co. nearly doubled his spending limit a year ago without consulting him. He soon borrowed much more. "How can I not take a bite out of it?" … "I didn't know there was a way to say no," said Jones, the Texas rapper.
I mean there is absolutely a way to say no: If you don't want to borrow more money, just don't use your credit card! But of course if the bank is proactively raising your spending limit, for free, it is because (1) the bank expects you to use it and (2) they expect to make money out of your usage. Or the banks respond to the article by saying stuff like this:
"Capital One examines a number of factors before determining whether a customer is eligible for a credit line increase, including reviewing their credit and payment history, debt-to-income ratio and ability to pay," a spokeswoman said in a statement.
Yeah no from first principles you'd expect that to be a given: If the bank is lending you money, it would like to be paid back, and so it will only lend you money if it expects you to pay it back. But in recent empirical experience that is not always how it works. One way you might put this is that, in high finance, options have value, and you expect them to be optimally exercised. If a bank says to its sophisticated corporate client "hey if you ever need money we will give it to you," it will expect the client to take it up on that money whenever that is a good deal for the client, which probably means it will be a bad deal for the bank. And so the bank will negotiate that option carefully, limit its exercisability, and charge for it. But in consumer finance, you can make a lot of money handing out free options if you know that they'll be exercised badly. If a bank says to its consumer clients "hey if you ever need money we will give it to you," it can expect the clients to take it up on that offer when it is in the bank's interests, which may not be when it's in the client's.
Corporate Governance & Executive Comp (49)
Levine often asks who controls a company. Masimo is less exotic than many examples: shareholders vote for directors, activists can win seats, and a new board can replace the CEO. The formal corporate-governance mechanism actually works as advertised, even if the campaign around it is messy.
Levine uses the Murdoch trust to show that control of a public company may be determined outside the public-company charter. If a family trust holds high-vote shares, succession fights inside the trust can decide who controls the corporation. Dual-class stock makes family law and trust documents part of the governance system.
Levine frames Starbucks succession as a board responding to investor demand for a new narrative. A board formally hires and fires the CEO on behalf of shareholders, but in practice market pressure, activist pressure, and stock-price reaction can define what counts as good governance. The CEO is partly an operator and partly the public answer to shareholders' question: what is the plan?
The dynamic is, roughly:
Some people — activists and management in proxy fights and hostile takeovers — care quite a lot about votes. Other people — index funds, for instance — maybe don't. The stock lending market is where they meet to exchange cash for votes.
That is, intuitively, the stock lending market lets active investors borrow stock from people (mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, retail investors with margin accounts, etc.) who own it. The owners keep the economic ownership of the stock (if the stock goes up or down, they make or lose money), but, while they have loaned out the stock, they can't vote it. The borrowers pay the owners a fee to borrow the stock.
You can use this to pay for votes. Conceptually, there are several economically equivalent ways to do this:
1. The simplest form is that you borrow the shares from their owners, pay a lending fee, hold the shares, vote them, and then return them to the lenders. [2] 2. More plausibly, you could "short against the box": You buy shares, and you also borrow shares and sell them short. Buy 10 million shares (and get their votes), and at the same time borrow and short 10 million shares to hedge. You have no economic position, but you have 10 million votes. 3. You could do the same thing with derivatives: Buy 10 million shares (and get the votes), then enter into a swap where you short 10 million shares to hedge. (And then your swap counterparty, a big bank, presumably borrows and shorts shares to hedge the swap.)
In the first example, you neither buy nor sell shares, so you are flat, but you borrow the votes. In the second example, you both buy and sell shares, so you are flat, but you get the votes from the shares you buy. In the third example, you buy shares for cash and short them synthetically. They all come to the same place: You own no shares economically, but you get to vote them.
I am not sure that this actually happens a whole lot. When we first talked about SVE, I wrote:
My impression is that US activist hedge funds are more likely to do the opposite, acquiring economic exposure to more shares than they actually own. … If you are going to spend money on research and lawyers and proxy fights to do an activist campaign, you want a lot of economic exposure, not just a lot of votes.
Still there is no particular reason to think it is impossible, particularly if buying the votes is cheap. A hedge fund called Politan Capital Management has been having a complicated activist proxy fight with a company called Masimo Corp., and its latest filing features a letter alleging "empty voting":
We have observed that a brokerage firm associated with an investor who is a friend of [Masimo Chairman Joe] Kiani voted a major position – approximately 9.9 percent of the company's outstanding stock – in favor of the company's nominees. The number of shares voted at this brokerage firm exceeded the shares publicly reported to be owned by this investor by several multiples. That excess amount was accumulated at the brokerage in the period running up to the record date and then disposed of out of the same brokerage right after the record date. These share movements corresponded almost exactly with movements in and out of brokerages associated with firms that lend shares in the market. Further, in the same period of these share movements, the short interest in Masimo stock increased by similar amounts.
Upon reviewing this data, which was first made available to us on Monday, July 1, we believe it is likely that this investor has engaged in a pattern of trading that is known as "record date capture" and "empty voting" that provides the investor the ability to vote shares of which they do not have economic exposure. This trading strategy involves purchasing shares to be able to hold them on the record date and therefore be entitled to vote them, while simultaneously borrowing and shorting an equivalent number of offsetting shares in order to eliminate economic exposure to the stock. In these instances, the position is closed shortly after the record date, once the right to vote has been secured. Empty voting at this scale threatens to distort corporate democracy at Masimo, as a stockholder whose votes are divorced from their economic interests may not vote in a manner that is in the best interests of the company and all its stockholders.
There is sort of a norm that executive stock sales are bad, because they are signs of bearishness: If you're the CEO and you're selling your company's stock, people assume you think the stock will go down. And so when executives do sell big chunks of stock, they often try to justify the sales as not being about valuation. The classic justifications have the form "I didn't want to sell my stock, but I had to" (divorce, tax obligations [1] ), or else "I didn't want to sell my stock, but I had a really compelling opportunity to make the world better" (charitable donations, buying Twitter Inc.).
But "I didn't want to sell the stock, but I saw a really cool yacht" is also a pretty good justification? Like I do not think that this reflects much on Handler's view of Jefferies' valuation. He wanted a little treat for himself, and there was that yacht.
Also I suppose it is good customer service for an investment bank's CEO to occasionally buy a customer's yacht from him? You don't want your investment bankers to be too ostentatiously well-paid — it suggests that they're overcharging — but if a good customer wants to unload one yacht, you want him to think of you first. "Important people like to deal with important people," Goldman Sachs Group Inc. tells its bankers: "Are you one?" If you're buying his yacht, you probably are.
I don't think so, though it's a little unclear. There are roughly four ways that financial firms typically deter people from leaving for competitors:
1. Noncompetes: When you start your job, you sign a contract promising not to work for a competitor for, say, six months [3] after you quit. 2. Notice periods: When you start your job, you sign a contract saying that, if you want to quit, you have to give six months' advance notice. Then, when you give notice, your employer says "don't even bother coming to the office anymore, and we're cutting you off email, but you still work for us so you can't work for a competitor." And they keep paying you. (Often your base salary but not your bonus.) 3. Deferred comp: Each year, your employer pays you some cash and also some deferred pay, cash or stock or options or carry that they hold onto for you and promise to deliver to you at some later date. The terms of the deferred pay say that you can forfeit it in certain circumstances. For instance, if you do a crime, or lose a bunch of money for the firm, they can claw back deferred pay that you earned in previous years. Often, if you leave the firm for a competitor, they can also claw it back. 4. Nondisclosure agreements (NDAs): When you start your job, you sign a contract saying that all of the stuff you learn and do at the job is secret and belongs to your employer, and that you are not allowed to disclose it to anyone else. And then when you quit, they say "just so you know, if you go work at a competitor, we'll know that you're using our secrets, and we'll sue you."
The new FTC rule pretty clearly bans No. 1, the explicit noncompete. But No. 2 is a common way to do gardening leave, and I think it still works? The FTC says:
With respect to garden leave agreements, as noted previously, commenters used the term "garden leave" to refer to a wide variety of agreements. …
However, the Commission notes that an agreement whereby the worker is still employed and receiving the same total annual compensation and benefits on a pro rata basis would not be a non-compete clause under the definition, because such an agreement is not a post-employment restriction. Instead, the worker continues to be employed, even though the worker's job duties or access to colleagues or the workplace may be significantly or entirely curtailed. Furthermore, where a worker does not meet a condition to earn a particular aspect of their expected compensation, like a prerequisite for a bonus, the Commission would still consider the arrangement "garden leave" that is not a non-compete clause under this final rule even if the employer did not pay the bonus or other expected compensation.
That leaves some ambiguity about bonuses: Your gardening leave has to provide "the same total annual compensation" as your regular job for it to be allowed, but if you do not meet "a prerequisite for a bonus," they don't have to pay you the bonus. Presumably showing up to the office is a prerequisite for your bonus, so I think this says that gardening leave is still allowed as long as you are getting your normal base salary, which can be quite a lot lower than your normal total annual compensation.
The rule also seems to ban No. 3, the clawback of deferred compensation for workers who leave for competitors. The rule defines a "non-compete clause" to include "a term or condition of employment that prohibits a worker from, penalizes a worker for , or functions to prevent a worker from … seeking or accepting work" at a competitor (emphasis added). The FTC says:
Another example of a term that "penalizes" a worker ... is an agreement that extinguishes a person's obligation to provide promised compensation or to pay benefits as a result of a worker seeking or accepting other work or starting a business after they leave their job. One example of such an agreement is a forfeiture-for-competition clause, which, similar to the agreement with liquidated damages described previously, imposes adverse financial consequences on a former employee as a result of the termination of an employment relationship, expressly conditioned on the employee seeking or accepting other work or starting a businessafter their employment ends.
Here too there is some ambiguity. The way deferred compensation works at some financial firms is that you lose your unvested compensation if you leave for any reason, whether or not you are going to a competitor. But the firm will, as a matter of informal policy, let you keep that compensation if you leave for certain good reasons: if you've been there a long time and are retiring, say, or you're going into public service or charity work or to work at a big client. (Goldman Sachs Group Inc. had some controversy a while back for tightening up this policy.) Perhaps an employment contract that says "we will take back all your deferred compensation if you leave for any reason," combined with a winking understanding that actually you can keep it as long as you don't leave for a competitor, is a way to implement a noncompete under the FTC's rules.
(Incidentally, I mentioned Goldman, but in fact the rule seems not to apply to banks. Sifma, the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, in commenting on the proposed rules, "warned that banks and credit unions are exempt from FTC regulation and would be able to keep using noncompetes, giving them an advantage over other financial firms subject to the restriction." [4] So Goldman could bar its bankers from leaving for Evercore, but Evercore — not a bank — could not bar its bankers from leaving for Goldman. [5] )
Finally there's No. 4, NDAs as noncompetes. We have talked a couple of times recently about a lawsuit that Jane Street Group filed against two former employees who traded options at Jane Street and left to trade options at Millennium Management. Jane Street does not generally have noncompete agreements, but it sued the traders for violating their nondisclosure agreements and stealing Jane Street's intellectual property. Jane Street argues that it spent a lot of time and money developing a complex, counterintuitive, lucrative, proprietary options-trading strategy that is so secret that it can't even name the country where it trades options (it's India). Millennium, and the employees, argue: Look, they are options traders, they've learned how to tr
It is customary to say that, in 2018, Tesla Inc. gave Elon Musk a compensation package worth as much as $55.8 billion. What it actually gave him was a series of options to buy about 304 million shares of Tesla stock for $23.34 each, but only if he met certain performance goals over the 10-year term of his pay plan, mainly taking Tesla's market capitalization from about $59 billion (at the time he got the options) to $650 billion. He accomplished those goals within three years, so he got all the options.
The $55.8 billon number is pretty arbitrary: It represents how much the options would be worth at a Tesla market cap of exactly $650 billion. In the event, Tesla's market cap got as high as $1.2 trillion in 2021, at which point Musk's option package was worth more than $100 billion. Tesla's stock closed yesterday at $155.45, for a market cap of about $495 billion, making the options worth something like $40 billion.
But at the time they were granted, in 2018, Musk could not extract any money at all from them. He'd only be able to exercise them if he hit the performance targets, which he hadn't yet. And because the $23.34 strike price of the options was set to be the same as Tesla's stock price at the time, even exercising the options, in 2018, wouldn't make him a profit: He'd pay $23.34 to get $23.34 worth of stock, which he could just do in the open market. The options were worth $0 if Tesla maintained the status quo; they'd only be worth anything to Musk if it grew a lot.
But the options weren't worth zero, as an economic matter: There was some probability that Tesla would grow and he'd get to exercise the options and make $55.8 billion, or more, or less. Finance has reasonably well-understood ways to put a single current numerical value on this uncertain distribution of potential future values. Tesla determined that the options were worth about $2.3 billion at the time Musk got them: There was some chance they'd end up worthless, some chance they'd end up worth $55.8 billion, some chance they'd end up worth $100 billion or $40 billion or any other nonnegative number, but, averaging over all those possibilities, the expected value was $2.3 billion.
If Tesla gave Musk a thing worth $2.3 billion, that was an expense to Tesla, which reduced its net income. And so Tesla's income statements reflected that $2.3 billion expense over the period of Musk's pay plan.
Notice that Tesla had an expense of $2.3 billion, while Musk got options that turned out to be worth more than $100 billion at their peak. That's a nice trade, a nice feature of stock-options-based compensation: The expense to Tesla turned out to be much lower than the actual value delivered to Musk.
The theory here is that if you are a broadly diversified shareholder, and you own stock in Company X, and Company X is doing something that will increase its profits by $100 but will reduce the profits of your other companies by $110, you should tell Company X to knock it off. This theory makes complete sense, though it is often hard to know how to implement it: It's rarely obvious how Company X's actions will affect the total value of all other companies. But the Shareholder Commons takes an expansive, imaginative view. For instance:
One of the proposals we flag asks the Board of Alphabet (GOOG; GOOGL) to address risks from the use of artificial intelligence. Rather than simply arguing that this will lead to higher returns at Alphabet itself, the proponent argues, "We believe that shareholders, many of whom are widely diversified and may feel the impacts of the potential negative externalities of Alphabet's AI activities throughout their investment portfolios, would benefit from improved oversight." Another asks Shell PLC to align its greenhouse gas emissions targets with the goal of the Paris Agreement, arguing that "[a] vote for this proposal is warranted by investors who seek to ensure a long-term future for the Company and to protect the value of their entire investment portfolios."
I mean it's probably the case that powerful artificial intelligence will put some companies out of business? Is that Alphabet's problem? Not in a traditional sense, but arguably it is Alphabet's shareholders' problem.
You could tell a crude, like, 25-year history of US investment banking that would go something like this:
1. Once, there were "commercial banks," which made loans, and "investment banks," which provided advice on mergers and acquisitions, underwrote stock and bond offerings and traded securities. 2. Over time, the regulatory barriers between them softened, and they tended to blend together. The commercial banks wanted to get into the lucrative investment banking business, while the investment banks needed to get access to bank balance sheets to offer more financing services to their customers. 3. This culminated in 2008, when the five big independent investment banks (Goldman, Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers) all either disappeared, were acquired by big commercial banks, or became chartered bank holding companies themselves. 4. That was the high-water mark though: Everyone looked around and said "huh, this has gone far enough," and since then the trends have been toward disaggregation, going back to a separation between classic banking and the trading and advisory businesses.
So we talked last week about the increasing importance of prime brokerage divisions at big banks, which lend money to hedge funds and proprietary trading firms. I suggested that one possible interpretation might be that banks — for regulatory reasons, for risk reasons, for reasons of changing culture — do less trading using their own balance sheets than they did in, like, 2008; hedge funds and prop trading firms have picked up the slack, and banks remain in the business of lending money to them.
Similarly, when I was an investment banker, it was taken for granted that having the balance sheet of a big bank was helpful in winning advisory business. Now, though, maybe it is cleaner and simpler to be a boutique, to advise on mergers without having a bank attached, to be Goldman without the bank.
The other day I mentioned a lawsuit against Crown Castle Inc., whose estranged co-founder sued over a deal the company struck with Elliott Investment Management. Elliott had run an activist campaign and threatened a proxy fight, and Crown Castle settled by giving Elliott two board seats. The co-founder, Ted Miller, wants to nominate his own board candidates and objected to Crown Castle's agreement to endorse Elliott's directors without even considering his. "The affairs of Delaware corporations," his lawyers wrote, "must be managed by boards of directors, not backroom deals."
Well, this week Crown Castle and Elliott amended their deal to add a "fiduciary out." That is: They still have a contract saying that the board will endorse Elliott's nominees, but now the contract specifically says that the board can change its mind if it decides that that's in the best interests of shareholders:
If the Board in good faith determines (a "Recommendation Determination"), after consultation with counsel, that the fiduciary duties of the members of the Board as directors of the Company require that the Board (x) change or withhold a prior recommendation that the Company's shareholders vote "for", or (y) recommend that the Company's shareholders vote "against", the election of a New Director (a "Specified Director"), then: [it can].
That does seem like a fairly straightforward fix. Miller's objection was a technical point of Delaware law: The board of directors has to run the company in the way that it thinks is best for shareholders, so signing a contract saying "the board will recommend your nominees" might be illegal, if (1) the board later gets other nominees, (2) it decides, in its heart of hearts, that those nominees are better, but (3) it feels bound by the contract to recommend the first, worse nominees. But if you rewrite the contract to say "the board can change its mind," that addresses the problem. And these outs are not uncommon. In particular, many public-company merger agreements let the target company's board get out of the merger if, after jumping through some hoops, they conclude that another deal is in the shareholders' best interests.
The theory of executive severance goes something like this. The chief executive officer of a public company wants to run the company. Running the company pays well, it's prestigious, it makes the CEO feel powerful and important. Also the CEO has probably devoted much of her career to the company, cares about it, and has strong views on how it should be run; she'd be sad if someone else took it over and ran it differently.
But the CEO does not, in the general case, own the company. The company does not belong to her. She works for the shareholders and has a fiduciary duty to do what is in their best interests. Sometimes, it is good for the shareholders — though bad for the CEO — to let someone else take over the company. In particular, sometimes public companies get hostile takeover bids: Somebody else offers to buy all the stock, for cash, at a premium to the current stock price. Sometimes this is bad for shareholders (the company is worth more in the long run, on its own, with current management, than the hostile bidder is willing to pay), but sometimes it is good: The hostile bidder might be willing to pay more for the company than it is worth under current management.
In that case, shareholders want the CEO to say "yep, this bid is good, we should let the hostile bidder run the company and cash out shareholders, I will step aside, it's been fun." But of course the CEO might not want to step aside. She wants to run the company, for all the reasons I said above, plus the hostile bidder is hostile: Probably the hostile bidder has said rude things about the CEO and has plans for the company she dislikes. She might want to say no to the bidder.
The CEO of a public company can't completely prevent a hostile bidder from acquiring the company — if the shareholders want the deal, ultimately the hostile bidder can probably launch a tender offer and a proxy fight and get the company over the CEO's and the board's objections — but she can certainly delay and complicate the process. In practice, the chances of a deal getting done are much worse if the CEO adamantly opposes it.
Corporate governance theory and practice have a solution to this problem, which is: Promise the CEO a giant bag of money for walking away. Put a provision in her employment contract saying that, if someone else takes over the company and she leaves, [1] she gets paid a lot of money, probably a multiple of her salary. Handing over the company to a hostile bidder is bad for her in a lot of ways (less prestige, handing her beloved company to a rude interloper) but, with the severance package, it is also good for her in some other important ways (bag of money, doesn't have to come to the office anymore).
Still I think it is more fun to consider this as a trade. Here is the trade:
1. In 2018, Tesla and Musk struck a deal in which (1) he would work to make Tesla a $650 billion company and (2) if he succeeded, he'd get paid $56 billion. [2] 2. Motivated by this deal, [3] Musk worked very hard, slept in the office, sacrificed his personal life, and succeeded in making Tesla worth as much as $1.2 trillion by 2021. (And still more than $600 billion today.) 3. Tesla said "thanks very much, job well done, pleasure doing business with you," put $56 billion of stock options in a bag, and was about to hand the bag over to Musk. 4. These shareholder lawyers said "Stop! Actually we have found a way to keep the benefit of that deal — the $600-plus billion dollars of value that Musk created — without paying him. There is some fine print in the contract with him that allows Tesla to yoink back those stock options. Let's do that." 5. Tesla, as an abstract profit maximizing corporation — not an extension of Elon Musk's will, but the impersonal result of the application of Delaware corporate law and fiduciary duties — said "well I mean if we can keep the benefit without paying $56 billion for it, that's better for shareholder value maximization, so let's do it." [4]
Right? Tesla was going to pay Musk $56 billion for his past work creating $600 billion of value. If it can just take back that $56 billion, for free , on a technicality, and keep the $600 billion of value , that's a good trade, it should do it, and maybe it should even give the lawyers a 10% commission for finding the trade. [5]
Now, there is an obvious hole in this analysis. [6] That $56 billion wasn't just to pay Musk for his past efforts. This is a repeat game. Musk is still Tesla's chief executive officer, he still makes lots of decisions, he still seems to be important to Tesla's success, and the board and shareholders still want him around. Yoinking back his pay package for the last five years is going to de-motivate him for the future. If your model of Musk is that his efforts can create or destroy hundreds of billions of dollars of value for Tesla — and that he has a lot of good options for how to spend his time — then stiffing him on back pay is not a good long-term decision.
The basic rule is that the board of directors of a company is in charge of the company, and when they are faced with a decision, the directors are supposed to make the choice that they believe is best for the company and all of its shareholders. The shareholders don't make the decision; the board does.
Now, the directors are elected by the shareholders, and when the company has a controlling shareholder, the idea that the directors are in charge can feel somewhat absurd. The controlling shareholder — say, a founder and chief executive officer who owns 60% of the stock — can come into the boardroom and say "I want you to sell all of the company's assets to me for $1," and the directors will say "no, in our independent judgment that's a bad idea," and the founder/CEO/shareholder will say "okay you're fired," and she will replace them with more pliable directors. And she can do that, because she has the votes. But still: The directors are supposed to exercise their independent judgment and do what is in the company's best interests, and if they conclude that the founder/CEO's plan is bad, they have to say no and get fired. They can't just say "well, ultimately she controls the company, so we have to do what she asks." Exercising independent judgment is their job.
I cannot promise that every board of directors of every company sees things this way — I think some directors of private startups see their job as "advise and empower the founder/CEO" rather than "exercise independent judgment" — but the courts in Delaware, where most US public companies are incorporated, definitely see things this way. So we talked recently about a Delaware court decision overturning Elon Musk's pay package at Tesla Inc. The basic theory there was that Musk is Tesla's controlling shareholder (even though he owns a minority of the stock), and that the board did not exercise sufficient independent judgment in deciding what to pay him: He asked for a pay package and they deferred to what he wanted. Not okay, said the judge; the board has a duty to make its own independent determination of what he should be paid.
Ken Moelis is the founder, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors of Moelis & Co., the investment bank. In 2014, Moelis & Co. went public, and over time Ken Moelis sold some of his stock. He now owns about 6.5% of the stock, but he has some supervoting shares, which give him about 40.4% of the voting power of the stock. That's not a majority, but it's a lot more than Elon Musk owns of Tesla: Ken Moelis is not necessarily the controlling shareholder of Moelis & Co., but he's at least pretty close.
Beyond his voting stake, though, Ken Moelis has some extra control over his company. Specifically there is a Stockholders Agreement that gives Ken Moelis some rights to control the company:
1. He gets to designate a majority of the board of directors: He can name his candidates, and the company's board is obligated to nominate them, recommend that stockholders vote for them, and try to get them elected. (If the shareholders all vote no, his candidates can lose, but with 40.4% of the vote that's pretty unlikely.) 2. His directors also get to serve on all of the board's committees. 3. Ken Moelis has to give his prior approval for a bunch of specified corporate actions, including incurring debt, issuing stock, paying dividends, entering new lines of business, adopting annual budgets and business plans, bringing lawsuits, signing material contracts, removing or appointing executives and changing the company's name.
A shareholder sued, arguing that this is not allowed: Moelis & Co. is a public company incorporated in Delaware, which means that its board of directors has to be in charge of things like hiring and firing the CEO, entering new lines of business or changing its name. A contract can't give its founder the right to make those decisions instead of the board.
And last week a judge — Vice Chancellor Travis Laster of the Delaware Court of Chancery — agreed. Here is his opinion, which finds that the requirement for Ken Moelis's prior approval of corporate actions is invalid:
Taken together, the Pre-Approval Requirements force the Board to obtain Moelis' prior written consent before taking virtually any meaningful action. With the Pre-Approval Requirements in place, the Board is not really a board. The directors only manage the Company to the extent Moelis gives them permission to do so.
As are most of his rights to name directors: "The Recommendation Requirement improperly compels the Board to recommend Moelis' designees for election," even if the board doesn't think those designees are good, and "Determining the composition of committees falls within the Board's authority. A stockholder cannot determine who comprises a committee."
Now, at some level, none of this matters. As a 40% shareholder (by voting rights), and the founder, CEO, chairman of the board and namesake of the firm, Ken Moelis probably can get the board to do most of what he wants, with or without a contract. For one thing, the directors are probably there — on the board of the company he founded and controls — because they think his ideas are mostly good! But also he has a lot of practical control. Moelis & Co. is not going to enter into any new contracts or lines of business without his approval: He's the CEO, he signs the contracts and picks the lines of business. And it's not going to set up any board committees without his approval: He's the chairman of the board, he's in the board meetings, and if the rest of the board votes to set up a committee without him, he does — as the controlling-ish shareholder — probably have the power to vote them out. As long as he gets to nominate directors — even if the board decides not to recommend them — they'll probably get elected, because he has 40% of the vote.
Also, even as a technical matter, there are ways around last week's decision. Vice Chancellor Laster writes:
Moelis did not have to frame an internal corporate governance arrangement using the Stockholder Agreement. He could have accomplished the vast majority of what he wanted through the Company's certificate of incorporation (the "Charter"). Even now, the Board could implement many of the Challenged Provisions by using its blank check authority to issue Moelis preferred stock carrying a set of voting rights and director appointment rights. A new class of preferred stock need not upset the Company's equity allocation; it could consist of a single golden share. The certificate of designations for the new preferred stock would become part of the Charter as a matter of law. At that point, because the provisions would appear in the Charter, they would comply with Section 141(a). Although some might find it bizarre that the [Delaware General Corporation Law] would prohibit one means of accomplishing a goal while allowing another, that is what the doctrine of independent legal significance contemplates.
A company's charter can give a shareholder a lot of control over its board and business, but an outside agreement can't.
Still, this decision will have some effects. As Vice Chancellor Laster writes, there are a lot of agreements like this:
Corporate planners now regularly implement internal governance arrangements through stockholder agreements. The new wave of stockholder agreements does not involve stockholders contracting among themselves to address how they will exercise their stockholder-level rights. The new-wave agreements contain extensive veto rights and other restrictions on corporate action.
And now maybe they are all invalid?
Under Delaware corporate law, a company's board of directors and controlling shareholder have fiduciary duties to the ordinary shareholders, and they can't do something — even something otherwise legal, like reincorporating to Nevada — if it violates their fiduciary duties. Where the board and controlling shareholder have a conflict of interest — where they get something from a transaction at the expense of ordinary shareholders — then Delaware will review the transaction for "entire fairness": The transaction is a breach of fiduciary duties, and so not allowed, unless the court finds that it is "entirely fair" to the ordinary shareholders. Maffei and his board of directors get something out of moving to Nevada (they get to not be sued for doing creative stuff with their control of the companies), and this comes at the expense of the ordinary shareholders (they don't get to sue if Maffei does creative stuff to them). But the ordinary shareholders were not compensated for this, and voted against it, and the board did not have a special committee of independent directors to consider the move: It just did what Maffei wanted. So the move is surely not "entirely fair" to them. So a Delaware court can and should stop TripAdvisor and Liberty TripAdvisor from moving to Nevada, so that Delaware can continue to keep an eye on Maffei for the benefit of the ordinary shareholders. And that kind of is how Delaware law works. In fact, this is more or less the same reasoning that a Delaware court applied last month to strike down Musk's pay package: Tesla's directors — and Musk, who the court found is the "controlling shareholder" of Tesla even though he doesn't own supervoting shares or a majority of the stock — have fiduciary duties to Tesla's ordinary shareholders. Conflicted transactions need to be entirely fair to those shareholders. Musk got something out of his pay package (options worth more than $55 billion), at the expense of ordinary shareholders (who got diluted). The ordinary shareholders did actually vote to approve the pay package, but the judge found that their vote was not fully informed. And the judge found that the pay package wasn't entirely fair to shareholders — basically, Musk wasn't worth what he was paid — so she blocked it.
Lots of public companies are incorporated in Delaware, for a combination of reasons:
1. Delaware has a specialized court that hears corporate law disputes, the Court of Chancery. The judges on that court (the chancellor and vice-chancellors) are experts, they hear a lot of corporate law disputes, they understand the issues, and they mostly make sensible decisions. They also understand that these cases are time-sensitive, so they move fast. (Though in Musk's case the decision did take rather a long time.) They also don't have juries. So if there's some dispute about what a Delaware public company can do, the company knows it can go to court and get a quick answer from a smart, knowledgeable judge. 2. That court has been around for a long time, so there are a lot of precedents, so Delaware law is predictable. I can tell you the rules that apply to Elon Musk's pay, and for each of the debatable terms — "controlling shareholder," "entirely fair," etc. — there are cases that explain how to interpret them. Predictability is very important to public companies. They don't want to go to court to get answers about what they can do: They want to know what they can do, in advance, without getting sued. If you're a Delaware company and you have some gnarly issue, you can call pretty much any big-time corporate lawyer and say "am I allowed to do this gnarly thing," and she will go consult Delaware precedents and come back to you with a pretty good answer. [1] Note that in Delaware, as elsewhere, this is largely a matter of judge-made law, of precedential rulings interpreting the rules; it's not like the Delaware legislature (or any other state's legislature) sat down and wrote detailed rules about how much a company can pay its CEO. But compared to other states, Delaware's judge-made corporate law is more detailed and predictable. 3. In some very general way, Delaware law is pretty business-friendly, and specifically pretty friendly to corporate management. If you ask your fancy lawyer "am I allowed to do this gnarly thing," there's a decent chance that the answer in Delaware is "yes." The answer in most other states is "I don't know"; it's not like the other states have rules against, say, paying your CEO a lot or whatever. But that answer always has a tinge of "I don't know, but it's possible that some judge or jury will find this thing distasteful and rule against you." Whereas in Delaware, the judges have been there before and are not easily affronted, and there are no juries. So you can have a much more businesslike discussion, of the form "look I know that this pile of money we are giving our CEO seems obscene, but we have good business reasons for it," and the judge will be sympathetic to that form of argument and often agree with you. Often! Not in Musk's case though.
That third point is, I want to say, probably the least important factor on the list. If you are deciding where to incorporate your company, knowing that the rules will be predictable and sensible and enforced is really really important: There will be a lot of rules, a lot of potential disputes, a lot of novel situations that you will encounter in running a public company, and you want to know what you are allowed to do in those situations. Knowing that in some situation the rules will be a bit more favorable — knowing that the rule is "we can pay our CEO whatever we want" — is probably less important than knowing that in general the rules are predictable and reasonable, that you can run your company's affairs rationally rather than by guesswork.
On the other hand, if you are another US state (or a foreign jurisdiction), and you want to induce companies to incorporate in your state rather than in Delaware, the main thing that you can offer is "we will be even more management-friendly than Delaware." [2] You can't offer a deep body of precedent produced by expert judges, or not yet anyway. But you can say "hey, our rules aren't really written yet, and you can't entirely predict what they will be, but you can reasonably guess that they will give corporate managers more freedom and less shareholder oversight than Delaware's rules do."
I do see Elon Musk's point. He runs, what, six companies? SpaceX, Neuralink, Twitter/X, the tunnel one, xAI, probably some I'm forgetting. And Tesla Inc., the only one of them that is public, though for a while he also had SolarCity Corp. before (controversially) merging it into Tesla. Each of these companies does something different— rocket science, brain surgery, posting on the internet, tunnels, artificial intelligence, cars — but there is overlap. They seem to share employees and a certain ambitious science fiction ethos, and you could imagine futuristic projects that could be done at any of them.
At all but one of his companies, he could stroll into the boardroom, throw a big bag of ketamine down onto the table, and say "I need the company to spend $50 million to build a giant golden statue of me riding a rocket," [1] and
1. the board would be like "yes definitely let's do it," 2. the board members themselves probably are, or represent, big shareholders of the company, and as shareholders they would happily go along with the statue plan to keep Musk happy and dedicated to their company, 3. the other shareholders, the ones without board seats, are probably even bigger Musk fans, and are probably working on their own Musk statues in their garages anyway, so they'll be fine with the company spending their money on a corporate gold statue, and 4. nobody else really has any standing to complain.
And so in fact when Musk went to SpaceX and asked to borrow $1 billion until payday so that he could buy Twitter Inc., the board was like "here's the check, we've left the amount blank, take whatever you need." And, look, was there a Wall Street Journal article saying "hey that's weird"? There was; it was weird. Did anything come of that? No. SpaceX could just do that: Musk controls SpaceX, the board loves him, the shareholders love him, nobody in a position to complain has any complaints, and everybody else is in no position to complain.
This is all at least arguably rational. The analysis is something like:
1. Elon Musk is an unusual cat, in some ways that make him really good at building valuable and innovative companies, and in some ways that make him difficult and destructive, and also in some random ways that are just weird. You can't get just Good Elon; you take the good with the bad with the random. 2. He spends all of his time at work, apparently, at his various companies. But he probably does neglect some of the companies, at times, for the other ones. There are only 168 hours in the week and he's doing a lot of full-time jobs. And there are projects that you could imagine him doing at any of his companies. At least Tesla, xAI and Twitter/X seem to be working on artificial intelligence models, for instance. 3. His efforts appear to be extremely valuable to those companies, creating surely hundreds of billions of dollars of value for their shareholders. [2] 4. If he wants some weird thing — a hypothetical gold statue, a flamethrower, a glass mansion, a pointless fight with a cave diver, Twitter — he will naturally ask one of his companies to help him get it. If you work 168 hours a week running six companies, the distinction between your jobs and your personal life will blur, and if you want something your first instinct might be to ask an employee to get it for you. 5. If he asks a company for something and it says no, he might sulk, or turn his attention to his other companies, and stop working so hard on that company's business. 6. If you are a director or shareholder of a Musk company, Musk's love and attention is really valuable to you, worth possibly tens or hundreds of billions of dollars, and so you want to give him whatever he wants to retain his affection.
This is a very unhealthy dynamic, in a lot of ways — he can keep escalating his demands for more stuff! — but it does seem rational. And even if you knew in advance that he would have this sort of holdup power, and that he'd use it, you might still sign up for the unhealthy dynamic, because he really has made a lot of shareholders a lot of money, and they really would be happy to give him the gold statue and whatever other dumb things he might want in exchange for even a fraction of his entrepreneurial attention.
And then there's Tesla. Tesla in many ways is very similar to the other Musk companies. He is the quasi-founder, the visionary, the biggest shareholder, the chief executive officer. The board loves him and will do anything he asks. The shareholders mostly love him and are big Elon Musk fans. He has created gazillions of dollars of value for shareholders and, somewhat reasonably, expects them to be grateful.
But there are two big differences. One is that Tesla is much bigger than the other Musk companies, so if he has a really big ask — if he wants, not a $50 million bauble, but a $50 billion bauble — he has to go to Tesla, because it's the only one of his companies that can afford to give it to him.
And the other is that Tesla is a public company, which means that, even if 99% of shareholders love him, if 1% of shareholders don't, they can sue. [3] They can say: "Look, the board has a fiduciary duty to manage the company on behalf of all shareholders. Giving Musk a giant golden statue of himself is not necessary, or a good business decision, or fair to the shareholders; it's just the controlling shareholder fulfilling his own whims with corporate money, and an ineffective board of directors giving him whatever he wants. He should have to give it back." And they will go to court, and the shareholders will make those arguments, and the board will say — accurately! — "no you see giving him this giant golden statue is necessary for us to get more of his incredibly valuable time and attention," and that will sound bad in court. And then a judge will get to decide whether the deal was fair to shareholders or not, and if it was not, the judge can make Musk pay the company back. Even if the board, and 99% of the shareholders, want him to keep it!
There is some outside arbiter of what Musk is allowed to do at his public company, some standard of good behavior that can be enforced in court and that does not depend purely on the wishes of his investors. Whereas at all his other companies it's pretty much between him and his buddies, and they are indulgent.
Usually, the founder and chief executive officer of a startup would like to be able to raise money from investors while keeping complete control of the company, while the investors would prefer to have some control over how their money is used. Ultimately, if there is a sharp disagreement, the investors would like to be able to fire the founder and keep the company for themselves; the founder would like to be able to prevent that, and keep the company (and their money) for herself.
This is a real tension, both sides have good reasons for their positions — it's her vision, her blood, sweat and tears; it's their money — and different startups strike the balance different ways. Some startups have dual-class stock structures and shareholder agreements that allow the founder to keep control of the board no matter how much outside money she raises. Other startups have single-class stock and shareholder agreements that give outside investors a lot of power. Generally, startups will have more founder-friendly structures if (1) they are in high demand (and can thus dictate terms to investors) and (2) their founders care about this stuff; some founders are sort of innocent and say "if I focus on doing a good job the governance will work itself out," while other founders fight really hard for board control. And there are trends over time: When it is easy for startups to raise money, and hard for venture capitalists to get into deals, the founders get to dictate the terms, and the venture capitalists compete over who can be most founder-friendly. When capital is scarce, the providers of capital get to set the terms.
All of this is pretty straightforward stuff, a somewhat zero-sum battle between founders and investors for control. It's the investors' money, it's the founder's vision, they each want protection, etc.
As a former corporate equity derivatives structurer I have, over the years, thought about ways to separate shareholder voting from economic ownership, and to trade the votes separately. One obvious set of solutions is: You are an activist hedge fund, you buy 10 million shares of stock (which gives you the votes and the economic ownership), and then you sell 9 million shares through a derivative (which reduces your economic ownership but not, generally, your voting rights). So, like, buy 10 million shares in the cash market, and then write a 9-million-share total return swap or put/call combo or whatever. Then you own 1 million shares economically, but you have 10 million votes.
I think that this occasionally happens, but my impression is that US activist hedge funds are more likely to do the opposite, acquiring economic exposure to more shares than they actually own. (By buying total return swaps or call options or whatever.) This is partly for regulatory reasons (buying a bunch of actual shares triggers disclosure and antitrust obligations that derivatives can avoid) and partly for leverage reasons (buying a lot of shares for cash takes a lot of cash, while buying/selling with derivatives doesn't take/generate as much cash.) If you are going to spend money on research and lawyers and proxy fights to do an activist campaign, you want a lot of economic exposure, not just a lot of votes.
There is another set of quasi-solutions around stock lending: If you do not value shareholder voting at all, you can just lend out your shares to short sellers and not recall them for votes, which is a way of exchanging your voting rights (which you don't care about) for money (in the form of stock lending fees).
If you are the board of directors of a small ambitious company that intends to disrupt and remake the whatever industry, but has not done so yet, probably the way you should pay your chief executive officer is (1) give her enough cash to pay her rent and (2) promise to make her very rich if the company actually works out. The exact mechanics of that promise are flexible, but one pretty standard approach is:
1. Give her a reasonable cash salary; and 2. Award her a huge slug of stock options, at the beginning of the journey to disrupting and remaking the industry, that will be worth, like, $5 billion if the company ends up being worth $50 billion. But if the company ends up being worth $0, they'll be worth zero. And if the company just sort of muddles along doing okay but never really disrupts or remakes anything, they will also be worth zero: They will only pay off if the company gets really big. They are a stretch goal, a huge reward for huge success; they are not meant to reward the CEO comfortably for modest success, but to encourage her to take big swings.
This is not the only way to do it, and boards that try to do it this way do not always follow through rigorously. (If the company does okay-but-not-great, but the CEO is doing her best and the board likes her, they might modify her options or give her more so that she still gets rich without real success.) But the appeal of this approach is obvious, grounded in theory, aligned with shareholders and not uncommon. In the state of the world where the CEO gets rich, the shareholder have also gotten rich, which is what the shareholders want.
But the accounting is weird. As a matter of accounting, what happens is that you give the CEO a one-time grant of options whose payout is something like "$5 billion if the company gets to $50 billion and $0 if it stays under $5 billion," or whatever, and then an accountant throws that into a Black-Scholes calculator and computes that the options have a fair market value, now , of $100 million or whatever, and then you disclose that value as the CEO's "compensation" for "this year" in your securities filings. And then journalists cheerfully report that your CEO gets "paid" $100 million "per year," and that she is one of the highest-paid CEOs in the country despite your company being kind of small and not having had much success.
And you say, well, of course we are small and haven't had much success; the point of the options grant is to change that. The options will cost you $5 billion if the company works out great and $0 if it doesn't. They didn't "really" cost you $100 million now, and the CEO certainly didn't get $100 million now: The calculated fair market value of the options today might be $100 million, but she can't sell them, and she will never get any value for them unless the company succeeds. The $100 million value is, crudely, the $5 billion value of the options in the success case times the 2% chance of achieving it. [7] It's "worth" $100 million in expectation, but 98% of the time it will end up worth zero.
If you're the new CEO of a smallish company, your board might want to give you a pay package like this: At the beginning of your tenure, they give you a huge upfront package of options that only vest if you make the company a big company. These options have a high theoretical value now, but you can't cash them in: They only turn into real value if you succeed over the next few years. The board gives you a big long-term incentive up front, and then lets you get to work to achieve it. If it works you get rich; if it doesn't work then you don't. But the conventions of accounting and reporting transform this into "$100 million annual pay," and so you make the list of best-paid CEOs.
The most interesting theoretical problem in corporate governance today is, if you are the chief executive officer of a public company, should you try to maximize the value of your company's stock, or should you try to maximize the value of your stockholders' portfolios? I guess you could do other things too, but the popular model these days is that your job is to maximize shareholder value. One way to maximize value for your shareholders — the traditional way — is to make your company's stock go up. The other way to maximize value for your shareholders — the modern-portfolio-theory way — is to make all of the other stocks that your shareholders also own go up.
Nobody really says that, because it is insane. For one thing, if you are the CEO of a public company, you don't really know with precision what other stocks your shareholders own, so it is hard to make them go up. [1] For another thing, if you are the CEO of a public company, you have a significant ability to make your own company's stock go up and a limited ability to make other companies' stocks go up: If you are a small oil-exploration company, and your shareholders' biggest holding is Apple Inc., realistically you are not going to move Apple's stock price much.
More generally, "maximize the value of your stock" provides a relatively concrete guide to action at a business you control: You allocate capital well and do stuff to maximize cash flows, and your stock goes up. It also just sort of makes sense as a business proposition: The stuff that makes your stock go up in the long run is pretty much the stuff that makes your business successful; if your stock goes up then in some broad crude sense you are probably doing some things right for your customers and employees and suppliers and community. "Maximize the value of your shareholders' portfolio" does not really provide CEOs a useful guide to action, and does not really make sense for their businesses. Sometimes the best thing for the shareholders' portfolio might be to shut down a viable company so a competitor can make more money, and that feels like a bad business decision.
So when I say that this is the most interesting theoretical problem in corporate governance, I do not really mean that CEOs wrestle with this problem, or that there are academic papers published on both sides. Everyone agrees that "maximize your stock value" is right and "maximize the value of your stockholders' portfolios" is bizarre.
That's what makes it interesting! It burbles beneath the surface; nobody says the insane answer, but it is subtly influential. It really is the case that a large percentage of the shares of public companies are owned by large diversified institutional shareholders, including a lot of index funds and quasi-index investors, who care more about the overall value of their diversified portfolios than they do about the stock price of any one company. It would be weird if corporate governance did not respond to that change.
And so we have talked a lot over the years about a theory that the rise of index ownership leads to less product-market competition and higher prices: The idea is that softer competition and higher prices are good for an industry's overall profits, so diversified shareholders who own all of the competitors in an industry subtly or explicitly pressure them to compete less. No shareholder or executive actually talks like this, but some academics claim to find some empirical evidence of its effects.
And those large diversified investors do sometimes talk about systemic factors that affect all of the companies in their portfolios. Most notably they talk about ESG, environmental, social and governance investing, which is in part a framework for big diversified investors to consider systemic risks and the externalities of their investments: If 1% of your portfolio is invested in oil and gas companies, and they drill more oil and make more money, but as a result the earth gets warmer and weather events wipe out the value of other companies that make up 10% of your portfolio, then that was bad, for you, financially. ESG is a way to consider the systemic risks of your portfolio and pressure companies — the oil companies— to mitigate those risks. "Systemic stewardship," people sometimes call it, pushing individual companies to reduce the systemic risks to your whole portfolio.
Or during Covid-19 vaccine development we talked a bit about how shareholders in biotech companies working on vaccines had an economic interest in those vaccines that dwarfed their economic interest in the shares of the companies themselves. Widely available vaccines would reopen the global economy and create enormous value for cruise operators and hotel companies and retailers and airlines and office landlords and everybody else; even if the drug companies gave the vaccines away and bankrupted themselves, that would be good for their shareholders.
If you are the chief executive officer of a public company, you will probably get most of your pay in stock. If you do the job for a while, you will end up owning a fair amount of stock. Conceptually, your financial incentives will come in roughly four forms:
1. You own a bunch of stock. If you do a good job, the stock will go up, and you will get richer. 2. You have gotten some stock-based awards, like, last year, or two years ago, that haven't fully vested yet. If you do a good job, the stock will go up, and these awards will be worth more. If you do a terrible job maybe you'll get fired and the awards won't vest and they'll be worth zero. 3. You will get paid something (cash, stock, whatever) this year. If you do a good job, the board will pay you more; if you do a bad job they'll pay you less or fire you. 4. You will get paid something next year, and the year after ; the better job you do now, the more likely you are to keep your job and be well paid in the future.
All of these things can be economically meaningful. For the very richest CEOs, No. 1 tends to dominate; Mark Zuckerberg and Warren Buffett get vastly richer from a 0.1% increase in their stock prices than from their annual pay packages. (Elon Musk is a mild outlier here.) But traditionally only No. 3 is "executive pay."
That changed last year, though, when the US Securities and Exchange Commission adopted new rules requiring companies to report executive "compensation actually paid" which means, for our purposes, roughly Nos. 2 and 3: "Compensation actually paid" includes changes "in fair value (whether positive or negative) of any awards granted during the covered fiscal year … [or] in any prior fiscal year that are outstanding and unvested as of the end of the covered fiscal year." So if you get a grant of a million shares in 2021, they vest in 2024, and the stock loses $10 per share in 2022, then your "compensation actually paid" in 2022 includes negative $10 million of stock awards.
I mean, fine? This measure is broader than just counting this year's pay package, but still sort of arbitrary. Gains in unvested stock awards count as compensation; gains in your stock holdings do not:
Sixteen CEOs in the Journal analysis received compensation valued at less than $5 million, about the same as in 2021. This includes CEOs, such as Mr. Musk and Berkshire Hathaway's Warren Buffett, with stakes in their companies that make them among the world's richest people.
How much did Elon Musk make running Tesla last year? He began the year with more than $300 billion of Tesla stock, and the stock was down 88% for the year, though he sold a bunch along the way. Overall his net worth fell by more than $100 billion, not all of it from Tesla's decline (he did some other stuff!) but most if it. The changes in value of his unvested Tesla compensation package just could not have been all that big a motivating force compared to everything else. But it's what gets measured.
Under Delaware law, however, a board comprised of a majority of disinterested and independent directors is free to make a terrible business decision without any meaningful threat of liability, so long as the directors approve the action in good faith.
The important point here is that courts in Delaware — where many US public companies are incorporated — do not want to be in the business of deciding whether any particular business decision is terrible. So Delaware has a "business judgment rule," in which courts try not to second-guess the business judgments of corporate directors. This rule is not absolute: The directors have a duty of care and a duty of loyalty to shareholders; if they have a conflict of interest, or if they are incredibly lazy and careless, a court might review their decisions and hold them liable for breaching their duties. But if they have no conflicts of interest and more or less act like directors , and their decisions are terrible, courts won't do anything about it. [3]
Delaware is proud of this rule; this rule is not just "whaddarya gonna do sometimes boards do bad stuff," but a positively good thing. Letting boards "make a terrible business decision without any meaningful threat of liability" allows companies to take risks, to make business decisions based on their honest assessment of what is best for shareholders rather than on fear of liability.
And so when a Delaware judge — here, Chancellor Kathaleen McCormick — gets a case like this, and decides that the directors should not be liable, she does not write an opinion saying "ehh this was all fine, it's not as bad as you think." She writes an opinion saying "lol this was all ridiculous, but even so I'm going to allow it, because around here we defer to independent boards of directors."
Most US public corporations also have "blank-check preferred stock," which means that their charter authorizes the board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock with any terms that the directors want. And there has been a fun small recent trend of boards of directors making novel use of blank-check preferred to, as it were, fix shareholder voting, to soften the shareholder voting requirements and make shareholder votes go the way the boards want.
This was kicked off last year by AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s APEs. AMC was a meme stock, it needed money, it got money by selling stock, it ran out of authorized shares, and its largely retail shareholder base wouldn't approve more. So AMC's board used its ability to issue blank-check preferred stock to issue APEs, which are preferred-stock units that are meant to be equivalent to common stock. This got around the shareholder voting requirement in two ways. First, if APEs are more or less equivalent to common stock, then the board could issue more common-stock-equivalents without a shareholder vote: It could go to investors and say "we have some APEs, they're just as good as common stock," and sell them to raise money. Second, if APEs are not just as good as common stock — and they have traded at a big discount to the common — then at least they vote like common stock, and the board can go out and ask all shareholders (common and APE) to authorize new common shares. The board did that, and also, uh, optimized that vote: It structured the APEs so that even APEs that didn't vote were counted as voting, to make it easier to get a majority of all shares; it also placed a big block of APEs with a friendly investor who agreed to vote to authorize more shares.
AMC's basic theory here was that its shareholders (1) should want to authorize more shares (to avoid financial distress, etc.) and also (2) do want to authorize more shares: It's just that they are overwhelmingly retail investors, and retail investors mostly don't vote even for things that they want. But some shareholders don't like it; they sued, AMC held the vote, AMC basically won the vote, the shareholders and AMC came to a settlement agreement, but the court has not yet signed off on it and some shareholders have objected.
So the legality of the APEs is still unclear. On the one hand, the board of directors of AMC does have the blank-check power to issue new preferred stock with whatever terms it wants; by the letter of the law and the charter the APEs seem fine. And the board does seem to have done this for good, loyal, acting-in-the-best-interests-of-the-company reasons: It considered AMC's financial situation, decided that raising more money by selling stock was the right move, and concluded that the APEs were the best way to achieve that goal. On the other hand, though, it seems clear that the board was trying to get around the requirement that its shareholders vote to authorize new shares: The directors really were rigging the vote to achieve a result that they (reasonably, loyally, thoughtfully) wanted. And rigging the shareholder vote to get the directors' preferred outcome — even if the directors' preference is good — seems like a tough thing for a court to endorse.
And the APEs inspired copycats. We have talked about Soligenix Inc., a micro-cap biotech company that needed shareholder approval to do a reverse stock split to remain listed on the Nasdaq. It's apparently hard for Soligenix to get its penny-stock retail holders to vote for anything, and it needed a majority of all of its shares to vote for the reverse split: Shares that don't vote count as votes against. So it issued a new blank-check preferred stock that give each shareholder an extra 1,000 votes per share. This new stock would be automatically redeemed right around the time of the shareholder vote: Any shares that voted would be counted in the vote, and then redeemed immediately afterwards; any shares that didn't vote would be redeemed right before the votes were counted. The result is that, at the exact moment of the shareholder vote, only shares that actually voted would be outstanding, so if most of them voted yes Soligenix would get its majority. The extra-voting preferred stock is a way to get around the requirement that a majority of all outstanding shares have to vote for the reverse split, for Soligenix as for AMC.
Or there is Tilray Brands Inc., a publicly traded cannabis company with a lot of retail investors that also needed shareholder approval to collapse a dual-class share structure and authorize new shares. It created a new blank-check preferred stock and sold all of it to a friendly buyer called Double Diamond Holdings Ltd. The preferred stock had super-voting rights, but it had to vote in proportion to the common shares that actually vote: If 45
And we talked last week about Purple Innovation Inc., a mattress company that is 45% owned by Coliseum Capital Management LLC. Coliseum nominated five candidates for Purple's seven-member board of directors, and it seemed likely that, with 45% of the vote, it would be able to elect its candidates and take over the board. (And then, possibly, buy out the 55% of Purple that it does not currently own, as it has proposed to do in the past.)
Purple's current directors don't love this, but there is not much they can do to fight off their 45% shareholder. But they're trying. They issued a new class of preferred stock called PRPLS — "Proportional Representation Preferred Linked Stock," sure — that (1) has tons of votes and (2) has cumulative votes, meaning that you can give all of your votes to one or two board candidates. Purple distributed PRPLS to all of its shareholders proportionally, so each shareholder has as much voting power as they had before, but now they can vote cumulatively rather than just for one director at a time. The theory, I guess, is that this will allow Purple's non-Coliseum shareholders to team up to elect at least three, and maybe four, directors with their cumulative votes, keeping some of the current directors around and making Coliseum's life a bit harder.
This week Coliseum sued:
The preferred stock – issued without the approval of Purple's stockholders and in direct response to Coliseum's nomination of directors to the Purple Board of Directors – violates the Company's charter, fundamentally transforms the "one share, one vote" structure used to elect Company directors into a cumulative voting regime that prevents holders of a majority of the common stock from electing or removing the full board, and is a bad faith attempt by the Special Committee of Purple's Board to entrench itself and thwart shareholder democracy. Specifically, the preferred stock issuance violates those provisions of the Company's charter that limit the form of stock distributions to holders of the Company's Class A shares to additional shares of Class A common stock.
Adam Gray, Managing Partner of Coliseum, said, "The Purple Special Committee's brazen action – taken no more than 24 hours after Coliseum proposed five highly qualified candidates for election – demonstrates the lengths to which the incumbent non-executive directors will go to preserve their Board seats at the expense of stockholders. To seek such Board security amidst a contested election – and leveraging corporate machinations and stockholder resources to do so – is further evidence that Board change is warranted. While Coliseum has sought to work constructively with the Purple Board – consistent with the collaborative investment approach we have executed successfully for the past 15-plus years – we have been left with no choice but to take the extraordinary step of a proxy contest and filing litigation seeking to ensure the election of directors is conducted in a fair and democratic manner for the benefit of all Purple stockholders."
Here is the complaint, which mostly makes the general point that it is unfair for the board of directors to change shareholders' voting rights:
The dividend issuance, which is designed solely to prevent Coliseum from electing its nominees and removing existing directors, violates the Company's charter and was not justified by any conceivable threat to corporate policy or effectiveness. Where, as here, a board of directors "deliberately employs various legal strategies to either frustrate or completely disenfranchise a shareholder vote, … [t]here can be no dispute that such conduct violates Delaware law." ...
The Board upset the reasonable and settled expectations of every stockholder that invested in Purple―namely, that one share would equal one vote and that holders of a majority of the common stock would be empowered to replace the entire Board if they saw fit to do so. This principle is fundamental to the legitimacy of a board. The structure imposed by the NED Defendants strikes at the heart of corporate democracy and Purple stockholders' expectations by empowering holders of a comparatively small number of shares to block change at the Board level, even if the majority wants to replace the existing directors.
Here is a paper called "The beguiling behaviour of narcissistic CEOs: Evidence from repurchase announcements," by Evans Ofosu Boamah and Shantanu Banerjee of Lancaster University, which on one level finds that companies with narcissistic chief executive officers are more likely to announce large share buybacks, but less likely to actually complete those buybacks:
Using signature characteristics as a measure of narcissism, we find that US firms with narcissist CEOs are more likely to make repurchase announcements and announce higher repurchase dollar amounts. However, these firms are less likely to follow through. They repurchase less and a small dollar amount when they make an actual repurchase in the announcement year. The higher rate and amount of repurchase announcements are more pronounced in poorly-governed firms with narcissistic CEOs. These results are robust to various specifications including a difference-in-difference specification using CEOs' exogenous turnover, controlling for other CEO traits and using an alternative measure of narcissism based on pronoun usage in CEO communications. Collectively, the results presented in this study demonstrate that narcissist CEOs play a critical role in the intensity of share repurchase announcements and their executions, particularly for firms with weaker governance structure.
But at another level it demonstrates that financial academics can spend their time analyzing CEO signatures — like, literally, how they sign their names — and then trying to correlate those signatures to financial outcomes:
Psychology literature argues that handwriting styles reflect personality (Chaudhari and Thakkar, 2019). In line with this, we measure CEO narcissism using the area per character signature size narcissism measure. Using an unobtrusive measure such as signature size reduces the reactivity, researcher expectation and demand characteristics that can weaken the measure's validity (Chatterjee and Hambrick, 2007). We draw a rectangle that touches the CEO signature's edges to measure the area per character signature size. We measure the area by multiplying the length and width of the rectangle. We measure CEO narcissism by dividing the area by the number of characters in the CEO's signed name. According to our prediction, the greater a CEO's narcissism score, as measured by the signature size, the more likely the announcement of repurchases and target a larger dollar amount.
I feel like that's the sort of thing you can do in academia. If you work at a hedge fund and you go to your boss and say "I am going to predict how much stock our portfolio companies will buy back by taking a tape measure to the CEO's signature in the proxy statement," what would your boss say? I actually don't know? I feel like I am going to get some emails that are like "I work at a hedge fund and we use handwriting analysis all the time to predict short-term stock price moves." Really finance is the study of human behavior and I guess signing your name really big is a human behavior like anything else, apparently one that correlates with stock buyback announcements.
There are two ways for companies to hold elections for their boards of directors. The normal way is that the company has, say, seven board seats, and each shareholder gets to vote for up to seven directors, and each share voted for a candidate counts as one vote, and whichever seven candidates get the most votes win. Most of the time, the company nominates seven people, they are the only choices, and the shareholders just vote for them. But sometimes there will be a contested election: An activist shareholder will nominate candidates (perhaps seven, perhaps fewer) and run a proxy fight to try to get shareholders to vote for her candidates, and the shareholders will end up electing either the company's candidates or the activist's or, occasionally, a mix of the two slates.
The other way — it is called "cumulative" voting — is that each shareholder gets seven votes per share, but can assign them to whichever candidate or candidates she wants. She can vote all seven votes for one candidate, if she wants, or four for one and three for another, or one each for seven candidates, or whatever. And then whichever candidate gets the most total votes wins.
This is, generally, good for activists. "Cumulative voting is a type of voting system that helps strengthen the ability of minority shareholders to elect a director," says the US Securities and Exchange Commission. With normal voting, if the company and an activist each nominate seven candidates, and if 30% of shareholders vote with the activist and 70% vote with management, then all of management's directors will be elected. With cumulative voting, though, if 30% of shareholders split their seven votes among just two of the activist's candidates, then both of those candidates will be elected (each with 15% of the vote), and they will join the board (along with five of the management nominees).
Companies' boards and managers mostly do not want this, for obvious reasons: Companies want to be able to pick a full board of people who are on the same page and want to work together, rather than having a couple of interlopers in the boardroom who were chosen by a disgruntled minority of shareholders. Delaware law says that a company's certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting, but it is not the default, and in fact it is quite rare among US public companies.
A decent first cut is that shareholder voting doesn't matter. That's not completely right or anything. Sometimes there are things — proxy fights, controversial mergers, new share issuances for meme stocks — where the shareholder vote really matters. But for almost every US public company, almost every year, the things that come up for votes are:
Director elections, which seem like they would matter, but don't. The director elections are almost always uncontested; you can either vote for the incumbent directors, or you can vote against them and for nobody else. If a majority of the shares are voted against a director, then she will probably have to resign from the board, though not always, but in any case she'll be replaced by another director chosen by the other incumbent directors. It's not like the shareholders vote every year on whether or not to fire the board or the chief executive officer. Nonbinding advisory proposals on things like executive pay, environmental initiatives, governance stuff, etc., where if a majority of shareholders vote against management's recommendation then that is embarrassing but nothing really happens.
The shareholders almost never vote on anything binding ; in the ordinary course, they have no real power to choose the managers or strategy of the company.
Now of course this is not entirely true, and I spend a lot of time around here on the mechanisms for transforming shareholder dissatisfaction into binding shareholder action to remove the managers of the company. But it is mostly true, so that there are roughly three ways to be a public-company shareholder:
1. Be an activist , and specialize in taking or threatening binding shareholder action. "If you don't implement my strategy I will run a proxy fight and fire the directors," or "I will mount a hostile tender offer and buy the whole company and fire the directors." This is a specialized niche, and there are not a whole ton of investors in this business, but we talk about them a lot because they are important. They are the mechanism for turning shareholder dissatisfaction into binding action. When shareholders are mad at a company's managers, when they vote against management on nonbinding proposals, an activist will see an opportunity and come in to try to make a change. A decent first cut is that shareholder voting doesn't matter, but activism is the way to make it matter. 2. Try to influence managers through indirect channels. Meet with the managers, tell them what you want, and imply that if you ignore you then you will vote against them in nonbinding director elections, which will embarrass them, and which might attract an activist, who might run a proxy fight, and you might vote for the activist. The managers will want to keep a good reputation, and they will want to keep the risk of a proxy fight as low as possible, so they will meet with their big shareholders and try to keep them happy, and this approach can work. 3. Just don't care about any of this. Buy stock in companies that you think are well managed, don't buy stock in companies that you think are poorly managed, and don't kid yourself that you can do anything about the management.
In theory, the directors of a public company are elected by the company's shareholders. Each year, some or all of the directors are up for re-election. If a majority of the shares are voted to re-elect a director, she is re-elected. If not … uh … what? Every so often there are contested elections: This is generally called a "proxy fight"; an activist investor or hostile bidder or someone will nominate a slate of directors to run against the incumbent directors, the activist will put a lot of time and money and effort into soliciting votes, and whoever gets the most votes for each seat wins.
But that happens only very occasionally; almost all director elections are unopposed. Your choices are not Candidate X vs. Candidate Y; they are "for" the only candidate or "against." The traditional rule of U.S. corporate governance was that whoever gets the most votes for each board seat wins, even if there is only one person running. If a candidate runs unopposed, and 1% of the shares are voted for her and 99% are voted against her, then she has more votes than anyone else (there is no one else) and she wins.
This system worked fine when everyone voted for all the directors, but in recent decades it has become more common for shareholders to vote against directors, even in uncontested elections, to make some sort of symbolic point. If you are a big shareholder and you don't like a company's executive pay or governance practices or whatever, and you engage with the directors and they ignore you, then you can vote against the directors to embarrass them. This is less drastic than running a proxy fight and trying to actually replace the directors, but running a proxy fight is expensive and difficult and very much not in the wheelhouse of most big institutional investors.
Eventually people sort of thought this through and realized: Well, if shareholders are so mad at a director that a majority of them vote against her, and nothing happens, then that is sort of embarrassing for everyone, including the shareholders and, like, the entire system of U.S. corporate governance. So there was a movement in the 2000s to get companies to adopt "majority voting bylaws," which basically say that if more people vote against a director than for her, then she loses and has to leave the board; most big U.S. companies now have some form of that system.
"Some form," though. At most big companies, it is not like a director who loses is automatically removed from the board. (In part because, if a director loses an uncontested election, she doesn't lose to anyone. Who gets the board seat?) The most common system is that, if a director loses an uncontested election — if more shareholders vote against her than for her — she has to submit a resignation to the rest of the board. Then the rest of the board can either (1) accept her resignation and appoint someone else to her seat, (2) accept her resignation and not appoint anyone else, shrinking the board, or (3) reject her resignation and keep her on the board despite her losing the election. It's a bit more real and embarrassing than nothing, but it is not quite the same as a binding vote. You can lose the vote and stay on the board, as long as the rest of the board wants to keep you. As the Council of Institutional Investors puts it:
The core problem persists; uncontested director elections remain functionally symbolic. ... Plurality-plus and majority vote standards that permit the board to reject a resignation or immediately reappoint the rejected director leave the actual decision on a board member's continued service in the hands of the board. In the rare cases in which directors are rejected in uncontested votes, it is not clear that the board, which tends to be put on the defensive by votes against any of its members, should be trusted to make this decision, except for a reasonable holdover period to arrange for board change.
Twitter Inc. had its annual shareholder meeting last week. This was weird timing, since Twitter is also in the middle of selling itself to Elon Musk; the shareholder meeting to approve that deal should happen within the next few months. But the annual meeting was just for old business, including the re-election of two Twitter directors. One was re-elected with a huge majority, but the other, Egon Durban of Silver Lake Technology Management LLC, lost; about 257.3 million shares voted against him, and only about 196.8 million voted for. (The reason for this seems to be mostly that, as a private-equity boss, he is on too many other boards, which corporate governance advocates and proxy advisers don't like.) So he duly resigned from the board. But actually kicking him off the board would be tough, because:
1. He got his board seat as part of an agreement between Twitter and Silver Lake giving Silver Lake the right to nominate a Twitter board member. While the agreement doesn't technically require Twitter to keep Durban on if he loses an election, surely the spirit of the thing is that Silver Lake should get a board member, and Durban is the board member Silver Lake wants. 2. It would be hard to replace Durban, given that Twitter is either (1) selling itself to Musk in a few months, making this a short-term board seat or (2) not selling itself to Musk in a few months, making this a hotbed of litigation and misery; would you want to join Twitter's board now?
So he's staying:
Egon Durban did not receive a majority of the votes cast at the Meeting for his election to the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"). In accordance with the Company's Corporate Governance Guidelines, in advance of his nomination, Mr. Durban tendered his resignation as a member of the Board, with the effectiveness of such resignation being conditioned upon (a) Mr. Durban not receiving a majority of the votes cast for his election at the Meeting and (b) the Board's acceptance of such resignation (the "Tendered Resignation"). …
Following deliberations, on May 26, 2022, the Board determined not to accept the Tendered Resignation in connection with Mr. Durban's agreement to reduce his board service commitment to no more than five public company boards by May 25, 2023 (the "Remediation Date"). ...
The Board considers Mr. Durban a highly effective member and believes that he brings to the Board an unparalleled operational knowledge of the industry, a unique perspective, and an invaluable skill set and experience with mergers and acquisitions. The Board noted that Mr. Durban has strengthened its ability to oversee the Company's long-term value creation strategy and effectively govern its implementation. Further, Mr. Durban is consistently well-prepared, engaged and a meaningful contributor to Board meetings and discussions.
Yeah you don't kick a guy who can talk to Elon Musk off your board at this point. I will say:
1. In general the system of electing, or not electing, public-company directors is sort of embarrassing. 2. That said, it seems fine here. 3. The ultimate checks on this sort of thing — the binding ways to kick underperforming directors off a board — are hostile takeovers and proxy fights. If directors lose uncontested elections, nothing happens right away, but it is a signal for an activist or hostile acquirer that the board is underperforming and that shareholders want change. Here the signal comes a few weeks after a semi-hostile acquirer signed a deal to take Twitter over and get rid of its underperforming board, but it is all part of the same problem. If Twitter's shareholders were happy with the people running Twitter, we wouldn't be talking about any of this: not the board vote, but also not the takeover.
The point of this strategy is that, for the board to meet and conduct business — like deposing Hill — it needs to have a quorum. Republic First's bylaws say that a quorum is "a majority of the members [of] the entire Board of Directors." A quorum of an eight-member board of directors would be five directors (i.e. one more than 50%). If four directors do not show up — one because he is dead, the other three for tactical reasons — then there are only four directors present, so they arguably cannot conduct business.
The other side held the meeting anyway (with four directors) and voted Hill out as chairman, appointing Madonna interim chairman. (Hill is still CEO.) The company put out an announcement saying this, which I guess means that they control the relevant passwords. But then Hill sued; you can read his lawsuit here (I have been quoting from it), but the gist of it is that he wants a court to (1) say that he is still the chairman and (2) prevent the other side from making other corporate decisions.
And that in turn comes down to the question of: How many directors make up "the entire Board of Directors" of Republic First? There are two possibilities:
1. If you have an eight-member board, and one director dies, then there are seven directors. A majority of seven is four, so four directors constitute a quorum, so the Madonna faction validly met and voted out Hill. 2. If you have an eight-member board, and one director dies, then there are still eight board seats, but one of them is empty. You need a majority of the full eight seats — five members — to have a quorum, so the four-director meeting was not valid, and Hill and his allies can prevent the other side from doing anything by just not showing up for meetings.
It is sort of a miracle that hostile takeovers and proxy fights can work. You've got a company. The company is a collection of people who all go to the same building and do things together. The company is run by a chief executive officer and a board of directors, who tend to be pretty chummy with each other. The CEO hires the other executives, who hire the other employees. They all work with each other and tend to get along: They were hired by people who thought they'd fit in with the group, and if they don't fit in they can be fired. As in any group there will be some infighting and dysfunction but it is basically a group of people who have come together for a common purpose and spend a lot of time together working toward that purpose.
And then one day some stranger shows up and says "I have bought 4% of your company and I want you to do different things." And the board and the CEO and the executives and the employees are like "thanks but no" and go about their business. And then the stranger goes to some other shareholders — some other strangers, as far as the employees are concerned — and convinces them of the rightness of her vision, which is not shared by the board or CEO or executives or employees who are actually doing the work, and she comes back and says "I have bought your company and control it now, the board is fired, the CEO is fired, the rest of you employees can stay but you have to do what I say now."[2] And it works! The executives and employees are like "okay I guess you're the boss." The CEO and the directors just leave and do something else. The customers and suppliers who worked with the company continue working with the company, and it's the same company. It is no longer owned by the same people or run by the same people, but there is continuity of the corporate entity, and that fictitious entity actually matters in the real world.
You could imagine it not working. You could imagine the CEO barricading himself in his office and saying "who put you in charge? 'Shareholders'? Sounds fake." You could imagine the CEO sitting down at his computer and using his unchanged password to type an email to all staff saying "ignore these weirdos saying that they run the company, I run the company, keep doing your jobs." You could imagine the employees saying "you know, I like working for my boss, and we share a sense of mission and a long history together, and these new people seem to want strange and different things, I guess I will ignore them and keep listening to the CEO."
A company is built around a set of fairly thick social ties, and also around knowing the computer passwords and having keycards that work on the doors and stuff like that. And then it is connected to its shareholders by rather thin social ties, and when the shareholders decide to come in and mess with the internal workings it is strange that they can.
I mean, it is not that strange. It is straightforward textbook stuff. The way that corporate law works most places is that the shareholders more or less own the company, and a majority of them can get together and more or less fire the board and the executives if they're unhappy with them, and the people appointed to run the company by the shareholders have the legal right to run the company, and if you stand in their way — if you barricade yourself in your office when the new shareholder-appointed CEO comes to kick you out — then the shareholders can go to court and get a court order telling you to clear out and call the police to enforce it. And in most places where hostile takeovers happen this is widely understood stuff, and there is a high degree of confidence that the courts and the police will enforce it, so it would be foolish and self-destructive for the CEO to barricade himself in his office. And even if the employees like the old CEO and the old mission and find the new owners uncongenial, they just accept the system; they might grumble or even quit en masse but they won't ignore the takeover.
This is however a very U.S.-centric perspective and it's not obvious that every company everywhere would work this way. It would be funny if you ran a proxy fight at a foreign company and got the shareholders to agree with you and ousted the board and installed a new chief executive officer and that CEO showed up at his first day of work and the old CEO was like "who put you in charge? 'Shareholders'? Sounds fake." And then you'd have to navigate a court system with less ironclad precedent for all of this stuff, and maybe in the end it would all work out, but it is not automatic and assumed the way it is in the U.S.
The schematic way I think about it is that there are two sorts of big companies in the world. There are what you might call legacy public companies, Ford and General Electric and Goldman Sachs and so forth, which were founded long ago, are owned by public shareholders, and are run by professional executives chosen through some sort of bureaucratic selection process. And there are what you might call tech startups, in a very loose sense (Chobani makes yogurt?), which continue to be run by their visionary individual founders, and which in some important way continue to be owned by their founders. Some of these startups are private, with venture capitalists providing money but very much deferring to the founders; others are public, with public-market investors providing money but also deferring to the founders through dual-class stock. "It's almost as if the firm continues to be private." They'll take your money, but they won't give up control.
One thing I will say about this categorization is that you can't be a founder-led startup forever? Henry Ford and Thomas Edison and Marcus Goldman have been dead for a long time. It is one thing for a charismatic founder to control her company for life even after taking it public; it's another thing for her heirs to keep controlling it forever. Eventually companies have to transition from founder-led startups to professionally run legacy public companies. It used to be that they did that when they went public. Now it is happening later.
Anyway let me suggest two possible answers to my question above, about why bank executives would want to be paid in slices of deals rather than in one overall bonus. One is: People pay attention to a bank CEO's end-of-year bonus, and if it is too high they will yell at the bank; people pay less attention to the promote share on the bank's individual SPAC deals and so you can hide compensation there. This seems to be part of the consideration; here's Natarajan:
As memories of 2008's taxpayer-funded bailouts give way to rising public awareness of income inequality, many bank boards remain wary of paying executives too lavishly.>
That often leaves directors playing a guessing game, seeking to raise CEO pay in line with what rivals do — while taking care not to overshoot and draw attention.
Another possible answer is: "A basket of options is worth more than an option on a basket." If you are the CEO of Goldman Sachs, each year there will be some good news and some bad news. Your equity underwriting business will have a banner year but you'll pay a bunch of money to settle a scandal in Malaysia, that sort of thing. You will go to the board for your bonus, and they will say "well you had some wins and some losses, overall they balance out to you being worth $27.5 million. But actually the Malaysia stuff is really high-profile and embarrassing so we're going to publicly dock you $10 million for that, so, $17.5 million." That is, they add up all the pluses and all the minuses, net them out, and give a bit of extra weight to the most embarrassing minuses.
But what if instead of going to your board for a bonus every year, you just got a bit of upside on every transaction? Some of the transactions would be good, and you'd make money on your slice of the upside. Some of the transactions would be bad, and your slice of the upside would be worth zero, but not less than zero. Effectively you'd get your comp by adding up the pluses and ignoring the minuses. This is better!
Getting a share of the SPAC promote is not literally that — there is some downside risk — but it has that basic profile of extremely asymme
The way shareholders vote on corporate questions — routine boring stuff like electing directors in normal years, exciting stuff like electing directors in contested proxy fights, or existential stuff like hostile merger proposals — is on their computers. You push a button to vote Yes and a different button to vote No and then you go about your day. Even if you care a lot, even if you are the governance specialist at a huge fund and have spent hours meeting with both sides of a proxy fight, you will vote on computer. You're not going to schlep to the shareholder meeting and vote in person. That's just weird and error-prone and a waste of time; some bored retirees will do this but most professionals won't. Even if you do schlep to the shareholder meeting you will probably vote on your computer first.
But a weird historical quirk of the U.S. shareholder voting system is that you don't vote on your computer before the shareholder meeting. All the voting happens at the shareholder meeting. What happens on your computer is that you vote to "give someone a proxy." You nominate someone to vote at the meeting on your behalf, and you tell them how you want to vote, and then they go and vote for you.
Ordinarily you do this by computer though technically, if you are a retail investor with (1) an old-timey commitment to pen and paper, (2) a lot of time on your hands but (3) not so much time that you're going to go to the shareholder meeting yourself, you can do it on paper. Here is the proxy statement that Exxon Mobil Corp. sent out in its recent proxy fight. If you scroll to the very end you will find the proxy card that was attached to the statement. (It's called the "blue proxy card"; if you got the statement in the mail the card was printed on blue paper.) There is a front and a back. The back let you check off how you wanted to vote on the proxy fight (the election of directors) and other stuff that came up at Exxon's annual meeting. The front says:
The undersigned hereby appoints U.M. Burns, K.C. Frazier, D.R. Oberhelman, S.J. Palmisano, and D.W. Woods, or each or any of them, with power of substitution, proxies to act and vote shares of common stock of the undersigned at the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders of Exxon Mobil Corporation and at any adjournment or postponement thereof, as indicated, upon all matters referred to on the reverse side and described in the proxy statement for the meeting and, at their discretion, upon any other matters that may properly come before the meeting to the extent permitted by Rule 14a-4(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
It would be funny if those names were random Exxon functionaries but in fact they are board members; Darren Woods is the chairman of Exxon's board. Basically if you signed this card you were letting Exxon's board vote on your behalf, though on the back you could give them some instructions about how you wanted to vote. Meanwhile Exxon's opponent in the proxy fight, Engine No. 1 LLC, sent its own proxy statement with its own (white) proxy card, appointing Christopher James, Charles Penner, Eleazer Klein and Scott Winter as proxies; two of those are Engine No. 1 executives and the other two were its lawyer and proxy solicitor.
It's worth looking at the backs of those proxy cards. Exxon's blue proxy allowed shareholders to (1) vote for Exxon's director nominees or (2) not vote for them. Shareholders had no option to vote for Engine No. 1's nominees on Exxon's card.
Engine No. 1's proxy was more complicated. It only proposed four nominees, but there are 12 board seats; Engine No. 1 proposed to vote for eight of Exxon's nominees, vote against four of them, and vote for four of its own directors. The proxy card allowed you to (1) vote for the eight Exxon nominees plus the four Engine No. 1 nominees or (2) not vote for some of the Engine No. 1 nominees. You had no option to tell Engine No. 1 to go vote for the four Exxon nominees it didn't want to vote for. (Or not to vote for the ones it did want to vote for!)
In practice it was still possible for some of Engine No. 1's nominees to win and others to lose, and in fact that happened: Some shareholders gave Engine No. 1 their proxy but withheld votes from some of its nominees, other shareholders gave Exxon their proxy but withheld votes from some of its nominees, and the totals were close enough that three of Engine No. 1's four nominees won along with one of the contested Exxon nominees. But it is a complicated mechanism; you couldn't just fill out a form saying "vote for three of Engine No. 1's and one of Exxon's."
I have described this at some length because it is goofy and antiquated. There are literal paper cards that you can fill out giving people instructions on how to vote at an in-person shareholder meeting, but the cards might not allow you to specify your actual preferences. Obviously in a perfect world you would just log into your computer and it would be like "who do you want to vote for" and you'd pick 12 nominees and vote for them and that would be your vote. There would be no "proxies"; you wouldn't be giving agents instructions on how to vote your shares at an in-person meeting. You'd just vote online.
We are not there yet but last week the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission did this:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today voted to adopt final rules requiring parties in a contested election to use universal proxy cards that include all director nominees presented for election at a shareholder meeting. The rule changes will give shareholders the ability to vote by proxy for their preferred combination of board candidates, similar to voting in person.
"These amendments address concerns that shareholders voting by proxy cannot vote for a mix of dissident and registrant nominees in an election contest, as they could if voted in person," said SEC Chair Gary Gensler. "Today's amendments will put these candidates on the same ballot. They will put investors voting in person and by proxy on equal footing. This is an important aspect of shareholder democracy."
The final rules will require dissident shareholders and registrants to provide shareholders with a proxy card that includes the names of all registrant and dissident nominees.
So now you can vote for the people you prefer on your computer. It's a step. "The new rule may make it easier for dissidents to persuade shareholders to vote for a few nominees opposed by management in order to 'send a message,'" says Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, which seems to be the basic goal.
Well, see, there are formalities. If you own 97% of the voting stock of a public company then in some rough general sense you control it. You get to vote for directors each year, and the directors you vote for will be elected. But you normally won't pick a board consisting of yourself and your dog; you'll vote for a reasonably professional board consisting of several different people chosen through some defensible process. So on a controversial matter you might find that the rest of the board disagrees with you, you're outvoted, and the company does the thing you don't want.
If you feel strongly about the matter, owning 97% of the stock, you can fire the rest of the board and replace them with (hopefully) more pliable allies. But, at a public company, you can't necessarily do that today. The actual formalities will depend on the company's corporate documents, and there is a range of how quickly you can act. Perhaps you will need to follow certain procedures to vote your shares "by written consent" and kick out the board. Perhaps you will need to call a "shareholder meeting" and give weeks of notice before voting your shares to kick out the board. Perhaps you will need to wait for the board — whom you're mad at — to call the annual shareholder meeting before you can vote them out, which could be months away. Meanwhile the company is doing the thing you didn't want it to do and you are just stuck outside, plotting your revenge.
Perhaps, as you plot your revenge, the board will be plotting to take your shares away from you. This is a pretty advanced move and probably won't work, but CBS Corp.'s directors did try it in 2018 when they had a disagreement with their controlling shareholder. (It did not work.) "Control" is not a simple matter. You have some powers, and the board has some powers, and you will each make active moves to grab territory from the other.
It gets worse. Instead of one person owning 97% of the voting shares, you could have a family owning 97% of the voting shares. The shares could be in a trust, to benefit the whole family. One advantage of putting the shares in a trust might be to concentrate the voting power and make all 97% of the shares vote the same way. So instead of each family member owning some shares and voting however they like, possibly against each other, the trustees — family members or outside advisers or a mix — get together, vote on how to vote the shares, and then all of the shares are voted in an insurmountable bloc.
Here too there will be formalities. If some of the family members are unhappy with the trustees' decisions they may be able to fire them and replace them with different trustees (e.g. themselves), or they may not, or they may be able to with a supermajority and a notice period and proper procedures. In general a private family trust can have weirder, more convoluted, less democratic procedures than a public company.
And the formalities can be different, and can lead to different results. And so you can have a situation where a family controls a public company and the family members sit on the company's board of directors, own its voting shares, and sit on the committee of the trust that votes the shares, but the exact mechanics of how they sit on those boards are different and produce different results. You could have a situation where the majority of the family wants Thing 1, but the trustees (including family members) in charge of the family trust vote the family's shares for Thing 2, but the board of directors of the company (again including family members) chooses Thing 3. And then the family members will all be really mad at each other. And because they are all wealthy heirs, they will have a lot of time and money to devote to being amusingly mean to each other.
Say you are the founder and chief executive officer and main shareholder of a tech company, and you own 20% of the company and it's worth $2 billion. The board of directors of the company is made up of other big investors, and they want the stock to go up. They decide to make it worth your while for the stock to go up. Traditionally the way to do that is that they say "if you double the value of this company we will give you a big present."
What should the present be? Well, money is always nice. Particularly because the founders of tech startups are often very rich on paper because they own a lot of stock in their companies, but often they are not rich in cash. They could sell some stock once the company goes public, or even before, but there are often social or contractual reasons not to. (It kind of looks bad for the CEO to dump a bunch of stock, etc.) So if the board said "if you double the value of the company we'll give you $100 million of walking-around money," that would be nice for the CEO. That is, however, also a bit frowned upon; cash-based compensation doesn't align incentives as well as long-term locked-up stocked-based compensation, plus of course that requires the company to raise $100 million and young tech companies don't always have that kind of cash lying around.
So the traditional present is stock. "If you double the value of this company we will give you $100 million worth of stock." This is, however, a weird present, because (1) you already have a lot of stock and (2) if you actually double the value of the company you will also double the value of the stock you already have. Like, if you own 20% of a $2 billion company, you own $400 million worth of stock. If you then double the value of the company, you own $800 million worth of stock. You got an extra $400 million worth of stock without anyone giving you more stock, just by owning the stock and having it double. You already had $400 million worth of financial incentive to double the stock. If the board promised you an extra $100 million then, look, that's fine too, more is always better, but … you already had some pretty good incentives?
Anyway here's a Wall Street Journal story about how founders of big tech companies — both late-stage private ones and public ones — used to get small salaries but own large chunks of their companies, but now they get big presents of stock too:
For years, Silicon Valley was known as a place where leaders often bucked American corporate customs when it came to pay. Rather than receiving large stock grants and salaries, company founders like Facebook Inc.'s Mark Zuckerberg and Amazon. com Inc.'s Jeff Bezos took little or nothing. Instead, they benefited from the rising value of stock they got by starting their companies.
That philosophy has given way to a new trend: pay packages consisting of giant special stock awards. These make startup founders better compensated than CEOs who have taken the reins at some of the most valuable, established and profitable American corporations. ...
Seven of the 10 most valuable compensation packages for U.S. public companies in 2020 were to CEOs of startups that listed publicly that year, according to public-company data-and-analysis firm MyLogIQ LLC. Five of those startups paid their CEOs more than any company in the S&P 500, an index that includes the largest corporations in the country.
Nobody quite understands it?
Companies generally intend executive compensation to motivate CEOs to align their interests with other shareholders. Because founders typically have such large stakes, huge grants of additional stock aren't necessary, said Simiso Nzima, head of corporate governance at the California Public Employees' Retirement System, the nation's largest public pension fund. "It doesn't make sense," he said, "because they already own so much."
The payouts' costs are often borne by future public investors with no say in their creation. The companies continue to pay out the stock compensation after an IPO, so a founder gets a growing slice of the company while other shareholders see theirs shrink. "That is dilution of shareholders," Mr. Nzima said. "These shares are not just coming out of nowhere."
I don't understand it either. I assume there is an element of ego and competition here. Elon Musk got a whopping great stock grant from Tesla Inc.'s board, as a show of Tesla's love for him, and now it seems sort of cold and heartless for tech company boards not to lavish shares on their CEOs. Tech founders are measuring themselves not just on absolute wealth (how many shares they own times how valuable their stock is) but also on the first derivative (how many new shares their boards are giving them).
At some level this is economically irrational, but you don't have to interpret it solely as a matter of economic incentives. You can interpret it as a demonstration of the board's loyalty and subservience, "we love you so much that we're gonna give you $100 million worth of stock for no reason at all." If you're a startup founder-CEO, you want to be rich but you also want to be powerful. Proof of your board's total loyalty is very valuable to you — you don't want to end up like Travis Kalanick! — and possibly motivating.
One other rough way to think about this is as a sort of crude anti-dilution protection. When you start a company you own 100% of it. Then you raise money in exchange for stock, you hire employees in exchange for stock options, etc., and you end up with, like, 40%. Then you go public and have to sell more stock in an initial public offering or SPAC merger. Then once you're public there are acquisitions that you pay for in stock, plus an endless drip of stock options; you get down to 35% and then 30% and then 25%. This of course is all (hopefully) good , for the company and thus for you; you go from owning 100% of an idea worth $0 to owning 25% of a $50 billion public company or whatever. Still you miss owning more, and your board, who are fond of you, say "oh yes it was nice for her to own 40% of the company, let's get her back there," and they give you a big slathering of stock that you do not, strictly, need.
Also I wonder if the recent craze for special purpose acquisition companies might be related. One distinguishing feature of a SPAC is that some sponsor (a famous investor or operator or celebrity) raises a big pool of money and uses it to take a private company public, and then the sponsor gets a big chunk of shares of the company as a reward for her efforts. (The rack rate is often shares worth 20% of the money raised, though in many deals this gets negotiated down.) If you are the founder of a company, and the way your company goes public is by giving away like 4% of its stock to some random service provider, you might want some extra stock too.
I suppose somewhere out there there are people who are deeply engaged shareholders of one company. Each year these people get the company's proxy statement and read it cover to cover with great interest. Toward the back there are some shareholder proposals, in which shareholders get to suggest changes to how the company is run. These proposals typically have an environmental, social or governance (ESG) flavor: A proposal might be “the company should do a report about how climate change will affect its operations,” or “the company should do a report about the diversity of its managerial ranks,” or “the company should separate the jobs of chairman of the board and chief executive officer.” These proposals are nonbinding and, under Securities and Exchange Commission rules, cannot involve “a matter relating to the company's ordinary business operations,” so in practice they often involve asking for reports rather than, like, “resolved, the company will stop using fossil fuels.”
The proposal will come with a little statement from the proponent, the (usually small, activist) shareholder who suggested it, and also a little statement from the company's board of directors, almost invariably recommending that shareholders vote against the proposal. Our deeply engaged single-stock shareholder will read both statements carefully and think about the arguments that the proponent and the board make. She will weigh them in the context of her knowledge of the company. “Hmm,” she will say, “I see what this person is saying about how separating the chairman and CEO roles is best practice, but old Jim has done a great job as CEO and I'd hate to risk upsetting him by taking away the chairman job.” Or: “I would like to know about how climate change will affect the company, but I think the board's track record on that is pretty good so I guess I will defer to them.” Or “… and the board's track record on that is pretty bad so I'll vote to demand more from them.” Whatever.
I don't believe there are too many of these people but they probably exist. More than individual investors, some number of active stock-picking money managers probably own a relatively small number of stocks, track them carefully and vote regularly on their proxy proposals. These money managers probably do not read the proxies as closely as our hypothetical engaged retail shareholder does. They do this a lot. They have heuristics. Maybe they vote against most of these proposals, assuming that they're nonbinding and a waste of time. Maybe their heuristic is “we vote with management in the companies that we like, but we vote against management on everything in companies where we dislike the board and are agitating for change.” Maybe they have issue-specific heuristics, “we vote for climate-change reports but against diversity reports” or whatever. Probably they have some mishmash of all of these heuristics, and vote different ways for different proposals at different companies, but they don't spend too much time thinking about it. These are not retail hobbyists; they have a job to do (buying stocks that go up), and voting on proxy proposals is not central to that job.
It's not irrelevant! Pressuring companies to do ESG things can increase their long-term value. A company that has a poison pill or a staggered board might be less likely to be acquired, and depending on your view of whether that would be good or bad for the value of your stock, you might care very much about voting on proposals to get rid of a pill or to declassify the board. If you think that climate change will be very bad for the company and that the board isn't paying attention, you will care a lot about getting the board to pay attention, and a nonbinding request for a report on climate change is, you know, one more thing you could do to get the board to pay attention I guess. But mostly this stuff is pretty minor. Companies make money based mostly on how they do their ordinary business, which is specifically off-limits to shareholder proposals. And even on the big-ticket stuff, companies seem to be more responsive to other forms of pressure (quiet nudges from big shareholders, social and customer pressure, proxy fights) than they are to nonbinding proposals submitted by small shareholders.
Then there are professional money managers who own hundreds of stocks, perhaps all of the stocks, index funds and “quasi-indexers.” It seems silly for these professionals to read the proxies at all. (I'm sure they do — they have governance and stewardship teams to do that — but it seems silly.) Certainly if they have to vote on 100 shareholder proposals to write climate reports in a proxy season, it would be silly for them to read each of the proponents' arguments and each of the companies' responses. They've seen all this before.
At this level it is all heuristics. “Vote yes on climate proposals” or “vote with management unless we have a little red frowny face next to the company in our huge spreadsheet of investments” or whatever it is. If you own every company, you can't have a close personal substantive relationship with all of them; you can't waste an hour thinking about whether this particular board of directors should or should not write a report about climate change. You have to have a general sense of whether it is good for companies to write climate reports, and then use that general sense to inform some quick decisions about hundreds of individual companies.
Broadly speaking the trend of the last decade or so in proxy voting is that institutional asset managers used to have a heuristic of “always vote with management” and now they have a heuristic of “vote for climate-change reports”? I mean, I oversimplify wildly. But as institutional investors talk more and more about their commitment to ESG, it becomes more embarrassing for them to vote against ESG proposals. Someone will go collate all their votes and say “this firm voted against climate-change proposals in 87% of companies” or whatever, and that will be embarrassing. And if the giant institutional manager says “well but we read all of those proposals closely and considered our deep working knowledge of those companies and decided that a new report was unnecessary in 87% of the cases and necessary in 13%,” one, that will not really satisfy anybody, and two, it probably won't be all that true. You were voting on some rough heuristic and now you had better shift your heuristic.
The way corporate law generally works in the U.S. is:
1. Corporate law is a matter of state law. Securities law is federal — if companies lie about their securities to raise money they get in federal trouble — but corporate law, and in particular the fiduciary duties of directors to shareholders, is state law. Delaware law, mostly, because big U.S. public companies are mostly incorporated in Delaware, and Delaware has specialized judges who are good at business law. 2. Corporate law is generally deferential to directors. If the directors make a decision on behalf of the company, and a shareholder disagrees, and the shareholder comes to a Delaware court saying "this company introduced a big new smartphone but I think that a smaller phone would fit in my hands better," the court will not be interested. The "business judgment rule" generally requires courts to defer to directors' business decisions. There are exceptions where a court will scrutinize directors' decisions more closely, but generally that requires the shareholder to prove some conflict of interest, some personal interest of the director that makes it impossible for her to be loyal to shareholders.
One of my favorite genres of corporate stories is the one I call "who controls a company?" The basic form of the story is:
1. Somebody (the board of directors, the chief executive officer, a division head) at some company is doing something. 2. Someone above that person in the theoretical legal hierarchy of control decides to fire them. The shareholders vote out the board, the board fires the CEO, the CEO fires the division head, whatever. 3. The fired person says "no thank you," changes the locks on the company's front door (or the password on its Twitter account), and keeps doing what they were doing. 4. The people who fired them are puzzled. 5. Everyone goes to court. 6. For a while there are in some sense two companies, one run by the fired person and the other run by the people who did the firing, and employees and customers have to choose which one to be loyal to. 7. It's all sort of fun and confusing.
That's usually as far as it gets? I write about the situation once or twice, I make some jokes, and then the tension resolves. A court will usually sort it out quickly enough. And anyway there are powerful incentives to settle. The company is valuable ; its network of relationships and contracts and customers and suppliers and employees is worth a lot of money. If you split it into confusing infighting, a lot of value is destroyed. Better for everyone to settle the fight quickly, before the value can be destroyed. If you go on fighting too long, you might end up controlling all the value in the company, but that value might have gone to zero.
A really good who-controls-a-company story that we talked about last June was Arm China. Arm Ltd. is a semiconductor company. It launched a joint venture in China, generally called "Arm China." Arm had a large (minority) ownership stake and control of the joint venture. Arm and a few of the other investors — who together owned a majority of the stock and so seemed to have the legal right to make corporate decisions — decided to fire the CEO of Arm China, Allen Wu. And the board, controlled by those shareholders, voted 7 to 1 to fire him. But Wu decided he'd rather not be fired. He seems to have retained the loyalty of the Chinese employees; also, crucially, he had control of the corporate seals, which are necessary in China to ratify corporate actions. I made some jokes:
To fire the CEO, they need the stamp, but the CEO has the stamp, so he has to approve his firing, and he won't do it. Oh sure sure sure the shareholders have formal ownership rights, they "could go through the courts," but in practice the seal is the reality of control and the ownership is a mere abstraction. I hope they're sending a team of cat burglars to get the seal back.
There were a bunch of good corporate-seal stories out of China that summer; later I wrote:
If you control a company, you do so as a purely social fact: A bunch of people who work there will treat you as the boss, a bunch of customers will treat you as their counterparty, the legal system will treat you as a controller. Everything that you think gives you control—share certificates and board resolutions and a big desk—is just a symbol of those intangible social facts. But if you concentrate enough symbolism in one more or less arbitrary physical object, that physical object will become almost as good as the social fact itself, and you'll end up sleeping with it under your pillow.
If you are the chief executive officer of a public company, and the board wants to get rid of you, they can fire you either "for cause" or "without cause." "For cause" is a term of art meaning that (1) you have murdered someone, (2) you have been convicted by a U.S. court of that murder, and (3) all of your appeals have been exhausted and your conviction is final. I mean, I exaggerate a little, but only a little: "Cause" definitions in executive employment agreements are often narrow, and in many cases merely committing a crime is not sufficient to be fired for cause. If you murder a director in the boardroom, and the rest of the directors see you do it, they can't fire you for cause until you've been arrested, tried and convicted. Most cause definitions are broader than that, but still fairly narrow: If you manifestly refuse to perform your duties, or commit horrible scandals, that will count as cause, but the bar is high and the facts will be debatable. "Without cause" means anything else. For instance if you are just bad at your job, and the board fires you because they want to hire someone who is good at it, they will usually fire you without cause. Or if the board just wants to replace you with someone they went to college with, that is also without cause. Or you murdered one of them but haven't been convicted yet. Really a wide range. The main difference is that if you get fired without cause you get paid a ton of money in severance, and if you get fired for cause you don't. In theory the reasoning is something like this:
1. You want the board to be able to fire the CEO the minute they lose confidence in her: The board has to be in control, and if they think that the CEO is not the right fit, for any reason, they have to be able to get rid of her without being second-guessed by lawyers. 2. But you want to attract impressive people with good outside options as CEOs, and they will want some sort of security; they don't want to upend their lives and take the CEO job only to be fired a month later. 3. Also you want CEOs who are bold and willing to take risks, etc., even with their career on the line. 4. So the compromise is: The CEO can be fired for any reason or no reason, but if she is, she gets a lot of money. 5. Also though if the CEO murders someone you don't want to give her a lot of money.
So the normal way to fire a CEO—even a bad CEO, even a scandalous CEO—is without cause; everyone knows going in to the CEO relationship that it might not work out, and that if it doesn't work out the CEO will get a lot of money, and that is the trade they all agree to. The only reason you fire a CEO for cause is, basically, that she's done something so egregious that it would be embarrassing to give her the money. Firings for cause get litigated, getting in a lawsuit with your former CEO is always going to be disruptive and embarrassing, and a board will only fire a CEO for cause if it would be even more disruptive and embarrassing to pay her severance. Anecdotally it seems like a wide range of on-the-job sexual misconduct used to be treated as no big deal and not a fireable offense, and then it became scandalous enough to fire the CEO but not scandalous enough to litigate, and in recent years it has become potentially, a "for cause" event. Alphabet Inc., for instance, has gotten negative press and shareholder lawsuits and employee walkouts because it let executives accused of sexual misconduct leave with big severance packages. Not too long ago that was the way to avoid scandal: You pay them the severance to leave quietly, instead of having a big public fight about their misconduct. Now letting them leave with their severance causes a scandal, so you might as well fire them for cause and keep the money.
We talked last week about a corporate governance dispute at Arm Ltd.'s Chinese joint venture. The big shareholders of the venture—Arm and Hopu Investment Management Co.—voted to remove its chief executive officer, Allen Wu; under conventional theories of corporate governance, the shareholders get to do that. But Wu refused to go, and he had some powerful corporate governance theory on his side too. Specifically, in China, the legal representative of a company (Wu) controls the company seal, which is required to endorse corporate documents like, you know, the ones firing him. So as long as he hangs on to the seal they can't get rid of him. This is a common issue in Chinese corporate governance, and the Financial Times has a broader look at the power of the "chop," as these seals are called:
Chops, or traditional company seals, are the sole means of authorising official documents in China. Inked signatures used in western countries hold little weight.The system, used for thousands of years in China, grants whoever holds the chop the power to pay the company's employees, fire executives, open bank accounts and make acquisitions — essentially conduct any official business.
The Arm dispute is not the first time that this has happened:
TPG, the US private equity group, began sparring with local management after buying a majority stake in Japanese leasing company Nissin Leasing (China) in 2008. This led to an attempt to remove the chief executive and replace her with a TPG partner.When the chief executive refused to step aside or surrender the chop, a top TPG executive appeared at the Shanghai office with seven security guards and a handful of staff in search of the item. But the TPG executive was forced to flee the country when local management called the police, sparking a months-long court battle. TPG sold its stake in the business in 2013.
Would you buy that stake? What would you pay more for, TPG's shares of the business, or the chop? Now, of course, there are ways around this system, besides just hiring burly men to grab the chop. But they too rely on physical possession of something:
Another option is to attempt to re-register the business through China's State Administration of Market Regulation, a process that could take months. If successful, new chops can be issued, rendering the old ones useless.Arm has gone to the Shenzhen police to apply for a new chop. But for approval, it must produce the company business licence, which Mr Wu also controls.
We have talked a few times about this question, and I tend to take a practical view that whoever has the keys to the front door, or the password to the corporate Twitter account, controls the company. Sure there is a legalistic hierarchy of control, and the shareholders can appoint the board of directors who appoint the chief executive officer, but if the shareholders and the CEO have a disagreement and the CEO has the keys and the shareholders don't, they are going to be stuck banging on the door. In China the equivalent of the keys is the corporate seal (and the WeChat password):
Arm Ltd., the chip designer owned by SoftBank Group Corp., ousted the head of its Chinese venture after discovering the executive had set up an investing firm that would compete with its own business in China, according to people with direct knowledge of the decision. … What followed was a public, acrimonious clash between Arm Ltd. and [Arm China CEO Allen] Wu, who refused to budge and used the Chinese venture's WeChat account to amplify his defiance. That Arm and Hopu [the main shareholders in Arm China] have been unable to assert their will reflects the intricacies of Chinese rules that confer an advantage to Wu as the holder of key registration documents. As the legal representative of Arm China, Wu holds the company's registration documents and the company seal, or stamp. Changing the legal representative requires taking possession of the company stamp -- something Wu has refused to give up. Arm Ltd. and Hopu could go through the courts, but the process could take years.
To fire the CEO, they need the stamp, but the CEO has the stamp, so he has to approve his firing, and he won't do it. Oh sure sure sure the shareholders have formal ownership rights, they "could go through the courts," but in practice the seal is the reality of control and the ownership is a mere abstraction. I hope they're sending a team of cat burglars to get the seal back.
An occasional theme of this newsletter is that there are complex and disputed legal rules and internal governance documents that determine who has the final authority over corporate decisions, but if you are able to get into the company's office or factory or whatever and lock the door from the inside, you can probably ignore those rules for a while. "The night watchman controls the company, sort of," I once wrote, "if he can change the locks overnight and not let the managers and directors and shareholders in the door the next morning." If you've got the keys, or the passwords for the press-release and corporate-filing websites, that is sometimes better than having the law on your side.Or the seals, having the seals seems to help. Here's a fun story out of China:
Chinese e-commerce company Dangdang has accused one of its co-founders of an illegitimate power grab through unauthorized activities.In a statement Sunday, the company said Li Guoqing and several others had stolen dozens of official seals in an attempt to take over operations. The statement added that the seals were invalid, effective immediately, and that all contracts and agreements stamped with them were nullified.In February of last year, Li announced he was no longer involved in Dangdang's operations or holding any positions on the company's board, according to multiple media reports. Months later, Li and his wife Yu Yu, the company's other co-founder, had a spat over shares during their divorce settlement.According to domestic media reports, Li posted a printed notice in Dangdang's office on Sunday announcing that he had been elected Dangdang's chairman and general manager, and was therefore responsible for the company's management following a shareholders' meeting on April 24. The notice also accused Yu of creating losses and having a "negative impact" on the company, adding that she would no longer serve as Dangdang's executive director, legal representative, or general manager.However, Kan Min, Dangdang's vice president, said Yu is still in charge of the company with a 52.23% stake, and Li currently doesn't hold any positions at Dangdang, according to The Beijing News. Kan said Li's takeover claim is illegal, and that none of the company's board members were notified, nor had they attended the meeting in question.According to Kan, Li broke into the company's office with his four bodyguards and secretary, who knew where the official seals were stored.
As far as I can tell there is a factual dispute about who controls a majority of the company's shares; Li believes he does (and that he elected himself chairman and general manager at a shareholders' meeting), while Yu believes she does (and that there was no valid shareholders' meeting). Those are potentially interesting questions of legal ownership and divorce law and corporate formalities and so forth, but if you want to be in charge, the thing to do is not argue over theory but bust into the company's office and take the seals.
We talked yesterday, as we do from time to time, about the Business Roundtable's big announcement last year that from now on the purpose of the corporation is not going to be making money for shareholders, but rather serving the interests of all stakeholders. One possible interpretation of that announcement is that the Business Roundtable, a group of chief executive officers of big companies, really cares about the environment and workers, and intends to make changes to protect the environment and empower workers. Another possible interpretation is that the CEOs in the Business Roundtable do not like having to answer to shareholders for their performance, and would prefer to have a good excuse for brushing shareholders off. "Oh you greedy shareholders, always telling us to make more money," CEOs can say when activists complain about the lack of money; "don't you know that money is no longer the most important thing?"When the Business Roundtable statement came out, I went with the second interpretation; as I put it yesterday, "'stakeholder capitalism,' as endorsed by CEOs , always means reducing CEOs' responsibility to shareholders, not increasing their responsibility to workers or society or anyone else."But your choice of interpretation implies some empirical predictions. If you think that the Business Roundtable cares about workers or the environment, you might predict that the companies whose CEOs signed the statement (1) would have better environmental records and treat workers better than companies whose CEOs didn't, but (2) would have worse financial performance for shareholders. If you think that the Business Roundtable mostly cares about averting shareholder pressure, you might predict that (1) they wouldn't have better environmental or labor records but (2) they would still have worse financial performance for shareholders. In the cynical interpretation, "stakeholder capitalism" means only worse returns shareholders, not better treatment of any other stakeholders. There is of course a literature. Here is "Do the Socially Responsible Walk the Talk," from February, by Aneesh Raghunandan at the London School of Economics and Shiva Rajgopal at Columbia Business School:
Relative to within-industry peer firms, signatories of the BRT statement have higher rates of environmental and labor-related compliance violations (and pay more in compliance penalties as a result), despite the BRT statement's specific reference to employees and the environment. These compliance violations do not just reflect trivial matters; BRT signatories are also more likely to have paid a settlement in lawsuits alleging workplace discrimination or wage theft. Signatory firms have higher market shares, suggesting that they may be more likely to face scrutiny in future mergers and acquisitions (M&A) transactions. Consistent with the idea that BRT signatories attempt to head off potential regulatory scrutiny, they spend more on lobbying policy makers than their nonsignatory counterparts. Moreover, our findings on market shares and lobbying are unlikely to reflect superior business performance because signatory firms report lower stock returns alphas and worse operating margins. Despite this underperformance, we find that BRT signatories' CEOs are paid more relative to peer firms; this may be associated with the finding that BRT signatories' boards contain a lower percentage of independent directors, relative to non-signatory firms.
There are other ways to measure these things. And we are still pretty early in the Business Roundtable's new paradigm of "companies are for everyone, not just for shareholders," so perhaps they are still figuring out how to treat stakeholders better; one can't be entirely cynical. But so far the basic stylized facts are what you'd expect from the cynical interpretation: Companies that signed on to the Business Roundtable's statement do worse for shareholders, sure, but they also do worse for employees and the environment. They pay their CEOs more, though, which is perhaps the real point.
One of the most important and least appreciated mechanisms of corporate governance is the executive labor market. If shareholders want the managers of their company to do a thing, and the directors and managers don't want to do it, there is often not that much that shareholders can do to make them. Proxy fights are hard and expensive and uncertain, shareholder proposals are non-binding, hostile takeovers are kind of drastic; if the directors and managers really want to ignore the shareholders they often can. But the constraint on them is that life is long, and nobody works at the same company for their entire careers anymore, and ambitious current and former executives like to be on big public-company boards of directors, and if you are really egregiously mean to shareholders at one job (or on one board) it will be hard for you to get another one. This mechanism is under-appreciated because it is not a formal part of the rules of corporate governance.[4] If the shareholders are unhappy with the managers, they will ask their lawyers what they can do about it, and the lawyers will give them a list of unappealing and not particularly effective options. "That's it?," the shareholders will ask. "I thought we owned this company; why can't we make it do what we want without a drawn-out proxy fight?" And the lawyers will say "well another approach is just to give up on this particular battle but be consoled by the likelihood that, in five years, these directors won't be able to get onto other boards at better companies because they've disgraced themselves here." As a general background mechanism it seems to work; as a specific mechanism to do stuff at particular companies, it is unsatisfying. Still as a general background mechanism it does seem to work. Here is "Can Socially Responsible CEOs Find Better Jobs?," by Xin Dai, Feng Gao, Ling Lei Lisic and Ivy Zhang, finding, yes, chief executive officers with good corporate social responsibility performance get better jobs:
Our analysis indicates that CEOs leaving firms with strong CSR performance are more likely to be hired as executives by another firm. The employment gap is also significantly shorter for CEOs leaving firms with strong social performance than for those from firms with weak social performance. Further, we find that CEOs with strong CSR performance are more likely to secure executive positions at public firms, where executive positions in general associated are more visible and higher paying than comparable positions at privately held companies. CEOs leaving CSR firms to join another public firm are more likely to be hired by larger firms and to receive higher total compensation. These results suggest that the managerial labor market rewards CEOs for their social performance.
Here's my basic view of the "short-termism" debate. You've got a company that is run by a chief executive officer and owned by shareholders. The shareholders and the CEO all want the same thing, which is to maximize the long-term value of the company: The stock price discounts all of the company's expected future cash flows, so even an investor with a one-second time horizon would prefer that the company increase its long-term value during that second so that he can sell the stock for a bit more than he paid for it. There is total perfect agreement on the goal, which is to get the highest possible long-term value for the shareholders' capital. The problem is that it is the CEO's job to maximize that long-term value, and as with any job, she may or may not be good at it. The shareholders would like to be able to check, to supervise her, and that is hard. If the CEO's goal is to maximize the value of the company in 20 years, the only way to see if she succeeds is to wait 20 years.[1] But if you do that and it turns out she failed, then you've wasted 20 years, which seems bad. You'd prefer, as a shareholder, to have some check-ins along the way. If after year 1 the factory has burned down and all the employees have quit, you might want to take your money back and invest it somewhere else. "Thanks CEO," you might say, "but I'd prefer to invest in some other long-term project, because yours seems to be going poorly."
The CEO, meanwhile, would prefer to be as unsupervised as possible over those 20 years. She wants a free hand with as much investor money as possible. She doesn't want anyone to meddle in the company's affairs or second-guess her decisions or fire her or demand their money back. Just leave her alone, come back in 20 years, and you'll see something amazing. If you check up on her in the meantime it must be because you are short-termist. In practice this conflict is often not all that much of a problem. Some CEOs—Jeff Bezos and Mark Zuckerberg spring to mind, and Elon Musk is in some ways an even better example—can just do whatever they want, take any risk over any time horizon, and their shareholders will let them do it because they trust their long-term visions. Other CEOs have internalized the ideas of responsibility to shareholders, or just don't have any particularly compelling long-term plans, so they return lots of money to the shareholders every quarter so the shareholders can spend it somewhere else.
But sometimes you will have a CEO with a long-term plan for the company that requires a lot of shareholder money, and shareholders who don't especially trust the CEO and want their money back, and that's when you get conflicts. If you wanted to sketch the most comical extreme version of this conflict, you would start with a big public company run by a whimsical visionary CEO. His long-term vision would be absurdly big and vague and futuristic, not like "achieve 50% market share while expanding margins and continuing to innovate in product design" but more like "comfort people in their sorrow" and "increase people's joy." He would invest in big-picture themes like artificial intelligence and deep transformations of society. A lot of people would believe in him, and he'd have a track record of making huge risky out-of-consensus long-term investments that worked out extraordinarily well. But a lot of other people would doubt him, and he'd also have a track record of making huge risky out-of-consensus long-term investments that worked out extraordinarily poorly. And then a famously sharp-elbowed activist fund would get into the stock and demand share buybacks. "Capital discipline and responsibility to shareholders demands an increase in share buybacks and improved board governance mechanisms," one side would say, and the other would say "the saddest thing in people's life is loneliness," and it would be kind of hard to find common ground.
One very orthodox piece of corporate finance theory that regular people kind of can't believe is that you are supposed to pay public-company executives in stock options because that increases their propensity to take risks, which is good. The typical chief executive officer, the theory goes, is too risk-averse. She has a nice cushy job and the respect of her peers and a lot of her wealth—both stock ownership and human capital—tied up in her company. She does not want to endanger all that by taking on big projects with high risk of failure. But her shareholders ought to be pretty risk-neutral. They are diversified; they own lots of stocks; only a little bit of their wealth—and none of their emotional life—is tied up in any one company. So they want to overcome the CEO's natural caution and encourage her to take on risky projects with positive expected value. The way to do that is with stock options: Give her a big reward for increasing the company's stock price, but don't penalize her for decreasing it. Give her an asymmetric payoff, biased toward the upside, to make her more willing to take risks. I know, you are laughing at this, it sounds crazy, but it really is pretty orthodox! Anyway it works:
This paper examines the relation between CEO risk taking stock option incentives, as captured by CEO vega, and workplace misconduct. Workplace misconduct includes health and safety violations, non-compliance with labour laws, and other violations broadly related to labour exploitation. Using regression analysis, matched sample tests, and a quasi-natural experiment we show a positive relation between CEO vega and workplace misconduct. These results suggest that CEO risk taking stock option incentives not only influence investment and financial decision making, but also affect operational decision making.
That's from "CEO Risk Taking Equity Incentives and Workplace Misconduct," by Justin Chircop, Monika Tarsalewska and Agnieszka Trzeciakiewicz. "CEO vega" is a measure of how sensitive the CEO's wealth is to volatility in the stock price; a CEO who has a lot of near-the-money options—options that could well be worth a lot, or zero—will have a higher vega than one whose wealth is mostly in stock (or cash). Theory would tell you that a CEO with high vega would be more willing to take financial risks than one with low vega. This paper will tell you that a CEO with high vega will also be more likely to exploit workers and take health and safety risks. Oops! It is a pretty unsurprising result. We are living in an interesting time of backlash to orthodox corporate finance theory. If you had to pick a sentence of orthodox theory against which that backlash was especially directed, you might pick "companies should use stock options to incentivize CEOs to take risks in order to maximize the expected wealth of diversified shareholders." A lot of the stuff—short-termism, income inequality, reduced labor share of profits, environmental externalities, stock buybacks—is implicit in that sentence. Those risks, it turns out, have externalities; it is not always good for society if CEOs are risk-neutral profit maximizers, even if it is theoretically optimal for shareholders.
The dominant mode of academic corporate finance is cynicism, and the cynicism is never purer than in the executive-compensation literature. Nobody in this literature runs a public company because they believe in its mission, or because they are committed to shareholder value, or because they just enjoy the quiet satisfaction of a job well done. Everything is about incentives—money—and your CEO will spend all his time partying and robbing the company unless you structure his compensation in exactly the right way. It is an entertainingly grim view of human nature. Here's a funny paper by Meng Gao, titled "Get the Money Somehow: The Effect of Missing Performance Goals on Insider Trading," about how executives respond to performance incentives. The maximally cynical answer of course is that executives artificially manipulate corporate performance to just barely beat their performance targets and earn their bonuses. But that's old news! Anyone who works on executive compensation would just assume that any performance targets would be gamed; Gao dismisses it in a sentence. She focuses instead on relative performance targets—paying executive based on how the company performs relative to its peers—because they are harder to game:
Using a sample of 1,317 relative performance grants for which the payout schedule exhibits jumps around performance goals, I first show that there is no bunching on either side of the performance goals and the density function is smooth around the goals. This pattern is in contrast to that for grants based on absolute performance goals, which are subject to manipulation by managers (Bennett, Bettis, Gopalan, and Milbourn, 2017). Because the performance goals are based on the performance of a group of peer companies, which is not observed until the performance period ends, this makes it difficult for managers to perfectly control whether their performance is above or below a relative goal in a narrow range around the goals.
Fine. If you tell executives that they'll get more money if revenue is above $1 billion, revenue will be $1.001 billion due to some hard-to-observe accounting manipulation or sales trickery. If you tell them that they'll get more money if revenue is above the revenue of their nearest competitor, they can't cheat as easily. So what can they do instead? Gao:
Managers whose performance is right around a relative performance goal presumably have strong incentives to improve performance because of the convexity in the payfor-performance structure. Yet, if managers are able to generate abnormal profits from insider trading when they miss the performance goal, they can reduce the effective convexity and hence mitigate the incentive effect. I hypothesize that missing a relative performance goal induces managers to generate abnormal trading profits from insider trading to make up for the loss in performance-based compensation. … Relative to managers that just beat a relative performance goal, those that just miss one earn abnormal profits from insider trading that amount to about 8% of their total compensation. … This estimate suggests that managers use insider trading to make up for over half of the loss in compensation due to missing performance goals.
If you are a corporate insider you can buy or sell stock in your company, though you have to report your trades. Some executives trade for random or diversification or paying-college-tuition purposes; others buy their company's stock before it goes up and sell before it goes down. Gao finds that executives who just miss performance goals are more likely to insider trade profitably after missing the goals, suggesting that they are making use of private information about their company's performance in order to extract some extra value from the company. She writes:
CEOs whose actual performance is close to a relative performance goal may treat the compensation associated with meeting the goal as a reference point and exhibit loss aversion when they narrowly miss the goal. In other words, CEOs derive utility from gains and losses relative to an expected level of compensation and the negative effect of losses in compensation on utility is larger in magnitude than the positive effect of gains (Kahneman and Tversky, 1979). Therefore, CEOs who narrowly miss a performance goal and hence suffer a loss in compensation would derive a higher marginal utility from an additional dollar of insider trading profits than otherwise similar CEOs who narrowly beat the goal.
The cynical theory is something like: CEOs often have secret information about whether their stock will go up or down, and they usually don't use it because there are some obvious deterrents (insider trading laws, investor scrutiny) to using it, but when they narrowly miss a target they become resentful and start insider trading for profit. If you were even more cynical you might imagine that the resentful CEOs would also create more secret information for themselves. For instance, if a company gives (accurate) earnings guidance, the CEO is less likely to know more about upcoming earnings than the market does, so it will be harder for her to make money by insider trading. But she could stop providing guidance:
I find that relative to managers that just beat a relative performance goal, those that just miss one are less likely to provide earnings and sales guidance, suggesting that managers strategically withhold information to increase their informational advantage. The economic magnitude of this effect is large: For example, the difference in the likelihood to make voluntary guidance disclosures between firms that narrowly miss and those that narrowly beat relative performance goals is 28.0 percentage points, which is large considering that the mean likelihood of providing guidance disclosures is 67.3% in the full sample.
Look I … I don't really believe that lots of corporate CEOs narrowly miss their performance targets and are like "fine I'm going to stop telling investors anything, so I can make a lot of money insider trading against them and make up for my missing bonus." The schematic cynical view of executive motivation is a bit too cynical even for me. But it is what the theory, and the data, suggest.
The way most public companies work is that all shareholders get to vote on certain questions—election of directors, mergers, approving executive pay, some governance and social stuff, etc.—and they get one vote for every share they own. A lot of people do not like this system and want different shares, or shareholders, to get different numbers of votes. Some people dislike the one-vote-per-share system for more or less philosophical reasons: They think that public-market shareholders are too focused on short-term results, and that companies' long-term focus could be improved by changing the voting rules. There's an idea called "tenure voting," in which, the longer you hold on to your shares, the more votes you get per share; this is supposed to give long-term investors more influence over corporate decisions. There are not tons of U.S. examples, but academics love talking about it, and it's part of the marketing pitch (though not yet the rules?) of the new "Long-Term Stock Exchange." There are other philosophical issues. There are people who think that index funds shouldn't get to vote, either because they are too passive and not engaged enough to make good decisions, or because they worry about the antitrust implications of competing companies being owned by the same set of voting shareholders. The point is you could have some theory about which shareholders are good voters and which are bad voters, and then you could try to set up a voting system that gives more votes to the good ones and fewer votes to the bad ones. Other people dislike the one-vote-per-share system out of straightforward self-interest: Lots of startup founders think that they should have more votes than their public shareholders, because they founded the company. So they give themselves super-voting stock. Unlike the tenure-voting stuff, this happens a lot in practice, and it is pretty widely accepted. Academics mostly dislike it, and investors often grumble about it ineffectually. But there is an arguable theory for it too. Maybe the founder is a good voter; she is really committed to the company, has taken it this far, is in it for the long term, etc., while public shareholders are flighty and ill-informed and short-termist. Giving more votes to the good voter (the founder) will make things better for everyone in the long run; public shareholders should want to give up their voting rights and let her make all the decisions. I want to suggest here that there is a third category of people who dislike the one-vote-per-share system just because it is too simple. I don't think they'd say it like that. But it's just, you know, here you are, a financial engineer, you are always looking to find ways to make stuff more complicated. The economic structure of corporate ownership is infinitely malleable: You can sell senior bonds, or junior bonds, or preferred stock, or common stock, or warrants; you can structure derivatives on existing shares that lets people make very fine-tuned bets on whether the stock will go up, and when, and by how much, and by what particular path. Any economic thesis you like can be expressed by some combination of instruments, and there is an intellectual joy in putting that combination together. And then everyone just gets one vote per share? Pshaw! They should get a number of votes that is the square root of some utterly surprising quantity; that is just science. It is possible that I am wrong and that there is no one in this third category. Except me! When I read arguments that companies should have tenure voting because public shareholders are too short-termist, or that index funds should not vote because they are too disengaged, I find myself bored and unconvinced. But then I read about the mechanics of how tenure voting would work and I cackle gleefully and try to think of how I would game it. Anyway here's "Quality Shareholder Voting" by Lawrence Cunningham of George Washington University Law School:
Quality voting refines time-weighted voting to account not only for duration but conviction. That is, quality voting grants additional votes to shares owned for a long time in large stakes. The proxy for conviction is shares representing a substantial portion of a shareholders' portfolio, measured as a percentage of the shareholder's total public company equity portfolio. For example, two votes per share could be granted to shareholders allocating between 1 percent and 5 percent of such a portfolio to the company and three votes per share to those allocating more than 5 percent. If tenured voting implicitly assumes that longer-held shares cast higher-quality votes, the hypothesis follows that shares owned by those with greater exposure will also have such merit.
There is a table, combining duration and concentration. Owning stock for under one year, representing less than 1% of your portfolio, gets you one vote per share. Owning stock for more than three years, representing more than 10% of your portfolio, gets you nine votes per share. The crude way to game time-weighted (tenure) voting is of course:
1. I set up the Tenure Gamesmanship Fund. 2. I sell shares in the fund to hedge funds that want to own Company X. 3. I use the money to buy shares in Company X. 4. When the hedge funds want to sell their shares, they sell shares of the fund. 5. Shares in the fund move around actively, but shares of Company X just sit in the fund's vault, accruing tenure. 6. The fund votes its shares of Company X however the fund's shareholders tell it to (proportionally, or even winner-take-all). 7. Eventually the fund owns lots of long-tenured shares and has lots of votes, and shares of the fund trade at a premium to the underlying stock because activist hedge funds can buy lots of voting power through the fund.
It seems on first impression like there'd be even more fun ways to game quality voting. Do all your investing through a portfolio of funds, each of which puts 100% of its money in one stock: high conviction! Or put 100% of your portfolio in one stock, have nine of your hedge-fund buddies do the same thing with other stocks, and write swaps to each other to diversify your economic interest while keeping high concentration for the votes. That's just the obvious stuff; I'm sure there are other approaches. And you get to do all the tenure-voting gamesmanship too, because this proposal weights votes for both concentration and tenure. (Each Tenure Gamesmanship Fund has to be 100% invested in one stock, etc.) Obviously I hope this proposal is widely adopted, because it is fun. Though if it is, I might have to go back into investment banking.
Firms & Corporate Finance (77)
The supermarket-merger item is a useful M&A-contracting example. Deal agreements allocate antitrust risk through covenants about divestitures, litigation and regulatory effort. Once the deal breaks, those covenants become the battlefield.
The Global Tetrahedron/Infowars item is a good bankruptcy-process entry. Auctions in court have rules about fairness, value and creditor treatment. A bid can be culturally satisfying and still face scrutiny over whether it maximizes estate value.
If you are a big oil company looking to get into the renewable energy business, how do you know what to do? How do you learn how to make renewable fuels and market them to consumers? One possible approach is pure introspection: Get all your existing oil engineers and executives in a room and say "think about renewables" until you have a renewables business. (Perhaps have them read the public literature on renewables businesses first.) I am sure that in some contexts this approach works — it's probably how a lot of financial firms get into a lot of new businesses? — but it seems hard.
More realistically, you are going to be building on somebody else's — some competitor's — work. One way to do that is to buy the competitor: You call up a renewables company that seems good, you say "hey we would like to buy you at a premium," they say "sure sounds great," you hand them a wad of cash and now you have a renewables business.
There are other ways. You can hire some people from existing renewables companies and get them to build a renewables business for you. This might cause trouble: They might have noncompete agreements, or confidentiality agreements, and if they use the renewables knowledge they gained their old jobs to build your business, they (and you) might get sued. It can be hard to know what is a protected trade secret and what is portable industry knowledge.
Or you can call up some existing renewables companies and say "hey we would also like to get into renewables, can you give us some advice?" But they might say no. You are, after all, a potential competitor.
Or there's this:
Propel Fuels, Inc. ("Propel"), a leading retailer of low-carbon fuels at stations throughout California, shared today that its trade secret misappropriation case against Phillips 66 Company ("Phillips 66") has been scheduled for jury trial on August 26, 2024, in the Superior Court of California, County of Alameda, located in Oakland, California.>
The lawsuit, filed on February 16, 2022, alleges that Philips 66 stole confidential data, proprietary strategies and business intelligence developed by Propel over 13 years at a cost to Propel of more than $200 million. ...>
According to court filings, Propel and Phillips 66 entered into due diligence in 2017 in connection with a proposed acquisition of Propel by Phillips 66. Phillips 66 extended the due diligence process over eleven months, during which Propel, under a non-disclosure agreement, disclosed its proprietary strategies and data, and was actively building a new integrated renewable fuels business for Phillips 66, when Phillips 66 abruptly and without explanation terminated the deal on August 24, 2018.>
The next business day, Phillips 66 announced to California regulators that it would enter the E85 market in the state and launched retail sales of high-blend renewable diesel weeks later. Phillips 66 rapidly expanded its California renewables business using Propel's data and market insights; it now retails E85 or renewable diesel at more than 600 stations in the state.
If you pretend you are going to buy a competitor, they will give you lots of access to due diligence materials, and you can learn a lot about their business. And then you can make an informed decision:
1. not to get into the business, 2. to get into the business by buying them, or 3. to get into the business yourself, without buying them, but maybe using what you have learned.
Oh, again, you might get sued — you had to sign a nondisclosure agreement to get all of this information — but again it can be hard to know what is protected confidential information and what is portable industry knowledge. From the lawsuit:
Phillips 66 also required disclosure (also under the NDA) of the proprietary marketing, customer identification, customer retention, regulatory, carbon credit, pricing and other business strategies that were the heart of Propel's business. Those were contained in the materials provided to Phillips 66 through the data room and due diligence responses, but also in confidential meetings with teams of Phillips 66 executives who repeatedly visited Propel's California headquarters and other locations to study the business. Throughout, those executives expressed admiration for the Propel's strategies and the company's ability to generate profits and high-volume sales in a market Phillips 66 thought was inaccessible.
The allegations are all about stealing strategies, business ideas, not, like, product designs or secret manufacturing processes. They are a bit fuzzy. Realistically any merger target faces this risk: that at the end of due diligence, the acquirer will just conclude "meh we can do this ourselves, we don't actually need them."
This is one reason that being a merger target is risky: You can't generally sell your business without revealing a lot about the business to potential acquirers. [1] If you reveal a lot and then the deal doesn't happen, that's bad. It might be bad for simple signaling reasons: What you revealed was bad, the potential acquirers fled, and now everyone knows that you have a bad business. Or it might be bad for competitive reasons: What you revealed was good, so the potential acquirers took the best parts for themselves.
We talked a few times earlier this year about a lawsuit that Jane Street Group brought against Millennium Management over a couple of former Jane Street traders who left for Millennium and allegedly brought a wildly profitable Indian options trading strategy with them. Jane Street says the strategy was a protected trade secret and they violated their nondisclosure agreements; Millennium says they were just practicing their trade as options traders. I once suggested that the common financial-industry practice of requiring employees to sign noncompete agreements might have been simpler: Instead of arguing about whether or not the options strategy was proprietary, Jane Street could have just said "you can't trade anything anywhere else for a year after you leave," avoiding the whole dispute.
Here too you could imagine a simpler approach: Before entering into due diligence (or at some point along the way, as diligence heated up), Propel could have demanded that Phillips 66 sign a noncompete agreement promising not to compete in renewables in California. You do not hear much about that approach in M&A, though, possibly because it would be very illegal under antitrust law? Though Propel actually tried it: "Phillips 66 team lead Matt Fischer expressly promised Propel's CEO Rob Elam that Phillips 66 would not enter in the California renewables market without Propel," says the lawsuit. In some ways it would be safer to get that promise in writing, but in other ways, not.
When we last discussed Canna Global, I pointed out that it is not that uncommon for a company to (1) need money, (2) find potential investors who are willing to give the company money in exchange for stock, but (3) not have enough stock to give them. That was roughly Canna Global's situation, but it comes up more often when a company's charter says "this company can issue up to 100 million shares," or whatever, and the company has issued 99 million and wants to issue more.
The simplest solution, in that case, is to ask shareholders to vote to amend the charter to authorize more shares. But that takes time, and sometimes you need the money now. In that case, the less simple solution is to issue some sort of IOU for stock: "You give us the money now, and in exchange we'll promise to give you the stock when we can get shareholders to authorize it."
Usually this IOU takes the form of "blank check preferred stock": The investors get a new special preferred stock (not covered by the charter's limitation on shares), and the preferred converts into common stock whenever the company gets around to amending its charter to authorize more stock.
All of this can be a bit more urgent for banks. A bank is a highly leveraged pile of assets, which means:
1. Its stock can go down a lot. You might think "we have 56 million shares outstanding and 100 million authorized shares, so we can sell 44 million more, which is plenty; the stock trades at like $25 per share, so that's like a billion dollars of financing room." And then the stock goes to $5 and it's not enough. 2. If it needs money, it needs money right now. If a bank announces "we're going to raise money as soon as we get this shareholder vote," it is not going to last until the shareholder vote.
For reasons — its charter, but also the rules governing who can buy a bank and how — First Foundation can't just go sell $228 million worth of common stock. But it really needs the money, and it found investors who were willing to buy the stock. So it's giving them IOU stock instead.
Every so often a company needs to sell stock, but it doesn't have any stock to sell. There is some restriction in its corporate charter saying that it can't issue any more stock, but it needs money, there are willing buyers, and there's a deal to be done, if only there were any shares of stock left. It is a frustrating problem. "Stock" is not a real thing; stock is just a way to account for fractional ownership of the company, and in some sense the company can always create more. It's just that the corporate charter does not currently allow it to.
What can it do? There are two main approaches:
1. Most of the time, the restriction in the charter can be changed by a shareholder vote. So the company can go ask the shareholders to let it issue more stock, and hold a vote, and if it wins the vote it can sell more shares. This completely solves the problem. But it takes time: If the company needs money now, waiting months to get a shareholder vote is a problem. Also sometimes the shareholders vote no, because they don't like dilution, or they don't vote at all, because they are retail investors who tend not to vote. 2. Or the company can sell, not stock, but IOUs for stock, promises to issue stock later. The company has a buyer who will pay $50 million for 10 million new shares of stock, and the company thinks that's a good price and wants to act now, but it has no shares left. So it goes to the buyer and says "look, we will eventually get 10 million new shares. We'll hold a shareholder vote, as many times as necessary to get approval. But that takes time, and we want to do this trade now. So why don't you give us the $50 million now, and we'll give you a contract saying that, when we can give you 10 million shares, we will."
Obviously the second approach creates some risk for the buyer — what if it never gets the shares? — but it does happen. Most notably, we talked a lot last year about AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s "APE" stock, which was a form of IOU stock. AMC wanted to sell common stock, it was out of authorized shares and it couldn't get its shareholders to approve more. So it created a new class of quasi-stock, IOU stock, stock to be issued later: It called it AMC Preferred Equity Units (APEs), handed some out to shareholders, and started selling more. The APEs could be traded, and they always traded at a discount to real stock, but eventually AMC got approval to convert them into real stock, and it did. This caused various bits of trouble, but it basically worked, and AMC was not the first or last company to use roughly this idea.
I have mentioned a few times the stylized fact [6] that Susquehanna International Group employs a guy whose essential contribution to the business is that he can flip a fair coin and have it land on heads 55% of the time. "Prop trading firms have a surprisingly robust demand for skilled coin flippers," I once wrote. Coin flipping, and particularly having an edge in coin flipping, illustrates something deep in the nature of quantitative trading, and having a guy around to provide that illustration is obscurely valuable. [7]
I guess chess is a little like that too? If you are a certain sort of intellectual workplace — a quant trading firm, say, or a big tech company — you will want to recruit the sort of people who are impressed by chess skill: people who are good at chess themselves, or people who are good at math and logical reasoning and understand chess as a sort of conventional proxy for those skills. If you have enough talented quantitative employees, probably a few of them will be good at chess. But to attract more, it might help to have a strong grandmaster lying around. The grandmaster doesn't necessarily have to do much trading or coding or whatever; you can just trot her out as a recruiting prop. "Oh that firm has great chess players, it must be a good place for me to work" is a thought process that will occur in some of the employees you want, and the cost of employing a chess grandmaster is probably a lot lower than the cost of employing a good quantitative trader.
In somewhat related news, here is a Wall Street Journal story about the FIDE World Corporate Chess Championship:
Teams from Goldman, Google, Deutsche Bank and BlackRock, among others, are vying not for prize money, but to be recognized by chess's world governing body as the "smartest company in the world." …
Squads are also allowed to bring one nonemployee. So just like corporate softball, where it isn't unusual for teams to show up with someone who arouses suspicion by mashing the ball like Aaron Judge, corporate chess has ringers. And the king of the ringers this year is an American named Sam Shankland.
Not only is he a grandmaster, Shankland is also a former U.S. national champion. He has published books on passed pawns and training guides on the Berlin Defense. In other words, this isn't a man who has time for a day job. Being a world-class chess player is his day job. And this weekend, he just happens to be doing it for Susquehanna International Group, a high-speed trading firm.
"Chess is a big part of the culture at SIG," said team captain Ella Papanek, who had previously skippered the chess team at Harvard. "At least 10% of the firm plays chess in some capacity."
Still, when she found that a Susquehanna employee was friends with Shankland, she jumped at the chance to invite him. (Susquehanna said that Shankland isn't being paid.)
Really they should pay him at least as much as they pay the coin flipper.
One strange piece of market inefficiency is that public markets supposedly undervalue tax assets. So a private equity firm will sometimes take a company private and then run it in a way that generates lots of tax deductions, lots of tax credits and net operating losses and depreciation and amortization that will offset future taxable income. And they will look at the company and see that it has, say, an operating business worth $100 and tax assets that will generate $5 per year of tax savings, and they will be happy.
But then they will want to take it public, and they will go to public investors and say "how much would you pay us for this company," and the public investors will say "$100," and the private equity firm will say "sure the business is worth $100, but we've got all these tax benefits, like $5 per year of tax benefits, surely that's worth like $125 total?" And the public investors will say "no, we don't understand taxes, we don't care about that stuff, we'll pay you $100."
And so the private equity owner will say "Okay fine look. If you don't care about the tax benefits, we will keep them. We'll sell you part of the company — we'll do an initial public offering and sell stock that entitles you to a share of the business's profits — but we'll keep all of the tax benefits. The company will just run its business normally and calculate its pretax profits without considering all of the tax benefits that we've baked into the company, and then it will set aside 21% of those profits for taxes. If the company makes $40 in a year, it will set aside $8.20 for taxes. And then it will use its tax deductions and figure out the tax it actually owes, and it will pay that to the government, and pay the rest to us. If the actual tax bill is $3.20, we'll keep the other $5." And the public investors will say "sure that's fine, we don't want the tax benefits anyway, we'll pay you $100 for the company without them." The tax benefits will stay with the people — the private equity firm — who value them.
This trade — paying the tax benefits to the pre-IPO owners — is called a "tax receivable agreement," or TRA. Ordinarily the way it works is that, before the IPO, the company identifies some existing tax assets that will reduce its taxable income in the future, and it agrees to pay some large fraction — often 85% or 90% — of those benefits to the pre-IPO owner for some period of time, often 15 years. (The company keeps some of the benefits, to align incentives.) We have talked about TRAs a few times before. Last year, we talked about a takeover battle involving Sculptor Capital Management Inc., a hedge fund firm. Before it went public, Sculptor was a partnership, and when the partners converted their partnership interests into public-company shares they (1) owed taxes personally but (2) generated tax deductions for the company; Sculptor signed a TRA agreeing to give them 85% of those tax deductions back. And earlier this year we discussed Parallaxes Capital, an investment firm that buys TRAs, sometimes from people who didn't know they even had a TRA.
As I mentioned when we discussed Parallaxes, most TRAs are paid out early if the company is acquired. If the company goes public, and three years later it is acquired, it can't really keep paying the tax benefits to the pre-IPO owner, so it will just pay them all out at once in a lump sum. The lump sum is something like "if we save $5 of taxes each year for the remaining 12 years of the TRA, that's $60 of savings over 12 years, and discounted at 6.5% it's about $40." So the company will cash out the TRA for $40.
This is generally quite favorable for the TRA holder. For one thing, the payments tend to be discounted at a pretty favorable rate, making the lump sum more valuable than getting the payments over time. Also, though, the calculation is normally made using favorable assumptions: In particular, it normally assumes that the company will be able to use all of the tax benefits. (If in fact the company loses money in Year 12, it will not get any tax benefits and won't pay anything out on the TRA, but the lump-sum calculation just assumes that the company will make plenty of income in all of the future years.)
And so an acquisition is better for the TRA holder than it is for all the other shareholders. If the company sells itself, then the public shareholders get paid for their shares, but the pre-IPO shareholder will get paid for its shares and will also get cashed out for its TRA. The TRA payment can be more valuable than the payment for the shares. And in many cases the TRA holder — the company's founder, perhaps, or the private equity firm that took it public — will also be a big shareholder of the public company, often with board seats and control of the company. And so the TRA holder might want to sell, and it might have the ability to make the company sell. It might not care that much about the price. Even if the company is worth more to other shareholders on its own, it might be worth more to its TRA holder in a sale.
I have written before, about my time at an investment bank, that I was the head of a lot of businesses, and so was everyone else:
Everyone is the head of something, or at least co-head. Global Head of Cardboard Packaging Investment Banking, or Americas Head of Exotic Volatility Trading in Stocks Starting with 'P,' or whatever. And many people are the head of two things, or three things, or most commonly an indeterminate number of things.>
I cannot stress enough how important the head-of-something thing is. As a fairly junior vice president I would regularly go into client meetings with some senior relationship banker whom I had just met and who had no real idea of who I was, to talk about some weird derivative trade, and the banker would always introduce me to the client as like "this is Matt, he's our global head of" whatever the weird trade was. … These headships were not, like, written down anywhere. No vote was taken, no corporate resolutions passed to make me the head of whatever I was the head of that day. It was marketing: If a relationship banker was taking me to pitch some weird thing to a client, then the client would be happier and the relationship banker would be happier and I would be happier if we all agreed that I was the bank's leading expert and fully empowered manager of whatever weird thing I was pitching.
I went on to add that some headships are pretty real: "Head of Investment Banking" is a real title that matters. One way you know it matters is that a lot of investment bankers report to the head of investment banking; that person is an actual boss. As head of whatever I was head of, I had one analyst, if I was lucky.
I worked at a big investment bank, with thousands of employees, many of whom were, like me, the heads of a short list of obscure businesses. At a single-manager hedge fund things are a bit different:
1. There are probably only like a couple of dozen employees. 2. Titles are probably less important: There are fewer of you, and the job is less about marketing and more about results; most people would probably rather be called "an analyst" and get paid a lot than be called "head of consumer retail" and be paid less. 3. But there's still some use for titles: You might get your due diligence calls returned quicker if you are the "head of consumer retail" than if you are just "an analyst." 4. Those titles can be granted at least as informally as they are at a bank: Your boss can say "here's Matt, he's the head of consumer retail," and who is going to disagree? 5. Because there are fewer employees, the titles can be bigger. Being the head of consumer retail at an investment bank is a big job! There are a lot of investment bankers covering the consumer retail sector, and they all report to you; a lot of people would like to be the head of consumer retail but only one person (maybe two) gets to be it. At a hedge fund with a dozen analysts, probably each analyst will have her own fairly large coverage universe. If you're the analyst covering consumer retail companies, then you are also the "head of consumer retail." Who else could it be? You are the head of a team of one, but that's a pretty common experience in the financial industry.
If you do a "private IPO," what does the P stand for? "Private initial public offering"? You see the problem. Here's the Wall Street Journal:
The concept is being bandied about on Wall Street as investors and bankers search for ways to keep the money flowing. The contradictory moniker refers to stock sales in which early backers privately sell to longer-term investors such as mutual funds or sovereign-wealth funds, sidestepping the traditional IPO process.
Private IPOs don't come with the splashy bell-ringing ceremony of a traditional debut or result in publicly traded stock. They do allow companies to avoid the potential embarrassment of a new listing falling flat.
Some on Wall Street balk at the name, seeing it as window dressing for private placements, which are sales of shares from one private owner to another and have been used for years. Skeptics say bankers, never a group to sit still, are playing with semantics to drum up business.
What's more, some mutual-fund managers who have been approached to do private IPOs are wary. While they might get better prices and bigger allotments of shares in a private IPO, the liquidity—or lack of it—is a big drawback. If the managers buy stakes this way, it isn't clear when they would be able to sell them.
We have talked about this phenomenon before, and I have argued that it kind of doesn't make sense? In general, you would expect the public markets to put a higher valuation on reasonably mature companies than the private markets, because liquidity is valuable, and public markets are much more liquid. You should pay more for stock that you can sell than for stock that you can't sell. If you are a company considering going public, and you decide not to because you don't think you'll get a good enough price, why would you get a better price in a "private IPO"?
I suggested a few weak counterarguments:
1. Maybe private investors are systematically mistaken about valuation? Seems weird. 2. Maybe illiquidity is actually valuable: If you can't sell a stock, you won't sell it in a foolish panic, so maybe your long-term returns will be higher. Again it would be strange if this were generally true. 3. Maybe going public actually destroys value, because of public financial reporting or compliance costs or short-termism or short selling or whatever, so private valuations should be higher.
Eh. Anyway the "semantics" point seems right. Lots of private companies have done trades — private placements, Series G fundraising rounds, employee tender offers, etc. — that have the essential shape of "the company stays private but somebody buys stock." What makes a trade a "private IPO" instead of "selling stock"? Is it that the buyer of the stock is a mutual fund? I think the answer might be "it is pitched to you that way by an investment bank."
For a while, US generally accepted accounting principles treated Bitcoin in kind of a strange way. If a company bought some Bitcoin, it would hold that Bitcoin on its balance sheet at cost, reporting that it was worth what it paid. If the price of Bitcoin went up, the company would not increase the value on its balance sheet, or report any income: GAAP disregarded the mark-to-market move. But if the price went down, the company would reduce the value on its balance sheet, and report a loss in its income statement: GAAP did reflect "impairment" of the Bitcoin holdings.
We have talked about this before, and companies sometimes complained about it, because it was illogical and rather punitive: For accounting purposes, you could lose money on Bitcoin, but never make money. There was however another feature of this situation, which is:
1. It can't really last: If Bitcoin is going to become a mainstream holding of big companies, eventually the accounting has to get rationalized. And in fact, last year, the US Financial Accounting Standards Board voted to approve a new standard requiring fair-value accounting for Bitcoin. 2. When the accounting is rationalized, companies with Bitcoins will probably get big one-time gains, because they will get to mark all their Bitcoins to market all at once.
And so Bloomberg News reports:
MicroStrategy Inc. may be at an inflection point when it comes to Michael Saylor's controversial decision almost four years ago to bet the enterprise-software maker's future on Bitcoin.>
Quarterly results will likely get more volatile under a recently approved accounting rule change that requires valuing the digital asset at market prices. Before the revision, MicroStrategy had to take impairment charges to write down the value of its Bitcoin when prices fell but couldn't recognize any increases. It has until 2025 to implement the change.>
If Tysons Corner, Virginia-based MicroStrategy decides to adopt the revision for the fourth quarter, the Bitcoin on the company's balance sheet will surge by billions of dollars on the back of recent purchases and Bitcoin's almost 60% rally in the period.
Let's say you want to start an internet business, and you need money. Here are two ways to raise the money:
1. You incorporate your business and sell stock. This is a pretty traditional way to raise money, and people know how it works. It has some downsides, for you. The main one is that you are giving up some control and ownership of your business: If you sell stock to outsiders, then you will have fiduciary duties to them, you will have to manage the company with their best interests in mind, they might get voting shares and board seats, and they will own a portion of the value of the business. Another downside is that you will be subject to securities regulation. If you sell stock to the public, in the US, the US Securities and Exchange Commission will make you register your offering and disclose a lot of stuff about your business. Even if you only sell stock to sophisticated venture capitalists, and thus avoid registration, you will still be subject to securities fraud rules: If you lie to investors to get them to buy your stock, the investors can sue you, or the SEC can. 2. You can sell crypto tokens that are in some way linked to your business. This is a pretty new way to raise money for a business, one that had a vogue in the late 2010s and early 2020s. But it is much less standardized than stock, and it is not even obvious what I mean by "crypto tokens that are in some way linked to your business." Perhaps you start some internet business, you issue some crypto tokens, and you promise to use a portion of the revenue from your business to buy back some of those tokens and retire them, to "buy and burn" the tokens. Then if you make a lot of profits, you will buy a lot of tokens, so there will be demand for the tokens and they will be valuable. People buy the tokens today to speculate on your future profitability. [1] This is a common approach taken by actual crypto companies; we have talked a few times about FTT, the stock-like token that FTX Trading Ltd. issued in connection with its crypto exchange. But you could imagine other approaches. You could make the link between your business and the token quite tenuous; you could just start a business called Gloobzorp Inc. and issue tokens with the name Gloobzorp and not promise anything, just hoping that people will buy the tokens to bet, incoherently, on the success of your business. [2]
Which approach should you choose? Well, in, like, 2021, the crypto token approach had some really powerful things to recommend it:
The rules and norms around fiduciary duties, ownership sharing, etc., were much less developed in crypto than they are in stocks. You could issue Gloobzorp tokens to investors, and raise money, and not give up much in the way of control or profits or ownership interests or anything else. You could sell shares in the business without selling shares in the business — or rather, you could raise money by selling things that looked a little bit like shares in the business, without selling shares in the business. Relatedly, the securities laws … arguably? … did not apply to this sort of thing. I mean! There is a lot of argument about that, and we'll discuss some of it. But you could at least imagine that these tokens were not securities, which meant things like (1) you could sell them, broadly, to the public, to raise money to build your business, without registering with the SEC or providing much disclosure, [3] and (2) if you were doing fraud maybe the SEC wouldn't come after you. There was a huge boom in crypto, money was pouring in, people weren't asking too many questions, and there was a lot of willingness to believe that every business with "crypto" in the description would revolutionize economics and make all of its investors rich. So you could raise a lot of money on pretty good terms, without much disclosure, without giving up much control or ownership.
If you had the free choice between (1) raising money subject to a lot of rules about disclosure and honesty and fiduciary duties and (2) raising more money with no rules or obligations, wouldn't you take the second option?
But of course, of course, of course, this is not a long-term equilibrium. All the downsides of stock — the fiduciary duties, the sharing of the value of the business, the disclosure obligations — are not incidental ; they are not just arbitrary punishments visited on entrepreneurs who issue stock. They're the point. The reason that entrepreneurs can raise money by issuing stock — they can get real dollars in exchange for pieces of paper saying "this is a share of a business that doesn't exist yet" — is that there is a highly developed system of obligations that reassures investors that those pieces of paper have value. The investors get some rights, some control, some economic ownership, some legal and regulatory protections, in exchange for their money. And that is why they are willing to part with their money.
And the particular set of rights that exist in the US — Delaware corporate law, SEC disclosure regulation, etc. — generally works pretty well, to the point that lots of foreign companies come to the US to raise money, because subjecting themselves to the burdens of US regulation makes them attractive to investors. Investors trust the US capital markets, because they have a long tradition of being pretty well regulated, which means that they are an attractive place for companies to raise money.
The question, ultimately, was: Did Sculptor's board of directors know better than its shareholders? The shareholders, looking at a choice between two prices, wanted the higher price. The board, more deeply involved in the negotiations (but also more conflicted), said "no, you don't understand, the higher price is not real, you won't get it, trust us." It is the board's job to make decisions on behalf of shareholders, sometimes even decisions the shareholders don't like. But the board is limited in its power, and sometimes those decisions have to go to a shareholder vote, and you can get an awkward situation where the board is sure that one choice is right, but the shareholders will only approve the other one.
Sculptor's board worked it out. Spirit Airlines' did not, as Bloomberg News reports:
A federal judge blocked JetBlue Airways Corp.'s $3.8 billion acquisition of Spirit Airlines Inc., saying the combination would stifle competition and raise fares for consumers.
US District Judge William G. Young sided with the federal government and said the merger would harm cost-conscious travelers by eliminating the nation's dominant deep-fare discount airline and drive up prices across the industry. …
Spirit's shares plunged 47% Tuesday in New York, the biggest decline since the stock began trading more than a decade ago.
Here is the judge's opinion. And here is the press release that Spirit put out in June 2022, saying "Spirit Airlines Reaffirms Commitment to Merger with Frontier" and arguing that "the latest offer from JetBlue does nothing to address our Board's serious concerns that a combination with them would not receive regulatory approval." Spirit had a deal with Frontier Group Holdings Inc., another ultra-low-cost carrier, but then it got a cash bid from JetBlue that shareholders preferred.
The board thought this was a mistake, because the JetBlue deal would not go through. It argued this vehemently, but it lost the argument: The Frontier deal required shareholder approval, and it was clear that shareholders would not approve it because they wanted JetBlue's cash. So in July 2022, Spirit's board caved and signed with JetBlue. ("Spirit Had No Choice But Heed Investors and Jilt Frontier," wrote my Bloomberg Opinion colleague Brooke Sutherland.)
And then, as Spirit's board predicted, the Justice Department sued, and it won, and now, a year and a half later, Spirit has no deal at all. Bloomberg News reports:
For Spirit, the consequences appear dire. Its shares were cut in half Tuesday in their worst loss ever, and they were down another 20% after the markets opened Wednesday. A buyout had represented a lifeline for the beleaguered carrier, which analysts from Melius Research and TD Cowen said may now face the prospect of a bankruptcy filing.
"The path forward for Spirit turns to survivability," Conor Cunningham, a Melius Research analyst, said in a note. "Spirit's financial results have been outright bad and are not expected to materially improve in the near term."
Sometimes the board of directors really does know better.
The most normal way to be a tech entrepreneur goes something like this:
1. You take your best idea and found a company to do it. 2. If you need more money to do the idea, you raise capital from outside investors, lowering your ownership of the company from 100% to 50% or 20% or 10% or whatever, depending on how much money you need and what valuation the investors are willing to give your idea. 3. If you have some additional ideas, well, you've already got this company, it's already got capital, it's probably making money, so you might as well have the company do the other ideas too.
So Mark Zuckerberg had an idea for putting Harvard's facebook on the internet, and this turned out to be a gajillion-dollar idea, though it did require enough outside capital and cofounders and so forth that he now only owns about 14% of the company that did it. [5] But now that company generates oceans of cash, which Zuckerberg has used to get into things like artificial intelligence and "the metaverse." To the point that the company he founded to put Harvard's facebook on the internet, Facebook, is now called Meta Platforms Inc., because it's not just a facebook anymore. Zuckerberg keeps having ideas, and Meta keeps reflecting these ideas.
This is not the only way to do things, and it is in some corporate finance sense not the optimal way to do things. Consider an entrepreneur who has two ideas. One is a simple consumer-facing app that she could code herself in an afternoon and that she thinks will be wildly popular, lucrative, and cheap to scale. The other is, like, "build rocket ships," and will be incredibly capital-intensive.
Clearly she should start two companies. For one thing, there are no special synergies between her two projects: Maybe the consumer-app project and the rocket-ship project could share, like, an accountant, but there's no reason to think that the equipment and tools and engineers and salespeople for one project would do much good on the other project.
Also, though, as a matter of her personal economic interests, the rocket-ship company is going to require a ton of outside capital, so she won't own all that much of it — she'll own 20% or whatever of the company, with the rest going to the outside investors who give her money to build the rockets. Whereas the consumer-app company she can just build herself for free and own 100% of the profits. There is no reason for her to build those two projects in one company and give 80% of the profits of the consumer app to the rocket-ship investors. She can raise outside capital for the capital-intensive projects, giving up some ownership of those projects, but keep the capital-light projects for herself.
Similarly, an entrepreneur with, like, 20 ideas should arguably start 20 different companies to do them: Why share any of the profits of any of the ideas with the outside investors in any of the others? Give up only as much ownership of each idea as you need to fund that idea.
Though at that level things get trickier. You might be able to raise money at a higher valuation for "here's a slew of good ideas" than you would for each individual idea, though maybe not. In any case, you will probably be able to raise money at a higher valuation if you tell your investors "this company has my full attention and I will devote myself night and day to its success, since it represents substantially all of my net worth," than if you tell them "meh I got a lot of irons in the fire but I promise to work on this company from 9 a.m. to 11 a.m. most Tuesdays." Tech investors like to think that they are backing an entrepreneur, not just an idea: If they look you in the eye and shake your hand and believe in your talent and drive, they will happily give you money for whatever your current idea is, and be happy to let you pivot to another idea if the first one doesn't work. If you only sell them one idea and keep the other 19 for yourself, then they are not really getting the deal they want.
One extremely crude but sometimes useful rule of thumb is that a business is worth about 10 times as much as it made this year. If you have a hardware store or a dental practice or a newsletter and it made $1 million this year, and you want to sell it to someone else, they should pay you about $10 million for it.
Oh, I'm kidding! Not literally 10! There are tons of variables that go into any valuation, and I am ignoring all of them. How fast is the business growing? What do its long-term prospects look like? What do I even mean by "made $1 million": Is that net income, or revenue, or Ebitda (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), or some other measure of earnings? A business is worth the value of all of its expected future cash flows, discounted back to present value at some appropriate cost of capital. Sometimes, the growth rate and discount rate will work out such that that number will turn out to be roughly 10 times this year's earnings, but of course it could be much more or much less. Still, I mean, gun to my head, 10.
Of course there is not a gun to my head. If someone came to me and said "I have a business that made $1 million this year, would you pay me $10 million for it," I would not just hand over the money. I would have follow-up questions. One million of net income or revenue or Ebitda or what? What were the earnings last year? What's the pipeline look like for next year? Will management be staying on? What does this business do? Basic stuff like that. Nobody buys a business by blindly using some all-purpose multiple of one year's earnings. They use context to figure out the appropriate multiple for that particular type of business at this moment in the economic cycle, and they adjust their valuation for specific problems or opportunities or one-off events that might make this year's earnings not representative of the business's long-term prospects.
Except Warren Buffett, one time. At the Wall Street Journal, Jonathan Weil has a fun story about how Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway Inc. agreed in 2017 to buy a truck-stop chain called Pilot Travel Centers for 10 times its earnings in 2023. Not quite: What actually happened is that Berkshire bought 38.6% of Pilot Travel Centers in 2017 for 10 times its EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) that year, but also agreed, at the same time, to buy another 41.4% in January 2023, and to buy the remaining 20% in January 2024, each time using the same formula, that is, 10 times the previous year's EBIT. The first two purchases have closed, so Berkshire now owns 80% of Pilot Travel Centers; the other 20% is owned by "truck-stop mogul Jimmy Haslam," the son of Pilot's founder. And soon Berkshire will have to buy the other 20% of Pilot Travel Centers from Haslam for 10 times its 2023 earnings. Whatever they are.
This creates incentives for gamesmanship! Specifically:
1. If you are Haslam, your incentives are to make the 2023 earnings as high as possible, so you can get paid 10 times a large number. 2. If you are Berkshire Hathaway, your incentives are to make the 2023 earnings as low as possible, so you can pay 10 times a small number.
Ordinarily, in situations vaguely similar to this, only one side has an opportunity for gamesmanship. Usually it's the seller. Usually it is like, you run a company, you want to sell some or all of it (in an initial public offering, to a strategic buyer, to a venture investor, whatever), you know that the buyer will slap some multiple on this year's earnings, so you try to gussy up this year's earnings. Weil quotes law professor Jordan Barry:
Barry gave a hypothetical example of how getting paid based on a multiple of 10 times EBIT could incentivize a company being bought to accept lower prices on contracts just to get them booked in the current year.
"Let's say this contract would make you $100,000 normally, but you close this year if you're willing to do it at $80,000," Barry said. "That's not usually a great trade. You just lost $20,000."
But, because the company is being sold, that contract is then worth $800,000. "That's a great trade for you," he said.
That's why buyers are skeptical, and ask questions about the quality of this year's earnings before just paying 10 times EBIT. But of course if you have already agreed in advance to pay 10 times EBIT, you don't get to ask those questions.
Here, though, both sides allegedly have an opportunity for gamesmanship: Berkshire, the buyer, already owns 80% of Pilot Travel Centers, so it controls the board and appoints the chief executive officer, who can probably do things to make this year's earnings lower. But Haslam, the seller, is the founder; he has closer connections to the company's managers, and can call them up and ask them to juice this year's earnings.
And so Haslam's company, Pilot Corp., sued Berkshire, arguing that it is artificially depressing earnings to lower its purchase price, and Berkshire countersued Pilot, arguing that Haslam is artificially inflating earnings to increase his sale price. Haslam's argument is about accounting: When Berkshire took over Pilot Travel Centers earlier this year, it changed the company's accounting policies in a way that did not change its economics, but did decrease its accounting earnings. Weil:
The argument centers on a financial-reporting method known as pushdown accounting. When a company gets bought, it can choose whether to revalue all the assets and liabilities on its own separate set of books, in effect "pushing down" the acquirer's purchase price and using that as the basis for the new values. The method is optional. Companies have wide discretion on whether to apply it. But if they do, the decision is irrevocable.
If a company wants to show lower profits over the short term after getting acquired, it can write up its asset values so it will show higher expenses for things like depreciation and amortization. Pilot Corp. said Berkshire did this with PTC's financial statements, which are separate from Berkshire's, along with other adjustments that cut PTC's earnings.
I was a young mergers-and-acquisitions lawyer at the tail end of the era of the financial printer. In the olden days, the way that securities offerings (bond deals, initial public offerings, etc.) and public-company mergers worked is that the bankers and lawyers would write a securities document (the prospectus for an offering, the proxy statement for a merger) and negotiate it back and forth, and then when it was close to being done they would all go to the offices of a financial printer — a company like Donnelley Financial Solutions Inc. [5] — and finalize the document. The printer would ingest the draft Microsoft Word (or whatever) document into its own computers, and from then on the draft would live in the printer's computers as a typeset document. And the printer would print out copies on oversized paper, and the lawyers would sit in a conference room marking them up with pens, and then the printer's employees would take the markups and put the changes into the typeset document, and this would continue deep into the night until the document was done and ready to be printed, filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission and mailed to investors.
And for some reason there was beer? That probably lowered the quality of the proofreading. The printers were in a classic agency-cost business: The company paid their fees, but the lawyers and bankers generally told the company which printer to use, so the printers' sales process involved taking young bankers and lawyers out to sporting events and giving them good catering when they were at the printer all night negotiating the document. For a while I had a Zagat's guide embossed with the name of a financial printer, given to me as a marketing freebie. This was when there were Zagat's guides!
This is all much less important now, because computers are better and it is easier to turn a draft Word document into a typeset PDF prospectus, or an "Edgarized" document ready to be filed on the SEC's filing system, or a glossy printed prospectus, or all three, than it used to be. You don't have to spend all night at the printer's offices marking up paper copies, and having a beer at the printer at 3 a.m. is no longer a rite of passage for young bankers and lawyers. (After I was an M&A lawyer, I was a convertible bond underwriter, and I negotiated and edited many prospectuses without setting foot in a printer's office.) Still, you do need a PDF prospectus, and you do need to file the prospectus with the SEC's somewhat touchy and complicated Edgar system, and you probably even want a printed prospectus to hand out to investors and board members, so there are still financial printers printing them. Here's a fun Wall Street Journal story about them:
Putting together the prospectus has long been a rite of passage for pre-IPO companies. For years, companies dutifully printed up thousands of copies for bankers to share as they made the rounds drumming up investor interest.
Today, most of those meetings are virtual and companies print far fewer copies. While investors do pounce on newly filed prospectuses, most pluck out the key figures while skimming digital copies. But the most boring book in the world lives on.
The business has been a moneymaker for the unassuming printer that handles most of the jobs. Donnelley Financial Solutions, which did Arm's printing job, says it has worked on prospectuses for around 70% of all sizable U.S. IPOs over the past six years. ...
Donnelley's services include formatting and project management, and it is known among IPO lawyers for guiding companies through the quirks and regulatory requirements that make for a smooth filing with the SEC's Edgar system.
In the early aughts, a large technology company might print as many as 35,000 copies of its prospectus, according to Craig Clay, president of global capital markets at Donnelley. The SEC stopped requiring print copies in 2005, and these days around 100 copies is more standard. That's how many Arm printed, and those were given as keepsakes to executives, board members and advisers. A person close to Arm said only about 20% of the $900,000 cost went toward actual printing and that it paid extra to have it completed over the holiday weekend.
Even as companies print fewer copies, the estimated prospectus expenses, called "printing fees and expenses" or "printing and engraving expenses" on regulatory filings, are holding relatively steady.
Much as IPOs have evolved from pure capital raises to marketing extravaganzas, the prospectus has evolved over the years from a nondescript black- (or blue-) and-white document to a company's coming-out party.
"It's a way to take the regulatory requirement from the SEC and wrap it with some personality," said Clay. That includes paper versions—though the new designs come through on PDFs, too.
In the old days the printer provided a place for lawyers to haggle over commas; now it provides glossy photo spreads for startup founders.
You could have an extremely crude [9] model in which oil drilling companies are long a lot of oil (they own oil in the ground and will need to pump it out over time) and so are exposed to oil price risk; if the price falls they will lose money. Meanwhile oil refiners are short a lot of oil (they use oil to make refined products and so have to buy it over time) and so are exposed to oil price risk from the other side; if the price goes up they will lose money. (This is an extremely crude model, since usually the prices of refiners' outputs go up when their input prices go up, but just go with it. [10] )
This makes oil producers' and refiners' income volatile, which is risky and makes it hard for them to plan ahead. There are two main ways for them to hedge this risk:
1. The producers could sell oil futures, and the refiners could buy oil futures. Then they'd lock in prices for the long term, rather than being exposed to volatility in prices. 2. The producers and the refiners could merge with each other. Then higher prices would be good for one part of the business and bad for the other part, and vice versa for lower prices, providing a natural hedge.
From the perspective of the financial industry, the first approach is good for oil derivatives traders (more trading, more liquidity), while the second approach is good for mergers and acquisitions bankers (more deals, more fees).
Generally the way it works in financial services firms is that if you are a senior enough employee, and you quit to go work for a competitor, your old firm will (1) prevent you from starting work at the competitor for a few months and (2) pay you your salary during those months. This is called "gardening leave," and for some high-powered job changers, it is very annoying: They have big plans to get a running start at their new firm, and being held out of the game for months is a huge disadvantage. For other, somewhat less high-powered job changers, this is amazing: You get paid a big salary to not work. I wrote a few months ago about a guy who joined my investment-bank desk after a long gardening leave, stayed for a bit, then quit to go back to his old job, after another period of gardening leave. How I admired him! He had life figured out.
Gardening leave exists mostly to protect existing business and client confidences: If you have to sit out for three months you can't really take any active deals with you. But I always thought it served as an incentive to change jobs: If you quit your firm for a competitor, you get like a two- to six-month paid vacation, which is otherwise pretty hard to come by. It's like they want you to leave.
Anyway KPMG has also figured out the problem and fixed it. The Financial Times reports:
KPMG's US partners have been told that they will be put on 50 per cent pay during six months of gardening leave if they quit to join a rival, marking an escalation in efforts by the Big Four accounting firms to stop staff poaching.>
The move sets KPMG apart from its rivals Deloitte, PwC and EY and complicates the decision by partners to leave, since they may have to find money to cover the bills until they join the next firm, even if their new place of work agrees to make them whole later.>
The imposition of financial penalties for gardening leave — a required hiatus between jobs — has spread across the Big Four in the US in the past decade as competition for talent and clients has intensified, particularly on the consulting sides of their businesses.
Still a six-month paid vacation, but paid less. Speaking of having things figured out, here's a former Big Four partner who gets it:
"I was annoyed at the garden leave until, a month in, I realised this was the greatest thing that's ever happened to me, like a fully paid retirement in the middle of my career," the partner said.
Right?
An important form of financial arbitrage goes something like this:
1. There are glamorous businesses, but everyone wants to be in those businesses, so it is hard to get rich in them. 2. There are unglamorous businesses that are lucrative, but high-achieving people do not want to be in those businesses because they want to be able to tell their friends that they do something glamorous. 3. If you can rebrand an unglamorous business in a glamorous way, you can both get rich and feel cool telling your friends about it.
And so if you graduate from Harvard Business School and tell your friends "I am going to run a pest-control company," they will look at you funny, even if there's a lot of money in pest control. But if you say "I am going to start a search fund ," they will be like "oh cool," even though "search fund" is a complex-financial-engineering euphemism for "pest-control company."
Private equity is sort of the industrial-scale version of this: Hundreds of top graduates of top colleges and business schools take jobs that basically involve acquiring and running unglamorous industrial companies, but they're not "ball bearings executives," they are "private equity investors," so it's cool. Also very lucrative.
This particular opportunity stemmed from a type of subsidy agreement called "contracts for difference," or "CfDs" for short. The CfD for Drax's Unit 1 follows a straightforward logic.
First, negotiators agree on how much it will cost Drax to produce electricity from biomass. They add some extra to ensure a reasonable profit. This total is called the "strike price."
Then they figure out how much the firm can sell its electricity for on the wholesale market. If that "market reference price" is lower than the strike price, consumers have to send Drax the rest of the money — the "difference" — via charges added to their energy bills.
But if the market reference price rises above the strike price, the arrangement flips. The contract holds that Drax, now assured of turning a profit, must send the difference back to energy suppliers, who by law then reduce what they charge consumers.
The basic idea is that if a company's cost of capital is 10%, and it has some projects that will earn an 11% annual return, it should do those. If it has a lot of them, it should raise more money (at a cost of 10%) to do them all. If it has some projects that will earn only a 9% return, it should not do those. And if it mostly has those kinds of projects — if it has nowhere to put its money that will earn more than its cost of capital — then it should pay down debt or do stock buybacks to return capital to its investors. It has too much capital for the projects it can do; its projects do not earn enough to pay for its expensive capital.
The "cost of capital" is a somewhat abstract concept — the cost of debt is basically the after-tax cost of interest payments, but if you sell stock you never need to pay it back — but there is pretty broad agreement on what it means and how to calculate it; Bloomberg's WACC function will just tell you the weighted average cost of capital of any public company you like. Roughly speaking a company's cost of capital consists of (1) the risk-free interest rate plus (2) a risk premium for the company's debt and equity; very roughly speaking the cost of capital should go up as interest rates go up, and go down as they go down.
Roughly speaking this is how the Federal Reserve's interest-rate policy affects corporate investment [2] : If the Fed raises rates a lot, long-term rates will go up, so the cost of capital will go up, so companies will do fewer projects, so the economy will slow down; if the Fed lowers rates a lot, long-term rates will go down, so the cost of capital will go down, so companies will do more projects, so there will be more building and hiring and economic activity.
But here is a fascinating paper by Niels Joachim Gormsen and Kilian Huber on "Corporate Discount Rates" (via Byrne Hobart; free SSRN version here). What I said above is the standard theory:
The stylized view in economics is that such changes in firms' cost of capital directly impact firm investment. According to the stylized view, firms should take on any investment project that offers returns above the cost of capital. As a result, firms should adjust their required returns on new investments (their so-called "discount rates") one-to-one with the cost of capital in financial markets. Firms' discount rates should, for example, have dropped substantially since the early 2000s, in line with the cost of capital, leading to a corporate investment boom (Guti ́errez and Philippon 2017). More generally, the stylized view implies that all shocks to the cost of capital, such as shocks to stock prices, monetary policy, and credit supply, directly influence firms' discount rates and thus investment (see discussions in, e.g., Barro 1990 and Koby and Wolf 2020).
But Gormsen and Huber review companies' quarterly conference calls with analysts to find out what they actually say about their discount rates, the rates of return that they demand on new projects:
We begin the paper by measuring firms' discount rates and perceived cost of capital using corporate conference calls (Hassan et al. 2019). The majority of listed firms hold quarterly conference calls, during which managers inform financial analysts and investors about their firms' operations. On these calls, managers sometimes share their discount rates and per- ceived cost of capital when discussing their investment decision making.2 Advantages of conference calls include that they are held regularly, that analysts can compare reported discount rates to realized outcomes, and that calls often appear as evidence in securities law- suits. These aspects incentivize managers to report accurate values. We collect transcripts for conference calls between 2002 and 2021 and identify 74,000 paragraphs where managers discuss their discount rates or perceived cost of capital. We read through each paragraph with a team of research assistants and manually extract relevant information.
And they find basically that companies are reasonably good at estimating their cost of capital, [3] but those estimates don't really affect their investment decisions all that much. For one thing, companies' discount rates are higher than their cost of capital: A company with a 10% cost of capital might only do projects that it expects to earn at least 15%. For another thing, the discount rate doesn't move that much with the cost of capital:
We document that changes in the perceived cost of capital only modestly affect discount rates, in contrast to the stylized view. Using within-firm variation, we show that, on average, a 1 percentage point increase in the perceived cost of capital leads to a 0.3 percentage point increase in the discount rate. Many firms rarely change discount rates, so the relation becomes stronger over longer horizons. However, even at the 10-year horizon, 40 percent of firms maintain unchanged discount rates and, even if they change, adjust less than one-to-one with the perceived cost of capital. In addition, we find substantial variation in discount rates that is unrelated to the perceived cost of capital. These results suggest that discount rates have "a life of their own," beyond the perceived cost of capital.
The weak relation between discount rates and the perceived cost of capital gives rise to a time-varying wedge between discount rates and the perceived cost of capital. Using within-firm variation, we find that the average wedge in the US has increased by around 2.5 percentage points between 2002 and 2021, as the perceived cost of capital has decreased while discount rates have remained more stable. This increase is large relative to typical movements in financial prices, for example, those due to secular interest rate trends and monetary policy. An increase of this magnitude is thus likely to be important for our understanding of investment dynamics.
And because of this "wedge" — the difference between companies' discount rate for projects and their cost of capital — there is less corporate investment than you would expect:
A literature argues that US investment has been low in recent decades, relative to the financial cost of capital. … We find that discount rate wedges can account for a large part of the missing investment. Intuitively, the increasing wedges imply that firms are using increasingly higher discount rates than those assumed by standard … theory, which ultimately means that firms are holding back investment.
Why do companies pass on value-creating opportunities? They have some ideas:
We consider three theories: the interaction of market power with beliefs about value creation; idiosyncratic firm-level risk; and financial constraints. First, we systematically analyze manager statements on conference calls. We find that many managers believe that high discount rates raise shareholder value. High discount rates may signal profitability or managerial prudence, consistent with models where investors worry about overinvestment (Jensen 1986). While the benefits of wedges may accrue to firms independent of market power, we show that firms with market power are able to maintain wedges at a lower cost to their profitability. This implies that firms with more market power are more likely to choose high and steady discount rates over time, even when the cost of capital is falling. A second theory is that firms with irreversible assets postpone investments in the face of increased risk, which can lead riskier firms to use higher discount rates. And third, financial constraints may generate discount rate wedges. Using cross-sectional variation, we find that market power, risk, and financial constraints are all associated with higher discount rate wedges, consistent with the three theories.
Everyone who has worked at an investment bank for more than five minutes has at least two different titles:
1. Everyone has a rank in the investment banking hierarchy. This varies a bit from bank to bank, but is largely pretty standard. Where I worked the ranks were analyst, associate, vice president, managing director and partner; there are other variations. 2. Everyone is the head of something, or at least co-head. Global Head of Cardboard Packaging Investment Banking, or Americas Head of Exotic Volatility Trading in Stocks Starting with 'P,' or whatever. And many people are the head of two things, or three things, or most commonly an indeterminate number of things.
I cannot stress enough how important the head-of-something thing is. As a fairly junior vice president I would regularly go into client meetings with some senior relationship banker whom I had just met and who had no real idea of who I was, to talk about some weird derivative trade, and the banker would always introduce me to the client as like "this is Matt, he's our global head of" whatever the weird trade was. (Often the senior banker didn't know what the weird trade was and would just string together some plausible-sounding words to make me the head of. [8] ) These headships were not, like, written down anywhere. No vote was taken, no corporate resolutions passed to make me the head of whatever I was the head of that day. It was marketing: If a relationship banker was taking me to pitch some weird thing to a client, then the client would be happier and the relationship banker would be happier and I would be happier if we all agreed that I was the bank's leading expert and fully empowered manager of whatever weird thing I was pitching.
There are some real headships, to be fair. "Head of Investment Banking" or whatever is pretty real. But mostly the hierarchical ranks are real; you either are a managing director or you aren't; people don't make that stuff up on the fly. If you are a partner and head of X, X is probably a real business with a P&L and a team of employees reporting to you; if you are an associate and head of Y, that probably means that the bank doesn't do much Y.
If I borrow $100 from you for several years at a fixed interest rate, and then a year later interest rates have gone down by 2 percentage points, that loan might have a market value of $110: Its fixed interest rate is now 2% above the market rate, making it more valuable. If I then run into some financial difficulties and can't pay you back, I might come to you and say "hey I am having trouble with this debt, can we work something out?" And you might be inclined to do something, since you are after all $10 richer. You might say "sure we can cut the interest rate by 1 percentage point," for instance, which would reduce my annual expenses but still leave you with a $105 asset. Or you might agree to extend the loan's maturity or cut the principal or suspend interest for a year or just hand me $5 or whatever. You have done well on this deal, strictly from an interest-rates perspective, and so you might be inclined to share some of that benefit with me.
If I borrow $100 from you for several years at a fixed interest rate, and then a year later interest rates have gone up by 2 percentage points, that loan might have a market value of $90. And if I run into financial difficulties, you will be feeling less generous, since you are $10 poorer even before worrying about my financial difficulties. There is less to work out: In the previous scenario, you had a $10 gain, and maybe I could convince you to share some of it with me; in this scenario, you have a $10 loss, and when I show up asking you to take an even bigger loss you will not be happy.
We talked a couple of weeks ago about the decline of "liability management exercises," and the rise of bankruptcies, among distressed corporate borrowers. The basic idea is that in a world of low interest rates, a company could go to its creditors and propose a transaction where the company got relief from its debts (more time, lower interest, lower debt, etc.) in exchange for giving some of its creditors extra goodies (more seniority over other creditors, etc.). The company extracted value from the favored creditors, and the favored creditors paid for it by taking it from the other, disfavored creditors, and it all kind of worked because rates were low and there was a lot of value to go around. But as rates go up there is just not enough value for everyone, these trades don't work, and companies can't renegotiate their debts and go bankrupt instead.
If you invent a thing and patent it, and then somebody else makes a similar thing that infringes on your patent, you can sue them. For various reasons, this may be inconvenient for you, as an inventor: You may not have money to pay for lawyers, or you might be too busy inventing and making stuff to sue, etc.
But you can sell your patents to somebody else. You can, for instance, sell your patent to somebody who is not in the business of inventing and making things, but who is in the business of acquiring patents and suing people who make things that allegedly infringe on the patents. This is a business that benefits from scale; the people in this business — sometimes called "non-practicing entities," or more pejoratively "patent trolls" — will want to acquire lots of patents and sue a lot to maximize their returns.
The downside of scale in litigation is that, if you are constantly suing everyone in the world for infringing on your portfolio of patents, people are going to start rolling their eyes when they see your lawsuits. "These guys again," they will say. "Patent trolls," they will say.
But you can sell your patents to somebody else. You can, for instance, find some guy, and give him one of your patents, and then pay for him to sue people who make things that allegedly infringe on the patents, and sign an agreement with him where he'll give you most of the money if he wins and just keep a little tip for himself for letting you use his name. And then when he sues, he doesn't have a long history of patent litigation, and maybe people won't roll their eyes at him.
I think the standard view in modern finance is that, if a company has some extra money and wants to give it back to shareholders, a stock buyback is better than a dividend:
1. Buybacks are more flexible than dividends: If you buy back stock this quarter, and don't buy back stock next quarter, that's fine. But if you pay a dividend, people expect a steady quarterly dividend; if you just pay a few cents per share one quarter and then never again, that's weird. The buyback gives you more flexibility to change policy in the future. 2. Buybacks are more tax-efficient than dividends: If you pay a dividend, every shareholder gets cash, and owes taxes on the entire amount that they get. If you do a buyback, only shareholders who want the cash (the ones who sell) pay taxes, and they pay taxes on their gains rather than the entire cash amount. 3. Buybacks generally increase earnings per share — because there are fewer shares outstanding for roughly the same earnings — and managers like to maximize earnings per share. 4. Buybacks can be more tactical and price-sensitive: If your company's stock price is too low, buying back some stock is a good trade; if it is too high, you don't do a buyback. A dividend is never a good trade , never a way to buy the dip or express managerial cleverness.
There is however another view, which is that a dividend is a nice little treat for shareholders and they should get it. On this view, doing a buyback instead of a dividend is bad, because only people who sell stock get money from the buyback, whereas the long-term hold-forever shareholders get nothing. Of course, in theory, they get higher earnings per share, a more concentrated ownership stake in the company, and stock that is worth more because of the buyback. But this is uncertain; often a company will do a buyback and the stock won't be worth more. And the long-term shareholders don't get the little treat.
Also in practice buybacks seem not to be all that tactical or price-sensitive: In practice, executives tend to be most overconfident and flush with cash when the stock is high, and cash-strapped and nervous when the stock is low, so they often buy stock at high prices rather than low ones.
We have talked a lot about my theory of modern distressed debt investing:
1. A company has $100 of debt. 2. It runs into trouble and can't pay back the $100 of debt on schedule. 3. The holders of $51 of the debt get together and say: "Hey, we will let you extend this debt and get some breathing room. But there's a price: You have to give us new debt worth $70 in exchange for our existing $51 of debt. But the good news is that we will vote to amend the debt documents so that you can give the other guys new debt worth $10 for their $49 of debt. Net, you come out ahead (you cut the value of your debt from $100 to $80), we come out ahead (we raise our claim from $51 in a heavily levered company to $70 in a slightly safer company), and the other guys come out massively behind." 4. The company takes the deal, it gets some breathing room, the majority creditors get a nice bonus, the minority creditors get mad and sue, and we move on to the next deal.
This mostly works in a world of low interest rates, though. With high interest rates, the math doesn't work: If the $100 of debt has fallen to $40 of value due to rising rates and worsening credit, there is no way to give the favored creditors new debt worth $70 or even $51 without paying a lot more interest and burning more cash. This was a sort of boom-time form of distressed investing, when investors could get a lot of value for themselves by taking it from other investors. When the pie is shrinking, it's harder to get a bigger piece.
Most of the time, companies announce a buyback when they announce quarterly earnings. And most public companies have "blackout periods," in which executives are not allowed to trade stock for some portion of each quarter (when they might have nonpublic information about earnings), but are allowed to sell stock in the "open window" shortly after the company announces earnings (because then all of the information is public). If executives can only trade on 30 days each quarter, and those 30 days are the ones right after an earnings announcement, then executives will naturally concentrate their trading in the times after buyback announcements. But it is not because of the buyback ; it is because of how public-company calendars work.
Anyway though the SEC does seem keen on this theory, and the new rules it adopted yesterday include that each public company will have to disclose "any policies and procedures relating to purchases and sales of the issuer's securities during a repurchase program by its officers and directors, including any restriction on such transactions." I pointed out that this is a soft way for the SEC to say "companies should restrict executives from trading stock during a buyback.
Combine that with the open-window point, and you get something like the following:
1. Executives can only trade in a short window after earnings. 2. The SEC wants to ban them from trading during a stock buyback. 3. If a company does a buyback, it's going to be in the short window after earnings. [9] 4. Therefore, if a company does buybacks regularly, its executives will pretty much never be able to trade stock. 5. Therefore executives will have to stop selling stock, or companies will have to stop doing buybacks.
And yet people are worried about stock buybacks, and there are some sort of hipster reasons to worry about stock buybacks that don't suffer from this problem. One is that stock buybacks are a way to juice executive pay. The theory is something like: Executives get paid a lot in stock, which dilutes existing shareholders. Shareholders would be sad if they noticed this dilution, so companies spend shareholder money to buy back stock to minimize the dilution, which leads to executives being overpaid.
This theory also does not make very much sense — the stock-based pay, and the buybacks, are public information, and the executive pay is set in some sort of market that seems imperfect, but surely not mainly because of stock buybacks. But you can refine it.
One refinement goes like this: Buybacks create an opportunity for executives to sell stock at a profit. An executive owns stock, she wants some cash, she knows that if she just dumped her shares in the open market the price would go down, so she makes her company announce a stock buyback, which pushes up the price (because it sends a bullish signal, and also just because the company is buying shares and moving the price up). And then she sells her stock while the company is buying. Effectively, she sells stock into the buyback; she uses shareholder money to cash out her own stock.
This theory (1) does seem bad, if true, (2) has some empirical support and (3) seems popular within the US Securities and Exchange Commission. In particular, former SEC Commissioner Robert Jackson is a proponent of this theory, and while he was at the SEC he did research supporting it. From a 2018 speech:
We dove into the data, studying 385 buybacks over the last fifteen months. We matched those buybacks by hand to information on executive stock sales available in SEC filings. First, we found that a buyback announcement leads to a big jump in stock price: in the 30 days after the announcements we studied, firms enjoy abnormal returns of more than 2.5%. That's unsurprising: when a public company in the United States announces that it thinks the stock is cheap, investors bid up its price.>
What did surprise us, however, was how commonplace it is for executives to use buybacks as a chance to cash out. In half of the buybacks we studied, at least one executive sold shares in the month following the buyback announcement. In fact, twice as many companies have insiders selling in the eight days after a buyback announcement as sell on an ordinary day. So right after the company tells the market that the stock is cheap, executives overwhelmingly decide to sell.>
And, in the process, executives take a lot of cash off the table. On average, in the days before a buyback announcement, executives trade in relatively small amounts—less than $100,000 worth. But during the eight days following a buyback announcement, executives on average sell more than $500,000 worth of stock each day—a fivefold increase. Thus, executives personally capture the benefit of the short-term stock-price pop created by the buyback announcement.>
Now, let's be clear: this trading is not necessarily illegal. But it is troubling, because it is yet another piece of evidence that executives are spending more time on short-term stock trading than long-term value creation. It's one thing for a corporate board and top executives to decide that a buyback is the right thing to do with the company's capital. It's another for them to use that decision as an opportunity to pocket some cash at the expense of the shareholders they have a duty to protect, the workers they employ, or the communities they serve.
There is — and this is not legal or investing or M&A or any other sort of advice — another option, sort of a combination of Options 2 and 3. It goes like this. You put out a press release offering to buy the company yourself. "I will buy this company at $10 per share, or $4 billion total," you say. Because you do not have $4 billion, you make it clear in the press release that your offer is contingent on financing, and on the board engaging with you.
What will happen? Well, maybe the board will call you up and say "hey, you're right, we'd love to sell for $4 billion." Then you start due diligence, you learn about the company, you negotiate a deal, and you figure out if it's really worth $4 billion. If it is, you call up some private equity firms and say "hey, I've got this great deal to buy Getty Images, all I need is $4 billion, are you in?" And you bring them in and they do due diligence and maybe they agree to put up the $4 billion to finance your deal.
Or maybe all of the private equity firms pass, and then you go back to the board and say "hey thanks it's been great dealing with you but my financing fell through, and the deal was contingent on financing, so there's no deal." And then you shake hands and walk away friends, and maybe the board is inspired by your efforts and they will go find a buyer.
Or maybe the board continues to ignore you, you can't do due diligence, so you can't get anyone else interested, so you can't raise any financing. Then you're not any worse off than you were before. You were on the outside, asking the board to sell the company, and now you're still on the outside, asking the board to sell the company. But you're a little better off, because you are asking the board to sell the company in a higher-profile, higher-pressure way. "I am offering to buy the company for $4 billion" creates a little more pressure on the board to respond than "I would like you to sell the company to someone else for $4 billion." The board has some sort of fiduciary obligation to consider any real takeover offer. Is this a real takeover offer? Well! Well.
Also let's be clear here, you are better off in another way, which is that when you put out a press release offering to buy the company at a huge premium, the stock will go up. And you own some stock. Something to think about!
Is this … is this what you would call a fake takeover offer? I don't know! On the one hand, you are offering to buy the company for $4 billion, and you don't have $4 billion, so there is something a bit off about that. On the other hand, you did say that your offer was contingent on financing and due diligence. "I will buy this company for $4 billion if someone will give me $4 billion," is the essential content of your announcement. Could be true! Anyone could buy a company for $4 billion, if someone gave them $4 billion, and if the company agreed to sell. Those are big ifs, but they are right in the announcement.
Schematically, here's how distressed debt exchanges work. A company borrows $100 from creditors and then runs into trouble. It goes to the creditors and says "we can't pay you back the $100 we owe you right now, and in fact we need another $20 to keep running our business. Tell you what: You exchange your existing loans for some new loans that mature two years later, and also lend us some new cash. In exchange, we'll give you all of our assets as collateral, so if we go bankrupt you'll get paid off before all of our other creditors. If you agree to this exchange, you'll be first in line to get paid. If you don't agree to the exchange, you can keep your old loans, but you'll be last in line." [3]
As a very general matter, loan and bond documents will be written in a way that prevents some of this sort of thing, but not all of it. You do not want to make this too easy for the company, because then paying back the money it owes would be optional; it could always go to creditors and say "hey we'll mess up your loans if you don't extend them," and the lenders will grudgingly extend. But you don't want to make it too hard for the company either, because sometimes the way to create the most value for everyone — including creditors — is to give the company a little more breathing room, and you don't want to give creditors too much leverage to block that. In general some majority or supermajority of the creditors can get together to approve some version of this: They might be able to amend the debt documents to allow some new loans with higher repayment priority, and then exchange their own loans into those new higher-priority loans. [4]
Mechanically, there are two broad ways that this negotiation could go:
1. The company could go to all of its lenders and say "hey we need more time and money, please help us out by exchanging into new loans, if you do you'll be first in line and if you don't you'll be last in line." And then if a majority of the lenders agree, the company gets what it wants and the majority creditors get new good loans, while the minority creditors keep old bad loans. 2. The company could go to some of its lenders — generally a majority — and say "hey we need more time and money, please help us out by exchanging into new loans, that way you can be first in line and everyone else can be last in line." The majority then exchanges into the new good loans; the minority never gets the chance, and is stuck in the bad old loans.
The first approach has the advantage of being fairer and tidier: You give everyone the opportunity to help the company out and get the new loans, but you threaten them with the bad loans if they say no. Everyone has an incentive to approve the deal: If the deal is approved, it is much better to be a majority lender than a minority one, so everyone will be tempted to say yes to the exchange.
The second approach has the advantage of transferring value from the minority to the majority, which makes it more appealing to the majority. If you have $100 of debt outstanding and you go to all your lenders and say "hey please exchange into new, higher-priority loans," and they all do, then they all have the same priority and nobody is ahead of anybody else. If you go bankrupt and there's only $60 left, then all the lenders get 60 cents on the dollar. If you go to holders of $51 of the loans and say "hey please exchange into new, higher-priority loans and leave those other suckers behind," and they do, then they have first dibs and the other guys have second dibs. If you go bankrupt and there's only $60 left, then the majority get 100 cents on the dollar and the minority get less than 20. By not offering the deal to everyone, you can offer a better deal to the majority.
The first approach is called a pro rata debt exchange, and of course there are lots of ways for it to be controversial: The lenders may think that they are getting a bad deal, but that they have no choice but to take it to avoid being left behind. The second approach is called a non-pro rata debt exchange, and is more controversial: Some lenders are definitely getting left behind, and will get mad and sue.
There seems to have been a wave of companies recently that are using blank-check preferred stock to get around a lack of enthusiasm for shareholder voting. AMC is the highest-profile example, but we talked last week about Soligenix Inc., which had a different approach: It gave all shareholders a dividend of a special preferred stock that gave them an extra 1,000 votes per common share, but the preferred automatically disappears (1) right before the shareholder vote, if it doesn't vote, or (2) right after the shareholder vote, if it does vote. So at the time of the vote, the only shares that are outstanding are the ones that vote, [6] so you never face the problem where a majority of the shareholders who actually vote vote for the thing you want, but most shareholders don't vote at all so it doesn't pass.
This is, I think, a bit weirder than the AMC approach, but also less aggressive; AMC's approach involved placing big chunks of new stock with sympathetic holders, while this one is just sort of an accounting trick. Anyway it's now a trend; Regional Health Properties did one last Friday:
Regional Health Properties, Inc. … announced today that its Board of Directors declared a dividend of one one-thousandth (1/1,000th) of a share of the Company's newly-designated Series E Redeemable Preferred Shares, no par value per share (the "Series E Preferred Stock"), for each outstanding share of the Company's common stock ("Common Stock"), payable on February 28, 2023 to shareholders of record as of 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on February 27, 2023. The outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock will vote together with the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as a single class, exclusively with respect to (a) any proposal submitted to holders of Common Stock to amend the Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to (i) make certain changes to the terms of the Company's 10.875% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Shares and (ii) temporarily increase the authorized number of shares of the Company (including the authorized shares of the Company's preferred stock) (the "Charter Amendment Proposal") .... Subject to certain limitations, each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock will have 1,000,000 votes per share (or 1,000 votes per one one-thousandth of a share of Series E Preferred Stock).
All shares of Series E Preferred Stock that are not present in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders held to vote on the above-described proposals as of immediately prior to the opening of the polls on the Charter Amendment Proposal at such meeting will automatically be redeemed by the Company. Any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock that have not been so redeemed will be redeemed if such redemption is ordered by the Company's Board of Directors or automatically upon the approval by the Company's shareholders of the Charter Amendment Proposal.
On the one hand it seems like a good solution. On the other hand, the law says that this sort of thing — here, approving the issuance of new shares — requires the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares, not just a majority of the shares that vote. If you can magically get around that requirement with this sort of accounting gimmick, then it's not much of a requirement.
One reason to worry about stock buybacks is that you think companies should never return money to shareholders. As far as I can tell this is a real thing that some people believe, though I do not really understand it myself. My model of corporate finance is:
1. people give money to a company, 2. the company does stuff with the money to try to earn a profit, and 3. the company returns some of the profits to the people who gave it the money.
If you didn't have Step 3 then the whole thing wouldn't work: Corporations need some way to return money to shareholders. The main options are dividends (pay cash directly to each shareholder and let them keep the shares) and stock buybacks (pay cash to some shareholders to buy their shares). Buybacks have some big advantages; in particular, they are flexible: A company that has a big profit one year and no profit the next year can buy back stock the first year and not the second year. Dividends tend to be thought of as less flexible: A company that declares a 10-cent dividend one year is expected to keep it up the next year. This is not particularly grounded in science — there is no reason the company couldn't cut its dividend when times get tough, and companies often, though grudgingly, do — but it does seem to be the case that dividends vary less than buybacks. [7] So companies are more often making affirmative decisions to do buybacks, so they get more attention, and if your view is that companies should never pay money back to shareholders — that they should just reinvest it in the business or pay higher salaries or whatever — then you tend to express that by disliking buybacks.
But buybacks have another advantage over dividends, from the company's perspective, which is that they are tax-efficient. If you pay a dividend, in the US, every (taxable) shareholder pays (probably capital gains) taxes on the full amount of the dividend. But if you buy back stock, then only the shareholders who sell stock pay taxes: The ones who keep their stock (and presumably benefit from a higher stock price and more concentrated ownership) don't have any taxable income. And even the ones who sell their stock only pay (capital gains) taxes on their gains: If they bought stock at $20 and sold it back to the company at $30, they have only $10 of taxable income, not $30. So the shareholders pay less tax on buybacks than on dividends, so shareholders prefer buybacks, so companies also like buybacks.
That is standard corporate finance advice, but from the perspective of, say, the US government, it might seem bad. Companies want to return money to shareholders, there are two roughly equivalent ways for them to do it, one is more traditional (dividends) and the other is newer and more controversial (buybacks), and the newer and more controversial one results in less tax revenue for the government.
In that vein, here is a clever paper on "The Value of M&A Drafting," by Adam Badawi, Elisabeth de Fontenay and Julian Nyarko, about how lawyers write those agreements. The specific question they are trying to answer is something like: What parts of merger agreements do people care about? When lawyers draft merger agreements, they normally start with the (publicly filed) merger agreement in some previous transaction, and then tinker with that precedent to fit the current deal. Some stuff from the precedent document is carried over verbatim to the new deal; other stuff is more heavily edited and negotiated.
Intuitively, you might expect — and the authors do expect — that some provisions are heavily negotiated in every deal, because they are important, and the lawyers are getting paid to get them right. Other provisions might be more optional: You heavily negotiate them if you have the time and inclination to fight about everything, but if you're in a rush you just copy and paste the boilerplate. The paper finds a clever way to test when lawyers are in a rush. If news about a deal leaks, the lawyers will be in more of a rush, so they will leave more of the boilerplate intact:
It is well known that making deal negotiations public often increases pressure on parties to conclude those negotiations by signing the merger agreement (Keown and Pinkerton 1981). We hypothesize that, when a deal leaks, the drafting lawyers will lean more heavily on templates rather than tailoring text to the deal at hand, due to the time pressure. As one M&A lawyer that we spoke to put it, "[i]f something leaks, people speed way up...That will mean cutting more corners." We use abnormal returns in the ten-day period prior to deal announcement to identify deals that were likely to have been leaked, yielding a balanced sample of leaked and non-leaked deals. We then group deals according to the common merger agreement template from which they derived. Within each common-template group we conduct a clause-level comparison of leaked deals to non-leaked deals, devising a novel approach that allows for statistical inference by overcoming several known problems with comparisons using computational text analysis. Overall, we find that the text in leaked deals is systematically closer to the text of the agreement template than the text of non-leaked deals—that is, there is less tailoring of the merger agreement when lawyers face unexpected time pressure to finalize the draft.
But our finding that lawyers edit leaked deal agreements less than non-leaked deal agreements does not hold for all deal clauses. We show that, for some provisions, lawyers engage in a similar amount of tailoring in both leaked and non-leaked deals. We infer that these clauses are among the most important in a deal because, even when pressed for time, lawyers still ensure that these provisions are negotiated to roughly the same degree that they would be without time constraints. The clauses that fall into this category are broadly consistent with practitioners' intuitions about which deal terms are most important. They include the material adverse effect (MAE) clause, which allocates the risk of changes in business conditions between signing and closing; the ordinary course of business covenant, which governs the operation of the business until the merger is ultimately completed; and the termination rights of the parties in the event that a third-party bidder emerges or if there are regulatory complications. In contrast, more mundane clauses such as the choice of law and the requirement to comply with covenants are only tailored when there is ample time, but are left relatively untouched under pressure.
The last few years saw a big rise and fall in the "iBuyer" business model, where companies like Opendoor Technologies Inc. and Zillow Group Inc. used their scale, data and pricing algorithms to get into the market-making business for houses. The iBuyers would offer to buy houses instantly, for cash, with not much in the way of due diligence, which was all very appealing to sellers; they would then have a big inventory of houses that they could flip to buyers. Instead of buyers and sellers meeting each other in messy imperfect markets, the sellers could all sell to the iBuyers and the buyers could all buy from the iBuyers and the iBuyers could intermediate every trade and earn a spread for providing liquidity.
This is in many ways a clever idea, though it also has some important difficulties that the iBuyers have not entirely solved, and we have talked about it a lot around here. One obvious thing to say about this business model is that it is lucrative if house prices are generally increasing (you buy a house, the price goes up, you sell it) and bad if house prices are generally decreasing (you buy a house, the price goes down, you sell it). And in fact iBuying was good for a while and then bad; Opendoor and Zillow have taken a bath on it, and Zillow shut down its iBuying group in late 2021.
But another thing to say about this business model is that, if house prices are generally increasing, this model can look predatory. "Zillow is pushing up the price of houses and making them unaffordable, all in the pursuit of evil corporate profits," people could say, and did, when Zillow was buying a lot of houses and house prices were going up. Back in 2021, we talked about "a TikTok video that said an unnamed company was pulling off a convoluted scheme to manipulate housing prices," by buying a bunch of $300,000 houses for $300,000, then buying one more for $340,000, then selling all 31 for $340,000. This is not really all that plausible as a form of market manipulation, but it was empirically true that for a while rising house prices correlated to the rise of iBuyers, so you can see where the idea came from.
In debt, the rule is different. We have talked a few times about what I think of as the general theory of modern distressed debt investing, and to oversimplify it only slightly, that theory is "pay 51% of creditors a lot of money, pay the other 49% zero, and get the 51% to vote to stiff the 49%." Exactly what is not allowed in mergers. People don't like it that much in debt either.
The standard story goes like this. A company has a bunch of debt outstanding. It is running into trouble and needs more money to operate, or more time to pay back its debt, or both. It looks carefully into its debt documents and realizes that it can change the terms of its debt, as long as holders of a majority (or sometimes a supermajority, perhaps two-thirds) of the debt agree.
It can't change the terms too much — it can't reduce the amount of the debt or the interest rate, or push back the maturity date, without consent from every creditor — but it can do some important things. In particular, it can tinker with the seniority of the debt. A company might have secured debt outstanding that says things like "this debt has a first-lien claim to all of the company's assets" and "the company can't issue any new debt that is senior to this debt." And a majority (or supermajority) vote might allow the company to move some of its assets into a new subsidiary, make that subsidiary not part of the collateral for the existing debt, and then issue new debt secured by that subsidiary's assets. In practice the company can issue new debt that is senior to its existing debt, even though the existing debt is supposed to be the most senior debt.
And then the company goes to some of its lenders [3] — enough of them to vote to approve the amendments — and says "hey, we will create new good debt, and make our old debt bad. If you (1) vote to approve this and (2) lend us some more money, we will turn both your new money and your existing loans into good debt, and we will leave all the other lenders with the bad debt." The favored lenders will get good debt in exchange for putting in more money and approving the amendments. The other lenders will watch as their good debt gets turned into bad debt.
And then one of two things happens. (Well, first the other lenders will sue, but we'll get to that.)
1. Perhaps this will work. The company will survive, the extra money will be enough to fix the problems, it will avoid bankruptcy, and everyone will eventually get paid back. The favored lenders will have a better time of it, but everyone will eventually get their money. 2. Perhaps it won't work and the company will go bankrupt anyway. Then the favored lenders — whose debt is now secured by good assets — will more or less get paid, and the disfavored lenders more or less won't.
Now, at this point, everyone in the market is aware of this stuff. So when a company starts running into distress, and starts making the sorts of noises and hiring the sorts of advisers that indicate it might do this sort of thing, there will be a race to buy up its debt. You want to have, or be in a group of lenders who have, a majority of the debt, so that you can be on the winning side of this trade rather than the losing side. Or if the debt requires a supermajority to do this trade, you want to acquire (or have your group of lenders acquire) a blocking position, at least one-third of the debt, so that the company can't do this without your permission.
One result of this is that sometimes the debt of a very distressed company will trade at very high prices — perhaps over 100 cents on the dollar — because that debt is in high demand to do or block this sort of transaction; it is worth overpaying for some of this debt to avoid being stiffed on the rest of your position.
Another result is that sometimes the company won't have a majority (or supermajority) to do the transaction: Its favored lenders will have 40%, or 55%, of the debt, and it will need 51% or 67%. But there is a fix to that: Issue more debt. If the existing debt has some provision allowing the company to issue more of it, you just issue more of it to the favored lenders, until they have 51% or 67% or whatever. Then they vote for the amendment and roll their new debt into the even newer, favored debt.
Both of these results are economically weird. A company will get into distress, its debt will trade at 40 or 60 cents on the dollar, and then it will spike up to 105 as people race to get control. And then it will fall back to 40 or 60, and the company will issue more of it at 100, as it tries to line up the right number of votes. In simple economic terms you would not pay 100 or 105 cents on the dollar for this sort of distressed debt, but to get control of a transaction like this, people do.
In a proxy fight, an activist shareholder tries to take over the board of directors of a public company, or at least get some of her directors on the board. And the existing board of directors — "management," we call them — wants to stay on the board and keep her candidates off, and there is an election and all the shareholders get to vote. If the activist's candidates get more votes, her directors get on the board, and they can try to make the company implement her plans. [2] If management gets more votes, then the activist goes away.
One weird thing about this contest is that management sets the rules for the contest. The rules for director elections are set in the company's bylaws, and the board generally writes the bylaws and can change them whenever it wants. And so if an activist shareholder shows up and wants to run a proxy fight, the existing board of directors can say "anyone who wants to run for director must write a disclosure statement that explains in detail where they were every hour of the last 20 years, and they must write it in gold ink on paper woven from unicorns' manes, and they must have it hand-delivered to the company's office by the third son of the second daughter of the third cousin twice removed of the Prince of Thurn und Taxis at midnight on a night when the moon is full, but the office will be closed because it's midnight. Except that the board can waive this requirement for management nominees." And then management's directors get re-nominated for the board, and the activist nominates her candidates, and management says "oh no sorry there is some non-unicorn-mane content in this paper, we must regretfully reject your nomination," and there is no proxy fight and the management directors remain in charge.
Well, really, then the hedge fund goes to court in Delaware — where most US public companies are incorporated and most governance disputes are heard — and sues, arguing that the bylaw is invalid because it is designed only to entrench management. And then management comes to court and says "no this bylaw is very important, if shareholders don't know where all the director nominees were every hour then how will they know if the activist's nominees were hatching secret plots to undermine long-term investment in the company." And then they argue in court about whether the bylaws are mostly designed to (1) help shareholders make informed voting decisions about who should run the company or (2) stop activists by making it impossible for them to nominate directors. And obviously the answer is always "both" — the bylaws have the effect both of giving shareholders more information and of making proxy fights more difficult, and management has both goals — so it's always a bit of a mess.
An activist hedge fund is in a sense a way for big institutional investors — sovereign wealth funds, pensions, endowments — to outsource activism. If you are a giant investor, you will own a lot of stocks of a lot of companies, and some of those companies will be mismanaged, and you will think "it would be good, for me, if some annoying activist investor came in here and yelled at these managers and reduced their pay and stopped them from doing bad acquisitions and fired them and fixed up the companies." But most of the companies are fine, and you will want to have good relationships with them, and not be perceived as a scary annoying activist. If you put some money into activist funds, there will be activism. Someone will hold corporate managers to account and punish the ones who misuse shareholder money. It won't technically be you; no one will get mad at you for being rude to corporate managers. But your money will support activism, and the existence of activism will, you hope, keep all the corporate managers on their toes; they will be a bit more hard-working and responsive to avoid an activist fight.
I have in the past described the fundamental theory of modern distressed debt investing:
1. A company borrows $1 billion, in a syndicated loan or a bond issue, from a bunch of different investors.>
2. As is customary, the loan agreement or bond indenture says "this agreement may be amended by a majority of the investors."
3. Time passes and the company runs into some trouble.
4. The company goes out to 51% of the investors — holders of $510 million of the bond or loan — and says: "Psst. We will pay you back 110 cents on the dollar — $561 million total — if you agree to let us stiff the other guys."
5. So the 51% holders vote to amend the agreement to say "these holders will get 110 cents on the dollar, and the other holders will get zero."
6. The other 49% are really mad and surprised.
7. The amendment works, 51% of the holders make a nice profit, 49% of the holders lose all their money, and the company pockets the extra $439 million.
Every time I write about this, I have to stress that this theory is not really true. You can't really do that. The way it works is that the debt agreements do generally let holders of the majority (or sometimes some supermajority) of the debt vote to amend the terms, but not all of the terms. Some terms can't be amended by a vote; every holder has to agree to have those terms changed for their debt. Payment of principal is definitely always in that latter, inviolable category; holders of 51% of the debt can't vote to stiff the other 49%.
The game is to get close to that, by amending a thing that can be amended. Popular approaches generally involve collateral: You have some debt that is secured by some assets, and 51% of the debt votes to remove that security (or allow more senior debt, etc.) and give it to some other debt (that they hold). The 51% end up with debt that is good and secured by good assets; the 49% end up with debt that is bad and secured by tumbleweeds. This is good for the 51% and bad for the 49% and good in a sense for the company (which gets some extra money or extended repayment terms from the 51%), but the debt of the 49% is still outstanding and it still needs to be paid. If — as happens pretty often in these situations — the company ends up going bankrupt then sure, yes, the 49% get less, perhaps nothing. But if — as is also pretty common — the company is trying to avoid bankruptcy, it has to keep paying the 49%, and there's some chance that the company will succeed and it will all work out fine for the 49%.
We have talked a few times recently about a stylized fact of US public companies, which is that retail shareholders don't vote. When a company has its annual meeting and sends out proxy statements and asks its shareholders to vote on questions like "should our board of directors be re-elected" and "do you approve of management's compensation plan" and "do you approve of our audit firm" and "should we write a report about our greenhouse gas emissions," its ordinary individual shareholders throw those proxy statements in the garbage and do not vote on those questions.
One reason that retail shareholders don't vote is that it is hard to reach them: They have busy lives, they get a lot of junk mail, they throw it all away. Plus the company itself generally won't know who its retail shareholders are, and will have to communicate using a multi-tiered indirect approach (sending proxies to brokers who send them to shareholders, etc.) that doesn't reach shareholders very efficiently.
Another reason that retail shareholders don't vote is that it would be an insane use of their time. If you own shares in 50 companies, and you want to vote those shares in an informed way, you have to read 50 proxy statements each year. Each proxy might be 50 to 100 pages long, so you are talking about thousands of pages of reading. Here is Exxon Mobil Corp.'s proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting, which runs to 86 pages. Shareholders have to vote to re-elect 11 members of the board of directors. They have to vote to ratify Exxon's independent auditors and to approve its executive compensation. And then there are seven proposals that shareholders have made — some of the summaries on the proxy card are "remove executive perquisites," "report on scenario analysis," "report on plastic production" — that also require votes. So just for Exxon you need to come to a view on 20 different proposals. You have 49 more proxies to read.
None of these votes are binding. If a majority of shareholders vote against a public company's director in an ordinary uncontested vote, that director will probably have to submit a resignation, but the board generally has the option to reject the resignation: The shareholder vote itself is not enough to remove that director. The auditor ratification and executive compensation votes are nonbinding; it is embarrassing for the company to lose them but has no obvious immediate effect. The shareholder proposals are especially nonbinding: They generally call for the company to write reports about things that the shareholders don't like (plastic production, etc.). Even if a majority of shareholders vote for these proposals, the company is not required to write the reports. Even if it does write the reports, it doesn't have to do anything about them. There is not really a mechanism for the shareholders to say "stop producing plastics" and make the company actually do it.
So if you are a shareholder and you hold 100 shares of stock of Exxon, you might reasonably think: "None of this makes any difference to me at all. I just want my stock to go up, and none of this stuff will make my stock go up or down no matter how I vote. I have better things to do." So you throw out the proxy.
Now, to be fair, sometimes there are important binding votes. If a public company agrees to be acquired in a merger, its shareholders will have to vote to approve the merger; if it doesn't get enough votes then the merger won't happen. If the company is trading at $10 and the merger price is $15, and you don't vote and the merger fails, you will miss out on $5 per share. Sometimes companies need shareholder approval to, say, issue more stock, or extend their deadline to do a deal, and getting or not getting that approval will make a real economic difference. Sometimes an activist will launch a proxy fight, which will lead to a binding shareholder vote on two different slates of possible board members with different strategies. In fact this happened at Exxon in 2021: An activist ran a proxy fight to put new directors on the board to try to move the company toward renewables faster; the activist won.
If you get a proxy statement like that, you might want to vote your shares, because your vote could have an impact on the value of your stock. But your vote won't have that much of an impact, because you hold 100 shares and there are billions of shares. In Exxon's proxy fight last year, there were 16 candidates, and the 12 candidates who got the most votes were elected to the board. The person in 12th place (the lowest-ranked winner) got 1,174,445,208 votes; the person in 13th place (the top loser) got 1,173,545,328. That's a difference of 899,880 shares out of almost 1.2 billion, or about 0.08%, an incredibly close and hard-fought proxy fight. Also though that margin is like 9,000 times your little block of 100 shares. Your vote wouldn't have mattered. And that's about as close as proxy fights realistically get. Even in this hard-fought binding contest about the strategic direction of Exxon, it was still a waste of time for you to vote.
Also, even if you thought "well I'll vote on things like mergers and proxy fights where it might matter, but not on uncontested director elections where it doesn't," you'd have a problem, which is that you'd have to pay attention and find out. What, you're going to read every 80-page proxy statement to see if there's anything good in it? A much easier heuristic is: "Most votes don't matter, and even on the ones that do matter my vote is unlikely to be decisive, so I am going to throw out all the proxy statements without reading them."
This is just obvious normal stuff. If you are an individual shareholder, what you do is (1) buy stock in companies that you like, (2) not buy stock in companies that you don't like, and (3) if you start to dislike a company whose stock you own, you sell it. A fourth approach of buying stock in companies and trying to change them via shareholder voting would be extremely odd, which is why very few retail investors do it. [1]
If you are the gigantic institutional asset manager BlackRock Inc., your calculation is very different, in a number of ways:
1. You own millions of shares of every public company, so your vote, on contested binding issues, matters. You might very well be the deciding vote on a merger or a proxy fight, which might make a material difference to the value of your shares. 2. Even on the nonbinding stuff, you will care, because you own every public company and you are playing a long game. You might decide something like "our companies should be reducing greenhouse gas emissions," and then you might think about how to make them do that. There are approaches that are nonbinding but persuasive.(You might have quiet one-on-one chats with the company's managers about emissions.) But as a huge shareholder there are also approaches that are binding. (You might support a proxy fight, as BlackRock apparently did at Exxon, to throw out directors who don't do what you want.) And then everything else sort of exists in the shadow of those binding approaches. If you are BlackRock and you think a company pollutes too much, you might vote your shares in support of a nonbinding shareholder resolution saying "the company should write a report about pollution." If that resolution gets majority support — or even a large minority — that will be embarrassing for the directors. If they continue to pollute too much, you might vote no on executive pay or director re-election: again nonbinding, but even more embarrassing, and also a signal that next year you might support an activist proxy fight and actually throw out the directors. All of this stuff is subtle and coded, but the point is that the shareholder vote is one tool that BlackRock has to express its desires, and BlackRock's desires matter a lot to public-company executives because BlackRock owns like 8% of their stock. 3. Voting on t
The way a special purpose acquisition company works is:
1. A sponsor raises money by selling stock to the public at $10 per share. 2. She puts the money in a pot and looks for an acquisition target. 3. If she finds one, the SPAC merges with the target. The target gets the money in the pot and becomes a public company; the shareholders of the SPAC get shares of the target. [6] 4. If she does not find a target (or the shareholders don't approve the one she finds), which seems increasingly likely for a lot of SPACs these days, then the SPAC liquidates and returns the money in the pot (plus a bit of interest) to shareholders.
Is that a "stock buyback"? Well, sure, I guess. People put money into the company, time passed, and the company gave them the money back. The company tried to do something with the money, but it failed, so it just returned it. And there's a 1% tax on the way out.
JetBlue Airways Corp., an airline, wants to buy Spirit Airlines Inc., another airline. Frontier Group Holdings Inc., a third airline, also wants to buy Spirit. Only one of them can. JetBlue is bigger than Frontier. This is good and bad. It is good because JetBlue has more money, so it can pay more for Spirit: JetBlue has offered to pay about $33.50 per share for Spirit in cash, while Frontier has offered to pay about $4.13 in cash plus 1.9126 of its own shares, which closed yesterday at $9.36, for a total value of about $22 per Spirit share. It is bad because JetBlue is more likely to run into antitrust trouble with its bid to buy Spirit. If Spirit agrees to sell itself to JetBlue, and antitrust regulators reject the deal, then Spirit won't get its $33.50 per share. And it won't know for months and months; by the time the regulators reject the JetBlue deal, the $22ish from Frontier might no longer be on the table. So Spirit's directors have, so far, stuck with Frontier's lower deal, largely because it is more likely to go through, though to be fair Spirit also says that the Frontier deal offers a "potential $50 per share or more of value."
JetBlue keeps trying to pull Spirit away from Frontier, though. Here is its latest proposal, which involves not just paying Spirit shareholders $33.50 if and when they get regulatory approval and the deal closes, but also:
Paying $3.65 per share to Spirit in a breakup fee if they don't get regulatory approval. Sending a $2.50 per share down payment to Spirit shareholders as soon as they vote for the deal, without waiting for regulatory approval. Paying them $0.10 per share per month , starting in January 2023, while waiting for approval.
The $2.50 down payment is credited against the merger price (if the deal goes through) or the breakup fee (if it doesn't); the monthly "ticking fee" is partly credited and partly not, meaning that the total deal price could be as high as $34.15 and the total breakup fee could be as high as $470 million ($4.30 per share).
A primary concern in mergers and acquisitions is the risk the deal may be cancelled before it is completed. We document that this "interim risk" varies asymmetrically with the aggregate market return. Deals tend to be renegotiated when the market rises but cancelled when the market crashes. These effects are conditional on the method of payment and the contracting stage of the deal, consistent with a mechanism of ex post renegotiation. Variation in interim risk over time alters the method of payment in mergers and the firms that are targeted and acquired.
In particular, all-cash deals are more likely to get canceled or renegotiated: If Company A agrees to pay $50 per share for Company B, and then the market crashes, Company A will want to pay less; if the market goes up, Company B will want to get more. But if Company A agrees to pay 2.3 of its shares for each share of Company B, and the market goes up or down, the exchange ratio will remain roughly fair so there's no real need to renegotiate the deal.
Finally, motivated by our findings on the risk that market crashes pose to deal completion, we examine how the ex ante level of risk affects deal terms. The VIX index measures expected future market volatility. We find that controlling for other macroeconomic factors – including the stock market's price/earnings level – a higher VIX predicts fewer deals to be paid in cash and a higher deal premium for cash acquisitions. Also, when the VIX is higher, the firms that are targeted and acquired in cash deals are smaller and have a lower market beta. These findings have implications for empirical studies of merger activity because they imply that variation in ex ante interim risk also affects the method of payment, the deal premium, and even which firms are targeted and ultimately acquired.
If you expect the market to be volatile, you try not to do all-cash deals, because the price will probably turn out to be wrong one way or the other; doing an all-stock deal gives you more of a margin for error.
The way public-company mergers and acquisitions generally work is that you sign a merger agreement, where the buyer promises to pay some agreed price for the target company, and then you have to wait months before the deal closes and the buyer delivers the money. During this waiting period, the buyer and target are doing things like getting a shareholder vote, getting antitrust and other regulatory approvals, and finalizing the buyer's financing. Most of the time, mergers are happy events: Everyone is excited for the deal when they sign the deal, and they remain excited for the deal during the waiting period, and they are excited to close the deal at the end.
Sometimes not though. Sometimes the world changes between signing and closing. In particular, sometimes the market crashes between signing and closing, due to inflation or war or bubbles popping or deadly pandemics or what have you. Before the crash, it seemed like a good idea to the buyer to pay $100 per share for the target, and it seemed like a good idea for the target to accept. After the crash, $100 seems a bit rich. The buyer would prefer not to pay that much, and the target — while perhaps sympathetic, in the abstract, to the buyer's regret — will really want that $100. After all, it signed a deal to sell before the crash! Its timing was good! It should get the benefit of that deal.
Public-company merger agreements are very clear about the allocation of risk here, and generally this risk is allocated to the buyer. The buyer has no right to get out of the deal because markets went down. Generally the buyer can get out of the deal if there is a "material adverse effect" on the target, but that term is always defined to exclude effects resulting from "general economic, regulatory or political conditions" or conditions "in the financial, credit or securities markets." The risk of the market going down is on the buyer.
Still if you are the buyer, and the market goes down, you will want to get out of the deal. Or you might still like the deal — you might still want to own the target company — but regret the price. And you might crack open the merger agreement and ask: Well, okay, we can't get out of the deal for a market crash, but can we get out for some other reason?
We have, for reasons, talked a lot about this question recently. You might naively think that you could comb through the "representations and warranties" in the merger agreement — factual statements about the target's business that it promises are true — to find one that is wrong, and use that as a way out of the deal. After all, if the company told you that it sold 10,000 widgets last year, and it only sold 9,998, then you are not getting what you agreed to and you should be able to get out of the deal.
But in practice merger agreements are not set up that way. If a representation is wrong, the buyer can generally only get out of the deal if it would have a "material adverse effect," a very high standard. Rampant fraud might count; the business being half as valuable as you thought might count; 9,998 widgets instead of 10,000 would not. Merger agreements are designed to prevent a buyer from walking away over some trivial misrepresentation.
The more promising approach is to comb through the "covenants" in the merger agreement, things that the target promises to do between signing and closing. If the target breaches a covenant, you can get out of the deal without a material adverse effect: The company has to live up to its promises. "As closing conditions for the merger, representations are qualified by MAE, but covenants by 'in all material respects,'" I had occasion to write last week.
There are two main kinds of covenant:
1. The target promises to do things to get the deal done: solicit the shareholder vote, seek regulatory approvals, help out with marketing any buyout debt, give the buyer information so it can get ready to run the business, etc. 2. The target promises not to do anything crazy: It has to run its business "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice," and it generally agrees to limits on things like new business lines, hiring, executive bonuses, stock issuance, etc. The target has agreed to sell itself, so its lame-duck managers are basically in the business of acting as caretakers for its future owners; they can't make any big changes before the new owners show up.
In theory you could claim a breach of either one, and nervous buyers do. Back in the spring of 2020, the Covid-19 pandemic made some buyers regret the deals they had struck: If you agreed to buy a mall retailer in late 2019, and before the deal closed every mall was shut down for an unknown period of time due to a deadly pandemic, you might want to get out of your deal. But "a deadly pandemic has ruined the target's business" is very, very, very much the sort of general risk that is allocated to the buyer in a public-company merger, so you can't. But buyers got creative and realized that the pandemic could create a covenant breach: The target certainly could not run its business "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice" if it was closing all of its stores due to a pandemic, so that could be a way out of the deal. And in fact this happened in Sycamore Partners' deal to buy Victoria's Secret, and it (somewhat shockingly) worked: The seller let Sycamore out of the deal to avoid going to court over this.
It's been a tough few months for tech stocks, and some number of buyers are regretting their choice to buy tech companies at pre-April-2022 prices. For instance, Sujeet Indap at the Financial Times reports:
Thoma Bravo has successfully pressured software company Anaplan to cut the $10.7bn price at which it is selling itself to the private equity firm, in one of the largest buyout deals to be renegotiated since this year's market turmoil began.>
California-based Anaplan disclosed on Friday that Thoma Bravo had asserted that the company had violated its merger agreement by overpaying new workers, leading the enterprise software group to agree to a 3 per cent reduction in the price of the buyout.>
The buyer and seller had already announced four days earlier that the deal price of $66 per share, first announced in March, had been reduced to $63.75, to resolve a condition of closing the deal that may not have been satisfied.>
But Friday's filing offered fuller details of a dispute that erupted privately in May between Anaplan and Thoma Bravo, which has emerged as one of the dominant buyout groups that focus on technology.
Here is that filing, with an amended "Background of the Merger" section that spells out exactly how Thoma Bravo retraded its deal with Anaplan Inc. One assumes that Anaplan's lawyers took the lead in drafting this, and were not too interested in Thoma Bravo's input; the result is a section that is blunt and somewhat sulky about Thoma Bravo's excuses. Basically Anaplan thought it had a deal to continue operating in the ordinary course of business, which included hiring people and paying them; Thoma Bravo got a list of new equity awards, balked, threatened to walk away and asked for a price cut. The difference was small — the original merger agreement provided for $105 million of awards; Anaplan wanted to pay out $137 million — but it was enough for Thoma Bravo to cause trouble:
Later on June 3, 2022, [Anaplan Chief Executive Officer Frank] Calderoni and a representative from Thoma Bravo held a teleconference to discuss the concerns raised by Thoma Bravo. Mr. Calderoni explained that the Anaplan Board determined that there was no basis for Thoma Bravo to reprice or refuse to close the Merger, and that the Anaplan Board had rejected any openness to engaging on a discussion of repricing the transaction. The representative from Thoma Bravo thereafter stated that its proposed equity and debt financing sources for the Merger remained conce
If a company has $1 billion of debt and only $600 million of value, what happens? There is a traditional answer in U.S. bankruptcy law, which goes like this:
1. The creditors — let's call them bondholders; let's assume that the $1 billion of debt consists of bonds — give up their bonds and get handed the company. Perhaps they run it, perhaps they liquidate it, doesn't matter; in our simple form of the story they just get a thing worth $600 million and their bonds are extinguished. Effectively, they are paid 60 cents on the dollar for their debt. 2. The current equity owners of the company lose it: The company is worth less than the debt, so the equity goes to zero and the shareholders — the owners — just go away.
This is very unpleasant for everyone. The shareholders used to own a company, and now they don't, for a 100% loss. The bondholders paid $1 billion for their bonds, and now they have only $600 million, for a 40% loss. There is no way to sugarcoat this. The company is not worth what people thought it would be worth, so they all lost money. It's bad for everyone because it is bad. The bankruptcy system can't make it good. All it can do is (1) minimize the losses (by working efficiently), (2) respect the contractual seniority of claims (by zeroing the equity holders before the bondholders lose money) and (3) share the losses fairly (by making all the bondholders take the same haircut).
But there is also a new postmodern answer, which goes like this:
1. Some of the bondholders get their money back, and a bit more. Say, holders of $501 million of old bonds exchange them for $551 million of New Cool Bonds that actually pay back $551 million. 2. The other bondholders get zeroed. Say, the holders of New Cool Bonds vote to make the other $499 million of old bonds worth zero. 3. The current equity owners of the company keep some equity — worth $49 million, in this example — and get to continue running it.
This, you will notice, is much more pleasant for the 50.1% of the bondholders (who make 10% instead of losing 40%) and for the equity owners (who keep a $49 million stake in the company instead of losing everything). It is much less pleasant for the other 49.9% of the bondholders, who lose 100% instead of 40%. This does not respect the seniority of claims (some bondholders get completely hosed even while the equity owners keep their stake), and it certainly does not share the losses fairly (because some bondholders get hosed while others do well). But it does make some people happy: Instead of losses, some bondholders have gains; instead of losing their company, the equity owners get to keep it. The traditional answer makes nobody happy. You can see why the postmodern answer is appealing.
I am drastically oversimplifying the postmodern answer — you can't really zero some bondholders while paying others and leaving the equity intact — but I do think it captures the essentials. The company takes value from some bondholders and gives it to other bondholders, and in exchange the happy bondholders let the company keep going and maybe find its way out of financial distress. We have talked about this model before, most recently last month. It comes up a lot these days.
Fine. Except that due to antitrust regulation — which frowns upon executives at big competing companies coordinating with each other, even if one is about to buy the other — Zaslav and Morse couldn't talk to each other:
In the weeks before the launch, Morse began begging [Warner CEO Jason] Kilar and other AT&T executives to see if there was a way he could speak with the Discovery leaders. Staffers described it as Morse "shouting from the rooftops" for a meeting.
CNBC reported the day after [CNN head Jeff] Zucker left in February that Discovery wasn't enamored with CNN+ and disagreed with the strategy. The next day, Zaslav told CNBC he "hadn't gotten a business review on what CNN+ is going to be and how it's going to be offered," which was an ominous statement for its future.
Morse wanted to find out directly from Discovery what Zaslav wanted. But AT&T told CNN's team it couldn't have any discussions with Discovery because of so-called gun-jumping laws which don't allow the two sides to discuss future strategy until a merger closes. Kilar never spoke with Zaslav about CNN+, and he wasn't going to make decisions about what he thought was best for CNN+ based on media reports.
Zaslav did meet with CNN executives in early March in a so-called "parlor" meeting with Michael Bass, Amy Entelis, and Ken Jautz, who were running CNN after Zucker left, as first reported by Puck's Dylan Byers. In that meeting, Zaslav inquired about CNN+ and its go-forward strategy, but lawyers in attendance told him he wasn't allowed ask about it.
CNN had been pushing to launch CNN+ in early 2022, and had expected the AT&T deal to close in the middle of 2022. "That would give the service a few months of breathing space before Zaslav's leadership team took over for Kilar." But then the deal closed faster than expected, and CNN+ took longer to build than expected, which "put the launch of CNN+ just weeks before the merger's close date." And because Morse couldn't talk to his imminent future bosses, he just went ahead and launched. And then the merger closed, and "at 8 a.m. ET on April 11 — the first day Warner Bros. Discovery began trading as a combined company — [Discovery executives] told Morse and his team that CNN+'s marketing budget was immediately going to zero." Ten days later, CNN+ was dead.
In the U.S., the board has a powerful tool in this fight. It is the poison pill. (Everyone calls it that, though its technical legal name is a "shareholder rights plan.") The board of directors of a company, feeling threatened by a big acquirer of its stock or a corporate raider proposing to buy the company, will adopt a "shareholder rights plan." The gist of the plan is that if anyone — meaning, basically, the buyer — acquires more than X% of the company's stock (often X is 15 or 20), then that person's shares go poof. You can't actually do that — you can't make one shareholder's shares go poof — but you can get arbitrarily close by allowing all of the other shareholders of the company to buy many more shares at a discount, or by giving them more shares for free. So you say "if anyone goes above 15% of the stock, then we will distribute one free share of stock for each existing share, except that the person who went above 15% doesn't get any of the free stock." So if someone gets 15%, then everyone else's shares get doubled, taking the acquirer down to about 8%. (In theory you could do this repeatedly, so that the acquirer could never get a controlling stake.)
The actual mechanics are a bit more complicated than that, but not worth worrying about; even the summary in the previous paragraph is not worth worrying about. The point is that the pill makes it very bad for anyone to get above 15% of the stock — it basically makes their stock go poof — so nobody does. For a long time it was common to say that a poison pill had never been triggered; that is not quite true anymore, but it is still close enough. When a board adopts a poison pill, for all practical purposes that prevents a buyer from buying more than 15% of the stock, either in the open market or in a tender offer. So it forces the buyer to negotiate with the board. If the buyer wants to buy the company, it has to strike a deal with the board (which will then get rid of the pill); it can't just go directly to the shareholders to buy stock, because the pill will make its shares go poof.
(Some disclosure: The poison pill was invented by the law firm of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, where I worked briefly in the mid-2000s. In my discussion of takeover defenses and tactics, I am drawing on Wachtell's "Takeover Law and Practice" guide, which is worth reading if you want more detail on how this all works. But I worked there a long time ago and any errors or oversimplifications her
Here's a schematic description of how modern distressed-debt investing works[1]:
1. A company borrows $1 billion, in a syndicated loan or a bond issue, from a bunch of different investors. 2. As is customary, the loan agreement or bond indenture says "this agreement may be amended by a majority of the investors." 3. Time passes and the company runs into some trouble. 4. The company goes out to 51% of the investors — holders of $510 million of the bond or loan — and says: "Psst. We will pay you back 110 cents on the dollar — $561 million total — if you agree to let us stiff the other guys." 5. So the 51% holders vote to amend the agreement to say "these holders will get 110 cents on the dollar, and the other holders will get zero." 6. The other 49% are really mad and surprised. 7. The amendment works, 51% of the holders make a nice profit, 49% of the holders lose all their money, and the company pockets the extra $439 million.
Now of course I am kidding, and you can't actually do this. But it would be cool if you could (for the company, and the 51% creditors). And it is a good model to keep in mind, because modern distressed investing often works by getting as close as possible to this.
The reason this schematic version doesn't work is that the bond indenture or loan agreement will say "this agreement may be amended by a majority of the investors," but it will include a lot of exceptions that either require a supermajority or can't be amended at all.[3] Most notably, you can't amend the principal ; you can't get a majority of bondholders to vote that some (or all) of the bonds will get paid back $0.[4] So my little schematic description can't work.
But you can amend other things about the loan or bond, and the game is to amend it to make things unpleasant ways for the 49% while making things more pleasant for the 51%. You take value from the 49% lenders, you give some of it to the 51% as a payoff for approving the deal, and you keep the rest of it for the company. Much of the action in recent years has been about priming and lien stripping:
1. A company issues a secured loan or bond, giving creditors a lien on all of the company's assets. The loan has security provisions, like "this loan is secured by a first lien on all of the assets," and "we cannot issue any debt with a higher-priority claim on our assets." 2. The loan or bond says "this agreement may be amended by a majority of investors, except that we can't amend fundamental provisions like how much we pay back and when, etc." 3. The list of exceptions does not include the liens, or the covenant against issuing higher-priority debt. 4. Time passes and the company runs into some trouble. 5. The company goes to the 51% and says "hey we'll give you an extra-super-top-priority lien on all of our assets in exchange for taking away the liens from the other guys." 6. The 51% vote to amend the agreement to allow new higher-priority bonds, exchange their old bonds into the new higher-priority bonds, and on the way out vote to amend the old bonds to release their liens and no longer be secured by any assets. 7. The other 49% now own unsecured bonds and are real sad.
This is not as exciting as my first, extremely schematic version, mainly because in this version the company still has to pay back the 49%. The debt doesn't go away; it just becomes riskier. In practice, this trade only happens when the company is in serious distress: Stripping liens on the 49% and giving priority to the 51% is only valuable to the 51% if the company might not have enough money to pay everyone. And it only makes sense for the company if it gets something in return from the 51%. Generally this means new money: For instance, the 51% roll their $510 million of old debt, plus $250 million of new cash, into $760 million of new super-priority bonds, giving the company a bit more money to operate in exchange for the higher security. (The 51% might also extend maturities, reduce interest rates, etc., to give the company more breathing room, though new money is usually a key ask.)
Some variations on the theme. First of all, in my basic description, I say that the company goes to 51% of the investors and offers to bribe them in exchange for hosing the 49%. And in fact that is a thing that happens, because the company is often owned by a private equity sponsor who loves extracting value from creditors. Private equity sponsors are always thinking about clever new ways to take money from creditors and give it to themselves.
But it could also happen the other way: If you own some bonds, and you can get your friends together until you own 51%, why not go to the company (or its sponsor) and ask for a little payoff? Getting 110 cents on the dollar is better than 100, and certainly better than zero, and if you can offer the company a way to extract money from other bondholders, keep some for itself, and give some to you, why not do it?
Especially because everyone else is doing it! It is much better for you to receive a small bribe to zero other creditors than it is for you to be zeroed because other creditors received a small bribe. And so in practice in some distressed-debt situations there is a horrible race in which two different groups of creditors get together to try to (1) get a majority of the debt and (2) be the first to offer the company a trade that advantages their group and hoses the other group of creditors.
Another variation: Let's say you can get, say, 40% of the creditors together to agree to do the thing you want. That's not a majority. Does that mean you can't do it? Nah! Here's the trade:
1. Get 40%. 2. Have the company issue some more of the debt— "accordion" the term loan, reopen the bond deal — to the 40% holders, until they have 51%. 3. Vote on the amendment you want, etc.
This does not always work — sometimes the agreement will not permit the company to issue more debt, and if you don't have a majority yet you can't amend it[5] — but sometimes it does. If you can get close to a majority, you can issue yourself the rest of the way there. Or, similarly, if you need a supermajority to do what you want to do, you can issue more bonds until you have the votes you need.
Arm China is legally a subsidiary of Arm Ltd. subject to Arm Ltd.'s control, but it is factually an independent black box that sometimes sends money back to Arm Ltd. in the form of licensing payments but, like, don't count on it. Ideally Arm would resolve this conundrum by taking factual control of Arm China again, but that seems tricky, because of the guards. The second-best approach is to resolve the conundrum by making Arm China legally a black box. The Financial Times reports:
Arm is planning to transfer shares in its unwieldy China joint venture to a SoftBank special purpose vehicle in a bid to speed up the UK chip designer's path to a New York flotation.>
The British company has struggled to regain control of its China business for almost two years. Its inability to audit the financials of the unit, which contributed about one-fifth of revenue last year, is a big sticking point for a blockbuster public offering desired by owner SoftBank following the collapse of Arm's $66bn sale to Nvidia last month.>
The share transfer, if successfully completed, will leave the China joint venture tied to Arm headquarters through a licensing agreement, instead of the 47.3 per cent equity stake it holds today, according to two people briefed on the matter.>
Arm will continue receiving licensing revenues from Arm China, but will not need to audit the company's financials, one of the people said.
It's the difference between saying "our auditors have visited Arm China and confirmed that it spent $25 on salaries and $10 on rent while earning $50 in chip sales, our shares of which are reflected in our consolidated financial statements" and "last quarter Arm China sent us a check for $15 and we cashed it and frankly were glad to get it."
The way activist investing works in the U.S. is generally that an activist investor quietly buys up a chunk of a company's stock, announces that she owns the stock, and goes to the company's managers asking them to change something about their strategy or operations. Sometimes the managers agree, there is a productive conversation, the activist helps the company improve, the stock goes up and eventually the activist sells at a profit. Sometimes the managers disagree, and the activist tries to pressure them into doing what she wants. She might wage a public campaign, writing open letters explaining her position. She might talk to other shareholders — big institutional holders who don't wage activist campaigns themselves but who own a lot of stock — to persuade them that she is right. If lots of shareholders agree with her, but the managers still don't, she might launch a proxy fight: She will nominate some people to the company's board of directors and try to get them elected to replace some of the existing directors. If enough other shareholders vote with her, her candidates will win and join the board and presumably do the things she wants. Hopefully the things she wants are good and the stock will go up and she will sell at a profit.
Sometimes this doesn't work: Managers ignore the activist, other shareholders disagree with her, she loses the proxy fight, etc. Other times it sort of works, but is bad: The company does what the activist wants, or at least enough to make shareholders satisfied, but it turns out to be wrong and the stock goes down.
In general though it seems obviously good that activism exists. For one thing, it often does make companies more valuable: An activist shareholder, who owns a big chunk of the company and only makes money if the stock goes up, will sometimes have better incentives and motivations than a chief executive officer who owns less of the company and collects a large salary even if the stock goes down.
More fundamentally, though, activism is one of the few ways that shareholders can exercise real power over the companies that they theoretically own. As we often discuss around here, if a company's board and managers want to ignore their shareholders, they mostly can. The only ways that shareholders in the U.S. can actually fire the board and CEO of a public company are (1) a proxy fight or (2) a hostile takeover.
They don't do that very often. But this is the background that makes other, softer forms of pressure work. If BlackRock Inc. calls up a company and says "we are a big shareholder and we'd like you to reduce your greenhouse gas emissions," the executives will generally listen to BlackRock and care what it thinks, because they know that, if they don't, BlackRock will become disgruntled, and if enough big shareholders become disgruntled enough an activist might show up and win a proxy fight. (Sometimes the disgruntled big institutional shareholders will quietly invite an activist to show up; this is informally called an "RFA," or "request for activist.") There just isn't that much that BlackRock can do on its own: The board controls the company, board elections are not competitive (outside of proxy fights) and most of what shareholders vote on is non-binding; BlackRock has a lot of shares, and so a lot of votes, but it can't do much with them. But if an activist shows up, BlackRock — or other shareholders — can vote out the board. And the managers know that, which is why they feel the need to keep shareholders happy.
"Keep shareholders happy" is a very generic goal. Historically it meant things like having high profits. Later it meant things like doing stock buybacks. Increasingly, it means doing good environmental, social and governance things, as big shareholders become more diversified and more focused on ESG. And when companies don't do the ESG things that shareholders want, there will be ESG activists and proxy fights, because activism is the enforcement mechanism that shareholders use to influence companies.
There are two basic sorts of shareholder activism in the U.S. In one kind, which I am going to call "big activism," a hedge fund manager buys a largeish stake in a public company (often about 5% to 9%, though generally less at a really big company) and tries to get it to make big changes. Sometimes the activist works via private negotiations, press releases, etc., but if the company says no then ultimately the activist will mount a proxy fight. She will nominate several candidates for the company's board of directors, write a proxy statement supporting their candidacy, and launch a campaign to convince other big shareholders to vote for her slate. This will cost her millions of dollars to pay lawyers, proxy solicitors, public-relations consultants and other professionals. If her slate wins a majority of the votes, she wins: Director elections are binding, and if her candidates win then they join the board of directors (and the company's candidates get kicked off). Then her candidates can implement whatever big changes she was arguing for. Given the high stakes of this process, many proxy fights settle: The company offers the activist a few board seats and/or some other concessions in order to avoid a contested vote.
The reasons the activist spends all this money are:
1. She thinks the stock will go up if the company does the thing she wants, and 2. She owns a lot of the stock, so if it goes up she'll make money.
The reasons the activist buys all that stock are:
1. If she owns the shares, she can vote for her slate, which will help her win the proxy fight, and 2. The whole point of this is to own a lot of shares to make money when she wins and the stock goes up.
In the other kind of activism, which I will call "small activism," an individual investor, labor union pension fund, religious order or other ideologically motivated person buys 100 shares of stock in some company that is doing something she doesn't like, and then files a "shareholder proposal" asking the company to do something different. In general this will relate to some sort of environmental, social or governance thing; the activist will want the company to pollute less or have more diverse leaders or have a board chair who is not its chief executive officer. The company generally has to include this proposal in its own proxy statement,[1] and the shareholders get to vote on it. This comes with relatively little expense for the activist: She doesn't prepare her own proxy statement or hire director candidates or incur a lot of legal or solicitation expenses. The downside is that the proposal is usually of the form "the shareholders humbly, but non-bindingly, request the company to consider writing a report about the possible benefits of doing the thing." Even if all the shareholders vote for the activist's proposal, (1) the proposal often will not demand that the company change any substantive behavior and (2) the company can ignore it anyway.
Traditionally, the big activists ask companies to do financial or strategic things — spin off a division, look for a merger, do a big stock buyback, get into a new line of business or get out of an old one, etc. — because those are the things that make the stock go up, while small activists ask companies to do ESG things, because those are the things that can be addressed in shareholder proposals and that labor unions and religious orders and individual hobbyists care about. But big institutions increasingly care about ESG things, and there are good arguments that doing good ESG things can make a company's stock up. (Because good ESG things increase cash flows in the long run, or just because ESG investors will buy more of the stock.) So you might expect to see more ESG-focused big activism these days, and indeed there has been some. We talked last year about Dan Loeb's efforts to get Royal Dutch Shell Plc to split up, which in many ways is a traditional big activist effort — Loeb is an activist hedge fund manager, he built a $750 million stake in Shell, he wants a corporate split-up — but uses ESG arguments.
Here's a simple good model of public-company mergers and acquisitions:
1. An acquirer should try to acquire a target if the target is worth more to the acquirer than its stock market value. Because of synergies (cost savings or revenue opportunities from combining the companies), or because the market undervalues the target, or because it has clever strategic plans or whatever. 2. A target should agree to be acquired if the price the acquirer offers is higher than its realistic standalone value. Meaning higher than its stock market value today, but also higher than it could get from another acquirer or from management's cool new long-term plan. 3. If the target really is worth more to the acquirer than its standalone value, they should negotiate to split that value among themselves: The acquirer should pay some of it to the target's shareholders as a premium to the market price, but not all of it, because the acquirer's shareholders should get some upside from the deal too.
In practice acquirers sometimes make acquisitions for bad, non-economic reasons. The chief executive officer of the acquirer thinks it would be fun to run a bigger company (because it makes her feel more important, or because it will allow her to demand higher pay), so she buys up other companies to make hers bigger. And a target may accept or reject an offer for bad reasons: Its CEO is tired of running the company and wants to cash out with a big golden parachute, so she takes a bad offer, or its CEO likes running a company (and feeling important and getting a paycheck), so she refuses an offer that is better than the company's standalone prospects.
In theory the shareholders can limit deals made for bad reasons. The target's shareholders generally have to agree to any deal; if the target CEO accepts a bad deal the shareholders can vote it down. If the target CEO rejects a good deal, the acquirer can generally "go hostile," taking the deal directly to the target's shareholders, and they can overrule the CEO. The acquirer's shareholders often don't get to vote on the deal (depending on how big it is and how it is structured), but even if they don't specifically get a vote on the deal they can express their displeasure, run a proxy fight to vote out bad managers, etc.
And so you might expect the shareholders to enforce the simple good model. Target shareholders will want deals that are worth more, to them, than the standalone target; acquirer shareholders will want deals that increase the value of the acquirer.
Except that those shareholders are the same shareholders. The dominant shareholders in modern public companies are universal shareholders, giant asset managers who own big stakes in all the companies. This messes up that model. If you own the acquirer and the target in roughly equal proportions, you might not care very much if the deal is good or the premium is fair. If you own a lot of the acquirer but even more of the target, you might want the acquirer to make a bad deal and overpay, because you have a bigger share in being overpaid than in overpaying.
More generally, if you own all of the companies, you might favor mergers that reduce competition. If the acquirer buys the target and reduces competition in the industry, you will benefit as (1) a shareholder of the target (you get cashed out at a premium), (2) a shareholder of the acquirer (you now own a bigger company in a less competitive industry which can charge higher prices), and (3) a shareholder of the other companies in the industry, who also now face less competition.
For that matter, you might favor mergers that are stupid. If the acquirer makes a dumb acquisition and overpays for it, you will lose out, as a shareholder of the acquirer, but you will benefit as (1) a shareholder of the target (you get cashed out at a big premium) and (2) a shareholder of the other companies in the industry, which now face less competition from the target (which has been acquired) and from the acquirer (which has made a stupid acquisition and will now be distracted by having to deal with it).
Here is a new paper called "Beyond the target: M&A decisions and rival ownership," by Miguel Antón, José Azar, Mireia Gine and Luca Lin in the Journal of Financial Economics:
Diversified acquirer shareholders can profit from value-destroying acquisitions not only through their target stakes, but also through stakes in non-merging rival firms. Announcement losses are largely mitigated for the average acquirer shareholder when accounting for wealth effects on their rival stakes. Ownership by acquirer shareholders in non-merging rivals is negatively associated with deal quality and positively associated with deal completion. Funds with more rival ownership are more likely to vote in favor of the acquisition. Overall, these results show that many so-called "bad deals" are often in the interest of acquirer-firm shareholders.
Here's a simple example from the paper:
Consider the following example: when Microsoft announced the $26.2 billion acquisition of LinkedIn in June 2016, the deal was perceived as value-destroying by the market and led to a loss of 1.46% for Microsoft shareholders in the 3-day window around the announcement. With a market capitalization of over $400 billion at the time, the losses for Microsoft's largest shareholders were substantial, ranging from $72 million to $373 million, as shown in Fig. 1. Nine of these top ten shareholders also owned shares in the target. While LinkedIn did enjoy a large announcement gain of 45.97%, only two acquirer shareholders were able to offset its loss on Microsoft with a gain from LinkedIn.
However –and this is the main point of this paper– nine of Microsoft's top ten institutional shareholders obtained a net gain thanks to the wealth effects from their ownership in rival firms. This was because, among Microsoft's top twenty industry rivals, fifteen gained during the 3-day window around this announcement, and these gains were more than enough to compensate these shareholders for their losses from their holdings in Microsoft. Therefore, even though the deal may have seemed to be value-destroying, it actually created value for most of the top 10 shareholders of Microsoft.
There are obvious reasons to study this effect in mergers. Mergers are big events in corporate life, shareholders pay attention to them and often get to vote on them, they attract a lot of academic attention, and there is longstanding academic suspicion that lots of mergers are bad and destroy value, so explaining how that happens — why shareholders let managers get away with bad mergers — is useful.
But if you believe this mechanism there's no reason to think it applies only to mergers. Any stupid business decision can be good for a company's competitors. In general common owners will prefer good decisions to bad ones (because good decisions tend to be positive-sum and common shareholders want to grow overall corporate profits), but you could imagine situations where they might prefer bad ones. For instance, they might own more of the competitors than they do of the company doing the dumb thing. Or, because the upside in stocks is unlimited but the downside is floored at zero, a very dumb decision by one company might be good for common shareholders. (If a $10 billion company does something dumb that (1) costs it $50 billion and (2) makes its public competitors $30 billion richer, common shareholders get all $30 billion of the benefit but only $10 billion of the loss: The company goes bankrupt, the stock goes to zero, and the other $40 billion of losses are someone else's problem.[1]) Any time a corporate CEO meets with her diversified shareholders and they suggest a bold new business idea, she has to ponder: Do they think this is a good idea, or do they think it's a hilariously stupid idea that will benefit their other portfolio companies?
Weirdly the SEC, and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, are adamantly opposed to this. The idea that a company-plus-pot-of-Bitcoins could just tell investors "here's how the company did and here's how the pot of Bitcoins did" gives regulators terrible heartburn and so it is forbidden. For one thing, the accounting for Bitcoin investments is not generally mark-to-market, but is instead sort of asymmetric: If a company buys Bitcoins and they go down , it reports a loss; if they go up , it generally does not report a gain. So the financial statements of the pot of Bitcoins only sometimes reflect its actual financial performance; sometimes the financials show no change even when the pot has increased in value. There are plausible reasons of accounting conservatism for this but it is somewhat less informative, for investors who care about the pot of Bitcoins, than just telling them how the pot did every quarter.
Also though just writing what I wrote in my first paragraph here — that MicroStrategy's software business made $X and its pot of Bitcoins lost $Y — is itself controversial. MicroStrategy does it, and the SEC has now told it to knock it off:
MicroStrategy Inc. can't strip out Bitcoin's wild swings from the unofficial accounting measures it touts to investors, the SEC said. ...>
The enterprise software maker, which said in 2020 that buying and holding Bitcoin was one of its key business strategies, used non-GAAP measures in its Form 10-Q for the quarter that ended Sept. 30, 2021 to show investors what its income would have been if it didn't have to impair the volatile cryptocurrency.>
The Securities and Exchange Commission objected, a comment letter released Thursday shows. ...>
The company told the SEC it used non-GAAP measures to give investors a fuller picture of its finances. If the company only showed declines in value, it would give "an incomplete assessment" of its Bitcoin holdings that would be "less meaningful to management or investors" in light of the company's strategy to acquire and hold Bitcoin.>
"We further believe that the inclusion of bitcoin non-cash impairment losses may otherwise distract from our investors' analysis of the operating results of our enterprise software analytics business," the company wrote.>
The SEC disagreed. In a letter dated Dec. 3, the market regulator told MicroStrategy it objected to the adjustment and told the company to remove it from future filings. In its Dec. 16 response, MicroStrategy said it would comply.
Here is the SEC's letter. Obviously telling investors the truth about whether your pot of Bitcoins went up or down, and keeping the pot of Bitcoins analytically separate from the operating business, is more helpful than just giving them an earnings number that is one part business software and zero (if it's up) or, like, 10 parts (if it's down) Bitcoin price moves. But that's not how accounting works.
Typically if a company borrows money, the cost of its borrowing is pretty much the interest rate on the loan. If you borrow $1,000 at 6% for five years, you pay back $60 a year and then $1,000 at the end. The lender gets a 6% annual return on its money; the money costs you 6% per year.
Sometimes companies, for various reasons, issue convertible debt. The way this works is typically that the lender gives the company $1,000 and the company pays back, say, $20 per year and then $1,000 at the end of five years. But at any time during those five years, the lender can, at its option, trade in the debt for shares of stock in the company. When it converts, it no longer gets any interest, and it doesn't get its $1,000 back at the end. Instead it just gets stock.
In regular public-company convertible bonds, the lender gets a fixed amount of stock. If a public company issues a convertible bond when its stock is at $20, it might do it at a conversion price of, say, $25, a 25% premium to the current stock price. So a $1,000 bond will convert into 40 shares of stock. This ratio will be fixed at the time the bond is issued and stays the same no matter what the stock does. If the stock stays at $20, the bondholders won't convert; they'd rather get their $1,000 back than convert into $800 worth of stock. If the stock goes up to $50, the bondholders will (eventually) convert; they'd rather get $2,000 worth of stock than just get their $1,000 back.
Other convertible debt arrangements will sometimes give the lender a floating amount of stock. The lender can convert $1,000 of debt into, essentially, $1,000 worth of stock, at whatever the price is at the time it converts. Or some variation of that. Maybe $1,000 of debt converts into $1,000 worth of stock, measured at the average trading price of the stock over the 10 trading days prior to conversion. Maybe there will be a discount: $1,000 of debt converts into $1,200 worth of stock. You sometimes see versions of this in convertible debt of startups (if the company goes public, $1,000 of debt converts into $1,200 worth of stock at the price in the company's initial public offering). But you also see versions of this from smaller distressed public companies. In that context, it is sometimes called a "death spiral convertible." It is not a great financing choice![6] But companies sometimes don't have a lot of great choices.
Let's go back to the fixed-price convertibles for a minute. What is the cost, to a company, of issuing a convertible bond? What is the return, to the lender, of buying that bond? The answer is, I think, "it depends on the stock price." In my example, if the stock stays flat, the lender gets its money back and 2% interest a year. So that's a 2% annual return to the lender and a 2% annual cost to the borrower. If the stock goes to $50, the lender converts and gets a 100% return on its money, or call it 16% per year.[7] The convertible cost the company 16% per year. If the stock goes to $100, that's 33% a year, etc.
With a floating-price convertible I guess it depends on the discount and the timing? If the debt converts to stock at a 20% discount — $1,000 of debt converts into $1,250 worth of stock[8] — and the lender converts in one year, then it gets a return of about 25%, and the debt costs the company 25%. If it converts in three months I suppose the annualized rate is higher. If the debt converts to stock at no discount then I suppose the cost of the convertible is whatever the stated interest rate is, more or less, and there's no extra value from the conversion option, though you could probably find ways to get a little juice out of it.[9]
If a company has quarterly earnings per share of $0.494 it reports earnings per share of $0.49 since people traditionally use whole pennies. If it has quarterly earnings per share of $0.495 it reports earnings per share of $0.50, which is more pleasant. A $0.001 change in actual unrounded earnings per share produces a $0.01 change in reported earnings per share. There's a lot of leverage on that tenth of a cent. If you are doing the numbers and at the end of a quarter you come up with EPS of $0.492, oh well, you report $0.49. But if you come up with $0.494 maybe you go back and do the numbers again? Maybe you triple-check to make sure you're not missing anything that might make it $0.495? Maybe you even nudge some contract into this quarter, or some expense into next quarter, to make it come out that way? Because that extra $0.001 is worth a lot?
Or maybe you don't, maybe you are horrified by the suggestion, maybe you just report the numbers whatever they may be. Maybe you think "this is a slippery slope to perdition; anyone who would look for an extra $0.001 in earnings to be able to round up will end up doing massive accounting frauds and Ponzis.
The Securities and Exchange Commission agrees with you; here is the Wall Street Journal:
The Securities and Exchange Commission's review of companies' earnings per share has brought cases against three firms over the past year or so, and could come into greater focus under the regulator's new leadership.
The initiative, launched a few years ago, reviews earnings per share for the majority of U.S. public companies at least once a year, looking to spot questionable reported figures. The team working on the effort, part of the SEC's enforcement division, uses analytics and has built a database to try to pinpoint potential manipulators of EPS, the commonly used measure of a company's financial performance. ...
SEC officials use risk-based data analytics to find companies that may have engaged in manipulations, and sometimes rounding issues can lead to an investigation.
The initiative's database was built on the basis of academic research dating back to 2009 that examined the unusually high absence of the numeral "4" in companies' quarterly financial numbers, posing questions whether firms were improperly rounding up their earnings.
Companies continue to use the numeral "4" in their unrounded quarterly EPS in less than 10% of cases, highlighting the potential for earnings manipulation through strategic rounding, said Nadya Malenko, an associate finance professor at University of Michigan. She conducted the research with former SEC commissioner Joseph Grundfest and Yao Shen, an assistant finance professor at Baruch College.
The researchers assumed that every number should appear in the tenths place of unrounded EPS 10% of the time. Some companies could have an unusually low usage of "4" by statistical chance, but there is a strong correlation between this low usage and firms' future restatements in their overall financials, Ms. Malenko said.
Companies that often scooch 4s into 5s end up doing restatements more often; the tiny dishonesty begets bigger dishonesty. You could sort of imagine the story going the other way. Some companies scooch 4s up to 5s because they're so close to being able to round up, but if you're really dishonest, why do you care about being close? If your actual EPS turns out to be $0.492, why not report $0.50 anyway? Why not report $2.75? (Why not fudge the math so that your unrounded EPS comes out to $2.754 and you don't appear in any SEC databases of suspicious rounders?) Rounding up by an extra tenth of a cent seems like a pretty modest red flag compared to some of the alternatives.
Elsewhere in shareholder rights, partisan politics and trolling, here's a shareholder proposal that someone got on the proxy statement at Fox Corp., asking Fox to become a public benefit corporation, and "that one of the public benefits included in the amendment be provision of the Company's viewers with an accurate understanding of current events through the exercise of journalistic integrity." The idea is that a regular corporation has fiduciary duties only to its shareholders, and tends to maximize profits, while a public benefit corporation has to "balance the interests of shareholders, stakeholders, and those public benefits identified in the Company's certificate of incorporation, allowing the corporation to protect communities, even when doing so does not optimize financial return." The shareholder proposing this, in other words, wants Fox to have a corporate fiduciary duty to journalistic accuracy, even when it's not profitable.
This is, to be clear, pure trolling; Rupert Murdoch owns 41% of the voting stock of Fox, the board opposes the proposal ("We are purveyors of First Amendment activities," it says), it won't go anywhere, and even if it won a majority of votes it is non-binding. Nothing will come of this.
Still I wanted to quote these paragraphs in the case for the shareholder proposal:
Misinformation can put democracy at risk, threaten public interest in the environment, and undermine public health. These threats could be prioritized at a PBC, even if doing so sacrificed financial return.>
The vast majority of our diversified shareholders lose when companies harm the economy, because the value of diversified portfolios rises and falls with GDP. While a concentrated holder may profit when the Company inflicts costs on society by emphasizing viewership over accuracy, diversified shareholders internalize those costs.
I don't think that anyone could have written those paragraphs a decade ago. The argument here is that (1) most of Fox's shareholders are diversified (other than Murdoch of course), (2) diversified shareholders, in some sense, own the entire world, and (3) if a company's activities are bad for the world, they are bad for its (diversified) shareholders, even if they are lucrative for the company. This is a theory that we talk about a lot around here,[3] and it is in some sense a new theory. A decade ago there were plenty of diversified shareholders and index funds, but it was not common to talk to shareholders as though they were owners of the whole world. You would say, in your shareholder proposals, "this is good for Fox's long-term value" or whatever. You wouldn't say "this is bad for Fox, but good for the world, and as a Fox shareholder you own a lot of other companies too so you should care about the world, not just Fox."
And while I see that sort of argument a lot now, this might be the first time I've seen it in a proxy statement. When Engine No. 1 LLC ran a proxy fight to replace several of Exxon Mobil Corp.'s directors in May, it positioned itself as a greener and more sustainable choice than Exxon's board. But its rhetoric was all about creating better long-term value for Exxon Mobil. Engine No. 1 said things like "ExxonMobil has significantly underperformed and has failed to adjust its strategy to enhance long-term value" and "a lack of successful and transformative energy experience on the Board has left ExxonMobil unprepared and threatens continued long-term value destruction," not, like, "you probably own real estate too, and if Exxon keeps drilling oil the rising oceans will flood it" or whatever. "You own other stocks, so vote your shares of this company to maximize the value of your overall portfolio" is still a weird thing to say, directly, to shareholders. But it makes sense, and it's becoming less weird.
I tend to think of stock buybacks and dividends as more or less identical transactions, but one important difference between them is that buybacks are more tax-efficient. If a company pays a dividend, every shareholder gets cash and has to pay taxes on it. If a company buys back stock, shareholders who don't sell pay no taxes (but benefit because their ownership interest in the company is increased); shareholders who do sell pay taxes, but even they don't pay taxes on the full amount of cash received (just their gain over what they paid for the stock). If you don't like buybacks because they are used by companies to "reward their wealthiest investors" "rather than investing in their workers," then dividends are really just as bad. But if you don't like buybacks because they do that and are tax-efficient — if, for instance, you are a senator looking to raise government revenue — then, sure, slap an excise tax on them.
I have an occasional recurring segment around here called "people are worried about non-GAAP accounting," where I quote someone fretting that some company has disclosed numbers that do not conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and calling those numbers "fake" or "imaginary" or whatever. I am not generally moved by these worries. Every company that discloses non-GAAP numbers also has to disclose the GAAP ones; if investors do not believe in non-GAAP numbers they can ignore them. But companies like to disclose non-GAAP numbers because they think that the GAAP ones do not reflect reality in some important way; GAAP is a set of standardized conventions, but sometimes it can distort economic reality. That or the companies just like that the non-GAAP numbers are usually higher.
Anyway here is an article about MicroStrategy Inc., which is sort of a software company but mostly a big pot of Bitcoins. When the price of Bitcoin goes up, the economic value of MicroStrategy goes up; when the price of Bitcoin goes down, the economic value of MicroStrategy goes down. But GAAP accounting for Bitcoin proudly ignores this economic reality: Under GAAP, when Bitcoin goes down, companies that hold Bitcoin have to write it down (and take a loss on their income statements), but when it goes up they don't write it up or book any profit.
And so in the real world of money, MicroStrategy has made a lot of money on Bitcoin, but in the stylized world of GAAP, it has lost a lot of money on Bitcoin:
The tech company's 105,085 Bitcoin would produce a paper gain of about $1.4 billion if sold at Friday's prices -- that's more than double what MicroStrategy has posted in cumulative earnings in the last 25 years, data compiled by Bloomberg show. That nominal gain is also more than three-times the revenue generated by the company since it adopted Bitcoin as its primary treasury asset last August. ...
MicroStrategy had roughly 105,085 Bitcoins as of June 30, at an average cost of $26,080 compared to Friday's level of $39,050, the report showed.
Bitcoin holdings come at a cost though. The company disclosed in its quarterly statement cumulative impairment losses of $689.6 million related to the digital asset.
MicroStrategy's 10-Q says:
As of June 30, 2021, the carrying value of the Company's approximately 105,085 bitcoins was $2.051 billion, which reflects cumulative impairments of $689.6 million. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying value of the Company's approximately 70,469 bitcoins was $1.054 billion, which reflected cumulative impairments of $70.7 million. The carrying value represents the lowest fair value (based on Level 1 inputs in the fair value hierarchy) of the bitcoins at any time since their acquisition. Therefore, these fair value measurements were made during the period from their acquisition through June 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020, respectively, and not as of June 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020, respectively.
You might think that it would be helpful for investors if MicroStrategy said things like "we have $4.1 billion worth of Bitcoins, which we bought for $2.7 billion, meaning that we're up $1.4 billion." That would be helpful because it is true. Instead it has to say things like "we have $2.05 billion worth of Bitcoins, which we bought for $2.7 billion, meaning that we're down $700 million," and throw a bunch of asterisks on that because it is not true. It is, however, correct under generally accepted accounting principles, and if MicroStrategy said the true thing instead then it would get criticized for its non-GAAP accounting.
A model of corporate finance that I like and find helpful goes like this:
1. A company is founded to do a thing. 2. It raises money from investors to do the thing. 3. It spends the money to do the thing. 4. It does the thing profitably, which generates money. 5. It gives some of the money that it earned from doing the thing back to investors, pays some of the money to its founders and managers as compensation for their entrepreneurial vision, and invests some of the money in doing even more of the thing. 6. Eventually the thing stops being profitable and the company goes away.
I have phrased it as simply and stupidly as possible to make it sound inevitable and obvious, but of course it isn't; this is by no means the only model of corporate finance. The main alternative is the same through step 4, then branches off in step 5:
1. Found company. 2. Raise money. 3. Do thing. 4. Make money. 5. The company pays some of the money to its founders and managers as compensation for their entrepreneurial vision, invests some of the money in doing even more of the thing, and invests the rest of the money in finding new things to do. 6. Eventually the original thing stops being profitable but the company is doing new profitable things instead, which generate more money. 7. Go to step 5.
My simple model terminates in step 6; this one has an infinite loop: The company uses the profits from the thing it does now to fund the next thing, and the profits from that fund the next thing, etc. Obviously most real companies look like some combination of these models. Real companies that make money use it to invest in research and development and new products and new markets and so forth. But also real companies in secularly declining industries often … decline. If you run a sprocket factory it is hard to transition to making social-media apps. A company will have some expertise, some set of things it is good at, and if those things are no longer valuable, the best thing for it to do might be to give its profits back to its investors and quietly go away. And then the investors could invest the money in some new startup that was purpose-built to do a new thing, that has its own expertise in doing things that are now valuable.Or not. A company will also have some set of social relationships and office space and letterhead and chairs and stuff, and it might be wasteful for the company to just go away while some other new company — with some new, currently more valuable expertise — has to build up those things all over again. Maybe the old company should pivot into doing the new thing, or maybe it should acquire the new company to give it the new-thing expertise, etc. These are obviously fact-dependent questions. Some companies can do new things or integrate acquisitions well; others can gracefully decline.
I don't know, honestly, this is kind of a good policy for a brokerage to have:
Employees are also strictly prohibited from initiating contact with any Regulator without prior approval from the Legal or Compliance Department. This prohibition applies to any subject matter that might be discussed with a Regulator, including an individual's registration status with FINRA. Any employee that violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action by the Firm.
Like, if you have a bunch of employees, and they are working on a bunch of creative trade ideas, you don't want one of them to just pick up the phone and call the Securities and Exchange Commission and say "hey I have an idea, is this legal?" You want them to run their ideas by compliance and legal first, and make sure to work out the bugs and present the best possible version to the SEC. You want, as far as possible, to know what conversations your firm is having with the SEC. Those conversations can be high-stakes for a brokerage, so you want them to be centralized and coordinated by someone who knows what they're doing.Also of course if some employee sees something at the firm that they think is illegal, it would be very helpful, for the firm, if they went to the firm's lawyers first. The lawyers might tell them "no no no that's perfectly legal, here's why." Or they might say "oh you're right that's illegal, we'd better tell the regulator," and then think of the best and most apologetic way to do that. Or … I mean of course you could imagine the lawyers taking another approach. ("That's totally illegal but let's not tell the regulators, aren't you in line for a raise this year?" Etc.)So I get where the policy is coming from but it is also pretty illegal? The SEC's whistle-blower rules say that "No person may take any action to impede an individual from communicating directly with the Commission staff about a possible securities law violation." If your corporate rules say "no one can call up the SEC for any reason," you are prohibiting your employees from whistle-blowing, and that's not allowed.
So Guggenheim Securities LLC — which had this policy — settled with the SEC today, promising not to do it again and agreeing to pay $208,912. Oops! What one wants is a policy like "don't go cowboying around talking to regulators without telling compliance, but of course if you see anything illegal feel free to go to the regulators, that is your right as an American and we would never dream of stopping you, though it would be a nice favor to us if you told us first." But it's a little hard to convey that in writing.
A good general rule of thumb is that if you hire a specialist to invest in an asset class, that person will be good at choosing which particular assets in that class to buy, but bad at deciding how much money to allocate to that asset class overall. If you hire a tech-stocks analyst, she will (you hope) be good at picking which tech stocks will outperform other tech stocks. But if the tech sector as a whole is overvalued, she probably will not come to you and say "you should stop investing in tech stocks." Her job is investing in tech stocks, and the more tech stocks you buy the more important (and better paid) she is, so her bias is to get you to buy more tech stocks. If she gets you to buy the (relatively) correct tech stocks, but tech stocks as a whole underperform, you may be worse off than if you had never hired a tech specialist.
Similarly, some public companies have mergers-and-acquisitions departments, and others don't. The trade-off is pretty much:
1. If you have an M&A department, the people in it might do a good job of deciding which acquisitions to pursue, how much to pay for them and how to integrate them, but they will want to do a lot of M&A. 2. If you don't have an M&A department, you'll choose your acquisitions somewhat haphazardly, but you might do fewer of them.
One theory of M&A is that acquisitions are corporate finance decisions like any other, and that you should try to do ones with positive expected value and avoid ones with negative value. Another theory of M&A is that acquisitions are largely a way for chief executive officers to "empire build," aggrandizing themselves by making their companies bigger even at the cost of shareholder value. If you believe the first theory, you might like an M&A department, because it might choose good deals and avoid bad ones. If you believe the second theory, you might hate an M&A department, because it might just increase the number of deals and encourage the CEO's empire-building.
Anyway here's "Do Firms with Specialized M&A Staff Make Better Acquisitions?" by Sinan Gokkaya, Xi Liu and René Stulz (free SSRN version here):
We open the black box of the M&A decision process by constructing a comprehensive sample of US firms with specialized M&A staff. We investigate whether specialized M&A staff improves acquisition performance or facilitates managerial empire building instead. We find that firms with specialized M&A staff make better acquisitions when acquisition performance is measured by stock price reactions to announcements, long-run stock returns, operating performance, divestitures, and analyst earnings forecasts. This effect does not hold when the CEO is powerful, overconfident, or entrenched. Acquisitions by firms without specialized staff do not create value, on average. We provide evidence on mechanisms through which specialized M&A staff improves acquisition performance. For identification, we use the staggered recognition of inevitable disclosure doctrine as a source of exogenous variation in the employment of specialized M&A staff.
So it's a bit of both, but mostly M&A departments are good. Also, the reason M&A departments are good is mostly that they are good at picking targets, not that they are great at negotiating prices — though they do seem to be good at keeping down the costs of investment-bank advice:
How does specialized M&A staff create value for the acquirer's shareholders? Our results suggest that specialized M&A staff helps acquirers identify targets that have higher synergies with the acquirer as reflected in higher combined announcement returns and improvements in the combined firm's abnormal operating performance in the post-acquisition period. We do not find evidence that specialized M&A staff drives a better bargain for the acquirer in that such acquirers capture more of the combined synergy gains or pay lower takeover premiums. Moreover, while these firms do not seem to retain fewer external advisors, we find that they pay lower advisory fees. The lower fees paid by firms with specialized M&A staff further suggest that the specialized M&A staff performs some tasks that otherwise would be performed by the investment bankers.
That last part is not obvious: Maybe if you hire an M&A staff, they will talk to investment bankers all day, get used to relying on bankers to do lots of work for them, and feel a sense of fondness and obligation to the bankers that leads to higher fees, while if the CEO just cuts her own deals she will not feel particularly beholden to bankers. But, no, empirically, corporate M&A departments seem to be substitutes for investment bankers, not complements.
Often this debate is sort of vague and abstract, and it's hard to tell if a company is really trading off long-term profitability against short-term earnings. But here's a sad little U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against Under Armour Inc. for “pulling forward” revenue. Under Armour had a long history of growing revenue at a 20% year-over-year rate every quarter. It was proud of this history, it mentioned it in earnings releases and on earnings calls, and investors and analysts came to expect consistent 20% growth rates.
Having consistent 20% growth rates is good! If you keep growing revenue at 20% a year, your future revenue will be really high! If investors can project 20% revenue growth rates forever — not forever, obviously, but for a long time — then they will put a very high value on your stream of future cash flows, and so they will pay a lot for your stock. Having a 20% growth rate every quarter is good evidence that your future growth rates will be high. Having your growth rate decline below 20% is good evidence that your future growth rates will be lower. Not proof, in either case, but evidence.
In the third quarter of 2015, Under Armour realized its sales were not going to be what analysts expected. So it said, well, we already have some sales planned for the fourth quarter, why not just move those into the third quarter? So it called up customers and asked them to take their orders early, so they could be booked into the third quarter:
To close the emerging revenue gap, Under Armour's senior management directed the FP&A [Financial Planning & Analysis] group and senior sales personnel, among other things, to identify existing orders that customers had requested be shipped in the next quarter that could instead be shipped in the current quarter. …Ultimately, Under Armour pulled forward approximately $45 million in orders from the fourth quarter of 2015 into the third quarter of 2015. On October 22, 2015, Under Armour announced revenue of $1.204 billion for the third quarter of 2015, beating analyst consensus by $29 million. …Under Armour did not disclose that it used pull forwards, despite the fact that nearly 4% of its total revenue for the third quarter of 2015 (approximately $45 million) resulted from the practice. Without the pull forwards from the fourth quarter of 2015, Under Armour's growth rate for the third quarter of 2015 would have been below analysts' revenue estimates and the lowest quarterly growth rate in more than two years.
But this created a problem in the fourth quarter: Under Armour moved $45 million of fourth-quarter revenue into the third quarter, which meant that it started $45 million behind in the fourth quarter. So it pulled $99 million of revenue forward in the fourth quarter. This created a problem in the first quarter of 2016:
By February 2016, the gap between internal forecasts and external revenue guidance was so significant that Under Armour considered revising its public revenue guidance for the quarter – something the company had never done before. An Under Armour senior executive acknowledged the challenges caused by the 2015 pull forwards by stating in an email: “Let's see how of [sic] this goes and if we can get enough pull-forwards or extra business to close the Q1 gap. The issue is that we pulled forward a lot in Q4 and there is not as much room in Q2 but we will see.”
Etc. This kept going until the fourth quarter of 2016, when Under Armour pulled forward $172 million of revenue but then decided it was all getting to be too much:
Because Under Armour could not meet analysts' revenue estimates even with the $170 million in pull forward sales, a senior Under Armour executive made the decision to limit additional pull forwards from 2017 into 2016. Notes from a December 15, 2016 meeting of the company's top executives reflect that, while discussing his decision, the senior executive stated that the company had “been living in this bubble for a while,” that pulling forward revenue in each quarter was not healthy, and that the company was “not going to compromise 2017 . . . we're not going to take from next year.”
A couple of points. First, this problem really does get worse over time:
The impact of these shifting sales was especially pronounced for Under Armour because prior reported revenue, particularly in the third and fourth quarters of 2015, included a significant amount of pull forwards. Therefore, to meet analysts' revenue estimates for 2016, Under Armour had to replace the sales it had previously taken from 2016 through additional customer demand and new products, but also demonstrate the same percentage revenue growth when compared to the 2015 revenue totals (which in turn had been enhanced with pull forwards). In internal emails, Under Armour acknowledged this “double impact on the growth rate” resulting from pull forwards because they “take the base up” in the earlier year and down in the later year.
Second, you can't just unilaterally pull forward revenue; you have to call up customers and ask them to take products early.[1] This is awkward, both in the sense that the customers will be annoyed, but also in the sense that you will create an unfortunate record for the SEC to look at later:
For example, in September 2016, Under Armour requested additional pull forwards from a key customer, after already having asked to move more than $30 million in sales from the fourth quarter of 2016 to the third quarter of 2016. The customer responded by saying: “We just brought a bunch of your goods in early to help out your quarter. . . Now you want more. . . More..More..more..30% [price discount] please.” Under Armour ultimately agreed to a 25% price discount and an extra 30 days to pay to secure an additional $6.7 million of pull forwards.
Under Armour was willing to take 75 cents this quarter instead of 100 cents the next quarter, because it needed to beat analyst estimates this quarter. That is not economically rational, and shareholders discounting all future cash flows would not want their company to pay up so much to accelerate cash flows by a month. Nevertheless it happened. Under Armour strictly preferred beating quarterly analyst expectations to maximizing the net present value of its cash flows.Third, the SEC charged Under Armour with securities fraud, and Under Armour settled by paying $9 million without admitting or denying the charges. But the SEC conceded that Under Armour's accounting was correct.[2] All the pulled-forward sales really happened, and were booked into
The basic story I like to tell about dual-class IPOs goes like this. Once upon a time companies needed money; when they went public, it was to tap a large pool of capital that they needed to grow their business. Money was hard to get, so the companies were solicitous of public investors. There was a norm that, if you invested money in a risky, newly public company, you got some say in how the company was run. Not so much say, but just regular shareholder rights. You got voting stock, at least, so you could vote for directors and maybe kick them out if they did a bad job.
But in modern markets companies have a much easier time of raising money. There is a ton of money out there, due to general liquidity conditions, the globalization of the capital markets, technological innovations that have made capital raising easier, etc. Meanwhile globalized product markets are increasingly winner-take-all; if you have a good idea it will make a lot of money for your investors. The result is that investors need companies more than companies need investors: Money is plentiful but good investments are scarce. So the balance of power has shifted: Investors are not valuable partners whose desires must be taken seriously; they're just fungible sources of cash, and if they annoy a company it can just go elsewhere. The balance of power has shifted so that entrepreneurs are in control and shareholders have to do whatever they say.
And one thing that entrepreneurs really want, besides money, is perpetual control of their companies. They identify with their companies; they built them; they feel like they own them. They want to raise cash from public shareholders without giving up control to those shareholders. And now they don't have to.
Here are a paper and related blog post on "The Rise of Dual-Class Stock IPOs" by Dhruv Aggarwal, Ofer Eldar, Yael Hochberg and Lubomir Litov, which flesh that argument out. From their blog post:
When examining the evolution of control, we find that the rise in the number of dual-class IPOs is associated with an increase in the power of firms' founders. As shown in Figure 1, much of the increase in the number of dual-class firms is attributable to founder-controlled firms. The percentage of founder-controlled dual-class firms doubled from 2006-2019 as compared with 1994-2005. In 2017-2019, a staggering 18 percent of all IPOs were founder-controlled dual-class firms. Thus, while there is wide variation in the types of controllers, the increase in the number of dual-class IPOs is mostly driven by founders' ability to dictate the governance of newly public firms.
One reason that founders will have more power is that money is more plentiful:
We hypothesize that one determinant of dual-class structures is the relative bargaining power of investors versus founders. When founders have greater bargaining power due to greater availability of investment capital, they are more likely to be able to negotiate for greater control rights at the time of IPO, and thus the firm is more likely to adopt a dual-class structure. This theory is particularly appropriate for explaining the controlling power of dominant founders in software companies, such as Facebook and Snap. As argued by Goshen & Hamdani (2015), such founders place high value on the ability to pursue their visions.
To test the bargaining hypothesis, we construct two proxies for the founders' relative bargaining power at the time the firm goes public. The first is the amount of late-stage VC investment at the industry level in the year before the IPO. The second is the amount of dry powder in the industry, defined as the amount of funds raised, but not yet invested, by VC firms. Both proxies reflect the notion that when private financing is readily available, it serves as an alternative to going public (Ewens & Farre–Mensa, 2018). Greater amounts of available funding lead to "money chasing deals," which in turn leads to a rise in valuations in the private market. More plentiful funding allows founders to negotiate for greater control rights in a public offering relative to what might be available in a tighter financing environment.
Consistent with our hypothesis, we show that these proxies for bargaining power are positively related to founders' control and the wedge between founders' voting and economic rights. In contrast, the bargaining power proxies do not predict dual-class structures in which the controller is not the founder.
Another reason that founders will have more power is that they need less money: The hot businesses that go public are often less capital-intensive than they used to be.
We exploit the introduction of cloud computing in 2006, which reduced the costs of operations for startups in industries such as software, finance, leisure, and services – collectively "Cloud" industries (Ewens, Nanda and Kropp Rhodes 2018). As a result, startups in these industries became less reliant on VC funding, increasing the relative bargaining power of their founders vis-à-vis their investors. We show that following the introduction of cloud computing, firms in Cloud industries became more likely to adopt dual-class structures that give greater control to founders, particularly for VC-backed IPOs. This finding is consistent with a diminution in the governance role of VC firms over time (Lerner & Nanda 2020) and anecdotal evidence that VC firms have become more deferential to entrepreneurs in the software industry.
If you don't need much money, and there's lots of money available, you don't have to give up much control to get it.
The basic idea of investor relations is that it is good for a company to befriend the people who own their stock, or who might buy it. For one thing, this keeps up the price of the stock: If the people who own your stock like you and feel well-treated, they won't sell it, and might buy more, which is good for your stock options and so forth. For another thing, one day you might need money, and if you need to raise money by selling stock, it is good to have good relationships with the people who might buy it.
"People" here, traditionally, means "institutional investors." If you need money, what you want to be able to do is call up Fidelity and say "hey we need money" and have Fidelity say, "well, we have a lot of money, and we like you, so here's some money." "People" does not, traditionally, mean thousands of retail investors. It is not easy to call them up and ask for money, and they are fickle, and each of them only has so much money so if you need a lot of money quickly they are not much help.
This traditional analysis might be totally wrong? At least for some companies? The last few months have made it pretty clear that if you are a certain sort of company and want to raise a lot of money quickly, you would be a fool to call up institutional investors and ask them to buy big blocks of stock, and you'd be much better off doing an at-the-market offering and selling stock on the exchange to retail investors. Similarly if you just want your stock price to be high, institutions are a boring and inefficient audience, and what you really want is for thousands of retail investors on Reddit to get excited about your stock and make memes about it. The aggregation of individual investor preferences has gotten more efficient, in some sense, and certainly more intense; what you want is for all those individual investors to prefer your company, and then to take advantage of it.
If you're a company doing a big merger, you might want to borrow money from the bond market to pay for the merger. There is a timing issue here. You can't do the merger first and then borrow the money, because you can't close the merger without the money. You have to borrow the money first and then close the merger. But what if the merger doesn't close? It happens; even after you sign a merger agreement there's always a chance that something will go wrong—you won't get regulatory approval, the shareholders will say no, whatever—and you won't close the deal. Then you'll have all this money that you didn't need.
And so there is a convention that, if you are selling bonds to fund a merger, the bonds can have a "never mind" clause. It is called "special mandatory redemption," and it normally says that if the merger doesn't close you'll just automatically pay the bonds back at 101 cents on the dollar. (Plus any interest you had to pay along the way.) Effectively you sell bonds to pay for the merger, you put the money in your bank account until the merger closes, and if it doesn't close you just give the bondholders back the money with a little extra for their trouble. At Barron's, Alexandra Scaggs has a story about the bonds of Waste Management Inc., a company that, uh, manages waste. In April 2019, it agreed to buy another trash company called Advanced Disposal Services Inc. In May 2019, Waste Management sold $4 billion of bonds to pay for the deal. The deal has dragged on, because they are two big trash companies and the Justice Department worried about the antitrust implications of combining them. They still plan to do the deal, but it hasn't closed yet, and they're trying to satisfy the Justice Department by divesting some assets.
Meanwhile the bonds have a special mandatory redemption provision saying that if the deal hasn't closed by July 14, Waste Management will have to buy back all the bonds at 101. The deal will not close by July 14. In the abstract you might think this is annoying for Waste Management: It went to the trouble of raising $4 billion to pay for this deal, it's been paying interest for a year, and now it has to pay back all that money with a little kicker and go out and raise more money to pay for the deal that it's still planning to do.But, nope. May 2019 was a pretty good time for investment-grade bonds—these bonds carried interest rates from 2.95% (for five years) to 4% (for 20 years)—but July 2020 is, for some reason, an insanely great time for investment-grade bonds. And so these bonds, which were issued at low yields a year ago, now trade at even lower yields. Or at least they did a few weeks ago. Scaggs:
Those coupons didn't seem high until the Federal Reserve cut interest rates to zero in March, prompting investors searching for yield to pile into higher-coupon bonds.The demand helped push the prices of Waste Management's bonds well above par. The bonds were trading between $1.07 and $1.15 per dollar of face value in mid-June, and that pushed their yields as low as 1% for four-year bonds and 2.8% for 30-year debt.
If you have bonds outstanding that trade at $115, and you can buy them back for $101, then you have to do that, that is just science. And so Waste Management announced last month that it will do the special mandatory redemption and buy back the bonds for $101.Investors, whose bonds were recently worth $115 and who now will have to sell them for $101, are sad. Scaggs:
"There's no easy way out," said David Knutson, head of credit research in the Americas for Schroders. "On one side are shareholders who say they should be able to refinance. On the other, [bondholders are] saying 'Wait a minute, this isn't emerging markets. We just lost nine points and that doesn't happen every day in investment-grade bonds.'" ...Knutson is vice chair of an industry group called the Credit Roundtable that urged Waste Management to rethink its decision in a June 29 letter. The group said the deal's delay came as a surprise, after executives told investors in a May 6 earnings call that the acquisition was on track to close by the end of the second quarter."We would strongly recommend that [Waste Management] attempt to pursue alternative courses before redeeming these bonds if the acquisition is still pending," the group said in its letter. "This demonstrates the difficult position that Investors face with bonds that include [special mandatory redemption clauses], as currently structured."
While SMR clauses make bond repurchases a requirement and not an option, Waste Management could offer to exchange the debt, or work with investors to change the bonds' contracts.
No, no, I am sorry, there is an easy way out. The easy way out is exactly what is happening: The company calls the bonds for $101 and high-fives its bankers for including the special mandatory redemption clause. "Waste Management could offer to exchange the debt, or work with investors to change the bonds' contracts," sure, of course, but that would be nuts: Why agree to pay $110 or whatever for these bonds, when you have an ironclad contractual right and indeed obligation to pay $101? Waste Management got a delightful win, and the bondholders got a surprising loss; of course the bondholders want Waste Management to renegotiate that, but there's no particular reason that it should. As it is extremely well aware:
"We received and reviewed the June 29 letter from Credit Roundtable," said Andy Izquierdo, spokesman for the company. "However, we continue to believe that compliance with the redemption provisions is in the best interests of [Waste Management] and its stockholders, considering applicable fiduciary duties and other relevant considerations."
Well, I mean, there is one catch in this plan, which is that Waste Management still does need to pay for the merger. In the current environment for investment-grade credit that should not be particularly challenging, but then again Waste Management is kind of annoying bond investors right now? It will buy these bonds back for $101 and then … immediately go sell the same bonds for $115, pocket the difference, something like that? Maybe not; it says:
Waste Management is well positioned to fund the transaction, with its strong balance sheet, significant free cash flow generation, investment grade credit rating and favorable access to capital markets. … Waste Management currently anticipates funding the transaction using a combination of credit facilities and commercial paper but is evaluating other longer-term financing options.
In a very different world from our own, you could imagine bond investors being so outraged about this that they refuse to buy any new bonds to pay for the acquisition. In the actual world, memories in the financial markets are short, and if Waste Management redeems these bonds and then sells new ones three days later, all the people who complained about the redemption will line up to buy the new ones.Loosely speaking the way bonds work is that they are issued at fixed interest rates for fixed terms, and everyone mostly prices them on the assumption that they'll pay the fixed rate for the fixed term, and they have a lot of embedded options, weird situations in which they might not pay the fixed rate for the fixed term, and those options are generally underpriced or not priced at all. And then every so often an option gets exercised against investors and they howl pitifully: We didn't know we had sold an option! How could you exercise an option against us! What treachery! I don't know, man, it says it right in the documents.
One lesson here is that if you've got a company founded by and owned by and named after one person, and that founder is forced out and then brought back as a consultant, it is going to be hard to confine him to the consultant role. He is just going to think he's still the owner, you know? If you let him in the boardroom, he's going to sit at the head of the table. And a lot of employees are going to think that he, rather than some distressed-debt hedge funds, is the real owner:
Asked about the violence and intimidation that had been directed at his rivals, Quinn walked across the kitchen, picked out a toothpick from a packet, and sat back down. "Let's put it this way: In order to run a business, you need some fundamentals. And the fundamentals would be respect," he said. "And if the staff and the community knows that they have knifed Sean Quinn in the back and taken his business, are they going to support them?"
I mean, that is partly about employee loyalty, but it is also partly about violence and intimidation. There are some specifically Irish-borderlands lessons to the story; Lunney was kidnapped and tortured last year, and this happened:
Before they could let Lunney go, they explained, they needed to mark him. The leader slashed his face with the knife then took the blade to his chest. "Just so you remember why you are here," he said, as he carved three letters into Lunney's flesh: Q I H.
I sometimes say that whoever has the keys to the front door has some effective control over a company, regardless of what the law and the shareholder ledger say, but you can sort of extend that logic to other forms of physical control. Being willing and able to kidnap and mutilate one's rivals for corporate control can also, in some circumstances, be a pretty effective way to get control.
We talk from time to time about bribery in the pharmaceutical industry, which just seems to have developed it to a higher and more sophisticated standard than you see elsewhere. Take copay assistance. The basic idea is that if you charge $10 for a drug, you'll sell a lot of it; if you charge $10,000 for it, you'll sell less, but you'll make more money on each sale. This is true in every business, and businesses try to set a price that optimizes revenue, etc. But in drugs it is different, because most of the price of most drugs is paid by insurance companies. If you can get an insurance company to approve a drug as medically necessary, they are going to have a hard time rationing it by price; if you charge a million dollars they might not approve it, but if you charge $10,000 and they approve it, they won't buy fewer units because of the price tag. But what they will do, for price rationing, is require a copay: The insurer pays for most of the drug, but the patient pays for some of it. With a 20% copay, a $10 drug costs the patient $2, and the patient might take it even when it isn't necessary; a $10,000 drug costs the patient $2,000, and the patient may skip it. There is an opportunity here for the drug company. What you do is, you charge $10,000 for the drug, and then you pay the copay. The insurer pays you $8,000, the patient pays you $2,000, and you pay the patient back the $2,000. You are up $8,000, but the patient has paid zero dollars and has no disincentive to take the drug. You have the advantages of a high price (more money per sale) and the advantages of a low price (lots of sales). On the one hand this is obviously cheating and insurers try to prevent it. On the other hand it is sort of … nice? Like if you are a drug company and you say "our drug is expensive but we make sure that no one who needs it is prevented from taking it for financial reasons," that sounds like a good public-spirited thing to say. So it is hard to just ban this, exactly. The compromise, for patients covered by Medicare, goes like this:
Federal law prohibits drugmakers from providing financial assistance to help Medicare patients pay copays and deductibles. Drug companies may contribute to third-party charitable foundations that offer copay assistance to Medicare patients, but companies aren't supposed to earmark such donations for their own drugs.
Several people emailed and tweeted about companies that actually do , or did, make two-sided markets in vacation days, letting employees buy extra vacation days and also sell them back to the company. Because my readers are amazing, they of course discovered an arbitrage. If vacation days are priced based on your current salary (that is, if you buy a vacation day at a price of one day's salary), then you can buy vacation days this year, get a raise, and sell it back next year at a profit. An upward-sloping vacation curve! Vacation contango! My understanding is that most companies that do this limit how much vacation you can buy or sell, but if you work somewhere that doesn't , I hope you will lever up to buy 10,000 vacation days in your first year, work a few years, get a few raises and promotions, sell back the vacation days and retire. Obviously there is some counterparty risk.
But Sinovac went further in its response by triggering its poison pill. Its corporate documents allow it to issue more shares to everyone who wasn't part of the conspiracy, to dilute the conspirators. (Specifically, the pill is triggered if any person or coordinated group gets more than 15% of the stock, so anyone who was part of the 1Globe group gets diluted.) Lots of companies have provisions like this, but they essentially never use them, because they are terrible. They are a deterrent: Knowing that you will trigger a poison pill, dilute yourself and generally blow everything up if you become an activist 15% shareholder is a good reason not to get above 15% or conspire with your fellow shareholders. When we discussed this last year I wrote that "because everyone knows that the pill exists, and is a disaster, no one ever triggers it." Or here's Garde:
"A poison pill is a nuclear weapon," said Wei Jiang, a professor of finance at at Columbia Business School. "It's something you use as a deterrent. You don't actually explode it."
But Sinovac did. On Feb. 18, 2019, the company pulled the trigger on its poison pill, approving the issue of 28 million new shares. Days later, before Sinovac could disperse those shares, Nasdaq halted trading of the stock, and the parties have spent the ensuing months fighting it out in courts around the world.
The legality of the pill in Antigua, and the exact mechanics of who is in a group and who gets the shares, are all up for debate, and everyone is suing everywhere. In the meantime the problem is that nobody knows how many shares there are. Garde:
If Sinovac's poison pill is lawful, there will be about 99 million shares of the company; if it's not, that number is closer to 71 million. Until that's sorted out, there's no way for an exchange like Nasdaq to allow the shares to change hands, said Larry Harris, a professor of finance at the University of Southern California's Marshall School of Business. "Nasdaq looks at it and says, 'We have no idea who's going to win this. We cannot allow it to continue to trade under this circumstance,'" Harris said. "The key issue is how many shares are outstanding. If you think the company's worth, say, $2 billion, you're going to get a different value per share depending on how many shares there are."
So it can't trade, which is bad for lots of reasons: You can't invest in it, it can't raise money conveniently, the market is not providing efficient price signals, etc.Also though no one knows who owns it. If the activists win, they will control something like 45% of the company and might still be able to take it over as it works to develop a promising but uncertain vaccine. If Sinovac management wins, the activists will get diluted; they'll own a much smaller chunk of the company and have no real say o
Do you think there will be a coal industry in 100 years? I dunno, maybe, I do not make predictions like that, but I have to say that a lot of people think that coal is bad. It is a 19th-century power source, dirty and polluting, and people these days generally seem to be more bullish about natural gas and renewable energy than they are about coal. BlackRock Inc. has announced plans to divest from coal producers in some of its funds. The long-term future for the coal business is maybe not so hot.On the other hand coal companies are still digging coal out of the ground and selling it to power plants to generate electricity, that is still very much a thing that happens. The coal companies get money from selling the coal. Sometimes even more money than they spend digging up the coal. What should they do with the money? One option would be to spend the money on ambitious exploration projects to find untapped seams of coal in far-flung places and turn them into productive coal mines to meet the world's long-term demand for coal. That option is … bad? Like arguably the market has signaled to the coal companies that the long-term demand is in decline and that opening a ton of expensive new coal mines is not the best idea? Like arguably the worst thing that you could do with today's coal profits is invest them in tomorrow's coal projects? In general, in a growing business, investing today's profits in tomorrow's opportunities is a great idea, but here we are talking about coal.Another option would be for the coal companies to diversify into renewables. Take all the coal profits and spend them on building wind farms. Eventually the world will transition away from coal, and you will be ready for it. This is not a terrible plan! It has a clear theoretical attraction. There are some practical problems. You are a coal company. Your executives are coal people. They know a lot about coal, where it is found and how to dig it up. They know less about wind. You could hire wind people, but it is not obvious that you'll be any better at building wind farms than any random startup. There is no reason to think that your coal experience will be an advantage in the wind business. It will be a disadvantage. Are the best wind people really looking to work for coal companies? Are renewable-energy advocates and investors going to be excited about getting their wind power from Giant Coal Co.'s But Also Wind Co. subsidiary? A third thing you could do is put the money in a bank, or use it to buy Treasury bonds. That way you'll have a lot of money even if people stop using coal. If coal demand goes to zero, you can keep paying executive salaries and miners' wages even without selling coal. This is nice for your miners, and especially for your executives, but it is not very efficient. If no one wants coal, probably coal miners should do something else; certainly coal executives should. That leaves you with stock buybacks. You dig up coal, you sell it for more than it costs to dig, you have extra money, you give the money back to your shareholders. The shareholders can then invest that money in other businesses that maybe generate less free cash flow today (so they want to raise money from investors) but have better future prospects (so the investors want to give them money). The profits from a declining business can fuel the next rising business, circle of life etc.This is all as standard as can be, this is the most boring obvious corporate finance 101, but here you go:
In the coal industry's long decline, the years 2017 and 2018 were pretty good ones. But instead of stashing away cash for tough times, coal producers spent billions of dollars in dividends and stock buybacks to benefit their investors.Now, the industry is facing "historically bad" conditions, according to a bankruptcy filing by Murray Energy Corp., the nation's largest private coal producer.Electricity demand has collapsed as the coronavirus pandemic has swept the U.S. That has added to the industry's difficulties as competition from natural gas and renewable energy sources has pushed coal's share of U.S. power generation below 20% for the first time in 50 years, according to IHS Markit. Coal generated half of U.S. electricity as recently as 2008.Electricity generation from coal-fired power plants is forecast to decline 20% in 2020 from a year ago. Plants powered by historically cheap natural gas will see a dip of just 1%, according to the Energy Information Administration. Renewable sources solar, wind and hydropower topped coal for the first time on a quarterly basis in the first quarter, according to the Institute for Energy Economics and Financial Analysis. U.S. coal production in the first quarter was down 17% from a year ago, according to the EIA. …Rather than build up cash reserves when times were good, executives used their windfalls on buybacks and dividends, credit analysts say."While the coal industry generated significant free cash flow in 2017 and 2018, credit quality did not improve meaningfully" for the companies because they returned much of their cash to shareholders, Moody's Investors Service senior credit officer Benjamin Nelson wrote in a March 26 note.
Yes yes yes yes yes if you are generating lots of cash today, but people will not want your product tomorrow or ever again, the thing to do is to give the cash back to your investors. Putting the money in the bank to eventually pay your creditors when you go bankrupt is … fine, responsible, good really, though less attractive for your shareholders. (The creditors are investors too, though, and it is perfectly defensible to give the money back to them.) Giving the money to the shareholders lets them spend it on other, better things than coal.If you think that the main problem facing coal producers in 2020 is that they spent too much money on stock buybacks you are, I think, missing something essential about the coal industry, and stock buybacks, and the purpose of corporate finance generally.
One thing that I used to do as an investment banker was advise companies on how to buy back stock. Part of that advice sometimes involved whether to buy back stock, and specifically whether a company should return money to shareholders via stock buyback or dividend. To be clear, as a banker, your preference is for stock buybacks over dividends, for the simple reason that banks make money from stock buybacks, while they don't generally make any money from dividends: A company needs to hire a bank to execute a buyback, while with a dividend the company just sends out money to shareholders without paying any fees. But there are also good reasons for the company to prefer buybacks over dividends. The best reason is quite well known: Buybacks are more tax efficient; a dividend imposes taxes on all shareholders, while a buyback is only taxable to shareholders who actually sell (and then only to the extent of gain). Another, somewhat less good reason is also well known: Buybacks tend to be accretive to earnings per share (since they reduce shares outstanding), while dividends aren't. Among those who dislike stock buybacks, both of these reasons are controversial; the first can sound like tax evasion, while the second can sound like accounting fakery. A third argument that bankers will give to prefer buybacks is that they are more "flexible." What this means is that if you have $100 million a quarter to spend on capital return, and you spend it on buying back stock, and then one quarter you turn out to have no money to spend on capital return, you just don't buy back any stock that quarter. It's fine. Companies regularly start and stop buyback programs. Investors would prefer bigger and more consistent buybacks over smaller and inconsistent ones, but that is a mild preference, and if you stop buying back stock they'll live. On the other hand if you have $100 million a quarter to spend on capital return, and you spend it on a regular 25-cents-a-share quarterly dividend, and then one quarter you turn out to have no money to spend on capital return, you can't just cut the dividend. I mean, you can; it's not illegal or anything; the shareholders can't force you to pay the dividend. Companies do cut their dividends when they come on hard times. But expectations around dividends are way stronger than expectations around buybacks. And so for instance it is relatively straightforward, in the current environment, for companies to stop buying back stock to preserve cash, but it is much harder for them to stop paying dividends. We talked recently about how companies are paying dividends without profits, how "European low-cost carrier easyJet drew criticism for proceeding with a £175m payout last month to shareholders despite grounding its entire fleet." And we talked last week about how U.S. banks want to keep paying dividends because, they argue, "cutting them would be 'destabilising to investors.'" "That's what creates a financial crisis," says an analyst; "when dividends start to be ratcheted lower that shakes confidence." I was unimpressed by this argument; I wrote:
If you take seriously the claim that banks can't cut dividends in a generational crisis, for fear of undermining investor confidence, then, fine, I guess, but then the obvious conclusion is that when times are good you can never let banks raise their dividends. Every time a bank raises its dividend, on this theory, it incurs more unavoidable quarterly debt and creates a new drain on its funding, one that can't be turned off in the bad times for fear of being "destabilising to investors."
Now, I tend not to take that claim too seriously; I think that companies (and even banks) can temporarily cut their dividends in times of plague without causing a financial crisis. Shareholders are supposed to be risking their money; surely their income should be cut before that of bondholders or employees or suppliers.Still it is a very popular claim and it is worth taking a little seriously. Simply, the claim is that a company with a regular dividend cannot cut that dividend without causing a crisis of confidence that will make its financial situation worse: It might save some money by cutting the dividend, but it will spark a panic that will make it harder for it to raise money, will make customers and lenders nervous, etc. On the other hand a company with a regular stock buyback program can stop it at any time to save money without freaking anyone out.
If you do want a CEO to be answerable to someone other than shareholders, why not make her the CEO of a trust rather than of a corporation? Here are Lee-ford Tritt and Ryan Scott Teschner:
In our recent article, Re-Imagining the Business Trust as a Sustainable Business Form, we proffer the business trust as an alternative organizational form for pursuing sustainable practices while maintaining profitability. Despite states' attempts to free corporations from the strict shareholder primacy model through constituency statutes and new corporate forms such as the benefit corporation and social-purpose corporation, corporate law has remained largely static concerning sustainability issues. In contrast, the business trust affords the structure and the flexibility necessary to advance the sustainable management model without breaching shareholder primacy's potential profit-maximization restrictions. ... Business trusts are unincorporated associations carried on for profit, created at common law by a trust agreement. Business trusts are similar to corporations in that they separate assets from creditors and offer limited liability to the trust's beneficiaries as well as to the trustee. However, trusts do not face many of the restrictions that corporations face, such as requirements for a board of directors, annual shareholder meetings, and residual claims. In particular, two characteristics of the business trust make it particularly suitable for implementing sustainability practices without breaching shareholder primacy's profit maximization restrictions: (i) inherent flexibility through default rules that can be modified through drafting and (ii) trustees' role as fiduciaries instead of agents of the beneficial owners.[3]
We do not talk a lot about business trusts around here; they had a vogue in the … 19th century? But we did talk about one last year, the Texas Pacific Land Trust, which had absolutely wild corporate governance including three trustees elected for life. So if the theory here is "forming a business as a trust instead of a corporation is a good way to not have to answer to shareholders," I guess I believe it.
One way to put it is that the board considered all its stakeholders, not just shareholders (who supported Thiam) but also customers, employees, regulators, the local community and the "Swiss establishment," who were all more put off by the scandal than the shareholders were. Another way to put it might be that the directors prioritized not shareholder value but rather, like, national norms of politeness. The support of shareholders is not enough to overcome an embarrassment like "a dramatic public confrontation in the centre of Zurich," and if the shareholders are themselves rude and confrontational with the board then their support can actually be harmful. I confess that I'm mostly with Herro here; I'm an American, I don't work in Zurich, I can't quite see why this is such a big deal, and I just have my sort of national preference for shareholder value over politeness. (Also, again, I am really impressed by the lengths Thiam went to over his garden.) But we've talked a lot recently about "stakeholder capitalism," and here I want to suggest that this is a form of stakeholder capitalism too. This is—sometimes—what stakeholder capitalism looks like in the real world, not as an ideal of making everything better for everybody, but as a practical weighing of competing interests in making decisions. The most notable thing about stakeholder capitalism is probably that it centralizes corporate power in the board of directors, which is the only entity that can speak for all the stakeholders and decide which of them to prioritize. Also some stakeholder issues—community values, for instance—are fuzzier than others, and may not be unambiguously good. (There are those, among the shareholders, who see racism in the Swiss establishment's turn against Thiam.) You can end up with an opaque and subjective weighing of competing interests by a board of directors that, by representing all the stakeholders, ends up responsible to none of them.
A good common simple reason for a merger to happen is that it will create value. Company A makes widgets, Company B makes sprockets, the widget salespeople could cross-sell the sprockets to their clients, the sprocket and widget factories could use some interchangeable parts, the human resources departments could be combined to save on costs, etc.; the standard term is "synergies." Company A is worth $10 billion, Company B is worth $5 billion, if Company A acquires Company B the combined Company AB will be worth $17 billion. It doesn't always work in practice—acquisitive corporate CEOs are notably optimistic, etc.—but it's a good general idea. In that scenario, how much would you say Company B is "worth" in the merger? Its unaffected standalone value is $5 billion, but if you add it to Company A, it will increase Company A's value by $7 billion. The extra $2 billion—the synergies, the value added by the merger—isn't exactly a property of Company B, but it isn't exactly a property of Company A either. Neither can extract it on its own. Still, if the merger happens, that extra value exists. (I mean, it sort of exists; it clearly exists in this stylized example, and it exists in uncertain expectation in lots of real deals. It's easier to just pretend that there's a pot of $2 billion, though the real world is messier.) It has to be divided up somehow. If Company A pays $5 billion for Company B then Company A gets the whole extra value. If Company A pays $7 billion for Company B then Company B—technically, the shareholders of Company B who are selling it—get the whole extra value. (If Company A pays $8 billion, then Company B gets more than the whole extra value. This is a common scenario, in hindsight, in the real world, with the "winner's curse" in merger auctions and general CEO optimism.) You'd expect, most of the time, the parties to negotiate something in between; Company B would get a third or a half or three-quarters or whatever of the value. There's no particular formula,[1] and the actual allocation will depend on the companies' relative leverage and the CEOs' relative charisma and their bankers' skill and the competitive auction dynamics and the level of uncertainty about the synergies and a bunch of other stuff. Also though some deals won't happen: Company A will want all the benefits and Company B will want all the benefits and they won't be able to agree on a split. Or, because in the real world the benefits are uncertain, Company A will value them at $1 billion and be willing to pay half that, and Company B will value them at $3 billion and be willing to accept half that, and there will be no common ground. There are technologies to bridge this—stock-for-stock mergers give Company B shareholders some of the upside in Company A, and if you want to be more precise you can use contingent value rights or earnouts or tracking stock—but you will still expect some deals to fail due to disagreement on valuation and how to divide it. And so the extra value won't be created. Seen in a certain light this is inefficient. If a merger will create $2 billion of value, then that is good, and that value should be created, and it should not be held back by petty squabbles over its allocation. (If a merger will create $1 to $5 billion of value, then that is good, and it should not be held back by petty squabbles over its exact magnitude.) One should not overstate that—some of that value will not be "created" so much as it is "appropriated away from employees and customers and bondholders and then given to shareholders instead"—but there is probably some truth to it; probably a lot of mergers do increase efficiency. It is particularly inefficient from the perspective of what you might call "the shareholder class." Like if you just imagine that shareholders of all public companies are a unified group with unified interests, then adding $2 billion of shareholder value to companies is good, for them , even if all of that $2 billion is expropriated from employees and customers and bondholders. If your criterion is not social benefit but shareholder benefit—benefit for shareholders generally, not for Company A or Company B shareholders specifically—then it is efficient for value-creating mergers to happen frequently, and for Company A and Company B not to haggle too hard over who gets the benefit. The point is that some shareholders get the benefit, and if you took a unitary shareholder perspective that is all that would matter to you. The unitary shareholder perspective can seem kind of unnatural—why should Company B shareholders care about increasing overall shareholder welfare, if all of that increase goes to Company A shareholders?—until you remember, oh, right, all the companies actually do have the same shareholders. There is a unified class of shareholders, in the form of diversified investors—often index or "quasi-index" investors—who own the shares of many or all public companies, including in particular Company A and Company B. If a majority of the shareholders of Company A are also a majority of the shareholders of Company B, and if a merger will create value, then those shareholders will want the merger to happen, and they won't care that much about whether they get that value in the form of payment for their Company B stock or in the form of increased value for their Company AB shares. They might care a little—if you own 6% of Company A and 3% of Company B you might prefer more of the value to go to Company A, etc.—but shareholders' specific preferences may cancel each other out, and may in any case be weaker than the general preference to get deals done and create more shareholder value. And so (1) if lots of public companies are owned by diversified investors who also own other public companies that they might merge with, and (2) those companies are responsive to the economic interests of their shareholders, then (3) there will tend to be more mergers among those companies, and (4) those mergers will tend to be "easier"—the targets will not push for huge cash premiums,[2] but will be more amenable to just getting a deal done.[3]
A lot of companies have dual-class stock in which the founding/controlling shareholder owns high-vote shares and the regular shareholders own low-vote shares. This is the reverse: The founding/controlling shareholder (the trust) owns no-vote shares; the regular shareholders own the voting shares. Normal dual-class structures often have a provision that, if the founder sells the high-vote shares to an outsider, they convert into low-vote shares: The goal of the structure is to preserve the founder's voting rights, not to let the founder sell those rights for money. The Bremer structure does something similar: If the trust sells its no-vote shares to an outsider, the outsider can convert them into voting shares. The goal of the structure is to comply with tax law, not to render the shares permanently non-voting. So the trust owns 92% of the stock but has only 20% of the vote. But if it sold a bit more than 6% of the stock to a friend, it would own 86% of the stock, its friend would own 6%, and the trust and the friend would combine for about 50.1% of the vote. I am tempted to stop here. That's everything important in the story; I have given you the general layout of the problem, and in the previous paragraph I have explained the mechanism that gets things moving. You can fill in the details however you like and you'll get a pretty good corporate governance puzzle. But I guess I will sketch what actually happened. The trust decided that the bank should be sold, for cash, to a larger bank. The reasons for this are disputed and interesting but not especially relevant for my purposes; I am tempted to sum them up by saying "interest rates are too low for the current structure to continue." The board—I mean, the seven directors who are not also trustees of the trust—would prefer not to sell. Again their reasons are not especially important; generically I will say that (1) often directors and managers of companies, who tend to have well-paid and prestigious gigs, would prefer not to sell their companies to big acquirers and lose their positions; (2) often they will say that they are refusing to sell out of a commitment to long-term value and a concern for employees, communities and other stakeholders; and (3) sometimes that will be true. (I'd note that the non-trust directors here really do represent employee-owners, more than is the case in normal public companies.) So the board said no to a sale, the trust hired financial advisers anyway, the advisers found another bank that made a non-binding bid for Bremer, the board turned down the bid, the trust got annoyed, and it did the obvious thing:
Infuriated by the Board's decision not to sell the Company, the Trustees began pursuing unilateral action to remove the disinterested directors from the Board. As noted, Lipschultz [a trustee] had repeatedly threatened to sell the Trust's Class B nonvoting shares to a third party who would convert them into a controlling block of Class A voting shares and effect a whole-company acquisition. But the Trustees and KBW [the trust's financial adviser] evidently could not find a buyer for all the Trust's shares. No one would make such a large investment without the Company's cooperation, which the Board had resolved not to provide. Accordingly, the Trustees conceived of a new plan. Instead of one buyer for all the Trust's shares, they canvassed the market for multiple entities each willing to buy a smaller number of shares. If they could find enough friendly buyers of Class B shares, the Trustees could assemble a coalition with enough voting power, acting in concert, to remove the Board's disinterested directors and force through a sale themselves. That is exactly what the Trustees have now purported to do. On October 28, 2019, the Trustees sent a letter to Bremer's Board, attached hereto as Exhibit E, which stated that "on October 25, 2019, [the Trust] sold approximately seven percent of [Bremer's] Class B common stock to a number of investors in separate, independent transactions." The Trustees asserted that they had orchestrated this attack on Bremer—the Company they purport to serve as fiduciaries— because they believed it was in the best interests of the Trust. The Trustees also sent a purported "Stock Transfer Notification" asserting that the Trustees had transferred 725,000 Class B shares to 19 entities, primarily small hedge funds such as "Financial Hybrid Opportunity SPV," "Malta Offshore Fund," and "Banc Fund X." … Nearly simultaneously, these 19 entities wrote to Bremer purportedly electing to convert their Class B shares into Class A shares. If each of these purported transfers and subsequent conversions were valid, then the 19 entities and the Trust would collectively own 50.13 percent of Bremer's voting power.
That is quoted from the complaint in the lawsuit that the bank filed to try to stop the trust from selling, and some of the characterizations are disputed. (You can read the trust's answer here; in particular, it denies that it has any voting arrangement with the hedge funds.) But you get the idea. One shareholder owned 92% of the company's stock, most of it nonvoting, but by selling it could turn that stock into voting stock, and so it did. Now that shareholder and some, you know, fast-money hedge funds control 50.1% of the vote and can push through a sale. Maybe. First there will be a lot of lawsuits: The bank is suing the trust, the trust is countersuing the bank, the employees are suing the trust, the hedge funds are suing the bank (which is refusing to recognize the share sale and conversion), the Minnesota state attorney general got involved last week, it is a mess.
Airbnb is a platform that allows people with homes ("hosts," in Airbnb's terms) to rent those homes out to people who want to stay in them ("guests"). You could imagine, from first principles, a number of ways to structure that platform economically. It could collectively be owned by the hosts. That makes a lot of sense. The hosts are the ones contributing the most capital (houses, etc.). They could band together to advertise what they're selling and book guests, charge the guests as much as they can, and keep the profits. That's roughly how hotel chains work, for instance. You could imagine it being collectively owned by the guests, though that's much weirder. People who want to travel band together to seek offers from potential hosts, pay as little as they can, keep the surplus, etc., I don't know. You could sort of think of a big company's travel department as working this way, collectivizing the demand and then asking the suppliers to compete for it. You could imagine it being collectively owned by both sides. (Many people are on both sides, sometimes staying in Airbnbs when they travel and other times renting out their own homes.) Everyone who uses the platform would own it, and it would collect the money from the guests to give to the hosts, taking out a small chunk to pay for costs like engineers and customer-support workers and servers. Some cryptocurrency platforms are meant to work something like this, and you could imagine wrapping all this collective ownership up in a token. Or not, though; you could imagine just wrapping it up in a co-op. "We're all part of this house-sharing community," you might think, "and we'll share houses in an app designed and owned by that community." You could imagine it being owned by its employees: The computer programmers and customer-support workers and so forth who work on the platform would own it, and they'd take a cut of each transaction to pay for their labor. You could imagine it being government-owned, a public good provided by society so that everyone could rent homes at reasonable rates. Again this one's kind of weird, for home-sharing, but not impossible. Or maybe a publicly funded university would build the platform as an experiment, in its computer science or economics department, and release it to the public. You could imagine it being owned by nobody. The internet —the World Wide Web, email—kind of works like that. The pre-Airbnb internet provides some tools for matching hosts and guests. If you own a bed-and-breakfast, you can put up a web page and have an email address, and potential guests can find your web page and email you to book a stay, and neither your email provider nor your web host gets a cut. You might pay them a monthly fee for the email or the hosting, and you might pay Google to advertise your website, but those would be fees for discrete services; the service providers would not be, as it were, co-owners of the platform and the transactions. They would not capture the residual value; they would not get rich as home-sharing grew; the surplus of the platform would go to the hosts and the guests. Or of course you could imagine it being owned mostly by a couple of founders and early employees and some venture capitalists, like every other platform company in the modern tech industry, all of which could easily have been collectives or unowned protocols or whatever but are in fact investor-owned. As is Airbnb. This is the correct answer. All the other ones are fantasies. Airbnb is an investor-owned company that makes money (or not!) to the extent it can buy low from hosts, sell high to guests, and pocket the widest possible spread for itself. And then if it makes money the founders and venture capitalists and (eventually) public investors get rich.
The basic issue is, you are building a complicated thing, and there are lots of decisions to make, and you have lots of people involved in making those decisions, and sometimes they will disagree. One person will argue for using the size 5 widget, for safety, while another will argue for using the size 4 widget, for ease of use. Really you hope that they will frequently disagree, particularly about the hard decisions that involve real tradeoffs; if they always agree then that is a sign of bigger problems. (A lack of courage or creativity or commitment or intellectual diversity, etc.) If you hire good people who care deeply about their work, their disagreements will be passionate, and they will bring evidence and argument and rhetoric and sarcasm and hyperbole to bear to try to convince their colleagues that they are right. Using the size 5 widget would be the greatest crime against good design and common sense ever perpetrated by mankind, someone will say, if they care enough about widgets. The tone of their disagreements will probably say something about the culture of your organization. If the disagreements are passionate but respectful, if everyone acknowledges that their colleagues are brilliant and well-intentioned while disagreeing deeply on the right answer, if they can shout at each other all day while remaining friends, then that's probably a good sign about your process. If the disagreements are hopeless and cynical, if they take the form "I know no one here cares about safety but I'll just point out again that if you use the size 4 widget everyone will die," then that's bad. If you have a large corpus of these disagreements—if you save everything everyone said about every decision in some searchable format—then reviewing it will be revealing. But there is another sort of meta-question of culture that has a huge practical importance, and that question is: Are you having those disagreements in a format that is easily preserved and searched? Are you creating a corpus? Are you writing this stuff down? Because if you are, and a decision turns out to be wrong or debatable—if something goes wrong with the complicated thing that you built—then, guess what, those disagreements are going to come out, and they are going to look bad for you. Even the good ones will look bad for you; even if your culture is one of passionate but respectful disagreement among talented people searching for the right answer, the passion, taken out of context, will look bad. And if your culture is bad, that will look even worse:
"Would you put your family on a Max simulator trained aircraft? I wouldn't," one employee said to a colleague in another exchange from 2018, before the first crash. "No," the colleague responded. In another set of messages, employees questioned the design of the Max and even denigrated their own colleagues. "This airplane is designed by clowns, who are in turn supervised by monkeys," an employee wrote in an exchange from 2017.
That's from a corpus of "over a hundred pages of internal messages delivered Thursday to congressional investigators" by Boeing Co. yesterday, in the aftermath of the Boeing 737 Max's grounding after two fatal crashes. One thing to say about these messages is that the internal critics—the people who thought that the design was flawed—seem to have been correct, while the people who thought it was fine seem to have been wrong. Another thing to say about them is that the tone of the internal critics—"clowns," "monkeys"—does not seem like one of passionate but respectful disagreement; the messages do not fill you with a sense of confidence about Boeing's robust decision-making process. I mean this is pretty explicit:
"We put ourselves in this position by picking the lowest cost supplier and signing up to impossible schedules. Why did the lowest ranking and most unproven supplier receive the contract? Solely based on bottom dollar. Not just MAX but also the 777X!" Added the employee: "I don't know how to fix these things... it's systematic. It's culture. It's the fact that we have a senior leadership team that understand very little about the business and yet are driving us to certain objectives. Its lots of individual groups that aren't working closely and being accountable. It exemplifies the 'lazy B'" -- the nickname the person used for Boeing.
"This is a joke. This airplane is ridiculous," said another. And: "I'll be shocked if the FAA passes this turd." Many messages are even more cynical, not criticisms of the design process but celebrations of putting one past regulators. But one more thing to say about these messages is: Boy, they are in writing! After the fact—after the crashes—these messages are evidence ; they are bad. "We regret the content of these communications, and apologize to the FAA, Congress, our airline customers, and to the flying public for them," says Boeing. But before the crashes, they were objections ; they were, in some sense, good. (Some of them, anyway.) They had some ex ante chance of fixing things. You want people to go around saying things like "We put ourselves in this position by picking the lowest cost supplier and signing up to impossible schedules," because then maybe the person they say it to will think "huh you are right, let's choose a better supplier," and the problem will be fixed. If you think that the airplane you are working on was "designed by clowns," it is much better to say that , to the other people you work with, than to just mutter it to yourself. You should even say it in a rhetorically compelling way—"designed by clowns" rather than "slide 17 of the attached summarizes several key considerations for effective operationalization"—and in a format that they can forward to their bosses. Maybe they will. Maybe the bosses will care. In other words, if you are trying to build a good engineering culture, you might want to encourage your employees to send hyperbolic, overstated, highly quotable emails to a broad internal distribution list when they object to a decision. On the other hand your lawyers, and your public relations people, will obviously and correctly tell you that that is insane: If anything goes wrong, those emails will come out, and the headlines will say "Designed by Clowns," and how are you going to defend that? But arguably the bad thing at Boeing was not that people sometimes sent these angry critical messages, but that they didn't send enough of them: They did their angry sarcastic grumbling to their buddies, not to their bosses; they spoke out in unproductive ways that didn't go anywhere. Perhaps the lesson is, "encourage open and passionate disagreement but use disappearing messaging platforms"? I don't know. The traditional lesson is, "encourage open and passionate disagreement but only in person. " "LTL"—"let's talk live"—is how potentially contentious written conversations in the financial industry often end, before they actually get contentious. My favorite example of this was when David Viniar, the former chief financial officer at Goldman Sachs Group Inc., testified in Congress about some complicated things that Goldman built that also blew up:
At one point Mr. Viniar prompted a collective gasp when Mr. Levin asked him how he felt when he learned that Goldman employees had used vulgar terms to describe the poor quality of certain Goldman deals. Mr. Viniar replied, "I think that's very unfortunate to have on e-mail."
But he was kind of right! You do want your employees who think that a deal is bad to feel free to say that it's bad, and even to use colorful language in expressing that view! Just, not on email.
We have talked a few times about a proposal to allow companies that go public via direct listings to raise money on their first day of trading: Rather than doing a traditional initial public offering, the company could just open for trading on the stock exchange one day, but it could also sell some of its own shares into the opening auction to raise money. This proposal is in limbo right now—the Securities and Exchange Commission rejected it, though it may still approve a variant—but here is a post from Latham & Watkins LLP pointing out that you don't need to raise money in a direct listing when you could, like, raise money and do a direct listing:
Following the direct listings by Spotify and Slack, there has been markedly more interest in this approach to becoming a public company as an alternative to a traditional IPO. Unlike IPOs, due to regulatory limitations, companies are not able to use the direct listing process to concurrently raise capital for the company whose shares are listed. However, companies with a need for capital may explore ways to raise capital prior to, or shortly after, the direct listing event. Companies considering a capital raise prior to a direct listing may complete a traditional private placement of convertible preferred stock shortly prior to the direct listing. In addition, such companies may also consider issuing convertible notes that convert into common stock of the company in connection with a direct listing or IPO. These can be structured to convert (or become convertible) into common stock based on the trading price of the common stock on the exchange. Similar to convertible notes issued by early stage companies in a seed financing or bridge financing, this alternative allows the company and the investors to defer a valuation until the applicable liquidity event.
The convertible notes idea is essentially: You find some investors to buy your stock from you shortly before the direct listing, you sell them stock at a price to be determined later, and that price is determined by your trading price after the direct listing. You get some of the benefits of the IPO (mainly raising money, but also selling your stock to specific investors chosen by you), but you also get the main benefit of the direct listing: The price of your stock is determined by the market, not by negotiations with the big initial investors.
Here is a paper by Zoë Cullen and Ricardo Perez-Truglia about "The Old Boys' Club: Schmoozing and the Gender Gap" (free version here). The principal result of the paper is that men at "a large commercial bank in Asia" get promoted ahead of women because "male employees may schmooze with their managers in ways that female employees cannot." Specifically they find that "when male employees are assigned to male managers, they are promoted faster in the following years than they would have been if they were assigned to female managers," while women do not have any similar (or opposite) effect. They do not observe the schmoozing directly, though there are surveys, but for various reasons they argue that the effect appears to be schmoozing-related. This one is my favorite:
The socialization shock we study is the transition from non-smoking managers to smoking managers, focusing exclusively on the sample of male employees and male managers. In our context, smokers tend to take smoking breaks together, and thus for an employee who smokes, having a manager who also smokes increases their socialization. We use data on the smoking status of a subsample of employees and managers from the annual health exam and supplement it with survey data. In this sample, 33% of male employees smoke and 37% of male managers smoke. We reproduce the event-study framework on the effects of manager gender, but we focus on smoking status instead of gender. We show that transitioning from a non-smoking to a smoking manager (relative to transitioning from a non-smoking manager to another non-smoking manager) increases how often the smoking employees socialize with their managers but has no effect on the socialization of non-smoking employees. Then, we show that these manager switches affect promotion rates: transitioning from a non-smoking to a smoking manager (relative to transitioning from a non-smoking to another non-smoking manager) increases the subsequent promotion rates of smoking employees but does not affect the promotions of non-smoking employees. Moreover, the effects of the transitions from nonsmoking to smoking managers are similar in magnitude and timing to the corresponding effects of the transitions from female to male managers.
In the U.S., I would assume, this effect is rarer (not so many smoking bosses) but more concentrated (the smoking bosses don't have so many people to hang out with), making it plausibly in your best interests to take up smoking if you get assigned to a boss who smokes, despite the obvious tradeoffs.
Anyway here's a story about how management practices at Amazon.com Inc. are influencing lots of other companies, as Amazon executives are seen as very desirable chief executive officers for other companies:
In addition to its 14 leadership principles, there are more general practices that are aimed at keeping teams nimble and that let data guide business decisions. Cross-functional teams should be small enough that two pizzas would suffice for dinner. Many meetings start with 30 minutes of silence as everyone reads the same six-page document. Employees pitching new products create fictional press releases to focus on the benefits to customers.
"Write more fiction" is one of those practices that is being exported:
Cate Khan, co-founder of shopping website Verishop and a 7-year veteran of Amazon, said the first thing she did when she was thinking about the company's positioning was write a fictional press release—what Amazon refers to as a "PRFAQ."
Great! Obviously you don't put out the press release for a product that doesn't exist, but the process of writing the fake press release is informative. You can learn something about what you want the product to be by selling it before you make it. "Write less PowerPoint" is another good Amazon principle, by the way:
In the early 2000s, Mr. Bezos inspired one of the more famous Amazon organizational tools: The narrative, or "six-pager" in Amazon parlance, a document that a team of employees writes when proposing an idea. PowerPoint presentations are now banned at Amazon, and it's common for meetings to begin with a long stretch of quiet as everyone reads six-pagers—a tactic Mr. Bezos adopted to ensure that executives actually process the proposal before discussing their merits and asking questions. "One of the things I flagrantly ripped off from Amazon was the narrative," said Adam Selipsky, the CEO of software maker Tableau.
Narrative! Great stuff. It is a nice piece of dramatic irony that Amazon, which is killing bookstores, is at the same time reviving the market for fiction and narrative nonfiction in corporate America.
Government & Regulators (17)
US premerger review has a size cutoff: deals below the Hart-Scott-Rodino threshold (currently $133.9 million) need no FTC/DOJ notification. Levine describes the standard evasion playbook: offer $125 million for a $150 million company, and when the sellers refuse, add an 'unrelated' $25 million payment, a Christmas present, so the deal papers show a below-threshold price while the sellers get full value. The FTC just extracted $12 million in penalties from Edwards Lifesciences for exactly this: it paid $115 million for JC Medical, just under the then-$119.5 million threshold, plus a contemporaneous $25 million 'investment' in the seller. The parties' own documents proved intent: the seller sent both term sheets in one email calling them a single transaction, and Edwards told a counterparty the deal was 'below the threshold! Intentional.' Regulators evaluate substance over form, and deal teams reliably write down the intent that enforcement needs.
If Rivian Automotive Inc. bought some land in Georgia and built a big factory there, it would have to pay Georgia property taxes on the factory. If, instead, the government of the state of Georgia bought the land and built the factory there, and Rivian just rented it from the state, it would not have to pay the taxes. [2] If Georgia really really wants Rivian to build a factory in Georgia, it might want to give Rivian that tax reduction, as sort of a welcome gift.
But one doesn't want the gift to be too lavish. The gift is "you don't have to pay the full property tax rate on your factory," not "we will literally buy the land and build the factory for you." Rivian still has to build the factory! And the specific series of incantations that you utter, in Georgia, to make this all work is [3] :
1. Georgia, or more accurately a Georgia government entity called the JDA, [4] agrees to issue up to $15 billion of municipal bonds, from time to time, to pay for the land and construction. 2. Rivian agrees to buy the bonds whenever they are issued. 3. Rivian also agrees to rent the land and factory from the JDA. 4. Whenever Rivian needs to spend a slug of money on the factory, it sends the JDA a notice saying "we're spending $100 million" or whatever, and then the JDA sends back a notice saying "great we're selling you $100 million of bonds." [5] 5. And then Rivian just spends the $100 million, but everyone agrees that in some entirely abstract sense what happened is that Rivian paid $100 million to the JDA to buy bonds, and the JDA issued the bonds to Rivian, and the JDA got the money, and the JDA gave the money to Rivian, and Rivian spent it. No actual money changes hands between Rivian and the JDA; they all just agree to look at Rivian's spending in a peculiar way. [6] 6. Of course then the "bonds" are "outstanding," and the JDA "owes" Rivian the "$100 million" plus "interest," but this too is completely abstract, and the way it works is, notionally, that Rivian pays the JDA the $100 million plus interest as "rent" for the factory, and the JDA pays that back to Rivian as "principal and interest" on the bonds. Again, no money changes hands either way; this is just a further peculiar way to look at Rivian's spending to make the books balance. [7] 7. At the end of the rental term (in December 2047) Rivian gets to buy the land and factory for $100. [8]
The result is that, for the term of the agreement, the JDA technically owns the factory, but Rivian actually pays to build it. But since it doesn't own it, it doesn't pay taxes. (It does make negotiated payments in lieu of taxes, but at a lower rate.)
Presumably the basic thrust of the advice that Och's lawyers gave him was something like: "I think that a Delaware Court of Chancery judge, in looking at these facts, would be offended, and would think they're unfair, and might enjoin the deal." Or: "I think that a Delaware judge would think this is fine, but I'm not sure, so we could take a shot." Or even: "Of the seven Court of Chancery judges in Delaware, three would find this offensive and four would think it's fine, so let's see." Some of this advice would be based on what the lawyers know of the current judges, and some of it would be based on reading previous Delaware opinions for clues on how Delaware judges would treat this case. But the essential question here really is, "will a Delaware judge find this situation fair," because lawsuits about breaches of fiduciary duty really are about "equity," about the judge's somewhat subjective (though informed by precedent) views of fairness. ("The Court has subject matter jurisdiction over this action because it brings equitable claims and seeks equitable relief," says Och's complaint.) And there are seven relevant Delaware judges, [4] and they are knowable humans with track records, and the question of what is legal in US mergers and acquisitions to some extent boils down to asking how it will strike those people. This is called "legal realism."
This is true to a sort of surprisingly large degree in American law, and particularly mergers-and-acquisition law, which is very much based in equity. It is similarly true of bankruptcy law, which also involves quite a lot of equitable, is-this-fair questions. For instance, we talk from time to time about various sorts of distressed-debt shenanigans that have the basic shape of stripping some value, in a distressed company, away from some creditors to hand it to other creditors. "Is that allowed," the losing creditors will ask, and the answer will to some extent depend on the words in the contract but will also depend on whether the bankruptcy judge hearing the case finds it offensive.
And, while there are lots of bankruptcy judges in the US, big corporate bankruptcies tend to end up with only a few of them. And for the last few years, practically speaking, the question "is this sort of distressed-debt shenanigan allowed" could often be reduced to "will Bankruptcy Judge David R. Jones of the Southern District of Texas find this offensive?" He hears a lot of the cases.
On that note, readers pointed out two things. One is that there is of course a literature. Here's a recent paper by Dain C. Donelson, Matthew Kubic and Sara Toynbee on " The SEC's September Spike: Regulatory Inconsistency within the Fiscal Year":
We examine whether performance reporting leads to inconsistent enforcement at the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In a sample of over 13,000 SEC enforcement actions, we show that SEC staff respond to performance-reporting pressures and file more enforcement actions in September, the final month of the SEC's fiscal year, than in any other month. The increase in case volume in September is not fully explained by staff filing more procedural cases or accelerating case filings. Instead, SEC staff pursue less complex cases and agree to more lenient financial and non-financial sanctions to increase case volume in September. We attempt to rule out alternative explanations for our results, including natural SEC workflow and resource constraints. Overall, our findings suggest that performance reporting creates agency conflicts that lead to regulatory inconsistency within the fiscal year.
The idea is that the SEC's performance is measured, and its budget set, based on the number of cases filed in the previous fiscal year:
The SEC receives its funding from Congress and must submit a budget justification report as part of the appropriations process (see, e.g., SEC, 2020b). Consistent with the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993's objective of ensuring regulatory effectiveness, the budget justification report outlines the SEC's proposed allocations of requested funds, actual outlays from the prior year, and a summary of performance for the most recent fiscal year. The most prominent performance metric in both the SEC's annual reports and the budget justification reports is the number of cases filed (see SEC, 2018, 2019, 2020a). The number of case filings also receives attention in congressional testimony and from the press.
And so the SEC has incentives to maximize that number, and to cram cases into the end of the fiscal year. One way to cram in cases is by settling. Defendants know this, though, and they can use it to their advantage: They can drag their feet on cases early in the year, and then drive a hard bargain in September because they know the SEC is desperate to settle.
We find that defendants receive lower financial sanctions—both disgorgement and civil penalties—when they settle in September. On average, our results suggest the SEC discounts financial sanctions for cases filed as settled charges in September by approximately $132,000—an economically meaningful discount, given that the average financial sanction is $270,000. We also find an 11% lower likelihood of a large financial sanction in September.
Our evidence suggests that SEC staff compromise in settlement negotiations in order to file cases before the fiscal year-end. This predictable leniency has important practical implications. The revolving door between SEC enforcement and industry likely increases defendants' awareness of the pressure on the SEC at the fiscal year-end (deHaan et al. 2015), and such awareness may incentivize them to delay settlement negotiations to obtain more favorable outcomes.
And while there are some contexts in which investors are forced to sell bonds when they are downgraded — if you are an investment-grade manager and a bond goes from BBB- to BB+, it is no longer investment-grade and you might have to get rid of it [3] — it seems unlikely that there are any investors like that in Treasuries. "Because Treasury securities are such an important asset class, most investment mandates and regulatory regimes refer to them specifically, rather than AAA-rated government debt," a Goldman Sachs Group Inc. research note pointed out, so nobody should care much about the downgrade.
Still one reader pointed out to me that the interesting consequences are for US non-government debt, or rather not-quite-government debt. If you are an AAA-rated US company , this downgrade is fine: Fitch left the US's "country ceiling" at AAA, meaning that AAA-rated corporates are not affected by the downgrade. [4] Bloomberg's Josyana Joshua and Sonali Basak note:
There is likely to be a silver lining in Fitch's downgrade of the US, at least for two companies — Microsoft Corp. and Johnson & Johnson.
Citigroup Inc.'s head of global debt capital markets, Richard Zogheb, said the downgrade may actually benefit the small group of companies that have a credit rating as high or higher than the US. Investors could begin replacing sovereign bonds in their portfolios with the highly rated companies, as some did a few years ago during the European sovereign crisis, he said.
Moreover, the few companies that are rated on-par with the US could see their spreads tighten in line with US Treasury bonds.
"The bad news is it is a very small group of companies that have ratings at or above the current sovereign rate for the US government," Zogheb said on Bloomberg Television Wednesday. "There is only so much of your portfolio that you can replace of sovereigns into these multinational, highly-rated areas."
But that's not true of every AAA-rated US company. Fitch did downgrade two big US companies yesterday:
Fitch Ratings downgraded the credit scores of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to AA+ from AAA, a day after it cut the US sovereign credit rating.
The downgrades of the two government-sponsored enterprises are consistent with its downgrade of US government debt, Fitch said in a press release on Wednesday. The move was "not being driven by fundamental credit, capital or liquidity deterioration at the firms," it said.
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac benefit from implicit government support, Fitch said. The two enterprises help to backstop the multi-trillion dollar market for US home mortgages.
And there are enormous categories of asset-backed securities that also benefit from implicit or explicit US government backing, backing that used to be AAA-rated and is now only AA+: agency mortgage-backed securities, for instance, and also student loans. Fitch put a bunch of AAA-rated student loan pools on "ratings watch negative" in June, after putting the US government on ratings watch in May, because those pools are largely guaranteed by the US Department of Education. That guarantee is now, to Fitch, worth a bit less than it used to be.
I am not sure how much this matters either, but it is a bit more likely to matter. Somebody somewhere could be posting these securities as collateral in some trade that requires collateral rated AAA by two agencies, and might now have to substitute other collateral because of the downgrade. Treasuries are Treasuries; "most investment mandates and regulatory regimes refer to them specifically, rather than AAA-rated government debt." But AAA-rated quasi-government-supported asset-backed-securities are, maybe, in some contexts, just AAA bonds. Or rather they were, and now they are not.
I hate to be like "I agree with the thing that 80% of people agree with," because that isn't very interesting, is it, but I think I agree? If you own individual stocks then:
1. You might get inside information, through your government job, and trade on it; 2. You might make decisions , at your government job, that favor the companies whose stocks you own; and 3. You might be distracted from your government job by day-trading all your stocks.
Of course there are finely tailored ways to address all of those risks, but "just don't own individual stocks" seems pretty straightforward. Also I have never fully understood "blind trusts" but my understanding is that a lot of government officials own a ton of stock in, like, the company they used to work for, and they put that stock in a "blind trust" run by a broker who has discretion to sell it, and then they leave the government five years later and, surprise, all the stock is still in the trust. (Donald Trump, absurdly, put his stake in his private company with his name on it in a "blind trust" run by his children. It would have been very funny if they sold the company and put all the money in index funds, but they did not.)
I suppose the objections are:
It is nice to be able to attract accomplished people to government service, and some number of accomplished people will have a lot of stock in their former employers that they are unable or unwilling to sell. (Or: Their spouses might own a lot of stock that they can't or won't sell.) A lot of the "inside information" that government officials get is fairly macroeconomic , and so can be misused by trading index funds. If you got bad top-secret news about the severity of Covid-19 before everyone else did, you could have been crafty and sold cruise-ship stocks while buying teleconferencing stocks, but just dumping all of your index funds would have worked fine too.
Article I, Section 1 of the US Constitution says: "All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives." One way to paraphrase that is: Federal law is made by Congress.
In the modern US, this is not quite true. Some federal law is made by Congress, but quite a lot of federal law is made by government departments and administrative agencies. In many cases, Congress passes fairly general laws, and those laws instruct the relevant agency to write rules implementing the laws, and then the agencies write more specific rules. Sometimes these rules just fill in details in a comprehensive statutory scheme. Other times the agencies have pretty broad mandates to write rules that are in the public interest, and they get to set their own agendas and decide what that means.
There is quite a large body of law and procedure governing how those agencies write those rules, and those rules are pretty important. Around here, we have talked recently about a bunch of proposed rules from the US Securities and Exchange Commission that would, for instance, crack down on special purpose acquisition companies, require more disclosure of activist stakes and swap positions, limit stock buybacks and executives trading in their own stocks, and most notably implement a climate disclosure regime. This is mostly stuff that the SEC is doing on its own initiative under laws passed mostly in the 1930s and 1960s. Congress largely set up the SEC and its underlying system of securities laws in the 1930s, and the SEC took it from there.
There are obviously good reasons to do things this way. Congress does not have time to write all the rules, so delegating rulemaking to agencies is efficient. Congress also has limited subject-matter expertise: The SEC knows more about securities law and financial markets than the average congressperson, so it makes sense for the SEC to write most of the securities rules. The rulemaking process is often both more flexible and more thoughtful than the legislative process; agencies have to consider public comments and explain their reasoning in a way that Congress does not. Agency rules can be overturned by a court if they are "arbitrary and capricious," which is not generally true of laws passed by Congress; Congress can be as arbitrary as it wants.
There are also objections though. Congress is elected, and the SEC isn't. Letting agencies write rules is more technocratic but less democratic; the agencies might be more captured by industry or just by longtime staffers who are less politically accountable. Also, let's be clear, in the modern US, a lot of people simply think that there should be fewer rules overall. If you think that then you will object to the whole idea of agencies writing rules: If only Congress could make law, then there would be fewer rules about, say, securities fraud. (Or environmental regulation or workplace safety or bank capital or whatever else you are interested in.)
Also the constitution does say " all legislative powers" are vested in Congress. If you take that literally, you might think that it's unconstitutional for the SEC to make any rules at all.
The rise of the US administrative state — all these agencies making all these rules — is most identified with the New Deal in the 1930s. At the time, people objected that it was in fact unconstitutional for agencies to make rules. The US Supreme Court occasionally agreed: In two 1935 cases, the Supreme Court struck down laws that delegated rulemaking authority to executive agencies. Then that stopped, and the administrative state grew. Since 1935, lots of people have challenged agency rulemaking under the "nondelegation doctrine," the theory that Congress cannot delegate legislative authority to agencies, but they have never won. The Supreme Court has adopted an "intelligible principle" test, saying that if Congress delegates authority to an agency and gives it an "intelligible principle" to follow, then the agency can constitutionally make rules guided by that principle. This is a vague test and in practice, for the last 87 years, it has always been met. For instance, Congress has given the SEC pretty broad authority to make disclosure rules that are "necessary or appropriate in the public interest for the protection of investors," which gives the SEC a lot of discretion but which is probably "intelligible" enough under current law.
A common problem in environmental, social and governance investing is that if you own stock in a coal company, and you care about ESG, so you sell that coal company stock, you are sort of by definition selling it to someone who does not care as much about ESG.[1] And then what? It is fairly straightforward to say "I care about ESG, so if someone comes to me looking to raise money to open a coal mine, I won't give it to her." That's not what you're doing. Selling publicly traded stock on the secondary market is not quite the same as refusing to fund new activities. They are related. There is, you hope, some long-term effect: Your refusal to buy coal companies on the secondary market will lower the expected returns on opening a coal mine, leading to less coal mining in the long run. But in the short run it means that people who like coal mines can buy them cheap, and then the coal mines will all be owned by people who like coal mines.
Anyway here is a good Bloomberg News article about how "Anyone Selling Russian Assets Faces Few Options, Big Losses." One problem is: Who is buying?
For large stakes, shareholders in Russian companies could try to find a buyer willing to take over the holding wholesale. Sellers could try to appeal to investors in Asia, but this would carry its own political risk.
"There are potential long-term consequences of selling assets to the Chinese, especially if it means lesser Western exposure to or control or influence over commodities," said Mould.
And the crippling international sanctions are making Russian assets financially unattractive, even at steep discounts, meaning that Chinese investors may not want to risk the political headache either. …
In an ironic twist, Russian investors could turn out to be the most obvious buyers for some assets.
But there are huge obstacles that make transacting almost impossible in the short term. Stock trading on the local bourse was canceled, while the ruble plunged to an all-time low on Monday. This means buying global depositary receipts of Russian stocks being traded on exchanges such as London has also become prohibitively expensive for Moscow-based portfolio managers.
One quasi-solution is to just, like, forget about your Russian assets?
BP has warned that it could take a writedown of as much as $25 billion from exiting Russia, as finding a buyer for its 20% stake in Rosneft will be very challenging. Shell Plc is exiting its Russian gas ventures, including a massive liquefied natural gas facility.
Other companies with significant investments in Russia may opt to reduce the value of their holdings to zero. ...
"It is going to be difficult to find a buyer with Russia gaining pariah status among the international community," Susannah Streeter, an analyst at Hargreaves Lansdown Plc, said of BP's planned retreat.
"For now, a very hefty writedown is likely to remain the main course of action," she said.
I don't quite know what that means. You can say "we paid $25 billion for these assets, and now we can't sell them, so we are going to forget all about them and mark them on our books at zero," but … you still own them, right? (If eventually things normalize and you are able to sell the stake and reverse the writedown, what did your big public announcement that you're divesting actually mean?) I suppose you could donate them back to the company — call up Rosneft and say "cancel our shares, don't bother paying us" — but I am not sure that that's a good way to impose sanctions on Russia ; it is in some sense good for Rosneft (or Shell's Russian partners in its joint ventures, etc.) to cancel equity claims on its business for free. If you're writing the assets down to zero anyway I suppose one option (depending on the mechanics of the sanctions regime) is to give them to charity; there would be something a bit satisfying about a Ukraine relief charity owning 20% of Rosneft.
Here is more from the Financial Times about the difficulties of trying to sell Russian assets back to Russian investors:
One question for brokers and investors was whether their trading counterparts would be ejected from Swift. "I'm having to not trade Russia till I get a list," said one trader at an investment bank.
Some brokers were concerned that even if they managed to strike a deal, there was little guarantee it would be settled and the asset exchanged for cash. Most cross-border trades are settled in US dollars, and banks are responsible for managing the currency risk for such transactions.
"It's just so messy. If you trade something and you can't settle it, you're left with the exposure," said a trader at a US broker.
Again, this is one of those things where in the short run "Russian buyers can buy stock and not pay for it" would seem in some sense beneficial to Russia, though in the long run it is bad for Russia:
"The calamity of Russia's war in Ukraine has put an end to international financial investing in Russia," said Christopher Granville, managing director for EMEA and global political research at TS Lombard in London.
Elsewhere if you own Russian bonds it seems increasingly plausible that you might not get paid interest, because it might be illegal in Russia for the issuer to pay interest, and illegal in the West for intermediaries to pass along that interest. From the FT:
Those concerns were exacerbated by worries that payments for trades and coupons on bonds would be frozen in accounts at custodian banks or international securities depositories, where deals are settled and balances between central banks and commercial banks are updated.
The two largest depositories, Belgium's Euroclear and Clearstream, together hold about €50tn of assets in custody for global investors, making them a pillar of the financial system. Deals are usually finalised by transferring balances between customer accounts held at the depository, or between the two market utilities.
Late on Monday, Clearstream said the rouble would no longer be an eligible settlement currency, with immediate effect. …
BlackRock believes it is possible that Russia could default on its bonds because of an inability to make payments to investors' accounts. "It's the difference between ability to pay and desire to pay," said Rieder.
And Bloomberg reports that it looked briefly like it might be illegal for Russian companies to service their debts:
President Vladimir Putin banned all Russian residents from transferring foreign currency abroad, hardening capital controls as part of a package of retaliatory measures for U.S. and European sanctions over his invasion of Ukraine.
The steps, which take effect March 1, include a ban on payments of hard currency made to foreigners "in connection with loan agreements," according to the text of the decree published Monday.
The central bank later issued a clarification, saying the ban "only covers new loans and not servicing of existing debt." Some investors and economists had said the phrasing could amount to a default.
Meanwhile buying Ukrainian war bonds is also difficult:
Ukraine is on Tuesday auctioning so-called war bonds -- 1-year hryvnia-denominated notes, whose coupon isn't yet set. The securities are set to be similar to other local debt sold by the government.
Ukraine's finance ministry cut off access to its website from abroad to avoid cyber attacks, making it difficult for investors to get access to information. Concerns over the settlement process for the bonds and the information haze mean that some international bond funds will remain on the sidelines at Tuesday's auction, according to three people familiar with portfolio mangers' thinking, who asked not to be cited by name because they aren't cleared to speak publicly on the matter.
The way a number of U.S. regulatory agencies work is that there is a professional career staff, who do the work of the agency, and there is a politically appointed chair, who is appointed by the president and is the boss of the staff and runs the agency and sets its regulatory agenda. But there are also often some other commissioners or board members who are there to vote on the agency's big decisions. Often there are about four of those people, and about two will be Democrats and two will be Republicans, and the chair will also be partisan and will break ties. And the job of the majority-party commissioners or board members is to vote to approve new rules and actions that the chair wants, and the job of the minority-party commissioners is to write zingy dissents and tweet and give speeches about how the agency has run wild by over- or under-regulating, depending on which party is in the majority.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. is in a weird place right now in that:
1. Its chair, Jelena McWilliams, is a Republican, appointed by Donald Trump to a five-year term in 2018, but 2. The other four seats on the board of directors include one vacancy and three Democrats.
So the Democrats are the majority party on the board, but the chair is a Republican. The ordinary procedure is that the chair sets the agenda for the agency and then the board votes on it. In this situation you might expect that to produce a lot of inaction — the chair proposes to do stuff, and the majority of the board votes it down — which I suppose is more or less what a Republican bank regulator would want anyway.
But here the Democratic majority members want to do stuff, but not the stuff the Republican chair wants to do, so they have proposed their own agenda. And she has ignored it, and the FDIC's general counsel — who was appointed by the chair in 2019 — has opined that she's entitled to ignore it. They would win a vote, but they can't vote for the things they want, because she decides what they vote on. And so the Democrats have held their own little meeting to advance their agenda with a majority of the vote, and the chair has said that their meeting doesn't count, and the general counsel has agreed with her:
A partisan fight atop a sleepy bank regulator intensified on Tuesday, with Democratic members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation board saying its Republican chairwoman was subverting the majority's will.
Rohit Chopra, a member of the F.D.I.C. board and the new director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, complained that the chairwoman, Jelena McWilliams — a Trump appointee — had refused to recognize their attempts to review rules about bank mergers.
"This approach to governance is unsafe and unsound," he said in a statement. "It is also an attack on the rule of law."
At a virtual meeting earlier Tuesday, Ms. McWilliams, the board's lone Republican, struck down Mr. Chopra's request to record in the minutes a vote on the review. Ms. McWilliams said the regulator's general counsel had ruled the vote, which had been taken earlier by the Democratic members, to be invalid.
One of the Democratic board members, Rohit Chopra, is also the director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and he took to his agency's website to complain:
Since joining the Board in October, there have been a number of concerning representations made by certain Corporation officers about board governance. In my board member orientation, I was informed that it was the view of the Board's General Counsel that board members may not raise matters for discussion in board meetings, and only the Chairperson has this right. Although the Corporation's bylaws specifically authorize two board members to call for special meetings, the General Counsel has taken the perplexing view that those board members cannot guarantee that any topics will actually be discussed.
In late October, my fellow Directors and I circulated a draft Request for Information on the Bank Merger Act with the intention of releasing it jointly with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. This was not a draft rule or guidance document – it was largely a series of questions to solicit input, given the President's reasonable request, the need to incorporate the Dodd-Frank Act's amendments, and the long-term trend in consolidation. This should have been a no-brainer where consensus could easily be achieved. But because of the General Counsel's improper assertion that the Chairperson had implicit veto power, the draft was not given appropriate attention. Directors Gruenberg, Hsu, and I waited for feedback, but to no avail.
I am not an expert in the bylaws of the FDIC so I don't know who will win. In general I agree with Chopra's view that it is very bad governance if the majority of a board cannot make decisions because the chair has unreviewable control over the agenda. On the other hand I take the general counsel's point that, usually , the chair of an agency runs the agency and the board just votes on stuff she proposes.
In a number of sectors in China, companies are not allowed to have foreign ownership and cannot directly list on exchanges outside of China. To raise money on such exchanges, many China-based operating companies are structured as Variable Interest Entities (VIEs). …
For U.S. investors, this arrangement creates "exposure" to the China-based operating company, though only through a series of service contracts and other contracts. To be clear, though, neither the investors in the shell company's stock, nor the offshore shell company itself, has stock ownership in the China-based operating company. I worry that average investors may not realize that they hold stock in a shell company rather than a China-based operating company.
In light of the recent developments in China and the overall risks with the China-based VIE structure, I have asked staff to seek certain disclosures from offshore issuers associated with China-based operating companies before their registration statements will be declared effective. In particular, I have asked staff to ensure that these issuers prominently and clearly disclose:
That investors are not buying shares of a China-based operating company but instead are buying shares of a shell company issuer that maintains service agreements with the associated operating company. Thus, the business description of the issuer should clearly distinguish the description of the shell company's management services from the description of the China-based operating company;
That the China-based operating company, the shell company issuer, and investors face uncertainty about future actions by the government of China that could significantly affect the operating company's financial performance and the enforceability of the contractual arrangements; and
Detailed financial information, including quantitative metrics, so that investors can understand the financial relationship between the VIE and the issuer.
But those disclosures already exist in every Chinese VIE offering. I quoted some of them last month when we talked about the initial public offering of Didi Global Inc., which ran into trouble with Chinese regulators almost immediately after it went public in New York. "There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations," said Didi's prospectus, about the VIE structure. And if anything changed, it said, "the relevant governmental authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including, without limitation: … revoking the business licenses and/or operating licenses of our PRC entities; … [or] requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIEs."
Now, I suppose tweaks are still possible. For instance Gensler says that "the business description of the issuer should clearly distinguish the description of the shell company's management services from the description of the China-based operating company," and most Chinese VIE prospectuses arguably do not do that. "Our journey started on the streets of Beijing," begins the founders' letter at the start of Didi's prospectus. The business section begins, "Our mission is to make life better by transforming mobility."
But technically the prospectus was not selling shares of that ride-sharing startup to U.S. investors; it was selling shares of a shell company with certain management contracts with that startup. "Our journey started in a Cayman Islands law firm," a Gensler-approved founders' letter might start. "We were united by a single dream: Being able to sell shares in a U.S.-listed company that has economic exposure to the Chinese ride-sharing business that we also happen to have founded, while complying with our lawyers' current interpretation of Chinese laws limiting foreign ownership of certain technology businesses." And then the whole prospectus would be like that, constantly emphasizing that you are buying shares of a Cayman Islands shell company rather than the underlying Chinese business. And it would be more jarring to read than the actual Didi prospectus, which understandably focuses on the
Two notable facts about the People's Republic of China are that (1) it has been communist for the last 70 years and (2) it bans foreign investors from owning shares of certain sorts of technology companies. Until like a month ago, everyone thought China was … kidding? Yes sure China is ruled by the Communist Party, but look at all the profits that were being made by Chinese capitalists. And yes sure foreign investors aren't allowed to own Chinese tech companies, but a robust "variable interest entity" structure allowed foreign investors to effectively own shares in profitable Chinese tech companies. It's fine! In very broad strokes, investing in China was like investing everywhere else.
TAL, New Oriental Education and Gaotu are all Cayman Islands companies; they — or rather their Chinese variable interest entities — are in education-tech businesses that foreigners are prohibited from owning. Through a series of contracts, foreign investors can own these Caymans companies, which in turn can share in the profits of the onshore Chinese education-tech companies. Except, oops, no profits!
All of these companies, in their disclosures to foreign investors, include risk factors about how the legal status of their VIE structures is uncertain and how the Chinese government might decide that they are in violation of the law and impose all sorts of remedies, like "confiscating any of our income that they deem to be obtained through illegal operations" or "revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC subsidiaries or consolidated affiliated entities." In a sense there is nothing surprising here; the boom in foreign investment in Chinese tech companies has been entirely a creature of regulatory grace that might end at any time. People got used to the grace, though. Now it might be ending.
What happened is that the federal government bailed out Fannie and Freddie in 2008, putting them into conservatorship and pumping in billions of dollars. In 2012, the government amended the terms of the bailout to keep all of Fannie's and Freddie's future profits for the U.S. Treasury. Investors in Fannie and Freddie stock were understandably upset about this, and have been trying for years to reverse it. They have sued in various courts under various theories. One of their theories is that the FHFA, which administers Fannie's and Freddie's conservatorship, is unconstitutional, because its director can only be removed by the president "for cause," and the Constitution requires that the president have absolute ability to fire executive officers. If the FHFA is unconstitutional, the theory goes, then its actions — in particular its decision to give all of Fannie's and Freddie's future profits to the Treasury — are invalid, and can be reversed. (Why courts would reverse only that decision, and not everything else that has happened at Fannie and Freddie under FHFA control for the last 13 years, I don't know.)
Yesterday the Supreme Court ruled that the investors were correct on their constitutional point: It is unconstitutional that the president can't fire the FHFA director without cause. But this didn't get the investors very much: The Supreme Court refused to change the terms of Fannie's and Freddie's bailouts; it sent the case back to an appeals court for further consideration but it doesn't look good for the investors. We discussed the decision yesterday. All the Supreme Court really said was, well, right, the president should be able to fire the FHFA director whenever he wants.
And so today the president fired the FHFA director — a Trump appointee who was fairly sympathetic to the investors and who oversaw an amendment to the bailout that would let Fannie and Freddie build more capital — and will replace him with someone less interested in handing Fannie and Freddie back to the investors. The investors won their argument in court, but it put them in a worse position.
We talk frequently about the idea that the SEC is a meta-regulator of everything, because every substantive harm that involves public corporations can be filtered through securities disclosure rules, and everything is securities fraud. If you want to stop global warming, you make fossil-fuel companies disclose much more about the risks of global warming, you sue coal and oil companies for being too blasé (in their securities disclosure!) about climate change, you make rules requiring banks and mutual funds to consider long-term climate risks in their investing and financing decisions,[1] you generally make life hot for public companies that contribute to climate change, and you hope at the margin that will improve the environment. Some oil company will face some choice to pollute or not, and it will say "well if we pollute our SEC disclosure will be worse and our cost of capital will go up," and they'll decide not to pollute. The SEC can harness the power of the capital markets for a non-financial goal—a goal that has very little to do with investor protection,[2] but one that is important and politically salient. Joe Biden will also nominate a head of the Environmental Protection Agency, of course. But it can be weirdly hard for the EPA to make climate-change rules, because everyone knows that the EPA makes environmental rules and they are controversial and the subject of lots of lobbying and litigation and confirmation fights and legislative second-guessing. It is relatively easier for the SEC to make (weaker!) climate-change rules because, what, they are just demanding more corporate disclosure, surely no one could object to disclosure. Similarly boardroom diversity. Companies regularly put pictures of their directors in their proxies, so investors already have access to at least some crude measures of boardroom diversity. But you could require companies to disclose their policies on boardroom diversity, to articulate why their board is made up the way it is. This may or may not be relevant to investing decisions, but it is reasonable to expect that being forced to describe their diversity policies will push companies to have more diverse boards. Nobody really wants to disclose a diversity policy that says "we do not care about diversity," or "our diversity policy is to have an all white male board," so everyone will have a diversity policy that says "we value diversity and strive to have a diverse board." And if you say that in your proxy and have an all white male board anyway, you get sued for securities fraud. Or here's another paragraph from that DealBook article, about another potential SEC priority: Requiring companies to disclose their political donations publicly, in a standardized way, an issue that Democrats were pushing even before it became the biggest business story of the day. Corporate political donations "became the biggest business story of the day" because some U.S. politicians tried to overturn a democratic election to keep the losing presidential candidate in office, and then some companies announced some variant on "we would prefer not to fund the end of democracy so we are going to pause our donations to those politicians." And the SEC can make rules on how companies disclose their contributions, and I suppose those rules can require companies to give a narrative description of whether they support or oppose democracy, whether they have any explicit policies on backing violent coups, etc. And just as with board diversity, being forced to articulate those policies will tend to push corporations in the direction of, you know, not backing coups. Is the SEC the last bastion of defense of the American constitutional order? Sure, why not.
I get the impulse! Antitrust law focuses on market share and market power, and the way that this is often contested in practice is in fights over market definition. If your company controls 80% of the underwater widget market, but only 2% of the widget market overall, whether you have market power will depend on whether underwater widgets are treated as a separate market or lumped together with the rest of the widget sector. If your company is dominant in online retail or social media, and you are facing hostile questioning about antitrust, you will be tempted to define the relevant market as all retail, or all social interaction. On the other hand, not as a technical antitrust matter, just as a human matter, this is not at all reassuring! The reason these people were at this hearing is that they have developed a reputation for ruthlessly crushing their competitors to consolidate their market position; the more broadly they define their market, the scarier that sounds. When Amazon says “we’re not a monopoly, after all, stores exist,” the implication is that Amazon wishes they didn’t, and has plans to change that. When Facebook says “we’re not a monopoly, there’s lots of competition in the connecting-with-people space, some of our most fearsome competitors include Having Dinner With Friends and Reading Stories to Your Children,” you could interpret that as a threat. Facebook is good at disposing of competitors! Maybe it will copy enough features from Reading Stories to Your Children so that people will abandon it for a Facebook product, Instagram Reads Stories to Your Children or whatever. Maybe it will acquire Having Dinner With Friends so it can merge it into the Facebook experience. These companies are where they are because they dominate their markets; if they define their markets as the world, then the world had better watch out.
The U.S. Federal Reserve has a balance sheet, which is audited by KPMG LLP, and which lists the Fed's assets and liabilities. This balance sheet is of considerable interest to a lot of people but not, I think, for quite the same reasons that a company's balance sheet is of interest to its investors. The Fed's balance sheet provides a window into monetary policy and financial conditions and the banking system, but investors do not generally look at the Fed's balance sheet to answer questions like "how creditworthy is the Fed?" or "what are the odds of the Fed running out of money?" The Fed creates the money! As a matter of monetary policy it is interesting to know how many Treasury bonds the Fed owns, but as a matter of understanding the Fed's solvency, the main asset is "we can print as many dollars as we want," and the value of that asset is infinity.I am going to get so many angry emails about that paragraph, oh boy. Certainly it is all very loose and not at all how accounting works. Plus even if you believe it, in its loose way, it is only really plausible for the central bank of a big country that prints its own stable currency that is much in demand globally. Meanwhile in Lebanon!
Lebanon's central bank chief arbitrarily boosted the institution's assets by at least $6bn using unorthodox accounting measures as the country's financial system careered towards collapse, leaked financial statements indicate.The 2018 audited statements, a copy of which was seen by the Financial Times, reinforce concerns that Riad Salame, the veteran Central Bank of Lebanon (BdL) governor, relied on shifting accounting practices to swell the bank's assets and balance its books as risky liabilities grew.The accounts, which were signed off by auditors EY and Deloitte with qualifications on June 30 this year and have not been made public, record an asset worth L£10tn ($6bn) for "seigniorage on financial stability", whose value "the governor determines . . . as deemed appropriate by him", according to the financial statements. …"This is too bizarre for words," said Willem Buiter, former Citigroup global chief economist, academic and central banking specialist. "It is just a way of accounting to artificially blow up the assets of the central bank and hide [its] massively negative net worth or capital." He added: "Many of the assets are inventions."Joerg Bibow, an economics professor at Skidmore College, New York, said it was highly unusual that the governor's judgment should be used to determine an asset's value, as they are normally defined by standardised accounting rules. "I've never heard that the governor can make up a number," he said. ...Since 2009, even the BdL's unorthodox definition of seigniorage has gone beyond the conventional connotation of currency production, to add L£18tn in expected future profits from its holdings of Lebanese government debt, and finally in 2018 including an expected profit generated by "financial stability" as valued by the governor.
Yeah, look, a central bank is a weird creature, and I am sure that running one would be a heady experience. "I can just print money," you might think, "the world is my oyster, my balance sheet can be as big as I want, this is magical!" But you gotta keep those thoughts to yourself! Particularly if your currency is not a global hegemon, if investors do worry about your solvency and foreign-reserves position, you can't really have your balance sheet say "Assets: Whatever we want!" It is tempting, I know, but it doesn't work that way.
The way that credit ratings work is that a company that wants to issue a bond chooses one or more credit ratings agencies to rate that bond, and the company hires the agencies, and they give the bond a rating, and the company pays them. This is a fairly obvious conflict of interest: If you are a ratings agency, you will want lots of companies to hire you because that is how you get paid, so you will give them better ratings than they deserve so they will keep hiring you. This is particularly true if you are rating asset-backed securities rather than corporate bonds, since that is a market with a lot of repeat issuers who are very sensitive to ratings. You want money, the way to get money is to get issuers to hire you, the way to get issuers to hire you is to give them good ratings, so you give them good ratings.This is an extremely well-known problem, and people complain about it constantly, to the point that I sometimes defend it a little bit as being less of a conflict than people think. (Investors want high ratings too, you know.) After the 2008 financial crisis regulators and politicians talked a lot about getting rid of this conflict, and in broad strokes you would have to say that they didn't. The ratings agencies are still chosen and paid by issuers, etc.; various proposals for investor-paid ratings or random assignment of raters just never happened. Still some efforts were made to fix it, and those efforts occurred at the level of individual humans. Sure, yes, ratings agencies still get chosen and paid by issuers and so they have institutional incentives to be nice to issuers, but institutions are made up of people. If you could separate the people who do the ratings from the people who sell the ratings, maybe everything will be fine. You have a marketing division full of salespeople who go out to issuers and say "hey hire us to rate your bonds, we give everything good ratings," and you have a ratings division full of analysts who rate bonds based on their honest unbiased opinion, and you keep them separate. The analysts in the ratings division don't market the ratings, and they don't get paid based on how successful the salespeople are, and ideally they don't even talk to the salespeople. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission now has a rule (Rule 17g-5) about conflicts of interest; among other things, a credit analyst doing the rating cannot also "participate[] in sales or marketing" or be "influenced by sales or marketing considerations." This is not a fully practical division—if the salespeople never sell any ratings, the ratings analysts will have nothing to do and there'll be no money to pay them, etc.—but you can have policies and stuff and do your best. Morningstar Credit Ratings LLC did not always do its best. On Friday it agreed to pay $3.5 million to settle with the Securities and Exchange Commission over charges that its conflict-of-interests policies were not particularly strict, or particularly enforced. Part of this is just that the ratings analysts who did Morningstar's ratings of asset-backed securities also helped to sell those ratings, participating in the normal customer-relationship stuff that is the foundation of the financial industry. For instance:
One example of this failure occurred in July 2015. MCR's ABS business development director was pursuing Company 1 as a potential ratings client and he wanted to attend an event held at Company 1's office so that he could continue the pursuit. The ABS business development director was unable to attend the event due to a scheduling conflict. Accordingly, the ABS business development director requested Analyst A to attend in his place, which Analyst A did. After the event, the ABS business development director emailed Analyst A: "Sorry to bother you on a weekend. . . . Did you make it over to the [Company 1] event? Was it good? Anything coming out of it for us?" Analyst A replied that he enjoyed the event and that he met the CEO of Company 1. That Monday, Analyst A followed up with an email pitch to the CEO of Company 1: "As discussed, we would love to meet you and the team to show you how we are different. We have recently rated an unsecured consumer loan backed transaction, and have a strategic focus on emerging and esoteric assets. . . . Please let us know who on your team can help us set up a brief introductory meeting." Analyst A copied the ABS business development director on his email. The ABS business development director later used that email as a prompt to further pursue Company 1 as a prospective client. According to the ABS business development director, Analyst A's communications with Company 1 were efforts at marketing MCR's ABS ratings services.In an effort to grow MCR's ABS rating business, MCR's ABS business development director instructed ABS analysts to identify and initiate contacts with potential clients (referred to as "targets"), set up marketing calls and marketing meetings with them, and offer them indications. MCR's ABS business development director also instructed ABS analysts to (i) solicit potential clients at industry conferences, (ii) repeatedly follow up with those potential clients, and (iii) encourage potential clients to attend marketing meetings with MCR. Analysts understood that the goal of their contacts was to persuade potential clients to hire MCR to rate ABS. These activities were undertaken with the knowledge of senior MCR managers.
That is the most normal boring story in the world—ooh they went to industry conferences!—except that really it's a bit unfortunate for the analyst to even talk to the business development guy, never mind the prospective client. If you send analysts out to meet prospects and "offer them indications," they are obviously not going to give the clients bad indicative ratings. ("Hire us to rate your bonds and we will rate them all CCC, here's my business card.") And once you tell a prospective client "we're great to work with and we'll give all your bonds AAA ratings" it is hard, just socially, to walk that back in the actual rating. "I thought you said you'd give us AAA ratings," the client will say, not unfairly. So you can just see the conflict of interest being created here, as the analyst tries to win business by hinting at generous ratings and then feels constrained to deliver those generous ratings.Also this seems bad:
For example, an MCR ABS analyst ("Analyst B") undertook extensive efforts to recruit Company 2, an issuer in the ABS marketplace, as an MCR client. … Analyst B also offered to provide Company 2 with an indicative rating on a security issued by Company 2. After Company 2 failed to respond to this follow-up, Analyst B decided to write and publish a commentary on the credit strength of certain notes in Company 2's deals, and to follow up with Company 2 again after the publishing the commentary. The commentary mentioned Company 2 by name, was tailored to the securities that Company 2 issues, and said that, based on MCR's view of such transactions, MCR would assign higher ratings to the notes in Company 2's deals than other credit rating agencies. Analyst B sent the commentary to Company 2 on the same day that it was published.
I mean, maybe it's not bad. Perhaps this was just the analyst's deeply held personal opinion. Perhaps he believed that Company 2's bonds were better than their existing ratings, but conversely he thought Company 6's bonds were much worse. Perhaps he was also publishing unsolicited notes about Company 6 saying "these notes are terrible and we'd never rate them that high." (This happens! It is also a potential conflict of interest: You give bad unsolicited ratings to the companies that don't hire you and good solicited ones to the companies that do, etc.) Perhaps Analyst B simply had a refreshing, idiosyncratic, novel view of structured credit; he published his honest opinions, and Morningstar naturally pitched the companies he liked ("you're a good
The question comes from foil-hatted conspiracists, good government advocates, and sober academics: Who owns the New York Federal Reserve Bank? Under the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, each of the 12 regional reserve banks of the Federal Reserve System is owned by its member banks, who originally ponied up the capital to keep them running. The number of capital shares they subscribe to is based upon a percentage of each member bank's capital and surplus. But the New York Fed – by far the most important of the regional banks – as a matter of policy has previously not disclosed the capital share holdings of its 70-plus member banks. … Now, thanks to a Freedom of Information Act request filed late last year by Institutional Investor, we know the truth.
The answer is basically Citibank (with 42.8%) and JPMorgan Chase Bank (with 29.5%), though each bank gets one vote regardless of share holdings, the "shares cannot be traded, shorted, or pledged as collateral," and big banks get dividends on their money at the 10-year Treasury rate. It is not conventional share ownership. But next time Citi or JPMorgan does a bad thing you can be like "isn't it a scandal that this happened at a bank that controls the Fed," etc.
Hedge Funds (41)
Beyond paying star portfolio managers tens of millions, multistrategy pod shops now pay small independent managers $10,000 to $750,000 a year for their raw trading signals, a practice called 'buyside alpha capture.' A JPMorgan survey found 14% of sub-$500 million managers already share ideas. The economic point is that a big fund can use an idea better than its originator: it can size a good idea larger, profit from a merely so-so uncorrelated idea inside a diversified book, short a bad idea, and refine execution with better quant models. For the small manager, the fee comes with auditions for future capital and coaching feedback, layering a market for investment ideas on top of the market for talent.
What a merger arbitrageur wants is dispersion. Your job is to bet on which announced mergers actually close. If every deal always closed, targets would instantly trade up to the deal price and there would be no spread to capture; if no deal ever closed, companies would stop announcing them. The money is made in between: a regime where lots of companies believe their deals will be approved, many of them are wrong, and you get the surprises right. Regulatory unpredictability is therefore the arbitrageur's friend. When Lina Khan's FTC tried to block many big mergers with novel theories and often lost, it widened the dispersion of outcomes and raised the returns to skill. Counterintuitively, the Trump administration's permissive antitrust stance did not kill that premium. US regulators waved deals through, so companies announced a boom of megadeals, but foreign and US state regulators did not always agree and sometimes tightened as a backlash. The result is a 'complexity premium': spreads have widened by about 2.5 percentage points since 2021, worth hundreds of millions to investors who correctly navigate clashing US federal, state, and overseas rules. The durable lesson is that arbitrage profit is compensation for bearing and correctly resolving uncertainty, so the value of the strategy rises with the unpredictability of the rules, not with how permissive they are.
Elsewhere in alpha, you could have a crude simple model in which some people have investing skill, but each person's investing skill works only over a particular time scale. Some people can buy the stocks that will go up in the next second, others can buy the stocks that will go up...
An important problem with being a dedicated short seller is that stocks mostly go up, so you are fighting against the current. If you are fabulously good at finding bad companies, perhaps your short portfolio will underperform the market by 10% per year. The S&P 500 index was up 16.4% last year....
The Elliott item is a useful hedge-fund taxonomy entry. Activism is not simply buying undervalued stocks and writing letters. At scale, the firm becomes a platform for governance pressure, negotiations, legal strategy and capital solutions.
The Quant Olympics item belongs in hedge-fund labor economics. If a strategy depends on unusual technical ability, recruiting becomes an investment process. The firms are not just buying labor; they are screening for rare signal-discovery skill.
Levine asks what it would mean to recreate Steve Cohen. The answer is not merely a model that picks stocks like Cohen once did. The durable business is the platform: recruiting portfolio managers, allocating risk, building data infrastructure and enforcing incentives. A famous investor can become an institution whose edge is organizational.
Levine uses Two Sigma to puncture the idea that systematic hedge funds are purely machines. The investment process may be quantitative, but the firm is still an organization with founders, executives, incentives and governance conflicts. A model-driven business can still have very human disputes about power.
Levine's point on activist short sellers is that short-and-disclose is a legitimate and often valuable market activity. But regulators care about the trader's statements about his own position and intentions. A short seller can publish useful negative research and still create legal risk if he says one thing about his trading while doing another.
Levine describes the first trade of a pod-shop portfolio manager as whether to stay or leave. The job itself is a financial contract: capital allocation, drawdown limits, payout percentages, team portability, and platform services all determine expected value. In a competitive market for PMs, hedge funds trade compensation structures almost as actively as they trade securities.
A stylized model of hedge fund management is that in the olden days, hedge funds started out as basically one clever investor pursuing one strategy. If it worked out, and if the manager had big aspirations, she might then hire someone else to run a different strategy within the same firm. If it worked out repeatedly over time, eventually the manager would supervise 100 other managers running 100 strategies, and her job would be not "clever investor" but rather "builder of institutions, developer of talent and allocator of capital among strategies".
And then the life cycle would repeat: One of the 100 managers working at the big multi-manager multi-strategy "platform" would be so successful running his strategy that he'd leave to start his own hedge fund, one investor pursuing one strategy. And if it worked, etc.
But this platform model has been so successful — as a way to offer uncorrelated alpha to clients, and also as a way to extract large fees from them — and has such economies of scale that it arguably doesn't make sense for the life cycle to repeat anymore. That is, it's not obvious that being a clever investor is the best preparation for starting a new hedge fund, or that a new single-manager hedge fund is the best way to start. Maybe what you want is:
1. Be a builder of institutions and allocator of capital at a big platform firm. 2. Leave to start your own platform firm, all at once, starting out with scale and lots of different managers.
It does seem harder to start this way — you have to hire a lot of people before getting investors, and get investors before hiring a lot of people, and build infrastructure before making any money — but maybe it's a requirement. Bloomberg's Hema Parmar reports on Bobby Jain's hedge fund launch:
His vision ... was ambitious, even unprecedented. He would hatch a giant, fully formed hedge fund that would trade a half-dozen strategies and employ hundreds of people globally from day one. It required quickly finding gifted traders amid an expensive talent war, building complex infrastructure over months and raising enough investor money to pay for it.
Failing to achieve even one of those lofty targets could tank the whole thing before it ever got started. Even Jain has likened the maneuver to landing three airplanes at once.
Many investors sat on the sidelines, skeptical of the deviation from the typical hedge fund playbook of starting small and building from there. While Jain initially set out to hit a record of as much as $10 billion, he later halved that goal.
But Jain, a onetime acolyte of Millennium Management founder Izzy Englander, won votes of confidence from key investors including the Middle Eastern sovereign wealth fund, which ultimately handed him about $1 billion. He raised $5.3 billion in total, the biggest launch since ExodusPoint Capital Management's record $8 billion debut in 2018. …
Clients who did back the firm say their investment is ultimately a bet on Jain, who helped Millennium push into new strategies and develop its central risk book. Now, he must prove he can deliver Millennium-like results without the resources of one of the world's largest hedge funds. …
Jain Global is offering a hedge-fund smorgasbord with more than 40 portfolio managers: It will delve into macroeconomic themes and arbitrage strategies and trade not only stocks and credit instruments, but also physical commodities. It will also explore private credit, such as synthetic risk transfers that take exposure off banks' balance sheets.
The thesis is that the old model — start with one clever investor doing one thing and then build from there — doesn't work anymore:
Jain — who, along with other employees, is kicking in $200 million — has told his investors that starting off big is the most efficient route to building a multistrat.
If a hedge fund bolts on strategies over time, it can duplicate systems, manpower and expenses, his thinking goes. Jain has concluded that his firm can avoid those inefficiencies by setting up a central operating system that's already prepared for all of its strategies. He's hoping his fully built-out firm will be able to add assets and talent in the future without incurring substantial operating costs, those familiar with Jain's thinking said.
"We are building a single, cross-asset, modern operating platform — a rare feat in the industry," Jain wrote in an investor document seen by Bloomberg. "While this is more intensive at launch, it avoids the inherent challenges, complexity and cost apparent in a sequential build."
Also I suppose that what you are pitching to potential clients is not so much "I am a clever investor" but rather "I am a successful builder of hedge fund institutions"; the pitch is not so much about the investing process as it is about the infrastructure plans.
The basic business model of an activist short seller is:
1. Investigate a company, ideally using only public sources. [1] 2. Find out that the company is bad. 3. Short its stock. 4. Put out a public report describing your findings — "this company is bad" — in a zippy, emphatic, hopefully accurate way. 5. Watch the stock go down, because people read your report, realize that the company is bad and dump the stock. 6. Profit, by covering your short at the new, lower market price reflecting the new, accurate, bad information that you have published about the company. [2]
Obviously some short sellers, sometimes, will deviate from this ideal model. They will investigate a company using nonpublic information, for instance, or their report will be inaccurate. But assuming that they follow the ideal model: Is this okay? Are you allowed to do this?
In the US, I think the answer is clearly yes, but people do get mad about it. There is some apparent intuition that it is market manipulation: You are betting that a stock will fall, and then you are making it fall (by publishing your report), and that seems somehow like cheating. In practice, most people who don't like it will complain that the report is inaccurate — it is more clearly market manipulation if the report is wrong — but I think that some of this really is driven by suspicion of the whole business model. Even if the report is entirely accurate and based on public information, something about the model strikes people as icky.
Here is a slight complication of that business model:
1. Investigate a company, ideally using only public sources. 2. Find out that the company is bad. 3. Write a report describing your findings — "this company is bad" — in a zippy, emphatic, hopefully accurate way. 4. Sell that report to some other, larger, better capitalized hedge fund. 5. That fund shorts the stock. 6. You publish the report. 7. Watch the stock go down, because people read your report, realize that the company is bad and dump the stock. 8. The other hedge fund profits, by covering its short at the new, lower market price reflecting the new, accurate, bad information that you have published about the company. 9. It gives you a cut of the profits.
This is a more complicated model, but it makes more sense given the economic and social reality of activist short selling:
If you are an activist short seller, you are normally pretty specialized: Finding and investigating bad companies is your calling, and you're not also out there making tons of deep-value long bets or whatever. [3] Stocks mostly go up, so it is hard to run a hedge fund that only makes short bets: Who would want to invest? [4] Also it is just possible that the personal characteristics that make you a good activist short seller (cynicism, combativeness) will also make you bad at raising money from clients. So if you're good at identifying bad companies and writing punchy reports about how they're bad, you might not be in a position to make a big bet on your report, because you just don't have a lot of capital. [5] Meanwhile plenty of other, bigger hedge funds would love to have some good short ideas, but don't want to pay a full-time analyst to go around digging for frauds. They'll happily give you a share of the winnings if you bring them your ideas.
What about this model? I think people find it even ickier. In particular, there is something about the collusion between the short researcher and the hedge fund that rubs people the wrong way. Surely it is unfair for the hedge fund to trade on the researcher's report before it is published. The report is nonpublic information (it hasn't been published yet), and it is material (if it causes the stock to go down), so isn't it insider trading for the hedge fund to trade on it?
Again, I think that the answer in US law is no, this is fine. Insider trading, I like to say, is not about fairness; it's about theft. It's illegal to trade on material nonpublic information that you get in violation of some duty to someone; trading on your own information — like "I am about to publish this report" — is fine. Here, the short researcher owns the information (the report), and wants the hedge fund to trade, so it's fine. But I should stress:
1. Nothing here is legal advice. 2. It icks people out, even if it is legal, and there are constant rumors of US investigations into collusion among short sellers. 3. The US has somewhat unusual insider trading rules, and in other countries there is more of a risk that any trading on material nonpublic information might be illegal.
The big multi-manager hedge funds tend to offer a specific, desirable product, and that product is "uncorrelated alpha." The idea is that you hire a bunch of talented and hard-working stock pickers and make them pick stocks, but with no exposure to the broader market or to other common risk factors. So you can't have market exposure: If you buy $100 million of stocks, you have to short $100 million of other stocks. You can't have sector exposure: If you buy $100 million of tech stocks, you have to short $100 million of other tech stocks. And you can't cheat by getting exposure to other factors: You can't just buy small-cap stocks and short large-cap stocks; you have to keep your small-cap and large-cap exposure neutral. Et cetera: All the standard identified factors get neutralized out, and you're left with no exposure to anything except the stock pickers' skill.
The pitch to investors is something like: If you are a big institutional investor, you will of course allocate some of your capital to market bets, buying the whole stock market or tech stocks or AI stocks or whatever, which will give you exposure to the broad stock market and to particular sectors that you like. Those bets are cheap: The fees on an S&P 500 index fund approach zero, and you can buy cheap factor-based funds that give you exposure to well-known risk premiums. But then you should also allocate some capital to the hedge fund, because it offers you a diversification benefit: It promises a return that is uncorrelated to your general stock market exposure. When the stock market goes down, the hedge fund won't lose money, because it carefully hedges out all market exposure. You get your various market exposures — your betas — elsewhere, cheaply, and you pay the hedge fund a ton of fees for alpha.
This pitch has been very successful. But on the other hand, if you are giant multi-manager hedge fund, it can feel a bit wasteful. After all:
1. Your clients are allocating a lot of their capital to betting on the stock market and on particular hot sectors. 2. You would like more of their money. 3. Your employees are all hired for their skill at picking stocks.
Why aren't you giving the clients their general stock exposure? Or part of it, anyway. It is tempting to offer the clients two (separate) products: uncorrelated alpha, and also a fund that buys the hot stocks.
In high-end professional organizations, it can be hard to distinguish the human resources function from the mergers-and-acquisitions function. If Alphabet Inc. wants to hire six 22-year-old engineers with good programming skills, it sends a recruiter to Stanford, does some interviews, makes some offers. If it wants to hire a 32-year-old researcher who has developed revolutionary new artificial intelligence methods, probably it makes an offer to acquire her startup.
Similarly if you run a multi-strategy hedge fund, you might want to add a new strategy by hiring a portfolio manager from outside your firm. Perhaps that portfolio manager currently works for another big multi-strategy fund, and you will hire her. Or perhaps she currently runs her own hedge fund, and you will acquire it. But regardless of the formalities, if you're hiring someone on a $50 million guarantee, that arguably feels more like M&A than HR.
So here's a Business Insider story about hedge fund recruiters, I mean, sorry, "business development professionals":
The talent war that has broken out over top portfolio managers — including $50 million guarantees that star athletes would envy — has been widely documented. Less well known are the men and women behind the scenes helping fuel these pay packages, so-called "business development" professionals. Unlike business development in corporate America, which focuses on growing a company's prospects with partners and clients, hedge-fund BD teams specialize in scouting and evaluating investment talent.
BDs have been quietly gaining power, growing in numbers, and earning multimillion-dollar paychecks at hedge funds by assembling winning trading teams, the lifeblood of the industry. They can be found at all kinds of hedge funds and proprietary trading firms, but have been key to the meteoric growth of the multimanager hedge fund, now the industry's dominant players. …
Senior BD professionals now commonly earn more than $1 million annually, with some top execs making north of $5 million, BD execs and headhunters familiar with the market said. Midlevel BD professionals can earn $500,000 and $700,000, these people estimated. …
Job duties vary from firm to firm, but in addition to entertaining and wooing candidates, BD execs map the universe of traders involved in a strategy. They vet the performance of traders and their reputations with industry contacts and even law enforcement. They construct offers and project when a hire might break even. They onboard PMs, and help marshal resources for their pods.
Yes, right, the ability to identify investments that will go up is rare and valuable and in high demand. But the ability to identify people who can identify investments that will go up is almost as good.
One sort of thing you could do, if you work at an investing firm, is say "I like Microsoft Corp., I think this artificial intelligence thing is big, I think the stock will go up." And then you buy Microsoft stock with your firm's capital, and hopefully it goes up.
Another sort of thing you could do, if you work at an investing firm, is design a complex software system that ingests millions of data points to find predictive signals and then uses those signals to make automated low-latency trades in multiple assets on multiple exchanges with limited human supervision. You write thousands of lines of code, you test the system, you put it into production, it runs on its own and hopefully it makes money.
And then one day, as these things go, you might leave your investing firm and go work for another one. What can you bring with you? Well, if your big idea at your old job was "we should buy Microsoft," and you get to your new job, and on the first day you walk in and say "I like Microsoft, I think this artificial intelligence thing is big, I think the stock will go up," then probably they will say "great, that sort of insight is exactly why we hired you, let's buy Microsoft." And you'll buy Microsoft stock with your new firm's capital. And if you then go have drinks with your former colleagues at your old firm, you might mention "hey I bought some Microsoft," and they'll be like "yeah, you always did like Microsoft," and it'll be a nice moment of reminiscence.
Whereas if your big idea at your old job was a complex software system ingesting millions of data points, and before you leave your old job you email the code to your Gmail account, and then you get to your new job, and on the first day you walk and and are like "gimme a sec guys, gotta Gmail myself my code so I can set it up my system to do trades for us," there will be a stunned silence. I mean, for one thing, your trading strategy worked on your old firm's software platform, and if you want to run it at your new firm you'll probably need to rewrite it for their platform. But also, that software system you built is surely the intellectual property of your old firm, and if you use it at your new firm and the old firm finds out, you and your new firm will get very sued. Even if you do rewrite it for your new firm's platform. Really, even if you never emailed it to yourself and just rewrite it, or approximate it, from memory. That system — its structure and methods and the ideas behind it — probably does belong to your old firm.
But there are a lot of other things you could do, if you work at an investment firm, that are somewhere between "buy Microsoft" and "build a complex software system." We talked last month about a weird trade in Avid Bioservices Inc.'s convertible bonds: Avid forgot to do a fairly trivial administrative task required by its bond indenture, and as a result holders of the convertible could demand their money back, creating a pretty large windfall for them. If they noticed. Some holder or holders — I don't know who, but I assume it's a hedge fund — noticed, bought up the bonds cheap, accelerated them and got the windfall.
If you worked at that hedge fund, noticing the error and buying up those Avid bonds, and then you quit and moved to a different hedge fund, could you start buying up those Avid bonds for your new hedge fund? Does that count as stealing the intellectual property of your old fund? The intellectual property is something like "we read this indenture and noticed a glitch." But the indenture is public, the glitch is public, the strategy is just noticing it. It seems weird to me to think that your old firm could sue you, saying "Avid's mistake is our intellectual property and you're not allowed to use it."
That is, the essential sort of thing that you do, at an investing firm — the meta-task that everyone does — is identify market anomalies that can make you money. In the most general case, it is not clear how those anomalies could belong to your firm.
But I don't know, that's not legal advice. [1] In practice the way that hedge funds often address this is with non-compete agreements and gardening leave: If you leave your old firm, you are often contractually not allowed to start at your new one for some period of months or years. And in that time, the trades and strategies that you worked on at your old firm will become stale, so by the time you get to your new firm you probably won't be able to replicate, or mess up, the trades your old firm is now doing.
My crude model of the hedge fund industry goes something like this:
1. The classic old-school hedge fund is run by a charismatic manager who seems to have skill at picking investments. Investors give her money, she picks investments, hopefully they go up and she charges fees of 2% of assets and 20% of profits. She seems to provide "alpha," in the sense that her investments usually outperform her benchmark, but nobody is all that rigorous about examining what risks she is taking to achieve those returns or whether her investors are being properly compensated for them. 2. The modern hedge fund is a multimanager multistrategy fund that ruthlessly extracts and scientifically measures alpha, that hires many specialized portfolio managers and forces them to be factor-neutral, so that they make returns not from broad market or sector moves but from picking exactly the right investments to go long and exactly the right ones to short. It allocates capital to them based on their skill, it cuts them off if they lose money, it levers all of this up, and it provides a stream of steady uncorrelated returns that sophisticated institutional investors love. The sophisticated institutional investors give the hedge fund lots of money, so it can hire more portfolio managers, and they pay it fees of, like, 7% of assets and 20% of profits. 3. These days, the old-school model is in decline and the multistrategy model is ascendant.
One indicator of that third point would be if old-school hedge funds had to charge lower fees to compete for investor money, while the multimanager funds could keep raising their fees while still attracting money. Another indicator would be if money kept flowing to multimanager funds rather than old-school funds, even as the old-school funds kept cutting fees and the multimanagers kept raising them. And the Financial Times reports:
Investor eagerness to allocate more money to the hedge fund industry's costly mega-managers has driven up average fees for the first time in a decade.>
Management and performance fees fell every year between 2014 and 2023, according to a survey by BNP Paribas of 238 hedge fund investors, except for 2020 and 2021 when the French bank did not record the data, as investors pulled money from the industry following often-lacklustre returns.>
However, annual performance fees increased to 17.82 per cent this year from 16.91 in 2023, the survey showed, the highest level since 2016. Management fees increased to 1.54 per cent from 1.46 per cent last year.>
Hedge funds have historically been known for a "two and 20" fee model, where investors pay 2 per cent in management fees every year and 20 per cent on any performance gains. In reality, investors rarely pay fees that high, especially for small to medium-sized hedge funds.>
The 2024 increase in fees reflects how global investors are allocating billions of dollars to multi-manager hedge funds that emulate Ken Griffin's Citadel and Izzy Englander's Millennium and which have come to dominate the industry.
Roughly, average fees go down because the old hedge fund model is less attractive to investors; average fees go up because the new model is more attractive.
I wrote the other day that Bill Ackman's hedge fund, Pershing Square LP, "is kind of what you think of when you think of a hedge fund." But then I realized (in a footnote) that I needed to qualify that statement. I don't know what you think of when you think of a hedge fund. I think there are two main models. There is what I think of as the old-school classic hedge fund, like Pershing Square, where one high-profile manager makes a handful of concentrated high-conviction market bets using his natural talent and hard work and market experience and gut instinct.
But then there is the newer model of multimanager, multistrategy hedge funds, or "pod shops," like Citadel or Millennium or Point72, that have a bunch of different portfolio managers each making bets in some particular sector or strategy. Unlike the old-school managers, the pod-shop portfolio managers don't usually go on television that much.
Also unlike the classic funds, the pod shops are run on, as it were, scientific lines. I mean, the portfolio managers might trade on gut instinct, but they are managed scientifically. Each portfolio manager will generally be tasked with producing returns that are not correlated with the broader market or the sector she invests in: The consumer discretionary manager won't get a bonus just because consumer discretionary stocks do well; she'll only get paid if she buys the best consumer discretionary stocks and shorts the worst ones. She will be required to be more or less factor-neutral, to run a portfolio that makes money on the strength of her ideas rather than on broad market trends. And her bosses will have quite sophisticated techniques to measure her performance and her skill, to neutralize standard market factors and to extract only alpha, only the returns to skilled investing.
The appeal of the multimanager funds, to institutional investors, is obvious: They can offer true alpha, true uncorrelated returns. They can tell allocators: "Okay, you can get your stock-market exposure from stock index funds, your bond-market exposure from bonds, your real estate exposure from buying real estate, whatever, and then you can diversify your portfolio by putting some money into our fund and we'll just pay you 12% per year with very little volatility." This is not a pitch that appeals to everyone: Plenty of people want the charismatic gut-instinct-driven single manager who might put all her money on one big bet that returns 300%. But it is a pitch that appeals to sober, sensible institutional asset allocators with a lot of money.
A weird financial anomaly is that, in 2017 and 2018, the bonds of American Media Inc. started to trade at implausibly high prices. By late 2017, these bonds were trading at lower yields than the bonds of Apple Inc., implying that AMI — the small, non-investment-grade publisher of the National Enquirer — was a better credit than Apple. That seemed wrong. In 2018, AMI issued new bonds, at a much higher yield (10.5%) than the existing bonds, which also suggested that the prices of the existing bonds were wrong.
I remember that, at the time, this was a thing that people talked about. Bond trading prices are public, and you could see the prices of AMI bonds going crazy. Some bonds were trading at obviously wrong prices, for a long time: What gave? The obvious assumption was that someone was doing market manipulation, and it was easy to speculate about who: Chatham Asset Management, the hedge fund firm that owned most of the bonds.
It was harder to figure out why. If Chatham was manipulating the market, by trading AMI bonds back and forth with itself at ever-higher prices, what was it hoping to gain? Surely nobody else would buy those bonds from Chatham at the inflated prices: This is not a meme stock, it was a small market with sophisticated investors, and nobody else would just look at the tape and say "oh sure if these bonds trade at 110 I guess I'll pay 110 for them."
Eventually, last April, the US Securities and Exchange Commission brought a case against Chatham for "improper trading of certain fixed income securities," and Chatham settled by paying $19 million. We talked about this case at the time, and it did provide a more or less satisfactory explanation of what was going on:
1. Yes, the AMI bonds were trading at silly prices because someone was trading them back and forth with itself at inflated prices. 2. Yes, it was Chatham. 3. The reason for this manipulation was, as these things go, fairly innocent: Chatham really liked the bonds, it owned a ton of them, but it owned them in several different funds, and sometimes those funds saw withdrawals or bumped up against limits on how many AMI bonds they could own. Chatham's management loved the bonds, though, so when one of its funds had to sell them, it would sell them to another of its funds that could still hold them. Each time, it would sell them at a somewhat higher price, so the price kept going up. This did have the effect of making more money for Chatham (it got paid based on assets and performance, and as the bonds kept going up it earned about $11 million of extra fees), but that doesn't seem to have been its motivation. It just liked the bonds and wanted to keep them, and the most convenient way it found for keeping them was by selling them to itself at ever-increasing prices.
So, right, that was an explanation , but it was kind of a dumb one? It makes sense that Chatham would need to sell the bonds from one fund and that it would want to buy them in another fund. But why trade them at ever-increasing prices? That answer is not especially satisfying. The fact is that there was not much of a market for these bonds outside of Chatham — it owned most of them and mostly had to trade with itself — and so there really wasn't some easily determined fair-market value for the bonds.
So Chatham would sell the bonds to a broker, [1] and then buy them back from the broker (in a different fund) a day or so later. The brokers could have tried to buy and sell the bonds at fair-market prices — they could have analyzed the credit and said "well based on the trading prices of comparable companies' bonds, these bonds should be worth about 85 cents on the dollar, so we'll pay you 84.5 for them or sell to you at 85.5" — but, for thinly traded risky bonds, that would have been tough, and the brokers knew that Chatham would buy them back anyway. (Because Chatham told them it would.) So instead Chatham would just call a broker up and say "hey buy these bonds from us at 90," and the broker would, and then a day later it would call the broker back and say "okay we want those bonds back, we'll pay you 90.5," so the broker could make a little commission for doing this. [2]
And apparently Chatham never thought to sell the bonds (to itself!) for less than it paid for them: It just based each trade's price on the bond's trading history, which meant its own previous trades, which involved markups for the brokers. So next time it would call the broker and sell for 90.5 and buy back for 91, etc., and eventually the prices got comically high.
Anyway this is not allowed, you are supposed to trade at real market prices, etc. In some sense it is a little complicated to explain why this is not allowed. The SEC's complaint says it violated rules against "engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business which operates as a fraud or deceit upon any client or prospective client," which is a little generic. The SEC also says that it violated Rule 17a-7, which regulates trading between two different funds run by the same manager, but of course the point here is that Chatham wasn't trading directly between two of its funds — it was selling to an outside broker and then buying back from that broker — so that is at least debatable.
But in another sense … I mean, if you are trading National Enquirer bonds with yourself at a lower yield than Apple bonds, you have to know that's bad, right? Again, this was an anomaly that people talked about at the time; it was obvious to random bystanders that something fishy was going on with the AMI bonds. If you were doing the trades — if you were a professional hedge fund manager trading bonds with yourself at crazy prices — surely you would have noticed that they were fishy? Surely you would have been like "hmm is there a different thing we could do?"
The most basic move in finance is the slicing of cash flows. You have a thing with some uncertain payoff: It will surely be worth at least $X, but it could be worth as much as $Y. You put the thing in a box and sell claims on the box to different people who want different things. You sell $X worth of senior claims to people who want safety, promising to pay them back first: The box will surely be worth at least $X, so their claims are very safe. And then you sell some junior claims to other people who want risk: The box could be worth as much as $Y, in which case you'd pay off the $X of senior claims and have money left over for the junior claims. Those claims are risky (they could go to zero), but also more lucrative (they could be worth a lot); they promise a higher expected return in exchange for taking more risk. And of course you could slice more finely: Issue one set of super-safe senior claims, another set of pretty safe mezzanine claims, a set of risky junior claims, etc. And an important way to come up with new financial businesses is to notice some financial thing with some fluctuating value and decompose it into a safe part and a risky part.
One way to think about multi-manager, multi-strategy hedge funds (or "pod shops") is that they are a way to turn investing skill into this sort of tractable, tranche-able financial asset. The rough theory is:
1. Some people can, with hard work and native skill, identify which stocks (bonds, commodities, etc.) are better and which are worse, within some narrow sector, with some reasonably high success rate. Not through any sort of magic market intuition but through deep study and specialization: If you spend your life studying the biotech industry, you might have somewhat better-than-chance odds of picking which biotech stocks will outperform and which will underperform. 2. If they just went out and bought the five stocks they thought were the best, they'd have a good chance of making a lot of money, but there'd be risks too. Perhaps there would be a general stock market crash, or a collapse in the biotech industry; they might have accurately picked the best stocks but those stocks would still go down. 3. But you can hire them and isolate their skill: Make them buy the best stocks in their sector, short the worst stocks in their sector, and keep a neutral exposure to the stock market, the sector and other factors, so that they only make (or lose) money if their favorite stocks outperform (or underperform) their least-favorite stocks due to their pure stock-picking skill. 4. And you can also hire other specialists in other sectors, and other asset classes, and make all of them hedge, so that you have a diversified portfolio that has no exposure to the broad stock market, to individual sectors, to factors, etc., but is exposed only to their collective investing skill. 5. And you fire the ones who mess up, so the overall skill level remains high. 6. And then you decompose what they are doing into (1) a very large, very boring, very safe portfolio and (2) a smaller and more volatile stream of payoffs for their investing skill.
If you do this right, you can have them build a very large portfolio with not very much risk. They can bet on a lot of things, and bet against a lot of other things, and those things are highly correlated with each other. Like, they make $1 billion of bets that blue widgets will go up, and they make $1 billion of bets that green widgets will go down, and historically blue and green widget prices have moved in lockstep. That's a total of $2 billion of bets, but they cancel each other out. [2] If blue widgets go down 20% (and they lose $200 million on their long bet), then probably green widgets will also go down 20% (and they make $200 million on their short bet), so there's still $2 billion. But the idea is that they know something the market doesn't, and actually blue widgets will go up by 5 percentage points more (or down by 5 percentage points less) than green widgets, and so they'll make $50 million on this bet. Of course they could be wrong; maybe blue widgets will underperform green ones and the bet will lose money. Not the whole $2 billion amount of the bet — blue and green widgets are pretty fungible — but, you know, maybe $50 million.
And you can kind of abstractly do some math like "this bet requires $2 billion, and we hope it will pay back like $2.05 billion, but even if we're wrong it should pay back $2 billion, or $1.95 billion at absolute worst." And then you can go out and sell, say, $1.9 billion of senior claims on this bet, saying "we'll pay you back the $1.9 billion no matter what." And then you raise, say, $100 million of junior claims on this bet, saying "we hope to pay you back $150 million on your $100 million investment, but if we're wrong you eat the losses."
Traditionally the people buying the senior claims are prime brokerage desks at big investment banks, and they can check all of this: They can look at the actual trades that you're doing and say "ah yes, historically, blue and green widget prices have been highly correlated, so the chances of losing much of this $2 billion is slim, and the chances of eating into our $1.9 billion are close to zero." And they can check your track record, too, and say "yeah these guys usually make money and always pay back their senior claims so it's fine." Also they hold your collateral — the blue widgets you're long, the green widgets you're short — and if the trade does start to collapse they can probably shut it down before you lose too much money (and, thus, before they lose any money).
And then traditionally the people buying the junior claims are your hedge fund investors, who are betting that you really do have all this investing skill, that you really can turn their $100 million into $150 million much more often than you turn it into $50 million. [3] And then traditionally you yourself, and your employees, have some sort of super-junior claim, where you get paid a big chunk of the upside if the bets pay off.
Now, another important move in finance is to worry about this slicing of cash flows. The traditional worries are:
1. The safe senior claims: Are they really that safe? Do we really know that this trade can't lose a lot of money and cut into the $1.9 billion senior claim? What if blue widgets fall 10% and green widgets go up 10%? Then this strategy loses $200 million, the junior claims are wiped out and the lenders lose money. 2. The risky junior claims: Boy, they sure look risky! In the example above, the total portfolio lost 10% of its value, but the junior claims lost 100% of their value. Seems risky. 3. The interplay between them: If you have a $2 billion portfolio and it loses 10% of its value for some temporary reason, you might just hold onto it until the prices recover. But if you have a $2 billion portfolio with 95% leverage and it loses 10% of its value, your lender — a bank prime brokerage — will seize the collateral and sell it as quickly as possible, which means (1) you permanently lose all of your equity and also (2) your lender's sale might further drive down prices and cause more problems.
Here's another way to slice the returns from hedge-fund skill:
Andrew Lubin, previously the chief executive officer of the London unit of SAC Capital Advisors, and Tim Pearey, former CEO of Odey Asset Management, said they have started a hedge fund that provides capital to traders if they put in their own cash and agree to lose their money first when bets fail.
Such arrangements, known as first-loss funds, are a niche part of the $4 trillion hedge fund industry and offer traders an opportunity to hold on to more of their profits in exchange for taking on the bulk of the risk. Traders signing up for Lubin and Pearey's London-based AB Asset Scale could keep as much as 60% of the profits they generate, higher than traditional industry payouts of 20% at major multi-strategy hedge funds. ...
Such platforms frequently hire and fire traders whose performance has dropped or when a trading strategy they run falls out of favour. Lubin and Pearey said they are looking to pick talented traders affected by this churn.
The first-loss funds provide as much as nine times the capital of a hedge fund or a trader, with their money being housed in a separately managed account. The arrangement, which provides a significant boost to assets under management, requires any losses to accrue to the trader's own invested capital first. …
Losses of up to 10% will be absorbed by the trader's own capital with the fund aiming to liquidate their bets when declines hit 8.5%, according to an investor document seen by Bloomberg.
I like it. The traditional way to get fired from a multi-manager fund is to have too big a drawdown, to lose, say, 5% or 10% of your allocated capital. If you work at a big multi-strategy fund and then are "affected by this churn," the natural inferences to draw are:
1. You have investing skill (that's why the pod shop hired you), but 2. You sometimes lose 10% of your capital (that's why they fired you).
So someone else should be willing to hire you to run their money, but only if you take the risk of losing 10% of your capital.
The fastest-growing and most attractive sort of hedge fund these days is the multi-manager "pod shop." These funds hire lots of different portfolio managers running uncorrelated strategies; they monitor the managers closely, minimize directional market exposure, allocate capital based on performance, and take capital away rapidly from managers who have losses. The resulting fund is exactly what big allocators want: The fund offers a steady stream of returns that are not correlated to the market, it has very low risk, and it is a big stable institution that can manage their money forever.
This is such a good model that people keep trying to get into it; we talked on Monday about Bank of New York Mellon's plans to get into the pod-shop business. (They plan to distinguish themselves from the leading players by charging lower fees and being nicer to their PMs.)
But it is also such a good model that people are apparently tempted to fake it. Like, write a business plan hitting the traditional beats — "we allocate our capital among a bunch of diverse uncorrelated portfolio managers," "we manage risk by pulling capital from PMs who have a big drawdown," "we make money consistently in all markets," etc. — and go out and raise money and then give it all to one guy to bet on Bitcoin or whatever. This does not strike me as a good plan, but here is a US Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action from last week:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Thursday] charged John Hughes, president and chief compliance officer of registered investment adviser Prophecy Asset Management LP, for his involvement in a multi-year fraud that concealed losses of hundreds of millions of dollars from investors. ...>
According to the SEC's complaint, Hughes led investors to believe that their investments were protected from loss, telling them the funds' capital was shared among dozens of sub-advisers who traded in liquid securities and posted cash collateral to offset any trading losses they incurred. In reality, most of the funds' capital went to one sub-adviser, who incurred massive trading losses that far exceeded the cash collateral he had contributed. In addition, Hughes caused the funds to invest in highly illiquid investments, which also resulted in substantial losses to the funds. Hughes concealed these losses by fabricating documents and engaging in a series of sham transactions to cover-up the true financial condition of the funds. The complaint also alleges that Hughes deceived investors about the diversification and trading strategies in two other funds. By 2020, after losses in funds that Prophecy Asset Management managed amounted to more than $350 million, Hughes and Prophecy Asset Management indefinitely suspended redemptions by investors.
There is also a federal criminal case; Hughes pleaded guilty to a securities fraud conspiracy "that wiped out Prophecy's funds and caused over $294 million in losses to the victims."
Prophecy not exactly a traditional pod shop: The sub-advisers were not employees, and the protection against drawdowns was not just "we take away capital from people who lose money" but also "the sub-advisers have to post cash collateral of 10% of their allocation, so that if they lose any money they can pay us back." But it touches on many of the same ideas:
Under the Prophecy model, while sub-advisers were permitted a percentage of profits, they also were also responsible for covering losses up to an agreed amount. Typically, PAM required sub-advisers to post 10% of the agreed upon trading allocation as cash collateral to be available to cover possible losses. ...>
The premise of steady, single-digit returns protected against loss was based on misrepresentations of active risk management where sub-advisers were purportedly routinely monitored with respect to diversification, cash collateral, and liquidity of trading strategies. …>
Hughes and Individual 1, through PAM, represented that Prophecy's capital was allocated to dozens of sub-advisers employing multiple diverse and even "unique" trading strategies. For example, PAM distributed monthly "fact sheets" to investors stating that Prophecy "seeks to generate returns by making notional allocations to a diverse group of subadvisers running a variety of discretionary, systematic and unique investment strategies." …>
Hughes and Individual 1, through PAM, distributed offering and marketing documents that also stated that Prophecy protected its capital from losses by holding cash collateral contributed by each sub-adviser. PAM represented that if a sub-adviser's losses absorbed 50% or more of its cash collateral deposit, PAM would stop the sub-adviser's trading and require additional collateral or a reduction in exposure.
It's just that that wasn't true. Prophecy allegedly allocated most of its capital to one manager, called "Individual 2" in the SEC complaint and "Co-conspirator-2" in the criminal one, and covered that up in its investor reports "by presenting his total allocation as if Individual 2 were multiple, individualized sub-advisers." ("Since in or around 2019, Co-conspirator-2 was also the CEO and President of a multi-billion dollar company that owned and managed large and diversified retail franchises," says the criminal case; Bloomberg reports that it's Brian Kahn, the chief executive officer of Franchise Group Inc., which owns Vitamin Shoppe.) And Prophecy did not actually have the 10% cash collateral, or even stop the guy out when he had big losses:
As of January 2019, Prophecy's total cash deposit balance equaled a mere 0.77% of the reported gross market value of its assets. By July 2019, Prophecy's cash deposit balance dipped even lower, to 0.05%.>
Prophecy had all but abandoned its cash deposit requirement for Individual 2, notwithstanding Individual 2's outsized allotment of Prophecy's trading capital and enormous trading losses.>
For instance, Individual 2's trading losses exceeded the amount of the cash collateral Individual 2 had contributed by: $55 million in 2018; $216 million in 2019; and $328 million in 2020. ...>
From January 2018 through March 2020, Individual 2's trading losses exceeded the balance of his cash collateral for all but one month.
If you lose money every month for two years you will probably lose your job at a traditional multi-manager fund. But not at a fake one!
The particular form of good business here is that the pass-through fee model at these funds allows them to bill their compensation expense directly to their clients:
Under this model, the manager passes on all costs — including office rents, technology and data, salaries, bonuses and even client entertainment — to their end investors. The idea is that managers invest heavily in areas such as talent and technology, with the cost more than offset by resulting performance. They then tend to charge a 20-30 per cent performance fee on top.
The pass-through model fuels practices such as sign-on bonuses running into millions or tens of millions of dollars, paid sabbaticals and payouts to individual portfolio managers that can be 20 to 30 per cent of profits, all of which are designed to lure and retain the top performers.
This creates upward pressure on hedge fund pay: If your pay is set by your boss, but paid by your clients, there is not a ton of constraint on how high it can be. It's not your boss's money. "Let's pay you $100 million, bill the clients, and see if they complain," your boss can say; there is some level at which they will complain, but apparently nobody has found it yet. Great business.
The share of performance rewards, known as carried interest, usually gets divvied up between employees and the bank's own accounts. Under the new structure, investing teams will receive 40% to 50% of the carry pool, the person said. That's up from 30% to 40% for many of the funds, a share that varies based on fund type and size.
Goldman, which oversees $267 billion in fee-earning alternative assets, is trying to bring compensation more in line with rival investment firms as it moves toward third-party capital to fund its investing activities instead of relying on its own balance sheet. The shift could also help fend off further defections to rivals. …
At Carlyle Group Inc., the alternative-asset manager run by Goldman alum Harvey Schwartz, 45% of carried interest is set aside for investment professionals, according to its filings.
Disclosure, I used to work at Goldman, though not managing alternative investments; I didn't get any percentage of any carry. On the other hand, I learned that the informal rule of thumb for modeling the profitability of a trade, to the bank, was to calculate the expected revenue and then deduct 50%: half of the revenue for the bank, half for the employees. So this seems about right.
Traditionally, the way to be a good hedge fund manager was to be good at picking investments that would go up. A good track record, and a good story to tell about your track record, were the main things. Possibly the only things: In the olden days, hedge funds were thought of as being less bureaucratic and political than big banks; each hedge fund was a pirate ship run by a charismatic captain who cared nothing for social niceties and just maximized loot.
In modern hedge funds, the dominant model is the multi-manager, multi-strategy "pod shop." The way to be a good portfolio manager at one of those funds is also to be good at picking investments that go up, subject to more constraints (on risk, factor neutrality, office politics, etc.) than the traditional pirate manager.
But the way to be a good boss of those funds is … I mean, empirically, they tend to be run by people whose training was in investing. You start a hedge fund, you pick investments that go up, you get big, you hire some PMs and become a multi-manager fund. Obviously some skills (risk management, knowing which managers will be good) remain important. But there are new skills involved. The essential jobs are recruiting and retaining and motivating and managing the portfolio managers, giving them the constraints and resources that will make them most productive. Also managing the clients. And so the big multi-manager funds, these days, are quite institutional ; they have a lot of people doing compliance and human resources and recruiting and investor relations. It is more bureaucratic than it used to be, less of a pirate ship.
Two fundamental questions of bank regulation are:
1. Would you rather have some class of loans made by banks , which are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision, or by relatively less regulated non-banks? 2. Would you rather have some class of loans funded by demand deposits , which could flee at any time, or by pension funds, which can't?
These questions are largely the same question. Here's Bloomberg's Allison McNeely:
Ares Management Corp. raised $6.6 billion for its second asset-based credit fund, as it seeks to snap up portfolios from banks that want to sell them to comply with higher capital requirements.>
The firm's Pathfinder Fund II, which exceeded its $5 billion target, will invest in portfolios of assets that offer steady cash flows, Ares said in a statement Monday. That could include pools of auto loans, credit card receivables, mortgages and other bundles of loans. …>
Ares has been actively negotiating with banks that aim to offload loan portfolios that have high capital charges, which makes them less profitable to hold on their balance sheets.>
It recently closed on a so-called capital relief trade for a portfolio of more than $5 billion of "super-prime" auto loans from a large regional bank, according to Joel Holsinger, co-head of alternative credit at Ares. He predicts a rush of deals before year-end.>
"This is no different than where direct lending was in 2011 or 2012," Holsinger said in an interview. He added that a "fragmentation" ensued after the 2008 financial crisis and that "excessive regulation" has pushed certain asset classes out of banks. …>
For institutional investors, asset-based credit offers diversity and uncorrelated risk beyond traditional direct loans to companies, Keith Ashton, co-head of alternative credit at Ares, said in an interview. … In five years, most pensions will allocate 2% to 4% of their portfolios toward asset-based credit, Holsinger said.
Is this good? On the one hand it is not hard to find people complaining about the rise of private credit and arguing that firms like Ares are less regulated, and more willing to take risks, than banks are. On the other hand, banks really are funded by deposits! That has caused problems this year: If you borrow short-term to lend long-term, you can run into trouble. Whereas if you raise money from pension funds to buy auto loans, you really can hold those auto loans to maturity.
Here are two broad theories of activist investing:
1. Some companies have good opportunities but bad management, and an activist investor can buy some stock, harangue the board and management to make changes, and improve the company's business. 2. Some companies could be bought at a premium by other companies, and an activist investor can buy some stock, agitate for a sale, make the sale happen and collect the premium. [3]
That is, the job can be operational improvements, or it can be sort of M&A matchmaking. Intuitively "M&A matchmaking" makes more sense: What are the odds that an activist hedge fund manager has better ideas for how to run a widget factory than the widget company chief executive officer? The widget CEO specializes in widgets, but the activist manager can specialize in making deals happen.
The operational-improvements model could, I suppose, work through the cycle; there's always some company somewhere that can be improved. The M&A-matchmaker model does kind of depend on the merger market though. Here's a Wall Street Journal story about how activists are having a tough time in a tough merger market:
Activists generally seek out big returns by accumulating stakes in companies and then drumming up lots of noise in hopes of forcing boards to make changes or outright pushing businesses to sell. In fact, they tend to favor the latter as it's an almost surefire way to make a buck. But with fewer deals in the market, these firms have had one less arrow in their quivers.>
Predicting the stock market in 2023 has been tough for many investors, said Bill Anderson, a senior managing director at Evercore and head of the firm's global activism-defense business.>
"But this year's downdraft in leveraged buyout activity has been really tough for activists," Anderson said. "The deals they thought they would have to help their returns haven't been out there."
Also, in a market where the biggest companies keep getting bigger, activism is harder because, what, you're gonna do activism at Apple? [4]
Plus, as Anderson pointed out, the handful of tech companies that have played an outsize role in driving the stock market higher this year–like Apple, Alphabet, Meta Platforms, Microsoft, Nvidia, Amazon.com and Tesla–are "not really activist targets."
The activist model is about taking smallish bad companies and making them better, but the action these days is in huge good companies getting better on their own.
Here are two ways to run a hedge fund:
1. Be a charismatic genius investor. Pick some companies that you think are good, buy their stocks, hold them for a fairly long term, maybe do a bit of activism to improve their performance. Pick some companies that you think are bad, short their stocks, maybe do a bit of short activism to get everyone to see their flaws. Have a concentrated portfolio of a dozen or so names, bet big with conviction, hope you're right. 2. Hire like 30 genius investors and scientifically analyze their investing styles and track records to break down exactly how they add value. Pay them only to do that: Hedge out all of their exposure to the broad stock market, and to factors like value and momentum, so that they are not getting paid just for owning stocks in a bull market (or owning tech stocks in a tech bubble), but only for picking exactly which stocks will outperform which other stocks. Because everything is hedged, they won't benefit from broad market movements, and they probably won't make all that much of a return. But because everything is hedged, you can leverage it a lot: You can take $1 of investor capital, buy $10 of good stocks, short $10 of bad stocks, and if the good stocks are up 10% and the bad ones are up 8% then you have a 20% return on capital.
Crudely speaking, the first approach was the popular image of hedge-fund management for much of its history, and the second approach — the "multi-manager" or "multistrategy" fund or "pod shop" — has become increasingly dominant in recent years. There are reasons for this. For one thing, the pod shops, with their scientific performance measurement, can more convincingly promise their clients that they are delivering uncorrelated returns, that they are good rather than just lucky. Also, clients like that they are more institutional and less reliant on one charismatic genius, which makes them less susceptible to succession drama. Also, there is reason to think that the skills of (1) making investment decisions, (2) charming clients and (3) running the operations of a company are all pretty separate, and the multi-manager funds can hire people who are good at making investment decisions, let them do that, and have someone else handle the rest of it.
The basic idea of a "black swan fund" is that you have $100 invested in normal assets somewhere else , and you pay the black swan fund like $1 a year for insurance. In a normal year, your normal assets go up 15% or whatever and you make $15, and your black-swan premium is just an expense; you lose the dollar, for a net return of 14%. And in a catastrophic year, your normal assets go down 20% or whatever and you lose $20, but your black-swan insurance pays out and you get back $20, for a net return of 0%, which is pretty good.
What is the performance of the black swan fund in the normal year? Well, negative 100%, give or take. (These are stylized schematic numbers, don't take them too seriously.) But the black-swan manager doesn't think of it that way, and you probably shouldn't either. Instead the argument is something like: "If you didn't have this black-swan insurance, you'd have to invest much more conservatively, keep more assets in cash, etc., so your return on your $100 of normal assets would only be like 8%. But the insurance gives you the confidence to invest more aggressively, so you made 15% on your normal assets, though you paid 1% for that insurance. So really the black swan fund added 6% to your overall return."
Fine. What is the performance of the black swan fund in the catastrophic year? Oh ha it is absolutely +1,900%, come on, it made $19 on $1 of premium. Bloomberg's Justina Lee reported last week on the returns at Mark Spitznagel's Universa Investments:
Sure, all hedge funds like to put a positive spin on performance, and that's well understood by their sophisticated clientele. But critics like Saba Capital Management founder Boaz Weinstein and Citadel's former global head of fixed income, Derek Kaufman, say Miami-based Universa goes a step too far, cherry-picking data to burnish results. ...>
The latest spat broke out on Twitter in the wake of Spitznagel's January missive to clients. As he touted the virtues of Universa's style of hedging, he claimed a small allocation to the money manager equated to an "annuity paying 114% a year.">
Considering that when Covid hit in March 2020, the firm said it returned 3,612% in a single month, that didn't seem like much. But it appears to have been a final straw for naysayers such as Weinstein and Kaufman.>
"None of what they are saying makes sense," tweeted Kaufman, while Weinstein — who runs his own tail-hedge strategy in the credit realm — called the firm out for the way it calculates its figures. "Name another hedge fund or tail hedge fund that talks in returns on premia spent over some interval instead of return on assets," he tweeted. ...>
"While we cannot comment on returns, Universa Founder and CIO, Mark Spitznagel's recent book, Safe Haven , explains in detail that the point of what Universa does is raise a portfolio's rate of returns as a direct consequence of lowering its systematic risk," Brandon Yarckin, chief operating officer at Universa, wrote in an email. "Contrary to Modern Portfolio Theory, this is the metric that matters, and it is demonstrably what we have done in Universa's 15 year life to date." …>
What Universa in effect does is calculate the return on an insurance policy using only one month of premium. Conveniently ignored there is the reality that clients typically pay Universa for protection for years — a process so painful it's known as the "bleed" — before ever cashing in. …>
To compound the confusion, Universa's AUM — now $16.4 billion — is actually defined in a regulatory filing as the "amount of equity market risk that a client seeks to protect." That means the assets at the firm's disposal are in practice far smaller.
Universa's clients have $16.4 billion of assets (somewhere else) that they protect by paying premium to Universa, and "what Universa does," in the long term, "is raise [that $16.4 billion] portfolio's rate of returns as a direct consequence of lowering its systematic risk." But what Universa does in any particularly disastrous month for the stock market is earn a 3,612% return on that month's premium. Most of the time Universa leads with the first thing — lowering systemic risk — but in the months where it 36x's its money it leads with that.
But the top spots on these lists are mostly the big institutionalized multi-manager funds: Citadel, Millennium and Point72 top both rankings. It is a different model: Instead of trusting your money to the gut instincts of a charismatic genius who takes huge swings, you trust your money to an alpha factory full of anonymous portfolio managers whose performance is ruthlessly monitored, whose exposures to market factors are carefully tracked, and who are fired if they lose too much money. And you pay them, not just a percentage of the profits that they make for you, but also big steady fees to pay for all of that institutional structure.
The bet here is basically that all that institutional structure is valuable, that it provides something that investors want. [2] If the thing that you want, as an investor, is a charismatic genius manager who works really hard to find high-conviction trades, then you should want incentive alignment, performance-based fees and the occasional 193% return when that manager gets it exactly right. If the thing that you want is steady returns that are uncorrelated to the broader market, then the way to pay for it might be with large fees that are uncorrelated to performance.
I mean, not really un correlated; Ken Griffin, Izzy Englander and Steve Cohen had very good years for themselves because their funds had very good years for their clients. But for a hedge fund manager, the best long-term way to use that performance might be to transform your fund into an institution.
My general theory of distressed-debt investing is:
1. There is a company that does not have enough money to pay back its debts. 2. So 51% of its creditors go to the company and say "pay us back 100 cents on the dollar, and in exchange we will approve an amendment to your debt documents that allows you to pay the other 49% zero cents on the dollar." 3. The company does this, to buy time and avoid bankruptcy. 4. Eventually it goes bankrupt anyway, the 51% holders are in a relatively good position, and the 49% holders are not.
This oversimplifies things a lot; 51% of creditors can't literally vote to zero the other 49%. But the basic idea is pretty common in modern distressed investing: You get some majority group of creditors who agree to give the company some extra time in exchange for putting themselves first in line for any recovery, and some minority group of creditors who are mad about it and probably sue. The exact mechanics will vary from deal to deal, depending on what sorts of shenanigans are and are not allowed by the company's debt documents, but in general the documents are complicated and you'll probably be able to find some shenanigans that are at least arguably allowed. And if you're on the losing side, you'll also probably be able to find an argument that they are not allowed, and then you end up fighting over it in court.
The thing about this general theory is that there is nothing principled about it. The general rule is "you should try to be in the 51% of creditors who get paid rather than the 49% who don't." If you are in the 51% who get paid, you will think that the machinations that got you paid were good; if you are in the 49% who didn't, you will think that the machinations that got you hosed were bad. There are a lot of deals like this, and sometimes big distressed investors will end up getting paid in some deals and getting hosed in others. And then, in the deals where they were hosed, they will get mad and probably sue. It seems somehow to miss the point to accuse them of hypocrisy. Their views are perfectly consistent: They want to get paid, in each deal, and will sue if they don't.
One thing that I like to say around here is that investment managers often meet privately with the executives of public companies, and the executives tell them things, and then the investment managers use what they learn in these meetings to make investment decisions, and those investment decisions — informed as they are by these private meetings with executives — are better than they would be if the investment managers used only public information. I like to say this because (1) it is true, (2) it is hilariously obvious, and (3) I also write a lot about insider trading, so when I write about corporate access people are always like "What? No! That's impossible! Surely corporate executives don't just meet with hedge fund managers and tell them useful stuff about their companies, that would be illegal." But they do.
Anyway I am flagging this job posting mostly because it is a completely obvious and normal thing: A big hedge fund is looking for someone to manage its corporate access in a way that "builds direct relationships with key corporates and delivers high impact flow of direct corporate access," and presumably "high impact" does not mean "irrelevant to our investing decisions." There is nothing even eyebrow-raising about this. This is absolutely standard stuff. The corporate access people "collaborate closely with the Firm's investment and compliance professionals"; the compliance people are well aware that the corporate access people are setting up meetings with corporate executives so the investment people will learn useful stuff about companies to inform their investment decisions. What else would anyone be doing? What is the point of being a long/short equity hedge fund analyst if not to find out things about companies? What better way to find things out than by asking the companies' executives?
If you run a hedge fund and get 20% of the profits, that motivates you to make a lot of profits. Your investors want that; they want you to be motivated. If, one year, you lose money and are down 5%, the way most hedge funds work is that you have to earn back that 5% — you have to get back to the previous high-water mark — before taking a cut of the profits. If, the next year, you are up 4%, you will not take a cut of that 4% profit, because you are still below the high-water mark. If instead you earn 30%, you will take your 0% of the profits back to the high-water mark and 20% of the profits above it.
Your investors like this high-water mechanism because:
1. They would resent paying you a cut of the "profits" when they have actually lost money themselves; they only want you to take a cut of actual profits. 2. This setup motivates you not to lose money in the first place.
This only goes so far, though. If you lose 39% one year and 21% the next, then in the third year you need to make a return of 108% to get back to even and start getting paid any performance fees at all. That is hard to do! Or you could make 30% returns for your investors for the next three years without getting paid, which is unpleasant. On the one hand, yeah: You lost all that money for your investors, it is only fair that you should work for them for free for a few years to make it up to them. On the other hand, your motivation is going to suffer if making way-above-market returns for years on end still won't earn you a bonus. Given the high-water mark, you might give up, fire your analysts, park everything in index funds and live off the fixed management fee. Or more realistically you might quit, close your fund and go get a job at someone else's hedge fund where you can earn a bonus this year.
Obviously one possibility is that you should quit, because you repeatedly lost all that money for your investors. The investors might think that! They might pull their remaining money, after you lost so much of it. But if they don't pull their money — if they conclude that you are a good investor who can still do good things for them, and you just had two unfortunate years — then really they will have to renegotiate your high-water mark. If they want you to keep working for them — again, a weird choice, but a possible one — they will have to incentivize you to do so. Which means that if you go from down 50% to down 30% they gotta pay you, even if they resent it.
Here's the classic life cycle of a hedge fund. You quit your job at Goldman Sachs Group Inc., or at someone else's hedge fund, and you start a new fund with some of your own savings and some money from your former clients, bosses, etc. You charge a management fee of 2% of assets, which you use to pay for rent and Bloomberg terminals and stuff, and a performance fee of 20% of profits, which you use to pay bonuses to a couple of analysts and a bigger bonus to yourself. Living, as you do, on performance fees, you care a lot about performance, and you perform well. This has two effects: (1) you attract more clients who like the performance and (2) you pay yourself large bonuses out of your large performance fees. The former effect tends to increase the size of your fund while reducing your percentage ownership (more outside money), while the latter tends to increase your percentage ownership (you pay yourself more than you can spend and, as a matter of course, keep your savings in the fund).
If you continue this way for a while, and performance remains good, then your fund will grow and eventually you will reach some capacity cap where you run a lot of money and don't want any more. Investors will come to you begging to put in more money and you will say no. You will close your fund to new investors, maybe you'll start handing money back to old investors, maybe you'll increase your fees. This will all tend to increase your percentage ownership of the fund. Eventually, if all goes well, you will return all the outside money and have like a $20 billion family office where you run only your money and keep 100% of the profits.
If all goes less well then investors will demand their money back due to underperformance before you have a chance to send it back to them due to overperformance. If this happens in the right order — first you do well and accumulate billions of dollars of your own, then you do poorly — then it looks a lot like the good result; you complain more about investor disloyalty but also end up running your own multibillion-dollar family office. If it happens in the wrong order — you do poorly first — then they all take their money back, there's not enough left to bother with, you close the fund and you go back to having a job at a bank or someone else's hedge fund.
This model lacks a succession plan. The goal, in this model, is not to build an enduring institution that will carry on without you, steadily accumulating client assets for generations. The goal is to use outside capital to generate your own vast wealth, and then get rid of the outside capital to focus on managing your own vast wealth. So you are not really looking for some young whippersnapper to succeed you; you are not dreaming of one day handing the pool of capital over to your handpicked protégé. That capital is yours! You hire young whippersnappers, sure, and mentor them, and if they perform well you pay them well, and once you've paid them well for a while they accumulate enough money to leave and start their own hedge fund, which you seed with some of your own (fund's, family office's) capital. But they don't get to take over your fund, because that fund is yours.
There is a sense in which the main story of modern hedge funds is style drift. You start out doing convertible arbitrage or merger arb or relative-value structured-credit trades, you make a lot of money, you attract more investors, you gain in confidence at the same time that you reach the limits of your strategy's capacity, you expand into other strategies, you make more money, you conclude that you are an all-purpose genius, you start going on television, your returns maybe suffer a bit but who cares, and you end up trying to influence national politics and/or mentoring Diddy.
Arguably this works best for your clients at the early stages, when you are making them a lot of money by focusing on your fairly specialized core skills. There is a long history of clients complaining that their hedge fund managers go on TV too much. But surely it works best for you at the later stages, when you are rich and hanging out with Diddy. Starting a hedge fund is not only a bet that, if you work hard and have lots of skill and get a bit lucky, you will make a lot of money and win the respect of your peers and the gratitude of your clients. Starting a hedge fund is also a bet that you might get famous.
Arguably then it is a valuable service to hedge fund clients to promise them that their managers will not get famous? Here's Nishant Kumar at Bloomberg News on multi-strategy funds:
Investors are plowing money into funds that don't rely on the next macro genius or star stockpicker, but instead offer an army of traders who invest in an array of strategies. These behemoths secured pretty much all of the new money in the hedge fund industry last year, cementing a tectonic shift that's accelerated since the pandemic.
Clients are increasingly willing to pay high fees — outsized even by hedge fund standards — to gain access to a whole universe of investments, from U.S. stocks and precious metals to Asian currencies, executed by scores of traders who can be easily replaced if they stumble.
It's a stark contrast to the old business model: Launch a fund, name it after yourself, call the shots, profit. A generation of managers are finding this new style more appealing — and in some cases have little choice since flashy trading stars aren't in vogue with investors any more. With a shakeout underway in an industry that runs about $4 trillion, multi-strats are the only way to grow.
Byrne Hobart points out that one advantage of a multi-strategy fund is that it more tightly limits managers to one strategy:
Pod shop managers lose other kinds of flexibility, too. Since they're all trying to deliver uncorrelated alpha, the fund has to make sure correlations don't sneak into their various portfolios. One way to do this is to impose very specific limitations on what a given manager can invest in, and how their portfolio can be positioned.
If you are a convertible arbitrage portfolio manager at a multi-strategy fund, and you decide that your genius for financial markets is such that you should also dabble in emerging-markets currencies, your boss will just tell you no. Your job is to add uncorrelated alpha, and you have to do your job.
If you are a convertible arbitrage manager at your own fund, you are the boss, and it is not so clear what your job is. One thing that I often say about managing a hedge fund is that the primary job is not picking stocks that go up, but rather continuing to manage a hedge fund. If you are a hedge fund manager and you're down 20% one year, but your investors do not withdraw much money because (1) they like you or (2) you wrote a really good investor letter explaining your losses with a lot of well chosen quotes from classical philosophers or (3) they have signed long-term lockups or (4) you have structured a permanent capital vehicle, then you had a pretty good year all things considered! So your job is to be liked, to write good letters, to negotiate lockups, to structure permanent capital vehicles, etc., as much as it is to add uncorrelated alpha. If you go to work for a multi-strategy fund none of that works:
Multi-strats, meanwhile, have a low tolerance for underperformance. With individual managers less visible to clients, those who start losing in high single digits or overextend their risk can have their assets cut at best, and at worst can be fired on the spot.
The good news, for the portfolio managers, is that you get to focus on investing. Kumar:
"Joining a multi-strat on Monday and having $500 million to punt around on Tuesday is a hell of lot more appealing than scrounging for $50 million of seed capital to start your own firm," Andrew Beer, founder of New York-based Dynamic Beta Investments, said.
And Hobart:
A platform fund is part of this evolution for the hedge fund business: most people who start funds don't do it because they have a deep and abiding love of back-office operations, risk management, and investor relations. They do it because they like predicting which way asset prices will go, and really like getting paid for it.
If you got into the hedge fund business because you are really good at predicting asset prices in a particular niche, and you want to focus on that, then multi-strategy funds are appealing. If you got into the hedge fund business because you're really good at raising money from investors, and you want to be famous, then you will want and need to strike out on your own. If you are an investor, which sort of hedge fund manager would you want to invest with?
As we have discussed before, this is a risk of short selling. If you correctly predict a stock will go down by 50%, you can sell it at $100 and then buy it back at $50, making $50 of profit. If you correctly predict that it will go down by 99.99%, you can sell it at $100 and buy it back at $0.01, making $99.99 of profit.
If you correctly predict that it will go down by 100%, though, stuff gets weird. You probably can't buy it back at $0. Theoretically the result is that you sold the stock for $100 and then you never have to buy it back, because it disappeared: Whoever loaned you the stock doesn't want it back, so you don't have to buy back any stock, so you have $100 of profit and everything is great. But that leaves sort of a nagging loose end: Your prime broker thinks you still owe someone stock, but there's no stock to deliver, so it keeps your collateral and charges you fees forever.
It doesn't help that (1) as a stock approaches zero it will often become pretty illiquid, so buying it back at $0.01 may be hard to do, and (2) if you run a $300 million fund you might not be all that focused on spending like $200 to buy back the now-worthless stock you shorted. Until a decade later when you notice you've been paying borrow fees the whole time.
I often say that the key skill of a hedge fund manager is not picking stocks that go up, but rather continuing to manage a hedge fund. If you pick stocks that go up, and a lot of people invest in your fund, and then you pick stocks that go down, and then everyone takes their money out, you have done a bad job. If you pick stocks that go up, and a lot of people want to invest in your fund, and you say "well fine you can invest but you need to sign a multi-year lockup with a very favorable fee structure for me" and go raise a permanent-capital vehicle on the basis of your celebrity, and then you pick stocks that go down, and then everyone grumbles about how they'd like to take their money out but can't, you have done a good job. Obviously if you just pick stocks that go up forever then you have done the best job — you are Renaissance Technologies? — but that is hard. Not that it's easy, exactly, to keep your investors' money even after picking stocks that go down. But it is a solvable problem, there are techniques for it, it is more common than picking stocks that go up forever.
Anyway here's a story about how "Hedge Funds Are Hot Again." For instance, "famed investment firm Brevan Howard, which as recently as mid-2019 was struggling to stem an unprecedented client exodus, shut its flagship fund to investors earlier this year" because investors were clamoring to give it more money than it could handle. "Hmm," you might think. If Brevan Howard (1) has more investor demand than it knows what to do with, and (2) just two years ago "was struggling to stem an unprecedented client exodus," then … perhaps it should reflect on the recent bad times, and use the current good times to stem the client exodus in advance? Like, when the investors who took their money out two years ago are begging to put more money in now, conceptually, what you want to do is say "sure I'll take your money now but in exchange you have to promise not to take it out in two years when I start losing all your money again." And, again, there really are techniques for that.
Brevan Howard has found some?
At Brevan Howard, the firm is determined to avoid a repeat of the boom-and-bust cycle. And a key part of that is talking more to investors, who in the old days didn't get much more than an occasional update and a phone call. Now, even with Brevan Howard firmly in the throes of a turnaround, it's focused on holding onto client assets when markets inevitably turn again.
"The issue is with the ability of the manager to stop investors from getting disillusioned and retain their confidence during inevitable periods of not-so-great performance," Landy said in a virtual interview from his home office. "What we are doing very thoughtfully and deliberately is trying to be the best partners for our clients."
For him and other senior money managers at the firm, that means grabbing a microphone: they all have to record podcasts outlining the thinking behind their investments.
Well! About a hundred of you emailed me to say that it's obvious what's in it for Engine No. 1: publicity. This is a hedge fund that launched six months ago; it runs a small fund and doesn't have much of a track record. Now it is The Little Engine That Took Down Exxon. It has gone from nothing to being a daring successful activist, and an activist with a halo of environmental virtue. It can fundraise off of that forever, attract lots of money, collect lots of fees, etc. The $30 million of proxy expenses are an investment to make millions more in management fees. A related benefit is what any activist fund gets from a successful proxy fight: The next company they go after will be intimidated by their Exxon victory, and will try to settle by giving them board seats. You spend $30 million on one proxy fight so you don't have to spend any money on five more. You show up at a meeting with the next company's CEO, you put Exxon's severed head on the table, you say "board seats, now," and you get them without a fight. Fine! That's all fair enough. One reader pointed out another, more technical but also quite important answer: It is customary for activist hedge funds that win their proxy fights to be reimbursed by the company.[1] So, because it won, Engine No. 1 probably spent $30 million of Exxon's money on the proxy fight, not its own. That probably helps. It took a big risk here: If it had lost the proxy fight, it would be out $30 million and wouldn't have all the fundraising benefit of having taken down Exxon. But because it won, the economics actually look pretty good.
A well-known fund management strategy is:
1. Raise money and put it in the bank. 2. Sell out-of-the-money puts on the S&P 500 stock index. 3. Most of the time, stocks are up or flat or down a little, the options expire worthless and you keep the premium. 4. You show steady performance with no down months, your Sharpe ratio is excellent, you raise a lot of money from satisfied customers, you charge a lot of management and performance fees, and you buy big houses and yachts. 5. Eventually the market has a bad day, your bets blow up and your fund loses everything. 6. You keep the yachts, etc.
We talk about this strategy from time to time when these funds blow up. One point that I emphasize is that this is a thing that investors look out for. Reasonably sophisticated investors, when confronted with a volatility-selling hedge fund like this, will ask questions of the form "Wait are you just selling puts on the S&P 500? Are we just paying you hedge-fund fees for betting that the market will be steady? Isn't your strategy much riskier than the historical results suggest? Isn't this inevitably going to go to zero, and won't we be left holding the bag when that happens?"
Here's a Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against LJM Funds Management Ltd., which did this strategy:
[LJM founder and co-portfolio manager Anthony] Caine created the investment strategy employed by LJM Management and LJM Partners, which involved writing (i.e. selling) short-dated, out-of-the money options on S&P 500 futures contracts. The options sold were mostly put options, but also included some call options. …>
Like an insurance company, LJM Management and LJM Partners made money by collecting premiums (i.e., the market prices of the options) in exchange for assuming a risk – in this case, the obligation to purchase or sell futures contracts at a given strike price if the option holder exercised the option on or before the expiration date.>
This investment strategy is known as "short options" or "short volatility" trading, and offers the possibility of relatively stable profits from premium income, but carries the risk of significant losses during large market swings. This strategy was the equivalent of selling insurance to other investors primarily against declines in the S&P 500 futures market.
In somewhat different news, here is "Diverse Hedge Funds," by Yan Lu, Narayan Naik and Melvyn Teo. (Lu and Teo were also authors on the sports-car and face-width papers.)
We explore the value of diversity for hedge funds. We show that fund management teams with heterogeneous education backgrounds, experiences, and nationalities, outperform homogeneous teams by 3.59% to 6.23% per annum after adjusting for risk. Difference-in-differences estimates from an event study analysis of diversity-enhancing manager team transitions help establish causality. Diverse teams outpace homogeneous teams by exploiting a wider range of long-horizon investment opportunities and avoiding behavioral biases. Moreover, diverse teams eschew downside risk, survive longer, and report fewer regulatory problems. Diversity also allows hedge funds to circumvent capacity constraints. Consequently, performance persists more for diverse teams.
In a sense it is obvious why diversity would be good: If you are in the business of coming up with ideas and deciding if they are good, a team with more different ways of thinking will generate more ideas and test them more rigorously. The authors write (citations omitted):
Diverse teams could exploit a wider array of investment opportunities by harnessing the heterogeneous experiences and skill sets of their team members. This should translate into superior investment returns that are less susceptible to fund-level capacity constraints. Moreover, by working alongside other managers from different backgrounds, fund managers could become more aware of their own biases and entrenched ways of thinking. Therefore, diverse teams could avoid some of the costly behavioral biases that afflict other teams. Similarly, members of a heterogeneous team could more effectively serve as checks and balances for each other, which should engender prudent risk management and lower operational risk.
And in fact they find evidence for all of that:
Consistent with this view, relative to homogeneous teams, diverse teams arbitrage more of the prominent stock anomalies identified by Stambaugh, Yu, and Yuan (2015). … Consistent with the notion that working alongside other managers from different backgrounds helps fund managers become more aware of their own biases and entrenched ways of thinking (Rock and Grant, 2016), diverse teams are less susceptible to behavioral biases. … Consonant with the view that team members with heterogeneous experiences and backgrounds could more effectively serve as checks and balances for each other, we find that hedge funds operated by diverse teams are more prudent when managing risk.
At the same time, it is possible that excessive pattern-matching means that hedge funds don't efficiently pursue these advantages:
Since hedge funds tend to be managed by small teams and small teams are more prone to homophily (Klocke, 2007), much of the economic benefits from diversity could be untapped. Indeed, anecdotal evidence suggests that hedge fund industry suffers from a diversity and inclusion problem. To the extent that diversity adds value, this presents a significant opportunity for hedge fund managers.
"Managers who worked at the same investment bank likely attended the same training program for incoming junior analysts and traders, and adopted the same workplace norms," note the authors, and you can see how hedge fund managers might want to hire people who were in the same analyst program as them. "She knows how to do finance," you might think, if you learned how to do finance the same way. But in fact you want people who do finance different ways.
If you are a hedge fund, what you mostly want is high returns with low volatility. The simplest, best-known way to get that is to sell disaster insurance. Sell puts, sell tail risk, bet against disaster, whatever, some version of that. People pay you a little money now, and you agree to pay them a lot of money if things go horribly wrong. Mostly the disaster never comes, and you collect a steady premium. If you do this for a few years, you probably will have a good track record of achieving high returns with low volatility—a high Sharpe ratio—and people will give you a lot of money to invest. You will charge them high fees and buy nice houses. Eventually the disaster will come and your fund will be wiped out, but the trick is to have that happen after you have bought your nice houses. Two things about that description. One is that it is an extremely well-known problem. The popular phrase is "picking up pennies in front of a steamroller." Sophisticated investors are very well aware that selling disaster insurance and hoping nothing goes wrong will, in normal times, create a track record of good stable returns, and that it is not actually a good strategy in the long run. Sophisticated investors will ask about this. When a hedge fund pitches them its track record of steady high returns, they will ask questions like "well are you just selling puts or what?" The other thing about this description is that it is sort of abstract. There are lots of versions of this; some involve literally writing insurance contracts or selling put options on stocks, but there are more complicated approaches, and also much simpler ones. Any strategy that provides a steady return when things are normal, and blows up when they aren't, can have this basic profile; just lending companies money is not entirely dissimilar from writing insurance against disaster. Lots of normal things that normal investors do can be loosely characterized as "kind of like selling puts."
At Institutional Investor, Leanna Orr profiles Malachite Capital Management as an archetypal story of put-selling. The particular pleasures of this story are in the catty things that volatility traders say about each other anonymously:
Fatalities include Malachite, Ronin Capital ("the plumbing just kinda fell apart," per one vol pro), Parplus Partners, and Allianz's ill-named Structured Alpha hedge funds. ("Now that's a whole rabbit hole. They drifted from their mandate — not a good example of a disciplined vanilla put-selling program.") … The severely wounded include Alberta's public fund AIMCo, which killed its aggressive vol unit after losing C$525 ($387) per woman, man, and child in the province. Another is $100 million hedge fund Plinth Capital, founded in the Malachite model by "a reasonably nice sales guy from Barclays" with backing from a Texas institution.
Yeah no that one's a fatality. In a better world, "reasonably nice sales guy from Barclays" would replace "equities in Dallas" as the most cutting insult in the financial business. Though this, about Malachite, is also tough:
The pair had a knack for inspiring envy. As two "VP-level sales guys" on Goldman's derivatives desk, peers say, they got a "pretty incredible" $25 million seed investment from a former client of theirs, Global Endowment Management, and started Malachite in 2013.
(Disclosure, I was once a VP-level sales guy peddling equity derivatives at Goldman, though in investment banking rather than sales and trading.) And then there's this, about the Alberta public pension fund:
"It's the Tiffany Trump of Canadian pension funds," says one local industry player. "In everything I've ever done in pensions, AIMCo has never been there. They are just nowhere to be found in the pension community. CPPIB, Caisse de Depot, PSP, BCIMC" — public funds for Canada, Quebec, the military and Royal Canadian Mounted Police, and British Columbia, respectively — "are kind of incestuous in that they all trade staff. Nobody joins AIMCo from CPPIB."
It is all like this, anonymous vol-trader venting, I love it so much. Anyway the fun thing with Malachite is that it was in a pretty extreme form of the disaster-insurance business: Malachite would take a premium in exchange for effectively agreeing to pay a bank $X times the square of stock-market volatility, but only if volatility more than doubled. Its business was selling insurance against extreme moves in stock-market volatility, about as literal a form of disaster-insurance selling as you can get. This generated a high Sharpe ratio, high (apparent) risk-adjusted returns, since they kept getting paid the premiums and the market kept not crashing. It also … it is obvious stuff, people know about this stuff:
In trader-speak, these kinds of deals are called "selling the small puts," and are often described as picking up pennies in front of a bulldozer. Malachite's founders tried to challenge that mentality. According to someone familiar with their thinking, even post-demise, the pair saw their strategy as "much more like picking up $100 bills in front of a Tyco truck."
As a matter of personal outcomes, sure, that seems right; they picked up a lot of $100 bills and probably get to keep their nice houses even after their trades blew up, their investors were zeroed, and the banks who bought the tail insurance from them won't get paid on it. Selling disaster insurance is a risky strategy, but selling the strategy of selling disaster insurance cuts off some of the tails. If this is so well known, though, why did it work? Why would anyone invest in this strategy, if it is the archetypal Thing That Blows Up? There are two answers, a good one and a bad one. The good one is that selling disaster insurance can be a reasonable strategy, there's a price for everything, etc.; if your insurance is richly priced and you have reason to think a disaster is unlikely, then it can be in your (and your clients') interest to sell it. Ex post that turned out to be wrong, here, but lots of people didn't predict the coronavirus crisis, no hard feelings. The bad one is that, sure, everyone knows that selling disaster insurance is a bad way to get high and apparently stable returns, but look at those high stable returns! It is one thing to know, intellectually, that this often works out badly; it is another thing to pass on a trade, or a fund, that is making a lot of money. Orr's story is full of FOMO:
Weinig and Aiken — a confident pair of former Goldman Sachs guys, which may be redundant — said yes to exotic trades with Wall Street banks, while their competitors studied the what-ifs and frequently balked at what they found. Malachite led the pack in insuring banks against infinite losses during an extreme stock-market crash, all in exchange for tidy premiums. … "It really was a dilemma as a fund manager: What do you do? All of these guys were outside the room doing their calculations, and then all of a sudden one or two funds just rush in," he says. "They're in there running up points, outperforming everybody, and they're going to raise the assets from investors. People had to decide whether to go in after them or not. If you do, you'll eventually get blown up and lose everything and then some. But if you hang back, you're not fully in the game, and for an indefinitely long period of time."
And:
"What happened with Malachite and the others was no accident," says the prominent trader. "People on the buy side knew it. People on the sell side knew it. The allocators should have known it."
One other thing: "People on the sell side knew it"? Malachite was in the business of insuring big banks against their tale risks. The tail risks happened. Malachite's insurance … mostly won't pay out:
The usual way that municipal bonds get issued is that a city or state or agency or university or whatever calls up its investment bankers, and the investment bankers call up a bunch of muni investors and get them to put in orders to buy some of a new bond. Buying newly issued bonds is generally a good way to make a little extra money—muni bonds, like corporate bonds and stocks and most other things, tend to "pop" when they first start trading—so it is good for the investors to get these calls. On the other hand sometimes a new muni deal will struggle to find buyers, so it is good for the investment banks (and the municipalities) if the investors take these calls. It is a business of relationships: The banks like being able to call investors to place deals; the investors like getting the calls to buy lucrative new issues; everyone is better off if they stay friends and work well together.
Another, less usual way that municipal bonds sometimes get issued is that one investor calls up a city or state or agency or university or whatever, or its investment banker, and says "hey if you want to issue a new muni bond just sell all of it to us." For the issuer this approach—called a "100% placement"—might be faster or more certain or more convenient than the usual approach of having banks market the deal to a lot of potential buyers, but it might also be more expensive: If you're only selling the bonds to one buyer, you're not getting a market check on the interest rate. For the investor buying all of the bonds, there are obvious advantages: You're buying a lot of bonds from an issuer that you've checked out and like, for one thing, plus you are hopefully getting a bit of a higher interest rate than you'd get in a regular marketed transaction.
For the investors not buying all the bonds, there is something obviously annoying about the existence of 100% placement deals. A lot of your advantage, as a big muni bond investor, is getting calls from banks when a new deal is launched. If you don't get those calls because deals are 100% placed with one investor, you lose out.
Insurance Companies (1)
One way to think about insurance underwriting is that you build your underwriting model by:
1. Making a list of observable factors that are correlated with the risk you are insuring, and then 2. Crossing off the factors that regulators and politicians would get mad at you for using.
The first part helps you figure out the right price to charge for insurance, and requires some statistical sense. The second part keeps you out of trouble, and requires some political sense. If your research discovers that people who drive red cars get in more car accidents than people who drive gray cars, sure, charge the red-car drivers more. [7] If your research discovers that Jewish people get in more car accidents than Christians, you put that research straight in the trash can! Why did you even do that research? What were you thinking? What is wrong with you?
Anyway:
If you passed on getting the COVID vaccine, you might be a lot more likely to get into a car crash. …
During the summer of 2021, Canadian researchers … found that the unvaccinated people were 72% more likely to be involved in a severe traffic crash—in which at least one person was transported to the hospital—than those who were vaccinated. That's similar to the increased risk of car crashes for people with sleep apnea, though only about half that of people who abuse alcohol, researchers found. ...
The authors theorize that people who resist public health recommendations might also "neglect basic road safety guidelines." …
The findings are significant enough that primary care doctors should consider counseling unvaccinated patients on traffic safety—and insurance companies might base changes to insurance policies on vaccination data, the authors suggest.
I am quite certain that, at least in the US, no auto insurer is going to start asking drivers about their Covid vaccination status so that it can charge unvaccinated people more! Imagine the congressional hearings!
Investment Banks (38)
The M&A repricing item captures the weak-exit-market problem. Venture and private-equity owners want liquidity, but buyers and public markets may no longer believe old marks. Deal prices become negotiations over which valuation era still counts.
Levine jokes that a lot of high finance is banks fighting for league-table credit. Being named as bookrunner or adviser is not just vanity; it affects rankings, reputation, client relationships and future mandates. That can make banks care intensely about formal roles even when the economics of a deal are elsewhere.
Levine describes the evolution from an informal 100-hour standard to formal limits that still contain exceptions. Investment banking is built around responsiveness, apprenticeship and transaction deadlines. A policy can change the stated norm, but enforcement is hard when the immediate boss, client and deal calendar all want the work now.
Levine notes that when a public company receives a merger proposal, the first practical question is financing. A high nominal bid is not worth much if the buyer cannot fund it. Boards and bankers therefore focus on committed financing, sponsor credibility, closing risk and proof of funds before treating a proposal as actionable.
Levine uses Bank of America's junior-banker rules to illustrate how investment banking is managed. Banks can announce formal protections around hours, staffing and escalation, but the work is still organized by senior bankers, live deals, client demands and apprenticeship norms. The real policy is the one that deal teams enforce under pressure.
Investment bankers mostly work for free, and are sometimes lavishly overpaid. If you are the chief executive officer of a big company, and you want advice about potential acquisition targets, or modeling for potential financing transactions, or a recommendation for a new chief financial officer, you can call up your friendly investment banker and say "hey no rush or anything but I was wondering about ..." and she will send you a beautifully formatted 40-page analysis by the next morning. You would never think of paying for this, and she would never ask. But then if you ever do acquire a company or raise financing, you will feel some obligation to call her, and she will charge you millions of dollars for that.
This works fine, but it has to be carefully calibrated. If a bank builds its business on a model like "10% of our clients will pursue deals, and 50% of those deals will sign, and 80% of those deals will close," then it can figure that it will get paid for 4% of its work and charge 25 times as much as that work costs, to cover all of the unpaid work. But then if the antitrust regime changes and only 60% of signed deals close, you are underpaid.
At Reuters, Anirban Sen reports:
Bankers have been pushing to get paid even when a deal is thwarted by regulators, and are charging more for services paid irrespective of whether a transaction closes, interviews with more than a dozen dealmakers showed.
The banks' tactics include taking a larger slice of the breakup fee paid by the acquirer to the target for failing to close a deal, and charging more for "fairness opinions" they provide to companies on whether they should sell themselves. …
U.S. antitrust regulators filed 50 enforcement actions against mergers in the 12 months to the end of September 2022, representing the highest level of enforcement activity in over 20 years, according to the most recent data published by the Federal Trade Commission and U.S. Department of Justice. …
Top investment banks, including Goldman Sachs (GS.N), opens new tab, JPMorgan Chase (JPM.N), opens new tab and Morgan Stanley (MS.N), opens new tab, are pushing to be paid as much as 25% of the breakup fee on some transactions, depending on the transaction's size, according to the dealmakers who were interviewed. That is up from a historic average of receiving about 15% of the breakup fee, they added. …
Investment banks have also been making roughly 20-25% of their advisory fees to companies selling themselves subject to delivering fairness opinions, which are paid even if a deal does not close. Referred to in the industry as "announcement" fees, these are up from an average of 5% to 6% of the total advisory fees during the previous decade, according to several dealmakers and regulatory filings.
It's funny, there is an old-timey model of investment banking in which of course the banker would serve on the client's board. The banker was a trusted adviser, expert in financial matters, who could give the company's managers good advice. Having her on the board would be valuable, and not a conflict of interest, because it's not like the company was going around bidding out investment banking services. The company's trusted investment banker would be on the board, and other investment bankers wouldn't matter. Now of course every company is covered by every bank, so it would be weird favoritism to put one banker on the board, and unwieldy to put them all on. Plus investment bankers probably do not qualify as independent directors, and companies want to have independent directors. And so the old-time relationship between banker and company has broken down. But there are occasional throwbacks.
In a tech boom, investment banks spend a lot of time calling on tech startups. The goal is to cover lots of hot startups, to give them loans and help them do private fundraisings and visit them frequently and understand their business and generally lavish attention on them and make them feel special — "we're just a teeny startup and a big bank's chief executive officer called on us!" — because one day they will go public, and you want to have a good relationship so that you can lead their initial public offering and get a big fee.
In a private equity boom, I guess the move is to spend a lot of time calling on midsized ball bearings manufacturers, because eventually they are going to be acquired by a private equity firm, and you want to have a good relationship so that you can get the sellside mandate. The Wall Street Journal reports:
Known for financing and advising megamergers, JPMorgan Chase is spending more of its resources on doing deals for companies valued at $2 billion or less.
The goal is to leverage the relationships it has with the roughly 30,000 U.S. businesses—names such as fast-casual restaurant chain Cava Group and virtual driving-range operator Topgolf—that get their checking accounts, lines of credit and payment processing from JPMorgan's commercial bank. JPMorgan wants to provide them with investment-banking products and services when they need a loan, decide to go public or are acquired by a private-equity firm.
Big banks are moving deeper into territory normally reserved for smaller lenders. Many companies shifted their deposits to bigger banks during last year's banking crisis, and some regional banks have scaled back lending as they adjust to the impact of higher interest rates. Meanwhile, big banks are going head-to-head with specialized boutiques, recognizing that advising on smaller deals helps them win repeat business from companies as they grow.
There is another benefit for big banks: Midsize companies are a favorite target of private-equity firms. Buyouts for such businesses have remained relatively robust despite an overall decline in private-equity deals in recent years. Smaller buyouts are less affected by rising interest rates than bigger deals because they tend to rely less on debt.
I suppose you want the buyside mandate for big private equity deals, since the real money in those deals comes from doing the financing. But for the smaller deals, you maximize your chances of getting paid by having an in with the company.
One important thing that investment banks do is connect companies with public capital markets. If you are a company and you want to sell bonds, an investment bank will help you sell bonds to public bond investors. If you are a company and you want to sell stock to the public, an investment bank will help you do an initial public offering of your stock.
In modern finance, private capital markets are increasingly important. If you are a company and you want to borrow money, you could sell bonds, but there's also a booming private credit industry that will lend you money without a public bond sale. If you are a company and you don't want to sell stock to the public, venture capitalists and growth funds and other big private investors will buy your stock without an initial public offering.
Two generic things you could say about private markets are:
1. They are more customized than public markets. A corporate bond offering, or an initial public offering of stock, will be sold to dozens or hundreds of investors, and will have to be reasonably legible to them. Most of the things have to work the way things usually work; public markets are skeptical of weird stuff. A direct lending transaction or a venture investment can be negotiated with one investor, or just a few, and so there is more room to structure the transaction you want. 2. There is more room to disintermediate investment banks. Investment banks know all the public investors, who expect deals to come through banks; a company can't really do an IPO without an investment bank's sales force. But venture capitalists and private-credit direct lenders are very much in the business of calling up companies directly — or getting calls directly from companies — to talk about investment opportunities. You can raise venture capital or private credit without an investment bank.
On the other hand, investment banks hate to be disintermediated. If there are companies who want money, and investors who want to give it to them, investment banks are going to find a way to sit between them and take a cut.
And the fact that private markets tend to be more customizable than public ones is good for the banks. It gives them more to do: There is more complexity, there are more different deals to be done with different types of investors, so the banks' advice is more valuable. You can't really do an IPO or a bond offering without a bank, but you can kind of do an IPO or a bond offering with any bank; the process is pretty widely understood. (And in fact many companies will hire like 20 banks to underwrite their IPO or bond offering: You're not paying for specialized expertise; you're paying for a big sales force and rewarding banks for their relationship.)
The life of an investment banker is that you go around pitching a bunch of companies to try to work on deals for them. And some of those pitches eventually turn into assignments where you sign an engagement letter, do a deal for the company and get paid. So that's the top (pitching) and the bottom (getting paid) of the funnel.
In between, there is ambiguity, and also most of the job. When you pitch a company's chief financial officer on a deal, it is unusual for her to reply "I love it, where do I sign?" It is pretty common for her to reply "no, but thanks for coming in," but it is also common for her to reply something like "hmm this is interesting but could you do some more analysis on what the debt financing would look like?" You don't shove an engagement letter at her at that point. You go back and do the analysis. You send it to her. You call to follow up. You suggest some other analyses that you could run. You offer to do all sorts of free work for her. You insinuate yourself into her work and her decision-making so that when she does want to do a deal, she naturally chooses you to do it. A good investment banker will be doing a lot of unpaid work for a lot of potential clients, because that is the main way to generate paid work from those clients.
Another part of the job, though, is updating your bosses about what you are working on and how likely it is to lead to fees. This is called a "pipeline report." Generally the subtext here is that if you are working on a lot of promising stuff, that's good for your near-term career prospects; if you are idle or working only on hopeless stuff, that's bad. Certainly when I was an investment banker, my pipelines erred on the side of optimism. If I was occasionally sending emails to a CFO saying "hey can I do some free work for you," and she was not replying, well, that was a pretty promising lead, for me. Good enough to put on the pipeline report, anyway. Call it a 25% chance of a $5 million fee?
What does the trading business of a big bank do? One crude model might be: In the olden days, perhaps 20 years ago, the trading division did trading. It did customer facilitation trading (dealing, market making): buying securities that customers wanted to sell, selling securities that customers wanted to buy, using the bank's balance sheet and collecting a spread for that service. And it did proprietary trading: buying securities that the bank wanted to buy (because it thought they would go up) and selling securities that it wanted to sell. There is some conceptual distinction between those businesses, but they are related; in either case, the bank's traders used its balance sheet to buy and sell securities and took the risk that those securities might go down.
Since the 2008 financial crisis, that has become somewhat less true. In the US, proprietary trading, as a business for big banks, has been more or less outlawed for a decade by the Volcker Rule. Customer facilitation trading is still a big business, but it is widely believed that banks have scaled back their market making for a variety of regulatory and risk-appetite reasons: The Volcker Rule complicates market making, increased capital requirements have made it less economical for banks to use their balance sheets to trade securities, and the generally more boring and conservative culture of post-crisis banks has left them less interested in taking big trading risks. And so more of what the trading desks do now is matching up buyers and sellers without using the bank's own balance sheet to buy and sell stuff.
You might expect that someone would step in to fill that gap: If banks aren't as much in the business of using their balance sheets to provide liquidity, and if they are no longer at all in the business of making directional bets on stocks and bonds and derivatives, then somebody else should be doing those things.
Somebody is, and to a first approximation it is hedge funds. I mean, it's other people too — maybe bond exchange-traded funds are the new liquidity providers for bonds, maybe high-frequency electronic trading firms are the new liquidity providers for stocks, etc. — but it's often hedge funds. Hedge funds are the obvious, direct replacement for banks' proprietary trading desks: Banks used to be in the business of making big levered directional bets on stocks and bonds; now they aren't. Hedge funds still are, the skills are fairly transferable, and in fact a lot of prop traders did leave banks for hedge funds after the Volcker Rule. But even in market making, as banks step back from providing liquidity with their balance sheets, hedge funds have done more of it. We talked last month about new US rules that will regulate some hedge funds as securities "dealers," because they are in the business of taking the other sides of fundamental investors' trades, like banks used to.
When banks did this business in the glory days, it was very levered: Banks would buy $100 or $200 or $300 of assets with $10 of their shareholders' capital and a lot of borrowed money. When hedge funds do this business … shouldn't it also be pretty levered? Maybe not 30 to 1 like the banks sometimes were in 2006 — that had problems [1] — but probably this is a business that can be done with some borrowed money. Hedge funds should use some of their investors' money, and a lot of borrowed money, to do their trades.
Where do they borrow the money from? Banks! The simple, crude, overstated model is: In 2004, a bank's trading division was in the business of trading with the bank's money. In 2024, a bank's trading division is increasingly in the business of lending the bank's money to hedge funds, which do the trading.
Again, this is hugely exaggerated, but I find it useful. At IFR, Christopher Whittall reports:
Prime brokerage accounted for more than half banks' equities revenues in 2023, a record share that underlines how providing financing and market access to hedge funds is simultaneously anchoring and redefining banks' trading divisions.
The top 30 banks made an unprecedented US$32bn in prime services and futures in 2023, according to Vali Analytics, up from US$26bn in 2020 when activities represented 43% of equity trading revenues. That fast-growing pie, fuelled by the breakneck expansion of multi-strategy hedge funds, is encouraging banks to compete ever more fiercely in a business that only three years ago triggered a death spiral at Credit Suisse. ...
Many believe the appeal of financing has only increased over time, arguing these activities bring much-needed stability to banks' otherwise volatile trading divisions.
"Financing is attractive because of the size and consistency of the industry wallet. It's increasingly becoming the means [by] which the largest [alternative asset] managers allocate their fee-paying wallet to providers," said Mike Webb, global head of liquid financing at Barclays. "The bigger reason is that the income stream from financing is stable, repeatable, client-centric and creates an incredibly accretive return profile."
It is striking how normal this is. People sometimes argue that it is aberrant that banks ever got into the business of trading stocks and bonds to begin with. (For a while, it was more or less illegal in the US.) Broadly speaking, in the economy, there are all sorts of businesses that do stuff, and banks are in the meta-business of lending them money to do the stuff. That meta-business is supposed to be safer than the underlying businesses: Instead of being in risky businesses themselves, banks have a diversified collection of senior claims on risky businesses; the other businesses run the risks, and the banks get the relatively safe first claim on their revenues. In some loose sense maybe this is true of securities trading too, and in the long run the right business for bank trading divisions to be in is lending money to other businesses that do the actual trading.
If you are a top executive, but not the chief executive officer, at a big investment bank, and you are not particularly near retirement, probably the job that you want more than any other job is to be CEO of your bank. And then your second choice would probably be to be CEO of a different bank. Or Carlyle Group. Lots of CEO jobs out there, and if you've been doing it this long you probably want one of them. Retiring as a top-executive-but-not-CEO of your bank is going to feel just a tiny bit like failure.
From the bank's perspective, this is bad: The bank wants all of its top executives to be energetic brilliant people who could run the bank, who would make great CEOs elsewhere, but who nonetheless choose to stay at the bank without a shot at the CEO job. There are various ways to create that sort of loyalty:
1. Money. If being the No. 7 person at your firm pays more than being the CEO elsewhere then hey that's great. There are businesses where this works, though it is hard to pull off in investment banking. 2. Culture. If all of your top executives have worked all their lives at your firm, if all their friends are there, if they look down on every other firm and find the idea of working elsewhere unimaginable, then they will stay. 3. Partnership. This is related, but slightly different. I used to work at Goldman Sachs Group Inc., which more than most of the big public investment banks tried to retain some of its old partnership culture, though there are a lot of reports that it is fraying under its current CEO, David Solomon. One advantage of that culture is that, in a partnership, everyone gets to feel a bit like a CEO. "Since the late 1800s, Goldman partners have weighed in on the firm's direction," the Wall Street Journal wrote in June. "Partners sometimes overruled the CEO or persuaded him to go along with their plans. For a long time, the CEO was viewed as one of many, less a benign dictator and more the bank's public face and standard-bearer." If you can make "partner" feel like the top job, rather than "CEO," you can keep a lot of good people around feeling satisfied that they've made it to the top. 4. Constant coups? If every top executive could become CEO by bumping off the current CEO, they might stay motivated. This has problems. 5. I don't know, you could make all the top people sign 10-year employment contracts 15 minutes before you announce the new CEO.
The trading business at an investment bank consists largely of matching up customers who want to buy securities with customers who want to sell those securities. One way to do that is to sit by the phone waiting for customers to call: If the customers want to sell, you buy, if they want to buy, you sell, and over time you'll end up moving securities from customers who don't want them to customers who do. But most of the time you are rewarded for showing a bit more hustle than that. If you call a customer and say "hey, anything you want to buy and/or sell," she might say yes, and then you have half a trade and just have to find the other half.
Of course she might say no, and then you don't have a trade. A slightly more compelling approach might be to call up the customer and say "hey, I know you have a bunch of XYZ stock, and I have another customer who wants to buy it, are you interested?" She could still say no, but you have planted the seed, in her mind, that she should do the trade. Also you have suggested that you are the best bank to do it, because you have another customer who wants to buy it. If she does decide to sell the XYZ stock, she might assume that cold-calling some other bank will get her a worse price (because they don't want it), while calling you back will get her a good price (because you already have an enthusiastic buyer lined up).
Ideally you would have the buyer lined up — ideally you would be telling the truth — but … I mean … it has probably happened, once or twice, in the history of financial markets, that a bank trader has deceived a customer. That he has called up the customer and said "hey I just got a call from another customer who really wants to buy your XYZ stock, any chance you are selling," when he had not in fact gotten such a call. You call one customer saying "hey I have a motivated buyer for your XYZ stock," you call another customer saying "hey I have a motivated seller of XYZ stock and I know you were thinking about it," you call some other customers about PQR stock, you work the phones, you rub sticks together until you get a spark, that is the job.
Here is the SFC's announcement, and the statement of disciplinary action. From the statement ("IOI" stands for "indication of interest"; "HT Desk" is the High Touch Equity Sales Trading Desk; "CGMAL" is Citigroup Global Markets Asia Ltd.):
Since at least 2008, the HT Desk had sent IOIs tagged as "Natural", "In Touch With" and / or "P:1" to clients when there was no genuine client interest or specific client that CGMAL was in touch with (Mislabelled IOIs).>
The Mislabelled IOIs were generated with reference to certain percentage of the average daily volumes of selected blue-chip stocks in the market. The purpose was to provoke client enquiries with a purported belief that traders would be able to find natural opposite flows to cross with the client order given the active trading of the stocks and the size of CGMAL's trading platform. The Facilitation Desk would step in to provide liquidity when traders failed to source natural liquidity upon client enquiry.>
In 2015, Shaw introduced an Excel spreadsheet with built-in macros to allow bulk generation and uploading of Mislabelled IOIs by reference to the top 30 or 40 most actively traded stocks in the market on the previous day (Spreadsheet). The list of Mislabelled IOIs would be shown to the then head of the Facilitation Desk for agreement before they were posted. This practice of using the Spreadsheet to generate and disseminate Mislabelled IOIs lasted until December 2018.>
Contemporaneous correspondence reveals that Shaw referred to the "In Touch With" and "P:1" IOIs generated using the Spreadsheet as "fake flow" and "the fakes", indicating that he did not genuinely believe that they were correctly labelled.>
A number of clients had complained about the quality and accuracy of CGMAL's IOIs, emphasised the importance of labelling IOIs correctly, and / or pointed out that it was unacceptable for CGMAL to advertise facilitation flow using "In Touch With" IOIs.
Note the point that the fake indications "would be shown to the head of the Facilitation Desk for agreement before they were posted": If Citi called a customer and said "hey we think we have someone who wants to buy your XYZ stock," and the customer said "sure let's sell it," Citi would scurry to find an actual buyer, but sometimes they wouldn't be able to. At that point, rather than go back to the customer and say "whoops we were wrong, no buyer," Citi would have to buy the stock itself: "The Facilitation Desk would step in to provide liquidity when traders failed to source natural liquidity upon client enquiry." So Shaw had to make sure that the Facilitation Desk was actually willing to buy the stock, before he went out and pretended that someone else was.
Here's a rough sketch of what an investment bank is. An investment bank is in the business of helping companies do financial things, particularly, helping companies raise money to do their business, and helping companies buy and sell other companies. So here are some things an investment bank might do:
1. The core of the business, in this sketch, is the advisory business, giving companies advice on mergers and acquisitions and capital raising. An investment banker might go to a company and say things like "here are some other companies you might buy" or "you should sell some bonds" or whatever. 2. An important adjunct to that business is actually doing the capital raises. If an advisory banker goes to a hot tech startup and says "we think you can do an initial public offering at a $20 billion valuation," that's nice, but then the startup might want to do the IPO. The bank will need salespeople who have phone numbers for big stock investors (mutual funds, hedge funds, etc.), and can call them up and say "hey you should buy this stock." The advisory investment bankers have relationships with companies, but to do capital raises they need salespeople who have relationships with investors. 3. It's nice to call investors every month or so to sell them a new IPO, but realistically the way to build (and profit from) relationships with investors is to help them buy and sell stocks and bonds every day. The investors want to buy and sell stocks and bonds and derivatives, so your salespeople build relationships with them and your traders take the other sides of those trades. And you end up with a huge business of trading stocks and bonds and derivatives for investors. This helps you do capital raisings for your corporate clients, but it also makes (and occasionally loses) a lot of money on its own. And at modern investment banks this business — "sales and trading" — has at times come to dominate the whole company, making more money and becoming more important than the advisory business. It is much riskier and more capital intensive than the advisory business, though. You need lots of money to trade the stocks and bonds and derivatives, whereas the advisory business can be done with a phone, a copy of Excel and some plane tickets. And so there are some investment banks — "boutiques" — that stick to advisory work and don't have sales and trading businesses. If a company wants to sell bonds or do an IPO, it will probably have to hire a big full-service bank to do the actual selling, but it can still get advice from a boutique. 4. Another thing that a company might want from you is just money. If you advise a company on buying another company, and it needs to borrow money to pay for that company, you can advise it on issuing bonds — but if you can also just lend it the money yourself, that is good customer service. In general this business of "lending money to companies" is not a particularly investment banking business; this is just regular banking, and lots of commercial banks do it. But if you're a big full-service investment bank these days it is helpful to be attached to a commercial bank, so you can lend your clients money. 5. You're doing all this stuff, helping companies buy and sell companies, helping investors buy and sell securities, so you develop some expertise in buying and selling companies and securities. Sometimes you will see a company or a security and think "I should buy this myself." And so you develop merchant-banking (buying companies) and proprietary-trading (buying securities) businesses. (Or you raise funds from investors to do this, and build private equity or hedge fund businesses.) 6. You're selling all these stocks and bonds to institutional investors in your sales and trading businesses, you feel like you know what stocks and bonds to buy, so you might set up businesses — asset management, wealth management, private banking — to manage clients' money for them. Then you decide what stocks and bonds to buy for them, and they get the stocks and bonds and you get fees.
Here I am implicitly telling a story that starts with a little boutique advisory bank and grows into a giant financial supermarket. But you can come from other directions. You might start out as a wealth management firm, helping rich people invest their money. You might find it useful to build a trading business, so that you can more efficiently buy stocks and bonds for them, and then you might expand that business to deal with hedge funds and mutual funds as well as your original rich clients. You might want to be able to get your rich clients allocations of shares in hot IPOs, so you will build a capital-markets business with bankers who can go to companies and say "hey sell some of your IPO shares to our rich clients." [1] If your bankers are visiting companies anyway, they might give them general advice on capital raising, and now you are getting into the advisory business. The companies will probably want to talk about mergers too. Pretty soon you are a full-service universal bank too.
And of course you don't have to build all of this in-house. If you start as an investment banking boutique, you can buy a retail brokerage. If you start as a wealth manager, you can buy an advisory business.
My point in this little sketch is that these things are not just a random assortment of businesses. They all support each other. Having a good sales and trading business is good for the advisory business and the wealth management business, and vice versa, in every combination. Investment banks are fundamentally in the business of sitting in between investors who have money and companies who want money. Their role is to sell the companies to investors and the investors to the companies. The more services they can provide to their investor clients, the better it is for their corporate clients, and vice versa.
Sell-side equity research analysts are important figures in financial academia in part because their work performance is unusually easy to measure. Analysts write research notes, which are more or less public and include buy or sell recommendations, price targets and earnings predictions. So you can collect the notes and see what stocks they recommended and then see how those recommendations performed. And then you can say "Analyst X is good because her recommendations went up and she predicted earnings accurately, but Analyst Y is bad because her recommendations went down and she predicted earnings inaccurately." Their individual job performance is directly measurable in a way that is somewhat unusual for an office job.
This is a bit naive, and in fact my position around here is more or less that the buy and sell recommendations aren't that important and that analysts really add value by giving professional investors context and background about companies and setting up meetings between those investors and company management. Still the recommendations do tell you something — an analyst who gets all her earnings predictions wrong probably has some flaws in her understanding of her coverage sector — and in any case they are easy to measure, so people do. There is much more academic study of what makes a good equity analyst than of what makes a good mergers-and-acquisitions banker, because the analysts' individual results are more observable.
A simple model of equity research analysts is that there are three things they can do in a day:
1. Sit at a computer doing work: reading information, building models, sending emails, making phone calls, etc. 2. Travel to meet with corporate managers and investing clients, to go to conferences, to do field research, etc. 3. Everything else that is not work. Hang out with their kids, sleep, etc.
And then you might model how those three activities affect the analysts' measurable performance (buy/sell recommendations etc.). You might guess that sitting at a computer doing work is good, and the longer analysts spend at their computer each day the better their performance. (But perhaps this drops off, and working too hard makes you less good at predicting things?) The effect of travel is less obvious. Traveling to meet with managers is good, because you get more information? Or it's bad, because it's inefficient, compared to just emailing from your desk? Or it's bad for your measurable performance(buy/sell recommendations), but good for your actual job(helping your investor clients set up meetings with corporate managers)?
Here is a fun paper from last month called " All in a day's work: What do we learn from Analysts' Bloomberg Usage?," by Azi Ben-Rephael, Bruce Carlin, Zhi Da and Ryan Israelsen. Basically most analysts have Bloomberg terminals, log into them when they get to the office (or, during Covid-19, to their home office) in the morning, and log out when they leave the office in the evening. (Disclosure: I work at Bloomberg!) The researchers use their time on Bloomberg to figure out how hard they are working, at their desks:
An inspection of an analyst's intraday Bloomberg activity distribution during a period of time indicates when her work day typically starts and ends. … AWL [average workday length] proxies analysts' general effort provision or work ethics. The average AWL of analysts in our sample is 9.8 hours. Not surprisingly, AWL increased sharply starting during the COVID outbreak in the first quarter of 2020, from less than 10 hours to almost 11 hours. Note that we do not focus on the intensity or total time of Bloomberg usage in our tests as analysts can engage in other productive activities at work, such as meetings, making phone calls, emailing, and reading.
Meanwhile if they don't log into their Bloomberg at all on a workday, that probably means that they're somewhere else:
A large strand of literature suggests that analysts can gather "soft" information away from the office, by attending investor and analyst days, participating in other company events, and meeting the management, etc. We proxy for such soft information production activities using the percentage of workdays when analysts are away from the Bloomberg terminals, or Percentage of Away Days (PAD) in short. Of course, PAD is associated with measurement errors. While the analysts are not on the Bloomberg terminal on that day, they may still be working in the office (though we do filter out analysts from our sample who rarely use the Bloomberg terminal). In addition, even if they are away from the office, there is no guarantee that they are doing work-related travel. Nevertheless, to our best knowledge, PAD amounts to the first systematic attempt to proxy for analyst's soft information production. The average PAD across the sample period is 28.3% which drops from 30% to less than 15% after the COVID lockdown, consistent with the notion that lockdown shuts down the soft information collection channels.
The results are:
1. Working longer hours is good: "AWL is positively associated with the number of earnings and price target forecasts issued," so analysts who work longer hours produce more work, and a "one hour increase in AWL is associated with a significant reduction in [earnings per share forecast error] (or improvement in accuracy) of 0.5%," so analysts who work longer hours produce better work. 2. Traveling is a mixed bag: Analysts who are out of the office more than the median "issue 9.0 fewer EPS forecasts and 1.29 fewer price target forecasts," so they produce less work, but they have "a significant reduction in [EPS forecast error] (or improvement in accuracy) of 1.8%," so their work is better. They learn good stuff from traveling to meet with companies, but they have a bit less time to produce research reports.
There is also a Covid element: Working from home (and cutting out their commute) tended to cause analysts to work longer hours, which "increase[d] both the quantity and accuracy of their forecasts." But cutting out business travel tended to have the opposite effect: Analysts who normally were out of the office a lot to meet with companies got worse at forecasting during Covid.
Here is a common pattern at a big investment bank. Some nerds in the derivatives lab cook up a derivative. To make it out of the lab and into production, the derivative will generally have a few attractive characteristics:
1. It comes with a good intuitive story. "You are worried about X, and this derivative will protect you from X." "You expect the market to do Y, and if the market does Y this derivative will make a lot of money." "It would be extremely surprising if the market did Z, and this derivative will make money for you unless the market does Z." 2. It has a pretty backtest. "Look at this chart: This derivative would never have lost money during your lifetime!" (Or only rarely, or not very much, or only in conditions you don't expect to see again, etc.) 3. It has a good name. "Would you like to buy a YES? That is the name of our product, YES, it is an acronym, would you like to buy it?" The question suggests the answer, doesn't it? 4. It builds in a lot of edge, so the bank can make a lot of money selling it.
And then the nerds go out and tell the bank's salespeople "hey, we've got this product, it is called a YES, you should sell it because it makes us a lot of money" (Point 4). And they give the sales force a memo that contains a summary of the product's intuitive story (Point 1), and the pretty backtest (Point 2), and the name of course (Point 3), and also probably a longer explanation of how the product works and what the risks are. And, ideally, the salespeople read the explanation and look at the backtest and figure out the moving pieces and talk to the derivatives nerds and get a good understanding of the product and sensibly advise clients on how to use the product to achieve their particular goals.
But, in practice, some of the salespeople glance at the backtest and say "aha! This is a product that can never lose money," and they like the name, and they go out and tell their clients "do you want a YES, it can never lose money," and the clients believe them, and, uh:
The Securities and Exchange Commission [yesterday] announced that UBS Financial Services Inc. has agreed to pay approximately $25 million to settle fraud charges relating to a complex investment strategy referred to as YES, or Yield Enhancement Strategy.
According to the SEC's order, UBS marketed and sold YES to approximately 600 investors through its platform of domestic financial advisors from February 2016 through February 2017. The order finds that, during this time, UBS did not provide its financial advisors with adequate training and oversight in the strategy, and although UBS recognized and documented the possibility of significant risk in YES investments, it failed to share this data with advisors or clients. As a result, the order finds, some of UBS's advisors did not understand the risks and were unable to form a reasonable belief that the advice they provided was in the best interest of their clients. When investors suffered losses, many of them, along with their financial advisors, expressed surprise and closed their YES accounts.
The strategy is not that complex, but it is complex enough. It is an iron-condor-selling strategy: You sell some out-of-the-money puts and calls on a stock index, and then buy back further-out-of-the-money puts and calls. The result if that the market doesn't move much, you collect some premium; if the market moves, you have some losses, though they are capped at around 10% to 20% of your position. [1]
This was cooked up by some nerds in the lab at Credit Suisse Group AG, and worked well enough at Credit Suisse that UBS hired the whole lab in 2015, "paying them upfront awards of approximately $50 million." Then they pitched it to UBS's financial advisers, who went out and sold it to clients:
UBS opened YES to new clients in February 2016. The YES Team conducted roadshows at UBS's offices in California, Texas, and New York, among others, and pitched the strategy over the phone to financial advisors located across the country. The YES Team marketed the strategy as a way to enhance returns on an existing portfolio of securities. The YES Team generally explained to financial advisors and clients that historically the strategy had generated gains of approximately 3%-to-5% per year with worst-case historical losses of approximately 1% per year. The YES Team acknowledged that the strategy had experienced losses up to 11% in a single month but explained that this created a potential profit opportunity because they could try to sell options at premium prices, sometimes analogizing the program to writing "hurricane insurance." As a result of these efforts, the number of client accounts increased by approximately 600 and the amount invested in YES increased by approximately $2 billion during the Relevant Period.
But, says the SEC, the advisers didn't really know what they were selling:
Because there was no registration statement or other formal offering document associated with YES, financial advisors and clients were dependent on written materials prepared by UBS and documents associated with the account opening process. The first was a blast email prepared by the YES Team highlighting, among other things, that the strategy's "worst year was down 1.02%." The second was a 17-page slide deck. Beyond standard language along the lines of "[s]ignificant market moves either up or down may result in losses" and "[s]elling options involves a high degree of risk," none of the written materials provided further explanation of the downside risk of YES. ...
Certain financial advisors and clients did not understand the significant downside risks of YES during the Relevant Period. Certain financial advisors understood from communications with the YES Team that the strategy could experience significant losses but believed that this created a profit opportunity under a hurricane insurance analogy. Certain clients who invested in YES during the Relevant Period would not have invested in YES had they known the significant downside risk, and believed their financial advisors would not have recommended YES had they appreciated those risks.
We have talked about this product before; allegedly one broker told his client that "if the world came to an end tomorrow, you'd be the only one with any money left." From selling S&P iron condors! Come on. Nobody in the derivatives lab would say anything like that. But something got lost in translation.
It's hard. On the one hand, if you are a financial adviser, you want to give your clients good financial advice, which means understanding the nuances of the products you are selling them. On the other hand, if you are a financial adviser at a big brokerage, you want to give them a lot of financial advice, both because you will endear yourself to (some) clients by selling them lots of whizz-bang stuff that they can't get anywhere else, and because you will endear yourself to your employer by selling stuff that makes a lot of money for your employer. And doing that tends to be easier if you don't understand the nuances of the product. If your understanding of a product is limited to "this thing is called YES and it never goes down," then you will be excited to sell it.
This is related to the phenomenon we have talked about recently where sometimes buyers sign merger agreements, agreeing to buy companies for cash, in a boom, and then the bust happens before the merger closes, and the price of the merger seems too high. (Sometimes the buyer then manages to renegotiate the deal.) If you agree to finance a deal at, like, eight times earnings with a 9% interest-rate cap, and then the market crashes and that debt requires a 13% yield, then you will end up selling it at 82 cents on the dollar, oops.
It is in a sense a worse problem for the banks than it is for the buyers, though, because the buyers generally intend to own the companies for a long time. If you sign a deal to buy a company and the market crashes before the deal closes, that is not so different from the market crashing after the deal closes. You might get cold feet, but you wanted to buy this company for some sort of long-term strategic reason, and presumably the market cycle doesn't change that too much.
But the banks do not intend to own the buyout debt: They write commitment letters promising to buy the debt if no one else will, and then they get to work selling it to investors. They are in the moving business, not the storage business, when it comes to this sort of debt; if the crash had come just a bit later they'd have sold it off at par and collected their fees. Of course then they'd have moved on to do other deals, which would get hung when the crash eventually came.
In a former life, I used to structure and market derivatives to corporate clients at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (Disclosure!) Some basic themes of derivatives marketing are:
1. When markets are boring and volatility is low, it is easy and customer-friendly to go around to customers and offer to buy some options from them. "We will give you cash for the volatility of your stock, which you weren't using anyway," is the basic pitch, which is very appealing to customers who are bored because the market isn't doing anything. This is, like, covered-call strategies for asset owners, or put-writing strategies for corporate stock buybacks, etc. 2. When markets are scary and volatility is high, it is easy and customer-friendly to go around to customers and offer to sell them some options. "You can pay us a little bit of money for insurance from this scary market," is the basic pitch, which is very appealing to customers who are scared because the market keeps going down. 3. It is always better not to ask the customer for a cash payment up front. (This makes Method 2 harder.) If you can structure a fee into the product without an explicit price, that is better. 4. The best derivatives products do not contain, or even hint at, words like "derivative" or "option" or "put" or "call." With the best derivatives products, you walk into the room and have an hourlong meeting with the client and discuss the product in detail and they understand it perfectly and you shake hands and they look at your business card and say "wait you're a derivatives salesperson?" The best products identify the customer's needs or insecurities and give her a solution to them that feels simple and natural; sure you know that the thing is a series of puts and calls that your quants can model, but to the client it doesn't feel that way at all.
In that vein, I love this:
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. is preparing to offer foreign-exchange prices that last for days to help fintechs, airlines and e-commerce firms avoid turbulence in the $6.6 trillion-per-day global currency market.>
The Wall Street giant has begun quoting FX rates that last for minutes and plans to extend this in the coming weeks, according to Abbas Khamisa, executive director in FX solutions and structuring at the bank. The aim is to help firms hedge risk and protect them from having to do hundreds of transactions at different rates. …>
Under Goldman's offering, clients can expect to pay a premium, in the form of an added spread, to reflect the risk that exchange rates move against the bank's position. The bank will vary its prices based on the volumes, currency pairs and amount of time the customer needs.>
"Firms can request a quote ranging from minutes to hours, to days, to the weekend and eventually to months, with clients knowing exactly how much they are being charged," Khamisa said in an interview. "We've had a lot of interest." …>
Goldman's guaranteed prices are different to forward rates because they give clients the flexibility to trade at a set rate rather than requiring them to do so, Khamisa said. "When the client has certainty on the timings and notional of their exposure, then they can execute a trade," he said. "This allows clients to price their goods and services in multiple currencies, without the challenges of forecasting and risk managing potential exposures in advance."
One sort of imagines the mandate: "Okay, implied volatility is up, let's go out and sell some short-dated puts and calls." If you go to a client and say, like, "hi, are you in the market for a two-hour call option on 10 million pounds," they will say "huh that sounds like a weird thing, probably not." But if you go to the client and say "as your special relationship bank, we will give you a guaranteed price on up to 10 million pounds for the next two hours, so you can price your goods in multiple currencies without the challenges of forecasting and risk managing potential exposures in advance, for two hours," the client will find that very convenient and appreciate your good service.
I am not sure how pricing works exactly, but the way I read this story is that the client is not charged an upfront fee: "Clients can expect to pay a premium, in the form of an added spread," meaning that you pay for the option only if (and to the extent) you exercise it. That is a somewhat nervous-making approach, for the bank. In theory, if you tell the client "you can buy as many as 10 million pounds, or as few as zero pounds, for $1.20 each over the next hour, and you just pay us an extra $0.001 for each pound you end up buying," then that is effectively a call option on 10 million pounds, struck at $1.201, that you have given away for free. If the pound goes above $1.201 during that hour, the client should buy all 10 million pounds from you, and you will have lost money; if the pound stays below $1.201, the client should go buy its pounds elsewhere — plenty of banks are happy to sell pounds at the spot price — and you will not make money. This is a terrible trade, for the bank, if the client is a purely rational economic actor.
On the other hand there are good reasons to think the client will not be a purely rational economic actor. "The aim is to help firms hedge risk and protect them from having to do hundreds of transactions at different rates." There probably are lots of clients who will happily pay a higher average rate to not have to worry about it. The client is explicitly paying you for the relief of not having to monitor the FX market. If the pound goes up, the client buys from you and underpays. If the pound goes down, the client buys from you and overpays but is happy not to have to think about it. If the pound goes up and down and up and down, the client buys from you the whole time; sure, the client could buy from you when it's up and from another broker when it's down, but that is a lot of work, and the client is cheerfully paying you to avoid that work. Just putting the "hundreds of transactions at different rates" into a spreadsheet is work, and the client will pay something to avoid that.
Also of course if some clients do keep buying from you when the pound is up, and not when it is down, then you will stop offering them this service. This is a good-long-term-relationship sort of service, not a series of economically priced options.
Still you have to make sure not to sign up the clients who are purely rational economic actors, and who will put in the work to hose you:
Tom Auld, a Cambridge University academic and former high frequency trader, said the plans would likely suit both sides -- provided clients are meeting corporate needs and aren't betting on market moves.>
"It makes a lot of sense if you've got an unsophisticated client who is not going to try and arbitrage the price, and may not be able to make a quick decision," he said. "Goldman Sachs will have to be very careful about who they field it to. They won't give it to a hedge fund but they might give it to an SME or some other client that isn't interested in arbitraging."
Yeah. If you are a derivatives structurer and you say to your boss, "let's write free options to small corporate clients," your boss will hear you out; writing free options to small businesses can be lucrative. Nobody lasts long writing free options to hedge funds.
The technicalities of this are like … I wish I had some cool story to tell here, but this is the opposite of a cool story. This is: If you want to sell securities to the public, including structured notes and exchange-traded notes, you have to register the sales of those securities with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. If you are a tech startup looking to sell stock to the public for the first time, this is an "initial public offering" and is a big fraught emotional moment. If you are already a giant public global bank like Barclays, and you sell billions of dollars of bonds and structured notes and other things every year, it is just boring administrative work.
You file a "shelf registration statement" saying, in essence, "we're going to sell various assorted securities over the next few years." This is a simple document describing all possible securities in vague and general terms, and it includes some very large arbitrary number for how many securities you might sell. (Barclays put $20,081,600,000 in its 2019 shelf registration statement.) And every time you sell some structured notes or ETNs or whatever, you do a "shelf takedown" (metaphorically, you take the registration statement down from the shelf, you use it to sell stuff, and you put it back on the shelf) and use some of that capacity. When you do a takedown, you write a "prospectus supplement" or "pricing supplement" describing the actual terms of the particular notes that you're issuing, to supplement the generic shelf registration statement; you file the supplement with the SEC so that investors can read about whatever structured note they're buying.
Ideally you'd KEEP TRACK OF HOW MUCH YOU ISSUE, and subtract each issuance from the $20.1 billion you started with, and when that $20.1 billion gets down to, you know, $2 billion, you file another shelf registration statement with the SEC saying "we might do another $20 billion of stuff." And that new shelf registration is quickly approved by the SEC,[1] and nobody thinks too much about it, and then you can sell $20 billion more stuff, and the numbers are all arbitrary and this is all administrative.
And if you just forget — if some junior person in the internal legal team leaves, and forgets to pass along the "shelfcapacityleft07.xls" spreadsheet to her successor, and it stops being updated — then, uh. Then, at first, nothing happens. No bell rings. The SEC doesn't call you up to be like "I see you are selling securities illegally." (They don't really keep track either.) The buyers of these notes don't notice: You are still (you think) doing shelf takedowns; you are still writing pricing supplements describing the new notes and filing them with the SEC. The buyers have access to all the information they would have had if you had filed a new shelf; nobody is harmed by any of this. You just keep bopping along as though everything was fine, and then one day a new junior analyst starts on the legal team and finds the "shelfcapacityleft07.xls" spreadsheet in a folder and asks the vice president "hey what is this," and the VP looks, and she realizes what it is, and they check the math 20 times because it seems too horrible to be true, and then they all leave for the bar at noon because it is not a fixable error and they will miss each other when they're all fired tomorrow.
It is not a fixable error because the rules are harsh, and there is no no-harm-no-foul rule for illegal securities offerings. If you sell securities without a valid registration statement — as Barclays did — then you have to offer to buy the securities back at the price you sold them for. If the securities were structured notes and ETNs — that is, bets that some index will go up or down, or weird exotic options bets — and if you don't catch the mistak
A weird thing about being the investment bank advising the seller in a public-company mergers-and-acquisitions transaction is that, if all goes well, your client will disappear, and at exactly the moment it is supposed to pay your fee. Your fee is due at the closing of the deal, and at the closing of the deal your client stops being an independent public company and becomes a subsidiary of the buyer. You have spent months negotiating hard against the buyer to extract every last dollar for your client, and then you send a bill for all your hard work, and you hope the buyer will pay it. The buyer might say no!
I mean, the buyer probably won't say no; you have a contract, after all, and the contract is still valid after the buyer acquires your client. And it's not like the buyer will be surprised: Your fee will generally be disclosed during the merger negotiations, and in the merger agreement, and in the proxy statement filed for the deal; the buyer will have ample warning that your bill is coming, and if it doesn't object before the closing it's not like it has much standing to object afterwards. Still it can make you a bit nervous! Carl Icahn once did acquire a public company and then refused to pay its bankers' fee. (They sued and won.)
In a sense this is a nothing. Goldman is still getting paid. The buyer always effectively pays the fee (generally out of the target's cash on hand at closing), the buyer always budgets for it, and really it always reduces the amount payable to the shareholders. It's rarely explicit; it's unusual for a buyer to say “we'll pay you $100” and then find out about the bankers' fee and say “actually $98.” In general that is sort of an amateurish move: Every seller hires a banker (it is almost legally required!), every buyer knows it will have a sell-side fee to pay, and so every buyer includes an expected fee in its financial analysis before proposing a price. Renegotiating the price when you find out the bankers' fee suggests that you are acting in bad faith or don't know what you're doing. You can get away with it if the bankers' fee is egregiously large, or if you're Warren Buffett and want to be weird just for the sake of being weird.
A year ago, the firm was heralding Omer Ismail, 42, as its future. Then the Goldman lifer and a deputy, David Stark, left to run a banking startup backed by Walmart Inc., drawing the wrath of Goldman's leader, David Solomon. …
In January, the firm blocked the duo from cashing out stock bonuses that had vested and been taxed going back five years. Those were shares they should've been able to sell after standard restrictions had just started to lapse.
The punishment mimics the clawbacks that came into vogue after the financial crisis to make sure executives can't profit from malfeasance. Equity awards to bankers at Goldman typically vest over three years in equal increments. But recipients aren't allowed to cash out the stock until five years after the first award, even as they pay taxes on it. The idea is to ensure employees' interests are aligned with the company's long-term health.
With Ismail and Stark, the bank refused to release transfer restrictions on stock going back to the 2016 pay cycle. Those shares, granted in 2017, would have just become eligible for cashing out in January. Executives at the bank have argued they have the right to confiscate that stock. The pair have also been banished from company-led alumni events.
Disclosure, I left Goldman for Dealbreaker and got to keep my (tiny amount of) vested but restricted stock. The norm does seem to be that if you leave, you forfeit your unvested stock[2] but keep your vested-but-restricted stock. Perhaps that will change? As the competition for talent heats up, you can either (1) pay more to employees to get them to stay or (2) take away their money if they leave. Obviously it is cheaper to take the money away, but I am not sure it actually works in the long run to encourage loyalty?
The way IPO pitches basically work is that the bankers all write very high numbers on pieces of paper, and then the client gives the mandate to the bank who writes the highest number, because that bank seems enthusiastic about the company and best positioned to tell its story. And then the bank gets to work on (1) talking the company up to investors and (2) talking that number down to the client. And then eventually the IPO launches and prices and the valuation is whatever the market says it is; the number the bank wrote down in its pitch doesn't matter at all. The bank is not held to that number. The bank is not going to buy the IPO at that number. That's just flattery.
On the other hand if you come into the meeting and say "this company is worth $60 billion, we are very confident of that, hire us," and SoftBank says "sure, no problem, if you lend us $8 billion at a 50% loan-to-value on that valuation," that is awkward! It is not quite the same as asking you to buy the IPO at that price, but it is related. You're not going to give SoftBank an $8 billion margin loan unless you are confident that your collateral is worth at least, you know, $16 billion or whatever, which requires you to have a real, non-flattery-based view on valuation. It's one thing to pitch an IPO at a high valuation; it's another thing to put $8 billion of your own money into it.
Here is a basic model of investment bank research:
1. Big institutional investors like to meet with the managers of the companies whose stocks they trade, so that they can find out useful information about those companies and use it to make informed investing decisions. 2. These investors are correct that these meetings are useful: Investors who meet with managers are more likely to trade and their trades are likely to be better. 3. Wall Street research analysts are largely in the business of arranging those meetings: They are intermediaries between corporate managers and big institutional investors, and so they set up meetings between them at investor conferences, "non-deal roadshows" (where a company's executives fly around to meet with investors), etc. 4. Wall Street research analysts are evaluated by their investor customers, and thus ultimately paid, based in large part on how good they are at setting up these meetings, because these meetings are very useful to the investors. 5. Wall Street research analysts also write research reports with "Buy" or "Hold" or "Sell" recommendations on them, which the investors also read I guess. The corporate managers can also read them. 6. The institutional investors may find the research reports useful but they do not care very much about the recommendations at the top; they employ their own analysts and make their own buy/sell/hold decisions. 7. The corporate managers do not find the reports all that useful but they care very much about the recommendations, and get very mad at analysts who tell their clients to sell their company's stock. 8. Therefore an analyst who is lukewarm on a company can do a better job for her investor customers by writing thoughtful research reports full of interesting facts, slapping a "Buy" recommendation on top, and developing a good relationship with the company's managers so she can set up lots of meetings between the managers and the investors.
I have written about this model a lot. It seems fairly straightforward, but there are some non-obvious elements. For instance, Points 1 and 2 are weird insofar as, in the U.S., Regulation FD prohibits companies from giving "material nonpublic information" to investors (or analysts) in private meetings without simultaneously disclosing it to all shareholders. If investors think that these meetings are useful, and if the meetings are in fact useful, then isn't that a Reg FD violation?
Also, Point 8 is weird insofar as the most obvious work product of a research analyst — and the one that regulators seem to care most about — is the buy/sell/hold recommendation. "Bank X Analyst Upgrades Company Y to Buy" is a headline, "Bank X Analyst Sets Up Productive Meeting Between Company Y Executives and Hedge Fund Z Portfolio Manager" is not. Intuitively, Hedge Fund Z would much rather have a good meeting with the executives — where it can ask its own questions about what it wants to know — than have the analyst's buy/sell/hold recommendation reflect her true feelings about Company Y; Hedge Fund Z simply doesn't care about the analyst's true feelings. But Bank X's retail clients don't get to meet with corporate executives, and do get to read the bank's research reports, and they may not read much past the buy/sell/hold recommendation. If those recommendations are biased by the need to maintain relationships for the analyst's most important job of setting up meetings , then those retail investors might feel deceived.
Traditionally the way pay works at an investment bank is that, at senior levels, most of your pay is in the form of a variable end-of-year bonus. If you and your group and your firm all have a good year, you will get a large bonus, many multiples of your base salary. If you or your group or your firm have a bad year, you will get a smaller bonus. If your bonus is zero — if your only pay for the year is your base salary — then you will feel deeply aggrieved and throw a huge tantrum, and also odds are you're getting fired. This is the traditional approach to things, and it has fallen out of favor a bit since the 2008 financial crisis, but it is still a useful rough model.
The problem here is that variable compensation has sort of asymmetric effects on happiness and loyalty. If you get paid $4 million one year and $5 million the next, you will probably be happy both years. You got paid a lot in absolute terms, and your pay went up year over year. If in Year 1 you took out an expensive mortgage, in Year 2 you can pay it easily.
If you get paid $5 million one year and $4 million the next, though, you will be very sad the second year. Your pay went down year-over-year, suggesting that your employer either (1) does not appreciate your efforts or (2) is not in a financial position to reward them appropriately. Neither is a good sign for your long-term relationship. If in Year 1 you took out an expensive mortgage, in Year 2 finances will feel a bit tight. "You knew your pay was completely variable, why did you take out an expensive mortgage," is perhaps a reasonable question, but you don't want to hear it. After all, you keep getting better at your job; you are more experienced and have deeper client relationships and are more senior and taking on more responsibility. Why should you get paid less this year than last year? "Because the bank had a worse year" is a fine, correct answer, but it is not emotionally satisfying. You might quit in a huff.
This makes really good years particularly tricky for a bank. If the bank pays out huge bonuses at the peak of the boom, then the next year everyone will be disappointed and quit in huffs. (Though the poor job market that year might limit the losses.) If it doesn't do that — if it holds back some money so as not to set expectations too high, and so as to have some more money in reserve to pay bonuses next year — then everyone will feel underpaid versus their competitors at other banks who do pay everything out, and they'll quit now for a competitor.
There is not really an easy way around this — and highly variable compensation is basically good for the bank's financial resilience and for the employees' incentives — but I suppose one easy-ish way around it is to pay bankers huge bonuses in really good years, but include a little note with the huge bonus saying "don't get used to it." The note doesn't really contain any information they didn't already know — their pay is variable, a huge payout in a good year guarantees nothing for next year, don't take out a mortgage based on this year's bonus, etc. — but it's still worth reminding them.
The basic way that investment bankers get paid for sell-side merger advice is that they get a percentage of the deal value. If you sell your company for $10 billion, the bankers get $50 million, 0.5% of the deal value, something like that. If you sell it for $9 billion, they get $45 million. This gives the bankers an incentive to get a higher price, which is what you want. (This is sometimes also the fee structure for buy- side bankers, which gives them an incentive to push for a higher price, which is weird!)
On the other hand it mostly gives the bankers an incentive to get a deal done. Selling a company for $7 billion and getting a $35 million fee is vastly preferable to insisting on a $12 billion valuation, losing the deal, and getting nothing. Whereas for the company and its shareholders, remaining independent can be much better than accepting a deal for too little money. So there is a conflict of interest. The company will get some interest from a buyer, it will hire bankers, the buyer will come in with a low offer, the company will say "meh never mind we're fine," and the bankers will say "well wait a minute are you sure you're fine" and push to get a deal done.
One way to manage this conflict — besides just ignoring the bankers! totally a thing you can do — is to modify the bankers' fee structure. For instance:
1. If the company sells for less than $10 billion, the bankers get nothing. 2. If the company sells for more than $10 billion, the bankers get 5% of the amount over $10 billion. 3. If the company doesn't sell now, the bankers get the first shot at selling it later.
That way the bankers have no incentive to take a bad deal. Arguably this goes too far — if $9 billion is the best the company is going to do, someone should tell them that! — but it's a choice you could make. Instead of incentivizing the bankers to be conservative and take any deal they can get, you incentivize them to be super-aggressive and hold out for the best possible deal.
One implication of that fee structure is that if the banker does a really good job he gets a really big check. Here's a Wall Street Journal story about Steve McLaughlin of fintech banking boutique Financial Technology Partners LP:
An early deal that put the firm on the map was for Lynk Systems Inc., a credit-card processor. According to Mr. McLaughlin, the company had previously hired Merrill Lynch to find a buyer and fetched an offer of around $150 million. He promised to beat it. In return, Lynk offered him 5% of any deal price over $300 million. Mr. McLaughlin all but moved into a hotel near Lynk's headquarters in Atlanta. In 2004, the company was sold to Royal Bank of Scotland for $525 million.
That became Mr. McLaughlin's blueprint: Find companies that are opaquely valued or misunderstood. Negotiate unusual fee structures. And only represent sellers, never investors or potential acquirers. It is a lesson Mr. McLaughlin said he learned from his mom, a Realtor. "Always get the listing," he said.
Also there is some venture investing but for banking fees:
Some of FT Partners' biggest wins took more than a decade. When AvidXchange approached Mr. McLaughlin in 2009 for help raising $5 million, he said it wasn't worth the time. He changed his mind when the company agreed to sign an engagement letter that guaranteed FT Partners a role on any deal the company did for the next 50 years. He also joined AvidXchange's board of directors.
AvidXchange went from a few million dollars in annual revenue in 2009 to $186 million in 2020. An October IPO valued the commercial-payments company at about $5 billion. On top of the stake Mr. McLaughlin owns in the company, FT Partners collected a roughly 6% fee on the $1 billion it helped AvidXchange raise over nearly a dozen years.
Mike Praeger, AvidXchange's chief executive, said Mr. McLaughlin did plenty of work for the company outside of fundraisings, including late-night phone calls and weekend flights to North Carolina to map out strategy. He also said Mr. McLaughlin talked him out of selling the company at prices well below its current market value.
Basically if you have a contract saying that (1) you will advise on any deal the company does for 50 years and (2) you'll get 6% of the proceeds, then you, uh, own 6% of the company? Which might make you a better long-term advisor, more aligned with shareholders and better able to maximize value, than if you just got paid a one-time transactional fee. Also if you pick the right company to do this deal with it can make you pretty rich.
There are two conflicting theories of junior hiring on Wall Street. On the one hand, Ace Greenberg memorably sought to hire people "with PSD degrees": "Poor, Smart, with a deep Desire to become rich." Wall Street is a place with lots of money, and you want junior people who are very motivated by money so they will work hard; junior people who don't already have money are more likely to be motivated by it.
On the other hand, as I said yesterday, Wall Street is essentially in the business of building deep personal relationships with giant piles of money, and if you come from money you have better odds of doing that. If you grow up rich you are more likely to be able to swap sailing anecdotes with a client, or discover that you have neighboring estates in Bridgehampton, or — and this is particularly helpful — you might be the client's child. If your mother runs a large public company or a state-owned enterprise or a multibillion-dollar family office, and you go to work for an investment bank, that investment bank is more likely to win lucrative business from her, isn't it? The bank certainly thinks so.
You don't really have to choose, though; an investment bank hires lots of people each year, and the the solution here is to build an analyst class with some smart driven people who are maybe a bit rough around the edges, and some smart rich people who are impressive polo players.
Still there is some awkwardness in that everyone will start at the firm in basically the same job (analyst), and they will be expected to work hard, and they might have different reactions to that. The people that you hired because they were driven will say "huh, 100-hour weeks, I'd better distinguish myself," and work 120 hours a week. The people that you hired for their golf handicaps and sprezzatura will say "oh I'm sorry I can't work late tonight, I'm having dinner with my uncle at Sant Ambroeus," and their vice president will say "that is unacceptable, you need to work on the presentation for our client meeting tomorrow," and the analyst will say "my uncle runs a private equity firm" and the VP will say "ugh fine I guess." Multiple ways to the top, really, but there is going to be some resentment on both sides.
We talked this summer about Jamie Lee, the son of legendary JPMorgan Chase & Co. investment banker Jimmy Lee, who left banking because "the opportunity cost is simply too high to be sticking around in a job where you're not getting the treatment that you want," and whose father "urged him to avoid the analyst programs": "He said, 'Honestly, J, the way that I've seen that we work these kids, I'm not sure that I want that for you.'" The Ace Greenberg theory is that you should hire people who really want the paycheck and would never dream of saying "the opportunity cost is simply too high to be sticking around in a job where you're not getting the treatment that you want." But if Jimmy Lee's son applies for a job, what are you gonna do, say no?
Investment banking is a business of building long-term relationships. Your job, as an investment banker, is to become close to the people who possess giant piles of money, in the hopes that one day they will do giant deals with their giant piles of money and give you some of it. If you are at the weekly meeting of an investment-banking group and everyone is going around the room talking about what they did last week, and someone says "I did a billion-dollar merger and earned an $8 million fee for the bank," and you say "I played Settlers of Catan with Mark Zuckerberg," you win, because the expected value of proximity to a giant pile of money is so much higher than the value of an actual fee from a normal-sized pile of money.
One result of this is that banks are always happy to give freebies to the possessors of giant piles of money. "We'll do this work for Facebook at no charge because the opportunity there is so vast and we want them to owe us one."
The possessors of giant piles of money are, often, smart. Also they got to possess all of that money because they like hanging on to their money.
One obvious result here is that if you happen to possess a giant pile of money you can get free or discounted investment-banking services pretty much forever. You do a multibillion-dollar acquisition, your banker comes to you with a bill, you look at her in disappointment and say "a bill? I thought we were friends," her heart skips with joy, she tears up the bill, she goes back to her bosses and says "the giant pile of money thinks we're friends," her bosses congratulate her on her success in relationship-building, everyone is happy, and they all salivate to think about how much money they'll make on your next, really big deal. And then you do the next, really big deal, and you repeat this process forever.
How much is a company worth? Well, loosely speaking, it is worth (1) its annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization times (2) the median enterprise-value-to-Ebitda ratio of its peers.[5] So the way to value a company is to pick a list of peers. If you pick a list of companies with high EV/Ebitda ratios as "peers," you will get a high valuation; if you pick a list of companies with low multiples, you will get a low valuation:
That selection process is almost surely driven by the target's principal advisor in the M&A transaction, which is typically an investment bank or advisory firm. The true incentives driving investment bankers' peer selection are, of course, unobservable. However, in this paper we examine whether the characteristics of peer firms chosen by target firms' investment banks suggest that banks choose peers to aid in the negotiation of a higher offer price for target firm shareholders, or, conversely, choose peers that help with the completion of a proposed deal. The latter of which enables the bank to collect their advisory fees, a large fraction of which are typically conditional on deal completion. ...
The incentive to select peers in such a way that helps the target in negotiation with a prospective bidder would imply that the target's investment bank chooses peers that, all else equal, have higher valuation multiples, which make the perceived value of the target firm appear higher. Conversely, the incentive to select peers in a way that helps with the closing of a transaction (and the bank's collection of its advisory fees) would imply that the investment bank chooses peers that, all else equal, have lower valuation multiples. This would make the bidder's offer appear more generous to target shareholders, increasing the probability that they accept the offer. Because the investment bank advising the target firm in the transaction has significant discretion in the choice of peers, which of the incentive effects dominates is an empirical question and is the main focus of our study.
I actually think that, if you've met investment bankers, it's fairly clear that the "high price" incentives would dominate and that sell-side bankers would pick high-valuation peers, and that is in fact the result the authors get. (If you're a banker you tend to view yourself as a master negotiator and put your effort into squeezing out a higher price; later, when you write the fairness opinion, you'll regret all your bluster about how valuable the company is, but that regret is not going to change your behavior.) Also though bankers in management buyouts — where the target management is also the buyer — are more conflicted and might choose lower multiples:
We examine some additional incentive effects in the peer selection process. Specifically, we examine whether the results described above also hold in a sample of management buyout deals. Management buyouts present a setting where concerns about agency problems are particularly germane because the target firm's managers have the incentive to purchase their firm from shareholders at the lowest possible price. Our results in this subsample suggest that peers selected in buyout deals tend to have lower valuation ratios and weaker operating performance. However, these results weaken once we control for bidder characteristics. Thus, although we are not able to reach a definitive conclusion, we provide some evidence that investment banks may strategically select low-value peers to justify the lower premiums offered in buyout deals.
Let's say you work in an investment banking group where the right number of analysts is, say, 10. With 10 analysts, everyone will be busy, they will learn things, they will work on a variety of deals, they will often feel stretched and occasionally bored, they will have a lot of work but feel like they have a lot of responsibility.
If by some accident that group gets 15 analysts, that would be bad. People would have too little to do, they wouldn't learn enough, they'd be bored and feel like they weren't getting the educational-slash-hazing experience that they want out of banking. This situation would, however, correct itself. Bored analysts would quit or transfer out; the reputation of the group as a sleepy backwater would make new analysts avoid it. You're only an investment banking analyst for a couple of years anyway. Things drift back to equilibrium.
If by some accident that group gets five analysts, that would be worse. People would have too much to do, work would be done sloppily or not at all, the analysts would be burnt out and miserable, they'd have no time to learn anything and deals would not get done. This is, however, less self-correcting. You can try to hire a sixth analyst, but who wants to be the sixth analyst in a miserable overworked group? Also the five analysts you do have are gonna quit. Having too few analysts makes a group bad, which makes it harder to attract and keep analysts, which makes it harder to get back to the correct number of analysts. There is a sort of bank-run dynamic. You do not want to catch the falling knife of overwork. Once you get too far below the stable equilibrium of 10 analysts, the next stable equilibrium is zero analysts, everyone quits, the group dissolves, there is no cure, it is the end of that banking group, sorry, oh well.
What are the incentives of an investment bank in pricing an initial public offering? There is one big obvious one. You are selling the IPO to your investor clients, the mutual funds and hedge funds and asset managers who buy the stock. You want them to be happy, because they are big repeat customers who pay you a lot of money (in trading commissions, prime brokerage, etc.) and whom you need to buy future IPOs. They want the price to be low, so that it goes up a lot, so that they can make money. So there is a big obvious incentive to price the stock low. If the banks know that the "true" value of the company—the price where it will settle after the first day of trading—is $25, they might want to price it at $15, so the people who buy it can make a lot of money. There is another big one but it is less obvious how it cuts. You want your issuer client—the company selling the stock—to be happy, because (1) it is paying your fees for the IPO, (2) you hope it will be a repeat customer for investment banking business (though it probably won't do another IPO), and (3) you hope that other issuers will want to do IPOs with you, so you want testimonials from happy customers. So you want the issuer to be happy. But what will make it happy? You might think that since the issuer is selling stock it will want a high price, and that is basically true; investment banks compete for IPO mandates in part by flattering companies that they will get a high valuation. Companies want to sell stock at high prices, and telling them that you can do that—and then doing it—is a way to have a good IPO business. But it's more complicated than that, and companies tend not to want the highest possible price. Investors want to make money on the IPO—they want an "IPO pop"—and the companies want the investors to be happy. Once you do an IPO, those investors are your investors; they own your company and elect your directors and go to your shareholder meetings and vote on your say-on-pay proposals and so forth. Happy investors make a happy CEO, so the CEO will want the investors to be happy, which means giving them an IPO pop. Also independent of any real effect of the IPO pop, having an IPO pop feels like a win; it feels like a validation of your company and all your hard work. It is nice to see that people like you and want to pay for your stock. So if the banks and the company knew that the "true" value of the company was $25, but there were enough orders in the book to price it at $30 (and then watch it trade down to $25), they wouldn't do that. The company wouldn't want that; it feels bad to watch your stock go down, and to have your shareholders be mad at you. So if the true value is $25, the company might want to price at $22, to give the investors a nice little present and to have the pleasant experience of watching its stock go up. (Also: Who is "the issuer," anyway? Often the banks will deal with the chief executive officer of the issuer. If she is selling all her shares in the IPO, then of course she will want a high price, but of course she isn't selling all her shares. Generally a CEO will keep most of her shares through the IPO; frequently she'll keep all of them. So she has only a limited economic reason to care about a high price; a higher price means less dilution but that is a small effect. She's more interested in the deal looking successful so that she can sell stock at a higher price later. The same will often be true, to some extent, for her venture-capital or private-equity backers; they might sell a big chunk of their shares but will keep some, and will want to maximize their expected overall sale price, not just the price they get in the IPO.) There are other incentives. Here is a small obvious one: Banks generally get paid a percentage of the deal, so the higher they price the shares the more money they make. Seven percent of 10 million shares at $25 is more than seven percent of 10 million shares at $18. There are less obvious ones. In theory, banks have a huge financial incentive to price IPOs way too high, because of the mechanics of the "greenshoe" included in the deal. In an IPO, banks will sell extra shares, generally an extra 15% of the deal. If the stock goes up and stays up, the bank will buy those extra shares back from the company (using the "greenshoe" option) and make a bit of extra money (just the IPO fee on another 15% of the deal). If the stock stays flat and threatens to go below the IPO price, the bank will buy those extra shares back in the market at the deal price, "stabilizing" the price to prevent investors from losing money; in this case the bank won't really make any extra money (it will buy the shares back at the same price it sold them). But if the stock plummets immediately—if it opens far below the deal price—and stays down, then there'll be no real stabilizing to do. The banks will just buy the shares back, in the market, at a price far below where they sold them. In that case they can make a fortune, potentially far more than their IPO fees. (Some version of this seems to have happened with the Facebook Inc. and Uber Inc. IPOs, both of which quickly broke their deal price.) If your plan was to maximize revenue from an IPO, you would price the deal as high as you possibly could and still allocate shares, hoping that investors would try to flip their shares, the price would crash, and you'd get rich on the greenshoe. If you knew the true value was $25 and you could allocate the book at $35, you'd do that, and make $10 per share on the greenshoe. So banks have incentives to price IPOs high (pleasing the issuer, maximizing their fees, greenshoe trading profits), and incentives to price IPOs low (pleasing investors), and their business is balancing those incentives. Banks are, precisely, the middlemen between issuers and investors; they play a role in IPOs not because they are free of conflicts of interest but because the conflicts are unavoidable and someone has to balance them.
A lot of the work of investment banking is targeting. The thing that you do, much of the time, is sit around thinking about who should do a deal, so that you can call them up and say "boy have I got a deal for you." Mergers-and-acquisitions bankers make lists of companies that should do mergers or acquisitions, equity capital markets bankers make lists of companies that should issue stock, debt capital markets bankers make lists of companies that should issue bonds, etc. Once you have made the lists you get on planes (in normal times) and meet with the companies on the lists to explain to them why they should do mergers or issue stock or whatever. Occasionally they say "hmm you are right we should do a merger" and hire you to do the merger; then you will spend some time actually doing the merger, and you'll get paid lots of money. But the top of the funnel consists of making lists. How do you make those lists? In a sense the answer is, you just write down a list of all the companies you cover. Your job, as an M&A banker, is to do M and/or A; that's what you get paid for, so if there's a company you can call, you might as well call them and suggest they do a merger. You can't just say that to them, though; you can't call a company and say "hi it would help a lot with my bonus if you would do a merger."You have to call them and say "hi it would help a lot with your company if you would do a merger." For that, you need some finance. You need to say "you have a division that is underperforming and if you sold it the rest of your company would be better, so let me sell it for you and take a commission." Or "there's this company out there whose CEO wants to retire so you could buy it cheap and it would integrate really well with your widgets business and be accretive to earnings." Or whatever. The list-making exercise requires some financial analysis. Not a whole ton: This is the top of the funnel, and you do not necessarily need a deep and nuanced understanding of all aspects of the company's business and competitive landscape in order to come up with some acquisitions and divestitures it could do, though that does help. But, some financial analysis. This can be creative interesting work, or it can be kind of sterile tedious work; in any case it tends to be unrewarding work, in the sense that if you come up with 100 possible deals and end up executing one of them that's a pretty good hit rate. A lot of targeting begins with junior bankers making spreadsheets of companies that might be plausible targets based on some crude financial criteria; the senior bankers who have actually met with the companies whittle the spreadsheet down to the realistic targets, and then try to set up meetings with those companies to pitch ideas that still have a low probability of leading to a deal.
In a merger or acquisition, one company will sell itself to another company at some price. The company that is selling itself, the target company, will get a "fairness opinion" from its investment bankers, reassuring it that the price is fair. (The buyer will also sometimes get a fairness opinion from its bankers, particularly in a stock-for-stock deal.) Why does it get this opinion? You might naively answer, well, the company doesn't know how much it is worth, so it asks the bankers, and they tell it "we think you are worth $70 and the buyer is offering $80 so this is a good deal," or whatever, but this is not quite right. It's not totally wrong—often bankers will do valuations to help the company's board and management figure out how much they're worth, so they can know what a good price is—but it's not the point of a fairness opinion. The point of a fairness opinion is that once upon a time in the 1980s a company sold itself, and shareholders sued the directors claiming that they'd sold the company too cheap, and a Delaware court held the directors personally liable because they hadn't done enough to establish that the price was fair. "We do not imply that an outside valuation study is essential to support an informed business judgment," said the court, "nor do we state that fairness opinions by independent investment bankers are required as a matter of law," but it might as well have: After that case (called "Smith v. Van Gorkom" or "TransUnion"), no board of directors is going to sell a company without a certificate from an investment bank saying that the price is fair. Which means that the point of a fairness opinion is to certify that the company can do the deal that it wants to do. And so in an M&A process you might have a sequence like this:
1. Target is trading at $50 per share; Acquirer offers $60 to buy it. 2. Target calls its bankers and says "we like this deal but how do we get more money." 3. Bankers prepare a valuation showing that Target is worth $80 to $90. 4. Target shows this valuation to Acquirer and says "see, we are worth $80 to $90, give us $80." 5. Acquirer says "we'll give you $62." 6. Intense negotiations ensue and Target talks Acquirer up to $65. 7. Target calls its bankers and say "we are happy with this deal, please give us a fairness opinion." 8. Bankers prepare a fairness opinion showing that Target is worth $60 to $70, so a $65 price is fair.
I mean, that is a pretty stylized version, and well-advised targets and bankers will be a bit more subtle. But in general a target company will want two sorts of valuations from its bankers, one arguing that it is worth a lot of money (to negotiate a higher price), and another arguing that it's not worth so much money (to justify the price it accepts), and there will be a certain amount of artistry and lawyering involved in fitting them together.You can be extremely cynical about this, or you could just be the regular amount of cynical about this. Banks do try to get it right; they sign their names to their opinions, and have standards and approvals and committees to make sure that they are justifiable. At the same time the valuation of a company is always going to be subjective and uncertain, and you could use a wide range of projected future cash flows and discount rates to get, more or less, any number you want.
More generally, the M&A advisory business itself is really two businesses:
1. Befriending corporate chief executive officers, having dinner with them, doing them favors, giving them advice on strategy and corporate finance and investor relations and industry dynamics and family and personal finances, and generally being a smart trusted person whom they call with their thorniest problems; and 2. Occasionally buying or selling companies for them and collecting enormous fees.
The first part occasionally brings in some revenue: If you're an M&A banker at a big bank you might get some credit for referring a CEO to your debt capital markets or private-wealth divisions; even at an advisory boutique you might pick up some sort of paid strategic-advice assignment. The second part is much more lucrative; mergers tend to be bigger than other corporate transactions, and more important, so clients are willing to pay a lot to get them right. If you could only do the M&A part, and not the advising and hand-holding and baby-kissing part, you would have a much more efficient business. But you can't. If a CEO calls you up in the middle of the night and says "my largest shareholder is criticizing our environmental record, what should I do," and you reply "I am going back to bed, call me when you've got a merger to do," she will not. She'll call the banker who is helpful all the time, even when she's not paying for his help. The M&A fees don't just pay for the merger advice; they pay for all the other, free advice along the way. So good M&A bankers don't think of the M&A drought as an M&A drought; they think of it as an opportunity for client bonding:
In the years leading up to the 2008 financial crisis, Goldman Sachs Group Inc. did some bad mortgage stuff. It bought risky mortgages from mortgage lenders, packaged them into mortgage-backed securities, understated the risks of those loans and the shoddiness of the underwriting in the offering documents for the securities, and sold them to investors. When the loans went bad, the investors lost money. This was a popular activity among a lot of banks in those years, and they all got in a lot of trouble for it. The obvious first-order victims of this behavior were the investors who bought the mortgage-backed securities based on the banks' misrepresentations. The specific thing that Goldman (and other banks) got in trouble for was lying about the quality of the mortgages that it sold to investors, for its "conduct in the packaging, securitization, marketing, sale and issuance of residential mortgage-backed securities." But there were second-order victims. The entire global economy was brought down by the failure of the U.S. mortgage machine, for one thing. Also the homeowners who got those risky mortgage loans often ended up losing their homes when they couldn't pay.So when Goldman (and the other banks) got in trouble for packaging bad mortgage securities, and they had to pay giant piles of money to settle the charges, there was a widespread view that it would not be seemly to hand that money over to hedge funds and insurance companies and German banks and other mortgage investors, while the people with the mortgages kept losing their homes. So a big chunk of each bank's settlement, including Goldman's, was earmarked for "consumer relief." The idea, loosely, was that some of the victims of Goldman's mortgage conduct were regular people who got bad mortgages, and so some of Goldman's penance should be, basically, forgiving their mortgages.
Which sounds fine in a very abstract way, until you realize that Goldman never made mortgages. It just packaged and resold other lenders' mortgages. Nobody owed Goldman a monthly payment and was worried about foreclosure. So Goldman couldn't just call up its hardest-hit borrowers and say "you know what, don't bother paying your mortgage this month, we'll pay it, as part of our court-ordered penance," because it had no hard-hit borrowers.At the time, in 2016, when the Justice Department announced that Goldman would pay "$1.8 billion in the form of relief to aid consumers harmed by its unlawful conduct," and would "provide loan modifications, including loan forgiveness and forbearance, to distressed and underwater homeowners throughout the country," I wondered—well, which homeowners? "It is unclear exactly how Goldman's consumer relief will be doled out and to whom," reported the New York Times. It was a mysterious settlement.
And then a year later, Liz Hoffman and Serena Ng at the Wall Street Journal found the answer, and it is at the same time obvious and completely wild. The answer is that Goldman would buy mortgages—largely from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac—to forgive them. Fannie and Freddie are the government-sponsored giants of the mortgage business, and they have lots of delinquent mortgages, mortgages that the homeowner can't pay back. Fannie and Freddie are not in the business of threatening and cajoling delinquent homeowners—it is kind of a bad look—so they auction these mortgages off to buyers who are willing to have a go at squeezing money out of them.
You could imagine Goldman buying the loans at auction and calling up the homeowners and saying "hi, this is Goldman Sachs, we paid off your mortgage for you, have a nice day." It could buy $1.8 billion face amount of mortgages for, say, $900 million, forgive them all, and claim $1.8 billion of consumer relief at a cost of only $900 million.
That is not what happened. Instead, Goldman would buy the loans at a discount and call up the homeowners to try to work out a deal. Ideally the homeowners would agree to pay Goldman (1) something less than the full amount they owed but (2) something more than Goldman had paid Fannie Mae for the delinquent mortgages, meaning that Goldman could make a profit by restructuring the loans. I wrote about it at the time:
The naive way to think about "consumer relief" is like, a bank lends a person $100, and the person runs into difficulty repaying, and the bank says "well okay we'll call it $80," and the person repays $80, and the bank has lost $20. "Consumer relief" is a relief to the consumers, and a cost to the bank. But that's not quite how the cash flows go here. "Goldman has paid between 50 and 90 cents on the dollar for the loans ... with an eye toward restructuring them by reducing interest rates, lengthening the term of the loan, or forgiving some of the debt outright." But if you buy a loan for 50 cents on the dollar, you can afford to forgive 40 percent of it and still make money. The "loan workout process can take one to two years, and buyers can make between five and 15 cents on the dollar above what they originally paid."
Those are just the normal economics of the loan-modification market. But for Goldman the calculation is a bit different: If it buys a $100 loan for $50, writes off $40 of principal, and resells it for $60, it doesn't just make $10 in profit, it also digs itself out from $40 of consumer-relief liability to the government. That's apparently why it buys such a large share of Fannie Mae's delinquent loans: "Because Goldman is getting credit toward fulfilling the terms of its settlement, it can afford to pay more."
The wild result of this is that Goldman's consumer relief could be profitable. For Goldman. Its $1.8 billion penalty could, for instance, consist of buying $4 billion face amount of mortgages for $2 billion and negotiating with the homeowners to get paid back $2.2 billion. In that hypothetical, as far as mortgage-settlement accounting goes, Goldman has paid $1.8 billion of consumer relief; as far as profit-and-loss accounting goes, Goldman has made $200 million of profit.But it doesn't always work as smoothly as that in practice. Sometimes Goldman and the homeowner can't come to an agreement about how much the homeowner will pay back, or they will come to an agreement and the homeowner still can't pay. Then what happens?On Friday, Matthew Goldstein at the New York Times wrote the—again obvious, again wild—next chapter of this story:
While Goldman has reworked loans to make it possible for thousands of homeowners to avoid foreclosure, it has also taken back more than 10,000 homes — properties it has started to sell to help offset the cost of the assistance it provides, a review of data shows. ...
Of the 30,000 loans Goldman bought, the monitor's report said, the bank had modified 7,800 mortgages and erased an average of $103,000 in debt owed on them. In some cases, the report said, Goldman has gotten repeat credits for "multiple modifications of the same loan."But the bank has also foreclosed on more than 10,000 of the delinquent mortgages, and has resold thousands of homes so far, at an average price of $170,000, according to Attom Data.
The basic outline is:
1. Goldman defrauded some institutional investors in mortgage-backed securities. 2. As punishment, the government ordered Goldman to go out and help some struggling homeowners. 3. As a result, Goldman foreclosed on 10,000 of them.
Ten thousand people lost their homes to Goldman Sachs, which would never have happened if the government had not ordered Goldman Sachs to help those people. (To be fair, they would have lost their homes to someone else ; "a significant number were almost certain to end in foreclosure," and "nearly a quarter of the mortgages sold by Fannie and Freddie were for vacant and abandoned homes." "Goldman said it had foreclosed on 10 percent fewer mortgages than other investors that had bought mortgages from Fannie and Freddie.")
When you hire investment bankers, you're paying for two things. One is technical expertise: Your bankers will build financial models to value your business; they'll price derivatives for you and structure deals to minimize your taxes. The other is people skills: If you want to buy or sell a company, the bankers will know the people who are selling or buying, and have good personal relationships with them, and give you a warm introduction. Then when you are negotiating the deal, the bankers will give you advice on strategy and sound out the other side's objectives and play good-cop-bad-cop and counsel you after the day's negotiating session and generally help you with the fraught human drama of a high-stakes negotiation. The best investment bankers combine these skill sets: They have great strategic sense, a grasp of all the details, a strong intuitive ability to understand and get along with people, and enormous Rolodexes full of powerful people who consider them friends. But most people don't. Most people are stronger in one area or the other. Good-but-not-great investment bankers will work to improve their weak points, and try to use their strong points to compensate for the weaknesses.
Banks can also compensate for weaknesses with staffing: You put a people person on the deal to charm the client and out-negotiate the other side, and you put a technical person on the deal to run the models. This is the normal model in a lot of businesses, where the salesperson selling the product and the engineer building the product will of course be different people. It is vaguely frowned upon in banking. I mean, not entirely; it is absolutely the norm for deal teams to have a managing director who owns the client relationship and leads negotiations and has a limited grasp of the details, and an analyst who owns the spreadsheets and never sees the client. But those people generally come from the same group at the bank; they are, ideally, the same sorts of people at different stages of their careers. The MD was once an analyst building spreadsheet models, and her time building models gives her an effortless familiarity with financial matters that helps her in the high-level negotiations. The analyst hopes to one day be an MD leading the negotiations, and was hired not only for his familiarity with Excel but also for the promise that he shows of one day being able to charm clients over golf. This doesn't always work. Banks hire a lot of awkward nerds to build spreadsheets, and they build spreadsheets for two years and then go do something else because client relationships are not for them. (It helps that most people hired as junior investment bankers go do something else after a few years, and don't even want to stay in banking; junior banking jobs act as sort of a general finishing school for financial skills, and the people who graduate from that school and have the right people skills end up being senior bankers.)
Conversely, in banking, you will occasionally encounter analysts with a charming manner, an authoritative confidence, a low golf handicap, rich friends and no ability to build a decent spreadsheet. These people will be in a sort of a race against the clock: There's a good chance that they'll be fired for the bad spreadsheets, but if they can avoid that fate for a few years, the good people skills will become more important and they will be wildly successful senior bankers. Terrible analysts can make very good MDs. Not very technical MDs, usually, but good ones. Just from the point of view of efficiency, though, it is a little weird to hire a lot of applied-math graduates of top colleges and make them build spreadsheets for a few years, and then pick the ones who are best at befriending rich people and let them run your business. If you want to hire senior bankers who are good at befriending rich people, should you really limit your pool of candidates to people who got good grades in college and had nothing better to do afterwards than build spreadsheets? Shouldn't you focus on, you know, people who got bad grades in college and then spent their time yachting? And so in fact there are many cases of banks hiring people purely and transparently for people skills, and people generally get pretty mad about them. The most obvious and most scandalous cases are all the banks who hired the relatives of powerful Chinese government officials hoping to win business from those officials. (We discussed them here and here.) There's no better way to build connections with powerful dealmakers than by being their child, I know this is unfair but it is nevertheless true. Banks hired these kids for their connections and then were fined for bribery, and I get it, but I always find it a bit strange. The kids would get bad performance reviews because they were bad at making spreadsheets, but they were good at other things, really important things like winning lucrative investment banking mandates (from their mothers). Privileging the spreadsheets typically made by junior bankers, over the actually profitable work of convincing powerful executives (their mothers) to do deals with their bank, just seems like a mistake. Also though U.S. financial firms will often hire big-name former political figures into senior roles, and people will tut-tut "what does he know about building financial models," and the answer is always, senior bankers do not build financial models. Most of them built financial models, earlier in their careers, and it's useful training, but much of what they do now is just charm clients and outwit counterparties. Being a politician seems like obviously good training for that, obviously better training than building financial models.
One theory is that investment banks are the gatekeepers of the capital markets. Private companies that want to go public come to the investment banks for help, and the investment banks screen those companies and take public only the ones that they can vouch for. Big prestigious investment banks will be choosy with their endorsements; their endorsements will mean something. The stamp of approval of a Morgan Stanley or a Goldman Sachs signifies that a private company is good, and the banks carefully guard their reputation for underwriting good companies. The other theory is that initial public offerings pay large fees and the investment banks are in the business of collecting large fees. If a company wants to go public, it will interview banks, and the banks will compete to win the business by telling the company how great and valuable it is. Then the banks who win the business will advise the company on its IPO, and send the company's prospectus to potential investors, and set up meetings with those investors on a roadshow, and take orders from investors who want to buy stock. And then banks will tell the company how much stock the investors want to buy and at what price, and the company will sell that stock. The banks are middlemen; they are managers of a process; they serve a coordinating and centralizing function. They don't tell you that the company is good; they certainly don't tell you how much it is worth. They are hired by the company to work for it. The people deciding how much the company is worth are the investors, large sophisticated professional money managers who decide to invest after reading a detailed prospectus and meeting with the company's managers; they are free to put in orders at whatever price they like, or not to put in orders if the deal seems too rich. It is a free market, and if the market thinks the company is worth a lot of money then it is irrelevant what the bank thinks.
The truth is somewhere in between. Banks certainly vouch for some aspects of the companies that they take public. They do due diligence, they review the prospectus, they generally work to tell the company's story in a flattering but truthful way. If the prospectus is full of lies, or if the company is an outright fraud, investors in the IPO will blame and probably sue the banks. But in general, within the limits of what is required by law, banks tend to take a pretty laissez-faire approach to underwriting. They don't tell investors what they should buy, and they don't tell companies how they should run their business. They just coordinate between the two. So for instance there is a lot of controversy over whether companies should have dual-class stock, in which the founders' shares have more voting power than the shares sold to the public. Some investors think this is bad. They lobby various gatekeepers—index providers, stock exchanges, the Securities and Exchange Commission—to stop it, to forbid companies from going public (or listing on the exchange, or being included in indexes) if they have dual-class stock. These investors argue that dual-class stock is wrong, that it is bad for investors, that companies should not be governed that way. You could imagine an investment bank saying: Those investors are right, dual-class stock is bad, we have our reputation to consider, we will not underwrite IPOs with dual-class stock. If a company wants to go public with dual-class stock it can seek out some lesser investment bank, but we, the good investment bank, have standards, and we will not allow our reputation to be sullied by underwriting such a monstrosity. But this never happens. Instead what happens is more like this:
Company: We want to go public with dual-class stock. Bank: Well, as your adviser on how to go public, we should tell you that investors do not like that, and we recommend against it. Company: Hmm but we really want to have all the votes for ourselves. Bank: Fine, but if you do that it will reduce investor demand and risk lowering the price you get in your IPO. Company: Do you have any data to demonstrate that? Is there a list of recent IPOs that failed due to dual-class stock? Bank: No they all pretty much go fine, I mean Snap Inc. was able to sell zero-vote stock in an IPO. Company: We'll just do that then. Bank: Okay but we're warning you that investors might push back. Company: But they probably won't, right? Bank: Right.
The bank probably will express to the company the market's preference for best practices, but it will not insist. It will try to explain the tradeoffs and describe the risks honestly. There are some things that the market won't put up with, and the bank will tell the company that it can't go public if it does those things. But there are not many of those things; mostly, there are things that the market will complain about but accept at some price, and there are other things that the market will complain about but accept without even affecting the price. A bank that says "you can't go public with dual-class stock, the market won't buy it" would be lying to its client. A bank that says "you can go public with dual-class stock, but not with us, we are too good for that" would be an outlier, and would lose a lot of business. This was not always true, by the way. The vouching theory used to be pretty real. Steven Mandis, a former Goldman Sachs Group Inc. investment banker, wrote a book called "What Happened to Goldman Sachs" that includes this passage:
When I joined Goldman, strict underwriting guidelines were in place for taking a company public. … Typically, Goldman would not take a company public if it had not been in business for three years, and it had to show profitability. But then came the technology and internet boom, and suddenly companies with little track record and no profits started being taken public by competitors. The requirement at Goldman was reduced to two years of profitability, then to one year, and then to one quarter, until finally the firm was not even requiring profitability in the foreseeable future.
(Disclosure: I also worked at Goldman, though long after the required-profitability days.) You can understand this shift. In the olden days, only taking good companies public could have been a good commercial strategy: Perhaps investors only wanted profitable companies, or perhaps the investors were mostly individuals who needed to rely on banks to evaluate companies for them. In the internet boom of the late 1990s, investors started to want unprofitable companies; also investors became bigger and more institutional and relied less on banks to pick companies for them. A pristine reputation for underwriting good IPOs was once a valuable asset that could be monetized by renting it to carefully selected companies. Now a pristine reputation for underwriting good IPOs is not a particularly valuable asset. Investors will not stop doing business with a bank because it underwrote the IPO of a big money-losing unicorn—because investors like big money-losing unicorns, or they have short memories, or they just don't expect banks to vouch for companies anymore. So refusing to underwrite unprofitable companies would cause a bank to lose business, but without any real gain on the other side. You couldn't charge any more to underwrite the profitable companies.
One reason that I tend to believe the underwriters-as-coordinators theory more than the underwriters-as-gatekeepers theory is that I know how IPO pitches go. A company doesn't come in and try to impress the banks so that the banks will vouch for it; the banks come in and try to impress the company by telling it how great and valuable it is. They also compete to impress the company by showing off how well they know its story, its business, its product. That last part can lead to somewhat silly results. A Morgan Stanley banker became an Uber driver to improve his pitch for its IPO; other bankers wore yoga pants to the Lululemon IPO pitch. We have talked before about the reasons that this might be appealing to pre-IPO companies, but I want to add one other, tiny reason. If 10 teams of 10 bankers all traipse into your IPO pitch meetings wearing your yoga pants, then that means that you have sold 100 pairs of yoga pants. That goes into the financial statements, you know? You get a little bump in revenue and customer growth because of all those captive customers, the people buying your yoga pants not (necessarily) because they like the pants but because they want the IPO business. I mean I am mostly kidding about the yoga pants but here are Kevin Dugan and Priya Anand at The Information:
When enterprise software companies are hiring banks to help them go public, they frequently want to hire firms that are customers, Wall Street executives say. In some cases, banks offer to sign up for the company's services in order to win brownie points, executives say. Either way, the prevalence of banks that are also customers of companies they're taking public raises some issues for investors considering buying stock in the IPOs, securities experts say. In particular, it can raise questions when companies don't disclose that banks helping to market the offering are also paying clients.
If you run an enterprise software company and you sign up 10 banks just before you go public, that might look like pretty meaningful customer and revenue growth, growth that might be impressive to potential IPO investors. And if they all signed up just for the pitch meeting, and cancel right after the IPO, that's not ideal.
One kind of income is, like, if someone pays you money today then that increases your income, and if you pay someone money that decreases your income. That's pretty straightforward. The other kind of income is more like, if you have some expectation of people paying you money in the future, and that expectation changes so that now you expect to get more (or less) money in the future, the change in the present value of that expectation is accounted for as income (or loss) for you today. That one's kind of weird, but it can be real enough—it can represent a real change in your economic circumstances—and so in lots of contexts accountants will book changes in expectation as income today. Many of these contexts are controversial, subject to manipulation, etc.; economic income is a fuzzier thing than cash flow. Financial firms tend to have relatively more of this sort of income than normal companies that make stuff and sell it. They are used to mark-to-market valuations. If you're an investment bank and you have a billion dollars of five-year interest-rate swaps and interest rates go up by 0.01%, as a matter of cash flow that means you will have to pay (or get) an extra $25,000 per quarter for the next five years, but as a matter of accounting you'll typically book the entire present vale of that $500,000 as loss (or profit) today. You just get very used to the idea that your income right now is not the money you're taking in right now, but the effect that your actions right now are having on the money you will take in in the future.
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (disclosure, where I used to work) has been involved in a big scandal over Malaysian government investment fund 1MDB; Goldman raised billions of dollars for 1MDB, most of which was stolen, with the knowledge and help of some senior Goldman bankers. Goldman is going to have to pay a big pile of money to U.S. regulators, and perhaps to Malaysia, as punishment for its involvement in the theft. That reduced its income last year:
On Wednesday, the fallout from that deal wiped out about 13% of the bank's 2019 profits and darkened otherwise strong results. Goldman socked away an extra $1.1 billion late last year to help pay for an expected settlement with regulators, who allege the bank overlooked signs of corruption at the Malaysian fund, known as 1MDB, in pursuit of fees.
In one important sense—the sense of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the sense of Goldman's financial statements—this is true. Goldman's income was reduced by $1.1 billion last quarter for 1MDB fines, because last quarter is when the fines became reasonably knowable and quantifiable, when their effect on cash flow became certain enough for them to count as income, and so Goldman's accountants booked them as a loss last quarter. But in most real senses it's not true. As a matter of cash flow it's not true. Goldman didn't pay $1.1 billion to anyone last quarter for 1MDB; that was just an accounting entry. Eventually it will surely pay some money to someone—it "is negotiating to pay the U.S. Justice Department a fine of about $2 billion and plead guilty to violating antibribery laws"—and it is just, as it were, accounting for that in advance. It has a sort of 1MDB liability swap, and last quarter the mark to market on that swap moved against it. But also as an economic matter it's not really true. Goldman didn't incur that fine last quarter; last quarter isn't when Goldman's actions put it on the hook for a future $1.1 billion (or $2 billion, or whatever) fine. It incurred the fine in 2012 and 2013, when its bankers were doing the crimes, and booking something like $600 million in revenue for underwriting 1MDB's bonds. And getting praise and bonuses for booking all those revenues. When in fact they should have been getting yelled at and fired for booking that 1MDB liability swap, which had a huge negative value and which they only charged $600 million for. This stuff is all pretty well known and much discussed, in the context of compensation, anyway. Everyone kind of knows that banks book profits and pay bonuses, and then when things go bad later the people who got the bonuses don't have to pay them back. (To be fair, the Goldman bankers charged criminally here … might?) But it's a little intriguing as a matter of, like, philosophical accounting. An interesting exercise might be to go back over the accounts of a big bank from, like, 2000 to 2010, and recalculate all the income based not on expected values (changes in how much money they expected to get at the time from their trades) but on realized ones (how much money they actually ended up getting, or losing, from those trades). Change Goldman's $600 million of positive income from the 1MDB trades in 2012 and 2013 to negative $2 billion, that sort of thing. I wonder if it would smooth the income numbers, if whenever banks are making a lot of money (under traditional accounting) they are also incurring a lot of problems that will turn up later.
Private Equity & LBOs (34)
The original private-equity pitch was buying good, unglamorous businesses cheaply from retiring Baby Boomer founders who had no successor. The updated version is darker: many of those businesses are now owned by aging PE funds that have blown past their intended lifespans and cannot exit. US private-equity assets stuck in funds at least a decade old reached a record $348.5 billion in net asset value. These 'zombie funds' no longer raise capital or make acquisitions; their limited partners are desperate for distributions while managers cannot sell. The motivated seller is now the fund itself, which makes the secondary market and continuation vehicles the natural buyers of last resort — and a structural feature of a maturing private-markets cycle.
One model is that a private equity firm has expertise in the general problem of "running companies." Private equity managers might not be domain experts in widget manufacturing or accounting software or pest control, but they should be good at solving the problems that are common across lots of different kinds of...
One way to tell the story of private equity is that, half a century ago, a few smart people had one essential, surprising, and wildly lucrative insight: "Companies should be more levered." In the 1970s and 1980s, there were lots of sleepy inefficient companies whose capital structures had too much equity and...
How do you get into private credit? Like let's say you have a pot of money and you want to start lending it directly to private equity sponsors to finance leveraged buyouts. How do you start? Probably you hire some former bankers with good relationships and have them call on private equity...
Levine's plumbing example captures a central private-equity pattern. A boring local business can become investable when rolled up, standardized and levered. The label is fancy, but the operating thesis is often deliberately mundane.
The KKR HSR item is a reminder that private equity is often an accumulation business. Buying one company may be routine; buying many related companies can create regulatory obligations and strategic concerns. The law cares about the program, not only the single deal.
Levine contrasts the finance-professor view of private equity with the operating-partner view. In one model, PE creates value through leverage, incentives and buying/selling companies. In the other, it improves procurement, pricing, management and execution. Real firms sell both stories, and the mix matters for how investors evaluate fees and performance.
Levine summarizes liability management exercises as capital-structure fights inside a distressed company. A borrower may work with one group of creditors to exchange, prime, strip collateral, or otherwise improve their position while worsening the position of others. The company gets breathing room, but the broader lesson is that debt contracts are battlefields over priority and consent.
Levine treats NIL as a new monetization channel for college athletes. Once athletes can be paid for endorsements and attention, outside investors and intermediaries can start underwriting, advancing, or packaging those cash flows. The oddity is that a sports career starts to look like a small private business with brand equity, financing needs and uncertain future revenue.
When private equity partnerships go public, tax assets can be created by the conversion from partnership interests into corporate shares. A tax receivable agreement lets the founders keep a claim on those future tax savings. The public company gets deductions over time, but much of the value of those deductions is paid back to the original insiders.
The Financial Times has a fun graphic feature titled "How private equity tangled banks in a web of debt," the essential point of which is that everything in finance is more fun with a bit of leverage:
1. If there's a company, a private equity fund can buy it, putting up some of its own money (the equity) and borrowing the rest, secured by the assets of the company. 2. The private credit fund that made the loan in Step 1 can put up some of its own money and borrow the rest from a bank to fund that loan. 3. The private equity fund buying the company in Step 1 can temporarily borrow the money it uses to write the equity check (a "subscription line"), secured by the commitments of its investors (its limited partners) to eventually put up the money. 4. After buying the company, the private equity fund can take out a margin loan, secured by its equity stake in the company. 5. Or it can take out a net asset value loan, secured by its equity stakes in a whole portfolio of companies it owns. 6. Also the company can borrow more money to pay dividends to the private equity fund. 7. The limited partners can sell their stakes in the private equity fund to a secondaries fund, which can borrow some of the money to buy them. 8. The general partners (sponsors) of the private equity fund can borrow money, "secured by management fees and carried interest income." 9. Or other funds can borrow money to buy the general partners' stakes in their firms. 10. I am sure I am missing some?
I once wrote that "a (the?) main move in finance" is this: You take a thing with some risk, you divide it into a risky first-loss piece (the equity) and a safer second-loss piece (the debt), you sell the risky piece to people who want high returns and the safe piece to people who want safety. "Also you can compose this move: You can divide a bunch of things into junior and senior claims, bundle a set of junior or senior claims together, and then slice that bundle into new junior and senior claims." This FT feature is a series of pictures illustrating that point. Take a set of cash flows anywhere in the vicinity of private equity — the earnings of a company, the returns to private equity limited partners, the commitments of those LPs, the fees paid to the general partners, the the payments on a loan — and you can slice it into safer and riskier pieces, fund the safe piece with debt and juice the returns on the riskier piece.
It would be weird if it were otherwise? Like, if you buy a house, you will probably take out a mortgage, funding most of your purchase with debt (funded by a bank/insurer/whoever who wants a safe return) and some of it with equity (funded by you, who want levered exposure to home-price appreciation). And then you'll go about your day without thinking "hmm how could I slice this up further," because you are not fundamentally in the business of slicing up cash flows. But private equity firms are, so every cash flow they come into contact with gets sliced up.
The point of all of this is that at the bottom you have some set of businesses with some set of cash flows, and then those cash flows are sliced and recombined in various ways so that lots of different people (private equity GPs, their LPs, the GPs and LPs of secondaries and GP-stake and private-credit funds, bank lenders, etc.) get exactly the package of cash flows they want. And that is the business they are all in.
You could have a model of Harvard Business School that is like:
1. Harvard Business School teaches you skills that would make you good at running a company. 2. There are lots of companies that could use those skills. 3. But you don't want to run those companies, because they make, like, ball bearings. 4. You want to run a fancy company; you want to run a hedge fund or a tech startup or something. 5. Meanwhile, the people currently running the ball bearings company would not be all that excited about you , a fresh-faced business school graduate who has never run anything, coming in to run their company, even if you did learn a lot of useful skills at Harvard. 6. Therefore various industries exist whose principal business is laundering ball bearings companies into opportunities that appeal to Harvard Business School graduates. You wrap the ball bearings company in a name like "private equity" and suddenly it is legible to the Harvard students, so they flock to it. 7. Those industries are also in the business of getting the ball bearings companies to accept the Harvard Business School graduates, which in practice means not so much "make the ball bearings company excited about its new Harvard CEO" but rather "buy the ball bearings company and install new management."
I don't think this model is exactly right or anything, but I think there's something to it. We have talked a few times about "search funds," which are a cool way for graduates of prestigious business schools to say "I'm going into pest control." And I have suggested that "private equity is sort of the industrial-scale version of this," in which top business school graduates get prestigious financial jobs that involve acquiring and running unglamorous industrial companies.
So here's a good Business Insider story from last week about how the most sought-after job at Harvard, Stanford and Wharton is running a plumbing company in Jackson, Mississippi:
Data reviewed by Business Insider suggests San Francisco-based Alpine Investors is quickly becoming one of the most sought-after places to work for graduates of top business schools. Driving the demand is Alpine's CEO-In-Training program, which places MBAs in leading positions at companies within just a few weeks and promises to turn them into actual CEOs in a few years.>
For ambitious MBA students, the program offers the chance of a lifetime, although getting in is not easy. For the 2024 CIT program, which starts this summer, Alpine received 750 applications for just 12 slots, giving it an acceptance rate of 1.6%. Harvard, by contrast, has an acceptance rate of about 3.6%. …>
Success stories include David Wurtzbacher, who went from Harvard Business School to CFO of Alpine Investor's dental business to founding an Alpine-backed company that is rolling up local CPA firms in six years.>
In an interview with BI, Wurtzbacher described the program as "turbocharged entrepreneurship." He said he received hands-on leadership training, but with the backbone of guaranteed funding, a large support network, and lessons on how to lead a business.
And:
The firm assesses potential hires' intellectual curiosity, emotional intelligence, and, perhaps most importantly, their ability to handle adversity. It does this through a series of short interviews, followed by a day-long interview for those who make it past the first round.>
Grit is prized above all because even with the "sexy" job title of CEO or CFO, these jobs aren't stereotypically sexy. Instead of power lunches at posh Manhattan steakhouses, Alpine's CEOs in training may be sent to small towns in rural America where they have to get their hands dirty.>
"You're moving from Yale Law School and Harvard Business School to Jackson, Mississippi, to run a plumbing company," Anderman said as an example.
I guess another option would be to do the financing first and then sell the company? Like, if you are a company that might want to sell itself (or the company's banker), you can probably build an LBO model yourself and estimate roughly what sort of capital structure — how much borrowing, what kind and at what rates — a private equity borrower might want. And then you go do the borrowing yourself. And then you run the auction, and say to potential buyers "hey this capital structure is already set up so nice for you, all we need is your equity check."
Why not. Bloomberg's Eleanor Duncan and Michael Tobin report that big banks are trying to win business back from private credit, both by sort of lowering their standards and by offering "pre-capitaliations":
Traditional lenders are so keen to win leveraged buyout financing that some are pitching for subordinated debt deals — the riskiest type of underwriting which they mostly avoided during a bruising past few years. At least one bank is offering payment-in-kind options, which allow interest payments to be deferred, and others are talking to borrowers about so-called pre-capitalizations, which give companies financing before a deal has even gone on the block, according to people familiar with the matter. …
The quest to win fees is driving some banks, including Bank of America, to pitch pre-capitalizations to companies that aren't even for sale yet, according to a person familiar with the matter. In these deals, lenders refinance a firm's debt and add a portability clause, allowing a new buyer to keep the existing debt package in place. Bankers say it makes it easier for companies to be sold at a later date because the new owner doesn't have to find financing.
Presumably this makes the most sense for companies with private equity owners (who might shop them to new private equity owners), which already have LBO-ish capital structures that they just want to be portable.
The weird story in private equity these days is that private equity firms have two, as far as I can tell, exactly offsetting problems:
1. They have investors who have given them a lot of money recently and want them to spend it buying companies. 2. They have investors who gave them a lot money years ago, which they used to buy companies, and now those investors would like them to sell those companies and give them the money back.
As the Financial Times put it last month, they have "record amounts of unspent investor cash and an unprecedented stockpile of ageing deals that firms must sell in coming years." I wrote: "Doesn't it seem like this should be a solvable problem?" What you do is, you take the money that the investors want you to spend on buying companies, and you use it to buy the companies that the investors want you to sell, so you can give the money back to those investors.
Obviously there are details to work out, but if every private equity firm is in this situation, I have confidence that they can work out those details. I use my new fund to buy a company you own in your old fund, you use your new fund to buy a company that I own in my old fund, everybody's happy. This just does not seem like the most challenging problem of financial engineering that the private equity industry has ever faced.
Anyway here are KKR and Veritas, handling it:
KKR & Co. has agreed to acquire a stake in Cotiviti from private-equity manager Veritas Capital in a deal valuing the healthcare-technology business at around $11 billion.>
The transaction would give the two New York-based firms equal ownership stakes in Cotiviti, according to an announcement planned for Wednesday. The Wall Street Journal reported in December that the firms were in discussions.>
The deal would rank among the largest recent private-equity transactions. Buyout firms slowed dealmaking after the Federal Reserve began raising interest rates in 2022, with the debt used to finance acquisitions getting more expensive and harder to obtain.>
The deal would also represent a significant payday for Veritas, which took Cotiviti private for about $4.16 billion in 2018. The firm specializes in buyouts of companies at the intersection of technology and government. …>
Veritas plans to invest new capital in Cotiviti alongside KKR's commitment to help fund the company's growth. …>
KKR's investment in Cotiviti comes from KKR North America Fund XIII, a $19 billion vehicle closed in 2022, and Veritas's new investment comes from Veritas Fund VIII, a $10.65 billion pool that closed the same year.
Right, if you bought a company in your old fund in 2018, it's time to cash that fund out. So you invest in that company from your new fund, which (1) helps you deploy that new fund (which the new fund's investors want) and (2) helps you cash out the old fund (which the old fund's investors want). There are questions about valuation — you don't want to overpay (hurting the new fund) or underpay (hurting the old fund) — but if you get an outside investor (KKR) that kind of answers those questions; presumably KKR negotiated a market price. And of course KKR needs to deploy its new fund too. Plus opening up the market for big secondary deals probably helps KKR if it too needs to cash out its old funds.
Just from first principles, I mean, private equity funds have (1) a ton of cash from their investors to buy new companies and (2) a desperate need to sell their existing companies and return cash to their investors. Obvious solutions present themselves:
1. Private Equity Firm A takes its billions of fresh cash from investors and uses it to buy the entire portfolio of Private Equity Firm B, which returns the cash to its investors. And then Firm B uses its billions of fresh cash from investors to buy the entire portfolio of Firm A, which returns the cash to its investors, leaving everyone happy. 2. Private Equity Firm A takes its billions of fresh cash from investors and uses it to buy its own entire portfolio from itself, returning the cash to its investors. (The investors who put in the fresh cash get to own the portfolio; the investors who wanted a regular flow of cash get it.) This is called a "continuation fund."
Anyway I suppose you get hung up on valuations. The article goes on:
In order to get deals done, many private equity groups have deployed financial engineering tactics to bridge a disconnect between what buyers will pay for a company and what owners will accept. …
Industry sources told the Financial Times that private equity groups selling businesses to each other had increasingly used complex structures. Those included performance-based earn-outs — which pay sellers additional cash if a business performs better than expected — or other tools such as deferred payments from buyers and large rollover investments from sellers in order to get deals done.
Private equity titans are dusting off an old gambit to cope with the rising cost of interest on their leveraged buyout loans: Don't pay cash.
Instead, they're making payments with more debt, preserving liquidity for now with the promise of a bigger payoff later when the debts mature. Those "payment-in-kind" loans don't always come cheap — the annual interest runs as high as 16% — but lenders and borrowers are wagering that they'll refinance when rates come down long before the due date.
Private equity firms ranging from Carlyle Group Inc., Vista Equity, BC Partners, TPG Inc., Cinven and One Rock Capital Partners are using PIK to buy or refinance companies that otherwise might struggle to carry heavy LBO debt. In turn, it's a boon for direct lenders that offer PIK financing, such as Apollo Global Management Inc. and Ares Management Corp., which get an edge over Wall Street banks because PIK debt is harder to sell in traditional syndicated markets. …
They need it, because buyout math is getting harder. With benchmark rates hovering near their highest since 2007, an LBO with typical terms and debt that was easily affordable two years ago could have negative cash flow today. That makes PIK an attractive option if the loan is indeed refinanced early in its life.
Historically, a fundamental insight of private equity was that a lot of companies can support a lot more debt than people thought. If you have a company worth $1 billion with stable cash flows, you can probably take out, like, $800 million of debt against those cash flows. So you can buy the company with just $200 million of your own money, and then if you make some improvements and the company is worth $1.2 billion, you have doubled your investment. And people will be happy to lend you the $800 million, because the cash flows are pretty good and because you'll pay a high interest rate. It's just that companies never asked to borrow that much money. And private equity came along and asked. This was called the "leveraged buyout" and it revolutionized finance.
That all happened quite a long time ago, with a lot of success, and now private equity is a mature business with a long track record. To the point that, if you are an investor in a private equity fund, that fund has reasonably predictable cash flows: You can be like "I put $100 million into this fund, and it has five more years before it winds up, and over that time I expect to get back between $70 million and $150 million with some pretty high degree of confidence."
And so you can run the machine all over again: You take a predictable set of cash flows (the $70 million minimum expected return) and borrow against it. Someone will be happy to lend you the $70 million, because the cash flows are pretty good and because you'll pay a high interest rate. And then you have cash today, and if the thing ends up paying back $150 million you have a lot of upside.
Here's a guy:
Private equity can seem a little too private when investors are trying to raise cash in a down market and no one comes forward with decent bids on their stakes. Yann Robard of Whitehorse Liquidity Partners is offering them a way out. …
Robard's concept — sketched out by the charismatic Canadian on a napkin after a 600-mile bike ride from Whitehorse Yukon to Fairbanks, Alaska in 2014 — creates liquidity using a complex arrangement of preferred equity financing. So far, 8-year-old Whitehorse has attracted $13.5 billion of commitments and a roster of blue-chip clients, including state pension funds in Pennsylvania, Oregon and Minnesota. ...
Robard's deal works like this: Whitehorse offers the investor, typically a limited partner in a private equity fund, cash equal to around 70% of the net asset value of their private equity portfolio. That portion would be designated as a preferred tranche; the limited partner keeps a 30% tranche that's designated as common equity.
Whitehorse's preferred tranche gets the cash flows from the underlying portfolio before the common equity holder gets any payments, until the tranche hits a specific target. After that, Whitehorse gets a small percentage of future returns tied to increases in the portfolio's market value. There's no set time limit, but Whitehorse builds in some terms that give it opportunities to exit. …
The risk to Whitehorse and others who provide this type of financing is that cash flows are tied to expected distributions from private funds, many of which still haven't fully absorbed the impact of higher rates and lower valuations. What's more, private equity typically has leverage already embedded. In tough times, the value of the holdings that back Whitehorse's preferred tranches could drop sharply.
Every financial asset can be sliced up into two tranches, a safer one that gets the first $X of cash flows, and a riskier one that gets whatever's left after that. If you do that slicing, you will probably find some people who want the safer tranche (but would not want the whole asset), and some people who want the riskier tranche (but would not want the whole asset). And so you have created value. And you can do this over and over again: Get a bunch of risky tranches (say, equity stakes in leveraged buyouts), put them together (into, say, an LP interest in a private equity fund), and slice them again (into preferred stakes for Whitehorse and common stakes for the LP). And that's the main thing that finance does.
Oversimplifying dramatically, there are two sorts of investment funds in the US: public and private. Public investment funds are most classically mutual funds, but also business development companies and other things. They can be marketed more or less widely to individual investors, and they are subject to regulation by the US Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Private investment funds are most classically hedge funds and private equity funds, which restrict their investors to institutions and very rich individuals. These funds are much less regulated, but can't be marketed widely to individual investors.
If you run a big private equity firm, your funds will tend to be private funds, like the name suggests. This is very important to you, because regulation under the Investment Company Act would limit your flexibility a lot. It would restrict your ability to borrow money, for instance. It would restrict the investments you could make. Conflict-of-interest rules might restrict your ability to charge the fees you want to charge.
On the other hand a lot more people can invest in public funds, and if you run a big enough private equity firm you will want their money too. And so you might launch some public, or at least public-ish, funds, subjecting some of your business to more regulation in the pursuit of more assets under management.
Really though the ideal would be to raise money from public investors without running a public fund. One classic way to do this is with insurance: You buy or start an insurance company, the insurance company sells life insurance and annuities to public investors, and it invests the float in your private equity business. The public investors aren't investors in a fund; they are customers of an insurance company. (The insurance company, meanwhile, is a large institutional investor, so its investments are private.) This is a very popular approach and many of the big private equity firms have insurance businesses.
There are, I am sure, other approaches.
But here is a really simple one. What fundamentally makes a fund a fund — particularly, what makes it a regulated investment company — is that it makes investments; it buys securities, fractional shares of businesses. But, like, Alphabet Inc. is not a fund; it's not an investment company. It's just a company. It doesn't own shares in a bunch of businesses. It owns a bunch of businesses. (Google, YouTube, various moonshots, etc.) If you own the whole company — or several whole companies — then you are not a fund; you're just a company. Or a "holding company." Or, in the classic terminology, a "conglomerate."
If you run a big private equity firm you are, in some loose sense, running a conglomerate anyway. You control a bunch of companies and try to run them somewhat independently (while imposing some best practices and central oversight). Why not … launch a conglomerate? Just a regular company, that owns some of your portfolio companies, and that raises money from investors? You could raise money broadly from retail investors, without being subject to Investment Company Act restrictions. Plus your money would be permanent: Instead of having to return money to investors at the end of the fund's life, you'd have a corporation that could keep its capital forever.
You could imagine taking this quite far: Plop some portfolio companies into one big holding company, do an initial public offering, sell shares to the public, acquire new companies by issuing new shares (either to the targets or to public investors to raise cash) and just, sort of, be a regular public conglomerate? Like Berkshire Hathaway Inc., or like 3M Co. I suppose if you did that it would be harder to charge the fees you want to charge. Also your company would be public, which (1) sort of undermines the name "private equity" and (2) subjects you to the whims of daily market prices, activism, etc.
But you could take smaller steps into conglomeracy. Bloomberg’s Miles Weiss reports:
Schwab and Fidelity are listed alongside Morgan Stanley Smith Barney and Rockefeller Financial in regulatory filings as potentially receiving compensation through a private placement by KKR Infrastructure Conglomerate.
KKR, Schwab and Fidelity declined to comment on the entity, one of two flagships created to raise money from rich individuals. The other is KKR Private Equity Conglomerate.
The two conglomerates have raised more than $2 billion combined since May, according to Kevin Gannon, chief executive officer of Robert A. Stanger & Co., an investment bank whose specialties include alternatives such as non-listed real estate investment trusts and business development companies. …
The two conglomerates mark the first time that KKR has directly opened its infrastructure and private equity deals to accredited investors, a category that generally includes the mass affluent. KKR plans to draw 30% to 50% of its new capital from the private wealth sector, up from about 15% now, Chief Financial Officer Robert Lewin said in a February conference call. …
The conglomerates were formed as operating companies rather than investment funds, meaning they're direct owners of actual businesses and hard assets — such as toll roads and airports – instead of securities and shares of other funds. They'll directly co-invest in buyouts and infrastructure deals through joint ventures with the main private equity and infrastructure funds that KKR runs for institutional investors.
As operating companies, the conglomerates also qualify for exemptions from rules that would otherwise cap the amount of IRA money they can take in at 25% of net assets. While this structure has been previously used by the likes of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners, whose shares are publicly traded, the major PE firms are just now starting to adopt it. In June, Apollo Global Management Inc. filed documents for an infrastructure entity that's in many ways identical to KKR's.
It's a bit more complicated than that: The conglomerates own joint ventures alongside other (private) KKR-run funds, somewhere in between owning whole companies/assets and owning stock in those companies. KKR manages the conglomerates and gets management and performance fees. Also the conglomerates are not traditional public companies; they make public filings, but sell their shares privately to accredited investors. Still, these are baby steps into running a private equity fund in the form of a public company.
Private credit funds have been raking in bonanza profits lately as a result of rocketing interest rates, but their investors are starting to question whether they really deserve so much of the windfall.
Firms in this booming $1.5 trillion market typically lend at a floating rate, meaning fund managers get much higher yields from borrowers as base rates soar. This in turn lets funds blast through so-called "hurdle rates," the point where they can begin to collect profit — or "carry" — on their returns.
Now, many investors, known as limited partners, are asking for more flexibility on how the carry is calculated because of the perceived unfairness of managers making fortunes just because a central bank hikes rates. …
Private credit firms usually have a hurdle rate of between 5% and 7%. When a fund's returns hit that threshold, it can start sharing in the profit, on top of the 1%-2% management fees collected through a fund's life. Managers often get about 10%-15% of the returns once they've passed the hurdle — a significant dent for investors who get all the profit before that happens. …
With investors demanding flexibility, one popular option is pegging hurdles to central bank rates, meaning they rise or fall according to monetary policy.
"Returns are really dependent on the base rate," says Florian Hofer, director for private debt at Golding Capital Partners. "I think there's a fair alignment of interest between the funds and the LPs for this." Funds are "worried that if base rates go down again they'll lose their carry, so I think a floating hurdle rate is a fair compromise," he adds.
Christian Wiehenkamp, chief investment officer at Perpetual Investors, oversees a fund that invests in private credit funds and has used a hurdle rate pegged to base rates since 2021. He says it's right to reward funds for performance rather than rate hikes: "We need to earn cash plus something to show we're generating alpha that you wouldn't get elsewhere."
I think that if you asked any financially literate person an abstract question like "what is the right hurdle rate for a floating-rate debt manager's performance fees," they would not answer with a number ; they would answer "well probably it should be floating." But for like a decade floating interest rates were near zero and 7% was such an unimaginably juicy rate that a debt investor who could achieve it would look like a wizard. And, conversely, a floating-rate debt manager who asked for a hurdle rate like SOFR + 3%, when the secured overnight financing rate was 0.05%, would look greedy: "You want us to pay for performance when you are earning only 3.05%?" And now SOFR is 5.32% and the fees are wrong.
The Financial Times reported last week:
Private equity firms have started to borrow against their funds to backstop overly indebted portfolio companies, a new financial engineering tactic meant to cope with higher interest rates and a slowdown in dealmaking.
The manoeuvres, which lenders have dubbed "defending the portfolio", have cropped up as many older private equity funds run low on cash just as the companies they own struggle with their own debt loads.
Buyout firms have turned to so-called net asset value (NAV) loans, which use a fund's investment assets as collateral. They are deploying the proceeds to help pay down the debts of individual companies held by the fund, according to private equity executives and senior bankers and lenders to the industry.
By securing a loan against a larger pool of assets, private equity firms are able to negotiate lower borrowing costs than would be possible if the portfolio company attempted to obtain a loan on its own.
Last month Vista Equity Partners, a private equity investor focused on the technology industry, used a NAV loan against one of its funds to help raise $1bn that it then pumped into financial technology company Finastra, according to five people familiar with the matter.
Limited liability at the company level is an essential part of the private equity model [11] : You borrow a lot at every company, and the ones that don't work out you cut loose; their creditors take losses so you can protect the rest of your portfolio. But in practice you will be tempted not to cut any companies loose, to use the winners to prop up the losers and try to rescue them.
The private equity recruiting process is an unusually pure case of a prisoner's dilemma. The main entry-level private equity job is an associate who starts at a PE firm after a two-year analyst program at an investment bank. Ideally, private equity firms would interview banking analysts toward the end of their two-year programs, when the analysts know some stuff and have some deal experience to discuss in their interviews. Then each firm would give its preferred candidates job offers, the candidates would take the best offers, and they'd start their private equity jobs like two weeks later when their banking jobs ended.
But if every PE firm interviewed candidates two weeks before their banking analyst programs ended, one firm could get an advantage by interviewing them a week earlier: Candidates tend to be risk-averse and take all the interviews they can get, so all the best candidates will interview with you, and if you give them exploding offers some of them will say yes rather than wait a week to interview with other firms. But the other firms won't let you get away with that: If you move your interviews up a week, so will they. And then someone will move their interviews up another week. And so on, until you are literally interviewing banking analysts before their analyst jobs start.
It's in every firm's interest:
for the process to start as late as possible, and for them to be first.
That is unstable, and the result is that the process starts way, way earlier than anyone wants. Also no one is first: One firm starts the process and then everyone else immediately rushes to interview, so no one actually gets much of a time advantage.
There are stories about this every year, as it gets more or occasionally less egregious. Covid-19 temporarily made it less egregious, but here's a Wall Street Journal article about how it's back to being more egregious:
This year's recruitment process kicked off July 21—the earliest date ever—for positions starting in 2025. Firms hired candidates who have mostly just graduated from college and are beginning two-year bank-analyst programs, making offers that kick in after their programs end.
Some of this year's hires had no experience working in finance, having not even begun their investment-banking programs, said firms and recruiters. Many firms were unable to fill their recruitment quotas, finding fewer qualified candidates than in past years when the recruitment push took place later.
The hectic July hiring period is a symptom of the growing dysfunction in the private-equity recruitment process, say firms and recruiters who take part in the process.
On-cycle "is not something anyone wants to participate in. It would be better for everyone if it were different," said a person who works in recruitment at one of the 20 largest private-equity firms by assets. This year, the person said the firm was able to fill less than half its associate positions during the recruitment period.
There are basically two solutions to this problem, if you are a private equity firm. One is to hire later: You can opt out of on-cycle recruiting (or scale back on it), wait a while, and then interview and hire banking analysts who (1) have been in their analyst programs for a while but (2) have not yet accepted private equity offers for when those programs end. [6] This is risky, because a lot of banking analysts will have already accepted offers, and they might be disproportionately the best ones. But maybe not! If everyone is hiring in the first 20 minutes of the analyst programs, they are not hiring based on very much information, and some of the best candidates might have slipped through the cracks or just not wanted to interview that early:
Some [candidates] with little finance experience are reluctant to interview, which shrinks the talent pool, [recruiter Anthony] Keizner said.
In years past, recruiters expected half to three-quarters of the investment-banking analyst class to interview for private-equity jobs. Now about one-quarter take part, and some firms struggle to fill their associate classes, he said.
There is no particular reason to think that the analysts with more "finance experience" at the beginning of a banking analyst program will be the ones with more experience at the end. Some of the art history majors will turn out to be masters of leveraged buyout modelling. So as on-cycle recruiting gets earlier, it is less risky for some firms to wait until later:
[Blackstone Inc.] opted not to participate in on-cycle recruiting this year.
"Blackstone will recruit from the banks on our own timeline, after allowing candidates to gain experience and learn about the firm," the asset manager said in a statement.
This strategy probably works best if you are either (1) a very good private equity firm, so you're worth waiting for or (2) a mediocre private equity firm, so you wouldn't have gotten the best candidates anyway.
The second solution is to hire even earlier. Instead of hiring people who are two months out of college and 20 minutes into their banking analyst programs, hire people who are still in college; just skip the banking analyst program entirely:
Alternative approaches include "off-cycle" recruiting, or hiring at one's own pace—which runs the risk of missing out on the most impressive candidates—or starting an analyst program rather than exclusively poaching junior bankers.
Ares Management, an alternative-assets firm with $378 billion under management, tries to balance its recruitment through on-cycle and off-cycle hiring as well as its own internal analyst program, said Kate Jenkins, head of talent acquisition for the New York asset manager.
Sure it's expensive to spend two years training people internally instead of just letting a bank do it, but the advantage is you get to hire those people crucial months before everyone else does.
If you are a big sovereign wealth fund, private equity firms will call you up a lot to ask you to invest in their new fund. "Give us $1 billion," they will say, "and we will invest it in the deals we pick and charge you a 2% fee plus 20% of profits." And you might counter: "No, you go pick the deals and bring them to us, and if we like them we will invest in them, and if we don't we won't, and either way we won't pay you a fee." And then you'll negotiate a compromise:
As private equity fundraising becomes more difficult, [sovereign wealth funds are] asking for guaranteed access to deal flow in return for providing capital to a new fund, according to industry participants. This extra money they provide on the side for co-investments usually has the added benefit of not being subject to management fees.
Basically: "We'll give you $500 million to invest in whatever deals we want and charge us fees, but in exchange you have to bring us $1 billion of deals that we get to say yes or no to and not charge us fees." That is from a Bloomberg News article about sovereign wealth funds co-investing in private equity deals:
KKR & Co., EQT AB and Brookfield all turned to wealthy Persian Gulf countries to stump up a lot of the money for big-ticket deals in recent weeks. Sovereign wealth funds spent a record $17.2 billion on such co-investments in the first half, up 24% from the same period last year, according to data provider Global SWF.
While teaming up on deals isn't unusual, the amount of equity these state-backed investors are providing has jumped as buyout firms find debt more expensive. …
"SWFs can often move very quickly, can be flexible and have large amounts of capital — they can be an extremely useful capital provider," said Elizabeth Todd, a partner at law firm Ropes & Gray. "Where they find an asset they like, they do not feel limited to small minority investments with passive governance rights."
A senior executive at a top global sovereign fund said they're encouraging buyout firms to pursue larger acquisitions even in this tight financing market. They've expressed their willingness to back deals with bigger equity checks to reduce the burden on the acquirer, the person said, adding that their fund has to join more of these transactions to achieve its higher private equity allocation.
In principle, the private equity funds could do bigger deals, and the SWFs could get their higher private equity allocations, if the SWFs just invested more money in the private equity funds to begin with. But that means more fees and less flexibility for the SWFs, and if you have a lot of money you do not need to "feel limited to small minority investments with passive governance rights."
Two basic features of private equity economics are that if you raise a fund and you spend $1 billion to buy a company, and you do a good job running the company and it becomes worth $5 billion, then:
1. You charge a management fee — say, 2% per year — on the $1 billion you paid for the company, not the $5 billion it's currently worth. 2. If you sell the company — to a strategic buyer or another private equity firm or in an initial public offering — you collect $800 million of carry (20% of the value that you added to the company), but you can't charge the management fees anymore.
It would be good, for you, to mark the company to market. Raise your own new private equity fund, and sell the company from your old fund to the new one at its current market value. Then:
1. You can keep charging 2% per year, but now on $5 billion rather than $1 billion. 2. You can collect your $800 million of carry now, and then if you add more value you can collect more carry when you sell it.
This is called a "continuation fund." The Financial Times reports on "a new and controversial type of transaction that is fast becoming the private equity industry's hottest trend in the US, UK and several other markets — deals in which a buyout group in effect sells a company to itself":
Such deals have partly been a consequence of the tidal wave of cash that has flooded private markets during the long era of low interest rates. As that era comes to an end and a downturn looms, these deals are set to become more attractive than ever for private equity groups with companies to sell.>
The deals — a way for buyout groups to return cash to their original investors within a pre-agreed 10-year time period, without the need to list companies or find outside buyers — have been growing in popularity since the early days of the Covid-19 pandemic, when a market freeze prompted a search for new options. ...>
Equity market investors are becoming increasingly vocal about how private markets value companies. Vincent Mortier, Amundi Asset Management's chief investment officer, said this month that parts of the buyout business "look like a pyramid scheme" because of "circular" deals in which companies are sold between private owners at high valuations.>
Speaking privately, some pension funds are frustrated. "This is wonderful for the [buyout groups]; it's one of the best things they ever discovered," says one pension fund's head of private equity, who asked not to be named.>
But "it's one of the worst things" for their investors, he adds. "The pie is getting bigger" as private equity balloons in size, but "more of the pie is going to the [private equity firm] and less is going to [its investors]."
There are some obvious valuation conflicts of interest: The private equity firm is a fiduciary for both the selling fund and the buying fund, so it is hurting some of its investors if it overpays or underpays for the company.
Private equity firms often arrange continuation fund deals without running a competitive sale process in which corporations or rival buyout groups are invited to bid.>
In those deals, the pension plans and other investors in the older fund selling the company say they cannot be sure they are getting the highest-possible price.>
Data on sale prices would appear to confirm their worries. Forty-two per cent of continuation fund deals value the underlying company at less than the private equity firm had told the investors it was worth, according to research by Raymond James. Half value the companies at the same amount the private equity firm had estimated it to be worth and only 8 per cent are sold at a premium.
Well, but don't the incentives go the other way? If your new fund overpays for the company, then (1) you have a bigger profit, and so can cash a bigger check for carried interest now [1] and (2) the new fund invests more money in the company, so you can charge a higher management fee on the new fund.
I suppose it is easier to raise a new fund if it is getting a good deal than if it is overpaying. (Also, it is easier to raise a smaller new fund than a larger one.) In particular, a good way to raise the new fund is to (1) underpay for the old company and (2) offer the investors in the old fund a chance to invest in the new fund, so that they can underpay instead of being underpaid:
Buyout groups respond that they give investors in their original fund a choice: they can become an investor in the continuation fund or walk away. But the idea of a real choice, with an option for the deal to be called off, "is a bit of a pink unicorn that never really exists", according to a managing director at an investment firm that allocates cash to buyout groups. Several pension fund executives said they were given too little time to make the decision.
If you buy a company for $1 billion and make it worth $5 billion, and then you tell your investors that you will buy it from them at $3 billion but they can stay in, then (1) they kind of have to stay in, no? and (2) now they're paying you management fees on $3 billion for another 10 years.
Private equity recruiting notoriously happens roughly two years in advance: People get hired at investment banks as analysts, start their two-year analyst program, and more or less immediately start interviewing for private equity jobs to start at the end of the analyst program. The thinking is, roughly:
The banks do a decent job of selecting people, so if the PE firms hire from a pool of bank analysts they will get good employees. The banks do a decent job of training people, so if the analysts finish their two-year analyst program before starting in PE they will know what they are doing. Nobody is going to distinguish themselves all that much as a banking analyst: The PE firms don't need to wait until the end of the analyst program to hire the analysts who did the best job; they can just hire the analysts they like the most at the beginning of the program, and figure they will all get the same basic training and experience. The earlier you hire, the better your selection will be, so if your competitors are hiring in October you hire in September, and the hiring keeps getting earlier and earlier.
In principle the earliest possible date for private equity recruiting would be, like, the day after college seniors get their offers at investment banks, but in practice recruiting seems to happen around the time the analysts start their banking jobs, not when they get them. This year that was too early though?
Private equity shops looking to fill out their 2024 associate classes were forced to do a second round of recruiting this year after initial efforts fell short, according to an analysis by recruiter Odyssey Search Partners.
Eager to beat competitors, many buyout shops started reaching out to banks' first-year trainees just a few weeks after they began work in 2022. But the newly arrived dealmakers, dubbed analysts, weren't quite ready to boast about their prowess. Some had yet to complete a single deal.
"Many of Wall Street's prominent institutions were left with unfilled positions," according to the Odyssey report. "From the perspective of many investment banking analysts, the acceleration of recruiting timelines has reduced their willingness and ability to participate." …
Back in 2010, private equity firms typically waited for junior bankers to soak up about 11 months of training before poaching efforts started. For the associate class of 2024, private equity giants began recruiting less than a month into their program. That was the earliest kickoff to on-cycle recruiting ever, Odyssey found.
"Many analysts during the on-cycle period in August 2022 held off," the Odyssey report found. "To do well, bankers typically believe they should have closed at least one transaction in order to have material to discuss in interviews. The slower M&A environment has reduced their level of experience compared to that of prior classes."
That's adorable? A downstream effect of a slower M&A environment is that first-month investment banking analysts have never closed a deal, so they don't feel like they have anything to talk about at PE recruiting, so they don't do it, so PE firms can't hire junior associates, so they can't close more deals, further slowing the M&A environment? I am not at all sure why first-month investment bankers would "believe they should have closed at least one transaction in order to have material to discuss in interviews" — I cannot believe that a first-month banker's prowess at deal closing would be material in a PE firm's hiring decisions — but here we are.
The traditional way that venture capital works is that a VC fund raises commitments from its limited partners (the institutions and people who invest in the fund): When it raises a $1 billion fund, investors do not wire it $1 billion immediately to plop into a bank account. Instead each investor says "I'm good for $20 million" or whatever, and they sign an agreement committing them to put in that amount, and then the investors keep the money and the VC fund goes out looking for investments. And when it finds one, it issues a capital call, and its LPs send in some money, and it uses the money to make the investment. And all of this takes a little time: The LPs have to move the money out of wherever they're keeping it and wire it to the VC firm, and the VC firm has to put it all together and send another wire to the portfolio company in order to pay for the investment.
And in the recent VC boom I guess people got impatient and it became a competitive advantage for VC firms to say to portfolio companies, like, "if you sign this termsheet we will wire you the money tomorrow." The market demanded shorter settlement times. One way to provide shorter settlement times would be that VC firms could get all the cash for their funds upfront and hold onto it until they are ready to invest: The limited partners could put cash into the fund at the beginning,. This seems inefficient, and limited partners wouldn't like it.
The more standard and appealing way to do it is with borrowing: VC firms can set up lines of credit with a bank, and when they sign a deal they can call the bank and say "we need $100 million to do this deal," and the bank sends the money that day, and then a week or two later when all the LP money comes in, the VC firm pays back the bank.
This sort of thing is called "capital call financing" or sometimes "subscription line financing." At leveraged buyout firms, this sort of product is famously an opportunity for financial gamesmanship. (Basically if the buyout firm waits longer to call capital, using the subscription line financing for months or years rather than days or weeks, it can report a higher rate of return on its LPs' money, because it is using that money for less time.) But even without the gamesmanship this product can be desirable in venture capital, because it satisfies (1) startups' desire to get cash fast and (2) venture capital limited partners' desire not to lock up their money before it is needed. Banks, who have lots of money at all times, grease the wheels of VC investing.
If you are a private equity fund and you buy a company and hold it for five years and then sell it at twice the equity valuation you paid for it, that's an annual return of roughly 15%. If your investors wire you the money to buy the company the day you buy it, and you wire them back the money the day you sell it, then they have an annual return of 15%; if they evaluate you based on your annual returns then you score a 15%. But if they don't wire you the money the day you buy the company — if you just float the company for the first, say, year, and only ask them to put up their money after one year — then their annualized return goes up. Doubling their money over four years, instead of five, gives them a 19% annual return. If they evaluate you based on your annual returns then your score goes up.
Of course you have to find the money to float the company for a year. A year ago, though, that was fine! Cash was basically free! A bank would lend you the money to buy the company, secured by your ability to call capital from your investors, at a very low interest rate. You'd pay a little bit of money to the bank in interest, and get a much better performance for your investors, and they would like you more and give you more money. Good trade.
Now, though, not so much:
Reduced bank lending and higher interest rates are chipping away at a practice that investors have complained about for years: private-equity firms' use of bridge loans to artificially enhance performance.>
Nearly all private-equity firms use the loans, called subscription lines of credit or sub lines, to smooth out the process of buying companies without tapping investors for every deal. But the credit arrangements have become harder to obtain and much more expensive as banks have cut lending and interest rates have climbed. …>
Sub lines make it easier for private-equity firms to do deals. Rather than asking dozens of limited partners to wire cash every time a firm wants to make an acquisition, it can tap a sub line instead, and only needs to ask investors to send cash every quarter or two. The credit lines allow firms to close transactions quickly and without the risk that a fund investor will forget to send a wire.>
This use of sub lines has become standard practice and that is unlikely to change even if borrowing costs continue to rise, industry observers said.>
But a more controversial use faces challenges. Buyout firms have discovered that borrowing money for longer—in effect, drastically postponing the day when they ask investors for money—makes paper fund returns look higher by increasing a metric called the internal rate of return. Calculations of IRR depend on the length of time investor money is used to achieve a profit. By using sub lines to reduce this length of time, fund managers can pump up the apparent returns of their funds.>
Now that borrowing costs have risen, though, the artificial boost to a fund's paper performance might no longer be worth the expense of the loan, said Oliver Gottschalg, a professor at the HEC School of Management in Paris, who studies private equity.
Crudely speaking, private equity funds have a cost of equity of, say, 15% or 20%, and that cost isn't that sensitive to interest rates. If the cost of debt is 2% and the cost of equity is 20%, borrowing is a great substitute for equity. If their cost of debt is 7% and the cost of equity is 20%, it's less good.
Most of the time, if you are a person and you want to borrow money from a bank, the bank sends you a contract — a credit card agreement, say — and you sign it. If you send them back a markup of the agreement with some suggested changes to make it more friendly to you, they will not even understand what you are talking about. Nobody at the bank has the job of negotiating that agreement with you; that is not an agreement that gets negotiated. You just sign the form that they send you, or you don't get the money.
At higher levels of finance, things are more equal and the leverage shifts. If you are a big corporation and you want to borrow money from a bank, they bank will send you a credit agreement, your lawyers will mark it up, your lawyers will negotiate with the bank's lawyers and eventually you will agree on the terms. The bank wants your business and can be much more flexible with the contract than it would be with a retail customer.
There are, however, even higher levels. If you are a big private equity firm and you want to borrow money from some banks, you send them a credit agreement. And then you pick the lawyers that they hire to mark it up. Here's a Bloomberg News story about "designated counsel":
Originally heralded as a way to make the often-fractious buyout process more efficient, the widely-used designated counsel arrangement is now viewed by many, including some of Wall Street's biggest names, as a potential conflict of interest. It allows private equity firms, guided by their lawyers, to appoint and pay for the law firms that represent the lenders funding their deals.>
The International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) has begun looking into the designated counsel arrangement as part of a wider probe into leveraged debt markets, a spokesperson for the regulator said. Other regulators such as the Financial Conduct Authority are involved in IOSCO's work.>
Since the early 2010s, market pressures — and access to plentiful cheap money — meant many lenders lacked the negotiating power to push for stronger protections. [Kirkland & Ellis partner Neel] Sachdev and his buyout clients have used this imbalance to convince lenders, like the credit units of private equity groups and Wall Street's largest banks, to agree to lesser safeguards around debt levels and dividend payments on deals they help finance. …>
Advocates of designated counsel argue that selecting a single law firm to represent all lenders in a deal means negotiations are less likely to get bogged down with multiple teams of lawyers arguing.>
But the arrangement encouraged some lawyers to develop close relationships with their counterparts acting on behalf of private equity groups. For some law firms that translated into repeat work and a lucrative stream of business, according to people working at credit funds and law firms, who did not want to speak publicly to avoid damaging institutional relationships.>
The extent to which some lawyers became dependent, at least partially, on this designated business has triggered concerns among a number of lenders about potential conflicts of interest.
There are sort of two points here:
1. Big private equity firms push their lenders to hire designated counsel that they pick, and the lenders accept the designated counsel because they don't have a lot of leverage in the negotiation. And then the designated counsel might not negotiate the covenants as aggressively as independent lawyers would. 2. Big private equity firms push their lenders to accept weak covenants, and the lenders accept the weak covenants because they don't have a lot of leverage in the negotiation.
That is, the designated counsel are a result of the lenders not having much negotiating leverage, not (only) a cause. But rates are up, conditions are tighter, and now "direct lending units at firms such as Blackstone - which declined to comment for this story - are said to be drawing up lists of preferred law firms to act as designated counsel and actively pushing back when certain law firms are selected for the role."
There is an important time lag in the financing of a leveraged buyout:
1. At Time 1, a private equity firm signs a deal to buy a company with borrowed money. The private equity firm works with some banks, who will get it the debt financing it needs to pay for the company. 2. Months pass, as the deal gets shareholder and regulatory approvals, and as the banks market the debt to investors (hedge funds, asset managers, and other people who buy LBO debt). Eventually, at Time 2, the deal closes (the private equity firm actually buys the company), and the banks get the money from the debt investors and deliver it to the buyer.
The issue is that the debt market might change between Time 1 and Time 2. If the debt market is very good at Time 1, and very bad at Time 2, then there is a problem: The private equity firm agreed to buy the company using borrowed money, and it could borrow as much money as it needed at favorable rates in the debt market of Time 1, but in the debt markets of Time 2 it can't borrow that much money at those rates, and the deal no longer makes sense, or at least not at the same price.
This is a risk, and it has to be allocated. You could imagine allocating the risk to the buyer (it signs the deal at Time 1, and then has to accept whatever the cost of debt is at Time 2), or to the seller (it signs the deal at Time 1, and then if the financing doesn't work at Time 2 the buyer can walk away), or to the ultimate debt investors (the banks sell the debt immediately at Time 1, and then if the market crashes the people who bought the debt lose money).
But in practice this risk is mostly allocated to the banks. At Time 1, the banks give the buyer (and the company) signed debt commitment letters, promising to lend the money that the buyer needs to buy the company. If the debt markets freeze up at Time 2 and the banks can't sell the debt, that's their problem; they lend the money anyway and are stuck holding the debt. Also, the commitment letters will generally specify the approximate terms of the debt, things like how much secured and unsecured debt there will be, what sorts of maturities, and at what interest rates; the banks will have some room to "flex" the terms to respond to market conditions (i.e., the buyer will bear some of the risk), but not too much. If the banks agree to lend at Time 1 at a maximum interest rate of 8%, and by Time 2 they can't sell the debt at a yield of less than 11%, that's their problem. The debt gets issued to the banks with an 8% interest rate, and they turn around and sell it to investors at 85 cents on the dollar so it will yield 11%. The banks took the risk of the market getting worse, and they lost 15% on the deal.
The basic story of leveraged buyout debt is: In a bull market, every week some private equity firm signs an agreement to do an LBO of some big public company. These deals have financing commitments from banks, where the banks promise to lend the buyer the money to buy the company at some maximum interest rate. But the deal won't close for several months while the company gets shareholder and regulatory approval, and the banks don't actually raise the money — selling bonds and loans to investors to fund their financing commitment — until shortly before closing. And so every week of the bull market banks are making lots of lending commitments at bull-market rates. And then one day the market turns, interest rates go up, and all the loans that banks agreed to make at last week's rates turn out to be mispriced this week. And then months later they actually go and sell those bonds and loans, in a bear market, at the interest rates they agreed to in their bull-market commitment letters. And they get, you know, 83.6 cents on the dollar.
And they look kind of bad, but that is the nature of a cyclical business where you hold inventory for months. You could do some hedging, both of interest rates and of broad high-yield credit. But ultimately if you are an investment bank you are in a competitive business of servicing private equity firms, and if one of those firms is negotiating a huge leveraged buyout it is generally good for your career to be a part of it. (Also the fees are good.) "No, we'll sit this loan out because we worry the market will turn in a few months" is a tough position to take. [1] "As long as the music is playing, you've got to get up and dance," Citigroup Inc. Chief Executive Officer Chuck Prince famously said in 2007, about the LBO lending business, just before the music stopped.
Anyway now everyone's very unhappy about Citrix, which looks like the turning point in the latest leveraged buyout cycle. Bloomberg's Davide Scigliuzzo writes:
Banks are nursing more than $600 million of losses on bonds and loans they just sold to investors at a steep discount. And they're sitting on about $6.5 billion more Citrix debt that they'll be stuck with indefinitely.
It may be just the beginning. After the biggest private-equity buyout boom in more than a decade, bankers still have to offload more than $50 billion in risky financing commitments, according to Deutsche Bank AG estimates. With central banks hiking interest rates to fight inflation and recession angst intensifying, few investors want to touch the debt without massive discounts, leaving the assets deeply underwater.
Major banks have already taken roughly $2 billion of writedowns this year. But those are now crystallizing into actual losses. The usually lucrative leveraged-finance business has all but dried up. Bonuses are being slashed. Job cuts may be next. …
There are other big financings in the market. Banks are trying to sell about $3.9 billion of debt for Apollo Global Management Inc.'s acquisition of some internet assets from Lumen Technologies Inc. And two more deals are ahead: $8.35 billion of bonds and loans for the buyout of TV ratings company Nielsen Holdings by Elliott Investment Management and Brookfield Asset Management, and $5.4 billion for auto parts firm Tenneco Inc.'s buyout by Apollo.
The way private equity hiring works is that big investment banks do the work of (1) screening college students, hiring the ones who seem best suited for working long hours doing financial deals, and (2) teaching them how to build financial models and behave appropriately in meetings. Then the private equity firms hire them from their banks. If you are a private equity firm, you will want to hire people who have been through good two-year analyst programs at good banks, because they have been pre-screened and taught things.
But there is no particular reason to wait until they're done with the analyst program to interview them and give them (forward-starting) job offers. You don't have to ask them, like, "what did you learn about building LBO models during your time in the leveraged finance group at Morgan Stanley?" You can interview them halfway through their time at the bank. You can interview them before they start at the bank! Their job offer from the bank proves that the bank pre-screened them, and spending two years on the job ensures that they will be taught the things bankers are ordinarily taught. Interview them before they start at the bank, give them a job offer and say "come back in two years when you're done at the bank."
There are problems with this approach, but they are minor in the grand scheme of things, and the big advantage is that the earlier you hire the more likely you are to get first dibs on good candidates. And in fact private equity recruiting can get arbitrarily close to hiring banking analysts before they start their banking jobs.
The broader point is that there are lots of jobs for which the main qualifications are:
1. Some other elite institution pre-screened you; 2. That other institution provides some standardized training over a standardized period of time, say two years; and 3. You seem personable in an interview.
So here is a Wall Street Journal story about how "Some M.B.A.s Are Getting Job Offers Before They Step Onto Campus." If you are good enough to get into your business school, and if you learn the normal things that people learn in business school, that's all the employer needs to know; there's no reason to wait until you've actually taken classes to interview you:
Just getting accepted into business school is proving a career boost for some students, who are fielding offers from consulting firms before their M.B.A. programs even begin.
Major consulting firms including Bain & Co. and McKinsey & Co. say they are offering some 2023 internships to students who don't start business school until this fall. Some offers come with the promise of a full-time job after graduation in 2024.
The early-bird recruiting raises the question: Why take on an expensive business-school degree when just getting accepted is enough to compel job offers?
The offers, recruiters say, reflect the knowledge that companies expect students to acquire from M.B.A. programs that have a solid hiring record, and come after interviews, coaching and conversations about the candidates' career goals.
We talked last year about a simple bit of private equity math. If you run a private equity firm, you manage a bunch of people's money and you collect a management fee of, traditionally, 2% per year. If you manage $10 billion, you make $200 million a year. It is nice to have an income of $200 million a year. But it gets better. If you have a fairly reliable income of $200 million a year, you can package it and sell it. If you find an investor who wants a 10% return on their money, you can sell them a $200 million stream of fees for $2 billion right now. Or you can sell them 20% of that stream for $400 million right now, and keep the other 80% — now valued at $1.6 billion — for yourself.
This is good for you, for a few reasons. One is that you can get a lot of money right now, to buy yachts or whatever. Another is that now you are a billionaire: If you make $200 million a year, pay 50% in taxes, and save 80% of what's left, it will take you about 12 years or so to become a billionaire (in the sense of having $1 billion of cash); if you own a business with that profile and it's valued at $2 billion, then you're a billionaire right now (in the sense of owning a $2 billion business). If you have an income, you accrue wealth gradually; if you own an income stream, you have wealth now. This is an entirely metaphysical point — the economics are the same either way — but I suppose it matters. A third advantage is that if you own a business and sell a portion of that business then you probably have capital-gains income, while if you just collect fees you have ordinary income, and capital gains are taxed at lower rates than ordinary income, so you keep more of the money you generate.
And so it is quite sensible for the owner-managers of private equity firms to sell their firms, or at least to sell stakes in them. They can do this privately — to, like, meta-private-equity firms that buy stakes in private equity firms — or they can sell stakes to the public in an initial public offering.
But this description oversimplifies private equity in one important respect. If you run a private equity firm, you collect a management fee of about 2% a year, but you also collect a performance fee, traditionally about 20% of the returns you make for your clients. If you manage $10 billion and return 15% a year, you make about $200 million a year in management fees and $300 million ($10 billion times 15% returns times 20% performance fee) a year in performance fees.
This is nice for you. But it is harder to sell. Past performance does not guarantee future results, and if you return 15% this year you might return 0% next year.[7] An investor looking for a steady stream of income might look at your stream of management fees and say "this is a good stream of fees, you seem to have some loyal clients, I am willing to bet that you'll keep collecting fees much like this for a good long time" and buy that stream of fees for a high price. That investor might look at your stream of performance fees and say "huh you had a good year last year but the market was up, I have no idea if you'll have a good year next year, I'm sure this stream of fees is worth something but it's hard for me to know how much" and buy that stream of fees for a low price.
You, meanwhile, think that it's worth a high price. For one thing, you have a lot of visibility into your deals and your pipeline and so you can underwrite your future performance better than an outside investor can. For another thing, you have a lot of confidence in yourself, otherwise you wouldn't be doing this.
So the obvious move, for the managers of private equity firms, is to sell off their management fees and keep their performance fees.
You could imagine various complicated financial-engineering-y ways to do this ("securitize the management fees" or whatever), but in fact the simplest way to sell this stuff into a big liquid market is to do an initial public offering of stock, that is, ownership of the entire private equity firm. So if you manage private equity funds, you incorporate the management company that manages those funds, and then you sell shares in that company to the public. And then the public owns (some share of) the entire income of that management company, both the management fees (stable, sticky, valuable) and the performance fees (variable, at-risk, discounted).
Except that you continue to run the firm. And you continue to set employee compensation. And so you can say to shareholders: "You know what, we're going to go public, but we're going to keep paying ourselves all of the performance fees, because we like those fees and you don't, and you can have the management fees, because you like those fees more than we do." And that seems fine.
TPG Inc., a big private equity firm, priced its initial public offering last night, and it more or less did that? Here's Antoine Gara at the Financial Times:
US buyout group TPG's initial public offering on Thursday will establish a tectonic change in the private equity industry, as a wave of firms list shares by offering stockholders a smaller claim on their lucrative, but irregular, performance fees.>
TPG is restructuring its finances as part of its IPO to offer shareholders just 20 per cent of its future performance-based profits, down from 50 per cent had the change not been made.>
Industry executives have dubbed TPG's structure a "next-generation" private equity IPO — one that gives public shareholders less of a slice of performance fees, but more from steadier management fees.>
"It is the new standard," said Saul Goodman, head of alternative asset management banking at Evercore. "Almost every banker in the space that's advising private equity firms on IPOs currently is advising to not contribute a large percentage of performance fees into the public company.">
Analysts and investors are attracted to private equity's management fee income because it is steady and easy to model, according to bankers and private equity executives. Meanwhile, they discount performance-based profit because it can fluctuate with market conditions and is harder to predict.>
"The public values management fee earnings much more than the dealmakers inside firms, who are incentivised largely by carried interest," said Joseph Lombardo, head of the private equity general partnership advisory practice at investment bank Houlihan Lokey. ...>
Publicly traded firms have seen their valuations soar to 25 to 30 times their management fee-based earnings, said insiders, but the groups still receive valuations of just five to 10 times their investment profits.
The financial engineering required here is pretty minimal, though TPG does a bit more than required. There's an entity ("RemainCo") that will be owned by TPG partners and will collect a slice of the performance fees that varies over time and from fund to fund, but you can ignore that; mostly the way the allocation works is just that TPG has said, in a footnote to its financial statements, that it plans to pay most of the performance fees to employees. From the prospectus:
Subject to certain exceptions, we expect RemainCo to be entitled to between 10% and 15% of [performance fees], and to allocate generally between 65% and 70% indirectly to our partners and professionals through performance allocation vehicles and Promote Units, with the remaining 20% available for distribution to the TPG Operating Group Common Unit holders.
And because doing this does not require that much in the way of legal structuring etc., other already-public firms are doing it too; from Gara's article:
Old-line listed private equity firms are adjusting their economics to look more like newer entrants.>
In February 2021, KKR revealed that it would change the way it compensates employees, shifting from paying more than 40 per cent of overall management and performance-based fee earnings to in
The way that junior hiring in private equity works is that private equity firms expect their associates (the most junior rank) to get two years of training at a big investment bank, but they seem pretty blasé about trusting the banks to do that training. They don't feel the need to sit the prospective associates down and quiz them on what they learned from two years of banking. The result was that in recent years investment bankers were getting private-equity interviews and job offers just weeks after they started their first banking jobs. You would graduate from college, go to a bank, and have a private-equity offer (to start two years later) within a couple of weeks. What does that do to your incentives for the next two years? The answer is probably "not much" — getting fired will probably lose you your PE offer, and if you've gotten this far you are probably competitive and driven and want to impress people and so forth — but it is weird.
Basically you'll interview this September for a job starting next September. Still a little early, but better than the previous system of interviewing in September for a job starting in two years. One result of a global pandemic is that private-equity hiring has gotten a bit more normal.
Of course everyone complained about the previous system, but it was a mechanical result of race-to-the-bottom competitive forces: Everyone wants the best candidates, so everyone keeps trying to get the first pick of the applicant pool, so everyone keeps interviewing earlier and earlier, until it is virtually impossible to tell who the "best" candidates are because you are interviewing people who know nothing and have never had a job. The one-year pandemic reset will presumably make the hiring decisions a bit more informed and the overall matching process a bit more rational, and everyone will be happy with it, and then next year it will creep a bit earlier, and soon it will be as crazy as it was before.
One basic thing that investment banks do is match up buyers and sellers of securities. In particular, when a company wants to sell stocks or bonds, it will usually go to its investment banks and ask them to find buyers, and it will pay them a fee for their work. This is a good business because the banks usually know who wants to buy stocks or bonds, and the company usually doesn't. The company pays the banks for their market knowledge, for the fact that they know the investors' phone numbers and what to say to them when they answer the phone.
Sometimes this is unnecessary. Sometimes a company will know its shareholders and bondholders really well and know which ones want to buy more; it can just call them up and sell them stocks or bonds directly. Sometimes the company will get "reverse inquiry," that is, an investor who wants stocks or bonds will call up the company and ask to buy some. Often these trades still get intermediated through banks, because the banks have other sorts of expertise (about structuring and documentation and corporate finance and so forth) or just because the company likes its banks and wants to find ways to pay them (it happens!). Sometimes they don't, though. If a private-equity-owned company wants to raise more money from its private equity owners, it would not generally think to hire a bank to do that. It can just call the owners itself.
In addition to stocks and bonds, there is another sort of financing called "loans." Traditionally loans often came from banks. A company would go to its banks and ask them for a loan, and the banks would lend it money. They would lend it their own money, from their balance sheets, and they'd hold onto the loans until they matured. This was in the olden days. Increasingly loans — especially "leveraged loans," loans to high-yield companies, particularly to finance leveraged buyouts — are actually funded by other investors, credit funds and collateralized loan obligations and so forth. The banks mostly intermediate the loans: The company goes to its banks and asks them for a loan, the banks find buyers for the loan, the company pays them a fee.
This does not work the same way as stocks or bonds in every detail, but it's close enough that you'd expect it to sometimes be disintermediated. If a company knows potential loan investors really well — for instance because they are part of the same large alternative asset manager — why shouldn't it call them directly instead of going through banks?
Private equity group Thoma Bravo's $6.6bn acquisition of Stamps.com last week came with a surprising twist in the deal documents: the absence of a traditional bank financing the leveraged buyout.
Large debt-financed takeovers by the private equity world have historically been underwritten by household names on Wall Street, institutions such as JPMorgan Chase, Goldman Sachs and Bank of America.
Thoma Bravo's private equity funds will stump up $4bn for ownership of Stamps.com, a mailing and shipping business with $758m in revenue last year.
To get its deal over the line, the group turned to four private lenders to provide the $2.6bn in debt financing. Ares, Blackstone and PSP Investments will provide the majority, with Thoma Bravo's own lending arm making up the difference, according to people familiar with matter.
The deal underscores the massive firepower private credit funds have amassed and how they are putting that cash to work to finance bigger takeovers, according to people involved in recent deals. …
Often the funds are run by the same institutions that separately operate large private equity funds. Marquee names such as Ares, Apollo and Blackstone might compete for an acquisition and then end up as partners in the debt financing. Like Thoma Bravo in the Stamps.com deal, they might end up as both borrower and lender, private equity on the one side, private credit on the other.
You save on bank fees, I guess, but that is not actually a major incentive; going through banks is typically cheaper, just because the banks know more investors and can market more widely. The advantage of private credit is that the banks normally give themselves lots of outs: They agree to finance a deal, but the terms of that financing can change if the market moves. This makes sense because the banks are mainly marketing the loan: They don't expect to fund it with their own money, so they want to make sure they can sell it. Private credit investors are putting up their own money and can give firmer commitments:
Traditional bank financing remains the go-to for most takeovers. But the loans and bonds that the banks are underwriting are mostly sold on to a wide group of lenders, and so are priced based on the whims of the market. A sudden jolt of volatility or shift in investor sentiment can alter the financing terms of a deal.
Private credit funds proffer that companies are turning away from bank financing for increased confidentiality and greater certainty of receiving the funds, along with a faster turnround time between agreeing the deal and securing the cash. …
However, it comes at a cost and in more subdued markets, especially when there is significant demand among a broader swath of credit investors, it is typically cheaper to borrow through bonds or loans organised by the banks, according to multiple investors and bankers.
"You pay up slightly [for private credit funding], but it's insurance cost," said one banker involved in debt syndications.
Banks are essentially in the business of selling their connections to and knowledge of the market: If you want to sell stocks or bonds or loans, and you don't know any stock or bond or loan investors, you need to hire a bank to find them. If you are part of a giant investing complex that has its own loan investors right there, you have less of a need for banks.
But if you are a private equity investor things are nicer. Companies are cheaper than they were a month ago, and you are excited to buy them:
It's a ripe time for buyout titans -- if they can rustle up the financing to take advantage. The stock market's severe downturn is making takeover targets cheap again after a decade-long rally left buyout firms with record war chests. With interest rates getting pushed ever-lower, large investors may turn all the more to private equity bets for yield, as they have for the past decade. "Every day, it's becoming a better day to buy," Steve Schwarzman, the chief executive officer of Blackstone Group LP, said last week. … "The best vintages for private equity firms have often coincided with dislocations in public equity markets," Mark Haefele, chief investment officer at UBS Global Wealth Management, told clients in a note last week. He cited 2001 and 2008 as examples.
Partly this is a matter of the structural differences between public and private equity: It's a little weird for a mutual-fund or hedge-fund manager to have a lot of uninvested assets (why are you charging fees on a big cash position?), while it's perfectly normal for private-equity managers to invest a bit of their fund at a time and call capital later as it is needed. But a lot of it is a matter of how funds mark to market: If you run a mutual fund and you own stocks and the market is down 20%, you're probably down about 20% and feel bad about yourself. If you run a private equity fund and you own companies and the market is down 20%, you, in the first instance, aren't down anything. Your companies are the same companies as they were the day before, there is no market price for their stock, and if the market downturn reduces their value (because business gets worse or exit multiples get lower) you will probably notice, and account for, that change gradually, not the day the market drops. So the day the market drops is a great day for you! All the companies that you don't own have gotten cheaper, while yours have stayed the same! You are a genius! Better buy some more.
Venture Capital & Startups (27)
One model you could have is: * The optimal amount of fraud, in venture-backed startups, is not zero, and is in factrather high. If you are a venture capitalist and you make 10 investments, then if two of them are huge successes with 1,000% returns, while the other eight are total...
Levine's X fines discussion is a useful reminder that enforcement has to be scaled to incentives. If a penalty is small relative to the value of ignoring a rule, the company may treat it as a toll. Compliance then becomes an economic optimization problem.
OpenAI's request that investors avoid rivals is a sharp example of soft power in private markets. When demand for an allocation is overwhelming, the company can ask investors for more than money. The financing round becomes partly a competitive moat.
Levine uses 23andMe to show the practical limits of independent-board process. A founder-CEO who controls enough influence and wants to buy the company can create a negotiation in which the special committee has formal authority but limited leverage. If the independent directors resign, the process itself becomes the governance event.
Levine states a simple dealmaking fact: if you are extremely wealthy and badly want a house, painting, company or block of stock, you may not want the seller to know. Identity reveals willingness to pay. Lawyers, bankers, vehicles and intermediaries exist partly to keep that information out of the negotiation until price is set.
Basically if you're a regular old venture capitalist and you invest $1 billion in an artificial intelligence startup at a $10 billion valuation, you only make money if the startup eventually sells or goes public at a higher valuation. But if you're Amazon and you invest $1 billion in an AI startup at a $10 billion valuation, and as part of the deal it agrees to pay you $500 million a year for computing power, you can make money on the commercial deal even if the investment doesn't work out. You are investing not only to make money on the deal, but also to increase your own revenue. (And you might not even be investing cash — the $1 billion might be in the form of compute rather than money.) This lowers your bar for investing, so you will be willing to invest more money at higher valuations in AI startups if you can also get the commercial deals. Which means that regular old VCs will either be frozen out of those deals, or will have to overpay for them.
It also means that governance at these startups will be more complicated: Some corporate decisions could be bad for shareholders as shareholders, but good for the biggest shareholder as a commercial partner. Agrawal:
MANG aren't purely financial investors and will have strategic directives that may be misaligned with other purely financial investors. They may limit/block acquisition offers and financing rounds that would have been advantageous from a financial standpoint but didn't align with their strategic interests.
There are, these days, a lot of startups that used to be worth $1 billion and are now worth $500 million. Some of them raised money at $1 billion valuations, back in the good times, and now they need to raise money again. It is, for some combination of good and bad reasons, extremely undesirable for a startup that raised money at $1 billion to raise money again at $500 million. Therefore there is a business opportunity for a fund that will:
1. Give startups money at a $500 million valuation, but 2. Say that it's at a $1 billion valuation.
This is called "structure," or "structured equity." Bloomberg's Gillian Tan reported Friday:
Philippe Laffont's Coatue Management raised about $3 billion for a structured equity fund that allows closely held companies to avoid raising money at lower valuations, a person with knowledge of the matter said.>
With the market for initial public offerings in a funk and lower risk appetite from large venture capital investors, some startups have sought to raise convertible notes and pursue structured financings instead of accepting a lower valuation through a traditional equity funding round.
It is always satisfying when a fund has a crisp and simple explanation for how it plans to obtain alpha. "In 2024, startups are desperate to be told that they're still worth as much as they were in 2021, and we can just tell them that, and they'll pay us for it."
We've talked about search funds before, they're great, and here's a good Bloomberg News story about them:
[Nick] Wheeler earned his [Harvard] MBA in May 2022 and has spent the past year reaching out to more than 5,000 firms in a quest to find what he calls the "golden seller"—that perfect company that would benefit from the leadership skills he honed in the military and the business chops he developed at HBS. He's come close, twice, but both deals fell through. He's undeterred, saying he thrives in uncertain terrain. "Most people don't," he says.
Wheeler's path is becoming a more common one for business school graduates. Called entrepreneurship through acquisition, or ETA, it differs from the better-known, venture-backed startup model because it entails buying an existing company, not starting one from scratch, with the potential for more autonomy and ownership. ETA began at Harvard in 1984, when entrepreneur-turned-professor Irv Grousbeck helped some students develop an investment vehicle that enabled the aspiring entrepreneurs to buy and manage a company. Grousbeck soon moved to Stanford's Graduate School of Business and took the search fund concept there. …
Discerning the whims of small-business owners, many of them baby boomers looking to retire comfortably, can require a degree in geriatric psychology. The competition for deals has also gotten fiercer now that big private equity firms are starting to roll up small local businesses such as plumbers and pest-control services. In response, ETA searchers are looking to buy more tech-driven companies like business-to-business software providers, according to investors and entrepreneurs.
It used to be that with a Harvard MBA you could jump right into the pest-control business, but now that has become more competitive and you need several years in investment banking before you can move into private equity and, from there, into pest control. But there's always software. Also:
A surge in interest and investment more recently has propelled ETA to a much higher profile. That's partly because interest in entrepreneurship picks up when job prospects dim for MBAs, as they have in 2023. Hiring has slowed in the consulting, finance and technology sectors that traditionally recruit most MBAs, and those who are getting hired are specialists in hot areas such as machine learning or data analytics, rather than generalist degree holders.
Here are three broad theories of venture investing:
1. The job of a venture capitalist is to evaluate a lot of potential investments, choose the best ones, and make those. 2. The job of a venture capitalist is to get access to the best investments, and then make them. 3. The job of a venture capitalist is to invest in companies and then make those companies better, by serving on boards and imparting wisdom and making introductions and helping the companies hire employees and get customers.
The job is deal selection, or deal flow, or operational improvements. Obviously all three theories have some truth to them, and you can try to do all three things, but to some extent you are going to have to make choices about what to prioritize. We talked a lot, in the recent boom, about Tiger Global, a hedge fund that got into late-stage private tech investing with a very differentiated thesis. The thesis was roughly "we will throw money at every deal that comes in the door, at high valuations, without much due diligence and certainly without pestering the company to put us on the board and listen to our wisdom. When founders hear about our approach, they will think 'oh man that sounds good,' and they will come to us first, and we will get much better deal flow than everyone else, and the job is deal flow." This honestly does not seem to have worked out great for Tiger Global, but I do admire their willingness to make a bold contrarian bet.
Obviously lots of other VCs are out there like "we choose all three: We provide lots of wisdom and help to our portfolio companies, which makes lots of founders come to us first, so we get a lot of deal flow, and then with our wisdom we choose only the best deals and pass on the rest."
Broadly speaking, a lot of financial-services businesses involve some mix of (1) sourcing deals, (2) evaluating deals and (3) executing deals. In Step 1, you build up a network of potential clients (counterparties investors, targets, whatever), cold-call them, meet with them, build a public profile so they call you, whatever. In Step 2, you look at the deals that are available to you, do the ones that you think will make you money and avoid the ones that will lose you money. In Step 3 you structure the investment and negotiate the contract and get the funding and the regulatory approvals and so forth.
If you are a senior person at any sort of financial-services business you are probably good at all three of these elements of the job. If you are on your first day out of college at any sort of financial-services business, you are probably bad at all of them, but you have to start somewhere. Where do you start? If you are a very junior investment banker, you start mostly by learning evaluation skills (you build financial models to see which deals are good) and execution skills (you populate the data room). (This is also roughly how you start out in private equity.) You make pitchbooks to try to win business, sure, but that is support work; you are not going out alone to pitch clients on deals in your first week. The classic Wall Street career path begins with financial analysis; once you are good enough at analysis they will let you out of the building to impress clients with your charm and, also, your analytical abilities. Eventually you build up enough credibility that you can spend most of your time flying around meeting with potential clients to pitch them on your talents, but at the beginning you are mostly modeling and executing deals that more senior people bring in.
It is interesting that in venture capital the path is somewhat reversed, and you start out as a VC intern by cold-calling to find potential deals? Like you walk in and they hand you a phone and you dial up tech companies and say "hello would you be interested in a venture capital investment" until someone says yes? What if they say yes? You can't just give them money! You don't know what you're doing! Someone more senior has to figure out if the company is good, how much to pay for it and how to structure the deal. You are just there to network.
Here is a pretty standard story that people used to tell about Uber Technologies Inc., back when it was a tech unicorn, before it went public:
1. Uber sells you a nicer car ride than a taxi, at a lower price. 2. How does it manage this? Well, by losing money on every ride. 3. How does it manage that? Well, it raises billions of dollars from venture capitalists, which it uses to subsidize the losses. 4. How does it manage that? Well, it tells the venture capitalists a good story. In the story it tells the VCs, Uber grows its market share rapidly by offering the best product at the lowest price. It builds network effects: Every rider wants to use Uber because it has the best deals, which means every driver wants to drive for Uber because it has all the passengers, which means that every rider really wants to use Uber because all the drivers are there, etc. The network effects make this something of a winner-take-all business, and if Uber wins then it will get all the drivers and all the passengers; it will be the app that people use whenever they need a ride. They will stop hailing cabs on the street, or telephoning car services. They will also stop taking buses or subways or personal cars; Uber will become just the way to travel. Bus routes will close, subways will wither, cab drivers will become Uber drivers. Uber's total addressable market is large, and its market share will grow. Venture capitalists love growing market shares and large total addressable markets. 5. And, look, when Uber is 99% of the transportation market, it probably won't lose money on every ride? You can wave at reasons — efficiency? monetizing user data? self-driving cars? — but one obvious reason is it can raise prices. If the taxis are gone and the subways have withered, what are people gonna do? They're gonna pay more for Uber.
Again, this is just a common story that people told about Uber. I don't think it was true in every particular at the time, and it did not exactly work out that way. But it was kind of true, and it kind of worked out that way. Uber is not exactly profitable, but it is profitable on an adjusted Ebitda basis. And prices have gone up. Henry Grabar wrote last year:
It's the end of a decade in which we changed our systems, our habits, even our architecture, around the assumption that we could be driven around for cheap.>
The cynical assumption was always that Uber was burning all that investor cash in order to corner the market. Once it killed off car service, taxi cartels, and its ride-hail rivals, the company would stop charging riders less than it was paying drivers and prices would have to go up. On Monday morning, an Uber from Manhattan to JFK Airport was $100—nearly double the fixed yellow cab rate. But good luck finding a yellow cab!
One name for this story was "blitzscaling," and we talked about it a lot; this idea that startups should try to win in winner-take-all markets by using buckets of VC money to scale up as quickly as possible was pretty popular. Another name for this story was "the Moviepass economy," this idea that all those buckets of VC money, briefly, subsidized normal people's lifestyles: You could get cheap car rides and food delivery and movie tickets, because VCs were paying for it, because VCs loved user growth more than anything, because they thought that with enough users any company could flip into being profitable.
But another name for this story might be "predatory pricing"? Loosely speaking, in US antitrust law, it is illegal for a firm to price its goods below cost with the goal of driving out competitors so it can raise prices to monopoly levels. This is an infamously squishy theory, since after all "price reductions are the hallmark of competition, and the tangible benefit that consumers perhaps most desire from the economic system": It's kinda weird for companies to get in trouble with the antitrust authorities for cutting prices. It's not like companies go around saying "we are cutting prices to below our marginal cost in order to drive out competitors and get a monopoly."
But they came pretty close in the blitzscaling boom. Here is a fun paper titled "Venture Predation," by Matthew Wansley and Samuel Weinstein:
Predatory pricing is a strategy firms use to suppress competition. The predator prices below its own costs to force its rivals out of the market. After they exit, the predator raises its prices to supracompetitive levels and recoups the cost of predation. The Supreme Court has described predatory pricing as "rarely tried" and "rarely successful" and has established a liability standard that is nearly impossible for plaintiffs to satisfy. We argue that one kind of company thinks predatory pricing is worth trying and at least potentially successful—venture-backed startups.>
A venture predator is a startup that uses venture finance to price below its costs, chase its rivals out of the market, and grab market share. Venture capitalists (VCs) are motivated to fund predation—and startup founders are motivated to execute it—because it can fuel rapid, exponential growth. Critically, for VCs and founders, a predator does not need to recoup its losses for the strategy to succeed. The VCs and founders just need to create the impression that recoupment is possible, so they can sell their shares at an attractive price to later investors who anticipate years of monopoly pricing. In this Article, we argue that venture predation can harm consumers, distort market incentives, and misallocate capital away from genuine innovations. We consider reforms to antitrust law and securities regulation to deter it.
Naively you might imagine that a VC firm's "failure resume" would be a list of its worst investments, but in fact it is a list of the best investments that it was offered but did not do. This is, of course, entirely rational. If you are a VC, your worst investing decisions will uniformly be the investments you did not make; Bessemer's include passing on early opportunities in Google, Tesla, Apple, Airbnb and Facebook. Investing in some of those might have brought a 100,000% return. Meanwhile any dumb investment that you did make could have returned, at worst, negative 100%. [3] If you have a portfolio of 50 investments and 49 of them return negative 100%, your worst investment decisions were still not investing in Google, Tesla, Apple, Airbnb, Facebook, etc. If you'd done Facebook, it would have paid for all the mistakes and then some!
But you can sort of see how this mind-set would have its downsides?
John Frankel, a partner at New York-based FF Venture Capital, declined a chance to invest in Robinhood at a $10 million valuation. The online brokerage was worth $32 billion when it started trading on Nasdaq a few years later in 2021.
"These guys were technically incredibly strong, but they knew nothing about marketing and their financial model is ridiculous," said Mr. Frankel, who previously held a dozen positions during a 21-year career at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. "But they made it. We were wrong. What can I tell you?"
Robinhood Markets Inc. has lost money almost every year (it made $7.7 million in 2020); also, for a while it lied to customers about how it made money using payment for order flow, and eventually had to pay a fine to the Securities and Exchange Commission to settle fraud charges. If you looked at Robinhood and said "their marketing is terrible and their financial model is ridiculous," in some important senses you were not wrong. But it went public at $32 billion, so in the most important sense — for a venture capitalist — you were wrong.
The anti-portfolio page emphasizes the idea that it is embarrassing to turn down an investment that turns out to be good, but it also suggests that there is no need to be embarrassed about the deals you did that turn out to be bad. The only sins are ones of omission; the lessons learned are always "be more aggressive."
One solution to the problem of down rounds is what is called, in venture capital and tech circles, "structure." "Structure" in this sense is generally a pejorative term. If you go on Twitter and search for "structure" you will find venture-capital thought leaders sternly warning founders to avoid structure, to accept a flat or even a down round instead of incurring the dreaded structure. What structure means is that, if a startup needs to raise money and its valuation has gone down, it will raise money at the same (or higher) headline valuation as its previous round, but it will promise investors some goodies to get them to invest. Frequently the goodies — the structure — come in the form of a liquidation preference, a promise to give the new investors their money back, plus some guaranteed minimum profit, before the earlier investors get anything.
So if you previously raised a Series C round by selling common stock at a $250 million valuation, now you might do a Series D where you sell preferred stock at a $250 million valuation but a 2x liquidation preference. What this means is:
1. If the company ends up being sold for $1 billion, the Series C common and Series D preferred investors will both get back $4 for every $1 they put in, because the stock is up 300% from where they bought it (at a $250 million valuation). 2. If the company ends up going to zero, the Series C and Series D investors will both get zero. 3. If the company ends up being sold for $300 million, the Series D investors will get back $2 for every $1 they put in, even though the stock is only up 20% from where they bought it, because of that 2x liquidation preference. The 2x liquidation preference just means that the Series D investors get back twice their money before any of the common investors get anything. Meanwhile the Series C common investors should get back $1.20 for every $1 they put in (because the stock is up 20% from where they bought it), but in practice they will get less, because the Series D investors get paid first out of the proceeds. 4. If the company ends up being sold for $100 million, the Series D investors will get back $2 for every $1 they put in, as long as they put in less than $50 million. Meanwhile the Series C investors will have a huge, perhaps total, loss.
The preferred stock has the same upside as the common stock, but it has a lot of protection on the downside. If the company's valuation ends up being modestly down, or flat, or even modestly up, the preferred stock still makes its guaranteed return.
This preferred stock should obviously be more attractive to investors than the common stock: It has the same returns if things work out, but less risk if they don't. You can, using somewhat hand-wavy but reasonable assumptions and a standard option pricing model, assign a value to that difference; you can say "if the common stock is worth $1 per share then the preferred should be worth $1.20 per share" or whatever. And then, if you think about it for a bit, you can say: "Well this company didn't really raise money at a $250 million valuation, did it? That liquidation preference is worth something, around $0.20 per share, so really it raised at like $208 million per share; really this was a down round." But that is viewed as a somewhat esoteric and annoying thing to say. "No," people will reply; "it raised at a $250 million valuation, but with structure."
(In fact there is a well-known 2017 paper about tech unicorn valuations, "Squaring Venture Capital Valuations with Reality," in which Will Gornall and Ilya Strebulaev quantified the value of liquidation preferences and other structural terms in big private tech companies. "We value unicorns using financial terms from legal filings and find that reported unicorn post-money valuations average 48% above fair value, with 14 being more than 100% above," they wrote: The headline valuations overstate the companies' value, because they don't attribute any value to the structure. Everyone nodded politely at this result and said "yes that is completely correct," then went back to quoting the headline valuations.)
A decent model for venture capital investing in recent years — though possibly not anymore? — is that capital is plentiful, investment decisions are easy, and the hard part of the job is deal flow. Every year there are some good startups raising money, they get to choose their investors, investors compete to be on the list, and your job, as a VC, is to win that competition and get the good deals. If your skill as a venture capitalist is raising money from limited partners, or evaluating companies and deciding which ones will succeed and which will fail, that's no good. Everyone can do that; it's easy to raise money and to identify the good startups. What's hard is to get an allocation in an investment round with a good startup.
If this is your model, the simplest approach might be to buy a bunch of billboards in San Francisco that say "hi, we are venture investors, we have tons of money, and if you have a startup and ask us for money (1) we will give it to you (2) without asking too many questions (3) at a very high valuation." You can just publicly offer founders the economic terms — lots of money, limited dilution, certainty, ease of use, minimal distraction — that they want. This should make you a more attractive investor than someone who wants to do a lot of due diligence and negotiates for a lower valuation and a lot of governance rights.
This was, famously, more or less the approach that Tiger Global used in recent years, with let's say mixed success, but they certainly got a ton of deal flow. It seems to have been viewed as sort of disruptive and low-status by the rest of the venture capital community, and so perhaps by some founders; there was possibly some negative signaling value to raising money from Tiger without any due diligence. (Did it mean that you couldn't raise money from people who did due diligence, because your company was bad? Or just that you were busy and rational, and Tiger's money was cheap and easy?)
The other, higher-status model is basically that you appeal to founders by saying "if you take our money, you will have us on your team, and we are good to have on your team." There are various ways to do this, various skills or benefits you can offer — capital-markets expertise, introductions to customers, etc. — but the basic thing that you're offering is yourself, your advice and wisdom and presence and, if applicable, fame. ("What the top VC firms are selling today isn't money—they're lending their own brand to startups," writes Kevin Kwok.) You, the partner at the venture capital firm, are going to take a seat on a startup's board of directors, and the founder will have to go to meetings with the board, and she will want those meetings to be … "fun" is maybe not quite the word, but something like fun. She will want board members who are smart and analytical, or wise and philosophical, or who have been in her shoes and succeeded wildly, or who have been in her shoes and failed wildly in educational ways, or who are celebrities with star power, or who just say cool stuff in meetings. She will want to walk out of board meetings feeling energized; she will want the board meetings to make her feel like she runs a thrilling world-changing company. Having venture capitalists who are dynamic brilliant celebrities helps with that. And so if you are a venture capitalist it is good to be a dynamic brilliant celebrity, because that will get you deal flow.
And by "be a dynamic brilliant celebrity" I mean, of course, "write good tweets on Twitter," since that is where venture capitalists go to make jokes and impart wisdom, and where startup founders go to find venture capitalists. Here's an incredible as-told-to essay at Insider by "the founder of a tech startup who ghostwrites tweets for venture capitalists," with a complete theory of venture capital thought leadership:
The competition means the deal flow is faster and more cutthroat. Today, the best deals are closing within 24 hours after they go on market. And there's no way to get in early, as you could in the old days, because founders won't take a meeting with you before the funding round is closed.
Now what does that have to do with Twitter? It matters because funders have to build parasocial relationships with founders. A founder might read a tweet from a VC and say: "Wow, he's a cool guy. He's in on the joke. I want him on my board." Establishing yourself as a funder is no longer a one-to-one format where you're building meaningful relationships. It's a one-to-many format. You're broadcasting. I'm writing the content that will get the attention of young founders, to establish the credibility of my clients, the VCs.
Deals used to start with a meeting at the Pacific-Union Club. I don't know anyone who goes there now. It all happens on Twitter. Twitter is the new social club.
I suppose one way to do this is to tweet wise thoughts about product and strategy, but that is not the only way to do it. The goal is to signal to founders "you would like to have me in your board meetings"; strategic wisdom is helpful but so are jokes, or I guess even being annoying in a way that some founders like?
I pride myself on not sticking my foot in my mouth. Nothing has turned into a gaffe. There is a set of topics that no matter what you say about them, it leads to people being angry in your replies. And VCs will often choose to engage in those third-rail topics. For example, how many hours should you work? That's a classic. If a VC feels they're not getting enough attention, they can just tweet, "You have to work 80 hours a week to be successful." Everyone will come out to tell you that you're canceled. It taps into money, privilege, class, ability to sacrifice. People have a lot of emotions about those subjects.
So taking risks can lead to greater attentional rewards, but the precise level of risk I'll take depends on the client. Some clients don't care. They're shock jocks. They'll tweet anything. Others are more careful. It's a question of what brand they're trying to build.
Do you want to have board meetings where one board member is constantly saying "narrative violation!" or "'O.K., what's the opposite of what you're saying, let's try that"? Well, I don't, but what unicorns have I founded? Maybe the best founders want to challenge themselves by surrounding themselves with the VCs who are most annoying on Twitter.
One problem here is that if you have someone ghostwrite all your tweets and then you show up at board meetings and you're boring, word will get out, and your deal flow will dry up. ("Sure that guy has good tweets but he's on my board and he's never either given me good advice or told a good joke, don't take his money," the founders will say to each other.) Another problem is that, if you are a venture capitalist and you are optimizing your Twitter brand, then your deal flow will over-index on founders who spend too much time on Twitter. Which could be fine, why not, you might get to invest in the next Tesla or SpaceX. But it is possible that the people who are working to build the next generation of great businesses are hanging out on, you know, Hacker News, or TikTok, or possibly even doing work instead of reading your jokes online.
That said, there are other VC skills. For instance, sometimes a startup founder will come to you with a problem. The problem is:
The startup raised money last year at a $5 billion valuation. Now it needs to raise more money. But it is only worth $3 billion, because the market is down. [1] Due to the rules of the venture capital game, it is not allowed to raise money at a lower valuation: This is a "down round," which is horribly embarrassing and imperils its ability to raise money, attract employees, retain customers, go public, etc. [2] So it would like to raise money now, with its $3 billion value, but be able to say it is doing it at a $5 billion valuation. Can you help?
This is a problem of financial engineering , and you work in finance, and surely you can help. [3] One simple solution is "just raise debt ," and that is in fact a popular approach these days: If you borrow money, instead of raising equity, you are not picking any particular valuation and so you can avoid the question. But there are more complicated solutions that have the advantages of (1) avoiding the cash costs of debt service and (2) raising venture capital rather than debt (so you, as a VC, can invest). Mainly liquidation preferences:
Fundraisings on terms that guarantee investors multiples of their money back in worst-case scenarios, such as a liquidation, were rare during the 2020-2021 fundraising boom when venture firms, powered by record inflows of capital, competed fiercely to back hot startups and pushed valuations ever higher. … Investors settled for terms that guaranteed they would be paid back their original investment before founders and employees—a 1 times liquidation preference.
But the pendulum has swung back as spiking interest rates and the end of the stock market's bull run have made investors more leery. Funding for startups fell 52% to $81 billion in the third quarter, compared to the same period last year, according to Crunchbase.
Now investors are getting better terms. [Louis] Lehot, the startup lawyer, said two-thirds of middle- and late-stage startup deals he's worked on this year have had a 2 to 3 times liquidation preference, meaning those investors would be paid back double or triple their money before other stakeholders. …
Investors like liquidation preferences so much that they're willing to agree to funding on valuations equal to or higher than a company's previous round—despite difficulties in the startup's underlying business. But they also come at a potentially steep cost for founders and employees, who could get left with nothing.
If you invest $100 million in a company at a $1 billion (post-money) valuation with a 2x liquidation preference, and it succeeds and goes public in three years at a $5 billion valuation, then you will get back $500 million, i.e. 10% of its value. If it sells itself in three years at a $500 million valuation, though, you will get back $200 million, i.e. twice your money, which is 40% of its value. In a sense, it turns out that you invested at a $250 million valuation: You put up $100 million and ended up with 40% of the company. You invested at a valuation to be determined later, but a valuation cap of $1 billion. But the valuation cap is what gets reported.
Back in 2017 a paper called "Squaring Venture Capital Valuations with Reality" got a lot of attention. The authors, Will Gornall and Ilya Strebulaev, argued that the headline valuations of a lot of big tech unicorns were overstated, because investors got various goodies (mainly liquidation preferences) that reduced their effective valuations. This turned out not to be very important in the following few years, because there was a pretty strong tech bull market, which meant that (1) startups were increasingly able to refuse to give investors those goodies and (2) the realized value of those liquidation preferences was low. (If every $1 billion startup ends up going public at $5 billion, your 2x liquidation preference doesn't matter.) But now the market has turned, and VC financial engineering has value again.
But this paper is about venture capital, and you can't just go out and run your algorithm on venture capital investments. Like, your algorithm might tell you with perfect clarity which startups will do well and which will fail, and you can say "well then I will just buy these startups and avoid those," but you can't actually do that. None of the startups — certainly not the good ones — are asking you for money. They're asking venture capitalists for money. Private markets are importantly different from public markets. If you think of a better way to do public-market investing, you can just do it. The stocks are public, you can buy the good ones and avoid the bad ones. Private markets do not work that way. You can only buy the stocks that you're invited to buy.
At this point I think it is conventional wisdom that the value added by venture capitalists is not picking the right companies but rather getting access to the best deals. (So much so that Tiger Global became a late-stage-venture giant through a strategy of overpaying for everything without doing much due diligence: If you get a reputation for doing that, then everyone will invite you into their deals, so you will get the best deal flow, and then you don't have to care about picking the best companies because that is assumed not to be the job. This did not work out great, really, but I will hold off judgment until I know more about how traditional VCs did in this downturn.)
This paper provides some support for that conventional wisdom: In fact, Davenport argues, venture capitalists aren't great at picking the right companies; they make predictable mistakes. But they still outperform public-market indexes, since they get access to good early-stage companies and the successes make up for those misses.
One way to read that is: Yes, but they should outperform by more, by getting access to companies and then picking the good ones. If this is your reading, then you (or Davenport) should go start a venture capital fund running his model, and outperform the other VCs. Or he should just sell his model to VC firms so they can get better returns.
But another reading might be: Yes, but the VC funds have to invest in the bad companies in order to get access to the good ones. I don't quite know how this would work. (To be clear, it's not "they have to buy the bad ones to get the good ones because you can't tell ex ante which is which": Davenport says you can tell ex ante.) But it could work something like: "Founders choose their venture capital investors through some sort of reputational network; they talk to their founder buddies about which VCs are helpful and good to work with. If a VC rejects too many Stanford-dropout founders by saying 'sorry my algo says that your company is bad,' then the Stanford-dropout founders with good companies will hear about that from their Stanford-dropout ffriends, and won't want to work with that VC. Making bad investments is a way to be part of the club, and being part of the club gets you the deal flow that gives you the good investments."
If you, uh, went to a modern business school, you might say "aha, a gap! We can solve it through financial engineering." And you would be correct! I loved this Wall Street Journal article:
Plenty of M.B.A.s finish business school with a hot startup pitch for investors. The latest breed of student-entrepreneur is skipping the startup part and pitching themselves as the investment.
Consider the model a SPAC of sorts—akin to the stock-market trend in which a special-purpose acquisition, or "blank-check," company raises money and lists its shares, then finds a private business to merge with. In this case, the investment vehicle is a fund for a newly minted M.B.A. graduate. The M.B.A. uses the money to search for a privately held, under-the-radar business and run it as chief executive and part owner.
These so-called search funds came on the business-school scene decades ago, but they have taken off in the pandemic years as investors—awash in capital—look for promising places to put it. …
For M.B.A.s, the search-fund model is a way to become a CEO and business owner soon after graduation, without starting a business from scratch. Though some non-M.B.A.s have led search funds, recent M.B.A. graduates have used the networking and mentoring support they get from their business schools to start the majority of them. …
The companies that M.B.A. searchers target aren't flashy startups or well-known brands. Many are family firms without a succession plan or companies too small to attract typical investors. The searchers typically hold the businesses for six to 10 years before exiting, sometimes selling to private equity. Recently acquired companies operate in insurance sales, security, software services, pest abatement and construction, Stanford said.
What a great trick! If you get your MBA from Stanford and tell your classmates "I am taking over a family-owned pest-control business in Scranton," and they have fancy offers from private equity firms and tech companies, they will look down on you. But if you tell them "I am running a search fund" then that is, you know, cool, and finance.
If you invest in a venture capital fund that has a 10-year life and a 2% annual management fee and a 20% performance fee, in expectation you will pay about 20% of your investment to the manager in management fees. (Plus, you hope, and the manager hopes, even more in performance fees.) I suppose they could … just … take the 20% up front?
The Securities and Exchange Commission [Friday] charged venture capital fund adviser Alumni Ventures Group, LLC (AVG) with making misleading statements about its management fees and engaging in inter-fund transactions in breach of fund operating agreements. …
According to the SEC's order, AVG's website and other marketing communications represented that its management fee for the venture capital funds that it managed was the "industry standard '2 and 20.'" The order found that these representations were misleading because they led some investors to believe that AVG would collect a two-percent management fee during each year of its funds' 10-year term, and separately collect a 20-percent performance fee. According to the order, AVG's typical practice was instead to assess management fees totaling 20 percent of an investor's fund investment (representing ten years' of two-percent annual management fees) upon the investor's initial fund investment.
Honestly that is a weird move? From the SEC complaint:
In reality, AVG's practice was to assess the entire 20 percent in management fees—i.e., 10 years' worth of management fees of two percent per annum—upfront at the time an investor made the capital contribution. For example, if an investor contributed $100,000 to a Fund managed by AVG, AVG would immediately assess 20 percent, or $20,000, as its management fee for the expected life of the Fund. AVG typically drew and spent most or all of this $20,000 to pay expenses during the first year of the Fund's operations. ...
AVG's accelerated collection of its annual management fee amounted to an interest-free loan from the Funds that it managed. If the Funds had charged AVG a reasonable rate of interest on the advanced fees, AVG would have paid the Funds $4,791,401.
I feel like the point of the 2% management fee is to sort of keep the lights on during the life of the fund. If you spend it all in the first year, how do you keep the lights on for the other nine years?
Isn't modern finance amazing? The basic model here is that you imagine the world five years in the future, and you imagine that your company has monopolistic dominance of the grocery business in that future, and then you think "that seems like it would be profitable," and you model a stream of profit that is many billions of dollars every year for the rest of time starting in five years, and you calculate the net present value of that stream of income, and it is very large, and so you say "well then it makes sense to spend a lot of money giving everyone free groceries for a few years to get us to that future of monopolistic dominance," and you go to venture capitalists with that pitch, and they say "well we do have a ton of money and we love monopolies," and they give you the money, and you buy everyone groceries. And then everyone eats the groceries and is like "thanks, venture capitalists!" And then in a year or two you flip from giving them free groceries to charging them for groceries, and either it works or it doesn't.
We have talked about this model a bunch before; people make fun of it but it remains popular and it's not at all clear that it's wrong. For the venture capitalists the good outcome here is that you succeed in building a monopoly, jack up prices, squeeze your delivery workers' pay and make a lot of money. From a societal perspective it is possible that the good outcome is … you know … Saudi sovereign wealth funds just give everyone in New York free groceries for a while? There is an argument that this business model is a symptom of investors having too much money, and buying groceries for people seems like as good a use of that money as anything else.
Back in the day, we used to talk about the "MoviePass economy," the idea that a lot of startups were in the business of showing rapid user growth by using venture capitalists' money to subsidize consumers. The schematic model was:
1. Raise a million dollars from friends and family. 2. Set up an app whose only function was giving people $10 for signing up. 3. A hundred people sign up the first month, word of the app gets out, and 99,900 sign up the second month. 4. You have a large and enthusiastic user base with a huge growth rate, things that venture capitalists love. 5. Raise another $1 billion from VCS at an enormous valuation, cashing out a few hundred million dollars for the founders. 6. Step 6 is a mystery.
Obviously in practice it rarely worked exactly this way; the trade was not "literally hand out $10 to customers" but "sell customers desirable goods or services for well below cost, subsidized by VC money." And obviously the VCs would not describe it quite this way; they would say that you are seeking user growth to achieve scale, and once you achieve that scale your unit costs will drop and you'll become profitable.This economy is not what it used to be, for various reasons (the companies failed or went public, they started raising prices to economic levels, etc.). But the principle is good. If you are a tech company and someone will just hand you billions of dollars to pass along to users, you should be able to achieve rapid growth and a high valuation. "But it is not actually easy to hand out billions of dollars," you might say, "it requires good user-interface design and thoughtful attention to customer acquisition, and the U.S. payments system is complicated so you need to build an architecture to interface with banks to make the payments," but do you realize how absurd you sound? Yes right the execution of "just hand out billions of dollars" is complicated, but at its core it is a pretty simple business model. The main trick is finding someone to give you the billions of dollars.
If you run a hedge fund that invests in public stocks, your net asset value is just the trading price of your stocks at the end of each day. When you report performance for a month, you take the value of your stocks at the end of the month and subtract the value of your stocks at the beginning of the month and that's how much you made. You can tell your investors how much you made, and they can believe you, and you can charge performance fees and raise new money based on your results.
If you run a hedge fund that invests in illiquid credit instruments, this is all harder; market prices are not always observable, and you have some discretion to determine the valuation of your own assets. When you do that, you have some incentives to cheat: The higher the valuation, the better your performance, and the more fees you can charge. And there are lots of cases of hedge funds getting in trouble for allegedly cheating.
If you run a venture capital fund that invests in private companies, there are no market prices at all. Nobody knows how much your portfolio is worth: You put money into private companies at some valuation, and then you wait years for those companies to be sold or go public and prove how much they are worth. There is no daily stock price to tell you how you're doing along the way; there's no mark-to-market.
The good news is that everyone knows this, so venture capital funds are mostly structured without mark-to-market-based fees. So there's generally no incentive to cheat. Your management fees are based on committed capital, and your performance fees are based on actual money returned to your investors when you exit from your investments (when the companies go public or are acquired). So you don't make any extra money if you tell your investors that the value of all your companies just doubled.
There is one reason to cheat, though: If you are looking to raise a new fund, it is helpful to tell new investors that your previous fund performed well. Obviously one way to do this is to have lots of big exits, but (1) that is hard and (2) it takes time, and you will probably raise the new fund before exiting all the investments in the old one. The other way to do it is to mark up your old investments a lot: "All of the companies we invested in have tripled in value already, so we made a lot of money for our investors." But you can't just make that up; you need some evidence that the value went up. For instance, if those companies raise new rounds of venture capital funding at higher valuations, that would help. And the easiest way for them to do that is to raise the money from you. If you invested in a company at a $1 billion valuation, and then you invest in it again at a $3 billion valuation, your first investment is up 200%, so you are a very successful investor, which should help you market your new fund to investors.
That is, if you run a hedge fund and invest in public stocks, you don't get to pick the value of those stocks: The market does that. If you run a venture capital fund, you do get to decide the value of the companies you invest in; if you want the value to go up, you just have to give the companies more money at a higher valuation.
Honestly this is a pretty good summary:
"In the early days, they're looking for weird," Zhu, 31, says now about venture capital investors. He'd taken Iterable from an idea to a company valued at about $2 billion, a stunning success by most measures. But when a company reaches that stage, he says, the new mantra becomes: Reduce the risk.
For instance, when you fund a company in its early stages, you might want a founder who will microdose LSD at work, because that's just the sort of imaginative, aggressive, independent thinking that might change the world or whatever. ("Narrative violation: This CEO drops acid," etc.) But when you are looking to take that company public, you want a CEO who would never microdose LSD at work, because that's the sort of thing that stodgy institutional investors and regulators will find unsettling. If the founder-CEO has been microdosing acid all along, and you have been encouraging him to do so, there will be an awkward transition when you tell him to stop.
Ah, well. This particular case is unusual but Zhu correctly identifies the general principle. I wrote the other day:
For a venture capital fund, the optimal amount of securities-fraud exposure is significantly higher than zero. If all the founders of all the companies that you fund are telling you the complete truth, without even a little bit of lying about how far along their technology is or how good their financial results are looking, then you are not funding enough aggressive and optimistic founders. For a venture capital fund, you want high-variance strategies; you want to make as many bets as possible that succeed spectacularly (and give you unlimited upside) or fail spectacularly (and you lose your modest investment).
Early on, a founder who lies to you because she is just so enthusiastic about her idea's potential that she cannot distinguish truth from fiction is a good thing; you want that level of commitment and single-mindedness and belief. When you are writing the initial public offering prospectus, that is no longer a good characteristic in a CEO. The same goes for a whole lot of risk factors: You want a portfolio of weird, risky, high-upside-high-downside, out-of-consensus founders of early-stage startups, but by the time those startups go public you want them run by experienced, polished and responsible managers. Some of those weird founders will transition seamlessly to being responsible CEOs; others won't.
There is a cartoon version of certain gig-economy startup industries that goes like this. Several companies get into the market for, say, car services or food delivery or whatever. They compete for market share by, basically, losing a lot of money: You pay drivers $20 per trip, which is more than they could get elsewhere; you charge riders $5 per trip, which is less than they'd pay elsewhere; you make up the difference by raising money from venture capitalists or SoftBank. Your competitors do the same thing, and you collectively spend billions of dollars of venture money delivering people cheap burritos. You promise your investors "don't worry, after a few more cheap burritos we will have driven our competitors out of business and we'll be able to jack up the burrito prices to cover our expenses," but your competitors are promising their investors the same thing—sometimes it's the same investors!—so they all keep hanging around.Eventually everyone does get tired of this, but rather than going out of business with nothing to show for it, the less viable competitors get acquired by the more viable ones. If you are a leading player in this sort of viciously competitive business, it can be worth a few billion dollars to you to get rid of a competitor: With less competition, maybe you can charge a bit more to deliver burritos and get closer to breaking even. You can reduce the pain a little bit.If you believe this model ... if you believe this model then capitalism is broken, 1 + 1 = 3, water flows uphill, aliens are real, you can be your own grandfather, anything is possible. I don't mean that this model is wrong—I love it dearly and suspect it's basically right, though perhaps not quite in the cartoony form I just laid out—but it is a perpetual-motion machine of implausible consequences.For instance, think about entry. If you take the model too seriously, this would be a perfectly viable pitch to venture capitalists:
1. We'll get into the crowded miserable burrito-delivery business. 2. We'll grow our market share by charging customers less and paying drivers more, losing a ton of money ourselves but also causing our competitors to lose even more money than they already do.[1] 3. They'll hate that. 4. Eventually they'll pay us a few billion dollars to stop. (Er, to acquire us.) 5. All we need is a few hundred million dollars to subsidize our losses until the competitors give in and buy us. You can lose money every step of the way, and never convince anyone that you'll ever make money, and still exit with more money than you started with. Present profitability doesn't matter, future profitability doesn't matter, all that matters is harming the profitability of an even more lavishly funded money-losing venture-backed company.[2]That is: If you believe this model, in the short term, it might be in your interest to acquire competitors and reduce the pain. But in the long term, when you do that, you are demonstrating that "lose money until we get acquired at a premium" is a viable business model, so you'll be encouraging other people to jump into the sector without a plan to make money, and you'll have to keep buying them.You can't really believe the model. Venture capitalists might subsidize losses for 10 years, but not for 100; eventually there has to be some sort of endgame. Possibly the endgame is "people come to their senses, the industry consolidates, and the remaining players find a way to make money." (You can tell that as a good story, selling a valuable product at a fair price, or a bad one, making monopoly profits from precarious labor.) Possibly the endgame is "people come to their senses, all these companies shut down, and we go back to picking up our own burritos." Obviously if you're invested in the space you are telling the former story, not the latter.
Here is an amazing story from Ranjan Roy at the Margins. Roy has a friend who owns some pizza restaurants. Those restaurants don't offer delivery, but DoorDash, one of the big online food-delivery companies, will deliver their pizzas. They show up on DoorDash's website, you put in a delivery order on DoorDash, DoorDash calls in a pickup order, a DoorDash driver picks up the food and delivers it to you. This is done without the restaurant's permission or involvement, which means it's also done without the restaurant paying DoorDash a fee. (This seems to be a "demand test" in which DoorDash experiments with doing delivery for a restaurant for free, so that it can later pitch the restaurant on signing up with DoorDash and paying fees.)DoorDash will sometimes charge you less for the pizza than it pays the restaurant for that pizza, due to some combination of (1) the "MoviePass economy" startup strategy of intentionally losing money to create user growth and (2) glitches in DoorDash's web scraping algorithm. Specifically if you order a $24 specialty pizza through DoorDash, it will only charge you $16. If you like to eat specialty pizza this is a good deal for you, but it is not an arbitrage. But if you own the pizzeria:
If someone could pay Doordash $16 a pizza, and Doordash would pay his restaurant $24 a pizza, then he should clearly just order pizzas himself via Doordash, all day long. You'd net a clean $8 profit per pizza [insert nerdy economics joke about there is such a thing as a free lunch].He thought this was a stupid idea. "A business as successful a Doordash and worth billions of dollars would clearly not just give away money like this." But I pushed back that, given their recent obscene fundraise, they would weirdly enough be happy to lose that money. Some regional director would be able to show top-line revenue growth while some accounting line-item, somewhere, would not match up, but the company was already losing hundreds of millions of dollars. I imagined their systems might even be built to discourage catching these mistakes because it would detract, or at a minimum distract, from top-line revenue.
The actual nerdy economics joke there is in the second paragraph, which takes the form: Two economists are walking down the street. One of them sees a $20 bill on the ground. As she bends to pick it up, her colleague says "don't bother, if that was a real $20 bill someone would have picked it up by now." She replies, "no see this was left here by a consumer tech startup trying to maximize user growth; their Monthly Active Picker-Upper numbers are doubling every two months." She picks up the $20 bill and the startup raises money at a $2 billion valuation. The pizza arbitrage described above is basically a breakeven trade because the pizzeria has to actually make the pizzas, which costs money, but if this arb works (it does) the obvious next step is to not make the pizzas: You hand the DoorDash driver some empty boxes, he brings them to your friend's house, your friend does not complain (because this is a purely financial transaction), you capture the entire spread and can do it at scale. They basically did that too:
The order was put in for another 10 pizzas. But this time, he just put in the dough with no toppings (he indicated at the time dough was essentially costless at that scale, though pandemic baking may have changed things).Now suddenly each trade would net $75 in riskless profit ⇒ $240 from Doordash minus ($160 in costs + $5 in boxes).
If you can find another pizzeria in the same boat, you can do this trade with them all night long—you buy pizzas from them, they buy pizzas from you, you pass the same empty boxes back and forth. Maybe you bring the DoorDash driver in on it; he just hangs out at the bar and pretends to deliver the pizzas, and you give him a nice tip.This is a hilarious story but there are downsides. Roy:
What is it about the food delivery platform business? Restaurants are hurt. The primary labor is treated poorly. And the businesses themselves are terrible. … How did we get to a place where billions of dollars are exchanged in millions of business transactions but there are no winners? …You have insanely large pools of capital creating an incredibly inefficient money-losing business model. It's used to subsidize an untenable customer expectation. You leverage a broken workforce to minimize your genuine labor expenses. The companies unload their capital cannons on customer acquisition, while this week's Uber-Grubhub news reminds us, the only viable endgame is a promise of monopoly concentration and increased prices. But is that even viable?Third-party delivery platforms, as they've been built, just seem like the wrong model, but instead of testing, failing, and evolving, they've been subsidized into market dominance.
If restaurants and drivers complained about DoorDash but DoorDash was raking in juicy profits, you could be like "what do you want, innovate or die, the market has spoken." But in fact restaurants and drivers complain about DoorDash, and it lost $450 million in 2019 on about $1 billion of revenue. Arguably the market has spoken and said "stop it, come on, this is dumb."In the old economy of price signals, you tried to build a product that people would want, and the way you knew it worked is that people would pay you more than it cost. You were adding value to the world, and you could tell because you made money. In the new economy of user growth, you don't have to worry about making a product that people want because you can just pay them to use it, so you might end up with companies losing money to give people things that they don't want and driving out the things they do want.Meanwhile MoviePass itself is up for auction in its Chapter 7 bankruptcy, with bids due next month. Naively I would think that a pandemic would be good for MoviePass: If your business is buying movie tickets for $14 and selling them for $10 a month, months when all the movie theaters are shut down should be relatively profitable.
We talk about this sometimes, the "firm exemption" in antitrust law: One company can divide markets up among its divisions, but three companies cannot divide markets up among themselves. (Often when we talk about it, it is in connection with the work of law professor Sanjukta Paul, who views antitrust law as an "allocator of coordination rights" that gives those rights generously to shareholder-owned companies and sparingly to, for instance, workers.) A giant multinational conglomerate that opened ride-sharing businesses in every country could rationalize their competition with each other, but giant multinational conglomerates are out of fashion these days, while venture capital funds backing young hungry entrepreneurs are in fashion. It is not all that different a model, in some respects, and SoftBank's strategy has some multinational-conglomerate elements, urging its portfolio companies in different sectors to do business with each other. (Also SoftBank itself, outside its venture investments, is kind of a multinational conglomerate.) But if you decentralize the decisions, if you allocate money to a bunch of local managers but don't control their companies, you might end up with less coordination than you want.
This is something that we talk about a lot around here, the balance of power between entrepreneurs/founders and investors. In a world where money is scarce and crucial, investors have a lot of power to dictate terms. In a world where money is plentiful and good startups are rare, entrepreneurs have the power, and can insist on founder-friendly terms and super-voting stock and investors who fetch coffee and shine their shoes for them. "Founders have a sixth sense for who is going to treat them like a peer and who is going to treat them like a boss," Altman writes, which seems like an implausible generalization as written but which probably just means "the founders have the power here, not you." Or:
The better the investment opportunity is (i.e., expected value relative to valuation), the harder it usually is to get the company to choose you as an investor. Traditional sales tactics works pretty well here. Spend a lot of time with the founder, explain what you're willing to do to help them, ask founders you've worked with in the past to call them, etc. A reputation for being above-and-beyond helpful and accessible is worth a lot here, and rare among all but the best investors. A reputation for being founder-friendly helps too. What helps most of all is other founders you've previously invested in saying "that person was my best investor by far". In addition to helping get access to investment opportunities, a strong brand also helps close them. It's a nice tailwind if you can get yourself to the place where simply taking your money helps a company get taken more seriously.
This is all framed in typical Silicon Valley personal-hustle language, but it probably shouldn't be. The obvious interpretation here is that well-connected established professional investors with strong brands are going to invest in better deals than, you know, dentists with $10,000 to spare, even if the dentists hustle. In a world where money is plentiful and good startups are rare, just having money to invest is not sufficient to get you a look at good investments. You are competing with people with brands, with reputations for helping startups grow, with professional connections to other big tech companies, etc. Of course if your reputation is more along the lines of "that person was my worst investor by far," or just "that person has a checkbook and that's it," someone will take your money. But there is a sorting process. The person taking your money will probably do worse things with it than the person taking the best investor's money! Sorry! Not always, of course, but you'd expect the market to have some predictive power; you'd expect the people who can choose their investors to be better for those investors than the people who can't. We have talked about this before in the context of Securities and Exchange Commission "accredited investor" rules. The basic idea is that only rich, or rich-ish, people are allowed to invest in most private startups, and a lot of people think that this is unfair because startups are the best investments and these rules let the rich get richer while freezing out the middle class. If you think that—a lot of people think that—then it's worth reading Altman's post. The rules are not the only thing keeping the middle class out of startup investing, you know? "The better the investment opportunity is (i.e., expected value relative to valuation), the harder it usually is to get the company to choose you as an investor," even if you have a lot of money. If all you have to offer is a little money, why would you get a better deal?
The great innovation in business strategy in the 2010s has been losing money on every transaction. It is all the rage among a certain class of venture-funded startups. If you make a thing that costs you $100 and sell it for $80, people will be excited about the great deal they are getting. They will buy a lot of it, and they'll tell their friends, and you will get a lot of good press and customer loyalty. Your business will grow rapidly, and you will soon come to be a market leader. Venture capitalists, who love to see hockey-stick growth, will line up to invest money in your company at high valuations. Then what? The problem with combining (1) rapid growth and (2) losing money on every transaction is that you soon end up doing a lot of transactions and losing a lot of money. How do you, uh, make money doing that?
It is important to point out first of all that there is a simple cynical schematic answer, which is: You make money by selling a stake in your rapidly growing company to the venture capitalists who love hockey-stick growth. This is not a complete or rational answer, because in theory they should only invest in your company if they think there's a way for it to become profitable, but I suspect it is a correct and practical answer. "You" here are the startup founder, not the startup; this approach never requires the company to be profitable. You sell a bunch of stock, pocket the money, and now profitability is the VCs' problem. But there are other answers that involve the company actually making money.
One is a loose "economies of scale" thing, like, the more widgets you produce the cheaper it will be to produce them until eventually you are profitable, etc. One is a loose "network effects" thing, like, if everyone is buying and loving your widgets then surely you should be able to find new ways to make money by connecting all of those loyal community members. One is a loose "predatory pricing" thing, like, if you come to dominate the market and kill off all your competitors by losing money on every transaction, then you can raise your prices to monopoly levels and start making money on every transaction.
Company Deep Dives (339)
AMC (3)
AMC Entertainment Holdings is taking advantage of its meme stock rally to reduce its debt, revisiting a playbook that helped it shore up liquidity in 2021.
The movie theater chain said in a regulatory filing that it reached a private deal to swap about $164 million of its 10% notes due 2026 for 23.3 million shares of newly-issued stock. Based on the principal exchanged and accrued interest, the new stock had a value of $7.33 per share. AMC shares closed on Tuesday at $6.85.
AMC, much of whose debt trades at distressed prices, has been chipping away at its maturities through other swaps and buybacks. It exchanged around $200 million of the debt for shares last year.
Here is the filing, which says that AMC got rid of $164 million of "10%/12% Cash/PIK Toggle Second Lien Subordinated Notes due 2026," which is just the sort of name that tells you it trades at distressed prices. (Bloomberg tells me they were trading at around 70 cents on the dollar last week, and rallied to about 85 yesterday.) The deal was at an "implied value" of $7.33 per share, says AMC, though that seems to be based on an "implied value" for the bonds of 100 cents on the dollar. If you value the bonds at 85, then the implied stock value is about $6.27. [1]
The fun question is: What is the timing of this trade? You can imagine two approaches:
1. Hedge funds with $164 million of AMC bonds called up AMC and said "hey can we swap these for stock?" AMC said "sure," and they negotiated a price of $7.33 per share. This negotiation presumably happened at some point yesterday, when AMC's stock ranged from a low of $5.85 to a high of $11.88, with a volume-weighted average price of $8.64. The hedge funds got the stock at some point yesterday and then had to sell it, like, yesterday afternoon or today. [2] As of noon today, AMC's stock has ranged from a low of $4.71 to a high of $6.60, so if they were selling today the hedge funds did not get anywhere close to $7.33. Even if they were selling yesterday afternoon, the stock spent a lot of time below $7.33. 2. Hedge funds with $164 million of AMC bonds shorted $164 million of AMC stock yesterday and then called up AMC to say "hey can we swap these for stock?" AMC said "sure," and the hedge funds were like "great we got our short off at eight bucks so can we do $7.33?" And for AMC, selling $170 million of stock at $7.33 yesterday — after selling $250 million over the past six weeks at $3.45 — is pure windfall.
For the bondholders, the second trade — sell stock first, acquire it later — is clearly better than the first; it was better to sell into the beginning of yesterday's AMC rally than to wait until it lost steam. I mean! It's clearly better in hindsight! There have been some mornings when shorting AMC into an inexplicable rally would have been a terrible idea.
Here is the opinion. Her reason for rejection was fairly narrow and technical. The lawsuit was a class action on behalf of AMC's common shareholders, who claimed that AMC was treating them unfairly when it issued the APEs and tried to convert them into common stock. As in any class-action settlement, this one would release AMC from the class's claims against it: The point of settling a class action is that no AMC shareholders can turn around and sue AMC again over this stuff. But the judge worried that the settlement released too many claims against AMC:
The release purports to release not only claims associated with the common stock, but also claims associated with preferred interests that common stockholders might also hold. The release cannot properly extend to those latter claims, because the plaintiffs were not appointed as fiduciaries for the holders of preferred interests and did not bring claims based on preferred rights. The plaintiffs only sued on behalf of a putative class of common stockholders, and only asserted claims based on the voting rights of common stockholders. They can agree to a release that encompasses the claims they asserted, and claims that the class holds and that arise out of the same factual predicate.
That is, the settlement would not only put to rest the complaints that AMC common shareholders might have about the APE deal, but also any complaints that AMC APEholders might have.
This makes no sense! The common shareholders had a complaint, they sued, and they negotiated a settlement in which they would get a somewhat better deal: They would get a bit more stock than the APEholders, to make up for the somewhat fishy circumstances in which the APEholders got their APEs. But the APEholders hadn't sued: They had no complaints about the issuance of the APEs or their conversion into common stock; that was what they wanted. They were not involved in the lawsuit, so no one speaks for them in the settlement.
And the settlement is bad for the APEholders: Instead of converting into common stock on a one-for-one basis, they're getting a bit less stock than the common shareholders. They bought APEs thinking that they would be economically equivalent to AMC common stock, and now it turns out that they won't be: The APEs are a little bit worse than common. The APEholders should sue!
No they shouldn't, not really: Converting into common, even at worse than a one-for-one ratio, really is what they want. (On Friday, the APEs closed at $1.80 per share, while the common shares closed at $4.40: The common trades at a 144% premium to the APEs, versus the 13% premium offered in the settlement.) Rationally the APEholders should like this deal. But since they are not involved in the lawsuit, the settlement can't foreclose their claims. If they want to sue, they can go ahead.
Now, I am overstating it somewhat. The settlement wouldn't release AMC from all APE claims. It would release it from APE claims "that common stockholders might hold": If you are an AMC common shareholder, you are part of this class, and if you also own APEs then this settlement would prevent you from suing AMC for treating your APEs unfairly. But if you own only APEs and no common shares at all, then you are not part of the class and your claims are not released. But since a lot of people own both APEs and common shares (the APEs were originally distributed as a dividend on the common), and in different proportions, it seems unfair to prevent a holder of a million APEs from suing over their APE treatment if they happen to own one common share. "APE units are not represented in the complaints or in the common stockholder class," writes Vice Chancellor Zurn, and so the lead plaintiffs of the class "cannot represent or release APE direct claims."
This seems right? Vice Chancellor Zurn raised it in court and everyone kind of ignored her; she writes:
I raised the fact that the Release included APE claims released by common stockholders at argument to Plaintiffs and the defendants. Plaintiffs' counsel first tried to describe the APEs as a share split to color the APE claims as appurtenant to the common shares, then deferred to the defendants' counsel, and then wondered aloud if the defendants would drop that part of the Release. The defendants' counsel simply insisted they were "entitled to complete peace."
Look, if you run a meme-stock company, you have to announce earnings four times a year, and then you will probably want to do an earnings call. If you do a normal earnings call with normal sell-side stock analysts, they will ask you questions like “when will you stop losing money” and it will be boring and kind of a bummer and they will not leave the call in love with you. In particular, your answer to the question “when will you stop losing money” will not be so good that the analysts will recommend your stock: AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. loses money and its stock is up 1,480% this year; purely on valuation, no analyst is going to give that a Buy recommendation.[1]
On the other hand, if you run a meme-stock company and you do an earnings call where you take questions from your enthusiastic individual shareholders, (1) the questions will be insane, (2) your answers will be insane, (3) the shareholders will love it and (4) the stock will go up. AMC did its earnings call using a platform that let individual shareholders submit questions; then the chief financial officer read the questions and Aron answered them. Here is Bloomberg’s transcript. It is something! Here’s one:
Sean D. Goodman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer: Great. Thanks, Adam. And the next question is from David. The question is, will AMC consider partnering with GameStop to offer more theater experiences via local and national gaming competitions?
Adam M. Aron, Chief Executive Officer and President:
As I said in my remarks just a few minutes ago, I don't even think I can count the number of times people have asked me if we could partner with GameStop. We're certainly willing to do so. It seems to me it's one of these interesting ideas that flowed in from our individual investors and we're happy to reach out the GameStop and see if they have any interest.
Yes, right! Put the GameStop in the AMC! Drive there in a Tesla that you rented at a Hertz! Pay for your tickets with Dogecoin! Cram the whole thing into a rocket ship and send it to Mars! I already said “SPAC”! This is how finance works now; the goal is to say as many meme-trade buzzwords as possible because that is what makes stocks go up. That’s why you do a call like this.
I should say that only some of the questions are insane; actually most of them are quite good and in a refreshing way. On a regular earnings call, analysts tend to ask questions like “could you break down the drivers of gross margins” or whatever, sort of zoomed-in questions about financial modeling. They follow the company for their job and already have a basic sense of how its business operates; what they want is to refine their model to better predict future earnings, so that their buy-side clients will be impressed by their accuracy.
On a retail-driven earnings call for a movie-theater company, you get broad practical questions about how the theater business works, and the results are accessible and informative. So questions included “how is AMC preparing for the possible large-scale Covid surge that could potentially shut theaters down again,” or “how does AMC plan to combat day-and-date releases of movies on the streaming platforms and theaters,” or this one:
Sean D. Goodman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer: The next question is from Ryan. The question is, would AMC ever consider reestablishing drive-in theaters? With current state of the world, it would bring a lot of revenue with a little worry for people trying to social distance.
Adam M. Aron, Chief Executive Officer and President:
Ryan, that's a great question. And the reason I say it's a great question is I asked that same question last July and we went through an exhaustive analysis of drive-in theaters. And honestly, we came to the conclusion that they're a bad economic idea. It sounds appealing actually to stay in your car, but there are two problems. Go into a parking lot and look at how much asphalt is needed to put a lot of cars in a lot. The viewing experience at a drive-in theater is not necessarily great, because many people are quite far from the screen. Additionally, drive-in theaters are very seasonal. They're not popular in the winter, in colder locations in the United States. And in the summer in much of the United States, it doesn't get dark before 8 or 9 o'clock PM, which means that you really can only use the drive-in screen for one showtime a night. The economics aren't there. It's unlikely that we would go forward. It sounds like it's a great idea, but it isn't actually.
So now you know a little bit more about the economics of drive-in theaters, which would not have happened on a normal earnings call. Still there is a good dose of insanity.[2] The GameStop question was, somehow, asked twice. And here’s this:
Sean D. Goodman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer: Aaron asks, I promise, not a sarcastic question, but can you guys make the AMC mascot officially a gorilla?
Adam M. Aron, Chief Executive Officer and President:
Well, AMC has been around for 100 years. We don't actually have a mascot. It's an interesting question. I don't know. I know why you ask it. I think we're probably going to go without a mascot, but I will tell you that if there is a tremendous amount of branding work going on at AMC right now, I said a few minutes ago that we intend to be the best strongest market around. Watch what we're doing with our marketing programs over the coming weeks and months and years, I think you'll be pleased when you see AMC leading the way yet again.
Then at the end they took one question[3] from a Wall Street analyst and it went like this:
Wanted to ask about some of the metrics you were talking about with respect to industry admission revenue. Adam, you talked about first quarter 13% of two years ago and now we're up to 45% of two years ago. So maybe just kind of a broad question on if you have an updated view on where this can get to, whether it's 2022 or 2023, what's changed in your crystal ball? Is it 80%, 90%? Can we get back to peak levels as you've put all these things in your blender? Thanks.
Yeah, I dunno, less fun than the gorilla one! The stock was up one billion percent after this call. No, I’m kidding, but as of 10:15 a.m. today it was up about 6%. Also earnings were good?
AMC Entertainment Holdings (1)
AMC Entertainment Holdings has two types of stock: common shares (ticker AMC) and AMC Preferred Equity Units (ticker APE). These are supposed to be economically equivalent, but they trade at very different prices. The common stock closed at $5.85 yesterday; the APEs closed at $1.80. AMC has announced plans to convert the APEs into common stock; the formula is somewhat complicated but roughly speaking each APE would turn into 0.88 common shares. If the common stock is really worth $5.85, then an APE should be worth about $5.16. If the APEs are really worth $1.80, then each common share should be worth about $2.04. Or pick some numbers in the middle. The point is, the $5.85/$1.80 disparity seems odd.
AMC's common shares and its APEs have always been meant to be one-for-one (or, now, one-for-0.88) substitutes for each other, always meant to merge into each other eventually. And so there is an arbitrage: Hedge funds can buy APEs (for $1.80 or whatever), sell 0.88 common shares short (for $5.85 per share, or $5.16 per 0.88 shares), and pocket the roughly $3.36 profit when the APEs convert.
And they have done that — for a long time — and it has been an absolute nightmare for them:
Investors betting on the conversion were shorting shares of the common stock and snapping up AMC's preferred units on the expectation that the price gap between the pair would vanish as the deal goes through, allowing them to capture the spread.>
While it was supposed to be a straightforward bet — with traders expecting to reap a windfall in a short period of time — it hasn't played out that way.>
The expensive cost to short the meme stock's common shares, paired with the volatility given its retail-trader following, also kept the spread wider than $2 since the APEs were distributed last year.
The problem is that, to short AMC common shares, you have to borrow them, and that's expensive, with short sellers paying something north of 800% annualized to borrow the common, according to S3 Research data. Call that rate 20% per month, or about $1 per month per common share, which eats pretty rapidly into your $3.36 profit. The conversion was supposed to happen in March; now the best case is August. It has been an unpleasant trade.
Incidentally, this is why the gap exists between the common stock and APE prices. Some of it is due to uncertainty — maybe Vice Chancellor Zurn will reject the settlement and never allow the APEs to convert — but most of it is probably due to limits to arbitrage. If you notice the gap and say "hey, these APEs are trading at a huge discount to the common, I bet that gap will close," that's fine, but you can't actually make that bet economically. Arbitrageurs can't really close the gap between the share classes: They tried, and got burned.
It's still a bit of a weird gap. If you are an AMC shareholder, you could always sell your AMC shares and buy APEs: If you are not short selling, you don't need to borrow the stock, so you can easily swap into the APEs. Sell one AMC share for $5.85 and buy three APEs, with some change left over; the APEs will eventually convert back into common shares (probably! not certainly! not legal or investing advice!) and you'll get free extra shares. But:
1. A lot of AMC shareholders are meme-stock believers who do not want the APEs to convert into common stock, are trying to prevent it, don't believe it will happen, and therefore have no reason to bet on the gap closing. 2. If you are an institutional AMC shareholder, sure you can sell your common shares and buy many more APEs. But if you instead hold the common shares, you can make a lot of money lending them out: Those super-expensive stock-borrow costs paid by short sellers end up getting paid (largely) to the share owners who lend out their common shares. The common stock has a higher price than the APEs in part because it is worth more: The common stock comes with share-lending cash flows, while the APEs do not.
AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. (7)
Delaware is where most US public companies are incorporated. A number of other companies have had to deal with this problem of meme-stock governance recently, and have used similar approaches, issuing weird preferred stocks with weird voting mechanics to deal with the problem of retail shareholders who don't vote. It is not ideal. On the one hand, these companies are probably right , as a matter of corporate finance, that they should issue more stock, and they are probably right , as a matter of responsiveness to their shareholders, that it is what a majority of their shareholders want. On the other hand, it is not a great precedent for Delaware courts to allow corporate directors to rig shareholder votes to get the results that they want: If you allow too much of this, then a company whose shareholders don't want to do something will issue a lot of weird preferred stock to allied investors to get a different result.
But at least the AMC situation is really about solving an inconvenience in Delaware law, which is that the law requires a majority of all voting shares to approve an increase in the number of authorized shares. If 39% of shareholders vote yes, 1% vote no and 60% don't bother to vote, you can't increase the number of shares, even though it seems clear that most of your shareholders want you to — it's just that a lot of them don't vote. Fixing this problem with weird preferred stock is clever, but has its own complications. It might be better to fix it by changing Delaware law to make it more convenient for the meme-stock era.
Here is a client memo from Richards, Layton & Finger, a leading Delaware law firm:
Legislation proposing to amend the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL") is expected to be introduced to the Delaware General Assembly for consideration during its 2023 regular session. If enacted, the 2023 amendments to the DGCL will, among other things, make the following changes: …
Section 242 will be revised to (i) eliminate the need to obtain the default vote of stockholders for charter amendments effecting specified types of forward stock splits and associated increases in the authorized number of shares, and (ii) reduce the minimum stockholder vote required to authorize a charter amendment increasing or decreasing the authorized shares of a class, or effecting a reverse split of the shares of a class, in circumstances where the shares of such class are listed on a national securities exchange immediately before the amendment becomes effective and meet the listing requirements of such exchange after the amendment becomes effective.
That is, the law might be changed to fix the APE problem. The memo goes on:
In recent years, due to a wider dispersion of shares among retail holders and policies in which brokerage firms decline to exercise their discretionary authority to vote shares held in "street name," many public corporations have encountered significant difficulty in securing various stockholder votes and, in particular, a vote necessary to effect a reverse stock split to help a corporation maintain the minimum share price amount necessary to be listed on a national securities exchange. The lack of interest and participation among stockholders and beneficial owners in these critical votes is often attributable not to the merits of the proposal—few stockholders, it would seem, would support a de-listing that would assuredly diminish the liquidity of the stock—but to "rational apathy" among retail and other dispersed investors, each of whom individually owns too few shares to have a vested interest in the corporation but all of whom collectively represent a significant portion of the voting base. New Section 242(d)(2) provides that a corporation may amend its certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the authorized shares of a class of stock, or to effect a reverse stock split in respect of a class of stock, without obtaining the vote or votes otherwise required by Section 242(b) (i.e., at least a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon) if (i) the shares ... are listed on a national exchange …, (ii) at a meeting of stockholders at which a vote is taken for and against the proposed amendment, the votes cast for the amendment exceed the votes cast against the amendment, and (iii) the amendment increases or decreases the number of shares of a class of stock that has not opted out of the class vote. ... As new Section 242(d)(2) refers only to votes cast for or against an amendment, it makes clear that abstentions have no effect on whether the required approval is obtained.
This seems like a rational change in the law for the meme-stock era, and a better solution than the APE stuff.
You know the story. AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. became a meme stock, so it sensibly sold a ton of stock to raise money and pay down debt. Eventually it ran out of stock to sell: Its corporate charter authorizes about 524 million shares of common stock, and it has sold basically all of them. Shareholders did not seem interested in amending the charter to authorize more shares, because they were worried about dilution and/or because they are retail investors who tend not to vote their shares at all. The way it works is that a majority of the outstanding shares need to approve the charter amendment to issue new shares, so not voting is the same as voting no.
But AMC's charter also allows the board to issue "blank-check" preferred stock, that is, preferred stock with any terms the board wants. So AMC started issuing a new type of preferred stock called APEs, AMC Preferred Equity Units, which are meant to be identical to the common stock: They have the same economic rights, same voting rights, etc. AMC did a quasi-stock-split in which shareholders got one APE for each common share they held, and then it started selling new APEs to raise more money.
Part of the plan here was just to sell APEs to raise money, but another part of the plan was to get the APEs to vote to amend the charter to allow AMC to issue more common shares. If that happens, the APEs will all be converted into common shares; since now the APEs trade at a discount to the common, this will be good for the APEs (and presumably bad for the common stock). Because (1) there are more APEs than common shares, (2) the APEs and common shares all vote together on all issues, including whether to amend the charter, (3) the APEs are more likely to be held by professional investors who actually vote, (4) voting to authorize more shares is strictly good for the APEs and (5) the APEs have a clever voting mechanism where a trustee votes them even if their actual holders forget to vote, so that not voting is not like voting no — AMC figured that if it held another vote to authorize more shares, the proposal would pass with the APEs' support.
You know the deal. AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. had a meme stock that traded up a lot even as AMC's business was struggling. AMC took advantage of this dynamic to sell a lot of stock — so much stock, in fact, that it ran out. Its corporate charter authorizes 524 million common shares, and by last summer it had issued essentially all of them.
The obvious solution was for AMC to ask its shareholders to vote to amend the charter and authorize more shares. In 2021, AMC did that, but then withdrew the proposal in the face of shareholder … well, I am not sure what to call it. "Shareholder opposition," perhaps. "Shareholder indifference," maybe. The point is that AMC needed to get a vote of a majority of all of its common shares to approve the charter amendment. There were two problems. One is that its shareholders are mostly individual retail investors, and retail investors tend not to vote much [1] ; only about half of AMC's shares voted at its last annual meeting. The other is that some of those investors really didn't like the plan to issue more stock, worrying that it would dilute their ownership (or help out short sellers, or otherwise bring down the price of AMC stock). Those two problems are additive: AMC needed a majority of all of its shares to vote to authorize more shares; if 40% of its shareholders didn't vote and another 20% voted no, then the proposal would fail. So AMC withdrew it.
Last summer, AMC came up with a less obvious but much funnier solution: Its board used its authority to issue "blank-check preferred stock" — basically preferred stock with any terms it likes, without shareholder approval — to issue a new sort of stock called APEs, AMC Preferred Equity Units, that are meant to replicate common stock. They have the same economic rights as common stock, and the same voting rights. AMC airdropped the APEs on its shareholders, issuing one APE for each common share as a stock dividend, and then went merrily along selling APEs to raise more cash.
One way for this to go would be for the market to decide that APEs are a close substitute for common shares, and price them accordingly. That mostly did not happen: By Dec. 21, AMC's common stock was trading at $5.30 per share, while the APEs were at just $0.685. AMC was selling an economic equivalent to common stock at an 80+% discount to the price of the common stock, which is definitely dilutive for shareholders.
The other way for it to go would be for AMC to ask shareholders again to amend the charter and authorize more shares, and then to use the additional authorization to convert the APEs into common shares and collapse everything back into one, more abundant, class of stock. On Dec. 22, AMC announced that it would do that. The APEs went up, and the common stock went down, as the market anticipated that the conversion.
The shareholder vote to approve the conversion is scheduled for March 14. One assumes it will be approved:
1. The APEs and common shares vote together as a single class, and there are now way more APEs than common shares. 2. The APEs have an incentive to vote yes: If their APEs are converted into common stock, that is good for APE holders, since right now APEs trade at a much lower price than the common. 3. A big block of APEs was placed with one investor, Antara Capital LP, who agreed to hold its APEs through the vote and vote them in favor of the amendment. 4. The APEs have a voting mechanism where they are technically preferred shares held by a depositary, and the depositary has to vote all of the shares in proportion to the voting instructions it actually gets, so if 40% of APE holders vote yes and 10% vote no (and 50% don't vote), the actual preferred shares will vote 80% yes and 20% no.
I wrote: "AMC has solved the problem of retail non-voting, by giving its retail shareholders APE units that (1) have voting rights but (2) don't rely on most of the holders actually bothering to vote."
Then some shareholders sued, claiming that this is all not allowed, that it is a trick to get around the requirement that the board can't amend the charter without the approval of a majority of all shares. (Which is true!) And yesterday they struck a deal with AMC:
The vote will go ahead as scheduled on March 14. AMC will report how many common shares vote for the proposal, how many vote against, how many don't vote, etc., and also how many APEs do each of those things. Whether or not AMC wins the vote — again, I expect it will win the overall vote — it will not immediately amend the charter to authorize more shares; instead it will wait for a court hearing. They'll meet back in court on April 27 to fight over whether AMC can amend the charter.
The result is that, when they go to court to decide if all of this is fair or not, they'll know what the vote was. Conceptually:
1. If everyone votes no, then AMC won't amend the charter and the lawsuit will be irrelevant. 2. If a majority of all of the common shares vote yes, and the APEs also vote yes, then that will be a pretty strong indication that this is all fine and shareholders approve it anyway, so the lawsuit will probably be irrelevant. 3. If a majority of the common shares that vote vote yes, and the APEs also vote yes, but the amendment fails to get a majority of all of the common shares — if 40% of the common votes yes, 20% votes no, and 40% doesn't vote at all, say — then in April AMC will have a decent argument to the judge to the effect of: "Look, yes, we did this to get around the strict letter of the voting requirements, but as you see, even with all the publicity this has generated, our shareholders never vote. So we are doing what we think is best for them and also what a majority of them, as best we can tell, actually want." I am not sure that a judge would allow the amendment, in this case, but it would be a bit harsh to stop it. 4. Conversely, if a majority of the APEs vote yes, and if that is enough for the amendment to pass, but most of the common shareholders who vote vote no , then the suing shareholders will have a decent argument to the judge of to the effect of: "Look, AMC did this with the intention of avoiding shareholder approval, and the shareholders — the real, common shareholders — voted against it, but they want to do it anyway, and you shouldn't let them." I am not sure that a judge would stop the amendment, in this case, but it would be pretty sticky.
But I don't know what will happen and the nice thing is that we'll find out in March. And then if it's Outcome 1 or Outcome 2, the lawsuit is irrelevant; if it's Outcome 3, AMC's chances in court will be pretty good; if it's Outcome 4, AMC's chances will be much worse.
By the way. I don't know what would have happened if AMC had actually held a vote to authorize more shares in July 2021, when it had planned to. One possibility is that the amendment would have passed, narrowly. Another is that it would have failed because most shareholders would have voted against it. A third possibility — perhaps the most likely? — is that it would have gotten more yes votes than no votes, but not enough yes votes; it would have gotten a majority of the votes but not of the total shares , and would fail. And if that had happened, then AMC could have eventually done the APEs thing, and then it could go to a judge now and say "look, our shareholders want this, but they don't vote, so we found a way to do it for them anyway," and the judge might be sympathetic.
The situation with the APEs is this. In the last couple of years, AMC has sold a ton of stock, largely at meme-driven high prices, and has used the money for corporate finance purposes like avoiding bankruptcy and, uh, getting into gold mining. It would like to sell more stock, but it has a problem. Under its corporate charter, it only has 524,173,073 authorized common shares, and has issued more or less all of them. (There are 517,580,416 shares outstanding at last count.) It still needs money, but it has no more shares to sell.
The charter can be amended to authorize more shares, and AMC tried. But to amend the charter, AMC would need the approval of a majority of its shareholders, and it apparently couldn't get that approval. [1] Part of the problem seems to be that AMC's largely retail investor base didn't want it to issue more shares, because they do not like dilution. But another — I suspect, bigger — part of the problem is that much of AMC's largely retail investor base doesn't vote at all. Retail investors famously don't vote, because it is inconvenient, because they don't get clear communications about votes from their brokers, because it is not individually rational to vote a small number of shares, etc. At AMC's annual meeting in 2022, only about 145 million of its 517 million outstanding shares — or 28% — voted for or against its director nominees (mostly for); the rest just didn't vote.
For directors, that's fine; directors just need a majority of the shares that actually vote, so getting 75% yes votes from the 28% of shares that bothered voting is enough. But for a charter amendment, it's not: The amendment requires majority approval from all the shares, so not voting has the same effect as voting against the amendment. If 24% of the shares voted in favor and 4% voted against, that's still a loss; you need more than 50% of all of the shares.
AMC couldn't issue more common shares. So it invented APEs. APEs are a new class of AMC share, technically called AMC Preferred Equity Units. APEs are preferred stock, not common stock, so they are not subject to the charter's cap of 524,173,073 authorized shares. And AMC's charter — like the charters of many US public companies — contains a "blank check" preferred stock provision, saying that the board can issue preferred stock with whatever terms it likes, without shareholder approval.
So AMC's board used that provision to issue APEs with terms identical to those of the common stock. APEs get the same economic rights (dividend, payments in liquidation, etc.) as the common stock; they also get the same voting rights. On anything that requires a shareholder vote, the common shares and APE units vote together, and each gets one vote. Also, the APEs will automatically convert into common stock — one APE will become one share of common stock — if and when AMC gets shareholder approval to issue enough stock to cover all the APEs.
A technical digression. AMC's charter allows it to issue preferred stock with any terms it wants, but the charter does have a cap on the number of preferred shares. That cap is 50 million preferred shares (separate from the cap of 524,173,073 common shares). AMC wanted to issue a lot more than 50 million APEs, but fortunately there is an easy solution. Remember, the preferred stock can have any terms that AMC's board wants, so AMC made each preferred share equivalent (in voting and economic rights) to 100 common shares, and then it made each APE — technically not a share at all, but an AMC Preferred Equity unit — equal to 1/100th of a preferred share. If you buy an APE unit, what you are getting is 1/100th of an AMC preferred share, which is equivalent to 100 common shares, so you are getting the equivalent of one common share. It all works out. And AMC's board authorized one billion APEs, which would take only 10 million of the 50 million preferred shares it is allowed to issue.
Nobody really wants to issue 1/100ths of a share, though, so AMC is not actually issuing fractional preferred shares. Mechanically what happens is that when AMC issues APEs, it actually issues (whole shares of) preferred stock to a depositary , a bank or trust company that holds onto the shares for it, and the depositary issues APE units. AMC's depositary is Computershare Trust Co., which does a lot of this sort of business. What you have bought, when you buy an APE, is a depositary receipt from Computershare representing 1/100th of an AMC preferred share. And Computershare actually owns the preferred shares, on behalf of all the APE unit holders.
I guess this all sounds weird and convoluted, but it's actually a pretty common mechanism. Companies that issue a lot of retail-oriented fixed-income preferred stock — banks, for instance — often use depositary receipts, so that each preferred share has a face value of, like, $25,000, but the units that trade on exchanges are like 1/1,000th of a preferred share with a face value of $25. [2] So here is a 2022 Bank of America Corp. offering of 1/1,000ths of its preferred stock, and here is a 2021 JPMorgan Chase & Co. offering of 1/400ths of its preferred stock, and here is a 2021 Citigroup Inc. offering of 1/25ths of its preferred stock. This is standard stuff, in certain corners of the world.
We talked last month about AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s clever APE trade. Basically AMC is in the business of selling tons of stock, but it ran out of stock to sell: Its corporate charter only authorizes it to issue 524,173,073 common shares, and it had issued pretty much all of them. It went to its shareholders and asked them to vote to amend the charter and allow more shares, but it couldn't get enough votes, mostly because it has so many retail shareholders and retail shareholders tend not to vote their shares.
So it issued new preferred shares, called APEs, that are meant to have similar rights to its regular common shares. In particular, the APE shares get to vote alongside the common shares. In the beginning, AMC issued one free APE share for each common share — like a stock split, where each share was split into one common share and one APE — but then it started selling APEs for cash too. So now there are more APEs than common shares.
The APEs trade at a huge discount to the common shares, because they are weird, but AMC can fix that: It will once again ask shareholders to vote to authorize more shares, so it can convert the APEs into common shares. But this time, it expects the vote to go better, because it is asking not for a vote of common shares but for a combined vote of common shares and APEs. Hedge funds and other professional investors have bought APEs (and perhaps shorted common shares) to bet on their prices converging; those investors will be sure to vote their APE shares, because that's what will make the prices converge. (When APEs convert into common shares, the prices will have to mechanically converge.) And there are more APEs (which trade at a discount and would benefit by authorizing more shares) than common shares (which trade at a higher price than the APEs and might lose from convergence). And AMC actually placed a big block of APE shares with a hedge fund back in December, and the hedge fund agreed to vote in favor of the share authorization.
Honestly the APE thing is pretty clever. AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. has one incredible advantage and one bizarre constraint. The advantage is that AMC is really really good at raising equity: It rode last year's meme-stock wave more expertly than anyone else, using retail investors' enthusiasm for its stock to sell lots of stock at attractive prices to pay down debt.
The constraint is that, like most public companies, AMC has a corporate charter that limits the number of shares it can issue, and it is basically all out of shares. To get more shares, it needs to get a majority of its shareholders to approve an amendment to the corporate charter authorizing more shares, and this is hard, for two reasons:
1. Some shareholders seem to dislike the idea of being "diluted" if AMC issues more shares. This strikes me as misguided — if a company sells stock at a price that is too high, that's accretive! — but people worry. 2. More important, AMC has tons of retail shareholders, and retail shareholders, stereotypically, don't vote. It needs a majority of all shares to vote in favor of the charter amendment, and it's hard to do that if many of your shareholders don't vote at all.
And so AMC came up with a novel idea. It couldn't sell any more common shares, so it would sell APE shares, "AMC Preferred Equity units," a weird new instrument designed to look like common stock. The APE shares are not common stock, so they are not covered by the cap in the certificate of incorporation, but they are like common stock in most important ways. They are listed on the stock exchange and they have the same economic rights (to dividends, etc.) as the common stock does. Also, crucially, they vote with the common stock: Anything that needs shareholder approval is submitted to a combined vote of the common and APE shares; each share, common or APE, gets one vote.
AMC did not start by selling APEs; it started by giving them away. It distributed APEs to its existing common shareholders, one APE per common share; the result was basically like a stock split, where if you previously had 100 shares now you had 200, except half of them were APEs. This created a market for the APEs — now people had them, they were bought and sold on the stock exchange. And then AMC started selling APEs to raise money. It was out of common shares, but it still had APEs.
In theory there were three ways this could go:
1. The APEs and common shares, being more or less identical, would trade at more or less the same price. It would be like any other company with dual-class shares. AMC would keep issuing more APEs to raise financing, and would get about as much money for the APEs as it would for its common stock. Nobody would worry about the small differences between APEs and common shares. 2. The APEs would be worth more than the common stock, because they are funny? The ticker is APE. They are preferred stock, which you might think makes them preferable to the common stock. In this case, AMC would keep issuing APEs to raise financing, and would get more money for the APEs than it would for common stock, and would have created some value out of nothing. Or, rather, would have created some value out of leaning into the meme-stock thing, which is how it creates value generally. 3. The APEs would be worth less than the common stock, because common stock is a normal obvious standard thing, while a weird preferred unit is weird. In this case, AMC would have no choice but to keep issuing APEs to raise financing — it can't sell more common shares! — but would get less for those APEs than it would for its common stock. The APE financings would be dilutive: AMC would sell APEs for less than the price of common stock, but the APEs would have the same economic rights as common stock. This would be bad.
Option 3 was the most likely, and it is in fact what happened. When APEs started trading in August, they were worth about $6 or $7 per share, while the common stock was around $9 or $10. Yesterday the common stock closed at $5.30; the APEs closed at $0.685, an 87% discount. That's bad. If your common stock is worth $5.30, selling basically-common-stock for $0.685 is a bad corporate finance move.
But this problem comes with its own solution. AMC can still go back to shareholders anytime and ask them to vote to collapse this back into a normal single-share structure, by authorizing more common shares and converting the APE shares into common shares. If a majority of shareholders approve, then each APE will turn into a common share, closing the discount. Maybe the common shares will maintain their value and the APEs will go up to $5.30, or maybe they'll both end up worth, say, $3, but in any case they'll all be the same thing and trade at the same price.
And, when AMC puts that proposition to a vote, the common shareholders and the APE holders will all vote together. There will be more APE shares than common shares: Originally the APEs were distributed to common shareholders 1 for 1, creating an equal number of APEs and common shares, and since then AMC has sold more APEs while the common share supply is capped. So the majority of voting shares belong to the APEs, which trade at a discount to the common. The APEs have every reason to vote to collapse their APEs back into common stock to close the discount. The bigger the discount is, the more incentive they have to vote. And, the bigger the discount is, the more likely it is that some professional investor — a hedge fund, etc. — will buy up the APEs in order to vote: You can pay $0.685 for APEs, and then vote to turn them into common shares worth $5.30.
Meanwhile presumably some number of common shareholders will dislike this, because closing the discount probably means lowering the value of the common shares, so they might vote against it. But (1) there are more APEs than common shares, and (2) the APEs are much more motivated to vote — and much less likely to be held by retail — than the common. So AMC should be able to get shareholder approval to collapse the two classes of stock.
Also AMC can just sell more APEs directly to hedge funds who promise to vote to collapse the structure, helping the vote along.
There is, however, a weird complication limiting how much AMC can do. A public company's certificate of incorporation will say how many shares it can issue, and that number can't be changed without a vote of the majority of outstanding shares. AMC is limited to issuing 524,173,073 shares of common stock. It has issued 516,820,595 of those shares, leaving about 7.4 million to spare, though some of those might be reserved for employee stock-based compensation or other uses. In round numbers, AMC is out of shares to issue. So it can't sell more shares to raise money, and it can't issue more shares to, for instance, attract new employees or buy new gold mines.
AMC sensibly tried to address this problem by asking shareholders to authorize 500 million new shares, but shareholders objected and AMC ultimately withdrew the proposal. So it is stuck with the shares it has. (I once proposed that it should issue its last available share for millions of dollars, because there is a ton of meme value to owning the last AMC share, but I guess I was kidding?)
On the other hand, AMC has preferred shares. Its certificate of incorporation authorizes it to issue up to 50 million shares of preferred stock, and like most companies it hadn't issued any. As is typical for public companies, this is what is called "blank-check preferred": The board of directors can decide how much to issue, what its rights are, how much to sell it for, etc., without shareholder approval. This is a pretty significant loophole. What the board can do is issue preferred stock that looks like common stock. Specifically:
The preferred stock can have the same voting rights as the common stock. The preferred stock can have the same economic rights as the common stock: If AMC pays a cash dividend on the common, the preferred gets the same dividend; if AMC is acquired in a merger, the preferred gets paid the same price as the common, etc. The preferred stock can be convertible into the common stock, if AMC's shareholders ever approve enough shares.
Technically you have to deal with the 50-million-share cap on preferred shares, but that can be managed: You can say "each preferred share is equivalent to 100 shares of common stock," giving you 5 billion share equivalents to play with. Then you can set up a depository receipt program where AMC issues shares of the preferred stock to a depository, and the depository issues receipts for 1/100th of a preferred share to investors. Then each receipt should be economically equivalent to one common share.
This all sounds weird, when I write it down like that. But it is actually a pretty well-known technology, in the niche world of companies without enough authorized shares. Surely lots of bankers and lawyers pitched it to AMC. Yesterday AMC did it:
AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s preferred stock made its debut Monday amid a selloff in other meme stocks and the broader market, making for a volatile day. ...
AMC issued a dividend after Friday's close of one preferred equity unit for each share of the common, in effect putting in place a 2-for-1 stock split. The preferred shares traded for the first time Monday on the New York Stock Exchange under the "APE" symbol, a term Reddit users coined to refer to others who are bullish on so-called meme stocks. The split sparked some volatile trading, triggering multiple trading halts in earlier trading Monday for both classes of shares.
Specifically, the trade was to (1) authorize 1 billion new APE units, each of which is equivalent to one common share and (2) issue about 516.8 million of them to holders of existing AMC common shares as a dividend. So if you owned an AMC common share on Friday, on Monday you owned an AMC common share plus an APE unit. That is "in effect" a 2-for-1 stock split: Each APE unit has the same economic and voting rights as a common share, so you went from owning one common share to owning two-ish common-ish shares.
ARK Investment Management (1)
One thing that I like to say around here is that the primary job of a hedge fund manager is not picking stocks that go up, but rather continuing to manage a hedge fund. If you lose a bunch of investor money one year and the investors don't take the rest of the money back — due to your personal charm or a reassuring previous history of performance or a compelling turnaround thesis or contractual lockups — then you had a pretty good year.
This is much more true of a mutual fund manager, or an exchange-traded fund manager, just due to the compensation scheme. If you run a hedge fund you charge fees of something like 2% of assets under management and 20% of profits; if you lose money then your fees are not what you hoped for. If you run a mutual fund or ETF you collect something like 0.5% of assets under management, and you generally don't get a performance fee. Compensation-wise, the whole game is gathering lots of assets and keeping them them. Of course performance is helpful in gathering assets, and of course losing money reduces your assets and thus your fees. But good performance is not the only way to gather assets, or to keep them.
Here's a story about ARK Investment Management and its celebrity founder and manager Cathie Wood that contains an incredible accolade (emphasis added):
After a stellar 2020 in which it outshone just about everyone on Wall Street, ARK's had a brutal 12 months. Its flagship fund, the ARK Innovation ETF, has plunged more than 45% because of its big bets on speculative technology-related companies. The S&P 500 index has returned about 20% over the same period. Manager and ARK founder Cathie Wood is perhaps best known for her huge commitment to Tesla Inc., and that stock is still positive compared with a year ago. But other top holdings including streaming device maker Roku, crypto exchange Coinbase Global, and virtual health-care provider Teladoc Health have tumbled.
Say what you will about Wood—and in online forums, on message boards, and across social media, they pretty much say it all—few money managers have ever lost as much cash yet kept so many investors. Although the Innovation fund's assets had dropped by more than $15 billion from their peak in February 2021 through to the end of January, the largest portion of that reflects the declining value of its holdings. Less than 10% stemmed from investor withdrawals, and the fund ended the month with $13 billion in assets. With a day's worth of flow data in January still to come, the ETF had posted net inflows in 2022, even as it slumped about 20%.
"She lost so much cash but kept so many investors" is perhaps not the nicest thing you can say about a stock-picker , but it is the very nicest thing you could possibly say about a fund manager. Anyone can attract investors by making a lot of money for them; keeping investors after losing a lot of money for them is the real skill. It is not too hard to explain how she has done it — a strong personal brand in an increasingly dull industry, strongly held and intuitive arguments for why her thesis is still right, a history of past performance — but that doesn't make it easy to replicate.
Adani (2)
The Adani item is a sharp combination of ESG, project finance and enforcement. The alleged bribes were tied to solar contracts, but the legal problem was classic: payments, disclosures and investor trust. Green projects still use ordinary financial plumbing.
One important way for activist short selling to work is that a short seller makes a big bet against a company's stock, the short seller publishes a report saying that the company is a fraud, the company publishes a rebuttal saying that actually it is good and the short seller is the fraud, and then some outside referee with some official power evaluates both reports and decides who wins.
This is not an absolute requirement: The short seller might publish a report saying "this company's sales growth is not going to be what the market expects, so it is overpriced," and the company could publish a response saying "no," and then some combination of (1) the company's future performance and (2) the reactions of other investors will decide who wins. Here, there is no outside referee and no single definitive determination of who is right and who is wrong.
But if you are going to bother with activist short selling, you mostly aren't putting out noisy reports about growth and valuation doubts. You are mostly putting out noisy reports about fraud or crime or "the entire product is fake." And if you are noisy enough, some responsible regulator will look into your report, and the regulator will either (1) decide that the company is a fraud and bring charges, in which case its stock probably crashes and you win, (2) decide that you are baselessly slandering the company and bring charges against you , in which case you lose, or (3) close the case without action, in which case the stock probably recovers and you probably mostly lose. An activist short report is often an indirect request for regulatory action , and it succeeds if there's an enforcement action and fails otherwise.
Affirm (1)
One of my favorite insider trading cases is the one of the hackers who allegedly got advance access to tens of thousands of corporate press releases and used the confidential information in those press releases to trade stocks. An SEC case against some of them alleged that they made money on about 77% of their trades. That's pretty good, but it also means that roughly one out of every four times that they got the news in advance they nonetheless misinterpreted it. A company would write an earnings release with a big top-line beat but disappointing net income, and the traders would have to decide "wait is this good news or bad news?" They got it wrong about one out of every four times.
It would be hilarious if companies regularly put out earnings releases one item at a time, an hour apart. "Our top-line revenue was up 77%," a company would say, and investors would be like "sweet!" and buy a lot of stock, and then an hour later the company would say "but we had a $160 million net loss," and investors would rush to sell. An hour later you'd get guidance for next quarter. Knowing that a company beat expectations on revenue is helpful, but it is not definitive. If you want to know what the stock will do, you need all of the earnings information, plus you need to know what the market was expecting. Even then it is not always easy.
Anyway companies do not actually do this because (1) it's stupid and (2) it is against the rules to "omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading," meaning you can't just put out good news without mentioning the related bad news. I mean, they don't do it intentionally, for the most part. But Affirm did it by accident last week:
Affirm Holdings Inc. tumbled after the buy-now, pay-later firm whipsawed investors with an errant, early release of partial financial results and then forecast quarterly revenue that missed analyst estimates.>
The company's shares plunged as much as 33% on Thursday afternoon after it reported results with a third-quarter revenue forecast that missed some analyst estimates, and a widened net loss. Just hours earlier, investors were given a snapshot of what the company called "another great quarter" via an accidental Tweet, which was enough of a glimpse to send the shares surging.>
The afternoon volatility caused a halt in trading -- and prompted the company to explain itself -- again on Twitter. Some results had leaked earlier than the official earnings release time, scheduled for after the market closed, "due to human error," it said.>
The second-quarter results, which it went on to release ahead of schedule anyway, showed a 77% gain in revenue. Its net loss of $159.7 million widened from $26.6 million a year earlier, missing the $100.3 million average estimate of six analysts in a Bloomberg survey.>
In the accidental Tweet posted at about 1:15 p.m., the company had referenced the revenue surge, before deleting the post.
Alphabet (1)
So in 2015 they retired from running Google, the advertising company, and left it to a professional chief executive officer, Sundar Pichai. But because, in addition to being super-duper-billionaires, they were also the controlling shareholders of Google, they didn't just ride their Segways off into the sunset. They created a new holding company on top of Google, called Alphabet Inc., which would contain (1) Google and (2) a portfolio of weird side projects that had the potential to change the world in new and profound ways mostly unrelated to online advertising. They would remain in charge of Alphabet, Pichai would run the advertising business and funnel money their way, and they'd sort of Segway around thinking about the world-changing stuff and endeavoring to forget the advertising. There is a bit of a walking-away-from-Omelas element to this—you get to think about driverless cars and human immortality because in some dingy basement ad metrics are being tortured—and it was a lot easier to forget the, uh, all the internet stuff in 2015 than it is in 2019.
One obvious question is what this means for Alphabet, by which I mean the strange structural setup in which Alphabet is a holding company whose business is almost entirely Google, but whose purpose is almost entirely the weird side bets. You could just about imagine a shift of personnel with no change in focus: Pichai could take charge of Alphabet and spend his days tinkering with immortality while appointing a new CEO to take charge of Google and never bother him about it. But that seems unlikely. That's an idiosyncratic setup for idiosyncratic visionary billionaire controlling-shareholder founders; it's not a job that a professional CEO just gets promoted into. Pichai "will remain the CEO of Google," says the press release, "and assumes the role of managing Alphabet's investment in its portfolio of Other Bets." ("Alphabet and Google no longer need two CEOs and a President," Page and Brin's letter adds.) He's stuck doing everything, as Brin and Page were before 2015, except that he doesn't also own the company. If he checks out of the money-making stuff to focus on curing death, the board—which includes Brin and Page—could tell him to get back to work, or fire him. So what will he do?
That strikes me as a perfectly reasonable interpretation. But there's also another side, which is that Google might be run more as a business, or more as the business, or more as a public company. One aspect of the Alphabet structure was that Google, one of the biggest and most profitable companies in the world, is sort of a black box from a public disclosure perspective. We have talked about this fact a couple of times, and it is specifically linked to the fact that Page and Brin don't want to hear anything about how Google operates. Take YouTube. YouTube is an advertising behemoth, an important social network, its own entertainment and celebrity industry, a vector of political radicalization, and by all indications a gigantic business, probably bigger than most U.S. public companies. Google owns it. It is hardly mentioned in Alphabet's annual report, which does not break out any operational or financial results for YouTube—they're just swept up into "Google segment." The Securities and Exchange Commission once asked Alphabet to disclose the revenue of its YouTube segment, and Alphabet replied, haha no, gotcha, we don't have a YouTube segment. We have a Google segment, which has a YouTube segment. The difference is that the CEO of Alphabet, at the time, did not care about YouTube:
Americanas (1)
You might naively assume that a big retailer would not be subject to a run on the bank: You announce "hey we did a lot of fraud," the stock goes down, but you still have the same stores and inventory and brand as you did the day before, customers keep showing up at your stores and buying stuff, and maybe you cut costs and earn enough to fill the hole in your accounts. Sure you have some long-term debt, and sure the lenders say you are in default and demand their money back, but you can fight that in court for a while. It's not like you have depositors who can take out all their money at the first hint of fraud.
But a lesson here is that, deep down, lots of companies are actually levered financial institutions subject to run risk. Americanas doesn't just sell stuff to customers for money that it uses to pay for more stuff; it sells stuff to customers on credit and then borrows against the receivables to pay its bills. It funds itself with short-term borrowing, that could dry up overnight, and did. Because it did a fraud, and because it told everyone.
Ant Group Co. (1)
We have talked a few times about the shifting balance of power between entrepreneurs who run hot startups and investors who give them money. My basic view is that once money was worth a lot, and now it's worth less; once cool business ideas were worth a certain amount, but now they're worth more. Global markets and electronic communications make it easier to raise money from anywhere; all investors everywhere are in competition to provide capital to the hottest companies. Meanwhile global markets and electronic communications also make it easier for hot companies to scale; if you make a good app, you can distribute it to everyone in the world a lot more easily than you could once have distributed a good ball bearing. Entrepreneurs have relatively more power, which means that they can demand better terms from investors than they used to; they can insist on having more control of their business, treating investors as suppliers of a relatively unimportant input (money) rather than as full partners in the running of the business.
We've talked about a few possible limit cases—Snap Inc., WeWork Cos.—but I'm not sure anything in the U.S. tech world can compare to Ant Group Co.:
In 2018, an exclusive group of global private-equity firms and mutual-fund managers including Silver Lake, Warburg Pincus LLC, Carlyle Group Inc. and T. Rowe Price Group Inc. took part in a coveted fundraising by Ant that raised $14 billion and minted the financial-technology giant as the world's most valuable startup.>
More than $10 billion of the money came from international investors, which bought shares in an offshore shell company set up by Ant to raise funds in U.S. dollars. The unusual arrangement came about because in order to secure a payment license to operate Alipay, its highly popular mobile app, Ant had to be domiciled in mainland China. But that also limited the company's ability to raise funds directly from foreign investors.>
The global investors agreed to terms that were highly favorable to Ant, and which limited their ability to cash out if the company didn't end up going public, according to people familiar with the matter. Ant also didn't provide a listing time frame or guarantee investors a return while it stayed private, the people added.>
The foreign investors didn't receive any voting rights in Ant, which was valued at $150 billion in the June 2018 deal, the world's largest-ever startup fundraising. None was given a seat on Ant's board.
Here is how the Financial Times put it last month:
Under an arrangement between Ant and its so-called international Class C investors, the cash was put into an offshore subsidiary that owns nothing. Aside from not having voting rights, there is little detail of the commercial terms of the agreement in Ant's heavily redacted IPO prospectus.
Basically Ant could go to international investors and say "you put money in a bag, and we will hold onto the bag, and you will go away, and perhaps one day, if we feel like it, we will go public and list our shares and then send you some shares for the money, but in the meantime you will be very quiet and far away." And the investors thought, well, one day Ant will feel like going public, and then we'll get our shares, so let's not worry too much about the legal niceties in the meantime. And that was not even a bad thought, though the problem is now that the Chinese government called off Ant's initial public offering in November. And now the investors remain very quiet and far away:
"We are patient investors and don't agitate for an IPO when investing in private companies," a Baillie Gifford spokeswoman said.
Well, what would they say? What good would agitating for an IPO do them?
Meanwhile here is a claim that you have to put in articles like this, but that I do not believe:
Ant's recent debacle could make some international investors think twice about buying stakes in hot Chinese startups in the future, though others believe there still is significant profit to be made in the sector.
It makes sense: Investors gave Ant money without protections, their money is trapped, they wish they had protections, maybe next time they will ask for protections. I just don't buy it. I mean, sure, next time they will ask for protections, and the company will say "absolutely not, put your money in this bag and shut up," and they'll meekly oblige. The thing that will make some international investors think twice about buying stakes in hot Chinese startups will be when the Chinese market is fully saturated, everyone in China has a phone and a mortgage and a car and a line of credit and a brokerage account and a meal-kit-delivery subscription, and there are no prospects of fabulous riches to dangle in front of international investors. Until then "we're growing really fast, give us a bag of money and maybe one day we'll give you something back for it if we feel like it" is a perfectly serviceable pitch that will not be undermined by a few high-profile disasters. The investors need the companies, not the reverse.
Apollo Global Management (1)
There is a simple model of private equity in which private equity firms create value for their investors by taking it from creditors. There is some boring company with steady cash flows and some investment-grade debt, and a private equity firm comes along and buys it by loading it down with a lot more debt. The existing creditors had safe investment-grade debt, but now they have risky claims on a much more levered business; the value of their debt has gone down. The new creditors are also making a risky bet, though at least they get paid for it. If things work out, the company does well and the private equity fund makes a multiple of its capital; the creditors just get paid back. If things don't work out, the company goes bankrupt, the private equity fund loses its investment but the creditors also take big losses. If things first work out and then don't, then the private equity fund can take out a big dividend in the good times and make back its investment, and then in the bad times it can leave the creditors with the losses. And the private equity sponsor is smart and focused on this, so it will write its debt documents in ways that allow it to get its money back and leave creditors with the losses.
I don't mean to endorse this model completely, but a lot of people believe some version of it. In particular, a lot of people believe a version of it where you replace the words "the private equity fund" with the word "Apollo." Bloomberg's Allison McNeely writes about Apollo Global Management Inc.'s image:
Apollo's longtime reputation — particularly in the brass-knuckle business of bickering over bankruptcies and investing in troubled companies – has had real financial consequences. Historically, bond and loan investors have demanded additional interest, around 50 to 100 basis points, to finance Apollo's leveraged buyouts, just in case a brawl ensues. It's known as the "Apollo Premium."
I mean in some sense that should be a source of pride? Sure you pay an extra 50 to 100 basis points to finance your buyouts, but that's only because you have extracted so much more value for your investors — from your creditors — than all the other private equity firms. They left money on the table in their previous deals. You took all the money off all the tables in all your deals, and you pay for it now.
Aramco (4)
I have talked a couple of times about my basic theory of Aramco's limited local IPO. The theory is that if you go public and your stock trades at a $2 trillion valuation, you can sell more stock to big international investors at a $2 trillion valuation, using the simple argument "our stock is worth $2 trillion because it trades at $2 trillion." Before you go public, investors will look at various valuation metrics to decide how much they want to pay for your stock, and if they come up with a $1.2 trillion valuation it'll be hard to get them to pay $2 trillion. After you go public, investors will mostly look at the price, and if the price is $2 trillion they'll start to think that's fair. This is not a very sophisticated theory or anything. Obviously lots of investors care about value, and if they think a company is worth $1.2 trillion and it trades at $2 trillion they just won't buy it. And the ways that Aramco got to a $2 trillion valuation—basically, selling only a tiny float in the local market to investors who bought out of some combination of patriotism, government pressure, and special freebie bonus share deals—might lead international investors to discount that $2 trillion valuation. None of this is a secret, and you might expect sophisticated international investors to look through Aramco's current trading price and stick to their own valuations. But of course index investors won't! Index investors don't do valuations; they just buy whatever stocks are in the index, at whatever price they trade at. And then closet indexers buy the stock, and active-but-still-worried-about-the-index managers buy the stock, and before you know it everyone buys the stock and saying it's not worth $2 trillion because of its dividend yield is a grumpy contrarian position. By the way, all of this is … sort of an obvious trick? Like, go public with a limited float, put the stock in friendly hands, give investors incentives to buy and not sell, get a high price and then hand the stock off to index funds to consolidate that price and make a profit for the early investors. It is a trick that stock promoters know well, and one that index providers are on guard against; we talked recently about MSCI's decision to exclude ArtGo Holdings Inc. from its indexes, after its price rose 3,800% to qualify for the index, because of "concerns about investability." But guarding against this—and accounting for "investability"—is subjective and complicated. MSCI's Emerging Markets Index has a market capitalization of about $6.06 trillion, according to Bloomberg data. Aramco has a market capitalization of about $2 trillion; it would make up about a quarter of the index if you just added the whole thing. But that would of course be silly; only about 1.5% of Aramco actually trades, and even that number is artificially inflated:
Index compilers didn't consider, or gave a reduced weight to, the tranche of shares that was sold to retail investors in the IPO, because individuals have the incentive to hold them for 180 days in order to get bonus shares. More passive inflows could arrive next year once the period expires and Aramco's weight is adjusted up, analysts said. Arqaam and EFG-Hermes analysts expect Aramco's weight within the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, the most popular gauge for investors looking at equities from developing nations, to be between 16 basis points to 17 basis points.
Man, people in the U.S. are constantly complaining about the "IPO pop," but take a look at Wednesday's trading in Aramco. Aramco offered 3 billion shares, just 1.5% of its stock, in the initial public offering, and priced it at 32 riyals on Tuesday. Then it opened for trading on Wednesday and traded 31.6 million shares, "roughly 1 per cent of the company's free float, which is far below the average amount of trading expected in a newly listed company." For context, Uber Technologies Inc. sold 180 million shares in its IPO, and 186.3 million shares traded the first day. Trading more than 100% of the float on the first day is pretty normal. Trading 1% is not. If you are cynical about this IPO, as I am, you might attribute that to various artificial constraints on supply: local retail investors who get a bonus for keeping their shares for the long term, that sort of thing. (And: "The government has encouraged wealthy Saudi families, who own large conglomerates, to invest as a national duty, The Wall Street Journal has reported. Stock analysts don't consider them easy sellers.") But that's not actually the explanation, as you can see from the much greater volume that has traded on Thursday. The actual explanation is simpler: It was an artificial constraint on price. The Riyadh exchange has a 10% limit on daily price moves, so Aramco went limit-up its first day and stayed there. People wanted to buy for more than 35.20 riyals, and nobody wanted to sell for 35.20 riyals or less, so nobody traded. The next day there was a new limit, there were buyers and sellers below that limit, and so the stock can trade. It has reached, if not a "fair" or "correct" price, a price that at least for now seems to balance supply and demand. If the government of Saudi Arabia was run by Silicon Valley venture capitalists, at this point they would be complaining that Wall Street had helped out its investor buddies by selling them Aramco stock too cheap so they could make a guaranteed profit. Why not just sell the stock at the correct price, rather than at a 15% discount to the correct price? If on the first day everyone wanted to pay more than 35.20, and no one wanted to sell for less, pricing the IPO at 32 seems like a missed opportunity. But it seems pretty clear that this is what Saudi Arabia wanted: They wanted Aramco's IPO to trade up, they wanted a show of confidence from the market, they wanted investors to make some easy money, because they are playing the long game and they want to entice other, later investors to invest much more money down the line. This IPO is practice for an international share sale later on, and Aramco wants to set a precedent of investors making money. This is all the stuff that bankers tell founders and venture capitalists in regular startup IPOs too, by the way, but the founders and VCs have kind of stopped believing it, and now everyone seems to think that companies are being cheated if their IPO investors make a quick profit. Aramco doesn't think that, though. Oh, also, it is probably not a coincidence that the right price is right around $2 trillion.[1] That's the number that Aramco, and Saudi government leaders, wanted. They didn't get it from international investors in a big IPO, and they didn't even get it from local investors in their scaled-back IPO, but they got it two days later. And everyone knew that was the target:
Several hedge funds, seeing the listing as an effective one-way bet, have bought shares, with the intention of selling out once they hit the $2tn mark, people familiar with the matter have said.
You can kind of see that in the chart: The stock went limit-up this morning and then fell as some investors said "right, $2 trillion, that's done" and got out. And: "Saudi Aramco investors should take profit now after shares in the world's biggest company jumped 10% in their first day of trading Wednesday, analysts at Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. recommended in a note to clients."
I will say that I find Aramco's approach here … kind of plausible? I laid out my basic theory of Aramco last month, though it's so basic that it hardly deserves to be called a theory: If Aramco goes public and trades at a $2 trillion valuation, then that's a pretty good argument that it deserves a $2 trillion valuation. It's not an airtight argument, and all of the objections that investors had to this IPO—the relatively low dividend yield compared to peers, the lack of transparency, the geopolitical risk, the fact that "nobody at Aramco could convincingly explain why Aramco deserved its $2 trillion valuation"—will still apply even if Aramco trades up to $2 trillion on a tiny float in a friendly local market. But offering a tiny float in a friendly local market is a pretty good way to get the stock to trade up, and there will be other positive pressure:
Analysts say that in the short term, investors with buy orders for Aramco shares may find few sellers. Saudi small investors will be rewarded for holding the shares for six months, earning a bonus share for each 10 that they buy, up to a ceiling of 100 bonus shares, so they are unlikely to bail out soon. "It is not obvious who is going to be selling," said Zachary Cefaratti, chief executive of Dalma Capital, a Dubai-based financial firm with three funds focused on Saudi Arabia. At the same time, Mr. Cefaratti said, fund managers who follow certain stock indexes would be under pressure to buy Aramco shares. MSCI, an index provider, for instance, plans to include Aramco in several stock indexes beginning Tuesday. An adviser on the I.P.O. estimated that such pressures could create $3 billion to $5 billion of new demand for the shares.
There's price-insensitive demand, there is an artificial lack of supply, it's a good recipe to get to the valuation they want. And then they can go back to international investors—as they are apparently contemplating—and say "see, it's worth $2 trillion, don't you want in now?" And maybe the international investors say no—maybe they have conviction on their valuation calls and won't pay more than it's worth—but maybe they say yes. Maybe peer pressure and fear of missing out on a hot stock will work in Aramco's favor, the way peer pressure and fear of catching a falling knife seem to have worked against Aramco in this round. If nobody's paying more than $1.2 trillion for Aramco, it's easy to refuse to pay more than $1.2 trillion for Aramco. Once it's trading at $2 trillion—even debatably, even artificially—then it's easier to say yes.
There was a story of the Saudia Arabian Oil Co. initial public offering in which it was a $2 trillion company that was going to sell 5% of its stock to international investors to diversify Saudi Arabia's economy away from oil and into tech. The idea is that if you sell 5% of a $2 trillion oil company then you have $100 billion, which you can invest in tech companies, and $100 billion buys a lot of tech-company shares. The other idea is that if you own 95% of a $2 trillion oil company then that is qualitatively different from owning 100% of that oil company: If you just own the oil company outright, you are in the oil business, but if you own 95% of the shares of a publicly traded oil company then you are in the investing business. You've got a portfolio of public-company shares. Yes, 95% of your portfolio is in one company, but that is just sort of an accidental characteristic of your portfolio. Your business is managing the portfolio, optimizing your investment mix. Over time you will probably sell down that one big concentrated stake and further diversify your investments, because, looking at the situation as a portfolio manager , that big concentrated stake is hard to justify. But you can't look at the situation as portfolio manager until (1) you convert the oil company into a publicly traded stake and (2) you put at least something else in the portfolio. Before that you're just an oil-company manager. I don't know. One problem is that it turns out Aramco is not a $2 trillion company that will sell 5% of its stock to international investors. It's a $1.7 trillion company that sold about 1.5% of its stock on Saudi Arabia's own Riyadh stock exchange, largely to local investors. The IPO priced today and raised about $25.6 billion. That's a lot of money; Theodore Schleifer calls it "the most important IPO for Silicon Valley in 2019," because presumably that money will end up going to tech companies. But it's not that much money. It's less than Aramco's net income per quarter. If Saudi Arabia wanted to diversify its economy by taking money from oil and putting it into tech then, you know, it keeps getting a lot of money from oil that it could put into tech. And it does; Saudi money made up a lot of SoftBank Group Corp.'s first Vision Fund. A really big international Aramco IPO might have fundamentally altered Saudi Arabia's ability to pump money into tech companies. A smallish one doesn't really. Another problem is that Saudi Arabia is now, weirdly, a bit more in the oil business. Ellen Wald writes at Bloomberg Opinion:
Now that Saudi Aramco is finally about to become a public company, it will have to start acting like one. And that means the share price of the state-owned oil giant will be of primary consideration to its executives and its shareholders. The kingdom's monarchy, which will still control nearly all of Aramco's shares after the IPO, will have particular interest in the stock price as it seeks to sell additional shares following the lock-up period. But because Aramco is a unique oil company, this could lead to unexpected OPEC oil policies.
One way to think of this is that Saudia Arabia didn't do the Aramco IPO; it is still in the middle of the Aramco IPO. It sold some shares, it's got a lockup on selling some more shares for six months, but it's still trying to get to its target of selling 5% at a $2 trillion valuation. Once Aramco has a big internationally traded float, maybe Saudi Arabia will be just another investor, but until then it is stuck running an oil company.
Arm (1)
Schematically a very good trade is:
1. Buy 10% of a private company at a $1 billion valuation, paying $100 million. 2. Buy another 5% at a $2 billion valuation, paying another $100 million. 3. Now you own 15% of a company worth $2 billion. Your stake is worth $300 million, but you paid only $200 million for it. 4. You have a profit of $100 million.
The problem is that, while on a mark-to-market basis you have a $100 million profit, on a cash-flow basis you have paid $200 million and not gotten any cash back. If you sell your 15% stake for $300 million then, great, $100 million profit, but if you were the only buyer at the $2 billion valuation (or at the $1 billion one!) then you might end up with a loss. On the other hand, markets do tend to anchor on the last trade. If the last trade was you buying at a $2 billion valuation, then the best guess is that the next trade will also be at around a $2 billion valuation. If that's you selling, then, good.
I think of this trade — buy a stake in a private company, then buy some more at a higher valuation — as being a specialty of SoftBank Group Corp., mostly because SoftBank did this in a very prominent way with WeWork Inc. It did not work: SoftBank invested in WeWork at a $20 billion valuation, and then a few months later it invested again at a $47 billion valuation, and then a few months later it utterly failed to sell WeWork to the public market at a $96 billion, or any, valuation. (And now WeWork has a public market capitalization of less than $300 million.)
Still. In 2016, SoftBank took chip design company Arm Holdings Ltd. private at a $32 billion valuation. Then it sold about a quarter of the company to the Vision Fund, an investment fund managed by SoftBank, at that valuation. And then this month it bought that stake back from the Vision Fund for $16.1 billion, a $64 billion valuation. The Vision Fund doubled its money (in cash), while SoftBank doubled the valuation of its stake (on paper). Yesterday Arm filed to go public again. There are skeptics; the Financial Times's Lex column writes:
SoftBank has tried to set the stage for a high price. The listing document reveals an internal transaction in which it acquired its own Vision Fund's stake in Arm for $16bn, a deal that valued the chip company at more than $64bn.>
Investors should take little notice of this figure. On a broader, average industry earnings multiple, Arm's enterprise value would be closer to $30bn. This is not far off the price SoftBank paid when it bought the company in 2016.
To be fair, Arm says that itself; a risk factor in the prospectus warns:
The purchase price paid by SoftBank Group to acquire shares in Arm Limited from SoftBank Vision Fund may not be, and should not be treated as, indicative of the trading price of our ADSs following the completion of this offering.>
In August 2023, a subsidiary of SoftBank Group acquired substantially all of SoftBank Vision Fund's approximately 25% interest in Arm Limited at a purchase price of approximately $16.1 billion, with the associated payments to be made in installments over a two-year period. The purchase price for this transaction was established by reference to the terms of a prior contractual arrangement between the parties. Moreover, the transfer was part of a larger transaction that also involved transfers of certain other entities from SoftBank Vision Fund to SoftBank Group. The consideration for such transfers is not included in the purchase price paid for the shares of Arm Limited. In light of the foregoing, investors are cautioned that the purchase price paid in respect of the Arm Limited shares may not be indicative of, and is not intended to reflect, expectations regarding the trading price of our ADSs following the completion of this offering.
On the other hand, if you don't think that the stake is worth at least $16 billion, it's a bit odd to pay $16 billion for it? Apparently the "prior contractual arrangement" was a cap on the Vision Fund's return at two times its money; paying out the maximum return just before the initial public offering is a pretty bold bet that the IPO will go even better.
Barclays (1)
In March 2022, Barclays Plc [1] discovered an oopsie involving a fairly technical detail of US securities law. When a company sells securities to the public, in the US, it has to register those securities, filing a registration statement with the US Securities and Exchange Commission that says what kinds and amounts of securities it plans to sell. This is very important. If you sell securities without properly registering them, you can get in trouble. One kind of trouble that you can get in is that the SEC can sue you. Another kind of trouble that you can get in is that the people who buy the securities can demand their money back. If you sell people stock for $20 per share, and then a year later they notice that you did not properly register the offering, and the stock is now at $5, you have to give them their $20 back. (If the stock is at $30, they can keep it; they don't have to take their money back.) This creates a lot of bad risk for you, which you can avoid by filing the right forms.
When the company is a startup selling stock to the public for the first time, the registration process is called an "initial public offering" and is a big deal. When the company is a giant bank that sells dozens of securities every day, it is not. It files a "shelf registration statement," letting it sell a large amount of a wide range of securities over time, and then each day it sells some more securities "off that shelf," and when it has sold all of the securities covered by the shelf registration statement then it files a new one and starts over again. And it is all pretty administrative and boring.
The bank uses the shelf to sell a range of securities: bonds and notes to fund its general activities, structured notes (basically customized derivatives wrapped in bonds of the bank and sold to rich people), and (at Barclays) exchange-traded products that give customers exposure to things like oil prices or the VIX volatility index. Every day the bank needs funding, and customers want to do trades, and some of those trades come in the form of securities issued off the shelf.
Normally the SEC makes this process very easy for big well-known companies. A "well-known seasoned issuer," or WKSI, under US securities law can file shelf registration statements that don't even specify a maximum amount of securities, and they are automatically "effective": The company can just sell securities immediately, as soon as it files the registration statement, without any SEC review. The WKSI standards are in SEC Rule 405 and Instruction I.A on Form S-3, and the basic requirements are that you have been public for at least a year, you have a stock market capitalization of at least $700 million, and your annual and quarterly SEC reports are up-to-date. The intuition is that if you are a big company that has been public for a while, you can just say "hey we're selling some securities," and then you do it, without a lot of formalities.
Barclays is a big company that has been public for a while, so it was a WKSI, and it used its WKSI status to sell lots of structured notes and exchange-traded products every day. But there is one more requirement for being a WKSI, which is that you can't have committed any securities fraud in the last three years. [2] It is a fact of life that big banks are constantly getting in trouble for some form or other of securities fraud. At every one of the large legacy investment banks, somebody in some division is committing securities fraud right now. But the WKSI rules really are intended to let big public companies issue securities with a minimum of fuss, and nobody needs that more than a bank selling new notes every day. And in general the banks are not getting in trouble for fraudulently issuing structured notes off their WKSI shelf registration statements. (Sometimes, though!) If someone on some mortgage-bond trading desk does some light fraud, it is odd to punish the exchange-traded-notes people by making it more inconvenient for them to register securities.
For a long time, the SEC dealt with this by granting "WKSI waivers" to banks pretty liberally: Each time a bank got caught doing something bad, it would confess its sins and pay a big fine, and then the SEC would say "okay but you still get to be a WKSI." And the banks could keep issuing securities efficiently.
At some point this became controversial, for reasons that I have never understood, and people objected that the SEC was giving out too many of these waivers. So in 2015 the SEC collected some fines and gave out some waivers for foreign-exchange manipulation, and SEC Commissioner Kara Stein dissented, noting that the SEC was granting "Barclays its third WKSI waiver since 2007." (UBS AG was on its seventh waiver and JPMorgan Chase & Co. its sixth.) The next year Barclays got its fourth WKSI waiver, for a $361 million settlement over some bad dark-pool stuff.
In May 2017 Barclays signed a fairly run-of-the-mill settlement with the SEC in which it agreed to pay $97 million for overcharging some clients for mutual funds. Securities fraud, sure, why not. [3] This one, though, was finally a bridge too far, and it did not get a WKSI waiver. I don't know why this one was the one. But after that Barclays stopped being a WKSI. [4]
This meant that instead of occasionally filing shelf registration statements saying "hey we're gonna sell some securities, look out," Barclays had to occasionally file shelf registration statements saying "hey we're gonna sell $ of securities, look out." And in the summer of 2019, Barclays filed a shelf registration statement saying that it would sell up to $20,761,600,000 of securities over the next three years. [5]
I do not know how they picked that number, which is mystifyingly precise, but I have a rough idea. [6] Barclays put together a working group of people responsible for the shelf (some lawyers, some structured-products traders, some administrative people, etc.), and the working group came up with an estimate of how many securities Barclays would need to sell over those next three years, basically by asking the heads of all the structured-product desks how much business they planned to do.
And then — this is crucial — the working group came up with "an initial allocation of fees among the trading desks accessing the 2019 Shelf." See, when Barclays registered $20,761,600,000 of securities on its 2019 shelf registration statement, it had to pay a fee to the SEC, and the fee is based on how many securities it registered. WKSIs can pay their filing fees as they go: Each day you sell some new securities and pay the SEC a small fee. But non-WKSIs have to pay the fees upfront, when they file their shelf registration statement. The fee was $2,433,889.92, $2.4 million of fees for $20.8 billion of registered securities. [7]
So I assume that what happened is roughly this:
Working group lawyer: How many structured notes do you want to be able to sell over the next three years?
Structured-products desk head: I dunno, I have a good feeling about the next three years, can I have $10 billion?
Lawyer: Whatever you want, but we have to pay fees upfront, and we're charging those fees to the desks. So if you say $10 billion then we'll deduct $1.17 million from your revenue this year.
Desk head: Oh then one billion.
The incentive to say a large number is that you have no idea how many securities you'll sell over the next three years, you'll try to sell a lot, and it is better to have more flexibility than less. The incentive to say a small number is that you have to pay a 0.01% fee. You don't become the head of an exchange-traded-products desk by paying out 0.01% fees carelessly.
Bed Bath & Beyond (6)
At some point in, let's say, January, Bed Bath & Beyond Inc. was no longer a viable business. It was losing money, it had a lot of debt, it was in default on that debt and couldn't pay. It looked around for somebody to buy the company — in or out of bankruptcy — and continue operating its stores, but it couldn't find anyone. It prepared to file for bankruptcy, with a plan to liquidate the inventory, sell what it could, and give its creditors whatever was left, which would be a fraction of what it owed them.
And then somebody had the bright idea of, hey, why not sell a bunch of stock? Bed Bath was a meme stock, retail investors liked it, and Bed Bath could sell stock to them to raise cash to … well, to hand over to the creditors. It couldn't sell stock to raise enough money to fix its problems and become a functional business again; that would require too much cash, and any cash that it did raise, it was contractually required to hand directly to its creditors. But if it sold a lot of stock, it would have some more cash to hand to the creditors. At this point in its life — the all-but-bankruptcy part of its life — Bed Bath was pretty much in the business of maximizing recovery for its creditors, and selling stock was a way to do that.
And so it went out to sell worthless stock in a business that was no longer viable, to retail investors who did not realize that the stock was worthless and the business was no longer viable. To be fair, Bed Bath did tell them. If a company wants to sell stock, it has to put out a prospectus with disclosure about its business, and Bed Bath did, and the prospectus very much included phrases like "the Company expects that it will likely file for bankruptcy protection" and "our equity holders would likely not receive any recovery at all in a bankruptcy scenario."
But two facts about meme-stock retail investors are (1) they ain't reading all that and (2) they are always hopeful, so Bed Bath managed to raise several hundred million dollars in a series of stock offerings. Then it filed for bankruptcy last month, with, still, a plan to liquidate its assets and return what was left to creditors. It estimated that the liquidation would raise about $718 million, to pay back about $1.8 billion of debt, so the several hundred million dollars that it raised from the stock market was a big help. For the creditors. Not for the shareholders, obviously. They are getting zero.
This is a minor quibble, but in meme-stock contexts people often abuse that word, "diluting." The problem here is not dilution. If you owned Bed Bath shares six months ago, when they traded above $5, you are presumably sad that they are trading at 30 cents today, but you can't really blame Bed Bath's issuance of zillions of shares for that. If it hadn't issued the shares, it would have just filed for bankruptcy, and your shares would be worth zero. The fact that there are more shares, and the fact that you now own a smaller percentage of the company, is not the problem; the problem is that the company is running out of money. The dilution is great for you; it means that the company has (a bit) more money, and that you can sell your stock for 30 cents instead of zero.
No, the problem is not that Bed Bath is diluting existing shareholders, it's that it's raising money from new shareholders in a quest that seems … I mean, who am I to say "hopeless," and nothing here is ever investing advice, but … quite risky, anyway? If you buy a share of Bed Bath today at $0.30, your thirty cents is probably going to end up increasing some bondholder's recovery from like 9 cents on the dollar to, you know, 9.000001 cents. The expected outcome of Bed Bath's stock sale is that it is funneling money from unsophisticated retail investors to more-sophisticated bondholders. It's kind of gross! I don't know:
Adam Pritchard, a securities law professor at the University of Michigan Law School, said there is no requirement in securities laws that the securities a company wants to sell are worth anything. "The premise is full disclosure," Mr. Pritchard said. "As long as they've fully disclosed a very high risk of bankruptcy, what they've done is legal."
But then an investor called Hudson Bay Capital came to Bed Bath & Beyond with an idea. The idea is less an idea of corporate finance and more an idea of math. What if, instead of taking the stock down from $3 to $0 immediately with a bankruptcy filing, Bed Bath slowly took the stock down from $3 to $0? What if Bed Bath just sold stock until the price hit zero? Sell a little stock at $3, the stock drops to $2.90. Sell a little more at $2.90, it drops to $2.80. Sell a little more at $2.80, it drops to $2.70. Keep selling some stock each day, raising a bit of money and driving the price down some more. It's Zeno's paradox: If you keep selling stock as the price gets closer and closer to zero, you can keep raising money and never run out.
Well, really, eventually one of three things will happen:
1. The price gets to zero. Nobody wants to buy it anymore. You have raised some money, but not enough to pay back the debt and keep the company afloat, and you go bankrupt. Oh well! 2. You raise enough money, from selling stock as the price goes down, to pay down your debt, get some room to operate, and turn the business around. You put out an announcement like "hey everything is great now, problem solved." The stock starts going up: The business has improved, the threat of bankruptcy is gone, and also you don't have to sell stock anymore because things are fine. 3. That doesn't happen, but the stock starts going up anyway, because Bed Bath is sort of a meme stock and sometimes meme stocks go up for no reason, or for counterintuitive reasons, or just because they do something weird and make some news. And then you get to sell more stock and raise more money and keep this going for a while. Probably you eventually end up in Outcome 1 or Outcome 2, but I suppose it is theoretically possible to be in this state forever.
This sounds strictly better than filing for bankruptcy in early February. Outcome 2 is straightforwardly good. Outcome 3 is, you know, weird, but sort of looks like Outcome 2. Outcome 1 is bad — you go bankrupt — but it's no worse than filing for bankruptcy immediately, and in some ways it is better: You've raised some money, which means that your creditors get a better recovery, and you've delayed the bankruptcy so your employees can keep their jobs a while longer. Of course the money you raised comes from somewhere: It comes from people who bought stock from you on the way to zero, at prices higher than zero, and they might feel aggrieved that they threw their money into this bonfire. This is worse for them than just filing for bankruptcy immediately. But they are equity investors — realistically, they are meme-stock investors — and it's their job to take weird risks.
Sounds pretty good, right? Why doesn't every company do this, instead of filing for bankruptcy? Well I think there are a few things that you need to manage really carefully if you want to try this:
If you just go out and say you're going to do it, then investors will reasonably say "wait you're selling stock until the stock goes to zero, why should I buy it at a price higher than zero?" And so the stock collapses to zero immediately, you never raise any money, and it doesn't work. If you want to try this, you have to be somewhat opaque about it, so that investors actually buy the stock. Conversely, if you are too opaque about it, and lots of investors buy the stock at high prices and you end up in Outcome 1 anyway, those investors will sue you and the US Securities and Exchange Commission will have a lot of questions and you will get in a lot of trouble. If you want to try this, you have to have really good disclosure , so that investors who buy the stock can't say they were deceived. You want that disclosure to be … accurate and complete, but confusing? I dunno, it's a weird needle to thread. You need to be somewhat skillful about selling the stock. You can't just mash the sell button every day; you have to have a sense of the market, sell a lot when there's a lot of demand, step back when there isn't. The price of the stock here is going to be a delicate thing, and it takes skill to wring as much money out of it as possible.
We talked last month about a death-spiral-ish financing at Bed Bath & Beyond Inc. The company was days away from bankruptcy when a deal arrived: Hudson Bay Capital Management [1] would put about $1 billion into Bed Bath in exchange for vast amounts of stock. But not, like, Hudson Bay wrote a check for $1 billion and Bed Bath gave it a pile of stock. Rather, the deal is that Bed Bath got $225 million, and in exchange it would basically give Hudson Bay stock each day, and Hudson Bay would sell it, until Hudson Bay got back its $225 million plus a nice little return. The mechanics were more complicated than that — they involve convertible preferred stock with a floating conversion rate, etc. — but that's the economic intuition. Each day Hudson Bay can convert some of its $225 million investment into shares at below the market price that day, and then sell those shares to pay itself back with interest. [2]
If all goes well, Hudson Bay will put up more money: as much as $800 million more, in stages, over the course of the year. Each time, it will put up some money and get the same deal again, convertible preferred stock that it can convert over time into common shares at a discount to the market price each day. It keeps doing that until Bed Bath has gotten the full billion.
There are limits to this. This plan involves issuing hundreds of millions of shares of Bed Bath stock; when the plan was announced, there were only 117.3 million shares outstanding. So Bed Bath would be issuing many times more shares to Hudson Bay than it currently has outstanding, and Hudson Bay would be dumping them, relentlessly, over the course of the year. Relentlessly dumping stock will move the price down. The stock closed at $5.86 per share on Feb. 6, as this plan was being finalized. It closed at $1.49 this past Friday.
This doesn't matter too much for Bed Bath, since the alternative seems to have been a messy bankruptcy without much prospect for recovery for the equity: Diluting the shareholders, and driving down the stock price, is a relatively good outcome. And it doesn't matter too much for Hudson Bay, because it gets to buy the stock at a discount to whatever the stock price is: If the stock is at $1.49, it gets to convert at $1.37, so it makes 12 cents per share. [3]
But it does matter a little, because (1) Bed Bath cannot issue infinite shares (it seems to be capped at about 780 million) and (2) Hudson Bay cannot sell them at infinitesimal prices. [4] In a true death spiral, Hudson Bay would keep getting more shares and dumping them, the stock would go to zero, and everyone would be sad, but that is not the deal here. In fact, the conversion price is floored at $0.716 per share: If the stock trades at, say, $0.60, Hudson Bay will lose money.
This gives Hudson Bay some incentive to manage its sales of the stock: It can't dump too much too fast, or it will drive the price too far down and lose money.
On the other hand Hudson Bay was not going to put up $1 billion all at once and risk losing it all if the stock price cratered. Bed Bath only got the first $225 million upfront; the rest comes in over time, and only if the stock can still support the trade. Specifically, Hudson Bay doesn't have to put up any more money unless the stock has consistently traded above $1.25, for the first few tranches, or $1.50, for the remainder. [5]
And so the price is hovering right around there. If it goes up any more, Hudson Bay is incentivized to convert and bang out as much stock as it can. If it goes down much more, the mutually beneficial deal — Hudson Bay gets to buy tons of stock at a discount, Bed Bath gets cash — stops working.
We have talked, over the last couple of days, about Bed Bath & Beyond Inc.'s weird deal to sell $1 billion worth of convertible preferred stock, mostly to Hudson Bay Capital, to avoid bankruptcy. One general takeaway is that it is not a deal that you would be happy about, if you're Bed Bath's board of directors. For one thing, it is lavishly expensive; if it works and Bed Bath sells all the stock and stays out of bankruptcy, Hudson Bay will make hundreds of millions of dollars of more-or-less guaranteed profits.
Also, though, the mechanics of the deal seem to rely on Hudson Bay converting its preferred stock into common shares and reselling them in the open market, presumably to retail investors, presumably at prices that are … you know, determined by the market, but maybe not prices that Bed Bath's board and advisers think are rational right this minute. Bed Bath was already looking for bids for its assets in bankruptcy and not really finding any, suggesting that the value of its equity, to sophisticated investors, was rather less than zero. And the structure of the Hudson Bay deal itself suggests that Hudson Bay doesn't think Bed Bath's stock is worth its market price: Hudson Bay gets to buy stock from Bed Bath over time at hefty discounts to whatever the market price is, so it's not exactly making a big bet on Bed Bath's long-term value. "We believe that recent volatility and our current market prices reflect market and trading dynamics unrelated to our underlying business, or macro or industry fundamentals, and we do not know if or how long these dynamics will last," says the prospectus for the deal; it's standard meme-stock boilerplate but also they might mean it. If this deal works, it will effectively require Bed Bath to pump out a billion dollars of new stock to retail investors as it hovers near bankruptcy. That is an awkward thing for a board of directors to approve.
Bloomberg's Eliza Ronalds-Hannon and Jeannette Neumann report on why they might have done it:
The threat of big job losses for its 30,000 employees raised the stakes, according to people on the Feb. 3 conference call, who declined to be named. Kirkland & Ellis attorney Joshua Sussberg reminded lenders of the human cost should the firm crater before all capital-raising options were exhausted, the people said, reprising his tactic during bankruptcy negotiations on behalf of Toys 'R' Us and JC Penney Inc.
Sussberg warned that if he ended up before a bankruptcy judge on Monday, the court would hear about the equity deal that could have been — and the banks that didn't allow it, the people said.
The plan worked. A cash infusion will come through the sale, run by investment bank B. Riley Securities Inc., of convertible preferred shares and warrants via anchor investor Hudson Bay Capital Management, a New York-based multi-strategy hedge fund, Bloomberg has reported. It gives the company a last-gasp lifeline — in a deal Wall Street analysts say appears designed to tap into the staying power of meme-stock investors even in this era of Federal Reserve hawkishness. …
"If I was running a meme stock I would be an idiot not to try to capitalize on the madness of crowds," said Matthew Tuttle of Tuttle Capital Management, an investment advisory firm.
Right? If you can take money from retail investors and give it to banks and hedge funds in order to keep 30,000 people employed , then that is probably a good trade? Stakeholder capitalism! If people want to buy stock from you at weird prices, that is good for your creditors and good for your employees and good for your existing shareholders, even if it is possibly not great for all your new shareholders. [4]
As for those shareholders, here's Bloomberg's Bailey Lipschultz:
The stock has tumbled, losing more than 50% over the past three days on concern the deal will flood the market with new shares and do little to alter the company's long-term fate.
"They're not doing it because they're altruistic and they want to save an old brand," Morningstar analyst Jaime Katz said. "They have structured the deal such that the return that they are able to achieve accounts for the increased risk that they are facing." …
The reaction to the Bed Bath & Beyond deal is another sign of how much the speculative excesses of the post-pandemic era have disappeared since the Federal Reserve pulled the plug on its near zero interest rates. …
After the deal was announced, the arrangement drew contempt on the Reddit chat board where meme traders congregate. "Imagine buying shares of a dying company," one wrote. "People deserve to lose their money."
I don't know. As of noon today the stock was trading around where it closed yesterday, which was down only about 14% from where it closed last week. [5] That's not that much? For this much new stock? It's not like Bed Bath issued, or Hudson Bay sold, $1 billion of stock all at once in the last day or two. But even announcing a plan to issue many times the market capitalization of the company is a big deal; the fact that the stock is still trading higher than it was two weeks ago seems like a win. This deal is enormously dilutive , but it's probably (a bit?) better for the stock than bankruptcy , and the stock price reflects that.
Elsewhere in Bed Bath, Ben Fife at Chicago Venture Partners emailed to point out something in the prospectus that I missed earlier. [6] I suggested yesterday that Hudson Bay, the "anchor investor" in the deal, most likely took a majority of the initial $225 million fundraising, and is likely the only investor on the hook for the $800 million that Bed Bath hopes to raise in the future. The convertible preferred stock subtly confirms this: It has a defined term for "Required Holders" that means "the Holder that purchased at least 20,000 Preferred Shares from the Underwriter on the Initial Issuance Date," which strongly suggests that one investor — Hudson Bay — did buy at least $200 million face amount of the convertible preferred stock, or at least 84% of the initial deal, which would put it on the hook for 100% of the remaining $800 million. [7] Basically this seems to have been a private deal to raise $1 billion from Hudson Bay, with a few other investors along for a tiny portion of the deal to make it a public offering.
I suggested yesterday that the best way to understand this deal is not that Hudson Bay and friends are long-term equity investors in Bed Bath, but that they are planning to buy stock from Bed Bath at a substantial discount to the market price, and then turn around and sell it into the market. The investors paid Bed Bath about $225 million for $237 million face amount of convertible preferred stock (that is, they got a 5% discount): Today, that $237 million of convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock at a conversion price of $2.3727. That means that the investors could convert one $10,000 preferred share — that they bought for $9,500 — into 4,214.6 shares of common stock. The stock closed yesterday at $3.01; it was trading at about $2.58 at noon today. The investors could sell their 4,214.6 shares today for about $10,873, for a $1,373 profit on their $9,500 investment, a 14% return in, you know, a day.
The conversion price will vary over time, but it will always be at least 8% lower than the market price of the stock, with a floor of $0.716 and a cap of, I think, something like $3.16. [1] So unless the stock falls below $0.716, Hudson Bay will always be able to convert its preferred, a little at a time, to get cheap shares and sell them at a profit. And Bed Bath can demand that Hudson Bay put up $800 million more to buy more preferred, also a little at a time, but only if the stock is trading above about $1.25, to leave some cushion for it to sell stock profitably.
There are various constraints on this, the main one being that Bed Bath's entire market capitalization is about $300 million, and Hudson Bay et al. will have about a billion dollars' worth of stock to sell. They're not dumping it all this afternoon. But, relatively speaking, Bed Bath is a pretty attractive stock to do this in. It trades a lot — the average volume of the stock in 2023 so far has been about 94 million shares per day — and it has occasional meme-driven price spikes that Hudson Bay et al. can sell into. Also it was a heavily shorted stock, as lots of investors were sensibly betting that it was about to go bankrupt and the stock would go to zero; this creates both good meme-stock vibes and also a source of demand for the stock. (Short sellers, seeing the company rescued from bankruptcy, might want to cover their shorts by buying the stock from Hudson Bay.)
Also Hudson Bay has incentives to, as it were, manage the stock price well. If it dumps as much as it can as fast as it can, it might push the stock below $0.716 and start to lose money. If it sells slowly and the stock recovers, it has enormous upside: Its conversion price is capped at something like $3.16, so if the stock gets to $5 it will have huge profits on every conversion. Also it owns millions of warrants to buy more shares at $6.15. Hudson Bay does not have a ton of downside exposure to the stock — it makes a profit as long as the stock is above $0.716 — but it does have a ton of upside.
But I do think that the simplest explanation is that Hudson Bay has committed to paying Bed Bath roughly $1 billion, over the course of the next year, and in exchange Bed Bath will give Hudson Bay stock that it can sell into the market, over time, for considerably more than $1 billion. In a sense Bed Bath could do this itself, and avoid paying Hudson Bay a huge expected profit for acting as a middleman, but:
1. Hudson Bay thought of it and Bed Bath didn't! Worth something. 2. It is awkward for a company to try to dump $1 billion of stock directly on retail shareholders while it is close to bankruptcy; having Hudson Bay as a middleman gives a bit more distance. 3. Bed Bath is, over time, frequently going to have material nonpublic information that would prevent it from selling stock. Hudson Bay's involvement solves that problem: Hudson Bay won't have any material nonpublic information, and each time it exercises some preferred stock it will get shares that it can sell immediately.
Ben & Jerry's (1)
One very natural thing that can happen is:
1. You start a company. You are a passionate and visionary founder; the company is built in your image, and its success comes from following your philosophy. Perhaps it is even named after you. 2. It becomes very valuable. 3. You would like to sell your stock in the company for a ton of money, because money can be used for many things that you like (philanthropy, yachts, etc.). 4. But you would like to continue to control the company, because you care passionately about it but also because its value is dependent on your unique vision and you don't want someone else to mess that up.
Traditionally , ownership and control rights are connected: If you own 51% of the stock of the company, you can replace the board of directors and appoint the chief executive officer and generally tell the company what to do; if you sell that 51% to someone else then they get to do those things. But modern corporate finance is pretty flexible and there are ways around that. In particular, if you are a visionary founder and you want to take your company public, you can do it with dual-class stock, so you can sell a bunch of your stock and still keep control of the company. Snap Inc. even went public with non-voting stock: The founders could get lots of cash for their company without giving up any control at all.
In theory you could do even weirder things. You could sell 100% of the stock of the company to a single buyer, in a merger, and keep control anyway. Just write in the merger agreement "Buyer will own Company, but Seller will get to appoint its board of directors, who will continue to run the company." A very weird thing to do! And no reason to think a buyer would agree. But I guess it's theoretically possible, why not. Or you could slice it more finely: "Buyer will own Company and run it, but Seller will continue to appoint an independent board of directors, who will have final say over philosophical matters." That way you get your money, and someone else takes over the problems of running the business day to day, but the company still has to follow your broad vision. It's still your passion project, so the elements that you are passionate about preserving — the parts of your vision that made it so valuable — are still in your control.
This doesn't happen a lot or anything, but it did happen with Ben & Jerry's:
Ben & Jerry's sued its corporate parent, Unilever Plc, to block a deal that would allow its ice cream to be sold in the Israeli-occupied West Bank, claiming that would conflict with the company's "core values."
The ice cream maker said Unilever's decision to sell the Ben & Jerry's brand and trademark rights in Israel to businessman Avi Zinger violates its 2000 acquisition agreement with the global food, home care and beauty products giant.
"Ben & Jerry's founders insisted on the inclusion of explicit language to ensure the brand's integrity was not diluted," following the sale to Unilever, setting up an independent board with authority to protect its brand, reputation and goodwill, the company said in the lawsuit, filed Tuesday in Manhattan federal court.
Here is the complaint. In general it is very unusual for a subsidiary to sue its corporate parent, because the parent makes all decisions for the subsidiary and is not about to sue itself. But Ben & Jerry's Homemade Inc. has an independent board of directors, and only two of its members are appointed by Unilever. (They voted not to sue.) Here is the 2000 merger agreement in which Unilever bought Ben & Jerry's; Section 6.14 covers the independent board of directors, e.g.:
The Company Board shall have primary responsibility for preserving and enhancing the objectives of the historical social mission of the Company as they may evolve from time to time consistent therewith ("Social Mission Priorities"). The Company Board shall work together with the CEO to integrate Social Mission Priorities into the business of the Surviving Corporation. ...
The Company Board shall be the custodians of the Ben & Jerry's-brand image and shall have primary responsibility for safeguarding the integrity of the essential elements of the Ben & Jerry's brand-name (the "Essential Integrity of the Brand"). The Company Board shall work together with the CEO to provide that the business of the Surviving Corporation is conducted in a manner that preserves and enhances the Essential Integrity of the Brand. As part of this responsibility, the Company Board may prevent any action by
the CEO in the areas of new product introduction, the changing of product standards and specifications, the approval of the content of marketing materials and the licensing or other use of the Ben & Jerry's trademark that, in each case, a majority of the Company Board reasonably determines to be inconsistent with the Essential Integrity of the Brand.
And the board gets to more or less appoint itself: The majority of directors are "Class I Directors," meaning the board as of the merger and their successors, and when a Class I director leaves then the other Class I directors appoint a successor. Unilever owns Ben & Jerry's, but Ben (Cohen) and Jerry (Greenfield) and their friends still control it, or partly control it, or think they do anyway. They have sold the stock, but the voting rights they keep forever.
Betterment (1)
Any one may so arrange his affairs that his taxes shall be as low as possible," said Learned Hand; "he is not bound to choose that pattern which will best pay the Treasury; there is not even a patriotic duty to increase one's taxes." But what about the reverse? If you are an investment adviser with a fiduciary duty to your clients, do you have an obligation to minimize their taxes? You do have a duty to be loyal and diligent and do a good job for them; you try to maximize their risk-adjusted return, and generally speaking reducing taxes increases returns more reliably than does, like, having a lot of investment skill. "I will buy stocks that go up, so my clients have high returns": hard to do. "I will sell stocks that have gone down and rotate into similar stocks to generate losses to shield my clients' capital gains": pretty straightforward as these things go.
On the other hand, if you fail to minimize your clients' taxes, it would be a little weird for a government regulator to come in and punish you. It's not clear that government regulators have, you know, an interest in encouraging tax minimization? But here is a US Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action fining Betterment LLC $9 million for not fulfilling its fiduciary duty to minimize its customers' taxes. Well, technically the fine is for advertising that it did a better job of minimizing taxes than it actually did:
The SEC's order finds that, from 2016 to 2019, Betterment, in communicating with clients, misstated or omitted several material facts concerning [tax loss harvesting], a service that scans clients' accounts for opportunities to reduce their tax burden. According to the order, at different times, Betterment failed to disclose a change in the software related to its scanning frequency, failed to disclose a programming constraint affecting certain clients, and had two computer coding errors that prevented TLH from harvesting losses for some clients. Collectively, these issues adversely impacted more than 25,000 client accounts, resulting in those clients losing approximately $4 million in potential tax benefits.
For instance, for a while Betterment told clients that it scanned their portfolios every day for tax-loss-harvesting opportunities, but in fact it was only scanning them every other day. Eventually it fixed this problem and went back to scanning them every day, but in the meantime "approximately 25,000 clients lost approximately $1.9 million in potential tax benefits as a result of the undisclosed change in scanning frequency." The US government got $1.9 million more in revenue because Betterment was not checking every client's portfolio every day to minimize taxes. Which was bad I guess.
Binance (3)
Another thing it says about Binance, though, is that the DOJ thinks that Binance is susceptible to run risk. There are two sorts of crypto exchanges:
1. You can have an exchange where customers give you money, and you use their money to buy crypto, and then you hold their crypto for them and give it back to them when they ask. 2. You can have an exchange where customers make levered bets on crypto, using margin trading or derivatives, and put down only a fraction of the amount that they bet as collateral.
The first sort of exchange — this roughly fits Coinbase Global Inc. — is not really vulnerable to a bank run; if everyone asks for their money back at once you just give it to them. The second sort — this clearly fits FTX — is vulnerable to a bank run; if everyone asks for their winnings back at once, you have to collect that money from the losers, and in a run situation you might not be able to do that. [8]
Binance is obviously in the second category, in that it is a big derivatives exchange that lets customers make leveraged bets, but sometimes people seem confused about that risk. ("Don't borrow if you run a crypto business. Don't use capital 'efficiently.' Have a large reserve," tweeted Binance Chief Executive Officer Changpeng Zhao after the FTX collapse, adding "we have never taken on debt.") The DOJ, though, seems concerned about it.
No, the CFTC's case is mainly about letting US customers trade crypto derivatives. It is illegal to run a crypto derivatives exchange in the US without registering it with the CFTC, and it's not exactly easy to do that either; if you have a crypto derivatives exchange abroad but have not registered it in the US, it is illegal to let US customers trade on it. So the basic rule is that US customers can't trade crypto derivatives, and big international crypto derivatives exchanges (Binance, FTX before it blew up) sometimes have US-only platforms (Binance US, FTX.us) that let US customers trade a limited set of products, but not most derivatives.
For retail customers this is probably fine: A crypto exchange can make a bit more money from retail gamblers if it offers them high-leverage futures trading, but there are plenty of gamblers in the world, and also you can make decent money from US traders just by letting them trade crypto for cash.
But it is a problem for a big exchange, because a lot of the big high-frequency market-making firms in financial markets happen to be in the US. If you want to run a global crypto exchange, or a global crypto futures exchange, you will want the big New York and Chicago high-frequency trading firms to make markets on your exchange, because that will make your exchange more liquid and your prices more accurate. And they will want to make markets on your exchange, because they will make more money that way. And they are big institutional trading firms with offices around the world and plenty of Cayman Islands subsidiaries, so if you were to say to them "hey technically we can't offer our products to Chicago residents" they would say "no no no we are residents of the world of global capital, not Chicago, it's fine."
Binance is a cryptocurrency exchange, headquartered nowhere, that offers highly levered cryptocurrency futures to retail traders. The way it apparently works is that you put in $1,000, and if the price of Bitcoin goes up by 1% you make $1,000, and if the price of Bitcoin goes up by 20% you make $20,000 and think you're the best trader in the world, but if the price of Bitcoin goes down by 1% you lose all your money. The price of Bitcoin is very volatile. Basically the outcome you should expect from this game is that (1) a lot of people will start trading and have large quick paper gains, (2) they will think they are the best traders in the world, (3) they will quit their jobs to trade leveraged crypto futures full-time, (4) eventually they will almost certainly lose all of their money, and (5) they will get mad and complain to journalists about it.
The specific mechanism in this Wall Street Journal story is that, as the price of Bitcoin was going down, Binance's website and app froze and all those great traders couldn't make smart defensive moves to preserve their massive wealth, but whatever man:
Another member of the group is Kate Marie, a 59-year-old healthcare technology consultant in Sydney, who dipped into the world of crypto futures in early 2020 after her business was dissolved over a dispute.
After reading "Trend Trading for Dummies," and watching YouTube tutorials, Ms. Marie said she began trading with $10,000. With a bull market on her side, she had built $450,000 by April. She felt reassured using Binance because of its market dominant position and global reach.
"That's the thing about crypto trading: It gives the poor the same chances that the rich have to make money," she said.
But then May 19 came. Ms. Marie said as prices of several currencies she had in her portfolio sank, she was unable to change her positions because she couldn't access her account via the Binance application.
Ms. Marie said she had experienced localized crashes at Binance before, but this one was widespread and lasted longer, enough for her to be almost entirely liquidated, losing some $170,000 she had, based on the time of the liquidation.
"I feel cheated," Ms. Marie said.
You were definitely cheated, but also you were definitely going to lose all your money one way or another. Here's another:
Toronto resident Fawaz Ahmed, 33, had been trading full time since early 2020. He said he amassed coins trading futures on Binance and hoped to make enough to let his parents retire and help his siblings through college. He lives at home with his parents.
On May 19, he said he had 1,250 ether coins, at the time worth around $3 million. When he saw ether begin to slide, he clicked the app to exit his positions, take losses and move on. But the Binance app on his phone was frozen and nothing would click, he said. He kept trying for about an hour.
Then he received a message saying he had been liquidated as his losses surpassed the collateral.
Yeah. Ether was down 26% that day. If you have a 5x or 20x or 125x levered position on something that goes down 26% in a day, maybe you won't lose all your money if the app doesn't crash, but, you know, probably you're gonna lose all your money.
BlackRock (2)
Model portfolios are ready-made fund combos delivered through financial advisers and brokerages to everyday investors. Brokerages can design their own model portfolios, or rely on guidance from fund companies like BlackRock. The May surge in the BlackRock fund shows just how powerful that guidance can be. ...Model portfolios are designed by brokerage firms such as Edward Jones and fund managers like BlackRock. Financial advisers then track these model portfolios with their clients' money. Models controlled $4.8 trillion of U.S. fund assets in March, up from $3 trillion a year ago, according to estimates by data provider Broadridge Financial Solutions. Many firms that create model portfolios alter the constituents of their portfolios over time. When adjustments are made, these creators send trading instructions to financial technology platforms and other brokerages. Advisers can adapt the instructions to their portfolios or override them. BlackRock's rise to a money manager overseeing $9 trillion was largely thanks to the growth of ETFs that trade like stocks on exchanges. Models are key to BlackRock's plan to get even bigger. Models drove a third of its U.S. ETF flows in 2020. BlackRock hopes for models to drive over-half of that money in the future, Salim Ramji, global head of iShares and index investments said during the firm's investor day. That includes models of its own, and those made by other firms.
BlackRock, to a first approximation, is the entire stock and bond market; of its almost $7 trillion of assets under management, some $4.6 trillion is in index funds and exchange-traded funds. I wrote the other day that index fund managers like BlackRock "are just aggregators of human preferences, and if people want to destroy human civilization—in more neutral terms, if people want to invest in fossil-fuel companies or whatever—then the index funds will take a piece of that." But if other people want to avoid investing in fossil-fuel companies or whatever, BlackRock will take a piece of that too. There are investment managers with strongly held, idiosyncratic views who appeal to a specific type of client who share those views. BlackRock is the opposite. BlackRock's business is appealing to all clients with all views, so it has to simultaneously hold all possible views. It can make for confusing PR.
But also Fink's actual CEO letter, and a related client letter and FAQ, are more substantive and interesting than the PR highlights. Two things are particularly worth noting. One is that Fink frames the emphasis on sustainability as coming from BlackRock's clients, the institutions and individuals whose money BlackRock manages. "Over the past few years, more and more of our clients have focused on the impact of sustainability on their portfolios," says the client letter. "Climate change is almost invariably the top issue that clients around the world raise with BlackRock," says the CEO letter. Fink doesn't own that $7 trillion of assets, he manages it as a fiduciary for others, and it is obviously wise for him to say that this initiative is client-driven. But it's also helpful for him if that's true. This letter will get attention, and if BlackRock's biggest and most vocal clients think it's bad then they might take their money from BlackRock and give it to some other, less environmentally committed manager. The fact that Fink sent this letter and did the accompanying PR push means that he thinks it's good PR, probably not just for his own personal political and public-intellectual aspirations but more fundamentally for BlackRock's business. BlackRock is pushing for sustainability because it rationally concluded that its clients want it to push for sustainability. This isn't BlackRock's idea; BlackRock is the messenger for the preferences of the people whose money it manages. Conversely, though, most of the important substantive changes that Fink lays out are about nudging clients into more sustainable investments. Here are the first bullet-point proposals in the client letter:
In huge swaths of its business, BlackRock does not exactly tell its clients how to invest. It offers more or less passive investment vehicles, and the clients pick those vehicles off a menu. If you want an S&P 500 index fund, BlackRock will sell you an S&P 500 index fund, and that fund will just invest in all the stocks in the S&P 500 index, including the coal producers. And Larry Fink will write strongly worded letters to CEOs about how coal is bad, because that is his hobby, and then he will invest your money in coal stocks, because that is his job. But he can try to change your mind. A little bit. Carefully. Unobtrusively. On the menu, next to "S&P 500 index fund," he can put "S&P 500 index fund except no coal," or whatever. ("Sustainable versions" of the flagship funds.) Or he can put "S&P 500 index fund except no coal" first, in a bigger font, and then "S&P 500 index fund but this one has coal and coal is bad" second in a smaller font. ("Make sustainable investments the standard.") Print the sustainable one in green and the regular one in red, even, because there is no more deeply held belief in the financial industry than that clients don't buy things printed in red. Or to the extent—and it's a large extent—that BlackRock isn't just offering clients the free choice of funds, but also suggesting which funds they should buy and in which quantities, now it will (apparently) suggest the sustainable ones rather than the regular index funds ("make sustainable funds the standard building blocks in these solutions wherever possible"), although of course if clients say no they can have the regular ones ("consistent with client preferences").
Blue Owl (1)
A sneakily important fact of finance is that if you make $10 million a year, you make $10 million a year, but if you own a company that makes $10 million a year, it's worth at least, say, $100 million. A stream of income is worth some multiple of a year's income, depending on things like interest rates and how risky the income is and how much it is expected to grow; I am going to use a multiple of 10x for simplicity but real numbers will vary. (The price/earnings ratio of the S&P 500 index right now is about 29.6x; a company with that multiple and a $10 million annual net income would be worth $296 million.)
This means that if you are in some money-making business, it might be a good idea to sell a portion of your business. If you make $10 million a year, and the right multiple on your earnings is 10 times, then you own a $100 million business. If you sell 20% of that business to someone else, then that gets you several benefits:
1. You have $20 million to spend on houses, boats, etc., right now. (Of course, now you only get $8 million a year from your business; the buyer gets the other $2 million. But you get more money now.) 2. You are richer than you were. Before you sold a stake, you were making $10 million a year; presumably you put some of that in the bank etc., but you were also paying taxes and stuff and it would take many years for you to accumulate $100 million. Now you have $20 million, and an 80% stake in a $100 million business; your net worth is $100 million more than it was. Of course this isn't true; before selling the stake, you owned 100% of this same business, which was presumably worth $100 million. But no one is quite going to believe you that it's a $100 million business until you sell the stake; selling the stake is what validates it as a $100 million business and makes you a centimillionaire. In particular, selling a minority stake of a business is a traditional way to become "a billionaire": You have some high-eight-figure-ish annual income with good prospects for more,[1] you are rich but not a billionaire, but then you package that income into a company and sell a minority stake at a billion-dollar valuation and, bam, you get the "billionaire" title.[2] None of this is economically important — the income stream is what it is, etc. — but it can be psychologically important. 3. You have taken some risk off the table: If the business crashes tomorrow, you don't get your $10 million (or $8 million) a year anymore, but you get to keep the $20 million. Your new co-owner shares the risk of the business with you. 4. You save on taxes. Probably the $10 million a year that you were making before was taxed as ordinary income, at relatively high rates. But when you sell 20% of your business for $20 million, that's capital gains: That's not income for your labor (taxed at high rates), but rather an increase in the value of stock that you own in your business (taxed at lower rates).[3] By selling a stake in your business you get to transmute ordinary income into capital gains.[4]
This is very straightforward stuff, but it is finance- y stuff; it is stuff that not everyone knows or thinks about. So there is a business of just going around to people who run their own prosperous businesses and telling them this. You run a private equity firm, you go to family businesses or doctors' practices or whatever, you say "hey you could work for the next 10 years and get paid for your work and pay taxes on your income, or you could sell a portion of that income to us in advance, get money now, save on taxes, and mark your wealth to market so you can tell people that you're really rich." And the doctors or whoever are like "huh I never thought of that, give me the money," and you've got a good trade. The tax advantages alone — converting future ordinary income into present capital gains — can make it a good deal for both sides.
Boardwalk Pipeline Partners (1)
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission regulates the maximum rates that natural gas pipelines can charge to customers. The rate regulation essentially allows the pipeline company to recover its "cost of service," that is, its operating costs plus a reasonable return on its invested capital. In 2005, FERC decided that pipelines organized as partnerships, which do not pay corporate taxes, could act as though they had to pay corporate taxes in calculating their costs.[1] This allowed partnership pipelines to charge higher rates than they otherwise would, and led to a boom of publicly traded pipeline partnerships, often called "master limited partnerships" or "MLPs."
Loews Corp., a big conglomerate, formed an MLP called Boardwalk Pipeline Partners LP, put some pipeline assets into Boardwalk, and took it public in 2005. Because the FERC rules were new and controversial at the time, it included a provision in the Boardwalk partnership agreement that allowed Loews to take it private again if the rules changed. The idea was that if the FERC rules changed such that MLPs could no longer include hypothetical taxes in their rate calculations, then it would be bad for Boardwalk to be a public partnership, and so Loews would be able to force all the Boardwalk shareholders (technically, unitholders — holders of limited partnership interests) to sell their shares and take it private. (Then it would be a corporate pipeline and get to charge for taxes again.) This "call right" was written to say that if Boardwalk got an opinion of counsel saying that Boardwalk's status as an MLP "has or will reasonably likely in the future have a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rate that can be charged to customers," then Loews can buy back all the Boardwalk shares at a price equal to the average closing prices over the six months before it exercises the call.
In March 2018, responding to a court decision, FERC announced a new policy that MLPs will not generally be able to include hypothetical taxes in calculating their rates, exactly the thing Loews had worried about in 2005. In the actual world of 2018, though, this news was not particularly bad for Boardwalk. A lot of its revenues come from negotiated rates that are not really affected by FERC maximum rates. Also the FERC rate-setting process is complicated; Boardwalk could keep charging its old rates until someone filed a "rate case" asking it to change, and the rate case is a long multi-factor regulatory determination, not just "reduce your rates by 20% because you don't pay taxes" or whatever. Also the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which reduced federal corporate income taxes, reduced the advantages of being an MLP: MLPs don't pay corporate taxes, but corporate taxes aren't as high as they used to be. Also the tax accounting for FERC rates is complicated, and the way that FERC crafted the transition from the old regime to the new one — specifically how it treated deferred tax liabilities — might actually be good for MLPs' rate calculations.[2]
Bridgewater (1)
As I frequently say, the most important skill of a hedge fund manager is not beating the market, it is continuing to manage a hedge fund. Underperforming the market and keeping all your fee-paying clients is generally better than outperforming the market and losing all your clients. Becoming a financial celebrity seems to be good for business. And Dalio's is a particularly useful sort of celebrity; asset allocators love to talk about how they focus on managers' process, not their results, and nobody has been more ostentatious about process than Bridgewater. I don't know how rigorous they are about their investment choices, but they sure are rigorous about their rigor. I once wrote:
It is so fascinating to me that the infinite stories about Bridgewater's radical candor and believability and videotaping and so forth, all of the stuff about how conscious they are about learning and making decisions as a group, never end with, like, "and so that's how we decided to increase our allocation to tech stocks." It's never "we got in a room, turned on the video cameras, fired up our believability charts, and talked about macroeconomic and technology trends until the most believable people convinced everyone with perfect candor that we should buy more Apple." It's always like "we got in a room to talk about how believable Jane is, and Fred discussed her flaws with perfect candor for an hour, after which we gave him some dots, here, would you like to watch?" … From the outside, from what you read in the press and hear from its public statements, Bridgewater's radical transparency seems to be a perfectly closed system, always and only about itself, never about investing.
But on the correct model of hedge fund incentives, this is totally rational. A process that consists of performing process, of being extremely process-y, of having a library of video of all of your processes, of exhaustively evaluating everyone for everything all the time, is soothing to investors in a way that just beating the market is not. Becoming a celebrity for principles and process is a far better use of a hedge fund manager's time than picking investments.
Broadridge (1)
Broadridge operates financial plumbing that most investors never think about. US funds and public companies are required to share important documents with their investors. But because most investors hold stakes through brokers, their identities are often unknown to fund managers and companies.
Instead, brokers distribute the investor communications — usually by using a third-party vendor such as Broadridge — and charge fees back to the fund or company.
In the business of investor communications, "Broadridge is the leading player, by a wide margin", said Rajiv Bhatia, analyst at Morningstar. "The majority of shares are held in brokerage accounts, and Broadridge has every broker except [retail broker] Robinhood. That's essentially the entire market."
The New York Stock Exchange regulates fees for investor communications, setting a cap of 25 cents a report. Broadridge charges the full 25 cents for an email, according to analysts. It costs more than for paper mailings because of a 10 cent fee that Broadridge charges to review whether shareholders prefer email over paper, according to the company.
The fees vastly exceed the cost, according to the Investment Company Institute, a trade group for the fund industry in Washington. For investor accounts not held through a broker, a typical fund paid 5 cents to send a shareholder report by either email or paper mail exclusive of postage, ICI said. ...
Broadridge maintained that its fees represented a significant savings for funds compared to what it costs to communicate with investors who own shares directly rather than through a broker. The letter also noted that Broadridge charged funds $45m for the year ending April 2018 to maintain a database of whether investors chose to receive emails or paper mail from their investments.
Byju's (1)
The point of a rights offering is to be coercive: Existing investors have the right to put more money in at the rights price, which here is basically zero, and if they don't put more money in then they get diluted by the people who do. Here, if you put up $1 billion for 5% of the company back when it was worth $20 billion, Byju's will come to you and ask you to put in $10 million more to keep your 5% stake; if you say no, you'll be diluted down to about 0.5%. If you've already thrown away $1 billion, what's $10 million more? On the other hand, if Byju's has already reduced your $1 billion investment to zero, why would you give them any more money? Getting diluted doesn't matter if the stock is going to zero; owning 5% of a company worth zero is no better than owning 0.5% of it. The main questions in the rights offering are: Do you trust that the company has a plan to turn things around, and that this one last contribution is enough to see it through? And also: How mad are you about what happened to the rest of your money?
Capitolis (1)
Here is a trade that you could do:
1. Sell a one-year total return swap on $100 million of Stock X to a hedge fund. The idea of the swap is that you give the hedge fund economic exposure to $100 million of Stock X. Simplifying slightly, (1) if Stock X goes up Y% over the year, you pay the hedge fund $Y million at the end of the year; (2) if Stock X goes down Z% over the year, the hedge fund pays you $Z million at the end of the year; and (3) the hedge fund pays you interest — say $4 million, 4% of the $100 million notional amount — during the year. 2. Go out into the money market and borrow $100 million at, say, 3% interest. 3. Use the money you borrowed in Step 2 to buy $100 million worth of Stock X to perfectly hedge the swap in Step 1. If Stock X goes up Y% over the year, you make $Y million from your stock position and pay the hedge fund $Y million on the swap, perfectly offsetting each other.
This is a very popular and normal trade. You are getting paid an interest-rate margin: You pay 3% to borrow $100 million, you effectively lend it to the hedge fund at 4%, and you collect the $1 million difference as profit. The stock is almost irrelevant to you. The hedge fund wants it to go up, but you don't care. This is a fixed-income trade; you are getting paid the difference between two interest rates.
What are you getting paid for? Well, for one thing, you are taking credit risk to the hedge fund: If the stock goes down and the hedge fund doesn't pay, you lose money. (The stock isn't entirely irrelevant to you, since this credit risk only matters if the stock goes down.) For another thing, you are getting paid for providing funding: You went out to the money market to borrow that $100 million on the hedge fund's behalf, and the fund is rewarding you for that effort.[1]
Ordinarily the person doing this trade — the "you" in this description — is a big investment bank. There are many reasons for that. Banks have lots of money, and easy access to money markets to borrow more. They can buy stock easily. They talk to all the hedge funds and have trading agreements with them and hold themselves out as market makers, so when a hedge fund wants to do a swap like this it will naturally call one of its banks and not, say, some other hedge fund.
This is a trade that was made infamous recently by the blowup at Archegos Capital Management, which did a bunch of giant swaps with a bunch of banks on about a dozen stocks. When some of the stocks went down, it turned out Archegos wasn't good for the money; the banks sold the stocks to limit their losses and a couple of them lost a lot of money. This is the credit risk that I mentioned above, everyone is aware of it, banks try to manage it carefully — most of Archegos's banks were fine! — and charge an appropriate spread for it, and bank regulators also try to keep an eye on it.
There is another problem for the bank, though. The problem for the bank is that, if you do this trade, you will add $100 million of assets (the stock you buy in Step 3) and $100 million of liabilities (the money you borrow in Step 2) to your balance sheet. If you are a bank, growing your balance sheet costs you money. Classically a bank has to have capital in proportion to its assets; if a bank has $100 million of assets, regulators might require it to have at least $8 million of equity capital — stockholders' money — to cushion it against losses. (The actual number is way more complicated than that but 8% is sort of a crude generic capital ratio.) In my hypothetical trade, the bank just borrowed $100 million to fund its $100 million of stock, but in reality the bank would need to fund some of it with equity. Bankers tend to think that equity is expensive. If your shareholders expect a 15% return on equity, and this trade increases your capital requirements by $8 million, then the capital "cost" of this trade is about $1.2 million a year — more than you are actually getting paid.
Incidentally you also have the swap on your balance sheet, as an asset or a liability, but a small one. Derivatives go on your balance sheet at their fair value, and the fair value of this swap, initially, is roughly zero: It is roughly a fair bet between you and the hedge fund, so its expected value is close to zero.[2] As the stock moves the swap will become a bigger asset (if the stock goes down) or liability (if it goes up), but initially it does not have that much balance-sheet impact.
What you might want, if you are a clever banker, is to move that $100 million of stock off your balance sheet. Your thought process might be:
Look, in Step 2 of this trade, you were borrowing $100 million from the money market for 3%. So there are people in the world — money-market funds, pensions, whoever — who have $100 million and are willing to lend it to you for 3% interest so you can buy the stock to do this trade. What if, instead of lending you the money, those people bought the stock for you. They would spend their $100 million on Stock X, and put it in a box, and write you a total return swap on it, one that exactly offsets the swap you write to the hedge fund in Step 1.[3] And you would pay them a financing rate of, say, 3.1% on the swap, which is more than they were getting in the money market.
Now, instead of borrowing money to buy stock, you — the bank — just sit in between two swaps. Instead of growing your balance sheet by $100 million, you don't do that. Instead of making 1% on this trade (4% financing rate from the hedge fund minus 3% cost of money), you are making 0.9% (4% on one swap minus 3.1% on the other), but you are freeing up $100 million of balance sheet so it's worth it. You're better off because you save on capital. The lenders are better off because you're paying them an extra 0.1%. The hedge fund is indifferent; it's still getting the same swap from you. Everyone is better off!
Arguably the financial system is worse off because you have lower capital requirements against essentially identical risks, but, you know, that's how capital regulation works. If regulation requires $10 of capital for a trade, and $7 of capital for an economically identical trade that uses different paperwork, then money will naturally flow to the trade with lower capital requirements. If that leads to levels of bank capital that are too low overall, or if it encourages banks to pile into very risky trades, then that's bad.
Carlyle Group (1)
Stereotypically, shareholders of publicly traded financial firms really value steady recurring earnings, and really distrust lumpy performance-based earnings. They put a high multiple on annual fee income, and a low multiple on one-time trading profits. So if you are a private equity firm charging clients annual management fees of 2% of assets, and performance fees of 20% of profits, the shareholders will like the management fees and dislike the performance fees.
Stereotypically, if you want to keep your employees hungry and motivated, you should pay them with a lot of lumpy performance-based bonuses and not a lot of steady recurring salaries. Don't pay them to coast; make them earn their money. If you are a private equity firm charging 2 and 20, you can use some of those management fees to pay salaries, but your employees should expect to make most of their money from performance, from the 20% performance fees.
Obviously there is a trade there: You give the shareholders the recurring fees that they like, and you give the employees the profit interest that you like for them. Bloomberg's Dawn Lim reports:
Carlyle Group Inc. is overhauling how it pays dealmakers to free up steadier cash flows for shareholders and authorized a plan to repurchase as much as $1.4 billion of stock.
The private equity giant, which reported fourth-quarter earnings that beat Wall Street estimates, said Wednesday that it will give rainmakers and senior employees a greater share of gains tied to investment exits. …
The move frees up more stable sources of cash known as fee-related income to shareholders. … Carlyle plans to lift employees' share of profits tied to deal exits to 60% to 70%, up from an average of 47%, the company said in a statement. The portion of their compensation tied to fee-related earnings will fall.
Carta (1)
1. Private companies issue shares to various people (founders, employees, contractors, angel investors, venture capitalists, etc.), with various terms and restrictions. The company needs to keep track of its capitalization table — who owns shares, what sorts of shares they own, what restrictions they have, etc. — in a robust, reliable, trustworthy way. It probably doesn't have the expertise to do that itself. And if you mess this up you get in bad trouble. 2. So there are companies — Carta is the main one — in the business of keeping these lists (startups' capitalization tables) in reliable and user-friendly ways. 3. Those lists are so valuable. Lots of investment bankers, wealth managers and other intermediaries and service providers would absolutely kill to know, for instance, the names and holdings of every Stripe or SpaceX or OpenAI shareholder. [3] Tons of things you can do with those lists. Most notably, a lot of outsiders want to buy shares of hot startups, but they can't; those shares don't trade in any sort of organized market. But if you know who owns the shares, you can call them up, see who wants to sell, and then advertise "hey I've got some Stripe shares for sale" to the potential buyers. Startup shares do not trade in a transparent way, and if you know who owns the shares then you can make a killing as a broker.
So from first principles it is tempting to, like, (1) build a great cap table management system, (2) go out to startups to sign them up and (3) have a click-through user agreement where on screen 17 it is like "you authorize us to use your cap table data in any way that we want, including calling up your shareholders to pitch them on trades."
This is, however, not how the cap table business usually goes. In fact the shareholders don't seem to want their data used this way, and neither do the companies. And this is a sensitive enough issue that the companies are not going to just sign a click-through user agreement; they will actually say to the cap table company "you will keep our shareholder list confidential right?" and the cap table company will have to say yes.
Also, having the list is not the only impediment to startup share trading: Often startups prohibit their shareholders from selling, or have approval and/or first refusal rights over any sales. So if you had the cap table, you would look at it and see that everyone was restricted from trading, so you couldn't really use it to put together trades anyway.
Startups care about keeping control over their shareholder lists; the cap table management product is a tool for them to exercise that control. If a cap table management company takes that control away from them — if it uses its data to broker trades the company doesn't want — then that's bad service.
Carvana (1)
We have talked about my general theory of modern distressed debt investing, which is:
1. A company has $1 billion of debt outstanding. 2. It goes to holders of $501 million of the debt and says "hey I'll pay you back 101 cents on the dollar if you vote to amend the agreement so I can stiff the other $499 million." 3. Those holders say "sure whatever that's some extra money" and votes to approve an amendment stiffing the minority. 4. The company pays the majority holders 101 cents on the dollar ($506 million total) and pays the minority holders nothing. 5. The majority holders are a little better off: They get back $506 million instead of $501 million. 6. The minority holders are much worse off: They get back $0 instead of $499 million. 7. The company is much better off: It has saved $494 million.
You cannot actually do this, because the loan agreement or bond indenture does not allow it: A majority of lenders can't vote to change the amount due to the minority. But the trick is to find ways to get pretty close to it. Lots of ways have been found. Loan agreements and bond indentures are surprisingly porous, and there are lots of ways to do the basic scheme of paying off some creditors to get them to agree to hose other creditors. You take some value from the hosed minority creditors, you give some of it to the cooperating majority creditors, and you give the rest to the company. (Or to its private equity sponsors, because these stories tend to involve private equity sponsors.)
At some level, if you are a distressed debt investor, this is what you live for: Reading documents closely to find tricks, putting one over on your competition, extracting some extra value for yourself, getting in fights in court, these are the things that make distressed debt investing fun and allow you to add value.
At another level, if you are a distressed debt investor, this is obviously bad. Each time something like this happens, some value leaks from the creditors to the company (or the private equity sponsors). Some value is transferred from the minority creditors to the majority creditors, sure, so on each individual deal you will want to be in the majority and get that value for yourself. But some value is transferred from the minority creditors to the company/sponsors, and if you are on a lot of deals — if you are a big credit fund or collateralized loan obligation manager who is in every loan — you will win some and lose some, and you will be increasingly unhappy about all that value leaking away from the creditors to the companies. You will think thoughts like "sure it is fun for me when I'm on the winning side and I hose my enemies, but it would be better for me in the long run if nobody could hose anybody."
One solution here is to rewrite loan documents and bond indentures to make this stuff harder, but (1) that is a very imperfect process, because it is good to have some flexibility to amend loans when circumstances change and (2) that only works on future deals, and there are lots of loans that exist right now with old, porous documents.
Another solution is that you just get together with your friends and enemies and competitors and agree not to hose each other on some particular deal. Bloomberg's Eliza Ronalds-Hannon and Davide Scigliuzzo report:
As Carvana Co. bondholders prepare to negotiate with the car seller to fix its debt load, they're using a playbook that could become increasingly common when companies fall into distress.
The group of debtholders, led by Apollo Global Management Inc. and Pacific Investment Management Co., has agreed to band together in preparation for a restructuring of Carvana's obligations, and to resist any efforts by the company to pit creditors against creditors. They own about 70% of the corporation's unsecured debt, or around $4 billion worth.
They're trying to short-circuit a tactic that companies have been increasingly using when they run into trouble: they get emergency financing from a hand-picked group of debtholders. Those investors get a big benefit from offering that funding, jumping to the front of the line to get repaid if the company goes broke. The other creditors end up further back, hurt by the those that collaborated with the corporation. …
The group's resolve to stay united will likely be tested over time. The money managers are only barred from independently negotiating with the company for three months. Although that time period could be extended, some creditors may choose not to.
And even if combining forces works in this case, it may not work in other situations. Most of Carvana's bonds are held by a relatively small number of investors, which makes it easier for them to come together. Fewer than 10 lenders initially signed the pact.
I mean I guess if you get 70% of the holders of some company's debt to work together, the temptation would be to go to the company and say "hey why don't you hose the other 30% and give us more value," but perhaps you would resist that temptation in the service of your long-term interests.
Celsius (5)
The way a Ponzi scheme works, for a while, is that (1) you take people's money, (2) you tell them that they are earning a nice return on their money and (3) if they want to withdraw their money, with those nice returns, you just give them someone else's money. With enough investors, you can keep this going for a while: There's plenty of money from new investors to pay off anyone who wants to withdraw, and because everyone who wants to withdraw gets their money back, no one suspects anything, so not too many people withdraw and the system works. Eventually it doesn't.
One result of this is that some victims of Ponzi schemes do quite well for themselves: They invest in the Ponzi, they earn a nice return, and they withdraw their money before it all collapses. Most of the time, these people are not, like, in on the Ponzi; they just had lucky timing.
The problem comes later. The Ponzi collapses, and some administrator or bankruptcy court is in charge of dividing up the money and paying everyone fairly. Lots of people kept their money in the Ponzi until the end, and will get back only pennies on the dollar. Meanwhile some people withdrew their money a week before the collapse and got back 100 cents on the dollar, or more, what with the nice Ponzi returns. Seems unfair.
And in fact US bankruptcy law has mechanisms for dealing with this: Section 547(b) of the bankruptcy code allows a bankruptcy estate to claw back some payments to creditors made within 90 days before bankruptcy, if the company was insolvent and those payments gave the creditors more than they would get in the bankruptcy. So if you withdrew 110 cents on the dollar a day before bankruptcy, and everyone else got back 70 cents after bankruptcy, you have to cough up 40 cents to share with everyone else. And this is true of Ponzi schemes too. Lots of Bernie Madoff's investors did great, and then had to pay back their winnings to the other, less fortunate investors.
When I worked as a mergers-and-acquisitions lawyer and then as an investment banker, I thought that you could trade stocks in the US from 9:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. New York time, Monday through Friday. Was that completely accurate? No, of course not: There were, and still are, early morning and after-hours trading sessions, and I knew that. But it was close to true: There was, and still is, much more trading during normal market hours than in the extended sessions.
And it was a very useful approximation of the truth. In particular, here are two stylized facts that are sort of true and that work very nicely together:
1. "The market is closed evenings, early mornings and weekends." 2. "Public companies have an obligation to keep their investors informed about material stuff that is going on."
For example: Public-company mergers and acquisitions tend to be intensively negotiated over the weekend, and are often announced on Monday mornings. [4] Why? Well, because if a public company reaches an agreement to sell itself, that is an extremely material fact, and it should really announce that right away. You do not want people blithely buying and selling the stock at $35 when the company has already signed a merger agreement to sell itself for $50 per share. If you sign that deal at 11:46 a.m. on a Wednesday, first of all, every second that you spend drafting the press release is precious, and second, whenever that press release does come out, it's going to be disruptive: The stock will spike up, people will make and lose fortunes, people who see the press release a millisecond before everyone else will have a huge advantage, and you will generally have disorderly and unpleasant trading. In fact, if you do find yourself needing to announce a merger at 11:46 a.m. on a Wednesday, you will ordinarily ask the stock exchange to halt trading in the stock first, and reopen it only after the announcement has gone out and everyone has had a few minutes to read it.
But that is stressful and disruptive too, and it's much better to just get everything buttoned up on Sunday evening, get the press release ready to go, and put it out first thing Monday morning, well before the market opens. [5] Give everyone plenty of nontrading time to digest and understand the news, so that when trading starts everyone is on a level playing field. Also, if for some reason there is a glitch in the system when you hit publish on the press release at 6 a.m., you have time to fix it: If it goes out at 6:20, that's fine too.
(To be clear, this stylized fact is good and useful from the abstract perspective of the public company, but it was very bad from my perspective as a young M&A lawyer. Terrible hours!)
Anyway, I mostly still think that
"market hours" are 9:30 to 4, Monday through Friday, you are supposed to put out material news "outside of market hours," and it doesn't matter all that much exactly when you do that, as long as you leave plenty of time before the market opens.
And I think a lot of other people still think that too, in part out of old habit, and in part because it is still sort of true, and in part because it remains very useful.
Celsius was allegedly engaged in two related investment scams: There was its business, which involved getting customers to deposit cryptocurrencies with Celsius, promising them safe yields of as much as 17% on their money, and then lending it out to crypto hedge funds; and there was its token, which was a form of quasi-stock in Celsius, a way for investors to bet on Celsius's success. The business was allegedly a scam because Celsius couldn't generate safe 17% yields (obviously!), and the token was allegedly a scam in the normal way that penny-stock promotions are scams: Celsius allegedly lied about how good its business was to get people to buy its token. Here's the SEC's summary:
Celsius marketed two core investment opportunities to investors. First, Celsius offered and sold its own crypto asset security, CEL. Defendants promised high earning rates to investors who purchased CEL and marketed CEL as an investment in the success of Celsius itself. Second, Celsius offered an Earn Interest Program whereby investors tendered their crypto sets to Celsius in exchange for interest payments. Defendants promised investors in the Earn Interest Program returns as high as 17%. …
Defendants made numerous false and misleading statements to induce investors to purchase CEL and invest in the Earn Interest Program. Among other false representations, Defendants misrepresented Celsius's central business model and the risks to investors by claiming that Celsius did not make uncollateralized loans, the company did not engage in risky trading, and the interest paid to investors represented 80% of the company's revenue.
None of these claims was true. Celsius could not consistently generate the revenue needed to make the required interest payments to investors with respect to the Earn Interest Program. The company engaged in risky trading practices and made uncollateralized loans to try to generate the necessary revenue, putting the entire Celsius enterprise at grave risk. Celsius was unsuccessful and, as a result, frequently paid much more than 80% of its revenue to satisfy the company's interest payment obligations, a business practice that was hidden from investors, unsustainable, and ultimately led to the company's collapse.
These things are intertwined: Lying to the customers to get them to deposit money made the company look better to CEL investors, and pumping up the price of CEL made Celsius's balance sheet better and thus attracted more customers. (Also, Celsius paid some of the interest that it owed to customers in CEL tokens, so the more they were worth the easier it was to pay the customers.)
Let's start with the business. Celsius advertised to customers that they could deposit crypto, Celsius would pool their crypto and make good low-risk collateralized loans to institutional crypto investors, it would get paid interest on those loans, it would pass along 80% of that interest to its customers, and somehow 80% of the interest it received on low-risk collateralized loans would work out to be 17%? Somehow Celsius was making loans that were both safe and lucrative. Either the bank is lying or Celsius is lying. Which could it be? The SEC says:
A central tenet of Celsius's promotion of its business was that it did not make uncollateralized loans when deploying investor funds from the Earn Interest Program. Celsius and Mashinsky made this representation frequently and in numerous different outlets. For example, in a November 26, 2019 livestreamed event, Mashinsky said: "I can tell you there are other lenders in the market who lend with no collateral or lend to anybody. Good. Good for them. We will never do that." …
In reality, despite the numerous public assurances to the contrary, Celsius made many uncollateralized institutional loans totaling millions of dollars. In fact, in November 2019, Celsius had more than $17 million in uncollateralized institutional loans. ...
By 2022, Celsius's uncollateralized institutional loans ranged from $1.3 billion to $1.96 billion in value and accounted for 34-48% of the company's entire institutional loan portfolio.
If you lend your crypto to a crypto shadow bank, and the crypto shadow bank goes bankrupt, do you automatically get your money back? I kind of feel like that question answers itself? Like, the whole point of bankruptcy is pretty much that a lot of people loaned money to a company, and it doesn't have enough money to pay them back, so it goes bankrupt? Somebody is not getting all their money back? Like, specifically, some lenders are not getting their money back? That's what this all is?
People have weird intuitions about this. I think that the two main, slightly different, intuitions are:
1. If I have "deposited" my crypto at a crypto shadow bank, then that crypto belongs to me, not the shadow bank. I can take it out at any time. If the shadow bank is bankrupt, that's its problem, not mine; my money is just supposed to be sitting there in a box for me to take out whenever I want. 2. If I have "deposited" my crypto at a crypto shadow bank, then it is a bank , and banks always give the money back.
Both of these intuitions are, I think, clearly wrong. The first would make sense if the crypto shadow bank was not a bank, but just a custodian for your crypto, keeping it segregated and leaving it alone. Some crypto exchanges work more or less like this; we have talked about one business model for a crypto exchange, which is to take customer crypto and just keep it in a box for the customers. (And make money on trading fees.) In that business model, it would make sense for customers to assume that their crypto belonged to them, that the exchange couldn't use it, and that they'd be able to withdraw it with no trouble even if the exchange went bankrupt. In fact those assumptions are not particularly safe — Coinbase Global Inc., which more or less has this business model, caused a stir in May when it warned customers that "because custodially held crypto assets may be considered to be the property of a bankruptcy estate, in the event of a bankruptcy, the crypto assets we hold in custody on behalf of our customers could be subject to bankruptcy proceedings and such customers could be treated as our general unsecured creditors" — but they are reasonable.
On the other hand a crypto shadow bank that is in the business of taking your crypto and paying you 18% interest simply can't also be keeping your crypto in a box and doing nothing with it. Where would it get the money to pay the interest? Obviously that crypto shadow bank is doing something with your crypto, not just keeping it in a box, so you can't assume it'll be in the box when things go wrong.
The second intuition would make sense if the crypto shadow bank was actually a regular bank. Banks certainly don't take depositors' money and keep it in a box; a bank uses its deposits to make loans to other customers, It's a Wonderful Life , etc. If you put your money in a bank, the bank will use it, and it is certainly possible that the bank will do stupid things with it and lose it. But if you are an ordinary retail depositor in the US, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. will make sure you get your money back anyway; those bank deposits are (up to a limit) more or less backed by the government. There is accompanying government regulation to try to minimize the risk that the bank will do stupid things and lose the money, but from a depositor's perspective that's not the important thing; the important thing is the insurance.
I feel stupid even typing "of course crypto shadow banks are not FDIC-insured." But I guess it's worth saying. For one thing, people are so used to banks just working — paying interest and always having their money when they want it — that they intuitively assume that crypto shadow banks work the same way, without actually forming the question "is this crypto shadow bank FDIC insured?" in their minds. Crypto shadow banks look bank-like, so if you are used to safe interest-paying bank accounts, it's easy to assume that your crypto is safe at a crypto shadow bank. Also some crypto shadow banks did, uh, kind of suggest a little bit that they might be FDIC-insured? Not a great look.
But, no, an interest-paying crypto lending platform is not (1) a bankruptcy-remote box to hold your crypto for safekeeping or (2) a bank. It's just a company that borrows crypto from you and promises to pay you interest. If it loses the money, it will not be able to pay you back, and it will go bankrupt, and you will have a claim for the money in bankruptcy, and maybe you'll get paid some percentage of it, depending on how much of the money was lost and how much of what's left has to be spent on legal bills.
Think about how that business might work. At a high level of generality, you have two crypto financial businesses, perhaps they are Celsius and Genesis, or Celsius and Tether, or whatever, but let's just call them Borrower and Lender. Borrower has some Bitcoins (or Ether or whatever) and wants dollars (or USDC stablecoins or Tether or whatever); Lender has plenty of dollars (USDC, Tether, etc.) that it is willing to lend. Borrower and Lender get together and agree that Borrower will post its Bitcoins to Lender as collateral, and Lender will hand over some dollars to Borrower collateralized by those Bitcoins. Fine. A normal, collateralized margin loan.
How many Bitcoins should Borrower give Lender for the dollars? Well, if you are Lender, you will want your loan to be well secured. If Borrower gives you $200 worth of Bitcoin and you lend it $100 of cash, then you will be pretty well secured. If Borrower doesn't pay you back the $100, you can seize its collateral and sell it for $200, giving you plenty of room to repay your loan. Even if the price of Bitcoin falls by 10% or 20% or 40%, you can still sell the collateral for enough to cover your loan. (If it falls by more than 50%, as it has this year, then you are in trouble, but you have margin calls to protect you along the way; you don't have to wait for it to fall that far.) This is the way that margin lending generally works in retail stock brokerage accounts.
Of course everything is competitive and perhaps Lender will be willing to accept less than $200 worth of Bitcoin for a $100 loan. Perhaps it will feel safe with $150 of collateral, or $120. At some level of collateral, though, you stop feeling safe about the collateral: If you lend $100 of cash against $110 of Bitcoin, Bitcoin is pretty volatile, and if it goes down by 10% your loan will be undercollateralized. If you lend $100 against $110 of Bitcoin, you are making a credit decision: You're lending the $100 not only because you think Bitcoin is good collateral but also because you think Borrower is good for the money. Certainly if you lend $100 of cash against $50 of Bitcoin, you are making mostly a credit decision; if Borrower vanishes then the best you're going to do is get $50 back.[1] You are counting on Borrower to repay you, and you have done some underwriting to make you confident that Borrower is a good credit. Or you haven't, I mean; Celsius has not exactly covered itself in glory in recent weeks. But let's assume that you do, and you sensibly believe that you are making these (under-)collateralized loans to good strong businesses that should be able to pay you back even in a marke
Charles Schwab (1)
A good price for a stock trade is $0. If you run a retail brokerage and you charge customers $0 for stock trades, they will tend to keep their money with you and do a lot of stock trades; if you charge them $4.99 they'll say "meh, stock trading, not great." Making stock trading frictionless is good for attracting stock trading, and you are in the business of attracting stock trading.
But it costs you money to do the trades — you need computers and customer service and so forth — and so you need to pay for them somehow. And so a big question in modern US retail stock brokerage is how brokers can make money to subsidize commission-free stock trading. One approach that gets a lot of attention is payment for order flow: The broker can charge its customer $0 for a trade, and then instead of paying to execute the trade on a stock exchange, it can get paid by a market maker that really wants to execute the trade. This is hotly controversial for reasons we have discussed too many times, and the US Securities and Exchange Commission has been working on rules to restrict it, rules that might make it harder for brokers to offer commission-free trading.
But there is another, simpler, more popular approach, which is that most brokerage customers tend to have cash in their brokerage accounts, cash that they have not yet invested in stocks. The brokerage can take that cash, invest it in safe bonds, earn some interest, pay a little of the interest to customers, keep the rest of it for itself, and subsidize free trading that way. That is, the brokerage can also be a bank, and make a net interest margin on the difference between what it pays customers on their deposits and what it earns from investing them. In 2019, Patrick McKenzie pointed out that "57% of Schwab's revenues are from net interest. The firm could literally give away every other service; discount the mutual fund fees to zero, do away with commissions, etc etc, and they would still be profitable."
Charles Schwab Corp. (1)
One other economics-of-discount-brokerage point. The way that Schwab and Ameritrade make money is not so much—not at all, anymore—by charging commissions for trades. It's from other things, and especially from net interest margin: Clients keep idle cash in brokerage accounts, and the brokers earn a higher rate on that cash than they return to the clients; clients also borrow money in margin accounts, and the brokers earn a higher rate on that lending than they pay for their money. It is, effectively, a sort of banking business. For Schwab this is fairly straightforward. For TD Ameritrade it's a bit weird, though, because of that "TD" in the name. TD is the Toronto-Dominion Bank, which owns about 43% of TD Ameritrade. Whereas Schwab does its banking business—the earning of net interest revenue that is the basic economic foundation of modern discount brokerage—in-house, and in fact owns its own bank, Ameritrade outsources its net interest earning to its parent bank. Ameritrade parks the money from its clients' sweep accounts at TD Bank; some of the net interest margin from those accounts goes to Ameritrade but some of it goes to TD Bank. As Bloomberg News noted on Friday:
Ameritrade's relation with TD Bank could prove a stumbling block, according to a note by Goldman Sachs Group Inc. analyst Will Nance. The lender handles more than $114 billion in sweep balances for the brokerage, Nance said. "This could be complicated by the structure of any proposed deal given TD's large stake in Ameritrade and current banking arrangements, as this would represent a significant amount of deposits for TD bank," Nance wrote in a note Thursday.
And on Thursday:
Currently, TD Ameritrade shifts its deposits to Toronto-Dominion's balance sheet, for a fee, in an arrangement that generates about C$275 million to the bank. Schwab, which has its own bank, may prefer to keep that revenue stream to itself, Dechaine said, creating a risk for Toronto-Dominion.
Schwab did. From today's merger press release:
This transaction included a renegotiation of the Insured Deposit Account (IDA) agreement by Schwab and TD Bank, to be effective at closing. The agreement was extended for a 10-year term beginning in 2021, and the servicing fee paid by Schwab on balances within the IDA was reduced by 10 basis points. Over time, Schwab will have the option to reduce balances routed to the IDA sweep program, subject to certain restrictions. This arrangement provides flexibility to optimize related revenue as those balances are shifted to Schwab.
Roughly speaking the new Schwameritrade will save $114 million a year just by not paying TD Bank as much to hold on to its' clients money; over time, it can save even more—that is, keep more net interest for itself—by just not routing as much client money to TD Bank. I really like (what I assume are) the tactical decisions here. Ameritrade is a discount brokerage that, compared to Schwab, (1) relies relatively heavily on commissions and (2) can't make as much money on net interest. Schwab cut its commissions to zero, forcing its competitors to follow suit and making life very difficult for Ameritrade. And then Schwab seized the opportu nity to buy the wounded Ameritrade, which also has the effect of cutting it loose from TD Bank and letting it make more money (for Schwab) on net interest. Schwab's model of discount brokerage—no commissions, full ability to extract interest revenue—is competitively dominant over Ameritrade's, and it exploited that ruthlessly.
Chelsea FC (1)
Most people, in their daily lives, do not run too much risk of trading with people subject to international sanctions. You probably aren't buying your groceries from an Iranian front company. Meanwhile many businesses , and in particular banks , do run this risk: If you are a big bank, and someone comes to you to open an account, the odds that they are a front for a sanctioned Iranian are not zero. And so banks have compliance departments that are intended to (1) detect sanctioned entities and avoid dealing with them and (2) demonstrate to the authorities that they're trying to do that, so that if any sanctioned entities slip through the cracks the reaction is "oops, you missed one" rather than "you are a criminal enterprise, here's a huge fine."
One thing about the broad and rapid sanctions imposed on Russian oligarchs in the last couple of weeks is that there will just need to be more of this. Banks have lots of experience with implementing sanctions, and other big international businesses in high-risk industries also have plenty of experience. But with all the new sanctions, more industries are higher-risk now than they were two weeks ago, and more businesses will have to spend more time thinking about sanctions compliance.
Sanctions are a bit of a strange instrument. Chelsea Football Club is a corporate entity in the U.K. that is run by professional executives and employs lots of people, most of them in the U.K., most of them not Russians. It has its own bank accounts. The equity of Chelsea FC is owned by Roman Abramovich, "a prominent Russian businessman and pro-Kremlin oligarch," according to the U.K. sanctioning notice, but Chelsea existed long before Abramovich; he acquired ownership in 2003. Chelsea is not exactly being sanctioned — Chelsea did nothing wrong — but Abramovich is.
If you wanted to get at Abramovich financially, one thing that you could imagine doing would be taking Chelsea away from him , for no compensation, and giving it to someone else. (Let the equity be owned by the U.K. treasury, or by the Ukrainian treasury, or by the fans, etc.) Then Chelsea could operate normally and Abramovich wouldn't get any benefit from it. Alternatively you could just shut Chelsea down: dissolve the corporate entity, fire everyone, kick it out of the Premier League, etc.
This is not, however, generally allowed ; governments cannot generally expropriate property from people without some judicial showing that they came by the property illegally. Sanctions are not about taking stuff away from sanctioned individuals, but rather about freezing their stuff. You can't send money to Abramovich, and he can't spend the money he has (in the U.K.), but they can't take his money away from him exactly. In theory this is temporary, and one day the war will end and he should be able to get his stuff back.
Another thing you could imagine would be not freezing Chelsea — letting it sell tickets and buy and sell players and generally conduct itself as a sensible soccer business under its professional management — but just preventing it from distributing money to Abramovich. The barrier would be between Chelsea and Abramovich, not between Chelsea and the outside world; Chelsea could get and spend money but it couldn't give the money to Abramovich.
But sanctions mostly don't work that way: "Asset freeze restrictions also apply to any entities that are owned or controlled by Roman Abramovich," says OFSI. Part of that is about ensuring compliance: In general, if you let Abramovich-controlled businesses operate normally, they might try to operate in ways that benefit Abramovich (e.g. sending him money secretly to get around sanctions, spending money to buy stuff for him that he can't buy because his money is frozen, etc.), because after all he controls them. I suppose part of it is also about making sure that his position is really frozen: If Chelsea makes a lot of money in his absence and puts it in the bank, and then one day he gets unfrozen and collects the money, then in some sense the money was going to him all along. You don't want him to accrue wealth, even inaccessible wealth, while he's sanctioned.
And so you get this weird result where Chelsea is allowed to operate, but badly ; Abramovich is not allowed to take money out of it, but you are also not allowed to put money into it (except for refreshments). It is hard to run a soccer club like this for long. Presumably the expected result of a regime like this, most of the time, is that the frozen business withers and disappears; presumably with Chelsea the actual result will be that Abramovich negotiates a sale, the proceeds do not go to him, and the U.K. government grants a sanctions exemption to allow the sale. (A U.K. "official said the government 'would consider an application for a licence' to sell the club but that Abramovich would not be allowed to benefit from the sale while he is under sanctions.") The sanctions cannot legally take Chelsea away from Abramovich, but they can have the same practical effect.
Children's Place (1)
If you want to take over a US public company, the normal way to do it is by calling up the company's chief executive officer and proposing a merger. You talk to the CEO, you work out a deal, the board approves, they submit it to a shareholder vote, the shareholders approve, and then you buy all of the company's stock for the price you agreed on.
A less common approach is the hostile tender offer: You call up the CEO, you propose a merger, she says "absolutely not," you decide to do it anyway, so you make a public offer to the company's shareholders to buy all their stock at some fixed price. If a majority of the shareholders tender their shares to you, then you control the company and get to replace the board and do more or less what you want.
The weirdest approach would be to just go to the stock exchange and keep buying stock until you own a majority of the shares, and then say "Surprise! I own the company now." I'm sure someone has done this before, but it is very much not normal practice. For one thing, it's not like every share is available on the stock exchange: Lots of stock will be owned by insiders, index funds, loyal investors, etc., who have no interest in selling; if more than 50% of the stock is owned by those sorts of long-term holders, you'll never be able to buy it on the exchange.
Also, even if you can get above 50%, it'll take forever: Most stocks' daily trading volume is a small fraction of the shares outstanding, so even if you buy all of the shares each day, it will take you days to get a majority. And if you are buying all the shares, you are going to be pushing the price up, making all of this uneconomical. Also, if you do this over several days, you will have to disclose your giant stake — and perhaps your intentions — and then people will know that you're buying and will demand even higher prices.
Also, just, I mean, you're buying a whole company? Don't you want to talk to the CEO first? It's possible that you'll call the CEO and she'll say "get lost, we're fine here without you," and you'll disagree and decide to buy up the stock anyway and fire her, but don't you at least want to know that first? The friendly merger and the hostile tender offer are traditional ways to start a process that ends with you in charge of the company, and they are ways for you to understand what you are getting into. Just buying stock on the exchange until you stumble into control of the company is weird.
Cineworld (1)
I used to be an equity capital markets banker in the US, and I guess I believed some dumb stereotypes about US capital markets. The idea that I got into my head was that the US had the deepest and most efficient capital markets in the world, and (but?) some of the most thorough disclosure regulation in the world. The regulation makes it relatively difficult for a company to sell stock in the US (you have to hire a lot of lawyers and disclose a lot about your business) and, in particular, makes it so that only pretty good and successful companies can sell stock in the US (if you are just a flimsy fraud that will be apparent in your disclosures and you won't get any sophisticated US institutional investors to buy your stock). But the regulation is also what makes the markets so deep and liquid: Big institutional investors and small retail investors alike can trust that companies are what they say they are, and so prices are efficient, and so valuations are high and capital is plentiful, and so if you can meet the high standards to list in the US it's a good place to raise money.
Obviously none of this was completely true in every respect — everyone probably has their own favorite example of an irrationally overpriced flimsy company on the US stock market, and there are certainly places where US regulation is not all that strict compared to other countries — but, you know, generally. The idea is that the US has the smartest markets, the ones that are the least tolerant of nonsense, and therefore also the deepest markets for the non-nonsense companies.
And then here is Cineworld being like "well, as we were sliding into bankruptcy, we thought it would be a good idea to sell our worthless stock at high prices to insane rubes, and it turns out they're all in America."
Citadel (1)
The standard story about quantitative trading firms is that they prefer to recruit people who are very good at math and coding rather than people with any financial experience or training. The thinking is roughly that if you take someone who is good at math and coding, you can teach them the basics of trading pretty easily; if you take someone with an MBA and an active Robinhood account, you might have a hard time teaching them math. In fact, too much business background could be a negative: If you run a differentiated quantitative investing or market-making firm, you might think that you do things the Right Way, and big banks do things the Wrong Way, and traders who have worked at those banks have learned the wrong things and are now unfixable. Better to get a 20-year-old intern who is good at math and teach them from scratch.
Whether or not this theory is true on its own terms, it has some practical advantages. If you are recruiting 20-year-old math undergraduates to your hedge fund, you can impress them — and get them to come back as full-time employees, and get them to go recruit their best math classmates for you — by paying them amounts of money that are (1) way more than any other 20-year-olds make but (2) way less than you'd be paying to recruit financial industry veterans. If they are living on ramen at college, you can impress them with a couple of fancy lunches.
Also if the theory is true on its own terms, the interns will be useful right away! If you are mainly hiring people for math skills, you can get 20-year-olds with good math skills, and they can do math for you in a way that makes you money. If you are in a math business, and the 20-year-olds making $50,000 are half as good at math as your 30-year-old employees making $1 million, then they are a bargain right now.
Citigroup (3)
About a year ago, Citigroup Inc. accidentally wired $900 million to some hedge funds. The next day it called them up and said "oops, our mistake, can we have our money back?" Some said yes. Other, craftier hedge funds said no. There was a lawsuit, and to the surprise of pretty much everyone Citi lost. The hedge funds who kept the money get to keep keeping the money. (Even weirder, some of the hedge funds who gave the money back might get it back?) Citi appealed, and the appeal is still pending, and I still think Citi is going to win in the end because it makes no sense to let the funds keep the money, but you never know.
We talked about the case in February when the decision came down. The gist is that Citi was the administrative agent for a syndicated loan to Revlon Inc., and it accidentally paid off the whole loan early when it meant to just make an interest payment. The hedge funds who kept the money had reasons of their own for doing so (involving a dispute over a restructuring of Revlon's debt), but those reasons are not particularly relevant to judge's decision. For his purposes, all that matters is that (1) Revlon really owed money to those hedge funds, (2) Citi paid off the amount Revlon owed, and (3) the hedge funds thought, for at least a split second, that Citi might have been intentionally paying off the loan on Revlon's behalf. This is called the "discharge for value defense" under New York law, the leading case is something called "Banque Worms," and you can read more about it in the judge's opinion but honestly it won't make much more sense if you do.
Everyone was surprised by the decision, it makes no sense, it is not how anyone thinks sophisticated financial counterparties operate, and so it is not how sophisticated financial counterparties operate. Basically as soon as the decision came down, bank lawyers starting writing in new syndicated loan documents "also if we send you money by accident you have to send it back, Banque Worms or no Banque Worms." And lawyers for hedge funds and other syndicated lenders did not push back on these clauses, because obviously if the bank sends them money by accident they have to send it back. These clauses are called "Revlon blockers," and we discussed them in March, a few weeks after the decision came down. I wrote:
This doctrine is dumb and no one in the world of syndicated lending actually meant to sign up for it; "if you send us the wrong money we will keep it" is not a rule that anyone wanted built into their loan documents. It did not occur to anyone to opt out of it—it did not occur to anyone, outside of the small fellowship of Finders Keepers lawyers, that this rule even existed—until it cost Citi $500 million. But now everyone is extremely aware of it, the big banks want to opt out, they have consulted with their own Finders Keepers lawyers, they have put the opt-out language into the contracts, and the other lenders don't really have a choice. What are they going to do, object? "No, if you send us money by accident, we'd prefer to keep it"? It's just not a reasonable ask. It's the law , sure—at least by default—but it's not reasonable.
Anyway here's a recent paper by Eric Talley of Columbia Law School called "Discharging the Discharge for Value Defense," which criticizes the Revlon decision and also counts up the Revlon blockers:
I document a rapid, precipitous trend towards writing and/or amending debt contracts so as to nullify the Citibank opinion in its entirety, manifested in a variety of "Revlon blocker" provisions that have appeared in hundreds of publicly disclosed contracts. The firms that adopt Revlon blockers are systematically the largest and most sophisticated companies in the public markets, and their rejection of Citibank appears to have met with general market approval.
"This analysis underscores the critical role that default rules play in contract law and policy," writes Talley, "and the high stakes involved in getting them right," but I am actually not sure the stakes are that high here? I mean, Citi is out $500 million (maybe), so the stakes are high for Citi, though presumably Revlon will eventually pay it back even if it loses on appeal. (I think?) But the fact that this is a bad rule doesn't matter that much for future cases, because it is a default rule, and syndicated lenders are big and sophisticated and can just change their contracts to opt out of the rule.
The funniest part of the paper might be that the judge in the Revlon/Citi case thought the rule was important, and that his decision would cause big good changes in the banking industry. From the paper:
The written opinion itself speculated that lending communities and their trade associations would potentially alter their practices, for example by effectuating broad changes to compliance staffing, reforms to industry standards, and enhancements to quality control protocols, so as to further reduce (or in the words of the Court, "eliminate") the possibility of unanticipated mistakes.
And from the opinion:
Here, there is no doubt that the party best positioned to avoid the error that occurred was Citibank. The bank took that role seriously in adopting the six-eye approval process for wire transfers of the kind made here. And while that process obviously failed in this instance, the unprecedented nature of the mistake in this case suggests that it has generally been successful. Moreover, banks could — and, perhaps after this case, will — take other relatively costless steps to both minimize the risk of errors and increase the probability of clawing back erroneous payments. For example, banks could, either on their own, or through an industry association like the LSTA, create clear standards governing the content and timing of payment notices. If a payment notice akin to the Calculation Statements here always preceded an actual payment by some specified interval (and banks adopted security procedures, akin to the six-eyes process, to ensure that they did), then the absence of such a notice would indeed raise a red flag that the payment was erroneous. So too, if such notices always unambiguously and explicitly described the size and nature of the payment, the recipient of a payment that deviated from the notice would plainly be on notice of the mistake. For example, one could imagine payment notices that stated something like: "You will shortly receive a wire payment of $X. This payment is for interest only; it does not include any payment of principal. If you receive more than $X, any excess would be the result of an error and you would not be entitled to keep it." Suffice it to say, had the Calculation Statements in this case included simple and clear language along these lines, this costly litigation would almost surely have been avoided. In short, although the mistake that gave rise to this case may be the proverbial Black Swan event, and the risk of a reoccurrence may therefore be small, the banking industry could — and would be wise to — eliminate the risk altogether by taking these or similarly modest steps.
The message here is something like "banks need to be more careful with their money, and to teach them a lesson I won't let Citi have its money back." And the banks responded, rationally, by changing their contracts so they don't have to be more careful.
What's weird here is that the investors had a legal claim to it: Revlon owed them money, they were in a fight with Revlon about the terms of that debt, and when Citi accidentally sent them the money they could say, with almost straight faces, "aha yes we have gotten back the money we deserve." I was skeptical of that argument, but it worked; the lenders convinced a judge that they should be able to keep the money.
Now Citi is appealing, and … I still kind of think Citi should win? Here's Citi's brief for the hearing last week, arguing that the lenders shouldn't be able to spend the money yet because Citi is going to win on appeal. In particular, the lenders got to keep the money based on the legal doctrine of "discharge for value": Because the lenders really were owed money (by Revlon), and they thought that Citi (the administrative agent on Revlon's loan) was intentionally paying off that debt, they get to keep the money. But Citi argues (pages 10 and 11) that this doctrine only applies if the lenders were owed money and it was due: If someone owes you money and you get paid on the due date for that loan, you can reasonably think "ah yes, my repayment," and keep it; if someone owes you money in three years and you get paid today, you should probably assume something has gone wrong.
Last August, Citigroup Inc. wired $900 million to some hedge funds by accident. Then it sent a note to the hedge funds saying, oops, sorry about that, please send us the money back. Some did. Others preferred to keep the money. Citi sued them. Yesterday Citi lost, and they got to keep the money. I read the opinion, by U.S. District Judge Jesse Furman, expecting to learn about the New York legal doctrine of finders keepers—more technically, the "discharge-for-value defense"—and I was not disappointed. But I was also treated to a gothic horror story about software design. I had nightmares all night about checking the wrong boxes on the computer. The story—we have discussed it before—is that, in 2016, Revlon Inc. took out a seven-year syndicated term loan. Citibank N.A. is the administrative agent on the loan; it gets interest and principal payments from Revlon and passes them on to the lenders. Revlon ran into a bit of trouble and, as companies do these days, it did some creative stuff with its debt: In May 2020, it convinced some of the term-loan lenders to strip collateral from the term loan so it could be used to back new debt. The lenders who were part of this "incredibly aggressive" deal got to roll over into the new, effectively more senior debt; the other lenders were left with worse debt and got mad. Some of them got together to work on a lawsuit, which they filed on Aug. 12.Twenty hours before they filed the lawsuit, though, they got lucky: Citigroup just wired them all their money. They received wire transfers for the full amount of principal and accrued interest they were owed on the loan. Their first reaction was mostly "well this is weird, I guess Revlon decided to pay off the loan rather than fight about it." Their second reaction, after Citi sent them frantic notices saying it was a mistake, was to send each other Bloomberg chat messages making fun of Citi. Their third reaction, after some more serious reflection, was to say "we are keeping the money, see you in court." All of these reactions were pretty reasonable and worked out well for them.What happened? Well, it starts with the fact that some of the term-loan lenders had agreed to the aggressive deal to put in new money and roll their term loans into new, better-secured debt.[1] So they came to Citi and Revlon, handed in their old debt and got back new debt. When they do this, customarily, they get paid accrued interest on their old debt. Citi, for some reason, couldn't handle that sensibly; from the opinion:
Given certain technical limitations of Citibank's system for making payments, the most efficient way for Citibank to effect the transaction was to pay interim interest accrued to all lenders that held 2020 Extended Term Loans; paying only the rolling-up entities would have required a "very manual process."
So instead of just paying interim interest to the lenders who were rolling their old loans into new loans, Citi had to pay it to all of the lenders, and Revlon agreed to make an interim interest payment to everyone.[2] So Revlon wired $7.8 million—for an interest payment—to Citi, and Citi got set up to pay it to the lenders:[3]
The August 11th roll-up transaction involved five Lenders, all managed by Angelo, Gordon and Co. ("Angelo Gordon"). The Lenders affiliated with Angelo Gordon were exchanging their positions in the 2016 Term Loan for positions in a different Revlon credit facility. Following this exchange, the remaining Lenders would continue to hold a pro rata share of the 2016 Term Loan on a slightly reduced principal balance. As noted above, when a lender rolls up and exchanges a position in one credit facility for another, it is typically paid the accrued interest on the first facility at the time of the exchange. Due to the same technical limitations of Citibank's system ... Revlon agreed to pay accrued interest to all 2016 Term Loan Lenders to effect the Angelo Gordon roll-up transaction — even though the other Lenders were not involved in the roll-up transaction and even though an interim interest payment was not due under the Amended Loan Agreement until August 28, 2020.
But the Angelo Gordon funds were getting taken out of the loan entirely and rolled into the new facility, so their principal also had to be paid off. (Not really—they would get cashed out at par and roll their money into the new facility, without taking out actual cash—but as a bookkeeping matter.) Here is a paragraph that I think you can only read with slowly dawning horror:
Citibank's Asset-Based Transitional Finance ("ABTF") team, a subgroup of Citibank's Loan Operations group that is focused on processing and servicing of asset-based loans, was tasked with executing the roll-up transaction on Flexcube, a software application and loan product processing program that the bank uses for initiating and executing wire payments. On Flexcube, the easiest (or perhaps only) way to execute the transaction — to pay the Angelo Gordon Lenders their share of the principal and interim interest owed as of August 11, 2020, and then to reconstitute the 2016 Term Loan with the remaining Lenders — was to enter it in the system as if paying off the loan in its entirety, thereby triggering accrued interest payments to all Lenders, but to direct the principal portion of the payment to a "wash account" — "an internal Citibank account that shows journal entries . . . used for certain Flexcube transactions to account for internal cashless fund entries and . . . to help ensure that money does not leave the bank."
Ah ha ha! Yes! The "easiest (or perhaps only)" way to pay off some lenders but not others was to instruct the software to pay off all the lenders! But tell it only to pretend to pay them! Just send that money to a wash account! This is all fine! Let's read another horrifying paragraph!
Because the vast majority of wire transactions processed by Citibank using Flexcube involve the payment of funds to third parties, any payment entered into the system is released as a wire payment unless the maker suppresses the default option. Citibank's internal Fund Sighting Manual provides instructions for suppressing Flexcube's default. When entering a payment, the employee is presented with a menu with several "boxes" that can be "checked" along with an associated field in which an account number can be input. The Fund Sighting Manual explains that, in order to suppress payment of a principal amount, "ALL of the below field[s] must be set to the wash account: FRONT[;] FUND[; and] PRINCIPAL" — meaning that the employee had to check all three of those boxes and input the wash account number into the relevant fields.
This is just demented stuff. If you want to send out interest payments in cash, but send the principal payment to the wash account, you have to check the box next to "PRINCIPAL" and also the boxes next to "FRONT" and "FUND." "PRINCIPAL" sounds like principal: You are sending the principal to the wash account, sure, right, yes, check that box. "FRONT" and "FUND" sound like nothing. So the Citi operations people messed it up:
Notwithstanding these instructions, Ravi, Raj, and Fratta all believed — incorrectly — that the principal could be properly suppressed solely by setting the "PRINCIPAL" field to the wash account. Accordingly, as Ravi built out the transaction between 5:15 and 5:45 p.m. in his role as maker, he checked off only the PRINCIPAL field, neglecting the FRONT and FUND fields. Figure 1, below, "is an accurate image of the Flexcube screen after [Ravi] input the data."At 5:45 p.m., Ravi emailed Raj for approval of the transaction, explaining that "Princip[al] to Wash A[ccount] & Interest to DDA A[ccount]." The "DDA Account" referenced the Demand Deposit Account, which is an operational, external-facing account used by Citibank to collect payments from customers and make transfers to lenders. After reviewing the transaction, Raj believed — incorrectly — that the principal woul
CoinFlex (1)
CoinFlex is, in the loose terminology that we have been using recently, a crypto bank: It takes money (cryptocurrency, stablecoins, etc.) from "depositors" (customers) and lends money to borrowers. (More accurately, CoinFlex is an exchange/broker, which takes customer money to do trades and also lends money to customers to allow them to do trades; it is not exactly traditional banking, but it also involves holding customer money repayable on demand and providing leverage to other customers.) Here, one borrower was this "high-net-worth individual" who owes CoinFlex $47 million. CoinFlex has $166.8 million in "total value locked," says its website, so $47 million is kind of a lot. He has apparently declined to pay it back.
"The Individual is a high integrity person of significant means, experiencing temporary liquidity issues due to a credit (and price) crunch in crypto markets (and even noncrypto markets) who has significant shareholdings in several unicorn private companies and a large portfolio," says CoinFlex. CoinFlex's chief executive officer later clarified that (as everyone assumed) the $47 million whale is Roger Ver, who is also an investor in CoinFlex. Ver has denied owing CoinFlex the money. Awkward for everyone really.
Crypto banks tend to make mostly margin loans secured by cryptocurrency. Ordinarily in this scenario you might expect CoinFlex to send him a margin call and, when he doesn't pay up, liquidate his collateral. Hilariously CoinFlex can't do that because, while this loan is secured (now under -secured), CoinFlex has promised not to touch the collateral. It explains:
During the recent market volatility, a long-time customer of CoinFLEX's account went into negative equity, meaning the Individual's account currently holds a negative balance. … In normal circumstances, we would auto-liquidate a position that runs low on equity at prices prior to the zero-equity price. In this case, the Individual had a non-liquidation recourse account. This condition required the Individual to pledge stringent personal guarantees around account equity and margin calls in exchange for not being liquidated.
Not that stringent!
The second-best choice for CoinFlex is to sell the bad debt at market prices and use the cash to pay back its remaining customers. That seems to be, roughly speaking, the plan:
As a solution toward re-enabling withdrawals, CoinFLEX is planning to monetize this personal guarantee by creating a corresponding liability in the form of a token called Recovery Value USD ("rvUSD"). The terms of the rvUSD token issuance can be found here.
We have been speaking to potential large buyers and believe there is significant interest in the terms presented.
But there is some nuance here. In traditional finance, when you own a $47 million debt and the debtor doesn't pay, you want to sell off that debt at whatever the market will bear, get some cash, and use it to meet your own obligations. If the market says that a bad margin loan is worth, say, 80 cents on the dollar, then you sell it for $37.6 million (80% of face value) and take a $9.4 million loss; at least you have $37.6 million to hand back to your depositors.
But in traditional finance you also have equity. You have, say, $10 billion of loans outstanding, funded with $9 billion of deposits (customer money) and $1 billion of equity (your own money). If you take a $10 million hit on one loan, then your equity goes down to $990 million — you lost money — but your customers are still protected.
In crypto:
1. There are no regulatory capital requirements, and crypto banks often seem quite proud to be running at roughly zero equity. Tether, the biggest crypto bank, boasts of its 0.2% capital ratio; if the value of its assets declines by more than 0.2%, depositor money is at risk. Tether also boasts of its transparency , and while that is a bit silly, it is the case that for many other crypto-bank-type entities it is harder to guess how much equity capital they have. 2. There is no prudential supervision, and crypto banks think nothing of concentrating, like, a third of their customers' money in a single loan. We talked last week about Voyager Digital Ltd., another crypto bank, which had about a 4.3% capital ratio but loaned out more than twice its total capital to one hedge fund that went bust. 3. Also, because there is no prudential supervision, crypto banks will sometimes concentrate their money in loans to their affiliates. The fact that Ver is both an investor in CoinFlex and a big borrower from CoinFlex is pretty standard in crypto even though it would be very bad in traditional banking. It is bad because, if your big borrower is also your big backer, you might be inclined to give him a special deal like, for instance, promising not to foreclose on his collateral even if he doesn't meet margin calls.
These things are, you know, bad generally , but they create a particular problem when you have a $47 million bad debt. If you sell the debt for $37.6 million you could be insolvent and unable to pay back customers, if you have no equity cushion, as seems to be common in crypto. If you want to pay back your depositors, you have to sell your bad debt for $47 million. This is hard because presumably a debt that isn't being paid back isn't worth 100 cents on the dollar. But you have to find 100 cents on the dollar anyway.
Coinbase (3)
With the Securities and Exchange Commission preparing an enforcement action that threatens much of its business, crypto exchange Coinbase is trying a novel defense. It says regulators bear some responsibility for letting the company go public in the first place.
Coinbase went public in April 2021 after clearing a six-month review. SEC staff bored into its financial reporting and disclosures as well as the company's belief that its menu of cryptocurrencies shouldn't be treated as securities, which the SEC regulates. Coinbase's lawyers argue that by clearing the review, regulators signaled that they "did not think Coinbase's core business was unlawful."
But the going-public process isn't designed to judge whether risks to a company's future should stop it from selling shares to investors, according to securities lawyers. Other companies whose business models were illegal at the federal or local level have been able to go public, including cannabis firms, gaming businesses and ride-sharing companies. The SEC's review solely examines how companies disclose those risks to investors in their regulated filings, lawyers said.
Anyway any time I read about the Dot Collector I am going to laugh, cringe, and mention it in Money Stuff:
Coinbase, a cryptocurrency trading firm that garnered attention for banning salary negotiations and political speech among employees in recent years, is testing another practice that has raised eyebrows internally: asking employees to frequently rate each other. Some employees at the company have been using a real-time evaluation app invented by Bridgewater Associates, the well-known hedge fund founded by Ray Dalio, which helped enforce a culture of "radical transparency" that encourages blunt honesty, according to two people with direct knowledge.
The app, Dot Collector, is sold by Principles, a company Dalio founded. Coinbase's version lets employees evaluate co-workers, including their managers, on how well they exemplify the crypto firm's 10 cultural tenets—which include clear communication, efficient execution and positive energy—during meetings and other interactions, these people said. After an interaction, an employee can give their colleague a thumbs-up, thumbs-down, or neutral rating. …
While rapid-feedback technology is becoming more common in the tech industry, it's rare for tech companies to use the Dot Collector software itself, said Paul Rubenstein, chief people officer of the employee analytics provider Visier.
"I have never actually talked to some other head of HR who uses it," he said.
Anyway, Coinbase was also the first big direct listing on Nasdaq. An odd thing about direct listings is that you don't know how much stock was sold. In a traditional initial public offering, a company says "we are going to sell 10 million shares, and our current shareholders are going to sell another 5 million shares," and then they sell those shares, all at once, at a single price that the company's investment banks negotiate with public investors. And then the stock opens for trading and the public investors can trade it among themselves, but generally the company and its early investors sign lockups promising not to sell any more stock for a while. So those 15 million shares are all the shares that you can buy or sell, for months, and investors just trade them back and forth. With a direct listing, the stock just opens for trading on the stock exchange. It opens with an opening auction, the same way every stock opens every morning on the stock exchange: People who want to sell put in sell orders, and people who want to buy put in buy orders, and the stock exchange's machines match them up to find a market-clearing price. (In practice, the machines send out notices about what the price seems to be, so that people can put in more orders, in an iterative process that can take a while; Coinbase didn't open until about 1:25 p.m. yesterday.) Generally speaking you'd expect that the only people putting in sell orders, in that opening auction, would be the company's private investors: They're the only ones who have any stock to sell.[1] But a second after the stock opens, the stock will trade normally on the exchange, and there will be buyers and sellers. Some of the sellers will be people who bought the stock in the opening auction and want to flip it; other sellers might be early investors who owned the stock before the direct listing, decided not to sell in the opening auction, and then decided to sell later — a second or minute or hour or week later — in regular market trades. There's generally no lockup, so they can do that any time. If you buy on the stock exchange, you won't know if you're buying from a hedge fund flipping stock it bought a minute ago, or from a venture capitalist who owned the stock before it went public, or from the company's founder. A theory that I sometimes hear from capital markets bankers is that IPOs result in higher stock prices than direct listings, because in an IPO there are just fewer shares available. If a company sells 10% to 20% of its stock in an IPO — sort of the normal range — then there just won't be that much supply; people wanting to buy the stock will have to buy some of that relatively small supply from other public shareholders. (This is sometimes given as an explanation of the IPO pop.) If a company does a direct listing where most or all of its stock is available for sale, then there will be a lot more supply, so the price will be lower. Coinbase has about 186 million shares outstanding[2]; it registered almost 115 million of them for sale in its direct listing. About 81 million shares traded yesterday, at an average price of $366.87, for a total of about $29.7 billion of trading. Presumably Coinbase's private shareholders did not sell 81 million shares yesterday; presumably most of that trading was new public shareholders trading among themselves. On the other hand, in the opening trade, some 8.84 million shares were sold for $381 each, for a total of about $3.4 billion of stock that definitely came from Coinbase's existing private shareholders. That's the minimum amount of stock that existing shareholders sold yesterday — the minimum size of the IPO, as it were — and the maximum is something less than 81 million. A broad range. You can see something like this in the price action: The stock opened at $381, and 8.84 million shares were sold at that price; the stock then climbed (as you might expect from an IPO with limited supply), and then it dropped (as you might expect if more insiders sold and more stock became available), closing at $328.28. If you are an early Coinbase shareholder who sold in the opening trade, you did well; you didn't "leave money on the table" by selling at a low price and then watching the stock climb. You just sold at the market price, in a market without a lot of supply.
Coupang (1)
I pointed out that this sort of allocation — to a small number of investors, chosen by Coupang, focused on existing investors and "friends and family" — means that Coupang got to choose who benefited from the IPO pop. Instead of selling stock to the usual crowd of big Wall Street investors, and letting them profit from the likely post-IPO rise in the stock price, Coupang sold stock to the people it liked, and let them profit.I also suggested something that I should make more explicit, which is: If you do this, you should expect a big IPO pop. Instead of selling shares to everyone who wanted them, at whatever price cleared the market, Coupang kept the supply limited and zeroed a lot of big investors who put in the work to understand the company and decided that they wanted to buy. Presumably that meant it had to underprice the stock, in order to sell all of it to a select group of investors rather than anyone who wanted it. And presumably many of the investors who were zeroed still wanted to buy, so they went into the market last week (or will go into the market this week, etc.) to buy stock. By marketing the IPO widely to big investors and getting a lot of hype and interest, and then not selling any stock to those investors, Coupang was able to create predictable demand for its stock in the days after the IPO. We talk a lot about IPO pops. There is a popular criticism, particularly from venture capitalists, that they are bad for companies, that a company that has a big IPO pop has "left money on the table." The market-clearing price for Coupang's stock was $69 or $49.25 or whatever, so it was a mistake for Coupang to sell stock at $35. But Coupang did this very consciously; it could have sold stock to a bigger group of investors at a higher price, and instead chose to sell stock to a smaller group of investors at a lower price, basically ensuring a bigger IPO pop. Why?
Here's something else that's a little unusual about Coupang's IPO. Like most IPOs, this one comes with a lockup; the company, its employees and big existing investors can't sell their stock for 180 days after the IPO. Lockups are standard in U.S. IPOs, and the usual justification is that a buyer in an IPO doesn't want the company to turn around and sell more stock the next week, for simple supply and demand reasons. In the IPO, the company sells a large chunk of stock to new investors; those investors don't want another large chunk to come free and depress the price of the stock. So the company effectively promises that the IPO is the last stock buyers will see from the company or its insiders for six months; there'll be no new supply for a while, creating a scarcity value.But Coupang's lockup has some important exceptions. For instance, non-executive employees of the company can sell their stock just six trading days after the IPO (this Thursday), as long as the stock closes at $35 or above on the third day of trading (yesterday — it did). Big existing investors who sold in the IPO (other than the founder, Bom Kim) can sell up to one-third of their stock starting 12 days after the IPO, as long as the stock closes at $46.55 (33% above the IPO price) or above consistently over the first 10 days. (So far, so good.) There are other possible early lockup releases based on earnings reports, but the basic point is that if the stock trades well, the lockups end early.This makes sense, and Coupang is not the first company to build in an automatic early lockup release if the stock trades well. The idea is that the lockup is designed to protect the IPO investors from a flood of supply that will drive down the price of their shares. But if their shares trade up, the IPO investors are fine; the risk they took buying newly public stock paid off, and they have nothing really to complain about if people sell more.
But this combines in an interesting way with Coupang's tight allocation. Basically the deal is:
1. The company sells stock in the IPO at a price that is too low. 2. It hand-picks the buyers of that stock, with some of them being existing investors, so that its favored investors get the benefit of buying underpriced stock. 3. Because the stock is underpriced, it trades up, which allows Coupang's existing investors and employees to sell more stock shortly after the IPO instead of waiting for a six-month lockup to expire. 4. Because the stock is trading up and because many big potential investors got zero IPO allocations, there is a lot of demand for the stock that Coupang's existing investors and employees have to sell.
So this is a way to do an IPO with a big pop, but where the company very clearly does not regret it. The beneficiaries of the pop are the people the company wants to benefit: buyers it chose in the IPO, but also insiders who want to sell after the IPO. They get to sell quickly (because the lockup vanishes), and at a good price (because lots of people who wanted to buy in the IPO couldn't and so have to buy stock in the secondary market). The popular defense of the IPO pop is that the IPO is not a one-shot transaction. Companies do not do an IPO to raise as much money as possible at the best possible price; they do an IPO as the first move in a long, mutually beneficial relationship with the public markets. A company that does an IPO may come back to raise money again in a year or two; in any case, its pre-IPO investors — founders and employees and venture capitalists — have stock that they will want to sell after the IPO. They will want those sales to be done at a good price; the price of the IPO is less important than the insiders' ability to sell stock at good prices in the future. Having a big IPO pop is one way to optimize for that — investors like big pops and will be fond of a company if its stock goes up — but it's kind of crude; the market's memory is short, and no one will care that much about your IPO pop when you sell stock six months later. Even better is to have a big IPO pop and use it to immediately unlock further sales. We talk a lot about alternatives to the IPO, direct listings and special purpose acquisition companies, which are meant to give companies what they want rather than forcing them into traditional IPO structures. My view is that companies can often get what they want within the traditional IPO, just by demanding it. Coupang did. Maybe that's the future of the IPO.
Credit Suisse (14)
Sometimes a financial services firm will take too many bad risks, and it will go bust. And the normal way to go bust, for a financial services firm, is that the failed firm will be bought, generally for a small amount of money, by some other, bigger firm that did not take as many risks. A big relatively sedate firm buys the firm that flew a bit too close to the sun. But the failed firm doesn't disappear; its assets and businesses and employees are still there, and the sedate firm buys them, and then it decides what to do with them. And conceptually there are two approaches:
1. "They took too much risk, which led them to go bust. We are smarter than that, so we are going to ruthlessly impose our safer and more sedate culture on them, and get rid of all the dumb risks that led them to go bust. 2. "We always admired their risk-taking and were kind of bored with ourselves, and now we were able to buy them cheap. Oh oh oh we are not going to take as many risks as they did — that blew them up after all — but surely we can carefully graft some of their risk-taking culture onto our sedate culture in a way that will still be safe enough, but let us have more fun than we've been having.
I like to say around here that one of the best career moves in finance is to lose a billion dollars: Sure you'll get fired, but you'll easily get a new job, because potential employers will be impressed by the amount of money that was trusted to you and your confidence in taking risks with it. There might be a collective version of this: If a whole firm has an aggressive risk-taking culture, that might bankrupt it, sure, but potential buyers will be intrigued. Bear Stearns had a big influence on JPMorgan's trading business. The most prestigious alumni network in finance might be Drexel's. Drexel's culture worked out poorly for Drexel, but lots of other firms wanted it.
That's not always how it goes though. UBS Group AG closed its acquisition of Credit Suisse Group AG today, and UBS is at least saying that it doesn't want any of Credit Suisse's old attitude. Bloomberg News reports:
UBS Group AG said a slew of top Credit Suisse Group AG executives will leave, while others will take on lesser roles, as the larger bank exerts its dominance following the historic takeover.
High-profile departures include Credit Suisse Chief Financial Officer Dixit Joshi and co-head of the investment bank David Miller. Only a fifth of the 160 leadership positions in the combined bank announced Monday are coming from Credit Suisse, according to a UBS spokeswoman. …
UBS executives including Chairman Colm Kelleher have made clear that the remaining Credit Suisse bankers would be put through a "culture filter" to weed out undesirable practices from the defunct bank.
And the Financial Times adds that yacht loans are out:
UBS has imposed tight restrictions on Credit Suisse bankers including a ban on new clients from high-risk countries and on complex financial products after completing the takeover of its ailing rival on Monday.
UBS executives have drawn up a list of nearly two dozen "red lines" that prohibit Credit Suisse staff from a range of activities from the first day the two banks are combined, according to people with knowledge of the measures.
Prohibited activities include taking on clients from countries such as Libya, Russia, Sudan and Venezuela and launching new products without approval from UBS managers. ...
"We are worried about 'cultural contamination'," UBS chair Colm Kelleher said last month over taking on Credit Suisse staff. "We are going to have an incredibly high bar for who we bring into UBS." …
UBS executives fear they are taking on a bank that has traditionally been much more willing to accept risky clients and offer them high-stakes products. Credit Suisse's final few years as an independent company were marked by a series of scandals and crises, which one internal report said were a result of its "lackadaisical attitude towards risk". ...
Under the rules, Credit Suisse bankers are unable to trade in a range of arcane financial products, including Korean derivatives and options of certain quantitative indices. ...
Credit Suisse employees must also ask UBS executives for permission to extend loans backed by assets such as yachts, ships and real estate of more than $60mn.
Some banks, in some markets, might be really excited by the rare opportunity to get into the oligarch yacht loan business, but UBS wants to avoid cultural contamination.
Really the best way to pay investment bankers might be with additional tier 1 capital securities. If you pay them in cash, then they have the cash, they take money off the table, their wealth does not depend on the future performance of the bank, and they don't care if it goes bust. If you pay them in stock, they have continuing skin in the game, but maybe too much: Their stock will go up a lot if the bank does well, but it can't go below zero if the bank fails, so they have incentives to take risks and reach for higher profits. But the way that AT1s work is that they pay a steady fixed amount if times are good, and they go to zero if the bank fails. If you pay bankers in AT1s and they take huge risks that pay off, then their AT1s won't be worth any more ; if they take huge risks that go poorly, then their AT1s will be worth zero. AT1s reward bankers for preserving the bank. It is a good alignment of incentives.
On the other hand if the bank does fail then the bankers whose bonuses were zeroed will sue:
Credit Suisse staff are making preparations to sue the Swiss financial regulator over $400mn of bonuses that were cancelled following the bank's rescue by UBS.>
Thousands of senior Credit Suisse bankers have a portion of their bonuses linked to the group's additional tier 1 bonds, securities that were wiped out in the takeover orchestrated by Swiss authorities in March.>
Law firms Quinn Emanuel and Pallas, which are already suing the Swiss regulator Finma on behalf of investors who owned the AT1 bonds, have received multiple requests from senior managers at Credit Suisse to take legal action on their behalf too, according to several people familiar with the matter.
Elsewhere in people suing Swiss authorities over the Credit Suisse Group AG AT1 wipeout:
Credit Suisse directly disputed the Swiss financial regulator's basis for writing down $17bn of its additional tier 1 bonds, in a private letter aimed at sparing staff bonuses that were tied to the debt. ...>
The aggrieved bondholders earlier this month forced Finma to hand over a decree it had issued to Credit Suisse on March 19 — the day the UBS merger was struck — ordering the bank to write down the AT1 bonds.>
The decree made clear that the regulator believed a "viability event" — a term in the contract requiring a writedown — had been triggered because government-backed liquidity facilities had also bolstered the bank's capital.>
However, bondholders also compelled Finma to hand over a subsequent decree issued on March 22 that makes clear that Credit Suisse disagreed with this interpretation of the contracts.>
The second decree refers to a letter Credit Suisse sent to Finma on March 20 arguing that the contractual conditions had not been met for a writedown, stating: "[Credit Suisse Group] further argues that no contractual 'viability event' occurred because the state support did not have a capitalising effect."
The rough intuition here is that the AT1s provided that, if Credit Suisse needed a bailout, the AT1s would get zeroed. Credit Suisse got a bailout, and the AT1s were zeroed. But what the documents actually said was that if Credit Suisse needed capital support from the government, the AT1s would be zeroed, and there is an argument that the government only provided liquidity support.
Here is the basic situation at Credit Suisse Group AG. It had a lot of liabilities (bank deposits, derivatives, etc.). It had a lot of assets (bonds, loans, derivatives, etc.). If you valued those assets and liabilities using US generally accepted accounting principles [1] — the rules that Credit Suisse uses to publish its financial statements — then the assets were worth quite a lot more than the liabilities, and Credit Suisse was solvent and doing great, last month and also today. If you valued those assets and liabilities using Swiss regulatory capital accounting rules — the slightly different set of rules that Swiss regulators use to decide if Credit Suisse is well capitalized — then, again, the assets were worth quite a lot more than the liabilities, and Credit Suisse was solvent and well capitalized and doing great, last month and also today. Under the somewhat stylized accounting conventions that govern Credit Suisse's life, Credit Suisse was just fine. It had assets, it had liabilities, the liabilities were worth more than the assets, it was all very normal. "Credit Suisse meets the higher capital and liquidity requirements applicable to systemically important banks," Swiss regulators announced on March 15.
Then there was a banking crisis and a run on Credit Suisse's deposits. And in the crisis it turned out that the accounting conventions did not quite reflect economic reality. In particular:
If Credit Suisse had to sell all of its assets at once , it would not be able to sell them for the value reflected on its books. If someone had to assume all of Credit Suisse's liabilities at once , they might worry about liabilities — lawsuits, investigations, etc. — that were not reflected on its books.
And the run on deposits created a situation in which someone did need to buy all of Credit Suisse's assets and assume all of its liabilities all at once: Credit Suisse couldn't continue operating on its own if all the deposits fled and it had to sell all its assets to pay them. And so over the weekend of March 18 and 19, UBS Group AG bought Credit Suisse. And the price it paid reflected the fact that, that weekend, Credit Suisse's assets were worth much less than its liabilities, to UBS. Specifically:
For accounting purposes, Credit Suisse's assets were worth roughly 43 billion Swiss francs more than its liabilities. [2] (The assets were worth on the order of CHF 500 billion or so; the liabilities were CHF 43 billion less than that.) UBS paid about CHF 3 billion (in stock) for Credit Suisse's equity, but was able to cancel about CHF 16 billion of its liabilities — its additional tier 1 capital securities, which got written down to zero due to the deal — and so paid a net price of negative CHF 13 billion. CHF 43 billion minus negative CHF 13 billion is negative CHF 56 billion.
UBS got all of Credit Suisse's assets at a discount of CHF 56 billion: The liabilities it assumed, plus the stock that it paid, totaled CHF 56 billion less than the value of the assets that it got.
What does this mean? There are about three possible answers:
1. UBS got an incredible deal; it got CHF 500 billion of financial assets at a 10% discount for being in the right place at the right time. 2. The assets were not really worth what Credit Suisse's financial statements said they were worth. 3. There are hidden liabilities that are not reflected on the financial statements and that UBS will ultimately have to pay for.
The correct answer is surely some combination of all three. UBS got Credit Suisse at a CHF 56 billion discount; this discount is, in accounting, referred to as "badwill." Some of that badwill will end up going to pay for losses on the assets: If there's some bond that was on the balance sheet at CHF 1,000, and UBS ends up selling it at CHF 980, then it will have a CHF 20 loss that will effectively reduce the badwill. Some of the badwill will end up going to pay for additional liabilities: If someone sues Credit Suisse for CHF 1 million and wins, UBS will pay the CHF 1 million and that will reduce the badwill. But some of it will probably be left over: If UBS ends up losing CHF 30 billion on Credit Suisse's assets and paying an extra CHF 10 billion of liabilities, it will have 16 billion of badwill left, and that will be its "real" discount for buying Credit Suisse, its economic profit from doing the deal.
All of this is just about how accounting does not match perfectly with reality. From a financial or regulatory accounting perspective, Credit Suisse was doing great, and still is. From an economic perspective, not. From an accounting perspective, UBS got a CHF 56 billion discount when it bought Credit Suisse. From an economic perspective, UBS paid about as much as it was willing to pay for Credit Suisse. That CHF 56 billion is, roughly, the gap between accounting and reality.
Anyway Credit Suisse is still technically independent — the deal is supposed to close in May — and both Credit Suisse and UBS reported earnings this week. When you report earnings, you use accounting. When accounting does not match reality, the earnings are weird. Credit Suisse, which in reality went bust last quarter , in accounting terms had its best quarter ever:
The Swiss bank lost more than $2 billion from its businesses in the first quarter, but posted a prodigious net profit because of the paper gains realized from writing off $17 billion in bonds. …
Credit Suisse posted a 12.43 billion Swiss franc net profit, equivalent to $13.9 billion, for the first three months of the year because of the value of the written-off bonds. The bank lurched through financial losses and scandals in the past several years, and failed in a last attempt to restructure and regain trust after bank customers started pulling their deposits and investments last fall.
The massive quarterly profit, the largest in the bank's history and among the largest ever for a bank, is an unusual coda given the bank's unraveling.
It was possible because the write-down of the bonds feeds through as a revenue gain, which leads to a swelling of paper profits. But it isn't money that Credit Suisse shareholders will immediately realize. UBS benefits, however, since it inherits Credit Suisse without having to repay those bonds. Credit Suisse shareholders will receive UBS stock once the deal completes.
Credit Suisse is still an independent bank, and as a technical accounting matter if it wrote down $17 billion of additional tier 1 capital securities to zero, that's $17 billion of profit. Those are the rules. The fact that it wrote down those securities because it collapsed is of economic interest, but not relevant to the accounting.
Also, because Credit Suisse was, as an accounting matter, well capitalized before, during and after its collapse, it is now extremely well capitalized, because all of those liabilities went to zero. It reported a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 14.1% at the end of 2022, well above requirements; that number was 20.3% at the end of March because of the AT1 writedown. [3] Credit Suisse is now an especially well-capitalized bank, because it failed.
And while Credit Suisse had one of the best quarters in banking ever, because it failed, UBS is going to have the best quarter in banking ever next quarter, because it bought Credit Suisse:
UBS Group AG is likely to report a gain of as much as 51 billion Swiss francs ($57 billion) in its second-quarter profit related to the acquisition of rival Credit Suisse Group AG, due to close in May.
The gain —- which would catapult the Swiss lender to the biggest ever profit in banking — stems from an accounting term known as negative goodwill. That recognizes the bargain-basement price of $3 billion that UBS agreed to pay for its stricken neighbor, compared with the bank's book value of 54 billion francs as of the end of March.
UBS on Tuesday guided that it wou
It is sometimes useful to think that the shareholders of a bank are not its owners; they are just renting it from its creditors. Schematically, a bank borrows a bunch of money from depositors and other creditors and uses the money to make loans and buy securities and do other risky investments. If the investments end up being worth more than the deposits, the shareholders keep what's left. If the investments end up being worth less than the deposits then, uh, that's bad. Then the shareholders don't own the bank anymore, for one thing, but that's really the least of your problems. The real problem is that the depositors can't lose money; the banking system relies on bank deposits being usable as money. "Banks are speculative investment funds grafted on top of critical infrastructure," Matt Klein wrote last week. The liabilities (deposits, etc.) are the critical infrastructure; the assets (loans, securities) are the speculative investment fund. The bank is a machine for turning safe deposits into risky investments. If the investments end up being worth less than the deposits, then regulators and central banks step in and there is some sort of rushed rescue to make sure that the depositors still get paid.
One important consequence of this is that the equity of the bank — the shareholders' ownership stake — is just a tiny sliver resting on top of an enormous iceberg of liabilities. In a good profitable conservative bank, there might be $100 of assets, $90 of liabilities and thus $10 of equity. The liabilities are certain and knowable, things like deposits that really need to be paid back at 100 cents on the dollar. [1] The assets are risky and variable, and their valuation is a bit of a guess: They include securities with volatile market prices, weird derivatives that are hard to value, and business loans with uncertain probabilities of being paid back. The bank applies some accounting conventions and makes some guesses and comes up with a value of $100 for its assets, but there is a range of uncertainty around that number.
And because the equity is only like 10% of the assets, if the asset valuation is off by 10%, then there is no more equity, and that's bad. The value of the bank's equity is extremely sensitive to the value of its assets, because the bank is so leveraged. I wrote once that "a bank is a collection of reasonable guesses about valuation. It is a purely statistical process. There is no objective reality. At best, there is a probability distribution, a reason to reject the null hypothesis with some level of confidence." If the bank reports $100 of assets and $90 of liabilities, then probably its assets are worth more than its liabilities, but you can't really be sure. There is a cloud of probabilities, and $100 is in that cloud, but so are other numbers. Some of the other numbers are bad.
And most of the time the bank bops along like this, in its cloud of probabilities. But occasionally a thing will happen to collapse the probabilities and force it to find a real number. Occasionally a bank will have to, in effect, sell all its assets over a weekend. Often the thing that causes this is bad: a bank run, a loss of confidence, an emergency. When this happens, the assets will probably sell at a discount. If the discount is more than about 10% — more than the equity cushion — then the shareholders get nothing. If you are in the sort of emergency that requires you to sell all of your assets over a weekend, it is arguably a little surprising to do better than a 10% discount.
I do kind of think that part of the job of the chief executive officer of a bank is that, when there is a run on your bank, you have to go on television and say confidently "yes, everything is fine, our assets are great and the bank run has stopped." If this is true — if your assets are great and the run has stopped — then, you know, great. If it is not true — if your assets are troubled and the run is ongoing — then, well, that's why they pay you the big bucks. If you go on television and say "yeah turns out our assets are mostly trash and people are pulling out their money as fast as they can," then that is definitely the end of your bank: After you say that, the run will intensify and you'll be broke in an hour. If you go on television and say "everything is great," and you are confident and poised enough, maybe the run will stop and you'll have time to actually get back to normal. This stuff is not entirely self-fulfilling — lots of bankers go on TV and say "everything is great" and the run intensifies anyway and they go bankrupt — but it is partially self-fulfilling, and your job as CEO really is to stop the run from intensifying. [7]
This is not legal advice — it is the opposite of legal advice! I bet your lawyer will tell you not to lie about your bank's financial health on television! — and I am not even sure I believe it, but I kind of believe it. [8] You are the captain of the ship, which most days is a nice job and pays well, but when the ship hits an iceberg you gotta be the last one on the bridge. By which I mean that potentially committing a certain amount of securities fraud on television is one of the hazards of the job.
Similarly, if you are a bank regulator , then I suspect that at some level you agree with this model — if the CEO of the biggest bank you regulate called you up and said "there's a run on our bank, I'm gonna go on TV and say 'it's all over, time to panic,'" you would probably try to dissuade her [9] — but you'd never say it. You can't go around telling bank executives that it's okay to lie about their financial health in times of panic, first of all because that's fraud and you can't really encourage fraud, but also because if you say it publicly then it stops working. You can't have a norm that is like "in a bank run, the bank can lie to you," because then in a bank run no one will believe the bank's reassurances.
Instead the right equilibrium is:
It is very illegal for senior executives at a bank to lie about their bank's financial position, so any bank executive who did that would be taking such an unthinkable personal risk that no one believes they would actually do it; but In the direst circumstances, maybe they do, a little bit, and it works because it is so unthinkable that they'd be lying.
An oversimplified but useful description of a credit default swap is that it is a bet that some company will default on its debt. We make this bet for some period of time, say five years, and I pay you $X per year, which is called the "premium" or more often the "CDS spread." And then if the company defaults during the five years, you pay me back $100. And if it doesn't, you pay me nothing and keep the spread.
This is wrong in lots of important ways that I am simply not going to discuss here, and I will ignore your emails pointing them out, but it is roughly right. [3] It is right to within, you know, a factor of two, maybe a factor of four. One thing that this crude model is useful for is getting a rough but immediate intuition for what CDS spreads mean about the probability of default. If you promise to pay me $100 if a company defaults, and in exchange you charge me $X per year, X/100 is in the ballpark of your expected probability that the company will default this year. Oh it's not really a good probability estimate, don't go trading CDS on this intuition, and don't email me to point out the nuances that it misses. [4] But it's the right order of magnitude. If you think that a company is basically a coin flip to default this year, you will not sell me $100 of CDS for $5: Half the time, you will have to pay out $100, and the $5 premium does not cover that. If you think that a company is vanishingly unlikely to default this year, you might sell me $100 of CDS for $1, or $0.50, or even less. Apple Inc. five-year CDS will run you about 30 basis points, or $0.30 per year for $100 of coverage. The people selling that CDS do not think that Apple will default. The people buying that CDS don't think that either; they have other reasons for making this bet, which they fully expect to lose.
As of 9 a.m. New York time today, five-year CDS on Credit Suisse Group AG was trading at about 350 basis points, meaning roughly — roughly! — that I would have to pay you $3.50 per year for this bet, and you'd pay me $100 if Credit Suisse defaults. What does this tell you about the market-implied probability that Credit Suisse will default on its debt? Well, Credit Suisse CDS was trading at about 250 basis points on Friday, about 135 in June, about 57 at the start of the year. So it tells you that the market-implied probability of default has gone up a lot. But it is still absolutely low. You would not charge me $3.50 per year for $100 of insurance against Credit Suisse defaulting unless you thought the chances of that happening were slim.
Yeah look. Obviously hiring more people to staff up the KYC and SOW teams would help. But if you run a large global private-wealth business, you are going to be facilitating a certain amount of crime. You will do stuff to prevent crime, but it will not be 100% effective; the 100% effective way to avoid managing money for criminals is to avoid managing money for anyone, and where's the fun in that? There is a dial you can turn; you can be stricter or laxer. If you get caught doing crimes, you will turn the dial toward less crime, but that make you less profitable. Then you will want to turn the dial toward a bit more crime. You will do that. You will … go around talking about that at public events for some reason? Then you will get caught doing crime again — it is simply a statistical inevitability of the business! — and people will be like "remember how you said you were turning the dial to more crime, that seems like a mistake now doesn't it?"
I don't really have a criticism. The dial has to be set somewhere. At some times surely it is set to too little crime, and you have to nudge it back to more crime. I can even see why you might go around bragging about it! Some of your (perfectly legitimate!) potential customers will think "ah Credit Suisse Group AG is too stringent about its background checks, I will deal with someone more laid-back," and the only way for you to win over those potential customers is by publicly signaling that you are in fact more laid-back than you used to be. Still. I have a feeling I'll be quoting this story again one day.
Credit Suisse Group AG lends a lot of money to a lot of different customers for a lot of different things. If you want undifferentiated diversified exposure to all of those different loans, you can buy Credit Suisse stock (which gives you risky equity exposure) or bonds (safer senior exposure), or deposit your money at Credit Suisse's bank (very safe super-senior exposure).
Or you can skip all the mortgages, small-business loans, corporate lines of credit etc., and buy direct exposure to only the finest handpicked yacht loans. The Financial Times reports:
Credit Suisse has securitised a portfolio of loans linked to its wealthiest customers' yachts and private jets, in an unusual use of derivatives to offload risks associated with lending to ultra-rich oligarchs and entrepreneurs.
The Swiss lender, which has endured a bruising year marked by repeated scandal, quietly sold on a slice of the risk related to $2bn of its "ultra-high-net-worth" client loans at the end of 2021.
The securitisation of the portfolio of loans to tycoons and oligarchs backed by their "jets, yachts, real estate and/or financial assets" was made by a unit of the bank that has previously been plagued with sanctions-related issues.
An investor presentation for the deal, seen by the Financial Times, explains that one of the main goals of this division is to "create a positive brand impression of CS by financing the principals' favourite business tools (business jet) and luxury toys (yachts)". …
The nature of the underlying collateral meant Credit Suisse had to offer an eye-watering interest rate of more than 11 per cent to entice a handful of hedge funds into the $80mn transaction, an indication of the price the bank was willing to pay to improve its capital position without tapping public equity markets.
One way to think about this is that if Credit Suisse is carving out its oligarch yacht loans to sell their credit exposure to hedge funds, then the hedge funds value the yacht loans more highly than public shareholders do.[1] Like, you can go to hedge fund managers and say "hey do you want to own the equity tranche of our oligarch yacht loans" and the hedge fund managers will say "ahahaha that's awesome I'm in for $10 million," and at the same time you can go to your regulators and shareholders and say "we've moved the oligarch yacht loans off our books, now if the oligarch yacht loans default our shareholders and depositors will not be on the hook" and the shareholders and regulators will say "ah what a relief, we don't want any oligarch yacht loans."
The world of bank capital relief and significant risk transfer trades can be pretty abstract, and I have written admiringly about Credit Suisse's efforts to make it more so. Credit Suisse has, among other things, sold the credit risk of its derivatives to its managing directors' bonus pool, and sold its rogue trading risk to some bondholders.
But it is worth saying that this trade is extremely intuitive. Credit Suisse wants to be in the business of financing oligarchs' yachts, because (1) this encourages the oligarchs to do more business with Credit Suisse and (2) there is a certain sort of branding halo, for a Swiss bank, to be able to say "oh of course we do a lot of oligarch yacht financing." But if there's ever a wave of defaults on oligarch yacht loans and Credit Suisse runs into trouble with its capital levels, it will have to call its regulators and say "hey we are low on capital" and the regulators will say "what happened" and Credit Suisse will have to say "the oligarch yachts sank" and the regulators will be really mad. Like, "bank loses money due to housing downturn" is fine, as these things go. "Bank loses money due to being slow on the trigger with concentrated margin loans" is not great. But "bank loses money due to oligarch yacht loans" is terrible! Terrible! You can't do that!
So you do a trade where Credit Suisse makes the oligarch yacht loans, for branding and relationship and business development purposes, and as far as the oligarchs are concerned it is a leading, generous, flexible, commercial provider of yacht loans. But then it sells the default risk of the oligarch yacht loans to people who have a sense of humor about oligarch yacht loan risk, because bank regulators absolutely do not. For 11%, surely some hedge funds do.
One way to tell the story of Credit Suisse Group AG and Archegos Capital Management is that Archegos was a big hedge fund, Credit Suisse loaned it a lot of money to buy stocks, the stocks went down, Archegos didn't pay back the money, Credit Suisse lost billions of dollars, and in penance it is shutting down its business of lending money to hedge funds and instead shifting its focus to helping rich people manage their money. That version of the story is almost true. Bloomberg News reports today:
Credit Suisse Group AG will exit the hedge fund business at the heart of the Archegos Capital Management scandal and shift more resources to wealth management as it seeks to draw a line under a tumultuous year.
The bank is discontinuing most prime brokerage after the implosion of Bill Hwang's family office cost it billions of dollars and is moving about $3 billion of capital from the investment bank to the private bank. The Swiss lender is also simplifying its structure into four divisions, including a single unit that groups together its wealth management businesses, as reported earlier this week by Bloomberg.
Chairman Antonio Horta-Osorio has spent the past six months conducting a root-and-branch review of Credit Suisse after disastrous risk lapses wiped out billions in profit, plunged the bank into crisis and led to an overhaul of top management. He stopped short of the radical changes that characterised Deutsche Bank AG's overhaul three years ago, electing to pare back areas that backfired while investing in the more stable businesses of helping the world's wealthy manage their fortunes.
But my first sentence is not quite true. There is one small inaccuracy, which is that Archegos was not actually a big hedge fund.[3] Functionally, it was a big hedge fund: It was big ($20 billion of assets at its peak), it was run by a former "Tiger Cub" hedge fund manager (Hwang), and its relationship with Credit Suisse was through the prime brokerage division that finances hedge funds. But actually it was a big family office. It was not a hedge fund; it did not manage money for outside clients. It managed Bill Hwang's fortune.
A family office, particularly at that scale, is not quite the same thing as a rich person's personal brokerage account; Archegos had well-paid professional employees (with, presumably, some of their own money invested in Archegos) and its own legal entity and so forth. But it is kind of like a rich person's personal brokerage account, in that Hwang called the shots, answered to no one but himself, and managed the money basically to fund his own lifestyle and philanthropy. Presumably Credit Suisse's very best wealth managers, its top experts at "helping the world's wealthy manage their fortunes," had relationships with billionaires who were not so different from Hwang in terms of wealth or financial sophistication or risk appetite or the trades they were doing. They just came in through the "wealth management" door rather than the "prime brokerage" door.[4]
If you are a big international bank and you are hired to arrange financing for the government of Mozambique to fund a project involving fishing boats, and the government officials on the deal say "hey, you know what, when you raise half a billion dollars from investors for this project, instead of sending the money to an official government account, why don't you wire it directly to our shipbuilding contractor in Abu Dhabi, they'll handle … a few … transactions for us," it's a good idea for you to do due diligence on that contractor, check them out, see what they're all about. Ideally the due diligence report will come back saying "yes, that contractor is great, the guy in charge is an upstanding character who does scrupulous work for various government projects and everyone he works with vouches for his integrity." But it will not say that! Come on. It will say this:
The Bank's financial crime compliance group commissioned and received a third-party diligence report that quoted an anonymous source describing the Intermediary's principal ("Intermediary Principal") as a "master of kickbacks" and included other information, including:
"All sources we spoke to about [Intermediary Principal] were confident of his past and continued involvement in offering and receiving bribes and kickbacks" and "raised concerns about the integrity of [Intermediary Principal's] business practices," and that "[Intermediary Principal] was heavily involved in corrupt practices."
"Another banking source close to a Lebanese commercial bank that previously dealt with [Intermediary Principal and his brother] and the [Intermediary] group of companies stated: '[Intermediary Principal] is a first-class deal maker and an expert in kickbacks, bribery and corruption.'"
Yeah I mean those are probably endorsements on his LinkedIn. That's probably his job description on LinkedIn, "Master of Kickbacks at Self-Employed." If you're in the business of shortstopping nine-figure payments between big investment banks and emerging-market governmental projects, you are almost necessarily in the business of diverting a big chunk of those payments for bribes. Here:
In total, Credit Suisse transferred $547,463,200, including $446,950,800 that it arranged and $100,512,400 that was arranged by VTB, to the Intermediary, from which bank records of the Intermediary reflect that improper payments were made to Mozambican officials and the Intermediary Agent and others, and kickbacks to the CS Bankers.
Shortly after the first transfer to the Intermediary in March 2013, Intermediary bank records indicate transfers of over $80 million to accounts controlled by Mozambican government officials and others relating to the transaction. The transfers included a transfer of $50 million from which a relative of a high-level government official shared part of the payment with key government officials, who approved the transaction and authorized the-then Minister of Finance to sign the guarantee. Intermediary bank records reflect additional improper payments, including, for example, $13 million paid to government officials holding senior positions at ProIndicus and a $5 million payment to a senior official who reported to the-then President of Mozambique.
These quotes are from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission order against Credit Suisse Group AG, which raised a bunch of money for Mozambican government projects, much of which ended up being spent on bribes. Yesterday Credit Suisse agreed to pay a total of $475 million to the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority to settle these charges. We talked about this case back in 2019; it is the origin of my long-running not-legal-advice-but-still-worth-considering suggestion that, if you are doing bribes, you should not call them "chickens." Not that you should say "I'm a master of bribes and kickbacks" either. Use good euphemisms.
We talked about it in 2019 because three of the Credit Suisse bankers involved in arranging the loans were arrested and charged with, among other things, knowingly raising money to pay these bribes but also taking bribes themselves. (They eventually pleaded guilty.) The basic model here is:
1. Credit Suisse is a big bank and has lots of money. 2. Mozambique is a country and has a reasonable amount of capacity to borrow money. 3. Some Mozambican government officials would like to put millions of dollars into their personal bank accounts. 4. The officials could go to Credit Suisse and say "we would like to borrow money on behalf of the country of Mozambique and then steal it for ourselves." 5. But Credit Suisse would say no to that proposition, because (1) that would get it in legal and reputational trouble and (2) that proposition has a lot of credit risk ; if you lend money to a country and the money is stolen the country might not be able to pay you back. 6. But there's not really such a thing as "going to Credit Suisse" to ask for money. You go to a person at Credit Suisse. 7. So the officials went to their friendly Credit Suisse relationship banker and said "we would like to borrow money from your employer (Credit Suisse) on behalf of our employer (Mozambique) and then steal it for ourselves. We need someone inside Credit Suisse to help us do that. Why not you? We will make it worth your while by giving you some of the money we steal." 8. The bankers were like "sure we could use a few million extra dollars, we will help you trick our bank into lending money to Mozambique for you to steal."
Obviously this is bad. Obviously the main victim here is Mozambique, which has borrowed money (and has to repay it) but not received (much of) the money because it went to bribes instead. But of course the main bad actors here are the Mozambican government officials who stole the money. Meanwhile the supporting bad actors here are the Credit Suisse bankers who helped steal the money and took bribes for their trouble. But of course a secondary victim here is Credit Suisse , which was tricked (by its own bankers and the Mozambican officials) into making loans on false pretenses that were unlikely to be paid back. Both principals here are victims, and both were victimized by their own (and each others') agents.
There is a third set of victims here: Credit Suisse didn't keep a lot of the loans on its books, but sold them off to other investors. (Later, it exchanged the loans into bonds.) The other investors were told things about the loans — about Mozambique's borrowing capacity under IMF rules, etc., but also more basically that the loans were being used to build a tuna fishing fleet, not to pay bribes — that turned out not to be true. The perpetrators of these lies were, you know, Credit Suisse (and its corrupt bankers) and the government of Mozambique (and its corrupt officials). If you are an investor and you get an offering memo from the Republic of Mozambique with Credit Suisse on the cover as lead arranger, and everything in the offering memo is a lie and the loans default, you will conclude that (1) you were defrauded and (2) Mozambique and Credit Suisse jointly did the defrauding. In a sense neither "Mozambique" nor "Credit Suisse" could have done the defrauding — some particular humans employed by the government of Mozambique and Credit Suisse did the defrauding — but you will not split hairs.
One interesting question to ask, in reading these settlements, is: What did Credit Suisse do wrong? One obvious possibility is: Credit Suisse (through its corrupt bankers) arranged to pay bribes. This is bad because it effectively stole money from the people of Mozambique to give to corrupt government officials (and its own corrupt bankers). Mozambique was left with a debt that it couldn't repay, and didn't have much to show for it. The Credit Suisse bankers victimized the people of Mozambique, and Credit Suisse as a firm is responsible for their actions
These bonds are great. We have talked about them a couple of times over the years, long before the latest run of Credit Suisse scandals. The basic idea is that there is a category of ways that a bank might lose money that is called "operational risk." This is a term that comes from bank capital regulation, which requires banks to have enough capital to protect themselves against reasonably likely losses. (That is, they need to have enough shareholder money to absorb those losses, so that depositors aren't on the hook.) Bank capital regulators say, well, a bank has a certain amount of loans, and some of the loans might go bad, so you need $X billion of capital against the loan book. And they say, well, the bank has a trading business, and it owns a bunch of stocks and bonds and derivatives, and some of those might go down, so you need $Y billion of capital against the trading book. And those are the main normal ways for banks to lose money.
But there are also a whole bunch of other, less normal ways for banks to lose money, ways unrelated to their loans going bad or their trading assets going down. Sometimes a teller steals a bunch of money, or the bank pays a huge fine for ripping off clients, or a rogue trader loses money on bad trades, or the bank gets hacked. All of this stuff is sort of weird and miscellaneous and individually unlikely, but it does happen a lot. And so the regulators say that you need $Z billion of capital against "operational risk," a catch-all term for weird stuff that can go wrong.
And then banks, and particularly Credit Suisse, are very much in the business of optimizing their capital requirements. And one important way to optimize capital requirements is by buying insurance. The idea is roughly:
1. There is some risk that capital regulators think is a big deal. 2. You don't think it's a big deal. 3. You can find other people, in the market, who don't think it's a big deal. 4. If you keep the risk, regulators will require you to have lots of expensive capital to protect against it. 5. But if you buy insurance against the risk, they won't. 6. The insurance is cheap, because the sellers don't think the risk is a big deal.
It's a simple arbitrage: It's cheaper for you to buy third-party insurance against the risk (and reduce your capital requirements) than it is for you to self-insure against the risk by having the required capital. The market prices the risk cheaper than regulators do, so you insure it in the market.
Credit Suisse loves these trades. For instance, regulators require Credit Suisse to have a bunch of capital against the counterparty credit risk of its derivatives portfolio. (It owns derivatives; if the derivatives go up but the people on the other side don't pay what they owe, then Credit Suisse will lose money.) This seems like rather a niche risk that you couldn't easily buy insurance against, but Credit Suisse found an amazing insurer: its own senior bankers. It paid a portion of their bonuses in bonds linked to this credit risk: If the derivatives counterparties' credit was good, the bankers eventually got their full bonuses in cash with a nice interest rate; if the counterparties defaulted, the bankers ate the loss. Cool cool cool. This covered only a portion of the risk, though. Credit Suisse kept the first-loss piece (as is common in capital-relief trades), the bankers' bonus pool took the mezzanine piece, and they found another counterparty to take the senior risk. (That trade, too, was amazing, because Credit Suisse ended up sort of writing the insurance to itself.)
Anyway, another problem for Credit Suisse's fun-loving capital optimizers was operational risk. It fit all of the requirements:
1. Bank capital regulators thought that operational risk was a big deal and Credit Suisse needed lots of capital against it. 2. Credit Suisse did not think it was a big deal. 3. It could find other people who also didn't think this risk was a big deal. 4. So it bought insurance, from them, against the risk.
Now of course it turns out that the risk was a big deal. That is, always, a potential problem with capital-relief trades, and hardly worth talking about. Sometimes people's predictions are off.
But there is another, subtler, problem with this trade. What even is this risk? Ordinary capital relief trades are, like, the bank has a bunch of bonds, and it thinks they won't default, and it buys insurance from some counterparty that will pay off if the bonds default. This allows it to lower its capital requirements. And then if the bonds don't default, as everyone expects, everyone is happy: The bank has successfully lowered its capital requirements (the insurance was cheaper than capital would have been), and the counterparty has gotten some free money. And if the bonds do default, everyone is sad: The bank probably eats the first loss, and the counterparty has a loss too. But that's business; it happens. And it's easy to tell if the bonds defaulted.
Here, though, "operational risk" is just a random grab bag of things that can go wrong. The shorthand is that operational risk is a sort of residual category of "every dumb or criminal thing a bank might get up to," but you can't put that shorthand into a bond document. Instead:
The notes, issued in four parts, were modeled on so-called catastrophe bonds that insure against hurricanes and other natural disasters, and features an intricate structure and a prospectus that runs around 400 pages.
The bonds sold in March 2020 -- the third such issuance tied to the bank since their debut in 2016 -- are among the world's most complex and secretive, requiring investors to sign non-disclosure agreements, according to people familiar with the deal. They tempted investors with large coupons and a risk that was marketed as so small it was practically unthinkable.
"This is probably a textbook case of a catastrophe bond being too complex to price and to market," Marcos Alvarez, the head of insurance at DBRS Morningstar, said in an interview. "An insurance company would require five or six separate insurance contracts for these perils." …
The recent price turmoil has been triggered by confusion over whether Credit Suisse can draw on the insurance for operational failures, imposing heavy losses to bondholders. The notes cover a huge catalog of risks to the bank's bottom line, making them almost indecipherable even to insurance experts.
In some loose sense "operational risk" means "the bank loses a lot of money quickly by doing dumb things," and both the Archegos Capital Management situation and the Greensill Capital situation seem like they might qualify. Archegos resulted in a 165-page report by Credit Suisse's lawyers about how dumb Credit Suisse had to be to lose $5.5 billion.
The real lesson here is that it is important for a bank not to make idiosyncratically bad trades. In 2007 and 2008, investment bankers had had a long run of doing tons of deals and making lots of money for their banks; also, though, mortgage traders lost a bajillion dollars for those banks. That was very bad for the traders' bonuses, and also quite bad for the investment bankers' bonuses and of course for everyone's reputation with clients. The M&A investment bankers, who were doing deals and serving clients and not securitizing mortgages or destroying the financial system, had good reason to be mad at their trader colleagues. But the investment bankers had nowhere to go: Every big bank was in roughly the same boat; bonuses were down everywhere. (The investment bankers could go to boutiques, which mostly hadn't blown up on mortgage-backed finance; some of them did leave for boutiques, but the global financial crisis was bad for M&A, which limited the appeal of this too.)
On the other hand, when Archegos blew up, most of its banks managed to get out with minimal damage; Credit Suisse Group AG did not. And when Greensill blew up, Credit Suisse funds were big investors in its business; other banks' funds were not. Investment banking everywhere else is great! In fact, it is keeping up banks' profits in the face of declining trading revenue. The whole point of a universal bank is that your different businesses are hedges to each other; when trading is bad M&A can pick up the slack, and vice versa. But when your trading business is uniquely bad the M&A bankers just leave.
Once upon a time, the way investment banks worked is that they were unlimited-liability partnerships and the senior bankers were the partners. Everyone ran their own desks or divisions or whatever, and they tried to bring in as much money as possible, and they were differentially rewarded for doing an especially good or bad job. But everyone also knew that if one guy over in prime brokerage lost $5 billion, then they were all going to eat that loss together. It focused the mind a bit. Everyone knew that their partners' fates were in their hands, and that their own fates were in their partners' hands. It's not like you'd go snooping around in all of your partners' businesses to see what they were up to, but … you would, a little? If you had reason for concern? There would be risk committees to check up on everyone's work, and those committees would take their jobs seriously because their money was on the line. And the decision to promote someone to the partnership would be taken seriously; the partnership committee would ask not just “will this person bring in a lot of money?” but also “might this person lose a lot of money?” And then of course if someone does lose $5 billion, all the other partners chip in to pay it back, and while they are not happy about it they understand that at some level it is their fault. “We should not have made that person a partner,” they’ll think, or “we should have kept a closer eye on that person’s business.” The legal structure and culture arguably lead to a sense of collective responsibility. Now investment banks are divisions inside of giant corporate mega-banks, and as a formal legal matter a managing director in equity capital markets is not responsible for the debts of the prime brokerage division. (Nor is a managing director in prime brokerage, for that matter.) On the other hand if the prime brokerage division loses $5 billion, that’s going to eat into the bonuses of the people in leveraged finance. And if leveraged finance has a great year, and if most of the other banks manage not to lose $5 billion in their prime brokerage divisions, then the leveraged finance bankers are going to feel aggrieved. “We had a great year, our competitors at other banks are getting paid well, and we’re not, just because some dope in prime brokerage lost $5 billion? That’s not fair!”
The way you get paid each year, as an investment banker, is some function of (1) how much money you brought in for the firm and (2) how much money the firm made overall. I guess this is true of how most people get paid. But investment bankers tend to put a particularly high value on their own contributions, especially when they have a good year, and want to be rewarded for their good year even if the firm overall had a bad year. Especially if other firms had good years and there is some competition. So here is a story about how a bunch of bankers are leaving Credit Suisse Group AG after its prime brokerage division lost $5.5 billion financing Archegos Capital Management:
Many Credit Suisse bankers have been frustrated that the failure of the bank's prime-brokerage unit, which caters to investors like Archegos, overshadowed an otherwise strong run for the investment bank, especially within capital markets and advisory.
The bank has advised on high-profile transactions lately including chip maker Advanced Micro Devices Inc.'s $35 billion purchase of rival Xilinx Inc. and the $21 billion acquisition of Speedway by the Japanese owner of the 7-Eleven convenience-store chain. In 2020, it was ranked sixth globally on Dealogic's M&A league table.
Part of that is due to Credit Suisse's dominance in the special-purpose acquisition company market, underwriting a higher dollar volume of such vehicles than any other bank last year, according to SPAC Research.
Adding to the frustration, some bankers feel Credit Suisse's management has done little to quell concerns about the impact of the loss on compensation.
Well. Imagine being a Credit Suisse shareholder. Imagine if management had quelled those concerns. "We had a terrible year, but we're going to pay almost all of our investment bankers as though we had had a great year, because almost all of them did. A couple of people had terrible years, which brought down the average, and we have fired them and replaced them with new people whom we really think can turn things around, so we're paying them well too."
The standard model is that traders — and prime brokers, and investment bankers — at a bank have a call option on their production: If they make a lot of money for the bank they participate in the upside, but if they lose a lot of money they (mostly) can't get less than zero. This model is a problem when one prime broker loses the bank a whole ton of money: When almost everyone at Credit Suisse makes money, you have to pay off all of their options, but when Credit Suisse as a whole loses money that is hard to do and kind of embarrassing.
Datadog (1)
Here's a fun little story from Leslie Picker of CNBC. Datadog Inc. went public in September. As is customary in initial public offerings, Datadog's IPO included a lockup promising that its insiders wouldn't sell any shares for six months following the IPO, a period that will end next March. But Datadog's IPO included an unusual provision saying that the insiders could sell up to 20% of their stock early—after about 90 days, a period ending last Friday[1]—if the stock was up at least 33% from the IPO price. The IPO price was $27, meaning that the stock had to get to $35.91.[2] The stock traded well above $36 for most of the last four weeks, but then it fell a bit, and the way the measurement worked it had to close at at least $35.91 on Friday for the lockup to be released. I bet you can guess where it closed on Friday! To the penny! Ha, yes, $35.91, the insiders can sell their stock now. It opened at $34.63 today. One thing to say about this is that it is all perfectly reasonable. The lockup is not actually a binding promise not to sell any more stock for six months. Well, it sort of is, but it's not a binding promise to investors. The insiders sign lockup agreements with the underwriters , promising not to sell stock, but the underwriters can always waive the lockups. The traditional purpose of the lockup is to protect IPO investors from further stock sales that could drive down the price and cause them to lose money. If there's an IPO at $27, and then more supply comes and pushes the price down to $25, investors who bought at $27 will feel aggrieved. On the other hand if there's an IPO at $27, and then the stock goes up to $200, no one who bought stock in the IPO will begrudge the insiders if they want to sell a bit. The IPO investors' profits are secure; they don't need the lockup to protect them. And so it is not uncommon for underwriters to waive the lockup when the IPO does well and the stock trades up a lot. We talked about this back when Beyond Meat Inc.'s underwriters waived its lockup; the IPO price was $25, and Beyond Meat ended up selling more shares in a new offering at $160. Since $160 is just so much more than $25, no one has any real grounds to complain. If you accept that basic reasoning then you might want to just automate it. If you're a founder and you want to maximize your flexibility to sell more stock after a good IPO, you don't want to have to come back to your underwriters and beg them for permission to sell stock. You want to just build into the contract that if the IPO goes well, and the stock continues to trade well, then you can sell a reasonable amount of stock without asking anyone. You want to get this in writing and negotiate it in advance, when the underwriters are still trying to impress you and get the IPO done, rather than after the IPO when they have all the leverage. So that's what Datadog did. Waiving the lockup after only three months, when the stock is up only 33%, feels a little aggressive to me, but I can't think of a great argument against it. "What, you're telling me that a 33% profit in three months isn't enough for these greedy IPO investors," Datadog's insiders could reasonably ask, if the underwriters pushed back. It's fine.
Deutsche Bank (4)
The traditional view of bank regulation is something like:
Banks do whatever they can to make a lot money. Regulators check to make sure that they're not making money in bad ways, and if they are, they fine them.
But the modern view of global bank regulation is more like:
Banks' business units do whatever they can to make a lot of money. Banks' compliance, risk, etc., units check to make sure that the business units aren't making money in bad ways, and if they are, they turn them in to the regulators with a big show of contrition (and a big fine). Regulators check to make sure that the compliance units are appropriately watchful and/or contrite, and if they aren't, they fine them.
The banks regulate themselves, and the regulators do sort of meta-regulation of the banks' regulatory work. It is more efficient to delegate the regulation to the banks: The banks have bigger budgets, so they can hire more compliance staff, and the compliance staff sit in the same building and probably have better access to the business units than the regulators do. On the other hand they probably have slightly less incentive to be aggressive than the regulators do.
One of the most mystifying concepts in finance is the cost of equity capital for a big international bank. Basically a bank's cost of capital is an amount of money that it does not make? "We need to make an annual return on equity of 10%," banks are constantly saying while announcing that they don't. The cost of, like, bread is the amount of money that you need to pay to get bread. The cost of equity capital is not like that. You have the equity capital, you really wish you could pay for it, you keep coming up short, and … that's it? Every year you say "we'll get you next year"? It is a strange state of affairs. Anyway:
Deutsche Bank has promised investors it will earn its cost of capital by 2025, something it has not done for over a decade, as the bank announced new midterm targets on Thursday.
Germany's largest lender said ahead of its capital markets day that it aimed to lift its post-tax return on equity above 10 per cent over the coming three years. It is aiming to increase revenue by almost a fifth, to €30bn, while further cutting its costs.
The lender estimated its cost of capital at "around 10 per cent," according to a senior executive.
"This is a super important milestone for us," the executive told the Financial Times. ...
Since 2010, the bank generated accumulated net losses of €4bn and raised €29.7bn in fresh equity, on average generating a return on equity of minus 0.24 per cent per year.
In 2021, returns stood at 3.8 per cent and analysts currently expect it to rise to 6.9 per cent by 2024.
I suppose loosely speaking "our cost of equity capital is 10%" means "if we don't have a 10% return on equity our stock will go down," and that has generally happened to Deutsche Bank since 2009, but still it's a strange sort of cost.
See, when you're not making a lot of money in a fickle cyclical business like banking, you say "costs are the only lever under our control" and you focus on reducing them. You lay people off, you fly coach, you reuse paper clips, you tell shareholders "look we know things aren't great but we are doing what we can, with the paper clips."
And then you have a nice trading quarter and you're like "actually it turns out we can totally control revenues, we have mastered the art of reliably making money trading bonds, nothing can ever go wrong again, use all the paper clips you want."
I'm exaggerating a little — Deutsche Bank will be targeting a 70% cost/income ratio rather than a specific number of euros of costs — but man is this ever how investment banks work. You can imagine a bank that is like "we are going to focus on costs throughout the cycle because we don't want to become bloated and complacent when times are good," but you can only barely imagine it.
One thing that you can do, as a bank, is lend modest amounts of money to perfectly safe pristine credits, but you can't really make a lot of money doing that. The thing that you do, to make money, is lend money to risky credits. The job is not to take no risk, or to indiscriminately take lots of risk; it's to take the right risks—risks for which you are well compensated (because they are risky), but which you think are likely to work out. Your job is to lend money to people who look like they might not pay you back, but who you are confident will pay you back, to make the contrarian call that some credits are better than they seem. One way to evaluate your performance of that job is to wait a few years and check if they paid you back. Obviously every part of that is wrong in some nuanced way, ex post success is not proof of ex ante prudence, things could still go wrong, there are legal and reputational and regulatory issues to consider, etc. etc. etc., but, you know, in general, "we did due diligence on a borrower that no one else would touch, we got comfortable with the credit, we loaned him money, we took a huge fee, and he paid us back with interest" really is a straightforward success story! That's what you're supposed to do. Getting paid back in full with interest is a "vindication" of your credit work; what else could it be?
Digital World Acquisition Corp. (1)
Former President Donald J. Trump's stake in Trump Media & Technology Group, his social media company, could be worth as much as $4 billion once a long-delayed merger closes.
The deal, with Digital World Acquisition Corporation — a publicly traded shell company — could provide him with a potential financial lifeline at a time when he must come up with the cash to pay a $454 million penalty after a New York judge's ruling in a civil fraud case.
Digital World has scheduled a March 22 shareholder vote on the merger with Trump Media, whose flagship product, Truth Social, has become the social media platform of choice for Mr. Trump to attack his critics and political opponents.
The shareholder vote is this Friday; the bond is due on Monday. Pretty tight! There are problems. For one thing, the shareholders have to vote to approve the deal. They obviously should do that: DWAC's stock closed yesterday at $35.575 per share in anticipation of the deal; if the deal fails, shareholders will get back roughly $10.87 per share. They want the deal. But in the past, DWAC has failed to get shareholder approval for obviously good things because its heavily retail shareholder base doesn't vote that much. I would be surprised if that happened on the merger vote, but it's not impossible.
Then, the deal has to close right after the vote. At that point, Trump will personally have shares worth about $2.8 billion.
Also, Trump's shares are subject to a lockup agreement, so he's not allowed to "lend, offer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate, assign, sell, contract to sell … or otherwise transfer or dispose of" his shares for six months, which presumably covers using them as collateral for a loan (or appeals bond). But the agreement is between Trump and DWAC, and DWAC could just waive it. It is not best practices or anything, as a capital markets matter, to waive the lockup an hour after the merger, but I think it is possible. Ordinarily you don't do it because shareholders will be mad about additional shares flooding the market, but (1) if he just pledges his shares to a bank, they won't flood the market, and (2) the shareholders are presumably Trump fans and will be happy to help him fund his legal bills. Probably the stock would go up if they gave him a limited waiver for this.
Digital World Acquisition Corp. (DWAC) (1)
The more interesting question — the one that seems to be holding up the closing of the DWAC/TMTG deal — is whether DWAC lied to investors when it went public by not disclosing its plans for TMTG. A SPAC is meant to be a blank-check company, a way to raise a pot of money to look for an acquisition target; if you've already got the acquisition target lined up, you can't use the SPAC format. (If you've already got the acquisition lined up, the theory goes, you should give potential investors financial and business disclosure about the target, instead of just raising a blank check.) And so when it went public in September 2021, DWAC said, as is normal in SPACs, that "We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target."
But it announced its Trump deal six weeks later, and there have long been reports that the deal had already been negotiated when DWAC went public. If this is true, then DWAC lied to investors, and the SEC has more grounds to block the merger. (My view is that this is kind of silly in this case: Investors weren't harmed by the lies, since after all they were thrilled when the Trump deal was announced and the stock traded up. But in general the rule makes sense: If you want to raise money from investors to take a particular company public, you should tell investors about the company rather than keeping it secret.)
Today's insider trading case gives some insight into the SEC's view on this question. Patrick Orlando, DWAC's founding chief executive officer (referred to as "Individual A" in the SEC complaint), was involved in another SPAC ("SPAC A" in the complaint) and was talking to TMTG about a deal by early 2021. But:
In early April 2021, two directors and one officer of SPAC A opposed pursuing a merger with TMTG. At that point, Individual A began exploring two plans to pursue a merger with TMTG, "Plan A" and "Plan B." "Plan A" referred to continued efforts to find a way for SPAC A to merge with TMTG. "Plan B" referred to Individual A's attempt to identify a different SPAC to pursue a merger with TMTG. …
On June 4, 2021, SPAC A, TMTG, and Individual A (in both his personal capacity and on behalf of SPAC A) signed a letter expressing intent to pursue a merger between SPAC A and TMTG. This June 4 letter of intent included a clause under which Individual A would be personally liable to pay a $1 million break-up fee if SPAC A and TMTG did not enter an acquisition agreement by August 6, 2021 (the "Break-Up Fee Clause"). The Break-Up Fee Clause had several conditions that would result in Individual A owing no break-up fee. Under one of these conditions, Individual A would owe no break-up fee if he "should propose to [TMTG] an alternative special purpose acquisition corporation with combination terms that are acceptable to [TMTG] (in its sole and absolute discretion) and such terms are ultimately accepted by [TMTG]."
So Orlando signed a deal to take TMTG public through SPAC A that would obligate him personally to pay $1 million if he didn't either complete that deal or take TMTG public through a different SPAC deal. The SPAC A deal didn't work out, but then Orlando launched a new SPAC (DWAC) and used it to almost immediately sign a deal to take TMTG public, solving his breakup-fee problem. Is that consistent with "we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target"? I bet the SEC thinks not.
Eastman Kodak Co. (1)
In general if you are the CEO of a public company and you have a good idea for the company and you start negotiating a good deal and you are excited and optimistic about the chances that the deal will get done and it will be good for the company, you might be tempted to buy stock to bet on your optimism. And in some rough sense that's good! You want CEOs to do stuff that increases the value of the company, and to bet their own money on that success. The problem is that buying the stock in the market is generally illegal insider trading: If you have material nonpublic information about an unannounced transformative deal, you can't just go buy stock, because the people you are buying the stock from don't know about the deal and could, after the fact, get mad at you for cheating them.
If you instead go to the board and say "hey I am doing a good deal here and would like to own more stock, hint hint," and they respond by giving you a bunch of stock to reward you for doing the good deal, then that isn't insider trading, since the board knows about the deal too and there is no information disparity. It may be a little bit irregular depending on how you were being paid anyway and how much the deal is in your general line of duty and what the disclosed compensation policies are and so forth, but broadly speaking it seems fine for the CEO to do something good and for the board to reward him with stock.
The bad thing, incidentally, is selling. If you are an executive or director of a public company and you negotiate a huge transformative deal and get a huge option grant, and then you announce the deal and the stock skyrockets, and you exercise all the options and sell all the stock, that's … troubling. If everyone read your announcement and bought stock, while you sold stock, then that might suggest that you didn't quite believe your announcement, that the whole arrangement is not about rewarding you for increasing the long-term value of the company but about pumping and dumping for a quick gain. (Though it doesn't prove it, you might sensibly be hedging your risk, it might be fine.) But as far as I know there is no suggestion of that here.
Egan-Jones (1)
Egan-Jones Ratings Co. is a ratings agency that gives credit ratings to debt deals. The way credit ratings generally work is that an issuer comes to the ratings agency and asks for a rating, the agency considers the deal and gives it a rating, and the issuer pays the agency for the rating. This creates some obvious conflicts of interest that are mostly regulated in obvious ways. The US Securities and Exchange Commission rules require, for instance, that the ratings-agency employees who solicit issuers for business, manage their relationships and collect the fees have to be separate from the employees who do the ratings. And there has to be enough process and documentation that the agency can say "we gave this AAA rating because it was justified by the credit, not because they paid us a lot of money."
In practice this separation seems hard, or at least awkward, to enforce. You can't really have a rating agency where the person giving the rating doesn't talk to the issuer: You need to talk to the issuer to understand the thing that you are rating. If you talk to the issuer about the deal, and then you say "okay I'm giving you a BBB+ rating," and the issuer says "that's ridiculous, it should be A+ at least, I will never use your ratings agency again, kiss those fees goodbye," you can — arguably you should — reply "that is none of my concern, good day sir," but that isn't easy. You do get paid out of those fees, after all.
Endeavor (1)
In some ways, if you want to acquire a public company in a merger or acquisition, it helps to already own most of the stock. In other ways that makes it harder. Here's Endeavor:
Private-equity giant Silver Lake agreed to take private Endeavor Group Holdings in a deal that values the owner of talent agencies WME and IMG at $13 billion.
As part of the deal, Silver Lake agreed to pay $27.50 in cash for each Endeavor share it doesn't already own. The private-equity firm already had a stake of more than 30% in Endeavor, according to FactSet.
Endeavor shares were up 2.3% to $25.87 in afternoon trading.
The deal builds on a string of investments Silver Lake has made in Endeavor, from its initial 2012 investment in WME to Endeavor's 2021 initial public offering.
Silver Lake owns about 30% of Endeavor, but it has super-voting stock, giving it about 70% of the total voting power. Endeavor's chief executive officer Ari Emanuel and chairman Patrick Whitesell also own super-voting stock and are part of the buyout group; they will keep their stock in the newly private Endeavor.
This creates a conflict of interest: Silver Lake and the executives would like to buy the rest of Endeavor as cheap as possible, and they already control it. The other shareholders would like to get paid as much as possible, but Emanuel runs the company and Silver Lake controls the vote. If it proposed a merger at $0.01 per share, that would get majority approval from shareholders.
Of course everyone knows this, and there are rules and safeguards to protect the minority holders. The main one is that Endeavor's board of directors set up a special committee of independent directors, who negotiated the deal on behalf of the independent shareholders. They got $27.50, not $0.01.
Still, these deals are always controversial and often lead to lawsuits claiming that the special committee did not really protect independent shareholders and that the insiders got a sweetheart deal. (We have discussed this in the Tesla/SolarCity and Sculptor deals.) I feel like the Endeavor lawsuit will be fun? Here is Endeavor's 8-K announcing the deal, which notes that it has already gotten shareholder approval: Silver Lake, Emanuel and Whitesell have already voted their shares to approve the merger, and they control a majority of the vote.
But it also lists the various sweeteners that Emanuel, Whitesell and other executives are getting in the deal, including new equity deals and royalty payments. Also they each get a plane:
Following the effective date of the Mergers, ownership and operation of one of the private planes owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than TKO Group Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) (collectively, the "Employer Group") will transfer to Mr. Emanuel. The Employer Group will pay or reimburse him for reasonable costs and expenses related to the use of the plane for business purposes of the Employer Group. ...
Following the Effective Time, ownership and operation of one of the Employer Group's private planes will transfer to Mr. Whitesell. The Employer Group will pay or reimburse him for reasonable costs and expenses related to the use of the plane for the Company and WME business purposes.
The lawsuit kind of writes itself. The minority shareholders will complain that the Silver Lake deal undervalues the company, that the board of directors could have gotten more value for shareholders but instead let Silver Lake and the executives get a sweet deal for themselves. The minority shareholders didn't each get a plane! But the executives did.
Ensign Peak (1)
The rule in the US is roughly that if you are an institution — a pension fund, an endowment, an investment firm, a bank, etc. — and you own more than $100 million worth of stocks, you have to disclose your stock holdings every quarter. [7] You file Form 13F with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and it is publicly available and everyone can see what stocks you own.
If you don't like this, there are reasonably standard solutions. The rule is actually that you have to file Form 13F if you "exercise investment discretion" over your stocks — meaning basically that you decide what stocks to buy and sell [8] — so the trick is not to do that. If you have $1 billion to invest in the stock market, you go to a big institutional investment manager and say "hi, here's $1 billion, please buy some stocks for me." You agree on some investment criteria — the mandate for your investment — and you pay the manager some fees, and the manager buys the stocks for you. This saves you all sorts of aggravation — picking the stocks, doing the trading, setting up custody arrangements, etc. — but it also probably saves you from filing a Form 13F, if that's your goal. Instead, the investment management firm files a Form 13F showing all of the stocks that it owns — that it "exercises investment discretion" over — for its various clients, including you. You are just an anonymous client; your data is aggregated with the rest of the clients.
Presumably if you're a big enough account, and interested enough in the markets, you might end up doing some kibbitzing about what your investment manager is buying. The manager's mandate for your account might be narrow and customized for your interests; if you are, for instance, a fund that invests money for a religious group, you might tell the manager to avoid certain sorts of sin stocks. You might chat periodically with the manager about what they're up to, and you might give them some input, without quite "exercising investment discretion" over the account. The manager makes the investing decisions, but with your preferences in mind.
You could push this further. Hire an "investment manager" to buy and sell stocks for you, but just tell them exactly what to buy and sell. They're not really in the business of making the investment decisions; they're just in the business of sitting between you and the public Form 13F requirement. This way you get exactly the stocks you want, and presumably a fake investment manager is cheaper than a real one.
This is an imperfect solution, since your fake investment manager presumably won't have other clients, so they will file a Form 13F that exactly describes your own stock holdings. Your name won't be on it, which is good, but if your holdings are big enough then people might be curious. "Who is this Anonymous Investments LLC that owns $30 billion of stock and has one client," they might ask. But if you're doing this you can hire a bunch of different "investment managers," have each of them own some of your stocks, and split up the disclosure into a bunch of anonymous Form 13F filings none of which are big or interesting enough to attract attention.
This is illegal, though you can see how you might feel justified in doing it. "Why should random strangers get to know what stocks I own," you might think. That seems to have been what the Mormon Church thought:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against Ensign Peak Advisers Inc., a non-profit entity operated by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints to manage the Church's investments, for failing to file forms that would have disclosed the Church's equity investments, and for instead filing forms for shell companies that obscured the Church's portfolio and misstated Ensign Peak's control over the Church's investment decisions. The SEC also announced charges against the Church for causing these violations. To settle the charges, Ensign Peak agreed to pay a $4 million penalty and the Church agreed to pay a $1 million penalty.
The SEC's order finds that, from 1997 through 2019, Ensign Peak failed to file Forms 13F, the forms on which investment managers are required to disclose the value of certain securities they manage. According to the order, the Church was concerned that disclosure of its portfolio, which by 2018 grew to approximately $32 billion, would lead to negative consequences. To obscure the amount of the Church's portfolio, and with the Church's knowledge and approval, Ensign Peak created thirteen shell LLCs, ostensibly with locations throughout the U.S., and filed Forms 13F in the names of these LLCs rather than in Ensign Peak's name. The order finds that Ensign Peak maintained investment discretion over all relevant securities, that it controlled the shell companies, and that it directed nominee "business managers," most of whom were employed by the Church, to sign the Commission filings. The shell LLCs' Forms 13F misstated, among other things, that the LLCs had sole investment and voting discretion over the securities. In reality, the SEC's order finds, Ensign Peak retained control over all investment and voting decisions.
"The Church was concerned that disclosure of the assets in the name of Ensign Peak, a known Church affiliate, would lead to negative consequences in light of the size of the Church's portfolio," says the complaint, and you can see their point. The effect of the 13F rules here is mostly to make public that the church has a lot of money. But the rules are the rules, and setting up 13 shell LLCs to pretend to manage your money for you doesn't really work to get around them.
Ernst & Young (1)
To become a certified public accountant in the US, you need to pass four separate exams administered by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, which test your knowledge of business, financial accounting, regulation and the auditing process. The exams include multiple-choice questions and simulations; each exam takes four hours and is administered at a Prometric test center. Candidates are fingerprinted at the test center to make sure that they are who they say they are. Historical pass rates for most of the exams are around 50%. There are also education and work-experience requirements before you can call yourself a CPA.
Also there is an ethics test? Most states require one, anyway; some don't. You take that one at home on your computer or whatever. The exam used in most states is open-book and multiple-choice. Here's an online CPA-study-guide site:
Is the CPA Ethics Exam Difficult?
Not really. The exam is more like a self-study, open-book test. You will have plenty of time to take the test and answer all of the questions. However, since the passing score is 90%, you have to be careful when reading and selecting the correct answer for the questions.
You get the idea, right? People spend a lot of time studying accounting and auditing topics so that they can pass the core exams and become CPAs. And then the open-book at-home online ethics exam just sort of happens. It is a minor hiccup, not the main event.
And because it is online and open-book and un-proctored and not that serious, but requires a high score to pass, uh, well, this doesn't seem very ethical:
Over multiple years, a significant number of EY audit professionals cheated on these exams by using answer keys and sharing them with their colleagues. From 2017 to 2021, 49 EY audit professionals sent and/or received answer keys to CPA ethics exams.
Ahahaha sure. That's from a Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action fining Ernst & Young LLP $100 million for the ethics-exam cheating, plus some cheating on internal continuing-education-type courses:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged Ernst & Young LLP (EY) for cheating by its audit professionals on exams required to obtain and maintain Certified Public Accountant (CPA) licenses, and for withholding evidence of this misconduct from the SEC's Enforcement Division during the Division's investigation of the matter. EY admits the facts underlying the SEC's charges and agrees to pay a $100 million penalty and undertake extensive remedial measures to fix the firm's ethical issues.
"This action involves breaches of trust by gatekeepers within the gatekeeper entrusted to audit many of our Nation's public companies. It's simply outrageous that the very professionals responsible for catching cheating by clients cheated on ethics exams of all things," said Gurbir S. Grewal, Director of the SEC's Enforcement Division. ...
EY admits that, over multiple years, a significant number of EY audit professionals cheated on the ethics component of CPA exams and various continuing professional education courses required to maintain CPA licenses, including ones designed to ensure that accountants can properly evaluate whether clients' financial statements comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
Great stuff. Look obviously cheating on the ethics exam is an incredibly dumb, bash-you-in-the-face bit of irony, but there are reasons that they cheated on the ethics exam and not, you know, the accounting exams. Those reasons are:
1. It is easy to cheat on the ethics exams and hard to cheat on the accounting exams. The accounting exams are set up to detect and prevent cheating; the ethics exams are not. Why is that? One possible answer is, like, "you can take the accounting exams before you have taken the ethics course, so maybe you don't know not to cheat, so they proctor you carefully, but if you take the ethics exam then you have probably studied ethics and you know not to cheat, so they trust you not to cheat." This answer strikes me as implausible. Another possible answer is, like, "it is important for any professional certifying body to say that its members have passed an ethics exam, but you cannot teach ethics via an exam, so the professional bodies do not take these exams particularly seriously and neither do the candidates." As someone who took the professional certifying exams for law and the securities industry, I find this answer very plausible. (Prospective lawyers spend months studying intensively for the bar exam, which tests knowledge of law, and then like 15 minutes studying for the "professional responsibility" exam, where the joke is that you can pass by always choosing the second-most-ethical answer.) 2. Knowing accounting is very important for accountants, both in their professional self-conception and in their daily working life, but knowing the answers to the ethics questions is not that important. This is not quite the same as saying "knowing how to act ethically is not that important in the daily life of an accountant" (though that could also be true!), but the sort of ethics trivia that the exam tests might not be that applicable to your everyday work. And when you go to parties with other accountants you probably make jokes about, like, LIFO or whatever, not about ethics. The thing that distinguishes you and your colleagues from other people is not some arcane ethical code; it's knowing about accounting. If you get hired at a big accounting firm and don't know anything about accounting, you will quickly be found out and fired. If you get hired at a big accounting firm and don't know anything about ethics, it's possible it will just never come up.
Obviously though if you are going to ask one question on an ethics exam it should probably be "did you cheat on this exam," and if the answer is yes then you have definitely failed the ethics exam.
I assume that after this E&Y, and the other big accounting firms, will drastically tighten up their procedures around, like, accountants emailing each other the answers for the open-book at-home multiple-choice online ethics exam. Possibly that will result in their accountants knowing somewhat more about the ethical code of accountancy. Still I am not convinced that the multiple-choice online exam is the best way to inculcate a sense of ethics into your workforce. So far it does not seem to work very well.
Euroclear (1)
Here is Euroclear's announcement of its financial results, which explains how this works. It's not really that Euroclear gets to keep the money; it's just that (1) Euroclear gets to hold the money until someone figures out what to do with it and (2) meanwhile, it gets to invest the money and keep any interest it earns. Which is a lot:
One consequence of the sanctions is that blocked coupon payments and redemptions owed to sanctioned entities results in an accumulation of cash on Euroclear Bank's balance sheet. At the end of September 2023, Euroclear Bank's balance sheet had increased by EUR 45 billion year-on-year to a total of EUR 164 billion.>
As per Euroclear's standard process, cash balances are unremunerated and cash balances are invested to minimise credit risk. ... The interest paid on reinvestment of cash balances is net interest income earned by Euroclear.>
In the nine months to 30 September 2023, interest arising on cash balances from Russia-sanctioned assets was approx. EUR 3 billion. Such interest earnings are driven by two factors: (i) the prevailing interest rates and (ii) the amount of cash balances that Euroclear is required to invest.
There are some financial businesses that consist of mechanically moving gigantic piles of cash through the pipeline and collecting a tiny fee for your efforts. And then every so often the pipeline gets blocked and the gigantic pile of cash is yours! Weird.
Evergrande (3)
China Evergrande Group is a Chinese real estate developer whose business model involved (1) selling apartments for cash up front and (2) then eventually building them. There are many attractions to this business model. In particular, in the early days, you feel rich: You have all this cash, from the apartments you sold, and you haven't spent any of it to build the apartments.
There are, however, obvious problems, or at least temptations. What if you take all that cash and spend it on executive salaries, or buying more land to build more apartments, or advertising to attract new buyers? Then, when you eventually get around to building the apartments that you already sold, you might find out that the cash is all gone and you can't afford to build them. That would be bad! You would have to go out and borrow more money just to build the apartments you already sold. Or, of course, you could sell even more apartments, to raise the cash to build the ones that you previously sold, but that only kicks the can down the road: Where will you get the money to pay to build the apartments you're selling now, if you use their purchase price to build the apartments you sold previously? The problem snowballs.
One way to resist this temptation is accounting. Most accounting standards won't let you count the purchase price as income the day you get it: You only recognize revenue when you actually deliver the apartment, when you fulfill your end of the deal. That money isn't yours when you sell the apartment and get the money; it only becomes yours when you deliver the apartment, and the accounting ought to reflect that. If the accounting reflects that, you don't look at your giant pile of cash and think "we're rich and profitable, let's spend it"; you think "oh wow, we gotta get to work building these apartments."
I do think that the concept of limited corporate liability is a bit porous if you're a Chinese billionaire. In America, if you run a company with $300 billion in debt, and it can't pay that debt, and you have $8 billion sitting in your personal bank account, you say "ah I wish I could do something for all of my company's creditors but unfortunately my deep commitment to our capitalist economic system prevents me from paying debts that aren't mine, my hands are really tied here." That is so deeply the American way that Donald Trump did it repeatedly and was elected president for his troubles.
In China, if you run a company with $300 billion of debt, and it can't pay that debt, and you have $8 billion sitting in your personal bank account, and the government calls you up to say "hey spend down your bank account to pay that debt," the only possible answer is "yes, that's what I was already doing, of course, I would never take $8 billion and run and leave my creditors holding the bag." Whether or not you signed a personal guarantee, you signed a personal guarantee.
Temperamentally I tend to be a big fan of limited liability, but I do think that there is something to be said for each system.
Much of the writing about Evergrande has been about "is this China's Lehman moment?" The main lesson of Lehman was that the collapse of a big levered interconnected firm could cause serious economic damage, and since Lehman, financial regulators in the U.S. and Europe have done a lot of work on reducing leverage and interconnection and damage.
But another lesson, one that I think about a lot around here, is that the way to reduce systemic risk and potential bailouts is for everyone to know how much risk they are taking, for risks to come with clear warnings and accurate labels, and for the risks to be taken by people who can handle them. If you must have big interconnected companies, it is good to know in advance whose claims are senior and safe and who is taking a big gamble in the hope of a high return. It is fine for a company to fund itself by selling speculative investments to retail gamblers, and it is fine for a company to fund itself by selling safe-as-houses investments to retail retirement savers, but either way it is important for people to know which one they're buying. Much post-Lehman financial regulation is about this sort of labeling: The way to prevent after-the-fact government bailouts is by making sure that risk is borne by people who bear it knowingly and can afford to. When companies fail, people will lose money, and you want to be able to say to whoever loses money, "well, you knew what you were getting into."
Here that seems hard! Evergrande got its financing from absolutely everyone — banks, investors, suppliers, customers, employees — and it seems unlikely that they all knew what they were getting into. Its capital structure branches out everywhere; there are all sorts of sympathetic people who might lose money, and it is not obvious who should be rescued and who shouldn't be. Do you give the apartments to the people who put their hard-earned money into apartment deposits, or the ones who put their hard-earned money into wealth management products? Eventually either Evergrande will muddle through, or it will get a bailout, or it won't and people will lose money. But the long-term work of making sure this doesn't happen again is mostly about transparency, about allocating risks clearly in advance so you don't have to sort them out in hindsight.
Exxon (1)
Shareholders of public companies are, in some loose sense, the owners of those companies; they elect the directors of the companies and have some authority to tell those directors what to do. In particular, a shareholder of a U.S. public company can submit proposals for other shareholders to vote on in the company's annual proxy statement. Companies have to include the proposals in their proxy statements — that is, put them to a vote of shareholders — unless they can find some reason to omit them. The rule (Rule 14a-8) gives companies lots of reasons to omit proposals, and there is a certain amount of technical lawyering involved in getting a proposal into a proxy statement. In particular, companies can omit a proposal that “deals with a matter relating to the company's ordinary business operations,” which means that shareholders can't really submit proposals like “you should stop drilling for oil so much.” “You should write a report about oil drilling” is usually fine.
The proposal I quoted above is Item 6 of Exxon Mobil Corp.'s proxy statement this year. It was proposed by Christian Brothers Investment Services Inc., which owns Exxon “shares with a market value greater than $2,000.” Here's one from Exxon's proxy statement last year:
Resolved: Shareholders request that ExxonMobil, with board oversight, publish a report, omitting proprietary information and prepared at reasonable cost, assessing the public health risks of expanding petrochemical operations and investments in areas increasingly prone to climate change-induced storms, flooding, and sea level rise.
That was proposed by “the Park Foundation, a client of As You Sow, ... the beneficial owner of 117 shares.” If shareholders had voted for this proposal, the effect would have been that, uh, Exxon's shareholders would have requested that report. It is what is called a nonbinding (or “precatory”) shareholder proposal, and Exxon's board and managers could have said “we appreciate the request but we have decided not to prepare that report.”Or Exxon could have prepared a report and then kept doing what it was doing. The nonbinding request was not “stop expanding petrochemical operations in areas prone to climate change-induced storms” or whatever; it was “write a report.” The report could have said “meh oil drilling is fine, we're gonna keep doing it,” or it could have said “actually there are some significant risks, but we're gonna keep doing it.” The shareholder proposal did not ask Exxon to change its business, just to write a report about it.
This is how formal shareholder engagement generally goes: Small social-activist shareholders (individuals, religious orders, activist groups) submit nonbinding proposals asking companies to write reports or form committees, the companies urge shareholders to vote against the proposals, the shareholders usually vote against the proposals, and then everyone does it again next year. Over the long run, the theory goes, this nudges companies in the direction that the activists want: It's annoying and embarrassing for the companies to fight these proposals every year, so to appease the activists they'll occasionally write a report; so as not to make the report embarrassing, the company will subtly change its behavior to look better. But each particular proposal can feel a bit trivial: The shareholders are only asked to make a nonbinding request for a report, and they usually don't even do that.
Exxon's annual meeting today is different. I mean, yes, the Christian Brothers have a nonbinding proposal for a report, that's the same as every year. But another activist, Engine No. 1 LLC, has a different proposal:
Over the past decade, the Company has failed to evolve in a rapidly changing world, resulting in significant underperformance to the detriment of shareholders and risking continued long-term value destruction. … We believe that to address this underperformance, the Company must commit to evolve and chart a long-term strategic plan for sustainable value creation. In that vein, Engine No. 1, through this Proxy Statement, is providing shareholders with the opportunity to weigh in and cast their votes for a slate of independent and highly qualified shareholder-nominated nominees for the first time in the Company's history. We believe the Nominees will bring a much needed shareholder voice to the current board of directors of the Company (the “Board”).
This is very different from the Christian Brothers. For one thing, Engine No. 1 does not own “shares with a market value greater than $2,000,” the minimum threshold for a shareholder proposal; it owns 917,400 shares, worth about $53 million at yesterday's closing price. This is not a small-stakes social activist; this is an activist hedge fund.For another thing, this proposal is binding , a contested director election rather than a precatory proposal: If a majority of shares are voted for the Engine No. 1 nominees, they will be on Exxon's board, and Exxon's nominees won't be. Even if it wins, Engine No. 1 will only have a minority of the board — four out of 12 directors — so it won't have an unchecked ability to push through its plans to shake up Exxon's business, but having four directors and the confidence of the majority of the shareholders is a lot more compelling than having a nonbinding request for a report. And if those directors get on the board, they can meddle in Exxon's ordinary business: They can propose new ideas to the other directors, and if they win over those directors they can tell Exxon's executives to implement those ideas and fire the executives if they refuse.
Exxon Mobil Corp. (1)
Let's say you are the chief executive officer of Exxon Mobil Corp., and your second-biggest shareholder, BlackRock Inc., comes in for a meeting. "We would like you to drill less oil, spend more time on renewable energy and commit to being carbon-neutral by 2050," the BlackRock team says. "Absolutely not, get out of my office," you say. What can BlackRock do about it? Actually let's sharpen the hypothetical a bit. BlackRock owns about 6.6% of Exxon's stock. Let's say that you, the Exxon CEO, had a meeting with the Vanguard Group right before your BlackRock meeting, and another one with State Street Corp. right after, and they say the exact same things as BlackRock. Combined, those three own about 20% of your stock. Let's say you had meetings with a few dozen other shareholders who also say the same things, and in total they add up to 50.1% of your stock. They all want you to drill less oil and do more renewables and commit to carbon neutrality, and you laugh at all of them and throw them out of your office. What can they do? Of course they can call up the board of directors of Exxon, your bosses, and say "fire this guy, he's being mean to shareholders," but let us assume for this hypothetical that the board is aligned with you and will do what you want rather than what shareholders want. What else can they do? Well, they can do lots of things. Let's list some:
They can put out press releases saying that you are bad, which is embarrassing for you though it does not actually force your hand. They can vote for nonbinding shareholder resolutions asking you to prepare reports on your climate impact, which is also embarrassing for you. But you don't technically have to do the report even if the shareholders vote for it (the proposal is nonbinding), and even if you do the report that doesn't mean you have to change your strategy. Each year you ask them to approve your pay package and the pay of your other senior executives, and they could vote no. If they vote no, that will also be embarrassing for you, though technically the vote is nonbinding and you still get paid. Each year your board of directors is up for election, and they could vote against the directors. This perhaps sounds more important than it is, because the directors generally run unopposed. If they get a majority of the votes cast, they are re-elected. If a majority of shares are voted against a director, then, under Exxon's corporate governance guidelines, that director is required to submit a resignation letter to the rest of the board. "Within 90 days after certification of the election results, the Board of Directors will decide, through a process managed by the Board Affairs Committee and excluding the nominee in question, whether to accept the resignation. Absent a compelling reason for the director to remain on the Board, the Board shall accept the resignation." So if a majority of shareholders vote against the directors, they probably should leave the board, but they don't strictly have to. If a majority of shareholders votes against all the directors then presumably the directors could just decide not to accept each other's resignations. Exxon's directors and senior executives might be, or want to be, on the boards of directors of other companies. BlackRock et al. are also big shareholders of those other companies, and they might vote against the Exxon people on their other boards, and that might lead to the Exxon people losing some cushy directorships.
I am sure I am missing some. None of these things are trivial. They are very important! Most big corporate CEOs want to be liked and respected. (The previous CEO of Exxon went on to become the U.S. secretary of state!) They want to think that they're doing a good job and creating shareholder value; they don't want all their shareholders to be mad at them. They are members of corporate and philanthropic boards and golf clubs with other executives and investors, and they want to be respected by their peers. These symbolic indications of investor displeasure matter a lot to almost all public companies, and they give BlackRock and other big shareholders enormous influence. We talk about this influence all the time. People worry about it all the time; they worry that these big shareholders have too much power over all of the companies. Still none of these things are exactly "the shareholders can fire you," are they?Another thing that the shareholders can do is[1]:
They can sell their stock: "This CEO doesn't listen to us and isn't doing what we want, so we don't want to own Exxon anymore." If enough of them sell their stock then the price of the stock will go down. This is embarrassing for you — you want to think you're doing a good job and creating shareholder value, etc. — but it also affects you economically, because you own a bunch of Exxon stock personally and get paid in Exxon stock and options and so when the stock goes down you are less rich.[2]
That is an important incentive, but it is mitigated here because your biggest shareholders — Vanguard and BlackRock and State Street — run a lot of index money and can't sell the stock. You are in the index, they have to own the index, they have to own you. This is not really a threat they can make.Okay now let's do the big ones. What is the endgame? How do the shareholders go from expressing displeasure to firing the CEO? There are two classic answers, two binding ways for shareholders to fire the CEO. One is a hostile takeover. Some corporate raider, strategic rival or sharp-elbowed private equity firm notices the stock-price decline and dissatisfied shareholders and says "hey I could buy this company cheap, do what the market wants it to do, and make a profit." The raider offers a premium to the current price (which is depressed due to shareholder dissatisfaction), the disgusted shareholders happily sell to the raider, the raider fires the board and CEO and makes the changes that the shareholders were calling for.[3] This is sometimes called "the market for corporate control," and it is in general the main reason for corporate CEOs to worry about losing their jobs if their shareholders are unhappy.In general. In our particular hypothetical, though, Exxon happens to be a $250 billion oil company. No one is going to do a hostile takeover of Exxon. This is not a very compelling threat for a giant company. The other classic answer is a proxy fight. Some activist hedge fund (or corporate raider) notices the stock-price decline and dissatisfied shareholders and says "hey I could buy like 8% of this company cheap, force it to do what the market wants it to do, and make a profit." The activist buys stock, nominates directors and runs a proxy fight to get them elected to the board. This is different from the usual uncontested director elections and nonbinding shareholder proposals: In a proxy fight, the activist writes her own proxy statement, pays to send it to shareholders, and spends a lot of time and money trying to get her nominees elected. If she wins — if her nominees get more votes than the company's nominees — then she wins, for real. It's not advisory or nonbinding or we-submit-a-resignation-letter-and-think-about-it; it's just the nominees who get more votes get on the board. There are occasionally proxy fights like this at giant companies. There are impediments, though. One problem is that classic activists like to buy a lot of stock; my 8% number above is a reasonable order of magnitude.[4] Contested proxy fights are risky and expensive for the activist. Buying a lot of stock makes it more likely that the activist will win, because she gets to vote her own shares; starting with 8% of the vote is better than starting with less. Also, though, the activist is hoping that if she does win the stock will go up and she will make money. The more shares she owns, the more money she will make; also, if she owns more shares she will capture
Facebook (1)
Here's the basic problem with the Facebook case. To win an antitrust lawsuit, the government has to show that Facebook has "monopoly power" in some relevant market. Monopoly power means, specifically, the ability to raise prices above a competitive level. Here's how the judge's opinion puts the question:
Monopoly power is the "the power to control prices or exclude competition," such that a firm is a monopolist "if it can profitably raise prices substantially above the competitive level." Where a plaintiff can provide direct proof that a "firm has in fact profitably done so, the existence of monopoly power is clear." Because such proof is rare, however, plaintiffs and courts usually search for indirect or "circumstantial evidence" of monopoly power by inferring it from "a firm's possession of a dominant share of a relevant market." Because "[m]arket power is meaningful only if it is durable," a plaintiff proceeding by the indirect method of providing a relevant market and share thereof must also show that there are "barriers to entry" into that market.
Fine. Now, what is the relevant market? The government argued, and the court accepted, that the market is "Personal Social Networking (PSN) Services." I will not bother discussing the definition of this market because you probably get the gist of it. (Facebook objected that this is not a well-defined market and that "it is 'obvious that people' also know how to 'connect and share with family and friends . . . via many [other] technologies,' such as 'email, messaging, photo-sharing, and video-chats,'" but never mind. Facebook has previously argued that it is not a monopoly because it competes in "the space of people connecting with other people," so its competitors include, like, eating dinner with your friends.)So the question is: Does Facebook's dominant position give it the power to unilaterally jack up the price of social networking? The government would have an easy time proving its case if it could point to examples of where Facebook had jacked up the price of, say, posting baby pictures on your timeline. ("Where a plaintiff can provide direct proof that a 'firm has in fact profitably done so, the existence of monopoly power is clear.'") But of course it can't, because Facebook has never jacked up the price of posting on or looking at Facebook (or Instagram), because a basic feature of modern personal social networking sites is that they are free and ad-supported. You could imagine an alternate theory in which the government argued that Facebook had a monopoly in online advertising (implausible), or in, like, "online advertising on social networking sites" (harder to argue that this is a relevant antitrust market), and that it could use that power to jack up the prices it charges advertisers. That is, you might imagine the government arguing that Facebook does or could act like a monopolist toward its paying customers (advertisers), rather than toward its non-paying social-networking customers. But the government does not argue those things.
Instead it argues that Facebook has such a dominant share in the personal social networking market that it is a monopolist, which I suppose means that it could raise prices if it wanted to. I don't think that's a crazy argument; people obviously get a lot of utility out of social networking, and that utility largely comes from network effects, and if Facebook started charging I am sure a lot of people would just pay its fees rather than try to switch to some other network that their friends aren't on. But the government has not done a very good job of making that argument. The judge writes:
Although the Court, as just explained, finds the contours of the asserted product market plausible, the Complaint is undoubtedly light on specific factual allegations regarding consumer-switching preferences. Given that thin showing, and the fact that the PSN-services product market is somewhat "idiosyncratically drawn" to begin with, the Court must demand something more robust from Plaintiff's market-share allegations. As it happens, however, those allegations are even more tentative: the FTC alleges only that Facebook has "maintained a dominant share of the U.S. personal social networking market (in excess of 60%)" since 2011, and that "no other social network of comparable scale exists in the United States." That is it. These allegations — which do not even provide an estimated actual figure or range for Facebook's market share at any point over the past ten years — ultimately fall short of plausibly establishing that Facebook holds market power. …Even accepting that merely alleging market share "in excess of 60%" might sometimes be acceptable, it cannot suffice in this context, where Plaintiff does not even allege what it is measuring. Indeed, in its Opposition the FTC expressly contends that it need not "specify which . . . metrics . . . [or] 'method' [it] used to calculate Facebook's [market] share." In a case involving a more typical goods market, perhaps the Court might be able to reasonably infer how Plaintiff arrived at its calculations — e.g., by proportion of total revenue or of units sold. As the above market-definition analysis underscores, however, the market at issue here is unusual in a number of ways, including that the products therein are not sold for a price, meaning that PSN services earn no direct revenue from users. The Court is thus unable to understand exactly what the agency's "60%-plus" figure is even referring to, let alone able to infer the underlying facts that might substantiate it.
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (1)
One argument that the shareholders had was that the FHFA is unconstitutional. This has been a bit of a cottage industry in recent conservative lawyering, arguing that various regulatory agencies are unconstitutional under the Appointments Clause, the bit of the U.S. Constitution that governs how the president can appoint executive officers. Basically Congress will set up a regulatory agency with a complicated statute providing for how its head can be hired or fired or supervised, and the agency will go around regulating, and someone won't like a regulation and will sue saying that the statute is unconstitutional because it doesn't give the president the correct power to hire or fire the head of the agency, so the whole agency is void and no one has to follow its regulations. The shareholders tried that here with the FHFA, and it went all the way to the Supreme Court, and today they … I guess they won a little bit? Not very much. The Supreme Court ruled today that the FHFA is in fact unconstitutional — or a little bit unconstitutional — because the statute authorizing the FHFA only allows its director to be removed "for cause," while the Constitution requires that the president be able to remove the director for any reason or no reason. But what do you do with that conclusion? It's not like the third amendment was adopted by an FHFA director whom the president wanted to remove but couldn't; in fact, it was adopted by an FHFA acting director who was removable without cause. And it's not like the only thing the FHFA ever did was adopt the third amendment and extract profits from Fannie and Freddie; among other things, it's been running them in conservatorship for the last 13 years. It would be weird to say that the FHFA is unconstitutional so it has to give Fannie and Freddie's profits back to the shareholders, but everything else that happened at Fannie and Freddie over the last 13 years — every business decision that the FHFA supervised, every profitable trade that the GSEs did in conservatorship, every infusion of money from the government, etc. — was fine. So the Supreme Court basically said, meh, it's a little bit unconstitutional, but probably not worth worrying about. But it sent the case back to an appeals court to double-check that conclusion (citation omitted):
Suppose, for example, that the President had attempted to remove a Director but was prevented from doing so by a lower court decision holding that he did not have "cause" for removal. Or suppose that the President had made a public statement expressing displeasure with actions taken by a Director and had asserted that he would remove the Director if the statute did not stand in the way. In those situations, the statutory provision would clearly cause harm.In the present case, the situation is less clear-cut, but the shareholders nevertheless claim that the unconstitutional removal provision inflicted harm. Were it not for that provision, they suggest, the President might have replaced one of the confirmed Directors who supervised the implementation of the third amendment, or a confirmed Director might have altered his behavior in a way that would have benefited the shareholders.The federal parties dispute the possibility that the unconstitutional removal restriction caused any such harm. They argue that, irrespective of the President's power to remove the FHFA Director, he "retained the power to supervise the [Third] Amendment's adoption . . . because FHFA's counterparty to the Amendment was Treasury—an executive department led by a Secretary subject to removal at will by the President." The parties' arguments should be resolved in the first instance by the lower courts.
Fisker (1)
Fisker Inc. is an electric-vehicle company. It went public by merging with a special purpose acquisition company in 2020, back in the electric-vehicle-SPAC boom; its stock got as high as $28.50 per share (a market capitalization of about $7.9 billion) in 2021 but closed yesterday at $6.55 ($2.2 billion). It "has yet to generate any significant revenue from its core business operations," lost about $547 million last year and "expects to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future." It had $652 million of cash as of March 31.
People love electric-vehicle stocks, or at least they used to, so Fisker tops up its cash by selling stock. Last year it announced an at-the-market offering in which it would sell up to $350 million of stock, on the stock exchange, at market prices; it terminated that offering last week after selling about $327 million of stock. It replaced that plan with a new, far more complicated plan to sell between $340 million and $680 million worth of stock. (Here is the 8-K announcing this plan, and here is the prospectus.) It goes something like this:
1. Fisker sold "senior convertible notes due 2025" to a single investor, who is not identified. These notes have a face value of $340 million, but the investor got them at a discount, paying Fisker $300 million. 2. The investor can convert the notes to stock, any time it wants, at a price of $7.80 per share, a 30% premium to the $6 stock price just before the notes offering. 3. Also, though, "the Notes amortize in nine equal [quarterly] installments starting on July 11, 2023" (that is, the day after they were issued). Each quarter, $37,777,777 worth of notes come due, and Fisker can elect to pay them off (1) in cash at 103% of face value (i.e. $38.9 million per quarter) or (2) in stock, at a special conversion price. 4. The special conversion price is (1) floored at about $1.16 per share, [7] (2) capped at $7.80 per share (the conversion price), and (3) otherwise 93% of the volume-weighted average price of Fisker's stock on either the day before conversion or the five days before conversion (whichever is lower). 5. Starting next July, the investor can choose to buy another $226.7 million of notes on the same terms, and if it does the company can choose to sell it another $113.3 million of notes, for a maximum of $340 million more ($680 million total).
The result is that, if the stock stays roughly where it is today, each quarter Fisker delivers about $40.6 million worth of stock to the investor, which the investor can immediately sell into the market. [8] In total, Fisker gives the investor about $365.6 million worth of stock in nine quarterly installments, and the investor gives Fisker $300 million now. Fisker has the option to pay the investor back in cash instead of stock if it wants (paying back a total of $350 million in cash [9] ), and the investor has the option of converting all of its bonds into stock worth even more than $365 million if the stock goes above $7.80 per share. [10]
Also, "the Investor can defer an installment payment due on any installment date to another installment date and may, on any installment date accelerate the payment of amounts due on up to an additional two times the installment payment of the Notes": The investor has some additional optionality to get a lot of stock when the getting is good, or to skip some stock deliveries when it is bad.
I don't know who the investor is here or what they are thinking, but when you see a trade like this a reasonable guess is that the investor is not planning to convert into stock and hold it as a large long-term investor in Fisker. (In fact, the investor is not allowed to do that: The notes can't be converted if any conversion would leave it with more than 4.99% of Fisker's stock, or about $112 million worth of stock at current prices.) Instead, the reasonable assumption is that the investor plans to get about $40.6 million worth of stock each quarter and sell it, more or less immediately, at market prices, on the stock exchange; when it has finished with that, it will come back for more the next quarter.
In other words, this is kind of an at-the-market stock offering, except that Fisker gets the money upfront, [11] and the investor gets a fee of something like 20% for its efforts (and for advancing the cash).
If this sounds familiar, it is broadly similar to the trade that Bed Bath & Beyond Inc. did earlier this year to sell stock. In each case, there is a weird instrument that looks like a convertible security, and a big "investor" who is buying most or all of it. But in each case, the buyer is not really set up to be a long-term investor in the company: The investor is getting the stock in installments, at a discount to market value, and selling each installment to retail investors on the stock exchange. And the investor is getting paid a nice fee for structuring the trade, giving the company the money upfront, and generally obscuring what is happening. "We are selling $365 million of stock to retail investors to raise $300 million" just sounds less good than "we are selling a $340 million convertible with a 30% conversion premium to a big investor."
Fox (1)
But what I like about this proposal is its argument for why shareholders should vote for it. The argument is not "prioritizing truth over money will make more money for shareholders in the long run" — which is absolutely an argument that one could make, and which is structurally similar to a lot of arguments for other environmental, social and governance-y ideas. ("Sure this oil company will make less money if it shifts to clean energy than if it pumps as much oil as possible, but in the long run its value will be maximized by making the transition to clean energy early," "sure this social-media company will make less money if it doesn't serve up constant outrages but in the long run people will get tired of the outrages and leave," etc.)
Nor is the argument "prioritizing truth over money will cost you, the shareholder, money, but you are a nice person and you should care more about the world than about maximizing your stock price." This again is an argument that one could make, and it is another standard strand of ESG argumentation. That's why people are willing to accept lower interest rates on green bonds than on non-green bonds: They will sacrifice some economic return in exchange for doing good for the world.
Instead, the people making the Fox shareholder proposal — a group called the Shareholder Commons Inc. — argue that it is in the financial interests of Fox shareholders, not as Fox shareholders, but as shareholders of other public companies. Last Friday the Shareholder Commons filed a new statement in support of their proposal. A sample:
The Shareholder Commons is a non-profit organization that promotes systems-first investment that better serves diversified shareholders who invest in our economy. …
The Proposal asks the Company to account for the risk to investor portfolios created by the effect its journalism has on the economy.
In short, the Proposal seeks to align the Company's goals with those of its diversified shareholders. …
Almost all of Fox's shareholders (other than the Murdoch family) are diversified investors who depend on an economy that succeeds for everyone over the long term. If your interests as an investor are diversified across the economy, then Fox's current business model threatens your long-term returns by delivering false and harmful information to a credulous audience. The Proposal addresses this problem by altering the Company's legal purpose.
As a PBC, Fox will be able to account directly for the long-term risks to the systems and institutions critical to a well-functioning economy. This new flexibility will allow Fox to protect your portfolio by limiting misinformation that undermines the healthy systems necessary for a successful economy. As long as Fox remains a conventional corporation, this is highly unlikely to happen, because lawyers will caution directors that prioritizing journalistic integrity or systemic concerns over financial returns is a breach of their fiduciary duties that may subject them to liability. As a leading Delaware law firm recently explained, "If the interests of the stockholders and the other constituencies conflict… the board's fiduciary duties require it to act in a manner that furthers the interests of the stockholders." The courts narrowly interpret such shareholder interests as including only the financial return they receive from the corporation, irrespective of whether such returns impose greater costs on the rest of their portfolios.
This legally mandated focus on individual company returns is harmful to your portfolio as a diversified investor. As we discuss in detail below, Fox is maximizing its revenues and profits through a business strategy that externalizes costs that the rest of a diversified portfolio sustains. This is a bad deal for you.
Among the specific claims they make are "Fox is a major source of climate denialism" and "higher local viewership of Fox News Channel is associated with lower vaccination rates." I mention these examples because around here we often talk about the theory that common ownership of big corporations might solve coordination problems and force (or allow) companies to internalize externalities. And those are the two examples we most often discuss. As in: Climate change will be bad for lots of companies, oil companies do not internalize the carbon costs of their production, oil-company shareholders own lots of companies and bear those costs, therefore oil-company shareholders will force oil companies to reduce carbon emissions. Or as in: Covid-19 vaccination will be good for lots of companies (economy reopening, etc.), pharmaceutical companies do not necessarily internalize all of the social gains of widespread vaccination, pharma-company shareholders own lots of companies and benefit from those social gains, therefore pharma-company shareholders will force pharma companies to make Covid-19 vaccines and distribute them cheaply. Fox is neither an oil company nor a pharmaceutical company but every little bit helps I guess?
What is new here is the explicit, coordinated appeal to common shareholders to use their voting power in one company for the benefit of their other companies. The main thing that I want to say is that this is interesting, and logical. Public companies are largely owned by large diversified institutional shareholders (though not so much Fox), and it does make sense for them to act in a way that is good for their overall financial interests rather than for each individual company to try to maximize its own price at the expense of the others. Why shouldn't modern corporate governance work for the actual shareholders, rather than for an old-timey conception of what a company is?
But the other thing that I want to say is that this is risky? The big diversified shareholders might go around saying things like "we are long-term investors in the global economy so we care about sustainability and the rule of law and other good societal-level stuff," but they mostly don't go around saying "we own all the companies so we care more about growing the overall pie than about any one company's share of it." Those things are related, but not quite the same.
If 60% of a company is owned by diversified institutional investors, and they vote for a proposal that would reduce the company's profits but increase the profits of other public companies, would the concentrated shareholders who own the other 40% have cause to sue them? "You control the company, you have some duty to the minority shareholders, and you betrayed us to increase the value of your other holdings." That does not seem like a trivial argument?
For instance, if a big public company offers to buy a little public company, it might offer a relatively low cash premium, because why spend cash? The target company might say "no, we want a bigger premium for our shareholders." But enough of the target company's shareholders might also be shareholders of the acquirer to approve the deal anyway: "The premium is just money going from one pocket to another, why incur financing costs?" You could even imagine the acquirer saying that, to the target shareholders: "Look, you are all our shareholders too, why make us pay a premium for your shares that will ultimately come out of your pockets?" The minority of the target-company shareholders whose entire investment is in that one company might feel aggrieved. "We bought this stock expecting the company to maxim
Fund.com (1)
Classically the ways to do that include doing a tender offer for all of the shares, running a proxy fight to take over the board, stuff like that. But given what a spent husk Fund.com was, Braziel did something else: He petitioned a Delaware court to appoint him as receiver of the company. Basically, he went to court and said "I am a shareholder of this company, this company is defunct, you should put me in charge so that I can get some value out of it for myself and the other shareholders." This worked, in part because the company really was so defunct that it never responded to his petition:
The petition sought to have Braziel appointed as a liquidating receiver for the Company under Section 226(a)(3) of the DGCL. That statute authorizes a court to appoint a receiver when "the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets." 8 Del. C. § 226(a)(3).>
When the Company did not respond to the petition, the Investment Fund moved for a default judgment. The motion emphasized that Braziel was a qualified person who had studied the rules governing receivers of Delaware corporations.>
By order dated November 29, 2016, the court entered a default judgment and appointed Braziel as a receiver. The order charged Braziel with liquidating the Company and distributing its net assets to its investors. The order did not authorize Braziel to conduct business through the Company.
Having cracked open the company, Braziel succeeded in getting money out of it. He sued Fund Alliance and got the web address back for $750,000. He renegotiated a settlement with AdvisorShares in which Fund.com got a couple of million dollars in exchange for canceling its AdvisorShares stake. Meanwhile, "on paper, the Company owed over $8 million to Galanis's affiliates," and Braziel succeeded in getting that debt canceled because Galanis forgot about it:
On December 22, [Braziel] moved for an order requiring that the Company's creditors make any claims against the receivership estate by April 14, 2017. The court approved the order and set a bar date for asserting claims. Galanis and his associates failed to assert timely claims, which prevented them asserting any claims based on their purported $8 million in debt. Braziel disallowed claims for two other potential creditors for another $1.5 million.
GameStop (5)
A classic problem in corporate finance is that companies often sell stock when times are tough and they need money, and they usually buy back stock when times are good and they have plenty of money. This makes sense from a corporate finance perspective (selling stock gets you money to do projects; buying back stock uses the money you get from the projects and rewards shareholders for funding them), but is generally bad from a price perspective. If you need money because times are tough, you will probably be selling stock at a low price: Who wants to invest in a company that is running out of money? If you are buying back stock because times are good, you will probably be buying stock at a high price: The high stable profits that fund your buyback also make the stock more valuable.So there is a general sense that, when companies trade their own stock, they tend to buy high and sell low. That sounds like bad trading. You are supposed to buy low and sell high. Arguably this is the wrong way to think about it, though. Arguably companies should be proud of selling low and buying high. Arguably their loyalty ought to be to their shareholders; if the company sells low and buys high that means that its counterparties — the shareholders — are doing well. If a company is too good at timing its stock sales and repurchases — if it's constantly selling stock at peaks and buying it back at troughs — then it is making money for shareholders at the expense of, you know, shareholders.[4] Anyway the whole dynamic seems to have reversed with meme stocks. GameStop Corp., the greatest of the meme stocks, was a mall-based video-game retailer that has transformed in the last few months into some sort of tech-company rocket-ship abstraction. The thing about selling video games in malls is that it produces steady cash flows (until a global pandemic hits) but is in secular decline, which means (1) money comes in, (2) you have nothing better to spend it on than stock buybacks and (3) the stock is cheap. So here's a sentence from GameStop's most recent 10-K:
In aggregate, during fiscal 2019, we repurchased a total of 38.1 million shares of our Class A Common Stock, totaling $198.7 million, for an average price of $5.19 per share.
On the other hand, the thing about being a vague tech-company rocket-ship abstraction is that it requires a lot of cash (to figure out what that actually means and then implement it) and people love it, which means (1) you need money, (2) you can get it by selling stock, and (3) the stock will be expensive. So here's a GameStop press release this morning:
GameStop Corp. (NYSE: GME) ("GameStop" or the "Company") today announced that it has completed its previously announced "at-the-market" equity offering program (the "ATM Offering").GameStop disclosed on June 9, 2021 that it filed a prospectus supplement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to offer and sell up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares of its common stock from time to time through the ATM Offering. The Company ultimately sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock and generated aggregate gross proceeds before commissions and offering expenses of approximately $1,126,000,000.
It is hard not to admire this. They bought 38.1 million shares two years ago at $5.19 each; they sold 5 million shares in the last two weeks at $225.20 each. GameStop is up 33.1 million shares and $927 million on these two trades. It bought so low and sold so high. It's a great trade and I congratulate GameStop. But, you know, don't do it too often.
Look the very standard corporate finance theory is that it's good for a company if its stock price goes up. A company can issue stock; it can, in a sense, make as much as it wants of its own stock for free. If that stock is worth a lot and keeps going up, it can do things with it. It can sell the stock for money and use the money to do business things. Companies usually pay executives largely in stock, and if a company's stock keeps going up then it will be able to attract and retain good talented executives because good people will want to be paid in good stock. Employees who own stock will be happy and motivated and will do better work because they keep getting richer. Companies often pay for acquisitions in stock, and, again, having an attractive currency lets a company do attractive acquisitions. Usually all this stuff lives in sort of an obvious feedback loop: You do good business things, your stock goes up, this allows you to do more good business things, etc. If you just, like, exogenously discovered a gigantic pile of diamonds in the basement of your headquarters, that might make your stock price go up, but would it make you better at doing your business? You could call up superstar executives and say "hey come work for our company, we just found a bunch of diamonds"; would they do it? I don't know! Maybe? It's a weird question. There are not a lot of natural experiments.
A year ago, GameStop's stock closed at $5.07 per share, down 7% year-over-year, and it was not hiring talent from Amazon or raising a billion dollars by selling stock. Yesterday, GameStop's stock closed at $302.56, up 5,867% year-over-year, and it is. The stock price is not the only thing that has changed: Ryan Cohen, the Chewy Inc. founder who came to GameStop as an activist investor and is now its board chair, has a turnaround plan and an ability to attract executives. And the stock price has not changed entirely exogenously; Cohen and his plan, and the early steps toward executing it, have helped the stock. But, uh, you know. This is as close as you're ever going to come to a company's stock going up 5,000% in a few months for no reason. Seems like that might be good for business!
I think that's right: By paying a ton of money for GameStop stock, its shareholders have inspired its executives to work harder (and hire better executives). They have inspired those executives to think bigger; if you run a $20 billion company you will naturally make bigger plans than if you run a $300 million company. They have certainly ushered in a whole new era at GameStop: the era in which it is a meme stock with an enormous valuation. Perhaps also an era in which it justifies that valuation.
One thing that happens in the world is that Wall Street research analysts estimate how much money public companies will make each quarter, and they publish those estimates, and those estimates are averaged into "consensus earnings" for each company. Then the company announces earnings, and if the earnings are higher than the consensus estimate then that's good, the market is pleasantly surprised and the stock goes up, but if the earnings are lower than the consensus estimate then that's bad, the market is unpleasantly surprised and the stock goes down. This is a very approximate description — often companies will beat estimates but the stock will go down due to ominous signs about future earnings, or vice versa, or whatever — but it has some rough truth to it. A share of stock represents a claim on the future earnings of a company, investors value the stock based on their expectations for those future earnings, analysts' consensus estimates roughly represent those investor expectations, and the best indicator of the company's future earnings power is often its current earnings. So if a company beats (or misses) this quarter's earnings, that suggests that investors' expectations of its future profits should be revised up (or down), so the stock price should go up (or down).
And, you know, GameStop Corp. is a public company, and every quarter Wall Street analysts estimate its earnings, and then it announces what the earnings actually are, and you can say things like "GameStop earnings beat estimates" or, in the case of yesterday's earnings, "it released fiscal fourth-quarter results that missed Wall Street's estimates on the top and bottom lines." And in fact the stock dropped. Here are some business words:
Shares of the video-game retailer fell 10% to $163.84 as of 9:34 a.m. in New York after it reported profit in the period ended Jan. 30 of $1.34 a share, excluding some items. That compared with an average projection of $1.43 from analysts.
Though a new generation of game consoles helped spur purchases, the company didn't get as big a bump as expected. Net sales fell 3.3% to $2.12 billion in the quarter, short of the $2.24 billion estimate. Still, the console surge helped lift same-store sales by 6.5%, with online revenue up 175%.
Did the stock fall 10% at the open because GameStop's adjusted earnings were 6% below Wall Street estimates? Anything's possible! Except that, that's not possible. If GameStop's stock price reflects expectations about future earnings, it reflects expectations that are almost unrelated to current earnings. GameStop had an adjusted net loss of $2.14 per share in its 2020 fiscal year; if it had met analysts' estimates this quarter it would have had an adjusted net loss of $2.05 per share.[4] Bloomberg's EEO screen tells me that consensus analyst estimates for adjusted earnings per share are negative $2.10 in 2021, negative $0.62 in 2022, positive $0.24 in 2023 and positive $1.25 in 2024. The stock closed yesterday at $181.75 per share, or 145 times four-years-ahead earnings.
Why didn't GameStop Corp. sell any stock last month when its price rallied to insane levels due to Reddit-driven retail enthusiasm? I speculated about this question a few times. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission speculated about it too, and went so far as to release a sample comment letter that it would have sent to a hypothetical GameStop-like company if it had sold stock during a meme frenzy. But Reuters has the actual answer and it is disappointingly prosaic. The reason GameStop didn't sell any stock into the rally is its late-January fiscal-year end:
GameStop examined the possibility of selling stock during the rally, the sources said. The company had already registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to sell $100 million worth of stock in December, an option it did not exercise, the sources added.GameStop decided it was restricted under U.S. financial regulations from selling shares because it was in possession of significant information about its finances that was not yet available to the public, the sources said. The SEC requires companies to have released such information when conducting stock sales.The information pertained to GameStop's fiscal fourth quarter, which ended at the end of January. By the time its shares took off in the second half of January, company executives had already compiled data and had a clear picture of what the quarter would look like, the sources said.GameStop could have gone ahead with a stock sale by releasing preliminary earnings. But such a move, carried out for the purposes of a stock sale, came with significant logistical hurdles and regulatory risk that the company was not willing to accept, one of the sources said. The SEC had said it would scrutinize how companies took advantage of the trading volatility to sell stock and had asked that they provide more information to investors about the potential risks. …"They were two and a half months into their quarter when all this stuff took place. It's so deep in the quarter that from a legal and corporate governance perspective they would likely be obligated to pre-announce some high-level financial information for the quarter. And that can't be prepared in just a week," said David Erickson, a finance lecturer at the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School who was previously co-head of global equity capital markets at Barclays Plc.Other companies in the midst of the Reddit frenzy whose financial quarters finished at the end of December and had already updated investors on their latest financial performance, were able to sell stock when their shares rallied at the end of January.
If your fiscal year ends on Dec. 31, when stock prices go crazy in late January you either have already released fourth-quarter earnings or can get them together fairly quickly. Meanwhile you are only a few weeks into your first quarter of 2021 and have no particularly material information about how that quarter is going. You are in an open window and can go ahead and sell stock.But if your fiscal year ends on Jan. 30,[1] when stock prices go crazy in late January you know too much about the current quarter's earnings to sell stock without releasing them, but too little to actually release them. You have an information asymmetry that you can't fix: You know more about your quarterly results than the public does, but you don't know it well enough to tell the public. You have valuable information that is somehow impossible to communicate.This is theoretically sort of dumb—why shouldn't you be able to tell the market what you know, omit what you don't, and caveat everything to reflect your current uncertainty?[2]—but that's securities law for you.It's particularly dumb because, you know, people were not buying GameStop in January to speculate on last quarter's earnings. There is a disconnect between what investors actually wanted and what GameStop felt obligated to give them. Like imagine how those meetings went:
GameStop Chief Financial Officer: Consensus analyst estimates are for 8.5% growth in same-store sales, and our preliminary data suggests the number will actually be more like 8.3%.[3]GameStop General Counsel: Well obviously we have to disclose that, analysts are laser-focused on same-store sales and if we missed by 20 basis points we need to confess that before we sell stock.CFO: It's true, we don't want to undermine trust with our analysts.Hordes standing on the lawn outside GameStop's offices (chanting in unison): GME TO 1000! DIAMOND HANDS!CFO: Meanwhile we've made good progress on SG&A and we should be able to deliver better-than-expected reductions there.Hordes: SHORT SQUEEZE! GAMMA!GC: Let's be really careful that those numbers are buttoned up, we don't want to report something so material to Wall Street if we're not sure it's accurate.Hordes : ROCKET EMOJI! ROCKET EMOJI! ROCKET EMOJI!CFO: Yeah we are still trying to nail down a few items where the accounting policies are more complex.Elon Musk (landing on lawn with a jetpack, addressing hordes): Gamestonk!!Hordes: [sustained incoherent screaming]GC: I am just not sure that we can get this disclosure to a point that a reasonable investor will feel confident in it.
There is some argument for figuring out the widest possible range for each number, choosing the worst number in each range, pre-announcing terrible earnings, selling stock at an all-time high to people who are utterly indifferent to earnings, and then releasing much better real earnings a few weeks later. "Oops we were too conservative," you shrug. It is not best practice, but who's going to sue you? The people who bought stock at $300 will be sad when it falls to $60 due to simple gravity, but what is their complaint? "You told us earnings would be very bad, and we bought at $300, but then earnings were actually better and now the stock is at $60." That's not GameStop's fault. Anyway this explains not only why GameStop didn't sell any stock, but also why insiders mostly didn't. Some directors sold some stock in mid-January, as the price was creeping into the $30s and $40s, but nobody seems to have sold after Jan. 19. When the stock was in the $300s and even $400s, the week of Jan. 25, GameStop's officers and directors were sitting on their hands saying "huh, this is weird, not much we can do about this," because they, like the company, were in a blackout period.
One good rule of thumb for companies that, say, run video-game stores in malls during a pandemic, is that if a bunch of traders on Reddit decide to buy the heck out of your stock one day for somewhat inscrutable reasons, you should sell it to them. One hundred ninety-seven million shares of GameStop stock traded on Friday, worth more than $10 billion. Somebody had to sell all those shares. Why not GameStop? It has an unlimited supply of GameStop stock. Why not pop into the market and do, say, 1% of the day's selling? Sell one or two million shares, collect $100 million from enthusiastic Redditors at the stock's all-time high? Surely it could find something to do with the money. The advantages of doing this, for GameStop, are:
1. You have more money to spend on doing stuff. 2. The enthusiastic Redditors want this: They are buying the stock as a bet that you will survive and thrive and crush the short sellers and pivot and implement omnichannel initiatives; if you need money to do those initiatives, they would be honored to give it to you. 3. You have sold stock at the all-time high stock price, so while you have diluted your existing shareholders a bit, you have done so as gently as possible.
There are disadvantages. One small one is: Your stock is on a wild ride, so you could easily mess this up as a tactical timing matter. You could have decided on, say, Jan. 13, as your stock went up 57% in one day, to sell a bunch of stock. GameStop closed at $31.40 that day. It closed at $65.01 this past Friday, a week and a half later. If you sold a bunch of stock at $31.40, you'd feel fine, really, but you'd have missed an even better opportunity. Today, so far, is even better. A bigger disadvantage is: If you do time this perfectly, and sell a bunch of stock at the absolute peak on the back of somewhat inexplicable Reddit demand, and then the Redditors get bored and the stock falls back to, say, where it was three weeks ago (the high teens), then the people who bought the stock from you will have complaints. They bought stock high, from you, and immediately lost their shirts. Their complaints will have the basic form: Look, you have fiduciary duties to your shareholders; you are supposed to deal honestly with us. You sold us stock that you knew was ridiculously overvalued. Yes right sure we happily bought it, yes right sure we also knew it was ridiculously overvalued —this is not a secret!—but, you know, still. It's a bit rude. These complaints are not fundamentally about "securities fraud," but one could express them that way. ("The risk factors in the prospectus did not adequately warn about the risk that your omnichannel initiatives wouldn't work, or the risk that Redditors would stop frantically buying call options," etc.) You might get sued. You might not; again, I think there is no real fraud here. (Not legal advice!) But it would leave sort of a bad taste in everyone's mouth. We have talked about this sort of thing a few times. Most notably, last June, Hertz Global Holdings Inc.'s stock was soaring on weird retail demand, so Hertz decided to sell some stock into that demand. Hertz was actually in bankruptcy, so it asked a bankruptcy court for permission to do this. The bankruptcy court was like "uh sure I guess, that's weird, but good for creditors." Hertz went and did it. The Securities and Exchange Commission quickly shut it down (though Hertz was quicker, and sold $29 million of stock before the SEC stepped in). The SEC didn't give a reason, but presumably its reasoning was along the lines I laid out above; not quite fraud but fraud-ish. "Fraud in plain sight," someone called it. But we also talked recently about Tesla Inc., which twice last year sold big chunks of stock in at-the-market, or "ATM," offerings. In an ATM offering—the kind Tesla and Hertz used—you don't hire banks to call up big investors and place chunks of stock with them at a negotiated price; you just hire banks to sell your stock on the stock exchange in ordinary transactions, whenever you feel like it, at whatever the current price is. "The lesson," I wrote, "is that if you are looking to tap into exuberant retail sentiment to sell your stock, the ATM offering is the way to do it." Happily, GameStop does have an ATM offering going. It put it in place on Dec. 8, 2020, when the stock was at about $16.35. The way these things work is that GameStop disclosed that its bank could sell stock—up to $100 million worth—"from time to time" at GameStop's request "consistent with its normal trading and sales practices"; it did not disclose any particular schedule, and has not yet reported if any shares have been sold, or how many, or when. So I don't know if GameStop had sold the whole $100 million before Friday's wild run, or if it had any stock left over to sell; if it had any left over, I don't know if it sold it all on Friday. I hope it did!
General Electric Co. (1)
"A basket of options is worth more than an option on a basket," is a little bit of derivatives folk wisdom that I sometimes quote around here. You have two businesses, A and B, each of which will produce cash flows of positive $100 if things work out or negative $100 if they don't. If you buy stock in each of those businesses, each stock will be worth $100 if things work out (and you get the cash flows) or $0 if they don't (limited liability baby!). Assume those things have equal, independent probabilities; each stock is worth about $50. If you buy both stocks they're worth $100.
Now you combine those businesses into one company, Company AB. If you buy stock in Company AB and both businesses work out, your stock will be worth $200. If A works out and B doesn't, though, your stock will be worth $0: The negative cash flows from B will offset the positive cash flows from A. Same if B works out and A doesn't. If neither works out, the cash flows will be negative $200 and your stock will still be worth zero. Your stock in company AB is worth — again assuming that A and B are independent 50/50 propositions — about $50. Whereas the stock in A plus the stock in B was worth $100. By combining the businesses you have destroyed $50 worth of value.
This is not real business advice! There are lots of good reasons to combine two businesses. Businesses are not actually independent bets with exogenous probabilities. If Business A has a really good manager and B does not, combining them and putting A's manager in charge of both might improve B's odds of working out. (This is especially true if A and B are not uncorrelated bets, but are similar businesses where lessons from A carry over to B.) Or maybe the combined Company AB, being bigger, will have better access to capital and be able to do both businesses cheaper. Or maybe there are synergies where A's and B's salespeople can cross-sell each others' products, or where you can save money by having only one accounting department. Or maybe you want diversification: Maybe both A and B are valuable in the long run but could be destroyed by one bad year; combining them allows A to keep B afloat through its bad times and vice versa.
Yesterday General Electric Co. announced that it would break itself up into three companies, representing its health-care unit, its energy units and its jet-engine unit. (This is after previously getting rid of its financial services business, its television network, its lightbulbs, etc.) GE is the most famous U.S. conglomerate,[3] and its breakup inspired some obituaries for the conglomerate model. Here's Bloomberg's Katherine Chiglinsky:
Conglomerates, once considered a way to bring multiple companies together to reap the benefits of synergies, size and breadth, have fallen out of favor. [Warren] Buffett himself has conceded that conglomerates have "earned their terrible reputation" over the years, and GE's [chief executive officer Larry] Culp said Tuesday that focus is more beneficial than the often "illusory" benefit of synergies. The days of the traditional industrial conglomerate could be numbered even as technology behemoths increasingly adopt a somewhat similar complex model.
"I don't know how many fundamentally industrial companies are going to continue to use this particular kind of structure," said Kathryn Rudie Harrigan, Columbia Business School's Henry R. Kravis professor of business leadership. "Because it sort of begs the question of what, if anything, is added by putting them all in the same corporate family."
And the Wall Street Journal's Thomas Gryta:
"The conglomerate is dead, and this is the end of the conglomerate," said Bill George, a former chief executive of Medtronic PLC and now a senior fellow at Harvard Business School. GE units could likely invest more effectively on their own, he said. ...
In recent conversations with investors and customers, Mr. Culp said there was a "clear calling" for the company to separate its three main remaining units—aviation, healthcare and power.
"A healthcare investor wants to invest in healthcare," Mr. Culp said, expecting investors who don't own GE today will reconsider. "We know we are under-owned in each of those three sectors, in part because of our structure." …
Despite its reputation for management excellence, GE's structure fostered an internal bureaucracy that some investors and former executives said made the company inefficient, complex and difficult to manage. Strong profits from one unit would get diverted to weaker parts of the company, and losses from the financial arm weighed on the industrial core, they said. Cash produced by divisions was required to pay the company's massive dividend, which could crimp reinvestment among the business units.
My Bloomberg Opinion colleague Brooke Sutherland gives the best explanation of the problem of conglomerate GE:
Nothing about GE is ever simple, though: The company is still funding the surprise $15 billion reserve shortfall in its legacy long-term care insurance business that it disclosed in early 2018, and those assets will remain with the aviation operations. That liability is no longer the unpredictable money suck it once was, but it does muck up the story a bit — at least until GE can figure out how to pay someone to take this headache off its hands. Even so, with three separate smaller companies, there will be much less room to hide unwelcome surprises like the insurance funding gap and the earnings statements will be inherently less messy, hopefully bringing an end to a long legacy of obfuscation.
If you run a dozen complicated businesses, it will sometimes happen that one of them produces a surprise $15 billion shortfall, and the money from everything else has to be diverted to pay it off. If they are instead a dozen separate complicated companies, a surprise $15 billion shortfall is somewhat less likely, since the board and shareholders of each business are paying attention to that business. More important, if one of them does end up with a surprise shortfall, that's its problem; the other businesses can keep doing what is best for them.
This is all obvious stuff and de-conglomeration has been in the air for a very long time. In a sense the conglomerate was dead decades ago, and GE is just sort of a zombie conglomerate. I want to briefly sketch a couple of possible reasons that the conglomerate is so out of fashion now.
One is capital-markets funding. There is an old-fashioned view where you run a business, the business produces profits, and you use the profits to build other businesses. In that view, a conglomerate is good, because it produces lots of profits from various businesses and can use them to build more businesses. But this view is out of fashion in modern finance, where the theory is that you run a business, the business produces profits, you return the profits to investors (via dividends or stock buybacks) and the investors fund other businesses. If you want to do a new project that requires funding, you raise money from investors rather than self-funding it. (By starting a startup, for instance, or else by doing a stock or bond offering at an existing company.) Investors like this stuff and consider it good governance, because it gives the investors control over what projects get funded. Companies that want to do projects have to go to investors and ask them for funding, instead of making their own decisions with their own cash flows. "Companies do what investors want rather than what executives want" is the core of the concept of "corporate governance."
More broadly, "good governance" as a concept is unfavorable to the conglomerate. The idea of good governance is that corporate executives should be aligned with and responsible to shareholders, not just doing what is best for themselves. There is a popular theory that conglomerates are mostly about "empire-building" for chief executive officers: Th
Getty Images Holdings Inc. (1)
We talked yesterday about a guy, Scott Murray, who put out a press release saying that his firm, Trillium Capital LLC, would buy Getty Images Holdings Inc. for $4 billion, conditional on finding someone to give him $4 billion. This is, I should say, a condition that sometimes exists in merger proposals. Last year Elon Musk announced that he would buy Twitter Inc. for $40 billion if he could find $40 billion, and people — certainly including me — expressed some doubt that he would be able to raise the $40 billion. And Twitter's board of directors kind of held him off until he did find the money, but he did, and then they really had no choice but to negotiate and ultimately sell to him.
Or, like, a big private equity sponsor might put in a proposal to buy a company, and the proposal will say something like "this proposal is not binding and is conditional on receiving customary financing." And the company might very well reply "okay, sounds good, let's talk," and the private equity firm will start due diligence and negotiate a deal and talk to its bankers about raising the financing. And then if, while they are negotiating, the leveraged finance market collapses, the private equity firm will say "ah well never mind, can't get the money" and the deal will die. The company knew that the proposal was contingent on financing, and knowingly took the risk that it might be wasting its time, because it figured the financing would probably come through and it probably wouldn't be a waste.
But there are, you know, context clues. If somebody with $200 billion of personal wealth says "I'll buy your company if I can raise $40 billion," that might be worth looking into. If a firm that has previously done lots of multibillion-dollar buyouts with lots of borrowed money says "I'll buy your company if I can borrow $4 billion from my usual banks," that's worth looking into. If I put out a press release saying "I'll buy Twitter for $40 billion if somebody gives me $40 billion," that could be a true statement — lots of people would buy lots of luxury objects if someone gave them the money to do so! — but it is not one that Twitter's management should take very seriously, because there is absolutely no reason to think that anyone would give me $40 billion.
Still there is some nuance here. In a traditional leveraged buyout, the buyer borrows most of the money to do the deal, and the lenders lend the money not because they like the buyer's credit but because they like the company's credit. It's not "I will buy your company for $4 billion if I can borrow $3 billion from a bank," but rather "I will buy your company for $4 billion if your company can borrow $3 billion from a bank." If the company can borrow $3 billion from the bank, anyone with $1 billion could credibly make that offer. Of course you need the $1 billion, but I suppose you can syndicate the equity as well. Lots of big credible repeat-player investors buy companies with relatively little of their own money, and I suppose anyone could … well, could try to copy that model?
Glencore (2)
The general problem of market manipulation is:
1. A few things (Treasury bonds, large-cap US stocks, big foreign-exchange pairs) trade in deep liquid markets where it is pretty easy to know what "the price" of the thing is at any particular time, and pretty hard for one trade to move that price too much. 2. This is super useful, and you can build all sorts of derivatives structures on top of these things because the underlying price is easily knowable and robust. Or you can build index products where, for instance, people just buy stocks "at the market price," because that price feels real and knowable. 3. It would be nice if lots of other things — oil cargoes, chicken parts, the interbank unsecured lending market — were like those things, trading in deep liquid markets with an observable market price. Then you could build derivatives on top of them. You could agree to do large trades "at the market price," or at the market price plus or minus some spread, etc. 4. Those things do not in fact trade in deep liquid markets with an observable market price. 5. But you could sort of pretend they do. There's probably some market, which generates some price. You can look at that market and say "well the market price is $X," and then you could price your large trades off that benchmark market price. You could agree to sell someone 10 million pounds of chicken parts at some spread to the Georgia Dock index of chicken prices, or give someone a $1 billion loan at a 300-basis-point spread to Libor, or buy a cargo of oil from someone at the Platts Los Angeles Bunker Benchmark plus $5 per ton. 6. Because the benchmark price comes from a market that is relatively small, you can manipulate the benchmark price (by trading or quoting in that market), and it will cost you less than you'll make on your much larger trade that is benchmarked to that price.
So, again from the CFTC:
During the Relevant Period, Platts generally determined the benchmarks for a given day based primarily on bids to purchase, offers to sell, and trades in the relevant product during a defined period of time called the "window" that Platts-authorized market participants reported to Platts, and which Platts then widely reported to subscribers. ...
Glencore's physical trading activities included, among other things, large-quantity trades, sometimes called "cargos," of fuel oil. … Among the cargo trades engaged in by Glencore were numerous cargo trades with a Mexico-based SOE (the "Cargo Trades"), including those for delivery to and from the Los Angeles market. ...
During the Relevant Period, more than approximately 100 Cargo Trades with the SOE were priced by reference to the Platts Los Angeles Bunker Benchmark. The price of the Cargo Trades was determined by the average of the daily benchmark price on specified days ("Cargo Pricing Days"), plus or minus a specified dollar amount negotiated by the parties. ... On Cargo Pricing Days, Glencore's trading positions generally had significant price exposure to the Los Angeles Bunker Benchmark. When the Cargo Trades were sales by Glencore to the SOE, Glencore's Cargo Trade position would be more profitable if the average Los Angeles Bunker Benchmark on the Cargo Pricing Days was higher: if the Los An
One rough model that you could have for modern corporate finance is that most senior corporate executives are mostly in the business of maximizing cash flows for shareholders, because that is what they were trained to do, but lots of shareholders are actually interested in something else. Sure they'll take cash flows, cash flows are great, but they have other interests. Retail investors, for instance, seem to love memes, and crypto, and Elon Musk. Big institutional investors tend to be interested in ESG risk, and more generally in the systemic risks of their portfolios as a whole.
One rough model that you could have for hedge fund activism is that companies are always a bit behind the times in terms of knowing what shareholders want, and activists are in the business of reminding them, of pushing them to do what their shareholders want. For a long time, what shareholders wanted was basically maximum earnings per share, and activists were in the business of telling corporate managers to buckle down and increase EPS.
Now the market has evolved, shareholders want other things, and there are activists to give it to them. We have talked about a meme activist campaign pushing Macy's Inc. to optimize its engagement with retail shareholders by putting out press releases about Teslas and cryptocurrency. We have talked about a diversified-investor activist campaign pushing Fox Corp. to enhance the value of its shareholders' overall portfolios by focusing on the profitability of other companies, not just Fox.
And there are the ESG activists. Part of what the ESG activists say is: "If you do better ESG things, that will increase your cash flows in the long run," a traditional corporate-finance thing to say. But part of it is not that; part of it is just about appealing to more shareholders' preferences in order to get a higher valuation: "If you do better ESG things, more people will invest and the stock will go up even holding cash flows constant." ESG is what shareholders want, and activists are in the business of getting it for them.
Goldman Sachs (10)
A basic fact about the mergers-and-acquisitions advisory business is that, if you run a company, and an investment banker comes in to pitch you on doing an acquisition:
1. That acquisition might or might not be a good idea for your company. In general the track record of companies doing acquisitions is mixed to bad. 2. It's definitely a good idea for the banker! If you hire her bank to do the acquisition, it will get a big fee and she'll get a big bonus. [7] If the deal turns out to be a dud for you, that's not her problem. [8]
Everybody who has ever been pitched on doing a merger probably knows this. The banker sitting across from you is your trusted adviser, sure, but she's also selling you something, and it's your job to figure out if it's a good idea for you. You know it's a good idea for her.
The unstable situation at Goldman Sachs Group Inc., from about 1999 until maybe 2021, is that its partners thought it was a private partnership run for their amusement, while its shareholders thought it was a public corporation run for their enrichment. This was a productive tension. Goldman's partners arguably worked harder and were more loyal and thought more about the firm's long-term interests than managing directors at other investment banks, because they were partners in firm. And junior people were motivated by the possibility of partnership to work harder and be more loyal too. Having good motivated employees is a good way to make a lot of money and, thus, make the shareholders rich. (Disclosure: I used to work at Goldman, though I was not motivated enough by the possibility of partnership to stay, or frankly to make a lot of money for shareholders.)
But ultimately the difference between a partnership and a public company is that if the managing partner of a partnership gets great economic results but is rude to the other partners, they can fire him, but if the chief executive officer of a public company gets great results but is rude to the managing directors, they can't fire him. Only the board can fire him, and the board is responsible to the shareholders, and if the shareholders are happy and the managing directors are sad then the CEO stays. If all the managing directors quit and are replaced by less talented, less hard-working and less loyal managing directors, leading to reduced economic profits, then eventually the board will fire the CEO. But being rude to the MDs is not in itself sufficient grounds for termination. Whereas being rude to the partners of a partnership absolutely is! It's their company, and sure they are there to get rich, but they are also there to feel important, and if the managing partner is rude to them then he has to go.
Technically the shareholders were always right — technically Goldman, since it went public in 1999, was a public corporation with fiduciary duties to its shareholders — but the technicalities aren't always what matters. If you were the CEO of Goldman-as-public-company, but you grew up at Goldman-as-private-partnership, you might treat the partners as partners in a partnership — the way you were treated by the managing partner, when you were a partner in the partnership — and that might be nice for you socially and might even get good economic results. You might maintain the partnership tradition even if you don't technially have to.
In a partnership, "being a jerk to the investors" is the same as being a jerk to the (senior) employees, because the firm is owned by its partners, and if they don't like you they can get rid of you. In a public company, those groups are different.
The traditional deal, for the shareholders of an investment bank, was that the earnings were risky, but they were high. In boom years, the bank made a lot of money on mergers-and-acquisition and underwriting fees, doing trades for clients in active markets, and perhaps doing a few trades for itself. In bad years, the bank … ideally made a lot of money on restructuring and rescue-financing fees, doing trades for clients in volatile markets, and perhaps doing a few clever short trades for itself. But all of this required good timing and market judgment, and occasionally the bank would mess it up and have a bad year for itself. And the bank ran on a lot of leverage, with a relatively thin cushion of equity capital, so a bad year could be very spicy indeed.
The modern deal, for the shareholders of a big investment bank, is that the earnings are lower but less risky. In the boom years, you still get the M&A and underwriting fees, and you still do trades for clients, but you take much less trading risk, and your balance sheet has much more equity, so your return on equity is lower. Proprietary trading — the bank doing trades for its own account based on its own market judgment — is frowned upon. In bad years, the lack of proprietary trading, the restrained risk-taking and the thicker equity cushion means that the risk of disaster is smaller. Also the bank pays a lot of fines every year for, like, using cell phones, which creates a drag on returns.
Investors always prefer stable recurring revenues to risky one-off revenues, so investment banks have always had an incentive to build and emphasize businesses — like asset management — that provide steady fees, to diversify away from their core businesses of earning lumpy M&A fees and making profitable trades. But in the olden days, if you could offer investors 20% returns on equity, that was pretty good; "also we have recurring fees" was a nice bonus but not essential. In the modern regime, if you are offering 10% returns on equity, you also really do have to tell them a story about how stable and recurring those returns are.
And so Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (disclosure: where I used to work) had an investor day yesterday where it spent its time trying to convince shareholders that it is boring, in part because boring and stable is what shareholders want, but also in part because its return on equity in 2022 was a boring 10.2%. Goldman's target for return on equity is 14% to 16%, roughly what it is averaging in recent years, but considerably below the 30+% it was earning in the boom years before the 2008 crisis.
The leading focus now is Goldman's asset and wealth management business, the classic source of stable recurring revenues for investment banks; the first slide in that segment's presentation is titled "Leading Asset and Wealth Management Platform Delivering Durable Revenues and Earnings Growth." "Increasing Fee-Based Revenues Will Create More Durable Earnings as We Navigate Various Market Cycles" is the headline of another slide. "This unit is the make-or-break path to getting a higher multiple," UBS Group AG banking analyst Brennan Hawken said to Bloomberg's Sridhar Natarajan: Investors want durable earnings, and asset management is the way to give it to them. In the old model, the reason to invest in Goldman Sachs was that it employed a lot of people who were good at making investing and trading decisions, and you hoped that they'd use that skill to buy stuff for Goldman that would go up, leading directly to profits. In the new model, the reason to invest in Goldman Sachs is that it employs people like that, but it uses their skills to buy stuff for clients and charge those clients steady management fees.
Meanwhile the traditional core business — the investment bank, now called Global Banking & Markets — also now emphasizes its "Increased Durability of Global Banking & Markets Revenues." One thing this means is that financing — basically lending to hedge funds against their stock and bond portfolios — is a "strategic priority for GBM," growing from 12% of revenue in 2013 to 22% in 2022. The traditional model of an investment bank's trading business is that clients want to trade stuff, and the bank takes the other sides of those trades; if it is good at that business it will make a lot of money, but it is taking market risk on every trade. The new model is that clients want to own stuff, and Goldman will lend them money against that stuff and collect interest: Instead of using its balance sheet to own assets and take market risk, it will use it to lend against assets, take senior claims on them, and ideally not lose money on any of them. Obviously you can mess this up too, but in theory a portfolio of secured loans against trading assets should be safer and more boring than a portfolio of those assets themselves.
The basic historical situation is that there were commercial banks and investment banks. [1] Commercial banks did things like lending money to companies, making mortgage loans, offering checking accounts and issuing credit cards. Investment banks traded stocks and bonds and offered advice to companies on mergers and stock and bond offerings. In the US, the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 kept these businesses separate, more or less prohibiting commercial banks from trading stocks and bonds, and investment banks from taking deposits.
Like any big company, these companies had different divisions, different business lines. A commercial bank might have a division that loaned money to companies, and another that did transaction banking (checking accounts, etc.) for companies, and one that did mortgages, and one that did credit cards. An investment bank, confusingly, would have an "investment banking division" that advised companies on mergers and stock and bond offerings, and a division ("sales and trading" or perhaps "securities") that traded stocks and bonds for clients. And there was some overlap; both investment banks and commercial banks were often in the business of managing money for clients, and so they might each have an asset management or wealth management division.
Over time, as markets and regulations changed, this separation got weaker, and by the early 21st century in the US banks could be in both businesses. There were obvious advantages: If a company wants to buy another company and needs to borrow money to do it, and you are advising them on the merger, and they say "where will we borrow this money," and you say "here's a list of good banks you can borrow from," that is helpful, but it is much more helpful for them (and much more profitable for you) if you can say "you can borrow it from us, here it is."
Also, if you are in the business of trading stocks and bonds, you will want a lot of leverage: You are making small amounts of money trading huge amounts of securities, so you will want to do it mostly with borrowed money. There is a broad intuitive belief that it is cheaper for a big commercial bank to borrow money than it is for a big investment bank. If a big investment bank wants to borrow money, it has to go to other banks or institutional investors and say "hey I'd like to borrow money to trade stocks and bonds, but don't worry, I'll do it very safely," and that will basically work but the lenders will charge for it. If a big commercial bank wants to borrow money, it opens some branches and people come in and open government-insured checking accounts that pay 0% interest, and the bank gets to use that money.
This is oversimplified in various ways, and it is not actually obvious that "let's get retail deposits and use them to run a trading business" is a viable or even desirable plan. But there is a subtler advantage, which is that commercial banks are banks , and when they run into liquidity trouble they can borrow money from the Federal Reserve, while investment banks are not, strictly speaking, banks, and can't. If you are in the business of trading securities with lots of borrowed money, and then markets get scary and people stop lending you money, you go bankrupt. You can call your lenders and say "no, see, we have all these securities that are still good, you should still lend us the money," but if they're spooked they just won't answer the phone. But if you can call the Fed it will answer the phone, and if the securities are still good it will lend you the money. It is good, in a very leveraged business, to have access to a lender of last resort.
And so big commercial banks started building or acquiring investment banks, and by the time I started in investment banking in the middle of the last decade, there were three sorts of places you could be an investment banker:
Universal banks like JPMorgan Chase & Co. or Citigroup, which were big commercial banks with investment banks inside of them; Investment banking boutiques, which were smaller investment banks that had only an investment banking division, so they advised clients on mergers but mostly did not trade stocks and bonds (or need to borrow lots of money); and "Full-service investment banks" like Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (where I worked), Morgan Stanley, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers and Bear Stearns.
And then the 2008 financial crisis hit and the independent full-service investment banking model ended. [2] It turned out to be too risky to run a giant institutional sales and trading business without a lender of last resort. Merrill and Bear got bought by universal banks (Bank of America, JPMorgan). Lehman went bankrupt and got sold off in parts to universal banks (Nomura, Barclays).
Goldman and Morgan Stanley did something different, though; they became universal banks. In September 2008, they converted into commercial banks in order to get access to the Fed. And then they came into work the next day and, uh, survived. They did not convert into commercial banks with ambitious plans to get into corporate lending and retail banking, to issue credit cards and mortgages. They converted into commercial banks over a scary weekend in order to keep access to funding for their trading businesses. They were technically universal banks, but really they remained independent full-service investment banks.
But eventually, as things stabilized, they thought, well, we have this commercial banking license, we might as well use it. Goldman, in particular, launched online savings accounts for retail customers, with a new brand (Marcus) for its retail business. It got into the credit card business. It did commercial-banking type things. These things were … cute? The tone of reporting on them was often "aww how sweet, Goldman is doing consumer banking."
There is one historical organizational difference between an investment-bank-that-accidentally-became-a-universal-bank and a real universal bank. A real universal bank has a number of divisions — corporate lending, consumer banking, etc. — and one of them is "the investment bank," housing investment banking and sales and trading and research. If you run sales and trading at a universal bank, you generally report to the head of the investment bank, who reports to the chief executive officer of the whole company. An investment bank is the investment bank. It might have a division for consumer lending, now, but its top-level divisions will include "investment banking" and "sales and trading." If you run sales and trading at a freestanding investment bank, you report to the CEO. Because culturally that CEO is the CEO of the investment bank, because culturally the whole company is the investment bank.
We talked about the SPAC thing last year, and I suggested two explanations for why Solomon would want to get paid this way. One is that taking upside on a bunch of different Goldman businesses is better than getting paid on the success of the business as a whole: If one business does well and another does poorly, those things sort of cancel out as far as your performance-based CEO pay goes, but if you get carry on the business that does well, that isn't canceled by the one that did poorly.
The other, though, is another case of maximizing what is measured, or here minimizing what is measured. In general if you are the CEO of a big bank you will get paid an annual bonus with about eight digits, and journalists and analysts and shareholders will compare your bonus to the bonuses of other CEOs of other big banks, and if yours is egregiously high there will be complaints. Whereas if you are allowed to co-invest on some deals and those deals make money, that is just a nice thing that happened in your personal account, not part of your compensation, and nobody will complain about it. Getting a share of the private-investing (or SPAC) carry pool is compensation, but maybe it looks different enough from your bonus that people won't complain.
Goldman went public in 1999, but it retained some of the sensibility of a private partnership; in particular, its senior managing directors are quasi-officially called "partners." I wrote about the partnership last week, analyzing it as a mechanism for supervising and motivating bankers. But of course it is also a statement about ownership. In a private partnership, like a law firm or a traditional old-school investment bank, the partners own the firm, and the firm is run for the benefit of the partners. In a public corporation, like, technically, Goldman, the shareholders own the firm, and the firm is run for the benefit of the shareholders.
Goldman's use of the term "partner," and its self-conscious retention of aspects of partnership culture, was a way of saying to shareholders: This is our fun little club, and we'll let you buy a stake, but don't forget that it belongs to us. And it was a way of saying to employees: This is our fun little club, and maybe if you work hard and make us a lot of money we will invite you to join it one day, and then your life will be good and you can have long leisurely Hamptons lunches. The partnership was a clue that Goldman was in fact a collective run for the benefit of (some of) its employees.
The old approach was that you didn't pay attention to the shareholders; you made sure that the partners were happy and productive and assumed that shareholder profits will follow. The pitch to shareholders was not "we will maximize profits and your share of them"; it was "we will create a band of fat happy partners who bring in lots of money, and that will be better for you in the long term." The new approach is profits.
A basic problem for the chief executive officer of any company is that you can't keep track of everything that every division is doing, so how do you make sure that all the groups are doing good things? One answer is that you use financial incentives—you pay people more money if they bring in more revenue, you give good performers promotions, etc.—but this is not a great answer at an investment bank, since there are many ways for investment-bank employees to temporarily bring in a lot of revenue by doing terrible things. Basically the way to get ahead at an investment bank is to take horrible risks and have them work out for you; in the absence of effective supervision a lot of people will try that approach, and some of those horrible risks won't work out well.
Another answer is a system of hierarchical supervision: The CEO supervises a half-dozen people, each of whom supervises a half-dozen people, each of whom etc., so that every head of a business unit is supervised by someone who understands what they're up to. This is how normal companies normally work, and there is a lot to be said for it.
Another answer is a partnership culture: You have a bunch of employees, and you sort of audition them for partnership roles over a period of years. The ones who pass the audition—who work hard and prove themselves trustworthy, who buy into your partnership culture—get promoted to partner, and then you sort of trust them as "your partners." They are part of thec club, and you assume people in the club are properly acculturated to do the right thing. This is how most law firms work, and how 20th-century investment banking partnerships basically worked.
In the olden days, these partnerships were unlimited-liability partnerships; every partner's entire net worth was on the line with every other partner's trades. It focused the mind. When I was a junior associate at a law firm, I once had to go off to negotiate some document, and I asked the recently promoted partner supervising me if he had any advice. He thought for a minute and said: "Don't incur liability." He thought a lot about that.
Obviously in a large global limited-liability partnership, or pretend partnership, this is harder. A Goldman partner in Malaysia incurred quite a bit of liability for the firm in the 1MDB scandal. I have lost track of all the scandals that McKinsey's partnership has gotten up to. It is much easier to say that you have a culture of partnership than it is to have that culture actually influence everyone's behavior.
So once upon a time Goldman helped an entity called 1Malaysia Development Berhad raise about $6.5 billion from bond markets, much of which was then stolen by 1MDB's promoter, Jho Low, and used to pay for his lavish lifestyle and to bribe Malaysian government officials. Also hundreds of millions of dollars of the bond proceeds were used to pay Goldman's fees, and hundreds of millions more were used to pay kickbacks to the Goldman partner who did the deal. Malaysia's current government—not the one that took all the bribes—is understandably unhappy about all this, and Goldman has the deepest pockets around, and one of its former partners did help Low steal the money, so Malaysia went after Goldman to get some money back. And now it has a deal:
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. has reached a deal that would see Malaysia drop all criminal charges against the bank in exchange for $3.9 billion of reparations for its role in raising money for the troubled sovereign wealth fund 1MDB, according to people familiar with the matter.The deal includes a cash settlement of $2.5 billion paid to Malaysia, the people said, asking not to be identified as the discussions are private. Another $1.4 billion will come from seized 1MDB assets being returned with the help of the U.S. Justice Department and Goldman Sachs, the finance ministry said in a statement.
Yes but here's how Goldman puts it:
The agreement in principle would involve the payment to the Government of Malaysia of $2.5 billion and a guarantee that the Government of Malaysia receives at least $1.4 billion in proceeds from assets related to 1MDB seized by governmental authorities around the world. In connection with the guarantee, Goldman Sachs performed valuation analysis on the relevant assets and believes based on that analysis that the guarantee does not present a significant risk exposure to the firm.
That last sentence is just gratuitous showing off, isn't it? "Our Stolen Assets Valuation Group modeled these assets and concluded that they have at least a 95% chance of being worth more than the $1.4 billion put that we wrote against them."Honestly, they financial-engineered their settlement for doing financial-engineering crimes, it is so Goldman. "We are better at evaluating and pricing and hedging weird financial risks than our counterparties are," is the basic message here, "so we will take on those risks, at the right price." I want to imagine that the negotiations went a little like this:
Malaysia: We need $3 billion, plus whatever we get from all the apartments and yachts and movie rights that were bought with the stolen money and seized by foreign authorities to hand back to us.Goldman: You don't want to take the legal and credit and operational risk on getting those assets back, or the market risk on selling them. Why don't we write you a derivative guaranteeing a minimum price on those assets, and knock $500 million off our cash settlement?
Right? They are creating value for a customer. Malaysia doesn't have the capacity to value these assets and assess the likelihood of not collecting them or of their prices collapsing or whatever. If it can offload that risk to Goldman—which has expertise in valuation and risk management, plus it helped steal the assets in the first place—then that is good for Malaysia. So Goldman, always looking out for ways to help its clients and customers and prosecutors, structured a derivative to give Malaysia the certainty it wants.Of course Malaysia is not explicitly paying for this derivative, but presumably the cash settlement would have to be bigger if Goldman wasn't offering the guarantee. As a former Goldman structurer I confess that I am just itching to tweak this deal. What if it was like "Goldman guarantees the stolen assets will be worth at least $1.4 billion, and if they're worth more than $1.8 billion Malaysia and Goldman split the upside 60/40"? Cheapen the put by selling some calls, you know how it is, this is basic instinctual stuff. I bet someone at Goldman suggested it, and the lawyers shot it down. It's too cute even for Goldman.
I often say that the big investment banks are socialist paradises run for the benefit of their workers. That viewpoint is informed by my time working at Goldman, in, apparently, its heyday. An investment bank makes its money through the sweat and tears of its people, sure, but also in some essential way an investment bank identifies itself with its investment bankers. "The assets walk out the door every night," as the cliché goes. It's a partnership culture because what you are selling, essentially, is the expertise and judgment of the investment bankers. And you bring in junior bankers in the hopes that one day they will be senior bankers; you train them up into the partnership. Goldman really was always a merchant bank, and what it was selling was always in part its balance sheet and risk capacity, but even there there was a sense that what it was really selling was the brilliance and derring-do of its partners. Retail banks are very, very, very much not socialist paradises run for the benefit of their workers. Often their workers are sad, disenfranchised, disgruntled, put-upon. (Ask Wells Fargo!) These banks are about scale and leverage, about servicing as many customers as possible as efficiently as possible. They are normal businesses, run for their shareholders; they tend to have pyramidal management structures with few executives, lots of tellers, and limited opportunities for the tellers to become the executives. It is a big cultural shift that may or may not be hard to do, and may or may not be hard to sell to investors, but it's certainly going to be hard to sell to the employees.
Before today, Goldman Sachs Group Inc. reported its financial results in four segments. There were Investment Banking and Investment Management, which were basically what they sound like. There was Institutional Client Services, which was the sales and trading division. And there was a thing called "Investing and Lending," which was the weird and hated stepchild. The Wall Street Journal today describes it as "a roughly $130 billion grab bag of loans and proprietary bets that shareholders never warmed to"; Bloomberg News notes that Goldman has spent years "lamenting that investors discounted profits from that area because they were more difficult to predict." This makes sense if you think of Goldman as an investment bank. (Disclosure: I used to work there, in investment banking.[3]) It has an investment banking division, it has a sales and trading division, it has an investment management division; all of those are traditional divisions of big full-service investment banks, and they generate recurring income of various levels of predictability. But if you are a big full-service investment bank you will sometimes come across opportunities to take big proprietary risks, to invest a lot of your own money in merchant-banking deals and special situations and odd one-off investments. And if you're Goldman you'll take those opportunities, and they will generate lumpy and unpredictable profits, and you'll cordon them off in a special division, and shareholders will be happy about the profits but won't attribute as much value to them as they do to the more predictable divisions. But it's all kind of silly if you think of Goldman as a bank. "Lending"? "Lending" is the weird unpredictable side business that shareholders can't get their heads around? For a bank? Lending is the most basic and straightforward bread-and-butter business for a bank; it's the core of what banks do. Now, when I started at Goldman in 2007, it was not a bank at all. When Goldman starting breaking out "Investing and Lending" in 2011, it was technically a bank holding company, but it was not especially bank-like. It was a big full-service investment bank that happened to own a bank, which allowed it to make loans, but it felt weird about those loans and they went into the weird segment. In 2020 though Goldman is … kind of a bank?
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. said it will shuffle the way it breaks down results by division in a bid to highlight growth in its consumer business and get more credit from investors. The firm will report a new segment named Consumer and Wealth Management that will include its Marcus online lending unit and its credit-card venture with Apple Inc. The company will eliminate its investing and lending segment, after years of executives lamenting that investors discounted profits from that area because they were more difficult to predict. The moves, outlined in a company filing Tuesday, will spread the interest income Goldman Sachs receives from its lending efforts across all four of the new segments and make the firm's divisions more comparable to its competitors. The changes may help the bank's effort to show off its areas of growth as a long slump in its biggest business -- trading -- has weighed on shares.
Here's the filing. Investment Banking stays, though now it is sort of investment and corporate banking; loans to corporate clients, which were formerly in Investing and Lending, now go in the investment banking segment. Institutional Client Services is now Global Markets; Investment Management is now mostly in Asset Management (which includes equity investments from the old Investing and Lending). And there's a new Consumer and Wealth Management division, which will include the consumer bank and retail asset management. Corporate bank, sales and trading, asset management, consumer bank. That's pretty much how banks go. Goldman is a normal bank now.
Google (2)
Levine notes that it was not obvious in the early web that search would become naturally monopolistic: users could bookmark several engines and switch among them. Over time, though, the product developed strong scale and default effects. The more Google was used, the more data and distribution it had; the more it was the default, the less reason users had to try alternatives. The antitrust lesson is that a consumer product can move from apparently contestable to structurally dominant even without a physical-network bottleneck.
I used to vaguely think that the rise of crypto, with its visibly arbitrary prices and its microscopic fractionalization of everything, would change this preference, but it has not. Specifically I used to vaguely think that stock splits would be less of a thing: If everyone understands that a $30,000+ price tag for Bitcoin is arbitrary and you can buy whatever fraction of a Bitcoin you want, then everyone will get used to the fact that a $2,700+ price tag for Alphabet Inc. common stock is arbitrary and you can buy whatever fraction of an Alphabet share you want. (At least you can now that retail brokerages offer fractional shares.) But nobody understands either of those things so:
Alphabet Inc. is bringing big stock splits back to the market, so prospective buyers won't need upwards of $3,000 to own a share. Taking down the price achieves something else for the Google parent: making it possible to put America's third-biggest company into its most venerated stock average.
The company said late Tuesday it will increase its outstanding shares by a 20-to-1 ratio, aiming to entice the numerous small investors who have flocked to the stock market during the pandemic. The shares jumped 10% in U.S. premarket trading on Wednesday, and were set to surpass their record high reached last November.
"The reason for the split is it makes our shares more accessible," Ruth Porat, Alphabet's chief financial officer, said in a conference call with television anchors. "We thought it made sense to do."
For mom-and-pop traders, a lower stock price makes it easier to buy shares rather than purchase fractional stocks through their brokerage firms. Alphabet's 20-for-1 split would reduce the price of Class A shares to roughly $138, based on Tuesday's closing price of $2,752.88. A share of the company hasn't been that cheap since 2005.
"Institutional investors can buy in size and the price per share doesn't matter," said Ed Clissold, chief U.S. strategist at Ned Davis Research. "But for a smaller investor, a lower price-per-share makes it easier for them to buy a reasonable number of shares."
See I think that 0.05 shares is a perfectly reasonable number of shares to buy in your Robinhood account that encourages fractional-share investing, but no one agrees with me and that's fine.
I think it's charming that Alphabet cares? One very visible lesson of 2021 in financial markets is that retail investors are a powerful force, and you can get some more or less free shareholder value by catering to them. Making retail investors want to buy your stock drives up your stock price, which arguably gives you more financial flexibility (probably not a huge concern for Alphabet, which had $91.7 billion of operating cash flow last year) and which in any case is good for shareholders in itself (their stock is worth more). I often write about this in stupid terms, because there are a lot of stupid ways to cater to retail investors, and if you don't care much about your dignity you can spend your earnings calls talking about how you're going to start selling NFTs and accepting Dogecoin. Ruth Porat is a respectable person, and while splitting your stock is a slightly stupid way to appeal to retail shareholders, it is also quite respectably, traditionally stupid.
It is so traditional, in fact, that the stupidest investor who cares about nominal stock prices is the Dow:
Another motivation for the split could be gaining entry to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, whose price-weighted index has been a barrier for years to the likes of Alphabet and also Amazon.com Inc., which has a four-figure stock price, according to Michael O'Rourke, chief market strategist at Jonestrading.
The Dow's archaic weighting system is based on share price rather than market capitalization, and in Alphabet's presplit form it was just too big to add to the gauge without it overwhelming all the other members.
Grayscale (2)
The biggest pot of publicly traded Bitcoins is the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust (GBTC), which we have also talked about a number of times. GBTC's distinguishing feature, for most of its recent history, has been that you could put Bitcoins in, but you couldn't take them out. When we talked about it last week, there was about $29 billion worth of Bitcoin in GBTC, and GBTC shareholders could not exchange their shares for Bitcoin. GBTC led the charge for spot Bitcoin ETF approval, sued the SEC to get it done, won, applied to convert into an ETF, succeeded, and last week did in fact convert into an ETF. Now you can take your Bitcoins out of GBTC. That is in a sense the point of the ETF structure. Now GBTC shareholders can sell their shares on the stock exchange, and if there are more sellers than buyers then arbitrageurs and "authorized participants" can deliver GBTC shares to Grayscale and get back Bitcoins. It is possible that the main effect of the launch of spot Bitcoin ETFs would be people taking money out of GBTC — which they have never been able to do before — rather than putting money into GBTC or the other ETFs.
One thing that I will say is that, while crypto in theory is supposed to avoid the need to trust centralized intermediaries, in practice there is a huge market for trusted central intermediaries in crypto. It is just sort of a diverse market; there are many flavors of trust, with different people looking trustworthy in different ways to different audiences. Alex Mashinsky, who ran Celsius, appealed to people who do not trust traditional finance: "Either the bank is lying or Celsius is lying," he told them about his promised above-market interest rates, possibly with a straight face. Sam Bankman-Fried, who ran FTX, appealed to people who like traditional finance (he came from Jane Street and pushed for more regulation) but also want to shake it up a bit (he wears shorts and played video games during pitch meetings).
Grayscale and Coinbase, meanwhile, appeal to people who trust SEC filings, people who trust regulation and audits and the legal system and the traditional social systems of trust. There are people in the world, and I guess I am one of them, who think things like "ah, right, an audited balance sheet filed with the SEC under penalty of fraud charges, that's probably pretty reliable." That is sort of the main way that trust works in the traditional financial system. In crypto there are alternatives, and there are trends in trust. Sometimes everyone trusts everything. Other times, nobody trusts anything.
Greenhill (1)
Oh, well, you know. If you are a senior mergers-and-acquisitions advisory banker at a big bulge bracket bank, you will grumble "ugh, we have all these conflicts, I have to cross-sell derivatives to my clients, life would be so much simpler if I ran a boutique that only offered pure unconflicted M&A advice." (Or: "Ugh, my business is so simple and capital-light; I never lose the bank a billion dollars; why does my bonus depend on these risky reckless traders?") And if you are a senior M&A banker at a small pure boutique, you will grumble "ugh, I keep losing business to banks that offer financing, life would be so much nicer if I had a balance sheet." Greenhill is getting a balance sheet:
Mizuho Financial Group Inc. is forging further into US investment banking through a deal to buy Greenhill & Co. as it seeks to accelerate growth.>
The Japanese banking giant agreed to buy Greenhill for $15 a share in an all-cash transaction, which values the firm at $550 million including debt, the firms said Monday in a statement. The lender will retain Greenhill's leaders, including Chief Executive Officer Scott Bok, who will be chairman of mergers, acquisitions and restructuring. …>
Mizuho is betting the takeover will complement its investment banking teams.>
"We only recently began hiring M&A bankers in the last few years," [Mizuho Securities USA CEO Jerry] Rizzieri said. "Mizuho offers a full complement of products ranging from debt, equity, capital markets, derivatives, fixed income and equity sales and trading, securitization. The piece that's been missing has been M&A," he said.
"There are only two ways to make money in business, bundling and unbundling." In investment banking, there is unbiased, conflict-free advice, and there is a full complement of products, and you just sort of go back and forth.
Greensill (4)
We have talked a few times around here about Greensill Capital, a "supply chain finance" company that was notionally in the business of making short-term loans secured by its clients' accounts receivable (or payable) but was actually in the business of making long-term unsecured loans against its clients' "prospective receivables." In basic receivables finance, a client would sell its products to its customers on credit, Greensill would front the cash to the client, and Greensill would get paid back with interest a few weeks later when the customers paid. In prospective receivables finance, a client would think of a potential customer and write down how much it wanted to sell to the customer, Greensill would lend it some money, and it would roll the money over every few months until the client one day actually managed to sell some products to the potential customer and get money to pay back Greensill.
Greensill imploded a few months ago, and the discovery that it was largely in the prospective-receivables business led to a lot of awkwardness. For instance, Greensill's insolvency administrator was alarmed to discover that Greensill was financing fake receivables: It "approached companies that were listed as debtors" to a Greensill client, and "several of these companies have disputed the veracity of the invoices." This sounds a lot like fraud, but there is an innocent explanation: These invoices represented prospective receivables , so of course they were fake and the supposed "debtors" had never heard of them. This is just how prospective receivables financing works! It all made sense at the time to the people who did it! Probably.
One customer who got a lot of prospective receivables financing from Greensill was Bluestone Resources Inc., a coal company owned by West Virginia Governor Jim Justice. When Greensill imploded, it (or rather, its administrator and lenders, particularly Credit Suisse Group AG, which bought a lot of Greensill loans) asked for the money back, which it was entitled to do because after all it was notionally making short-term receivables-backed loans to Bluestone. But Bluestone didn't have the money, because in its mind it was doing long-term unsecured borrowing against potential future sales. So Bluestone sued, asking, basically, for more time to pay off the loans.
I wrote yesterday that "one problem with 'prospective receivables finance' is that it is easy to confuse with fraud." The popular perception of Greensill, the one that was regularly reported in the press and that Credit Suisse relied on in marketing, is that it was a supply-chain financing firm that made short-term loans secured by invoices. The fact that it was actually making long-term speculative loans secured by "expected future invoices" is … uh … maybe it's fine … but it surprised a lot of people.
Did it surprise investors in those Credit Suisse funds? I don't know, but I bet they'll find some lawyers who'll say it did! It is just hard to defend, you know? You go to trial, and the investors' lawyer shows you loans against imaginary invoices and asks "did you know, when you marketed this safe supply-chain financing fund to investors, that these invoices were fake?" If you say "yes," then you were in on a fraud; if you say "no," then you failed in your due diligence. The correct answer is "well of course they're fake, that's how prospective receivables finance works, don't be naive," but that will not play well with a jury.
Speaking of that defense, here's a letter from Greensill client Sanjeev Gupta to the Financial Times:
We note the allegation in the story written by Robert Smith and Cynthia O'Murchu ("Questions raised over Gupta invoices", Report, April 3). Before the story was published you contacted us about an allegedly outstanding invoice to RPS Siegen GmbH. When we asked for that outstanding invoice to be produced, so that we could investigate, it was not provided. As has already been reported in the press, many of Greensill's financing arrangements with its clients, including with some of the companies in the GFG Alliance, were "prospective receivables" programmes, sometimes described as future receivables.
As part of those programmes, Greensill selected and approved companies with whom its counterparties could potentially do business in the future. Greensill then determined, at its discretion, the amount of each prospective receivables purchase and its maturity. Therefore, although RPS Siegen GmbH was a company identified as a potential customer of Liberty Commodities, it is not one currently.
"Of course it's fake, that's how prospective receivables finance works, don't be naive."
The basic way that Greensill Capital worked is that it would help companies finance their payables and receivables. A client would sell products to customers on credit, and Greensill would pay the client early at a discount and then collect the money later from the customers ("receivables finance" or "factoring"). Or the client would buy products from suppliers on credit, and Greensill would pay the suppliers early at a discount and then collect the money later from the client ("supply-chain finance" or "reverse factoring"). The more advanced way that Greensill Capital worked is that sometimes it would sit down with a client and imagine who might one day become a customer of that client, and then imagine how much of the client's product that hypothetical customer might buy from the client, and then Greensill would pay the client early for those entirely hypothetical receivables, and then Greensill would collect the money later from the customer, if the customer actually became a customer and bought things from the client. If not, Greensill and the client would keep rolling the loans over and hope that one day the customer would show up. This is called "prospective receivables finance" and is … uh … well, it's weird? It is very different from traditional receivables financing. Normal receivables financing is safe and short-term lending: You give the client money for products it has already sold, and then you collect the money a few weeks later from real creditworthy buyers who have to pay you to keep getting supplies and operating their businesses. Prospective receivables financing is necessarily speculative, long-term, unsecured lending: You give the client money today in the hopes that it will build its business and attract new customers and sell them new products and bill them for the products and eventually, one day, you will collect on those bills. One problem with "prospective receivables finance" is that it is easy to confuse with fraud. Greensill was very much in the business of taking clients' real customer receivables, giving the clients money, and collecting the money later from the customers; it was also very much in the business of taking clients' entirely imaginary customer receivables, giving the clients money, and hanging out waiting to see if the customers ever materialized. This was all disclosed and understood and negotiated; Greensill knew which receivables were real and which were fake, and presumably it advanced money on different terms for the real and fake receivables. But as I type it, it all seems absurd, and if you were not deeply involved in the day-to-day relationship between Greensill and its clients, you might be shocked to learn that Greensill would lend a client money against "receivables" from "customers" who had never even heard of the client.
What Greensill does—did, maybe—is "supply chain finance." Big companies buy stuff from smaller companies, and have to pay for the stuff within, say, 90 days after delivery. Greensill pays the suppliers, say, 30 days after delivery, but at a discount; the big company now owes the payment to Greensill. It pays the full amount, to Greensill, 90 days after delivery. Greensill has effectively loaned money to the big company; the difference between the discounted price that Greensill pays and the full price it receives is effectively interest on that loan. Greensill would package these loans into notes that it would sell to investors, including some funds run by Credit Suisse Group AG and others run by GAM Investments.
Fine, whatever, big companies sometimes like to borrow money to meet their working-capital needs. Supply chain finance is arguably preferable to other ways of borrowing the money—like having a revolving credit agreement—because it doesn't show up on the big company's balance sheet as debt; it shows up as "accounts payable." When the big company owes the money to the supplier, it's an account payable; when Greensill pays off the supplier, it buys the receivable, and the big company still owes an account payable to Greensill.
A basic dumb rule of thumb for big companies is that investors (1) do not like debt (ooh, scary debt), but (2) love accounts payable (ooh, you're so powerful and so efficient with your cash, you can get your suppliers to wait a long time for payment so you can hang on to your cash). So transforming "debt" into "accounts payable" is a good accounting trick; it makes a company look more valuable, without actually changing anything of substance.[1] Good accounting tricks are worth money, to big companies, and Greensill could profitably sell this trick.
Greensill Capital (3)
Greensill offered a version of something called supply chain finance, an arcane corner of banking in which a middleman pays a supplier immediately, but at a discount, and then collects the full amount from the buyer a few months later. Greensill Capital's technology, the company said, could assess the risk of loans with the help of artificial intelligence. Rather than making all these loans with its own cash, Greensill Capital often sold the IOUs it arranged to outside investors, who saw them as a way to earn better-than-average returns with virtually no risk. After all, the loans were based on sales that had already happened—Greensill was merely working out a kink in the cash flow.
Here's a story about a big company that provides short-term financing for small businesses secured against those businesses' accounts receivable. That company is Facebook Inc.:
Facebook [last] week announced a $100 million commitment to a program that supports small businesses owned by women and minorities by buying up their outstanding invoices.
By buying up outstanding invoices, the Facebook Invoice Fast Track program puts money in the hands of small businesses that would have otherwise had to wait weeks if not months to get paid by their customers.
The program is the latest effort by Facebook to build its relationships and long-term loyalty among small businesses, many of whom rely on the social network to place ads targeted to niche demographics who may be interested in their services.
Businesses can submit outstanding invoices of a minimum of $1,000, and if accepted, Facebook will buy the invoice from the small business and pay them within a matter of days. The customers then pay Facebook the outstanding invoices at the same terms they had agreed to with the small business. For Facebook, which generated nearly $86 billion in revenue in 2020, waiting for payments is much less dire than it is for small businesses.
Okay so there is a business of (1) using artificial intelligence to evaluate the payment risk involved in invoices, (2) advancing cash against those invoices, and (3) trying to make sure they get paid back.
The more I read about Greensill Capital the more impressed I am by the simple arbitrage it pulled off. The core of it seems to be this:
1. Companies want long-term unsecured loans to finance their growth: It is safer, for a company, to borrow money for a long time, because if you run into trouble you don't have to pay it back. And you'd rather borrow without pledging any specific assets. 2. Investors want to put their money into short-term secured loans: It is safer, for an investor, to lend money for a short time, because you can always get your money back quickly. And you'd rather lend against specific assets that you can seize and sell if anything goes wrong. 3. If you can tell companies that they're getting long-term unsecured funding, and tell investors that they're providing short-term secured funding, then you've got something.
In broad terms that is not a novel or unique business model. Arguably banking works that way: Banks take deposits (short-term loans from investors) and use them to fund long-term loans to companies, so everyone gets what they want; there is a whole apparatus of capital and prudential regulation to make sure that it mostly works out, and there are decades of theorizing about how it works and how it could work better and so forth. And there are various forms of shadow banking that also do this sort of "maturity transformation": Investors make short-term investments, companies get long-term financing, and some mumbo-jumbo occurs in the middle to make everyone feel better about it.But Greensill cut through all of this with a much simpler approach. Greensill's innovation was basically to say: Look, if we use terms like "supply-chain finance" and "receivables finance," people will think that we're doing short-term secured lending because that's what those terms traditionally mean, but we can just do long-term unsecured lending instead and everyone will be happy. Specifically:
1. Greensill loaned money to companies in "receivables finance" or "supply chain finance" programs, in which it financed their accounts receivable (or payable) and got paid back quickly. (That is, the company would sell a product to a customer on credit, Greensill would pay the company today, and the customer would pay Greensill back in a month or whatever.) But it also cheerfully financed their "prospective receivables" or "future receivables": If a company hoped to one day sell some products to some possible future customer, Greensill would lend it money against those receivables too. Since those receivables didn't exist, those loans would not be paid back quickly, and Greensill would just roll them over indefinitely. For the company this felt like long-term unsecured financing: Greensill would give it money, it would invest the money in trying to grow its business, and eventually if the business grew it would pay back the money. 2. Greensill sold these loans to investors emphasizing the words "receivables finance" and not so much the words "prospective" or "future." Sure sure sure somewhere in the fine print maybe it mentioned that some of the receivables might not exist yet, but you put "supply-chain finance" on the cover and sell the loans to money-market-ish funds and nobody really notices. 3. Everyone is happy.
Nobody is happy now, of course; with Greensill's collapse, the investors want their money back ("we invested in short-term secured loans so give us our money"), the companies don't want to give it back ("you gave us long-term unsecured loans so let us keep the money"), and everyone is suing. Still it had a certain elegance while it lasted.
Greensill, the story goes, was a leader in the business of supply-chain finance, in which it would insert itself between buyers and sellers of products, paying the sellers a bit early (but at a discount) and collecting the full payment later from the buyers. This is safe, short-term financing, which Greensill would package into notes, some of which were insured by credit insurers. Then it would sell them to funds (particularly those run by Credit Suisse Group AG) that wanted slightly higher than money-market returns. Then it all went wrong in suggestive but still murky ways: The notes lost their insurance coverage, Greensill's lending was concentrated on a few clients, there were various potential conflicts of interest, and it turned out that a lot of the lending was risky longer-term lending against "future receivables" rather than simple supply-chain finance. On Monday, coal company Bluestone Resources Inc. sued Greensill for lending Bluestone a bunch of money and then blowing up. Here is the complaint, which is wild, and which gives the clearest picture I've yet seen of how Greensill operated. Bluestone digs up metallurgical coal, which is used to make steel, and sells it to steel producers. There is a simple supply-chain-finance story to tell here: The steel producers pay for the coal sometime after Bluestone delivers it; Bluestone would like to be paid earlier, so it borrows the money from Greensill by selling Greensill the steel-company receivables. Bluestone gets its money faster, but at a discount, and Greensill ultimately collects the money from the steel companies when they get around to paying. Fine. In 2018, Bluestone and Greensill signed a Receivables Purchase Agreement providing for that sort of financing; by 2021 the maximum size of the facility—the most money that Greensill could advance to Bluestone at a time—was $785 million. (There was also a smaller "supply-chain financing program"; Bluestone's total borrowing under the two programs reached $850 million.)
But the money did not all go to financing receivables. Much of it went to financing "prospective receivables" from "prospective buyers." That is, there would be some steel company that did not buy coal from Bluestone, and Bluestone and Greensill would agree that probably it should and some day it would, and they would figure that, well, if it did buy coal from Bluestone, it would probably buy like $15 million worth, and so Greensill would lend Bluestone that $15 million. And then Greensill would eventually collect the $15 million from the steel producer, if and when it did buy coal from Bluestone. This sounds a little like I'm kidding but I'm absolutely not:
The RPA Program contemplates the purchase by Greensill Capital from Bluestone of "prospective receivables" – receivables that have not yet been generated by Bluestone – from a list of "prospective buyers" – a list that included both existing customers of Bluestone and other entities that were not and might not ever become customers of Bluestone (the "Prospective Receivables"). This structure is expressly contemplated by the language of the RPA Program Documentation from its creation in 2018: the defined term "Receivables" includes so-called "prospective receivables" and the RPA identifies "prospective buyers" as "Account Debtors." This list of Account Debtors was created by Defendants by providing Bluestone with a list of potential buyers and asking Plaintiffs to identify those buyers Plaintiffs believed could potentially be buyers of Bluestone's met coal in the future. Defendants also determined in their discretion (i) the amount of each Prospective Receivables purchase and the credit amount of each Account Debtor, (ii) the "maturity date" of each Prospective Receivable (i.e., the nominal date that Bluestone would have to "repay," or roll over the obligation to Greensill Capital), and (iii) additional terms relating to each Prospective Receivable purchase under the RPA. By structuring the RPA Program to be based predominantly on Prospective Receivables within the defined term "Receivables," Greensill Capital – from the start – agreed to finance Bluestone based not on the existence and collectability of Bluestone's then-existing receivables, but rather based on Bluestone's long-term business prospects.
They used the term "Account Debtors" to refer to steel companies that didn't owe Bluestone or Greensill anything, were not Bluestone customers, and possibly had never heard of Bluestone or Greensill. It's pretty bold! "Greensill Capital understood that most of the Account Debtors were not existing customers of Bluestone," says the complaint.
In traditional supply-chain finance, Bluestone would sell $15 million of coal to Steel Company X, and would have a $15 million account receivable from Steel Company X, and would sell it to Greensill for like $14.9 million, and then Greensill would collect the $15 million from Steel Company X in a month or whatever.
In prospective supply-chain finance, though, you can't do that: If Greensill advances Bluestone $14.9 million against $15 million of coal purchases by Steel Company Y, because Bluestone has idly contemplated maybe one day trying to set up a meeting with Steel Company Y and talking it into buying some coal, Greensill can't go collect the $15 million from Steel Company Y. Steel Company Y hasn't bought any coal and doesn't owe anyone anything. As far as the Receivables Purchase Agreement is concerned, sure, yes, Steel Company Y is an "Account Debtor," and Greensill has purchased $15 million of (prospective) receivables from Steel Company Y, but everyone is aware that this is just a fiction.[1] But the Receivables Purchase Agreement contemplates short-term financing of receivables. It's not like Greensill loaned Bluestone the money for five years and said "hey if you do land a customer you can pay us back"; it's more like Greensill loaned Bluestone the money as if Steel Company Y was already a customer and had already bought $15 million of coal.
Greensill basically gave Bluestone a payday loan for a job Bluestone hadn't yet applied for. The result, of course, is that Bluestone had to keep rolling over the short-term loans:
From the inception of the RPA Program, as amounts purportedly came "due" under the RPA Program Documentation, Greensill Capital would "roll" amounts owed by Bluestone. The "rolling" of such amounts was part and parcel of the RPA Program from the beginning, offered by Defendants and affirmed throughout the parties' relationship by consistent correspondence. By way of example, on January 4th, 2019, $15 million of Prospective Receivables were scheduled to "mature" or be rolled over. On that day, Greensill Capital was to "purchase" new Prospective Receivables in the amount of $15 million from Bluestone by wiring to Bluestone a discounted amount of $14,543,186 (with the "discount" corresponding to the interest to be paid from the date of the new purchase until the next roll date). Bluestone then wired to Greensill Capital the $14,543,186 just received from Greensill Capital plus the difference between such amount and the $15 million to be repaid ($456,814 in this instance) back to Greensill Capital. The net result of that exchange was Bluestone's payment to Greensill Capital of only the $456,814 in interest.
They had to keep doing this. Every few months or whatever,[2] Greensill would come to Bluestone and say "hey did Steel Company Y pay you for that coal yet," and Bluestone would say "nope, also we still haven't sold them any coal, also we still haven't ever met them and they still don't know who we are," and Greensill would lend Bluestone another $15 million so Bluestone could pay back the previous $15 million. (Eventually they agreed to do a "cashless roll," where Bluestone just paid the interest instead of constantly exchanging the $15 million.)
Griddy (1)
The model of a lot of electric companies is that they buy electricity in the wholesale market at variable rates, and sell it to retail customers at fixed rates. That seems risky? If wholesale rates go up a lot, you are stuck paying high prices for electricity and selling at lower prices. The price risk is entirely on the power provider.
Meanwhile Griddy Energy LLC has an unusual, only-in-Texas model in which it buys electricity in the wholesale market at variable rates, sells it to retail customers at the same rates, and collects $9.99 per month in subscription fees:
Most Texans pay for their electricity through fixed-rate utility plans that shield customers from volatility in wholesale markets.But Griddy pioneered a novel business model that charged customers $10 a month and passed wholesale prices directly to households, a plan that was made possible by Texas' uniquely deregulated market.
Naively you might think that this is a safer model, financially, for Griddy: Instead of taking wholesale-market price risk, as other providers do when they buy at variable prices and sell at fixed prices, Griddy buys and sells at exactly the same prices and just collects a free $9.99 per month.Well, no:
Griddy Energy LLC filed for bankruptcy protection Monday with a plan to provide releases to former customers who were hit with hefty electricity bills during last month's extreme winter storm.The filing is the third bankruptcy arising from the cold freeze in Texas that left buyers of electricity facing massive invoices after the state grid operator, Electric Reliability Council of Texas, raised prices exponentially in an effort to get power generators to supply power amid widespread blackouts."The actions of Ercot destroyed our business and caused financial harm to our customers," said Griddy Chief Executive Officer Michael Fallquist. The company's bankruptcy plan, if confirmed, would provide relief for former customers who were unable to pay their bills due to the unprecedented prices, he said.
Here's Griddy's press release, which emphasizes:
Griddy did not profit from the winter storm crisis. Griddy provides customers access to real-time wholesale electricity prices, allowing them to monitor and adjust electricity usage. Griddy neither influences nor controls the price of electricity; prices are passed on to customers without mark-up. Griddy only earns the same $9.99 monthly membership fee regardless of the fluctuations in price of electricity.
Perhaps the point here is that counterparty risk (and legal and reputational risk) is often a bigger deal than market risk. Griddy eliminated market risk from its model; it made the same $9.99 regardless of what happened to electricity prices, and passed the market risk on to its customers. But of course when market prices went haywire, the customers couldn't pay, and the prices became Griddy's problem again.
Hertz (2)
Corporate bankruptcy doesn't always wipe out the shareholders. If everything really is going to get back to normal soon, then there could be enough money to satisfy creditors and leave shareholders with something, and clearly some professional investors think that might be true about some of these bankrupt names. … Analysts have pointed to improvements in air travel and used-car prices to conclude that there's some chance of Hertz shareholders recovering. Maybe all the companies and their creditors will show up in bankruptcy court and say "never mind, things are fine now, everything will go back to how it was," and the stocks will rally. It has happened occasionally in the past—Bill Ackman made a fortune holding General Growth Properties stock through bankruptcy—and these are strange and unprecedented times. On the other hand, "debt securities tied to the companies continue to trade below par, implying a less-than-full recovery for creditors who are ranked well ahead of shareholders." … And it is … possible … that many of the thousands of brand-new investors on Robinhood have not carefully analyzed the capital structures to find the fulcrum securities?
I am pretty embarrassed by this, because even at the time you could pretty easily make the case for a Hertz shareholder recovery. Hertz blew up right at the start of the pandemic, as the mark-to-market price of its fleet of cars collapsed and effectively caused a margin call that Hertz couldn't meet. But the bankruptcy process grinds slowly, and even by June — a couple of weeks after it filed, which in turn was a few weeks after its lenders demanded more money due to the decline in used-car values — used-car prices were recovering nicely and Hertz's bankruptcy looked more and more like a blip of bad timing. If it had made it through May and June, the story about Hertz might have been "Hertz is doing surprisingly well, sure travel is down but not as much as expected, and it's had a weird windfall from rising used-car prices." Avis Budget Group, another big rental-car company, had a rough few months in early 2020 but was doing better by mid-June; by March 2021 its stock was at all-time highs. Without the disruption of bankruptcy, wouldn't Hertz's valuation have had roughly the same trajectory? With the disruption of bankruptcy, shouldn't the stock still be worth something? The nice thing about stock markets is that everyone gets to decide for themselves: If you think that Hertz is undervalued and will recover, you can buy the stock; if you think that anyone buying Hertz is crazy, you can just not buy it. The stock price will reflect some aggregate of people's expectations; in June 2020, you or I might have said that those expectations were crazy, but they turned out to be pretty accurate. One lesson here is that I know nothing and nothing in this column is ever investing advice. An important lesson! Another lesson is that the conventional wisdom that, when debt and equity prices conflict, distressed-debt investors are smart and understand valuation and fulcrum securities, while equity investors are dumb retail gamblers who know nothing and buy stock for fun, might be wrong? There is a temperamental difference between equity investors and distressed credit investors: Distressed investors think about the downside and what might go wrong; equity investors think about the upside and what might go right. In the spring of 2020, in the dark days of a global pandemic, it seemed smart to focus on the downside. But in fact the stock market was back at all-time highs by September, and if you bet on the worst stocks in May your optimism was rewarded.
It is rare, but not unheard of, for a company to go into bankruptcy and then come out of it with some value for existing shareholders. One way for this to happen is if the company runs into serious but short-lived trouble: Its assets become worth less than its debts, it runs out of cash, and no one wants to give it any more cash because it has a negative net worth. It files for bankruptcy. And then, as the bankruptcy drags on, the trouble clears up, the assets become worth more than the debt again, it's easy to finance, the debt is worth 100 cents on the dollar and there's residual value for the equity. The equity might get wiped out anyway — the bankruptcy process has a life of its own, and the creditors will maneuver to capture the residual value — but it might not; if the shares have value then in theory the shareholders should be able to capture it. Hertz Global Holdings Inc. filed for bankruptcy last May, in the depths of the global pandemic, in large part because it got, effectively, a margin call on its fleet of cars. The value of used cars collapsed last spring, the lenders who financed Hertz's cars had the right to demand more collateral, they did, Hertz couldn't come up with the money, so it filed for bankruptcy. But then business slowly started recovering, and used-car prices recovered strongly and more or less immediately. And now there is a bidding war for the company. Turns out Hertz was solvent, the people who bought it on Robinhood after it filed for bankruptcy were right, and the people who made fun of them — very much including me — were wrong. I mean, sort of. The stock is way down from where it was last June, when it was a bankrupt meme stock; its market capitalization now is about $250 million. Still, it's better than nothing, and it might stay that way.I don't know what that tells you about the most notable and funniest part of the Hertz saga, which is when Hertz briefly tried to do a stock offering — in bankruptcy — to take advantage of all that retail demand. The Securities and Exchange Commission quickly shut this down; it did not give any public statement of its reasons for doing so but I imagine they boiled down to "oh come on." In hindsight, Hertz and its shareholders were … right? The stock had some value, and asking shareholders to chip in to pay off the debt was not crazy; in fact, it's currently one of the proposals — backed by big sophisticated investors — in the bankruptcy case.
Hertz Global Holdings Inc. (1)
Why did car-rental company Hertz Global Holdings Inc. file for bankruptcy on Friday? Bloomberg and the Wall Street Journal both have good narrative accounts of the business missteps that Hertz made that put it in this position, but the simple immediate answer is that Hertz had basically taken out a margin loan against its cars, the coronavirus crushed the value of those cars, its lenders issued a margin call, and Hertz didn't have enough money to meet it. So the lenders can seize the cars to sell them off, and Hertz filed for bankruptcy to delay that.I mean Hertz doesn't put it that way. Technically the story is that Hertz finances its cars using asset-backed securities: An entity called Hertz Vehicle Financing LLC buys the cars and leases them to Hertz, and HVF gets the money to buy the cars from an entity called Hertz Vehicle Financing II LP, and HVF II gets the money by selling securities (backed by the cars and the lease payments) to investors. But the lease payment—that Hertz makes to HVF, which passes it to HVF II, which passes it to the ABS investors—is variable, and it goes up when the value of the used cars in Hertz's fleet goes down. From Hertz's 10-Q filed two weeks ago:
Monthly payments under the operating lease are variable and significant and have increased because declining vehicle values resulting from a disrupted used-vehicle market require Hertz to make additional payments to offset such value declines in order to continue using the vehicles.
The cars in Hertz's fleet are the ABS investors' collateral; Hertz can keep their money because the value of the cars should be enough to cover their debt. Or that is the usual idea. During the pandemic, the value of used rental cars has plummeted: No one is buying used cars, so demand is down, and no one is renting cars, so supply is way up. The ABS investors are undercollateralized—their cars are worth less than they're supposed to be, putting the debt at risk—so they effectively issued a margin call: Hertz has to pay more in operating lease payments to protect the ABS investors from the declining collateral value. Hertz declined to do that, so the ABS investors get to seize the cars:
During April 2020, the Company engaged in discussions with various creditors to obtain relief from its obligations to make full rent payments under its Operating Lease. While such discussions were ongoing, to preserve liquidity, on April 27, 2020, Hertz did not make certain payments in accordance with the Operating Lease.As a result of the failure to make the full rent payments on April 27th, as of May 5, 2020 an amortization event was in effect for all series of notes issued by HVF II and a liquidation event was in effect with respect to the variable funding notes ("Series 2013-A Notes") issued by HVF II. As a result of the amortization event, and notwithstanding the forbearance agreement described below, proceeds of the sales of vehicles that collateralize the notes issued by HVF II must be applied to the payment of principal and interest under those notes and will not be available to finance new vehicle acquisitions for Hertz. However, in light of the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic on the travel industry, Hertz believes it will not need to acquire new vehicles for its fleet through the remainder of 2020. A liquidation event means that, unless the affected noteholders otherwise agree, the affected noteholders can direct the liquidation of vehicles serving as collateral for their notes.
Hertz's lenders agreed to hold off on seizing and selling the cars until May 22—they don't actually want the cars! what a terrible time to sell thousands of used cars!—but when that agreement expired Hertz filed for bankruptcy.We have talked occasionally around here about "EBITDAC." This is a semi-joking acronym ("earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and coronavirus") for the idea that companies have asked their lenders to ignore the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic on their earnings. Companies borrow money for years at a time, but their loans often have covenants saying, roughly, "if things go really bad in our business we will pay back the money immediately." (This effectively means bankruptcy: If things go really bad, they won't have the money to pay back the loans.) This is a good protection for lenders in normal times, but in a pandemic it just seems sort of mean: Lenders don't want to foreclose on dozens of companies and put them all into bankruptcy; they'd often prefer to ignore the short-term effects of the pandemic on the borrowers' businesses and hope that everything will work out in the long run. So they agree to pretend that their borrowers' income was the same as it was last year, so as not to blow through any covenants and force foreclosure.Margin loans, and margin calls, are not built that way. Nobody goes to their margin lenders and says "hey let's pretend that the stock we borrowed against is worth the same as it was last year"; the lenders rely on being able to seize and sell the collateral, and if the collateral loses value they want their money back right away. Asset-backed securities with variable operating lease payments that depend on the resale value of the underlying collateral are, apparently, like margin loans in this way; they are not built for pretending. It would be nice for Hertz if its cars were worth as much as they were pre-pandemic, but they're not, so it's bankrupt.
Hometown International Inc. (4)
What was the alleged fraud? Well, there are two basic shady things that you can do with a ridiculous public company. One is a pump-and-dump. You print 10 million shares, you give them to yourself, you sell 100 of them to your buddy at $1 each, he sells those 100 shares back to you at $2 each, you sell them back to him at $4, he sells them back to you at $10, and you can be like "look this company has a $100 million market cap and is up 900% this year!" Then you post on some message boards about how it has discovered a cure for cancer, or a revolutionary blockchain product, or at least a delicious sandwich, and you try to get other people to buy the 10 million shares from you at $11 each. You use a combination of trading (wash trades with your buddy to make the stock go up) and advertising to try to make the worthless stock look good and sell it to someone else.
This is straightforwardly illegal. The wash trading, and the lying about the cancer/blockchain/sandwich, are very clearly securities fraud. There are obvious victims (the people who buy the stock from you), and you get in trouble.
The other thing that you can do with a ridiculous public company is a reverse merger. You have a public company. It has just enough of a business to be a public company: You sell some sandwiches, you have some revenue, you can write financial statements and get them audited, you can file a registration statement and quarterly disclosures with the SEC and they'll be like "yes, right, a deli, that's a real business." But it doesn't have much of a business: The deli brings in five figures of annual revenue and does not require a lot of capital investment or research and development. From the SEC's perspective it is a real or real-enough company; from your perspective it is a shell company.
Then you find a private company (sometimes a foreign company) that would like to go public in the US and you negotiate a merger with that company. The private company gets a public listing, without the expense and complication and regulatory attention of doing a full initial public offering. You get some sort of commission for taking the company public on the sly. It's a little like a SPAC, a special purpose acquisition company, in that it is a shell company to be used to take another company public, though SPACs have a lot more procedures and safeguards. Oh and then after the merger the company probably gets rid of the deli. The deli was just a placeholder, to make the shell company look less like a shell.
This is the sort of thing that can get you in trouble in various ways, and it is often accompanied by other sorts of shadiness (in particular, the private company you merge with might have a good reason for wanting to avoid the regulatory review of an IPO), and you should certainly consult a lawyer before doing it, but it is not obviously illegal like the pump-and-dump is. You can sort of fall into it by accident: You can start a real business, and take it public hoping to grow, and then it fails, and you have a limping defunct business and a public listing, and some broker calls you up and says "hey would you like to merge with an exciting private company, we'll pay you, and it's not like you're really using your private listing," and you say sure, whatever. It's not illegal to have a public company that doesn't do much, or to merge that company with another company that plans to do more. If your disclosures are all accurate and complete then it's … fine … ish? Not legal advice.
Publicly traded shell companies are strange entities. They have stock and shareholders, but no significant assets or business activities. Sometimes they're the remnants of a failed company—a zombie business whose corporate husk lives on. Other times, shells are created that way from the start: They're useful, and potentially profitable, because they can help a private company go public without having to deal with the expense or scrutiny that comes with an IPO. The shell and the private company will merge, and the newly public company, now with real business activity, will be able to raise money by issuing additional stock. But companies that are created as shells from the start face numerous restrictions, many of them aimed at curbing money laundering. The money they bring in from stock sales has to be held in escrow, not touched until the shell merges with a private company. The shareholders can't sell their shares until the merger is done. The shell has an 18-month time limit to find a company to merge with and must file detailed public disclosures within days of any merger taking place. It's "easier and better to merge with an operating business than a shell," said David Feldman, a corporate and securities lawyer at the firm Hiller, PC. That's why some bad actors use operating businesses to commit fraud. Feldman gave the example of a small yoga studio, not making much money, that decides to go public. That's fine, legally speaking. But if the owners don't tell the public their real plan is to find a merger partner and shut down the yoga studio? "That's fraud," Feldman explained. "Everybody who buys the stock of that company is misled about what its real business is."
The simple valuation math is that Hometown is worth $13.01 (yesterday's closing price) times 7.8 million (the number of shares outstanding), or about $101 million. But ordinarily companies are valued based on their fully diluted equity value, taking into account stock options and warrants. Here, there are 7.8 million shares, but also an absurd 155.9 million warrants. That represents a fully diluted equity value of almost $1.9 billion. Hometown raised $2.5 million on April 14, 2020, by selling 2.5 million shares of stock (at a dollar each) to a few big investors in a private sale. The next day, it issued those warrants to all of its shareholders (including the new ones). As far as I can tell, the warrants do not trade with the stock. The result is that if an insider of Hometown sells you his stock, he keeps warrants to buy 20 times as much stock at way-below-market prices. "We have an aggregate of 155,940,080 warrants issued and outstanding which are all currently exercisable," says the 10-K. "The future issuance of common stock will result in substantial dilution in the percentage of our common stock held by our then existing shareholders." I don't really know why a company would issue warrants for 20 times its outstanding shares. But it does have the result that, if the stock price gets high, insiders can sell their stock to outsiders at the new high price and then reload by buying lots more stock at low prices. And then sell it to outsiders again.I do not want to give you investing advice, but I will say that if you went out and spent $100 million to buy all of the stock of Hometown International — which, again, is a deli — you would end up owning only about 5% of the company. I … I would not personally do that trade? But obviously you do what you want. We are way past my ability to advise here. Look at me, doing math, like an absolute chump.
Dan Mangan at CNBC points out that the lawyer who took Hometown public in 2015 later got in trouble with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission "for running a fraudulent shell factory scheme through which sham companies were taken public and sold for a profit." If you are a company — particularly a Chinese company — that would like to be publicly traded in the U.S., but that would prefer to avoid the scrutiny that comes with an initial public offering, doing a "reverse merger" — acquiring the empty shell of a near-defunct but public U.S. company — is often an easy way to do it. A deli with $13,976 of sales, but with careful and pristine SEC filings, might be rather valuable to a certain sort of Macau- or Hong Kong-based investor. Not $100 million worth of valuable. This is not a fully satisfying explanation or anything. Anyway, as Einhorn says, the stock got as high as $14.50 on Feb. 8, for a market cap of $113 million. It closed last Thursday at $13.50, a market cap of about $105 million. These numbers are very high for a company that is, again, a single deli. But you shouldn't take them too seriously. Over the 12 months ending last Thursday, Hometown traded an average of 331 shares per day, for an average value traded of about $3,900 per day. It would sometimes go for more than a week without any trades. This is a deli. Most of its stock seems to be held by a small group of people, and it trades in the over-the-counter market. It just seems unlikely that very many small investors were "sucked into" this situation. If they were, they put in a few hundred bucks.
Hunterbrook (2)
As a person who works in media and writes about finance, I continue to be fascinated by Hunterbrook, the newspaper that is also a hedge fund, the intersection of my interests. When Hunterbrook launched earlier this year, my assumption was that it would look more or less like an activist short fund: It would investigate companies, find out bad stuff about them, short their stocks, publish its findings, and profit when the stocks went down. And in fact that has often been its model.
But, from the beginning, Hunterbrook emphasized that there were other possibilities. One thing it could do, sometimes, is just be a newspaper: It could investigate companies, find out bad stuff about them, not short their stocks, publish its findings, and, you know, afflict the comfortable and comfort the afflicted. Sometimes the crack reporters that you hire for their ability to find scandals will find a scandal, but it won't be a scandal you can trade on; sometimes the market doesn't care about a company's labor practices in faraway countries. And then you publish the story anyway, to build credibility as a news source and to make your crack reporters feel good about what they're doing. A number of Hunterbrook's stories so far have looked like this: Activist short reports but without the shorting.
A third model that Hunterbrook has emphasized is that it could trade commodities based on its reporting. The form is something like: You hire the only foreign correspondent in a faraway country that is the leading producer of unobtainium, she learns that a coup is in the offing and the new military junta will ban unobtainium exports, you go long unobtainium futures, you publish her story, the price of unobtainium spikes, you profit.
But Hunterbrook also has another, much funnier expense arbitrage. It goes like this:
If you are a hedge fund conducting due diligence on a company, you will probably want to speak to experts. You might pay an expert-network firm to put you in touch with industry experts. You might engage consultants to evaluate the business. If you think the company might have legal issues, you will talk to specialist lawyers to help evaluate those issues. In each case, you will call up the experts and say "hi, I work at Hedge Fund X, we are evaluating Company Y, and we'd like to get your views." And those experts will probably say something like "sure, that will be $2,000 per hour with a $10,000 minimum." And you'll say "yes perfect send an invoice to our billing department." You have a budget for this stuff. If you are a newspaper reporter investigating a company, you will probably want to speak to experts — industry experts, lawyers, etc. You will call up the experts and say "hi, I am a reporter for the Z Daily News, I am writing a story about Company Y, and I'd like to get your views." And those experts might say something like "sure, I would love to get my name in the paper, here is a pithy quote." Or they might say "I don't want to be quoted, but on background …" and then tell you stuff. Or occasionally — but not that often — they might say "sure I'll talk to you, but I'll need $2,000 per hour with a $10,000 minimum." In that case, you will say "oh no, you don't understand, I am a journalist , it is unethical for me to pay sources." And then they'll probably hang up, which is fine; you'll call someone else who wants to be quoted.
You see the arbitrage! Hunterbrook's consulting budget is probably smaller than that of other hedge funds.
Yesterday Hunterbrook Media published its first big investigation, of United Wholesale Mortgage, alleging that "UWM's conduct could constitute fraud and run afoul of laws passed after 2008 to protect borrowers." Hunterbrook Capital shorted UWM's stock. If you want to figure out if a company's conduct runs afoul of laws, one thing you might do is call up a lawyer and say "hey is this conduct legal?" If you are a hedge fund and you do that, the lawyer will send you a bill. If you are a media organization, maybe she won't.
And so in fact I heard yesterday from a lawyer who got that call (actually email) from Hunterbrook, and who replied to the effect of "sure here are my rates," and they replied to the effect of "no our ethics policy does not allow us to pay sources." From Hunterbrook's website:
At Hunterbrook Media, we abide by the five traditional standards re: source relationships, adapted from the New York Times:>
1) Financial Interactions: Don't pay sources, and don't let them pay you (or pay for you).
The lawyer replied to the effect of "man you are not fooling me, when investment firms call me for analysis I charge them." They did not hire him. Also he forwarded me their exchange, commenting: "Normally, conversations in search of legal counsel are subject to confidentiality obligations under legal ethics, but I don't see how they can claim they were seeking legal advice or that the inquiry was confidential. They viewed me as a 'source.'" It's true! They weren't looking to hire him as a lawyer, but to interview him as a source, so he has no confidentiality obligations to them. If they had paid him, he would.
IRL (1)
To overstate things only a little bit, for a while, SoftBank Group Corp. put up a sign saying "hi, we have $100 billion, we want to invest it in tech companies that are growing their user bases quickly, we don't care that much about profitability, we make decisions quickly, we'll give you way more money than you need, so if you want some of it show up at our offices and pitch us." People showed up. SoftBank wanted to hear a particular sort of tech story, and it was pretty open about the exact elements of the story it wanted to hear, and when it heard that story it would start gushing money. People are motivated by incentives. They learned how to tell SoftBank the story it wanted to hear.
The funniest person who ever told SoftBank that story is surely Adam Neumann. The robot pizza delivery guy is up there too. Maybe, like, the ninth-funniest is Abraham Shafi:
SoftBank sued former IRL CEO Abraham Shafi and five siblings and cousins for allegedly misleading the investor about the messaging app's growth, prompting the Japanese conglomerate to buy $150 million worth of shares in the company in 2021 at the height of a pandemic-fueled consumer internet boom.
SoftBank said Shafi and his family members defrauded investors by lying about the company's millions of users, which were actually bots. The lawsuit said the defendants deleted data and communications about the fraud after U.S. securities regulators began investigating the company following a report in The Information questioning the user figures. Last month, The Information reported the company was being shut down following an external investigation initiated by its board of directors that found 95% of its users were fake.
Oops! I guess the ironic name makes it a bit funnier. A lot of tech founders saw the sort of story that unlocked SoftBank money and had ideas of roughly the form "if I offer a good product at much less than my cost of producing it, I will attract a lot of users very quickly, and though I will lose money on every transaction, SoftBank doesn't care, they'll give me tons of money anyway, and then the whole losing money thing is their problem." If you have a company that is rapidly adding users but losing money on every one of them, you can either do the hard business work of improving your unit economics, or the easy financing work of meeting with Masayoshi Son for 20 minutes and acting crazy so he gives you a billion dollars. After you have the billion dollars the unit economics don't matter so much. For you I mean.
But Shafi, allegedly, learned a much simpler lesson from SoftBank's largesse, basically of the form "if I write a pitch deck showing that my user base is growing very rapidly, I don't need anything else": Others hacked SoftBank's algorithm by creating real but money-losing user growth; IRL allegedly hacked SoftBank's algorithm by creating fake user growth. Here are the complaint and the Bloomberg story that first reported it. From the complaint:
In April 2021, Get Together Inc. (a.k.a., "In Real Life," or "IRL") seemingly was one of the fastest growing social media apps for Generation Z. According to IRL's CEO Abraham Shafi, IRL's mobile app already had been downloaded by 25% of US Teens under 18 years old; IRL had 12 million monthly active users ("MAUs"); and IRL was growing at a "meteoric" 400% year-over-year rate. Additionally, IRL reported strong user engagement and retention metrics, which showed that nearly 30% of its MAUs were using the platform on a daily basis. ...
Through these metrics, IRL appeared to already be achieving network effects, and was well positioned for further viral growth—similar to that which drove the emergence of today's largest social media companies. Based on the data regarding active users and organic growth that IRL and Abraham Shafi presented to SoftBank, IRL convinced SoftBank that a capital infusion would allow IRL to further increase its already-impressive rate of growth and monetize its enthusiastic user base.
On May 18, 2021, SoftBank paid $150 million to purchase IRL shares; both directly from IRL and from individual holders of IRL shares. …
At the time of SoftBank's investment, IRL was funneling tens of thousands of dollars to proxy services to enable an army of "bots," the entire purpose of which was to make IRL appear to be a thriving social media site while Defendants orchestrated an elaborate scheme to defraud investors. IRL also paid hundreds of thousands of dollars monthly to a firm (the "Agency") secretly operated by IRL's own Head of Growth, in a coordinated scheme to conceal IRL's user acquisition costs and further IRL's image as a thriving social media app.
Icahn Enterprises LP (1)
Yesterday short seller Hindenburg Research released a short report on Carl Icahn's company, Icahn Enterprises LP, and it is just mechanically very neat. Here is the schematic claim:
1. You have a company that is 85% owned by one guy. It owns $100 worth of stuff. 2. Every year it declares a 45% dividend, meaning that it pays out $45 of cash from its $100 worth of stuff. 3. The main guy says "that's okay, no dividend for me, just give me my dividend in extra shares." Everyone else gets cash. 4. That means the company only has to come up with $6.75 of cash for that 30% dividend. 5. The market is like "this is amazing, this company has a huge dividend," and the stock trades up. It trades to a market capitalization of $300, three times its net asset value, purely as a dividend investment. This gives it a 15% dividend yield, i.e., the $45 dividend divided by the $300 stock value is 15%, making it one of the highest-yielding stocks available. 6. The company takes advantage of this fact to sell stock: It sells 2.25% of the company ($6.75 worth of stock) to raise the money to pay out the $6.75 cash dividend. (Implicitly it also sells $38.25 of stock to the main guy in lieu of his cash dividend, keeping his stake at 85%. [1] )
That is, the two central claims here are that Icahn Enterprises is overvalued , relative to its reported net asset value, because investors are too dazzled by its high dividend:
IEP trades at a 218% premium to its last reported net asset value (NAV), vastly higher than all comparables. …
A reason for IEP's extreme premium to NAV, based on a review of retail investor-oriented media, is that average investors are attracted to (a) IEP's large dividend yield and (b) the prospect of investing alongside Wall Street legend Carl Icahn. Institutional investors have virtually no ownership in IEP.
Icahn Enterprises' current dividend yield is ~15.8%, making it the highest dividend yield of any U.S. large cap company by far, with the next closest at ~9.9%.
And that the dividend is in some sense fake , because it comes not from earnings but from selling new stock:
As a result of the company's elevated unit price, its annual dividend rate equates to an absurd 50.5% of last reported indicative net asset value.
The company's outlier dividend is made possible (for now) because Carl Icahn owns roughly 85% of IEP and has been largely taking dividends in units (instead of cash), reducing the overall cash outlay required to meet the dividend payment for remaining unitholders.
The dividend is entirely unsupported by IEP's cash flow and investment performance, which has been negative for years. IEP's investment portfolio has lost ~53% since 2014. The company's free cash flow figures show IEP has cumulatively burned ~$4.9 billion over the same period.
There are other claims, including that Icahn Enterprises overvalues some of its assets in computing its net asset value, and that it makes bad investments and so has negative operating cash flow in a way that further shrinks the asset value and makes the dividend unsustainable, but those are less interesting than the main schematic story. ( Icahn Enterprises responded: "We believe the self-serving short seller report published by Hindenburg Research today was intended solely to generate profits on Hindenburg's short position at the expense of IEP's long-term unitholders. We stand by our public disclosures and we believe that IEP's performance will speak for itself over the long term as it always has.")
That main story is ... what is that? Here's what Hindenburg calls it:
In brief, Icahn has been using money taken in from new investors to pay out dividends to old investors. Such ponzi-like economic structures are sustainable only to the extent that new money is willing to risk being the last one "holding the bag".
Look, I personally do not view the term "ponzi-like economic structure" as a pejorative — many of my favorite economic structures are Ponzi-like — and agree that this schematic structure seems Ponzi-like, but in a fun way.
Basically the accusation is that the shares trade for more than they are worth, so Icahn is selling more shares for more than they are worth in order to pay a big dividend to his shareholders. Which … I think is simply correct corporate finance? If your shares are trading for more than they are worth, you should sell as many shares as you can, and if you don't have any good use for the money you should use it to pay a dividend. It is strange corporate finance, but it checks out. Icahn Enterprises does disclose its indicative net asset value (though Hindenburg quibbles with its calculations), so no one is exactly deceived here. If you buy the stock, you know. you're paying a huge premium to the net asset value.
But is it "sustainable only to the extent that new money is willing to risk being the last one 'holding the bag'"? I don't know. I think if you look at that schematic description, it seems sustainable for a long time, even in the absence of new money (or investing gains or operating cash flow, ha), as long as Carl Icahn is willing to risk being the last one holding the bag. The schematic description is something like: "Carl Icahn is the majority owner of a bag of cash, and he keeps giving people some of the cash in exchange for an increasing share of the smaller bag of cash."
If — using my schematic numbers above — the stock fell from $300 (overvalued relative to the $100 of assets) to $50 (undervalued relative to the $100 of assets), the main guy might be perfectly happy to keep paying out $6.75 of cash dividends to outside shareholders in order to increase his share of the now undervalued pot. If the shares traded for less than they were worth, Icahn Enterprises should stop selling shares, but the dividend mechanism essentially lets Icahn buy shares: Everyone else gets a cash dividend, [2] but Icahn himself takes his dividend in stock, valued at its current trading price, [3] meaning that if the shares become cheap he is effectively buying shares cheap. He gets an increasing share of a decreasing bag of cash, but his share increases faster than the bag shrinks. [4] When your stock is overvalued, you sell stock; when your stock is undervalued, you buy it back. Somehow Icahn is doing both!
Infinity Q Diversified Alpha Fund (1)
If you run a mutual fund, and you own a bunch of stocks, you calculate your fund's net asset value each day. It's a pretty easy calculation: You take the price of each stock, multiply by the number of shares you own, and add up the results; that gives the NAV of your fund. Then you divide that by the number of shares your fund has outstanding, which gives you the NAV per share.If someone wants to redeem out of your mutual fund, they come to you and hand you their shares, and you hand them back cash equal to the NAV. It is very important that you get the NAV right: If your calculation of NAV is too high (too low), you will pay redeeming holders too much (too little) for their shares, meaning that there will be too little (too much) left in your fund for the remaining holders, meaning that you'll be cheating the remaining (redeeming) holders out of their fair share of the value. Also of course the performance of your fund is just the track record of changes in NAV; if you calculate a NAV that is too high then your fund will look like it performed better than it did, and you will attract investment under false pretenses.
Again, though, it's pretty easy to calculate the NAV of a stock fund. It's harder if you own bonds, some of which don't trade that often, but there are pricing services and you do your best. There are harder things. If for instance you run a mutual fund that owns a bunch of corridor variance swaps, you cannot just go look at where corridor variance swaps are trading that day and write down the answer. They don't really trade. There will be some pricing model that tells you how much your corridor variance swap ought to be worth, and you'll type in the relevant parameters and get back a valuation, and you'll write it down, but everything will be a bit model-driven and you can't ever be sure that the value you write down is your "real" NAV. But you do your best.
Or you don't, maybe you don't do your best at all, that's another way this could go. The Infinity Q Diversified Alpha Fund is a mutual fund (!?) that "attempts to generate positive absolute returns by providing exposure to several 'alternative' strategies including Volatility, Equity Long/Short, Managed Futures, and Global Macro"; that is, it's a hedge fund in a mutual-fund wrapper. One thing that it does is make a lot of complicated volatility bets, including variance swaps, correlation swaps, dispersion swaps, and other very much over-the-counter trades with bank counterparties. Here is a horrifying Securities and Exchange Commission filing from the fund, asking the SEC to allow it to suspend redemptions:
The circumstances leading to the request for relief arise from Infinity Q's inability, as required under the Fund's valuation procedures, to value certain Fund holdings and the Fund's resulting inability to calculate net asset value ("NAV"). As disclosed in the Fund's statement of additional information, in calculating the Fund's NAV, any Fund holdings for which current and reliable market quotations are not readily available "are valued at their respective fair values as determined in good faith by [the] Adviser"1 under procedures approved and overseen by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board"). The Fund's current portfolio includes swap instruments (the "Swaps") for which Infinity Q calculates fair value using models provided by a third-party pricing vendor. As of February 18, 2021, the Fund's reported NAV was derived using a valuation for these Swaps that resulted in the value of the Swaps constituting approximately 18% of the Fund's reported NAV.On February 18, 2021, based on information learned by the Commission staff and shared with Infinity Q, Infinity Q informed the Fund that Infinity Q's Chief Investment Officer had been adjusting certain parameters within the third-party pricing model that affected the valuation of the Swaps. On February 19, 2021, Infinity Q informed the Fund that at such time it was unable to conclude that these adjustments were reasonable, and, further, that it was unable to verify that the values it had previously determined for the Swaps were reflective of fair value. Infinity Q also informed the Fund that it would not be able to calculate a fair value for any of the Swaps in sufficient time to calculate an accurate NAV for at least several days. Infinity Q and the Fund immediately began the effort to value these Swap positions accurately to enable the Fund to calculate an NAV, which effort includes the retention of an independent valuation expert. However, Infinity Q and the Fund currently believe that establishing and verifying those alternative methods may take several days or weeks. Infinity Q and the Fund are also determining whether the fair values calculated for positions other than the Swaps are reliable, and the extent of the impact on historical valuations. As a result, the Fund was unable to calculate an NAV on February 19, 2021, and it is uncertain when the Fund will be able to calculate an NAV that would enable it to satisfy requests for redemptions of Fund shares.The Fund and Infinity Q believe that the best course of action for current and former shareholders of the Fund is to liquidate the Fund in a reasonable period of time, determine the extent and impact of the historical valuation errors, and return the maximum amount of proceeds to such shareholders. Relief permitting the Fund to suspend redemptions and postpone the date of payment of redemption proceeds with respect to redemption orders received but not yet paid will permit the Fund to arrive at a valuation for the Swaps and any other portfolio holdings for which current and reliable market quotations are not available, and to liquidate its holdings in an orderly manner.
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (1)
A truly odd development in modern financial regulation is that people sometimes think, or at least say, that the primary responsibility for combating crimes lies with banks rather than the police. The way this works is:
1. Banks do have some deputized responsibility to stop crime, to flag suspicious financial activity and raise it with law enforcement. 2. When they fail to do that, the government can fine them a lot of money and hold a stern press conference about holding them responsible for their bad behavior. 3. When the police fail to catch criminals, the government can't fine them a lot of money, and the optics of a stern press conference about police failings are not nearly as good.
And so when banks fail to stop drug traffickers or terrorist financing, there are big fines and stern press conferences, and one thing leads to another and a bunch of big banks end up getting fined for failing to stop Jeffrey Epstein's sex trafficking.
Jane Street (1)
But a few readers emailed to argue that it is optimal, for Jane Street, to train traders to take more risk than is optimal, for them. Jane Street, after all, is not betting its entire bankroll on any one intern, or trader, or trading team. Jane Street has a diversified portfolio of (it hopes) independent positive-expected-value bets created by different traders. If one trader bets her whole bankroll on a trade that is good in expectation, and it blows up and she loses everything, that's fine for Jane Street: They have lots more traders doing bets like that, and in the long run the good bets will make more than the bad ones lose.
In fact, even the trader who blows herself up will be fine: Jane Street can just say "meh your heart was in the right place" and give her more money to play with. Lewis writes about a trade that Jane Street does on the 2016 election that ends up losing $300 million and being the "single worst trade in Jane Street history":
[Bankman-Fried] was struck by what Jane Street did next: not much. There was no big firm-wide formal postmortem. No one was punished, or even questioned. On the one hand, Sam admired the way the firm distinguished process from outcome. A bad outcome, in and of itself, did not suggest anyone had done anything wrong, any more than a good outcome suggested anyone had done anything right.
Bankman-Fried's interpretation here is that a team put on a trade that had positive expected value, but the coin flip landed the wrong way and it lost money. And his bosses looked at the facts and said "yes, this had positive expected value, so it's no problem that you lost all this money; your job was to make positive-expected-value bets, not to make money." [1] And no one got in trouble.
It is optimal for a firm like Jane Street with a lot of traders to encourage each of them to take a lot of positive-expected value risk, because Jane Street has enough of them to benefit from the law of large numbers. With enough independent positive-expected-value bets, it will make money, even if some traders lose money.
But if every Jane Street trader took the optimal amount of risk for her, she would probably put a high premium on not losing everything. She'd size her bets too small for the firm. Jane Street has to, in some sense, train the risk-aversion out of her.
This is analogous to why corporate chief executive officers are often paid with stock options: It encourages them to take the amount of risk that is appropriate for their shareholders. A CEO generally has a huge chunk of her human and financial capital wrapped up in her job, and it is very important to her not to lose it. So she will naturally be conservative, preferring steady mediocrity to risky expected value maximization. But her shareholders are diversified funds who own lots of companies and want each one to maximize expected value. So they adjust her utility function by giving her stock options that pay a ton in the upside case and nothing in the mediocrity case.
And this works great and Jane Street makes a ton of money fairly steadily; it has a big portfolio of positive-expected-value bets, each relatively small relative to its bankroll.
And then some young traders leave Jane Street after just a few years to strike out on their own, and the lesson they take away is "I should bet a huge proportion of my bankroll on every positive-expected-value trade, because that is how I did it at Jane Street and they seemed to like that and we all got rich." But that is not quite the right lesson! Bankman-Fried's pathological aggressiveness might have worked really well within the restrictive environment of Jane Street, but it blew him up once he was on his own. [2]
Johnson & Johnson (2)
Earlier this year, Johnson & Johnson's baby-powder division was thrown out of bankruptcy court for not being bankrupt enough. What happened is that J&J sold baby powder with talc in it, and people started suing J&J, alleging that the talc caused cancer. J&J has always denied these claims, but it lost some of these cases and had to pay huge damages. More cases were coming, and to get out ahead of them, J&J decided to go to bankruptcy court. It used a "Texas two-step" merger to separate out its talc liabilities into a new subsidiary called LTL Management LLC, and then had LTL file for bankruptcy.
There are obvious benefits of this for J&J. For one thing, the bankruptcy filing would let J&J handle all of its talc claims in one case, instead of litigating against different plaintiffs in different courts. Also J&J presumably expected the result to be cheaper: Bankruptcy courts are in the business of working out negotiated plans to pay all similar claimants the same amount, while going to a bunch of jury trials in different courts ran the risk of getting a bunch of different multibillion-dollar verdicts. Juries sometimes award huge damages to send companies a message, while bankruptcy courts kind of don't.
Still it is important not to overstate the benefits of the Texas two-step for J&J. The goal was to get into bankruptcy court and pay plaintiffs a negotiated amount, not to stiff them entirely. You could imagine using this approach to stiff the talc claimants entirely: Maybe J&J could have put all of its talc liabilities into LTL, given LTL no assets, filed for bankruptcy and said "sorry everyone, your lawsuits are now against LTL, which has no money." Lots of people did, and I guess still do, imagine that that's what J&J actually did. But it didn't. Instead, J&J promised to provide financial support to LTL to pay any plausible amount of talc damages: If the LTL bankruptcy case ended up awarding talc plaintiffs $10 billion or $30 billion or $60 billion of damages, J&J would write a check for that amount to LTL, and LTL would have enough cash to pay the claims. J&J, which is a $400 billion public company with AAA credit ratings, agreed to provide this money in a Funding Agreement; the amount was capped at something like $61.5 billion, which let us assume was more than the talc plaintiffs will get.
So LTL filed for bankruptcy in New Jersey, and a bankruptcy judge concluded that this was all in good faith and allowed. Some talc claimants appealed, though, and in January an appeals court threw LTL out of bankruptcy. We discussed the case, and the opinion, at the time.
The appeals court did not throw out the bankruptcy because it concluded that J&J was acting in bad faith or trying to stiff the claimants or anything like that. Instead, its objection was that LTL wasn't bankrupt enough: Bankruptcy, the court said, is for companies that are insolvent or nearly insolvent or otherwise in financial distress, and LTL wasn't, because J &J had promised to pay it up to $61.5 billion to pay all these claims. The court wrote:
We cannot agree LTL was in financial distress when it filed its Chapter 11 petition. The value and quality of its assets, which include a roughly $61.5 billion payment right against J&J and New Consumer, make this holding untenable. …
From these facts—presented by J&J and LTL themselves—we can infer only that LTL, at the time of its filing, was highly solvent with access to cash to meet comfortably its liabilities as they came due for the foreseeable future. It looks correct to have implied, in a prior court filing, that there was not "any imminent or even likely need of [it] to invoke the Funding Agreement to its maximum amount or anything close to it."
That is, the problem is not that J&J put its talc liabilities into a box, undercapitalized the box to stiff claimants, and then had the box file for bankruptcy. The problem is that J&J put its talc liabilities into a box, overcapitalized the box to make sure that it was able to pay claimants, and then had the box file for bankruptcy. The court concluded that the overcapitalized box was not allowed to file for bankruptcy.
You see the solution, right?
No, I'm kidding. The obvious, ironic solution is for J&J and LTL to tear up the Funding Agreement and have LTL file for bankruptcy again with no money in it. "Sorry," J&J would say to the talc plaintiffs, "but the court said we couldn't file for bankruptcy with enough money to pay you, so we're not gonna pay you." There are problems with this solution, though. The point of the LTL structure is to come to some sort of negotiated settlement with enough plaintiffs to get a bankruptcy court to sign off on it (and bind the rest of the plaintiffs), and you can't get a negotiated settlement with no money for victims. People will just keep suing and arguing that the bankruptcy is in bad faith, the Texas two-step merger is invalid, etc., and some of them will probably win. You can't really get away with this approach, even if it sort of technically works.
Still the basic idea is right: J&J has to have LTL file for bankruptcy again, but with less money, so that it looks more bankrupt. And so, Bloomberg's Steven Church and Jef Feeley reported last week:
On Tuesday, just hours after a judge officially ended that first effort, J&J tried the gambit again. The company put the same subsidiary that had been tossed out of bankruptcy court back into Chapter 11, this time with a plan to pay $8.9 billion to resolve the decades-old cancer claims. The move has already drawn the ire of some victim lawyers and raised eyebrows among legal scholars, who are asking why this time will be any different. …
In the new case, J&J argues this one is different because they have support from many more cancer victims. That shows the company is acting in good faith, and the new case also meets a test set by the appeals court in Philadelphia, lawyers for the bankrupt subsidiary said in court documents filed Tuesday.
Here is the (new) bankruptcy docket, and here is the "Debtor's Statement Regarding Refiling of Chapter 11 Case" explaining why J&J thinks this time will be different. The simple version of it is that there is no longer a Funding Agreement in which J&J — the huge public company — agrees to pay all of LTL's talc liabilities up to some enormous cap. [6] Instead, there is a Support Agreement in which J&J agrees to pay LTL's talc liabilities, but only when LTL is in bankruptcy. That is, before it files for bankruptcy, LTL has limited resources to pay the talc liabilities, and might be insolvent or at least distressed. So it can file for bankruptcy. But once it is in bankruptcy, it can draw on J&J's resources to pay those claims. From the statement:
These new financing arrangements resolve the concerns that led the Third Circuit to conclude the Debtor's first chapter 11 case had to be dismissed. … Under the new financing arrangements, J&J's support is only available in bankruptcy and only if approved by this Court. … As a result, J&J's balance sheet and liquidity were no longer available to the Debtor before the filing of this second chapter 11 case. J&J's support, which was always intended to facilitate, not frustrate, a bankruptcy filing by the Debtor now serves its intended purpose.
Get it? LTL might not have enough money to pay all the talc claims, so it can file for bankruptcy, at which point (but no sooner!) J&J will give it enough money to pay all the talc claims. Unless LTL is kicked out of bankruptcy court again, in which case J&J won't give it enough money to pay all the talc claims. It is both a clever response to the appeals court's complaint — "you said LTL wasn't bankrupt enough, so we made it more bankrupt" — and also a threat: "There is enough money to pay everyone, but only if you let us do it in bankruptcy."
The basic idea of bankruptcy is that if you have a company with $1,000 of assets and $2,000 of liabilities, you can't pay back everyone everything you owe them. You could just pay back the first creditors who show up and ask for their money back, until the $1,000 is gone, and then give the remaining creditors zero, but that seems unfair and probably destroys value. So the bankruptcy system says, essentially, that you get all the creditors together and give them all 50 cents on the dollar. There are tons of nuances to this — about timing, about seniority, about collateral, about restructuring plans and equitization, about avoidable preferences, etc. — but that's the core idea.
There are various extensions. One important one comes in what is called mass tort liability. If you have a company and it sells a lot of products and makes a lot of money and then it turns out that one of the products kills people, they will sue. Juries in the US don't like it when companies make products that kill people, and they tend to award enormous damages in cases like that. You multiply enormous damages by lots of cases, and you can easily end up with damages that exceed the value of the company. This can lead to unfair results, not for you — who cares about you — but for your victims : If a $1 billion company has killed 100 people, the first 10 who sue might get $100 million each of damages, leaving nothing for the remaining 90. What you want is some sort of system that is like “we will set up a website to collect claims from everyone our product has harmed, and then when we have all those claims we will divide up our company’s assets equally among the victims.”
In principle there are various ways you could do that — lawyers could bring one big class action on behalf of everyone harmed by the company, and then negotiate a global settlement; or lawyers could bring a bunch of class actions and judges could coordinate their cases so everyone gets fair treatment; or Congress could pass new laws setting up payout schedules for victims of the product; etc. — but one pretty practical approach is bankruptcy. This, after all, is what bankruptcy is for: It is a system to make sure that creditors are all paid fairly out of the assets of a company, rather than paying some creditors a lot because they are early and others nothing because they are too late. The company files for bankruptcy, it sets up a website looking for claims, it adds up all the claims, and then it divides its assets among the claimants.
When do you do that? You have a profitable company, it makes a variety of products that it sells for a lot of money, stuff is good, and then someone sues you because one of your products kills people. You go to trial, lose, pay damages. Someone else sues. You go to trial, lose, pay damages. At some point these cases get to be too much — they overwhelm the value of your company — and you stop going to trial piecemeal; you file for bankruptcy to divide up your assets among the victims. But then the first victims — the ones who went to trial — got paid in full, while the later victims probably don't: Their recovery in bankruptcy probably ends up being less than it would have been if they had sued first. You have partially solved the problem — filing for bankruptcy created some fairness among the later claimants — but not entirely, because earlier claimants still got more.
The way to solve the problem is to file for bankruptcy early, when the company looks healthy, when it has a lot of money that it can use to pay claims, before it has lost a bunch of lawsuits. The first person sues you, you do an analysis, you find out “oh yes our product is dangerous and will incur a lot of liability and will eventually bankrupt us,” and you file for bankruptcy immediately to pay everyone fairly.
This is obviously hard to do for a lot of reasons — you don't want to file for bankruptcy, you don't believe that your product kills people or that the damages should be so high, it is hard to predict what claims will bankrupt you, you hope you can grow your way out of the liabilities, etc. — but it is, in some very abstract sense, the right analysis.
But what if the claims won't bankrupt you? What if you are a super gigantic company that makes a lot of money selling a lot of products almost none of which kill people, but you do sell one product that kills people and will lead to billions of dollars of damages? You might be tempted to use the bankruptcy courts anyway. Bankruptcy is good at this, at adjudicating claims fairly, at paying people with similar claims similar amounts, at setting up a website to collect claims and administering them efficiently. Even if you have enough money to pay everyone in full, it might just be more practical and efficient to use the mechanisms of bankruptcy rather than litigating each case separately.
Also, let's be clear, bankruptcy courts don't have juries. Bankruptcy courts are run by judges, who are bankruptcy professionals and who are used to dealing with companies that are, you know, bankrupt. They are used to not having enough money to go around; they are not temperamentally lavish with claims. Regular courts are different. If your product kills people, one of them might sue you in state court, and a jury might award them $1 billion of punitive damages to send a message to evil corporations that they should not kill people. A bankruptcy judge is not going to do that.
So you might want to file for bankruptcy to pay off all your victims fairly and, perhaps, cheaply, even if their claims will not really “bankrupt” you in the traditional sense. But in fact that is kind of a drastic step, expensive and disruptive and risky and probably bad for shareholders. No chief executive officer of a big company wants to file for bankruptcy if it is not strictly necessary.
There is a neater approach:
You put the liabilities in a box. You create a new subsidiary, you put the product-that-kills-people business in that subsidiary, and you transfer the liabilities related to that product to the subsidiary. This is, in general, hard to do, but in fact Texas has a weird merger law that allows it: You can “merge” your company into two companies, one with the liabilities and one with the rest of the business. You have the box — the new subsidiary with all the product liabilities — file for bankruptcy. You get fair and consistent adjudication of the product claims, inside the box, and the rest of the company just goes along relatively normally.
This is called the “Texas two-step.” In its extreme form it sounds like very bad cheating: You can't really put all the liabilities and none of the money in the box; that is just a way to defraud victims, and surely they'd find a way to do something about it. But a milder form of the Texas Two-Step is that you put the liabilities in the box, put the box in bankruptcy, but have the parent company guarantee its product liabilities. (Perhaps up to some reasonable number, perhaps not.) Then you can say “no, we are not doing this to get out of paying our liabilities; we are doing it to pay them in a fairer and more consistent way.”
Johnson & Johnson is a consumer health-care company with a $400 billion market capitalization and a broad range of products, most of which are fine. It also makes baby powder, and there are claims — which J&J disputes — that the talc in the baby powder contains traces of asbestos and causes cancer. J&J has lost some trials about these claims, and been ordered to pay billions of dollars in damages. So it did a Texas two-step bankruptcy for the talc business.
LendingClub (1)
If you are going to securitize bank loans, you will need a bank. You don't need to be a bank, but you will need a bank to make the loans and assign them to you for securitization. If you are going to securitize bank loans and call them "peer-to-peer" loans—someone borrowed the money, someone else provided the money, maybe they're peers, why not—then you will also need a bank. I suppose there may have been a brief period when people imagined that they'd just set up an online marketplace where people with money could lend it to people who need money, on a purely decentralized peer-to-peer basis, but actually existing peer-to-peer lending companies are in the business of (1) connecting individual borrowers to banks , (2) buying those loans from the banks, and (3) selling those loans to investors. The reasons for this are essentially regulatory: U.S. law prefers personal loans made by banks and disfavors personal loans made by other companies, and is mostly pretty flexible about what happens a second before and a second after the loan is made.
So if you are a financial technology company you can build the website that markets and explains loans to people, and you can connect people to banks to get the loans, and you can buy the loans from the banks, and you can effectively be the entire consumer front-end and the entire financial back-end, but in the middle everything has to flow through a bank for a second to get the bank's blessing. Arguably this is good, because banks are heavily regulated and required to be prudent, so if you're doing something weird and bad with your lending platform, the second that your loans spend at a bank will give the regulators information and jurisdiction to stop you doing the bad thing. Or arguably it's bad, because banking regulators are conservative or captured or entrenched and they'll use their jurisdiction to stop you from doing weird and good innovative things. But mostly it just strikes me as sort of a technical feature. To make the loans you need a bank, but in 2020 you don't need a bank in any sort of thick old-fashioned way. You don't need to walk down to the local bank branch and shake hands with a banker to get your loans approved; banks have computers now, even APIs. You don't need to partner with a big famous ancient banking institution; there are small and new and online-focused banks that don't even have branches.
If your goal as a fintech company is to disintermediate banks, to cut the traditional banking system out of your transactions, you kind of can. You just need a bank, though. It doesn't have to be JPMorgan. A bank charter is a particular piece of technology, like a mobile app or a blockchain, only it's a regulatory technology rather than a computer technology. It is just a part of the technology stack that you are engineering, in providing your online lending platform. Perhaps you could engineer around it, as a sort of Oulipo exercise in making life more difficult for yourself, but why? A bank charter is a simple ready-made modular solution for some of the regulatory problems in making loans, so if you are making loans you might as well just plug one in.
Lordstown Motors Corp. (1)
It is interesting to consider how that might end. Like, you raise a bunch of money from retail investors to build electric vehicles, you flail around for a while not building electric vehicles … then what? Some options:
1. You keep flailing until you run out of money, then stop. You file for bankruptcy, there's no money left, there's no debt (who would lend you money?), the shareholders get zero, it's not great but it's fairly straightforward. 2. You stop flailing at some point before you run out of money. You file for bankruptcy, there is money left, there's no debt (who would lend you money?), you sell whatever assets there are, and you divide up whatever money is left among the shareholders. This is a better outcome than No. 1, though perhaps less likely. If you run a company, it hasn't succeeded in making electric vehicles, and it hasn't run out of money, you will be tempted to keep spending the money to try to make electric vehicles, even if your chances of success are slim. Quitting while there is money left and giving it back to the shareholders is better for them, but psychologically difficult for you. 3. Same as No. 2, but with a subtle distinction. You don't have debt per se (who would lend you money?), but you do have some big liabilities. The liabilities are: The people who bought your stock in the de-SPAC deal, who believed your projections about selling a zillion vehicles at huge profits, probably sued you at some point after you started missing projections and the stock started dropping. There is a securities-fraud shareholder class action. The US Securities and Exchange Commission also probably took an interest in those projections. You file for bankruptcy, you have some assets, you sell them for some money, and then a court has to figure out (1) how much of the money goes to the SEC, (2) how much goes to the (current and former) shareholders who sued you for fraud and (3) how much is left over for your current shareholders.
Luckin Coffee (1)
A good business model is to make a product that people want and then sell it for more than it costs you to make it. If you do this well—if you sell lots of units, and spend much less on making them than you get for selling them—then you will get rich. But it is hard. You might not be able to figure out what people want, or how to give it to them, or what they want might cost more to manufacture than they are willing to pay. There are other business models. For instance you could make a product that people kind of want, or that they would want if it were affordable. Then you convince people to buy it by selling it for much less than it costs you to make it, or by paying them to buy it. If you do this well, you will have high revenue and rapid revenue growth, because lots of people are buying your product. You will not, however, get rich, because you'll be spending more money making the product than you get from your customers. Your revenue will be high but your net income will be negative; it will cost you money to run this business. But then you will go to investors, and you will say "look, I have a company with rapidly growing revenue, that's worth something, you should pay me for a share of my company." And they will agree—"we love rapid revenue growth," they will say—and you will sell stock in the company for hundreds of millions of dollars. And then it will cost them money to run the business, and you will be rich. There are various possible endgames; in some of them you go to prison but in quite a lot of them you just stay rich and become an elder statesman admired for your business acumen. We talk about this model all the time. One version of it is what is sometimes called the "MoviePass economy," after the company that would give its subscribers unlimited $15 movie tickets for $10 a month. That is a product that people want, sure, in the sense that people who see movies would prefer to pay $10 for unlimited movies instead of $15 for one movie. But it is, comically obviously, not a viable business, because you spend more buying the tickets than you get in revenue. But you can show rapid revenue growth, and you can talk a good game about economies of scale (maybe if everyone signs up for MoviePass it can buy the tickets at a discount?) and network effects and selling user data, and you can convince investors that you have both (1) a lot of customers for your non-viable business and (2) the germ, somewhere, sometime, somehow, of a viable business that you could do with those customers. And that's enough to raise money from investors and have a billion-dollar valuation. Sometimes it all works out: The reason investors will pay for this is that sometimes "flipping the profit switch" works. It is in fact true that having a huge loyal customer base is a good thing for a business, and that spending money to build a huge loyal customer base and then raising prices or cutting expenses or selling can be a good way to get rich. Another version of this model is fraud, though. If your business model is not to sell your product for more than it costs to make it, but just to sell as much of it as possible, the obvious move is to sell a lot of it to yourself. Pay yourself a billion dollars for a billion widgets and you've added a billion dollars of revenue, which is great if investors will pay you a multiple of revenue for your stock. Of course doing this costs you a billion dollars, and you don't have a billion dollars, but there's a simple solution to that. Set up three companies, Company A, Company B, Company C. Company A buys widget components from Company B for $1 billion and sells widgets to Company C for $1 billion. (Or, like, $999,873,164 and $1,000,246,089; just make the numbers look a little real, you know?) You take Company A public at a multibillion-dollar valuation; Company B and Company C stay private, and are effectively just checking accounts that you control. The $1 billion that Company A pays Company B for widget parts goes right back to Company C to pay for the widgets. Ideally you don't even make the widgets, or send any checks; all of this exists purely as a matter of book entries. (We have talked about this version before too; it is easiest to execute if your product is virtual, so you don't even need a widget factory.) Luckin Coffee Inc., the Chinese coffee startup, allegedly executed this model beautifully:
China's upstart Luckin Coffee Inc. grew at a blinding pace. It opened stores faster than Starbucks Corp., doubled its valuation to $12 billion eight months after going public and pleased its big-name investors in the U.S.
Then, on April 2, Luckin said many of its sales had been faked. …
It turns out that Luckin sold vouchers redeemable for tens of millions of cups of coffee to companies that had ties to Luckin's chairman and controlling shareholder, Charles Lu, according to internal documents and public records reviewed by The Wall Street Journal. Their purchases helped the company book sharply higher revenue than its coffee shops produced.
Meanwhile, other internal documents showed a procurement employee called Lynn Liang processing more than $140 million of payments for raw materials such as juice, delivery and human-resources services. Ms. Liang was fictitious, according to people familiar with Luckin's business. ...
A look at registration records of companies that bought vouchers and others that received repeated supplier payments shows that many had links to Luckin, Mr. Lu or Mr. Lu's two previous ventures. Some listed the same office addresses and contact numbers as branches of CAR Inc. or Ucar [those previous ventures]. Several were registered with email addresses of employees of those companies. One was registered with a Luckin email address.
A few of the companies had links to a relative or a friend of Mr. Lu. One regular bulk buyer of coffee vouchers, Date Yingfei (Beijing) Data Technology Development Co. Ltd., has the same phone number as a branch of CAR Inc. and a predecessor of Ucar.
Buy coffee from yourself. (Or juice, HR services, whatever; it doesn't matter, since you're not actually delivering any of it.) Sell coffee to yourself. (In the form of vouchers, since, again, you're not delivering anything.) Report high and growing revenue. Watch your valuation rise. Sell stock.
People familiar with these transactions surmised that, over time, the rafts of purchases and payments formed a loop of transactions that allowed the company to inflate sales and expenses with a relatively small amount of capital that circulated in and out of the company's accounts.
Medallion Financial Corp. (1)
The SEC objects to two things that Murstein allegedly did to pump the stock. One is that he hired people to write blog posts under fake names talking about how Medallion's stock price should be higher, without disclosing that they were getting paid by Medallion. This sort of thing is very much frowned upon: It is generally considered fraud to take money from a company to tout its stock without disclosing the arrangement.
According to the SEC's complaint, Murstein hired several people to blog anonymously on Medallion's behalf. One was a professional of sorts, Lawrence Meyers, whom the SEC also sued:
From 2014 through 2016, Meyers did business through Asymmetrical Media Strategies, whose web site described its "strategic crisis communications strategies" as offering "guerilla PR tactics to deliver our clients' messages." Myers's website also stated: "[w]e will employ any strategy or tactic you desire"; "if you are under attack from opponents seeking to destroy you, we will launch an asymmetrical, sustained, multi-front assault on them"; and "Anonymity—Attack opponents without client exposure—you are kept in the clear. . . . Because we operate without any detectable connection to you, you may engage opponents in any way you choose, while we carry out our stealth mission to undermine their position."
On December 1, 2014, Meyers emailed Murstein to say that "[t]he market clearly does not understand your business," and suggested "that you retain me to do some online PR for the company via all the financial outlets I write for." When Murstein responded with interest, Myers proposed "a monthly retainer where I am constantly writing about the company . . . bashing Uber, and specifically the low risk that exists to TAXI itself even if medallion process were to fall[.]"
Meyers and Murstein signed a Consulting Agreement dated December 19, 2014 (the "Agreement") between Ichabod's Cranium d/b/a Asymmetrical Media Strategies and Medallion Consulting Services LLC (a subsidiary of Medallion Financial). …
Between December 2014 and June 2016, Meyers published at least fifty to sixty articles and hundreds of comments relating to Medallion Financial, for which the company paid Meyers approximately $65,000. Meyers never disclosed the compensation he received from Medallion Financial.
Meyers's articles and comments appeared on Seeking Alpha, TheStreet.com, InvestorPlace.com, Crain's NewYorkBusiness.com and BloggerNewsNetwork.com. …
Meyers prepared his articles and comments in close coordination with Murstein. As Murstein was particularly angered by the posts of several individuals, Meyers frequently targeted these individuals with vitriolic postings. …
Meyers's articles, whether under his own name or an alias, never disclosed that he was being paid by Medallion Financial. Instead, Meyers identified himself in his articles as "president of PDL Broker, Inc." or as "an independent contributor."
I don't have much to say about this except that "Ichabod's Cranium" is truly an exceptional name for a business. After a while the Meyers relationship trailed off and Murstein allegedly hired another blogger who was, uh, not really a pro at this:
In early 2016, Murstein became acquainted with a woman in her twenties (the "Contractor") who was looking for work. As Murstein wanted to have another person touting on behalf of Medallion Financial in addition to Meyers, Murstein offered her an Independent
Contractor Services Agreement, which Murstein and the Contractor signed.
The Contractor had little to no experience with investor relations or the financial markets; as a result, Murstein instructed the Contractor to "speak with [Meyers] on what to do." Meyers then tutored the Contractor on his methods for posting anonymously. …
On April 26, 2016, the Contractor emailed Murstein that she was "[h]appy to keep writing articles" but "it's just how we are going to publish anonymously is the question."
The day after that, on April 27, 2016, the Contractor forwarded to Murstein an email from an editor at Seeking Alpha thanking the Contractor for "an interesting article" but stating that "[w]e were unable to verify your ID. Please resubmit after uploading a scan of a valid photo ID[.]" The Contractor asked Murstein, "What do you think I should do regarding the ID situation?"
On April 28, 2016, the Contractor emailed Murstein that she was "still publishing under a pen name" and was "seeing which one of my friends will let me borrow theirs [ID]." ...
On May 2, 2016, Murstein emailed the Contractor that he was "just focused on you getting your articles out for now. Have you gotten any on any web sites yet or picked up by anyone?" The Contractor responded: "Larry [Meyers] sent me the process I have to go through, it's kind of crazy. In order to be a contributor I have to make up a whole person so I have to do a fake resume, everything. This goes for basically every single website I have tried to get published on. It's a process."
Eventually reporters found out about this and started asking Medallion about it; Medallion denied everything, and this happened:
Although Murstein knew that the Contractor had posted under an alias, he texted the Contractor on November 26, 2016, after he had received the media inquiries, and asked her: "Why did you post articles under a fake name?" The Contractor responded on the same day: "Because you asked me to not use my name. Do you want me to switch it to my name?"
Great paper trail! Anyway:
On December 5, 2016, Murstein and the Contractor signed a Confidential Agreement and General Release (the "Release"), in which the company agreed to pay the Contractor $15,000 in exchange for the Contractor agreeing to release Medallion Financial from all claims. The Release also required the Contractor to falsely affirm "that she was never instructed by [Medallion Financial] or any other Releasee to write any articles, blogs, posts or comments about Medallion under a pen name or false name."
Fearing that the touting would be made public, on January 18, 2017, Murstein texted the Contractor: "Our lawyers are sending you a letter that you are telling people I told you to write under a false name. First of all there is no reason to talk to people about that. Plus you signed something that says you aren't supposed to be talking to anyone."
None of this is great! The SEC does not quite come out and say "and also what these people wrote was wrong"; its position appears to be that this sort of undis
Melvin Capital (1)
There is a sort of minimal form of a hedge fund that goes like this:
1. You pick stocks that you think will go up, and buy them. And pick stocks that you think will go down, and short them. And do whatever other trades you think will make money. You have some analysts to help you pick the stocks, and some process that you design, and some notions about position sizing and risk management, but it is all pretty informal. At the end of the day, your personal instincts about what stocks will go up drive your investing. 2. You are good at it: For years on end, the stocks that you buy go up, and the stocks that you short go down. This means that your fund has good returns, and also that you can charge your clients a large percentage of those returns as performance fees, because it is hard to get good returns so the clients are happy to pay for them. 3. You don't have a boss: You are the boss, and the clients don't bother you because you're making money. 4. There are no rules: You are not at a big institution with a deep-rooted culture, or at a heavily regulated entity where every action is scrutinized and lawyered; you're just a person in a room picking some stocks however you want. 5. You work when and where you want: You need a computer and a phone, but otherwise it doesn't much matter if you come into the office, and if you want to spend the summer at the beach that's fine. 6. You buy a lot of houses, yachts, sports teams, etc.
This is obviously not the only form that hedge funds take; nobody would say "there are no rules" about, like, Bridgewater. The hedge-fund industry is increasingly institutionalized, and big hedge-fund firms look a lot like big heavily regulated financial institutions. But this remains a possible form. If you are just really good at knowing which stocks will go up, people will give you money and pay you a lot to manage it and leave you alone.
That seems nice? I mean, I feel like a lot of people would like those basic job parameters? Not everyone is good at picking the stocks, or at raising the money from outside investors to buy the stocks, but if you are it seems like a good job. You get to work from the beach, own sports teams, various nice things.
Then if you run into trouble and the stocks you buy go down (and the stocks you short go up), your clients will start complaining. Perhaps they will want you to stop managing their money, which is sad for you; you can't keep charging them large fees. Alternatively, they will want you to keep managing their money, to make up for the money you lost (and justify the high fees that they already paid you). But they will want you to do it in a different, less personally satisfying way. Instead of just trusting your gut, they will want you to impose disciplined risk management procedures to reduce the odds of losing more money. Instead of working from the beach, they will want you to sit at your desk, to make sure you're working for them and also as penance for losing their money. You lost so much money, why are you at the beach?
Meta (1)
The basic story is that social media platforms evolve to give users what they want, not what they say they want, or what the platforms' executives want them to want. There is a lot of data, a lot of ability to quickly test and iterate, and a strong commercial imperative to get people to spend more time on the platform. If serving people short-form video gets more engagement than serving them photos of their friends, you do that. If serving people conspiracy theories gets more engagement than serving them dry factual news, you do that. If serving some users X gets more engagement than serving them Y, you do that, for any X and Y, and for any particular subset of your users: You give conspiracy theories to your users who want conspiracy theories, short videos to people who want short videos, etc. You get lots of good data and everything can be sliced pretty fine. And if some of your users want to view child sexual abuse material then you serve them that:
Instagram, the popular social-media site owned by Meta Platforms, helps connect and promote a vast network of accounts openly devoted to the commission and purchase of underage-sex content, according to investigations by The Wall Street Journal and researchers at Stanford University and the University of Massachusetts Amherst.
Pedophiles have long used the internet, but unlike the forums and file-transfer services that cater to people who have interest in illicit content, Instagram doesn't merely host these activities. Its algorithms promote them. Instagram connects pedophiles and guides them to content sellers via recommendation systems that excel at linking those who share niche interests, the Journal and the academic researchers found. ...
Test accounts set up by researchers that viewed a single account in the network were immediately hit with "suggested for you" recommendations of purported child-sex-content sellers and buyers, as well as accounts linking to off-platform content trading sites. Following just a handful of these recommendations was enough to flood a test account with content that sexualizes children.
I think a lot of the concern that people have about rogue artificial intelligence destroying the world is based on the observed behavior of social media platforms. Nobody at Meta was like "we need to build a recommendation algorithm to help people who want child pornography find child pornography." Meta was just like "we need to build a recommendation algorithm to maximize engagement." And the recommendation algorithm got to work and said "hey we can increase engagement by 0.01% by serving more child sexual abuse material to pedophiles," so that's what it did. It is a paperclip maximizer in the real world.
Meta (Facebook) (1)
Last summer, Mark Zuckerberg was hauled before Congress to explain why Facebook Inc. is not a monopoly. He had a simple and elegant answer:
We face a lot of competitors in every part of what we do, from connecting with friends privately to connecting with people in communities to connecting with all your friends at once to connecting with all kinds of user-generated content. … Congressman, the space of people connecting with other people is a very large space.
Facebook is not a monopoly because there are other ways to have human relationships with people. You can call them on the phone, or walk over to them and say hi, or there are various forms of physical endearment that people enjoy. Facebook competes with all of these things. Relatively little human interaction takes place on Facebook, compared to all of the other possible ways to interact with humans. If Facebook dramatically raised the price of interacting with other people on Facebook, maybe you'd meet them for dinner instead.
In antitrust terms this is an argument of "market definition." Congress worried that Facebook is the dominant player in what Congress thinks is its market (online social media),[1] but Zuckerberg explained that it is just one small player in the market correctly understood ("people connecting with other people").
Meta Platforms (1)
There are two main ways to pay CEOs of modern large public companies:
1. The CEO is the founder and major shareholder, you pay her $1 a year, and she gets rich off her share ownership. Her interests are aligned with those of shareholders, because she is the biggest shareholder. [1] 2. The CEO is a hired professional who comes in without much share ownership, and you load her up with stock options to make her feel like a founder/owner and align her interests with those of shareholders.
Zuckerberg is a classic of the first category, and the dividend is, among other things, a way to fund his lifestyle that is compatible with that approach. Musk, of course, tried to get paid both ways, which is what got him in trouble.
MicroStrategy (6)
Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy) is a company that buys Bitcoins. Each Monday, it puts out a statement saying how many Bitcoins it bought the previous week. For a long time, Strategy never sold Bitcoins, but that became less tenable over time, and in the week ending May 31 itsold 32 Bitcoins. Polymarket,...
called STRC, which pays investors an 11.5% annual cash dividend. In the weeks before each month's record date - set around the 15th - investors accumulate the shares, driving the price back up toward its $100 face value. That recovery allows Strategy to sell new shares into the market and direct the...
The convertible-arbitrage discussion is central to the MicroStrategy story. Investors buying converts are partly buying bond downside and equity volatility. MicroStrategy can issue those claims cheaply because its stock is such a volatile Bitcoin wrapper.
For a long time, there has been demand from investors for a product that is "Bitcoin, but a US-listed stock." The most straightforward way to satisfy that demand would be with a Bitcoin exchange-traded fund: You put some Bitcoins in a pot, you issue shares of the pot, you let people exchange Bitcoins for shares or shares for Bitcoins in a way that keeps the price of the shares in line with the price of Bitcoin. The US Securities and Exchange Commission, for mostly bad reasons, has refused to allow anyone to do this. The SEC got sued over this, and lost, and everyone anticipates that there will soon be Bitcoin ETFs.
But for a long time there weren't, so that demand has been satisfied by imperfect substitutes. One substitute is Bitcoin futures ETFs, which are like Bitcoin ETFs but use derivatives and have some slippage. Another substitute is the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, which is like a Bitcoin ETF except that you can't take Bitcoins out (you can't trade in your shares for Bitcoins), so the price of the shares does not stay in line with the price of Bitcoin. A third substitute is MicroStrategy Inc., a publicly traded US software company that also just owns a lot of Bitcoin. It's a publicly traded pot of Bitcoin with a software company attached to it, which is a sillier way to invest in Bitcoin than just a publicly traded pot of Bitcoin without a software company attached, but better than nothing.
It seems to me that a lot of these substitutes are lucrative (for the people offering them) but temporary. The most interesting fact about Grayscale is probably that it charges a 2% fee on its pot of Bitcoins. If it converts into an ETF — as it plans to, once the SEC approves — it probably can't keep that up; ETF fees are much lower, and if Grayscale keeps charging 2%, its shareholders will take their Bitcoins back (as soon as they're allowed to). And then there is MicroStrategy: In a world where a publicly traded pot of Bitcoins is a rare and inaccessible thing, people will pay up for a weird one. In a world in which it is normal and straightforward, they won't.
I love MicroStrategy Inc.'s corporate finance strategy, which consists basically of finding new ways to borrow money to buy Bitcoins. It has done convertible bonds to buy Bitcoins. It did a secured bond last year (secured by the Bitcoins it bought with that bond's proceeds, "but excluding MicroStrategy's existing bitcoins as well as bitcoins and digital assets acquired with the proceeds from existing bitcoins"). And now it is getting a margin loan on some of its Bitcoins — presumably not the ones securing that bond — to buy more Bitcoins:
Silvergate Bank, a subsidiary of Silvergate Capital Corporation (NYSE: SI), the leading provider of innovative financial infrastructure solutions and services for the growing digital currency industry, today announced it has issued a $205 million term loan under its Silvergate Exchange Network (SEN) Leverage program to MacroStrategy LLC, a subsidiary of MicroStrategy Incorporated (Nasdaq: MSTR) which is the largest independent publicly traded analytics and business intelligence company.>
The interest-only term loan is secured by certain bitcoin held in MacroStrategy's collateral account with a custodian mutually authorized by Silvergate and MacroStrategy. Under the terms of the agreement, MacroStrategy will use the loan proceeds (i) to purchase bitcoins, (ii) to pay fees, interest, and expenses related to the loan transaction, or (iii) for MacroStrategy's or MicroStrategy's general corporate purposes.
Here are MicroStrategy's 8-K and the loan agreement, so now you know what it looks like when a public company borrows against its Bitcoins. Some highlights of the terms:
The loan "bears interest at a floating rate equal to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate 30 Day Average as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York's website (0.099% as of the Closing Date) plus 3.70%, with a floor of 3.75%." (MicroStrategy's 7-year Bitcoin-secured bonds last June were sold at 6.125%.) It's a margin loan with daily margining: "The Loan was collateralized at closing by bitcoin with a value of approximately $820.0 million placed in a collateral account with a custodian," representing a loan-to-value ratio of 25%. If the LTV gets above 25% (that is, if the price of Bitcoin goes down), MicroStrategy has to either pay back some of the loan, put more Bitcoins into the collateral account, or (as long as the LTV stays below 35%) pay a 0.25% higher interest rate. If the LTV gets below 25% (that is, if the price of Bitcoin goes up), MicroStrategy can take back some of its Bitcoins.
This is known, in the directors-and-officers-insurance business, as "the Elon Musk." It isn't really, but this is a thing that Tesla Inc. tried, buying its D&O insurance from Musk, its CEO, until shareholders got mad and it changed its mind. I kind of thought it was fine, as a matter of incentive alignment and so forth, but I guess Tesla's shareholders did not. MicroStrategy's 10-Q includes a risk factor about it arguably being bad:
Our having entered into such an indemnification agreement with Mr. Saylor in lieu of procuring director and officer insurance offered by a third-party insurance carrier could have adverse effects on our business, including making it more difficult to attract and retain qualified directors and officers due to the unconventional nature of the arrangement and potential concerns that the indemnification arrangement might not provide the same level of protection that might otherwise be provided by conventional director and officer insurance. In addition, the arrangement may result in some investors perceiving that our independent directors are not sufficiently independent from Mr. Saylor due to their entitlement to personal indemnification from him, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our class A common stock.
For me personally, if the main risk I was worried about was "if Bitcoin goes down I am going to get sued a lot for putting all my company's money into Bitcoin," I would not take much comfort in an indemnity provided by a rich individual who runs the company and loves Bitcoin? Like presumably if Bitcoin goes down a lot then Saylor, who loves Bitcoin, will be less rich? You've got wrong-way risk on your $40 million of coverage.
Moderna (1)
The basic idea of finance is that you come up with a good idea, and you need money to turn the idea into reality, and so you go to investors and ask them for money, and then you do the thing, and if it works and is good then you will get a lot of money and give some of it to the investors. There's a lot of other stuff encrusted on top of this, and certainly it doesn't always work out this way, but this is the basic idea.
If for instance you were a biotech company, and your idea was to develop a vaccine for Covid-19, and you had done some research and found a good candidate and done a Phase 1 trial and gotten pretty good results, but you needed a lot more money to build out capacity to manufacture that vaccine, you would go to the stock market and ask investors for money. And then they would line up to give it to you. Here is maybe the best-timed stock offering I have ever seen:
Moderna Inc. plans to raise as much as $1.3 billion through a sale of shares to fund manufacturing of a coronavirus vaccine seen as one of the frontrunners in the race for immunization against the widening pandemic.The U.S. biotechnology firm will sell 17.6 million shares priced at $76 a piece, according to a statement Tuesday. The price represents a 5% discount to Monday's closing price. …Shares jumped 20% on Monday after the company revealed positive early results from its experimental vaccine for Covid-19, capping off a 309% rally this year.
Here's the preliminary prospectus. The "Use of Proceeds" section says that they'll use the money "to fund working capital needs (raw materials, labor and capital equipment purchases) related to the manufacturing of mRNA-1273 for distribution in the United States and outside the United States, assuming necessary regulatory approvals are obtained"[1]; anything left over will go to develop other drugs, general corporate purposes, etc. If I were in their position I would have added something like "also $100 million will be earmarked to throw a party for our staff and executives if this works, and buy them all Lamborghinis, and construct a giant golden throne for our CEO on which he can receive your gifts of thanksgiving," but I guess they were going for subtlety.Honestly, imagine a better stock-market pitch, really at any point in the history of the stock market, than "hi we have discovered a coronavirus vaccine and need money to manufacture it, would you like to give us some." Doesn't it make you feel good about capital markets? Don't you imagine everyone at the closing dinner, grinning and high-fiving (on Zoom, I mean, they don't have the vaccine yet) and saying "boy this is what it's all about, making the world a better place and getting rich in the process." Conversely if the vaccine ends up not working, in about two months look for Moderna in the "Everything is securities fraud" section of this column. If your stock is up 20% on the day that you announce good news on your Covid-19 vaccine trial, and you peel off a $1.3 billion stock offering that day, and then you say "never mind the vaccine doesn't work, oops," you will get extremely sued. This is not necessarily fair—this is an uncertain and urgent business, it makes sense for Moderna to raise money to prepare for production even before trials are complete, and obviously Moderna's offering document includes prominent warnings about how "the positive interim data from the ongoing Phase 1 study of mRNA-1273, our vaccine candidate for the treatment of SARS-CoV-2, may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials"—but it is a fact of life.
Morgan Stanley (1)
Well here's my new financial heist movie script. A big bank has a lot of computers that keep track of its customers' accounts. It periodically buys new computers to do a better job of keeping track of those accounts. When it does that, it hires a moving company to cart away all of the old computers. The moving company makes a few extra bucks by selling the old computer hardware to, I don't know, scrappy small technology businesses that are happy to have the bank's slightly outdated hardware. Ideally the bank, or the moving company, would delete all the data on the computers first, but that takes time and time is money and sometimes they forget.
So what you do is, you set up a scrappy small tech business as a cover, and you go to the bank's moving company's computer sale and buy all the computers, and then you turn them on and get all of the bank's customers' account information, and then you steal their money. Okay, having written this all out, I guess it is a boring heist movie, never mind. Still:
The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (MSSB) stemming from the firm's extensive failures, over a five-year period, to protect the personal identifying information, or PII, of approximately 15 million customers. MSSB has agreed to pay a $35 million penalty to settle the SEC charges.
The SEC's order finds that, as far back as 2015, MSSB failed to properly dispose of devices containing its customers' PII. On multiple occasions, MSSB hired a moving and storage company with no experience or expertise in data destruction services to decommission thousands of hard drives and servers containing the PII of millions of its customers. Moreover, according to the SEC's order, over several years, MSSB failed to properly monitor the moving company's work. The staff's investigation found that the moving company sold to a third party thousands of MSSB devices including servers and hard drives, some of which contained customer PII, and which were eventually resold on an internet auction site without removal of such customer PII. While MSSB recovered some of the devices, which were shown to contain thousands of pieces of unencrypted customer data, the firm has not recovered the vast majority of the devices.
Great stuff. If you find a 2016-vintage Morgan Stanley computer on EBay and crack it open to find customer information, I guess you can … do … something with that? I don't know. Here, from the SEC complaint, is what one guy did:
On October 25, 2017, nearly a year after the completion of the 2016 Data Center Decommissioning, MSSB received an email from an IT consultant in Oklahoma ("Consultant"). In that email, Consultant informed MSSB that he had purchased hard drives from an online auction site and that he had access to MSSB's data on those devices. In that email, Consultant informed MSSB that "[y]ou are a major financial institution and should be following some very stringent guidelines on how to deal with retiring hardware. Or at the very least getting some kind of verification of data destruction from the vendors you sell equipment to." MSSB eventually repurchased the hard drives in Consultant's possession.
Somehow the SEC neglects to mention how much Morgan Stanley paid him for those hard drives. How much would you charge Morgan Stanley for the hard drives in this situation? I do not want to give you legal advice, and I think that you would want to get some legal advice before trying this, but I think if you offered these hard drives to Morgan Stanley for, say, $100,000 each, they might pay you? Is there a bug bounty program for, you know, you threw out the wrong hard drive? They paid the SEC $35 million; there is money in the budget for this sort of thing.
The rest of the complaint is full of suggestive hints at the scale of Morgan Stanley's after-the-fact garbage hunt:
In late 2017, MSSB launched an investigation into the disposition of the devices that were part of the 2016 Data Center Decommissioning project and determined that Moving Company had also delivered the 8,000 back-up tapes removed from one of the data centers to IT Corp B. MSSB emailed IT Corp B on January 19, 2018 asking whether IT Corp B could "confirm the disposition of …3k lbs of tapes." IT Corp B responded: "I can confirm that we did send this load of tapes for secure waste to energy incineration. Although that lot # is not the lot # we used. They were processed 'Confidential Material' in June of 2016." MSSB's basis for believing that these tapes were in fact destroyed without any unauthorized access to customer PII and consumer report information hinges on this email. MSSB has no other verification or 5 documentation that these tapes were destroyed.
In June 2021, MSSB obtained another fourteen of the missing hard drives from a downstream purchaser. Based on forensic analysis of these hard drives, thirteen of the devices contained a total of at least 140,000 pieces of customer PII. The vast majority of the hard drives from the 2016 Data Center Decommissioning remain missing. …
MSSB has identified an international shipping project that may have involved Moving Company. MSSB can state only that "documents suggest" that Moving Company transported 18-36 unspecified devices to a storage location in New York City. It was contemplated that those devices would be shipped internationally to Europe, potentially by Moving Company.
Possibly thousands of ancient Morgan Stanley storage devices, all over the globe, possibly full of customer data, possibly useful for nefarious purposes. Probably not; there is no suggestion that anyone did anything at all nefarious with any of these things, and also not much suggestion that you could do anything particularly bad. (You're not supposed to hand out customers' "personal identifying information" to random hackers, but there's no suggestion that it was, like, account passwords.)
In recent years it has been popular for investment bank executives to say that they were becoming tech companies: They were hiring developers, building apps, talking about big data. This is a good thing to say, I suppose, insofar as being a tech company means that you can make large profits without putting too much of your own balance sheet at risk, that you can scale rapidly, that you can compete with Silicon Valley for employees.
But there is also an old-school understanding of investment banking in which it is a business of implicit knowledge, of personal connections, that the value that a good banker can add can't be reduced to an algorithm. There is a tension there. If banks are tech companies then they will invest in good consistent electronic communication tools that create good searchable records. If banking is a business of personal connections, then bankers will ignore those tools and text clients on their personal cell phones because that feels more personal. Morgan Stanley got fined $200 million for that this summer. You are supposed to use the official communication tools.
Similarly, if banking is a business of implicit knowledge, go ahead and throw out the old hard drives; what's important is the knowledge in the hearts and minds of the bankers. If banking is a data business, you should probably wipe the hard drives before you throw them out.
Morningstar (1)
In commercial mortgage-backed securities, CMBS, banks package a bunch of commercial mortgages into a pool and then issue securities—"certificates"—backed by the pool. If mortgages in the pool default, some of the certificates—the junior tranches—will lose money first, while other certificates—the senior tranches—won't lose anything until the junior tranches are completely wiped out. This means that the senior tranches are very safe and can get AAA ratings from ratings firms like Morningstar, which means very conservative and regulated investors can buy them. Much of the game of issuing CMBS, then, is about maximizing the portion of the securities that get high (ideally AAA) ratings. If you pool a bunch of conservative low-loan-to-value loans against a diversified pool of good properties into a CMBS, a lot of the certificates will be AAA; if you pool a bunch of risky loans against garbage, more of the certificates will be BBB or worse. Ratings firms have a natural and well understood conflict of interest. On the one hand, they should try to give things the correct ratings; if you hand them a pool of risky loans against garbage, they should give the securities relatively low ratings (not much AAA), to reflect the actual probability of default and uphold their standards of intellectual honesty and protect innocent investors and so forth. On the other hand, the banks that issue CMBS want good ratings (lots of AAA), and if a ratings firm doesn't give out lots of AAA ratings the banks (who build the CMBS, pick the ratings agencies and pay them) will go somewhere else. Also to be fair investors want lots of AAA ratings; most (not all!) of the time, everyone is happiest if they just all pretend that everything is AAA and the ratings agencies back them up. But this conflict is, again, very well understood, and politicians and regulators hate it, and the SEC monitors the ratings firms to make sure they're not just giving everything AAA ratings. One way to do that is by regulating their ratings models, or at least their disclosure of their models. The ratings firms have to have quantitative models that take inputs—about the cash flows of the buildings in the CMBS pool, etc.—and apply some predictable process to them to decide how much of the pool gets rated AAA, etc. And they have to disclose how those models work. In theory the purpose of this is so that investors can understand what the ratings mean. In practice the purpose is to let the SEC sue ratings firms if they nudge ratings up on an ad hoc basis. The investors don't actually care how the model works or what the ratings mean; they just want to buy AAA-rated stuff with high yields. But once the ratings firm writes down how its model works, if it deviates from the model to please a bank, the SEC can sue it. "You said that you rated CMBS in a principled way based on standard criteria, and instead you just rated everything AAA, so, fraud."
MoviePass (2)
But another very important point about MoviePass is that, for a while, everything was like this. There was a period in the late 2010s when it was fashionable to think that the way to build a successful company was by losing money on every transaction. You would create a desirable product, offer it at an uneconomically discounted price, and get lots and lots of customers very quickly. This growth in customers — even money-losing customers — was the point. That growth would, for one thing, attract lots of venture-capital investment, because VCs seemed to care more about rapid customer growth than they did about unit economics.
But there was also a business case for it, which is why the VCs were interested. The theory was that there were a lot of new marketplace businesses with strong network effects and winner-take-all dynamics, so it was crucial to get lots of customers quickly. If you could do that, you would lock in a leading position in the business, and your customers would come to rely on you. And then you could work out the unit economics — most obviously by raising prices, though you could think of other ways. Perhaps you would achieve some economies of scale when you got really big. Perhaps you could strike some sort of deal with your suppliers to lower your costs. In particular, there was a popular view that customer data was really valuable — "the new oil" — and that if you ended up with a lot of data about a lot of customers you could find some way to make money with it. Sell ads to other money-losing startups, maybe.
This theory sometimes went by the name "blitzscaling," and it was part of the bull case for big-name startups like Uber Technologies Inc. and WeWork Inc. [2] It was particularly associated with the venture investments of SoftBank Group Corp. and its Vision Fund. [3] But the name that I often used for it around here — which I borrowed from Kevin Roose at the New York Times — was "the MoviePass economy." Not because MoviePass was the first or biggest company to use this model, but because it was the funniest and most obvious example. When you take an Uber, you don't really know whether Uber is making or losing money on the transaction. When you saw a movie with MoviePass, you knew.
MoviePass had maybe the greatest business model of the 2010s venture capital boom. The model was:
1. You paid MoviePass $10 a month. 2. In exchange, you could see as many movies as you wanted, in theaters. 3. MoviePass had no particular deals with the movie theaters; it just went out and bought whatever tickets you wanted at retail prices. 4. The retail price for a movie ticket was about $10. 5. If you saw more than one movie a month — as you probably did, if you bothered to sign up for this service — MoviePass lost money on you. 6. But MoviePass supposedly collected data! Data is valuable! I don't know.
This all worked out extremely poorly, as you'd expect — MoviePass shut down in 2019 and its parent company filed for bankruptcy in 2020 — but it also became legendary. "The Entire Economy Is MoviePass Now," Kevin Roose of the New York Times said in 2018: Real-world services (car rides, food delivery, movie tickets) were being provided below cost by nominally "tech" companies, funded by venture capitalists who were flush with cash and valued user growth above all else. If you sell $20 worth of movie tickets for $10, people will sign up, you will have rapid user growth and you can probably get someone to think that that's valuable, even though in fact every user that you add costs you $10. But — unlike most of the "MoviePass economy" — MoviePass was not actually a venture-funded startup, did not raise piles of money, and was somewhat constrained by economic reality. So at some point the company looked for ways to make this insane business model work, and it found one. It's pretty simple: What if MoviePass collected your $10 each month and then, when you asked it for movie tickets, it ignored you? Then it could keep collecting your $10 a month without spending money on tickets. Eventually you'd get annoyed by not getting what you paid for, and you'd try to cancel your membership and get your money back, but MoviePass could ignore that too and keep collecting the $10. Giving people unlimited movie tickets for $10 a month is a good way to get rapid customer growth; telling people you'll give them unlimited movie tickets for $10 a month, but not actually doing it, is a way to pivot to profitability.When I describe it like that it sounds bad, but it was actually much worse! The way MoviePass ignored its customers was by changing their passwords so they couldn't log into their accounts.
NYCB (1)
The thing about troubled banks is:
1. There is no better news story, for a troubled bank, than "Troubled Bank Raises Equity Capital." The trouble, at a troubled bank, always is that the market has lost faith that its assets have enough value to pay back all of its creditors (depositors, etc.) with an ample cushion of shareholder money left over. Raising money from shareholders just fixes the trouble. Oh there's other stuff — probably earnings are going to be rough for a while even after the balance-sheet hole is filled, and you've got to fix whatever management problems led to the trouble — but at some level a troubled bank is just a binary question — will it fix its balance-sheet hole or not? — and if it does, then the stock should rally. 2. There is no worse news story, for a troubled bank, than "Troubled Bank Tries to Raise Equity Capital." The market practice, these days, is that troubled banks try to raise capital quietly , and then go out and announced that they have done it. If they announce that they're trying , that suggests to the market that their discreet calls to potential investors didn't work, and it causes panic. There are many reasons that Silicon Valley Bank failed last year, but a big one is that, when it ran into trouble, it launched a public stock offering to fix the trouble. The offering itself caused a panic that sank the bank.
These two facts suggest an investment opportunity: If you see a news story like "Troubled Bank Tries to Raise Equity Capital," you call it immediately and offer to put in enough money to fill its capital hole, fix the problem, and cause a huge rally in the stock. And you offer to do it at an absolute bargain-basement price, because otherwise that stock is going to zero.
I suppose they suggest another investment opportunity: If a troubled bank calls you quietly looking to raise equity capital, and maybe somehow, through no fault of your own of course, it leaks out that the bank is looking to raise money, you'll probably get a good price on the shares.
NeuBase (1)
We have talked about this kind of thing before, and I can never resist these stories. They are sometimes called "blank-check preferred" stories: Most public companies authorize their board of directors to issue preferred stock with any rights that the board wants, and at some point boards realized that this could allow them to tweak shareholder voting requirements. The most famous case was AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc.'s APEs, which AMC used to get authorization to issue more shares, but we've also discussed Tilray Brands Inc. and Soligenix Inc., which also tried to use blank-check preferred to get shareholder approval from indifferent shareholders, and Purple Innovation Inc., which had a weirder plan. I wrote about the APEs that, "if you are a meme-stock company with a retail-focused investor-relations function, you have to solve the problem of voting": Retail shareholders tend not to vote, which is a problem if you are a company with a lot of retail investors and need them to vote.
Just giving one of your directors a single super-duper-voting share is a very crude solution! It's the sort of thing that doesn't always work and can get you sued: Obviously, if you sell a majority of your shareholder voting rights to one director for a dollar, and then that director uses all those votes to do stuff that shareholders disagree with, they are going to sue and a judge is going to shut it down. But here it seems fine? The choice is between giving the shareholders 13 cents and giving them nothing (and filing for bankruptcy when the money runs out). The shareholders don't care about that choice, so they don't vote. But the directors want to give them something, so they have resorted to this.
Nikola (1)
You could have a model of the startup life cycle that goes like this:
1. Some young visionary weirdo has a dream. She tells this dream to venture capitalists, who decide whether or not to give her money. 2. Venture capitalists reward, mainly, audacity. The more outrageous her dream is, the more outrageous she is, the more likely they are to give her money. Venture capitalists are philosophically in the business of investing in 100 companies and hoping that three of them have 100x returns. Conservative steady earners are not what they want. They want huge world-changing ideas that will probably fail, but if they succeed will be the next Facebook. Outrageous ambition, unhindered by the boring constraints of the real world, is what they want. Masayoshi Son told Adam Neumann that he "appreciated how he was crazy, but thought that he needed to be crazier." 3. If the founder is weird and visionary enough, she gets money from VCs, and then tries to build her dream at a startup. 4. Most of these startups fail, because their dreams are in fact impossible. They close up and return $0 to their VC investors, who are fine with that. Most startups are supposed to fail. If you don't have some failures, you're not dreaming big enough. 5. Some succeed, build a functioning product, find product-market fit and get on the road to profitability. 6. Then they go public, perhaps to raise more money, or perhaps just to cash out their founders and VCs. 7. The public markets reward, mainly, steadiness and transparency. The more outrageous the founder's ideas, the more nervous they will make the bankers and lawyers hired to take the company public. 8. Some founders will mature along with their companies, become more realistic after years in the trenches building products, and grow into being plausible public-company chief executive officers. Other founders will get kicked out just before the initial public offering; the companies will replace them with steady professional CEOs more suited to run public companies. Others will continue to be excitable weirdos but their lawyers will try to rein them in as much as possible. 9. It helps that the only companies going public are the ones who succeeded: They may not be profitable yet, but they have a real product, real revenue, demonstrated product-market fit, a good business plan, etc. So when their excitable weirdo CEOs make outrageous promises, they might actually come true.
I don't want to say that this model is empirically true in every respect, but I think it has a rough wisdom and is how a lot of people think about startups and venture capital.
On this model, the very worst thing that could happen to a startup founder might be skipping too quickly from Step 2 to Step 7. You're a wild-eyed visionary, you wander around telling venture capitalists outrageous things, they are like "you are so crazy, I love it, be crazier," you write down "BE CRAZIER" on your to-do list, you go home, you go to bed, the next day you wake up and do an IPO: You will be too crazy for the IPO! You need to have a few years to mellow and mature between the VCs telling you to be crazy and the IPO lawyers telling you to stick to verifiable facts. Adam Neumann never got to take WeWork public; he tried, but there was too much craziness in the Neumann-led WeWork for the IPO to work.
And on this model, the SPAC boom — the rise of special purpose acquisition companies that tend to take unprofitable startups public early , before they even have a product, on the strength of projections about future profits — seems pretty dangerous.
Nikola Corp. (1)
I want to both make fun of this view a lot and also agree with it? That is, like, startups, man. What you want, when you invest in a startup, is a founder who combines (1) an insanely ambitious vision with (2) a clear-eyed plan to make it come true and (3) the ability to make people believe in the vision now. "We'll tinker with hydrogen for a while and maybe in a decade or so a fuel-cell-powered truck will come out of it": True, yes, but a bad pitch. The pitch is, like, you put your arm around the shoulder of an investor, you gesture sweepingly into the distance, you close your eyes, she closes her eyes, and you say in mellifluous tones: "Can't you see the trucks rolling off the assembly line right now? Aren't they beautiful? So clean and efficient, look at how nicely they drive, look at all those components, all built in-house, aren't they amazing? Here, hold out your hand, you can touch the truck right now. Let's go for a drive." That's not true, but it's a nice metaphor; the goal is to get the investor to see the future, so she'll give you money today, so that you can build the future tomorrow.
Sometimes this goes badly wrong. Theranos Inc. is the classic case; it had a visionary founder and smart scientists and promising ideas to one day make broadly useful finger-prick blood tests, and it pretended that it already had those blood tests, and people got incorrect blood-test results, and that's quite bad so now the founder is facing a criminal trial. But mostly it goes fine! Startup investors understand that this is the game they are playing; they want to be sold an enthusiastic vision of the future by someone who believes it so purely and tangibly that he thinks it has already happened. Sometimes it works out great, the founder achieves his vision, the future is as predicted and the investors get rich. Other times—most times—it doesn't work out, the vision fails, the future is different and the investors lose their money. It's fine. That is the game they are in, betting on wild visions of the future sold to them by wild visionaries; only some of them have to come true for the investors to get rich.
It's just that traditionally these things happen in private markets: Wild-eyed visionaries raise money from venture-capital investors who are specialists in funding wild-eyed visionaries, and then they try to build their thing, and if it works then they have a real company and take it public and make profits and so forth, and if it doesn't work then they quietly close up shop and try again with some other wild vision. You go public, and sell stock to boring mutual funds and middle-class retail investors, only when you have something viable. In the olden days that meant "a profitable company," and it certainly doesn't mean that anymore; lots of huge consumer-tech-ish unicorns have gone public with large losses and somewhat vague plans to reverse them. But even those companies typically have, you know, a business; they produce their thing at some large scale and sell it for money and have either positive gross margins or at least some story about how they will achieve them. The recent boom of electric-vehicle companies going public by merging with special purpose acquisition companies has eroded that tradition. Now you get founders selling their wild visions to the public, with a pitch that is heavy on projections and light on historical financials; they can go public earlier, still in the vision stage, and there is no sharp boundary between how they sell to venture capitalists and how they sell to mutual funds and retail investors. They are confident in their vision of the future, and act like it is already here. That's not really what public companies are supposed to do.
OpenAI (7)
Compete for Cash. China Preps $295 Billion Plan to Fund Nationwide AI Buildout. Wall Street Is Rushing to Fund the AI Bonanza in Every Conceivable Way. Apollo and Blackstone raise $35bn inchip financing deal for Anthropic. The 24-Year-Old AI Wiz Who Counts Jane Street as an Investor. How One Hedge Fund...
Levine frames the OpenAI conversion cleanly: the nonprofit controls something extremely valuable, while investors and employees want a more normal equity structure. The legal and economic question is how to price the nonprofit's consent. Governance becomes valuation.
Here is my rough understanding of the thinking behind OpenAI's goofy corporate structure:
1. OpenAI wants to lead the world in the development of artificial general intelligence (AGI), a somewhat vague concept that we can roughly understand to mean "a computer that can think like a human but much better." Done right, AGI will usher humanity into a paradise of leisure and plenty. Done wrong, AGI will impoverish or enslave or murder all of humanity. Very important to get it right! 2. Therefore, in developing AGI, OpenAI's decisions must be made by people who are pure of heart. They can never let short-term commercial considerations override their commitment to the good of humanity, because what they are doing is too important. 3. Developing AGI — buying processors, training models — will be extraordinarily expensive, costing perhaps literally trillions of dollars. So OpenAI will need to raise a lot of money from investors. 4. Developing AGI will also require hiring the best researchers (and fundraisers!) in a hotly competitive market, so OpenAI will need to be able to pay and motivate them. 5. Done the wrong way, AGI could be enormously lucrative for the company that develops it: You could raise trillions of dollars by promising investors a share of the spoils of AGI, and you could motivate researchers by giving them options on those spoils. 6. But OpenAI is committed to doing it the right way, so that's out. Its mission is to develop AGI for the benefit of humanity, not to enrich its employees or investors. 7. On the other hand, OpenAI is not, like, launching AGI tomorrow. And along the way to AGI, there will be plenty of ways to get rich off of the artificial intelligence industry. Large language model chatbots have obvious commercial uses now, and OpenAI isn't committed to distributing those for the benefit of humanity; those it can charge for. Those trillions of dollars of chips that will be needed to build AGI? Someone's gonna make a profit on those chips, and maybe OpenAI can get some of that. 8. All that ancillary stuff — all the money that will slosh around the artificial intelligence business while OpenAI methodically works toward its goal of building AGI — can be carved up and used to attract investors and motivate employees. 9. OpenAI, at its core, doesn't need any of that. It's not motivated by money, as an entity; it's motivated by the good of humanity. 10. So there's a trade: OpenAI can raise money (and attract employees) for its grand project by distributing the intermediate spoils to investors and employees. OpenAI doesn't want those spoils. It just wants the ultimate goal, the AGI, which it will use benevolently to usher in a golden age for humanity.
I am exaggerating in places, and I am not saying that any of this is correct. I am just saying that, from the outside, this model seems to explain a lot of OpenAI's choices. We have talked about many of them:
OpenAI is officially a nonprofit organization with no shareholders at all. But it has raised billions of dollars from investors, led by Microsoft Corp., through its for-profit subsidiary. But that subsidiary is actually a "capped-profit" company: Investors can make a profit on their investment, but not an infinite one; once they've gotten enough profit to make their investment worth their while, OpenAI no longer has to try to make profits for them, and can focus on humanity. Similarly OpenAI's employees get capped-profit quasi-shares, to motivate them to build AI, but not to motivate them to put their dreams of dynastic wealth above the good of humanity. But OpenAI's board of directors, who are ultimately in charge of making sure it benefits rather than enslaves humanity, don't get stock (or options, or quasi-stock): Their motives are pure. Even Sam Altman, OpenAI's founder and chief executive officer, doesn't own any stock. OpenAI also has a commercial partnership with Microsoft giving it access to OpenAI's models up to (but not including) AGI. Once OpenAI builds AGI, that's for humanity, not for Microsoft.
The normal way to own a share of a company's profits is to buy its stock. If you find a company that you think is promising, and you want to give it some money to finance its operations in exchange for a share of its profits, you might buy, say, 10% of its stock, and then in some rough sense you own 10% of its future profits. Not in any very strict sense — the company gets the profits, and may or may not pay some or all of them out to you as dividends — but people do tend to think of a share of stock as a share in future profits.
But while stock is the standard way to buy a share of a company's profits, it is not the only way. Here's another one: I buy 10% of the company's stock, and then I write you a total return swap, a derivative contract saying that I'll pay you $1 for every $1 that the stock goes up (and you'll pay me $1 for every $1 it goes down). That way, you have economic exposure to the stock: You make money if it goes up and lose money if it goes down. But you don't own the actual shares of stock, or some of the rights that attach to them. (You normally can't vote for directors, for instance.) You have economic ownership of the stock, but you don't actually own stock.
There are other ways. Many crypto tokens, for instance, are kind of profit interests in some project. Or more simply, you go to the company and say "hey I'd like to buy 10% of your profits" and the company says "sure" and writes a contract saying "you are entitled to 10% of our profits." And then when the company has profits it writes you a quarterly check.
Why would you do any of these things, instead of buying stock? Here are three possible answers:
1. You arrived from Mars 10 minutes ago, you have never heard of "common stock," so you reason from first principles about how to invest in a company and take a share of its profits. "What if we wrote some sort of a contract giving me a share of the profits," you say, etc. 2. The company is not actually a company and doesn't have stock, so you need to resort to workarounds. You want to give money to a university lab, or a government project, or a nonprofit organization, or your brother-in-law, to develop some commercial thing, and in exchange you want 10% of the commercial thing's profits. Maybe you write a profit-sharing contract. Or you want to invest money in a decentralized crypto project, and you take back tokens that seem likely to go up if it succeeds. 3. Regulatory arbitrage. Because stock is the normal way to own a share of a company's profits, a lot of rules apply to stock, and if you buy something that is Not Stock you might avoid those rules, while still getting the benefits (profit sharing, etc.) of stock. For instance, the US Securities and Exchange Commission has a lot of disclosure and other rules that apply to people who buy more than 5% of a public company's stock; some investors want to avoid those disclosure rules for various reasons, so they will use total return swaps or other derivatives rather than buying stock directly. (There is a cat-and-mouse element to this, where people use swaps to avoid the rules, so the SEC revises the rules to capture swaps.) Or there are margin rules limiting how much money you can borrow to buy stocks, while the rules for derivatives can be laxer. (This is part of what went wrong with Archegos Capital Management.) Or US antitrust law requires regulatory preapproval for anyone buying more than a certain amount of a company's stock; buying Not Stock can avoid those rules too.
But for a moment ignore all of that and just think about OpenAI Inc., the 501(c)(3) public charity, with a mission of "building safe and beneficial artificial general intelligence for the benefit of humanity." Like any nonprofit, it has a mission that is described in its governing documents, and a board of directors who supervise the nonprofit to make sure it is pursuing that mission, and a staff that it hires to achieve the mission. The staff answers to the board, and the board answers to … no one? Their own consciences? There are no shareholders; the board's main duties are to the mission.
Often, as a general matter, a nonprofit's staff will be more committed to the mission than the board is. This just makes sense: The staff generally works full-time at the nonprofit, doing its mission all day; the directors are normally fancy outsiders with other jobs who just show up for occasional board meetings. Of course the staff cares more than the board does.
But it isn't always quite that simple. Because the staff works full-time at the nonprofit, they will care much more about the practical conditions of the job than the board will. The board is disinterested and comfortable and can care entirely about the abstract mission of the nonprofit; the staff members have to pay rent and student loans. And so sometimes there will be a conflict between the mission of the nonprofit and the conditions of the job, and the staff will prefer better working conditions while the board will prefer the mission. [1]
So a charity to feed the homeless might have to decide whether to spend a marginal dollar of donations on food for the homeless or higher salaries for the staff. It is not obvious that the staff will prefer higher salaries while the board will prefer feeding more clients, but it is possible ; really it is a pretty standard story of agency costs, and the board's role is to manage those costs. Or last year Ryan Grim wrote about conflicts within progressive advocacy groups after the killing of George Floyd: "In the eyes of group leaders ... staff were ignoring the mission and focusing only on themselves, using a moment of public awakening to smuggle through standard grievances cloaked in the language of social justice," while the staff "believed [that] managers exploited the moral commitment staff felt toward their mission, allowing workplace abuses to go unchecked."
OpenAI is a very strange nonprofit! Its stated mission is "building safe and beneficial artificial general intelligence for the benefit of humanity," but in the unavoidably sci-fi world of artificial intelligence developers, that mission has a bit of a flavor of "building artificial intelligence very very carefully and being ready to shut it down at any point if it looks likely to go rogue and kill all of humanity." The mission is "build AI, but not too much of it, or too quickly, or too commercially." As of last week, it had a board with six members, three of whom (including Altman) worked at OpenAI and three of whom did not.
And it is easy to see how the board's view of the mission could conflict with the staff's views of their jobs. Like, you are a cutting-edge AI researcher, you come into work every day excited to do cutting-edge AI research, you succeed in doing cutting-edge stuff, and the board shows up and is like "hey this edge is too cutting, we worry it's going to kill us all, slow it down there tiger." It's condescending! It stops you from doing the thing that you are committed to do! They're Luddites! But the thing that you are committed to do (build cutting-edge AI stuff) is not quite the thing that OpenAI is committed to do (build safe AI stuff). And the outside directors — who don't go to work at OpenAI all day — might care more about its official mission than the staff does.
From the board's perspective, a nonprofit with the mission of "be first to build artificial general intelligence, but only if we can do it safely" will have a staffing problem. To achieve that mission it will have to hire staff who are talented and driven enough to be the first to build AGI, but those staff will probably be more enthusiastic about AI, generally, than the mission calls for. Or you can hire staff who are super-nervous about AGI, but they probably won't be the first ones to build it. So you hire the good AI developers, but you keep a watchful eye on them.
From the staff's perspective, the board is a bunch of outsiders whose main features are (1) they are worried about AI safety and (2) they don't work at OpenAI. (Well, three of them do, but three — a majority of those who voted to oust Altman — don't.) They have no idea! They are meddling in stuff — AI research but also intra-company dynamics — that they don't really understand, driven by an abstract sense of mission. Which kind of is the job of a nonprofit board, but which will reasonably annoy the staff.
Also, of course, the material conditions of the OpenAI staff are pretty unusual for a nonprofit: They can get paid millions of dollars a year and they own equity in the for-profit subsidiary, equity that they were about to be able to sell at an $86 billion valuation. When the board is like "no, the mission requires us to zero your equity and cut off our own future funding," I mean, maybe that is very noble and mission-driven of the board. But, just economically, it is rough on the staff.
Yesterday virtually all of OpenAI's staff signed an open letter to the board, demanding that the board resign and bring back Altman. The letter claims that the board "informed the leadership team that allowing the company to be destroyed 'would be consistent with the mission.'" Yes! I mean, the board might be wrong about the facts, but in principle it is absolutely possible that destroying OpenAI's business would be consistent with its mission. If you have built an unsafe AI, you delete the code and burn down the building. The mission is conditional — build AGI if it is safe — and if the condition is not satisfied then you go ahead and destroy all of the work. That is the board's job. It's the board's job because it can't be the staff's job, because the staff is there to do the work, and will be too conflicted to destroy it. The board is there to supervise the mission.
I don't mean to say that the board is right! The board really are outside kibbitzers! Between OpenAI's staff, who know what they're talking about but also kinda like building AI, and OpenAI's board, who lean more to being AI-skeptical outsiders, I guess I'd bet on the staff being right. [2] (Also if the board's job is to prevent the development of rogue AI, burning down OpenAI is unlikely to accomplish that, just because there are competitors who will gleefully hire the staff.) I am just saying that this is a standard and real problem in nonprofit governance, and what's weird about OpenAI is that it's an $86 billion startup with nonprofit governance.
One popular thing to say about this is that the investors should have been more careful about governance, and that future investors in future startups will pay more attention to things like control rights and fiduciary duties and board composition. And, maybe. But I have to say I sympathize with the investors here. There are many cases in which sophisticated investors invest large sums of money into companies where they have no real control rights, and they rationally calculate that it will be fine. Generally the calculation will involve some combination of factors like:
1. I have met the founder and shook her hand and looked into her eyes and I trust her, so I do not need to care about the corporate formalities. (Smart investors jumped into Elon Musk's Twitter Inc. adventure not because they did extensive due diligence or got a lot of control rights, but because he's Elon Musk.) 2. Regardless of the formalities, the incentives are on my side: This company will need more money, the founder will need to sell her shares, and so even if she has the formal right to hose me she won't, because that will be bad for her. (Both Adam Neumann and Travis Kalanick were forced out of startups that they had founded and where they had more or less total formal control, because their investors told them "hey look if you keep your total control this is going to be a zero, whereas if you leave now you can salvage some value for yourself," and they made a rational choice.) 3. The formalities are bad, sure, but that's the price of getting into this investment, and the upside of this investment is so huge that I am willing to take the risk of getting hosed by bad governance. (Early investors in Facebook Inc., now Meta Platforms Inc., had very little in the way of governance rights, Mark Zuckerberg had total control, and guess what he still does and he has made those investors very rich.)
It is not hard to see how OpenAI's investors could have had similar thoughts:
1. They really liked Sam Altman! He is a popular and well-connected figure among venture capital types. Nor, really, were they wrong to trust him. It's just that usually startup founders have much more control of their boards than Altman did. That did turn out to be a failure of organizational due diligence by OpenAI's investors, but an understandable one. 2. The incentives were just incredibly on their side. OpenAI requires piles and piles of outside money to do its work, so it cannot rationally afford to alienate investors. Microsoft, OpenAI's biggest investor, also provides its computing power and has a license to its technology and, after this weekend's implosion, seems to be on track to hire most of its staff. "You can make the case that Microsoft just acquired OpenAI for $0 and zero risk of an antitrust lawsuit," Ben Thompson wrote yesterday. No rational startup would let that happen! Meanwhile Thrive Capital was leading the tender offer to buy employee shares, and might have thought "these employees need liquidity and will not bite the hand that is feeding them." These were all, I think, very reasonable things to think; they were just flummoxed by a board that did not act in the economic best interests of the company. Again: because it wasn't supposed to! Still a jarring surprise. 3. The upside was really big. I mean the company was worth more than $80 billion last week, not because it was profitable (it was a money pit) but because, you know, it had an 8% chance of being a trillion-dollar company. You'd take some governance risk for that upside.
OpenAI was founded as a nonprofit with "with the goal of building safe and beneficial artificial general intelligence for the benefit of humanity." But "it became increasingly clear that donations alone would not scale with the cost of computational power and talent required to push core research forward," so OpenAI created a weird corporate structure, in which a "capped-profit" subsidiary would raise billions of dollars from investors (like Microsoft) by offering them a juicy (but capped!) return on their capital, but OpenAI's nonprofit board of directors would ultimately control the organization. "The for-profit subsidiary is fully controlled by the OpenAI Nonprofit," whose "principal beneficiary is humanity, not OpenAI investors."
And this worked incredibly well: OpenAI raised money from investors and used it to build artificial general intelligence (AGI) in a safe and responsible way. The AGI that it built turned out to be astoundingly lucrative and scalable, meaning that, like so many other big technology companies before it, OpenAI soon became a gusher of cash with no need to raise any further outside capital ever again. At which point OpenAI's nonprofit board looked around and said "hey we have been a bit too investor-friendly and not quite humanity-friendly enough; our VCs are rich but billions of people are still poor. So we're gonna fire our entrepreneurial, commercial, venture-capitalist-type chief executive officer and really get back to our mission of helping humanity." And Microsoft and OpenAI's other investors complained, and the board just tapped the diagram — the first diagram — and said "hey, we control this whole thing, that's the deal you agreed to."
And the investors wailed and gnashed their teeth but it's true, that is what they agreed to, and they had no legal recourse. And OpenAI's new CEO, and its nonprofit board, cut them a check for their capped return and said "bye" and went back to running OpenAI for the benefit of humanity. It turned out that a benign, carefully governed artificial superintelligence is really good for humanity, and OpenAI quickly solved all of humanity's problems and ushered in an age of peace and abundance in which nobody wanted for anything or needed any Microsoft products. And capitalism came to an end.
That story is basically coherent, and it is, I think, roughly what at least some of OpenAI's founders thought they were doing. OpenAI is, in this story, essentially a nonprofit, just one that is unusually hungry for computing power and highly paid engineers. So it took a calculated detour into the for-profit world. It decided to raise billions of dollars from investors to buy computers and engineers, and to use them to build a business that, if it works, should be hugely lucrative. But its plan was that, once it got there, it would send off the investors with a solid return and a friendly handshake, and then it would go back to being a nonprofit with a mission of benefiting the world. And its legal structure was designed to protect that path: The nonprofit always controls the whole thing, the investors never get a board seat or a say in governance, and in fact the directors aren't allowed to own any stock in order to prevent a conflict of interest, because they are not supposed to be aligned with shareholders. "It would be wise to view any investment in OpenAI Global, LLC in the spirit of a donation," its operating agreement actually says (to investors!), "with the understanding that it may be difficult to know what role money will play in a post-AGI world."
Opendoor (1)
In the stock market there are market makers. A market maker is in the business of buying stock from people who want to sell and selling stock to people who want to buy. Those people could just trade with each other directly, sure, but that would be inconvenient. You might want to sell now, and I might want to buy in 10 minutes. Rather than wait around, you sell to a market maker now, and she sells to me in 10 minutes. You and I get "immediacy." In exchange, we pay the market maker a bit of money, in the form of a spread between the price she pays you now and the price I pay her in 10 minutes.
Being in this business, the market maker is exposed to market prices: If the stock goes up over those 10 minutes, she makes a bit of extra money; if it goes down (by more than the spread) she loses money. But in fact the market maker is not necessarily long a lot of stock. For one thing, she trades pretty rapidly — market makers in the US stock market are often called "high-frequency traders" — and so doesn't hold too much stock for too long. For another thing, she can sell stock before she buys it. This is called short selling. If you want to buy now, and I want to sell in 10 minutes, the market maker will sell you some stock now and buy it from me in 10 minutes. If the stock goes up over those 10 minutes (by more than the spread), she loses money; if it goes down, she makes money. Over the course of a day, the market maker will sometimes buy before selling and other times sell before buying; she will be long some stocks at some times and short other stocks at other times. Overall she is probably close to flat, meaning that she won't make or lose much money if the stock market jumps up or down.
People want to apply the market-making model to homes. This makes sense. Buying or selling a home is a long slow uncertain annoying process. The value of immediacy is high, especially for a seller. If you decide to sell your house and go to a website and spend 10 minutes filling out a form and then someone wires you cash for the value of your house, that is much much much better than hiring a broker and listing the house and holding open houses and so forth. You'd be willing to pay a market maker a lot for that immediacy. (By selling your house to the market maker at a discount.) And if the market maker is good at acquiring houses, then it will have a lot of inventory, which will make it a good seller of houses. If you want to buy a house, you will naturally go to the market maker's website, because it's where the houses are.
Ozy (2)
I think a lot about questions of who controls a company. In some theoretical sense, the board of directors controls the company; it has the ultimate decision-making authority and can hire and fire executives. Traditionally, if the executives do a very bad thing they might expect to get fired.
This is less true of startups where the chief executive officer is also the founder and largest shareholder and public face of the company, and where the board mostly serves to advise the founder-CEO, but it is still somewhat true of them. Both Uber Technologies Inc.'s and WeWork's boards managed to fire their founder-controller-CEOs over various embarrassments. Even where the CEO is the biggest shareholder and controls the board, the board has some independent fiduciary duty to do right by the other shareholders and stakeholders of the company; in times of crisis it has an obligation to exercise control.
But what I am asking here is, is there some level of crisis that is so complete and so embarrassing that the board will skip right past crisis management to "flee for your lives"? "Well, there's nothing really to save here, we're getting out and we never want to hear about this again"? "We can't fire you, we quit"? If so is that … good? It's not good, but is it something? If you are the founder-CEO, do you at least get total control of your company back, free from the interference of a board that would otherwise feel some obligation to investigate and make changes?
Here's the thing about being a private company. You can sort of … say stuff. If you are a public company and you say "we have the highest traffic of any media site in the world," and it's not true, someone will sue you for securities fraud. Everything you say in public, you say to investors, and if it's wrong you get in trouble. If you are a private company and you say "we have the highest traffic of any media site in the world," there can be various footnotes and caveats that you think but don't say, you can cross your fingers behind your back, it's fine. You don't have to follow generally accepted accounting principles or use words in their ordinary meanings in your public statements. The public can't buy your stock so it doesn't matter. You sell stock only occasionally, in negotiated transactions with sophisticated investors; you sign agreements with those investors in which they essentially disclaim any reliance on anything that you've said outside of the deal documents.
But! When those sophisticated investors do their due diligence, they will ask you specific questions. You will say in public "we have the highest traffic of any media site in the world," and the investors will send you a list of questions like "how many unique visitors did you have in each of the last 12 months" and "describe all commercial arrangements in which you pay for traffic" and other stuff designed to tease out exactly how big and good your traffic is. They will do this because they are sophisticated investors; they understand that your public statements are for different audiences, and that in any case you are a visionary private-company founder and when you say stuff it sometimes reflects your confidence in your company's bright future rather than present-day reality. So they will just quietly, behind the scenes, ask you boring factual questions to see how close your claims are to reality. And you will respond with the boring factual answers. And if those answers don't quite correspond to your bold claims then, you know, that's fine, that's how startups work; they won't necessarily pass on the investment just because the boring financial reality of your business doesn't yet match your vision.
It's just that if you lie to them in due diligence that ruins the whole deal. If they ask for a customer call during due diligence, and you impersonate the customer to give them the answers you want them to hear, come on, come on, come on, come on.
PG&E (1)
The basic deal is that, if you are a company, and you do bad things to people, you have to pay them money to make up for it. If you do really bad things to a whole lot of people, you will have to give them more money than you have. In the ordinary course, the way U.S. bankruptcy and corporate law works is that if a company owes people more money than it can pay, those people get to own the company instead. Thus, if a company does bad enough things to enough people, the remedy is that those people end up owning the company. This almost always ends up being kind of ironic, because in cases like this, where a big company does something so existentially bad that it is bankrupted, the bad thing will tend to be a central aspect of the company. You just rarely have companies that (1) are mostly in sweet wholesome inoffensive profitable businesses but (2) have a sideline in doing massive harm to people. The paradigmatic case is more like the opioid settlement we discussed last August, in which, to compensate for the harm that Purdue Pharma has done by marketing addictive opioids, Purdue Pharma will be put into a public beneficiary trust "that would allow the profits from all drug sales, including the opioid painkiller OxyContin, to go to the plaintiffs — largely states, cities, towns and tribes." Purdue Pharma harmed people by selling addictive opioids, and the remedy is that now its victims get to sell the addictive opioids and keep the profits. I don't know. This is considerably less ironic, but still:
PG&E Corp. proposes to pay half of its $13.5 billion settlement with California wildfire victims in company shares, a move that would make victims the utility's largest shareholders—and jeopardize payments if PG&E sparks future fires. As part of its plan to exit bankruptcy, PG&E would pay fire-victim claims through a trust funded with equal parts cash and stock. The trust would own 20.9% of PG&E's shares upon the company's emergence from chapter 11, PG&E has said, and would gradually sell the stakes over several years to compensate individuals who lost family members and property. While share-funded trusts have been used before to settle claims from asbestos victims and others, some legal experts say the PG&E trust would pose an unusual set of risks for claimants, tying their payment prospects to a company still scrambling to reduce the threat that its aging electrical grid will start fires. Since the fall of 2017, state investigators have linked PG&E equipment to 18 wildfires that killed 107 people and destroyed more than 15,700 homes. "There's no question that for a period of two years, the wildfire victims will end up bearing the risk of future wildfires," said Mike Danko, an attorney who represents fire victims.
Considerably less ironic because starting fires is less of a central part of PG&E's business than selling addictive opioids is of Purdue's business. (Or selling cigarettes is of tobacco companies' businesses, etc.) PG&E could keep supplying electrical power, but stop starting fires, and that would be good for the victims; there is no conflict of interest. On the other hand if PG&E keeps starting fires, then you have the awkward situation of reducing the recovery of previous victims to pay for the future victims. The rule is the rule: If you own a company and it does a lot of harm, you have to give the company to the people it harmed, even if you only own the company because you're one of the people it previously harmed.
PacWest (1)
There is a technical accounting problem with being bought, though. If you are a bank in this situation:
1. You have assets (loans, held-to-maturity bonds, etc.) valued at $100 on your balance sheet. 2. The market value of those assets is more like $90, due to interest-rate moves. 3. If you sell those assets, you will have a $10 accounting loss, which will eat up a lot of your regulatory capital and lead to more panic. 4. If you sell yourself , at fair value, the acquirer will mark your assets to market, which will give you a $10 accounting loss, which will eat up a lot of regulatory capital and require the acquirer to put in extra money to keep you well capitalized. (This is the problem that JPMorgan had when it bought First Republic Bank.)
As a matter of market perception, it is good to sell yourself, because that will restore confidence. As a matter of accounting, it is bad to sell yourself, because that will cause a big mark-to-market loss and undermine confidence.
Here's a solution:
PacWest Bancorp is being bought by smaller rival Banc of California as it seeks to navigate a bout of upheaval that brought down a handful of its peers.>
The deal includes a $400 million investment from Warburg Pincus and Centerbridge Partners, which obtain about 20% of the combined company and receive warrants to buy more shares, the banks said Tuesday.>
PacWest stockholders will get 0.66 of a share of Banc of California common stock for each of their shares. The banks will sell assets with the aim of repaying $13 billion of wholesale borrowings, they said.>
The merger is aimed at shoring up confidence in the banks after a run on deposits struck several US regional lenders earlier this year, leading to the collapse of three California-based banks and one in New York. Rising interest rates depressed the value of bonds they bought when rates were low, and the sudden surges in customer withdrawals forced some of them to sell those assets at a loss.
PacWest is sort of being bought by Banc of California, but also sort of not. From the press release:
The combined holding company and bank will operate under the Banc of California name and brand following closing of the transaction. Under the terms of the merger agreement, PacWest stockholders will receive 0.6569 of a share of Banc of California common stock for each share of PacWest common stock. …>
Banc of California will be the legal acquirer, and Banc of California N.A. will merge with and into Pacific Western Bank, which will take the Banc of California name and apply to become a Federal Reserve member. PacWest will be the accounting acquirer, with fair value accounting applied to Banc of California's balance sheet at closing.
Banc of California — relatively unscathed by this year's troubles — is the legal acquirer, and keeping its name. PacWest — which has been in the news a lot — will disappear. But PacWest, as the larger bank, is the accounting acquirer, meaning that Banc of California's relatively clean balance sheet gets marked to market, while PacWest gets to avoid marking down its assets.
Parallaxes Capital (1)
As it happens, we have talked about TRAs before, when Sculptor Capital Management Inc. was in a hostile takeover fight involving, among other things, its TRA. Basically if you are a founder or early employee of a private partnership, and then later it goes public, you will end up converting your partnership shares into shares in a public corporation, which will trigger immediate taxes for you and tax savings for the company over, often, 15 years. The norm is for the company to pay you most of those tax benefits (typically 85%) as they are realized; realizing them means mostly the company having enough taxable income to take advantage of the tax savings. So a TRA is a quasi-debt instrument of a public company, one that doesn't trade and that has unusual triggers. So if you sell this weird illiquid bond-ish thing to Parallaxes, you should expect to sell it at a big discount, and Parallaxes makes its money by figuring out which TRAs will pay out and buying them at a discount.
As is often the case with weird corporate derivatives trades, though, this is really a bet on merger activity. The Journal reports:
Parallaxes's first two funds have returned about 15% annually, according to investors. Later funds have done better because some companies whose TRA rights they owned were acquired and the TRAs were paid out early.
TRAs often have acceleration provisions that say that if the company gets acquired then the TRA gets paid out all at once, at maximally favorable assumptions, rather than over 15 years and only if there's taxable income. So if you buy a 15-year TRA at a 15% yield and all it gets paid out next year, that's where you make the real money.
Paramount (4)
Paramount agreed to buy Warner Bros. Discovery for roughly $81 billion of equity plus $15 billion of debt repayment, to be financed later with new stock and debt. Until closing, Warner's shareholders have agreed to be cashed out at $31 per share but earn no interest, unless closing slips past September 30, 2026, after which they collect a $0.25-per-quarter "ticking fee," about 3.2% a year. A federal judge then paused the deal on antitrust grounds, so Paramount now faces roughly $7 million a day in late fees, over $1 billion if a trial drags into April. The mechanism is a clean lesson in acquisition finance: in the gap between signing and closing, the buyer effectively holds the target's equity upside while financing it with an interest-free IOU, and the ticking fee is the price of delay. The risk is asymmetric, because if the deal never closes, Paramount could end up paying interest to finance an asset it will never own.
The Apex/Paramount item is useful because it shows why M&A background sections get long. The highest price is not always the only variable. Control, minority-shareholder treatment, financing, regulatory risk and family objectives all shape the path to a transaction.
The basic situation at Paramount Global is that National Amusements Inc., a company controlled by Shari Redstone, owns roughly 5% of Paramount's total stock, but roughly 77% of the voting stock. If you want to acquire Paramount, what should you do? One option is to go to Paramount's board of directors and propose a merger in which you pay cash to acquire all of the stock at a premium; the market capitalization of the stock right now is about $8 billion, so this might require you to pay perhaps $10 billion or $12 billion.
Another option, though, is to buy National Amusements' stake. Again, National Amusements owns about 5% of the stock; if Paramount is worth $8 billion, then 5% of it is worth about $400 million. In fact the voting Class A stock trades at a higher price than the nonvoting Class B stock, and you'd have to pay Redstone a premium, but still. Maybe you pay $1 billion or so for that stock. Or maybe you buy National Amusements outright from Redstone — it also owns some movie theaters — and pay $2 billion or so to get the Paramount stock plus the movie theaters. And then you control 77% of the Paramount votes. And then you fire the board and take control and do what you want.
Well. You don't really fire the board and take control and do whatever you want. Corporate law imposes some restrictions on what a controlling shareholder like National Amusements can do with a public company like Paramount; if you bought National Amusements, you'd have some fiduciary duties to other shareholders, and anything you did would be closely watched by those shareholders and the courts. And Paramount has a board of directors that is separate from National Amusements, with its own fiduciary duties to the nonvoting shareholders, and that board can make trouble. (It once tried to take away Redstone's voting control!)
So a third option is that you could go to National Amusements and offer to buy it, but simultaneously negotiate with Paramount's board of directors to try to get an all-around deal. Because what you really want is to acquire Paramount. Acquiring 77% of the voting stock of Paramount gets you a long way toward that goal, but not all the way: You still have a board, judicial oversight, minority shareholders, etc. You want Paramount's board and shareholders to endorse your plans before you shell out billions of dollars for National Amusements.
The economics of a Paramount Global acquisition are simple but tricky:
Paramount has about 655 million shares outstanding. Of those 655 million shares, roughly 41 million are Class A shares, which have voting rights; the rest are Class B shares, which don't. The Class A stock trades at $22.37 per share as of Friday's close; the Class B trades at $11.91. That gives you a combined equity market capitalization of about $8.2 billion. Figure you'd have to pay a premium to buy the whole company. Let's say the total equity value would be $12 billion, roughly a 50% premium to the current price. [1] But notice that you could take over the company — control the shareholder vote, elect new directors, vote for a merger, etc. — with just 21 million Class A shares. That would represent a majority of the Class A voting shares, but only about 3.2% of the total shares. In fact, 31.5 million Class A shares are owned by National Amusements, a company controlled by Shari Redstone, the daughter and successor of former Paramount mogul Sumner Redstone. Those shares represent about 77% of the voting stock, but less than 5% of the total stock. [2] If you want to acquire Paramount, how much should you offer to pay for Redstone's Class A stock? For the other Class A stock? For the Class B stock?
Assume that you are willing to pay $12 billion of total equity value for the company, and that you will be compelled by competitive pressures to pay that amount. Two possible answers suggest themselves:
1. The fairest answer is that if you are willing to pay $12 billion for the equity, you should pay about $18.32 per share, [3] treating the A and B shares the same, since they have the same economic rights. [4] This represents about a 54% premium to the trading price of the Class B shares, but about an 18% discount to the trading price of the Class A shares. 2. The least fair answer is that if you are willing to pay $12 billion for the equity, you should pay all of it to Shari Redstone, because her voting stock is enough to control the company. Pay her $380.95 per share for her Class A shares, [5] give everyone else zero, boom, you control the company. She gets about a 1,600% premium to the last trade; everyone else gets a 100% discount.
Neither of those answers is really feasible: You're not going to get the Class A holders to vote to sell their shares at a discount, and if you announce a plan to buy Redstone's shares and stiff everyone else, Paramount's board — which has fiduciary duties to all shareholders — will try to stop you. (The board of Paramount's predecessor once tried to take away Redstone's votes, arguing that was in the best interests of other shareholders.) And if you just buy Redstone's shares, take control and leave the Class B and minority Class A shares outstanding, they will stick around and make various sorts of economic and legal trouble. [6]
But those are the boundaries, and then you have to find the right place on the curve between them. You have to give Redstone enough for her shares to make it worth her while, and you have to give everyone else enough that the board will let you do it. And, in a competitive auction, different bidders might strike the balance in different ways; Redstone might end up favoring the more Redstone-friendly bidder, while the board might end up favoring the more Class B-friendly one.
We talk sometimes about my simple model of distressed debt investing: If you're a company with $100 of debt outstanding, you go to the holders of 51% of it and say "we'll pay you back 105 cents on the dollar if you vote to stiff the other guys." So you pay $53.55 to the majority and $0 to the minority and come out ahead. That doesn't really work, but it's the schematic intuition behind lots of other things ("non-pro rata uptiering," etc.) that do work.
We also talk sometimes about how it's harder to pull off this sort of thing in equity deals (like mergers): Getting 51% of bondholders to vote to stiff the other 49% is endlessly popular, but getting 51% of shareholders to vote to stiff the other 49% is not really allowed; there are fiduciary duties and protections and expectations that all shareholders will get treated fairly.
On the other hand, at Paramount you can control of 100% of the company by buying 5% of the stock. Of course that is a temptation.
Paramount Global (3)
I suppose you can think of this deal as having three main parts:
1. The Skydance investors buy National Amusements to get control of Paramount. National Amusements owns roughly 10% of the stock of Paramount, but Paramount has two share classes: Class A stock, which has voting rights, and Class B, which doesn't. And National Amusements owns roughly 77% of the voting Class A stock. So the Skydance consortium pays Redstone $2.4 billion for National Amusements, and it gets voting control of Paramount. 2. Paramount then acquires Skydance: Paramount will merge with Skydance, giving Skydance some shares of new Paramount. This deal values Skydance at $4.75 billion, and Skydance gets paid in new (nonvoting) Paramount stock at $15 per share. 3. The Skydance investors also kick in another $6 billion of cash to buy Paramount shares: They buy $1.5 billion of stock (nonvoting stock at $15 per share) directly from Paramount to strengthen the balance sheet, and another $4.5 billion from Paramount's shareholders. The $4.5 billion goes first to non-Redstone holders of voting Paramount shares, at $23 per share, for a total of up to $211 million, though they can choose to roll over into new Paramount stock instead. (In which case they will get 1.53 nonvoting Class B shares of the new company per Class A share of the old company: In any case, the Skydance investors will end up with 100% of the voting stock.) And then the rest of the cash — about $4.3 billion — goes to buying nonvoting Class B shares at $15 per share. If every Paramount shareholder elects cash, then only about 43% of them will get cashed out. [1] The rest will keep their nonvoting Class B stock in the new Paramount. As of noon today, Paramount's Class B shares were trading around $11.47, so presumably everyone will elect cash and get prorated.
Those elements are sort of in declining order of importance. Step 1 is really the main thing: You can't do anything with Paramount without Shari Redstone's voting shares, and that means buying her out at a premium. And then buying out Redstone gives you control of Paramount. If you want to take over Paramount, make yourself chief executive officer and generally take control of its strategy, buying a block of 77% of the voting stock gets you most of the way there.
But Step 2 is also important to making the deal make sense for Skydance: They want to integrate their company with Paramount. The investor presentation touts the benefits of "unification of marquee rights" (because Paramount and Skydance co-produce various franchises like Top Gun, Mission: Impossible and Star Trek) and transitioning "to a world-class media and technology enterprise." Also it is optically appealing for this deal to involve a merger of two actual content companies, instead of just a group of investors taking over Paramount without paying for all of the shares.
And Step 3 is important to getting the deal through a special committee of independent Paramount directors. The deal makes sense for Redstone and Skydance with only Steps 1 and 2: Redstone would get her cash, and Skydance would get its merger and its control of Paramount, without paying any of Paramount's other shareholders anything. But Paramount's board of directors has fiduciary obligations to the nonvoting shareholders, and it wants them to get something too. Cashing out all of them at a premium would be too big an ask, but cashing out almost half of their stock, at a premium, is a compromise the board can live with. "We are pleased to have reached an agreement that we believe delivers to Paramount stockholders both immediate value and future upside opportunity," said the special committee.
The problem with Paramount, I have argued in the past, is that National Amusements owns about 5% of Paramount's stock, but controls about 77% of its votes , because most Paramount shares have no voting rights. Therefore, if you want to buy Paramount, (1) you have to give Shari Redstone a good deal, to get her votes, but (2) if you give her a better deal than the other shareholders, the other shareholders will complain.
What does it mean that the other shareholders will complain? Well, as a threshold matter, any deal to actually acquire Paramount — to merge with it and recapitalize it and so forth — requires the approval of Paramount's board of directors (and a special committee of independent directors), who have fiduciary duties to the public shareholders. So the extreme deal of "we pay Shari Redstone all the money and everyone else gets nothing" would not get through.
But you can probably get something through the special committee: They seem open to negotiating, and they understand that, given Redstone's voting control, she is going to get a sweeter deal than the nonvoting shareholders. It is not unreasonable for the special committee to conclude that the public shareholders are better off with a deal than with no deal, and that giving Redstone a better deal is a prerequisite for getting any deal for the other shareholders.
Still, though, those shareholders can complain. By which I mean sue. Ultimately, if Paramount does any sort of merger, some public shareholders will definitely sue, arguing that the deal is conflicted and gives too much to Redstone (and too little to the public shareholders). And Paramount and Redstone will say "no, we had an independent special committee which concluded that this deal was fair," which will help, but which does not always work. (Ask Elon Musk.) And it is always possible that a court will find that the deal was unfair and, for instance, take some money from Redstone to give to the public shareholders instead.
One way to mitigate that would be to let the public shareholders vote: Hold a vote of the otherwise-nonvoting shares, and if a majority of them approve the deal then that gives you a better argument, in the inevitable lawsuit, that the deal was fair to everyone. Again, though, this doesn't always work; again, ask Elon Musk.
Redstone wants to get a lot of value for National Amusements, but she also wants to keep that value. If she gets paid five times as much as public shareholders in the deal, and they sue and win and the court makes her give back all of that value, it's not a very good deal for her. So her goal is not just to get paid, but to get paid in a legally bulletproof way.
Still, you can see the rough shape of the problem. Paramount has two classes of stock outstanding, Class A and Class B. Class A has one vote per share; Class B has no votes. There are about 40.7 million shares of Class A outstanding, and about 612 million shares of Class B. National Amusements owns about 9.7% of the total stock, but 77.4% of the Class A: It has complete voting control while owning less than 10% of the economics.
So if you want to acquire Paramount, the obvious two-step process is:
1. Pay up for Shari Redstone's 10% of the company, which is a controlling stake, and 2. Once you control the company, pay a lot less for the other 90%.
As I said yesterday, there are safeguards against that. The main one is that Paramount's board has appointed a special committee of independent directors to negotiate and approve any deal; the special committee has to work on behalf of all shareholders, and will presumably reject a deal that is really good for Redstone and bad for the rest of the shareholders.
But as I also said yesterday, these deals tend to be controversial and lead to lawsuits. If Redstone has a deal to sell to Skydance, then in some sense the board can't negotiate a deal with Apollo: Paramount can't do any sort of merger without the approval of the 77.4% Redstone stake, so if Redstone doesn't want to sell to Apollo there is no deal to be done. All the board can do is negotiate the best possible deal for shareholders that Redstone will agree to. And so it can end up negotiating exclusively with Skydance even while there are other bidders out there, because Skydance has a deal with the controlling shareholder.
Patagonia (1)
If you own a business and it is a big successful business and makes a lot of money, you will end up getting a lot of money. If you do not want a lot of money (because you find it embarrassing to be rich, etc.), or if you want to give money to good causes rather than spending it on yachts, you can get your check — a dividend or profit share or whatever — from the company each quarter, and then hand the money over to charity. But there are some problems:
1. Getting $100 million a year from your company and donating $100 million a year to charity is not necessarily all that tax-efficient. For instance, charitable donations can be deducted from your taxable income, but there are limits to how much they can reduce that income. If you get $100 million and donate $100 million then you have nothing left over, but you might still owe $10 million of taxes. If the money is coming from your company and going to charity, it might not be ideal for it to make an intermediate stop on your personal tax return. There are frictions. 2. If you die, your heirs will get the company, which means they will start getting those checks, and maybe they will start spending the money on yachts instead of charity. You might want to prevent this and keep the money running from the company to charity forever. 3. This is sort of a stupid metaphysical point, but if you own 100% of a company that pays you $100 million per year, then you are technically a "billionaire." This is true even if you get the $100 million each year and give it away immediately, leaving you with no cash at all. The company is an asset, and traditional valuation techniques will tell you that a company that makes a profit of $100 million a year is worth, you know, $2 billion or $3 billion, something like that. Bankers will occasionally show up at your office pitching a deal to sell your company for billions of dollars, because that's what it's worth. So even if you give away all the money , you continue to own an asset worth billions of dollars, making you a billionaire. We have talked about this before, in the context of people who would like to be billionaires — there are some bragging rights — and who incorporate and sell stakes in their businesses in order to formalize that status. But if you're a person who finds it embarrassing to be rich, owning a multibillion-dollar asset is embarrassing.
Here is a straightforward solution:
A half century after founding the outdoor apparel maker Patagonia, Yvon Chouinard, the eccentric rock climber who became a reluctant billionaire with his unconventional spin on capitalism, has given the company away.
Rather than selling the company or taking it public, Mr. Chouinard, his wife and two adult children have transferred their ownership of Patagonia, valued at about $3 billion, to a specially designed trust and a nonprofit organization. They were created to preserve the company's independence and ensure that all of its profits — some $100 million a year — are used to combat climate change and protect undeveloped land around the globe. ...
Patagonia will continue to operate as a private, for-profit corporation based in Ventura, Calif., selling more than $1 billion worth of jackets, hats and ski pants each year. But the Chouinards, who controlled Patagonia until last month, no longer own the company.
But they still control it, more or less:
In August, the family irrevocably transferred all the company's voting stock, equivalent to 2 percent of the overall shares, into a newly established entity known as the Patagonia Purpose Trust.
The trust, which will be overseen by members of the family and their closest advisers, is intended to ensure that Patagonia makes good on its commitment to run a socially responsible business and give away its profits. … The Chouinards then donated the other 98 percent of Patagonia, its common shares, to a newly established nonprofit organization called the Holdfast Collective, which will now be the recipient of all the company's profits and use the funds to combat climate change. …
"I don't respect the stock market at all," he said. "Once you're public, you've lost control over the company, and you have to maximize profits for the shareholder, and then you become one of these irresponsible companies."
Instead of the control being in the hands of the family, it is in the hands of a trust controlled by the family. For now those are close to the same thing — Yvon Chouinard just tells the company what to do — but in expectation, 100 years from now, those things will probably produce different outcomes. The way you pick your successors at a Purpose Trust is probably different from how you pick your heirs.
And instead of the profits going to the family, which then donates them to a nonprofit, they go directly to the nonprofit. Which is tax-efficient and, again, removes the possibility of future heirs redirecting the profits to their own yachts. Also it allows Chouinard to say that he "no longer owns the company" and have a New York Times headline saying "Billionaire No More," which seems to have been an important goal:
"I was in Forbes magazine listed as a billionaire, which really, really pissed me off," he said. "I don't have $1 billion in the bank. I don't drive Lexuses."
Right, he didn't have $1 billion in the bank; he had stock in a corporation worth $3 billion. Now he technically does not.
This strikes me mostly as a fairly simple bit of financial planning to achieve an unusual but understandable set of goals. (Stop owning a company without letting anyone else own it, turn a for-profit company into a vehicle for philanthropy without some of the restrictions of becoming a nonprofit company, avoid flowing corporate-to-charity money through personal income.)
Also, though, it is an interesting form of corporate governance. The ordinary rule is that a company is owned by its shareholders, and the shareholders have a claim on its profits, and the shareholders have ultimate authority to hire and fire the company's board and managers. In public companies with dispersed anonymous shareholders, the board and managers mostly run the company without too much shareholder interference, and they assume that the shareholders just want them to maximize profits. In companies with controlling shareholders, the controlling shareholders tend to have real authority over the managers, and can tell them what they want to maximize, which may or may not be profits. (In public companies with lots of environmental, social and governance-minded investors, the ESG investors can also lobby the managers to maximize something other than profits.) The shareholders' residual claim on the company's profits and their ability to tell the managers what to do are related, but they don't absolutely have to go together. The shareholders could come to the managers and say "as shareholders, we control the company, and we instruct you to stop giving us the profits and start giving them to charity instead." That's more or less what happened here.
Peloton (1)
It is not quite right to say that John Foley, the co-founder and still technically chief executive officer of Peloton Interactive Inc., is also Peloton's controlling shareholder, but it's close. Peloton has dual-class stock in which the founders and some other insiders have stock with 20 votes per share, and Foley has a lot of it; according to Peloton's proxy statement, he controls 39.6% of the voting power of Peloton's stock, and his co-founders Thomas Cortese and Hisao Kushi own another 18%. This is not quite right either — it counts stock options in a weird way — but we will just go with it. In practice, Foley controls a large block of super-voting stock, and along with his co-founders and fellow senior executives he has a majority of the voting stock.
This makes shareholder activism somewhat challenging. If you are an activist and you do not like Peloton's management, you can put together a zingy deck about how bad the managers are and how much money they are costing shareholders, and you can present it to Peloton's board of directors and urge them to fire the managers, but the board's hands are somewhat tied because, if they fire the managers, the managers — as controlling shareholders — can fire them right back and reinstate themselves. Or you can present your zingy deck to Peloton's other shareholders, hoping to lead a proxy fight that will unseat the board, but you will lose that fight because, again, the managers control a majority of the voting stock.
There are ways around this — if you peel off enough of Foley's co-founders and fellow executives and venture-capital backers maybe you can get a majority of the stock to vote against him — but they are narrow. If you are an activist shareholder looking to convince Peloton's board to fire Foley, the most promising avenue is probably to convince Foley to fire himself.
A lot of public-company governance operates on the assumption that the shareholders are ultimately in charge. How this actually works is complicated and indirect, and we have talked about how the path from "shareholders want something" to "company is forced to do it by legally binding mechanisms" is winding and uncertain. But if you are an activist, everything you do takes place against a backdrop of "if you ignore the shareholders we can vote you out." Usually! Traditionally! But modern U.S. public markets increasingly have the rules of private tech startups: The founders control the company, they can do what they want, and the shareholders have no binding power to get rid of them. All they can do is appeal to the founders themselves, telling the founders that giving up power will be good for them, that they'll have more fun and also more money if they leave. The company belongs to the founders, and they'll only leave if they want to.
Pershing Square (1)
Bill Ackman started his current hedge fund, Pershing Square LP (PSLP), in 2004. PSLP is kind of what you think of when you think of a hedge fund [1] : It raised lots of money from big investors, it invests in concentrated bets (largely on stocks but also credit, interest rates, other things), it has done activist long investing and also short selling, [2] and it charges pretty close to the traditional "2 and 20" fee structure, or rather 1.5 and 20: Investors pay a 1.5% annual management fee on their assets, plus 20% of their gains. [3]
In 2014, Ackman launched a new fund, Pershing Square Holdings (PSH). [4] PSH is not a traditional hedge fund: It is a publicly traded closed-end fund. Investors could put money into PSH — they could buy shares of the fund from PSH — but they can't take money out ; if they want their money back they have to sell shares on the stock exchange. This makes PSH a "permanent capital vehicle," which is useful for a hedge fund manager making big bets: If investors are dissatisfied, they can't just demand their money back. I sometimes say that the essential skill of a hedge fund manager is not picking stocks that go up but rather continuing to run a hedge fund , and in some sense raising a multibillion-dollar permanent capital vehicle when times are good is a the very best possible thing for a hedge fund manager to do. And in 2014 Ackman did it.
As of 2024, Ackman manages about $18 billion, of which about $14.6 billion is in PSH, about $2 billion is in the hedge fund and about $1.6 billion is in a special Universal Music Group investment vehicle. [5] So most of the money these days is in PSH. (Ackman also has a SPARC, which I love and have discussed before, but it's not really relevant here so I'm not going to mention it again.) Roughly $4.5 billion of that money is "insider capital" from Ackman himself and his employees. In some loose sense, Ackman is less a "hedge fund manager" and more a "manager of a publicly traded investment vehicle."
Well. PSH is not a traditional hedge fund, in being closed-end and publicly traded, but in other ways it does look a lot like a hedge fund. It charges, not 2 and 20, but 1.5 and 16: a 1.5% management fee on assets and a 16% performance fee on gains. Like PSLP, PSH has made mostly concentrated bets on stocks, long and short, but it has also had some nice derivatives trades. It operates with some leverage (unlike PSLP), roughly 18% of capital. It is hedge fund-y.
Another thing that is hedge fund-y about it is that, if you are a regular investor in the US, you can't buy it. PSH is incorporated in Guernsey and listed on stock exchanges in Amsterdam and London. This is a little odd: Ackman lives and works in New York, he has a high public profile in the US, and Pershing Square's investments are largely US stocks. Why raise his public money in Europe?
The basic answer seems to be that the US regulates public investment funds more strictly than Europe does. For one thing, the US Securities and Exchange Commission rules for "registered investment companies" regulate the use of leverage, derivatives and short selling; if you are a swashbuckling hedge fund manager who wants the freedom to invest anywhere, you might find those rules too constraining. Also, though — maybe more importantly — US registered investment companies generally can't charge performance fees. If you are a hedge fund manager who wants the freedom to charge 2 and 20, or 1.5 and 16, you can't do it in a public vehicle in the US.
Purdue (1)
Bankruptcy is a very powerful part of US law. When a company files for bankruptcy, it's usually because a lot of people have a lot of valid claims against it. It has borrowed a lot of money, promised to pay it back, and failed to do so; perhaps it has taken money from customers and not delivered the goods; perhaps it has promised its workers pensions and reneged on its promises; perhaps it has harmed a lot of people and been sued for damages.
All of those people have a good moral case to get their money, and also they are legally entitled to it. But there is not enough money. And so the company files for bankruptcy, and the bankruptcy court has the power to say "nope, you don't get the money that you deserve and are legally owed." There are specific rules in the bankruptcy code that determine how the court uses that power — generally, secured creditors get paid back before unsecured ones, etc. — but there is also an element of negotiation and compromise among the claimants, and an element of discretion for the bankruptcy judge. The bankruptcy judge's basic role is to make the fairest possible division of what's left in a fundamentally unfair situation.
And the judge has a lot of power to do that. If the company has, for instance, killed your relatives, and you have sued the company in your state's courts to try to punish it and get compensation, the bankruptcy judge can stop that lawsuit, because once the company is in bankruptcy essentially all of the claims against it get centralized in bankruptcy. The bankruptcy court decides how to allocate the company's assets among the claimants, and then all of their claims are extinguished forever.
Purdue Pharma (2)
From first principles, it does not seem fair for the Sacklers to run a company with largely negative social effects (it made billions of dollars of profits but caused, allegedly, trillions of dollars of damages), extract the billions of dollars of profits for themselves, and then hand over the company to the victims and say "fine, it's your opioid company now." Shouldn't they have to give back the profits?
From second principles, that is just the way limited liability works: The entity selling the opioids was a corporation, and corporations have limited liability. The shareholders of a corporation are not personally responsible for the debts of the corporation; the worst that can happen to them is that their stock goes to zero. The Sacklers' stock will go to zero in the bankruptcy — they will hand over Purdue/Knoa to its creditors — but the rest of their billions are off-limits to the Purdue bankruptcy court.
From third principles, there are lots of exceptions to limited liability. If the Sacklers got big dividends while Purdue was insolvent, a bankruptcy court could claw those back. If the Sacklers, as directors and officers of Purdue, made decisions to break the law, they could be sued for those decisions — by Purdue itself, for breaching their fiduciary duties, or by its victims or by various governments — and have to pay their personal money to resolve those lawsuits. And the realities of the situation — the Sacklers are high-profile billionaires with their names (formerly) on lots of cultural institutions, the opioid epidemic is huge, the remaining value of Purdue/Knoa is small compared to the enormous damages — mean that it would make sense for lots of people (victims, governments) to go after various Sacklers personally on various theories of liability.
From fourth principles, the Sacklers are international billionaires who can and did hire good lawyers, so a lot of their money is going to be pretty safe from those sorts of lawsuits, both in the sense that they might have plausible defenses to those lawsuits and in the sense that a lot of the money is locked up in foreign trusts where courts probably can't get it.
And so one might want a compromise. The compromise is:
1. The victims get Purdue/Knoa, sure. That's just obvious; that's the norm of corporate bankruptcy. 2. The Sacklers also chip in billions of dollars of their own money to pay the victims: They do not get all of the benefits of limited liability. 3. But the Sacklers also keep lots of money: They get a lot of the benefits of limited liability; in particular, their liability is limited. They are on the hook for some of Purdue's debts, beyond just handing over the corporate stock. But they are not on the hook for Purdue's debts to the full extent of their personal wealth; they walk away from Purdue and remain rich.
You don't have to like it! That's why it's a compromise. It is much better for victims than getting nothing from the Sacklers, and much better for the Sacklers than paying everything , and both of those are, in principle, realistic possibilities.
So Purdue filed for bankruptcy. When it filed for bankruptcy it had plenty of money and no debt. The bankruptcy was purely preemptive. The point was not that Purdue was out of money; the point was that there were so many lawsuits that it needed some fair way to deal with them. If you have a trillion dollars of lawsuits and a few billion dollars of assets, and you lose the first few lawsuits, you'll pay out all your money to those first few plaintiffs and have nothing left over for anyone else. So you file for bankruptcy to work out all the lawsuits — in bankruptcy they are called "claims" — at once. Purdue did that, and there were years of negotiations and mediation, costing hundreds of millions of dollars in professional fees, and they worked out a deal — a "plan of reorganization," in bankruptcy language — that was acceptable to a large majority of the creditors (the people with the claims).
In general the way corporate bankruptcy works in the U.S. is not that the company liquidates, sells all its stuff, and splits the cash among the creditors. In general the way it works is that the company continues as a going concern to maximize its value, but now the creditors own it. This is a weird outcome when the company went bankrupt because its product harmed people and the people who were harmed are the creditors. You were harmed by the opioid epidemic, and to make it up to you, now you own an opioid company.
And that is in fact part of the deal here: Under the plan, Purdue will be renamed "Knoa Pharma," and it will "be governed by a board of five or seven disinterested and independent managers initially selected" by some of the creditors, specifically by committees of government creditors (states, cities, counties, hospital districts, etc.). Knoa will continue to operate, and "will manufacture products, including Betadine, Denokot, Colace, magnesium products, opioids and opioid-abatement medications, and oncology therapies." Its profits will go into trusts for the various creditors. The managers will try to sell off its assets by the end of 2024, to generate more cash for those creditors. In the meantime Knoa will sell opioids on behalf of opioid victims, but this time more carefully:
[Knoa] will continue [Purdue's] development of opioid overdose reversal and addiction treatment medications, and it must deliver millions of doses of those medications at low or no cost when development is complete (these will be distributed to groups or entities to be determined post-emergence). [Knoa] will be subject to an "Operating Injunction" that prohibits it from, among other things, promoting opioid products and providing financial incentives to its sales and marketing employees that are "directly" (but not indirectly) based on sales volumes or sales quotas for opioid products. It also is subject to "Governance Covenants" that ensure that [Knoa] provides all its products in a "safe manner," complies with settlement obligations, pursues public health initiatives, and follows pharmaceutical best practices.
The cash generated by running and then selling Knoa will go to the creditors, including both private claimants (victims, families, etc.), who will get money damages, and government claimants, who will get money that they can use "to abate the opioid crisis." The negotiated bankruptcy plan determines how this money will be split among all the different sorts of creditors.
QXO (3)
Levine contrasts Bill Ackman's failed PSUS offering with Brad Jacobs's QXO structure. QXO had a tiny public float that traded at extremely high prices, while Jacobs and institutional investors bought much larger locked-up stakes at much lower prices. The result was an acquisition vehicle that could raise institutional money at a premium to its cash while still appearing cheap relative to the scarce public shares. The lesson is that public-market price discovery can be distorted when almost all of the capitalization is locked up and only a small sliver trades.
We have discussed all of this before. Basically QXO has hundreds of millions of shares outstanding, but most of those are owned by Jacobs and other big investors (Kushner, etc.), who bought the shares from the company at normal prices ($9.14, etc.) to invest with Jacobs, and who can't sell them yet. But QXO went public by a reverse merger, and it has a tiny stub of public shares outstanding, roughly 664,284 of them. The public shares are less than 0.1% of the fully diluted stock, and they trade at prices that are pretty unrelated to the price of the other 99.9%. QXO is 99.9% a fund for big investors to bet on Brad Jacobs' ability to roll up the building products distribution industry, and 0.1% a bizarre speculative retail vehicle.
When we last discussed this, I quoted a post on X criticizing QXO for being "unwilling to put out a press release so retail investors can understand your capitalization and what valuation they are putting on your company." But, I mean, here it is, right? This press release does describe QXO's share count, in a lot more detail than would be typical in this sort of press release. And it does clearly say the price that QXO is getting for its shares. And the stock still doubled. If people want to trade the stock at a $92 billion valuation, that's on them.
Often, the way this would work would be that QXO would go buy companies and build a business, and it would deploy a lot of that $4.5 billion and achieve perhaps billions of dollars of revenue over a few years. Perhaps it would raise more money, or perhaps that initial $4.5 billion plus organic cash generation would be enough. And eventually QXO would be successful and growing and profitable, and Jacobs and his investors would start thinking about taking it public, so that they could sell their shares to other investors and monetize the business he built, and so that he could use QXO's stock as a currency to acquire even more building products distribution companies.
QXO, however, took things in a slightly different order. When I say that Jacobs "started a company called QXO Inc." with $1 billion of his own and his investors' money, that is not quite right. What he actually did was find a teensy public company called SilverSun Technologies Inc., which he bought for $1 billion and renamed QXO, giving the company an instant public listing.
Even that is not quite right: Jacobs didn't exactly buy SilverSun; he and his investors invested the $1 billion in SilverSun in exchange for new stock. They took control of the company, changed the board of directors and management and strategy, and now own about 99.8% of the stock, [1] but SilverSun's previous shareholders stuck around. They didn't get cashed out, and their stock still trades publicly. Or, rather, they did get cashed out — QXO/SilverSun will pay the pre-deal SilverSun shareholders a dividend of $17.4 million, which is roughly equal to SilverSun's entire market capitalization as of last November [2] — but they kept their stock too. And that stock still trades on the Nasdaq.
Which creates a very weird dynamic. QXO is not really a public company. It is an investment vehicle for Brad Jacobs to acquire some companies, funded with $4.5 billion of commitments from him and his private investors. The acquisitions haven't happened yet, and most of that $4.5 billion of investor money hasn't come in yet. Jacobs and his investors did put in $1 billion for their stock already, but that stock is locked up for the long term and not available for trading on Nasdaq. [3]
But QXO is technically a public company, and there is a little rump of 664,284 shares that do trade publicly. And so if you are a public investor and, like those institutional investors, you like Jacobs' chances as a roller-up of building products distribution businesses, you can go to your retail brokerage and buy QXO shares. But not very many of them. There are only 664,284 available, and they trade in the tens of thousands of shares per day.
This scarcity makes them expensive. Bloomberg tells me that QXO closed on Friday at $134.21 per share, for a market capitalization of $89.2 million. That reported market capitalization is just (1) the share price times (2) the 664,284 public shares outstanding; it is an accurate accounting of the market capitalization of QXO's tradeable stock. But the implied value of the company is much higher, because those public shares are just a tiny sliver of its total capitalization. "On a fully diluted basis," says QXO, taking into account the $3.5 billion capital raise and the conversion of various convertible preferred shares and warrants, "the Company would have approximately 821.6 million outstanding shares of Common Stock." The public shares are just 0.08% of the total.
That is: If you multiply Friday's $134.21 closing price by the 821.6 million fully diluted shares, you get a market capitalization for QXO of $110 billion. [4] Before it has even rolled up any building products distributors! Just a $4.5 billion pot of cash trading at $110 billion.
Or to put it another way, QXO sold $3.5 billion worth of stock, in the deal announced after the close last Thursday, at $9.14 per share. [5] The stock closed at $205.40 on Thursday (and $134.21 on Friday). QXO sold stock to private investors at a 95% discount to its public trading price. If you were a retail shareholder buying QXO stock at $205.40 on Thursday afternoon, you might be annoyed that QXO was selling it to institutions at $9.14 at the same time.
That's on you, though! What were you doing buying the tiny supply of stock in this not-really-public company? Jacobs and QXO and the big private investors are doing their thing, capitalizing the company to roll up some building products distributors. And then a handful of public investors are blithely trading the public stock, which has almost nothing to do with QXO.
Revlon (2)
Last Thursday, Citi won its appeal. You can read the opinions here; they come to 131 pages, but the gist is pretty simple. Here's how the Banque Worms case explains the discharge-for-value doctrine:
When a beneficiary receives money to which it is entitled and has no knowledge that the money was erroneously wired, the beneficiary should not have to wonder whether it may retain the funds; rather, such a beneficiary should be able to consider the transfer of funds as a final and complete transaction, not subject to revocation.
So if you want to keep money sent to you in error under Banque Worms, there are two requirements: You have to be entitled to the money, and you have to have no knowledge that it was sent in error. The appeals court found that neither requirement was true here. The Revlon creditors were not entitled to the money: They had a loan out to Revlon, sure, but it was not due until 2023, so they weren't entitled to get paid when Citi wired them the money in 2020. And they surely had some indication that it was sent in error — it was paid early, out of the blue, with no notice — so they should have at least checked with Citi before running out to spend the money. So, no discharge-for-value, no Banque Worms, they have to return the money.
One judge on the panel, Michael Park, wrote a separate concurrence saying that this was all pretty obvious and the court shouldn't have taken so long:
In my view, this is a straightforward case that many smart people have grossly overcomplicated and that we should have decided many months ago. ... A recipient of mistakenly transferred funds cannot invoke the discharge-for-value defense … unless and until it has a present entitlement against the debtor. Put simply, you don't get to keep money sent to you by mistake unless you're entitled to it anyway. …
This delay has had dire repercussions for Revlon, the company at the center of this case. Both sides contend that through subrogation, the district court's judgment has put Citibank in the shoes of the Creditors, obliging Revlon to pay Citibank instead and transferring to Citibank the credit risk of Revlon's distressed debt. A company like Revlon—no stranger to restructuring its debts—would normally try to negotiate with its creditors when struggling to meet its obligations. But Revlon never recognized Citibank's subrogation claim, and even if it had, Citibank would have been at best a substitute creditor, whose claim (if any) would revert to Defendants once Citibank finally reclaimed its funds. Revlon cannot secure additional senior financing without the consent of a majority of the 2016 Term Creditors, but for the past two years, no one has been able to agree on who would constitute such a majority. So Revlon "effectively has had, since August 11, 2020, no 2016 Term Loan[] counterparty with which it can negotiate," and on June 15, 2022, Revlon filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy.
We have talked around here about the basic move in modern distressed-debt investing, which is for a company to extract value from some lenders and give some of it to other lenders in exchange for them approving the transaction. If you have $2 billion of debt, you promise holders of $1.1 billion of the debt that you will pay them 105 cents on the dollar, and in exchange they approve a transaction where you give the holders of the other $900 million zero: The majority lenders get a bonus, the minority lenders get stiffed, and you get to reduce your debt. It doesn't work exactly that way — that is schematic and oversimplified — but that's the right starting point for thinking about these things.
Riot Platforms Inc. (1)
If you have a bunch of trees, and you chop them down to make paper or lumber or whatever, you can sell the paper or lumber or whatever for money, but on the other hand trees store carbon and cutting them down is bad for climate change. If instead you do not chop down the trees, that is good for the environment, and it is a great innovation of modern finance that, now, you can get paid for not chopping down the trees. This is called "carbon credits." There are measurement problems.
If you mine Bitcoin, you use a lot of electricity to run computers to perform calculations to get Bitcoins for yourself, which you can sell for money. But this is bad for the environment, because it uses electricity that is probably generated in ways that release carbon. If you were to stop mining Bitcoin, conversely, that would be good for the environment. Can you get paid, though, for not mining Bitcoin? Oh yes, modern finance has solved that one too:
Bitcoin miner Riot Platforms Inc. made millions of dollars by selling power rather than producing the tokens in the second quarter as the crypto-mining industry continued to grapple with the impact of low digital asset prices.
The Castle Rock, Colorado-based company had $13.5 million in power curtailment credits during the quarter, while generating $49.7 million in mining revenue. Riot booked $27.3 million in power curtailment credits last year and $6.5 million in 2021 from power sales to the Electric Reliability Council of Texas, which is the grid operator for the Lone Star state. …
The company had $18.3 million in power credits in June and July based on its latest monthly operational updates, including $14.8 million in power curtailment credits received from selling power back to the ERCOT grid at market-driven spot prices under its long-term power contracts and $3.5 million in credits received from participation in ERCOT demand response programs.
Here is the 10-Q; this stuff is described in Note 8. Some of what is going on here is that Riot has a long-term power supply agreement in which TXU Energy Retail Co. has to supply it with electricity at fixed prices through 2030, and Riot has the option to sell the power back to TXU, at market rates, for credit against its future electric bills, when the spot price exceeds the contract price. But part of it is demand response, where ERCOT pays Riot cash for using less than its typical electrical load during periods of peak demand.
As with carbon credits, there are measurement problems; I have never mined a single Bitcoin, yet ERCOT has never sent me a penny for my forbearance. Still, how great is modern finance? Twenty years ago, if you had told people that one day they could get paid for not mining Bitcoin, they would have said "what?" But now it is possible. Modern finance created the problem (Bitcoin mining) and the solution (paying people not to mine Bitcoin); the overall result is that nothing happens and yet people get paid. Just a miracle of financial engineering.
Robinhood (16)
When Robinhood's customers buy a stock, the trade does not settle right away: The customer agrees to buy the stock, and the market maker agrees to sell it to them, but they don't actually exchange money for stock until two business days later. There is a credit component to the trade: The buyer has to deliver the money in two days, and the seller has to deliver the stock. If the stock shoots up over those two days, you might worry that the seller will back out of the deal; if the stock crashes, you might worry that the buyer will back out of the deal. In practice, the stock market deals with this risk through clearinghouses: One giant entity (for US stocks, it's the National Securities Clearing Corp., a subsidiary of the Depository Trust & Clearing Corp.) guarantees all the trades, and clearinghouse members, like Robinhood, post cash with the clearinghouse to guarantee their customers' trades.
Broadly speaking, Robinhood has to post more cash with the clearinghouse as its customers trade more stocks. And it has to post more cash as those stocks are more volatile: The more likely it is that a stock will crash or moon, the bigger the credit risk is, so the more money is required.
By this standard, the last week of January 2021 was incredibly bad for Robinhood. The GameStop meme-stock mania caused a lot of its customers to buy GameStop, and caused the price of GameStop to be very volatile, which caused Robinhood to have to post enormous amounts of cash with the clearinghouse, and it happened not to have that cash lying around.
If this is your game, then one important move is recalling stock borrow. Short sellers, if they want to bet against a stock, have to borrow it first, from someone who owns it. There are some traditional sources of stock lending. Giant institutional investors, particularly index funds, tend to hold on to their stock for long periods and don't mind lending it out to short sellers. An index fund is in the business of matching the index return, so if short sellers borrow lots of stock in the index, sell it, and drive down the price, the index fund doesn't care: It still matches the index. And because the index fund gets paid a fee for lending out the stock, it can slightly beat the index.
Another source of stock lending, traditionally, is margin accounts at retail brokerages. The basic deal is that if you open an account at a retail brokerage and buy stock with your own cash, your broker generally won't lend out your shares; if you open a margin account and buy stock partly with money borrowed from your broker, your broker will probably try to lend out your shares to short sellers, and keep the fees.
So if you own stock in a margin account, and you are playing this game, you might switch to a cash account to reduce the amount of stock borrow available. Or you might tell your friends on Reddit: "If we buy all the stock from institutional investors, and don't lend it, then the short sellers will get squeezed. They'll have to buy back the stock, the stock will go up, they will lose and we will win, diamond hands rocket rocket."
Robinhood Markets Inc. has added some moves to the game. From its blog today:
Today we're adding to this with the launch of Stock Lending, our democratized approach to fully paid securities lending.>
"Our version of Stock Lending empowers customers to put their investments to work while keeping it simple," said Steve Quirk, Chief Brokerage Officer at Robinhood. "Robinhood does the work of finding borrowers and managing transactions while customers can add a potential source of passive recurring income to their portfolio." …>
By enabling Stock Lending, a customer gives Robinhood permission to lend out any fully paid stocks in their portfolio. We do the work of finding interested borrowers, and customers get paid when there's a match.>
Once shares are loaned out, customers can easily track earnings, see their positions, and enable or disable Stock Lending at any time, all through our intuitive in-app dashboard.
So if you own a heavily shorted stock in a cash account, you can lend it out to short sellers and collect money from them. And then you can disable it at any time and say "haha, got you!" (Or, alternatively: You can never turn on stock lending, but now you get to feel smug about it. "I have true diamond hands and I don't lend out my stock," you can say, and while that was true last week now it is a choice you get to make.) I don't really know why you'd want to do any of this, but this is not really my game.
To be fair, another model of investing is: "I will buy and hold a bunch of stocks and not really pay attention to short-term price moves." If that is your model you might as well lend out your stocks to short sellers and collect some "passive recurring income." But where is the fun in that.
One more point about the extended session: The way this will work is not exactly that the dentists will trade stocks back and forth with each other at 7 p.m. The way this works is the way that Robinhood trading works anyway: Its customers will put in orders, and Robinhood will route those orders to a handful of big market makers (Virtu Financial Inc., Citadel Securities LLC, G1X Execution Services LLC, Two Sigma Securities LLC, etc.), and those market makers will fill those orders from their own inventory or execute them on an exchange or dark pool. In general, during the day, the market makers will fill the orders at a price that is at least as good as the "national best bid and offer": If you're buying stock, the market maker will sell it to you at either the lowest available price on a public stock exchange, or a slightly lower price. They do this in part because of Robinhood's legal obligation to give you "best execution" on your trades, but also because of a thicket of other rules (called "Regulation NMS") regulating the routing of orders and the priority of the best price.
After hours, when the exchanges are closed, or closed-ish, all of this is a bit more relaxed. There are still best execution requirements, but the Reg NMS rules about the national best bid and offer apply only during "regular trading hours." There are fewer public quotes on public stock exchanges, and fewer traders and market makers quoting the stock; market makers will have to build their models of what the right price is based on more limited data. During the regular trading d
A simple model of initial public offerings is that on the day of the IPO, a company sells stock for $100 per share to a selected group of institutional investors, and the next day, the stock opens for trading and those institutional investors turn around and sell the stock for $150 to any retail investor on Robinhood who wants to buy it. This is called the "IPO pop": There is more demand for the stock than is satisfied in the IPO process, so when it opens for trading the stock goes up. This model is oversimplified in various important ways but it has its uses.
If that is your model it creates an interesting marketing opportunity for Robinhood Markets Inc. The pitch goes like this:
1. Go to issuers — companies thinking about going public — and say, look, if you sell stock in a regular IPO to institutional investors, you will sell your stock at $100 per share and the next day it will pop by 50% as the institutional investors turn around and sell it to Robinhood customers at $150. You will have "left money on the table," and your venture capitalists will complain. Instead, you should just sell the stock to Robinhood customers yourself , at $150 per share, avoiding the pop and raising more money for yourself. 2. Go to customers — individual retail investors on Robinhood — and say, look, so much of the money that gets made in stock markets comes from buying IPOs at the IPO price. Institutional investors get to buy IPO stock at $100 and then it pops to $150 the next day for a quick easy profit. We are going to democratize this process by letting you buy stock at the IPO price and participate in the pop yourself. 3. The issuers sign up to sell, the customers sign up to buy, and now Robinhood is in the IPO underwriting business.
Do you see the problem here? I am being too cute — those numbers ($100 and $150) are not known in advance, there are lots of other factors beyond selling to retail, etc. — but not much too cute. If the IPO pop comes from Robinhood customers crowding into a stock the day after its IPO, then letting Robinhood customers crowd into the stock the day of its IPO doesn't exactly let them participate in the pop. It just raises the IPO price. Which is what the issuers want, but not necessarily what the customers want.
But there's also five pages about the Administrative Procedure Act! The APA is sort of the backdrop to most of the U.S. regulatory state; it says that when a regulator wants to make new rules, it has to follow certain procedures and build a record demonstrating why the rule is necessary and appropriate. Later, if someone doesn't like a rule, they can go to court, and the court will consider whether the regulatory agency followed the procedures or whether the rule was "arbitrary and capricious." Part of the reason the SEC has asked for comments on brokerages' digital engagement practices is because that is a step required by the APA: Before making a rule, agencies are supposed to gather evidence and public input. (To be clear, that is the only major step the SEC has taken; it has not proposed any new digital engagement rules yet.) Robinhood's discussion of the APA is basically of the form "if you don't follow the law, we will sue you for not following the law." Which is true of every rule-making by every agency and just a weird threat to make? Like, yes, the SEC is aware that it has to follow the proper procedures when it makes new rules. Spending five pages reminding the SEC of that seems tone-deaf and antagonistic. A sample:
Second, and closely related to the SEC's obligation to demonstrate an actual need for additional regulation, the SEC will need comprehensively and thoughtfully to examine existing regulations of broker-dealers and investment advisers and to explain why those protections are sufficient or not to accomplish the SEC's purported regulatory objectives. As detailed above, customer engagement practices, now manifesting as digital engagement practices, not new and they are already subject to significant existing regulatory controls designed to protect retail investors. Before the SEC rushes to impose new and costly regulatory mandates on the market, the SEC must analyze this "existing regime" and determine whether "sufficient protections" already exist. A "failure to analyze" carefully existing regulations would render any SEC final regulation "arbitrary and capricious."
What? Yes, right, if the SEC makes a new rule saying "brokerage firms can't show confetti in their mobile apps to celebrate customer trades," it will have to put out a 200-page notice explaining that confetti is bad, and that there is not currently a rule against confetti, and that the only way to get rid of confetti is by making a new rule against confetti, and that the new rule is reasonably designed to restrict confetti, and that the costs of complying with the rule are reasonable measured against the benefits of the rule, and a bunch of other stuff. There is a lot of apparatus involved. But this is not news to the SEC! It knows all of this! It employs whole lawyers to make sure it follows its legal obligations! Does Robinhood?
The stereotypical way that IPOs are supposed to work is:
1. The company sells a bunch of stock at the IPO price to institutional investors. 2. Then the company and its insiders can't sell any more stock for six months. 3. Meanwhile retail investors couldn't buy in the IPO, so they have to buy the next day.
So after the IPO, there is a ton of demand and no supply, so the stock goes up, and the institutions who bought in the IPO get a quick profit. This is good for them, but it is also, in a world where everyone understands this dynamic, good for the company: It can sell stock at a higher price because the institutional buyers can bank on lots of demand and limited supply.
In the Robinhood IPO, the company sold a bunch of stock to retail investors at the IPO price, and the lockup agreement is, let's say, porous. This reduces post-IPO demand and increases supply. This is bad, in expectation, for the institutional investors who bought in the IPO. Those institutions knew that, and so the IPO priced somewhat anemically at the bottom of its marketed range. If Robinhood hadn't sold to retail and had included a strong lockup, it might have been able to get a higher price. (Or not!) But then its insiders wouldn't be able to sell now, when the selling happens to be good. Because while Robinhood did not, in fact, have a traditional IPO pop — it was down 8.4% on its first day of trading — it closed yesterday, a week after the IPO, 85% above its IPO price. Because of options or whatever. If you run a private company looking to go public, letting your early investors sell quickly at a high price might be more important than maximizing the IPO price.
First of all, one explanation that I have sometimes enjoyed for meme stocks is that you need to seed a meme stock, as it were, with bad news. GameStop Corp. and AMC Entertainment Holdings Inc. became meme stocks because they sold beloved entertainment products in malls and were hit hard by a pandemic. Hertz Global Holdings Inc. became a meme stock because it went bankrupt. This is not an ironclad rule or anything — Tesla Inc. has been a meme stock forever on largely good news — but it is a useful rule of thumb. "The way to become a meme stock is to be bad, then good," I have written. If Robinhood had gone up 15% after its IPO, retail investors might have shrugged and moved on. But it went down, and they — I guess? — leapt to its defense.
Second, one important dynamic in meme stocks seems to be "diamond hands": If new retail investors are buying, and existing retail investors are self-consciously not selling and going around exhorting each other to hold forever, then the stock will naturally go up. This is, I think, an overrated dynamic. In the January GameStop frenzy, retail investors seem to have been net sellers. Even during yesterday's Robinhood rally, retail investors were net buyers of $19.4 million of stock — but it traded $4.2 billion yesterday, making those retail net buys about 0.5% of volume, and plenty of retail investors were selling.[4] Still I suppose at some margin it matters, at least psychologically; it is nice to feel like you're joining a movement, not just buying stock from someone who got there first and is now getting out.
And the Robinhood IPO is particularly set up for diamond hands, in that (1) a lot of retail customers were able to buy stock in the IPO and (2) they can't sell. I mean, they can sell. But if they bought stock through Robinhood's IPO Access platform, they are discouraged from selling for 30 days: If they do, Robinhood will ban them from participating in future IPOs for 60 days. Robinhood has its own diamond-hands policy for its customers who bought in the IPO, and 25% of the shares in the IPO went to them. So a lot of stock is subject to this sort of soft, non-binding lockup; retail investors who like the stock can buy, but retail investors who own the stock and think it's overpriced might hesitate to sell. And Robinhood sold its stock to 300,000 customers; that's a lot of people with diamond-hands-by-default.
Elsewhere, Charlie Gasparino reported yesterday that Robinhood is "telling institutional investors about plans to become a market maker to reduce reliance on 'payment for order flow,' which now represents 70% of its revs." I really hope that happens. The way I explained payment for order flow in February was by imagining that a big retail broker simply internalizes its own order flow: Some people on Robinhood want to buy stock, some people on Robinhood want to sell stock, and Robinhood matches them up with each other and collects a small spread. (Smaller than the spread on the public stock exchanges.)
Of course it doesn't really work that way: The buys and sells don't come in at exactly the same time, so some market maker needs to use its balance sheet to intermediate them in time, buying from the sellers and selling to the buyers and taking seconds or minutes or hours of risk before it can match up the trades. In practice, most discount brokerages don't do this themselves; they outsource it to electronic market-making firms, who pay a portion of the spread back to the brokerages. This payment is called "payment for order flow."
But they could do it themselves? Like Robinhood could take on a lot of balance-sheet risk in all the stocks it offers, and build the sophisticated speedy technology to accurately and rapidly price and trade those stocks and lay off risk on public exchanges? And make even more money than it gets paid for order flow? I mean, people do it; there are huge important high-frequency trading firms started by young people in recent decades, it is not impossible or anything. And yet when I think of Robinhood, well-capitalized prudent risk management, careful regulatory compliance and 100% reliable technology are not the first things I think of. If Robinhood becomes its own high-frequency trading firm it will be really fun to watch?
The basic way an initial public offering works is:
1. A company hires banks to market its stock to big institutional investors and build a book of demand from those investors. 2. After reviewing the order book, the company and the banks price and allocate the stock one evening, selling it to those institutional investors at the market-clearing price that they're willing to pay. 3. The next day, the stock opens for trading on the stock exchange, and ordinary retail investors get to buy it. They don't care what price they pay. So some of the institutional investors who bought the stock in Step 2 flip it to retail investors on Robinhood for a quick profit.
In Step 2, the company and the banks try to allocate the stock mostly to long-term shareholders who do not intend to flip it, which means that there will not be all that much supply in Step 3. And because the retail investors couldn't buy it at the IPO price in Step 2, they have to buy it at the public price in Step 3, which means that there will automatically be demand. Maybe not if it's a boring company, but if it's some sexy consumer-facing tech company then a lot of retail investors will want to buy it in Step 3 and will push up the price, so there will be a nice "IPO pop": If you buy at the IPO price, you can sell at a much higher price the next day.
Everyone knows this, though, so this is only the very first level of the analysis. If everyone in Step 2 thinks "this is a big sexy consumer tech company so I will overpay for it and then flip it to retail tomorrow," then there will be a lot of supply in Step 3 (everyone who bought in the IPO is flipping) and not much demand (no professional value investor wants to add to its position in the public market, and even retail thinks the price is too rich), so the stock will actually fall. Most IPOs have a nice pop, but some of the biggest and sexiest consumer-facing tech IPOs (Facebook Inc., Uber Technologies Inc.) fell in early trading because, roughly speaking, they were too over-hyped.
Similarly. If you look at the three steps I laid out above, you might say, well, if the retail investors are willing to pay more than the institutional investors, and IPOs usually pop, why should the institutional investors get to profit from that? Why shouldn't the company sell some stock to retail investors in Step 2? This reduces the number of shares it needs to sell to institutions, which allows it to drive a harder bargain with them and get a higher market-clearing price, meaning more money for the company and a smaller IPO pop. (Assuming, as everyone does, that the retail investors are not price-sensitive and will just buy at whatever price the institutions pay.) And in fact I have argued that this is a good instinct to have and that Robinhood Markets Inc., the leading brokerage for price-insensitive retail investors, should encourage companies to do that.
But this again is all first-order stuff and you have to think about how it will be received. If you are selling fewer shares to institutions, then in theory you might be able to get a higher price. But if the reason that you are selling fewer shares to institutions is that you are selling a bunch of shares to retail to anticipate and lessen the IPO pop, then the institutions will demand a lower price. "I would pay $50 per share if I knew a bunch of retail investors will be waiting to buy from me at $60 the next day, but if you're selling stock to any retail investors who want it then that goes away and I'll only pay $45." It is not really clear which effect dominates.
Robinhood Markets Inc. is exploring new features that would let customers invest spare change and better protect against volatility in cryptocurrency trading, according to code hidden inside a test version of the company's iPhone app.
Robinhood is developing an option called "round up investments" that will allow users to invest their spare change in specific stocks, according to the code, which was part of a version of the app distributed to beta testers earlier this month. The code also shows that the company is exploring a rewards program that will give bonuses to those using the round-up feature.
Investing spare change has become an increasingly popular strategy for new stock traders and is a key piece of competing apps such as Acorns, Chime and Wealthsimple. The code in the Robinhood app doesn't indicate where the spare change will come from, but other apps typically connect to a debit or credit card. They round up purchases to the nearest dollar and automatically invest that difference. For example, if a user spends $3.75 on a cup of coffee, 25 cents will be put toward a chosen stock.
What happened is that, in February, Robinhood sold about $3.5 billion of convertible notes, some of which came with additional warrants to buy stock. The notes and warrants can convert into stock at, basically, a 30% discount to the price in the initial public offering. This means that $3.5 billion of convertible notes will convert into $5 billion worth of stock. (This math does not really depend on the IPO price; it just depends on the $3.5 billion of convertibles and the 30% discount.[5]) That $1.5 billion difference is, economically, a loss to Robinhood: It effectively sold $5 billion of stock for $3.5 billion. Ordinarily selling $5 billion of stock for $3.5 billion does not create an accounting loss, but here Robinhood is using the "fair value option" and marking the convertible to market through its income statement.[6] Robinhood sold $3.5 billion of convertibles in February, and they were worth $5 billion by the end of the first quarter, so it reported about a $1.5 billion loss on the trade.
The actual calculation is more complicated and Black-Scholes-y than the one I laid out above, but their results basically match, which is convenient because my calculation is easier to follow and also, I think, more sensible. If you sell stock at a 30% discount you have an immediate 42% loss, is the gist of my math,[7] which does not require any option pricing methodologies at all. If you want Robinhood's explanation, it's in the notes to the financial statements on pages F-52 and F-53 of the S-1.
We talked about this convertible, incidentally, in February, when Robinhood issued it. What happened was that Robinhood had an absolutely lights-out terrific week, early in an absolutely lights-out terrific quarter. It did this convertible right after the big GameStop week, when millions of people were flocking to Robinhood's platform and frantically trading GameStop Corp. stock and options. But because Robinhood was so busy, it needed more money: It was trading so much stock (and options), and the stock was so much more volatile, that its clearinghouses called it up and told it to post more collateral. Somehow Robinhood — which is simultaneously a hugely popular and important broker and also a weird small startup — did not have the money.
You do not get a ton of time to meet a clearinghouse's demand for collateral. You have to jump on that right away. So Robinhood capped an incredibly great week by desperately calling investors and asking them to give it some money quick. The investors were happy to help because, again, Robinhood was having a great quarter. But they also could drive a hard bargain because, again, Robinhood was desperate. So they bought this convertible. And in a great quarter in which Robinhood did a ton of volume in stocks and options and Dogecoin, Robinhood made about $114 million, and the investors who bailed it out made about $1.5 billion.
I think that allocating a bunch of the IPO to retail is a way — in this goofy meme market — to reduce volatility. Normally in an IPO, the company and its banks allocate shares to big investors, and then the next day small investors — Robinhood customers, etc. — get their chance to buy stock. The meme-ier the stock, (1) the more the Robinhood customers will want to buy and (2) the less they will care about fundamental valuation. So the big investors pay some reasonable fundamental-driven price, and then the next day Robinhood traders just bid it up to any old price.
If you allocate shares to the Robinhood traders to begin with — in the IPO, at a price set mainly by the institutional investors who care about valuation — then there will be less of a retail rush to buy stock the next day, and the stock will trade at closer to its IPO price.
One way to put this is that meme stocks are self-reinforcing. There is a fundamental model of investing that says that, as a stock's price goes up, fewer people should want to buy it: If you think that the present value of a company's future cash flow is $125 per share, you will happily pay $100 for it, but you won't pay $200. But there is also a FOMO-and-memes model of investing that says that, as a stock's price goes up, more people should want to buy it: If you see a stock go from $100 to $200, people are making a lot of money, and you want in. Selling a meme-y stock to institutions one day, and letting retail pile into it the next day, is a recipe for FOMO and volatility: The stock will pop, which will make it more of a meme. Selling the meme-y stock to institutions and retail in the same day at the same price is a way to try to limit that effect.
Robinhood's pitch to issuers — to get shares to allocate to its customers — is also very good though. Like here it is:
1. You had better allocate 10% of your IPO to us. (Or whatever, that number is probably too aggressive, but it's where I'd start if I were Robinhood.) 2. If you do, our customers will buy stock in the IPO with no price sensitivity, and you will be able to price and size your deal more aggressively than if you just allocated to the institutional customers that your banks like. 3. If you don't, our customers will buy stock the day after the IPO with no price sensitivity, and your stock will double on the first day, and Bill Gurley will complain that you left money on the table. 4. And he will be right! If price-insensitive Robinhood customers are going to buy your stock anyway, they might as well buy it from you, so you get the money, instead of giving it to the institutional investors that your banks like.
When IPOs go up a lot in the first day of trading, issuers are naturally going to say "wait we sold stock at $20 and now it's at $45, why didn't we sell it at $45?" And their investment bankers are going to say a lot of sensible and correct things about marginal prices, but to some extent what the issuer will hear is "you sold stock to institutional investors at $20, but those crazy day traders at Robinhood bid it up to $45 the next day." And so issuers will start thinking, "hmm, we should sell stock to those crazy day traders at Robinhood."
The reason that Robinhood had to raise all this cash is that its clearinghouses demanded billions of dollars more collateral to keep clearing its trades. We talked about this last week; basically, as Robinhood trades more volume, and as the volatility of the names it trades increases, there is an increased risk that it will not have enough money to settle trades. The clearinghouses, which are responsible for keeping track of and settling the trades,[2] do not like this risk; they require clearing members (like Robinhood) to post collateral to mitigate it, and as the risk goes up the collateral requirements do too. "'The request was around $3 billion, which is, you know, about an order of magnitude more than what it typically is,' Robinhood Chief Executive Vlad Tenev said," to Elon Musk for some reason. This is, uh, good I guess, risks are bad, you gotta make sure people pay for their stocks. Here's Bloomberg's Larry Tabb:
Cash and securities officially change hands two days after a trade. During those two days, a lot of things can happen. The problem is, what happens when a trading cou
Here is a simple model of Robinhood Financial LLC, the app that lets bored people trade stock for free on their phones. Any time you trade stock, you have to pay two intermediaries who do the trade for you:
1. Your broker, who takes your order and goes to buy (or sell) the stock; and 2. A dealer, who owns the stock and sells it to you (or who buys it from you).
Robinhood, like Charles Schwab and ETrade and TD Ameritrade, is a broker; it is in the business of providing a website and an app and account services and margin loans and so forth. When you tell your broker to buy a share of stock, your broker will send that order to a dealer, who is in the business of buying stock from customers for its own account, and selling stock to customers from its own inventory. These days the dealers are often electronic trading firms like Citadel Securities, G1X, Virtu, Two Sigma or Wolverine Securities. Traditionally the way the broker got paid, for doing the website and the app and routing your orders and so forth, was by commission: It would charge you 25 cents a share in the olden days, or later $10 a trade; as recently as October 2019 the normal rate was about $5 per trade. Brokers have other sources of income, with net interest margin on cash deposits being the big one these days, and commissions have become less important over time; now the market commission rate, for retail investors, is zero. But for most of the history of brokerages—again, until late 2019—you paid your broker a commission on every trade that you did. In the olden days commissions were fixed by regulation, but in modern times they are set by market competition, and this competition kept driving them lower until they went to zero.The way dealers get paid is in "spread": They buy stock from customers for a slightly lower price than the price at which they sell stock to customers. A stock that is worth $10 might have a $9.98 bid and a $10.02 offer; the dealer buys at the bid, sells at the offer, and makes about 4 cents per share for its trouble.To oversimplify slightly:
1. The spread is set by market competition: Dealers compete to have the highest bid and lowest offer, so they can do more trades. (The competitive spread is called the "national best bid and offer.") 2. The spread is set by competition on public stock exchanges, where dealers compete to do trades with big hedge funds, mutual funds and other high-speed electronic traders. 3. Dealers would much prefer to trade stock with bored retail investors, and would happily give those investors a discount on the spread, for reasons we have discussed before.[4]
And so the discount brokerages have struck deals with the electronic stock dealers in which (1) the brokers send their customers' orders directly to the dealers, (2) the dealers give the brokers' customers a discount on the spread, and (3) the dealers also pay the brokers for doing this. The discount that the customers get is called "price improvement." The payments are called "payment for order flow."As a basic economic matter those two things are interchangeable. The dealer is willing to pay some money to trade with retail orders. It can pay the money to the retail customers in price improvement, or to the broker in payment for order flow. It shouldn't care much if it does all price improvement or all payment for order flow or some mix in between.From the broker's perspective, there is an obvious advantage to getting more payment for order flow and less price improvement: The broker gets to keep the payment for order flow, but the customer gets the price improvement. But there are constraints on this. For one thing, the discount brokerage business is competitive, and the broker can only sort of "keep" the payment for order flow: Effectively it goes to pay for the broker's operations and reduce commissions. For another thing, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission requires brokers to seek "best execution" of customer orders. This is a somewhat amorphous requirement, but basically if brokers' customers are getting a better price than the national best bid and offer—if they are getting a discount on the spread—then that is more likely to be best execution than if they aren't. So you need to have some price improvement. And that too becomes competitive, or at least comparable: If every other broker has more price improvement, and you have less, then perhaps your execution is not best.The custom seems to be "that large retail broker-dealers that receive payment for order flow typically receive four times as much price improvement for customers than they do payment for order flow for themselves—an 80/20 split of the value between price improvement and payment for order flow."
Most of the big retail discount brokerages in the U.S. engage in a practice called "payment for order flow." If you send your broker an order to buy stock, instead of sending it to the stock exchange, they will send it to a big electronic market maker who will sell you the stock out of their inventory. The market maker really wants to trade with your order, because it is, in the market maker's worldview, "non-toxic." If they make markets on a stock exchange, they face a high risk of adverse selection. If they hold themselves out as willing to buy stock for $10.02 or sell it at $10.05, and someone comes in and sells to them at $10.02, there's a good chance that that means the stock is worth less than $10.02: The seller could be a high-frequency trader who sees the price shifting, or it could be a giant mutual fund that is dumping a lot of stock and will drive the price down. But retail investors tend to buy small amounts of stock, all at once, without moving the market, so a market maker who buys for $10.02 and sells at $10.05 will reliably make three cents a share without a lot of risk. Market makers want this pleasant order flow and are willing to pay for it.
They generally pay for it in two ways. First, they offer "price improvement." That hypothetical three-cent public market spread pays public market makers for the risk of adverse selection, but a retail market maker doesn't face that risk and can charge less. If the public market's best bid and offer are $10.02 at $10.05, the market maker might be willing to buy from retail accounts for $10.025 and sell at $10.045. So you get a better price on your stock than you'd get in the public markets. Second, market makers actually just write the brokerage firm a check for sending your order flow to them. (This is the payment for order flow.) The brokerage firms have a choice of market makers to send orders to, and the market makers compete for the brokerages' favor by paying them money. It seems to me that these two payment streams are, for market makers, essentially interchangeable. If a market maker decides that it can afford to pay one cent a share for retail orders in some particular stock, then it should be mostly indifferent between paying one cent a share to the retail brokerage as payment for order flow, or giving one cent a share of spread improvement to the brokerage's customers, or any split in between (pay $0.0025 to the brokerage and improve the spread by $0.0075, etc.). There are details—you'd measure these things in different ways, etc.—but on average this should be roughly right.
Obviously the retail brokerages want to get as much as possible of the money in the form of payment for order flow (which they keep) and as little as possible in the form of price improvement (which their customers keep), but there are constraints on this. For one thing, brokers are obligated to seek "best execution" for their customers, a somewhat nebulous standard but one that requires them to care about price improvement. For another thing, the retail brokerage business is competitive and they want to be able to advertise good execution. Also, though, the retail brokerage business is competitive and they don't exactly, entirely "keep" the payment for order flow. It's just a revenue stream that they can use to pay for stuff their clients want. One thing that it pays for is keeping commissions low. These days commissions are zero. The brokers' expenses aren't zero. The zero commissions are funded in part by payment for order flow. (Though often, mostly, by net interest margin.) The market makers pay the brokers to trade so the customers don't have to pay the brokers to trade.
Save Mart (1)
Merger agreements are long and boring and most people don't read them all the way through. In theory, this might make them a good place for tricks. If you are selling your company, maybe you could try putting on page 47: "Notwithstanding anything else in this agreement, Buyer shall pay Seller an amount in cash equal to the product of (1) the Purchase Price and (2) two (2)." Maybe no one will notice, everyone will sign the contract, you'll get to closing, the buyer will hand you a check for the agreed purchase price, and you'll say "no actually on page 47 it says you have to give me twice this amount." The buyer will flip to page 47 and say "huh I missed that but come on, that was not the deal," you will say "no, it was the deal, it's right there in the contract," you'll go to court, and the judge will say "well this is mighty weird but a contract is a contract so here's your money."
In practice, you do not hear much about this sort of thing in big mergers and acquisitions, for several reasons:
1. Many mergers are fairly collaborative, friendly endeavors. The buyer is buying a business that it likes, it is working with the seller to make sure the business is as good as possible, everyone is trying to win each other's trust, and often it is better to win points by saying "hey we noticed that this formula would underpay you, let's fix it" than it is to try to sneak a tricky formula into the contract. 2. Parties to merger agreements have huge incentives to catch tricks, and they pay lawyers to read the contracts and look out for tricks. [1] 3. Mergers are often one-shot deals for the seller — after the merger, the target company vanishes — but there are a lot of repeat players around. Private equity firms and big companies do a lot of acquisitions, and developing a reputation for trickiness might make that harder. Their professionals — bankers and lawyers — also do lots of deals, for buyers and sellers, and also care about their reputation. [2] 4. This is not legal advice, but as a broad generalization, if there is something in a merger agreement that is manifestly a trick , and you go to court to enforce it, there's a decent chance that a judge will say "oh come on that's a trick, you can't enforce that," and your trick won't work. It's possible that a judge will say "a contract is a contract and congratulations on your trick," but it's also quite possible that she won't, and will be annoyed, and you'll be in a worse place than if you hadn't done the trick at all.
I have become a bit of a connoisseur of contractual trickiness around here, and also in my previous careers. [3] But mostly I am sort of an efficient-markets guy, in many areas of life, and I tend to assume that most big-dollar high-finance contracts probably say what people expect them to say.
But last week at FT Alphaville, Sujeet Indap had a wild story about Save Mart, a closely held supermarket whose family owners sold it in 2022 to Kingswood Capital Management. Kingswood agreed to pay the sellers $245 million, net of cash and debt; at closing, the sellers swept about $200 million of cash from the company, and Kingswood wrote them a check for about $40 million. [4] And then a few months later, Kingswood sent the sellers a bill for $87 million, effectively asking them to pay Kingswood for taking over the company. "The saga is a window into the vagaries of private-company dealmaking," writes Indap, "and how esoteric financial accounting can be weaponised by a canny counterparty." It's the rare trick M&A!
Here is the trick. Save Mart owned a one-third interest in a joint venture called Superstore Industries. It carried this interest on its books as an equity investment. Superstore, meanwhile, had $109 million of its own debt, which Save Mart apparently guaranteed, but which was not reflected on Save Mart's balance sheet: Save Mart's balance sheet showed only the $22.5 million value of its equity investment in Superstore (net of that debt and its partners' equity interests). And part of what Kingswood was buying from Save Mart was that equity interest.
The way the purchase agreement worked was that, after closing, there was a true-up based on the final balance sheet of Save Mart at closing. Basically if Save Mart had more debt than expected, the sellers would have to pay Kingswood for the extra debt: You take the company's actual debt at closing, subtract the debt reflected on the pre-closing balance sheet, and the sellers pay Kingswood back an adjustment for any excess. If the sellers went on a borrowing spree just before closing, and then paid the cash out to themselves, they'd have to pay it back to Kingswood in the true-up.
But the purchase agreement's definition of "Closing Date Indebtedness" included Save Mart's own debt and also debt that it guaranteed. This means that:
The $109 million Superstore debt counts, under the terms of the purchase agreement, as Save Mart debt at closing. It was not reflected on the pre-closing balance sheet, because it is not Save Mart debt under accounting rules. Therefore, you take the $109 million debt, you subtract the zero dollars of that debt reflected on the balance sheet, and that's the true-up that the sellers owe to Kingswood.
Kingswood paid the sellers about $40 million for the company at the closing on March 28, 2022. And then in July, it sent them a post-closing statement, asking them to pay it back $87 million. (The $87 million apparently reflected the $109 million debt, minus other post-closing adjustments in the sellers' favor.) So the total purchase price of the company would be negative.
The sellers replied to the effect "no obviously that debt doesn't count, that's not the deal, we're not paying." Kingswood replied "well the purchase agreement says it counts, so pay up." They went to arbitration, and the arbitrator — a former Delaware Chancery Court judge — ruled in favor of Kingswood, finding that obviously they didn't mean for the sellers to have to pay for all that debt, but that's what the contract says , and a contract is a contract:
The buyer relies heavily on the definitions in the purchase agreement to argue that the parties contemplated potential downward adjustments to the purchase price to account for debt that resided within the target's subsidiaries. The seller acknowledges the buyer has not misread the applicable definitions, but argues the proper construction of those definitions must account for other provisions in the contract that reflect the parties' intent that the sizable debt at issue would not be counted in the purchase price adjustment. ...>
Extrinsic evidence, says the seller, reveals that the parties never intended for the debt at issue to be part of the purchase price adjustment. For its part, the buyer struggles to explain much of this extrinsic evidence, but maintains the adjustment is entirely consistent with the parties' overarching understanding that the sale would be a cash free, debt free transaction. …>
Delaware law is more contractarian than most, and Delaware courts will enforce the letter of the parties' contract without regard for whether they have struck a good deal or bad deal.
Kingswood and the sellers then went to the actual Delaware Chancery Court, which disagreed with the arbitrator but had to defer to his decision. So Kingswood gets its money. The sellers are appealing to the Delaware Supreme Court.
To be fair, this is not exactly a trick in the contract; it's a trick in the balance sheet, or perhaps a tricky interaction between the two. Indap quotes the Kingswood deal guy:
We were surprised that the seller didn't put any SSI debt in their definition of indebtedness as of the closing, and our view was, if that's what they believed and we raised it, we thought it would be a contentious topic . . .>
Again, we had had a draft purchase agreement from them dating back to, you know, December that clearly laid out the debt
Sculptor (3)
Daniel Och founded his hedge fund firm, Och-Ziff Capital Management, in 1994. Like most hedge fund firms, Och-Ziff was a limited partnership, meaning among other things that it did not pay corporate income tax: The firm's income — the fees that it collected from its hedge fund clients, minus its expenses — was taxed as personal income of Och and his partners.
In 2007, Och-Ziff did an initial public offering, becoming a publicly traded hedge fund management company. This involved becoming a corporation: It is much easier for public shareholders to hold shares of a corporation than interests in a partnership, so Och-Ziff went public as a corporation, which means paying corporate tax on its income. But it kept the old partnership around: The new corporation became effectively the parent company, controlling the old partnership; public shareholders invested in the corporation, but Och and his partners kept their shares in the old partnership. Those partnership interests could be converted into corporate shares, and the partners would need to do that conversion if they wanted to sell their shares on the stock exchange.
Oversimplifying somewhat, Och and his partners would have to pay tax on those conversions: The fair value of the corporate stock they got on conversion would be taxable income to them. But there would be an offsetting benefit: Very loosely speaking, Och-Ziff Capital Management (the corporation) would get to deduct the fair value of that stock from its taxable income over the 15 years following conversion. As is somewhat typical in IPOs like this, Och-Ziff agreed to give most of that tax benefit to Och and his partners: It entered a "tax receivable agreement" saying that it would pay the partners 85% of the tax savings that it got from their conversions.
So the rough economics are that, in going from being partners in a private partnership to shareholders of a public corporation, Och and his partners would get liquid public shares, but they would have to pay a lot of tax. To soften that blow for them, (1) they got to delay that conversion as long as they wanted, and do it in stages, so as not to pay a huge tax bill all at once, and (2) the company promised to pay them most of its tax savings from the conversion, which roughly makes up for the taxes that they have to pay on conversion.
Another nice sweetener in the IPO is that Och-Ziff borrowed $750 million and paid most of it out to Och and his partners. My understanding is that they did not have to pay tax on this money: As partners of a partnership, they owed tax on the partnership's income, but not on money it borrowed; the borrowing was basically a way for them to cash out some future income at the time of the IPO and only pay taxes later when the income was actually earned.
A classic tension in public company mergers and acquisitions is that, if you are running an auction to sell your company, you want to force bidders to put in their best bid in the auction. "Put in your very best bid," you tell them, "because if you lose this auction you won't get another chance to buy the company." And then you open up the bids and pick the top one and sign a contract with the top bidder saying that you will sell them the company. And then you announce the deal, saying "we are selling our company to Bidder X for $10 per share."
And then the next day Bidder Y, who bid $9.75 in the auction and lost, sends you a letter saying "okay fine we'll pay $10.10." And you say "no, it doesn't work that way, we wanted your best bid in the auction, we told you you wouldn't get another chance!" But, also, $10.10 is more than $10. And you still have a fiduciary obligation to your shareholders to get the best price. You can't really tell Bidder Y no. You have to take their new bid seriously, because it is more money for your shareholders. You might have to get out of your merger agreement with Bidder X and sell to Bidder Y at the higher price.
The tension is that you can probably get a higher price in the auction by committing, ex ante, not to accept any bids after the auction: Bidders will put in higher bids if they know there are no second chances and if they win they get the company. But you can't really commit to that because, ex post, if you get a higher bid you will feel compelled — by your fiduciary duty to your shareholders — to consider it.
There are standard best practices. When you start the auction process, you will ask every potential bidder to sign a nondisclosure agreement (promising to keep secret whatever they learn in due diligence). The NDA will often contain a bunch of standstill provisions in which the bidders promise not to, for instance:
buy any more stock of the company; make a tender offer for the company; put in a public proposal to buy the company; put in a private proposal to buy the company; ask the company to waive the standstill.
The idea is that, if Bidder Y comes to the company after the auction and says "we'll give you $10.10," the company will have to consider that, undermining its deal with Bidder X. If Bidder Y even comes to the company after the auction and says "we know we are not allowed to put in another bid, but could you waive that provision so that we could put in another bid," the company will have to consider that too, so as not to leave money on the table. And so the company's advisers will do the best they can, ex ante, to prevent that, so that they can run a clean auction that gets the best price and then ends.
The advantage of this is that it gives the winning bidder certainty that it will actually buy the company, rather than serving as a stalking horse for an endless public bidding war. (And so bidders in the auction should be willing to pay more.) The other advantage is that it makes life easier for the target company and its advisers: They can run an auction, pick the best bid, and move on with their lives, instead of being mired in weeks of fighting.
There are other best practices. The merger agreement that the company signs with the winning bidder will try to lock up that bidder's deal: The company might promise not to look for more bidders, not to waive any provisions of the standstill, and not to negotiate with other buyers, etc. But in modern US M&A those provisions are rarely absolute; they will generally say "… unless the board determines that it has a fiduciary duty to do that." If you do get a higher bid, you can't just say "nope we have a contract sorry"; you have to consider it.
Also there is generally a breakup fee: If the company takes a higher offer and breaks its original deal, the winning bidder in the original auction gets some cash. One reason for this is to compensate the original winning bidder for being, in hindsight, a stalking horse for a bidding war. Another reason for it is to deter other bidders: If you lose the original auction and try to buy the company anyway, then not only do you have to top the winning bid, you also have to pay the breakup fee. (Again, though, this deterrent can't be absolute, and courts generally limit breakup fees to a reasonable single-digit percentage of deal value.)
There is something odd about a publicly traded hedge fund management firm. The typical hedge fund management firm is private, owned mostly by its founder (who is also the chief investment officer and chief executive officer), and the rough cultural expectation is that people who run big hedge funds collect most of the fees from those funds and get very rich. In a publicly traded hedge fund management firm, the CEO/CIO does not own most of the company; outside shareholders do.
But the CEO/CIO of a public hedge fund firm still runs a big hedge fund and wants to be treated, and paid, like a big-time hedge fund manager; the board of directors, in setting her pay, will be inclined to compare her to other managers of large hedge funds. And so she and her senior management team will receive — not all of the fees from the funds they manage, but something uncomfortably close to all of them, not leaving very much left over for public shareholders.
And so in the extreme case a publicly traded hedge fund firm should look like this:
1. Its CEO/CIO gets paid a lot of money, and in total its investment professionals get paid roughly 100% of the firm's fee income. 2. Its market capitalization — that is, the value of its stock, or the expected value of future cash flows to the shareholders — should be close to zero, because the CEO/CIO should be able to capture most of the cash flows from the company.
But the company is public! Anyone can buy its stock. And so if you are feeling confident in your own abilities, a good trade might be:
1. Buy the company for roughly $0. 2. Fire the CEO and pay yourself her salary instead.
If you have a public company where most of the cash flows go, not to the shareholders, but to the CEO, then it is cheap to become a shareholder and lucrative to become the CEO. But if you buy enough shares you can make yourself the CEO. There is an arbitrage.
Sculptor Capital Management (2)
One is … well, look, I have spent a certain amount of time around here writing about Elon Musk, who is (among other things) an eccentric billionaire who sometimes offers to buy public companies and then changes his mind. It happens! There are suggestions, in Sculptor's announcement, that it thinks of Weinstein and Ackman and Lasry that way. Its objections include:
Because members of the Consortium are providing the debt commitments for its proposed debt financing, there is an increased risk that if circumstances change prior to closing, the Consortium can use a failure to satisfy the debt financing conditions as a reason not to close the transaction.
The Consortium's proposal caps its financial exposure in a damages action at $39.2 million should it breach and refuse to consummate the transaction, which caps the Consortium's ultimate downside.
That is:
If Weinstein and friends change their minds (because market conditions or Sculptor's results change, for instance, or because their own financial situations change, or just because they don't want to do this anymore), they will have excuses to get out of the deal: They are the lenders in the deal, so they "can use a failure to satisfy the debt financing conditions" as an excuse to get out. I don't exactly understand this: Sculptor doesn't spell out what the debt financing conditions are, and debt financing commitments tend to be less conditional than merger agreements so it would be odd if this would really give them an out. But, sure, if you were really looking to get out of a deal, it's one more excuse. Anyway, even if they don't have an excuse to get out of the deal, they can walk away and pay just $39.2 million in damages, which isn't that much compared to what Sculptor's shareholders might lose. Basically they'd get a $39.2 million option to buy the company for $700ish million, and if things changed they could walk away. [2]
If you are Sculptor's board, you have to weigh these risks against the extra $1.61 per share that Weinstein is offering, and I guess your weighing comes down to questions like:
1. How flighty do you think Weinstein and friends are? How likely are they to change their minds? 2. How risky do you think Sculptor's business, and the market, are? How likely is it that circumstances will change and Weinstein will try to back out? 3. How much do you think Weinstein actually wants the company? If he really wants to buy Sculptor, then his technical ability to get out of the deal doesn't matter that much. If he's just looking for a cheap option, it does.
There are not a lot of hostile takeovers of hedge funds. If you run a hedge fund, generally speaking, nobody is going to replace you as the manager of that hedge fund without your permission. Your clients might leave, if you underperform or otherwise upset them, but they are not going to come to you as a group and say "we got to talking and 51% of us agree that we would rather have Boaz Weinstein run this fund." Your lieutenants might become dissatisfied with working for you, but generally you control the company and they don't, so they can't mount a coup; their only recourse is to leave and start their own funds.
But that is because the traditional hedge fund management firm is a private company mostly owned by its founder-boss. You can, however, have a hedge-fund firm that is also a public company, with public shareholders who control a majority of the votes. Then things can get tricky.
Sculptor Capital Management Inc. is a publicly traded hedge-fund firm with about $34 billion of assets under management and an equity market capitalization of about $700 million; it runs multistrategy and credit hedge funds and has a collateralized loan obligation business and a real estate private equity business. There is, with Sculptor, a lot going on. Some brief highlights:
Daniel Och founded Och-Ziff Capital Management in 1994. He took it public in 2007. That is: The management company, the company that runs the hedge funds, went public; it trades on the stock exchange and public investors can buy its stock. It makes money by charging management and performance fees on the hedge funds it runs, and shareholders are betting on its continued ability to make those fees. (The funds themselves are private.) "In the late 1990s, [Jimmy] Levin was working at a summer camp in Wisconsin, teaching Mr. Och's son how to water ski." Then Och hired him to work at Och-Ziff, took him on as a protégé, and promoted him through the ranks until he seemed likely to be Och's successor. There was a big bribery scandal that eventually led to settlements with the US Securities and Exchange Commission and Justice Department in 2016. Och stepped down in 2019 and the firm changed its name to Sculptor. Och remains a big shareholder but is no longer directly involved in running Sculptor. But for somewhat mysterious reasons, Och had soured on Levin and did not hand the firm over to him when he left. But in 2020 Sculptor's board made Levin chief executive officer anyway. Since then, Levin has been paid a lot of money, and Och has groused about it a lot; last year he sued the firm, saying that Levin has "devoted himself to entrenching his position at the company, shaping the board of directors, and wielding that resulting leverage to extract ever-escalating pay packages," and that Levin had gotten paid $145.8 million for 2021, even as investors and shareholders have not done that well. Last November, Sculptor settled that lawsuit and simultaneously announced that it was going to try to sell itself to the highest bidder. Things were kind of too weird and acrimonious for Sculptor to stay public. Sculptor talked to about 70 potential buyers and ultimately announced in July that it would sell itself to Rithm Capital Corp., a real-estate investment firm, for $11.15 per share, or about $639 million total. "Sculptor's investment and leadership teams will continue in their roles," and Levin will remain chief investment officer of Sculptor as a subsidiary of Rithm, though his pay will be capped at $30 million a year.
That's the basic background. And then this happened:
Boaz Weinstein and several other high-profile investors including William Ackman and Marc Lasry have made a rival offer for Sculptor Capital Management, a hedge-fund firm that already agreed to sell itself to another investment firm.
In late July, Sculptor agreed to a sale to real-estate investment firm Rithm Capital for about $639 million, or $11.15 in cash per Class A share of Sculptor, which formerly was known as Och-Ziff Capital Management. The offer was an 18% premium to Sculptor's closing price at the time. Should it be completed, the deal would leave Sculptor's current management, led by Chief Executive James Levin, in place.
Weinstein's group presented an offer for Sculptor that was rejected during the sales process and it subsequently increased its bid to more than $12 a share, people familiar with the matter said. Sculptor shares closed at $11.20 on Friday. If successful, the group likely would install new management, the people said.
Weinstein runs Saba Capital Management, while Ackman leads Pershing Square Capital Management and Lasry helms Avenue Capital Group, all prominent New York hedge-fund firms. Financing for their bid for Sculptor is expected to come from their personal money, not their firms' cash.
If you are the CEO of a hedge fund firm that is publicly traded, then any other hedge-fund manager — or a bunch of them together — can try to buy your firm, get rid of you, and run your hedge fund themselves. And, really, why not? One complaint people sometimes have about activist hedge fund managers is that they tell companies what to do but don't themselves have deep experience running those companies, but surely Weinstein and Ackman and Lasry do have lots of experience running hedge funds.
Sculptor Capital Management Inc. (5)
What has fascinated me about this deal from the beginning is that there are not a lot of hostile takeovers of hedge funds. In principle, you could imagine this sort of situation playing out in any merger:
1. The board has one offer from a boring stable acquirer who will pay $12 per share and will keep all of the employees around. 2. The board has another offer from a bitter rival who will pay $13 per share but has bad blood with all of the employees. 3. The board has fiduciary duties to the shareholders and can't really consider its fondness for the employees in choosing between these bids. It has to do what is best for shareholders. [3] 4. But! The board can say, well, if we take our bitter rival's $13 bid, all of our employees will quit the day after we sign the agreement. Then we'll lose all of our customers. The business will collapse. And then our bitter rival will be able to get out of the deal. It will claim a "material adverse effect"; it will say that the collapse of the business gives it a right to get out of the deal. [4] And then our shareholders will be left with nothing. Our bitter rival won't close, the $12 bidder will be gone, we'll have no deal and no business. 5. Meanwhile, if we take the boring stable acquirer's $12 bid, that deal will close and our shareholders will get their $12. 6. So better, for shareholders , to take the deal with the lower price that will keep all the employees, rather than to take the deal with the higher price that won't. 7. For form's sake, you can go back to the bitter rival and say "okay we'll take your $13, but you have to sign a merger agreement that acknowledges that all the employees will q
Traditionally the way to bypass the board is with a tender offer: You just go out and offer to buy everyone's shares for cash, and if more than half of the shareholders tender then you control the company. But Weinstein can't do that, because of his NDA.
But Weinstein's standstill expires on Dec. 22. It seems unlikely that Sculptor will be able to push through the Rithm deal before that. (There is no date set yet for the shareholder vote.) Which means that Weinstein might be able to launch a tender offer and buy the company.
This is not an optimal endgame. Weinstein would much rather come to a negotiated deal with Sculptor before December. For one thing, it would be faster. For another thing, tendering blindly to buy Sculptor without reaching any agreement with the board or management is risky. Weinstein is trying to buy an asset manager with some $30 billion or so of assets under management, much of it not very locked up, and that's a better deal if the clients plan to stick around. If he can talk to Sculptor's management, meet with the biggest clients, hear their concerns and reassure them, that reduces the risk that he'll end up buying Sculptor and getting nothing. There are regulatory and business risks to buying an asset manager with a tender offer, and it would not be anyone's first choice.
The schematic math of the Sculptor Capital Management Inc. situation is:
1. Sculptor is a publicly traded asset manager with about $30 billion of assets under management, roughly half in collateralized loan obligations and the rest in hedge fund and real estate strategies. 2. Those $30 billion of client assets pay Sculptor fees of more than $400 million per year. 3. Of those fees, more than $300 million per year goes to Sculptor's employees, with much of it concentrated among the senior people managing its funds. Its chief executive officer and chief investment officer, Jimmy Levin, made $49 million in 2022 and $146 million in 2021. 4. A bit less than $0 per year goes to Sculptor's shareholders: The firm reported net losses in each of the last two years. 5. Being a Sculptor hedge fund manager is quite lucrative, but being a Sculptor shareholder is not particularly. 6. This is not a weird anomaly! Being a hedge fund manager is lucrative, and Sculptor is a hedge fund management firm that employs hedge fund managers. Most hedge fund management firms are privately held, and roughly all of the money goes to the managers. To compete for talent, Sculptor also pays roughly all of its money to its managers. The shareholders get squeezed. Jimmy Levin did not invent this or anything. Dan Och, Sculptor's founder and former CEO/CIO, "took home $3.3 billion since 2007 as Sculptor's stock price tanked by 96%." That's just how it works! 7. The result is that Sculptor's stock price is fairly cheap, since the cash flows to shareholders are a bit less than zero. 8. But if you buy all of Sculptor, you can make yourself the CEO, and pay yourself all the fees.
As I wrote last month:
If you have a public company where most of the cash flows go, not to the shareholders, but to the CEO, then it is cheap to become a shareholder and lucrative to become the CEO. But if you buy enough shares you can make yourself the CEO. There is an arbitrage.
I kind of don't understand why more hedge fund managers are not bidding to buy Sculptor. But a bunch of them are, in a consortium led by Boaz Weinstein, and Bloomberg's Katherine Burton and Hema Parmar reported yesterday:
Boaz Weinstein made his name trading in esoteric corners of the credit markets. But his most audacious bet yet may be trying to catapult his hedge fund firm into the ranks of the industry's largest players.
To do that, the 50-year-old head of Saba Capital Management is attempting to buy his way to the top. He's bidding — with a group of billionaire pals including Bill Ackman, Marc Lasry and Jeff Yass — for Sculptor Capital Management Inc., a beleaguered publicly traded money manager he aims to subsume into his $4 billion firm.
Weinstein's assets under management could balloon to more than $20 billion if he wins Sculptor, requiring only a $700 million investment backed by deep-pocketed friends. While Weinstein's group made the highest bid, it was rejected for a lower one from Rithm Capital Corp. Sculptor, which said Rithm's offer was more certain, won't let Weinstein speak directly to investors or stockholders. …
Like the chess master he is, Weinstein saw a way to exploit weak competition and build his empire. Saba's main fund is slightly niche – short bonds, long volatility — and while he's added some other strategies, growing assets is a slow game.
So when Sculptor put itself on the block late last year, Weinstein assembled his all-star team and made a bid. In July, Sculptor picked Rithm — a firm that started out in mortgage servicing rights — which agreed to pay $11.15 a share, or $639 million. Sculptor rejected Weinstein's higher bid, which now stands at $12.76. …
Under Weinstein's plan, Sculptor would be run as its own brand within Saba. With the current CIO in a lesser role, or even gone, Weinstein could use the extra money – Levin was paid $145 million in 2021 — to help retain strategy heads and others among its 100 investment professionals.
You do have to pay most of the money to the managers. Burton also reported last week:
Boaz Weinstein would offer Sculptor Capital Management Inc. clients the chance to join his investment in the money manager under the same terms as his billionaire backers, according to people familiar with the plan.
The Saba Capital Management founder and his co-investors view the plan as a sweetener for clients, who must give their approval in order for Weinstein's bid for Sculptor to go through.
It's an odd sweetener? The reason that Sculptor's board has given for preferring Rithm is that Rithm would keep Levin, and it thinks that Sculptor's clients would prefer to have Levin manage their money rather than Weinstein. (Since, after all, they are still clients of Sculptor, which Levin runs, and they are not currently clients of Saba, which Weinstein runs.) We have talked about this situation a lot; Sculptor's reasoning strikes me as plausible but weirdly uncertain. (Why not ask the clients?) By offering the clients a sweetener, Weinstein is trying to reassure the board that the clients will consent to him taking over.
But why would the clients want to own the firm? I feel like the lesson of Sculptor is:
1. A well-run hedge fund probably makes money for its clients. (Though Sculptor's "main fund has annualized at about 6% since 2018, and its returns more closely track the S&P 500 than other multi-strategy firms," report Burton and Parmar.) 2. It definitely makes money for its managers. 3. The shareholders of the management company, not necessarily?
You have to make money for the clients, you have to pay the investment managers, and the shareholders just get what's left over. It makes total sense for Weinstein to want to buy and run Sculptor; it makes a bit less sense for anyone else to want to help him buy it as an outside passive investor. Though I guess Ackman, Lasry and Yass are in, which is an endorsement of the idea. Presumably they have to get paid too.
But what can anyone do? The board has signed a deal with Rithm and apparently won't negotiate with Weinstein, saying that it "has not concluded that the Consortium's most recent revised proposal constitutes a superior proposal or is reasonably expected to lead to a superior proposal." Traditionally, when a company has a signed merger agreement, another bidder wants to pay more, and the company won't let it, there are three ways to get around the board:
1. A tender offer: The other bidder (Weinstein) could, in theory, just go out to Sculptor's shareholders with a public offer to pay $12.76 per share in cash. The shareholders would rather get $12.76 than $11.15, they'll sell to Weinstein, and he'll buy the company, without the board's approval. [1] But this option is off the table here. For one thing, in the course of his earlier discussions with Sculptor, Weinstein apparently signed a nondisclosure agreement with a standstill provision, in which he promised not to make a public offer for Sculptor or even to buy more stock, so he's not allowed to tender. Also, though, Weinstein's offer really is contingent on getting approval from Sculptor's limited partners — the board is not wrong about that — and so even without the standstill he wouldn't want to buy all of Sculptor only to find out that he couldn't run its funds. He is not going to just unconditionally buy all the shares. 2. The shareholder vote: Even if Sculptor's board ignores Weinstein and proceeds with the Rithm deal, it needs to submit the deal to a shareholder vote, and the deal can't close unless a majority of shareholders votes in favor. [2] The shareholders who want the Weinstein deal can just vote no; if they mostly vote no then the Rithm deal disappears. This doesn't necessarily mean that they get the Weinstein deal: Sculptor can keep ignoring Weinstein and continue as an independent public company, and Weinstein's current proposal is not really binding, so he could just say "actually now my bid is $11.50" if the Rithm deal fails. There are risks. But realistically if the shareholders vote down the Rithm deal, the next thing that happens is probably that Sculptor starts taking Weinstein's calls. 3. You can always sue.
Incidentally, a point I have made a few times about this situation is that hostile takeovers of hedge fund management firms are rare, in part because hedge fund managers are usually private companies and in part because of the problem of client retention: The hedge fund's clients presumably like the current manager, so if you take over the company and force her out, the clients might leave too and you'll be left with nothing.
A reader emailed to point me to a precedent. Here's a 2005 New York Times article about BKF Capital Group:
Nearly a year ago, Steel Partners, a hedge fund that has made a name for itself shaking up boards to unlock shareholder value, thought it saw a big fat target in BKF, a publicly traded asset management company. Steel Partners, later joined by Cannell Capital, a hedge fund based in San Francisco, waged a proxy fight against BKF, a fight that turned nasty.
For six months it lobbied for accountability from management, lower compensation for money managers and improved corporate governance standards. In June, the activists won three seats on the board, and by August, BKF's chief had resigned.
It was a pyrrhic victory. Any value that was unlocked at BKF seems to be running for the exits. BKF has disclosed that more than $7 billion of the company's $12.4 billion in assets could be gone by year-end.
Shares of BKF have fallen 39 percent since Steel started the crusade last December. The firm has lost 56 percent of its funds. Whether BKF can now survive is a question. But a greater mystery is why investors who are money managers themselves failed to see how important it is for such a company to hold onto its managers and money.
Yeah, but if you are a money manager yourself, your natural inclination is to think that you could manage the money better than the current manager can.
Serta Simmons (1)
Sometimes companies have a lot of debt and run into trouble. A bad thing happens and they cannot handle their debt anymore. Maybe they'd like to have less debt, and they go to their lenders and say "can we pay you back less than we promised?" Maybe they'd like to have more debt—that is, they need money—and they go to their lenders and say "hey I know we are overleveraged and blowing our covenants but can we borrow more money anyway?" Maybe they'd like more time to pay back their debt, or they'd like to pay less interest. On first principles the way to deal with this problem is to go to all your lenders and explain how it's in everyone's interest to renegotiate the deal. "If you forgive some of our debt (or lend us more, or extend our terms, or whatever), we will survive and be able to pay you back the rest; if you don't, we'll go under and you'll be tied up in bankruptcy and recover much less," is the basic pitch. The lenders evaluate this pitch and, if they think it's correct, they agree to help you out. This is a positive-sum game, or I guess a minimizing-of-negative-sums game; a solution can be in everyone's interest.
On second principles the way to deal with this problem is to go to some of your lenders and say "hey if you help us out we'll give you a good deal, which we'll fund by giving the other guys a bad deal." Schematically, if you owe $1 billion and you can only pay back $600 million, you go to the lenders who own 51% of your debt and say "we'll give you $600 million for your $510 million of debt, if you'll vote to amend the loan documents so that we don't have to pay the other 49% anything." This is a zero-sum game: You take value from some lenders, give it to other lenders, and use that transfer to persuade the other lenders to agree to your deal.
To be clear, the schematic thing I said in the last paragraph isn't really allowed. Any credit agreement or bond indenture will say something like "this agreement can be amended by a majority vote, except that some things can't be amended unless every single lender agrees." The things that can't be amended are fundamental things like how much money gets paid back. You can't actually get 51% of the bondholders to vote to give the other 49% nothing; that's obviously cheating, so it's something that can't be changed by a bondholder vote.
Still, most bond restructuring disputes are more complicated variations on that idea. An "exit consent" is: You offer bondholders a good (decent) deal if they agree to vote to amend the old bonds to make them much less valuable, just before swapping into new bonds; anyone who agrees to the swap gets valuable new bonds, but anyone who doesn't is stuck with broken old bonds.[1] The "J. Crew" trade is: You sneak the valuable assets of the company into a new subsidiary that the old bonds have no claim on, and you borrow new money by giving the new lenders good security in the new subsidiary while leaving the old lenders without the security they thought they had. A lot of the credit-default-swap shenanigans that we have talked about over the years are of the form: You do something that will blow up CDS sellers (or buyers), which creates value for CDS buyers (or sellers), and you go to the CDS buyers (or sellers) and get them to give you favorable financing in exchange for that value. The basic tension here is that when you are setting up the documents—when a company is issuing bonds or taking out loans—everyone wants the first-principles, positive-sum approach. Everyone agrees in advance, when things are good and people want to lend, that it would be bad for a company to stiff some of its creditors and reward others if it runs into trouble. On the other hand, once the company runs into trouble, (1) the company wants to stiff some creditors and reward others (since that's cheaper than stiffing no creditors) and (2) the creditors who will be rewarded also want that to happen. (The creditors who will be stiffed don't.) The lenders want one thing ex ante and another thing ex post. The lending documents are long and complicated and cannot foresee every possibility. They are written by very good lawyers ex ante to minimize the risk of creditors being unequally stiffed, but then ex post even better lawyers comb through them to see if they can find a way to unequally stiff creditors anyway.
Shell (1)
A curious fact of the modern energy industry is that there is significant overlap between climate-focused environmental, social and governance investors, who want oil companies to drill less oil for environmental reasons, and regular old money-focused investors, who want oil companies to drill less oil for financial reasons. In the US shale boom, whenever oil prices rose, oil companies did a ton of investment to find new wells and produce more oil, and the result was that prices went down and drillers kept losing money. And what economically minded investors learned from that is that, when oil prices go up and oil companies make more money, the companies should do share buybacks and give the money back to investors, rather than spend it on oil wells that will just drive the price down.
Meanwhile, if you are focused mainly on climate change, and you invest in oil companies, and oil prices go up and oil companies make money, you also do not want them to spend the money drilling more oil wells. Your preference will be for them to spend the money on, like, shutting down the oil wells, capping them securely, and then building wind farms. But stock buybacks are better than more oil wells.
I should say that there is a third perspective. You could be a person who wants oil companies to drill more oil wells, even if it reduces profits. You might want this because reducing the price of oil is good for consumers, or because drilling more oil wells is good for oil-industry employment, or because reducing the price of oil has good geopolitical effects, or because you are a politician and can make some political hay by criticizing "woke" ESG investing. Many people quite reasonably believe one or more of these things; in the US, both Republican and Democratic politicians have called on oil companies to drill more oil because they believe, for one reason or another, that doing so would be good for America.
But on the particular question of oil-company capital expenditures, the "ESG" position is sometimes aligned with the "ruthless profit maximization" position, and the "anti-ESG" position is sometimes on the other side. We have talked before about a strange letter that Louisiana's state treasurer sent last year to BlackRock Inc., pulling some Louisiana state funds out of BlackRock because he thought BlackRock was too ESG. "Simply put, we cannot be party to the crippling of our own economy," he wrote, meaning that ESG investment would have the effect of reducing oil and gas drilling in Louisiana. But he also wrote that ESG investing "is contrary to Louisiana law on fiduciary duties, which requires a sole focus on financial returns for the beneficiaries of state funds." You can't have it both ways! Sometimes drilling more oil is good for oil-industry workers and bad for oil-company financial returns. If you want to maximize financial returns, sometimes you have to drill less oil.
Silvergate (2)
Still the story of the end of Silvergate is just sort of boring and normal? It had an incredibly simple, boring, old-school and reasonably safe banking business model, borrowing short and lending long, taking demand deposits at low interest rates and investing the money in a fairly conservative portfolio of longer-maturity mortgages and bonds. What brought down Silvergate is:
When interest rates go up rapidly, if your assets are all long-dated bonds, they will go down in value. Traditionally, banks deal with this risk by holding their assets to maturity and not marking them to market: If you have a 10-year loan and interest rates go up, the loan's market value goes down, but if you just wait 10 years you'll be repaid in full and it's no problem. [4] Silvergate, however, also lost most of its deposits because its depositors were mostly crypto firms and crypto collapsed. It couldn't hold its assets to maturity, because it had a sudden huge need for cash to pay out those depositors. So it had to sell the assets, so it lost money, which left it thinly capitalized, which led to more depositors leaving, which led to more asset sales, which ended Silvergate.
Here's Sheila Bair:
"Silvergate's troubles are as much if not more about traditional banking risks — lack of diversification, maturity mismatches — as it is about its exposure to crypto," said Sheila Bair, who headed the FDIC during the global financial crisis.
That's right, but the "exposure to crypto" was the "lack of diversification," and the lack of diversification was in Silvergate's liabilities, not its assets. If you set up a boring normal bank to provide deposit banking for the widget industry, and all of your deposits come from the widget industry, and all of your investments are boring normal safe bonds and loans, and then (1) rates go up and (2) the widget industry vanishes overnight, your bank will be in trouble.
One way to think about this story is that the crypto boom was itself a low-interest-rate phenomenon — people got into crypto speculation because bank accounts paid zero interest, etc. — and so Silvergate was hugely exposed to interest-rate risk. Its assets were rate-sensitive, and when rates went up they lost value. But its deposits were all from crypto, and when rates went up crypto collapsed and took Silvergate's deposits with it. In hindsight, Silvergate's risk management a year ago should have been laser-focused on the risk of rising interest rates crushing both its assets and its customers, and it should have, you know, bought a lot of swaps? Put all the money in Treasury bills? Found some non-crypto depositors? Shorted Bitcoin?
The basic function of crypto is that you can buy cryptocurrencies with dollars and sell cryptocurrencies for dollars. I suppose there are other functions? But the main thing is that if you think Bitcoin will go up, you spend some dollars to buy some Bitcoin, and then if it goes up (or doesn't), you sell it for dollars.
If you like crypto a lot — or if you are an institutional-ish crypto trader — you will do this a lot, and you may find yourself frustrated with the dollar side of things. Crypto trades globally, 24 hours a day, seven days a week; you can use smart contracts to send crypto automatically, and sending crypto is generally a permissionless lightly-regulated activity. But if you want to buy crypto with dollars, you need to use the US dollar financial system, which can feel clunky to you, a crypto native. You will probably have to send a bank transfer, but the banks are not open 24/7, and some of them might raise annoying questions if you try to transfer money from your bank account to buy crypto.
There are solutions. One solution is that you take your dollars, you deposit them at a big trustworthy crypto exchange , and then you use the dollars in your exchange account to buy and sell crypto. The exchange holds a bunch of dollars and a bunch of crypto for its customers, and when you buy crypto the exchange deducts some dollars from your account and adds some crypto to your account, and vice versa when you sell. There are problems with this solution. The biggest is of course that sometimes the big trustworthy crypto exchanges aren't, and they lose or steal your dollars. But another issue is that, when you deposit your dollars at the exchange, it needs to deposit them somewhere. It needs to keep customer dollars at some crypto-friendly bank that will give them back on demand.
Another solution is stablecoins: Instead of keeping your dollars at a bank, you turn them into crypto dollars by buying stablecoins that are meant to always be worth a dollar, and then instead of buying and selling crypto with dollars you buy and sell crypto with dollar-denominated stablecoins. But here too you have to trust the stablecoin issuer, which is not always a great idea. (Other stablecoins are algorithmic and that's also risky.) And the stablecoin issuer needs to put the money somewhere, so again there is a need for a crypto-friendly bank.
Another solution is bank fraud, but don't do that.
So you need a crypto-friendly bank. For big US crypto exchanges and traders, that bank is often Silvergate Capital Corp., a bank that is so crypto-friendly that it not only accepts deposits from crypto exchanges and traders, it also built its own payments network for crypto settlement. By "payments network" I mean that, if I have an account at Silvergate and you have an account at Silvergate and I want to buy some Bitcoin from you for dollars, we can do the dollars side of the transaction by telling Silvergate to deduct the dollars from my account and add them to your account. Here's how Silvergate describes its Silvergate Exchange Network:
We designed the SEN as a network of digital currency exchanges and digital currency investors that enables the efficient movement of U.S. dollars between SEN participants 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. In this respect, the SEN is a first-of-its-kind digital currency infrastructure solution.
The core function of the SEN is to allow participants to make transfers of U.S. dollars from their SEN account at the Bank to the Bank account of another SEN participant with which a counterparty relationship has been established, and to view funds transfers received from their SEN counterparties. Counterparty relationships between parties effecting digital currency transactions are established on the SEN to facilitate U.S. dollar transfers associated with those transactions.
SEN transfers occur on a virtually instantaneous basis as compared to electronic funds transfers being sent outside of the Bank, such as wire transfers and ACH transactions, which can take from several hours to several days to complete. Our proprietary, cloud-based API combined with our online banking tools, allows customers to efficiently control their fiat currency, transact through the SEN and automate their interactions with our technology platform.
It's a way to send dollars, at a bank, that feels welcoming to crypto investors: It's 24/7, it has a cloud-based API, crypto exchanges are on it, etc.
And so Silvergate attracted a lot of crypto deposits. If you are a crypto exchange or a crypto trading firm, you will find it attractive to keep your money at Silvergate, because (1) they are nice to you and like crypto , which is not so true of a lot of other banks, (2) they let you send money to your crypto-trading buddies at 2 a.m. on a Saturday, which is also not true of a lot of other banks, and (3) they are a real live bank, regulated by US banking regulators, with public audited financial statements and capital regulation to try to keep them from losing your money, which is definitely not true of a lot of crypto exchanges and stablecoin issuers.
This suggests a very simple "narrow banking" business model for Silvergate:
1. Take lots of deposits from crypto exchanges and investors, who really need a friendly bank, and pay them no interest. 2. Invest the deposits in very safe assets, US Treasuries and reserves at the Fed, because you have cheap deposit funding and don't need to take a lot of risk to earn a nice return.
In practice … oh, I mean, everyone takes a bit more risk than that. The obvious risk for Silvergate to take, on the asset side of its balance sheet, would be to succumb to the temptation of lending against crypto: Its customers (crypto traders and exchanges) have a lot of Bitcoin, they might want to borrow dollars, they'll pay high interest rates, Silvergate has a lot of dollars (from its customers), it is just a natural fit. [1] Does Silvergate do this? Oh sure:
Our SEN Leverage product enables our digital currency customers to borrow U.S. dollars directly from the Bank to provide liquidity to support bitcoin trading activity using bitcoin as the collateral for these loans, which we refer to as SEN Leverage direct lending. In the SEN Leverage direct lending structure, a digital currency service provider, acting as custodian, holds the borrower's bitcoin and the Bank uses the SEN to fund the loan directly to the borrower's account at the exchange. In addition, the Bank also provides loans collateralized by bitcoin to digital currency industry companies for corporate treasury and other business purposes, which we refer to as SEN Leverage indirect lending. In the indirect lending structure, the lender uses bitcoin to collateralize its loan with the Bank and the funding of the loan and liquidation of the collateral may or may not occur via the SEN.
At the end of 2022, "total SEN Leverage commitments were $1.1 billion," of which about $300 million seems to have been drawn. "All of our SEN Leverage loans continued to perform as expected, with no losses or forced liquidations," Silvergate said in January.
A more boring risk for Silvergate to take would be just regular old interest-rate risk. Instead of taking customer money and parking it at the Fed, or in one-month Treasury bills, Silvergate could buy other pretty safe stuff — Treasury notes, US agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds — to try to get a bit more yield. And that seems to be the main risk that Silvergate took. Its balance sheet as of Sept. 30, 2022, shows about $11.4 billion of "securities," meaning bonds: muni bonds, mortgage-backed securities, agency and Treasury securities. Meanwhile there was about $1.4 billion of "loans," meaning the $300 million of Bitcoin loans plus some real-estate lending.
SoftBank (4)
If you have a thesis that artificial intelligence will reshape the world and revolutionize every industry, how should you invest? Some options:
1. Invest in AI companies, companies that are working to develop AI technology. Presumably they'll find a way to make money with it. 2. Invest in chip companies, betting that the rise of AI will lead to rising demand for powerful microchips. A sell-shovels-in-a-gold-rush strategy. 3. Invest in pizza delivery startups, betting that the rise of AI will create new possibilities for increased efficiency of pizza delivery, and that your portfolio of pizza-delivery startups will capture the upside. I dunno, man.
Today the Wall Street Journal has a funny and rather cruel story about how SoftBank Group went all-in on artificial intelligence in 2018, invested $140 billion in the theme, and somehow … missed it … entirely?
"We are not just recklessly making investments," [SoftBank CEO Masayoshi] Son told investors in 2018. "We are focusing on one theme, which is AI."
Despite the unprecedented spending spree that Son in 2020 said would make SoftBank "the investment company for the AI revolution," one of the world's most prolific tech investors has missed out on the frenzy in generative AI, the red-hot subsector in which products such as ChatGPT learn from huge datasets to create unique text or images.
The Tokyo-based conglomerate has invested in just one of the 26 generative AI startups valued at more than $1 billion, according to PitchBook. … SoftBank missed out on huge gains at AI-focused chip maker Nvidia: The Tokyo-based investor put around $4 billion into the company in 2017, only to sell its shares in 2019. Nvidia stock is up about 10 times since.
It is possible that the problem is that Son was too optimistic about AI:
In quirky investor presentations that featured diagrams with dinosaurs and steam engines, the SoftBank CEO said AI would "redefine all industries" and usher in a powerful new wave of the information revolution that began with computers—language similar to that many CEOs have begun using in recent months. ...
During the years that SoftBank was investing, it generally avoided companies focused specifically on developing AI technology. Instead, it poured money into companies that Son said were leveraging AI and would benefit from its growth. For example, it put billions of dollars into numerous self-driving car tech companies, which tend to use AI to help learn how humans drive and react to objects on the road. ...
Son told investors that AI would power huge expansions at numerous companies where, years later, the benefits are unclear or nonexistent. In 2018, he highlighted AI at real-estate agency Compass, now-bankrupt construction company Katerra, and office-rental company WeWork, which he said would use AI to analyze how people communicate and then sell them products.
Intuitively a thesis like "AI will redefine all industries" gets expressed by investing in all industries , picking the companies in each industry that will use AI the best, not investing in generative-AI developers. If you go around saying in public "we think that AI will transform every industry and we plan to invest absolute gobs of money along those lines," then perhaps someone building a generative-AI company will come to you and ask you for some of that money. But definitely people who are building real-estate agencies or construction companies or office-rental companies or pizza-delivery companies will say "huh, the guy with all the money wants to invest in AI transforming every industry, let's get some of that money," and they will add slides to their decks like "How We Will Use AI To Transform Pizza Delivery" with clip art of a robot and a pizza, and your eyes will light up when you see that slide and you will say "see this is what I am talking about, AI is gonna transform all the industries, here's $375 million."
One model of monetary policy is:
1. When interest rates are zero, someone at SoftBank Group Corp. sits around saying "how can we make any money on investing" and doodling words on a legal pad, and when she has enough words she holds the pad up at arm's length and picks the first three she sees, and they are "robot" and "pizza" and "truck," and she goes to her bosses and says "robot pizza trucks?" and they say "sure, that sounds crazy enough that it might get us a double-digit return," and SoftBank invests in a robot pizza truck startup. 2. When interest rates rapidly rise to 5%, startups with real products and recurring cash flow can't go public, need to borrow money and will pay 12% interest for it, and SoftBank is like "sure that's fine, 12% will do."
When rates are zero, people invest in far-future long shots. When rates are high, people make loans to actual businesses.
Why does it work? I feel like the way asset allocators are supposed to choose their investment managers is by asking a lot of questions about strategy and process and due diligence and repeatability of results. And then Masayoshi Son went to Saudi Arabia and was like "well sometimes I can't follow a company's pitch because the audio is garbled but I invest anyway because they have good energy" or whatever, and then the Saudis gave him $45 billion. What is the strategy here? What is the source of alpha? Why would you let Son make your investment decisions rather than flipping a coin, when his decisions always seem so … coin-flippy? I don't know. Part of the answer might be a sort of undefinable connoisseurship; Son really has picked some huge winners in the past, and perhaps he has seen enough successes, and has a sharp enough ability to recognize patterns, that he can meet founders for five minutes and correctly intuit whether they will change the world. Part of the answer—the answer often mentioned by competing venture capitalists, and also sort of SoftBank's official answer—is that having $100 billion gives you an unfair advantage in venture investing:
But the real strategy behind the Vision Fund seems to involve another Masa principle: Big money means big strategic advantages. The idea is that festooning entrepreneurs with hundreds of millions of dollars and urging them to spend at an exorbitant pace will scare off competitors and allow the Vision Fund to mint behemoths. No one "wants to pick a fight with a crazy guy," he told Bloomberg Businessweek last year.
I wonder though if part of it is that Son is particularly good at motivating founders. If the Vision Fund is short on process and organization, and long on Son's personal charisma, maybe that's a good thing for the founders that it funds. Maybe they will work harder and dream bigger and do better things if they think "I have been anointed by a mad genius" rather than, like, "my five-year financial projections have been approved by a committee." And the anointment is intense:
Many SoftBank-backed founders have Masa stories. These often begin with a summons to the 26th floor of SoftBank's green-tinted glass headquarters in Tokyo or to Son's home in Woodside, Calif., a 74-acre compound whose massive main residence features a foyer with a large marble statue of a horse and chariot. The entrepreneur might then sit across a table from Son, answer a few questions, hear that their idea is even more promising than they thought, and, by the end of the conversation, be anointed "the next Jack Ma." "You feel enabled, you feel euphoric," says a chief executive officer in Asia. "You've been told no a hundred times, and then he says he believes in you. Every entrepreneur dreams of having that kind of backing."
Classically the model of venture capital investing is that you invest in a lot of startups, and most of them fail, but a few change the world and return your entire fund. One requirement of that model is that you have to invest only in companies that might change the world, companies with big risks but big ambition, and those companies are hard to find. Perhaps Son's innovation is that people come to him with self-evidently small-scale ideas like "we'll let you hire a dog walker online" or "we'll use robots to make pizzas," and he just tells them that they'll change the world. And they believe him, and they feel enabled and euphoric and, who knows, maybe some of them go out and do it. Perhaps Son has an unusual ability to increase the number of big bets in his portfolio, by convincing those around him that their ideas actually can be big bets. The downside is not just that some of those bets won't work out—which is generally true in venture investing—but also that, when they don't work out, the mismatch between their ambitions and the reality will always be embarrassing. "We are a community company committed to maximum global impact," began the prospectus for WeWork's failed initial public offering, though by that point WeWork was so grandiose that it had changed its name to "The We Company." Well, no, it turns out you were an office real estate company. But for a little while Son got them to believe the story about maximum global impact. Maybe that's what he does.
Anyway! The bookkeeping is under scrutiny because of a core component of SoftBank's investing strategy, which is:
1. Invest a lot of money in a buzzy startup at an aggressive valuation. 2. Wait a little while. 3. Invest some more money in that startup at a higher valuation. 4. Profit!
Literally profit, as Bloomberg notes:
When SoftBank buys shares in a startup and then invests again at a higher valuation, Son says he has made a profit. That is legal under accounting standards, but SoftBank receives no money. The only change is that SoftBank has boosted the value of its original stake from, say, $1 billion to $2 billion by raising the value of the startup. In SoftBank's income statements and return calculations, at least some of the additional $1 billion can be counted as profit. "They pump up valuations to get higher returns to look good to investors," says Eric Schiffer, chief executive officer of Patriarch Organization, a Los Angeles-based private equity fund. "That kind of fundraising apparatus is essentially unicorn porn."
We have talked about this strategy before, and actually reading the article mostly assuaged my concerns about SoftBank's bookkeeping. In fact, SoftBank says that it doesn't aggressively mark up its unicorn portfolio (and take accounting profits) every time it pumps in more money on its own. When it invests in later rounds alongside other investors, providing some external validation for the new valuation, it will mark up its stakes (but "only after taking into account future cash flows and public market proxies, as well as private market funding prices"). But, for instance, SoftBank and its associated Vision Fund "never took profits from WeWork by marking it all the way up to $47 billion," since it was the only investor in at those levels; instead it marked WeWork at levels that other investors also paid. And in its even sillier Oyo deal—in which the company's founder borrowed $2 billion to invest more money in his own company at a higher valuation—while "Son himself personally guaranteed the loans" to the founder and "SoftBank did not disclose Son's personal role in the deal," nonetheless "the Vision Fund decided it wouldn't mark up its Oyo stock to the $10 billion valuation because the latest funding did not include independent investors." It is the case that SoftBank makes a lot of profits by marking up its investments to later fundraising rounds also led by SoftBank, but, you know, given that , it's not as bad as it could be.
Tesla (16)
Delaware corporations are legally allowed to move their incorporation to another state, with the approval of the board of directors and a majority of the shareholders. Tesla's board approved the move to Texas, this is the shareholder vote to authorize it, and if a majority of the shares vote yes then it should just happen. "If our stockholders approve the Texas Redomestication, we anticipate that the Texas Redomestication will become effective as soon as practicable following the 2024 Annual Meeting," says Tesla.
But you never know! Tesla goes on to add: "Nonetheless, we may face legal challenges to the Texas Redomestication, including, among others, stockholder challenges under Delaware law, seeking to prevent the Texas Redomestication." We have talked about this possibility before. The theory is roughly: "Delaware law protects minority shareholders from the whimsical acts of controlling shareholders like Elon Musk. In particular, it just protected the shareholders from that $56 billion pay package. Now Elon Musk, Tesla's controlling shareholder, is trying to move the company to Texas to have free rein to pay himself more money. Delaware law must protect minority shareholders from that outcome. Therefore, Delaware law must prevent Tesla from reincorporating in Texas."
This theory strikes me as hilarious, unlikely, but also logically consistent; I don't think you can entirely rule it out. When we first discussed it, though, we were awaiting a ruling in a lawsuit trying to block TripAdvisor Inc.'s reincorporation from Delaware to Nevada. Since then, the Delaware Court of Chancery blessed TripAdvisor's move, saying that "even on the facts alleged, it is not reasonably conceivable that the court would enjoin the company from leaving." So Tesla probably will get sued (in Delaware) over moving to Texas, but a Delaware court probably won't stop it from moving.
What should you make of this? I think the standard view of the situation is something like this: Delaware has reasonably predictable corporate law that tends to protect the rights of minority shareholders against the whims of controlling shareholders like Musk. And Elon Musk is exactly the sort of bundle of conflicts that Delaware law is designed to protect against. Practically every story about Elon Musk has the form "Elon Musk controls six companies, each with different minority shareholders, and he treats those companies as his personal property." He shifts employees and resources and projects and computer chips among the companies without oversight. He borrows money from one company to finance another. He asks his employees to have his children. This is not a man who respects corporate formalities or the rights of minority shareholders, and this is not a board of directors that is keen on telling him no.
And so Musk, as Tesla's controlling shareholder, did a whimsical thing that was arguably bad for minority shareholders (pay himself a ton of money), and Delaware stopped him. So Musk and Tesla decided to leave for Texas so they can do their whimsical stuff without Delaware interference. And, apparently, shareholders think that was a good idea.
Why? Here are three possibilities:
1. Maybe Texas corporate law protects minority shareholders in roughly the same way that Delaware law does, so this is not a big deal. Maybe the move to Texas has nothing to do with Musk's pay package or his desire for control; perhaps it's a pure coincidence. Tesla's proxy statement, I wrote in April, "goes out of its way to say, no, we're not just moving to Texas so we can pay Musk more, what ever gave you that idea." And Institutional Shareholder Services, the proxy advisory firm, recommended in favor of the move to Texas because "it is not readily apparent that the rights of shareholders would be materially harmed." Texas's business law is less developed and predictable than Delaware law, but the results in any particular case would probably be mostly similar. 2. Maybe Delaware law is too protective of minority shareholders. Shareholders did, after all, approve Musk's giant pay package in 2018, and he then went and created hundreds of billions of dollars of value for them. And then one disgruntled shareholder sued to get the money back, and won, and caused chaos and angst and a possible $5.6 billion legal bill. Maybe that's bad! Maybe "corporate chief executive officers and big shareholders should be allowed to do whatever they want" is the wrong rule — you need some corporate law — but Delaware goes too far in the other direction. Shareholders who bought Tesla when it was a $60 billion company and watched Elon Musk take it to (briefly) a $1.2 trillion company might not want to be protected from his whimsy, and they might think that Delaware puts the interests of disgruntled small-shareholder plaintiffs above those of normal economically motivated shareholders. 3. Maybe Elon Musk is a special case, and shareholders rationally want him to be allowed to do whatever he wants. Maybe most investors want most companies to be subject to reasonably strict legal oversight, but investors in Musk's companies just want to roll the dice on his whims. They get adventure, uncertainty, danger, and usually huge economic returns. Musk has argued on television that, if he wants to take drugs, that is ipso facto good for shareholders: "From an investor standpoint, if there is something I'm taking, I should keep taking it." The "something" in that sentence is ketamine, but it works for anything. "From an investor standpoint, if there's $56 billion I'm taking, I should keep taking it." The Elon Musk thesis is, ultimately, "Elon Musk is a weird dude in a way that makes him good at making cars and rockets and stuff, and bad at corporate formalities." If you think that — and I think most investors in Musk's companies do think that, and should — then staying in Delaware will only hold him back.
Another problem is accounting. In 2018, Tesla gave Musk a giant pile of options, all struck at the money: The exercise price of the options was equal to the stock price at the time of the grant. Then the stock price went up 10 or 20-fold, and now the options are worth tons of money. That was the point: The options were meant to motivate him to push up the stock price, and he did that.
But now of course the options are very in the money. And giving Musk new in-the-money options would be very bad. Giving an executive at-the-money options gets good tax and accounting treatment, because it is a motivational tool; the options don't pay out unless he increases the stock price. Giving him a giant slug of options that are already in the money is disfavored. At the Wall Street Journal, Theo Francis reports:
If Tesla wins shareholder support for reviving Elon Musk's 2018 pay package at its annual meeting this week, it raises a $25 billion question: Will the company's profit take a big hit?
Tesla says no. The electric-car manufacturer already booked the cost of the original award, so it argues that reinstating the same pay package shouldn't add any expense. Others say that approach doesn't reflect the facts: A court found the original award was adopted improperly, and any reinstatement amounts to giving Musk the stock options anew—a far costlier proposition given the run-up in Tesla's shares.
The price tag on any re-evaluation of the award could surpass $25 billion, at least on paper. That amount is 10 times what Tesla originally reported and more than the company's last two years of pretax profits combined, said Shivaram Rajgopal, a Columbia University accounting professor who studies executive pay.
"Tesla will have to book that number as compensation expense," Rajgopal said.
I don't know. But giving him the options again would be bad, for Tesla's accounting and for Musk's taxation. Saying he had them all along — ratifying the original grant and reversing the judge's decision to undo it — would be better.
Here is roughly how Delaware executive pay law works [4] :
In general, a company's board of directors can pay its chief executive officer whatever they think is fair, and a court won't second-guess them. Unless the CEO is also a "controlling shareholder," as Musk is, [5] in which case a court will review the pay package for "entire fairness." If the shareholders, in a fully informed vote, approve the pay package, then the burden of proving that it is entirely fair falls on people who object to it. If they don't — or if the vote isn't fully informed — then the burden of proving entire fairness falls on Musk and the directors.
In January, the judge found that the shareholders had voted to approve the 2017 pay package, but that their vote was not fully informed, because they did not know about some of the conflicts of interest that the board had in creating the package. So the burden of proving it was fair fell on Tesla, and the judge concluded that it wasn't, writing that it was "an unfathomable sum" and suggesting that the board could reasonably have accomplished its goals while paying Musk less.
Now the shareholders will vote again. Let's assume that their vote this time will be fully informed. (They can read the judge's opinion! It's attached to the proxy statement!) But then Tornetta could sue again, arguing that the pay package still isn't fair. This time, the burden of proof will be on him. But … can't he prove his case by attaching the judge's previous opinion finding that the pay package wasn't fair? If the pay package wasn't fair in January, then arguably it isn't fair now, and shareholder approval might not fix that.
But SpaceX is a private company, and Tesla is a public company. With a private company, the deal between the entrepreneur and the investors can kind of be whatever you want: The company can have more or less whatever contractual terms or informal understandings or governance structure the entrepreneur and the investors agree to. If Musk comes to the board of SpaceX and says "hey you need to lend me $1 billion for a week so I can win this fight I'm having online," the board can be like "sure here you go you little rascal." It might not even have to tell shareholders. And if the shareholders find out in the newspaper they can be like "lol that's our boy" and everyone can be perfectly happy about it.
Whereas with a public company, there are just rules that apply to all public companies, and that constrain the deals you can make. There are standard rules, enshrined in the US securities laws, regulating what companies have to disclose to investors and how they have to communicate and what their relationship with their CEO can look like. And if you break those rules it is mostly not a defense to say, like, "but my shareholders love me and think this is funny," or "but look how much money I am making for them."
If Elon Musk says nonsense about SpaceX online and his investors are happy, then it's fine. If Elon Musk says nonsense about Tesla online and his investors are happy, but the US Securities and Exchange Commission is not happy, then the SEC can step in and fine him $20 million and make him stop being Tesla's board chairman. Is that what Tesla's shareholders wanted? Probably not, no, but a public company is not just a deal between Musk and his shareholders; the SEC gets a say too.
Broadly speaking there are two ways to address this problem. One is that each board of directors — at Tesla and SolarCity — can set up a special committee of independent directors to review the transaction and decide if it is fair for their companies, free from any influence from Musk or other conflicted directors, and then put in place other safeguards — market checks, fairness opinions, majority-of-the-minority shareholder votes, etc. — to make sure that the deal both looks and is fair.
The other way to address the problem is to punt it to a judge. Aggrieved shareholders can sue and say "Tesla should not have bought SolarCity, and certainly should not have paid $2.6 billion, so Elon Musk should have to pay shareholders back," and they can make their case for why SolarCity was a bad strategic fit and not worth $2.6 billion. And Musk can make his case for why it was a good strategic fit and worth way more than $2.6 billion.[1] And the judge can listen to both sides and decide who is right.
The first approach is obviously preferable, and it is what basically every public company, in situations like this, aims for. Oversimplifying mightily,[2] the way Delaware M&A law generally works is that if you get the process stuff right — if you have the right combination of independent special committees and ratifying shareholder votes and careful free unconflicted negotiations — the court will not second-guess the deal's price or strategic logic; a properly done deal will be subject to deferential "business judgment" review. If you get the process stuff wrong, you get "entire fairness" review, meaning that the court gets to decide if the price was fair.
A weird archaism of American corporate law is that companies have to write down, fairly early in their histories, the maximum number of shares of stock they can have outstanding, and then that number can only be changed by a vote of shareholders. You're in your garage setting up your little startup — or, more plausibly, you're taking that startup public as a medium-sized company — and the lawyers are like "what is the most shares you could ever possibly want to issue" and you're like "I dunno, two billion?" You pick some comically large number and then, you hope, never worry about it again. And then sometimes things go wrong and your stock price goes down to $0.25 and you need to raise a few hundred million dollars and the lawyers are like "you are out of shares" and it's really the dumbest reason to be unable to raise money.
Conversely if you write down that you'll never issue more than 2 billion shares, in the back of your mind you are probably thinking of some normal share price and multiplying it by 2 billion and thinking "well that is a lot of money." Like: If your stock gets to $200 and you issue all 2 billion shares you will be a $400 billion company and that will be a huge wild success, and when future-you is running a $400 billion company, you will be so happy and fulfilled that "not enough authorized shares" will not be a thing that you even think about.
Or so you think now, in the garage, but in fact:
On March 28, 2022, Tesla, Inc. (the "Company" or "Tesla") announced its plan to request stockholder approval at the upcoming 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Annual Meeting") for an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock through an amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Amendment") in order to enable a stock split of the Company's common stock in the form of a stock dividend. Tesla's Board of Directors ("Board") has approved the management proposal, but the stock dividend will be contingent on final Board approval.
Tesla has about 1.03 billion shares of stock outstanding; it has 2 billion authorized shares. Its stock closed on Friday at $1,010.64, giving it a market capitalization of about $1.04 trillion. That is a high and annoying price for stock, and for various reasons — psychological appeal to small-dollar retail investors, appeal to small-dollar retail options traders, ease of employee compensation, being in the Dow — companies sometimes want lower and less annoying stock prices. Split the stock 10 for 1 and have a $101 stock price, that's nice. (And Tesla did a 5-for-1 split in 2020.) But Tesla can't split the stock 10 for 1, or even 2 for 1, because it is out of stock, so it has to ask shareholders for more. They'll agree, of course; it's fine. It's just silly and nice. Tesla wrote down the maximum amount of stock it could ever need, and it needs more because it did too well.
By the way, this is different from the Barclays thing! The problem is not Tesla's securities registration — that's very easy — but rather the number of shares authorized in its corporate charter. You have to list your number of authorized shares in your financial statements every quarter, and it is audited, and people will generally be aware of it. You can mess it up — you can plan to sell an amount of stock that is not technically authorized — but someone will catch it before you actually sell the stock. It's just easier to notice than the shelf registration thing.
In 2014, JPMorgan Chase & Co. bought some warrants from Tesla Inc. JPMorgan paid Tesla something like $130 million for the warrants, give or take, and those warrants gave it the option it to buy about 1.9 million shares of Tesla stock for about $560.64 per share in the summer of 2021. Then Tesla's stock went up a lot, it did a 5-for-1 stock split, and it went up some more. By the summer of 2021, Tesla was trading at around $643 per share, and JPMorgan had warrants to buy about 9.5 million shares at about $112.12 per share.
In round numbers, if you can buy 9.5 million shares for $112.12 each and sell them for $643 each, you will make about $5 billion of profit. Subtract the $130 million-ish of premium that JPMorgan paid for the warrants in 2014, and you get a trade that made it $4.9 billion of profit. Last November, JPMorgan sued Tesla demanding an extra $162.2 million due to a disagreement about a technical adjustment to the terms of the warrants. This seems very petty! JPMorgan was up $5 billion; let the other $162 million go.
Now, to be clear, I am kidding. JPMorgan did not actually make $4.9 billion on these warrants. It did not buy the warrants as a bet that Tesla's stock would go way up. That would have been a good bet! If it had made that bet, it would be up by $4.9 billion. It did not. It bought those warrants as part of a complex hedging-and-tax-structuring transaction that JPMorgan and three other banks did for Tesla in connection with a convertible-bond deal. JPMorgan hedged the warrants — with the other parts of the transaction, and/or by shorting some Tesla stock — and its hedge went down as the warrant value went up. JPMorgan did not make a bet on Tesla's stock price that paid off to the tune of $4.9 billion. JPMorgan did make a bet on Tesla's volatility — the more volatile Tesla's stock was over the last seven years, the more money JPMorgan would make on these warrants — and that bet also did pretty well, as Tesla has had a crazy last few years.
The basic deal with options is that when you buy an option from a dealer, the dealer will hedge the option by buying or selling the underlying stock; in particular the dealer will adjust its hedge by buying the stock when it goes up and selling it when it goes down. This makes the stock more volatile: When it goes up, options dealers are buying and pushing it up more; when it goes down, they're selling and pushing it down more. Dealers who sell options are said to be "selling volatility." They produce volatility with their trading and sell it to customers. Customers want a lot of Tesla volatility. So a lot of Tesla volatility is produced and delivered to them. The market gives people what they want.
On the other hand. Since August 2018, Tesla has done four stock offerings raising a total of more than $13 billion, which it has used to, you know, make cars and become huge. Would it have been able to go back to its private backers for $13 billion of capital after doing the largest leveraged buyout in history? Maybe, I don't know; private markets were pretty generous for much of that time. But the public market was extremely generous to Tesla. The last two of those offerings, for $5 billion each, were at-the-market offerings to Musk's horde of retail-investor fans; one of them was timed to Tesla's addition to the S&P 500 index. You can't do a retail at-the-market offering, or an index-add offering, with a private company. Tesla's cost of capital is incredibly, incredibly low, because it raises money not from a handful of professional private equity investors but from an army of Tesla enthusiasts. It is good to have a low cost of capital if you are in a capital-intensive business.
Even more important, look, Elon Musk runs a trillion-dollar company. If he had taken it private, he would be running a company that he bought for $80-odd billion in 2018 and that had improved its financial performance since then. How much would it be worth? Who knows? It wouldn't trade publicly. Retail investors couldn't bid up the price. It would be worth some vague amount north of $80 billion. "If Musk were to take Tesla public again," analysts might write, "he might be able to get as much as a $400 billion valuation," or whatever. Might someone have written "he might be able to get $1 trillion"? Sure, why not. But that wouldn't be an accepted fact. The value of Tesla would be some unknown number because it wouldn't trade. Who would believe it was $1 trillion?
Today Bloomberg's billionaire list tells me that Musk is the richest person in the world, with a net worth of $288.6 billion, consisting mostly of Tesla stock. Jeff Bezos is in second place with $192.6 billion of mostly Amazon.com Inc. stock. Musk was well behind Bezos last year, but he's up $118.9 billion year-to-date, because Tesla's stock has been on a tear. No public stock, no tear, no "richest person on Earth." It's nice to be the richest person on earth! I assume.
Of course in some sense he'd be economically just as rich as he is now (richer, really), because he'd control just as much (more, really) of the same company making the same cars; maybe he'd even be able to make better business decisions freed from the pressures of the public market, and revenue would be even higher. But nobody would know about it. There'd be no scoresheet saying that he's worth $288.6 billion. The value to Elon Musk of public markets is partly that they allow him to raise limitless capital to fund his business, but it's mostly that they allow everyone to keep score of how rich and successful he is. Private-market success is quieter. I do not think that Elon Musk likes quiet.
People love to complain about the myopia and short-termism of public markets. Elon Musk, in particular, used to love to complain about that, which is why he briefly pretended he was going to take Tesla private. There is probably some truth to some of these complaints. But there is maybe no better counterexample in the history of capitalism than Tesla. Elon Musk had a dream of making electric cars cool and ubiquitous, and that dream was pretty far out there, and he spent years missing production targets and losing money in pursuit of that dream, and his legions of public-market fans patiently funded him, and it turns out that he and they were right and now you can rent a Tesla at a Hertz. And the stock market has rewarded him with hysterical lavishness, giving his company a bigger valuation than every other car company combined and making him the richest person in the world. Imagine if he had given all that up to go private! He really dodged a bullet.
Oversimplifying quite a bit, the main rule is that, as a matter of theoretical Delaware corporate law, the board of directors runs the company and can decide what to do. If the CEO comes to the board and says "hey let's do a transaction that benefits me personally," the board can just say no. Or it can say yes, but if it says yes it is — again, oversimplifying quite a bit — generally assumed to be acting in the best interests of the company, not just doing the CEO a favor. The "business judgment rule" gives directors enormous discretion to make decisions for the company, as long as they do not themselves have a conflict of interest.
In practice then there are always tons of arguments about whether they are conflicted, etc., and whether the business judgment rule should apply, but the point here is that the board is generally the decision-maker about mergers under Delaware law. So if you are mad about a merger, you sue the directors, and then you try to establish that they did something wrong. And in fact the disgruntled Tesla shareholders did sue the directors for violating their fiduciary duties, and they (other than Musk) "agreed to settle last year for a combined $60 million, paid by insurance," while denying wrongdoing.
But the disgruntled Tesla shareholders here aren't really mad at the board, they're mad at Musk. They are suing him, too, for breach of fiduciary duty. You might intuitively think "you were the CEO, you did a conflicted merger, and it was bad" would be a good breach-of-fiduciary-duty case, but it doesn't quite work that way, in part because as a theoretical matter the CEO didn't do the merger, the board did. Instead, the shareholders are suing Musk for violating his fiduciary duty to them as a controlling shareholder. The rule under Delaware law is that, if someone owns 51% of the stock (or rather 51% of the voting power, as some companies have dual-class stocks), they have fiduciary duties not to exploit the other shareholders. After all, if you control the voting power of the stock, you can replace the board whenever you want, and you can make them do whatever you want. So the law gives you a duty not to use that power unfairly.
And then there is a certain amount of vagueness where if someone owns like 45% of the stock but has lots of other power over the company — if he "exercises control over the business affairs of the corporation" — then he is considered a controlling shareholder and has fiduciary duties and can be sued for doing a merger that other shareholders don't like. And there's no particular precision about the number; maybe 40% is enough, depending on what other sorts of control he has. Maybe 22%.
A rough, not quite accurate, but intuitive way to put it is that if Musk was just the CEO, chairman, co-founder and largest shareholder of Tesla and did a conflicted merger, you can't sue him for it because he worked for the board of directors and the board did the merger, but if he was the CEO, chairman, co-founder and controlling shareholder of Tesla and did a conflicted merger, you can sue him for it, because then the board worked for him.
Along with these two events, or non-events, Tesla did big at-the-market stock offerings: Right after the stock split, and again a few weeks before the index addition, Tesla sold $5 billion of stock in market transactions on the stock exchange. I have in the past made the obvious point that if people want to give Tesla money at ever-increasing stock prices that even Elon Musk thinks are too high, then Tesla should probably take their money, and, uh, I stand by that. (Similarly, the Wall Street Journal said in December that "the sale is a no-brainer for Tesla's long-term health.") But these offerings are a little unusual. It is not uncommon for a company that joins the S&P 500 to do an "index add offering." The idea is that all the index funds need to buy a lot of your stock on one day (the day you're added to the index), and they tend to benchmark themselves against the closing price on that day. If you want to raise money, you can sell them that stock, in an organized book-built offering, priced off the closing price that day. You call banks to do an offering, the banks call the index funds to buy it, it's all very tidy. You get to sell a lot of stock at a good price; the index funds get to buy a lot of stock efficiently and predictably without pounding up the price by all rushing to buy it in the market. They need liquidity, you need liquidity, there is a mutually beneficial deal. Tesla didn't do that: Its index add offering happened two weeks before it actually joined the index, and it was an at-the-market offering, meaning that its banks quietly sold shares in anonymous stock-market transactions over time rather than in big blocks to identified funds at a fixed price at the end of the day. (At-the-market, or ATM, offerings are a clever bit of branding by capital markets bankers: "Any time you need cash, you can take some out of the ATM—the ATM offering that is!") That is not necessarily the most efficient way to get stock into the hands of big index funds that will need it later, though it did help those funds by increasing supply. The last time we talked about an ATM offering around here, it was for Hertz Global Holdings Inc., which famously (1) went bankrupt in May and (2) sold stock in June. The stock was quite explicitly worthless—Hertz was bankrupt and the expected recovery for the stock was zero—but it kept trading on the stock exchange, and the price kept going up. Hertz figured, look, other people are selling Hertz stock on the stock exchange, and someone is buying it, so we might as well sell some stock on the stock exchange, because that will raise money for us. A bankruptcy court approved this, but the Securities and Exchange Commission quickly shut it down, though not before Hertz sold $29 million of stock. Obviously Hertz did an at-the-market offering. If Hertz had hired bankers to call institutional investors and say "what price would you pay for a block of our worthless stock," the clearing price would surely have been zero. But somebody—day traders on Robinhood, was the near-universal consensus—was buying Hertz stock all day, for positive amounts of money, and Hertz didn't have to identify those people and call them up: It could just offer shares on the stock exchange, and whoever was doing the buying would buy those shares. The lesson is that if you are looking to tap into exuberant retail sentiment to sell your stock, the ATM offering is the way to do it. I do not know if, two weeks before the largest index add ever, that lesson was relevant to Tesla.
When a lot of people want to buy a thing, manufacturing that thing is a good business to be in. If you can manufacture Tesla stock right now, you can sell it for a lot of money. There are two sorts of people who are in the business of manufacturing Tesla stock. One is Tesla. It's a company, it can just sell shares in itself.
The other people who are in the business of manufacturing Tesla stock are short sellers. If you are a short seller and you short Tesla stock to me, what happens is that I have bought a share of Tesla stock that you created. … Since there is a lot of demand for Tesla stock, and since Tesla is only occasionally and halfheartedly stepping up to meet that demand by selling more stock, other sellers—short sellers—have stepped up to meet some of the demand.
Surely Tesla shorts should short Tesla short shorts into the shortage. I'm sorry. If you think that Tesla shares are overvalued, you presumably also think that Tesla shorts are overvalued. Order a thousand red satin shorts, slap a counterfeit Tesla logo on them, sell them on EBay, no? Naked shorting! Phantom shorts! I'm sorry. When a lot of people want to buy a thing, manufacturing that thing is a good business to be in. If you're a Tesla skeptic in the business of satisfying other people's irrational (to you) demand for Tesla shares, why not also satisfy their irrational demand for Tesla shorts?
I mean the answer to his question is something like "you project its future cash flows and discount them back to present value." Obviously that is not a very good answer—who knows what Tesla's future cash flows will be, etc.—but it is a very traditional answer, and it is one that applies to all sorts of non-traditional companies. The point of stock-market valuation is, exactly, that it makes different things commensurable, that it allows you to take a bank and a social media company and a coal company and an electric car company and reduce them all to a set of cash flows and compare them on the same metric (money).
Traditionally the way this works is that investors all like money, and when they exchange their money for shares of stock, they are doing so because they expect to get back more money. You buy stock in banks or social media companies or coal companies or whatever not because you love banks or social media or coal, but because you love money and think that banking or social media or coal or whatever is the way to get more money.
But I suppose it is not an iron law of nature that it has to work that way. You could buy stock in an electric car company just because you really love it. If you get some intrinsic joy from owning Tesla, if you buy Tesla because you have a quasi-religious faith in Elon Musk or because it's a good way to fit in with your buddies on the message boards, then there is no reason that the price you pay should have to be constrained by your expectations for Tesla's future cash flows. Just pick a fun price instead.
The basic idea when you hire a chief executive officer for a public company is that you want him to make the stock go up. That's not exactly right. You actually want him to run the company in a good way, strategic and ethical and long-term-focused and so forth. The stock price is a side effect, a way of measuring that he's doing a good job with the company. Still it is a popular thing to say, and a lot of people feel pretty comfortable with problematic but useful shorthands like "a CEO's job is to make the stock go up" or "a CEO's fiduciary duty to shareholders is to increase their stock price."
Certainly it informs executive pay decisions. The basic way you pay a CEO is you give him a lot of stock, or stock options, so that he gets richer as the stock goes up. This encourages him to make the stock go up, which is his job, or whatever. (Much tedious discussion of stock buybacks focuses on this point.) Sometimes you promise him more options if he hits financial or operational or I suppose even ethical targets, which gives him specific incentives to run the company in a way you like; sometimes you promise him more options if he hits stock-price targets, which makes him care even more about the stock price; either way, if you pay him in options, he's going to care about the stock price.
The core idea of executive compensation is that incentives matter: You get what you pay for, you should pay for what you want, etc. If you pay your CEO more as your stock goes up, then whatever you and he think and say about what his job is, in some sense his real job is to make the stock go up. This is mostly fine because of another central idea of modern finance, which is that, in an efficient market, the stock price is a good measure of the future prospects of a company; the basic way to make the stock price go up is to make good long-term decisions for the company. In an abstract efficient world everything kind of works.
If you run a company, and it uses a lot of cash, and a lot of people are really excited about your company's business and prospects, and they want to buy stock in your company, and their buying frenzy causes the price of your stock to triple in the course of a few months to the point that your company is worth $140 billion despite a lengthy and unbroken string of annual net losses, then:
1. What you should do is sell stock, at those high prices, to the people who are dying to buy it, and then use the money to do stuff at your company; and 2. That would be good, for your company.
You know? I type a lot of obvious things in this column, but it rarely gets more obvious than that. If you have a company that needs money, and people are dying to give you money at enormous valuations, what you do is take their money , and be happy about it. Elon Musk knows:
Tesla Inc. is selling about $2 billion of common stock, taking advantage of its surging shares just two weeks after Elon Musk said raising capital didn't make sense. Assuming underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional securities, the offering could bring in about $2.3 billion in proceeds, Tesla said in a statement. That will help fund as much as $3.5 billion in capital expenditures this year, a plan the company disclosed less than an hour earlier in a regulatory filing. Tesla shares pared a decline of as much as 7.2% before the start of regular trading Thursday and were down 4% to $736.65 at the open. The stock had more than tripled since the company released the first of two straight positive earnings reports in October.
Yes, right, duh. And yet while this analysis is obvious, it feels somehow old-fashioned. U.S. public stock markets, it is fashionable to say—and I have said it—are not really for raising capital anymore. Big public companies now mostly use the stock market as a way to return capital to investors ; U.S. public companies now buy back hundreds of billions of dollars more stock than they sell. Public stock prices are now supposed to influence capital allocation only in indirect ways: Venture capitalists give money to small startups because they hope to take them public in a receptive market years from now, bond investors lend money to public companies because their stock prices inspire confidence, employees prefer to work at companies whose stock grants appreciate, that sort of thing. It just feels sort of naive and unsophisticated to think that public companies would want to have a high stock price so that they can sell stock for a lot of money. Who sells stock , these days? Well, Tesla. Once you accept the consensus that public companies don't benefit directly from their stock prices, you start to wonder why a company would want to be public at all. A fluctuating stock price is, in the standard terminology, a "distraction." Employees and executives and investors all focus on the stock price, and worry about it, but they shouldn't, because it is meaningless for the actual success of the business. (The stock price doesn't affect the business because the business would never raise money by selling stock at the stock price, how gauche.) If the company were private, it could focus on its long-term success without the uncompensated distraction of public markets. And so you see private-company founders talk disparagingly about public markets and try to stay private longer. And you even see public-company CEOs muse about how they'd rather be private and free of distraction. For instance Elon Musk. One day in August of 2018, Musk announced that he was "considering taking Tesla private at $420. Funding secured." The stock was trading at around $340 at the time. He explained his logic: "As a public company, we are subject to wild swings in our stock price that can be a major distraction for everyone working at Tesla, all of whom are shareholders." It turned out that Tesla didn't go private, because his funding wasn't secured. The tens of billions of dollars that he thought he could raise from Saudi Arabia didn't come through. It is hard to raise tens of billions of dollars from a small group of large investors. Not everyone is enthusiastic about pumping billions of dollars into a mostly money-losing electric car company. But some people are! I wrote about them, back in August 2018:
If Musk wants to find a widespread pool of investors willing to take a gamble on his vision for Tesla, he has found them. The obvious mechanism for finding a large group of investors to buy shares in a company without expecting to control that company is also the correct one: You list the shares publicly, and let the people who want to buy them, buy them. You don't need to travel to Saudi Arabia to find someone who'll put money into Tesla without demanding any control rights in return. They're right there in front of you. They're the people who already own the stock.
Still Musk's view was so in line with the popular consensus about the essentially distracting nature of public markets that even last week, when Tesla's stock price got as high as $969, Felix Salmon could write:
Tesla stock has been in Ludicrous Mode for the past few days. Given its bonkers gyrations, it's now easy to see why CEO Elon Musk might feel that he was right all along in wanting to take the company private back in 2018. … Tesla's rising share price this year has been good for Musk's pay package and his wealth, but it has also turned the stock into an arena for short-term, high-stakes gamblers. … The stock market is failing at its primary role of price discovery, the determination of how much securities and companies are worth. ... The bull case for Tesla is predicated on the company raising another $10 billion in equity capital, plus possibly much more than that in debt. Public investors don't like that kind of dilution, but a private investor willing to buy the company for $76 billion in 2018 would probably be happy to put another $10 billion in right now.
"The stock market is failing at its primary role of price discovery," sure, but the old-time-y view, the one that is now out of fashion, was that the primary role of the stock market was to allow companies to raise money to invest in making cars or whatever. And Tesla, unusually for a large modern public company, does need to raise money from stock investors to build cars. "Public investors don't like that kind of dilution," maybe—the stock opened down today but rallied; as of 11 a.m. it was up on the day—but in any case the recent enormous run in the stock price sort of cures that problem; not liking dilution at $767 is better than being enthusiastic about dilution at $340. "A private investor willing to buy the company for $76 billion in 2018 would probably be happy to put another $10 billion in right now," maybe, but that private investor didn't exist back in 2018. The point here is that the public markets work really really well for Elon Musk and Tesla in a very straightforward and old-fashioned way. Musk has a pitch—about the technology in his cars, about their environmental virtues, about his own extremely online personality—that resonates with the public , in a way that makes a lot of dispersed individual investors excited about buying his stock, which in turn allows him to sell lots of stock for lots of money to pay for building cars. He needs the money, they want to give it to him; he wants to make weird jokes on Twitter, they want to laugh at those jokes. It is just a good fit. The trend, these days, is to sort of overthink what public markets are for, and to dislike what they've become. But in Tesla's case it's simple and it works. I have only two quibbles. One is, only $2 billion? Not even 1.5% of the market cap? Sure, Musk "said during an earnings call two weeks ago that Tesla could fund itself without Wall Street's help," but still. If they have $3.5 billion of capex need, if "the bull case for Tesla is predicated on the co
If you assume, reasonably, that most of the action in Tesla calls involves unhedged buyers (speculators, regular people) and hedged sellers (dealers, market makers), then the call options should have a volatility-increasing effect: Dealers who sell call options have to buy stock to hedge, and they have to buy more stock to adjust their hedge as the stock goes up (and sell as it goes down), meaning that speculators who buy Tesla call options to bet on the price and volatility going up also to some extent cause that to happen. To some extent! "LOL BLOOMBERG ADMITTING THAT AS LONG AS WE BUY THE CALLS THE STOCKS WILL GO UP BECAUSE OF HEDGING ALGORITHMS," was Reddit's takeaway from Kawa's article, and I would not personally go that far. There is however an element of truth to it, which is that call options are a levered way to bet on a stock. On Friday, you could have spent $266 to buy the $800-strike call options and get exposure to $65,000 worth of stock; the dealer might have hedged that by buying about $4,550 worth of stock, and then buying more as the stock went up. If a lot of people get excited about a stock all at once, and they put all their money into buying the stock, it will go up. If a lot of people get excited about a stock all at once, and they put all their money into buying the stock, and then they borrow more money to buy more stock, then it will go up even more. Options, same basic idea. Also of course if they borrow money to bet on the stock and things go poorly, they will lose more money and the stock will crash faster, etc., this is all standard stuff when the leverage is from margin loans, and options aren't so different. But the main point is probably not so much the leverage but the excitement.
The Children's Place (1)
We talked last Thursday about a weird little acquisition of The Children's Place Inc., a children's apparel retailer with an equity market capitalization of $363 million as of last Friday. The Children's Place got acquired last week in the simplest and yet most unusual possible way: Someone just went to the stock exchange and kept buying stock until they owned a majority of it. Then they sent the company a letter saying "hi we're your new owners now." It's the way you would buy a public company if you had a lot of money and knew nothing about mergers and acquisitions. Just keep hitting the Buy button on your Robinhood app until you control the company.
The buyer is "the Al-Rajhi family, the founders of Saudi Arabia's largest private bank," through vehicles including Mithaq Capital SPC and the wonderfully named Snowball Compounding Ltd. Last Friday, Mithaq filed a Schedule 13D explaining their trades and plans. Apparently they own just over 7 million shares of The Children's Place, or about 56.1% of the stock, and "are proud to be majority owners of the Issuer, are enthusiastic about its long-term prospects and look forward to helping it thrive and deliver top quality products to families." They were trading the stock starting at least in early January, but they bought and sold; they didn't start accumulating it in earnest until about Feb. 7, and went from a small stake to a majority in five trading days.
Also they weren't just aimlessly buying stock: On Saturday, Feb. 10, when Mithaq had accumulated about 3.1 million shares (about 25%), Snowball Compounding sent the company a notice that it intended to replace the board of directors with its own nominees. On Wednesday, Feb. 14, when they had gotten to 54%, Mithaq and Snowball sent another letter to the board, asking "to meet with you as soon as possible so that we can discuss an orderly transition of the governance of the Company, as well as the provision of financing to assist the Company with its liquidity needs." So they definitely had a plan to take control of the company. They just figured that the most efficient way to do that was to buy in the open market.
And that was clearly correct! The stock was trading above $20 for most of the last few months, but then crashed below $13 on Friday, Feb. 9, after the company announced terrible earnings. Mithaq paid about $97.8 million for its 7 million shares, an average of about $13.97 per share. That's lower than the lowest the stock had traded over the previous year. Meanwhile, after Mithaq's interest got out, the stock shot up; it closed last Friday at $29.12. The bad earnings left investors worried that The Children's Place might run out of money; the arrival of a deep-pocketed buyer solved that problem and squeezed the stock up. Mithaq saved a lot of money by buying quickly but quietly. Some more formal process — sending the board a merger proposal, launching a tender offer — would have betrayed its interest and pushed up the price.
Mithaq had no obligation to disclose what it was doing — or, rather, it did have obligations to disclose, but with some delay, and it followed those obligations scrupulously. [4] It disclosed its purchases as soon as it was obligated to, but by the time it disclosed them it had more or less completed its buying. [5] It might have been nice, for The Children's Place's existing shareholders, if the company had told them about the mysterious buyer. But it didn't, so Mithaq was able to buy most of the stock without anyone noticing.
What happens to the rest of the shareholders? Mithaq bought control of the company for less than $14 per share; presumably it doesn't want to buy the remaining 44% for $29 per share. If you're a minority shareholder, you're kind of along for a weird ride now.
By the way, I said last week, and again above, that this is a pretty unusual way to acquire a public company. "I'm sure someone has done this before," I wrote, "but it is very much not normal practice." That is perhaps too modern a view, and some readers pointed out that some flavor of "buy in the open market until you hit 51%" used to be a bit more normal in US M&A practice.
For instance, in hostile M&A deals in the 1980s, the "street sweep" was a fairly common takeover practice. This was a form of open-market buying to get a majority of the stock, though it's a bit different from the approach with The Children's Place in that it was typically done after a public takeover contest was announced. The idea is that you launch a tender offer or other hostile bid, and that attracts attention from merger arbitrageurs. The stock turns over: The normal long-term investors sell, and the arbitrageurs buy. Then a potential buyer goes out to the arbitrageurs and buys their stock from them directly, getting a big chunk of shares — perhaps a majority — without messing around with a tender offer.
But even the approach with The Children's Place — buying in the open market without any public contest or negotiated purchases — has happened before. In particular, that is how Warren Buffett acquired control of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. in the 1960s: As he once put it, he was a smallish shareholder, but then the company "made me very mad, so I just started buying more stock"; eventually "I bought enough so we controlled the company, and we changed the management." It's entirely possible that that's what just happened at The Children's Place, too.
Tiger Global (1)
In the startup boom of recent years, Tiger Global Management got a reputation for investing in every startup, moving fast, paying top dollar and not being too involved in governance. This always struck me as sort of a clever differentiation. A reasonable model of venture capital investing, particularly during a boom, is something like:
1. Most of the returns of venture investing come from a few big home-run deals, so the trick is to be in those. 2. Due diligence and careful deal selection don't matter very much: Being in the handful of big home runs and losing 100% on a bunch of other deals is better than missing some home runs and avoiding most of the losers. 3. Valuation doesn't matter very much: Overpaying for the handful of big home runs is better than missing them. 4. What matters is getting into all of the good deals, which means acquiring a reputation, with startup founders, for being easy to work with. 5. "Easy to work with" certainly means moving fast and paying top dollar. 6. Some VCs clearly think that it also means something like "bringing my expertise and wisdom to the board of directors," but Tiger Global plausibly concluded that saying "nah, we don't need a board seat, we trust you" and not calling startup founders to share their wisdom would actually be received pretty well. 7. Also, by moving fast, paying top dollar and not doing much diligence, Tiger Global got a lot of press — often quoting other VCs complaining about them — which probably inspired some startup founders to say "hey, actually these guys sound good, let's call them."
Just a smart approach to a certain moment in the venture capital marketplace.
Tiger Global Management (2)
Traditionally venture capital firms offer a bundle of services. A VC firm does, or tries to do, at least four things:
1. It raises money. 2. It picks good companies to invest the money in. 3. It convinces the companies to take the money: In a world flush with money, VCs often compete to give companies money, rather than the reverse. 4. It helps the companies become better, giving them advice on business and finance and governance and so forth.
Here is a Wall Street Journal article about Tiger Global Management, which became famous in the most recent tech boom for disaggregating this bundle. Tiger Global certainly raised money:
In 2021, as some veteran venture capitalists warned that valuations in the sector were unsustainable, Tiger sought $10 billion for a fund, extolling the virtues of fast-growing software companies to potential investors. It finalized the fund in March 2022 with $12.7 billion in commitments. The firm neared $100 billion in assets under management, an internal goal of some Tiger executives, people familiar with the firm said. … Privately, some of Tiger's investors have grumbled about the rapid clip at which the firm was raising successive venture funds.
And it certainly convinced companies to take the money, in part by giving it to them quickly and in large quantities:
Ali Javid, chief executive of Wrapbook, an entertainment-industry software company he co-founded in 2018, set out to raise Series B funding—an early round of funding—in October. He emailed a Tiger partner, who quickly asked to speak the next morning at 8:30. When they spoke, "He had already gone through our entire Series B deck," Mr. Javid said, referring to his fundraising presentation. "Three hours later, I got a term sheet for $100 million.">
The deal valued the company at $1 billion, up from about $150 million in a funding round seven months earlier, according to PitchBook. "Tiger offered us fuel and freedom to execute," Mr. Javid said.
But it got rid of — or outsourced — the part of the business where VC funds try to make their portfolio companies better:
Some startup founders said Tiger instead tells them its goal is to stay out of the way. If a company wants connections, Tiger can make them. If founders want research, Tiger will commission consultants for them. But Tiger's main offering is money, the founders said: It comes quickly and typically without new strings attached.
And it at least de-emphasized the part where VC funds try to pick the good companies:
Other venture investors call it an index-fund-like approach to venture capital—making it vulnerable to a sector-wide chill. While traditional firms concentrate their bets hoping for one or two winners to drive their returns, Tiger spreads bets broadly, sometimes backing competitors.
And, to the extent it did try to pick the good companies, it outsourced a lot of that work too:
Tiger outsources much of its background research to consultant Bain & Co., where analysts interview customers and create dossiers on prospective companies. Some founders said they were amazed Tiger could accurately estimate nonpublic revenue and other figures. Tiger tells startups that it is one of Bain's largest clients and that it pays the company more than $100 million a year, according to some founders. Bain didn't respond to requests for comment.
Losses at Tiger Global Management reached 52% this year, prompting the firm to cut management fees and create separate accounts for the illiquid wagers of customers who want to redeem.
Tiger Global's hedge fund sank 14.2% last month, buffeted by losses in several stocks and substantial markdowns in its private assets, according to an investor letter seen by Bloomberg News and a person with knowledge of the matter.
As the value of its public holdings plummeted, Tiger's exposure to illiquid venture capital bets comprised too much of its portfolio -- leading the firm to tell investors in its hedge and long-only funds that, if they wish to redeem, their private investments will be placed in a separate account that will be cashed out at a later date. The manager is also cutting its management fees by 50 basis points through December 2023.
A year ago, in broadly rising tech markets, Tiger Global looked sort of like a speeded-up venture capital firm. It made lots of venture investments, but it did so in a public-markets-y way: It moved fast, did not spend a long time on due diligence, did not want to be highly involved in management or operations, tried to be fully invested rather than calling capital slowly over time, and just bought a lot of stuff, making it almost like an index fund for private tech companies. You could imagine this as a new, more liquid form of venture investing: Tiger Global is a hedge fund, so its investors can get their money back more quickly than a venture capital fund's investors, and Tiger's own investing decisions are quicker and more public-markets-y than a venture fund's would be.
But that does not work in reverse. Tiger could make private investments quickly in a boom, but it can't cash out of them quickly in a bust, which means that its investors can't cash out quickly either.
Tilray (1)
Inspired by all the other weird preferred stock deals, Tilray is doing one. It announced last week:
Tilray Brands, Inc. (“Tilray Brands” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ | TSX: TLRY), a leading global cannabis-lifestyle and consumer packaged goods company, today announced that the Company has entered into an agreement for the issuance of 120,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).
The Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to 1,000 votes per share, but may only vote on the Company’s pending proposal to eliminate Tilray Brand’s Class 1 Common Stock (“Proposal 3”). Proposal 3, if approved, would eliminate the unissued Class 1 Common Stock by reclassifying it into shares of the Company’s authorized and unissued Class 2 Common Stock.
The Series A Preferred Stock cannot vote independently, but instead must vote in the same proportion (For or Against) as all shares of Class 2 Common Stock are voted. The Series A Preferred Stock will convert automatically to Class 2 Common Stock on a one-for-one basis upon the closing of the polls at the Company’s adjourned annual meeting of stockholders. Upon conversion, there will be no meaningful dilution impact to Class 2 shareholders from the Series A Preferred Stock, as dilution will be limited to only 0.0002%.
“We believe the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock will help amplify and safeguard the rights of all stockholders through the approval of our proposed Charter Amendment. This would ultimately help execute our strategic plan by facilitating accretive acquisitions,” commented Irwin D. Simon, Tilray Brands’ Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “An overwhelming majority of our stockholders that have voted at our annual meeting have voted in favor of the Charter Amendment (Proposal 3), but due to the nature of our stockholder base, the proposal to amend our Charter does not yet have enough votes to pass,” Mr. Simon continued. “The Series A Preferred Stock has been structured to protect stockholder interests and is an important part of our efforts to simplify the Company’s capital structure and modernize our corporate governance with our proposed Charter Amendment.”
The buyer of the preferred stock is called Double Diamond Holdings Ltd. Basically the idea is that Tilray will give one friendly holder an extra 120 million votes, probably enough to pass the charter amendment, and then when the vote is done that friendly holder’s super-voting shares will poof into a smallish number of regular shares. Meanwhile the friendly holder will vote exactly the same way as the actual common shareholders — it’s just that the friendly holder will vote all its shares, while the common shareholders won’t. If 45% of the common votes yes and 5% votes no, then 90% of the super-voting shares will vote yes, which will help. Tilray is issuing super-voting stock, briefly, in order to get rid of its super-voting stock.
This is basically Outcome 3 in my AMC scenarios: If the Tilray shareholders who bother to vote vote yes, then the proposal will pass, despite not getting a majority of the outstanding common shares. Delaware law requires a majority of all common shares to vote to approve a charter amendment, and Tilray — like AMC — has just opted out of that requirement with a weird trick. In AMC that’s controversial among the shareholders; in Tilray I expect it won’t be. (Again, they keep voting in favor of this stuff, to the extent they vote.) I’m not sure that means it’s legal — perhaps Delaware law means what it says, that you need a majority of all shares to approve a charter amendment, and this sort of gimmick is too cute? — but I’m not sure who would object.
Toptal (1)
I used to be a convertible-bonds investment banker, and there's a standard story about the payout of convertible debt. If you buy a convertible bond and the company does very well, you will make a lot of money — your bond will convert into common stock and share in the upside — though less than if you had just bought stock. If the company does poorly, you will probably get your money back, or at least be toward the front of the line for getting your money back, which is much better than the common stockholders will do. Convertibles share in the upside of stock, but with less downside.
That's a nice pitch, but I have never seen this fact pattern before:
[Software startup Toptal LLC] raised early funding from Andreessen Horowitz and individuals like Ryan Rockefeller, and later raised $1 million more from [investor Denis] Grosz. Grosz's investments came in the form of debt — a convertible note that converts to equity when a startup raises more cash. Grosz's deal included rights to around 10% of the company after its first equity financing. But Grosz didn't get his stake: Toptal never raised more equity, and a conversion never happened. ...
Today, 10% of Toptal likely would be worth a lot more than $1 million. According to [Toptal founder Taso] Du Val, Toptal had $270 million in revenue in 2022, the most recent audited numbers available. In his countersuit, Grosz estimated that Toptal could be valued at more than $1 billion.
Grosz could still see an equity conversion — Toptal raising more money would trigger one — but Du Val said in an interview that it doesn't make sense, in part due to tax reasons, to pursue that now.
That is: Grosz's debt shared in the equity upside, if the company raised more equity. The ordinary upside case for a Silicon Valley startup is something like "the company does well, and it is able to raise more money at a higher valuation on its way to an initial public offering." That would be a great story for Grosz's convertible. And that is the story everyone implicitly assumes, which is why the document was written that way.
But another entirely possible upside case is "the company does well, it brings in tons of money, that money funds all of its business needs and also its founder's lifestyle, it never needs to raise equity again, and, given the choice of keeping a $1 million convertible bond outstanding or converting it into $100 million of equity, it takes the cheaper choice." Of course the cheaper choice is really to pay the bond back at par. "Toptal tried to pay it back with interest in March 2020, according to his and Toptal's suits, but Grosz rejected the attempt." Reasonable, on both sides!
Trafigura (1)
Trafigura Group is a global commodity trading firm. It is essentially in the business of noticing that oil is cheap in one part of the world and expensive in another part of the world, buying the oil where it is cheap, loading it on ships, and moving it to where it is expensive. In January 2017, Trafigura noticed that oil was cheap on the US Gulf Coast and expensive in Singapore. So, between January and March, it "developed and deployed a large fuel oil export program designed to export fuel oil from the U.S. Gulf Coast to Singapore in order to profit from the open arbitrage." That is: It made a plan to buy a lot of oil on the Gulf Coast, put it on ships, move it to Singapore and sell it there. Specifically the plan was to deliver "approximately 3.5 million barrels of physical high-sulfur fuel oil … for delivery in Singapore in February, March, and April 2017."
This all takes time, and there was a risk that by the time Trafigura got the ships to Louisiana, etc., the oil there would be more expensive and the arbitrage wouldn't work. So first things first: Before moving ships, buying physical oil, etc., Trafigura bought oil futures as a hedge. "Trafigura established a long derivative position in U.S. Gulf Coast high-sulfur fuel oil, in part as an economic hedge for its anticipated purchases of physical fuel oil to export to Singapore." You buy 3.5 million barrels of oil futures at today's price, and then you go out and buy actual oil over time to load on your ships. If the price of oil goes up while you are buying it, you don't care: You pay more for the oil you're buying, but you make more money on your futures. You're hedged.
Effectively, Trafigura saw a price signal — "oil is cheap in the Gulf and expensive in Singapore" — and responded in two ways. First financially (it bought futures to lock in the cheap Gulf price), and then physically (it went and actually moved the oil from Texas to Singapore).
Trump Media (2)
Or I guess a model for a meme stock could go something like this. It starts with a burst of attention : In Trump Media's case, the stock soared in October 2021, when the special purpose acquisition company first announced (the existence of and) its merger with Trump Media, and then again in January 2024, when the merger looked likely to close, and in March, when it did. And these bursts of attention took Trump Media's stock price way, way, way, way, way beyond what seemed to be justified by its fundamentals (as a money-losing company with $4 million of revenue). That is sort of the definition of a meme stock.
Then what? Well:
1. Probably that attention — and thus the stock price — will decay over time, if nothing else happens. If Trump Media's stock is literally and purely a stock-market token of fondness for Donald Trump, and never announces new products or makes any money, then probably its retail investors will lose interest and the stock will drift down. This is not necessarily true, and you could imagine — I have imagined — the token taking on an economic life of its own with no long-term connection to the fundamentals of the business. But my best guess is that a stock can't trade forever as a pure meme. 2. The bull case is that the company grows into the stock price: Use all that attention, and the money that it can raise, to build products and justify its valuation. You know, make some product announcements, have earnings, that sort of thing. 3. The bear case is … look, it has never been particularly difficult to identify the likely bagholders in the Trump Media trade? Or the timing? This is a stock with (1) a bunch of retail investors buying, (2) a bunch of hedge funds who have warrants that they can probably exercise this month or so and (3) a bunch of insiders (really one main insider) who need money and will be able to sell their stock in September or so. If the attention persists until they can sell — or if there are product announcements or positive earnings along the way that keep the stock up — then, I mean, what do I know, but wouldn't you expect them to extract as much of the meme-stock value as possible for themselves?
On the other hand, there are cash flows to shareholders. Just not from the business. The cash flows are from stock lending. Here's the New York Times:
The demand to short Trump Media, the parent company of the social media platform Truth Social, is so great that stock lenders can charge enormous fees, making it hard for short-sellers to turn a profit unless the shares fall significantly. Still, there is a lot of interest in taking the bet. …
There are roughly 137 million shares in the company, and only around five million of those are available to short-sellers. …
According to S3, 4.9 million of the roughly five million available shares are already on loan. As with any loan, when share owners lend their stock to a short-seller, they charge a fee, usually expressed as an annual interest rate on the stock's current value. Typically, the fee for borrowing stock is a fraction of a percentage point. For Trump Media, it has risen to 550 percent, Mr. Dusaniwsky said.
Trump Media's stock currently trades at around $50. That means that shorting it for a month would cost more than $20 per share.
Which means that buying the stock today and lending it for three months would cost $50 and bring in $60, assuming that the borrow cost stays high. (Obviously a risky assumption! [1] ) Even if the stock goes to zero at the end of the three months, you come out ahead. Many people are probably buying Trump Media stock as a meme-stock bet on Donald Trump, but some people are probably buying it as a directional bet on stock lending markets.
That is: Trump Media's stock might really be trading at a price that reflects the present value of its expected future cash flows. It's just that those cash flows don't come from the company's business, but from people betting against that business. There is something somehow appropriate about that! You make the money from the haters.
Well, you're not really making the money from haters, or not exclusively. Many of the people shorting Trump Media are not making a bet against Trump, or the company's fundamentals; they are doing an arbitrage:
One large broker said much of the short trading was not an outright bet against Trump Media. … Instead, the current trade driving demand is designed to capture the difference between DJT's stock price and outstanding "warrants," which will give the owners the right to new stock at a fixed price as long as regulators approve the new shares.
When it went public, the special purpose acquisition company that merged with Trump Media issued about 14 million warrants, each entitling the holder to buy stock at $11.50 per share. This is fairly standard in SPAC deals, and the terms of the warrants provide that they become exercisable 30 days after the merger (that is, roughly April 25), as long as Trump Media has filed a registration statement for the underlying shares. (It hasn't done so yet, but "TMTG has agreed to use its best efforts to meet these conditions and to file and maintain a current and effective prospectus," and I assume eventually it will.)
Those warrants closed yesterday at $18.51, against a stock price of $48.81. If they were exercisable now, you could buy a warrant for $18.51 and pay $11.50 to exercise it, for a total cost of $30.01. Then you'd get a share of stock that you could sell for $48.81, an $18.80 instant profit. But they're not exercisable now. Now, you could buy a warrant for $18.51, borrow the stock for roughly $20 a month or call it $15 for three weeks, and sell it for $48.81. If all goes well, in three weeks the warrants will be exercisable, you'll pay $11.50 to exercise, and you'll deliver the stock to close out the borrow. Your cost is $18.51 (warrant) plus $15 (stock borrow) plus $11.50 (exercise price), or about $45.01; you sold the stock for $48.81, so you make a few bucks. There's a little juice in the trade, on these rough hypothetical numbers, but not much. The market for Trump Media warrants is pretty efficient: The warrants are cheaper than the common stock, because the common stock is so expensive to borrow. [2]
Trump Media & Technology Group (1)
As you know, "naked" short selling—selling shares of a stock without first borrowing the shares of stock deemed difficult to locate—is generally illegal pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Regulation SHO. As of April 17, 2024, DJT appears on Nasdaq's "Reg SHO threshold list," which is indicative of unlawful trading activity. This is particularly troubling given that "naked" short selling often entails sophisticated market participants profiting at the expense of retail investors.
Are evil short-selling hedge funds profiting at the expense of retail investors by naked shorting Trump Media? No? Because that is illegal, but also because it is risky. Short sellers can't actually force the stock down to its fundamental value, and retail investors can force the stock way up. If you thought the stock was overvalued a month ago at $36.94, you, uh, had some good reasons for thinking that, but the stock got to $66.22 within a week. If you were short, you got crushed. Even if you could short the stock without paying to borrow it — "naked shorting" — it's a big risk.
Also though you can't, not really. There's no real evidence of naked shorting in Trump Media. The stock is on the "Reg SHO Threshold List," which means that a lot of trades in Trump Media stock fail to settle. ("A lot" means more than 0.5% of the stock.) But that basically means it's hard to borrow. It's not that conspiratorial hedge funds are rubbing their hands together and cackling "hahahaha let's short Trump Media stock without borrowing it." It's that, for instance, hedge funds (or retail investors) are lending out the stock to legitimate short sellers (often ones who want to hedge their Trump Media warrants), and then trying to sell the stock, and then recalling the stock from those short sellers, who then have to go out and borrow it elsewhere, which takes time when the stock is hard to borrow.
Also, the way you know there isn't a ton of naked short selling in Trump Media is exactly that it is "by far the most expensive U.S. stock to short": If all the big evil hedge funds were going around naked shorting, they wouldn't be paying 500% to borrow the stock.
Turquoise Hill (1)
The general rule in mergers and acquisitions is that if you want to buy a company you have to pay all the shareholders the same price. This is not an absolute rule. You can buy some shares of the company at varying market prices before you decide to buy the whole thing at a fixed price, as Elon Musk did with Twitter Inc. Shareholders of the company who are also executives can get paid more than regular shareholders, in the form of employment contracts or severance pay. Shareholders with special classes of shares that get more votes can get paid more for those votes. But for the most part you are not allowed to simply say, like, "we will pay 51% of shareholders $40 per share, and the other 49% $1 per share," and then get the 51% of shareholders to approve the deal and stiff the 49%.
But like I said this is not an absolute rule, and sometimes you will want to give a few noisy shareholders a little nudge to get a deal done. In Musk's deal for Twitter, for instance, one shareholder — Saudi Prince Alwaleed bin Talal — complained that Musk's bid of $54.20 per share did not "come close to the intrinsic value" of Twitter. (This was in April, when that was a plausible position.) Alwaleed's Kingdom Holding Co. owned about 4.6% of Twitter, and you could imagine him voting against the deal and making it less likely to go through. Musk solved this problem by allowing Kingdom to roll its Twitter shares into the privately owned company, an offer that was extended to some other big Twitter shareholders — including Jack Dorsey — but not all of them. Big noisy shareholders who were either (1) friendly with Musk or (2) antagonistic to Musk in a way that might block the deal were offered the chance to keep their stock in Musk's private Twitter. Ordinary retail shareholders were not: They just got to vote for or against the deal, and if enough of them voted for it then they'd all get cashed out at $54.20. They did, and they were, and given subsequent events none of them are really complaining.
In fact, this is not uncommon in going-private transactions, allowing some shareholders to roll over into the private company. If some big shareholder likes the stock and is willing to take a minority stake in the private company, that is often helpful for the acquirer, since it reduces the acquirer's need for cash and increases the chances of getting the deal approved.
What you can't really do is give a few big noisy shareholders extra cash to get them to vote for the deal. That just seems straightforwardly unfair.
On the other hand! Turquoise Hill Resources Ltd. is a Canadian mining company that is 51% owned by Rio Tinto International Holdings Ltd. Rio Tinto wants to buy the remaining 49% of Turquoise Hill for C$43 per share. Turquoise Hill's board appointed a special committee of independent directors, which approved the transaction at that price, and submitted it to a shareholder vote. To get approved, the deal requires (1) a two-thirds vote of all shares (which is easy since Rio owns 51%) and also(2) a majority vote of the non-Rio shareholders. Two big shareholders, Pentwater Capital Management LP and SailingStone Capital Partners LLC, don't like the deal and want more money. If they voted against the deal, Rio might not win.
And so Rio struck a deal with them, which Turquoise Hill somewhat passive-aggressively announced today. (Here are the actual agreements.) The shareholders agreed not to vote one way or the other on the merger, which makes it easier to get a majority vote of the non-Rio shares. (The deal only needs a majority of the non-Rio shares that vote to vote yes, so abstaining does not count as a no vote.) In exchange, Rio agreed to pay them 80% of the merger price (C$34.40) at closing, and then go to arbitration over how much the company is worth. If Rio wins the arbitration it will give them the remaining 20% (C$8.60), plus interest, meaning that they do as well as the regular shareholders who are cashed out at C$43. If Rio loses, it will pay them more, basically whatever the arbitrator decides is the fair value of Turquoise Hill.
This seems like a better deal than the public shareholders are getting. Public shareholders can either (1) approve the deal and take the C$43 with no upside, (2) reject the deal and then have minority shares in a controlled public company that are worth whatever the market says they're worth, or (3) approve the deal, but individual shareholders who vote no can seek "dissent rights" (called "appraisal rights" in the US), meaning that they get whatever a court decides is the fair value of the stock, but possibly less than C$43. But Pentwater and SailingStone are guaranteed C$43 and have some upside and a friendlier process for determining that upside.
That is … unusual, and a bit aggressive? Turquoise Hill thinks so:
The Special Committee was first advised of the potential terms of the Agreements on the evening of Sunday, October 30, 2022. The Special Committee suggested to Rio Tinto that it offer comparable dissent proceedings as those offered to the Named Shareholders in the Agreements to all holders of Minority Shares (the "Minority Shareholders"). Rio Tinto advised that it was not making the terms of the Agreements available to all Minority Shareholders.
Ah. Well. I think that if Rio just offered to pay Pentwater and Sailingstone an extra $5 per share, the special committee would have done more than "suggest" offering it to everyone. But if you punt this to arbitration where Rio might pay an extra $5 per share, that might just work.
Twitter (39)
We have talked about this before, but the most important job for any sort of adviser to the target company in any sort of hostile mergers-and-acquisitions situation is to get paid before the deal closes. After the deal closes, your client is gone, and the hostile acquirer now owns it, and he has fired all of your contacts and doesn't want to pay your bills. You send him a bill that is like "For fighting you off: $2 million," and he is like "well, you didn't fight me off, and I didn't want you to, and I'm not paying."
We talked about it two weeks ago because Elon Musk's takeover of Twitter Inc. was pretty hostile — not in the traditional corporate-finance sense that he acquired the company through a tender offer over the objection of its board, but in every other sense — and Twitter's advisers keep showing up with unpaid bills and saying "please Mr. Musk, our bills," and he keeps saying "absolutely not" and they keep suing. Two weeks ago it was Charles River Associates, for some lawsuit consulting; now it is Innisfree:
The blockbuster technology deal that every adviser on Wall Street clamored to be a part of has proved not to have been so lucrative for at least one advisory firm that worked on it.>
That firm, Innisfree M&A Incorporated, sued Twitter on Friday in New York State Supreme Court, seeking about $1.9 million in what it says are unpaid bills after it advised the company on its sale to Elon Musk last year. Twitter hired Innisfree last May to help it reach out to its shareholders about the $44 billion deal. When Mr. Musk completed the acquisition of Twitter in October, the bill became his.>
"As of December 23, 2022, Twitter remains in default of its obligations to Innisfree under the agreement in an amount of not less than $1,902,788.03," the lawsuit says.
Yeah, he's not paying rent, he's not gonna pay you.
Some of the banks that lent Elon Musk $13 billion to buy Twitter are preparing to book losses on the loans this quarter, but they are likely to do so in a way that it does not become a major drag on their earnings, according to three sources with direct knowledge of the situation. …
Banks still have to mark the loan to its market value on their books and set aside funds for losses that are reported in quarterly results. In the absence of a price determined by actual sales of the debt, however, each bank can decide how much to write it down based on its market checks and judgment, according to the three sources who are familiar with the process of determining the value of such loans. ...
Another one of the three sources with direct knowledge of the matter estimated that some banks might only take a 5% to 10% writedown on the secured portion of the loan. …
Two of the banking industry sources said if the banks tried to sell the loans now, they would not get more than 60 cents to the dollar on the secured bond and an even lower price on the unsecured portion. That would add up to billions of dollars in losses for the syndicate as a whole.
Yeah I mean 60 is quite a lot less than 95? But I guess if you ask an investor "hi, we are selling this loan, what will you pay for it," and if you ask them "hi, we are not selling this loan, but hypothetically what would you pay for it," you will get different answers.
Ordinarily when a public company gets acquired, one of two things happens:
1. It is a strategic deal, the buyer is also a company in a similar line of business, and there are months of integration planning before the deal closes. The managers of the buyer's ad-sales and data-security and whatever departments meet with the target's ad-sales and data-security and whatever departments, and figure out what they're doing, and get some sense of who they will keep and who will be redundant. The buyer's CEO has people she trusts to make these sorts of employment and business decisions, and they get to make those decisions about the target. [4] 2. It is a private-equity-type deal, the buyer is a financial buyer, and generally the buyer's executives show up on the first day after the merger closes and say "we think you're doing a great job and we have no immediate plans to change anything, we just want you to do it even better." And then they spend a few months getting the lay of the land and getting to know which managers to trust, and then they start laying people off. [5]
Here, the buyer is a guy. It's Elon Musk. It is not another social media company, there are no real overlaps, he has no social media lieutenants who can decide whom to lay off. But he is not a hands-off financial buyer either: He has strong views about product and wants to make huge changes all at once. And he did basically no integration planning, because until a few weeks ago he was still trying to avoid closing the deal. But now he's going to get rid of thousands of employees in a couple of days? How?
One possibility is through the law governing the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States to review Musk's deals and operations for national security risks, they said. …
One element of the $44 billion Twitter deal that could trigger a CFIUS review is the presence of foreign investors in Musk's consortium. The group includes Prince Alwaleed bin Talal of Saudi Arabia, Binance Holdings Ltd. -- a digital-asset exchange founded and run by a Chinese native -- and Qatar's sovereign wealth fund.
The panel operates behind closed doors and rarely confirms when it is conducting reviews. CFIUS also holds the power to review deals that have already been consummated.
Musk is a US citizen, so he is probably not subject to CFIUS review, and kicking out his minority co-investors like Prince Alwaleed bin Talal or Binance would not derail the deal. I do not think there's much of a chance that any US government review will actually block the deal this week, or unwind it in the future. Oh sure I have joked about it happening, and about it being Musk's plan to get out of the deal; I wrote:
The fancier possibility is that he is trying to get American government officials worried , so that they will step in to block the Twitter deal. "We can't let Twitter, the 'town square' of American political discourse, be owned by a guy who might be a Chinese or Russian agent, so we have to block the deal," people think Musk thinks the government will think. By winkingly hinting that he might be doing Vladimir Putin's bidding, the theory goes, Musk will force the US government to block his acquisition of Twitter. Which would get him out of it, which is — perhaps — what he wants.>
I don't really buy this — I don't think that the US government has much of a mechanism to block the deal at this point, and I think it would be too controversial for anyone to touch — but it is a funny theory so I am passing it along.
Musk has also joked about it: Last week someone tweeted "It would be hysterical if the government stopped Elon from over paying for Twitter," with a crying-laughing emoji, and Musk replied with a 100 emoji and a crying-laughing emoji; there's still like a 20% chance that those emojis will end up in a court filing. But I do think he's kidding. And if somehow this did happen (it won't), a forced divestiture next week is at least as likely (unlikely!) as blocking the deal this week.
(Another very funny outcome, by the way, would be CFIUS rejecting the foreign investors' involvement in the deal, after the deal closes and they fund their commitments. If Binance buys Twitter stock from Elon Musk at $54.20 this week, and a week later is ordered to divest it, does it just sell the stock back to Musk? What price does he pay? Like, 10 bucks, right?)
Is he overpaying? Leaving aside all of the legal wrangling, Musk's deal for Twitter is a strange bit of merger economics. You could tell a story that goes something like:
1. Twitter is worth about $20 billion. [1] 2. When Musk buys it and spruces it up, it will be worth $200 billion, an order of magnitude more, in the same ballpark as Meta Platforms Inc. 3. There is absolutely no way that Twitter can make itself worth more than $20 billion without Musk. Whatever Musk will do to make Twitter worth $200 billion is something that only he could do; Twitter cannot implement his plan, or some other plan, or hire better executives, or restructure itself, or do anything else on its own that will create anything like the value he can.
There are merger stories like that, where the buyer has some plausible way to extract significant synergies from the target. You combine the target's widget business with the buyer's sprocket business and you can cross-sell widget/sprocket combinations at a huge premium, etc. The target is worth $20 billion on its own, but $30 billion combined with the buyer, and only the buyer can create that combination.
In a typical strategic merger there will be some negotiation over the allocation of synergies. The target is worth $20 billion on its own, it will be worth $30 billion if the buyer buys it, and the target will want to get some of that $10 billion for its own shareholders. That $10 billion is created by the combination; neither the buyer nor the target can get it on their own. If the buyer pays $25 billion for the target, it isn't "overpaying"; it's sharing the synergies. In a rough sense I suppose that happened here. Twitter is worth $20 billion on its own, and $200 billion with Musk's magic. Most of the value comes from his magic, but he does need Twitter to do the magic on. He's paying more than it's worth now, but less than it's worth to him.
Morgan Stanley has a big book of loan commitments, for Twitter and other buyouts that it has agreed to finance. It tries to hedge some of the risks in that book. Perhaps it hedges interest-rate risk (with Treasuries, futures, swaps, etc.), and perhaps it hedges generic credit risk (with index credit-default swaps, etc.). Morgan Stanley's Twitter commitment looks worse now than it did in April in part because Musk has spent the last few months trashing Twitter, but mostly because rates have gone up and credit has gotten worse generally, and these generic hedges would have protected Morgan Stanley against those risks. It probably didn't go and sell some hedge fund billions of dollars of specific Twitter loan pricing risk, though it would be amazing if it had. If you are the hedge fund manager who's on the hook for Morgan Stanley's Twitter losses, do reach out.
The other, less funny theory is that Musk will tank his debt financing for the deal by refusing to deliver a solvency certificate. Musk's obligation to close the deal is conditional on his banks funding their $13 billion loan commitment, and their obligation to fund is conditional on — well, it's conditional on very little; there are almost no excuses for them not to fund, but there is one. There is a condition in the commitment letters that requires that, before funding:
Customary legal opinions, customary officer's closing certificates (including incumbency certificates of officers), organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation/organization, in each case with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors (to the extent applicable), customary requests for borrowing and a solvency certificate (as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and substantially in the form of Annex E-I attached hereto, certified by a senior authorized financial officer of the Borrower) shall have been delivered to the Lead Arrangers.
That is, before the banks will lend money to Twitter so that Musk can buy it, they'll need some paperwork saying things like "Twitter is a real company" and "Twitter wants to borrow this money" and "the person who signed the document on Twitter's behalf actually works at Twitter and is authorized to sign that document." And they will need some paperwork — the solvency certificate — saying that:
1. The sum of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, does not exceed the present fair saleable value of the present assets of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.
2. The fair value of the property of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis as such liabilities become absolute and mature.
3. The capital of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is not unreasonably small in relation to their business as contemplated on the date hereof.
4. The Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have not incurred and do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts including current obligations beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise).
Here I am quoting from the "Form of Solvency Certificate" in Annex E-1 to the commitment letters; "the Borrower," here, means Twitter, though Twitter "after giving effect to" Musk's acquisition. It is not entirely clear to me who has to sign this certificate — technically, it's an officer of Twitter — but people seem to think that Musk can say "well, if I take over Twitter, I will appoint myself as chief financial officer, and then I will refuse to sign this certificate, and then the banks won't lend, so I can't take over Twitter." That is convoluted but, fine, I guess, I don't know.
Third, a sort of a sociological point, one that stereotypes far too broadly but has some truth to it. There are two sorts of lawyers in the world, [2] litigators and deal lawyers. Deal lawyers do things like negotiate merger agreements and debt financing, and make sure that all the funds flows and paperwork are right for the closings of those mergers and financings. One part of their job is to think about how the other side might try to betray them, and write protections against that into the contract. But another big part of the job is to work with the other side in a cooperative way to make everyone happy, so that the deal moves smoothly and feels like, and is, a win for both sides. And then most of the time the deal closes on schedule and everyone really is happy.
Every so often a deal goes wrong, and then the litigators come in to do the lawsuit. The litigators are trying to win: When the deal has become a lawsuit, the possible outcomes are much more zero-sum than they were when it was a deal. Litigators fight. The litigators for one side send the other side discovery requests saying "send us all the documents you've written about this deal," and the litigators for the other side send back objections saying "this request is ridiculous and we could never do that," and then they go to court and fight bitterly about what documents they should send each other. That has been the main action in the Twitter case so far, arguing over documents ahead of the trial, and it is the main action of much of modern US litigation, fighting over what documents you have to send to the other side. (Deal lawyers love sending documents to the other side. The other side has to sign them!)
When a deal turns into a bitter lawsuit the litigators take over, and the deal lawyers go off and do something else. No deal lawyer is going to send a closing memo to her counterpart on the other side in a lawsuit this bitter; the litigators would never allow it. What if the closing memo gives the other side some information? What if it tacitly admits something? No, the deal lawyers are too cooperative and conciliatory to be allowed near litigation.
Most lawsuits settle, and when you negotiate a settlement you will want to have a good litigator on your side to say things like "if you don't accept this settlement you will have to deal with me in court and you won't like that." But in this case, the settlement will take the form of closing a merger. And to do that, you need the deal lawyers to come back. You need them because they know the paperwork and funds flows and incantations that are required to close a merger, but you also need them because of how they work. The deal lawyers on one side send a funds flow memo to the deal lawyers on the other side, and the deal lawyers on the other side send back a note that is like "this looks good, thanks, but FYI we will have wires coming from two separate accounts, here they are," and the deal lawyers on the first side send back a note that is like "thanks, we've updated to reflect that." Litigators do not reply to discovery requests with notes that say "this looks good, thanks, but FYI you probably will want to read a few other documents, we've added those."
The deep point of the stay in this case is to make the litigators go away. They have been punching each other in the face for months, because that is their job and because they enjoy it, but now they have to stop, so the deal lawyers can come back and actually close the deal. If you leave the litigators in charge of the closing, they will litigate everything. "We really punched them in the face over this closing memo," they will say as they high-five each other. And then it will never get done.
Musk also spent some time, in May, in the couple of weeks between when he signed the agreement and when he started trying to get out of it, trying to raise preferred equity. The rough way the preferred equity works is:
You give Elon Musk, say, $5 billion to buy Twitter. Musk takes about three years to turn Twitter around as a private company, solve the bot problem, make it an everything app, whatever. Then he takes it public again. If it's worth at least, say, $22 billion when he takes it public again — that is, if he's made it more valuable, or kept it as valuable, or destroyed less than half of its existing value — then you get back $7.5 billion, a nice 50% return for three years of risk. [2] (If the value is up , maybe you get even more. [3] ) If it takes him longer to get back to the public markets, you get more. (Though you have taken more risk.) If it takes five years, maybe you get back $10 billion. The amount you get back grows each year. If Musk instead incinerates the company while he controls it, then you get nothing.
This is a more-or-less fixed-income security, like a very risky bond, and Musk was apparently marketing it to credit investors who like to live dangerously. Specifically, Bloomberg's Heather Perlberg reported on May 10:
Apollo Global Management Inc. is in talks to lead a preferred financing for Elon Musk's proposed buyout of Twitter Inc., according to people with knowledge of the deal.>
The funding, arranged by Morgan Stanley, will exceed $1 billion and may include Sixth Street Partners, among other firms, the people said.>
Apollo, Sixth Street and Morgan Stanley declined to comment.
Those talks never went anywhere, though, because he lost interest in buying Twitter. Bloomberg's Kamaron Leach and Davide Scigliuzzo reported last night:
Investment firms that had expressed an interest in helping Elon Musk finance his acquisition of Twitter Inc. abandoned the talks several months ago, around the time that the mercurial billionaire backtracked from the deal, according to people with knowledge of the matter.>
Firms including Apollo Global Management Inc. and Sixth Street Partners had been in discussions to contribute billions of dollars via a preferred equity stake -- before Musk declared the deal dead, said the people, who asked not to be identified because they weren't authorized to speak publicly.>
Musk had been looking to raise as much as $6 billion from preferred equity investors as a way to reduce the amount of cash he had to provide himself in the $44 billion acquisition. …>
Reuters earlier reported that Apollo and Sixth Street are no longer in talks with Musk to provide financing for the deal.
Elsewhere, law professor Robert Anderson has a paper arguing that it might be hard for a court to actually grant specific performance in this case: that even if Musk loses all his claims about misrepresentations, fraud, conspiracy, etc., a court still shouldn't force him to close the deal but should instead make him pay only a $1 billion (or maybe $2 billion) reverse termination fee. As I have written before, it is weird for the merger agreement to say:
1. That because monetary damages can't possibly compensate Twitter for the loss of the deal, the parties agree that there should be specific performance and Musk can be forced to close even if he doesn't want to; and 2. If there are money damages they are capped at $1 billion.
Anderson writes:
This is a cash sale of one of the most well-known and closely followed companies in the world. Although there are some difficulties assessing damages exactly, even in a case like this, they are minimal, and exact computation isn't necessary. The shareholders of Twitter simply need to receive $54.20 in cash or cash equivalents. If damages aren't adequate in this case, it is difficult to conceive of any M&A case in which they will be adequate. …
The primary reason damages would not be adequate in the sense of providing full expectation damages in this case is not because they are difficult to assess, but because Twitter agreed to cap them. Twitter is entitled to $1 billion in reverse termination fee if the financing falls through, and potentially an additional $1 billion in damages for a "knowing and intentional" breach of the obligation to secure financing. The fact that the parties agreed to cap monetary liability in the form of damages doesn't seem like a reason to impose larger monetary liability through specific performance. Quite the contrary. In a merger agreement, the reverse termination fee is a highly negotiated provision the parties use to allocate risk; in contrast, the specific performance section is boilerplate text copied and pasted into the "General Provisions" at the end of the agreement. The boilerplate section at the end is an unlikely candidate for the parties to add $20 billion in settlement value to the otherwise carefully capped liability provisions.
As Anderson says, this is a standard feature of private-equity merger
I think that the simplest explanation might be that Elon Musk does not know what a merger agreement is. It is not uncommon, in the world, for two companies to get together and discuss one buying the other. And sometimes these talks will go well and they will get together and sign some sort of document — a "memorandum of understanding," perhaps — that says, basically, "now we are going to talk really seriously about me buying you." Sometimes they will have a price lined up when they sign this document, say $54.20, and that price will be written into the document, and the expectation will be that eventually the buyer will pay $54.20 to buy the seller. But things can go wrong. There will be continuing due diligence, where the buyer examines the seller's business, and the buyer might change its mind. Facts might come to light in due diligence that could make the buyer walk away or want to revise the price downward. The market might crash, making the seller less valuable or making it harder for the buyer to get financing. The MOU is an agreement to talk more seriously; it reflects a general mutual desire to come to a deal at $54.20, but it is not binding. Nobody is committed to a deal at $54.20. Nothing is certain until the final deal is signed.
That, again, is a description of a thing that can happen in the world; some business acquisitions do go through a process like that. But it is not a description of US public-company merger agreements. In normal US public-company mergers, you don't sign a memorandum saying "we're going to negotiate seriously about buying you." [1] You negotiate seriously, and then you sign a merger agreement saying "we agree to buy you for $54.20." And then if the buyer changes its mind, it still has to pay $54.20. And if the market crashes, the buyer still has to pay $54.20. The deal is the deal; once it is signed, the merger agreement is binding and definitive. [2]
It is confusing, though. When you sign a public-company merger agreement, you do not immediately own the company you are buying. You are still months, perhaps years, away from the "closing" of the deal, when you actually pay the money and take over the company. The delay is necessary to get regulatory approvals (antitrust, etc.), and to write a proxy statement and submit the merger to a vote of the target's shareholders. (You sign the merger agreement with the target's board of directors, but they don't get the final say; the shareholders do.) Also, if you need to borrow money to buy the target, this delay gives you time to market the debt and actually get the money. (When you sign the deal, you probably have commitment letters from your banks promising you the money, but by closing you can actually have the specific loans in place.)
And during this delay, things can go wrong. The regulators might not approve. The shareholders might vote no. The financing might fall apart. [3] When you sign the merger agreement, the buyer and seller agree to work together and use their "reasonable best efforts" to get the regulatory approvals and shareholder vote and financing and everything else needed for the deal to close, but even if they do all of that sometimes it's not enough, and the deal falls apart. Signing a merger agreement doesn't mean that the buyer will definitely buy the seller. It is a serious binding commitment, but it is not 100%.
If you are the buyer, you might think about other things that might go wrong. What if the seller's business all burns to the ground in a fire? Seems unfair for you to have to buy it anyway. What if the fire was the seller's fault? What if it turns out that the seller was running a massive fraud and the whole business is fake? Seems really unfair for you to have to buy it anyway.
And so, yes, even if you get the regulatory and shareholder approvals and the financing, there are still times when a buyer can get out of a deal between signing and closing. But they are quite limited. The main one is that the seller makes representations in the merger agreement — statements about the company that it promises are true, things like "our financial statements are true" and "we are not breaking any laws" — and if those statements are false, and they are so false that they would have a "material adverse effect" on the business, then the buyer can get out of the deal. (A typo in the financial statements is not enough to get out of the deal, but inflating revenue for years might be.) That is a high bar, and Delaware courts — which hear most big merger cases, since most public companies are incorporated in Delaware — almost never find MAEs. But in theory, yes, if the buyer was misled and the seller's business is falling apart, the buyer can get out. And there are a very few other possible excuses; for instance, if the seller does not comply with its covenants — the things that it agreed to do between signing and closing — then the buyer might have an out. Or if the buyer was tricked into signing the merger agreement by intentional and material fraud, that would be an out.
But the buyer can't get out because it changed its mind. Or because the market went down and it is overpaying. Or because the market went down and it doesn't have as much money as it used to. Or because the seller's business turns out to be worse than the buyer thought in a general way. Broadly speaking, the merger agreement is meant to be binding. Getting out of it is the exception.
A month ago, Elon Musk's fight with Twitter Inc. was a merger dispute. Musk signed a merger agreement with Twitter in April, in which he agreed to buy Twitter for about $44 billion. Then the stock market went down, and Musk decided that he didn't want to pay $44 billion for Twitter anymore. And so, like lots of other regretful acquirers before him, he tried to find an excuse to get out of the deal. There is a standard set of ways to do this. The merger agreement is 73 pages long, full of representations and covenants and conditions. You read through the merger agreement, you find some places where you think Twitter has not lived up to its obligations or met its conditions, you send Twitter a letter saying that and terminating the deal, Twitter sues you, and you meet up in Delaware Chancery Court to argue over what the merger agreement requires.
This is in fact what Musk did. Frankly I did not think that he did a very good job of it. His main excuse is that the merger agreement contained a representation that no more than 5% of Twitter's monetizable daily active users are spam or bot accounts, but in fact vastly more than 5% are bots, so he can get out of the deal. No part of this excuse is true in any way: The merger agreement does not contain that representation, there is no evidence that it's wrong, and even if it existed and was wrong it would not be a reason to get out of the deal unless it caused a "material adverse effect" on Twitter's business, which seems unlikely. Nonetheless, this is how you play the game. Musk is trying to prove that the merger agreement does not require him to buy Twitter; Twitter is trying to prove that it does. Like most observers, I think that it clearly does, so this is an uphill fight for Musk, but you never know.
There is, however, another approach. Imagine that the merger agreement was not 73 pages; imagine it was only a single sentence. "Elon Musk will pay $44 billion in cash on Oct. 31, to buy Twitter Inc., no matter what, with absolutely no conditions." Then I think everyone would agree that the merger agreement requires him to buy Twitter. But then imagine that it turned out that Twitter was an entirely fake company: It had no revenue, sold no ads, made no money, had no users (except Elon Musk?); it was just a long-running fiction that a handful of Twitter executives used to trick shareholders into giving them money, and their plan to exit the scam was to sell the whole thing to Musk. Imagine the truth came out — perhaps there's a whistle-blower — between signing and closing. Would Musk have to close the deal? According to the language of the contract, sure, yeah, "no matter what." But the real answer is no. Musk could get out of the contract, not under the terms of the contract, but because Twitter got him to sign the contract via fraud. And he could go to court, claiming fraud and demanding "rescission" (tearing up the contract), and — in this imaginary scenario — the court would probably agree with him.
Now, even in the real world, the merger agreement does contain a representation that none of Twitter's filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission "contained any untrue statement of a material fact." And if that representation is false enough to have a "material adverse effect" on Twitter, then Musk can get out of the deal.
And Twitter's SEC filings do mention bots. But they don't contain any promises that no more than 5% of Twitter's users are bots. These filings are also public, and you can also read them. Here is what they say about bots:
There are a number of false or spam accounts in existence on our platform. We have performed an internal review of a sample of accounts and estimate that the average of false or spam accounts during the first quarter of 2022 represented fewer than 5% of our mDAU during the quarter. The false or spam accounts for a period represents the average of false or spam accounts in the samples during each monthly analysis period during the quarter. In making this determination, we applied significant judgment, so our estimation of false or spam accounts may not accurately represent the actual number of such accounts, and the actual number of false or spam accounts could be higher than we have estimated.
Let's pick out the factual assertions in that paragraph:
1. There are "false or spam accounts" on Twitter. 2. Twitter reviews some sample accounts each month. 3. It estimates, based on that review, that the bots (false or spam accounts) are fewer than 5% of mDAUs. 4. That estimate is based on the "average of false or spam accounts in the samples." 5. That estimate, and the labeling of spam accounts, is subjective; Twitter "applied significant judgment" to reach it. 6. "The actual number of false or spam accounts could be higher than we have estimated."
You could imagine how some of those statements could be false. If Twitter did not review any sample accounts — if it just made up the 5% number and put it in the filings — then its SEC filings would be false. If it reviewed its samples and labeled 25% of them spam, and then wrote 5% in the filings anyway, then the filings would be false.
On the other hand. If you said to Twitter "look, I don't like how you sample accounts, and I really don't like how you evaluate them for spam. I have developed a better way to identify spam accounts, and when I apply my method to a different sample I conclude that 8% of your mDAUs are spam," and Twitter looked at your method and said "oh, wow, you know what, you are entirely right in every respect, this is better, 8% of our mDAUs are spam" — then nothing in Twitter's SEC filings would be false. (I suppose they'd have to write something different in future filings.) The filings said that their numbers were estimates, that they applied significant judgment, and that the actual number might be higher. If you said "I have a better estimate with better judgment, and the numbers are higher," they could reasonably respond "yes, right, exactly like we said."
Of course, if Twitter's quarterly reports were wildly wrong about its operating or financial results, then that would be bad, even if Twitter prefaced those reports by saying "here's our best guess but we might be wrong." But the bot numbers, and the related numbers of monetizable daily active users, are not part of Twitter's financial results. US generally accepted accounting principles do not cover bots or mDAUs, and Twitter's "calculation of mDAU is not based on any standardized industry methodology and is not necessarily calculated in the same manner or comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies." Nobody disputes that Twitter's financial results — the amount of money it makes each quarter, etc. — are accurate. Twitter discloses its mDAU numbers to help investors understand how its managers "evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions." One quite live possibility is that Twitter's managers are bad at evaluating their business, formulating business plans and making strategic decisions. This would not make their disclosures wrong, however.
One weird aspect of Musk's quasi-terminated deal to buy Twitter is that he owns 9.6% of Twitter's stock. Or, at least, he owned 9.6% of the stock as of Friday. On Friday he sent Twitter a letter purporting to terminate the merger agreement. The merger agreement includes a provision (section 6.2(d)) requiring Musk not to sell any of his shares before Twitter's shareholder vote on the merger, but if Musk really believes that he has terminated the merger agreement (risky!) then I suppose he can sell the shares, and honestly it would be hilarious if he did. If he does sell any shares, he would have to disclose that "promptly," which presumably means within a day or so. Is it possible that he started dumping his stock yesterday, and will disclose that this afternoon? I suppose it is technically possible, and would be amazing. (Is it possible that he started dumping his stock yesterday and will file the report late? That is also possible! [1] )
Assuming, though, that he still owns 73.1 million shares of Twitter, and that he does not want to sell those shares before a court decides if the deal is off or not, then those shares are an interesting bargaining chip for a settlement. Musk paid about $2.6 billion for those 73.1 million shares, an average price of about $36.16 per share. The stock closed yesterday at $32.65, making his stake worth about $2.4 billion, for a loss of about $250 million.
If Musk and Twitter fight to the death over this deal, and Musk wins in court and is able to get out of the deal for a $1 billion (or zero!) breakup fee, then the stock will go down a lot. If he waits until then to sell, then he might clear, I dunno, $25 per share, for a loss of about $800 million. Meanwhile Musk's own selling will push down the stock, which will be embarrassing for Twitter, which in this scenario will want to save face and preserve a shred of shareholder value. Musk will not want to sell his stock into the market, but he will not want to hold it; Twitter will not want him to sell his stock into the market, but will not want him as a shareholder.
So there is some compromise where Twitter buys the stock directly from Musk at — I don't know, $26? — and Musk and Twitter are both better off than he would be if he dumped the stock into the market.
Now, this trade doesn't really work on its own. (Twitter can't really buy stock from Musk at a premium.) But the trick is to combine it with a broader settlement. The deal is like:
1. Musk hands all his stock over to Twitter. 2. Twitter pays Musk $0 for the stock. 3. Maybe Musk pays Twitter $X in cash, where X could be positive or zero or I guess even negative. 4. Twitter says "Musk paid us [$X in cash plus] $2.6 billion worth of stock, measured by his purchase price," even though the stock is only worth $1.8 billion or whatever as of the time he hands it over. (Or "Musk paid us $4 billion worth of stock, measured by the $54.20 deal price," why not?)
Twitter gets a face-saving headline settlement amount, gets rid of Musk, and doesn't have him dumping his stock in the market to depress the stock; Musk gets to pay that settlement amount in discounted currency and gets out of the stock without pushing down the price.
In contract law, that is the normal remedy for breach of contract. It is called "expectation damages." If Musk signed a deal to buy a thing for $54.20, and then he refused to pay and had no good reason for backing out of the deal, and the seller had to turn around and sell the thing to someone else for $25 instead, then the seller could go to court and demand that Musk pay the $29.20 difference.
Merger agreements are contracts, and in theory a jilted seller could sue a buyer for expectation damages, but in practice merger agreements often limit the availability of damages. In particular, the Twitter merger agreement (Section 8.3(c)) says that Twitter can't get more than $1 billion of damages from Musk, which is also the amount of the reverse termination fee that Musk has to pay Twitter in certain circumstances.
So if Musk has no good reason to walk away from the deal — and I think he obviously does not, though he'll argue otherwise in court — and Twitter sues him for damages, it can't get more than $1 billion. Its actual expectation damages are something like $24 billion. The capped damages are nowhere close to enough to compensate Twitter for the lost deal.
But, as we discussed on Saturday, Twitter has a better option. It can sue for specific performance, and ask a Delaware judge to order Musk to pay, not $1 billion or $24 billion, but the whole $44 billion to actually close the deal and buy Twitter. This is more fraught and complicated than suing for damages; specific performance is not the most normal remedy in contract law, and for reasons we discussed on Saturday there are lots of reasons that it might be particularly difficult here. Forcing a guy to buy a company that he doesn't want is a very drastic move, and nobody really wants to do it. But the merger agreement does say that Twitter is entitled to specific performance of Musk's obligations, and that each party "agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that any other party has an adequate remedy at law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or in equity."
And so, if this dispute ends up in court, there are three things that the court can do:
1. Agree with Musk, and let him terminate the deal without paying anything. 2. Agree with Twitter that Musk is bound by his contract, and then make him pay $1 billion, the maximum available damages, for breaching the contract. 3. Agree with Twitter that Musk is bound by his contract, and then order specific performance, making him pay $44 billion to actually buy Twitter.
In general, investment bankers would prefer that the deals they work on close. Twitter's bankers — mainly Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. — will get paid a lot of money if Musk buys Twitter; they will get paid less if he doesn't. If he pays a huge settlement to walk away, I'm not sure what the banks will get out of it, though I assume the bankers thought about this and their engagement letters cover that scenario. Elon Musk sometimes pretends to buy public companies, and if you are hired to advise on a possibly-pretend deal you will want to get paid anyway.
Musk's bankers — a group led by Morgan Stanley — have a more complicated set of incentives. If the deal closes, they will get big fees for advising on the merger, and bigger fees for lining up Musk's $13 billion debt financing. But that debt financing is committed ; the banks are on the hook to put up the $13 billion themselves, even if they can't find any other buyers for the debt.
In general, the market for buyout debt is a lot softer now than it was in April when the banks agreed to finance this deal, and banks have sold other big buyout loans at 80-something cents on the dollar. A price like that would eat through Musk's banks' fees and leave them with losses of perhaps a billion dollars or more on the debt financing. Bloomberg's Davide Scigliuzzo reported back in May:
The lenders forged a deal with Musk based on a maximum interest rate of 11.75% for the $3 billion unsecured portion of the financing package, which is expected to be replaced by a bond with ratings in the CCC tier, according to a person with knowledge of the matter. Yet the average yield on similarly rated junk securities soared past 12% last week as investors pulled back from risk amid fears over rampant inflation, a potential recession and the war in Ukraine.
Selling the debt at a yield above 11.75% would force the banks to incur a hit on the fees they will earn for underwriting the transaction, and could result in outright losses if the rate climbs above 12.125%, said the person, who asked not to be identified when discussing a private transaction.
That number is now closer to 13%, implying that the banks would take a nine-digit loss just on the $3 billion unsecured bond portion of the financing. I suspect Musk's banks will be very happy to get out of this deal.
The way the deal works is that Musk has agreed to pay about $46.5 billion to buy Twitter. That money consists of $13 billion of debt financing that a group of banks led by Morgan Stanley have promised to provide, plus $33.5 billion of equity financing that Musk has promised to provide. Musk is allowed to syndicate the equity financing — he's allowed to get outside investors to provide some of that $33.5 billion — and in fact he has gotten commitments from other investors for about $7 billion of that. But for our purposes, of figuring out how he can get out of the deal, that doesn't matter: As far as Twitter is concerned, Musk is on the hook for all $33.5 billion of that, and if he can't syndicate any more of it — or if his equity co-investors flake and don't give him their money — he still has to pay the $33.5 billion out of his own pocket.
The $13 billion of debt financing is a bit different though. Technically Musk is not on the hook for that financing; his banks are. If they don't come up with the money then Musk can get out of the deal by paying a $1 billion breakup fee, whereas if they do come up with the $13 billion then, at least in theory (that is, under the terms of the merger agreement), Twitter can go to court to get a judge to order Musk to pay the other $33.5 billion and buy Twitter.
Do the banks have to come up with the money? Well, Musk is pretending that the bot thing could be an impediment to closing the financing: His banks are worried that Twitter has too many bots, they won't lend Twitter $13 billion if it can't prove its users are all real, etc. This is all nonsense: The banks can't get out of their financing commitment because they decide they don't like Twitter's business, or because the debt market gets worse and they can't find buyers for the debt. You can read the conditions to the banks' obligations in Exhibit E to their commitment letter, and it doesn't seem to me like they have much of an excuse to get out of their financing as long as Musk has no excuse to get out of the merger. The commitment letter does require a certain amount of cooperation from the borrower, but the borrower for this $13 billion is Twitter, so in theory Twitter can cooperate even if Musk doesn't.
There is a technical bit of mergers-and-acquisitions lawyering here that might be worth explaining. In the merger agreement, Twitter makes representations, statements about its business that it promises are true. Arguably one of them is something to the effect of “not much more than 5% of our monetizable daily active users are spam bots.”[2] Musk thinks, or says he thinks, that this representation is not true. But even if he’s right, he can’t get out of the deal, unless it is untrue and would have a “material adverse effect” on Twitter’s business. If in fact 90% of Twitter’s users are bots, it knows that, and it has been lying to advertisers for years, then, uh, sure, maybe. But in any plausible case, there will not be an MAE, so he still has to close the deal and pay $54.20 per share. Merger agreements are written this way so that buyers can’t change their minds and come up with some trivial pretext — some tiny error in the representations — to get out of the deal.
But in the merger agreement, there are also covenants, promises that Musk and Twitter make to each other about what they will do going forward, between the signing of the merger agreement and the closing. If Twitter breaches a representation, Musk still has to close unless the breach causes a material adverse effect.[3] But if Twitter breaches a covenant, Musk can walk away: He doesn’t have to close unless Twitter “shall have performed or complied, in all material respects, with its obligations required under this Agreement.”[4] There is no MAE requirement: You just have to comply with the covenants.
And one of the covenants is that Twitter “shall ... furnish promptly to [Musk] all information concerning the business, properties and personnel of [Twitter] as may reasonably be requested in writing, in each case, for any reasonable business purpose related to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.”[5] Another one is that Twitter will “provide any reasonable cooperation reasonably requested” in connection with Musk’s debt financing.[6]
A margin loan is a way to turn stock into cash at a 20% efficiency rate: Musk can pledge $5 of stock to get $1 of margin loan. But just selling the stock turns it into cash at about a 76.2% efficiency rate: He can sell $1 of stock to get back $0.76 of cash (after taxes). Of course if he sells a huge chunk of stock that will drive down the price, but still. If Musk sold all of his remaining unpledged Tesla shares at $500 per share — way below current prices — he'd raise about $35 billion, or call it $27 billion after tax, far more than he needs. Whereas pledging all those shares for a margin loan, even at a $650 stock price, would only raise about $9 billion.
Basically the point here is that Musk has more than enough Tesla stock to sell to pay for Twitter, but only barely enough to borrow against to pay for Twitter. So he has abandoned his initial plans to borrow against his Tesla stock, presumably — who knows? — to give him more flexibility to sell it.
In that vein, this morning Twitter calmly filed the preliminary proxy statement for its deal with Musk, a key step toward getting shareholder approval. In general, the most interesting part of a merger proxy is the "Background of the Merger" section, which describes in detail how the deal was negotiated and what the board of directors was thinking, and that is true here.
Musk started buying Twitter stock in late January, and crossed over 5% on March 14. Under the securities laws, he had 10 days — until March 24 — to disclose this fact publicly. In fact he waited until April 4, disclosing his stake 11 days late. During this period — when he was legally required to disclose his Twitter stake, but had not — he (1) kept buying more stock and (2) had discussions with Twitter's board of directors about taking over the company. That seems like it would have been material information, for the people who were selling him the stock!
Then, when he finally did disclose his stake on April 4, he did it on a form (Schedule 13G) that is limited to passive investors, checking a box indicating that he had "not acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer." Again, he was already in discussions about taking over Twitter or joining its board. He was very much not eligible to use Schedule 13G, and by using 13G — and representing he had no plans to influence the company's control — he was lying to the US Securities and Exchange Commission and the market.
Then Musk negotiated a board seat and standstill with Twitter, which was made public; he filed a Schedule 13D, belatedly but accurately indicating that he was going to be an active investor. The 13D said that, while he was keeping his options open, he had "no present plans or intentions" to take Twitter private. A few days later he decided to scrap the standstill agreement and buy Twitter instead; again from the merger proxy's background section:
On April 9, 2022, before Mr. Musk's appointment to the Twitter Board became effective, Mr. Musk notified Messrs. Taylor and Agrawal that he would not be joining the Twitter Board and would be making an offer to take Twitter private. Mr. Agrawal informed the members of the Twitter Board of Mr. Musk's communication.
That was a Saturday; that Monday, Musk filed an amended Schedule 13D announcing that he was not joining the board. This 13D said that he "might engage in discussions with the Board" about "potential business combinations," but neglected to mention that he had already told Twitter he would be making an offer.
That contract does not allow Musk to walk away if it turns out that "spam/fake accounts" represent more than 5% of Twitter users. We discussed this last month, when Twitter admitted in a securities filing that it had (slightly) overestimated its daily active users for years. The merger agreement contains a provision that allows Musk to walk away if Twitter's securities filings are wrong — and this 5% number is in its securities filings — but only if the inaccuracy would have a "Material Adverse Effect" on the company. (See Sections 4.6(a) and 7.2(b).) That is an incredibly high standard: Delaware courts have almost never found an MAE. An MAE has to be something that would "substantially threaten the overall earnings potential of the target in a durationally-significant manner," the courts have said; there is a rule of thumb that an MAE requires a 40% decrease in long-term profitability. If it turned out that 6% or 20% or 50% of Twitter accounts are bots, that will be embarrassing and might even reduce Twitter's future advertising revenue, but will it be an MAE? No. "Pending details supporting calculation" is not how this works. This disclosure — that "the average of false or spam accounts ... represented fewer than 5% of" Twitter's monetizable daily active users — has been in Twitter's securities filings for many years, always with a caveat that "in making this determination, we applied significant judgment, so our estimation of false or spam accounts may not accurately represent the actual number of such accounts, and the actual number of false or spam accounts could be higher than we have estimated." Musk had the opportunity to read these filings before offering to buy Twitter, and he had the opportunity to do due diligence on these numbers before signing the deal. (He declined.) He can't now go to Twitter and say "actually now you need to prove that your user numbers are right." If he wants to walk, he has to prove that they're wrong, and also that they're wrong in a way that has a material adverse effect on the business. Which he obviously can't do.
I have a harder time understanding a 14% pay-in-kind preferred? At Twitter? Musk's buyout plans for Twitter already involve $13 billion of high-yield debt with an interest cost of, in rough numbers, all of Twitter's cash flow in the near future. There is certainly not enough money left over to pay a 14% cash dividend on $6 billion of preferred stock. So you just accrue it up; in three years $6 billion of preferred turns into $9 billion; in seven years it's $15 billion. If he sells Twitter for a lot more than he paid for it, the preferred gets paid and he makes money. If he sells Twitter for less than he paid for it, the preferred gets paid before he does, though after the $13 billion of debt. Buying this preferred is essentially a bet that Elon Musk will do okay with Twitter: If it's a disaster, you lose everything, and if it's a huge success, you'd rather just own regular equity.[4] I feel like "disaster" and "huge success" are the main Elon Musk outcomes, making this kind of a strange bet.
I feel like there is an idealized model of an Elon Musk merger that would go like this:
1. He shows up at some public company. 2. He suggests a price for that company. The price is somewhat arbitrary, but it should (1) represent a premium to the current trading price and (2) involve some funny number, ideally 420, which is a weed joke. 3. People who already own shares of the company, and who like Elon Musk and want him to run the company, just keep their stock. 4. People who don't own shares of the company, but who like Elon Musk and want him to run the company and want to be a part of that, buy stock (at Musk's somewhat arbitrary joke price). 5. People who do own shares of the company, but who don't particularly want to be involved in the Elon Musk situation, sell stock (at Musk's price). 6. Ideally the orders in No. 4 and No. 5 would exactly balance, so that all the Musk fans can get in and all the Musk haters can get out. (I don't know why this would work?) 7. Then the company is 100% owned by fans of Musk and they elect him chief executive officer, Technoking, Memelord, whatever. 8. The stock continues to trade? I don't know.
This is an extremely vague sketch, and obviously most of the steps do not make any sense, but I nonetheless think it captures something essential about not only Musk's planned acquisition of Twitter but also about his 2018 pretend going-private transaction for Tesla Inc. Elon Musk is not, I think, especially interested in owning Twitter. He is interested in controlling Twitter. The goal is not to make a financial model that generates a 30% internal rate of return on Musk's concentrated levered equity stake in Twitter. The goal is for Twitter to be (1) run by him (as CEO, initially, and I suppose eventually by some other CEO chosen by him) and (2) owned partly by him but mostly by a bunch of loyal shareholders who will let him do what he wants.
You can't really do the thing that I sketched out above, but you can do some of it. Musk is clearly open to current Twitter shareholders keeping their shares. He said publicly that his goal "is to retain as many shareholders as is allowed by the law in a private company." So far only Alwaleed and Fidelity have signed on, but in the same filing Musk said that he "is having, and will continue to have, discussions with certain existing holders of Common Stock (including Jack Dorsey) regarding the possibility of contributing such shares of Common Stock to Parent, at or immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, in order to retain an equity investment in Twitter following completion of the Merger in lieu of receiving Merger Consideration in the Merger." If Dorsey — a Twitter founder, former CEO, current board member — or anyone else wants to sign up for Musk Twitter, then they're welcome, to the extent allowed by law. In rough terms, what that means is that any billionaire or institutional investor who wants to sign up with Musk can do so, but Musk's retail-investor fans mostly can't. Musk Twitter will be a private company, meaning that it can't have a lot of retail shareholders.
You can tell a simple story about Elon Musk's pending acquisition of Twitter Inc. that goes like this. Musk offered Twitter $54.20 per share in cash. Twitter's board of directors consulted some bankers, who told them that the market price of Twitter's stock was lower than $54.20, and that it would likely stay lower in the near future, due to Twitter not making all that much money. The board of directors had a fiduciary duty to maximize the stock price for those shareholders. They looked for higher bids than $54.20, but none materialized. So they had no choice but to take Musk's $54.20.
This simple story is the one that, for instance, Twitter Chief Executive Officer Parag Agrawal told Twitter employees last week. Casey Newton reports on a Twitter all-hands call Friday:
Why did Agrawal vote in favor of the deal? He spoke in the bloodless language of, well, a fiduciary.>
Agrawal: "As I've said, the board decides based on two factors. We act in the interest of our shareholders and look for value for them in the long term. Our job is to think about the price, and consider any offer on the table. And we compare that against the intrinsic value of the company based on the future-looking outlooks we have financially.">
"We get a lot of advice from several lawyers and bankers in the process … And when we looked at all the information and all of the data, every one of us concluded that based on our fiduciary responsibility … this offer at the price it ended up at was in the best long-term interest of our shareholders.">
OK sure, employees said, but how is it in Twitter's best interest to go private?>
"This is the answer you don't want to hear, right?" Agrawal said. "Twitter is a public company owned by shareholders. There are other companies which may have other legal mechanics … Twitter is not one of those companies."
You could imagine him giving an answer that employees did want to hear. "This will make our product stronger than ever." "This will give us the funding we need to improve the service." "This means we can focus on delighting our users rather than on the stock price." "This means more free speech, which is a core value of ours." "Elon Musk is a business visionary and he will run the company better." "Elon Musk loves Twitter and uses it way, way more than any of the current executives or directors, so he will run it better than we do." I don't know. I'm not saying that I necessarily believe any of those things, or that Agrawal does, or that you should. I'm just saying you could imagine the CEO of a company, who had just voted to sell that company, telling the employees of the company that that was the right decision for the company, whatever that means. You could imagine some enthusiasm. You could imagine the CEO thinking that the person who values the company the most and will pay the most for it — Musk — will do good things with it. Agrawal said the opposite. The implication is that Twitter has interests as a company that are distinct from the interests of its shareholders, but that Twitter's board felt it had no choice but to do what was best for shareholders even if it was worse for the company.
This is a traditional story, but it sounds a bit strange in 2022. Ten years ago if you had said that the job of a board of directors was to maximize the stock price, a lot of people would say "well sure yes of course," but now we have stakeholder capitalism and environmental, social and governance investing. In 2019, the chief executive officers of many of America's biggest public companies (not Twitter) signed a Business Roundtable statement that "redefines the purpose of a corporation," saying that they "share a fundamental commitment to all of our stakeholders," not just shareholders. (I made fun of it here.) And the shareholders agree! In particular, Larry Fink at BlackRock Inc. has told CEOs that they "must benefit all of their stakeholders, including shareholders, employees, customers, and the communities in which they operate" and that "putting your company's purpose at the foundation of your relationships with your stakeholders is critical to long-term success." (I made fun of this here and here.) Big companies now face activism whose message is not so much "make changes to maximize the share price" as it is "make changes to improve your environmental and social impact"; Exxon Mobil Corp. lost a proxy fight to a tiny activist that wanted it to speed up its transition away from fossil fuels.
Now, to be clear, all of these trends can be described in terms of shareholder value. Being nice to stakeholders and having a purpose and being environmentally friendly and so forth are all things that probably improve the long-term sustainability and profitability of a company, and shareholders can prefer them for purely financial reasons. Still they seem to have some independent weight in modern corporate thought. The Business Roundtable CEOs want to weigh the interests of all stakeholders and sometimes prefer other stakeholders over shareholders; at least some ESG investors are surely willing to sacrifice financial performance for environmental performance.
And then Twitter's CEO shrugs and says, in effect, "meh look this deal might be bad for our users and employees and product and mission, but we can't think about that; the price is right and my only duty is to shareholders." It's strange!
One thing to say about this story is that, as a description of the board's legal duties, it is debatable. The foundational Delaware hostile-takeover cases from the 1980s explicitly say that a board can consider "the impact on 'constituencies' other than shareholders (i.e., creditors, customers, employees, and perhaps even the community generally)," or "the preservation of [a media company's] 'culture'" and "editorial integrity," in rejecting a takeover offer; shareholder value is not the only valid consideration. More recent cases focus more purely on shareholder value maximization, finding that "promoting, protecting, or pursuing non-stockholder considerations must lead at some point to value for stockholder," and that a court "cannot accept as valid … a corporate policy that specifically, clearly, and admittedly seeks not to maximize the economic value of a for-profit Delaware corporation for the benefit of its stockholders."
So if Twitter's board had said "Twitter is not worth $54.20 per share and never will be, but we declined Musk's offer anyway because we think it is bad for users and the product," that would have been at least a risky move. But if it had said "we declined Musk's offer because we think it is bad for users and the product, and we think that if we continue to improve the product and user experience then in the long run this obviously important social network should be worth more than $54.20 per share," that would have been a defensible position even if, like, three-year earnings projections did not really support a $54.20 price.
It would help, in making that case, if Twitter's board and managers had a long-term plan. What is strange here is that the richest person on earth came in out of the blue with a not-particularly-preemptive offer to buy a service that he is obsessed with and that seems crucial to his success. Hearing that, you might think things like "huh this product must be pretty valuable." You might sit down and try to think of ways to extract value from it, other than selling it to Musk at the first price he proposed. Twitter's board had no ideas.
With some exceptions, if you are going to buy more than $101 million worth of a company's stock, you have to file a notification with the Federal Trade Commission (under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976) and wait for FTC clearance before buying.
Elon Musk was not exactly careful about filling out all the forms before buying Twitter stock.
And sure enough!
Elon Musk's $44 billion Twitter takeover is unlikely to raise antitrust concerns. But what is already being scrutinized is Musk's failure to comply with rules regarding disclosure of his initial 9% stake, according to people with knowledge of the situation.
The Federal Trade Commission recently opened an inquiry into whether Musk failed to comply with an antitrust reporting requirement as he amassed his initial 9.1% stake in Twitter between the end of January and the beginning of April, The Information has learned. At the heart of the inquiry is whether Musk was initially buying as someone who wanted to influence Twitter management or whether he saw himself as more of a passive shareholder. Notably, Musk's initial filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission categorized his purchase as a passive stake—which immediately raised questions given his public comments about how Twitter is run.
It might be worth explaining briefly why they did that and why it is fine:
1. Practically speaking the most important point is that, even if this representation was wrong, Musk still can't walk away from the deal. He can only walk away if (1) the company's representations are wrong and (2) the wrongness would have a "Material Adverse Effect" on the company. (Section 7.2(b) of the merger agreement.) If Twitter had announced today "so uh we said that we had 216.6 million daily active users in the fourth quarter of 2021, but actually we had zero," that would likely be an MAE and Musk could walk away. But the correct number was 214.7 million and that is just not material enough. 2. Also important, though, is the fact that the publicly filed merger agreement comes with another document that is not filed. This is called the "Company Disclosure Letter," and it basically lists all of the exceptions to the merger agreement.[6] So Section 4.6(a) of the agreement says "all of our SEC filings are fine," and Section 4.6(a) of the disclosure letter says "except for the following mistakes:" and, presumably, lists this active-user error. (Assuming they had caught it by last weekend.) The disclosure letter is not filed publicly, but Musk and his lawyers get to read it before he signs the merger agreement. Given that Musk declined to do nonpublic due diligence on Twitter, I am not sure how detailed the disclosure letter was; he might not have wanted to get any material nonpublic information in the disclosure letter. But I am pretty sure that, if Twitter's lawyers knew about this active-user mistake, they would have pushed hard to disclose it to Musk. You don't want to give him any excuses.
A quick recap, now informed by the actual merger agreement. The point of a merger agreement is (1) to agree to do a merger, (2) to agree on what the two parties need to do to get the merger closed, (3) to agree on the circumstances in which the merger might not close and (4) to agree on what happens in those cases.
The actual merger part is straightforward: Musk will pay $54.20 per share to each Twitter shareholder other than himself (he owns about 9.1% of the stock), and in exchange he will own 100% of Twitter and get to do whatever he wants with it. (This is Section 3.1 of the merger agreement.) Vested in-the-money Twitter employee stock options, etc., will also be paid out in cash (Section 3.6).
The doing-stuff-to-get-to-closing part (Article VI) is mostly pretty standard: Musk and Twitter will work together to get antitrust and other regulatory approvals, prepare a proxy statement to get a Twitter shareholder vote, and line up the $13 billion of debt financing that a Musk-owned Twitter will borrow. In the interim — which could be perhaps six months — Twitter will run its business normally, reporting to its existing managers and directors, not to Musk. It is required to "use its commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business." (Section 6.1.) There are various specific restrictions about, e.g., not going crazy with employee pay, not selling assets, not entering into big new contracts, etc. Basically Twitter is in a sort of stasis: It can't run its business however it wants, but Musk can't run its business however he wants either; it just keeps doing what it was doing until he takes over.
Why does it take so long? Well, some things need to happen between now and when the deal closes. Most notably, Twitter's shareholders have to vote on the deal. Twitter will have to write a proxy statement explaining the deal, run it by the Securities and Exchange Commission, send it to shareholders and give them some time to read it before voting; this can take months. Also there are regulatory approvals — under antitrust laws, etc. — that Twitter and Musk need to get before closing the deal. Also when the deal closes Elon Musk will need to have about $46 billion in cash[1]; he has agreements — with banks and with himself — to get the cash, but actually getting it can take time.
In the next couple of days, Twitter will publicly file its merger agreement with Musk, laying out what needs to happen between signing and closing. (I was sort of expecting it to be filed by now, but technically they get four days and they have been busy; I suppose we will talk about it when it is filed.)
And then it will get to work on the proxy statement, which will probably be filed within a few weeks. The proxy will be interesting. One interesting part will be the "Background of the Merger" section, describing the history of Musk's negotiations with Twitter, Twitter's consideration of his offer, Twitter's efforts to find other bidders, etc. Probably some mention will be made of various tweets. Probably the lawyers will have to finesse a bit how Musk characterized his Twitter stake as a passive investment with no intention to change control of the company on April 4, and made a takeover offer — saying that "it's simply not a good investment without the changes that need to be made" — nine days later. It has been a busy month, for Elon Musk and Twitter, and the proxy statement will detail how they negotiated this deal and also how little their lawyers slept.
Another interesting section will be the "Opinion of Twitter's Financial Advisers," which will describe the fairness opinion that Twitter's board got from its bankers concluding that Musk's price of $54.20 per share is fair to Twitter's shareholders. I think it probably was not too hard for the banks to reach that conclusion. Bloomberg's Michelle Davis and Liana Baker report:
The third catalyst that led to a deal was the role of the price, $54.20, and how it compared with Twitter's own growth prospects. The company's advisers, which included Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co., did a valuation analysis and presented it to the board last Friday, one of the people said. Musk's camp didn't get a look at those materials, though, given the decision to bypass reviewing Twitter's books.
Twitter's shares were trading well below Musk's bid, with the stock closing at $47.08 the previous day, and far from their $70-plus highs of a year earlier. But the question was whether the stock could recover without taking the deal. The analysis didn't paint an optimistic picture.
Twitter's board concluded from the presentation that, based on where peers were trading, its shares wouldn't reach Musk's bid price anytime soon.
I joked yesterday that the bankers would have to "tweak the model until it makes a horrible clattering noise and bolts start popping off" to get up to a $54.20 valuation for Twitter, and that was probably too harsh, but the proxy statement will give you some sense of (1) Twitter's management projections for its business for the next few years and (2) what its bankers think the company is worth, given those projections. The short answer will be "less than $54.20 per share."
So they'll put out the proxy, they'll schedule a meeting, they'll work to line up financing and regulatory approvals, there'll be a shareholder vote; a lot has to happen before this deal closes. Will it close? Sure, yeah, probably; the stock trading apparently implies an 84% probability that the merger closes.[2] But let's take a quick tour of what can go wrong, just in case.
First: Musk could change his mind. This is, you know, frowned upon in high-level mergers and acquisitions, but he is Elon Musk and he is not necessarily beholden to traditional rules. He has signed a contract, which doesn't allow him to change his mind without a good reason, but what if he does? There is a range of possible remedies in this sort of M&A; the main choices are:
1. The seller can get specific performance: If the buyer refuses to close the deal without a good reason, the target can sue and a court can make the buyer put up the money and close the deal. 2. A limited "reverse termination fee": If the buyer refuses to close the deal without a good reason, it has to pay the target a fixed breakup fee (often around 3% of the deal size) rather than fight over closing or damages.
Historically, it was more common in leveraged buyouts for the remedy to be limited to a reverse termination fee, and private equity sponsors could not be forced to close deals if they got cold feet, but now most LBOs allow the target to get specific performance as long as the buyer gets its debt financing. Here, the merger agreement is not public yet, but Musk's equity commitment letter does say that, "subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and this letter agreement, the Company [Twitter] is hereby made a third party beneficiary of the rights granted to Parent hereby for the purpose of seeking specific performance of Parent's right to cause the Aggregate Equity Commitment to be funded hereunder, or to directly cause the Equity Investor to fund the Aggregate Equity Commitment hereunder."
That is: Twitter has signed a merger agreement with "an entity wholly owned by Elon Musk," which is on the hook to pay $46 billion to buy Twitter, but that entity — it is named X Holdings I Inc., I guess after his son? — doesn't have any money. X Holdings has an agreement with Elon Musk to put up $21 billion when the deal closes, and Musk does have that money (or can get it), but that agreement is between X Holdings and Musk. But Twitter has a limited right to make X Holdings enforce that agreement, and to make Musk put up the money so the deal can close.
The letter also contemplates a "limited guarantee" in which, if the deal doesn't close and Musk is not forced to fund, he will also guarantee to Twitter "the performance of certain payment obligations of" X Holdings. I assume that that refers to a reverse termination fee if he can't close
Sure this feels weird, but it's actually pretty normal, except for all the tweeting. A bidder offers to buy a public company for cash at a premium to its market price, say for $54.20 per share. The reaction of the company's board is, as it usually is: No, we're worth much more than that. It quickly puts in place defensive measures so it can take its time to consider the bid and its next steps.
The next steps are pretty standard. One thing the board does is ask the bidder to pay a bit more: "Look, these defensive measures can stop you, but if you can pay $69 per share we've got a deal." Another thing is to look for another buyer who might pay a higher price: The company is in play, so if there's anyone else who might buy it now is the time. Sometimes, though, there is only one natural buyer for a company, so there will not be much competition. Other times, I guess, there will be zero natural buyers for a company and one unnatural vanity buyer, and then there definitely won't be much competition.
Another thing the board will do — something it might not do very often, outside of a takeover bid— is try to figure out how much the company is worth. The company's management will sharpen its financial projections, the board will hire investment bankers, the bankers will take the projections and feed them into a financial model, the model will spit out some value for the company, the value will be upsettingly low, the senior investment banker will look at the value and say "no no no we can't show the board that, what terminal growth rate are you using," the junior bankers will tweak the model until it makes a horrible clattering noise and bolts start popping off, the revised model will produce a range of values that includes the bidder's price of $54.20, the senior banker will present the results to the board and whisper "hey this is actually pretty generous," and the board will swallow and say "huh okay $54.20 isn't so bad then."
Meanwhile, the board will be calling shareholders, the bidder will be calling shareholders, and the shareholders will be calling the board. Generally speaking, the board will be telling shareholders "our standalone plan is worth more than $54.20 in cash," the bidder will be telling shareholders "$54.20 in cash is worth more than their standalone plan," and the shareholders will be telling the board what they think. If the shareholders all tell the board "we think $54.20 in cash is worth more than your standalone plan, you should sell," it will be hard for the board to reject the bid. It will still try to negotiate a higher price, of course, and to find other bidders. But if the shareholders all want to sell at $54.20, the board will have a hard time rejecting the deal entirely. It can: The board has a fiduciary duty to use its independent judgment about whether or not to sell the company; even if the shareholders disagree the board can say no. But the more vocally the shareholders want a deal, the harder it is in practice for the board to say no.
(On the other hand, if the shareholders all say "we love the company just the way it is, don't sell," the board will cheerfully reject the offer.)
If the board concludes that its standalone valuation is not so hot — that $54.20 wasn't the insulting offer the board first assumed — and if the shareholders suggest to the board that they'd like to take the money, then the board will start negotiating with the bidder. They will negotiate on price, if possible, but the board may not have much leverage to push there. And they will negotiate on the boring second-order mergers-and-acquisitions things, which basically come down to deal certainty. If the board is going to sell for $54.20, it will want to be very sure of getting the $54.20. It will want reassurances that the bidder has financing lined up, and that the bidder can't walk away if anything goes wrong with the financing. It will want assurances on regulatory and antitrust matters and everything else that might blow up a deal. It will want the bidder to agree to pay a big breakup fee if for some reason the deal does fall apart.
(On the other hand, the board will want to maximize its flexibility, and its shareholders' ability to get out of the deal. It will negotiate for the ability to terminate the deal if a better offer comes along, for instance. The deal will be subject to a shareholder vote, and if the bidder already owns a big block of shares the board will want to negotiate a requirement that the deal be approved by a majority of the other shareholders, i.e., that the bidder's own votes won't count.)
The traditional time to negotiate all of this is from like 4:01 p.m. on Friday through 9:29 a.m. on Monday, because that gives you like 65 consecutive hours when the U.S. stock market is not open and you can have material conversations without disclosing them. So nobody sleeps from Friday evening through Monday morning, and you hopefully button up the deal by then. If not, you take a nap and work through the night on Monday.
Now, to be clear, if the board did any of this, the goal would not be to preserve value for the shareholders. If Elon Musk buys Twitter for $54.20 per share, Twitter's public shareholders will get $54.20 and won't own Twitter anymore. If Musk's actions crash the value of the company, or increase it, that has nothing to do with the public shareholders; they'll be gone. As a fiduciary for the shareholders, if the board is selling the company for cash it has no real reason to demand any constraints on how Musk runs the company.
But we live in a world of "stakeholder capitalism," where a company's board of directors is expected to consider not only shareholder value but also what is best for the company's community and users and employees and other stakeholders. You could imagine Twitter's board saying "$54.20 is a fair price for Twitter's shareholders, but it is bad for the community and users and employees so we will say no." You could imagine it going the other way! The directors might think that Musk's ownership would be good for the community and users and employees; Dorsey seems to think that.
Incidentally, the legal standard here is a bit odd. Roughly speaking, the way Delaware law works is that a board can reject a cash acquisition for stakeholder-y reasons, but it can't really accept one for those reasons. "We will not sell to Elon Musk because it would be bad for the world for him to own Twitter, even though the price is right," is a controversial but possible thing for the board to say. "We will sell to Elon Musk because it would be good for the world for him to own Twitter, even though the price is wrong," would not be okay.[5] Similarly, if the board did sell to Musk but demanded protections for the product, for the good of its users and society, shareholders might reasonably complain that it did not maximize price. But this is all hypothetical, because Twitter's board seems to have an old-school focus on maximizing shareholder value.
Technically speaking, Musk has $25.5 billion of debt commitments from banks and $21 billion of equity commitments from himself. So he would buy Twitter with $21 billion of his own money and $25.5 billion of debt from banks. (Though he will probably syndicate down some of that equity.) But in a broader sense, Musk would be buying Twitter with $13 billion of debt and $33.5 billion of his own money. Of the debt, $12.5 billion is margin loans against his Tesla Inc. stock. He could borrow $12.5 billion against his Tesla stock to do anything — buy yachts, etc. — and the banks would be happy to give him the money. Instead, he's borrowing the $12.5 billion to buy Twitter.
If he buys Twitter and it goes to zero, he will be out $33.5 billion. The $13 billion of traditional leveraged-buyout debt that he plans to raise against Twitter will be the banks' problem — if Twitter is worthless, the banks will lose that $13 billion — but the $12.5 billion margin loan will be Musk's problem. The banks will still expect him to pay back that loan even if Twitter is worthless. He has $13 billion of financing for Twitter, with no recourse to him, and $33.5 billion of financing with recourse to him. The only ways he'll realistically be able to pay back those loans are (1) by selling Tesla stock, (2) by selling some other nice things that he owns (SpaceX stock, etc.) or (3) by making money from his Twitter investment. Presumably he will be motivated to achieve Option 3.
This is, I think, the main thing that made the banks comfortable with the lending. The margin loan is a big margin loan against a huge stake in a volatile stock, but it has a 20% loan-to-value ratio; it is not that risky. The LBO debt is very risky, in the sense that it represents a large multiple of earnings in a company with volatile earnings and an uncertain business plan. But for the LBO debt to default, the world's richest man would have to vaporize $33 billion of his own money first, and it's reasonable for a bank to think that that is unlikely. As I said last week:
Here, though, the equity investor is Elon Musk, and he's putting in something like $33 billion of his own fortune, in the form of his equity commitment (i.e., money from himself) and the margin loan (i.e., hocking his Tesla shares). He has a lot of incentive to make sure that Twitter's lenders get paid, or to pay them himself if it comes to that. As a leveraged buyout loan this package looks large and aggressive, but it is also a loan to the richest person in the world to finance a new toy that he seems to really want, which probably helps the credit.
In other words, from the perspective of the LBO lenders, you have a loan-to-value ratio of about 28%: You're lending about $13 billion to a thing worth about $46.5 billion, with the other $33.5 billion having a junior claim (on Twitter). From the perspective of the margin lenders, you have a loan-to-value ratio of about 20%, lending $12.5 billion against Tesla stock worth $62.5 billion. There is a lot of cushion for all the lenders.
A few points about the financing. First, the traditional leveraged-buyout-type financing, the $13 billion of debt that Musk plans to raise against Twitter. Musk attached the commitment letter and term sheet to his filing, so you can get a rough sense of the size and prices of these things:
1. There is a $6.5 billion term loan with a rate of, roughly speaking, SOFR plus 4.75%. Three-month SOFR (the term version of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, as reported by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited) is about 0.95% today. (Musk can elect to use one, three or six-month SOFR.) So that is roughly $370 million of interest cost per year. 2. There's a $500 million revolver with a commitment fee of 0.50% and a rate of SOFR plus 4.5% on drawn amounts. So $30 million, if he draws the full revolver. 3. There is $6 billion of bond financing, split evenly between secured and unsecured. The banks have committed to provide bridge loans: Ideally Twitter will sell the bonds before Musk's deal closes, but if not the banks are on the hook to provide the money until the bonds can be issued to take out the bridge loans. The interest rates on the bonds are not specified — the banks have agreed to some maximum rate, but it's in a fee letter that was not filed — but the rates on the bridge loans are SOFR plus 6.75% (secured) and SOFR plus 10% (unsecured). So that's about another $560 million of interest expense, if the bridge loans are drawn, and I am not sure that Twitter can do junk bonds for much less than that.[2]
So you are talking about a bit less than $1 billion of debt service costs for Twitter each year. Bloomberg reports that Twitter's estimated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization are $1.43 billion for 2022 and $1.85 billion for 2023. So, uh, sure, doable! It is very unclear what Musk's business plan is for Twitter, and some of his statements — that he will cut back on advertising, that he "does not care about the economics at all" — might hint that Twitter's EBITDA under Musk will be lower than the Bloomberg estimates. The margin for error seems slim.
But I guess that's fine? The thing that classically happens, if a company borrows tons of money in a leveraged buyout and then doesn't make enough money to service the debt, is that the lenders get the company and the equity investors lose their investment.[3] Here, though, the equity investor is Elon Musk, and he's putting in something like $33 billion of his own fortune, in the form of his equity commitment (i.e., money from himself) and the margin loan (i.e., hocking his Tesla shares). He has a lot of incentive to make sure that Twitter's lenders get paid, or to pay them himself if it comes to that. As a leveraged buyout loan this package looks large and aggressive, but it is also a loan to the richest person in the world to finance a new toy that he seems to really want, which probably helps the credit.
In modern U.S. hostile takeovers, the main way that a hostile bidder can fight back against a poison pill goes like this:
1. Launch a tender offer to buy 100% of the company's stock directly from shareholders. The tender offer should be real — with firm financing lined up — and fair to all shareholders. (It should be be for 100% of the stock, it should let everyone get cash if they want, it should promise that if the bidder gets control of the company any second-step merger will be on the same terms, etc.) But the tender offer will be contingent on getting rid of the poison pill, which otherwise would make the bidder's shares go poof; you can't close the tender offer while the pill is in place. 2. Launch a proxy fight to replace the board of directors who are standing in the way of the bid with some friendlier set of directors who will get rid of the pill and let the tender offer close.
The tender offer asks shareholders to sell their shares to the bidder; the proxy fight asks shareholders to vote their shares first to get rid of the board and let the tender offer close.
To be fair to Musk, in this deal, he is not pretending to have financing. His offer to Twitter's board is contingent on "completion of anticipated financing," and when Musk answered questions at that conference yesterday, one of the questions was of course "do you have funding secured," and his answer was "I have sufficient assets." Which means no! "Yes" means yes. "I'm really rich, surely someone will give me the money" means no one has yet.
Now, he's right that he's very rich, so it's not at all impossible for him to finance this offer. Musk will need about $40 billion to buy the 91% of Twitter that he does not currently own at $54.20 per share. He owns about 172.6 million shares of Tesla Inc. stock, worth about $170 billion at yesterday's closing price, plus more shares underlying stock options. He has pledged about 88 million of those shares to secure personal loans, but if he sold the other 84-ish million that would raise about $60 billion after tax, more than enough to pay for Twitter. That would be a pretty extreme move, though. Musk seems to … enjoy … Tesla, and dumping half his stock would both (1) drive the stock price down a lot and (2) signal to the market that he has found a new toy and lost some interest in Tesla. That seems impulsive even for him, though he did sell about 10% of his Tesla stock late last year sort of due to a Twitter poll so it is certainly possible. Tesla's stock closed down yesterday, I guess on the threat of massive sales.
There are other options. A traditional leveraged buyout of Twitter — buy Twitter with money borrowed against Twitter's business — seems implausible for reasons we discussed on Tuesday; Twitter just doesn't have that much debt capacity. (It has a few billion dollars of bonds outstanding, but those would have to be paid back at a premium if Musk bought Twitter, further increasing the cash needed to do the deal.)
Enlisting an equity partner to write a big part of the check seems tough — why be the junior partner on Elon Musk's whimsical trolling expedition, in which he has said publicly that "I don't care about the economics at all"? — though the Wall Street Journal reports that "Mr. Musk has heard from outside investors who may be interested in teaming up for his bid." Perhaps some equity partner will take a gamble on the possibility that, at a private Twitter, Musk will be in charge of memes and trolling, and his partner will be in charge of, like, finances and strategy. Or perhaps he could get a league of libertarian billionaires together to buy Twitter as their collective toy.
Or Musk could borrow more against his Tesla stake. Tesla's own policies prohibit Musk from borrowing more than 25% of the value of his shares, which is barely enough to buy Twitter, even ignoring the fact that he has already used at least some of that capacity. Of course he's in charge of Tesla and its board is famously deferential to him, so I guess he could change those policies, but that still requires finding a bank to lend him $40 billion against his Tesla stake to finance this lark. Tesla's stock has quadrupled since mid-2020; if it fell back to mid-2020 levels — say because its charismatic attention-seeking CEO found a new toy — then the loan would be underwater, and selling out of a gigantic Tesla margin loan does not seem like a lot of fun for a bank.
You can patch these things together — some Tesla margin borrowing, some Tesla sales, some Twitter leverage, some equity partners, etc. — and probably get to $40 billion, but the financing seems tricky. And when he was asked directly about it in public, Musk did not exactly try to reassure anyone; he didn't say he had financing, and he did say "I am not sure that I will actually be able to acquire it."
That said, his securities filing does say that he has hired Morgan Stanley as his financial adviser. Presumably they are aware of this; like, they are investment bankers and understand that if you sign a deal to pay $40 billion for a company you need to come up with $40 billion. Presumably they want to earn a fee, which ordinarily only happens if you do a deal, so they have some reason to be confident, and some incentive to stretch to provide financing themselves. Lending the world's richest man a few billion dollars to earn an M&A fee would not be all that weird a move for a bank to make. And Twitter has engaged Goldman Sachs Group Inc. to evaluate his bid; they also understand this and will, you know, ask.
Like pretty much every U.S. public company, Twitter has the ability to put in place a poison pill to fend off a hostile takeover, but that doesn't mean much. If Elon Musk offers to pay a cash premium for all of Twitter's stock, the board will only stop him if it can credibly say "no, this offer is bad for shareholders, our plan for the standalone business offers much more long-term value than Musk's cash." That's a thing that happens often enough in hostile takeovers, but here it is … Twitter … and … Elon Musk. If you are a Twitter director confronted with an Elon Musk hostile takeover proposal, and you put in a poison pill to block him, then:
1. You'll definitely get sued. 2. He'll run a proxy fight to try to vote you out, and an army of retail investors will buy the stock and vote with him.[4] 3. He will tweet so many mean things about you, and those mean tweets will get lots of engagement. 4. Your defense will be like "no, we know what we are doing, we are excellent at maximizing long-term value for our shareholders and we have a viable plan to make Twitter vastly more valuable in the future," which is somewhat empirically doubtful. 5. If you prevail and Musk's offer goes away, he'll probably quit Twitter in a huff, you'll lose your noisiest user, the stock will drop and you'll get sued some more. 6. It's just very very unpleasant you know?
If Musk launched a credible cash takeover bid the board would really have no choice but to negotiate with him. (If the bid said "I have $40 billion of financing secured for this bid, but I can't tell you anything else about it," the negotiations would be very annoying.) I just don't think he'll do it.
Here is the standstill agreement that Elon Musk signed with Twitter on Monday. It has three numbered paragraphs: (1) Musk will join the board, (2) he won't go above 14.9% of the stock as long as he's on the board (and for 90 days after he leaves), and (3) a tiny bit of legal boilerplate. It's great! This is the sort of thing that lawyers can do if they put their minds to it. If the richest person in the world is like "I want to be on the board, in exchange I will agree to a standstill, and I don't want any other nonsense," then he will get this agreement. And you can read it in like one minute and understand what it says. And he can read it in one minute and understand what it says and maybe even do it.
Here is the standstill agreement that Twitter signed with Elliott Management Corp. in March 2020. It runs to 13 pages, plus a signature page, plus some exhibits. It's fine! It's normal; this is what a standstill looks like. The first three pages basically say "Elliott will get a board seat," but in complicated ways. "The Parties acknowledge that the Elliott Designee, upon appointment to the Board, will be governed by the same protections and obligations regarding confidentiality, conflicts of interest, related party transactions, fiduciary duties, codes of conduct, trading and disclosure policies, expense reimbursement, director resignation, and other governance guidelines and policies of the Company as are applicable to the independent directors of the Company generally, as they may be modified from time to time (collectively, the 'Company Policies'), and will have the same rights and benefits with respect to insurance, indemnification, compensation and reimbursement as are applicable to the independent directors of the Company generally, as they may be modified from time to time," says the Elliott agreement. Musk will just join the board. I guess they'll give him the policies when he gets there.
The next few pages say that Elliott won't do bad stuff to undermine the company in shareholder voting, etc., which I guess did not seem necessary with Musk. Page 8 includes a clause saying that Elliott and Twitter will not "make or cause to be made any statement or announcement (including any statement or announcement that can reasonably be expected to become public) that constitutes an ad hominem attack on, or that otherwise disparages, defames, slanders, impugns or is reasonably likely to damage the reputation of" each other, though in vastly more words.
Musk's agreement doesn't say that because, you know, have you seen his Twitter feed? You are not going to reduce Elon Musk to calm docility by giving him a 13-page agreement to sign. Twitter's worry here is that if Musk doesn't get his way in board meetings, he'll buy more stock and do a hostile takeover (or threaten to). That would be a powerful and destabilizing tool for him, and Twitter wanted to neutralize it. They get one paragraph to make him promise not to do that. They picked their battles.
After that the Elliott agreement contains the usual heroic amounts of boilerplate, including representations from both sides that they have valid authority to sign the agreement. Musk's agreement doesn't need that because it is signed by Elon Musk, who presumably has authority to sign agreements for himself, and Parag Agrawal, who is the chief executive officer of Twitter, and whom Musk knows, and who Musk knows has authority to sign agreements for Twitter. Stuff like that, stuff that has accreted through generations of careful lawyering but that sounds silly when you explain it to the richest and most distracted person in the world. "Why does he need to sign an agreement saying he can sign the agreement," would be a fair question.
Basically it is hard not to read Musk's standstill and think "a better world is possible, for corporate agreements," though I will tell you that it gives some lawyers the heebie-jeebies.
As we discussed yesterday, Musk disclosed his 9.2% stake in Twitter on Schedule 13G, which is traditionally used by passive investors. You are not allowed to file a 13G — you have to file the more detailed and informative Schedule 13D — if you have "acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer." Did Musk acquire his Twitter stock with the purpose of influencing the control of Twitter?
I don't know? I think it is quite obvious that if you acquire 9.2% of the stock, file a 13G, and immediately launch a proxy fight to replace the CEO and board of directors, you have broken the rules. It is fairly obvious that if you acquire 9.2% of the stock, file a 13G, and go to the company saying "I own 9.2% and will launch a proxy fight unless you appoint me to your board of directors," you have also broken the rules. If you acquire 9.2% of the stock, file a 13G, tweet some ominous polls, cook up various schemes to tweak the product, have some basically polite chats with the CEO and get appointed to the board, have you broken the rules? I think that you have not clearly broken the letter of the rules.[3] Nonetheless I think that the SEC's Elon Musk Division is going to be annoyed. Passive investors aren't usually asked to sign standstills promising not to buy more stock.
There is also a timing point that they might find annoying. I don't know when Elon Musk bought his 9.2% stake in Twitter, or how, or even what he actually bought. (Maybe it's at-the-money physically settled call options?) If he had filed a Schedule 13D I would know, because Schedule 13D requires a description of "any transactions in the class of securities reported on that were effected during the past sixty days" as well as "the amount of funds or other consideration used or to be used in making the purchases"; Schedule 13G does not.
But Musk's 13G does say on the cover that the "Date of Event which Requires Filing of this Statement" was March 14, 2022, and the 13G was filed yesterday, April 4. The 13G rules require a filing within 10 calendar days after you acquire 5% of the stock.[4] If March 14 is when Musk hit 5% — the most intuitive reading — then he was about 11 days late. You could imagine some other reading — maybe he started buying on March 14 and hit 5% later? — but this seems unlikely just because he bought so much stock. In March, Twitter traded a total of about 428.8 million shares of stock (287 million since March 14) according to Bloomberg data; Musk announced yesterday that he owns 73.5 million of them. If he bought all of them since March 14, he was buying more than 25% of each day's volume, an improbably fast clip. Even if he hit 5% on March 14 and bought the remaining 4.2% over the rest of March, he was buying 11.6% of volume every day after hitting 5%.
Actually the strange thing about Musk's 9.2% stake is that he disclosed it on Schedule 13G, which suggests that he is not planning to do activism or join the board. The ordinary way to disclose an activist stake of more than 5% of a company is a Schedule 13D; you are eligible to use the shorter and less informative 13G only if you have "not acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer."
Right away this strikes me as somewhat legally aggressive? Like, I am pretty sure that the Elon Musk Division of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has already opened another inquiry into this filing. Elon Musk had acquired at least some of his shares by March 14,[2] and on March 26 he was asking his followers "what should be done" about Twitter's "failing to adhere to free speech principles." (A day earlier, he polled them about free speech and added, perhaps ominously, "the consequences of this poll will be important.") Was he trying to "influence the control" of Twitter, with those tweets?
I think in general if you went to a securities lawyer and said "I am going to buy 9% of a public company and then make public statements about how it should change its business, should I file a 13D or 13G," the lawyer would say "hmm that sounds like activism, which is traditionally on 13D." (Not legal advice!) But if you are Elon Musk you do not accept that sort of fuzzy reasoning. "Show me where in these tweets I demand a change of control of Twitter," he presumably said to his harried securities lawyer, who by now knows better than to argue.
So there is a cultural clash here: "Wall Street," the normal investors in normal public companies and their representatives on public-company boards, wants focused undistracted competent CEOs; "Silicon Valley," the founders and venture capitalists behind the big tech companies, wants thought-leader-y every-direction-at-once visionary CEOs. There are basically three ways to resolve the clash. One is, if you can make everyone happy, there's not that much of a clash. The founder-CEO does lots of weird stuff, satisfying his Silicon Valley peers and his own ambition, but he also makes lots of money, satisfying his regular investors. This is actually not all that uncommon; the reason that pattern-matching investors are looking for universally ambitious tech founders is that it often works. Super-talented people sometimes really do have lots of different ideas that pull them in lots of different directions, and one of those directions will nonetheless be "make lots of money for shareholders." Another approach is to protect the founder from Wall Street pressures. Give the founder dual-class super-voting stock so that he can control his company and pursue his kooky dreams forever. This is a reasonable thing for a founder to ask of his early investors, because they tend to be Silicon Valley investors and sympathize with his approach. But it is also something that founders can often ask of investors in their initial public offerings, mostly because, again, it often works: Wall Street investors have noticed that unchecked visionary founders often make their investors a lot of money, and so have often been willing to give up voting control to founders. To the point that this has just become fairly standard market practice, and even boring private-equity-owned not-especially-visionary pet-supply companies can demand dual-class stock and investors will more or less shrug. The third approach is, you know, you're a visionary tech founder, you take your company public, and, oops, now you are a public-company CEO; if the shareholders get sick of you then out you go. You can try to persuade them, you can explain that your weird portfolio of interests is actually what makes you qualified to run their tech company, but if they disagree then you can't overrule them. It is not your company; the shareholders own it, you are just working for them.
Twitter (X) (1)
So Musk let Dorsey keep his shares in Twitter (which Musk renamed X), but gave him a put at the deal price of $54.20.
This seems like a bad trade for Musk. In the merger, most Twitter shareholders exchanged their stock for $54.20 in cash: They no longer had any downside risk in their Twitter shares, but they no longer had any upside either; Musk owned all of the risk and reward of their shares. A few shareholders rolled over their shares: They kept the upside and the downside. Dorsey, though, rolled his shares and got a $54.20 guarantee: Dorsey gets the upside and Musk gets the downside.
But it is a very Elon Musk financing mechanism. Two essential tenets of the Elon Musk approach are:
1. Be super, super, super, super confident in yourself, and 2. Always be about to run out of cash.
Faced with the choice of (1) coming up with $1 billion to buy out Dorsey and (2) letting Dorsey keep his shares and promising him $1 billion if it didn't work out, Musk went with second option, the one that didn't require any cash up front. You and I and Fidelity and Black-Scholes all know that the free put option Musk gave Dorsey is worth hundreds of millions of dollars, but Musk doesn't care: To him, the stock can only go up, so the put costs nothing.
Two Sigma (1)
More generally, there are a lot of stories in finance about rogue traders. Often the story is:
1. Some trader would like a bigger bonus. 2. She does some trades that she is not supposed to do, trades with higher risk (but also higher upside) than her firm wants. 3. The trades work, she makes money, everyone is pleased. 4. Eventually the risks come true, she loses more money than she made, everyone is mad and she gets in trouble.
There are variations. One surprisingly popular variation omits Step 3: Some rogue traders lose money pretty much from the beginning, so they keep doubling down. It is widely believed that another popular variation omits Step 4, but you rarely hear about those: A rogue trader who consistently makes money stops being a "rogue" trader and becomes a star trader. ("Sorry I did some trades I wasn't supposed to, but they all made money," she eventually tells her bosses, and they say "that's okay you lovable scamp, here's a big bonus.") It is possible that in a modern age of strict risk controls, heavy regulation and careful performance attribution, that approach no longer works the way it used to. But you still don't hear about a ton of rogue traders who uniformly make money.
Anyway this story (a version of which was previously reported by Bloomberg News) isn't that. It's an alleged rogue-model-updater, or I guess rogue-model-calibrator:
In a letter to clients, Two Sigma described the activity as "intentional misconduct" that violated the firm's internal procedures. One person close to the situation disputed the firm's characterization, saying Wu adjusted how Two Sigma's models were calibrated but didn't alter the models themselves. Calibration changes can be seen as more routine than a major change to the models.>
Big firms such as Two Sigma usually closely monitor and are fully aware of all important changes to its trading models. "In well-run firms, all changes—calibrations or model changes—are governed by procedures so that they must be disclosed and approved by the proper people," said Aaron Brown, a veteran quant who wasn't aware of Two Sigma's situation.
I suppose this is the modern form of rogue trading: If you work at a systematic quantitative firm like Two Sigma, and you go off and do some unauthorized trades, they are going to catch you pretty quick because you're not supposed to go off and do any trades. The computer tells you what trades to do; only trades blessed by the computer can get done. If you want to be a rogue trader, you have to be a systemic quantitative rogue trader; you have to put rogue signals into the model instead of trading on them yourself. If you want to do rogue trades, you have to rogue calibrate the model so that the computer can tell you to do the trades you want to do.
UBS (2)
One way to think about the financial-services business is that many jobs involve some combination of marketing and execution. If you are a mergers-and-acquisitions banker, part of your job is to advise companies on mergers, structure and negotiate deals, etc.; another part of your job is going around to companies and pitching them on why they should hire you , rather than another bank, to advise them on their mergers. In much of finance these two roles are combined in one job: The banker who leads the M&A pitch is also the banker who will lead the deal team; the bond salesperson who takes you out for drinks also fills your bond order; the private wealth manager who cold-calls you and asks to manage your money also picks investments for you. What banks are selling is expertise and relationships, and it's harder to sell expertise and relationships if you're not the expert who will have the relationship. But they are different parts of the job, and the bank needs to hire enough people to do both.
If some big investment bank magically vanished, somebody else — some other bankers at some other bank — would presumably have to take over its execution work. There is external demand for that work: Companies do want mergers, institutions do want to trade bonds, private wealth does want to be managed, etc., and if a bank vanished its customers would have to go elsewhere for those services. Presumably all the bankers at all the other banks are reasonably busy already, executing their own work, and if a big bank vanished then those other banks would have to hire more bankers to take on the additional execution work.
But nobody would necessarily need to take over the vanished bank's marketing work. Companies want to do mergers, so they sit through pitches from all the leading banks and pick the best one to do their mergers; they will be fine with one less pitch. When a bank vanishes, its competitors can invest less in marketing, because they have one less competitor to market against. In particular, if there are two big Swiss banks, they are going to be pitching against each other a lot, and they will each have to employ a bunch of skilled and well-connected bankers to win mandates in head-to-head competition. If there is one big Swiss bank, that whole problem goes away! You just show up and say "I hear you want a merger, I can execute it for you, and no one else can"; it's all very tidy.
If you are the chief executive officer of an investment bank, it is tempting to think that your bank is a tech company. "We provide technology tools to our clients to do stuff with money," is the basic pitch, with the technology including both (1) financial technology (derivatives, structured notes, trade execution, funds, etc.) and (2) increasingly, computer technology (apps, smart routers, robo-advisers, a website where you can check your account balance, etc.). Becoming a tech company is a good development for a bank:
1. Doing tech stuff is less capital-intensive than doing traditional finance stuff. Traditionally banks use their balance sheets to intermediate trades between customers; writing a computer program to intermediate those trades uses less capital. 2. Doing tech stuff is less people- intensive than doing traditional finance stuff. Banks are famously businesses where "the assets walk out the door every evening," because the most important assets are the people, who have the market knowledge and client relationships that make up the value of the bank. This gives them leverage to demand perks and bonuses and to jump ship to competitors. Whereas if you build an app, it doesn't walk out the door every evening. The market knowledge and client relationships live on your servers. 3. Tech companies just seem like good businesses: It is easier to scale an app than a relationship business (you don't have to hire and train thousands of copies of the app), it creates more stable revenue (the trading platform you offer to clients is less likely to lose a billion dollars on a trade than your trading desk is), it gets valued more highly by investors, etc.
US Steel (1)
You can read Cleveland-Cliffs' very confident press release about the union's backing here, saying "with this exclusive assignment, Cliffs is the only realistic buyer able to acquire the totality of U.S. Steel." You can read US Steel's view of the matter here and here, along with a slide here saying that "the Basic Labor Agreement ('BLA') with the United Steelworkers labor union ('USW') does not provide a right to veto any transaction that may result from this review." (The BLA is here.) It seems to me that US Steel is clearly right — there's no veto right — but the union does have some power. Specifically:
1. Any buyer of the whole company has to recognize the USW union and assume US Steel's agreements with it, including the labor agreement that US Steel signed last year. (But the buyer can do this unilaterally; the USW can't say no to the assumption.) 2. The union has a "right to bid": If anyone makes an offer to buy US Steel, the company has to tell the USW and give it 45 days to match the offer. But after that, "the Company shall not be under any obligation to accept such offer" from the USW: It just can't sell to anyone else "unless that transaction is superior to the USW offer." But if the USW offers $32 and someone else offers $35, US Steel can take the higher bid. [11] 3. The union can assign that right to bid to someone else, which is what it did with Cleveland-Cliffs: Now Cleveland-Cliffs effectively owns the union's right to bid.
So this does not actually make Cleveland-Cliffs "the only realistic buyer": If Cleveland-Cliffs offers $35 and Esmark offers $40, then Esmark wins. That said, the assignment does give Cleveland-Cliffs some big advantages. For one thing, if you are buying a big unionized company, it is probably better to have the union on your side; anyone else is going to be a bit more nervous about labor relations than Cleveland-Cliffs is, which might be reflected in price.
Also Cleveland-Cliffs just has the ability to annoy US Steel about the process, which is worth something. Yesterday it sent US Steel a letter complaining that (1) it has the right to be notified of any bids for the company, (2) there sure seem to be bids and (3) it hasn't been notified yet:
The Right to Bid provision requires USS to promptly notify Cliffs — as the assignee — of any proposal received for "any possible transaction" to sell a controlling interest in the Company. …
USS has publicly indicated on multiple occasions, including in two press releases on August 13, 2023, that it had indeed received "multiple unsolicited proposals that ranged from the acquisition of certain production assets to consideration for the whole Company." It is interesting to note that, today, in your letter to the Company's employees, … you referred to these other proposals as "inquiries" for the first time. Regardless, to date, neither the USW nor Cliffs has received any notice of such proposals or "inquiries." …
USS must immediately either (a) provide Cliffs and the USW with the required notice of all proposals that have already been received; or (b) if USS has not in fact received any proposals, correct its prior public statements.
Not a veto right, not an exclusive bidding right, but you can see how that might deter other bidders.
UniCredit (1)
I just wrote a lot about how, in general, companies have a lot of flexibility to ignore their shareholders, and shareholders have surprisingly few powerful tools to make companies do what they want. Bonds, of course, are different. Bonds are contracts, and the company has to do what the contract says. On the one hand this means that, if the company doesn't do what the contract says, the bondholders have very powerful tools to punish the company: They can sue for default, put it in bankruptcy, take it over, etc. On the other hand it means that, if the bondholders want something not explicitly required by the contract, they have even less power than shareholders — no moral claims, no nonbinding votes — to make that happen. "What bondholders want" is just not a relevant category for most companies; the only relevant thing is "what bondholders are explicitly entitled to."
Mostly. Sometimes bondholders really do want companies to do things that are not explicitly required by the contract: There are things that are expected and customary but not actually in the contract, or there are things technically allowed by the contract but that would be poor form for the company to actually do. Sometimes it happens that the company does a thing that the bondholders don't like, and the bondholders get mad but have no legal remedy. Usually what happens then is that reporters write articles about it, and in those articles bondholders are quoted saying "this is going to undermine the market's confidence in the company and limit its ability to raise money by selling bonds in the future."
But they gotta get those quotes in quick, because typically within minutes after those articles are published the company will go sell a huge new bond issue at a very low interest rate, because the bond market has absolutely no memory at all. The bondholders are on the phone to reporters being like "this company has outraged us and they will never — hang on a sec I gotta put in an order — sorry, right, they will never sell bonds again!"
Vanguard (1)
In the 1960s and 1970s, some people figured out that if you just buy all the stocks, you will get an average market return, and that's better than most active stock managers do. So some institutional investors — pension funds, etc. — started to do that, and it worked. In theory it could work for everyone, but in practice an ordinary investor with a few thousand dollars couldn't really do this. With a few thousand dollars you probably can't even buy one share of every stock, never mind the right market-cap-weighted amounts of each one. And you'll pay a lot of commissions to buy each of those shares, which will eat up a lot of your gains. So — skipping a lot of history — the Vanguard Group came along and started offering index mutual funds, which would buy all the stocks for you and give retail investors economies of scale in indexing. And then indexing became an enormous business and there are untold trillions of dollars in index funds and exchange-traded funds.
But those initial conditions have changed. Now you can buy any number of shares you want, even 0.01, at a lot of retail brokerages. And the commissions are zero. And there are, you know, computers. If you wanted to put $1,000 into a market-cap-weighted list of the S&P 500, you can spend $1,000 on an S&P 500 index fund or ETF, but you could also just buy all the stocks yourself, in fractional amounts, for free, in your Robinhood account. You could probably even use a computer to calculate the correct amounts of stock to buy and to automate the process of putting in the orders. This is sometimes called "direct indexing."
I am not sure this is really much better than letting Vanguard do it for you in an index fund, or at least an ETF. (Direct indexing probably is more tax-efficient than buying an index fund.) But the real magic here is if you want to buy everything in the S&P 500 except Tesla, because you don't like Elon Musk, or except oil companies, because you have environmental commitments, or whatever. Vanguard and BlackRock and others will offer index and quasi-index funds to cater to various sorts of non-index-y commitments, but not every possible combination of commitments. So if you have idiosyncratic views, you might want to own the stocks yourself.
Veoneer (1)
I have in the past mused about the idea of a market maker for mergers and acquisitions. Like, you run a public company, you want to sell it, you go to an investment bank for advice. "We think you could sell your company for $10 billion to $12 billion," the bank tells you, "with a well-run auction process in which we contact a dozen or so potential strategic and financial buyers. To maximize value we might want to separate out your crown-jewel widgets business and sell it separately to a strategic acquirer, while selling the non-core sprockets and gizmos lines to other buyers. We could have a signed deal in three months if we work every weekend." "I don't have time for all that stuff," you reply. "Why don't you just pay me $10 billion right now, and you take the company, and then you go figure out how to split up the company and find buyers and maximize price? If you get $12 billion for it then hey super you're up $2 billion but that's not my problem, just give me my money now.
Investment banks mostly don't do this, but I guess there's no reason why they couldn't. Take some inventory risk on some companies in order to facilitate liquidity for the sellers of those companies, and in exchange get, you know, orders of magnitude bigger fees than they'd get for basic M&A advice, plus potential huge upside (or downside) if the companies' value goes up (or down). Of course when I write it out you can see the reasons that they don't. Big investment banks are public companies who want stable recurring revenue, not a bunch of huge lumpy gains and losses from owning companies briefly. Smaller investment banks don't have the capital to go around buying multibillion-dollar companies from their clients to flip them. Still it might be a useful service if someone could provide it.
I know, arguably private equity is in the business of providing it, but not really. PE funds operate on a different time scale. They have multi-year holding periods and operating expertise; their goal is not so much to bridge buyers and sellers of companies by holding inventory (of companies) for a bit and collecting a spread for their service, but to pick good companies whose value will go up. They are not market makers but proprietary buy-and-hold investors.
This, from Sujeet Indap and James Fontanella-Khan at the Financial Times, is cool:
This week shareholders of Veoneer, a Swedish auto parts maker listed in the US, are expected to approve a $4.5bn takeover that pays them a lofty 85 per cent premium to the company's pre-deal trading price.
What stands out about the deal is its structure. The auction for Veoneer was won in October by a start-up New York investment firm called SSW Partners. The firm had never executed a transaction, had raised no dedicated buyout fund and maintained only a bare-bones website. ...
The structure of their pending agreement with Veoneer has drawn the attention of the mergers and acquisitions industry. It reimagines how big corporations buy pieces of companies that would otherwise need to be acquired as a whole, deploying the bounty of private capital sloshing around the world while keeping financial disclosures to a minimum.
Qualcomm found itself in a jam this summer before the SSW arrangement took shape. The California company was interested in Veoneer's autonomous vehicle software business with which it already had a joint venture. But the Sweden-based company had in July agreed to sell itself for $3.8bn to Magna International, a car parts supplier.
Making a rival bid for all of Veoneer made little sense to Qualcomm as it had no interest in the remaining divisions. Yet Veoneer preferred to be sold in full.
Qualcomm would then turn to an unknown private capital firm: SSW.
The resulting bid bested Magna's. Under a novel structure, SSW will acquire "all the outstanding capital stock of Veoneer," and then immediately sell the autonomous vehicle software unit to Qualcomm, according to a press release describing the transaction. SSW is to then "lead the process of finding strong, long-term strategic partners" for Veoneer's remaining auto parts businesses, indicating its intention sell them.
SSW is three big-name banker types (Eric Schwartz, formerly of Goldman; Joshua Steiner, formerly of Quadrangle Group, who also serves as a senior advisor at Bloomberg L.P., where he was previously Head of Industry Verticals; and Antonio Weiss, formerly of Lazard) who will buy Veoneer, hand over the autonomous-vehicle business to Qualcomm, and keep the rest themselves to run a sales process. Veoneer gets to sell what it wants (the entire company), Qualcomm gets to buy what it wants (the autonomous-vehicle business), and SSW bridges the transaction with its own capital and figures out what to do with the remainder. Indap and Fontanella-Khan write:
Those close to the deal said that SSW was approached because the traditional way of divesting unwanted assets — having the buyer simply sell off unwanted units piecemeal — was usually distracting and destroyed value. A typical private equity partner might not have been as flexible as SSW, said these people.
It is not totally clear that this way of divesting unwanted assets — have them owned by some investment bankers trying to flip them — won't be distracting or destroy value, but it's fun to find out. From the press release announcing the deal:
"We are excited to partner with Qualcomm to acquire Veoneer," said Antonio Weiss and Josh Steiner of SSW Partners. "While Qualcomm focuses on the Arriver business, we will focus on finding strong, long-term strategic homes for the rest of Veoneer's businesses – we are committed to ensuring that Veoneer's employees prosper, the businesses continue to innovate and grow and customers continue to have uninterrupted access to the outstanding service and quality for which Veoneer is known. We have high regard for Veoneer's management team and look forward to partnering with them to ensure a successful outcome for all stakeholders."
Maybe that's cool? To be owned for a few months by some bankers working on a flip? If Qualcomm bought the whole thing, integrated the part it wanted, and tried to sell the parts it didn't, the people in those unwanted parts would feel pretty unloved. The Qualcomm executives would be focused on maximizing the long-term value of the stuff they were keeping, and would not lavish a lot of attention on the stuff they were selling. Whereas SSW will earn its money by making the leftover stuff as pretty as possible until it can sell. I don't think they have a ton of incentives to cut corners or neglect the business as they try to sell it? If your house is on the market you keep it clean and spring for fresh flowers.
Now, it's not clear that SSW exactly has "its own capital," and it is not exactly an investment bank. (It's "a Delaware limited partnership based in New York that invests in high-quality businesses and collaborates with partners to create enduring value for all stakeholders," says Veoneer's merger proxy. The press release says: "SSW Partners' investment in Veoneer will represent its first capital commitment as a partnership since its founding at the beginning of the year.") Indap and Fontanella-Khan write:
SSW has not disclosed who is providing its portion of the acquisition financing. It is not relying on debt financing, according to a person close to the firm. … But its founders have historical ties to large global investors.
And Qualcomm is effectively backstopping SSW's financing: Qualcomm is on the hook to buy all of Veoneer if SSW doesn't show up with financing.
WWE (1)
There are some public companies where the chief executive officer (and, usually, founder) is also the controlling shareholder. This creates a weird dynamic for those companies' boards. What if the CEO does something bad, and the board concludes that he should no longer run the company? Ordinarily, in that scenario, the board would fire the CEO. But here the CEO is the controlling shareholder, and he can fire the board.
There is a correct answer here, which is that, if the board concludes that it is no longer in the best interests of the company and its shareholders for the CEO to be in charge, they should fire him. They have a fiduciary duty to run the company with loyalty and care; they can't make a decision that they think is wrong just because they're afraid of losing their board seats. Then of course the CEO — er, ex-CEO — can fire them, and re-hire himself, but that's life:
It is a funny correspondence. You might think that the exchange between the 81% shareholder and the board might go like:
Shareholder: I want to come back, and I control 81% of the votes, so.>
Board: Sure do, boss, welcome back!
But in fact McMahon's letters to the board barely mention his ability to fire the directors; they letters are all about what is best for the company and its shareholders. And the board said no to him, even though he could fire them, and quickly did.
One takeaway might just be that everyone here has good lawyers: You always want to create a good record, in which everyone says that they are motivated only by shareholder value and not by raw power. Also, though, if you are a director who got rid of McMahon, and he wants to come back, what is the upside to saying yes? You won't have a pleasant time at board meetings; presumably he'll still be mad at you for getting rid of him. And if things go poorly, shareholders will complain: "You thought he was a danger to the company when he left, but then you let him back a few months later?" Really the simplest solution is to have him fire you so you don't have deal with it anymore.
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (1)
Wachtell is a fairly small law firm that makes a specialty of sell-side public-company M&A work. It is "among the most profitable firms in the US." Those facts are related. Sell-side public-company M&A work is a pretty lucrative legal specialty.
Partly this is for the usual obvious reasons: It is high-stakes, complicated, high-pressure, high-dollar stuff. But there is another reason that is perhaps less obvious, which is that your clients don't pay your bills. Here is how a public-company merger works:
1. A company decides to sell itself and hires lawyers. 2. The buyer does a lot of due diligence, looking into things like the company's audited financial statements, to figure out how much the target company is worth. 3. A buyer signs an agreement to buy it for some fixed price, say $54.20 per share, in cash, to all of the target's shareholders. [1] 4. After the agreement is signed, there is a delay of several months before it closes, during which the companies get regulatory approvals to merge, the target's shareholders vote on the deal, the buyer lines up financing, etc. 5. During that delay, the target continues operating as an independent company, making its own business decisions with limited coordination with the buyer. 6. The agreement contains a covenant saying that the target will operate "in the ordinary course of business" and won't make any drastic changes, pay out any huge bonuses, etc., so that, when the deal closes, the buyer gets more or less the same company that it thought it was buying. But with a big public company, this covenant can't be all that fine-grained; the company just has to be able to continue making business decisions. For one thing, its own expert executives need to make lots of decisions to preserve the target's value for the buyer when the deal eventually closes. [2] Also though the deal might not close: What if the shareholders vote no, or the buyer doesn't get its financing? Then the company will need to be ready to stay independent. The executives need to keep running the company on behalf of its shareholders until the moment the check clears and the merger closes. 7. Eventually the deal closes, the buyer pays the cash, it becomes the owner of the target, and it can do whatever it wants. It can fire the executives, make the business decisions, etc. 8. At closing, the buyer pays the amount of cash that it agreed to pay in the merger agreement. If it agreed to pay $54.20 at signing, it pays $54.20 at closing, even if circumstances have changed over the intervening months. If the market fell, or the target company had a bad quarter, or if its expenses got a bit out of hand, the buyer still pays the same amount. 9. You could imagine a different system: The buyer could get a price adjustment for changes in cash; it could agree to pay, like, "$10 billion, but if the target has less than $500 million of cash at closing, we will reduce the price by the difference." And this is not uncommon in private-company M&A: If the seller of the target is a private equity firm, it can agree to a price adjustment. It is harder in public deals, though, mostly because the target company's public shareholders have to vote on the deal, and you need to tell them the price so they can have an informed vote. And so public deals don't really have price adjustments for things like how much cash is left in the target at closing. [3] 10. Instead, they just have that "ordinary course" covenant: If the target spends much too much money between signing and closing, the buyer can walk away, say "you didn't operate in the ordinary course like you promised, so I don't have to close." Or it can threaten to walk away, and use that to renegotiate the price. (There are other covenants and representations that have to be true at closing. A big one is the "material adverse effect" representation; if the company spends so much money that it causes a material adverse effect on its business, the buyer can walk away. But that's hard to do.) But if the target spends somewhat too much money between signing and closing, there is not a lot the buyer can do about it: It probably can't walk away from the deal unless the spending is too egregious and out-of-the-ordinary-course, and it can't just cut the price to make up for the target's extra spending. 11. The result is that every dollar that the target company spends between signing and closing is free, to the target's shareholders. They get their $54.20 per share no matter what; the cash left in the company's treasury is no longer their concern. Every dollar that the target spends is the buyer's problem. 12. Or rather, that's true as long as the merger closes. You can't spend too drunkenly, if you're the target, because the merger might not close — either because your drunken spending might violate the ordinary-course covenant and give the buyer a reason to walk away, or for unrelated reasons (antitrust, financing, etc.). 13. If you are the target company's law firm, and you have successfully negotiated a merger agreement that the target is happy with, you can send them a bill for, I don't know, $90 million, and they'll be like "sure whatever looks great, it's not our money!" 14. They're not gonna pay that bill right at signing, because if the deal doesn't close they will want the money back. But they'll happily pay it just before the closing, when it is no longer their money.
There are some constraints on the fees. There is that "ordinary course" covenant, saying that the target company can't do anything too egregious between signing and closing. There may be some more specific disclosure of the target's fee arrangements — there normally is specific disclosure of its bankers' fee arrangements — at signing, so if the target tells the buyer at signing "we have agreed to pay our lawyers $10 million" and then pays them $90 million there might be a breach of the covenant. (Though, again, the remedy for that breach is probably refusing to close the deal, not getting the money back.) And of course there is generally the fact that the target company's executives would like to remain employed by the buyer, so they don't want to spend the buyer's money too aggressively. (Unless they are pretty sure that they won't remain employed, in which case, who cares!) But these are pretty soft constraints.
And so if you are the target's lawyers in a public M&A deal you can kind of send them a bill for whatever amount you like, and they will be like "hahaha great here you go, enjoy it," and you will be like "we sure will," and it's all the buyer's money and who cares.
If the deal doesn't close, though, you are not going to get paid that much, because in that case the money really does belong to the target's shareholders, and they'll need it. But your job, as the target's lawyer, is to make sure the deal closes! [4] The incentives are aligned.
Wag (1)
Traditionally you don't see a lot of private companies actively trading their stock on valuation. (Public companies, oh, sure.) In general if you are a struggling startup, or a successful growing startup for that matter, you will sell stock because you need money, not because you think your stock is overvalued. And you generally won't buy your stock at all: You need to conserve money and spend it on your business, not hand it out to shareholders. The whole point of raising equity capital is that you don't need to pay it back when you're struggling. On the other hand look at this trade! Just, like, the sources and uses of cash. Wag was looking to raise $75 million. It went to SoftBank and was like "will you give us $75 million?" SoftBank was like "no haha we'll give you $300 million," because that is SoftBank's whole thing, it loves to give startups vastly more money than they want or need. And so Wag took the money. And then like a year and a half later Wag will get rid of SoftBank by giving back, I don't know, but I am going to say some number less than $225 million ("well below" the valuation at which it invested). Wag got the $75 million it needed for free. The trade, to be clear, is: If you need a little bit of money to grow your business modestly, you can raise a lot of money from SoftBank to grow your business crazily, and then put most of it in the bank and use a little bit of it to grow modestly instead. SoftBank will be disappointed with the modest growth, and you can say "sorry it didn't work out" and then buy them out at a lower valuation with the money you have left over from not growing your business crazily. Free (modest) growth capital! I am sure that this was not the plan, and it was not the actual experience at Wag, which is laying off employees and which genuinely seems to be struggling. (Also if this was your plan it would be complicated by, like, SoftBank having board seats and you having fiduciary duties and so forth.) Still doesn't this kind of sound like my imaginary version?
The salient fact of startup life over the last few years has been the influx of SoftBank money. If you're getting that money, then you're on the other side of the trade. If you think that SoftBank is doing something wrong, then you can try to make money off of it. When WeWork's initial public offering collapsed, we spent some time on my theory that founder Adam Neumann had spotted a bubble in overvalued unicorns and had made himself a billionaire by selling unicorn stock into that bubble, and particularly to SoftBank, the most egregious inflator of the bubble. This was not a theory of Adam Neumann's state of mind or anything, and I don't actually think Neumann had a conscious nefarious plan to short the unicorn bubble. It is just, like, if you concluded that SoftBank was inflating a unicorn bubble, and you decided to get rich taking the other side of the trade, you'd probably do something very much like what Neumann actually did. But this is an even better trade! (My idealized trade, not Wag's actual trade.) I mean it is a smaller-dollar trade; Wag isn't going around buying mansions for all of its dogs. But whereas the idealized WeWork trade involves building a corporate bonfire to extract maximum money from SoftBank, and then handing the smoking embers over to SoftBank while you walk off with the money, in the idealized Wag trade you get to build a company! And keep it! And focus on sustainable growth and profitability! You don't use SoftBank's money (just) to prove an amusing point about SoftBank and bubbles; you use some of SoftBank's money to build a not-very-SoftBank business and then hand back the rest with a sincere "thank you" and a superior grin.
Waymo (1)
Waymo is a scrappy startup-ish company that is spending a lot of money to develop a complex expensive risky product that doesn't bring in a lot of revenue right now. Usually when companies like that raise money, it is because they need money. But Waymo is also a subsidiary of Alphabet, which is constantly facing the problem of finding ways to spend the extra billion dollars it brings in every week. There is, you would think, a trade there: Waymo needs money and Alphabet needs to spend money. In broad strokes that explains the existence of Waymo, and of Calico (the cheating-death subsidiary) and the rest of Google's "other bets." You take a successful money gusher, you hook it up to an ambitious money guzzler, everyone's happy. So why raise outside money? The obvious business reason is just to impose some capital discipline. If, like Alphabet, you have more money than you know what to do with, and you see the Waymo people in the cafeteria every day, you are going to be inclined to give them as much money as they want, which is probably more money than they need. If you force them to raise outside money, then they will have to come up with a business plan and pitch it to arms-length outside investors and get those investors to commit money at some valuation that reflects their estimate of the present value of its future earnings. Alphabet's implicit view of the matter is something like "ugh, earnings, we have enough trouble spending our earnings now, just make cool cars." The new investors are people like Silver Lake and Mubadala and the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, who will want their investment to produce profits eventually. If you want Waymo to turn into a viable business—and at some theoretical level you probably do, you run a business, the projects are supposed to have positive net present values, all that stuff—then kicking it out of the cozy nest and making it raise external money is probably an important step. It seems relevant to mention that, three months ago, Alphabet announced that Google Chief Executive Officer Sundar Pichai would become CEO of Alphabet, taking over the parent company from its founders. The general interpretation of that move was that handing control of Alphabet to a professional CEO, rather than a pair of founder visionaries with super-voting stock who had grown bored of Google, would lead to stuff like this. "This may mean that the Other Bets have to start really functioning as businesses and there won't be a two-tier system where Google is run as a business and the other projects have infinite time horizons to reach profitability," said Vineet Buch, and now here we are. There is a related corporate finance reason to raise outside money. If you have a business that spends a lot of money trying to invent self-driving cars, and generates only a little bit of money selling rides in self-driving cars, then that business will lose a lot of money. On your financial statements that will look bad. If on the other hand you are a big investor in a business that has raised money at a multibillion-dollar valuation ("The valuation placed on Waymo by its first arm's length investment was not disclosed, but the latest round in GM's Cruise division valued that business, which is widely seen as the closest rival to Waymo in terms of its technology, at $19bn"), then you have a valuable asset. Not necessarily, immediately, on your financial statements—presumably Alphabet will still consolidate Waymo—but perhaps in people's minds, and perhaps ("prelude to eventual spin-offs") eventually on the financial statements too. When Uber Technologies Inc. was shopping a minority investment in its self-driving-car subsidiary, I wrote: "Once you print this deal at a $10 billion valuation, you can replace 'and here is where we lose a lot of money but we're hoping to change that' to 'we have a majority stake in a $10 billion business.'" A basic function of finance is to transform a stream of cash flows into an asset, but a more advanced function of finance is to transform a stream of losses into an asset.
WeWork (6)
A teleportation company might have a 1% chance of achieving a $1 trillion valuation and a 99% chance of achieving a $0 valuation, but very few companies are like that. Most companies are more like WeWork, with a lot of potential outcomes in between $0 and $1 trillion. Even most ambitious risky startups might have a 1% chance of changing the world and, you know, a 30% chance of making enough money to pay their bills with a bit left over for their investors. WeWork hasn't quite gotten there yet, but maybe it will.
On the other hand, WeWork at its peak raised money at a $47 billion valuation, and before its first failed initial public offering in 2019 bankers were throwing around valuations like $96 billion, and it was absolutely not making enough money to pay its bills at that point. (It was losing hundreds of millions of dollars a year.) When WeWork was a darling of venture capital and SoftBank Group Corp., it was because it was a potentially transformative company, the world's first physical social network, blah blah blah, a 5% chance at a trillion dollars, not because it was a viable business. And then it went to the public markets and was like "5% chance at a trillion dollars??" and the public markets were like "lol absolutely not" and there was an extremely painful transition, which is now four years old and still ongoing, between the WeWork of the past, a fast-growing speculative venture darling, and the still-possible WeWork of the future, a business that rents out office space and subleases it, one day, one hopes, at a profit. And absolutely gajillions of dollars of valuation have disappeared in that transition, because the ambitions of future WeWork are just much lower than the ambitions of past WeWork.
WeWork is probably the funniest, but there are lots of companies like this, companies that were funded by venture capital firms in the boom based on ambitious growth targets and plans to change the world, and that failed to achieve those ambitions, but that are, you know, fine, viable, possibly even profitable one day.
In some ways that is the worst way to fail? For a startup founded by a visionary entrepreneur and funded by venture capitalists? Like:
1. The good outcome is you change the world, your company is worth $1 trillion, and the founders and VCs are all rich and geniuses. 2. The disappointing but acceptable outcome is you don't, you shut down, the VCs write off their investment and the founder goes back to Big Tech or starts another company, possibly with the same VCs. Everyone plans for a high likelihood of this happening, and no one is shocked if it does. 3. The awkward, what-do-we-do-now outcome is that you don't change the world, the company chugs along, it makes enough money to pay salaries and maybe open an office in Dallas and perhaps write a quarterly dividend check to its VCs. But the VCs are like "I do not want a quarterly dividend check, a quarterly dividend check isn't cool, you know what is cool, a trillion dollars." And the founder is like "man I am paying myself $400,000 a year and working on the problem that excited me five years ago but I am not a billionaire and why am I in Dallas."
Brilliant success is great, brilliant failure is fine, but ending up running a regular company seems like a letdown. "Well I didn't invent teleportation, but I've got a van and can move your furniture across town for $50 an hour."
Anyway here's a fun Financial Times story about the scrap dealers of the startup world:
Investors are shaking up the venture capital market by raising money to buy out start-ups that have been shunned by venture capitalists, taking advantage of economic headwinds to acquire promising companies at a discount.>
In the years running up to 2022, VCs took minority stakes in new businesses with growth potential even if they lacked a quick path to profitability. Steep rises in interest rates over the past year have changed that, hammering private valuations, forcing VCs to pull back and leaving a swath of start-ups at risk of collapse.>
New investment groups are raising tens of millions of dollars in funding with the intention of acquiring majority ownership and operational control of start-ups in order to turn the businesses around.
It quotes Kjerstin Erickson of Arising Ventures:
Opportunities came up when "the company has raised more money than they are worth in the market", she said. "We'll do the deal if we think there's a real business underneath.">
This year the group — which is structured as a holding company rather than fund — took out a billboard in the heart of San Francisco with the slogan: "We invest in second chances."
I love how shameful it is. "Did you accidentally build a real business? Call us, we can help." Some investors like real businesses! Just, not VCs. There is an arbitrage. Here's Oren Peleg of Resurge Growth Partners:
"There's a real opportunity here to play a very important role, which is to help companies transition from venture ownership to private equity ownership," Peleg said. "No one is willing to send the hard message of saying this needs a reset, and that will be the role that we play."
See, venture ownership is for companies with fast growth and no cash flows, and private equity ownership is for companies with steady or declining cash flows. The transition is painful — ask WeWork — but, sometimes, necessary.
Conceptually one way that WeWork Inc. makes money is by a sort of maturity mismatch:
1. It leases big blocks of office space from landlords for long terms: It will lease 10 floors of a building for 10 years, say. 2. It subdivides that space into smaller (spatial and temporal) units, and rents those units to customers: It will rent six desks on one floor to a startup on a month-to-month basis, say. 3. Renting six desks for a month is more expensive, per desk, than renting 10 floors for 10 years — there is a volume discount — and WeWork profits on the spread.
The risk, which everyone understood and talked about for basically WeWork's entire history, was that WeWork's costs were locked up for the long term but its revenues were not: If the market for office space collapsed, WeWork's tenants would quickly get out of their short-term leases and it would stop making money, but it would still have to make payments to landlords on its long-term leases.
Sort of. Really, whose risk is this? "Owe your banker £1,000 and you are at his mercy," Keynes wrote; "owe him £1 million and the position is reversed." It turns out that WeWork is a big enough player in office markets that, when its revenue goes down, it can force its costs down too:
WeWork launched a renegotiation of its office leases globally, testing its leverage against landlords that stand to lose if the embattled co-working space provider goes out of business.>
WeWork's current lease liabilities are "dramatically out of step with current market conditions," interim Chief Executive David Tolley said Wednesday. WeWork held calls with landlords to inform them that it would be seeking concessions on its office leases, which account for more than two-thirds of its operating expenses.>
The company last month raised doubts that it would continue as a going concern, citing its dwindling cash and market headwinds. Once among the world's most valuable startups at $47 billion, WeWork recently installed several directors with bankruptcy and restructuring experience to its board. Some of its major creditors have held preliminary talks among themselves to explore a bankruptcy filing for WeWork.>
Landlords are themselves grappling with a slumping commercial real estate market, especially in New York and San Francisco, and have a lot to lose if WeWork were to go out of business. Bankruptcy proceedings allow for the rejection of undesirable contracts and would give WeWork legal power to reject undesirable leases while extinguishing its liability for any resulting damages claim.>
Landlords whose leases are rejected in bankruptcy are classified as unsecured creditors—and would rank behind billions of dollars owed to secured bondholders. That could motivate some landlords to come to the negotiating table with WeWork because the alternative—a potential bankruptcy filing—could be worse.
If the office market had boomed , WeWork would have made a lot of money on the spread between what it paid landlords and what it charged customers. When it slumped , though, the landlords share in the pain.
That is a good little window into mergers-and-acquisitions lawyering. SoftBank's agreement with WeWork isn't public, but presumably it says something like "SoftBank can cancel the tender if there are any material government restrictions on WeWork's business," but it doesn't say something like "SoftBank can cancel the tender if lots of customers cancel their WeWork memberships." The very rough general rule in mergers and acquisitions is that if business conditions get worse, that's the acquirer's risk, but if there is some legal problem with the business then that's the seller's risk. As a general rule that makes some sense; acquirers don't want to be stuck buying a company that, unbeknownst to them, was breaking the law. Here it doesn't really make any sense: For one thing, SoftBank is WeWork's majority shareholder and controls its board, so it's hard to argue that WeWork was keeping any regulatory secrets from it; for another thing, the legal restrictions here are not about anything bad that WeWork was doing but, rather, about a global pandemic that has led to lots of don't-go-to-work orders. (There are also those government investigations, but I suspect they are not all that material to the business.) But the issue is not whether it makes any sense; the issue is whether SoftBank's contract lets it get out of the tender offer because of "legal restrictions." If it does, yeah, sure, SoftBank should get out of it. I don't really have any rooting interest for either side here. I completely sympathize with SoftBank's desire not to pay for the shares, and I completely sympathize with the investors' desire to get paid, and I don't think that there's any strong moral or efficiency argument one way or the other. Some real bad luck happened at a bad time, and someone—SoftBank or the investors—is going to bear the brunt of that bad luck. But I have an obvious rooting interest in litigation! It is hard to think of a better end—or, just, continuation—of the WeWork story than Adam Neumann suing SoftBank for his billion dollars. I want the internal documents, the depositions, the actors' own accounts, under oath, of what they were thinking and how it all went wrong. I want Neumann to act as his own lawyer and tearfully cross-examine Masayoshi Son in court. One thing that SoftBank was buying with its $3 billion was quiet; Neumann and the other big investors would be happy enough with that money not to stir up more trouble or controversy for WeWork. Now that is not worth $3 billion to SoftBank—WeWork's problems now are a lot bigger than its controversies of last October—and so SoftBank has chosen the money over the quiet.
The first thing to realize is that, when WeWork's initial public offering was falling apart last October, when we were mercilessly making fun of WeWork on a daily basis, when it was rapidly running out of money and needed a bailout from its biggest investor, SoftBank Group Corp., when it was pushing out its founder and chief executive officer, Adam Neumann, when it was a hilarious catastrophe and a symbol of the excesses of the startup unicorn boom—those were the good times. Even as I made fun of WeWork's bad governance and silly behavior and overambitious valuation, it always seemed like a reasonable enough business. Lease office buildings, spruce them up, make them nice, carve them into smaller time-and-space slices, and rent them out by the desk and the month to other businesses for more than you pay. Strip out the blather about WeWork being a new state of consciousness and, you know, seems fine. Now is the bad time. WeWork is not a unique hilarious catastrophe anymore; it is just a sad catastrophe like so many other businesses. If your city shuts down, if everyone fears the plague, if office workers are told to work from home, no one will be coming to a WeWork, just like no one is going to restaurants or movie theaters. No one is going to lots of other offices either, but it's a bigger problem for WeWork than for most office landlords because so much of its business model was about giving tenants flexibility. If you are a big company with a multi-year lease on 10 floors of a midtown office building, you're probably not going to stop paying rent just because your employees are working from home for a few months. When things recover, you'll want that space back; your stuff is there; you signed a long-term commitment. If you are a startup renting a few desks month-to-month at a WeWork, sure, stop doing that for a while, why not. "We pioneered a 'space-as-a-service' membership model," said WeWork, back in the good times. "Across our global portfolio of locations, we offer individuals and organizations the flexibility to scale workspace up and down as needed, with the ability to consume space by the minute, by the month or by the year." If you offer organizations the flexibility to scale workspace up and down as needed, they will all scale it down in a pandemic. Meanwhile WeWork is that big company with a multi-year lease on a lot of floors. Short-term rent could stop coming in, but long-term rent will have to keep going out. As of its failed IPO, WeWork had almost $2.2 billion of "non-cancelable operating lease commitments" due in 2020. In a certain light WeWork's business model looks like banking: It is in the business of maturity transformation for office space, committing its money long-term but getting short-term commitments from customers. That is a good business model most of the time—you can charge customers a premium by giving that flexibility—but it is prone to crises, and the crisis is here.
There is, I think, a little bit of a popular misconception about what the banks who led WeWork's abandoned initial public offering actually did. There seems to be a view that the banks tried to foist WeWork on unsuspecting investors at a $96 billion valuation, and then it only turned out to be worth about $8 billion, and the banks' overoptimistic valuations exposed their incompetence and also their cynicism; if they'd had their way, they would have tricked investors into overpaying for WeWork by 1,100%. Here is a comment from Goldman Sachs Group Inc. Chief Executive Officer David Solomon:
"I'm not sure that we got it so wrong," David Solomon said when asked about WeWork during a panel talk at Davos on Tuesday. "There were things that were right, there were things that were wrong." … The Financial Times reported that Goldman Sachs had said WeWork — now worth around $8bn — could be worth as much as $96bn on the public markets during the pitching process. … "The banks weren't valuing. The way the process of an IPO works when you're a bank is you're invited in by a company, it's a private company, their numbers aren't public, they give you a model. You say to the company: well, if you can prove to us that the model actually does what this does, then it's possible it could be worth this in the public markets. "But ultimately there's a diligence process, there's a proving out process, there, at times, are meetings with investors before hand, and that process grounds to reality. "I think that's a great example of the process working. It might not have been as pretty as everybody would like it to be.
That strikes me as mostly correct? (Disclosure, I used to be a capital markets banker at Goldman, so I am surely biased here.) One thing to point out here is that WeWork's bankers didn't actually market it to investors at a $96 billion valuation, or really at any valuation. IPOs launch with some valuation range suggested by the bankers, but WeWork's IPO never launched and there was never a valuation range. Instead, WeWork put out a preliminary prospectus, investors read it and threw up, and the bankers, in the informal discussions with investors that would have informed their valuation range, basically realized that there was no viable range and gave up on the deal. Banks did apparently pitch a $96 billion valuation, but not to investors. That $96 billion number is the number that Goldman pitched to WeWork: WeWork was interviewing bankers to lead its IPO, and the bankers all came in and said words to the effect of "we think you are great, we understand your story and want to be the ones to tell it, and we think you are worth a lot of money," in order to convince WeWork to hire them. They weren't talking up WeWork to skeptical investors; they were talking up WeWork to WeWork. And so Solomon's comments are not a defense of Goldman against criticism from investors. Investors have no real complaints about WeWork's IPO because, as Solomon says, the process seems to have worked just fine: WeWork's bankers conducted due diligence and made WeWork truthfully disclose information about itself, investors didn't like it, and they didn't buy it. No investors were harmed, other than perhaps WeWork's pre-IPO investors, which included Goldman, oops. Really you should read Solomon's comments as a defense of Goldman against potential criticism from companies. The bad thing that arguably happened here is that the banks went to WeWork and said "we think we can get you a $96 billion valuation from public markets," and so WeWork hired them to do that, the banks got to work, and they came back to WeWork and said "actually we were off by $88 billion sorry." WeWork should be disappointed at that performance: The banks, who are after all the experts here, promised WeWork a good IPO, and instead it got a bad IPO, or really no IPO. And other big tech or tech-adjacent unicorns who might want to hire banks for an IPO might also find this precedent alarming: Sure the banks are telling them now that they will raise a lot of money at a high valuation, but how can they trust that? I mean obviously they can't, of course the banks are pitching a high valuation because there are no real consequences to them for doing so, this is basic stuff. But Solomon's point is that they have an excuse: With no public information available about WeWork, the bankers doing the pitch had to rely on inputs and models that WeWork provided. There was an implicit caveat in the pitch, "we think that you can sell stock at a $96 billion valuation ( if the model you gave us checks out)." And then once you get hired as the company's bank, you get to see if the model checks out. You pitch, and they hire you, at the absolute peak of optimism; all you have is the optimistic story that the company has told you, and that you have even-more-optimistically repeated back to them. Everything after that has the potential to eat away at that optimism: They hire you, you start due diligence, and you find all sorts of legal and governance troubles; you find math errors or goofy assumptions in the financial models; you talk to investors and they say "oh we're not buying companies like that anymore." And then you go back to the company and you say "actually it is not $96 billion, it's $8 billion," or whatever, and the company says "why didn't you tell us that a month ago," and you can—accurately!—say, "well, we hadn't done due diligence then, and during due diligence we found things out about you that aren't particularly attractive, and why didn't you tell us those things a month ago?" This will not really mollify the company, when you say it to them in the moment, but after it all blows over you can say it at Davos and it will be fine. The company wanted objective correct expert advice from its banks, but it also wanted to be flattered; if the flattery and the objective evaluation turn out to coincide then that's good, but if not there will be some hurt feelings. If you are a venture capitalist you are probably reading this and saying "this is why we should do direct listings," because that seems to be how venture capitalists read everything having to do with IPOs. I guess? One advantage of a direct listing is that no one has to tell you that you're worth $96 billion before you go out and find out that you're worth $8 billion, though this does not seem like all that much of an advantage, and anyway banks probably will want to tell you that you're worth a lot while they're pitching for the direct-listing business, and you'll probably want to be told that. Another advantage of a direct listing is that maybe you can do it without letting banks do a lot of due diligence and find out what's wrong with you—maybe you can cut out the gatekeeping and due diligence functions of the IPO banks—though (1) this is not especially recommended, (2) it is not how actual big U.S. direct listings have gone, and (3) it definitely does not strike me as a good thing. You might wonder a little, though, if WeWork could have pulled off a direct listing: Without the banks and IPO process to aggregate and focus investor criticism, maybe WeWork would have just plopped its stock on the exchange and someone might have bought it? Perhaps the gatekeeping function of the traditional IPO actually did close the gates in WeWork's face.
But I should also acknowledge that the public-company disclosure regime comes out of this story looking pretty good. I, and others, have sometimes been critical of that regime for big tech-adjacent initial public offerings, including WeWork's. Last month we talked about an investor presentation that WeWork prepared for potential private investors, and I mentioned how much better it was than WeWork's IPO prospectus. The private deck was shorter, clearer, more direct, less flowery, less full of silly philosophical musings and more focused on the company's actual operations. It reported numbers that did not comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, but those were the numbers that WeWork actually used to manage its business, the numbers investors actually cared about. And of course the numbers that investors really care about are forward-looking numbers, not how much the company made last year but how much it will make in three years. Potential private investors regularly get projections like that, but IPO prospectuses tend to stick to just the GAAP historical facts. (There are ways of conveying future expectations—through research analysts, etc.—but generally not, for legal-liability reasons, in the written prospectus available to all potential investors.) It is a strange sort of information gap: Public investors often don't get the information that private investors consider most important. During the Uber IPO process, my colleagues on Bloomberg Opinion's editorial board wrote:
Like many of the "unicorns" that have come to market in recent years — including Lyft, Snap and Pinterest — Uber is asking investors for an act of faith. Its traditionally required disclosures, such as three years of audited financial statements, mostly confirm billions of dollars in annual losses. Beyond that lies the great unknown. Uber's prospectus offers only the vaguest picture of how it intends to achieve earnings that could justify a valuation of $90 billion or more. It says little about nascent businesses such as scooters and driverless cars that are supposed to drive its growth. … Companies going public should be expected to share the metrics they actually use to manage their businesses — including projected targets and strategies for mitigating risks. This needn't be burdensome, because the companies typically provide such information to their private investors anyway.
And I basically agreed with them. There's something weird about buying a company like Uber or WeWork that is entirely a bet on the future, whose historical financials have almost nothing to say about its expected value, with so few details of how the company's management actually thinks about the future. But here's the counterargument![1] The counterargument is WeWork's long history of providing worthless projections to private investors who then put in money at valuations that turned out to be excessive. The counterargument is that sometimes the company's management has no idea how to think about the future, and you'll do a better by extrapolating from past results ("hmm they lose money every year, maybe they'll lose money next year") than they will by writing down their aspirations ("we've lost money every year but a miracle is imminent"). Holding companies to the facts, rather than letting them spin the story they want to believe, is es
Wells Fargo (6)
See: Actually pursuing diversity is, in Wells Fargo's own words, "critical to our company's long-term growth and success." If Wells Fargo was pretending to pursue diversity, then it was harming shareholders, by undermining its own long-term growth and success. Worse than that, though: Wells Fargo was also telling shareholders, right there in its 10-K, that it was "dedicated to recruitment and career development practices that support our employees and promote diversity in our workforce," and that it had "a commitment to increase diverse representation in leadership roles." If that wasn't true, then it was lying to the shareholders. It was lying to shareholders to induce them to buy stock. It was committing securities fraud.
Wells Fargo's 2021 proxy statement goes further, describing in detail "How We Seek to Improve Diverse Representation and Inclusion within the Company." And the 2020 proxy statement laid out "Our Diverse Candidate Sourcing and Interview Guidelines," including a requirement that, "for most U.S. roles with total direct compensation greater than $100,000," "at least 50% of interview candidates must be diverse with respect to at least one diversity dimension." Surely if those interviews were all (mostly? sometimes?) fake then that operated as a deception on the shareholders? If this stuff wasn't material to investors, why spend so much time describing it in investor reports?
Also: We talked about this on May 19, 2022, after a New York Times report that day on the fake interviews. The Times report led to questions from the Justice Department, and Wells Fargo "paused" its diversity hiring rules on June 7. The stock closed at $42.11 on May 18, the day before the Times report came out, and hit $45.47 on June 7. The next day it fell, and by June 14 it closed at $37.43. Did the reports of fake interviews, and worries about reputational and regulatory consequences, take a couple of bucks off the stock price? Sure, maybe. In June 2022, Wells Fargo had about 3.8 billion shares outstanding. A couple of bucks off the stock price is billions of dollars of harm.
Notice how clean and simple this is. The shareholders can easily quantify their damages, or at least, they can easily argue for some quantity of damages. That quantity is large: If the fake interviews took $2 off the stock price, then they cost shareholders $7.6 billion. So they can sue for $7.6 billion. The candidates who were fake-interviewed, and the employees who faced a less diverse environment, have a tougher time quantifying how they were harmed; the shareholders can just point to the line on the graph that went down. [2]
They still need to prove that Wells Fargo did (a lot of) fake interviews, but they don't have to prove that any one interview was fake. A candidate claiming that she was fake-interviewed would have to find some evidence that, in her case, a manager promised the job to someone else, but a shareholder doesn't have to have any particular connection to any particular fake interview: If Wells Fargo did 100 fake interviews, then the shareholder was harmed by them, even if the shareholder never knew anything about those interviews and didn't even know Wells Fargo had a diversity policy.
At a big bank — or other big financial firm, or other big company generally — most contracts are fulfilled by computer. Often the contracts are also negotiated by computer — if you open a credit card on a company's website, probably no human negotiated its terms with you — but often they aren't. Often the process is:
1. A human at the bank negotiates a contract (a mortgage, an exotic derivative, a corporate loan restructuring, whatever) with a human counterparty. 2. The human at the bank types the terms of the contract into the bank's computer systems, or hands the contract to some other, lower-paid human at the bank to type them in. 3. The bank's computer systems use the typed-in terms to make or collect the payments on the contract. 4. Probably someone keeps a copy of the actual contract somewhere to refer to in case of disputes or edge cases.
Over millions of contracts, the bank's humans will type the terms into the computer with a level of accuracy that is probably greater than 99% but lower than 100%. Which is actually a fair amount of error. Sometimes the errors will be extremely prominent — there's that time Citigroup accidentally wired out $900 million to angry hedge funds because the humans pressed the wrong buttons to carry out a loan amendment — but a lot of the time, if a bank and a customer negotiate a fee rate of 0.175% and the bank accidentally types in 0.176%, nobody at the bank or the customer will ever notice. The 0.175% in the negotiated contract is legally binding, but the 0.176% in the computer system is practically binding, in the sense that it is what the bank actually collects.
Also if the bank "accidentally" types in the wrong number. Wells Fargo & Co. once got in trouble because some humans in its foreign exchange department would swap digits on its trades:
If the actual correct price to purchase a Euro was 1.0123 dollars, an FX sales specialist would use the big figure trick to switch the price to 1.0213 dollars, thus taking more spread (in this example, an additional 89 basis points) from the customer.>
If the customer actually caught the error, the FX sales specialist would falsely claim that it was simply a mistake.
But often the customer wouldn't catch the error, is the point.
You can see why the crypto notion of "smart contracts" is so appealing. Instead of negotiating a contract with humans and then separately typing its terms into a computer program, the humans can just negotiate the computer program directly (or have their computer programs negotiate the program on their behalf) and avoid misunderstandings and ambiguity. Obviously this does not entirely work — you can still make a mistake in typing the program; with smart contracts you just make the mistake first — but the idea is attractive.
If you have U.S. dollars in a bank account at JPMorgan Chase & Co., and I have U.S. dollars in a bank account at JPMorgan Chase & Co., and I want to send you 100 of my dollars, what we do is I tell JPMorgan to subtract 100 from the number of dollars in my bank account and add 100 to the number of dollars in your bank account. This gets dressed up in a lot of procedures, because it would be bad if JPMorgan got the math wrong or if it moved money from one account to another without getting the proper authorizations, but as a matter of, like, computer science, it is dead easy. JPMorgan keeps a list of people and how many dollars they have, and you and I both trust JPMorgan to keep that list (that's what it means that we bank there!), and so we just tell JPMorgan to update the list to reflect the transaction between us. And lots of computer engineers tweeted and emailed to be like "no, actually, it is a hard problem of computer science to have a big database of who has what, and to update it instantly and reliably to reflect transactions from many different sources." And I was like, sure, fine, I guess. I still feel like I was entitled to be right: A bank is, at its heart, a computer for keeping track of who has money, and for updating its ledger as people send and receive money. And at a high level you and I could describe how we'd expect that computer to work — "if I deposit $100 in an ATM, the bank will increase the number in my account by $100," that sort of thing — and we will be disappointed if it doesn't work that way, if the bank loses track of who has the money or how much they have, or if it doesn't update its ledger promptly or process transactions in the right order. If the bank messes up and says "look I am sorry but keeping track of money is a hard job and you can't expect us to do it with 100% accuracy," we will say things like "yes we can" and "that is literally exactly what we expect of you" and "if keeping track of the money is too hard for you then maybe you should not be a bank" and "now you have to pay an enormous fine." And yet, sure, empirically, banks do sometimes mess it up. It's not as easy as it sounds.
Wells Fargo & Co. is a big bank. As a bank, it likes making money. As a general rule, banks make more money as (1) they get more customers and (2) those customers open more accounts: A customer with a mortgage and a credit card and online checking is generally worth more than a customer with only a checking account. So Wells Fargo incentivized its retail-level bankers to sell more products and open more accounts. If you sold a lot of products each day, you were rewarded; if you did not, you were fired.
Due to difficulty of attribution and measurement and motivation, Wells Fargo did not mainly reward those employees for, like, the actual lifetime monetary value to Wells Fargo of the accounts that they opened. It just rewarded them for volume of accounts opened. Adding online banking to a checking account was a "product" that counted toward your quota of X products per day, same as adding a mortgage; a checking account with $1 in it that closed in a week counted as much as a credit card that carried a $20,000 balance for years. Really just a rough cut at measurement.
Knowing that, you can figure out what happened next. Wells Fargo bankers, struggling to meet quotas, opened a lot of low-value accounts. People who signed up for checking accounts got signed up for online access whether or not they wanted it; they got pushed to open credit cards too. And bankers often went a step further and signed customers up for accounts without their permission. Occasionally this helped Wells Fargo and harmed the customers: They had to pay fees on accounts that they didn't want or know about, and Wells Fargo collected the fees. Sometimes this harmed the customers without helping Wells Fargo: Their credit got worse due to new debt accounts, but the accounts were never used and Wells Fargo never made any money. Often nothing happened to anyone — the customers had $0-balance accounts that were quickly closed with no money changing hands, or free "products" like online banking access that they never knew about or used — but the bankers got to meet their quotas.
The point is just that Wells Fargo had a crude measure ("products sold") that was meant to approximate an important thing (something like "value extracted out of each customer"), and its overstressed retail bankers cynically optimized the crude measure rather than the important thing. And then Wells Fargo got in huge trouble and was fined a lot of money and it was, like, the major US banking scandal of the mid-to-late-2010s?
Yeah! Well! That's what you said last time! Wells Fargo really didn't want bankers to open fake accounts; they wanted bankers to open real accounts, because real accounts are what make money! But it had a crude measurement system, overworked bankers and not enough oversight, and so it got millions of fake accounts.
Similarly I can believe that Wells Fargo's senior executives would really like their teams to try to hire more women and people of color. And they implemented a crude but sensible metric to measure those efforts: Each team should interview at least one "diverse" candidate for each open slot. (Apparently Wells Fargo's official policy applied only to more senior roles, but there seems to have been some ambiguity about that in practice.) And then people optimized for the crude metric, "interview one diverse candidate per job," rather than for the actual goal, "try to hire more diverse candidates." And so Wells Fargo got fake interviews the same way it got fake accounts.
I say "come on!" but, you know, this stuff is hard. Wells Fargo is a big bank. To some extent you have to manage a big organization with simple, crude, legible metrics. In a big enough organization, somebody will game those metrics. Ideally you create a culture that minimizes that gamesmanship, one where employees understand and buy into the organization's real goals rather than just trying to maximize the dumb metrics. Wells Fargo seems to be having some trouble creating that culture.
There is at this point a standard way for a bank to rip off its foreign-exchange customers. It goes like this. A customer — a corporate client, small business, small bank, whatever — wants to use a bank for regular foreign-exchange transactions; its customers pay in euros and it wants dollars, or it has dollars and its suppliers want to be paid in euros. The bank says, sure, we will change dollars into euros for you whenever you like, and charge you 25 pips. If you want euros and we can buy them for $1.1600, we'll sell them to you for $1.1625. The customer and the bank agree to this pricing.
Then the customer comes to the bank and says "I'd like 10 million euros please." The bank says, sure, we'll have them by the end of the day. At the end of the day the bank looks at the trading range of the euro. Say the euro traded as low as $1.1685 and as high as $1.1732 that day. The bank will just pick the highest price , and charge the customer that, plus the (agreed) markup. So the customer will pay $1.1732 (the high price) plus $0.0025 (the markup), or $1.1757 total, or $11,757,000 for its 10 million euros. The customer thinks the bank made $25,000 (the 25-pip markup on 10 million euros). Of course the bank didn't actually pay the highest price. If it bought the euros at, say, $1.1711, then it made $46,000 on the trade.[1] It has almost doubled its fee without telling the customer.
This is bad! At least, it is bad if the bank has said things to the client like "we will try to get you the best price" rather than "we will try to get you the worst price, to maximize our markup." That is common, and so banks have gotten in trouble for it. (We talked about Bank of New York Mellon getting in trouble for it in 2015.) It's a thing, it happens, it's bad, it's a standard way to get in trouble.
Once you are doing it, though … I mean, there are two ways to think about this trade. One is "well, we could have bought euros at the highest price, so we're not being particularly dishonest by charging them the highest price." This does not seem especially compelling. The other is "well, the customer isn't paying attention , so we might as well charge them the highest price. We are experts in the FX market, and they aren't, so let's use our expertise to gouge them."
If that's how you think about the trade, it seems silly to limit yourself to the highest trading price of the day. If the client is paying a little bit of attention, you might fool her by charging the highest price of the day. But if she's not paying attention at all, why not charge her more? Why not just make up a number and see what happens?
Today federal prosecutors announced a $72.6 million settlement with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. for overcharging business FX customers. Wells Fargo definitely did the standard, highest-price-of-the-day thing:
Furthermore, rather than charging the agreed-upon fixed spread to the FX market rate at the time the outgoing wire was converted, FX sales specialists would select the best rate for the Bank and worst rate for the customer from the FX price fluctuations from the beginning of the trading day until the time of the transaction. This practice was referred to internally as "Range of Day" Pricing.
And here is how the complaint describes Wells Fargo's pricing when it converted incoming wire transfers for customers:
Because Wells Fargo generally did not provide immediate notice to customers when they received incoming wires, known as BSwifts, Wells Fargo's FX sales specialists took advantage of this time delay to charge higher spreads than the Bank had represented it would.
One method used by FX sales specialists to extract large sales margins on BSwift transactions was to price them based on the range of the day. This practice allowed FX sales specialists to generate even larger spreads on incoming wire transactions than on outgoing wires. With outgoing wires, FX sales specialists could select the best price for the Bank and the worst price for the customer only from the beginning of the trading day up until the time of the transaction. However, with BSwift wires, because the customers generally did not know when the funds arrived in their accounts or when they were converted, the FX sales specialist could wait until the end of the day and cherry-pick the best rate for the Bank and the worst rate for the customer from the entire trading day.
In a written instant message to a colleague, an FX sales specialist analogized this fraudulent scheme to getting candy from a pinata, referring to the Bank's pricing of BSwift wire transfers as the "BSWIFT pinata."
Fine sure right. But that is just a jumping-off point; once you're making up prices, why not, you know, really make up prices?
For some customers, FX sales specialists also used what they internally called the "big figure trick" or the "transposition error game" to increase the FX sales margin and their profits. To carry out this scheme, the FX specialist would intentionally transpose the digits in the price of the transactions in a way that would result in the customers paying Wells Fargo a higher spread or sales margin.
For example, hypothetically, if the actual correct price to purchase a Euro was 1.0123 dollars, an FX sales specialist would use the big figure trick to switch the price to 1.0213 dollars, thus taking more spread (in this example, an additional 89 basis points) from the customer.
If the customer actually caught the error, the FX sales specialist would falsely claim that it was simply a mistake.
One FX sales specialist explained in an internal communication with colleagues: "You can play the transposition error game if you get called out." Another FX sales specialist noted to a colleague regarding a previous transaction that a customer "didn't flinch at the big fig the other day. Want to take a bit more?"
Man. I love writing about the complex stratagems that the world's biggest and most sophisticated financial institutions use to give themselves an edge. My favorite remains "if someone sends you money by accident, keep it," but this one is pretty good too. "Switch the digits in a price to make it higher, and hope the customer doesn't notice," that's high finance right there.
The basic scandal at Wells Fargo & Co. is that it created a bunch of fake customer accounts. In the abstract, there is a range of things that this could mean. At one extreme, "fake accounts" could mean that Wells Fargo bankers took real customers with real accounts, opened more accounts for them without their permission, charged them fees for those accounts, and damaged their credit. At the other extreme, "fake accounts" could mean that Wells Fargo bankers wrote down a list of made-up names and handed the list to their bosses saying "all these names have accounts now." Both of those things could be fraud. The former—Wells Fargo opens an account for your grandmother and charges her fees—is a fraud on the person with the fake account; Wells Fargo makes money by charging her account without her permission. The latter—Wells Fargo opens an imaginary account for Aloysius Snuffleupagus—is not, but it is, at least arguably, a fraud on Wells Fargo's shareholders. If you report to shareholders that you opened a bunch of accounts, and if shareholders care about the number of accounts that you opened, then including fake accounts in your count deceives them about something they care about. It is securities fraud. If you never make money off the fake accounts then the deception is a little odd—you're not deceiving investors about your revenues , about the financial condition of your business—but if you tell investors that one of your key performance indicators is opening more customer accounts, and you lie to them about how many customer accounts you opened, then that is reasonably clear fraud. In actual fact Wells Fargo seems to have done some of each: It definitely opened accounts for people without their permission, damaging their credit and charging them fees, but a lot of the "fake accounts" were things like signing people up for online banking without their permission. This seems to have done no harm to the customers, but it was included in cross-selling metrics that Wells Fargo reported to shareholders, giving the shareholders an inflated sense of how good Wells Fargo was at selling products to customers.
Wirecard (2)
Two of the main forms of financial crime are:
1. You have a business that does not make any money, but you'd like people to think that it makes money, so that they will give you money. So you write financial statements that say you have a lot of income, but you don't; the money that you are earning is fake. 2. You have a business that makes a lot of money, but by doing crime. You would like to be able to spend the money in the legitimate financial system, use it to buy houses or sports teams or Treasury bills or whatever. So you write financial statements that say you have a lot of income from legitimate activity, but you don't; your income statements — and the legitimate activities they describe — are fake. But the money is real.
One risk for short sellers or journalists or other sorts of investigators looking into a financial fraud is mistaking Thing 2, money laundering, for Thing 1, regular financial fraud. Thing 1 is more tractable, to the average sort of financial person. Thing 1 is a crime of spreadsheets: The criminal act consists of writing a spreadsheet with fake numbers in it and getting your auditors to believe it. Thing 2 is a crime of, you know, crime; the people doing that crime have also done the underlying crime that they are concealing, or at least they work for people who did it. Often that underlying crime took place in physical reality rather than spreadsheets, and the people who do it are scarier than people who mainly manipulate spreadsheets. [1]
The risk, for an investigator, is that you find a company with fake accounts and say "aha this company has fake accounts, it didn't really make all this money, the money isn't there, I will expose this person who is typing lies in a spreadsheet!" And then you find out that in fact the money is there, but it belongs to Russian mercenaries who did not want to be exposed, whoops!
A thing that I think about a lot is that when Warren Buffett invests Berkshire Hathaway Inc.'s money in a company, that company's stock goes up. I don't mean that it goes up in the long run because he is good at picking stocks (though that too); I mean that it goes up immediately because people admire Warren Buffett and think he is good at picking stocks. When he announces a stake in a company, other people buy the stock too, and it goes up. This is sometimes loosely called the "halo effect."This is good for Buffett, since he has an immediate gain on his stock, but not that good. It is mostly good for other people—if Buffett buys 10% of a company and pushes the stock up, 90% of the benefit goes to other shareholders—and anyway Buffett isn't going to turn around and sell his shares the next day, so he can't capture the immediate benefit.
As a financial engineer, one is tempted to tinker. What if there was a way to distill this particular fact—the fact that a Warren Buffett investment makes the stock go up—and monetize it, directly, for Berkshire Hathaway? I once wrote that "there is a halo value to a Berkshire investment that is entirely distinct from the money it invests," and that "if you could somehow separate the Berkshire halo from Berkshire's actual balance sheet then you'd have something really valuable."
It's not Berkshire Hathaway, but SoftBank Group Corp. has its own sort of halo effect, or had for a while. Like Buffett, SoftBank's Masayoshi Son has a charismatic-folksy-genius vibe and a history of investing success; like Berkshire, SoftBank has a huge pot of money to support its favored businesses. When SoftBank puts money into a company, that means—or tends to mean, or is interpreted to mean, or used to be interpreted to mean—the company will have huge growth opportunities: SoftBank is good at picking winners, it will introduce the company to its many other portfolio companies, it will support the company's blitzscaling with piles of money at ever-increasing valuations, there is a virtuous cycle that other investors might want to come along for.
What if SoftBank could monetize that effect? What if it could package the immediate increase in value that a company gets from a SoftBank investment, separate it out from any actual SoftBank investment, and sell it?
Well, then you'd get pretty much exactly SoftBank's investment in Wirecard AG. My Bloomberg Opinion colleague Shuli Ren explains:
The tech conglomerate never put money into Wirecard itself.Instead, SoftBank facilitated a 900 million euro ($1 billion) convertible bond deal for the German digital payments company. Without requiring any SoftBank cash, the deal appeared to give the company's stamp of approval to Wirecard, which had faced scrutiny over its accounting for years before admitting that 1.9 billion euros had gone missing from its accounts. Wirecard's shares soared more than 25% between the announcement of the tie-up and its signing. …But shortly after Sept. 18, 2019 — when the companies' strategic tie-up was signed, and Wirecard's stock was trading at 158 euros per share — Credit Suisse Group AG repackaged and resold those instruments, which were issued just hours before, to a broader group of investors at substantially less attractive terms.
SoftBank announced that it was buying a Wirecard convertible bond, sort of. (The investor was actually a fund run by SoftBank Investment Advisers, and the money came from SoftBank employees and Mubadala Investment Co.) There was also a strategic partnership where SoftBank would introduce Wirecard to its other portfolio companies and otherwise support Wirecard. "The market viewed the news as a vote of confidence in Wirecard, whose stock jumped 8.5% that day," and was up 25% between the announcement and the closing. In the interim, Credit Suisse built a Wirecard exchangeable bond that mirrored the SoftBank convertible; when the deal closed, the SoftBank investors sold the exchangeable. They bought the convertible at the pre-investment price, they sold the exchangeable at the post-investment price, and they effectively clipped the 25% upside for themselves without putting up any cash.
It's a perfect halo monetization trade. I guess the bad part is that SoftBank didn't make any money off of it, but even that feels somehow appropriate. The SoftBank halo effect comes in large part from the actions of its executives—in picking the right companies and supporting their growth—so I guess it makes sense for the executives, rather than SoftBank as a company, to profit from this trade.
Oh the other problem with halo monetization trades is that they encourage a certain, uh, loss of focus. If you can get paid immediately, without putting up any capital, just for providing your seal of approval, you will be tempted to provide lots of seals of approval without doing a lot of due diligence. Who cares, whatever, free money. The bad news is that if you do enough of that you will tarnish the halo. The Wall Street Journal reports:
SoftBank Group Corp. is looking to distance itself from Wirecard AG, after the Japanese tech conglomerate helped arrange a $1 billion investment months before the German payments company went bust.One of the world's largest technology investors, SoftBank is seeking to terminate a five-year partnership its investment arm formed with Wirecard in April 2019, according to people familiar with the matter.
Ren notes:
Now that Wirecard has filed for insolvency, one can't help wondering why SoftBank got involved in the first place. After a series of high-profile due diligence errors, SoftBank can ill afford any brush with a company battling corporate governance issues.
Presumably they got involved in the first place because, you know, free money, who cares about the diligence. SoftBank didn't lose any money on its Wirecard trade because it didn't put up any money; all it did was put up its reputation, which was enough for it (well, for its executives) to make a nice quick profit. SoftBank invested nothing but its reputation, but it did invest its reputation, in Wirecard. Oops! If you harvest your reputation too ruthlessly, you end up losing it.
Yellow Corp. (1)
You could tell a simple corporate finance story in which bankruptcy, or rumors of bankruptcy, should be good news for a declining company. The story would go something like this:
1. Some companies are in decline; they have no good long-term prospects and will eventually stop being viable and go bankrupt. 2. Executives like running their company — they get paid, they like their colleagues, running a company is prestigious — and are eternal optimists, so they will try to avoid bankruptcy as long as possible. 3. Avoiding bankruptcy as long as possible means spending cash on operations, losing money, gambling on redemption and not filing for bankruptcy until there there is negative equity value. 4. Executives who are good stewards of investor capital will try to liquidate their company early, when the writing is on the wall rather than when all the value is gone. But that goes against the executives' self-interest and self-confidence, and so is rare.
And so if you see some declining company muddling along, you might assume "well sure there's value left here but they're gonna waste it all, shareholders are never going to see a penny of it," and you might value the stock at roughly zero. And then if the company said "okay never mind we're going bankrupt and liquidating" you might change your mind and buy the stock. That is not quite Yellow's story — there were labor troubles, etc. — but it could be the right model. It is rare for companies to liquidate while there is still value left for shareholders, but it is not impossible, and I suppose if you find one who is doing it you should bet on it.
Zillow (4)
That was the first sentence of the Wall Street Journal's postmortem about how Zillow ended up losing a bunch of money buying and flipping houses and had to shut down that business. The problem was that "the company's algorithm, which was supposed to predict housing prices, didn't seem to understand the market," and was generating prices that were too low.
This had two effects. First, most people declined its offers, which were too low: "Only 10% of people who asked for a Zillow offer and eventually sold their home ended up selling it to Zillow," and "Zillow was also behind on its target for home purchases" in the first quarter.
Second, when people did accept Zillow's offers — because they were in a hurry, or didn't have a good sense of the market — Zillow made a ton of money:
The first quarter delivered home-sale profits that were more than twice as high as anticipated, the company said. Zillow expected to make money primarily from transaction fees and from services such as title insurance—not from making a killing on the flip.
Zillow executives looked at this state of affairs and said, well, this state of affairs is bad, we need to grow our market share and make our algorithms more accurate. We are looking to be a first-choice market maker in home-selling, and we can't do that if our prices are too low. So they tweaked the algorithms to generate higher prices. Those prices also turned out not to be particularly accurate, but in the other direction. If you systematically bid too low, you will not do many trades, but you will make a lot of money on each trade. If you systematically bid too high, you will lose money on each trade, and also you will do a whole ton of trades. This is much worse.[1]
You could imagine being in that meeting and saying, hang on a minute, are we sure about this? Sure, it's bad that our algorithms are inaccurate, and it would be better if they were more accurate. But that seems hard. We have smart people working to make them accurate, and so far they have failed. If we tweak the algorithms to generate higher prices, that may just make them inaccurate in the much worse direction.[2] On the other hand right now we have a business that buys houses at below-market prices, flips them, and makes a big profit on each one. A lot of people would like to have a business like that! Sure it would be better if we could do more trades like that, but you're realistically not going to find tens of thousands of people who will sell you their homes for below market value. But we have found thousands! That's pretty good!
I don't know, it's a weird story about technology and scale, about how many businesses — in particular, many public companies — aim to maximize not profit but size. In concept, a business model like "send everyone in America a bid on their house that is too low, and then buy the houses from the minority of suckers who take your bid" seems … obviously … lucrative?[3] Like, I would be happy to do that business? I don't have the capital for it, but I'm sure there are hedge funds who would do this business if they could.
But the only way to actually do it — to generate millions of plausible-but-too-low bids, and to get them in front of potential sellers — is to have the scale and reach and technology of a big online home-information company like Zillow. And once you're at that scale, doing a few thousand dumb lucrative transactions almost isn't worth it for you; the only way to justify it is to scale it up until it's larger, smarter and less lucrative. (Or, in Zillow's case, larger, equally dumb and disastrous.)
Also you probably got to that scale by being a popular trusted source for home information, which is valuable for your main business of selling ads on the internet; sending people lowball bids to try to sucker them into selling to you might not be great for that business. As Ben Thompson wrote: "Because the company felt compelled to push Offers, it was actually leaving most potential sellers with a bad taste in their mouth; this is a big problem given that an Aggregator's advantage is the fact the end users like it and go there first."
And so Zillow could not do this business model, because the business was too small for Zillow. And I could not do this business model, because I am too small for the business. But for a little while, it was kind of a good business!
The central problem is that those first two sentences sort of contradict each other. A market maker is someone who buys and sells an asset in order to profit from the spread, not someone who accurately forecasts the price of an asset six months from now. End users want to buy or sell stocks or bonds or houses, they want to do it quickly at a predictable price, so they go to a market maker who will provide that service. The market maker buys from sellers and sells from buyers and does its best to match them up; ideally it buys an asset from a seller and resells it to a buyer within a fairly short time. It collects a "spread" from the buyer and seller: It buys from the buyer at a bit less than the fair market price, and sells to the seller at a bit more than the fair market price, because it is providing them a valuable service, the service of "immediacy" or "liquidity," the service of always being available to buy or sell.
In pure theory the market maker makes all of its money from the spread; it is so perfectly hedged, or turns over its inventory so frequently, that it doesn't care if the prices of stocks or bonds or houses go up or down. In practice this is impossible and all market makers have some amount of inventory risk; at any moment they are long or short some amount of assets, and if prices move they will make or lose money. Still, to the extent you are a pure market maker, you try to minimize that. In the stock market, high-frequency electronic market makers really do turn over their inventory so often that they can reliably collect spreads without worrying too much about price movements. Famously Virtu Financial Inc., one of those market makers, can go years without a down day: It makes money (from spreads) every single day, whether the stock market goes up or down. It is trading stocks all day, but in some important sense it is not betting on stock prices.
But in the house business you can't generally buy a house in the morning and sell it in the afternoon. You sign a contract to buy a house in the morning, then you do an inspection and title search and stuff, then a few weeks later you close on the house and deliver the money, then you spruce up the house a bit, then you wait for a buyer to come in — which takes, not seconds as it does in the stock market, but days or weeks or months — then you show the house to the buyer, then you sign a contract to sell it, then they do an inspection and title search and stuff, then you wait around for them to get a mortgage, then a few months later you close on the sale.
And meanwhile the price of houses has gone up or down, and the effect of that dwarfs the effect of your spread. This past quarter Zillow wrote down its inventory of houses by $304 million, to $3.8 billion, a loss of something like 750 basis points, way worse than the 200 basis point spread it was targeting. But the quarter before that — April through June of 2021 — it had a gain of 576 basis points. "Clearly some portion of the holding costs and a smaller portion of the renovation costs likely benefited from the strong housing market," Barton said at the time: House prices went up, so Zillow, which owned a bunch of houses, made more money than it planned to. As Barton said on yesterday's call, both results are a problem: "We've been unable to accurately forecast future home prices at different times in both direction"
We talked last week about how it's relatively easy to program a computer to trade stocks as a market maker. You try to buy at the bid, sell at the offer, move your prices as the market moves and your inventory changes; there are some rules of thumb that more or less work. One thing that is nice about this process is that you get a lot of feedback quickly and relatively cheaply. You buy 100 shares for $5,000 and sell them four seconds later for $5,000.75, you feel good; you buy 100 shares for $5,000 and sell them four seconds later for $4,993, you feel bad. If you lose $100 in the course of 10 minutes you turn off your computer and think about what went wrong, then tweak your program and try again.
If you program a computer to trade houses as a market maker, that's harder. It's harder for reasons we talked about last week: Houses are idiosyncratic and illiquid, so it's harder to be sure what the right price is. But it's also harder because feedback is slower and higher-stakes. If you buy 100 houses you're out tens of millions of dollars, and if you get the price wrong you won't find out for the months it takes you to resell them. Meanwhile you keep buying houses using the wrong pricing algorithm.
This difficulty is illustrated by Zillow's experience with its home-flipping operation. Faced with rapidly rising real estate prices, Zillow adjusted its algorithms to make higher offers. This led to them winning so many bids that they had to temporarily stop making new offers. After buying a record number of homes, Zillow found itself with a backlog of properties to fix up and sell. Due to slowing price appreciation, the company anticipated selling many of these homes at a loss. For example, in markets like Atlanta and Phoenix, Zillow's active listings were priced, on average, 6% less than what the company originally paid for them, amounting to a significant discount on typical properties. This situation highlights the challenge of market making in illiquid assets like houses, where slow feedback loops can lead to substantial losses if pricing algorithms are not perfectly calibrated to market shifts.
On the other hand, the way that buying and selling houses traditionally works, in the U.S., is that there is not a market maker. There is no liquidity provider. If you want to sell your house, you put up a sign saying "house for sale," and if you want to buy a house you drive around looking for those signs, and if a buyer meets a seller they negotiate a bilateral deal between themselves. I mean, there's more to it than that — the buyer and seller can and usually do hire agents to help them look for each other; the "for sale" signs are mostly online and searchable these days — but it is an essentially bilateral market; generally when a house is sold, the person who lived in it for a while sells it to another person who plans to live in it. You don't normally sell your house to a market maker who sells it to someone else five minutes later.
But you could. You could imagine a company that stood ready to provide liquidity in the housing market. If you wanted to sell your house, it would bid you a price for your house. If you wanted to buy a house, it would have a bunch of houses available and offer them to you at a price. It would aim to profit from the spread between its buying and selling prices, which means of course that if you sold a house to this market maker it would pay you less than a "real" buyer would pay. (And then it would turn around and sell the house to that "real" buyer at the price she would pay.) You lose the spread, but you gain liquidity and immediacy: If you want to sell a house, the market maker will buy it from you in cash that day, which you may find more appealing than putting out a sign and hoping a real buyer shows up.
For this to work, the market maker would need to do a lot of trades; it would need to buy and sell a lot of houses. It would get a lot of information from all this trading, and develop a good sense of what houses are worth. Eventually everyone might adapt their behavior to the existence of the market maker: Instead of driving around looking for for-sale signs, buyers would just go to the market maker to buy a house, so sellers would not attract buyers with their for-sale signs and would have no one to sell to but the market maker. It might become a bit of a monopolist, at least until competing well-capitalized well-informed market makers could get into the market. It might take on, as market makers do, an almost official role. If it quoted you a price on your house, you might think of that not as "here is what one potential buyer is bidding for my house" but rather "this is what the market maker says my house is worth"; if the price it quotes is lower than you hoped for, you will think not "well I'd better sell to a higher bidder" but "this market maker is being predatory and unfair; it is pricing my house too low."
iRobot (1)
We talked a couple of weeks ago about the mechanics of a public-company merger. Specifically, I pointed out that public-company acquisitions don't generally have price adjustments for changes in the target's financial situation between signing and closing. If you sign an agreement in April to buy a public company for $54.20 per share, expecting it to have $1 billion in cash at closing, and then when the deal closes in October it only has $900 million in cash, you don't get to knock a dollar or two off the purchase price. The company is less valuable at closing than you thought it would be, but there's not a lot you can do about it. This is partly because, when you sign an agreement to buy a public company, the company needs to have a shareholder vote to approve the deal, and the shareholders need to know what they are voting on. If the price can change at the last minute, it's hard to do the vote.
That said, there are limits: If the company's cash goes from $1 billion to $0, perhaps there has been a "material adverse effect" that gives you the right to get out of the deal. Or if the company decides to pay its chief executive officer a $1 billion special bonus for being such a great CEO, that might not be "in the ordinary course of business," which would also give you a right to get out of the deal. The merger agreement will say things like "the company can't pay bonuses outside of the ordinary course of business without the buyer's permission," and so if the company wants to pay a big bonus it will have to ask you first, and you can say no and preserve the cash for yourself.
Similarly, if you expect the company to have some money at closing, but it runs through its money too fast and has to borrow more money to stay afloat, that will reduce the value of the company to you, and you probably do get to do something about it. The merger agreement will say something like "the Company will not … create, incur, assume, guarantee, endorse, suffer to exist or otherwise be liable with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money." Between signing of the merger agreement and closing, the target company can't go around borrowing money without your permission. That would change the deal.
And the way that works in practice is that, if the company does need to borrow money, it will come to you for permission, and you will say something like "well I see that you need the money, but this makes your company worth less than I thought it would be, so I want a price reduction." And then you will just negotiate a price reduction in exchange for your permission:
IRobot Corp. tumbled after Amazon.com Inc. lowered the price it's paying for the Roomba maker to $51.75 per share from $61 per share.>
IRobot has entered into a $200 million financing facility to fund its ongoing operations, the companies said in a statement. That prompted Amazon to change the price to offset the planned increase in iRobot's net debt.>
IRobot shares fell about 8.9% to $42.73 as markets opened in New York, while Amazon was largely unchanged.
Note that that price is well below $51.75, because "since Amazon announced the transaction last August, the Federal Trade Commission and European regulators have been probing the deal." Here are iRobot's filing announcing the amendment, and the press release saying that "the change in price per share is expected to be largely offset by the planned increase in iRobot's net debt under the new financing facility." Largely offset: The company has about 27 million shares outstanding, so the $9.25 per share price reduction is worth about $250 million, which is more than $200 million. But if the company you are buying comes to you and says "hey uh bad news we're out of cash and need to borrow more, that's okay right," you are going to exact a price for saying yes.
People (186)
Adam Neumann (19)
One way to think about the artificial intelligence business is:
1. Everybody, by now, has an intuitive understanding of how new software products are created in the US. New ideas in software come from visionary entrepreneurs who can work pretty cheap. You need a couple of engineers, some desks at a WeWork, some laptops, some energy drinks, a modest cloud-computing budget. You build the thing, you try to find product-market fit, and if it works you scale rapidly. The marginal cost of distributing one more copy of your app, or serving one more instance of your social media website, is basically zero. If your thing takes off, it can take off quickly, and it's all profit. 2. Everything in US tech finance is oriented around that understanding. Talented tech workers want to be founders, because founding your own company is the way to fame and riches in tech. Venture capital firms invest in risky early-stage software companies, because (1) those companies don't need that much capital to figure out if their idea works, and (2) if the idea does work it will return many times the investment. 3. Generative AI … maybe does not work like that? It is extremely capital-intensive, by which I mean that you need a very large cloud computing budget to build and train an AI model that will do anything at all. And then scaling it is also quite expensive; you need a ton more computing power to serve each new customer. Building an AI model is more like building a car than it is like building Facebook.
If I asked you in the abstract "I have a potentially lucrative and important business idea, but it requires like $10 billion of startup capital and does not scale cheaply like software, how should I finance it," your first answer might not be "venture capital." You might say something like "well this sounds like a big industrial project, what you should do is go get a job at a big industrial company with a ton of money, and start a division there that will do this project." And if I said "well it's a tech idea," you'd say "ah, even better, get a job at Google or Amazon or Alphabet, they have absolutely tons of money, more than they know what to do with, they can totally fund your $10 billion project, no problem. Is it a virtual reality headset by any chance?"
But the problem with AI is that it is , mostly, made in the Bay Area by tech-industry types, so it does default to the startup mode, so you do have startups running around building AI. But to fund their billions of dollars of cloud computing costs, they
1. take billions of dollars of investment from cloud computing companies (Microsoft, Amazon, Alphabet), 2. take a lot of that investment in the form of cloud computing capacity rather than money, and 3. probably have some sort of understanding with those companies that there will be some commercial relationship between them, so that for instance Microsoft has rights to include OpenAI models in its software.
It is a Silicon Valley-style compromise between "all new software must be built by startups" and "actually giant companies with tons of money and smart employees and complementary capabilities probably do have some advantage in building this particular expensive thing."
Here are the SEC's announcement and complaint, which are mostly about other, less funny frauds that Larmore also allegedly did. But the WeWork stuff includes the traditional purchase of short-dated out-of-the-money call options:
On or about November 1 and November 2, 2023, Larmore purchased a total of 72,846 call option contracts on the common stock of the publicly-traded company WeWork, the common stock of which is sold under the ticker symbol "WE" on the NASDAQ National Market, for $0.03 to $0.15 per contract. …
The expiration date for the vast majority of the WeWork call options was November 3, 2023, at 4:00 p.m. EDT. A smaller portion had an expiration date of November 10, 2023, at 4:00 p.m. EDT. …
The strike prices for the WeWork call options Larmore purchased ranged from $2 to $5. Having purchased the out-of-the money call options for pennies per contract, Larmore stood to make substantial gains if the stock price rose above the strike price of some or all of the options.
Followed by, uh, emailing the SEC to manipulate the stock?
On the morning of November 3, 2023, Larmore sent an email to an SEC mailbox from an email address at the Cole Capital website. The email attached a document that Larmore was seeking to file publicly with the SEC, identified as a "Schedule TO." A Schedule TO is a filing required to be made with the SEC by a person who intends to make a "tender offer" for securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Also the press release:
On November 3, at 5:12 p.m. EDT, a Cole Capital press release was disseminated through a wire service and picked up by several media sites. Larmore arranged to send out the release through the wire service, and he paid for its publication. Larmore had submitted the release to the service well before the close of trading hours that day, but the service had rejected it at least once for formatting issues or other irregularities.
And, womp womp:
Although at the close of market trading (4:00 p.m. EDT) on November 3, 2023, WeWork's stock price closed at $0.83 per share, immediately after the press release was published, the share price of WeWork jumped in afterhours trading to $1.45 per share, and reached a high that evening of $2.14 per share, at 6:31 p.m. EDT. Most websites that had posted the press release removed it by the next morning. The stock price closed at $1.18 at the end of afterhours trading.
Larmore did not exercise his November 3 call options because they had expired before the press release was published, and he did not exercise his November 10 call options because the stock price did not exceed the strike price. Indeed, on Monday, November 6, 2023, WeWork filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.
A teleportation company might have a 1% chance of achieving a $1 trillion valuation and a 99% chance of achieving a $0 valuation, but very few companies are like that. Most companies are more like WeWork, with a lot of potential outcomes in between $0 and $1 trillion. Even most ambitious risky startups might have a 1% chance of changing the world and, you know, a 30% chance of making enough money to pay their bills with a bit left over for their investors. WeWork hasn't quite gotten there yet, but maybe it will.
On the other hand, WeWork at its peak raised money at a $47 billion valuation, and before its first failed initial public offering in 2019 bankers were throwing around valuations like $96 billion, and it was absolutely not making enough money to pay its bills at that point. (It was losing hundreds of millions of dollars a year.) When WeWork was a darling of venture capital and SoftBank Group Corp., it was because it was a potentially transformative company, the world's first physical social network, blah blah blah, a 5% chance at a trillion dollars, not because it was a viable business. And then it went to the public markets and was like "5% chance at a trillion dollars??" and the public markets were like "lol absolutely not" and there was an extremely painful transition, which is now four years old and still ongoing, between the WeWork of the past, a fast-growing speculative venture darling, and the still-possible WeWork of the future, a business that rents out office space and subleases it, one day, one hopes, at a profit. And absolutely gajillions of dollars of valuation have disappeared in that transition, because the ambitions of future WeWork are just much lower than the ambitions of past WeWork.
WeWork is probably the funniest, but there are lots of companies like this, companies that were funded by venture capital firms in the boom based on ambitious growth targets and plans to change the world, and that failed to achieve those ambitions, but that are, you know, fine, viable, possibly even profitable one day.
In some ways that is the worst way to fail? For a startup founded by a visionary entrepreneur and funded by venture capitalists? Like:
1. The good outcome is you change the world, your company is worth $1 trillion, and the founders and VCs are all rich and geniuses. 2. The disappointing but acceptable outcome is you don't, you shut down, the VCs write off their investment and the founder goes back to Big Tech or starts another company, possibly with the same VCs. Everyone plans for a high likelihood of this happening, and no one is shocked if it does. 3. The awkward, what-do-we-do-now outcome is that you don't change the world, the company chugs along, it makes enough money to pay salaries and maybe open an office in Dallas and perhaps write a quarterly dividend check to its VCs. But the VCs are like "I do not want a quarterly dividend check, a quarterly dividend check isn't cool, you know what is cool, a trillion dollars." And the founder is like "man I am paying myself $400,000 a year and working on the problem that excited me five years ago but I am not a billionaire and why am I in Dallas."
Brilliant success is great, brilliant failure is fine, but ending up running a regular company seems like a letdown. "Well I didn't invent teleportation, but I've got a van and can move your furniture across town for $50 an hour."
Anyway here's a fun Financial Times story about the scrap dealers of the startup world:
Investors are shaking up the venture capital market by raising money to buy out start-ups that have been shunned by venture capitalists, taking advantage of economic headwinds to acquire promising companies at a discount.>
In the years running up to 2022, VCs took minority stakes in new businesses with growth potential even if they lacked a quick path to profitability. Steep rises in interest rates over the past year have changed that, hammering private valuations, forcing VCs to pull back and leaving a swath of start-ups at risk of collapse.>
New investment groups are raising tens of millions of dollars in funding with the intention of acquiring majority ownership and operational control of start-ups in order to turn the businesses around.
It quotes Kjerstin Erickson of Arising Ventures:
Opportunities came up when "the company has raised more money than they are worth in the market", she said. "We'll do the deal if we think there's a real business underneath.">
This year the group — which is structured as a holding company rather than fund — took out a billboard in the heart of San Francisco with the slogan: "We invest in second chances."
I love how shameful it is. "Did you accidentally build a real business? Call us, we can help." Some investors like real businesses! Just, not VCs. There is an arbitrage. Here's Oren Peleg of Resurge Growth Partners:
"There's a real opportunity here to play a very important role, which is to help companies transition from venture ownership to private equity ownership," Peleg said. "No one is willing to send the hard message of saying this needs a reset, and that will be the role that we play."
See, venture ownership is for companies with fast growth and no cash flows, and private equity ownership is for companies with steady or declining cash flows. The transition is painful — ask WeWork — but, sometimes, necessary.
Here are three ways to become a billionaire. One is you create some good or service, you sell it for more than it costs you to produce it, and you keep doing that until you have a billion dollars. Call this a cash billionaire.
Another is you create some good or service, you sell it for more than it costs you to produce it, and you keep doing that until you are making, like, $100 million a year. Then you do a discounted cash flow analysis and say "well, it's $100 million a year, figure it grows at 8% per year for the next 20 years, discount that back to today at a 15% discount rate and you get a present value of more than a billion dollars." You own a stream of future cash flows worth $1 billion, which makes you a billionaire. This is a fairly common way for a business owner to become a billionaire; it has also become possible for celebrities, and we have talked about it in relation to Ye (Kanye West) and Taylor Swift. Call this a discounted cash flow billionaire.
If you are that sort of billionaire, you can probably convert it into cash, or some of it anyway. You can take your company public and sell your stock; you can sell your music catalogue to a private equity firm. You don't have to: Bloomberg has anointed Taylor Swift a billionaire without her selling her catalogue (or having a billion dollars). But if you don't convert to cash, your billionaire status is at risk. Those recurring cash flows are not certain in all future states of the world. Ye's stream of nine-digit cash flows was abruptly cut off due to bad tweets, so he stopped being a billionaire. It's not that he had a billion dollars in the bank and someone took it away from him; it's that he had expected future cash flows worth a billion dollars, and then expectations changed. Sam Bankman-Fried was worth tens of billions of dollars due to the large and growing cash flows of the crypto exchange he owned, and then he wasn't.
This shades into the third way to become a billionaire. Call it a probabilistic billionaire. [1] You create some company that does a thing, or hopes to, and even before it makes any money you say, well, this company has a 1% chance of being worth $1 trillion, so its expected value, today, is $10 billion. [2] Anyone can say that — you can say "I have a 1% chance of discovering teleportation, which is probably a $1 trillion business, so I'm worth $10 billion today" — but that won't get you on anyone's list of billionaires.
On the other hand if you convince someone else that you have a 1% chance at doing a trillion-dollar thing, and that person has a lot of money, and she gives you $1 billion for a 10% stake in your company, then you really are a billionaire. Because you have a billion dollars in the bank. But that is not a strict requirement: If she gives you $100 million for a 1% stake in your company, you have $100 million in the bank, but also a mark-to-market valuation that says your remaining 99% stake is worth $9.9 billion. That might get you on a list of billionaires. If you sell five 1% stakes to reputable venture capital firms for $100 million each, you're almost certainly on all the lists.
Of course eventually you will either succeed (with 1% probability) or fail (99%) at creating a trillion-dollar company. If time goes by and you do not discover teleportation and you get bored and go back to your day job, then (let us assume) your probability of making $1 trillion goes to zero, and you are no longer a billionaire.Unless you already converted some of your stake to cash. If you convinced someone to give you a billion dollars for a 10% stake in your company with a 1% chance at a trillion-dollar idea, and then the company goes to zero, then:
1. You have a billion dollars, and 2. She has lost a billion dollars.
That's it. The trillion dollars is gone, though it was never there; the true ex ante odds of you making a trillion dollars are essentially unknowable, but the ex post result is that you didn't. [4] But you thought about it, and your billion-dollar backer thought about it, and your shared belief led to a transfer of $1 billion from her bank account to your bank account, and that is the only thing that has happened in objective reality. The teleportation never happened, the trillion-dollar company never happened, but she really did write you that check and you really did cash it.
By the way, I would not really describe this transaction as, like, "SoftBank loaned Neumann some money and now they worry that he's not gonna pay them back." I would analyze this transaction more as "SoftBank bought $430 million of stock from Neumann when they kicked him out, but with some schmuck insurance on both sides":
1. It looks bad , for WeWork (and its owner SoftBank), to have its founder dump all that stock on his way out the door, so if you call it a loan you save a bit of face. You can say that Neumann is still a big shareholder, even though he has gotten cash for his shares. 2. If somehow WeWork instantly recovered from the failed IPO debacle and became a $90 billion company, Neumann would be pretty bummed about selling at the bottom.
So you do it as a loan payable in stock: Neumann technically still owns the stock, he gets cash for it up front, if the company craters he keeps the cash, but if the company soars he keeps the stock. It's a big cash payoff plus some stock options. The options turned out to be worthless, but the cash is still good.
Conceptually one way that WeWork Inc. makes money is by a sort of maturity mismatch:
1. It leases big blocks of office space from landlords for long terms: It will lease 10 floors of a building for 10 years, say. 2. It subdivides that space into smaller (spatial and temporal) units, and rents those units to customers: It will rent six desks on one floor to a startup on a month-to-month basis, say. 3. Renting six desks for a month is more expensive, per desk, than renting 10 floors for 10 years — there is a volume discount — and WeWork profits on the spread.
The risk, which everyone understood and talked about for basically WeWork's entire history, was that WeWork's costs were locked up for the long term but its revenues were not: If the market for office space collapsed, WeWork's tenants would quickly get out of their short-term leases and it would stop making money, but it would still have to make payments to landlords on its long-term leases.
Sort of. Really, whose risk is this? "Owe your banker £1,000 and you are at his mercy," Keynes wrote; "owe him £1 million and the position is reversed." It turns out that WeWork is a big enough player in office markets that, when its revenue goes down, it can force its costs down too:
WeWork launched a renegotiation of its office leases globally, testing its leverage against landlords that stand to lose if the embattled co-working space provider goes out of business.>
WeWork's current lease liabilities are "dramatically out of step with current market conditions," interim Chief Executive David Tolley said Wednesday. WeWork held calls with landlords to inform them that it would be seeking concessions on its office leases, which account for more than two-thirds of its operating expenses.>
The company last month raised doubts that it would continue as a going concern, citing its dwindling cash and market headwinds. Once among the world's most valuable startups at $47 billion, WeWork recently installed several directors with bankruptcy and restructuring experience to its board. Some of its major creditors have held preliminary talks among themselves to explore a bankruptcy filing for WeWork.>
Landlords are themselves grappling with a slumping commercial real estate market, especially in New York and San Francisco, and have a lot to lose if WeWork were to go out of business. Bankruptcy proceedings allow for the rejection of undesirable contracts and would give WeWork legal power to reject undesirable leases while extinguishing its liability for any resulting damages claim.>
Landlords whose leases are rejected in bankruptcy are classified as unsecured creditors—and would rank behind billions of dollars owed to secured bondholders. That could motivate some landlords to come to the negotiating table with WeWork because the alternative—a potential bankruptcy filing—could be worse.
If the office market had boomed , WeWork would have made a lot of money on the spread between what it paid landlords and what it charged customers. When it slumped , though, the landlords share in the pain.
To overstate things only a little bit, for a while, SoftBank Group Corp. put up a sign saying "hi, we have $100 billion, we want to invest it in tech companies that are growing their user bases quickly, we don't care that much about profitability, we make decisions quickly, we'll give you way more money than you need, so if you want some of it show up at our offices and pitch us." People showed up. SoftBank wanted to hear a particular sort of tech story, and it was pretty open about the exact elements of the story it wanted to hear, and when it heard that story it would start gushing money. People are motivated by incentives. They learned how to tell SoftBank the story it wanted to hear.
The funniest person who ever told SoftBank that story is surely Adam Neumann. The robot pizza delivery guy is up there too. Maybe, like, the ninth-funniest is Abraham Shafi:
SoftBank sued former IRL CEO Abraham Shafi and five siblings and cousins for allegedly misleading the investor about the messaging app's growth, prompting the Japanese conglomerate to buy $150 million worth of shares in the company in 2021 at the height of a pandemic-fueled consumer internet boom.
SoftBank said Shafi and his family members defrauded investors by lying about the company's millions of users, which were actually bots. The lawsuit said the defendants deleted data and communications about the fraud after U.S. securities regulators began investigating the company following a report in The Information questioning the user figures. Last month, The Information reported the company was being shut down following an external investigation initiated by its board of directors that found 95% of its users were fake.
Oops! I guess the ironic name makes it a bit funnier. A lot of tech founders saw the sort of story that unlocked SoftBank money and had ideas of roughly the form "if I offer a good product at much less than my cost of producing it, I will attract a lot of users very quickly, and though I will lose money on every transaction, SoftBank doesn't care, they'll give me tons of money anyway, and then the whole losing money thing is their problem." If you have a company that is rapidly adding users but losing money on every one of them, you can either do the hard business work of improving your unit economics, or the easy financing work of meeting with Masayoshi Son for 20 minutes and acting crazy so he gives you a billion dollars. After you have the billion dollars the unit economics don't matter so much. For you I mean.
But Shafi, allegedly, learned a much simpler lesson from SoftBank's largesse, basically of the form "if I write a pitch deck showing that my user base is growing very rapidly, I don't need anything else": Others hacked SoftBank's algorithm by creating real but money-losing user growth; IRL allegedly hacked SoftBank's algorithm by creating fake user growth. Here are the complaint and the Bloomberg story that first reported it. From the complaint:
In April 2021, Get Together Inc. (a.k.a., "In Real Life," or "IRL") seemingly was one of the fastest growing social media apps for Generation Z. According to IRL's CEO Abraham Shafi, IRL's mobile app already had been downloaded by 25% of US Teens under 18 years old; IRL had 12 million monthly active users ("MAUs"); and IRL was growing at a "meteoric" 400% year-over-year rate. Additionally, IRL reported strong user engagement and retention metrics, which showed that nearly 30% of its MAUs were using the platform on a daily basis. ...
Through these metrics, IRL appeared to already be achieving network effects, and was well positioned for further viral growth—similar to that which drove the emergence of today's largest social media companies. Based on the data regarding active users and organic growth that IRL and Abraham Shafi presented to SoftBank, IRL convinced SoftBank that a capital infusion would allow IRL to further increase its already-impressive rate of growth and monetize its enthusiastic user base.
On May 18, 2021, SoftBank paid $150 million to purchase IRL shares; both directly from IRL and from individual holders of IRL shares. …
At the time of SoftBank's investment, IRL was funneling tens of thousands of dollars to proxy services to enable an army of "bots," the entire purpose of which was to make IRL appear to be a thriving social media site while Defendants orchestrated an elaborate scheme to defraud investors. IRL also paid hundreds of thousands of dollars monthly to a firm (the "Agency") secretly operated by IRL's own Head of Growth, in a coordinated scheme to conceal IRL's user acquisition costs and further IRL's image as a thriving social media app.
I have a model of Adam Neumann that goes like this. There was a bubble for a particular sort of tech startup, one that scaled very quickly and used lots of buzzwords and had big ambitions and bad unit economics and raised tons of money from SoftBank Group Corp. Adam Neumann saw that bubble and said "well, I should be on the other side of that." The other side of that bubble was not shorting a bunch of tech startup stocks: That's risky, and anyway you couldn't really do it because the bubble was in tech startups with no publicly traded stock.
No, the other side of the bubble was starting a startup, and making it the most egregious imaginable example of the bubble. Scale the fastest, talk the most nonsense, have the worst unit economics and raise the most money by bro'ing down the most with SoftBank's Masayoshi Son. Neumann incinerated many billions of dollars of SoftBank's money, and got paid something like a billion dollars to stop. What a great trade! He and his family will be wealthy for generations because he timed the startup bubble right, but also because he structured the trade right. The trade is not quite "go long startups" or "go short startups"; the trade is "other people want to get long this bubble, so stand in the way of their money."
I should say that I do not think that this model is accurate, in the sense that it does not correctly describe what Adam Neumann subjectively thought he was doing. I find it useful, though, because it does describe what he was doing. Why is Adam Neumann rich? Because SoftBank made a mistake that involved spending $10 billion to build a $400 million company, and Adam Neumann was there to take the other side of that mistake.
If you spotted a gigantic crypto bubble in the late 2010s and early 2020s, how would you play it? Two obvious wrong answers:
Short crypto. You'd have gotten carried out, multiple times. Long crypto. This is better — the George Soros "When I see a bubble forming, I rush in to buy" approach — but still risky (the bubble did pop) and sort of analytically unsatisfying.
And a pretty good answer:
Take out absolutely bajillions of dollars of non-recourse loans to buy as much crypto as you can, selling enough along the way — and putting the proceeds somewhere your creditors can't get them — to make yourself dynastically wealthy. [1] Borrow $1 billion to buy $1 billion worth of crypto. If that turns into $2 billion of crypto, pay off your loans, take the extra $1 billion and bury it in your backyard, and do it again. If you do it again and it turns into $0 of crypto, walk away from your debts, dig up your backyard and buy yachts.
The Adam Neumanns of the crypto bubble might have been Kyle Davies and Su Zhu, the founders of Three Arrows Capital. Three Arrows, or 3AC as everyone calls it, is usually called a "crypto hedge fund," but that name is not really accurate. Typically a hedge fund raises money from investors, invests it, gives the profits to investors and takes a cut. But 3AC does not seem to have invested much money for outside investors.
Instead 3AC invested using its partners' capital and immense oceans of leverage from crypto lending platforms. This leverage was provided with very little in the way of due diligence or negotiation or often even collateral. And 3AC was very clear-eyed and thoughtful about identifying this part of the bubble. The bubble was not just "people buy crypto and it goes up"; it was specifically "people invest a lot of money in crypto lending platforms, which promise a high rate of interest but have nowhere good to lend their money, so we will just borrow all their money from them, pay them interest, and use the money to make insanely risky crypto bets. If they pay off, we buy yachts; if they go bust, we don't pay them back and sail away on our yachts." This worked for a while and made the 3AC guys rich, and then it stopped working and made 3AC's lenders bankrupt. But the 3AC guys took money off the table along the way, and they will be wealthy for the rest of their lives. A bunch of crypto lending platforms had too much money and wanted to do something dumb with it. 3AC provided the dumb thing to do with it, and took a large fee for that service.
You could have a model of the startup life cycle that goes like this:
1. Some young visionary weirdo has a dream. She tells this dream to venture capitalists, who decide whether or not to give her money. 2. Venture capitalists reward, mainly, audacity. The more outrageous her dream is, the more outrageous she is, the more likely they are to give her money. Venture capitalists are philosophically in the business of investing in 100 companies and hoping that three of them have 100x returns. Conservative steady earners are not what they want. They want huge world-changing ideas that will probably fail, but if they succeed will be the next Facebook. Outrageous ambition, unhindered by the boring constraints of the real world, is what they want. Masayoshi Son told Adam Neumann that he "appreciated how he was crazy, but thought that he needed to be crazier." 3. If the founder is weird and visionary enough, she gets money from VCs, and then tries to build her dream at a startup. 4. Most of these startups fail, because their dreams are in fact impossible. They close up and return $0 to their VC investors, who are fine with that. Most startups are supposed to fail. If you don't have some failures, you're not dreaming big enough. 5. Some succeed, build a functioning product, find product-market fit and get on the road to profitability. 6. Then they go public, perhaps to raise more money, or perhaps just to cash out their founders and VCs. 7. The public markets reward, mainly, steadiness and transparency. The more outrageous the founder's ideas, the more nervous they will make the bankers and lawyers hired to take the company public. 8. Some founders will mature along with their companies, become more realistic after years in the trenches building products, and grow into being plausible public-company chief executive officers. Other founders will get kicked out just before the initial public offering; the companies will replace them with steady professional CEOs more suited to run public companies. Others will continue to be excitable weirdos but their lawyers will try to rein them in as much as possible. 9. It helps that the only companies going public are the ones who succeeded: They may not be profitable yet, but they have a real product, real revenue, demonstrated product-market fit, a good business plan, etc. So when their excitable weirdo CEOs make outrageous promises, they might actually come true.
I don't want to say that this model is empirically true in every respect, but I think it has a rough wisdom and is how a lot of people think about startups and venture capital.
On this model, the very worst thing that could happen to a startup founder might be skipping too quickly from Step 2 to Step 7. You're a wild-eyed visionary, you wander around telling venture capitalists outrageous things, they are like "you are so crazy, I love it, be crazier," you write down "BE CRAZIER" on your to-do list, you go home, you go to bed, the next day you wake up and do an IPO: You will be too crazy for the IPO! You need to have a few years to mellow and mature between the VCs telling you to be crazy and the IPO lawyers telling you to stick to verifiable facts. Adam Neumann never got to take WeWork public; he tried, but there was too much craziness in the Neumann-led WeWork for the IPO to work.
And on this model, the SPAC boom — the rise of special purpose acquisition companies that tend to take unprofitable startups public early , before they even have a product, on the strength of projections about future profits — seems pretty dangerous.
I think a lot about questions of who controls a company. In some theoretical sense, the board of directors controls the company; it has the ultimate decision-making authority and can hire and fire executives. Traditionally, if the executives do a very bad thing they might expect to get fired.
This is less true of startups where the chief executive officer is also the founder and largest shareholder and public face of the company, and where the board mostly serves to advise the founder-CEO, but it is still somewhat true of them. Both Uber Technologies Inc.'s and WeWork's boards managed to fire their founder-controller-CEOs over various embarrassments. Even where the CEO is the biggest shareholder and controls the board, the board has some independent fiduciary duty to do right by the other shareholders and stakeholders of the company; in times of crisis it has an obligation to exercise control.
But what I am asking here is, is there some level of crisis that is so complete and so embarrassing that the board will skip right past crisis management to "flee for your lives"? "Well, there's nothing really to save here, we're getting out and we never want to hear about this again"? "We can't fire you, we quit"? If so is that … good? It's not good, but is it something? If you are the founder-CEO, do you at least get total control of your company back, free from the interference of a board that would otherwise feel some obligation to investigate and make changes?
My half-serious model of Adam Neumann is that he brilliantly shorted the SoftBank-fueled unicorn bubble. Back in the 2010s, big private companies with vague tech bona fides and high growth rates were getting huge valuations, often from SoftBank Group Corp. So Neumann founded an office-space leasing company and optimized it to appeal to SoftBank. He called it WeWork (later just "We"), and talked a big game about how it would change the world. He styled it as a tech company, "the world's first physical social network," though lots of people noticed that it was in fact an office-space leasing company. He prioritized rapid growth above all else. And then he met SoftBank's Masayoshi Son and they sort of one-upped each other with crazy optimism until Son wrote him huge checks at valuations of up to $47 billion.Then the bubble burst pretty much the moment that WeWork filed for an initial public offering, probably because investors read that filing and were like "wait what really?" WeWork was worth less than the cash SoftBank had put into it; Neumann's idea had created negative value for investors. But Neumann had cashed out hundreds of millions of dollars along the way, and he extracted hundreds of millions more in the collapse in exchange for agreeing to go away.The big picture is that SoftBank was betting on a certain kind of startup, and Adam Neumann took the other side of that bet in huge size, and he was right and SoftBank was wrong: SoftBank lost a lot of money on the bet, and Neumann got rich. Neumann was not the only person who did this, and I have written a couple of times about what I call the "Wag trade," in which startup founders:
1. sell a stake in their company to SoftBank at a crazy price, 2. wait until the market calms down and everyone realizes that your literal dog-walking startup is not going to take over the world, and 3. buy back the stake from SoftBank at a sensible price.
That's just free money! You efficiently extract the amount that SoftBank is willing to overpay for fast-growing startups. Nor of course was SoftBank the only buyer in that market, and if you had an overpriced startup you could have sold to it to any number of buyers for a while. Strangely one of the best buyers — by which I mean, one of the worst — was WeWork. The Wall Street Journal has a delightful article about how Neumann is somehow still extracting more value out of WeWork, which also includes this fun fact:
As CEO, Mr. Neumann spent heavily buying companies in a bid to expand WeWork's offerings beyond office space. After he left, WeWork quickly set out to sell off most of those acquisitions.The sales prices were sometimes a fraction of the initial cost, even when accounting for declines in the value of WeWork's stock.WeWork sold 91% of event-planning website Meetup.com for $9.5 million in March 2020, down from the $156 million in cash it paid for the whole company in 2017. It sold online-marketing company Conductor for $3.5 million in late 2019, down from the $113 million it paid, mostly in stock, in 2018. Office-management company Managed by Q, which WeWork bought for $189 million, in roughly half cash, half stock, was sold for $28 million.
Managed by Q, at least, did the Wag trade: Its founder sold it to WeWork at a crazy price and then bought it back himself at a less crazy price, pocketing the difference. (Some of the difference: The part that was in WeWork stock is presumably mostly a write-off.) If you had a vaguely office-space-adjacent tech startup in the late 2010s, you could have sold it to WeWork, waited a year or two, and bought it back at a 90% discount. What a great trade.What is the model for that? Like, when you were sitting across the table from Adam Neumann in 2018, negotiating the sale of your company at an astronomical price, what was going on? I suppose you could have a purely conscious-rational-cynical model: Neumann was in the middle of pulling off a fantastic bet against startup valuations, but to make that bet work he needed to show Masayoshi Son fast growth and a veneer of tech, and overpaying for tech-ish acquisitions helped him accomplish those goals. (Buying a $150 million website makes you seem like more of a tech company than a $10 million website, etc.) Or of course there is always the possibility that my model does not capture Neumann's actual subjective experience, that he overpaid for acquisitions because he was as bullish on WeWork's plans as Masayoshi Son was, but he just accidentally walked away rich when those plans collapsed.
Here's the other point. This is a "de-SPAC merger," in which WeWork will merge with BowX, take its $483 million,[2] and become a public company. It is natural to emphasize the SPAC here: It is a SPAC deal, that is the mechanism that WeWork would use to go public, and the SPAC and its sponsor would play a major role in both the deal to go public and WeWork's future as a public company.
But I wouldn't emphasize it too much. If this deal goes through, more than half the money WeWork raises will come not from the SPAC but from the parallel "private investment in public equity," or PIPE, transaction that it does with big institutional investors. WeWork is apparently out on the road now , with a pitchbook, explaining to big institutional investors why it's a good investment at a $9 billion valuation. Eventually that will work, or not; it will find buyers at that price, or it will have to lower the price, or it will have to give up on the deal and stay private. Or else demand — from these big institutional investors in these private meetings — will be so strong that WeWork will be able to upsize the deal and raise more money, or it will be able to raise the price and go public at a $12 billion valuation or whatever.[3]
All of this, though, will happen in private. WeWork and its SPAC partners and their bankers will meet one-on-one with a selected group of big investors, and show them projections, and answer their questions. News and opinions will leak, of course: The quote at the top of this section is from a Financial Times report yesterday, and perhaps big investors will talk to each other and share their views of the company and its valuation. But the process will be much more controlled, and much quieter , than WeWork's IPO process.
One way to understand that process is that WeWork published a prospectus first , and the prospectus was full of ludicrous details about its governance while failing to answer important questions about its business, and everyone immediately made fun of it, and "the WeWork IPO is bad" became a matter of common knowledge. Everyone knew that everyone knew that WeWork wasn't going to get the price it wanted; no one wanted to catch the very high-profile falling knife.
One way to understand the SPAC process is that WeWork will line up money first, and then publish a prospectus. (Or a merger proxy, but same basic idea.) When WeWork publishes its financial results and projections, when it discloses its current governance situation, when it does or doesn't include blather about world-changing and community-building in its securities filings, it will already have commitments for at least most of the money it is looking to raise.[4]
I have said before that WeWork is a perfect use case for a SPAC: That sort of certainty is exactly what it needs. But I am not sure it needs a SPAC ; it just needs that certainty. A deal in which WeWork lined up a billion dollars of commitments from big institutional investors, sold them stock, and then went public via a direct listing a week later would be fine. A deal in which WeWork lined up a billion dollars of "anchor orders" from big institutions for a regular IPO, and then did that IPO, would be fine. The actual mechanism, or even the current popularity, of the SPAC is not what's important here. What's important is lining up investors before everyone has a chance to make fun of WeWork again.
The salient fact about WeWork, as far as access to capital markets goes, is that it had a fantastically botched initial public offering back in 2019. WeWork announced it was going public, filed a prospectus, was rumored to be seeking a $96 billion valuation, and had comically aggressive corporate governance terms and notoriously unhelpful financial disclosures. People read the prospectus and had a good laugh and all decided not to buy the stock, there was a brief flurry of lowering the valuation to humiliating levels, and ultimately the IPO was pulled, founder-CEO Adam Neumann lost his job, major investor SoftBank Group Corp. took control and WeWork limped back into the private markets.
A good lesson to draw from that might be "don't announce an IPO until you've signed binding commitments from big investors to buy enough stock to take you public at a price that both you and they find acceptable." If WeWork had quietly shopped the IPO to investors and tried to get a few billion of commitments at a negotiated price, then either:
1. It would work, big investors would sign up to buy at a valuation of $20 billion or $50 billion or $90 billion or whatever, and the howls of laughter when the prospectus did come out would be muted and irrelevant; or 2. It wouldn't work, no one would be willing to buy, WeWork would stay private and try again some other time, and there'd be a few brief news reports saying "WeWork was rumored to be shopping an IPO but nothing came of it," rather than the weeks of laughing and pointing at the prospectus that actually happened.
Of course U.S. IPOs don't really work that way—you don't sign up big investors before launching the IPO—but SPACs do.[6] "I never really understood SPACs until WeWork," I wrote last year. Meaning, WeWork was the company that, in hindsight, really should have gone public through a SPAC. It still can!
(Another point that we have discussed about WeWork is that it really sold itself to investors based on projections rather than historical financial results: It was a vision for the future more than it was a profitable business. In IPOs, projections are frowned upon, and that's part of why WeWork's IPO was a dud. In SPACs they are fine, encouraged really, which is another good reason for WeWork to go public via SPAC.)
Everything bad that a public company does, and everything bad that happens to it, can also be securities fraud, as I often say around here. By failing to disclose the bad thing, the company induced investors to buy its stock, and then when the bad thing was disclosed the stock went down; a modestly creative lawyer can easily transmute any bad thing you like into securities fraud. Without getting into any details I think we can agree that WeWork either did something very bad, or something very bad happened to it, or both; it was worth $47 billion in early 2019, $8 billion in late 2019, and rather less than that now. Depending on how you count, WeWork has erased something like 90% of its value. So: securities fraud! Except that WeWork is not a public company, and never has been. It got close; it filed documents for an initial public offering last August, but then investors read those documents, had a good laugh and declined to buy the stock. At the time and afterwards, people argued that various disclosures in WeWork's offering documents were untrue or misleading or incomplete, but clearly no one was induced to buy the stock by those disclosures. Quite the opposite! WeWork was worth $47 billion or $65 billion or some other purely notional number the minute before it filed for an IPO; its value evaporated over the course of a few weeks specifically because people read WeWork's own description of its business and said "lol no." WeWork's public disclosures didn't pump up its stock; its first public disclosure immediately deflated the stock. So widows and orphans and public pension funds who bought WeWork stock in its IPO can't sue for securities fraud, because there aren't any of them.[2] But while WeWork was never a public company, it was for a while a big famous buzzy private unicorn, and another thing that I often say around here is that "private markets are the new public markets." Big buzzy private unicorns look and at a lot like public companies, raising billions of dollars from public-type investors and supporting liquid secondary markets; the difference between being public and private has eroded. WeWork's shares didn't trade publicly, but they did trade privately, and people did buy WeWork stock in the years before its failed IPO. Now they are suing:
In the latest lawsuit over WeWork's scuttled IPO, investors say the company hoodwinked them by promoting a transformation of the concept of workspace in order to sell hundreds of millions of dollars worth of stock. The complaint was filed as a class action on behalf of investors who bought shares in the privately held company for 2 1/2 years before the IPO was canceled in September and the value of WeWork plummeted. They allege that WeWork executives and board members overhyped the business plan and downplayed its losses as "strategic investment spending that would lay the foundation for profitability."
Here is the complaint. There are a lot of allegations in it but they mostly strike me as pretty thin, less "WeWork fudged its accounting" and more "WeWork was more optimistic about the future than it should have been." It is not so much a securities fraud lawsuit as it is an "everything is securities fraud" lawsuit: People bought stock, the stock went down, they're mad, so they sued.[3] But here I want to mention one weird thing. The lawsuit was filed as a class action "on behalf of purchasers of WeWork securities between May 15, 2017 and September 30, 2019." As far as I can tell there was exactly one purchaser of WeWork stock from WeWork during that period: SoftBank Group Corp.'s Vision Fund, which pumped in the money that inflated WeWork's valuation in its later years.[4] But SoftBank isn't suing; in fact it is a defendant in the case, since it is WeWork's controlling shareholder. Everyone who is suing because they were allegedly tricked into buying WeWork stock did it on the open market, not from WeWork.[5] They weren't relying on WeWork's SEC filings, because there weren't any. So how did WeWork deceive them? The complaint says that "throughout the Class Period, defendants continuously solicited investment in WeWork securities," and that their "misrepresentations were deliberately published to investors in order to amplify defendants' solicitation efforts," including in media interviews, quarterly investor updates, investor presentation materials that were "provided to media organizations and widely disseminated and reported on," "quarterly calls for investors, prospective investors, securities analysts, and market-making financial institutions to discuss the Company's financial results," and "regularly updated financial, business and operational information regarding WeWork made available to Company investors at the time of their purchase during the Class Period via an online portal maintained by WeWork." WeWork wasn't public, but it sort of acted like it was. You could buy and sell its stock in the open(-ish) market; it released quarterly earnings and did earnings calls; it didn't file financials on the SEC website, but it filed them on its own website.[6] "Everything is securities fraud" is the rule for U.S. public companies, but it is also apparently the rule for private companies that are practically public. One possible interpretation of "private markets are the new public markets" is that private companies can get most of the benefits of being public—raising lots of money, getting a huge valuation, being a household name, having an acquisition currency, giving employees and early investors liquidity, etc.—without the drawbacks of actually going public. But it is probably more accurate to say: No, actually, they get most of the drawbacks too. If you don't want to go public because you don't want activist shareholder campaigns or pesky securities fraud lawsuits, but you do want your shares to trade privately, guess what, the bad stuff will find you too.
If you agreed to buy a company in the Before Times, you probably do not want to buy it anymore, at least not at the price you agreed to back then. If, for instance, you are SoftBank Group Corp., and you agreed to buy $3 billion worth of WeWork stock last October, that seems crazy now: People have stopped going to WeWorks, revenue is way down, and $3 billion worth of WeWork stock (at October prices) is not worth anything close to $3 billion. Or if you are private-equity firm Sycamore Partners, and you agreed to buy 55% of the Victoria's Secret retail clothing chain for $525 million in, wow, late February, you probably regret it: Retailers are closing up stores and furloughing workers, nobody is going out to malls to buy bras, and $525 million of Victoria's Secret stock isn't worth $525 million anymore. Now, if you agreed to buy a company in the Before Times, and then you closed the deal in the Before Times—you handed over the money and got the shares—you are out of luck; now you are stuck with a company that has no revenue. If you were negotiating a deal in the Before Times, but you didn't sign anything before the coronavirus hit, you are in luck; now you can keep your money and stop answering the phone when the company calls. But there are plenty of buyers in SoftBank's, or Sycamore's, position: They signed an agreement to buy a company in the Before Times, but didn't close the deal before the virus hit. They still have their money, though they have promised to hand it over in exchange for the company. The money looks a lot more attractive than the company does, though, now. If you're in that position, can you get out of it? You have a contract. The contract says that there are certain circumstances in which you can walk away from the deal. These circumstances are pretty limited. Merger agreements tend to be less like "if the buyer changes its mind it can walk away" and more like "this deal will close unless the world ends." Well but now the world has ended, and Sycamore Partners has sued L Brands Inc.—the current owner of Victoria's Secret—to get out of its deal. Presumably there will be more cases like this, and Sycamore's complaint is an interesting example of how buyers might try to get out of their deals. Merger agreements typically have a clause called the "material adverse effect" (MAE, or "material adverse change," MAC) clause, which says that if the target's business gets drastically worse then the buyer can walk away. In the Victoria's Secret agreement it goes like this:
Since the Reference Date [Nov. 2, 2019], there has not been any state of facts, circumstance, condition, event, change, development, occurrence, result or effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
You might naively think, well, right, there has definitely definitely definitely been a Material Adverse Effect on Victoria's Secret's business, insofar as that business is closed. But it doesn't work that way! There is a long and detailed definition of "Material Adverse Effect," and the bulk of it is a list of exceptions. If really bad stuff happens to Victoria's Secret's business, Sycamore can walk away from the deal, unless the bad stuff is due to, essentially, anything anyone thought of in advance. If the business gets worse due to "national, international, foreign, domestic or regional social or political conditions (including changes therein) or events in general," that doesn't count as an MAE, and Sycamore can't walk away. "Events in general"! Did Victoria's Secret get worse because of events in general? I mean, yes? But that's just the first exception; there are lots more. "Changes or conditions generally affecting the industry" that Victoria's Secret is in: not an MAE. "Changes in any economic, financial, monetary, debt, credit, capital or banking markets or conditions": not an MAE. L Brands has lots of arguments that the collapse of its business doesn't count as an MAE. But it doesn't need any of them, because there's another, more specific exception: Changes to Victoria's Secret's business caused by "the existence, occurrence or continuation of any pandemics, tsunamis, typhoons, hail storms, blizzards, tornadoes, droughts, cyclones, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, tropical storms, fires or other natural or manmade disasters or acts of God or any national, international or regional calamity" don't count as an MAE. It's right there in the contract! If Victoria's Secret's business gets worse because of a pandemic, Sycamore still has to buy it. The MAE does not help. Ahh but the contract is long—101 pages—and it says lots of things, and you'd better believe that Sycamore's lawyers have gone through it carefully looking for other reasons not to close. Here's the hook that Sycamore has hung its argument on:
Less than one month after L Brands entered into the Transaction Agreement with Plaintiff, however, it closed nearly all of its approximately 1,600 Victoria's Secret and PINK brick and mortar locations globally, including all 1,091 of its Victoria's Secret and PINK stores in the United States and Canada. More importantly however, L Brands also took the following voluntary actions with respect to the Victoria's Secret Business: furloughed most of the employees of the Victoria's Secret Business; reduced by 20% the base compensation of all employees at the level of senior vice president and above, and deferred annual merit increases for 2020; drastically reduced new merchandise receipts which, when coupled with L Brands' failure to dispose of existing out-of-season, obsolete and excess merchandise, has saddled the Victoria's Secret Business with a stock of merchandise of greatly diminished value; and failed to pay rent during April 2020 for its retail stores in the United States. All of these actions were taken by L Brands in violation of the Transaction Agreement.
Yes, right, the world ended, no one was coming to stores, often stores weren't allowed to be open; lots of retailers closed their stores and furloughed their workers. All of this stuff sounds like another way of saying "Victoria's Secret's business collapsed due to a pandemic." But not quite, argues Sycamore:
That these actions were taken as a result of or in response to the COVID-19 pandemic is no defense to L Brands' clear breaches of the Transaction Agreement. Specifically, L Brands agreed that a condition to Plaintiff's obligation to close the Transaction is that L Brands "shall have performed in all material respects all of its other obligations [under the Transaction Agreement] required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date." Those obligations included L Brands' covenant that it "shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries to conduct the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice."
See, one condition of closing the acquisition is that there hasn't been an MAE on Victoria's Secret's business; that business has collapsed, but not in a way that counts as an MAE. But another condition of closing the acquisition is that L Brands has done everything that it agreed to do in the merger agreement, and one thing that it agreed to do—one thing that targets and sellers always agree to do, a standard piece of boilerplate that no one thinks too much about—is to conduct Victoria's Secret's business "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice." If you agree to buy a successful retail business and then the seller stops maintaining the stores and starts being rude to customers, you are not getting what you bargained for; of course the seller should agree to keep running the stores the way it always has. Except that the world ended and L Brands can't run Victoria's Secret the way it always has. So it shut down stores, and Sycamore said, gotcha, you are not running your business "in the ordinary course consistent with past practice," so we can walk away. I ass
That is a good little window into mergers-and-acquisitions lawyering. SoftBank's agreement with WeWork isn't public, but presumably it says something like "SoftBank can cancel the tender if there are any material government restrictions on WeWork's business," but it doesn't say something like "SoftBank can cancel the tender if lots of customers cancel their WeWork memberships." The very rough general rule in mergers and acquisitions is that if business conditions get worse, that's the acquirer's risk, but if there is some legal problem with the business then that's the seller's risk. As a general rule that makes some sense; acquirers don't want to be stuck buying a company that, unbeknownst to them, was breaking the law. Here it doesn't really make any sense: For one thing, SoftBank is WeWork's majority shareholder and controls its board, so it's hard to argue that WeWork was keeping any regulatory secrets from it; for another thing, the legal restrictions here are not about anything bad that WeWork was doing but, rather, about a global pandemic that has led to lots of don't-go-to-work orders. (There are also those government investigations, but I suspect they are not all that material to the business.) But the issue is not whether it makes any sense; the issue is whether SoftBank's contract lets it get out of the tender offer because of "legal restrictions." If it does, yeah, sure, SoftBank should get out of it. I don't really have any rooting interest for either side here. I completely sympathize with SoftBank's desire not to pay for the shares, and I completely sympathize with the investors' desire to get paid, and I don't think that there's any strong moral or efficiency argument one way or the other. Some real bad luck happened at a bad time, and someone—SoftBank or the investors—is going to bear the brunt of that bad luck. But I have an obvious rooting interest in litigation! It is hard to think of a better end—or, just, continuation—of the WeWork story than Adam Neumann suing SoftBank for his billion dollars. I want the internal documents, the depositions, the actors' own accounts, under oath, of what they were thinking and how it all went wrong. I want Neumann to act as his own lawyer and tearfully cross-examine Masayoshi Son in court. One thing that SoftBank was buying with its $3 billion was quiet; Neumann and the other big investors would be happy enough with that money not to stir up more trouble or controversy for WeWork. Now that is not worth $3 billion to SoftBank—WeWork's problems now are a lot bigger than its controversies of last October—and so SoftBank has chosen the money over the quiet.
The first thing to realize is that, when WeWork's initial public offering was falling apart last October, when we were mercilessly making fun of WeWork on a daily basis, when it was rapidly running out of money and needed a bailout from its biggest investor, SoftBank Group Corp., when it was pushing out its founder and chief executive officer, Adam Neumann, when it was a hilarious catastrophe and a symbol of the excesses of the startup unicorn boom—those were the good times. Even as I made fun of WeWork's bad governance and silly behavior and overambitious valuation, it always seemed like a reasonable enough business. Lease office buildings, spruce them up, make them nice, carve them into smaller time-and-space slices, and rent them out by the desk and the month to other businesses for more than you pay. Strip out the blather about WeWork being a new state of consciousness and, you know, seems fine. Now is the bad time. WeWork is not a unique hilarious catastrophe anymore; it is just a sad catastrophe like so many other businesses. If your city shuts down, if everyone fears the plague, if office workers are told to work from home, no one will be coming to a WeWork, just like no one is going to restaurants or movie theaters. No one is going to lots of other offices either, but it's a bigger problem for WeWork than for most office landlords because so much of its business model was about giving tenants flexibility. If you are a big company with a multi-year lease on 10 floors of a midtown office building, you're probably not going to stop paying rent just because your employees are working from home for a few months. When things recover, you'll want that space back; your stuff is there; you signed a long-term commitment. If you are a startup renting a few desks month-to-month at a WeWork, sure, stop doing that for a while, why not. "We pioneered a 'space-as-a-service' membership model," said WeWork, back in the good times. "Across our global portfolio of locations, we offer individuals and organizations the flexibility to scale workspace up and down as needed, with the ability to consume space by the minute, by the month or by the year." If you offer organizations the flexibility to scale workspace up and down as needed, they will all scale it down in a pandemic. Meanwhile WeWork is that big company with a multi-year lease on a lot of floors. Short-term rent could stop coming in, but long-term rent will have to keep going out. As of its failed IPO, WeWork had almost $2.2 billion of "non-cancelable operating lease commitments" due in 2020. In a certain light WeWork's business model looks like banking: It is in the business of maturity transformation for office space, committing its money long-term but getting short-term commitments from customers. That is a good business model most of the time—you can charge customers a premium by giving that flexibility—but it is prone to crises, and the crisis is here.
There is, I think, a little bit of a popular misconception about what the banks who led WeWork's abandoned initial public offering actually did. There seems to be a view that the banks tried to foist WeWork on unsuspecting investors at a $96 billion valuation, and then it only turned out to be worth about $8 billion, and the banks' overoptimistic valuations exposed their incompetence and also their cynicism; if they'd had their way, they would have tricked investors into overpaying for WeWork by 1,100%. Here is a comment from Goldman Sachs Group Inc. Chief Executive Officer David Solomon:
"I'm not sure that we got it so wrong," David Solomon said when asked about WeWork during a panel talk at Davos on Tuesday. "There were things that were right, there were things that were wrong." … The Financial Times reported that Goldman Sachs had said WeWork — now worth around $8bn — could be worth as much as $96bn on the public markets during the pitching process. … "The banks weren't valuing. The way the process of an IPO works when you're a bank is you're invited in by a company, it's a private company, their numbers aren't public, they give you a model. You say to the company: well, if you can prove to us that the model actually does what this does, then it's possible it could be worth this in the public markets. "But ultimately there's a diligence process, there's a proving out process, there, at times, are meetings with investors before hand, and that process grounds to reality. "I think that's a great example of the process working. It might not have been as pretty as everybody would like it to be.
That strikes me as mostly correct? (Disclosure, I used to be a capital markets banker at Goldman, so I am surely biased here.) One thing to point out here is that WeWork's bankers didn't actually market it to investors at a $96 billion valuation, or really at any valuation. IPOs launch with some valuation range suggested by the bankers, but WeWork's IPO never launched and there was never a valuation range. Instead, WeWork put out a preliminary prospectus, investors read it and threw up, and the bankers, in the informal discussions with investors that would have informed their valuation range, basically realized that there was no viable range and gave up on the deal. Banks did apparently pitch a $96 billion valuation, but not to investors. That $96 billion number is the number that Goldman pitched to WeWork: WeWork was interviewing bankers to lead its IPO, and the bankers all came in and said words to the effect of "we think you are great, we understand your story and want to be the ones to tell it, and we think you are worth a lot of money," in order to convince WeWork to hire them. They weren't talking up WeWork to skeptical investors; they were talking up WeWork to WeWork. And so Solomon's comments are not a defense of Goldman against criticism from investors. Investors have no real complaints about WeWork's IPO because, as Solomon says, the process seems to have worked just fine: WeWork's bankers conducted due diligence and made WeWork truthfully disclose information about itself, investors didn't like it, and they didn't buy it. No investors were harmed, other than perhaps WeWork's pre-IPO investors, which included Goldman, oops. Really you should read Solomon's comments as a defense of Goldman against potential criticism from companies. The bad thing that arguably happened here is that the banks went to WeWork and said "we think we can get you a $96 billion valuation from public markets," and so WeWork hired them to do that, the banks got to work, and they came back to WeWork and said "actually we were off by $88 billion sorry." WeWork should be disappointed at that performance: The banks, who are after all the experts here, promised WeWork a good IPO, and instead it got a bad IPO, or really no IPO. And other big tech or tech-adjacent unicorns who might want to hire banks for an IPO might also find this precedent alarming: Sure the banks are telling them now that they will raise a lot of money at a high valuation, but how can they trust that? I mean obviously they can't, of course the banks are pitching a high valuation because there are no real consequences to them for doing so, this is basic stuff. But Solomon's point is that they have an excuse: With no public information available about WeWork, the bankers doing the pitch had to rely on inputs and models that WeWork provided. There was an implicit caveat in the pitch, "we think that you can sell stock at a $96 billion valuation ( if the model you gave us checks out)." And then once you get hired as the company's bank, you get to see if the model checks out. You pitch, and they hire you, at the absolute peak of optimism; all you have is the optimistic story that the company has told you, and that you have even-more-optimistically repeated back to them. Everything after that has the potential to eat away at that optimism: They hire you, you start due diligence, and you find all sorts of legal and governance troubles; you find math errors or goofy assumptions in the financial models; you talk to investors and they say "oh we're not buying companies like that anymore." And then you go back to the company and you say "actually it is not $96 billion, it's $8 billion," or whatever, and the company says "why didn't you tell us that a month ago," and you can—accurately!—say, "well, we hadn't done due diligence then, and during due diligence we found things out about you that aren't particularly attractive, and why didn't you tell us those things a month ago?" This will not really mollify the company, when you say it to them in the moment, but after it all blows over you can say it at Davos and it will be fine. The company wanted objective correct expert advice from its banks, but it also wanted to be flattered; if the flattery and the objective evaluation turn out to coincide then that's good, but if not there will be some hurt feelings. If you are a venture capitalist you are probably reading this and saying "this is why we should do direct listings," because that seems to be how venture capitalists read everything having to do with IPOs. I guess? One advantage of a direct listing is that no one has to tell you that you're worth $96 billion before you go out and find out that you're worth $8 billion, though this does not seem like all that much of an advantage, and anyway banks probably will want to tell you that you're worth a lot while they're pitching for the direct-listing business, and you'll probably want to be told that. Another advantage of a direct listing is that maybe you can do it without letting banks do a lot of due diligence and find out what's wrong with you—maybe you can cut out the gatekeeping and due diligence functions of the IPO banks—though (1) this is not especially recommended, (2) it is not how actual big U.S. direct listings have gone, and (3) it definitely does not strike me as a good thing. You might wonder a little, though, if WeWork could have pulled off a direct listing: Without the banks and IPO process to aggregate and focus investor criticism, maybe WeWork would have just plopped its stock on the exchange and someone might have bought it? Perhaps the gatekeeping function of the traditional IPO actually did close the gates in WeWork's face.
But I should also acknowledge that the public-company disclosure regime comes out of this story looking pretty good. I, and others, have sometimes been critical of that regime for big tech-adjacent initial public offerings, including WeWork's. Last month we talked about an investor presentation that WeWork prepared for potential private investors, and I mentioned how much better it was than WeWork's IPO prospectus. The private deck was shorter, clearer, more direct, less flowery, less full of silly philosophical musings and more focused on the company's actual operations. It reported numbers that did not comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, but those were the numbers that WeWork actually used to manage its business, the numbers investors actually cared about. And of course the numbers that investors really care about are forward-looking numbers, not how much the company made last year but how much it will make in three years. Potential private investors regularly get projections like that, but IPO prospectuses tend to stick to just the GAAP historical facts. (There are ways of conveying future expectations—through research analysts, etc.—but generally not, for legal-liability reasons, in the written prospectus available to all potential investors.) It is a strange sort of information gap: Public investors often don't get the information that private investors consider most important. During the Uber IPO process, my colleagues on Bloomberg Opinion's editorial board wrote:
Like many of the "unicorns" that have come to market in recent years — including Lyft, Snap and Pinterest — Uber is asking investors for an act of faith. Its traditionally required disclosures, such as three years of audited financial statements, mostly confirm billions of dollars in annual losses. Beyond that lies the great unknown. Uber's prospectus offers only the vaguest picture of how it intends to achieve earnings that could justify a valuation of $90 billion or more. It says little about nascent businesses such as scooters and driverless cars that are supposed to drive its growth. … Companies going public should be expected to share the metrics they actually use to manage their businesses — including projected targets and strategies for mitigating risks. This needn't be burdensome, because the companies typically provide such information to their private investors anyway.
And I basically agreed with them. There's something weird about buying a company like Uber or WeWork that is entirely a bet on the future, whose historical financials have almost nothing to say about its expected value, with so few details of how the company's management actually thinks about the future. But here's the counterargument![1] The counterargument is WeWork's long history of providing worthless projections to private investors who then put in money at valuations that turned out to be excessive. The counterargument is that sometimes the company's management has no idea how to think about the future, and you'll do a better by extrapolating from past results ("hmm they lose money every year, maybe they'll lose money next year") than they will by writing down their aspirations ("we've lost money every year but a miracle is imminent"). Holding companies to the facts, rather than letting them spin the story they want to believe, is es
Andrew Left (2)
One other point. The SEC charges against Left allege that he basically did some pump-and-dumps (buy stocks, say misleading things to get others to buy them, sell into the demand), and — more characteristically, for a short seller — some reverse pump-and-dumps (short stocks, say misleading things to get others to sell them, buy into the demand). (The latter trade is sometimes called "short and distort," to have another rhyme.) This is a very traditional thing to charge a media-happy investor with, and the SEC brings lots of cases like this.
But we did talk a few months ago about a very weird case in Texas where a federal district judge ruled that actually pump-and-dumps are legal — they are not securities fraud — because the government can't prove that the pump-and-dumper deceived the same people that he took money from. A pump-and-dumper tells lies about a stock to induce people to buy the stock, and then he sells the stock. But you can't prove — and in fact it is unlikely — that he sells the stock to the people he lied to. Probably the pump-and-dumper sells stock to market makers, and his deceived readers buy stock from the market makers, so the pump-and-dumper "did not obtain something of value from the entity to be deceived" and so did not defraud anyone.
I wrote about the decision at the time, but I have tried not to think about it much since, because (1) it is obviously wrong but (2) if you believe it, then pretty much all public-markets securities fraud is legal now, [4] because all public-market securities fraud works like that: You never trade directly with the people you're lying to, so you can — on this theory — never defraud anyone. But a reader emailed to mention that case and ask "what is different about the two cases," and the answer is nothing. If that ruling is correct then nothing, including this, is fraud.
The thing is, part of me wants to take Andrew Left's side here. Left is an activist short seller who publishes reports as Citron Research, and today the US Securities and Exchange Commission and federal prosecutors charged him with fraud. Here are the SEC and Department of Justice announcements. The basic contours of the alleged fraud are pretty simple:
1. Left would sell Company X stock short. 2. He would put out a big splashy research report, and tweet about it, and go on television, saying "Company X is terrible and will go down," generally with a price target well below the current price. 3. The market would react to his report/tweet/television, and the stock would go down as Citron's followers shorted the stock too. 4. Then he'd quickly buy back the stock himself, giving him (1) a quick profit and (2) no exposure to whether his report was right: If it turned out Company X was great and the stock rallied the next day, it didn't matter to Left, because he had already covered his short and made money. 5. (Also he sometimes went long stocks, published bullish reports with high price targets, and then sold quickly.)
It is so tempting to defend this! Short sellers generally get an undeserved bad rap, people get mad at them for weak reasons, and of course short sellers and journalists are enough alike that I have a soft spot for them.
Also, I think, when you lay it out like that, this business model really is potentially just fine. Here's why it's fine: "Following Left's reports and tweets," says the SEC, "the price of these target stocks moved on average more than 12%." That's a big move! The market read Left's short reports and thought "oh wow Company X is way worse than I thought, I should sell," and the stock went down.
How could Left have that effect? The most natural answer is some combination of:
Investors read his reports and tweets, were persuaded by the analysis, and sold the stock. That is, his reports were correct. Or, Investors just read the headlines but thought "ah, Andrew Left is a good short seller, he's got a good track record, he took down Valeant, and most of the time when he publishes a short report the stock really is overvalued and goes down over the long term." So even without reading his analysis, investors interpreted Left's short report as a strong signal that the stock would go down, because of his track record. That is, his reports were correct , enough of the time, to create and maintain that reputation.
These are not the only possible answers. We talk about pump-and-dump schemes a lot around here, in which scammers buy stocks, put out fake but bullish reports and then dump the stocks. How do their reports move the stocks? Not by being right! It's some combination of (1) the stocks are small and illiquid, (2) the scammers trick retail investors into thinking they have a good track record or inside knowledge or skill and (3) at some level the audience understands that it's a pump-and-dump, so they are betting that they'll be able to sell to a greater fool. Those are all bad answers. (Probably.)
And Left is a big guy on social media with a retail following, often targeting smallish dicey stocks, so it is possible that he could move stocks using a similar mechanism. [1]
But there are reasons to give Left the benefit of the doubt here. He wrote reasoned reports. He went after big companies, not just illiquid microcap ones. And he did have a track record: "A Wall Street Journal analysis of 111 Citron short-sale reports published from 2001 to 2014 shows an average share-price decline of 42% in the year after a Citron report was released," wrote the Journal in a 2015 article about his work on Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc. I wrote about Valeant at the time, and Citron's work was … sometimes intemperate … but largely good, correctly identifying complicated but serious issues at Valeant, not a casual hit job but a serious investigation.
And he has been doing it for a long time. If you put out a flashy report saying "Company X is a fraud," and it has a lot of scandalous details, and you tweet about it a lot, maybe you can move the stock. But then if you turn out to be wrong, people will be disappointed. If you do that a few more times, people will stop paying attention. If you want to do this for the long term — if you want to be able to move stocks by tweeting about them — you have to care about your reputation for accuracy. And Left has been doing it for the long term.
But what about the fact that he covered his shorts soon after publishing his reports? In theory , I'm not sure it matters. I mean:
1. Company X trades at $100. 2. Citron determines, correctly, that it is worth $50, and should trade there within a year. 3. Citron shorts the stock at $100, then publishes a report saying "Company X is worth $50." 4. The market partially digests Citron's report, and the stock trades to $88 in a day. 5. Citron can get a 12% one-day return by covering immediately, or can wait a year and get a 50% return.
The 12% one-day return is probably better than the 50% one-year return, right? Bigger on an annualized basis, more capital-efficient, more work-efficient (he can stop following Company X after taking profits!), less risky. If you do your reports diligently and skillfully and honestly, you'll still be wrong much of the time. If the market gives you partial credit for being right every time, then that's probably better than waiting to see how the trade will work out.
Citron is in this model a service provider to the market: It informs the market that Company X is a fraud, the market saves a lot of money (by not buying Company X at $100 anymore), and Citron gets a reasonable cut of the money immediately. Citron is not a long-term investor that has to ride Company X all the way down, and it doesn't have to make 100% of its profits on any trade contingent on being 100% right about Company X. In the long run, all of its profits are contingent on being right enough about enough of its trades that people keep listening to it and prices keep going down.
Bill Ackman (13)
A dumb simple way to think about the value of an asset-management firm is:
You manage some assets for clients. Say you have $1 billion of assets under management. You can charge the clients some fees for managing their assets. These fees tend to be roughly proportional to the amount of assets you manage. Say you can charge 1% of assets, so you get $10 million per year of fees. You have some expenses, including office rent and computers and data and travel, but mostly employee compensation. A crude rule of thumb in financial services is that 50% of revenue goes to employees, so figure there's $5 million left over. So the firm provides a stream of cash flows of roughly $5 million per year. Slap some multiple on that: Say investors expect to earn 10% a year, so they'd pay $50 million for that stream of $5 million cash flows. So the firm is worth $50 million, about 5% of assets under management. That is: Managing $1 billion of money for other people, for a fee, is a franchise that creates about $50 million of value for you, or for people who invest in your management company. You could sell 10% of the management company to an investor for $5 million.
This is all crude and oversimplified in a lot of ways. But in this dumb model, the key inputs are (1) your assets under management and (2) the fees you can charge. Some kinds of asset managers run enormous piles of money and charge minimal fees: BlackRock Inc., which runs lots of low-fee index exchange-traded funds, manages about $10.5 trillion for investors and is worth about $116 billion, or a bit more than 1% of assets. Other kinds of asset managers run smaller piles of money and charge higher fees: KKR & Co., which runs lots of expensive private equity funds, manages about $578 billion for investors — about 5.5% the size of BlackRock — but is worth about $89 billion, or more than 15% of assets, almost as much as BlackRock. Intuitively — crudely, inaccurately, but intuitively — you could think "well, BlackRock probably charges about 10 basis points, so at a 10x multiple that's worth 1%; KKR probably charges about 1.5%, so at a 10x multiple that's worth 15%."
That calculation is not right, of course: Those firms will have different expenses (it's probably more expensive, as a percentage of assets, to pay a private equity dealmaker than someone making sure an ETF tracks its index), and of course investors care about not just current fee income but also expected future growth.
Still, this model suggests a rough cap on the value of an asset-management firm. If you charge clients 5% a year and have no expenses, then at a 10x multiple your management company should be worth something like 50% of assets under management.
I wrote the other day that Bill Ackman's hedge fund, Pershing Square LP, "is kind of what you think of when you think of a hedge fund." But then I realized (in a footnote) that I needed to qualify that statement. I don't know what you think of when you think of a hedge fund. I think there are two main models. There is what I think of as the old-school classic hedge fund, like Pershing Square, where one high-profile manager makes a handful of concentrated high-conviction market bets using his natural talent and hard work and market experience and gut instinct.
But then there is the newer model of multimanager, multistrategy hedge funds, or "pod shops," like Citadel or Millennium or Point72, that have a bunch of different portfolio managers each making bets in some particular sector or strategy. Unlike the old-school managers, the pod-shop portfolio managers don't usually go on television that much.
Also unlike the classic funds, the pod shops are run on, as it were, scientific lines. I mean, the portfolio managers might trade on gut instinct, but they are managed scientifically. Each portfolio manager will generally be tasked with producing returns that are not correlated with the broader market or the sector she invests in: The consumer discretionary manager won't get a bonus just because consumer discretionary stocks do well; she'll only get paid if she buys the best consumer discretionary stocks and shorts the worst ones. She will be required to be more or less factor-neutral, to run a portfolio that makes money on the strength of her ideas rather than on broad market trends. And her bosses will have quite sophisticated techniques to measure her performance and her skill, to neutralize standard market factors and to extract only alpha, only the returns to skilled investing.
The appeal of the multimanager funds, to institutional investors, is obvious: They can offer true alpha, true uncorrelated returns. They can tell allocators: "Okay, you can get your stock-market exposure from stock index funds, your bond-market exposure from bonds, your real estate exposure from buying real estate, whatever, and then you can diversify your portfolio by putting some money into our fund and we'll just pay you 12% per year with very little volatility." This is not a pitch that appeals to everyone: Plenty of people want the charismatic gut-instinct-driven single manager who might put all her money on one big bet that returns 300%. But it is a pitch that appeals to sober, sensible institutional asset allocators with a lot of money.
Bill Ackman started his current hedge fund, Pershing Square LP (PSLP), in 2004. PSLP is kind of what you think of when you think of a hedge fund [1] : It raised lots of money from big investors, it invests in concentrated bets (largely on stocks but also credit, interest rates, other things), it has done activist long investing and also short selling, [2] and it charges pretty close to the traditional "2 and 20" fee structure, or rather 1.5 and 20: Investors pay a 1.5% annual management fee on their assets, plus 20% of their gains. [3]
In 2014, Ackman launched a new fund, Pershing Square Holdings (PSH). [4] PSH is not a traditional hedge fund: It is a publicly traded closed-end fund. Investors could put money into PSH — they could buy shares of the fund from PSH — but they can't take money out ; if they want their money back they have to sell shares on the stock exchange. This makes PSH a "permanent capital vehicle," which is useful for a hedge fund manager making big bets: If investors are dissatisfied, they can't just demand their money back. I sometimes say that the essential skill of a hedge fund manager is not picking stocks that go up but rather continuing to run a hedge fund , and in some sense raising a multibillion-dollar permanent capital vehicle when times are good is a the very best possible thing for a hedge fund manager to do. And in 2014 Ackman did it.
As of 2024, Ackman manages about $18 billion, of which about $14.6 billion is in PSH, about $2 billion is in the hedge fund and about $1.6 billion is in a special Universal Music Group investment vehicle. [5] So most of the money these days is in PSH. (Ackman also has a SPARC, which I love and have discussed before, but it's not really relevant here so I'm not going to mention it again.) Roughly $4.5 billion of that money is "insider capital" from Ackman himself and his employees. In some loose sense, Ackman is less a "hedge fund manager" and more a "manager of a publicly traded investment vehicle."
Well. PSH is not a traditional hedge fund, in being closed-end and publicly traded, but in other ways it does look a lot like a hedge fund. It charges, not 2 and 20, but 1.5 and 16: a 1.5% management fee on assets and a 16% performance fee on gains. Like PSLP, PSH has made mostly concentrated bets on stocks, long and short, but it has also had some nice derivatives trades. It operates with some leverage (unlike PSLP), roughly 18% of capital. It is hedge fund-y.
Another thing that is hedge fund-y about it is that, if you are a regular investor in the US, you can't buy it. PSH is incorporated in Guernsey and listed on stock exchanges in Amsterdam and London. This is a little odd: Ackman lives and works in New York, he has a high public profile in the US, and Pershing Square's investments are largely US stocks. Why raise his public money in Europe?
The basic answer seems to be that the US regulates public investment funds more strictly than Europe does. For one thing, the US Securities and Exchange Commission rules for "registered investment companies" regulate the use of leverage, derivatives and short selling; if you are a swashbuckling hedge fund manager who wants the freedom to invest anywhere, you might find those rules too constraining. Also, though — maybe more importantly — US registered investment companies generally can't charge performance fees. If you are a hedge fund manager who wants the freedom to charge 2 and 20, or 1.5 and 16, you can't do it in a public vehicle in the US.
One model of a charitable endowment is that you are in the business of selling appreciated assets on behalf of your donors in order to maximize tax efficiency. Like:
1. A rich person owns some stock. She bought it for, say, $1 million, and it is worth $10 million now. 2. She could sell the stock for $10 million, pay taxes on her gains, and be left with something like $8 million. [1] She could then donate that money to you and deduct $8 million from her income taxes for the year, saving $3 million or so. [2] 3. Or she could give you the stock. Then she would not recognize any gains on the sale, and she'd get to deduct its full market value from her income taxes, saving almost $4 million. You get a bigger gift ($10 million instead of $8 million), and she gets a bigger tax deduction. Better trade! 4. Then you sell the stock, for $10 million, and don't pay any taxes, because you are a non-taxable charitable endowment.
This is a very well-known feature of US tax law; wealth managers will commonly tell you to donate appreciated stock rather than cash, and if you go to, like, Harvard University's web page, they will tell you how to donate stock, because it comes up a lot.
In this process, Step 4 is not strictly essential. If you are a big charitable endowment, you are not spending all of your money every year. You are investing it for the long run. Maybe you want to keep this stock; maybe you think it has room to run and will be worth more in the long run.
But if you are a big charitable endowment, you have some plan. You sit down and think about how to construct your portfolio; you say "we should be 50% stocks and 5% bonds and 15% hedge funds and 20% private equity and 10% timberland" or whatever, and then you pick assets and managers within each category to get the portfolio that you think will best position you for the long run. And then if some big donor comes in and gives you $10 million in cash, you allocate it to that portfolio.
But lots of donors instead come to you with stock that has appreciated a lot (often stock in their own companies), they want to maximize their gifts and their deductions, and they know that the way to do that is by donating the stock. The stock doesn't fit with your plan. You are not making an investment decision each time they donate the stock. You are, several times a year, getting a big concentrated position in some random stock that your big donors happen to own. An endowment with an investment portfolio consisting only of the stuff that its donors happened to have lying around would look crazy. You take the random stuff, you sell it, you buy index funds or timberland or whatever.
You are essentially a middleman: You have some target portfolio of assets you want to own, but your donations come largely in the form of other assets that your donors happen to own, and you are in a position to efficiently turn the donated assets into the target assets.
I love the SPARC, Ackman's "special purpose acquisition rights company"; we have talked about it several times before. It's like a SPAC, a special purpose acquisition company, which raises money, puts it in a pot and goes out to find a company to take the money and go public. But unlike a SPAC, the SPARC doesn't raise the money first: It just gives potential investors rights to invest, it finds a target, it negotiates a deal, and once it has a deal it goes back to the investors and says "okay put in the money now."
This is much better than a SPAC in many ways: It doesn't tie up the investors' money while the SPARC looks for the deal, and it gives the SPARC more flexibility on deal size, structure and timing. It's a cool idea, a way to do something SPAC-like that is simultaneously more efficient and also a little more SEC-friendly than an actual SPAC; no wonder he "received regulatory signoff" for it.
There is, however, one problem with a SPARC. A SPAC raises the money first and then goes out and finds a deal; once it has the deal, it lets its investors either keep their investment or ask for their money back. A SPARC finds a deal and then asks its investors to put their money in. In some rough economic sense these things are the same — either way, investors make a choice between (1) cash and (2) investing in this new public company — but there is an obvious behavioral difference; it might be easier to hold on to an investment that you've already made than it is to cough up cash for a new one. The SPARC is just a slightly bigger marketing challenge at the time of the deal.
Here's the first filing for Pershing Square SPARC Holdings Ltd., Bill Ackman's next-generation SPAC. A SPAC is a special purpose acquisition company: It raises a pool of money from investors, puts the money in trust, looks for a private company to take public, merges with the target company, gives it the cash and gives its investors shares in the newly public target company. A SPARC is a special purpose acquisition rights company: It's like a SPAC, but instead of selling shares to investors for $10 each, it gives away "special purpose acquisition rights" (SPARs) to investors for $0 each, and then when it finds a target company it asks the investors to put up some money to merge with the target. Before it finds a target, the SPARC rights — which the SPARC gave away for free — trade on the stock exchange for whatever they're worth, or I guess for whatever people think they're worth. A somewhat mysterious number. Basically: How big a deal do you think Ackman will do, how fast will he do it, and how good a deal will it be?
We have talked about Ackman's SPARC idea before and I just find it delightful? One fun thing about the SPARC is that, since it doesn't raise the money in advance, there's no real reason for it to be for a fixed amount of money. Ackman will go find a target company, and he'll figure out how much money the target company wants to raise, and then he'll go to the SPARC investors and ask them for the money:
The SPARs will each be exercisable for one Public Share, at a minimum exercise price of $10.00 per share. In connection with a proposed business combination, we may decide to seek a greater amount of capital from public investors, in which case we may increase, but not decrease, the exercise price of our SPARs. If we decide to increase the exercise price of our SPARs, we will publicly announce such increase at the time we announce that we have entered into a definitive agreement with respect to our business combination (the "Definitive Agreement"). We refer to the $10.00 SPAR exercise price as the "Minimum Exercise Price" and to the publicly announced final exercise price as the "Final Exercise Price." The total proceeds from the exercise of all SPARs at the Minimum Exercise Price will be $2,444,444,440. There is no maximum Final Exercise Price, and accordingly, no maximum amount of total proceeds we could raise from the exercise of all SPARs at the Final Exercise Price (the "Final Exercise Proceeds"). For example, if we decided to raise twice as much public capital, each SPAR would become exercisable for one Public Share at a Final Exercise Price of $20.00, and the Final SPAR Proceeds would be $4,888,888,880.
Also, Pershing Square Capital Management hedge funds will buy anywhere from $500 million to $3.5 billion of target-company stock alongside the SPARC, meaning that the SPARC deal will be for at least $2.9 billion but could be any arbitrary larger number.
Another fun thing about the SPARC is that, since it doesn't raise the money in advance, it just gives away its rights for free. In the case of Pershing Square's SPARC, it plans to give away the rights to shareholders of Pershing Square's somewhat abortive SPAC, Pershing Square Tontine Holdings. Then the SPARC would do a deal, raise money from SPARC rights holders, give them shares of the target company, and also give them shares of a new SPARC that would go looking for another deal, a sort of chain-SPARC business where each SPARC would, uh, spark the next SPARC.[2] This adds to the fun of valuation. Let's say you think each SPARC right is worth $3: You think that Ackman will announce a deal at about $10 to $20 a share and it will trade up by 15% to 30%; you average that out to $3 per share. But then when he announces the deal you get another SPARC right, which is also (let's say) worth $3 per share. So was your original SPARC right worth $6? But this continues indefinitely — the second SPARC deal comes with a third SPARC right, etc. — so in theory you're getting an indefinite string of IPO pops, not just one. How much is that worth?
Also I suppose anyone could copy this structure and give the rights to whoever they want? It helps to have name recognition and an existing SPAC, as Ackman does, but if this structure catches on you could imagine other people just air-dropping SPARCs onto some list of investors and hoping that they trade.
The pitch to the target company is also very fun. I once wrote about it:
Bill Ackman can go around to private companies looking to go public and say … what? "Hey, I've got some friends, and they are following with interest my efforts to find a company to merge with. If I find a good one, maybe they'll give me money, though they haven't given me any money yet and they're under no obligation to do so. Would you like to be that company, and maybe my friends will give you their money? We can find out together!"
If you are a company looking to go public, is that pitch appealing? Kind of, right? You will be comparing it to the pitch you are receiving from investment bankers to do a traditional initial public offering.[3] The investment bankers will want to charge you an underwriting fee of, say, 1% to 5% of the money you raise; the SPARC has no underwriting fee. (It does require you to give Pershing Square warrants to buy about 5% of your company, at a 20% premium to the IPO price, which is pretty significant, but you're selling stock at the IPO price anyway so perhaps you do not ascribe much value to this.)
The investment bankers will put together a roadshow with a plan to pitch big investors on the merits of your company. Ackman will also do some of that; presumably when you announce the deal he'll do an investor presentation on the merits. But whereas the bankers will be starting from scratch — calling up big investors to say "I have a cool company to tell you about" — Ackman will already have done a lot of the work of fundraising. The SPARC rights will already trade publicly; they will already be held by an audience of Ackman fans hoping to get in on his next deal. And their price will react to the deal and give you a quick indication of whether it works: If you announce a deal with the SPARC and the rights trade up to $3, that means that people will probably exercise their rights and that you'll get your money; if you announce the deal and the rights trade down to $0.01, that means they won't and you should rethink the deal. Getting instant feedback on whether your IPO will work is sort of cool.
This is the SPARC, the Special Purpose Acquisition Rights Company. A SPARC is a SPAC without the pool of money. Instead of shares, SPARCs issue rights; instead of selling shares for $10 or $20 per share and keeping the money in trust, the SPARC gives rights away for free and has no money in trust. It goes out and looks for a deal. When it finds one, it goes to the holders of rights and says "hey would you like to kick in $10 to get a new public share of this company I found?" If they mostly say yes, then the deal closes, the acquisition target gets the money and becomes public, and the SPARC rights (plus $10) transform into shares of the new public company.
When Pershing Square Tontine Holdings announced its Universal Music deal, it announced that PSTH shareholders, in addition to Universal Music shares, would be getting SPARC rights, and we talked about the SPARC structure a couple of times. It is cool! I am uncomplicatedly fond of the SPARC; it is an evolution of the SPAC structure that is both (1) more efficient and investor-friendly (investors don't have to tie up cash for months while the sponsor hunts for a target) and (2) somehow funnier. I wrote:
It is fun. It dispenses with almost all of the financial engineering of a SPAC: There are no warrants, no cash value, no shareholder votes, no time limits. In fact arguably there is no anything. Bill Ackman can go around to private companies looking to go public and say … what? "Hey, I've got some friends, and they are following with interest my efforts to find a company to merge with. If I find a good one, maybe they'll give me money, though they haven't given me any money yet and they're under no obligation to do so. Would you like to be that company, and maybe my friends will give you their money? We can find out together!"
But, I emphasized, the same exact thing is true of a SPAC: SPAC shareholders put their money in up front, but they can get it back when the deal is announced; the target only gets the money if the SPAC shareholders decide it's a good deal. The SPARC emphasizes this choice: It emphasizes that, if you are a target company and you sign a deal with a SPA(R)C to go public, the SPA(R)C doesn't come with any guaranteed money. Instead, you are signing up for the sponsor's ability to raise money, to go out to the retail investors holding SPAC shares or SPARC rights and convince them to fund the deal.
Last year, Ackman did yet another thing. It was a boom year for special purpose acquisition companies, a structure in which a financial celebrity raises money from public investors in a blind pool to merge with some private company to be named later and take it public. As a big financial celebrity who is good at raising money, Ackman decided to do the biggest SPAC ever. He raised $4 billion for his SPAC, Pershing Square Tontine Holdings.
If you run a hedge fund, or a publicly listed hedge-fund-y vehicle, more money is basically good: The more money you have, the more flexibility you have to make lots of good investments.[1] But with a SPAC, too much money can be sort of constraining. You're looking to do one deal, to merge with one private company, typically for a minority stake — call it around 10% to 20% — of the company. So a $4 billion SPAC is looking for a $20+ billion merger partner. And that understates things. Ackman, after all, runs a hedge fund (Pershing Square) and also a public hedge-fund-y investment vehicle (Pershing Square Holdings); if he finds a cool investment for Pershing Square Tontine, it would be awkward to freeze his other funds out of that investment. So the SPAC offering document said that the other Pershing Square funds would invest at least $1 billion, and as much as $3 billion or even more, in any deal that Pershing Square Tontine does.
As a general matter, U.S. securities law is not particularly fond of public companies that are set up as general-purpose investment funds. There are certain types of public investment funds that are allowed — most notably, mutual funds, but also SPACs, business development companies, real estate investment trusts, etc. — and they are all subject to pretty strict rules. Ackman's public hedge-fund-y fund, Pershing Square Holdings, is incorporated in Guernsey and trades in Amsterdam and London; it's not an idea that really works in the U.S. Ackman's proposed deal for Universal Music sort of looked like it was transforming Pershing Square Tontine into a general-purpose investment fund, and you can see why the SEC got nervous.
One thing that I want to point out is that, if you were the chief executive officer of a public company and wanted to rank the people with the power to influence your environmental, social and governance policies, a partial ranking, in ascending order of importance, might go something like this:5\. A social activist like Leila Mickelwait, a person who cares about environmental or social issues and writes and talks about them.4\. A shareholder-proposal activist, a person who buys 100 shares of your stock and submits a nonbinding shareholder proposal asking you to write a report about the issue.3\. Your biggest shareholders, if they are index-y investors like BlackRock Inc. who talk a lot about ESG stuff.2\. Your medium-sized institutional shareholders, if they are active investors who might dump your stock if they don't like what you're up to.1\. A famous activist investor who doesn't own any of your stock. If you are the chief executive officer of a public company, Bill Ackman is more likely to get you fired than BlackRock is, even if BlackRock owns 7% of your stock and Bill Ackman owns zero. After all, if you anger Bill Ackman, he might decide to buy stock and start a proxy fight to fire you. If you anger BlackRock, it's not going to sell any stock and it isn't going to start a proxy fight. Of course if you anger BlackRock, Bill Ackman — or Engine No. 1 — might start a proxy fight, and then BlackRock with its 7% stake might support the proxy fight and you might end up fired. You have to keep your big shareholders happy as insurance against activists. But you can keep activists happy as insurance against activists too. Everyone vaguely knows about this in the context of financial performance and capital-structure optimization, and so a few years ago you could read lots of stories about how companies were buying back stock and spinning off non-core divisions and generally doing the things that activists would want even if there was no activist in their stock. The point was to avoid attracting the attention of activists by doing what they wanted anyway. You did not read quite those sorts of stories about ESG[5]: Polluting or being racist or whatever might be bad, they might attract negative attention from various stakeholders (customers, employees, regulators, BlackRock), but they were not conceived of as things that would attract negative attention from activist hedge funds. Activist hedge funds were busy pushing for stock buybacks.But then last month activist hedge fund Engine No. 1 LLC did a proxy fight against Exxon Mobil Corp. that focused on environmental issues, and won, and replaced three members of Exxon's board of directors, and now the ESG activist space looks very different. Now ESG issues are a wedge that activist hedge funds can use to persuade big institutional investors and win proxy fights, and activist-hedge-fund-led proxy fights are a tool that institutional investors can use to enforce their ESG goals. So if you run a public company and Bill Ackman calls you about an ESG topic, you listen.
We talked on Friday about Pershing Square Tontine Holdings Ltd., Bill Ackman's special purpose acquisition vehicle, which will fission into three SPAC-like things: It will do a somewhat SPAC-ish deal with Universal Music Group BV and distribute Universal shares to its investors, it will keep some cash around in a "Remainco" that will try to do another acquisition, and, most interestingly, it will emit a SPARC. Pershing Square explains:
SPARC is not a SPAC. It is a Special Purpose Acquisition Rights Company. Unlike a traditional SPAC, SPARC does not intend to raise capital through an underwritten offering in which investors commit capital without knowing the company with which SPARC will combine.Instead, SPARC intends to issue rights to acquire common stock in SPARC for $20.00 per share to PSTH shareholders ("SPARs") which can only be exercised after SPARC enters into a definitive agreement for its initial business combination.
Pershing Square Tontine Holdings will distribute the SPARs — the SPARC rights — to its existing shareholders, so they can have first dibs on the next big deal that Ackman does. As I said on Friday, this strikes me as a cool idea. For one thing, it is in some ways a better product, for investors, than a SPAC: Instead of locking up money for up to two years while a SPAC hunts for a deal (and then maybe taking it back if they don't like the deal), SPARC investors don't put up any money until the SPARC finds a deal.[1]For another thing, though, right now is kind of a hard time to raise money for a SPAC: There are a lot of SPACs, there is a lot of money tied up in them, a lot of them have not traded that well, and there is a general sense that the early-2021 frenzy for SPACs left the market oversaturated. The Pershing Square SPARC lets Ackman go out and hunt for a $4 billion deal without raising $4 billion, yet.[2] If he finds a company he likes, he can say "well I more or less have a $4 billion pool of capital here." And then he can negotiate a deal and go to the SPARC holders for money, and if they like the deal they'll give it to him. Let's say you agree with me, and Ackman, that the SPARC is a good idea, and you want to launch one. How do you do that? Ackman is doing it as part of this fissioning of PSTH: He already has a $4 billion SPAC, and he's going to turn it into a $4 billion SPARC plus some other stuff (Universal, Remainco). If you also already have a SPAC, you could probably turn it into a SPARC too. I mean, probably best to fission it into a SPAC deal plus a SPARC, like Ackman is doing, though yours doesn't have to be so complicated. Like:
1. You have a SPAC. 2. The SPAC does a regular SPAC deal, a "de-SPAC merger" in which it merges with some private company to take it public. 3. The SPAC says "when this SPAC deal closes, investors in the SPAC will get (1) shares of the new public company that results from the SPAC deal plus (2) one right in my new SPARC." 4. The SPAC closes, the new public company does its thing, and the new SPARC exists and trades. 5. Eventually the SPARC finds another deal, goes to its rights holders and says "okay do you want to put in your money now?" 6. If they do, the SPARC closes another deal. 7. Might as well spin a new SPARC out of that one too. 8. Etc.
That is, the SPARC works as sort of a chain-SPARCing mechanism: You raise a SPAC, and when the SPAC terminates in a successful deal you spin out a new SPARC; when that terminates in a successful deal it spins out another SPARC; etc. Plenty of serial SPAC sponsors do something like this — raise a new SPAC after successfully exiting a previous SPAC[3] — but the SPARC spin could be an interesting variant, one that lets them launch a new vehicle automatically and without having to raise money for it up front.Pershing Square's SPARC will have a nominal value of $4 billion, same as its SPAC, but there's no reason it has to be that way; if you do a $1 billion SPAC and spin a SPARC out of it, it could be a $500 million SPARC or a $2 billion SPARC or whatever. Actually you could spin out multiple SPARCs; why not? "When this deal closes, investors will get the SPAC deal they were originally promised, plus rights to chip in $5 to one new deal, and $10 to another new deal, and $20 to a third new deal." And then you could pursue one or two or all of those new deals, and if any of them work out the rights could be exercisable. And if none of them work out, who cares, it's not like the investors paid for the SPARC rights.Well, they didn't pay you. Presumably the rights would trade on the stock market as pure bets on your success as a SPAC sponsor and your continuing interest in finding a deal. (Or deals.) The theory is that if holders of your old SPAC want to re-up with you, they can keep their SPARC rights and eventually contribute money to your next deal; if they don't, they can sell their SPARC rights to someone who does want to bet on your next deal. The rights end up in the hands of enthusiasts for your work, and then when you announce a deal those enthusiasts can fund it. All of this assumes that you've already got a SPAC going and that it's closing in on a merger. What if you don't? Well, you could spin SPARC rights out of something else. Public companies — banks, private equity firms, SoftBank, etc. — sometimes sponsor SPACs in the regular way; I suppose they could spin SPARCs to their shareholders directly out of the public company. The shareholders would get the SPARC rights for free, as a fun little bonus, and then could either keep them (as a chance to co-invest with the company if it finds a deal) or sell them in the market for a bit of cash.All of these things assume that you give the SPARC rights away for free. They might be worth something — they will have some market price, as bets on your ability to find a good deal — but it would be unseemly for you to charge for them. Could you, though? Could you just sell the SPARC rights directly to potential investors? Could you launch a SPARC not with a free distribution to existing shareholders of something (a SPAC, a SPARC, a public company), but with an initial public offering of the rights for cash?
Seems … aggressive. The thing you are selling is "I will try to find a deal, and if I find one I will ask you to pay for it." Doesn't seem like it should be worth anything, and in fact the standard price for that part of a SPAC is zero dollars. A SPAC sponsor asks investors to chip in $10, for which they get (1) an expectation that the sponsor will try to find a deal, and the right to contribute to it if she finds one, plus (2) a $10 money-market investment. If you invest $10, you get the bet on the sponsor, plus $10 ; the bet on the sponsor is thus free. It might be worth more than zero — the SPAC might trade above $10 before it announces a deal — but the sponsor won't charge more than zero for it. The Securities and Exchange Commission has rules to protect the investors in a SPAC, to make sure that they can get their money back; doing a paid SPARC offering would probably go a bit too far. Still I would like to see someone try.
Corporate bankruptcy doesn't always wipe out the shareholders. If everything really is going to get back to normal soon, then there could be enough money to satisfy creditors and leave shareholders with something, and clearly some professional investors think that might be true about some of these bankrupt names. … Analysts have pointed to improvements in air travel and used-car prices to conclude that there's some chance of Hertz shareholders recovering. Maybe all the companies and their creditors will show up in bankruptcy court and say "never mind, things are fine now, everything will go back to how it was," and the stocks will rally. It has happened occasionally in the past—Bill Ackman made a fortune holding General Growth Properties stock through bankruptcy—and these are strange and unprecedented times. On the other hand, "debt securities tied to the companies continue to trade below par, implying a less-than-full recovery for creditors who are ranked well ahead of shareholders." … And it is … possible … that many of the thousands of brand-new investors on Robinhood have not carefully analyzed the capital structures to find the fulcrum securities?
I am pretty embarrassed by this, because even at the time you could pretty easily make the case for a Hertz shareholder recovery. Hertz blew up right at the start of the pandemic, as the mark-to-market price of its fleet of cars collapsed and effectively caused a margin call that Hertz couldn't meet. But the bankruptcy process grinds slowly, and even by June — a couple of weeks after it filed, which in turn was a few weeks after its lenders demanded more money due to the decline in used-car values — used-car prices were recovering nicely and Hertz's bankruptcy looked more and more like a blip of bad timing. If it had made it through May and June, the story about Hertz might have been "Hertz is doing surprisingly well, sure travel is down but not as much as expected, and it's had a weird windfall from rising used-car prices." Avis Budget Group, another big rental-car company, had a rough few months in early 2020 but was doing better by mid-June; by March 2021 its stock was at all-time highs. Without the disruption of bankruptcy, wouldn't Hertz's valuation have had roughly the same trajectory? With the disruption of bankruptcy, shouldn't the stock still be worth something? The nice thing about stock markets is that everyone gets to decide for themselves: If you think that Hertz is undervalued and will recover, you can buy the stock; if you think that anyone buying Hertz is crazy, you can just not buy it. The stock price will reflect some aggregate of people's expectations; in June 2020, you or I might have said that those expectations were crazy, but they turned out to be pretty accurate. One lesson here is that I know nothing and nothing in this column is ever investing advice. An important lesson! Another lesson is that the conventional wisdom that, when debt and equity prices conflict, distressed-debt investors are smart and understand valuation and fulcrum securities, while equity investors are dumb retail gamblers who know nothing and buy stock for fun, might be wrong? There is a temperamental difference between equity investors and distressed credit investors: Distressed investors think about the downside and what might go wrong; equity investors think about the upside and what might go right. In the spring of 2020, in the dark days of a global pandemic, it seemed smart to focus on the downside. But in fact the stock market was back at all-time highs by September, and if you bet on the worst stocks in May your optimism was rewarded.
One question that I have with SPACs is: If you are a unicorn, is a SPAC a merger partner, or a tool for going public? Formally they're a bit of both. A SPAC is an empty shell company that goes public, raises money in an initial public offering, and then uses that money (plus some more money from its sponsors or friends, here Pershing Square) to merge with some private company, which will thereby become public. So the goal here is for Pershing Square Tontine to merge with some “mature unicorn”—Airbnb Inc., Palantir Technologies Inc., and SpaceX are some names that are thrown around—with the result that the unicorn will be public and Ackman will end up with a big stake in it. That is two trades at once: The unicorn becomes a public company, with a bunch of unrelated public shareholders, and it also gets a big cash investment from Ackman's hedge fund, which presumably remains a long-term holder and perhaps also gets some governance rights, board seats, etc. A lot of the discussion around SPACs these days emphasizes that they are a tool for going public; here is Ackman:
Ackman said his pitch to target companies will emphasize the relative ease of going public through a merger with Pershing's SPAC, compared to the risk and headaches of an IPO, direct listing or sale to a private equity firm. Completing a deal could take only two weeks, he said. …"If you're an investment banker today, you're going to call your favorite $10 billion company and say, 'Isn't this an interesting way to go public,'" Ackman said. "We welcome the inbound call."
But there is something a bit strange about that emphasis. If your goal, as a unicorn, is to go public and remain independent, why would you do it by selling a huge block of stock to a famous activist investor? For one thing he is an activist, and might not just leave you alone to do your own thing. But for another thing he is famous, and if a SPAC is just a capital-markets tool to make unicorns' IPOs easier, why should it have a famous sponsor? Why shouldn't an investment bank just have an associate set up a bunch of SPACs, and then sell them to the public with the pitch "hey we will do some IPOs this year and you can pre-buy one of them sight unseen," and then go to unicorns and pitch "hey we've got a bunch of SPACs lying around, if you want to go public quickly and easily you can just merge with one"? Why not cut out the role of the famous sponsor in SPACs and make it a pure capital-markets tool? Obviously part of the answer is that people invest in SPACs because they trust the famous sponsor to get good deal flow, find a good company, and merge with it at a good price. If you have a track record (or a reasonable expectation) of making a lot of money for your SPAC investors, then you should be able to raise a lot of money from SPAC investors. But this is a bit double-edged. If you go to a private tech unicorn and say "yes look I can take you public and give you a billion dollars because people know that I make a lot of money for investors," then what you are really saying to them is "people expect me to take you public at a price that is too low; I can give you a billion dollars because you'll give me stock that's worth $2 billion." If you are a tech unicorn whose particular concern about going public is that IPOs underprice companies, then this is not an appealing story! You want to sell your stock to the highest bidder, not to someone who has built a reputation for being good at buying companies cheap. But you can have a more nuanced story, not "I will create value for my investors by taking you public cheap" but rather "I will create value for my investors, and you, by making your company better, and also public." I think in reality a lot of people invest in SPACs, and a lot of companies merge with SPACs, because they believe the sponsors add real value. Here's a Financial Times article about Michael Klein, a former Citigroup banker who is now a very successful SPAC sponsor; what is striking about it is that Klein is not described as a capital-markets functionary who gives companies a new tool to go public, but as a sort of private-equity-firm-but-for-public-companies. The pitch is not "we'll take you public faster and leave you alone," it's "we'll be a good merger partner who will invest in your business for the long run":
On a call setting out the MultiPlan deal last week, Mr Klein claimed that what set his blank-cheque vehicles apart was the roster of individuals who invested in the Spacs and worked with the target companies if they had relevant expertise. The group, which is called Archimedes Advisors and sits within Mr Klein's firm, includes former Ford CEO Alan Mulally; Apple's former design chief Jony Ive; Joe Ianniello, who used to lead CBS; and John Thornton, the ex-Goldman Sachs banker who chairs Barrick Gold. To help unearth companies, Mr Klein has also recruited Oak Hill CEO and founder Glenn August, who injected $500m into the financing for MultiPlan. …Mr Klein is adamant that he and his partners are in it for the long run. "We are very long-term investors. We don't have a fund. We're investing for decades," he said announcing the deal. "We're not in the business of buying LBOs [leveraged buyouts]. We're in the business of investing behind growing companies."
And so Klein gets board seats and other rights in the companies he takes public, and he gives them advice. It's a sort of half-IPO, half-merger. Ackman seems to be going for something like that here too. His SPAC is relatively light on financial bells and whistles, with limited warrant coverage and not much in the way of free shares for him, and with Pershing Square (Ackman's hedge fund) planning to invest a lot of money in the eventual unicorn target alongside the SPAC. The pitch to the unicorns is not "we'll take you public cheap and build in lots of tricks to make SPAC investors rich," it is "we're good activist investors who spot good companies and make them better, and wouldn't you like to partner with us." It is, you know, a marriage. Which is fine, good, lovely, positive-sum financial engineering, I have no complaints. I just want to spell it out a bit here because, again, the common story these days is that a SPAC is a substitute for an IPO that is cheaper and avoids mispricing. I have argued before that that is wrong, but in particular here I want to point out that the SPAC is (sometimes) a marriage and an IPO generally isn't.An IPO is, you sell stock to some people who want to buy it, and in general you hope that they'll be good stable long-term investors, but you don't lock them up forever. They get to vote for directors, usually, but the big IPO investors don't generally get their own representatives on your board. And in particular, the trend in tech unicorn IPOs in recent years has been to minimize the power and input of public investors. Lots of tech unicorns go public with dual-class stock so that investors can't really vote for directors; the founders' goal in going public is to raise mon
In February, the Pershing Square funds purchased credit default swaps (CDS) on various investment grade and high yield credit default swap indices, namely the CDX IG, CDX HY, and ITRX EUR. At the time of purchase, the IG or investment grade indices were trading near all-time tight levels of about 50 basis points per annum. The high yield index, the CDX HY, was also trading near its lowest spread ever. When one adjusts for the fact that a number of companies in the high yield index were on the brink of default (and these near-default companies' spreads were in the thousands of basis points), the spreads on the rest of the companies in the index were actually well below the 2006-2007 all-time lows. … This is best understood by a somewhat simplified example: assume you purchase $1 billion notional of CDS on the IG index for 50 basis points. In summary terms, you are committing to pay 50 bps times $1 billion, or $5 million of premium per annum for five years. Assuming you sell the CDS a month after purchase at a spread of 150 basis points, you would receive approximately the present value of the spread, in this case 100 basis points per annum, times the $1 billion notional amount of the contract for the remaining 4 years and 11 months of the contract's life. The present value of 100 bps for 4 years and 11 months is a number which is slightly less than the present value factor times 4.92 years times 100 basis points times $1 billion, or approximately $45 million. Since the contract in this example was only outstanding for one month, the total premium paid would be 1/12th of the annual payment of $5 million or approximately $417,000. Therefore, for a total outlay of $417,000, you would make $45 million. This understates your actual risk, however, because if spreads were to narrow during that month, you would lose substantially more than the premium. That said, if you were confident that spreads would either stay the same over the next month or widen, you would only be risking the premium of $417,000.
Oversimplifying somewhat, Ackman didn't agree to pay $27 million for a huge hedge; he agreed to pay $27 million per month for five years for the hedge.[1] In the event, it moved so dramatically in his favor so quickly that he was able to terminate at a huge profit in less than a month. If it had taken another month, presumably he'd have kept the bet on and paid another $27 million and the trade would still look amazing, though not quite as amazing (50x return). If in fact we had moved into a new golden age of corporate credit, and spreads had tightened , he might have had to pay hundreds of millions of dollars to terminate the trade.[2] I take his point that, when he entered the trade, spreads were at all-time tights and that risk seemed low, so it was asymmetrically attractive, but, you know, those were the market rates; lots of people lost a lot of money over the last decade betting that rates couldn't get any lower. In any case, though, the $27 million and $2.6 billion are sort of apples-to-oranges amounts; Ackman got into the trade with a small cash payment and a larger mark-to-market risk, though he got out of it with a much larger mark-to-market gain. I should be clear that I say all of this as a criticism of my own naivety yesterday in interpreting the trade, not as a criticism of Ackman for doing it. It's still a really good trade! But it's not quite the pristine just-go-buy-a-winning-lottery-ticket trade that I'd thought it was.
Bill Gates (1)
Let's say you are an investor and an analyst suggests a company to you. You do some research and you become convinced that the company's products are excellent and that it is doing good things for the world. You also think that the company's earnings next year will be higher than Wall Street consensus: Analysts expect adjusted earnings of $15.627 per share, but you think the right number will be $20, almost 30% higher than consensus. And given the company's growth and prospects and general excellence, you think it deserves a price/earnings multiple of 40 times next year's earnings. This gives you a price target of $800 per share.
You enthusiastically go to the market to buy as much stock as you can and you notice that it's trading at $1,000. So, uh. "Well," you think, "this company is great, but not as great as the market apparently thinks." You have great confidence in your rigorous process, you are sure that you didn't miss anything, so you reluctantly short the stock, betting that its price will fall.
Is this evil? Have you deprived the good company of capital? Meh, not really. The company is not raising money right now — because it is performing so well, etc.; it has $17.6 billion of cash and had $11.5 billion of operating cash flow last year — so when you sell stock you're not depriving the company of money it needs to run its business. At some margin your short sales might drive the stock price down a bit, but who cares. The stock is up 1,100% since the start of 2020, so its executives are still very rich and motivated. (In fact one of them is the richest person on Earth.) If you shorted the stock and then also sabotaged the company's factories then, sure, that would be evil. But if you just short the stock because you think the stock price is too high, then you are not really doing anything to harm the company, or to prevent it from achieving its important mission of doing good things for the world. You are just making a bet in financial markets.
Bill Hwang (18)
Still, the trial is unsatisfying. Normally, in this sort of market manipulation — "open market manipulation," where you artificially inflate the price of a stock just by buying a lot of it, without also going around telling lies about how the company has a cure for cancer or whatever — you also have some plan to make money. Right? It's easy, with enough money, to make a stock go up: You just buy a lot of it, and the price will go up. But then what? Then you sell a lot of it, and the price will go right back down. You have big paper profits on the way up, but you cannot realize those profits, and by the time you sell the stock you end up losing money. This certainly happened to Hwang: He started off with hundreds of millions of dollars, briefly manipulated his way to $36 billion, sold his stocks and ended up at zero.
There are ways to make money from this sort of market manipulation, but they require some sort of additional plan. We have talked about Avi Eisenberg, the Mango Markets guy, who artificially inflated the price of a crypto token (by buying a lot of it), created large paper profits on a derivative position, and then was able to withdraw those profits from a somewhat dumb decentralized finance protocol. That's how you do market manipulation: Buy a lot of a thing, yes, but also (1) have a bigger derivative position that profits from your buying and/or (2) trick someone into lending you money against your artificially inflated asset so you don't have to sell it and drive down the price. (Eisenberg was also convicted.) That makes sense: You inflate the price of the thing, and you have some plan to make money.
From the beginning, the mystery of Bill Hwang is that there has never been any real evidence that he had a plan to make money. He bought stocks, he pushed them up, he had paper profits, he had capacity to withdraw or borrow against some of those paper profits, and he plowed basically all of them back into buying more of the same stocks. He never took his foot off the gas; he was pouring more money into those stocks the week they all collapsed. I have speculated that it would be cool if at some point he withdrew a billion dollars of profits and buried them in his backyard, but even after the trial I have never seen any evidence of that. [6] "What was in it for him," the judge asked before the trial, and I don't think there was ever really an answer.
The essential problem was this. Archegos had a portfolio of giant leveraged bets on about a dozen stocks. In some cases, it was the biggest single owner of those stocks, but since it owned the stocks through total return swaps at a bunch of different banks, that was not apparent: As far as anyone could tell from public data, each bank had a reasonably sized position in each of those stocks (to hedge its swaps to Archegos); there was no single large owner. But then some of the stocks went down, Archegos got margin calls on its big leveraged swap bets, it couldn't meet the margin calls, and all the banks had to seize and sell the stocks at the same time. This drove down the prices of the stocks, evaporated Archegos (which went from a net worth of $36 billion to zero) and left some banks with big losses.
Not Jefferies, though, or not so much. The trick is that if you immediately seized Archegos's stocks and sold them, you got out at a decent price and didn't lose money. If you waited too long, the prices melted down and you lost money. Handler, at the swim-up bar, [4] grasped the essential issue and blew out Archegos's positions at Jefferies.
Others did not, because they didn't realize how bad things were for Archegos, because — the government alleges — Archegos misled them about its actual positions. In the government's telling, each bank thought that Archegos had a portfolio of (1) big leveraged bets on a dozen stocks at that bank plus (2) boring, straightforward investments in household-name stocks at all the other banks.
Here's an amazing trade, if you can get it. Archegos Capital Management, the family office of Bill Hwang, had a hugely successful run followed by a disastrous collapse in March 2021. (We talked about it here, here and here.) Archegos's assets grew from about $4 billion in 2020 to roughly $36 billion on March 22, 2021; by March 29 they were roughly zero. If you had money in Archegos — and you didn't, it was a family office running mainly Hwang's own money — then you had enormous paper profits as of March 22, and nothing as of March 29. But what if, on March 30, you could look around at the rubble and decide to withdraw what you had in the fund as of March 22? That would be pretty good, right?
Archegos did not only run Hwang's money. It employed a number of investment professionals, though it is a little unclear what they did all day; by the end of Archegos's run it seems that Hwang was mostly just buying a dozen stocks as fast as he could without consulting with his analysts. But he did employ analysts, and he paid them millions of dollars a year, and like many hedge-fund analysts they took some of their pay in cash and some of it in shares of the fund. So apparently about $500 million of Archegos's money, just before the end, belonged to its employees.
The way their employment agreements worked is that, if they left their jobs at Archegos, they could withdraw the money that they had in the fund, and Archegos would pay them out within 60 days. But the employment agreements apparently included a 30-day lookback option: If you quit on March 30, you could get paid your balance as of Feb. 28.
Your balance as of Feb. 28 was just so much bigger than your balance as of March 30. If you work for a fund that makes massive concentrated levered bets that inflate the values of its holdings, and then crashes to zero when those leveraged bets blow up, that lookback option is incredibly incredibly valuable.[1] Well. I mean, it is valuable in theory. On certain assumptions. It is valuable if they pay you. The problem is that if the fund goes to zero and you say "I would like to get paid as though the fund was still worth $36 billion, like my contract says," they will say "sure buddy we'd all like that but where do you think the money will come from?"
Here is a wild lawsuit filed by Brendan Sullivan, a former managing director at Archegos, against Archegos, Hwang and a few other Archegos executives. There is so much good stuff in it — here is a Bloomberg article about it highlighting many wild things that are totally different from the wild things we will talk about here — but my favorite part is the accounting of how much money Sullivan thinks he is owed. The complaint lays out his bonus each year and how much of it was deferred to be invested into Archegos; I'll summarize it in a little table[2]:
So he put about $3.8 million of his own (bonus) money into Archegos. That investment is now worth $0, since Archegos was vaporized. But shortly before he quit Archegos — on March 30, 2021! — it was worth $30.5 million , so that's what he's suing for:
When he left Archegos, Sullivan requested the contents of his Individual Plan Account as of February 28, 2021.>
Section 4.1 of the Elective Plan Contract and the "Deferred Bonus Payment" section of the Mandatory Plan Contract expressly provides for this 30 day "look back" period, and requires that all deferred compensation be paid within thirty to sixty days of an employee's departure from Archegos.>
As of February 28, 2021, Sullivan's Individual Plan Account was valued at approximately $30.5 million.
I love it so much. You work for a fund that gets vaporized, you comb through your contract, you're like "wait I have a lookback option, they have to pay me as though they never got vaporized," so you quit immediately and sue for $27 million of paper profits.[3] The combination of chutzpah and careful contract reading! That's about a 148% annual rate of return, $30.5 million on his $3.8 million of deferrals.[4] "I worked at one of the best hedge funds in the history of hedge funds, if you don't count its final month, which I don't, so give me my profits."[5] I hope every hedge fund in the world is trying to hire this guy; this guy gets it.
When we talked about this in April, I was skeptical that this could be market manipulation. The problem is that the DOJ and SEC had no theory of what Hwang was trying to do. If you push up the price of some stocks because you have some giant derivative trade on that makes money from the stocks going up, fine, market manipulation. But if you just generically push stocks up by buying them, and then you sell them, they'll go back down and you won't make any money. Hwang doesn't seem to have made money on this weird round-trip — he seems to have lost most of his money — and nobody has any good ideas about how he could have. So what was the manipulative scheme?
Yesterday Hwang's lawyers filed a motion to dismiss the SEC case against him and honestly it's pretty compelling? Here is how it begins:
The Complaint in this matter is extraordinary: paragraph after paragraph alleges entirely lawful trading on the open market, but then concludes that the trades at issue—real trades subjecting defendant Bill Hwang to real economic risk, and devoid of any deceptive actions—was somehow unlawful. In particular, the Complaint finds manipulation in defendant Bill Hwang's conduct in trading large volumes of securities, trading which the SEC second-guesses, in hindsight, was "non-economic," i.e., lacked a legitimate economic basis. Along the way, the SEC declares to be unlawful a number of practices that have long been accepted as entirely legitimate, including trading one's own money through a family office that has limited reporting requirements, trading on margin or through security-based swaps rather than in the securities themselves, or trading before or at the end of the trading day. The result is a Complaint that is not only unprecedented in its expansion of the notion of "open-market manipulation," already a questionable theory, but one that would, if sustained, threaten the very existence of markets by allowing regulators to judge, in retrospect, the economic value of trading, and by equating manipulative intent with mere knowledge of the truism that trading, and especially large trades, affects price. No trader could have known that these kinds of actions would someday—because Mr. Hwang's trading failed in the short term, costing him, but no other investors, billions of dollar of losses—be deemed unlawful, rendering this Complaint not only wrong, but fundamentally unfair and an obvious attempt to rewrite the law and then apply it retroactively.
Look, if there's a stock that trades at $50, and you start buying a ton of it, and you keep buying it as it goes all the way up to $100, and then you sell it and it goes back down to $50, there was something weird about you buying at $100. Why did you buy it at $100? It was not worth $100, apparently, as you can tell from the fact that it traded at $50 before and after your buying spree. You were at least making a mistake buying it at $100, and because $100 is so much more than $50 the mistake seems suspicious. It feels plausible to describe your buying the stock at $100 as "non-economic," like you were buying it for some reason other than that you thought it was worth $100.
But I don't think that's enough to count as market manipulation? Hwang's motion discusses the law (citations omitted):
The Supreme Court has characterized "manipulation" as a "term of art" in securities law. It therefore has held that a securities law violation for "market manipulation" requires a showing of "intentional or willful conduct designed to deceive or defraud investors by controlling or artificially affecting the price of securities." Similarly, the Court has held that to be actionable a manipulation scheme must have a deceptive element.
The deception requirement is met under Second Circuit law only by conduct that gives "a false impression of how market participants value a security" and disrupts "the natural interplay of supply and demand." …
While the SEC asserts that Archegos employed "multiple deceptive tactics" and points to "several indicia of manipulation," it does not actually allege any purported deceptive acts that could have created "a false impression of how market participants value a security," but only alleges real trades that reflected how Mr. Hwang valued securities and that exposed Archegos and Mr. Hwang to real economic risk. There are no allegations of the kinds of deceptive trading recognized as creating an artificial market and price. Instead, the SEC's truly radical theory is that Mr. Hwang engaged in a broad market manipulation scheme over the entire six month "Relevant Period" because his trading was so highly concentrated and so voluminous that it created a market price that was somehow "artificial," which he allegedly recognized and, on unspecified occasions, even intended. This theory of "open-market manipulation" has been debated by legal scholars, but it has never been the basis for a cognizable cause of action in the Second Circuit or indeed in most other Circuits.
The leading case on the subject in this Circuit is United States v. Mulheren. In Mulheren, the Court criticized the government's open-market manipulation theory and reversed a criminal conviction based upon it. Specifically, the government alleged that the defendant bought stock with the sole intent of driving up its price as a favor to Ivan Boesky, who wanted to sell his shares of the same stock back to the company when the stock hit a certain price. Allegations and proof that Boesky told Mulheren that "it would be great if it traded" at the desired price, along with Mulheren's use of a broker he did not regularly use (to allegedly conceal his trading activity), and that Mulheren's purchases comprised 70% of the trading in that security between the opening of the market and 11:10 a.m. were, even taken together, insufficient to sustain a conviction for market manipulation. The Court noted that all the evidence presented against Mulheren was at least as consistent with innocent behavior—buying stock because he wanted to own it—as with manipulation.
A third theory, the most appealing one, is that he was working on a short squeeze. His huge long positions were mostly in companies that were heavily shorted, he drove up their stocks, and all of this was happening around the same time as the meme-stock craze and its focus on squeezing short sellers. If the stock prices got high enough, the short sellers might be forced to close out their positions by buying the stocks at inflated prices, and then Hwang could have sold to them at those inflated prices and gotten out of his trade at an enormous profit.
The model here is an insane game of leveraged chicken: Bill Hwang bets on the stock using billions of dollars of borrowed money, short sellers bet against it using billions of dollars of borrowed stock, their game comes to dominate trading in the stock, and whoever's lenders blink first loses.
There is some support for this theory: Hwang's stocks were heavily shorted, and in fact short sellers thought that's what he was up to:
Short seller Carson Block, famous for his bearish bets against Chinese companies, said in a May 2021 interview that he hoped the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission would look into the trading in GSX. He questioned whether Archegos and others were trying to squeeze such positions.
"Just can't see that these guys went long GSX on such large size because they believed the fundamentals were so good," he said.
Here is a simplified version of the Archegos story. Archegos Capital Management was a family office run by Bill Hwang, a former Tiger Cub hedge fund manager, that invested his personal fortune. Starting in about 2020, Archegos's investment strategy consisted of buying a whole ton of shares of like 10 stocks, using mostly money borrowed from about a dozen banks. (Technically it did this buying using total return swaps rather than actually buying the stocks on margin, but that is a minor point.)
As Archegos kept buying more of these stocks, they went up, because generally if you buy a lot of a stock the price will go up. As the prices went up, Archegos had mark-to-market profits: The shares it bought earlier at lower prices were worth more, so it had made money. Archegos used these profits, leveraged with more money borrowed from its banks, to buy more of its favorite stocks. This made the prices go up more, which created more profits, which gave it more money to buy more stocks, etc., in what I guess you could call a virtuous cycle.
I don't know how to write an ending for this story? I mean, I know how the story ended in real life, and it's the obvious ending. The obvious ending is that, if you keep doing this, you end up owning enormous quantities of your favorite 10 stocks, owing enormous amounts of money to your banks, and having a very slim margin for error. If a slight breeze knocks down the price of one of your stocks, your banks will demand more money in a margin call, and you won't have any cash because you have invested every cent in buying stocks with borrowed money. Your banks will be forced to sell some of your stocks, which will drive their prices down, which will lead to more margin calls and more forced sales and more price drops, etc., in what you would certainly call a vicious cycle.
And that is in fact exactly what happened. There was a small hiccup with one of its stocks: ViacomCBS Inc., a huge Archegos holding, saw its stock price shoot up and decided to raise some money by selling stock, which pushed down the price a bit. The result was that Archegos was absolutely vaporized almost immediately: It got margin calls that it couldn't meet, its stocks were liquidated, their prices crashed, it lost all its money, and some of its less nimble banks lost billions of dollars when they were too slow to liquidate. It is the obvious outcome, and it happened.
One way to tell the story of Credit Suisse Group AG and Archegos Capital Management is that Archegos was a big hedge fund, Credit Suisse loaned it a lot of money to buy stocks, the stocks went down, Archegos didn't pay back the money, Credit Suisse lost billions of dollars, and in penance it is shutting down its business of lending money to hedge funds and instead shifting its focus to helping rich people manage their money. That version of the story is almost true. Bloomberg News reports today:
Credit Suisse Group AG will exit the hedge fund business at the heart of the Archegos Capital Management scandal and shift more resources to wealth management as it seeks to draw a line under a tumultuous year.
The bank is discontinuing most prime brokerage after the implosion of Bill Hwang's family office cost it billions of dollars and is moving about $3 billion of capital from the investment bank to the private bank. The Swiss lender is also simplifying its structure into four divisions, including a single unit that groups together its wealth management businesses, as reported earlier this week by Bloomberg.
Chairman Antonio Horta-Osorio has spent the past six months conducting a root-and-branch review of Credit Suisse after disastrous risk lapses wiped out billions in profit, plunged the bank into crisis and led to an overhaul of top management. He stopped short of the radical changes that characterised Deutsche Bank AG's overhaul three years ago, electing to pare back areas that backfired while investing in the more stable businesses of helping the world's wealthy manage their fortunes.
But my first sentence is not quite true. There is one small inaccuracy, which is that Archegos was not actually a big hedge fund.[3] Functionally, it was a big hedge fund: It was big ($20 billion of assets at its peak), it was run by a former "Tiger Cub" hedge fund manager (Hwang), and its relationship with Credit Suisse was through the prime brokerage division that finances hedge funds. But actually it was a big family office. It was not a hedge fund; it did not manage money for outside clients. It managed Bill Hwang's fortune.
A family office, particularly at that scale, is not quite the same thing as a rich person's personal brokerage account; Archegos had well-paid professional employees (with, presumably, some of their own money invested in Archegos) and its own legal entity and so forth. But it is kind of like a rich person's personal brokerage account, in that Hwang called the shots, answered to no one but himself, and managed the money basically to fund his own lifestyle and philanthropy. Presumably Credit Suisse's very best wealth managers, its top experts at "helping the world's wealthy manage their fortunes," had relationships with billionaires who were not so different from Hwang in terms of wealth or financial sophistication or risk appetite or the trades they were doing. They just came in through the "wealth management" door rather than the "prime brokerage" door.[4]
You might think that when a guy's family office goes from positive $20 billion to negative $10 billion, that guy would no longer be a billionaire. That is sort of the naive intuitive reading of things: You've got a "family office," that's where your money is, you make very levered bets with that money, those bets go to — and through — zero, you don't have money anymore. But that is not necessarily true:
The size of Bill Hwang's fortune remains uncertain. Former employees have been grousing that while they've been wiped out, Hwang, through private investments and other holdings away from Archegos, could still be a billionaire. ...
Banks are haggling with Hwang's team to figure out the size of his remaining wealth and whether they can claw back any of it. Credit Suisse has said it will seek to recoup money from Archegos and its related entities and individuals. The Swiss bank also flagged in its findings that Hwang's firm took out more than $2 billion in excess margin from its account with the lender in the days before the collapse.
You don't have to keep all your family's money in your family office. You have the family office, it is a legal entity (Archegos Capital Management), it enters into contracts (swap confirmations, credit support annexes) with its banks. The contracts presumably say things like "if Archegos's positions end up being worth a negative amount of money, it will pay that money to the banks." But it — Archegos — is on the hook. Not necessarily you. If Archegos — the legal entity — doesn't have any more money to pay to the banks, then what happens? Maybe the contracts include personal guarantees, or maybe there is some other legal theory by which the banks can sue Hwang personally to make him responsible for Archegos's debts. Or maybe there isn't. Maybe when Archegos went to (below) zero, Hwang could walk away whistling, leave his banks holding the bags, and keep … billions of dollars? … of wealth that he held outside of Archegos. Maybe when he took $2 billion of winnings off the table from Credit Suisse, days before it all blew up, he rolled that money into new heavily levered bets at other banks that then went to zero. Maybe he didn't. Maybe he buried it in his backyard, you know?
You could imagine a different approach. For instance, in traditional finance, a popular alternative to owning stock is owning a "cash-settled swap." A cash-settled swap is just a bet in which you pay me $1 for every dollar that Tesla stock goes up, and I pay you $1 for every dollar that Tesla stock goes down. We can say that I own Tesla "synthetically," and you are short Tesla synthetically. This is a very popular product for investors who, for whatever reason, do not want to actually own stock. Archegos Capital Management is a famous recent example of a big investor that bought very concentrated positions in a lot of stock on swap. Part of the reason for this was probably that Archegos wanted to avoid the disclosure obligations that come with owning U.S. stocks directly.
Another big part of the reason for it was definitely that Archegos wanted a lot of leverage, and in traditional finance swaps are a way to get leverage. If Tesla is trading at $680 and I buy the stock, I have to pay $680, or maybe less ($340?) if I get a margin loan from my broker. If I do a swap, though, I am not buying anything, just making a forward-looking bet. In practice brokers will demand that I put some money down to collateralize my bet, but it might not be that much; Archegos seems to have gotten about eight times leverage. Perhaps I deposit $80 with my broker to get a bet on one share of Tesla stock; that's a lot more efficient than putting up $680 to buy the stock.
You might try to repurpose this for blockchain-Tesla. Build a smart contract that lets people just bet on the price of Tesla stock, just do a cash-settled swap. The smart contract provides that you pay me $1 for every dollar that Tesla stock goes up, and I pay you $1 for every dollar it goes down. Or we could denominate it in Ether or Bitcoin, why not, but let's use dollars. Of course by "$1" I mean "one blockchain-based stablecoin that is pegged to the U.S. dollar." You could do this on a levered basis like most traditional-finance swaps. I put up $80, you put up $80, if the price moves against me you get some of my stake and I have to add more to the stake; if I fail to add more then the position is closed out and you get as much as all of my $80. Or you could do it on an unlevered basis to try to eliminate credit risk and make the whole thing run more trustlessly: I put up $680, locked into the smart contract, just as though I was buying a share of Tesla stock, and if the stock falls I am good for my bet no matter what. What you put up is more complicated — in theory you could owe me an infinite amount of money if Tesla goes up a lot — but we could just make it $680 (100% of the spot price of Tesla) and not worry about it too much. And then rather than making this a bilateral smart contract we could make it into a token protocol where (1) the long side of the swap is just a token that anyone can buy, call it Tesla Blockchain Synthetic Token (TBST) and (2) the short side of the swap comes from someone depositing stablecoin collateral (say 100% of the spot price of Tesla) into the smart contract to mint one TBST, which they can then sell on the blockchain to any interested buyer.
The stylized popular story of Archegos is that it had enormous levered stock positions with half a dozen big banks, but because it did those trades via swaps, nobody knew about it. Each bank thought "we own a lot of stock for these Archegos guys huh," but no bank knew that a bunch of other banks also owned a lot of stock for Archegos. Then one day some of the stocks went down, the banks asked Archegos to post more money, and Archegos replied "nope, we're fresh out of money, also by the way we've got these same huge positions on with a bunch of other banks, okay, have fun with that, bye!"
And then the banks called the other banks and were like "wait were you lending Archegos billions of dollars to buy ViacomCBS and Discovery?" and the other banks were like "yes, wait, were you lending Archegos billions of dollars to buy ViacomCBS and Discovery?" And they realized they had a problem, which was that they all owned billions of dollars of ViacomCBS and Discovery that they didn't want, and that the prices of those stocks had been pushed up to irrational levels by Archegos buying all of them.
And so the banks got together and said, look, we could all sell these stocks that we don't want now, but that will push their prices way down and we will all lose a ton of money. Or we could wait and sell them over time, rather than dumping them in a fire sale, and the result will be that markets will be more orderly and rational and also we won't lose so much money. But we have to all agree to do that together, because if most of us wait but some of us sell early, the ones who sell early will do well but the rest of us will be hosed.
And Goldman Sachs heard "the ones who sell early will do well but the rest of us will be hosed," and its ears perked up, because Goldman loves (1) doing well and (2) hosing its competitors, so Goldman dumped its Archegos-linked stocks and did well, and the coordination broke up and everyone ended up dumping their stocks in a fire sale that crashed the market for those stocks and generally freaked out the market.
I don't know how accurate this narrative is in its details but it seems to be the conventional wisdom about Archegos. In particular, the part about all the banks getting on the phone to discuss not selling stock to keep the prices high is very much a part of the story. Here is Bloomberg's story from March:
Global investment banks, gathering in a hastily arranged call, needed a swift truce to deal with Bill Hwang's Archegos Capital Management if they were to head off billions of dollars in losses for banks and a potential chain reaction across markets. Yet by Friday, it was everyone for themselves. ...
Emissaries from several of the world's biggest prime brokerages tried to head off the chaos by holding a call with Hwang before the drama spilled into public view Friday morning. The idea, pushed by Credit Suisse, was to reach some sort of temporary standstill to figure out how to untie positions without sparking panic, the people said. ...
Soon came the finger-pointing over who was breaking ranks, the people said. Some emerged from the talks suspicious that Credit Suisse wasn't fully committing to freezing sales. By early Friday, rival banks were taking umbrage after hearing that Goldman planned to sell some positions, ostensibly to assist Archegos. Morgan Stanley began drawing public attention with block trades.
And the point I want to make here is that if a bunch of competitors get together on a conference call and agree to limit the supply of some product in order to keep the price of that product high, that is absolutely a core antitrust violation! That's the main bad thing! You can't do that! Everything in those last three paragraphs sounds super illegal, if you think of it as, like, chicken producers trying to reach an agreement not to sell too much chicken to keep the price of chicken up, and then "finger-pointing over who was breaking ranks" when one of them sold more chicken.
Don't get me wrong, I sympathize with the banks. They really were hoping to "head off the chaos," and they failed, and it was chaos, and that chaos was bad and sparked a bunch of investigations. (Also, to be clear, a lot of facts have not come out, the banks have good lawyers, and it is entirely possible that the way this all happened was perfectly legal, not collusion among banks about selling stock but rather negotiations between the banks and Archegos about the collateral terms of its swaps.) In general if some cartel of producers colludes to keep supply low and prices high, they will say "we just want the market to be orderly," and no one will sympathize with them. But in financial markets that is much more of a thing: Low volatility is sort of a social good, and frankly high prices are popular. If the price of chicken goes down, most people are happy (not chicken farmers); if the price of stocks goes down, most people are sad. When the banks dumped all their Archegos-linked stocks at fire-sale prices, the general reaction was that that was bad. You can understand why they wanted to avoid that.
So when I read that Bloomberg story back in March, and I saw phrases like "needed a swift truce … to head off billions of dollars in losses for banks and a potential chain reaction across markets" and "head off the chaos" and "untie positions without sparking panic," I was like, yes, right, those are good things and I see why the banks tried to do them. Honestly it did not even occur to me that they might create an antitrust problem. But I guess it did occur to the Justice Department's antitrust division.
What was Archegos's strategy? I still don't exactly know, but I think there are two possibilities. One is: You borrow a ton of money to buy a handful of stocks, your buying activity pushes the stocks up, your positions are worth more so you can borrow more against them, and you plow the additional borrowed money into buying more of your stocks. You keep pushing up the price, giving you paper profits but continuing to run the slimmest possible cushion of equity, until a slight breeze knocks the whole thing over.This is how I described Archegos shortly after it collapsed, and it is a bad strategy. "It worked until it didn't, but it worked" misunderstands the problem with this strategy. This is a strategy of doubling down after every bet you win; it can work for a while but it will always end by not working. The other possibility is: You borrow a ton of money, non-recourse of course; you build risky concentrated positions in a handful of stocks using that borrowed money; you try to pick stocks that go up. If they go up, you call your brokers and say "hey I notice we have big paper profits, please send a check for those profits." And then you cash the check and put the money somewhere safe and out of reach of your brokers. If they go down, your brokers call you and say "hey I notice you have big losses, please send some money for a margin call," and you say "how did you get this number?" And you close your fund and open a fresh one three months later.I suggested earlier this week that this might have been Archegos's strategy, and it is a good strategy. The fact that Ko and Clay have $50 million in their personal accounts after Archegos went to zero suggests that this might have been the strategy? "It worked until it didn't, but it worked" would be great, if when it worked you took the profits, and when it didn't your banks ate the losses.
One thing about margin lending is that if you borrow money to buy stocks, and your stocks go up, you automatically deleverage. If you use $15 of your own money and borrow $85 from your broker to buy $100 worth of stock, you have 85% leverage; if the stock then goes up to $200, you are down to 42.5% leverage. You still owe your broker $85, but now you have $200 worth of stock. If the stock then falls by 25% to $150, that's fine: You are still in the black, and your broker still has ample security for its loan.
The thing that happened here is not just that Archegos made very levered bets on some stocks. It's that it did that, and those bets paid off, and Archegos then took its winnings off the table, so that when the stocks went down again there was no collateral left. In my example, you would go to your broker and say "hey I'm up, hand me $85 of my winnings, you can keep the other $30 as collateral." And then if the stock does fall back to $150, the broker is in the red.
From Credit Suisse's perspective, the problem here is that Archegos asked for its winnings and, instead of saying "hang on you might still lose, we're gonna keep that money for a minute," Credit Suisse paid them out. Other banks use "a more sophisticated 'dynamic margining' system that would draw on additional real-time factors beyond price, such as volatility and concentration risk," which lets them hold more collateral when markets get weird, and which here would have let Credit Suisse say no when Archegos asked for its money.
The basic channel of financial contagion is deleveraging. Stock X goes down a lot. Hedge Fund A owns a lot of Stock X on margin; to meet margin calls on Stock X, it sells a bunch of the better and more liquid Stock Y. So Stock Y goes down a lot. Hedge Fund B owns a lot of Stock Y and starts selling Stock Z, etc. Meanwhile brokers get nervous and start calling in loans and increasing margin requirements and, so more hedge funds dump more stocks.
The implosion of Archegos Capital Management looked like this: Archegos had big levered stock positions, one of its stocks went down, it had to sell other stocks, those stocks went down, etc. But because Archegos was so levered, and because no one had really heard of it before it tanked the prices of a bunch of big stocks, it led to a lasting backlash against hedge-fund (and family-office) leverage. The result is that, months later, there are still stories about big levered hedge-fund trades that had nothing to do with Archegos, or with the stocks it owned, but that nonetheless got broken by Archegos:
The market for special purpose acquisition companies has become an unexpected casualty of the Archegos Capital Management scandal, as banks rein in lending to hedge funds that had invested heavily in blank-cheque companies.
Banks across Wall Street have become more wary of how much leverage they can extend to their clients following the collapse of Archegos, the investment firm run by Bill Hwang, forcing hedge funds and family offices to reconsider their investments in Spacs, according to several market participants.
"Prime broker terms generally have tightened as a result of Archegos," said a senior banker who works on Spac deals. "A lot of the return profile for hedge funds is derived from the leverage they employ. It was a gravy train when it was levered."
For a hedge fund, a SPAC is basically a money-market investment plus some warrants. If you can lever that up a ton, it looks good; if you can't, it looks like a money-market fund. Now you can't, and the whole SPAC boom is suffering.
The way you get paid each year, as an investment banker, is some function of (1) how much money you brought in for the firm and (2) how much money the firm made overall. I guess this is true of how most people get paid. But investment bankers tend to put a particularly high value on their own contributions, especially when they have a good year, and want to be rewarded for their good year even if the firm overall had a bad year. Especially if other firms had good years and there is some competition. So here is a story about how a bunch of bankers are leaving Credit Suisse Group AG after its prime brokerage division lost $5.5 billion financing Archegos Capital Management:
Many Credit Suisse bankers have been frustrated that the failure of the bank's prime-brokerage unit, which caters to investors like Archegos, overshadowed an otherwise strong run for the investment bank, especially within capital markets and advisory.
The bank has advised on high-profile transactions lately including chip maker Advanced Micro Devices Inc.'s $35 billion purchase of rival Xilinx Inc. and the $21 billion acquisition of Speedway by the Japanese owner of the 7-Eleven convenience-store chain. In 2020, it was ranked sixth globally on Dealogic's M&A league table.
Part of that is due to Credit Suisse's dominance in the special-purpose acquisition company market, underwriting a higher dollar volume of such vehicles than any other bank last year, according to SPAC Research.
Adding to the frustration, some bankers feel Credit Suisse's management has done little to quell concerns about the impact of the loss on compensation.
Well. Imagine being a Credit Suisse shareholder. Imagine if management had quelled those concerns. "We had a terrible year, but we're going to pay almost all of our investment bankers as though we had had a great year, because almost all of them did. A couple of people had terrible years, which brought down the average, and we have fired them and replaced them with new people whom we really think can turn things around, so we're paying them well too."
The standard model is that traders — and prime brokers, and investment bankers — at a bank have a call option on their production: If they make a lot of money for the bank they participate in the upside, but if they lose a lot of money they (mostly) can't get less than zero. This model is a problem when one prime broker loses the bank a whole ton of money: When almost everyone at Credit Suisse makes money, you have to pay off all of their options, but when Credit Suisse as a whole loses money that is hard to do and kind of embarrassing.
The problem here is that Credit Suisse Group AG's prime brokerage group gave Archegos Capital Management too much leverage on large concentrated stock positions, and then moved too slowly to blow Archegos out of those positions when they turned against it, causing a loss of $5.4 billion to Credit Suisse. If you are a shareholder of Credit Suisse, or a regulator, I suppose you should be concerned about its risk management. But if you are a prime brokerage customer of Credit Suisse, isn't that good? Don't you want a bank that will lend you too much money, and be a little chill about getting paid back? When Goldman Sachs Group Inc. calls you up and says "hey, unlike Credit Suisse, we only gave Archegos a little bit of money, and at the first sign of weakness we took all their money back and left them in a lurch to protect ourselves effectively, and now we'd like to do the same for you," don't you say "no thanks, I've already got a prime broker"?
There are services that you want to buy from the smartest possible provider, and there are other services that you want to buy from the dumbest possible provider.[6] I am not an expert in prime brokerage, and I am sure that there are lots of reasons you'd want an astute prime broker with good risk-management practices. (The main one is of course that you have a lot of credit exposure to the prime broker, so you don't want the prime broker to take bad risks and go under, which feels to me like a somewhat academic concern with a national-champion mega-bank in this market but still.) But intuitively it does seem like the main thing you'd want in a prime broker is someone who will give you too much money and let you keep it for too long. You can always take less, or give it back sooner! The flexibility is nice.
I guess the other problem with Credit Suisse is that, having been blown up by Archegos, it is vigorously shutting the barn door:
One fund manager said Credit Suisse's tightening of leverage gave him a reason to move balances elsewhere.
So Goldman can call up funds and say "hey, we'll give you less leverage than Credit Suisse used to, but more than they will now, and we probably won't freak out and change our minds in a month because we have good risk-management practices." That's a reasonable pitch.
Everything, I frequently say, is securities fraud: If a public company does a bad thing, or a bad thing happens to it, shareholders will sue it alleging that it didn't sufficiently warn them about the bad thing. Credit Suisse had two high-profile errors more or less back to back, so that is, like, double securities fraud. Here is the complaint:
During the Class Period, defendants issued materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company's business metrics and financial prospects. Specifically, defendants concealed material defects in the Company's risk policies and procedures and compliance oversight functions and efforts to allow high-risk clients to take on excessive leverage, including Greensill Capital ("Greensill") and Archegos Capital Management ("Archegos"), exposing the Company to billions of dollars in losses. Not only did defendants conceal these operational landmines from Credit Suisse investors, which caused the price of Credit Suisse securities to be artificially inflated, but they also undertook actions indicating that Credit Suisse securities were substantially undervalued, such as a massive stock buy-back program worth 1.5 billion Swiss francs worth (equivalent to $1.6 billion).As a result of defendants' false statements, Credit Suisse ADRs traded at artificially inflated prices, reaching a high of $14.95 per ADR by February 2021. Following a series of corporate scandals which have revealed grave deficiencies in Credit Suisse's risk and compliance activities, the price of Credit Suisse ADRs plummeted, reaching a low of just $10.60 per ADR by March 31, 2021.
Blech. Yes, absolutely, Credit Suisse did two bad things. It ran some funds that invested in Greensill Capital notes and lost money when Greensill blew up, and it wrote some swaps to Archegos Capital Management that lost money when Archegos blew up. Credit Suisse's shareholders wish it hadn't done that, and Credit Suisse's managers wish it hadn't done that. Still it is strange to characterize this as primarily securities fraud against the shareholders, to think that the problem here was lying. The problem is not that Credit Suisse went around telling shareholders "we try not to lose money on dumb stuff" but had a secret undisclosed nefarious plan to lose money on dumb stuff. The problem is that Credit Suisse tried not to lose money on dumb stuff and failed. On the other hand, if I invested in one of those Credit Suisse Greensill funds, thinking that I was financing short-dated secured loans against accounts receivable, and then found out that I was financing long-term unsecured loans against " prospective receivables," I'd be annoyed. I might even feel defrauded, depending on what exactly the disclosure for those funds looked like. I don't know how I'd get Archegos into my complaint though.
As of, let's say, Monday, March 22, Bill Hwang's family office Archegos Capital Management had total return swaps in place with a half-dozen banks that gave it economic ownership of giant gobs of ViacomCBS Inc., Discovery Inc., Baidu Inc., GSX Techedu Inc. and a half-dozen other stocks. As the week went by, those stocks went down, and Archegos's swap counterparties sent it margin calls demanding that it post more cash to maintain the swaps. Archegos more or less declined to do that, and by, let's say, the following Monday, March 29, it did not have those swaps anymore. The banks that served as Archegos's counterparties on the swaps hedged those swaps by owning the underlying giant gobs of stock. So for instance Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and Morgan Stanley are listed, on Bloomberg, as the top two holders of GSX Techedu, with a combined 32% of the American depositary receipts as of January, not because they are big GSX bulls but because they are (well, were) swaps counterparties for big GSX bulls like Archegos. When Archegos defaulted on its margin calls, the banks terminated its swaps, which means that they were no longer economically short enormous amounts of stock to Archegos. One result of this is that they were economically long enormous amounts of stock, unhedged: The huge quantities of stock that they had owned as hedges for their huge swaps were now just naked long positions; the banks were economically exposed to whatever happened to the stocks. Roughly speaking, they bought the stocks at the price of their financing to Archegos: If a stock peaked at $100 and a bank required 15% margin, then the bank got to seize Archegos's $15 of cash and effectively owned the stock at $85.
This is bad. Mainly it is bad because banks do not want to be in the business of owning large unhedged blocks of stock. Owning $10 billion of one company's stock to hedge a $10 billion swap is just good customer service and usually (not always!) does not expose you to much market risk. Owning $10 billion of one company's stock outright is a weird proprietary position and exposes you to $10 billion of market risk. But it is also bad because the stocks are going to go down. For one thing, the stocks already went down; the whole problem started because Archegos's stocks went down, leading to the margin calls that blew it up. For another thing, the fact that all of Archegos's banks suddenly owned big unhedged chunks of stocks, and didn't want to, means that they were all going to sell those stocks as rapidly as possible. Something like $50 or $100 billion of stock moved instantly from the hands of a long-ish-term fundamental investor (Archegos) into the hands of short-term uncomfortable dealers (the banks) who wanted to sell immediately. If the biggest holders of a stock need to sell a ton of it all at once, the stock will go down.
This is all obvious stuff and if you are one of Archegos's banks there are basically two ways of dealing with it. One is to wait. You say, look, we have terminated these swaps and now we are unhedged outright owners of giant blocks of Viacom and Baidu and GSX and other companies that we don't particularly care about. Our job now is to be smart owners of those stocks. The stocks are going to go down a lot this week, because every other swap counterparty is going to be selling, but if we wait that selling pressure will subside and maybe the stocks will recover and we can sell them at less of a loss, or even at a profit. That's a hard thing to do. Again, if you work in prime brokerage or equity swaps at a big bank, you are just not in the business of holding billions of dollars of stock, unhedged, for long periods through huge mark-to-market losses. You have $10 billion of stock, it goes to $5 billion, you have a $5 billion mark-to-market loss, the chief executive officer calls you up and asks what on earth you think you're doing, you say "oh it's fine, I just found myself long $10 billion of stock and decided to hang onto it, we gotta wait for it to recover," and the CEO instantly and publicly fires you. Your replacement is no dummy; she knows that if she sells the stock now she'll have a huge loss and no one will blame her — this situation is all your fault — but if she hangs onto it and it keeps going down she'll get fired too. So she will dump the stock. Also, separately, waiting might just be a dumb move from a fundamental perspective, if the stocks were overvalued in the first place. Presumably if you are the swaps trader who gave Archegos exposure to those stocks, you have only limited insight into the fundamentals of the stocks. You weren't betting on those stocks; you were just facilitating Archegos's bets. Maybe they'll go up when the margin-call selling pressure subsides, but maybe they won't. Still, there is an obvious temptation to wait. Bloomberg News reported that when Archegos's banks got together to discuss the situation, Credit Suisse raised the idea: "Underscoring the chaos of an escalating situation, representatives from Credit Suisse Group AG floated a suggestion as they met ... to confront the reality of such an exceptional margin call and consider ways to mitigate the damage: Maybe wait to see if his stocks recover? Viacom, some noted, seemed artificially low after its run-up past $100 just two days earlier." Not only that, but it seems like Credit Suisse did wait: "The bank's latest trades came more than a week after several rivals dumped their shares to skirt losses. Credit Suisse hit the market with block trades tied to ViacomCBS Inc., Vipshop Holdings Ltd. and Farfetch Ltd., a person with knowledge of the matter said. The stocks traded substantially below where they were last month before Bill Hwang's family office imploded." And it "could see further impact from the Archegos Capital Management blowup this quarter as it winds down residual positions." This did not go great for Credit Suisse, which has taken $4.7 billion of losses, but I'm not sure that waiting a week went terribly either; Vipshop and Farfetch both closed a little higher this Monday than they did last Monday, when many of the faster banks were blowing out their positions. (ViacomCBS closed lower.) And the Archegos portfolio has recovered, a little, this week. It wasn't a terrible plan, to wait until some of the other sellers got out of the way. It does seem to have resulted in everyone involved being fired, though, which you have to expect in this situation. The other approach, of course, is to sell first , before everyone else sells and the stock drops.
The incredible thing about Bill Hwang is that he made enormous levered bets on risky stocks, and those bets worked out perfectly and made him immensely wealthy in the course of a year or two, and he seems to have plowed every cent of it back into increasing those levered bets. So Viacom fell from $100.34 at its peak on Monday, March 22, to $48.23 by that Friday, March 26. That's still higher than it was trading for most of January. If Hwang was 85% levered in January, and then left those positions alone, he would still be about 85% levered now — meaning that he would not have gotten any margin calls, his prime brokers wouldn't have had to sell any stock, he'd still be worth many billions of dollars and his brokers would still be clipping fat fees without any losses.
But that's evidently not what happened. Instead Hwang kept borrowing more; indeed, it seems that the reason his stocks went up so much in recent months is that he kept buying all of them. Here's a nice detail from Bloomberg's reporting:
Underscoring the chaos of an escalating situation, representatives from Credit Suisse Group AG floated a suggestion as they met last week to confront the reality of such an exceptional margin call and consider ways to mitigate the damage: Maybe wait to see if his stocks recover? Viacom, some noted, seemed artificially low after its run-up past $100 just two days earlier.
Yet it was Hwang's own orders that had helped make Viacom the year's best performer in the S&P 500, forcing benchmark-tracking investors and exchange-traded funds to buy as well. Without him creating that momentum, Viacom and his other positions had little hope of rebounding.
There is a simple schematic trade here:
1. Start with a lot of money. 2. Borrow a lot more money. 3. Use all that money to buy a ton of a small handful of stocks, cornering the market in those stocks and pushing up their prices. 4. As their prices go up, you have more equity — your positions automatically deleverage. 5. You use that equity to borrow even more money and plow it back into those stocks, pushing them up more. 6. Repeat forever?
A couple of points about this trade. One is, for Archegos, it can't really go on forever, can it? You are operating with no margin for error; every time your stocks go up, you borrow more money to increase your bets. If your stocks ever go down, you lose it all.
And they will go down eventually. For one thing, the odds are that something will go wrong, that one of your companies will have disappointing earnings news. But also, if you pick a handful of companies and push all their stocks up a lot, eventually one of them is going to take advantage of its new high stock price and issue stock, as Viacom did last week. A big stock issuance adds supply and tends to push down the stock price; if you are running this strategy, you will need to buy more stock to keep up. But if you've already borrowed every penny you can get, how can you buy more stock? That actually seems to have been part of Hwang's problem, the New York Times reported:
On Monday, March 22, ViacomCBS announced plans to sell new shares to the public, a deal it hoped would generate $3 billion in new cash to fund its strategic plans. Morgan Stanley was running the deal. As bankers canvassed the investor community, they were counting on Mr. Hwang to be the anchor investor who would buy at least $300 million of the shares, four people involved with the offering said.
But sometime between the deal's announcement and its completion that Wednesday morning, Mr. Hwang changed plans. The reasons aren't entirely clear, but RLX, the Chinese e-cigarette company, and GSX, the education company, had both spiraled in Asian markets around the same time. His decision caused the ViacomCBS fund-raising effort to end with $2.65 billion in new capital, significantly short of the original target.
ViacomCBS executives hadn't known of Mr. Hwang's enormous influence on the company's share price, nor that he had canceled plans to invest in the share offering, until after it was completed, two people close to ViacomCBS said. They were frustrated to hear of it, the people said. At the same time, investors who had received larger-than-expected stakes in the new share offering and had seen it fall short, were selling the stock, driving its price down even further.
"The reasons aren't entirely clear," but the implication seems to be that Hwang — with a $20 billion net worth and perhaps $100 billion of gross positions — couldn't find $300 million to put into the Viacom offering. Everything he had was mortgaged to the hilt; there was just no spare cash lying around. "Archegos shocked its lenders when it told them the size of its portfolio and how little cash it was holding," reported the Wall Street Journal.
Another point about this trade is that it has some obvious risks for the banks. If you are lending Archegos 85% of the value of its stocks — or more, I've seen reports of 8-to-1 and even 20-to-1 leverage — then if the stocks go down by more than 15% you lose money, and if the prices of the stocks have been inflated and supported by Archegos's own buying then, yes, when it all ends, they're going to go down by more than 15%. And so Bloomberg News reports that "banks roiled by the Archegos Capital fallout may see total losses in the range of $5 billion to $10 billion, according to JPMorgan." "Credit Suisse Group AG leaders are discussing replacing chief risk officer Lara Warner while sparing Chief Executive Officer Thomas Gottstein as they tally losses that could reach into the billions from the collapse of Archegos Capital Management," Bloomberg News also reports. "'It's pretty hard for me to defend why we loaned him so much,' said an executive at a bank with billions of dollars of exposure to Archegos" to the Financial Times.
Carl Icahn (3)
Levine walks through Carl Icahn's large ownership of Icahn Enterprises and the loans secured by those shares. Insider pledging matters because a falling stock can trigger margin calls, forced sales or renegotiations that affect all shareholders. The economic risk is not just leverage at the holding-company level, but the feedback loop between insider financing and the public stock.
Yesterday short seller Hindenburg Research released a short report on Carl Icahn's company, Icahn Enterprises LP, and it is just mechanically very neat. Here is the schematic claim:
1. You have a company that is 85% owned by one guy. It owns $100 worth of stuff. 2. Every year it declares a 45% dividend, meaning that it pays out $45 of cash from its $100 worth of stuff. 3. The main guy says "that's okay, no dividend for me, just give me my dividend in extra shares." Everyone else gets cash. 4. That means the company only has to come up with $6.75 of cash for that 30% dividend. 5. The market is like "this is amazing, this company has a huge dividend," and the stock trades up. It trades to a market capitalization of $300, three times its net asset value, purely as a dividend investment. This gives it a 15% dividend yield, i.e., the $45 dividend divided by the $300 stock value is 15%, making it one of the highest-yielding stocks available. 6. The company takes advantage of this fact to sell stock: It sells 2.25% of the company ($6.75 worth of stock) to raise the money to pay out the $6.75 cash dividend. (Implicitly it also sells $38.25 of stock to the main guy in lieu of his cash dividend, keeping his stake at 85%. [1] )
That is, the two central claims here are that Icahn Enterprises is overvalued , relative to its reported net asset value, because investors are too dazzled by its high dividend:
IEP trades at a 218% premium to its last reported net asset value (NAV), vastly higher than all comparables. …
A reason for IEP's extreme premium to NAV, based on a review of retail investor-oriented media, is that average investors are attracted to (a) IEP's large dividend yield and (b) the prospect of investing alongside Wall Street legend Carl Icahn. Institutional investors have virtually no ownership in IEP.
Icahn Enterprises' current dividend yield is ~15.8%, making it the highest dividend yield of any U.S. large cap company by far, with the next closest at ~9.9%.
And that the dividend is in some sense fake , because it comes not from earnings but from selling new stock:
As a result of the company's elevated unit price, its annual dividend rate equates to an absurd 50.5% of last reported indicative net asset value.
The company's outlier dividend is made possible (for now) because Carl Icahn owns roughly 85% of IEP and has been largely taking dividends in units (instead of cash), reducing the overall cash outlay required to meet the dividend payment for remaining unitholders.
The dividend is entirely unsupported by IEP's cash flow and investment performance, which has been negative for years. IEP's investment portfolio has lost ~53% since 2014. The company's free cash flow figures show IEP has cumulatively burned ~$4.9 billion over the same period.
There are other claims, including that Icahn Enterprises overvalues some of its assets in computing its net asset value, and that it makes bad investments and so has negative operating cash flow in a way that further shrinks the asset value and makes the dividend unsustainable, but those are less interesting than the main schematic story. ( Icahn Enterprises responded: "We believe the self-serving short seller report published by Hindenburg Research today was intended solely to generate profits on Hindenburg's short position at the expense of IEP's long-term unitholders. We stand by our public disclosures and we believe that IEP's performance will speak for itself over the long term as it always has.")
That main story is ... what is that? Here's what Hindenburg calls it:
In brief, Icahn has been using money taken in from new investors to pay out dividends to old investors. Such ponzi-like economic structures are sustainable only to the extent that new money is willing to risk being the last one "holding the bag".
Look, I personally do not view the term "ponzi-like economic structure" as a pejorative — many of my favorite economic structures are Ponzi-like — and agree that this schematic structure seems Ponzi-like, but in a fun way.
Basically the accusation is that the shares trade for more than they are worth, so Icahn is selling more shares for more than they are worth in order to pay a big dividend to his shareholders. Which … I think is simply correct corporate finance? If your shares are trading for more than they are worth, you should sell as many shares as you can, and if you don't have any good use for the money you should use it to pay a dividend. It is strange corporate finance, but it checks out. Icahn Enterprises does disclose its indicative net asset value (though Hindenburg quibbles with its calculations), so no one is exactly deceived here. If you buy the stock, you know. you're paying a huge premium to the net asset value.
But is it "sustainable only to the extent that new money is willing to risk being the last one 'holding the bag'"? I don't know. I think if you look at that schematic description, it seems sustainable for a long time, even in the absence of new money (or investing gains or operating cash flow, ha), as long as Carl Icahn is willing to risk being the last one holding the bag. The schematic description is something like: "Carl Icahn is the majority owner of a bag of cash, and he keeps giving people some of the cash in exchange for an increasing share of the smaller bag of cash."
If — using my schematic numbers above — the stock fell from $300 (overvalued relative to the $100 of assets) to $50 (undervalued relative to the $100 of assets), the main guy might be perfectly happy to keep paying out $6.75 of cash dividends to outside shareholders in order to increase his share of the now undervalued pot. If the shares traded for less than they were worth, Icahn Enterprises should stop selling shares, but the dividend mechanism essentially lets Icahn buy shares: Everyone else gets a cash dividend, [2] but Icahn himself takes his dividend in stock, valued at its current trading price, [3] meaning that if the shares become cheap he is effectively buying shares cheap. He gets an increasing share of a decreasing bag of cash, but his share increases faster than the bag shrinks. [4] When your stock is overvalued, you sell stock; when your stock is undervalued, you buy it back. Somehow Icahn is doing both!
If you have a lot of money, though, you can sort of circumvent this problem. Never mind a proxy fight; do a hostile takeover offer. Find some public company doing a thing you don't like, buy the company, and stop it doing the thing. The pitch to shareholders is not "stopping this thing will make you more money," but rather "I will just give you more money — I will buy your shares at a premium — and then I will stop the company from doing the thing for my own reasons which don't concern you."
This is not really feasible with McDonald's, which has a $190 billion market capitalization and does lots of things, only some of which Carl Icahn doesn't like. But you could imagine someone who made billions of dollars in tech being easily able to afford, say, a thermal coal miner, or a gun manufacturer. You buy it, you shut down the coal mines, you keep the employees on for a few years to plant trees on the coal mines and retrain to be blockchain engineers.
This is probably not the best bang for your buck in philanthropy or anything,[1] but it might have some positive externalities. Other companies with bad ESG records will have to think not just "if we continue to have bad ESG records, ESG funds will dump our stock, slightly depressing our stock price, and our large index-fund holders will come in every quarter and make sad faces at us," but also "if we continue to have bad ESG records some tech billionaire will buy us out, fire all the executives and plant flowers in our factories." Expanding the toolkit of coercive ESG strategies — not just asking executives nicely to be better at ESG, but firing them if they say no — can be a way to accelerate good ESG behavior in public companies generally, even if you rarely use the coercive tools.
Do Kwon (9)
We've talked about search funds before, they're great, and here's a good Bloomberg News story about them:
[Nick] Wheeler earned his [Harvard] MBA in May 2022 and has spent the past year reaching out to more than 5,000 firms in a quest to find what he calls the "golden seller"—that perfect company that would benefit from the leadership skills he honed in the military and the business chops he developed at HBS. He's come close, twice, but both deals fell through. He's undeterred, saying he thrives in uncertain terrain. "Most people don't," he says.
Wheeler's path is becoming a more common one for business school graduates. Called entrepreneurship through acquisition, or ETA, it differs from the better-known, venture-backed startup model because it entails buying an existing company, not starting one from scratch, with the potential for more autonomy and ownership. ETA began at Harvard in 1984, when entrepreneur-turned-professor Irv Grousbeck helped some students develop an investment vehicle that enabled the aspiring entrepreneurs to buy and manage a company. Grousbeck soon moved to Stanford's Graduate School of Business and took the search fund concept there. …
Discerning the whims of small-business owners, many of them baby boomers looking to retire comfortably, can require a degree in geriatric psychology. The competition for deals has also gotten fiercer now that big private equity firms are starting to roll up small local businesses such as plumbers and pest-control services. In response, ETA searchers are looking to buy more tech-driven companies like business-to-business software providers, according to investors and entrepreneurs.
It used to be that with a Harvard MBA you could jump right into the pest-control business, but now that has become more competitive and you need several years in investment banking before you can move into private equity and, from there, into pest control. But there's always software. Also:
A surge in interest and investment more recently has propelled ETA to a much higher profile. That's partly because interest in entrepreneurship picks up when job prospects dim for MBAs, as they have in 2023. Hiring has slowed in the consulting, finance and technology sectors that traditionally recruit most MBAs, and those who are getting hired are specialists in hot areas such as machine learning or data analytics, rather than generalist degree holders.
Still, one important point about Judge Rakoff's opinion is that he agrees with Ripple, Terraform, most of the crypto industry and Judge Analisa Torres (the Ripple judge), and disagrees with the SEC, about whether tokens are themselves securities:
XRP, as a digital token, is not in and of itself a "contract, transaction[,] or scheme" that embodies the Howey requirements of an investment contract. Rather, the Court examines the totality of circumstances surrounding Defendants' different transactions and schemes involving the sale and distribution of XRP.
He just concludes that all of those sales were securities offerings.
I don't know what to make of that. Judge Rakoff was deciding a motion to dismiss in a particular case, not trying to make broad crypto law for every case. But what if this is the law?
1. Crypto tokens are not securities. 2. Crypto issuers who sell those tokens to fund their projects are doing securities offerings.
What would that mean for crypto exchanges? The action right now in SEC crypto enforcement is largely against exchanges, arguing that they are running illegal securities exchanges and should stop. But if the tokens themselves are not securities, does that mean that the exchanges are entirely off the hook? Or, if the issuances of "token plus totality of circumstances" are securities offerings, does that mean that when the tokens start trading they are trading along with the totality of their circumstances, and are thus securities? If you buy an XRP or a Luna (Terra's token), are you just buying a digital token, or are you expecting "the profitability of the cryptoassets" from "the managerial and technical skills that would allow the [issuers] to maximize returns on the investors' coins"?
We talked on Thursday about a paper titled "The 'Actual Retail Price' of Equity Trades," by Christopher Schwarz, Brad Barber, Xing Huang, Philippe Jorion and Terrance Odean. The paper finds that different retail brokerages execute orders for the same amount of the same stock at the same time at different prices, and that some brokers consistently provide better prices than others. But this is not correlated with how much payment for order flow each broker receives: Some brokers that accept lots of payment for order flow do better than some brokers who accept none, and vice versa.
Which leaves a mystery. These brokers send their customers' orders to wholesalers, electronic market-makers that compete to fill the orders. The wholesalers systematically give better execution prices to some brokers than others, but it has nothing to do with how much they are paying those brokers for those orders. But the professors don't explain what does cause the difference.
The explanation that I proposed on Thursday was basically: Different retail brokers have different sorts of customers, and those different customer bases might be more or less profitable for market-makers. A retail brokerage whose customers are semiprofessional, who make relatively informed trades in relatively large size, will be less profitable for a market maker than one whose customers put in small random orders. So a market maker who notices that one brokerage has smarter bigger orders will charge that brokerage's customers more (offer them less price improvement) than a brokerage with dumber smaller orders. The best-performing brokerage, on this measure, will be the one with the worst-performing customers.
I like this explanation, because I think it is initially surprising yet pleasingly intuitive, and also probably true. There is a prior literature. In 2001, Robert Battalio, Robert Jennings and Jamie Selway published a paper finding that "broker identity may allow market makers to differentiate between customers when pricing market-making services," because, effectively, some retail brokers' customer bases are better at trading than others'. If you are buying order flow from good traders, you should charge higher spreads than you charge the bad traders.
We have talked a few times recently about Terra, the blockchain ecosystem whose algorithmic stablecoin blew up earlier this month. One model of Terra goes like this:
1. Terra is a company. Not really — it's a decentralized finance ecosystem, a blockchain, a bunch of independent developers working on diverse projects — but let's just pretend for a minute. (In fact there is a company-ish thing called Terraform Labs which helps run Terra, and another company-ish thing called Luna Foundation Guard that keeps some of Terra's money, but here I want to conceive of Terra as a whole as sort of a distributed company.) 2. The Luna token, which powers the Terra blockchain and is the currency of its ecosystem, is the equity of Terra, the stock in the Terra company. 3. The TerraUSD stablecoin (or UST), which was supposed to always be worth a dollar, and which maintained that peg by being exchangeable for $1 worth of Luna at market prices, is the debt of Terra. Like bonds of the company, or like deposits of a bank.
This model has a lot going for it. UST, certainly, looks like debt: You buy a UST for a fixed amount ($1), and you expect to get back that fixed amount ($1), and while you hold it you earn interest. (For a while, you could get 19.5% interest on UST in the Anchor protocol, a part of the Terra ecosystem.) It was advertised as a safe investment, a way to participate in the Terra ecosystem with a guarantee of getting your money back.
Luna, meanwhile, looks like equity. It has no fixed value; it went up as optimism about Terra grew, and went down as Terra imploded. Luna could go to zero if Terra failed, or it could go to the moon if Terra became the world's dominant financial system. There was no floor and no cap on Luna's value (unlike UST, which was floored and capped at $1); it was just worth some fraction of the future value of the Terra ecosystem.
There are some implications of this model. One implication is that you might think: Wait, if these coins are the debt and equity of a company, aren't they securities? If they are securities, and they were sold to US investors, aren't they required to be registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission? If they are securities that were sold broadly to the general public and then lost almost all of their value, shouldn't the SEC investigate? If big US crypto trading firms and venture capitalists were buying huge piles of Luna from Terra's promoters and dumping them to retail buyers on exchanges while also talking up Terra, making billions of dollars for themselves while they "cash[ed] out on the backs of retail," weren't those big investors breaking US securities laws? Weren't they underwriters of an unregistered securities offering, and shouldn't they have to buy those coins back from those retail bagholders at the prices they paid? These seem like good questions! Some of the answers might be "no" — Terra is not actually a company, and while Luna and UST are like securities it is not obvious that they are securities — but I think they're good questions. I will not pursue them further here but, you know, something to think about. If you work at the SEC for instance.
Here I want to talk about a different implication. Like I said, Terra blew up this month. The price of Luna fell from over $100 in March to a tiny fraction of a penny today, and through the workings of UST's algorithmic peg, trillions of near-worthless Luna were issued to UST holders who were trying to get out. Meanwhile UST, which was supposed to always be worth a dollar, traded as low as 5 cents.
If Terra were a company, you might describe this situation as a bankruptcy. And there would be reasonably well-understood procedures for what happens to the debt and equity in a bankruptcy:
1. If there's money around, it goes to paying off the debt. 2. If there's not enough money to pay off the debt, then the equity is extinguished; all the equity holders get nothing. 3. If the equity is zeroed and there's something left over — if there's some valuable business that can be run as a going concern — then the debt holders get it. They get equity in the new, post-bankruptcy entity, to compensate them for not getting paid back. 4. Generally that new entity will need to pay managers, maybe raise new money, etc., so the old debt holders won't own 100% of its equity: The managers, new investors, etc., will get some, as an incentive to keep working at this business that is now owned by its creditors. 5. But in general the old equity holders won't get much of the new company, and usually they'll get none of it.[1] The debt holders will have absolute priority over the equity holders; they need to be made whole before the equity holders get anything.
You could apply that thought process to Terra. Terra went bankrupt , in the sense that its value is not enough to support all of the debt claims (TerraUSD) against it. But Terra still has some value , in the sense that there is a blockchain ecosystem that Terra impresario Do Kwon and other people are trying to keep alive. In theory, at least, people used (and could still use) Terra as an ecosystem for building decentralized applications, transferring money, creating a new financial system, etc.; the price of Luna reflected people's optimism in Terra as a platform for building those things. Then UST had a death spiral, which should certainly undermine your confidence in Terra — its main app was an algorithmic stablecoin, which worked terribly — but might not totally eliminate it. "What we should look to preserve now is the community and developers that make Terra's blockspace valuable," tweeted Kwon, shortly after the death spiral, and I guess some people agree with him.
If Terra is a company, then the developers and community and apps are in a sense its employees and projects, and those projects might have positive value even if the company was washed away by debt. In a classic bankruptcy, the creditors would be handed control of the company: The employees would keep working, the projects would keep happening, but now the profits would go to the creditors instead of the old owners.
But in a … crypto bankruptcy? … there is no guarantee of that. There is no guarantee of anything. Everything is being reinvented from scratch. There are some proposals, and there's a vote of Terra validators — sort of an indirect vote of Luna holders — and then something does or doesn't happen. Here the proposal was to start over with a new blockchain, abandoning TerraUSD, and it was approved. The new blockchain will have a new Luna token: again, roughly "equity" in the new blockchain. And just as in a bankruptcy, New Luna will be distributed to some combination of (1) claimants on the old blockchain, tha
Two weeks ago an algorithmic stablecoin called TerraUSD (or UST) blew up, incinerating tens of billions of dollars of market value. The idea of an algorithmic stablecoin is that it should always be worth a dollar because of an arbitrage mechanism in which one stablecoin can always be exchanged for a number of units of some other crypto token — for TerraUSD, it was called Luna — with a market value of $1. If that other token (Luna) is worth $100 or $10 or $1 or $0.10, that works fine; if the stablecoin trades below $1, you buy it for $0.97 or whatever and redeem it for some Luna that you can sell for a dollar, making an arbitrage profit and pushing the price of the stablecoin back to $1.
The problem is twofold. One is that, if people want to redeem a lot of the stablecoin, the algorithm will print a lot of the other token (Luna), which will tend to drive down the price of that token, which might undermine confidence in the stablecoin, which might lead to more redemptions, which will lead to more printing, which will drive down the price, etc., in what is called a "death spiral." This is a very well-known problem that long predates crypto; companies have for years issued bonds that are convertible into fixed dollar amounts of stock, which are called "death-spiral convertibles" and have the same problem. The other problem that is more specific to crypto is that the other token — Luna — is just made up, and its value is tied to confidence in the stablecoin. If a death spiral starts, there is nothing to underpin the value of that token, so it can go to zero fast. Luna was trading in the $80s in early May; it's at about $0.0002 today. TerraUSD is below 7 cents.
I want to emphasize here that:
1. This problem is extremely, extremely well known. 2. Algorithmic stablecoins have death-spiraled in the past in extremely public and predictable ways. 3. Lots of people loudly predicted that TerraUSD would death-spiral in exactly this way. 4. It did.
But I guess we're gonna keep going until we get it right. Or until we get it wrong a bunch more times: ... Look I don't actually think this is impossible. When we first talked about TerraUSD last month, I liked the idea of the Luna Foundation Guard and its pool of money. The point is that you build up a valuable algorithmic stablecoin on a wave of investor confidence, and then you use that value to build a sort of foreign-exchange reserve fund. You can print Luna for free, so if people value Luna you should print a bunch of it and exchange it for things that (1) people also value and (2) are uncorrelated to Luna. You buy $10 billion of Bitcoin or Ethereum or Treasury bills or gold or whatever and, if the stablecoin goes down, you spend some of that reserve fund to buy the stablecoin and prop up the price. If you build a big fund and show a willingness to deploy it, then no one will doubt your stablecoin, so you won't have to spend the fund, so your other token (Luna, Tron, whatever) will appreciate, so it will all work in a self-sustaining way. "The basic structure of the trade," I wrote, "is (1) Ponzi, (2) acceptance, (3) diversification, (4) permanence."
I don't think this strategy is crazy! I mean, of course it's crazy, but I do think it could work. (Does it … sort of … describe the history of fiat currency?) It's just, you know, if you slip up on the way to permanence, you vaporize tens of billions of dollars. And it's extremely easy to slip up, because in the early going the only thing underpinning the value of your stablecoin is confidence in your system. And people keep slipping up.
We talked yesterday about the ongoing collapse of TerraUSD, or UST, the $18 billion algorithmic stablecoin from Terraform Labs. The basic idea of an algorithmic stablecoin is that you can always exchange one UST for $1 worth of Luna, Terraform's other cryptocurrency, which is meant to guarantee that UST always trades at $1. The risk with this sort of algorithmic stablecoin is that nothing props up the price of Luna, and so if people get worried about UST and try to cash out, they will get $1 worth of Luna, which they will sell, which will drive down the price of Luna, which will make people more worried, which will lead more of them to cash out UST and sell Luna, which will further drive down the price of Luna, etc., in what is known as a death spiral. Eventually cashing out $1 of UST might get you, like, a trillion Luna that no one will want to buy, and the whole thing might collapse.
When I wrote about this yesterday UST was trading at about $0.53, down about 47% from where it was supposed to be, and Luna was trading at about $2.20, down about 93% in 24 hours. Which sounds pretty death-spirally. And yet it wasn't that death-spirally. Most of the holders of UST had not cashed it in for Luna, in part because the smart contract that turned UST into Luna was moving too slowly to cash out all the UST holders who wanted out. People were just selling UST on exchanges, for prices below $1, and those UST were not being bought by arbitrageurs and transformed into $1 of Luna because the arbitrage mechanism had broken down. Do Kwon, the founder of Terraform Labs and the face of UST and Luna, tweeted to endorse a plan to print Luna faster so that, you know, the death spiral could hurry up. The collapse in UST and Luna prices was not purely a death spiral happening; rather, it was market prices reflecting traders' anticipation of the death spiral.
Today, though, things got more death-spirally. As of 11 a.m. New York time, Luna was trading at about $0.013. According to CoinMarketCap data, it peaked at $116.41 in April, and was trading above $80 a week ago. It lost 98.7% of its value between last Thursday and yesterday, and then another 98.8% so far today. It is down about 99.98% in a week. At $0.013, the market capitalization of Luna — the total value of all 3.5 billion Luna tokens outstanding — was about $45 million.
Meanwhile TerraUSD, which had rebounded a bit yesterday, was trading at about $0.49, and there were about 11.9 billion UST outstanding (down from 18.7 billion last week). People have cashed out almost 7 billion UST for Luna, which increased the supply of Luna from about 343 million Luna last week, to about 1.5 billion yesterday, to about 3.5 billion this morning.[3] This increased supply, and the accompanying loss of confidence, drove the price of Luna down by 99.98% in a week.
Meanwhile there is still 11.9 billion UST remaining, which in theory could be cashed out for $11.9 billion worth of Luna. But as the supply of Luna has ballooned, its total value has fallen to just $45 million. If you tried to cash out 1% of the remaining UST — $119 million of face value — you would get back something like 9 billion Luna, more than double the current amount of Luna outstanding. If you sold those 9 billion Luna you would not get back $118 million. The price of Luna would drop by another … I do not have a precise number here, but let's estimate that it's a two-digit percentage where the first digit is a 9, and the second digit is a 9, and probably some of the digits after the decimal point are also 9s. That's if you cashed out one percent of the remaining UST. Then you'd have to cash out the other 99%. That's a death spiral.
An "algorithmic stablecoin" sounds complicated, and there are a lot of people with incentives to pretend that it is complicated, but it is not. Here is how an algorithmic stablecoin works[1]:
1. You wake up one morning and invent two crypto tokens. 2. One of them is the stablecoin, which I will call "Terra," for reasons that will become apparent. 3. The other one is not the stablecoin. I will call it "Luna." 4. To be clear, they are both just things you made up, just numbers on a ledger. (Probably the ledger is maintained on a decentralized blockchain, though in theory you could do this on your computer in Excel.) 5. You try to find people to buy them. 6. Luna will trade at some price determined by supply and demand. If you make it up on your computer and keep the list in Excel and smirk when you tell people about this, that price will be zero, and none of this will work. 7. But if you do a good job of marketing Luna, that price will not be zero. If the price is not zero then you're in business. 8. You promise that people can always exchange one Terra for $1 worth of Luna. If Luna trades at $0.10, then one Terra will get you 10 Luna. If Luna trades at $20, then one Terra will get you 0.05 Luna. Doesn't matter. The price of Luna is arbitrary, but one Terra always gets you $1 worth of Luna. (And vice versa: People can always exchange $1 worth of Luna for one Terra.) 9. You set up an automated smart contract — the "algorithm" in "algorithmic stablecoin" — to let people exchange their Terras for Lunas and Lunas for Terras.[2] 10. Terra should trade at $1. If it trades above $1, people — arbitrageurs — can buy $1 worth of Luna for $1 and exchange them for one Terra worth more than a dollar, for an instant profit. If it trades below $1, people can buy one Terra for less than a dollar and exchange it for $1 worth of Luna, for an instant profit. These arbitrage trades push the price of Terra back to $1 if it ever goes higher or lower. 11. The price of Luna will fluctuate. Over time, as trust in this ecosystem grows, it will probably mostly go up. But that is not essential to the stablecoin concept. As long as Luna robustly has a non-zero value, you can exchange one Terra for some quantity of Luna that is worth $1, which means Terra should be worth $1, which means that its value should be stable.
All of this is, I think, quite straightforward and correct, except for Point 7, which is insane. If you overcome that — if you can find a way to make Luna worth some nonzero amount of money — then everything works fine. That is the whole ballgame. In theory this seems hard, since you just made up Luna. In practice it seems very easy, as there are dozens and dozens of cryptocurrencies that someone just made up that are now worth billions of dollars. The principal ways to do this are:
Collect some transaction fees from people who exchange Luna for Terra or Terra for Luna, and then pay some of those fees to holders of Luna as, effectively, interest on their Luna holdings. (Or pay interest on Terra, creating demand for Luna that people can exchange into Terra to get the interest.[3]) Talk about building an ecosystem of smart contracts, programmable money, etc. on top of Terra and Luna, so that people treat Luna as a way to use that ecosystem — as effectively stock in the company that you are building and ascribe a lot of value to it.
These things reinforce each other: The more fees you collect and distribute to Luna holders, the more big and viable your ecosystem looks, so the more highly people value it, so the more Luna they buy, so the more activity you have, so the more fees you collect, etc.
But there is no magic here. There is no algorithm to guarantee that Luna is always worth some amount of money. The algorithm just lets people exchange Terra for Luna. Luna is valuable if people think it's valuable and believe in the long-term value of the system that you are building, and not if they don't.
The danger here is that Point 7 never goes away. Any morning, people could wake up and say "wait a minute, you just made up this all up, it's worthless," and decide to dump their Lunas and Terras.
If people decide to dump their Lunas then the price of Luna goes down.
If people decide to dump their Terras — "wait," you say, "there's an algorithm; the price of Terra can't go down." If people decide to dump their Terras, then the price of Terra goes down from $1 to like $0.97, and arbitrageurs step in, buy Terras for $0.97 and exchange them for $1 worth of Luna.
Yeah. Well. The problem is that if people lose confidence in this system, they decide to dump both Lunas and Terras. Someone sells some Terras. Arbitrageurs step in, buy Terra for $0.99, and exchange it for $1 worth of Luna. Luna is at, say, $40, so each Terra gets you 0.025 Luna. Then the arbitrageurs sell their 0.025 Luna in the market, which drives down the price of Luna, which is falling anyway. Someone else sells some Terras, but now Luna is at $20, so each Terra gets 0.05 Luna, which arbitrageurs sell, and now Luna is at $10, so each Terra gets you 0.10 Luna, which then get sold, so Luna goes to $5, so each Terra gets you 0.2 Luna, etc. There is no natural stopping point for this process because Luna is just a thing you made up , and because it represents essentially confidence in your ecosystem, and as the price of Luna crashes that confidence ebbs away. And so eventually Luna trades at $0.0001 and you exchange one Terra for 10,000 Luna and you try to sell them and there are no buyers and so no one wants to arbitrage the price of Terra and so the price of Terra falls below $1 and everyone gives up on the stablecoin and the ecosystem and everything and it all goes to zero.
The technical term for this is a " death spiral." Fun fact, that term is also used for something called "death spiral financing" or a "death spiral convertible" in traditional finance, which works exactly the same way. A "death spiral convertible" is a bond of a company that converts into stock of that company at a floating exchange rate, so that each $100 bond converts into $100 worth of stock at whatever the market price is. If the stock is at $40, each bond converts into 2.5 shares, worth $100. If the company's profits are good and the stock price is stable, no problem. But if the company is running out of money and can't pay back the bond, then the stock drops, one bond converts into lots of shares, selling the shares pushes the stock down more, converting another bond produces even more shares, which get sold and push the stock down more, until eventually the stock is at $0.0001 and each bond converts into a million shares and there are no buyers for those shares and it's all worthless.
I guess it is time to talk about algorithmic stablecoins again. Terra, or UST,[1] is an algorithmic stablecoin whose price is maintained by an arbitrage relationship with another cryptocurrency, Luna. One UST is supposed to be worth one US dollar, and one UST can always be exchanged for a floating quantity of Luna with a market value of $1. If a UST is trading at $0.99, you can buy it for $0.99 and then exchange it for $1 worth of Luna, making an instant profit. If it is trading at $1.01, you can buy $1 worth of Luna (for $1) and use it to buy a UST worth $1.01, making an instant profit. Because of this arbitrage relationship, while the price of Luna can fluctuate, the price of Terra should always be $1: If it trades above or below $1, people will exchange Terra for Luna or Luna for Terra until the price of Terra gets back to $1.
When we talked about Terra last month, I wrote:
On first principles this is insane. It relies on [Luna] always being worth something. If [Luna] trades at $0.01, you can print 10 million of them and buy 100,000 [Terra] and push the price up. But if [Luna] trades at $0.00, you can print infinity quadrillion of them and you're still not gonna be able to push up the price of [Terra]. If [Luna] is worthless, it cannot be used to support the price of [Terra]. And because you just made it up , there is no particular reason for [Luna] to be worth anything, so there is no particular reason for [Terra] to be worth a dollar. If I made up [Luna] and [Terra] on my computer and said to you "I will give you the number 10 billion in this Excel spreadsheet if you give me 1 million U.S. dollars," you would say no, and if I raised my offer to 400 quadrillion you would not change your mind.
Nonetheless! It works? The rough intuition here is that there is a lot of demand for stablecoins; there is particularly a lot of demand for Terra because Terraform Labs, the entity that created Luna and Terra, essentially pays 19.5% promotional interest on UST deposits. People want a stablecoin that is worth a dollar, so they are inclined to treat Terra as though it's worth a dollar, which makes it worth a dollar. They buy lots of Luna to turn into Terra, which means that the price of Luna goes up, which means that there is plenty of valuable Luna to support the price of Terra, which means that Terra is robustly worth a dollar.
The basic thing that makes Terra valuable is confidence in it. The essential source of this confidence is ... just sort of recursive social belief? If you think that everyone else will treat Terra as worth a dollar, then you will treat it as worth a dollar, and you won't sell it for $0.90 in a panic, which means that it won't go down to $0.90, etc. But if you think that everyone else will treat Terra as worth zero, then you will dump it as fast as you can at whatever price you can get, which means that it will go down below $0.90, etc.
Also there is an algorithm, but it is a complicated cloak thrown over these basic social facts. If one Terra goes down to $0.90, the arbitrage mechanism — you exchange one Terra for $1 worth of Luna, and then sell your Luna into the market for $1 — just doesn't work. You exchange one Terra for $1 of Luna, but confidence in Luna is also falling, and the market is being flooded with Luna as people try to do this arbitrage. So the $1 worth of Luna you received is no longer worth $1, and then the next person who redeems Terra gets even more Luna and has to sell even more of them, which drives the price down more, which increases the amount of Luna being issued, etc., in a "death spiral." There is no particular floor on this process, and it can go until everything is worth zero.
However! As we discussed last month, Kwon and the Luna Foundation Guard did a smart thing. During the virtuous cycle of Terra's existence, as its market capitalization grew and as Luna became more valuable, they used their valuable Luna to buy a bunch of Bitcoins. Luna is a creature of Terraform: If you lose confidence in Terra you will simultaneously lose confidence in Luna, and being able to exchange one Terra for infinity bazillion Luna will not do anything to prop up the price of Terra. But Bitcoin is an entirely separate thing. Terraform made up Terra and Luna, but somebody else made up Bitcoin. If people lose confidence in Luna and Terra, Bitcoin will still be valuable.
And so the LFG bought a bunch of Bitcoin and promised to use it to defend Terra's peg to the dollar. If one Terra goes down to $0.90, instead of turning Terra into Luna and selling them in a death spiral, the LFG can buy Terra for $0.90 and pay for it in Bitcoin. If the LFG has enough Bitcoin, and if Bitcoin's price holds up, then it can defend the peg and keep the price of Terra close to $1.
The point is that you print a lot of Luna when Luna prices are high and exchange them for Bitcoin. And then if Luna prices fall, you can use the Bitcoin to buy Terra and keep it at $1, avoiding a death spiral.
We talked yesterday about algorithmic stablecoins, in which a made-up crypto token is used to maintain the value of another crypto token at exactly $1. In particular we talked about TerraUSD, whose price is maintained by trading with another cryptocurrency called Luna, and about how Terra is diversifying its "foreign reserves," as it were, by buying Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies. The idea is that as Terra has gotten big, it can buy other cryptos to defend its peg to the dollar, instead of relying on the value of Luna. I wrote: "The basic structure of the trade is (1) Ponzi, (2) acceptance, (3) diversification, (4) permanence."
This is a common way for algorithmic stablecoins to go, but there are other possibilities. For instance you could have a backed stablecoin (where each $1 stablecoin is backed by $1 in U.S. dollar bank accounts), or an overcollateralized stablecoin (where each $1 stablecoin is backed by, say, $2 worth of Bitcoin). And you could bop along doing that for a while, and everyone could be satisfied that it's always worth a dollar, and then you could transition it to being an algorithmic stablecoin. Keep $1 on hand for every coin until everyone treats your coin as being worth a dollar, and then start keeping $0.90 on hand, then $0.80, etc., keeping enough money to defend the peg but not enough to fully redeem every coin in every scenario.
This is more or less the strategy of another algorithmic stablecoin called Frax, whose founder Sam Kazemian emailed me yesterday:
I can see why you didn't include us as Frax goes against your entire narrative of (1) Ponzi, (2) acceptance, (3) diversification, (4) permanence since we start out at 100% collateralization and slowly have gone down to ~85% so far. Our own structure is 1.) not-ponzi, 100% backed normal bank 2.) acceptance, slowly unbacking 3.) permanence 4.) THEN finally ponzi like the Fed/USD. And go figure, FRAX has not lost its peg a single time.
Honestly one of the best reader emails I've ever received. And, yes, I suppose a plausible history of traditional banking would go something like "first backed, then accepted, then Ponzi."
Elizabeth Holmes (1)
The normal way for a venture capital firm to invest in a startup company is something like this. The startup is a corporation, and it issues stock, and the VC firm (through one of its funds) buys the stock. The VC firm might get a seat on the startup's board of directors, and might have some say in running the startup. But the startup is a separate company. If it is doing bad stuff, the VC firm could lose the money it invested in the startup, but it will not ordinarily get in trouble for the startup's actions. When startups like Theranos and FTX collapsed in scandal, the VC firms that bought their stock were treated as victims of the scandals, not co-conspirators.
And then the way the VC firm makes money is by eventually selling their stock, when the startup goes public or is bought by a bigger company.
In the crypto boom, VC firms discovered a different way to invest in startups. The startup would be a crypto project, and it would issue tokens, and the VC firm would buy the tokens. The tokens might have some governance rights: The crypto project might be a DAO, a decentralized autonomous organization, whose token holders get to vote on what it should do.
But there is another problem with the token approach, which is that, while these tokens might be functionally stock, and while the SEC thinks (and courts might agree) that they are therefore securities, they are not literally stock, and these crypto DAOs are not literally corporations. Specifically, they are not incorporated. Nobody filed a form with the Delaware secretary of state to incorporate the crypto DAO as a corporation. (This is not always true, and for instance Wyoming has a special statutory flavor of DAO limited liability company, but it is often true.)
This seems like a small technicality, but one important benefit that you get, from filling out a form and paying a fee to incorporate a corporation, is limited liability. If you have a business entity that is not incorporated, then it is often, by default, a general partnership. Which means that the investors who fund and participate in running it are, arguably, general partners. Shareholders of a corporation are not generally liable for the corporation's actions, but general partners of a partnership generally are. For instance, they might be liable for its unregistered sales of securities.
Or that is a theory. Late last year, some holders of Compound DAO's COMP tokens sued the venture capitalists backing Compound for unregistered securities sales. The idea is:
1. "Compound is a business that allows users to borrow and lend crypto assets, in much the same way that a traditional bank allows customers to borrow and lend traditional currencies." It is a big player in decentralized finance, letting people borrow and lend using smart contracts rather than centralized intermediaries. 2. Compound is governed by a DAO, and "Compound DAO is governed by the holders of a security called COMP." 3. Compound issued some COMP tokens to its early investors and founders. It issues others to people who use the Compound smart-contract protocol: If you deposit or borrow on Compound, you can earn COMP tokens. ("This is an example of a strategy called 'yield farming' or 'liquidity mining,' which Compound essentially pioneered," says the complaint. We have talked about yield farming before.) 4. COMP trades publicly on crypto exchanges: If you use Compound and get some tokens, you can sell them for cash, and people do. 5. "Nine people control at least 51.56% of the COMP currently issued," including the co-founders of Compound and venture capital firms including Bain Capital Ventures, Polychain Alchemy, Andreessen Horowitz and Paradigm. 6. Those people and firms are general partners of Compound, liable for any bad stuff that it does. 7. One arguably bad thing that Compound does is list the COMP token on crypto exchanges, where people can buy it. 8. The plaintiffs in this case bought some COMP on the exchanges — not from Compound or its venture investors — and are now suing, arguing that this was an unregistered sale of securities and that the venture capitalists are responsible for it.
The VCs moved to dismiss the complaint, and last month a federal judge denied their request, finding "that there are sufficient allegations against each of the Partner Defendants to allow the Securities Act claim to go forward at this juncture." "The Partner Defendants have 'reserved' their right to contest whether Compound DAO is a general partnership or whether any of them are general partners in that or a related partnership," he wrote, but I guess it's not a great sign, for them, that he calls them "the Partner Defendants."
If Compound was doing an unregistered sale of securities, then it could be liable for those investors' losses. If Compound is just a pot of crypto in decentralized finance, then that liability might not be worth much. But if Compound is a general partnership, and its partners are big VC firms, then they might be liable for the losses.
This theory is not unique to this case, and we talked last year about a US Commodity Futures Trading Commission action against a crypto thing called Ooki DAO, also arguing that its voting token holders could be general partners.
I remember the days of crypto optimism in 2021. One thing that crypto enthusiasts and venture capitalists liked to say was that crypto was a new way of organizing human economic behavior, that crypto would enable a new "Web3" in which technology was organized collectively and belonged to its users instead of being owned by big corporations. This could seem pretty cynical, as VC firms often owned big stakes in (the tokens of) these web3 projects.
But also it was just a big factual mistake! Crypto and DAOs and web3 were not a new way of organizing human economic behavior; they were an old way, the general partnership. They were a technological step backward: Ages ago, lawyers and financiers and governments figured out a new way to organize human behavior, the corporation, which allowed people to pool their capital in a new venture in ways that limited
Elon Musk (80)
It is a tradition around here that, when I go on vacation, Elon Musk does some stuff. Last month, I went on vacation, and Musk immediately went and got himself $140 billion: Elon Musk won reinstatement of his 2018 pay package as chief executive of Tesla Inc., after the Delaware Supreme...
The Musk pay item is a governance entry rather than just a Tesla update. It asks how much shareholder approval can cleanse a conflicted process, and how courts should treat extraordinary compensation tied to extraordinary outcomes. The law cares about process even when shareholders cheer.
Another problem is accounting. In 2018, Tesla gave Musk a giant pile of options, all struck at the money: The exercise price of the options was equal to the stock price at the time of the grant. Then the stock price went up 10 or 20-fold, and now the options are worth tons of money. That was the point: The options were meant to motivate him to push up the stock price, and he did that.
But now of course the options are very in the money. And giving Musk new in-the-money options would be very bad. Giving an executive at-the-money options gets good tax and accounting treatment, because it is a motivational tool; the options don't pay out unless he increases the stock price. Giving him a giant slug of options that are already in the money is disfavored. At the Wall Street Journal, Theo Francis reports:
If Tesla wins shareholder support for reviving Elon Musk's 2018 pay package at its annual meeting this week, it raises a $25 billion question: Will the company's profit take a big hit?
Tesla says no. The electric-car manufacturer already booked the cost of the original award, so it argues that reinstating the same pay package shouldn't add any expense. Others say that approach doesn't reflect the facts: A court found the original award was adopted improperly, and any reinstatement amounts to giving Musk the stock options anew—a far costlier proposition given the run-up in Tesla's shares.
The price tag on any re-evaluation of the award could surpass $25 billion, at least on paper. That amount is 10 times what Tesla originally reported and more than the company's last two years of pretax profits combined, said Shivaram Rajgopal, a Columbia University accounting professor who studies executive pay.
"Tesla will have to book that number as compensation expense," Rajgopal said.
I don't know. But giving him the options again would be bad, for Tesla's accounting and for Musk's taxation. Saying he had them all along — ratifying the original grant and reversing the judge's decision to undo it — would be better.
If you are the chief executive officer and controlling shareholder of two different companies, each with different minority shareholders and employees, and they both use the same essential scarce inputs, and the sole supplier of those inputs calls you up and says "we are backed up and can only meet the needs of one of your companies, which one should get the inputs and which should go without," what should you do?
The extremely obvious answer is that you should not be the CEO and controlling shareholder of two different companies that compete for the same inputs! There is not a good answer! You can't, like, put this problem into the Good Governance Machine and have it come out clean. The problem is that you have a fiduciary obligation to the shareholders of one company to put their interests first, and you have a fiduciary obligation to the shareholders of the other company to put their interests first, and you cannot do both. This is why one person is not usually the CEO of two different companies that compete with each other, and, when someone is, people get mad at him all the time.
By the way, I'm sure someone has some ideas for the Good Governance Machine that could make this work. Like: You set up a special committee of independent Tesla directors, you set up a special committee of independent X directors, the two committees get in a room together with Musk, he says "hey there are this many chips, you guys work out who gets them," he leaves, the committees each meet and figure out how much they want the chips, then they negotiate and cut a deal (whoever wants them more pays the other company for priority, or they share, or Tesla gets the chips in exchange for training X's large language models on parked Teslas, or whatever), and then they go back to Musk with the deal and he approves whatever they come up with. There is a widespread sense that you can wash any sort of governance problem through special committees, though people tend to believe that less about Elon Musk companies.
Also this process sort of doesn't make sense here, or with Elon Musk generally. He's a hard-charging visionary entrepreneur! His thing is making bold decisions about what to prioritize! Here, he has decided that his website for complaining on the internet needs artificial intelligence capabilities more urgently than his self-driving car company does. He's not going to delegate a momentous decision like that to a committee of independent directors; that's the sort of decisive action under real-world constraints that people want to put in the hands of Elon Musk. It's just that he's not deciding between two projects or divisions at one company, where everyone benefits from his decision. He's deciding between two companies, and one of them will lose out.
You could have a model of Elon Musk that is like:
1. He runs a bunch of different companies and owns large stakes in each of them. 2. They all nominally do different things — cars, rockets, tunnels, brain implants, artificial intelligence, complaining on the internet — but there is a lot of overlap. Most of them employ engineers who move somewhat fungibly among companies, and most of them seem to have big plans for artificial intelligence. 3. Each time he comes up with a value-creating idea, he can more or less freely choose which company to implement it at. 4. He is motivated by money. 5. Therefore, he should implement the idea at the company that maximizes its contribution to his net worth.
I am not saying this is a particularly good model. Step 4, in particular, is suspect; Musk seems to have a lot of non-economic motivations.
But let's say this is your model. Now assume that Musk has some really good artificial intelligence idea that can create a lot of value and that can be implemented in any one of his companies. Where should he do it? He should do it wherever it will most increase his net worth. This means maximizing:
The scale of the company. Doing an idea at a big company will probably have more impact than doing it at a little company; doubling the value of a $200 billion company is worth more than doubling the value of a $10 billion company. Plausibly "AI, but put it in a car" could create more value at Tesla Inc. than "AI, but bury it underground" would create at The Boring Co. [1] His ownership of the company. Doing an idea at a $200 billion company where he owns 42% might create more value for him than doing it at a $560 billion company where he owns 13%. [2] The company's ability to do the thing without raising outside capital (and, thus, diluting him). Some of Musk's companies generate cash, others consume it, and you can't move money freely between them. His ability, beyond formal ownership stakes, to extract value from the company. Musk owns a relatively slim 13% of Tesla, but sometimes he goes to Tesla's board of directors and says "hi I would like $50 billion" and they say "yes here you go," though that mechanism may have stopped working.
And you sort of multiply those numbers together and pick the highest result.
If you are an investor in the broad Elon Musk complex, what do you do with this model? Possibly you diversify your bets across all of the Musk companies, as a lot of Musk investors seem to do. Or possibly you try to pick a winner: You try to buy a big stake in the Musk company that you think will attract his best ideas, based on the criteria above.
One odd thing that this means is that you have some incentive to maximize valuation. Ordinarily, if you are an investor in a company, you want to invest at a low valuation, so that you have more upside. But if Elon Musk comes to you to raise money for a venture, and the venture has a valuation of $5 billion, maybe you should say no: Doubling the value of a $5 billion company just won't move the needle on Elon Musk's personal wealth, so he has no incentive to pay any attention to a $5 billion company. Or rather, you should not say no; you should say "sure I'm in but at a $20 billion valuation," to at least make it somewhat worth his while.
It is customary to say that, in 2018, Tesla Inc. gave Elon Musk a compensation package worth as much as $55.8 billion. What it actually gave him was a series of options to buy about 304 million shares of Tesla stock for $23.34 each, but only if he met certain performance goals over the 10-year term of his pay plan, mainly taking Tesla's market capitalization from about $59 billion (at the time he got the options) to $650 billion. He accomplished those goals within three years, so he got all the options.
The $55.8 billon number is pretty arbitrary: It represents how much the options would be worth at a Tesla market cap of exactly $650 billion. In the event, Tesla's market cap got as high as $1.2 trillion in 2021, at which point Musk's option package was worth more than $100 billion. Tesla's stock closed yesterday at $155.45, for a market cap of about $495 billion, making the options worth something like $40 billion.
But at the time they were granted, in 2018, Musk could not extract any money at all from them. He'd only be able to exercise them if he hit the performance targets, which he hadn't yet. And because the $23.34 strike price of the options was set to be the same as Tesla's stock price at the time, even exercising the options, in 2018, wouldn't make him a profit: He'd pay $23.34 to get $23.34 worth of stock, which he could just do in the open market. The options were worth $0 if Tesla maintained the status quo; they'd only be worth anything to Musk if it grew a lot.
But the options weren't worth zero, as an economic matter: There was some probability that Tesla would grow and he'd get to exercise the options and make $55.8 billion, or more, or less. Finance has reasonably well-understood ways to put a single current numerical value on this uncertain distribution of potential future values. Tesla determined that the options were worth about $2.3 billion at the time Musk got them: There was some chance they'd end up worthless, some chance they'd end up worth $55.8 billion, some chance they'd end up worth $100 billion or $40 billion or any other nonnegative number, but, averaging over all those possibilities, the expected value was $2.3 billion.
If Tesla gave Musk a thing worth $2.3 billion, that was an expense to Tesla, which reduced its net income. And so Tesla's income statements reflected that $2.3 billion expense over the period of Musk's pay plan.
Notice that Tesla had an expense of $2.3 billion, while Musk got options that turned out to be worth more than $100 billion at their peak. That's a nice trade, a nice feature of stock-options-based compensation: The expense to Tesla turned out to be much lower than the actual value delivered to Musk.
Here is roughly how Delaware executive pay law works [4] :
In general, a company's board of directors can pay its chief executive officer whatever they think is fair, and a court won't second-guess them. Unless the CEO is also a "controlling shareholder," as Musk is, [5] in which case a court will review the pay package for "entire fairness." If the shareholders, in a fully informed vote, approve the pay package, then the burden of proving that it is entirely fair falls on people who object to it. If they don't — or if the vote isn't fully informed — then the burden of proving entire fairness falls on Musk and the directors.
In January, the judge found that the shareholders had voted to approve the 2017 pay package, but that their vote was not fully informed, because they did not know about some of the conflicts of interest that the board had in creating the package. So the burden of proving it was fair fell on Tesla, and the judge concluded that it wasn't, writing that it was "an unfathomable sum" and suggesting that the board could reasonably have accomplished its goals while paying Musk less.
Now the shareholders will vote again. Let's assume that their vote this time will be fully informed. (They can read the judge's opinion! It's attached to the proxy statement!) But then Tornetta could sue again, arguing that the pay package still isn't fair. This time, the burden of proof will be on him. But … can't he prove his case by attaching the judge's previous opinion finding that the pay package wasn't fair? If the pay package wasn't fair in January, then arguably it isn't fair now, and shareholder approval might not fix that.
Hmm. "Options that could reduce the cost of the debt and make it less risky for banks to hold." What do you think that means? Here's one possibility: If you have debt that pays very high interest and makes your lenders nervous, there is a potential win-win transaction in which you put up more collateral (making the debt safer) and the banks cut the interest rate (to reflect its increased safety and to compensate you for encumbering collateral).
Here I am not particularly convinced that X has much in the way of collateral that could improve the profile of this debt. But … I mean … Elon Musk does? Like, obviously? Like if he were to pledge $12.5 billion — or $25 billion, or frankly $5 billion — of Tesla Inc. stock to these lenders, that would make them a lot more comfortable and probably buy down his interest rate. Or if he were to co-sign the debt — if he agreed to guarantee or be a co-obligor on it, with recourse to him — then, fine, investment-grade rating and lower interest payments. [3] "It's a win-win Elon, you get a lower interest rate just for signing your name here!" He's not gonna fall for that, but it was worth a shot for the banks.
Still I think it is more fun to consider this as a trade. Here is the trade:
1. In 2018, Tesla and Musk struck a deal in which (1) he would work to make Tesla a $650 billion company and (2) if he succeeded, he'd get paid $56 billion. [2] 2. Motivated by this deal, [3] Musk worked very hard, slept in the office, sacrificed his personal life, and succeeded in making Tesla worth as much as $1.2 trillion by 2021. (And still more than $600 billion today.) 3. Tesla said "thanks very much, job well done, pleasure doing business with you," put $56 billion of stock options in a bag, and was about to hand the bag over to Musk. 4. These shareholder lawyers said "Stop! Actually we have found a way to keep the benefit of that deal — the $600-plus billion dollars of value that Musk created — without paying him. There is some fine print in the contract with him that allows Tesla to yoink back those stock options. Let's do that." 5. Tesla, as an abstract profit maximizing corporation — not an extension of Elon Musk's will, but the impersonal result of the application of Delaware corporate law and fiduciary duties — said "well I mean if we can keep the benefit without paying $56 billion for it, that's better for shareholder value maximization, so let's do it." [4]
Right? Tesla was going to pay Musk $56 billion for his past work creating $600 billion of value. If it can just take back that $56 billion, for free , on a technicality, and keep the $600 billion of value , that's a good trade, it should do it, and maybe it should even give the lawyers a 10% commission for finding the trade. [5]
Now, there is an obvious hole in this analysis. [6] That $56 billion wasn't just to pay Musk for his past efforts. This is a repeat game. Musk is still Tesla's chief executive officer, he still makes lots of decisions, he still seems to be important to Tesla's success, and the board and shareholders still want him around. Yoinking back his pay package for the last five years is going to de-motivate him for the future. If your model of Musk is that his efforts can create or destroy hundreds of billions of dollars of value for Tesla — and that he has a lot of good options for how to spend his time — then stiffing him on back pay is not a good long-term decision.
There are two main ways to pay CEOs of modern large public companies:
1. The CEO is the founder and major shareholder, you pay her $1 a year, and she gets rich off her share ownership. Her interests are aligned with those of shareholders, because she is the biggest shareholder. [1] 2. The CEO is a hired professional who comes in without much share ownership, and you load her up with stock options to make her feel like a founder/owner and align her interests with those of shareholders.
Zuckerberg is a classic of the first category, and the dividend is, among other things, a way to fund his lifestyle that is compatible with that approach. Musk, of course, tried to get paid both ways, which is what got him in trouble.
Lots of public companies are incorporated in Delaware, for a combination of reasons:
1. Delaware has a specialized court that hears corporate law disputes, the Court of Chancery. The judges on that court (the chancellor and vice-chancellors) are experts, they hear a lot of corporate law disputes, they understand the issues, and they mostly make sensible decisions. They also understand that these cases are time-sensitive, so they move fast. (Though in Musk's case the decision did take rather a long time.) They also don't have juries. So if there's some dispute about what a Delaware public company can do, the company knows it can go to court and get a quick answer from a smart, knowledgeable judge. 2. That court has been around for a long time, so there are a lot of precedents, so Delaware law is predictable. I can tell you the rules that apply to Elon Musk's pay, and for each of the debatable terms — "controlling shareholder," "entirely fair," etc. — there are cases that explain how to interpret them. Predictability is very important to public companies. They don't want to go to court to get answers about what they can do: They want to know what they can do, in advance, without getting sued. If you're a Delaware company and you have some gnarly issue, you can call pretty much any big-time corporate lawyer and say "am I allowed to do this gnarly thing," and she will go consult Delaware precedents and come back to you with a pretty good answer. [1] Note that in Delaware, as elsewhere, this is largely a matter of judge-made law, of precedential rulings interpreting the rules; it's not like the Delaware legislature (or any other state's legislature) sat down and wrote detailed rules about how much a company can pay its CEO. But compared to other states, Delaware's judge-made corporate law is more detailed and predictable. 3. In some very general way, Delaware law is pretty business-friendly, and specifically pretty friendly to corporate management. If you ask your fancy lawyer "am I allowed to do this gnarly thing," there's a decent chance that the answer in Delaware is "yes." The answer in most other states is "I don't know"; it's not like the other states have rules against, say, paying your CEO a lot or whatever. But that answer always has a tinge of "I don't know, but it's possible that some judge or jury will find this thing distasteful and rule against you." Whereas in Delaware, the judges have been there before and are not easily affronted, and there are no juries. So you can have a much more businesslike discussion, of the form "look I know that this pile of money we are giving our CEO seems obscene, but we have good business reasons for it," and the judge will be sympathetic to that form of argument and often agree with you. Often! Not in Musk's case though.
That third point is, I want to say, probably the least important factor on the list. If you are deciding where to incorporate your company, knowing that the rules will be predictable and sensible and enforced is really really important: There will be a lot of rules, a lot of potential disputes, a lot of novel situations that you will encounter in running a public company, and you want to know what you are allowed to do in those situations. Knowing that in some situation the rules will be a bit more favorable — knowing that the rule is "we can pay our CEO whatever we want" — is probably less important than knowing that in general the rules are predictable and reasonable, that you can run your company's affairs rationally rather than by guesswork.
On the other hand, if you are another US state (or a foreign jurisdiction), and you want to induce companies to incorporate in your state rather than in Delaware, the main thing that you can offer is "we will be even more management-friendly than Delaware." [2] You can't offer a deep body of precedent produced by expert judges, or not yet anyway. But you can say "hey, our rules aren't really written yet, and you can't entirely predict what they will be, but you can reasonably guess that they will give corporate managers more freedom and less shareholder oversight than Delaware's rules do."
I do see Elon Musk's point. He runs, what, six companies? SpaceX, Neuralink, Twitter/X, the tunnel one, xAI, probably some I'm forgetting. And Tesla Inc., the only one of them that is public, though for a while he also had SolarCity Corp. before (controversially) merging it into Tesla. Each of these companies does something different— rocket science, brain surgery, posting on the internet, tunnels, artificial intelligence, cars — but there is overlap. They seem to share employees and a certain ambitious science fiction ethos, and you could imagine futuristic projects that could be done at any of them.
At all but one of his companies, he could stroll into the boardroom, throw a big bag of ketamine down onto the table, and say "I need the company to spend $50 million to build a giant golden statue of me riding a rocket," [1] and
1. the board would be like "yes definitely let's do it," 2. the board members themselves probably are, or represent, big shareholders of the company, and as shareholders they would happily go along with the statue plan to keep Musk happy and dedicated to their company, 3. the other shareholders, the ones without board seats, are probably even bigger Musk fans, and are probably working on their own Musk statues in their garages anyway, so they'll be fine with the company spending their money on a corporate gold statue, and 4. nobody else really has any standing to complain.
And so in fact when Musk went to SpaceX and asked to borrow $1 billion until payday so that he could buy Twitter Inc., the board was like "here's the check, we've left the amount blank, take whatever you need." And, look, was there a Wall Street Journal article saying "hey that's weird"? There was; it was weird. Did anything come of that? No. SpaceX could just do that: Musk controls SpaceX, the board loves him, the shareholders love him, nobody in a position to complain has any complaints, and everybody else is in no position to complain.
This is all at least arguably rational. The analysis is something like:
1. Elon Musk is an unusual cat, in some ways that make him really good at building valuable and innovative companies, and in some ways that make him difficult and destructive, and also in some random ways that are just weird. You can't get just Good Elon; you take the good with the bad with the random. 2. He spends all of his time at work, apparently, at his various companies. But he probably does neglect some of the companies, at times, for the other ones. There are only 168 hours in the week and he's doing a lot of full-time jobs. And there are projects that you could imagine him doing at any of his companies. At least Tesla, xAI and Twitter/X seem to be working on artificial intelligence models, for instance. 3. His efforts appear to be extremely valuable to those companies, creating surely hundreds of billions of dollars of value for their shareholders. [2] 4. If he wants some weird thing — a hypothetical gold statue, a flamethrower, a glass mansion, a pointless fight with a cave diver, Twitter — he will naturally ask one of his companies to help him get it. If you work 168 hours a week running six companies, the distinction between your jobs and your personal life will blur, and if you want something your first instinct might be to ask an employee to get it for you. 5. If he asks a company for something and it says no, he might sulk, or turn his attention to his other companies, and stop working so hard on that company's business. 6. If you are a director or shareholder of a Musk company, Musk's love and attention is really valuable to you, worth possibly tens or hundreds of billions of dollars, and so you want to give him whatever he wants to retain his affection.
This is a very unhealthy dynamic, in a lot of ways — he can keep escalating his demands for more stuff! — but it does seem rational. And even if you knew in advance that he would have this sort of holdup power, and that he'd use it, you might still sign up for the unhealthy dynamic, because he really has made a lot of shareholders a lot of money, and they really would be happy to give him the gold statue and whatever other dumb things he might want in exchange for even a fraction of his entrepreneurial attention.
And then there's Tesla. Tesla in many ways is very similar to the other Musk companies. He is the quasi-founder, the visionary, the biggest shareholder, the chief executive officer. The board loves him and will do anything he asks. The shareholders mostly love him and are big Elon Musk fans. He has created gazillions of dollars of value for shareholders and, somewhat reasonably, expects them to be grateful.
But there are two big differences. One is that Tesla is much bigger than the other Musk companies, so if he has a really big ask — if he wants, not a $50 million bauble, but a $50 billion bauble — he has to go to Tesla, because it's the only one of his companies that can afford to give it to him.
And the other is that Tesla is a public company, which means that, even if 99% of shareholders love him, if 1% of shareholders don't, they can sue. [3] They can say: "Look, the board has a fiduciary duty to manage the company on behalf of all shareholders. Giving Musk a giant golden statue of himself is not necessary, or a good business decision, or fair to the shareholders; it's just the controlling shareholder fulfilling his own whims with corporate money, and an ineffective board of directors giving him whatever he wants. He should have to give it back." And they will go to court, and the shareholders will make those arguments, and the board will say — accurately! — "no you see giving him this giant golden statue is necessary for us to get more of his incredibly valuable time and attention," and that will sound bad in court. And then a judge will get to decide whether the deal was fair to shareholders or not, and if it was not, the judge can make Musk pay the company back. Even if the board, and 99% of the shareholders, want him to keep it!
There is some outside arbiter of what Musk is allowed to do at his public company, some standard of good behavior that can be enforced in court and that does not depend purely on the wishes of his investors. Whereas at all his other companies it's pretty much between him and his buddies, and they are indulgent.
So here's a question: In May 2022, when Elon Musk started tweeting nonsense about how he was canceling the deal for spam bots, was that securities fraud? There are arguments both ways. On the one hand:
Everything is securities fraud, I keep saying around here. He was tweeting false statements about a public company. The stock did go down. Twitter's stock fell 9.7%, from $45.08 to $40.72, the day Musk tweeted "temporarily on hold." It closed as low ast $32.65 in July. If you bought the stock in the low $50s in early May, because Musk had signed a deal to buy it for $54.20, and then sold it in the low $30s in July, because Musk was saying that he would get out of the deal, you really were deceived(he was not getting out of the deal), and you did lose money.
On the other hand, it's a weird form of securities fraud. At the time he did these tweets, Musk really did have a binding contract to buy every share of Twitter at $54.20 per share, and he ended up doing that. His false tweets didn't make him any money. It's not like he was short Twitter and profited when its price crashed. He was long Twitter and this all ended up just being a costly nuisance for him.
Still, you could argue that he had an economic motive to tank the stock. The motive is that he was trying to renegotiate the deal: He knew he was overpaying for Twitter, and he was hoping that, by threatening to walk away from the deal, he could convince Twitter's board to agree to sell to him at a lower price. The noisier he was about walking away, the more that threat would feel real. And the more the price fell, the scarier the threat would be: Twitter's board could look at the stock at $32.65 per share and say "(1) the market thinks he might get out of this and (2) if he does get out of it the stock will really tank, so (3) it would be a good idea for us to sign a new ironclad deal at $45." And then he'd save some money. By manipulating the stock, he could save himself billions of dollars in a renegotiated deal.
One popular thing to say about this is that the investors should have been more careful about governance, and that future investors in future startups will pay more attention to things like control rights and fiduciary duties and board composition. And, maybe. But I have to say I sympathize with the investors here. There are many cases in which sophisticated investors invest large sums of money into companies where they have no real control rights, and they rationally calculate that it will be fine. Generally the calculation will involve some combination of factors like:
1. I have met the founder and shook her hand and looked into her eyes and I trust her, so I do not need to care about the corporate formalities. (Smart investors jumped into Elon Musk's Twitter Inc. adventure not because they did extensive due diligence or got a lot of control rights, but because he's Elon Musk.) 2. Regardless of the formalities, the incentives are on my side: This company will need more money, the founder will need to sell her shares, and so even if she has the formal right to hose me she won't, because that will be bad for her. (Both Adam Neumann and Travis Kalanick were forced out of startups that they had founded and where they had more or less total formal control, because their investors told them "hey look if you keep your total control this is going to be a zero, whereas if you leave now you can salvage some value for yourself," and they made a rational choice.) 3. The formalities are bad, sure, but that's the price of getting into this investment, and the upside of this investment is so huge that I am willing to take the risk of getting hosed by bad governance. (Early investors in Facebook Inc., now Meta Platforms Inc., had very little in the way of governance rights, Mark Zuckerberg had total control, and guess what he still does and he has made those investors very rich.)
It is not hard to see how OpenAI's investors could have had similar thoughts:
1. They really liked Sam Altman! He is a popular and well-connected figure among venture capital types. Nor, really, were they wrong to trust him. It's just that usually startup founders have much more control of their boards than Altman did. That did turn out to be a failure of organizational due diligence by OpenAI's investors, but an understandable one. 2. The incentives were just incredibly on their side. OpenAI requires piles and piles of outside money to do its work, so it cannot rationally afford to alienate investors. Microsoft, OpenAI's biggest investor, also provides its computing power and has a license to its technology and, after this weekend's implosion, seems to be on track to hire most of its staff. "You can make the case that Microsoft just acquired OpenAI for $0 and zero risk of an antitrust lawsuit," Ben Thompson wrote yesterday. No rational startup would let that happen! Meanwhile Thrive Capital was leading the tender offer to buy employee shares, and might have thought "these employees need liquidity and will not bite the hand that is feeding them." These were all, I think, very reasonable things to think; they were just flummoxed by a board that did not act in the economic best interests of the company. Again: because it wasn't supposed to! Still a jarring surprise. 3. The upside was really big. I mean the company was worth more than $80 billion last week, not because it was profitable (it was a money pit) but because, you know, it had an 8% chance of being a trillion-dollar company. You'd take some governance risk for that upside.
But SpaceX is a private company, and Tesla is a public company. With a private company, the deal between the entrepreneur and the investors can kind of be whatever you want: The company can have more or less whatever contractual terms or informal understandings or governance structure the entrepreneur and the investors agree to. If Musk comes to the board of SpaceX and says "hey you need to lend me $1 billion for a week so I can win this fight I'm having online," the board can be like "sure here you go you little rascal." It might not even have to tell shareholders. And if the shareholders find out in the newspaper they can be like "lol that's our boy" and everyone can be perfectly happy about it.
Whereas with a public company, there are just rules that apply to all public companies, and that constrain the deals you can make. There are standard rules, enshrined in the US securities laws, regulating what companies have to disclose to investors and how they have to communicate and what their relationship with their CEO can look like. And if you break those rules it is mostly not a defense to say, like, "but my shareholders love me and think this is funny," or "but look how much money I am making for them."
If Elon Musk says nonsense about SpaceX online and his investors are happy, then it's fine. If Elon Musk says nonsense about Tesla online and his investors are happy, but the US Securities and Exchange Commission is not happy, then the SEC can step in and fine him $20 million and make him stop being Tesla's board chairman. Is that what Tesla's shareholders wanted? Probably not, no, but a public company is not just a deal between Musk and his shareholders; the SEC gets a say too.
So Musk let Dorsey keep his shares in Twitter (which Musk renamed X), but gave him a put at the deal price of $54.20.
This seems like a bad trade for Musk. In the merger, most Twitter shareholders exchanged their stock for $54.20 in cash: They no longer had any downside risk in their Twitter shares, but they no longer had any upside either; Musk owned all of the risk and reward of their shares. A few shareholders rolled over their shares: They kept the upside and the downside. Dorsey, though, rolled his shares and got a $54.20 guarantee: Dorsey gets the upside and Musk gets the downside.
But it is a very Elon Musk financing mechanism. Two essential tenets of the Elon Musk approach are:
1. Be super, super, super, super confident in yourself, and 2. Always be about to run out of cash.
Faced with the choice of (1) coming up with $1 billion to buy out Dorsey and (2) letting Dorsey keep his shares and promising him $1 billion if it didn't work out, Musk went with second option, the one that didn't require any cash up front. You and I and Fidelity and Black-Scholes all know that the free put option Musk gave Dorsey is worth hundreds of millions of dollars, but Musk doesn't care: To him, the stock can only go up, so the put costs nothing.
One is … well, look, I have spent a certain amount of time around here writing about Elon Musk, who is (among other things) an eccentric billionaire who sometimes offers to buy public companies and then changes his mind. It happens! There are suggestions, in Sculptor's announcement, that it thinks of Weinstein and Ackman and Lasry that way. Its objections include:
Because members of the Consortium are providing the debt commitments for its proposed debt financing, there is an increased risk that if circumstances change prior to closing, the Consortium can use a failure to satisfy the debt financing conditions as a reason not to close the transaction.
The Consortium's proposal caps its financial exposure in a damages action at $39.2 million should it breach and refuse to consummate the transaction, which caps the Consortium's ultimate downside.
That is:
If Weinstein and friends change their minds (because market conditions or Sculptor's results change, for instance, or because their own financial situations change, or just because they don't want to do this anymore), they will have excuses to get out of the deal: They are the lenders in the deal, so they "can use a failure to satisfy the debt financing conditions" as an excuse to get out. I don't exactly understand this: Sculptor doesn't spell out what the debt financing conditions are, and debt financing commitments tend to be less conditional than merger agreements so it would be odd if this would really give them an out. But, sure, if you were really looking to get out of a deal, it's one more excuse. Anyway, even if they don't have an excuse to get out of the deal, they can walk away and pay just $39.2 million in damages, which isn't that much compared to what Sculptor's shareholders might lose. Basically they'd get a $39.2 million option to buy the company for $700ish million, and if things changed they could walk away. [2]
If you are Sculptor's board, you have to weigh these risks against the extra $1.61 per share that Weinstein is offering, and I guess your weighing comes down to questions like:
1. How flighty do you think Weinstein and friends are? How likely are they to change their minds? 2. How risky do you think Sculptor's business, and the market, are? How likely is it that circumstances will change and Weinstein will try to back out? 3. How much do you think Weinstein actually wants the company? If he really wants to buy Sculptor, then his technical ability to get out of the deal doesn't matter that much. If he's just looking for a cheap option, it does.
We talked yesterday about a guy, Scott Murray, who put out a press release saying that his firm, Trillium Capital LLC, would buy Getty Images Holdings Inc. for $4 billion, conditional on finding someone to give him $4 billion. This is, I should say, a condition that sometimes exists in merger proposals. Last year Elon Musk announced that he would buy Twitter Inc. for $40 billion if he could find $40 billion, and people — certainly including me — expressed some doubt that he would be able to raise the $40 billion. And Twitter's board of directors kind of held him off until he did find the money, but he did, and then they really had no choice but to negotiate and ultimately sell to him.
Or, like, a big private equity sponsor might put in a proposal to buy a company, and the proposal will say something like "this proposal is not binding and is conditional on receiving customary financing." And the company might very well reply "okay, sounds good, let's talk," and the private equity firm will start due diligence and negotiate a deal and talk to its bankers about raising the financing. And then if, while they are negotiating, the leveraged finance market collapses, the private equity firm will say "ah well never mind, can't get the money" and the deal will die. The company knew that the proposal was contingent on financing, and knowingly took the risk that it might be wasting its time, because it figured the financing would probably come through and it probably wouldn't be a waste.
But there are, you know, context clues. If somebody with $200 billion of personal wealth says "I'll buy your company if I can raise $40 billion," that might be worth looking into. If a firm that has previously done lots of multibillion-dollar buyouts with lots of borrowed money says "I'll buy your company if I can borrow $4 billion from my usual banks," that's worth looking into. If I put out a press release saying "I'll buy Twitter for $40 billion if somebody gives me $40 billion," that could be a true statement — lots of people would buy lots of luxury objects if someone gave them the money to do so! — but it is not one that Twitter's management should take very seriously, because there is absolutely no reason to think that anyone would give me $40 billion.
Still there is some nuance here. In a traditional leveraged buyout, the buyer borrows most of the money to do the deal, and the lenders lend the money not because they like the buyer's credit but because they like the company's credit. It's not "I will buy your company for $4 billion if I can borrow $3 billion from a bank," but rather "I will buy your company for $4 billion if your company can borrow $3 billion from a bank." If the company can borrow $3 billion from the bank, anyone with $1 billion could credibly make that offer. Of course you need the $1 billion, but I suppose you can syndicate the equity as well. Lots of big credible repeat-player investors buy companies with relatively little of their own money, and I suppose anyone could … well, could try to copy that model?
We have talked about this before, but the most important job for any sort of adviser to the target company in any sort of hostile mergers-and-acquisitions situation is to get paid before the deal closes. After the deal closes, your client is gone, and the hostile acquirer now owns it, and he has fired all of your contacts and doesn't want to pay your bills. You send him a bill that is like "For fighting you off: $2 million," and he is like "well, you didn't fight me off, and I didn't want you to, and I'm not paying."
We talked about it two weeks ago because Elon Musk's takeover of Twitter Inc. was pretty hostile — not in the traditional corporate-finance sense that he acquired the company through a tender offer over the objection of its board, but in every other sense — and Twitter's advisers keep showing up with unpaid bills and saying "please Mr. Musk, our bills," and he keeps saying "absolutely not" and they keep suing. Two weeks ago it was Charles River Associates, for some lawsuit consulting; now it is Innisfree:
The blockbuster technology deal that every adviser on Wall Street clamored to be a part of has proved not to have been so lucrative for at least one advisory firm that worked on it.>
That firm, Innisfree M&A Incorporated, sued Twitter on Friday in New York State Supreme Court, seeking about $1.9 million in what it says are unpaid bills after it advised the company on its sale to Elon Musk last year. Twitter hired Innisfree last May to help it reach out to its shareholders about the $44 billion deal. When Mr. Musk completed the acquisition of Twitter in October, the bill became his.>
"As of December 23, 2022, Twitter remains in default of its obligations to Innisfree under the agreement in an amount of not less than $1,902,788.03," the lawsuit says.
Yeah, he's not paying rent, he's not gonna pay you.
A basic idea in crypto is that things can be simultaneously (1) lucrative and (2) a joke. Like if someone pitched you on Dogecoin as an investment opportunity, you would say "well what is good about Dogecoin," and they'd say "it has a picture of a dog," and you'd say "what," and they'd be like "ha ha ha," but also Dogecoin does have a $12 billion market capitalization. For a while its price would go up whenever Elon Musk tweeted about it. Was he kidding? Just the wrong question. I once wrote:
One question that is never worth asking about anything related to cryptocurrency is, "is this a joke?" Essentially everything in cryptocurrency is simultaneously serious and a joke. This is partly explained by the history of crypto—crypto is Extremely Online, and everything Extremely Online is both serious and a joke—but it is also something essential to its nature. If I told you that there was a vast oil reservoir in my backyard, that would be either true or not true. Oil is a real physical substance; you can look at it and touch it and burn it as fuel. But if I told you I had a vast stash of Mattcoins, and proposed to give you some for a sandwich or a yacht, we would be on less solid ground. Whether the Mattcoins are a valuable currency exchangeable for sandwiches and yachts, or just a joke I made up, is a social fact; it depends on what you think about Mattcoins, and perhaps on whether you find them funny. Crypto is a form of collective storytelling; its truth or falsity does not depend on externally verifiable facts in the world but rather on people's attitudes toward it. It's a parody if you think it's a parody, but if you think it's real then it's real.
Here I want to be a bit speculative, and I also want to write in all caps: NONE OF THIS IS LEGAL ADVICE. But if you have a certain sort of mind, you might notice a potential legal arbitrage here. The arbitrage is:
1. You intentionally sell people a worthless thing, for real money, which you keep. 2. If anyone complains — if you get sued or arrested — then you say you were kidding. (But you keep the money, which after all is a crucial element of the joke.) 3. You kind of were! And kind of weren't!
Again! I am not recommending this as a strategy! I am just observing certain patterns in the world! But for a while during the initial-coin-offering boom there were a lot of ICOs that explicitly said things like "we are offering a token that is worthless, so we can have money," and, you know, I hope they had good lawyers.
Some of the banks that lent Elon Musk $13 billion to buy Twitter are preparing to book losses on the loans this quarter, but they are likely to do so in a way that it does not become a major drag on their earnings, according to three sources with direct knowledge of the situation. …
Banks still have to mark the loan to its market value on their books and set aside funds for losses that are reported in quarterly results. In the absence of a price determined by actual sales of the debt, however, each bank can decide how much to write it down based on its market checks and judgment, according to the three sources who are familiar with the process of determining the value of such loans. ...
Another one of the three sources with direct knowledge of the matter estimated that some banks might only take a 5% to 10% writedown on the secured portion of the loan. …
Two of the banking industry sources said if the banks tried to sell the loans now, they would not get more than 60 cents to the dollar on the secured bond and an even lower price on the unsecured portion. That would add up to billions of dollars in losses for the syndicate as a whole.
Yeah I mean 60 is quite a lot less than 95? But I guess if you ask an investor "hi, we are selling this loan, what will you pay for it," and if you ask them "hi, we are not selling this loan, but hypothetically what would you pay for it," you will get different answers.
The general rule in mergers and acquisitions is that if you want to buy a company you have to pay all the shareholders the same price. This is not an absolute rule. You can buy some shares of the company at varying market prices before you decide to buy the whole thing at a fixed price, as Elon Musk did with Twitter Inc. Shareholders of the company who are also executives can get paid more than regular shareholders, in the form of employment contracts or severance pay. Shareholders with special classes of shares that get more votes can get paid more for those votes. But for the most part you are not allowed to simply say, like, "we will pay 51% of shareholders $40 per share, and the other 49% $1 per share," and then get the 51% of shareholders to approve the deal and stiff the 49%.
But like I said this is not an absolute rule, and sometimes you will want to give a few noisy shareholders a little nudge to get a deal done. In Musk's deal for Twitter, for instance, one shareholder — Saudi Prince Alwaleed bin Talal — complained that Musk's bid of $54.20 per share did not "come close to the intrinsic value" of Twitter. (This was in April, when that was a plausible position.) Alwaleed's Kingdom Holding Co. owned about 4.6% of Twitter, and you could imagine him voting against the deal and making it less likely to go through. Musk solved this problem by allowing Kingdom to roll its Twitter shares into the privately owned company, an offer that was extended to some other big Twitter shareholders — including Jack Dorsey — but not all of them. Big noisy shareholders who were either (1) friendly with Musk or (2) antagonistic to Musk in a way that might block the deal were offered the chance to keep their stock in Musk's private Twitter. Ordinary retail shareholders were not: They just got to vote for or against the deal, and if enough of them voted for it then they'd all get cashed out at $54.20. They did, and they were, and given subsequent events none of them are really complaining.
In fact, this is not uncommon in going-private transactions, allowing some shareholders to roll over into the private company. If some big shareholder likes the stock and is willing to take a minority stake in the private company, that is often helpful for the acquirer, since it reduces the acquirer's need for cash and increases the chances of getting the deal approved.
What you can't really do is give a few big noisy shareholders extra cash to get them to vote for the deal. That just seems straightforwardly unfair.
On the other hand! Turquoise Hill Resources Ltd. is a Canadian mining company that is 51% owned by Rio Tinto International Holdings Ltd. Rio Tinto wants to buy the remaining 49% of Turquoise Hill for C$43 per share. Turquoise Hill's board appointed a special committee of independent directors, which approved the transaction at that price, and submitted it to a shareholder vote. To get approved, the deal requires (1) a two-thirds vote of all shares (which is easy since Rio owns 51%) and also(2) a majority vote of the non-Rio shareholders. Two big shareholders, Pentwater Capital Management LP and SailingStone Capital Partners LLC, don't like the deal and want more money. If they voted against the deal, Rio might not win.
And so Rio struck a deal with them, which Turquoise Hill somewhat passive-aggressively announced today. (Here are the actual agreements.) The shareholders agreed not to vote one way or the other on the merger, which makes it easier to get a majority vote of the non-Rio shares. (The deal only needs a majority of the non-Rio shares that vote to vote yes, so abstaining does not count as a no vote.) In exchange, Rio agreed to pay them 80% of the merger price (C$34.40) at closing, and then go to arbitration over how much the company is worth. If Rio wins the arbitration it will give them the remaining 20% (C$8.60), plus interest, meaning that they do as well as the regular shareholders who are cashed out at C$43. If Rio loses, it will pay them more, basically whatever the arbitrator decides is the fair value of Turquoise Hill.
This seems like a better deal than the public shareholders are getting. Public shareholders can either (1) approve the deal and take the C$43 with no upside, (2) reject the deal and then have minority shares in a controlled public company that are worth whatever the market says they're worth, or (3) approve the deal, but individual shareholders who vote no can seek "dissent rights" (called "appraisal rights" in the US), meaning that they get whatever a court decides is the fair value of the stock, but possibly less than C$43. But Pentwater and SailingStone are guaranteed C$43 and have some upside and a friendlier process for determining that upside.
That is … unusual, and a bit aggressive? Turquoise Hill thinks so:
The Special Committee was first advised of the potential terms of the Agreements on the evening of Sunday, October 30, 2022. The Special Committee suggested to Rio Tinto that it offer comparable dissent proceedings as those offered to the Named Shareholders in the Agreements to all holders of Minority Shares (the "Minority Shareholders"). Rio Tinto advised that it was not making the terms of the Agreements available to all Minority Shareholders.
Ah. Well. I think that if Rio just offered to pay Pentwater and Sailingstone an extra $5 per share, the special committee would have done more than "suggest" offering it to everyone. But if you punt this to arbitration where Rio might pay an extra $5 per share, that might just work.
But I also want to make a broader point about why golden parachutes exist. Parag Agrawal has an employment agreement that says he gets a huge bag of money if (1) Twitter is acquired and (2) then he is fired. [3] He has been CEO for less than a year and stands to make tens of millions of dollars. Why did Twitter's board agree to this deal? Why does almost every public company agree to that deal?
The answer is that sometimes public companies would be better off getting acquired, but that would rarely make their CEOs better off, unless they got paid. Earlier this year, Parag Agrawal had a good job as CEO of Twitter. He got paid well, he got to boss people around, it was nice. Then Elon Musk came along and said, more or less in so many words, "I want to buy Twitter and fire the CEO as rudely as possible." Agrawal might quite reasonably have said, no, I like my job, I like getting paid, I like being the boss, I don't like people being rude and firing me. And then, as the CEO of Twitter, he could have tried to prevent the merger. It might not have worked: Musk could have (and almost did) put in a hostile bid to try to buy Twitter without the CEO's approval; hostile bids do sometimes succeed. But in general if a CEO wants to block a deal, that makes it harder to do the deal.
But the deal was clearly (especially in hindsight) really good for Twitter's shareholders: They got $54.20 per share, which is way more than the shares would otherwise be worth. And Twitter's board had set up incentives so that, if a deal came along that was good for shareholders but bad for Agrawal, Agrawal would say yes. The incentive is that Agrawal would get fired rudely, but he'd get a big check to make up for it. I once wrote about the general theory:
CEOs tend to receive whomping great "golden parachutes" for selling their companies, even if they've only been there a short time and haven't done a very good job. Every time this happens, people complain about it, but you shouldn't think of the golden parachute as a reward for being the CEO. It's an incentive to stop being the CEO: If the CEO knows he'll get paid $100 million for quitting in a merger, that might overcome his natural aversion to doing the merger.
Here, the golden parachutes worked perfectly. Agrawal and his management team clearly did not like Musk or want him to buy the company, and they clearly knew he would fire them, but they negotiated a deal with him anyway, because it was in the best interests of shareholders. They put shareholder value above their own careers and interests, perhaps because they are noble people who love shareholder value, but perhaps also because they stood to get huge bags of money as a reward for this sacrifice.
One possibility is through the law governing the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States to review Musk's deals and operations for national security risks, they said. …
One element of the $44 billion Twitter deal that could trigger a CFIUS review is the presence of foreign investors in Musk's consortium. The group includes Prince Alwaleed bin Talal of Saudi Arabia, Binance Holdings Ltd. -- a digital-asset exchange founded and run by a Chinese native -- and Qatar's sovereign wealth fund.
The panel operates behind closed doors and rarely confirms when it is conducting reviews. CFIUS also holds the power to review deals that have already been consummated.
Musk is a US citizen, so he is probably not subject to CFIUS review, and kicking out his minority co-investors like Prince Alwaleed bin Talal or Binance would not derail the deal. I do not think there's much of a chance that any US government review will actually block the deal this week, or unwind it in the future. Oh sure I have joked about it happening, and about it being Musk's plan to get out of the deal; I wrote:
The fancier possibility is that he is trying to get American government officials worried , so that they will step in to block the Twitter deal. "We can't let Twitter, the 'town square' of American political discourse, be owned by a guy who might be a Chinese or Russian agent, so we have to block the deal," people think Musk thinks the government will think. By winkingly hinting that he might be doing Vladimir Putin's bidding, the theory goes, Musk will force the US government to block his acquisition of Twitter. Which would get him out of it, which is — perhaps — what he wants.>
I don't really buy this — I don't think that the US government has much of a mechanism to block the deal at this point, and I think it would be too controversial for anyone to touch — but it is a funny theory so I am passing it along.
Musk has also joked about it: Last week someone tweeted "It would be hysterical if the government stopped Elon from over paying for Twitter," with a crying-laughing emoji, and Musk replied with a 100 emoji and a crying-laughing emoji; there's still like a 20% chance that those emojis will end up in a court filing. But I do think he's kidding. And if somehow this did happen (it won't), a forced divestiture next week is at least as likely (unlikely!) as blocking the deal this week.
(Another very funny outcome, by the way, would be CFIUS rejecting the foreign investors' involvement in the deal, after the deal closes and they fund their commitments. If Binance buys Twitter stock from Elon Musk at $54.20 this week, and a week later is ordered to divest it, does it just sell the stock back to Musk? What price does he pay? Like, 10 bucks, right?)
Is he overpaying? Leaving aside all of the legal wrangling, Musk's deal for Twitter is a strange bit of merger economics. You could tell a story that goes something like:
1. Twitter is worth about $20 billion. [1] 2. When Musk buys it and spruces it up, it will be worth $200 billion, an order of magnitude more, in the same ballpark as Meta Platforms Inc. 3. There is absolutely no way that Twitter can make itself worth more than $20 billion without Musk. Whatever Musk will do to make Twitter worth $200 billion is something that only he could do; Twitter cannot implement his plan, or some other plan, or hire better executives, or restructure itself, or do anything else on its own that will create anything like the value he can.
There are merger stories like that, where the buyer has some plausible way to extract significant synergies from the target. You combine the target's widget business with the buyer's sprocket business and you can cross-sell widget/sprocket combinations at a huge premium, etc. The target is worth $20 billion on its own, but $30 billion combined with the buyer, and only the buyer can create that combination.
In a typical strategic merger there will be some negotiation over the allocation of synergies. The target is worth $20 billion on its own, it will be worth $30 billion if the buyer buys it, and the target will want to get some of that $10 billion for its own shareholders. That $10 billion is created by the combination; neither the buyer nor the target can get it on their own. If the buyer pays $25 billion for the target, it isn't "overpaying"; it's sharing the synergies. In a rough sense I suppose that happened here. Twitter is worth $20 billion on its own, and $200 billion with Musk's magic. Most of the value comes from his magic, but he does need Twitter to do the magic on. He's paying more than it's worth now, but less than it's worth to him.
Morgan Stanley has a big book of loan commitments, for Twitter and other buyouts that it has agreed to finance. It tries to hedge some of the risks in that book. Perhaps it hedges interest-rate risk (with Treasuries, futures, swaps, etc.), and perhaps it hedges generic credit risk (with index credit-default swaps, etc.). Morgan Stanley's Twitter commitment looks worse now than it did in April in part because Musk has spent the last few months trashing Twitter, but mostly because rates have gone up and credit has gotten worse generally, and these generic hedges would have protected Morgan Stanley against those risks. It probably didn't go and sell some hedge fund billions of dollars of specific Twitter loan pricing risk, though it would be amazing if it had. If you are the hedge fund manager who's on the hook for Morgan Stanley's Twitter losses, do reach out.
The other, less funny theory is that Musk will tank his debt financing for the deal by refusing to deliver a solvency certificate. Musk's obligation to close the deal is conditional on his banks funding their $13 billion loan commitment, and their obligation to fund is conditional on — well, it's conditional on very little; there are almost no excuses for them not to fund, but there is one. There is a condition in the commitment letters that requires that, before funding:
Customary legal opinions, customary officer's closing certificates (including incumbency certificates of officers), organizational documents, customary evidence of authorization and good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation/organization, in each case with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors (to the extent applicable), customary requests for borrowing and a solvency certificate (as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and substantially in the form of Annex E-I attached hereto, certified by a senior authorized financial officer of the Borrower) shall have been delivered to the Lead Arrangers.
That is, before the banks will lend money to Twitter so that Musk can buy it, they'll need some paperwork saying things like "Twitter is a real company" and "Twitter wants to borrow this money" and "the person who signed the document on Twitter's behalf actually works at Twitter and is authorized to sign that document." And they will need some paperwork — the solvency certificate — saying that:
1. The sum of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, does not exceed the present fair saleable value of the present assets of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.
2. The fair value of the property of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis as such liabilities become absolute and mature.
3. The capital of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is not unreasonably small in relation to their business as contemplated on the date hereof.
4. The Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have not incurred and do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts including current obligations beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise).
Here I am quoting from the "Form of Solvency Certificate" in Annex E-1 to the commitment letters; "the Borrower," here, means Twitter, though Twitter "after giving effect to" Musk's acquisition. It is not entirely clear to me who has to sign this certificate — technically, it's an officer of Twitter — but people seem to think that Musk can say "well, if I take over Twitter, I will appoint myself as chief financial officer, and then I will refuse to sign this certificate, and then the banks won't lend, so I can't take over Twitter." That is convoluted but, fine, I guess, I don't know.
Musk also spent some time, in May, in the couple of weeks between when he signed the agreement and when he started trying to get out of it, trying to raise preferred equity. The rough way the preferred equity works is:
You give Elon Musk, say, $5 billion to buy Twitter. Musk takes about three years to turn Twitter around as a private company, solve the bot problem, make it an everything app, whatever. Then he takes it public again. If it's worth at least, say, $22 billion when he takes it public again — that is, if he's made it more valuable, or kept it as valuable, or destroyed less than half of its existing value — then you get back $7.5 billion, a nice 50% return for three years of risk. [2] (If the value is up , maybe you get even more. [3] ) If it takes him longer to get back to the public markets, you get more. (Though you have taken more risk.) If it takes five years, maybe you get back $10 billion. The amount you get back grows each year. If Musk instead incinerates the company while he controls it, then you get nothing.
This is a more-or-less fixed-income security, like a very risky bond, and Musk was apparently marketing it to credit investors who like to live dangerously. Specifically, Bloomberg's Heather Perlberg reported on May 10:
Apollo Global Management Inc. is in talks to lead a preferred financing for Elon Musk's proposed buyout of Twitter Inc., according to people with knowledge of the deal.>
The funding, arranged by Morgan Stanley, will exceed $1 billion and may include Sixth Street Partners, among other firms, the people said.>
Apollo, Sixth Street and Morgan Stanley declined to comment.
Those talks never went anywhere, though, because he lost interest in buying Twitter. Bloomberg's Kamaron Leach and Davide Scigliuzzo reported last night:
Investment firms that had expressed an interest in helping Elon Musk finance his acquisition of Twitter Inc. abandoned the talks several months ago, around the time that the mercurial billionaire backtracked from the deal, according to people with knowledge of the matter.>
Firms including Apollo Global Management Inc. and Sixth Street Partners had been in discussions to contribute billions of dollars via a preferred equity stake -- before Musk declared the deal dead, said the people, who asked not to be identified because they weren't authorized to speak publicly.>
Musk had been looking to raise as much as $6 billion from preferred equity investors as a way to reduce the amount of cash he had to provide himself in the $44 billion acquisition. …>
Reuters earlier reported that Apollo and Sixth Street are no longer in talks with Musk to provide financing for the deal.
Elsewhere, law professor Robert Anderson has a paper arguing that it might be hard for a court to actually grant specific performance in this case: that even if Musk loses all his claims about misrepresentations, fraud, conspiracy, etc., a court still shouldn't force him to close the deal but should instead make him pay only a $1 billion (or maybe $2 billion) reverse termination fee. As I have written before, it is weird for the merger agreement to say:
1. That because monetary damages can't possibly compensate Twitter for the loss of the deal, the parties agree that there should be specific performance and Musk can be forced to close even if he doesn't want to; and 2. If there are money damages they are capped at $1 billion.
Anderson writes:
This is a cash sale of one of the most well-known and closely followed companies in the world. Although there are some difficulties assessing damages exactly, even in a case like this, they are minimal, and exact computation isn't necessary. The shareholders of Twitter simply need to receive $54.20 in cash or cash equivalents. If damages aren't adequate in this case, it is difficult to conceive of any M&A case in which they will be adequate. …
The primary reason damages would not be adequate in the sense of providing full expectation damages in this case is not because they are difficult to assess, but because Twitter agreed to cap them. Twitter is entitled to $1 billion in reverse termination fee if the financing falls through, and potentially an additional $1 billion in damages for a "knowing and intentional" breach of the obligation to secure financing. The fact that the parties agreed to cap monetary liability in the form of damages doesn't seem like a reason to impose larger monetary liability through specific performance. Quite the contrary. In a merger agreement, the reverse termination fee is a highly negotiated provision the parties use to allocate risk; in contrast, the specific performance section is boilerplate text copied and pasted into the "General Provisions" at the end of the agreement. The boilerplate section at the end is an unlikely candidate for the parties to add $20 billion in settlement value to the otherwise carefully capped liability provisions.
As Anderson says, this is a standard feature of private-equity merger
I think that the simplest explanation might be that Elon Musk does not know what a merger agreement is. It is not uncommon, in the world, for two companies to get together and discuss one buying the other. And sometimes these talks will go well and they will get together and sign some sort of document — a "memorandum of understanding," perhaps — that says, basically, "now we are going to talk really seriously about me buying you." Sometimes they will have a price lined up when they sign this document, say $54.20, and that price will be written into the document, and the expectation will be that eventually the buyer will pay $54.20 to buy the seller. But things can go wrong. There will be continuing due diligence, where the buyer examines the seller's business, and the buyer might change its mind. Facts might come to light in due diligence that could make the buyer walk away or want to revise the price downward. The market might crash, making the seller less valuable or making it harder for the buyer to get financing. The MOU is an agreement to talk more seriously; it reflects a general mutual desire to come to a deal at $54.20, but it is not binding. Nobody is committed to a deal at $54.20. Nothing is certain until the final deal is signed.
That, again, is a description of a thing that can happen in the world; some business acquisitions do go through a process like that. But it is not a description of US public-company merger agreements. In normal US public-company mergers, you don't sign a memorandum saying "we're going to negotiate seriously about buying you." [1] You negotiate seriously, and then you sign a merger agreement saying "we agree to buy you for $54.20." And then if the buyer changes its mind, it still has to pay $54.20. And if the market crashes, the buyer still has to pay $54.20. The deal is the deal; once it is signed, the merger agreement is binding and definitive. [2]
It is confusing, though. When you sign a public-company merger agreement, you do not immediately own the company you are buying. You are still months, perhaps years, away from the "closing" of the deal, when you actually pay the money and take over the company. The delay is necessary to get regulatory approvals (antitrust, etc.), and to write a proxy statement and submit the merger to a vote of the target's shareholders. (You sign the merger agreement with the target's board of directors, but they don't get the final say; the shareholders do.) Also, if you need to borrow money to buy the target, this delay gives you time to market the debt and actually get the money. (When you sign the deal, you probably have commitment letters from your banks promising you the money, but by closing you can actually have the specific loans in place.)
And during this delay, things can go wrong. The regulators might not approve. The shareholders might vote no. The financing might fall apart. [3] When you sign the merger agreement, the buyer and seller agree to work together and use their "reasonable best efforts" to get the regulatory approvals and shareholder vote and financing and everything else needed for the deal to close, but even if they do all of that sometimes it's not enough, and the deal falls apart. Signing a merger agreement doesn't mean that the buyer will definitely buy the seller. It is a serious binding commitment, but it is not 100%.
If you are the buyer, you might think about other things that might go wrong. What if the seller's business all burns to the ground in a fire? Seems unfair for you to have to buy it anyway. What if the fire was the seller's fault? What if it turns out that the seller was running a massive fraud and the whole business is fake? Seems really unfair for you to have to buy it anyway.
And so, yes, even if you get the regulatory and shareholder approvals and the financing, there are still times when a buyer can get out of a deal between signing and closing. But they are quite limited. The main one is that the seller makes representations in the merger agreement — statements about the company that it promises are true, things like "our financial statements are true" and "we are not breaking any laws" — and if those statements are false, and they are so false that they would have a "material adverse effect" on the business, then the buyer can get out of the deal. (A typo in the financial statements is not enough to get out of the deal, but inflating revenue for years might be.) That is a high bar, and Delaware courts — which hear most big merger cases, since most public companies are incorporated in Delaware — almost never find MAEs. But in theory, yes, if the buyer was misled and the seller's business is falling apart, the buyer can get out. And there are a very few other possible excuses; for instance, if the seller does not comply with its covenants — the things that it agreed to do between signing and closing — then the buyer might have an out. Or if the buyer was tricked into signing the merger agreement by intentional and material fraud, that would be an out.
But the buyer can't get out because it changed its mind. Or because the market went down and it is overpaying. Or because the market went down and it doesn't have as much money as it used to. Or because the seller's business turns out to be worse than the buyer thought in a general way. Broadly speaking, the merger agreement is meant to be binding. Getting out of it is the exception.
The layers of this. One day, when I teach a business-school class on the Elon Markets Hypothesis, I will spend a day on this series of proposed transactions. Consider:
1. Musk's perspective: If you are the richest person in the world, as Elon Musk is, you never need to spend any money. When you want something — a mansion, $50,000 to pay a kid to take down a Twitter account — you can just say "huh I wish I had that thing" and people will fall over themselves to buy it for you. 2. The air conditioner guy's perspective: If you are a person in the business world, and you can solve some pain point for Elon Musk, that is so obviously good for your career that you should just do it, you don't need to talk to Musk first, you don't need to have any deal in place, you don't need to have any particular mechanism in mind to spend $50,000 doing it. "The guy hoped that Elon would notice and buy his company," sure, whatever, reasonable bet. We talked about this above and last week, but right now Elon Musk has one very obvious problem — he needs to find some evidence that Twitter Inc. is a massive fraud, so he can get out of his $44 billion deal to buy it — and I suspect there are a lot of people working to solve it. Some of them (his lawyers, etc.) work for him, but most of them are doing it on spec. If you solve that problem for Musk, surely he'll buy your air-conditioner company or whatever. 3. Sweeney's perspective: He's a college kid, presumably he is not rolling in cash, and he is willing to take his Twitter bot down for a $50,000 payment from Musk, but not from the air-conditioner guy. A $50,000 check from the air-conditioner guy is worth $50,000. A $50,000 check from Elon Musk is priceless. You can tell that story — about the time you blackmailed Elon Musk for $50,000 — forever. That story will get you all sorts of jobs in the tech industry, possibly even at SpaceX. "The way finance works now is that things are valuable not based on their cash flows but on their proximity to Elon Musk," I have argued, and here is an example. Fifty thousand dollars from Elon Musk is worth much more than $50,000. And: "If he let me fly with him on his jet, record it and talk about it — and maybe not even pay me the $50,000 — I would take it down," the Post quotes Sweeney saying. Sure! Flying on a private jet with Elon Musk is worth so much more than $50,000! That is serious proximity to Elon Musk. Do you know how much the air-conditioner guy would pay for 10 minutes on a private jet with Elon Musk?
A month ago, Elon Musk's fight with Twitter Inc. was a merger dispute. Musk signed a merger agreement with Twitter in April, in which he agreed to buy Twitter for about $44 billion. Then the stock market went down, and Musk decided that he didn't want to pay $44 billion for Twitter anymore. And so, like lots of other regretful acquirers before him, he tried to find an excuse to get out of the deal. There is a standard set of ways to do this. The merger agreement is 73 pages long, full of representations and covenants and conditions. You read through the merger agreement, you find some places where you think Twitter has not lived up to its obligations or met its conditions, you send Twitter a letter saying that and terminating the deal, Twitter sues you, and you meet up in Delaware Chancery Court to argue over what the merger agreement requires.
This is in fact what Musk did. Frankly I did not think that he did a very good job of it. His main excuse is that the merger agreement contained a representation that no more than 5% of Twitter's monetizable daily active users are spam or bot accounts, but in fact vastly more than 5% are bots, so he can get out of the deal. No part of this excuse is true in any way: The merger agreement does not contain that representation, there is no evidence that it's wrong, and even if it existed and was wrong it would not be a reason to get out of the deal unless it caused a "material adverse effect" on Twitter's business, which seems unlikely. Nonetheless, this is how you play the game. Musk is trying to prove that the merger agreement does not require him to buy Twitter; Twitter is trying to prove that it does. Like most observers, I think that it clearly does, so this is an uphill fight for Musk, but you never know.
There is, however, another approach. Imagine that the merger agreement was not 73 pages; imagine it was only a single sentence. "Elon Musk will pay $44 billion in cash on Oct. 31, to buy Twitter Inc., no matter what, with absolutely no conditions." Then I think everyone would agree that the merger agreement requires him to buy Twitter. But then imagine that it turned out that Twitter was an entirely fake company: It had no revenue, sold no ads, made no money, had no users (except Elon Musk?); it was just a long-running fiction that a handful of Twitter executives used to trick shareholders into giving them money, and their plan to exit the scam was to sell the whole thing to Musk. Imagine the truth came out — perhaps there's a whistle-blower — between signing and closing. Would Musk have to close the deal? According to the language of the contract, sure, yeah, "no matter what." But the real answer is no. Musk could get out of the contract, not under the terms of the contract, but because Twitter got him to sign the contract via fraud. And he could go to court, claiming fraud and demanding "rescission" (tearing up the contract), and — in this imaginary scenario — the court would probably agree with him.
Now, even in the real world, the merger agreement does contain a representation that none of Twitter's filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission "contained any untrue statement of a material fact." And if that representation is false enough to have a "material adverse effect" on Twitter, then Musk can get out of the deal.
And Twitter's SEC filings do mention bots. But they don't contain any promises that no more than 5% of Twitter's users are bots. These filings are also public, and you can also read them. Here is what they say about bots:
There are a number of false or spam accounts in existence on our platform. We have performed an internal review of a sample of accounts and estimate that the average of false or spam accounts during the first quarter of 2022 represented fewer than 5% of our mDAU during the quarter. The false or spam accounts for a period represents the average of false or spam accounts in the samples during each monthly analysis period during the quarter. In making this determination, we applied significant judgment, so our estimation of false or spam accounts may not accurately represent the actual number of such accounts, and the actual number of false or spam accounts could be higher than we have estimated.
Let's pick out the factual assertions in that paragraph:
1. There are "false or spam accounts" on Twitter. 2. Twitter reviews some sample accounts each month. 3. It estimates, based on that review, that the bots (false or spam accounts) are fewer than 5% of mDAUs. 4. That estimate is based on the "average of false or spam accounts in the samples." 5. That estimate, and the labeling of spam accounts, is subjective; Twitter "applied significant judgment" to reach it. 6. "The actual number of false or spam accounts could be higher than we have estimated."
You could imagine how some of those statements could be false. If Twitter did not review any sample accounts — if it just made up the 5% number and put it in the filings — then its SEC filings would be false. If it reviewed its samples and labeled 25% of them spam, and then wrote 5% in the filings anyway, then the filings would be false.
On the other hand. If you said to Twitter "look, I don't like how you sample accounts, and I really don't like how you evaluate them for spam. I have developed a better way to identify spam accounts, and when I apply my method to a different sample I conclude that 8% of your mDAUs are spam," and Twitter looked at your method and said "oh, wow, you know what, you are entirely right in every respect, this is better, 8% of our mDAUs are spam" — then nothing in Twitter's SEC filings would be false. (I suppose they'd have to write something different in future filings.) The filings said that their numbers were estimates, that they applied significant judgment, and that the actual number might be higher. If you said "I have a better estimate with better judgment, and the numbers are higher," they could reasonably respond "yes, right, exactly like we said."
Of course, if Twitter's quarterly reports were wildly wrong about its operating or financial results, then that would be bad, even if Twitter prefaced those reports by saying "here's our best guess but we might be wrong." But the bot numbers, and the related numbers of monetizable daily active users, are not part of Twitter's financial results. US generally accepted accounting principles do not cover bots or mDAUs, and Twitter's "calculation of mDAU is not based on any standardized industry methodology and is not necessarily calculated in the same manner or comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies." Nobody disputes that Twitter's financial results — the amount of money it makes each quarter, etc. — are accurate. Twitter discloses its mDAU numbers to help investors understand how its managers "evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions." One quite live possibility is that Twitter's managers are bad at evaluating their business, formulating business plans and making strategic decisions. This would not make their disclosures wrong, however.
One weird aspect of Musk's quasi-terminated deal to buy Twitter is that he owns 9.6% of Twitter's stock. Or, at least, he owned 9.6% of the stock as of Friday. On Friday he sent Twitter a letter purporting to terminate the merger agreement. The merger agreement includes a provision (section 6.2(d)) requiring Musk not to sell any of his shares before Twitter's shareholder vote on the merger, but if Musk really believes that he has terminated the merger agreement (risky!) then I suppose he can sell the shares, and honestly it would be hilarious if he did. If he does sell any shares, he would have to disclose that "promptly," which presumably means within a day or so. Is it possible that he started dumping his stock yesterday, and will disclose that this afternoon? I suppose it is technically possible, and would be amazing. (Is it possible that he started dumping his stock yesterday and will file the report late? That is also possible! [1] )
Assuming, though, that he still owns 73.1 million shares of Twitter, and that he does not want to sell those shares before a court decides if the deal is off or not, then those shares are an interesting bargaining chip for a settlement. Musk paid about $2.6 billion for those 73.1 million shares, an average price of about $36.16 per share. The stock closed yesterday at $32.65, making his stake worth about $2.4 billion, for a loss of about $250 million.
If Musk and Twitter fight to the death over this deal, and Musk wins in court and is able to get out of the deal for a $1 billion (or zero!) breakup fee, then the stock will go down a lot. If he waits until then to sell, then he might clear, I dunno, $25 per share, for a loss of about $800 million. Meanwhile Musk's own selling will push down the stock, which will be embarrassing for Twitter, which in this scenario will want to save face and preserve a shred of shareholder value. Musk will not want to sell his stock into the market, but he will not want to hold it; Twitter will not want him to sell his stock into the market, but will not want him as a shareholder.
So there is some compromise where Twitter buys the stock directly from Musk at — I don't know, $26? — and Musk and Twitter are both better off than he would be if he dumped the stock into the market.
Now, this trade doesn't really work on its own. (Twitter can't really buy stock from Musk at a premium.) But the trick is to combine it with a broader settlement. The deal is like:
1. Musk hands all his stock over to Twitter. 2. Twitter pays Musk $0 for the stock. 3. Maybe Musk pays Twitter $X in cash, where X could be positive or zero or I guess even negative. 4. Twitter says "Musk paid us [$X in cash plus] $2.6 billion worth of stock, measured by his purchase price," even though the stock is only worth $1.8 billion or whatever as of the time he hands it over. (Or "Musk paid us $4 billion worth of stock, measured by the $54.20 deal price," why not?)
Twitter gets a face-saving headline settlement amount, gets rid of Musk, and doesn't have him dumping his stock in the market to depress the stock; Musk gets to pay that settlement amount in discounted currency and gets out of the stock without pushing down the price.
In contract law, that is the normal remedy for breach of contract. It is called "expectation damages." If Musk signed a deal to buy a thing for $54.20, and then he refused to pay and had no good reason for backing out of the deal, and the seller had to turn around and sell the thing to someone else for $25 instead, then the seller could go to court and demand that Musk pay the $29.20 difference.
Merger agreements are contracts, and in theory a jilted seller could sue a buyer for expectation damages, but in practice merger agreements often limit the availability of damages. In particular, the Twitter merger agreement (Section 8.3(c)) says that Twitter can't get more than $1 billion of damages from Musk, which is also the amount of the reverse termination fee that Musk has to pay Twitter in certain circumstances.
So if Musk has no good reason to walk away from the deal — and I think he obviously does not, though he'll argue otherwise in court — and Twitter sues him for damages, it can't get more than $1 billion. Its actual expectation damages are something like $24 billion. The capped damages are nowhere close to enough to compensate Twitter for the lost deal.
But, as we discussed on Saturday, Twitter has a better option. It can sue for specific performance, and ask a Delaware judge to order Musk to pay, not $1 billion or $24 billion, but the whole $44 billion to actually close the deal and buy Twitter. This is more fraught and complicated than suing for damages; specific performance is not the most normal remedy in contract law, and for reasons we discussed on Saturday there are lots of reasons that it might be particularly difficult here. Forcing a guy to buy a company that he doesn't want is a very drastic move, and nobody really wants to do it. But the merger agreement does say that Twitter is entitled to specific performance of Musk's obligations, and that each party "agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that any other party has an adequate remedy at law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or in equity."
And so, if this dispute ends up in court, there are three things that the court can do:
1. Agree with Musk, and let him terminate the deal without paying anything. 2. Agree with Twitter that Musk is bound by his contract, and then make him pay $1 billion, the maximum available damages, for breaching the contract. 3. Agree with Twitter that Musk is bound by his contract, and then order specific performance, making him pay $44 billion to actually buy Twitter.
In general, investment bankers would prefer that the deals they work on close. Twitter's bankers — mainly Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. — will get paid a lot of money if Musk buys Twitter; they will get paid less if he doesn't. If he pays a huge settlement to walk away, I'm not sure what the banks will get out of it, though I assume the bankers thought about this and their engagement letters cover that scenario. Elon Musk sometimes pretends to buy public companies, and if you are hired to advise on a possibly-pretend deal you will want to get paid anyway.
Musk's bankers — a group led by Morgan Stanley — have a more complicated set of incentives. If the deal closes, they will get big fees for advising on the merger, and bigger fees for lining up Musk's $13 billion debt financing. But that debt financing is committed ; the banks are on the hook to put up the $13 billion themselves, even if they can't find any other buyers for the debt.
In general, the market for buyout debt is a lot softer now than it was in April when the banks agreed to finance this deal, and banks have sold other big buyout loans at 80-something cents on the dollar. A price like that would eat through Musk's banks' fees and leave them with losses of perhaps a billion dollars or more on the debt financing. Bloomberg's Davide Scigliuzzo reported back in May:
The lenders forged a deal with Musk based on a maximum interest rate of 11.75% for the $3 billion unsecured portion of the financing package, which is expected to be replaced by a bond with ratings in the CCC tier, according to a person with knowledge of the matter. Yet the average yield on similarly rated junk securities soared past 12% last week as investors pulled back from risk amid fears over rampant inflation, a potential recession and the war in Ukraine.
Selling the debt at a yield above 11.75% would force the banks to incur a hit on the fees they will earn for underwriting the transaction, and could result in outright losses if the rate climbs above 12.125%, said the person, who asked not to be identified when discussing a private transaction.
That number is now closer to 13%, implying that the banks would take a nine-digit loss just on the $3 billion unsecured bond portion of the financing. I suspect Musk's banks will be very happy to get out of this deal.
The way the deal works is that Musk has agreed to pay about $46.5 billion to buy Twitter. That money consists of $13 billion of debt financing that a group of banks led by Morgan Stanley have promised to provide, plus $33.5 billion of equity financing that Musk has promised to provide. Musk is allowed to syndicate the equity financing — he's allowed to get outside investors to provide some of that $33.5 billion — and in fact he has gotten commitments from other investors for about $7 billion of that. But for our purposes, of figuring out how he can get out of the deal, that doesn't matter: As far as Twitter is concerned, Musk is on the hook for all $33.5 billion of that, and if he can't syndicate any more of it — or if his equity co-investors flake and don't give him their money — he still has to pay the $33.5 billion out of his own pocket.
The $13 billion of debt financing is a bit different though. Technically Musk is not on the hook for that financing; his banks are. If they don't come up with the money then Musk can get out of the deal by paying a $1 billion breakup fee, whereas if they do come up with the $13 billion then, at least in theory (that is, under the terms of the merger agreement), Twitter can go to court to get a judge to order Musk to pay the other $33.5 billion and buy Twitter.
Do the banks have to come up with the money? Well, Musk is pretending that the bot thing could be an impediment to closing the financing: His banks are worried that Twitter has too many bots, they won't lend Twitter $13 billion if it can't prove its users are all real, etc. This is all nonsense: The banks can't get out of their financing commitment because they decide they don't like Twitter's business, or because the debt market gets worse and they can't find buyers for the debt. You can read the conditions to the banks' obligations in Exhibit E to their commitment letter, and it doesn't seem to me like they have much of an excuse to get out of their financing as long as Musk has no excuse to get out of the merger. The commitment letter does require a certain amount of cooperation from the borrower, but the borrower for this $13 billion is Twitter, so in theory Twitter can cooperate even if Musk doesn't.
There is a technical bit of mergers-and-acquisitions lawyering here that might be worth explaining. In the merger agreement, Twitter makes representations, statements about its business that it promises are true. Arguably one of them is something to the effect of “not much more than 5% of our monetizable daily active users are spam bots.”[2] Musk thinks, or says he thinks, that this representation is not true. But even if he’s right, he can’t get out of the deal, unless it is untrue and would have a “material adverse effect” on Twitter’s business. If in fact 90% of Twitter’s users are bots, it knows that, and it has been lying to advertisers for years, then, uh, sure, maybe. But in any plausible case, there will not be an MAE, so he still has to close the deal and pay $54.20 per share. Merger agreements are written this way so that buyers can’t change their minds and come up with some trivial pretext — some tiny error in the representations — to get out of the deal.
But in the merger agreement, there are also covenants, promises that Musk and Twitter make to each other about what they will do going forward, between the signing of the merger agreement and the closing. If Twitter breaches a representation, Musk still has to close unless the breach causes a material adverse effect.[3] But if Twitter breaches a covenant, Musk can walk away: He doesn’t have to close unless Twitter “shall have performed or complied, in all material respects, with its obligations required under this Agreement.”[4] There is no MAE requirement: You just have to comply with the covenants.
And one of the covenants is that Twitter “shall ... furnish promptly to [Musk] all information concerning the business, properties and personnel of [Twitter] as may reasonably be requested in writing, in each case, for any reasonable business purpose related to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.”[5] Another one is that Twitter will “provide any reasonable cooperation reasonably requested” in connection with Musk’s debt financing.[6]
When Musk was buying Twitter stock earlier this year, he was required to file a form, Schedule 13D, disclosing that he had bought more than 5% of the stock. He filed this form 11 days late, and kept buying stock in the interim; when he ultimately filed the form the stock shot up. So he saved himself something like $140 million by ignoring the law while he bought stock. When he did disclose his stake, he filed the wrong form — a Schedule 13G — which can only be used by passive investors; he checked a box saying that he had no plans to change the control of Twitter. Meanwhile he was already having conversations with Twitter about getting a board seat and/or taking Twitter private, so his public claims about being passive were not true. This probably didn't save him any money personally, but it was misleading to investors who were trying to figure out what was going on. The SEC did notice this stuff, and on April 4 they sent Musk a letter asking some simple questions like:
Please advise us why the Schedule 13G does not appear to have been made within the required 10 days from the date of acquisition as required by Rule 13d-1(c), the rule upon which you represented that you relied to make the submission. …
With limited exception, a beneficial owner may not rely upon Rule 13d-1(c) to file a Schedule 13G in lieu of Schedule 13D if that person has acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer. See Rule 13d-1(c)(1) of Regulation 13D-G. Please provide us with a brief analysis of the bases upon which you determined that you were eligible to rely upon Rule 13d-1(c) to make the filing on Schedule 13G. Your response should address, among other things, your recent public statements on the Twitter platform regarding Twitter (the issuer), including statements questioning whether Twitter (the issuer) "rigorously adheres to" "free speech principles."
A margin loan is a way to turn stock into cash at a 20% efficiency rate: Musk can pledge $5 of stock to get $1 of margin loan. But just selling the stock turns it into cash at about a 76.2% efficiency rate: He can sell $1 of stock to get back $0.76 of cash (after taxes). Of course if he sells a huge chunk of stock that will drive down the price, but still. If Musk sold all of his remaining unpledged Tesla shares at $500 per share — way below current prices — he'd raise about $35 billion, or call it $27 billion after tax, far more than he needs. Whereas pledging all those shares for a margin loan, even at a $650 stock price, would only raise about $9 billion.
Basically the point here is that Musk has more than enough Tesla stock to sell to pay for Twitter, but only barely enough to borrow against to pay for Twitter. So he has abandoned his initial plans to borrow against his Tesla stock, presumably — who knows? — to give him more flexibility to sell it.
In that vein, this morning Twitter calmly filed the preliminary proxy statement for its deal with Musk, a key step toward getting shareholder approval. In general, the most interesting part of a merger proxy is the "Background of the Merger" section, which describes in detail how the deal was negotiated and what the board of directors was thinking, and that is true here.
Musk started buying Twitter stock in late January, and crossed over 5% on March 14. Under the securities laws, he had 10 days — until March 24 — to disclose this fact publicly. In fact he waited until April 4, disclosing his stake 11 days late. During this period — when he was legally required to disclose his Twitter stake, but had not — he (1) kept buying more stock and (2) had discussions with Twitter's board of directors about taking over the company. That seems like it would have been material information, for the people who were selling him the stock!
Then, when he finally did disclose his stake on April 4, he did it on a form (Schedule 13G) that is limited to passive investors, checking a box indicating that he had "not acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer." Again, he was already in discussions about taking over Twitter or joining its board. He was very much not eligible to use Schedule 13G, and by using 13G — and representing he had no plans to influence the company's control — he was lying to the US Securities and Exchange Commission and the market.
Then Musk negotiated a board seat and standstill with Twitter, which was made public; he filed a Schedule 13D, belatedly but accurately indicating that he was going to be an active investor. The 13D said that, while he was keeping his options open, he had "no present plans or intentions" to take Twitter private. A few days later he decided to scrap the standstill agreement and buy Twitter instead; again from the merger proxy's background section:
On April 9, 2022, before Mr. Musk's appointment to the Twitter Board became effective, Mr. Musk notified Messrs. Taylor and Agrawal that he would not be joining the Twitter Board and would be making an offer to take Twitter private. Mr. Agrawal informed the members of the Twitter Board of Mr. Musk's communication.
That was a Saturday; that Monday, Musk filed an amended Schedule 13D announcing that he was not joining the board. This 13D said that he "might engage in discussions with the Board" about "potential business combinations," but neglected to mention that he had already told Twitter he would be making an offer.
That contract does not allow Musk to walk away if it turns out that "spam/fake accounts" represent more than 5% of Twitter users. We discussed this last month, when Twitter admitted in a securities filing that it had (slightly) overestimated its daily active users for years. The merger agreement contains a provision that allows Musk to walk away if Twitter's securities filings are wrong — and this 5% number is in its securities filings — but only if the inaccuracy would have a "Material Adverse Effect" on the company. (See Sections 4.6(a) and 7.2(b).) That is an incredibly high standard: Delaware courts have almost never found an MAE. An MAE has to be something that would "substantially threaten the overall earnings potential of the target in a durationally-significant manner," the courts have said; there is a rule of thumb that an MAE requires a 40% decrease in long-term profitability. If it turned out that 6% or 20% or 50% of Twitter accounts are bots, that will be embarrassing and might even reduce Twitter's future advertising revenue, but will it be an MAE? No. "Pending details supporting calculation" is not how this works. This disclosure — that "the average of false or spam accounts ... represented fewer than 5% of" Twitter's monetizable daily active users — has been in Twitter's securities filings for many years, always with a caveat that "in making this determination, we applied significant judgment, so our estimation of false or spam accounts may not accurately represent the actual number of such accounts, and the actual number of false or spam accounts could be higher than we have estimated." Musk had the opportunity to read these filings before offering to buy Twitter, and he had the opportunity to do due diligence on these numbers before signing the deal. (He declined.) He can't now go to Twitter and say "actually now you need to prove that your user numbers are right." If he wants to walk, he has to prove that they're wrong, and also that they're wrong in a way that has a material adverse effect on the business. Which he obviously can't do.
I have a harder time understanding a 14% pay-in-kind preferred? At Twitter? Musk's buyout plans for Twitter already involve $13 billion of high-yield debt with an interest cost of, in rough numbers, all of Twitter's cash flow in the near future. There is certainly not enough money left over to pay a 14% cash dividend on $6 billion of preferred stock. So you just accrue it up; in three years $6 billion of preferred turns into $9 billion; in seven years it's $15 billion. If he sells Twitter for a lot more than he paid for it, the preferred gets paid and he makes money. If he sells Twitter for less than he paid for it, the preferred gets paid before he does, though after the $13 billion of debt. Buying this preferred is essentially a bet that Elon Musk will do okay with Twitter: If it's a disaster, you lose everything, and if it's a huge success, you'd rather just own regular equity.[4] I feel like "disaster" and "huge success" are the main Elon Musk outcomes, making this kind of a strange bet.
I feel like there is an idealized model of an Elon Musk merger that would go like this:
1. He shows up at some public company. 2. He suggests a price for that company. The price is somewhat arbitrary, but it should (1) represent a premium to the current trading price and (2) involve some funny number, ideally 420, which is a weed joke. 3. People who already own shares of the company, and who like Elon Musk and want him to run the company, just keep their stock. 4. People who don't own shares of the company, but who like Elon Musk and want him to run the company and want to be a part of that, buy stock (at Musk's somewhat arbitrary joke price). 5. People who do own shares of the company, but who don't particularly want to be involved in the Elon Musk situation, sell stock (at Musk's price). 6. Ideally the orders in No. 4 and No. 5 would exactly balance, so that all the Musk fans can get in and all the Musk haters can get out. (I don't know why this would work?) 7. Then the company is 100% owned by fans of Musk and they elect him chief executive officer, Technoking, Memelord, whatever. 8. The stock continues to trade? I don't know.
This is an extremely vague sketch, and obviously most of the steps do not make any sense, but I nonetheless think it captures something essential about not only Musk's planned acquisition of Twitter but also about his 2018 pretend going-private transaction for Tesla Inc. Elon Musk is not, I think, especially interested in owning Twitter. He is interested in controlling Twitter. The goal is not to make a financial model that generates a 30% internal rate of return on Musk's concentrated levered equity stake in Twitter. The goal is for Twitter to be (1) run by him (as CEO, initially, and I suppose eventually by some other CEO chosen by him) and (2) owned partly by him but mostly by a bunch of loyal shareholders who will let him do what he wants.
You can't really do the thing that I sketched out above, but you can do some of it. Musk is clearly open to current Twitter shareholders keeping their shares. He said publicly that his goal "is to retain as many shareholders as is allowed by the law in a private company." So far only Alwaleed and Fidelity have signed on, but in the same filing Musk said that he "is having, and will continue to have, discussions with certain existing holders of Common Stock (including Jack Dorsey) regarding the possibility of contributing such shares of Common Stock to Parent, at or immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, in order to retain an equity investment in Twitter following completion of the Merger in lieu of receiving Merger Consideration in the Merger." If Dorsey — a Twitter founder, former CEO, current board member — or anyone else wants to sign up for Musk Twitter, then they're welcome, to the extent allowed by law. In rough terms, what that means is that any billionaire or institutional investor who wants to sign up with Musk can do so, but Musk's retail-investor fans mostly can't. Musk Twitter will be a private company, meaning that it can't have a lot of retail shareholders.
You can tell a simple story about Elon Musk's pending acquisition of Twitter Inc. that goes like this. Musk offered Twitter $54.20 per share in cash. Twitter's board of directors consulted some bankers, who told them that the market price of Twitter's stock was lower than $54.20, and that it would likely stay lower in the near future, due to Twitter not making all that much money. The board of directors had a fiduciary duty to maximize the stock price for those shareholders. They looked for higher bids than $54.20, but none materialized. So they had no choice but to take Musk's $54.20.
This simple story is the one that, for instance, Twitter Chief Executive Officer Parag Agrawal told Twitter employees last week. Casey Newton reports on a Twitter all-hands call Friday:
Why did Agrawal vote in favor of the deal? He spoke in the bloodless language of, well, a fiduciary.>
Agrawal: "As I've said, the board decides based on two factors. We act in the interest of our shareholders and look for value for them in the long term. Our job is to think about the price, and consider any offer on the table. And we compare that against the intrinsic value of the company based on the future-looking outlooks we have financially.">
"We get a lot of advice from several lawyers and bankers in the process … And when we looked at all the information and all of the data, every one of us concluded that based on our fiduciary responsibility … this offer at the price it ended up at was in the best long-term interest of our shareholders.">
OK sure, employees said, but how is it in Twitter's best interest to go private?>
"This is the answer you don't want to hear, right?" Agrawal said. "Twitter is a public company owned by shareholders. There are other companies which may have other legal mechanics … Twitter is not one of those companies."
You could imagine him giving an answer that employees did want to hear. "This will make our product stronger than ever." "This will give us the funding we need to improve the service." "This means we can focus on delighting our users rather than on the stock price." "This means more free speech, which is a core value of ours." "Elon Musk is a business visionary and he will run the company better." "Elon Musk loves Twitter and uses it way, way more than any of the current executives or directors, so he will run it better than we do." I don't know. I'm not saying that I necessarily believe any of those things, or that Agrawal does, or that you should. I'm just saying you could imagine the CEO of a company, who had just voted to sell that company, telling the employees of the company that that was the right decision for the company, whatever that means. You could imagine some enthusiasm. You could imagine the CEO thinking that the person who values the company the most and will pay the most for it — Musk — will do good things with it. Agrawal said the opposite. The implication is that Twitter has interests as a company that are distinct from the interests of its shareholders, but that Twitter's board felt it had no choice but to do what was best for shareholders even if it was worse for the company.
This is a traditional story, but it sounds a bit strange in 2022. Ten years ago if you had said that the job of a board of directors was to maximize the stock price, a lot of people would say "well sure yes of course," but now we have stakeholder capitalism and environmental, social and governance investing. In 2019, the chief executive officers of many of America's biggest public companies (not Twitter) signed a Business Roundtable statement that "redefines the purpose of a corporation," saying that they "share a fundamental commitment to all of our stakeholders," not just shareholders. (I made fun of it here.) And the shareholders agree! In particular, Larry Fink at BlackRock Inc. has told CEOs that they "must benefit all of their stakeholders, including shareholders, employees, customers, and the communities in which they operate" and that "putting your company's purpose at the foundation of your relationships with your stakeholders is critical to long-term success." (I made fun of this here and here.) Big companies now face activism whose message is not so much "make changes to maximize the share price" as it is "make changes to improve your environmental and social impact"; Exxon Mobil Corp. lost a proxy fight to a tiny activist that wanted it to speed up its transition away from fossil fuels.
Now, to be clear, all of these trends can be described in terms of shareholder value. Being nice to stakeholders and having a purpose and being environmentally friendly and so forth are all things that probably improve the long-term sustainability and profitability of a company, and shareholders can prefer them for purely financial reasons. Still they seem to have some independent weight in modern corporate thought. The Business Roundtable CEOs want to weigh the interests of all stakeholders and sometimes prefer other stakeholders over shareholders; at least some ESG investors are surely willing to sacrifice financial performance for environmental performance.
And then Twitter's CEO shrugs and says, in effect, "meh look this deal might be bad for our users and employees and product and mission, but we can't think about that; the price is right and my only duty is to shareholders." It's strange!
One thing to say about this story is that, as a description of the board's legal duties, it is debatable. The foundational Delaware hostile-takeover cases from the 1980s explicitly say that a board can consider "the impact on 'constituencies' other than shareholders (i.e., creditors, customers, employees, and perhaps even the community generally)," or "the preservation of [a media company's] 'culture'" and "editorial integrity," in rejecting a takeover offer; shareholder value is not the only valid consideration. More recent cases focus more purely on shareholder value maximization, finding that "promoting, protecting, or pursuing non-stockholder considerations must lead at some point to value for stockholder," and that a court "cannot accept as valid … a corporate policy that specifically, clearly, and admittedly seeks not to maximize the economic value of a for-profit Delaware corporation for the benefit of its stockholders."
So if Twitter's board had said "Twitter is not worth $54.20 per share and never will be, but we declined Musk's offer anyway because we think it is bad for users and the product," that would have been at least a risky move. But if it had said "we declined Musk's offer because we think it is bad for users and the product, and we think that if we continue to improve the product and user experience then in the long run this obviously important social network should be worth more than $54.20 per share," that would have been a defensible position even if, like, three-year earnings projections did not really support a $54.20 price.
It would help, in making that case, if Twitter's board and managers had a long-term plan. What is strange here is that the richest person on earth came in out of the blue with a not-particularly-preemptive offer to buy a service that he is obsessed with and that seems crucial to his success. Hearing that, you might think things like "huh this product must be pretty valuable." You might sit down and try to think of ways to extract value from it, other than selling it to Musk at the first price he proposed. Twitter's board had no ideas.
With some exceptions, if you are going to buy more than $101 million worth of a company's stock, you have to file a notification with the Federal Trade Commission (under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976) and wait for FTC clearance before buying.
Elon Musk was not exactly careful about filling out all the forms before buying Twitter stock.
And sure enough!
Elon Musk's $44 billion Twitter takeover is unlikely to raise antitrust concerns. But what is already being scrutinized is Musk's failure to comply with rules regarding disclosure of his initial 9% stake, according to people with knowledge of the situation.
The Federal Trade Commission recently opened an inquiry into whether Musk failed to comply with an antitrust reporting requirement as he amassed his initial 9.1% stake in Twitter between the end of January and the beginning of April, The Information has learned. At the heart of the inquiry is whether Musk was initially buying as someone who wanted to influence Twitter management or whether he saw himself as more of a passive shareholder. Notably, Musk's initial filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission categorized his purchase as a passive stake—which immediately raised questions given his public comments about how Twitter is run.
Broadly speaking there are two ways to address this problem. One is that each board of directors — at Tesla and SolarCity — can set up a special committee of independent directors to review the transaction and decide if it is fair for their companies, free from any influence from Musk or other conflicted directors, and then put in place other safeguards — market checks, fairness opinions, majority-of-the-minority shareholder votes, etc. — to make sure that the deal both looks and is fair.
The other way to address the problem is to punt it to a judge. Aggrieved shareholders can sue and say "Tesla should not have bought SolarCity, and certainly should not have paid $2.6 billion, so Elon Musk should have to pay shareholders back," and they can make their case for why SolarCity was a bad strategic fit and not worth $2.6 billion. And Musk can make his case for why it was a good strategic fit and worth way more than $2.6 billion.[1] And the judge can listen to both sides and decide who is right.
The first approach is obviously preferable, and it is what basically every public company, in situations like this, aims for. Oversimplifying mightily,[2] the way Delaware M&A law generally works is that if you get the process stuff right — if you have the right combination of independent special committees and ratifying shareholder votes and careful free unconflicted negotiations — the court will not second-guess the deal's price or strategic logic; a properly done deal will be subject to deferential "business judgment" review. If you get the process stuff wrong, you get "entire fairness" review, meaning that the court gets to decide if the price was fair.
It might be worth explaining briefly why they did that and why it is fine:
1. Practically speaking the most important point is that, even if this representation was wrong, Musk still can't walk away from the deal. He can only walk away if (1) the company's representations are wrong and (2) the wrongness would have a "Material Adverse Effect" on the company. (Section 7.2(b) of the merger agreement.) If Twitter had announced today "so uh we said that we had 216.6 million daily active users in the fourth quarter of 2021, but actually we had zero," that would likely be an MAE and Musk could walk away. But the correct number was 214.7 million and that is just not material enough. 2. Also important, though, is the fact that the publicly filed merger agreement comes with another document that is not filed. This is called the "Company Disclosure Letter," and it basically lists all of the exceptions to the merger agreement.[6] So Section 4.6(a) of the agreement says "all of our SEC filings are fine," and Section 4.6(a) of the disclosure letter says "except for the following mistakes:" and, presumably, lists this active-user error. (Assuming they had caught it by last weekend.) The disclosure letter is not filed publicly, but Musk and his lawyers get to read it before he signs the merger agreement. Given that Musk declined to do nonpublic due diligence on Twitter, I am not sure how detailed the disclosure letter was; he might not have wanted to get any material nonpublic information in the disclosure letter. But I am pretty sure that, if Twitter's lawyers knew about this active-user mistake, they would have pushed hard to disclose it to Musk. You don't want to give him any excuses.
A quick recap, now informed by the actual merger agreement. The point of a merger agreement is (1) to agree to do a merger, (2) to agree on what the two parties need to do to get the merger closed, (3) to agree on the circumstances in which the merger might not close and (4) to agree on what happens in those cases.
The actual merger part is straightforward: Musk will pay $54.20 per share to each Twitter shareholder other than himself (he owns about 9.1% of the stock), and in exchange he will own 100% of Twitter and get to do whatever he wants with it. (This is Section 3.1 of the merger agreement.) Vested in-the-money Twitter employee stock options, etc., will also be paid out in cash (Section 3.6).
The doing-stuff-to-get-to-closing part (Article VI) is mostly pretty standard: Musk and Twitter will work together to get antitrust and other regulatory approvals, prepare a proxy statement to get a Twitter shareholder vote, and line up the $13 billion of debt financing that a Musk-owned Twitter will borrow. In the interim — which could be perhaps six months — Twitter will run its business normally, reporting to its existing managers and directors, not to Musk. It is required to "use its commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business." (Section 6.1.) There are various specific restrictions about, e.g., not going crazy with employee pay, not selling assets, not entering into big new contracts, etc. Basically Twitter is in a sort of stasis: It can't run its business however it wants, but Musk can't run its business however he wants either; it just keeps doing what it was doing until he takes over.
This is confusing, and theFinancial Times has reported that "Elon Musk can walk away from Twitter deal by paying $1bn break fee" and that "No matter what Musk does, he knows his liability is capped at $1bn." This is not really right as a contractual matter: If all goes smoothly, he gets his financing, and he just decides to walk, a court can order him to put up $21 billion and actually buy the company. (Here is a law firm memo on specific performance as an M&A remedy.) But it is true that if he does not buy the company — if he decides to walk away and Twitter sues him for damages rather than trying to force him to close the deal — his liability is capped at $1 billion. In practice, when buyers abandon mergers, they never just say "oops changed my mind"; they argue that there has been a material adverse effect or the company has failed to fulfill its obligations or the financing is unavailable or whatever. (And if Musk does not want to close, his financing sources might not be too enthusiastic about funding.) In those circumstances, it can be hard and time-consuming and disruptive and uncertain for the target to sue to force the acquirer to close, and Twitter might prefer to just take the $1 billion and move on with life as an independent company. But Musk's liability is not actually capped at $1 billion, and he does not exactly have an option to walk away for $1 billion.
Why does it take so long? Well, some things need to happen between now and when the deal closes. Most notably, Twitter's shareholders have to vote on the deal. Twitter will have to write a proxy statement explaining the deal, run it by the Securities and Exchange Commission, send it to shareholders and give them some time to read it before voting; this can take months. Also there are regulatory approvals — under antitrust laws, etc. — that Twitter and Musk need to get before closing the deal. Also when the deal closes Elon Musk will need to have about $46 billion in cash[1]; he has agreements — with banks and with himself — to get the cash, but actually getting it can take time.
In the next couple of days, Twitter will publicly file its merger agreement with Musk, laying out what needs to happen between signing and closing. (I was sort of expecting it to be filed by now, but technically they get four days and they have been busy; I suppose we will talk about it when it is filed.)
And then it will get to work on the proxy statement, which will probably be filed within a few weeks. The proxy will be interesting. One interesting part will be the "Background of the Merger" section, describing the history of Musk's negotiations with Twitter, Twitter's consideration of his offer, Twitter's efforts to find other bidders, etc. Probably some mention will be made of various tweets. Probably the lawyers will have to finesse a bit how Musk characterized his Twitter stake as a passive investment with no intention to change control of the company on April 4, and made a takeover offer — saying that "it's simply not a good investment without the changes that need to be made" — nine days later. It has been a busy month, for Elon Musk and Twitter, and the proxy statement will detail how they negotiated this deal and also how little their lawyers slept.
Another interesting section will be the "Opinion of Twitter's Financial Advisers," which will describe the fairness opinion that Twitter's board got from its bankers concluding that Musk's price of $54.20 per share is fair to Twitter's shareholders. I think it probably was not too hard for the banks to reach that conclusion. Bloomberg's Michelle Davis and Liana Baker report:
The third catalyst that led to a deal was the role of the price, $54.20, and how it compared with Twitter's own growth prospects. The company's advisers, which included Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co., did a valuation analysis and presented it to the board last Friday, one of the people said. Musk's camp didn't get a look at those materials, though, given the decision to bypass reviewing Twitter's books.
Twitter's shares were trading well below Musk's bid, with the stock closing at $47.08 the previous day, and far from their $70-plus highs of a year earlier. But the question was whether the stock could recover without taking the deal. The analysis didn't paint an optimistic picture.
Twitter's board concluded from the presentation that, based on where peers were trading, its shares wouldn't reach Musk's bid price anytime soon.
I joked yesterday that the bankers would have to "tweak the model until it makes a horrible clattering noise and bolts start popping off" to get up to a $54.20 valuation for Twitter, and that was probably too harsh, but the proxy statement will give you some sense of (1) Twitter's management projections for its business for the next few years and (2) what its bankers think the company is worth, given those projections. The short answer will be "less than $54.20 per share."
So they'll put out the proxy, they'll schedule a meeting, they'll work to line up financing and regulatory approvals, there'll be a shareholder vote; a lot has to happen before this deal closes. Will it close? Sure, yeah, probably; the stock trading apparently implies an 84% probability that the merger closes.[2] But let's take a quick tour of what can go wrong, just in case.
First: Musk could change his mind. This is, you know, frowned upon in high-level mergers and acquisitions, but he is Elon Musk and he is not necessarily beholden to traditional rules. He has signed a contract, which doesn't allow him to change his mind without a good reason, but what if he does? There is a range of possible remedies in this sort of M&A; the main choices are:
1. The seller can get specific performance: If the buyer refuses to close the deal without a good reason, the target can sue and a court can make the buyer put up the money and close the deal. 2. A limited "reverse termination fee": If the buyer refuses to close the deal without a good reason, it has to pay the target a fixed breakup fee (often around 3% of the deal size) rather than fight over closing or damages.
Historically, it was more common in leveraged buyouts for the remedy to be limited to a reverse termination fee, and private equity sponsors could not be forced to close deals if they got cold feet, but now most LBOs allow the target to get specific performance as long as the buyer gets its debt financing. Here, the merger agreement is not public yet, but Musk's equity commitment letter does say that, "subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and this letter agreement, the Company [Twitter] is hereby made a third party beneficiary of the rights granted to Parent hereby for the purpose of seeking specific performance of Parent's right to cause the Aggregate Equity Commitment to be funded hereunder, or to directly cause the Equity Investor to fund the Aggregate Equity Commitment hereunder."
That is: Twitter has signed a merger agreement with "an entity wholly owned by Elon Musk," which is on the hook to pay $46 billion to buy Twitter, but that entity — it is named X Holdings I Inc., I guess after his son? — doesn't have any money. X Holdings has an agreement with Elon Musk to put up $21 billion when the deal closes, and Musk does have that money (or can get it), but that agreement is between X Holdings and Musk. But Twitter has a limited right to make X Holdings enforce that agreement, and to make Musk put up the money so the deal can close.
The letter also contemplates a "limited guarantee" in which, if the deal doesn't close and Musk is not forced to fund, he will also guarantee to Twitter "the performance of certain payment obligations of" X Holdings. I assume that that refers to a reverse termination fee if he can't close
Now, to be clear, if the board did any of this, the goal would not be to preserve value for the shareholders. If Elon Musk buys Twitter for $54.20 per share, Twitter's public shareholders will get $54.20 and won't own Twitter anymore. If Musk's actions crash the value of the company, or increase it, that has nothing to do with the public shareholders; they'll be gone. As a fiduciary for the shareholders, if the board is selling the company for cash it has no real reason to demand any constraints on how Musk runs the company.
But we live in a world of "stakeholder capitalism," where a company's board of directors is expected to consider not only shareholder value but also what is best for the company's community and users and employees and other stakeholders. You could imagine Twitter's board saying "$54.20 is a fair price for Twitter's shareholders, but it is bad for the community and users and employees so we will say no." You could imagine it going the other way! The directors might think that Musk's ownership would be good for the community and users and employees; Dorsey seems to think that.
Incidentally, the legal standard here is a bit odd. Roughly speaking, the way Delaware law works is that a board can reject a cash acquisition for stakeholder-y reasons, but it can't really accept one for those reasons. "We will not sell to Elon Musk because it would be bad for the world for him to own Twitter, even though the price is right," is a controversial but possible thing for the board to say. "We will sell to Elon Musk because it would be good for the world for him to own Twitter, even though the price is wrong," would not be okay.[5] Similarly, if the board did sell to Musk but demanded protections for the product, for the good of its users and society, shareholders might reasonably complain that it did not maximize price. But this is all hypothetical, because Twitter's board seems to have an old-school focus on maximizing shareholder value.
Technically speaking, Musk has $25.5 billion of debt commitments from banks and $21 billion of equity commitments from himself. So he would buy Twitter with $21 billion of his own money and $25.5 billion of debt from banks. (Though he will probably syndicate down some of that equity.) But in a broader sense, Musk would be buying Twitter with $13 billion of debt and $33.5 billion of his own money. Of the debt, $12.5 billion is margin loans against his Tesla Inc. stock. He could borrow $12.5 billion against his Tesla stock to do anything — buy yachts, etc. — and the banks would be happy to give him the money. Instead, he's borrowing the $12.5 billion to buy Twitter.
If he buys Twitter and it goes to zero, he will be out $33.5 billion. The $13 billion of traditional leveraged-buyout debt that he plans to raise against Twitter will be the banks' problem — if Twitter is worthless, the banks will lose that $13 billion — but the $12.5 billion margin loan will be Musk's problem. The banks will still expect him to pay back that loan even if Twitter is worthless. He has $13 billion of financing for Twitter, with no recourse to him, and $33.5 billion of financing with recourse to him. The only ways he'll realistically be able to pay back those loans are (1) by selling Tesla stock, (2) by selling some other nice things that he owns (SpaceX stock, etc.) or (3) by making money from his Twitter investment. Presumably he will be motivated to achieve Option 3.
This is, I think, the main thing that made the banks comfortable with the lending. The margin loan is a big margin loan against a huge stake in a volatile stock, but it has a 20% loan-to-value ratio; it is not that risky. The LBO debt is very risky, in the sense that it represents a large multiple of earnings in a company with volatile earnings and an uncertain business plan. But for the LBO debt to default, the world's richest man would have to vaporize $33 billion of his own money first, and it's reasonable for a bank to think that that is unlikely. As I said last week:
Here, though, the equity investor is Elon Musk, and he's putting in something like $33 billion of his own fortune, in the form of his equity commitment (i.e., money from himself) and the margin loan (i.e., hocking his Tesla shares). He has a lot of incentive to make sure that Twitter's lenders get paid, or to pay them himself if it comes to that. As a leveraged buyout loan this package looks large and aggressive, but it is also a loan to the richest person in the world to finance a new toy that he seems to really want, which probably helps the credit.
In other words, from the perspective of the LBO lenders, you have a loan-to-value ratio of about 28%: You're lending about $13 billion to a thing worth about $46.5 billion, with the other $33.5 billion having a junior claim (on Twitter). From the perspective of the margin lenders, you have a loan-to-value ratio of about 20%, lending $12.5 billion against Tesla stock worth $62.5 billion. There is a lot of cushion for all the lenders.
A few points about the financing. First, the traditional leveraged-buyout-type financing, the $13 billion of debt that Musk plans to raise against Twitter. Musk attached the commitment letter and term sheet to his filing, so you can get a rough sense of the size and prices of these things:
1. There is a $6.5 billion term loan with a rate of, roughly speaking, SOFR plus 4.75%. Three-month SOFR (the term version of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, as reported by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited) is about 0.95% today. (Musk can elect to use one, three or six-month SOFR.) So that is roughly $370 million of interest cost per year. 2. There's a $500 million revolver with a commitment fee of 0.50% and a rate of SOFR plus 4.5% on drawn amounts. So $30 million, if he draws the full revolver. 3. There is $6 billion of bond financing, split evenly between secured and unsecured. The banks have committed to provide bridge loans: Ideally Twitter will sell the bonds before Musk's deal closes, but if not the banks are on the hook to provide the money until the bonds can be issued to take out the bridge loans. The interest rates on the bonds are not specified — the banks have agreed to some maximum rate, but it's in a fee letter that was not filed — but the rates on the bridge loans are SOFR plus 6.75% (secured) and SOFR plus 10% (unsecured). So that's about another $560 million of interest expense, if the bridge loans are drawn, and I am not sure that Twitter can do junk bonds for much less than that.[2]
So you are talking about a bit less than $1 billion of debt service costs for Twitter each year. Bloomberg reports that Twitter's estimated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization are $1.43 billion for 2022 and $1.85 billion for 2023. So, uh, sure, doable! It is very unclear what Musk's business plan is for Twitter, and some of his statements — that he will cut back on advertising, that he "does not care about the economics at all" — might hint that Twitter's EBITDA under Musk will be lower than the Bloomberg estimates. The margin for error seems slim.
But I guess that's fine? The thing that classically happens, if a company borrows tons of money in a leveraged buyout and then doesn't make enough money to service the debt, is that the lenders get the company and the equity investors lose their investment.[3] Here, though, the equity investor is Elon Musk, and he's putting in something like $33 billion of his own fortune, in the form of his equity commitment (i.e., money from himself) and the margin loan (i.e., hocking his Tesla shares). He has a lot of incentive to make sure that Twitter's lenders get paid, or to pay them himself if it comes to that. As a leveraged buyout loan this package looks large and aggressive, but it is also a loan to the richest person in the world to finance a new toy that he seems to really want, which probably helps the credit.
His other option is to pressure the board into dropping the pill, and the classic way to do that is with a tender offer plus a proxy fight, as we discussed yesterday:
1. Musk can launch a tender offer to buy all of Twitter's stock for $54.20 in cash. (Or, of course, some higher number.) The tender offer is a public, binding document filed with the SEC, open to all shareholders, and it will be full of disclosures about his plans and, in particular, his financing. Shareholders will be able to read it and see if he has the money. If it looks like he does, then they will be able to decide if $54.20 is a good enough price. If they think it is, they will be able to tender into his offer, submitting their shares for purchase. He won't be able to buy them , though, because of the poison pill; the tender offer will be contingent on getting rid of the pill. But if like 90% of shareholders tender into his offer, then that is an important public-relations victory; he can go to the board and say "your shareholders want this deal, let them take it." And then the board might agree and get rid of the pill, and then the tender offer can close and he can buy the shares. 2. Meanwhile, he can also try to get shareholders to vote their shares in a way that gets rid of the pill. Classically, the way to do this is to run a proxy fight to kick out the existing directors and replace them with Musk's chosen directors, who would get rid of the pill and let him close his deal. Musk can't really do that here, because of Twitter's corporate structure, but he can run some sort of informal symbolic proxy fight where he urges Twitter's shareholders to vote against the directors who are up for election in May, or where he urges them to vote to declassify Twitter's board so it's easier to kick the directors out in the future. If 90% of shareholders vote with him for these things, that's another sign to the board that the shareholders want his deal and should be allowed to take it.
These things do not work automatically; even if 90% of shareholders tendered into Musk's offer and voted with him at the annual meeting, the board could still tell him to buzz off. It could easily do that if it found another bidder willing to pay a higher price, but it could also legally do that even without a higher bid; the law tends to defer to the board's business judgment about whether or not to accept a merger offer. But most of the time directors care about what their shareholders think, and if all the shareholders want Musk's $54.20 then it's embarrassing for the board not to give it to them.
To be fair to Musk, in this deal, he is not pretending to have financing. His offer to Twitter's board is contingent on "completion of anticipated financing," and when Musk answered questions at that conference yesterday, one of the questions was of course "do you have funding secured," and his answer was "I have sufficient assets." Which means no! "Yes" means yes. "I'm really rich, surely someone will give me the money" means no one has yet.
Now, he's right that he's very rich, so it's not at all impossible for him to finance this offer. Musk will need about $40 billion to buy the 91% of Twitter that he does not currently own at $54.20 per share. He owns about 172.6 million shares of Tesla Inc. stock, worth about $170 billion at yesterday's closing price, plus more shares underlying stock options. He has pledged about 88 million of those shares to secure personal loans, but if he sold the other 84-ish million that would raise about $60 billion after tax, more than enough to pay for Twitter. That would be a pretty extreme move, though. Musk seems to … enjoy … Tesla, and dumping half his stock would both (1) drive the stock price down a lot and (2) signal to the market that he has found a new toy and lost some interest in Tesla. That seems impulsive even for him, though he did sell about 10% of his Tesla stock late last year sort of due to a Twitter poll so it is certainly possible. Tesla's stock closed down yesterday, I guess on the threat of massive sales.
There are other options. A traditional leveraged buyout of Twitter — buy Twitter with money borrowed against Twitter's business — seems implausible for reasons we discussed on Tuesday; Twitter just doesn't have that much debt capacity. (It has a few billion dollars of bonds outstanding, but those would have to be paid back at a premium if Musk bought Twitter, further increasing the cash needed to do the deal.)
Enlisting an equity partner to write a big part of the check seems tough — why be the junior partner on Elon Musk's whimsical trolling expedition, in which he has said publicly that "I don't care about the economics at all"? — though the Wall Street Journal reports that "Mr. Musk has heard from outside investors who may be interested in teaming up for his bid." Perhaps some equity partner will take a gamble on the possibility that, at a private Twitter, Musk will be in charge of memes and trolling, and his partner will be in charge of, like, finances and strategy. Or perhaps he could get a league of libertarian billionaires together to buy Twitter as their collective toy.
Or Musk could borrow more against his Tesla stake. Tesla's own policies prohibit Musk from borrowing more than 25% of the value of his shares, which is barely enough to buy Twitter, even ignoring the fact that he has already used at least some of that capacity. Of course he's in charge of Tesla and its board is famously deferential to him, so I guess he could change those policies, but that still requires finding a bank to lend him $40 billion against his Tesla stake to finance this lark. Tesla's stock has quadrupled since mid-2020; if it fell back to mid-2020 levels — say because its charismatic attention-seeking CEO found a new toy — then the loan would be underwater, and selling out of a gigantic Tesla margin loan does not seem like a lot of fun for a bank.
You can patch these things together — some Tesla margin borrowing, some Tesla sales, some Twitter leverage, some equity partners, etc. — and probably get to $40 billion, but the financing seems tricky. And when he was asked directly about it in public, Musk did not exactly try to reassure anyone; he didn't say he had financing, and he did say "I am not sure that I will actually be able to acquire it."
That said, his securities filing does say that he has hired Morgan Stanley as his financial adviser. Presumably they are aware of this; like, they are investment bankers and understand that if you sign a deal to pay $40 billion for a company you need to come up with $40 billion. Presumably they want to earn a fee, which ordinarily only happens if you do a deal, so they have some reason to be confident, and some incentive to stretch to provide financing themselves. Lending the world's richest man a few billion dollars to earn an M&A fee would not be all that weird a move for a bank to make. And Twitter has engaged Goldman Sachs Group Inc. to evaluate his bid; they also understand this and will, you know, ask.
Like pretty much every U.S. public company, Twitter has the ability to put in place a poison pill to fend off a hostile takeover, but that doesn't mean much. If Elon Musk offers to pay a cash premium for all of Twitter's stock, the board will only stop him if it can credibly say "no, this offer is bad for shareholders, our plan for the standalone business offers much more long-term value than Musk's cash." That's a thing that happens often enough in hostile takeovers, but here it is … Twitter … and … Elon Musk. If you are a Twitter director confronted with an Elon Musk hostile takeover proposal, and you put in a poison pill to block him, then:
1. You'll definitely get sued. 2. He'll run a proxy fight to try to vote you out, and an army of retail investors will buy the stock and vote with him.[4] 3. He will tweet so many mean things about you, and those mean tweets will get lots of engagement. 4. Your defense will be like "no, we know what we are doing, we are excellent at maximizing long-term value for our shareholders and we have a viable plan to make Twitter vastly more valuable in the future," which is somewhat empirically doubtful. 5. If you prevail and Musk's offer goes away, he'll probably quit Twitter in a huff, you'll lose your noisiest user, the stock will drop and you'll get sued some more. 6. It's just very very unpleasant you know?
If Musk launched a credible cash takeover bid the board would really have no choice but to negotiate with him. (If the bid said "I have $40 billion of financing secured for this bid, but I can't tell you anything else about it," the negotiations would be very annoying.) I just don't think he'll do it.
Here is the standstill agreement that Elon Musk signed with Twitter on Monday. It has three numbered paragraphs: (1) Musk will join the board, (2) he won't go above 14.9% of the stock as long as he's on the board (and for 90 days after he leaves), and (3) a tiny bit of legal boilerplate. It's great! This is the sort of thing that lawyers can do if they put their minds to it. If the richest person in the world is like "I want to be on the board, in exchange I will agree to a standstill, and I don't want any other nonsense," then he will get this agreement. And you can read it in like one minute and understand what it says. And he can read it in one minute and understand what it says and maybe even do it.
Here is the standstill agreement that Twitter signed with Elliott Management Corp. in March 2020. It runs to 13 pages, plus a signature page, plus some exhibits. It's fine! It's normal; this is what a standstill looks like. The first three pages basically say "Elliott will get a board seat," but in complicated ways. "The Parties acknowledge that the Elliott Designee, upon appointment to the Board, will be governed by the same protections and obligations regarding confidentiality, conflicts of interest, related party transactions, fiduciary duties, codes of conduct, trading and disclosure policies, expense reimbursement, director resignation, and other governance guidelines and policies of the Company as are applicable to the independent directors of the Company generally, as they may be modified from time to time (collectively, the 'Company Policies'), and will have the same rights and benefits with respect to insurance, indemnification, compensation and reimbursement as are applicable to the independent directors of the Company generally, as they may be modified from time to time," says the Elliott agreement. Musk will just join the board. I guess they'll give him the policies when he gets there.
The next few pages say that Elliott won't do bad stuff to undermine the company in shareholder voting, etc., which I guess did not seem necessary with Musk. Page 8 includes a clause saying that Elliott and Twitter will not "make or cause to be made any statement or announcement (including any statement or announcement that can reasonably be expected to become public) that constitutes an ad hominem attack on, or that otherwise disparages, defames, slanders, impugns or is reasonably likely to damage the reputation of" each other, though in vastly more words.
Musk's agreement doesn't say that because, you know, have you seen his Twitter feed? You are not going to reduce Elon Musk to calm docility by giving him a 13-page agreement to sign. Twitter's worry here is that if Musk doesn't get his way in board meetings, he'll buy more stock and do a hostile takeover (or threaten to). That would be a powerful and destabilizing tool for him, and Twitter wanted to neutralize it. They get one paragraph to make him promise not to do that. They picked their battles.
After that the Elliott agreement contains the usual heroic amounts of boilerplate, including representations from both sides that they have valid authority to sign the agreement. Musk's agreement doesn't need that because it is signed by Elon Musk, who presumably has authority to sign agreements for himself, and Parag Agrawal, who is the chief executive officer of Twitter, and whom Musk knows, and who Musk knows has authority to sign agreements for Twitter. Stuff like that, stuff that has accreted through generations of careful lawyering but that sounds silly when you explain it to the richest and most distracted person in the world. "Why does he need to sign an agreement saying he can sign the agreement," would be a fair question.
Basically it is hard not to read Musk's standstill and think "a better world is possible, for corporate agreements," though I will tell you that it gives some lawyers the heebie-jeebies.
There is one main reason to do a fake takeover of a public company. You buy some stock in the company. You announce a fake takeover: Put out a fake press release saying the company has agreed to a merger, or put out a press release (or SEC filing) saying that you are doing a tender offer for the company at a premium. People read the fake announcement and think it's real, so the stock price goes up. You sell your stock before they notice it's fake. You slink away and hope you don't get caught. (If you get caught you get in trouble.)
That is the main reason to do a fake takeover. There are others! Elon Musk famously did one on Tesla Inc. for no discernible reason; he was bored on Twitter, I guess, and kind of annoyed that Tesla's stock price was too low. He got in trouble for this, but not too much trouble, because he clearly wasn't doing it for a quick fraudulent profit. The stock went up when Musk announced his fake takeover, but he didn't sell. He wasn't trying to trick people so he could make money.
You could imagine other possibilities. For a certain personality type it might just be fun to do big-dollar mergers and acquisitions? I mean, to pretend to? Like it's a good role-playing game, being an Important Business Person? You type up an adorable letter to the chief executive officer of a big company saying "Dear CEO, I have lined up $11 billion of financing to acquire your company at $60.50 per share, what say you, the game is afoot," and maybe you hear back from the CEO and negotiate a pretend deal, or maybe the CEO says "who are you, what, no" and you go public with a pretend hostile tender offer. Doesn't that sound a little fun? I think if you are doing it for real — if you have the $11 billion and a good business case for acquiring the company and actually plan to do it — it is kind of fun, though also intense and stressful. If you are just pretending, maybe it is even more fun? You have a nice little negotiation and then you stop and do something else; you don't have to worry about, like, marketing the debt financing or planning the integration or getting antitrust approvals.
I don't know. Here's a truly wonderful U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action against a guy named Melville ten Cate, accusing him of doing a fake tender offer for Textron Inc. in November 2020. The SEC does not allege that ten Cate did the normal thing, buying Textron stock before his fake tender offer and then selling it at a profit when it spiked. This does not mean he didn't do that; the SEC might just not have found the brokerage account where he did it. (Or maybe someone else traded and paid him for the fake tender offer, etc.) But I prefer to think that he didn't, that he did it all for fun.
For instance: The rational way to do this is to announce a tender offer, watch the price go up, and sell quickly. The public announcement is the way to make money, so you start with that. It doesn't help you much to first approach the company with a private offer to buy the company, because (1) you are not buying the company and (2) if you offer to buy it privately, shareholders won't know that, so the stock won't go up. It's just a waste of time to try to negotiate a fake deal privately.
As we discussed yesterday, Musk disclosed his 9.2% stake in Twitter on Schedule 13G, which is traditionally used by passive investors. You are not allowed to file a 13G — you have to file the more detailed and informative Schedule 13D — if you have "acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer." Did Musk acquire his Twitter stock with the purpose of influencing the control of Twitter?
I don't know? I think it is quite obvious that if you acquire 9.2% of the stock, file a 13G, and immediately launch a proxy fight to replace the CEO and board of directors, you have broken the rules. It is fairly obvious that if you acquire 9.2% of the stock, file a 13G, and go to the company saying "I own 9.2% and will launch a proxy fight unless you appoint me to your board of directors," you have also broken the rules. If you acquire 9.2% of the stock, file a 13G, tweet some ominous polls, cook up various schemes to tweak the product, have some basically polite chats with the CEO and get appointed to the board, have you broken the rules? I think that you have not clearly broken the letter of the rules.[3] Nonetheless I think that the SEC's Elon Musk Division is going to be annoyed. Passive investors aren't usually asked to sign standstills promising not to buy more stock.
There is also a timing point that they might find annoying. I don't know when Elon Musk bought his 9.2% stake in Twitter, or how, or even what he actually bought. (Maybe it's at-the-money physically settled call options?) If he had filed a Schedule 13D I would know, because Schedule 13D requires a description of "any transactions in the class of securities reported on that were effected during the past sixty days" as well as "the amount of funds or other consideration used or to be used in making the purchases"; Schedule 13G does not.
But Musk's 13G does say on the cover that the "Date of Event which Requires Filing of this Statement" was March 14, 2022, and the 13G was filed yesterday, April 4. The 13G rules require a filing within 10 calendar days after you acquire 5% of the stock.[4] If March 14 is when Musk hit 5% — the most intuitive reading — then he was about 11 days late. You could imagine some other reading — maybe he started buying on March 14 and hit 5% later? — but this seems unlikely just because he bought so much stock. In March, Twitter traded a total of about 428.8 million shares of stock (287 million since March 14) according to Bloomberg data; Musk announced yesterday that he owns 73.5 million of them. If he bought all of them since March 14, he was buying more than 25% of each day's volume, an improbably fast clip. Even if he hit 5% on March 14 and bought the remaining 4.2% over the rest of March, he was buying 11.6% of volume every day after hitting 5%.
Actually the strange thing about Musk's 9.2% stake is that he disclosed it on Schedule 13G, which suggests that he is not planning to do activism or join the board. The ordinary way to disclose an activist stake of more than 5% of a company is a Schedule 13D; you are eligible to use the shorter and less informative 13G only if you have "not acquired the securities with any purpose, or with the effect, of changing or influencing the control of the issuer."
Right away this strikes me as somewhat legally aggressive? Like, I am pretty sure that the Elon Musk Division of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has already opened another inquiry into this filing. Elon Musk had acquired at least some of his shares by March 14,[2] and on March 26 he was asking his followers "what should be done" about Twitter's "failing to adhere to free speech principles." (A day earlier, he polled them about free speech and added, perhaps ominously, "the consequences of this poll will be important.") Was he trying to "influence the control" of Twitter, with those tweets?
I think in general if you went to a securities lawyer and said "I am going to buy 9% of a public company and then make public statements about how it should change its business, should I file a 13D or 13G," the lawyer would say "hmm that sounds like activism, which is traditionally on 13D." (Not legal advice!) But if you are Elon Musk you do not accept that sort of fuzzy reasoning. "Show me where in these tweets I demand a change of control of Twitter," he presumably said to his harried securities lawyer, who by now knows better than to argue.
Okay, in entirely unrelated news, let's do some insider trading hypotheticals. I will ask some questions and sketch some answers (under my understanding of U.S. law), but my answers could be wrong and are certainly not legal advice.
1. I am some guy. I own 100 shares of Tesla Inc. stock. I decide to sell them to pay for a kitchen renovation. I tell my brother. "Hey I'm gonna sell my Tesla stock," I say. He also owns Tesla stock. He decides to sell his stock too. He sells his stock before I get around to selling mine. Did he commit insider trading? Did I? Let us assume, for this hypothetical and all the others, that (1) I did not tell him that my plans to sell were a secret, (2) he said "oh I might sell too, is that okay," and (3) I said "sure that's fine."[5] I cannot imagine this being insider trading? I am just some guy. There is no inside information. 2. I am some really rich, famous guy. I own billions of dollars of Tesla stock. I decide to sell some of those shares to pay for a yacht. (Not all of them, or even most of them, and I'm still bullish on Tesla, but I need some cash for a yacht.) I sell, say, $1 billion of stock. The stock declines over the course of my selling. When I finish, I tweet "just sold $1 billion of Tesla stock to buy a yacht, still bullish though," and my thousands of Twitter followers notice and the stock drops another, you know, 0.2% or whatever. Did I commit insider trading? By selling stock before I told everyone else that I was going to sell? I think the answer here is still "absolutely not." Sure my plans to sell were arguably material nonpublic information (material because the stock did go down when I sold, nonpublic because I knew about my plans before anyone else did), but they were my information; surely I don't have to tell everyone else my own plans before I trade on them? Insider trading, I like to say, is not about fairness, it's about theft, and here I clearly am not using anyone's information illegitimately. I should say that some people, including at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, find this upsetting, and have a vague sense that big investors should not be allowed to trade when there is an "information asymmetry" in which they know their plans and others don't. But I think the law is pretty clear here. 3. Same as No. 2, but also I tell my brother before I trade, and he sells some stock, too, before I tweet about my sales. Again I know and am fine with this. Is this insider trading? Here the question is perhaps more interesting. My selling is, again, arguably material nonpublic information, and I have shared it with him and he has profited on it. But again, surely that information is mine to do what I want with? Neither my brother nor I owe any Tesla investor any fiduciary duty not to trade on our own information about our own (or each other's) intentions, do we? Assuming that I was fine with my brother trading, I think this is fine. But people don't like the answer to No. 2, and I think they'll like this one even less.[6] 4. I am the chief executive officer and largest shareholder of Tesla, and I decide to sell a few billion dollars' worth of stock to do a weird reverse-psychology tax stunt while also paying taxes on options exercise. Let us stipulate that I have absolutely no material nonpublic information about Tesla when I decide to sell the stock; I am selling purely for my own stunt reasons, not because any bad news is going to come out. I sell the stock, and then (1) tweet "I sold some stock" and (2) file a public Form 4 disclosing my sales, which SEC rules require me to file within two days after selling. The stock goes down after this disclosure, because (1) selling a lot of stock moves the price down and (2) people follow my moves closely and don't like when I sell. Did I commit insider trading? Again I think the answer is clearly no; the SEC rules do require CEOs to disclose their sales (and I did), but only after they sell. So the fact that I sold without disclosing it first is fine.[7] That said, this again is something that makes people uncomfortable, and you sometimes see proposals to require (or at least encourage) public-company executives to pre-disclose their stock sales. 5. Same as No. 4, but also I tell my brother first, and he trades.[8] Obviously if I told my brother "hey we're announcing bad earnings, dump your stock," that would be insider trading, but here the only information I have given him is about my own personal intentions. He has gotten no material nonpublic information about the company, only about my personal stock sales. And clearly I am allowed to act on that information — I can sell stock when I know I'm going to sell stock and no one else does — so why can't I also share it with my brother? And yet. I do have a fiduciary duty to Tesla shareholders, and my sales will drive down the price, so maybe telling my brother in advance is bad? I still don't think this is insider trading but I feel like people will disagree, and their disagreement won't be crazy. 6. Same as No. 5, but also my brother is on the board of directors of Tesla. Again neither of us has any secret bad news about Tesla that we're hiding. I'm just selling my stock for personal stunt reasons, and he's selling his stock because he knows I'm selling mine. We're just two brothers, talking about stock sales, same as in No. 1 really. But now I have a fiduciary duty to Tesla shareholders, and he has a fiduciary duty to Tesla shareholders. He has come into some material nonpublic information (my stock-sale plans) that relates to Tesla (when I announce my sales the stock will go down), he is a fiduciary of Tesla, can he really trade? But of course the material nonpublic information is not exactly about Tesla, and he didn't get it in the course of his service as a Tesla director but rather in the course of his service as my brother.[9] This one strikes me as hard! Like, I would not do that, personally, if I were the brother; it feels legally risky. But I am still not sure it's illegal.
The 15 bots use FAA information when available — the administration keeps track of when and where planes depart and land, as well as their intended path. However, Musk's plane and many others are on the LADD block list, which removes identifying information from the data.
Even blocked planes aren't truly private, though. In these cases, Sweeney uses data from the ADS-B transponders present on most aircraft which show a plane's location in the air in real time as charted on the ADS-B Exchange. Parsing this information is like a logic puzzle: Sweeney's bots can use a plane's altitude, combined with how long ago the data was received, to determine when it is taking off or landing. They can then cross-reference latitude and longitude with a database of airports to determine where the plane is leaving or headed. And though Sweeney's bots can't pull from blocked FAA data to figure out where a plane plans to go, they can cross-reference the real-time ADS-B data with another website that posts anonymized versions of the FAA flight plans. This allows the bot to match the plane it is tracking in real time to the anonymized FAA flight plans and determine each plane's intended destination. This information is all entirely public, and can be used to track most private aircraft.
There is a certain kind of big investor — activist hedge fund managers, Warren Buffett, Elon Musk, Cathie Wood, etc. — who can make a stock go up by buying it. If Warren Buffett buys 5% of a company's stock, and then he says "I bought 5% of that company's stock because I like it," the stock will go up. Or if Bill Ackman buys 5% of a company's stock, and then he says "I bought 5% of that company's stock because I want to do an activism," the stock will go up.
When this happens:
1. The investor — the activist or famous value investor or whoever — makes a quick profit, on paper. The investor also hopefully makes a longer-term, realized profit. If the investor buys at $50 and then announces her purchases and the stock goes to $60, she is up $10 per share, though she is unlikely to sell immediately. (If you frequently do this and sell immediately, people are going to stop trusting you, and you will no longer be able to make the stock go up.) If the investor buys at $50 and then announces her purchase and the stock goes to $60 and then her thesis plays out — she is right that the company is a good investment and it continues going up, or she does activism and replaces the board and the company becomes more valuable, etc. — and the stock goes to $80 and then s he sells when her work is done, she makes $30 per share. But there is no guarantee of that; she might be wrong, or lose her activist campaign. The $60 quick-reaction price is roughly the market's estimate of the expected value of her involvement in the company. 2. The other shareholders of the company also make a profit. Like the investor who catalyzes this, they have a quick paper profit (the stock goes up on the announcement) and then, if all goes well, a bigger longer-term profit. But of course there is some risk of it not going well. They could sell as soon as the investor announces her involvement and make the quick $10. Note that in any case the other shareholders make much more money than our investor. If she buys 5% or 10% of a company's stock and then announces her ownership and the company's value increases by $20 billion, she gets $1 or $2 billion of that, and the other shareholders get the other $18 or $19 billion. 3. The people who sold stock to our investor do not make much of a profit. I mean, they do fine; the stock was trading at $50 and they wanted to sell at $50 and they sold at $50. Realistically if our investor was buying a lot she probably pushed the stock up a little, so the people who sold did a little better than they would have without her involvement. But they don't get $60 per share; they don't get the price that they'd get after the investor announced her involvement.
This all strikes me as fine and good. The investor's involvement is valuable , so she gets to capture some of that value (Point 1). She captures that value because she is providing value to others (Point 2): Our investor's involvement increases the expected value of the company for all of its shareholders, and she gets a cut of that value roughly proportional to her ownership. And people who don't own the stock — including people who were planning to sell anyway, and then did sell — do not get much of that value (Point 3).
Still there is in the world an intuition, one that I find strange, that this is unfair to the people who were selling. If they knew that our famous investor was buying the stock, they would not have sold it to her for $50 (the pre-her-involvement price); they would have demanded $60 (the post-her-involvement price). There is an "information asymmetry": She knew that a famous investor was buying the stock (because it was her, she was the famous investor buying the stock), and they did not (because stock trades are basically anonymous), so she is somehow unfairly taking advantage of their ignorance.
You could imagine a rule that was like "if you are going to buy more than X% of the stock you have to tell everyone in advance so as not to take advantage of them." Or some variant on that. ("If you run more than $10 billion or have more than 100,000 Twitter followers you have to disclose all your purchases in advance"?) Or perhaps not in advance: A rule like "if you buy more than 1% of the stock then you have to disclose that right away" is almost as good as disclosure in advance, because it takes time to buy stock, so if you disclose after the first 1% and you want to buy 5%, the people selling you the remaining 4% will charge you more.
In actual fact the rule in the U.S. is a bit more complicated.[5] It says that if you buy more than 5% of the stock of a company, you have to tell people about that within 10 days after you get to 5%. In practice this means that you can keep buying for 10 days after hitting 5% and get to, you know, 8% or 9% or more before telling anyone. For various other reasons activists often prefer to stay under 10%, so for most activists this rule amounts to "you can build your whole stake secretly."
As I said, I find this fine and good, but others do not. Securities and Exchange Commission Chair Gary Gensler for instance:
"I would anticipate we'd have something on that," Gensler said, adding that he is worried about "information asymmetry," because the public doesn't know there's a big player buying up shares during the 10-day period.
"Right now, if you've crossed the 5% threshold on day one, and you have 10 days to file, that activist might in that period of time, just go up from five to 6% or they might go from five to 15%, but there's nine days that the selling shareholders in the public don't know that information," Gensler said. …
"It's material nonpublic information that there's an activist acquiring stock, who has an intent to influence and generally speaking, there's a pop if you look at the economics from the day they announced … there's usually a pop in the stock at least single-digit percent," Gensler said. "So the selling shareholders during those days don't have some material information."
Well, sure, the selling shareholders don't know who's buying, which is material nonpublic information, but it's material nonpublic information that belongs to the buyer. Or it does under current rules.
A couple of points here. First, the obvious losers from a rule change are activist hedge funds, who will need to pay more to buy their stakes and so will have lower profits. But the other losers are non-selling shareholders of companies that activists would have targeted: Some number of activist campaigns will be non-economical (because the activist would have to buy at a higher price), so the activists will do fewer campaigns, and since the activists' campaigns generally generate more money for other shareholders than for the activists those other shareholders will lose out. The winners are the selling shareholders, the ones who were happy to sell to the activist at $50 but who now get to sell to her at $60.
Second, I suppose this is nice for those selling shareholders, but to be clear the people who really want this rule change are corporate executives, who do not like to be surprised by activists and want to make life as hard for them as possible. The longtime advocates for this rule change have been Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, the law firm where I once worked, which does a lot of activism defense and has petitioned the SEC to shorten the reporting period for years.
Third, the current rules allow investors to buy more than 5% economic ownership of the stock using derivatives — total return swaps, etc. — without disclosing their positions; the rule requires disclosure based on "beneficial ownership," meaning mostly owning actual stock. Ownership of large chunks of stock using swaps has fallen into disrepute after last year's Archegos Capital Management blowup, and the SEC has proposed requiring immediate disclosure of large swaps positions. So it is not surprising that it would also want immediate disc
One rough model that you could have for modern corporate finance is that most senior corporate executives are mostly in the business of maximizing cash flows for shareholders, because that is what they were trained to do, but lots of shareholders are actually interested in something else. Sure they'll take cash flows, cash flows are great, but they have other interests. Retail investors, for instance, seem to love memes, and crypto, and Elon Musk. Big institutional investors tend to be interested in ESG risk, and more generally in the systemic risks of their portfolios as a whole.
One rough model that you could have for hedge fund activism is that companies are always a bit behind the times in terms of knowing what shareholders want, and activists are in the business of reminding them, of pushing them to do what their shareholders want. For a long time, what shareholders wanted was basically maximum earnings per share, and activists were in the business of telling corporate managers to buckle down and increase EPS.
Now the market has evolved, shareholders want other things, and there are activists to give it to them. We have talked about a meme activist campaign pushing Macy's Inc. to optimize its engagement with retail shareholders by putting out press releases about Teslas and cryptocurrency. We have talked about a diversified-investor activist campaign pushing Fox Corp. to enhance the value of its shareholders' overall portfolios by focusing on the profitability of other companies, not just Fox.
And there are the ESG activists. Part of what the ESG activists say is: "If you do better ESG things, that will increase your cash flows in the long run," a traditional corporate-finance thing to say. But part of it is not that; part of it is just about appealing to more shareholders' preferences in order to get a higher valuation: "If you do better ESG things, more people will invest and the stock will go up even holding cash flows constant." ESG is what shareholders want, and activists are in the business of getting it for them.
There are two sets of sales. On Monday, he exercised 2.15 million stock options that were granted in 2012, paying about $13.4 million to acquire 2.15 million shares; then he sold 934,091 of those shares for about $1.1 billion. The Form 4 disclosures for the exercise and sales are here and here. Footnote 1 of each of Musk's Form 4s says: "The transactions reported on this form 4 were automatically effected pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan previously adopted on September 14, 2021 and established by the reporting person for the purpose of an orderly sale of shares related to the exercises of options scheduled to expire in 2022." Actually it says that in all caps. I like my readers so I rendered it in sentence case for readability, but now I'm going to say it again in all caps, for accuracy but also for emphasis: "THE TRANSACTIONS REPORTED ON THIS FORM 4 WERE AUTOMATICALLY EFFECTED PURSUANT TO A RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLAN PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED ON SEPTEMBER 14, 2021 AND ESTABLISHED BY THE REPORTING PERSON FOR THE PURPOSE OF AN ORDERLY SALE OF SHARES RELATED TO THE EXERCISES OF OPTIONS SCHEDULED TO EXPIRE IN 2022."
On Tuesday and Wednesday, he sold a total of about 3.6 million of the 170.5 million shares that he already owned (i.e. not shares subject to options), for proceeds of about $3.9 billion. There are a bunch of Form 4s for these sales (here, here, here, here, here, here, here, here).[1] They do not mention a prearranged 10b5-1 plan; presumably he decided to sell them this week, and then did.
How does that 10b5-1 plan work, anyway? The point of a Rule 10b5-1 plan — we have discussed them a few times around here — is that it automates the trading decision: When you don't have any material nonpublic information, you agree on a plan that gives up discretion on the timing and price of trading decisions; then, you can automatically trade under the plan even if you later get material nonpublic information. One possible way to do that would be to say "exercise 2 million shares of options, and sell half the shares, each day starting on Nov. 8 and going until we've exercised all the options." But that doesn't seem to be what his plan says, because it seems like he exercised options and sold shares on Monday, but then not on Tuesday or Wednesday.[4] There are various possible explanations for that. Maybe the plan says "exercise 2.15 million shares per week and sell the stock," but gives his broker discretion on when during the week to do that; perhaps his broker did the whole week's trade on Monday.[5] Or maybe the plan says "exercise options and sell on days when the stock is above $1,100," as it was on Monday but not Tuesday or Wednesday.[6]
I suppose the specific questions would be (1) do you think that, when Kimbal sold his stock, he knew that Elon was going to tweet his poll the next day, and (2) if he did know, would that be bad? Be careful with the second one! For one thing, it is not clear that the poll — a binary choice of “sell” or “don’t sell” tweeted out to millions of random people on Twitter — was material nonpublic information. Arguably the information content of the poll is “Elon Musk will sell stock or he won’t,” which is sort of always true. (Arguably the information content is “Elon Musk is much more likely to sell stock than he was before tweeting this poll,” because you assumed he’s not a big seller and/or because you know Twitter users will always choose the more chaotic option — but, as we discussed on Monday, Musk has already said publicly that he’s going to sell a big block of stock by the end of the year.)
For another thing, even if Elon’s poll was material nonpublic information, isn’t it his material nonpublic information? Can’t he sell stock when he wants, or do stunts around his stock sales if he wants, and tell whoever he wants about his plans? This is complicated by the fact that he’s the chief executive officer and controlling shareholder of Tesla (and Kimbal is a board member), but they are both selling in their personal capacity, and in general if I own a lot of a stock in my personal account and call up my brother and say “hey I’m gonna dump that stock, you should too,” that seems fine? “Insider trading,” I like to say, “is not about fairness; it’s about theft.” It’s not illegal to trade when you know something no one else knows — that’s the whole point of trading! — but it is illegal to trade when you know material nonpublic information that you got illicitly. Generally that means misappropriating material nonpublic information that belongs to the corporation. Here, Elon Musk’s trading plans belong to him, and if he wants to share them with his brother, why not?
The basic issue is that right now everything is dumb. You can complain about that, or you can embrace it. In investing in 2021, "my channel checks and fundamental modeling suggest that this company will grow earnings faster than the market expects so I will buy it with a price target 20% above today's price" might sound smarter than "this company's chief executive officer just tweeted a picture of a dog at Elon Musk so I'm going to buy out-of-the-money call options expiring Friday because the stock will go up 200% today," but the latter approach happens to work better right now.
This is all well and good if you're a retail investor on Reddit; you just buy the right memes at the right time and get rich. (This is really, really not investing advice!) You are essentially a passive observer; your job is to notice which companies are doing the dumbest things and then buy them. (Read the previous parenthetical!)
But other people are active participants in this dumb economy and can nudge companies to be dumber so their stocks will go up. This most obviously works for the chief executive officers of companies. If you are the CEO of a public company, I want you to consider very seriously going to an investment conference with no pants on. Your stock will go up, your shareholders will be happy and your cost of financing will go down. "Why would my stock go up because I don't wear pants," you ask me, and I say, shh, shh, it just will, don't ask why. "I have my dignity, I am not going to go to an important business conference with no pants on just to amuse some apes on Reddit," you say, and I say: You are not as committed to maximizing shareholder value as I thought you were. I wrote last month:
There is a traditional view of corporate social media in which a board would tell its chief executive officer to be cautious and anodyne on Twitter. There are many things that can go wrong with an unhinged Twitter presence, and not a lot that can go right, is what your lawyer would probably tell you. But the last few years have altered that calculation, and now the things that can go right are like "raising billions of dollars of retail capital when you need it most, at all-time-high valuations." Arguably it's a breach of fiduciary duties not to be weird on Twitter all the time.
But a similar analysis works for professional activist investors. If you are an activist and you are writing a letter to the CEO of an underperforming company saying "you should sell off your non-core divisions and return the cash to shareholders," I want you to tear up that letter and instead write one saying "you should order Teslas for all of your employees, put a picture of a Shiba Inu on all of your products, and announce that your non-core divisions will now mine crypto." Is this a good use of shareholder money? Man, who cares, the point is that the stock will go up 200% and you'll be able to sell your position at a huge profit. I once wrote some advice for activists:
Buy some stock in a struggling company and, instead of going out and pitching your plans to BlackRock and Vanguard, get on Reddit and say like "if my board slate is elected we're gonna take XYZ Co. to the moon and squeeze those short sellers, rocket emoji rocket emoji rocket emoji, not a proxy solicitation, read my SEC filings for full disclosures." Draw a picture of an ape riding a rocket and slap it on your proxy statement. Call your activist fund Diamond Hands Capital LP.
Basically you want to buy stock in a company, push it to become a meme stock, and then sell the stock at a huge profit to people on Reddit.
Here is, I guess, a real letter from real activist investor NuOrion Advisors to the chairman and CEO of Macy's Inc.:
Macy's share price is materially undervalued and requires urgent action to unlock value. We believe that by adopting the strategies discussed below, Macy's would be worth more than $75 per share.>
Macy's should form partnerships with EV car companies (e.g. Tesla, Lucid or Rivian) to showcase their products on the ground floor of Macy's 100 top landmark stores (e.g. Herald Square, Marshall Field, Union Square) and to use their massive parking footprint to build an EV charging network. Atom Power, a leader in EV charging, is adding more than a 1000 charge points in NYC alone- Atom Power could similarly add charging stations throughout the Macy's store footprint. We believe that direct association with EV companies will drive enormous traffic to Macy's stores.>
In addition, Macy's should announce immediately that they are partnering with various Crypto platforms to allow digital payments. Macy's can be one of the first major retailers to accept Crypto, joining companies like Starbucks and Whole Foods.
There's more but those are the main things. "Macy's should put out a press release about electric cars and another one about crypto," is the gist here. Honestly that is the best corporate finance advice you're gonna get in November 2021! It's stupid, sure — people are going to drive into the Macy's in Herald Square to charge their Teslas?????? — and it is not, like, sophisticated differentiated advice; anyone on Reddit could have told you to do this. But it is correct.
Of course public companies resist doing these obvious trades because, you know, they make absolutely no business sense. What I am saying here is, let go of that. Say words about crypto. Say words about electric cars. Tweet a picture of a dog. Your stock will go up. Your shareholders will be rich and happy. You can raise lots of money to finance normal good businessy things, because your stock is at an all-time high, because you got in a fight with Elon Musk on Twitter or changed your avatar to a Bored Ape or whatever. Lower your cost of capital. Embrace the stupidity.
Here is NuOrion's actual case for crashing lots of Teslas through the windows of Macy's stores:
Macys.com needs to have competitive access to capital, the ability to attract additional top talent, and the agility of modern online fashion to best serve its customers.
This is the GameStop strategy. GameStop Corp. became the great meme stock of 2021, partly through some promising business developments but mostly through somewhat out-of-the-blue Reddit enthusiasm. But because it was a meme, it had huge business advantages in terms of "competitive access to capital" and "ability to attract additional top talent." I wrote in June:
A year ago, GameStop's stock closed at $5.07 per share, down 7% year-over-year, and it was not hiring talent from Amazon or raising a billion dollars by selling stock. Yesterday, GameStop's stock closed at $302.56, up 5,867% year-over-year, and it is. … This is as close as you're ever going to come to a company's stock going up 5,000% in a few months for no reason. Seems like that might be good for business!
If you can make your stock go up for dumb reasons, you can sell stock for a lot of money and use the money to do good things that make your stock go up for good reasons. Though honestly that is not too relevant to the activist investor, who can just sell when the stock goes up for the dumb reasons. "Do crypto and electric-vehicle memes" is to 2021 activism what "do stock buybacks" was to 2016 activism. They're a little short-termist! But they're what the market wants.
I suppose the value added by the activist here is, like … credibility? Again, I think that if you are the CEO of a public company you should absolutely go around getting in Twitter fights and not wearing pants and talking about crypto. But if you go to your board of directors with this strategy they will say "what?" and you will say "this is what shareholders like these days" and they will say "what?" and you will say "look at these comments I found on Reddit" and they will say " what? " and it will not necessarily be the productive conversation you want. Whereas if an activist sends a company a letter saying "do the crypto thing"
On the other hand. Since August 2018, Tesla has done four stock offerings raising a total of more than $13 billion, which it has used to, you know, make cars and become huge. Would it have been able to go back to its private backers for $13 billion of capital after doing the largest leveraged buyout in history? Maybe, I don't know; private markets were pretty generous for much of that time. But the public market was extremely generous to Tesla. The last two of those offerings, for $5 billion each, were at-the-market offerings to Musk's horde of retail-investor fans; one of them was timed to Tesla's addition to the S&P 500 index. You can't do a retail at-the-market offering, or an index-add offering, with a private company. Tesla's cost of capital is incredibly, incredibly low, because it raises money not from a handful of professional private equity investors but from an army of Tesla enthusiasts. It is good to have a low cost of capital if you are in a capital-intensive business.
Even more important, look, Elon Musk runs a trillion-dollar company. If he had taken it private, he would be running a company that he bought for $80-odd billion in 2018 and that had improved its financial performance since then. How much would it be worth? Who knows? It wouldn't trade publicly. Retail investors couldn't bid up the price. It would be worth some vague amount north of $80 billion. "If Musk were to take Tesla public again," analysts might write, "he might be able to get as much as a $400 billion valuation," or whatever. Might someone have written "he might be able to get $1 trillion"? Sure, why not. But that wouldn't be an accepted fact. The value of Tesla would be some unknown number because it wouldn't trade. Who would believe it was $1 trillion?
Today Bloomberg's billionaire list tells me that Musk is the richest person in the world, with a net worth of $288.6 billion, consisting mostly of Tesla stock. Jeff Bezos is in second place with $192.6 billion of mostly Amazon.com Inc. stock. Musk was well behind Bezos last year, but he's up $118.9 billion year-to-date, because Tesla's stock has been on a tear. No public stock, no tear, no "richest person on Earth." It's nice to be the richest person on earth! I assume.
Of course in some sense he'd be economically just as rich as he is now (richer, really), because he'd control just as much (more, really) of the same company making the same cars; maybe he'd even be able to make better business decisions freed from the pressures of the public market, and revenue would be even higher. But nobody would know about it. There'd be no scoresheet saying that he's worth $288.6 billion. The value to Elon Musk of public markets is partly that they allow him to raise limitless capital to fund his business, but it's mostly that they allow everyone to keep score of how rich and successful he is. Private-market success is quieter. I do not think that Elon Musk likes quiet.
People love to complain about the myopia and short-termism of public markets. Elon Musk, in particular, used to love to complain about that, which is why he briefly pretended he was going to take Tesla private. There is probably some truth to some of these complaints. But there is maybe no better counterexample in the history of capitalism than Tesla. Elon Musk had a dream of making electric cars cool and ubiquitous, and that dream was pretty far out there, and he spent years missing production targets and losing money in pursuit of that dream, and his legions of public-market fans patiently funded him, and it turns out that he and they were right and now you can rent a Tesla at a Hertz. And the stock market has rewarded him with hysterical lavishness, giving his company a bigger valuation than every other car company combined and making him the richest person in the world. Imagine if he had given all that up to go private! He really dodged a bullet.
One basic way to invest is that you put your money in a pot, and a bunch of other people put their money in the pot, and one person manages the pot of money and uses it to invest in stuff. If the stuff she invests in goes up, you, and the other people who put money into the pot, make money. (If it goes down, you lose money.) If the stuff goes up, and usually also if it goes down, the manager gets paid somehow — fees, salaries, bonuses, a share of the profits, a share of the pot, etc. — for doing the work of picking the investments.
This general description covers a lot of things. In a sense it covers every public company. Loosely speaking Tesla Inc. raised a pot of money from investors, and Elon Musk — its manager — invested that pot of money in factories and stuff to make cars, and the value of those investments went up, and so Tesla's shareholders made money and Musk was compensated in various ways (mostly shares and options) that made him very rich.
But most classically that description covers mutual funds. A mutual fund is a pot of money, its manager uses the money to buy stocks or bonds, if the stocks or bonds go up the shareholders of the fund make money, and the manager charges some fees.
Back in the 1920s, a bunch of nefarious things happened in the stock market, including with mutual funds. Then the Great Depression happened and the U.S. Congress wrote what we now call the securities laws, setting up a system of regulation of stock markets. One of these laws is the Investment Company Act of 1940, generally called "the '40 Act," which regulates mutual funds. Essentially the '40 Act defines an "investment company" (roughly synonymous with "mutual fund") as a company that is mainly in the business of investing in securities, requires investment companies to make lots of disclosures, and carefully regulates the relationships and conflicts of interest between the investment company — the pot of money — and the people who manage it. In particular an investment company will have an "investment adviser," a person or more often a company that manages the mutual fund, and the '40 Act (and the related Investment Advisers Act of 1940) sets requirements for the investment company's deal with the investment adviser. The investment adviser can't, for instance, trade securities with the investment company: If the adviser owns stocks, she can't sell them to the mutual fund (to avoid the risk that she'd sell them at too high a price). The adviser's fees are also regulated; in particular, it is hard for advisers to charge performance-based fees (i.e. take a cut of the fund's upside).[1] There is a general sense that the requirements of the '40 Act are quite strict, that it severely limits the things that the investment manager can do and the compensation she can receive.
These rules do not apply to, for instance, Tesla. Or WeWork. The chief executive officer of a public company can have all sorts of compensation arrangements and conflicts of interest that the investment adviser of a mutual fund could not. Those are general questions of corporate governance, and corporate governance rules in general are less strict than the rules of the '40 Act. The '40 Act applies only to investment companies. Companies that are in the business of investing in car factories or whatever are just regular companies and not covered. The key distinction is that a company that is mainly in the business of buying securities is an investment company, while a company that is mainly in the business of buying other things — factories or real estate or whatever — is not.[2]
Occasionally there are weird accidents. A company will run an operating business and then come into possession of a ton of publicly traded securities. Perhaps it sold a division for stock, etc. Is it an investment company? I dunno, maybe; sometimes temporarily holding a bunch of shares (before dividending them out to your shareholders, etc.) is fine. There are technical rules but at our level of generality the point is that there are some companies that are "really" in the business of doing business, and those aren't investment companies, and there are other companies that are "really" in the business of buying securities, and those are investment companies and subject to the '40 Act.
(There are other forms of "people put money in a pot and a manager buys things with it" that are not covered by the '40 Act for whatever reason. Hedge funds, for instance, are a sort of investment firm that are limited to rich people and institutions, and are exempt from the '40 Act.[3] This gives hedge fund managers more flexibility to charge performance fees, to use leverage and short selling, etc.)
This is known, in the directors-and-officers-insurance business, as "the Elon Musk." It isn't really, but this is a thing that Tesla Inc. tried, buying its D&O insurance from Musk, its CEO, until shareholders got mad and it changed its mind. I kind of thought it was fine, as a matter of incentive alignment and so forth, but I guess Tesla's shareholders did not. MicroStrategy's 10-Q includes a risk factor about it arguably being bad:
Our having entered into such an indemnification agreement with Mr. Saylor in lieu of procuring director and officer insurance offered by a third-party insurance carrier could have adverse effects on our business, including making it more difficult to attract and retain qualified directors and officers due to the unconventional nature of the arrangement and potential concerns that the indemnification arrangement might not provide the same level of protection that might otherwise be provided by conventional director and officer insurance. In addition, the arrangement may result in some investors perceiving that our independent directors are not sufficiently independent from Mr. Saylor due to their entitlement to personal indemnification from him, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our class A common stock.
For me personally, if the main risk I was worried about was "if Bitcoin goes down I am going to get sued a lot for putting all my company's money into Bitcoin," I would not take much comfort in an indemnity provided by a rich individual who runs the company and loves Bitcoin? Like presumably if Bitcoin goes down a lot then Saylor, who loves Bitcoin, will be less rich? You've got wrong-way risk on your $40 million of coverage.
Here is a … terrible? … Twitter thread about how finance works in 2021:
1. Elon Musk tweets something. 2. Someone launches a new token on a cryptocurrency platform like Uniswap. 3. The token goes up for a while, as people read Musk's tweet and say "Elon Musk used a word, I must buy a cryptocurrency of that word."
The specific example is Floki, a meme coin whose name is what Elon Musk tweeted he would name a Shiba Inu. Or, apparently, there are several meme coins named Floki? Here's one that seems to have launched on Monday and now has a total value of $10 million? I hate it a lot.
When Elon Musk tweeted about Signal, the app, and the price of Signal Advance Inc., a totally unrelated stock, went up a lot and stayed up for a while, I wrote:
I suspect that the Elon Musk tweet didn't really confuse anyone; it just provided a point to coordinate around. "Hahaha let's trade this word that Elon Musk tweeted, that'll be fun," is a plausible thought process. This is stock trading totally divorced from news and financial logic and corporate information; this is stock trading as a mix of trolling and gambling. It is the logical endpoint of the boredom market hypothesis.
But cryptocurrency and ERC20 tokens let people do that about every word that Elon Musk tweets. If Elon Musk tweets a name for a dog, there will not necessarily be a stock with that name, but you can easily create an ERC20 token with that name, and then people can trade it. Not because they think that Musk has endorsed the token and plans to accept it as payment for Teslas, but because they want to play the game of "trade the word that Elon Musk tweeted" too. There is no content to this at all; it is a low-stakes gambling game that is fun because it is also a joke about Elon Musk.
One thing you could do is buy a small-cap stock, go on a message board, and write a bunch of fake but good-sounding things about the company. "Amalgamated Widgets just got a contract to supply plutonium to Tesla, this stock is going to the moon, diamond hands," whatever. People believe you, the stock goes up, and you sell it for a profit. This, or some more involved version of it, is sometimes called a "pump and dump."
Another thing you could do is sell a small-cap stock short , go on a message board, and write a bunch of fake but bad-sounding things about the company. "Amalgamated Widgets just dumped a bunch of plutonium in a river near Elon Musk's house, this company is going bankrupt, get out while you can," that sort of thing. People believe you, the stock goes down, and you cover your short at a profit. This is sometimes called a "short and distort."
One difference between these approaches is that if you do a short and distort, the company will get really mad at you. They will respond to your lies, and say mean things about you, and report you to the Securities and Exchange Commission, and sue you, and perhaps send private investigators after you. If you do a pump and dump, the company won't get mad at you. They might be in on it, or they might be flattered, or they might not care, or they might even issue a corrective press release saying "sorry these rumors about us are not true, nice though they are," but they're not going to sue you. Nor, generally, will the company's enemies have much of a bone to pick with you. (If you do either thing — short and distort or pump and dump — too egregiously the SEC will come after you, but that's a slightly separate issue.) If you say nice things about a stock — even lies — people will like you; you are cheating, but you're playing for the good team. If you say mean things about a stock — lies or not — people won't like you; you are cheating on behalf of the bad guys.
The point is that it is a little hard to reconcile any version of the efficient markets hypothesis with the fact that Elon Musk can materially move the stock price of the second-largest shareholder of the publisher of a viral YouTube song by tweeting that the song is good. One needs an alternate hypothesis. Fortunately — no, I'm kidding, it's incredibly unfortunate — fortunately I have already proposed the Elon Markets Hypothesis, which says that “the way finance works now is that things are valuable not based on their cash flows but on their proximity to Elon Musk.” If Elon Musk tweets about a song, the stock of any company associated with that song will go up, not because Elon Musk's tweet means anything about the company's future cash flows but because Elon Musk's tweets are themselves a source of value. I don't like it either! But it fits the facts.
It's not even strange! The thesis in buying any non-cash-flowing asset — Dogecoin, Bitcoin, gold, art, whatever — has to be "other people will want to buy this thing too," and some sort of mass-psychology story — "other people will want to buy this thing because it's fun and approachable" — seems like the most reasonable way to support that thesis. We talked the other day about a company that paid Elon Musk in Dogecoin to launch a satellite into space, as a way to make the price of Dogecoin go up. I said: "Really if postmodern finance is primarily a matter of mass psychology, isn't it … marketing?" If you're going to pick a cryptocurrency to buy, why wouldn't you pick the one with the best branding? What else is there? Still elsewhere, here's Ethan Allen:
Ethan Allen Interiors, a furniture company that definitely won't let you pay in bitcoin, has seen a surge of retail-investor interest recently. Its ticker symbol, ETH, is the same as the one used for red-hot ethereum. Message boards for the stock are mostly filled with banter about the cryptocurrency, not the company."We've definitely seen a massive increase on a percentage basis in mistaken activity on the Ethan Allen stream," says Rishi Khanna, Chief Executive Officer of social investing site Stocktwits.
Yeah okay fine that's good too. Again, nothing here is ever investing advice, but if you are the chief financial officer of Ethan Allen Interiors Inc., how have you not pivoted to Ethereum? Ethan Allen has a $750 million market cap; last quarter it had net income of $15.6 million. Here is the trade:
1. Buy like $10 million worth of Ethereum. 2. Put out a press release saying "Ethan Allen Interiors Inc. (ETH) (ETH!!!) (the ticker is ETH) is moving a portion of its cash balances into Ethereum and exploring ways to become more Ethereum-focused, maybe you can pay for a couch with crypto, smart couch contracts, whatever, we'll figure it out." 3. The stock quintuples, because ETH. 4. Do a billion-dollar stock offering saying like "ETH is selling stock to invest the proceeds in Ethereum." 5. The stock doubles during the stock offering. 6. Put 90% of the proceeds into Ethereum and pay yourself a giant bonus with the rest. 7. "Ethan Allen Interiors has changed its name to Ethereum Interiors; the ticker symbol will not change, nor will the couches." 8. Honestly how have they not done this yet, it is the freest of free money.
At some general, annoying level, following the law is a low-variance strategy, while ignoring it is a high-variance strategy. If you construct a comic-book supervillain lair and build a mind-control ray as part of a plot to take over the world, then there is a chance that you will either (1) rule the world, which is very good, or (2) be captured in a military raid and imprisoned in an impregnable island fortress, which is very bad. If you don't do that, you cut off those tails of the distribution.More prosaically, if you want to build a global taxi service that people can hail from a smartphone app, one way to do it is to coordinate with the taxi commissions of hundreds of cities to get regulatory approvals and make sure that you comply with local requirements, and another way to do it is to completely ignore those regulations and just launch your app everywhere. The second approach might expose you to ruinous fines or shutdown orders or bad publicity or prison, but it also might work ; you might end up so popular in so many places that the local regulators can't ban you and will have to accept your proposed terms. This is sometimes called "regulatory entrepreneurship." The first approach can't work that well; it will be slow and expensive and subject you to lots of different restrictions on your service. But it can't work that badly, either; it cuts the "prison" tail off the distribution. If you want to build self-driving cars, you will need to test them. One way to test them is to coordinate with state and national safety regulators, who will want the tests to be limited and carefully controlled and ideally (in the case of local regulators) elsewhere ; this will limit your ability to collect data and iterate. Your progress will be slow and frustrating, but it will be reasonably solid; once you finish testing, you can probably roll your cars out broadly. Another way to test them is to just send out a bunch of cars to drive themselves everywhere, without asking for permission, and see what happens. If they all do great, then you announce "hey we have perfect self-driving cars, they've been driving everywhere for months now with no crashes, aren't we great?" And then regulators come to you and say "wait, you can't sell these self-driving cars, we need to study and test them for a few more years," and you go to the press and say "these regulators are holding up progress, people will die while they refuse to approve our safe self-driving cars," and you will not be wrong, and the press and the public will be on your side and you will steamroll the regulators. On the other hand, if you send out those cars to drive themselves everywhere and they all crash and kill a bunch of people, that will be bad! You will be in bad trouble. "It's better to ask forgiveness than to ask permission," you will say, but this is not quite right; maybe it is better to announce success and then smugly add "sorry we didn't tell you first," but it is strictly worse to fail catastrophically and apologize. If you are going to fail it is better to ask permission, because forgiveness will not be forthcoming. If you are going to succeed, sure, it is better to ask forgiveness. "There's nothing to forgive, you're perfect, you little scamp," everyone will reply. If you are doing some bold novel thing, you probably do not know, ex ante, if you will succeed or fail. Therefore you do not know, ex ante, if you should ask permission or forgiveness, if you should follow the law or not. But if you are the founder and chief executive officer of a company whose goal is to do some bold novel thing, you have been selected and encouraged precisely for your borderline-crazy optimism and self-confidence. You can't do impossible things unless you first believe that you can, etc. If you are certain that you will succeed brilliantly in all your endeavors, then often the optimal strategy will sometimes be to ignore the law, or at least the parts of the law that stand in the way of your vision. Not, like, the objectively optimal strategy, but the strategy that you consider optimal given your subjective certainty that everything will work out for you. We talk about this sometimes in the context of securities fraud. For a venture capital fund, the optimal amount of securities-fraud exposure is significantly higher than zero. If all the founders of all the companies that you fund are telling you the complete truth, without even a little bit of lying about how far along their technology is or how good their financial results are looking, then you are not funding enough aggressive and optimistic founders. For a venture capital fund, you want high-variance strategies; you want to make as many bets as possible that succeed spectacularly (and give you unlimited upside) or fail spectacularly (and you lose your modest investment).
Still. There are two broad schools of thought about public-company management. One is like: Build good products, spend all your time thinking about how to delight your customers, and enduring shareholder value will follow naturally. The other is like: Your job is to maximize shareholder value, so you should spend all your time thinking about that, rather than focusing on things like products and customer service, which make you feel good about yourself but distract from your real mission. Nobody exactly endorses that second school of thought, but it clearly has some influence in boardrooms. Stereotypically, there are lots of companies in mature industries whose businesses — building products, serving customers — sort of run on autopilot while their CEOs focus on financial engineering, stock buybacks, accretive acquisitions and other shareholder-focused stuff. But that is old-school thinking; it assumes that the source of shareholder value is increasing earnings per share. What if the actual source of shareholder value, in 2021, is good tweets? Elon Musk built Tesla Inc. into a $600-plus-billion-dollar company partly, sure, by making a big bet on electric cars and then building good ones, but also by tweeting all the time, becoming a weird folk hero/villain and amassing an enormous following of retail investors who enthusiastically bid up the stock and finance Tesla's projects. "Unchecked tweeting by Musk has made it easier for Tesla to secure financing than pretty much any company in history," I wrote on Monday; it has also made his shareholders a lot of money. When people want to buy your stock, the stock goes up, creating shareholder value. When people want to buy your stock because you are funny and obnoxious on Twitter and they feel personally connected to you, the stock goes up, creating shareholder value, same as if they want to buy your stock because of expectations about future cash flows. Shareholder value is shareholder value. This is not in the textbooks yet, but it will be. Never mind Diess; surely other CEOs will learn from Musk, no? Surely others have? Surely some CEO is going to sit down to think about her strategic plan, and she will consider three options:
1. Work hard on perfecting the product and delighting customers in order to maximize the long-term economic value of the company. 2. Optimize the capital structure with financial engineering in order to maximize shareholder value given a fixed level of fundamental economic production. 3. Do good tweets to get a lot of fans on the internet, who will buy the stock for the lols and maximize the stock price.
Which will she pick? I don't know what the right answer is! It's possible that her big institutional investors would choose No. 3! "Look, don't worry about the cars; if you can get a bunch of people on Twitter and Reddit to buy the stock at stupid prices that's a home run for us," Blackstone and Fidelity might tell her, why not. There will be academic papers and Harvard Business School case studies about how CEOs who tweet a lot of nonsense maximize shareholder value; it will become a conventional part of the business school curriculum; a generation of CEOs will grow up just assuming that being weird edgelords online is not just fun but also their legal and moral obligation as fiduciaries for their shareholders.
The reason that Robinhood had to raise all this cash is that its clearinghouses demanded billions of dollars more collateral to keep clearing its trades. We talked about this last week; basically, as Robinhood trades more volume, and as the volatility of the names it trades increases, there is an increased risk that it will not have enough money to settle trades. The clearinghouses, which are responsible for keeping track of and settling the trades,[2] do not like this risk; they require clearing members (like Robinhood) to post collateral to mitigate it, and as the risk goes up the collateral requirements do too. "'The request was around $3 billion, which is, you know, about an order of magnitude more than what it typically is,' Robinhood Chief Executive Vlad Tenev said," to Elon Musk for some reason. This is, uh, good I guess, risks are bad, you gotta make sure people pay for their stocks. Here's Bloomberg's Larry Tabb:
Cash and securities officially change hands two days after a trade. During those two days, a lot of things can happen. The problem is, what happens when a trading cou
We talk a lot around here about ticker-mixup stories like this, cases where something good happens to Zoom Video Communications Inc. and Zoom Technologies Inc. stock goes up, that sort of thing. When I first started noticing them, my reaction was along the lines of “hahaha dumb algorithms, can’t tell which Zoom it was.” But I revised that view, mainly because micro-cap stocks tend not to be especially algo-driven, and started thinking instead “hahaha dumb retail traders, can’t tell which Zoom it was.”
But I long ago abandoned that view too. If you bought Signal Advance the day after Musk tweeted about it, that was not dumb. You have made a fortune! I mean, a small fortune; you didn’t buy that many shares. But you’re up hundreds of percentage points! It was a great trade. My view on these situations, certainly by last year, evolved into “hahaha clever retail traders, jumping on this mistaken-identity trade knowing that the stock will go up.” Knowingly trading on mistaken identity can be completely rational, as long as you think that either (1) other people will be genuinely fooled and will buy the wrong stock from you, or (2) other people will do the same trade that you’re doing, the trade of anticipating that other people will be fooled, and that you’ll be able to get out first. But this becomes recursive. Last year I might have thought: “It is rational to knowingly buy the wrong stock if you think that other people will unwittingly buy it and you can dump it on them.” After Signal Advance’s three days of huge gains, I would remove that condition. You rationally buy the wrong Signal knowing that other people will rationally buy the wrong Signal, and other people do the same, and the reliance on ignorance drops away and you are all just playing a sort of gambling game with each other. You all keep buying Signal Advance at higher and higher prices, hoping to sell it to each other at even higher prices; eventually some people are left holding the bag but lots of others have taken a nice profit and had a lot of fun. Signal Advance as a company is irrelevant to all of this; it is just a gambling token. It has a low dollar price, doesn’t trade that much, and has no real prospect of releasing any corporate news: These are all good facts, on this view, because they ensure that nothing will affect the price except the fun gambling activity. I suspect that the Elon Musk tweet didn’t really confuse anyone; it just provided a point to coordinate around. “Hahaha let’s trade this word that Elon Musk tweeted, that’ll be fun,” is a plausible thought process. This is stock trading totally divorced from news and financial logic and corporate information; this is stock trading as a mix of trolling and gambling. It is the logical endpoint of the boredom market hypothesis.
Along with these two events, or non-events, Tesla did big at-the-market stock offerings: Right after the stock split, and again a few weeks before the index addition, Tesla sold $5 billion of stock in market transactions on the stock exchange. I have in the past made the obvious point that if people want to give Tesla money at ever-increasing stock prices that even Elon Musk thinks are too high, then Tesla should probably take their money, and, uh, I stand by that. (Similarly, the Wall Street Journal said in December that "the sale is a no-brainer for Tesla's long-term health.") But these offerings are a little unusual. It is not uncommon for a company that joins the S&P 500 to do an "index add offering." The idea is that all the index funds need to buy a lot of your stock on one day (the day you're added to the index), and they tend to benchmark themselves against the closing price on that day. If you want to raise money, you can sell them that stock, in an organized book-built offering, priced off the closing price that day. You call banks to do an offering, the banks call the index funds to buy it, it's all very tidy. You get to sell a lot of stock at a good price; the index funds get to buy a lot of stock efficiently and predictably without pounding up the price by all rushing to buy it in the market. They need liquidity, you need liquidity, there is a mutually beneficial deal. Tesla didn't do that: Its index add offering happened two weeks before it actually joined the index, and it was an at-the-market offering, meaning that its banks quietly sold shares in anonymous stock-market transactions over time rather than in big blocks to identified funds at a fixed price at the end of the day. (At-the-market, or ATM, offerings are a clever bit of branding by capital markets bankers: "Any time you need cash, you can take some out of the ATM—the ATM offering that is!") That is not necessarily the most efficient way to get stock into the hands of big index funds that will need it later, though it did help those funds by increasing supply. The last time we talked about an ATM offering around here, it was for Hertz Global Holdings Inc., which famously (1) went bankrupt in May and (2) sold stock in June. The stock was quite explicitly worthless—Hertz was bankrupt and the expected recovery for the stock was zero—but it kept trading on the stock exchange, and the price kept going up. Hertz figured, look, other people are selling Hertz stock on the stock exchange, and someone is buying it, so we might as well sell some stock on the stock exchange, because that will raise money for us. A bankruptcy court approved this, but the Securities and Exchange Commission quickly shut it down, though not before Hertz sold $29 million of stock. Obviously Hertz did an at-the-market offering. If Hertz had hired bankers to call institutional investors and say "what price would you pay for a block of our worthless stock," the clearing price would surely have been zero. But somebody—day traders on Robinhood, was the near-universal consensus—was buying Hertz stock all day, for positive amounts of money, and Hertz didn't have to identify those people and call them up: It could just offer shares on the stock exchange, and whoever was doing the buying would buy those shares. The lesson is that if you are looking to tap into exuberant retail sentiment to sell your stock, the ATM offering is the way to do it. I do not know if, two weeks before the largest index add ever, that lesson was relevant to Tesla.
Jamie Dimon (1)
Obviously you do not have to believe this. I just want to point out that it's … right? Like let's say you noticed a bug in a popular crypto network that allows anyone to transfer all the money in the network to themselves. What would you do? How would you assume that bug got there?
If you noticed a bug like that in the software of a bank, or the Federal Reserve, or Facebook, or whatever, one thing you could do is call up the company's main number and say "I have found a bug." Of course they might ignore you or not understand or not do anything; big institutions are not always nimble and clever. But if you managed to get on the phone with Jamie Dimon and tell him "hey there's a bug in your software that lets anyone steal a trillion dollars of deposits," you would not expect him to respond "oh sweet" and steal the money himself.
Whereas with a crypto project, if you managed to get on the … Discord chat? ... with the … the stateless pseudonymous developer? ... who seems to … write most of its Medium posts? … and you said "hey there's a bug in your software that lets anyone steal a billion dollars of user money," and he responded "oh sweet I'm gonna steal it," or for that matter "yes I put it there so that I could steal it and now I will," you would not be that surprised. I don't mean to cast any aspersions on Poly Network or anything; I just mean, as a general matter, a whole lot of crypto projects really are designed to steal all their users' money.
So if you found a bug like this, a thought process like "I am going to steal all the money myself so that no one else steals it, and then give it back once the bug is fixed, and maybe keep a few million dollars for my trouble" would not be totally unreasonable. I want to be clear that I am very skeptical that this was actually this hacker's thought process. I just mean it's a plausible funny thought process.
Joe Lewis (1)
US insider-trading law is kind of weird. The approximate rules (not legal advice!) are:
If you are some sort of trusted insider of a company (an executive, employee, board member, lawyer, banker, etc.), and you get inside information about the company and you trade on it, that is insider trading and you will get in trouble. If you are a confidant of an insider of a company (an executive's therapist, a lawyer's boyfriend), and you learn inside information about the company in confidence from the insider and you trade on it, that is insider trading and you will get in trouble. The insider probably won't get in trouble: She told you the information in confidence, not intending for you to trade on it, and you betrayed her and traded. If you are an insider and you tell an outsider — your friend, your boyfriend, your golf buddy — the inside information, and you add "you should trade on this information and give me a cut of your profits," and then he does and hands you a sack of cash, then that is insider trading and you will both get in trouble. The outsider (the "tippee") traded on inside information that he got nefariously, and you (the "tipper") gave him that information with nefarious intent. You got a "personal benefit," in the language of the court cases, and so you are equally in trouble. If you are an insider and you discuss the inside information on a phone call on Metro-North and the person in front of you overhears it and trades, that is probably not insider trading, and neither you nor she will get in trouble. You didn't get any personal benefit, or intend for her to trade, so you didn't do insider trading. And she didn't betray any confidence by trading on the information; she had no duty to anyone not to trade. So, probably fine, though you wouldn't necessarily want to try this at home.
One more case, maybe. If you are an insider and you tell an outsider the inside information without any personal benefit to you, then, in some very abstract sense, you are not guilty of insider trading. It is possible, however, that there are no examples of this. It is possible that any time you tell anyone anything, you are angling to get some personal benefit for yourself. Why else would you tell them? So:
1. If you tell your golf buddy "hey here's some inside information, you should trade on it and give me a cut of the profits," that's obvious. The benefit to you is cash. 2. If you tell your golf buddy "hey here's some inside information, you should trade on it and keep all the profits for yourself," that is perhaps an investment in your friendship. Maybe your buddy will buy you a nice steak dinner, or take you along on his next vacation, or help you get a job, or give your child an internship in 15 years, or just pick up the phone when you call. Personal benefit-ish! 3. If you tell your boyfriend or girlfriend or child or parent or brother-in-law "hey here's some inside information, you should trade on it and keep all the profits for yourself," then you get a benefit: Their finances are somewhat intertwined with yours, perhaps you feel some sense of obligation to help them out financially, and giving them a hot stock tip is perhaps a substitute for writing them a check. You get the personal benefit of helping your brother-in-law financially, using inside information rather than cash. 4. If you tell your doorman "hey here's some inside information, you should trade on it and keep all the profits for yourself," then you arguably get a benefit: You probably would have tipped your doorman cash at Christmas, and giving him the inside information is to some extent a substitute for a cash tip, and so you have saved some money. Or you have gotten better doorman service or whatever.
This is a silly summary of a long and evolving body of law, but basically there was a time in recent memory when US federal courts were somewhat strict about enforcing the "personal benefit" test and rejecting insider-trading cases where the tipper did not get any benefit from the tippee, and that time is over. We talked in 2017 about an appeals court case ruling that any sort of "gift" of inside information satisfies the personal-benefit test:
We hold that an insider or tipper personally benefits from a disclosure of inside information whenever the information was disclosed "with the expectation that [the recipient] would trade on it," and the disclosure "resemble[s] trading by the insider followed by a gift of the profits to the recipient," whether or not there was a "meaningfully close personal relationship" between the tipper and tippee.
The court specifically mentioned the doorman example:
Imagine that a corporate insider, instead of giving a cash end‐of‐year gift to his doorman, gives a tip of inside information with instructions to trade on the information and consider the proceeds of the trade to be his end‐of‐year gift. In this example, there may not be a "meaningfully close personal relationship" between the tipper and tippee, yet this clearly is an illustration of prohibited insider trading, as the insider has given a tip of valuable inside information in lieu of a cash gift and has thus personally benefitted from the disclosure.
Michael Saylor (1)
But if you're a tax expert, you might notice another, more surprising monetization angle. If you followed Michael Saylor around — on Facebook or in real life — you might notice that he spends a lot of time in his Washington, D.C., apartment, or in his other Washington, D.C., apartment, or on his yacht docked in Georgetown, or on his other yacht docked in Georgetown. Specifically, you might notice that he spends more than 183 days a year in his Washington, D.C., yachts and apartments.
This is a magic number because someone who lives in Washington, D.C., for at least 183 days a year is legally a Washington, D.C., resident and has to pay District income taxes. Saylor, apparently, does not: He claims to be a resident of Florida, which does not have an individual income tax. You could turn him in to the Washington, D.C., authorities for not paying taxes, and then, under District law, you can get a cut of the taxes that he owes. (The cut is roughly 25%, though with various penalties, triple damages, etc., you might end up getting much more. [6] ) Saylor makes a lot of money, which means that he might owe a lot of taxes, which means that you can get a lot of money for this business.
Anyway:
Washington, D.C., is suing MicroStrategy Inc. co-founder and Executive Chairman Michael Saylor -- probably best known as the largest corporate buyer of Bitcoin -- for tax fraud, claiming that he skipped out on paying more than $25 million in income taxes despite living in the district for more than a decade.
According to the lawsuit, which was filed with the D.C. Superior Court's civil division, Saylor knowingly avoided paying taxes he owed since 2005 by fraudulently claiming to be a resident of other, lower-taxes jurisdictions, including Virginia and Florida. It claims that Saylor lived in a luxury penthouse on the Georgetown waterfront and docked multiple yachts on the district's Potomac riverfront. …
"I respectfully disagree with the position of the District of Columbia, and look forward to a fair resolution in the courts," Saylor said in a statement provided to Bloomberg News. He said he moved to Miami Beach from Virginia a decade ago after purchasing a historic house there. …
The district's case originated with a whistleblower, who filed a complaint under seal in April 2021 under D.C.'s False Claims Act.
"Demonstrating his disdain for the rules that everyone else has to live by, Saylor publicly flaunted his billionaire lifestyle while bragging to his friends and associates about how he was evading District taxes," according to the whistleblower complaint.
Richard Burr (1)
This is, on its face, a bad defense. It doesn't really work like that. If you're the chief executive officer of a company, and you are secretly negotiating to sell your company at a premium, you can't go out and buy a bunch of stock and then say "what, no, I bought it because people on CNBC said our earnings would be good, I just decided not to think about the merger." If you have highly material secret information, and you also have public information, the secret information is what matters; it's no defense to say that you could have made the same trading decision based on public information. On the other hand if the secret information isn't highly material then this is a perfectly fine defense. Burr's real defense has to be "I dumped my stocks because I saw scary public information on CNBC, and the private information I got in my congressional briefings added nothing to it. " In other words, his defense has to be that he had no material nonpublic information: Whatever he was told in his classified briefings by intelligence officials added nothing to his understanding of the world, or at least, of the economic prospects of American public companies facing the coronavirus. That is, implicitly, what he is saying when he says "I relied solely on public news reports": All of the useful information that he had, about how the coronavirus would impact the U.S., came from television. That defense strikes me as … not implausible? Like, you can't really spy on the coronavirus; I have never received a secret congressional intelligence briefing, but as an outsider it is easy for me to imagine that intelligence briefings on the progress that Asian countries were making in fighting the coronavirus in early February would not have contained a lot of information relevant to the stocks of the U.S. hotel companies that Burr sold. But it is a hard defense to say, publicly. Burr can't really just announce "sure I got secret intelligence briefings about the virus before dumping my stocks, but they told me nothing I didn't already know from watching television." That makes the intelligence briefings sound bad! It makes the intelligence community sound bad! It makes the Senate Intelligence Committee and its chairman (Burr) sound bad! It sounds like an admission that the government was flying blind, that the secret intelligence briefings given at the highest level of the U.S. government told senators nothing that they couldn't learn from TV, that their ability to predict and plan for the effects of the virus on the U.S. economy and society was no better than anyone else's. Again: not completely implausible? But maybe worse than insider trading!
Ryan Cohen (1)
I don't know, I don't think it's that weird? I feel like activists do this all the time? You get a chunk of shares and you go out to the other shareholders and say "this company is doing a bad job and I would like to install different people to do a better job." If the shareholders agree with you, you "take over the company" in some loose sense. (Not an actual acquisition, but you get your people on the board, you replace the executives, the company tries to do your plan, etc.) I don't think it was particularly hard to make the case that a mall-based video game retailer had problems , and Cohen's prior success in online commerce made it plausible for him to make the case that he could solve them.
And now he is a meme-stock chairman, "Papa Cohen," etc., but I don't think that his path to power at GameStop relied all that much on embracing the meme thing. He's not Adam Aron; he didn't go on Reddit to be like "if you vote for my board slate we're gonna accept Dogecoin at GameStop and make Harambe our mascot." He was just like "video-game sales are moving online so let's hire some Amazon executives to make us a better competitor in that business." Just normal reasonable stuff you could pitch to a Wall Street analyst.
On the other hand! Nothing stops an activist at another company from trying to run the meme-stock playbook. Buy some stock in a struggling company and, instead of going out and pitching your plans to BlackRock and Vanguard, get on Reddit and say like "if my board slate is elected we're gonna take XYZ Co. to the moon and squeeze those short sellers, rocket emoji rocket emoji rocket emoji, not a proxy solicitation, read my SEC filings for full disclosures."[5] Draw a picture of an ape riding a rocket and slap it on your proxy statement. Call your activist fund Diamond Hands Capital LP.[6] Reddit retail investors can make stocks go up an arbitrary amount; can they also take over companies?
Sacklers (1)
Well, part of the answer is that there are two sorts of claims against the Sacklers. The most straightforward ones are Purdue's claims. The rough idea is that bankruptcy courts can travel back in time a bit. When a company goes bankrupt, you add up its assets and liabilities and then divvy up the money (1) fairly and (2) based on the seniority of claims. So if the company has $100 of assets, $50 of senior debt, $100 of junior debt and then some shareholders, the bankruptcy court gives the senior creditors 100 cents on the dollar, the junior creditors 50 cents on the dollar, and the shareholders nothing.
But if the shareholders paid themselves a dividend the day before the bankruptcy, that would obviously be cheating: The bankruptcy was imminent, and the shareholders are supposed to get nothing! Or even if the junior creditors got paid off in full the day before the bankruptcy — even if they were totally innocent and really owed the money — that's not fair either, because the company was basically bankrupt, and they should be behind the senior creditors in line.
And so bankruptcy courts have various ways to claw back money that went out the door before the bankruptcy. We talked the other day about how some customers of Celsius, the bankrupt crypto firm, withdrew their money shortly before it went bankrupt, and so got back 100 cents on the dollar, while other customers waited until bankruptcy and will get back less. Celsius is trying to take their money back, under rules about avoidable transfers: If the company is insolvent and pays back some creditors shortly before bankruptcy, and they get more than they would get in bankruptcy, the bankruptcy court can undo those payments and make the creditors give back the money. The court can also claw back "fraudulent transfers," which covers actual fraud — payments that were made before bankruptcy "with actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud" creditors — but also dividends made while the company was insolvent. The idea is that, if the company is going bankrupt, the shareholders should be last in line; if they paid themselves before bankruptcy, they have to give the money back.
Sam Bankman-Fried (21)
I think that, if you had only five minutes with a world-class trader, and you asked her "teach me the essentials of trading," probably she would spend the five minutes on adverse selection. The essential lesson is that, if you are being offered a trade, that probably means it's a bad trade; your job is to understand that thoroughly so you can figure out the exceptions. There are many ways to teach this lesson, but my favorite probably comes from a reader email I quoted last October, when I was writing a lot about Sam Bankman-Fried's coin flipping at Jane Street:
This was a Susquehanna interview question 25 years ago! They made me do the math on 1000 coin flips. EV(heads) (easy), standard deviation (slightly harder), then they offered me a +EV bet on the outcome. I said "let's go.">
They said "Wrong. If we're offering it to you, you shouldn't take it.">
I said "We just did the math.">
They said "We have a guy on the floor of the Amex who can flip 55% heads."
The point here is that Susquehanna International Group employed a guy who was really good at flipping coins so they land heads, so that Susquehanna's traders didn't get too cocky about their bets. "I've done the math and this trade has positive expected value," they will say, but then they'll pause and remember the coin-flip guy and think "if this trade really has positive expected value, why is it being offered to me," and they think a bit harder about it and become better traders.
This lesson applies beyond individual trades. For instance, there is the structure of the investment management industry. Agustin Lebron, a former Jane Street trader, has a very good book called The Laws of Trading, in which he says:
The profitable trades that exist in the world are either (a) the ones you're intimately involved in running, or (b) the ones that are inaccessible to you. There is no (c). And what's funny about the situation in trading is that, if we were talking about just about any other industry, the very notion of a (c) would be laughable. Imagine if someone who's good at manufacturing cars came to you and said: "Hey. I'm a profitable car-maker. If you like, I'll let you take all the profit from my car-making skill in exchange for a small fee for me." You would rightly suspect they're trying to pull one over on you. So why is the situation different in trading?
Similarly! At Bloomberg Businessweek, Alice Kantor profiles IM Academy, a multilevel marketing scheme for stock and commodities trading. The thing that IM Academy teaches, if you are paying attention, is "if they know so much about how to make money in financial markets, why would they teach me how to do it for just $250 a month?"
An extremely oversimplified but intuitively useful summary of FTX would be:
When FTX went bust in November 2022, its customers had roughly $8 billion worth of cash and cryptocurrency on its platform. Meanwhile its assets consisted of a lot of crypto tokens, many of them linked to FTX and Bankman-Fried, that had been worth a lot two weeks earlier, but had cratered. Selling all those tokens would not have recovered anything like enough money to pay back the customers, and the customers wanted their money back right away. Filing for bankruptcy stopped them from getting their money back right away. That's the point of bankruptcy. Pre-bankruptcy FTX was a crypto exchange that, nominally, let its customers withdraw their money on demand. Bankruptcy converted all of the customers' demand deposits into long-term loans: Instead of being able to get your money out on demand, you have to wait for the bankruptcy process to play out. The process is still playing out. So FTX has had about a year and a half to use the customer money without having to meet withdrawals. Long-term funding is more valuable than short-term funding! For instance: In November 2022, FTX held a lot of Solana tokens. Solana traded at around $136 per token in April 2022, but by mid-November it was around $12. Those Solana tokens were no longer enough to pay back all the customers, especially not if you had to dump them all at once. But if you waited! Solana hit $200 in March 2024. FTX did wait, perhaps in part for strategic reasons but also because bankruptcy is just slow. A new, not particularly crypto-native management team took over FTX. It conducted a long forensic investigation to get a handle on the company and find all of FTX's tokens. Eventually it decided to sell the tokens, but it needed court approval to do that. It didn't get that approval until September 2023, 10 months after the bankruptcy filing. Then it hired an investment manager to “sell, hedge and stake” its crypto tokens. That worked out well: Through March 31, FTX has raised about $5 billion by selling tokens, and it expects to raise another $4.4 billion over the next few months. By just putting everything — the assets, the liabilities — on ice for a year or so, FTX was able to get a lot more money for its crypto tokens than it would if it had had to dump them to meet customer withdrawals in November 2022.
That is not the whole story: FTX has also recovered money by selling off businesses, by selling some of its venture capital portfolio, by seizing real estate and Robinhood Markets Inc. stock that Bankman-Fried and other had bought, by clawing back donations and investments. But the basic form of “FTX made long-term investments with customer money, which was stupid, and those investments lost value and customers demanded their money back, so FTX went bankrupt and just went into hibernation for a year, after which those investments paid off enough to pay back the customers” seems essentially correct.
A couple of points here. First, as a general matter, this is rough on customers: The money you thought you could withdraw on demand turned out to be locked up for probably two or three years. FTX is sympathetic to this complaint, and wants to pay the customers interest. The interest rate is 9%, which is roughly where you get numbers like 118% or 127% recoveries for a two- or three-year bankruptcy process. Bankruptcy does not normally work like that, but FTX is flush and feeling generous. From the disclosure statement:
The Debtors are not solvent and the Bankruptcy Code ordinarily would prevent payment of post-petition interest to customers and other unsecured creditors. However, the Debtors recognize that these Chapter 11 Cases have deprived creditors of their money since November 2022, and will continue to do so until distributions are paid. In effect, all customers and creditors of the Debtors have been forced to lend to the Debtors during these Chapter 11 Cases and, in the view of the Joint Board, deserve a fair rate of return.
That's nice. Where would this money go, if not to paying interest? The obvious answer is “if there's money left over after paying all the claims in bankruptcy, it goes to the shareholders,” but it would be kind of a bad look, after all this, for FTX's shareholders to get any money back. (The biggest shareholder is probably still Bankman-Fried.)
Here, though, that is not a problem: In addition to the customer claims, there are billions and billions of dollars of somewhat hazy claims for taxes and fines from the US Internal Revenue Service and Commodity Futures Trading Commission. They are effectively the residual claimants here: If there's money left over after paying back the customers, the US government is going to find a way to get it. FTX called up the government and asked nicely if it could also pay interest to the customers, and the government said sure.
The Kelly criterion tells you what percentage of your money you should put on some favorable bet. If you work in financial markets, you want to make a bunch of bets where you think the odds are in your favor, and if you can estimate the odds then Kelly gives you a guide to how much of your money you should put on each bet. Kelly gives you an answer that is a percentage of your current bankroll. But what is your bankroll?
We talked a few times last year about a dumb story from Sam Bankman-Fried's internship at Jane Street, where he kept making the maximum bet on slightly favorable coin flips, and I was like "well that's not very Kelly is it." But probably I was wrong. Jane Street interns were limited to losing $100 per day, so I sort of took $100 to be the size of his bankroll and thought he was aggressive to bet it all on a 51% coin flip. But readers pointed out, no, come on, his net worth at the time was not $100; $100 was nothing to him even though it was all he could bet that day. As a percentage of his actual bankroll that was a fine bet.
Anyway here is a fun post from Byrne Hobart titled "What's the True Bankroll?" Sometimes the true bankroll is much bigger than the obvious bankroll: Sam Bankman-Fried's $100 daily betting allowance was much smaller than his true bankroll, and Hobart points out that if you start your first job and have $1,000 to invest, your true bankroll is more like your lifetime expected savings than it is your current $1,000. Other times the true bankroll might be smaller than the obvious bankroll: If you are a portfolio manager at a multi-manager hedge fund, and you run a $500 million portfolio, you might think that your bankroll is $500 million. But if you know that you'll get fired for a 10% decline in your portfolio, is your actual bankroll $50 million? No, but also maybe a little bit yes.
It's weird. There are several explanations for what has changed between November 2022 and now. For one thing, crypto prices collapsed alongside FTX, and by the time Bankman-Fried was looking for buyers, the value of its crypto holdings was low. Now crypto prices are up, which helps on the asset side. It should hurt more on the liabilities side — if FTX owes customers Bitcoin, that debt is worth more now than it was in 2022 — except that that's not how the bankruptcy accounting works. FTX's bankruptcy plan provides for "the valuation of claims in U.S. dollars as of the Petition Date" (Nov. 11, 2022) and payment in cash. If FTX owed you one Bitcoin before it collapsed, now it owes you roughly $17,000 (the value of a Bitcoin on Nov. 11, 2022). If FTX had one Bitcoin before it collapsed, now it has about $43,000 (the value of a Bitcoin today). If FTX had enough Bitcoins to pay off half of its customers' claims in 2022, now it has enough to pay off all of them.
I'm not sure that's the main mechanism. By the time of its collapse FTX didn't really have much Bitcoin; its crypto holdings were largely "Samcoins" associated with Bankman-Fried that have not recovered nearly as much value. But a big chunk of FTX's holdings were in Solana, which has rallied a lot. And FTX's bankruptcy estate apparently dumped $1 billion of the Grayscale Bitcoin exchange-traded fund this month, profiting from the rise in Bitcoin prices since 2022. So rising crypto prices have definitely helped.
For another thing, FTX has, like, posthumously pivoted to AI? In April 2022, Bankman-Fried invested $500 million of FTX/Alameda's money into Anthropic, a somewhat obscure artificial intelligence startup. That was kind of a reckless thing to do with customer demand deposits, putting them into an illiquid speculative equity investment in futuristic technology. It did work out, however: AI is huge now, Anthropic is a big player, and FTX's stake is probably worth billions of dollars. Bankman-Fried's whole schtick, for most of his career, was about taking terrifying risks that somehow worked out. "Let's take our customers' money and secretly put it into venture investments in an AI startup" is a terrifying risk, an insane thing to do, and yet it worked out! Not for Bankman-Fried, though; he's in jail.
There is no news hook here — this is a decades-old academic paper — but it's news to me: Sam Bankman-Fried's father, Joseph Bankman, wrote a paper on shadow trading in 2001. Here is "Substitutes for Insider Trading," by Bankman and Ian Ayres:
When insider trading prohibitions limit the ability of insiders (or of a corporation itself) to use material non-public information to trade a particular firm's stock, there may be incentive to use the information to trade instead on the stock of that firm's rivals, suppliers, customers, or the manufacturers of complementary products. We refer to this form of trading as trading in stock substitutes. Stock substitute trading by a firm is legal. In many circumstance, substitute trading by employees is also legal. Trading in stock substitutes may be quite profitable, and there is anecdotal evidence that employees often engage in such trading. Our analysis suggests that substitute trading is less socially desirable than traditional insider trading. We recommend a set of disclosure rules designed to clarify existing law and provide information on the extent of stock substitute trading. We also discuss possible changes in the law that might limit inefficient trading in stock substitutes.
We have talked before about shadow trading, as this form of substitute trading is now often called. I have to say, "legal in many circumstances" and "quite profitable" is much better than what Bankman-Fried eventually did get up to.
"I don't think SBF knowingly stole customer money," said Michael Lewis on 60 Minutes, and "he believes he is innocent." If Lewis is correct then that will probably help him testify: If you're going to be subjected to withering cross-examination about the crimes you did, it helps if you believe that you are innocent.
Is Lewis right? I think so! But that is, I think, the normal state for a scammer. Financial scams are in their essence about self- deception; you can't be a great scammer without being at least somewhat deluded yourself. Classically financial scams work along these lines:
There is a financial business that takes money from investors, customers, creditors, etc., and promises to give it back, usually with some return. The person running the business has at least some discretion over what he does with the investors' money. (Practical discretion — he has the password to the bank account — if not actual legal discretion.) He makes bets with that money, with the intention of (1) getting back at least enough money to pay back his investors (and any promised return) and (2) keeping any extra winnings for himself. He convinces himself this is fine. He can't lose! He's so good at making bets, and these bets are so safe, and anyway the clients would want him to do them, and also really aren't they disclosed in the fine print of the clients' account agreements?
The popular imagination of scammers, and of Bankman-Fried, is that they steeple their fingers and cackle and say "now to steal some customer money to buy mansions." But why would that make sense? If you are Bankman-Fried and you are knowingly stealing customer money to buy Bahamas condos, and then everything collapses, why stay in the condos to get arrested? Also if you are knowingly stealing money then of course everything will collapse. Stealing money with a getaway plan? Sure, right, that happens. Stealing money and sticking around? Weird choice.
No, the way to end up in this situation is to steal money while thinking that it's fine, that you're not stealing it at all, that you'll make it all back and then some, that what you are doing with the money (crypto altcoin arbitrage, buying politicians, buying publicity for crypto and your exchange) is necessary and profitable and not even a risk, that any losses are temporary blips.
The normal way to become a big-time scammer is to combine an unusual appetite for (indeed, blindness to) risk with an unusual self-confidence. And to add an unusually act-utilitarian mindset, in which you are unconcerned with doing things the right way or following the proper procedures, because you care only about the end result.
The basic problem at FTX, the crypto exchange, is that customers deposited money at FTX, and FTX secretly loaned a lot of that money to its affiliated crypto trading firm, Alameda Research, which did not really post collateral for those loans, and which then lost the money. And then FTX customers couldn't get their money back. And FTX was lying to customers about various elements of this. And now its founder, Sam Bankman-Fried, is on trial in New York for tons of alleged fraud.
The basic problem at Gemini Trust Co., the crypto exchange, is that customers deposited money in its Gemini Earn program, and Gemini openly loaned that money to a crypto lending firm called Genesis Global Capital LLC, which then loaned a lot of that money to Alameda Research, which did not really post collateral for those loans, and which then lost the money. And then Gemini Earn customers couldn't get their money back. And Gemini and Genesis were lying to customers about various elements of this.
Or that is the argument of New York Attorney General Letitia James, who sued Gemini, Genesis and Digital Currency Group Inc. (Genesis's owner) for fraud today. I want to point out:
1. The alleged fraud at Gemini and Genesis is very similar, in its broad shape, to the alleged fraud at FTX, but 2. It is very important that Gemini Earn customers knew their money was being loaned out! They were allegedly deceived about various details, and they thought their money was safer than it was. But the basic deal was that they signed up for an "Earn" program that paid interest by lending out their crypto. They had to know there was some credit risk. FTX customers — well, some of them probably should have known there was credit risk too (it was a leveraged futures exchange), but generally speaking they were more deceived about what was happening to their money.
More generally, the main story of crypto in 2022 was that a bunch of crypto platforms aggregated deposits from users, told those users that their money would be safe, and then handed all of it to Alameda and Three Arrows Capital to set on fire. It is theoretically possible that some of that could have happened without fraud, but it's not great, and in fact there have been fraud cases against many of the big lenders, including Genesis, Gemini, FTX, Voyager and Celsius. [1]
Anyway the Gemini/Genesis complaint is fascinating. [2] There are two main categories of alleged fraud. One is that Gemini was lying to its customers about how safe their money was. It advertised that the Earn product was safe and liquid, and that it did good due diligence on Genesis to make sure that the loans were safe:
From February 9, 2021, through at least November 14, 2022, Gemini referred to Genesis Capital on the Earn Page as a "trusted partner[]" and "accredited third party borrower[]" that Gemini "vetted through a risk management framework which reviews [Genesis Capital's] collateralization management process."
Specifically, it advertised that the loans were "overcollateralized," that when Genesis loaned out $100 worth of Gemini customers' crypto it got back collateral worth at least $101:
On February 2, 2021, Gemini's Head of Risk stated in a press release that, "Gemini reviewed Genesis [Capital's] financial statements and verified that the lender's loans are overcollateralized." Overcollateralization means that the collateral supporting outstanding loans is worth more than 100% of those loans.
But "contrary to Gemini's claim, Genesis Capital's loan book was not overcollateralized, either when Gemini claimed it was or at any time thereafter"; collateral coverage ranged from about 60% to about 90% of loan value over 2020 through 2022. And:
Gemini internally acknowledged this misrepresentation. On March 9, 2021, a risk management employee reporting directly to Gemini's Head of Risk corrected a similar misstatement by stating: "[l]ending is 'collateralized' but not necessarily 'overcollateralized'." However, the false statement was never corrected.
And then the complaint goes through various instances of Gemini doing due diligence on Genesis, getting nervous, and then not doing anything about it. Gemini was not lying about conducting fairly thorough due diligence: Gemini had a risk management team, it periodically assessed Genesis, it got a lot of information and drew correct and alarming conclusions:
Around February 2022, Gemini's risk management team analyzed Genesis Capital's financial statements for the third quarter of 2021. They stated that "[c]ompared with peers and the overall market, Genesis[] [Capital's] financials are generally weaker with a high leverage ratio and low liquidity ratio, similar to companies with CCC/C rating" (also known as a "junk" rating). Based on this credit rating, the risk management team projected that in a market downturn, "a 50-60% default rate for Genesis [Capital] [wa]s an appropriate assumption, given additional risks in Crypto industry vs traditional industry." …
On or around July 18, 2022, Gemini's risk management and product teams compiled a slide titled "Gemini Earn: Risk vs. Reward." … In this document, Gemini acknowledged: "[the market risk team] believes Genesis [Capital] financial [sic] is similar to a CCC company, which would be required to pay a 14%+ yield in the public debt market. Therefore, lenders would require a ~14% yield to compensate for Genesis [Capital]'s default risk."
It's just that they never stopped sending customer money to Genesis, or told customers about the problems, or even charged Genesis 14%. Eventually there was a July 2022 meeting with Gemini's founders, the Winklevoss twins:
During this meeting, Gemini's Board of Managers, Cameron Winklevoss, and Tyler Winklevoss discussed the credit and liquidity risks associated with Genesis Capital and Earn. Gemini's Associate Director of Risk and its Command Pilot of NeoBanking [3] presented to the Board during that meeting regarding Genesis Capital's credit and liquidity risks.
During that meeting, several board members expressed doubts about Genesis Capital's creditworthiness. Cameron Winklevoss began the meeting by noting that Genesis Capital's "[b]orrowers [were] lying about their financials" and asked, "can we trust that 'A players' are running Genesis and are going to make good decisions/avoid getting duped?" One board member compared Genesis Capital's debt-to-equity ratio to that of Lehman Brothers prior to its collapse and said, "[i]f the market sneezes, you're in the same situation again." A board member also questioned whether Genesis Capital had misrepresented information to Gemini about its largest borrower at the time, Alameda.
Immediately after this discussion, the Board of Managers and the Winklevosses discussed whether to wind down Earn to avoid reputational damage from Genesis Capital's default. Between this meeting and when the Earn program was terminated, Gemini gave Genesis Capital an additional hundreds of millions of dollars' worth of investor assets.
Also, as at FTX, Gemini had the problem that (1) it was lending a ton of customer money to Alameda and (2) those loans were collateralized mostly with stuff that Sam Bankman-Fried had made up:
On July 6, 2022, Genesis Capital began to provide reports to Gemini regarding additional risk metrics. From July 6, 2022, through August 16, 2022, these reports showed that Genesis Capital's loans were heavily concentrated in a single counterparty, cryptocurrency trading firm Alameda, which was the borrower for nearly 60% of all outstanding loans from Genesis Capital to unaffiliated counterparties (i.e., excluding loans to DCG and its affiliates). Further, Genesis Capital's loans to Alameda were mostly secured with FTT tokens issued by Alameda's affiliate, cryptocurrency platform FTX Trading, Ltd. This counterparty concentration and poor-quality collateral created a risk of massive losses if Alameda defaulted.
A simple version of the charges against Sam Bankman-Fried would be something like "people deposited money at his crypto exchange, FTX, and he stole it and gave it to his crypto trading firm, Alameda Research, which squandered it on dumb crypto trades and endorsement deals."
But this story is not exactly right. There was not money sitting in customer accounts that was then transferred to Alameda accounts and squandered. FTX was a futures exchange; it did not keep money in a box for customers. The money in your FTX account was just money that FTX owed you. Nor did Alameda need to steal the money; FTX was a leveraged futures exchange, and traders like Alameda could, in the ordinary course of business, borrow money from FTX based on their crypto positions. The problem, ultimately, at FTX, was that it owed customers a lot of money, but it couldn't pay them, because Alameda owed FTX a lot of money, but it couldn't pay it, because it had squandered the money on dumb crypto trades and endorsement deals.
This distinction seems nitpicky, but it is important. The story in the first paragraph is obviously illegal, but the story in the second paragraph might not be. A story like "we owed a lot of customers money, but our biggest customer owed us money, and the market moved against that customer and it defaulted on its obligations to us, so we couldn't pay our other customers," can be legitimate, an embarrassing accident but not fraud. (As I keep saying, it kind of happened in the legitimate regulated market for nickel futures last year.)
Instead, to prove fraud, prosecutors need to prove some lies. The evidence of fraud is not just "people put money at FTX and the money ended up with Alameda, which squandered it": That could happen legally. The evidence of fraud has to be something more like "people put money at FTX and it ended up with Alameda in ways that FTX said it wouldn't." "Alameda owed us money, and defaulted" is not in itself evidence of fraud. But if FTX was going around saying things like "we have made it impossible for Alameda to owe us money and default," then that turned out to be a lie. And that is fraud.
Many financial frauds have roughly the same shape. Investors give you money because you tell them you are doing something safe and sensible with it. In fact, you are using the money for some combination of (1) paying your personal expenses and (2) making wild gambles. The gambles do not work out, the money is gone, the investors notice, you go to prison.
What if the gambles do work out? Well! I think a lawyer would tell you that, if you are lying to your investors and using some of their money on personal expenses and putting the rest into wild gambles, and the gambles pay off, that is also fraud. It is arguably just as much fraud: What matters, as a legal and moral matter, is that you were doing wild dumb gambles and lying, not whether your gambling turned out to be lucky. Still, it does feel like there is a practical difference. If investors give you $100 and you do a series of dumb things with it and give them back $150, they probably won't complain. What you did was illegal , but you don't go to prison just because you did something illegal. You go to prison because you did something illegal and prosecutors bother to prosecute you, and if all your investors are happy they are less likely to bother.
It is not too hard to find successful startup founders who lied to investors on their path to success, who "faked it til they made it," and who made it and are now treated as geniuses. Other startup founders also faked it til they made it, but did not make it, and faking it and not making it is just fraud. To some extent, you flip a coin, and if you win the coin flip you get rich and it was not, in retrospect, fraud; if you lose the coin flip you don't get rich but you do get arrested.
Third, a bunch of readers wrote in with defenses of Bankman-Fried's understanding of the Kelly criterion. Basically Bankman-Fried has said that he would be willing to risk much more money on bets with small positive edge than most traders would, "because ultimately my utility function isn't really logarithmic. It's closer to linear." I wrote:
This misunderstands why trading firms use the Kelly criterion. Jane Street does not go around taking any bet with a positive expected value. The point of Kelly is not about utility curves; it's not "having $200 is less than twice as pleasant as having $100, so you should be less willing to take big risks for big rewards." The point of Kelly is about maximizing your chances of surviving and obtaining long-run returns: It's "if you bet 50% of your bankroll on 1%-edge bets, you'll be more likely to win each bet than lose it, but if you keep doing that you will probably lose all your money eventually." Kelly is about sizing your bets so you can keep playing the game and make the most money possible in the long run. Betting more can make you more money in the short run, but if you keep doing it you will end in ruin.
But readers pointed out that this is unfair to Bankman-Fried. He's correct. If your utility function is truly linear, you should bet more than Kelly; you should be willing to risk more of your bankroll on risky but positive-expected-value bets. The result is that you will probably lose all your money, but if you end up winning money you will win a lot more than if you were more conservative.
Still I am right in that this really is a way to court ruin. A trading firm like Jane Street probably has more use for an additional dollar than you or I do, but still it does not have a truly linear utility function, in the sense that an investing firm with a 99% chance of losing all its money and a 1% chance of multiplying it by 120 is obviously a bad investing firm. But if you do the math, and you search your heart, and you conclude that that bet is good for you, then, go nuts I guess. You'll probably end up ruined, but, you know, the math works? As one reader put it to me in an email: "I think SBF's interpretation of linear utility is correct, and people's criticisms of it basically boil down to saying linear utility is kind of crazy (which it kind of is!)."
A core concept in the crypto financial system is the box. This is not an official term or anything, but it's how I think of it; the term comes from something that Sam Bankman-Fried said to me on a podcast. Here's how it works:
1. You start some project or business or blockchain or whatever. 2. You issue a token for the project. The token may or may not have some sort of claim on the cash flows of the project, or some governance rights over it, but in any case it is the token of the project, and its price will fluctuate based on people's perception of the project, their expectations for its future, its actual success, etc. The price of the token will reflect the value of the project in some loose way. 3. You give yourself a lot of the token. 4. You multiply the trading price of the token (which reflects the market value of the project) times the number of tokens that you have (which is probably large, since you made up the token and can give yourself as much as you want), and you get a large dollar number. 5. You probably cannot sell your tokens for that large dollar number: If you dumped all your tokens at once, confidence in the project would fall, supply would swamp demand, the price of the token would collapse and you probably wouldn't get very much money for your stash. 6. But you can turn the tokens into money in other ways. You can borrow against them; if you say "hey I have $10 billion of tokens" some crypto lender might give you a $5 billion secured loan. 7. More broadly, you can say "I am a billionaire, what with my $10 billion of tokens," and people will tend to trust you more and give you more economic opportunities because you're a billionaire. If you put in a bid to buy a mansion or a sports team or whatever, people will take you seriously because you have $10 billion (of tokens). If your bid is successful, a bank will probably lend you the money to buy the mansion or sports team. The loan will not necessarily be secured by your $10 billion pile of tokens, but the bank's credit decision will probably be like "this person has $10 billion, she's good for this loan." 8. And people will be more willing to deal with your project — or business or blockchain or whatever, the thing that started all of this — because there's $10 billion behind it. "I will trade on this crypto exchange without worrying about it getting hacked, because if it gets hacked surely it will make up my losses, because it has $10 billion."
This is not something that crypto invented, or that is limited to crypto. Lots of people found regular companies, issue stock of those companies, keep a lot of stock for themselves, and either explicitly borrow against that stock (margin loans, etc.) or at least point to their huge pile of stock as proof that they are rich and leverage that wealth to buy other things. Carl Icahn has margin loans against his Icahn Enterprises stock. Elon Musk has margin loans against his Tesla Inc. stock; also, though, he was clearly able to get financing to buy Twitter Inc. (not secured by his Tesla stock) because banks were like "yeah, this guy's rich, we'll lend him money even if we think that the Twitter deal is kind of a dog."
Nor is any of this really wrong ; I am not necessarily describing a fraud or a mistake or anything. It just sort of depends on what the project is? The problem is that a lot of stuff in crypto is a pure confidence business: Tesla makes cars, and if people lost confidence in its stock there would still be cars, but many crypto projects just make crypto trades, and if people lost confidence in their crypto trades there'd be nothing left. It is a very wrong-way risk; the pile of money safeguarding your business evaporates in exactly the circumstances that your business is in trouble.
The other problem is that at least some people in crypto were very self-aware of this dynamic. It is one thing to start a car company, issue stock to finance factories, keep stock for yourself as the founder, get rich on paper, and then borrow against your vast stock wealth to finance a rocket company or whatever — each decision there is plausibly about building a real business. It is another thing to think "hey I'm gonna issue some tokens because if I can get people to buy them I can borrow a lot of money and walk away from the mess." There is adverse selection there. I am not saying everyone in crypto thought that. I am just saying that Sam Bankman-Fried explicitly described that thought process to me as a general feature of crypto, and look how that worked out.
The most classic cases of the box are:
Terra was a blockchain, it issued tokens (called Luna), the tokens went up, and it used them to collateralize billions of dollars of a stablecoin called TerraUSD. Confidence in Luna dropped and billions of dollars of TerraUSD vanished in like a week. FTX was Sam Bankman-Fried's crypto exchange, Alameda Research was his crypto trading firm, FTX issued tokens (called FTT, though there were also some other "Samcoins" called SRM and MAPS and stuff), and Alameda used them to collateralize billions of dollars of loans — from outside lenders, and later from FTX, using its customers' money. Confidence in the tokens dropped, Alameda went extremely bankrupt, and billions of dollars of FTX customer money vanished in like a week.
One feature of the box is that you can sort of earn your way out of it. If your project is successful and makes a lot of money, or if it is successful enough to allow you to sell a lot of your tokens over time, you will end up with a lot of actual money, dollars or whatever that you own free and clear. And then when people say "I trust this person because she has $10 billion" they will be, in some more robust sense, correct. The people running Terra understood this, and built up a war chest of non-Luna money (Bitcoin, dollars, etc.) to back TerraUSD. They just didn't do enough of it before confidence collapsed.
You might think that the natural reaction to "crypto companies keep collapsing and losing everyone's money" would be "well then don't invest in crypto," but instead it is "do invest in crypto, but only through like Charles Schwab," okay. Also some of crypto's vision of the future of financial services — like crypto exchanges that combine the functions of exchange, clearinghouse, custodian and retail brokerage — seems bad these days:
The infrastructure being built by large institutions is markedly different to the crypto industry's original structure. Wall Street executives are keen to separate business units such as trading from custody, as a way to reduce risk and potential conflicts of interest.
The collapse of Sam Bankman-Fried's FTX exchange and trading firm Alameda Research, which were closely entwined, has brought those concerns to the fore.
Custody, where assets are stored securely to protect funds from hacks or theft, has emerged as the most straightforward way for traditional finance groups to grow their crypto presence.
"I don't want my custody to be run by the same person as my exchange," said Michael Safai, co-founder of trading firm Dexterity Capital, adding that the extent to which some companies did not separate such functions "isn't appealing, and it's even a bit unsettling".
And:
As the smoke clears, some executives see two markets developing; a shallower, retail-facing one with wide discrepancies between buying and selling prices, and a deep institutional one, where prices are more competitive.
Usman Ahmad, chief executive of Zodia Markets, said that, as the crypto industry developed, it "may lead to a disparity of spreads between institutions and retail [and lead to] institutions paying a tighter spread in a more liquid market".
"It is going to be a two-tier structure with Binance being the face of retail," said Chhugani.
That is the opposite of the stock market (where retail investors pay lower spreads), though I suppose it is a lot like the traditional foreign exchange market (where corporate customers got competitive rates and retail customers got fleeced at airport currency exchanges). But it does fit the model of "institutions want to bet on the continuing popularity of the casino, but not at the casino."
Part of the story of the collapse of FTX Trading Ltd. — the story that its now-indicted founder, Sam Bankman-Fried, told about it — is that FTX misplaced a few billion dollars of customer money due to an unfortunate but understandable mix-up. It went like this, see. Early in its history, FTX had trouble opening bank accounts, because banks were nervous about dealing with crypto exchanges. But Alameda Research, Bankman-Fried's crypto trading firm, did have access to banks, in part because crypto trading firms are less off-putting to banks than crypto exchanges are [2] and in part because "Alameda Research" is a vague name that was chosen specifically to avoid scaring banks. [3]
And so when customers wanted to deposit money at FTX, FTX would sometimes tell them to wire the money to Alameda. Alameda would get the money in its bank account, and would then tell FTX that it had received it, and then FTX would credit the money to the customer's trading account. But Alameda would keep the actual money , in its bank account. To make things balance, FTX would record a liability from Alameda to FTX in its internal accounts: It would make a little note, like, "we have credited $100 to Customer X's account, but Alameda is holding the money for Customer X, so Alameda owes us that $100 and we should remember to get the money from Alameda at some point." Over time this balance — the amount that Alameda was holding for other customers and owed to FTX — grew to $8 billion. But also somehow FTX forgot about it? Basically FTX thought that Alameda had the $8 billion, and also that its customers had the $8 billion, so it thought there was $8 billion more on FTX than there was. FTX thought that it was well capitalized and that Alameda was doing fine, because it forgot that there was a missing $8 billion. "Hidden, poorly internally labeled 'fiat@' account: -8,000,000,000," is a 100% real entry on an FTX balance sheet that Bankman-Fried sent around trying to raise money in November. Yeesh!
Again, this is the story that Bankman-Fried was telling. Here is a direct-message exchange that he had with Vox's Kelsey Piper in November, in which he said:
like "oh FTX doesn't have a bank account, I guess people can wire to Alameda's to get money on FTX"
….3 years later….
'oh [no] it looks like people wired $8b to Alameda and oh god we basically forgot about the stub account that corresponded to that and so it was never delivered to FTX.'
Reading this story, you might have had various reactions. You might have thought "oh yeah that sounds believable and innocent, whoops," or "man, they forgot $8 billion, that sounds pretty fake," or "yeah I guess that might have happened but it still seems fraudulent." But maybe the most obvious reaction was: "Wait, they were tricking their banks? " Never mind the accounting for the money or how it went missing; the most obvious problem here is that FTX couldn't open a bank account and so used Alameda as a way to get around the banking system. You can't trick banks! That's bank fraud! That's an independent reason to get in very bad trouble! Bankman-Fried's defense here is like "oh no we weren't intentionally stealing money from our customers; we just accidentally misplaced their money because we were doing bank fraud." That's not helpful!
Bankman-Fried was arrested for a whole assortment of things in December, and yesterday the US Department of Justice filed a superseding indictment elaborating on those charges and adding some new ones. Most of the allegations in the new indictment — about misappropriating customer money and building backdoors in FTX's code to allow Alameda to rack up big unsecured debts — are familiar from the US Securities and Exchange Commission's and Commodity Futures Trading Commission's cases against Bankman-Fried; we have discussed them before. But there is some new stuff, and a lot of it is about bank accounts. [4] From the new indictment:
Because FTX did not have its own bank accounts for holding customer deposits, for a period of time in or around 2019 and 2020, FTX instructed customers to wire dollar deposits to bank accounts that were owned or controlled by Alameda, which at the time SAMUEL BANKMAN-FRIED, a/k/a "SBF," the defendant, also controlled as the CEO. These Alameda accounts had been opened as trading accounts and had been used almost exclusively for Alameda's trading purposes until they were also employed as accounts for FTX to receive and transmit its customer deposits and withdrawals. Alameda never informed the banks where these accounts were held that these accounts in Alameda's name began to be used in substantial part by FTX to accept customer deposits for, and as a vehicle for customer withdrawals from, FTX's cryptocurrency exchange.
During the time period in which FTX was using Alameda bank accounts to receive and transmit customer deposits, SAMUEL BANKMAN-FRIED, a/k/a "SBF," the defendant, and others, made efforts to open bank accounts for this purpose in FTX's name. In particular, BANKMAN-FRIED, through Alameda employees, attempted to open an account for FTX at a bank in California ("Bank-1"), the deposits of which were insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and where Alameda already had bank accounts. Bank-1 made clear, however, that it would not open an account for customer deposits and withdrawals absent evidence that FTX was licensed and registered, including federal registration as a money services business, and that, in any event, Bank-1 would need to conduct an enhanced due diligence process before opening any account used to process customer deposits and withdrawals.
In or about January 2020, SAMUEL BANKMAN-FRIED, a/k/a "SBF," the defendant, contacted Bank-1 about opening an FTX account. BANKMAN-FRIED learned from Bank-1 that BANKMAN-FRIED should not attempt to open an account for FTX, an international platform, at that time. He was further told that if he wished to open an account to process customer deposits and withdrawals for FTX.US, FTX's business in the United States, FTX.US would need to register as a money services business. While BANKMAN-FRIED did later register FTX.US as a money services business in 2020, no attempts were made to make FTX a licensed money services business and BANKMAN-FRIED never sought to have FTX or Alameda comply with the regulatory requirements of licensure. Instead, FTX continued to use Alameda trading accounts to accept customer deposits and process customer withdrawals.
It goes on to describe Bankman-Fried setting up another entity, called North Dimension, "in part to obscure the relationship between FTX and Alameda, and in order to overcome Bank-1's refusal to open a bank account for FTX without extensive due diligence and licensing." And then he allegedly "told Bank-1 a false story, namely, that North Dimension sought to open an account to function as a trading account connected to Alameda's existing trading accounts, instead of the truth, which was that the North Dimension account would function as an account to receive and transmit FTX customer deposits." "Conspiracy to Commit Bank Fraud" and "Conspiracy to Operate an Unlicensed Money Transmitting Business" are some of the names that the indictment calls this stuff.
The basic explanation of what went wrong at FTX is that FTX loaned billions of dollars to Alameda Research, a trading firm founded and mostly owned by Bankman-Fried. Alameda lost the money, rendering FTX insolvent. And now FTX's advisers say that they "have uncovered the mechanics behind how Alameda Research had the ability to borrow without collateral effectively unlimited amounts from customers and how a small group of individuals had the ability [to] remove digital assets from the exchange without being recorded on the exchange ledger."
That discussion is on slide 19:
If you were a normal customer at FTX, you were not allowed to have a negative balance in your account. If you put up $100 of money to buy $200 of crypto, and your crypto lost $50 of value, then your account balance was $50. If it lost another $50 of value, then your balance was $0 and you were liquidated. Your account could never be worth -$10; you got liquidated before that.
If you were a market maker on FTX, though, you were allowed to have a negative balance: Effectively, FTX would lend you the money so you could open a position without depositing the money first, or have the market move against you without instant liquidation. In FTX's code, most accounts had a "borrow" flag set to zero, meaning that they could not have negative balances, but some 4,000 accounts had the borrow flag set to some positive number, meaning that FTX would lend them the money up to some credit limit. Of those 4,000 accounts, 41 had credit limits of $1 million to $150 million. One — Alameda — had a higher limit. Alameda's limit was $65 billion. (Slide 18 shows a code snippet, showing that the actual limit was $65,355,999,994.) "FTX will allow Alameda to have a negative balance of up to $65 billion" is functionally equivalent to "Alameda can use as much of FTX's customer money as it wants."
There was another flag in the code, though, "canwithdrawbelowborrow." The "borrow" flag determines how negative your account can be and keep trading: If your borrow flag is set to $10 million, and you put on some trades and they move against you and you end up with a balance of negative $5 million, then you can keep the trades on. But if you went to FTX and tried to cash out $4 million to spend on groceries — giving you a total balance of negative $9 million, still within your credit limit — FTX wouldn't give you the money. You could use your credit limit to trade on FTX, but not to take out cash. "No, you still owe us $5 million, pay us that first, we're not letting you take any cash out before you pay us what you owe," FTX would quite reasonably say. Unless you had the "canwithdrawbelowborrow" flag set to "true." Then FTX would say "sure, here's the money."
One account had that flag set, says the presentation: Alameda. To the tune of $65 billion. Setting the borrow flag to $65 billion and the canwithdrawbelowborrow flag to true is functionally equivalent to "Alameda can take as much of FTX's customer money as it wants, remove it from the exchange, and spend it on whatever." (Slides 16 and 17 give you a sense of what "whatever" meant, including $253 million of Bahamas real estate — including $12.9 million for "The Conch Shack"??? — and $93 million of political donations.)
The presentation describes this setting as "God Mode," which I am not sure is a technical term found in FTX's actual codebase or documentation, but you get the idea. FTX built a video game for other people to trade crypto, but FTX — or rather its affiliate Alameda — had a cheat code. Everyone else got to trade crypto, and if they made money, they could take out the money that they made. Alameda got to trade crypto, and it got to take out as much money as it wanted, whether or not it made money. It was playing in God Mode.
The two possible stories of FTX are:
1. Bankman-Fried argues that FTX was a leveraged financial institution, like MF Global or Lehman Brothers or the London Metals Exchange, that owed clients lots of money and was owed lots of money by clients. It did not keep customer assets in a box, and no customer could have expected that it would: The customers were leveraged futures traders; if you buy Bitcoin futures you can't seriously think that you own Bitcoins or that the exchange is holding onto those Bitcoins for you. And, in Bankman-Fried's telling, FTX got into trouble in much the same way that the LME did: The market moved, a big leveraged customer went bust and couldn't pay FTX what it owed, so FTX had to shut down. As it happens, in FTX's case, the big leveraged customer was Alameda Research, the affiliated trading firm that was also started (and mostly owned) by Bankman-Fried, but that by last year was being run independently by Caroline Ellison. Alameda had lots of assets, it owed FTX lots of money, and one day its assets lost most of their value and it couldn't pay back the money it owed. When you run a futures exchange, and someone on one side of all the trades doesn't pay, the people on the other side don't get paid. 2. Basically everyone else on earth is like "no I mean FTX just stole the customers' money and gave it to Alameda."
I want to interject here that Story 1 above is meant to characterize Bankman-Fried's position, not what I think. But I also want to say that you have to take it seriously if you want to understand FTX. FTX was a futures exchange, it did offer a lot of leveraged trading, and that does sometimes lead totally legitimate businesses into trouble when markets move too rapidly. I have written about it before — most notably here and here — and I certainly do not mean to suggest that "well we ran a futures exchange and the market moved" is a complete defense. I think it is entirely possible to disguise fraud by running a leveraged exchange; you can lend yourself money against bad collateral, exempt yourself from margin calls, and when it blows up say "what can you do, leveraged exchange!" I also think that, if you are going to run a leveraged exchange, it is important to be honest with customers about your risks and safeguards; if you say that you carefully limit customer exposure, and don't do it, that's fraud too. But it is also possible to run a futures exchange honestly and nonetheless blow up, and that is the argument that Bankman-Fried is making.
3AC started as a small proprietary trading firm doing simple arbitrages in foreign-exchange trading. One bank would offer to sell a currency at $1.0001, and another would bid to buy it at $1.0002, and 3AC would buy from one and sell to the other at the same time and make a risk-free profit of a "pip" ($0.0001) or two.
After a while, 3AC got into crypto, because you could make much larger risk-free-ish profits in crypto by buying Bitcoin on one exchange and simultaneously selling it at a higher price on another exchange. This again looks like a real arbitrage — it is the origin story of Bankman-Fried's Alameda Research too, arbitraging Japanese Bitcoin prices — though it is a stretch to call it "risk-free." The main risk is that one or both of the crypto exchanges might disappear with your money, which was a common thing for crypto exchanges to do in the early days of crypto, and which has come back in vogue recently.
Another important arbitrage is the Bitcoin spot/futures arbitrage. In the early days of Bitcoin futures, people would pay much more to own Bitcoin futures than they would to own Bitcoin directly. We have talked about various reasons for this — owning Bitcoin directly exposes you to the risk of forgetting your private key, for instance, and is administratively alarming for a lot of traditional financial institutions — but one simple one is that if you want to buy a Bitcoin you have to have $17,000, while if you want to buy a Bitcoin futures contract you can generally put up much less money for the same amount of Bitcoin exposure. The main intuition behind the spot/futures arbitrage was basically that there was a lot of demand for Bitcoin, and it was expensive for crypto investors to get dollars, so a Bitcoin product that required fewer dollars was more attractive than one that required a lot of dollars.
And 3AC did this arbitrage by, basically, being pretty good at borrowing money. You find someone to lend you money at 10% interest, you use the borrowed money to buy Bitcoin, you sell Bitcoin futures at a 30% premium, you collect 20%, etc.
Another important trade is the Grayscale arbitrage, in which a firm like 3AC buys or borrows some Bitcoin, delivers them to Grayscale Investments LLC, and gets back shares of the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, or GBTC. GBTC — like Bitcoin futures — is a way to own Bitcoin without actually owning Bitcoin, and it was friendly to traditional retail and institutional investors in a way that owning Bitcoin directly, or even owning most futures products, was not. So GBTC consistently traded at a premium to its net asset value for years: One share of GBTC might represent $12 worth of Bitcoin, but would trade at $15. A fund like 3AC could deliver $12 million worth of Bitcoin to Grayscale and get back 1 million shares, with a net asset value of $12 million (equal to what 3AC delivered) but a market value of $15 million, for a free $3 million profit.
This looks like an arbitrage but has a problem, which is that — for securities-law reasons — you don't get the shares for a year. You can turn your $12 million of Bitcoin into $15 million of Grayscale, but you have to wait a year. This means that it is not a risk-free trade: It is a one-year bet on the Grayscale premium. If you buy (or borrow) $12 million worth of Bitcoin and deliver it to Grayscale for one million shares in a year, and in a year the price of Bitcoin is constant, but now instead of trading at a premium to Bitcoin Grayscale trades at a discount, then you will only get back, say, $10 million from selling your shares, and you will have lost $2 million.
And in fact that happened; GBTC has traded at a discount to spot Bitcoin for much of the last two years.
What could cause this? It could have become less appealing for investors to hold Grayscale, or more appealing for them to hold Bitcoin directly. But another answer, one that Davies emphasizes, is that it became much cheaper for crypto hedge funds to borrow money. This is a trade that offered big profits if you could borrow money, buy Bitcoin, deliver the Bitcoin to Grayscale, and wait a year. If you were early to this trade, you did well. But then everyone noticed it and started doing it, which meant lots of crypto hedge funds were creating lots of new GBTC shares, which meant that the supply of new GBTC shares (created by hedge funds) outstripped the demand (from retail buyers). If you got into the trade when it was relatively quiet and GBTC traded at a premium, and then a year later the trade was crowded and GBTC traded at a discount, you lost a lot of money.
As Grayscale trades got more crowded, 3AC looked into other sorts of arbitrages. The Grayscale trade is risky, but it sort of has the shape of an arbitrage trade; if you squint, it is "buy Bitcoin and sell Bitcoin futures," only instead of Bitcoin futures it is future delivery of Grayscale shares. But once you've done that trade you might squint further and do some trades that are even less arbitrage-y. Davies talks about "discounted Layer 1s." The trade is:
1. Someone is launching some blockchain protocol, some crypto network like Avalanche or Solana that is intended to compete with Ethereum. 2. To raise money to build out the ecosystem, they sell tokens to investors. 3. For legal reasons, there is a long lockup period on the tokens: If you buy the tokens in the ICO, you can't sell them for a year or more. 4. But you get to buy the tokens at a discount of 40% to 50%.
So there are some tokens that are supposed to be worth $10, that probably have a trading price of $10, though perhaps on small volume and without much history. And you get to buy a lot of them for $6; you just can't sell them for a year. Davies [5] :
If you believe the market's going up, if you believe in this protocol, if you believe that they can take those dollars and do marketing or build their platform or hire more people and build value, then it looks like a very attractive trade. And so for us, we found several protocols that we liked, we did very sizeable amounts with them, and that became another source of, you know, something that sat in the middle, where I would have considered it somewhat like an arb kind of trade, like it is a discount, but it's very directional. It's not like you're punting Bitcoin, but it's somewhere in the middle. …
Over time, people end up doing more and more of this kind of thing, and then by the end, you know, when credit gets squeezed out of the system, there's a collapse.
I want to give a stylized version of Bankman-Fried's account of what went wrong at FTX and Alameda. It goes something like this:
1. FTX International was a crypto exchange for sophisticated margin traders. [1] A "crypto exchange" is both an exchange — a place where people can meet to buy and sell crypto — but also a broker-dealer, a firm that holds its customers' crypto for them and gives them financing. 2. Everyone trading on FTX was basically borrowing money from FTX to put on leveraged crypto trades, or lending out the crypto in their FTX accounts to earn interest, or both. This necessarily means that the customers' crypto was not segregated: If you're lending out your crypto to earn interest, or borrowing crypto to make bigger trades, you can't expect your crypto to all sit in a segregated account doing nothing. If you are trading via leveraged perpetual futures, a big FTX product, you certainly can't expect your crypto to all be sitting there waiting for you: You don't own any crypto; you just have a derivative trade with FTX. 3. One very important trader on FTX was Alameda Research, which had huge leveraged positions on FTX. 4. Alameda's position was overcollateralized, but FTX had a little bit of an $8 billion accounting boo-boo, so it thought Alameda's position was less leveraged than it actually was. 5. Then there was a huge sudden correlated drop in the prices of crypto assets, which left Alameda undercollateralized, and FTX — due to the accounting boo-boo — was surprised to find out how undercollateralized it was. 6. Other traders noticed this and withdrew money from FTX, creating a "run on the bank." 7. The run on the bank also led to further declines in the prices of crypto assets, particularly the ones that Alameda held, leaving FTX without enough collateral to pay out all of its customers.
Something like that. There are a lot of problems with that story, it omits some damning details, and I don't think that it entirely makes sense on its own terms. But never mind that. Let's just take Bankman-Fried's story. Mostly I want to emphasize how different it is from the story that Bankman-Fried and FTX and Alameda were telling as of even a month ago.
Most obviously, the stuff about customer deposits being rehypothecated makes sense, at some level, on its own, and I have told some version of it myself. FTX was an exchange that was especially welcoming to leveraged traders, its customers were there to borrow and lend crypto, so of course it used every part of the customer deposits. But that's not what it said! When the "run on the bank" started, Bankman-Fried tweeted (and then deleted) "FTX has enough to cover all client holdings. We don't invest client assets (even in treasuries)." I can sit here and say "well it was an exchange for leveraged traders, of course everyone's assets were being rehypothecated, they can't really have expected otherwise." But FTX was lying about it to the customers!
One thing that I will say is that, while crypto in theory is supposed to avoid the need to trust centralized intermediaries, in practice there is a huge market for trusted central intermediaries in crypto. It is just sort of a diverse market; there are many flavors of trust, with different people looking trustworthy in different ways to different audiences. Alex Mashinsky, who ran Celsius, appealed to people who do not trust traditional finance: "Either the bank is lying or Celsius is lying," he told them about his promised above-market interest rates, possibly with a straight face. Sam Bankman-Fried, who ran FTX, appealed to people who like traditional finance (he came from Jane Street and pushed for more regulation) but also want to shake it up a bit (he wears shorts and played video games during pitch meetings).
Grayscale and Coinbase, meanwhile, appeal to people who trust SEC filings, people who trust regulation and audits and the legal system and the traditional social systems of trust. There are people in the world, and I guess I am one of them, who think things like "ah, right, an audited balance sheet filed with the SEC under penalty of fraud charges, that's probably pretty reliable." That is sort of the main way that trust works in the traditional financial system. In crypto there are alternatives, and there are trends in trust. Sometimes everyone trusts everything. Other times, nobody trusts anything.
In that imaginary world, how could you explain Investor X's decision? Here are some possible scenarios:
1. Bankman-Fried is right, and I am wrong, about FTX's balance sheet. The stuff that he classifies as "semi-liquid" and "illiquid," which he marks to market at $9 billion, really is worth at least $9 billion. Investor X does its due diligence on these assets and concludes that those tokens that FTX made up really are worth at least $3.3 billion, and it is correct, and it buys FTX and makes customers whole and does well because it acquired at least $9 billion of assets for $8 billion. This scenario would, among other things, be incredibly bullish for crypto. The takeaway would be that tokens made up by a crypto exchange, tokens tied to the future revenue of that exchange, retain their value even when that exchange goes bankrupt after misplacing customer funds. The FTT token is valuable, if at all, because you can use it to get discounts on trading fees at FTX, and because it shares in the trading fees that FTX collects. What is the present value of those benefits, today? If your answer is "at least half a billion dollars," that's just amazing. 2. A variation on that scenario is something like: FTX's stash of crypto assets is worthless, but FTX's business — the exchange, the technology, the customer goodwill, etc. — is worth more than $8 billion, so if you buy it and make customers whole you'll make a profit. Again that seems challenging, now. If you buy FTX, you'll have to work pretty hard to keep the customers. 3. I am right, and Bankman-Fried is wrong, about FTX's balance sheet, but Investor X is also wrong. "SRM is the token of a decentralized crypto exchange protocol called Serum, and if Serum takes off then SRM holders will share in the trading fees on Serum, and Serum is poised to be enormously valuable, so our stash of SRM is worth billions, so you should give us billions for it," is roughly the pitch here; in this scenario that pitch is wrong but it works. Investor X is like "ooh decentralized finance, that can't miss, the market is huge, $8 billion for all of these tokens is a bargain," and just hands over the $8 billion for a pile of magic beans that turn out to be worthless. And Investor X, rather than FTX's customers, is left holding the bag. This scenario seems far-fetched, but in broad outlines it is a thing that worked not so long ago. Could you get venture capitalists to put in hundreds of millions of dollars, at least, to back FTX and to invest in tokens with some vague promise of utility in a decentralized-finance future? Sure, you could. Can you do it now , at FTX , which is in bankruptcy for very notoriously misplacing customer money? I mean! No. But I can see why Bankman-Fried might try. 4. I am right about FTX's balance sheet, and Investor X knows it, but Investor X doesn't care. Investor X figures that FTX's assets are worth less than $8 billion — though probably more than zero — and is willing to lose some number of billions of dollars to achieve some other purpose. Presumably — in this very hypothetical scenario — that other purpose is something like "maintain market confidence in crypto." If you are a huge well-capitalized crypto mogul or business, losing a few billion dollars to stem the contagion here and prop up the crypto market generally might almost make sense? (If you are a huge, secretly poorly capitalized crypto business, doing that could also make sense, to avoid a run on your own business.) This is roughly the reasoning that SBF himself used in buying other busted crypto firms earlier this year: "The explicit working principle we had," he told me at the Bloomberg Crypto Summit in July, "was that it's okay to do a deal that is moderately bad … like, we are incinerating a relatively small-ish amount of money in doing this," in order to keep the crypto ecosystem healthy and "be a good constructive actor in this space." FTX and Alameda seem to have spent perhaps hundred of millions of dollars on this project, whereas Investor X would need to put billions into FTX, and it is hard to imagine who would want to do that. The most obvious answer is Binance Holdings Ltd., the biggest centralized crypto exchange, and it already considered bailing out FTX and passed. But could you imagine some group of investors whose fortunes are so tied to crypto, and who are so worried about the knock-on effects of FTX failing, that they would step in and incinerate billions of their own dollars to protect FTX's customers? I mean, it is hard. We talked yesterday, and above, about Binance's plans for a sort of central bank of crypto. In 2008, central banks did step in to save some pretty busted businesses, in order to preserve the financial system as a whole. Is that a good analogy?
I don't know, but the leading story appears to be that FTX gave the money to Alameda, and Alameda lost it. I am not sure about the order of operations here. The most sensible explanation is that Alameda lost the money first — during the crypto-market meltdown of this spring and summer, when markets were crazy and Alameda spent money propping up other failing crypto firms — and then FTX transferred customer money to prop up Alameda. And Alameda never made the money back, and eventually everyone noticed that it was gone.
So Reuters reported last week:
At least $1 billion of customer funds have vanished from collapsed crypto exchange FTX, according to two people familiar with the matter.
The exchange's founder Sam Bankman-Fried secretly transferred $10 billion of customer funds from FTX to Bankman-Fried's trading company Alameda Research, the people told Reuters.
A large portion of that total has since disappeared, they said.
And the Wall Street Journal reported over the weekend:
Alameda Research's chief executive and senior FTX officials knew that FTX had lent its customers' money to Alameda to help it meet its liabilities, according to people familiar with the matter. ...
Alameda faced a barrage of demands from lenders after crypto hedge fund Three Arrows Capital collapsed in June, creating losses for crypto brokers such as Voyager Digital Ltd., the people said.
In a video meeting with Alameda employees late Wednesday Hong Kong time, Alameda CEO Caroline Ellison said that she, Mr. Bankman-Fried and two other FTX executives, Nishad Singh and Gary Wang, were aware of the decision to send customer funds to Alameda, according to people familiar with the video. …
Ms. Ellison said on the call that FTX used customer money to help Alameda meet its liabilities, the people said.
Alameda had taken out loans to fund illiquid venture investments, the people said.
Here we are in the realm of pure speculation, but you could imagine a number of ways this could have gone:
Crypto prices, and firms, crashed earlier this year, and Alameda spotted a huge opportunity. It deployed as much capital as it could into buying great assets at bargain-basement prices. But since there was a crypto winter, it couldn't deploy all that much capital, and was getting calls from its own lenders. So Ellison and Bankman-Fried conferred and sensibly decided that they couldn't miss this opportunity, and that they would deploy FTX customers' money against it. They'd make a fortune in short order on can't-lose trades, and pay back the customer funds with interest. Then, oops, they were wrong. This story is bad — none of these stories are going to be good! — but understandable. If you run an opaque business in a lightly regulated industry, and customers trust you with their money, and you use it to make what you think are good bets, and those bets turn out wrong, well, that happens sometimes. Crypto prices crashed earlier this year, and Alameda was caught out. It lost money and was facing calls from its lenders. Ellison and Bankman-Fried realized that Alameda would go under without help, so they took FTX customer money to prop up Alameda, and gambled on redemption. This story is not so different from the previous one, though it is worse, but also very understandable. It is the typical way these things go, the default assumption for why someone would use customer money. No one wants to fail, no one wants to admit that they lost money, and if there's a poorly guarded pot of money they can use to paper over losses, sometimes they will. Crypto prices, and firms, crashed earlier this year, and FTX/Alameda were like "we are in a confidence business, and if we let these firms crash then investors will lose confidence in crypto exchanges, which is bad for our business." Either in a good, public-spirited, we-want-crypto-to-thrive way, or in a bad, we-need-suckers way, or a bit of both. So they bailed those firms out with customer money. Here is a video of Bankman-Fried and me discussing this possibility at the Bloomberg Crypto Summit in July, in which he said: "The explicit working principle we had" in these bailouts was that "we are incinerating a relatively small-ish amount of money in doing this," in order to keep the crypto ecosystem healthy. Alameda/FTX was willing to lose money bailing out other firms, if doing so improved confidence in crypto generally. Of course we did not talk about the possibility that FTX was doing this with customer money. Crypto prices, and firms, crashed earlier this year, and FTX/Alameda spotted an opportunity to acquire new customer deposits cheaply and use them for nefarious purposes. Like, you pay zero dollars for the equity of some busted crypto lending platform, you roll the customers over to become FTX customers, you cash out anyone who wants to cash out, you assume that most people will trust FTX (their savior) and not cash out, and then you use their deposits to fund your wild speculations. If FTX/Alameda were already using customer deposits for bad reasons, and losing them, then acquiring more customer deposits would be a way to keep things going. [8] FTX/Alameda were funneling customer money into lavish lifestyles for their executives. This one does not seem likely here — they slept on beanbag chairs in the office, etc. — but it is in general a very common explanation of missing customer money, and you'd want some accounting. FTX/Alameda were funneling customer money into effective altruism. Bankman-Fried seems to have generously funded a lot of effective altruism charities, artificial-intelligence and pandemic research, Democratic political candidates, etc. One $500 million entry on the desperation balance sheet is "Anthropic," a venture investment in an AI safety company. At that same Bloomberg Crypto Summit, I asked Bankman-Fried [9] : "You are sort of in the business of funneling money from people who who are going to use it poorly on gambling to, like, animal charities and pandemic preparedness and Joe Biden. Is that too cynical a view, or is that not cynical at all, or what?" My question assumed that FTX and Alameda made a lot of money on fees and spreads from running a crypto exchange and market-maker, so they were legitimately taking money from gamblers and using it for charity. But "not cynical enough" might have been the correct answer. [10]
People sometimes assume that I am a sort of antagonist to Bankman-Fried, in part because he has sometimes said things in our talks that are … let's say surprisingly candid. Most notably, people keep bringing up an Odd Lots podcast from last August in which I asked him to explain yield farming. His explanation starts:
You start with a company that builds a box and in practice this box, they probably dress it up to look like a life-changing, you know, world-altering protocol that's gonna replace all the big banks in 38 days or whatever. Maybe for now actually ignore what it does or pretend it does literally nothing. It's just a box. So what this protocol is, it's called 'Protocol X,' it's a box, and you take a token. You can take ethereum, you can put it in the box and you take it out of the box. Alright so, you put it into the box and you get like, you know, an IOU for having put it in the box and then you can redeem that IOU back out for the token.
And at some point I interject:
I think of myself as like a fairly cynical person. And that was so much more cynical than how I would've described farming. You're just like, well, I'm in the Ponzi business and it's pretty good.
And he replies:
So on the one hand, I think that's a pretty reasonable response, but let me play around with this a little bit. Because that's one framing of this. And I think there's like a sort of depressing amount of validity. …
So you've got this box and it's kind of dumb, but like what's the end game, right? This box is worth zero obviously. … But on the other hand, if everyone kind of now thinks that this box token is worth about a billion dollar market cap, that's what people are pricing it at and sort of has that market cap. Everyone's gonna mark to market. In fact, you can even finance this, right? You put X token in a borrow lending protocol and borrow dollars with it. If you think it's worth like [not] less than two thirds of that, you could even just like put some in there, take the dollars out. Never, you know, give the dollars back. You just get liquidated eventually. And it is sort of like real monetizable stuff in some senses. And you know, at some point if the world never decides that we are wrong about this in like a coordinated way, right? Like you're kind of the guy calling and saying, no, this thing's actually worthless, but in what sense are you right?
Shohei Ohtani (1)
Anyway there are various interesting things to say about this contract as a bet on inflation and interest rates and taxes, but my colleague John Authers already said them, so I will refer you to his column. But a number of readers have asked me about the credit risk of the contract: Substantially all of Ohtani's money comes in the form of payments from the Dodgers 10 to 20 years from now, and what if they default? What if they don't make enough money to pay him? What if he retires in 2034, they have no money to spend on good players (because they are paying him) and they can't sell enough tickets to pay his deferred comp?
I don't have a great answer. Major League Baseball, and its players, have definitely thought about this. The current Collective Bargaining Agreement has a provision (Article XVI) covering deferred compensation, which provides that deferred compensation "must be fully funded by the Club, in an amount equal to the present value of the total deferred compensation amount," within two years after it was earned. In Ohtani's case I think this means that the Dodgers have to fund roughly $46 million a year starting in 2026. [3] "Fund" means that the Dodgers have to set aside "unencumbered assets comprising cash or cash equivalents and/or registered and unrestricted readily marketable securities" that are "exclusively for the uses and purposes of satisfying the deferred compensation obligation." So while he is playing, they will need to put aside money to pay him, and I suppose if they don't he can go find a higher (or, lower but more creditworthy) bidder.
On the other hand the CBA does not require the money to be held in escrow for him: It's just money on the Dodgers' balance sheet, "subject to the claims of the Club's general creditors." Though perhaps his contract has stricter terms. Otherwise, Ohtani's bet is something like "if the Dodgers set aside the money for me, I'll probably get it, because it's not like baseball teams have a ton of liabilities other than deferred comp, so even if they go bankrupt I'll be the main claimant on that pot of money." Which is, you know, probably fine? Not ironclad? Not necessarily a calculation that I would bet half a billion dollars on but I am, for a great many reasons, not a successful professional athlete.
Taylor Swift (1)
I have written in the past about the oddly discontinuous math of celebrity wealth. There are two ways to measure anyone's wealth:
1. Your wealth is based on your past earnings. Your wealth is the money that you have. You have worked for however many years at your job, you got paid some money each year, you spent some of it on expenses, and what's left over is your wealth. This is how most people measure their wealth. It's how I measure my wealth, for instance. I look at my bank account and my investments and add them all up and subtract my debts and that's my net worth. 2. Your wealth is based on your future earnings. You have some expected stream of future income, and you can estimate the present value of that income (by doing a discounted cash flow analysis, or just by multiplying it by some reasonable multiple), and that is your wealth today. This is, classically, how startup founders measure their wealth. If you start a company, and you give 75% of the stock to cofounders and investors and employees and keep 25% for yourself, and the expected future earnings of the company are worth $20 billion today, then your net worth is $5 billion. Even if the company has not made a penny yet, even if it loses money every year, even if you take no salary. Your net worth comes from people's expectations of your future earnings.
Most people use Method 1, and it would be weird for them to try to use Method 2. If you are 22 years old, just out of college, in $200,000 of debt, and starting your first job at an investment bank, you could say "well I will probably go into private equity and make at least $2 million a year for most of the next 40 years, and at a reasonable discount rate, adjusting for the risk of it not working out, that contingent stream of income probably has a present value of about $10 million today; subtract my $200,000 of debt and add the $700 in my bank account and you get a net worth of $9.8007 million, so I am a millionaire." And you would not really be wrong! And in certain circles you will get a sympathetic ear; some people will say "yes that is an appropriate way to account for your human capital." But most people will look at you funny.
But there are ways to switch between methods. Let's say you are a doctor in private practice, you make $500,000 per year, and you have $800,000 in the bank. You probably use Method 1, meaning that your wealth is $800,000. But if you sell 10% of your practice to a private equity firm, then (1) they will pay you 10% of the present value of your future earnings and (2) you own the other 90%, which now has a market value. If the private equity firm values your practice at 10 times earnings, then (1) they pay you $500,000 for 10% and (2) the remaining 90% is worth $4.5 million, making you a millionaire. Your net worth increased dramatically — from $800,000 to $5.8 million — just because someone put a price on your future earnings.
If you are a doctor in private practice and you don't sell 10% of your practice to a private equity firm, or even go out and get a bid, can you do this same math and say "my practice is worth $5 million so my net worth is $5.8 million"? I mean, I'm not gonna stop you.
Similarly if you are a working musician and you put your songs on Spotify and you earn $50, you have $50. If you earn $50,000, you have $50,000. But if you earn $50 million, the math changes: Now you have a catalogue of songs worth hundreds of millions of dollars, which is the present value of your expected future earnings. Some music investment firm would probably pay you hundreds of millions of dollars for that catalogue, if you want. Even if you don't want, Bloomberg will do the math for you and declare you a billionaire:
Taylor Swift's Eras tour has generated as much money as the economies of small countries. The movie version is ruling the box office. Her new recording of a nine-year-old album, 1989, is expected to be one of the hottest-selling records of the year. ...
The success of the Eras tour—a Super Bowl-sized event spanning numerous cities that has shattered records, sparked ticket frenzies and even caused the equivalent of a small earthquake—has propelled the pop star's net worth past $1 billion, according to a Bloomberg News analysis. She's one of the few entertainers to reach that status based on music and performing alone, the result of work and talent, but also canny marketing and timing.
A lot of the accounting is realized cash earnings (from concerts, streaming, etc.), but $400 million of it is "the estimated value of her music catalog," based on "a conservative multiple of future royalties." Also based on comparisons to other artists who have sold their catalogues for nine-digit sums. Swift has not sold her catalogue, but that doesn't change how the math works. The math is that she has a few hundred million dollars, so she's a billionaire.
Vivek Ramaswamy (1)
A general model would be:
1. If you found and run a biotech company and it develops a drug that cures Alzheimer's disease, that will be worth, I dunno, pick a number, say $10 billion to you personally. 2. If you found and run a biotech company and it is developing a drug that has a 10% chance of curing Alzheimer's disease, that is worth, in expectation, $1 billion to you personally. Once the clinical trials are completed, then it is worth either $0, with 90% probability, or $10 billion, with 10% probability, but before the trials its expected value is $1 billion. 3. If you can find someone to buy, say, 20% of your stake for $200 million, before the trials are completed, then you have $200 million no matter what. 4. If then the drug cures Alzheimer's, you (1) have $8.2 billion and (2) cured Alzheimer's, and you live out the rest of your days as a billionaire drug magnate, philanthropist, etc. 5. If the drug does not cure Alzheimer's, you (1) have $200 million and (2) kind of need to find something else to do with your life. Run for president I guess?
Anyway here is a New York Times article about Vivek Ramaswamy, who did not cure Alzheimer's, but who did take a couple hundred million dollars off the table while running Roivant Sciences Ltd. and is now running for president. "In an interview, Mr. Ramaswamy said he cashed out only to make room for [another investor], not to hedge his bets ahead of intepirdine's clinical trial," but honestly I think it would be weird not to hedge your bets if you could. Ramaswamy's upside, just before that clinical trial, was that he could be a billionaire who cured Alzheimer's, his downside, after that sale, was that at least he could be a self-funded presidential candidate. Either way is fine! It's a good hedge.
Warren Buffett (9)
The classic move is: You buy stock in a company, you put out a fake press release saying that you — or Amalgamated Amalgamators Inc., or Warren Buffett — have proposed to acquire the company at a 50% premium to its current price, automated news-writing algorithms pick up your press release, automated trading algorithms buy stock, the stock goes up, you sell your stock at a profit, and everyone pretty quickly realizes it's a hoax and the stock goes down again. There are two problems with this:
1. It is illegal and you'll probably get caught. 2. While it technically works , in the sense that you can pretty reliably generate a brief small stock-price pop with a fake merger announcement, people who actually do it have an absolutely bizarre track record of messing it up and not making any money on it. It is baffling to me, but they put all this work into filing fake press releases and then forget to sell their stock while it's up. I wrote in 2015 about an accused serial fake-merger hoaxer who, according to the US Securities and Exchange Commission complaint against him, manipulated three different stocks with fake mergers and lost money on each one of them. And we talked a few months ago about a guy who allegedly did a hoax merger manipulation on WeWork Inc. just before it filed for bankruptcy, but who put out the fake press release after market hours and so couldn't sell his stock at a profit — in fact, couldn't sell it at all before the bankruptcy filing.
If I were doing a merger hoax, I would put out the fake press release at like 10:29 a.m. and then sit at my computer for five minutes , with my brokerage account website open, ready to hit the "sell" button as soon as the price went up. (Not legal, or illegal, advice.) But for some reason nobody ever executes this trade correctly.
The inverse trade is: You short stock in a company (or buy puts, etc.), you make a fake bankruptcy filing on behalf of the company, automated news-writing algorithms pick up the filing and report that the company is bankrupt, automated trading algorithms sell the stock, the stock goes down, you cover your short at a profit, and everyone pretty quickly realizes it's a hoax and the stock goes up again. This however suffers from the same two problems, namely:
1. You will get in trouble. 2. You will mess it up.
For a long time, Warren Buffett has been my go-to illustration of the principle that you are allowed to insider trade on your own inside information. Like:
1. Warren Buffett runs Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and makes its investing decisions. [5] 2. When Berkshire Hathaway announces a big position in some company, the company's stock often goes up, because the Warren Buffett seal of approval is very valuable. 3. Therefore, when Buffett decides to buy a bunch of stock in some company, he has material nonpublic information about that company: He knows that he is buying it, and that the stock will go up when people find out. 4. Nonetheless, Berkshire Hathaway is allowed to buy stock in the company before it announces the position: It can buy stock first and then say "hey we bought stock," rather than announcing "hey we're gonna buy stock" and then buying it. [6]
Insider trading, I like to say, is not about fairness; it's about theft. There is not a level playing field for you and Buffett: When Buffett buys stock, he knows something you don't. It's just that the secret thing he knows is about himself, so he's allowed to use it in his trading.
This is all a bit imprecise, though. Warren Buffett is closely identified with Berkshire Hathaway, but he is not actually Berkshire Hathaway. Berkshire Hathaway is a big public company; Buffett is an employee of the company (its chief executive officer) and owns about 15.6% of its stock. When I casually say things like "Warren Buffett can buy some company's stock while knowing that he is buying it," I mean "Warren Buffett can cause Berkshire Hathaway to buy some company's stock while knowing that he's doing that."
But the information does not really belong to him; the information is not really about himself. The information belongs to Berkshire Hathaway; it is information about Berkshire Hathaway's buying. Though the interaction is complex: Stocks go up when Berkshire Hathaway buys them because Buffett, himself, is the Oracle of Omaha; people follow Buffett's decisions, not Berkshire Hathaway's. In some sense the information he has really is about himself; it's just that he works for Berkshire Hathaway and has sort of licensed the information to the company. [7] It would be at least awkward for him to buy a stock in his personal account, knowing that he was then going to buy it for Berkshire Hathaway. He would be trading while in possession of material nonpublic information (his decision to buy the stock for Berkshire Hathaway) that he created (he made the decision) but that he does not own (the decision is Berkshire Hathaway's).
This is a bit clearer in the case of other Berkshire Hathaway employees. If you work for Warren Buffett at Berkshire Hathaway and he's like "I'm gonna buy a big chunk of Amalgamated Spats after lunch today," and you run to your Robinhood account and buy 100 shares for yourself, that's obviously bad. In fact one of Buffett's former deputies, David Sokol, infamously bought Lubrizol Corp. stock in his personal account before Berkshire acquired the company; he was never charged with insider trading, [8] but Buffett was mad at him.
But in theory this is also more or less true of Buffett: If you are Warren Buffett, and you think to yourself "I'm gonna buy a big chunk of Amalgamated Spats after lunch today, in the Berkshire account," and then you buy a small chunk of it in your personal account before lunch, that's … I don't know, awkward? Does Berkshire Hathaway own this information, and are you misusing it? What if you haven't told anyone about your plans yet? What if you are like "there is a 75% chance that I'm gonna buy this stock for Berkshire after lunch today," can you buy it for yourself before lunch?
I think of artificial intelligence in finance as having two main approaches. One is: You apply artificial intelligence to financial data. You get some neural nets, you get some data, you train the neural nets on the data, they spot predictive patterns in the data, those patterns generate trade ideas, you do them, you hope they make money.
The other is: There are general-purpose large language models that can, in certain domains and with certain constraints, produce text that a smart human might have written. Why not use them to do the work that a human investment analyst would do? Train them on some corpus of language, including earnings calls and 10-Ks and finance textbooks and Warren Buffett's annual letters but also, like, Twitter and Moby-Dick , and then type in the little box "recommend five stocks that will go up a lot, and give your reasons," and see what they come up with. If it's persuasive, buy the stocks. If it's not, yell at the chatbot, in the little box, until it does a better job. Or type "explain what the Fed's decision yesterday means for financial markets" and get a long nuanced report that informs your investment decisions. You make the investment decisions — not the chatbot — but the chatbot's work helps support them. The chatbot is an analyst, one who is cheap and tireless and broadly informed about the world, but also one without a ton of domain-specific expertise, with weird and unpredictable gaps in its knowledge, and with a propensity for making stuff up. It's not the most reliable analyst! You wouldn't let it trade on its own! But it could, with careful supervision, help.
The problem with the first form of AI is that you have to have a lot of expertise — at building AI models and collecting data — to have a real shot at using it successfully. Also it has a tendency to produce "black box" investments, where the AI knows why it is buying the stuff it is buying, but you don't, and the AI can't tell you. "I am using 35,000 signals each with a weight that shifts as market conditions change, don't worry about it," the AI tells you, and you're like "fine I guess." And maybe it works great forever and you get rich, and maybe the AI is just overfitting to recent events and it blows up.
Whereas the ChatGPT model, like, you can just get that online, and type your question in the little box, and ChatGPT tells you its reasons for recommending whatever it is recommending, and you can read them and decide if they are persuasive or not. It's a very human-scale way to use AI in investing.
One psychological difference between stocks and bonds is that people buy stocks largely for capital appreciation and they buy bonds largely for yield. So if you look at a stock and see that it was $10 yesterday and is $15 today, you will think "ah this stock is good at appreciating capitally" and buy it. And if you look at a bond and see that it yielded 4% yesterday and yields 5% today, you will think "ah this bond is getting yieldier" and buy it. These are somewhat inverse thought processes. (Bond prices move inversely to yields, you know.) Bonds get more attractive as they get cheaper; stocks get more attractive as they get more expensive.
Oh, I kid, I kid, none of this is totally true, and you can always find Warren Buffett or whoever going around like "I love to buy stocks when they are on sale." Still as a crude model of retail investor psychology this seems plausible? There are meme stocks, because everyone loves to pile into a stock that has gone up. There are not meme bonds.
Bond yields more or less never went up during my lifetime, but now they have, and on this crude model people should be rushing to buy bonds. And yet:
Asset managers have been counting on what BlackRock calls a "generational opportunity" in the bond market, now that yields are at decade-plus highs.
Investors ranging from pension funds to retirement savers should be buying longer-term bonds to lock in higher rates, their thinking goes, spurring a flood of inflows to bond funds. BlackRock, for one, has projected assets in management at its bond exchange-traded funds to triple to $2.5 trillion by 2030.
There is just one problem: Those flows have yet to materialize. Relentless losses in the bond market have spooked investors who appear hesitant to jump in until they feel more confident that rates have peaked.
Investors pulled $78.6 billion from U.S.-based taxable bond funds in the 12 months through August, according to Morningstar. That is well below the nearly $300 billion they pulled from equities over the same period but a painful sum, regardless, for asset managers hoping for a windfall.
Also here's a good stock-style quote about bonds being "on sale":
"When you're in an environment where bond yields go up every day, it starts getting a little nasty," said Steve Sosnick, chief strategist at Interactive Brokers. "I don't see people rushing in to buy bonds right now just because they're kind of a falling knife. They're on sale and lower prices should create demand, but we're not seeing that."
This is the best rationale I've ever seen for a stock split:
Berkshire Hathaway Inc. is trading at more than $421,000 per Class A share, and the market is optimistic. That's a problem.The price has grown so high, it has nearly hit the maximum number that can be stored in one common way exchange computers handle digits.On Tuesday, Nasdaq Inc. temporarily suspended broadcasting prices for Class A shares of Berkshire over several popular data feeds. Such feeds provide real-time price updates for a number of online brokerages and finance websites.Nasdaq's computers can only count so high because of the compact digital format they use for communicating prices. The biggest number they can handle is $429,496.7295. Nasdaq is rushing to finish an upgrade later this month that would fix the problem.It isn't just Nasdaq. Another exchange operator, IEX Group Inc., said in March that it would stop accepting investors' orders in Class A shares of Berkshire Hathaway "due to an internal price limitation within the trading system." …Here's the trouble: Nasdaq and some other market operators record stock prices in a compact computer format that uses 32 bits, or ones and zeros. The biggest number possible is two to the 32nd power minus one, or 4,294,967,295. Stock prices are frequently stored using four decimal places, so the highest possible price is $429,496.7295.No other stock is anywhere near Berkshire Class A's stratospheric price levels, so it is understandable why the engineers behind Nasdaq's and IEX's systems chose the number format, which programmers call a four-byte unsigned integer.
When I first read the headline ("Berkshire Hathaway's Stock Price Is Too Much for Computers") I assumed that this was a signed integer, and that if Berkshire's price ever ticked up to $429,496.7296 it would roll over to be some enormous negative number in the exchanges' computer systems. And then if you put in a market order to sell Berkshire when you saw it trading at $429,496.70, it would take a second to get a fill, and in that second the price would tick over to like negative $429,400, and the exchange would say "okay we have taken away your Berkshire share and you owe us $429,400," and oops oops oops.But, no, unsigned. I guess it rolls over to zero? Also great fun. "Wow, Berkshire is really going up, I should sell," you think, as it hits $429,495, and then by the time your order goes in it has rolled over and you sell for two cents. Too slow! Honestly the stock market should work like that. Stock prices get too high and just start over at zero. Keep things interesting.
A thing that I think about a lot is that when Warren Buffett invests Berkshire Hathaway Inc.'s money in a company, that company's stock goes up. I don't mean that it goes up in the long run because he is good at picking stocks (though that too); I mean that it goes up immediately because people admire Warren Buffett and think he is good at picking stocks. When he announces a stake in a company, other people buy the stock too, and it goes up. This is sometimes loosely called the "halo effect."This is good for Buffett, since he has an immediate gain on his stock, but not that good. It is mostly good for other people—if Buffett buys 10% of a company and pushes the stock up, 90% of the benefit goes to other shareholders—and anyway Buffett isn't going to turn around and sell his shares the next day, so he can't capture the immediate benefit.
As a financial engineer, one is tempted to tinker. What if there was a way to distill this particular fact—the fact that a Warren Buffett investment makes the stock go up—and monetize it, directly, for Berkshire Hathaway? I once wrote that "there is a halo value to a Berkshire investment that is entirely distinct from the money it invests," and that "if you could somehow separate the Berkshire halo from Berkshire's actual balance sheet then you'd have something really valuable."
It's not Berkshire Hathaway, but SoftBank Group Corp. has its own sort of halo effect, or had for a while. Like Buffett, SoftBank's Masayoshi Son has a charismatic-folksy-genius vibe and a history of investing success; like Berkshire, SoftBank has a huge pot of money to support its favored businesses. When SoftBank puts money into a company, that means—or tends to mean, or is interpreted to mean, or used to be interpreted to mean—the company will have huge growth opportunities: SoftBank is good at picking winners, it will introduce the company to its many other portfolio companies, it will support the company's blitzscaling with piles of money at ever-increasing valuations, there is a virtuous cycle that other investors might want to come along for.
What if SoftBank could monetize that effect? What if it could package the immediate increase in value that a company gets from a SoftBank investment, separate it out from any actual SoftBank investment, and sell it?
Well, then you'd get pretty much exactly SoftBank's investment in Wirecard AG. My Bloomberg Opinion colleague Shuli Ren explains:
The tech conglomerate never put money into Wirecard itself.Instead, SoftBank facilitated a 900 million euro ($1 billion) convertible bond deal for the German digital payments company. Without requiring any SoftBank cash, the deal appeared to give the company's stamp of approval to Wirecard, which had faced scrutiny over its accounting for years before admitting that 1.9 billion euros had gone missing from its accounts. Wirecard's shares soared more than 25% between the announcement of the tie-up and its signing. …But shortly after Sept. 18, 2019 — when the companies' strategic tie-up was signed, and Wirecard's stock was trading at 158 euros per share — Credit Suisse Group AG repackaged and resold those instruments, which were issued just hours before, to a broader group of investors at substantially less attractive terms.
SoftBank announced that it was buying a Wirecard convertible bond, sort of. (The investor was actually a fund run by SoftBank Investment Advisers, and the money came from SoftBank employees and Mubadala Investment Co.) There was also a strategic partnership where SoftBank would introduce Wirecard to its other portfolio companies and otherwise support Wirecard. "The market viewed the news as a vote of confidence in Wirecard, whose stock jumped 8.5% that day," and was up 25% between the announcement and the closing. In the interim, Credit Suisse built a Wirecard exchangeable bond that mirrored the SoftBank convertible; when the deal closed, the SoftBank investors sold the exchangeable. They bought the convertible at the pre-investment price, they sold the exchangeable at the post-investment price, and they effectively clipped the 25% upside for themselves without putting up any cash.
It's a perfect halo monetization trade. I guess the bad part is that SoftBank didn't make any money off of it, but even that feels somehow appropriate. The SoftBank halo effect comes in large part from the actions of its executives—in picking the right companies and supporting their growth—so I guess it makes sense for the executives, rather than SoftBank as a company, to profit from this trade.
Oh the other problem with halo monetization trades is that they encourage a certain, uh, loss of focus. If you can get paid immediately, without putting up any capital, just for providing your seal of approval, you will be tempted to provide lots of seals of approval without doing a lot of due diligence. Who cares, whatever, free money. The bad news is that if you do enough of that you will tarnish the halo. The Wall Street Journal reports:
SoftBank Group Corp. is looking to distance itself from Wirecard AG, after the Japanese tech conglomerate helped arrange a $1 billion investment months before the German payments company went bust.One of the world's largest technology investors, SoftBank is seeking to terminate a five-year partnership its investment arm formed with Wirecard in April 2019, according to people familiar with the matter.
Ren notes:
Now that Wirecard has filed for insolvency, one can't help wondering why SoftBank got involved in the first place. After a series of high-profile due diligence errors, SoftBank can ill afford any brush with a company battling corporate governance issues.
Presumably they got involved in the first place because, you know, free money, who cares about the diligence. SoftBank didn't lose any money on its Wirecard trade because it didn't put up any money; all it did was put up its reputation, which was enough for it (well, for its executives) to make a nice quick profit. SoftBank invested nothing but its reputation, but it did invest its reputation, in Wirecard. Oops! If you harvest your reputation too ruthlessly, you end up losing it.
A crude way to measure the health of the economy, or at least the financial system, is, if you read headlines like "Giant Iconic Public Company Raises Money From ," what names go in the blank? If it's like "Vanguard and AllianceBernstein"—big boring regular-way institutional investors that own bits of every company—then everything is fine; those are the people who are supposed to be giving big public companies money. If it's "Warren Buffett" then you maybe get a little nervous. Warren Buffett does go around buying big stakes in companies like Apple Inc., and he is famous and beloved and a prestigious investor to have in your stock, but if you are calling him up to raise money there is a decent chance that something has gone wrong. He drives a tough bargain—he gets good terms for himself that are expensive for the company—and companies tend to agree to his terms when they particularly need his validation. If you're a bank in a banking crisis and people are worried you might go under, announcing an expensive Berkshire Hathaway Inc. investment is a good idea, a strong signal that you'll survive. If things are great and you need some money to expand, you probably don't want to pay up for the Buffett seal of approval.If it's like "Elliott and Apollo" then you get even more nervous. There are lots of distressed-debt funds and other off-the-run investors who will give companies money, but they tend to … want … things. Buffett will want a high preferred-stock coupon and some equity warrants for his investment, and he'll expect to do well out of it, but still in an ordinary, incentives-are-aligned, I'll-do-well-if-you-do-well sort of way. And he won't generally want much say in management. Distressed funds will want to meddle, and they are often comfortable with lend-to-own situations: Lending to a company, not getting paid back and seizing the company in bankruptcy is not necessarily a bad result for them. If it's "the U.S. government" then everything is on fire.
One way to think about these stories is in terms of "people are worried about bond market liquidity." Regular-way public-market investors want liquidity: They want to buy stuff knowing that they can sell it whenever they want at a reasonable price. The main structures of the financial market are built around that expectation: Stuff trades, it has a price, you can get in and out of it when you want, everything is efficient and transparent and liquid. But sometimes that expectation is not true, everything is confusing, stuff doesn't trade and no one knows what it's worth. Regular-way public-market investors are not well suited for those times; if you offer them inscrutable illiquid stuff they will pass. Another class of investors is set up specifically for those situations: Vulture funds (and Warren Buffett) have patient long-term capital and business models specifically built around collecting a premium for making illiquid investments. When the economy seized up in March, it became very hard to know what anything was worth—who can predict Carnival's future?—and so liquidity got worse. Investors who rely on liquidity—who want to buy things for roughly what they're worth, and be able to sell them for roughly what they're worth—were not keen to invest. Investors who rely on illiquidity—who want to buy things for way less than they're worth, and who don't care much about being able to sell them—swung into action. ("Apollo Global Management Inc. plans to aggressively raise money to capitalize on demand for loans during the coronavirus pandemic, executives said Friday," etc.) The illiquidity-seeking investors charge more for money than liquidity-seeking ones do—that's the illiquidity premium—so a market dominated by illiquidity-seeking investors is going to be expensive and burdensome for companies.
And then the Fed came in and waved a wand and said "liquidity!" and everything was fine. "Liquidity," cheered the regular-way investors, and they got back in the market confident that, if they bought bonds, they'd be able to sell them. "Liquidity," grumbled the vulture investors, and they got back out of the market because it wasn't lucrative enough. It's really just a wave of the wand, by the way. You could tell this story mechanically in terms like "the Fed is buying corporate bonds, so regular-way investors know that there will always be a bid for their bonds, so they happily buy new bonds"
I mean, you know my basic views on this sort of thing. You can always trade on inside knowledge of your own plans. If Warren Buffett buys a big stake in a company, the stock will go up when he announces the stake, but Warren Buffett is allowed to buy the stake before announcing it. There are more moving pieces here, but the basic story seems fine. Saudi Arabia, considered as an entity—the government that sets oil production goals, the mostly-state-owned oil company that produces the oil, and the state-run Public Investment Fund that buys stakes in foreign companies—had its own knowledge of its own plans, and it used that knowledge to buy oil stocks opportunistically. Perhaps it had a confidentiality obligation to its Opec+ partners not to trade on the basis of production negotiations, but the simple view here is that Saudi Arabia and Russia set oil prices and they traded on their own knowledge of what they were going to do with oil prices.Insider trading, I always say, is not about fairness; it is about theft. Warren Buffett's lieutenants are not allowed to trade on advance knowledge of what Warren Buffett is planning to buy, but Warren Buffett is. Saudi Arabia is allowed to trade on knowledge of what Saudi Arabia is going to do, even if nobody else has the same knowledge.
A standard theory of (part of) Warren Buffett's success is that, at this point, his investments have a self-fulfilling quality. Buffett decides he likes a company, he buys a bunch of its stock, he says "I like that company so I bought its stock," everyone says "wow Warren Buffett likes this stock, it must be good, I should buy some," the price goes up, and Buffett has an immediate paper profit on his position. Being able to make a stock go up just by announcing that you've bought it is a really valuable power for an investor to have, and if you have it you should be thoughtful about how you use it. For one thing, you should not use it indiscriminately: If you repeatedly use it on stocks that are actually bad, the people who follow you into those stocks will not make money, so they will stop following you and your power will go away. For another thing, though, you should charge for it. If you're Warren Buffett and you think a company is good and you want to buy its stock, you can just go into the market and buy some stock; he certainly does that sometimes. But that will make the stock go up, which will benefit lots of other people: If you buy 5% of a $20 billion company, and the stock goes up 20% on your announcement, you will be up $200 million but all the other investors in the company will be up $3.8 billion. If their (short-term, paper) profits are all due to your endorsement, they should be willing to split those profits with you. And so in fact Buffett often does, effectively, rent his halo to companies: They pay him to invest (by selling him securities for less than they're worth), and in exchange they get the benefit of being able to say "Warren Buffett thinks our stock is good," so the stock goes up. The highest-profile cases of this came during and after the financial crisis, when Buffett got to buy preferred stock and warrants in big banks on favorable (to him) terms, because that was a time and sector in which the Warren Buffett halo was in very high demand. (For most companies most of the time, it is nice to have a famous investor express confidence in their business; for banks during a financial crisis, it can be a life-or-death difference.) But it has happened since: Buffett's agreement to fund Occidental Petroleum Corp.'s acquisition of Anadarko Petroleum Corp. was so generous to Buffett that Carl Icahn sued over it, and it was so generous because Buffett's endorsement, in a contested takeover battle, was particularly valuable to Oxy. These points are in some tension with each other. If you want to maximize the long-term value of your halo effect, you should only buy stocks that you fundamentally like and believe will go up; if you're right, not only will you make more money on those stocks, but the halo will continue to be valuable in the future. But if you want to capture as much value as you can from your halo right now , you should just indiscriminately rent it out to as many companies as possible; presumably bad companies will be even more willing to pay for your halo than good ones. Eventually it will stop working, but in the meantime you can make a lot of money. All of this is common knowledge.
Ye (1)
The way it works if you're Mark Zuckerberg is that you have a business, and it makes about $30 billion a year in profit, but that $30 billion is not direct deposited into your bank account. For one thing, the money goes back into the business, to pay for legs or whatever. For another thing, you "have" the business in a loose sense, but you are not the sole proprietor of the business; for various reasons — to attract employees and pay for acquisitions and raise money — you have given a lot of shares in the business to other people, and you only actually own about 13% of it. So in some rough sense your share of the annual profits from the business is about $4 billion a year, but again you don't get that in cash. The business does not pay any dividends to shareholders, and your annual salary is $1, so there is no real cash involved. How rich are you?
The answer is "extremely rich," though we can give a better answer; the Bloomberg Billionaires Index lists Zuckerberg's wealth as $51.6 billion. We can do this because your business, Meta Platforms Inc., is a company , and there are ways to calculate the value of a company. Simplistically, a big stable company like Meta is worth some multiple of its annual profits; let's say a reasonable multiple would be about 12. Your $30-billion-a-year business is worth about $360 billion or so, you own 13% of it, so you "have" about $48 billion. [3] That's not $48 billion of cash, though; it's a 13% claim on a stream of $30 billion of annual profits that are reinvested into a business, and finance says that that claim is worth $48 billion.
Also of course Meta is a public company, so that number is not just my estimate of what that stream of profits is worth; that number is what the market says it's worth, and what, roughly speaking, you could actually sell it for today. If you went and sold your entire stake in Meta today you probably wouldn't get $48 billion for it — the price would probably go down — but if you went and sold 0.1% of your stake today you'd probably get right around $48 million for it. So it is not particularly misleading to say that you have $48 billion, even though you don't actually have $48 billion. You don't have $48 billion in cash, but it's almost true that you have $48 billion in spending power.
And then you add a few billion dollars of miscellaneous cash and assets, the sort of wealth that you accumulate over the years if you own a $48 billion stake in a business, and you get $51.6 billion. Virtually all of your wealth is the Meta stake, though not quite all of it.
The way it works if you're me is that I come into work, and I write a newsletter, and I get $X per year in salary for it, and that $X per year is in fact direct deposited into my bank account, after deducting taxes and stuff. And then I spend most of it, and at the end of the year my bank account has grown by $Y (Y < X). And over the years my bank account grows by, you know, $Y1, $Y2, $Y3, etc., a different $Y each year. How rich am I? Well, simplistically, my wealth is $Y1 + $Y2 + … + $Yn, one $Y for each year that I have worked. My wealth is the sum of my past earnings, minus my past expenses.
These are very different calculations. Virtually all of Zuckerberg's wealth comes from the future earnings of his business: Meta is worth 12 times its annual profit because the market expects it to continue to make (and grow) that sort of annual profit for many years, [4] and is willing to pay for those future earnings today. All of my wealth comes from my past earnings. I mean, in some important theoretical economic sense my worth comes from my future earnings, but not in the colloquial sense where, like, an online net worth calculator asks me for my salary and then multiplies it by 12. My net worth is roughly my bank account; Zuckerberg's is his share of future earnings.
Some people's net worth comes from their past earnings, and some people's net worth comes from their future earnings. The difference is not entirely quantitative — it's about capital ownership and corporate structure and so forth — but it is partly quantitative. As a rough rule of thumb, if you make $100,000 per year, you are probably not a millionaire, unless you also happen to have $1 million in the bank. If you make $100 million per year, you are probably a billionaire, even if you don't have $1 billion in the bank.
There comes a point in the life of an enormous celebrity where you switch over between these calculation methods. You record an album, you get paid a million dollars for it, you say "I'm a millionaire." You do a collaboration with a clothing line, they pay you $10 million for it, you're like "sweet now I have $10 million." You sign a contract with a sneaker company to pay you $100 million a year, you're like "sweet $100 million," and Forbes shows up and says "nope, wrong, now you're a billionaire." That $100 million got deposited in your bank account, but now you are a business, [5] and so you're valued at 12 times earnings or whatever. That contract makes you worth $1.2 billion. Congratulations!
Also though if that contract gets canceled , the number in your bank account does not go down, yet you lose a billion dollars.
Ye, the artist formerly known as Kanye West, has made a lot of money — hundreds of millions of dollars — in his career in music and fashion, but he also stood to make a lot of future money in that business, so by the rules of this game he was a billionaire. And then he got really into anti-Semitism, which zeroed a lot of those future earnings, which made him not a billionaire anymore:
For years, it was an open question just how much Ye, the mercurial rapper formerly known as Kanye West, might be worth. He said he was a billionaire multiple times over thanks to a handful of lucrative corporate deals, most notably his Yeezy brand with Adidas AG.>
It was hardly a stretch: The Yeezy business alone earned more than $500 million in total royalty payments and marketing fees over the first full years of the Adidas deal through 2020, according to a document prepared by UBS Group AG. He had partnerships with Gap Inc. and Kering SA's Balenciaga fashion label, while an unaudited balance sheet of his finances reviewed by Bloomberg in 2021 showed that he had $122 million in cash and stock.>
The one big risk to any net-worth estimate — which is now playing out in real-time — was that he would self-destruct.>
Adidas said on Tuesday it would halt all payments to Ye and stop the Yeezy business immediately after a wave of offensive behavior, including antisemitic comments on social media. The German sports company, already weighed down by the controversy, made the move after weeks of internal deliberations and will absorb a hit to earnings of up to €250 million ($247 million) this year.>
While Gap and Balenciaga previously dropped Ye, the largest chunk of his fortune is housed in the Yeezy brand. Bank of America Corp. estimated in 2019 that it was on track to generate $1.3 billion of shoe revenue in 2019, a 50% increase from a year earlier. Ye, 45, would earn $147 million in royalties from those sales, and the preliminary analysis found that the value of future footwear royalties could range from $1.75 billion to $3 billion.
A few weeks ago he had $122 million in the bank and was a billionaire; today he has $122 million in the bank and is not.